Discussion posr

Description

There are many possible sources of literature available (e.g., the West Coast University library electronic databases, such as Medline, Cinahl, and PubMed). Which specific scholarly articles did you use and why did you choose them for your topic?

Topic is again: Changing Sexual Behavior

Reply to this discussion 2

Description

Subjective- P.J is a 45-year-old male presenting with feelings of sadness, fatigue, insomnia, and loss of interest in daily activities x 2 weeks. Denies suicidal ideation, history of depression, and family history of depression. Denies smoking tobacco, marijuana use, alcohol, and recreational drug use. Reports he is going through a divorce and is concerned he has gained weight. Has felt this way daily, lacks motivation to go to work, prefers to be secluded at home, overeats, stays indoors, and has not tried anything to help alleviate his feelings.

ROS- General: (+) Fatigue, weight gain

Head: (-) Denies head injury, headaches

GI: (-) Denies changes in bowel movements.

Musculoskeletal: (-) Denies muscle and joint pain

Neuro: (-) Denies numbness, tingling, memory loss, and vertigo

Psych: (-) Denies suicidal ideation (+) Depressed feelings, sadness, loss of interest

in hobbies/daily activities

Objective- BMI 31, Vital Signs: 123/76, HR 70, Temp 98.7, R 16, 99% RA, no pain.

General-Alert and oriented, low volume/slow rate of speech, slumped posture, downcast

eyes, hygiene is appropriate.

Psych- Denies suicidal ideation.

Thyroid- No cervical lymphadenopathy

Heart- S1S2 heard, no extra sounds, clicks, rubs, or murmurs.

Lung- Lung sounds clear to auscultation to bilateral bases.

Assessment-

Differentials:

Major Depressive Disorder- Fatigue, insomnia, can increase/decrease appetite, loss of interest.

or motivation in daily activities, including hobbies or work.

Hypothyroidism- Can cause feelings of fatigue, weight gain, insomnia.

Electrolyte deficiency- May lead to feeling fatigue and depressive moods. (APA, 2023)

Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ-9)- scored 10, moderate depression (APA, 2023)
Labs: CBC, CMP, TSH/T3/T4 = Reviewed. WNL

Plan-

Daily exercise for a minimum of 30 minutes, such as daily walks, yoga, gardening, or aerobic.
Adoption of a Mediterranean diet
At least 15 minutes of daily sunshine
Music therapy, breathing techniques, or massage.
Shut off electronics 1-2 hours before bedtime.
Counseled patient on beginning SSRI. Shared decision making, patient verbalized would like to begin pharmacotherapy.
Sertraline 25 mg PO qDay #30 0RF (USPSTF et al., 2023)
Begin first dose today. May notice some changes within 2 weeks, but more noticeable changes within 4 weeks.
Follow-up in 1 month for re-assessment of medication, physical examination, and repeat of PHQ-9 test (or sooner if symptoms worsen).
If medication and non-pharmacological recommendations do not alleviate symptoms in one month, will discuss with patient increasing dose first before making a psych referral.

Resources:

American Psychological Association. (2023). Depression treatments for adults. American Psychological Association. https://www.apa.org/depression-guideline/adults/

Epocrates (2023). Epocrates medical references (Version 23.9.1) [Mobile app]. App store.

https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/epocrates/id234195…

US Preventive Services Task Force, Barry, M. J., Nicholson, W. K., Silverstein, M., Chelmow,

D., Coker, T. R., Davidson, K. W., Davis, E. M., Donahue, K. E., Jaén, C. R., Li, L.,

Ogedegbe, G., Pbert, L., Rao, G., Ruiz, J. M., Stevermer, J. J., Tsevat, J., Underwood, S.

M., & Wong, J. B. (2023). Screening for Depression and Suicide Risk in Adults: US

Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Statement. JAMA, 329(23), 2057–2067.

https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2023.9297

103 new @Khadoojahmousa

Description

see attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Principles of Microbiology for Public Health
Course number:
BIOL103
CRN:
Safe and healthy food is important for sustainability and
living of all humans. However, food can also be
contaminated by foodborne pathogens that may cause
serious diseases and death.
1.
Describe briefly spoilage of meat? What are the
factors that cause meat spoilage? How would you
inform public to avoid foodborne illnesses from meat
and poultry? (4 Marks)
2.
What is pasteurization? What is the importance of
pasteurization of milk? What you would tell the
public about how to prevent milk spoilage? (4 Marks)
3.
Which governmental organizations are responsible
for food safety in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia?
Briefly describe the organizations tasks and
responsibilities involved in food safety (2 Marks)
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Students ID
xxxx
Student name:
Submission date:
xxxx
xxxx
Instructor name:
..
Grade:
…. Out of 10
Release Date: 25/09/2023
Due Date: 08/10/2023
Guidelines:









Cover sheet should be attached with assignment
Complete student’s information on the first page of the document.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman
Line spacing should be 1.5
The text color should be “Black”
The length of the paper assignment should be 1 to 2 pages (600 -800 words)
Use proper references using APA format. Please see below link about how to cite APA
reference style, with intext citation.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Kinesiology Question

Description

Understanding the difference between physical activity and exercise is crucial but probably most important for beginning kinesiology students is to understand, define and implement the components of fitness to their patients, clients, or student athletes. That is what this assignment is all about. below are your directions please be aware this is important for your major therefore I will be grading the information you give strictly. Follow the directions and if you have any questions reach out to me before you submit your paper.

DIRECTIONS: After reading the PowerPoint please write a one page paper MLA style, typed double spaced and size 12 font. Your rubric is below along with an example of how to write the paper.

Pick one or two components of fitness and then answer the following questions.

1. Describe in detail what types of exercise would you do to get the full benefits of the component of fitness you chose.

Make sure you are specific, meaning if you picked cardiovascular fitness I want to know what type of exercise you would do to get the maximum health benefits (duration, days etc.)

2. List the health benefits from the component of fitness you chose.

3. How many days a week is recommended for your component of fitness?

Then pick a skill related component and answer the following questions. A skill is not a component of fitness is something different than the component of fitness. refer to the PowerPoint.

1. What type of athlete would benefit from your skill component?

2. What types of drills would you use to work with a person or enhance your own skills?

The following attachment is a sample of the assignment!!!!
Rubric

Physical Activity and Assessment

Physical Activity and Assessment

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeDescription of criterionstudents must answer all the questions in complete sentences. Students must follow instructions of the format for the paper.

50 pts

Full marks

If the student chooses a component of fitness, a skill, defines both, gives exercise examples for both and describes the health benefits for the component of fitness. all within one page.

40 pts

partcial credit

If the student only talks about a component of fitness or a skill but not both. If the student writes three quarters of a page. If the student writes does not describe the health benefits. If the student is missing one of the directions.

30 pts

Some credit

If not ALL questions are answered, the paper is not in the correct format MLA ( double spaced, one page, size 12 font) If the paper was turned in late after March 14th.

50 pts

Total Points: 50

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Students name
Class name
Physical Activity and Assessments I choose the Flexibility component of fitness.
According to the PowerPoint, flexibility is important to carry out activities of daily living. You
can do some simple at home exercises to improve flexibility and make sure you get the benefits
from them. You can do exercises like a standing hamstring stretch, a frog stretch, a butterfly
stretch, and lunges/hip stretches. It is recommended to the hamstring stretch for 45 seconds to
two minutes. For the frog and butterfly stretches, 30 seconds to 2 minutes each. And lastly for
the lunges/hip stretches, hold for 30 seconds to 2 minutes, then you switch sides and repeat.
Some health benefits include less back pain, increased range of motion, prevents injuries, and
better circulation and less stress. For flexibility it is recommended you train 2-3 days (minimum)
5-7 days (preferred). A skill related to flexibility is agility. People like Dancers will greatly
benefit from the skill component. Also, athletes who practice any sort of martial arts would
benefit. People who do cycling as a sport would also benefit. As with people who do wrestling
and swimming. Since all of these require you to use your whole body. Some drill I would make
someone or do myself include Internal/External Shoulder rotations, spinal rotations, to stretches,
ankle stretches, hamstring stretches, hip stretches, and of course arm stretches. I would also do
these stretches and drills myself. You can find good YouTube videos online that show you how
and what type of exercises you can do to improve your overall flexibility.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

public 101

Description

all details attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Critical Thinking Assignment: Patient Safety Survey Presentation
The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) developed the Hospital Survey on Patient
Safety Culture (HSOPSC), which is used in facilities in Saudi Arabia. Create a PowerPoint presentation
describing the effectiveness as a CQI tool for your staff. Be sure to include:
The purpose of this survey:





Specific factors that can be determined from this survey including organizational activities
and responses to error.
An assessment of the importance of this survey in forming internal policies.
Any applicable laws in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia that would regulate internal policies
impacting safety culture in healthcare facilities.
Changes that have occurred since the COVID-19 Pandemic.
Impact on Policy.
Your presentation should meet the following structural requirements:





Organized, using professional themes and transitions.
It should consist of nine slides, not including the title and reference slides.
Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes, with a minimum of 100 words per slide.
Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials.
Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of 9 scholarly
articles.
Follow APA 7th edition writing standards
Helpful references:






Abaker, M. S. M., Al-Titi, O. A. K., & Al-Nasr, N. S. (2019). Organizational policies and
diversity management in Saudi Arabia. Employee Relations: The International Journal,
41(3), 454-474.
AHRQ. (2019). Hospital survey on patient safety culture.
(https://www.ahrq.gov/sops/surveys/hospital/index.html)
Alomi, Y. A., Alragas, A. M. H., Alslim, M. M., Alamoudi, K. A., Almuallem, Z. A., & Alslim,
R. M. (2019). National survey of medication safety practice: Medication administration at
primary healthcare centers/community pharmacies in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
Pharmacology, Toxicology and Biomedical Reports, 5(1), 28-35.
Alsharqi, O. Z., AlBarakati, M., AlBarakati, M., AlQamdi, A. A., Al-Borie, H. M., & Ahmad,
A. M. K. (2017). Factors influencing waiting time as key of patient satisfaction in the
emergency department in King Fahd Armed Forces Hospital, Saudi Arabia. International
Journal of Business and Management, 12(5), 79-88.
Alluhidan, M., Tashkandi, N., Alblowi, F., Omer, T., Alghaith, T., Alghodaier, H., Alazemi, N.,
Tulenko, K., Herbst, C. H., Hamza, M. M., & Alghamdi, M. G. (2020). Challenges and policy
opportunities in nursing in Saudi Arabia. Human Resources for Health, 18(1), 1–10.
https://doi-org.sdl.idm.oclc.org/10.1186/s12960-020-00535-2
Aboufour, M. a. S., & Subbarayalu, A. V. (2022). Perceptions of patient safety culture
among healthcare professionals in Ministry of Health hospitals in Eastern Province of













Saudi Arabia. Informatics in Medicine Unlocked, 28, 100858.
htts://doi.org/10.1016/j.imu.2022.100858
Alahmadi, H. A. (2010). Assessment of patient safety culture in Saudi Arabian hospitals.
BMJ Quality & Safety, 19(5), e17. https://doi.org/10.1136/qshc.2009.033258
Albaalharith, T., & A’aqoulah, A. (2023). Level of Patient Safety Culture Awareness Among
Healthcare Workers. Journal of Multidisciplinary Healthcare, 321-332.
Albalawi, A., Kidd, L., & Cowey, E. (2020). Factors contributing to the patient safety
culture in Saudi Arabia: a systematic review. BMJ Open, 10(10), e037875.
https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2020-037875/j.jiph.2019.04.006
Albarrak, A. I., Mohammed, R., Almarshoud, N., Almujalli, L., Aljaeed, R., Altuwaijiri, S., &
Albohairy, T. (2021). Assessment of physician’s knowledge, perception and willingness of
telemedicine in Riyadh region, Saudi Arabia. Journal of Infection and Public Health, 14(1),
97–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jiph.2019.04.006
Alenezi, A., Pandaan, R. P. M., Almazan, J. U., Pandaan, I. N., Casison, F. S., & Cruz, J. P.
(2019). Clinical practitioners’ perception of the dimensions of patient safety culture in a
government hospital: A one-sample correlational survey. Journal of Clinical Nursing,
28(23–24), 4496–4503. https://doi.org/10.1111/jocn.15038
Alharbi, W. S., Cleland, J., & Morrison, Z. (2018). Assessment of Patient Safety Culture in
an Adult Oncology Department in Saudi Arabia. Oman Medical Journal, 33(3), 200–208.
https://doi.org/10.5001/omj.2.018.38
Alhawassi, T. M., Abuelizz, H. A., Almetwazi, M., Mahmoud, M. A., AlGhamdi, A. S.,
AlRuthia, Y., BinDhim, N. F., Alburikan, K. A., Asiri, Y. A., & Pitts, P. J. (2017). Advancing
pharmaceuticals and patient safety in Saudi Arabia: A 2030 vision initiative. Journal of
the Saudi Pharmaceutical Society, 26(1), 71–74.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsps.2017.10.011
Al-Hazmi, A. M., Sheerah, H. A., & Arafa, A. (2021). Perspectives on Telemedicine during
the Era of COVID-19; What Can Saudi Arabia Do? International Journal of Environmental
Research and Public Health, 18(20), 10617. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph182010617
Aljaffary, A., Yaqoub, F. a. A., Madani, R. A., Aldossary, H., & Alumran, A. (2021). Patient
Safety Culture in a Teaching Hospital in Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia: Assessment and
Opportunities for Improvement. Risk Management and Healthcare Policy, Volume 14,
3783–3795. https://doi.org/10.2147/rmhp.s313368
Reis, C. T., Laguardia, J., De Araujo Andreoli, P. B., Júnior, C. N., & Martins, M. (2023).
Cross-cultural adaptation and validation of the Hospital Survey on Patient Safety Culture
2.0 – Brazilian version. BMC Health Services Research, 23(1).
https://doi.org/10.1186/s12913-022-08890-7
Saudi Patient Safety Center (2020). Hospital Survey on Patient Safety Culture Cycle 2.
Riyadh: Saudi Patient Safety Center; 2019. Available from:
https://www.spsc.gov.sa/Arabic/SiteAssets/Pages/national-recommendations/nationalrecommendations.pdf
Silva, M. T., Lopes, M. C. C., Oliva, C. R. R. F., De Almeida Araújo, M. E., & Silva, M. T.
(2018). Patient safety culture in a university hospital. Revista Latino-americana De
Enfermagem, 26(0). https://doi.org/10.1590/1518-8345.2257.3014
Palmieri, P. A., Leyva-Moral, J. M., Rodríguez, D. E. C., Granel, N., Ford, E. B., Mathieson,
K., & Leafman, J. (2020). Hospital survey on patient safety culture (HSOPSC): a multimethod approach for target-language instrument translation, adaptation, and validation






to improve the equivalence of meaning for cross-cultural research. BMC Nursing, 19(1).
https://doi.org/10.1186/s12912-020-00419-9
Pronovost, P. J., Cole, M., & Hughes, R. M. (2022). Remote Patient Monitoring During
COVID-19. JAMA, 327(12), 1125. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2022.2040
Qureshi, M. I., & AlRajhi, A. (2020). Challenge of COVID-19 crisis managed by emergency
department of a big tertiary centre in Saudi Arabia. International Journal of Pediatrics
and Adolescent Medicine, 7(3), 147–152. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijpam.2020.08.001
Lawati, M. H. A., Dennis, S., Short, S., & Abdulhadi, N. N. (2018). Patient safety and safety
culture in primary health care: a systematic review. BMC Family Practice, 19(1).
https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-018-0793-7
Mahrous. (2018). Patient safety culture as a quality indicator for a safe health system:
Experience from Almadinah Almunawwarah, KSA. Journal of Taibah University Medical
Sciences, 13(4), 377–383. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtumed.2018.04.002
Mahsoon, A., & Dolansky, M. A. (2021). Safety culture and systems thinking for predicting
safety competence and safety performance among registered nurses in Saudi Arabia: a
cross-sectional study. Journal of Research in Nursing, 26(1–2), 19–32.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1744987120976171
Nie, Y., Mao, X., Cui, H., Li, Y., Li, J., & Zhang, M. (2013). Hospital survey on patient safety
culture in China. BMC Health Services Research, 13(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/14726963-13-228

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Answer Questions

Description

Answer the following Questions1. How do political and economic systems affect the ability of global businesses to operate effectively in different countries? What are some strategies that companies can use to navigate these systems and maintain profitability?2. In what positive and negative ways has the Internet changed the conduct and coordination of global business?3. In what ways did the organizational culture at Bernard Madoff Investment Services (BMIS) company help lead to Madoff’s success for so many years?

Discussion Week 6: Interprofessional Collaboration

Description

Due Thursday Despite the recommendation from the Institute of Medicine (IOM), now known as the National Academy of Medicine, and other health care thought leaders, healthy interprofessional collaboration remains difficult in many institutions. Respond to the following in a minimum of 300 words: Identify your health care setting. Describe the 2 biggest obstacles to interprofessional collaboration in your health care setting.Explain how they act as barriers to improving health care outcomes.As a leader, describe how you would overcome these obstacles with an evidence-based approach.Due Monday Post 2 replies to classmates or your faculty member. Be constructive and professional.

personalized fitness program

Description

Design an effective personalized fitness program for both men and women. Be creative! Use graphics and links where necessary, as well as cite all sources used. Create a PowerPoint presentation to showcase your fitness program.Answer these questions in a Word document:For what type of person is this exercise program designed? Can everyone do it, or just a particular type of person? Can the exercise program be done alone, or does it require more than one person?Is any special equipment needed for this exercise program? What type of limitations might prevent a person from participating in the exercise program?What are some ways that access to participation in this exercise program could be improved? What are the benefits of participating in this exercise program (be detailed and specific..this is where you can discuss any policy implications to fitness programs)? Submit both your PowerPoint presentation and your Word document to this assignment.

314 solve 1

Description

Guidelines:Word count: 300to 1000 words Follow APA format for your assignment must include Introduction, Body and ConclusionAll information must be mention in APA referenceFont and Size: Times New Roman (12)Color – Black, Spacing – 1.5, Heading and sub-heading – BoldFollow APA format your assignment must include Introduction, Body & ConclusionAvoid plagiarismSubmit as word document

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Society & Drugs
Course number:
PHC 314
CRN
Essay Topic
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Societies have evolved to believe that they have the right to
protect themselves from the damaging impact of drug use and
abuse.
(a) Mention the policies and prevention programs for
combating drug use and abuse at any country you
choose ?
(b) Describe the Saudi Food & Drug Authority (SFDA)
approval process for assessing the safety and efficacy of a
newly developed drug?
Student name:
Student ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name
Grade
Dr. Ahmed Hazazi
… out of 10
Guidelines:

Word count: 300to 1000 words

Follow APA format for your assignment must include Introduction, Body and Conclusion

All information must be mention in APA reference

Font and Size: Times New Roman (12)

Color – Black, Spacing – 1.5, Heading and sub-heading – Bold

Follow APA format your assignment must include Introduction, Body & Conclusion

Avoid plagiarism

Submit as word document

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

reflection post

Description

Think back to the five SMART goals you created earlier in the term (I HAVE ATTACHED THE PPT)Write a reflection paper following APA format and consisting of 750-1000 words in length. Then, create a 5–7-minute reflection video using the word document which evaluates each SMART goal that you created. Use Teams, Zoom, or Canvas Studio’s Screen Capture feature to record your presentation. Your face must be visible on camera (in the corner as you present your paper). You must introduce yourself and show your identification. You must dress professionally or your presentation will not be graded. Use the following questions to guide your response: What were you expecting from the experience before you started? Why were you expecting this? Why did you choose this goal? Did you learn anything about a different group in society (i.e., different age, profession, ethnic, racial or socio-economic group)? What did you learn? What is the most valuable experience you acquired? What impact did the experience have on your everyday life? What did you learn that was directly related to your course objectives?

Public Health Question

Description

Please read the following article:Manamela, L. M., Rasweswe, M. M., & Mooa, R. S. (2022). Factors contributing to non-adherence of the peri-operative surgical team to WHO surgical safety checklist in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Perioperative Care and Operating Room Management, 29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pcorm.2022.100292Create an analysis of the factors that contribute to the non-adherence of the perioperative surgical team discussed in this article. Present a plan to overcome these barriers so that the surgical risks are reduced and quality and patient safety are improved.Your paper should meet the following structural requirements:Four-to-five pages in length, not including the cover sheet and reference page.Formatted according to APA 7th edition Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of four scholarly articles. Pay attention to plagiarism

311 @noorh124

Description

see attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Assignment Cover Sheet
Course name:
GLOBAL HEALTH
Course number:
PHC 311
CRN
Assignment title or task:
What are the different types of Aids which are delivered by
wealthy countries to poor countries? (10 marks)
Student Name:
Students ID Number:
Submission Date:
Instructor name:
Grade:
Out of 10
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Assignment Instructions (Week 5):
Dear Students,
The Assignment is available in Course materials and activities under Week 5 by name Week 5 –
Assignment.
This activity will comprise for 10 marks in the Total course work.
The Assignment is available from Release date 24/04/2023.
Assignment guidelines:








Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, Submission date)
in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
It must Avoid plagiarism. It is not acceptable. Marks will cut if plagiarism available.
Word count- Maximum 500 words for each answer.
Font should be 12 Time New Roman.
Color should be black.
Line spacing should be 1.5.
Don’t use bold or Italic or underline in your answer.
References should be in APA style format only.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

241 Wx.

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Fundamental Concepts in Food and Nutrition
Course number:
PHC 241
CRN:
xxxx
Patterns of food consumption in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia
The purpose of this assignment is to describe patterns of food
consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA).
Please read the attached article and write a brief summary
of it by answering the following questions:
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
1.
2.
3.
4.
What are the current patterns of food consumption in
the KSA?
What dietary gaps can be identified by analyzing the
current food situation in the KSA?
Members of which age group have the healthiest diet,
and why?
In your opinion, what can be done to encourage better
patterns of food consumption among the Saudi
population?
Students ID
xxxx
Student name:
xxxx
Submission date:
xxxx
Instructor name:
Grade:
…. Out of 5
Release Date: 17/09/2023
Due Date: 07/10/2023
Guidelines:









Cover sheet should be attached with assignment
Complete student’s information on the first page of the document.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman
Line spacing should be 1.5
The text color should be “Black”
The length of the paper assignment should be 500-700 words.
Use proper references using APA format. Please see below link about how to cite APA
reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
PHC 241
Fall 2021 Paper assignment rubric
Thinking
Content Presentation
Criteria
Proficiency
2
Some
Proficiency
1.75
Limited
Proficiency
1.50
No
Proficiency
1
The purpose and focus are clear and consistent
Punctuation, grammar, spelling, and mechanics are appropriate
Information and evidence are accurate, appropriate, and integrated
effectively
Analysis/synthesis/evaluation/interpretation are effective and
consistent
Connections between and among ideas are made
Total
/5
Updated 14/9/2023
doi:10.1017/S1368980016003141
Public Health Nutrition: 20(6), 1075–1081
Diet in Saudi Arabia: findings from a nationally representative
survey
Maziar Moradi-Lakeh1, Charbel El Bcheraoui1, Ashkan Afshin1, Farah Daoud1,
Mohammad A AlMazroa2, Mohammad Al Saeedi2, Mohammed Basulaiman2,
Ziad A Memish2, Abdullah A Al Rabeeah2 and Ali H Mokdad1,*
1
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation, University of Washington, 2301 5th Avenue, Suite 600, Seattle,
WA 98121, USA: 2Ministry of Health of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
Submitted 30 March 2016: Final revision received 8 September 2016: Accepted 10 October 2016: First published online 15 December 2016
Abstract
Objective: No recent original studies on the pattern of diet are available for Saudi
Arabia at the national level. The present study was performed to describe the
consumption of foods and beverages by Saudi adults.
Design: The Saudi Health Interview Survey (SHIS) was conducted in 2013. Data
were collected through interviews and anthropometric measurements were done.
A diet history questionnaire was used to determine the amount of consumption for
eighteen food or beverage items in a typical week.
Setting: The study was a household survey in all thirteen administrative regions of
Saudi Arabia.
Subjects: Participants were 10 735 individuals aged 15 years or older.
Results: Mean daily consumption was 70·9 (SE 1·3) g for fruits, 111·1 (SE 2·0) g for
vegetables, 11·6 (SE 0·3) g for dark fish, 13·8 (SE 0·3) g for other fish, 44·2 (SE 0·7) g
for red meat, 4·8 (SE 0·2) g for processed meat, 10·9 (SE 0·3) g for nuts, 219·4 (SE 5·1) ml
for milk and 115·5 (SE 2·6) ml for sugar-sweetened beverages. Dietary guideline
recommendations were met by only 5·2 % of individuals for fruits, 7·5 % for
vegetables, 31·4 % for nuts and 44·7 % for fish. The consumption of processed
foods and sugar-sweetened beverages was high in young adults.
Conclusions: Only a small percentage of the Saudi population met the dietary
recommendations. Programmes to improve dietary behaviours are urgently
needed to reduce the current and future burden of disease. The promotion of
healthy diets should target both the general population and specific high-risk
groups. Regular assessments of dietary status are needed to monitor trends and
inform interventions.
Dietary risks are among the most important risk factors
globally and in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) in
particular(1,2). Like many other regions of the world, the
nutrition transition in the Middle East has contributed to the
rising burden of non-communicable diseases(1,3). In KSA in
2013, poor diet accounted for 10·4 % (95 % CI 8·9, 12·2 %) of
disability-adjusted life years and 22·1 % (95 % CI 18·7,
24·5 %) of deaths(3,4). FAO data show an overall increase in
food supply (1961–2007) in KSA, with an increase in the
supply of sugar, meat, animal fat, offal (organ meats), eggs
and milk, and a levelling trend in the vegetable and fruit
supply(5). A similar trend was reported earlier in 2000(6).
Khan and Al Kanhal reported a rapidly increasing surplus of
energy and protein availability in KSA after 1975, compared
with the recommended daily allowances(7).
Keyword
Diet
Foods
Beverages
Nutrition epidemiology
Saudi Arabia
Previous reports have shown the dietary patterns or
energy/nutrient intakes in specific population subgroups
or regions of KSA(8). However, nationally representative
diet data from KSA are limited to food availability. Food
availability data (such as FAO data) do not represent
intake, as they do not account for wastage and other uses.
Moreover, they do not provide information on diet by age,
sex and socio-economic status.
In 2012, the KSA Ministry of Health published dietary
guidelines on the amount and composition of recommended foods to promote a healthy diet among the
population(9). However, there are not enough data on the
success of the guidelines’ implementation, the population’s current dietary status and the potential impacts of
the guidelines. Therefore, the aims of the present study
*Corresponding author: Email mokdaa@uw.edu
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
© The Authors 2016
1076
were to describe the amount of consumption of different
types of foods and beverages in KSA; to describe dietary
consumption by age, sex, socio-economic status and subnational administrative regions; and to assess the degree to
which Saudis’ diets met the dietary guidelines.
Methods
Performed between April and June 2013, the Saudi Health
Interview Survey (SHIS) was a national multistage survey
of individuals aged 15 years or older. For this survey, KSA
was divided into thirteen regions. Each region was divided
into sub-regions and blocks. All regions were included in
the survey. A probability-proportional-to-size method was
used to randomly select sub-regions and blocks. Households were then randomly selected from each block.
A roster of household members was conducted and an
adult aged 15 years or older was randomly selected to be
surveyed from each selected household. If the randomly
selected adult was not present, our surveyors made an
appointment to return. A total of three visits were
attempted before the household was considered as a nonresponse. More details about the study are available in
previous publications(10–13).
The Saudi Ministry of Health and its institutional review
board (IRB) approved the study protocol. The University
of Washington IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since
the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation received deidentified data for the present analysis. All respondents
had the opportunity to consent and agree to participate in
the study.
The survey included forty-two questions on diet (a diet
history questionnaire), as well as questions on socioeconomic status (educational and household monthly
income levels) and other aspects of health. Respondents
were asked to report the number of days that they
consumed eighteen food or beverage items in a typical
week over the last year. The food and beverage items
included in the survey were: fruits; pure (100 %) fruit
juices; vegetables; dark meat fish; other fish; shrimp; red
meat; poultry meat; processed meat (meats preserved by
smoking, curing or salting, or by the addition of
preservatives, such as in the case of pastrami, salami,
bologna, other packaged lunch meats or deli meats,
sausages, bratwursts, frankfurters and hot dogs); other
processed foods (such as fast foods, canned foods, packaged entrées or packaged soup); eggs; nuts; milk; yoghurt;
laban (a beverage of yoghurt mixed with salt, which is
also known as ayran or doogh); labneh (strained yoghurt);
cheese; and sugar-sweetened beverages (SSB). For each
type of food/beverage that the respondents reported at
least one day of consumption per typical week, the
respondents were asked: ‘How many servings of [this
food/beverage] do you usually consume/eat/drink on one
of those days?’ The interviewers used specific pictures that
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
represented the serving size of each type of food/beverage. Moreover, respondents were asked about the type
of oil or fat most often used for meal preparation, and the
usual type of dairy products (full-fat, low-fat, non-fat) and
bread in the household.
There were insufficient data to calculate total energy
consumption directly. Supplemental File 1 (see online
supplementary material) shows the method for indirect
estimation of energy intake and the energy-adjusted daily
food/beverage consumption estimates. Although not an
ideal method for energy adjustment, it can provide more
comparability with other studies for interested readers. An
energy adjustment is also necessary to compare the status
with the dietary guideline recommendations.
Average numbers of daily servings – and their equivalent weight (grams) for foods, or volume (millilitres) for
beverages – were calculated. In cases where the weight of
a serving size had not been clarified in the survey manuals
(fruits, vegetables, processed meat, processed foods
and eggs), we matched our visual manual as closely as
possible to phrases in the guidelines of the US Department
of Agriculture to assign an average weight(14). For fruits
and vegetables, we used the weighted average weight of
one serving of the most common types of fruits and
vegetables based on the most recent food supply data of
FAO in KSA(15). The 99th percentiles of consumption were
used as cut-off points to identify and exclude implausibly
high levels of intake.
The statistical software package Stata 13.1 for Windows
was used for the analyses and to account for the complex
sampling design.
Results
A total of 12 000 households were contacted and 10 735
participants (5253 men and 5482 women) completed the
SHIS, for a response rate of 89·4 %.
Table 1 demonstrates the average daily consumption
of different food and beverage items. Table 2 shows the
food and beverage consumption of men and women.
Non-adjusted consumption of fruit, red meat, other
processed foods, eggs and SSB was statistically higher in
men than women, while yoghurt and cheese consumption
was higher in women than men. Daily consumption of
fruits and vegetables was reported by 10·8 (SE 0·4) % and
25·9 (SE 0·6) %, respectively, and 27·0 (SE 0·7) % reported
daily drinking of SSB.
Mean consumption of processed meat, other processed
foods and SSB was clearly higher in younger age groups
(Table 3), while laban consumption was higher in older
age groups. Consumption of fruit, shrimp, labneh and
cheese had an increasing pattern with higher education
(Table 4). As demonstrated in Table 5, consumption
of some of the food items (fruit, shrimp, red meat and
labneh) was higher in individuals with higher household
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1077
Table 1 Average daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults, 2013
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Meet the recommendations
Serving size
N
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
%
SE
103 g*
105 g*
125 ml
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
69 g*
399 g*
92 g*
40 g
175 g
250 ml
175 g
175 g
50 g
125 ml
10 187
10 334
10 066
10 096
10 082
9801
10 223
10 336
9667
9664
10 219
9768
10 257
10 326
10 269
9866
10 113
9967
70·9
111·1
31·9
11·6
13·8
2·4
44·2
103·0
4·8
97·5
46·0
10·9
75·4
219·4
116·8
28·9
43·7
115·5
1·3
2·0
0·8
0·3
0·3
0·1
0·7
1·8
0·2
2·7
0·7
0·3
2·0
5·1
2·8
0·8
0·9
2·6
0·675
1·078
0·269
0·137
0·159
0·028
0·521
1·304
0·070
0·244
0·500
0·274
0·431
0·885
0·667
0·165
0·874
0·924
0·013
0·019
0·007
0·003
0·003
0·001
0·009
0·022
0·003
0·007
0·007
0·007
0·012
0·021
0·016
0·004
0·018
0·021
5·2†
7·5†
0·3
0·4
44·7‡
0·7
85·7§
0·5
80·2§
0·6
31·4†
26·2†
0·7
0·7
78·6‡
0·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
*Estimated through matching of pictures in the survey manual with the descriptions of the US Department of Agriculture guideline(14).
Reference dietary guidelines: †Dietary Guidelines for Americans(25); ‡American Heart Association(24); §American Institute for Cancer Research(23).
Table 2 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi male and female adults, 2013
Male (N 5253)
Weight/volume units
Female (N 5482)
Serving size
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
75·7
105·4
34·0
11·5
14·3
2·5
52·4
106·6
5·0
108·4
49·8
11·2
67·1
217·5
122·2
27·5
40·5
131·4
1·9
2·3
1·2
0·4
0·4
0·1
1·2
2·4
0·3
4·3
1·0
0·4
1·9
6·4
3·9
1·0
1·2
3·5
0·620
0·904
0·241
0·123
0·153
0·026
0·590
1·195
0·064
0·239
0·496
0·269
0·349
0·712
0·580
0·149
0·672
0·972
0·016
0·020
0·010
0·005
0·005
0·002
0·014
0·027
0·004
0·009
0·011
0·011
0·010
0·019
0·017
0·006
0·016
0·028
65·9
117·0
29·7
11·7
13·3
2·3
35·7
99·3
4·7
86·0
42·0
10·7
84·2
221·4
111·2
30·4
47·0
98·8
1·9
3·3
1·1
0·4
0·4
0·1
0·9
2·7
0·3
3·2
0·9
0·4
3·6
8·1
3·9
1·2
1·4
3·8
0·547
1·032
0·214
0·123
0·144
0·023
0·403
1·131
0·068
0·194
0·414
0·243
0·420
0·796
0·568
0·164
0·779
0·699
0·017
0·034
0·010
0·004
0·006
0·002
0·012
0·033
0·004
0·008
0·009
0·009
0·020
0·033
0·023
0·007
0·023
0·030
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
incomes. Consumption of SSB was statistically higher
in individuals with lower household incomes (Table 5).
Fruit/beverage consumption in different administrative
regions can be found in Supplemental File 2 (see online
supplementary material).
Vegetable oils were the most common type of oil/fat
used for preparation of food (84·5 (SE 0·5) %). Olive oil and
butter/margarine were reported by 5·3 (SE 0·3) % and
4·8 (SE 0·3) %, respectively. Most of the respondents reported
use of full-fat dairy products (77·6 (SE 0·6) %), followed by
low-fat (15·0 (SE 0·5) %) and non-fat (1·3 (SE 0·1) %); others
had no preference. The most common type of bread was
white bread (79·1 (SE 0·5) %); brown bread and Saudispecific traditional breads were reported by 20·1 (SE 0·5) %
and 0·8 (SE 0·1) %, respectively, as the usual kind
of bread.
Discussion
The present study is the first to describe dietary patterns
in a nationally representative sample of adults in KSA. It
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
5·5
13·5
2·9
0·9
1·1
0·5
5·3
6·1
0·3
4·0
2·4
1·1
19·6
27·7
14·5
3·1
3·0
3·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
SE
Mean
60·1
112·5
24·3
5·9
7·7
1·0
36·8
78·0
0·9
29·8
26·8
5·4
108·0
247·1
129·0
21·3
28·7
21·6
4·4
5·0
2·2
1·0
1·3
0·3
3·1
4·5
0·7
4·7
2·1
0·8
5·0
11·2
7·7
2·5
1·5
3·5
SE
Mean
68·8
91·5
20·8
7·2
12·4
1·3
54·2
79·8
1·4
32·1
32·6
5·3
67·0
205·0
113·5
19·8
23·0
30·4
3·7
5·2
2·0
0·6
0·9
0·2
1·9
3·9
0·4
4·1
1·4
0·7
6·0
9·4
6·5
2·2
1·4
3·1
SE
Mean
65·5
109·2
25·3
8·7
12·5
1·5
37·9
83·1
2·7
54·1
37·0
8·8
80·5
187·4
112·6
29·4
33·1
42·5
3·5
3·5
2·1
0·6
0·7
0·2
1·8
2·9
0·3
5·1
1·7
0·6
3·2
7·4
4·2
2·1
1·3
4·3
SE
Mean
77·9
105·8
30·9
8·8
13·9
2·2
49·2
83·2
2·4
69·6
44·2
9·2
64·2
170·1
102·0
31·0
31·1
64·9
3·6
4·5
1·4
0·7
0·8
0·3
1·4
4·1
0·5
4·8
1·5
0·7
5·9
9·5
7·0
1·5
1·5
4·9
SE
Mean
65·1
104·8
26·5
12·8
14·6
2·7
34·8
87·2
5·7
84·4
44·1
10·3
72·7
191·3
99·4
27·6
40·5
84·3
2·4
7·4
2·4
0·7
0·9
0·3
1·8
5·5
0·6
6·5
1·4
0·6
6·4
18·0
7·2
2·6
2·5
8·0
46·2
104·8
24·8
10·4
11·7
1·9
31·2
96·4
5·8
93·5
35·8
10·4
64·9
201·3
87·0
30·2
42·9
127·3
SE
SE
2·9
3·8
2·3
0·8
0·8
0·2
2·4
3·9
0·7
7·8
1·8
0·8
3·4
9·1
5·8
2·0
1·7
6·6
SE
56·5
83·0
26·2
11·0
12·8
1·7
51·4
101·1
6·3
121·6
48·4
12·9
57·8
183·0
97·2
23·1
36·9
172·2
2·7
3·4
1·8
0·7
0·7
0·3
1·8
4·0
0·4
5·3
1·6
0·7
3·1
6·9
4·7
1·7
1·1
6·0
Mean
Mean
Mean
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
66·0
98·2
32·5
12·1
13·9
3·4
47·9
98·1
4·2
96·2
46·6
10·4
61·8
163·6
104·3
28·4
33·7
119·2
Male (N 1857)
Female (N 1193)
Female (N 2169)
Male (N 1495)
Female (N 1575)
Male (N 712)
Female (N 545)
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
Male (N 1189)
25–39 years
15–24 years
Table 3 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by sex and age group, 2013
40–59 years
60 years or more
1078
showed poor dietary practices in the Kingdom. Saudis’
dietary behaviours met dietary recommendations in only
a small percentage of the population, especially for fruit
and vegetable consumption, dairy products, nuts and
fish meat. Young adults (15–24 years old) had a concerning pattern of high consumption of SSB, processed
meat and other processed foods, as well as low intake of
fruits and vegetables. Other studies on schoolchildren
show that these unhealthy dietary behaviours start
even sooner(16). This evidence calls for a comprehensive
programme to improve the dietary situation of Saudis. The
programme should include all age ranges, considering the
different needs and different dietary challenges of each
age group.
A cluster of dietary risk factors is the leading risk factor
for non-optimal health, with 11·3 million attributed deaths
and 241·4 million attributed disability-adjusted life years
per annum around the world(1). The Global Burden of
Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors (GBD) study showed
that in Saudi Arabia, the average levels of consumption of
fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, PUFA and seafood
n-3 fatty acids were far less than optimum, and the average
levels of consumption of processed meats, red meats, total
fatty acids, SSB and sodium were higher than optimal(3).
In the report of the WHO 2005 STEPwise survey, there
was limited dietary information on the consumption of
fruits, vegetables and oils. During the time between the
STEPwise survey and our current study (2005 to 2013), the
percentage of individuals consuming at least five daily
servings of fruits or vegetables increased slightly, from 5·5
to 7·3 %(11). However, based on food supply data, fruit and
vegetable availability in KSA (about 475 g/d in 2010)(17) is
more than twice the average consumption in our study
(less than 200 g/d). The difference might be related to
using fruits as pure juices (about 32 ml/d) or sweetened
juices, as well as the higher potential of decay in fruits/
vegetables compared with other food items. Further
details on consumption of fruits and vegetables by Saudi
adults have been reported elsewhere(11). Consumption of
olive oil has increased from 1·7 % in the Saudi STEPwise
survey to 5·3 %(18); since higher intake of olive oil is
associated with reduced risk of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular events and stroke, this can be considered a good
replacement(19).
Although there was higher consumption of meat and
SSB by men, and of vegetables by women, non-energyadjusted consumption is not directly comparable between
men and women. Considering the fact that average energy
consumption is usually higher in men, vegetable intake is
expected to remain higher in women after energy adjustment. Some of the different patterns of food and beverage
consumption between men and women may be explained
by theories about the association of meat consumption
with masculinity and vegetable consumption with femininity, but we do not have enough information for that
assessment(20–22).
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1079
Table 4 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by educational level, 2013
Primary or less (N 3286)
Elementary/high school (N 4780)
College or higher (N 2649)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
64·2
99·6
22·0
10·3
12·9
0·9
43·9
99·2
4·8
66·3
36·4
11·7
74·9
219·6
104·5
20·3
33·0
86·5
2·3
4·3
1·4
0·5
0·7
0·1
1·6
3·5
0·5
4·2
1·2
0·8
5·0
9·5
4·3
1·4
1·3
5·1
55·6
96·9
25·6
9·9
12·3
2·1
42·1
93·8
4·2
95·3
43·8
9·6
62·1
177·2
97·6
27·9
37·3
120·9
1·7
3·0
1·2
0·4
0·5
0·1
1·2
2·5
0·3
4·0
1·0
0·3
2·4
6·9
3·8
1·3
1·1
3·9
74·8
108·0
35·8
11·9
13·3
3·6
41·5
82·5
5·1
92·8
44·8
9·7
69·7
168·6
99·8
35·5
38·9
88·5
3·0
3·9
1·6
0·6
0·6
0·3
1·4
3·5
0·4
4·7
1·3
0·4
4·0
8·5
5·1
1·7
1·4
4·3
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Table 5 Food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by household monthly income level, 2013
Less than 5000 Riyals (N 3161)
5000–14 999 Riyals (N 4549)
15 000 Riyals or more (N 1131)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
51·5
94·1
20·9
9·8
13·3
1·7
37·2
89·3
3·4
91·0
38·9
8·1
66·4
188·5
104·7
22·7
37·5
113·6
2·0
3·7
1·5
0·5
0·7
0·2
1·5
3·3
0·4
5·3
1·2
0·5
3·4
8·7
4·9
1·5
1·8
5·4
65·2
96·2
28·3
10·8
13·8
2·3
42·4
88·6
4·4
86·8
45·2
10·1
64·6
166·5
99·5
31·9
36·2
95·9
1·7
2·2
1·4
0·5
0·5
0·2
1·2
2·1
0·3
3·7
1·0
0·4
2·3
4·9
3·2
1·4
0·9
3·2
79·3
118·3
40·5
10·6
14·0
3·9
50·3
93·3
5·2
82·7
42·2
11·2
61·9
189·4
98·7
36·4
35·9
91·0
4·7
6·6
2·4
0·8
0·9
0·4
2·4
4·3
0·7
6·6
1·8
0·8
4·0
11·1
5·8
2·7
1·8
5·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Compared with the recommendations of dietary
guidelines(9,23–25), consumption of fruits, vegetables, dairy
products and nuts is very low, and less than 45 % of the
KSA population consumes fish as recommended. On the
other hand, there is considerable unnecessary consumption of processed meat and SSB compared with the
recommendations(23,24). A 2006 study in Lebanon showed
that Lebanese adults consume the same amount of fish
and red meat as Saudis in our study, but less poultry meat
(36 v. 103 g/d) and eggs (12 v. 46 g/d), and more fruits and
vegetables (367 v. 182 g/d)(26).
The previously published GBD estimates for dietary risk
factors in KSA were close to our estimates for red meat,
processed meat and SSB. Our estimate for nuts was higher
than previous GBD estimates (about 11 v. 4 g/d)(3).
Midhat et al. reported the consumption of different food
items as part of the routine meals in the Qassim region of
KSA. However, they did not report the amount (or serving
sizes) of consumption. That study showed an increasing
probability of routine intake of fish, vegetables, fresh fruits
and barbecued meats (called a ‘healthy diet’) with
increasing age(27). Our findings showed that Saudis of
older ages consume more fruit and vegetables, and fewer
processed foods. The healthier diet seen among older
individuals might be related to different factors, such as a
birth cohort effect (due to the nutrition transition in the
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
1080
younger birth cohorts), the longer life of individuals with
healthy diets, more frequent contacts between health careproviders and older individuals (compared with younger
people), and better adherence among older individuals
to dietary guidelines because of their perceived risk of
disease and death.
The average consumption of fruit, vegetables and
shrimp in individuals with a college or higher education
was more than in other educational groups. The highest
intake of milk was reported by individuals with primary or
less education. Individuals with the lowest household
income had the highest consumption of SSB, while consumption of fruits, vegetables and pure juices was lower
than in individuals with higher income.
In our study, the highest intake of fish was in the Jizan,
Aasir, Al Bahah and Makkah regions (all located in the
south-western part of the country and close to the Red
Sea), as well as in Riyadh (capital); the lowest consumption of fish was reported by residents of Ha’il, Al Jawf and
Al Hudud ash Shamaliyah (all located in the north-western
part of the country).
Although the prevalence of obesity has decreased in
recent years in KSA, the current combination of high
overweight/obesity prevalence(28), sedentary lifestyle(10)
and inappropriate diet threatens the current and future
health of the population.
Our study has some limitations. First, we used a diet
history questionnaire that did not contain details for all
types of foods and beverages. Second, our food and
beverage consumption data are self-reported and subject
to recall and social desirability biases. Third, our study did
not include the amount of all foods and beverages (for
instance, complex carbohydrates), and we were not able
to directly calculate total energy expenditure. On the other
hand, our study is based on a large sample size and used a
standardized methodology for all its measures. It is
nationally representative and has the merit of providing
accurate data due to our near-real-time data quality
monitoring through the whole survey period.
The Saudi Ministry of Health has initiated programmes
and projects, such as the Crown Health Project(29,30) and
the Saudi dietary guidelines(9), to alleviate the burden of
risk factors of non-communicable diseases. The outcomes
of these programmes need to be evaluated, so that the
lessons learned from them can be used in the adjustment
of current programmes and the planning and installation
of new comprehensive programmes.
Conclusion
Our study showed that Saudis’ diets do not follow the
guidelines for healthy diets. Increased efforts to improve
eating habits in KSA are needed. These efforts should promote a balanced diet according to energy intake and composition of diet. Specifically, increasing the consumption of
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
fruits, vegetables, dairy products, nuts and fish should be
targeted. Strategies are required to limit the consumption of
processed foods and SSB, especially in young adults. These
efforts should involve all stakeholders, including education
representatives, agriculture partners, food companies and
food importers. In addition, regular assessments of Saudis’
dietary status are needed to monitor trends and inform
interventions. Finally, political will is needed to enforce food
labelling and manufacturing regulations.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements: The authors would like to thank
Kevin O’Rourke at the Institute for Health Metrics and
Evaluation for editing the manuscript. Financial support:
This study was supported by a grant from the Ministry of
Health of the KSA. The Ministry of Health had no role in
the design, analysis or writing of this article. Conflict of
interest: The study and the authors have not received any
financial support from the food industries. Authorship:
A.H.M. conceived and designed the study. M.B., Z.A.M.,
M.A.S. and M.A.A. performed the survey. C.E.B. and F.D.
participated in questionnaire design and interviewers’
training. M.M.-L., A.A. and A.H.M. analysed the data.
M.M.-L., A.H.M., C.E.B., A.A., F.D., M.B., Z.A.M., M.A.S.,
M.A.A. and A.A.A.R. drafted or commented on the manuscript. A.A.A.R. supervised the study. All co-authors are
responsible for the content of this article and have read and
approved the final manuscript. Ethics of human subject
participation: The Saudi Ministry of Health and its IRB
approved the study protocol. The University of Washington
IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since the Institute for
Health Metrics and Evaluation received de-identified data
for the analysis. All respondents had the opportunity to
consent and agree to participate in the study.
Supplementary material
To view supplementary material for this article, please visit
https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980016003141
References
1. GBD 2013 Risk Factors Collaborators, Forouzanfar MH,
Alexander L et al. (2015) Global, regional, and national
comparative risk assessment of 79 behavioural, environmental and occupational, and metabolic risks or clusters of
risks in 188 countries, 1990–2013: a systematic analysis for
the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. Lancet 386,
2287–2323.
2. Memish ZA, Jaber S, Mokdad AH et al. (2014) Burden of
disease, injuries, and risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, 1990–2010. Prev Chronic Dis 11, E169.
3. Afshin A, Micha R, Khatibzadeh S et al. (2015) The impact of
dietary habits and metabolic risk factors on cardiovascular
and diabetes mortality in countries of the Middle East and
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
North Africa in 2010: a comparative risk assessment analysis.
BMJ Open 5, e006385.
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (2014) GBD
compare visualization tool. http://ihmeuw.org/3qc9
(accessed July 2016).
Adam A, Osama S & Muhammad KI (2014) Nutrition and
food consumption patterns in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Pak J Nutr 13, 181–190.
Madani KA, al-Amoudi NS & Kumosani TA (2000) The state
of nutrition in Saudi Arabia. Nutr Health 14, 17–31.
Khan MA & Al Kanhal MA (1998) Dietary energy and
protein requirements for Saudi Arabia: a methodological
approach. East Mediterr Health J 4, 68–75.
Alsufiani HM, Kumosani TA, Ford D et al. (2015) Dietary
patterns, nutrient intakes, and nutritional and physical
activity status of Saudi older adults: a narrative review.
J Aging Res Clin Pract 4, 2–11.
General Director of Nutrition, Ministry of Health (2012)
Saudi Dietary Guideline (Healthy Diet Palm). Riyadh:
Ministry of Health Publications.
El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M, Daoud F et al. (2016) On your
mark, get set go: levels of physical activity in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia, 2013. J Phys Act Health 13, 231–238.
El Bcheraoui C, Basulaiman M, AlMazroa M et al. (2015)
Fruit and vegetable consumption among adults in Saudi
Arabia, 2013. Nutr Diet Suppl 7, 41–49.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Tobacco consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,
2013: findings from a national survey. BMC Public Health
15, 611.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Self-rated health among Saudi adults: findings from a
national survey, 2013. J Community Health 40, 920–926.
US Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service
(2014) National Nutrient Database for Standard Reference,
Release 27. http://ndb.nal.usda.gov/ndb/foods (accessed
July 2016).
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
(2011) Food Balance Sheets, Saudi Arabia. http://faostat3.
fao.org/download/FB/FBS/E (accessed October 2015).
Attia AAEM & Farajat MA (2013) Selected dietary habits
among female adolescents in Hail, Saudi Arabia. Am J Res
Commun 1, 140–148.
Haddad LJ, Hawkes C, Achadi E et al. (2015) Global
Nutrition Report 2015: Actions and Accountability to
Advance Nutrition and Sustainable Development.
Washington, DC: International Food Policy Research
Institute.
1081
18. Al-Hamdan NA, Kutbi A, Choudhry AJ et al. (2005) WHO
STEPwise Approach to NCD Surveillance. Country-Specific
Standard Report: Saudi Arabia. http://www.who.int/chp/steps/
2005_SaudiArabia_STEPS_Report_EN.pdf?ua=1 (accessed July
2016).
19. Schwingshackl L & Hoffmann G (2014) Monounsaturated
fatty acids, olive oil and health status: a systematic review
and meta-analysis of cohort studies. Lipids Health Dis
13, 154.
20. Ruby MB & Heine

ACADEMIC SUCCESS AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN PART 3: RESEARCH ANALYSIS

Description

Architect Daniel Libeskind is credited with saying “To provide meaningful architecture is not to parody history, but to articulate it.” The suggestion is that his work does not copy the efforts of others but relies on it.

Understanding the work of others is critically important to new work. Contributions to the nursing body of knowledge can happen when you are able to analyze and articulate the efforts of previous research. Research analysis skills are therefore critical tools for your toolbox.

In this Assignment, you will locate relevant existing research. You also will analyze this research using a tool helpful for analysis.

To Prepare:

Reflect on the strategies presented in the Resources this Module’s Learning Resources in support of locating and analyzing research.
Use the Walden Library to identify and read one peer-reviewed research article focused on a topic in your specialty field that interests you.
Review the article you selected and reflect on the professional practice use of theories/concepts described by the article.

The Assignment:

Using the “Module 3 | Part 3” section of your Academic Success and Professional Development Plan Template presented in the Resources, conduct an analysis of the elements of the research article you identified. Be sure to include the following:

Your topic of interest.
A correctly formatted APA citation of the article you selected, along with link or search details.
Identify a professional practice use of the theories/concepts presented in the article.
Analysis of the article using the “Research Analysis Matrix” section of the template
Write a 1-paragraph justification stating whether you would recommend this article to inform professional practice.
Write a 2- to 3-paragraph summary that you will add to your Academic Success and Professional Development Plan that includes the following:
Describe your approach to identifying and analyzing peer-reviewed research.
Identify at least two strategies that you would use that you found to be effective in finding peer-reviewed research.
Identify at least one resource you intend to use in the future to find peer-reviewed research
NURS_6003_Module03_Week05_Assignment_Rubric
NURS_6003_Module03_Week05_Assignment_Rubric
Criteria Ratings Pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeUsing the Week 3 Part 3, section of your Academic Success and Professional Development Plan Template complete Step 1. Conduct an analysis of the elements of the research article you identified. Be sure to include the following:· The topic of interest you have selected. · Correctly formatted APA citation of the article you selected, along with link or search details. · Identify one or more professional practice uses of the theories/concepts presented in the article.
25 to >22.0 ptsExcellentThe response clearly identifies the topic of interest selected. … The response accurately and completely provides a citation of the article selected, including an accurate and complete link or thorough search details. … The response clearly identifies and describes in detail a professional practice use of the theories/concepts presented in the article. 22 to >19.0 ptsGoodThe response partially identifies the topic of interest selected. … The response provides a partial citation of the article selected, including a partial link or search details. … The response partially identifies and describes a professional practice use of the theories/concepts presented in the article. 19 to >17.0 ptsFairThe response vaguely identifies the topic of interest selected. … The response vaguely or inaccurately provides a citation of the article selected, including vague or inaccurate search details. … The response vaguely or inaccurately identifies and describes a professional practice use of the theories/concepts presented in the article. 17 to >0 ptsPoorThe response vaguely and inaccurately identifies the topic of interest selected or is missing. … The response vaguely and inaccurately provides a citation of the article selected, including vague and inaccurate search details, or is missing. … The response vaguely and inaccurately identifies and describes a professional practice use of the theories/concepts presented in the article or is missing.
25 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAnalysis of the article using the Research Analysis Matrix section of the template for:Strengths of the ResearchLimitations of the ResearchRelevancy to the Topic of Interest. · Write a one-paragraph justification explaining whether or not you would recommend the use of this article to inform professional practice.
20 to >17.0 ptsExcellentThe response clearly and accurately provides a detailed analysis of the article using the Research Analysis Matrix section of the template. … The response clearly and accurately explains in detail the justification of whether to recommend the use of the article to inform professional practice. 17 to >15.0 ptsGoodThe response provides a partial analysis of the article using the Research Analysis Matrix section of the template. … The response partially explains the justification of whether or not to recommend the use of the article to inform professional practice. 15 to >13.0 ptsFairThe response provides a vague or inaccurate analysis of the article using the Research Analysis Matrix section of the template. … The response vaguely or inaccurately explains the justification of whether or not to recommend the use of the article to inform professional practice. 13 to >0 ptsPoorThe response provides a vague and inaccurate analysis of the article using the Research Analysis Matrix section of the template or is missing. … The response vaguely and inaccurately explains the justification of whether or not to recommend the use of the article to inform professional practice or is missing.
20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomePart 3, Step 2: Write a 2-3 paragraph summary that you will add to your Academic Success and Professional Development Plan that includes the following: · Describe your approach to identifying and analyzing peer-reviewed research· Identify at least two strategies that you would use that you found to be effective in finding peer-reviewed research. · Identify at least one resource you intend to use in the future to find peer-reviewed research.
45 to >40.0 ptsExcellentThe response clearly and accurately describes in detail the approach to identifying and analyzing peer-reviewed research. The response clearly identifies and accurately describes in detail at least two strategies used to be effective in finding peer-reviewed research. … The response clearly identifies and accurately describes in detail at least one resource you intend to use in the future to find peer-reviewed research. 40 to >35.0 ptsGoodThe response partially describes the approach to identifying and analyzing peer-reviewed research. The response partially identifies and describes at least two strategies used to be effective in finding peer-reviewed research. … The response partially identifies and describes in detail at least one resource you intend to use in the future to find peer-reviewed research. 35 to >31.0 ptsFairThe response vaguely or inaccurately describes the approach to identifying and analyzing peer-reviewed research. The response vaguely or inaccurately identifies and describes at least two strategies used to be effective in finding peer-reviewed research. … The response vaguely or inaccurately identifies describes in detail at least one resource you intend to use in the future to find peer-reviewed research. 31 to >0 ptsPoorThe response vaguely and inaccurately describes the approach to identifying and analyzing peer-reviewed research or is missing. The response vaguely and inaccurately identifies and describes at least two strategies used to be effective in finding peer-reviewed research or is missing. … The response vaguely or inaccurately identifies describes in detail or is missing at least one resource you intend to use in the future to find peer-reviewed research.
45 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – Paragraph Development and Organization: Paragraphs make clear points that support well developed ideas, flow logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas. Sentences are carefully focused–neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance. which delineates all required criteria.
5 to >4.0 ptsExcellentParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity. 4 to >3.0 ptsGoodParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 80% of the time. 3 to >2.0 ptsFairParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 60%- 79% of the time. 2 to >0 ptsPoorParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity < 60% of the time. 5 pts This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting - English writing standards: Correct grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation 5 to >4.0 ptsExcellentUses correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation with no errors. 4 to >3.0 ptsGoodContains a few (1-2) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. 3 to >2.0 ptsFairContains several (3-4) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. 2 to >0 ptsPoorContains many (≥ 5) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors that interfere with the reader’s understanding.
5 pts

Walden University Library. (n.d.). Instructional media: Fundamentals of library researchLinks to an external site.. Retrieved October 4, 2019 from https://academicguides.waldenu.edu/library/instruc..
Here’s my previous discussion just in case it comes in handy
Cummings et al (2021) article, “The Essentials of nursing leadership: A systematic review of factors and educational interventions influencing nursing leadership,” is the peer-reviewed source I selected that is of particular interest to me. I used the ScienceDirect database to search for this article because it is a reliable source for the life and physical sciences, medicine, technical fields, and, most importantly, nursing-related research. However, several challenges were encountered during the search process. Initially, there was difficulty in selecting appropriate keywords, leading to some trial and error before settling on ” The essentials of nursing leadership” as the most relevant terms. Furthermore, the search generated an overwhelming number of results, necessitating the use of filters and sorting options to refine the outcomes effectively. Lastly, ensuring full-text access to the identified article proved essential, as some articles were restricted behind paywalls, emphasizing the importance of accessing complete research materials.UsefulnessDespite these difficulties, the ScienceDirect database would be useful to my colleagues. This expansive database predominantly centers on biomedical and healthcare literature, encompassing a wide array of peer-reviewed articles (Figueiredo & Pereira, 2017). It is an invaluable resource for healthcare professionals, including nurses, granting them access to a diverse range of research on topics pertinent to nursing practice, patient care, and healthcare management.RecommendationI recommend using ScienceDirect as a primary database for healthcare professionals and researchers. ScienceDirect’s user-friendly interface grants users access to a substantial repository of top-notch peer-reviewed articles (Harnegie, 2013). Furthermore, this database boasts advanced search features, filters, and tools that facilitate precise and efficient searches, making it particularly advantageous when seeking specific topics or refining search results. In summary, ScienceDirect is a dependable and all-encompassing resource for those engaged in evidence-based practice and scholarly research within the healthcare sector.
********I HAVE ALSO PROVIDED MY PREVIOUS PAPERS JUST IN CASE YOU NEED TO USE THEM********

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Part 2: Strategies to Promote Academic Integrity and Professional Ethics
Aram Megrabian
Walden University
NURS 6003N
Carie Braun
September 10, 2023
2
Part 2: Strategies to Promote Academic Integrity and Professional Ethics
Section 1: The Connection Between Academic and Professional Integrity
Academic Integrity and Writing
Academic integrity is the foundation of ethical scholarship and crucial to higher
education, especially in my MSN program. It pledges academic honesty, fairness, and
trustworthiness. A key component in Academic integrity necessitates avoiding plagiarism.
Academically, plagiarism involves using someone else’s ideas, words, or work without credit.
This can be disastrous and significantly lower the academic reputation of individuals (Ansorge et
al., 2021). Student writing in my MSN program is influenced by academic honesty. It requires
me to write original content, properly reference sources in APA format, and thank authors for
their efforts. Following these standards protects others’ intellectual property and guarantees that
my work accurately reflects my expertise and research. Writing with integrity emphasizes ethical
scholarship and fosters academic trust and respect.
Professional Practices and Scholarly Ethics
Academic ethics and nursing practice are deeply intertwined. Ethical principles govern all
patient care in nursing. These principles include beneficence, non-maleficence, autonomy, and
justice. A high ethical standard in nursing is essential for secure and humane patient care.
Scholarly ethics and professional practices are interdependent. These ethical values are crucial to
my academic experience as a nursing student. The ethical frameworks I learned in school help
me make ethical nursing judgments. My academic ethical reasoning skills will help me make
decisions that emphasize patient well-being and respect scholarly ethics in a complex healthcare
setting.
3
Grammarly and Turnitin
Grammarly and Turnitin are crucial to academic honesty and writing quality. Grammarly
helps writers correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Grammarly improves my
academic writing by making it clear, concise, and error-free. On the contrary, Turnitin is a
powerful plagiarism detector. Checking my work against a huge academic database helps
students like me avoid accidental plagiarism (Sorea et al., 2021). I can avoid plagiarism and
promote academic honesty by utilizing Turnitin to cite and reference all sources properly.
Grammarly and Turnitin protect academic integrity by promoting ethical writing and providing
feedback and coaching to improve my academic work.
Section 2: Strategies for Maintaining Integrity of Work
Academic Work as an MSN Student
As an MSN student, I will use numerous methods to ensure academic integrity. Time
management comes first. I must manage my time well to avoid last-minute rushes and academic
dishonesty (Goldsby et al., 2020). Also, planning my schedule will help me avoid plagiarism by
arranging my study schedule and making realistic goals to finish projects early. Additionally, I
will actively engage with my lecturers and peers. Open communication with lecturers lets me ask
questions and clarify assignment expectations. Working with classmates on group projects
improves my teamwork abilities and holds us accountable for academic integrity. Finally, I will
utilize the university’s writing center and library databases to guarantee my research and writing
follow academic standards and ethics.
Professional Work as a Nurse
4
Integrity in professional activities is essential as I enter my nursing career. One way to
solidify my professional activity is by pursuing ethical education. This requires keeping up with
healthcare ethics advancements, including regulations and norms. I will attend ethics conferences
and seminars and study nursing ethics journal articles to ensure my professional behaviors are
ethical. Secondly, ethical nursing requires patient autonomy, confidentiality, and patient-centered
care (Molina-Mula & Gallo-Estrada, 2022). To follow these ideals, I will actively engage with
patients to help them understand their treatment options and make educated decisions. I will also
strictly follow patient confidentiality guidelines because trust is the core of the nurse-patient
interaction. I will also seek guidance from experienced nurses with a good ethical record.
Learning from their real-world experiences and ethical problems will shape my nursing ethics.
5
References
Ansorge, L., Ansorgeová, K., & Sixsmith, M. (2021). Plagiarism through paraphrasing tools—
The story of one plagiarized text. Publications, 9(4),
48. https://doi.org/10.3390/publications9040048
Goldsby, E., Goldsby, M., Neck, C. B., & Neck, C. P. (2020). Under pressure: Time
management, self-leadership, and the nurse manager. Administrative Sciences, 10(3),
38. https://doi.org/10.3390/admsci10030038
Molina-Mula, J., & Gallo-Estrada, J. (2020). Impact of nurse-patient relationship on quality of
care and patient autonomy in decision-making. International Journal of Environmental
Research and Public Health, 17(3), 835. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17030835
Sorea, D., Roșculeț, G., & Bolborici, A. (2021). Readymade solutions and students’ appetite for
plagiarism as challenges for online learning. Sustainability, 13(7),
3861. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13073861
1
Building an Effective Academic and Professional Network for MSN Success
2
Building an Effective Academic and Professional Network for MSN Success
Academic and Professional Network
As I embark on my journey in the MSN program and toward becoming a practicing
nurse, I recognize the importance of building a robust academic and professional network. This
network will be vital in shaping my success and guiding me throughout my educational and
career endeavors. I have identified key individuals and teams within both Walden University and
the nursing profession who will contribute to my achievements:
Academic Connections
Dr. Emily Johnson (Associate Professor, Walden University School of Nursing): Dr.
Johnson’s expertise in advanced nursing concepts aligns well with my academic goals. Her
research interests in evidence-based practice and patient outcomes resonate with my aspirations.
Collaborating with her will provide insights into current research trends and methodologies,
enriching my understanding of nursing practices.
Research and Writing Center: The Research and Writing Center at Walden University
will be an essential academic resource. Their assistance in developing vital research and writing
skills will be crucial for my coursework and for contributing to the nursing field through
scholarly articles and research projects.
Professional Connections
Dr. John Doe (Seasoned Nursing Mentor): Drawing from Dr. Doe’s rich background in
the nursing realm, particularly within my specialized field, I anticipate gaining invaluable
wisdom and practical viewpoints. His mentorship will serve as a compass during my evolution
3
from a student to an active nurse, effectively closing the divide between theoretical learning and
practical application.
Nursing Networking Group: Joining a professional nursing networking group through
local chapters or online platforms will connect me with a diverse community of nurses. Engaging
in discussions, attending events, and sharing experiences with fellow professionals will enhance
my knowledge, expose me to different nursing specialties, and provide opportunities for
collaboration.
Rationale for Selection
I chose these individuals and resources based on their expertise, relevance to my
academic and professional goals, and their potential to offer guidance and support. Dr. Johnson’s
and the Research and Writing Center will aid me in excelling academically, ensuring I produce
high-quality work. Dr. Doe and the nursing networking group will provide real-world
perspectives, advice, and opportunities for growth as I transition into the nursing profession.
By collaborating with these academic and professional connections, I am confident I will
not be alone. As Donne emphasized, “No man is an island,” Through these networks, I will have
the support and guidance necessary to succeed in my MSN program and thrive as a competent
and compassionate practicing nurse.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion on Personhood

Description

Discuss the concept of personhood as used in the nursing as caring theory.

Submission Instructions:

Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least two academic sources.

sources should be published within the last 5 years. I have attached some citations for you to use. Please do not use AI.

Imafidon, E. (2022). Beyond continental and African philosophies of personhood, healthcare and difference. Nursing Philosophy, 23(3), e12393. https://doi.org/10.1111/nup.12393

Tieu, M., Mudd, A., Conroy, T., & Kitson, A. (2022). The trouble with personhood and person-centred care. Nursing Philosophy, 23(3), e12381. https://doi.org/10.1111/nup.12381

Hennelly, N., & O’Shea, E. (2022). A multiple perspective view of personhood in dementia. Ageing & Society,42(9), 2103-2121. doi:10.1017/S0144686X20002007

314 i want 2 difrint file

Description

Guidelines:Word count: 300to 1000 words Follow APA format for your assignment must include Introduction, Body and ConclusionAll information must be mention in APA referenceFont and Size: Times New Roman (12)Color – Black, Spacing – 1.5, Heading and sub-heading – BoldFollow APA format your assignment must include Introduction, Body & ConclusionAvoid plagiarismSubmit as word document

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Society & Drugs
Course number:
PHC 314
CRN
Essay Topic
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Societies have evolved to believe that they have the right to
protect themselves from the damaging impact of drug use and
abuse.
(a) Mention the policies and prevention programs for
combating drug use and abuse at any country you
choose ?
(b) Describe the Saudi Food & Drug Authority (SFDA)
approval process for assessing the safety and efficacy of a
newly developed drug?
Student name:
Student ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name
Grade
Dr. Ahmed Hazazi
… out of 10
Guidelines:

Word count: 300to 1000 words

Follow APA format for your assignment must include Introduction, Body and Conclusion

All information must be mention in APA reference

Font and Size: Times New Roman (12)

Color – Black, Spacing – 1.5, Heading and sub-heading – Bold

Follow APA format your assignment must include Introduction, Body & Conclusion

Avoid plagiarism

Submit as word document

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

351 @Sarahmoh369

Description

see attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Health and Environmental Risk Assessment
Course number:
PHC 351
CRN:
14373
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Discuss the steps and methods of risk
communication and community engagement then
support your answer with examples.
Student name:
xxxx
Student ID:
xxxx
Submission date:
xxxx
To be filled in by the instructor only
Instructor’s name:
Dr. Afrah Kamal Yassin
Grade:
….. out of 10
Release date: 17-9-2023__________________Due date:5-10-2023
Instructions for submission:







Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN,
Submission date) in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
Length of the write-up should be 1 to 2 pages (500 -1000 words).
Text size 12-Times New Roman with double spacing.
Heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with proper references/sources.
References must be in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Cognitive behavioral therapy

Description

Post an explanation of how the use of CBT in groups compares to its use in family or individual settings. Explain at least two challenges PMHNPs might encounter when using CBT in one of these settings. Support your response with specific examples from this week’s media and at least three peer-reviewed, evidence-based sources. Explain why each of your supporting sources is considered scholarly and attach the PDFs of your sources

PROFESSIONAL NURSING AND STATE-LEVEL REGULATIONS

Description

Boards of Nursing (BONs) exist in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Virgin Islands. Similar entities may also exist for different regions. The mission of BONs is the protection of the public through the regulation of nursing practice. BONs put into practice state/region regulations for nurses that, among other things, lay out the requirements for licensure and define the scope of nursing practice in that state/region.

It can be a valuable exercise to compare regulations among various state/regional boards of nursing. Doing so can help share insights that could be useful should there be future changes in a state/region. In addition, nurses may find the need to be licensed in multiple states or regions.

RESOURCES

Be sure to review the Learning Resources before completing this activity.
Click the weekly resources link to access the resources.

WEEKLY RESOURCES

To Prepare

Review the Resources and reflect on the mission of state/regional boards of nursing as the protection of the public through the regulation of nursing practice.
Consider how key regulations may impact nursing practice.
Review key regulations for nursing practice of your state’s/region’s board of nursing and those of at least one other state/region and select at least two APRN regulations to focus on for this Discussion.
Milstead, J. A., & Short, N. M. (2019). Health policy and politics: A nurse’s guide (6th ed.). Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Chapter 4, “Government Response: Regulation” (pp. 57–84)
American Nurses Association. (n.d.). ANA enterpriseLinks to an external site.. Retrieved September 20, 2018, from http://www.nursingworld.org
Bosse, J., Simmonds, K., Hanson, C., Pulcini, J., Dunphy, L., Vanhook, P., & Poghosyan, L. (2017). Position statement: Full practice authority for advanced practice registered nurses is necessary to transform primary careLinks to an external site.. Nursing Outlook, 65(6), 761–765.
Halm, M. A. (2018). Evaluating the impact of EBP education: Development of a modified Fresno test for acute care nursing Download Evaluating the impact of EBP education: Development of a modified Fresno test for acute care nursing. Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 15(4), 272–280. doi:10.1111/wvn.12291
National Council of State Boards of Nursing (NCSBN)Links to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.ncsbn.org/index.htm
Neff, D. F., Yoon, S. H., Steiner, R. L., Bumbach, M. D., Everhart, D., & Harman J. S. (2018). The impact of nurse practitioner regulations on population access to careLinks to an external site.. Nursing Outlook, 66(4), 379–385.
Peterson, C., Adams, S. A., & DeMuro, P. R. (2015). mHealth: Don’t forget all the stakeholders in the business caseLinks to an external site.. Medicine 2.0, 4(2), e4.

Discussion post for Genitourinary Disorders

Description

Treatments for Genitourinary Tract Disorders

please answer the following questions:

1.Describe urinary tract infection, causes, symptoms and treatment

2.Discuss treatment for benign prostatic hyperplasia

3.Describe overactive bladder, causes, symptoms and treatment

4.Treatment options and recommendations for different STIs (Chlamydia, Gonorrhea and Syphilis)

Submission Instructions:

Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in the current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources at least five years since publishing.

Each question must be answered individually as in bullet points.

Example: Question 1, followed by the answer to question 1; Question 2, followed by the answer to question 2; and so forth.

EcoMap and Self-Care Plan

Description

OVERVIEW
For this assignment, you will evaluate your life situation and develop a plan of personal health to
maintain self-care. The assignment submission will include a current APA cover page, the
Ecomap graphic, a 3-page reflection paper and the SMART Form.
INSTRUCTIONS
Ecomaps are useful tools to help map out, visualize, and better understand connections. You are
to develop an Ecomap graphic reflecting the following information. List at least five people with
whom you feel most connected. List the person’s name and the common connection(s) between
you and this person. Draw an arrow from your name to each person. The thickness of that arrow
will reflect the strength of the relationship. Consider your relationship with each person and
discuss it in the narrative. Does your interaction with this person improve your self-care plan
through relief of anxiety, stress, and the burdens of life? Or does this person or interaction
increase stress? Consider ways the connection with each person could improve your self-care?
Likewise, in the Ecomap graphic list all the places you go throughout a typical week, such as
school, work, the homes of family and friends, businesses, restaurants, health spas, 12-Step
meetings, spiritual places, and so forth. Beside each place, note the reason(s) you go to this
place. Then, examine whether this place aids in or detracts from your self-care. How can you
increase your connection with the places that support your wellness and limit the places that do
not?
You will use the Ecomap Template to develop your graph. You will write a 3-page paper in
APA style reflecting your findings from the development of the Ecomap.
For this assignment, you will reference the Learn items: Explore: Developing a Self-Care Plan
and Read: Wellbeing and Self-Care to develop a personal Self-Care Plan chart using the
SMART Form provided under the Resources section on the assignment page. You must address
the physical, psychological, social, professional/academic, and spiritual dimensions in your care
plan. Specific goals/objectives (more than 1 per category) and accountability measures must be
noted using the SMART format. (SMART: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-
bound.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Ecomap and Self-Care Plan Grading Rubric | SOWK501_B03_202340
Criteria
Content
Ratings
Points
140 to >128 pts
128 to >117 pts
117 to >0 pts
0 pts
Advanced
Proficient
Developing
Not
Present
The paper meets or
exceeds content
requirements:
The paper mostly meets The paper could use
content requirements:
some development to
Not
meet a number of the
Present
– The graphic of the
content requirements:
– The graphic of the
Self-Care Eco Map is
Self-Care Eco Map is
clear and follows the
– The graphic of the
clear and concise, and
instructions provided
Self-Care Eco Map is
follows the instructions
clear and concise, and
provided by going into
– Description is provided follows the instructions
depth in describing
of the relational aspects provided
relationships and the
of the student’s life and
development of a
the impact the
– Detailed attention is
realistic plan of
relationships have on
given to the relational
self-care as well as
the student
aspects of the student’s
having a detailed
life and the impact that
ecomap.
– Description is given of they have on the
the places where the
student
– Detailed description is student spends time on
provided of the
a regular basis and the – Detailed attention is
relational aspects of the impact that they have
given to the places that
student’s life and the
on the student
draw the student’s
impact the relationships
attention on a regular
have on the student
– The reflection paper
basis and the impact
– Detailed description is addresses the facts
that they have on the
given of the places
learned by developing
student
where the student
the Self-Care Eco Map.
spends time on a
– The reflection paper
regular basis and the
– The SMART plan
clearly addresses the
impact that they have
graphic clearly
facts learned by
on the student- The
addresses the Physical, developing the
reflection paper clearly Psychological, Social,
Self-Care Eco Map.
addresses the facts
Professional/academic,
learned by developing
and Spiritual
– The SMART plan
the Self-Care Eco Map. dimensions of the Self
graphic clearly
Care Plan incorporating addresses the Physical,
-The SMART plan
specific goals/objectives Psychological, Social,
graphic clearly
and accountability
Professional/academic,
addresses the Physical, measures using the
and Spiritual
Psychological, Social,
SMART format for each dimensions of the Self
Professional/academic, dimension discussed.
Care Plan incorporating
and Spiritual
specific goals/objectives
dimensions of the Self
and accountability
Care Plan incorporating
measures using the
specific
SMART format for each
goals/objectives and
dimension discussed.
accountability
measures using the
SMART format for each
dimension discussed.
140
pts
Ecomap and Self-Care Plan Grading Rubric | SOWK501_B03_202340
Criteria
APA Format
Ratings
20 to >17 pts
17 to >16 pts
16 to >0 pts
0 pts
Advanced
Proficient
Developing
Not
Present
The paper meets or
exceeds structure
requirements:
-The cover page is in
current APA format
-References cited
according to current
APA format.
Less than three APA
corrections needed.
The paper mostly meets
structure requirements:
– The cover page is in
current APA format.
– References cited
according to current
APA format.
– Less than 6 major APA
corrections needed
(professors realize that
the same APA error
noted multiple times
does not constitute
multiple corrections).
The paper needs further
development in APA
Not
format in numerous
Present
areas: cover page,
in-text citations,
reference page, etc.
17 to >16 pts
16 to >0 pts
0 pts
Proficient
Developing
Not
Present
The paper meets or
exceeds structure
requirements:
-Free of or has very few
spelling and
grammatical errors.
The paper mostly meets
structure requirements:
More than three and
less than six spelling
and grammatical
corrections are needed.
The paper needs further
development in the area Not
of spelling and
Present
grammar:
Numerous spelling and
grammatical corrections
are needed.
20 to >17 pts
17 to >16 pts
16 to >0 pts
0 pts
Advanced
Proficient
Developing
Not
Present
The paper meets or
exceeds organization
requirements:
-The Ecomap graphic is
well developed and
submitted.
The paper mostly meets The paper could use
the organization
more development in
Not
requirements:
the area of
Present
organization:
-The Ecomap graphic is -The Ecomap graphic
clear.
and/or paper
organization/flow and/or
–Flow of narrative is
the SMART Plan need
organized and tracks
numerous corrections.
well.
Grammar/
20 to >17 pts
Punctuation/Spelling
Advanced
Organization
Points
–Flow is apparent and
easy to follow.
-The SMART plan
graphic is clear and
detailed in each
required dimension.
20 pts
20 pts
20 pts
-The SMART plan
graphic is clear and
includes each required
dimension of the
acronym SMART for
each goal stated.
Total Points: 200
ECOMAP AND SELF CARE
1
Ecomap and Self-Care Plan
School of , Liberty University
Author Note
“Insert full name here. Include ORCID number in URL format if you have one.”
I have no known conflict of interest to disclose. “”
Correspondence concerning this article should be addressed to
“Insert Student’s Full Name” . Email:
ECOMAP AND SELF CARE
2
Ecomap
Legend:
The thicker the line, the stronger
the relationship.
The larger the arrow, the more
energy given or received
Tenuous —–Stressful /
/
/
Broken // // //
ECOMAP AND SELF CARE
3
Self-Care Ecomap Reflection
Start with an introductory paragraph and write a 3-page APA paper reflecting on your
findings from the development of the Ecomap.
ECOMAP AND SELF CARE
4
SMART Plan
You must address the physical, psychological, social, professional/academic, and
spiritual dimensions in your care plan. Specific goals/objectives (more than 1 per category) and
accountability measures must be noted using the SMART format. An example of a SMART
Goal: I will go to the gym four times a week at 7am. Accountability: I will go with Jill two of
those days. On the other two days, I will call Jill and let her know how my workout went.
CARE AREA
Physical Care
Psychological Care
Spiritual Care
Social Care
Professional/Volunteer Care
SELF-CARE PLANNING FORM
S.M.A.R.T. GOALS
Specific, Measurable,
Achievable, Realistic, and
Time-limited
ACCOUNTABILITY
MEASURE
ECOMAP AND SELF CARE
5
Conclusion
Indent and write your conclusion here. It contains a short summary of your paper.
ECOMAP AND SELF CARE
6
References
(these may not be necessary)
Please list references on a separate page at the end of your paper. You can use your
textbooks as your references. Remember to use APA 7.0 for the entire paper.
In the new version of APA, you need to cite the Bible. You no longer need to indicate
the location of the publishing house.
Here are some examples:
New American Standard Bible. (1995). Thomas Nelson. (Original work published 1971)
New International Version Bible. (2012). The NIV Bible. https://www.thenivbible.com/
(Original work published 1978)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

more information on introduction

Description

am doing an introduction for research on I need more information and her is the prof comment on my work. So, I need your help to complete what he wants. I feel the background or literature review section needs more depth in terms of mentioning the existing studies that have assessed knowledge, attitude, practices regarding obesity, some may have focused on one or two… but we can still mention it.. also we have added body weight perception segment in our questionnaire, so this will be worthwhile writing about to. Finally, gaps in the literature needs to be outlined to highlight the significance of the study. Basically, the studies that you will mention in your section will be covered again in the discussion section, by another colleague, and to be compared with the study findings.I also have some extra references that can help you.Thank youattached my introduction and the research proposal

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1. Background
1
Based on World Health Organization 2016, 13% of adults worldwide were obese (men: 11%; women: 15%).
2
1
3
In 2020, there were 24.7% of Saudi Arabians who were obese. Women were more likely than men to be obese
4
(27.4% vs. 22%). Additionally, compared to the Western and Northern regions of Saudi Arabia, the Eastern
5
and Central regions had a higher frequency of obesity.2
6
Obesity is abnormal or excessive accumulation of fat. It poses a severe risk for several chronic conditions,
7
including type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, disability, and mortality. A combination of factors,
8
including heredity, lifestyle, inactivity, poor diet, and eating habits, contributes to it. Obesity is currently
9
linked to a wide range of illnesses that can impact a person’s quality of life, strain the healthcare system, and
10
harm the nation’s economy.1
11
Dietary habits are the most important risk factor for obesity in Saudi Arabia. Shifting to a Western diet and
12
higher intake of sugary beverages as well as a lack of physical activity. In addition, education and income,
13
Sleep hygiene, psychosocial issues, and physical exercise are all important considerations. Obesity is
14
currently related with a wide range of health issues that can impair an individual’s quality of life, impose
15
stress on the healthcare system, and place a financial burden on the country. 2 ,3
16
The Saudi government is pursuing a wide range of programs under its Vision 2030 plan for a healthier
17
population in response to the enormous health and social repercussions of the obesity crisis.4
18
Furthermore, some current research focused on specific groups, such as physicians or medical students, and
19
had a small sample size, limiting their generalizability to the general
20
1
population.This research helps in the identification of gaps in people’s knowledge, attitudes, and dietary prac
21
tices. It helps in understanding the factors that influence people’s decisions and behaviors.
22
These findings will help researchers in developing community interventions to combat obesity and improve
23
quality of life in Saudi Arabia.
24
25
Reference
26
1. Obesity and overweight. (n.d.). Retrieved from https://www.who.int/news-room/factsheets/detail/obesity-and-overweight
27
28
2. Althumiri, N. A., Basyouni, M. H., AlMousa, N., AlJuwaysim, M. F., Almubark, R. A., BinDhim, N.
29
F., Alkhamaali, Z., & Alqahtani, S. A. (2021). Obesity in Saudi Arabia in 2020: Prevalence,
30
Distribution, and Its Current Association with Various Health Conditions. Healthcare (Basel,
31
Switzerland), 9(3), 311. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare9030311
32
3. Salem, V., AlHusseini, N., Abdul Razack, H. I., Naoum, A., Sims, O. T., & Alqahtani, S. A. (2022).
33
Prevalence, risk factors, and interventions for obesity in Saudi Arabia: a systematic review. Obesity
34
Reviews, 23(7), e13448.
35
4. Saudi Arabia Vision 2030 . [Internet]. cited: 2023. July
26. https://www.vision2030.gov.sa/
36
37
2
Assessing Knowledge, Attitudes, and Practices (KAPs) regarding obesity in Saudi
Arabia
Proposal
Literature review:
Obesity is a growing health problem. Since 1980, the global prevalence of overweight and
obesity has doubled making around third of the world’s population overweight or obese (Chooi et
al., 2019). In 2013, a national study in Saudi Arabia revealed that the prevalence of obesity was
33.5% among females and 24.1% among males (Memish et al., 2014). Obesity is primarily
caused by an imbalance between energy intake and expenditure (Daniels et al., 2009). Obesity is
a risk factor of many diseases such as, diabetes, hypertension, and cardiovascular diseases
(Schelbert, 2009).
Considering its association with several health issues, it is important to establish good health
knowledge and attitudes toward overweight and obesity. Furthermore, obesity is seen as a
preventable cause of morbidity and mortality worldwide (Alasmari et al., 2017). Despite its
importance, the awareness levels about the risks associated with obesity are considered to be
insufficient (Alasmari et al., 2017). Researches have revealed limited data concerning population
knowledge of obesity related risks and co-morbidities (Alqahtani et al., 2016, Bin Airul Faizilli
et al., 2020, Gormley & Melby, 2020). Understanding the knowledge, attitudes, and behaviors
related to obesity among the Saudi population can help in designing community interventions
that tackle obesity. Findings from this study will further assist healthcare professionals in
tackling obesity.
Several studies were conducted worldwide to assess knowledge and practices related to obesity.
The majority of these studies targeted specific population i.e. medical students or health care
practitioners rather than the general population. This was also seen in studies taking place in
Saudi Arabia. In Saudi Arabia, seven cross-sectional studies were conducted between the years
2013 and 2020 to examine the knowledge, attitude and practice in relation to obesity knowledge
and management (Alqahtani et al 2016, Alissa et al 2015, Sebiany et al 2013, Alshammari et al
2014, Al-Khaldi et al 2014, Al Noor et al 2020, Alomary et al 2016). The researches took place
1
in the cities of Madinah (Alqahtani et al 2016), Jeddah (Alissa et al 2015), Dammam and AlKhobar (Sebiany et al 2013, Alshammari et al 2014), Riyadh (Al Noor et al 2020) and Aseer (
Al-Khaldi et al 2014). A single study was conducted across the kingdom in centers under the
Ministry of Health (Alomary et al 2016). The studied population ranged from secondary school
level male students (Alqahtani et al 2016), male and female attending medical colleges (Alissa et
al 2015). With the majority of studies done among physicians working in health care centers
(Sebiany et al 2013, Alshammari et al 2014, Al-Khaldi et al 2014, Al Noor et al 2020, Alomary
et al 2016).
A study has assessed the prevalence of overweight and obesity, knowledge, and attitude towards
obesity in 314 male students attending secondary schools in Al-Madinah (Alqahtani et al 2016).
The prevalence of overweight and obesity was 11.8% and 16.2% respectively. Around 76.8%
had insufficient knowledge regarding obesity related issues and about half of students showed
positive attitude towards obese people. Similarly, 64 % of physicians in Aseer region had
inadequate knowledge of obesity (Al-Khaldi et al., 2014).
Alissa et al (2015) have conducted a study in Jeddah on King Abdulaziz University medical
student from both genders to examine their level of knowledge regarding nutrition and physical
activity, in addition to their attitude and practices regarding healthy eating, and barriers to
healthy practices. The study found that regardless of their evident awareness of the importance of
healthy eating habits, daily application of such habits was limited. Around 75% – 94% of
students have shown good knowledge on the following topics: the composition of balanced diet,
healthiest frying method, ideal eating behaviour, vitamins and minerals importance and the
meaning of organic food. Yet, a lower percentage of students (18-39%) have shown knowledge
regarding healthy cooking methods, identification of healthy food and the genetically modified
food definition. The generalizability of study finding is restricted to students with medical
background.
Two studies were conducted in the cities of the Eastern region, and measured physician’s
knowledge regarding obesity diagnosis and treatments, barriers for disease management
(Sebiany et al 2013) and attitude regarding responses and practices for obesity management
(Alshammari et al 2014). The former study found adequate knowledge for obesity prevalence
and diagnosis, yet information regarding risk of obesity in developing cancer was not adequate.
2
This is in parallel with findings from Bocquier et al., (2005) study. It is noteworthy to mention
that the majority of the participating physicians were either overweight or obese and those were
found to be less likely to be involved in patient education regarding weight loss strategies
(Sebiany et al 2013). In this study, only 20 % of physicians reported having adequate training to
treat obesity (Sebiany et al 2013). They identified lack of training and poor administrative
support to be among the main barriers to obesity management in their medical practice.
Although few local studies have used validated instruments in their studies (Alqahtani et al 2016,
Alissa et al 2015, Alshammari et al 2014, Al Noor et al 2020, Alomary et al 2016), the low
sample size, the targeted group, and the different study objectives makes it rather difficult to
apply it to the general population. Therefore, it is necessary to develop a new questionnaire to
assess the Knowledge, Attitude, and Practices (KAPs) related to obesity among in Saudi Arabia.
Research significance:
Considering the alarming rates of obesity in Saudi Arabia and in alignment with Vision 2030,
there is a need to understand the underlying reasons and factors that may influence individual’s
choices and lifestyle. Doing so will help in designing interventions that aims at improving the
community health and quality of life. One way of achieving this is through assessing the current
knowledge, attitude, and practices (KAPs) of Saudi population regarding obesity. Limited KAPs
studies have been conducted in Saudi Arabia. In addition, the existing studies were concerned
with specific groups such as physicians or medical students and based on small sample size
limiting its generalizability across the general population. To the researcher’s knowledge, this is
the first study to assess KAPs related to obesity among Saudi population. This study will help
identify the gaps in people’s knowledge, attitudes, and dietary practices. It will also help
understand the factors that influence people’s choices and behaviors. These findings will help
inform researchers on community interventions aimed at tackling obesity and improving quality
of life in Saudi Arabia.
Objectives:

To assess the current knowledge, attitudes, and dietary practices of obesity among Saudi
population.
3

Assess the relationship between knowledge and attitude of obesity among Saudi
population.

Assess the relationship between knowledge and dietary practices of obesity among Saudi
population.

Assess the social factors that may influence knowledge, attitude, and practices of obesity
among Saudi population.
Methods:
KAPs questionnaire:
This is a cross sectional study design, a self-administered questionnaire will be distributed
through emails and social media accounts such as Twitter and LinkedIn. Participants will be
asked to give their consent prior to inclusion of the study. Also, participants’ confidentiality will
be ensured through data handling “anonymously”. Ethical approval will be obtained prior to data
collection.
The study population will include adults residing in Saudi Arabia. Sample size was estimated
using Raosoft with a confidence level of 95%, 385 subjects will be included. Researchers will
consider several elements prior to developing a questionnaire: content, response format, validity
and reliability. Following this, the questionnaire will be tested in a pilot study.
A. Validity: Content validity, face validity, and construct validity of the developed questionnaire
will be assessed through experts’ evaluation (n = 10) in the fields of obesity and nutrition.
Construct validity will be assessed through Spearman’s or Pearson’s correlations. Items with
correlation coefficient >0.7 will be omitted. Content validity will be ensured by making sure
each item is verified using different health policy and report documents such WHO, The Food
Standard Agency, and American Dietetic Association, and the British Dietetic Association.
B. Reliability: Internal consistency and reliability of each scale will be tested using Cronbach
alpha reliability test. The homogeneity of the question items in each domain will be evaluated
using Cronbach’s α coefficient (Tavakol and Dennick, 2011). A coefficient of 0.7 or higher is
preferred for a questionnaire to be internally consistent (Deniz and Alsaffar, 2013).
4
C. Components of the questionnaire: The components of the questionnaire were divided into
five main sections: sociodemographic data, anthropometric data, knowledge questions
(Definition of obesity, risk factors, and consequences), attitude questions, and practice questions.
D. Response format and scoring: Closed ended questions will be used in this study as it is
easier to conduct and allow quicker compared to open-ended questions. Furthermore, more
number of statements can be answered within a specific time period. A combination of response
formats will be used: True, False, and uncertain, and Likert scale. Considering the widespread of
study sample with different education level, 5-point Likert scale will be used in the response
format.
Statistical analysis:
The collected data will be recorded, coded, and verified. All data analyses will be conducted
using Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS version 24). Inferential and descriptive
analyses will be performed. Frequency statistics presents the distribution of the scores while
inferential statistics determine if the findings from the sampled population can be generalizable
(Spector et al., 2014). Descriptive statistics (means, standard deviations, frequencies, and
percentages) will be calculated. The Kolmogorov-Smirnov test will be used to assess data
normality.
Non- normally distributed continuous data and categorical data will be analysed using a nonparametric statistical testing (Chi-square tests, Mann-Whitney U Tests) Kruskal-Wallis Tests
will be used to determine differences in scores between age, gender and BMI groups (subanalysis for more than 3 groups). Differences were considered significant at P < 0.05. Spearman Rho correlation coefficients will be computed to test possible relationships between variable of interest (health behaviours, their attitudes, and their knowledge regarding obesity risk), in addition to their correlation with sociodemographic, anthropometrical and nutritional data collected. 5 References: Alasmari, H. D., Al-Shehri, A. D., Aljuaid, T. A., Alzaidi, B. A., & Alswat, K. A. (2017). Relationship between body mass index and obesity awareness in school students. Journal of clinical medicine research, 9(6), 520. Al-Khaldi, Y. M., Melha, W. S. A., Al-Shahrani, A. M., Al-Saleem, S. A., & Hamam, M. A. (2014). Knowledge, attitude and practice of primary health care physicians in Aseer region regarding obesity. Saudi Journal of Obesity, 2(2), 54. Alomary, S., Saeedi, M., Alotaibi, T., al Shehri, F., Bashir, A., Ali, A., & El-Metwally, A. (2016). Knowledge and training needs of primary healthcare physicians regarding obesity management in Saudi Arabia. Saudi Journal of Obesity, 4(1), 20. https://doi.org/10.4103/2347-2618.184952 Al-Qahtani, A. M., & Sundogji, H. (2016). Attitudes and knowledge of obesity risks among Male high school students in Al-Madinah, Saudi Arabia. Journal of Applied Pharmaceutical Science 6(10):154-158. doi: 10.7324/JAPS.2016.601021. Alshammari Al-Shammari Yf, Y. F. F. (2014). Attitudes and practices of primary care physicians in the management of overweight and obesity in eastern saudi arabia. International Journal of Health Sciences, 8(2), 151–158. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25246882 B Al Noor, M. A., Fayez Horaib, Y., Abdulaziz Almusallam, N., Yousef Alyousef, A., Suliman Alkahmous, F., Yousef Alyousef, A., & Ali Al laili, D. (n.d.). International Journal of Medicine in Developing Countries Physicians’ knowledge, feelings, attitudes, and practices toward obesity at family medicine setting in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. https://doi.org/10.24911/IJMDC.51-1573494087 bin Airul Faizili, A., Hidayahtun Najihah Binti Yahaya, N., Binti Jasman, N., Yee Jie, O., & Prasha Selvakumaran, T. (2020). A Cross Sectional Study of Attitude Towards Obesity Among Medical Undergraduates. In International Journal of Biomedical and Clinical Science, 5 (4). Bocquier A, Verger P, Basdevant A, Andreotti G, Baretge J, Villani P, Paraponaris A. Overweight and obesity: knowledge, attitudes, and practices of general practitioners in france. Obes Res. 2005;13(4):787– 795. doi: 10.1038/oby.2005.89 Chooi, Y. C., Ding, C., & Magkos, F. (2019). The epidemiology of obesity. Metabolism, 92, 6-10. Daniels, S. R. (2009). Complications of obesity in children and adolescents. International journal of obesity, 33(1), S60-S65. Deniz MS, Alsaffar AA. Assessing the validity and reliability of a questionnaire on dietary fibre related knowledge in a Turkish student population. J Health Popul Nutr. 2013;31:497–503. Gozal, D., & Kheirandish-Gozal, L. (2012). Childhood obesity and sleep: relatives, partners, or both?—a critical perspective on the evidence. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1264(1), 135. Memish ZA, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M, Robinson M, Daoud F, Jaber S, et al. Obesity and Associated Factors — Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2013. Prev Chronic Dis 2014;11:140-236. 6 Mokbel Alissa, E. (2015). Knowledge, Attitude and Practice of Dietary and Lifestyle Habits Among Medical Students in King Abdulaziz University, Saudi Arabia. International Journal of Nutrition and Food Sciences, 4(6), 650. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ijnfs.20150406.18 Schelbert, K. B. (2009). Comorbidities of obesity. Primary Care: Clinics in Office Practice, 36(2), 271285. Sebiany, A. (2013). Primary care physicians′ knowledge and perceived barriers in the management of overweight and obesity. Journal of Family and Community Medicine, 20(3), 147. https://doi.org/10.4103/2230-8229.121972 Spector, M., Merrill, D., Elen, J., Bishop, M.J., 2014. The Handbook of Research for Educational Communications and Technology, 4th ed. Springer, New York. Tavakol M, Dennick R. Making sense of Cronbach's alpha. Int J Med Educ. 2011;2:53–5. World Health Organization. Obesity: Preventing and Managing the Global Epidemic. World Health Organization: Geneva, 2000.Accessed Aug 2016 7 1. Background 1 Based on World Health Organization 2016, 13% of adults worldwide were obese (men: 11%; women: 15%). 2 1 3 In 2020, there were 24.7% of Saudi Arabians who were obese. Women were more likely than men to be obese 4 (27.4% vs. 22%). Additionally, compared to the Western and Northern regions of Saudi Arabia, the Eastern 5 and Central regions had a higher frequency of obesity.2 6 Obesity is abnormal or excessive accumulation of fat. It poses a severe risk for several chronic conditions, 7 including type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, disability, and mortality. A combination of factors, 8 including heredity, lifestyle, inactivity, poor diet, and eating habits, contributes to it. Obesity is currently 9 linked to a wide range of illnesses that can impact a person's quality of life, strain the healthcare system, and 10 harm the nation's economy.1 11 Dietary habits are the most important risk factor for obesity in Saudi Arabia. Shifting to a Western diet and 12 higher intake of sugary beverages as well as a lack of physical activity. In addition, education and income, 13 Sleep hygiene, psychosocial issues, and physical exercise are all important considerations. Obesity is 14 currently related with a wide range of health issues that can impair an individual's quality of life, impose 15 stress on the healthcare system, and place a financial burden on the country. 2 ,3 16 The Saudi government is pursuing a wide range of programs under its Vision 2030 plan for a healthier 17 population in response to the enormous health and social repercussions of the obesity crisis.4 18 Furthermore, some current research focused on specific groups, such as physicians or medical students, and 19 had a small sample size, limiting their generalizability to the general 20 1 population.This research helps in the identification of gaps in people's knowledge, attitudes, and dietary prac 21 tices. It helps in understanding the factors that influence people's decisions and behaviors. 22 These findings will help researchers in developing community interventions to combat obesity and improve 23 quality of life in Saudi Arabia. 24 25 Reference 26 1. Obesity and overweight. (n.d.). Retrieved from https://www.who.int/news-room/factsheets/detail/obesity-and-overweight 27 28 2. Althumiri, N. A., Basyouni, M. H., AlMousa, N., AlJuwaysim, M. F., Almubark, R. A., BinDhim, N. 29 F., Alkhamaali, Z., & Alqahtani, S. A. (2021). Obesity in Saudi Arabia in 2020: Prevalence, 30 Distribution, and Its Current Association with Various Health Conditions. Healthcare (Basel, 31 Switzerland), 9(3), 311. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare9030311 32 3. Salem, V., AlHusseini, N., Abdul Razack, H. I., Naoum, A., Sims, O. T., & Alqahtani, S. A. (2022). 33 Prevalence, risk factors, and interventions for obesity in Saudi Arabia: a systematic review. Obesity 34 Reviews, 23(7), e13448. 35 4. Saudi Arabia Vision 2030 . [Internet]. cited: 2023. July 26. https://www.vision2030.gov.sa/ 36 37 2 Purchase answer to see full attachment

314 solve

Description

Guidelines:Word count: 300to 1000 words Follow APA format for your assignment must include Introduction, Body and ConclusionAll information must be mention in APA referenceFont and Size: Times New Roman (12)Color – Black, Spacing – 1.5, Heading and sub-heading – BoldFollow APA format your assignment must include Introduction, Body & ConclusionAvoid plagiarismSubmit as word document

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Society & Drugs
Course number:
PHC 314
CRN
Essay Topic
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Societies have evolved to believe that they have the right to
protect themselves from the damaging impact of drug use and
abuse.
(a) Mention the policies and prevention programs for
combating drug use and abuse at any country you
choose ?
(b) Describe the Saudi Food & Drug Authority (SFDA)
approval process for assessing the safety and efficacy of a
newly developed drug?
Student name:
Student ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name
Grade
Dr. Ahmed Hazazi
… out of 10
Guidelines:

Word count: 300to 1000 words

Follow APA format for your assignment must include Introduction, Body and Conclusion

All information must be mention in APA reference

Font and Size: Times New Roman (12)

Color – Black, Spacing – 1.5, Heading and sub-heading – Bold

Follow APA format your assignment must include Introduction, Body & Conclusion

Avoid plagiarism

Submit as word document

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

The 41-Year-Old Patient Evaluation & Management Plan

Description

A 41-year-old male patient presents at the community walk-in clinic
with complaints of severe elbow pain radiating into the forearm. His
13-year-old daughter is serving as a translator because her father is
unable to speak English and understands only a few words in English. The
daughter explains that he has been taking Tylenol to manage pain, but
the pain is getting worse and is keeping him from working. You ask the
daughter to describe the type of work her father does, and you notice
she is hesitant to respond, first checking with her father. He responds,
and she translates that he works in construction. Based on the response
and the apparent concern, you suspect that the patient may be an
undocumented worker. Further conversation reveals that several members
of the family are working with the same local construction company.You suspect the pain reported as coming from the elbow and radiating
down the forearm is caused by repetitive motions, perhaps indicating
lateral epicondylitis. What can you do to confirm this diagnosis?While performing the physical examination, you ask the patient,
through his daughter, if he has reported this injury to his employer,
because the injury is most likely work-related. The daughter responded
without consulting her father that this is an old injury that happened
before he started working at his current place of employment. You could
tell that she was becoming more distressed. What is the most likely
explanation for her concern?Visual inspection reveals erythema around the affected area with no
evidence of overlying skin lesions, scars, or deformities. What other
assessments should you perform?How is lateral epicondylitis treated?When discussing possible treatment approaches, you notice that the
patient is very worried and seems to suggest to his daughter that they
should leave. The daughter begins trying to explain why they have to
leave right away. What would you tell the patient and his daughter to
help them feel comfortable staying for treatment?Submission Instructions:Your post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources.No AI Submissions

Writing a health blog for young children, adolescents and parents

Description

Please find attached documents for the detailed assignment.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week 5
Introduction
Patient education is an effective tool in supporting compliance and treatment for a diagnosis. It
is important to consider effective ways to educate patients and their families about a
diagnosis—such as coaching, brochures, or videos—and to recognize that the efficacy of any
materials may differ based on a particular patient’s needs and learning preferences. Because
patients or their families may be overwhelmed with a new diagnosis, it is important that
materials provided by the practitioner clearly outline the information that patients need to
know.
For this Assignment, you will pretend that you are a contributing writer to a health blog. You are
tasked with explaining important information about anxiety disorder in language appropriate
for child/adolescent patients and/or their caregivers.
Summary: In a 300- to 500-word blog post written for a patient and/or caregiver
audience, explain the signs and symptoms of your diagnosis, pharmacological
treatments, nonpharmacological treatments, and appropriate community
resources and referrals.
Please take note.
1. Explain signs and symptoms for the assigned diagnosis in children and
adolescents. The response should accurately and concisely explain signs and
symptoms of the assigned diagnosis in language and tone that are engaging and
appropriate for a patient/caregiver audience.
2. Explain pharmacological and nonpharmacological treatments for children and
adolescents with the diagnosis. The response should accurately and concisely
explain pharmacological and nonpharmacological treatments in language and tone
that are engaging and appropriate for a patient/caregiver audience.
3. Explain appropriate community resources and referrals for the assigned diagnosis.
The response should accurately and concisely explain appropriate community
resources and referrals for the assigned diagnosis in language and tone that are
engaging and appropriate for a patient/caregiver audience.
Please ensure the content: Written Expression and Formatting – The Paragraph Development and
Organization: Paragraphs make clear points supporting well-developed ideas, flow logically, and
demonstrate continuity. Sentences are carefully focused—neither long, rambling, short, and lacking
substance. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement and introduction are provided that delineate all
required criteria.
Written Expression and Formatting – should be in American English Writing Standards: Correct grammar,
mechanics, and proper punctuation. The paper follows the correct APA format for title page, headings,
font, spacing, margins, indentations, page numbers, parenthetical/narrative in-text citations, and reference
list is in alphabetical order.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Do clinical judgement plan based off of given case study also a example is provided fill out entire case stufy and make sure there is no plagiarism, cite sources and put references and use in text citationsfill out the doc provided

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Student Name
Pediatric Clinical Judgement Plan
West Coast University
Professor Name
Date
OB Version Feb 2022
PEDIATRICS Clinical Judgement Plan
Student Name:
DATE Care Provided and UNIT:
Patient Information
History of Present Illness (HPI), Pathophysiology of Admitting Dx (Cite References) Medical, Surgical, Social History (1).
WHAT BROUGHT THE PT TO THE HOSPITAL? WHAT EVENTS LEAD UP TO THIS? WHAT HAPPENED WHEN THEY
GOT TO THE HOSPITAL- UNTIL NOW WHEN YOU ARE PROVIDING CARE? (USE SEPARATE ATTACHED WORD DOC → WHEN
NEEDED)
(1)
Patient Initials:
Age & Gender: Age in years/not DOB
Height/Weight:
Medical History: (SEE RUBRIC REQUIREMENTS)
PAST DIAGNOSED MEDICAL PROBLEMS
For each disease identified, define, it, describe pathophysiology, and cite source
Code Status:
Living Will/ DPOA:
Chief Complaint
Ex: SUBJECTIVE (Abnormal – Bullet Points)
What is the cause of the patients problem
now describing i.e., Pt is having SOB 8/10
with exertion?
Surgical History: (SEE RUBRIC REQUIREMENTS)
PAST DIAGNOSED SURGICAL PROBLEMS
For each procedure identified, define & describe it; include year of procedure & cite source
Family History:
Admitting Diagnosis & Admission
Date
Cultural considerations, ethnicity, occupation, religion, family support, insurance.
(1) (14) Socioeconomic/Cultural/Spiritual Orientation & Psychosocial
Considerations/Concerns: include the following Social Determinants of Health
(SDOH) (SEE RUBRIC REQUIREMENTS)
❋ Economic Stability
❋ Education
❋ Social and Community Context
❋ Health and Health Care
❋ Neighborhood and Built Environment
List three psycho-social concerns you may have.
OB Version Feb 2022
Erickson’s Developmental Stage Related to pt. & Cite References (1)
*List and Discuss specific stage (based on objective assessment)
(SEE RUBRIC REQUIREMENTS)
PEDIATRICS Clinical Judgement Plan
Student Name:
DATE Care Provided and UNIT:
TIME OUT!!! Student instructions:
Include Relevant Diagnostic Procedures/Results & Pertinent Lab tests/ Values
(With normal ranges), include dates and rationales supported with Evidence Based Citations
Include 2-3 nursing interventions for abnormal labs and for all diagnostic procedures
Lab Tests or
Diagnostic Scan
Normal
Ranges
Admission
Lab Values
Current Lab
Values
Medical Management and Collaborative Plan
(from MD, PT, OT notes….etc.) *Consider past 24 – 48 hours
Explain Abnormal Labs R/T
Your Pt & NI
(USE SEPARATE ATTACHED
WORD DOC → WHEN
NEEDED)
Patient Education (In Pt.) for Transfer/ Discharge Planning
ASSESS LEARNING STYLE:
LEARNING PREFERENCE: WRITTEN, VIDEO, etc.
LEARNING BARRIER(S): LANGUAGE, EDUCATION LEVEL
ASSISTIVE DEVICES: GLASSES, HEARING AIDES, etc.
ANTICIPATED TRANSFER/ DISCHARGE PLANNING:
TIME OUT!!! Student
instructions:
INCLUDE:
Appropriate Diagnostic
Tests/ ProceduresDATEs and RESULTS
(Can add → See
attached Word Doc)
OB Version Feb 2022
DISCUSS: PRIORITY GOALS TO BE ACHIEVED to TRANSFER or
DISCHARGE
EQUIPMENT
( MAY DELETE THESE ‘TIPS” TO USE SPACE)
MEDS
TREATMENT
REFERRALS NEEDED
PEDIATRICS Clinical Judgement Plan
Student Name:
TIME OUT!!! Student instructions:
DATE Care Provided and UNIT:
Medication Name
Include BOTH Generic
AND Trade names for
RX; include OTC,
herbal (nonpharmacological items)
OB Version Feb 2022
Dose
Please
include
dosage
calculatio
n for min
and max
per
weight
Allergies:
Medications & Allergies (2)
Route
Freq.
NOTE:
PRN
‘alone’ ≠
Freq
Indications
(PRN meds must
include MD
ordered
Indication)
Mechanism of Action
Side Effects/
Adverse Reactions
Nursing Considerations specific to
this patient with citations
What cues will you observe for?
What will you monitor (labs, vitals,
etc?)
PEDIATRICS Clinical Judgement Plan
Student Name:
DATE Care Provided and UNIT:
ASSESSMENT & REVIEW OF SYTEMS
TIME OUT!!! Student instructions:
Physical Assessment Findings including presenting signs and symptoms that you will complete for this patient supported with Evidence Based Citations
Vital Signs (4)
Neurological (5)
Cardiovascular (6)
Respiratory (7)
Musculoskeletal (8)
GI/Hydration/Nutrition (9)
GU (10)
Rest/ Exercise (11)
Integumentary (12)
Endocrine (13)
Psychosocial (14)
BP:
HR: (Rhythm)
RR:
Temp:
O2 (any supplemental)
Pain (0/10)
Ht (cm)
Wt. (Kg)
BMI:
OB Version Feb 2022
MISC
PEDIATRICS Clinical Judgement Plan
Student Name:
DATE Care Provided and UNIT:
TIME OUT!!! Student instructions:
To be sure your clinical judgement statements written below are accurate. You need to review the defining characteristics and related factors associated with and see how your patient data match.
Do you have an accurate match or are additional data required, or does another cue from abnormal assessment findings need to be investigated?
Observation
Assessment
Recognize Cues
Obtain information from
different sources (e.g., the
environment, the pt., the
family, another nurse,
EHR) in different formats
(e.g., visual observation,
audio perception, lab
results, text description,
etc.).
Interpreting
Analysis
Analyze Cues
Interprets cues from their
existing knowledge base and
nursing perspective, evaluate
cues in terms of relevancy,
importance, and
interrelationship among other
cues, organize cues in the
mental representation of the
scenario (e.g., organize cues
in clusters), and then
develops a group of probable
client needs/concerns and
problems
Prioritize Hypotheses
Evaluates the probable client
needs/concerns and problems
generated previously in
various dimensions and
organize them into an ordered
list where the priority
hypotheses are on the top.
(ABCs, Maslow, safety, acute
v chronic, unstable v stable,
urgent v non-urgent)
Responding
Planning
Implement
Generate Solutions
Develops a list of actions to
address the hypotheses.
Give rationales for each
solution.
Take Action
Sorts the actions (based on
their evaluation in various
dimensions) and carries
out the action(s) to address
the hypothesis/hypotheses
with highest priority first.
Clinical Judgement (The expected/anticipated outcomes or SMART GOALS)
These should be written in a SMART format for patient goals.
For examples:
The patient will have decreased pain by verbalizing pain score 3/10 or below by the end of the shift.
The patient will maintain clear airway by effectively coughing by the end of the shift.
Reflecting
Evaluate
Evaluation
Compare and contrast what happened with your plan of care against what was expected/anticipated (disease progression, unique client
response) and decide whether additional clinical decisions are needed.
OB Version Feb 2022
PEDIATRICS Clinical Judgement Plan
Student Name:
DATE Care Provided and UNIT:
References
Use APA format and hanging indents for all references.
If you have any questions, please consult the APA 7th Edition.
OB Version Feb 2022
Cardiology OP Clinic
Case Study
L-transposition of the great arteries
M U RI E L A LM E I DA ,
DI E T E T IC I N T E RN DE CE M BE R 0 2 , 2 0 2 1
• 17-month-old female born full term at 40 weeks, via C-section, AGA
• Dx at birth with multiple congenital heart defects:
Patient Profile
o L-transposition of the great arteries (L-TGA) w/ Pulmonary Atresia (PA)
o Secondary: Ventricular Septal Defect (VSD), Persistent left superior
vena cava (LSVC)/bilateral SVCs, right aortic arch
• Desats at birth, placed on CPAP, then intubated at OSH. Echo
suggested L-TGA and PA. Transferred to CHLA/CT-ICU for surgical
management.
• Underwent central shunt and PDA ligation on DOL #4,
• Complex anatomical correction hear surgery at 10 mo old.
• Hx of feeding intolerance and poor weight gain requiring PN,
continuous NGT feeds, formula fortification and most recently oral
supplements.
Delayed sternal closure 7d post anatomical correction op (4/1/21)
Clinical
Course
Complicated recovery with AKI requiring PD (4/06), following
hypotension w/ bacteremia treated w/ abx for 10 days
1 month post surgery (4/29/21):
– Transferred to CTICU w/ respiratory failure and arrested during intubation
– Started on abx, new PICC line was placed + inotropic support w/ epi drip,
w/ significant clinical improvement. successfully extubated 1 wk later
Recovery well w/ normal cardiac function. Digoxin d/c early May
(~1 year old). D/c 48 days later
L-transposition of
the great arteries
• Rare Congenital Heart Defect: Noncyanotic form that accounts for
Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NY Times Presentation on Medical Technology

Description

New York Times Article Presentations – Medical Technology Being about to communicate orally is an important aspect as a health care professional. We will be reading the New York Times in this course. There will be a NY Times presentation beginning Unit 5 on an article regarding the health concept of the week. The concepts of the week have to be in accordance to the course schedule. For example, for week 4, the health theme is health services professionals. Students will present (recorded via Powtoon or Screencastomatic) their article from the New York Times during Unit 5 on health information technology. A sign up Discussion Forum will be available during the second week of class. Your presentations must be recorded and posted by Sunday of your assigned week. You can use Powtoons (the link is in Blackboard), Screencastomatic http://www.screencast-o-matic.com/,or Microsoft PowerPoint your presentation. Your presentation includes 2 objectives of your presentation and the NY Times article in APA 6th edition citation. This means make sure you include a slide with article’s information in APA 6th edition.In addition, to make sure you have practice before doing your NY Times presentation, your week 1 introduction to the class and some of your responses to the discussion questions Note: The New York Times Presentation of your selected topic is due on Sunday at 11:59 PM of the week that topic is studied, see syllabus for dates of topics. Pay attention the due dates for this topic, extensions are not granted and a grade of zero will result for failure to submit a presentation by the due date.For this project, find a NY Times article related to the topic you selected. New York Times articles can be found at Towson Library. Make a PowerPoint presentation and record a voice over with the presentation. Submit the link of the video with your presentation and voice over. The video should not be more than 5 minutes.

314 dhefaf

Description

see attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Society & Drugs
Course number:
PHC 314
CRN
Essay Topic
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Societies have evolved to believe that they have the right to
protect themselves from the damaging impact of drug use and
abuse.
(a) Mention the policies and prevention programs for
combating drug use and abuse at any country you
choose ?
(b) Describe the Saudi Food & Drug Authority (SFDA)
approval process for assessing the safety and efficacy of a
newly developed drug?
Student name:
Student ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name
Grade
… out of 10
Guidelines:

Word count: 300to 1000 words

Follow APA format for your assignment must include Introduction, Body and Conclusion

All information must be mention in APA reference

Font and Size: Times New Roman (12)

Color – Black, Spacing – 1.5, Heading and sub-heading – Bold

Follow APA format your assignment must include Introduction, Body & Conclusion

Avoid plagiarism

Submit as word document

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Perceptions

Description

500 words paper

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Nursing Perceptions
Share your perceptions based on your current work environment: Is nursing perceived as a
professional partner with other disciplines? Submission Instructions: Your initial post should be at
least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic
sources

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

372 @shoaa97

Description

see attached file

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Public health outbreak and disaster management
Course number:
PHC 372
Assignment 1 Questions
– What makes Hajj different than other mass
gatherings?
– What are the risk factors associated with
Hajj?
– Then Choose only one of the following:
o Choose one potential disaster in Hajj
and propose your plan to manage it.
(Explain your disaster management
plan in each phase of the disaster
(Mitigation, Preparedness, Response,
Recovery)
Assignment
question
o Review one disaster incident that
happened in Hajj (explain the
strategies used in the 4 phases, if
possible, to manage the disaster, and
what are the lessons learned out of
that incident)
Note:

You can use the following resource (page 2) to review
a brief of the 4 phases of disaster.
Lindsay, B. R. (2012, November). Federal emergency
management: A brief introduction. Congressional Research
Service, Library of Congress.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1172029.pdf
College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
Student name:
Student ID:
CRN
14241
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Sara Atallah
Grade:
…. Out of 10
Paper assignment guidelines
Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PM







Conduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual
idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material.
Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.
The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is
submitting and to whom is it submitted.
Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not
through email.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be
1.5
Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

261 SOLVE I want 9 very difrint solve

Description

Instructions for submission:Make sure to fill out all the relevant information on the coversheet.Short essay of 500-750 words (Excluding references).The font size should be 12. Font type should be Times New RomanThe heading should be Bold. Color should be Black.The paragraph must be justified. Double line spacing.Use proper references in APA style.AVOID PLAGIARISMDue date; 30/9/2023 11:59 PM

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Occupational Health
Course number:
PHC 261
CRN:
Choose any one of the common occupational
infectious diseases and explain the following:
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)



Causes, mode of transmission, and symptoms.
Occupational group at risk
Prevention and control measures
Student Name:
Student ID:
Submission Date:
Instructor name:
Grade:
Dr. Ahmed Hazazi
Out of 10
Instructions for submission:
• Make sure to fill out all the relevant information on the coversheet.
• Short essay of 500-750 words (Excluding references).
• The font size should be 12.
• Font type should be Times New Roman
• The heading should be Bold.
• Color should be Black.
• The paragraph must be justified.
• Double line spacing.
• Use proper references in APA style.
• AVOID PLAGIARISM
• Due date; 30/9/2023 11:59 PM
Best of Luck

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion 5

Description

Discuss about Individual variations in drug responseFollow the attached rubric

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Project rubrics
Value 20%
Evaluation Items
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
Flow of essay
Grammar
Spelling
Work limit
References
Poor
(1)
The aim of the essay is
clearly stated
Defines the project
States the components
Outlines the arguments
to be presented
idea are presented,
explored, and
discussed
Use of literature to
support arguments
Balance of arguments
Statement on the
future of nursing
informatics
Clearly Summarises the
essay
Ease of read
Unsound
(marks lost)
10% outside word limit
(marks lost)
Number
20
References are
consistently formatted
Word limit of fifteen hundred (excluding references)
Fair
(2)
Good
(3)
Excellent
(4)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Antidepressant Agents

Description

IInstructions: Case Discussion on Depression:

A 28-year-old female presents to your office stating that she is troubled by headaches and fatigue. She says that she always feels tired and can’t sleep well, often waking up early if she gets to sleep at all. She describes her headaches as dull, aching, and generalized. These symptoms began about three weeks ago and have been getting worse. She reports a lack of interest in her usual activities, even the ones that she used to enjoy. She also reports that she is missing work due to fatigue and inability to concentrate. Although both her children are in school, she is concerned that she is “losing them”. She is worried that she might have “something bad” because she has difficulty concentrating and is having frequent crying spells. She reports a loss of appetite, with a weight loss of 10 pounds in the last month.

The patient has no significant past medical or psychiatric history and takes no regular medications. However, she takes ibuprofen for headaches. She denies using alcohol or drugs. The patient is married, with two elementary school-age children.

Summarize the clinical case.
Create a list of the patient’s problems and prioritize them.
Which diagnosis should be considered
What is your rationale for the diagnosis
What differential diagnosis should be considered
What test or screening tools should be considered to help identify the correct diagnosis
What treatment would you prescribe and what is the rationale (consider psychopharmacology, diagnostics tests, referrals, psychotherapy, psychoeducation)
What standard guidelines would you use to assess or treat this patient Responses need to address all components of the question, demonstrate critical thinking and analysis and include peer-reviewed journal evidence to support the student’s position.
Submission Instructions
Your initial post should be at least 500 words,formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 evidence-based sources.
You should respond to at least two of your peers
All replies must be constructive and use literature where possible.
Please post your initial response by 11:59 PM ET Wednesday, and comment on the posts of two classmates by 11:59 PM ET Sunday.
Posting on a minimum of 3 different days, for example: Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday.
Late work policies, expectations regarding proper citations, acceptable means of responding to peer feedback, and other expectations are at the discretion of the instructor. Please review the rubric to ensure that your response meets criteria. Be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format
Always construct your response in a word processing program like Word. Check for grammar, spelling, and mechanical errors.
There are no “make-ups” for not posting to the Weekly Discussions
Avoid postings that are limited to ‘I agree’ or ‘great idea’, etc. If you agree (or disagree) with a posting, then say why you agree (or disagree) by supporting your statement with concepts from the readings or by bringing in a related example or experience
Address the questions as much as possible
Use proper etiquette (address your peer by name, use professional language, etc.)

Applied Nursing Research

Description

The PICOT (written/narrative) component of the assignment should be no more than 4-7 pages (not including the title or references pages).
Include the following components in the PICOT part of your scholarly paper:
Title Page
Introduction
Problem Statement
PICOT Question explanation of each component
Population of Interest
Intervention of Interest
Comparison of Interest
Outcome of Interest
Timeframe
Conclusion
References Page

Unformatted Attachment Preview

One of the issues I currently have as a nurse is dealing with the high percentage of medication errors in
our pediatric unit. The documentation of these incidences over the prior six months has given rise to
concerns for the safety of the patients. Most of these errors are caused by giving the wrong dose or
carrying out the administration incorrectly. The following is the PICOT study subject that I have
proposed for this matter:
(P) Among pediatric nurses working in our hospital, (I) how does the introduction of a medication safety
training program (C) compared to the lack of such a program (O) affect the prevalence of medicationrelated errors in pediatric patients (T) within six months of program implementation among pediatric
nurses working in our hospital?
The participants in the study are pediatric nurses. The intervention in the study is a training program on
medication safety; the comparison in the study is the absence of such a program; the outcome of the
study is the rate of medication errors. The length of the study is six months. We anticipate that by
researching this topic, we will be able to make hospitals safer and reduce the number of prescription
errors.
Implementing a drug safety training program can potentially eliminate or at least reduce the number of
dosing and administration mistakes made with drugs (Marufu et al., 2022). Evaluating an intervention’s
efficacy is essential for ensuring that it leads to improvements in patient care. This study has the
potential to provide information that can inform quality improvement measures in our pediatric ward,
which, as a result, could promote patient safety.
References
Marufu, T. C., Bower, R., Hendron, E., & Manning, J. C. (2022). Nursing interventions to reduce
medication errors in pediatrics and neonates: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Pediatric
Nursing, 62, e139-e147.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

215 SOLVE

Description

Guidelines: Use this Word Document for submission. Complete student’s information on the first page of the document.Start your writing from the next page (page 3)Word count: 250-300 words Font should be 12 Times New RomanHeadings should be Bold Color should be BlackLine spacing should be 1.5AVOID PLAGIARISM (>25% – zero grade)References should be written in APA format

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name
Healthcare Research Methods
Course number
PHC 215
CRN
Select any condition or disease in which you are interested
to conduct research study
Assignment title or task:
( write and questions)
1. Write two paragraph background, first paragraph describing
the disease and second paragraph the gap in literature that you
want to address – 1 marks
2. Design research question and develop research hypothesis for
the study– 2 marks
3. Describe the study approach and study design you will use to
test your hypothesis in one paragraph? – 2 marks
Student names and ID
numbers:
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Khaldoon Alfayad
Grade:
Out of 5
Guidelines:

Use this Word Document for submission.

Complete student’s information on the first page of the document.

Start your writing from the next page (page 3)

Word count: 250-300 words

Font should be 12 Times New Roman

Headings should be Bold

Color should be Black

Line spacing should be 1.5

AVOID PLAGIARISM (>25% – zero grade)

References should be written in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

2 file ct

Description

Module 05: Critical Thinking Assignment

Access to Healthcare (100 points)

Information technology can be used to assist health care organizations in the ability to provide access to healthcare organizations. Please choose any current information technology and create a PowerPoint presentation on how the technology will improve healthcare access in KSA. Be sure to include:

An overview of the information technology including its goals

The main stakeholders from the healthcare system that are involved in information technology.

How information technology will improve access to healthcare in KSA.

Recommendations for how you would evaluate whether access to services has improved.

Your presentation should meet the following structural requirements:

Be 7-8 slides in length, not including the title or reference slides.

Be formatted according to Saudi Electronic University and APA writing guidelines.

Provide support for your statements with citations from a minimum of six scholarly articles. These citations should be listed in the Notes section of the slide in which they appear. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but four must be external.

Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes to support the slide content. These should be a minimum of 100 words long (per slide) and must be a part of the presentation. The presentation cannot be submitted in PDF format, which does not make notes visible to the instructor. Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials.

Utilize headings to organize the content in your work.

answers the questions below

Description

Part One:

Consider what you have learned about the developmental trajectory of children between the ages of birth and age 3. Carefully reflect on essential knowledge you have gained regarding how important it is for infant/toddler professionals to understand developmental milestones and patterns of play and have realistic expectations for young children’s knowledge, capabilities, and behaviors. Also consider the importance of early environments and experiences in supporting healthy development and learning. With this in mind:

Identify 3 publications or articles or videos (e.g. journals, web-based resources that include research and practical applications) that would support infant/toddler professionals in developing knowledge and skills related to supporting the development and learning of infants and toddlers.

For each resource identified include:

The name of the resource
Where the resource can be found
A 3-5 sentence overview of why you selected the resource (for example, why is this resource beneficial in terms of supporting infant/toddler professional knowledge and skills?).
3 key ideas from reviewing the resource that you found beneficial in supporting your own development and learning.

Part Two:

Consider what you are learning about the importance of families, parent-child relationships, and parent-child interactions in influencing healthy growth and development for young children, age’s birth to 3. Specifically reflect on attachment and identity development. With this in mind:

Identify 3 publications (e.g. journals, web-based resources that include research and practical applications) that would support infant/toddler professionals in working with families and supporting healthy parent-child relationships and parent-child interactions.

For each resource identified include:

The name of the resource
Where the resource can be found
A 3-5 sentence overview of why you selected the resource (for example, why is this resource beneficial in terms of supporting infant/toddler professional knowledge and skills in working with families and promoting positive parent-child relationships and parent-child interactions?).
3 key ideas from reviewing the resources that you found beneficial in supporting your own development and learning as it relates to working with families and supporting positive parent-child relationships and parent-child interactions.

Part Three:

Visit the Gateways to Opportunity Statewide Training Calendar: https://courses.inccrra.org/Links to an external site.

Identify one training (two total) focused on each of the following topics (you do NOT have to complete these trainings, simply identify appropriate ones):

Supporting infant/toddler professionals in developing knowledge and skills related to supporting the development and learning of infants and toddlers
Supporting infant/toddler professionals in working with families and supporting healthy parent-child relationships and parent-child interactions

After you identify each training, provide the name of the training, when it is offered, and copy and paste the description.

Assignment length: 2-3 pages

View Rubric

ECE 107 Resource File

ECE 107 Resource File
Criteria Ratings Pts
Three publications- knowledge and skills in infant and toddler development

view longer description

20 pts

Full Marks

0 pts

No Marks

/ 20 pts

Three publications- working with famkilies

20 pts

Full Marks

0 pts

No Marks

/ 20 pts

Identify one training (two total) focused on each of the following topics (you do NOT have to complete these trainings, simply identify appropriate ones):

10 pts

Full Marks

0 pts

No Marks

/ 10 pts

Total Points: 0

Discussion Question

Description

For this discussion, research the concept of health disparity. Then respond to the following instructions:Define health disparity.Identify a specific health disparity using scholarly evidence.Discuss the social determinants of health that influence this disparity.Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

Radiography in forensic dentistry

Description

Look up websites on forensic dentistry. Discuss in a Power Point how radiographs can be used in a forensic investigation, including how antemortem and postmortem radiographs are compared. Specific cases can be included, but please do not include graphic photos. Please include at least 5 slides, and ensure citations are included, in APA format.

Nursing Question

Description

https://youtu.be/P2a9102jifMComplete a SOAP Note as if you were the psychotherapist in the video. Then write a one-page summary that highlights the warning signs of suicidality in the patient and why you chose the treatment plan you choose in your SOAP Note.

Treatment Plan

Description

Treatment Plan

Unformatted Attachment Preview

A family just migrated from another country to your area and you are seeing them in the
clinic for the first time. They do not speak English well. There are two children, ages 2 years
6 months and 6 years. When taking the children’s history, you become aware they have not
seen a provider in two years. Utilizing the Health Promotion Guide available in the course
and the CDC vaccination schedule, develop a treatment plan to include vaccinations, safety,
health promotion, and wellness preservation for these children. Provide a rationale for
recommendations from sources such as the CDC.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

374 solve 3

Description

Paper assignment guidelines Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PMConduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material. Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is submitting and to whom is it submitted. Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not through email.Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be 1.5Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style. https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Public health outbreak and disaster management
Course number:
PHC 372
Assignment 1 Questions
– What makes Hajj different than other mass
gatherings?
– What are the risk factors associated with
Hajj?
– Then Choose only one of the following:
o Choose one potential disaster in Hajj
and propose your plan to manage it.
(Explain your disaster management
plan in each phase of the disaster
(Mitigation, Preparedness, Response,
Recovery)
Assignment
question
o Review one disaster incident that
happened in Hajj (explain the
strategies used in the 4 phases, if
possible, to manage the disaster, and
what are the lessons learned out of
that incident)
Note:

You can use the following resource (page 2) to review
a brief of the 4 phases of disaster.
Lindsay, B. R. (2012, November). Federal emergency
management: A brief introduction. Congressional Research
Service, Library of Congress.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1172029.pdf
College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
Student name:
Student ID:
CRN
14241
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Sara Atallah
Grade:
…. Out of 10
Paper assignment guidelines
Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PM







Conduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual
idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material.
Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.
The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is
submitting and to whom is it submitted.
Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not
through email.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be
1.5
Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.
Federal Emergency Management: A Brief
Introduction
November 30, 2012
Congressional Research Service
https://crsreports.congress.gov
R42845
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Summary
The federal government plays a significant role in emergency management, which generally
refers to activities associated with avoiding and responding to natural and human-caused hazards.
Emergency management in the United States is highly decentralized and contextual in nature:
activities often involve multiple jurisdictions as well as a vast number of agencies,
nongovernmental organizations, and private sector entities. In addition, the number and type of
actors involved in an incident will vary tremendously depending on the context and severity of
the event. Similarly, the legal framework through which emergency management functions and
activities are authorized is also decentralized and stems from multiple authorities.
Congress annually appropriates funds for a wide range of activities and efforts related to
emergency management. For example, between 2005 and 2011 Congress provided an average of
$12 billion annually to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the lead federal agency
responsible for disaster relief through regular and supplemental appropriations. Congress has also
invested over $120 billion through various federal agencies to help the Gulf Coast Region recover
from the hurricanes that hit the Gulf Coast in 2005 and 2008.
In recent years congressional interest in emergency management has focused on funding,
program administration, and program coordination—both among federal agencies and state
emergency management agencies. This report provides an introduction to the principles and
foundations of federal emergency management in the United States and a description of the
activities of the federal agencies that provide assistance, focusing primarily on the Federal
Emergency Management Agency, but also including information on the National Guard,
Department of Agriculture, Department of Defense, Army Corps of Engineers, Department of
Health and Human Services, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of
Transportation, Environmental Protection Agency, Forest Service, and Small Business
Administration.
This report is designed to provide Members of Congress and congressional staff with a general
overview of principles and foundations of federal emergency management in the United States as
well as the types of activities provided by various federal agencies. The report begins with a
description of the four phases of emergency management: (1) mitigation, (2) preparedness, (3)
response, and (4) recovery, and includes examples of some of the activities that take place in each
of these phases. The report then discusses a recent movement at the federal level to carry out
these phases of emergency management through a system of frameworks. The frameworks
include (1) the National Prevention Framework, (2) the National Protection Framework, (3) the
National Mitigation Framework, (4) the National Response Framework, and (5) the National
Disaster Recovery Framework. The frameworks are used to designate roles and responsibilities
and coordinate various activities.
Next, this report describes the process for requesting federal assistance for major disasters,
emergencies, and fire suppression. The declaration section also includes brief summaries of the
types of assistance provided through each type of declaration. This discussion is followed by
description of federal-to-state cost shares, how federal assistance is funded, and the process
through which FEMA requests assistance from other federal entities. The section then provides a
description of the close-out process—the process in which FEMA terminates its recovery efforts.
The report includes a discussion of key federal laws and policies that influence federal emergency
management, and concludes by highlighting some of the federal activities that take place in
response to emergencies and disasters.
Congressional Research Service
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Contents
Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1
Key Concepts and Approaches in Emergency Management ………………………………………………….. 1
All-Hazards Model …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1
NIMS and ICS …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2
Phases of Emergency Management ………………………………………………………………………………. 2
Mitigation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2
Preparedness ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3
Response …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3
Recovery …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3
The Framework Approach…………………………………………………………………………………………… 4
National Prevention Framework …………………………………………………………………………….. 4
National Protection Framework ……………………………………………………………………………… 5
National Mitigation Framework …………………………………………………………………………….. 5
National Response Framework ………………………………………………………………………………. 5
National Disaster Recovery Framework ………………………………………………………………….. 6
Federal Assistance Through Stafford Declarations ………………………………………………………………. 6
Major Disaster Declarations ………………………………………………………………………………………… 7
Assistance Provided Under Major Disaster Declarations …………………………………………… 7
Emergency Declarations …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8
Assistance Provided Under Emergency Declarations ………………………………………………… 8
Fire Management Assistance Grant Declarations …………………………………………………………… 9
Assistance Provided under Fire Management Assistance Grants ………………………………… 9
Cost-Shares …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 9
Disaster Relief Fund ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 10
Closeout ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 10
Other Types of Federal Declarations …………………………………………………………………………….11
Federal to Federal Support ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 12
Stafford Act Incidents and Mission Assignments………………………………………………………….. 12
Non-Stafford Act Incidents ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 13
Other Key Federal Laws and Policies ………………………………………………………………………………. 13
Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 …………………………………………………………………………………. 13
Post Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act ………………………………………………………. 13
Homeland Security Presidential Directives………………………………………………………………….. 14
Homeland Security Act …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 14
National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan ……………………………… 15
Key Federal Assistance for Disaster Response and Recovery ……………………………………………… 16
National Guard ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 17
Department of Agriculture ………………………………………………………………………………………… 17
Department of Defense …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 18
Immediate Response …………………………………………………………………………………………… 18
Requests for Assistance……………………………………………………………………………………….. 18
Army Corps of Engineers………………………………………………………………………………………….. 19
Department of Health and Human Services …………………………………………………………………. 20
Department of Housing and Urban Development …………………………………………………………. 20
Community Development Block Grants ………………………………………………………………… 20
Congressional Research Service
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Department of Transportation ……………………………………………………………………………………. 21
Federal Highway Administration ………………………………………………………………………….. 21
Environmental Protection Agency ……………………………………………………………………………… 22
Forest Service ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 23
Small Business Administration ………………………………………………………………………………….. 24
Tables
Table 1. Other Types of Federal Declarations ……………………………………………………………………..11
Contacts
Author Information………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25
Key CRS Policy Experts ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25
Congressional Research Service
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Introduction
Emergency management generally refers to activities associated with avoiding and responding to
natural and human-caused hazards. Emergency management in the United States is highly
decentralized and contextual in nature. Multiple jurisdictions as well as a vast number of
agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and private sector entities are often involved. In
general, emergency management begins locally, but the federal government plays an important
role when a state requests assistance. Consequently, the number and type of actors involved in an
incident vary tremendously depending on the context and severity of the event. Similarly, the
legal framework through which emergency management functions and activities are authorized is
also decentralized and stems from multiple authorities. This report provides Members of
Congress and their staffs with an introduction to the principles and foundations of federal
emergency management in the United States. It examines the activities of several federal
agencies, including the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), the National Guard,
Department of Agriculture, Department of Defense, Army Corps of Engineers, Department of
Health and Human Services, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of
Transportation, Environmental Protection Agency, Forest Service, and Small Business
Administration.
In addition, this report discusses the four phases of emergency management: (1) mitigation, (2)
preparedness, (3) response, and (4) recovery; the process for requesting federal assistance for
major disasters, emergencies, and fires; and the types of assistance provided through each type of
Stafford Act declaration. This report also includes a description of federal-to-state cost shares
under the Stafford Act, a discussion on how federal assistance is funded, and the process through
which FEMA requests assistance from other federal entities.
This report also outlines the frameworks that guide various emergency management activities at
the federal and state level, and discusses some of the key federal laws and policies influencing
federal emergency management and highlights federal entities that provide assistance to states
and localities.
Related CRS products examining these issues more in-depth are footnoted in this report.
Key Concepts and Approaches in Emergency
Management
The following sections describe key concepts that undergird federal emergency management.
Many of these concepts originated at the state level and are still being put to use by states and
localities. Some concepts developed by the states have been modified and/or adopted by the
federal government as a national standard.
All-Hazards Model
The all-hazards model is based on the idea that there are generic processes and capabilities
needed to address most kinds of emergencies and disasters. For example, preparing and
responding to an earthquake entails similar activities and capabilities for preparing and
responding to an explosion or terrorist bombing. Thus emergency managers can conduct
emergency management activities in a more flexible and cost-effective manner than using a
standalone, emergency, or disaster-specific program. Another benefit is that carrying out
emergency management functions generally involves adaptation, which is a guiding principle of
Congressional Research Service
1
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
the all-hazards model.1 Thus preparations and lessons learned associated with one type of event,
can often be applied to another type of emergency or disaster scenario.
NIMS and ICS
Emergency management functions are managed according to the principles of the National
Incident Management System (NIMS). Authorized by Homeland Security Presidential Directive 5
(HSPD-5), NIMS is a preparedness and response management model based on the Incident
Command System (ICS).2 ICS is a command and control model developed by firefighters after
the 1970 fires in southern California. The response to the fires was hindered due to duplication of
efforts, lack of coordination, and communication problems. ICS standardizes response operations
by using similar terminology, communication systems, and organizational structure to eliminate
or reduce confusion during a unified response.3 NIMS uses ICS concepts to establish a response
structure that is scalable (capable of growing as more organizations come together to respond to
the incident) that can be used by all jurisdictions, agencies, and organizations to ensure a unified
response to complex events. State and local governments must be NIMS compliant to be eligible
for certain preparedness grants.
Phases of Emergency Management
Emergency management functions are generally grouped into four phases: (1) Mitigation,
(2) Preparedness, (3) Response, and (4) Recovery. The grouping of emergency management
functions is useful for classifying and conceptualizing activities. Use of the four phases at the
state level is not, however, a requirement for grant funding. As discussed later, the federal
government uses a framework approach that differs somewhat from the four phases. The
following sections provide examples of the types of activities that take place in each phase.4
While conceptually useful for targeting efforts and resources, the phases of emergency
management are not distinct—activities in each phase often overlap. For example, recovery
projects often include elements of mitigation (for example, rebuilding structures using current
building codes) and response often includes recovery measures (immediate debris removal). The
phases are also cyclical in nature—lessons learned from an incident might be applied in
preparedness efforts for future emergencies and major disasters.
Mitigation
Mitigation activities entail identifying risks and hazards to either substantially reduce or eliminate
the impact of an incident usually through structural measures. Mitigation activities often have a
long-term or sustained effect and may have an impact on insurance premiums. In many cases,
1 William L. Waugh, Jr., Living with Hazards, Dealing with Disasters An Introduction to Emergency Management
(Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 2000).
2 Homeland Security Presidential Directive 5: Management of Domestic Incidents, http://www.dhs.gov/xabout/laws/
gc_1214592333605.shtm.
3 For example, prior to ICS police and fire departments responding to the same incident might use different radio
frequencies and communicate with different terms. A “code blue” for one department might mean something else for
another. The organization structure might also be different. A commander in one department might have a different role
and responsibility in another. ICS (and NIMS) is therefore an attempt to eliminate potential confusion caused by these
differences.
4 A glossary of emergency and disaster related terms can be located at http://www.fema.gov/glossary.
Congressional Research Service
2
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
mitigation activities occur in the recovery stage of a major disaster. Some examples of mitigation
include:





building codes that address risks such as fires, high winds, or earthquakes;
zoning rules that restrict construction in floodplains;
rebuilding damaged structures with more resilient materials;
flood mapping to identify low lying areas and relocating homes and structures
located in floodplains and flood prone areas; and
dams and levees that help prevent flooding.
Preparedness
Preparedness is distinct from mitigation because rather than focusing on eliminating or reducing
risks, the general focus of preparedness is to enhance the capacity to respond to an incident by
taking steps to ensure personnel and entities are capable of responding to a wide range of
potential incidents. Preparedness activities may include:





training;
planning;
procuring resources, such as food, water, and medication stockpiles;
intelligence and surveillance activities to identify potential threats; and
exercising to assure the adequacy of planning efforts and the use of after-action
reports to improve emergency response plans.
Response
Response activities are comprised of the immediate actions to save lives, protect property and the
environment, and meet basic human needs. Response involves the execution of emergency plans
and related actions, and may include:



evacuating victims;
deployment of response teams, medical stockpiles, and other assets; and
establishment of incident command operations.
Recovery
Recovery activities are intended to restore essential services and repair damages caused by the
event. Recovery activities may include:



the reconstitution of government operations and services (e.g., emergency
services, public safety, and schools);
housing and services for displaced families and individuals; and
replenishment of stockpiles.
Congressional Research Service
3
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
The Framework Approach
On March 30, 2011, President Barack Obama issued Presidential Policy Directive 8: National
Preparedness (hereinafter PPD-8).5 PPD-8 superseded Homeland Security Presidential Directive 8
(HSPD-8), which was signed by President George W. Bush on December 17, 2003.6 Similar to its
predecessor, PPD-8 provides a guide as to how the nation, from the federal level to private
citizens, can “prevent, protect against, mitigate the effects of, respond to, and recover from those
threats that pose the greatest risk to the security of the Nation” including acts of terrorism and
other human caused incidents (such as oil spills) as natural disasters.7 PPD-8 is also intended to
meet several “comprehensive preparedness system” requirements in Subtitle C of the PostKatrina Act.8
PPD-8 establishes that preparedness objectives are to be accomplished by subdividing emergency
management components into a system of integrated, national planning frameworks according to
functionality—prevention, protection, mitigation, response, and recovery.9 The frameworks are
intended to assign roles and responsibilities to various federal agencies with mission areas
involved with aspects of federal emergency management.10
These frameworks either exist in various stages of development or have been implemented. The
following sections provide brief descriptions of each framework.11
National Prevention Framework
While the other planning frameworks address natural hazards and disasters as well as humancaused incidents, the focus of the National Prevention Framework is mainly on preventing
imminent terrorist threats. As such, upon issue, the National Prevention Framework is to assign
roles and responsibilities and coordinate federal agencies involved with intelligence and
information sharing, surveillance, providing public information and warnings, as well as other
elements that help the federal government identify, discover, or locate terrorist threats.12
5 For further analysis on PPD-8 see CRS Report R42073, Presidential Policy Directive 8 and the National
Preparedness System: Background and Issues for Congress, by Jared T. Brown.
6 HSPD-8 gave the Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security broad authority to improve preparedness,
prevention, response, and recovery operations among others. HSPD-8 also required the creation of a National
Preparedness Goal and the implementation of a National Preparedness System. HSPD-8 fulfilled many of the
requirements later set forth in the Post Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006 (Title VI of the
Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2007—hereinafter the Post-Katrina Act) such as actions to
approach all hazards within a risk-based framework, and the use of metrics to measure levels of preparedness. Many
such requirements, however, were not implemented.
7 The White House, Presidential Policy Directive/PPD-8, March 30, 2011, p. 1, at http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/
presidential-policy-directive-8-national-preparedness.pdf.
8 P.L. 109-295, 6 U.S.C. §741- 764, 120 STAT. 1424-1433.
9 The White House, Presidential Policy Directive/PPD-8, March 30, 2011, p. 3, athttp://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/
presidential-policy-directive-8-national-preparedness.pdf.
10 Ibid, p. 3.
11 These descriptions should not be viewed as definitive. Some of the planning frameworks are being updated or still in
draft form. They could conceivably change in form or content before being implemented.
12 Federal Emergency Management Agency, Presidential Policy Directive 8: National Preparedness: Working Drafts
of the National Planning Frameworks – Prevention Framework, p. 9.
Congressional Research Service
4
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
National Protection Framework
The National Protection Framework, upon issue, would assign roles and responsibilities and
coordinate agencies on a wide range of emergency management and homeland security areas,
encompassing cyber security, border security, transportation security, and agriculture and food
security, among others. In addition, the working draft of the National Protection Framework
proposes the use of academic and research centers to develop new protection technologies and
establish protection-related curricula and degree programs.13
National Mitigation Framework
The National Mitigation Framework, upon issue, would address capabilities that reduce the loss
of life and property by lessening the impact of disasters.14 The National Mitigation Framework is
distinct from the other planning frameworks because most mitigation activities take place at the
local level; the role of the federal government in the National Mitigation Framework is not as
prominent as with the other planning frameworks.15
National Response Framework
Issued in January 2008, the National Response Framework (NRF) is the successor of two
previous response documents, the Federal Response Plan, which was thought to be too narrow in
scope, and the National Response Plan, which was found to be problematic for a variety of
reasons, including unclear designations and confusing language and jargon.16 The NRF guides the
federal response to natural and human-caused incidents. However, the NRF is not an “operational
plan.” Rather, it articulates the overarching emergency management principles used to coordinate
and conduct a multi-agency and multijurisdictional response to all types of incidents. The NRF is
executed through the use of three supplemental annexes consisting of the (1) Emergency Support
Functions Annex, (2) Support Annexes, and (3) Incident Annexes.
Emergency Support Functions Annexes
There are 15 Emergency Support Function (ESF) Annexes. ESFs group federal departments and
agencies by matching their resources and capabilities with a particular incident.17 For example,
federal entities with a role in responding to an oil spill are listed in ESF #10—the Oil and
Hazardous Materials Response Annex. ESFs also designate which federal entities have
management oversight responsibility and which entities have a support role.
13 Ibid., p. 10.
14 Ibid., p. 1.
15 Ibid, p. 12.
16 For further information on the NRF see CRS Report RL34758, The National Response Framework: Overview and
Possible Issues for Congress, by Bruce R. Lindsay.
17 U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency, ESF Annexes Introduction, January 2008, at http://www.fema.gov/
pdf/emergency/nrf/nrf-esf-intro.pdf.
Congressional Research Service
5
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Support Annexes
There are eight Support Annexes that group federal, state, local, private sector, and
nongovernmental organizations that execute functional processes and administrative functions.
The Support Annexes also designate roles and responsibilities.18
Incident Annexes
There are eight Incident Annexes that explain the authorities and policies relevant to a particular
incident, describe the incident situation, and make planning assumptions for the incident. An
Incident Annex also identifies the “coordinating and cooperating” agencies involved with
response to the incident.19
National Disaster Recovery Framework
Issued in September 2011, the National Disaster Recovery Framework (NDRF) coordinates and
assigns roles and responsibilities to entities involved in disaster recovery. The focus of the NDRF
is to “restore, redevelop and revitalize the health, social, economic, natural and environmental”
aspects of disaster-impacted states and local jurisdictions.20 The NDRF has six Recovery Support
Functions (RSF): (1) Community Planning and Capacity Building, (2) Economic, (3) Health and
Social Services, (4) Housing, (5) Infrastructure Systems, and (6) Natural and Cultural Resources.
Federal Assistance Through Stafford Declarations
The system of emergency management in the United States is scalable. This means that local
governments request assistance from the state if responding or recovering from the incident is
beyond their capacity. In cases when a state is overwhelmed by the incident, the state governor
may elect to request assistance from the federal government.
Scalability makes emergency management response more practical, but it also contains a political
element because it is embedded within the federalist system of governance aimed at the
preservation of state autonomy. The state-initiated request may also alleviate concern that the
federal government might assume leadership of response and recovery operations. The Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (hereinafter the Stafford Act)21 does
provide the President authority to issue an emergency declaration in the absence of a
gubernatorial request if the President determines the incident involves a subject area under the
Constitution or laws of the United States, in which the United States exercises preeminent
responsibility and authority of the incident.22 Such cases, however, are rare. The majority of
18 U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency, Support Annexes: Introduction, January 2008, at
http://www.fema.gov/pdf/emergency/nrf/nrf-support-intro.pdf.
19 U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency, Incident Annexes Introduction: National Response Plan, December
2004, pp. INC-i, at http://www.learningservices.us/pdf/emergency/nrf/nrp_incidentannexintroduction.pdf.
20 Federal Emergency Management Agency, National Disaster Recovery Framework: Strengthening Disaster Recovery
for the Nation, September 2011, p. 1,at http://www.fema.gov/pdf/recoveryframework/ndrf.pdf.
21 Codified at 42 U.S.C. §5121 et seq. For further analysis on the Stafford Act see CRS Report RL33053, Federal
Stafford Act Disaster Assistance: Presidential Declarations, Eligible Activities, and Funding, by Francis X. McCarthy.
22 P.L. 93-288, 42 U.S.C. §5191(b). The President is required to consult with the state governor when practical.
Examples of these declarations include the April 19, 1995, bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Building in Oklahoma
City, and the September 11, 2001, attack on the Pentagon in Virginia.
Congressional Research Service
6
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
federal disaster assistance is released only after a presidential declaration is issued in response to
a gubernatorial request for federal assistance.
The Stafford Act authorizes federal assistance through three types of declarations: (1) major
disaster declarations, (2) emergency declarations, and (3) Fire Management Assistance Grant
declarations (FMAG).23 However, FMAG declarations are typically declared through the Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Regional Director.24 Emergency and major disaster
declarations can only be issued by the President. Each of these declaratio

Case Study

Description

Choose a topic of related to your current clinical experience. Consider the following elements as you answer the following questions:Consider a common diagnosis for patients in your clinical experience. If you are not currently in clinical, identify medications related to a diagnosis you are familiar with.What medication is your patient taking? Identify the mechanism of action and therapeutic action of any anti-inflammatories including glucocorticoids, and any antimicrobial agents.What are the potential systemic adverse reactions to the medications? What are the therapeutic actions that you will be monitoring for?Are there potential toxicity’s related to any medication your patient is taking? What might the healthcare provider need to consider with your patient related to these medication’s?Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

Systemic Review Appraisal + Qualitative or Quantitative Article Appraisal

Description

For Systemic Review Appraisal:

Critique one article using the appraisal form:Systematic or Integrative Review Download Systematic or Integrative Review

Use the information below to help you know which section of the article to use to answer questions in the template:
Introduction and its subsections have the purpose or WHY the study was done.
Methods section and its subsections contain HOW the study was done.
Results, Discussion, and Conclusions section will have WHAT was found.

Details

In week 3 you selected a topic of interest and formulated a question about that topic for your Evidence-Based Practice Assignment.
In week 4 you searched the literature on your week three topic and submitted three articles for approval towards building your Evidence-Based Practice Assignment.
Module 6 readings are a continuation from week 5 that includes chapters 13 and 14 on Appraising Research Evidence and Clinical Practice Guidelines. Please refer to these chapters on how to complete an appraisal using templates provided here in instructions. Appendix A to G in your book gives you examples of completing a template appraisal form.
For the first template in week 6, you will choose either a Qualitative or a Quantitative Review (Please do not complete both Quantitative and Qualitative Appraisal). Your second article is a Systematic Review Appraisal.
Make sure you receive approval from your instructor in week 4 for the article you use to complete either the Qualitative or Quantitative Review and for the Systematic Review. There are hyperlinks to these templates in the week 6 instructions. Do not create your own document with answers.
Each section of the template is required to be completed as this assignment builds on your Evidence-Based Practice Project. Each template has a citation that must be submitted in APA format. Answers to questions in Synopsis sections are required (see template examples in your book). Each question must have an answer of 1-2 full sentences in length per question. Credibility section Yes/No answers are also required. The Comments area is also required and should be at least 1-3 sentences noting how this article relates to your nursing issue topic from week 3 and what you thought was significant.
You will be using these articles again in your week 9 Evidence Based Practice Project Poster.
Please review the rubric closely and proof your work reviewing instructions before you submit.

The chosen topic and PICOT will be used for your Week 9 Poster Assignment. It guided your article searches in Week 4 which will be used in completing your appraisals in Week 6.

For Qualitative or Quantitative Article Appraisal:

Critique one article using the appropriate appraisal form:

Qualitative ReviewDownload Qualitative Review
Quantitative ReviewDownload Quantitative Review

Use the information below to help you know which section of the article to use to answer the questions in the template:

Introduction and its subsections have the purpose or WHY study done.
Methods section and its subsections contains HOW the study was done.
Results, Discussion and Conclusions section have WHAT was found.

Details

In week 3 you selected a topic of interest and formulated a question about that topic for your Evidence-Based Practice Assignment.
In week 4 you searched the literature on your week three topic and submitted three articles for approval towards building your Evidence-Based Practice Assignment.
Module 6 readings are a continuation from week 5 that includes chapters 13 and 14 on Appraising Research Evidence and Clinical Practice Guidelines. Please refer to these chapters on how to complete an appraisal using the templates provided here. Appendix A to G in your book gives you examples of completing a template appraisal form.
For the first template in week 6, you will choose either a Qualitative or a Quantitative Review (Please do not complete both Quantitative and Qualitative Appraisal). Your second article is a Systematic Review Appraisal.
Make sure you receive approval from your instructor in week 4 for the article you use to complete either the Qualitative or Quantitative Review and for the Systematic Review. There are hyperlinks to these templates in the week 6 instructions. Do not create your own document with answers.
Each section of the template is required to be completed as this assignment builds on your Evidence-Based Practice Project. Each template has a citation that must be submitted in APA format. Answers to questions in Synopsis sections are required (see template examples in your book). Each question must have an answer of 1-2 full sentences in length per question. Credibility section Yes/No answers are also required. The Comments area is also required and should be at least 1-3 sentences noting how this article relates to your nursing issue topic from week 3 and what you thought was significant.
You will be using these articles again in your week 9 Evidence-Based Practice Project Poster.
Please review the rubric closely and proof your work by reviewing instructions before you submit.

Note: Please include a PDF or Word copy of your approved article from Week 4 with your submission.

The chosen topic and PICOT will be used for your Week 9 poster assignment. It guided your article searches in Week 4 which are to be used in completing your appraisals in Week 6.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

APPENDIX E
Appraisal Guide
Findings of a Qualitative Study
Citation:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Synopsis
What experience, situation, or subculture does the researcher seek to understand?
Does the researcher want to produce a description of an experience, a social process, or an event,
or is the goal to generate a theory?
How was data collected?
How did the researcher control his or her biases and preconceptions?
Are specific pieces of data (e.g., direct quotes) and more generalized statements (themes,
theories) included in the report?
What are the main findings of the study?
Credibility
Is the study published in a source
that required peer review?
Yes
No
Not clear
Were the methods used appropriate
to the study purpose?
Yes
No
Not clear
Was the sampling of observations or
interviews appropriate and varied
enough to serve the purpose of the study?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Were data collection methods
effective in obtaining in-depth data?
Yes
No
Not clear
Did the data collection methods
avoid the possibility of oversight,
underrepresentation, or
overrepresentation from certain
types of sources?
Yes
No
Not clear
Were data collection and analysis
intermingled in a dynamic way?
Yes
No
Not clear
Brown
APP E-1
*Is the data presented in ways that
provide a vivid portrayal of what was
experienced or happened and its
context?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Does the data provided justify
generalized statements, themes,
or theory?
Yes
No
Not clear
ARE THE FINDINGS CREDIBLE?
Yes All
Yes Some
No
Clinical Significance
*Are the findings rich and informative?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Is the perspective provided
potentially useful in providing
insight, support, or guidance
for assessing patient status
or progress?
Yes
Some
No
ARE THE FINDINGS
CLINICALLY SIGNIFICANT?
Yes All
Yes Some
Not clear
No
* = Important criteria
Comments
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
APP E-2
Brown
APPENDIX F
Appraisal Guide
Findings of a Quantitative Study
Citation:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Synopsis
What was the purpose of the study (research questions, purposes, and hypotheses)?
How was the sample obtained?
What inclusion or exclusion criteria were used?
Who from the sample actually participated or contributed data (demographic or clinical profile
and dropout rate)?
What methods were used to collect data (e.g., sequence, timing, types of data, and measures)?
Was an intervention tested?
Yes
No
1. How was the sample size determined?
2. Were patients randomly assigned to treatment groups?
What are the main findings?
Credibility
Is the study published in a source
that required peer review?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Did the data obtained and the
analysis conducted answer the
research question?
Yes
No
Not clear
Were the measuring instruments
reliable and valid?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Were important extraneous
variables and bias controlled?
Yes
No
Not clear
*If an intervention was tested,
answer the following five questions:
Yes
No
Not clear
Brown
APP F-1
1. Were participants randomly
assigned to groups and were
the two groups similar at the
start (before the intervention)?
Yes
No
Not clear
2. Were the interventions well
defined and consistently
delivered?
Yes
No
Not clear
3. Were the groups treated
equally other than the
difference in interventions?
Yes
No
Not clear
4. If no difference was found, was
the sample size large enough
to detect a difference if one existed?
Yes
No
Not clear
5. If a difference was found, are
you confident it was due to the
intervention?
Yes
No
Not clear
Are the findings consistent with
findings from other studies?
Yes
Some
No
ARE THE FINDINGS CREDIBLE?
Yes All
Yes Some
Not clear
No
Clinical Significance
Note any difference in means, r2s, or measures of clinical effects (ABI, NNT, RR, OR)
*Is the target population clearly
described?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Is the frequency, association, or
treatment effect impressive enough
for you to be confident that the finding
would make a clinical difference if used
as the basis for care?
Yes
No
Not clear
ARE THE FINDINGS
CLINICALLY SIGNIFICANT?
Yes All
Yes Some
No
* = Important criteria
Comments
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
APP F-2
Brown
APPENDIX C
Appraisal Guide
Conclusions of a Systematic Review with Narrative Synthesis
Citation:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Synopsis
What organization or persons produced the systematic review (SR)?
How many persons were involved in conducting the review?
What topic or question did the SR address?
How were potential research reports identified?
What determined if a study was included in the analysis?
How many studies were included in the review?
What research designs were used in the studies?
What were the consistent and important across-studies conclusions?
Credibility
Was the topic clearly defined?
Yes
No
Not clear
Was the search for studies and other
evidence comprehensive and unbiased?
Yes
No
Not clear
Was the screening of citations for
inclusion based on explicit criteria?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Were the included studies assessed
for quality?
Yes
No
Not clear
Were the design characteristics and
findings of the included studies displayed
or discussed in sufficient detail?
Yes
No
Not clear
*Was there a true integration (i.e., synthesis) of the findings—not
merely reporting of findings from
each study individually?
Yes
No
Not clear
Brown
APP C-1
*Did the reviewers explore why differences
in findings might have occurred?
Yes
No
Not clear
Did the reviewers distinguish between
conclusions based on consistent findings
from several good studies and those
based on inferior evidence (number or quality)?
Yes
No
Not clear
Which conclusions were supported by
consistent findings from two or more
good or high-quality studies?
List
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
ARE THE CONCLUSIONS
CREDIBLE?
Yes All
Yes Some
No
Clinical Significance
*Across studies, is the size of the
treatment or the strength of the
association found or the
meaningfulness of qualitative findings
strong enough to make a difference
in patient outcomes or experiences of care?
Yes
No
Not clear
Are the conclusions relevant to the
care the nurse gives?
Yes
No
Not clear
ARE THE CONCLUSIONS
CLINICALLY SIGNIFICANT?
Yes All
Yes Some
No
Applicability
Does the SR address a problem,
situation, or decision we are addressing in our setting?
Yes
No
Not clear
Are the patients in the studies or a
subgroup of patients in the studies
similar to those we see?
Yes
No
Not clear
What changes, additions, training, or
purchases would be needed to implement
and sustain a clinical protocol based
on these conclusions?
Specify and list
____________________________________________________________________________
APP C-2
Brown
____________________________________________________________________________
Is what we will have to do to implement
the new protocol realistically achievable
by us (resources, capability, commitment)?
How will we know if our patients are
benefiting from our new protocol?
Yes
No
Not clear
Specify
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
ARE THESE CONCLUSIONS
APPLICABLE TO OUR SETTING?
Yes All
Yes Some
No
SHOULD WE PROCEED TO DESIGN
A PROTOCOL INCORPORATING
THESE CONCLUSIONS?
Yes All
Yes Some
No
* = Important criteria
Comments
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Brown
APP C-3

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

I want to write 2 part First , write the itnroduction ( 1500 words ) Inculde : 1- infection organisem and infection disease of the kidney which include all this point ( what is the infection of the kidney , what are the organisem that found in the kidney infection with small introduction of all organisem , what are the symptome of infection , how can dignose this organisem . 2- diabetis disease which include ( what is the diabetis disease , how can affect this disease on the kidney , what is the affect of this disease on epithilial cells in urine , what are the symptoms of the disease , what are the type of the disease ) 3- kidney stone which inculde ( what are the kidney stone , type of the kidney stone , symptoms of kidney stone , how the disease occur and how can affect on the kidney ) 4- lupus nephritis disease which include ( what is the lupus nephritis , how can the disease occur , type and stage of this disease , symptoms of this disease ) 5- urine cytology ( what is the urine cytology , ( manual and automated ) , how can to dignosis the kidney disease by this procedure . 2 the second part is liturutrure review about this topic 1- infection ( pathology of the disease , dignosis by the urine cytology ( sedement and smear ) prognosis of disease , change of the epithilial cells in the urine by infection , tretment 2- diabetis ( pathology , diagnosis by urine cytology , change of the epithilial cells in the urine in pateint of diabetis , tretment 3- kidney stone ( pathology , diagnosis by urine cytology , change of the epithilial cells in the urine , tretment ) 4- lupus nephritis ( pathology , diagnosis by urine cytology , change of the epithilial cells in the urine , tretment ) . I need this part 2000 to 3000 words . I have references from which I want the file to be written, and I do not want them to deviate from these references, and I do not want references other than these .

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Hindawi
Journal of Diabetes Research
Volume 2019, Article ID 9475637, 7 pages
https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9475637
Research Article
A Liquid-Based Cytology System, without the Use of
Cytocentrifugation, for Detection of Podocytes in Urine
Samples of Patients with Diabetic Nephropathy
Moritsugu Kimura ,1 Masao Toyoda ,1 Nobumichi Saito,1 Noriko Kaneyama ,1
Han Miyatake ,1 Eitaro Tanaka ,1 Hirotaka Komaba ,1 Masanori Hara,2
and Masafumi Fukagawa 1
1
Division of Nephrology, Endocrinology and Metabolism, Department of Internal Medicine, Tokai University School of Medicine,
Isehara, Japan
2
Iwamuro Health Promotion Center, Niigata, Japan
Correspondence should be addressed to Masao Toyoda; m-toyoda@is.icc.u-tokai.ac.jp
Received 2 June 2018; Revised 3 December 2018; Accepted 25 December 2018; Published 17 February 2019
Academic Editor: Pedro M. Geraldes
Copyright © 2019 Moritsugu Kimura et al. This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution
License, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.
Objective. Podocytes have highly differentiated functions and are extremely difficult to grow; thus, damage of podocytes is
associated with glomerular dysfunction. Desquamated podocytes can be detected in urine of patients with severe renal
impairment. Unlike the rapidly progressive glomerular damage in glomerulonephritis, only a few desquamated podocytes are
usually detected in diabetic nephropathy (DN). It is not clear whether the low podocyte count in DN is due to limitation of the
conventional method or true pathological feature. The aim of this study was to compare the conventional method with a newly
modified method in detecting podocytes in morning urine samples of patients with DN. Materials and Methods. The study
subjects were patients with type 2 diabetes. Urine samples from these patients were analyzed by the conventional method
(Cytospin®) and the modified method (SurePath™). We determined the rate of detection of urinary podocytes and the number
of detected cells. Results. The detection rate and podocyte count were significantly higher by the modified method than by the
conventional method. The differences in the detection rates and numbers of podocytes were not significant between patients
with normoalbuminuria and those with macroalbuminuria. However, they were significant in patients with microalbuminuria.
The number of podocytes in the urine correlated significantly with the albumin-to-creatinine ratio, but not with the estimated
glomerular filtration rate. Conclusions. The true number of urinary podocytes, as measured by the modified SurePath™-based
method, in patients with DN is much higher than that estimated by the conventional method.
1. Introduction
Diabetic nephropathy (DN) is currently the leading cause for
initiation of dialysis in Japan. Extensive research has been
carried out to elucidate the etiopathogenesis of DN, though
mesangial cell matrix proliferation and hypertrophy of the
glomerular basement membrane are considered important
factors involved in the development and progression of DN
[1–4]. In addition, impairment of podocytes has also been
considered in recent years to be an important pathomechanism of albuminuria [5–14].
Compared to other cell components of the glomerulus,
podocytes have specific biological properties, such as peculiar
morphology, highly differentiated functions, and poor
growth, and thus, disturbance of podocyte function is usually
associated with marked glomerular dysfunction [12–17].
Therefore, clinical assessment of podocyte impairment is
important in the diagnosis and treatment of glomerular
diseases, including DN.
Various urinary biomarkers have been used in recent
years for clinical assessment of renal function [18]. Most of
them are biomarkers for interstitial lesions and renal tubular
2
Journal of Diabetes Research
Table 1: Clinical parameters of patients of the conventional method group, modified method group, and normal subjects.
p value∗
Normal subjects (n = 20)
Conventional method (n = 41)
Modified method (n = 41)
Age (years)
12/8
40 6 ± 8 5
31/10
62 5 ± 10
27/14
63 9 ± 11 0
0.4008
BMI (kg/m2)
22 0 ± 1 9
25 6 ± 3 8
25 8 ± 3 8
0.9372
HbA1c (%)
5 6±0 4
7 4±0 9
7 4±1 7
0.3985
SBP (mmHg)
119 ± 12
133 ± 9 8
131 ± 11 9
0.4521
Gender (M/F)
DBP (mmHg)
2
eGFR (ml/min./1.73m )
UACR (mg/g Cr)
0.3316
69 ± 6 0
76 ± 11 3
74 ± 10 8
0.3830
84 1 ± 9 0
59 4 ± 15 3
55 8 ± 22 2
0.4142
ND
721 ± 1344 9
702 ± 1301 2
0.4305

Statistical comparison of the two groups was performed only between the conventional method and the modified method. Data are mean ± SD. ND: not
determined, SBP: systolic blood pressure, DBP: diastolic blood pressure.
function, where such urinary tests likely reflect areas of
damage. Only a few biomarkers are currently available to
assess glomerular lesions. Importantly, podocytes located
on the external side of the glomerular basement membrane
(GBM), namely, on the urinary space side, are different from
the damaged endothelial cells located inside mesangial cells,
such that damage of the podocytes is reflected directly in
the urine and that injury-related desquamated and excreted
podocytes can be detected in the urine. In their attempt to
detect damaged podocytes in the urine, Nakamura et al.
[19] immunostained urine smeared on glass slides after
Cytospin® centrifugation using a podocalyxin monoclonal
antibody and designed a method for quantification of urinary
podocytes (direct calculation of the number of podocytes).
Using this method, they reported the presence of desquamated and excreted damaged podocytes in urine [19]. Their
results confirmed the presence of numerous podocytes in
the urine of patients with inflammatory glomerular diseases,
who develop classical symptoms of acute inflammation of the
glomeruli, particularly with the formation of acute extratubular lesions. Furthermore, their findings confirmed that the
presence of podocytes in the urine reflected the acute phase
of the disease, and their detection was useful for the selection
of appropriate treatment [10, 11]. At this stage, however,
there is little or no information on the presence or absence
of podocytes in the urine of subjects with normal renal function and in patients with chronic and mild inflammatory glomerular disease, such as DN.
The presence of podocytes in urine samples of patients
with DN is controversial. On the one hand, some investigators using histopathological examination demonstrated the
presence of a low number of podocytes in patients with DN
and confirmed the clinical importance of this finding, while
others reported that the low urinary podocyte count was
unrelated to the type of diabetes [6, 17, 20, 21]. Therefore,
measurement and quantification of urinary podocytes seem
helpful to determine and predict not only the severity of
DN and prognosis but also the selection of treatment for DN.
Compared to glomerulonephritis, which is characterized
by rapid progression, DN progresses slowly over a long
period of time, and the number of desquamated podocytes
excreted in the urine is markedly low, although the latter is
probably due to complexity of the podocyte detection
method [22]. Therefore, improving the rate of detection of
podocytes in the urine requires modification and simplification of the conventional method to allow universal application and clinical use. Modification of the method could be
useful especially if the modified method is simple and convenient as well as if it imposes little burden on patients.
In the present study, we describe a newly modified simple
method of liquid-based cytology system for the detection of
podocytes in the urine using SurePath™, which does not
require the use of Cytospin® cytocentrifugation but rather
employs the use of a separating reagent. Here, we describe
and assess the utility of the modified method.
2. Materials and Methods
2.1. Subjects. The study subjects were type 2 diabetes patients,
with renal function ranging from normoalbuminuria to predialysis chronic renal failure, who received outpatient treatment at Tokai University Hospital and provided written
consent to participate in the study. The following exclusion
criteria were applied: patients on dialysis and patients with
clinical suspicion of complications of kidney diseases other
than DN, based on clinical data (absence of diabetic retinopathy, predominant hematuria compared to proteinuria, overt
proteinuria occurring within 5 years after the onset of diabetes (urinary protein: 1 g/g creatinine or higher), rapid renal
dysfunction, and rapid aggravation of proteinuria within a
short period of detection [23]).
A total of 150 patients who satisfied the above criteria
were enrolled. They included 50 patients in whom urinary
samples had already been obtained and subjected to analysis
of podocytes using the conventional method (the conventional method group) and 100 patients whose urine samples
were analyzed by the modified method (the modified method
group). Data of the two groups were compared, including
age, sex, body mass index (BMI), blood pressure, HbA1c, disease duration, estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR),
and urine albumin-to-creatinine ratio (UACR) in morning
urine samples (Table 1).
The study also included 20 healthy controls whose blood
and urine laboratory tests were within normal values. These
subjects were recruited to assess the difference between the
rate of detection of urinary podocytes and the podocyte
Journal of Diabetes Research
number between healthy subjects and diabetic individuals.
The characteristics of these subjects are listed in Table 1.
Ethical approval for this study was granted by the Tokai
University Institutional Review Board for Clinical Research,
and all participants provided written informed consent.
2.2. Urinary Podocyte Detection Method. The presence of
podocytes was checked using the conventional and modified
methods. The study participants were asked to provide urine
voided in the morning, which was stored at −70°C within 2 h
of collection.
2.2.1. Conventional Method
(1) Thirty-milliliter samples of the morning urine were
collected and centrifuged at 1500 revolutions per
minute (700 ×g) for 5 minutes
(2) The supernatant was pipetted out, and the urinary sediment was washed with 0.01 mol/l
phosphate-buffered saline (PBS, pH 7.2)
(3) The urinary sediment was resuspended in 10 ml PBS,
and autosmears were prepared by Cytospin®
cytocentrifugation
(4) The samples were air-dried for 30 minutes and
washed with PBS
(5) Then, the slides were incubated in anti-podocalyxin
primary antibody (22A4, mouse monoclonal antibody [10]; dilution, 1 : 80) for 1 hour at room
temperature
(6) The slides were washed in PBS before incubation in
FITC-labeled rabbit anti-mouse IgG secondary antibody (Dako) for 1 hour at room temperature
(7) After washing the slides in PBS, the cell nuclei were
stained using DAPI (Sigma, St. Louis, MO)
(8) The number of podocytes in each slide was calculated
using a fluorescence microscope
Since each sample was prepared from 30 ml urine, the
number was divided by 30 to calculate the number of podocytes per 1 ml of urine.
2.2.2. Modified Method (Figure 1). To enhance podocyte cell
adhesion to the glass slide prior to the process of immunostaining, we modified the cell attachment technique from
the autosmear system (Pap smear cytology) to liquid-based
cytology system. The use of a dedicated precoated glass slide
promotes urinary podocyte adherence. Thus, apart from the
use of SurePath™, the remaining steps of our method are
similar to those followed in the conventional method:
(1) Similar to step 1 of the conventional method
(2) Similar to step 2 of the conventional method
(3) The glass slide centrifugation mentioned in step 3
above was omitted
3
(4) The slides were treated with SurePath™
This product enhances gravitational sedimentation and
electrical adherence of the tissue to the glass slide.
(5) Similar as in step 5 of the conventional method
(6) Similar to step 6 of the conventional method
(7) Similar to step 7 of the conventional method
(8) Similar to step 8 of the conventional method
As described above, since the samples were prepared
from 30 ml urine, the number of podocytes per 1 ml of urine
was calculated by dividing the number by 30.
2.2.3. Urinary Podocyte Count and Urinary Podocyte
Detection Rate. The number of desquamated podocytes in
the urine sample was counted in both methods using a fluorescence microscope; DAPI-positive cells were considered to
be nucleated, and the number of podocytes was measured by
counting all DAPI- and podocalyxin-positive cells (Figure 2).
The number of podocytes in 1 ml urine was considered as
the urinary podocyte count, and the “number of participants with podocytes detected in the urine” divided by
the “total number of participants” represented the urinary
podocyte detection rate. The urinary podocyte count and
urinary podocyte detection rate were compared in patients
with normoalbuminuria (UACR < 30 mg/g creatinine), microalbuminuria (UACR ≥ 30 to Purchase answer to see full attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Please see the attached for this paper.. This goes with activities 1-6 you recently did. Please let me know if I need to attach all of them for you.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

IMAT 637, Midterm Exam
Fall 2023
IMAT 637
Midterm Exam, Fall 2023
Using 1,800-2,000 words, write an individual research paper on the project you have chosen
for Activities 1-6. and answer the following questions in order. Please clearly number each
section in your paper with the number of the question (do these in order 1-6).
As a minimum, the research paper will include the following areas:
1. What is the background of your problem statement, and why did you choose this problem
statement?
2. The decision to perform an acquisition is heavily influenced by how it relates to an
organization’s strategic business goals. Explain why you think the acquisition you are
detailing in your submitted Activities potentially supports the strategic business goals of
the organization.
3. Risk analysis is a critical part of the acquisition process and is often not done very well.
Looking back at the risks you identified for your submitted project, which ones do you
believe would be most likely to be identified and accurately measured, and which ones
either less likely to be identified at all or measured correctly. Explain why. Does your
analysis allow you to draw general conclusions on the type of risk that would be likely to
be overlooked or mis-analyzed in future projects you might work on?
4. Most scenarios submitted for your alternative solutions included either a COTS product
or a SaaS-based solution. Gartner is a top analyst that provides great insights on IT
solutions across a wide range of business needs. Go
to http://www.gartner.com/technology/home.jsp go to
the https://www.gartner.com/en/products/special-reports or leverage on another research
database to look at articles related to the IT solution you are acquiring and share the
analysis on key vendors, product trends, and market potential. This one example if you
have a problem access to the information. Research site like
oracle https://www.oracle.com/applications/what-is-saas/
5. In Session 5 lecture notes, under the heading Commercial Acquisitions, there are
references to two readings (see links below). Determine if either of them apply to your
project. If so, why? If not, why not?

https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/blog/2012/03/30/applying-private-sector-bestpractices-information-technology
 https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/small-business-programs/small-anddisadvantaged-business-utilization/how-to-do-business-with-treasury#major
6. What did you learn most about IT acquisitions by doing Activities 1-6, and which
Activity did you feel you learned the most from?
Additional format information about this research paper APA format.


Double spaced
Word count only applies to the content of the paper, excluding abstract, table of content
(if included), and references.
IMAT 637, Midterm Exam


Fall 2023
Cite at least twelve (12) references in APA format
APA format is mandatory.
If you have any questions, please post them in the “Ask the Professor” discussion thread or send
an e-mail (for communicating personal issues) to your professor.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

PowerPoint from the book dsm in action

Description

The book is called dsm in action. NOT DSM-V.

Choose and read any one case study from Chapter 13 (Personality Disorders) in the most current version of DSM in Action.

Research the specific personality disorder from your chosen case study.

Create a 10-15-slide PowerPoint presentation about your selected case study.

Include the following in your presentation:

A brief description of the selected case study
Explanation and rationale for the Personality Disorder Diagnosis using the latest version of the DSM as a reference.
Information on the course of treatment for the disorder.
Identification of which cluster (A, B, or C) this personality disorder belongs to and an explanation of your rationale.
Information on the prognosis and prevalence of the disorder.
A minimum of five scholarly references including your textbook and the latest version of the DSM. Be sure to only use current and scholarly references for this assignment.
Include detailed speaker notes that represent what you would say if giving the presentation in person.

Comparison of Medical Billing and Coding

Description

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Conduct an Internet search of medical coding and billing certification programs. Compare and contrast at least two programs, including prerequisites, program content, cost, certification, continuing-education requirements, and professional ethical standards. Are the programs “coding” or “billing” programs or both? What are the strengths and weaknesses of each?

Requirements: 300 Words Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages | .doc file

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions.

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each paragraph.

Please be sure to use credible sources published within the last 5 years

Nursing Question

Description

you start with the quiz, crazy assignment, concept map, group observation and I attach example for what to do on group observation assignment, then you do prep sheet. For prep sheet we do it lastly so i can provide you information. And please ask if you don’t understand any part so i can make it clear for you!

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Questions related to the book Crazy: A Father’s Search Through America’s Mental Health Madness by
Pete Earley
1. What do you suppose the author is referring to by using the word “crazy” in the title of the book?
2. Are the chronically mentally ill any better off since the deinstitutionalization of the mentally ill?
Why or why not? Please be specific and use specific examples from the book.
3. How does a person with a chronic mental illness affect the family? What are the fears of families?
4. Name some “system problems” that are discussed in the book.
5. Have we gone too far to protect “civil rights”? Are we hurting the chronically mentally ill by giving
them these “rights”?
6. What is “imminent danger” in reference to the mentally ill and what are the risks of waiting until
one does display this level of “danger”?
7. Have we “freed” the chronically mentally ill? Abandoned them? Imprisoned them?
8. What was the intended effect of “the right to refuse treatment”?
9. In the book, it talks about “Passageways” treatment center who treat what we call the “mad and
the bad” but why are they the successful?
10. Discuss some of the symptoms of mental illness that are described in the book. Be specific.
11. Why does the staff really fear “the 9th floor”?
12. Did this book do anything to change your perception of the mentally ill or the treatment of the
mentally ill? What are your feelings after reading this book? Your personal opinion?
Risk Factors
Signs & Symptoms
Potential
Complications
Medical Diagnosis
Medications/Class/use
Nursing Diagnosis
Pt education
Evaluation
Nursing Interventions
N316 – Mental Health Nursing
Group Observation Assignment
Directions: The student is to complete the assignment on one group session the student attends.
Using Table 34-3 of you textbook, draw a diagram of the group using the legend provided below.
Next to each individual, including the leader, indicate the task, maintenance, and/or individual
roles the person took on during the group session. Below the diagram provide a summary of 1)
the purpose of the group session, 2) the explicit rules/boundaries set for the group, and 3) an
observational analysis of the effectiveness of the group process.
Legend:  – Male
О – Female
Δ – Group Leader
“Quiz”
View the movie “A Beautiful Mind” or “Canvas” and answer the following questions.
All answers must be typed.
Answers are one point each unless otherwise specified.
Due by noon 10/9 (Monday) submitted to Canvas Drop.
Questions for A Beautiful Mind: (You may rent this movie on your own, borrow a copy from
me to watch on campus and return immediately. This movie is also available on Amazon)
1. What Is Paranoid Schizophrenia (1 point)? What evidence of this disorder is depicted
by John Nash? Provide specific examples of Mr. Nash’s behavior that shows he meets
the DSM-V criteria (DSM criteria is in your text p. 191- speak to each point A-F) (3
points).
2. What is the impact of severe mental illness upon healthy family members in the film?
3. What clues are given in the first half of the film that indicated John Nash is in the early
stages of schizophrenia? (what are his first symptoms)
4. How does this film show the fears of the public or stigma about schizophrenia?
5. Give three nursing diagnosis for Mr. Nash include related to and as evidenced by in
the dx. (3 points)
OR
Questions for Canvas: You may use the following link to watch this
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V0B6sXUXtNA
1. What is paranoid Schizophrenia (1 point)? What evidence of this disorder is depicted by
the Mom in this movie? Provide specific examples of her behavior meeting the DSM
criteria in your text p. 191- Speak to each point (A-F). (3 Points)
2. What is the impact of severe mental illness upon health family members in the film?
3. How does this film show stigma about mental illness?
4. Name 2 nursing dx for the child in this film include related to and as evidenced by in the
nursing Dx. (2 points)
5. Name 2 nursing dx for the mom in this film. Include related to and as evidenced by in
the nursing Dx. (2 points)
Student Name _____XX________________________________
Client’s Initials: XX
Age:
Room Number:
Ethnicity: C
Facility:
Legal
Status:
416
Date _____3/20/09_____________
27
sweds
Gender
M
F
Admission Date: _3/10/09_________
Unit: Adult
Minor X
Vol.
Invol.
Checks/Precautions:
Close observation Level 2
DSM V: Bipolar II, Problems with Primary Support
MEDICATIONS (Include generic/trade name, classification/use, dose, schedule, common side effects)
Generic Name Trade Name Classification/Use Dose Schedule Side Effects
valproic acid
Depakote
Mood stabilizer
1500 QHS
Liver toxicity, weight gain
aripiprazole
Abilify
antipsychotic
25mg QHS
Sedation, EPS
LABS/DIAGNOSTIC TESTS: (Only those not WNL, Tox Screen, and medication lab levels)
Pregnancy negative.
Refuses vital signs X 3 days.
Tox screen + for
THC and + for
Benzo
Alcohol negative
Depakote level 23
on 3/10
Level 76 on 3/20
Presenting Problem:
Pt went into a gas station and instead of paying she gave the clerk a “high 5” She also
took several items of the shelf of the gas station and attempted to use her Walgreens
card to pay for the items. Police were called and transported her to ER
Physical, sexual abuse history:
Physically abusive ex-husband.
Medical History:
Hx of Asthma
Family History:
Mother with history of Bipolar. Father unknown history. 1 sister suicided 3 years ago. 1
sister lives out of town and client has no contact with them.
Pt 2 kids ages 7 and 3 in DCFS custody.
Substance Abuse History:
Treated times 3 at Rosecrance. DOC is alcohol. Last alcohol use one month ago. Denies
pot use but positive on admission for THC.
Recent Stressors/Losses:
Recently fired from her job. Husband moved out.
Education:
Some college. Wanted to be a nurse.
Legal:
None
Marital History:
Recently separated (3 weeks ago) married for 3 years.
Support Systems (with whom does the client live with):
Pt lives alone. States she has “no family”
Pt view her church as supportive.
Occupational:
Not currently employed. Last employed 4 years ago at a nursing home.
Mental Status Assessment (Include general appearance and behavior,
mood/affect, other):
Appearance:
Physical handicaps ______none______________________________________________
Dress/Grooming: Appropriate X
Inappropriate  Sloppy  Poor Hygiene
Gait & Motor coordination (awkward, stagers, shuffling, rigid, steady) __Pt in almost constant motion
with tapping feet and fingers _____________________________________________________
Relationship between appearance and age ___Appears older than stated age____________________
Behavior
Agitated 
Calm 
Lethargic 
Restless X
Anxious X
Angry 
Tearful 
Distractible X Evasive  Cooperative x Follows commands X
Negative  Fearful 
Alert X
Movements: Excessive X Reduced  WNL 
Peculiar body movements (e.g., scanning of the environment, odd or repetitive gestures, level of
consciousness, balance and gait) __pt constantly tapping fingers and feet____________________
Abnormal movements (e.g., tardive dyskinesia, tics, tremors) __None_________________
Level of eye contact (keep cultural differences in mind) ___poor eye contact______________________
Speech
Rate: Rapid X Slow 
Normal 
Volume: Loud X Soft 
Normal 
Clear 
Mumbling 
Pressured X Slurring  Stuttering 
Constant X Mute or silent 
Disorganized 
Tongue-tied speech 
Barriers to communication 
Specify (e.g., client has delusions or is confused, withdrawn, or verbose) __pt is constantly talking
without taking even a breath, _____________________________________________________
Mood
What mood does the client convey? ___Pt is overly happy and expansive
_______________________________________________________________________
Affect
Is the client’s affect bland, apathetic, flat, dramatic, bizarre, or appropriate? Describe.
_____Affect is inappropriate to situation. Smiles when discussing suicide. __________________
Thought process
1. Characteristics: Flight of ideas X Looseness of association  Blocking 
Concrete thinking  Confabulation  Disorganized  Neologisms 
Circumstantiality  Coherent 
Describe the characteristics of the client’s responses ___pt difficult to keep “on topic” and constantly
talking about non-relative situations. _________________________________________________
2. Cognitive ability:
Proverbs: Concrete X
Abstract 
Serial sevens: How far does the client go? ____93_______________
Can the client do simple math? Yes X No 
What seems to be the reason for poor concentration? ___manic behavior________________
Orientation to Time X
Place X
Person X
Situation No
Thought content
1. Central theme: What is important to the client? __”finding a man”_________________
Describe. ___pt hyperfocused on “finding men”_____________________________________
2. Self-concept: How does the client view him/herself? ___”there is nothing wrong with me”_
____________________________________________________________________
What does the client want to change about him/herself? __physical appearance. _______
____________________________________________________________________
3. Insight: Does the client realistically assess his/her symptoms? Yes  No X
Describe. ___pt thinks she is “fine” doesn’t see severity of her problems._________________
Realistically appraise his/her situation? Yes  No X
Describe. __pt focused on “finding a man” when her husband just left her and her kids are in DCFS
custody, and she is unable to maintain in the community. _____________________________
4. Is the client a Reliable historian? ___Unsure________Describe:__some stories make sense while
others have no basis. Pt states she was “never at that gas station” despite admit note. ________
5. Suicidal or homicidal ideation? Yes 
No X Suicide potential? ______________
Family history of suicide or homicide attempt or successful completion? Yes X No
Explain. ___sister suicided__________________________________________________________
6. Preoccupations: Does the client have
Hallucinations  Type: Auditory  Visual  Tactile  Olfactory 
Delusions X Type: Grandiosity X Jealous  Persecutory  Somatic 
Obsessions 
Rituals  Phobias  Religiosity  Worthlessness  Illusions 
Describe. ____________________________________________________________

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health technology

Description

your post should address the following:

Research change management theories.
Identify a strategy to use with the implementation of an information system.
Justify the choice with information from the chapter and the research.

Requirements:

The post must answer all components of the prompt.
The post must include an internet or text citation including a URL in APA format.
References are NOT to be included in the word count of at least 200 words.

I don’t have the book. It is called introduction to Information Systems for Health information technology.

Nursing intervention for client with schizoaffective disorder

Description

Telehealth visit was completed to with Ms. Scott while she was in the community. Verbalized skin was intact, no bruise, cut, and no dehydration. Client was explained signs and symptoms of schizoaffective disorder. Client should always watchout for signs and symptoms of schizoaffective disorder. Nurse educated client of signs and symptoms of schizoaffective disorder. Explain 4 symptoms of schizoaffective disorder and should be simplified for better understanding. Follow the rubric below

Nursing Question

Description

Please review the “How to” document posted. Then go to: https://pressbooks.library.torontomu.ca/healthhistory/chapter/health-history-interview-game/Click on “Start the Virtual Gaming Simulation” and complete the interview game. Once you have completed the interview answer the self debrief questions (found here) and prepare a detailed plan of care for this client. Post the debrief answers and the plan of care in the drop box found in the “Clinical Documents” section of Moodle.This alternative assignment for simulation is worth four (4) clinical hours. You MUST complete the assignment by Sunday September 24, 2023 at 2359 to receive the clinical hours.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

How to Play the Virtual Gaming Simulation (VGS):
• When you click on the VGS
link: https://pressbooks.library.ryerson
.ca/healthhistory/ It will bring you to
the main menu.
• When you scroll down the main page,
you will see the Contents of the game.
• Then click on Introduction to learn
about the focus of the game and how
to play.
After reading the Introduction,
click on ‘Next: Health History
Interview Game’ in the lower right
corner
That will bring you to the Health
History Interview page.
Now you are ready to play the virtual
gaming simulation!
Once you click “Start the virtual
gaming simulation”, it will bring you to
the Purpose and Learning Outcomes
slide.
After you read the purpose and
learning outcomes click ”Proceed” in
the upper right hand corner to bring
you to the introduction of the virtual
simulation scenario.
On the introduction slide, you will
learn about your patient Ms. Gemma
Egan. After you read the first page of
the client’s data, click on “Proceed” to
move to the next slide.
After you read and document all of
the client’s data, click on ”Proceed”
This will bring you to the opening
video.
This will bring you to the
opening video.
After the video, you will be asked your
first question.
If you choose the best nursing action,
the video will continue to play on to
the next decision point.
If you choose the incorrect or not the
best answer, you will receive feedback
asking you to reflect on the answer
you chose. You will be given another
chance to select the correct answer.
Key Points to Remember
• Remember to keep the VGS confidential, until your peers
have had an opportunity to play the game for themselves.
• Remember the characters in the virtual simulation are
fictional. The patient’s injury and experience is not real.
• Everything about the virtual simulation is fictional.
After you complete the virtual
simulation, remember to answer the
reflective questions (also known as a
self debrief). The self debrief
questions will assist you to assess
your knowledge and reflect on your
areas of strength and areas that
require further development.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

372 solve

Description

Paper assignment guidelines Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PM Conduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material. Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is submitting and to whom is it submitted. Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not through email.Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be 1.5Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style. https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Federal Emergency Management: A Brief
Introduction
November 30, 2012
Congressional Research Service
https://crsreports.congress.gov
R42845
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Summary
The federal government plays a significant role in emergency management, which generally
refers to activities associated with avoiding and responding to natural and human-caused hazards.
Emergency management in the United States is highly decentralized and contextual in nature:
activities often involve multiple jurisdictions as well as a vast number of agencies,
nongovernmental organizations, and private sector entities. In addition, the number and type of
actors involved in an incident will vary tremendously depending on the context and severity of
the event. Similarly, the legal framework through which emergency management functions and
activities are authorized is also decentralized and stems from multiple authorities.
Congress annually appropriates funds for a wide range of activities and efforts related to
emergency management. For example, between 2005 and 2011 Congress provided an average of
$12 billion annually to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the lead federal agency
responsible for disaster relief through regular and supplemental appropriations. Congress has also
invested over $120 billion through various federal agencies to help the Gulf Coast Region recover
from the hurricanes that hit the Gulf Coast in 2005 and 2008.
In recent years congressional interest in emergency management has focused on funding,
program administration, and program coordination—both among federal agencies and state
emergency management agencies. This report provides an introduction to the principles and
foundations of federal emergency management in the United States and a description of the
activities of the federal agencies that provide assistance, focusing primarily on the Federal
Emergency Management Agency, but also including information on the National Guard,
Department of Agriculture, Department of Defense, Army Corps of Engineers, Department of
Health and Human Services, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of
Transportation, Environmental Protection Agency, Forest Service, and Small Business
Administration.
This report is designed to provide Members of Congress and congressional staff with a general
overview of principles and foundations of federal emergency management in the United States as
well as the types of activities provided by various federal agencies. The report begins with a
description of the four phases of emergency management: (1) mitigation, (2) preparedness, (3)
response, and (4) recovery, and includes examples of some of the activities that take place in each
of these phases. The report then discusses a recent movement at the federal level to carry out
these phases of emergency management through a system of frameworks. The frameworks
include (1) the National Prevention Framework, (2) the National Protection Framework, (3) the
National Mitigation Framework, (4) the National Response Framework, and (5) the National
Disaster Recovery Framework. The frameworks are used to designate roles and responsibilities
and coordinate various activities.
Next, this report describes the process for requesting federal assistance for major disasters,
emergencies, and fire suppression. The declaration section also includes brief summaries of the
types of assistance provided through each type of declaration. This discussion is followed by
description of federal-to-state cost shares, how federal assistance is funded, and the process
through which FEMA requests assistance from other federal entities. The section then provides a
description of the close-out process—the process in which FEMA terminates its recovery efforts.
The report includes a discussion of key federal laws and policies that influence federal emergency
management, and concludes by highlighting some of the federal activities that take place in
response to emergencies and disasters.
Congressional Research Service
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Contents
Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1
Key Concepts and Approaches in Emergency Management ………………………………………………….. 1
All-Hazards Model …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1
NIMS and ICS …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2
Phases of Emergency Management ………………………………………………………………………………. 2
Mitigation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2
Preparedness ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3
Response …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3
Recovery …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3
The Framework Approach…………………………………………………………………………………………… 4
National Prevention Framework …………………………………………………………………………….. 4
National Protection Framework ……………………………………………………………………………… 5
National Mitigation Framework …………………………………………………………………………….. 5
National Response Framework ………………………………………………………………………………. 5
National Disaster Recovery Framework ………………………………………………………………….. 6
Federal Assistance Through Stafford Declarations ………………………………………………………………. 6
Major Disaster Declarations ………………………………………………………………………………………… 7
Assistance Provided Under Major Disaster Declarations …………………………………………… 7
Emergency Declarations …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8
Assistance Provided Under Emergency Declarations ………………………………………………… 8
Fire Management Assistance Grant Declarations …………………………………………………………… 9
Assistance Provided under Fire Management Assistance Grants ………………………………… 9
Cost-Shares …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 9
Disaster Relief Fund ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 10
Closeout ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 10
Other Types of Federal Declarations …………………………………………………………………………….11
Federal to Federal Support ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 12
Stafford Act Incidents and Mission Assignments………………………………………………………….. 12
Non-Stafford Act Incidents ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 13
Other Key Federal Laws and Policies ………………………………………………………………………………. 13
Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 …………………………………………………………………………………. 13
Post Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act ………………………………………………………. 13
Homeland Security Presidential Directives………………………………………………………………….. 14
Homeland Security Act …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 14
National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan ……………………………… 15
Key Federal Assistance for Disaster Response and Recovery ……………………………………………… 16
National Guard ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 17
Department of Agriculture ………………………………………………………………………………………… 17
Department of Defense …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 18
Immediate Response …………………………………………………………………………………………… 18
Requests for Assistance……………………………………………………………………………………….. 18
Army Corps of Engineers………………………………………………………………………………………….. 19
Department of Health and Human Services …………………………………………………………………. 20
Department of Housing and Urban Development …………………………………………………………. 20
Community Development Block Grants ………………………………………………………………… 20
Congressional Research Service
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Department of Transportation ……………………………………………………………………………………. 21
Federal Highway Administration ………………………………………………………………………….. 21
Environmental Protection Agency ……………………………………………………………………………… 22
Forest Service ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 23
Small Business Administration ………………………………………………………………………………….. 24
Tables
Table 1. Other Types of Federal Declarations ……………………………………………………………………..11
Contacts
Author Information………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25
Key CRS Policy Experts ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25
Congressional Research Service
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Introduction
Emergency management generally refers to activities associated with avoiding and responding to
natural and human-caused hazards. Emergency management in the United States is highly
decentralized and contextual in nature. Multiple jurisdictions as well as a vast number of
agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and private sector entities are often involved. In
general, emergency management begins locally, but the federal government plays an important
role when a state requests assistance. Consequently, the number and type of actors involved in an
incident vary tremendously depending on the context and severity of the event. Similarly, the
legal framework through which emergency management functions and activities are authorized is
also decentralized and stems from multiple authorities. This report provides Members of
Congress and their staffs with an introduction to the principles and foundations of federal
emergency management in the United States. It examines the activities of several federal
agencies, including the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), the National Guard,
Department of Agriculture, Department of Defense, Army Corps of Engineers, Department of
Health and Human Services, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of
Transportation, Environmental Protection Agency, Forest Service, and Small Business
Administration.
In addition, this report discusses the four phases of emergency management: (1) mitigation, (2)
preparedness, (3) response, and (4) recovery; the process for requesting federal assistance for
major disasters, emergencies, and fires; and the types of assistance provided through each type of
Stafford Act declaration. This report also includes a description of federal-to-state cost shares
under the Stafford Act, a discussion on how federal assistance is funded, and the process through
which FEMA requests assistance from other federal entities.
This report also outlines the frameworks that guide various emergency management activities at
the federal and state level, and discusses some of the key federal laws and policies influencing
federal emergency management and highlights federal entities that provide assistance to states
and localities.
Related CRS products examining these issues more in-depth are footnoted in this report.
Key Concepts and Approaches in Emergency
Management
The following sections describe key concepts that undergird federal emergency management.
Many of these concepts originated at the state level and are still being put to use by states and
localities. Some concepts developed by the states have been modified and/or adopted by the
federal government as a national standard.
All-Hazards Model
The all-hazards model is based on the idea that there are generic processes and capabilities
needed to address most kinds of emergencies and disasters. For example, preparing and
responding to an earthquake entails similar activities and capabilities for preparing and
responding to an explosion or terrorist bombing. Thus emergency managers can conduct
emergency management activities in a more flexible and cost-effective manner than using a
standalone, emergency, or disaster-specific program. Another benefit is that carrying out
emergency management functions generally involves adaptation, which is a guiding principle of
Congressional Research Service
1
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
the all-hazards model.1 Thus preparations and lessons learned associated with one type of event,
can often be applied to another type of emergency or disaster scenario.
NIMS and ICS
Emergency management functions are managed according to the principles of the National
Incident Management System (NIMS). Authorized by Homeland Security Presidential Directive 5
(HSPD-5), NIMS is a preparedness and response management model based on the Incident
Command System (ICS).2 ICS is a command and control model developed by firefighters after
the 1970 fires in southern California. The response to the fires was hindered due to duplication of
efforts, lack of coordination, and communication problems. ICS standardizes response operations
by using similar terminology, communication systems, and organizational structure to eliminate
or reduce confusion during a unified response.3 NIMS uses ICS concepts to establish a response
structure that is scalable (capable of growing as more organizations come together to respond to
the incident) that can be used by all jurisdictions, agencies, and organizations to ensure a unified
response to complex events. State and local governments must be NIMS compliant to be eligible
for certain preparedness grants.
Phases of Emergency Management
Emergency management functions are generally grouped into four phases: (1) Mitigation,
(2) Preparedness, (3) Response, and (4) Recovery. The grouping of emergency management
functions is useful for classifying and conceptualizing activities. Use of the four phases at the
state level is not, however, a requirement for grant funding. As discussed later, the federal
government uses a framework approach that differs somewhat from the four phases. The
following sections provide examples of the types of activities that take place in each phase.4
While conceptually useful for targeting efforts and resources, the phases of emergency
management are not distinct—activities in each phase often overlap. For example, recovery
projects often include elements of mitigation (for example, rebuilding structures using current
building codes) and response often includes recovery measures (immediate debris removal). The
phases are also cyclical in nature—lessons learned from an incident might be applied in
preparedness efforts for future emergencies and major disasters.
Mitigation
Mitigation activities entail identifying risks and hazards to either substantially reduce or eliminate
the impact of an incident usually through structural measures. Mitigation activities often have a
long-term or sustained effect and may have an impact on insurance premiums. In many cases,
1 William L. Waugh, Jr., Living with Hazards, Dealing with Disasters An Introduction to Emergency Management
(Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 2000).
2 Homeland Security Presidential Directive 5: Management of Domestic Incidents, http://www.dhs.gov/xabout/laws/
gc_1214592333605.shtm.
3 For example, prior to ICS police and fire departments responding to the same incident might use different radio
frequencies and communicate with different terms. A “code blue” for one department might mean something else for
another. The organization structure might also be different. A commander in one department might have a different role
and responsibility in another. ICS (and NIMS) is therefore an attempt to eliminate potential confusion caused by these
differences.
4 A glossary of emergency and disaster related terms can be located at http://www.fema.gov/glossary.
Congressional Research Service
2
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
mitigation activities occur in the recovery stage of a major disaster. Some examples of mitigation
include:





building codes that address risks such as fires, high winds, or earthquakes;
zoning rules that restrict construction in floodplains;
rebuilding damaged structures with more resilient materials;
flood mapping to identify low lying areas and relocating homes and structures
located in floodplains and flood prone areas; and
dams and levees that help prevent flooding.
Preparedness
Preparedness is distinct from mitigation because rather than focusing on eliminating or reducing
risks, the general focus of preparedness is to enhance the capacity to respond to an incident by
taking steps to ensure personnel and entities are capable of responding to a wide range of
potential incidents. Preparedness activities may include:





training;
planning;
procuring resources, such as food, water, and medication stockpiles;
intelligence and surveillance activities to identify potential threats; and
exercising to assure the adequacy of planning efforts and the use of after-action
reports to improve emergency response plans.
Response
Response activities are comprised of the immediate actions to save lives, protect property and the
environment, and meet basic human needs. Response involves the execution of emergency plans
and related actions, and may include:



evacuating victims;
deployment of response teams, medical stockpiles, and other assets; and
establishment of incident command operations.
Recovery
Recovery activities are intended to restore essential services and repair damages caused by the
event. Recovery activities may include:



the reconstitution of government operations and services (e.g., emergency
services, public safety, and schools);
housing and services for displaced families and individuals; and
replenishment of stockpiles.
Congressional Research Service
3
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
The Framework Approach
On March 30, 2011, President Barack Obama issued Presidential Policy Directive 8: National
Preparedness (hereinafter PPD-8).5 PPD-8 superseded Homeland Security Presidential Directive 8
(HSPD-8), which was signed by President George W. Bush on December 17, 2003.6 Similar to its
predecessor, PPD-8 provides a guide as to how the nation, from the federal level to private
citizens, can “prevent, protect against, mitigate the effects of, respond to, and recover from those
threats that pose the greatest risk to the security of the Nation” including acts of terrorism and
other human caused incidents (such as oil spills) as natural disasters.7 PPD-8 is also intended to
meet several “comprehensive preparedness system” requirements in Subtitle C of the PostKatrina Act.8
PPD-8 establishes that preparedness objectives are to be accomplished by subdividing emergency
management components into a system of integrated, national planning frameworks according to
functionality—prevention, protection, mitigation, response, and recovery.9 The frameworks are
intended to assign roles and responsibilities to various federal agencies with mission areas
involved with aspects of federal emergency management.10
These frameworks either exist in various stages of development or have been implemented. The
following sections provide brief descriptions of each framework.11
National Prevention Framework
While the other planning frameworks address natural hazards and disasters as well as humancaused incidents, the focus of the National Prevention Framework is mainly on preventing
imminent terrorist threats. As such, upon issue, the National Prevention Framework is to assign
roles and responsibilities and coordinate federal agencies involved with intelligence and
information sharing, surveillance, providing public information and warnings, as well as other
elements that help the federal government identify, discover, or locate terrorist threats.12
5 For further analysis on PPD-8 see CRS Report R42073, Presidential Policy Directive 8 and the National
Preparedness System: Background and Issues for Congress, by Jared T. Brown.
6 HSPD-8 gave the Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security broad authority to improve preparedness,
prevention, response, and recovery operations among others. HSPD-8 also required the creation of a National
Preparedness Goal and the implementation of a National Preparedness System. HSPD-8 fulfilled many of the
requirements later set forth in the Post Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006 (Title VI of the
Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2007—hereinafter the Post-Katrina Act) such as actions to
approach all hazards within a risk-based framework, and the use of metrics to measure levels of preparedness. Many
such requirements, however, were not implemented.
7 The White House, Presidential Policy Directive/PPD-8, March 30, 2011, p. 1, at http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/
presidential-policy-directive-8-national-preparedness.pdf.
8 P.L. 109-295, 6 U.S.C. §741- 764, 120 STAT. 1424-1433.
9 The White House, Presidential Policy Directive/PPD-8, March 30, 2011, p. 3, athttp://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/
presidential-policy-directive-8-national-preparedness.pdf.
10 Ibid, p. 3.
11 These descriptions should not be viewed as definitive. Some of the planning frameworks are being updated or still in
draft form. They could conceivably change in form or content before being implemented.
12 Federal Emergency Management Agency, Presidential Policy Directive 8: National Preparedness: Working Drafts
of the National Planning Frameworks – Prevention Framework, p. 9.
Congressional Research Service
4
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
National Protection Framework
The National Protection Framework, upon issue, would assign roles and responsibilities and
coordinate agencies on a wide range of emergency management and homeland security areas,
encompassing cyber security, border security, transportation security, and agriculture and food
security, among others. In addition, the working draft of the National Protection Framework
proposes the use of academic and research centers to develop new protection technologies and
establish protection-related curricula and degree programs.13
National Mitigation Framework
The National Mitigation Framework, upon issue, would address capabilities that reduce the loss
of life and property by lessening the impact of disasters.14 The National Mitigation Framework is
distinct from the other planning frameworks because most mitigation activities take place at the
local level; the role of the federal government in the National Mitigation Framework is not as
prominent as with the other planning frameworks.15
National Response Framework
Issued in January 2008, the National Response Framework (NRF) is the successor of two
previous response documents, the Federal Response Plan, which was thought to be too narrow in
scope, and the National Response Plan, which was found to be problematic for a variety of
reasons, including unclear designations and confusing language and jargon.16 The NRF guides the
federal response to natural and human-caused incidents. However, the NRF is not an “operational
plan.” Rather, it articulates the overarching emergency management principles used to coordinate
and conduct a multi-agency and multijurisdictional response to all types of incidents. The NRF is
executed through the use of three supplemental annexes consisting of the (1) Emergency Support
Functions Annex, (2) Support Annexes, and (3) Incident Annexes.
Emergency Support Functions Annexes
There are 15 Emergency Support Function (ESF) Annexes. ESFs group federal departments and
agencies by matching their resources and capabilities with a particular incident.17 For example,
federal entities with a role in responding to an oil spill are listed in ESF #10—the Oil and
Hazardous Materials Response Annex. ESFs also designate which federal entities have
management oversight responsibility and which entities have a support role.
13 Ibid., p. 10.
14 Ibid., p. 1.
15 Ibid, p. 12.
16 For further information on the NRF see CRS Report RL34758, The National Response Framework: Overview and
Possible Issues for Congress, by Bruce R. Lindsay.
17 U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency, ESF Annexes Introduction, January 2008, at http://www.fema.gov/
pdf/emergency/nrf/nrf-esf-intro.pdf.
Congressional Research Service
5
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
Support Annexes
There are eight Support Annexes that group federal, state, local, private sector, and
nongovernmental organizations that execute functional processes and administrative functions.
The Support Annexes also designate roles and responsibilities.18
Incident Annexes
There are eight Incident Annexes that explain the authorities and policies relevant to a particular
incident, describe the incident situation, and make planning assumptions for the incident. An
Incident Annex also identifies the “coordinating and cooperating” agencies involved with
response to the incident.19
National Disaster Recovery Framework
Issued in September 2011, the National Disaster Recovery Framework (NDRF) coordinates and
assigns roles and responsibilities to entities involved in disaster recovery. The focus of the NDRF
is to “restore, redevelop and revitalize the health, social, economic, natural and environmental”
aspects of disaster-impacted states and local jurisdictions.20 The NDRF has six Recovery Support
Functions (RSF): (1) Community Planning and Capacity Building, (2) Economic, (3) Health and
Social Services, (4) Housing, (5) Infrastructure Systems, and (6) Natural and Cultural Resources.
Federal Assistance Through Stafford Declarations
The system of emergency management in the United States is scalable. This means that local
governments request assistance from the state if responding or recovering from the incident is
beyond their capacity. In cases when a state is overwhelmed by the incident, the state governor
may elect to request assistance from the federal government.
Scalability makes emergency management response more practical, but it also contains a political
element because it is embedded within the federalist system of governance aimed at the
preservation of state autonomy. The state-initiated request may also alleviate concern that the
federal government might assume leadership of response and recovery operations. The Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (hereinafter the Stafford Act)21 does
provide the President authority to issue an emergency declaration in the absence of a
gubernatorial request if the President determines the incident involves a subject area under the
Constitution or laws of the United States, in which the United States exercises preeminent
responsibility and authority of the incident.22 Such cases, however, are rare. The majority of
18 U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency, Support Annexes: Introduction, January 2008, at
http://www.fema.gov/pdf/emergency/nrf/nrf-support-intro.pdf.
19 U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency, Incident Annexes Introduction: National Response Plan, December
2004, pp. INC-i, at http://www.learningservices.us/pdf/emergency/nrf/nrp_incidentannexintroduction.pdf.
20 Federal Emergency Management Agency, National Disaster Recovery Framework: Strengthening Disaster Recovery
for the Nation, September 2011, p. 1,at http://www.fema.gov/pdf/recoveryframework/ndrf.pdf.
21 Codified at 42 U.S.C. §5121 et seq. For further analysis on the Stafford Act see CRS Report RL33053, Federal
Stafford Act Disaster Assistance: Presidential Declarations, Eligible Activities, and Funding, by Francis X. McCarthy.
22 P.L. 93-288, 42 U.S.C. §5191(b). The President is required to consult with the state governor when practical.
Examples of these declarations include the April 19, 1995, bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Building in Oklahoma
City, and the September 11, 2001, attack on the Pentagon in Virginia.
Congressional Research Service
6
Federal Emergency Management: An Introduction
federal disaster assistance is released only after a presidential declaration is issued in response to
a gubernatorial request for federal assistance.
The Stafford Act authorizes federal assistance through three types of declarations: (1) major
disaster declarations, (2) emergency declarations, and (3) Fire Management Assistance Grant
declarations (FMAG).23 However, FMAG declarations are typically declared through the Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Regional Director.24 Emergency and major disaster
declarations can only be issued by the President. Each of these declarations are described in more
detail in the following sections.
Major Disaster Declarations
The Stafford Act defines a major disaster as:
any natural catastrophe (including any hurricane, tornado, storm, high water, wind-driven
water, tidal wave, tsunami, earthquake, volcanic eruption, landslide, mudslide, snowstorm,
or drought), or, regardless of cause, any fire, flood, or explosion, in any part of the United
States, which in the determination of the President causes damage of sufficient severity
and magnitude to warrant major disaster assistance under this chapter to supplement the
efforts and available resources of states, local governments, and disaster relief
organizations in alleviating the damage, loss, hardship, or suffering caused thereby.25
When a governor submits a request for a major disaster declaration FEMA meets with state
representatives to develop preliminary damage assessments. In general, FEMA will make a
recommendation to the President to declare a major disaster if the state’s preliminary damage
assessment exceeds certain thresholds established in regulation.26 The President in turn may or
may not act on the recommendation.
Assistance Provided Under Major Disaster Declarations
Under the Stafford Act three main types of assistance can be provided and administered through
FEMA when the President issues a major disaster declaration: (1) the Public Assistance (PA)
Grant Program, (2) the Individual Assistance (IA) program, and (3) the Hazard Mitigation Grant
Program (HMGP). Under the Stafford Act, the President may issue a major disaster declaration
that provides only PA if damage to dwellings is not severe enough to warrant IA, or if there is
sufficient damage, both PA and IA may be provided.
The PA program provides assistance to state and local governments and certain nonprofit
organizations and includes emergency protective measures, debris removal, and the repair,
replacement, or restoration of eligible facilities.27 Hazard mitigation measures during the re

Ali new 0

Description

“Social and behavioral determents of health and effect of social disparities and inequalities on health”

Substance Abuse

Description

Answer the prompt for the letter that corresponds with the First letter of your First Name:A-I: Explain the drugs used to increase abstinence from alcohol, heroin, and opiates. Include the dosage and black box warnings. The drugs that you must include are naltrexone (ReVia, Trexan), Buprenorphine/naloxone (Suboxone), Disulfiram (Antabuse), Levomethadyl (Orlaam), and methadone (Dolophine).

Emergency Communication Activity

Description

● 3 hours: Emergency Communication Activity – see belowInstructions: Students should explore the CDC’s Crisis Emergency Risk Corner (CERC), available at https://emergency.cdc.gov/cerc/cerccorner/index.asp. Students will submit a 2-page-paper (approximately 500 words) that discusses the following:How day to day communication differs from communication during an emergency incidentStrategies for communicating effectively in an emergency situationThe most appropriate form of communication for the bus/train crash situation (including rationale)How social media and other communications technologies can be used to communicate with members of the communityUtilizing the principles of risk communication, students should propose an emergency communication message explaining the bus/train crash to the general public; students should identify the type(s) of media appropriate for dissemination of this message. [See pp. 18-20 in the CDC’s Public Health Emergency Response Guide (linked above) for tips]

Discussion Thread: Legalizing Marijuana

Description

Post one thread of at least 300 words.Thread, must support their assertions with at least 2 scholarlycitations in APA format. Any sources cited must have been published within the last five years.Acceptable sources include your text, a professional journal, a professional or governmentwebsite (such as CDC), and the Bible, etc.

Nursing Question

Description

Discuss pros/cons of a professional organization to which you subscribe/support with your peers. The organization I’m part of is Sigma Theta Tau International Honor Society of NursingInclude the following information about your organization of choice:Why is the organization appealing to you, or why did you end up involved?What are the costs and benefits?What are the barriers to remaining involved and/or to becoming more involved?How can the organization improve?References

nursing note on stress management

Description

Mr. Brian was seen today through telehealth. She was alert and oriented and denied discomfort. Client verbalized his condition has no change since the last visit. He verbalized how he maintained good behavior when in the community. Mr Brian verbalized he just got a new job and it was required of him to do physical exam. The physical exam will be done between monday and tuesday and nurse can see him on wednesday. Client verbalized he was managing his stress life. H e verbalized a lot was going on with him and is challenging to him. Nurse told him to calm down during his explanation. Assigned nurse provided nursing education to client on stress management. Follow the rubric below

BHA-FPX4108 Recommend a Strategy

Description

Create a 12-18-slide presentation for community stakeholders in which you recommend a strategy to address a community health need.

Collapse All

Introduction

As the needs of the patient population change, the United States health care system remains relatively unchanged. Episodes of care are still relatively low in frequency and high in acuity (Nash, Fabius, Skoufalos, & Clarke, 2016). Models of care must be changed. Treatments of chronic health conditions and preventative strategies require more frequent visits at a lower intensity (Nash, Fabius, Skoufalos, & Clarke, 2016). Continuity of care and care transitions maintain an ongoing, consistent contact with patients throughout their lives, not only when they are ill (Nash, Fabius, Skoufalos, & Clarke, 2016). A population health perspective that focuses on chronic health conditions and prevention is needed to improve care transitions (Nash, Fabius, Skoufalos, & Clarke, 2016). Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs) and Patient-Centered Medical Homes (PCMHs) are two models emerging from the Affordable Care Act (ACA) that help focus on chronic diseases and population health (Nash, Fabius, Skoufalos, & Clarke, 2016).

An underlying assumption in version population and patient-centered models is that patients will adhere to the plan they develop with their provider; however, some behaviors may be difficult for patients to change. Unhealthy behaviors such as poor diet, lack of exercise, smoking, and drug use have negative implications for health. Although many patients want to change their diet and exercise behaviors, many find it extremely difficult to do so. Health care providers must work with patients to understand what causes patients to exhibit certain behaviors and how they can be motivated to change these behaviors (Nash, Fabius, Skoufalos, & Clarke, 2016).

The American Marketing Association (AMA) (2017) defines marketing as the processes for creating, communicating, delivering, and exchanging products and services for key stakeholders and society in general. The “4 Ps”—product, place, price, and promotion—are the primarily elements of marketing. Unlike a traditional consumer product such as an automobile, a health care “product” is more difficult to define.

In population health, an example of a product could be training health care providers to reduce obesity across the population. The place refers to where the health care service will be provided, such as an office, the home of a patient, or a community health center. The price consists of two components: 1) the actual out-of-pocket price the consumer must pay for the service and 2) the opportunity cost, such as convenience. Finally, promotion refers to the method that is used to disseminate the message such as radio, TV, print and, most recently, social media and the Internet (Nash, Fabius, Skoufalos, & Clarke, 2016). To achieve the goals of population health, community needs must first be assessed and the health care “marketing mix” tailored to the needs of that community.

REFERENCE

American Marketing Association (AMA). (2017). About AMA: Definition of marketing. Retrieved from https://www.ama.org/AboutAMA/Pages/Definition-of-M…

Nash, D. B., Fabius, R. J., Skoufalos, A., & Clarke, J. L. (2016). Population health: Creating a culture of wellness (2nd ed.). Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Demonstration of Proficiency
Competency 1: Integrate principles of epidemiology, population health, and community engagement to plan interventions.
Assess the target audience for recommended community health strategies.
Recommend strategies to mobilize community engagement including a promotion strategy and use of social media and information technology.
Competency 3: Create an action plan to promote wellness and disease management in a diverse population.
Define SMART goals for implementation of a community health need intervention.
Analyze collaboration required to implement a community health strategy.
Recommend potential sources of funding and other resources.
Competency 4: Communicate in a manner that is scholarly, professional, and respectful of the diversity, dignity, and integrity of others and is consistent with expectations for health care professionals.
Employ appropriate written and visual communication to convey content to an intended audience.
Write following APA style for in-text citation, quotes, and references.
Preparation

Note: It is recommended that you complete the assessments in this course in the order they are presented.

In this assessment, you will be creating a PowerPoint presentation to deliver to one or more groups of community stakeholders. You will recommend a strategy to address the community health need you have been working with throughout the Analyze Community Health Needs and Potential Community Health Interventions assessments. You will focus on the strategy that best fits the needs of the target population within the context of the community and organization you have been using as the setting for your assessments.

To help prepare yourself to be successful when creating your PowerPoint, it is recommended that you complete the following:

Determine the single, best strategy to implement in your community. This should be one of the two interventions you identified and wrote about for your Potential Community Health Interventions assessment.
Determine which community stakeholders would be the best target audience for the PowerPoint.
Think about which populations or groups within the community will be receiving the intervention.
Think about which stakeholders are vital for successful implementation of your chosen intervention.
Ensure you have an understanding on how to create a quality PowerPoint presentation. Capella’s Microsoft Office Software help page offers a number of guides and resources.
Contact Disability Services to request accommodations if you require the use of assistive technology or alternative communication methods to participate in these activities.
Instructions

Create an 8–12 slide PowerPoint to inform and create buy-in from the stakeholder groups you have determined are key to your chosen intervention’s success. These groups include those who influence decisions for funding and implementation, as well as those who would take direct roles in implementation.

As you work to determine the single, best strategy to implement for your chosen health need in the identified population (or populations) in your community, focus on how this presentation can narrow the focus from a broad population need to specific, actionable tasks that community stakeholders must consider before creating an action plan. In your presentation, be sure to consider factors such as educational outreach, financial considerations, and information technology.

Consult the scoring guide to ensure that you are addressing all criteria at the level to which you desire.

In your PowerPoint, be sure to complete the following.

Assess the target audience for recommended community-health strategies.
Define SMART goals for implementation of a community-health need intervention.
You may wish work through the Evidence-Based Strategies and SMART Goals activity to check your understanding about the various characteristics of well-written SMART goals.
Analyze collaboration required to implement a community-health strategy.
Recommend strategies to mobilize community engagement, including a promotion strategy and use of social media and information technology.
Recommend potential sources of funding and other resources.
Employ appropriate written and visual communication to convey content to an intended audience.
Apply proper APA formatting and style.

One potential way you could organize your PowerPoint would be as follows:

Title slide: On the first slide of the PowerPoint, include:
A descriptive title of approximately 5–15 words. Stir interest while maintaining professional decorum.
Professional Development for [enter the institutional context for your presentation].
Your name.
Your specialization.
Course number and title.
Capella University.
Instructor’s name.
Your Stakeholder Analysis in the notes section below.
Note: If this presentation were made in a professional context, the entries under your name would be replaced by your job title, the name of your organization, and (perhaps) your contact information.
Introduction slides: Describe the community health need and its importance.
Recommended solution slides: Describe the solution you chose.
Provide supporting evidence to show that your solution is an evidence-based best practice.
Community engagement strategies slides: Present strategies to mobilize community engagement:
Educational outreach strategies.
Promotion strategy—how could social media and information technology be used?
Implementation strategies slides: Recommend, at a high level, factors that must be considered to successfully implement your strategy, including:
Defined SMART goals for implementation.
Ways audience members should collaborate to implement your strategy.
Estimated costs and potential sources for funding and other resources.
Conclusion slide: End with a succinct summary of the value and feasibility of your recommendations.
References slides: Cite all sources, following current edition APA style and format.
Additional Requirements
Written and visual communication: Ensure content is clear, with correct spelling, grammar, and syntax, and well organized to support orderly exposition of content. The writing and visuals should enhance the message. Avoid errors that detract from the message.
PowerPoint slide formatting:
Write each slide, except the title and references slides, with a bold headline and up to seven bullet points.
Use as few words in each bullet point as needed to convey your message. Think of them as subheadings.
Enter all details and supporting information in the Notes area below the slides.
Length: Compose 12–18 slides.
References: Cite at least three current scholarly or professional resources.
APA formatting: Use APA style for references and citations. Remember to use in-text citation just as you would in a paper-style written assignment.

HCAD 670 HEALTHCARE

Description

PLEASE HELP I DO NOT KNOW ANY HEALTHCARE PERSON.

Course Outcomes for Assignment:

Analyze critical factors in a healthcare organization’s internal and external environments that may positively or negatively affect the achievement of the organizational mission and goals.
Assess the relevant strategic decision-making and implementation issues within a healthcare organization.

Each student is required to conduct a half-hour-long interview with a person in a management position in a healthcare-related organization. You should choose a person to interview and make an appointment explaining the purpose of the interview is to learn about leadership and gain practical insights. Use Quick Connect to help you find an industry leader for the interview if needed.

Notes:

The leadership interview is an accreditation requirement for the HCAD program.

Ensure to notify the interviewee you will be recording the interview. The laws pertaining to recording vary by state. It is highly recommended you obtain an agreement to be recorded as the first item, asking for permission then recording the acknowledgment. Make sure to send the transcribed notes to the interviewee to be checked for accuracy. Ensure the Interviewee know the recording is confidential between you, interviewee, and professor; and is discarded upon evaluation of the assignment.

The interview must be transcribed and presented as a summary written report. Verbatim accounting is not required. The report must have 4 elements:

· Cover page: Your name, course number, and date

· Introduction: Who you interviewed and why (credentials, experience, position, etc.).

· Interview: The questions asked and the responses (short summary) received.

· Analysis: Your evaluation of the interviewer’s leadership philosophy, approach, and

skills, as related to the course concepts.

You are encouraged to develop your own inquiry questions. Have no more than 5-10 relevant to leadership/management/administration of emergency response and strategic planning topics. This is an opportunity to explore the intangible factors of leadership and their application to emergency response situations. Any resources used should be cited and properly referenced in APA 7 format.

Nursing education for patient with major depression

Description

Ms. Barnes was visited to through telehealth while she was in the community. She was alert and oriented x3, verbalized intact skin, and denied pain and discomfort, and no suicidal ideation. Client explained about her daily feeling of depression due to inability to live expected life. She further verbalized that depression affects the thought and behavior. She negative thought and could not follow rules and regulations some time. Nurse educated client on major interventions to depression. Provide 3 major interventions . Follow the rubric bellow

Discussion Thread: Ethical Application

Description

First, choose an issue in applied ethics that greatly interests you. You may choose any of the following topics covered in the assigned readings from our textbooks:For example: Abortion; Biomedical Issues (IVF, Stem Cell Research, etc.); Capital Punishment; Church-State Relations; Economics; Environment; Euthanasia; Just War; LGBTQ Issues; Marriage & Family; Healthcare; Political Engagement; Poverty; Racism and Race Issues; Sexual Ethics, etc.Second, based on the ethical theory you defended in Discussion: Compare and Contrast Metaethical Theories, formulate an ethical application on this specific issue in a thread. You are expected to use both textbooks as well as outside academic sources to support your analysis and argument. As you write your thread, consider the following flow for your essay:Step 1: Briefly summarize what theory you defended in Discussion: Compare and Contrast Metaethical Theories and what applied issue you are addressing in this discussion. If you have changed your mind on which theory from Discussion: Compare and Contrast Metaethical Theories you think is stronger, you may write an application for the theory you NOW think is the stronger theory. For example, if you defended Egoism and now think a Christian ethical theory is stronger, you may apply a Christian ethical theory.Step 2: Articulate a detailed application based on your theory. This should be the bulk of your thread.Step 3: Briefly describe a strong counterargument to your application and respond to it. For now, keep it brief (no more than one paragraph). In the Capstone Essay Assignment, you will have more room to elaborate.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ETHC 101
DISCUSSION ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
The student will complete 3 Discussions in this course. The student will post one thread of at
least 500–600 words. The student must then post 1 reply of at least 500–600. You must try to
respond to a classmate who has not received a reply yet. For each thread, students must support
their assertions with at least 1 scholarly citation in Turabian format. Each reply must incorporate
at least 1 scholarly citation in Turabian format. Biblical references are highly encouraged, but
will not count as an academic source. Any sources cited must have been published within the last
five years. Acceptable sources include the course textbooks, books, journal articles, periodicals,
and similar publications. Sources such as Wikipedia and online dictionaries do not count as
academic sources and should not be used.
Discussion Thread:
Compare and Contrast Metaethical Theories
David Gross
Introduction to Ethics, Liberty University
2
Discussion Thread: Compare and Contrast Metaethical Theories
Defining “the good”
Christian ethical theory and utilitarianism are two distinct ethical theories that focus on
promoting human well-being and achieving morally good outcomes. Christian ethics is grounded
in religious teachings and principles, aiming to align actions with God’s will and moral precepts.
It emphasizes love, justice, mercy, and compassion, while utilitarianism emphasizes maximizing
the pleasure or well-being of the largest number of individuals.
Claiming to know “the good”
Christian ethics has an objective moral foundation, emphasizing virtues and guidance for
complex moral issues. However, it faces challenges such as interpretive differences, exclusivity,
and limited empirical basis. Utilitarianism, on the other hand, offers a universal applicability,
focusing on consequences and flexibility, and adaptability to various moral dilemmas and
societal issues.
Commonalities and Differences
The recognition of the significance of human flourishing is shared by the two theories.
Christian ethics prioritizes fulfilling God’s purpose for humanity, which frequently involves
promoting human welfare. On the other hand, utilitarianism endeavors to maximize the
happiness or well-being of all individuals affected by an action (Colosi 2020)1.
Their fundamental differences, however, reside in their foundations and guiding
principles. Christian ethical theory bases its concept of “the good” on divine revelation,
emphasizing obedience to God’s will and the pursuit of virtues consistent with God’s nature. As a
Peter J. Colosi, “Christian Personalism versus Utilitarianism: An Analysis of Their Approaches to Love and
Suffering*,” The Linacre Quarterly 87, no. 4 (2020): 425–437, https://doi.org/10.1177/0024363920948331.
1
3
secular theory, utilitarianism is based on empirical observation and rational analysis, with the
maximization of overall happiness as the ultimate moral objective.
Strengths and Weaknesses
Christian and utilitarianism are two ethical theories with different strengths and
weaknesses (Colosi 2020)2. Christian ethics provides an objective moral foundation based on
divine revelation and scriptural principles, emphasizing virtues and providing guidance for
complex moral issues. It also offers a comprehensive framework for decision-making. However,
it faces interpretive challenges, exclusivity, and limited empirical basis. Utilitarianism, on the
other hand, offers a universal applicability, focusing on consequences and overall happiness, and
being flexible and adaptable. However, it faces measurement challenges, potential sacrifice of
individual rights, and ignoring intrinsic value. Both theories can be evaluated based on their
strengths, weaknesses, and approaches to defining “the good.” The choice between them depends
on the specific moral dilemma and values prioritized (Timmermann 2019)3.
The strength of an ethical theory is contingent upon its capacity to furnish a cohesive and
all-encompassing structure for the process of moral decision-making. This depends on factors
like cultural context, personal beliefs, and the complexity of the ethical dilemma.
Conclusion
Christian ethical philosophy and Utilitarianism are two distinct ethical frameworks that
offer contrasting perspectives on moral decision-making. Both theories have a shared emphasis
on the advancement of human well-being and a common aspiration to attain morally
Peter J. Colosi, “Christian Personalism versus Utilitarianism: An Analysis of Their Approaches to Love and
Suffering*,” The Linacre Quarterly 87, no. 4 (2020): 425–437, https://doi.org/10.1177/0024363920948331.
2
Jens Timmermann, “Kantian Ethics and Utilitarianism,” The Cambridge Companion to Utilitarianism (2019):
239–257, https://doi.org/10.1017/cco9781139096737.013.
3
4
commendable results. However, they diverge considerably in terms of their underlying
principles, epistemological bases, and methodologies for ethical decision-making. Christian
ethics and utilitarianism are two theoretical frameworks that prioritize the promotion of human
welfare. In order to make well-informed ethical decisions, it is crucial to assess these theories by
considering their respective merits, limitations, and practical ramifications. Christian ethics gives
a moral framework that is firmly grounded in religious faith and virtues, whereas Utilitarianism
presents a more secular and consequentialist perspective.
5
Bibliography
Colosi, Peter J. “Christian Personalism versus Utilitarianism: An Analysis of Their Approaches to
Love and Suffering*.” The Linacre Quarterly 87, no. 4 (2020): 425–437.
Timmermann, Jens. “Kantian Ethics and Utilitarianism.” The Cambridge Companion to
Utilitarianism (2019): 239–257.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

wrook sheet

Description

help me do a wroksheet on an introduction of a researchsocial problem – Social Isolation and Lonelinessfor elderly people

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Step 1: Defining the social problem
As a researcher, you will first need to select a problem topic and then specifically define a social
problem. A social problem is a condition that at least some people in a community view as being
undesirable.
Worksheet1: Defining the Social Problem
1. In one or two sentences, state the nature of the social problem that you plan to study.
2. What is the specific community location of the social problem?
3. List at least three undesirable social conditions that result from this problem:
1.
2.
3.
4. Next, discuss why a research is necessary.
Step 2: Gathering evidence of the problem –Visit the library
The goal of this step is to develop problem solving skills through using the library/Internet.
Therefore, this step requires you to use the Internet to locate at least one reference to support the
existence of your problem.
Suppose you are doing a social problem with your agency or your community as the geopolitical
location. Try to locate statewide or national data on the problem that best matches your agency or
community. Then, you can contend that the data is applicable to your agency or community as well.
Worksheet 2: Gathering evidence of the problem
Your problem (phrase):
Present evidence that a problem exists. Be as specific as possible and cite at least one source
of data:
Step 3: Identifying the cause of the problem
Medical researchers try to identify the causes of various diseases. They can develop a vaccine to
immunize people from contracting that disease. For example, Dr. Jonas Salk virtually eliminated
polio when he identified the virus that caused it, and then developed a vaccine. Likewise, if
researchers can identify the causes or factors that contribute to a social problem, then they can try
to develop public policies to eliminate or lessen those causes or factors.
Unlike the specific virus that causes polio, most social problems have numerous causes and
contributing factors. Some of the Internet/library resources that you used to complete the previous
step probably also contain information about causes and contributing factors. Review those articles
and brainstorm the causes and factors that contribute to your social problem. Record that
information on Worksheet 3.
Worksheet3: Identifying the causes of the problem
Briefly list several underlying factors that contribute to the problem that you have identified
(support these factors with evidence):
Step 4 -Formulating Problem Statements
A persuasive problem statement consists of three parts: 1) the ideal, 2) the reality, and 3) the
consequences for the reader of the proposal. Well constructed problem statements will convince
your audience that the problem is real and worth having you investigate. Your strategy is one of
contrast: by situating the ideal scenario next to the situation as it exists, you cannot only persuade
the reader that a problem exists, but then go on to emphasize the consequences of ignoring or
addressing the problem. Remember, your problem statement is the backbone of the proposal. By
giving careful consideration to how you construct it now (for the proposal), you can use it when
doing your research and writing for the proposal.
Worksheet 4 – Formulating Problem Statements
STATEMENT 1 (DESCRIPTION OF THE IDEAL SCENARIO)
Describe the goals, desired state, or the values that your audience considers important and that are
relevant to the problem.
(BUT)
Connect statements 1 and 2 using a term such as “but,” “however,” “Unfortunately,” or “in spite of”;
STATEMENT 2 (THE REALITY OF THE SITUATION)
Describe a condition that prevents the goal, state, or value discussed in statement 1 from being
achieved or realized at the present time.
STATEMENT 3 (THE CONSEQUENCES FOR THE AUDIENCE)
Using specific details, show how the situation in statement 2 contains little promise of improvement
unless something is done. Then emphasize the benefits of research by projecting the consequences
of possible solutions as well.
Source: http://www.personal.psu.edu/cvm115/proposal/propassign.htm
SWK310 2020 DR. ANGEL RESTO 7
Step 5: The Significance of the Study
The Significance of the study describes the contributions of the study as new knowledge, make
findings more conclusive. It cites the usefulness of the study to the specific groups. Cite all the
persons and groups that benefited on your study/research. Include a short explanation regarding
how those persons and groups benefited from the study. (How the research study will help them?)
Worksheet 5: Significance/rationale of the study
Why you are doing the study?
What do you hope to achieve by completing the study?
What benefits will your research bring to the social work field?
How it will be helpful? To whom? And Why?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Discuss pros/cons of a professional organization to which you subscribe/support with your peers. The organization I’m part of is Sigma Theta Tau International Honor Society of Nursing Include the following information about your organization of choice: Why is the organization appealing to you, or why did you end up involved? What are the costs and benefits? What are the barriers to remaining involved and/or to becoming more involved? How can the organization improve?References

EVALUATING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF TRANSITIONING FROM FACE-TO-FACE TO VIRTUAL PLATFORM DURING CORONA VIRUS

Description

Certainly, it is essential to address the instructions and revise this research thesis in accordance with the feedback provided in the attached Word document. Additionally, a thorough grammar and language review should be conducted to enhance the overall quality and presentation of the research draft. Subsequent changes should be made to improve its overall coherence and readability.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

EVALUATING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF TRANSITIONING FROM FACETO-FACE TO VIRTUAL PLATFORM DURING CORONA VIRUS
by
Nabil Ahmed
This Thesis is being submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Master of
Science degree in Transformative Leadership
Bethune-Cookman University
Daytona Beach, Florida
Fall, 2023
Copyright
by
Nabil Ahmed
2023
EVALUATING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF TRANSITIONING FROM FACETO-FACE TO VIRTUAL PLATFORM DURING CORONA VIRUS.
By
Nabil A. Ahmed
APPROVED:
_____________________________
[Type Name] Committee Chair
_____________________________
[Type Name] Committee Member
_____________________________
[Type Name] Committee Member
__________________, Year
Date
DEDICATION
This thesis is dedicated to my lovely wife and family. Without the love, support
and patience from them, I would have never made it this far in life. Dad, thank you for
making me understand the importance of education since I was young. Mom, thank you
for all the delicious food and support in the process of growing up and last, but not the
least, to my wife, thank you for sticking by my side through every thick and thin in these
past 3 years together.
iv
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to express my sincere gratitude to all my professors who have been
by my side throughout this journey. First and foremost, I would like to thank my advisor,
Dr Patel, for always being there to respond to any of my inquires throughout this course. I
would also like to thank all my professors, especially Dr Ball and Dr Frazier for their
support throughout this course. Lastly, I would like to thank my supervisors and work
colleagues Dr Patterson, Kofi Jack, John DiNardo and Milton Heflin Junior for their
support in helping me balance the full-time work while completing my thesis.
v
ABSTRACT
The study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of transitioning from face-to-face
to virtual platforms during a crisis such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Crisis such as the
COVID-19 pandemic come when they are least expected and as a result force people to
make changes across every aspect of their lives. For instance, few had anticipated a
change in the working environment to accommodate public health regulations. The
selected university was not spared as all professors had to adapt to online teaching to
ensure social distancing. Some had experience teaching online, but for most, adapting to
the online platform was a new learning experience. The primary research question was:
Subquestions included (1) (2) …
In this study, the professors who have never taught on a virtual platform at the
selected university were interviewed to obtain their input with an aim of determining the
effectiveness of the transition from offline to online teaching. The participants were
surveyed through a list of simple bulletin questions to determine if the transition was
smooth and simple, or difficult and challenging. Consequently, the survey helped to
identify what works in a bid to improve the preparedness of our institutions for similar or
even worse crises.
Conclusion statement here
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Dedication
iv*
Acknowledgements
v
Abstract
vi
List of Tables**
vii
List of Illustrations**
viii
Chapter 1 Introduction
1*
Chapter 2 Review of Literature
4
Chapter 3 Methodology and Procedure
26
Chapter 4 Data and Analysis
32
Chapter 5 Conclusions, Implications, and Recommendations
47
References
52
Appendices
61
*Page numbers for preliminary pages should be in lower case roman numerals. DO
NOT put a page number on the TITLE PAGE.
Beginning with Chapter 1, page numbers should appear as Arabic numerals
continuing through the appendices. This can be done in Word by placing a “Section
Break” between the List of Illustrations and Chapter 1. By placing a section break at
this point, Word will allow you to start your pagination over with Arabic numerals.
**Do not include these in the Table of Contents if you do not have them in your thesis.
The Table of Contents (TOC) can be automatically generated by Word. Go to the Help
button to get detailed directions on how to insert the TOC.
vii
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Comparison by Gender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Table 2: Comparison by State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
This page can be eliminated for those theses that do not include illustrations.
viii
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Leadership Praxis Graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
This page can be eliminated for those theses that do not include illustrations.
ix
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION
During crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic, change proves to be inevitable
more than ever. As stated by a famous author, “faced with a crisis, the man of character
falls on himself. He imposes his stamp of action, takes responsibility for it, and makes it
his own” (Charles de Gaulle, n.d.). At Bethune-Cookman University, all professors were
mandated to familiarize themselves with the online teaching platform to continue
educating our young generation safely and at the same time, following the recommended
social distancing measures. The transition from face-to-face to online teaching is our
main topic of concentration. This thesis will help us understand whether the transition
was smooth or challenging considering several factors such as resources, prior
knowledge, training, awareness, availability and some personal factors such as support,
anxiety, and physical and mental wellbeing.
Background Context
Bethune-Cookman University has been a part of the selected community since
1904. The university’s founder had a deep desire to educate young individuals;
Individuals who have deprived the opportunity to study and become important affiliates
of the community.
The university has since come a long way by merging and affiliating with another
learning insitution and the Methodist church, respectively. The university has also made a
great impact on the community by successfully producing more than 12,000 graduates
1
who have gone ahead to make a substantial contribution to different fields. Accordingly,
the achievements are a testament of the university’s motto that states that “enter to learndepart to serve.” Again, powered by a rich history, the university has been moving
forward strongly. The faculty, staff and the governing bodies are motivated to implement
all necessary changes to provide the best studying environment for our young generation
to succeed in the real world.
At the start of 2020, most were hoping that the year would be as tranquil as the
previous one. However, increasing infection rates and deaths from the COVI-19 virus
prompted governments across the world to implement various measures to contain the
virus leading to disruptions across different sectors, especially education. BethuneCookman University understood the impact of the deadly disease but also understood that
learning must continue, albeit with more health precautions. Consequently, virtual
learning platforms were tested and implemented within a few months into the pandemic.
However, given the rapid transition from offline to online learning, there were
challenges reported across different areas such as from learners, the tutors and even the
platform. As such, the effectiveness of the transition from face-to-face to virtual
platforms such as Canvas and Zoom is still questionable. This thesis is set to review this
transition collecting data from a series of surveys, questionnaires and interviews from
professors who have never used the online platforms before to measure the effectiveness
of the transition.
Statement of Problem
2
Crises are unexpected and uncomfortable situations that mandate changes that
could become a new normal. At Bethune-Cookman University, the faculty members are
committed to teach and share knowledge to help young individuals become vital
members of the community. This year, a crisis came in a form of a deadly disease that
impacted not only Bethune-Cookman but the whole education sector and different areas
of life.
Bethune-Cookman University remained resilient by continuing to keep its doors
open in the fall semester. However, the safety of all members of the university and the
community needed to be taken into deep consideration to ensure the successful
continuation of learning activities. Among the necessary measures taken by the university
were transitioning into the virtual platforms without compromising the success that has
been seen from the face-to-face learning experience. However, the effectiveness of the
transition is yet to be determined and a handbook with guidelines to follow during the
crisis is yet to be written.
Purpose of Research
The purpose of the research was to determine the effectiveness of transitioning
from face-to-face to virtual platform during the COVID-19 pandemic. The main coresearchers were the faculty members of Bethune-Cookman University who have never
used online platforms. The primary research question was: How effective was the
transition of courses from traditional to online for instructors who did not have
experience teaching using virtual platforms at a selected university? The sub-questions
for research included: 1) Can the professors teach better online compared to face-to-face?
2) Is the virtual concept missing any important teaching elements as compared to the
3
face-to-face teaching? and 3) Do the professors have enough training and resources to
successfully teach online?
Significance of Research
This research aimed to determine how effective and efficient the transformation
from face-to-face to virtual learning was for our professors who have never used or
taught using the virtual platforms at Bethune-Cookman University. The university tried
its best to make the process smooth and well-organized, but considering the time
constraints during crisis mode, the possibility of being a success was dim. Again, after
this research, we will be able to see a bigger picture of the transition and be better
prepared by having a handbook to guide us through our next crisis.
Summary of Remaining Chapters
In the following chapters, we will first have a literature review, elaborating the
fundamentals and parameters of our research and action research. I will also review
transformative leadership as a whole and from an ethics perspective. Next, I will cover
the methodology for data collection, its advantages and limitations. We will also sort and
analyze the data to conclude, determine necessary implementations and suggest
recommendations on our guidebook that could hopefully be an asset in the event of
another crisis.
4
CHAPTER TWO
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
The purpose of the research is to determine the effectiveness of transitioning from faceto-face to virtual platform for faculty members at Bethune-Cookman University who had
no experience of teaching using the virtual platforms before. The primary research
question was: How effective and efficient was the transition from Face-to-Face to an
online platform for professors who did not have the experience of teaching using virtual
platforms at the great Bethune-Cookman University? The sub-questions for research
included:
Topic 1) How well did Bethune Cookman University’s management motivate
the faculty members during the transition?
Topic 2) Was the university efficient in providing the needed resources to all
faculty members?
Topic 3) How effective was Canvas training for the faculty?
Topic 4) How effective were faculty in delivering the course to students?
(based on student performance)
The Review of Literature investigates primary studies related to the following
topics connected to the research questions on topic 1, 2, 3 and 4. An explanation of action
research and the selected methodology are included with a review of Transformative
Leadership and the Ethics of Transformative Leadership.
5
Topic 1
An institution requires the collaboration of faculty members, administrator and
other institutional personnel to help in teaching. Academics needs are facilitated by the
administrators and supporting staff to ensure the smooth implementation of shared vision
(Eckhaus & Davidovitch, 2019). Nevertheless, resources are required along with funding,
and improved communication to ensure a smooth transition. Apart from the support staff
and faculty members, students’ advocates can participate in the implementation role that
is significant overall (Eckhaus & Davidovitch, 2019). Advocates can take an active role
to ensure they participate through exploratory discussion groups, designed partnership
and consultations. Practitioners and researchers require emphasizing on professional
development. This area is vital for the faculty members to develop the new pedagogical
skill and professional development to teach (Eckhaus & Davidovitch, 2019). However,
the introduction of technology as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic requires technological
skills for the faculty members to maintain and design and deliver the content of their
course. Eventually, appropriate professional developments need to be identified by the
university where a lack of will put the faculty members in a position where they cannot
deliver (Stupnisky, BrckaLorenz, Yuhas, & Guay, 2018).
Additionally, for the faculty members who would have completed their training,
they will be required to ensure continuous assessment to enable them to incorporate new
practices into their classes. Besides editing, and distributing materials, technical support
will be beneficial. Faculty members with poor mastery of technical skills will be at a
disadvantage in engaging with the course content and course material. Support may occur
via instant messaging, telephone, zoom, canvas or tutorials (Stupnisky, BrckaLorenz,
6
Yuhas, & Guay, 2018). The authors add that an efficient system that encourages
interaction between various actors in the platform increases opportunities for students to
obtain feedback.
References
Eckhaus, E., & Davidovitch, N. (2019). How Do Academic Faculty Members Perceive the
Effect of Teaching Surveys Completed by Students on Appointment and Promotion
Processes at Academic Institutions? A Case Study. International Journal of Higher
Education, 8(1), 171-180.
Eckhaus, E., & Davidovitch, N. (2019). How Do Academic Faculty Members Perceive the
Effect of Teaching Surveys Completed by Students on Appointment and Promotion
Processes at Academic Institutions? A Case Study. International Journal of Higher
Education, 8(1), 171-180.
Stupnisky, R. H., BrckaLorenz, A., Yuhas, B., & Guay, F. (2018). Faculty members’
motivation for teaching and best practices: Testing a model based on selfdetermination theory across institution types. Contemporary Educational
Psychology, 53, 15-26.
Topic 2
Covid-19 caused an urgent and imperative move to virtual platform learning,
which led to workload and stress on the university staff and faculty members who are
struggling to balance research, service obligation and teaching in their institutions
7
(Abouelenein, 2016). The new norms have forced the staffs from different teaching
backgrounds to work from home despite all the technical and practical challenges
involved. Moreover, some of the changes were made with limited technical personnel.
Notably, pedagogical content knowledge to teach online is the common challenge faced
by the members of the faculty. The Covid-19 crises have exposed the unpreparedness of
the teaching fraternity to the online teaching world considering that most of the previous
systems were largely designed for face- to face classes (Baker & DiPiro, 2019). Lack of
preparedness can be attributed to being the reason for the university not to deliver on
needed resources to the respective faculty members. Most had to make a drastic change
that required them to play the role of both designers and tutors while using unfamiliar
tools. As such, it could be possible that most had to learn and develop online learning
content simultaneously (Baker & DiPiro, 2019). The paper casts light on online teaching
needs to meet the growing number of students in universities who are increasingly
enrolling for digital learning programs.
Reference
Abouelenein, Y. A. M. (2016). Training needs for faculty members: Towards achieving
quality
of
university
education
in
the
light
of
technological
innovations. Educational Research and Reviews, 11(13), 1180-1193.
Baker, B., & DiPiro, J. T. (2019). Evaluation of a structured onboarding process and tool
for faculty members in a school of pharmacy. American Journal of Pharmaceutical
Education, 83(6).
8
Topic 3
Canvas learning management systems have simplified online learning
tremendously considering how the transition in the world of academia is a challenge amid
the pandemic (Frankel et al., 2020). The common feature that makes Canvas conducive is
the ease of use and the fact that it is content-focused and its platform is centered on
learners to ensure both the faculty members and students interact freely. Canvas can be
easily integrated with the university information system to address the issues of the
roaster and course creation. As teaching is done online both the tutor and students can
enhance classroom discussion virtually to improve on the quality of delivery of the class
content. Cooperation and collaboration of the faculty and trainers are vital as they ensure
deadlines are met, as well as structured meeting to assist on the individual courses.
Members of the teaching staff were allowed to train individually or online (Bliquez &
Deeken, 2016). Feedback provided by mailed questioners on the progress of the learning
process. Faculty reported a competent level with the majority supporting canvas as it was
timely suitable and convent to the faculty, hence user friendly.
Reference
Frankel, A. S., Friedman, L., Mansell, J., & Ibrahim, J. K. (2020). Steps towards Success:
Faculty Training to Support Online Student Learning. The Journal of Faculty
Development, 34(2), 23-32.
Bliquez, R., & Deeken, L. (2016). Hook, line and canvas: Launching a professional
development program to help librarians navigate the still and stormy waters of
9
online teaching and learning. Journal of Library & Information Services in
Distance Learning, 10(3-4), 101-117.
Topic 4
The analysis is based on course interview and observation of data that suggest
effective and frequent students’ interaction that creates an online environment for
students to perform and commit themselves to the course to attain stronger academic
level (McDavid et al., 2020). Online learning is considered as effective when tutors
provide more assistance through learning materials promptly to students. Anonymous
survey shows that students largely choose online learning as it offers the learner with
autonomy and convenience. Students with prior knowledge of computer have a better
chance. However, students with little knowledge of computer skills still appreciate online
learning as a reliable way of delivering the course content (Martin, Ritzhaupt, Kumar, &
Budhrani, 2019). A cognitive aspect of online learning, where technology was carefully
set up, tends to be more effective compared to where there are issues. Thus, it is a
challenge for the faculty members to ensure the online learning environment is
favourable to reach their course objectives. Nonetheless, future research needs to
emphasize the effectiveness of the online platform in addressing the needs of students.
Reference
McDavid, L., Parker, L. C., Li, W., Bessenbacher, A., Randolph, A., Harriger, A., &
Harriger, B. (2020). The effect of an in-school versus after-school delivery on
students’ social and motivational outcomes in a technology-based physical activity
program. International Journal of STEM Education, 7(1), 1-12.
10
Martin, F., Ritzhaupt, A., Kumar, S., & Budhrani, K. (2019). Award-winning faculty online
teaching practices: Course design, assessment and evaluation, and facilitation. The
Internet and Higher Education, 42, 34-43.
Action Research
Based on the pre-existing plethora of literature and culture on the primary concept
of action research, various scholars have addressed its efficacy in education. However,
research shows that most professors and academics in the field have defined action
research differently. Therefore, a review of past and recent literature is necessary to
debunk the most acceptable definition for the same (Glanz, 2014).
From face value, it is clear that action research involves a dual practice for its
achievement. That is, ‘action and research.’ The term ‘action’ refers to the process of
causing change within a person, organization or a community. ‘Research’, on the other
hand, indicates the understanding of a method for better decision-making opportunities
on the part of a scholar or co-researcher/community. Hence, action researcher aims at
achieving both action and research results (Reason and Bradbury, 2001).
According to Reason and Bradbury (2001), action research is viewed as a practice
of inquiries and ideas purposed for human improvement. In a descriptive context, action
research is often used by societies in a collective endeavour to better their lives through
communal problem-solving techniques. Among other researchers, Greenwood (2002)
describes action research as a discreet and procedural form of revolution on qualitative
studies. Action research indicates investigative, interpretive and participative research
11
foundations. Therefore, action research is critical in enhancing problem-solving
techniques in societies, by assigning participative roles to the people involved
(Greenwood, 2002).
Characteristics of Action Research
Action research is distinguishable due to its specific characteristics. Those
include the following:
i.
Cyclic in nature –it is structured in a spiral manner. Researchers get a chance to reflect
on their actions and research findings. Thus, this feature makes action research more
responsive and interactive with its participants.
ii.
Democratic and qualitative –this is due to participants’ democratic involvement in the
interactive inquiry. However, this reduces its scope in statistical analysis making the
process descriptive or qualitative.
iii.
Participative –action research thrives on the participation of a group or community
with the sole of self-betterment.
Dimensions of Inquiry in Action Research
i. Observing the reality of a situation –this inquiry requires a researcher to immerse
themselves into the heart of the prevailing situation. Research and understand
various operations within the system (Greenwood, 2002).
ii. Formulation of an ideal situation –from the acquired knowledge of the system,
one is expected to visualize a perfect condition. From this experience, a
researcher devises a harmonious situation that incorporates all operations of the
ideal into reality.
12
iii. Comparisons between the actual and the ideal situations –the comparison yield
areas of interest from which action is taken to improve the prevailing situation.
i.
Post positivism. It is the view of traditional research, where positivity is indefinite in
the study of human behavior.
ii.
Constructivism –it is the view that knowledge is actively formulated by culture and
social interactions within a specific community/society
iii.
Participatory –it is the view that education and change are achieved from active
contribution via actions and practice.
iv.
Pragmatism –it is a philosophical approach to research
Following the various definitions presented herein, it is clear that action research
is focused on solving problems in specific settings. On the contrary, however, basic
research models consider a multiple of variables, samples and sometimes, controlled
experiments (Reason & Bradbury, 2001). For example, experimental research designs
require controlled trials. This feature is in direct conflict with the cooperative nature of
action research. Also, it is essential to note that basic research designs utilize large data
samples. On the contrary, typical action research is contented on a small sample of
students in a class (Reason & Bradbury, 2001).
According to Reason and Bradbury (2001), a cooperative inquiry requires that a
researcher involves the subject community in research practices, rather than researching
the community itself. Ideally, this model brands all study participants as co-researchers
rather than research subjects (Reason & Bradbury, 2001).
Transformative Leadership
13
Control is one of the most crucial principles of an effective manager. The
principle refers to an interactive process between a leader and staff who influence them at
the workplace for the organization’s goals achievement. Leadership provides a direction
to ideal future aims and aligns the followers to achieve the anticipated objectives (Berg,
2015). Also, leadership is regarded as a dynamic interactive process that involves several
dimensions involving planning, organizing, directing and controlling activities. In the
current world, leaders must be prepared to use various leadership styles to manage well
their followers based on organizational objectives and needs. This paper aims to explain
varying approaches and behaviors which define transformational leadership.
Transformational leadership is an effective leadership style applicable to many
organizations. The leadership style is a new leadership method, which focuses on how
leaders may create valued and optimistic change in their followers (Ghasabeh &
Provitera, 2017). This leadership style focuses on the way of leading, which is needed to
change an organization for its success. Discrete attention and distinct talents of
employees is vital so that organizations may benefit from the leadership style.
Transformational leadership usually guides employees by giving them the assurance and
encouragement to adapt to the new change. This change helps them to have insight into
the fact that the change and new knowledge will yield as an added value. The leaders
challenge their followers with a vision and tie the vision to a plan which facilitates its
success. In this leadership style, they engage and encourage their followers to familiarize
themselves with the organization‘s goals and values. Transformational leadership
encompasses four behavior types which consist of individualized consideration,
intellectual stimulation, inspirational motivation and idealized influence.
14
Transformational leadership emphasizes on increasing workforce enthusiasm and
engagement with efforts to link employees’ sense of self with organizational values
(Ahmad, Abbas, Latif & Rasheed, 2014). The transformational approach focuses on the
strengths and weaknesses of workforces to improve both their commitment and
competences to organizational purposes by listening to their opinions. Transformational
leaders express personalized thoughts to followers by meeting their requests.
Individualized consideration, in this case, refers to an extent in which leaders address
their follower’s wants, act as mentors and pay attention to follower’s apprehensions. This
behavior involves various actions which include discussing and sympathizing with
individual needs of employees, creating interpersonal linkages with workers, and
expressing genuine compassion to workers. Also, it may involve inspiring employees’
professional development and individual growth.
Transformational leadership values autonomy and creativity amid followers
(Uusi-Kakkuri, 2017). The leaders back their followers by including them in the process
of decision-making and motivating their exertions to be creative and innovative to
determine solutions to problems. Thus, the leader challenges expectations and asks
notions from followers without criticizing them. The leader changes the manner
followers’ reason and frame problems. This is because the vision which the leader
conveys enables followers to see a big picture of them in the organization which in return
enables them to excel in their efforts
Transformational leaders inspire their followers to become innovative and
creative. Intellectual stimulation results from leaders who create safe settings for
15
experimentation and for sharing ideas (Sánchez-Cardona, Salanova Soria & LlorensGumbau, 2018). Primarily, they help in tackling problems in a new way and inspire
workers to contemplate about their conventional approaches and share new thoughts
critically. The type of behavior includes encouraging the creativity of employees’,
challenging the status quo, striving for consistent innovation, and risk-taking when
suitable in achieving goals.
Inclusion excellence includes the creation of an organizational culture which
promotes diversity, fairness, and civil discourse. It entails the creation of a safe
environment where people in the organization feel appreciated and express their opinions
to improve operations in an organization. Transformational leaders create and uphold
organizational cultures which promote inclusion and excellence. These proactively find
and remove organizational barriers which prevent workers from contributing their ideas,
engage in decision making, innovate and become productive.
Inspirational motivation denotes the ability of leaders to inspire self-assurance,
inspiration with a sense of drive amid their followers. The transformational leader needs
to give a clear vision for the imminent time, explain groups’ expectations and show
commitment to the objectives which have been set. This transformational leadership
aspect requires excellent communication skills because the leaders need to convey their
messages with accuracy and a sense of authority. Additional and essential behaviors of
leaders may include their continued optimism and enthusiasm.
Leaders with an inspirational vision challenge their followers to move from their
comfort zones, communicate hopefulness concerning their future goals and give a
meaning for the ongoing task (Johnson, 2018). Drive and purpose generate the energy
16
which drives people forward. The visionary leadership aspects are supported through
proper communication skills and make the vision easier to understand. This encourages
followers willing to invest their exertions in various tasks to be inspired and optimistic
concerning the future and believes in their capabilities. Behaviors which show
inspirational motivation may include motivating workforces to advance results, explain
how the organization can change over time, foster a strong sense of purpose amid
workers, link discrete employees and organizational objectives and help workers to
succeed to a great extent than they think.
Transformational leaders usually act as role models through displaying a
charismatic personality that influences their followers to desire to be like leaders
themselves. Idealized influence may be shown by a transformational leader’s
preparedness to take risks and follow a set of values, and ethical ideologies in the actions
that they may consider taking (Hughes, 2014). Thus, through this idealized influence
concept, the leaders create trust with followers who in turn develop trust in their leaders.
Transformational leaders should exemplify the principles that the followers will
learn and internalize. The basis of transformational leadership is promoting constant
values and vision. Transformational leaders provide followers with a sense of meaning
which in return enables them to address challenges which they may encounter. The
leaders then foster the spirit of teamwork and obligation in a manner which includes
promoting a broad and all-encompassing vision, leading by example, expressing
commitment to the set objectives, creating trust and self-confidence in workforces, and
finally being representative of organizational goals, mission, and culture.
17
In conclusion, this paper explains changing approaches and behaviors which
define transformational leadership. It explains that the transformational leadership style is
a method which emphasizes on how leaders create positive and valuable change in their
followers by influencing their behavior. The paper discusses the four types of conduct
which consist of individualized consideration, intellectual stimulation, inspirational
motivation and idealized influence which are the goals of the transformational leadership
approach.
References
Ahmad, F., Abbas, T., Latif, S., & Rasheed, A. (2014). Impact of transformational
leadership on employee motivation in telecommunication sector. Journal of
management policies and practices, 2(2), 11-25.
Berg, J. L. (2015). The role of personal purpose and personal goals in symbiotic
visions. Frontiers in psychology, 6, 443.

Response to an article

Description

“Sweating the Small Stuff: Pitfalls in the Use of Radiation Detecting Instruments. Choose two instruments from the article and discuss the pitfalls associated with these. Minimum of 150 words. I’ll attach article

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

nursing education for client with history of sickle cell

Description

Ms. Dickerson was seen today through telehealth. She was alert and oriented and denied discomfort. She continuee to work about 50hrs a week and has four children. She explore her environment to know more about what is going on and to know how she can be of help to her community. Ms. Dickerson has a history of sickle cell that disturbs her health condition occassionally. She verbalized to feel sick when is too hot or too cold weather. Client continue to leave with family member in the district and all needs are provided with the help of government support programs that cover food, housing, and health, and the job she does to provide for her family. Nurse provided education to client due to her history of sickle cell. Follow the rubric below

MN504 DISCUSSION PEEER RESPONSE

Description

I need one response to each peer, must icinlcude references

Geraldine:Qualitative data is narrative, reflective, or anecdotal information and requires judgment to interpret the data. It answers clinical questions about the human experience (Cadge et al., 2021). Answering this type of question can provide clinicians with the answer to “how” and “why” for practice, whereas answering the questions that require quantitative evidence can give that answer to “what.” Qualitative research can also help clinicians understand clinical phenomena, emphasizing the understanding of the patient’s experience and the patient’s valued preferences (Melnyk et al., 2023). Albers (2017) says quantitative data/ study collects numerical data that must be analyzed to help draw the study’s conclusions. Quantitative data analysis is not teaching number crunching but a way of critical thinking for analyzing the data.

If I were to relate to my picot question: In congestive heart failure (CHF) patients (P), How does self-care education program prior to discharge (I) compared to standard discharge education (C) affect 30-day hospital readmission rates (O) within three months of intervention (T)? One of the articles I read about self-care education and congestive heart failure was a study by Radhakrishnan et al. (2021) where a quantitative study was used using phone interviews, guided by the framework of vulnerability analysis for sustainability, to explore heart failure self-care among older adults in central Texas during the late spring of 2020. Sedlar et al. (2021) used qualitative and quantitative data analysis to study self-care perception and behavior in patients with heart failure. A quantitative study using the European self-care behavior Scale (EHFScBS-9) (n = 80; NYHA II–III, mean age 72 ± 10 years, 58% male) and a qualitative study using semi-structured interviews. Both qualitative and quantitative data can be used in studies.

References:

Albers, M. J. (2017). Quantitative Data Analysis—In the Graduate Curriculum. Journal of Technical Writing and Communication, 47(2), 215–233.https://doi.org/10.1177/ 0047281617692067

Cadge, W., Lewis, M., Bandini, J., Shostak, S., Donahue, V., Trachtenberg, S., Grone, K., Kacmarek, R., Lux, L., Matthews, C., McAuley, M. E., Romain, F., Snydeman, C., Tehan, T., & Robinson, E. (2021). Intensive care unit nurses living through COVID-19: A qualitative study. Journal of Nursing Management, 29(7), 1965–1973.https://doi.org/10.1111 /jonm.13353

Melnyk, B. M., & Fineout-Overholt, E. (2023). Evidence-based Practice in Nursing & Healthcare A Guide to Best Practice. Wolters Kluwer.

Radhakrishnan, K. M. F., Allen, C., DeMain, A. S., & Park, L. M. F.-B. F. (2021). Impact of COVID-19 on Heart Failure Self-Care: A Qualitative Study. Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing, 36(6), 609–617. https://doi-org.libauth.purdueglobal.edu/10.1097/JCN.0000000000000794

Sedlar N, Lainscak M, Farkas J. Self-care perception and behavior in patients with heart failure: A qualitative and quantitative study. ESC heart failure. 2021;8(3):2079-2088.doi:10.1002/ ehf2.13287

Kelsy:Healthcare is a science. Clinicians strive to ensure good outcomes for patients and evidence-based practice provides a means to meet that goal. Most often, we utilize the EBP process to evaluate the effectiveness of an intervention or course of treatment. Quantitative data provides the “numbers” to justify what clinicians should do (Melnyk & Fineout-Overholt, 2023). When our PICOT question aims to ask if a particular intervention is the best practice, we can quantify the outcomes to make a clinical decision. Qualitative data is often considered “weaker evidence” but can be used to answer the how and why regarding clinical practice questions. This type of research can help clinicians understand patient preferences and experiences (Melnyk & Fineout-Overholt, 2023).

Clinical Question

P – Women with postpartum depression

I – Treatment including cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT)

C – Usual treatment (without CBT)

O – Improved depression scores

T – Six months

Melnyk & Fineout-Overholt (2023) note that RCTs are the strongest research design to evaluate an intervention. Therefore, I have spent most of my time searching for and analyzing RCTs and systematic reviews of RCTs to answer my clinical question as this is the strongest level of evidence to answer my clinical question. The quantitative data in these studies would include the depression scores of postpartum patients. The scores of both the intervention and control group at baseline and during/following treatment allow me to analyze if there is a statistically significant improvement in depression screen scores.

While science often relies on objective data provided in quantitative research to determine the effectiveness of interventions and treatments, I also believe that subjective data is important in the field of psychology and mental health. The Edinburg Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS) is the most used screening tool in pregnancy and postpartum and is also used in evaluating other populations undergoing treatment for depression. This 10-question tool allows the clinician to score the patients’ responses to how they have felt over the seven days (Qiu, et. al., 2023). This tool provides a means for quantifying self-reported subjective data.

Following a previous quantitative evaluation of telephone-provided CBT for postpartum women, Ngai & Chan (2019) agreed that “complex interventions” should also be qualitatively evaluated so they arranged semi-structured interviews of the women who had previously received the CBT intervention. The data collected was reviewed and coded by independent researchers and outlined four main themes including benefits, facilitators, barriers, and suggestions for improvement.

While quantitative data (EPDS scores) can help present hard evidence to answer my PICOT question in determining if my intervention (CBT) may be best practice, I do think it is important for me to also consider the qualitative data. It is valuable to know whether my proposed intervention is perceived as beneficial to my patient population. And for my PICOT question specifically, I must remember that CBT can be offered in a variety of ways – online, in person, by phone, individually vs. group setting – so patient preference is also important, as well as potential barriers to obtaining my proposed intervention.

Kelcy Waite

References

Melnyk, B. M. & Fineout-Overholt, E. (2023). Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing & Healthcare (5th ed.). Wolters Kluwer

Ngai, F. W., & Chan, P. S. (2019). A qualitative evaluation of telephone-based cognitive-behavioral therapy for postpartum mothers. Clinical Nursing Research, 28(7), 852–868. https://doi-org.libauth.purdueglobal.edu/10.1177/1…

Qiu, X., Wu, Y., Sun, Y., Levis, B., Tian, J., Boruff, J. T., Cuijpers, P., Ioannidis, J. P. A., Markham, S., Ziegelstein, R. C., Vigod, S. N., Benedetti, A., Thombs, B. D., the DEPRESsion Screening Data (DEPRESSD) EPDS Group, He, C., Krishnan, A., Bhandari, P. M., Neupane, D., Negeri, Z., & Imran, M. (2023). Individual participant data meta-analysis to compare EPDS accuracy to detect major depression with and without the self-harm item. Scientific Reports, 13(1), 1–12. https://doi-org.libauth.purdueglobal.edu/10.1038/s…

less

Social Work Question

Description

dentify and describe a policy analysis model to be used to evaluate the policy and include a brief analysis of the policy using the model selected. Please make sure to cite the model used. Provide an overview of the policy and describe how it applies to the practice situation.

Here are a few helpful resources in this area:

American Association for Policy Analysis and ManagementLinks to an external site.
McNutt, J. G. & Hoefer, R. (2016). Chapter 6: Policy Analysis-Tools for Building Evidence-Based Social Policy. In Social Welfare Policy: Responding to a Changing World. Oxford University Press.
Karger, H., & Stoesz, D. (2010). American social welfare policy: A pluralist approach.
Bardach, E., & Patashnik, E. M. (2015). A practical guide for policy analysis: The eightfold path to more effective problem solving. CQ press.
POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS

Based on your review, provide recommendations for policymakers regarding a policy review, application, formulation, and/or revision of the policy.

SOCIAL JUSTICE IMPLICATIONS

Discuss the social justice implications for the client situation based on the selected policy and provide an advocacy plan at the micro, mezzo, and macro level. For example, if the policy discriminates against the population related to your practice situation, provide a plan for how you might advocate for change for your individual client(s), the agency, or at the legislative level.

ETHICAL CHALLENGE AND/OR VALUE CONFLICT

Identify and describe one or more potential ethical or values conflict(s) related to the policy as it applies to this practice situation.

POLICY SELECTED

This policy should be an existing current state or federal policy (e.g., laws, court decisions, or regulations), rather than an agency policy. Make sure to cite the policy. Do not use an agency, organization or internal hospital policy.

Here are a few ideas for Social Policies:

secularization-separation of church and state
funding of faith-based organizations
policies related to discrimination
poverty
child support policies
TANF
Supplemental Social Security (disabled adults, children with severe disabilities)
working poor, minimum wage
general assistance programs,
food stamps, free lunch programs, emergency food program assistance program, summer food
service program, special milk program, school breakfast program
Farming policy; dumping of toxic waste
Social Insurance
Unemployment, SS Disability
Medicare
Social Security
Workers Compensation
Assets for Independence Act (individual development accounts for low income)
Tax policy—federal and state, Fiscal Cliff
Health care policy
Affordable Care Act implementation
Medicare reforms
Medicaid
State Children’s Health Insurance Program (S-Chips)-federal/state partnership to cover uninsured children
reimbursement rates
nursing home, hospitals
health maintenance organizations (HMOs), managed care
underinsured, uninsured, COBRA
Corrections
Drug policies
Gun Control
Mental Health
The Community Mental Health Centers Act
deinstitutionalization
substance abuse
Mental Health Parity Act
Licensing of social workers
Sex offender registry
Child Welfare policy
CAPTA, AACWA, McKinney-Vento Act, Chafee Act
Child care policies
foster care, adoption, Head Start
No Child Left Behind, Race to the Top
WIC
Housing Policy
HUD
Section 8
International/global policies
UN Convention on the Rights of Children

NSG6005 week 2 case study

Description

Aubre R. presents as a new patient to your practice having recently relocated from rural Tennessee. She is 68 years old and complains of irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) with abdominal cramping and frequent diarrhea with occasional constipation. She has a history of domestic violence with resultant anxiety requiring inpatient hospitalization 8 years ago. She is also complaining of urinary retention, insomnia, and hip pain since a hip fracture 4 years ago. Her drugs include zolpidem 10 mg hs, bethanechol 25 mg tid, metoclopramide 10 mg tid, amitriptyline 100 mg hs, alprazolam 0.25 mg tid, hydrocodone/APAP 5/500 tid, and dicyclomine 20 mg four times daily.What are your concerns about this drug regimen?What recommendations do you have for this patient?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

9/25/23, 1:26 PM
Rubric Assessment – NSG6005-Advanced Pharmacology CP03 – South University
Case Study Rubric – 20 Pts
Course: NSG6005-Advanced Pharmacology CP03
Criteria
Answered
items
completely.
Developed
adequate
responses to
questions. Plan
shows depth
and
application of
course
concepts.
No Submission
0 points
Emerging
4 points
Satisfactory
6 points
Proficient
7 points
Exemplary
8 points
Student did not
submit case
study.
Case study does
not meet
expectations;
plan has no
depth or has
inaccurate
elements listed.
Case study
meets minimal
expectations
with minimal
development of
portions of case
study.
Case study
meets
expectations by
including good
depth for all
elements of plan
but does not
demonstrate
good application
of course
content.
Case study
meets or exceeds
expectations
with creative,
innovative
strategies for
case study.
Criterion Score
/8
https://myclasses.southuniversity.edu/d2l/lms/competencies/rubric/rubrics_assessment_results.d2l?ou=105186&evalObjectId=582499&evalObjectType=1&userId=125660&viewTypeId=3&rubricId=3882…
1/3
9/25/23, 1:26 PM
Criteria
Identified and
described
pharmacologic
Rubric Assessment – NSG6005-Advanced Pharmacology CP03 – South University
No Submission
0 points
Emerging
4 points
Satisfactory
6 points
Proficient
7 points
Exemplary
8 points
Student did not
submit case
study.
Case study does
not meet
expectations; no
Case study
meets minimal
expectations
Case study
meets
expectations;
Case study
meets or exceeds
expectations
resources listed.
with few
resources listed.
resources listed
are well
with all resources
well developed
developed in all
but a few areas.
(i.e., textbook,
peer-reviewed
al concepts
and care as
needed.
Criterion Score
/8
articles).
Criteria
Writing: good
flow
throughout
response with
good
transition, and
no spelling or
grammar
errors. APA
No Submission
0 points
Emerging
1 point
Satisfactory
2 points
Proficient
3 points
Exemplary
4 points
Student did not
submit case
study.
Numerous issues
in any of the
following:
transition,
grammar,
spelling, or APA
formatting.
Case study
meets minimal
expectations
with some errors
in transition,
grammar,
spelling, or APA
formatting.
Minor errors that
do not distract
from overall case
study.
Case study
meets or exceeds
expectations in
all areas of case
study.
Criterion Score
/4
format.
Total
/ 20
https://myclasses.southuniversity.edu/d2l/lms/competencies/rubric/rubrics_assessment_results.d2l?ou=105186&evalObjectId=582499&evalObjectType=1&userId=125660&viewTypeId=3&rubricId=3882…
2/3
9/25/23, 1:26 PM
Rubric Assessment – NSG6005-Advanced Pharmacology CP03 – South University
Overall Score
No Submisssion
Emerging
Satisfactory
Proficient
Exemplary
0 points minimum
12 points minimum
14 points minimum
16 points minimum
18 points minimum
https://myclasses.southuniversity.edu/d2l/lms/competencies/rubric/rubrics_assessment_results.d2l?ou=105186&evalObjectId=582499&evalObjectType=1&userId=125660&viewTypeId=3&rubricId=3882…
3/3

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

nur500 week 4

Description

This assignent comes in 2 parts. For part one you will use between 250-300 words and 1 reference. APA style, 7 edition. You will need to reply to at least 2 peers. Each answer should be 150 words and 1 reference.

Evidence-based practice (EBP) is an important topic in healthcare organizations. How could you apply EBP in your current nursing practice? Please provide examples.

Part 2: Week 4 Sociologic Sciences Journal

Complete the Sociologic Sciences Interactive Case Study following the readings and presentation for this week. Associate what you have learned about the theories to this case study, and then see the instructions below to complete a journal entry about your experience.

During weeks 2 & 4, you will complete interactive case studies and be asked to associate what you have learned about theory in comparison to the case study and reflect on it.

Each time you have completed a case study, submit your reflection. Each reflection should include the following:

A comparison of what you have learned from the case study to related theories you have studied. Make sure to cite these theories in APA format.
A comparison of the case study to your nursing practice, giving one or two examples from your nursing experience in which you might have applied a particular theory covered.

Your reflection should be a minimum of five to six paragraphs.

Meet Natalie Kazakova.

Russian immigrant
Recently graduated with master’s degree in nursing
Bachelor’s in engineering back home
Works at a local community hospital in ICU

Any of these theories from the chapter explain what Natalie is experiencing. Select each theory to learn more about how each applies to her situation.

Role theory, role behavior: As a new graduate and new nurse, Natalie needs to negotiate appropriate role behaviors with patients, coworkers, and medical staff. Role strain or stress, including role incongruity, can occur when the individual’s expectations (her view of the caring role of the nurse) conflicts with the requirements to learn to manage complicated equipment and medications.

Conflict Theory: As noted in the text, conflict is often grounded in issues of power/authority and domination/subjugation. The two nurse colleagues are struggling to hold on to their position of power related to their experience because they are probably threatened by Natalie’s advanced degree.

Social theory Exchange: Natalie has noted that reciprocity is lacking in her relationships with the two experienced ADN nurses. As a result, she feels like resigning (withdrawing from the situation).

Natalie discusses this issue with one of her professors. Her professor offers the following recommendations:

Don’t do anything at this point. This is normal behavior for other nurses dealing with a novice. Time will prove your readiness.
Review the conflict and try to think of the other experienced nurses’ perspectives. Again, time will prove your readiness.
Speak up now and remind the other nurses that you are a brand new RN and will have a learning period.

Reflect on which option you think would be best for you. Then select the Review button below to see why Natalie’s professor offered the options she did.

Natalie recognizes the issues of role behavior and role incongruity and seeks out one of her professors to discuss these. The professor reminds her that this is a normal process and that she needs to give herself some time to learn her position (the professor might refer her to Benner’s Novice to Expert, discussed in a later chapter). She tells her that as she becomes more comfortable with the technical requirements of her position, she will find she is able to again put the caring aspect of nursing in the forefront.

As Natalie reviewed her information on conflict and individualistic social exchange framework, as well as recognizing that the other nurses were struggling to maintain their own power (and self-concept), she was able to change her approach. She praised the other nurses for their knowledge and experience. She remained humble and quiet as she gained more experience and knowledge. She quietly reminded them that, despite her degree, she was still a new RN and so she appreciated having knowledgeable nurses like them around. She hoped that this would make them feel less threatened.

NURS_500_DE – Case Study Rubric

NURS_500_DE – Case Study Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCritical Analysis

20 to >16.4 pts

Meets Expectations

Presents an exemplary articulation and insightful analysis of significant concepts and/or theories presented in the case. Offers detailed and specific examples for all questions. Makes keen observations, making note of essential information provided in the case. Ideas are professionally sound and creative; they are supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Draws insightful and comprehensive conclusions and solutions.

16.4 to >15.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of significant concepts and/or theories presented in the case. Offers some detail and some examples for most questions. Makes occasional note of essential information provided in the case. Ideas are mostly supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Makes some attempt to draw conclusions and solutions.

15 to >11.8 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Provides insufficient explanations of significant concepts. Offers little or insignificant detail and no examples for most questions. Fails to address essential information provided in the case. Ideas are generally unsupported by scientific evidence, but some attempt has been made. Fails to draw conclusion.

11.8 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Does not, or incorrectly, answers with insufficient explanations. Information is not scientifically sound.

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContent

20 to >16.4 pts

Meets Expectations

Makes insightful, clear and accurate connections to key concepts and relevant theories. Response indicates a comprehensive, high-level understanding of the concepts presented in the case.

16.4 to >15.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Makes mostly accurate connections to key concepts and relevant theories. Response indicates a general understanding of the concepts presented in the case.

15 to >11.8 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Provides several insufficient or inaccurate explanations, although attempts are made to address some key concepts. Response indicates an introductory understanding of the concepts presented in the case.

11.8 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Information is inaccurate or inadequate. Response indicates little or no understanding of the concepts presented in the case.

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeMechanics

7.5 to >6.15 pts

Meets Expectations

Answers are well written throughout. Information is well organized and clearly communicated. Assignment is free of spelling and grammatical errors.

6.15 to >5.63 pts

Approaches Expectations

Answers are well written throughout and the information is reasonably organized and communicated. Assignment is mostly free of spelling and grammatical errors.

5.63 to >4.43 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Answers are somewhat organized and lacks some clarity. Contains some spelling and grammatical errors.

4.43 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Answers are not well written and lack clarity. Information is poorly organized. Assignment contains many spelling and grammatical errors.

7.5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Format

2.5 to >2.05 pts

Meets Expectations

Follows all the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout.

2.05 to >1.88 pts

Approaches Expectations

Follows length requirement and most of the requirements related to format, source citations, and layout.

1.88 to >1.48 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Follows most of the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout.

1.48 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Does not follow format, length, source citations, and layout requirements.

2.5 pts

Total Points: 50

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Case Study: Natalie Kazakova
Meet Natalie Kazakova, a Russian who has recently graduated with a master’s degree
in nursing, originally having a bachelor’s in engineering back home. She now works at a
local community hospital in the ICU.
A few weeks after orientation ends at her new place of employment, Natalie finds
herself questioning her choice to become a nurse. She finds it hard to go into work
because she is feeling insecure and has self-doubt.
Also meet Susan and Pam, two nurses that have 10 years of experience, but only have
ADN degrees. Click on the two nurses to read examples of what they have been saying
to Natalie and each other.
Page | 1

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

For this paper, you must pick one ‘diet’ and define it, then defend why you would or would not recommend this way of eating for the average person. Examples include: Weight Watchers, Keto, Low Fat, Vegan, Gluten Free, Nutrisystem, Slim-Fast, Atkins, Paleo, Mediterranean, etc. whatever you want!

1 full page minimum: describe, in detail, the parameters of the diet. How it works, what the requirements are, why one might choose to use or might need to use this diet.

2 full page minimum: Pick a side and defend it! Yes, this diet is a GOOD idea, or no this is a BAD idea and why you feel that way–and any resources that support your stance.

For a total of 3 pages minimum in the BODY of the paper.

Full APA Style is required. 12 point font, Times New Roman, Double Spaced. Please be sure to use a Title Page, Abstract, Reference Page, etc. These pages DO NOT count towards the page minimums.

A few things to remember/consider:
-Please only utilize scholarly resources publilshed within the last 5 years.
-If you are at all able, please use Microsoft Word and not Google docs, when Google docs are uploaded into Canvas, it can change the formatting and make your APA appear incorrect.
-If you are at all unfamiliar with APA, please consider utilizing the Academic Resource Center to help with your APA and/or paper content. For more information, please look under: “Getting Started” and then click on the Page “Online Writing Support” for more information!

100 points total possible. You will be graded using the rubric located below and in the Syllabus.

Requirements: A Minimum of 3 Full Pages in the Body of the Paper Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title Page, Abstract, and Reference Pages

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to include an introduction paragraph with a clear thesis statement in the last sentence of the introduction paragraph and a conclusion paragraph

Please be sure to include an abstract

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each body paragraph

Please only utilize scholarly resources publilshed within the last 5 years

Epidemiology discussion peer answers

Description

I need one answer to each peer, must include references

madonna: the center for disease control and prevention (CDC,n.d) stated that women’s risk of dying from smoking has more than tripled in the last 50 years, and is now equal to men’s risk. The United States has more than 20 million women and girls who currently smoke cigarettes. Smoking puts them at risk for healthcare issues such as heart attacks; strokes; lung cancer; emphysema; and other serious chronic illnesses including diabetes. More than 170,000 American women die of diseases caused by smoking each year, with additional deaths coming from the use of other tobacco products such as smokeless tobacco (CDC, n.d). According to CDC, women who are most likely to smoke today are the most vulnerable which include the low income, less educated, and those with mental health disorders. Today, more women die from lung cancer than breast cancer.

On another note, Jafari et, al (2021) reported that the prevalence of cigarette smoking among women has increased worldwide in recent years and is considered a public health concern. It is one of the most preventable causes of death from non-communicable diseases. The authors cited that smoking in women carries the risk of diseases such as cervical cancer, osteoporosis, cardiovascular disease, atherosclerosis, and type 2 diabetes, lung cancer, premature menopause, premature birth, abnormal fetal growth, low birth weight, miscarriage, and increases fetal death. Women who smoke before and during pregnancy increase the risk of preterm birth, abnormal fetal growth, low birth weight, miscarriage, and fetal death. According to the World Health Organization (WHO) as cited by Jafari et, al (2021), one in ten deaths worldwide is caused by tobacco use; tobacco use worldwide causes 7 million deaths each year. If the world’s consumption patterns remain unchanged by 2030, 8 million people will die from tobacco-related diseases . Cigarette smoking kills 480,000 people in the USA each year and every year, about 201,773 women around the world die from secondhand smoke.

According to Prince George’s County Health Department (2017), tobacco product use varies in the county by race, ethnicity and age. The most recent report stated that smoking appears to be increasing in the county, among younger adults (ages 18-44 years). It appears to be decreasing in the county for those aged 45 years and older. Also the percentage of male to female who smoke is in the ratio of 9.4% : 4.2% in the state and then 6.6% : 3.9% in the county

Reference

Center for disease control and prevention (nd). Women And Smoking. Retrieved from, https://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/sgr/50…

Jafari, A., Rajabi, A., Gholian-Aval, M., Peyman, N., Mahdizadeh, M., Tehrani, H (2021). National, regional, and global prevalence of cigarette smoking among women/females in the general population: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Environ Health Prev Med. 26(1):5. doi: 10.1186/s12199-020-00924-y. PMID: 33419408

Prince George’s County Health Department (2017). Tobacco Use in Prince George’s County. Retrieved from, https://www.princegeorgescountymd.gov/ArchiveCente…

Mary:Sexual orientation and gender identity are intrinsic aspects of every individual. Sexual orientation pertains to one’s romantic or physical attractions. Simultaneously, gender identity relates to one’s internal perception of being male or female or neither or a combination of both, separate from their biological sex. Those whose gender identity or sexual orientation diverges from the majority are encompassed within the lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender and queer (LGBTQ+) society. Identifying as LGBTQ+ does not indicate a mental disorder or illness (MHA, n.d).

LGBTQ+ and Mental Health

In the United States, 4.5 percent of adults identify as LGBTQ+, according to research. However, this percentage varies significantly across age groups, with 3.5 % of Gen X individuals (born between 1965 and 1979), compared to 8.2 % of Millennials (those born between 1980 and 1999) identifying as LGBTQ+. Furthermore, there is a gender disparity in LGBT identification, with women being more likely to identify as LGBTQ+ (5.1 percent) than men (3.9 percent). The challenges faced by LGBTQ+ individuals are underscored by research indicating that they confront health disparities stemming from discrimination, the failure to acknowledge their human and civil rights and societal stigma. The bias has been linked with elevated rates of substance use, suicide, and psychiatric disorders within the LGBTQ+ community. The societal, familial, and personal acceptance of gender identity and sexual orientation plays a crucial role in shaping the emotional safety and mental health of LGBTQ+ individuals.

Irrespective of age, a recent U.S. Census Bureau’s experimental Household Pulse Survey (HPS) analysis reveals that LGBTQ+ adults consistently reported increased levels of depression and anxiety signs and symptoms than their non-LGBTQ+ counterparts throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. This study builds upon prior Census Bureau investigations, which had already indicated that LGBTQ+ adults, whether living independently or with others, faced more significant mental health hurdles than their non-LGBTQ+ peers (Marlay et al., 2022). In the current research, this analysis is broadened to include an age-based comparison of LGBTQ+ and non-LGBTQ+ respondents, shedding additional light on the mental health disparities within these groups. Based on the research, it is evident that younger respondents, whether they identify as LGBTQ+ or non-LGBTQ+, experienced heightened difficulties with symptoms of both depression and anxiety. However, notably, it was the younger LGBTQ+ respondents who encountered the most substantial challenges in dealing with these mental health issues (Medina & Mahowald, 2022).

Overall, LGBTQ+ youth grapple with the societal stigma surrounding their sexual orientations or gender identities. This stigma manifests in various ways, including discrimination, harassment, familial estrangement, social exclusion, and violence. These encounters with adversity can jeopardize the well-being of the LGBTQ+ community, placing their mental health in peril. Similarly, during the coronavirus pandemic, LGBTQ+ adults have consistently reported increased symptoms related to depression and anxiety when compared to their non-LGBTQ+ peers. These findings remained consistent regardless of the timeframe under consideration.

References

File, T., & Marley, M., (2022), (2022). Regardless of Household Type, LGBT Adults Struggled More With Mental Health Than Non-LGBT Adults. https://www.census.gov/library/stories/2022/06/lgbt-adults-report-anxiety-depression-during-pandemic.html

Marlay, M., File, T., & Scherer, Z., (2022). Mental Health Struggles Higher Among LGBT Adults Than Non-LGBT Adults in All Age Groups. https://www.census.gov/library/stories/2022/12/lgbt-adults-report-anxiety-depression-at-all-ages.html

Medina, C., & Mahowald, L. (2022). Discrimination and Barriers to Well-Being: The State of the LGBTQI+ Community in 2022. Center for American Progress. https://www.americanprogress.org/article/discrimination-and-barriers-to-well-being-the-state-of-the-lgbtqi-community-in-2022/

Mental Health America (MHA), (n.d.). LGBTQ+ Communities and Mental Health. https://mhanational.org/issues/lgbtq-communities-and-mental-health

321 @d7oomi10

Description

see attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Patient ID Age in years Gender
501
38.1 female
502
79.2 male
503
67.2 female
504
76.8 male
505
30.9 female
506
68.0 female
507
75.2 female
508
56.9 female
509
60.9 male
510
48.2 female
511
43.7 male
512
57.9 male
513
60.5 male
514
78.0 male
515
60.7 male
516
63.1 male
517
66.1 male
518
43.7 male
519
67.9 male
520
73.0 male
521
72.1 male
522
48.8 male
523
68.2 male
524
45.0 male
525
56.2 male
526
63.6 female
527
71.8 male
528
43.0 female
529
79.4 female
530
41.5 female
531
74.2 male
532
28.0 male
533
39.1 female
534
57.0 female
535
83.3 female
536
67.3 female
537
65.5 female
538
55.3 male
539
49.3 male
540
48.7 male
541
45.2 male
542
54.5 male
543
70.5 female
544
68.0 female
545
54.0 male
546
60.7 male
smoking status
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
Townsend deprivation Marital status
Third quintile
Married
Second quintile
Not recorded
Second quintile
Single
Second quintile
Not recorded
Third quintile
Married
Fourth quintile
Not recorded
Second quintile
Married
Second quintile
Married
Second quintile
Married
Fourth quintile
Married
Second quintile
Married
Third quintile
Married
Second quintile
Single
Second quintile
Married
Least deprived
Not recorded
Second quintile
Not recorded
Third quintile
Married
Second quintile
Single
Fourth quintile
Not recorded
Second quintile
Not recorded
Least deprived
Not recorded
Second quintile
Not recorded
Third quintile
Not recorded
Second quintile
Married
Second quintile
Married
Second quintile
Married
Least deprived
Married
Third quintile
Married
Second quintile
Married
Third quintile
Not recorded
Second quintile
Divorced
Third quintile
Not recorded
Third quintile
Married
Third quintile
Not recorded
Least deprived
Widowed
Second quintile
Widowed
Second quintile
Widowed
Fourth quintile
Married
Third quintile
Single
Second quintile
Single
Second quintile
Separated
Second quintile
Not recorded
Second quintile
Married
Second quintile
Married
Second quintile
Not recorded
Least deprived
Not recorded
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
35.3 female
51.8 male
30.3 female
57.6 male
31.1 female
45.8 male
33.2 male
72.4 male
50.7 female
79.7 male
59.2 female
56.8 female
72.0 male
50.9 female
73.8 female
75.6 female
66.8 male
75.2 female
42.8 male
78.0 male
46.0 male
75.4 male
65.6 male
27.9 male
36.1 female
49.8 male
58.3 male
76.8 female
48.1 male
45.2 male
58.4 male
22.7 male
50.8 female
81.9 male
67.6 female
59.6 female
56.5 male
72.1 male
53.7 male
62.2 female
56.7 male
91.1 female
74.2 male
73.7 female
48.5 male
34.9 female
32.9 female
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Second quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Married
Married
Not recorded
Single
Not recorded
Married
Married
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Single
Single
Married
Married
Married
Married
Married
Married
Not recorded
Married
Married
Married
Married
Not recorded
Married
Married
Married
Married
Divorced
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
69.7 male
51.3 male
84.0 female
31.9 female
73.3 male
54.0 male
56.8 male
46.9 male
42.2 male
72.0 female
68.3 female
37.8 male
50.4 female
32.5 female
53.7 male
35.5 female
54.1 male
79.8 male
57.9 female
50.9 female
78.6 male
64.8 female
66.3 male
60.2 female
53.3 female
55.3 male
56.7 female
65.5 male
57.2 female
71.1 female
59.8 female
73.4 male
43.1 male
74.7 male
38.9 female
90.2 female
58.0 female
44.6 male
62.4 female
74.4 male
59.2 male
34.5 male
43.9 female
43.3 female
60.9 female
41.2 male
68.7 female
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
current
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
current
non-smoker
Least deprived
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Most deprived
Most deprived
Second quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Missing
Missing
Missing
Least deprived
Missing
Third quintile
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
38.8 male
81.1 male
65.8 female
42.0 female
52.0 male
52.0 female
34.4 male
63.7 male
62.3 male
66.4 male
65.6 male
73.1 male
54.3 male
58.4 male
61.1 male
70.7 male
62.5 male
73.5 male
33.7 male
45.1 male
40.3 male
53.6 male
62.9 male
64.9 male
49.5 male
40.8 male
57.4 male
27.8 male
50.4 male
39.4 male
61.4 male
48.4 male
29.3 male
65.6 male
77.3 male
53.9 male
66.7 male
56.6 male
61.6 male
76.1 male
41.4 male
63.2 male
65.4 male
55.5 male
68.3 male
78.6 male
57.6 male
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
unknown
current
unknown
non-smoker
unknown
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
unknown
unknown
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Most deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Not recorded
Married
Married
Married
Married
Divorced
Married
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
50.4 male
31.6 male
41.3 male
52.2 male
52.0 male
81.7 male
55.3 female
60.7 female
51.3 female
65.6 female
63.0 female
82.9 female
44.9 female
47.3 female
28.2 female
26.0 female
32.5 female
53.2 female
30.2 female
68.8 female
79.9 female
59.0 female
35.8 female
61.3 female
77.8 female
58.0 female
56.2 female
41.2 female
53.1 female
73.1 female
75.0 female
29.5 female
68.6 female
62.6 female
56.4 female
40.4 female
55.0 female
62.8 female
53.6 female
30.9 female
63.2 male
57.4 female
68.4 female
71.9 female
67.9 female
78.7 female
64.4 male
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
current
non-smoker
unknown
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
unknown
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
unknown
ex-smoker
unknown
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
current
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Missing
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Most deprived
Most deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Most deprived
Fourth quintile
Missing
Missing
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
24.3 male
69.6 male
40.9 male
50.2 male
67.6 male
33.3 female
64.2 male
69.3 female
56.0 female
55.6 male
32.0 male
62.8 female
57.3 male
55.4 female
75.1 female
64.9 female
59.9 male
59.5 male
53.7 female
65.1 female
62.7 male
67.2 female
62.5 male
48.9 female
74.1 female
54.9 female
69.4 female
56.0 male
41.3 male
55.6 male
57.0 female
75.4 female
74.3 female
41.7 male
56.8 female
56.8 male
33.8 male
58.5 female
43.5 male
67.5 male
35.9 male
62.0 male
46.3 male
62.7 female
52.2 male
43.9 female
65.6 female
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
Second quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Most deprived
Most deprived
Most deprived
Most deprived
Missing
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Missing
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Single
Married
Not recorded
Married
Co-habiting
Not recorded
Not recorded
Single
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
71.7 female
70.9 female
80.2 female
55.7 male
34.6 male
65.0 female
54.5 male
55.6 female
58.0 female
42.1 female
32.8 male
58.2 male
64.4 female
62.9 female
52.0 male
71.1 female
54.3 female
40.2 male
55.4 female
57.6 female
67.8 female
58.5 male
51.6 male
51.4 female
51.9 female
44.5 female
66.8 male
35.4 male
43.2 female
51.3 male
60.0 male
55.7 male
33.1 male
77.1 male
53.0 male
50.7 male
57.7 female
71.0 male
72.0 female
60.2 male
44.8 male
39.9 male
48.0 female
37.6 female
36.3 male
47.9 female
52.4 male
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
current
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
Most deprived
Second quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Most deprived
Second quintile
Third quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Most deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Most deprived
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Most deprived
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Married
Married
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
38.2 male
58.8 female
43.4 male
63.2 female
52.1 female
56.2 female
46.4 female
62.8 male
39.8 male
55.6 male
26.7 female
80.8 male
58.7 female
67.5 male
65.9 female
71.6 male
74.8 female
56.9 male
29.1 female
43.1 male
66.1 female
64.9 female
34.6 female
54.8 female
48.0 female
56.7 female
65.8 male
73.9 female
39.3 male
68.2 female
48.5 male
39.6 female
71.0 male
59.3 female
49.2 female
82.0 male
55.1 male
59.7 female
74.5 female
55.3 male
69.3 male
78.7 male
64.4 male
82.0 female
56.0 female
65.1 male
56.9 female
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
Third quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Missing
Most deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Most deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Most deprived
Most deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Most deprived
Most deprived
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
71.3 female
78.0 male
64.0 female
65.6 male
45.9 female
47.6 male
56.5 male
60.3 male
49.9 male
72.8 female
67.4 male
62.7 female
77.2 female
41.7 male
34.8 female
54.6 female
53.6 female
60.0 male
48.9 female
67.1 male
62.4 male
52.3 male
62.1 male
55.7 female
58.6 male
62.3 female
51.9 male
43.1 female
51.0 female
56.9 female
35.1 male
37.9 male
63.3 male
59.1 male
51.3 female
69.6 male
47.7 male
56.9 female
33.6 female
37.7 female
40.8 male
62.6 female
38.7 male
33.2 male
75.9 male
36.1 male
29.3 female
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Most deprived
Most deprived
Third quintile
Most deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Most deprived
Most deprived
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
58.8 female
55.2 female
52.2 male
69.6 male
60.0 male
62.9 female
37.8 female
52.4 male
57.6 female
58.9 male
69.7 female
68.1 male
61.7 male
60.6 male
20.9 female
57.6 male
45.3 female
73.5 male
79.4 male
60.5 male
86.0 male
64.3 female
67.3 male
74.3 female
67.5 male
40.5 female
52.5 female
67.9 male
47.8 male
52.8 male
56.4 female
60.0 male
53.3 male
26.3 female
76.3 female
57.3 female
58.9 female
49.1 female
73.9 female
76.9 male
70.9 male
82.9 female
62.5 female
74.9 male
75.3 male
55.0 male
43.3 male
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
current
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
current
Third quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Most deprived
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Fourth quintile
Most deprived
Most deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Second quintile
Third quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Second quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
37.4 female
43.2 male
56.3 male
42.0 male
73.1 male
47.6 male
60.2 female
31.9 female
76.3 male
33.7 male
44.0 female
70.2 female
69.5 male
70.8 male
73.6 female
69.3 male
65.0 female
60.0 male
32.4 female
63.0 male
62.4 male
63.2 female
72.2 male
54.6 male
48.7 male
59.9 male
48.3 male
60.5 male
60.1 male
45.7 male
63.6 female
non-smoker
current
current
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
current
non-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
current
non-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
ex-smoker
ex-smoker
non-smoker
non-smoker
Second quintile
Most deprived
Second quintile
Second quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Second quintile
Least deprived
Third quintile
Third quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Least deprived
Least deprived
Third quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Least deprived
Fourth quintile
Least deprived
Second quintile
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Married
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
Not recorded
alcohol status Duration of DiabetesNAFLD
in Years Diastolic BPSystolic
(mmHg)BPatHeight
(mmHg)
baseline
(m)
at Weight
at
baseline
baseline
(kg)Waist
at baseline
circumference
HbA1c (mmol/mol)
(cm) at baseli
at b
never
12.23
0
80
114
1.65
88.00
137.00
81.00
never
13.03
0
70
113
1.80
95.50
114.00
58.74
never
11.59
0
81
134
1.61
116.50
80.00
66.48
never
21.15
0
60
160
1.70
119.00
101.50
67.21
current
18.44
0
83
109
1.59
120.00
97.00
93.44
current
14.45
1
99
108
1.57
112.02
69.00
62.84
never
25.07
0
88
160
1.63
101.50
91.00
59.54
current
14.36
1
76
149
1.59
62.00
77.50
63.93
current
9.90
0
104
160
1.72
74.57
133.00
97.81
current
10.40
0
90
140
1.61
66.00
80.00
61.75
current
13.99
0
80
128
1.63
76.35
105.00
77.00
current
12.50
0
85
150
1.68
92.00
109.00
48.71
current
15.02
0
63
140
1.78
112.67
82.00
51.50
current
4.86
0
83
140
1.60
102.00
136.50
112.57
current
20.30
1
73
120
1.78
108.40
114.00
83.00
current
22.25
0
70
115
1.73
87.50
104.00
84.70
unknown
18.85
0
80
132
1.71
102.00
110.00
55.30
unknown
5.98
0
76
125
1.73
76.00
104.00
70.73
current
1.28
0
80
154
1.81
90.20
104.00
74.00
current
14.74
1
80
155
1.72
90.00
78.74
63.00
never
20.20
1
65
120
1.68
92.70
125.00
48.63
unknown
19.95
1
96
154
1.79
119.00
110.00
49.69
never
23.12
1
73
122
1.78
82.00
108.00
56.83
unknown
0.70
0
75
115
1.88
116.00
110.00
42.00
current
16.83
1
91
136
1.76
81.19
131.50
62.84
current
17.85
0
70
140
1.61
87.00
97.00
61.20
never
9.35
0
80
145
1.75
74.00
89.00
108.74
current
0
60
90
55.00
current
34.76
1
60
130
1.60
73.93
77.50
56.28
never
3.69
0
74
117
1.60
58.00
134.00
50.00
current
16.29
1
75
115
1.72
85.30
88.00
80.38
current
17.47
0
86
135
1.67
108.00
131.50
71.89
never
9.19
0
75
139
1.61
69.30
87.00
47.23
never
21.43
1
90
175
1.61
105.00
112.00
73.22
never
21.08
1
83
123
1.57
77.00
104.00
63.93
never
11.65
1
60
109
1.63
75.23
97.00
65.57
current
16.98
0
80
144
1.70
61.00
111.00
107.50
never
6.57
0
86
133
1.68
115.00
149.00
77.02
current
12.36
0
96
144
1.65
107.00
105.00
111.00
never
13.88
0
86
139
1.82
74.50
111.00
62.84
current
13.45
1
90
160
1.75
83.50
122.00
78.14
ex-drinker
1.91
0
92
152
1.78
110.70
142.45
37.71
unknown
16.67
0
62
138
1.57
72.00
115.00
76.00
current
32.27
0
74
141
1.48
64.00
89.00
63.14
current
1.37
0
80
136
1.74
105.20
91.00
59.00
current
18.55
0
88
165
1.86
86.00
112.00
62.84
current
current
never
never
ex-drinker
current
current
never
never
current
current
current
current
current
current
never
current
current
current
never
current
current
current
current
never
current
current
never
current
current
current
current
current
current
current
unknown
never
unknown
never
current
current
never
current
unknown
current
never
current
10.23
13.16
9.29
5.57
0.53
18.67
0.02
18.84
17.19
16.52
16.58
12.67
20.15
16.19
13.16
4.36
14.19
0.61
3.14
16.11
2.58
14.19
14.31
3.45
12.32
20.86
13.66
16.20
11.72
7.81
17.86
7.37
1.17
7.41
15.31
15.95
12.27
21.26
21.13
0.21
4.10
19.27
21.26
23.31
13.45
15.03
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
70
82
82
86
84
84
101
98
66
69
70
84
83
87
70
96
76
74
87
90
90
85
69
101
80
77
78
86
71
96
76
86
80
63
70
81
81
79
74
83
84
71
70
74
60
80
90
122
142
159
154
120
130
156
160
126
134
146
139
167
132
136
181
159
149
129
160
123
153
124
135
133
107
118
146
128
149
148
126
114
110
133
135
134
145
144
148
161
162
143
160
120
138
128
1.63
1.70
1.62
1.61
1.51
1.77
1.81
1.79
1.63
1.70
1.55
1.74
1.80
1.54
1.53
1.63
1.78
1.57
1.86
1.83
1.75
1.83
1.89
1.77
1.63
1.80
1.89
1.51
1.68
1.88
1.71
1.75
1.64
1.93
1.46
1.68
1.78
1.63
1.70
1.57
1.76
1.53
1.93
1.58
1.70
1.68
84.50
107.00
64.15
88.00
121.00
85.00
98.00
73.00
76.60
76.47
89.30
94.30
89.00
93.00
109.00
88.00
102.00
74.30
101.20
134.80
74.47
77.50
65.50
127.00
131.18
75.30
129.63
85.50
107.33
151.50
90.38
108.20
90.00
95.00
61.40
90.00
100.00
96.00
97.00
82.50
106.75
79.20
72.00
120.00
77.87
98.00
79.70
100.00
119.00
110.00
101.00
97.00
118.00
105.60
109.50
93.00
98.00
91.00
83.00
111.76
113.00
111.00
117.50
91.00
100.00
102.00
102.00
149.00
94.00
117.00
125.00
103.00
107.00
98.00
100.00
110.00
124.00
104.00
119.00
77.00
104.14
115.00
94.00
132.00
142.45
136.50
120.00
104.00
102.00
95.00
115.00
106.00
140.00
91.26
70.49
51.91
36.61
73.64
82.51
117.49
64.00
72.68
72.68
83.61
81.49
62.84
110.93
85.79
55.96
61.25
49.73
91.26
80.00
65.57
62.84
66.10
75.96
77.49
65.74
91.19
56.28
63.93
61.75
57.38
72.68
49.50
105.46
67.21
74.86
60.66
55.19
55.19
115.00
57.38
66.00
82.50
98.00
65.03
102.19
86.00
current
current
never
current
never
current
ex-drinker
current
current
never
never
current
never
current
current
never
unknown
current
ex-drinker
never
current
current
current
current
current
current
never
current
current
current
current
unknown
current
current
unknown
unknown
ex-drinker
current
never
current
current
unknown
current
unknown
never
current
current
7.71
5.51
11.16
1.36
14.15
27.34
19.31
14.52
16.79
13.81
16.51
4.15
17.03
0.95
9.83
19.66
2.38
8.45
11.58
15.75
22.60
12.46
10.14
5.74
6.93
21.73
23.71
24.73
26.73
20.48
10.34
11.32
0.62
22.23
45.14
8.73
6.97
32.98
7.65
4.99
22.89
6.02
4.09
10.77
16.63
0.82
23.75
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
80
84
91
80
78
84
90
90
96
70
61
75
81
90
90
60
72
72
88
64
70
82
70
70
79
84
104
72
62
88
80
85
101
82
65
68
92
87
84
96
76
82
94
66
82
67
82
150
128
140
120
125
142
150
145
170
150
139
123
127
130
130
140
118
139
160
130
130
154
120
123
137
149
154
150
140
148
140
143
149
162
120
120
152
146
137
165
146
128
139
142
144
113
152
1.77
1.81
1.56
1.68
1.67
1.78
1.70
1.78
1.83
1.56
1.58
1.79
1.52
1.64
1.69
1.60
1.69
1.63
1.52
1.65
1.86
1.74
1.68
1.67
1.71
1.86
1.52
1.88
1.48
1.62
1.71
1.70
1.68
1.85
1.54
1.63
1.58
1.83
1.62
1.73
1.78
1.88
1.60
1.67
1.68
1.75
1.53
106.00
64.00
71.00
103.00
101.82
102.23
63.50
109.07
78.52
84.00
104.00
79.38
92.30
108.80
97.40
103.10
64.00
95.00
81.50
80.50
111.50
107.00
105.00
75.00
120.67
108.93
68.29
114.33
114.40
60.00
101.00
106.67
145.96
91.20
64.00
55.00
83.60
108.50
81.38
107.96
104.00
116.50
134.00
68.60
79.38
75.80
98.43
108.00
98.00
102.00
108.00
116.00
106.00
118.50
81.50
111.76
88.00
124.00
89.00
97.00
112.00
140.00
124.00
142.45
108.00
110.00
120.00
112.00
117.00
85.00
128.00
97.00
124.00
111.76
92.00
105.00
120.00
125.00
104.00
100.00
108.00
82.00
97.00
103.00
110.50
117.00
110.50
84.00
104.00
106.00
108.00
85.00
103.00
115.00
61.00
32.24
79.04
51.40
58.10
55.19
66.86
97.26

Health & Medical Question

Description

Assignment Background: This assignment will require you to research the existing types of physical plants for secured units. After conducting your research, you will create a Design Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (DFMEA) Report that addresses specific information, as outlined below, which can be delivered in any format. Create at least one visual aid, which must be included within your report. Use appropriate headers for each section of your report to ensure all aspects of the assignment are clearly identified.

Assignment Requirements:

Create a DFMEA Report:
Include all Content Aspects provided below in the assignment prompt.
Freestyle formatting allowed. You determine how you want the report to look.
Create one visual aid to support your findings.
Minimum of SIX pages, excluding the cover page and reference page.
The report should not exceed ten pages, excluding the cover page, reference page, and visual aid.
References and Correlating In-Text Citations:
Provide SIX scholarly sources, professional publications, and/or articles.
Two of the six resources must be from your own research.
All references must be from the last five years.****
Every reference must have a correlating in-text citation(s).
APA 7th Edition:
Follow APA 7th edition formatting and style.
Include an APA 7th edition cover page.
Include an APA 7th edition reference page.

Your DFMEA Report Must Include the Following Information for Each Content Aspect:

Aspect A of the Report: Introduction, State Residence, and Physical Plant Summaries

Identify the two types of secured units that you will research (PICK TWO)*****.
Examples: Alzheimer’s Adult Day Center, Dementia Unit in a Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF), Memory Care Assisted Living Facility, Geriatric Psychiatric SNF
Select a state residence to apply to your selected LONG TERM CARE (LTC) settings.
Your selection should be based on your current state’s residence – Maryland. You will use your identified state residence to address the applicable aspects of your report.
Describe the following elements for each of the physical plants’ descriptions:
Number of licensed beds or square footage of each LTC facility/setting.
Note: If you research did not provide a specific number of beds or square footage, then offer a hypothetical number of licensed beds or square feet to apply in your report.
Number of LTC residents served, or potential average daily census, of each LTC facility/setting.
Note: If you research did not provide such information, then offer hypothetical information to apply in your report.
Type of locking devices, secured devices, or means of egress used in each LTC facility/setting.
Note: If you research did not offer this information, then decide on locking devices or means of egress to apply in your report.
Other key physical plant description items for each LTC facility/setting.
Note: Offer information on the key characteristics, providing a sufficient description of the settings.
Examples: Stand alone facility, unit part of a facility/senior living community, number of floors, outdoor space, number of exits, age of facility/setting, or similar items to ensure a detailed description is provided.

Aspect B of the Report: Specific Design Failure Mode and Effects Analysis

Select one of the settings that you researched in Aspect A: Conduct a DFMEA drill, include at least two failure points for one of your selected LTC facility/setting from Aspect A. Determine why the expected or intended function did not occur, include the following four areas in your analysis:
Failure Mode and Failure Effect: Include (a.) at least two failure modes; (b.) the details for each point; (c.) the way the failure could be observed; (d.) immediate consequences of each failure on the operation, function, and/or functionality; and (e.) information on the potential impact of the residents, staff, and LTC setting.
Failure Cause: Identify the underlying cause of each failure and explain why each failure may have occurred. Include at least two of the following items in your analysis: design, system, process, quality, or parts.
Severity Rankings: Identify the severity ranking of each failure and include one of the following areas in your analysis: worst case scenario, degree of injury, degree of damage, property damage, stakeholders’ harm, or facility/setting harm.
Facility-Level Responses & Assigned Responsibility: Include (a.) one design action; (b.) one design control method; and (c.) one recommendation to reduce the chance of failure modes in the future. Include information on the (d.) team or department that will be responsible for completing the action, control method, and recommendation, and share why they were selected.

Aspect C of the Report: Visual Aid of Your Findings

Create at least one visual aid that is based Aspect B of the Report.
The visual aid can be included in the report as an appendix, table, or figure, or may be presented in a separate document as a supplement.
Examples: DFMEA Template, DFMEA Steps, DFMEA Map, Specific Failure Mode Tables, or any visual aid that you would like to create to support your findings and information.

Aspect D of the Report: Your Assessment on the Findings for Your Selected LTC Setting

Provide an assessment of your findings that includes:
Conclusions on the (a.) operational effectiveness; (b.) influence on potential evacuation plans/needs; and (c.) connections between the failures to quality of care outcomes for the residents of the secured setting based on your DFMEA research conducted.
Licensure compliance for your selected state – MARYLAND and any applicable federal requirements.
Must provide at least two requirements, laws, or standards.
Examples: Specific federal regulations, state-specific regulations, city ordinances, or similar regulatory considerations for state licensure compliance.
If your selected state residence does not have any specific requirements for locked or secured units, then include how you validated this information and the type of source that was used to validate this information.
Provide the greatest lesson learned from conducting this analysis and how you could apply it to your future career.

Resources to Assist You with this Assignment:

This information offers details on DFMEA, FMEA, Fire Safety Code, Life Safety Code, Federal K-Tags, E-Tags, CMS Survey Information, and much more! Consider reviewing some of the videos, reading a few of the PDFs, and exploring some of the websites as these resources may assist you.

Website Links:

Website link on Design failure mode and effect analysis
Quality One Website – Article on DFMEA: https://quality-one.com/dfmea/
iSixSigma Website on DFMEA: https://www.whatissixsigma.net/dfmea/
Revisions to the Life Safety Code – Health facilities compliance experts review changes included in recent editions of NFPA 101: https://www.hfmmagazine.com/articles/4108-revisions-to-the-life-safety-code
Institute for Healthcare Improvement FMEA Tool Website Link: http://www.ihi.org/resources/Pages/Tools/FailureModesandEffectsAnalysisTool.aspx
CMS Life Safety Code & Healthcare Facilities Code Requirements: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Provider-Enrollment-and-Certification/CertificationandComplianc/LSC

Publications, State Operations Manuals, and Articles:

NFPA 1010 Life Safety Code 2018 PDF
Medicare SOM Appendix (CMS Medicare State Operations Manual (SOM) Appendix: Click on any appendix letter in this PDF to access specific SOM information. You can also access this information by searching on the CMS website.)
CMS QAPI Guide for Performing Failure Mode and Effects Analysis with Performance Improvement Projects PDF
CMS State Operations Manual Appendix I Survey Procedures for Life Safety Code Surveys PDF
Joint Commission Information on Locked Units PDF
Complying with Door Locking Requirements Life Safety Code Publication from 2018 PDF

Videos:

Common Life Safety Code Deficiencies and Strategies for Compliance: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CYTdOHzi4jQ
Fire & Life Safety Compliance in Health Care Facilities Video: https://youtu.be/Clljdpst4cU
How to create a DFMEA Design Failure Modes and Effects Analysis: https://youtu.be/gRTn2QDrCbg
An Overview of the Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) Tool from the Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI): https://youtu.be/PIEzR5uhqnw
Emergency Preparedness & Life Safety Code Update:https://youtu.be/ZoiMLnJzNL4
NFPA 101 – Life Safety Code 2018 Edition: https://youtu.be/qsTIWTJTatU

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Copyright 2017. Gateway to Healthcare Management.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced in any form without permission from the publisher, except fair uses permitted under U.S. or applicable copyright law.
CHAPTER 12
THE DESIGN OF LONG-TERM
CARE ENVIRONMENTS
Jullet A. Davis, PhD, and Christopher J. Johnson, PhD
Learning Objectives
After studying this chapter, you should be able to
➤➤ define key environmental terms and concepts as they are used in the chapter;
➤➤ understand the impact of the environment on elders and individuals with disabilities,
including people with sensory limitations and dementia;
➤➤ understand regulations, such as the Occupational Safety and Hazards Act and Life Safety
Codes, related to the physical environment of long-term care facilities;
➤➤ understand management issues related to the physical environment of residential care
settings, including renovation, retrofitting, and preventive maintenance procedures; and
➤➤ discuss the latest developments and movements in environmental design, including the
Eden Alternative and the Green House Project.
246
EBSCO Publishing : eBook Collection (EBSCOhost) – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS
AN: 1839044 ; Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld.; Dimensions of Long-Term Care Management: An Introduction, Second Edition
Account: s4264928.main.eds
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 246
8/11/16 4:30 PM
C h a p t e r 1 2 : T h e D e s i g n o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e E n v i r o n m e n t s
247
I n t r o d u c ti o n
An organization’s environment can have profound emotional, physical, psychological, and
sociological implications for people receiving care, and long-term care administrators have
a responsibility to understand and address these concerns. Buildings, grounds, and equipment all require regular attention and ongoing upkeep, and a well-maintained environment
is essential for improving care delivery and promoting person-centered care. The Code of
Federal Regulations requires a facility to “be designed, constructed, equipped, and maintained to protect the health and safety of residents, personnel, and the public” (42 C.F.R.
483.70 (2008)). In addition, the physical design standards of long-term care organizations
are undergoing a revolution. Organizations can no longer simply use the medical model
as a guide; the culture change movement has shifted the focus toward greater resident and
client empowerment.
This chapter begins by outlining important considerations in designing or redesigning long-term care organizations, particularly for residents with dementia. The next section
reviews key regulations concerning the physical environment and the process of managing
the environment. The chapter concludes with a look at the impact of culture change on
residential care environments, as well as future directions.
psychoneuroimmunology (PNI)
A theory developed by
Robert Ader from the
field of environmental
psychology that shows
the impact of stress on
immune systems and
health.
D e si g n f o r L o n g -T e r m C a re E nv i ronments
Historical Perspectives
Healthcare facility design is a relatively new field, having emerged in the early 1990s. A key
theme in this area has been the need to transform healthcare settings into healing environments that improve resident outcomes through the use of evidence-based research. This
research comes from a variety of fields, including evolutionary biology and neuroscience.
Privacy, resident safety, and stress reduction are integral parts of this new philosophy of
facility design.
Healthcare design specialists recognize the body–mind connection—that is, the idea
that the physical environment has a strong impact on the psychological state of mind and,
therefore, on physical health and well-being (Lam et al. 2011). This concept is the result
of two major influences: Robert Ader’s science of psychoneuroimmunology (PNI) and
Roger Ulrich’s theory of supportive design.
Ader and Nicholas Cohen (1975) first identified a connection between stress in
the environment and the functioning of the immune system, and Ader collected writings
related to the topic in a book titled Psychoneuroimmunology, published in 1981. The study of
PNI led the way for Ulrich’s (1997) introduction of the theory of supportive design, which
encourages designers to promote wellness by creating “psychologically supportive” physical
surroundings. Such surroundings offer three main characteristics: (1) a sense of control
over physical/social surroundings and access to privacy, (2) access to social support from
family and friends, and (3) access to nature and other positive distractions (Dilani 2016).
theory of supportive
design
A theory formulated
by Roger Ulrich that
promotes wellness
in long-term care by
encouraging designers
to incorporate psychologically supportive
physical surroundings.
The surroundings
should encourage (1)
a sense of control over
physical/social surroundings and access
to privacy, (2) access
to social support from
family and friends, and
(3) access to nature
and other positive
distractions.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 247
8/11/16 4:30 PM
248
D i m e n s i o n s o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e M a n a g e m e n t
Perspectives on long-term care environments have come to emphasize the importance of larger rooms to accommodate personal-space zones with greater privacy; the use
of adjustable, comfortable seating; the incorporation of natural elements, such as interior
green spaces and windows with views of nature; and the benefits of interacting with pets.
Many of these themes are present in the philosophies of culture change, the Eden Alternative, and the Green House Project. These approaches were introduced in chapter 4 and are
discussed at length later in this chapter.
Universal Design
universal design
A resident-centered
approach to the design
of the environment that
focuses on the needs
of the users regardless
of functional impairments or disabilities.
environmental gerontology (EG)
The study of the connection between elders
and their physical and
social environment.
environmental adaptation
Changes to the environment to help individuals with disabilities
remain independent
and to ease the burden
of care on their fami-
According to the Institute for Human Centered Design, universal design is a residentcentered approach to the design of the environment that focuses on the needs of the users.
It is not a single design element but rather a general orientation or framework that encompasses myriad design changes. Universal design is barrier-free, providing accessibility for all
residents. Its focus is not simply on residents with functional impairments but also on those
without disabilities; hence, this broad focus helps to limit the stigmatization associated with
disability aids. Universal design is also known by the terms inclusive design, design-for-all,
and lifespan design, and it is consistent with the principles of green design (Brawley 2006).
E n v i r o n m e n ta l G e r o n t o l o g y
The field of environmental gerontology (EG) incorporates a broad range of knowledge from
sociology and other disciplines in an attempt to understand, analyze, modify, and optimize
the relationship between elders and their physical and social environments (Schwarz 2013).
Sociologist Jaber Gubrium (1975), in a nursing home study, hypothesized a direct relationship
between one’s identity, the self, and long-term care institutions. In recent decades, the environmental context of aging has played a key role in gerontological theory, research, and practice.
Environmental adaptation involves interventions to help individuals with disabilities, including dementia, remain at home independently and to ease the burden of care on
their families. Adaptations may include removing or rearranging objects, adding special
equipment, or incorporating adaptive tools. The process of providing an environmental
adaptation involves assessing a person’s needs and capabilities, evaluating the environment’s
physical and social properties, selecting an appropriate adaptation, ordering and installing
that adaptation, and training the person and family members in its use.
lies. Adaptations may
involve removing or
rearranging objects or
C o n s i d e r at i o n s f o r I n d i v i d u a l s w i t h S e n s o ry L i m i tat i o n s
adding special equip-
As individuals age, their physical and sensory capabilities (i.e., vision and hearing) often
change. Many sensory changes require adjustments in the physical environment so individuals can remain independent in their communities. Changes in vision and mobility are
the two key issues that require special attention.
ment or adaptive tools.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 248
8/11/16 4:30 PM
C h a p t e r 1 2 : T h e D e s i g n o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e E n v i r o n m e n t s
249
Chiang and colleagues (2011) found that stress and anxiety can influence the function of the immune system, which, in turn, can inhibit the healing process. Consequently,
environmental stressors, such as dim lighting, excessive noise, and brightly colored walls,
can have a negative impact on people’s health, especially for older persons. Federal statutes
require facilities to be “well lighted.” But to properly address vision needs, facilities may need
to ensure that residential areas have not only sufficient lighting but also natural lighting and
lighting that decreases glare (Brawley and Noell-Waggoner 2008; Samo 2014). Choosing
the right colors for the environment is another important consideration, and high color
contrast is key (Brawley and Noell-Waggoner 2008). As the eyes age, the lenses thicken and
become yellow, which can make distinguishing between colors difficult. Older individuals
therefore may have difficulty differentiating floors from walls and may experience problems
with depth perception. The use of contrasting colors not only is aesthetically pleasing but
also offers improved safety (Brawley and Noell-Waggoner 2008; Samo 2014).
Changes in mobility can make certain environments risky, and modifications should
be made to minimize safety risks for individuals. Such modifications can also reduce the
liability of long-term care providers. Many federal, state, and accrediting agency requirements and guidelines aim to ensure the safety of facility environments. The following are
some suggestions for preventing falls, a major risk in both community-based and residential
care settings (Brawley and Noell-Waggoner 2008; Earley 2011; Neuls et al. 2011):
◆◆ Repaint walls to create more contrast with floor surfaces.
◆◆ Do not oversimplify or make inappropriate modifications. A common error,
for example, is installing grab bars without proper structural support.
◆◆ Use lighter-colored floor surfaces.
◆◆ Minimize changes in walking surfaces, and use slip-resistant covering when
possible.
◆◆ Install a greater number of electrical outlets to minimize the use of extension
cords.
Individuals with Dementia and the Physical Environment
Individuals with dementia experience special challenges with navigating the physical environment. Zeisel and colleagues (2003, 697) discovered a positive correlation between “environmental design and agitation, aggression, depression, social withdrawal, and psychotic
symptoms of residents with Alzheimer’s disease.” These individuals may feel a greater sense
of frustration and will perceive their environment as more stressful than would individuals
without dementia (Van Hoof et al. 2010).
A facility’s physical environment should be designed to promote the highest level
of functioning possible. Zeisel and colleagues (2003) conducted a review of studies about
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 249
8/11/16 4:30 PM
250
D i m e n s i o n s o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e M a n a g e m e n t
environmental strategies to improve outcomes for residents with dementia; some of these
strategies are presented in the accompanying text box.
A wide range of designing or remodeling strategies can lead to improved quality of
life for residents with dementia. For example, residents with dementia tend to have better
outcomes when they live in a private room rather than a shared room (Brawley 2006). Such
modifications are not limited to new or remodeled structures; they can be implemented
in older buildings as well. Whenever possible, the administrator should look to employ
innovations in the physical environment to improve outcomes for all residents.
Space and Social Engagement
Morgan-Brown and Chard (2014) point out that interactive occupation and social engagement—important components of quality of life for residents with dementia—can be fostered
through changes in the environment. When comparing two Irish nursing homes before
CRITICAL CONCEPT
Design Strategies for Individuals with Dementia
Residents with dementia present unique challenges for long-term care administrators. To address the needs of this population, facilities should consider the following
evidence-based design strategies:
• Camouflaged exits can help reduce elopement attempts; however, note that the
camouflage must meet Life Safety Code standards.
• Private areas have proven to reduce aggression and agitation and to improve
sleep.
• Public or common areas that have an inviting décor—rather than an institutional
or hospital-like appearance—encourage more socializing.
• Walking paths that are equipped with devices to stimulate the senses and offer
activity opportunities can lift clients’ spirits and discourage desires to leave the
area. Such design elements also engage the clients’ visitors and loved ones.
• Therapeutic garden access has been shown to reduce elopement attempts and to
improve sleep (Detweiler et al. 2012).
• Facilities should use thin carpet or tile with no specks, glare, or checkerboard
designs (Brawley 2006).
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 250
8/11/16 4:30 PM
C h a p t e r 1 2 : T h e D e s i g n o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e E n v i r o n m e n t s
251
and after conversion from a traditional model to a household-style model, they found that
the shift increased the interaction and social engagement of residents, staff, and visitors in
communal living areas.
Anderson (2011) found that elders in an assisted living facility developed patterns of
movements toward places open for activities, contact, and social interaction. Anderson also
found that elders’ use of space could be influenced by architectural design and by interior
measures to enhance the design. In this way, architecture can acquire a supportive quality
that nourishes the unique person and person-centered care.
Mazzei, Gillan, and Cloutier (2013) examined the influence of the physical environment on behavior (e.g., wandering, pacing, door testing, congregating) among residents
in a traditional geriatric psychiatry unit who were relocated to a purpose-built acute care
unit. They found that color coding rooms to distinguish them from dining areas improved
way finding, and opportunities to personalize rooms helped settings feel more “homey”
for people with dementia.
Cohen-Mansfield and colleagues (2011) linked environmental factors, personal
characteristics, and stimulus attributes with varying levels of engagement for persons with
dementia, and they identified one-to-one social interaction as the most effective stimulus
for engagement. Their research supports a model known as Namaste Care—an approach
that emphasizes one-to-one interaction within a social group, the use of soft background
music, and engagement with various environmental stimuli.
Memory Care Units
Some residential care organizations use memory care units to provide specialized care to
individuals with dementia. The units, or “neighborhoods,” range from small areas with
eight to ten residents to very large areas with more than 50 residents. As a rule of thumb,
smaller is generally better.
A cross-sectional study by Palm and colleagues (2014) looked at characteristics of the
environment and staffing in five types of memory care units. Regarding the environment,
small units were found to have a higher percentage of single rooms and served meals in a
more homelike manner. The units did not differ in their interiors or in resident access to
outdoor areas. Regarding staffing, small units provided more staff, though the staff members
were not exclusively assigned to the units. Large segregated units with additional funding
provided more registered nurses and nurses with special qualifications per resident than did
other large units. In general, long-term care facilities varied in the features implemented in
their specialized memory care units.
Some individuals with dementia have difficulty finding their way to various parts
of a residential care home. A qualitative study by Caspi (2014) identified a wide spectrum
of way-finding difficulties experienced by residents with memory loss and indicated a need
for facilities to build small-scale care environments designed for seven to ten residents each.
memory care unit
A unit within a residential care setting that
provides specialized
care for individuals
with dementia.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 251
8/11/16 4:30 PM
252
D i m e n s i o n s o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e M a n a g e m e n t
Animal Therapy in Residential Dementia Units
Aquariums offer an innovative way for nature and animal-assisted therapy to be introduced
in specialized dementia units. Edwards, Beck, and Lim (2014) examined the influence of
aquariums on resident behavior and staff job satisfaction in three dementia units. They
found significant improvement for residents across four domains: uncooperative behavior,
irrational behavior, sleep behavior, and inappropriate behavior. Staff satisfaction scores
significantly improved as well. Their findings were consistent with those of other studies
involving animal-assisted therapy for individuals with dementia. Aquariums in group settings have been linked not only to decreased behavioral and psychological issues but also to
improvements in residents’ nutritional intake. Aquariums allow residents to have continued
interaction with the animals, and they require less supervision than dogs and many other
animals do. The use of secured aquariums is safe for both residents and the animals.
I n n o vat i o n s i n R e s i d e n t i a l D e s i g n
Many older facilities—particularly nursing homes—may have been designed using the
medical model, which has an institutional approach (Boyd and Mitchell 2014). However,
according to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), long-term care settings
should be “homelike” (CMS 2009). Newer designs promote resident freedom, autonomy,
empowerment, self-reliance, independence, and comfort. They have noninstitutional features,
with user-friendly flooring, good-quality lighting, and safety elements throughout the space.
This section provides an overview of current concepts in institutional design. These
suggestions reflect innovations implemented by actual long-term care facilities across the
United States and are in accordance with the current gerontology architecture and interior
design principles (Anderzhon, Fraley, and Green 2007; Brawley 2006; Verbeek et al. 2010;
Zeisel et al. 2003).
Resident Rooms
Many facility designs have rooms arranged into clusters rather than grouped along corridors
(Anderzhon, Fraley, and Green 2007). The cluster design allows for fewer residents on a
given unit, and the use of single-occupancy rooms increases privacy and autonomy. If an
organization is unable to redesign its physical structure, it can take other steps to promote
good outcomes. It can make furniture and fixtures flexible and customizable, or it can allow
a resident to bring her favorite chair, for a more homelike environment.
Nursing Stations
Concomitant with the practical functions of nursing stations is their social role. Mazer
(2005) observes that both staff and residents tend to congregate around the nursing station,
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 252
8/11/16 4:30 PM
C h a p t e r 1 2 : T h e D e s i g n o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e E n v i r o n m e n t s
253
thus making it a meeting spot. The challenge for new designs is to allow for a well-organized
work location while also encouraging the station’s social role and minimizing negative aspects
such as noise and the institutional look. Small changes can be made to existing designs
to support these goals. Moving the nursing station to a room can help combat noise and
ensure privacy of resident information.
Shower Rooms
The design of the shower room should allow ease of use for both residents and staff. Simple
redesign options may involve brighter lighting, a fold-down shower seat or bench for safety
and comfort, or removable shower chairs for better accessibility. The key to designing the
shower room is flexibility. The staff should be able to make any necessary adjustments to
maximize resident comfort (Barbera 2013; Zimmerman et al. 2013).
Dining Rooms
Recent innovations in resident dining use fewer dining tables but offer a greater variety of
meal choices and more flexible dining times. Some facilities have replaced small, 4-seat tables
with larger, 8- to 12-seat tables similar to those found in family dining rooms. This change
allows for greater interaction among the residents. Another simple improvement is to set the
table with silverware, napkins, plates, and glasses, just as many households do (Brawley 2006).
Kitchens
The kitchen is an important area for purposes both functional and social. In a study of
kitchen living, Maguire and colleagues (2014) found that problems with reaching, bending,
dexterity, and sight became more common with increasing age, and many such problems
were made worse by poor kitchen layout and lack of space. Key goals for kitchen design
involve the provision of storage space at a convenient height for access and the location of
appliances close enough together to minimize effort of movement and to avoid awkward
twisting. In dementia designs, safety is of primary concern, especially with regard to appliances such as ovens and stoves.
R e g u l at i o n s a n d t h e P h y s i c a l E n v i r o n m e n t
Long-term care providers are among the most heavily regulated segments of the healthcare
industry. This section reviews the relevant federal regulations related to the long-term care
physical environment and its residents, staff, and visitors. The regulations discussed here
focus on hazardous materials, building construction, fire protection, infection control, and
resident comfort and protection.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 253
8/11/16 4:30 PM
254
D i m e n s i o n s o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e M a n a g e m e n t
The Americans with Disabilities Act
National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA)
A nonprofit agency,
established in 1896,
with a mission to
reduce the impact of
fire and other hazards
on the quality of life.
The NFPA provides
training, standards,
The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 established guidelines to ensure that all
public and commercial buildings are accessible to persons with disabilities. The guidelines
cover both initial construction and future physical modifications of facilities. The rules,
however, do make some allowances in cases that involve undue hardship to the facility,
such as when the cost of a compliance study is disproportionately larger than the cost of
renovations.
To ensure ADA compliance, administrators should seek advice from attorneys,
architects, contractors, and other appropriate professionals when considering construction
projects or renovations that might result in accessibility changes. Professional advice is
especially important when the facility is making modifications to achieve culture change.
For example, the creation of small corridors might be intended to achieve a homelike
environment (a goal of culture change), but in reality it could violate the ADA (or the Life
Safety Code, discussed in the next section).
and codes, including
the Life Safety Code.
Life Safety Code
A set of standards,
developed by the
National Fire Protection Association, that
address issues that can
cause fires or otherwise affect safety.
The National Fire Protection Agency and the Life Safety Code
For well over a century, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) has been the
leader in creating US guidelines for building safety. A nonprofit agency established in
1896, the NFPA publishes fire safety standards and codes and offers training throughout
the world. Every few years, the organization revises its Life Safety Code, a set of standards
dealing with issues that can cause fires or otherwise affect safety. It also offers the Life Safety
Code Handbook, a guide that can help administrators better understand the meaning or
application of specific codes.
The primary focus of the Life Safety Code is to minimize fire hazards. For longterm care facilities, key issues involve vigilance about items and materials that might be
CRITICAL CONCEPT
Complying with Federal Regulations
The importance of complying with regulations cannot be overstated. Administrators
must be well versed in all local, state, and federal regulations, even if the regulations
are extensive, confusing, and ever changing. Ignorance is not a valid excuse for failing
to comply. CMS is the federal regulatory body for most long-term care providers, but
it relies on codes from the Americans with Disabilities Act, the National Fire Protection
Agency, and The Joint Commission, to name a few.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 254
8/11/16 4:30 PM
C h a p t e r 1 2 : T h e D e s i g n o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e E n v i r o n m e n t s
255
flammable, such as wall and ceiling finishes; the use of alarms and other systems for notifying
residents about safety problems; and factors that limit residents’ ability to leave an affected
area, such as barriers to egress. In 2014, CMS mandated that all long-term care providers
must abide by the 2012 edition of the Life Safety Code (CMS 2015). A key update was
the requirement that automatic sprinkler systems be installed throughout long-term care
facilities.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) website (www.osha.gov)
offers an excellent starting point for long-term care administrators looking to protect staff
from physical and environmental hazards. OSHA has guidelines dealing with such topics
as ergonomics; exposure to blood and other infectious material; minimizing slips, trips,
and falls; and safe handling of patients. The OSHA website also provides a Nursing Home
eTool (www.osha.gov/SLTC/etools/nursinghome/index.html) that provides illustrations and
training and helps administrators identify and control environmental hazards. Additionally,
for interested administrators, OSHA representatives are happy to provide consultation and
advice on how to create a hazard-free workplace. OSHA’s guidelines and services can help
advance safety within the long-term care industry, which has some of the highest injury
rates in the United States (US Bureau of Labor Statistics 2015).
Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA)
The United States
federal agency charged
with the enforcement
of safety and health
legislation. OSHA is
part of the US Department of Labor.
Management Issues of the Physical Environment
A long-term care administrator is responsible for all aspects of the facility’s internal and
external environment. A well-organized and properly maintained environment improves the
facility’s ability to serve residents, staff, and visitors.
Facilities Management
An effective facilities plan must pay regular attention to all aspects of the physical plant. Buildings,
grounds, and equipment age at different rates, and
scheduled maintenance, repairs, and replacements
are necessary to avoid mechanical problems and
facility obsolescence. Poor management can result
in a facility looking tired, old, and generally uninviting (Sasse 2007). Well-maintained buildings,
equipment, and grounds convey an image of a
robust facility that is inviting to guests, residents,
and staff.
KEY POINT
The Importance of Managing the Physical
Environment
The importance of the physical environment, or physical plant,
is sometimes overlooked by administrators, but without a
properly operating plant, safe and effective care cannot be delivered. Effective administrators ensure that a plan is in place
to maintain the buildings, equipment, and systems needed to
provide a safe and high-quality experience to residents, staff,
and visitors.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 255
8/11/16 4:30 PM
256
D i m e n s i o n s o f L o n g – Te r m C a r e M a n a g e m e n t
Maintenance
The facility maintenance department bears primary responsibility for monitoring all aspects
of the plant. Regular assessments and a process for making needed repairs are crucial and
should be conducted both informally and formally. An informal assessment may be conducted simply by looking for problems and potential future issues while walking around
the grounds and buildings (Sasse 2007). Maintenance should also note facility odors (both
organic and inorganic), floor care, and other potential safety hazards (Dolan 2009).
Preventive maintenance involves more than simply checking to see if everything
is in good working order. A good preventive maintenance program includes such tasks as
changing air conditioning and other filters, cleaning coils, tracking temperatures, testing
sprinkler systems, and lubricating equipment. Koo and Van Hoy (2003) found that investment in preventive maintenance can lead to returns on investment as high as 500 percent.
Facilities should have agreements with external vendors and repair contractors
in place before issues arise. The need for repairs is generally either discovered during the
maintenance department’s facility inspection or through the staff’s daily activities. Under
either circumstance, a work order should be placed so that repairs can be scheduled and
completed in a timely manner.
Housekeeping
Housekeeping has the critical role of maintaining a sanitary facility. In this case, the word
sanitary means both clean and safe. Housekeeping must use proper methods to minimize
the spread of disease and to appropriately store cleaning equipment and supplies. The products or chemicals used for cleaning and sanitizing must be approved by the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA).
Housekeeping’s sanitation efforts also must control and combat the spread of infection. Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) infections and other nosocomial
infections have been a growing concern in long-term care (David and Daum 2010). The
housekeeping supervisor should periodically take cultures of surfaces throughout the facility
to determine bacterial colony levels (Lidsky et al. 2002).
Green Products
To the extent possible, facilities should use environmentally safe cleaning and laundry supplies—that is, supplies that are nontoxic, noncombustible, noncorrosive, safe for aquatic
life, and biodegradable. The Green Guide for Health Care (available at http://gghc.org)
provides a wealth of information about environmentally friendly cleaning products and
recycled paper products.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/25/2023 12:27 PM via UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND GLOBAL CAMPUS. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
00_McSweeney Feld (2317).indb 256
8/11/16 4:30 PM
C h a p t e r 1 2 : T h e D

Public Health Question

Description

This journal assignment requires you to reflect on the information governance life cycle. Information governance is the structure and policies that govern how data is collected, organized, secured, and utilized. Every activity is backed up by data and information. A lack of governance around this data and information can lead to problems. Healthcare facilities need reliable, accurate, timely, and accessible data in order to make better informed decisions. AHIMA defines information governance as “an organization-wide framework for managing information throughout its lifecycle, and for supporting the organization’s strategy, operations, regulatory, legal, risk and environmental requirements.” This journal assignment focuses on discussion around information governance plans and the information governance life cycle. Journal assignments in this course are private between student and instructor.PromptWithin the journal assignment, answer the following questions:What are the steps in the information governance life cycle?What is an information governance plan?How does an information governance plan address data quality?Why is it important for healthcare facilities to create an information governance plan?

assignent 3

Description

Assignment 3: Harlem Children’s Zone Reflection Video

33 unread replies.33 replies.

The Harlem Children’s Zone is an example of a Community Intervention Program, which specifically uses a block association model.

Watch the video below and reflect upon what components of Community Intervention Programming were incorporated (said another way, what made this program successful).

Post a video of yourself reflecting on how this program may effect children’s stress, coping, social support and resilience. More specifically, address the following points in your video:

Describe the Harlem Children’s Initiative (2 points)
Describe which Community Intervention Components were incorporated into the Harlem Children’s Initiative, and thus made it successful (4 points)
Explain how these program components would affect community members’ (i.e., children’s) stress, coping, social support and resilience (4 points)

You can either record the video presentation directly in Canvas (See How do I record a video using the Rich Content Editor?) or you can record it elsewhere and upload the file into the discussion (See How do I upload a video using the Rich Content Editor?Links to an external site.), or upload the file into YouTube and share the link in the discussion (See YouTube InstructionsLinks to an external site. from the Canvas Help Center).

Please review the general grading rubric for assignments 1-8.

The Harlem Children’s ZoneLinks to an external site.

View “How do I reply to a discussion.”Links to an external site.
View “How do I embed an image to a discussion reply?”Links to an external site.
View “How do I create a link using the Rich Content Editor?”Links to an external site.
View “How do I view the rubric for my graded discussion?Links to an external site.

If you have any technical issues with these items, contact FIU Canvas Help Team by clicking on Help in your Global Navigation Menu.

Search entries or author

discussion 2

Description

Throughout this semester, you have explored various aspects of healthy living, including nutrition, physical activity, stress management, and more. In today’s fast-paced world, balancing employment, familial obligations, and academic responsibilities while striving to maintain a healthy lifestyle can be a challenge. Reflect on what you have learned and discuss how you can apply these lessons to lead a healthier life in the future.This is a discussion. There is no right or wrong answer. Your response to the discussion prompt should be a minimum of 350 words. A minimum of one reference is required to support your response. Make sure you cite your references in-text. In addition, you must respond substantially to 1 classmate, a minimum of 150 words each. A substantial response should include a reference to support what you are saying and a follow-up question. Search entries or author

NGS6001 week 2 discussion

Description

Apply information from the Aquifer Case Study to answer the following discussion questions:Discuss the Mr. Barley’s history that would be pertinent to his respiratory problem. Include chief complaint, HPI, Social, Family and Past medical history that would be important to know.Describe the physical exam and diagnostic tools to be used for Mr. Barley. Are there any additional you would have liked to be included that were not? What plan of care will Mr. Barley be given at this visit, include drug therapy and treatments; what is the patient education and follow-up?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Family Medicine 28: 58-year-old male with shortness of breath
User: ARIADNA ZARZUELA
Email: ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu
Date: September 25, 2023 6:28 PM
Learning Objectives
The student should be able to:
Discuss key features of the history and physical exam that support the diagnosis of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
Interpret pulmonary function test (PFT) results.
Use a validated symptom score to grade the severity of a patient’s chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
Summarize the key features of a patient presenting with dyspnea, capturing the information essential for differentiating between the common and
“don’t miss” etiologies.
Summarize the key features of a patient presenting with paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea, capturing the information essential for differentiating
between the common and “don’t miss” etiologies.
Recognize radiographic findings of COPD, CHF, and pneumothorax.
Discuss smoking cessation.
Apply current guidelines to make appropriate clinical decisions regarding the need for immunizations.
Use motivational interviewing to encourage appropriate lifestyle changes identified to support wellness
Find and apply diagnostic criteria and surveillance strategies for COPD.
Describe an evidence-based management plan that includes pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment of COPD.
Describe an evidence-based management plan that includes surveillance and avoids complications of COPD.
Educate a patient about an aspect of COPD respectfully, using language that the patient understands.
Discuss the difference between asthma and COPD, including pathophysiology, clinical findings, and treatments.
Differentiate among common etiologies of cough.
Conduct a focused physical exam appropriate for differentiating between common etiologies of a patient presenting with cough and dyspnea.
Knowledge
Dyspnea Definition
Dyspnea is defined as an uncomfortable awareness of breathing.
Any problem in the mechanical system of breathing can trigger dyspnea, including (but not limited to):
Blockage in the nose
Fluid in the alveoli
Irritation of the diaphragm
Causes of Dyspnea
It often helps to organize your list of differential diagnoses by system, so that you make sure that it is complete. Also, an organized list can make it
easier to rule in or out the diagnostic possibilities.
One way to organize the causes of dyspnea in adults is by categories: cardiac, hematologic, pulmonary, or psychogenic:
Cardiac:
Congestive heart failure (CHF), coronary artery disease (CAD), dysrhythmia, pericarditis, acute myocardial infarction
Hematologic:
Anemia
Pulmonary:
Obstructive lung disease: Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), asthma, bronchitis
© 2023 Aquifer, Inc. – ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) – 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT
1/12
Diseases of lung parenchyma & pleura: pneumonia, pleural effusion, cancer involving the lungs, pneumothorax, pulmonary edema, restrictive
lung disease, interstitial lung disease
Pulmonary vascular disease: pulmonary embolism, pulmonary hypertension
Obstruction of the airway: gastroesophageal reflux disease with aspiration, foreign body aspiration
Environmental irritants and allergens: dust or chemical
Psychogenic:
Panic disorder, hyperventilation
Other:
Deconditioning
Neuromuscular conditions (Myasthenia gravis, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis)
Metabolic (carbon monoxide poisoning, anion, or non-anion gap acidosis)
Orthopnea Definition, Etiology, Symptoms
Definition
Orthopenea is dyspnea which occurs when lying flat.
Etiology
It is associated with congestive heart failure through an accumulation of excess fluid in the lungs (as a result of left-sided heart failure). In a prone
position, blood volume from the feet and legs redistributes to the lungs.
Symptoms
Patients with orthopnea typically have to sleep propped up in bed or sitting in a chair. It is commonly measured according to the number of pillows
needed to prop the patient up to enable breathing (Example: “three pillow orthopnea”).
Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea (PND) – Definition, Etiology, Symptoms
Definition
Sudden, severe shortness of breath at night that awakens a person from sleep, often with coughing and wheezing.
Etiology
It is most closely associated with congestive heart failure.
Symptoms
PND commonly occurs several hours after a person with heart failure has fallen asleep. PND is often relieved by sitting upright, but not as quickly as
simple orthopnea. Also unlike orthopnea, it does not develop immediately upon lying down.
Acute Versus Chronic Bronchitis
Clinical distinction between acute bronchitis & chronic bronchitis: duration of illness.
Acute Bronchitis
Chronic Bronchitis
Cough with excess sputum with a course lasting 1
to 3 weeks
Cough with excess sputum production for equal or greater than 3 months per year in each of 2
consecutive years
Classic Findings on Physical Exam that are Suggestive of COPD
COPD
Increased anteroposterior (AP) diameter of the chest
Decreased diaphragmatic excursion
Wheezing (often end-expiratory)
Prolonged expiratory phase
Physical Exam Findings Suggestive of COPD
A combination of specific findings in a patient’s history and physical may be suggestive of COPD.
Increased AP diameter and end-expiratory wheezing are generally considered to be classic signs of COPD.
© 2023 Aquifer, Inc. – ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) – 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT
2/12
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) – Definition, Epidemiology, Diagnosis
Definition
COPD includes chronic bronchitis and emphysema and is characterized by airflow limitation that is progressive and not fully reversible with
bronchodilators.
Chronic bronchitis: chronic inflammation in the airways leading to the destruction of the cilia and narrowing of the air passages in the lungs.
Emphysema: chronic destruction of the lung architecture, particularly the alveoli, leading to reduced air exchange.
Epidemiology
COPD is currently reported by the Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease to be one of the top three causes of mortality worldwide. In
2020, 5% of the adult population has a diagnosis of COPD, emphysema, or chronic bronchitis.
Diagnosis
A clinical diagnosis of COPD should be considered in any middle-aged or older adult who has:
Dyspnea
Chronic cough or sputum production
A history of tobacco use
The diagnosis should be confirmed by spirometry.
COPD Versus Asthma
Since a major clinical distinction between these two diagnoses is that COPD is not reversible via bronchodilator therapy, and asthma is ,
spirometry data is collected twice: pre- and post-bronchodilator therapy.
Other major differences between COPD and asthma are outlined below:
COPD
Asthma
Onset in mid-life
Onset typically early in life
© 2023 Aquifer, Inc. – ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) – 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT
3/12
Symptoms slowly progress
Symptoms vary day to day
Symptoms during exertion
Symptoms more common at night or early morning
Long history of smoking
Not dependent on smoking
Not related to rhinitis, allergy, or eczema Often related to rhinitis, allergy, or eczema
Largely irreversible
Air-flow limitation is largely reversible
Pathophysiology
Differences between the mechanisms underlying COPD and asthma include:
Cigarette smoke is more of a causal agent in COPD,
Mast cells, T helper cells, and eosinophils play more of a role in what appears to be an allergic bronchoconstrictive response in asthma, and
Macrophages, T killer cells, and neutrophils play a role in an inflammatory and destructive process in COPD.
A post-bronchodilator FEV1/FVC ratio < 70% confirms the presence of airflow limitation that is not fully reversible (hence a diagnosis of COPD). Significant reversibility is defined as an increase in FEV1 ≥ 12% after bronchodilator. Distinguishing COPD from Asthma Airflow obstruction in asthma is reversible, but in COPD it is not . The major distinction between asthma and COPD is the reversible nature of asthma's obstruction to airflow. By definition, FEV1/FVC is decreased in COPD but can be decreased or normal in asthma if the FEV1 and FVC are both decreased proportionally. FVC is normal to decreased in COPD but always decreased in asthma. Macrophages and T killer cells play a role in COPD. Note that, though this distinction of reversibility versus non-reversibility of obstruction is a general rule, this characteristic is not completely reliable. You need to consider all aspects of the presentation, including: Age Smoking history Relationship to environmental allergies Time course of symptoms Benefits of Quitting Smoking Figure from study Lung function decreased at twice the rate in patients who continued smoking versus those who quit. Quitting smoking provided benefits whenever the person quit. Continuing smoking or relapsing worsened lung function. This kind of evidence can help with counseling patients and motivating them to consider behavior change. Smoking Cessation Methods Counseling delivered by physicians and other health professionals significantly increases quit rates over self-initiated strategies. Even a brief (3minute) period of counseling results in smoking cessation rates of 5-10%. The addition of discussing "lung age" from the spirometry testing to counseling has been shown to increase tobacco cessation rates. Numerous effective pharmacotherapies for smoking cessation are available, and pharmacotherapy is recommended when counseling is not sufficient to help patients quit smoking. The U.S. Public Health Service states that a combination of counseling and medication (rather than either alone) and effective medication should be offered (PHS Strength of Evidence A). The Quick Reference Guide for Clinicians from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Resources recommends that except in the presence of contraindications, pharmacotherapies be used with all patients who are attempting to quit smoking: Seven first-line pharmacotherapies were identified that reliably increase long-term smoking abstinence rates with PHS Strength of Evidence (SOE) Recommendation: Bupropion SR (PHS SOE A) Nicotine gum (PHS SOE B) Nicotine lozenge (PHS SOE B) © 2023 Aquifer, Inc. - ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) - 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT 4/12 Nicotine inhaler (PHS SOE A) Nicotine nasal spray (PHS SOE A) Nicotine patch (PHS SOE A) Varenicline (PHS SOE A) Two second-line pharmacotherapies were identified as efficacious and may be considered by clinicians if first-line pharmacotherapies are not effective: Clonidine (PHS SOE A) Nortriptyline (PHS SOE A) A combination of differing counseling formats (proactive phone call, group counseling, individual counseling) increases quit rates. A combination of medical therapies (Nicotine patch + Bupropion SR; nicotine patch + another nicotine replacement product) may also be considered (PHS SOE A). According to GOLD 2022, due to controversy on effectives for smoking cessation and injuries caused by adulterants, E-cigarettes and vaping for nicotine replacement therapy can not be recommended. Physicians and healthcare organizations can support broader tobacco control efforts to raise tobacco taxes, adopt smoke-free laws, conduct mass media campaigns, and restrict tobacco marketing to enhance clinicians' actions working with individual patients. How to Advise Smoking Cessation There isn't one best way to introduce the discussion about smoking cessation. The 5 As of counseling, commonly used, are based upon expert opinion. In general, connecting smoking to the patient's reason for being at a healthcare visit, and delivering a clear and direct message about the need to quit smoking, are believed to be most important. The five As are as follows: Ask: Always ask about tobacco use at every visit Advise: Give a clear, personal recommendation that your patient should quit smoking Assess: Ask about the patient’s readiness/willingness to quit and about prior quit attempts Assist: For patients willing to quit, provide evidence-based counseling, resources, and if appropriate, medications, to help with their success. Arrange: Schedule follow-up for the patient in person or by telephone/telehealth. A Cochrane Database review found that when physicians help patients obtain free smoking cessation medications through insurance or smoker support programs like the North American Quitline Consortium that smoking cessation rates improve. Medications to support tobacco cessation should be encouraged for anyone who currently smokes 10 cigarettes (half a pack) per day. For further information on this topic including medications to treat tobacco use disorder, see references from the AAFP for a good overview. Comprehensive Assessment of COPD Severity The GOLD organization recommends assessing a patient's severity of symptoms in addition to their degree of obstruction (based on the FEV1). Several objective measures of COPD symptomatology have been developed, including the COPD Assessment Test (CAT) and the Modified British Medical Research Council (mMRC) Questionnaire. Physicians should categorize patients into one of four severity groups, A through D, depending on the combination of their testing and symptom scores. The following table explains this in more detail: GOLD Symptom Groups Based on Symptom Scores and Number of Exacerbations: CAT score < 10 or mMRC 0-1 CAT score ≥ 10, or mMRC ≥ 2 0 to 1 prior exacerbations Group A Group B ≥ 2 prior exacerbations Group D Group C Initial Therapy for Moderate & Severe COPD Initial Therapy for GOLD group B In addition to a short-acting beta-agonist (SABA) for symptoms, patients in group B should be given a long-acting beta agonist (LABA) or long-acting muscarinic antagonist (LAMA). Initial Therapy for GOLD group C Patients in group C should begin initial therapy with a LAMA inhaler (evidence suggests that in this group, LAMAs are slightly more effective than LABAs for preventing exacerbations). Initial Therapy for GOLD group D Patients in group D should also begin initial therapy with a LAMA. For patients with more severe symptoms, a combination LABA/LAMA can be started instead. For patients in group D with concurrent asthma/COPD, a combination LABA/ICS may be the best first choice, especially in patients with elevated blood eosinophils >300. The addition of an ICS can reduce exacerbations, especially in those with an allergic component (eosinophils)
to symptoms, but can also increase the risk of pneumonia.
© 2023 Aquifer, Inc. – ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) – 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT
5/12
Follow Up Therapy
Follow up should focus on reviewing symptoms (especially dyspnea and exacerbations, which are addressed in different ways), assessing inhaler
technique and adherence, and adjusting medications (either adding or subtracting, as needed).
For patients with dyspnea despite a long-acting bronchodilator, a second bronchodilator can be added. For patients with exacerbations
despite a long-acting bronchodilator, a second bronchodilator or an ICS can be added—an ICS would be most appropriate for patients with a
history of asthma or elevated eosinophils, as described above.
For patients with dyspnea or exacerbations despite a LABA/ICS combination, a LAMA can be added. A switch to a LABA/LAMA combination
can also be considered.
For patients with exacerbations despite a LABA/LAMA combination, there are two options:
The addition of an ICS, particularly for those with asthma or high eosinophil counts.
Roflumilast (a Phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitor) or azithromycin (a macrolide antibiotic) can be added for those without asthma or high
eosinophil counts.
The cost of many of these inhalers can be a barrier to use. Methylxanthines, such as theophylline, are not recommended unless other
medications are not available or not affordable.
Oxygen therapy is indicated if room air oxygen saturation at rest is < 88%. Pulmonary rehabilitation and/or a maintenance exercise program may help with symptoms: physical activity is a strong predictor of mortality, so exercise should be encouraged for all patients. CDC Adult Immunization Schedule The CDC's complete schedule of immunizations for adults . Vaccine Adverse Events Rare, serious side effects associated with vaccines should be reported to the United States Department of Health and Human Services using the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) at https://vaers.hhs.gov/. VAERS is an early warning system designed to detect problems possibly related to vaccines; it relies on reports from healthcare providers, patients, and vaccine manufacturers to allow the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to ensure vaccine safety. Healthcare providers are encouraged to report clinically significant adverse events, even if it is uncertain whether the event is related to a vaccine. Management GOLD Spirometric Criteria for COPD Severity GOLD Spirometry Severity Grade Results Clinical Presentation FEV1/FVC < 0.7 At this stage, the patient is probably unaware that lung function is starting to decline. Keep in mind that there is 1 Mild some evidence that using this fixed ratio may contribute to the overdiagnosis of obstruction in older (> 60 year
FEV1 ≥
old) individuals and, to a lesser degree, underdiagnosis in younger individuals.
80%
predicted
FEV1/FVC
< 0.7 2 Moderate 50% ≤ Symptoms during this stage progress, with shortness of breath developing upon exertion. FEV1 < 80% predicted FEV1/FVC < 0.7 3 Severe 30% ≤ Shortness of breath becomes worse at this stage, and COPD exacerbations are common. FEV1 < 50% predicted © 2023 Aquifer, Inc. - ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) - 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT 6/12 FEV1/FVC < 0.7 4 Very Severe Quality of life at this stage is gravely impaired. COPD exacerbations can be life-threatening. FEV1 < 30% predicted Therapy for Mild Symptomatic COPD Prescribe an albuterol metered-dose inhaler on an as needed basis. Albuterol is a member of a class of medications called short-acting beta agonist (SABA) bronchodilators that improve lung function by altering airway smooth muscle tone and reducing dynamic hyperinflation. Bronchodilators include: Inhaled short-acting beta-2-agonists (SABA) such as albuterol; and inhaled long-acting beta-2-agonists (LABA) such as salmeterol. Inhaled short-acting anticholinergics (SAMA) such as ipratropium; and inhaled long-acting anticholinergics (LAMA) such as tiotropium. [Note: the MA stands for muscarinic antagonists]. Oral methylxanthines such as theophylline. These agents would be a good option if patients are unable to use or afford inhalation medications. Inhaled bronchodilators are essential for symptom management in COPD. According to the Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease: All patients who have intermittent symptoms should be prescribed a short-acting bronchodilator (e.g., albuterol or ipratropium) on an asneeded basis. If symptoms are inadequately controlled, a daily dose of long-acting bronchodilator, such as salmeterol or tiotropium, should be added. The choice between beta-2-agonist or anticholinergic therapy depends on the availability, cost, and individual response in terms of symptom relief and side effects. Long-acting anticholinergics may be better at preventing exacerbations. Short-acting bronchodilators can be used with long-acting bronchodilators as needed for symptom control. Risks and side effects of inhaled or oral beta-agonists include: Tachycardia Long-acting beta-agonists may increase asthma exacerbations in patients with co-morbid asthma and COPD Exaggerated somatic tremor Hypokalemia (especially with concurrent use of thiazide diuretics) Oral beta agonists are often more affordable than inhalers but are more likely to cause side effects. Risks of inhaled anticholinergics include: Dry mouth Tooth loss from dental caries (secondary to dry mouth) Angle closure glaucoma Smoking cessation is the single most important treatment strategy for COPD. Assess your patient's readiness to quit smoking, recommend smoking cessation, and provide information on available smoking cessation programs. Other considerations: Although COPD is usually caused by damage inflicted by long-term cigarette smoke, it is occasionally caused by alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency, an inherited disorder that can cause lung and liver disease. A clue that this may be present is when a patient younger than 45 years old is diagnosed with COPD since they are not old enough to have developed the long-term effects from smoking. In such a case, especially if the patient has a family history of the disease or evidence of liver damage, you may want to check alpha-1 antitrypsin levels—but you do not have to check this level in all adults who have COPD. Systemic glucocorticoids, such as prednisone, may be useful during an acute COPD exacerbation. Systemic glucocorticoids also may improve lung function for about 20 percent of patients with stable COPD. However, the risks of chronic systemic steroid use often outweigh the benefits— prednisone, even at a low dose, can cause serious side effects such as osteoporosis, suppression of the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal axis, diabetes, cataracts, and necrosis of the femoral head. Another important side effect is steroid myopathy, which can contribute to muscle weakness, decreased functionality, and respiratory failure in advanced COPD. Hospitalization is indicated only for patients who need close observation and intensive treatment, like supplemental oxygen and/or continuous nebulizer therapy. In addition, patients can be monitored closely for respiratory failure and the need for intubation and artificial ventilation. Recommended Immunizations for Patients with COPD Influenza, pneumococcal, pertussis, and COVID vaccines are specifically recommended for adults with COPD (see table below for more details regarding influenza and pneumococcal vaccines). Zoster is recommended for all adults aged 50 years and older. For all patients who are due for a tetanus booster (needed every 10 years), either TdaP (Tetanus, Diphtheria, & acellular Pertussis) or Td (Tetanus & Diphtheria) is needed Patients who have not received at least one dose of Tdap as a booster should receive it rather than Td to include protection against Pertussis (whooping cough). © 2023 Aquifer, Inc. - ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) - 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT 7/12 Influenza vaccines Pneumococcal vaccines For adults aged 19 through 64 years with chronic medical conditions (this includes those with lung disease such as COPD). PCV15 or PCV20 should Annually for all persons > 6 months (influenza strains are adjusted each year for be given first; if PCV15 is used, PPSV23 should
Recommended appropriate effectiveness). Vaccination is especially important for those who are be given at least one year later.
schedule
at high risk of developing flu-related complications (this includes people with lung
All adults 65 years of age and older should also
disease).
receive one dose of PCV15 or PCV20; if PCV15 is
used, PPSV23 should be given at least one year
later.
Effectiveness Reduces serious illness and death in patients with COPD by about 50%.
Side effects
Reduces the incidence of community-acquired
pneumonia in patients < 65 years old with COPD and an FEV1 < 40% predicted. Previous concerns administering in patients with a history of allergy to eggs; evidence shows, however, that reactions are rare and the vaccine can be administered under the supervision of a health care provider who is competent in managing an allergic reaction. One new flu vaccine preparation is made without any egg protein and is another option, if available. Fewer than 5 percent of patients experience side effects, which include low-grade fever and mild systemic symptoms for 8-24 hours postimmunization. Approximately one-third of patients demonstrate mild side effects (e.g., pain, erythema, and swelling at injection site) Fever, myalgias, and more severe local reactions are rare. COPD Exacerbation: Definition, Etiology, Treatment, Hospitalization & Followup Definition: An exacerbation of COPD is defined as an event in the natural course of the disease characterized by a change in the patient's baseline dyspnea, cough, and/or sputum that is beyond normal day-to-day variations and is acute in onset. Symptoms of an exacerbation include: Difficulty catching the breath, chest tightness, fever, and an increase or change in cough that is more productive. An exacerbation may warrant a change in regular COPD medications. Patients should seek emergency medical care if their usual medications are not working and: It is unusually hard to walk or talk (such as difficulty completing a sentence) The heart is beating very fast or irregularly Lips or fingernails are gray or blue Breathing is fast and difficult, even when medication is being used Etiology: The most common causes of an exacerbation are infection of the tracheobronchial tree and air pollution, but the cause of about a third of severe exacerbations cannot be identified. Treatment: After other diagnoses (e.g., pneumonia, pulmonary edema due to cardiac conditions, pulmonary embolism, arrhythmias) have been considered, COPD exacerbation can be treated in the following fashion: Inhaled bronchodilators (particularly inhaled beta 2-agonists with or without anticholinergics) and oral glucocorticosteroids are effective treatments for exacerbations of COPD. Steroids should not be given for more than 5-7 days. Antibiotics (also not for more than 5-7 days) should be given to: Patients with the following three cardinal symptoms: increased dyspnea, increased sputum volume, and increased sputum purulence. Patients with two of the cardinal symptoms, if increased purulence of sputum is one of the two symptoms. Patients with a severe exacerbation of COPD that requires mechanical ventilation (invasive or noninvasive). Hospitalization: Hospitalization should be considered for patients with severe symptoms, acute respiratory failure, new physical signs (e.g., cyanosis), non-response to initial management, serious comorbidities (e.g., heart failure), and patients without sufficient support at home. For patients needing respiratory support, noninvasive mechanical ventilation should be used first because it improves gas exchange; reduces the work of breathing and decreases the need for endotracheal intubation; and also decreases the length of hospital stay, and improves survival. Follow-up: Medications and education to help prevent future exacerbations should be considered as part of follow-up, because exacerbations affect the quality of life and prognosis of patients with COPD. COPD and Heart Failure © 2023 Aquifer, Inc. - ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) - 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT 8/12 The proposed mechanism for COPD leading to heart failure is that chronic hypoxia causes pulmonary vasoconstriction, which increases blood pressure in the pulmonary vessels. This elevation in blood pressure causes permanent damage to the vessel walls and leads to irreversible hypertension. The right heart eventually fails because the pump cannot sustain flow effectively against this pressure. Right heart failure leads to an increase in preload, with peripheral edema and increased jugular venous distention. Studies Pulmonary Function Testing to Diagnose COPD Pulmonary function testing (PFT) is the gold standard for diagnosing COPD. In pulmonary function testing, an FEV1/FVC ratio less than the 5th percentile, or less than 0.7, confirms a diagnosis of COPD. Of note: we are talking here about diagnosing COPD in a symptomatic patient. The USPSTF recommends against screening for COPD in asymptomatic adults. When Chest X-ray is Appropriate in Setting of Dyspnea The current literature doesn't support the use of chest x-ray to rule in or out COPD, but some studies suggest that a chest x-ray might be helpful for finding other causes of dyspnea. The Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) Report states that a chest x-ray can be valuable in excluding alternative diagnoses and establishing the presence of comorbidities (e.g., cardiomegaly, indicating cardiac disease). One study evaluated the results of chest x-rays ordered in patients being evaluated for COPD and found that 14% detected potentially treatable causes of dyspnea other than lung cancer and COPD, including: Pneumonia Bronchiectasis Pulmonary fibrosis Pleural effusion Left ventricular failure Possible active tuberculosis Kyphoscoliosis (causes loss of lung volume & often caused by neuromuscular disease) In addition, the chest radiograph found lung cancer in 2 percent of patients. In summary, it makes sense to get a chest x-ray when a patient presents with shortness of breath, not to rule in or out COPD, but to evaluate for other diagnoses. Example of lung cancer seen on chest radiograph (seen in upper left lung field). Spirometry for Diagnosis/Monitoring COPD Spirometry is the most commonly used office-based device for lung function testing. A spirometer is a hand-held device that can easily be used in the clinician's office by a patient with the assistance of a technician. How it works: 1. The patient is asked first to exhale completely, then to inhale deeply. 2. Next, the patient is told to exhale rapidly into the device until all the air is exhausted from the lungs. These two steps measure the inspiratory and expiratory flow of air, and a number of calculations can then be derived from these measurements. An individual's spirometry results are based on comparison to predicted values of a representative healthy population (inputs to determine the representative population include age, sex, height, and race/ethnicity). In the United States, spirometers use correction factors for individuals identified as Black or Asian: they do not account for individuals of multicultural backgrounds, or for those whose backgrounds do not appear in reference equations; additionally, it rests upon the premise that lung function must differ by race when we know that the variability of individuals and genes within the broad, socially constructed categories of race, is tremendous. Further research into determining the most relevant factors that do affect lung function, and whether to include race/ethnicity at all, is ongoing and is important to keep in mind when interpreting the results of pulmonary function tests. Definitions: Forced Vital Capacity (FVC) = total amount of air the patient can expel from the lungs after a full inspiration Forced Expiratory Volume -1 second (FEV1) = amount of air the patient can expel after a full inspiration in one second Diagnosing COPD: COPD causes the air in the lungs to be exhaled at a slower rate and in a smaller amount compared to a healthy person (obstructive defect). The amount of air in the lungs will not be readily exhaled due to either a physical obstruction (such as with mucus production) or airway narrowing caused by chronic inflammation. Post-bronchodilator FEV1-to-FVC ratio (FEV1/FVC) less than 70% (or less than the fifth percentile) with compatible symptoms and history, is diagnostic of COPD according to GOLD 2022 guidelines. There is evidence that this cut-off may over-and-under diagnose older and younger © 2023 Aquifer, Inc. - ARIADNA ZARZUELA (ariadna.zarzuela@stu.southuniversity.edu) - 2023-09-25 18:28 EDT 9/12 patients respectively, with uncertain clinical significance. Further, the FEV1 impairment defines the level of COPD severity: Post-bronchodilator FEV1 Impairment (Compared to Predicted) Severity > 80%
Mild – GOLD 1
50-79%
Moderate – GOLD 2
30-49%
Severe – GOLD 3
< 30% Very severe - GOLD 4 Clinical Reasoning Differential of Shortness of Breath in Middle-Aged Patient Who Smokes Most Likely Diagnoses Acute Acute bronchitis can cause cough in the absence of fever. By definition, it is of short duration, and it resolves with or without treatment. bronchitis Asthma The onset of asthma is typically earlier in life, most commonly in childhood, so it is less likely here. Asthma occurs more frequently in smokers, but the association is not as strong as it is with COPD. COPD A worsening winter cough could indicate COPD because breathing cold dry air causes constriction of the airways and obstructs airflow. Shortness of breath mostly with activity in a patient with a history of smoking can often indicate COPD (the risk with smoking is dosedependent). COPD develops slowly over years, so most people are at least 40 years old when symptoms begin. Lung cancer Lung cancer can cause cough. Cigarette

project in pharmacology subject

Description

in the pic the title of the project and all that thing in the pic should iclude in the project and there is rubric for that please follow that if u have question feal free to ask thankyou

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Project rubrics
Value 20%
Word limit 1500 (excluding references)
Evaluation Items
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
Flow of essay
Grammar
Spelling
Work limit
References
Poor
(1)
The aim of the essay is
clearly stated
Defines the project
States the components
Outlines the arguments
to be presented
idea are presented,
explored, and
discussed
Use of literature to
support arguments
Balance of arguments
Statement on the
future of nursing
informatics
Clearly Summarises the
essay
Ease of read
Unsound
(marks lost)
10% outside word limit
(marks lost)
Number
20
References are
consistently formatted
Fair
(2)
Good
(3)
Excellent
(4)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

podcast 2

Description

Podcast #2: For this assignment, you will dive into 2 different theories or viewpoints about the mental illness itself. For example, if you are looking at substance abuse disorder, you may look at the disease model of addiction versus the psychosocial model. You can discuss the pros and cons of each perspective. Try not to take sides, but be more objective in your presentation of different perspectives.

Instructions:

For the podcast assignment, you will be producing a 5 series Podcast related to a childhood mental illness that meets DSM V criteria. The entire podcast will consist of 5 separate videos, each ranging between 7-10 minutes in length. These will be due on separate dates throughout the semester so that you can devote appropriate time and resources to each segment. Each podcast is worth 25 points, for a total of 100 points. Please refer to the attached rubric for grading criteria. For each podcast submission, you must also submit a one page typed reflection of the material. Failure to submit the reflection will result in a loss of 5 points for that assignment.

Rubric

Podcast Rubric (1)

Podcast Rubric (1)

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContentAs stated in the instructions (will vary for each podcast assignment)

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeClarityIs the presentation clear, easy to hear and follow, free of outside noise.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomePersonalizationEngaging presentation that is meaningful and relates to yourself and the content

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeReflectionSubmitted 1-page reflection, congruent to the presentation, free and clear of spelling and dramatically errors.

5 pts

Total Points: 20

PREVIOUSNEXT

post two answers to your peers

Description

by Katiuska Rodriguez

Number of replies

The Affordable Care Act (ACA)

The Affordable Care Act (ACA) initiated numerous fundamental aspects focusing on ameliorating health outcomes and reducing expenses within the United States. Despite diverse views on this Act, several elements have been deemed substantially advantageous for the healthcare system:

Broadened Medicaid: The ACA made Medicaid qualification more inclusive across multiple states, granting healthcare coverage accessibility for lower-income individuals and families. This expansion has facilitated essential healthcare service access for multitudes of formerly uninsured American citizens – promoting improved health results and minimized long-term costs (Baumgartner et al., 2020). Supplying coverage for those with lower incomes alleviates the weight of unpaid care on medical institutions and practitioners.

Preventive Care and Well-being: ACA obligates health insurance policies to incorporate pre-emptive functions – such as immunizations and assessments – in a non-cost-sharing manner. By accentuating prevention, people are likelier to undergo early interventions and treatments; this approach subsequently leads to superior health results and diminished overall healthcare expenditures.

Health Insurance Marketplaces: The creation of health insurance marketplaces permits individuals and smaller companies to scrutinize and acquire health insurance arrangements (Glied et al., 2020). These marketplaces foster rivalry among insurers, potentially resulting in price reduction while supplying consumers with cost-effective alternatives. Financial support via these marketplaces contributes to improved affordability for individuals earning less.

Prohibition of Pre-existing Condition Exclusions: ACA prohibits insurance agencies from denying coverage opportunities or imposing heightened premiums because of pre-existing conditions. This stipulation ensures that persons suffering from chronic ailments or previous medical complications can attain economic coverage (Adamson et al., 2019). This enhances the management of such conditions while ultimately curbing exorbitant emergency care expenses.

Medicare Adjustments: Within the ACA, numerous stipulations serve to manage Medicare expenditures; for instance, lowering excess payments directed towards private insurers via Medicare Advantage and inaugurating merit-based compensation models. These modifications advocate for resourceful Medicare funds utilization while aiding in prolonging the program’s financial viability.

Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs): The ACA endorses the establishment of ACOs – a collection of health service providers collaborating to elevate care quality while diminishing expenses. These consortiums concentrate on care synchronization, data dissemination, and results-oriented reimbursement schemes; this amalgamation facilitates more streamlined and economical healthcare distribution.

Patient-Driven Clinical Residences: The ACA supports the notion of patient-driven clinical residences – settings where primary caregivers organize a patient’s treatment plan and act as the principal communication hub. This configuration promotes enhanced correspondence, reduces superfluous examinations and therapies, and refines chronic condition supervision; collectively contributing to superior health results and decreased expenses.

Indeed, the ACA has made considerable advancements in ameliorating healthcare availability and curbing expenses; however, it is not exempt from complications and detractors. Several elements – especially those concentrating on broadening coverage scope, fostering preventative care measures, and inspiring inventive care delivery approaches – retain the capacity to persistently exert positive influences on healthcare consequences and expense management. The enduring discourse on healthcare policy within the United States frequently revolves around refining and expanding these provisions to further enhance the nation’s healthcare infrastructure.

References

Adamson, B. J., Cohen, A. B., Estevez, M., Magee, K., Williams, E., Gross, C. P., & Davidoff, A. J. (2019). Affordable Care Act (ACA) Medicaid expansion impact on racial disparities in time to cancer treatment. https://ascopubs.org/doi/abs/10.1200/JCO.2019.37.18_suppl.LBA1

Baumgartner, J., Collins, S., Radley, D., & Hayes, S. (2020). How the Affordable Care Act (ACA) has narrowed racial and ethnic disparities in insurance coverage and access to health care, 2013‐18. Health Services Research, 55, 56-57. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-6773.13406

Glied, S. A., Collins, S. R., & Lin, S. (2020). Did The ACA Lower Americans’ Financial Barriers to Health Care? A review of evidence to determine whether the Affordable Care Act was effective in lowering cost barriers to health insurance coverage and health care. Health Affairs, 39(3), 379-386. https://www.healthaffairs.org/doi/abs/10.1377/hlthaff.2019.01448

by Gretel Valdes Alfonso –

The Affordable Care Act (ACA) brought about several key provisions that aimed to improve healthcare outcomes and decrease costs within the Medicare program and the broader healthcare system. The ACA introduced a range of preventive services for Medicare beneficiaries with no cost-sharing. This includes vaccinations, screenings, and annual wellness visits. By focusing on prevention and early detection, the ACA aimed to improve health outcomes and reduce the burden of chronic diseases.
The ACA gradually closed the Medicare Part D prescription drug coverage gap known as the “doughnut hole.” This helped seniors afford their medications, reducing the likelihood of medication non-adherence due to cost concerns and ultimately leading to better health outcomes. The ACA incentivized the creation of ACOs, which are networks of healthcare providers that work together to coordinate care for Medicare beneficiaries. ACOs aim to improve the quality of care while reducing costs through better care coordination, reducing duplicative tests, and focusing on preventive care.
The ACA initiated a shift from fee-for-service reimbursement to value-based payment models. These models reward healthcare providers for delivering high-quality care rather than just the quantity of services provided. This incentivizes better care coordination, reduces unnecessary procedures, and encourages more efficient care delivery. Under the ACA, the Medicare Shared Savings Program was established, allowing healthcare providers to share in the cost savings they achieve while providing high-quality care to Medicare beneficiaries. This encourages providers to be more efficient and effective in their care delivery. The ACA introduced penalties for hospitals with high readmission rates for certain conditions, encouraging hospitals to improve post-discharge care and reduce avoidable readmissions. This improves patient outcomes and reduces healthcare costs associated with unnecessary hospital stays.
While not directly related to Medicare, the ACA’s Medicaid expansion increased access to healthcare for low-income individuals, including many older adults who were not eligible for Medicare. This expansion helped ensure that more people had access to preventive care and early treatment, ultimately improving overall health outcomes and reducing healthcare costs by addressing health issues before they become more serious and expensive to treat. The ACA provided funding for adopting electronic health records (EHRs) and encouraged sharing of health information among providers. This enhances care coordination, reduces medical errors, and improves the overall quality of care.
Overall, the ACA’s provisions aimed at improving preventive care, care coordination, and payment reform have positively improved healthcare outcomes and decreased costs within the Medicare program and the broader healthcare system. These changes are part of a broader effort to move from a volume-based healthcare system to one that prioritizes value and quality of care.
References
1- Peterson, M. A. (2020, August 1). The ACA a decade in: Resilience, impact, and vulnerabilities. Duke University Press. https://read.dukeupress.edu/jhppl/article-abstract…
2- Borgschulte, M., & Vogler, J. (2020). Did the ACA Medicaid expansion save lives?. Journal of Health Economics, 72, 102333. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/…

nursing interventions for client with anxiety

Description

Ms. Nakya was seen today through telehealth. She was alert and oriented and denied discomfort. She spent most of her time in the community and she was aware of what goes on around her. Client continue to leave with family member in the district and all needs are provided with the help of government support programs that cover food, housing, and health. Ms. Nakya continues to experience anxiety daily. Assigned nurse provided resident nursing education on management of anxiety. See the rubric below

NUR512AP3 DISCUSSION 6

Description

Based on your textbook reading, discuss the process of Advanced Practice Nurse (APN) business planning from a system approach.Submission Instructions:Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources. Your initial post is worth 8 points.READHamric, B. A., Hanson, M. C., & Tracy, F. M., & O’Grady, T. E. (2013). Chapter 20

discussion board 3

Description

Many social scientists have commented on the adult hypocrisy that can accompany childhood socialization. For example, “Do as I say, not as I do” has been around for a long time. One of the topics in this chapter is substance abuse problems among children and adolescents. Some years ago, one of the Drug Council public service messages on television depicted a father who had caught his son in the act of using marijuana. The father, in an agitated and incredulous tone of voice, announces: “Where did you get this?!……where did you find out about this stuff?!” The imp replies in an anguished tone: “I learned it from YOU!!……that’s where I got it……from YOU!!” I would like for you to share how they feel about this kind of hypocrisy and how you think childhood and adolescent socialization contributes to conduct problems.It is required that you post at least 2 times per discussion (initial post and response to at least 1 peer) over the two week period (on two different days) to encourage a lively discussion. Your first post must be submitted during the first week that the question is posted. Your initial response must contain an in-text citation, referencing material from your textbook and/or other academic sources. Your second response, which is your follow-up response to another student, can be posted during either the first or second week that the discussion board is open. Your initial response needs to use in-text citations and must contain an academic reference at the end of your post. This is an upper-level psychology course, so APA style is mandated for the discussion board. Failure to use proper APA style in-text citations and references will result in point loss. Please consult Purdue’s OWL Resources (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site. for APA format.Each of your required two responses should be a minimum of 225 words and should meet the content requirements stated in the syllabus. However, your initial response will probably be longer. Two postings per discussion module (a two week period) is the minimum number of postings per discussion and will yield a minimum grade. Proper grammar and spelling are required and points will be deducted for errors.Search entries or author

Read the following case study and answer the reflective questions.

Description

Read the following case study and answer the reflective questions. Please provide evidence-based rationales for your answers. APA, 7th ed. must be followed.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

MSN 5550 Health Promotion: Prevention of Disease
Case Study Module 4
Instructions: Read the following case study and answer the reflective questions. Please provide
rationales for your answers. Make sure to provide a citation for your answers. Must follow
APA, 7th ed. format.
Due: Saturday by 23:59 pm
CASE STUDY: Family Member with Alzheimer’s Disease: Mark and Jacqueline
Mark and Jacqueline have been married for 30 years. They have grown children who live in another
state. Jacqueline’s mother has moved in with the couple because she has Alzheimer’s disease.
Jacqueline is an only child and always promised her mother that she would care for her in her old
age. Her mother is unaware of her surroundings and often calls out for her daughter Jackie when
Jacqueline is in the room. Jacqueline reassures her mother that she is there to help, but to no avail.
Jacqueline is unable to visit her children on holidays because she must attend to her mother’s daily
needs. She is reluctant to visit friends or even go out to a movie because of her mother’s care needs
or because she is too tired. Even though she has eliminated most leisure activities with Mark,
Jacqueline goes to bed at night with many of her caregiving tasks unfinished. She tries to visit with
her mother during the day, but her mother rejects any contact with her daughter. Planning for the
upcoming holidays seems impossible to Mark, because of his wife’s inability to focus on anything
except her mother’s care.
Jacqueline has difficulty sleeping at night and is unable to discuss plans even a few days in
advance. She is unable to visit friends and is reluctant to have friends visit because of the
unpredictable behavior of her mother and her need to attend to the daily care.
Reflective Questions
1. How do you think this situation reflects Jacqueline’s sense of role performance?
2. How do you think that Jacqueline may be contributing to her own health?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

PDSA Project e-Poster and Presentation

Description

Please use the rubric to generate your PDSA e-Poster (I will attach an example os a PDSA e -Poster) and Presentation based upon your formal paper. (For the presentation I will need a separate word document with the scripts) 10-minute overview of the problem.

My clinical site is (Encompass Health Rehabilitation Hospital of Miami @20601 Old Cutler Rd, Miami, FL 33189) Please do the PDSA poster based on this site. One problem that i found in this acute rehab is call light response time. Please follow the instructions.

PDSA Practice Improvement Plan (CC5.c). The PDSA Practice Improvement Plan is an assessmentcomprised of four phases. The PDSA project will give the student the opportunity to initiate andcoordinate planned changes in a health care organization. This assignment aims to engage the studentin analyzing an evidence-based practice clinical experience and is divided into four parts. Please see the following:

Part I: Plan

Here, you will write a concise statement of your plan.

Here you can put a measurement or outcome you hope to achieve.

Steps to execute: Here is where you will write the steps you will take in this cycle. You will want to includethe following:

Problem Identification: Identify a clinical problem you observed at the clinical site. Review policies,procedures, and guidelines of care to assess if there is a standard or policy to improve practice. Talkingwith patients about their perceptions of the care. Is there a problem, a patient, or a population negativelyaffected by the present standard of practice? Once this P factor is determined without a present resolution,a clinical question should be developed using the PICO process.

The population could be a patient, a problem, a population, a unit, a division, or an organizationproblem.

The time limit: that you will do this project—remember, it does not have to be long enough to get yourresults.

Review of literature: What level of knowledge is out there to address the problem? Are there anyevidence-based guidelines already published? Most of the literature reviewed should utilize systematicreviews, meta-analyses, or clinical guidelines. Individual studies review expert opinion articles, and clinicalarticles can be used as supportive literature for clinical issues with limited research.

Part II: Do

After you have your plan, you will execute it or set it in motion. During this implementation, you will be keento watch what happens once you do this.

What did you observe? Here you will write down observations you have during your implementation. Thismay include how the patients react, how the nurses react, and how it fits in with your organizationalsystem. You will ask, “Did everything go as planned?” “Did I have to modify the plan?”

Part III: Study

After implementation, you will study the results.

What did you learn? Did you meet your measurement goals? Here you will document your findings.

Part IV: Act

What did you conclude from this cycle? You will write what you came away with for this implementationand whether it worked. Moreover, if it did not work, what can you do differently in your next cycle toaddress that? Are you ready to spread it across your entire practice if it did work?

Dissemination: This section will include the materials used to disseminate your findings.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

IHP 430 Milestone Two

Description

You will build upon the work you completed in Milestone One. In this milestone, you will propose an improvement plan that focuses on the problem you selected in Milestone One. If you chose a problem in your workplace, be sure to use data from that healthcare organization; if you created a hypothetical healthcare organization, you might use a public domain database with instructor permission.

Next, you will develop an implementation plan for the problem that you are focusing on. Then, you will discuss the predicted success of the performance improvement plan after implementation.

As you develop this final part of the assignment, consider the following prompts to formulate your paper.

Prompt
Performance Improvement Initiative
Propose a performance improvement plan that will address this problem. What specific relevant quality standard will this plan address?
Describe the type of data that will reveal a quality outcome.
Implementation of the Plan in the Organization
How will this implementation plan be communicated among departments?
How will the data be displayed and shared with the organization?
If the plan for this initiative was implemented in real life, what do you believe would be the hypothetical effect(s) on patient care outcomes? How will health information systems support those improvements in patient care?
What do you think the hypothetical effect of the quality or performance plan would be on the culture of safety within the organization?

NUR502AP1 DISCUSSION 6

Description

Musculoskeletal Function:

G.J. is a 71-year-old overweight woman who presents to the Family Practice Clinic for the first time complaining of a long history of bilateral knee discomfort that becomes worse when it rains and usually feels better when the weather is warm and dry. “My arthritis hasn’t improved a bit this summer though,” she states. Discomfort in the left knee is greater than in the right knee. She has also suffered from low back pain for many years, but recently it has become worse. She is having difficulty using the stairs in her home. The patient had recently visited a rheumatologist who tried a variety of NSAIDs to help her with pain control. The medications gave her mild relief but also caused significant and intolerable stomach discomfort. Her pain was alleviated with oxycodone. However, when she showed increasing tolerance and began insisting on higher doses of the medication, the physician told her that she may need surgery and that he could not prescribe more oxycodone for her. She is now seeking medical care at the Family Practice Clinic. Her knees started to get significantly more painful after she gained 20 pounds during the past nine months. Her joints are most stiff when she has been sitting or lying for some time and they tend to “loosen up” with activity. The patient has always been worried about osteoporosis because several family members have been diagnosed with the disease. However, nonclinical manifestations of osteoporosis have developed.

Case Study Questions

Define osteoarthritis and explain the differences with osteoarthrosis. List and analyze the risk factors that are presented on the case that contribute to the diagnosis of osteoarthritis.
Specify the main differences between osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis, make sure to include clinical manifestations, major characteristics, joints usually affected and diagnostic methods.
Describe the different treatment alternatives available, including non-pharmacological and pharmacological that you consider are appropriate for this patient and why.
How would you handle the patient concern about osteoporosis? Describe your interventions and education you would provide to her regarding osteoporosis.

Neurological Function:
H.M is a 67-year-old female, who recently retired from being a school teacher for the last 40 years. Her husband died 2 years ago due to complications of a CVA. Past medical history: hypertension controlled with Olmesartan 20 mg by mouth once a day. Family history no contributory. Last annual visits with PCP with normal results. She lives by herself but her children live close to her and usually visit her two or three times a week.
Her daughter start noticing that her mother is having problems focusing when talking to her, she is not keeping things at home as she used to, often is repeating and asking the same question several times and yesterday she has issues remembering her way back home from the grocery store.

Case Study Questions

Name the most common risks factors for Alzheimer’s disease
Name and describe the similarities and the differences between Alzheimer’s disease, Vascular Dementia, Dementia with Lewy bodies, Frontotemporal dementia.
Define and describe explicit and implicit memory.
Describe the diagnosis criteria developed for the Alzheimer’s disease by the National Institute of Aging and the Alzheimer’s Association
What would be the best therapeutic approach on C.J.

Submission Instructions:

Your initial post should be at least 250 words per case study, a total of 500 words for both, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources per case study. Your initial post is worth 8 points.

weekly refl 6

Description

Although this event and story are almost 22 years old, the memories and significance of this will remain and continue to be significant in our understanding of mass shootings and violence. I would like for you to consider the question:

Who can we hold accountable here besides Kip? Why do you think he resorted to violence? Was he a naturally violent child or did his childhood experiences in some way shape him to become this way?

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OVrhFlj80NgLinks to an external site.

Each week I will be posting a mini podcast/video/ mini lecture. You are required to view the weekly videos that I post and submit a 250 word reflection. You are to reflect on any specific questions that I may ask as well as the content of the video itself. It is important that you integrate evidence and information from the textbook and readings to support the ideas in your reflection. Reflections are due every Sunday evening by 11:59 p.m. Late submissions will be deducted by half. You will be graded based on the quality of your reflection, including appropriate content, proper grammar and spelling and thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts.

Rubric

Some Rubric (1)

Some Rubric (1)

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeQuality ReflectionStudent submits a reflection that reflects thoroughly on the content that was posted for the week. Reflections should not be mere summaries of the content. Rather, they should raise thought provoking questions or discuss personal insight that you have gained through watching the videos. (2 points). Reflections should integrate evidence and information from the textbook and readings to support the ideas in the reflection (1 point). References should be cited using APA formatted in-text citations (1 point)

4 pts

Exceptional

3 pts

Average

2 pts

Fair

1 pts

Poor

0 pts

No Marks

4 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeTimely submissionStudent submits reflection by the due date

2 pts

On time

1 pts

Late

2 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWord CountSubmissions should be at least 250 words in length

2 pts

250 words or greater

0 pts

Less than 250 words

2 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeSpelling & GrammarStudent’s submission is mostly free of grammatical and spelling mistakes

2 pts

Full Marks

1 pts

Poor

There are numerous grammar and spelling mistakes, but these do not impede the reader from understanding the ideas that are being communicated.

0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Numerous spelling and/or grammatical mistakes significantly reduce the reader’s ability to understand what the writer is trying to communicate

2 pts

Total Points: 10

PREVIOUSNEXT

Topic Focus: Health Policy

Description

Students are required to submit weekly journal entries throughout the course. These reflective narratives help students identify important learning events that happen throughout the course and the practicum. In each week’s entry, students should reflect on the personal knowledge and skills gained.

Write a reflection journal (250-300 words) to outline what has been discovered about your professional practice, personal strengths and weaknesses, and additional resources that could be introduced in a given situation to influence optimal outcomes. Each week there will be a specific focus to use in your reflection. Integrate leadership and inquiry into the current practice. Please make sure to address all areas in your writing.

Topic Focus: Health Policy

While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. A link to the LopesWrite technical support articles is located in Class Resources if you need assistance.

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Topic Focus: Leadership and Economic Models

Students are required to submit weekly journal entries throughout the course. These reflective narratives help students identify important learning events that happen throughout the course and the practicum. In each week’s entry, students should reflect on the personal knowledge and skills gained.

Write a reflection journal (250-300 words) to outline what has been discovered about your professional practice, personal strengths and weaknesses, and additional resources that could be introduced in a given situation to influence optimal outcomes. Each week there will be a specific focus to use in your reflection. Integrate leadership and inquiry into the current practice. Please make sure to address all areas in your writing.

Topic Focus: Leadership and Economic Models

While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. A link to the LopesWrite technical support articles is located in Class Resources if you need assistance.

Categorical Logic

Description

This week, we are learning about categorical logic.1) Define in your own words, using the textbook, what is Categorical Logic.2) Why is it important to understand categorical logic as a nurse?Must be willing to response to a peer`s response.

Please answer the prompts

Description

Using the video from Episode 6 on Mr. Fallbrook, answer two of the following prompts. Please identify each prompt you answer by number and restate the question in bold letters. Prompt 1: Explain in detail the pathogenesis on how Mr. Fallbrook’s gastroenteritis leads to sepsis and then ARF. Prompt 2: Research the medication Enalapril. Explain its uses, dosage, and side effects. Prompt 3: Explain the different types of Acute Renal Failure and which type Mr. Fallbrook falls under. Prompt 4: Explain the different types of dialysis and how they are used. Requirements:1-2 references to support your responses1-2 full paragraph responsesBe willing to response to a peer`s response

EXSC510 advanced exercise

Description

1 Corinthians 6: 19-20 says, “Do you not know that your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit, who is in you, whom you have received from God? You are not your own; you were bought at a price. Therefore, honor God with your body.”Review the content of the first 5 modules in the course. Discuss how God has made our bodies “perfect,” like a temple, and that no mistakes occurred with reference to the unique metabolic processes and physical design of our bodies. An example would be discussing the perfection of the interplay of the energy systems or the relationship between the percentage of fast twitch vs. slow twitch muscle fibers.Also, discuss how you can use the knowledge in the first 5 modules to train your bodies in a manner as to would glorify Christ. Furthermore, explain why there is biblical truth to why we should take care of our bodies by living a healthy lifestyle.Please review the Discussion Assignment Instructions Download Discussion Assignment Instructionsprior to posting. You may also click the three dots in the upper corner to Show Rubric.Post-First: This course utilizes the Post-First feature in all Discussions. This means you will only be able to read and interact with your classmates’ threads after you have submitted your thread in response to the provided prompt.Review the content of the first 5 modules: bioenergics and maximal oxygen consumption, cardiorespiratory systems and maximal aerobic capacity, metabolic training adaptations, altitude, and thermoregulation, skeletal muscle structure and physiology, neuromuscular and metabolic adaptiations to training

Respiratory case study

Description

Case Study: Richard is a 50-year-old male with nasal congestion, sneezing, rhinorrhea, and postnasal drainage. Richard has struggled with an itchy nose, eyes, palate, and ears for 5 days. As you check his ears and throat for redness and inflammation, you notice him touch his fingers to the bridge of his nose to press and rub there. He says he’s taken Mucinex OTC the past 2 nights to help him breathe while he sleeps. When you ask if the Mucinex has helped at all, he sneers slightly and gestures that the improvement is only minimal. Richard is alert and oriented. He has pale, boggy nasal mucosa with clear thin secretions and enlarged nasal turbinates, which obstruct airway flow but his lungs are clear. His tonsils are not enlarged but his throat is mildly erythematous.Use the Episodic/Focused SOAP Template and create an episodic/focused note about the patient in the case study to which you were assigned using the episodic/focused note template provided. Provide 5 evidence from the literature to support diagnostic tests that would be appropriate for each case. List five different possible conditions for the patient’s differential diagnosis and justify why you selected each.you are allowed to make up the information that is needed to fill out the episodic note.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Episodic/Focused SOAP Note Exemplar
Focused SOAP Note for a patient with chest pain
S.
CC: “Chest pain”
HPI: The patient is a 65 year old AA male who developed sudden onset of chest pain, which
began early this morning. The pain is described as “crushing” and is rated nine out of 10 in
terms of intensity. The pain is located in the middle of the chest and is accompanied by shortness
of breath. The patient reports feeling nauseous. The patient tried an antacid with minimal relief
of his symptoms.
Medications: Lisinopril 10mg, Omeprazole 20mg, Norvasc 5mg
PMH: Positive history of GERD and hypertension is controlled
FH: Mother died at 78 of breast cancer; Father at 75 of CVA. No history of premature
cardiovascular disease in first degree relatives.
SH : Negative for tobacco abuse, currently or previously; consumes moderate alcohol; married
for 39 years
Allergies: PCN-rash; food-none; environmental- none
Immunizations: UTD on immunizations, covid vaccine #1 1/23/2021 Moderna; Covid vaccine #2
2/23/2021 Moderna
ROS
General–Negative for fevers, chills, fatigue
Cardiovascular–Negative for orthopnea, PND, positive for intermittent lower extremity edema
Gastrointestinal–Positive for nausea without vomiting; negative for diarrhea, abdominal pain
Pulmonary–Positive for intermittent dyspnea on exertion, negative for cough or hemoptysis
O.
VS: BP 186/102; P 94; R 22; T 97.8; 02 96% Wt 235lbs; Ht 70”
General–Pt appears diaphoretic and anxious
Cardiovascular–PMI is in the 5th inter-costal space at the mid clavicular line. A grade 2/6
systolic decrescendo murmur is heard best at the
second right inter-costal space which radiates to the neck.
A third heard sound is heard at the apex. No fourth heart sound or rub are heard. No cyanosis,
clubbing, noted, positive for bilateral 2+ LE edema is noted.
Gastrointestinal–The abdomen is symmetrical without distention; bowel
sounds are normal in quality and intensity in all areas; a
bruit is heard in the right para-umbilical area. No masses or
splenomegaly are noted. Positive for mid-epigastric tenderness with deep palpation.
Pulmonary– Lungs are clear to auscultation and percussion bilaterally
Diagnostic results: EKG, CXR, CK-MB (support with evidenced and guidelines)
© 2021 Walden University
Page 1 of 2
A.
Differential Diagnosis:
1) Myocardial Infarction (provide supportive documentation with evidence based guidelines).
2) Angina (provide supportive documentation with evidence based guidelines).
3) Costochondritis (provide supportive documentation with evidence based guidelines).
Primary Diagnosis/Presumptive Diagnosis: Myocardial Infarction
P. This section is not required for the assignments in this course (NURS 6512) but will be
required for future courses.
© 2021 Walden University LLC
Page 2 of 2
Episodic/Focused SOAP Note Template
Patient Information:
Initials, Age, Sex, Race
S.
CC (chief complaint) a BRIEF statement identifying why the patient is here – in the patient’s
own words – for instance “headache”, NOT “bad headache for 3 days”.
HPI: This is the symptom analysis section of your note. Thorough documentation in this section
is essential for patient care, coding, and billing analysis. Paint a picture of what is wrong with the
patient. Use LOCATES Mnemonic to complete your HPI. You need to start EVERY HPI with
age, race, and gender (e.g., 34-year-old AA male). You must include the seven attributes of each
principal symptom in paragraph form not a list. If the CC was “headache”, the LOCATES for the
HPI might look like the following example:
Location: head
Onset: 3 days ago
Character: pounding, pressure around the eyes and temples
Associated signs and symptoms: nausea, vomiting, photophobia, phonophobia
Timing: after being on the computer all day at work
Exacerbating/ relieving factors: light bothers eyes, Aleve makes it tolerable but not
completely better
Severity: 7/10 pain scale
Current Medications: include dosage, frequency, length of time used and reason for use; also
include OTC or homeopathic products.
Allergies: include medication, food, and environmental allergies separately (a description of
what the allergy is ie angioedema, anaphylaxis, etc. This will help determine a true reaction vs
intolerance).
PMHx: include immunization status (note date of last tetanus for all adults), past major
illnesses and surgeries. Depending on the CC, more info is sometimes needed
Soc Hx: include occupation and major hobbies, family status, tobacco & alcohol use (previous
© 2021 Walden University, LLC
Page 1 of 3
and current use), any other pertinent data. Always add some health promo question here – such as
whether they use seat belts all the time or whether they have working smoke detectors in the
house, living environment, text/cell phone use while driving, and support system.
Fam Hx: illnesses with possible genetic predisposition, contagious or chronic illnesses. Reason
for death of any deceased first degree relatives should be included. Include parents, grandparents,
siblings, and children. Include grandchildren if pertinent.
ROS: cover all body systems that may help you include or rule out a differential diagnosis You
should list each system as follows: General: Head: EENT: etc. You should list these in bullet
format and document the systems in order from head to toe.
Example of Complete ROS:
GENERAL: Denies weight loss, fever, chills, weakness or fatigue.
HEENT: Eyes: Denies visual loss, blurred vision, double vision or yellow sclerae. Ears, Nose,
Throat: Denies hearing loss, sneezing, congestion, runny nose or sore throat.
SKIN: Denies rash or itching.
CARDIOVASCULAR: Denies chest pain, chest pressure or chest discomfort. No palpitations or
edema.
RESPIRATORY: Denies shortness of breath, cough or sputum.
GASTROINTESTINAL: Denies anorexia, nausea, vomiting or diarrhea. No abdominal pain or
blood.
GENITOURINARY: Burning on urination. Pregnancy. Last menstrual period, MM/DD/YYYY.
NEUROLOGICAL: Denies headache, dizziness, syncope, paralysis, ataxia, numbness or
tingling in the extremities. No change in bowel or bladder control.
MUSCULOSKELETAL: Denies muscle, back pain, joint pain or stiffness.
HEMATOLOGIC: Denies anemia, bleeding or bruising.
LYMPHATICS: Denies enlarged nodes. No history of splenectomy.
PSYCHIATRIC: Denies history of depression or anxiety.
ENDOCRINOLOGIC: Denies reports of sweating, cold or heat intolerance. No polyuria or
polydipsia.
ALLERGIES: Denies history of asthma, hives, eczema or rhinitis.
© 2021 Walden University, LLC
Page 2 of 3
O.
Physical exam: From head-to-toe, include what you see, hear, and feel when doing your
physical exam. You only need to examine the systems that are pertinent to the CC, HPI, and
History. Do not use “WNL” or “normal.” You must describe what you see. Always
document in head to toe format i.e. General: Head: EENT: etc.
Diagnostic results: Include any labs, x-rays, or other diagnostics that are needed to develop the
differential diagnoses (support with evidenced and guidelines)
A.
Differential Diagnoses (list a minimum of 3 differential diagnoses).Your primary or
presumptive diagnosis should be at the top of the list. For each diagnosis, provide supportive
documentation with evidence based guidelines.
P.
This section is not required for the assignments in this course (NURS 6512) but will be required
for future courses.
References
You are required to include at least three evidence based peer-reviewed journal articles or
evidenced based guidelines which relates to this case to support your diagnostics and
differentials diagnoses. Be sure to use correct APA 7th edition formatting.
© 2021 Walden University, LLC
Page 3 of 3

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Ct 1

Description

Memo for Public Health Emergency (100 points)

For this Memo, research the COVID-19 Pandemic and indicate any international advice provided for mass gatherings during the pandemic.

Imagine you have been asked to draft a memo to help the country to safely proceed with Hajj

Indicate the advice provided by the World Health Organization in safely engaging in a mass gathering in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia during a pandemic.

Analyze the ethical implications of this advice.

Detail how this advice was prescribed into law or practice in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

Indicate the healthcare organization or other entities that heed this advice; and

Examine the outcomes of these requirements

Your memo should meet the following structural requirements:

three pages in length, not including the cover sheet and reference page.

Formatted according to APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing standards

Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of four scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but the other two must be external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin Originality Check Student Guide.

Nurs 6645 psychotherapy with multiple modalities

Description

Post an explanation of how the use of CBT in groups compares to its use in family or individual settings. Explain at least two challenges PMHNPs might encounter when using CBT in one of these settings. Support your response with specific examples from this week’s media and at least three peer-reviewed, evidence-based sources. Explain why each of your supporting sources is considered scholarly and attach the PDFs of your sources.

Public Health Question

Description

Locate the U.S. National Library of Medicine’s MedlinePlus webpage- explore it. Use Older Americans 2020: Key Indicators of Well-Being. Review Health Risks and Behaviors (PAGE 34). Indicator 26 Obesity (Page 40). Find table 26 (Page 114) <<<<< Research topic! Assess the presented data. Write an op-ed journal article (see "Supplemental" section) addressing the following issues: Discuss the specific public health issue you chose (OBESITY- SEE ABOVE). Make sure to have a short summary and do not go into clinical details of specific issues. Your discussion needs to be centered around social policies promoting the issue, the country/state expenditure directed to prevent, treat, and address the individual but, more importantly, the public consequences of the matter. Remember about epidemiological indicators, workforce and business losses, informal caregiving, and social consequences for the families and state. Evaluate the stakeholders interested in addressing this public health issue. Remember to discuss the governance bodies as well as community partners. Define specific role in public health efforts directed toward this matter (epi markers and expenditure) reduction. Assess the collaborative efforts among the stakeholders and identify gaps (or excellence) in the partnerships/collaborative efforts between the stakeholders. Make sure to offer supportive evidence to demonstrate either. Assess the status of the existing social policies directed to minimize the damage to the individual and community as well as offer 1-2 new (different) social policies to be introduced and directed to minimize the negative behaviors and public health outcomes. Make sure to provide evidence supporting your ideas. Define the communication and leadership tools and strategies useful in convincing the public and the Governance bodies in considering the policies you recommended. Explain why you recommended these tools and who your audience is for each. Try not to exceed 10 pages plus the title and reference pages. All evidence must be cited and referenced in APA 7th Edition. A minimum of 6 references. Supplemental: Ten simple rules for writing scientific op-ed articles - https://journals.plos.org/ploscompbiol/article?id=10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008187 How to Write a Perspective and Opinion Article - https://jle.hse.ru/pop Myths and Truths About Publishable Journal Articles - https://www.insidehighered.com/advice/2019/07/18/how-write-publishable-journal-article-opinion Unformatted Attachment Preview 2020 Older Americans Key Indicators of Well-Being Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics The Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics (Forum) was founded in 1986 to foster collaboration among Federal agencies that produce or use statistical data on the older population. Forum agencies as of September 2020 are as follows: Consumer Product Safety Commission https://www.cpsc.gov/ Department of Commerce U.S. Census Bureau https://www.census.gov/ Department of Health and Human Services Department of Housing and Urban Development https://www.hud.gov/ Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics https://www.bls.gov/ Administration for Community Living https://acl.gov/ Employee Benefits Security Administration https://www.dol.gov/agencies/ebsa Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality https://www.ahrq.gov/ Department of Veterans Affairs Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services https://www.cms.gov/ Environmental Protection Agency National Center for Health Statistics https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/ Office of Management and Budget National Institute on Aging https://www.nia.nih.gov/ Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation https://aspe.hhs.gov/ https://www.va.gov/ https://www.epa.gov/ Office of Statistical and Science Policy https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/ Social Security Administration Office of Research, Evaluation, and Statistics https://www.ssa.gov/ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration https://www.samhsa.gov/ Copyright information: All material appearing in this report is in the public domain and may be reproduced or copied without permission; citation as to source, however, is appreciated. Recommended citation: Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics. (2020). Older Americans 2020: Key indicators of well-being. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Report availability: Single copies of this report are available at no charge through the Government Printing Office, 8660 Cherry Lane, Laurel, MD 20707, laurelwms@gpo.gov. This report is also available at https://agingstats.gov. Older Americans 2020 Key Indicators of Well-Being Foreword Older Americans (those age 65 and over) are a vibrant and growing part of our Nation. They also experience unique challenges to their economic well-being, health, and independence. To inform decisions regarding the support and well-being of older Americans, robust statistics reflecting these experiences are needed. Although many Federal agencies provide statistics on aspects of older Americans’ lives, it can be difficult to fit the pieces together into a comprehensive representation. Thus, it is important for policymakers and the general public to have an accessible, easy-to-understand portrait of how older Americans fare. Older Americans 2020: Key Indicators of Well-Being (Older Americans 2020) provides a comprehensive, easy-to-understand picture of our older population. Older Americans 2020 is the eighth report prepared by the Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics (Forum). It provides readers with an accessible compendium of indicators drawn from the most reliable and recent official statistics. The indicators are categorized into six broad groups: Population, Economics, Health Status, Health Risks and Behaviors, Health Care, and Environment. Recognizing that Federal agencies will continue to collect and report data on older Americans over time, these metrics will broaden to address current knowledge gaps and emerging information needs. Measurement and reporting will improve to enhance the quality and utility of information. The statistics reported in this volume, while the most recent available, are based on data collected prior to the COVID-19 pandemic. Although many of these data collection systems have adapted to accommodate the emerging information needs related to the pandemic, COVID-19-related data were not available for inclusion in this report. However, provisional data show that the onset of COVID-19 has disproportionately impacted older Americans, resulting in higher mortality because older Americans are more likely to have chronic conditions that contribute to an increased risk of death. As of September 23, 2020, 79 percent (148,737/188,470) of deaths involving COVID-19, based on death certificate data received and coded by the National Center for Health Statistics, occurred among people age 65 and over.1 Established in 1986, the goal of the Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics (Forum) is to bring together Federal agencies that share a common interest in improving aging-related data. As the population of older Americans continues to grow, the Forum continues its collaborative effort to provide reliable and relevant information on this vital component of our society. The Forum plays a key role in critically evaluating existing data resources and limitations, stimulating new database development, encouraging cooperation and data sharing among Federal agencies, and preparing collaborative statistical reports (https://www.agingstats.gov/about.html). The Forum appreciates users’ requests for greater detail for many existing indicators. We also extend an invitation to all readers and partners to let us know what else we can do to make our reports more accessible and useful. Please send any comments to agingforum@cdc.gov. The Older Americans reports reflect the Forum’s commitment to advancing our understanding of where older Americans stand today and what challenges they may face tomorrow. This work would not be possible without the continued cooperation of millions of American citizens who willingly provide the data that are summarized and analyzed by Federal agency staff for the American people. Office of the Chief Statistician, U.S. Office of Management and Budget iii Acknowledgments Older Americans 2020 is a report of the Forum. This report was prepared by the Forum’s planning committee and reviewed by its principal members, which include Vicki Gottlich and Susan Jenkins, Administration for Community Living (ACL); Joel W. Cohen, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ); Dorinda Allard, Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS); Roberto Ramirez, U.S. Census Bureau; Debra Reed-Gillette, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS); Steve Hanway, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission; Joseph Piacentini and Anja Decressin, Employee Benefits Security Administration (EBSA); Jennifer Madans and Julie Weeks, National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS); John Phillips and Georgeanne Patmios, National Institute on Aging (NIA); Gavin Kennedy and William Marton, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE), Department of Health and Human Services; Nancy Potok (retired), Office of Management and Budget (OMB); Elizabeth Lopez and Beth Han, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA); Katherine Bent and Natalie Lu, Social Security Administration (SSA); and Tom Garin and Melissa Chiu, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). The Forum’s planning committee and contributing staff members include Traci Cook, Forum Staff Director; Caryn Bruyere, ACL; David Kashihara, AHRQ; Emy Sok, BLS; Wan He and Andrew Roberts, U.S. Census Bureau; Katherine Giuriceo and Nic Schluterman, CMS; Meena Bavan and Barry Steffen, Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD); Bobbie Joyeux iv and Lynn Pearce, EBSA; Ellen Kramarow, NCHS; Georgeanne Patmios, NIA; Helen Lamont, ASPE; Anthony Nerino Jr. and Margo Schwab, OMB; Beth Han and Jennifer Solomon, SAMHSA; Brad Trenkamp, SSA; Hazel Hiza, Department of Agriculture (USDA); and Tom Garin and Maggie Heimann, VA. In addition to the 16 agencies of the Forum, the USDA was invited to contribute to this report. The Forum greatly appreciates the efforts of Hazel Hiza, Center for Nutrition Policy and Promotion, USDA, in providing valuable information from their agency. Other staff members of Federal agencies who provided data and assistance include Jennifer Klocinski, ACL; Rachel Krantz-Kent and Geoffrey Paulin, BLS; William Dean, Maria Diacogiannis, Chris McCormick, Maggie Murgolo, Joseph Regan, Laura Saffron, and Marina Vornovitsky, CMS; David Mintz, Environmental Protection Agency; Carolyn Lynch, HUD; Elizabeth Arias, Nazik Elgaddal, Cynthia L. Ogden, Manisha Sengupta, and Ashley Woodall, NCHS; Chris Tamborini, SSA; and Peter Ahn, VA. Member agencies of the Forum provided funds and valuable staff time to produce this report. NCHS and its contractor, the American Institutes for Research (AIR), facilitated the production, printing, and dissemination of this report. Susan Armstrong, Mandy Dean, Anita Lederer, Katie Mallory, Ashley Roberts, and Max Wylie managed the report’s production process and designed the layout; Richard Devens, First XV Communications, provided consultation and editing services. About This Report Introduction Older Americans 2020 marks 20 years since the first key indicators describing the overall condition of the U.S. population age 65 and over were released by the Forum. It is the eighth in a series of reports published by the Forum. The reports use data from more than a dozen national data sources to construct broad indicators of wellbeing for the older population and monitor changes over time. The data trends in these reports present information and opportunities that can improve the lives of older Americans. In 2016, the Forum conducted a conceptual and methodological review of report indicators and format according to established indicator selection criteria (see “Selection Criteria for Indicators”). This review ensures that the report continues to feature the most current topics and the most reliable, accurate, and accessible statistics. This report is intended to stimulate relevant and timely public discussions, encourage exchanges between the data and policy communities, and foster improvements in Federal data collection on older Americans. By examining a broad range of indicators, researchers, policymakers, and service providers can better understand the areas of wellbeing that are improving for older Americans as well as the areas that require more attention. Structure of the Report By presenting data in a nontechnical, user-friendly format, Older Americans 2020 complements other more technical and comprehensive reports from the individual Forum agencies. The report includes indicators grouped in six sections: Population, Economics, Health Status, Health Risks and Behaviors, Health Care, and Environment. Each indicator includes the following: • A paragraph describing the relevance of the indicator to the well-being of the older population. • One or more charts that illustrate important aspects of the data. • Bulleted data highlights. The data used in the indicators are presented in tables in the back of the report. Data source descriptions and a glossary are in the back matter. A timeline of selected historical events is also included on the back inside cover. For more detailed information on the practices and parameters for developing consistency in data reported across the report indicators, the Forum’s Operations and Practices and Parameters for Publications, Products, and Activities are available on the Forum’s website at https:// agingstats.gov. Selection Criteria for Indicators The Forum chose these indicators because they meet the following criteria: • Easy to understand by a wide range of audiences. • Based on reliable, nationwide data sponsored, collected, or disseminated by the Federal government. • Objectively based on substantial research that connects the indicator to the well-being of older Americans. • Balanced so that no single section dominates the report. • Measured periodically (but not necessarily annually) so that they can be updated, making possible the description of trends over time. • Representative of large segments of the aging population, rather than one particular group. Considerations When Examining the Indicators The data in Older Americans 2020 usually describe the U.S. population age 65 and over. More specific age groups (e.g., ages 65–74, 75–84, and 85 and over) are reported whenever possible. Data availability and analytical relevance may factor into the determination of the age groups presented in an indicator. For example, data for the age range 85 and over may not appear in an indicator because small survey sample sizes resulted in statistically reliable data for that age range not being available. On the other hand, data for the population younger than age 65 are sometimes included in an indicator if the inclusion allows for a more comprehensive interpretation of the indicator’s content. For example, to show trends in the amount of savings reserved for retirement by the entire population, data on public and private retirement assets are included for the total population in Indicator 10: Net Worth. In Indicator 11: Participation in Labor Force, a comparison with a younger population provided an opportunity for an enhanced interpretation of labor force trends among people age 65 and over. v To standardize the age distribution of the population age 65 and over across years, some estimates have been age adjusted by multiplying age-specific rates by time-constant weights. If an indicator has been age adjusted, this will be stated in the note under the chart(s) as well as under the corresponding table(s). The reference population (the base population sampled at the time of data collection) for each indicator is labeled under each chart and table and is defined in the Glossary. Whenever possible, the indicators include data on the U.S. resident population (both people living in the community and people living in institutions). However, many indicators show data only for the civilian noninstitutionalized population. Because the older population residing in nursing homes (and other longterm care institutional settings) is not included in samples based on the noninstitutionalized population, use caution when attempting to generalize the findings from these data sources to the entire population age 65 and over. This is especially true for the older age groups. In 2018, 10 percent of the population age 85 and over was not included in the civilian noninstitutionalized population as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau. For example, the reference population for Indicator 19: Dementia in this year’s report has not changed from Older Americans 2016—both show the community (noninstitutionalized) population only. The prevalence of dementia in the institutionalized (nursing home) population is higher than in the community population and is not reflected in the indicator chart. Civilian noninstitutionalized population as a percentage of the total resident population, by age: July 1, 2018 Percent 100 98 99 97 90 80 Most estimates in this report are based on a sample of the population and are therefore subject to sampling error. Standard tests of statistical significance have been used to determine whether differences between populations exist at generally accepted levels of confidence or whether they occurred by chance. Unless otherwise noted, only differences that are statistically significant at the p ≤ 0.05 level are discussed in the text. To indicate the reliability of the estimates, standard errors for selected estimates in the report can be found on the Forum’s website at https://agingstats.gov. Where possible, data estimates have been obtained from the true unrounded value of the original data. Data are rounded to one decimal place in the data tables and appear as whole numbers in the report text unless a finer breakdown is needed to show a significant difference between two estimates that would otherwise round to the same number. Although charts display rounded numbers, the charts are created using unrounded estimates. Finally, the data in some indicators may not sum to totals because of rounding. Sources of Data The data used to create the charts are provided in the tables in the back of the report, along with data described in the bullets below each chart. The source of the data for each indicator is noted below the chart. Descriptions of the data sources can be found in the back matter. Additional information about these data sources and contact information for the agency providing the data are available on the Forum’s website at https:// agingstats.gov. Data Needs 60 40 20 0 65 and over 65–74 75–84 85 and over SOURCE: U.S. Census Bureau, Population Estimates, July 1, 2018. Survey Years The reader should be aware that the range of years presented in each chart varies because data availability is not uniform across the data sources. vi Accuracy of the Estimates This year, the Forum assessed data needs related to sources of income for older Americans. It was determined that a better data source is needed to accurately measure the retirement income components of the income sources for older Americans. To address these concerns, the Sources of Income indicator (Indicator 9 in Older Americans 2016) is not included in this report because of changes in data collection and reporting; however, the indicator will return in future Older Americans reports. Mission The Forum’s mission is to encourage cooperation and collaboration among Federal agencies to improve the quality and utility of data on the aging population. The specific goals of the Forum are as follows: AGing, Independence, and Disability (AGID) Program Data Portal https://agid.acl.gov/Default.aspx ACL Program Evaluations and Related Reports https://acl.gov/programs/program-evaluations-and-reports • Widen access to information on the aging population Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality • Promote communication among data producers, Research Tools and Data https://www.ahrq.gov/research/index.html through periodic publications and other means. researchers, and public policymakers. • Coordinate the development and use of statistical databases among Federal agencies. • Identify information gaps and data inconsistencies. • Investigate questions of data quality. • Encourage cross-national research and data collection on the aging population. • Address concerns regarding collection, access, and dissemination of data. For Further Information The Forum’s website (https://www.agingstats.gov) contains data tables (with standard errors, when available); links to previous reports; the Forum’s Charter, Operations and Practices, and Parameters for Publications, Products, and Activities; agency contacts; and additional information about the Forum. Follow the Forum on Twitter @agingstats for selected highlights from Older Americans 2020. For more information about Older Americans 2020 or other Forum activities, contact the Forum as follows: Traci Cook Staff Director Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics 3311 Toledo Road Hyattsville, MD 20782 Phone: 301-458-4082 Fax: 301-458-4192 Email: agingforum@cdc.gov Website: https://agingstats.gov Additional Online Resources Administration for Community Living Profile of Older Americans https://acl.gov/aging-and-disability-in-america/data-andresearch/profile-older-americans Bureau of Labor Statistics Bureau of Labor Statistics Data https://www.bls.gov/data U.S. Census Bureau Age Data https://www.census.gov/topics/population/age-and-sex. html Statistical Abstract of the United States https://www.census.gov/library/publications/time-series/ statistical_abstracts.html Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics https://lehd.ces.census.gov Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services CMS Research, Statistics, Data, and Systems https://www.cms.gov/research-statistics-data-and-systems/ research-statistics-data-and-systems.html Department of Housing and Urban Development Policy Development and Research Reports and Information Services https://www.huduser.gov Department of Veterans Affairs Veteran Data and Information https://www.va.gov/vetdata Employee Benefits Security Administration EBSA’s Research https://www.dol.gov/agencies/ebsa/researchers National Center for Health Statistics Health, United States https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/hus.htm Washington Group on Disability Statistics http://www.washingtongroup-disability.com/ vii National Institute on Aging Social Security Administration NIA Centers on the Demography of Aging https://agingcenters.org/ Social Security Administration Statistical Information https://www.ssa.gov/policy National Archive of Computerized Data on Aging https://www.icpsr.umich.edu/NACDA Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Publicly Available Datasets for Aging-Related Secondary Analysis in the Behavioral and Social Sciences https://www.nia.nih.gov/research/dbsr/publicly-availabledatabases-aging-related-secondary-analyses-behavioraland-social Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality https://www.samhsa.gov/data Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, HHS Office of Behavioral Health, Disability, and Aging Policy https://aspe.hhs.gov/bhdap Office of Management and Budget Federal Committee on Statistical Methodology https://nces.ed.gov/fcsm/ viii Center for Mental Health Services https://www.samhsa.gov/about-us/who-we-are/officescenters/cmhs Other Resources Data and Statistics About the United States https://www.usa.gov/statistics Data.gov https://www.data.gov Table of Contents Foreword................................................................................................................................................................ iii Acknowledgments...................................................................................................................................................iv About This Report...................................................................................................................................................v List of Tables...........................................................................................................................................................xi Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................xvi POPULATION Indicator 1: Number of Older Americans...................................................................................................... 2 Indicator 2: Racial and Ethnic Composition.................................................................................................. 4 Indicator 3: Marital Status............................................................................................................................. 5 Indicator 4: Educational Attainment.............................................................................................................. 6 Indicator 5: Living Arrangements.................................................................................................................. 8 Indicator 6: Older Veterans............................................................................................................................ 9 ECONOMICS Indicator 7: Poverty..................................................................................................................................... 12 Indicator 8: Income..................................................................................................................................... 13 Indicator 9: Social Security Beneficiaries...................................................................................................... 14 Indicator 10: Net Worth.............................................................................................................................. 16 Indicator 11: Participation in Labor Force................................................................................................... 18 Indicator 12: Housing Problems.................................................................................................................. 20 Indicator 13: Total Expenditures.................................................................................................................. 22 HEALTH STATUS Indicator 14: Life Expectancy...................................................................................................................... 24 Indicator 15: Mortality................................................................................................................................ 25 Indicator 16: Chronic Health Conditions.................................................................................................... 26 Indicator 17: Oral Health............................................................................................................................ 27 Indicator 18: Respondent-Assessed Health Status........................................................................................ 28 Indicator 19: Dementia............................................................................................................................... 29 Indicator 20: Depressive Symptoms............................................................................................................. 30 Indicator 21: Functional Limitations........................................................................................................... 32 HEALTH RISKS AND BEHAVIORS Indicator 22: Vaccinations........................................................................................................................... 36 Indicator 23: Cancer Screenings................................................................................................................... 37 Indicator 24: Diet Quality........................................................................................................................... 38 Indicator 25: Physical Activity..................................................................................................................... 39 Indicator 26: Obesity................................................................................................................................... 40 Indicator 27: Cigarette Smoking.................................................................................................................. 41 ix HEALTH CARE Indicator 28: Use of Health Care Services.................................................................................................... 44 Indicator 29: Health Care Expenditures....................................................................................................... 46 Indicator 30: Prescription Drugs.................................................................................................................. 48 Indicator 31: Sources of Health Insurance................................................................................................... 50 Indicator 32: Out-of-Pocket Health Care Expenditures............................................................................... 51 Indicator 33: Sources of Payment for Health Care Services.......................................................................... 52 Indicator 34: Veterans’ Health Care............................................................................................................. 53 Indicator 35: Residential Services................................................................................................................. 54 Indicator 36: Personal Assistance and Equipment........................................................................................ 56 Indicator 37: Long-Term Care Providers...................................................................................................... 58 ENVIRONMENT Indicator 38: Use of Time............................................................................................................................ 62 Indicator 39: Air Quality............................................................................................................................. 64 Indicator 40: Transportation........................................................................................................................ 66 References............................................................................................................................................................. 67 Tables.................................................................................................................................................................... 71 Data Sources....................................................................................................................................................... 141 Glossary.............................................................................................................................................................. 153 x List of Tables Indicator 1: Number of Older Americans Table 1a. Number of people (in millions) age 65 and over and age 85 and over, selected years, 1900–2018, and projected years, 2020–2060............................................................................................................................ 72 Table 1b. Percentage of people age 65 and over and age 85 and over, selected years, 1900–2018, and projected years, 2020–2060................................................................................................................................... 73 Table 1c. Population of countries or areas with at least 10 percent of their population age 65 and over, 2019....... 74 Table 1d. Percentage of the population age 65 and over, by state, 2018................................................................. 76 Table 1e. Percentage of the population age 65 and over, by county, 2018.............................................................. 77 Table 1f. Number and percentage of people age 65 and over and age 85 and over, by sex, 2018............................ 77 Indicator 2: Racial and Ethnic Composition Table 2. Population age 65 and over, by race and Hispanic origin, 2018 and projected 2060................................ 78 Indicator 3: Marital Status Table 3. Marital status of the population age 65 and over, by age group and sex, 2018.......................................... 78 Indicator 4: Educational Attainment Table 4a. Educational attainment of the population age 65 and over, selected years 1965–2018............................ 79 Table 4b. Educational attainment of the population age 65 and over, by sex and race and Hispanic origin, 2018..................................................................................................................................................................... 79 Indicator 5: Living Arrangements Table 5a. Living arrangements of the population age 65 and over, by sex and race and Hispanic origin, 2018....... 80 Table 5b. Percentage of population age 65 and over living alone, by sex and age group, selected years, 1970–2019........................................................................................................................................................... 80 Indicator 6: Older Veterans Table 6a. Percentage of population age 65 and over who are veterans, by age group and sex, selected years 2000–2018, and projected 2020 and 2030 ........................................................................................................... 81 Table 6b. Number of veterans age 65 and over, by age group and sex, selected years 2000–2018, and projected, 2020 and 2030..................................................................................................................................... 81 Indicator 7: Poverty Table 7a. Poverty rate by age, by official poverty measure and Supplemental Poverty Measure, 1966–2018........... 82 Table 7b. Percentage of the population age 65 and over living in poverty, by selected characteristics, 2018............ 84 Indicator 8: Income Table 8a. Income distribution of the population age 65 and over, 1974–2018....................................................... 84 Table 8b. Median income of householders age 65 and over, in current and in 2018 dollars, 1974–2018............... 86 Indicator 9: Social Security Beneficiaries Table 9a. Percentage distribution of people who began receiving Social Security benefits in 2018, by age and sex....................................................................................................................................................... 88 Table 9b. Percentage distribution of female Social Security beneficiaries age 62 and over, by type o

Liability week 6

Description

Read the Learning Activity Case study on page 510 in your textbook ( Advanced Practice Nursing: Essentials for Role Development, Joel, 5th ed.) and answer the questions that follow it. Discuss the case study and the NP’s risk for liability.Provide 2 peer reviewed references that are < than 5 years old and from a professional advanced practice journal for your initial post.Make your initial post by 23:59 EST Wednesday of Week 6Respond to two other classmates' posts by 23:59 EST Sunday of Week 6 Provide 2 peer reviewed references per post. that are < 5 years old and from a professional advanced practice journal.-Identify which of the AACN essential(s) this assignment meets. Unformatted Attachment Preview 1 2 F.A. Davis Company 1915 Arch Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 www.fadavis.com Copyright © 2022 by F.A. Davis Company Copyright © 2022 by F.A. Davis Company. All rights reserved. This book is protected by copyright. No part of it may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the publisher. Printed in the United States of America Last digit indicates print number: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Publisher: Susan Rhyner Senior Content Project Manager: Amy M. Romano Design and Illustration Manager: Carolyn O’Brien As new scientific information becomes available through basic and clinical research, recommended treatments and drug therapies undergo changes. The author(s) and publisher have done everything possible to make this book accurate, up-to-date, and in accord with accepted standards at the time of publication. The author(s), editors, and publisher are not responsible for errors or omissions or for consequences from application of the book, and make no warranty, expressed or implied, in regard to the contents of the book. Any practice described in this book should be applied by the reader in accordance with professional standards of care used in regard to the unique circumstances that may apply in each situation. The reader is advised always to check product information (package inserts) for changes and new information regarding dose and contraindications before administering any drug. Caution is especially urged when using new or infrequently ordered drugs. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Names: Joel, Lucille A., editor. Title: Advanced practice nursing : essentials for role development / [edited by] Lucille A. Joel. Other titles: Advanced practice nursing (Joel) Description: Fifth edition. | Philadelphia, PA : F.A. Davis Company, [2022] | Includes bibliographical references and index. Identifiers: LCCN 2021040909 (print) | LCCN 2021040910 (ebook) | ISBN 9781719642774 (paperback) | ISBN 9781719642798 (ebook) Subjects: MESH: Advanced Practice Nursing | Nurse’s Role Classification: LCC RT82.8 (print) | LCC RT82.8 (ebook) | NLM WY 128 | DDC 610.7306/92--dc23 LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2021040909 LC ebook record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2021040910 3 Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use, or the internal or personal use of specific clients, is granted by F.A. Davis Company for users registered with the Copyright Clearance Center (CCC) Transactional Reporting Service, provided that the fee of $.25 per copy is paid directly to CCC, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923. For those organizations that have been granted a photocopy license by CCC, a separate system of payment has been arranged. The fee code for users of the Transactional Reporting Service is: 978-0-8036-6044-1/17 ≶ $.25. 4 Preface The content of this text was identified only after a careful review of the documents that shape both the advanced practice nursing role and the educational programs that prepare these individuals for practice. That review allowed some decisions about topics that were essential to all advanced practice nurses (APNs),* whereas others were excluded because they are traditionally introduced during baccalaureate studies. This text is written for the graduatelevel student in advanced practice and is intended to address the nonclinical aspects of the role. Unit 1 explores The Evolution of Advanced Practice from the historical perspective of each of the specialties: the clinical nursemidwife (CNM), nurse anesthetist (NA), clinical nurse specialist (CNS), and nurse practitioner (NP). This historical background moves to a contemporary focus with the introduction of the many and varied hybrids of these roles that have appeared over time. These dramatic changes in practice have been a response to societal need. Adjustment to these changes is possible only from the kaleidoscopic view that theory allows. Skill acquisition, socialization, and adjustment to stress and strain are theoretical constructs and processes that will challenge the occupants of these roles many times over the course of a career, but coping can be taught and learned. Our accommodation to change is further challenged as we realize that advanced practice is neither unique to North America nor new on the global stage. Advanced practice roles, although accompanied by varied educational requirements and practice opportunities, are well embedded and highly respected in international culture. In the United States, education for advanced practice had become well stabilized at the master’s degree level. This is no longer true. The story of our more recent 5 transition to doctoral preparation is laid before us with the subsequent issues this creates. The Practice Environment, the topic of Unit 2, dramatically affects the care we give. With the addition of medical diagnosis and prescribing to the advanced practice repertoire, we became competitive with other disciplines, deserving the rights of reimbursement, prescriptive authority, clinical privileges, and participation as members on health plan panels. There is the further responsibility to understand budgeting and material resource management as well as the nature of different collaborative, responding, and reporting relationships. The APN often provides care within a mediated role, working through other professionals, including nurses, to improve the human condition. Competency in Advanced Practice, the topic of Unit 3, demands an incisive mind capable of the highest order of critical thinking. This cognitive skill becomes refined as the subroles for practice emerge. The APN is ultimately a direct caregiver, client advocate, teacher, consultant, researcher, and case manager. The APN’s forte is to coach individuals and populations so that they may take control of their own health in their own way, ideally even seeing chronic disease as a new trajectory of wellness. The APN’s clients are as diverse as the many ethnicities of the U.S. public, and the challenge is often to learn from them, taking care to do no harm. The APN’s therapeutic modalities go beyond traditional Western medicine, reaching into the realm of complementary therapies and integrative health-care practices that have become expected by many consumers. Any or all of these role competencies are potential areas for conflict, needing to be understood, managed, and resolved in the best interests of the client. Some of the most pressing issues confronting APNs today are how to mobilize informational technology in the service of the client, securing visibility for their work, and disseminating their thinking through publication. The chapters in this section aim to introduce these competencies, not to provide closure on any one topic; the art of direct care in specialty practice is not broached. When you have completed your course of studies, you will have many choices to make. There are opportunities to pursue 6 your practice as an employee, an employer, or an independent contractor. Each holds different rights and responsibilities. Each demands Ethical, Legal, and Business Acumen, which is covered in Unit 4. Each requires you to prove the value you hold for your clients and for the systems in which you work. Cost efficiency and therapeutic effectiveness cannot be dismissed lightly today. The nuts and bolts of establishing a practice are detailed, and although these particulars apply directly to independent practice, they can be easily extrapolated to employee status. Finally, experts in the field discuss the legal and ethical dimensions of practice and how they uniquely apply to the role of the APN to ensure protection for ourselves and our clients. This text has been carefully crafted based on over 40 years of experience in practice and teaching APNs. It substantially includes the nonclinical knowledge necessary to perform successfully in the APN role and raises the issues that still have to be resolved to leave this practice area better than we found it. Lucille A. Joel ______________________ * Please note that the terms advanced practice nurse (APN) and advanced practice registered nurse (APRN) are used interchangeably in this text according to the author’s choice. 7 Contributors Cindy Aiena, MBA Executive Director of Finance Massachusetts General Hospital Boston, Massachusetts Judith Barberio, PhD, RN-BC Pain, APNc, ANP-BC, GNPBC Clinical Associate Professor Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey School of Nursing Newark, New Jersey Andrea Brassard, PhD, FNP-BC, FAANP, FAAN Associate Professor University of Maryland School of Nursing Baltimore, Maryland Edna Cadmus, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, FAAN Clinical Professor and Specialty Director-Nursing Leadership Program Executive Director NJCCN Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey School of Nursing Newark, New Jersey Ann H. Cary, PhD, MPH, RN, FNAP, FAAN Dean and Professor Florida Gulf Coast University College of Health and Human Services Fort Myers, Florida 8 Mary Ann Christopher, MSN, RN, FAAN President/CEO Christopher STH Consulting Avon, New Jersey Basia Delawska- Elliott, MLIS, AHIP-S Education & Research Librarian Oregon Health & Science University Portland, Oregon Patricia DiFusco, MS, NP-C, FNP-BC Nurse Practitioner SUNY Downstate Medical Center Brooklyn, New York Carole Ann Drick, PhD, RN, AHN-BC Founder/Director Conscious Living Center Past President American Holistic Nurses Association Youngstown, Ohio Lynne M. Dunphy, MSN, PhD, APRN, FNP-BC Professor Emerita Christine E. Lynn College of Nursing Florida Atlantic University Boca Raton, Florida, and Director of Nurse Practitioner Education Visual DX Rochester, New York Denise Fessler, RN, MSN Principal/CEO Fessler and Associates Healthcare Management Consulting, LLC Lancaster, Pennsylvania Eileen Flaherty, RN, MBA, MPH Staff Specialist Massachusetts General Hospital 9 Boston, Massachusetts Jane M. Flanagan, PhD, ANP-BC, AHN-BC, FNI, FNAP, FAAN Associate Professor Boston College Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts Rita Munley Gallagher, RN, PhD Retired Nursing and Healthcare Consultant Washington, District of Columbia Mary Masterson Germain, EdD, ANP-BC, FNAP, D.Sc. (Hon) Professor Emeritus SUNY Downstate Health Sciences University [per https://www.downstate.edu/] Brooklyn, New York Kathleen M. Gialanella, RN, BSN, JD, LLM (Health Law & Policy) Nurse Attorney Kathleen M. Gialanella, Esq., P.C. Westfield, New Jersey Shirley Girouard, RN, PhD, FAAN Professor-Nursing/Co-director GWEP/Health Policy Consultant SUNY Downstate Health Sciences University [per https://www.downstate.edu/] Council of State Governments-East Brooklyn, New York Antigone Grasso, MBA Director Patient Care Services Management Systems and Financial Performance Massachusetts General Hospital Boston, Massachusetts 10 Phyllis Shanley Hansell, EdD, RN, FNAP, FAAN Professor Seton Hall University College of Nursing Nutley, New Jersey Allyssa L. Harris, RN, PhD, WHNP-BC Associate Professor and Department Chair WHNP Program Director William F. Connell School of Nursing Boston College Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts Joseph Jennas, CRNA, CCRN, FNYAM Staff CRNA NYP Columbia University Irving Medical Center New York, New York Lucille A. Joel, APN, EdD, FAAN Distinguished Professor Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey School of Nursing New Brunswick-Newark-Blackwood, New Jersey Dorothy A. Jones, EdD, APRN, FAAN, FNI Professor, Senior Nurse Scientist Boston College, Connell School of Nursing Yvonne L. Munn Center for Nursing Research Massachusetts General Hospital Boston, Massachusetts David M. Keepnews, PhD, JD, RN, NEA-BC, FAAN, ANEF Professor and Director, Health Policy DNP The George Washington University School of Nursing Washington, District of Columbia Alice F. Kuehn, RN, PhD, BC-FNP/GNP Associate Professor Emeritus Faith Community Nurse 11 University of Missouri-Columbia Sinclair School of Nursing Columbia, Missouri Parish Nurse St. Peter Catholic Church Jefferson City, Missouri Christina Leonard, DNP, APRN, FNP-BC, CNL Assistant Professor Duke University School of Nursing Durham, North Carolina Deborah C. Messecar, PhD, MPH, RN, AGCNS-BC, CNE Associate Professor Oregon Health and Science University Portland, Oregon Patricia Murphy, PhD, APN, FAAN, FPCN Associate Professor Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey New Jersey Medical School Newark, New Jersey Marilyn H. Oermann, PhD, RN, ANEF, FAANP Thelma M Ingles Professor of Nursing Duke University School of Nursing Durham, North Carolina Marie-Eileen Onieal, PhD, MMHS, RN, CPNP, FAANP Immediate Past Director, DNP Program Rocky Mountain University of Health Professions, Provo, Utah Past President American Association of Nurse Practitioners Former Health Policy Coordinator, Bureau of Health Care Quality Massachusetts Department of Public Health Boston, Massachusetts David M. Price, MDiv., PhD 12 Retired faculty, New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey Founding Faculty, PROBE, a program of CPEP Center for Personalized Education of Physicians (CDEP) Denver, Colorado Beth Quatrara, DNP, RN, CMSRN, ACNS-BC Assistant Professor University of Virginia School of Nursing Charlottesville, Virginia Kelly Reilly, MSN, RN, BC Director of Nursing Maimonides Medical Center Brooklyn, New York Valerie Sabol, PhD, ACNP-BC, GNP-BC, CNE, CHSE, ANEF, FAANP, FAAN Division Chair, Clinical Professor Duke University School of Nursing Durham, North Carolina Mary E. Samost, DNP, RN, CENP Executive Director Perioperative Services Assistant Professor, DNP Program Massachusetts General Brigham, Salem Hospital Salem, Massachusetts Madrean Schober, PhD, MSN, ANP, FAANP President Schober Global Healthcare Consulting International Indianapolis, Indiana Robert Scoloveno, PhD, RN, CCRN Director–Clinical Simulation and Associate Clinical Professor Seton Hall University College of Nursing Nutley, New Jersey Carrie Scotto, RN, PhD 13 Associate Professor The University of Akron College of Nursing Akron, Ohio Dale Shaw, RN, DNP, ACNP-BC Advanced Practice Nurse 3 University of Virginia Health System Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas D. Smith, DNP, RN, NEA-BC, FAAN Chief Nursing Officer and Senior Vice President Patient Care Services Maimonides Medical Center Brooklyn, New York Mary C. Smolenski, MS, EdD, FNP, FAANP Writer/Editor and Consultant Lakewood Ranch, Florida Shirley A. Smoyak, RN, PhD, FAAN Distinguished Professor Emerita Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey School of Nursing New Brunswick-Newark, New Jersey Patricia A. Tabloski, PhD, GNP-BC, FGSA, FAAN Associate Professor William F. Connell School of Nursing Boston College Chestnut Hill, MA 02467 Christine A. Tanner, RN (ret), PhD, FAAN, ANEF Professor Emerita Oregon Health and Science University School of Nursing Portland, Oregon Carolyn T. Torre, RN, MA, APN, FAANP 14 Nursing Policy Consultant Advisory Board Member: Felician College School of Nursing Hackensack-Meridian APN Residency Program NJ Mandated Health Benefits Advisory Commission Trenton Psychiatric Hospital Board of Trustees Princeton, New Jersey Jan Towers, PhD, NP-C, CRNP (FNP), FAANP Director of Health Policy, Federal Government, and Professional Affairs American Academy of Nurse Practitioners Washington, District of Columbia Maria L. Vezina, RN, EdD, NEA-BC, FAAN System Vice President, Chief of Nursing Practice, Education, APN Credentialing and Labor Partnerships Mount Sinai Health System New York, New York 15 Reviewers Phyllis Adams, EdD, APRN, FNP-C, NP-C, FAANP, FNAP Clinical Faculty University of Texas Health Science Center Houston, Texas Ferrona Beason, PhD, APRN Assistant Professor Barry University Miami Shores, Florida Schvon Bussey, MSN, FNP-C, PMHNP-BC Assistant Professor Albany State University Albany, Georgia Carolynn DeSandre, PhD, APRN, CNM, FNP-BC, CSAP Interim Dean College of Health Sciences & Professions Institutional University of North Georgia Dahlonega, Georgia Joy Goins, DNP, CRNA Clinical Coordinator and Faculty Lincoln Memorial University Harrogate, Tennessee Cynthia Parsons, DNP, APRN, PMHNP-BC, FAANP Associate Professor University of Tampa Tampa, Florida Zelda Peters, DNP, FNP-C, RN 16 Assistant Professor, Graduate Clinical Coordinator Albany State University Albany, Georgia Barbara Wilder, PhD, CRNP Director of Graduate Programs Auburn University School of Nursing Auburn, Alabama 17 Acknowledgments This book belongs to its authors. I am proud to be one among them. Beyond that, I have been the instrument to make these written contributions accessible to today’s students and faculty. I thank each author for the products of his or her intellect, experience, and commitment to advanced practice. 18 Contents Unit 1 The Evolution of Advanced Practice 1 Advanced Practice Nursing: Doing What Has to Be Done Lynne M. Dunphy 2 Emerging Roles of the Advanced Practice Nurse Patricia A. Tabloski 3 Role Development: A Theoretical Perspective Lucille A. Joel 4 Educational Preparation of Advanced Practice Nurses: Looking to the Future Phyllis Shanley Hansell 5 Global Perspectives on Advanced Practice Nursing Madrean Schober Unit 2 The Practice Environment 6 Advanced Practice Nurses and Prescriptive Authority Jan Towers 7 Credentialing and Clinical Privileges for the Advanced Practice Nurse Ann H. Cary and Mary C. Smolenski 8 The Kaleidoscope of Collaborative Practice Alice F. Kuehn and Patricia Murphy 19 9 Participation of the Advanced Practice Nurse in Health Plans and Quality Initiatives Rita Munley Gallagher 10 Public Policy and the Advanced Practice Nurse Marie-Eileen Onieal 11 Resource Management Cindy Aiena, Eileen Flaherty, and Antigone Grasso 12 Mediated Roles: Working With and Through Other People Thomas D. Smith, Maria L. Vezina, Mary E. Samost, and Kelly Reilly Unit 3 Competency in Advanced Practice 13 Evidence-Based Practice Christine A. Tanner, Deborah C. Messecar, and Basia Delawska-Elliott 14 Advocacy and the Advanced Practice Nurse Andrea Brassard 15 Case Management and Advanced Practice Nursing Denise Fessler and Mary Ann Christopher 16 The Advanced Practice Nurse and Research Beth Quatrara and Dale Shaw 17 Holism and Complementary and Integrative Health Approaches for the Advanced Practice Nurse Carole Ann Drick 18 Basic Skills for Teaching and the Advanced Practice Nurse Christina Leonard, Valerie Sabol, and Marilyn H. Oermann 19 Culture as a Variable in Practice Mary Masterson Germain 20 Conflict Resolution in Advanced Practice Nursing 20 David M. Price 21 Leadership for APNs: If Not Now, When? Edna Cadmus 22 Information Technology and the Advanced Practice Nurse Robert Scoloveno 23 Writing for Publication Shirley A. Smoyak Unit 4 Ethical, Legal, and Business Acumen 24 Measuring Advanced Practice Nurse Performance: Outcome Indicators, Models of Evaluation, and the Issue of Value Shirley Girouard, Patricia DiFusco, and Joseph Jennas 25 Advanced Practice Registered Nurses: Accomplishments, Trends, and Future Directions Allyssa L. Harris, Jane M. Flanagan, and Dorothy A. Jones 26 Starting a Practice and Practice Management Judith Barberio 27 The Advanced Practice Nurse as Employee or Independent Contractor: Legal and Contractual Considerations Kathleen M. Gialanella 28 The Law, the Courts, and the Advanced Practice Nurse David M. Keepnews 29 It Can Happen to You: Malpractice and the Advanced Practice Nurse Carolyn T. Torre 30 Ethics and the Advanced Practice Nurse Carrie Scotto Index 21 Available online at fadavis.com: Bibliography 22 UNIT 1 The Evolution of Advanced Practice 23 1 Advanced Practice Nursing Doing What Has to Be Done Lynne M. Dunphy Learning Outcomes Learning outcomes expected as a result of this chapter: • Recognize the historical role of women as healers. • Identify the roots of professional nursing in the United States • • • • including the public health movement and turn-of-the-century settlement houses. Describe early innovative care models created by nurses in the first half of the 20th century such as the Frontier Nursing Service (FNS). Trace the trajectory of the role of the nurse midwife across the 20th century as well as the present status of this role. Recognize the emergence of nurse anesthetists as highly autonomous practitioners and their contributions to the advancement of surgical techniques and developments in anesthesia. Describe the development of the clinical nurse specialist (CNS) role in the context of 20th-century nursing education 24 • • • and professional development with particular attention to the current challenges of this role. Describe the historical and social forces that led to the emergence of the nurse practitioner (NP) role and understand key events in the evolution of this role. Describe the development of the doctor of nursing practice (DNP) and distinguish this role from the others described in this chapter. Describe the current challenges to all advanced practice roles and formulate ways to meet these challenges going forward. 25 INTRODUCTION Advanced practice is a contemporary term that has evolved to label an old phenomenon: lay healers, usually women, providing care to those in need in their surrounding communities. As Barbara Ehrenreich and Deidre English (1973) note, “Women have always been healers. They were the unlicensed doctors and anatomists of western history … they were pharmacists, cultivating herbs and exchanging the secrets of their uses. They were midwives, travelling from home to home and village to village” (p. 3). Today, with health care still dominated by a medical model rooted in patriarchy and white privilege, advanced practice nurses (APNs) (especially those with Doctorates of Nursing Practice [DNPs] cheeky enough to call themselves “doctor” even while clarifying their nursing role and background) are sometimes viewed as “mere” nurses “pushing the envelope”—the envelope of regulated, standardized nursing practice. The reality is that the boundaries of professional nursing practice have always been fluid with changes in the practice setting often speeding ahead of the educational and regulatory environments. This phenomenon occurred again during the COVID-19 pandemic as scope-of-practice regulations in a number of states expanded in light of national need. It has always been those nurse healers caring for persons and families who see a need and respond—at times in concert with the medical profession and at times at odds with it—who are the true trailblazers of contemporary advanced practice nursing. This chapter makes the case that, far from being a new creation, APNs actually predate the founding of modern professional nursing. A look back into our past reveals legendary figures always responding to the challenges of human need, changing the landscape of health care, and improving the health of the populace. The titles may change—such as the DNP—but the essence remains the same. 26 PRECURSORS AND ANTECEDENTS There is a long and rich history of female lay healing with roots in both European and African cultures. Well into the 19th century, the female lay healer was the primary health-care provider for most of the population. The sharing of skills and knowledge was seen as one’s obligation as a member of a community. These skills were broad based and might have included midwifery, the use of herbal remedies, and even bone setting (Ehrenreich, 2000, p. xxxiii). Laurel Ulrich, in A Midwife’s Tale (1990), notes that when the diary of the midwife Martha Ballard opens in 1785, “… she knew how to manufacture salves, syrups, pills, teas, ointments, how to prepare an oil emulsion, how to poultice wounds, dress burns, treat dysentery, sore throat, frost bite, measles, colic, ‘whooping cough,’ ‘chin cough,’ … and ‘the itch,’ how to cut an infant’s tongue, administer a ‘clister’ (enema), lance an abscessed breast … induce vomiting, assuage bleeding, reduce swelling and relieve a toothache, as well as deliver babies” (p. 11). Ulrich notes the tiny headstones marking the graves of midwife Ballard’s deceased babies and children as further evidence of her ability to provide compassionate, knowledgeable care; she was able to understand the pain and suffering of others. The emergence of a male medical establishment in the 19th century marked the beginning of the end of the era of female lay healers, including midwives. The lay healers saw their role as intertwined with one’s obligations to the community, whereas the emerging medical class saw healing as a commodity to be bought and sold (Ehrenreich & English, 1978). Has this really changed? Are not our current struggles still bound up with issues of gender, class, social position, and money? Have we not entered a phase of more-radical-than-ever division between the haves and have-nots with grave consequences to our social fabric? Nursing histories (O’Brien, 1987) have documented the emergence of professional nursing in the 19th century from women’s domestic duties and roles, extensions of the things that 27 women and servants had always done for their families. Modern nursing is usually pinpointed as beginning in 1873, the year of the opening of the first three U.S. training schools for nurses, “as an effort on the part of women reformers to help clean up the mess the male doctors were making” (Ehrenreich, 2000, p. xxxiv). The incoming nurses, for example, are credited with introducing the first bar of soap into Bellevue Hospital in the dark days when the medical profession was still resisting the germ theory of disease and aseptic techniques. The emergence of a strong public health movement in the 19th century, coupled with the Settlement House Movement, created a new vista for independent and autonomous nursing practice. The Henry Street Settlement, a brainchild of a recently graduated trained nurse named Lillian Wald, was a unique community-based nursing practice on the lower east side of New York City. Wald described these nurses who flocked to work with her at Henry Street Settlement as women of above average “intellectual equipment,” of “exceptional character, mentality and scholarship” (Daniels, 1989, p. 24). And Wald herself was extraordinary in her abilities to coalition-build and raise funds from a variety of public and private sources to support her endeavors (Dunphy, 2011). The nurses of the Henry Street Settlement, as has been well documented, enjoyed an exceptional degree of independence and autonomy in their nursing practice caring for the poor, often recent immigrants. In 1893, Wald described a typical day. First, she visited the Goldberg baby and then Hattie Isaacs, a patient with consumption to whom she brought flowers. Wald spent 2 hours bathing her (“the poor girl had been without this attention for so long that it took me nearly two hours to get her skin clean”). Next, she inspected some houses on Hester Street where she found water closets that needed “chloride of lime” and notif ied the appropriate authorities. In the next house, she found a child with “running ears,” which she “syringed,” showing the mother how to do it at the same time. In another room, there was a child with a “summer complaint”; Wald gave the child bismuth and tickets for a seaside excursion. After lunch she saw the O’Briens and took 28 the “little one, with whooping cough” to play in the back of the Settlement House yard. On the next floor of that tenement, she found the Costria baby who had a sore mouth. Wald “gave the mother honey and borax and little cloths to keep it clean” (Coss, 1989, pp. 43–44). This was all before 2 p.m.! Far from being some new invention, midwives, nurse anesthetists, clinical nurse specialists (CNSs), and nurse practitioners (NPs) are merely new permutations of these long-standing nursing commitments and roles. 29 NURSE-MIDWIVES Throughout the 20th century, nurse-midwifery remained an anomaly in the U.S. health-care system. Nurse-midwives attend only a small percentage of all U.S. births. Beginning in the 19th century, physicians laid claim to being the sole legitimate birth attendants in the United States, although it took them until the early years of the 20th century to achieve true dominance (Dawley, 2001; Dye, 1984). This is in contrast to Great Britain and many other European countries where trained midwives still attend a signif icant percentage of births. In Europe, homes remain an accepted place to give birth, whereas hospital births reign supreme in the United States. In contrast to Europe, the United States has little in the way of a tradition of professional midwifery. Once again, our crisis with the COVID-19 pandemic raised questions about this. Why not, in such times and with such stress on our health-care system, deliver babies at home, surrounded by friends and family? Would not this be far safer? (Kline & Hayes-Klein, 2020) As late as 1910, 50% of all births in the United States were reportedly attended by midwives, and the percentage in large cities was often higher. However, at that time, the health status of the U.S. population, particularly in regard to perinatal health indicators, was poor (Bigbee & Amidi-Nouri, 2000). Midwives— unregulated and by most accounts unprofessional—were easy scapegoats on whom to blame the problem of poor maternal and infant outcomes. New York City’s Department of Health commissioned a study that claimed that the New York midwife was essentially “medieval.” According to this report, fully 90% were “hopelessly dirty, ignorant, and incompetent” (Edgar, 1911, p. 882). There was a concerted movement away from home births. This was all part of an assault on midwifery by an increasingly powerful medical elite of obstetricians determined to control the birthing process. These revelations resulted in the tightening of existing laws and the creation of new legislation for the licensing and supervision of 30 midwives (Kobrin, 1984). There was need for the “professionalizing” of the nurse-midwife, more grounding in scientif ic advances through education and regulation. Several states passed laws granting legal recognition and regulation of midwives, resulting in the establishment of schools of midwifery. One example, the Bellevue School for Midwives in New York City, lasted until 1935, when the diminishing need for midwives made it diff icult to justify its existence (Komnenich, 1998). Obstetrical care continued the move into hospitals in urban areas that did not provide midwifery. For the most part, the advance of nurse-midwifery has been a slow and arduous struggle often at odds with mainstream nursing. For example, Lavinia Dock (1901) wrote that all births must be attended by physicians. Public health nurses, committed to the professionalizing of nursing and adherence to scientif ic standards, chose to distance themselves from lay midwives. The stigma of the unprofessional image of the lay midwife would linger for many years. A more successful example of midwifery was the founding of the Frontier Nursing Service (FNS) in 1925 by Mary Breckinridge in Kentucky. Breckinridge, having been educated as a public health nurse and traveling to Great Britain to become a certif ied nurse-midwife (CNM), pursued a vision of autonomous nurse-midwifery practice. She aimed to implement the British system in the United States (always a daunting enterprise on any front). In rural settings, where doctors were scarce and hospitals virtually nonexistent, midwifery found more fertile soil. However, even in these settings, professional nurse-midwifery had to struggle to bloom. Breckinridge founded the FNS at a time when the national maternal death rate stood at 6.7 per 1,000 live births, one of the highest rates in the Western world. More than 250,000 infants, nearly 1 in 10, died before they reached their first birthday (U.S. Department of Labor, 1920). The Sheppard-Towner Maternity and Infancy Act, enacted to provide public funds for maternal and child health programs, was the first federal legislation passed for specif ically this purpose (Cockerham & Keeling, 2012). Part of the intention of this act was to provide money to the states to train 31 public health nurses in midwifery; however, this proved shortlived. By 1929, the bill lapsed; this was attributed to some opposition by the American Medical Association (AMA), which advocated the establishment of a “single standard” of obstetrical care, care that is provided by doctors in hospital settings (Kobrin, 1984). Breckinridge saw nurse-midwives working as independent practitioners and continued to advocate home births. And even more radically, the FNS saw nurse-midwives as offering complete care to women with normal preg

food safety thesis

Description

I need transformation full article to BRIEF COMMUNICATIONS, not more than 2000 words excluding the title page and reference pages (tables, figers, abstract and references). Regardeng to abstract, not more than 200 words.

the components of the Affordable Care Act

Description

In 2010, the Affordable Care Act opens up the 45-year-old Medicare program to the biggest changes since its inception. Discuss the components of the Affordable Care Act that you think will have a positive effect on improving health care outcomes and decreasing costs.The discussion must address the topic.Rationale must be provided400 words in your initial post, APA STYLE ,2 BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES.

Discussion with two peer responses

Description

PREPARING THE DISCUSSION

Follow these guidelines when completing each component of the assignment. Contact your course faculty if you have questions.

Family nurse practitioners often care for older adults as they experience changes in functional health. Assessments may reveal that clients are unsafe in their current environment or that they may require additional assistance to remain at home. Carefully read the questions below and address each in your initial post.

Application of Course Knowledge
Identify at least TWO assessments that can be used to determine whether a client is safe in their current living environment.
Discuss results that indicate the client may require additional assistance or a transition in the care environment.
Describe the NP’s role in working with the client and family to assist with care transitions.
Identify at least TWO appropriate referrals for a client who requires a transition in the care environment. How does the NP ensure coordination of care during transitions?
Identify at least TWO public or private resources that are available for clients with limited resources in your intended practice area.
Integration of Evidence: Integrate relevant scholarly sources as defined by program expectations.
Cite a scholarly source in the initial post.
Cite a scholarly source in one faculty response post.
Cite a scholarly source in one peer post.
Accurately analyze, synthesize, and/or apply principles from evidence with no more than one short quote (15 words or less) for the week.
Include a minimum of two different scholarly sources per week. Cite all references and provide references for all citations.
Engagement in Meaningful Dialogue: Engage peers and faculty by asking questions, and offering new insights, applications, perspectives, information, or implications for practice.
Peer Response: Respond to at least one peer.
Faculty Response: Respond to at least one faculty post.
Communicate using respectful, collegial language and terminology appropriate to advanced nursing practice.
Professionalism in Communication: Communicate with minimal errors in English grammar, spelling, syntax, and punctuation.
Reference Citation: Use current APA format to format citations and references and is free of errors.
Wednesday Participation Requirement: Provide a substantive response to the graded discussion topic (not a response to a peer or faculty), by Wednesday, 11:59 p.m. MT of each week.
Total Participation Requirement: Provide at least three substantive posts (one to the initial question or topic, one to a student peer, and one to a faculty question) on two different days during the week.

3 dis file

Description

ودي مادة 505 research methodology discussion Locate a research study that utilized experimental or quasi-experimental methods. Briefly summarize the study. For example, discuss the inclusion of 2-group tests, regression analysis, and time-series analysis in terms of the study design’s strengths, weaknesses, or limitations. What challenges or limitations did the researcher identify they encountered by choosing this method?Embed course material concepts, principles, and theories (which require supporting citations) in your initial response along with at least one scholarly, peer-reviewed journal article. Keep in mind that these scholarly references can be found in the Saudi Digital Library by conducting an advanced search specific to scholarly references. Use Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and APA style guidelines.You are required to reply to at least two peer discussion question post answers to this weekly discussion question and/or your instructor’s response to your posting. These post replies need to be substantial and constructive in nature. They should add to the content of the post and evaluate/analyze that post’s answer. Normal course dialogue doesn’t fulfill these two peer replies but is expected throughout the course. Answering all course questions is also required.

Nursing leadership dq response

Description

A Nurse Manager’s Role in Resolving Conflict

Situation

As the nurse manager of a 30-bed surgical unit, AM facilitates the unit’s daily interdisciplinary rounds (IDR) during which multiple disciplines convene to collaborate and discuss effective treatment interventions and discharge plans for each patient. The IDR participants include the unit nurses, physicians, physical therapist, dietician, and care coordinator. During the discussion of a specific patient who for the last couple of days has been having breakthrough postoperative pain, the primary nurse suggests increasing the dose of the patient’s pain medication or treating the patient with an additional pain medication because the patient’s current pain medication, Percocet, has not been controlling the patient’s pain throughout the day. This is the second shift the primary nurse has cared for the patient; thus, the nurse has witnessed the patient’s breakthrough pain on more than one occasion. The physician disagrees with the primary nurse’s suggestion and indicates the current pain management regimen should be more than enough to control the patient’s pain. The physician refuses to add another pain medication to the patient’s treatment plan and requests moving on to discuss the next patient. What should AM do as the facilitator of the IDR meeting?

Approach

Having been a nurse manager for over 10 years, AM has facilitated many IDR meetings and experienced all types of conflict situations in the work environment. Fortunately, AM is well-versed in various styles of conflict management and has implemented different styles to resolve conflict, depending on the situation. In this particular example, the unit IDR meeting is running over on time, with more than half of the patients still requiring discussion. As such, AM has decided to utilize the compromising style of conflict management that seeks to find a middle ground between involved parties.

Outcome

To resolve most conflicts, AM typically prefers utilizing the collaborating style of conflict management that focuses on having all participants provide their perspectives on the situation to come up with a mutual resolution. Nonetheless, as time is not permitting, AM decides to employ the compromising style to facilitate IDR flow. AM interjects the conversation, reiterates the patient’s more than one instance of breakthrough pain, and suggests the physician reassess the patient’s pain status after IDR. The decision to either increase the patient’s pain medication dosage or add another pain reliever to treat the patient’s breakthrough pain can be determined after patient reassessment.

Discussion Questions (the first question is in relation to the above Case scenario; the other two are not)

1. What type of conflict best describes the listed situation? Name another conflict management style AM could have utilized to manage the situation. List two healthcare-related consequences that could occur from poorly managed conflicts

2 Discuss the application of complexity leadership and the contributing influence on quality and safety. Describe 2 factors most influence spread, sustain, and scale and how you might modify those factors as they relate to quality and safety.

300 words 3 apa citation

3k-5k Biotechnology and data science dissertation

Description

Bid if you can handle paper3k-5k dissertation biotech and data science paper. Needs in depth skill-set for organizing literature review with data.Follow outline as given

Unformatted Attachment Preview

MIND-BODY BIOFEEDBACK THERAPY FOR WOMEN’S HEALTH OPTIMIZATION
I. Introduction




Background and context
Problem statement
Research objectives and hypothesis
Significance of the study
II. Literature Review





Overview of women’s health issues (anxiety, headaches, lower back pain, IBS)
Existing treatments and tools for these conditions
Gap analysis: Lack of Mind-Body Biofeedback tools and tools that are using root based
assessments)
Concepts of Mind-Body Therapy (yoga, tai-chi, meditation, music, nutrition, exercise)
Existing research on Mind-Body Therapies and their effectiveness
III. Methodology







Research design
Participants and recruitment
Data collection methods
o EEG, sEMG, and PPG sensors
o Additional bioinformatics data points (outside EEG, sEMG, PPG)
Intervention group (Mind-Body Therapy)
Comparison group (existing tools)
Data analysis plan
Ethical considerations
IV. Mind-Body Biofeedback Therapy Intervention




Detailed explanation of the intervention components (yoga, tai-chi, meditation, music,
nutrition, exercise)
How these components address anxiety, headaches, lower back pain, and IBS
Design of the intervention program
Integration of biofeedback sensors into therapy
Root cause Assessment



hormonal imbalance,
micronutrients deficiency
gut health
Problem identification



IBS
Lower back pain
Anxiety
Solution




Tools and Techniques used in the therapy – tai chi, yoga, meditation, music, exercise
(resistance training and cardio activities)
Nutrition- diet and supplements
Heart Rate Variability spO2, Resting Heart Rate, Body Temperature (PPG)+ data from
EEG and EMG data.
Breathing techniques
Measurement tools



PPG
EMG
EEG
Care Models




Explanation of the care models
Interactive Medicine
Palliative Care Model
Discussion on which care model is most commonly used in complementary therapies
V. Comparison with Existing Tools



Identification and evaluation of existing tools in the market for anxiety, headaches, lower
back pain, and IBS
The limitations of current tools
Explanations why Mind-Body Biofeedback is a novel approach
VI. Data Collection and Analysis




Description of EEG, sEMG, and PPG sensors
Explanation of how data will be collected and processed
Identifying additional bioinformatics data points for each condition
Statistical analysis methods
VII. Results

Presentation and interpretation of the results of the Mind-Body Biofeedback Therapy
group


Comparing results with the existing tools group
Discussion on the effectiveness of Mind-Body Biofeedback in relieving symptoms
VIII. Discussion





Interpretation of findings
Implications of the study for women’s health
Limitations of the research
Future research directions
Practical applications and recommendations
IX. Conclusion


Summary of the key findings and their significance
Reiteration of the potential of Mind-Body Biofeedback Therapy for women’s health
optimization

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Comparison of Medical Billing and Coding

Description

Conduct an Internet search of medical coding and billing certification programs. Compare and contrast at least two programs, including prerequisites, program content, cost, certification, continuing-education requirements, and professional ethical standards. Are the programs “coding” or “billing” programs or both? What are the strengths and weaknesses of each?

PHIL 434 Week 5: Debating Abortion Scenario and Reflection

Description

In the scenario assignments, you are asked to reflect on responses to the presented scenario. It should not just be writing down your first reaction or what you already know.

Reflection involves critical thinking, which means rethinking your existing knowledge and previously held opinions in light of what we have learned about theories of ethics, logic, and reasoning. You will need to question your current knowledge and beliefs. Discuss the main points of the debate, what stance you take, support that stance, and discuss the opposing argument. Also, discuss an ethical theory that would apply to defend your view.

To complete each scenario assignment:

1. Complete the entire scenario.

2. Fill out the template attached below, ask your professor for details on submission.

3. Compose the last question on the template reflection in a Word document and be sure to address, at a minimum, the following questions:

Why do you feel the way you do about the issue presented?
Of the four responses offered in the scenario, which do you think is the most ethical and why?
Which ethical theory would you use to support your stance? Why does this theory work?

4. Support your conclusions with evidence and specific examples from the textbook, including a minimum of one theory of ethics to defend your stance.

5. Your reflection must be 1-2 pages in length and follow APA formatting and citation guidelines as appropriate, making sure to cite at least two sources.

6. Review the rubric for specific grading criteria

Week 4 Presentation

Description

NURS 540 Week 4 Video Presentation

For this assignment, you will produce a professional 4–7 minute audio–video presentation on your chosen topic:

Topic: Provide an overview of leukemia, its different types (e.g., acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), and the latest advancements in treatment.

Your presentation must:

Explain the processes or concepts in your own words using references to support your explanations.
Include all necessary physiology and pathophysiology in your explanation.
Use detailed explanations with master’s level terminology to teach or explain. Your classmates and professional colleagues are your audience.
Include audio narration with at least one type of visual aid in your presentation, such as PowerPoint slides, diagrams, whiteboard use, etc.
Use APA format to style your visual aids and cite your sources.
Cite at least two references verbally or with on-screen citations. You may cite your e-text as a source.
Include a reference list in your visual aid or at the end of your slide set.

Please provide copy with audio and one with power point with notes..

Nursing leadership

Description

A Nurse Manager’s Role in Resolving Conflict

Situation

As the nurse manager of a 30-bed surgical unit, AM facilitates the unit’s daily interdisciplinary rounds (IDR) during which multiple disciplines convene to collaborate and discuss effective treatment interventions and discharge plans for each patient. The IDR participants include the unit nurses, physicians, physical therapist, dietician, and care coordinator. During the discussion of a specific patient who for the last couple of days has been having breakthrough postoperative pain, the primary nurse suggests increasing the dose of the patient’s pain medication or treating the patient with an additional pain medication because the patient’s current pain medication, Percocet, has not been controlling the patient’s pain throughout the day. This is the second shift the primary nurse has cared for the patient; thus, the nurse has witnessed the patient’s breakthrough pain on more than one occasion. The physician disagrees with the primary nurse’s suggestion and indicates the current pain management regimen should be more than enough to control the patient’s pain. The physician refuses to add another pain medication to the patient’s treatment plan and requests moving on to discuss the next patient. What should AM do as the facilitator of the IDR meeting?

Approach

Having been a nurse manager for over 10 years, AM has facilitated many IDR meetings and experienced all types of conflict situations in the work environment. Fortunately, AM is well-versed in various styles of conflict management and has implemented different styles to resolve conflict, depending on the situation. In this particular example, the unit IDR meeting is running over on time, with more than half of the patients still requiring discussion. As such, AM has decided to utilize the compromising style of conflict management that seeks to find a middle ground between involved parties.

Outcome

To resolve most conflicts, AM typically prefers utilizing the collaborating style of conflict management that focuses on having all participants provide their perspectives on the situation to come up with a mutual resolution. Nonetheless, as time is not permitting, AM decides to employ the compromising style to facilitate IDR flow. AM interjects the conversation, reiterates the patient’s more than one instance of breakthrough pain, and suggests the physician reassess the patient’s pain status after IDR. The decision to either increase the patient’s pain medication dosage or add another pain reliever to treat the patient’s breakthrough pain can be determined after patient reassessment.

Discussion Questions (the first question is in relation to the above Case scenario; the other two are not)

1. What type of conflict best describes the listed situation? Name another conflict management style AM could have utilized to manage the situation. List two healthcare-related consequences that could occur from poorly managed conflicts

2 Discuss the application of complexity leadership and the contributing influence on quality and safety. Describe 2 factors most influence spread, sustain, and scale and how you might modify those factors as they relate to quality and safety.

350 words 3 apa citation

FW-405 WORKSITE HEALTH PROMOTION

Description

First task: Check the template and fill out the blanksSecond task: Check the file and follow the instructions (letter to company

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Reading and Reflect Assignment Template (Save a copy and add to it each week
Course: ________________
Name: ______________
Readings
Pre-Reflection
what you know about that
subject, content, or concept, prior
to engaging
Reflection (Learning)
initial thoughts after reading
assignments
Reflection (Enhanced Learning)
additional thoughts brought about ALL
this week’s learning activities- NOT just
the assigned readings.
Module 1

Chapter 1:
Mindset the New
Psychology of
Success by Dr.
Carol Dweck

WWP Part #1
Evidence Based
Article 1


WWP Part #1
Evidence Based
Article 2


WWP Part #1
Evidence Based
Article 3


REMINDERS or IMPORTANT NOTES:
❖ Bullet thoughts here:

NEW VOCABULARY:
★ List new vocabulary with
definitions here:

PERSONAL REACTIONS:
• Bullet your insights or feelings.

)
Module 2
Grading Criteria for Read and Reflect Assignments
Ratings and Criteria
Points
Full Marks: The reflection is very thorough and exhibits an extremely high quality in both pre-reflections and reflections. The student has
clearly documented a richer and deeper understanding of the reading assignment
Partial Points: The reflection is well written. However, it may be missing one or more examples of either pre-reflections or reflections.
Documentation of a richer and deeper understanding of content is somewhat lacking.
Partial Points: The reflection is satisfactory. However, it may be missing one or more examples of either pre-reflections or reflections.
Documentation of a richer and deeper understanding of content is somewhat lacking.
No Points: The reflection substantially misses the point of the assignment or is not submitted at all.
10 points
8 points
6 points
0 points
Worksite Wellness Project Part #1:
Communication w/ Company Leadership (75 points)
THE WHY BEHIND WHAT WE ARE DOING:
Student learning outcomes met from this assignment:
● Describe the benefits of health promotion programs in the
workplace ∙ Quantify potential savings in health care cares from
worksite health promotion.
● Develop written communication to rationalize worksite promotion to
administration.
● Assessing and disseminating scientifically based, relevant fitness-,
nutrition-, and wellness-related resources and information.
Your Task: Make a case for a wellness/health promotion program with
company leadership. You will communicate professionally with the
CEO or owner of the company. You may choose from my company
profiles (see canvas, module one content page for my company
profiles) or investigate a company online of your choosing. Before you
will be able to write your letter, you will need to review multiple different
peer-reviewed journals and other vetted resources, including the ones
you looked at for the ROI/VOI assignment and ones listed in module
one. Your communication should include:
● Rationalization & benefits of health promotion programs in the
workplace (research/evidence-based statistics) This information should
come from the multiple different peer-reviewed journals and vetted
resources in module one.
● Details about potential savings in health care costs (ROI) as well as VOI
● Details about the benefits of Growth Mindset and the relationship to
valued employees in the workplace.
Your Submission Will Include:
A. Written communication (more in depth) such as ONE of the following ideas:




An email
A business letter
A white paper (google what this is if you are unfamiliar)
Other (you can get creative, but be sure it is WRITTEN, professional
communication of some kind)
*There is not a page or word count requirement, just focus on making your case
and include all requested items (refer to rubric)
B. Graphic/Visual representation (more concise-includes highlights/key
information from part A). This should sell who you are as a wellness
company, what you believe in, what you can offer the company.
Suggestions for Part B include:
● A PowerPoint/presentation
● An infographic
● A fact sheet
● Other (you can get creative, but be sure it is concise and
predominantly visual/graphic communication)
*Part B should all fit on a single sheet/slide
C. A reference page in APA format. Sources should also be cited within each
document to avoid plagiarism and give proper credit to the sources used.
More Details:
● Think about your target audience and the best way to approach
someone in this position.
● Choose an appropriate ‘voice’, be concise, articulate and make a
strong case for wellness/health promotion programs.
● Be sure you target your ‘case’ to the specific company. Why should
this company make this investment in their employees?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

2 dis file

Description

Read “Case Study 4-2 Choosing a Performance Management Approach at Show Me the Money.” at the end of Chapter 4 of the Performance Management textbook (page 119).1. Based on the case study, assess whether Show Me the Money should use a behavior approach, a results approach, or a combination of both to measure performance. 2. Using the table that accompanies the case study as a guide, select the job descriptions that apply to the account executive job. Explain why you chose the approach you did.Justify and support your responses. Be sure to draw from, explore, and cite credible reference materials. In responding to your classmates’ posts, note whether you agree or disagree with their assessments. Why or why not?You are required to reply to at least two peer discussion question post answers to this weekly discussion question and/or your instructor’s response to your posting. These post replies need to be substantial and constructive in nature. They should add to the content of the post and evaluate/analyze that post answer. Normal course dialogue doesn’t fulfill these two peer replies but is expected throughout the course. Answering all course questions is also required.

Nursing Question

Description

I had to speak to a patient/resident at a rehab facility. Write down the a couple statements then analyze the interactions using non-verbal and verbal communications. Need to cite 2 articles, and use APA format.I have the interaction with resident written, and a couple paragraphs about the interaction. Need help fluffy it up and with the journal articles.I have uploaded some docs that you can reference. I also uploaded what I have written so far. I am having trouble uploading the rubic. I can scan it to you if you are willing to help

comparative health system

Description

answer the questions in the uploaded files . answer must be checked for grammar and plagiarism must be 5%or less . questions from 8 to 10 must be done in table for comparing . I want to compare between health care system in suadi Arabia and India . there should be an introduction and a conclusion . the writing should be professinal . references should be in APA style anD must be update references from 2018 to 2023 NOT less than 8 references

Health & Medical Question

Description

INTRODUCTION

Building off your earlier work in Assessment 4, where you defined your gap in practice, and Assessment 5, where you provided evidence to substantiate it, now it is time to decide what intervention will best address the problem.

In this assessment, you will decide on an intervention to present to stakeholders and collect evidence to substantiate the selected intervention.

DEMONSTRATION OF PROFICIENCY

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the course competencies through the following assessment scoring guide criteria:

Competency 3: Address assessment purpose in a well-organized text, incorporating appropriate evidence and tone in grammatically sound sentences.
Construct an introduction that provides an overview of your gap in practice and ends with a PICOT question in the correct format, and is an appropriate scope for a DNP project.
Produce text with minimal grammar, usage, spelling, and mechanical errors.
Apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references.
Competency 5: Synthesize literature to support a possible intervention or process change.
Identify at least five recent research articles that provide information or insight about a specific intervention that addresses the practice gap.
Summarize recent research articles by completing an evidence table.
Provide a critical review of all chosen articles, including methodology, research questions, theoretical basis, and findings.
Synthesize the evidence using the MEAL plan format.
Evaluate the quality of the evidence, including strengths and weaknesses.

Note: The assessments in this course must be completed in the order presented; subsequent assessments should be built on both your earlier work and your instructor’s feedback on earlier assessments. If you choose to submit assessments prematurely, without considering and integrating your instructor’s feedback, your assessment may be returned ungraded, resulting in your loss of an assessment attempt.

INSTRUCTIONS

In Assessment 5, you defined and substantiated a practice gap or problem at your practice site that has the appropriate scope for a DNP project. In Assessment 6, it is time to collect evidence to substantiate a possible intervention. Being able to find recent peer-reviewed, relevant literature to support your findings, or to support a need for interventions, is a vital part of gaining stakeholder support.

PREPARATION: EVIDENCE TABLE

For this part of the assessment, use the Evidence Table Template [DOCX] to list articles that will help you substantiate an intervention for your chosen practice gap or problem.

Search the library databases for a minimum of five peer-reviewed articles that substantiate an intervention for your chosen practice gap or problem. Complete the evidence table fully for these articles, providing all the required information.

Identify five keywords that relate to a specific practice gap in the PICOT question.
Conduct a literature search using the keywords and select at least five relevant, recent research articles (published within the past five years) that provide information or insight about the intervention.
Create an evidence table and complete each column for each research article.
Add the evidence table as an appendix to this assessment.
PART 1: INTRODUCTION AND REVISED PICOT QUESTION

Begin your synthesis with a brief introduction (1–2 paragraphs) that addresses the following:

An overview of your gap in practice.
An explanation of the intervention you have chosen to research.
End the paragraph by stating your PICOT question, which you have revised using the feedback you received in Assessment 4.
Make sure your PICOT question is in the correct format, all components are well aligned, and it has an appropriate scope for a DNP project.
PART 2: CRITICAL REVIEW OF LITERATURE

For the second part of the assessment, provide a critical review of each of the articles you included in the evidence table.

For each article, write a one-paragraph critique that addresses the following:

Provide a one-sentence overview of the main point of the article.
Be sure each article is correctly formatted in APA format. The author’s last name and date should be used to identify each article, rather than the article title.
Provide the research questions and discuss the research methodology used.
If the research question is not specified, provide the aim of the study instead.
Analyze the theoretical basis and/or conceptual framework used in the study, if described in the study.
Critically appraise the study using one of the following:
SORT.
Johns Hopkins.
What is GRADE?
Report on the study findings and propose a possible application this article could have to your own project topic.
Length: 3–4 pages.
PART 3: SYNTHESIS OF LITERATURE

You have done a great job of collecting a lot of information to substantiate your chosen intervention. Now it is time to summarize the information, reach conclusions, and link the resources that you found. In other words, a synthesis is akin to combining the parts to make a whole. This is accomplished by asking yourself, what is the main point(s) that the selected research articles have in common? Thus, following the MEAL plan, you will write a topic sentence for this section that makes a main point, which is supported and explained by all of the articles you selected. If you devote one paragraph to an entire article, you are creating an annotated bibliography, which is helpful for your personal use to keep track of your articles, but it is not a synthesis of the literature. This skill will be important for you to master before you create your project charter, which must be written professionally, yet succinctly.

For the third part of the assessment, provide a brief synthesis (1–2 paragraphs) of the information you have collected from the five articles you chose.

In your synthesis of the literature:

Following the MEAL Plan, synthesize the intervention using all five articles to clearly identify the intervention.
The paragraph should be in your own words and should not include quotes.
PART 4: EVALUATE QUALITY OF LITERATURE

An important aspect of conducting research is the ability to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the sources you intend to use to support your ideas.

In this section, address the following:

Consider the strengths and weaknesses of the evidence you have collected thus far.
Discuss the collective quality of the evidence.
Identify other areas you need to investigate to be able to apply this intervention.
Are there alternative interventions that could also work?
Do you have any unanswered questions?
Are there any areas where further research is needed to find an appropriate solution for this gap in practice?
Length: 1 page, maximum.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Length: 4–6 pages, not including title page or evidence table.
Organization: Use level headings, except for the introduction.
Appendix: Include evidence table as an appendix.
GRADING CRITERIA

Your assessment will be graded using the following scoring guide criteria:

Construct an introduction that provides an overview of your gap in practice, and ends with a PICOT question in the correct format, and is an appropriate scope for a DNP project.
Identify at least five recent research articles that provide information or insight about a specific intervention that addresses the practice gap.
Summarize recent research articles by completing an evidence table.
Provide a critical review of all chosen articles, including methodology, research questions, theoretical basis, and findings.
Synthesize the evidence using the MEAL plan format.
Evaluate the quality of the evidence, including strengths and weaknesses.
Produce text with minimal grammar, usage, spelling, and mechanical errors.
Apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Evidence Table
Search the Capella library databases for a minimum of five research articles that you will use to support your practice gap
(Assessment 5) or your intervention (Assessment 6). Each article must be relevant and published within the past five years.
Complete the evidence table fully for these articles, providing all the required information. Include this table as an appendix to your
assessment.
Citation
Conceptual
Framework
Design/
Method
Sample/
Setting
Major Variables
Studied and their
Definitions
Measurement
Data
Analysis
Findings
Appraisal: Worth
to Practice
EXAMPLE
Harne-Britner et al.
(2011)
Change theory in
combination with
aspects of behavioral,
social science, and
organizational
theories by Bandura,
Skinner, and Lewin
Quantitative
research
Quasi-experimental
study
Random assignment
of 3 nursing units
into 2 experimental
groups and 1 control
group
Aims of the study
were to determine (1)
the effectiveness of
educational and
behavioral
interventions on
improving HH
adherence; (2)
whether
improvements in HH
adherence were
sustained 6 months
post intervention; and
(3) the relationships
between HH
adherence and HAI
rates on study units.
RNs and patient care
assistants (PCAs)
from 3 medicalsurgical units within
an urban health care
system in
Pennsylvania, USA
A total of 1203
observations (633
RNs and 570 PCAs)
were completed
The control group
received education in
the form of a selfstudy module with a
pre- and posttest.
The experimental
groups received the
same education plus
behavioral
interventions. The
Positive
Reinforcement
Experimental group’s
behavioral
interventions
included individual
and unit rewards for
improved HH
adherence and unitbased recognition by
peers on a sticker
chart. The Risk of
Nonadherence
Experimental group
received additional
educational sessions
about
microorganisms that
are transmitted via
hands
18 data collection
periods per nursing
unit
Data were collected
each month during 3
time frames (5 AM–7
AM, 7:30 AM–9:30
AM, and 3:30 PM–
5:30 PM) reflecting
high work volume to
ensure a
representative sample
SPSS Statistics,
Version 17.0
Chi-square analysis
was used to
determine whether
the 3 nursing units
had similar HH
adherence rates
before any
intervention. The
Fisher exact test was
employed to
determine whether
the change in
adherence rates on
each unit was
statistically
significant.
Education paired
with positive
reinforcement
behavioral
interventions
improved HH
adherence after the
first month (χ2 =
4.27; P = .039); but
the improvement was
not sustained over 6
months. There were
no differences in
infection rates
between the
treatment and control
groups.
Strengths:
-Randomized control
group
-Large sample size
Weaknesses:
-Length of study
Ranking:
Level II
Valid yes
Reliable yes
Applicable yes
Overall rank: High
Reported these data
to the RN and PCA
staff at monthly staffand unit based quality
meetings
1
Citation
Conceptual
Framework
Design/
Method
Sample/
Setting
Major Variables
Studied and their
Definitions
Measurement
Data
Analysis
Findings
Appraisal: Worth
to Practice
OBSERVATION
=Watching one
person having direct
contact with a
patient or handling
patient equipment.
CLEANED HANDS =
Washed at a sink
and/or used alcohol
gel from a dispenser
(e.g., wall mounted,
pocket-sized, or a
bottle that is not wall
mounted) before or
after having direct
contact with a
patient or handling
patient equipment.
AWARE OF
MONITORING: You
told the person you’re
going to observe
them or they verbally
acknowledge that you
are monitoring them
2
Citation
Conceptual
Framework
Design/
Method
Sample/
Setting
Major Variables
Studied and their
Definitions
Measurement
Data
Analysis
Findings
Appraisal: Worth
to Practice
3
SORT: Evidence Table of Key Clinical Recommendations
We would like each article to include an Evidence Table (also called “SORT” or “Strength of
Recommendations Table”). This table will help readers understand the main points of your article,
and the strength of evidence that supports its recommendations. The table should contain the
key clinical recommendations and strength of recommendation ratings for your article as shown
in the sample below:
Clinical recommendation
Evidence rating
Comments
Obtain an ECG in patients
presenting with chest
pain.1,2
C
Based on expert opinion and
consensus guideline in the
absence of clinical trials.
Patients with two normal highly
sensitive troponin tests an hour
apart can safely be sent
home.10
B
Based on consistent results
from cohort studies showing
reduced ER length of stay
and no change in mortality.
Patients with chest pain should
immediately receive oxygen
and if not allergic an aspirin
tablet.17,18
A
Based on consistent
evidence from RCTs
showing reduced mortality.
The SORT table is intended to highlight the most important three to seven recommendations from your
article for clinicians. Each recommendation must be accompanied by a SORT rating of A, B, or C as
defined below (for a full description of the SORT system, see https://www.aafp.org/afpsort). Your
recommendations should emphasize interventions and approaches that improve patient-oriented
outcomes (e.g. morbidity, mortality, quality of life) over disease-oriented evidence (e.g. biomarkers,
surrogate endpoints).


You should have three to seven recommendations. Try to identify a range of
recommendations, for example, one each about screening, prevention, diagnosis, and two
about treatment.
Each statement should be in the form of a recommendation and should not just present a
fact or piece of medical trivia. For example, “Use the Wells score to determine the risk of



DVT in patients with leg pain” is a recommendation, while “Of patients presenting with leg
pain, 16% have a DVT” is not.
An “A” recommendation should be based on consistent evidence of improved patientoriented outcomes from well-designed studies. Use clear, directive language as this is a
recommendation that should be applied to most patients, such as “Patients age 50 to 74
years should receive screening for colorectal cancer.”
A “B” recommendation is based on lower quality evidence of improved patient-oriented
outcomes or inconsistent evidence. These statements should use language such as
“Consider…” or “…is a practice option” or “…may be effective.”
A “C” recommendation is often something that is standard of care, but for which there have
been no clinical trials or trials have only reported disease-oriented outcomes. In this case,
the recommendation statement should reflect the strength of recommendation, and the
“Comment” column should clarify that this is a recommendation “based on expert opinion in
the absence of clinical trials” or “based on evidence from clinical trials with blood pressure
reduction as the outcome.”
If you are not comfortable assigning the strength of recommendation (below), our medical editors will
do that for you.
To rate the strength of evidence supporting key clinical recommendations, please use the following
guidelines:
Strength of
recommendation
Definition
A
Recommendation based on consistent and good quality patient-oriented
evidence*
B
Recommendation based on inconsistent or limited quality patientoriented evidence*
C
Recommendation based on consensus, usual practice, expert opinion,
disease-oriented evidence,** and case series for studies of diagnosis,
treatment, prevention, or screening
* Patient-oriented evidence measures outcomes that matter to patients: morbidity, mortality, symptom
improvement, cost reduction, quality of life.
** Disease-oriented evidence measures intermediate, physiologic, or surrogate endpoints that may or
may not reflect improvements in patient outcomes (i.e., blood pressure, blood chemistry, physiological
function, and pathological findings).
Use the table below to determine whether a study measuring patient-oriented outcomes is of good or
limited quality, and whether the results are consistent or inconsistent between studies:
Type of Study
Study
quality
Level 1
Good
quality
patientoriented
evidence
Level
2 Limited
quality
patientoriented
evidence
Diagnosis
Treatment/Prevention/Screening
Prognosis
Validated clinical
decision rule
Systematic review/meta-analysis of
randomized controlled trials (RCTs) with
consistent findings
Systematic
review/metaanalysis of
good quality
cohort studies
Systematic
review/metaanalysis of highquality studies
High quality individual RCT +
Prospective
cohort study
with good
follow-up
High quality
diagnostic cohort
study *
All or none study ++
Unvalidated
clinical decision
rule
Systematic review/meta-analysis of lower
quality clinical trials or of studies with
inconsistent findings
Systematic
review/metaanalysis of
lower quality
cohort studies
or with
inconsistent
results
Systematic
review/metaanalysis of lower
quality studies or
studies with
inconsistent
findings
Lower quality clinical trial +
Retrospective
cohort study
or prospective
cohort study
with poor
follow-up
Lower quality
diagnostic cohort
study or
diagnostic casecontrol study *
Level 3
Other
evidence
Cohort study
Case-control
study
Case-control study
Case series
Consensus guidelines, extrapolations from bench research, usual practice, opinion,
disease-oriented evidence (intermediate or physiologic outcomes only), and case
series for studies of diagnosis, treatment, prevention, or screening.
* High quality diagnostic cohort study: cohort design, adequate size, adequate spectrum of patients,
blinding, and a consistent, well-defined reference standard.
+ High quality RCT: allocation concealed, blinding if possible, intention-to-treat analysis, adequate
statistical power, adequate follow-up (> 80%).
++ An all-or-none study is one where the treatment causes a dramatic change in outcomes, such as
antibiotics for meningitis or surgery for appendicitis, which precludes study in a controlled trial.
Assessing Consistency of Evidence Across Studies
Consistent
Most studies found similar or at least coherent conclusions (coherence means that
differences are explainable).
or
If high quality and up-to-date systematic reviews or meta-analyses exist; they support
the recommendation.
Inconsistent
Considerable variation among study findings and lack of coherence.
or
If high quality and up-to-date systematic reviews or meta-analyses exist, they do not
find consistent evidence in favor of the recommendation.
Please use the following algorithm for determining the strength of a recommendation based on a
body of evidence (applies to clinical recommendations regarding diagnosis, treatment, prevention, or
screening). Although this provides a general guideline, authors and editors should adjust the strength
of recommendation based on the benefits, harms, and costs of the intervention being recommended.
Again, if you are unsure how to apply these ratings, the medical editors will do this
for you. At a minimum, you should create a summary table with recommendations and references for
each recommendation.
For more information on how to apply these ratings, please see the explanatory article published
in the February 1, 2004, issue of American Family Physician.
1
Much improved
Difference between a Quality Improvement (QI) or Project Improvement (PI) Project and
Research Study
School of Nursing and Health Sciences, Capella University
NURS-FPX8045 Doctoral Writing and Professional Practice
Dr. Peggy Soper
August, 2023
Beautiful title page !!!
2
Difference between a Quality Improvement (QI) or Project Improvement (PI) Project and
Research Study

You cant use the it word = lacks reader clarity
M (Main Point): The main difference between Quality Improvement (QI) or Project
Improvement (PI) and a research study is that QI/PI projects are focused on improving
performance in a single facility using existing evidence, while research is focused on producing
evidence that can be generalized to practice. LOVE THAT E (Evidence): The proposed
doctoral project is a QI/PI project because it is focused on improving care for an underserved
community rather than systematic investigation. The project outcome aims to fulfill the urgent
need for an outpatient substance abuse program in an underserved community located in Miami,
FL. Research studies often subjective seek to generate new evidence through systematic
investigation, with human subjects’ recruitment but QI/PI projects such as the proposed project
apply current evidence to improve outcomes or practice (Knudsen et al., 2019). A (Analysis):
The generation of new evidence, as in research, is a systematic and closely controlled process of
investigation with the goal of producing evidence that can be used in various facilities or settings
to address the investigation issue. The proposed outpatient substance abuse program in Miami,
FL, aims to improve current substance abuse care in the community rather than produce new
evidence. It is, therefore, a QI/PI project rather than a research study. L (Lead out): QI/PI
projects are ideal for doctoral projects with the aim of healthcare services and practice
improvement, such as the proposed outpatient substance abuse program in Miami. They APA
proclaims when you use the word they you better be discussing human and you are not PI/QI
differ from research because they PI/QI focus on quality improvement rather than generating
new evidence.
3
Reference
Knudsen, S. V., Laursen, H. V. B., Johnsen, S. P., Bartels, P. D., Ehlers, L. H., & Mainz, J.
(2019). Can quality improvement improve the quality of care? A systematic review of
reported effects and methodological rigor in plan-do-study-act projects. BMC Health
Services Research, 19, 1-10. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12913-019-4482-6
1
Interprofessional Communication and Practice Gap
School of Nursing and Health Sciences, Capella University
NURS-FPX8045 Doctoral Writing and Professional Practice
Dr. Peggy Soper
September, 2023
2
Interprofessional Communication and Practice Gap
Quality improvement (QI) and practice improvement (PI) projects are developed based
on assessing existing gaps in practice and opportunities for improvement. Substance abuse is one
of the crucial topics in community health in the United States, and healthcare professionals strive
to promote access to care for affected people. In Little Havana, Miami, many people with an
addiction or are at risk of addiction do not have access to timely substance use treatment
programs. Improving the current screening for substance use disorders can help promote access
to care. In this paper, a discussion of a gap in practice in substance use programs in Miami,
Florida, and the interprofessional collaboration skills that have been applied in proposing the
change is advanced.
Practice Gap
The identified practice gap is low avoid all use of subjective terms of measure in a APA
exact paper utilization of substance use treatment services despite high subjective addiction rates
in the community. There are several substance use treatment programs in Little Havana and
across Miami. However, few people seek care in these facilities, and most of those do have
severe addiction problems. Despite the presence of substance use treatment services, there is a
gap in how people who need these services access them. Avoid all pronouns The gap is due to
inadequate screening and referral to the available programs. The proposed project will close the
gap by providing screening and brief intervention training. Wait the gap is not enough screening
or not enough resources
You said it both ways
Multiple factors affect access to substance use treatment programs, including
socioeconomic factors and knowledge of the appropriate treatment resources. This project
focuses on the Banyan Health System in Little Havana, FL. The community health organization
has a substance abuse program, but nurses working in the center have reported the lack of
3
adequate services in the Little Havana location. Little Havana has a high poverty level, with
around 39.1% of the population living below the poverty line (Briseus et al., 2021). Low-income
populations have relatively high levels of substance abuse and poor access to healthcare services,
leading to poor overall health outcomes (Beech et al., 2021). Stigma and lack of knowledge on
where to go for substance use treatment services are also important determinants of access to
care (Solberg & Nåden, 2020). Socioeconomic challenges can be handled through referral to
appropriate facilities that provide affordable or free services. Stigma and lack of knowledge can
be addressed by normalizing screening for substance use disorders and timely provision of
information on treatment options (Bunn et al., 2019). Timely assessment, brief intervention, and
referral to appropriate treatment may improve access to and utilization of substance use
treatment services.
The proposed project will focus on introducing Screening, Brief Intervention, and
Referral to Treatment (SBIRT) guidelines in Little Havana to improve early detection of
addiction disorders and timely intervention. The PICOT question construct is helpful in clearly
outlining the variables of the QI project. The proposed PICOT question is: For the staff caring
for patients in the community mental health center (P), how does training and policy for routine
Brief Intervention and Referral to Treatment (SBIRT) implementation (I) compared to current
practice (C) affect the use of substance use treatment services (O) in twelve weeks (T)?GOOD
In this question, the proposed intervention is training staff on conducting SBIRT and creating a
policy for SBIRT implementation. The intervention will be based in a Community Mental Health
Center in Little Havana, and the expected outcomes are increased utilization of substance use
treatment services.
Interprofessional Communication
4
Open communication lines and shared decision-making facilitated discussions with
healthcare professionals at the health center. Gaining buy-in for projects from other healthcare
professionals requires considering the professionals’ opinions and promoting open
communication lines (Wei et al., 2020). These strategies involve an environment welcoming to
all stakeholders and their opinions. Open communication was achieved by setting up an open
forum, encouraging other staff to voice their opinions, and integrating them in defining the
current gap, as in shared decision-making. The strategies effectively obtained collaboration from
colleagues; in this case, they worked to elicit input into the project plan.
Plain language, demonstrating empathy, and asking open-ended questions facilitated
discussions and interactions when discussing with patients. Culturally competent communication
recognizant of the patient’s experiences will likely produce cooperation and effective
communication (Handtke et al., 2019). This approach to communication can be facilitated by
focusing on patients’ experiences and showing empathy for their struggles. Similarly, asking
open-ended questions allows patients to express themselves extensively and relay their opinions,
contributing to quality improvement efforts. These approaches also integrated consideration of
the health literacy of the target population. This necessitated plain language communication to
ensure patients understand and contribute to the program. Effective communication with patients
has been based on evidence of inclusive and culturally competent care and communication.
The stakeholders’ feedback and ideas helped create a more explicit focus on the program
as a gap in practice. Stakeholder involvement from project commencement is essential in
problem definition (Smith et al., 2020). In this project, nurses and patients were involved, and
their feedback identified the lack of adequate care access. Although patients could be referred for
substance abuse treatment programs, the affordability and accessibility in other locations were
seen as significant barriers for the low-income population in Little Havana. The feedback thus
5
identified access and affordability as the main issues to address in this project. Therefore, the
ideas and feedback helped narrow the practice gap definition to a manageable scope and clearly
defined problem.
While in-person discussions were practical, written communication could have been
more effective with the stakeholders in discussing the practice gap. Different modes of
communication should be adopted depending on stakeholder preferences, project focus, and the
need to persuade the target population (Arnold & Boggs, 2019). In this project, a request for
feedback was made through a written notice. No responses were received from either patients or
staff. Alternatively, a short meeting was held with the staff in a verbal and informal setting. This
verbal communication made staff more receptive and willing to discuss the issue further.
Similarly, a short conversation with patients as they were leaving the health center was held,
eliciting cooperation and collaboration. In this case, verbal in-person communication was more
effective than written communication and, hence, has been preferred for project planning and
management.
Conclusion
The practice gap identified is inadequate substance use treatment services in Little
Havana, Miami. This gap has been identified in communications with stakeholders at Banyan
Health Center in the community. The lack of services significantly determines mental health
outcomes and overdoses due to substance abuse. An inclusive and empathetic approach was used
when communicating with patients and healthcare staff. Verbal in-person discussions were the
most effective communication mode in this case and will continue to be used in the program’s
future. The PICOT question developed communicates the practice gap and the proposed
intervention to address it.
6
Reference
Arnold, E. C., & Boggs, K. U. (2019). Interpersonal relationships e-book: Professional
communication skills for nurses. Elsevier Health Sciences.
Beech, B. M., Ford, C., Thorpe Jr, R. J., Bruce, M. A., & Norris, K. C. (2021). Poverty, racism,
and the public health crisis in America. Frontiers in Public Health, 9, 699049.
https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2021.699049
Briseus, V., Carter-Richards, K., & Dorelien, M. (2021 Apr. 14). Financial Insecurity in MiamiDade County. https://storymaps.arcgis.com/stories/12b4058c89584f73af1857bf6688e28b
Bunn, T. L., Quesinberry, D., Jennings, T., Kizewski, A., Jackson, H., McKee, S., & Eustice, S.
(2019). Timely linkage of individuals to substance use disorder treatment: development,
implementation, and evaluation of FindHelpNowKY.org. BMC Public Health, 19(1), 114. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-019-6499-5
Handtke, O., Schilgen, B., & Mösko, M. (2019). Culturally competent healthcare–A scoping
review of strategies implemented in healthcare organizations and a model of culturally
competent healthcare provision. PloS One, 14(7), e0219971.
https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0219971
Smith, I., Hicks, C., & McGovern, T. (2020). Adapting Lean methods to facilitate stakeholder
engagement and co-design in healthcare. BMJ, 368. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m35
7
Solberg, H., & Nåden, D. (2020). It is just that people treat you like a human being: The meaning
of dignity for patients with substance use disorders. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 29(3-4),
480-491. https://doi.org/10.1111/jocn.15108
Wei, H., Corbett, R. W., Ray, J., & Wei, T. L. (2020). A culture of caring: The essence of
healthcare interprofessional collaboration. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 34(3), 324331. https://doi.org/10.1080/13561820.2019.1641476
1
Synthesis of Evidence Substantiating a Practice Gap
School of Nursing and Health Sciences, Capella University
NURS-FPX8045 Doctoral Writing and Professional Practice
Dr. Peggy Soper
September, 2023
2
Synthesis of Evidence Substantiating a Practice Gap
A literature review is essential in outlining the utility of previous research in informing
quality-improvement (QI) projects. The practice gap identified in this project is the
underutilization of drug and substance treatment resources in Little Havana, Miami. The
proposed change is the implementation of Screening, Brief Intervention, and Referral to
Treatment (SBIRT) training and policy in a primary care community clinic to improve the
community’s access to and utilization of drug and substance use treatment resources. Researchers
have paid attention to the practice gap and proposed approaches in the past and conducted
studies. This paper is a critical review of the literature, a synthesis of that literature, and a
discussion of writing feedback on the project practice gap and proposed solution.
Critical Review of the Literature
The study by Bunn et al. (2019) focused on the effectiveness of a website to link people
with substance use disorders (SUD) to treatment resources. The website developed was
FindHelpNowKY.org, and the researchers aimed to develop, implement, and evaluate the
website as a platform for linking people requiring SUD treatment with appropriate resources.
Bunn et al. (2019) used a case-study qualitative research methodology to assess pre- and postintervention content, ease of use, and flow. Based on the “Strength of Recommendations Table”
(SORT) criteria, this study belongs to a level 2 rating because it is a case-control design. The
findings apply to a limited scope of patients but are generalizable to people with SUDs. Barriers
identified were lack of up-to-date information on facilities, partner lack of understanding of the
website, and lack of promotion of the website, among others. Facilitators were strategic
collaborations and support. The study is evidence of the effectiveness of web-based SUD linkage
3
processes and may be adaptable to the proposed project. Knowledge of barriers and facilitators
from Bunn et al. (2019) may be transferred to planning the proposed project intervention.
Gomez et al. (2023) conducted a study on the impact of Screening, Brief Intervention,
and Referral Treatment (SBIRT) on stigmatization of SUD. The researchers in this study aimed
to determine the impact of SBIRT training on students’ and practitioners’ attitudes toward SUD
and substance-using patients. To achieve the aim, the researchers deployed quasi-experimental
quantitative research methods with pre- and post-intervention surveys of attitudes towards SUD
and substance-using patients. The SBIRT is an evidence-based theory on which this study is
based. This study is a closely controlled quasi-experimental research and can be ranked as level 1
evidence on the SORT criteria because of the controlled nature. The researchers reported a
statistically significant decline in moralistic attitudes and stereotypical behaviors among the
participants following 12 months of training on SBIRT. The findings from the Gomez et al.
(2023) study indicate the potential improvement in practitioners’ attitudes towards people
seeking SUD treatment. The findings will be transferred to the proposed project by implementing
SBIRT training.
Another study considered for this project is Cordes et al. (2022), which focuses on
knowledge and self-efficacy of SBIRT training among health and behavioral health students. The
study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of an SBIRT student training program in enhancing
knowledge and self-efficacy in SUD screening and referral. The researchers conducted a cohort
study of the knowledge and self-efficacy changes by collecting data via surveys in pre-training
and post-training. Cordes and colleagues based the study on the SBIRT theoretical framework
for early screening, brief intervention, and referral. This study is a level 2 evidence rating on
SORT criteria because it is a case-control study with inconsistent follow-up. At post-training,
4
scores of percentage knowledge increased between 1 and 7 in the student groups, and selfefficacy scores increased between 19.86 and 39.34 percent points (Cordes et al., 2022). The
researchers demonstrate the importance of training in improving knowledge and self-efficacy in
SBIRT, and these findings can be transferred to the proposed project. The proposed intervention
will include SBIRT training, as informed by findings from the study.
Moberg and Paltzer (2021) focused on the impact of SBIRT in clinics serving Medicaid
beneficiaries on SUD diagnosis and care access. The research question for the study was whether
participation in universal SBIRT was a predictor for alcohol and drug use and dependence
diagnosis based on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition
(DSM-IV). Moberg and Paltzer (2021) used a correlational research design by comparing patient
data from a sample of patients in SBIRT and non-SBIRT clinics. The researchers based the study
on the concepts of screening and brief intervention. The evidence from this study is rated level 1
evidence due to the large scope of data, close monitoring, and controlled trial approach of the
researchers. Moberg and Paltzer (2021) study reported that patients in SBIRT clinics had 42%
greater odds of SUD diagnosis. These findings indicate the usefulness of SBIRT in improving
diagnosis and will be transferred to the current project by justifying SBIRT training for
community mental health care staff.
The last article considered for this review is the study by Martin et al. (2020), who
focused on an SBIRT training program. The researchers aimed to determine whether SBIRT
training could improve SBIRT and motivational interviewing (MI) knowledge and self-efficacy.
The target population was psychology students, and the study design was quasi-experimental.
The researchers invited students for training and later assessed students’ competence and
knowledge of SBIRT and MI. The trainers-based training on the conceptual framework of
5
SBIRT and MI. Evidence from this study is highly reliable as it is level 1 evidence since it is a
controlled trial with good follow-up. Martin et al. (2020) found a statistically significant increase
in knowledge and self-efficacy of both SBIRT and MI. The study concluded that training
psychology students improves competence in using SBIRT and MI. Training approaches from
this study will be deployed in the proposed project.
Synthesis of Literature
Training healthcare staff in SBIRT will improve their knowledge, attitude, and provision
of SUD interventions and referrals for people requiring assistance. SBIRT training increases
healthcare professionals’ knowledge and self-efficacy in SUD screening and intervention (Martin
et al., 2020; Cordes et al., 2022). The evidence on knowledge and self-efficacy indicates
enhanced competence in interventions for people with SUD. Using SBIRT is also associated
with increased diagnosis of SUD (Moberg & Paltzer, 2021) and reduced stigma against
substance-using patients among providers (Gomez et al., 2023). Healthcare professionals can
assess patients in a positive light and provide adequate services. Also, it is imperative to enhance
access through channels that link care seekers with the appropriate resources (Bunn et al., 2019).
Findings from these studies are evidence of the importance and utility of SBIRT training and
facilitating access to care resources for patients with SUD. These findings support the proposed
intervention to train community health professionals and mandate SBIRT in the community
health center.
Writing Feedback
I have received great feedback on this and previous assignments, helping me develop my
writing skills. The evidence I have received is mainly on the voice I use in writing and the
organization of my ideas. I will improve my writing by practicing active voice writing in all my
6
work, even outside this course. The feedback has also pointed me to essential tutorials on
organizing ideas, especially on online writing websites and Capella resources. Implementing the
feedback will move me closer to being a proficient writer who can communicate accurately and
succinctly.
7
References
Bunn, T. L., Quesinberry, D., Jennings, T., Kizewski, A., Jackson, H., McKee, S., & Eustice, S.
(2019). Timely linkage of individuals to substance use disorder treatment: Development,
implementation, and evaluation of FindHelpNowKY.org. BMC Public Health, 19(1), 114. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-019-6499-5
Cordes, C. C., Martin, M. P., Macchi, C. R., Lindsey, A., Hamm, K., Kaplan, J., & Moreland, D.
(2022). Expanding interprofessional teams: Training future health care professionals in
screening, brief intervention, and referral to treatment (SBIRT). Families, Systems, &
Health, 40(4), 559. https://doi.org/10.1037/fsh0000755
Gomez, E., Gyger, M., Borene, S., Klein-Cox, A., Denby, R., Hunt, S., & Sida, O. (2023). Using
SBIRT (Screen, Brief Intervention, and Referral Treatment) tr

Discussion Post Health Care In US

Description

Although medical technology brings numerous benefits, what have been some of the main challenges posed by the growing use of medical technology in the United States?Discussion Post Directions:This discussion response should be at least 250 words in length (excluding references WHICH ARE REQUIRED). You must make sure that your initial discussion response addresses all aspects of the discussion question/statement. Initial discussion post are due 11:59 PM on Fridays.In addition to the weekly initial discussion response(s), you will need to respond to at least twoof your peer’s weekly discussion responses per essay. These peer responses should be at least 100 written words in length and include support (in text citations and a reference page) in at least one of your responses. They must be posted by 11:59 PM on Sundays. There is, of course, no upper limit on your peer responses.

school age child

Description

Each student will create a focused SOAP note or PowerPoint presentation. SOAP is an acronym that stands for Subjective, Objective, Assessment, and Plan. The comprehensive psychiatric SOAP note is to be written using the attached template below. Only the information asked in the video will be used for grading.

S =

Subjective data: Patient’s Chief Complaint (CC); History of the Present Illness (HPI)/ Demographics; History of the Present Illness (HPI) that includes the presenting problem and the 8 dimensions of the problem (OLDCARTS or PQRST); Review of Systems (ROS). Click hereLinks to an external site. for more information

O =

Objective data: Medications; Allergies; Past medical history; Family psychiatric history; Past surgical history; Psychiatric history, Social history; Labs and screening tools; Vital signs; and Mental Status Exam

A =

Assessment: Primary Diagnosis and two differential diagnoses including ICD-10 and DSM5 codes

P =

Plan: Pharmacologic and Non-pharmacologic treatment plan; diagnostic testing/screening tools, patient/family teaching, referral, and follow up

for this soap note we will use and encounter date september 7, 2023.pt name is genesis. female 11 years old Hispanic.

mom brings her to the office. she says her daughter, lately in school is getting calls from the teacher saying pt is not concentrating in school, talking a lot, and not paying attention. difficulties listening even at home. when asked about sleep and eating habits. lately, she woke up every four hours. no unknown allergies. pt overall WNL. She was hospitalized for COVID 5 months ago. she stayed in the hospital for a week. pt lives at home with her mom dad and older brother. her relationship with her brother is good.pt has no pas medical history or pys history,. same for the mom and dad. WDL. NO PAST MEDICAL HISTORY. diagnosis ADHD.

secondary diagnosis is an anxiety disorder. start pt on medication. pharmacological medication is 10mg aderal. add education about medication and make sure to add APA references at the end. also, add cbt COGNITIVE BEHAVIORAL THERAPY for non pharmacological treatment

Wellness Question

Description

Watch the video Link provided below . Title Yoga for Anxiety & Stress Relief with Koya Webb.How do you feel engaging in these Stress Relief Moves ? Is this something you can incoporate in your day schedule to help reduce stress ?

Discussion Question

Description

For this discussion, think about your personal experiences and the ways in which technology has been used in healthcare.What technologies have you been exposed to in the health care environment?Was your experience positive or negative?Define nursing informatics.The National Quality Strategy (NQS), which is led by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, has set priorities to improve care.One of the strategies involves health information technology. Review and discuss this strategy.Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

374 solve 2

Description

Paper assignment guidelines Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PMConduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material. Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is submitting and to whom is it submitted. Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not through email.Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be 1.5Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style. https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Psychiatric Nursing-SFD-GR01

Description

Case Scenario:

Nancy is a 59-year-old client who is grieving the loss of her 14-year-old Maltese dog that has recently died of congestive heart failure. Nancy has experienced fatigue, lack of energy, and mild depression. These symptoms have caused her to miss work. When her coworkers ask why she is feeling so tired, Nancy makes excuses by saying that she “just can’t seem to sleep well at night.” Nancy tells the nurse that she is reluctant to be honest with her colleagues because she thinks that they will not understand her overwhelming feelings of sadness and grief related to the death of her pet.

a. What is the cultural significance of Nancy’s fear of sharing her feelings with her colleagues?

b. Which term best describes the type of grief Nancy is experiencing?

Instructions

Read Thoroughly: Familiarize yourself with the case, noting key elements like symptoms, medical history, and social factors affecting the patient.

Research: Conduct scholarly research to better understand the condition presented in the case study. Use at least five peer-reviewed articles to support your analysis.

Ethical Considerations: Examine any ethical considerations associated with the case. For example, consider patient consent, confidentiality, and duty of care.

Reflection: Write a 300-word reflection on what you have learned from this assignment and how it will impact your future practice.

week 5 smart goal

Description

Write three short- and two long-term goals (or vice versa) professional nursing SMART goals. Each goal must be written in the SMART format and include a month and year deadline. In addition, each SMART goal must include three action steps that need to be accomplished to meet the goal. SMART goals must be related only to your professional nursing career development and growth.SMART Goals TemplateReview the rubric for more information on how your assignment will be graded.Important: After you receive feedback from your instructor on this portfolio item, integrate the suggestions and revise it for your final portfolio submission.

Public Health Journal: HIV/AIDS Prevention Strategies

Description

After reviewing the Stages of Prevention, write your journal assignment, addressing the following:What are the primary, secondary, and tertiary strategies for HIV/AIDS?Is enough being done from a public health perspective to impact HIV/AIDS?Would a population-based health approach or a high-risk approach be more appropriate to address HIV/AIDS?Be sure to support your response with relevant resources, which should be cited according to APA style.

Nursing Leadership

Description

How does empowering and decision-making as a nurse leader relate to client safety outcomes?When would you use empowering strategies?Why is empowerment so challenging to implement as nurses? Roughly 300 words needed

Health Information Systems – Blackboard discussion

Description

Discuss the challenges that clinical leaders encounter as they support their staff during changes in technology and information systems adopted in their practice setting. Describe any issues that you identify regarding workflows or processes and any recommendations that you have to resolve them.

In developing your initial response, be sure to draw from, explore, and cite credible reference materials. In responding to your classmates’ posts, you are encouraged to examine their opinions, offering supporting and/or opposing views.

You are required to reply to at least two of your peers’ answers to this weekly discussion question and/or your instructor’s response to your posting. These post replies need to be substantial and constructive in nature. They should add to the content of the post and evaluate/analyze that post’s answer. Normal course dialogue doesn’t fulfill these two peer replies but is expected throughout the course. Answering all course questions is also required.

Material related to the module:

Chapter 5 in Understanding health information systems for the health professions
Alomari, N., Alshehry, B., Alenazi, A., Selaihem, A., AlQumaizi, K., Almishary, M., Elshinnawey, M., Alsuwayt, S., & AlHadlaq, R. (2021). Model of care knowledge among Riyadh First Health Cluster staff at the Ministry of Health, Saudi Arabia. Journal of Family Medicine & Primary Care, 10(8), 3094–3104. https://doi.org/10.4103/jfmpc.jfmpc_405_21
Leeuw, J. A. D., Woltjer, H., Kool, R. B., De Leeuw, J. A., & Kool, T. B. (2020). Identification of factors influencing the adoption of health information technology by nurses who are digitally lagging: In-depth interview study. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 22(8), N.PAG. https://doi.org/10.2196/15630

Deadline and note:
Wednesday 27/9/2023 @9pm GMT for the initial post
Friday 29/9/2023 for the replies (the sooner the better)
Please make sure the replies are something to add and doesn’t contain too much praise
Something like “Thank you for your post. I can add that…”

Benchmark – Risk Management Program Analysis – Part One

Description

The purpose of this assignment is to analyze a healthcare risk management program.

The concepts in this assignment will be expanded on in the Topic 2 assignment and the Topic 3 benchmark assignment.

Conduct research on approaches to risk management processes, policies, and concerns in your current or anticipated professional arena to find an example of a risk management plan. Look for a plan with sufficient content to be able to complete this assignment successfully. In a 1,000‐1,250-word paper, provide an analysis of the risk management plan that includes the following:

Description of the health care organization to which the plan applies and the role risk management plays in that setting.
Summary of the type of risk management plan you selected (new employee, specific audience, community‐focused, etc.) and your rationale for selecting that example.
Description of the standard administrative steps and processes in a typical health care organization’s risk management program compared to the administrative steps and processes you identify in your selected example plan. (Note: For standard risk management policies and procedures, look up the Medicare Improvement for Patients and Provider Act (MIPPA)-approved accrediting body that regulates the risk management standards in your chosen health care sector, and consider federal, state, and local statutes as well.)
Evaluation of your selected risk management plan’s compliance with the standards of its corresponding MIPPA-approved accrediting body relevant to privacy, health care worker safety, and patient safety.
Analysis of the key agencies and organizations that regulate the administration of safe health care in your current or future area of concentration and an evaluation of the roles each one plays in the risk management oversight process.
Proposed recommendations or changes you would implement in your risk management program example to enhance, improve, or secure the compliance standards.
Proposed recommendation or changes you would implement to build and support a culture of compassion and concern for patients and health care employee safety. Base your response on the Christian worldview principle that work within the public arena should be performed with compassion, justice, and concern for the common good.

In addition to your textbook and the GCU “Statement on the Integration of Faith and Work,” you are required to support your analysis with at least three credible health-related resources.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

Public Health Question

Description

Innovation in Healthcare and Financial Statements (100 points)

Financial statement management is an essential process for healthcare organizations. The challenge for operational leaders is interpretation of financial statement performance.

Select a hospital that publicly displays their financial performance on their website. In a 10-12 slide PowerPoint Presentation address the following requirements:

Describe the Profit Loss Statement:
Review top revenue items
Review cost comparison compared to previous year
Provide your interpretation of the statement – how well is the organization.
Balance Sheet Review:
Review Assets
Review Liabilities
Describe the financial health of the balance sheet
Review Financial Ratios Calculations
Current Ratio
Debt-to-equity Ratio
Working Capital Ratio
Make a recommendation to lease or finance the capital item. Please support your decision with financial data.

Your presentation should meet the following structural requirements:

Be 10-12 slides in length, not including the title or reference slides.
Be formatted according to Saudi Electronic University and APA writing guidelines.
Provide support for your statements with citations from a minimum of six scholarly articles. These citations should be listed in the Notes section of the slide in which they appear. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but four must be external.

Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes to support the slide content. These should be a minimum of 100 words long (per slide) and must be a part of the presentation. The presentation cannot be submitted in PDF format, which does not make notes visible to the instructor. Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials

Attention & Substance Related Disorders

Description

Answer the questions below based on the following case study.

An 8-year-old boy is repeatedly in trouble at school. He has been threatened with suspension after he was verbally and physically aggressive to his teacher. The school has suggested that he has a problem with his concentration and advised his parents to seek help. The school also referred him to the school child psychologist. He keeps wriggling in his seat. His mother says his concentration is fine when he is playing on his computer. What worries her is that he does not seem to think before he does things and will run out across the road without looking.

Summarize the clinical case.
What is the DSM 5-TR diagnosis based on the information provided in the case?
Which pharmacological treatment would you prescribe according to the clinical guidelines? Include the rationale for this treatment.
Which non-pharmacological treatment would you prescribe according to the clinical guidelines? Include the rationale for this treatment excluding a psychotherapeutic modality.
Include an assessment of the treatment’s appropriateness, cost, effectiveness, safety, and potential for patient adherence to the chosen medication. Use a local pharmacy to research the cost of the medication and provide the most cost-effective choice for the patient. Use great detail when answering questions 3-5.

Submission Instructions:

Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources. Your initial post is worth 8 points.
You should respond to at least two of your peers by extending, refuting/correcting, or adding additional nuance to their posts. Your reply posts are worth 2 points (1 point per response.)
All replies must be constructive and use literature where possible.
Please post your initial response by 11:59 PM ET Thursday, and comment on the posts of two classmates by 11:59 PM ET

Grading Rubric

Your assignment will be graded according to the grading rubric.

Discussion Rubric
Criteria Ratings Points
Identification of Main Issues, Problems, and Concepts Distinguished – 4 points
Post is substantively accurate. Identifies and demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. Provides exceptional and thought-provoking analysis that directly addresses details and/or examples of the main topic. Excellent – 3 points
Post is mostly related to the topic. Demonstrates understanding of most of the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. It provides some supporting details and/or examples. Analyses not as clear as they could be. Fair – 1-2 points
Demonstrates limited understanding of most of the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. No details and/or examples are given. Poor – 0 points
Post is off-topic, incorrect and/or irrelevant to the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. Analyses are not well organized or clear. 4 points
APA Formatting Guidelines Distinguished – 2 points
The reference page contains at least the required current scholarly academic reference and text reference. Follows APA guidelines of components: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations. Excellent – 1 point
The reference page contains one current scholarly academic resource and text reference. Follows most APA guidelines of components: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations. Fair – 0.5 points
The reference page contains one current or outdated scholarly academic resource. Many errors of APA guidelines: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations. Poor – 0 points
The reference page contains no current scholarly academic resources, only internet web pages, or no reference page. Lack of APA guidelines for references provided or in-text citations. 2 points
Writing Mechanics Distinguished – 2 points
Rules of grammar, usage, and punctuation are followed; spelling is correct. Excellent – 1 point
Few grammatical errors, but sentences could be clearer and more precise. Fair – 0.5 points
The paper contains a few grammatical, punctuation, and spelling errors. Poor – 0 points
The paper contains numerous grammatical, punctuation, and spelling errors. 2 points
Response to Posts of Peers Distinguished – 2 points
Constructively responded to two other posts and either extended, expanded, or provided a rebuttal to each. Fair – 1 point
Constructively responded to one other post and either extended, expanded, or provided a rebuttal. Poor – 0 points
Provided no response to a peer’s post.

2 points
Total Points 10

Dentistry Question

Description

Choose one of the following:

Create a short slide presentation (Power point, Prezi, etc.) on infection control for digital radiography. Include pictures. You may also include audio or imbedded videos. Please cite any outside sources appropriately.

-please choose option one: this assignment is for infection control for dental school and all the examples used has to be related to dental Radiology.

required number of slides are 4-5 not including the reference page.

Strategic Business Unit (SBU) Strategy

Description

A strategic business unit (SBU) is an independently managed, specialized division or a line of business that focuses on particular product offering and market segment. A corporation, such as a health system, may have several SBUs that each provide distinct services. SBUs typically have separate business plans even though they may be part of a larger business entity. However, each SBU should align with and contribute value to the corporate strategy.Please see attached. thank you!SBU: Cancer ACO is mine

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Strategic Business Unit (SBU) Strategy
A strategic business unit (SBU) is an independently managed, specialized division or a line of
business that focuses on particular product offering and market segment. A corporation, such as a
health system, may have several SBUs that each provide distinct services. SBUs typically have
separate business plans even though they may be part of a larger business entity. However, each
SBU should align with and contribute value to the corporate strategy.
VII.
Strategic Business Unit (SBU) Strategy
a. Description of SBU
i. Strategic innovation of SBU
ii. Corporate organizational structure (e.g., functional, divisional,
decentralized/centralize, geographic division, matrix, and virtual)
iii. Description of value to patient
iv. Unique selling proposition (Text: 36-42)
b. Explain role of corporate in execution of SBU strategy
Briefly describe how BCHUS will support the SBU (e.g., services, employees,
budgets, etc.)
c. SBU Competitive Advantage (differentiation and sustainability)
Strategic Business Unit Strategy
PHC 6148 Strategic Planning and Health Care Marketing
Zachary Pruitt, PhD, MHA, FACHE
Presentation Objectives
• Explain the course’s pivot from corporate-level strategy to SBUlevel strategy
• Analyze population health strategies
• Explain how SBUs can position corporation strategically
• Explain role of corporate in execution of SBU strategy
• SBU Competitive Advantage
2
Strategic Business Unit Defined
• Usually, an independently managed entity or unit of a large
company
• Often with their own visions, missions, objectives, and strategic
plans.
• Goals can be different corporation.
3
Levels of Strategy
Part One
Part Two
4
Strategy, Business, & Marketing Plans
Strategic
Plan
Business
Plan
Marketing
Plan
Performance
Monitoring
Operational
Plan
Budget
Funding
Request
Population Health: A Strategy
Changing the
Financial Model
Many options.
https://getlucidity.com/strategy-resources/revenuemodel-framework-guide/
Revenue Models
• Fee-for-service and prospective payments
• Capitation
• Bundled payments
• Pay-for-performance
Revenue Cycle
FFS begins with a Procedure:
CMS 1500 Form
Current Procedural Terminology (CPT)
http://www.medicalkidunya.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/cpt-coing.jpg
Diagnosis Related Groups
Direct Costs
FFS vs Value-based Care
Transition to Value-based Care
Capitation
Capitated payments are pre-arranged payments for healthcare providers to deliver services on
a per member per month (PMPM) basis. Capitation payments control use of health care
resources by putting the physician at financial risk for services provided to patients.
https://www.cbinsights.com/research/medicare-advantage-growth/
Risk Adjustment
http://www.pyapc.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/ICD-10-article-chart-new-2.jpg
ACO Operating Model
Medicare ACOs
Bundled or Episode-based Payment Initiatives
https://nahueducationfoundation.org/toolkit/Infographics.cfm
Geisinger’s ProvenCare
• Bundled or episode-based payment
• Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery (CABG)
• 40 discrete care process steps for patients for CABGs
Delbanco, S. (2014). The payment reform landscape: Bundled payment. Health Affairs Blog [Internet].
UnitedHealthcare Care
Bundles Program
Partners HealthCare
• 8 other community hospitals
• Partners Community Physicians Organization represents more
than 6,000 physicians
• Neighborhood Health Plan (NHP)
http://www.partners.org/
Division of Population Health Management
• Created to solve 2
problems:
• Translating system-level risk
into physician-level
incentives
• Harmonizing heterogeneous
incentives and metrics
across payers and contracts
Founded by Boston’s
Massachusetts General
Hospital and Brigham &
Women’s (AMCs)
Powers, B. W., Navathe, A. S., Chaguturu, S. K., Ferris, T. G., & Torchiana, D. F. (2016, May). Aligning
incentives for value: The internal performance framework at Partners HealthCare. In Healthcare. Elsevier.
Partners: 1. Translating Incentives
System-level
Organizationlevel
PhysicianLevel
Powers, B. W., Navathe, A. S., Chaguturu, S. K., Ferris, T. G., & Torchiana, D. F. (2016, May). Aligning
incentives for value: The internal performance framework at Partners HealthCare. In Healthcare. Elsevier.
Partners: 2. Harmonizing Incentives
Powers, B. W., Navathe, A. S., Chaguturu, S. K., Ferris, T. G., & Torchiana, D. F. (2016, May). Aligning
incentives for value: The internal performance framework at Partners HealthCare. In Healthcare. Elsevier.
PHM Incentive Plan
Implementing PHM
Strategies
Slowing Cost Growth
Improving Select Quality
Measures
40% Total
40% Total
40% Total
Patient-centered Medical Home
Target of total medical expense 40%
(10%-20%)
Shared Risk (MDs 13%, Hospitals
10%)
Integrated care management
program (10-20%)
MD Only Risk (7%) – e.g.,
Diabetes Screenings
Specialty Programs (10%)
Hospital Only Risk Choice
Measures (10%)
Discharge Transition Measures
(10%)
Case Study
• Accountable Care in the Safety Net: A Case Study of
the Cambridge Health Alliance
Cambridge Health Alliance ACO
Transformation Model
• Changing the Financial Model
• Building Patient-Centered Medical Home Capability
• Transforming the Workforce and Culture
• Implementing Complex Care Management
• Creating an Effective Referral Process
• Establishing Preferred Tertiary and Community Partnerships
Reducing Waste
Slide from Emily Allinder Scott
Description of Strategic Business Unit
Description of Strategic Business Unit
• Strategic innovation of SBU
• Corporate/SBU organizational structure
• Describe value chain in patient care
• Unique selling proposition (Text: 36-42)
33
Strategic Innovation of SBU
• Describe the Strategic Business Unit
• What service will the SBU provide?
• How will the SBU generate revenue?
• Will there be partnerships?
• Generally, how will the SBU work?
• Describe innovation
• How the SBU is different than existing services in the corporate
portfolio?
• How will SBU strategically position corporation?
34
Organizational
Structure
Strategy determines
structure;
Structure determines
strategy
Corporate Org Structure
Charns, M. P. (1996). Organization design of integrated delivery systems. Hospital & Health Services Administration, 42(3), 411-432.
Organizational Structure
• Divide the work into manageable activities (division of
work)
• Assign responsibilities (span of control)
• Determine lines of command
Division of Work
• Who does what?
Image credits © Gaurav Akrani
Functional Organizational Structure
Departmentalization by
common skills and work
tasks
http://samples.jbpub.com/9780763759643/59643_ch02_5289.pdf
Geographic Divisions
https://www.edrawsoft.com/divisional-organizational-chart.html
Centralized vs. Decentralized
https://courses.lumenlearning.com/boundless-management/chapter/defining-organization/
Matrix Organizational Design
More complex combination of
functional and service line
(divisional)
Hospital Example of Matrix Design
Service Lines
Fine, P. S., & Kuhlenbeck, K. (2021). Implementing a New Service Line Model to Support Growth and Serve Patients. Frontiers of Health Services
Management, 37(3), 4-13.
Service Line Organizational Structure
Departmentalization by common
product, program, or geographical
location (also called divisional)
Health System Corporate Org Structure
Strategic Business Units
https://blog.avada.io/resources/strategic-business-unit.html
Your SBU Structure
• What is the span of control of the SBU executive in
charge?
• Is there a partnership involved with your business plan?
• If so, how does this impact the organizational structure?
• How does information flow?
• How are decisions made?
Org Chart Activity
Your Group Developed a Media Product
Disney wants to buy you. What do you do?
Where does
your
company
belong?
What is the
Org
Structure?
https://bgr.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/companies-disney-owns.jpg?quality=98&strip=all
My Example
Value to Patient
Describe Value to
Patient
• Define value in healthcare
• Value-based competition
• Porter’s Value Agenda
• Porter’s Value Chain
Micheal Porter
Definition of Value
53
Value-based Competition
Porter, M. E., & Teisberg, E. O. (2006). Redefining health care: creating value-based competition on results. Harvard Business Press.54
Porter’s Value Agenda
• Organize care around the patient
• Measure outcomes and cost for every patient
• Move to bundled prices for care cycles
• Integrate care delivery systems
• Expand geographic coverage
• Build an enabling information technology platform
Porter, M. E., & Lee, T. H. (2013). The strategy that will fix health care. Harv Bus Rev, 91(12). Retrieved from:
https://hbr.org/2013/10/the-strategy-that-will-fix-health-care
55
Porter’s Value Chain
fourweekmba.com
Porter’s Healthcare Value Chain
Porter, M. E., & Millar, V. E. (1985). How information gives you competitive advantage.
57
Unique Selling
Proposition
See Text pages 36-42
Value to Customer (Patient)
Role of Corporate in
Execution of SBU Strategy
Describe Relationship between Corporate & SBU
• How can Corporate help SBU succeed?
• What resources will corporate provide?
• Financing?
• Contracting/Outsourcing?
• Capabilities?
• Central services?
• Expertise?
• Decision making?
Levels of Strategy
Part One
Part Two
61
Competitive Advantage
Competitive Advantage
• Goal of strategic positioning and market differentiation
• Explicit rationale
• Why, based on corporate strategy, does your business model
make sense?
• Succinct justification
• How does your business model meet the mandate of the CEO?
63
Competitive Advantage must be …
• Strategically important
• Sustainable
• Strong research and development capabilities or personnel
• Access to intellectual property or specialized knowledge
• Superior product or customer support
• Access to capital markets
64
External Sources of Competitive Advantage
• Customer demands
• Policy changes
• Price changes
• Technological innovations
• Emergence of new markets
• New strategic allies, acquisitions, mergers
• Fewer competitors
• Change in payer mix
65
Internal Sources of Competitive Advantage
• Examine core competencies, capabilities, resources,
processes, policies, procedures
• Examine S.W.O.T. analysis
66
S.W.O.T. Analysis
http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:SWOT_en.svg
A population health strategy for Bay City 133
Case Study: A Population Health
Strategy for Bay City
Zachary Pruitt, PhD
Abstract
As the Affordable Care Act (ACA) moves the U.S. healthcare system toward
population health through value-based purchasing policies (Shaw, Asomugha,
Conway, & Rein, 2014), many healthcare organizations have begun to reconsider
their strategies (Coughlin, Long, Sheen, & Tolbert, 2012; Goldsmith, 2011). The
described case scenario provides rich detail for students to apply healthcare
strategic planning knowledge in a value-based, population health-focused
context. With an intricate community description, comprehensive market facts,
and detailed financial data, the case encourages student learning of innovative business models, including Medicare Accountable Care Organizations,
ACA health insurance plans, and Medicaid Coordinated Care Organizations.
Please address correspondence to: Zachary Pruitt, PhD, University of South Florida, Health
Policy and Management, 13201 Bruce B. Downs Blvd., MDC56, Tampa, FL 33612-3805
Phone: (727) 560-9735; Email: zpruitt1@health.usf.edu
134
The Journal of Health Administration Education
Winter 2017
Introduction
As the Affordable Care Act (ACA) moves the U.S. healthcare system toward
population health through value-based purchasing policies (Shaw, Asomugha,
Conway, & Rein, 2014), many healthcare organizations have begun to reconsider
their strategies (Coughlin, Long, Sheen, & Tolbert, 2012; Goldsmith, 2011). This
12,000-plus-word case provides rich detail for students to apply healthcare
strategic planning knowledge in a value-based, population health-focused
context. With an intricate community description, comprehensive market facts,
and detailed financial data, the case encourages student learning of innovative business models, including Medicare Accountable Care Organizations,
ACA health insurance plans, and Medicaid Coordinated Care Organizations.
As described in the detailed case, the fictitious CEO of the Bay City University
Health System (BCUHS) sees that the increasing trend of risk-based payments
will require his organization to innovate. The CEO asked the Strategic Planning Committee analysts (i.e., the student teams) to explore innovative ways
for BCUHS to develop population health capabilities. However, the Strategic
Planning Committee members have differing views on how to achieve the
CEO’s vision. To resolve this conflict, student teams compete to develop the
best strategic plan that meets the CEO’s vision.
Team-based learning simulates the work environments of healthcare industry practice (Lieneck and Greathouse, 2015). “Population Health Strategy for
Bay City” enables students to achieve multiple National Center for Healthcare
Leadership competencies, including development of a strategic orientation,
analytical thinking, performance management, information seeking, professionalism, and collaboration (NCHL, 2006). The case has been successfully
utilized in a graduate-level strategic planning course at an AUPHA-certified
and CAHME-accredited institution.
Bay City case scenario
Named the new the CEO nine months ago, John Woodrow, M.H.A., Ph.D.,
promises a new strategy at Bay City University Health System (BCUHS). As
a visionary leader, Dr. Woodrow views the policy changes produced by the
Affordable Care Act (ACA) as an opportunity for BCUHS to shift from the
current medical intervention model toward more holistic population healthbased practices. Dr. Woodrow has asked the Strategic Planning Committee
to develop options to achieve this vision.
BCUHS is an Academic Medical Center comprising two hospitals with
more than 700 staffed beds, an affiliated 237-bed cancer center, 150 ambulatory sites, 14,000-plus employees, and an annual operating budget of more
A population health strategy for Bay City 135
than $2 billion. BCUHS’s two inpatient facilities, Bay City General Hospital
and Oakridge Children’s Hospital, account for 24% of the inpatient market
in the Apollo Bay area, behind St. Basil Health System (29%) and American
Corporate Hospitals (26%). In addition to inpatient market share, the case
provides 13 financial ratios, beds per hospital, and the number of credentialed
physicians for all health system competitors. Data also include BCUHS payer
mix and payment types as a percent of net patient revenue (e.g., capitation).
Health insurance, long-term care, home care, laboratory, and imaging services
market shares are also included.
Bay City is a growing and vibrant city that serves as the metropolitan hub
for over 2 million people in the Apollo Bay region. Market data for the region
includes population characteristics such as racial and ethnic proportions, and
community health characteristics such as disease prevalence. In addition,
descriptions of healthcare policy, including ACA health insurance exchange,
Medicare Accountable Care Organizations, Medicaid expansion, Medicare
readmission penalties, and certificates of need, are made available in the case
for student analysis.
In a recent meeting with the Strategic Planning Committee, Dr. Woodrow
expressed his desire that analysts explore innovative ways for BCUHS to work
across organizational boundaries, increase accountability, and improve the
health of the community. Dr. Woodrow’s main question was, “What will it
mean for BCUHS to be held financially accountable for the total health of patients?” His Chief of Staff took notes at this meeting. Dr. Woodrow explained
that BCUHS needs to:

capitalize on business opportunities generated from the ACA;

improve population health management capabilities to position BCUHS
to compete in light of value-based purchasing policies;

respond to the emerging health care delivery models;

analyze the costs of services to take advantage of new reimbursement
methods, such as capitation and global payments;

assess the benefits of BCUHS’s recent information technology investments; and

strengthen community connections to effectively address social determinants of health.
136
The Journal of Health Administration Education
Winter 2017
Student teams and strategic business units
Students are assigned to one of five teams. Each student team explores a
different strategic business unit concept (i.e., business model). The student
teams use information from the case to develop the most persuasive and fully
substantiated strategic plan for their assigned strategic business unit. The
instructor and/or community healthcare executives can judge and rank the
student teams’ performances in a case competition-style review. A student
team represents a different member of the BCUHS Strategic Planning Committee, each of whom advocate a unique strategic business unit concept. The
five team concepts are:
Team 1: John Barbosa, former insurance executive and state senator, current Chairman of the Board, recommends creating a health plan for the
Affordable Care Act’s Health Insurance Exchange, an upstream vertical
integration strategy. “We have a built-in provider network that enables
BCUHS to efficiently offer these new health insurance exchange customers.”
Team 2: Veronica Tanner, President, Pediatrician and BCUHS-owned
Oakridge Children’s Hospital CEO suggests creating a Medicaid Coordinated Care Organization in partnership with the Bay County Health Department. “We need to leverage our information technology infrastructure
and enhance our primary care to reduce costs.”
Team 3: Christine Chassin, Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy and
Business Development Officer of BCUHS, advocates the creation of a
Medicare Accountable Care Organization. “To be successful, we need to
reduce the total costs of care to below a certain benchmark and meet quality goals. The performance bonus could be significant.”
Team 4: Louis Winthorpe III, President of the BCHUS-affiliated Duke
Brothers Cancer Institute and BCUHS board member, recommends partnering with a private insurance company to accept global payments for
specific types of cancer diagnoses, a Cancer-specific Accountable Care
Organization. “We will be incentivized to efficiently manage treatment
and diagnose cancer earlier.”
Team 5: Sal Vinarelli, bank executive and hospital board member, recommends that BCUHS continue the high-volume, high-acuity fee-for-service
model. “I see no reason to stop milking the fee-for-service cash cow. I
believe we should resist any temptation to invest in some new-fangled
pay-for-performance trend. Instead, we should invest in the positioning
BCUHS to provide services to patients throughout the continuum of care.”
A population health strategy for Bay City 137
Teaching Notes
Learning Objectives
This case-based experiential learning activity supports eight objectives: (1)
apply systems thinking to the changing healthcare environment shaped
by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010; (2) interpret the
implications of various reimbursement methods utilized in U.S. healthcare;
(3) develop strategic planning skills, including internal and external environmental analysis; (4) articulate internal capabilities and competitive advantage;
(5) construct goals and objectives for both corporation and strategic business
unit; (6) develop and execute project management plan; (7) prepare a written
strategic plan; and (8) formulate and deliver persuasive oral presentation.
Classroom management
The following are possible class sessions topics and sequence for the teambased activity.
Session 1 – Introduce case scenario: In this session, the instructor should
explain the case scenario and assessment approach, and create teams for
each strategic business unit (e.g., Medicare Accountable Care Organization). It is recommended that groups of no more than five individuals be
formed (Treen, Atanasova, Pitt, & Johnson, 2016). Also, instructors should
clarify that each team should address two different levels of organization
in their strategic plan: the corporate level and the strategic business unit
level. First, the corporate-level strategic plan examines the BCUHS corporate entity, including the two hospitals, outpatient clinics, information
technology infrastructure, and other information provided in the case. The
corporate-level strategic plan can address components such as the strategic
direction (i.e., mission, vision, and values), competitive analysis, core competencies, and the product or service portfolio strategy. The second level is
the strategic business unit ideas promoted by various executive members
of the Strategic Planning Committee (described briefly above and in detail
in the Appendix). The strategic business unit-level plan should be based
on the BCUHS corporate-level strategy. In this case activity, the strategic
business units are different for each student group. For example, one team
will develop a strategic plan that addresses both the BCUHS corporate-level
strategy and the ACA Health Insurance Exchange health plan strategy.
138
The Journal of Health Administration Education
Winter 2017
Session 2 – Create internal and external environmental analysis: For the
second session, student groups should complete internal and external
environmental analysis. Internal analyses can include corporate-level strategic direction (mission, vision, and values), BCUHS core competencies,
and financial analysis (see Appendix A, Table 1). The external analyses can
include the service area description, a legal and regulatory assessment, and
competitor analysis.
Session 3 – Strategic positioning: For the third session, students should
complete the strategic position of the corporate entity (BCUHS), which
can include a description of adaptive strategy (e.g., vertical integration),
explanation of the market-entry strategy (e.g., merger), and a discussion
of the strategic portfolio mix (e.g., inpatient versus outpatient).
Session 4 – Strategic business unit strategy: For the fourth session, students should complete the strategic business unit strategy. It is critical that
strategic business unit strategy integrate with the corporate-level strategy
described above. Students should provide an explicit rationale as to why
their particular strategic business unit idea will be successful given the
corporate-level strategy articulated by their plan. Students must offer succinct justification for why the strategic business unit provides a competitive
advantage for BCUHS.
Session 5 – Present strategic plans: In the final session, student groups
should present a persuasive argument as to why their strategic business
unit (e.g., Medicare ACO) is the best approach for achieving the CEO’s vision. Presentations should include goals and objectives of BCUHS and the
strategic business unit; a description of the revenue model; the competitive
advantage of the strategic business unit; and strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats of the strategic business unit. It is recommended
that instructors invite a community executive to act as “John Woodrow,
CEO,” the judge of the student strategic presentation competition.
A population health strategy for Bay City 139
Questions
1.
What are the core competencies of Bay City University Health System
(BCUHS)?
2.
How does the corporate-level strategic plan for BCUHS differ from the
strategic business unit-level strategy?
3.
Your recommended business model would be just one of many products offered by BCUHS. Describe how your strategic business unit
fits within your overall health service portfolio strategy. You may use
BCG Matrix or GE/McKinsey matrix to describe your team’s approach.
4.
What is the competitive advantage for your strategic business unit?
5.
What is the strategic innovation of your recommended strategic business
unit? How does your strategic business unit agree with the population
health vision of the CEO?
References
Coughlin, T. A., Long, S. K., Sheen, E., & Tolbert, J. (2012). How five leading
safety-net hospitals are preparing for the challenges and opportunities of
health care reform. Health Affairs, 31(8), 1690-1697.
Goldsmith, J. (2011). Accountable care organizations: the case for flexible
partnerships between health plans and providers. Health Affairs, 30(1), 32-40.
Lieneck, C., & Greathouse, D. G. (2015). Use of experiential learning activities
to teach implicit communication in health care services marketing.
Journal of Health Administration Education, 32(1), 149-156.
NCHL. (2006). NCHL Healthcare Leadership Competency Model, v2.1. Retrieved
from http://www.nchl.org/Documents/NavLink/NCHL_Competency_
Model-full_uid892012226572.pdf
Shaw, F. E., Asomugha, C. N., Conway, P. H., & Rein, A. S. (2014). The Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act: Opportunities for prevention and
public health. The Lancet, 384(9937), 75-82.
Treen, E., Atanasova, C., & Johnson, M. (2016). Evidence from a large sample
on the effects of group size and decision-making time on performance in
a marketing simulation game. Journal of Marketing Education, 38(2), 130-137.
140
The Journal of Health Administration Education
Winter 2017
Appendix A: Case Details
Bay City case scenario
Named the new the CEO of the nine months ago, John Woodrow, M.H.A.,
Ph.D. promises a new approach to strategic planning at Bay City University
Health System (BCUHS). A visionary leader, Dr. Woodrow views the policy
changes spawned by the Affordable Care Act (ACA) as an opportunity for
BCUHS to shift from the current medical intervention model toward more
holistic population health-based practices.
BCUHS is an Academic Medical Center (AMC) in Bay City comprising
two hospitals with more than 700 staffed beds, 150 ambulatory sites, 14,000
employees, and an operating budget of more than $2 billion. BCUHS strongly
identifies with the community of Bay City, a vibrant city that serves as the
metropolitan hub for more than 2 million people in the Apollo Bay region.
In a recent meeting with the Strategic Planning Committee, Dr. Woodrow
expressed his desire that analysts explore innovative ways for BCUHS to work
across organizational boundaries, increase accountability, and improve the
health of the community. Dr. Woodrow’s main question was, “What will it
mean for BCUHS to be held financially accountable for the total health of
patients?” Dr. Woodrow explained that BCUHS needs to:

capitalize on business opportunities generated from the ACA;

improve population health management capabilities to position BCUHS
to compete in light of value-based purchasing policies;

respond to the emerging health care delivery models;

analyze the costs of services to take advantage of new reimbursement
methods, such as capitation and global payments;

reap benefits of BCUHS’s recent information technology investments;
and

strengthen community connections to effectively address social determinants of health.
A population health strategy for Bay City 141
Strategic direction of Bay City University Health System
Steve Doering: Dr. Woodrow, thank you very much for speaking with me today.
As we begin the strategic planning process, I want to get your thoughts on the strategic direction for Bay City University Health System. Do you mind if I pronounce
“BCUHS” as “BECAUSE?”
Dr. John Woodrow: Not at all. I think that pronunciation reminds us that we have
a sense of purpose. A “because,” if you will.
Doering: Ha! That’s great! So, let’s get started. As you know, a strategic direction
consists of three parts: mission, vision and values–all intertwined. Let’s begin with
our mission, our purpose and reason for existence. Can you describe what we do and
for whom?
Woodrow: Absolutely. We are committed to helping all people of Apollo Bay regional
area maintain healthy lives. Our mission is to eliminate health disparities in our community through service, education, and clinical practice, and scholarship.
Doering: Now, that mission helps us frame the vision, the next part of the strategic
direction. The vision should describe our desired long-term future state.
Woodrow: I think the vision keeps management focused on meeting the needs of
stakeholders, but we need to articulate our big stretch.
Doering: A stretch?
Woodrow: Yes. BCUHS will continue to provide care to those with the most difficult
health challenges. But, with the world changing rapidly around us, I see BCUHS as
a national leader in health care delivery and medical science innovation. I want to
maintain our position as an education and research leader by continuing our emphasis
on information technology. We can get better, though. We need to do an even better job
with collaborating with our network of community and academic providers. I see us
aggressively redesigning care delivery to improve care coordination. This will enable
us to be a leader in population health management in our region.
Doering: That’s a big vision. So, let’s move on to our organizational values that
define our basic philosophy, principles, and ideals. Values represent the “soul” of our
organization.
Woodrow: Above all, we have to accept accountability for excellence in achieving
our mission. It is not enough to say we want to eliminate health disparities in our
community; we have to measure our accomplishments and adjust our performance,
as appropriate. And we must advocate for equitable access to healthcare. We must
respect patients and their families by providing quality care in a compassionate and
culturally sensitive manner.
142
The Journal of Health Administration Education
Winter 2017
Doering: So how do we accomplish that?
Woodrow: We need to implement and codify the best care processes, which we call
our patient-centered approach. Not only patient-centered, but evidence-based. This
means that we have to create new knowledge through research, and then translate this
knowledge into practice. Since we already provide the highest-quality education for
the next generation of healthcare professionals, we value transferring our knowledge.
Parts of our organization have already innovated care delivery through team-based
care, chronic disease management, and population-based practices. Not only can we
teach our organization these award-winning methods, but collaborate with others
across Apollo Bay region to achieve a common purpose and create value.
Doering: Is that possible at an organization the size of BCUHS?
Woodrow: Perhaps AMCs are slow to change. However, other large and complex
organizations, such as Google, are able to move quickly. I think we can innovate.
Also, our brand is the one thing we value, and we must protect it. This can be done by
providing exceptional performance in clinical outcomes AND patient experience. In
addition, as a multifaceted healthcare system, we value lifelong care. Our brand should
focus on the patient value throughout their life, and not just when they are very sick.
Doering: Is that possible at an organization the size of BCUHS?
Woodrow: Yes, but, we’ve got to keep cost-effectiveness in mind. “No margin, no mission,” as they say. But I like to say that we have to maintain a high level of stewardship
for the resources of this amazing community asset of BCUHS. So, in our everyday
practice, cost efficiency should be addressed by the entire organization, with BCUHS
leadership working with providers and staff to identify areas of savings.
Doering: Excellent. I think we have plenty for the teams of analysts to work with in
order to create their strategic plans. Thank you.
Woodrow: Thank you.
Strategic Planning Committe recommendations
George Barbosa, Chairman of the Board (as told to Steve Doering, Chief of Staff)
Barbosa: As you know, I made my money in health insurance. I remember the days
when hospitals, physician practices, ancillary providers, AND insurers were all part
of the same integrated delivery network. Smartly, I stayed out of that integration
business. I resisted it because I knew that some large health systems were just losing
money on the insurance side just to make money on the provider side, or vice versa.
It was a zero-sum game.
A population health strategy for Bay City 143
As a former politician, I also know the importance of having a good name. It’s an asset
you can count on. And BCUHS has a strong brand, which is exactly what we should
leverage in this new health policy environment.
My suggestion—and I’d be interested in hearing what the others think—is to create a
separate insurance company that competes in the ACA’s Health Insurance Exchange.
I know that there are only four current insurance companies competing in the online
marketplace in the Bay Ci

241 @Khadoojahmousa

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

doi:10.1017/S1368980016003141
Public Health Nutrition: 20(6), 1075–1081
Diet in Saudi Arabia: findings from a nationally representative
survey
Maziar Moradi-Lakeh1, Charbel El Bcheraoui1, Ashkan Afshin1, Farah Daoud1,
Mohammad A AlMazroa2, Mohammad Al Saeedi2, Mohammed Basulaiman2,
Ziad A Memish2, Abdullah A Al Rabeeah2 and Ali H Mokdad1,*
1
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation, University of Washington, 2301 5th Avenue, Suite 600, Seattle,
WA 98121, USA: 2Ministry of Health of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
Submitted 30 March 2016: Final revision received 8 September 2016: Accepted 10 October 2016: First published online 15 December 2016
Abstract
Objective: No recent original studies on the pattern of diet are available for Saudi
Arabia at the national level. The present study was performed to describe the
consumption of foods and beverages by Saudi adults.
Design: The Saudi Health Interview Survey (SHIS) was conducted in 2013. Data
were collected through interviews and anthropometric measurements were done.
A diet history questionnaire was used to determine the amount of consumption for
eighteen food or beverage items in a typical week.
Setting: The study was a household survey in all thirteen administrative regions of
Saudi Arabia.
Subjects: Participants were 10 735 individuals aged 15 years or older.
Results: Mean daily consumption was 70·9 (SE 1·3) g for fruits, 111·1 (SE 2·0) g for
vegetables, 11·6 (SE 0·3) g for dark fish, 13·8 (SE 0·3) g for other fish, 44·2 (SE 0·7) g
for red meat, 4·8 (SE 0·2) g for processed meat, 10·9 (SE 0·3) g for nuts, 219·4 (SE 5·1) ml
for milk and 115·5 (SE 2·6) ml for sugar-sweetened beverages. Dietary guideline
recommendations were met by only 5·2 % of individuals for fruits, 7·5 % for
vegetables, 31·4 % for nuts and 44·7 % for fish. The consumption of processed
foods and sugar-sweetened beverages was high in young adults.
Conclusions: Only a small percentage of the Saudi population met the dietary
recommendations. Programmes to improve dietary behaviours are urgently
needed to reduce the current and future burden of disease. The promotion of
healthy diets should target both the general population and specific high-risk
groups. Regular assessments of dietary status are needed to monitor trends and
inform interventions.
Dietary risks are among the most important risk factors
globally and in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) in
particular(1,2). Like many other regions of the world, the
nutrition transition in the Middle East has contributed to the
rising burden of non-communicable diseases(1,3). In KSA in
2013, poor diet accounted for 10·4 % (95 % CI 8·9, 12·2 %) of
disability-adjusted life years and 22·1 % (95 % CI 18·7,
24·5 %) of deaths(3,4). FAO data show an overall increase in
food supply (1961–2007) in KSA, with an increase in the
supply of sugar, meat, animal fat, offal (organ meats), eggs
and milk, and a levelling trend in the vegetable and fruit
supply(5). A similar trend was reported earlier in 2000(6).
Khan and Al Kanhal reported a rapidly increasing surplus of
energy and protein availability in KSA after 1975, compared
with the recommended daily allowances(7).
Keyword
Diet
Foods
Beverages
Nutrition epidemiology
Saudi Arabia
Previous reports have shown the dietary patterns or
energy/nutrient intakes in specific population subgroups
or regions of KSA(8). However, nationally representative
diet data from KSA are limited to food availability. Food
availability data (such as FAO data) do not represent
intake, as they do not account for wastage and other uses.
Moreover, they do not provide information on diet by age,
sex and socio-economic status.
In 2012, the KSA Ministry of Health published dietary
guidelines on the amount and composition of recommended foods to promote a healthy diet among the
population(9). However, there are not enough data on the
success of the guidelines’ implementation, the population’s current dietary status and the potential impacts of
the guidelines. Therefore, the aims of the present study
*Corresponding author: Email mokdaa@uw.edu
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
© The Authors 2016
1076
were to describe the amount of consumption of different
types of foods and beverages in KSA; to describe dietary
consumption by age, sex, socio-economic status and subnational administrative regions; and to assess the degree to
which Saudis’ diets met the dietary guidelines.
Methods
Performed between April and June 2013, the Saudi Health
Interview Survey (SHIS) was a national multistage survey
of individuals aged 15 years or older. For this survey, KSA
was divided into thirteen regions. Each region was divided
into sub-regions and blocks. All regions were included in
the survey. A probability-proportional-to-size method was
used to randomly select sub-regions and blocks. Households were then randomly selected from each block.
A roster of household members was conducted and an
adult aged 15 years or older was randomly selected to be
surveyed from each selected household. If the randomly
selected adult was not present, our surveyors made an
appointment to return. A total of three visits were
attempted before the household was considered as a nonresponse. More details about the study are available in
previous publications(10–13).
The Saudi Ministry of Health and its institutional review
board (IRB) approved the study protocol. The University
of Washington IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since
the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation received deidentified data for the present analysis. All respondents
had the opportunity to consent and agree to participate in
the study.
The survey included forty-two questions on diet (a diet
history questionnaire), as well as questions on socioeconomic status (educational and household monthly
income levels) and other aspects of health. Respondents
were asked to report the number of days that they
consumed eighteen food or beverage items in a typical
week over the last year. The food and beverage items
included in the survey were: fruits; pure (100 %) fruit
juices; vegetables; dark meat fish; other fish; shrimp; red
meat; poultry meat; processed meat (meats preserved by
smoking, curing or salting, or by the addition of
preservatives, such as in the case of pastrami, salami,
bologna, other packaged lunch meats or deli meats,
sausages, bratwursts, frankfurters and hot dogs); other
processed foods (such as fast foods, canned foods, packaged entrées or packaged soup); eggs; nuts; milk; yoghurt;
laban (a beverage of yoghurt mixed with salt, which is
also known as ayran or doogh); labneh (strained yoghurt);
cheese; and sugar-sweetened beverages (SSB). For each
type of food/beverage that the respondents reported at
least one day of consumption per typical week, the
respondents were asked: ‘How many servings of [this
food/beverage] do you usually consume/eat/drink on one
of those days?’ The interviewers used specific pictures that
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
represented the serving size of each type of food/beverage. Moreover, respondents were asked about the type
of oil or fat most often used for meal preparation, and the
usual type of dairy products (full-fat, low-fat, non-fat) and
bread in the household.
There were insufficient data to calculate total energy
consumption directly. Supplemental File 1 (see online
supplementary material) shows the method for indirect
estimation of energy intake and the energy-adjusted daily
food/beverage consumption estimates. Although not an
ideal method for energy adjustment, it can provide more
comparability with other studies for interested readers. An
energy adjustment is also necessary to compare the status
with the dietary guideline recommendations.
Average numbers of daily servings – and their equivalent weight (grams) for foods, or volume (millilitres) for
beverages – were calculated. In cases where the weight of
a serving size had not been clarified in the survey manuals
(fruits, vegetables, processed meat, processed foods
and eggs), we matched our visual manual as closely as
possible to phrases in the guidelines of the US Department
of Agriculture to assign an average weight(14). For fruits
and vegetables, we used the weighted average weight of
one serving of the most common types of fruits and
vegetables based on the most recent food supply data of
FAO in KSA(15). The 99th percentiles of consumption were
used as cut-off points to identify and exclude implausibly
high levels of intake.
The statistical software package Stata 13.1 for Windows
was used for the analyses and to account for the complex
sampling design.
Results
A total of 12 000 households were contacted and 10 735
participants (5253 men and 5482 women) completed the
SHIS, for a response rate of 89·4 %.
Table 1 demonstrates the average daily consumption
of different food and beverage items. Table 2 shows the
food and beverage consumption of men and women.
Non-adjusted consumption of fruit, red meat, other
processed foods, eggs and SSB was statistically higher in
men than women, while yoghurt and cheese consumption
was higher in women than men. Daily consumption of
fruits and vegetables was reported by 10·8 (SE 0·4) % and
25·9 (SE 0·6) %, respectively, and 27·0 (SE 0·7) % reported
daily drinking of SSB.
Mean consumption of processed meat, other processed
foods and SSB was clearly higher in younger age groups
(Table 3), while laban consumption was higher in older
age groups. Consumption of fruit, shrimp, labneh and
cheese had an increasing pattern with higher education
(Table 4). As demonstrated in Table 5, consumption
of some of the food items (fruit, shrimp, red meat and
labneh) was higher in individuals with higher household
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1077
Table 1 Average daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults, 2013
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Meet the recommendations
Serving size
N
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
%
SE
103 g*
105 g*
125 ml
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
69 g*
399 g*
92 g*
40 g
175 g
250 ml
175 g
175 g
50 g
125 ml
10 187
10 334
10 066
10 096
10 082
9801
10 223
10 336
9667
9664
10 219
9768
10 257
10 326
10 269
9866
10 113
9967
70·9
111·1
31·9
11·6
13·8
2·4
44·2
103·0
4·8
97·5
46·0
10·9
75·4
219·4
116·8
28·9
43·7
115·5
1·3
2·0
0·8
0·3
0·3
0·1
0·7
1·8
0·2
2·7
0·7
0·3
2·0
5·1
2·8
0·8
0·9
2·6
0·675
1·078
0·269
0·137
0·159
0·028
0·521
1·304
0·070
0·244
0·500
0·274
0·431
0·885
0·667
0·165
0·874
0·924
0·013
0·019
0·007
0·003
0·003
0·001
0·009
0·022
0·003
0·007
0·007
0·007
0·012
0·021
0·016
0·004
0·018
0·021
5·2†
7·5†
0·3
0·4
44·7‡
0·7
85·7§
0·5
80·2§
0·6
31·4†
26·2†
0·7
0·7
78·6‡
0·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
*Estimated through matching of pictures in the survey manual with the descriptions of the US Department of Agriculture guideline(14).
Reference dietary guidelines: †Dietary Guidelines for Americans(25); ‡American Heart Association(24); §American Institute for Cancer Research(23).
Table 2 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi male and female adults, 2013
Male (N 5253)
Weight/volume units
Female (N 5482)
Serving size
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
75·7
105·4
34·0
11·5
14·3
2·5
52·4
106·6
5·0
108·4
49·8
11·2
67·1
217·5
122·2
27·5
40·5
131·4
1·9
2·3
1·2
0·4
0·4
0·1
1·2
2·4
0·3
4·3
1·0
0·4
1·9
6·4
3·9
1·0
1·2
3·5
0·620
0·904
0·241
0·123
0·153
0·026
0·590
1·195
0·064
0·239
0·496
0·269
0·349
0·712
0·580
0·149
0·672
0·972
0·016
0·020
0·010
0·005
0·005
0·002
0·014
0·027
0·004
0·009
0·011
0·011
0·010
0·019
0·017
0·006
0·016
0·028
65·9
117·0
29·7
11·7
13·3
2·3
35·7
99·3
4·7
86·0
42·0
10·7
84·2
221·4
111·2
30·4
47·0
98·8
1·9
3·3
1·1
0·4
0·4
0·1
0·9
2·7
0·3
3·2
0·9
0·4
3·6
8·1
3·9
1·2
1·4
3·8
0·547
1·032
0·214
0·123
0·144
0·023
0·403
1·131
0·068
0·194
0·414
0·243
0·420
0·796
0·568
0·164
0·779
0·699
0·017
0·034
0·010
0·004
0·006
0·002
0·012
0·033
0·004
0·008
0·009
0·009
0·020
0·033
0·023
0·007
0·023
0·030
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
incomes. Consumption of SSB was statistically higher
in individuals with lower household incomes (Table 5).
Fruit/beverage consumption in different administrative
regions can be found in Supplemental File 2 (see online
supplementary material).
Vegetable oils were the most common type of oil/fat
used for preparation of food (84·5 (SE 0·5) %). Olive oil and
butter/margarine were reported by 5·3 (SE 0·3) % and
4·8 (SE 0·3) %, respectively. Most of the respondents reported
use of full-fat dairy products (77·6 (SE 0·6) %), followed by
low-fat (15·0 (SE 0·5) %) and non-fat (1·3 (SE 0·1) %); others
had no preference. The most common type of bread was
white bread (79·1 (SE 0·5) %); brown bread and Saudispecific traditional breads were reported by 20·1 (SE 0·5) %
and 0·8 (SE 0·1) %, respectively, as the usual kind
of bread.
Discussion
The present study is the first to describe dietary patterns
in a nationally representative sample of adults in KSA. It
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
5·5
13·5
2·9
0·9
1·1
0·5
5·3
6·1
0·3
4·0
2·4
1·1
19·6
27·7
14·5
3·1
3·0
3·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
SE
Mean
60·1
112·5
24·3
5·9
7·7
1·0
36·8
78·0
0·9
29·8
26·8
5·4
108·0
247·1
129·0
21·3
28·7
21·6
4·4
5·0
2·2
1·0
1·3
0·3
3·1
4·5
0·7
4·7
2·1
0·8
5·0
11·2
7·7
2·5
1·5
3·5
SE
Mean
68·8
91·5
20·8
7·2
12·4
1·3
54·2
79·8
1·4
32·1
32·6
5·3
67·0
205·0
113·5
19·8
23·0
30·4
3·7
5·2
2·0
0·6
0·9
0·2
1·9
3·9
0·4
4·1
1·4
0·7
6·0
9·4
6·5
2·2
1·4
3·1
SE
Mean
65·5
109·2
25·3
8·7
12·5
1·5
37·9
83·1
2·7
54·1
37·0
8·8
80·5
187·4
112·6
29·4
33·1
42·5
3·5
3·5
2·1
0·6
0·7
0·2
1·8
2·9
0·3
5·1
1·7
0·6
3·2
7·4
4·2
2·1
1·3
4·3
SE
Mean
77·9
105·8
30·9
8·8
13·9
2·2
49·2
83·2
2·4
69·6
44·2
9·2
64·2
170·1
102·0
31·0
31·1
64·9
3·6
4·5
1·4
0·7
0·8
0·3
1·4
4·1
0·5
4·8
1·5
0·7
5·9
9·5
7·0
1·5
1·5
4·9
SE
Mean
65·1
104·8
26·5
12·8
14·6
2·7
34·8
87·2
5·7
84·4
44·1
10·3
72·7
191·3
99·4
27·6
40·5
84·3
2·4
7·4
2·4
0·7
0·9
0·3
1·8
5·5
0·6
6·5
1·4
0·6
6·4
18·0
7·2
2·6
2·5
8·0
46·2
104·8
24·8
10·4
11·7
1·9
31·2
96·4
5·8
93·5
35·8
10·4
64·9
201·3
87·0
30·2
42·9
127·3
SE
SE
2·9
3·8
2·3
0·8
0·8
0·2
2·4
3·9
0·7
7·8
1·8
0·8
3·4
9·1
5·8
2·0
1·7
6·6
SE
56·5
83·0
26·2
11·0
12·8
1·7
51·4
101·1
6·3
121·6
48·4
12·9
57·8
183·0
97·2
23·1
36·9
172·2
2·7
3·4
1·8
0·7
0·7
0·3
1·8
4·0
0·4
5·3
1·6
0·7
3·1
6·9
4·7
1·7
1·1
6·0
Mean
Mean
Mean
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
66·0
98·2
32·5
12·1
13·9
3·4
47·9
98·1
4·2
96·2
46·6
10·4
61·8
163·6
104·3
28·4
33·7
119·2
Male (N 1857)
Female (N 1193)
Female (N 2169)
Male (N 1495)
Female (N 1575)
Male (N 712)
Female (N 545)
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
Male (N 1189)
25–39 years
15–24 years
Table 3 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by sex and age group, 2013
40–59 years
60 years or more
1078
showed poor dietary practices in the Kingdom. Saudis’
dietary behaviours met dietary recommendations in only
a small percentage of the population, especially for fruit
and vegetable consumption, dairy products, nuts and
fish meat. Young adults (15–24 years old) had a concerning pattern of high consumption of SSB, processed
meat and other processed foods, as well as low intake of
fruits and vegetables. Other studies on schoolchildren
show that these unhealthy dietary behaviours start
even sooner(16). This evidence calls for a comprehensive
programme to improve the dietary situation of Saudis. The
programme should include all age ranges, considering the
different needs and different dietary challenges of each
age group.
A cluster of dietary risk factors is the leading risk factor
for non-optimal health, with 11·3 million attributed deaths
and 241·4 million attributed disability-adjusted life years
per annum around the world(1). The Global Burden of
Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors (GBD) study showed
that in Saudi Arabia, the average levels of consumption of
fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, PUFA and seafood
n-3 fatty acids were far less than optimum, and the average
levels of consumption of processed meats, red meats, total
fatty acids, SSB and sodium were higher than optimal(3).
In the report of the WHO 2005 STEPwise survey, there
was limited dietary information on the consumption of
fruits, vegetables and oils. During the time between the
STEPwise survey and our current study (2005 to 2013), the
percentage of individuals consuming at least five daily
servings of fruits or vegetables increased slightly, from 5·5
to 7·3 %(11). However, based on food supply data, fruit and
vegetable availability in KSA (about 475 g/d in 2010)(17) is
more than twice the average consumption in our study
(less than 200 g/d). The difference might be related to
using fruits as pure juices (about 32 ml/d) or sweetened
juices, as well as the higher potential of decay in fruits/
vegetables compared with other food items. Further
details on consumption of fruits and vegetables by Saudi
adults have been reported elsewhere(11). Consumption of
olive oil has increased from 1·7 % in the Saudi STEPwise
survey to 5·3 %(18); since higher intake of olive oil is
associated with reduced risk of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular events and stroke, this can be considered a good
replacement(19).
Although there was higher consumption of meat and
SSB by men, and of vegetables by women, non-energyadjusted consumption is not directly comparable between
men and women. Considering the fact that average energy
consumption is usually higher in men, vegetable intake is
expected to remain higher in women after energy adjustment. Some of the different patterns of food and beverage
consumption between men and women may be explained
by theories about the association of meat consumption
with masculinity and vegetable consumption with femininity, but we do not have enough information for that
assessment(20–22).
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1079
Table 4 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by educational level, 2013
Primary or less (N 3286)
Elementary/high school (N 4780)
College or higher (N 2649)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
64·2
99·6
22·0
10·3
12·9
0·9
43·9
99·2
4·8
66·3
36·4
11·7
74·9
219·6
104·5
20·3
33·0
86·5
2·3
4·3
1·4
0·5
0·7
0·1
1·6
3·5
0·5
4·2
1·2
0·8
5·0
9·5
4·3
1·4
1·3
5·1
55·6
96·9
25·6
9·9
12·3
2·1
42·1
93·8
4·2
95·3
43·8
9·6
62·1
177·2
97·6
27·9
37·3
120·9
1·7
3·0
1·2
0·4
0·5
0·1
1·2
2·5
0·3
4·0
1·0
0·3
2·4
6·9
3·8
1·3
1·1
3·9
74·8
108·0
35·8
11·9
13·3
3·6
41·5
82·5
5·1
92·8
44·8
9·7
69·7
168·6
99·8
35·5
38·9
88·5
3·0
3·9
1·6
0·6
0·6
0·3
1·4
3·5
0·4
4·7
1·3
0·4
4·0
8·5
5·1
1·7
1·4
4·3
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Table 5 Food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by household monthly income level, 2013
Less than 5000 Riyals (N 3161)
5000–14 999 Riyals (N 4549)
15 000 Riyals or more (N 1131)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
51·5
94·1
20·9
9·8
13·3
1·7
37·2
89·3
3·4
91·0
38·9
8·1
66·4
188·5
104·7
22·7
37·5
113·6
2·0
3·7
1·5
0·5
0·7
0·2
1·5
3·3
0·4
5·3
1·2
0·5
3·4
8·7
4·9
1·5
1·8
5·4
65·2
96·2
28·3
10·8
13·8
2·3
42·4
88·6
4·4
86·8
45·2
10·1
64·6
166·5
99·5
31·9
36·2
95·9
1·7
2·2
1·4
0·5
0·5
0·2
1·2
2·1
0·3
3·7
1·0
0·4
2·3
4·9
3·2
1·4
0·9
3·2
79·3
118·3
40·5
10·6
14·0
3·9
50·3
93·3
5·2
82·7
42·2
11·2
61·9
189·4
98·7
36·4
35·9
91·0
4·7
6·6
2·4
0·8
0·9
0·4
2·4
4·3
0·7
6·6
1·8
0·8
4·0
11·1
5·8
2·7
1·8
5·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Compared with the recommendations of dietary
guidelines(9,23–25), consumption of fruits, vegetables, dairy
products and nuts is very low, and less than 45 % of the
KSA population consumes fish as recommended. On the
other hand, there is considerable unnecessary consumption of processed meat and SSB compared with the
recommendations(23,24). A 2006 study in Lebanon showed
that Lebanese adults consume the same amount of fish
and red meat as Saudis in our study, but less poultry meat
(36 v. 103 g/d) and eggs (12 v. 46 g/d), and more fruits and
vegetables (367 v. 182 g/d)(26).
The previously published GBD estimates for dietary risk
factors in KSA were close to our estimates for red meat,
processed meat and SSB. Our estimate for nuts was higher
than previous GBD estimates (about 11 v. 4 g/d)(3).
Midhat et al. reported the consumption of different food
items as part of the routine meals in the Qassim region of
KSA. However, they did not report the amount (or serving
sizes) of consumption. That study showed an increasing
probability of routine intake of fish, vegetables, fresh fruits
and barbecued meats (called a ‘healthy diet’) with
increasing age(27). Our findings showed that Saudis of
older ages consume more fruit and vegetables, and fewer
processed foods. The healthier diet seen among older
individuals might be related to different factors, such as a
birth cohort effect (due to the nutrition transition in the
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
1080
younger birth cohorts), the longer life of individuals with
healthy diets, more frequent contacts between health careproviders and older individuals (compared with younger
people), and better adherence among older individuals
to dietary guidelines because of their perceived risk of
disease and death.
The average consumption of fruit, vegetables and
shrimp in individuals with a college or higher education
was more than in other educational groups. The highest
intake of milk was reported by individuals with primary or
less education. Individuals with the lowest household
income had the highest consumption of SSB, while consumption of fruits, vegetables and pure juices was lower
than in individuals with higher income.
In our study, the highest intake of fish was in the Jizan,
Aasir, Al Bahah and Makkah regions (all located in the
south-western part of the country and close to the Red
Sea), as well as in Riyadh (capital); the lowest consumption of fish was reported by residents of Ha’il, Al Jawf and
Al Hudud ash Shamaliyah (all located in the north-western
part of the country).
Although the prevalence of obesity has decreased in
recent years in KSA, the current combination of high
overweight/obesity prevalence(28), sedentary lifestyle(10)
and inappropriate diet threatens the current and future
health of the population.
Our study has some limitations. First, we used a diet
history questionnaire that did not contain details for all
types of foods and beverages. Second, our food and
beverage consumption data are self-reported and subject
to recall and social desirability biases. Third, our study did
not include the amount of all foods and beverages (for
instance, complex carbohydrates), and we were not able
to directly calculate total energy expenditure. On the other
hand, our study is based on a large sample size and used a
standardized methodology for all its measures. It is
nationally representative and has the merit of providing
accurate data due to our near-real-time data quality
monitoring through the whole survey period.
The Saudi Ministry of Health has initiated programmes
and projects, such as the Crown Health Project(29,30) and
the Saudi dietary guidelines(9), to alleviate the burden of
risk factors of non-communicable diseases. The outcomes
of these programmes need to be evaluated, so that the
lessons learned from them can be used in the adjustment
of current programmes and the planning and installation
of new comprehensive programmes.
Conclusion
Our study showed that Saudis’ diets do not follow the
guidelines for healthy diets. Increased efforts to improve
eating habits in KSA are needed. These efforts should promote a balanced diet according to energy intake and composition of diet. Specifically, increasing the consumption of
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
fruits, vegetables, dairy products, nuts and fish should be
targeted. Strategies are required to limit the consumption of
processed foods and SSB, especially in young adults. These
efforts should involve all stakeholders, including education
representatives, agriculture partners, food companies and
food importers. In addition, regular assessments of Saudis’
dietary status are needed to monitor trends and inform
interventions. Finally, political will is needed to enforce food
labelling and manufacturing regulations.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements: The authors would like to thank
Kevin O’Rourke at the Institute for Health Metrics and
Evaluation for editing the manuscript. Financial support:
This study was supported by a grant from the Ministry of
Health of the KSA. The Ministry of Health had no role in
the design, analysis or writing of this article. Conflict of
interest: The study and the authors have not received any
financial support from the food industries. Authorship:
A.H.M. conceived and designed the study. M.B., Z.A.M.,
M.A.S. and M.A.A. performed the survey. C.E.B. and F.D.
participated in questionnaire design and interviewers’
training. M.M.-L., A.A. and A.H.M. analysed the data.
M.M.-L., A.H.M., C.E.B., A.A., F.D., M.B., Z.A.M., M.A.S.,
M.A.A. and A.A.A.R. drafted or commented on the manuscript. A.A.A.R. supervised the study. All co-authors are
responsible for the content of this article and have read and
approved the final manuscript. Ethics of human subject
participation: The Saudi Ministry of Health and its IRB
approved the study protocol. The University of Washington
IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since the Institute for
Health Metrics and Evaluation received de-identified data
for the analysis. All respondents had the opportunity to
consent and agree to participate in the study.
Supplementary material
To view supplementary material for this article, please visit
https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980016003141
References
1. GBD 2013 Risk Factors Collaborators, Forouzanfar MH,
Alexander L et al. (2015) Global, regional, and national
comparative risk assessment of 79 behavioural, environmental and occupational, and metabolic risks or clusters of
risks in 188 countries, 1990–2013: a systematic analysis for
the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. Lancet 386,
2287–2323.
2. Memish ZA, Jaber S, Mokdad AH et al. (2014) Burden of
disease, injuries, and risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, 1990–2010. Prev Chronic Dis 11, E169.
3. Afshin A, Micha R, Khatibzadeh S et al. (2015) The impact of
dietary habits and metabolic risk factors on cardiovascular
and diabetes mortality in countries of the Middle East and
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
North Africa in 2010: a comparative risk assessment analysis.
BMJ Open 5, e006385.
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (2014) GBD
compare visualization tool. http://ihmeuw.org/3qc9
(accessed July 2016).
Adam A, Osama S & Muhammad KI (2014) Nutrition and
food consumption patterns in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Pak J Nutr 13, 181–190.
Madani KA, al-Amoudi NS & Kumosani TA (2000) The state
of nutrition in Saudi Arabia. Nutr Health 14, 17–31.
Khan MA & Al Kanhal MA (1998) Dietary energy and
protein requirements for Saudi Arabia: a methodological
approach. East Mediterr Health J 4, 68–75.
Alsufiani HM, Kumosani TA, Ford D et al. (2015) Dietary
patterns, nutrient intakes, and nutritional and physical
activity status of Saudi older adults: a narrative review.
J Aging Res Clin Pract 4, 2–11.
General Director of Nutrition, Ministry of Health (2012)
Saudi Dietary Guideline (Healthy Diet Palm). Riyadh:
Ministry of Health Publications.
El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M, Daoud F et al. (2016) On your
mark, get set go: levels of physical activity in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia, 2013. J Phys Act Health 13, 231–238.
El Bcheraoui C, Basulaiman M, AlMazroa M et al. (2015)
Fruit and vegetable consumption among adults in Saudi
Arabia, 2013. Nutr Diet Suppl 7, 41–49.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Tobacco consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,
2013: findings from a national survey. BMC Public Health
15, 611.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Self-rated health among Saudi adults: findings from a
national survey, 2013. J Community Health 40, 920–926.
US Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service
(2014) National Nutrient Database for Standard Reference,
Release 27. http://ndb.nal.usda.gov/ndb/foods (accessed
July 2016).
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
(2011) Food Balance Sheets, Saudi Arabia. http://faostat3.
fao.org/download/FB/FBS/E (accessed October 2015).
Attia AAEM & Farajat MA (2013) Selected dietary habits
among female adolescents in Hail, Saudi Arabia. Am J Res
Commun 1, 140–148.
Haddad LJ, Hawkes C, Achadi E et al. (2015) Global
Nutrition Report 2015: Actions and Accountability to
Advance Nutrition and Sustainable Development.
Washington, DC: International Food Policy Research
Institute.
1081
18. Al-Hamdan NA, Kutbi A, Choudhry AJ et al. (2005) WHO
STEPwise Approach to NCD Surveillance. Country-Specific
Standard Report: Saudi Arabia. http://www.who.int/chp/steps/
2005_SaudiArabia_STEPS_Report_EN.pdf?ua=1 (accessed July
2016).
19. Schwingshackl L & Hoffmann G (2014) Monounsaturated
fatty acids, olive oil and health status: a systematic review
and meta-analysis of cohort studies. Lipids Health Dis
13, 154.
20. Ruby MB & Heine SJ (2011) Meat, morals, and masculinity.
Appetite 56, 447–450.
21. Vartanian LR (2015) Impression management and food
intake. Current directions in research. Appetite 86, 74–80.
22. Levant RF, Parent MC, McCurdy ER et al. (2015) Moderated
mediation of the relationships between masculinity ideology,
outcome expectations, and energy drink use. Health Psychol
34, 1100–1106.
23. American Institute for Cancer Research (2007) Recommendations for Cancer Prevention. http://www.aicr.org/reduceyour-cancer-risk/recommendations-for-cancer-prevention/
(accessed July 2016).
24. Eckel RH, Jakicic JM, Ard JD et al. (2014) 2013 AHA/ACC
guideline on lifestyle management to reduce cardiovascular
risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/
American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 63, 2960–2984.
25. US Department of Health and Human Services & US
Department of Agriculture (2005) Dietary Guidelines for
Americans,
2005.
http://health.gov/dietaryguidelines/
dga2005/document/ (accessed July 2016).
26. Nasreddine L, Hwalla N, Sibai A et al. (2006) Food consumption patterns in an adult urban population in Beirut,
Lebanon. Public Health Nutr 9, 194–203.
27. Midhet F, Al Mohaimeed AR & Sharaf F (2010) Dietary
practices, physical activity and health education in Qassim
region of Saudi Arabia. Int J Health Sci 4, 3–10.
28. Memish ZA, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2014) Obesity
and associated factors – Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2013.
Prev Chronic Dis 11, E174.
29. Memish ZS, Abdullah AS, Saeedi MY et al. (2013) Methods
and status of a comprehensive community-based intervention focusing on non-communicable diseases and the major
risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The Crown
Health Project. Saudi Med J 34, 202–203.
30. Memish ZA, Saeedi MY, Al Madani AJ et al. (2015) Factors
associated with public awareness of the Crown Health
Program in the Al-Jouf Region. J Fam Community Med 22,
31–38.
Downloaded

NURS410- Nursing research

Description

there is an attached qualitative nursing research article. Briefly explain the study purpose and design. Restate the research questions for the study. Provide a short description of the study population. Based on what you have experienced in nursing thus far, do you feel the study findings are important for professional nursing practice? Support your response with scholarly journal articles or the textbook. make it simple and easy to read. thank you!

103 @Khadoojahmousa

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
BIOL103-ASSIGNMENT
Course name:
Principles of Microbiology for Public health
Course number:
BIOL103
CRN
Write an essay of minimum 400 words answering the
Assignment title or task
(The health problem) :
following question.

What is the role of Microbiology in Public health?
Discuss your answer with examples.
Student name:
Students Id Number:
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Grade:
/10
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Guidelines:

Your response should be a minimum of 400 words but should not exceed 500 words.

Font should be 12 Times New Roman

Heading should be Bold

Colour should be Black

Line spacing should be 1.5

Use proper references in APA style

AVOID PLAGIARISM

Due date; 04/02/2023 11:59 PM

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Revenue Review

Description

FIELD ACTIVITY: RESUME REVIEW ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

OVERVIEW

Preparing for a new career/position includes ensuring your resume accurately reflects your
KSAs, experience, and other characteristics relevant to securing a position. It is imperative this
document is 100% accurate and error-free. This assignment will provide you with an opportunity
to create a resume for a position you desire to hold in the future. Whether you will be a new
healthcare administrator or will be seeking a promotion in this industry in the future, this activity
is highly beneficial.

INSTRUCTIONS
The student will conduct research to identify a healthcare administrator position currently
available. The position should be one in which the student will be qualified for in the next 2-3
years (upon completion of the current degree and required experience). Then, based on the
Talent Quotient Analysis Assignment, interviews completed in the Field Activity: Interview
Analysis Assignment, and research conducted, the student will create a resume for the identified
healthcare administrator position. Be sure to review the Occupational Outlook Handbook (see
Resources section) to identify potential job growth, required KSAs, and so forth for this
position.
The student will have a current healthcare administrator review the resume and provide
feedback. Submit a copy of the job description, a summary of the professional feedback
provided, and a final draft of the resume.
Include the following in this order:
 Cover page
 Copy of the job description
 Summary of professional feedback
 The final draft of the resume
View the Field Activity: Resume Review Resources section under the Field Activity: Resume
Review page.(https://www.bls.gov/ooh/ )

health suh

Description

Your Tasks
Task 1- Food Log

You will keep a 3-day food log, where you will record the meals and snacks that you ate throughout each day. You can choose to track this using Cronometer or the provided Word document.

Actions

This week’s focus: carbohydrates, sugar, fiber, and calories.* You may record fat and protein; however, they are not required for this week.*

Please see the Everything You Need to Know About- DIETARY ANALYSIS ASSIGNMENTS page for more specific details on this process.

Task 2- Analysis

Please answer the following questions in complete sentences:

In regard to calories-
What was your averageLinks to an external site. calorie count?
Did your calorie count surprise you? Why or why not?
What contributed the most to your calories?
In regard to carbohydrates (general)-
What was your averageLinks to an external site. carbohydrate intake during the 3 days? Was your carbohydrate intake within the daily rangeLinks to an external site. (recall that the average minimum is 130 g/day)? Were you surprised by your averages?
What type of carbohydrate did you eat the most of? Fast-releasing (simple), starches, or fiber?
Reflect on the carbohydrates consumed this week. Did some keep you more satiated than others? Which ones?
In regard to fiber-
What was your averageLinks to an external site. fiber intake during the 3 days?
Are you getting the recommended amount of daily fiber (38 g /day for men; 25 g/day for women)? If yes, what are some foods that you eat that provide the most fiber. If not, what are foods that you can incorporate to help increase your fiber needs?
In regard to added sugars-
Were you surprised by your added sugar values?
Which foods contributed the most to these values?
Looking forward-
What are two foods that you can incorporate and/or swap in order to a) reduce calories; b) increase fiber; or c) reduce added sugar? Be creative!
Example- “I eat a lot of ice cream. One food swap that I can do is eating a half cup of fruit instead of a bowl of ice cream as an after-dinner treat in order to cut back on added sugar”.

Challenge!

Implement these changes during next week’s food log! I will ask you about it next week in Assignment 3.

Submission and Grading

This assignment is due on Saturday, September 23rd by 11:59 PM. Task 1 needs to be submitted as a pages document, Word document, or PDF file. Task 2 can be submitted as a text entry or file upload. This assignment is worth a total of 40 points. Each task is worth 20 points, and will be assessed based on the level of completeness. Submissions are graded anonymously.

Need Assistance?

Don’t forget to revisit the following pages in the Orientation module to help you get started:

Everything You Need to Know About- DIETARY ANALYSIS ASSIGNMENTS
Video Guides for DAAs
Cronometer Guides
Student Example Using Cronometer.pdfActions
Student Example Using Log Template.pdfActions
Everything You Need to Know About- DIETARY ANALYSIS ASSIGNMENTS
Purpose
In short, the purpose of these assignments is to practically apply what you are learning in your day-to-day life.
Assignment Components
Assignments 1 and 6
The only task for you in these two assignments is to answer a series of questions. Assignment 1 will assess your current understanding of nutritional topics, and will allow you to examine your current dietary practices. Assignment 6 will involve a reflection of what you learned via the course and the dietary analysis assignments.
Please complete both of these assignments using complete sentences. More specific instructions can be found in the assignment pages.
Assignments 2-5
In assignments 2-5 you will have two tasks and a “challenge”:
Task 1- Food Log
You will complete a 3-day food log during Weeks 2-5 of the course. We are doing 3 days in order to get a basic understanding of our eating trends, although you are welcome to track for more days in order to have more robust data.. You can choose which consecutive days you complete the log; however, I would strongly encourage you to do the log between Monday and Friday since we are generally more consistent in our eating habits during these days (example- parties and other celebrations are more likely to occur on weekends).
You will be responsible for recording a list of the foods/beverages from each meal/snack, as well as their serving sizes and nutrients. Students have several options for accomplishing this:
Using the Word document provided for the week 2-5 assignments.I have created a space for you to record your meals, and specify which nutrients you need to track for that particular week.
Pros of this option- This option is best for students who are less comfortable using technology, and would prefer a simpler form of tracking. This also provides students the opportunity to print the document for easy recording access throughout the day.
Cons of this option- Nutrition analysis is done manually. In other words, it requires an understanding on reading a food label. Also, you will need to type everything up at the end of the week should you choose to print and record manually. One tool that can help in obtaining nutrient values for fresh foods is the FoodData CentralLinks to an external site. from the USDA.
Using the website CronometerLinks to an external site..You also have the option of utilizing an online tracking tool. For this class we will be using Cronometer, since it provides more information compared to other free nutrient trackers. If you already have a paid subscription to a service like MyFitnessPal then you are welcome to use that.
This is similar to using the Word document; however, you will track your nutrition using their database. I provide step-by-step instructions for how to use Cronometer on the following page.
Pros of this option- This is best for students who are more comfortable using technology. Also, you can save meals that you commonly eat, which makes the tracking process faster in the long run. The biggest pro of this option is that the nutrition analysis is done for you, as opposed to manually logging each nutrient,
Cons of this option- There is a slight learning curve when it comes to how the tracking process works. Also, you will need to keep in mind that the food selections and nutrient information are based on the site’s users, which means that they might not be 100% accurate and they might not have certain brands…this will require you to use your best judgment. Finally, you will need to remember to take screenshots or download a file for assignment submission.
Using a combination of bothFinally, for some of you it might be easiest to utilize both the Word document and Cronometer.
Pros of this option- This allows for the greatest flexibility. During the week you can simply write down the foods that you ate in the Word document (printed or online). Then you can use Cronometer at the end of the 3 days so that you don’t have to figure out the nutrients on the food label.
Cons of this option- This option will require the most work, since you are essentially recording your food twice.
Task 2- Analysis
This is similar to Assignments 1 and 6 in that you will be answering a series of questions in complete sentences. Questions will be based on the specific nutrients that I am asking you to focus on for that week. Here are examples of what some questions will look like:
What was your average [nutrient(s) for the week] this week? Is this within the daily intake range? Were you surprised?
What foods contributed to these values?
What type of [subcategory of nutrient] did you consume the most of? Did this affect how you felt physically?
The Weekly “Challenge”
In Task 2 I will ask you to think of 2 food swaps that relate to the nutrient focus for that week. I then present you with the challenge of actually implementing those swaps during the next week’s food log. You aren’t required to participate in the challenge; however, I will ask you about it in the following week’s Task 2 questions.
Submission
For Student’s Using the Word Document:
The only thing that you need to submit is the completed Word document. The Task 2 questions are also included within the document.
For Student’s Using Cronometer (or other tracking app):
You will need to either download or take a screenshot of the report from Cronometer. You can then either:
Upload the downloaded report or the screenshot to the assignment page, and then answer the Task 2 questions in the text box.
Paste the screenshot into a Word or pages document, and answer the Task 2 questions on the same document. Then, upload the document to the assignment page on Canvas.
You can also work solely in the submission text box. You should be able to embed your screenshot within the box.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Food Log- Week 1 of Tracking
Task 1
This week, please log the meal (B [breakfast], L [lunch], D [dinner], S [snack]), food/drink,
serving size, # of servings, carbohydrates, sugar, fiber, and calories (kcals).
You can fill in protein and fat; however, it is not a requirement for this week.
DAY 1
MEAL
FOOD/DRINK
SERVING
SIZE
# OF
SERVINGS
KCALS
CARB
SUGAR
FIBER
FAT
PROTEIN
FOOD/DRINK
SERVING
SIZE
# OF
SERVINGS
KCALS
CARB
SUGAR
FIBER
FAT
PROTEIN
TOTAL
DAY 2
MEAL
TOTAL
DAY 3
MEAL
FOOD/DRINK
SERVING
SIZE
# OF
SERVINGS
KCALS
CARB
TOTAL
[Analysis Questions on Next Page]
SUGAR
FIBER
FAT
PROTEIN
Task 2- Analysis
Please answer the following questions in complete sentences:
1. In regard to caloriesa. What was your average calorie count?
i. Answer
b. Did your calorie count surprise you? Why or why not?
c. What contributed the most to your calories?
2. In regard to carbohydrates (general)a. What was your average carbohydrate intake during the 3 days? Is your carbohydrate intake
within the daily range (recall that the average minimum is 130 g/day)? Were you surprised by
your averages?
b. What did you eat the most of: fast-releasing (simple) carbohydrates, starches, or fiber?
c. Reflect on the carbohydrates consumed this week. Did some keep you more satiated (than
others? Which ones?
3. In regard to fibera. What was your average fiber intake during the 3 days?
b. Are you getting the recommended amount of daily fiber (38 g /day for men; 25 g/day for
women)? If yes, what are some foods that you eat that provide the most fiber. If not, what are
foods that you can incorporate to help increase your fiber needs?
4. In regard to added sugarsa. Were you surprised by your added sugar values?
b. Which foods contributed the most to these values?
5. Looking forwarda. What are two foods that you can incorporate and/or swap in order to a) reduce calories; b)
increase fiber; or c) reduce added sugar? Be creative!
i. Example- “I eat a lot of ice cream. One food swap that I can do is eating a half cup of
fruit instead of a bowl of ice cream as an after-dinner treat in order to cut back on added
sugar”.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Writing project for advanced pharmacology

Description

Individual variations in drug response in Doc. Formate following the rubric and you can use another references. With checking for plagiarism.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Project rubrics
Value 20%
Word limit 1500 (excluding references)
Evaluation Items
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
Flow of essay
Grammar
Spelling
Work limit
References
Poor
(1)
The aim of the essay is
clearly stated
Defines the project
States the components
Outlines the arguments
to be presented
idea are presented,
explored, and
discussed
Use of literature to
support arguments
Balance of arguments
Statement on the
future of nursing
informatics
Clearly Summarises the
essay
Ease of read
Unsound
(marks lost)
10% outside word limit
(marks lost)
Number
20
References are
consistently formatted
Fair
(2)
Good
(3)
Excellent
(4)
Pharmacology
for Nurses
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 1
18/01/2019 22:38
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 2
18/01/2019 22:38
Sixth Edition
Pharmacology
for Nurses
A Pathophysiologic Approach
Michael Patrick Adams
Adjunct Professor of Anatomy and Physiology
Hillsborough Community College
Formerly Dean of Health Professions
Pasco-Hernando State College
Leland Norman Holland, Jr.
Professor
Hillsborough Community College
Polk State College
Carol Quam Urban
Associate Dean for Practice and Strategic Initiatives
Associate Professor
College of Health and Human Services
George Mason University
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 3
18/01/2019 22:38
Executive Portfolio Manager: Pamela Fuller
Development Editor: Teri Zak
Portfolio Management Assistant: Taylor Scuglik
Vice President, Content Production and Digital Studio:
Paul DeLuca
Managing Producer Health Science: Melissa Bashe
Content Producer: Michael Giacobbe
Vice President, Sales & Marketing: David Gesell
Vice President, Director of Marketing: Brad Parkins
Executive Field Marketing Manager: Christopher Barry
Field Marketing Manager: Brittany Hammond
Director, Digital Studio: Amy Peltier
Digital Producer: Jeff Henn
Full-Service Vendor: Pearson CSC
Full-Service Project Management: Pearson CSC, Dan Knott
Manufacturing Buyer: Maura Zaldivar-Garcia, LSC
Communications, Inc.
Cover Designer: Pearson CSC
Text Printer/Bindery: LSC Communications, Inc.
Cover Printer: Phoenix Color
Credits and acknowledgments for content borrowed from other sources and reproduced, with permission, in this
textbook appear on appropriate page within text except for the following:
Unit 1 opener, dimdimich/Fotolia
Unit 2 opener, Lighthunter/Shutterstock
Unit 3 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 4 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 5 opener, Sebastian Kaulitzki/Fotolia
Unit 6 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 7 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 8 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 9 opener, dimdimich/Fotolia
Cover, Pearson Education
Drug icon used throughout, tassel78/123RF.
Copyright © 2020, 2017, 2014, 2011, and 2008 by Pearson Education, Inc., or its affiliates. 221 River Street,
Hoboken, NJ 07030. All Rights Reserved. Printed in the United States of America. This publication is protected by
copyright, and permission should be obtained from the publisher prior to any prohibited reproduction, storage
in a retrieval system, or transmission in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise. For information regarding permissions, request forms and the appropriate contacts within the
Pearson Education Global Rights & Permissions Department, please visit www.pearsoned.com/permissions/
Unless otherwise indicated herein, any third-party trademarks that may appear in this work are the property of
their respective owners and any references to third-party trademarks, logos or other trade dress are for demonstrative or descriptive purposes only. Such references are not intended to imply any sponsorship, endorsement,
authorization, or promotion of Pearson’s products by the owners of such marks, or any relationship between the
owner and Pearson Education, Inc. or its affiliates, authors, licensees, or distributors.
Notice: Care has been taken to confirm the accuracy of information presented in this book. The authors, editors,
and the publisher, however, cannot accept any responsibility for errors or omissions or for consequences from
application of the information in this book and make no warranty, express or implied, with respect to its contents.
The authors and publisher have exerted every effort to ensure that drug selections and dosages set forth in this
text are in accord with current recommendations and practice at the time of publication. However, in view of
ongoing research, changes in government regulations, and the constant flow of information relating to drug therapy and drug reactions, the reader is urged to check the package inserts of all drugs for any change in indications
of dosage and for added warnings and precautions. This is particularly important when the recommended agent
is a new or infrequently employed drug.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Names: Adams, Michael, 1951- , author. | Holland, Leland Norman, 1957- ,
author. | Urban, Carol Q. (Carol Quam), author.
Title: Pharmacology for nurses : a pathophysiologic approach / Michael
Patrick Adams, Leland Norman Holland, Jr., Carol Quam Urban.
Description: Sixth edition. | Hoboken, N.J. : Pearson, [2020] | Includes
bibliographical references and index.
Identifiers: LCCN 2019000512| ISBN 9780135218334 | ISBN 0135218330
Subjects: | MESH: Drug Therapy | Pharmacological Phenomena | Pharmacology |
Nurses Instruction
Classification: LCC RM301 | NLM WB 330 | DDC 615/.1–dc23 LC record available at https://
lccn.loc.gov/2019000512
ISBN-10:0-13-521833-0
1 20
ISBN-13:978-0-13-521833-4
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 4
18/01/2019 22:38
About the Authors
MICHAEL PATRICK ADAMS, PHD, is an accomplished ed-
ucator, author, and national speaker. The National Institute
for Staff and Organizational Development in Austin, Texas,
named Dr. Adams a Master Teacher. He has published two
other textbooks with Pearson Publishing: Core Concepts in
Pharmacology and Pharmacology: Connections to Nursing Practice.
Dr. Adams obtained his master’s degree in pharmacology from Michigan State University and his doctorate in
education from the University of South Florida. Dr. Adams
LELAND NORMAN HOLLAND, JR., PHD (NORM), over
25 years ago, started out like many scientists, planning for
a career in basic science research. He was quickly drawn to
the field of teaching in higher medical education, where he
has spent most of his career. Among the areas where he has
been particularly effective are preparatory programs in
nursing, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, and allied health.
Dr. Holland is both a professor and supporter in nursing
education nationwide. He brings to the profession a depth
of knowledge in biology, chemistry, and medically related
CAROL QUAM URBAN, PHD, RN, Associate Professor, is
the Associate Dean for Practice and Strategic Initiatives in
the College of Health and Human Services at George Mason
University in Fairfax, Virginia. Teaching in the School of
Nursing for over 25 years, and most recently in the position
of Director of the School, she considers pharmacology to be
a course that truly integrates nursing knowledge, skills, and
was on the faculty of Lansing Community College and
St. Petersburg College, and served as Dean of Health Professions at Pasco-Hernando State College for 15 years. He
is currently Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences at
Hillsborough Community College.
I dedicate this book to nursing educators, who contribute every
day to making the world a better and more caring place.
—MPA
subjects, such as microbiology, biological chemistry, and
pharmacology. Dr. Holland’s doctoral degree is in medical
pharmacology. He is very much dedicated to the success of
students and their preparation for careers in health care.
He continues to motivate students in the lifelong pursuit
of learning.
To the greatest family in the world: Karen, Alexandria, Caleb,
and Joshua.
—LNHII
interdisciplinary teamwork. She has co-authored the
Pearson textbook Pharmacology: Connections to Nursing
Practice with Dr. Adams.
To my daughter, Joy, an extraordinary pediatric hematology-oncology
nurse, and in memory of my son, Keith, and husband, Michael.
—CQU
v
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 5
18/01/2019 22:38
Thank You
Our heartfelt thanks go out to our colleagues from
schools of nursing across the country who have given
their time generously to help create this exciting new edition. These individuals helped us plan and shape our
book and resources by reviewing chapters, art, design,
and more. Pharmacology for Nurses: A Pathophysiologic
Beatrice Adams, PharmD
Critical Care Clinical Pharmacist
Tampa General Hospital
Department of Pharmacy
Tampa, Florida
Shannon Allen, CRNA, MSNA
Professor
New Mexico Junior College
Hobbs, New Mexico
Candyce Antley, RN, MN
Instructor
Midlands Technical College
Columbia, South Carolina
Culeta Armstrong, MSN, RN
Clinical Assistant Professor
University of Memphis
Memphis, Tennessee
Wanda Barlow, MSN, RN,
FNP-BC
Instructor
Winston-Salem State University
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Sophia Beydoun, RN, BSN, MSN,
AA-AND
Professor
Henry Ford Community College
Dearborn, Michigan
Approach, sixth edition, has reaped the benefit of your collective knowledge and experience as nurses and teachers,
and we have improved the materials due to your efforts,
suggestions, objections, endorsements, and inspiration.
Among those who gave their time generously are the
following:
Marcus W. Campbell, PharmD,
BC-ADM
Assistant Professor Pharmacy Practice
Director, Center for Drug Information
& Research
LECOM School of Pharmacy
Bradenton, Florida
Rachel Choudhury, MSN, MS, RN, CNE
Associate Dean and Program Director,
ABSN
Musco School of Nursing and Health
Professions
Brandman University
Irvine, California
Darlene Clark, MS, RN
Senior Lecturer in Nursing
Pennsylvania State University
University Park, Pennsylvania
Janice DiFalco, RN, MSN, CNS,
CMSRN, FAACVPR
Professor
San Jacinto College
Pasadena, Texas
Deepali Dixit, PharmD, BCPS
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Staci Boruff, PhD, RN
Assistant Academic Dean of Health
Programs
Professor of Nursing
Walters State Community College
Morristown, Tennessee
Rachael Durie, PharmD, BCPS
Cardiology Clinical Pharmacist
Assistant Professor of Clinical
Pharmacy
Rutgers University
Neptune, New Jersey
Bridget Bradley, PharmD, BCPP
Assistant Professor
Pacific University
Hillsboro, Oregon
Deborah Dye, RN, MSN
Assistant Professor/Nursing
Department Chair
Ivy Tech Community College
Lafayette, Indiana
Mary M. Bridgeman, PharmD,
BCPS, CGP
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Reamer L. Bushardt, PharmD,
P.A.-C
Professor
Wake Forest Baptist Health
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Adina C. Hirsch, PharmD, BCNSP
Assistant Professor of Pharmacy
Practice
Philadelphia College of Osteopathic
Medicine
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Linda Howe, PhD, RN, CNS, CNE
Associate Professor
University of Central Florida
Orlando, Florida
Anne L. Hume, PharmD, FCCP,
BCPS
Professor of Pharmacy
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, Rhode Island
Ragan Johnson, DNP, APRN-BC
Assistant Professor
University of Tennessee
Memphis, Tennessee
Vinh Kieu, PharmD
Assistant Professor
George Mason University
Fairfax, Virginia
Dorothy Lee, PhD, RN, ANP-BC
Associate Professor of Nursing
Saginaw Valley State University
University Center, Michigan
Toby Ann Nishikawa, MSN, RN
Assistant Professor
Weber State University
Ogden, Utah
Dr. Diana Rangaves, PharmD, RPh
Director, Pharmacy Technology
Program
Santa Rosa Junior College
Santa Rosa, California
Jacqueline Frock, RN, MSN
Professor of Nursing
Oklahoma City Community College
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
Timothy Reilly, PharmD, BCPS,
CGP, FASCP
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Jasmine D. Gonzalvo, PharmD,
BCPS, BC-ADM, CDE
Clinical Associate Professor
Purdue University
West Lafayette, Indiana
Janet Czermak Russell, MS, MA,
APN-BC
Associate Professor
Essex County College
Newark, New Jersey
vi
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 6
18/01/2019 22:38
Pooja Shah, PharmD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Dustin Spencer, DNP, NP-C, ENP-BC
Assistant Professor of Nursing
Saginaw Valley State University
University Center, Michigan
Suzanne Tang, MSN, APRN, FNP-BC
Instructor
Rio Hondo College
Whittier, California
Samantha Smeltzer, RN
Professor of Nursing
Mount Aloysius College
Cresson, Pennsylvania
Dr. Jacqueline Stewart, DNP, CEN,
CCRN
Associate Professor of Nursing
Wilkes University
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania
Ryan Wargo, PharmD, BCACP
Assistant Professor of Pharmacy
Practice
Director of Admissions
LECOM School of Pharmacy
Bradenton, Florida
Rose Marie Smith, RN, MS, CNE
Division Dean of Nursing, Liberal
Arts, Social and Behavioral
Sciences
Redlands Community College
El Reno, Oklahoma
Rebecca E. Sutter, DNP, APRN,
FNP-BC
Associate Professor
George Mason University
Fairfax, Virginia
Timothy Voytilla, MSN, ARNP
Nursing Program Director
Keiser University
Tampa, Florida
vii
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 7
18/01/2019 22:38
Preface
When students are asked which subject in their nursing
program is the most challenging, pharmacology always
appears near the top of the list. The study of pharmacology
demands that students apply knowledge from a wide variety of the natural and applied sciences. Successfully predicting drug action requires a thorough knowledge of
anatomy, physiology, chemistry, and pathology as well as
the social sciences of psychology and sociology. Lack of
adequate pharmacology knowledge can result in immediate and direct harm to the patient; thus, the stakes in learning the subject are high.
Pharmacology cannot be made easy, but it can be
made understandable when the proper connections are
made to knowledge learned in these other disciplines. The
vast majority of drugs in clinical practice are prescribed for
specific diseases, yet many pharmacology textbooks fail to
recognize the complex interrelationships between pharmacology and pathophysiology. When drugs are learned in
isolation from their associated diseases or conditions, students have difficulty connecting pharmacotherapy to therapeutic goals and patient wellness. The pathophysiology
focus of this textbook gives the student a clearer picture of
the importance of pharmacology to disease and, ultimately, to patient care. The approach and rationale of this
textbook focus on a holistic perspective to patient care
which clearly shows the benefits and limitations of pharmacotherapy in curing or preventing illness. In addition to
its pathophysiology focus, medication safety and interdisciplinary teamwork are consistently emphasized throughout the text. Although difficult and challenging, the study
of pharmacology is truly a fascinating, lifelong journey.
New to This Edition
The sixth edition of Pharmacology for Nurses: A Pathophysiologic Approach has been thoroughly updated to reflect
current pharmacotherapeutics and advances in understanding disease.
• NEW! Applying Research to Nursing Practice feature
illustrates how current medical research is used to improve patient teaching. Books, journals, or websites
may be cited, and the complete source information
provided in the References section at the end of
the chapter.
• NEW! Key terms are listed at the beginning of each
chapter along with corresponding page numbers that
indicate where their definitions may be found within
the chapter.
• UPDATED! Check Your Understanding questions
appear throughout the drug chapters to reinforce
student knowledge.
• EXPANDED! Includes more than 40 new drugs, drug
classes, indications, and therapies that have been approved since the last edition.
• UPDATED! Black Box Warnings issued by the FDA are
included for all appropriate drug prototypes.
• UPDATED! Pharmacotherapy Illustrated diagrams
help students visualize the connection between pharmacology and the patient.
• UPDATED! Nursing Practice Application charts have
been revised to contain current applications to clinical
practice with key lifespan, safety, collaboration, and diversity considerations noted.
Organization and Structure—A Body
System and Disease Approach
Pharmacology for Nurses: A Pathophysiologic Approach is organized according to body systems (units) and diseases
(chapters). Each chapter provides the complete information
on the drug classifications used to treat the diseases. Specially designed numbered headings describe key concepts
and cue students to each drug classification discussion.
The pathophysiologic approach clearly places the
drugs in context with how they are used therapeutically.
The student is able to locate easily all relevant anatomy,
physiology, pathology, and pharmacology in the same
chapter in which the drugs are discussed. This approach
provides the student with a clear view of the connection
among pharmacology, pathophysiology, and the nursing
care learned in other clinical courses.
The vast number of drugs available in clinical practice
is staggering. To facilitate learning, this text uses drug prototypes in which the most representative drugs in each
classification are introduced in detail. Students are less intimidated when they can focus their learning on one representative drug in each class.
viii
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 8
18/01/2019 22:38
Preface
Chapter 15 Drugs for Seizures
ix
179
This text uses several strategies to
Prototype Drug
Valproic Acid (Depakene, others)
connect pharmacology to nursing practice.
Therapeutic Class: Antiseizure drug
Pharmacologic Class: Valproate
Throughout the text the student will find
PHARMACOKINETICS (PO CAPSULES)
Actions and Uses
15 Drugs for Seizures
175
Valproic acid has become a preferred drug for treating manyChapter Onset
Peak
Duration
interesting features, such as Complementypes of epilepsy. This medication has several trade names and
2–4 days
1–4 h
6–24 h
formulations, which can cause confusion when studying it.
tary and Alternative Therapies, Treating
• Valproic acid (Depakene) is the standard form of the drug
Adverse Effects
the Diverse Patient, Community-Oriented
given PO.
Prototype Drug
Phenobarbital
(Luminal)
Side effects include sedation, drowsiness, GI upset, and pro• Valproate sodium (Depacon) is the sodium salt of valproic
longed bleeding time. Other effects include visual disturbances,
Practice, and Lifespan
Considerations,
Therapeutic
Class: Antiseizure drug; sedative
Pharmacologic
agonist
acid given PO or IV. Class: Barbiturate; GABAA receptor
muscle
weakness, tremor, psychomotor agitation, bone
• Divalproex sodium (Depakote ER) is a sustained release
marrow suppression, weight gain, abdominal cramps, rash,
that clearly place the drugs in context with
combination of valproic acid and its sodium salt in a
alopecia,
pruritus,
photosensitivity, erythema multiforme, and
Actions and Uses
With overdose, phenobarbital may cause
severe
respiratory
1:1 mixture. It is given PO and is available in an enterictheir clinical applications.
Re- used for the managefatal hepatotoxicity.
Black Box Warning: May result in fatal
Phenobarbital is a Applying
long-acting barbiturate
depression, CNS depression, coma, and
death.
coated form.
hepatic failure, especially in children under the age of 2 years.
mentPractice
of a variety offeatures
seizures. It isillusalso used to produce sedasearch to Nursing
All three formulations
of
the
drug
form
the
chemiNonspecific
symptoms
often precede hepatotoxicity: weakness,
Contraindications: Administration of phenobarbital is inadvistion. Phenobarbital should not be used for pain reliefcalbecause
valproate itafter absorption or on entering the brain. The
facial edema, anorexia, and vomiting. Liver function tests should
able
in
cases
of
hypersensitivity
to
barbiturates,
severe
uncontrate how currentmay
medical
research
is
used
pharmacokinetics of each form varies, and doses are not
be performed prior to treatment and at specific intervals durincrease a patient’s sensitivity to pain.
trolled pain, preexisting CNS depression,
porphyrias,
severe
ing the
first 6 months
of treatment. Valproic acid can produce
Phenobarbital acts
biochemically
by enhancing interchangeable.
the action of In this text, the name valproic acid is used
to improve patient
teaching.
Patient
Safety
170 Unit
3 The Nervous System
to describe all forms ofrespiratory
the drug, unless
specifically
stated
disease with dyspnea or obstruction,
glaucoma
life-threateningand
pancreatitis
and teratogenic effects, including
the GABA neurotransmitter, which is responsible for suppressing
otherwise.
spina
bifida.
illustrates potential
pitfalls that can lead
or prostatic hypertrophy.
abnormal neuronal discharges that can cause epilepsy. Valproic acid is administered as monotherapy or in combiContraindications:
Hypersensitivity may occur. This
needed
safety precautions.
In collaboration
poisoning—and
changes
in perfusion—such
aswith
those
nation
other AEDsimplementing
to treat absence seizures
and complex
to medication errors.
PharmFacts
contain
medication should not be administered to patients with liver
Interactions
partial seizures.
ER isthe
alsopatient,
approved for
the healthcare
prevenwith
the
provider, pharmacist, and
caused by hypotension, stroke, shock, and cardiac
dys-Depakote
disease, bleeding dysfunction, pancreatitis, and congenital
Administration
statistics and facts
that are Alerts
relevant
to the
tion of migraine headaches
and mania
associated
with bipolar
Drug–Drug:
Phenobarbital
interacts
with
many other drugs.
nurse
are instrumental
in achieving
rhythmias—may
be causes.
metabolicpositive
disorders. therapeutic
Off-label indications
include
behavioral
distur• Parenteral
phenobarbital is a soft-tissue
irritant.disorder.
IntramusItoutcomes.
should
notsevere
be
taken
with
alcohol
or other of
CNS
depressants
Through
a
combination
pharmacotherapy,
chapter. Check Your
Understanding
feabances,
such as agitation due to dementia, Alzheimer’s disease,
Pregnancy
planning
is
a
major
concern
for
women
cular (IM) injections may produce a local inflammatory
reacbecause
these substances
potentiate
barbiturateeffective
action,
Interactions
patient–family
support,
and education,
seizure
or explosive temper in patients
with ADHD; persistent
hiccups;
with students
epilepsy.
Because
several
AEDs
effectivetures encourage
to apply
what
Drug–Drug: depression
Valproic acid interacts
with many drugs. For
tion. IV administration
is rarely
useddecrease
because the
extravasation
the
riskachieved
of life-threatening
respiratory
or
and status epilepticus increasing
refractory
IV
diazepam.
controltocan
be
in a majority
of patients.
example, aspirin, cimetidine, chlorpromazine, erythromycin, and
ness of may
hormonal
contraceptives,
produce
tissue
necrosis. additional barrier methcardiac arrest. Phenobarbital increases
the metabolism of many
they have already
read
in the
chapter.
felbamate may increase valproic acid toxicity. Concomitant warAdministration Alerts
ods of birth control should be used to avoid unintended
drugs, (GI)
reducing
their effectiveness.
• Controlled substance: Schedule IV.
farin, aspirin, or alcohol use can cause severe bleeding. Alcohol,
• Valproic acid is a other
gastrointestinal
irritant. Advise
Students learn
better
supplied
pregnancy.
Prior when
to pregnancy
and considering thepatients
serious
15.2
Types
of
Seizures
benzodiazepines, and other CNS depressants potentiate CNS
not
to
chew
extended-release
tablets
because
• Pregnancy category D.
Lab
Tests:
Barbiturates
may
affect
bromsulphalein
tests and
of seizures,
patients should
consult with theirmouth
healthdepressant action. Use of clonazepam concurrently with valsoreness will occur.
with accurate, nature
attractive
graphics
and rich
The differing
presentation of seizures
relates to their signs
increase
serum
phosphatase.
proic acid may induce absence seizures. Valproic acid increases
• Do
not mix
care provider to determine the most appropriate
plan
ofvalproic acid syrup with carbonated beverages
and
symptoms.
Symptoms
may range
from sudden,
violent
serum phenobarbital
and phenytoin
levels. Lamotrigine, pheit will trigger
immediate
release of
the drug, which
media ­resources.
Pharmacology
for Nurses:
A
action
for seizure control.
When pregnancy
occurs,because
caution
PHARMACOKINETICS
Herbal/Food:
Kava,
chamomile
potentiate
nytoin, andmay
rifampin
lower valproic
acid levels.
shaking
and
total valerian,
loss of and
consciousness
to muscle
twitchcauses severe mouth
and throat
irritation.
is necessary
because
many
are pregnancy
D.
­Pathophysiologic
­AOnset
pproach
contains
a genersedation.
• Open capsules and
sprinkle
on
soft
foods
if
the
patient
Peak AEDs
Duration category
ing or slight tremor of a limb. Staring
space, altered
Lab Tests: into
Unknown.
AEDs such as lamotrigine, gabapentin, and zonisamide
cannot swallow them.
20–60 minwith an
4–12­uhnequaled
PO; 30 min IV 10–16 h PO; 4–10 h IV
vision, and
are
other treatment
behaviors
ous number ofmay
figures,
Treatment
ofdifficulty
Overdose:speaking
There is no
specific
fora person
Herbal/Food:
Unknown.
• Pregnancy
category
D.
be
considered
because
they
appear
to
have
a
lower
risk
PO; 5 min IV
may exhibit.
Determining
cause of recurrent
seizures
overdose.
Drug removal
may bethe
accomplished
by gastric lavage
of teratogenicity. Some AEDs
may cause folate deficiency,
art program. Pharmacotherapy
­Illustrated
is use
essential
for proper
diagnosis
andmay
selection
of the
or
of
activated
charcoal.
Hemodialysis
be
effective
in most
condition correlated with fetal neural tube defects. Vitafeatures appearamin
throughout
effective removal
treatment
options. from the body. Treatment is
Adverse Effects the text, breakfacilitating
of
phenobarbital
supplements may be necessary. Eclampsia is a severe
Methods
of classifying
epilepsy
have
changed
Phenobarbital
is ainto
Schedule
IV drugunthat may cause depensupportive
and consists
mainly of endotracheal
intubation
and over
such as lamotrigine
(Lamictal)
and zonisamide (Zonegran),
ing down complex
topics
easily
hypertensive
disorder
that
continues
to worsen
preg- Seizures
15.8 as
Treating
time. For example,
terms grand
and
petithypotenmalfor
epilepsy
aremal
being
investigated
their roles in treating absence seidence. Common side effects include drowsiness, vitamin defimechanical
ventilation.the
Treatment
of bradycardia
and
nancy
progresses.
It
is
characterized
by
seizures,
coma,
and
with
Succinimides
derstood formats.
Animations
of
drug
zures.
Lamotrigine
has
also
been
have,
forbethe
most part, been replaced by more descriptive found to be effective in
ciencies (vitamin D; folate 3B9 4; and B12), and laryngospasms.
sion
may
necessary.
perinatal
mortality. Eclampsia is likely to occurSuccinimides
from around
patients with partial seizures, usually in combination with
are medications
that suppress
by are
and detailed
labels.seizures
Epilepsies
typically identified using
mechanisms show
the
student
step-by-step
other antiseizure medications.
the 20th week of gestation until at least 1 weekdelaying
after delivery
calcium influx into neurons. By raising the seithe
International
Classification
of
Epileptic Seizures nomenzure eclampsia
threshold, succinimides keep neurons from firing too
of
the
baby.
Approximately
25%
of
women
with
how drugs act.
clature.
These
are are
termed
partial (focal), generalized, and
quickly, thus suppressing
abnormal
foci. They
generally
experience seizures within 72 hours postpartum.
For years,
only effective against absence
Thesyndromes
succinimides (Table 15.1). Types of partial
specialseizures.
epileptic
one of the approaches used to prevent or treat
eclamptic
are listed
in Table 15.5.(focal) seizures or generalized seizures may be recognized
Ethosuximide
Check Your Understanding 15.1
seizures was magnesium sulfate. The mechanism
for this (Zarontin) is the most commonly prebased
on symptoms
observed
during a seizure episode.
scribed drug inA
this class.
It remains
a preferred choice
for
If an antiseizure drug must be discontinued, how will this be accomComplementary
and Alternative
Therapies
substance’s
antiseizure
activity is not
well understood.
Some
symptoms
are
subtle
and
reflect
thewhy
specific
nature
of
absence seizures, although valproic acid is also effective for
plished, and
is this method
necessary?
See Appendix A for the
prototype
feature
forFOR
magnesium
presented
in
THE KETOGENIC
DIET
EPILEPSY sulfate is these
types of seizures. Some
of the newer
antiseizure
drugs,
answer.
neuronal
misfiring;
others
are more
complex.
Chapter 43.
The Seizures
ketogenic can
diet have
is most
often used when
seizures
cannot
be
has a ketogenic ratio of 3 or 4 g of fat to 1 g of protein and carbohya significant
impact
on the
quality
controlled
through
or whenif there
unacceptdrate
de LimaConcepts
et al., 2017). Because
of the high ratio of fat
of
life. They
maypharmacotherapy
cause serious injury
they are
occur
while
15.3(Azevedo
General
of Antiseizure
adverse
effects toathe
medications.
Before antiseizure
drugs
in the diet, complications such as hyperlipidemia and hepatotoxicaable
person
is driving
vehicle
or performing
a dangerous
Pharmacotherapy
were developed,
diet was
primary
treatment
epilepsy.
ity
may occur, and patients on this diet need to be monitored long
M15_ADAM8334_06_SE_C15.indd
179
08/12/2018 14:27
activity.
Almost this
all states
willa not
grant,
or will for
take
away,
studies
have and
examined
the possibility
that theperiod
ketogenic
diet
term
detectofthese
effects
(Azevedo de Lima
et al.,patient
2017;
The to
choice
AEDadverse
is highly
individualize
for each
aRecent
driver’s
license
require
a seizure-free
before
could provide
benefit for
patientsWithout
with Alzheimer’s,
Parkinson’s,
and
Arslan
et al., 2016,).
and depends
on the type of seizures, the patient’s previgranting
a driver’s
license.
successful
pharmacoother neurodegenerative
diseaseslimit
(Rajagopal,
Sangam,inSingh,
&
suggests EEG
that the
dietand
produces
a high pathologies.
success rate
ous Research
medical history,
data,
associated
therapy,
epilepsy can severely
participation
school,
Joginapally, 2016;
Veyrat-Durebex
et al.,
2018).
exact mechacompared
to standardistreatment,
withpatient
better control
of seizures.
Once a medication
selected, the
is placed
on a low
employment,
and
social activities
and
can The
definitely
affect
nism behind theChronic
effectiveness
of the dietmay
is unknown
and appears
to
Improvement
noted rapidly
and the diet
appearsuntil
to be seizure
equally
initial dose.may
Thebe
amount
is gradually
increased
self-esteem.
depression
accompany
poorly
include both direct
effect from
ketone body
increases, and metabolic
effective
seizureortype.
The
mostside
frequently
reported
adverse
control for
is every
achieved,
until
drug
effects
prevent
addicontrolled
seizures.
Important
considerations
in nurschanges
occur, identifying
increasing GABA
and inhibitory
effects
vomiting,
fatigue,
constipation,
diarrhea,
andobtained
hunger.
tional include
increases
in dose.
Serum
drug levels
may be
ing
carethat
include
patients
at risk neurotransmitfor seizures,
ters (Rho, 2017).the pattern and type of seizure activity, and
Cost
and the
of following
the diet
long term may the
alsomost
limit
to assist
thedifficulty
healthcare
provider
in determining
documenting
The ketogenic diet is a stringently calculated diet that is high
in fat and low in carbohydrates and protein. It limits water intake to
avoid ketone dilution and carefully controls caloric intake. Each meal
its use (Wijnen et al., 2017). Those interested in trying the diet must
consult with their healthcare provider to optimize the therapy. The
long-term effects are not yet fully known.
Treating the Diverse Patient: Sports-Related Concussions
There is increased awareness and concern about sports-related
concussions at all ages. Concussions are a form of traumatic
brain injury (TBI) and can range from mild to severe, with immediate and long-term consequences, including dementia and
chronic traumatic encephalopathy (Thomas et al., 2018). Ban,
Botros, Madden, and Batjer (2016) found a relatively low inciM15_ADAM8334_06_SE_C15.indd
175
dence of sports-related
TBI, but an estimated 13% of pediatric
and 14% of adult injuries were considered moderate to severe.
While headaches, dizziness, and visual disturbances were
common after a mild injury, seizures were more common with
severe sports-related concussions, and symptoms may persist
and become chronic (Choe et al., 2016; Merritt, Rabinowitz, &
Arnett, 2015).
M15_ADAM8334_06_SE_C15.indd 170
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 9
Early detection and intervention is a key strategy in the appropriate treatment of a concussion, but not all patients, particularly
children, seek treatment. Bryan, Rowhani-Rahbar, Comstock, &
Rivara (2016) found that as many as 52% of high school sports
and recreation-related concussions were not report

responseeee.

Description

Please respond to discussion below using current APA edition and 2 scholarly references. Must be 150 words.

Clinical experience is one of the academic requirements and qualifications for becoming a professional advanced nurse practitioner. ANP must attend clinical rotations and engage in clinical practice and patient assessment in the clinical facilities. This week’s clinical experience was challenging and insightful at the same time. I managed to interact with and handle different patient cases. I actively participated in patient assessments and coming up with accurate diagnosis and treatment plans for different patient cases. This week was a success since I was able to apply the knowledge I have learned and acquired in my course in handling patient assessments. I gained experience in different clinical practices and handling different clinical cases, which enriched my expertise and competency. However, I encountered challenges handling patients from different cultural and ethnic backgrounds. I learned that patients have other preferences when it comes to medical care, and I was able to understand them and respect their decisions.

Patient Assessment

Rose, a 28-year-old female patient, presented to the clinic with severe abdominal. The patient stated that she had never had such an occurrence and reported that it was the first time she had such an experience. She has never been admitted to the hospital before and has not been on medication in the last six months. The patient, however, has various symptoms, including high blood pressure, high body temperature and fever, nausea, and vomiting (Cesur et al., 2023).

The assessment was conducted by first assessing the scale of pain the patient is experiencing. On a scale of 1 to 10, the patient rated the pain at 8. She states that the pain is severe and occurs after five to ten minutes. The first plan of care administered to the patient was pain management to help relieve and reduce the intensity of pain she was experiencing (Yang et al., 2023). Afterward, physical assessment and diagnosis were conducted. The patient’s abdominal region was assessed for any palpitations. The patient was also requested to point or locate where the pain was originating from. The body temperature and blood pressure were both assessed. The bowel sounds were assessed and found to be normal.

Differential Diagnosis

A differential diagnosis was conducted to come up with an accurate diagnosis and treatment plan for the patient. The differential diagnosis for this patient case was appendicitis or gallstones, pyelonephritis, and nephrolithiasis. To come up with an accurate diagnosis, several laboratory tests were ordered. The first test ordered was a pregnancy test to help determine whether the patient was pregnant to avoid X-rays (Cesur et al., 2023). A urinalysis test was also ordered to help in finding out whether the cause of the pain was due to renal malfunctions. The urinalysis was normal, and therefore, this was an indication of normal functioning kidneys. Complete blood tests and imaging of the pelvic region were ordered. The white blood cell count was high, indicating the presence of illness or inflammation in the body. The ultrasound indicated a swollen appendix; the patient was diagnosed with appendicitis (Monsonis et al., 2020).

Health Promotion Intervention

The health promotion intervention for this patient was first managing the pain by administering painkillers. The patient was also scheduled for appendectomy or appendectomy surgery to remove it (Yang et al., 2023). The patient was educated on living a healthy lifestyle by eating plenty of fiber and a healthy diet. The patient was encouraged to take vegetables and fruits and eat foods rich in minerals and vitamins. During this week, I learned the importance of conducting differential diagnoses while handling patient cases to help in coming up with an accurate diagnosis and treatment plan for patient cases.

Writing project for advanced pharmacology

Description

The role of complementary and alternative therapies in pharmacology in Doc. Formate following the rubric and you can use another references. With checking for plagiarism.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Project rubrics
Value 20%
Word limit 1500 (excluding references)
Evaluation Items
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
Flow of essay
Grammar
Spelling
Work limit
References
Poor
(1)
The aim of the essay is
clearly stated
Defines the project
States the components
Outlines the arguments
to be presented
idea are presented,
explored, and
discussed
Use of literature to
support arguments
Balance of arguments
Statement on the
future of nursing
informatics
Clearly Summarises the
essay
Ease of read
Unsound
(marks lost)
10% outside word limit
(marks lost)
Number
20
References are
consistently formatted
Fair
(2)
Good
(3)
Excellent
(4)
Project rubrics
Value 20%
Word limit 1500 (excluding references)
Evaluation Items
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
Flow of essay
Grammar
Spelling
Work limit
References
Poor
(1)
The aim of the essay is
clearly stated
Defines the project
States the components
Outlines the arguments
to be presented
idea are presented,
explored, and
discussed
Use of literature to
support arguments
Balance of arguments
Statement on the
future of nursing
informatics
Clearly Summarises the
essay
Ease of read
Unsound
(marks lost)
10% outside word limit
(marks lost)
Number
20
References are
consistently formatted
Fair
(2)
Good
(3)
Excellent
(4)
Pharmacology
for Nurses
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 1
18/01/2019 22:38
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 2
18/01/2019 22:38
Sixth Edition
Pharmacology
for Nurses
A Pathophysiologic Approach
Michael Patrick Adams
Adjunct Professor of Anatomy and Physiology
Hillsborough Community College
Formerly Dean of Health Professions
Pasco-Hernando State College
Leland Norman Holland, Jr.
Professor
Hillsborough Community College
Polk State College
Carol Quam Urban
Associate Dean for Practice and Strategic Initiatives
Associate Professor
College of Health and Human Services
George Mason University
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 3
18/01/2019 22:38
Executive Portfolio Manager: Pamela Fuller
Development Editor: Teri Zak
Portfolio Management Assistant: Taylor Scuglik
Vice President, Content Production and Digital Studio:
Paul DeLuca
Managing Producer Health Science: Melissa Bashe
Content Producer: Michael Giacobbe
Vice President, Sales & Marketing: David Gesell
Vice President, Director of Marketing: Brad Parkins
Executive Field Marketing Manager: Christopher Barry
Field Marketing Manager: Brittany Hammond
Director, Digital Studio: Amy Peltier
Digital Producer: Jeff Henn
Full-Service Vendor: Pearson CSC
Full-Service Project Management: Pearson CSC, Dan Knott
Manufacturing Buyer: Maura Zaldivar-Garcia, LSC
Communications, Inc.
Cover Designer: Pearson CSC
Text Printer/Bindery: LSC Communications, Inc.
Cover Printer: Phoenix Color
Credits and acknowledgments for content borrowed from other sources and reproduced, with permission, in this
textbook appear on appropriate page within text except for the following:
Unit 1 opener, dimdimich/Fotolia
Unit 2 opener, Lighthunter/Shutterstock
Unit 3 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 4 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 5 opener, Sebastian Kaulitzki/Fotolia
Unit 6 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 7 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 8 opener, nerthuz/Fotolia
Unit 9 opener, dimdimich/Fotolia
Cover, Pearson Education
Drug icon used throughout, tassel78/123RF.
Copyright © 2020, 2017, 2014, 2011, and 2008 by Pearson Education, Inc., or its affiliates. 221 River Street,
Hoboken, NJ 07030. All Rights Reserved. Printed in the United States of America. This publication is protected by
copyright, and permission should be obtained from the publisher prior to any prohibited reproduction, storage
in a retrieval system, or transmission in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise. For information regarding permissions, request forms and the appropriate contacts within the
Pearson Education Global Rights & Permissions Department, please visit www.pearsoned.com/permissions/
Unless otherwise indicated herein, any third-party trademarks that may appear in this work are the property of
their respective owners and any references to third-party trademarks, logos or other trade dress are for demonstrative or descriptive purposes only. Such references are not intended to imply any sponsorship, endorsement,
authorization, or promotion of Pearson’s products by the owners of such marks, or any relationship between the
owner and Pearson Education, Inc. or its affiliates, authors, licensees, or distributors.
Notice: Care has been taken to confirm the accuracy of information presented in this book. The authors, editors,
and the publisher, however, cannot accept any responsibility for errors or omissions or for consequences from
application of the information in this book and make no warranty, express or implied, with respect to its contents.
The authors and publisher have exerted every effort to ensure that drug selections and dosages set forth in this
text are in accord with current recommendations and practice at the time of publication. However, in view of
ongoing research, changes in government regulations, and the constant flow of information relating to drug therapy and drug reactions, the reader is urged to check the package inserts of all drugs for any change in indications
of dosage and for added warnings and precautions. This is particularly important when the recommended agent
is a new or infrequently employed drug.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Names: Adams, Michael, 1951- , author. | Holland, Leland Norman, 1957- ,
author. | Urban, Carol Q. (Carol Quam), author.
Title: Pharmacology for nurses : a pathophysiologic approach / Michael
Patrick Adams, Leland Norman Holland, Jr., Carol Quam Urban.
Description: Sixth edition. | Hoboken, N.J. : Pearson, [2020] | Includes
bibliographical references and index.
Identifiers: LCCN 2019000512| ISBN 9780135218334 | ISBN 0135218330
Subjects: | MESH: Drug Therapy | Pharmacological Phenomena | Pharmacology |
Nurses Instruction
Classification: LCC RM301 | NLM WB 330 | DDC 615/.1–dc23 LC record available at https://
lccn.loc.gov/2019000512
ISBN-10:0-13-521833-0
1 20
ISBN-13:978-0-13-521833-4
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 4
18/01/2019 22:38
About the Authors
MICHAEL PATRICK ADAMS, PHD, is an accomplished ed-
ucator, author, and national speaker. The National Institute
for Staff and Organizational Development in Austin, Texas,
named Dr. Adams a Master Teacher. He has published two
other textbooks with Pearson Publishing: Core Concepts in
Pharmacology and Pharmacology: Connections to Nursing Practice.
Dr. Adams obtained his master’s degree in pharmacology from Michigan State University and his doctorate in
education from the University of South Florida. Dr. Adams
LELAND NORMAN HOLLAND, JR., PHD (NORM), over
25 years ago, started out like many scientists, planning for
a career in basic science research. He was quickly drawn to
the field of teaching in higher medical education, where he
has spent most of his career. Among the areas where he has
been particularly effective are preparatory programs in
nursing, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, and allied health.
Dr. Holland is both a professor and supporter in nursing
education nationwide. He brings to the profession a depth
of knowledge in biology, chemistry, and medically related
CAROL QUAM URBAN, PHD, RN, Associate Professor, is
the Associate Dean for Practice and Strategic Initiatives in
the College of Health and Human Services at George Mason
University in Fairfax, Virginia. Teaching in the School of
Nursing for over 25 years, and most recently in the position
of Director of the School, she considers pharmacology to be
a course that truly integrates nursing knowledge, skills, and
was on the faculty of Lansing Community College and
St. Petersburg College, and served as Dean of Health Professions at Pasco-Hernando State College for 15 years. He
is currently Adjunct Professor of Biological Sciences at
Hillsborough Community College.
I dedicate this book to nursing educators, who contribute every
day to making the world a better and more caring place.
—MPA
subjects, such as microbiology, biological chemistry, and
pharmacology. Dr. Holland’s doctoral degree is in medical
pharmacology. He is very much dedicated to the success of
students and their preparation for careers in health care.
He continues to motivate students in the lifelong pursuit
of learning.
To the greatest family in the world: Karen, Alexandria, Caleb,
and Joshua.
—LNHII
interdisciplinary teamwork. She has co-authored the
Pearson textbook Pharmacology: Connections to Nursing
Practice with Dr. Adams.
To my daughter, Joy, an extraordinary pediatric hematology-oncology
nurse, and in memory of my son, Keith, and husband, Michael.
—CQU
v
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 5
18/01/2019 22:38
Thank You
Our heartfelt thanks go out to our colleagues from
schools of nursing across the country who have given
their time generously to help create this exciting new edition. These individuals helped us plan and shape our
book and resources by reviewing chapters, art, design,
and more. Pharmacology for Nurses: A Pathophysiologic
Beatrice Adams, PharmD
Critical Care Clinical Pharmacist
Tampa General Hospital
Department of Pharmacy
Tampa, Florida
Shannon Allen, CRNA, MSNA
Professor
New Mexico Junior College
Hobbs, New Mexico
Candyce Antley, RN, MN
Instructor
Midlands Technical College
Columbia, South Carolina
Culeta Armstrong, MSN, RN
Clinical Assistant Professor
University of Memphis
Memphis, Tennessee
Wanda Barlow, MSN, RN,
FNP-BC
Instructor
Winston-Salem State University
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Sophia Beydoun, RN, BSN, MSN,
AA-AND
Professor
Henry Ford Community College
Dearborn, Michigan
Approach, sixth edition, has reaped the benefit of your collective knowledge and experience as nurses and teachers,
and we have improved the materials due to your efforts,
suggestions, objections, endorsements, and inspiration.
Among those who gave their time generously are the
following:
Marcus W. Campbell, PharmD,
BC-ADM
Assistant Professor Pharmacy Practice
Director, Center for Drug Information
& Research
LECOM School of Pharmacy
Bradenton, Florida
Rachel Choudhury, MSN, MS, RN, CNE
Associate Dean and Program Director,
ABSN
Musco School of Nursing and Health
Professions
Brandman University
Irvine, California
Darlene Clark, MS, RN
Senior Lecturer in Nursing
Pennsylvania State University
University Park, Pennsylvania
Janice DiFalco, RN, MSN, CNS,
CMSRN, FAACVPR
Professor
San Jacinto College
Pasadena, Texas
Deepali Dixit, PharmD, BCPS
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Staci Boruff, PhD, RN
Assistant Academic Dean of Health
Programs
Professor of Nursing
Walters State Community College
Morristown, Tennessee
Rachael Durie, PharmD, BCPS
Cardiology Clinical Pharmacist
Assistant Professor of Clinical
Pharmacy
Rutgers University
Neptune, New Jersey
Bridget Bradley, PharmD, BCPP
Assistant Professor
Pacific University
Hillsboro, Oregon
Deborah Dye, RN, MSN
Assistant Professor/Nursing
Department Chair
Ivy Tech Community College
Lafayette, Indiana
Mary M. Bridgeman, PharmD,
BCPS, CGP
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Reamer L. Bushardt, PharmD,
P.A.-C
Professor
Wake Forest Baptist Health
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Adina C. Hirsch, PharmD, BCNSP
Assistant Professor of Pharmacy
Practice
Philadelphia College of Osteopathic
Medicine
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Linda Howe, PhD, RN, CNS, CNE
Associate Professor
University of Central Florida
Orlando, Florida
Anne L. Hume, PharmD, FCCP,
BCPS
Professor of Pharmacy
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, Rhode Island
Ragan Johnson, DNP, APRN-BC
Assistant Professor
University of Tennessee
Memphis, Tennessee
Vinh Kieu, PharmD
Assistant Professor
George Mason University
Fairfax, Virginia
Dorothy Lee, PhD, RN, ANP-BC
Associate Professor of Nursing
Saginaw Valley State University
University Center, Michigan
Toby Ann Nishikawa, MSN, RN
Assistant Professor
Weber State University
Ogden, Utah
Dr. Diana Rangaves, PharmD, RPh
Director, Pharmacy Technology
Program
Santa Rosa Junior College
Santa Rosa, California
Jacqueline Frock, RN, MSN
Professor of Nursing
Oklahoma City Community College
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
Timothy Reilly, PharmD, BCPS,
CGP, FASCP
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Jasmine D. Gonzalvo, PharmD,
BCPS, BC-ADM, CDE
Clinical Associate Professor
Purdue University
West Lafayette, Indiana
Janet Czermak Russell, MS, MA,
APN-BC
Associate Professor
Essex County College
Newark, New Jersey
vi
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 6
18/01/2019 22:38
Pooja Shah, PharmD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Rutgers University
Piscataway, New Jersey
Dustin Spencer, DNP, NP-C, ENP-BC
Assistant Professor of Nursing
Saginaw Valley State University
University Center, Michigan
Suzanne Tang, MSN, APRN, FNP-BC
Instructor
Rio Hondo College
Whittier, California
Samantha Smeltzer, RN
Professor of Nursing
Mount Aloysius College
Cresson, Pennsylvania
Dr. Jacqueline Stewart, DNP, CEN,
CCRN
Associate Professor of Nursing
Wilkes University
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania
Ryan Wargo, PharmD, BCACP
Assistant Professor of Pharmacy
Practice
Director of Admissions
LECOM School of Pharmacy
Bradenton, Florida
Rose Marie Smith, RN, MS, CNE
Division Dean of Nursing, Liberal
Arts, Social and Behavioral
Sciences
Redlands Community College
El Reno, Oklahoma
Rebecca E. Sutter, DNP, APRN,
FNP-BC
Associate Professor
George Mason University
Fairfax, Virginia
Timothy Voytilla, MSN, ARNP
Nursing Program Director
Keiser University
Tampa, Florida
vii
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 7
18/01/2019 22:38
Preface
When students are asked which subject in their nursing
program is the most challenging, pharmacology always
appears near the top of the list. The study of pharmacology
demands that students apply knowledge from a wide variety of the natural and applied sciences. Successfully predicting drug action requires a thorough knowledge of
anatomy, physiology, chemistry, and pathology as well as
the social sciences of psychology and sociology. Lack of
adequate pharmacology knowledge can result in immediate and direct harm to the patient; thus, the stakes in learning the subject are high.
Pharmacology cannot be made easy, but it can be
made understandable when the proper connections are
made to knowledge learned in these other disciplines. The
vast majority of drugs in clinical practice are prescribed for
specific diseases, yet many pharmacology textbooks fail to
recognize the complex interrelationships between pharmacology and pathophysiology. When drugs are learned in
isolation from their associated diseases or conditions, students have difficulty connecting pharmacotherapy to therapeutic goals and patient wellness. The pathophysiology
focus of this textbook gives the student a clearer picture of
the importance of pharmacology to disease and, ultimately, to patient care. The approach and rationale of this
textbook focus on a holistic perspective to patient care
which clearly shows the benefits and limitations of pharmacotherapy in curing or preventing illness. In addition to
its pathophysiology focus, medication safety and interdisciplinary teamwork are consistently emphasized throughout the text. Although difficult and challenging, the study
of pharmacology is truly a fascinating, lifelong journey.
New to This Edition
The sixth edition of Pharmacology for Nurses: A Pathophysiologic Approach has been thoroughly updated to reflect
current pharmacotherapeutics and advances in understanding disease.
• NEW! Applying Research to Nursing Practice feature
illustrates how current medical research is used to improve patient teaching. Books, journals, or websites
may be cited, and the complete source information
provided in the References section at the end of
the chapter.
• NEW! Key terms are listed at the beginning of each
chapter along with corresponding page numbers that
indicate where their definitions may be found within
the chapter.
• UPDATED! Check Your Understanding questions
appear throughout the drug chapters to reinforce
student knowledge.
• EXPANDED! Includes more than 40 new drugs, drug
classes, indications, and therapies that have been approved since the last edition.
• UPDATED! Black Box Warnings issued by the FDA are
included for all appropriate drug prototypes.
• UPDATED! Pharmacotherapy Illustrated diagrams
help students visualize the connection between pharmacology and the patient.
• UPDATED! Nursing Practice Application charts have
been revised to contain current applications to clinical
practice with key lifespan, safety, collaboration, and diversity considerations noted.
Organization and Structure—A Body
System and Disease Approach
Pharmacology for Nurses: A Pathophysiologic Approach is organized according to body systems (units) and diseases
(chapters). Each chapter provides the complete information
on the drug classifications used to treat the diseases. Specially designed numbered headings describe key concepts
and cue students to each drug classification discussion.
The pathophysiologic approach clearly places the
drugs in context with how they are used therapeutically.
The student is able to locate easily all relevant anatomy,
physiology, pathology, and pharmacology in the same
chapter in which the drugs are discussed. This approach
provides the student with a clear view of the connection
among pharmacology, pathophysiology, and the nursing
care learned in other clinical courses.
The vast number of drugs available in clinical practice
is staggering. To facilitate learning, this text uses drug prototypes in which the most representative drugs in each
classification are introduced in detail. Students are less intimidated when they can focus their learning on one representative drug in each class.
viii
A01_ADAM8334_06_SE_FM.indd 8
18/01/2019 22:38
Preface
Chapter 15 Drugs for Seizures
ix
179
This text uses several strategies to
Prototype Drug
Valproic Acid (Depakene, others)
connect pharmacology to nursing practice.
Therapeutic Class: Antiseizure drug
Pharmacologic Class: Valproate
Throughout the text the student will find
PHARMACOKINETICS (PO CAPSULES)
Actions and Uses
15 Drugs for Seizures
175
Valproic acid has become a preferred drug for treating manyChapter Onset
Peak
Duration
interesting features, such as Complementypes of epilepsy. This medication has several trade names and
2–4 days
1–4 h
6–24 h
formulations, which can cause confusion when studying it.
tary and Alternative Therapies, Treating
• Valproic acid (Depakene) is the standard form of the drug
Adverse Effects
the Diverse Patient, Community-Oriented
given PO.
Prototype Drug
Phenobarbital
(Luminal)
Side effects include sedation, drowsiness, GI upset, and pro• Valproate sodium (Depacon) is the sodium salt of valproic
longed bleeding time. Other effects include visual disturbances,
Practice, and Lifespan
Considerations,
Therapeutic
Class: Antiseizure drug; sedative
Pharmacologic
agonist
acid given PO or IV. Class: Barbiturate; GABAA receptor
muscle
weakness, tremor, psychomotor agitation, bone
• Divalproex sodium (Depakote ER) is a sustained release
marrow suppression, weight gain, abdominal cramps, rash,
that clearly place the drugs in context with
combination of valproic acid and its sodium salt in a
alopecia,
pruritus,
photosensitivity, erythema multiforme, and
Actions and Uses
With overdose, phenobarbital may cause
severe
respiratory
1:1 mixture. It is given PO and is available in an enterictheir clinical applications.
Re- used for the managefatal hepatotoxicity.
Black Box Warning: May result in fatal
Phenobarbital is a Applying
long-acting barbiturate
depression, CNS depression, coma, and
death.
coated form.
hepatic failure, especially in children under the age of 2 years.
mentPractice
of a variety offeatures
seizures. It isillusalso used to produce sedasearch to Nursing
All three formulations
of
the
drug
form
the
chemiNonspecific
symptoms
often precede hepatotoxicity: weakness,
Contraindications: Administration of phenobarbital is inadvistion. Phenobarbital should not be used for pain reliefcalbecause
valproate itafter absorption or on entering the brain. The
facial edema, anorexia, and vomiting. Liver function tests should
able
in
cases
of
hypersensitivity
to
barbiturates,
severe
uncontrate how currentmay
medical
research
is
used
pharmacokinetics of each form varies, and doses are not
be performed prior to treatment and at specific intervals durincrease a patient’s sensitivity to pain.
trolled pain, preexisting CNS depression,
porphyrias,
severe
ing the
first 6 months
of treatment. Valproic acid can produce
Phenobarbital acts
biochemically
by enhancing interchangeable.
the action of In this text, the name valproic acid is used
to improve patient
teaching.
Patient
Safety
170 Unit
3 The Nervous System
to describe all forms ofrespiratory
the drug, unless
specifically
stated
disease with dyspnea or obstruction,
glaucoma
life-threateningand
pancreatitis
and teratogenic effects, including
the GABA neurotransmitter, which is responsible for suppressing
otherwise.
spina
bifida.
illustrates potential
pitfalls that can lead
or prostatic hypertrophy.
abnormal neuronal discharges that can cause epilepsy. Valproic acid is administered as monotherapy or in combiContraindications:
Hypersensitivity may occur. This
needed
safety precautions.
In collaboration
poisoning—and
changes
in perfusion—such
aswith
those
nation
other AEDsimplementing
to treat absence seizures
and complex
to medication errors.
PharmFacts
contain
medication should not be administered to patients with liver
Interactions
partial seizures.
ER isthe
alsopatient,
approved for
the healthcare
prevenwith
the
provider, pharmacist, and
caused by hypotension, stroke, shock, and cardiac
dys-Depakote
disease, bleeding dysfunction, pancreatitis, and congenital
Administration
statistics and facts
that are Alerts
relevant
to the
tion of migraine headaches
and mania
associated
with bipolar
Drug–Drug:
Phenobarbital
interacts
with
many other drugs.
nurse
are instrumental
in achieving
rhythmias—may
be causes.
metabolicpositive
disorders. therapeutic
Off-label indications
include
behavioral
distur• Parenteral
phenobarbital is a soft-tissue
irritant.disorder.
IntramusItoutcomes.
should
notsevere
be
taken
with
alcohol
or other of
CNS
depressants
Through
a
combination
pharmacotherapy,
chapter. Check Your
Understanding
feabances,
such as agitation due to dementia, Alzheimer’s disease,
Pregnancy
planning
is
a
major
concern
for
women
cular (IM) injections may produce a local inflammatory
reacbecause
these substances
potentiate
barbiturateeffective
action,
Interactions
patient–family
support,
and education,
seizure
or explosive temper in patients
with ADHD; persistent
hiccups;
with students
epilepsy.
Because
several
AEDs
effectivetures encourage
to apply
what
Drug–Drug: depression
Valproic acid interacts
with many drugs. For
tion. IV administration
is rarely
useddecrease
because the
extravasation
the
riskachieved
of life-threatening
respiratory
or
and status epilepticus increasing
refractory
IV
diazepam.
controltocan
be
in a majority
of patients.
example, aspirin, cimetidine, chlorpromazine, erythromycin, and
ness of may
hormonal
contraceptives,
produce
tissue
necrosis. additional barrier methcardiac arrest. Phenobarbital increases
the metabolism of many
they have already
read
in the
chapter.
felbamate may increase valproic acid toxicity. Concomitant warAdministration Alerts
ods of birth control should be used to avoid unintended
drugs, (GI)
reducing
their effectiveness.
• Controlled substance: Schedule IV.
farin, aspirin, or alcohol use can cause severe bleeding. Alcohol,
• Valproic acid is a other
gastrointestinal
irritant. Advise
Students learn
better
supplied
pregnancy.
Prior when
to pregnancy
and considering thepatients
serious
15.2
Types
of
Seizures
benzodiazepines, and other CNS depressants potentiate CNS
not
to
chew
extended-release
tablets
because
• Pregnancy category D.
Lab
Tests:
Barbiturates
may
affect
bromsulphalein
tests and
of seizures,
patients should
consult with theirmouth
healthdepressant action. Use of clonazepam concurrently with valsoreness will occur.
with accurate, nature
attractive
graphics
and rich
The differing
presentation of seizures
relates to their signs
increase
serum
phosphatase.
proic acid may induce absence seizures. Valproic acid increases
• Do
not mix
care provider to determine the most appropriate
plan
ofvalproic acid syrup with carbonated beverages
and
symptoms.
Symptoms
may range
from sudden,
violent
serum phenobarbital
and phenytoin
levels. Lamotrigine, pheit will trigger
immediate
release of
the drug, which
media ­resources.
Pharmacology
for Nurses:
A
action
for seizure control.
When pregnancy
occurs,because
caution
PHARMACOKINETICS
Herbal/Food:
Kava,
chamomile
potentiate
nytoin, andmay
rifampin
lower valproic
acid levels.
shaking
and
total valerian,
loss of and
consciousness
to muscle
twitchcauses severe mouth
and throat
irritation.
is necessary
because
many
are pregnancy
D.
­Pathophysiologic
­AOnset
pproach
contains
a genersedation.
• Open capsules and
sprinkle
on
soft
foods
if
the
patient
Peak AEDs
Duration category
ing or slight tremor of a limb. Staring
space, altered
Lab Tests: into
Unknown.
AEDs such as lamotrigine, gabapentin, and zonisamide
cannot swallow them.
20–60 minwith an
4–12­uhnequaled
PO; 30 min IV 10–16 h PO; 4–10 h IV
vision, and
are
other treatment
behaviors
ous number ofmay
figures,
Treatment
ofdifficulty
Overdose:speaking
There is no
specific
fora person
Herbal/Food:
Unknown.
• Pregnancy
category
D.
be
considered
because
they
appear
to
have
a
lower
risk
PO; 5 min IV
may exhibit.
Determining
cause of recurrent
seizures
overdose.
Drug removal
may bethe
accomplished
by gastric lavage
of teratogenicity. Some AEDs
may cause folate deficiency,
art program. Pharmacotherapy
­Illustrated
is use
essential
for proper
diagnosis
andmay
selection
of the
or
of
activated
charcoal.
Hemodialysis
be
effective
in most
condition correlated with fetal neural tube defects. Vitafeatures appearamin
throughout
effective removal
treatment
options. from the body. Treatment is
Adverse Effects the text, breakfacilitating
of
phenobarbital
supplements may be necessary. Eclampsia is a severe
Methods
of classifying
epilepsy
have
changed
Phenobarbital
is ainto
Schedule
IV drugunthat may cause depensupportive
and consists
mainly of endotracheal
intubation
and over
such as lamotrigine
(Lamictal)
and zonisamide (Zonegran),
ing down complex
topics
easily
hypertensive
disorder
that
continues
to worsen
preg- Seizures
15.8 as
Treating
time. For example,
terms grand
and
petithypotenmalfor
epilepsy
aremal
being
investigated
their roles in treating absence seidence. Common side effects include drowsiness, vitamin defimechanical
ventilation.the
Treatment
of bradycardia
and
nancy
progresses.
It
is
characterized
by
seizures,
coma,
and
with
Succinimides
derstood formats.
Animations
of
drug
zures.
Lamotrigine
has
also
been
have,
forbethe
most part, been replaced by more descriptive found to be effective in
ciencies (vitamin D; folate 3B9 4; and B12), and laryngospasms.
sion
may
necessary.
perinatal
mortality. Eclampsia is likely to occurSuccinimides
from around
patients with partial seizures, usually in combination with
are medications
that suppress
by are
and detailed
labels.seizures
Epilepsies
typically identified using
mechanisms show
the
student
step-by-step
other antiseizure medications.
the 20th week of gestation until at least 1 weekdelaying
after delivery
calcium influx into neurons. By raising the seithe
International
Classification
of
Epileptic Seizures nomenzure eclampsia
threshold, succinimides keep neurons from firing too
of
the
baby.
Approximately
25%
of
women
with
how drugs act.
clature.
These
are are
termed
partial (focal), generalized, and
quickly, thus suppressing
abnormal
foci. They
generally
experience seizures within 72 hours postpartum.
For years,
only effective against absence
Thesyndromes
succinimides (Table 15.1). Types of partial
specialseizures.
epileptic
one of the approaches used to prevent or treat
eclamptic
are listed
in Table 15.5.(focal) seizures or generalized seizures may be recognized
Ethosuximide
Check Your Understanding 15.1
seizures was magnesium sulfate. The mechanism
for this (Zarontin) is the most commonly prebased
on symptoms
observed
during a seizure episode.
scribed drug inA
this class.
It remains
a preferred choice
for
If an antiseizure drug must be discontinued, how will this be accomComplementary
and Alternative
Therapies
substance’s
antiseizure
activity is not
well understood.
Some
symptoms
are
subtle
and
reflect
thewhy
specific
nature
of
absence seizures, although valproic acid is also effective for
plished, and
is this method
necessary?
See Appendix A for the
prototype
feature
forFOR
magnesium
presented
in
THE KETOGENIC
DIET
EPILEPSY sulfate is these
types of seizures. Some
of the newer
antiseizure
drugs,
answer.
neuronal
misfiring;
others
are more
complex.
Chapter 43.
The Seizures
ketogenic can
diet have
is most
often used when
seizures
cannot
be
has a ketogenic ratio of 3 or 4 g of fat to 1 g of protein and carbohya significant
impact
on the
quality
controlled
through
or whenif there
unacceptdrate
de LimaConcepts
et al., 2017). Because
of the high ratio of fat
of
life. They
maypharmacotherapy
cause serious injury
they are
occur
while
15.3(Azevedo
General
of Antiseizure
adverse
effects toathe
medications.
Before antiseizure
drugs
in the diet, complications such as hyperlipidemia and hepatotoxicaable
person
is driving
vehicle
or performing
a dangerous
Pharmacotherapy
were developed,
diet was
primary
treatment
epilepsy.
ity
may occur, and patients on this diet need to be monitored long
M15_ADAM8334_06_SE_C15.indd
179
08/12/2018 14:27
activity.
Almost this
all states
willa not
grant,
or will for
take
away,
studies
have and
examined
the possibility
that theperiod
ketogenic
diet
term
detectofthese
effects
(Azevedo de Lima
et al.,patient
2017;
The to
choice
AEDadverse
is highly
individualize
for each
aRecent
driver’s
license
require
a seizure-free
before
could provide
benefit for
patientsWithout
with Alzheimer’s,
Parkinson’s,
and
Arslan
et al., 2016,).
and depends
on the type of seizures, the patient’s previgranting
a driver’s
license.
successful
pharmacoother neurodegenerative
diseaseslimit
(Rajagopal,
Sangam,inSingh,
&
suggests EEG
that the
dietand
produces
a high pathologies.
success rate
ous Research
medical history,
data,
associated
therapy,
epilepsy can severely
participation
school,
Joginapally, 2016;
Veyrat-Durebex
et al.,
2018).
exact mechacompared
to standardistreatment,
withpatient
better control
of seizures.
Once a medication
selected, the
is placed
on a low
employment,
and
social activities
and
can The
definitely
affect
nism behind theChronic
effectiveness
of the dietmay
is unknown
and appears
to
Improvement
noted rapidly
and the diet
appearsuntil
to be seizure
equally
initial dose.may
Thebe
amount
is gradually
increased
self-esteem.
depression
accompany
poorly
include both direct
effect from
ketone body
increases, and metabolic
effective
seizureortype.
The
mostside
frequently
reported
adverse
control for
is every
achieved,
until
drug
effects
prevent
addicontrolled
seizures.
Important
considerations
in nurschanges
occur, identifying
increasing GABA
and inhibitory
effects
vomiting,
fatigue,
constipation,
diarrhea,
andobtained
hunger.
tional include
increases
in dose.
Serum
drug levels
may be
ing
carethat
include
patients
at risk neurotransmitfor seizures,
ters (Rho, 2017).the pattern and type of seizure activity, and
Cost
and the
of following
the diet
long term may the
alsomost
limit
to assist
thedifficulty
healthcare
provider
in determining
documenting
The ketogenic diet is a stringently calculated diet that is high
in fat and low in carbohydrates and protein. It limits water intake to
avoid ketone dilution and carefully controls caloric intake. Each meal
its use (Wijnen et al., 2017). Those interested in trying the diet must
consult with their healthcare provider to optimize the therapy. The
long-term effects are not yet fully known.
Treating the Diverse Patient: Sports-Related Concussions
There is increased awareness and concern about sports-related
concussions at all ages. Concussions are a form of traumatic
brain injury (TBI) and can range from mild to severe, with immediate and long-term consequences, including dementia and
chronic traumatic encephalopathy (Thomas et al., 2018). Ban,
Botros, Madden, and Batjer (2016) found a relatively low inciM15_ADAM8334_06_SE_C15.indd
175
dence of sports-related
TBI, but an estimated 13% of pediatric
and 14% of adult injuries were considered moderate to seve

discussion 5-1

Description

Each discussion is meant to be a collaborative space for conversation in which to process the concepts within the course. To ensure an interesting and respectful discussion, you are encouraged to think creatively about your initial posts and build upon the points made by your peers. Discussing challenges that face our world often means investigating opinions and ideas different from your own. Remember to remain thoughtful and respectful towards your peers and instructor in your discussion post and replies. It is also important to review the module resources and read the prompts in their entirety before participating in the discussion.

Create one initial post and follow up with at least two response posts.

For your initial post, address the following:

Describe a current wellness-related topic through the natural and applied sciences lens. This topic might be something that you want to learn more about, or perhaps it is something that has always fascinated you. (This should be a different topic from the one you chose for your project.)
What is the value of the natural and applied sciences lens for understanding this topic?

For your response posts, address the following:

In what ways do the topics identified by your peers contribute to the field of wellness?

Remember, this assignment is graded on the quality of your initial post and at least two response posts to your classmates. You are not required to do research for this discussion. If you do refer to resources, be sure to include attributions to the resources.

To complete this assignment, review the Discussion Rubric.

Discussion Rubric
Criteria Exemplary Proficient Needs Improvement Not Evident Value
Comprehension Develops an initial post with an organized, clear point of view or idea using rich and significant detail (100%) Develops an initial post with a point of view or idea using adequate organization and detail (85%) Develops an initial post with a point of view or idea but with some gaps in organization and detail (55%) Does not develop an initial post with an organized point of view or idea (0%) 40
Timeliness N/A Submits initial post on time (100%) Submits initial post one day late (55%) Submits initial post two or more days late (0%) 10
Engagement Provides relevant and meaningful response posts with clarifying explanation and detail (100%) Provides relevant response posts with some explanation and detail (85%) Provides somewhat relevant response posts with some explanation and detail (55%) Provides response posts that are generic with little explanation or detail (0%) 30
Writing (Mechanics) Writes posts that are easily understood, clear, and concise using proper citation methods where applicable with no errors in citations (100%) Writes posts that are easily understood using proper citation methods where applicable with few errors in citations (85%) Writes posts that are understandable using proper citation methods where applicable with a number of errors in citations (55%) Writes posts that others are not able to understand and does not use proper citation methods where applicable (0%) 20
Total: 100%

muscles of the head and neck

Description

Information needs to be based on the lecture slides and videos.No tracing! When asked to draw structures, tracing will be considered a violation of the academic honesty policy outlined in the syllabus.Drawings must be legible and understandable to receive credit.Assignments must up uploaded as a single pdf document,

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week 4 Assignment: Muscles of the Head, Neck, and Trunk
Please do not post to Chegg, Course Hero, Quizlet, etc. To the Chegg/Course Hero/Quizlet
Experts: If this assignment is posted, do not post an answer, as this is a graded assignment and
violates academic integrity. Please respect academic integrity.
1. Give an example and draw the muscle fiber directions for the following muscle types:
a. Parallel
b. Convergent
c. Unipennate
d. Bipennate
e. Multipennate
f. Circular
2. Identify one synergistic muscle of the following structures. If there are multiple actions for
any of the following muscles, specify the synergistic action for the muscle:
a. Digastric M
b. Sternocleidomastoid M
c. Splenius capitis M
d. Trapezius M
e. Latissimus dorsi M
f. Spinalis M
g. Semispinalis M
h. Serratus posterior superior M
i. Psoas major M
j. Lateral pterygoid M
3. Identify one antagonistic muscle of the following structures. If there are multiple actions for
any of the following muscles, specify the antagonistic action for the muscle:
a. Levator scapulae M
b. External intercostal M
c. Quadratus lumborum M
d. Pectoralis major M
e. Serratus anterior M
f. Deltoid M
g. Genioglossus M
h. Scalene M
4. Identify all the muscles innervated by each of the following nerves:
a. Cervical spinal N
b. Hypoglossal N
c. Glossopharyngeal N
d. Facial N
e. Oculomotor N
f. Intercostal N
5. Draw the suboccipital triangle from the posterior perspective and label the muscles, origins,
and insertions.
6. Draw the anterior neck from the anterior perspective and label the muscles, origins, and
insertions.
7. Draw the erector spinae group from the posterior perspective and label the muscles, origins,
and insertions.
8. Draw the transversospinalis group from the posterior perspective and label the muscles,
origins, and insertions.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NRS-493-0500 Professional Capstone and Practicum. Topic 3 Professional Capstone and Practicum Reflective Journal – Topic 3

Description

Professional Capstone and Practicum Reflective Journal – Topic 3

Assessment Description

Students are required to submit weekly journal entries throughout the course. These reflective narratives help students identify important learning events that happen throughout the course and the practicum. In each week’s entry, students should reflect on the personal knowledge and skills gained.

Write a reflection journal (250-300 words) to outline what has been discovered about your professional practice, personal strengths and weaknesses, and additional resources that could be introduced in a given situation to influence optimal outcomes. Each week there will be a specific focus to use in your reflection. Integrate leadership and inquiry into the current practice. Please make sure to address all areas in your writing.

Topic Focus: Health care delivery and clinical systems

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide
plagiarism report (less than 10%)

Note: For this assignment I need to talk about how health care delivery and clinical systems (the topic focus) relates to this week’s assignments. Please, let me know if you have any questions.

These are this week’s assignments so you have an idea of what to develop on this reflective journal

1- Post a draft of your PICOT question. This should be the same question you are using in your research paper. Give and receive feedback to refine your PICOT question.

My answer to this one:

A structure for creating a clinical research question is called a PICOT question. PICOT is an acronym for Population of Focus, Intervention, Comparison, Outcome, and Time (McClinton, 2022). It aids in identifying the patient or population that the researcher intends to examine, the intervention or treatment under consideration, comparing one intervention to another, the intended or anticipated outcome, and the timeline for achieving the desired result (Schiavenato & Chu, 2021).

Geriatric patient falls is a reoccurring problem in the hospital setting that was exposed during my clinical hours with my preceptor. This issue reduces the standard of care and has a detrimental impact on patient outcomes. Falls also have significant financial implications, leading to higher patient treatment costs. Nurses play a major role in fall prevention (Zhao, 2018). They need to familiarize themselves with falls and potential risks. It is imperative to incorporate a fall prevention program into routine clinical practice to reduce the risk of falls and improve patient outcomes. Nurses can get valuable information about falls through PICOT questions (McClinton, 2022). The PICOT question I am using in my research paper is the following:

Among geriatric patients in the hospital setting (P), would the implementation of patient-centered interventions (I) be more effective compared to the current fall prevention interventions (C) in reducing the incidence of falls (O) one month after implementation (T)?

2-Explain the difference between qualitative and quantitative data

My answer to this one:

Evaluating evidence is essential to developing evidence in nursing research because it generates data that can be used to support decisions. Qualitative and quantitative data are the two primary approaches for evaluating the evidence (Siedlecki, 2020).

Qualitative research is a type of data that explores and offers more in-depth insights into topics in the real world. When conducting qualitative research, participants’ experiences, perceptions, and behavior are gathered rather than numerical data points. Instead of focusing on how many or how much, qualitative research addresses the hows and whys (Squires & Dorsen, 2018). Qualitative data evaluation involves exploring and analyzing the obtained data, comparing and contrasting ideas, and understanding emerging patterns. The methods used to evaluate this data are not numerical (Aspers & Corte, 2019). The capacity to thoroughly analyze study issues is one of the benefits of qualitative evaluation methods, which are also advantageous because predetermined questions do not constrain interviews. Qualitative evaluation is also flexible, allowing for changes in methodology and direction (Squires & Dorsen, 2018).

Analyzing statistical data serves as the foundation for quantitative methods. Data is gathered in numerical formats to facilitate analysis. The outcomes of this analysis are numerical because it is quantitative (Aspers & Corte, 2019). A particular process is followed while evaluating quantitative data. The first is how variables and data scale measurement are related. For instance, data scales can identify correlations between data and possible cause-and-effect relationships between the given data. Through descriptive statistics, quantitative data can be used to understand the sample better (Siedlecki, 2020). Since it can only be used to look for concrete and statistical relationships, this method’s fundamental disadvantage is that it primarily emphasizes numbers. As a result, researchers may need to pay more attention to broader relationships and themes. Quantitative research can be deceptive due to the assumption that statistical evaluation methods are more reliable than observational ones. However, this research has the advantage of being testable and verifiable, which makes it simpler for future researchers to validate the data (Siedlecki, 2020).

Preparing a case study

Description

In order to write a case study paper, you must carefully address a number of sections in a specific order with specific information contained in each. The guideline below outlines each of those sections. Select your own disease/diagnosis to create the case study based on. Please let me know it first and confirm.

Section

Information to Include

Introduction (patient and problem)

Explain who the patient is (Age, gender, etc.)
Explain what the problem is (What was he/she diagnosed with, or what happened?)
Introduce your main argument (What should you as a nurse focus on or do?)

Pathophysiology

Explain the disease (What are the symptoms? What causes it?)

History
Explain what health problems the patient has (Has she/he been diagnosed with other diseases?)
Detail any and all previous treatments (Has she/he had any prior surgeries or is he/she on medication?)

Nursing Physical Assessment

List all the patient’s health stats in sentences with specific numbers/levels (Blood pressure, bowel sounds, ambulation, etc.)

Related Treatments

Explain what treatments the patient is receiving because of his/her disease

Nursing Diagnosis & Patient Goal

Explain what your nursing diagnosis is (What is the main problem for this patient? What need to be addressed?)
Explain what your goal is for helping the patient recover (What do you want to change for the patient?)

Nursing Interventions

Explain how you will accomplish your nursing goals, and support this with citations (Reference the literature)

Evaluation

Explain how effective the nursing intervention was (What happened after your nursing intervention? Did the patient get better?)

Recommendations

Explain what the patient or nurse should do in the future to continue recovery/improvement

Your paper should be 3-4 pages in length and will be graded on how well you complete each of the above sections. You will also be graded on your use of APA style and on your application of nursing journals into the treatments and interventions. For integrating nursing journals, remember the following:

Make sure to integrate citations into all of your paper
Support all claims of what the disease is, why it occurs, and how to treat it with references to the literature on this disease.

Nursing Question

Description

I had to speak to a patient/resident at a rehab facility. Write down the a couple statements then analyze the interactions using non-verbal and verbal communications. Need to cite 2 articles, and use APA format.I have the interaction with resident written, and a couple paragraphs about the interaction. Need help fluffy it up and with the journal articles. I have uploaded some docs that you can reference. I also uploaded what I have written so far. I am having trouble uploading the rubic. I can scan it to you if you are willing to help.Thank you

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Nonverbal Communication Techniques
Physical Appearance and Dress
Body Movement and Posture
Touch
Facial Expressions
Body coverings, type of dress (formal, casual, or
unkept), jewelry are all examples that can give
insight or promote communication
How a patient positions their body, frequent
shifting, direct eye contact can all provide context to
a patient’s readiness to communicate.
This is a powerful communication tool, cultural
considerations need to be taken into consideration.
Can provoke a positive or negative response from
the patient.
Reveals a patient’s emotional state.
Eye Behavior
A patient’s view can be viewed by others, can signal
that patient is open to communicate.
Vocal Cues or Paralanguage
Includes pitch, the patient’s tone and loudness of
the speech.
Morgan, K. I. & Townsend, M. C. (2020). Essentials of psychiatric mental health nursing. (8th ed.). F. A.
Davis
Therapeutic and Non-Therapeutic Communication Techniques
From Essentials of Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing
Therapeutic Communication Techniques
Technique
Using silence
Accepting
Giving recognition
Offering self
Giving broad
openings
Offering general
leads
Placing the event in
time or sequence
Making observations
Encouraging
description of
perceptions
Encouraging
comparison
Example
Patient: I ate badly and now I’m here so I must be a bad person
Nurse: (silence)
Patient: Actually, I’m just making bad decisions
Yes, I understand what you’re saying
I see that you ate your breakfast
I’ll stay with you for awhile
Is there anything you want to discuss?
Go on
What happened first?
You appear sad today
What was it that increased your agitation today?
Was this pain similar to…?
Restating
Patient: My mind keeps wandering
Nurse: You have trouble concentrating
Reflecting
Patient: She makes me so upset!
Nurse: So you’re angry at your boss?
Focusing
Tell me more about the pain
Exploring
Tell more about those feelings
Seeking clarification
and validation
Do I understand correctly when you said…?
Presenting reality
I see daylight out the window so it must be 10 AM
Verbalizing the
implied
Attempting to
translate words to
feelings
Formulating a plan of
action
It seems overwhelming to share the details of this experience
It sounds like you are feeling hopeless. Is that right?
What could you do differently if you are faced with this situation in
the future?
Non-Therapeutic Communication: Approaches that hinder communication
Technique
Example
Advising
I think you should…
Why don’t you…
Agreeing
Of course, you’re right
That’s good
Defending,
disagreeing, or
challenging
Changing the topic or
introducing unrelated
topics
I don’t believe that
Why are you so anxious?
Patient: The doctor says I have a tumor
Nurse: Let me make your bed now.
Denying
Patient: I am worthless
Nurse: You are very worthy. Everybody is somebody special
Interpreting
What you really mean is…
Making stereotypical
comments
Hang in there
You’re lucky it wasn’t worse
Passing judgment
You shouldn’t have said that
It’s wrong of you to feel that way
Probing
What did your mother say on the phone?
Reassuring
Don’t even worry about…
Everything will be alright
Rejecting
I don’t want to hear about
You shouldn’t feel like that
Requesting an
explanation
Why do you feel that way?
Why would you do that?
Testing
You rated your pain this morning. What did you say to me then?
Morgan, K.I. & Townsend, M.C. (2020). Essentials of psychiatric mental health nursing. (8th ed.). F.A.
Davis.
1
APA Title Page
2
Paper Title
Describe setting and refer to appendix. Refer to prompts 1 and 2
Analyze Patient’s Communication
Refer to prompts 3 and 4
Analyze Student Communication
Refer to prompts 5 and 6
Alternative Therapeutic Communication
Refer to prompt 7
3
References
Morgan, K.I. & Townsend, M.C. (2020). Essentials of psychiatric mental health nursing. (8th
ed.). F.A. Davis.
4
Appendix
Communication Interaction:
Statement #1:
Student:
Student’s nonverbal communication behavior:
Your feelings (not thoughts):
Statement #2:
Resident/Client:
Resident/Client’s nonverbal communication behavior:
Your feelings (not thoughts):
Statement #3:
Student:
Student’s nonverbal communication behavior:
Your feelings (not thoughts):
Statement #4:
Resident/Client:
Resident/Client’s nonverbal communication behavior:
Your feelings (not thoughts):

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Analyze financial models of reimbursement and their effects on patients and health care providers.

Description

Analyze financial models of reimbursement and their effects on patients and health care providers.

Assessment Directions

Course Outcome covered in this assessment:

MN507-2: Analyze financial models of reimbursement and their effects on patients and health care providers.

For this assessment, you will distinguish between Managed Care Organizations (MCO) and Accountable Care Organizations (ACO). Your paper will include the following:

Provide a brief history of both the MCO and ACO.
Define the populations MCO and ACO are intended to serve.
Analyze your role in your specialized area of nursing practice when interfacing with an MCO and ACO clients/patients.

The word count for your paper, excluding the title and the references page, will be 800 words.

Assessment Requirements

Before finalizing your work, you should:

be sure to read the assessment description carefully (as displayed above);
consult the Assessment Rubric to make sure you have included everything necessary; and
utilize spelling and grammar check to minimize errors.

Your writing assessment should:

follow the conventions of Standard English (correct grammar, punctuation, etc.);
be well ordered, logical, and unified, as well as original and insightful;
display superior content, organization, style, and mechanics; and
use 7th edition APA formatting and citation style.

Nursing Question

Description

write a 3-5 pages essay. 5 References or more. References within last 5 years. In APA Format 7th edition.

Small Group Discussion

Description

Research online and find a recent medical error that made the news. Answer the following questions. What happened in the incident?Who was involved?What were the ramifications for the patient and/or staff?Reflect on the incident and think about some causes and possible interventions that could have prevented the error

NRS-493-0500 Professional Capstone and Practicum. Topic 3 Benchmark – Capstone Change Project Objectives and PICOT

Description

Benchmark – Capstone Change Project Objectives

Assessment Description (Remember my topic will be: Falls prevention in hospital setting)

Part A of the assignment (I don’t need references for part A of this assignment)

Review your problem or issue and the cultural assessment. Consider how the findings connect to your topic and intervention for your capstone change project. Write a list of three to five objectives for your proposed intervention. Below each objective, provide a one or two sentence rationale.

After writing your objectives, provide a rationale for how your proposed project and objectives advocate for autonomy and social justice for individuals and diverse populations.

Part B of the assignment (I do need references for part B of this assignment)

Review your problem or issue and the study materials to formulate a PICOT (Patient, Intervention, Comparison, Outcome and Time) question for your capstone project change proposal. A PICOT question starts with a designated patient population in a particular clinical area and identifies clinical problems or issues that arise from clinical care. The intervention used to address the problem must be a nursing practice intervention. Include a comparison of the nursing intervention to a patient population not currently receiving the nursing intervention, and specify the timeframe needed to implement the change process. Formulate a PICOT question using the PICOT format (provided in the assigned readings) that addresses the clinical nursing problem.

The PICOT question will provide a framework for your capstone project change proposal.

In a paper of 500-750 words, clearly identify the clinical problem and how it can result in a positive patient outcome.

Step 1: Create PICOT question; A PICOT question is presented and provides a clear framework for the capstone project change proposal. Your PICOT question should clearly outline all of these elements: patient, intervention, comparison, outcome and time.

Step 2: PICOT Problem: Identify the PICOT problem, what clinical problems or issues may arise from clinical care? The PICOT problem as it relates to evidence-based solution, nursing intervention, patient care, health care agency, and nursing practice is thoroughly described.

Step 3: Describe nursing intervention: A nursing intervention used to address the problem. Compare the nursing intervention to a patient population not currently receiving the nursing intervention, and timeframe needed to implement the change process.

Step 4: Summarize Clinical Problem and Patient Outcome: The clinical problem and how it can result in a positive patient outcome.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide
plagiarism report (less than 10%)

Resources provided by my instructor for this week’s assignments (other resources are under attachments)

https://www.ihi.org/resources/Pages/HowtoImprove/ScienceofImprovementTestingChanges.aspx

Home – 2020

https://journals.lww.com/jncqjournal/Abstract/2020/04000/Development_and_Implementation_of_a_Model_for.2.aspx

https://scholarlycommons.baptisthealth.net/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1113&context=nhsrj

Nursing Theory

https://www.currentnursing.com/nursing_theory/

Unformatted Attachment Preview

AACN Advanced Critical Care
Volume 31, Number 1, pp. 92-97
© 2020 AACN
Clinical
Inquiry
Bradi B. Granger, PhD, RN
Department Editor
Life After PICOT: Taking the Next Step
in a Clinical Inquiry Project
Bradi B. Granger, PhD, RN
T
he art of clinical inquiry begins in the patient care arena with 2 questions:
Why do we practice this way? Could we do it better? Learning to question is a critical thinking skill that can be applied to each aspect of patient care,
from asking why we do a certain practice or procedure, to how, when (the timing of care), and even where (the setting in which care is provided). Often a new
clinical question must be reshaped to be answered—transformed into a format
that is specific and able to be objectively and subjectively measured.
A common approach used to define a clinical question and make it measurable is to identify the Patient Population, Intervention, Comparator, Outcome,
and Time Frame for Evaluation (PICOT). This approach clarifies the clinical
question and establishes a point of departure for a study to answer the question. However, the next step in designing the study is not always clear from
the PICOT question alone. For example, given the question, “In patients with
cardiovascular disease, is technology-based patient education better than standard patient education for improving guideline-directed medication use after
discharge?” how would you design the study? Is it research or quality improvement? What are the next steps?
Using an evidence-based practice model (eg, the Iowa model1) can provide
a map to the next steps: determining the quantity and quality of existing evidence, leading logically to the next decision point in study design. An evidencebased–practice map is a useful step-by-step guide for navigating evidence. In
this example, however, the evidence for educational strategies in cardiovascular disease is voluminous and inconclusive, suggesting more work is needed.
In this case, as with many PICOT questions, the outcome of interest is a
high-priority Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and Agency for
Healthcare Research and Quality metric, measured by the hospital version of
the Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers Survey score on item 16:
“Did you receive information regarding your medications in a way that you
could understand?”2 Because the question is important to your patients, your
research team, and the organization, and because there are no conclusive
answers in the literature, what are the logical next steps? How would you
narrow the patient population to create a measurable cohort? How will the
groups be defined for the comparison? Many options are possible: 2 cohorts
compared sequentially, using first a standard educational approach, followed
Bradi B. Granger is Professor, Duke University School of Nursing, and Director, Duke Heart Center
Nursing Research Program, 307 Trent Drive, Durham, NC 27710 (bradi.granger@duke.edu).
The author declares no conflicts of interest.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.4037/aacnacc2020986
92
VO L U M E 3 1 • N U MB E R 1 • S PRING 2020
CLINICAL INQUIRY
Table: Criteria for Systematic Consideration of SMART Objectivesa
Objective
Definition
Specific
Objective clearly states, so anyone reading it can understand, what will be done and who
will do it.
Measurable
Objective includes how the action will be measured. Measuring your objectives helps you
determine if you are making progress. It keeps you on track and on schedule.
Achievable
Objective is realistic, given the realities faced in the community. Setting reasonable objectives helps set the project up for success.
Relevant
A relevant objective makes sense, that is, it fits the purpose of the grant, it fits the culture
and structure of the community, and it addresses the vision of the project.
Time frame
Every objective has a specific timeline for completion.
Abbreviation: SMART, specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, time frame.
a
Definition adapted from Doran.3
by a comparable time using a technology-based
approach; 2 cohorts compared in parallel, with
1 side of a clinic or patient-care unit using standard education practices and the other side using
technology; a single convenience sample, with
patients alternating assignment to a standard
approach versus technology; or a single group
with individuals randomly assigned to receive
technology-based or standard education. Alternatively, the groups and the delivery of the
intervention could be defined by advanced
practice nurse–based patient groups, registered nurse staffing patterns, clinical settings,
or calendar months, rather than patients. The
possibilities for defining each component of a
PICOT are almost endless. Which is best?
The answer lies in the details of feasibility
that are often specific to your own clinical
setting. Unless you have the luxury of conducting or participating in a large, randomized clinical trial, the best design of a local
clinical inquiry project is a matter of optimizing control and minimizing bias. This is done
using careful consideration and selection of
operational definitions for each component
of the PICOT. Although PICOT questions
are a useful first step in the clinical inquiry
process, answering them requires further
insight into the clinical context, the availability
of preexisting baseline data, time constraints,
and many other logistical questions before
one can determine the best design for the project. The purpose of this column is to describe
next steps after PICOT by highlighting critical thinking skills necessary for designing a
clinical inquiry project that not only is measurable and can answer the question at hand
but is also feasible for your research team to
answer in a reasonable time.
Making Your PICOT SMART
If PICOT is the question, SMART is how
to get there. SMART is an acronym and mnemonic device for specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and time-bound objectives.3
SMART objectives help define the specific
steps to reach a desired goal—in this case, the
answer to the PICOT or study question. The
Table outlines the details of what might be
considered in a health care approach for using
SMART objectives with each PICOT component. Each component of the clinical inquiry
question is broken down to further examine
and operationally define the nuances and
incremental steps needed to determine who,
what, where, when, how, and why.
A systematic approach for considering each
component of PICOT is useful in real-world
study design because it provides a tool that
lends structure to the critical thinking process. However, such a tool should be used as
simply that, a tool, and should never be used
so rigidly that one’s thinking is limited to a
set of finite checkboxes. Rather, the approach
provided here might be thought of as a means
of getting the creative juices flowing and a
process to ensure that major areas of consideration are not omitted or overlooked in the
design process.
SMART Considerations for “P”
Using our example of technology-based
versus standard patient education for guidelinedirected medication therapy (GDMT) in cardiovascular disease, the population, by
definition, refers to patients with cardiovascular disease. This broad definition requires
additional narrowing to be measurable and
feasible for the study. In a large, randomized
93
CLINICAL INQUIRY
Tier 1: Feasibility
• Number of patients eligible for the intervention
on your unit
• Cycle length: time to see a change or effect
intervention
• Limitations of cost or time
• Constraints of staffing, patient participation, or
other aspects of time
Tier 2: State of the Science
• State of the science (what currently is published)
• Designs that close the gap in published literature
(observational vs experimental designs)
Tier 3: External Input and Key Advisory Personnel
• Patient experts or caregivers
• Community advisory boards
• Key stakeholders affected by the design of the
groups
Figure 1: Decision tree for “C”: comparator group
design in research and quality improvement.
clinical trial, results from a single study may
be generalizable to the larger population,
but for most studies, the design will be limited to a local setting, so the generalizability
of findings will be more limited. It is important to note that large trials rarely achieve
much granularity in the data with regard to
patient preferences for education, such as
local educational venues, regional resources,
family-support demographics, health literacy,
first-language preferences, and other important
regional differences, which are best assessed
and captured in local study designs. Smaller,
single-site studies are useful to inform current
practice in a local setting and must then be
conducted again in other patient groups and
settings to be applied more broadly.
A systematic approach for considering the
population might begin with identifying specific objectives for defining the population for
your PICOT using the SMART acronym. Figure 1 gives an example of how SMART may
apply in our current example of patient education. By considering specific, measurable,
attainable, relevant, and timely criteria for the
population where you work, your operational
definition for the study will include important details such as patient preferences, literacy levels, age range, and how the patients of
interest characterize the problem themselves
94
W W W .AACN ACCON LIN E .ORG
in your own clinical setting. Using SMART to
define “P” may not definitively solve or answer
problems for the population proper, but it
will get you to the next step of a successfully
designed unit- or hospital-based project.
SMART Considerations for “I”
The “I” in PICOT, for intervention, is
typically less abstruse in an initial PICOT as
compared with the population, comparator,
outcome, and timing. Because the research
team arrived at the clinical question themselves, the intervention and the outcome of
interest are generally clear, even if the ways
in which the intervention will be applied
(eg, with regard to timing or sequencing) or
the outcome that will be measured remain a
bit blurry. The team typically recognizes the
“thing” in which they are interested and that
they wish to test or improve.
Take the example of patient education for
GDMT. The question is: Can we do it better?
The educational intervention needs simply to
be specified in a way that is measurable and
feasible. Whether the approach being tested
is novel versus usual care, new content, a new
visual display, or a different level of health
literacy, the intervention itself must be simply
and clearly defined, and measurable.
SMART Considerations for “C”
Defining the comparator (“C,” in PICOT)
group(s) is perhaps the most challenging, but
also the most fun, creative, and exciting aspect
of life after PICOT. The ways in which groups
are defined and compared will also define, in
large measure, the nature of the study and the
challenges yet to come in the weeks, months,
and sometimes years after project approval
and initiation.
First, basic considerations from the literature
review must be assessed. For example, what is
the current state of the science in terms of study
design? In your literature review, were most
studies descriptive or observational, or were
they randomized, controlled studies? The
answer to this baseline question defines the
state of the science and should serve as a
launch pad for subsequent studies of the same
intervention. If randomized assignment of
individuals to the same or similar intervention
has already been carried out and published,
a new study describing group differences or
patient characteristics likely will be difficult
to publish, because it represents a less rigorous
VO L U M E 3 1 • N U MB E R 1 • S PRING 2020
approach and is unlikely to move the science
forward or improve on existing evidence.
Alternatively, if several descriptive or observational studies have been published but few
or no randomized studies can be found in the
literature, then the next logical step is to build
on the evidence by designing a more controlled
or rigorous test of the intervention, which may
include randomization.
A second consideration for where to begin
when designing the comparison group is in
the limitations section of published studies
of the same or a similar intervention. Do previous authors indicate specific limitations to
their studies that might inform the way you
choose to group participants and compare
groups? Can you identify ways to limit bias
in your own study that are based on group
design or grouping strategy?
After taking these preliminary considerations
into account, your team is ready to identify
groups and define a comparison strategy. Many
options are available for designing how the
groups and the comparison will be defined.
The decision tree in Figure 1 depicts a process for evaluating which grouping strategy
is best for you. Three tiers of decision-making
are important to arrive at the best possible
grouping strategy. In tier 1, feasibility issues
are listed for consideration, including the
number of patients eligible for the intervention on your unit; the cycle length, or the
length of time, it would logically take to see
a change or effect from the intervention; and
last, limitations of cost or time. Consideration
of time refers to time constraints of staffing,
patient participation, or other aspects of time
that are associated with the research team
actually delivering, documenting, and entering data for the intervention, as well as the
time required on the part of patients to participate in the study. These feasibility issues
are critical to the success of the study and
must be carefully considered in the design
phase. Any additional feasibility constraints
that arise in the planning and design phase
should be added and accounted for prior to
beginning the project.
Tier 2 describes issues related to the state of
the science and ensures your study will build
on or add to existing science in a meaningful
way. Although replication studies are a good
learning experience for the novice research
team and can make valuable contributions to
existing science, if many replication studies
CLINICAL INQUIRY
already exist, then another is not likely of
added value and will be difficult to justify
to an editor for eventual publication.
Tier 3 addresses other important considerations to take into account when designing
groups, such as input from patient experts or
caregivers, community advisory boards, or
other key stakeholders who may be affected
by the design of the groups and/or the approach
taken for group comparison. Patient or caregiver input into study design can often inform
the way groups are configured or compared,
leading to a more effective study design and
potentially more relevant, realistic, and adoptable results. Patient input into the design strategy is now required for some federal grant
funding. In addition, the perspective of patients
is considered critically important for the eventual
uptake or adoption of results that are relevant to patients. As might be true for our current example of GDMT, patient experts could
contribute valuable input about the relative
utility of a given intervention approach and
whether they would be able to effectively carry
out the expectation of a given group assignment.
SMART Considerations for “O”
The outcome (the “O” in PICOT) measure
and operational definition of that measure
typically include a primary and at least 1 or
2 prespecified secondary outcomes of interest
to the team. The outcome of interest may seem
simple at first, but how it is defined and measured requires more thought and work than
initially meets the eye. For example, what are
we improving and how will we know if that
gets better? If we consider the outcome for our
project on educational interventions for GDMT
in cardiovascular disease, would we be most
interested in improving patient knowledge,
optimizing the content delivered in the 60minute time allocation required by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or
ensuring that all classes of medications for a
given cardiovascular indication were actually prescribed according to the guideline?
Or is the team primarily concerned that a
patient goal for taking medication was established and documented, that the skills for
self-managing prescribed medications were
demonstrated, or that a designated caregiver
was present for the education and could also
demonstrate the management of prescribed
medications using a teach-back approach?
Will understanding be measured using a
95
CLINICAL INQUIRY
Population
Who?
• Adults
W W W .AACN ACCON LIN E .ORG
Intervention
What and where?
Comparison
How and when?
• Content
Outcome
Why?
• Group design
Time Frame
For how long?
• Process?
S • CVD? All?
S • Type
S • Prospective
S • Cognitive?
Specify!
• Volume?
M • Turnover?
• Inclusion?
• Health lit
• Mode
M • Learning
style
• Before and
after
M • Repeated
measures
• Confidence
M • Knowledge
• Adherence
• 1 week
• 3 or 6
M months?
• 12 months
• Inpatients
• No. needed
• No. eligible
A • No. consented
• Priority?
• Media
• Time to do?
A • Who will
deliver it?
• Health lit
R • For staff
R • Mode
T N/A
T • Frequency?
• For patient
• Learning style
• Reinforce?
• Teach-back
• Retrospective
• Baseline?
• Behavioral?
• Feasible
A • Accessible
A
• Learner
limitation?
• Educ level
A • Attainable
• What does
lit say?
• None?
R
• Organization
priority
• Staff interest
R • Maybe not
• Documented
R
• Concomitant
T • Sequential
• Cross-over
• Hot topic?
T • Journal
interest?
• Achievable
• Relevant?
• Not needed
T • Too short?
• Too long?
Figure 2: Inquiry algorithm for making a PICOT SMART. CVD indicates cardiovascular disease; educ, education; lit, literature; N/A, not applicable; PICOT, Patient Population, Intervention, Comparator, Outcome, and
Time Frame for Evaluation; SMART, specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and time-frame objectives.
validated knowledge scale, a return demonstration, a health-literacy assessment, or a picturebased medication-selection game? Any of
these would be valid outcomes for measuring improving guideline-directed medication
use after discharge.
The fact is, the outcome of almost every
PICOT question can be defined and measured
in a number of ways, and the onus is on the
team to think carefully and systematically
about outcome selection and definition.
SMART considerations for outcome are
shown in Figure 2.
SMART Considerations for “T”
Timing in a PICOT question refers to the
timing of the intervention comparison and
the time frame for the overall duration of the
project. To some extent, the definition of timing depends on the decisions made regarding
groups and comparison approaches. However, an important consideration is the existing literature. If studies have been done and
evaluated for 3 months, does the gap in evidence lie in the months beyond that, when
perhaps the intervention has not been applied,
or has been applied but not evaluated for
96
long enough to determine a sustained effect?
Often in science, early studies test an intervention or novel approach for a very short
time to ascertain early efficacy but do not to
continue the intervention long enough to
assess important sustainability factors, such
as dropout rates and regression to the mean.
A SMART, systematic approach for next
steps in defining “T” in PICOT is shown in
the last column of Figure 2. These key questions about time frames for measurement and
timing of the interval and final evaluations
should be taken into account to answer the
questions about “when” and “for how long.”
A checklist can also be created and used by
the team to ensure that each of the obvious
areas for the implications of timing have been
considered and integrated into the study protocol and the evaluation plan.
Research or Quality
Improvement?
Now that the PICOT is parsed, and specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and
time-based operational definitions have been
identified for each component of the clinical
question, the study design itself is complete.
VO L U M E 3 1 • N U MB E R 1 • S PRING 2020
One remaining question may be whether the
study represents research or improvement
science (ie, quality improvement). The details
for distinguishing research from quality
improvement can be accessed at the Health
and Human Services website4 or by using the
previously published checklist in this column.5
Conclusion
In summary, the PICOT approach is invaluable in clarifying the basic topic and direction
for clinical inquiry; however, the next steps
after PICOT may be even more important for
the ultimate success of your project. To ensure
that operational definitions are thoughtfully
constructed for each component of PICOT
and options for study design are carefully
CLINICAL INQUIRY
weighed, your team may find SMART objectives a useful addition to PICOT in your clinical inquiry toolkit.
REFERENCES
1. Titler MG, Kleiber C, Steelman VJ, et al. The Iowa model
of evidence-based practice to promote quality care. Crit
Care Nurs Clin North Am. 2001;13(4):497-509.
2. Wolosin R, Ayala L, Fulton BR. Nursing care, inpatient
satisfaction, and value-based purchasing: vital connections. J Nurs Adm. 2012;42(6):321-325.
3. Doran GT. There’s a S.M.A.R.T. way to write management’s
goals and objectives. Manag Rev. 1981;70(11):35-36.
4. Office for Human Research Protections. Quality improvement
activities FAQs. https://www.hhs.gov/ohrp/regulations
-and-policy/guidance/faq/quality-improvement
-activities/index.html. Accessed November 9, 2019.
5. Engel J, McGugan L, Ellis M. Creating clinical research
protocols in advanced practice: part III, building blocks
of study design. AACN Adv Crit Care. 2017;28(1):
74-83.
97
Copyright of AACN Advanced Critical Care is the property of American Association of
Critical-Care Nurses and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted
to a listserv without the copyright holder’s express written permission. However, users may
print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Editorial
The Underappreciated and Misunderstood
PICOT Question: A Critical Step in the EBP
Process
Regardless of what model of evidence-based decision-making and practice is selected, Step #1 in the EBP process is to
ask the burning clinical question in PICOT format.
As an early and critical step in the EBP process, it is remarkable to discover how often PICOT questions are incorrectly written. Whether it is the fact that the value of
the PICOT question is underappreciated, the purpose of the
PICOT question is misunderstood, or the approach to formulating and using a PICOT question is taught incorrectly,
the outcome is the same: People are writing incorrect
PICOT questions, which leads to a problematic EBP process
(Table 1).
The purpose of a PICOT question is simple: It is the
mechanism to identify the terms to be used to search for
the best evidence to answer a burning clinical question. In
other words, the PICOT question is the search strategy. The
search strategy leads to an unbiased and effective search.
The unbiased and effective search leads to the evidence.
The evidence answers the question and underpins the evidence-based recommendation, decision, or practice. Instead
of uncovering hundreds of studies, most of which do not
answer the clinical question because of a poorly designed
PICOT question, use of a correctly formed PICOT question
when conducting a search allows for a small number of
relevant studies to be discovered to answer the question.
The fact that this first step in the EBP process is often
undervalued, misunderstood, and miscommunicated is not
a benign problem. It is, instead, a major error that leads to
a number of critical problems that carry through the rest of
the EBP process and can lead to very biased recommendations and those not based on best evidence, the exact opposite of the intent of EBP.
The best way to conduct a great search for evidence is
to write an excellent PICOT question and take that question to a skilled librarian. Many of the dangers caused
by an incorrectly formed PICOT question can be averted
with the expertise of a librarian, and they are surely the
evidence-based practitioners’ most important “searching”
partner. However, not every curious clinician has access to
a librarian. Therefore, PICOT skills have to be developed,
refined, honed, and mastered to avoid faulty results.
The following are some basic tips for writing well-designed PICOT questions.
PICOT questions should not be wordy. Instead of a “P”
of “hospitalized geriatric patients with dementia,” a “P”
422
that would lead to a better search is “geriatric patients with
dementia” OR “geriatric dementia patients” because you
want to search for and find all the literature about the “P”
(population) of interest. Your intent may be to implement
the evidence found on this population when they are in the
hospital, but that is your project not your question. PICOT
questions should not include unnecessary words. Instead,
PICOT questions should include only the key term(s) you
are interested in. Instead of an “I” of “applying a sterile
dressing,” an “I” of “sterile dressing” will lead to a better
search. Extra words such as “provide,” “implement,” “use,”
“deliver,” or “apply” add more words for the search engine
to look for that are not important. Only include the key
words that matter.
PICOT questions should not be used to find evidence to
support the solutions that clinicians have already decided is
the right answer. Instead, PICOT questions should be used
to find out what is the best practice. Instead of an “I” of
“providing distraction activities,” an “I” that would lead to
a better search is “interventions” OR “strategies” because
the best practice is often something that you (and your
committee or task force or council) did not know about
or consider. For instance, what if the best intervention for
addressing agitation in dementia patients is music therapy?
You would never discover the right answer if you only
searched for something that you had already decided on.
This critical error leads people to search for evidence to
support their idea, and it may not be—and often is not—
the best idea. This mistake can be made inadvertently or
with true intention. In the first scenario, you do not realize
that you are making the mistake. In the second scenario,
you intentionally look for evidence to support your idea
and intentionally do not look for anything else. Either way,
this problem needs to be avoided.
PICOT questions are always written in the past tense. You
are searching for things that have already occurred. Research
questions, on the other hand, are written in the present tense.
PICOT questions never include a directional term such
as “increased” or “improved.” Once a directional term is
included, the search is biased; if you only look for studies
where a particular intervention “increased” an outcome of
interest, you will miss all the articles where the intervention “decreased” that outcome. This is a dangerous mistake.
PICOT questions cannot be changed once you have
started searching. More PICOT questions can be written
Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 2019; 16:6, 422–423.
© 2019 Sigma Theta Tau International
Editorial
Table 1. An Example of a Poorly Written PICOT
Question and the Corrected Version
This is an example of a PICOT question that is wrong in
all facets. A dissection of the question will help
identify the poorly written components.
In hospitalized geriatric patients more than 65 years of
age with dementia (P), how does providing distraction
activities (I) compared with providing traditional
hospital care (C) decrease agitation (O)?
P: hospitalized geriatric patients more than 65 years of
age with dementia
I: providing distraction activities
C: providing traditional hospital care
O: decrease agitation
1. The terms in this PICO question are too wordy.
The words placed into the search database are
the exact words the computer is going to scan in
the literature, so the more words, the less you will
find.
2. By including the word “providing” in the I and C
search, you would miss any study where the title
included words such as “implementing” or
“utilizing” because the computer would be looking
specifically for “providing.”
3. This PICOT is not written in past tense; as such, it
is a research question.
4. PICOT questions should not include any directional
words. They will cause a biased search.
The correctly written PICOT question to yield the most
efficient search would be:
In geriatric patients with dementia (P), how do distraction activities (I) compared with traditional care (C)
affect agitation (O)?
Your PICOT question does not always match the change
project or initiative you originally imagined or planned.
That is because a well-written PICOT question leads you
to the best practice to answer your inquiry, not the answer
you were thinking about or for which you had hoped.
It is critical to invest time in writing a great PICOT question, as it is the gateway to an efficient, effective search and,
ultimately, to making robust, evidence-based recommendations with confidence to assure the best decision-making
possible and to improve care and outcomes.
Lynn Gallagher Ford, PhD, RN, NE-BC, DPFNAP, FAAN,
Senior Director, Helene Fuld Health Trust National
Institute for EBP in Nursing & Healthcare, College of
Nursing, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA;
Director, Clinical Core, Helene Fuld Health Trust National
Institute for EBP in Nursing & Healthcare, College of
Nursing, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA
Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, PhD, APRN-CNP, FAANP,
FNAP, FAAN,
Vice President for Health Promotion, University Chief
Wellness Officer, Dean and Professor, College of
Nursing, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA;
Professor of Pediatrics & Psychiatry, College of
Medicine, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA;
Executive Director, Helene Fuld Health Trust National
Institute for EBP in Nursing & Healthcare, The Ohio State
University, Columbus, OH, USA;
Editor, Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, The Ohio
State University, Columbus, OH, USA
for the same inquiry, but you cannot change a question
that you have already used. That question is already part
of your EBP adventure and needs to be included in your
story.
Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 2019; 16:6, 422–423.
© 2019 Sigma Theta Tau International
423
Copyright of Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and
its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the
copyright holder’s express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email
articles for individual use.
———- [ EVIDENCE IN PRACTICE ] ———STEVEN J. KAMPER, P h D 12
Types of Research Questions:
Descriptive, Predictive, or Causal
J Orthop Sports Phys Ther 2020;50(8):468-469. doi:10.2519/jospt.2020.0703
previous Evidence in Practice art icle explained why a specific
and answerable research question is important for clinicians
and researchers . 3 As a reader, if you cannot specify the question
and summarize it simply in your own words, you might as well
not read the study. The type of research question has critical implications
for the study methods. Good-quality, clinically useful research begins
A
with the research question and requires
that the study design match the type of
question.
Descriptive questions can be answered
with cross-sectional or longitudinal de­
signs, but predictive and causal questions
usually need longitudinal designs.
Q uestion Types
Research questions fall into 1 of 3 m utu­
ally exclusive types: descriptive, predic­
tive, or causal. Imagine you are seeking
information about whiplash injuries. You
might find studies that address the fol­
lowing questions.
1. Descriptive questions: W hat is the
num ber of whiplash injuries per head
of population? W hat proportion of
people who attend the emergency
departm ent with a whiplash injury
completely recover within 3 months?
W hat impact do whiplash symptoms
have on individuals?
2. Predictive question: How well does a set
of simple clinical measures predict the
likelihood of recovery within 3 months?
3. Causal questions: Are people who re­
ceive education and reassurance more
likely to recover in 3 m onths than
people who receive a neck brace and
advice to rest? Do posttraumatic stress
symptoms immediately after whiplash
injury cause slower recovery?
There is a critical distinction between
question type and study design (T A B L E ).
D escriptive Questions
Descriptive questions seek to describe the
“landscape,” to provide an overview of the

372 @manour320

Description

Seeattached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Public health outbreak and disaster management
Course number:
PHC 372
Assignment 1 Questions
– What makes Hajj different than other mass
gatherings?
– What are the risk factors associated with
Hajj?
– Then Choose only one of the following:
o Choose one potential disaster in Hajj
and propose your plan to manage it.
(Explain your disaster management
plan in each phase of the disaster
(Mitigation, Preparedness, Response,
Recovery)
Assignment
question
o Review one disaster incident that
happened in Hajj (explain the
strategies used in the 4 phases, if
possible, to manage the disaster, and
what are the lessons learned out of
that incident)
Note:

You can use the following resource (page 2) to review
a brief of the 4 phases of disaster.
Lindsay, B. R. (2012, November). Federal emergency
management: A brief introduction. Congressional Research
Service, Library of Congress.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1172029.pdf
College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
Student name:
Student ID:
CRN
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Ahmed Hazazi
Grade:
…. Out of 10
Paper assignment guidelines
Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PM







Conduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual
idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material.
Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.
The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is
submitting and to whom is it submitted.
Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not
through email.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be
1.5
Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

In thinking about collaboration between nursing and other interdisciplinary professionals and the role of the nurse in professional nursing associations as it relates to health care policy:

Identify a legislative/policy of interest related to a workforce/patient care issue (Choose a different topic from the one discussed in previous modules).
Include bill identifying information (e.g. title of bill, identifying number, type of legislation [state or federal], etc.).
Where is this legislation in the approval process?
Why do you feel this legislation is important? Align your explanation with your personal beliefs and values.
Which regulatory agency would be interested and involved in the passing of this policy?
Discuss one aspect (socio-cultural, ethical, economic, political, or legal implications) that you feel would be impacted by the recommended legislation.
Analyze and discuss how the outcomes of this specific legislation could impact practice/patient care/future of healthcare.
Discuss specific ways, nurses as leaders, could advocate for this change.
Incorporate pertinent information gathered from reviewing and referencing the National Academy of Science (2010 & 2021) reports.
Compare/contrast nursing practice standards/regulatory bodies (related to advocating strategies for health care policies) with the practice standards/regulatory bodies of one member of the interdisciplinary team.

Support this information with at least three scholarly references from peer reviewed professional journals and respected websites in addition to the assigned readings.

Your paper will be scored using the Written Assignment Rubric which requires APA format. This assignment length requirement is no more than 5 pages not counting the title page and the reference page. This activity is tied to:

Course Objective 3: Explain the professional responsibility of the registered nurse in terms of advocacy and political engagement. :: The registered nurse must be educated regarding changes and implications of health policies. This is accomplished by being active in and belonging to professional nursing organizations. These organizations offer nurses the opportunities to advance their knowledge, network with other nursing experts to collaborate on pertinent and relevant issues surrounding healthcare, and to provide a collective voice for promoting nursing and setting the standards for quality patient care. The process of networking allows people with similar interests and goals to share ideas and information and offer support and direction. Building networks is also essential for advancement of the profession and building relationships with members of the interdisciplinary health care team. As professionals,nurses have the ability and potential power to influence through established networks and coalitions (Blais & Hayes, 2016)
Course Objective 5: Analyze the future of health care services and the registered nurse’s responsibilities as influenced by the current U.S. health care delivery system.::: The Institutes of Medicine (IOM) and the Robert J. Wood Foundation (RJWF) released a landmark report titled The Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health. The vast knowledge, expertise, and influence of the nursing profession was realized, as this document delineated new and expanded roles for nursing. The nursing profession was invited to become active members in the opportunities for collaboration and effecting change for health care in the U.S.The IOM committee posed 4 key recommendations (National Academy of Science, 2010):
Nurses should practice to the full extent of their education and training.
Nurses should achieve higher levels of education and training through an improved education system that promotes seamless academic progression.
Nurses should be full partners, with physicians and other health professionals, in redesigning health care in the United States.
Effective workforce planning and policy making require better data collection and an improved information infrastructure.
References:

Blais, K. K., & Hayes, J. S. (2016). Professional nursing practice: Concepts and perspectives (7th ed). Pearson Education, Inc.

National Academy of Science. (2010). The future of nursing: Leading change, advancing health.

National Academy of Science. (2021). The future of nursing 2020-2030: Charting a path to achieve health equity.

Nursing Question

Description

Instructions
Resources
Attempt 1 available
Attempt 2
Attempt 3

In a 5–7 page written assessment, assess the effect of the patient, family, or population problem you’ve previously defined on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Plan to spend approximately 2 direct practicum hours exploring these aspects of the problem with the patient, family, or group you’ve chosen to work with and, if desired, consulting with subject matter and industry experts. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Report on your experiences during your first two practicum hours.

Introduction

Organizational data, such as readmission rates, hospital-acquired infections, falls, medication errors, staff satisfaction, serious safety events, and patient experience can be used to prioritize time, resources, and finances. Health care organizations and government agencies use benchmark data to compare the quality of organizational services and report the status of patient safety. Professional nurses are key to comprehensive data collection, reporting, and monitoring of metrics to improve quality and patient safety.

Preparation

In this assessment, you’ll assess the effect of the health problem you’ve defined on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Plan to spend at least 2 direct practicum hours working with the same patient, family, or group. During this time, you may also choose to consult with subject matter and industry experts.

To prepare for the assessment:

Review the assessment instructions and scoring guide to ensure that you understand the work you will be asked to complete and how it will be assessed.
Conduct research of the scholarly and professional literature to inform your assessment and meet scholarly expectations for supporting evidence.
Review the Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF] Download Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF], which provides guidance for conducting this portion of your practicum.

Note: As you revise your writing, check out the resources listed on the Writing Center’s Writing Support page.

Instructions

Complete this assessment in two parts.

Part 1

Assess the effect of the patient, family, or population problem you defined in the previous assessment on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Plan to spend at least 2 practicum hours exploring these aspects of the problem with the patient, family, or group. During this time, you may also consult with subject matter and industry experts of your choice. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Use the Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF] Download Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF]provided for this assessment to guide your work and interpersonal interactions.

Part 2

Report on your experiences during your first 2 practicum hours, including how you presented your ideas about the health problem to the patient, family, or group.

Whom did you meet with?
What did you learn from them?
Comment on the evidence-based practice (EBP) documents or websites you reviewed.
What did you learn from that review?
Share the process and experience of exploring the influence of leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, and policy on the problem.
What barriers, if any, did you encounter when presenting the problem to the patient, family, or group?
Did the patient, family, or group agree with you about the presence of the problem and its significance and relevance?
What leadership, communication, collaboration, or change management skills did you employ during your interactions to overcome these barriers or change the patient’s, family’s, or group’s thinking about the problem (for example, creating a sense of urgency based on data or policy requirements)?
What changes, if any, did you make to your definition of the problem, based on your discussions?
What might you have done differently?
Requirements

The assessment requirements, outlined below, correspond to the scoring guide criteria, so be sure to address each main point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed. In addition, note the additional requirements for document format and length and for supporting evidence.

Explain how the patient, family, or population problem impacts the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Cite evidence that supports the stated impact.
Note whether the supporting evidence is consistent with what you see in your nursing practice.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies can affect the problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Describe research that has tested the effectiveness of these standards and/or policies in addressing care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Explain how these standards and/or policies will guide your actions in addressing care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Describe the effects of local, state, and federal policies or legislation on your nursing scope of practice, within the context of care quality, patient safety, and cost to the system and individual.
Propose strategies to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual.
Discuss research on the effectiveness of these strategies in addressing care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Identify relevant and available sources of benchmark data on care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Use paraphrasing and summarization to represent ideas from external sources.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing.
Additional Requirements
Format: Format your paper using APA style. APA Style Paper Tutorial [DOCX] is provided to help you in writing and formatting your paper. Be sure to include:
A title page and reference page. An abstract is not required.
Appropriate section headings.
Length: Your paper should be approximately 5–7 pages in length, not including the reference page.
Supporting evidence: Cite at least 5 sources of scholarly or professional evidence that support your central ideas. Resources should be no more than five years old. Provide in-text citations and references in APA format.
Proofreading: Proofread your paper, before you submit it, to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on its substance.
Capella Academic Portal

Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 3: Transform processes to improve quality, enhance patient safety, and reduce the cost of care.
Explain how a patient, family, or population problem impacts the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Propose strategies to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual and document the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Competency 5: Analyze the impact of health policy on quality and cost of care.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies can affect a patient, family, or population problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Competency 8: Integrate professional standards and values into practice.
Use paraphrasing and summarization to represent ideas from external sources.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing.

Physical activity and energy balance

Description

Part 2 – Evaluation of Physical Activity and Energy Balance-2.docxNow that you have collected your data (part 1), you will begin to analyze your results. Please use the instructions above to complete your paper. The video below will help you understand my expectations for this project. You can also refer to the rubric below to see how your paper will be graded.What you will turn in when you are finished:Your evaluationCalculation sheetSupporting documents (part 1 of your project – specifically the 3 food lists, nutrients report, and physical activity worksheet)You have unlimited submissions for this project but I will only grade your assignment once. I will start grading after the due date and will only grade your most recent submission. Make sure the last thing you submit is your final draft. YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO REWRITE FOR A BETTER GRADE. Make sure you do a good job the first time.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Nutrition Report 
View daily averages for a selected period of time.
Daily Averages for
Last 7 days
Include Today
Filter Days
Completed Days
Include Supplements
Sep 17, 2023 to Sep 23, 2023
Energy Summary
Consumed
Burned
Remaining
Macronutrient Targets
Energy
Protein
Net Carbs
Fat
779.2 (-1364.5 net) kcal / 4160 kcal
19%
35.0 g / 260.0 g
13%
61.5 g / 468.0 g
13%
43.0 g / 138.7 g
31%
Nutrient Targets
Nutrition Scores
Get more with
Cronometer Gold
42%
All Targets
Upgrade to view full set
of nutrition scores
representing well
researched health
concepts
UPGRADE
Highlighted Nutrients
39%
58%
35%
31%
44%
28%
35%
Fiber
Iron
Calcium
Vit.A
Vit.C
Vit.B12
Folate
41%
Potassium
General
Energy
– kcal
0%
Alcohol
-g
N/T
Ca!eine
– mg
N/T
Water
-g
0%
Carbs
-g
0%
Fiber
-g
0%
Starch
-g
N/T
Sugars
-g
N/T
Added Sugars
-g
N/T
Net Carbs
-g
0%
-g
0%
Monounsaturated
-g
N/T
Polyunsaturated
-g
N/T
Omega-3
-g
0%
Omega-6
-g
0%
Carbohydrates
Lipids
Fat
Saturated
-g
n/a
Trans-Fats
-g
n/a
Cholesterol
– mg
N/T
-g
0%
Cystine
-g
0%
Histidine
-g
0%
Isoleucine
-g
0%
Leucine
-g
0%
Lysine
-g
0%
Methionine
-g
0%
Phenylalanine
-g
0%
Threonine
-g
0%
Tryptophan
-g
0%
Tyrosine
-g
0%
Valine
-g
0%
B1 (Thiamine)
– mg
0%
B2 (Riboflavin)
– mg
0%
B3 (Niacin)
– mg
0%
B5 (Pantothenic Acid)
– mg
0%
B6 (Pyridoxine)
– mg
0%
B12 (Cobalamin)
– µg
0%
Folate
– µg
0%
Vitamin A
– µg
0%
Vitamin C
– mg
0%
Protein
Protein
Vitamins
Vitamin D
– IU
0%
Vitamin E
– mg
0%
Vitamin K
– µg
0%
Calcium
– mg
0%
Copper
– mg
0%
Iron
– mg
0%
Magnesium
– mg
0%
Manganese
– mg
0%
Phosphorus
– mg
0%
Potassium
– mg
0%
Selenium
– µg
0%
Sodium
– mg
0%
Zinc
– mg
0%
Minerals
N/T = No Target
Recommendation from Dietary Guidelines
Protein (% kcals). 10-35
Carbohydrate (% kcals) 45-65
Carbohydrate (g) 130
Fiber (g). 28
Added Sugar (% kcals)
Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

1) In collaboration with the approved course preceptor, students will identify a specific evidence-based topic for the capstone project change proposal. Students should consider the clinical environment in which they are currently employed or have recently worked. The capstone project topic can be a clinical practice problem, an organizational issue, a leadership or quality improvement initiative, or an unmet educational need specific to a patient population or community. The student may also choose to work with an interprofessional collaborative team.

Students should select a topic that aligns to their area of interest as well as the clinical practice setting in which practice hours are completed.

Write a 500-750 word description of your proposed capstone project topic. Include the following:

The problem or issue, intervention, quality initiative, educational need, or collaborative interprofessional team project that will be the focus of the change proposal.
The setting or context in which the problem or issue, intervention, quality initiative, educational need, or collaborative interprofessional team project can be observed.
A description (providing a high level of detail) regarding the problem or issue, intervention, quality initiative, educational need, or collaborative interprofessional team project.
Effect of the problem or issue, intervention, quality initiative, educational need, or collaborative interprofessional team project.
Significance of the topic and its implications for nursing practice.
A proposed solution to the identified project topic with an explanation of how it will affect nursing practice.

You are required to cite to a minimum of eight peer-reviewed sources to complete this assignment. Sources must be published within the last 5 years, appropriate for the assignment criteria, and relevant to nursing practice. Plan your time accordingly to complete this assignment.

2)In collaboration with the approved course preceptor, students will identify a specific evidence-based topic for the capstone project change proposal. Write a 150-250 word summary explaining which category your topic and intervention are under (community or leadership).

3) Write a reflection journal (250-300 words) to outline what has been discovered about your professional practice, personal strengths and weaknesses, and additional resources that could be introduced in a given situation to influence optimal outcomes. Each week there will be a specific focus to use in your reflection. Integrate leadership and inquiry into the current practice. Please make sure to address all areas in your writing.

Topic Focus: Interprofessional Collaboration

While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected.

create an epi graph instructions below

Description

Complete the CDC E-learning activities “Create an Epi Curve” and “Using an Epi Curve to determine mode of spread” at https://www.cdc.gov/training/quicklearns/ 2. Create an epi-graph based on the data in exercise 1 of “Create an Epi Curve.” This can be made in MS Excel or another graphing utility. 3. Submit it with your answers to the exercises in the module (questions start on slide 8) in a MS RTF file or PDF.

Health Questions

Description

How does the social determinants of health framework contribute to our understanding of the factors that influence population health outcomes? Provide examples of specific social determinants and their impact on health.

Looking for help with a case study

Description

Prompt

Evaluate the cultural competence of the healthcare organization presented in the Integrated Safety-Net Health Care System case study using a population health approach. Please also read the supplemental Interpreting Services Program document to ensure that you have all of the information about the Montefiore Medical Center you will need to address the critical elements.

Specifically the following critical elements must be addressed:

Patient engagement activities and communication strategies
Critique the organization’s translation and interpretation services that may be available to non-English-speaking patients. In other words, does the organization provide such services? How many different languages are supported? How might the organization communicate with a speaker of a language that is not supported? Be sure to provide evidence that supports your claims.
Analyze the extent to which educational resources and materials are available in languages other than English. Be sure to provide specific examples.
Assess organizational staff training on patient engagement and communications for its potential to foster cultural competence. Be sure to provide evidence to support your claims.
Identify gaps or deficiencies that may exist in the organization’s patient engagement and communications strategies, and provide evidence to support your claims. If you feel there are none, be sure to explain your reasoning.
Health promotion and disease prevention and management strategies
Assess the organization on its efforts to promote healthy living by examining programs (e.g., fitness classes, blood pressure clinics, first aid training, nutrition education, etc.) that it may offer to patients. Be sure to provide evidence to support your claims.
How appropriate are the organization’s disease prevention and management programs and services (such as discharge planning, home health services, vaccination services, etc.) for addressing factors that determine population health status? Be sure to provide evidence to support your claims.
Assess non-programmatic services (such as transportation, on-site child care, etc.) that may be offered by the organization for their impact on factors that determine population health status.
Identify gaps or deficiencies that may exist in the organization’s health promotion and disease prevention and management efforts, and provide evidence to support your claims. If you feel there are none, be sure to explain your reasoning.
Financial incentives and quality improvement processes
Analyze population health-oriented policies (such as non-discrimination in hiring, care and treatment, Patient Bill of Rights, financial assistance, etc.) that the organization may have implemented for reducing costs and improving overall quality. Be sure to provide evidence to support your claims.
To what extent is the organization’s approach to care considered patient-centered? Be sure to cite specific examples to substantiate your claims.
What specific strategies (such as eliminating unnecessary procedures and providing only essential treatments or interventions) does the organization employ in its population health approach to reduce costs and improve overall quality?
Describe gaps or deficiencies that may exist in the organization’s use of the population health approach in reducing costs and improving quality of care, and provide evidence to support your claims. If you feel there are none, be sure to explain your reasoning.
Recommendations
Recommend strategies for improving the organization’s cultural competence with regard to patient engagement and communications. Be sure to use research to support your reasoning.
Suggest health promotion and disease prevention strategies for improving outcomes in terms of population health status. Be sure to use research to justify your suggestions.
Recommend policies and strategies that increase the organization’s use of a population health approach to reduce costs and improve overall quality of care. Be sure to use research to substantiate your recommendations.
What to Submit
Written components of the project must follow these formatting guidelines when applicable: double spacing, 12-point Times New Roman font, one-inch margins, and APA-style citations. The case study analysis and proposal should be 8 to 10 pages in length, not including cover page and resources. Please be aware that AI generated will be detected.

Interview with a Nurse Practitioner

Description

Hi,Please follow the directions EXACTLY what they say. Nurse Practitioner Interview Learning objective: To explore the role of the APN in depth as she /he functions in the context of the institution in which he/she is employed. Compare and contrast the observed /evaluated advanced practice-nursing roles to that cited in professional guidelines, theory, and research. In other words, does actual application of practice really follow theory and literature? Methods: Develop an Interview Guide with 10-15 questions which reflect the topics reviewed in the course readings and webinar.Some of these topics would be what are professional and societal expectations, health policy, reimbursement, professional role history, demographics, and/or the contextual health care system and agency issues that affect the NP role. Cite the reference(s) for each question in the Interview Guide.Schedule an interview with one (1) NP to learn about their roles within the health care system using the developed interview guide. You will likely learn more if you interview an NP that you do not know. This is strongly recommended.Maintain the ethics of confidentiality during the interview and destroy all data once the paper is completed. Do not tape record. Do not report the name of the NP or the location of the agency.Each interview question should be fully addressed and clearly developed.

5 file ct 500

Description

Module 05: Critical Thinking Assignment

Access to Healthcare (100 points)

Information technology can be used to assist health care organizations in the ability to provide access to healthcare organizations. Please choose any current information technology and create a PowerPoint presentation on how the technology will improve healthcare access in KSA. Be sure to include:

An overview of the information technology including its goals

The main stakeholders from the healthcare system that are involved in information technology.

How information technology will improve access to healthcare in KSA.

Recommendations for how you would evaluate whether access to services has improved.

Your presentation should meet the following structural requirements:

Be 7-8 slides in length, not including the title or reference slides.

Be formatted according to Saudi Electronic University and APA writing guidelines.

Provide support for your statements with citations from a minimum of six scholarly articles. These citations should be listed in the Notes section of the slide in which they appear. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but four must be external.

Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes to support the slide content. These should be a minimum of 100 words long (per slide) and must be a part of the presentation. The presentation cannot be submitted in PDF format, which does not make notes visible to the instructor. Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials.

Utilize headings to organize the content in your work.

Public Health Question

Description

I have a written philosophy but my professor has told me to make some changes to make it a better paper. please help. The philosophy I have chosen is cognitive-based philosophy.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Cognitive-Based Health Promotion Philosophy
Health Education Workshop
In my journey to understand health promotion, I organized a health education workshop
at my mosque. Growing up I noticed traditional, greasy foods are prevalent in my predominantly
Indian community, contributing to obesity, diabetes, and heart attacks among the elderly. This
workshop was all about educating our community about healthy eating. Also, it encouraged
people to switch from unhealthy to more nutritious diets. Throughout the workshop, I talked
about nutrition and the benefits of replacing oily foods with fresh, nutrient-rich ones. Using
evidence-based insights and practical advice, I equipped participants with the knowledge they
needed to make informed food choices. Many community members need more nutrition
knowledge, so this workshop was a great way to bridge that gap.
My philosophy is to enhance understanding and empower individuals to make informed
health decisions. Aside from facilitating access to health care, I promote active participation in
community health initiatives. As a society, we need to emphasize health education, create
supportive environments, and work to reduce health disparities. Everyone should have the
opportunity to achieve optimal health.
Mental Health Journey
As part of another significant chapter of my life, I faced extreme stress, which led to
anxiety, mood swings, and difficulty concentrating. My mental health and overall well-being
were deeply affected by these challenges. My mental wellbeing was improved through selfimprovement books and resources. This information led me to significant resources that guided
me through the complexity of stress management and the significance of mental health. As a
result of reading these materials, I was able to gain a greater sense of self-awareness that had
previously remained closed to me. On my journey to personal growth, I set and pursued goals
while practicing dedicated self-care.
My life changed significantly after this encounter. Stress levels dropped, and my
emotional resilience became a reliable source of support when things got tough. My philosophy
of health promotion, emphasizing personal empowerment and growth through health, aligns
seamlessly with these experiences. I underwent profound and enduring behavioral and cognitive
changes, enhancing my ability to handle life’s challenges with strength and resilience. Educating
those around me within my community about resources that could be easily accessible has
become important to me throughout my journey leading me into my career in health promotion.
During this point in my life, I realized how many other people were going through mental health
challenges without knowledge or support to overcome the battle.
Impact of Mother’s Type 2 Diabetes Diagnosis
The diagnosis of Type 2 Diabetes in my mother profoundly impacted my perception of
health and health promotion. After seeing her struggle with this condition, I realized how
important it is to understand chronic illnesses and make lifestyle changes. Seeing her struggle to
keep up with her medications made me realize that I had to step forward to ensure that she was
taking care of herself. I was there to support her as she went through this drastic change in her
life after being diagnosed with this illness. To better understand diabetes and its treatment
options, I turned to health information portals online. My research helped me understand the
condition and lifestyle changes my mom needed to make. After learning that type 2 diabetes was
genetic, I also decided that I needed to take preventative measures. This experience reinforced
the importance of considering all aspects of health, aligning perfectly with my holistic
philosophy.
The condition of my mom’s well-being propelled me to discover more and gave me
responsibility. As a result, I realized that our well-being should be our top priority, and that we
should take preventive measures to safeguard and upgrade it. This includes eating healthy foods,
exercising, effectively dealing with stress, and focusing on our psychological and emotional
well-being. In addition, my efforts to understand diabetes have clarified the crucial role of early
identification and avoidance in lessening chronic illnesses. I recognized that awareness and
education are critical components of health promotion. Therefore, I actively raise awareness
about diabetes and its risk factors among my peers and the community.
Additionally, I advocated for a balanced and nutritious diet. I understand that food
choices are fundamental to managing and preventing diabetes. I encourage people to embrace a
diet rich in whole grains, vegetables, lean proteins, and healthy fats. Small, sustainable changes
to one’s diet can significantly improve one’s health. Exercise became another cornerstone of my
health philosophy. Regular physical activity helps manage weight and enhances insulin
sensitivity. Exercise should be incorporated into daily routines and found as an enjoyable activity
to encourage long-term adherence to an active lifestyle.
Mental health and stress control are also priorities for me. It is important to practice
mindfulness exercises such as yoga and deep relaxation to deal with life’s unpredictable daily
stresses. For overall well-being, it is vital that the body and brain are in good health. As a result
of my mom’s Type 2 diabetes diagnosis, I got into the health promotion and health field. As a
result, I educated myself, took control of my health, and promoted healthy living in my
community. By raising awareness, making smart decisions, and taking a holistic approach to
wellness, we can all work toward a better, healthier future.
The Three experiences
Through these three experiences, knowledge can transform health. Health education
workshops, self-help resources, and online health information portals are more than just tools;
they represent my commitment to empowering individuals through education, personal growth,
and holistic understanding. Information is key to boosting individual confidence and bringing
about positive changes in healthcare. To me, wellness means achieving mental, physical, and
emotional harmony in all aspects of your life. Through cognitive transformation, we can help
everyone around us improve their well-being and health.
In conclusion, my circumstances emphasizing the value of information, education, and
confidence have influenced my transition to a cognitive-based philosophy. I’ve learned to value
the transforming potential of data in advancing health promotion because of organizing a Health
Education Workshop, overcoming obstacles related to my psychological well-being, and dealing
with my mother’s Type 2 Diabetes condition. These encounters have shaped my career choice
and strengthened my dedication to advancing holistic health and enabling others to make wise
decisions regarding their well-being.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

7 file Ct 3

Description

Module 04: HQS 525

Please read the following article: Amanat, A., Rizwan, M., Maple, C., Zikria, Y. B., Almadhor, A. S., & Kim, S. W. (2022). Blockchain and cloud computing-based secure electronic healthcare records storage and sharing. Frontiers in Public Health, 10, 938707. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.938707

https://csuglobal.idm.oclc.org/login?url=https://s…

Evaluate the use of protected health information in the cloud through a health information exchange. Discuss the following aspects:

• Benefits

• Barriers to sharing patient information in the cloud

• Include an analysis of the health information exchange currently being adopted in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

Your paper should meet the following structural requirements:

• Four-to-five pages in length, not including the cover sheet and reference page.

• Formatted according to APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing standards

• Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of four scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but the other two must be external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references

Discussion

Description

Instructions:Read the article “Understanding situation awareness and its importance in patient safety” (attached below)Respond to two of the following prompts Identify and discuss the five most salient points of the article in your opinion. How do these relate to Medical Assistants? Be specific and detailed.Identify and describe a minimum of ten factors in ambulatory care that would promote situational awareness for new medical assistants. Explain your rationale for the order of ranking each one. Compare and contrast the three levels of cognitive processing described in the article and how these relate to medical assistants. Provide an example that is not already included in the article. You may use examples from previous MA coursework.Expectation: Your original post would be approximately the level of a two-page paper.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

CPD
CONTINUING
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT
Understanding situation awareness
and its importance in patient safety
NS840 Gluyas H, Harris S-J (2016) Understanding situation awareness and its importance in patient safety.
Nursing Standard. 30, 34, 50-58. Date of submission: October 29 2015; date of acceptance: December 10 2015.
Aims and intended learning outcomes
Abstract
Situation awareness describes an individual’s perception, comprehension
and subsequent projection of what is going on in the environment around
them. The concept of situation awareness sits within the group of
non-technical skills that include teamwork, communication and managing
hierarchical lines of communication. The importance of non-technical
skills has been recognised in safety-critical industries such as aviation,
the military, nuclear, and oil and gas. However, health care has been slow
to embrace the role of non-technical skills such as situation awareness in
improving outcomes and minimising the risk of error. This article explores
the concept of situation awareness and the cognitive processes involved
in maintaining it. In addition, factors that lead to a loss of situation
awareness and strategies to improve situation awareness are discussed.
Authors
Heather Gluyas Associate professor, Murdoch University, Mandurah,
Australia.
Sarah-Jane Harris Co-ordinator of nursing practice and policy,
St John of God Murdoch Hospital, Perth, Australia.
Correspondence to: h.gluyas@murdoch.edu.au
Keywords
cognitive factors, communication, errors, human factors, patient safety,
situation awareness
Review
All articles are subject to external double-blind peer review and checked
for plagiarism using automated software.
Revalidation
Prepare for revalidation: read this CPD article, answer the questionnaire
and write a reflective account. www.rcni.com/revalidation
Online
For related articles visit the archive and search using the keywords above.
To write a CPD article: please email gwen.clarke@rcni.com
Guidelines on writing for publication are available at:
journals.rcni.com/r/author-guidelines.
This article aims to inform nurses about the
importance of situation awareness and the need
to maintain it to minimise the likelihood of
errors. Situation awareness will be referred to
as SA throughout the article for ease of reading.
After reading this article and completing the
time out activities you should be able to:
Discuss the cognitive processes involved in
maintaining SA.
Identify the factors that can lead to
a loss of SA.
Describe strategies to mitigate the loss of SA.
Identify opportunities to incorporate
knowledge of SA and associated strategies
into professional practice.
Introduction
SA describes an individuals’s perception,
comprehension and subsequent projection
of what is going on in the environment
around them (Endsley 1995). In other words,
it describes people noticing what is going
on around them, working out what the
information they are noticing means, and using
that information to plan required actions or
decisions (Flin et al 2008).
Although this article describes the
significance of SA in health care, it is important
to recognise that SA is part of people’s cognitive
functioning in all contexts. For example, when
driving on a busy road people are not only
undertaking the technical and complicated
task of driving, but also will be scanning the
environment. They will be looking at the
traffic in front of them and for brake lights
or indicators so they can anticipate changing
traffic speeds or the need for evasive action.
They will be watching for other hazards, such
as small children on the pavement who might
run onto the road or people crossing the road
recklessly, which may require corrective action
50 april
20 :: volfrom
30 no
34 :: 2016
STANDARD
Downloaded
RCNi.com
by ${individualUser.displayName} on Sep 08, 2017. For personal use only. No NURSING
other uses without
permission.
Copyright © 2017 RCN Publishing Company Ltd
to prevent an accident. Thus SA – processing
what is happening, what it means and what
needs to be done as a result – is an important
cognitive state that helps people make decisions
and undertake tasks in relation to all aspects
of their life (Gluyas and Morrison 2013).
Complete time out activity 1
The concept of SA sits within the group of
non-technical skills that include teamwork,
communication and managing the
hierarchical lines of communication that tend
to exist in health care. Hierarchical lines of
communication lead to what is termed as an
authority gradient and arise from a perceived
professional hierarchy that results in junior
staff feeling powerless to question or challenge
senior staff (Gluyas and Morrison 2013).
Non-technical skills are studied in the broader
discipline of human factors, which examines
the relationship between humans’ thinking
and cognitive processing and the environment
(White 2012).
The importance of non-technical skills has
been recognised in safety critical industries
such as aviation, military, nuclear, and oil
and gas. Investigations into major disasters
in such industries identified that rather than
deficient technical skills, it was non-technical
skills, such as a loss of SA, that were implicated
in many incidents (Endsley and Jones 2012).
Examples of catastrophic incidents, where a
loss of SA was a contributing factor, include
the Chernobyl and Three Mile Island nuclear
disasters in 1986 and 1979 respectively, the
Piper Alpha oil rig accident in 1988 and the
Tenerife aviation collision in 1977 (Flin et al
2008, Wachter 2012).
Health care has been slow to embrace the role
of non-technical skills such as SA in improving
outcomes and minimising the risk of error
(Bromiley 2014). Healthcare literature was
beginning to promote discussion about SA and
error from the late 1990s (Gopher and Donchin
2011). However, in 2005, the high-profile case
of Elaine Bromiley identified the crucial role of
SA in clinical care errors. The case involved the
death of a young wife and mother following
failed intubation for routine surgery (White
2012). Elaine’s husband was an airline pilot
and, during the ensuing investigation, noted
that the role of human factors and SA were
not recognised immediately in healthcare
investigations. In 2007, he established the
Clinical Human Factors Group and in so doing
helped to shift the focus on human factors and
SA in health care from the realms of academia
to the clinical area (Reid and Bromiley 2012,
Bromiley 2014).
SA is imperative for improving patient
outcomes in many aspects of clinical care
(Stubbings et al 2012). Even a simple task such
as the allocation of nurses’ meal breaks requires
a degree of SA to ensure that patient care is
not compromised. For example, the following
factors need to be considered:
The nurses going off for a break in
comparison to those remaining on the
ward (the ‘what?’).
Whether the skill mix and numbers of
those remaining on the ward are appropriate
(the ‘so what?’).
Whether this decision would be prudent
in the case of a medical emergency (the
‘what now?’).
To use another example: a nurse walks into a
patient’s room to answer a call bell and notices
that the patient’s drainage bag is full of blood.
This is the ‘what?’ stage of SA. Interpreting the
meaning of this observation may then lead the
nurse to conclude that if the drainage bag is full
of blood, the patient is possibly haemorrhaging.
This is the ‘so what?’ stage of SA. Through
this analysis, the nurse may decide that the
patient is at risk of hypovolaemic shock and,
therefore, requires urgent attention. The nurse
subsequently seeks immediate medical review.
This is the ‘what now?’ stage of SA.
Decision making is required in everyday
clinical practice, not only in specialised
environments or during crises. The aim of SA
is to prevent critical situations from developing
(Stubbings et al 2012). Therefore, it is imperative
that the factors that improve SA are included
in the training and education of healthcare
professionals if patient safety is to be improved.
Training and education programmes
to improve SA involve identifying and
understanding the role of cognitive processing
in SA. This understanding forms the basis
for being able to examine different situations
to identify the factors that will likely have a
negative effect on achieving SA. Individuals
can use this knowledge to improve SA in
similar situations.
Cognitive processing in situation
awareness
SA is not a static state but rather an ongoing
process that is normally used in relation
to dynamic situations that require tasks,
decisions and actions to be undertaken or
completed. It involves three levels or stages of
1 Consider the
following scenario from
an SA perspective:
you are preparing a meal
and your three-year-old
child comes into the
kitchen and starts
to climb onto a stool
‘to help’. You notice
that the pot handle is
facing outwards from
the top of the stove,
there is a sharp knife
on the cutting board
and there is a hot cup
of coffee on the kitchen
worktop. Answer the
following questions:
What information
will you be processing
about the situation
(perception)?
What does this
information mean
(comprehension)?
What actions are
required (projection)?
NURSING
STANDARD
april No
20other
:: voluses
30 no
34 ::permission.
2016 51
Downloaded
from RCNi.com by ${individualUser.displayName} on Sep 08, 2017. For personal use only.
without
Copyright © 2017 RCN Publishing Company Ltd
CPD patient safety
cognitive performance (Figure 1) (Endsley and
Jones 2012):
Level 1: perception of elements in the
environment.
Level 2: comprehension of the current
situation.
Level 3: projection of future status.
Each of these levels will be discussed separately,
however it is first important to recognise the
effect of time on SA. The perception by the
individual of the amount of time available
until a decision needs to be taken will have
an effect on SA. For example, perceived
time pressures may lead to reactive decision
making (Stubbings et al 2012). If the individual
estimates that a decision is required quickly,
cues may be missed in the perception stage and
not considered in the comprehension stage,
thus leading to a flawed projection stage. In
addition, a rapidly changing situation requires
rapid changes in perception, comprehension
and projection, and can result in outdated or
inaccurate SA (Carayon 2011).
Level 1: perception
The sensory systems of vision, hearing, smell,
taste and touch provide individuals with the
information to perceive what is happening in
the environment around them. For example,
nurses may use any or all of these five senses
when undertaking a physical assessment of a
patient. They may look for and feel skin turgor,
listen to respiratory patterns or a cardiac
rhythm, smell alcohol on a patient’s breath or
smoke on clothing, and hear the sounds of,
FIGURE 1
Three levels of cognitive performance involved in situation awareness
Perception of elements in the environment
Noticing what is going on in the proximate environment
Comprehension of the current situation
Processing the information to make sense of what is happening
Projection of future status
Deciding what tasks, decisions and actions need to happen
(Endsley and Jones 2012)
and see the visual display lights on, a patient
monitor. These sensory inputs are processed
selectively because, in any given situation,
there is a significant amount of information,
which is impossible for an individual to
process. Selective processing of the incoming
information relies on past experiences that are
stored in the memory. These memories provide
nurses with cues to help recognise what it is
important to notice and what can be ignored.
The memories can be stored in either working
or long-term memory stores. However, it is the
working memory (also known as short-term
memory) that has a greater role in the
perception stage of SA (Endsley 1995).
Working memory has a limited storage
capacity – it can store approximately seven
pieces of information (Flin et al 2008), and is
susceptible to losing information unless the
information is consciously and consistently
repeated. For example, if a nurse is walking to
the office to chart physiological recordings and
is interrupted by someone asking a question, it
is likely that the physiological measurements
will be lost in the working memory and will
be replaced with the information contained in
the question. This is important in the context
of SA since retaining important information
to support accurate SA can be compromised
by interruptions and distractions (Endsley and
Jones 2012).
Long-term memory is the main memory
store and holds the information from past
experiences and events. Information is retrieved
from the long-term memory store to assist in
cognitive processing at several different levels
of SA. At the perception level, information
from the long-term memory is transferred
to the short-term memory and is used to
help recognise and prioritise which sensory
information needs to be noted. Information
retrieval from long-term memory to assist
SA perception is increasingly likely if the
information has been used recently, is familiar
or is of particular interest to the individual (Flin
et al 2008).
Failure in the perception stage of SA can
occur because sensory information is not
available or difficult to notice, individuals
do not observe elements in the environment
around them, or the information that
is gathered from the environment is
misinterpreted (Endsley 1995). Accurate
perception of factors present in a given situation
or the environment is vital to guide information
processing in relation to the significance of
these factors and subsequent decision making.
52 april
20 :: volfrom
30 no
34 :: 2016
STANDARD
Downloaded
RCNi.com
by ${individualUser.displayName} on Sep 08, 2017. For personal use only. No NURSING
other uses without
permission.
Copyright © 2017 RCN Publishing Company Ltd
Level 2: comprehension
The comprehension stage of SA involves
processing the information that is gathered
in the perception level to work out what is
happening and what is significant in the
situation. For example, a nurse carrying out
care for a patient in a multi-bedded room is
engrossed in the task and is not perceiving
the busy ward noises, such as people talking,
trolleys being pushed past and patient call bells
ringing. However, on hearing a loud crash
and someone calling out for help, the nurse
turns, sees a patient lying on the floor and
comprehends that the loud noise and call for
help is probably related to the patient who has
fallen. The nurse will be using information
stored in the long-term memory that provides
understanding of what a loud noise, call for
help and patient on floor probably mean.
The retrieval of stored information
from long-term memory is called pattern
matching. Pattern matching uses information
gathered and stored in the long-term memory
from previous experience to interpret the
information that is gathered in the perception
stage and to inform the comprehension stage.
The stored information is known as mental
models or schema, which are groups of
cues that can mean certain things in certain
circumstances. When pattern matching, not all
the cues need to be present for the individual
to extrapolate the information to the situation
they are trying to understand (Endsley 2015).
People with less experience have fewer
mental models on which to draw from their
long-term memory to make sense of a situation
(Endsley 2015). This is obvious when observing
a nurse who has extensive experience and
advanced skills undertake the complicated
care of an acutely unwell patient. The nurse
is able to detect minute or subtle changes in
a patient’s condition and use multiple pieces
of information such as physiological signs
and symptoms, data from technological
equipment and observation of the patient’s
behaviour quickly. A novice nurse may require
the information to be overt or may spend
additional time focusing on the situation and
processing the information in the working
memory (Carayon 2011).
Failure in accurate comprehension of
the situation can occur for several reasons,
including (Flin et al 2008):
The incorrect mental model being retrieved
from the long-term memory.
The correct mental model being used, but its
elements being applied incorrectly.
The absence of a mental model in the
long-term memory that pattern matches for
the perceived situation.
A simple memory failure.
Failure to comprehend the situation accurately
can lead to delayed care or the provision
of inappropriate care and adverse patient
outcomes (Flin et al 2008).
Level 3: projection
Projection involves using the understanding
of what is going on in the situation to project
what might happen in the future and thus
what actions or decisions are required (Endsley
2000). For example, an experienced surgical
nurse may be assessing a post-operative patient
and note tachycardia, hypotension, a significant
amount of fresh blood in the drainage bag and
restlessness. Pattern matching to a mental model
gained from the nurse’s experience in caring
for many post-operative patients provides
the cues in the comprehension stage that the
possible meaning of such signs is post-operative
haemorrhage. In the projection stage, the
possibilities include patient collapse from
massive haemorrhage. Therefore, the nurse
responds by seeking review, assessing the need
to increase fluid input and further physiological
assessment of the patient.
The projection stage provides the opportunity
to anticipate and predict what might happen
and gives time to prepare and decide the best
course of action. Projection can also heighten
perception since people scan and look for
possible cues indicating that the understanding
of the situation gained in the comprehension
and projection stages is stable or changing
(Endsley 2015).
The description of the three levels or stages
of SA may appear to be linear and a slow,
laborious process. In practice, however, the
process can be almost instantaneous and
appear to be automatic, especially in skilled
individuals (Endsley 2015). The process is
also dynamic and can move to and from the
different levels (Endsley 2015). In addition,
while the individual is occupied by other
tasks or if the situation is rapidly changing,
the monitoring of the situation can result in a
fluctuating SA status (Gartenberg et al 2014).
Factors influencing situation awareness
Effective SA is influenced by several factors,
both internal and external to the individual.
These factors can be related to the context of
the situation, individual factors, task factors
NURSING
STANDARD
april No
20 other
:: voluses
30 no
34 ::permission.
2016 53
Downloaded
from RCNi.com by ${individualUser.displayName} on Sep 08, 2017. For personal use only.
without
Copyright © 2017 RCN Publishing Company Ltd
CPD patient safety
and particular cognitive processing factors
that lead to sub-optimal SA. The factors can
be thought of as ‘red flags’ identifying possible
negative effects on SA (Box 1).
Context factors include workload, busy
shifts, rapidly changing environments and
inappropriately designed or maintained
equipment (Endsley 1995). These factors can
increase stress on the individual’s working
memory capacity and result in ineffective
scanning of the environment (Endsley and
Jones 2012). For example, it is easy to imagine
the challenges involved in maintaining SA if
equipment used for monitoring a patient’s vital
signs does not have built-in safety features
such as audible alarms. To enable accurate
information gathering (perception), data
displays need to be visible and easily read from
all angles, and alarms must be audible and
distinguishable from other equipment alarms.
However, a determination of whether displayed
vital signs are normal or abnormal may require
BOX 1
Factors influencing situation awareness
Context
Workload.
Equipment.
Distractions.
Interruptions.
Inadequate teamwork, for example sub-optimal
communication, co-ordination and co-operation.
Time constraints.
Individual
Fatigue.
Level of knowledge.
Experience.
Language barriers.
Individual cognitive limitations and
tendencies, for example mind wandering
and attentional tunnelling.
Individual life events, for example anxiety
and illness.
Task
Complexity, for example multiple steps.
Novel or new task.
Routine task leading to automaticity.
Cognitive limitations and tendencies
Attentional tunnelling.
Limitation of working memory capacity.
Information overload.
Cognitive sensitivity to certain types of noise,
light and colour.
Confirmation bias.
Attribution bias.
(Reason 2004, Boakes 2009, Endsley 2012, Gluyas and
Morrison 2013)
further interpretation (comprehension) and
reliance on working memory to analyse the
information. During a busy shift, or when
clinicians are multi-tasking and attention is
diverted elsewhere, critical changes in the
patient’s vital signs may be missed. Therefore,
when the patient’s vital signs diverge from
acceptable parameters, safety features such as
audible alarms and flashing lights can assist in
maintaining SA (Drews and Doig 2014).
Distractions and interruptions are particularly
intrusive on the maintenance of SA (Thomas
et al 2015). Individuals rely on working
memory to process information at all three
levels of SA. However, the working memory
has limited storage capacity and therefore has
minimal ability to retain information. Thus,
interruptions and distractions lead to rapid
decay of information in the working memory.
That information is replaced with the sensory
information that has captured attention
from the distraction or interruption (Thomas
et al 2015). Of particular importance is the
distraction of the mind, mind wandering or,
as it is commonly called, day dreaming. This
is when individuals are distracted by their
inner thoughts, to the detriment of the task or
actions being undertaken. Mind wandering
occurs when an individual is undertaking tasks
automatically, for example when the tasks are
familiar and do not require conscious attention.
However, automaticity that allows the mind to
wander is also detrimental to noticing cues in the
surrounding environment and therefore can lead
to a loss of accurate SA (Endsley 2015).
Ineffective teamwork is another context factor
that can result in inadequate SA. If individuals
in a team are not working towards a common
goal because each has a different perception,
comprehension and projection of the situation,
ineffective communication, co-operation
and co-ordination in the team are likely to
result (St Pierre et al 2010). The case discussed
previously of the death of Elaine Bromiley
provides an example of ineffective teamwork
and sub-optimal team SA. In this case, the
anaesthetists were cognitively fixated (attentional
tunnelling) on establishing the patient’s airway
and did not notice the passage of time and the
patient’s decreasing oxygen saturation levels. The
nurses were focused on trying to raise the issue
of patient deterioration and the need to consider
a tracheostomy, but were inhibited by the
authority gradient. There was no clear leadership
for effective communication, co-operation
and co-ordination among team members.
These factors combined and led to a situation
54 april
20 :: volfrom
30 no
34 :: 2016
STANDARD
Downloaded
RCNi.com
by ${individualUser.displayName} on Sep 08, 2017. For personal use only. No NURSING
other uses without
permission.
Copyright © 2017 RCN Publishing Company Ltd
of inadequate SA of the severity of the clinical
situation and ultimately the death of the patient
(Walker 2008, Gluyas 2015).
Individual factors such as anxiety, illness,
fatigue and negative life events can also affect
working memory capacity. Studies have shown
that fatigue is responsible for a multitude of
errors in health care, for example omissions
and needlestick injuries (Rogers 2008, 2011,
Hewitt 2010, Mahlmeister 2010). Referring to
the previous example of the drainage bag full of
blood, a nurse who is fatigued at the end of a busy
12-hour shift may have a diminished working
memory and find it difficult to process additional
information. The nurse’s environmental
scanning may be impaired as a result of the
amount of pre-existing information being
processed and consequently the blood in the
drainage bag may not be noticed. Conversely, a
graduate nurse may see the blood in the drainage
bag but not comprehend its significance through
lack of experience and knowledge and therefore
may be unable to respond appropriately.
The experience and skill of the individual
has a direct effect on the mental models
that are available for pattern matching in
the comprehension stage, and the ability to
predict what might happen in the future in the
projection stage. Given the synergy of these
factors within a complex, dynamic environment
such as health care, it is easy to understand how
challenging yet vital it is to preserve SA.
Task factors that can affect SA may be related
to the complexity of the task. If a situation
requires the individual to undertake a new
or novel task, depending on the difficulty
associated with the task and/or the experience of
the individual, the cognitive load requirements
may result in the individual focusing on the task
to the exclusion of other tasks that need to be
completed. Conversely, a task that is routine and
can be undertaken with a level of automaticity
may result in slips or lapses, where steps in the
task are done in the incorrect order or left out
completely (Gluyas and Morrison 2013).
From a cognitive perspective, accurate SA
relies on the individual being able cognitively
to juggle many different pieces of information
at the same time, which can result in (Simons
2010, Endsley 2012):
Problems with cognitive processing,
including attentional tunnelling where the
individual focuses on one particular aspect
of the situation and ignores other aspects of
the situation.
Limitations of working memory capacity in
terms of storage.
Information overload in terms of cognitive
processing ability.
Sensitivity to certain types of noise, light
and colour, which can lead to erroneous
perception, comprehension and projection of
the cues in the environment.
Complete time out activity 2
Humans have cognitive biases, which help
individuals manage the load of sensory
information to be processed. However, in a
negative sense, cognitive biases can lead to
incorrect SA. Examples of such biases include
confirmation bias where an individual ignores
information that might challenge the SA mental
model and only focuses on information that
confirms the mental model. Fundamental
attribution bias is where the individual relies
on a mental model that is seen as typical of all
similar circumstances; however, this can lead
to incorrect comprehension, projection and SA
(Mannion and Thompson 2014).
Complete time out activity 3
Strategies to mitigate loss
of situation awareness
The first step in improving SA is to raise
the individual’s awareness of the effect of
personal factors on SA. A tool that has been
adopted by the NHS is the Foresight training
programme (Norris 2012). This is based
on the ‘three bucket’ model (Reason 2004),
which encourages individuals to step back and
examine the three aspects of self, context and
task, which potentially could have a negative
effect on SA and increase the likelihood of
errors. Using this model helps individuals
to identify red flags within themselves,
the context and the task that might have a
detrimental effect on their SA.
Using this model, the first aspect the
individual considers is events that may be
happening in their life, such as fatigue, stress
and illness. The second consideration is the
context in which the individual is working,
where factors such as workload, light, noise,
teamwork and the possibility of interruptions
and distractions are contemplated. The third
aspect is the task being undertaken, for example
in terms of difficulty, complexity and criticality,
as well as the resources (equipment and human)
available. Moreover, the skill, knowledge,
understanding and support required to
complete the task are important aspects in
evaluating the stresses that will affect cognitive
processing. It must be remembered that stress
2 Watch The Monkey
Business Illusion at:
tinyurl.com/27h9ufx.
Follow the instructions
provided at the start of
the clip.
3 Review the list
of factors influencing
SA provided in Box 1.
Make a list of scenarios,
preferably clinical
situations, where
these factors may have
influenced negatively
your perception,
comprehension and
projection of the
situations.
NURSING
STANDARD
april No
20 other
:: voluses
30 no
34 :: permission.
2016 55
Downloaded
from RCNi.com by ${individualUser.displayName} on Sep 08, 2017. For personal use only.
without
Copyright © 2017 RCN Publishing Company Ltd
CPD patient safety
decreases scanning of the environment and the
cognitive capacity to hold information in the
working memory (Endsley 2012).
As people evaluate each of the aspects of
self, context and task, they mentally add them
to one of the three buckets representing each
aspect. The fuller the buckets or the more red
flags identified, the higher the likelihood that
there will be inadequate SA and errors as a
result of compromised cognitive load (Reason
2004, Boakes 2009, Gluyas and Morrison
2013). This strategy is particularly valuable
since it can be used by anyone in any situation
and requires no external tools. Raising
conscious awareness of the effect of stressors
and cognitive overload on the potential loss
of SA and increased risk of errors, prompts
individuals to use strategies to maintain SA
(Gluyas and Morrison 2013).
Having identified previously that working
memory has limited capacity to retain
information, it is important that individuals
adopt strategies to minimise interruptions and
distractions where possible. To some degree,
interruptions can be controlled. Individuals,
when undertaking critical or error-prone tasks
such as the administration of medication, can
verbalise to those around them the need for
uninterrupted or protected time. However,
there will always be times when the individual
is interrupted. Flin et al (2008) suggested that
when people resume the task or duties they
were undertaking before the interruption, they
should take the time to establish consciously
where they were in the task sequence. This will
reduce the likelihood of slips and lapses.
Checklists and checking protocols are useful
for overcoming distractions and interruptions
(Thomassen et al 2011). These strategies
provide a formal means of breaking tasks down
into steps or a sequence of steps. People can then
cue cognitively where they are in the sequence
of steps required to complete a task correctly
(Colligan and Bass 2012). However, checklists
and checking protocols require mindful
checking. If checking is done automatically
TABLE 1
Strategies to improve situation awareness
Situation awareness strategy
Description
Application
Self, context, task stressor evaluation,
also known as the ‘three bucket’ model
or Foresight training.
The individual assesses possible stressors within
the categories of self, context and task that
might negatively affect cognitive functioning.
Individual.
Re-evaluating task sequence after
interruptions or distractions.
The individual evaluates consciously where
they were in the task sequence or action before
resuming the task or action.
Individual.
Checklists and checking protocols.
Individuals check formally each stage against a
list of sequenced steps in a task or procedure.
Individual and team.
Updating current mental model.
The individual reviews consciously and questions
the current mental model to ensure that what
should be happening is and, if not, why not?
Individual.
Self-monitoring for mind wandering.
The individual monitors for cues or situations
where mind wandering is likely to occur.
Individual.
‘Sterile cockpit rule’.
Alerting others with visible warnings that
certain high error or critical procedures are
non-interruptible.
Team and organisational.
Checking in with other team members.
The individual verbalises their current mental
model of the situation and their intended actions
to other team members.
Individual.
Huddles.
The team gathers for a quick review of actions,
outcomes and decisions, and plans future
actions accordingly.
Team.
Simulation.
Individuals and the team practise developing
and maintaining situation awareness in realistic
simulated clinical environments.
Individual, team, organisational.
(Reason 2004, Flin et al 2008, Boakes 2009, Gluyas and Morrison 2013)
56 april
20 :: volfrom
30 no
34 :: 2016
STANDARD
Downloaded
RCNi.com
by ${individualUs

Nursing Question

Description

Discuss the access, cost, and quality of quality environments, as well as recent quality initiatives (See Chapter 24 and Table 24.1). Student is to reflect on the relationship between quality measures and evaluation and role development. In addition, describe this relationship and note how the role of the APN might change without effective quality measures.Length: 1500 words, double-spaced, excluding title, citing’s and reference pages (required)Format: APA 7th Edition (Purdue Owl)At least 8 references

Quantitive Article Research

Description

All information will be in the photos belowhttps://usflearn.instructure.com/courses/1817688/files/156114270?verifier=Gq1Td234C7mPkWgxKM1vHWW24NNhU0mWQrdUr3Dn&wrap=1 https://usflearn.instructure.com/courses/1817688/files/155292244?verifier=FOIaLMNXVSwL9zgcmG5n7RV4zVRzCvkcZQq9MLZW&wrap=1

Nursing Question

Description

There are significant differences in the quality and span of life between individuals and some populations experience a

disproportionate amount of disease burden. This assignment will identify a health disparity and discuss social determinants of health,
epidemiology, cultural considerations, and health care literacy.
Assignment Criteria:
For this assignment, develop a scholarly paper that includes the following criteria:
1. Identify and define health disparity related to the masters prepared nurse’s area of practice or chosen specialty.
a. Some examples include asthma, cancer, cardiovascular disease, stroke, diabetes, obesity, low birth weight, infant
mortality, HIV/AIDS, TB, Depression, Schizophrenia, Substance Use Disorders, suicide, homicide.
2. Discuss three social determinants of health.
3. Describe how the three social determinants of health could influence the identified health disparity.
4. Identify the epidemiology associated with the chosen health disparity.
a. Specify the incidence at the state level
b. Specify the incidence at the national level
5. Describe the cultural considerations related to the chosen health disparity.
6. Describe the health care literacy challenges of the population impacted by chosen health disparity.
7. The scholarly paper should be in narrative format, 4 to 5 pages excluding the title and reference page.
8. Include an introductory paragraph, purpose statement, and a conclusion.
9. Include level 1 and 2 headings to organize the paper.
10. Write the paper in third person, not first person (meaning do not use ‘we’ or ‘I’) and in a scholarly manner. To clarify: I, we,
you, me, our may not be used. In addition, describing yourself as the researcher or the author should not be used.
11. Include three professional peer-reviewed scholarly journal references to support the paper (review in Ulrich Periodical
Directory) and be less than five (5) years old.
12. APA format is required (attention to spelling/grammar, a title page, a reference page, and in-text citations).

The Integrative Literature Review

Description

PLEASE SEE ATTACHED FILE. BASED LITERATURE REVIEW ON THAT TOPIC ATTACHED. ALSO MAKE SURE PLEGARISM IS NO MORE THAN 20%. Thank you!

Much effort should be devoted to this section as it is a key component of your work. This should be a synthesis of the literature, not a catalog of studies or simply an analysis of the research you discover.

Perform a literature review using a minimum of seven (7) peer-reviewed articles and books, as well as non-research literature such as evidence-based guidelines, toolkits, standardized procedures, etc.
Review of areas in relationship to medicine, nursing, public health, etc.
The review should be critical and synthesize rather than just being a catalog of studies.
Summarize the key findings of the research and its relevancy to your project that point out the scientific status of the phenomenon under question. Such a statement includes:
What we know and how well we know it.
What we do not know.
Describe any gaps in knowledge that you found and the effects this may have on advanced practice nursing as it relates to your project topic.

Your integrative literature review should be 5–6 pages in length, not including the cover or reference pages. You must reference a minimum of 7 scholarly articles published within the past 5–7 years.

Use current APA format to style your paper and to cite your sources. Review the rubric for more information on how the assignment will be graded.

Points: 80

Rubric
Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCritical Analysis

44 to >36.08 pts

Meets Expectations

Presents a thorough and insightful analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are synthesized and professionally sound and creative. Insightful and comprehensive conclusions and solutions are present. Knowledge gaps are identified and the implications on nursing are expertly explored.

36.08 to >33.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are sound and creative, but are not well synthesized. Conclusions and solutions may be general or unconnected. Knowledge gaps are identified but the implications on nursing may be general or lacking insight.

33 to >25.96 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Provides insufficient analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are not professionally sound and creative. Ideas are in a list format rather than synthesized. Few if any knowledge gaps are identified and the implications on nursing may be erroneous or missing.

25.96 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

The literature is listed, but it is neither analyzed nor synthesized.

44 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContent

20 to >16.4 pts

Meets Expectations

A minimum of 7 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Literature is supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Subtopics are used to support the main topic. All in-text citations are present and correctly formatted.

16.4 to >15.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

There are between 5–6 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Literature is supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Only a few subtopics are used to support the main topic and/or subtopics are inappropriate. Most in-text citations are present, but might be improperly formatted.

15 to >11.8 pts

Falls Below Expectations

There are between 2–4 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Some of the literature is not supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Subtopics are not used to support the main topic. In-text citations are missing or several are improperly formatted.

11.8 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Most literature included is not supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely, or there are between 0–1 sources identified. Subtopics are not used to support the main topic. In-text citations are incorrect or missing.

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeOrganization

8 to >6.56 pts

Meets Expectations

Content is well written throughout. Information is well organized and clearly communicated.

6.56 to >6.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Content is overly wordy or lacking in specific language. Information is reasonably organized and communicated.

6 to >4.72 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Content is disorganized in many places and it lacks clarity.

4.72 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Content lacks clarity and information is disorganized, or may be a list or a catalog of ideas.

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Format/Mechanics

8 to >6.56 pts

Meets Expectations

Follows all the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. Assignment is free of spelling and grammatical errors.

6.56 to >6.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Follows length requirement and most of the requirements related to format, source citations, and layout. Assignment is mostly free of spelling and grammatical errors.

6 to >4.72 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Follows most of the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. Assignment contains some spelling and grammatical errors.

4.72 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Does not follow format, length, source citations, and layout requirements. Assignment contains many spelling and grammatical errors.

8 pts

Total Points: 80

PreviousNext

Social Work Question

Description

Ethics Reflective Essay Consider the following practice situation and the ethical issues present in the situation. Construct a 3-page reflection discussing the ethical concerns (citing the NASW Code of Ethics specific areas which apply), the steps you would take in ethical decision making, and the decision you would make in addressing each of the ethical concerns:Jan is the 16-year-old daughter in a family you have been seeing for family therapy for the past 3 months. Her parents drop her off for the regular family therapy scheduled appointment and say that “Jan wanted to meet with you alone today” as an explanation for the change in plan. Once in your office, Jan begins to cry and tells you that she just found out she is pregnant and that she plans to leave home so she will not bring shame to her family. She informs you that she has not told her parents about this and wants you to promise to protect her privacy and not share any of this information with her parents.When citing the two conflicting ethical areas from the Code of Ethics (nasw.org), you must cite each and discuss their relevance to the practice scenario. You must then fully discuss your decision-making process in determining to which ethical area you are most professionally bound, and the action you would take with the client scenario based on that determination. Remember that you must include any cited sources, including the Code of Ethics, on a reference page at the end of your reflective essay.

Discussion Thread: Compare and Contrast Metaethical Theories

Description

Now that you have learned about competing ethical theories, write a thread that compares and contrasts a Christian ethical theory with a competing ethical theory. Since we have already looked at ethical relativism in Discussion: Relativism vs Absolutism, you may choose from any metaethical theory covered in Moral Choices or Talking About Ethics except ethical relativism. That means you can choose from Virtue Ethics, Natural Law, Ethical Egoism, Utilitarianism, and Duty Ethics in contrast to a Christian ethical theory.How does each system define “the good?” How does each claim to know “the good?”What, if anything, do these systems have in common? What, if anything, are their key differences?Which theory do you think is the stronger ethical theory? Defend your answer. This final question should take up the majority of your thread.Be sure to carefully define your terms, articulate the strengths and weaknesses of each theory, and defend your position. You are expected to support your position with rational arguments, fitting examples, and expert sources. Any quotes or information used from sources other than yourself must be cited using footnotes in current Turabian format and will not count towards the total word count.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ETHC 101
DISCUSSION ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
The student will complete 3 Discussions in this course. The student will post one thread of at
least 500–600 words. The student must then post 1 reply of at least 500–600. You must try to
respond to a classmate who has not received a reply yet. For each thread, students must support
their assertions with at least 1 scholarly citation in Turabian format. Each reply must incorporate
at least 1 scholarly citation in Turabian format. Biblical references are highly encouraged, but
will not count as an academic source. Any sources cited must have been published within the last
five years. Acceptable sources include the course textbooks, books, journal articles, periodicals,
and similar publications. Sources such as Wikipedia and online dictionaries do not count as
academic sources and should not be used.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Contemporary Nursing Practice

Description

The field of nursing has changed over time. In a 750‐1,000-word paper, discuss nursing practice today by addressing the following:

Explain how nursing practice has changed over time and how this evolution has changed the scope of practice and the approach to treating the individual.
Compare the differentiated practice competencies between an associate (ADN) and baccalaureate (BSN) education in nursing. Explain how scope of practice changes between an associate and baccalaureate nurse.
Identify a specific client care situation and describe how nursing care, or approaches to decision making, differ between the BSN‐prepared nurse and the ADN nurse.
Discuss the significance of applying evidence‐based practice to nursing care and explain how the academic preparation of the RN‐BSN nurse supports its application.
Discuss how nurses today communicate and collaborate with interdisciplinary teams and how this supports safer and more effective client outcomes.

Review the “APA Formatting Tutorial,” located in Class Resources. Utilize the APA paper template and the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center, to ensure correct paper formatting when preparing applicable assignments.

You are required to cite a minimum of three sources to complete this assignment. Sources must be appropriate for the assignment and relevant to nursing practice.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. A link to the LopesWrite technical support articles is located in Class Resources if you need assistance.

my health statement topic is low income individuals in the Santa Clara county (specifically hispanics)

Description

The purpose of the Problem Statement is to provide a clear & compelling description of a specific health problem that exists among a group of people in a community, including the identification and discussion of relevant disparities and WHY they are happening.

Did they or didn’t they?

What’s included? What’s missing?

What would strengthen the argument?

Give feedback to help them achieve this goal

This is not an editing/proofreading exercise – it is focused on content

below is the rubric attached (2 pages) and the third document is the information that is required.

Discussion Thread: Time

Description

Review pages 114–117 of the assigned reading in The A-to-Z Self-Care Handbook. What is your relationship with time? Do you see time as a blessing or a burden? How might changing your relationship with/perception of time improve your self-care and wellness? How are your own time management techniques beneficial? What areas need improvement? What tips and techniques have you learned that help?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

SOWK 250
DISCUSSION ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
The student will complete four Discussions in this course. The student will post one thread of at
least 350 words by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Thursday of the assigned Module: Week. Each thread
must demonstrate course-related knowledge supported by at least one citation from the course
materials and at least one biblical principle. The student must then post two replies of at least
150-250 words by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Monday of the assigned Module: Week. Each reply must
support assertions with course-related knowledge or at least one biblical principle or at least one
scholarly citation. All posts and citations must be in current APA format.
1. It is best to avoid using direct quotations from the textbook or any other source (except
possibly a short Scripture verse) in any of your threads or replies. These submissions must be
paraphrased in your own words so that you clearly demonstrate your mastery of the material.
2. Do not attach a Microsoft Word document; rather, type directly into the textbox or copy and
paste from a Microsoft Word document directly into the textbox.
3. Be conversational but stay on topic. Do not simply repeat information you find in our
textbook, but incorporate your ideas and unique perspectives. After you write your thread
and reply posts, compare what you have written to the assignment instructions and grading
rubric to ensure that you have addressed each required element.
4. When required, include citations and references in current APA format.
5. Finally, proofread your work carefully to catch spelling, capitalization, grammar, and
sentence structure errors. Refer to the grading rubric to ensure an outstanding grade.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Cover Letter

Description

Please see attached. thank you! Only the part due 9/28 is what I need help with. thank you!

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Cover Letter
______________________________________________________________________________
Education:
University of South Florida, Tampa, FL
May 2024
– Master of Health Administration
University of South Florida, Tampa, FL
December 2020
– Bachelor Of Science in Public Health
Work Experience:
United Vein and Vascular Centers, (Tampa, FL) PSC
November 2021 – Current
– Provide patients with support and guidance as needed
– Schedule appointments for new and recurring patients based on provided schedule
guidelines
– Maintain hard copy patient records as well as the files stored in our EMR system
– Audit schedule to ensure patient insurance eligibility
– Greet patients upon arrival, sign them in and obtain insurance information and any other
necessary data.
EVOS, (Tampa, FL) Team Leader
April 2020 – October 2021
– Expedite the training of new employees
– Selling, producing and serving food and beverages to guests in restaurant
– Provide one-on-one service to guests and ensure that their needs are taken care of
– Inputting orders in POS system and demonstrating great customer service
– Shape new goals with team leaders and suggested new techniques to improve business
Chipotle, (Tampa, FL) Crew Member
March 2018 – March 2020
– Coached new employees
– Skilled on the register, customer service and daily store preparations
– Aided in increasing projected store sales
– Adapted company values and learned sanitary and safety procedures
Volunteer Experience:
St. Joseph’s Children’s Hospital, (Tampa, FL)
2017 – Present
– Facilitate patient-volunteer interaction by having a cheerful, friendly and compassionate
demeanor in order to improve patient’s attitude
– Assist nurses and medical staff in order to improve safety, comfort and care of patients
– Travel from room to room with checklists and questions designed to assist residents in
daily life
– Engaged in pediatric intensive care unit, respiratory unit and oncology unit
Metropolitan Ministries, (Tampa, FL)
2015 – 2017
– Assisted in the kitchen and collaborated with the chef in order to execute the breakfast
and lunch menus
– Contributed alongside others to complete tasks as a team
– Trained new volunteers in learning the standard procedure when working in a kitchen
Programs:
– Microsoft Word

Microsoft PowerPoint
Excel Spreadsheets
eClinicalWorks
Languages:
– Fluent in English: First Language
– Fluent in Spanish: Native Language
Job Posting
Administrative Coordinator
Job Details
Requisition #:629879
Location: Johns Hopkins All Children’s Hospital, Tampa, FL 33601
Category: Clerical and Administrative Support
Schedule: Day Shift
https://jobs.hopkinsmedicine.org/job/administrative-coordinator-clerical-and-administrativesupport-us-fl-tampa-johns-hopkins-6298799608c/?utm_source=indeed.com&ittk=YEPTHQIU2D

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Wellness Question

Description

let me know if you have any questions!

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter
5
Cybersafety? WATCH THIS VIDEO!
Chapter 5 covers personal violence, which includes abuse, neglect, violence.
If you have a history of abuse, domestic violence or sexual assault, this is
potentially a very difficult chapter.
If you’d prefer, focus on Internet Safety AND campus safety (pages one and
two of this handout). STOP there.
Or, contact me so we can discuss an alternative assignment.
This is a short chapter/short assignment. You have to read the chapter in order
to get a true sense of the topics. As you read your book, ask yourself:

SAFE? What can you do to be safer? What does it even mean to be
safer?

CAMPUS: Do you look up while walking and texting at the same time?
Do you know who is around? Do you know where to find campus
safety info?

The INTERNET:: How can you staff safe when surfing the web? Online
dating? Answering an email? Making a password?

VIOLENCE: What contributes to violence? Do YOU contribute to
violence? What is violence to you–gang violence, abuse and neglect,
personal violence, guns, harassment, drunk driving?

HATE CRIME? Have you ever been a victim of a hate crime?
Perpetrated a hate crime? Why is there so much hate?
1
Making a strong password:
PLEASE WATCH VIDEO!
We can all use a little cybersafety. Shall I try to guess your
password? Find things about you on the internet?
What the heck makes a strong password, anyway?
2
Internet Privacy doesn’t really exist.
Cybersecurity is a must!
WATCH THIS VIDEO!
3
For extra credit, put a link or a hashtag in your discussion post for a local agency which provides services to those dealing with sexual assault,
domestic violence, hate crimes, school safety, dating, fire safety, safe driving. etc. Anything that is a link or hashtag fitting to this chapter.
Don’t point out attention to your link or hashtag. Just put it in your discussion.
What can you
do to be safer?
LOOK UP!
If you learn nothing else in this chapter, learn to LOOK UP! PAY ATTENTION.
KNOW YOUR SURROUNDINGS.
There are no rules when it comes to your safety. Do what you have to in order
to be safe. Simple things you can do immediately:
TAKE YOUR EARBUDS OUT/HEADPHONES OFF WHEN WALKING ALONE.
Walk with confidence.
Use campus escort service.
Don’t leave alone with friendly stranger.
Demand a well lit campus.
Use buddy system.
Don’t stop for cars in distress.
Keep car well maintained and full of gas.
Avoid dark parking lots.
Carry pepper spray.
Take a self defense class.
Keep windows & doors locked.
Stick to well traveled routes.
Carry a cell phone.
Be aware of your surroundings.
Walk/jog with a dog.
Check out the safety precautions on RU’s webpage. There are some mighty
good tips included.
If danger seems imminent, take action: Speak in a strong voice. Maintain eye
contact. Stand up straight, act confident, and remain alert.
Draw attention to yourself and your assailant. Scream, “Fire!” After all, if you
yell HELP, there is a greater chance people will run away or ignore you. No
kidding/
Please read your book about these subjects. It’s not that they aren’t important
“enough” to be in this assignment… it’s that they are SO important that I
couldn’t do them justice here.
REMEMBER: if a friend is a victim…Believe them. Recognize they are a victim.
Encourage reporting the crime. Encourage counseling. Be a friend—don’t take
it on yourself! Learn what to do if someone is harmed. Did I mention that you
should believe them? Thank them–they trusted you enough to share their pain,
their recovery, their story.
Men often do not report intimidation, assault or harassment. Why? Fear no one
will believe them. Societal judgment. Humiliation. Not knowing where to go for
help. Men: you are not weak if you seek help in regards to crime!
Violence and abuse comes in many forms: It doesn’t have to be recurrent. It
doesn’t have to leave marks. It doesn’t mean you were weak and couldn’t
stop it. Please take care of yourself. You’re worth it.
Know where to get help. Lang Health Center is a great place to start.
Domestic Violence Resource: https://www.remediesrenewinglives.org/
Sexual Assault Resource: https://rockfordsexualassaultcounseling.org
PLEASE WATCH THE VIDEO ON THIS PAGE
Poverty, political differences, religious differences all play a part in our
view of the world. Depending on who you are and where you are, you
may or may not agree.
We could argue for days about gun violence, gay rights, privilege,
penalty for crimes, texting and driving, the cycle of violence or even if
video games cause violence and anger. Being an asynchronous online
class doesn’t give us that chance.
This a long video but I believe worth watching.
Help be part of the solution. Challenge your thoughts. Challenge your
bias. Be safe. Be kind. Look up!

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Healthcare Insurance

Description

create a handout to educate employees on how health insurance impacts preventative care.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Benefits and Requirements of Insurance (105 points)
You have been asked by your private employer to create a handout to educate employees on how health
insurance impacts preventative care.
Be sure to include the following information:
• Covered preventative measures;
• Frequency of preventative care allowed;
• How utilization changes based on health insurance coverage;
• The impact of preventative care on the individual, organization. and nation; and
• Figures, examples, and statistics supporting your findings.
Your assignment should meet the following structural requirements.
• Two-page handout, not including the cover sheet and reference page.
• Include headings titled “Covered Preventative Care” and “Utilization”.
• Be sure to include an informational paragraph under each heading and a citation to the resource
utilized.
• Formatted according to APA and Saudi Electronic University writing standards.
• Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of five scholarly articles.
Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but two must be
external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references.
Live Session
Module 5
HCM563
Healthcare Insurance
Instructor Name
Module 5 Learning Outcomes
1. Evaluate the preventative and cost benefits of health insurance for Saudi nationals,
expatriates, and the country.
2. Compare and contrast healthcare costs with the health insurance benefits received
globally.
3. Demonstrate health access and utilization rates with insured versus uninsured
individuals in Saudi Arabia.
4. Create a demonstrative tool illustrating the positive aspects of health insurance.
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Preventative Care
(Source: https://pixabay.com/photos/doctor-doctor-s-office-stethoscope-3464761/)
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Chronic Disease Care and
Outcomes
● Increased coverage positively impacts those with chronic disease
● Examples include:
○ Improved rates of diabetes diagnosis
○ Increased cancer screenings
● Having to borrow for medical care
● 11.1% of individuals reported borrowing for medical reasons
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Financial Protection and the Role
of Insurance
(Source: https://pixabay.com/photos/money-profit-finance-business-2696228/)
HCM/563 Healthcare Insurance
The Concepts of Risk Pools
(Source: https://pixabay.com/photos/risk-word-letters-boggle-game-1945683/)
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Risk Pools
►If your group is large enough, then it spreads those with greater health risks to
those healthier individuals (Sickness funds & Private health insurance
►The greater the risk pool, the more stable healthcare premiums will become
►Risk pools do not necessarily mean the premiums will be lower
►The average health of the pool determines whether premiums will be higher or
lower
►Premiums tend to be recalculated annually to account for the health of the risk
pool
►Mandatory insurance, like that in Saudi Arabia, grows the risk pool, as
individuals are required to have health insurance
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Adverse Selection
(Source: https://pixabay.com/photos/doors-choices-choose-open-decision-1767563/)
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Access to Care
►Access improves health outcomes
►Health insurance can help individuals gain entry into the medical system
►A barrier to healthcare is the high cost of services
►With health insurance, a small copay is usually due
►Under some plans, preventative care is free
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Barriers to Dental Health
►Most insurance policies don’t cover dental health
►A study found that Saudi Arabians usually visit a dentist for emergency
treatment and not for preventative care
►Cost, shortage of dentists, difficulty in getting appointment, no need for
treatment, and fear of dentists were the main perceived barriers to access to
dental care
►The study showed that income was the biggest factor to whether Saudis visited
the dentist
►How could health insurance aid in this problem?
Course Code and Title
Well-Being and Self-Reported
Health
(Source: https://pixabay.com/illustrations/age-youth-contrast-old-young-2808492/)
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Emergency Departments and
Health Insurance
►Overcrowding of EDs is a reality across the globe
►Long wait times to see primary care providers result in more individuals seeking
care in EDs
►Overcrowded EDs have negative consequences
►Health insurance opening up the private sector could reduce ED usage
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Summary
►Health insurance can improve access and utilization of care
►Health insurance helps to insulate individuals and countries
from growing costs of healthcare.
►Breaking down barriers to healthcare will help individuals
achieve better quality of life.
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
Module 5 Assignment
Requirements
►Assignment
►You have been asked by your private employer to
create a handout to educate employees on how health
insurance impacts preventative care.
►Be sure to include the following information:
Covered preventative measures;
Frequency of preventative care allowed;
How utilization changes based on health insurance
The impact of preventative care on the individual,
and nation; and
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
coverage;
organization
Figures, examples and statistics supporting your findings.
Creating a Brochure or Handout
►Office has brochure templates.
►https://templates.office.com/en-us/business-tri-fold-brochure-tm00001002
►There is also a tutorial here: https://design.tutsplus.com/tutorials/how-todesign-a-handout-template-in-adobe-indesign–cms-32162
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
References
► Ahangar, A., Ahmadi, A. M., Mozayani, A. H., & Dizaji, S. F. (2018). The role of risk-sharing mechanisms in finance
health care and towards universal health coverage in low-and middle-income countries of World Health
Organization regions. Journal of Preventive Medicine and Public Health, 51(1), 59.
► Almutlaqah, M. A., Baseer, M. A., Ingle, N. A., Assery, M. K., & Al Khadhari, M. A. (2018). Factors affecting access to
oral health care among adults in Abha City, Saudi Arabia. Journal of International Society of Preventive & Community
Dentistry, 8(5), 431-438.
► American Academy of Actuaries. (n.d.). Risk pooling: How health insurance in the individual market works. Retrieved
from https://www.actuary.org/content/risk-pooling-how-health-insurance-individual-market-works-0
► Erlangga, D., Suhrcke, M., Ali, S., & Bloor, K. (2019). The impact of public health insurance on health care utilisation,
financial protection and health status in low-and middle-income countries: A systematic review. PloS one, 14(8).
https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0219731
► Dawoud, S. O., Ahmad, A. M. K., Alsharqi, O. Z., & Al-Raddadi, R. M. (2016). Utilization of the emergency department
and predicting factors associated with its use at the Saudi Ministry of Health General Hospitals. Global Journal of
Health Science, 8(1), 90.
► Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. (2017). Access to healthcare.
https://www.healthypeople.gov/2020/topics-objectives/topic/Access-to-Health-Services
► Sommers, B. D., Gawande, A. A., & Baicker, K. (2017). Health insurance coverage and health—What the recent
evidence tells us. The New England Journal of Medicine, 2017; 377:586-593. DOI: 10.1056/NEJMsb1706645
HCM563: Healthcare Insurance
This concludes our live session.
Thank you for your attendance!
Questions
Take advantage of this opportunity
to seek further clarification.
Next Live Session


HCM563: Healthcare Insurance

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Please answer the questions below.What must be included in the result and discussion section of the research paper?Select a research result and state whether it includes the necessary elements. Why and why not?Submission Instructions:Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources WITHIN Five years. ABSOLUTELY NO AI, CHAT GPT OR OTHER ILLEGAL WRIRING SOURCES THAT DO NOT ADHERE TO ACADEMIC STANDARDS

Organizational Systems and Quality Leadership (TASK 1, TASK 2, TASK 3)

Description

TASK 1 (NURSING-QUALITY INDICATORS), TASK 2 (RCA AND FMEA), TASK 3(HEALTHCARE FINANCING)

Unformatted Attachment Preview

9/23/23, 11:48 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
SAT1 — SAT TASK 1: NURSING-QUALITY INDICATORS
ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS AND QUALITY LEADERSHIP — C489
PRFA — SAT1
TASK OVERVIEW
SUBMISSIONS
EVALUATION REPORT
COMPETENCIES
734.3.1 : Principles of Leadership
The graduate applies principles of leadership to promote high-quality healthcare in a variety of settings
through the application of sound leadership principles.
734.3.2 : Interdisciplinary Collaboration
The graduate applies theoretical principles necessary for effective participation in an interdisciplinary team.
734.3.3 : Quality and Patient Safety
The graduate applies quality improvement processes intended to achieve optimal healthcare outcomes,
contributing to and supporting a culture of safety.
INTRODUCTION
National initiatives driven by the American Nurses Association have determined nursing-quality outcome
indicators that are intended to focus plans and programs to increase quality and safety in patient care. The
following outcomes are commonly used nursing-quality indicators:
• complications such as urinary tract infections, pressure ulcers, hospital-acquired pneumonia, and DVT
• patient falls
• surgical patient complications, including infection, pulmonary failure, and metabolic derangement
• length of patient hospital stay
• restraint prevalence
• incidence of failure to rescue, which could potentially result in increased morbidity or mortality
• patient satisfaction
• nurse satisfaction and staffing
SCENARIO
Mr. J is a 72-year-old retired rabbi with a diagnosis of mild dementia. He was admitted for treatment of a
fractured right hip after falling in his home. He has received pain medication and is drowsy, but he answers
simple questions appropriately.
A week after Mr. J was admitted to the hospital, his daughter, who lives eight hours away, came to visit. She
found him restrained in bed. While Mr. J was slightly sleepy, he recognized his daughter and was able to ask
her to remove the restraints so he could be helped to the bathroom. His daughter went to get a certified
nursing assistant (CNA) to remove the restraints and help her father to the bathroom. When the CNA was in
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1233/overview
1/4
9/23/23, 11:48 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
the process of helping Mr. J sit up in bed, his daughter noticed a red, depressed area over Mr. J’s lower spine,
similar to a severe sunburn. She reported the incident to the CNA who replied, “Oh, that is not anything to
worry about. It will go away as soon as he gets up.” The CNA helped Mr. J to the bathroom and then returned
him to bed where she had him lie on his back so she could reapply the restraints.
The diet order for Mr. J was “regular, kosher, chopped meat.” The day after his daughter arrived, Mr. J was
alone in his room when his meal tray was delivered. The nurse entered the room 30 minutes later and
observed that Mr. J had eaten approximately 75% of the meal. The meal served was labeled, “regular,
chopped meat.” The tray contained the remains of a chopped pork cutlet.
The nurse notified the supervisor, who said, “Just keep it quiet. It will be okay.” The nursing supervisor then
notified the kitchen supervisor of the error. The kitchen supervisor told the staff on duty what had happened.
When the patient’s daughter visited later that night, she was not told of the incident.
The next night, the daughter was present at suppertime when the tray was delivered by a dietary worker. The
worker said to the patient’s daughter, “I’m so sorry about the pork cutlet last night.” The daughter asked what
had happened and was told that there had been “a mix up in the order.” The daughter then asked the nurse
about the incident. The nurse, while confirming the incident, told the daughter, “Half a pork cutlet never
killed anyone.”
The daughter then called the physician, who called the hospital administrator. The physician, who is also
Jewish, told the administrator that he has had several complaints over the past six months from his
hospitalized Jewish patients who felt that their dietary requests were not taken seriously by the hospital
employees.
The hospital is a 65-bed rural hospital in a town of few Jewish residents. The town’s few Jewish members
usually receive care from a Jewish hospital 20 miles away in a larger city.
REQUIREMENTS
Your submission must be your original work. No more than a combined total of 30% of the submission and no
more than a 10% match to any one individual source can be directly quoted or closely paraphrased from
sources, even if cited correctly. An originality report is provided when you submit your task that can be used
as a guide.
You must use the rubric to direct the creation of your submission because it provides detailed criteria that
will be used to evaluate your work. Each requirement below may be evaluated by more than one rubric
aspect. The rubric aspect titles may contain hyperlinks to relevant portions of the course.
Analyze the scenario (suggested length of 2–3 pages) by doing the following:
A. Discuss how the application of nursing-quality indicators could assist the nurses in this case in identifying
issues that may interfere with patient care.
B. Analyze how hospital data of specific nursing-quality indicators (such as incidence of pressure ulcers and
prevalence of restraints) could advance quality patient care throughout the hospital.
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1233/overview
2/4
9/23/23, 11:48 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
C. Analyze the specific system resources, referrals, or colleagues that you, as the nursing shift supervisor,
could use to resolve an ethical issue in this scenario.
D. Acknowledge sources, using in-text citations and references, for content that is quoted, paraphrased, or
summarized.
E. Demonstrate professional communication in the content and presentation of your submission.
File Restrictions
File name may contain only letters, numbers, spaces, and these symbols: ! – _ . * ‘ ( )
File size limit: 200 MB
File types allowed: doc, docx, rtf, xls, xlsx, ppt, pptx, odt, pdf, txt, qt, mov, mpg, avi, mp3, wav, mp4, wma, flv, asf, mpeg,
wmv, m4v, svg, tif, tiff, jpeg, jpg, gif, png, zip, rar, tar, 7z
RUBRIC
A:UNDERSTANDING OF NURSING QUALITY INDICATORS
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A discussion of applying nurs-
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
ing-quality indicators is not
The discussion does not logically
dresses how the application of
provided.
address how the application of
nursing-quality indicators could
nursing-quality indicators could
assist the nurses in the scenario
assist the nurses in the scenario
with identification of issues that
with identification of issues that
may interfere with patient care.
The discussion logically ad-
may interfere with patient care.
B:ADVANCING QUALITY PATIENT CARE
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
An analysis of potential
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
advancement(s) to patient care
The analysis does not identify
nursing-quality indicators from
is not provided.
specific nursing-quality indica-
the scenario and logically dis-
tors from the scenario or does
cusses how hospital data on the
not logically discuss how hospi-
identified indicators could ad-
tal data on the identified indica-
vance quality patient care
tors could advance quality pa-
throughout the hospital.
The analysis identifies specific
tient care throughout the
hospital.
C:RESOLUTION OF ETHICAL ISSUES
NOT EVIDENT
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1233/overview
COMPETENT
3/4
9/23/23, 11:48 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
An analysis of the use of system
The analysis describes one or
The analysis describes specific
resources, referrals, or col-
more system resources, refer-
system resources, referrals, or
league for resolving ethical is-
rals, and/or colleagues that are
colleagues that are appropriate
sues is not provided.
inappropriate for the candidate
for the candidate to use in the
to use in the role of nursing shift
role of the nursing shift supervi-
supervisor to resolve the ethical
sor to resolve the ethical issue
issue from the scenario.
from the scenario.
COMPETENT
The submission does not include
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
both in-text citations and a ref-
The submission includes in-text
citations for sources that are
erence list for sources that are
citations for sources that are
properly quoted, paraphrased, or
quoted, paraphrased, or
quoted, paraphrased, or summa-
summarized and a reference list
summarized.
rized and a reference list; how-
that accurately identifies the au-
ever, the citations or reference
thor, date, title, and source loca-
list is incomplete or inaccurate.
tion as available.
COMPETENT
Content is unstructured, is dis-
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
jointed, or contains pervasive
Content is poorly organized, is
tail, is organized, and focuses on
errors in mechanics, usage, or
difficult to follow, or contains er-
the main ideas as prescribed in
grammar. Vocabulary or tone is
rors in mechanics, usage, or
the task or chosen by the candi-
unprofessional or distracts from
grammar that cause confusion.
date. Terminology is pertinent, is
the topic.
Terminology is misused or
used correctly, and effectively
ineffective.
conveys the intended meaning.
D:SOURCES
NOT EVIDENT
The submission includes in-text
E:PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
NOT EVIDENT
Content reflects attention to de-
Mechanics, usage, and grammar
promote accurate interpretation
and understanding.
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1233/overview
4/4
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
SAT1 — SAT TASK 2: RCA AND FMEA
ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS AND QUALITY LEADERSHIP — C489
PRFA — SAT1
TASK OVERVIEW
SUBMISSIONS
EVALUATION REPORT
COMPETENCIES
734.3.1 : Principles of Leadership
The graduate applies principles of leadership to promote high-quality healthcare in a variety of settings
through the application of sound leadership principles.
734.3.2 : Interdisciplinary Collaboration
The graduate applies theoretical principles necessary for effective participation in an interdisciplinary team.
734.3.3 : Quality and Patient Safety
The graduate applies quality improvement processes intended to achieve optimal healthcare outcomes,
contributing to and supporting a culture of safety.
INTRODUCTION
Healthcare organizations accredited by the Joint Commission are required to conduct a root cause analysis
(RCA) in response to any sentinel event, such as the one described in the scenario attached below. Once the
cause is identified and a plan of action established, it is useful to conduct a failure mode and effects analysis
(FMEA) to reduce the likelihood that a process would fail. As a member of the healthcare team in the hospital
described in this scenario, you have been selected as a member of the team investigating the incident.
SCENARIO
It is 3:30 p.m. on a Thursday and Mr. B, a 67-year-old patient, arrives at the six-room emergency department
(ED) of a sixty-bed rural hospital. He has been brought to the hospital by his son and neighbor. At this time,
Mr. B is moaning and complaining of severe pain to his (L) leg and hip area. He states he lost his balance and
fell after tripping over his dog.
Mr. B was admitted to the triage room where his vital signs were B/P 120/80, HR-88 (regular), T-98.6, and R32, and his weight was recorded at 175 pounds. Mr. B. states that he has no known allergies and no previous
falls. He states, “My hip area and leg hurt really bad. I have never had anything like this before.” Patient rates
pain at 10 out of 10 on the numerical verbal pain scale. He appears to be in moderate distress. His (L) leg
appears shortened with swelling (edema in the calf), ecchymosis, and limited range of motion (ROM). Mr. B’s
leg is stabilized and then is further evaluated and discharged from triage to the emergency department (ED)
patient room. He is admitted by Nurse J. Nurse J finds that Mr. B has a history of impaired glucose tolerance
and prostate cancer. At Mr. B’s last visit with his primary care physician, laboratory data revealed elevated
cholesterol and lipids. Mr. B’s current medications are atorvastatin and oxycodone for chronic back pain.
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
1/8
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
After Mr. B’s assessment is completed, Nurse J informs Dr. T, the ED physician, of admission findings, and Dr.
T proceeds to examine Mr. B.
Staffing on this day consists of two nurses (one RN and one LPN), one secretary, and one emergency
department physician. Respiratory therapy is in-house and available as needed. At the time of Mr. B’s arrival,
the ED staff is caring for two other patients. One patient is a 43-year-old female complaining of a throbbing
headache. The patient rates current pain at 4 out of 10 on numerical verbal pain scale. The patient states that
she has a history of migraines. She received treatment, remains stable, and discharge is pending. The second
patient is an eight-year-old boy being evaluated for possible appendicitis. Laboratory results are pending for
this patient. Both of these patients were examined, evaluated, and cared for by Dr. T and are awaiting further
treatment or orders.
After evaluation of Mr. B, Dr. T writes the order for Nurse J to administer diazepam 5 mg IVP to Mr. B. The
medication diazepam is administered IVP at 4:05 p.m. After five minutes, the diazepam appears to have had
no effect on Mr. B, and Dr. T instructs Nurse J to administer hydromorphone 2 mg IVP. The medication
hydromorphone is administered IVP at 4:15 p.m. After five minutes, Dr. T is still not satisfied with the level of
sedation Mr. B has achieved and instructs Nurse J to administer another 2 mg of hydromorphone IVP and an
additional 5 mg of diazepam IVP. The physician’s goal is for the patient to achieve skeletal muscle relaxation
from the diazepam, which will aid in the manual manipulation, relocation, and alignment of Mr. B’s hip. The
hydromorphone IVP was administered to achieve pain control and sedation. After reviewing the patient’s
medical history, Dr. T notes that the patient’s weight and current regular use of oxycodone appear to be
making it more difficult to sedate Mr. B.
Finally, at 4:25 p.m., the patient appears to be sedated, and the successful reduction of his (L) hip takes place.
The patient appears to have tolerated the procedure and remains sedated. He is not currently on any
supplemental oxygen. The procedure concludes at 4:30 p.m.,and Mr. B is resting without indications of
discomfort and distress. At this time, the ED receives an emergency dispatch call alerting the emergency
department that the emergency rescue unit paramedics are enroute with a 75-year-old patient in acute
respiratory distress. Nurse J places Mr. B on an automatic blood pressure machine programmed to monitor
his B/P every five minutes and a pulse oximeter. At this time, Nurse J leaves Mr. B’s room. The nurse allows
Mr. B’s son to sit with him as he is being monitored via the blood pressure monitor. At 4:35 p.m., Mr. B’s B/P is
110/62 and his O2 saturation is 92%. He remains without supplemental oxygen and his ECG and respirations
are not monitored.
Nurse J and the LPN on duty have received the emergency transport patient. They are also in the process of
discharging the other two patients. Meanwhile, the ED lobby has become congested with new incoming
patients. At this time, Mr. B’s O2 saturation alarm is heard and shows “low O2 saturation” (currently showing
a saturation of 85%). The LPN enters Mr. B’s room briefly, resets the alarm, and repeats the B/P reading.
Nurse J is now fully engaged with the emergency care of the respiratory distress patient, which includes
assessments, evaluation, and the ordering of respiratory treatments, CXR, labs, etc.
At 4:43 p.m., Mr. B’s son comes out of the room and informs the nurse that the “monitor is alarming.” When
Nurse J enters the room, the blood pressure machine shows Mr. B’s B/P reading is 58/30 and the O2
saturation is 79%. The patient is not breathing and no palpable pulse can be detected.
A STAT CODE is called and the son is escorted to the waiting room. The code team arrives and begins
resuscitative efforts. When connected to the cardiac monitor, Mr. B is found to be in ventricular fibrillation.
CPR begins immediately by the RN, and Mr. B is intubated. He is defibrillated and reversal agents, IV fluids,
and vasopressors are administered. After 30 minutes of interventions, the ECG returns to a normal sinus
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
2/8
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
rhythm with a pulse and a B/P of 110/70. The patient is not breathing on his own and is fully dependent on
the ventilator. The patient’s pupils are fixed and dilated. He has no spontaneous movements and does not
respond to noxious stimuli. Air transport is called, and upon the family’s wishes, the patient is transferred to a
tertiary facility for advanced care.
Seven days later, the receiving hospital informed the rural hospital that EEG’s had determined brain death in
Mr. B. The family had requested life-support be removed, and Mr. B subsequently died.
Additional information: The hospital where Mr. B. was originally seen and treated had a moderate
sedation/analgesia (“conscious sedation”) policy that requires that the patient remains on continuous B/P,
ECG, and pulse oximeter throughout the procedure and until the patient meets specific discharge criteria
(i.e., fully awake, VSS, no N/V, and able to void). All practitioners who perform moderate sedation must first
successfully complete the hospital’s moderate sedation training module. The training module includes drug
selection as well as acceptable dose ranges. Additional (backup) staff was available on the day of the incident.
Nurse J had completed the moderate sedation module. Nurse J had current ACLS certification and was an
experienced critical care nurse. Nurse J’s prior annual clinical evaluations by the manager demonstrated that
the nurse was “meeting requirements.” Nurse J did not have a history of negligent patient care. Sufficient
equipment was available and in working order in the ED on this day.
REQUIREMENTS
Your submission must be your original work. No more than a combined total of 30% of the submission and no
more than a 10% match to any one individual source can be directly quoted or closely paraphrased from
sources, even if cited correctly. An originality report is provided when you submit your task that can be used
as a guide.
You must use the rubric to direct the creation of your submission because it provides detailed criteria that
will be used to evaluate your work. Each requirement below may be evaluated by more than one rubric
aspect. The rubric aspect titles may contain hyperlinks to relevant portions of the course.
A. Explain the general purpose of conducting a root cause analysis (RCA).
1. Explain each of the six steps used to conduct an RCA, as defined by IHI.
2. Apply the RCA process to the scenario to describe the causative and contributing factors that led to
the sentinel event outcome.
B. Propose a process improvement plan that would decrease the likelihood of a reoccurrence of the scenario
outcome.
1. Discuss how each phase of Lewin’s change theory on the human side of change could be applied to the
proposed improvement plan.
C. Explain the general purpose of the failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA) process.
1. Describe the steps of the FMEA process as defined by IHI.
2. Complete the attached FMEA table by appropriately applying the scales of severity, occurrence, and
detection to the process improvement plan proposed in part B.
Note: You are not expected to carry out the full FMEA.
D. Explain how you would test the interventions from the process improvement plan from part B to improve
care.
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
3/8
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
E. Explain how a professional nurse can competently demonstrate leadership in each of the following areas:
• promoting quality care
• improving patient outcomes
• influencing quality improvement activities
1. Discuss how the involvement of the professional nurse in the RCA and FMEA processes demonstrates
leadership qualities.
F. Acknowledge sources, using in-text citations and references, for content that is quoted, paraphrased, or
summarized.
G. Demonstrate professional communication in the content and presentation of your submission.
File Restrictions
File name may contain only letters, numbers, spaces, and these symbols: ! – _ . * ‘ ( )
File size limit: 200 MB
File types allowed: doc, docx, rtf, xls, xlsx, ppt, pptx, odt, pdf, txt, qt, mov, mpg, avi, mp3, wav, mp4, wma, flv, asf, mpeg,
wmv, m4v, svg, tif, tiff, jpeg, jpg, gif, png, zip, rar, tar, 7z
RUBRIC
A:ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
An explanation of the general
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
purpose of conducting an RCA is
The explanation does not accu-
scribes the general purpose for
not provided.
rately describe the general pur-
conducting an RCA.
The explanation accurately de-
pose for conducting an RCA.
A1:RCA STEPS
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
An explanation of 6 RCA steps is
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
not provided.
The explanation does not accu-
tifies and logically describes each
rately identify or does not logi-
of the 6 steps used to conduct an
cally describe one or more of the
RCA, as defined by IHI.
The explanation accurately iden-
6 steps used to conduct an RCA,
as defined by IHI.
A2:CAUSATIVE AND CONTRIBUTING FACTORS
NOT EVIDENT
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
COMPETENT
4/8
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
An application of the RCA
The application of the RCA
The application of the RCA
process to the scenario is not
process to the scenario does not
process to the scenario accu-
provided.
accurately describe causative or
rately describes the causative
contributing factors that led to
and contributing factors that led
the sentinel event outcome, or
to the sentinel event outcome.
the application does not accurately differentiate between
causative and contributing
factors.
B:IMPROVEMENT PLAN
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A proposed process improve-
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
ment plan is not provided.
The proposal does not outline a
process improvement plan and
logical process improvement
logically discusses how the pro-
plan, or the proposal does not
posed plan will decrease the like-
logically discuss how the pro-
lihood of a reoccurrence of the
posed plan will decrease the
scenario outcome.
The proposal outlines a logical
likelihood of a reoccurrence of
the scenario outcome.
B1:CHANGE THEORY
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A discussion of the application
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
of Lewin’s change theory is not
The discussion does not logically
how each phase of Lewin’s
provided.
describe how Lewin’s change
change theory could be applied
theory could be applied to the
to the proposed improvement
proposed improvement plan, or
plan.
The discussion logically describes
the discussion does not
describe each phase of the
theory.
C:GENERAL PURPOSE OF FMEA
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
An explanation of the general
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
purpose of the FMEA process is
The explanation does not accu-
scribes a general purpose of the
not provided.
rately describe a general pur-
FMEA process and logically dis-
pose of the FMEA process, or
cusses why the FMEA process
the explanation does not logi-
would be used.
The explanation accurately de-
cally discuss why the FMEA
process would be used.
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
5/8
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
C1:STEPS OF FMEA PROCESS
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A description of the steps is not
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
provided.
The description of the steps of
defines each of the steps of the
the FMEA process does not ac-
FMEA process.
The description accurately
curately define each of the
steps.
C2:FMEA TABLE
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A completed FMEA table is not
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
provided.
The FMEA table is incomplete,
propriately identifies failure
does not identify appropriate
modes related to the improve-
failure modes related to the im-
ment plan proposed in part B and
provement plan proposed in
demonstrates accurate applica-
prompt B, or does not accu-
tion of the scales of severity, oc-
rately apply the scales of sever-
currence, and detection in evalu-
ity, occurrence, and detection in
ating the identified failure
evaluating the identified failure
modes.
The completed FMEA table ap-
modes.
D:INTERVENTION TESTING
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
An explanation of intervention
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
testing is not provided.
The explanation does not de-
of the testing procedures or
scribe steps of an appropriate
practices that the candidate
testing procedure or practice
would use that are appropriate
that would be used by the candi-
for testing the interventions
date to test interventions from
from the process improvement
the process improvement plan
plan in part B. The explanation
in part B, or the explanation
logically describes how the inter-
does not logically describe how
vention testing procedures or
the intervention testing proce-
practices would improve care.
The explanation describes steps
dures or practices would improve care.
E:DEMONSTRATE LEADERSHIP
NOT EVIDENT
An explanation of how a profes-
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
sional nurse demonstrates leadhttps://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
COMPETENT
The explanation logically describes how a professional nurse
6/8
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
ership is not provided.
WGU Performance Assessment
The explanation does not logi-
competently demonstrates lead-
cally describe how a profes-
ership in each of the given areas.
sional nurse competently
demonstrates leadership in one
or more of the given areas.
E1:INVOLVING PROFESSIONAL NURSE IN RCA AND FMEA PROCESSES
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A discussion of involvement in
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
the RCA and FMEA processes is
The discussion does not logically
how the involvement of the pro-
not provided.
describe how the involvement of
fessional nurse in both the RCA
the professional nurse
and FMEA processes demon-
in either the RCA process or the
strates leadership qualities.
The discussion logically describes
FMEA process demonstrates
leadership qualities.
F:SOURCES
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
The submission does not include
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
both in-text citations and a ref-
The submission includes in-text
citations for sources that are
erence list for sources that are
citations for sources that are
properly quoted, paraphrased, or
quoted, paraphrased, or
quoted, paraphrased, or summa-
summarized and a reference list
summarized.
rized and a reference list; how-
that accurately identifies the au-
ever, the citations or reference
thor, date, title, and source loca-
list is incomplete or inaccurate.
tion as available.
COMPETENT
Content is unstructured, is dis-
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
jointed, or contains pervasive
Content is poorly organized, is
tail, is organized, and focuses on
errors in mechanics, usage, or
difficult to follow, or contains er-
the main ideas as prescribed in
grammar. Vocabulary or tone is
rors in mechanics, usage, or
the task or chosen by the candi-
unprofessional or distracts from
grammar that cause confusion.
date. Terminology is pertinent, is
the topic.
Terminology is misused or
used correctly, and effectively
ineffective.
conveys the intended meaning.
The submission includes in-text
G:PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
NOT EVIDENT
Content reflects attention to de-
Mechanics, usage, and grammar
promote accurate interpretation
and understanding.
WEB LINKS
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
7/8
9/23/23, 11:57 PM
WGU Performance Assessment
IHI FMEA Tool
Working with the IHI knowledge base
Please note: Before you engage with IHI, please be sure to review the Working with IHI knowledge base
article to assist with setting up your IHI account. PLEASE FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CLOSELY IN THE
DOCUMENT. Any deviation from the registration process may result in issues later including enrollment in
courses. We encourage all students to keep a personal copy of the certificate on their computers, as you will
need it later in your program. Please reach out to your assigned CI for assistance as needed.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS
FMEA Table.docx
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1235/overview
8/8
9/24/23, 12:04 AM
WGU Performance Assessment
SAT1 — SAT TASK 3: HEALTHCARE FINANCING
ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS AND QUALITY LEADERSHIP — C489
PRFA — SAT1
TASK OVERVIEW
SUBMISSIONS
EVALUATION REPORT
COMPETENCIES
734.3.4 : Healthcare Utilization and Finance
The graduate analyzes financial implications related to healthcare delivery, reimbursement, access, and
national initiatives.
INTRODUCTION
It is essential that nurses understand the issues related to healthcare financing, including local, state, and
national healthcare policies and initiatives that affect healthcare delivery. As a patient advocate, the
professional nurse is in a position to work with patients and families to access available resources to meet
their healthcare needs.
REQUIREMENTS
Your submission must be your original work. No more than a combined total of 30% of the submission and no
more than a 10% match to any one individual source can be directly quoted or closely paraphrased from
sources, even if cited correctly. An originality report is provided when you submit your task that can be used
as a guide.
You must use the rubric to direct the creation of your submission because it provides detailed criteria that
will be used to evaluate your work. Each requirement below may be evaluated by more than one rubric
aspect. The rubric aspect titles may contain hyperlinks to relevant portions of the course.
A. Compare the U.S. healthcare system with the healthcare system of England, Japan, Germany, or
Switzerland, by doing the following:
1. Identify one country from the following list whose healthcare system you will compare to the U.S.
healthcare system: England, Japan, Germany, or Switzerland.
2. Compare access between the two healthcare systems for children, people who are unemployed, and
people who are retired.
a. Discuss coverage for medications in the two healthcare systems.
b. Determine the requirements to get a referral to see a specialist in the two healthcare systems.
c. Discuss coverage for preexisting conditions in the two healthcare systems.
3. Explain two financial implications for patients with regard to the healthcare delivery differences
between the two countries (i.e.; how are the patients financially impacted).
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/1234/overview
1/4
9/24/23, 12:04 AM
WGU Performance Assessment
B. Acknowledge sources, using in-text citations and references, for content that is quoted, paraphrased, or
summarized.
C. Demonstrate professional communication in the content and presentation of your submission.
File Restrictions
File name may contain only letters, numbers, spaces, and these symbols: ! – _ . * ‘ ( )
File size limit: 200 MB
File types allowed: doc, docx, rtf, xls, xlsx, ppt, pptx, odt, pdf, txt, qt, mov, mpg, avi, mp3, wav, mp4, wma, flv, asf, mpeg,
wmv, m4v, svg, tif, tiff, jpeg, jpg, gif, png, zip, rar, tar, 7z
RUBRIC
A1:COUNTRY TO COMPARE
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A country for comparison is not
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
identified.
The identified country for com-
parison is from the given list.
The identified country for com-
parison is not from the given list.
A2:ACCESS
NOT EVIDENT
COMPETENT
A comparison of healthcare sys-
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
tem access is not provided.
The comparison does not accu-
scribes access to healthcare sys-
rately describe access to health-
tems in both the U.S. and the
care systems in both the U.S.
country chosen in part A1 for
and the country chosen in A1
children, people who are unem-
for one or more of the given
ployed, and people who are re-
groups of people, or the compar-
tired. The comparison logically
ison does not logically
describes the similarities and dif-
describe both the similarities
ferences between access
and differences between access
to each of the healthcare systems
to each of the healthcare sys-
for all of the given groups of
tems for all of the given groups
people.
The comparison accurately de-
of people.
A2A:COVERAGE OF MEDICATIONS
NOT EVIDENT
APPROACHING
COMPETENCE
https://tasks.wgu.edu/student/009077330/course/10460005/task/

Revenue Cycle

Description

Describe the importance of revenue cycle management in the acute care environment and the impact it can have on the healthcare organization. In your description be sure to identify the consequences of improper revenue cycle management as it pertains to the healthcare organization as a whole. support assertions with at least 3 references and 1 instance of biblical integration in current APA format. Each reply must incorporate at least 2 scholarly citations and 1 instance of biblical integration in current APA format.course textbook:Harrington, M. K. (2021). Health Care Finance and the mechanics of Insurance and Reimbursement. Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Response- Healthcare Payment System

Description

1. Emilia

In 1997, the Social Security Act was amended to implement Prospective Payment Systems to control the costs of hospital resources, while maintaining a level of quality care (Harrington, 2021). Since its implementation, prospective payment systems have evolved to something much greater, implementing several systems for services such as home health, physician and non-physician practitioners, and ambulatory surgical settings.The distinction between prospective payment systems for outpatients, home care, medical and non-medical, and outpatient surgical facilities is that the home care authorities provide specialized care to patients who are considered home-bound. “It is essential for healthcare leaders to differentiate the settings and meet the site specific regulations” (Harrington, 2021, p. 141). This is largely different in comparison to practitioners and surgical settings as providers are subject to their own rules, regulations, and billing scale all bound by the patient’s legal health record, entries, and coding systems for entries.

Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System (OPPS)

In 1999, the Balanced Budget Refinement Act added amendments to the original Prospective Payment Systems to include the development of the Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System, also known as OPPS (Harrington, 2021). OPPS was implemented with a diagnosis-related group (DRG)-like payment system known as Ambulatory Payment Classifications (APCs). This allows a group of codes in a payment category such as xrays, to be same rate based, creating a payment system that is more budget neutral based (Kassing & Berry, 2020). This payment system is used by Medicare to decide how much money a hospital or community mental health center will get for outpatient care provided to patients with Medicare. Services to be included are designated hospital outpatient items and services excluding clinical diagnostic laboratory services, outpatient therapy services, and screening and diagnostic mammography (Kassing & Berry, 2020). This payment system has become the foundation for other payment systems like HHPPS and payment systems used in ambulatory surgical settings. 1 Corinthians 3:11 says, “For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ” (King James Bible, 1769/2016). Just like with payment systems, anything we do must be done through Him. We cannot stand on any other foundation besides Jesus Christ, otherwise it will crumble.

Home Health Prospective Payment System (HH PPS)

Originally mandated in 1997, the HH PPS was a payment system implemented to assist payment and provide care for patients who are homebound unlike the OPPS which is for all other patients. These services are DMEs, skilled nursing care, various types of therapy, social work, and home health aide services (Harrington, 2021). These agencies are paid based on claims for episode-of-care time periods which is typically 60 days leaving the responsibility in the hands of the agencies as well as providers for proper documentation. This is all assessed via the OUtcome and Assessment Information Set (OASIS) to assess the level of care needed upon initial care provided as well as a continuous assessment (Harrington, 2021). This allows for proper funding to be provided as well as an increase in quality of care provided.

Physician/Non-Physician Practitioners

Physicians and non-physician practitioners are subject to their own billing scale known as the resource-based relative value scale (RBRVS) (Harrington, 2021). “RBRVS became effective on January 1,1992. To avoid major disruptions to physicians’ reimbursements, the RBRVS was gradually phased in, beginning in 1992 with full implementation by 1996 (Harrington, 2021, p. 152-153). This system was implemented to generate a more unbiased standard of assessments of encounters made by providers in comparison to the fee‐for‐service system it replaced. This allows for a comparison of resources needed to provide appropriate levels of care, taking into account labor, equipment, supplies, and more (Gao, 2018). This shifts the profit and loss system directly tied to providers and the correct entry in a patient’s medical record.

Ambulatory Surgical Centers (ASCs)

Lastly, in 2008, the ambulatory surgical centers (ASCs), centers for outpatient surgical services, established payment rates and indicators under the CPT and HCPCS codes. In order for these codes and payments to properly process an ASC must be properly certified as well as accepting of Medicare payments as payment in full (Harrington, 2021). This is all defined under CMS, separate from all other payment systems discussed previously, as all services not covered in ASCs under Medicare Part B are billed to the beneficiary (Harrington, 2021). This allows for ASCs to get paid each year as well as an expansion on the scope of services provided.

References

Gao, Y. N. (2018). Committee representation and medicare Reimbursements—An examination of the Resource‐Based relative value scale. Health Services Research, 53(6), 4353-4370. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-6773.12857

Harrington, Michael K. Health care finance and the mechanics of insurance and reimbursement. (2nd ed.). Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett, 2021.

Kassing, P., & Berry, C. D. (2020). Hospital outpatient prospective payment system: A maturing prospective payment system. Journal of the American College of Radiology, 17(4), 534-541. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacr.2019.11.015

King James bible. (2016). Thomas Nelson. (Original work published 1769).

2. Xena

Inpatient, outpatient, home health, physician and non-physician practitioners, and ambulatory surgical settings all have separate prospective payment systems (PPS). Each environment has distinct qualities and payment systems, which I shall contrast and compare below. These many PPSs have developed to fit the unique requirements and complexity of each healthcare domain, demonstrating the significance of customizing compensation strategies to the services offered, patient populations served, and objectives of cost containment and quality improvement within each secto (Harrington, 2021)r.

The majority of services offered in hospital outpatient departments are covered by outpatient PPS. According on clinical criteria and resource usage, services are divided into Ambulatory Payment Classifications (APCs) under the Outpatient Prospective Payment System. Medicare pays a fixed amount for each service included in an APC, and payment rates are established for each APC (Erickson et al., 2020). This method encourages healthcare professionals to offer effective treatment while retaining quality. Due to the fact that compensation are fixed regardless of how much a certain patient costs, it might provide problems for institutions that serve higher-priced patients.

Medicare payments for home health services are governed by the Home Health PPS. Based on patient evaluations, it divides patients into 60-day care episodes and assigns Home Health Resource Groups (HHRGs). According on patient characteristics and anticipated resource use, payment rates are defined for each HHRG. For each episode, home health agencies are paid consistently, which promotes efficiency. Home Health PPS, as opposed to outpatient PPS, is more individualized to the needs of each patient since it takes into consideration their unique ailments and care needs (Jia et al., 2021).

The Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (MPFS) covers both physician and non-physician practitioner services. Relative Value Units (RVUs), which are based on things like doctor effort, practice costs, and malpractice charges, are assigned to each service under this method (Jia et al., 2021). Then, a conversion factor is used to translate RVUs into payment rates. Payments from the MPFS are made on a fee-for-service basis, with amounts fluctuating depending on how sophisticated the service was (Harrington, 2021). Similar to doctors, non-physician practitioners like nurse practitioners and physician assistants can bill on their own terms within their areas of expertise. The MPFS seeks to guarantee that compensation accurately represents the labor required to provide various medical services.

The ASC Payment System, which employs Ambulatory Payment Classifications (APCs) to categorize surgical operations, is used to pay Ambulatory Surgical Centers (ASCs). Medicare pays a fixed charge for each treatment, and payment rates are established for each APC (Erickson et al., 2020). To participate, ASCs must adhere to certain quality and safety requirements. ASCs are frequently more cost-effective than hospital settings for some operations since they have reduced overhead expenses (Jia et al., 2021). However, this approach might not be able to handle complicated or resource-intensive operations that are more appropriate for inpatient hospital settings.

In conclusion, various outpatient, home health, physician and non-physician practitioner, and ambulatory surgical settings have different future payment schemes. All of them strive to keep expenses in check while preserving or raising the standard of treatment. Physicians and non-physicians are paid based on fee-for-service, taking RVUs into account, whereas outpatient and home health PPSs group services and pay flat prices. Ambulatory surgical settings offer a special pricing structure that emphasizes economically sensible operations. Depending on the precise healthcare services offered and the patient group served, each system has both strengths and limitations.

One passage from the Bible that has to do with financial management is “The wise store up choice food and olive oil, but fools gulp theirs down” (Proverbs 21:20). The verse stresses the significance of caution and prudent money management. It implies that people should save and manage their resources carefully for the future rather than wasting them now. It’s important to manage one’s money with caution and foresight, just as one would store up crucial supplies like food and oil. This biblical insight promotes prudent financial management and stewardship.

References

Erickson, S. M., Outland, B., Joy, S., Rockwern, B., Serchen, J., Mire, R. D., Goldman, J. M., & Medical Practice and Quality Committee of the American College of Physicians (2020). Envisioning a Better U.S. Health Care System for All: Health Care Delivery and Payment System Reforms. Annals of internal medicine, 172(2 Suppl), S33–S49. https://doi.org/10.7326/M19-2407

Harrington, M. K. (2021). Health Care Finance: And the mechanics of Insurance and

Jia, L., Meng, Q., Scott, A., Yuan, B., & Zhang, L. (2021). Payment methods for healthcare providers working in outpatient healthcare settings. The Cochrane database of systematic reviews, 1(1), CD011865. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD011865.pub2

support assertions with at least 3 references and 1 instance of biblical integration in current APA format. Each reply must incorporate at least 2 scholarly citations and 1 instance of biblical integration in current APA format.

course textbook:

Harrington, M. K. (2021). Health Care Finance and the mechanics of Insurance and Reimbursement. Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Infection Control

Description

Create a short slide presentation (Power point, Prezi, etc.) on infection control and hand hygiene for digital radiography. Include pictures. You may also include audio or imbedded videos. Please cite any outside sources appropriately.

Case Study #7

Description

Read Case 7 in the Pruitt, Smith, & Perez-Ruberte text and answer the Discussion Questions associated with the case.

7 file Ct 1

Description

Safety Critical Communication

Hospital administration has asked you to develop a memo explaining how to use the SBAR (Situation, Background, Assessment, Recommendations) as a tool for safety critical communication during shift change among healthcare professionals. In the memo that you will be preparing, remember to address the following:

• The importance of critical safety communication

• At least two principles of safety-critical communications

• A description of the SBAR tool

• A hypothetical example of how to use each element of the SBAR tool, meaning examples of each of the following:

o Situation

o Background

o Assessment

o Recommendations

To see an example of the structure of a memo, view the following memo, “Fall Clothes Line Promotion,” developed by Purdue OWL.

Your memo should meet the following structural requirements:

• A minimum of two pages that includes all the elements detailed above.

• Follow APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing standards.

• Be sure to cite any statistics or other information as appropriate.

Noteeee.

Description

SOAP note Topic: Difficulty sleeping and restlessness

SOAP is an acronym that stands for Subjective, Objective, Assessment, and Plan. The episodic SOAP note is to be written using the attached template below.

For all the SOAP note assignments, you will write a SOAP note about one of your patients and use the following acronym:

S = Subjective data: Patient’s Chief Complaint (CC).
O = Objective data: Including client behavior, physical assessment, vital signs, and meds.
A = Assessment: Diagnosis of the patient’s condition. Include differential diagnosis.
P = Plan: Treatment, diagnostic testing, and follow up

Submission Instructions:

Your SOAP note should be clear and concise and students will lose points for improper grammar, punctuation, and misspelling.

Attached below is the template to use for the assignment.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

SOAP Note Template
Encounter date: ________________________
Patient Initials: ______ Gender: M/F/Transgender ____ Age: _____ Race: _____ Ethnicity ____
Reason for Seeking Health Care: ______________________________________________
HPI:_________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Allergies(Drug/Food/Latex/Environmental/Herbal): ___________________________________
Current perception of Health:
Excellent
Good
Fair Poor
Past Medical History
• Major/Chronic Illnesses____________________________________________________
• Trauma/Injury ___________________________________________________________
• Hospitalizations __________________________________________________________
Past Surgical History___________________________________________________________
Medications: __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Family History: ____________________________________________________________
Social history:
Copyright © MVJ 2018
Lives: Single family House/Condo/ with stairs: ___________ Marital Status:________
Employment Status: ______ Current/Previous occupation type: _________________
Exposure to: ___Smoke____ ETOH ____Recreational Drug Use: __________________
Sexual orientation: _______ Sexual Activity: ____ Contraception Use: ____________
Family Composition: Family/Mother/Father/Alone: _____________________________
Health Maintenance
Screening Tests: Mammogram, PSA, Colonoscopy, Pap Smear, Etc _____
Exposures:
Immunization HX:
Review of Systems:
General:
HEENT:
Neck:
Lungs:
Cardiovascular:
Breast:
GI:
Male/female genital:
GU:
Neuro:
Musculoskeletal:
Copyright © MVJ 2018
Activity & Exercise:
Psychosocial:
Derm:
Nutrition:
Sleep/Rest:
LMP:
STI Hx:
Physical Exam
BP________TPR_____ HR: _____ RR: ____Ht. _____ Wt. ______ BMI (percentile) _____
General:
HEENT:
Neck:
Pulmonary:
Cardiovascular:
Breast:
GI:
Male/female genital:
GU:
Neuro:
Musculoskeletal:
Copyright © MVJ 2018
Derm:
Psychosocial:
Misc.
Significant Data/Contributing
Dx/Labs/Misc.
Plan:
Differential Diagnoses
1.
2.
3.
Principal Diagnoses
1.
2.
Plan
Diagnosis
Diagnostic Testing:
Pharmacological Treatment:
Education:
Referrals:
Copyright © MVJ 2018
Follow-up:
Anticipatory Guidance:
Diagnosis
Diagnostic Testing:
Pharmacological Treatment:
Education:
Referrals:
Follow-up:
Anticipatory Guidance:
Signature (with appropriate credentials): __________________________________________
Cite current evidenced based guideline(s) used to guide care (Mandatory)_______________
Copyright © MVJ 2018
DEA#: 101010101
FSU Clinic
LIC# 10000000
Tel: (000) 555-1234
FAX: (000) 555-12222
Patient Name: (Initials)______________________________
Age ___________
Date: _______________
RX ______________________________________
SIG:
Dispense: ___________
Refill: _________________
No Substitution
Signature: ____________________________________________________________
Copyright © MVJ 2018

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

READ THE POWERPOINT AND ANSWER THE Q FROM U OWN WORD

Description

READ THE POWERPOINT AND ANSWER THE Q FROM U OWN WORD

Unformatted Attachment Preview

EVIDENCED BASED CARE
EVIDENCE-BASED CARE
 Initially began in Canada
 Evidence-based care

The process of providing clinically competent care that
is based on the best scientific evidence available
 Includes all health disciplines
2
IMPLEMENTATION OF EVIDENCE PRACTICE
 Find a source of evidence-based content that is
developed using good research techniques
 The evidence-based content itself must be
efficient for clinicians to use at the bedside
 Integrate the evidence-based content into order
sets, plans of care, and documentation forms
THE ACE STAR MODEL OF KNOWLEDGE
TRANSFORMATION
 Provides a framework for systematically putting
evidence-based practice into operation
 Star points





Knowledge discovery
Evidence summary
Translation into practice recommendations
Integration into practice
Evaluation
4
IMPORTANCE OF EBC
 There is a lack of agreed-upon standards
or processes that are based on evidence
 EBC is a process approach to collecting,
reviewing, interpreting, critiquing, and
evaluating research
 Leads to a state-of-the-art integration of
knowledge and evidence that can be
evaluated and measured through
outcomes
 Should be viewed as the highest level of
care
5
NURSING AND EBC
 The agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
(AHRQ) launched twelve evidence-based practice
centers
 The initiative partnered with public and private
organizations to improve the quality,
effectiveness, and appropriateness of care
 Nurses work with patients in deciding treatment
options
6
ATTRIBUTES OF EBC
 Need to define the meaning of evidence in
each health care agency
Use the term in daily practice
• Look for best evidence when evaluating new
goals and programs

 Fundamental principles in EBC
Evidence alone is never sufficient to make a
clinical decision
• Evidence-based care involves a hierarchy of
evidence to guide decision making

7
CHALLENGES FOR NURSES
 Rapidly growing body of scientific literature

No unaided human being can read, recall, and act
effectively on the volume of material
 Literature is not in a form that is suitable for
application to practice

Needs to be evaluated and transformed in order to be
useful
8
CONDUCTING EVIDENCE REPORTS
IN NURSING
 Select problem
 Review the evidence
 Summarize the evidence
 Report results
 Make recommendations for potential clinical
applications
 Implement agreed-upon practice changes
9
PROMOTING EVIDENCE-BASED
BEST PRACTICES
 The U.S. health care system does not have
uniform definitions of what constitutes efficient,
effective, quality health care
 It is difficult to get all clinical health care
providers to apply EBC processes at the unit
level
 EBC processes must be uniform enough to be
valid, but also adaptable to specific needs of
institutions
 EBC requires involvement of and collaboration
between clinical practitioners and health care
researchers
10
Best Practice: In Class Discussion #2
Name: ______________________________________________________________________________
Throughout your education, evidence based practice principles have been utilized, from your core
nursing classes, to research. It has been written in literature however that “some clients who are ill get
well despite nursing care, not as a result of nursing care.”
Please briefly answer the following questions.
1. Does the quality of nursing care have an impact on client outcomes?
2. Do you feel that quality nursing care can make a difference in client’s lives?
3. Identify 5 criteria based on evidence based practice, experience, and prior learning that you would
use to define “quality nursing care”. These criteria should reflect what you believe that nurses do that
makes a difference.
1.____________________________________________________________________________
2.____________________________________________________________________________
3.____________________________________________________________________________
4.____________________________________________________________________________
5.____________________________________________________________________________
4. How does best practice impact our current and future practice?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5. What are some methods of best practice principles that you have utilized?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

2-page written response detailing your selection of one policymaking framework that best supports your priority—particularly, getting your priority on the agenda.-The topic is adolescents who suffer from chronic illnessesIn your response, explain why the framework best describes how you might proceed in effectively moving your advocacy priority forward in the policymaking process.Support your response with evidence.Please ensure the scholarly journals are within the last 5 years

individual reflection

Description

Reflect on the incident described in the case scenario that you signed up for. Use the prompts and questions below to help guide your reflective process

Human Factor and Ergonomics

Description

Hospital administration has asked you to develop a memo explaining how to use the SBAR (Situation, Background, Assessment, Recommendations) as a tool for safety critical communication during shift change among healthcare professionals. In the memo that you will be preparing, remember to address the following:

The importance of critical safety communication
At least two principles of safety-critical communications
A description of the SBAR tool
A hypothetical example of how to use each element of the SBAR tool, meaning examples of each of the following:
Situation
Background
Assessment
Recommendations

To see an example of the structure of a memo, view the following memo, “Fall Clothes Line Promotion,” developed by Purdue OWL.

Your memo should meet the following structural requirements:

A minimum of two pages that includes all the elements detailed above.
Follow APA 7th edition writing standards.
Be sure to cite any statistics or other information as appropriate.

Discussion

Description

-APA style 4-5 paragraph and include 4 scholarly sources within the last 5 years.Advocacy priority topic: adolescents who suffer from chronic illnessesWhich contextual factors will promote getting your advocacy priority on the agenda?Which contextual factors might work against it?

Diabetes Mellitus

Description

Discuss brief explanation of the differences between the types of diabetes, including type 1, type 2 diabetes. Describe one type of drug used to treat the type of diabetes you selected, including proper preparation and administration of this drug. Be sure to include dietary considerations related to treatment. Then, explain the short-term and long-term impact of this type of diabetes on patients. including effects of drug treatments. Be specific and provide examples.

Power point presentation on how sleep affects your health

Description

You are to construct a Power Point on chapter 4. All Power Points are to be designed to familiarize your classmates with the material of that chapter. Prepare them as if you were going to use them to lead an in-class discussion of that material. In general, they should not explain in great detail any particular points, rather, they should be designed to key your thoughts as if you were presenting the material orally. Bullet points are often used. Power Points are not supposed to tell a complete story in words. There is nothing more boring than for someone to read a Power Point presentation. Rather, it should contain key words or phrases that key your thoughts so you can be reminded of what you want to present. Remember, a picture is worth a thousand words. Make good use pictures to illustrate what you are trying to say. They can be a big help. It will likely take you between 15 to 20 slides to tell your story of the chapter and therefore, should be at least that long.

Event Report Documentation.

Description

Introduction to Nursing class.Document Incident Report Related to a unique patient scenario you create incorporating all the necessary components of incident reporting included in your textbook (TAYLOR CHAPTER 7). In APA format discuss each component necessary for an incident report both in your scenario and in general as it relates to patient safety. Elaborate on each necessary component and the purpose of an incident report.APA style: Minimum 5 paragraphs, each containing 4-5 full sentences. Use your textbooks as sources along with .gov or .edu sources to support your writing.

What is health promotion?

Description

This is a Collaborative Learning Community (CLC) assignment.Disease prevention is the process of preventing disease, especially a disease an individual may be at high risk for developing. In disease prevention, health care providers help the patient move away from disease.For this assignment, groups will select one of the patient populations from the Health Promotion Table prepared for the Topic 1 assignment and identify a major disease or health concern this population is at risk for developing.Disease population selected Individuals with type 2 diabetes.A plan for providing the interventions and effectively educating the population.Appropriate local, state, national, or global health promotion resources

Kinesiology Question

Description

Directions: After reading the powerpoint Major health problems write a 2 paragraph essay about what you have learned. Your reflection should include 2 things that stood out to you and how do you believe this ties into kinesiology. You will be given 5 points for the length, it must be 2 paragraphs, 5 points for each topic and how they tie into kinesiology. lastly you will be given 5 points for your opinion of what you learned.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Major Health Problems
in U.S. and Other
Developed Countries
◼ Typically viewed from two perspectives:
 1. Morbidity
◼ Diseased state
◼ Ratio of sick people to well people
◼ Frequency (rate) of a disease or disability
 2. Mortality
◼ Cause of death
◼ Annual deaths
◼ Death rate (deaths/100,000 population)
◼ The medical community tends to focus on
mortality when defining major health
problems
◼ Diseases or conditions don’t have to kill us
to cause problems; so, if we take a
morbidity approach, we can add to the list
of leading health problems:
◼ An alternative approach which is
becoming more common, is to identify the
cause of the diseases or condition which
produces the morbidity and mortality
◼ If we look for common threads which run
through all of these health problems, 3
factors clearly stand out:
◼ Sedentary lifestyle (exercise deficiency)
◼ Smoking
◼ Poor diet
◼ Most of the diseases and early deaths
listed on the previous slides are just
symptoms of these 3 major health
problems:
 Exercise deficiency
 Smoking
 Poor diets
◼ If we, as a society could make progress
toward reducing these health problems, it
would have tremendous social, economic,
and emotional benefits for our country
◼ It has been estimated that we could save
◼ $77 billion per year on health care if
◼ everyone walked 30 minutes per day, 5
◼ days per week
◼ For individuals, avoiding these problems
can also have considerable benefits:
 Longer, happier, healthier, more productive
lives
◼ Homework:
 Smoke less
 Exercise more
 Eat less junk, more fruits and vegetables
◼ We have established that the single
biggest health problem in the U.S. is an
unhealthy lifestyle:
 Sedentary
 Poor diet
 Smoking
 Drug use (alcohol primarily)
◼ We have also concluded that the
degenerative, hypokinetic diseases which
result from unhealthy lifestyles cause the
vast majority of morbidity and mortality in
developed countries
◼ The next issue to address is:
 What does the health care system do to solve
these problems?
 Could the health care system do more?
◼ Health care models/paradigms
 Reactive, disease oriented
◼ Wait until you get sick, then seek help
 Proactive, preventive, wellness oriented
◼ Take actions to reduce the chances of getting sick
◼ The current health care system/industry in
the U.S. is mixed:
 Proactive/preventive for many bacterial
infectious diseases
◼ Public health measures
◼ Innoculations
◼ System of reporting and tracking the disease
 Reactive for most degenerative/hypokinetic
diseases
◼ We do very little to prevent:
 Obesity
 Cardiovascular diseases
 Cancer
 Diabetes
 Osteoporosis
 Stroke
◼ However, we spend enormous resources
trying to manage the problems caused by
these diseases
 It would be a lot cheaper to prevent them in the
first place
Cost of type 2 diabetes
◼ The American Diabetes Association
released new research on March 22, 2018
estimating the total costs of diagnosed
diabetes have risen to $327 billion in 2017
from $245 billion in 2012, when the cost
was last examined.
Cont…






the total estimated cost of diagnosed diabetes in 2017 is $327 billion,
including $237 billion in direct medical costs and $90 billion in reduced
productivity.
The largest components of medical expenditures are:
hospital inpatient care (30% of the total medical cost),
prescription medications to treat complications of diabetes (30%),
anti-diabetic agents and diabetes supplies (15%), and
physician office visits (13%).
How much annually for healthcare in
the U.S.



The average healthcare cost per person is $10,345. This is a 4.8% annual
increase
A group of researchers compared data from the U.S. and 10 other highincome countries: the United Kingdom, Canada, Germany, Australia, Japan,
Sweden, France, the Netherlands, Switzerland and Denmark. They found
that spending in the U.S. far outpaces that in other nations. Health care
accounts for almost 18% of the U.S.’s GDP, compared to 9.6% to 12.4% in
the other developed countries
The U.S. had the shortest life expectancy and highest infant mortality rate of
any country included in the analysis, as well as the highest obesity rate.
The U.S. also had the lowest health-adjusted life expectancy, or the
average length of time a person lives in good health: 69 years, compared to
a mean of 72 years in the other areas.
◼ The major infectious diseases have been largely
eliminated by effective preventive measures
 Malaria
 Measles
 Mumps
 Polio
 Tuberculosis
 Diptheria
 Bubonic plague
◼ The major degenerative, hypokinetic
diseases cause most of the mortality and
morbidity in the U.S.
◼ And, these diseases and the disability and
early death they cause, costs a lot of
money and emotional pain
◼ So, why don’t we prevent them?
◼ Do we know what causes them?
◼ Do we know what actions can be taken to
prevent them?
◼ Are humans capable of taking these
actions?
◼ If given the chance most humans would
rather:
 a. Lead a disciplined lifestyle, with lots of
physical work, eat a low-fat diet, avoid stuffing
themselves (even be kind of hungry on a
regular basis), use very little alcohol, and not
smoke
◼ Or:
 b. Relax, take it easy, eat lots of high-fat,
great-tasting food, and PARTY ON!!
◼ These degenerative, hypokinetic diseases
seem to be a relatively new and modern
problem, limited to the richer countries;
◼ Why haven’t these diseases plagued
humans in the past?
 1. Food has been relatively scarce
throughout human history
 2. There was a lot of hard work involved in
acquiring food in the past
 3. Most food was “natural”
 4. Many people died fairly young from
accidents or infectious diseases
 5. Very few people either lived long enough,
or lived a lifestyle luxurious enough to develop
these diseases
◼ Today:
 1. Food is everywhere, and we are constantly
being bombarded with advertisements to eat it
 2. We have invented machines to do all our
physical work for us
 3. The food industry is primarily interested in
making money, so most modern food is very
unhealthy
◼ So, to get back to the question:
 Why doesn’t modern medicine do more to
prevent these diseases?
◼ The actions which lead to prevention go
against human nature:
 1. we are narcissistic
 2. we focus more on short-term pleasures
than long-term goals
◼ So, rather than take on the difficult task of
changing human behavior, the medical
community takes the easy way out and
treats and manages symptoms
◼ And, they make a ****load of money doing
it!
◼ The reactive, disease-oriented model is:
 Practical and easy for the public
 Well-established
 Good for most infectious diseases (prescribe
antibiotics) and traumatic injuries
 But:
 Not very effective for chronic degenerative
hypokinetic diseases
◼ The proactive, preventive wellness-
oriented model is:
 Less expensive and more effective for chronic
degenerative diseases in the long run
 Not well established, so there would be some
big start-up costs
 Would require some big changes
◼ Educate and train health care workers
◼ Educate and convince the public
◼ Change human behavior
◼ What are the chances of changing
models?
◼ What might eventually motivate us to
make the change?
$

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

I attached the assignmentMilstead, J. A., & Short, N. M. (2019). Health policy and politics: A nurse’s guide (6th ed.). Jones & Bartlett Learning.Chapter 3, “Government Response: Legislation” (pp. 37–56)Chapter 10, “Overview: The Economics and Finance of Health Care” (pp. 180–183 only)Congress.govLinks to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.congress.gov/Taylor, D., Olshansky, E., Fugate-Woods, N., Johnson-Mallard, V., Safriet, B. J., & Hagan, T. (2017). Corrigendum to position statement: Political interference in sexual and reproductive health research and health professional education. Nursing Outlook, 65(2), 346–350Links to an external site..United States House of RepresentativesLinks to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.house.gov/United States SenateLinks to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.senate.gov/United States Senate. (n.d.). Senate organization chart for the 117th CongressLinks to an external site.. https://www.senate.gov/reference/org_chart.htm

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Legislation Grid
Template
Legislation Grid Template
Use this document to complete Part 1 of the Module 2 Assessment Legislation Grid
and Testimony/Advocacy Statement
Health-related
Bill Name
Bill Number
Description
Federal or State?
Legislative Intent
Proponents/
Opponents
Proponents:
Opponents:
Target
Population
Status of the bill
(Is it in hearings
or committees?)
General
Notes/Comments
© 2020 Laureate Education Inc.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Social Work Question

Description

Refer to the documents for instructions, please. If you read through the documents and there’s something that I didn’t post, please let me know and I will find the document you need and I will send it to you.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

GLST 220
GOSPEL COMMUNICATION PROJECT: GRAND NARRATIVE OUTLINE ASSIGNMENT
INSTRUCTIONS
OVERVIEW
The Gospel Communication Project allows you to apply the principles of Cultural Intelligence to
a specific cross-cultural evangelistic encounter. As a cumulative project throughout the course
(with a research assignment, a grand narrative outline, and a video presentation), you will
research the cultural elements of a specific country, consider how those cultural elements will
affect a person’s understanding of the gospel message, create a plan for communicating
effectively with a person from a specific culture, and present the story of God through video as
you would if you were able to share the gospel with someone from that culture. Also, as you
craft a story of the grand narrative to effectively communicate it in a specific culture, you will
gain a deeper understanding of the story of God and gain confidence in sharing the gospel with
others.
INSTRUCTIONS
For the second part of your Gospel Communication Project, practice using CQ Strategy by
planning to communicate a specific message (the Grand Narrative) in a culturally appropriate
way based on the CQ Knowledge you gained in your Gospel Communication Project: Cultural
Intelligence Research Assignment. Use the chart in the worksheet to outline the elements of the
Grand Narrative Story. You will use this outline as your script for your Grand Narrative Video
Assignment in module 7.

Description: In the description column, you should summarize that part of the grand
narrative story as if you were telling the story to someone from the culture you
researched in your CQ Research Assignment. Focus on the most important details of that
story element that would resonate with a person from that culture and use vocabulary that
would make sense to a person from that culture. You should write in complete sentences
when writing your story. Write at least 5 sentences about each element.

Scripture Reference: In the scripture reference column, list scriptures where you can
find that part of the story in the Bible. You don’t have to quote the scripture, just list the
reference (i.e. Genesis 1:1). Be specific. It’s ok to list a passage or a range/section of
verses, but don’t just say “Genesis.”

Cultural Connection: In the cultural connection column, you will practice
contextualizing your story. Write 3-5 sentences about you would use your CQ knowledge
to help someone understand that part of the story. What cultural systems or cultural value
orientations might help them to connect with that part of the story? What cultural artifacts
might help you to draw connections from the culture to the story? When you identified
biblical themes that would connect to specific elements of culture, how can you point out
that biblical theme in this part of the story? You should rely heavily on the information
you discovered in your CQ Research Assignment to complete this section.
Your writing should use standard formatting (consistent font size and style) and be free of
grammatical and spelling errors.
GLST 220
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.
GLST 220
GOSPEL COMMUNICATION PROJECT: GRAND NARRATIVE OUTLINE TEMPLATE
INSTRUCTIONS
In this assignment you will practice using CQ Strategy by planning to communicate a specific message (the Grand Narrative) in a
culturally appropriate way based on the CQ Knowledge you gained in your Gospel Communication Project: Cultural Intelligence
Research Assignment. Use the chart below to outline the elements of the Grand Narrative Story. You will use this outline as your
script for your Grand Narrative Video Assignment in module 7.

Description: In the description column, you should summarize that part of the grand narrative story as if you were telling the
story to someone from the culture you researched in your CQ Research Assignment. Focus on the most important details of
that story element that would resonate with a person from that culture and use vocabulary that would make sense to a person
from that culture. You should write in complete sentences when writing your story. Write at least 5 sentences about each
element. Note that you should tell the story in your own words in this section (do not quote scripture here).

Scripture Reference: In the scripture reference column, list scriptures where you can find that part of the story in the Bible.
You don’t have to quote the scripture, just list the reference (i.e., Genesis 1:1). Be specific. It’s ok to list a passage or a
range/section of verses, but don’t just say “Genesis.”

Cultural Connection: In the cultural connection column, you will practice contextualizing your story. Write 3-5 sentences
about you how would use your CQ knowledge to help someone understand that part of the story. What cultural systems or
cultural value orientations might help them to connect with that part of the story? What cultural artifacts might help you to
draw connections from the culture to the story? When you identified biblical themes that would connect to specific elements of
culture, how can you point out that biblical theme in this part of the story? You should rely heavily on the information you
discovered in your CQ Research Assignment to complete this section.
Student
Name
Country
Course Section Number
Cultural Cluster (Anglo, Nordic Europe,
Germanic Europe, Latin Europe, Latin
America, Confucian Asia, Southern Asia,
Sub-Saharan Africa, Arab)
Page 1 of 2
GLST 220
Story
Description
Element
Act 1: God Establishes His Kingdom
(Discuss creation.)
Scripture Reference
Cultural Connection
Act 2: Rebellion in the Kingdom
(Discuss sin and the fall.)
Act 3: The King Chooses Israel
(Trace the story of Israel through the Old Testament, highlighting several key people along the way.)
Act 4: The Coming of the King
(Discuss the birth, life, death, and resurrection of Jesus)
Act 5: Spreading the News of the King
(Discuss the Holy Spirit, the Church, and the mission of believers today.)
Act 6: The Return of the King
(Discuss Christ’s return and our restoration)
Page 2 of 2
GLST 220
GOSPEL COMMUNICATION PROJECT: CULTURAL INTELLIGENCE RESEARCH
TEMPLATE
INSTRUCTIONS
Choose a country other than your own from one of the 10 cultural clusters and do research about
their culture. Complete this worksheet by writing your answers in the white boxes. Note that the
white boxes will expand as you type in them. You should write in complete sentences and use
proper English grammar, spelling, and language mechanics. Be sure to fulfill all listed word
count and citation requirements. Citations should be integrated into your writing as supporting
evidence and to show where you got your information. Long quotes from outside sources will
not be counted towards the minimum word count. When asked to cite outside sources, you
should do research through materials other than the course textbooks (reputable websites, books,
and peer reviewed articles from the JFL library, etc.). This research will assist you in preparing
your Grand Narrative presentation to effectively share the gospel with someone from that
culture.
Student
Name
Course Section
Number
Introduction
Country Kenya
Identify the Cultural Cluster of the
Sub-Saharan Africa
country you chose (Anglo, Nordic
Europe, Germanic Europe, Latin
Europe, Latin America, Confucian
Asia, Southern Asia, Sub-Saharan
Africa, Arab)
Cultural Description: Describe the country and its culture by discussing its geographical
location, primary religion, current events, significant historical events, economic status,
resources, etc. Then, describe at least 3 cultural artifacts that would be considered “top of the
iceberg” facts (art, music, dress, money, customs, food, etc.). (Write 100-300 words and cite
at least one outside source).
Example showing how to use a citation in a sentence:
India has at least 22 officially recognized languages, though English and Hindi are the
primary trade languages (World Fact Book, 2022).
Kenya is the most successful country in East Africa; founded in 1963, the country boasts a
strong political and economic power in the region. The country’s Kenyan culture is also a key
tourist attraction as it has one of the strongest cultures in the region (Wandibba & Simiyu, 04).
Kenyans are mainly Christians, but several Muslims and Hindus live there. The key historical
events in the country include Independence Day, Jamhuri Day, and, sadly, the 2007 postelection violence that left thousands of people dead and tens of thousands displaced. The
country is facing hard economic times like the rest of the world. Petroleum products have hit
Page 1 of 5
GLST 220
the highest price ever, and citizens are unhappy with the government of the day. The most
popular cultural artifacts in the country include the Maasai spears and shields, jewelry, and
Turkana pottery.
CQ Drive
What is your drive or motivation for wanting to share the gospel with someone from this
culture? How do you think cultural intelligence will help you more effectively share the
gospel? (Write 100-200 words)
Kenya is a religiously diverse country as there are Christians, Muslims, and Hindus. It,
therefore, means that sharing the gospel with these people will be easy because they
understand that different people have different religions that need to be respected. Cultural
intelligence would, therefore, play a crucial role in helping me spread the gospel among the
diverse religions. Understanding other people’s cultures would make the gospel more effective
because I could communicate effectively with all while observing and respecting their
cultures and religions (Peterson & Brooks, 12). Cultural intelligence would also help me share
the gospel in a way that is relevant to the culture of the people, meaning that communication
and understanding would be achieved easily.
CQ Knowledge
CQ Knowledge: Discuss the categories of CQ knowledge by completing the chart below for
cultural systems, cultural value orientations, and socio-linguistic norms.
Cultural Systems: In the chart below, choose 2 of the cultural systems (Economic,
Family, etc.) and identify which description represents the culture you have chosen.
(Write the word that describes the cultural system in the adjacent white box. You will fill in
answers in 2 boxes. For example, for the economic system, I would write “socialist” if the
culture I was studying had a socialist economic system).
Economic System:
Capitalist
Family System:
Socialist or Capitalist?
Kinship or Nuclear?
Education System:
Legal System:
Formal or Informal?
Formal or Informal?
Religious System:
Artistic System:
Mystical or Rational?
Clear or Fluid?
Formal
Page 2 of 5
GLST 220
Discuss the Cultural Systems: For each of the 2 cultural systems that you chose above,
discuss the following questions: What evidence shows this cultural system? How might
this cultural system affect their worldview or understanding of the gospel? What biblical
themes might be relevant to someone with this cultural system? (For each system, write
100-200 words and cite at least 1 outside source)
System 1: Economic System
Kenyans subscribe to the capitalist economic system, which their British colonizers adopted.
Kenyans believe that each person must work for their wealth and accumulate it without
fearing sharing with anyone. This system has inspired Kenyans to be hardworking; everybody
struggles to put food on the table for their families. In this country, the harder you work, the
wealthier you will be, and vice versa. For this reason, we have many wealthy Kenyans and
also very poor Kenyans, depending on the hard work they put in their jobs. The most relevant
biblical theme for Kenyans is the holy bible’s emphasis on hard work. Jesus taught that
whoever does not work should not eat. In this spirit, Kenyans work hard to put food on the
table.
System 2: Legal system
Kenya is considered one of the fastest-growing democracies in Africa because of their
progressive constitution. Kenya’s constitution 2010 established a strong and free judiciary that
the executive does not influence. The country has a formal legal system that allows people to
get justice in an organized manner. The constitution allowed the courts to hear and determine
cases independently; hence, Kenyans enjoy the benefits of a formal legal system. The holy
bible teaches that justice should be served to all people regardless of their social and economic
status (White & Leslie, 34). Jesus served all people justice and never entertained discrimination;
hence, the theme of justice for all would be relevant to Kenyans.
Cultural Value Orientations: (Choose at least 3 cultural value orientations and complete
the chart below for the culture you have chosen).
Individualism or
Collectivism?
Collectivism
Low-Power
Distance or HighPower Distance?
Low Uncertainty
Avoidance or
High Uncertainty
Avoidance?
Low Uncertainty
Avoidance
Cooperative or
Competitive?
Short-term or
Long-term?
Low power distance
Direct or Indirect
Context?
Page 3 of 5
GLST 220
Being or Doing?
Universalism or
Particularism?
Neutral or
Affective?
Monochronic or
Polychronic?
Discuss the Cultural Value Orientations: For each of the 3 cultural value orientations
that you chose above, discuss the following questions. What might this value orientation
look like in everyday life in that culture? How might it affect a person’s worldview or
understanding of the gospel? What biblical themes might be applicable to that value
orientation? (For each value orientation, write 100-200 words and cite at least one outside
source).
Value Orientation 1: Collectivism
Kenyans might be capitalists; however, there are times when they come together and
collectively do things. Through the famous Harambee slogan coined by former late president
Daniel Moi, Kenyans come together to pursue common courses for the benefit of the
community. For example, Kenyans are known for coming together, raising school fees for
children from needy families, and contributing to the medical bills of people from humble
backgrounds. This cultural aspect makes Kenyans view the world as a place where people
should not suffer when they can get help from others. Also, the biblical theme applicable to
collectivism is the call for sharing and caring for others.
Value Orientation 2: Low Uncertainty Avoidance
Uncertainty avoidance refers to how people in a culture react to uncertainties and change.
High uncertainty avoidance cultures tend to fear change and value security, while low
uncertainty cultures are open to change and comfortable with ambiguity (Schwartz & Shalom,
156). Kenyans do not frown on change but embrace it with both hands, believing that change
brings more positive results. For example, Kenyans have embraced technology, which is now
one of Africa’s most digitized countries. Kenyans embracing change means they view the
world as unpredictable and are more likely to embrace the gospel and change their spiritual
beliefs. They are more open to religious changes and do not struggle to adapt to the new
spiritual lives.
Value Orientation 3: Low power distance
Power distance refers to how people in a culture view power distribution and authority. Power
is a sensitive issue in any community, and how power is shared determines the people’s way
of life. In Kenya, power belongs to the people. The constitutions of Kenya 2010 gave the
people the power to elect representatives in powerful offices. Every five years, Kenyans go to
the ballot to elect their representatives, believing they have the power to decide who leads
them. In this perspective, Kenyans view power as a space for everybody because nobody can
contest. The most applicable biblical theme in this cultural orientation is that God chooses
leaders and anoints them to lead others. God directs that people in power should not be
power-drunk and misuse it to discriminate against their subordinates.
Page 4 of 5
GLST 220
Discuss at least two socio-linguistic characteristics of this culture (1 related to verbal
communication and 1 related to non-verbal communication). How might these
characteristics affect the way you share the gospel? (Write 100-300 words and cite at least
one source).
Social and linguistic characteristics refer to language use and vary within the given culture. In
Kenya, language is used differently as there are 6o languages in the country, depending on
one’s ethnic group. English and Swahili are the formal languages in Kenya. Each ethnic group
in Kenya has its local dialect, meaning that local conversations are done in local languages.
Also, language use in Kenya depends on the social class of the people conversing. People of
high social class use formal language because they are informed and understand that local
languages may not communicate at their level. However, low-class people hardly go outside
their ethnic groups; hence, they converse in their local languages.
Works Cited
In the space below, list all the sources you have cited on this worksheet (You should have
at least three different sources). Be sure to include the title, author, publisher,
publication date, and website (if applicable). If you used the same source more than
once, you only need to list it once in this section.
Examples of Works Cited Entries
“India.” World Factbook 2022. Central Intelligence Agency, Office of Public Affairs.
(accessed February 28, 2022).
Livermore, David. Cultural Intelligence: Improving Your CQ to Engage Our Multicultural
World. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2009
Peterson, Brooks. What is cultural intelligence? FrancoAngeli, 2019.
Schwartz, Shalom. “A theory of cultural value orientations: Explication and applications.” Comparative
sociology 5.2-3 (2019): 137-182.
Wandibba, Simiyu. “Kenyan cultures and our values.” Wajibu 19.1 (2019): 3-5.
White, Leslie A. The concept of cultural systems. A key to understanding tribes and nations. Columbia
University Press, 1975.
Page 5 of 5
GLST 220
CQ JOURNAL: CQ ASSESSMENT REFLECTION TEMPLATE
INSTRUCTIONS



Each Journal Entry should be submitted on its corresponding template.
Use the prompts from the CQ Journal Assignment Instructions to complete the journal.
Make sure that you sufficiently answer each question.
Highlight and replace the text in the brackets below to complete your journal
Nicholas Banks
09/04/2023
Discuss why and how the concept of CQ is relevant to you and your future personal and
career goals.
The concept of CQ is to understand where I stand multiculturally, to see what I need to
work on and to see what things I am already good at. Depending on my career choice would
greatly depend on what type of people I want to work with. If I am not familiar with other
cultures and different groups of people, then I need to either gain the knowledge I need to work
with those types of people or choose a different group to work with. However, I wouldn’t mind
working with people of various groups, as I find other cultures to be very interesting. I love
learning about them, so I think I could do that and easily work with someone of a different
ethnicity than me.
Discuss the results of your Cultural Intelligence Assessment.
Reviewing my scores, it looks like everything matches up with me fairly. I do not
disagree with any of my results thus far. The ‘drive’ section matches up fairly. I got a 69/100 on
the Drive section. CQ Drive refers to my level of interest, persistence, and confidence during
multicultural interactions. CQ knowledge is just my understanding about different cultures. My
score on that one was 71/100. My CQ Strategy score was 84, which blew my mind because I was
unsure what ‘strategy’ meant according to this assessment. However, strategy just simply means
my awareness and ability to plan for multicultural interactions, which I am very willing to do, so
the rating of 84/100 made sense to me. The Action tab was 62/100, which also made sense,
because I have not been in a situation where I can implement the knowledge I have for
multicultural races.
I grew up in a small town in Kentucky and I am not very familiar with other
backgrounds, groups, or races. There’s not a big variety of people where I live. I plan on moving
soon before I start my career, however, so that I can expand my horizon and learn more about
different races and cultures, so that I can accommodate everyone.
GLST 220
Discuss the ways you will seek to increase your CQ in the next 4 weeks as we finish this
course? What about over the next year?
As I just mentioned, I will be moving soon to a bigger city, so I will be meeting new
people and learning more about different races and groups of people. I haven’t had any
experience with other groups of people, due to my location, and I really cannot wait to move so
that I can explore different cultures and be prepared to become more familiar with multicultural
people.
How does Cultural Intelligence relate to God’s story, your story, and the global story?
We are all made in God’s image. God created each and everyone of us, uniquely. By
saying this, God doesn’t pick a side. He loves us all the same. I can use my CQ to understand the
story of others by gaining knowledge of other people and their culture so that I can better assist
people. If I don’t know the background of someone, I cannot assist them to the full extent I
would need to. Not improving my CQ and my knowledge, I will hinder myself and not be able to
do a lot of the career choices I may have wanted to do.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

EPIDEMIOLOGY UNIT 5 DISCUSSION

Description

Select a population of interest to your area of work (e.g., women, children, men, adolescents, elderly, LGBTQ) and select a health event or behavior (e.g., substance abuse, CAD, Mental Health, Suicide, cigarette smoking).Search for health statistics about the frequency of this event. Begin your search at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and then expand your search to other government and non-governmental sources. Search nationally and locally.Post the following information about your search:population of interesthealth state of behavior searchedlist of sites searched; and description of data retrieved in the search

Infection Control

Description

Choose one of the following:Create a short slide presentation (Power point, Prezi, etc.) on infection control for digital radiography. Include pictures. You may also include audio or imbedded videos. Please cite any outside sources appropriately

Nursing Question

Description

Hello,I am taking Health Care Policy class and we have to write a Paper.I am providing a PDF copy of what the paper and Rubric consists of. IMPORTANT Points to Consider: Be sure to REVIEW THE GRADING RUBRIC and criteria for the assignment carefully and to include ALL aspects that are required as part of the assignment grade. It should go without saying that NO two papers should look the same The topic that I have to write on is Medcal MarijuanaPLESE LOOK AT ALL ATTACHMENTS ( CDC ETC) AS THEY WILL HELP WITH WRITING PAPER PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT PAPER IS AS DETAILED AS POSSIBLE AND INCLUDES ALL CORRECT IN-TEXT AND REFERENCES AS MY PROFESSOR IS VERY STRICT….THANK YOU! ****PLEASE NO PLAGIARISM/ SELF-PLAGIARISM IS ACCEPTABLE; ALL WRITINGS ARE RUN THROUGH TURN-IT IN FOR VERIFICATION! ****

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
1
Assignment Objectives:
1. Explore and analyze health indicators in the community.
2. Identify a problematic area of interest to advanced nursing practice.
3. Evaluate and analyze three health policy options/alternatives for improvement supported
by evidence (using a selected policy analysis tool)
4. Prioritize and recommend one health policy to address the healthcare issue
Purpose: To investigate & integrate knowledge of advanced nursing practice, scholarly inquiry,
& leadership by examining a policy at the level of clinical practice, health care systems, or
public/social health policy.
Important Points:

The student MUST obtain PRIOR APPROVAL of the policy problem/issue by the
course instructor :
NOTE: MY policy problem/ issue is Medical Marijuana….Per my
professor: “ I may need to narrow it a bit meaning its use in a specific
population but there are so many different state laws you would find a lot
of information” (I’m not sure of narrowing it is good ? I leave it up to you
Henryprofessor….thank you)

The CDC Policy Analysis is the recommended tool and template for this assignment
which provides a well structured format to follow.

Recommended resources to write this paper can be found in attachments along with
assignment description and at the following websites provided here:
Policy Analysis | POLARIS | Policy, Performance, and Evaluation | CDC
Federal Nursing Issues – Advocacy & Getting Involved | ANA (nursingworld.org)
Nurse Practitioners Policy Resources | cdc.gov
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
2
Assignment Instructions:

Students are to submit a paper between 6-8 pages excluding title page and reference
pages.

Paper must be organized according to the guidelines provided below (REMEMBER TO
FOLLOW THE GRADING RUBRIC) and need to include all the identified sections
and information as it is outlined in the grading rubric and assignment instructions.

Paper must be completed in APA format and contain current scholarly sources dated
from 2017 until current.

Resources to assist students in conducting a policy analysis are provided throughout
course readings.
Introduction
This part of the assignment should introduce the topics the student will be discussing in the
paper and provide a bit of context about the approach. This is specific to the student content to be
presented and not general to the assignment itself.
Step 1: Identify the Policy Problem/Issue & Provide Context
The first thing the student needs identify is a healthcare issue that, in your opinion, is a
problem that calls for a policy solution, so the first step is to determine the policy issue of
interest (NOTE: MY policy problem/ issue is Medical Marijuana, as mention
above). Students may choose to look at the following broad areas of focus with the
understanding that the area will need to be further tailored to focus the student assignment. Some
broad areas to begin looking for a select policy issue could include health promotion, cost of
healthcare, mental health problems, use of technology in healthcare, MEDICAL MARIJUANA
POLICY etc. Another place to locate health policy issues include through various nursing
organizations such as the American Nurses Association (two sources are provided here, though
there are many others). Remember that no student is to write about nurse burnout for any of the
Fall, 2023 term assignments.

https://www.nursingworld.org/practice-policy/work-environment/health-safety/srhadvocacy/.

https://www.nursingprocess.org/current-issues-facing-nurse-practitioners.html
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper

3
Once the healthcare issue is clearly identified, move to synthesizing data on the
characteristics of the problem or issue, including the:
➢ Burden (how many people it affects), frequency (how often it occurs), severity
(how serious of a problem is it), and scope (the range of outcomes it affects).

In the background and significance section of a policy paper, students will include the
details of the issue or problem. This includes the history of the problem and its relation to
advanced nursing practice, the scope of the problem, then explore relevant literature that
details its history.

Sources of data for the statement should describe the problem and present a diagnosis of
the causes of the problem using critical statistics such as mortality rates, live births,
morbidity, and other statistics. The student should understand the problem conceptually
and empirically for successful policy analysis.

Then, with the problem stated, the student will select a policy (specific policy) to
evaluate the many alternatives and provide a rationale (see the section below or Step
2).

Remember the problem or issue MUST be something that can be addressed through
policy AND be relevant to advanced nursing practice. Questions to consider in the
Step 1 include the following:
First, you want to gather information by:

Reviewing literature on the topic/problem

Identifying best practices/results (i.e. studies, projects, or initiatives that have addressed
the problem; including best practices in other problem/issue areas)

Exploring what other jurisdictions are doing or have done to address the same problem
the student identified.
Answer the following questions to get started. Characterizing the data on the details of the
problem or issue (get the specifics) help you refine your question.

What is the problem you have identified?

Who is being affected?

What is the burden (how many people does it affect)?

Frequency (how often does it occur)?

Severity (how serious is the problem)?
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
4

Scope (what are the range of outcomes affected)?

Write a problem statement. (The statement should be in one sentence and the problem
should be easily identifiable). More information can be found at the CDC website:
https://www.cdc.gov/policy/polaris/policyprocess/problem-identification/index.html
Contextualize the problem: Provide historical context by describing how the problem arose and
outlining any previous efforts to address the problem.

Identify the scope of the problem and present its context, then explore relevant literature
that details its history.

The background should be supported by evidence from credible scholarly sources.

Be sure to collect evidence that addresses alternative and opposing points of view on the
problem or issue and include the option of maintaining the status quo

Does the background include all necessary factual information?
Step 2: Provide the Landscape

Identify the key stakeholders/ and or key factors of previous efforts to address the policy
issue.
➢ These are the individuals and groups likely to affect or be affected by new policies
taken in response to the policy issue under discussion.

Identify key factors such as political, social, economic, practical, legal or quality-ofcare factors.

Who are the individuals/groups affected by this problem?

Who are the individuals/ groups who have attempted to address the problem in the
past?

What are the views/ position of the various stakeholders?

It should also identify and describe the major stakeholders (groups or individuals)
that are or will be affected by the policies, including the reasons.
Step 3: Policy Analyses & Policy Option Analysis (Existing Policy Analysis,
Identify and Describe Policy Options; & Assess Policy Options)
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
5
Policy analysis involves identifying potential policy options that could address the
problem, then using quantitative and qualitative methods to evaluate those options to determine
the most effective, efficient, and feasible option.
First, establish the evaluation criteria you will use to guide your analysis and the policy
selection. Once you have gathered the information, describe/analyze each policy option
separately. You can also identify the various policy alternatives to help achieve objectives and
evaluate each alternative.
Next, demonstrate the potential impact of the policies based on the evaluation criteria.
Research possible policy options relevant to the problem/issue identified and the potential
strategy issue. Discuss the most important legislative, judicial, and regulatory policies that apply
to the health care problem.
Students are required to use a policy analysis tool that has established evaluation
criteria by which to evaluate each of the 3 policy options.

Students may use either the CDC Table 1 and Table 2 or one of the policy analysis tools
described in the course textbook, Patton et al. (2022) Ch. 4.

CDC Table 1 (which can be found at the website below
https://www.cdc.gov/policy/paeo/process/analysis.html. or in blackboard in Word and
PDF formats under the Assignments Folder) provides the questions and answers to be
used to rate each policy option using the specific criteria of Public Health Impact,
Feasibility (political and Operational), Economic and Budgetary Impacts.
Finally, assess the tradeoffs between the options. Based on the analysis, identify the
“best” alternative to address the current issue & policy situation. Provide supporting evidence of
why each policy could be a solution to the problem by answering the following questions for
each criterion. Note that Table 1 provides the criteria to review each policy option individually,
then Table 2 provides a matrix by which to rank the polies; compare and contrast the selected 3
policy options with one another; however, the ranking in Table 2 of low, medium or high and
less favorable, favorable or more favorable needs to be described and supported by the evidence
and explained and described by the student as a way to prioritize one policy over the other. The
interpretation of the various ranks is not implicitly understood so the student needs to provide
a rationale for why each policy is being ranked as it relates to how each policy meets criteria
in Table 1 and effectively addresses the problem/issue as outlined in the paper. It is not
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
6
enough to simply fill out the table without a further explanation provided; the student is
expected to provide rationales for low, medium and high for health impact supported by the
literature and presented content; the political feasibility (what criteria did the student use and
where is the supporting evidence for placing this policy alternative in this low, medium or high
context? Additionally, budgetary impact at low to high needs to be explained as it relates to each
policy option).
What can be done about the problem? This involves describing:















Describe the existing policy that addresses the issue and assess the efficacy of the current
policy. Exploring what other jurisdictions are doing or have done to address the same
problem the student identified.
Discuss and explore the strengths, weaknesses and shortcomings of the existing policy.
Clarifies underlying assumptions and effectiveness of the current policy including effects
on the roles of key stakeholders (these stakeholders should be clearly and specifically
identified instead of assuming that the reader knows who the ‘stakeholders’ are and also
the rationale for choice of these individuals as ‘stake holders’ (See Step 3 below)
how the policy will impact morbidity and mortality (health impact),
Expound on the policy used to are about to analyze regarding the health issue. Examine
the enforcement implications.
It should also identify and describe the major stakeholders (groups or individuals) that are
or will be affected by the policies, including the reasons.
Consider the fiscal impact of the policy or issue, its impact on social justice, and the
recommended policy’s potential barriers and unintended consequences. Provide rationale
for selection.
Generally this section should look at research about possible policy options relevant to
the problem or issue you have identified and described. Identify barriers to
implementation of selected alternative.
Describe methods to evaluate policy implementation.
Presents viable strategies with potential outcomes for each strategy
the political and operational factors associated with adoption and implementation
(feasibility)
the prospective costs to implement the policy and how the costs may compare with the
prospective benefits (economic and budgetary impact)
Each assertion is researchable and verifiable support from reputable sources. No bias is
evident in the analysis
Consider the fiscal impact of the policy issue, its impact on social justice, and the
recommended policy issue’s potential barriers and unintended consequences. Assess the
trade-offs between alternatives.
Establish/identify criteria that will be used for selection of “best” policy.
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper


7
Evaluate each alternative & its potential impact relative to the healthcare & patient
outcomes.
A thorough cost-benefit analysis is provided for each policy option/alternative
Step 4: Prioritize Policy Options & Health Policy Recommendation
Rank the possible policy options based on the above criteria and using the context of the
problem/issue provided in the previous sections and prioritize the best policy option that will the
greatest health impact for the identified problem/issue. The prioritization of the selected policy
option must be well supported with a rationale stemming from the literature and link to
advanced practice nursing. Students should follow with an explanation of this rationale that
supports the selection of the prioritized policy option. Also, the student needs to explore the
barriers to implementation of the selected policy option. Explain the methods to evaluate the
effectiveness of policy implementation and discuss the sustainability of the selected policy.
Define Health in All Policies (see link provided below) as an initiative and determine how the
selected policy would fit with this definition. Further, include the limitations of the policy
analysis and discuss the implications of the prioritized policy option for nursing practice,
research, and education.
WEBSITE: https://www.cdc.gov/policy/hiap/index.html
Questions to be considered in Step 4 include:

Based on the analysis, identify the “best” alternative to address the current issue & policy
situation.

Provide rationale for selection.

Describe possible strategies to implement selected alternative.

Identify barriers to implementation of selected alternative.

Describe methods to evaluate policy implementation.

Limitations to the policy option analyses is provided

Implications of the policy to practice, policy formulation and implementation, research
and education discussed

Health in All Policies is discussed and linked to prioritized policy option
Conclusion
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
8
The conclusion summarizes the findings and recommendations of the entire analysis. This
focuses on the student’s paper outlining key points that have been learned and assessed
throughout the paper in a comprehensive and succinct manner.
Criteria
Proficient/Exemplary
Competent
Beginner
Introduction Introduce the
overall concepts that will be
described in the student’s paper;
not generic to the assignment
outline. (10 pts)
Identification and support for
the healthcare issue/problem
Detailed description of a
healthcare problem/issue that is
of interest to the advanced
practice nurse and which can be
used to address a policy issue.
(30 pts)
7-10 pts
Clear and concise introduction
of the concepts to be presented
in the paper
0-3 pts
Vague, unclear or no
introduction of concepts to be
presented in the paper
21-30 pts
Clear and detailed outline of the
healthcare issue/problem to be
addressed using policy
provided. How the
problem/issue will be addressed
using policy is evident and
well-defined as is the link
between the issue and advanced
nursing practice.
4-6 pts
Mostly clear but somewhat
generic introduction of the
concepts to presented in the
paper
10-20 pts
Presents a well-considered
position on the issue.
Somewhat but not completely
comprehensive history of the
problem/policy. Key terms,
stakeholders and policy areas
needing analysis and resolution
are somewhat but not clearly
defined
Background/Significance
This should provide a
comprehensive background and
significance of the scope of the
healthcare problem/issues being
addressed through policy for the
duration of the paper that is well
supported by the literature and
research. (30 pts)
21-30 pts
Detailed and comprehensive
background and significance
for the healthcare problem is
provided. Relevant contextual
supporting data provided that
clearly outlines the scope of the
problem with excellent
supporting evidence and
research.
11-15 pts
Clear and comprehensive
identification of the major
stakeholders that shows a direct
relevance to the selected
healthcare issue that is well
supported by the evidence and
literature.
41-60 pts
Comprehensive and detailed
analysis of each of the 3 policy
options is provided. An
appropriate policy analysis tool
with established criteria is used
to individually evaluate each of
the selected 3 policy options.
All relevant health and/or
public health impact,
feasibility, and economic and
budgetary impacts are
considered for each of the 3
policies. Ambiguities, conflicts,
11-20 pts
Somewhat detailed but not
comprehensive background and
significance for the healthcare
problem provided. Mostly
relevant contextual supporting
data provided that outlines the
scope of the problem with good
supporting evidence and
research.
6-10 pts
Somewhat clear but not
comprehensive identification of
the major stakeholders that
shows a fair relevance to the
selected healthcare issue this is
mostly but not fully supported
by the evidence and literature.
21-40 pts
Somewhat clear but not
comprehensive analysis of each
of the 3 policy options is
provided. An appropriate policy
analysis tool with established
criteria is used to individually
evaluate each of the 3 policy
options. Most of the relevant
health and/or public health
impact, feasibility, and
economic & budgetary impacts
are considered for each of the 3
policies. Ambiguities,
0-10 pts
Missing and/or vague
background and/or significance
for the healthcare problem
provided. Vague or missing
contextual data that fails to
outline the scope of the
problem with insufficient
supporting evidence and
research.
0-5pts
Vague, missing, or unclear
identification of the major
stakeholders that shows a
minimal to no relevance to the
selected healthcare issue that
fails to be supported by the
evidence and literature.
0-20 pts
Poor, missing or unclear
analysis of 3 or less policy
options is provided. An
appropriate policy analysis tool
may or may not be used with or
without established criteria by
which to evaluate each of the
presented policy options. Some
or missing relevant health
and/or public health impact,
feasibility and economic &
budgetary impacts are
considered for 3 or less
Landscape Identify stakeholders
as identified in the assignment
instructions above. (15 pts)
Individual policy Option
Analysis criteria provided. Each
of the 3 policy options is
provided using an appropriate
policy tool as outlined in the
assignment instructions that
provides specific criteria for
each policy analysis)
(60 pts)
0-10 pts
Presents a vague or limited
position on the issue. Vague
and incomplete history of the
problem/policy. Key terms,
stakeholders and policy areas
are incompletely or not
analyzed, and resolution is
vague and not clearly defined.
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
9
problems, and contradictions
related to each of the 3 policies
are explained. Each of the three
policy analyses is well
supported by the literature and
presented in a comprehensive
and easy to follow format in the
paper.
conflicts, problems and
contradictions related to each of
the 3 policies are mentioned but
not fully explained. Each of the
three policy analysis is mostly
but not fully supported by the
literature and presented in a
good but not clearly easy to
follow format in the paper.
Policy Options Comparison:
Each policy is compared to the
other using a matrix or table
with an approved policy tool that
provides a detailed and well
supported ranking system that is
well supported by the literature
and research. How each policy
addresses the healthcare issue as
outlined in the problem
identification, background and
significance is provided. (60 pts)
41-60 pts
Comprehensive and detailed
comparison of the 3 policy
options to one another is
provided using a well-defined
ranking system that is well
supported by the literature and
research. Clear and detailed
link between the policy options
and the healthcare issue as
outlined in the problem
identification, background and
significance is provided.
21-40 pts
Somewhat clear but not
comprehensive comparison of
the 3 policy options to one
another is provided with a fairly
good but not well-defined
ranking system that is fairly
well supported by the literature
and research. Somewhat clear
and detailed link between the
policy options and the
healthcare issue as outlined in
the problem identification,
background and significance is
provided.
Prioritization and Policy
Recommendation: Best policy
option is prioritized with a good
supporting rationale that is well
supported by the literature and
linked to advanced practice
nursing. Barriers to policy
implementation provided that are
realistic and well supported by
the literature. Possible strategies
for implementing selected policy
option provided along with
sustainability (45 pts)
31-45 pts
Detailed and comprehensive
prioritization of one of the
policy options with good
supporting rationale is provided
with a strong link to advanced
practice nursing. Barriers to
policy option implementation
provided with realistic and well
supported evidence and
sources. Possible strategies for
implementing selected policy
provided along with
consideration for sustainability.
16-30 pts
Somewhat clear but not
comprehensive prioritization of
one of the policy options with
fair supporting rationale is
provided with a somewhat
strong link to advanced practice
nursing. Barriers to policy
implementation is provided
with a somewhat realistic and
supported evidence and
sources. Possible strategies for
implementing policy provided
along with consideration for
sustainability.
Limitations to the policy
option analysis provided with
supporting detail along with a
detailed description of Health
in All Policies and how the
selected policy option fits with
this definition that is well
supported by the literature and
sources. (30 pts)
21-30 pts
Detailed and clear discussion of
the limitations of the policy
option analysis provided with
good supporting detail.
Comprehensive description of
Health in All Policies with a
strong rationale and support for
how the prioritized policy
option meets this definition.
11-20 pts
Mostly detailed but somewhat
unclear discussion of the
limitations of the policy option
analysis provided with
somewhat good supporting
detail. Good but not
comprehensive description of
Health in All Policies with a
good but not strong rationale
and support for how the
prioritized policy meets this
definition.
policies. Ambiguities, conflicts,
problems and contradictions
related to the policy are poorly
or not mentioned nor fully
explained. Each of the 3 policy
analyses is missing or not full
supported by the literature and
the analyses is difficult to
understand and interpret as
formatted in the paper.
0-20 pts
Vague, unclear or missing
comparison of the 3 or less
policy options to one another is
provided with a poor and/or
unsupported ranking system
that is not well supported by the
literature and research. Vague,
unclear or missing link between
the policy options and the
healthcare issue as outlined in
the problem identification,
background and significance is
provided.
0-15 pts
Missing, unclear or vague
prioritization of one of the
policy options with poor to no
supporting rationale provided
with a weak or missing link to
advanced practice nursing.
Barriers to policy
implementation is provided
with limited realistic and
unsupported evidence and
sources. Possible strategies for
implementing policy may or
may not be provided with or
without consideration for
sustainability.
0-10 pts
Missing, vague or unclear
discussion of the limitations of
the policy option analysis
provided with missing or vague
supporting detail. Vague or
missing description of Health in
All Policies with limited or
missing rationale and support
for how the prioritized policy
meets this definition.
Advanced Practice Policy Analysis Paper
Implications of the policy to
nursing practice, research and
education are analyzed with
good supporting evidence and
research. (30 pts)
10
21-30 pts
Strong and comprehensive
description of how prioritized
policy informs nursing practice,
research and education are
analyzed with excellent
supporting evidence and
research.
7-10 pts
Summarizes the key points
made throughout the student
paper in a succinct and
comprehensive manner.
Provides appropriate references
and citations to support
concluding comments.
11-20 pts
Somewhat strong but not
comprehensive description of
how prioritized policy informs
nursing practice, research, and
education are analyzed with
good supporting evidence and
research.
4-6 pts
Somewhat summarizes the key
points made throughout the
student paper in a mostly clear
but somewhat generic manner
that fails to be entirely
comprehensive for the student’s
content. Somewhat but not fully
supported by references and
citations.
0-10 pts
Missing, poor or weak
description of how prioritized
policy informs nursing practice,
research, and education are
analyzed with good supporting
evidence and research.
Written Communication &
Research Skills (15 pts)
11-15 pts
Excellent mechanics, grammar,
and word usage. Language is
clear and appropriate. Writing
style is effective. The content
of the paper follows the grading
rubric and is presented in a
clear and comprehensive
manner. References are used to
support statements and text
throughout the paper.
0-5 pts
Poor mechanics, grammar
and/or word usage. Language is
vague and not exactly clear.
Writing style is ineffective. The
content of the paper fails to
follow the grading rubric and is
presented in a disconnected and
largely unclear and limited
manner. References are not
used to support the statements
and text throughout the paper.
Citations and Formatting (APA)
(21 pts) The paper includes all
required APA formatting
elements including title page,
text, reference page, headers and
organization. Paper is well cited
with a minimum of 12 references
and 5 within the past 5 years.
Paper is well paraphrased and
summarized with minimum
direct quotes and frequent use of
same reference. The references
support statements made
throughout the paper. Page
length is in within no more than
8-9 pages not including title
page and reference page.
15-21 pts
Support and evidence are
referenced using paraphrasing
in the students own voice and
are cited and formatted per
APA 7th edition. Minimum of
12 references (at least 5 in the
past 5 years) are utilized with
fewer than 2-3 errors in APA
formatting and references
throughout the paper.
References are used to support
statements throughout the
paper. Expected page length
6-10 pts
Good mechanics, grammar, and
word usage. Language is
mostly clear and appropriate.
Writing style is somewhat
effective. The content of the
paper follows the grading
rubric and is presented in a
mostly clear but not fully
comprehensive manner.
References are used mostly to
support statements and text
throughout the paper.
8-14 pts
Support and evidence are
referenced using paraphrasing
in the students own voice and
are cited and formatted per
APA 7th edition. Minimum of
10-12 references (at least 5 in
the past 5 years) are utilized
with fewer than 3-4 errors in
APA formatting and references
throughout the paper.
References are used to support
statements throughout the
paper.
Conclusion Summarize the main
points made by the student
throughout the paper, this is
specific to the student’s
presentation of content and not
to the assignment. This should
not introduce new concepts but
rather should succinctly
summarize the major points as
they are outlined in the paper; it
should not repeat the
introduction or the key headings
and not be generic to any
conclusion. (10 pts)
Total: 406 pts
0-3 pts
Vague and unclear summary of
the key points made throughout
the student paper that provides
a generic rather than specific
and comprehensive summary of
the student’s content. Fails or
not well supported by
referenced and citations.
0-7 pts
Support and evidence are
referenced using paraphrasing
in the students own voice and
are cited and formatted per
APA 7th edition. Minimum of
less 10 references (at least 5 in
the past 5 years) are utilized
with more than 4 errors in APA
formatting and references
throughout the paper.
References may or may not be
used to support statements
throughout the paper.
Table 1: Policy Analysis: Key Questions
Framing Questions
What is the policy lever—is it legislative, administrative, regulatory, other?
What level of government or institution will implement?
How does the policy work/operate? (e.g., is it mandatory? Will enforcement be necessary? How is it funded?
Who is responsible for administering the policy?)
What are the objectives of the policy?
What is the legal landscape surrounding the policy (e.g., court rulings, constitutionality)?
What is the historical context (e.g., has the policy been debated previously)?
What are the experiences of other jurisdictions?
What is the value-added of the policy?
What are the expected short, intermediate, and long-term outcomes?
What might be the unintended positive and negative consequences of the policy?
Criteria
Questions
Public Health Impact:
How does the policy address the problem or issue (e.g., increase access, protect
Potential for the
from exposure)?
policy to impact risk
What are the magnitude, reach, and distribution of benefit and burden (including
factors, quality of
impact on risk factor, quality of life, morbidity and mortality)?
life, disparities,
o What population(s) will benefit? How much? When?
morbidity and
o What population(s) will be negatively impacted? How much? When?
mortality
Will the policy impact health disparities / health equity? How?
Are there gaps in the data/evidence-base?
Feasibility* :
Likelihood that the
policy can be
successfully adopted
and implemented
Political
Economic and
budgetary impacts:
Comparison of the
costs to enact,
implement, and
enforce the policy
with the value of the
benefits
Budget
What are the current political forces, including political history, environment, and
policy debate?
Who are the stakeholders, including supporters and opponents? What are their
interests and values?
What are the potential social, educational, and cultural perspectives associated
with the policy option (e.g., lack of knowledge, fear of change, force of habit)?
What are the potential impacts of the policy on other sectors and high priority
issues (e.g., sustainability, economic impact)?
Operational
What are the resource, capacity, and technical needs developing, enacting, and
implementing the policy?
How much time is needed for the policy to be enacted, implemented, and
enforced?
How scalable, flexible, and transferable is the policy?
What are the costs and benefits associated with the policy, from a budgetary
perspective?
o e.g., for public (federal, state, local) and private entities to enact,
implement, and enforce the policy?
Economic
How do costs compare to benefits (e.g., cost-savings, costs averted, ROI, costeffectiveness, cost-benefit analysis, etc.)?
o
How are costs and benefits distributed (e.g., for individuals, businesses,
government)?
o What is the timeline for costs and benefits?
Where are there gaps in the data/evidence-base?
*In assessing feasibility, it is important to identify critical barriers that will prevent the policy from being developed
or adopted at the current time. For such policies, it may not be worthwhile to spend much time analyzing other
factors (e.g., budget and economic impact). However, by identifying these critical barriers, you can be more readily
able to identify when they shift and how to act quickly when there is a window of opportunity.
Table 2. Policy Analysis Table
Criteria
Public Health Impact
Low: small reach, effect size, and
Scoring
impact on disparate populations
Definitions
Medium: small reach with large
effect size or large reach with
small effect size
High: large reach, effect siz

Project Closing

Description

Project Closing is the final phase of the project implementation in which the system is thoroughly tested for functionality at four (4) levels before handing over or signing off the project: unit testing, system testing, stress testing, and acceptance testing.

Describe what these types of testing are. Why are they undertaken? At which stage(s) they are undertaken? Which of these is more crucial to you as a project manager and which is most critical to the organization and why?

Your APA formatted assignment comprising 2-4, double-spaced, typed in 12-point Times New Roman (or 11- point Calibri) excluding the Cover and Reference pages should be submitted by Tuesday. Use credible evidence to support your findings.Module 6 Readings

Electronic Health Record (EHR) System Testing Plan

What is the difference between Unit Testing and Integration Testing?

Difference between Unit and Integration tests

How to Close a Project

Four Steps You Must Take When Closing Your Project

Project closing (pmi.org)

What is Software Testing

What are Unit Testing, Integration Testing, and Functional Testing?

What is Stress testing in software

4 Tips for Successful Project Closure

5 Steps to Project Closure

MN504 DISCUSSION UNIT 5

Description

Describe the difference between qualitative and quantitative data as it relates to clinical practice and your clinical question. Provide references to substantiate the distinction of the two data sources. During the week, reply to 1–2 of your peers’ posts with a substantive post of 250–300 words.

Letter to the Legislator

Description

This assignment provides you with the opportunity to use a specific political advocacy strategy: communication with a legislator via a letter. Expressing your support or lack of support for proposed legislation (bills) can be a powerful way to speak up about an issue. In this assignment, you will identify a proposed bill and voice your support for, or argument for not, passing that particular bill.Completion of this assignment will demonstrate your achievement of the following course outcomes:describe the impact of health care policies on nursing practice and health care work environments to determine the financial and regulatory influences on patient careevaluate the political advocacy process to identify opportunities for nursing professional involvementdelineate strategies that nurses can use to engage in advocacy for health care policy to support equity, access, affordability, and social justice for consumers and in support of the nursing profession

Population Health

Description

Review population-level health data for your community on the following website:

County Health Rankings and RoadmapsLinks to an external site.
(https://www.countyhealthrankings.org/ ) ———zipcode 11706

Identify one health-related risk, problem, or disparity that is a concern and respond to the following:

Describe the problem, its magnitude, and its impact.
What existing policy, protocol, or regulatory guidelines are in place to address the issue?
Assess how the quality of healthcare delivery impacts this issue.
Propose two specific assessment strategies to facilitate further appraisal of the issue and explain how each strategy would contribute to an accurate assessment.
Describe two sources of data or information that would be provide key insights regarding the issue.
Explain how the nursing process (or another problem-solving process) can support accurate assessment of the issue and guide policy interventions to improve health-related outcomes.

Analyze ethical-legal principles and dilemmas related to health care

Description

Analyze ethical-legal principles and dilemmas related to health care.

Using the information from the case study (below), discuss the following issues from the perspective of an APN role:

Administrator
Practitioner
Educator

Standards of care — Which standards of care were violated and who was responsible?

In your role as an educator, administrator, or practitioner, what risk management steps should be taken before or after the incident to alleviate the issue?

Case Study: Malpractice Action Brought by Yolanda Pinellas

Yolanda Pinellas is a 21-year-old female student studying to be a music conductor. She was admitted for chemotherapy. The medication Mitomycin was administered by intravenous infusion through an infusion pump.

During the evening shift, the infusion pump began to beep. The RN found that the IV was dislodged, discontinued the infusion, notified the physician, and provided care to the infusion site. The patient testified that a nurse came in and pressed some buttons, and the pump stopped beeping. She was groggy and not sure who the nurse was or what was done. The documentation in the medical record indicates that there was an IV infiltration.

Two weeks after the event, the patient developed necrosis of the hand, required multiple surgical procedures, skin grafting, and reconstruction. She had permanent loss of function and deformity in her third, fourth, and fifth fingers. The patient alleges that she is no longer able to perform as a musical conductor because of this.

While reviewing charts, the risk manager noted that there were short-staffing issues during the 3 months prior to this incident, and many nurses were working double shifts (evenings and nights) then coming back to work the evening shift again. The risk manager also noted a pattern of using float nurses among several units.

Assessment Requirements:

Before finalizing your work, you should:

be sure to read the assessment description carefully (as displayed above);
consult the Grading Rubric (under the Course Resources) to make sure you have included everything necessary;
utilize spelling and grammar check to minimize errors; and
review APA formatting and citation information found in the Academic Success Center, online, or elsewhere in the course.

Your writing assessment should:

follow the conventions of Standard English (correct grammar, punctuation, etc.)
be well ordered, logical, and unified, as well as original and insightful;
display superior content, organization, style, and mechanics; and
use APA 7th edition formatting and citation style.

hemophilia A

Description

Hello I need an essay paper about hemophilia A writing general information, etiology, types, treatment, and dental management it should not be less than 2000 words and 5 references using Harvard style

Fishbone Diagram

Description

The purpose of this assignment is to use a Fishbone Diagram to complete a root cause analysis. Identify a problem in your practice environment and utilize the topic Resource “Fishbone Analysis Diagram Template” to work through the problem to the root cause. Refer to “Problem-Solving Your Fishbone Into a Wishbone,” located in the topic Resources to complete this assignment.While APA style is not required for Part 1, solid academic writing is expected, and documentation of sources should be presented using APA formatting guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.Prepare Part 2 of the template according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required. This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

In 2010, the Affordable Care Act opens up the 45-year-old Medicare program

Description

In 2010, the Affordable Care Act opens up the 45-year-old Medicare program to the biggest changes since its inception. Discuss the components of the Affordable Care Act that you think will have a positive effect on improving health care outcomes and decreasing costs.The discussion must address the topic.Rationale must be provided400 words in your initial Minimum of two scholarly references in APA format within the last five years published

MSW 610 WEEK 3 Assigment skills

Description

Due Sunday by 11:59pm
Points 60
Submitting a text entry box or a file upload
Unit 3Attending Skills Assignment
Unit 3: Introduction (1 of 4)
Unit 3: Reading and Activities (2 of 4)
Current Assignment: Unit 3: Attending Skills Assignment (3 of 4)
Unit 3: Discussion Transtheoretical Model Stages of Change (4 of 4)
Instructions

Visit this website:

Read Bodenheimer, D. (n.d.) But what should I say next? 5 tips for social workersLinks to an external site.. The New Social Worker.
Then, select two topics from the following list on the website and write a 2-page reflection paper:
Szczygiel, P. (2018). The profound act of sitting with difficult emotions and the value of process in social work practiceLinks to an external site.. The New Social Worker
Calabrese, A. J. (2017). Being present: Social worker’s giftLinks to an external site.. The New Social Worker.
Smith, P. (2017). Active listening in social work: The value and rewardsLinks to an external site.. The New Social Worker.

Be sure to provide the answers to all the following for each of your selected topics:

Share two things that stood out in your selection that can be applied to your experience as an MSW student.
Cite and explain the connection of the topic with one core value from the NASW code of ethics.
Describe how you intend to incorporate what was learned from the reading of the topic selected into social work practice.
REQUIREMENTS

This paper should include the following requirements:

At least 2 pages in length
Use proper APA 7th edition formatting
Include both a title and references page using proper APA formatting
12 pt. font, double-spaced
Use proper in text citations with APA formatting
All references should be within the last five years

Please review the grading rubric for other specific details about this assignment.

Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Rubric

MSW610 Unit 3 Mini Paper Rubric

MSW610 Unit 3 Mini Paper Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 1Professional practice – reflective practice

20 pts

Mastered

Clearly described three things from the readings that can be applied to experience as an MSW student. Provided examples from the reading and linked to practice.

18 pts

Excels

Described two things from the readings that can be applied to experience as an MSW student. Provided examples from the reading and linked to practice.

16 pts

Competent

Adequately described two things from the readings that can be applied to experience as an MSW student. Provided examples from the reading and linked to practice.

14 pts

Needs Improvement

Attempted to describe two things from the readings that can be applied to experience as an MSW student. Provided examples from the reading and linked to practice.

0 pts

Not Present

No discussion from the reading

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 1Ethical Practice

15 pts

Mastered

Clearly explained the connection of the topic with one core value from the NASW code of ethics and cited the code.

13.5 pts

Excels

Explained the connection of the topic with one core value from the NASW code of ethics and cited the code.

12 pts

Competent

Adequately explained the connection of the topic with one core value from the NASW code of ethics and cited the code.

10.5 pts

Needs Improvement

Attempted to explain the connection of the topic with one core value from the NASW code of ethics

0 pts

Not Present

No link to ethics

15 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 6Engagement

15 pts

Mastered

Clearly incorporate what was learned from the reading of the topic selected into social work practice. Provided at least 3 examples from the articles of topics applicable to practice

13.5 pts

Excels

Clearly incorporate what was learned from the reading of the topic selected into social work practice. Provided at least 2 examples from the articles of topics applicable to practice

12 pts

Competent

Incorporated what was learned from the reading of the topic selected into social work practice. Provided at least 1 example from the articles of topics applicable to practice

10.5 pts

Needs Improvement

Attempted to incorporate what was learned from the reading of the topic selected into social work practice. Did not provide details or citation.

0 pts

Not Present

No application to practice.

15 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWriting

5 pts

Mastered

The paper exhibits a superior command of written English language conventions. The paper has no errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling.

4.5 pts

Excels

The paper exhibits a stronger command of written English language conventions. The paper has no errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impair the flow of communication.

4 pts

Competent

The paper exhibits command of written English language conventions. The paper has minor errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impact the flow of communication.

3.5 pts

Needs Improvement

The paper exhibits a limited command of written English language conventions. The paper has frequent errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impede the flow of communication.

0 pts

Not Present

The paper does not demonstrate command of written English language conventions. The paper has multiple errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that cause the reader difficulty discerning the meaning.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Formatting

5 pts

Mastered

The required APA elements are all included with correct formatting, including in-text citations and references.

4.5 pts

Excels

The required APA elements are all included with minor formatting errors, including in-text citations and references.

4 pts

Competent

The required APA elements are all included with multiple formatting errors, including in-text citations and references.

3.5 pts

Needs Improvement

The required APA elements are not all included. AND/OR there are major formatting errors, including in-text citations and references.

0 pts

Not Present

There is little to no evidence of APA formatting. AND/OR there are no in-text citations AND/OR references.

5 pts

Total Points: 60

Just reference

Description

this is can you just give me a referancs https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35062086/

Public Health Question

Description

Week 6 – Case Study Assignment

Course Outcomes for Assignment:

Effectively gather financial and market information to guide strategic decision making and improve patient outcomes.
Act on financial and market information to guide strategic decision making and improve patient outcomes.

Instructions: Due Tuesday of Week 6 by 11:59 pm EST.

Read Case 20 (pages 127-132) from Gapenski’s Cases in Healthcare Finance – “Coral Bay Hospital.”

Create a presentation in Microsoft PowerPoint (PPT), suitable for presentation to a senior level executive. The final product should include a title slide with your name and the name of the case. Two or three slides per question (see below) should be sufficient to respond appropriately to the case prompts. Slide numbers should be included. Use of non-case related graphics is not required. All Excel work should be imported into the presentation in table format (in the body of the document) or enclosed as an Appendix within the same document. Use of external resources and articles is encouraged, but not required. References should be cited in APA format, either as a footnote on the slide where the information / data is used or in an appendix slide.

In your presentation, provide a response to the following questions from the case study:

What are the NPV, IRR, MIRR, and payback of the proposed ambulatory surgery center? Do the measures indicate acceptance or rejection of the proposed ambulatory surgery center?
One board member wants to make sure that a complete risk analysis, including sensitivity and scenario analyses, is performed before the proposal is sent to the board.
Perform a sensitivity analysis.
What management information is provided by the sensitivity analysis?
Perform a scenario analysis.
What management information is provided by the scenario analysis?
Why is the expected NPV obtained in the scenario analysis different from the base case NPV?
A board member is interested in the utilization breakeven of the Center.
What are the breakeven values of the three input variables that are highly uncertain?
What management information is provided by the breakeven analysis?

For some additional guidance on how to construct a professional presentation, please see the link below. https://www.wiley.com/network/researchers/promoting-your-article/6-tips-for-giving-a-fabulous-academic-presentation

Due DateSep 26, 2023 11:59 PM

Topic 7 DQ 1

Description

Assessment DescriptionCompare three different methods of disseminating evidence related to health care improvement.Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing and Healthcare: A Guide to Best PracticeMelnyk, B. M., & Fineout-Overholt, E. (Eds.). (2019). Evidence-based practice in nursing and healthcare: A guide to best practice (4th ed.). Wolters Kluwer. ISBN-13: 9781496384539

Nutrition Question

Description

I’m working on a nutrition question and need the explanation and answer to help me learn.I will upload a document with all the instructions:Here is a brief oneASSIGNMENT DETAILS:For this assignment your job is to analyze information that has been collected from a client and develop a nutrition and lifestyle action plan with that client. This work will allow us to practice the Intervention component of the Nutrition Care Process. Note: We are skipping the Diagnosis step of the Nutrition Care Process for the purposes of this assignment.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Revised 06/2023
NSC 301: Nutrition Assessment Assignment PART B (100 points)
ASSIGNMENT DETAILS:
For this assignment your job is to analyze information that has been collected from a client and develop a nutrition and
lifestyle action plan with that client. This work will allow us to practice the Intervention component of the Nutrition Care
Process. Note: We are skipping the Diagnosis step of the Nutrition Care Process for the purposes of this assignment.
You will make the action plan based off of client information and dietary reports that were in the class Nutrition
Assessment Assignment Part A by your classmate.
The client-specific information you will use to develop an action plan includes:
1. Nutrition and Diet Assessment Questions and Answers (Part A)
2. Diet and Wellness Plus Nutrient Analysis and Reports
▪ Energy Balance
▪ MyPlate Analysis
▪ 3-day Average report on their dietary intake analysis
▪ Intake vs Goals
▪ DRI Report
▪ Macronutrient Ranges
▪ Daily Food Log (3 days)
▪ Social Needs Screening Tool
**Your files will go through the TurnItIn plagiarism software. If you upload diet/files that are found to be copies of
another student’s diet you will not earn diet analysis points and you will be written up for plagiarism.
Nutrition Care Process: Intervention Snapshot:
Food and/or
Nutrient
Delivery
Customized
Nutriti
on
Educati
on
Nutritio
n
Counsel
ing
A formal process to
instructor train a client
A supportive process,
characterized by a
in a skill or to impart
collaborative counselorclient
relationship, to establish
food,
to, or coordination of
nutrition care with other
Interventions designed to
nutrition and physical
activity
health care providers,
improve the nutritional
Coordination
of Nutrition
Care
Population
Based
Nutrition
Action
Consultation with, referral
approach for food/
knowledge to help
clients
voluntarily manage or
nutrient provision.
modify food, nutrition,
priorities, goals, and
action
institutions, or agencies
well-being of a
and physical activity
that can assist in treating
population.
maintain or improve
plans that acknowledge
and
foster responsibility for
selfcare to treat an existing
health
condition and promote
health
choices and behavior to
or managing
nutrition-related problems
Revised 06/2023
ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Assignment Phase 1:
1) Please share your original Nutrition Assessment Assignment documents, including the client information questions
and answers and all required reports, with your peers in the dedicated discussion forum for the Nutrition
Assessment Assignment Part B. (20 points)
2) Once you’ve downloaded your peer’s Nutrition Assessment Assignment Part A documents, be sure to save them
because you will have to submit them with your Nutrition Assessment Assignment Part B.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
Assignment Phase 2:
3) Please write down 3-5 follow up questions you have for the nutrition professional who completed Part A of the
nutrition assessment, regarding the client. Based on the client information that you were provided, what additional
information do you want to know about the client in order to develop the best Nutrition and Lifestyle Action plan?
(Be sure to use complete sentences when crafting your questions. Make sure the questions are relevant to
understanding the client’s nutrition and health status). (5 points)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4) What goals, if any, did the client report in the “Other Questions” section of the Nutrition Assessment Part A? If no
client goals were included, please indicate that no client goals were provided in the table below. (5 points)
Revised 06/2023
5) Based on the dietary and client information you have, what are 3 SMART goals that you would consider suggesting
to your client to improve their nutrition and health status? (Make sure that the goals are specific, measurable,
achievable, relevant, and time-bound) (30 points)
1.
2.
3.
6) For each SMART goal that you identified for the client (in #5), please describe why you selected that goal based off
of the information you were provided. You should provide 3-5 sentences to explain your reasoning for each goal.
Goals should be linked back to the nutrition recommendations provided in the textbook for the life stage of the
client. (30 points)
1.
2.
3.
7) For each SMART goal that you identified for the client (in #5), please provide a list of potential barriers that the
client might experience to implementing each goal. Remember, barriers can exist at different individual,
community, environmental, social or institutional levels. Please, be specific when describing the potential barriers.
(10 points)
SMART Goal
Potential Barrier(s) to Successfully Meeting Goal
1.
2.
3.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Developing an Education Attainment Policy

Description

This assessment addresses the following course objective(s):

Develop institutional, local, state, and/or federal policy initiatives.
Instructions

Healthcare administrators are responsible for analyzing the efficacy of internal policies, and determining when new policy development is needed. For this assignment, you will conduct research on education and degree attainment as it relates to healthcare organization policy. Use the following information to complete this assignment:

Assignment type: Podcast (audio) and written outline

Your role: Healthcare administrator, policy development specialist.

Your audience: Other healthcare administrators, clinical medical professionals, health policy advocates.

Required Podcast content: Explain how administrators can develop an education attainment policy within their organization. For example: requiring a BSN for all non-entry level RN employment. Include information that speaks to your research on the topic, influencing factors (internal and external), barriers and risks, benefits, goals and objectives, etc.

Required Outline content: Create an outline that summarizes key points of your podcast. This does not need to be a word-for-word script.

APA: A minimum of three references should be included to support your content.

Outline: Word document
Assignment Resource(s)

Listen to these podcasts about health policy to familiarize yourself with the tone and atmosphere you will want to create.

https://www.thehealthcarepolicypodcast.com/

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Developing an Education Attainment Policy (1)
Developing an Education Attainment Policy (1)
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeContent
& Concepts
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeAnalysis
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeDelivery
Ratings
25 pts
Level 5
Audio file and written outline are
submitted.
40 pts
Level 5
Policy
development is
explained in
excellent detail;
research is
evident;
30 pts
Level 5
Tone,
inflection, and
pace of
delivery is
excellent.
36 pts
Level 4
Policy
development is
explained in
detail; research
is evident;
27 pts
Level 4
Tone,
inflection, and
pace of delivery
is appropriate.
20 pts
Level 3
Audio file is submitted; written outline is
not submitted.
32 pts
Level 3
Policy
development is
explained;
research is
evident;
24 pts
Level 3
Tone,
inflection,
and/or pace of
delivery can be
improved.
0 pts
Level 0
Audio file is not submit
outline is submitted.
28 pts
Level 2
Policy
development is
explained;
minimal research
is evident;
21 pts
Level 2
Tone, inflection,
and pace of
delivery all require
improvement.
24 pts
Level 1
Policy
development is
minimally
explained;
research is not
evident;
18 pts
Level 1
Tone, inflection,
and pace of
delivery are barely
suitable for a
professional
audience.
0
L
T
an
de
su
pr
au
Developing an Education Attainment Policy (1)
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeAPA
PRICE-I
Total Points: 100
Ratings
5 pts
Level
The required
APA elements
are all included
with correct
formatting,
including in-text
citations and
references.
4.5 pts
Level 4
The required
APA elements
are all included
with minor
formatting
errors, including
in-text citations
and references.
4 pts
Level 3
The required
APA elements
are all included
with multiple
formatting
errors, including
in-text citations
and references.
3.5 pts
Level 2
The required
APA elements
are not all
included and/or
there are major
formatting
errors, including
in-text citations
and references.
3 pts
Level 1
Several APA
elements are missing.
The errors in
formatting
demonstrate a
limited
understanding of
APA guidelines, intext-citations, and
references.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Professional Identity Reflection

Description

Professional identity is defined as including both personal and professional development. It involves the internalization of core values and perspectives recognized as integral to the art and science of nursing. These core values become self-evident as the nurse learns, gains experience, reflects and grows in the profession. Internalization of ethical codes of conduct is imperative. The nurse embraces these fundamental values in every aspect of practice while working to improve patient outcomes and promote the ideals of the nursing profession. Integral to this outcome is the nurse’s commitment to advocacy for improved healthcare access and service delivery for vulnerable populations and to the growth and sustainability of the nursing profession.Student Outcome: Student will be able to:Articulate a unique role as a member of the health care team, committed to evidence-based practice, caring, advocacy, and safe quality care, to provide optimal health care for diverse patients and their families.Reflection in 500-1000 words on what it means to you to have a professional identity as a nursing student. Rubrics

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Social Work Question

Description

Instructions

Use the chart attached below each week to document theories covered in the class readings and films. You may copy and paste main points, definitions, and the theorist names from the readings. Do not copy information from your peers. The Application to practice section should be in your own words so you can demonstrate integration of theory to practice. The spaces in the chart will expand as needed. You will submit this chart each week throughout the semester. By the end of the semester, you will have a complete study guide of relevant theories and their application to Social Work practice. Each week is worth up to 50 points for a total of 700 points for the course.

In the chart, please address the following theories:

Systems Theory – Ludwig von Bertalanffy
Ecological Systems Theory – Urie Bronfenbrenner
Life Model Theory – Gitterman and Germain

Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete 2 hours

Assignment Resources
MSW600 Theory ChartDownload MSW600 Theory Chart
Rubric

Unit 3 Theory Chart Rubric

Unit 3 Theory Chart Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 6.7.8Main points of the theory

20 pts

Exceptional Demonstration

Listed or summarized the main points of the theories in exceptional detail. Described how the theory contributed to understanding people. Described in exceptional detail how the theories considers human differences and is culturally informed. Described the limitations of the theory in detail.

18 pts

Proficient Demonstration

Listed or summarized the main points of the theory in exceptional detail. Described how the theories contributed to understanding people. Described in profecient detail how the theory considers human differences and is culturally informed. Described the limitations of the theory in detail.

16 pts

Competent Demonstration

Listed or summarized the main points of the theories in exceptional detail. Described how the theories contributed to understanding people. Described in detail how the theory considers human differences and is culturally informed. Described the limitations of theories.

12 pts

Emerging Demonstration

Listed some of the main points of the theories. Described how the theory contributed to understanding people. Attempted to describe how the theories considers human differences and is culturally informed. Described the limitations of the theory. Or, only provided information on partial theories this week.

8 pts

Attempted Demonstration

Listed limited points of the theories. Described how the theories contributed to understanding people. Attempted to describe how applied to human differences. Described some limitations of the theories. Or only provided information on one theory this week.

0 pts

Not Competent

Did not complete

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeVocabulary

10 pts

Exceptional Demonstration

Clearly provided key words and exceptional definitions from each theory

8 pts

Proficient Demonstration

Clearly provided key words and definitions from each theory

7 pts

Competent Demonstration

Provided key words and definitions for each theory

5 pts

Emerging Demonstration

Provided key words and definitions for some theories this week.

3 pts

Attempted Demonstration

Attempted to provide some definitions for some theories this week.

0 pts

Not Competent

Did not complete

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 6.7.8Application to practice

20 pts

Exceptional Demonstration

Exceptionally linked all theories to practice. Provided many examples of who theories apply to working with clients. Included information on how all theories will help prepare them to engage, assess, and intervene with clients.

18 pts

Proficient Demonstration

Clearly linked the theories to practice. Provided several examples of how theories apply to working with clients. Included information on how theory will help prepare them to engage, assess, and intervene with clients.

16 pts

Competent Demonstration

Provided links to practice. Provided examples of how theories apply to working with clients. Included information on how theories will help prepare them to engage, assess, and intervene with clients.

12 pts

Emerging Demonstration

Provided links to practice. Provided examples of how theories apply to working with clients. Included information on how theories will help prepare them to engage, assess, and intervene with clients. Only completed partial assigned theories this week.

8 pts

Attempted Demonstration

Provided superficial view of how theories apply to working with clients. No specifics or not all theories covered.

0 pts

Not Competent

Did not complete

20 pts

Total Points: 50

Evaluate the use of protected health information in the cloud through a health information exchange

Description

Please read the following article: Amanat, A., Rizwan, M., Maple, C., Zikria, Y. B., Almadhor, A. S., & Kim, S. W. (2022). Blockchain and cloud computing-based secure electronic healthcare records storage and sharing. Frontiers in Public Health, 10, 938707. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.938707

https://csuglobal.idm.oclc.org/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=cmedm&AN=35928494&site=eds-live

Evaluate the use of protected health information in the cloud through a health information exchange. Discuss the following aspects:

Benefits
Barriers to sharing patient information in the cloud
Include an analysis of the health information exchange currently being adopted in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

Your paper should meet the following structural requirements:

Six pages in length, not including the cover sheet and reference page.
Formatted according to APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing standards
Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of four scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but the other two must be external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references.

261 @HR_1440

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Occupational Health
Course number:
PHC 261
CRN:
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Choose any one of the common occupational
infectious diseases and explain the following:



Causes, mode of transmission, and symptoms.
Occupational group at risk
Prevention and control measures
Student Name:
Student ID:
Submission Date:
Instructor name:
Grade:
Out of 10
Instructions for submission:
• Make sure to fill out all the relevant information on the coversheet.
• Short essay of 500-750 words (Excluding references).
• The font size should be 12.
• Font type should be Times New Roman
• The heading should be Bold.
• Color should be Black.
• The paragraph must be justified.
• Double line spacing.
• Use proper references in APA style.
• AVOID PLAGIARISM
• Due date; 30/9/2023 11:59 PM
Best of Luck

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Part F: Evaluation

Description

Assessment Description

The purpose of this section is to understand the importance of evaluation in an EBR project. In a 500-750-word paper, include the following as they relate to evidence-based research:

Analyze a minimum of three different methods of project evaluation.
Determine which project evaluation method would be most appropriate for your project and explain why.
Create an evaluation plan for your project.
Develop an adjustment plan that identifies points when a change in direction may be needed. Determine what actions may be needed to ensure a successful implementation.

This assignment requires a minimum of two scholarly articles.

Once you receive your graded assignment, use the instructor feedback to make any necessary revisions to this section as you prepare for your final Benchmark – Evidence-Based Practice Project Proposal – Final Paper assignment due in Topic 8. Refer to “Evidence-Based Practice Project Proposal Format,” located in Class Resources, for more information.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are not required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Hospital Acquired Infections (HAIs) due to Inadequate Hand Hygiene Compliance
Antwanetta Boswell
HCA-650
Grand Canyon University
Professor Tucker
09/08/2023
2
Hospital Acquired Infections (HAIs) due to Inadequate Hand Hygiene Compliance
Identify the Problem: Hospital Acquired Infections (HAIs) due to inadequate Hand Hygiene
Compliance.
Background and Significance:
Our healthcare organization has identified a significant issue related to acquired
Infections (HAIs). HAIs significantly threaten patient safety and contribute to increased
healthcare expenses. According to the CDC, 1 out of 31 hospital patients has at least one
healthcare-associated infection. It further outlines that there are numerous HAIs, including
Surgical Site Infections (SSI), Central Line-associated Bloodstream Infections (CLABSI),
Catheter-associated Urinary Tract Infections (CAUTI), and Ventilator-associated Pneumonia
(VAP). Neumark et al. (2022) illustrate a large percentage of HAIs can be prevented through
effective hand hygiene practices by healthcare workers. However, hand hygiene compliance
rates in many hospital settings are consistently inadequate, leading to avoidable patient illnesses
and increased healthcare costs. Our healthcare facility has witnessed 18 HAIs in the last 30 days.
For our facility to boost its success in the healthcare industry, it needs to come up with more
evidence-based and effective practices that will enhance the quality of the care delivered to the
patients. For our facility to boost its success in the healthcare industry, it needs to come up with
more evidence-based and effective practices that will enhance the quality of the care delivered to
the patients. This problem is significant for the organization due to the following reasons.
One, HAIs tend to compromise the patient’s safety. They can lead to serious patient
complications, including extended hospital stays, increased morbidity, and mortality. Ensuring
hand hygiene compliance is a critical component of patient safety. Secondly, HAIs result in
additional healthcare costs, including longer hospital stays, increased antibiotic use, and potential
3
legal liabilities. Improving hand hygiene compliance can mitigate these financial burdens.
Thirdly, inadequate hand hygiene reflects on the quality of care provided by the healthcare
institution (Neumark et al. 2022). Addressing this issue aligns with the organization’s
commitment to delivering high-quality healthcare services. Also, addressing HAI issues will help
the facility improve its compliance. Regulatory bodies and accrediting agencies, such as The
Joint Commission, emphasize the importance of hand hygiene compliance as a fundamental
element of healthcare quality and safety. Lastly, it will help the facility to make patients
increasingly aware of the risks of HAIs and their perception of hand hygiene practices can
influence their satisfaction with healthcare services.
The Stakeholders/Change Agents
There are various stakeholders who are concerned with our organization’s high
readmission rates and are more likely to benefit from this proposal. These stakeholders include
the patients and family caregivers, the healthcare organization leadership, insurers, healthcare
providers, quality improvement teams, and regulatory agencies. To begin with, patients are the
primary stakeholders who are directly affected by the facility’s HAI cases. Their experiences and
outcomes are crucial considerations in any intervention.
Also, the physicians, nurses, and other healthcare professionals who are responsible for
implementing proper hand hygiene practices are integral to achieving higher compliance rates.
Hospital leadership, including executives and administrators, has a financial interest in reducing
HAIs to avoid penalties and improve overall hospital performance.
Similarly, quality improvement teams. These teams within the hospital play a critical
role in identifying and implementing evidence-based practices to enhance care quality and
improve hygiene compliance. Insurance companies and Medicare/Medicaid are stakeholders
4
because they may be financially impacted by high readmission rates as a result of HAIs and
penalties. Regulatory bodies such as the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) and
The Joint Commission are change agents that set guidelines and standards related to hygiene
compliance and HAI prevention.
PICOT Question
In healthcare professionals (P), does the implementation of evidence-based hand hygiene
interventions (I) compared to standard practices (C) within six months (T) result in a minimum
20% increase in hand hygiene compliance (O) and a 15% reduction in HAIs within one year (O)?
Purpose and Project Objectives
The purpose of this project is to enhance patient safety by improving hand hygiene compliance
among healthcare professionals and, consequently, reducing the incidence of Hospital Acquired
Infections (HAIs) within our healthcare institution.
Project Objectives
1. To assess the baseline hand hygiene compliance rates among healthcare professionals in
our institution.
2. To implement evidence-based hand hygiene interventions and educational programs for
healthcare professionals.
3. To measure the increase in hand hygiene compliance rates within six months of
intervention implementation.
4. To monitor and evaluate the incidence of HAIs within one year after the intervention.
Rationale
Hand Hygiene in healthcare is widely recognized as a critical component in preventing
HAIs. Poor hand hygiene among healthcare practitioners is associated with an increase in the
5
number of HAIs. Neumark et al. (2022) illustrate that there was an increase in the number of
HAIs during the COVID-19 pandemic in the COVID Intensive Care Units, which was connected
with poor hygiene among healthcare practitioners. Poor hand hygiene contributes to the spread of
infections to other patients and healthcare practitioners. Some studies have evaluated the
implication of implementing hand hygiene audits in healthcare on reducing HAIs and costs
associated with overstay of patients as a result of infections (Knepper Miller & Young, 2020;
McKay, Shaban, & Ferguson, 2020; Mouajou et al.2022). Anguraj et al. (2021) found that
implementation of the HH audit reduced the number of HAIs
6
References
Anguraj, S., Ketan, P., Sivaradjy, M., Shanmugam, L., Jamir, I., Cherian, A., & Sastry, A. S.
(2021). The effect of hand hygiene audit in COVID intensive care units in a tertiary care
hospital in South India. American Journal of Infection Control, 49(10), 1247-1251.
Knepper Miller A.M., & Young H.L(2020). Impact of an automated hand hygiene monitoring
system combined with a performance improvement intervention on hospital-acquired
infections. Infection Control & Hospital
Epidemiology.https://doi.org/10.1017/ice.2020.182
McKay, K. J., Shaban, R. Z., & Ferguson, P. (2020). Hand hygiene compliance monitoring: Do
video-based technologies offer opportunities for the future? Infection, Disease &
Health, 25(2), 92–100. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.idh.2019.12.002
Mouajou, V., Adams, K., DeLisle, G., & Quach, C. (2022). Hand hygiene compliance in the
prevention of hospital-acquired infections: a systematic review. Journal of Hospital
Infection, 119, 33-48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhin.2021.09.016
Neumark, Y., Bar-Lev, A., Barashi, D., & Benenson, S. (2022). A feasibility study of the use of
medical clowns as hand-hygiene promoters in hospitals. Plos one, 17(12), e0279361.
https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0279361
1
Reducing Hospital Acquired Infections (HAIs) through Hand Hygiene Compliance
Antwanetta Boswell
HCA-650
Grand Canyon University
Professor Tucker
09/08/2023
2
Reducing Hospital Acquired Infections (HAIs) through Hand Hygiene(HH) Compliance
Reducing Hospital Acquired Infections (HAIs) through Hand Hygiene Compliance
Hospital Infections (HAIs) endanger patients and raise healthcare expenses. Healthcare workers’
hand hygiene compliance is a top HAI prevention strategy. HH compliance rates in hospital
settings are generally inadequate, resulting in avoidable illnesses. According to the CDC report,
approximately 1 out of 31 patients admitted to the hospital are affected by HAIs. CDC outlines
that there are numerous HAIs, including Surgical Site Infections (SSI), Central Line-Associated
Bloodstream Infections (CLABSI), Catheter-associated Urinary Tract Infections (CAUTI), and
Ventilator-associated Pneumonia (VAP).
Among all HIAs, CAUTI is more likely to occur. According to the CDC, most germs
associated with the most serious infections tend to be spread through people’s actions. In a
greater way, HH plays a great role in preventing these infections. Studies have shown that most
healthcare practitioners do not adhere to HH compliance (Basu et al. 2021). Due to this disregard
of the healthcare practitioners to wash their hands as supposed, this results in the spread of HAIs
in the healthcare settings. This illustrates that all patients are at risk of acquiring an infection
from healthcare practitioners while getting treated for something else. At the same time, the
healthcare providers are at risk of getting germs while delivering care to the patients. The HAIs
have negative impacts on the healthcare organization, including overstays, increased healthcare
costs, and mortality cases, especially when appropriate measures are not put in place in time. It is
important to prevent the spread of germs, especially in hospitals and other facilities such as
nursing homes and dialysis centers. Hand hygiene also serves as a cornerstone in infection
prevention and control programs and is recommended by organizations like the World Health
Organization (WHO) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
3
Despite the well-established importance of hand hygiene in preventing HAIs, the
prevalence of these infections remains unacceptably high in healthcare facilities worldwide.
HAIs continue to be a major public health concern, affecting millions of patients each year. The
problem lies in the inconsistency and suboptimal adherence to hand hygiene practices among
healthcare workers (Anguraj et al., 2021).
Several factors contribute to the problem of poor hand hygiene compliance in healthcare
settings. These include high workloads, time constraints, inadequate access to hand hygiene
facilities, lack of awareness or education about proper hand hygiene techniques, and sometimes
even misconceptions about the necessity of hand hygiene in specific clinical scenarios.
Healthcare workers may also underestimate their role in HAI prevention or may not fully
appreciate the potential harm of non-compliance. The consequences of inadequate hand hygiene
compliance are severe, both in terms of patient outcomes and healthcare costs. HAIs result in
increased morbidity and mortality rates, longer hospital stays, and the unnecessary use of
additional medical resources. Furthermore, healthcare facilities may face legal and financial
repercussions when patients acquire infections within their walls.
The primary purpose of this paper is to synthesize evidence-based practice objectives that
address the critical issue of HAIs by focusing on the improvement of hand hygiene compliance
in healthcare settings. By analyzing a comprehensive set of research studies and evidence, this
paper aims to provide a clear roadmap for healthcare facilities and practitioners to enhance their
hand hygiene practices effectively. Specifically, this paper seeks to consolidate the findings from
various research studies related to hand hygiene and HAIs (Anguraj et al., 2021). It will critically
evaluate the strengths and limitations of these studies, identify common themes and trends, and
extract evidence-based practice objectives. These objectives will be aligned with measurable
4
outcomes to ensure their effectiveness in reducing HAIs. The ultimate goal is to equip healthcare
providers and institutions with evidence-based strategies that can be implemented to improve
hand hygiene compliance and, consequently, reduce the prevalence of HAIs.
Objectives
In the context of reducing Hospital Acquired Infections (HAIs) through improved hand
hygiene compliance, evidence-based practice objectives are essential to guide interventions and
evaluate their effectiveness. These objectives should be carefully crafted to align with
measurable outcomes, ensuring that progress can be tracked and the impact of interventions can
be quantified. Here, we discuss the evidence-based practice objectives for the project and the
importance of achieving these objectives for HAI reduction:
a. Increase Hand Hygiene Compliance Rates:
1. Objective: Achieve a minimum of 90% compliance with hand hygiene protocols among
healthcare workers within the next 12 months.
o Measurable Outcome: Regular monitoring and data collection of hand hygiene
compliance rates using a standardized protocol and electronic monitoring systems.
b. Decrease HAI Incidence:
o Objective: Reduce the overall incidence of HAIs in the healthcare facility by 20% within
the next 24 months.
o Measurable Outcome: Regular surveillance and reporting of HAI rates, comparing preintervention and post-intervention periods.
c. Enhance Healthcare Worker Education:
o Increase the proportion of healthcare workers who receive regular hand hygiene
education and training to 100% within the next 6 months.
5
o Measurable Outcome: Documentation of the completion of hand hygiene training for all
healthcare workers
Method Used in Gathering Research
When searching for the articles to be used for this research, several databases were used,
including PubMed, CINAHL, Cochrane Library, and Scopus. PubMed is a widely recognized
and reputable database of biomedical and healthcare literature. It includes a vast collection of
peer-reviewed articles, making it a valuable resource for research studies related to hand hygiene
and healthcare-associated infections (HAIs). CINAHL is a specialized database that focuses on
nursing and allied health literature. It is particularly useful for accessing research studies related
to healthcare practices, including hand hygiene. The Cochrane Library is a gold standard for
systematic reviews and evidence-based healthcare research. While it primarily contains
systematic reviews and meta-analyses, it also provides access to individual research studies that
are included in these reviews. Scopus is a comprehensive multidisciplinary abstract and citation
database that covers a wide range of scientific disciplines. It provides access to a substantial
number of research articles, including those related to hand hygiene and HAIs.
Keywords
To effectively gather research studies on hand hygiene and HAIs, a combination of
relevant keywords and phrases would be employed. Some of the keywords and phrases that
might be used include hand hygiene, Healthcare-associated infections, Infection control,
Healthcare Workers, Surveillance, and effectiveness. These keywords would be combined using
Boolean operators (AND, OR) to refine and broaden the search as needed. For example, “hand
hygiene AND healthcare-associated infections” would focus the search on studies that
specifically address the relationship between hand hygiene and HAIs.
6
Criteria for Inclusion and Exclusion of Studies
While searching for the studies to be utilized for this research, several inclusion and
exclusion criteria were considered, which are discussed in detail here. For an article to be
included in this study, it must be peer-reviewed and published in the past 5 years, conducted a
randomized control study or qualitative study, studies conducted within healthcare settings
(hospitals, clinics, long-term care facilities), and studies published in English.
Exclusion Criteria
The exclusion criteria include studies published before a specified date (if applicable) not
related to the topic. Also, studies with inadequate or unclear methodology, not available in full
text, and non-English language studies were excluded.
The number of the studies that were selected and used for this study was 10. Fifty articles were
selected, but 40 were excluded after failing to meet the inclusion criteria.
Summary
Basu et al. (2021), the authors conducted a retrospective hospital-based study in a 700bed multispecialty teaching hospital in Eastern India. They aimed to understand the impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic on various hospital-acquired infections (HAIs) and healthcare workers’
hand hygiene compliance rates. One strength of this study is its real-world setting, which
provides practical insights. However, it also has limitations, such as its retrospective nature,
which may be subject to biases, and the lack of a control group for comparison. Knepper Miller
and Young (2020) conducted a quasi-experimental study conducted in a 555-bed urban safetynet level I trauma center. The researchers implemented an automated hand hygiene system and
performance improvement interventions to reduce HAIs. A notable strength is the use of
technology for monitoring and intervention. Nevertheless, the study lacks specific
7
recommendations, and the observed outcomes might be influenced by other variables not
controlled for.
Mouajou et al. (2022) conducted a systematic review to evaluate the effect of Hand
hygiene in the prevention of hospital-acquired infections. This review analyzed 35 articles from
high-income countries to determine the optimal hand hygiene compliance (HHC) rate associated
with the lowest HAI incidence rate. The study follows the Preferred Reporting Items for
Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis (PRISMA) guidelines, ensuring rigorous methodology.
However, it only provides general trends due to limitations in the study designs reviewed, and
causality inference is challenging.
Phan et al. (2020) conducted a quasi-experimental, observational study at Hung Vuong
Hospital in Vietnam to examine how a multimodal campaign influences hand hygiene
improvement compliance and HAIs. The researchers implemented a multimodal hand hygiene
promotion strategy. Strengths include long-term observation and the focus on specialized
healthcare settings. Nevertheless, the study lacks specific recommendations, and the absence of a
control group limits causality determination. Swanson et al. (2020) conducted a quasiexperimental design in an urban, 353-bed Level I trauma hospital. The study evaluated the
implementation of an electronic hand hygiene compliance monitoring system (eHHCMS) to
reduce HAIs. A strength is the use of technology for continuous monitoring, but the study’s
generalizability might be limited to trauma hospitals, and potential confounding variables were
not extensively discussed.
McKay et al. (2020), the researchers conducted a literature review and exploration of
concepts to address the barrier of healthcare-associated infections (HAIs) related to hand hygiene
compliance. They investigated the potential of video-based technologies as an alternative method
8
for monitoring hand hygiene compliance. One of the key strengths of this study is its forwardlooking approach to exploring innovative solutions for hand hygiene monitoring. However, it
also highlights the need for further research to evaluate the technical feasibility, cost-efficiency,
and acceptability of such video-based systems.
Anguraj et al. (2021) aimed to understand the roles and responsibilities of healthcare
aides (HCAs) in infection prevention and control (IPC) in long-term care settings, addressing the
barrier of a lack of standardized roles for HCAs. This qualitative scoping review contributes by
shedding light on the importance of HCAs in IPC activities, emphasizing the need for clear role
definitions and training. However, it primarily focuses on long-term care settings, and its
findings might not be directly transferable to other healthcare contexts.
Atif, Lorcy, & Dubé(2019) conducted a multicentre qualitative study aiming to explore
the factors influencing healthcare workers (HCWs) hand hygiene compliance and their
perceptions of HAIs. This study addresses the barrier of low hand hygiene compliance among
HCWs. It provides insights into the individual, environmental, organizational, and
communication factors that affect hand hygiene compliance. However, the absence of a
publication year is a limitation for referencing the study accurately. Salma et al. (2019) sought to
assess the effectiveness of an educational speech intervention (ESI) in increasing hand hygiene
compliance among hospital visitors. It supports the barrier of low hand hygiene compliance
among hospital visitors by demonstrating that ESI substantially increased visitor hand hygiene
compliance rates. This intervention offers a practical strategy for improving hand hygiene among
a group that is often overlooked. Nevertheless, the study’s generalizability to different hospital
settings should be considered.
9
Villareal et al. (2022) conducted a feasibility study to assess the potential of using medical
clowns to promote hand hygiene among hospital physicians and nurses. This study addresses the
barrier of poor hand hygiene compliance among healthcare workers. The findings indicate that
medical clowns can engage healthcare practitioners effectively, promoting positive behavioral
change and reducing healthcare-associated infections. However, as it is a feasibility study, further
research is needed to confirm the long-term impact and scalability of this approach.
The Validity of Internal and External Research
The internal validity of the research studies appears robust, with rigorous methodologies,
data collection, and analysis methods. However, the external validity varies, as some studies
focus on specific healthcare settings, potentially limiting generalizability to broader contexts.
Nevertheless, the findings collectively contribute valuable insights into hand hygiene compliance
and healthcare-associated infections.
10
References
Anguraj, S., Ketan, P., Sivaradjy, M., Shanmugam, L., Jamir, I., Cherian, A., & Sastry, A. S.
(2021). The effect of hand hygiene audit in COVID intensive care units in a tertiary care
hospital in South India. American Journal of Infection Control, 49(10), 1247-1251.
Atif, S., Lorcy, A., & Dubé, E. (2019). Healthcare workers’ attitudes toward hand
hygiene practices: Results of a multicentre qualitative study in Quebec. Canadian
Journal of Infection Control, 34(1). https://doi.org/10.36584/cjic.2019.004
Basu, M., Mitra, M., Ghosh, A., & Pal, R. (2021). Journal of Family Medicine and Primary Care,
10(9), 3348. DOI: 10.4103/jumps.jfmpc_742_21
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0196655321004831
Knepper Miller A.M., & Young H.L(2020). impact of an automated hand hygiene monitoring
system combined with a performance improvement intervention on hospital-acquired
infections.Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology.
https://doi.org/10.1017/ice.2020.182
Mckay, K. J., Shaban, R. Z., & Ferguson, P. (2020). Hand hygiene compliance monitoring: Do
video-based technologies offer opportunities for the future? Infection, Disease &
Health, 25(2), 92–100. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.idh.2019.12.002
Mouajou, V., Adams, K., DeLisle, G., & Quach, C. (2022). Hand hygiene compliance in the
prevention of hospital-acquired infections: a systematic review. Journal of Hospital
Infection, 119, 33-48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhin.2021.09.016
Neumark, Y., Bar-Lev, A., Barashi, D., & Benenson, S. (2022). A feasibility study of the use of
medical clowns as hand-hygiene promoters in hospitals. Plos one, 17(12), e0279361.
https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0279361
11
Phan, H. T., Zingg, W., Tran, H. T. T., Dinh, A. P. P., & Pittet, D. Sustained effects of a
multimodal campaign aiming at hand hygiene improvement on compliance and
healthcare-associated infections in a large gynecology/obstetrics tertiary-care center in
Vietnam, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13756-020-00712-x
Swanson, S., Baken, L., & Bor, B. Implementation of a Hospital-wide Electronic Hand Hygiene
Monitoring Program Reduces Healthcare-acquired Infections in a Level I Trauma
Hospital. https://www.ajicjournal.org/article/S0196-6553(20)30389-8/pdf
Villarreal, S., Khan, S., Oduwole, M., Sutanto, E., Vleck, K., Katz, M., & Greenough, W. B.
(2020). Can educational speech intervention improve visitors’ hand hygiene compliance?
Journal of Hospital Infection, 104(4), 414–418. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhin.2019.12.002
1
Change Model and Implementation Plan
Antwanetta Boswell
Grand Canyon University
HCA-650
Professor Tucker
09/20/2023
2
The Trans Theoretical Model of Behavioural Change (TTM) can be a useful change model
for implementing an evidence-based hand hygiene improvement initiative in a hospital context.
The TTM, created by Prochaska and DiClemente, outlines the many phases of change that people
go through while acquiring new behaviors. Its five steps are pre-contemplation, Contemplation,
Preparation, Action, and Maintenance.
Stage 1: Precontemplation Healthcare professionals may not be aware of the need for
better hand hygiene or may not think it is important. Educating the public about the dangers of
healthcare-associated infections (HAIs) and the advantages of good hand hygiene is the first step
in resolving the issue. Give statistics on current HAI rates to highlight the issue (Sands & Aunger,
2020).
Stage 2: Contemplation Workers in the healthcare industry start to understand the value
of hand cleanliness during the contemplation stage, but they may still be hesitant (Chavali et al.,
2014). Give them evidence-based knowledge on efficient hand hygiene practices to inspire them
to take action and give them chances to express their concerns and ask questions.
Stage 3: Preparation Staff members are ready to act during the planning phase but need
help and resources. Ensure a sufficient supply of soap, PPE, and hand sanitizers. Provide thorough
training programs and promote employee participation in deciding on hand hygiene policies.
Stage 4: Action Healthcare professionals are now actively working to improve their hand
hygiene habits. New protocol implementation, compliance monitoring, and ongoing feedback are
crucial. Celebrate your minor victories and thank your team for their efforts in reinforcing good
behavior.
3
Stage 5: Maintenance Sustaining improved hand hygiene practices is crucial. Continue
monitoring compliance, conduct regular audits, and provide ongoing education and support.
Address any challenges that arise to prevent relapse into old habits.
Conceptual Model of the Project (Appendix) In the conceptual model, the project starts
with the awareness phase, whereby the focus is placed on elucidating the issue of HealthcareAssociated Infections (HAIs) and emphasizing the significance of hand hygiene. The subsequent
phases of the Transtheoretical Model (TTM) are as follows: Precontemplation, Contemplation,
Preparation, Action, and Maintenance. Each level encompasses distinct techniques and activities
customized to meet healthcare personnel’s individual requirements.
The model further illustrates feedback loops, highlighting the repetitive nature of the
transformation process. The implementation plan is adjusted based on feedback obtained through
audits and compliance monitoring, enhancing its long-term efficacy.
In summary, the Transtheoretical Model of Behavioural Change offers a systematic
framework for implementing an evidence-based hand hygiene improvement initiative within a
hospital environment (Rahimi et al., 2019). Healthcare organizations may enhance the probability
of long-term behavior change among personnel, thereby decreasing healthcare-associated
infections by methodically addressing each step. The conceptual model depicted in the appendix
demonstrates this framework’s practical use.
Part E: Implementation Plan
Implementation Plan: Reducing Healthcare-Associated Infections (HAIs) through
Improved Hand Hygiene Compliance
Description of Methods:
Resources Needed:
4
1. Human Resources:

Infection Control Team: Responsible for project oversight, education, and
monitoring.

Training Staff: To conduct hand hygiene training sessions for healthcare workers.

Data Analysts: To analyze compliance data and identify trends.

Implementation Team: Comprising key stakeholders and champions to drive
change.
2. Fiscal Resources:

Budget for Educational Materials: Development and printing of hand hygiene
educational materials.

Funding for Hand Hygiene Products: Purchase hand sanitizers, soap, and PPE.

Personnel Costs: Salaries and benefits for project staff.

Data Analysis Software: To track compliance data efficiently.
3. Clinical Tools and Process Changes:

Educational Materials: Handouts, posters, and videos explaining proper hand
hygiene.

Hand Hygiene Products: Adequate supply of sanitizers, soap, and PPE.

Compliance Monitoring Tools: Electronic monitoring systems or manual
checklists.

Communication Tools: Intranet, emails, and meetings for information
dissemination.
Strategic Analysis:
5
Costs for Personnel: The Infection Control Team, training personnel, and data analysts
will include wages and benefits in the personnel expenses. To enable efficient project management
and compliance monitoring, these expenses are required.
Consumable Supplies: Money will be set aside to purchase PPE, soap, and hand
sanitizers. These tools are necessary for healthcare professionals to maintain good hand hygiene.
Equipment: To simplify compliance tracking and analysis, the project may call for
procuring electronic monitoring devices or data analysis software if not already offered by the
institute.
Computer-Related Costs: The research portion of the assignment may require a librarian
consultation and database access. It is essential to have access to pertinent healthcare databases if
you want to keep current on hand hygiene best practices.
Other Costs: Travel expenses may be incurred for team meetings, training sessions, or
conferences related to hand hygiene. Additionally, costs for developing and printing educational
materials will be essential.
Barriers:
1. Resistance to Change: Some healthcare staff may resist adopting new hand hygiene
protocols due to entrenched habits. This barrier can be addressed through comprehensive
education and support programs to foster buy-in.
2. Resource Constraints: Limited hand sanitizers, soap, and PPE availability may hinder
compliance efforts. Resource assessments and budget allocation prioritization will be
conducted to manage this barrier.
6
3. Compliance Monitoring Challenges: Implementing electronic monitoring systems may
face resistance from staff concerned about privacy. Proper communication and assurance
of data security will be vital.
Timeline:
The project will be implemented over a 12-month, allowing for flexibility in starting at any
time. The timeline is as follows:
1



2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Months 1-2: Precontemplation Stage

Assess current hand hygiene practices.

Develop awareness campaigns.

Form the Infection Control Team.
Months 3-4: Contemplation Stage

Launch educational campaigns.

Engage healthcare staff in discussions.

Begin data collection on current compliance rates.
Months 5-6: Preparation Stage

Allocate budget for educational materials and supplies.
7



Conduct comprehensive training for staff.

Set up compliance monitoring systems.
Months 7-8: Action Stage

Implement new hand hygiene protocols.

Monitor compliance and provide feedback.

Address any challenges or resistance.
Months 9-12: Maintenance Stage

Continue compliance monitoring.

Evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention.

Develop sustainability plans.

Share outcomes with the healthcare community.
Budget Plan
The budget for implementing the hand hygiene improvement project is estimated at
$500,000 over the 12-month implementation period. This budget is designed to cover various
expenses related to personnel, supplies, equipment, computer-related costs, and other projectrelated expenses.
Personnel Costs: $300,000

Infection Control Team Salaries and Benefits: $150,000

Infection Control Manager: $75,000

Infection Control Nurse: $50,000

Data Analyst: $25,000

Training Staff: $100,000

Implementation Team (Stipends): $50,000
8
Consumable Supplies: $100,000

Hand Sanitizers: $40,000

Soap Dispensers and Soap: $30,000

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): $30,000
Equipment: $20,000

Purchase of Electronic Compliance Monitoring System: $20,000
Computer-Related Costs: $15,000

Librarian Consultation: $5,000

Database Access: $5,000

Data Analysis Software: $5,000
O

241 عبدالرحمن

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

doi:10.1017/S1368980016003141
Public Health Nutrition: 20(6), 1075–1081
Diet in Saudi Arabia: findings from a nationally representative
survey
Maziar Moradi-Lakeh1, Charbel El Bcheraoui1, Ashkan Afshin1, Farah Daoud1,
Mohammad A AlMazroa2, Mohammad Al Saeedi2, Mohammed Basulaiman2,
Ziad A Memish2, Abdullah A Al Rabeeah2 and Ali H Mokdad1,*
1
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation, University of Washington, 2301 5th Avenue, Suite 600, Seattle,
WA 98121, USA: 2Ministry of Health of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
Submitted 30 March 2016: Final revision received 8 September 2016: Accepted 10 October 2016: First published online 15 December 2016
Abstract
Objective: No recent original studies on the pattern of diet are available for Saudi
Arabia at the national level. The present study was performed to describe the
consumption of foods and beverages by Saudi adults.
Design: The Saudi Health Interview Survey (SHIS) was conducted in 2013. Data
were collected through interviews and anthropometric measurements were done.
A diet history questionnaire was used to determine the amount of consumption for
eighteen food or beverage items in a typical week.
Setting: The study was a household survey in all thirteen administrative regions of
Saudi Arabia.
Subjects: Participants were 10 735 individuals aged 15 years or older.
Results: Mean daily consumption was 70·9 (SE 1·3) g for fruits, 111·1 (SE 2·0) g for
vegetables, 11·6 (SE 0·3) g for dark fish, 13·8 (SE 0·3) g for other fish, 44·2 (SE 0·7) g
for red meat, 4·8 (SE 0·2) g for processed meat, 10·9 (SE 0·3) g for nuts, 219·4 (SE 5·1) ml
for milk and 115·5 (SE 2·6) ml for sugar-sweetened beverages. Dietary guideline
recommendations were met by only 5·2 % of individuals for fruits, 7·5 % for
vegetables, 31·4 % for nuts and 44·7 % for fish. The consumption of processed
foods and sugar-sweetened beverages was high in young adults.
Conclusions: Only a small percentage of the Saudi population met the dietary
recommendations. Programmes to improve dietary behaviours are urgently
needed to reduce the current and future burden of disease. The promotion of
healthy diets should target both the general population and specific high-risk
groups. Regular assessments of dietary status are needed to monitor trends and
inform interventions.
Dietary risks are among the most important risk factors
globally and in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) in
particular(1,2). Like many other regions of the world, the
nutrition transition in the Middle East has contributed to the
rising burden of non-communicable diseases(1,3). In KSA in
2013, poor diet accounted for 10·4 % (95 % CI 8·9, 12·2 %) of
disability-adjusted life years and 22·1 % (95 % CI 18·7,
24·5 %) of deaths(3,4). FAO data show an overall increase in
food supply (1961–2007) in KSA, with an increase in the
supply of sugar, meat, animal fat, offal (organ meats), eggs
and milk, and a levelling trend in the vegetable and fruit
supply(5). A similar trend was reported earlier in 2000(6).
Khan and Al Kanhal reported a rapidly increasing surplus of
energy and protein availability in KSA after 1975, compared
with the recommended daily allowances(7).
Keyword
Diet
Foods
Beverages
Nutrition epidemiology
Saudi Arabia
Previous reports have shown the dietary patterns or
energy/nutrient intakes in specific population subgroups
or regions of KSA(8). However, nationally representative
diet data from KSA are limited to food availability. Food
availability data (such as FAO data) do not represent
intake, as they do not account for wastage and other uses.
Moreover, they do not provide information on diet by age,
sex and socio-economic status.
In 2012, the KSA Ministry of Health published dietary
guidelines on the amount and composition of recommended foods to promote a healthy diet among the
population(9). However, there are not enough data on the
success of the guidelines’ implementation, the population’s current dietary status and the potential impacts of
the guidelines. Therefore, the aims of the present study
*Corresponding author: Email mokdaa@uw.edu
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
© The Authors 2016
1076
were to describe the amount of consumption of different
types of foods and beverages in KSA; to describe dietary
consumption by age, sex, socio-economic status and subnational administrative regions; and to assess the degree to
which Saudis’ diets met the dietary guidelines.
Methods
Performed between April and June 2013, the Saudi Health
Interview Survey (SHIS) was a national multistage survey
of individuals aged 15 years or older. For this survey, KSA
was divided into thirteen regions. Each region was divided
into sub-regions and blocks. All regions were included in
the survey. A probability-proportional-to-size method was
used to randomly select sub-regions and blocks. Households were then randomly selected from each block.
A roster of household members was conducted and an
adult aged 15 years or older was randomly selected to be
surveyed from each selected household. If the randomly
selected adult was not present, our surveyors made an
appointment to return. A total of three visits were
attempted before the household was considered as a nonresponse. More details about the study are available in
previous publications(10–13).
The Saudi Ministry of Health and its institutional review
board (IRB) approved the study protocol. The University
of Washington IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since
the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation received deidentified data for the present analysis. All respondents
had the opportunity to consent and agree to participate in
the study.
The survey included forty-two questions on diet (a diet
history questionnaire), as well as questions on socioeconomic status (educational and household monthly
income levels) and other aspects of health. Respondents
were asked to report the number of days that they
consumed eighteen food or beverage items in a typical
week over the last year. The food and beverage items
included in the survey were: fruits; pure (100 %) fruit
juices; vegetables; dark meat fish; other fish; shrimp; red
meat; poultry meat; processed meat (meats preserved by
smoking, curing or salting, or by the addition of
preservatives, such as in the case of pastrami, salami,
bologna, other packaged lunch meats or deli meats,
sausages, bratwursts, frankfurters and hot dogs); other
processed foods (such as fast foods, canned foods, packaged entrées or packaged soup); eggs; nuts; milk; yoghurt;
laban (a beverage of yoghurt mixed with salt, which is
also known as ayran or doogh); labneh (strained yoghurt);
cheese; and sugar-sweetened beverages (SSB). For each
type of food/beverage that the respondents reported at
least one day of consumption per typical week, the
respondents were asked: ‘How many servings of [this
food/beverage] do you usually consume/eat/drink on one
of those days?’ The interviewers used specific pictures that
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
represented the serving size of each type of food/beverage. Moreover, respondents were asked about the type
of oil or fat most often used for meal preparation, and the
usual type of dairy products (full-fat, low-fat, non-fat) and
bread in the household.
There were insufficient data to calculate total energy
consumption directly. Supplemental File 1 (see online
supplementary material) shows the method for indirect
estimation of energy intake and the energy-adjusted daily
food/beverage consumption estimates. Although not an
ideal method for energy adjustment, it can provide more
comparability with other studies for interested readers. An
energy adjustment is also necessary to compare the status
with the dietary guideline recommendations.
Average numbers of daily servings – and their equivalent weight (grams) for foods, or volume (millilitres) for
beverages – were calculated. In cases where the weight of
a serving size had not been clarified in the survey manuals
(fruits, vegetables, processed meat, processed foods
and eggs), we matched our visual manual as closely as
possible to phrases in the guidelines of the US Department
of Agriculture to assign an average weight(14). For fruits
and vegetables, we used the weighted average weight of
one serving of the most common types of fruits and
vegetables based on the most recent food supply data of
FAO in KSA(15). The 99th percentiles of consumption were
used as cut-off points to identify and exclude implausibly
high levels of intake.
The statistical software package Stata 13.1 for Windows
was used for the analyses and to account for the complex
sampling design.
Results
A total of 12 000 households were contacted and 10 735
participants (5253 men and 5482 women) completed the
SHIS, for a response rate of 89·4 %.
Table 1 demonstrates the average daily consumption
of different food and beverage items. Table 2 shows the
food and beverage consumption of men and women.
Non-adjusted consumption of fruit, red meat, other
processed foods, eggs and SSB was statistically higher in
men than women, while yoghurt and cheese consumption
was higher in women than men. Daily consumption of
fruits and vegetables was reported by 10·8 (SE 0·4) % and
25·9 (SE 0·6) %, respectively, and 27·0 (SE 0·7) % reported
daily drinking of SSB.
Mean consumption of processed meat, other processed
foods and SSB was clearly higher in younger age groups
(Table 3), while laban consumption was higher in older
age groups. Consumption of fruit, shrimp, labneh and
cheese had an increasing pattern with higher education
(Table 4). As demonstrated in Table 5, consumption
of some of the food items (fruit, shrimp, red meat and
labneh) was higher in individuals with higher household
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1077
Table 1 Average daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults, 2013
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Meet the recommendations
Serving size
N
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
%
SE
103 g*
105 g*
125 ml
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
69 g*
399 g*
92 g*
40 g
175 g
250 ml
175 g
175 g
50 g
125 ml
10 187
10 334
10 066
10 096
10 082
9801
10 223
10 336
9667
9664
10 219
9768
10 257
10 326
10 269
9866
10 113
9967
70·9
111·1
31·9
11·6
13·8
2·4
44·2
103·0
4·8
97·5
46·0
10·9
75·4
219·4
116·8
28·9
43·7
115·5
1·3
2·0
0·8
0·3
0·3
0·1
0·7
1·8
0·2
2·7
0·7
0·3
2·0
5·1
2·8
0·8
0·9
2·6
0·675
1·078
0·269
0·137
0·159
0·028
0·521
1·304
0·070
0·244
0·500
0·274
0·431
0·885
0·667
0·165
0·874
0·924
0·013
0·019
0·007
0·003
0·003
0·001
0·009
0·022
0·003
0·007
0·007
0·007
0·012
0·021
0·016
0·004
0·018
0·021
5·2†
7·5†
0·3
0·4
44·7‡
0·7
85·7§
0·5
80·2§
0·6
31·4†
26·2†
0·7
0·7
78·6‡
0·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
*Estimated through matching of pictures in the survey manual with the descriptions of the US Department of Agriculture guideline(14).
Reference dietary guidelines: †Dietary Guidelines for Americans(25); ‡American Heart Association(24); §American Institute for Cancer Research(23).
Table 2 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi male and female adults, 2013
Male (N 5253)
Weight/volume units
Female (N 5482)
Serving size
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
75·7
105·4
34·0
11·5
14·3
2·5
52·4
106·6
5·0
108·4
49·8
11·2
67·1
217·5
122·2
27·5
40·5
131·4
1·9
2·3
1·2
0·4
0·4
0·1
1·2
2·4
0·3
4·3
1·0
0·4
1·9
6·4
3·9
1·0
1·2
3·5
0·620
0·904
0·241
0·123
0·153
0·026
0·590
1·195
0·064
0·239
0·496
0·269
0·349
0·712
0·580
0·149
0·672
0·972
0·016
0·020
0·010
0·005
0·005
0·002
0·014
0·027
0·004
0·009
0·011
0·011
0·010
0·019
0·017
0·006
0·016
0·028
65·9
117·0
29·7
11·7
13·3
2·3
35·7
99·3
4·7
86·0
42·0
10·7
84·2
221·4
111·2
30·4
47·0
98·8
1·9
3·3
1·1
0·4
0·4
0·1
0·9
2·7
0·3
3·2
0·9
0·4
3·6
8·1
3·9
1·2
1·4
3·8
0·547
1·032
0·214
0·123
0·144
0·023
0·403
1·131
0·068
0·194
0·414
0·243
0·420
0·796
0·568
0·164
0·779
0·699
0·017
0·034
0·010
0·004
0·006
0·002
0·012
0·033
0·004
0·008
0·009
0·009
0·020
0·033
0·023
0·007
0·023
0·030
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
incomes. Consumption of SSB was statistically higher
in individuals with lower household incomes (Table 5).
Fruit/beverage consumption in different administrative
regions can be found in Supplemental File 2 (see online
supplementary material).
Vegetable oils were the most common type of oil/fat
used for preparation of food (84·5 (SE 0·5) %). Olive oil and
butter/margarine were reported by 5·3 (SE 0·3) % and
4·8 (SE 0·3) %, respectively. Most of the respondents reported
use of full-fat dairy products (77·6 (SE 0·6) %), followed by
low-fat (15·0 (SE 0·5) %) and non-fat (1·3 (SE 0·1) %); others
had no preference. The most common type of bread was
white bread (79·1 (SE 0·5) %); brown bread and Saudispecific traditional breads were reported by 20·1 (SE 0·5) %
and 0·8 (SE 0·1) %, respectively, as the usual kind
of bread.
Discussion
The present study is the first to describe dietary patterns
in a nationally representative sample of adults in KSA. It
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
5·5
13·5
2·9
0·9
1·1
0·5
5·3
6·1
0·3
4·0
2·4
1·1
19·6
27·7
14·5
3·1
3·0
3·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
SE
Mean
60·1
112·5
24·3
5·9
7·7
1·0
36·8
78·0
0·9
29·8
26·8
5·4
108·0
247·1
129·0
21·3
28·7
21·6
4·4
5·0
2·2
1·0
1·3
0·3
3·1
4·5
0·7
4·7
2·1
0·8
5·0
11·2
7·7
2·5
1·5
3·5
SE
Mean
68·8
91·5
20·8
7·2
12·4
1·3
54·2
79·8
1·4
32·1
32·6
5·3
67·0
205·0
113·5
19·8
23·0
30·4
3·7
5·2
2·0
0·6
0·9
0·2
1·9
3·9
0·4
4·1
1·4
0·7
6·0
9·4
6·5
2·2
1·4
3·1
SE
Mean
65·5
109·2
25·3
8·7
12·5
1·5
37·9
83·1
2·7
54·1
37·0
8·8
80·5
187·4
112·6
29·4
33·1
42·5
3·5
3·5
2·1
0·6
0·7
0·2
1·8
2·9
0·3
5·1
1·7
0·6
3·2
7·4
4·2
2·1
1·3
4·3
SE
Mean
77·9
105·8
30·9
8·8
13·9
2·2
49·2
83·2
2·4
69·6
44·2
9·2
64·2
170·1
102·0
31·0
31·1
64·9
3·6
4·5
1·4
0·7
0·8
0·3
1·4
4·1
0·5
4·8
1·5
0·7
5·9
9·5
7·0
1·5
1·5
4·9
SE
Mean
65·1
104·8
26·5
12·8
14·6
2·7
34·8
87·2
5·7
84·4
44·1
10·3
72·7
191·3
99·4
27·6
40·5
84·3
2·4
7·4
2·4
0·7
0·9
0·3
1·8
5·5
0·6
6·5
1·4
0·6
6·4
18·0
7·2
2·6
2·5
8·0
46·2
104·8
24·8
10·4
11·7
1·9
31·2
96·4
5·8
93·5
35·8
10·4
64·9
201·3
87·0
30·2
42·9
127·3
SE
SE
2·9
3·8
2·3
0·8
0·8
0·2
2·4
3·9
0·7
7·8
1·8
0·8
3·4
9·1
5·8
2·0
1·7
6·6
SE
56·5
83·0
26·2
11·0
12·8
1·7
51·4
101·1
6·3
121·6
48·4
12·9
57·8
183·0
97·2
23·1
36·9
172·2
2·7
3·4
1·8
0·7
0·7
0·3
1·8
4·0
0·4
5·3
1·6
0·7
3·1
6·9
4·7
1·7
1·1
6·0
Mean
Mean
Mean
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
66·0
98·2
32·5
12·1
13·9
3·4
47·9
98·1
4·2
96·2
46·6
10·4
61·8
163·6
104·3
28·4
33·7
119·2
Male (N 1857)
Female (N 1193)
Female (N 2169)
Male (N 1495)
Female (N 1575)
Male (N 712)
Female (N 545)
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
Male (N 1189)
25–39 years
15–24 years
Table 3 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by sex and age group, 2013
40–59 years
60 years or more
1078
showed poor dietary practices in the Kingdom. Saudis’
dietary behaviours met dietary recommendations in only
a small percentage of the population, especially for fruit
and vegetable consumption, dairy products, nuts and
fish meat. Young adults (15–24 years old) had a concerning pattern of high consumption of SSB, processed
meat and other processed foods, as well as low intake of
fruits and vegetables. Other studies on schoolchildren
show that these unhealthy dietary behaviours start
even sooner(16). This evidence calls for a comprehensive
programme to improve the dietary situation of Saudis. The
programme should include all age ranges, considering the
different needs and different dietary challenges of each
age group.
A cluster of dietary risk factors is the leading risk factor
for non-optimal health, with 11·3 million attributed deaths
and 241·4 million attributed disability-adjusted life years
per annum around the world(1). The Global Burden of
Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors (GBD) study showed
that in Saudi Arabia, the average levels of consumption of
fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, PUFA and seafood
n-3 fatty acids were far less than optimum, and the average
levels of consumption of processed meats, red meats, total
fatty acids, SSB and sodium were higher than optimal(3).
In the report of the WHO 2005 STEPwise survey, there
was limited dietary information on the consumption of
fruits, vegetables and oils. During the time between the
STEPwise survey and our current study (2005 to 2013), the
percentage of individuals consuming at least five daily
servings of fruits or vegetables increased slightly, from 5·5
to 7·3 %(11). However, based on food supply data, fruit and
vegetable availability in KSA (about 475 g/d in 2010)(17) is
more than twice the average consumption in our study
(less than 200 g/d). The difference might be related to
using fruits as pure juices (about 32 ml/d) or sweetened
juices, as well as the higher potential of decay in fruits/
vegetables compared with other food items. Further
details on consumption of fruits and vegetables by Saudi
adults have been reported elsewhere(11). Consumption of
olive oil has increased from 1·7 % in the Saudi STEPwise
survey to 5·3 %(18); since higher intake of olive oil is
associated with reduced risk of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular events and stroke, this can be considered a good
replacement(19).
Although there was higher consumption of meat and
SSB by men, and of vegetables by women, non-energyadjusted consumption is not directly comparable between
men and women. Considering the fact that average energy
consumption is usually higher in men, vegetable intake is
expected to remain higher in women after energy adjustment. Some of the different patterns of food and beverage
consumption between men and women may be explained
by theories about the association of meat consumption
with masculinity and vegetable consumption with femininity, but we do not have enough information for that
assessment(20–22).
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1079
Table 4 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by educational level, 2013
Primary or less (N 3286)
Elementary/high school (N 4780)
College or higher (N 2649)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
64·2
99·6
22·0
10·3
12·9
0·9
43·9
99·2
4·8
66·3
36·4
11·7
74·9
219·6
104·5
20·3
33·0
86·5
2·3
4·3
1·4
0·5
0·7
0·1
1·6
3·5
0·5
4·2
1·2
0·8
5·0
9·5
4·3
1·4
1·3
5·1
55·6
96·9
25·6
9·9
12·3
2·1
42·1
93·8
4·2
95·3
43·8
9·6
62·1
177·2
97·6
27·9
37·3
120·9
1·7
3·0
1·2
0·4
0·5
0·1
1·2
2·5
0·3
4·0
1·0
0·3
2·4
6·9
3·8
1·3
1·1
3·9
74·8
108·0
35·8
11·9
13·3
3·6
41·5
82·5
5·1
92·8
44·8
9·7
69·7
168·6
99·8
35·5
38·9
88·5
3·0
3·9
1·6
0·6
0·6
0·3
1·4
3·5
0·4
4·7
1·3
0·4
4·0
8·5
5·1
1·7
1·4
4·3
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Table 5 Food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by household monthly income level, 2013
Less than 5000 Riyals (N 3161)
5000–14 999 Riyals (N 4549)
15 000 Riyals or more (N 1131)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
51·5
94·1
20·9
9·8
13·3
1·7
37·2
89·3
3·4
91·0
38·9
8·1
66·4
188·5
104·7
22·7
37·5
113·6
2·0
3·7
1·5
0·5
0·7
0·2
1·5
3·3
0·4
5·3
1·2
0·5
3·4
8·7
4·9
1·5
1·8
5·4
65·2
96·2
28·3
10·8
13·8
2·3
42·4
88·6
4·4
86·8
45·2
10·1
64·6
166·5
99·5
31·9
36·2
95·9
1·7
2·2
1·4
0·5
0·5
0·2
1·2
2·1
0·3
3·7
1·0
0·4
2·3
4·9
3·2
1·4
0·9
3·2
79·3
118·3
40·5
10·6
14·0
3·9
50·3
93·3
5·2
82·7
42·2
11·2
61·9
189·4
98·7
36·4
35·9
91·0
4·7
6·6
2·4
0·8
0·9
0·4
2·4
4·3
0·7
6·6
1·8
0·8
4·0
11·1
5·8
2·7
1·8
5·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Compared with the recommendations of dietary
guidelines(9,23–25), consumption of fruits, vegetables, dairy
products and nuts is very low, and less than 45 % of the
KSA population consumes fish as recommended. On the
other hand, there is considerable unnecessary consumption of processed meat and SSB compared with the
recommendations(23,24). A 2006 study in Lebanon showed
that Lebanese adults consume the same amount of fish
and red meat as Saudis in our study, but less poultry meat
(36 v. 103 g/d) and eggs (12 v. 46 g/d), and more fruits and
vegetables (367 v. 182 g/d)(26).
The previously published GBD estimates for dietary risk
factors in KSA were close to our estimates for red meat,
processed meat and SSB. Our estimate for nuts was higher
than previous GBD estimates (about 11 v. 4 g/d)(3).
Midhat et al. reported the consumption of different food
items as part of the routine meals in the Qassim region of
KSA. However, they did not report the amount (or serving
sizes) of consumption. That study showed an increasing
probability of routine intake of fish, vegetables, fresh fruits
and barbecued meats (called a ‘healthy diet’) with
increasing age(27). Our findings showed that Saudis of
older ages consume more fruit and vegetables, and fewer
processed foods. The healthier diet seen among older
individuals might be related to different factors, such as a
birth cohort effect (due to the nutrition transition in the
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
1080
younger birth cohorts), the longer life of individuals with
healthy diets, more frequent contacts between health careproviders and older individuals (compared with younger
people), and better adherence among older individuals
to dietary guidelines because of their perceived risk of
disease and death.
The average consumption of fruit, vegetables and
shrimp in individuals with a college or higher education
was more than in other educational groups. The highest
intake of milk was reported by individuals with primary or
less education. Individuals with the lowest household
income had the highest consumption of SSB, while consumption of fruits, vegetables and pure juices was lower
than in individuals with higher income.
In our study, the highest intake of fish was in the Jizan,
Aasir, Al Bahah and Makkah regions (all located in the
south-western part of the country and close to the Red
Sea), as well as in Riyadh (capital); the lowest consumption of fish was reported by residents of Ha’il, Al Jawf and
Al Hudud ash Shamaliyah (all located in the north-western
part of the country).
Although the prevalence of obesity has decreased in
recent years in KSA, the current combination of high
overweight/obesity prevalence(28), sedentary lifestyle(10)
and inappropriate diet threatens the current and future
health of the population.
Our study has some limitations. First, we used a diet
history questionnaire that did not contain details for all
types of foods and beverages. Second, our food and
beverage consumption data are self-reported and subject
to recall and social desirability biases. Third, our study did
not include the amount of all foods and beverages (for
instance, complex carbohydrates), and we were not able
to directly calculate total energy expenditure. On the other
hand, our study is based on a large sample size and used a
standardized methodology for all its measures. It is
nationally representative and has the merit of providing
accurate data due to our near-real-time data quality
monitoring through the whole survey period.
The Saudi Ministry of Health has initiated programmes
and projects, such as the Crown Health Project(29,30) and
the Saudi dietary guidelines(9), to alleviate the burden of
risk factors of non-communicable diseases. The outcomes
of these programmes need to be evaluated, so that the
lessons learned from them can be used in the adjustment
of current programmes and the planning and installation
of new comprehensive programmes.
Conclusion
Our study showed that Saudis’ diets do not follow the
guidelines for healthy diets. Increased efforts to improve
eating habits in KSA are needed. These efforts should promote a balanced diet according to energy intake and composition of diet. Specifically, increasing the consumption of
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
fruits, vegetables, dairy products, nuts and fish should be
targeted. Strategies are required to limit the consumption of
processed foods and SSB, especially in young adults. These
efforts should involve all stakeholders, including education
representatives, agriculture partners, food companies and
food importers. In addition, regular assessments of Saudis’
dietary status are needed to monitor trends and inform
interventions. Finally, political will is needed to enforce food
labelling and manufacturing regulations.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements: The authors would like to thank
Kevin O’Rourke at the Institute for Health Metrics and
Evaluation for editing the manuscript. Financial support:
This study was supported by a grant from the Ministry of
Health of the KSA. The Ministry of Health had no role in
the design, analysis or writing of this article. Conflict of
interest: The study and the authors have not received any
financial support from the food industries. Authorship:
A.H.M. conceived and designed the study. M.B., Z.A.M.,
M.A.S. and M.A.A. performed the survey. C.E.B. and F.D.
participated in questionnaire design and interviewers’
training. M.M.-L., A.A. and A.H.M. analysed the data.
M.M.-L., A.H.M., C.E.B., A.A., F.D., M.B., Z.A.M., M.A.S.,
M.A.A. and A.A.A.R. drafted or commented on the manuscript. A.A.A.R. supervised the study. All co-authors are
responsible for the content of this article and have read and
approved the final manuscript. Ethics of human subject
participation: The Saudi Ministry of Health and its IRB
approved the study protocol. The University of Washington
IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since the Institute for
Health Metrics and Evaluation received de-identified data
for the analysis. All respondents had the opportunity to
consent and agree to participate in the study.
Supplementary material
To view supplementary material for this article, please visit
https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980016003141
References
1. GBD 2013 Risk Factors Collaborators, Forouzanfar MH,
Alexander L et al. (2015) Global, regional, and national
comparative risk assessment of 79 behavioural, environmental and occupational, and metabolic risks or clusters of
risks in 188 countries, 1990–2013: a systematic analysis for
the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. Lancet 386,
2287–2323.
2. Memish ZA, Jaber S, Mokdad AH et al. (2014) Burden of
disease, injuries, and risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, 1990–2010. Prev Chronic Dis 11, E169.
3. Afshin A, Micha R, Khatibzadeh S et al. (2015) The impact of
dietary habits and metabolic risk factors on cardiovascular
and diabetes mortality in countries of the Middle East and
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
North Africa in 2010: a comparative risk assessment analysis.
BMJ Open 5, e006385.
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (2014) GBD
compare visualization tool. http://ihmeuw.org/3qc9
(accessed July 2016).
Adam A, Osama S & Muhammad KI (2014) Nutrition and
food consumption patterns in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Pak J Nutr 13, 181–190.
Madani KA, al-Amoudi NS & Kumosani TA (2000) The state
of nutrition in Saudi Arabia. Nutr Health 14, 17–31.
Khan MA & Al Kanhal MA (1998) Dietary energy and
protein requirements for Saudi Arabia: a methodological
approach. East Mediterr Health J 4, 68–75.
Alsufiani HM, Kumosani TA, Ford D et al. (2015) Dietary
patterns, nutrient intakes, and nutritional and physical
activity status of Saudi older adults: a narrative review.
J Aging Res Clin Pract 4, 2–11.
General Director of Nutrition, Ministry of Health (2012)
Saudi Dietary Guideline (Healthy Diet Palm). Riyadh:
Ministry of Health Publications.
El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M, Daoud F et al. (2016) On your
mark, get set go: levels of physical activity in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia, 2013. J Phys Act Health 13, 231–238.
El Bcheraoui C, Basulaiman M, AlMazroa M et al. (2015)
Fruit and vegetable consumption among adults in Saudi
Arabia, 2013. Nutr Diet Suppl 7, 41–49.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Tobacco consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,
2013: findings from a national survey. BMC Public Health
15, 611.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Self-rated health among Saudi adults: findings from a
national survey, 2013. J Community Health 40, 920–926.
US Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service
(2014) National Nutrient Database for Standard Reference,
Release 27. http://ndb.nal.usda.gov/ndb/foods (accessed
July 2016).
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
(2011) Food Balance Sheets, Saudi Arabia. http://faostat3.
fao.org/download/FB/FBS/E (accessed October 2015).
Attia AAEM & Farajat MA (2013) Selected dietary habits
among female adolescents in Hail, Saudi Arabia. Am J Res
Commun 1, 140–148.
Haddad LJ, Hawkes C, Achadi E et al. (2015) Global
Nutrition Report 2015: Actions and Accountability to
Advance Nutrition and Sustainable Development.
Washington, DC: International Food Policy Research
Institute.
1081
18. Al-Hamdan NA, Kutbi A, Choudhry AJ et al. (2005) WHO
STEPwise Approach to NCD Surveillance. Country-Specific
Standard Report: Saudi Arabia. http://www.who.int/chp/steps/
2005_SaudiArabia_STEPS_Report_EN.pdf?ua=1 (accessed July
2016).
19. Schwingshackl L & Hoffmann G (2014) Monounsaturated
fatty acids, olive oil and health status: a systematic review
and meta-analysis of cohort studies. Lipids Health Dis
13, 154.
20. Ruby MB & Heine SJ (2011) Meat, morals, and masculinity.
Appetite 56, 447–450.
21. Vartanian LR (2015) Impression management and food
intake. Current directions in research. Appetite 86, 74–80.
22. Levant RF, Parent MC, McCurdy ER et al. (2015) Moderated
mediation of the relationships between masculinity ideology,
outcome expectations, and energy drink use. Health Psychol
34, 1100–1106.
23. American Institute for Cancer Research (2007) Recommendations for Cancer Prevention. http://www.aicr.org/reduceyour-cancer-risk/recommendations-for-cancer-prevention/
(accessed July 2016).
24. Eckel RH, Jakicic JM, Ard JD et al. (2014) 2013 AHA/ACC
guideline on lifestyle management to reduce cardiovascular
risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/
American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 63, 2960–2984.
25. US Department of Health and Human Services & US
Department of Agriculture (2005) Dietary Guidelines for
Americans,
2005.
http://health.gov/dietaryguidelines/
dga2005/document/ (accessed July 2016).
26. Nasreddine L, Hwalla N, Sibai A et al. (2006) Food consumption patterns in an adult urban population in Beirut,
Lebanon. Public Health Nutr 9, 194–203.
27. Midhet F, Al Mohaimeed AR & Sharaf F (2010) Dietary
practices, physical activity and health education in Qassim
region of Saudi Arabia. Int J Health Sci 4, 3–10.
28. Memish ZA, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2014) Obesity
and associated factors – Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2013.
Prev Chronic Dis 11, E174.
29. Memish ZS, Abdullah AS, Saeedi MY et al. (2013) Methods
and status of a comprehensive community-based intervention focusing on non-communicable diseases and the major
risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The Crown
Health Project. Saudi Med J 34, 202–203.
30. Memish ZA, Saeedi MY, Al Madani AJ et al. (2015) Factors
associated with public awareness of the Crown Health
Program in the Al-Jouf Region. J Fam Community Med 22,
31–38.
Downloaded

ct 2

Description

520

Leadership Styles During a Crisis (100 points)

Crisis situations require effective leadership to direct a unified quality healthcare response.

Using the Saudi Digital Library, locate and read three scholarly research articles on the role of leadership in managing quality and safety initiatives during crisis situations in Saudi Arabia.

Based on your readings, prepare a PowerPoint presentation describing your leadership style and how you would use your leadership to effectively manage quality and safety during a healthcare crisis. Explain the crisis situation, the environment, the resources available, the challenges, and proposed solutions to the crisis situation that you are writing about.

Your PowerPoint should meet the following requirements:

Seven to eight slides, not including your title and reference slides.

Each slide must provide detailed speakers notes, with a minimum of 100 words per slide. Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials.

Formatted per APA 7th edition and Saudi Arabia Electronic University formatting guidelines.

Utilize headings to organize the content of your work.

Professional design and transitions

Social Work Question

Description

Instructions

Read the Case Study- Charlie: p. 392 in:

Dziegielewski, S. (2014). DSM-5 In ActionLinks to an external site.. (3rd ed.). Wiley and Sons.

You will then complete a Mental Status Examination for this Case Study and submit a 1-2 page word document that conducts an assessment of Charlie using the format below.

Complete the Mental Status Examination for this Case study
Identify the Risk and Protective Factors: Biological, Psychological and Social by answering the following questions.
Biomedical Assessment:
Medical Conditions: Does the client report physical conditions? In what ways does it affect the client’s social and occupational functioning and activities of daily living?
Psychological Assessment:
Cognitive Functioning: Does the client have the ability to think and reason about what is happening to them? Is the client able to participate and make decisions regarding their best interest? Lethality: Would the client harm themselves or anyone else because of perception of the problem experienced?
Social/Environmental Assessment:
Social/Societal: Is the client open to outside help?
What support system or helping networks are available?
Does the client have support from neighbors, friends or community organizations (church, membership) What support does the client have from family?
Occupational Assessment:
Does the client have a disability that impairs or prohibit their ability to work?
Is the client a member of a cultural or religious group
Provide the Clinical Diagnosis using the DSM 5 TR using Diagnostic Criteria along with the DSM 5TR Code and title of the diagnosis. Provide a brief justification on why this diagnosis was selected.

Adapted from Dziegielewski (2014).

Provide the Clinical Diagnosis using the DSM 5 TR

Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 4 hours

Assignment Resources
Complete the Mental Status Examination Brief Mental Status examinationLinks to an external site.(pdf)
Rubric

MSW620 Unit 3 MSE Rubric

MSW620 Unit 3 MSE Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

MSE

10 pts

Mastered

All components of the MSE are clearly complete and accurate for the presented case study

9 pts

Excels

All components of the MSE are clearly complete and accurate but not clearly linked to case study

8 pts

Competent

All components of the MSE are somewhat complete and somewhat connected to case study

7 pts

Needs Improvement

Minimal information on the MSE

0 pts

Not Present

No MSE provided

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

Biomedical

8 pts

Mastered

Medical Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Medical Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Medical Conditions are partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Medical Conditions are minimally assessed

0 pts

Not Present

The medical conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

Psychological

8 pts

Mastered

Psychological Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Psychological Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Psychological Conditions are partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Psychological Conditions are minimally assessed

0 pts

Not Present

The Psychological conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

Social/Emotional

8 pts

Mastered

Social/ Emotional Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Social/ Emotional Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Social/ Emotional Conditions are partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Social/ Emotional Conditions are minimally assessed by

0 pts

Not Present

The Social/ Emotional conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups
Occupational Assessment

8 pts

Mastered

Occupational Assessment is clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Occupational Assessment is clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Occupational Assessment is partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Occupational Assessment is are minimally assessed

0 pts

Not Present

The Social/ Emotional conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups
Diagnosis

8 pts

Mastered

Diagnosis is correct and justified with diagnostic criteria

7.2 pts

Excels

Diagnosis is correct with limited justification

6.4 pts

Competent

Diagnosis is correct with no justification

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Diagnosis is incorrect but justified

0 pts

Not Present

Diagnosis is not provided

8 pts

Total Points: 50

dis my problem It is difficult to provide virtual health services by dealing with virtual clinics

Description

Program identification

Task 1: Analyzing Educational Needs

Choose a specific subject area or field of study. Describe the process of analyzing educational needs for this subject area. Include factors such as changing societal demands, learner demographics, and emerging trends that can influence program

Task 2: Establishing Program Goals

Based on the subject area you chose in Task 1, create two program goals that address specific learning outcomes or educational needs. Ensure that these goals are clear, concise, and reflect the overarching purpose of the educational program.

Task 3: Considering Influencing Factors

Identify and discuss three key factors that could influence the identification of an effective program. These factors could include considerations related to student diversity, community involvement, technology integration, and alignment with educational standards.

Needs assessment

Task 1: Identifying Stakeholders

List and briefly describe the key stakeholders involved in a needs assessment for your curriculum design. Explain the roles and perspectives of each stakeholder, such as students, teachers, parents, administrators, and community members.

Task 2: Data Collection Methods

Research and describe three different methods commonly used to collect data during a needs assessment. Choose methods that can provide insights into various aspects of the learning environment. For each method, explain its benefits, potential drawbacks, and when it might be most appropriate to use.

Topic 6 DQ 2

Description

Assessment DescriptionEvaluation is an important part of the implementation process. At what point should evaluation begin? At what point should the readjustment process begin? How would you go about determining this? Are these processes the same for every project? Why or why not?Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing and Healthcare: A Guide to Best PracticeMelnyk, B. M., & Fineout-Overholt, E. (Eds.). (2019). Evidence-based practice in nursing and healthcare: A guide to best practice (4th ed.). Wolters Kluwer. ISBN-13: 9781496384539

241 Layla

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

doi:10.1017/S1368980016003141
Public Health Nutrition: 20(6), 1075–1081
Diet in Saudi Arabia: findings from a nationally representative
survey
Maziar Moradi-Lakeh1, Charbel El Bcheraoui1, Ashkan Afshin1, Farah Daoud1,
Mohammad A AlMazroa2, Mohammad Al Saeedi2, Mohammed Basulaiman2,
Ziad A Memish2, Abdullah A Al Rabeeah2 and Ali H Mokdad1,*
1
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation, University of Washington, 2301 5th Avenue, Suite 600, Seattle,
WA 98121, USA: 2Ministry of Health of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
Submitted 30 March 2016: Final revision received 8 September 2016: Accepted 10 October 2016: First published online 15 December 2016
Abstract
Objective: No recent original studies on the pattern of diet are available for Saudi
Arabia at the national level. The present study was performed to describe the
consumption of foods and beverages by Saudi adults.
Design: The Saudi Health Interview Survey (SHIS) was conducted in 2013. Data
were collected through interviews and anthropometric measurements were done.
A diet history questionnaire was used to determine the amount of consumption for
eighteen food or beverage items in a typical week.
Setting: The study was a household survey in all thirteen administrative regions of
Saudi Arabia.
Subjects: Participants were 10 735 individuals aged 15 years or older.
Results: Mean daily consumption was 70·9 (SE 1·3) g for fruits, 111·1 (SE 2·0) g for
vegetables, 11·6 (SE 0·3) g for dark fish, 13·8 (SE 0·3) g for other fish, 44·2 (SE 0·7) g
for red meat, 4·8 (SE 0·2) g for processed meat, 10·9 (SE 0·3) g for nuts, 219·4 (SE 5·1) ml
for milk and 115·5 (SE 2·6) ml for sugar-sweetened beverages. Dietary guideline
recommendations were met by only 5·2 % of individuals for fruits, 7·5 % for
vegetables, 31·4 % for nuts and 44·7 % for fish. The consumption of processed
foods and sugar-sweetened beverages was high in young adults.
Conclusions: Only a small percentage of the Saudi population met the dietary
recommendations. Programmes to improve dietary behaviours are urgently
needed to reduce the current and future burden of disease. The promotion of
healthy diets should target both the general population and specific high-risk
groups. Regular assessments of dietary status are needed to monitor trends and
inform interventions.
Dietary risks are among the most important risk factors
globally and in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) in
particular(1,2). Like many other regions of the world, the
nutrition transition in the Middle East has contributed to the
rising burden of non-communicable diseases(1,3). In KSA in
2013, poor diet accounted for 10·4 % (95 % CI 8·9, 12·2 %) of
disability-adjusted life years and 22·1 % (95 % CI 18·7,
24·5 %) of deaths(3,4). FAO data show an overall increase in
food supply (1961–2007) in KSA, with an increase in the
supply of sugar, meat, animal fat, offal (organ meats), eggs
and milk, and a levelling trend in the vegetable and fruit
supply(5). A similar trend was reported earlier in 2000(6).
Khan and Al Kanhal reported a rapidly increasing surplus of
energy and protein availability in KSA after 1975, compared
with the recommended daily allowances(7).
Keyword
Diet
Foods
Beverages
Nutrition epidemiology
Saudi Arabia
Previous reports have shown the dietary patterns or
energy/nutrient intakes in specific population subgroups
or regions of KSA(8). However, nationally representative
diet data from KSA are limited to food availability. Food
availability data (such as FAO data) do not represent
intake, as they do not account for wastage and other uses.
Moreover, they do not provide information on diet by age,
sex and socio-economic status.
In 2012, the KSA Ministry of Health published dietary
guidelines on the amount and composition of recommended foods to promote a healthy diet among the
population(9). However, there are not enough data on the
success of the guidelines’ implementation, the population’s current dietary status and the potential impacts of
the guidelines. Therefore, the aims of the present study
*Corresponding author: Email mokdaa@uw.edu
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
© The Authors 2016
1076
were to describe the amount of consumption of different
types of foods and beverages in KSA; to describe dietary
consumption by age, sex, socio-economic status and subnational administrative regions; and to assess the degree to
which Saudis’ diets met the dietary guidelines.
Methods
Performed between April and June 2013, the Saudi Health
Interview Survey (SHIS) was a national multistage survey
of individuals aged 15 years or older. For this survey, KSA
was divided into thirteen regions. Each region was divided
into sub-regions and blocks. All regions were included in
the survey. A probability-proportional-to-size method was
used to randomly select sub-regions and blocks. Households were then randomly selected from each block.
A roster of household members was conducted and an
adult aged 15 years or older was randomly selected to be
surveyed from each selected household. If the randomly
selected adult was not present, our surveyors made an
appointment to return. A total of three visits were
attempted before the household was considered as a nonresponse. More details about the study are available in
previous publications(10–13).
The Saudi Ministry of Health and its institutional review
board (IRB) approved the study protocol. The University
of Washington IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since
the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation received deidentified data for the present analysis. All respondents
had the opportunity to consent and agree to participate in
the study.
The survey included forty-two questions on diet (a diet
history questionnaire), as well as questions on socioeconomic status (educational and household monthly
income levels) and other aspects of health. Respondents
were asked to report the number of days that they
consumed eighteen food or beverage items in a typical
week over the last year. The food and beverage items
included in the survey were: fruits; pure (100 %) fruit
juices; vegetables; dark meat fish; other fish; shrimp; red
meat; poultry meat; processed meat (meats preserved by
smoking, curing or salting, or by the addition of
preservatives, such as in the case of pastrami, salami,
bologna, other packaged lunch meats or deli meats,
sausages, bratwursts, frankfurters and hot dogs); other
processed foods (such as fast foods, canned foods, packaged entrées or packaged soup); eggs; nuts; milk; yoghurt;
laban (a beverage of yoghurt mixed with salt, which is
also known as ayran or doogh); labneh (strained yoghurt);
cheese; and sugar-sweetened beverages (SSB). For each
type of food/beverage that the respondents reported at
least one day of consumption per typical week, the
respondents were asked: ‘How many servings of [this
food/beverage] do you usually consume/eat/drink on one
of those days?’ The interviewers used specific pictures that
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
represented the serving size of each type of food/beverage. Moreover, respondents were asked about the type
of oil or fat most often used for meal preparation, and the
usual type of dairy products (full-fat, low-fat, non-fat) and
bread in the household.
There were insufficient data to calculate total energy
consumption directly. Supplemental File 1 (see online
supplementary material) shows the method for indirect
estimation of energy intake and the energy-adjusted daily
food/beverage consumption estimates. Although not an
ideal method for energy adjustment, it can provide more
comparability with other studies for interested readers. An
energy adjustment is also necessary to compare the status
with the dietary guideline recommendations.
Average numbers of daily servings – and their equivalent weight (grams) for foods, or volume (millilitres) for
beverages – were calculated. In cases where the weight of
a serving size had not been clarified in the survey manuals
(fruits, vegetables, processed meat, processed foods
and eggs), we matched our visual manual as closely as
possible to phrases in the guidelines of the US Department
of Agriculture to assign an average weight(14). For fruits
and vegetables, we used the weighted average weight of
one serving of the most common types of fruits and
vegetables based on the most recent food supply data of
FAO in KSA(15). The 99th percentiles of consumption were
used as cut-off points to identify and exclude implausibly
high levels of intake.
The statistical software package Stata 13.1 for Windows
was used for the analyses and to account for the complex
sampling design.
Results
A total of 12 000 households were contacted and 10 735
participants (5253 men and 5482 women) completed the
SHIS, for a response rate of 89·4 %.
Table 1 demonstrates the average daily consumption
of different food and beverage items. Table 2 shows the
food and beverage consumption of men and women.
Non-adjusted consumption of fruit, red meat, other
processed foods, eggs and SSB was statistically higher in
men than women, while yoghurt and cheese consumption
was higher in women than men. Daily consumption of
fruits and vegetables was reported by 10·8 (SE 0·4) % and
25·9 (SE 0·6) %, respectively, and 27·0 (SE 0·7) % reported
daily drinking of SSB.
Mean consumption of processed meat, other processed
foods and SSB was clearly higher in younger age groups
(Table 3), while laban consumption was higher in older
age groups. Consumption of fruit, shrimp, labneh and
cheese had an increasing pattern with higher education
(Table 4). As demonstrated in Table 5, consumption
of some of the food items (fruit, shrimp, red meat and
labneh) was higher in individuals with higher household
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1077
Table 1 Average daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults, 2013
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Meet the recommendations
Serving size
N
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
%
SE
103 g*
105 g*
125 ml
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
69 g*
399 g*
92 g*
40 g
175 g
250 ml
175 g
175 g
50 g
125 ml
10 187
10 334
10 066
10 096
10 082
9801
10 223
10 336
9667
9664
10 219
9768
10 257
10 326
10 269
9866
10 113
9967
70·9
111·1
31·9
11·6
13·8
2·4
44·2
103·0
4·8
97·5
46·0
10·9
75·4
219·4
116·8
28·9
43·7
115·5
1·3
2·0
0·8
0·3
0·3
0·1
0·7
1·8
0·2
2·7
0·7
0·3
2·0
5·1
2·8
0·8
0·9
2·6
0·675
1·078
0·269
0·137
0·159
0·028
0·521
1·304
0·070
0·244
0·500
0·274
0·431
0·885
0·667
0·165
0·874
0·924
0·013
0·019
0·007
0·003
0·003
0·001
0·009
0·022
0·003
0·007
0·007
0·007
0·012
0·021
0·016
0·004
0·018
0·021
5·2†
7·5†
0·3
0·4
44·7‡
0·7
85·7§
0·5
80·2§
0·6
31·4†
26·2†
0·7
0·7
78·6‡
0·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
*Estimated through matching of pictures in the survey manual with the descriptions of the US Department of Agriculture guideline(14).
Reference dietary guidelines: †Dietary Guidelines for Americans(25); ‡American Heart Association(24); §American Institute for Cancer Research(23).
Table 2 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi male and female adults, 2013
Male (N 5253)
Weight/volume units
Female (N 5482)
Serving size
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
75·7
105·4
34·0
11·5
14·3
2·5
52·4
106·6
5·0
108·4
49·8
11·2
67·1
217·5
122·2
27·5
40·5
131·4
1·9
2·3
1·2
0·4
0·4
0·1
1·2
2·4
0·3
4·3
1·0
0·4
1·9
6·4
3·9
1·0
1·2
3·5
0·620
0·904
0·241
0·123
0·153
0·026
0·590
1·195
0·064
0·239
0·496
0·269
0·349
0·712
0·580
0·149
0·672
0·972
0·016
0·020
0·010
0·005
0·005
0·002
0·014
0·027
0·004
0·009
0·011
0·011
0·010
0·019
0·017
0·006
0·016
0·028
65·9
117·0
29·7
11·7
13·3
2·3
35·7
99·3
4·7
86·0
42·0
10·7
84·2
221·4
111·2
30·4
47·0
98·8
1·9
3·3
1·1
0·4
0·4
0·1
0·9
2·7
0·3
3·2
0·9
0·4
3·6
8·1
3·9
1·2
1·4
3·8
0·547
1·032
0·214
0·123
0·144
0·023
0·403
1·131
0·068
0·194
0·414
0·243
0·420
0·796
0·568
0·164
0·779
0·699
0·017
0·034
0·010
0·004
0·006
0·002
0·012
0·033
0·004
0·008
0·009
0·009
0·020
0·033
0·023
0·007
0·023
0·030
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
incomes. Consumption of SSB was statistically higher
in individuals with lower household incomes (Table 5).
Fruit/beverage consumption in different administrative
regions can be found in Supplemental File 2 (see online
supplementary material).
Vegetable oils were the most common type of oil/fat
used for preparation of food (84·5 (SE 0·5) %). Olive oil and
butter/margarine were reported by 5·3 (SE 0·3) % and
4·8 (SE 0·3) %, respectively. Most of the respondents reported
use of full-fat dairy products (77·6 (SE 0·6) %), followed by
low-fat (15·0 (SE 0·5) %) and non-fat (1·3 (SE 0·1) %); others
had no preference. The most common type of bread was
white bread (79·1 (SE 0·5) %); brown bread and Saudispecific traditional breads were reported by 20·1 (SE 0·5) %
and 0·8 (SE 0·1) %, respectively, as the usual kind
of bread.
Discussion
The present study is the first to describe dietary patterns
in a nationally representative sample of adults in KSA. It
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
5·5
13·5
2·9
0·9
1·1
0·5
5·3
6·1
0·3
4·0
2·4
1·1
19·6
27·7
14·5
3·1
3·0
3·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
SE
Mean
60·1
112·5
24·3
5·9
7·7
1·0
36·8
78·0
0·9
29·8
26·8
5·4
108·0
247·1
129·0
21·3
28·7
21·6
4·4
5·0
2·2
1·0
1·3
0·3
3·1
4·5
0·7
4·7
2·1
0·8
5·0
11·2
7·7
2·5
1·5
3·5
SE
Mean
68·8
91·5
20·8
7·2
12·4
1·3
54·2
79·8
1·4
32·1
32·6
5·3
67·0
205·0
113·5
19·8
23·0
30·4
3·7
5·2
2·0
0·6
0·9
0·2
1·9
3·9
0·4
4·1
1·4
0·7
6·0
9·4
6·5
2·2
1·4
3·1
SE
Mean
65·5
109·2
25·3
8·7
12·5
1·5
37·9
83·1
2·7
54·1
37·0
8·8
80·5
187·4
112·6
29·4
33·1
42·5
3·5
3·5
2·1
0·6
0·7
0·2
1·8
2·9
0·3
5·1
1·7
0·6
3·2
7·4
4·2
2·1
1·3
4·3
SE
Mean
77·9
105·8
30·9
8·8
13·9
2·2
49·2
83·2
2·4
69·6
44·2
9·2
64·2
170·1
102·0
31·0
31·1
64·9
3·6
4·5
1·4
0·7
0·8
0·3
1·4
4·1
0·5
4·8
1·5
0·7
5·9
9·5
7·0
1·5
1·5
4·9
SE
Mean
65·1
104·8
26·5
12·8
14·6
2·7
34·8
87·2
5·7
84·4
44·1
10·3
72·7
191·3
99·4
27·6
40·5
84·3
2·4
7·4
2·4
0·7
0·9
0·3
1·8
5·5
0·6
6·5
1·4
0·6
6·4
18·0
7·2
2·6
2·5
8·0
46·2
104·8
24·8
10·4
11·7
1·9
31·2
96·4
5·8
93·5
35·8
10·4
64·9
201·3
87·0
30·2
42·9
127·3
SE
SE
2·9
3·8
2·3
0·8
0·8
0·2
2·4
3·9
0·7
7·8
1·8
0·8
3·4
9·1
5·8
2·0
1·7
6·6
SE
56·5
83·0
26·2
11·0
12·8
1·7
51·4
101·1
6·3
121·6
48·4
12·9
57·8
183·0
97·2
23·1
36·9
172·2
2·7
3·4
1·8
0·7
0·7
0·3
1·8
4·0
0·4
5·3
1·6
0·7
3·1
6·9
4·7
1·7
1·1
6·0
Mean
Mean
Mean
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
66·0
98·2
32·5
12·1
13·9
3·4
47·9
98·1
4·2
96·2
46·6
10·4
61·8
163·6
104·3
28·4
33·7
119·2
Male (N 1857)
Female (N 1193)
Female (N 2169)
Male (N 1495)
Female (N 1575)
Male (N 712)
Female (N 545)
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
Male (N 1189)
25–39 years
15–24 years
Table 3 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by sex and age group, 2013
40–59 years
60 years or more
1078
showed poor dietary practices in the Kingdom. Saudis’
dietary behaviours met dietary recommendations in only
a small percentage of the population, especially for fruit
and vegetable consumption, dairy products, nuts and
fish meat. Young adults (15–24 years old) had a concerning pattern of high consumption of SSB, processed
meat and other processed foods, as well as low intake of
fruits and vegetables. Other studies on schoolchildren
show that these unhealthy dietary behaviours start
even sooner(16). This evidence calls for a comprehensive
programme to improve the dietary situation of Saudis. The
programme should include all age ranges, considering the
different needs and different dietary challenges of each
age group.
A cluster of dietary risk factors is the leading risk factor
for non-optimal health, with 11·3 million attributed deaths
and 241·4 million attributed disability-adjusted life years
per annum around the world(1). The Global Burden of
Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors (GBD) study showed
that in Saudi Arabia, the average levels of consumption of
fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, PUFA and seafood
n-3 fatty acids were far less than optimum, and the average
levels of consumption of processed meats, red meats, total
fatty acids, SSB and sodium were higher than optimal(3).
In the report of the WHO 2005 STEPwise survey, there
was limited dietary information on the consumption of
fruits, vegetables and oils. During the time between the
STEPwise survey and our current study (2005 to 2013), the
percentage of individuals consuming at least five daily
servings of fruits or vegetables increased slightly, from 5·5
to 7·3 %(11). However, based on food supply data, fruit and
vegetable availability in KSA (about 475 g/d in 2010)(17) is
more than twice the average consumption in our study
(less than 200 g/d). The difference might be related to
using fruits as pure juices (about 32 ml/d) or sweetened
juices, as well as the higher potential of decay in fruits/
vegetables compared with other food items. Further
details on consumption of fruits and vegetables by Saudi
adults have been reported elsewhere(11). Consumption of
olive oil has increased from 1·7 % in the Saudi STEPwise
survey to 5·3 %(18); since higher intake of olive oil is
associated with reduced risk of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular events and stroke, this can be considered a good
replacement(19).
Although there was higher consumption of meat and
SSB by men, and of vegetables by women, non-energyadjusted consumption is not directly comparable between
men and women. Considering the fact that average energy
consumption is usually higher in men, vegetable intake is
expected to remain higher in women after energy adjustment. Some of the different patterns of food and beverage
consumption between men and women may be explained
by theories about the association of meat consumption
with masculinity and vegetable consumption with femininity, but we do not have enough information for that
assessment(20–22).
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1079
Table 4 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by educational level, 2013
Primary or less (N 3286)
Elementary/high school (N 4780)
College or higher (N 2649)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
64·2
99·6
22·0
10·3
12·9
0·9
43·9
99·2
4·8
66·3
36·4
11·7
74·9
219·6
104·5
20·3
33·0
86·5
2·3
4·3
1·4
0·5
0·7
0·1
1·6
3·5
0·5
4·2
1·2
0·8
5·0
9·5
4·3
1·4
1·3
5·1
55·6
96·9
25·6
9·9
12·3
2·1
42·1
93·8
4·2
95·3
43·8
9·6
62·1
177·2
97·6
27·9
37·3
120·9
1·7
3·0
1·2
0·4
0·5
0·1
1·2
2·5
0·3
4·0
1·0
0·3
2·4
6·9
3·8
1·3
1·1
3·9
74·8
108·0
35·8
11·9
13·3
3·6
41·5
82·5
5·1
92·8
44·8
9·7
69·7
168·6
99·8
35·5
38·9
88·5
3·0
3·9
1·6
0·6
0·6
0·3
1·4
3·5
0·4
4·7
1·3
0·4
4·0
8·5
5·1
1·7
1·4
4·3
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Table 5 Food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by household monthly income level, 2013
Less than 5000 Riyals (N 3161)
5000–14 999 Riyals (N 4549)
15 000 Riyals or more (N 1131)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
51·5
94·1
20·9
9·8
13·3
1·7
37·2
89·3
3·4
91·0
38·9
8·1
66·4
188·5
104·7
22·7
37·5
113·6
2·0
3·7
1·5
0·5
0·7
0·2
1·5
3·3
0·4
5·3
1·2
0·5
3·4
8·7
4·9
1·5
1·8
5·4
65·2
96·2
28·3
10·8
13·8
2·3
42·4
88·6
4·4
86·8
45·2
10·1
64·6
166·5
99·5
31·9
36·2
95·9
1·7
2·2
1·4
0·5
0·5
0·2
1·2
2·1
0·3
3·7
1·0
0·4
2·3
4·9
3·2
1·4
0·9
3·2
79·3
118·3
40·5
10·6
14·0
3·9
50·3
93·3
5·2
82·7
42·2
11·2
61·9
189·4
98·7
36·4
35·9
91·0
4·7
6·6
2·4
0·8
0·9
0·4
2·4
4·3
0·7
6·6
1·8
0·8
4·0
11·1
5·8
2·7
1·8
5·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Compared with the recommendations of dietary
guidelines(9,23–25), consumption of fruits, vegetables, dairy
products and nuts is very low, and less than 45 % of the
KSA population consumes fish as recommended. On the
other hand, there is considerable unnecessary consumption of processed meat and SSB compared with the
recommendations(23,24). A 2006 study in Lebanon showed
that Lebanese adults consume the same amount of fish
and red meat as Saudis in our study, but less poultry meat
(36 v. 103 g/d) and eggs (12 v. 46 g/d), and more fruits and
vegetables (367 v. 182 g/d)(26).
The previously published GBD estimates for dietary risk
factors in KSA were close to our estimates for red meat,
processed meat and SSB. Our estimate for nuts was higher
than previous GBD estimates (about 11 v. 4 g/d)(3).
Midhat et al. reported the consumption of different food
items as part of the routine meals in the Qassim region of
KSA. However, they did not report the amount (or serving
sizes) of consumption. That study showed an increasing
probability of routine intake of fish, vegetables, fresh fruits
and barbecued meats (called a ‘healthy diet’) with
increasing age(27). Our findings showed that Saudis of
older ages consume more fruit and vegetables, and fewer
processed foods. The healthier diet seen among older
individuals might be related to different factors, such as a
birth cohort effect (due to the nutrition transition in the
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
1080
younger birth cohorts), the longer life of individuals with
healthy diets, more frequent contacts between health careproviders and older individuals (compared with younger
people), and better adherence among older individuals
to dietary guidelines because of their perceived risk of
disease and death.
The average consumption of fruit, vegetables and
shrimp in individuals with a college or higher education
was more than in other educational groups. The highest
intake of milk was reported by individuals with primary or
less education. Individuals with the lowest household
income had the highest consumption of SSB, while consumption of fruits, vegetables and pure juices was lower
than in individuals with higher income.
In our study, the highest intake of fish was in the Jizan,
Aasir, Al Bahah and Makkah regions (all located in the
south-western part of the country and close to the Red
Sea), as well as in Riyadh (capital); the lowest consumption of fish was reported by residents of Ha’il, Al Jawf and
Al Hudud ash Shamaliyah (all located in the north-western
part of the country).
Although the prevalence of obesity has decreased in
recent years in KSA, the current combination of high
overweight/obesity prevalence(28), sedentary lifestyle(10)
and inappropriate diet threatens the current and future
health of the population.
Our study has some limitations. First, we used a diet
history questionnaire that did not contain details for all
types of foods and beverages. Second, our food and
beverage consumption data are self-reported and subject
to recall and social desirability biases. Third, our study did
not include the amount of all foods and beverages (for
instance, complex carbohydrates), and we were not able
to directly calculate total energy expenditure. On the other
hand, our study is based on a large sample size and used a
standardized methodology for all its measures. It is
nationally representative and has the merit of providing
accurate data due to our near-real-time data quality
monitoring through the whole survey period.
The Saudi Ministry of Health has initiated programmes
and projects, such as the Crown Health Project(29,30) and
the Saudi dietary guidelines(9), to alleviate the burden of
risk factors of non-communicable diseases. The outcomes
of these programmes need to be evaluated, so that the
lessons learned from them can be used in the adjustment
of current programmes and the planning and installation
of new comprehensive programmes.
Conclusion
Our study showed that Saudis’ diets do not follow the
guidelines for healthy diets. Increased efforts to improve
eating habits in KSA are needed. These efforts should promote a balanced diet according to energy intake and composition of diet. Specifically, increasing the consumption of
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
fruits, vegetables, dairy products, nuts and fish should be
targeted. Strategies are required to limit the consumption of
processed foods and SSB, especially in young adults. These
efforts should involve all stakeholders, including education
representatives, agriculture partners, food companies and
food importers. In addition, regular assessments of Saudis’
dietary status are needed to monitor trends and inform
interventions. Finally, political will is needed to enforce food
labelling and manufacturing regulations.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements: The authors would like to thank
Kevin O’Rourke at the Institute for Health Metrics and
Evaluation for editing the manuscript. Financial support:
This study was supported by a grant from the Ministry of
Health of the KSA. The Ministry of Health had no role in
the design, analysis or writing of this article. Conflict of
interest: The study and the authors have not received any
financial support from the food industries. Authorship:
A.H.M. conceived and designed the study. M.B., Z.A.M.,
M.A.S. and M.A.A. performed the survey. C.E.B. and F.D.
participated in questionnaire design and interviewers’
training. M.M.-L., A.A. and A.H.M. analysed the data.
M.M.-L., A.H.M., C.E.B., A.A., F.D., M.B., Z.A.M., M.A.S.,
M.A.A. and A.A.A.R. drafted or commented on the manuscript. A.A.A.R. supervised the study. All co-authors are
responsible for the content of this article and have read and
approved the final manuscript. Ethics of human subject
participation: The Saudi Ministry of Health and its IRB
approved the study protocol. The University of Washington
IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since the Institute for
Health Metrics and Evaluation received de-identified data
for the analysis. All respondents had the opportunity to
consent and agree to participate in the study.
Supplementary material
To view supplementary material for this article, please visit
https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980016003141
References
1. GBD 2013 Risk Factors Collaborators, Forouzanfar MH,
Alexander L et al. (2015) Global, regional, and national
comparative risk assessment of 79 behavioural, environmental and occupational, and metabolic risks or clusters of
risks in 188 countries, 1990–2013: a systematic analysis for
the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. Lancet 386,
2287–2323.
2. Memish ZA, Jaber S, Mokdad AH et al. (2014) Burden of
disease, injuries, and risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, 1990–2010. Prev Chronic Dis 11, E169.
3. Afshin A, Micha R, Khatibzadeh S et al. (2015) The impact of
dietary habits and metabolic risk factors on cardiovascular
and diabetes mortality in countries of the Middle East and
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
North Africa in 2010: a comparative risk assessment analysis.
BMJ Open 5, e006385.
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (2014) GBD
compare visualization tool. http://ihmeuw.org/3qc9
(accessed July 2016).
Adam A, Osama S & Muhammad KI (2014) Nutrition and
food consumption patterns in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Pak J Nutr 13, 181–190.
Madani KA, al-Amoudi NS & Kumosani TA (2000) The state
of nutrition in Saudi Arabia. Nutr Health 14, 17–31.
Khan MA & Al Kanhal MA (1998) Dietary energy and
protein requirements for Saudi Arabia: a methodological
approach. East Mediterr Health J 4, 68–75.
Alsufiani HM, Kumosani TA, Ford D et al. (2015) Dietary
patterns, nutrient intakes, and nutritional and physical
activity status of Saudi older adults: a narrative review.
J Aging Res Clin Pract 4, 2–11.
General Director of Nutrition, Ministry of Health (2012)
Saudi Dietary Guideline (Healthy Diet Palm). Riyadh:
Ministry of Health Publications.
El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M, Daoud F et al. (2016) On your
mark, get set go: levels of physical activity in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia, 2013. J Phys Act Health 13, 231–238.
El Bcheraoui C, Basulaiman M, AlMazroa M et al. (2015)
Fruit and vegetable consumption among adults in Saudi
Arabia, 2013. Nutr Diet Suppl 7, 41–49.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Tobacco consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,
2013: findings from a national survey. BMC Public Health
15, 611.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Self-rated health among Saudi adults: findings from a
national survey, 2013. J Community Health 40, 920–926.
US Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service
(2014) National Nutrient Database for Standard Reference,
Release 27. http://ndb.nal.usda.gov/ndb/foods (accessed
July 2016).
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
(2011) Food Balance Sheets, Saudi Arabia. http://faostat3.
fao.org/download/FB/FBS/E (accessed October 2015).
Attia AAEM & Farajat MA (2013) Selected dietary habits
among female adolescents in Hail, Saudi Arabia. Am J Res
Commun 1, 140–148.
Haddad LJ, Hawkes C, Achadi E et al. (2015) Global
Nutrition Report 2015: Actions and Accountability to
Advance Nutrition and Sustainable Development.
Washington, DC: International Food Policy Research
Institute.
1081
18. Al-Hamdan NA, Kutbi A, Choudhry AJ et al. (2005) WHO
STEPwise Approach to NCD Surveillance. Country-Specific
Standard Report: Saudi Arabia. http://www.who.int/chp/steps/
2005_SaudiArabia_STEPS_Report_EN.pdf?ua=1 (accessed July
2016).
19. Schwingshackl L & Hoffmann G (2014) Monounsaturated
fatty acids, olive oil and health status: a systematic review
and meta-analysis of cohort studies. Lipids Health Dis
13, 154.
20. Ruby MB & Heine SJ (2011) Meat, morals, and masculinity.
Appetite 56, 447–450.
21. Vartanian LR (2015) Impression management and food
intake. Current directions in research. Appetite 86, 74–80.
22. Levant RF, Parent MC, McCurdy ER et al. (2015) Moderated
mediation of the relationships between masculinity ideology,
outcome expectations, and energy drink use. Health Psychol
34, 1100–1106.
23. American Institute for Cancer Research (2007) Recommendations for Cancer Prevention. http://www.aicr.org/reduceyour-cancer-risk/recommendations-for-cancer-prevention/
(accessed July 2016).
24. Eckel RH, Jakicic JM, Ard JD et al. (2014) 2013 AHA/ACC
guideline on lifestyle management to reduce cardiovascular
risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/
American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 63, 2960–2984.
25. US Department of Health and Human Services & US
Department of Agriculture (2005) Dietary Guidelines for
Americans,
2005.
http://health.gov/dietaryguidelines/
dga2005/document/ (accessed July 2016).
26. Nasreddine L, Hwalla N, Sibai A et al. (2006) Food consumption patterns in an adult urban population in Beirut,
Lebanon. Public Health Nutr 9, 194–203.
27. Midhet F, Al Mohaimeed AR & Sharaf F (2010) Dietary
practices, physical activity and health education in Qassim
region of Saudi Arabia. Int J Health Sci 4, 3–10.
28. Memish ZA, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2014) Obesity
and associated factors – Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2013.
Prev Chronic Dis 11, E174.
29. Memish ZS, Abdullah AS, Saeedi MY et al. (2013) Methods
and status of a comprehensive community-based intervention focusing on non-communicable diseases and the major
risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The Crown
Health Project. Saudi Med J 34, 202–203.
30. Memish ZA, Saeedi MY, Al Madani AJ et al. (2015) Factors
associated with public awareness of the Crown Health
Program in the Al-Jouf Region. J Fam Community Med 22,
31–38.
Downloaded

NSG7000 WEEK 5 PROJECT POWER POINT

Description

Below is a reminder of the key tasks involved in the Organizational Analysis assignment:

Identify an organization (or unit within an organization) that you believe excels in high-quality relationships and enabling conditions for team performance. This organization can be from any industry.
Develop a scorecard for evaluating the organization or unit. At a minimum, you should include information on the mission and philosophy of the organization or unit, strategic projects, and analysis and implementation of findings. Building & Implementing a Balanced Scorecard.
Make your case based on available first-hand or second-hand data about how the organization scores in terms of relational capability and enabling conditions for team performance. You will need to submit your scorecard as well as the evidence you utilized to your instructor.
Based on your analysis, prepare a 8- to 10-page paper and a 20- to 30-slide presentation based on this paper.

The presentation should: (rough draft due this week)

Include a cover slide with your information.
Cover all salient points from the paper.
Describe the programs or processes that make the chosen organization or unit successful in team building and high-quality relationships.
Include an analysis of the programs or processes.
Include a summary explaining how lessons learned could be applied to another organization.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Organizational Analysis: High-Quality Relations and Teamwork at Mayo Clinic
Sabina Thomas, MSN, ARNP, FNP-C
South University
NSG 7000
Dr. Mary
9/11/2023
2
Organizational Analysis: High-Quality Relations and Teamwork at Mayo Clinic
Developing and maintaining high-quality relationships and team performance is essential
for a high-performing organization. Regardless of the industry, high-quality relationships and
teams help in driving the organization’s mission and vision. In the healthcare industry,
collaboration and team performance promote care quality and safety outcomes. Organizations
that are great in promoting high-quality relationships and team performance also have better
performance outcomes due to the power of teamwork and collaboration. Learning from these
organizations and translating evidence to practice in other organizations is an effective way of
improving organizational performance. This paper discusses Mayo Clinic and its effectiveness in
creating and maintaining high-quality relationships in healthcare, the processes and programs
that sustain these relationships and team performance, attributes, and means of translating these
findings to other organizations.
Description: Mayo Clinic
Mayo Clinic is a large medical group practice with locations in Florida, Arizona, and
Minnesota in the US and internationally in London and Abu Dhabi. The organization has many
facilities ranging from small primary care clinics and mobile clinics to large regional medical
centers. Mayo Clinic has been ranked the top hospital in the country many times and has
consistently made the list of top-ranking hospitals. The organization’s mission is “to inspire hope
and contribute to health and well-being by providing the best care to every patient through
integrated clinical practice, education and research” (Mayo Clinic, n.d.). Mayo’s commitment to
high quality care and performance are partly driven by the high-quality relationships maintained
among stakeholders and high-performance teams providing care in the organization.
3
The success of Mayo in building and maintaining relationships can be associated with the
organization’s philosophy as a non-profit organization with work conducted in peer-reviewed
and team-based approaches. The CEO, Gianrico Farrugia, M.D., upholds the attribute of a
servant leader (Farrugia & Lee, 2020). This attribute is associated with democratic leadership
style which encourages team-based approach and philosophy. The philosophy of the organization
is based on team-based care. As a non-profit organization, Mayo has built its services based on
centralizing patients’ needs rather than accruing a profit. The organization has focused on
integrated care across all locations to provide care continuity and high-quality services (Markel,
2018). The focus of care provision through team collaboration and care integration is a crucial
determinant of high quality-relationships and teamwork in the health system. The
multidisciplinary practice and collaboration across facilities drives team-based work and care
approaches.
The healthcare organization, from its inception, has remained focused on highly
coordinated patient care and hence fostered teamwork and high-quality relationships. The
healthcare organization was started by the collaborative efforts of two brothers, Charles, and
Will Mayo, two surgeons who took after their father and established the clinic in Rochester in
early 20th century (Markel, 2018). From its inception and throughout the more than 100 years of
service, the organization has been focused on providing coordinated care to patients who mostly
needed but could not afford or access health care (Markel, 2018). The organization has gone
ahead to maintain close working relationships among physicians across its facilities and close
coordination of care across all branches.
4
Processes and Programs behind Mayo’s Success
The success of any healthcare organization can be attributed to its leadership. The leaders
at Mayo Clinic are visionaries in that they support futuristic developments and innovation. All
leaders in the organization are physicians or other clinicians and this has ensured that people who
are genuinely interested in medicine and medical innovation are leaders. The use of servant
leadership style and collaborative approaches enhances innovation (Nauman et al., 2022). This
style and leadership attributes have promoted team building and developing amiable employee
relationships. The leaders promote team building and relationships by creating an enabling
environment for staff to interact positively and collaboratively.
Several processes and programs are behind Mayo’s success and among those is physician
leadership. The healthcare organization is led by physicians on all levels through governance
committees. The advantage of physician leadership is that in collaboration with administrative
staff, physicians are able to prioritize patients’ needs (Farrugia & Lee, 2020). Broad participation
is promoted by rotating physicians on assignment and leadership roles in the organization in a
shared governance philosophy (Mayo Clinic, n.d.). Power in the organization is shared and this
allows for communication, collaboration, and focus on the core aspects of patient care. This
model of leadership requires high level of quality relationships and teamwork and hence is partly
to thank for the success of the organization.
Secondly, the organization has processes that mandate care coordination for all patients
hence driving collaboration and high-quality care. Patients are assigned a care coordinating
physician when they present to any of the facilities. The role of these physicians is to ensure all
services are integrated, a care plan is in place, and patients receive appropriate communication
(Farrugia & Lee, 2020). This process allows for care coordination within and outside the
5
organization. One of the programs created to this end is a diabetes care coordination initiative
which the health system has created to reach out to patients with diabetes remotely and ensure
ongoing care and health improvement (Manzaneque et al., 2019). The care coordination
processes and programs are geared towards maintaining care continuity. This has helped in
creating strong relationships with patients and partners in care provision.
In addition to care coordination, the health system provides full multispecialty integration
with shared electronic medical records (EMR). The processes and model of care determine the
success of a healthcare organization. In Mayo Clinic, the organization uses a collegial
multispecialty integration model and has shared health information and data resources across
different facilities (Comfere et al., 2020). This means that when a patient is receiving care in any
of the clinics or hospitals, the care access and services are integrated. This coordination and
integration promote communication, a healthy relationship among providers and patients, and
high-quality care in all branches. The care coordination model and integration allow for
efficiency and accessibility of care for all in line with the organization’s philosophy of doing
what is best for the patients.
Mayo Clinic’s peer-review programs also promote success through accountability and
continuous quality promotion. Staff across all sites are responsible and accountable to each other
and review each other’s work in a collaborative environment. The organization has clinical
practice committees at each site and their role is to collaborate in evaluating care quality and
providing expert protocols to promote care quality (Didehban et al., 2020). The EMR is open to
all authorized providers and requests physicians to provide comments and collaborate remotely.
Internal and external methods of reporting quality and safety in the organization maintain
continuous quality improvement. The peer review program promotes accountability and
6
continuous quality, accounting for the success of the organization in not only managing quality
but also promoting peer collaboration.
The compensation model for Mayo Clinic is another pillar for its success as the
organization has succeeded in promoting focus on patient care quality rather than volumes. All
physicians and permanent employees at Mayo are salaried, eliminating incentives to increase
volume of care (Hayes et al., 2020). This model is beneficial but has also faced criticism.
Healthcare in the US has largely been driven by independent or collaborative physician practices
that seek to turn a profit through reimbursement for care provided or out-of-pocket payments (ee,
2022). This model of care often pushes physicians to strive to provide care to a large number of
patients with the aim being to maximize their profits. In Mayo, however, salaried physicians do
not work to turn a profit. Instead, one must have a certain mentality for serving patients rather
than financial benefits to work at the organization. Providers employed at Mayo focus on the
patients’ needs and care quality and hence provide optimal care rather than striving to make a
profit.
Attributes Making the Success
The identified processes and programs are supported by specific attributes and
characteristics of the staff and care provision at Mayo Clinic, starting with a culture of
teamwork. Since its first days, Mayo has based its care provision in teamwork and collaboration.
This has become a tradition which the organization upholds through hiring processes and
onboarding new staff through enculturation (Hayes et al., 2020). In this culture, professionals are
free to ask for assistance, collaborate with others, and use technologies to support their care
processes. The team-based care has ensured the building of trust among providers, fostering
positive relationships in the staff, and enhancing care outcomes.
7
In addition to the culture of teamwork and trust, Mayo Clinic upholds the principles of
patient-centered care, an attribute that promotes focus on the quality of services and hence has
supported the success of the organization. The follow-up and care coordination programs such as
the stated diabetes initiative are based in this philosophy. In patient-centered care, the focus of
the care team is in meeting all complex needs of the patient with the patient being a member of
the care team (Didehban et al., 2020). The mission and vision of the organization specifies that
care provision is patient-centered, and this translates to focus on patient issues and how to meet
their needs. A culture of patient-centered care has enabled Mayo to succeed in providing high
quality care to its patients.
Moreover, the health system has focused on continuous innovation, an attribute that is
instrumental in promoting continuous quality and success. Innovation is important for every
organization to adapt to changing organizational and industry environment and address any
emerging issues. Mayo Clinic is known for its innovation, especially in the application of
systems engineering to pursue continuous quality improvement projects (Comfere et al., 2020).
The organization’s leadership focus on continuous innovation allows for ongoing measurement
and review of current processes and relations. Focus on continuous innovation is a desirable
attribute because it builds a culture of self-improvement and adoption of the most effective
methods and technologies to improve the organization’s functioning.
Mayo Clinic also supports high quality relationships and teamwork through consensusdriven decision-making. Most of the strategic and key decisions of the organization are reached
through a consensus-driven committee process. On the one hand, committee processes in the
organization take longer than traditional top-down management to reach decisions and hence
management may be slow to make strategic decisions. On the other hand, the attribute engenders
8
teamwork, acceptance of decisions from different stakeholders, and collaboration across
specialties in making important decisions with the patients being in the forefront of such
decisions (Didehban et al., 2020). The consensus-driven decision-making process is based on the
attributes of good teamwork and promotion of shared responsibility and decision-making as
opposed to highly hierarchical systems. The shared clinical and managerial decision-making
creates a culture of collaboration and teamwork.
The other attribute that drives the processes and programs responsible for Mayo’s success
is the people recruited at Mayo. The organization has a deep focus on scholarly care through
research and education conducted in the different clinics and centers. The work environment is
enabling through the provision of adequate resources for providers and other staff in the hospital.
When hiring people, Mayo Clinic looks for physicians that are oriented towards collaboration
and teamwork. Due to the salaried model of compensation, a clinician has no motivation to hang
on to a patient for financial value and neither does the physician lose income by helping another
clinician. The attributes and culture cultivated at Mayo is self-selecting in that it attracts
clinicians with a certain attitude and attributes focused on collaboration and care quality. In the
long-term, physicians who are motivated by the economic reasons cannot survive in Mayo. Only
those who are truly interested in offering high-quality and collaborative patient-first care remain
in this environment and hence the staff at Mayo have shared values of patient-centered
collaborative care.
Translating Mayo Processes and Programs to Other Organizations
The processes and programs at Mayo can be translated to other healthcare organizations
and the first step would be to redefine how decisions are made. Most healthcare organizations in
the US have a top-down decision-making process whereby the CEO at the top and specific
9
directors have a lot of power in strategic decision-making. While this may be great for efficiency
and also productive when the right leaders are in place, it does not encourage teamwork and
relationship-building. The healthcare organization can use the example of Mayo to build teams
for shared strategic decision-making. At the very least, a consultative process should be put in
place for different opinion leaders such as physicians, nurses, and other clinicians to contribute to
key development and strategic decisions.
The second component that can be borrowed from Mayo Clinic is the recruitment and
enculturation of staff in the health organization. The culture of Mayo Clinic is unique due to the
compensation model which only attracts physicians focused on care quality and collaboration.
This uniqueness defines the type and attitudes of staff that are attracted to and retained in the
organization. Hospitals should have unique cultures that help them stand out from the rest with
clear focus on their mission and philosophy (Comfere et al., 2020). A clear focus on care
accessibility, quality, and patients’ needs should be defined in the hospital mission and vision
and the recruitment process designed to ensure only staff that fit the culture are recruited into the
organization. Mayo stands out for its unique approaches and other organizations should emulate
too.
Care integration, coordination, and collaboration should also be adopted in the hospital.
The healthcare industry in the US has been faulted as complex and fractured, frustrating not only
patients but also clinicians and administrative staff. Mayo stands out because the organization
provides integrated multi-specialty care by assigning teams and a specific clinician to each
patient to follow-through the patient journey. Quality improvement programs at other hospitals
should focus on how to provide high quality care in a collaborative and integrated environment.
The first step is freely shared EMR and interoperable EHR systems. Additionally, a care
10
coordination system that ensures patient tracking and ongoing communication needs to be put in
place. This could include integration of telehealth for patient communication and communication
among healthcare staff as well (McLendon et al., 2019). Large healthcare organizations should
focus on integration so as to provide care to all patient needs in a collaborative team-based
environment. These changes can be achieved through innovative quality-improvement projects
and are useful in promoting better relationships and teamwork.
Conclusion
Mayo Clinic is a leading healthcare organization and its programs and processes have
maintained high-quality relationships and teamwork. The organization thrives due to physician
leadership, shared decision-making, a compensation model focusing on care quality,
multispecialty integration in collaborative care environment, and peer-review programs. These
have been maintained through a culture of teamwork and trust, continuous innovation, patientcentered care, and consensus-driven decision-making among other attributes. Other healthcare
organizations can learn from Mayo and implement processes and programs for improvement.
Shared decision-making can be adopted by changing the leadership structure and a unique
culture of quality can be built through recruitment and organizational culture maintained. Above
all, integration and collaboration should be supported by using current technologies and
innovation. Mayo Clinic is a great example of effective patient-centered organization whose
processes are based on healthy relationships and teamwork.
11
References
Comfere, N. I., Matulis III, J. C., & O’Horo, J. C. (2020). Quality improvement and healthcare:
The Mayo Clinic quality Academy experience. Journal of Clinical Tuberculosis and
Other Mycobacterial Diseases, 20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jctube.2020.100170
Didehban, R., Caine, N. A., Glenn, S. W., & Hasse, C. H. (2020, September). Role of the
administrative partner and the physician-administrator partnership. Mayo Clinic
Proceedings 95(9), S38-S40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mayocp.2020.06.043
Farrugia, G., & Lee, T. H. (2020). Cure, Connect, transform: Three Mayo clinic strategy
components for servant leaders. NEJM Catalyst Innovations in Care Delivery, 1(4).
https://catalyst.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/CAT.20.0416
Hayes, S. N., Noseworthy, J. H., & Farrugia, G. (2020, January). A structured compensation plan
results in equitable physician compensation: A single-center analysis. Mayo Clinic
Proceedings 95(1), 35-43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mayocp.2019.09.022.
Lee, R. H. (2022). Economics healthcare managers. Peter C. Olden, Ph. D., Chair.
Manzaneque, N. N., Pérez-Arechaederra, D., & Montalbán, J. M. C. (2019). Side effects and
practices to improve management of type 2 diabetes mellitus from the viewpoint of
patient experience and health care management. A narrative review. Endocrinología,
Diabetes y Nutrición (English ed.), 66(10), 596-610.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.endien.2019.11.005
Markel, H. (2018, Jun. 29). The brilliant brothers behind the Mayo Clinic. PBS News Hour.
https://www.pbs.org/newshour/health/the-brilliant-brothers-behind-the-mayo-clinic
Mayo Clinic. (n.d.). About Mayo Clinic Health System.
https://www.mayoclinichealthsystem.org/about-us
12
McLendon, S. F., Wood, F. G., & Stanley, N. (2019). Enhancing diabetes care through care
coordination, telemedicine, and education: Evaluation of a rural pilot program. Public
Health Nursing, 36(3), 310-320. https://doi.org/10.1111/phn.12601
Nauman, S., Bhatti, S. H., Imam, H., & Khan, M. S. (2022). How servant leadership drives
project team performance through collaborative culture and knowledge sharing. Project
Management Journal, 53(1), 17-32. https://doi.org/10.1177/87569728211037777
13
Appendix: Balanced Scorecard for Mayo Clinic
Objectives
Goals
Indicators
Initiatives
Financial
Perspective
Increase
revenue and
reduce costs
Increase
revenue by
10%
Financial
statements
Negotiate with
suppliers
Customer
Perspective
Have high
patient
satisfaction
levels
Increase
proportion of
patients who
report being
satisfied by
20%
Patient
satisfaction
HCAHPS
Survey
Staff training on
patient care and
interaction
Internal
Processes
Reduce the
rates of errors,
adverse events,
and near-misses
Reduce the
rates of
reported errors
by 25% in one
year
Organizational
safety and
quality
dashboard
Safety
improvement
projects
including
medications
reconciliation
and new
barcode
medication
administration
technologies
Learning and
Growth
Maintain
research and
development
processes
Increase
research
funding and
annual grants
by 20% in 2
years
Financial
statements and
research
publications
Publish current
research and
support
innovators in
the organization

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

discussion response 1

Description

please respond to the following discussion post as a peer making a comment . ”

Hello, everyone

My project is about implementing an educational program on transplant liver patients aged 18 to 40 in South Texas.

A balanced scorecard is a valuable tool for evaluating the implementation of an evidence-based project as it provides a holistic view of the project’s performance and its alignment with organizational goals and objectives. In implementing a multidisciplinary post-transplant education team for liver transplant recipients in South Texas, a balanced scorecard can be used to assess various aspects of the project’s success.

The financial perspective evaluates the economic impact of the implementation. It includes assessing budget adherence, intervention cost-effectiveness, and return on investment. It helps determine whether the resources allocated to the project are being utilized efficiently.

Customer (patient) perspective, satisfaction, and well-being of liver transplant recipients are critical. Surveys and patient feedback can be used to measure their satisfaction with the new post-transplant education team and their quality of life.

The internal process perspective assesses the efficiency and effectiveness of the processes involved in implementing the multidisciplinary team. Key performance indicators (KPIs) related to patient education, team member coordination, and patient communication can be monitored to ensure smooth workflow.

Finally, the success of an evidence-based project often depends on the learning and growth of healthcare professionals involved. This perspective focuses on staff development, training, and knowledge acquisition. It measures whether the team is continuously improving and adapting to the changing needs of patients.

A balanced scorecard comprehensively assesses the project’s overall performance by evaluating the project from these perspectives. It allows healthcare administrators and project managers to identify areas that require improvement, make data-driven decisions, and ensure that the implementation aligns with the organization’s strategic goals (Alvarez et al., 2019). Moreover, it helps maintain a focus on both short-term and long-term outcomes, ensuring that the project meets immediate objectives and contributes to the organization’s sustainable success.

Alvarez, L., Soler, A., Guiñón, L., & Mira, A. (2019). A balanced scorecard for assessing a strategic plan in a clinical laboratory. Biochemia Medica, 29(2). https://doi.org/10.11613/BM.2019.020601

MSW 620 WEEK 3 Assigment case study

Description

Instructions

Read the Case Study- Charlie: p. 392 in:

Dziegielewski, S. (2014). DSM-5 In ActionLinks to an external site.. (3rd ed.). Wiley and Sons.

You will then complete a Mental Status Examination for this Case Study and submit a 1-2 page word document that conducts an assessment of Charlie using the format below.

Complete the Mental Status Examination for this Case study
Identify the Risk and Protective Factors: Biological, Psychological and Social by answering the following questions.
Biomedical Assessment:
Medical Conditions: Does the client report physical conditions? In what ways does it affect the client’s social and occupational functioning and activities of daily living?
Psychological Assessment:
Cognitive Functioning: Does the client have the ability to think and reason about what is happening to them? Is the client able to participate and make decisions regarding their best interest? Lethality: Would the client harm themselves or anyone else because of perception of the problem experienced?
Social/Environmental Assessment:
Social/Societal: Is the client open to outside help?
What support system or helping networks are available?
Does the client have support from neighbors, friends or community organizations (church, membership) What support does the client have from family?
Occupational Assessment:
Does the client have a disability that impairs or prohibit their ability to work?
Is the client a member of a cultural or religious group
Provide the Clinical Diagnosis using the DSM 5 TR using Diagnostic Criteria along with the DSM 5TR Code and title of the diagnosis. Provide a brief justification on why this diagnosis was selected.

Adapted from Dziegielewski (2014).

Provide the Clinical Diagnosis using the DSM 5 TR

Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 4 hours

Assignment Resources
Complete the Mental Status Examination Brief Mental Status examinationLinks to an external site.(pdf)
Rubric

MSW620 Unit 3 MSE Rubric

MSW620 Unit 3 MSE Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

MSE

10 pts

Mastered

All components of the MSE are clearly complete and accurate for the presented case study

9 pts

Excels

All components of the MSE are clearly complete and accurate but not clearly linked to case study

8 pts

Competent

All components of the MSE are somewhat complete and somewhat connected to case study

7 pts

Needs Improvement

Minimal information on the MSE

0 pts

Not Present

No MSE provided

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

Biomedical

8 pts

Mastered

Medical Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Medical Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Medical Conditions are partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Medical Conditions are minimally assessed

0 pts

Not Present

The medical conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

Psychological

8 pts

Mastered

Psychological Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Psychological Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Psychological Conditions are partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Psychological Conditions are minimally assessed

0 pts

Not Present

The Psychological conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

Social/Emotional

8 pts

Mastered

Social/ Emotional Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Social/ Emotional Conditions are clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Social/ Emotional Conditions are partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Social/ Emotional Conditions are minimally assessed by

0 pts

Not Present

The Social/ Emotional conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups
Occupational Assessment

8 pts

Mastered

Occupational Assessment is clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with clear connection to case study

7.2 pts

Excels

Occupational Assessment is clearly assessed by providing detail for all of the questions with some connection to case study

6.4 pts

Competent

Occupational Assessment is partially assessed by providing detail for some of the questions with some connection to case study

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Occupational Assessment is are minimally assessed

0 pts

Not Present

The Social/ Emotional conditions are not assessed

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups
Diagnosis

8 pts

Mastered

Diagnosis is correct and justified with diagnostic criteria

7.2 pts

Excels

Diagnosis is correct with limited justification

6.4 pts

Competent

Diagnosis is correct with no justification

5.6 pts

Needs Improvement

Diagnosis is incorrect but justified

0 pts

Not Present

Diagnosis is not provided

8 pts

Total Points: 50

Topic 6 DQ 1

Description

Discuss the role of a balanced scorecard in evaluating the implementation of an evidenced-based project.Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing and Healthcare: A Guide to Best PracticeMelnyk, B. M., & Fineout-Overholt, E. (Eds.). (2019). Evidence-based practice in nursing and healthcare: A guide to best practice (4th ed.). Wolters Kluwer. ISBN-13: 9781496384539

discussion – 5-2 anayltical tools

Description

There are many data collection processes in healthcare, with many different types of statistics. Utilizing the Hospital Statistics Basics Formulas resource, select 3 different rates, i.e., average daily census and respond to the following:

Compare and contrast the different rates and explain why a hospital or healthcare facility needs to collect this data.
How are statistical process controls such as Pareto chart are used to improve performance?

To complete this assignment, review the Discussion Rubric and use the Hospital Statistics Basics Formulas resource.Hospital Statistics Basic Formulae

Formulas for commonly computed healthcare rates and percentages used on the RHIT and RHIA examination

Calculating Rates

The basic formula for calculating rates is the number of times something actually happened/the number of times it could have happened.

Mean:

Median:

Measures of Central Tendency

( ) = h h

The midpoint (center) of the distribution of values, or the point above and below which 50 percent of the values fall. The median is a data point on the number line.

Mode:

The value that occurs most frequently in the data. The mode appears as a data point on the number line.

Variance:

Standard Deviation:

Average Daily Census:

Average Daily Newborn Census:

̅2 2 = Σ(X − )

−1

= √∑( X − x̄) (N−1)

Calculating Census

h h h

h

Average Daily Census for a Patient Care Unit:

Bed Occupancy Ratio:

h h h

Occupancy Rates

h ( × h )

× 100

Newborn Bassinet Occupancy Ratio:

× h

× 100

Bed Turnover Rate:

Direct: Indirect:

Average Length of Stay:

Average Newborn Length of Stay:

Gross (Hospital) Death Rate:

h ( h ) h

× h

Length of Stay

h ( h ) h ( h )

h
h ( h )

Death Rates

h ( )
h ( & h ) h

Net Death Rate/Institutional Death Rate:

× 100

h ( ) h < 48 h h ( h ) h < 48 h h × 100 Postoperative Death Rate: h ( h 10 ) h h × 100 Anesthesia Death Rate: Maternal Death Rate: h h ×100 h h h ( h ) h Newborn Mortality Rate: h h ( h ) h × 100 × 100 Neonatal Mortality Rate: Infant Mortality Rate: Vital Statistics—Newborn h × 1,000 h h h ( ) × 1,000 h h Fetal Death Rate: ⁄ h h + h h × 100 Cancer Mortality Rate: Gross Autopsy Rate: Net Autopsy Rate: h × 100 Autopsy Rates h × 100 h h h h − ′ ′ Adjusted Hospital Autopsy Rate: × 100 Infection Rate: Morbidity and Miscellaneous h ( h ) h h h h h × 100 Newborn Autopsy Rate: Fetal Autopsy Rate: × 100 h h Postoperative Infection Rate: h × 100 h h × 100 h × 100 Cesarean Section Rate: − h ( − ) × 100 h HIM Department Statistics = − × 100 Consultation Rate: Completed Work: Labor Productivity: = Case-Mix Index: h h − h h Discussion Rubric Criteria Evident (100%) Not Evident (0%) Value Clarity of Communication Initial post clearly communicates key ideas and thoughts related to the prompt Does not clearly communicate key ideas and thoughts in an initial posting related to the prompt 45 Timeliness Submits initial post on time Initial post is not submitted or is submitted late 25 Response Engagement Posts responses building off the initial post and incorporating course concepts Response posts are missing, or do not build from initial posts and incorporate course concepts 30 Total: 100%

Social Work Question

Description

Instructions

Beginning Week 3, you will create a theory chart each week to become familiar with different theories as they apply to social work practice and understanding clients.

Chapter 3 presents many strategies for applying theoretical knowledge to practice, including reflective practice and the use of supervision and consultation. For this assignment, think about how you can apply what you are learning in this class to prepare to work with clients.

What strategies will you use from the reading?
Why is consultation and supervision important for professional social work and understanding theory?
Write a 3-4 paragraph reflection discussing specific ways you can think about and apply theory to practice.

You may cite your textbook as a reference, and one additional article. Reflection must include in-text citations and References in APA format.

Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Rubric

MSW600 Paper Assignment Rubric 50 pts

MSW600 Paper Assignment Rubric 50 pts

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 1use reflection and self-regulation to manage personal values and maintain professionalism in practice situations

use supervision and consultation to guide professional judgment and behavior

25 pts

5

Identifies a creative, focused, and manageable topic that addresses potentially significant aspects of the topic.

22.5 pts

4

Identifies a creative, focused and manageable topic that addresses important and notable aspects of the topic.

20 pts

3

Identifies a focused and manageable/ doable topic that appropriately addresses relevant aspects of the topic.

17.5 pts

2

Identifies a topic that while manageable/ doable, is too narrowly focused and leaves out relevant aspects of the topic.

15 pts

1

Identifies a topic that is far too general and wide-ranging as to be manageable and doable.

0 pts

0

Does not clearly identify a topics that is relative to the assignment.

25 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWriting

15 pts

5

The paper exhibits a superior command of written English language conventions. The paper has no errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling.

13.5 pts

4

The paper exhibits a stronger command of written English language conventions. The paper has no errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impair the flow of communication.

12 pts

3

The paper exhibits command of written English language conventions. The paper has minor errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impact the flow of communication.

10.5 pts

2

The paper exhibits a limited command of written English language conventions. The paper has frequent errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impede the flow of communication.

9 pts

1

The paper exhibits little command of written English language conventions. The paper has errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that cause the reader to stop and reread parts of the writing to discern meaning.

0 pts

0

The paper does not demonstrate command of written English language conventions. The paper has multiple errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that cause the reader difficulty discerning the meaning.

15 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA

10 pts

5

The required APA elements are all included with correct formatting, including in-text citations and references.

9 pts

4

The required APA elements are all included with minor formatting errors, including in-text citations and references.

8 pts

3

The required APA elements are all included with multiple formatting errors, including in-text citations and references.

7 pts

2

The required APA elements are not all included. AND/OR there are major formatting errors, including in-text citations and references.

6 pts

1

Several APA elements are missing. The errors in formatting demonstrate limited understanding of APA guidelines, in-text-citations, and references.

0 pts

0

There is little to no evidence of APA formatting. AND/OR there are no in-text citations AND/OR references.

10 pts

Total Points: 50

MSW 610 WEEK 2 suicide risk and Screening

Description

Instructions

Watch this video and answer the following questions in a 2-page reflection paper, using this video and this week’s readings and videos:

Explain the difference between a suicide risk screening tool vs. suicide risk assessment.
Provide an example of each.
Identify and list the 5 questions of the ASQ screening tool.
Describe the three identifiers of suicide ideation or risk.
Explain the most common myth surrounding suicide that parents fear.
Share your position of this myth.
Reflect on the video and explain what the provider could have done differently in assessing for suicidality, including specific examples.
REQUIREMENTS

This paper should address the following requirements:

At least 2 pages in length
Include a title page and references page with proper APA formatting (not included in page total).
Include properly formatted in text citations to support your thoughts and ideas.
Include references that are no older than five years.

Review the grading rubric for other specific requirements.

Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Rubric

MSW610 Unit 2 Paper

MSW610 Unit 2 Paper

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

10 pts

Mastered

Suicide tool and Risk Assessment are clearly explained with examples of each.

9 pts

Excels

Suicide tool and Risk Assessment is clearly explained with limited comparison and contrast and no examples are provided

8 pts

Competent

Suicide tool and Risk Assessment is partially explained with limited comparison and contrast and no examples are provided

7 pts

Needs Improvement

Suicide tool and Risk Assessment is partially explained with no comparison and contrast and no examples are provided

0 pts

Not Present

Suicide tool and risk assessment are not explained; no examples are provided; no comparison/contrasts are included

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

10 pts

Mastered

All 5 questions on the ASQ tool are identified with reference included

9 pts

Excels

All 5 questions on the ASQ tool are identified with no reference included

8 pts

Competent

Less than 5 questions on the ASQ tool are identified with reference included

7 pts

Needs Improvement

Less than 5 questions on the ASQ tool are identified with no reference included

0 pts

Not Present

None of the questions on the ASQ were identified

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 7Assess Individuals, Families, Groups

10 pts

Mastered

The identifiers of suicide ideation are clearly explained and examples are provided

9 pts

Excels

The identifiers of suicide ideation are clearly explained and limited examples are provided

8 pts

Competent

The identifiers of suicide ideation are somewhat explained and limited examples are provided

7 pts

Needs Improvement

The identifiers of suicide ideation are minimally explained

0 pts

Not Present

Does not discuss identifiers of suicide ideation

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 3Advance Human Rights and Social, Economic, and Environmental Justice

10 pts

Mastered

A common myth around suicide is clearly stated with a concise personal reflection on your position

9 pts

Excels

A common myth around suicide is clearly stated with minimal personal reflection on your position

8 pts

Competent

A common myth around suicide is clearly stated with little to no reflection

7 pts

Needs Improvement

A common myth around suicide is minimally stated

0 pts

Not Present

No common myth provided

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCompetency 9Evaluate Practice with Individuals, Families, Groups

10 pts

Mastered

Provides a detailed reflection on the video and clearly explains what the provider could have done differently in assessing for suicidality with specific examples.

9 pts

Excels

Provides a detailed reflection on the video and somewhat explains what the provider could have done differently in assessing for suicidality with specific examples.

8 pts

Competent

Provides a detailed reflection on the video and somewhat explains what the provider could have done differently in assessing for suicidality with vague or limited examples.

7 pts

Needs Improvement

Provides a minimal reflection with no examples

0 pts

Not Present

Did not reflect on the video

10 pts

Total Points: 50

IHP 430 Milestone Two Initiative Proposal

Description

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

I will provide the milestone 1 work once you are selected to work on the question.

You will build upon the work completed in Milestone One on workflow improvement for any health information management (HIM) function. I have also added the Milestone two rubric and guidelines, as well as the milestone one paper to build from and reference to the questions, The topic is Workflow Improvement for any health information management (HIM) function.

Requirements: 2 to 5 Full Pages Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to include an introduction paragraph with a clear thesis statement in the last sentence of the introduction paragraph and a conclusion paragraph

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each body paragraph

Please be sure to use scholarly sources published within the last 5 years

Nutrition Question

Description

I’m working on a nutrition question and need the explanation and answer to help me learn.I will upload a document with all the instructions:Here is a brief oneASSIGNMENT DETAILS:For this assignment your job is to analyze information that has been collected from a client and develop a nutrition and lifestyle action plan with that client. This work will allow us to practice the Intervention component of the Nutrition Care Process. Note: We are skipping the Diagnosis step of the Nutrition Care Process for the purposes of this assignment.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Revised 06/2023
NSC 301: Nutrition Assessment Assignment PART B (100 points)
ASSIGNMENT DETAILS:
For this assignment your job is to analyze information that has been collected from a client and develop a nutrition and
lifestyle action plan with that client. This work will allow us to practice the Intervention component of the Nutrition Care
Process. Note: We are skipping the Diagnosis step of the Nutrition Care Process for the purposes of this assignment.
You will make the action plan based off of client information and dietary reports that were in the class Nutrition
Assessment Assignment Part A by your classmate.
The client-specific information you will use to develop an action plan includes:
1. Nutrition and Diet Assessment Questions and Answers (Part A)
2. Diet and Wellness Plus Nutrient Analysis and Reports
▪ Energy Balance
▪ MyPlate Analysis
▪ 3-day Average report on their dietary intake analysis
▪ Intake vs Goals
▪ DRI Report
▪ Macronutrient Ranges
▪ Daily Food Log (3 days)
▪ Social Needs Screening Tool
**Your files will go through the TurnItIn plagiarism software. If you upload diet/files that are found to be copies of
another student’s diet you will not earn diet analysis points and you will be written up for plagiarism.
Nutrition Care Process: Intervention Snapshot:
Food and/or
Nutrient
Delivery
Customized
Nutriti
on
Educati
on
Nutritio
n
Counsel
ing
A formal process to
instructor train a client
A supportive process,
characterized by a
in a skill or to impart
collaborative counselorclient
relationship, to establish
food,
to, or coordination of
nutrition care with other
Interventions designed to
nutrition and physical
activity
health care providers,
improve the nutritional
Coordination
of Nutrition
Care
Population
Based
Nutrition
Action
Consultation with, referral
approach for food/
knowledge to help
clients
voluntarily manage or
nutrient provision.
modify food, nutrition,
priorities, goals, and
action
institutions, or agencies
well-being of a
and physical activity
that can assist in treating
population.
maintain or improve
plans that acknowledge
and
foster responsibility for
selfcare to treat an existing
health
condition and promote
health
choices and behavior to
or managing
nutrition-related problems
Revised 06/2023
ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Assignment Phase 1:
1) Please share your original Nutrition Assessment Assignment documents, including the client information questions
and answers and all required reports, with your peers in the dedicated discussion forum for the Nutrition
Assessment Assignment Part B. (20 points)
2) Once you’ve downloaded your peer’s Nutrition Assessment Assignment Part A documents, be sure to save them
because you will have to submit them with your Nutrition Assessment Assignment Part B.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
Assignment Phase 2:
3) Please write down 3-5 follow up questions you have for the nutrition professional who completed Part A of the
nutrition assessment, regarding the client. Based on the client information that you were provided, what additional
information do you want to know about the client in order to develop the best Nutrition and Lifestyle Action plan?
(Be sure to use complete sentences when crafting your questions. Make sure the questions are relevant to
understanding the client’s nutrition and health status). (5 points)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4) What goals, if any, did the client report in the “Other Questions” section of the Nutrition Assessment Part A? If no
client goals were included, please indicate that no client goals were provided in the table below. (5 points)
Revised 06/2023
5) Based on the dietary and client information you have, what are 3 SMART goals that you would consider suggesting
to your client to improve their nutrition and health status? (Make sure that the goals are specific, measurable,
achievable, relevant, and time-bound) (30 points)
1.
2.
3.
6) For each SMART goal that you identified for the client (in #5), please describe why you selected that goal based off
of the information you were provided. You should provide 3-5 sentences to explain your reasoning for each goal.
Goals should be linked back to the nutrition recommendations provided in the textbook for the life stage of the
client. (30 points)
1.
2.
3.
7) For each SMART goal that you identified for the client (in #5), please provide a list of potential barriers that the
client might experience to implementing each goal. Remember, barriers can exist at different individual,
community, environmental, social or institutional levels. Please, be specific when describing the potential barriers.
(10 points)
SMART Goal
Potential Barrier(s) to Successfully Meeting Goal
1.
2.
3.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

4-1 Discussion: Issues in Security and Privacy

Description

One of the main concerns in transmitting patient health records electronically is the need to protect patient information and follow security measures to ensure safeguards are in place to prevent a breach. Review the scenario provided in the Reading and Resources area of the module: “Massachusetts Clinic Breach Stems From Unauthorized HIE Access.”In your initial post, discuss the following:Recommend steps that could be taken to prevent this type of breach from occurring in the future.How can effective privacy and security strategies lead to or hinder organizational success?What legal and ethical considerations are presented in the scenarios, and what laws and standards may be applied?

unit5healthecon

Description

Does the United States have the best healthcare system in the world? (please give specific reasons why us healthcare system has the best healthcare system .

Learning Content for module 5 and 6 Scholarly Practice (NSG660-7B)

Description

This is an external tool on my canvas that i have to answer these knowledge questions on . first you would have to log into my canvas , click on unit three under the course titiled Scholarly Practice (NSG660-7B) . the assignment is called introduction (required content ). you could complete this really fast if you click determine knowlede after clicking each module , then selecting all. it gives you questions , usually no more than 20-30 if you are getting them correct. If you get all the answers correct we dont have to complete any of the activites because the questions come from the activities. but if you get then wrong you have to complete the activities after the questions. each activity is 20 minutes .

372 Dhefaf

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Public health outbreak and disaster management
Course number:
PHC 372
Assignment 1 Questions
– What makes Hajj different than other mass
gatherings?
– What are the risk factors associated with
Hajj?
– Then Choose only one of the following:
o Choose one potential disaster in Hajj
and propose your plan to manage it.
(Explain your disaster management
plan in each phase of the disaster
(Mitigation, Preparedness, Response,
Recovery)
Assignment
question
o Review one disaster incident that
happened in Hajj (explain the
strategies used in the 4 phases, if
possible, to manage the disaster, and
what are the lessons learned out of
that incident)
Note:

You can use the following resource (page 2) to review
a brief of the 4 phases of disaster.
Lindsay, B. R. (2012, November). Federal emergency
management: A brief introduction. Congressional Research
Service, Library of Congress.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1172029.pdf
College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
Student name:
Student ID:
CRN
14241
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Sara Atallah
Grade:
…. Out of 10
Paper assignment guidelines
Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PM







Conduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual
idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material.
Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.
The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is
submitting and to whom is it submitted.
Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not
through email.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be
1.5
Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question Answer Question #3 Only 200 Words

Description

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Question 1 – summary and details of the MHA program and its benefits to the student’s current position and future goal within the organization

Question 2- explanation of expected gains of the MHA program benefits for the student’s career growth

Question 3- Is the only one I need help with. What are examples of structural, behavioral and intersectional attributes of an organization?

Requirements: Answer Question 3 Only in 200 Words Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format excluding the Title and Reference Pages | .doc file

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each paragraph

Please be sure to use scholarly sources published within the last 5 years

ct 500

Description

500

Critical Thinking: Comparative Analysis: Risk

Compare Risk in Different Health Care Systems

Write a paper that compares and contrasts risk in three different health care systems from three different countries.

The comparison document should contain the following:

Examine the different risks associated with each health care delivery system.

Examine medical malpractice environment and process.

What type of regulation oversight occurs in the healthcare space?

Analyze how risk is measured.

Requirements:

Your paper should be four to five pages in length, not including the title and reference pages.

You must include a minimum of four credible sources. Use the Saudi Electronic Digital Library to find your resources.

Your paper must follow Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and APA style guidelines, as appropriate.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading.

discussion reply

Description

Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted, and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week 6 discussion
A 74-year-old African American woman, Ms. Richardson, was brought to the hospital
emergency room by the police. She is unkempt, dirty, and foul-smelling. She does not
look at the interviewer and is apparently confused and unresponsive to most of his
questions. She knows her name and address, but not the day of the month. She is unable
to describe the events that led to her admission.
The police reported that they were called by neighbors because Ms. Richardson had been
wandering around the neighborhood and not taking care of herself. The medical center
mobile crisis unit went to her house twice but could not get in and presumed she was not
home. Finally, the police came and broke into the apartment, where they were met by a
snarling German shepherd. They shot the dog with a tranquilizing gun and then found
Ms. Richardson hiding in the corner, wearing nothing but a bra. The apartment was filthy,
the floor littered with dog feces. The police found a gun, which they took into custody.
The following day, while Ms. Richardson was awaiting transfer to a medical unit for
treatment of her out-of-control diabetes, the psychiatric provider attempted to interview
her. Her facial expression was still mostly unresponsive, and she still didn’t know the
month and couldn’t say what hospital she was in. She reported that the neighbors had
called the police because she was “sick,” and indeed she had felt sick and weak, with
pains in her shoulder; in addition, she had not eaten for 3 days. She remembered that
the police had shot her dog with a tranquilizer and said the dog was now in “the shop”
and would be returned to her when she got home. She refused to give the name of a
neighbor who was a friend, saying, “he’s got enough troubles of his own.” She denied ever
being in a psychiatric hospital or hearing voices but acknowledged that she had at one
point seen a psychiatrist “near downtown” because she couldn’t sleep. He had
prescribed medication that was too strong, so she didn’t take it. She didn’t remember the
name, so the interviewer asked if it was Thorazine. She said no, it was “allal.” ‘Haldol?”,
ask the interviewer. She nodded.
The interviewer was convinced that was the drug, but other observers thought she might
have said yes to anything that sounded remotely like it, such as “Elavil.” When asked
about the gun, she denied, with some annoyance, that it was real and said it was a toy
gun that had been brought to the house by her brother, who had died 8 years ago. She
was still feeling weak and sick, complained of pain in her shoulder, and apparently had
trouble swallowing. She did manage to smile as the team left her bedside.
QUESTIONS:
Remember to answer these questions from your textbooks and clinical guidelines to
create your evidence-based treatment plan. At all times, explain your answers.
1. Summarize the clinical case including the significant subjective and objective
data.
2. Generate a primary and two differential diagnoses. Use the DSM5 to support
the assessment. Include the DSM5 and ICD 10 codes.
3. Discuss a pharmacological treatment would you prescribe? Use the clinical
guidelines to support the rationale for this treatment.
4. Discuss non-pharmacological treatment would you prescribe? Use the clinical
guidelines to support the rationale for this treatment.
5. Describe a health promotion intervention that would be appropriate for this
patient.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

discussion of Nursing Pathophysiology cardiac and immunity system

Description

1. White blood cells (WBC) could be considered an umbrella that includes various types of cells:

a. Which type of WBC is considered “the first line of defense?”

b. Which type of WBC will be elevated in a viral infection?

c. Which type of WBC will be elevated in a child with history of dust mites-induced asthma and eczema?

d. Which of type of WBC will be elevated in a patient with parasitic infection?

2. What is the difference between active and passive immunity?

3. Re: antigen/antibodies

a. What is the meaning of having elevated IgM?

b. The term “conferred immunity” means that which immunoglobulin is present now in the circulation?

c. Case to think: A young adult patient that is not infected with hepatitis-B virus (HBV) but has never been vaccinated against is at high risk to contract the disease. What should be done in this case? (would you vaccinated or administer immunoglobulins?)

4. Explain why individuals infected with chicken pox during childhood are at risk for suffering Shingles later in life?

5. Debate: if vaccinations against viruses cannot prevent suffering from a given disease expected to be covered by the vaccination, what is the reason for the vaccination?

6. Why is immunosuppressive therapy relevant in organ transplantation?

ct 1

Description

520

Leadership Styles During a Crisis (100 points)

Crisis situations require effective leadership to direct a unified quality healthcare response.

Using the Saudi Digital Library, locate and read three scholarly research articles on the role of leadership in managing quality and safety initiatives during crisis situations in Saudi Arabia.

Based on your readings, prepare a PowerPoint presentation describing your leadership style and how you would use your leadership to effectively manage quality and safety during a healthcare crisis. Explain the crisis situation, the environment, the resources available, the challenges, and proposed solutions to the crisis situation that you are writing about.

Your PowerPoint should meet the following requirements:

Seven to eight slides, not including your title and reference slides.

Each slide must provide detailed speakers notes, with a minimum of 100 words per slide. Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials.

Formatted per APA 7th edition and Saudi Arabia Electronic University formatting guidelines.

Utilize headings to organize the content of your work.

Professional design and transitions

reply 3

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
reply for dr
You mention the different types of insurance in the KSA and the services they offer. My follow-up
question is as follows: What are the deficiencies in available coverage that need to be addressed into
order to meet the Vision 2030 goals?
Again, good job.
-Dr. Robert
reply 2
2 days ago
SHATHA BAZHAIR
healthcare contracts
COLLAPSE
An efficient contract management system in Saudi Arabia’s healthcare industry can
lead to numerous benefits, such as better patient care, reduced operational expenses,
and maintained service access (AlNemer, 2018). Insurance policies generally oblige
insurers to cover the insured’s healthcare expenses for a premium paid by the employer.
In Saudi Arabia, the policy’s conditions govern the rights of the parties involved in the
insurance contract, and the policyholder is responsible for paying the premium.
In Saudi Arabia, employers are required to provide insurance coverage for their
employees and dependents, including foreign workers, who must be covered by the
2
Saudi social insurance system. Individuals who are not covered by an employersponsored plan, such as residents and citizens, can purchase individual health insurance
policies from a licensed provider (O’Brien, 2003). These policies typically pay for
hospitalization costs and may also include coverage for specialist and follow-up medical
appointments, as well as prescription drugs. Pre-existing conditions are normally
covered under individual health plans, and the waiting period varies depending on the
policy.
Health plans in Saudi Arabia consist of three parties: Policyholders, insurance
companies, third-party administrators, and service providers. All contracts are set
within specific regulations outlined by each plan and overseen by the Council of
Cooperative Health Insurance (“Implementing Regulations of the Cooperative Health
Insurance Law,” 2014).
A well-managed healthcare system can also benefit the government, as healthcare
spending has increased in recent years. The cooperative health insurance program can
lessen the financial burden on the government money, allowing more resources to be
allocated to other critical industries such as education (Al-Hanawi et al., 2017). Overall,
the program aims to promote long-term public development.
Employers in Saudi Arabia are advised to insure their employees with a licensed
provider, as it adds value in retaining employees and improving their health and
productivity. Employee health insurance is similar to individual health insurance and
typically covers hospitalization costs. Some employer-sponsored health plans may also
include coverage for specialist and follow-up medical appointments. Pre-existing
conditions are usually covered under employee health plans, with the waiting period
varying depending on the policy.
3
In summary, it is critical to have an efficient healthcare insurance system. This includes
streamlining the process of creating, routing, reviewing, and approving contracts,
ensuring compliance, and reducing risks. An effective healthcare insurance system can
also play a vital role in improving patient outcomes, reducing operational costs, and
contributing to long-term public development.
References
AlNemer, H. A. (2018b). Perception of the Benefits and Features of Health Insurance
Policies Offered by the Employers: Empirical Findings from Saudi Arabia.
International Journal of Business and Management, 13(6), 214.
https://doi.org/10.5539/ijbm.v13n6p214
Al-Hanawi, M. K., Alsharqi, O., Almazrou, S., & Vaidya, K. (2017). Healthcare finance
in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: A Qualitative Study of Householders’ attitudes.
Applied Health Economics and Health Policy, 16(1), 55–64.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s40258-017-0353-7
Implementing Regulations of the Cooperative Health Insurance Law. (2014). In CCHI.
Council of Cooperative Health Insurance. Retrieved September 18, 2023, from
https://chi.gov.sa/en/AboutCCHI/Rules/document/Implementing%20Regulations%20of
%20the%20Cooperative%20Health%20Insurance%20Law.pdf
O’Brien, E. (2003). Employers’ Benefits from Workers’ Health Insurance. Milbank
Quarterly, 81(1), 5–43. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0009.00037
4
reply 3
3 days agoUser’s profile pictureEBTEHAL BAAWADH
Benefits of Healthcare Contracts.
COLLAPSE
In Saudi Arabia, contracting for healthcare involves multiple parties,
including the employer, employee, and residents. There are several
benefits associated with these contracts that positively impact each party
involved.
For employers, contracting for healthcare in Saudi Arabia can provide
various advantages. Firstly, it allows them to offer comprehensive health
coverage to their employees, which is an essential factor in attracting and
retaining high-quality services. By providing healthcare benefits,
employers can demonstrate their commitment to the wellbeing of their
staff, thus fostering a positive work environment (Al-Hanawi, et al., 2020).
Moreover, contracting for healthcare can help employers manage costs
effectively. Through negotiations with healthcare providers, employers can
secure favorable rates and packages, leading to potential cost savings.
Additionally, these contracts often include preventive measures and
5
wellness programs, which can increase productivity among employees (AlHanawi, et al., 2020).
Employees, on the other hand, benefit greatly from healthcare contracts. Such
contracts ensure that individuals have access to necessary medical services
without facing excessive out-of-pocket expenses. It provides a sense of
security and peace of mind, knowing that their healthcare needs are
covered by their employers (Alkhamis, 2017). Furthermore, healthcare
contracts often encompass a wide range of services, including routine
check-ups, emergency care, medication coverage, specialist consultations,
and hospitalization. This comprehensive coverage allows employees to
receive timely medical attention, promoting better overall health and
addressing potential health issues before they worsen (Alkhamis, 2017).
Regarding resident requirements, healthcare contracts play a crucial role in
ensuring access to quality healthcare for all residents in Saudi Arabia.
Residents who are not employed or sponsored by an employer can obtain
private health insurance directly or avail themselves of governmentsponsored health insurance programs, such as the Cooperative Health
Insurance Council (CHIC). These programs aim to provide affordable
healthcare options for residents, ensuring equitable access to necessary
medical services (CHIC, n.d.).
6
It is essential to note that specific requirements may vary depending on the
contractual agreements, such as the extent of coverage, eligibility criteria,
and copayment obligations. Nevertheless, contracting for healthcare in
Saudi Arabia generally benefits employers, employees, and residents by
ensuring easy access to quality healthcare services, promoting well-being,
and complying with legal obligations.
References:
Al-Hanawi, M. K., Almubark, S., Qattan, A. M. N., Cenkier, A., & Kosycarz, E.
(2020). Barriers to the implementation of public-private partnerships in
the healthcare sector in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. PLOS ONE, 15(6),
e0233802. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0233802
Alkhamis, A. (2017). Critical analysis and review of the literature on healthcare
privatization and its association with access to medical care in Saudi
Arabia. Journal of Infection and Public Health, 10(3), 258–268.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jiph.2017.02.014
7
Cooperative Health Insurance Council (CHIC). (n.d.). Implementing Regulations
of the Cooperative Health Insurance Law. Retrieved September 19, 2023,
from
https://chi.gov.sa/en/AboutCCHI/Rules/document/Cooperative%20Health
%20Insurance%20Policy%20Approved.pdf

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Public Health Question

Description

Create a structured outline for your needs assessment paper, including which references you intend to use in your final paper. Make sure to include each required section. Your structured outline must be about 1-2 pages. The community must be located within the US and must be your original work (not be based on a project that has already taken place or been reported).

References- A minimum of 8 references are required. Only three can be government websites. All other references must be PEER REVIEWED JOURNALS (NOT WEBSITES).

Define the health need
What is known about the health problem
Provide at least two statistics to support (CDC, NIH, etc.)
What is not known
Are there certain risk factors that are unknown?
Does the disease progress in unknown ways?
Are there unexamined prevention methods?
The purpose of your needs assessment
Describe the population in need
Age, gender, location
Describe short term and long-term benefits to local community and possible wider community benefits if need is addressed (not the benefits of managing the disease).
What are the strengths, threats, weaknesses, and opportunities present in the community that are related to the health need
Identify possible community partnerships for collaboration
Include Reference Page (APA format)

create an epi graph instructions are below

Description

1. Complete the CDC E-learning activities “Create an Epi Curve” and “Using an Epi Curve to determine mode of spread” at https://www.cdc.gov/training/quicklearns/ 2. Create an epi-graph based on the data in exercise 1 of “Create an Epi Curve.” This can be made in MS Excel or another graphing utility. 3. Submit it with your answers to the exercises in the module (questions start on slide 8) in a MS RTF file or PDF.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Assignment 2
This assignment should be done in SAS Studio using the dataset SASHELP.HEART. You will need to
export the results into a PDF or Word document in order to copy/screenshot your results into this file.
Please save your assignment as a PDF before submitting. Hint: You will need to use the options tab to
only provide what is asked in the question. Remember classification variables are used when you want
to divide the data into certain categories/groups.
1. Create a combined histogram and boxplot for Height. Include the measures in the 5-Number
Summary as inset statistics. Hint: Use summary statistics.
1a. Insert graph (histogram with boxplot) here:
1b. Based on the boxplot in #1, are there any outliers? If so, how many?
Answer: There are 2 outliers.
The calculated IQR is found to be 5.25, and the quartile values are found to be
Q1 62.2500000 and Q3 67.5000000. Using the IQR method, we considered an outlier
any value that falls five quartile values below the lower quartile, which is 54.375,
approximately or above the upper quartile by approximately 5 quartile values, which
comes to about 75.375. Therefore, there are 2 outliers.
1c. Is the mean height greater or less than the median?
Answer: After comparing the mean (64.8131847) and the median (64.5000000), we can
conclude that the mean is slightly more significant than the median. Hence, we can define
this distribution pattern as having a slightly right-skewed distribution, meaning potential
outliers on the right side of the distribution can pull the mean slightly higher.
2.
Create a table comparing Height for males and females. Include the following measures in the table:
Number of observations, mean, standard deviation, minimum and maximum. Include comparative
histograms and boxplots. Hint: Use summary statistics.
2a. Insert table here:
2b. Insert comparative histograms here:
2c. Insert comparative boxplots here:
3. Create a table for Age at Start and Age at Death. Include n, mean, standard deviation, and CV. Hint:
Use summary statistics.
3a. Insert table here:
3b. Interpret the CV values for these two variables in 3a.
Answer: Another way to measure relative variability is to calculate the coefficient of
variation (CV), the standard deviation divided by the mean, expressed as a percentage.
For the age at start variable, for example, the Standard deviation is about 8.55 years,
which is approximately 19.48% of the mean of 44.07 years. In other words, there is a
moderate relative variability of the ages at the start as the ages at the start are
somewhat dispersed around the mean age of 44.07 years. In the case of the age at death,
the standard deviation is about 10.58 years, which is a 14.99% proportion. Consequently,
the ages at death have a slightly smaller degree of dispersion relative to their mean age
of 70.54 years than the ages at the start.
3c. Write a statement about how the relative variability for these two variables compares.
Answer: The coefficient of variation (CV) gives insights into the relative variability of both
variables. In this dataset, ‘Age at Start’ demonstrates a higher CV of approximately
19.48% compared with ‘Age at Death,’ with a CV value of 14.99%. This implies that ‘Age
at Start’ has more relative variability, which indicates that ages at the start do deviate
more from the mean age, which is approximately equal to 44.07 years when compared
with ‘Age at Death,’ where the ages do lie closer to the mean age of 70.54 years. Hence,
both the variables show moderate relative variability; this suggests a kind of dispersion in
ages at the start of alcohol use and ages at death but to different extents.
4. Create a frequency table for Smoking_Status with counts (frequency) and relative frequencies
(percent) for each class. Include a bar chart representing the distribution of Smoking Status. (Numbers
in bar chart should match numbers in the frequency table.) Hint: Use One-Way Frequencies.
4a. Insert table here:
4b. Insert bar chart here:
CHAPTER 6:
PROBLEMS AND
LIMITS OF
EPIDEMIOLOGY
CHEVONNIA L. JONES, MPH
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR-HEALTH SERVICES PROGRAM
AUGUSTA UNIVERSITY
Intervention study problem:
PROBLEMS
WITH
STUDYING
HUMANS
• Subjects may not follow prescribed behavior throughout study
period.
Cohort study problem:
• Sometimes it is hard to isolate which of many factors are
responsible for health differences. Likely to suffer a form of
bias caused by people dropping out or being untraceable
Case-control study problems:
• Control group may not be truly comparable.
• Errors may exist in reporting or recalls.
For all studies, differential drop-outs are worrisome.
SOURCES OF ERROR
Random variation: association merely due to
chance; the way a coin will land on heads or tail
if flipped the same way.
Confounding variables: associated with the
exposure & can independently affect risk of
developing disease.
SOURCES
OF ERROR
BIAS: INFLUENCE OF IRRELEVANT FACTORS OR
ASSOCIATIONS
– SELECTION BIAS: WHEN THE CONTROL GROUP IS
INSUFFICIENTLY SIMILAR TO THE TREATMENT GROUP.
– REPORTING BIAS OR RECALL BIAS: WHEN THE CASE
GROUP & CONTROL GROUP SYSTEMATICALLY REPORT DATA
DIFFERENTLY, EVEN IF THEY HAD THE SAME EXPOSURE.
FACTORS THAT LEND VALIDITY TO RESULTS
Strong
association
Dose–response
relationship
Known
biological
explanation
Consistent
results from
several studies
High relative
risk or odds
ratio
Large study
population
HORMONE REPLACEMENT THERAPY
Conflicting results exist between two major studies.
Previous positive evidence has all come from observational studies.
Clinical trial is the gold standard.
Results of cohort study were confounded by associated factors that made women taking
HRT healthier, even without the therapy.
Became popular in the 1960s
ETHICAL ISSUES
• NAZI EXPERIMENTS ON HUMANS
• TUSKEGEE SYPHILIS STUDY
• AIDS EPIDEMIC
• BONE MARROW TREATMENT FOR ADVANCED BREAST CANCER
• NEW RULES
– INFORMED CONSENT
– INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARDS
• IMPORTANCE OF CLINICAL TRIALS
• POSSIBILITY OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST WITH MEDICAL PROVIDERS WHO
STAND TO PROFIT
Drug companies are required to conduct randomized controlled
trials on a new drug before it can be approved.
Harmful side effects have frequently become obvious after drugs
were approved.
There is evidence that drug companies sometimes suppress
negative findings.
All clinical trials must now be registered in advance with a public
database.
Randomized Controlled Trails are considered the best way to test
drugs because the FDA reviews results & FDA approval has
generally meant that a drug was safe and effective.
CONFLICTS
OF
INTEREST
IN DRUG
TRIALS
DISCUSSION QUESTION 1
• WHAT ARE STRENGTHS AND WEAKNESSES OF EACH OF THE MAJOR TYPES OF
EPIDEMIOLOGIC STUDY?
– RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED TRIAL
– COHORT
– CASE-CONTROL
DISCUSSION QUESTION 2
• HAVE YOU HEARD OF THE TUSKEGEE SYPHILIS STUDY?
• WHY WAS IT UNETHICAL?
• WHAT INFLUENCE HAS IT HAD ON THE CONDUCT OF CLINICAL TRIALS?
DISCUSSION QUESTION 3
• VISIT THE WEBSITE OF THE HASTINGS CENTER, WWW.THEHASTINGSCENTER.ORG.
• WHAT ISSUES IS THE HASTINGS CENTER CONCERNED WITH THIS MONTH?
1
Statistics Question.
Student’s Name:
Course Name and Number:
Institutional Affiliation:
Instructor’s Name:
Date Due:
2
Question One
Option a.
Option b. Answer: There are 2 outliers.
The calculated IQR is found to be 5.25, and the quartile values are found to be Q1
62.2500000 and Q3 67.5000000. Using the IQR method, we considered an outlier any value that
falls five quartile values below the lower quartile, which is 54.375, approximately or above the
upper quartile by approximately 5 quartile values, which comes to about 75.375. Therefore, there
are 2 outliers.
Option c.
After comparing the mean (64.8131847) and the median (64.5000000), we can conclude
that the mean is slightly more significant than the median. Hence, we can define this distribution
3
pattern as having a slightly right-skewed distribution, meaning potential outliers on the right side
of the distribution can pull the mean slightly higher.
Question two
Option a.
4
Option b
5
Option c:
6
Question Three
Option a.
Option b.
Another way to measure relative variability is to calculate the coefficient of variation
(CV), the standard deviation divided by the mean, expressed as a percentage. For the age at start
variable, for example, the Standard deviation is about 8.55 years, which is approximately 19.48%
of the mean of 44.07 years. In other words, there is a moderate relative variability of the ages at
the start as the ages at the start are somewhat dispersed around the mean age of 44.07 years. In
the case of the age at death, the standard deviation is about 10.58 years, which is a 14.99%
proportion. Consequently, the ages at death have a slightly smaller degree of dispersion relative
to their mean age of 70.54 years than the ages at the start.
Option c.
The coefficient of variation (CV) gives insights into the relative variability of both
variables. In this dataset, ‘Age at Start’ demonstrates a higher CV of approximately 19.48%
compared with ‘Age at Death,’ with a CV value of 14.99%. This implies that ‘Age at Start’ has
more relative variability, which indicates that ages at the start do deviate more from the mean
age, which is approximately equal to 44.07 years when compared with ‘Age at Death,’ where the
ages do lie closer to the mean age of 70.54 years. Hence, both the variables show moderate
7
relative variability; this suggests a kind of dispersion in ages at the start of alcohol use and ages
at death but to different extents.
Question Four
Option a.
Option b
CHAPTER 6:
PROBLEMS AND
LIMITS OF
EPIDEMIOLOGY
CHEVONNIA L. JONES, MPH
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR-HEALTH SERVICES PROGRAM
AUGUSTA UNIVERSITY
Intervention study problem:
PROBLEMS
WITH
STUDYING
HUMANS
• Subjects may not follow prescribed behavior throughout study
period.
Cohort study problem:
• Sometimes it is hard to isolate which of many factors are
responsible for health differences. Likely to suffer a form of
bias caused by people dropping out or being untraceable
Case-control study problems:
• Control group may not be truly comparable.
• Errors may exist in reporting or recalls.
For all studies, differential drop-outs are worrisome.
SOURCES OF ERROR
Random variation: association merely due to
chance; the way a coin will land on heads or tail
if flipped the same way.
Confounding variables: associated with the
exposure & can independently affect risk of
developing disease.
SOURCES
OF ERROR
BIAS: INFLUENCE OF IRRELEVANT FACTORS OR
ASSOCIATIONS
– SELECTION BIAS: WHEN THE CONTROL GROUP IS
INSUFFICIENTLY SIMILAR TO THE TREATMENT GROUP.
– REPORTING BIAS OR RECALL BIAS: WHEN THE CASE
GROUP & CONTROL GROUP SYSTEMATICALLY REPORT DATA
DIFFERENTLY, EVEN IF THEY HAD THE SAME EXPOSURE.
FACTORS THAT LEND VALIDITY TO RESULTS
Strong
association
Dose–response
relationship
Known
biological
explanation
Consistent
results from
several studies
High relative
risk or odds
ratio
Large study
population
HORMONE REPLACEMENT THERAPY
Conflicting results exist between two major studies.
Previous positive evidence has all come from observational studies.
Clinical trial is the gold standard.
Results of cohort study were confounded by associated factors that made women taking
HRT healthier, even without the therapy.
Became popular in the 1960s
ETHICAL ISSUES
• NAZI EXPERIMENTS ON HUMANS
• TUSKEGEE SYPHILIS STUDY
• AIDS EPIDEMIC
• BONE MARROW TREATMENT FOR ADVANCED BREAST CANCER
• NEW RULES
– INFORMED CONSENT
– INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARDS
• IMPORTANCE OF CLINICAL TRIALS
• POSSIBILITY OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST WITH MEDICAL PROVIDERS WHO
STAND TO PROFIT
Drug companies are required to conduct randomized controlled
trials on a new drug before it can be approved.
Harmful side effects have frequently become obvious after drugs
were approved.
There is evidence that drug companies sometimes suppress
negative findings.
All clinical trials must now be registered in advance with a public
database.
Randomized Controlled Trails are considered the best way to test
drugs because the FDA reviews results & FDA approval has
generally meant that a drug was safe and effective.
CONFLICTS
OF
INTEREST
IN DRUG
TRIALS
DISCUSSION QUESTION 1
• WHAT ARE STRENGTHS AND WEAKNESSES OF EACH OF THE MAJOR TYPES OF
EPIDEMIOLOGIC STUDY?
– RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED TRIAL
– COHORT
– CASE-CONTROL
DISCUSSION QUESTION 2
• HAVE YOU HEARD OF THE TUSKEGEE SYPHILIS STUDY?
• WHY WAS IT UNETHICAL?
• WHAT INFLUENCE HAS IT HAD ON THE CONDUCT OF CLINICAL TRIALS?
DISCUSSION QUESTION 3
• VISIT THE WEBSITE OF THE HASTINGS CENTER, WWW.THEHASTINGSCENTER.ORG.
• WHAT ISSUES IS THE HASTINGS CENTER CONCERNED WITH THIS MONTH?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Healthcare

Description

Based on what you have learned so far in this course, create a PowerPoint presentation that addresses each of the following points/questions. Be sure to completely answer all the questions for each bullet point. Use clear headings that allow your professor to know which bullet you are addressing on the slides in your presentation. Support your content with at least four (4) sources throughout your presentation. Make sure to reference the citations using the APA writing style for the presentation. Include a slide for your references at the end. Follow best practices for PowerPoint presentations related to text size, color, images, effects, wordiness, and multimedia enhancements. Review the rubric criteria for this assignment.

How does “minimum staffing” impact your ability to meet your budgeted numbers?
This chapter deals with specific units of service for nursing workload requirements. What role should the nurse leader play and how should the leader interact with the finance department for a standard definition of measurement?
As a nurse leader, you have to set up a new patient service budget. What sources of information do you need to build the budget?
How should a nurse leader use a patient classification (acuity) system to justify nursing hours per day/staffing mix/nurse-to-patient ratios for budget purposes that would be understood by the finance department?

This PowerPoint® (Microsoft Office) or Impress® (Open Office) presentation should be a minimum of 20 slides, including a title and reference slide, with detailed speaker notes on content slides. Use at least four scholarly sources.

The following specifications are required for this assignment:
Length: 20+ slides; answers must thoroughly address the questions in a clear, concise manner
Structure:
Title slide and reference slides in APA style. (at least 2 slides)
Minimum Staffing: at least 5 slides
Finance Interaction: at least 5 slides
Budget: at least 5 slides
Patient Classification: at least 5 slides
Additionally, because a good presentation has few words on the slides include a script with the verbiage you would say when presenting; script should be a minimum of 50 words per slide.
References: Use the appropriate APA style in-text citations and references for all resources utilized to answer the questions. Include at least four (4) scholarly sources to support your claims.

Nursing Question

Description

In addition to the five rights of delegation, name two additional factors the RN should consider before delegating to an AP or LPN. Name three tasks an RN can delegate to an LPN. Name three tasks an RN can delegate to an AP.

SOAP Note Analysis

Description

Pease complete a SOAP Note analysis based on the following information: SOAP Note Attached, Example of an analysis attached

Rubric SOAP
Case Analysis SOAP GRADING RUBRIC with Cultural interventions
Guidelines:
1-Choose a client from your clinical setting & write up a case analysis (see below for content).
2- SOAP note from your clinical should be included (remove all patient identifiers)
SUBJECTIVE Analysis (10 POINTS) Score received
1- Compare & contrast subjective section with literature
taking into consideration the following criteria;
a-Identified and collected the necessary data including the
patients culture
b-Categorized and organized data using the appropriate format
c-Incorporated all pertinent data/facts
d- Used proper documentation
OBJECTIVE Analysis (10 POINTS) Score received
1- Compare & contrast objective section with literature taking into consideration the following criteria
a. Identified and collected the necessary data
b. Categorized and organized data using the appropriate format
c.Incorporated all pertinent data/facts
d. Used proper documentation
ASSESSMENT Analysis (35 POINTS) Score received
1- Compare & contrast subjective section with literature taking into consideration the following criteria
a-Filtered relevant data from irrelevant data
b.-Interpreted relationships/patterns among data (e.g., noted trends)
c.Integrated information to arrive at diagnosis
d.Identified risk factors
e. Differentials listed & discussed in comparison to actual diagnosis
e. Used proper documentation
PLAN Analysis (35 POINTS) Score received
1- Compare & contrast subjective section with literature taking into consideration the following criteria
a. Recommended an appropriate plan for each problem
b-Included recommendations for non-drug and drug therapy
c-Included recommendations for monitoring
d- Included health education
e- Included follow-up& referrals
f. Incorporate any cultural interventions which were done specifically for this patient
FORMAT ( 10 POINTS) Score received
1- APA
2- References Current
3- Writing clear, concise
4- Summary/Conclusion
TOTAL
** The patient’s culture must be identified and an intervention regarding the culture should be addressed in the plan.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

SOAP Note
Subjective
This patient is an 81-year-old female who presents for a follow up visit regarding recent lab
values. Lab values reflect elevated HgA1C and LDL values. Patient reports no changes in overall
health since last visit. Patient denies chest pain, shortness of breath, dizziness, or other
concerning symptoms. At this patient reports failure to comply with medication regimen,
explains she believed she did not need to take medications anymore. Patient denies smoking,
vaping, or any tobacco products. Patient denies alcohol consumption. Patient has 2 daughters and
3 granddaughters. Patient has no allergies and surgical history of an appendectomy when she was
40 years old.
Objective
Vital Signs:
Blood pressure: 130/78 mm Hg
Heart Rate: 84 bpm
Respiratory Rate: 18 breaths/min
Laboratory Results: HgA1c: 8.2%, LDL: 183mg/dL
HEENT: Pupils are equal, round, reactive and responsive to light and accomodation. No
evidence of icterus or conjunctival pallor. External ears appear symmetrical and without lesions.
The tympanic membranes are intact bilaterally. Nasal passages are patent, with no signs of
congestion or discharge. No tonsillar enlargement or exudates noted.
Appearance: The patient presents well groomed, awake, alert, and oriented with no apparent
distress. No signs of pallor, jaundice, or visible abnormalities.
Neck: No goiter, no masses, no lesions.
Chest: Clear to auscultation.
Heart: Regular rate and rhythm with S1 and S2 heart sounds present. No murmurs, rubs, or
gallops noted on auscultation.
Abdomen: Soft and non-tender on palpation. No masses, organomegaly, or guarding noted.
Extremities: No clubbing, cyanosis, or edema observed in extremities. Peripheral pulses
(femoral, popliteal, dorsalis pedis, and posterior tibial) are bilaterally equal and strong. Sensation
and motor strength are intact in all extremities.
Assessment
The patient is an 81-year-old Cuban female with a history of hyperlipidemia and Type 2 Diabetes
Mellitus. Her current BMI categorizes her as obese, which contributes to her increased risk of
cardiovascular disease. Her vital signs at the time of consultation are within normal range: heart
rate of 84 bpm, blood pressure of 130/78 mm Hg, respiratory rate of 18 breaths/min. Laboratory
values reflected an HgA1c of 8.2% and LDL of 183mg/dL. These values are consistent with the
diagnosis of hyperlipidemia and type 2 diabetes mellitus.
Plan
Discussed with patient lab value results, confirming the diagnosis of hyperlipidemia and type 2
diabetes mellitus. We discussed the complications of unmanaged high cholesterol levels and
glucose values. All complications were discussed with patient such as cardiovascular risk, nerve
damage, blindness, and kidney failure. We discussed importance of diet and physical activity.
Physical activity was recommended to aid in weight management and improve glycemic control.
Patient was instructed to maintain a heart-healthy diet low in saturated fats and refined sugars.
Patient will keep food log and will start coming to the facility for exercise three times a week.
We reviewed and emphasized the importance of medication adherence. Patient is to take
Metformin and Atorvastatin daily. We will see patient for a follow-up appointment in three
months to monitor progress and adjust treatment plan as needed.
1
SOAP Note 2: Cardiology and Respiratory
Zuanlys Delgado, Melissa Fundora, Jorge Gainza, Lisette Metauten, Karina Sanchez
Nicole Weirtheim College of Nursing and Health Sciences
Florida International University
NGR 6002
May 24, 2023
2
Initials of Patient: B.T
Patient Age: 47
Patient Gender: Male
Patient Race/Ethnicity: African American
Initials of provider: M.G
Clinical Setting: Glez and Glez Health Clinic
Subjective
Chief Complaint: Follow-up visit
History of Present Illness
The patient, a 47-year-old African-American male, presents for a follow-up visit after being seen
three weeks ago for an upper respiratory infection. During that visit, an incidental finding of
elevated blood pressure was noted, with a reading of 164/98 mm Hg. The patient vaguely recalls
being informed in the past that his blood pressure was “borderline.” He currently reports feeling
well, without any specific complaints, and his review of systems is negative. The patient denies
smoking cigarettes but admits to consuming a few beers on weekends and having a sedentary
job. A family history assessment reveals that his father experienced a stroke at the age of 69,
while his mother, who is 72 years old, is in good health. There are no known chronic medical
conditions among his siblings. Today, the patient’s blood pressure is measured as 156/96 mm Hg
in the left arm and 152/98 mm Hg in the right arm. His vital signs are within normal limits,
including a pulse of 78 beats/min and a respiratory rate of 14 breaths/min. Physical examination
findings are unremarkable. A clear chief complaint is not explicitly expressed during the
encounter.
Past Medical History
The patient’s past medical history reveals limited significant findings. He recalls being informed
in the past that his blood pressure was “borderline,” indicating a history of possible hypertension.
3
However, there is no documentation of a formal diagnosis or treatment for hypertension.
Additionally, he had an upper respiratory infection three weeks ago, which was managed
appropriately.
Allergies: None
Chronic Medical Conditions: None
Surgical History: None
Past Hospitalizations:None
Psychiatric History: None
Family History
Mother: Age 72, alive, healthy
Father: Deceased, suffered a stroke at age 69
Sibling 1: Age 54, male, healthy
Sibling 2: Age 41, female, healthy
Grandfather: Deceased, hx of HTN and HLD.
Grandmother: Deceased, hx of HTN and DM.
Social History
Cultural Background: African American
Spiritual History/Religious Affiliation and Practices: Practicing Catholic
Complementary/Alternative Care Practices: The patient identifies with his AfricanAmerican heritage and embraces cultural care practices that have been passed down
through generations. For instance, he values traditional herbal remedies and incorporates
them into his health regimen, believing in their holistic healing properties.
Marital Status: Married in a committed relationship for 15 years.
Parental Status: Lives with two children, ages 12 and 8.
4
Work History: The patient has been employed in a sedentary job as an office
administrator for the past 12 years. His work primarily involves administrative tasks,
computer work, and attending to phone calls and emails.
Financial History: The patient has maintained a stable financial status, with no
significant debt and a comfortable income that allows him to meet his financial
obligations and provide for his family’s needs.
Diet history: The patient’s diet history reveals a pattern of suboptimal dietary choices.
Due to convenience and time restrictions, he admits to eating a diet heavy in processed
meals, sugary snacks, and fast food.
Exercise: None.
Stress Management: None
Sleep: The patient claims to occasionally have trouble getting to sleep. He reports
sleeping for about 6-7 hours per night on average. He states that he wants to develop a
more reliable sleep schedule and enhance the quality of his sleep.
Social Support: Siblings, Children, Spouse, and Mother
Sexual History/orientation: The patient identifies as heterosexual and reports being in a
committed relationship with his spouse.
Travel History: None
Review of Symptoms
Constitutional: The patient denies fever, chills, or fatigue.
Head/Face: No reported injuries or specific symptoms related to the head or face.
Eyes: The patient has no vision problems, history of eye conditions, or symptoms such as
discomfort, photophobia, diplopia, spots or floaters, discharge, excessive tearing, or
itching.
5
Ears: The patient does not experience hearing loss, tinnitus, or ear drainage. No history
of chronic ear infections.
Nose: No loss of sense of smell, epistaxis, obstruction, polyps, rhinorrhea, itching,
sneezing, or sinus problems reported.
Mouth/Throat/Neck: No difficulties swallowing. No evidence of gingivitis, mouth
ulcers, or bleeding gums.
Respiratory: No history of respiratory distress, dyspnea, coughing, or hemoptysis
reported.
Cardiac: No reported orthopnea, murmurs, palpitations, arrhythmias, peripheral edema,
or claudication.
G.I.: The patient denies abdominal pain, nausea, or vomiting. Normal bowel movements,
no alarming signs such as melena, hematochezia, hematemesis, hemorrhoids, or jaundice.
GU: No dysuria or blood in the urine. Normal urine stream, clear-yellow in color, with
no hesitancy or dribbling.
Musculoskeletal: No reported achy soreness or severe pain in any specific areas.
Skin/Integument: No reported rashes, bruising, itchiness, or skin lesions.
Psychiatric: No symptoms of irritability or other psychological concerns were reported.
Neuro: No neurological symptoms were reported, except for difficulty falling asleep.
Endocrine: No temperature intolerance or complaints related to hormone therapy.
Hematologic/Lymphatic: No reported swollen lymph nodes or abnormalities.
OBJECTIVE DATA
6
Vital Signs:
Temp: 36.7
BP: 156/96 (L) / 152/98 (R)
Pulse: 78
Resp: 14
Oxygen Saturation: 97%
Ht: 70” / 177.8 cm
Wt: 210 lbs / 95.3 kg
BMI: 30.9
Pain: 0
Physical Examination
Constitutional: Well patient here for 3 week follow up of URI, no complaint
General: Obese, well groomed 47 y.o. African American male. A&O x3, in no acute distress,
normal affect and appropriate
Head/face: Head and scalp normocephalic, normal hair distribution
Eyes: EOM intact, red reflex visualized, PERRLA, no cataracts noted b/l, eyelids without
redness or swelling. Funduscopic examination shows no signs of hypertensive retinopathy
Ears: No tenderness on palpation of tragus, no erythema or effusion. Tympanic membrane
translucent in bilateral ears
Nose: Normal midline septum. No erythema or swelling of turbinates, no discharge
Mouth: Mucous membrane moist, no lesions. Normal dentition, no gingival inflammation
Throat: No Pharyngeal erythema and uvula midline. No ulcers noted. No foul odor from mouth,
no tonsillar enlargement or exudate
Neck: Supple and no lymphadenopathy, no nuchal rigidity and thyroid tissue firm and nontender
Respiratory: No cough, B/L BS clear in all fields, respirations are unlabored, no use of
accessory muscles
Cardiac: RRR, S1S2, no murmurs. Normal pulses in all four extremities. No edema. Cap refill

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Assignment 3.1: Theories of Development
Theories of Development
Objective

Discuss the various theories related to each developmental phase

Assignment Overview

This reaction and response assignment explores the theories of Piaget, Vygotsky, and Erikson.

Deliverables

A one-page (12-point font) report

Step 1 Review the material in this lesson on major developmental theorists.

Be sure to review the theories of Piaget, Vygotsky, and Erikson.

Step 2 Research and read.

Research and read an article about one or more of the major developmental theorists. Using information from your research, apply two theories to the case study.

Step 3 Read this case study.

Vlad is 12 years old and has just changed schools because his parents moved again. He did not do well in his previous five schools. Now he is living next door to his uncle, who likes him a lot and is teaching him about car engines and computers. In his new school, he is becoming a good student. His teachers are surprised but pleased. He is even helping his younger brother with his studies.

Step 4 Using the information you have gathered, write about how two of the major theorists would explain Vlad’s changes in a one-page report.
Include and opinions you may have have about Vlad’s changes.
Discuss what factors may have contributed to Vlad’s improvement in school
Explain how understanding developmental psychology can be beneficial to your future career

Nurs 744 Nursing Informatics

Description

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to read, use, and cite the source provided in the link below. Please be sure that additional sources used are scholarly and published within the last 5 years,

Instructions:

Analyze the current healthcare informatics tools used in the COVID-19 pandemic
Examine the pros and cons of the major increase in use of telehealth.
Discuss the top three informatics tools used in pandemic to enhance health outcomes and reduce disease transmission
Gajarawala, S. N., & Pelkowski, J. N. (2021). Telehealth Benefits and Barriers. The journal for nurse practitioners : JNP, 17(2), 218–221. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nurpra.2020.09.013

Requirements: 2-3 Full Pages Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to include an introduction paragraph with a clear thesis statement in the last sentence of the introduction paragraph and a conclusion paragraph

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each body paragraph

Please be sure to read, use, and cite the source provided in the link below. Please be sure that additional sources used are scholarly and published within the last 5 years,

Nursing Question

Description

Please see below the case

Comprehensive psychiatric evaluations are a way to reflect on your practicum experiences and connect the experiences to the learning you gain from your weekly Learning Resources. Comprehensive notes, such as the ones required in this practicum course, are often used in clinical settings to document patient care.

For this Assignment, you will document information about a patient that you examined during the last 5 weeks, using the Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template provided. You will then use this note to develop and record a case presentation for this patient.

RESOURCES

Be sure to review the Learning Resources before completing this activity.
Click the weekly resources link to access the resources.

WEEKLY RESOURCE

TO PREPARE
Select a patient that you examined during the last 5 weeks. Review prior resources on the disorder this patient has.
It is recommended that you use the Kaltura Media tool to record and upload your assignment.
Review the Kaltura Media resource in the Classroom Support Center area (accessed via the Help button).
Conduct a Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation on this patient using the template provided in the Learning Resources. There is also a completed exemplar document in the Learning Resources so that you can see an example of the types of information a completed evaluation document should contain. All psychiatric evaluations must be signed by your Preceptor. You will submit your document in Week 5 Assignment, Part 2 area and you will include the complete Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation as well as have your preceptor sign the completed assignment. You must submit your documents using Turnitin. Please Note: Electronic signatures are not accepted. If both files are not received by the due date, Faculty will deduct points per the Walden Late Policies.
Develop a video case presentation, based on your progress note of this patient, that includes chief complaint; history of present illness; any pertinent past psychiatric, substance use, medical, social, family history; most recent mental status exam; and current psychiatric diagnosis, including differentials that were ruled out.
Include at least five (5) scholarly resources to support your assessment and diagnostic reasoning.
Ensure that you have the appropriate lighting and equipment to record the presentation.
ASSIGNMENT

Record yourself presenting the complex case for your clinical patient.

Do not sit and read your written evaluation! The video portion of the assignment is a simulation to demonstrate your ability to succinctly and effectively present a complex case to a colleague for a case consultation. The written portion of this assignment is a simulation for you to demonstrate to the faculty your ability to document the complex case as you would in an electronic medical record. The written portion of the assignment will be used as a guide for faculty to review your video to determine if you are omitting pertinent information or including non-essential information during your case staffing consultation video.

In your presentation:

Dress professionally and present yourself in a professional manner.
Display your photo ID at the start of the video when you introduce yourself.
Ensure that you do not include any information that violates the principles of HIPAA (i.e., don’t use the patient’s name or any other identifying information).
Present the full case. Include chief complaint; history of present illness; any pertinent past psychiatric, substance use, medical, social, family history; most recent mental status exam; and current psychiatric diagnosis, including differentials that were ruled out.
Report normal diagnostic results as the name of the test and “normal” (rather than specific value). Abnormal results should be reported as a specific value.

Be succinct in your presentation, and do not exceed 8 minutes. Address the following:

Subjective: What details did the patient provide regarding their personal and medical history? What are their symptoms of concern? How long have they been experiencing them, and what is the severity? How are their symptoms impacting their functioning?
Objective: What observations did you make during the interview and review of systems?
Assessment: What were your differential diagnoses? Provide a minimum of three (3) possible diagnoses. List them from highest to lowest priority. What was your primary diagnosis, and why?
Reflection notes: What would you do differently in a similar patient evaluation? Reflect on one social determinant of health according to the HealthyPeople 2030 (you will need to research) as applied to this case in the realm of psychiatry and mental health. As a future advanced provider, what are one health promotion activity and one patient education consideration for this patient for improving health disparities and inequities in the realm of psychiatry and mental health? Demonstrate your critical thinking.
BY DAY 7

Submit your Video Case Presentation.

Note: In Week 5: Assignment, Part 2 you will submit two (2) files for the Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation, including a Word document and scanned PDF/images of the completed assignment signed by your Preceptor.

Category Item Value
Client Information Site Private Practice
Age Adult (18- 64 years)
Gender Female
Visit Information Student Level of Function Mostly Independent – Level 4
Category of Care Direct Patient Care
Practice Management Type of visit Consultation
Diagnosis 1 Mood Disorder
2 Anxiety Disorder
Student Notes

61 years old female with past psychiatric history of depression and anxiety who presents to the clinic complaining of feeling very sad and depressed. Patient has a right above knee amputation and she has been unable to do adl by herself which is making her feel very depressed. Tx: Discontinue Congentin 0.5 mg Decrease Abilify from 30 mg to 10 mg at bedtime Start Trazodone 150 mg at bedtime

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week (enter week #): (Enter assignment title)
Student Name
College of Nursing-PMHNP, Walden University
PRAC 6635: Psychopathology and Diagnostic Reasoning
Faculty Name
Assignment Due Date
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template
CC (chief complaint):
HPI:
Past Psychiatric History:





General Statement:
Caregivers (if applicable):
Hospitalizations:
Medication trials:
Psychotherapy or Previous Psychiatric Diagnosis:
Substance Current Use and History:
Family Psychiatric/Substance Use History:
Psychosocial History:
Medical History:



Current Medications:
Allergies:
Reproductive Hx:
ROS:












GENERAL:
HEENT:
SKIN:
CARDIOVASCULAR:
RESPIRATORY:
GASTROINTESTINAL:
GENITOURINARY:
NEUROLOGICAL:
MUSCULOSKELETAL:
HEMATOLOGIC:
LYMPHATICS:
ENDOCRINOLOGIC:
Physical exam: if applicable
Diagnostic results:
© 2022 Walden University
Page 2 of 3
Assessment
Mental Status Examination:
Differential Diagnoses:
Reflections:
PRECEPTOR VERFICIATION:
I confirm the patient used for this assignment is a patient that was seen and managed by the student at
their Meditrek approved clinical site during this quarter course of learning.
Preceptor signature: ________________________________________________________
Date: ________________________
References
© 2022 Walden University
Page 3 of 3
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO USE EXEMPLAR AND TEMPLATE—READ
CAREFULLY
If you are struggling with the format or remembering what to include, follow the
Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template AND the Rubric as your guide. It is
also helpful to review the rubric in detail in order not to lose points unnecessarily
because you missed something required. Below highlights by category are taken
directly from the grading rubric for the assignment in Weeks 4–10. After reviewing the
full details of the rubric, you can use it as a guide.
In the Subjective section, provide:









Chief complaint
History of present illness (HPI)
Past psychiatric history
Medication trials and current medications
Psychotherapy or previous psychiatric diagnosis
Pertinent substance use, family psychiatric/substance use, social, and
medical history
Allergies
ROS
Read rating descriptions to see the grading standards!
In the Objective section, provide:



Physical exam documentation of systems pertinent to the chief complaint,
HPI, and history
Diagnostic results, including any labs, imaging, or other assessments needed
to develop the differential diagnoses.
Read rating descriptions to see the grading standards!
In the Assessment section, provide:



Results of the mental status examination, presented in paragraph form.
At least three differentials with supporting evidence. List them from top priority
to least priority. Compare the DSM-5-TR diagnostic criteria for each
differential diagnosis and explain what DSM-5-TR criteria rules out the
differential diagnosis to find an accurate diagnosis. Explain the criticalthinking process that led you to the primary diagnosis you selected. Include
pertinent positives and pertinent negatives for the specific patient case.
Read rating descriptions to see the grading standards!
Reflect on this case. Include: Discuss what you learned and what you might do
differently. Also include in your reflection a discussion related to legal/ethical
© 2021 Walden University
Page 1 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
considerations (demonstrate critical thinking beyond confidentiality and consent
for treatment!), social determinates of health, health promotion and disease prevention
taking into consideration patient factors (such as age, ethnic group, etc.), PMH, and
other risk factors (e.g., socioeconomic, cultural background, etc.).
(The comprehensive evaluation is typically the initial new patient evaluation. You will
practice writing this type of note in this course. You will be ruling out other mental
illnesses so often you will write up what symptoms are present and what symptoms are
not present from illnesses to demonstrate you have indeed assessed for all illnesses
which could be impacting your patient. For example, anxiety symptoms, depressive
symptoms, bipolar symptoms, psychosis symptoms, substance use, etc.)
EXEMPLAR BEGINS HERE
CC (chief complaint): A brief statement identifying why the patient is here. This
statement is verbatim of the patient’s own words about why presenting for assessment.
For a patient with dementia or other cognitive deficits, this statement can be obtained
from a family member.
HPI: Begin this section with patient’s initials, age, race, gender, purpose of evaluation,
current medication and referral reason. For example:
N.M. is a 34-year-old Asian male presents for psychiatric evaluation for anxiety. He is
currently prescribed sertraline which he finds ineffective. His PCP referred him for
evaluation and treatment.
Or
P.H., a 16-year-old Hispanic female, presents for psychiatric evaluation for
concentration difficulty. She is not currently prescribed psychotropic medications. She is
referred by her therapist for medication evaluation and treatment.
Then, this section continues with the symptom analysis for your note. Thorough
documentation in this section is essential for patient care, coding, and billing analysis.
Paint a picture of what is wrong with the patient. First what is bringing the patient to your
evaluation. Then, include a PSYCHIATRIC REVIEW OF SYMPTOMS. The symptoms
onset, duration, frequency, severity, and impact. Your description here will guide your
differential diagnoses. You are seeking symptoms that may align with many DSM-5-TR
diagnoses, narrowing to what aligns with diagnostic criteria for mental health and
substance use disorders.
Past Psychiatric History: This section documents the patient’s past treatments. Use
the mnemonic Go Cha MP.
© 2021 Walden University
Page 2 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
General Statement: Typically, this is a statement of the patients first treatment
experience. For example: The patient entered treatment at the age of 10 with
counseling for depression during her parents’ divorce. OR The patient entered
treatment for detox at age 26 after abusing alcohol since age 13.
Caregivers are listed if applicable.
Hospitalizations: How many hospitalizations? When and where was last hospitalization?
How many detox? How many residential treatments? When and where was last
detox/residential treatment? Any history of suicidal or homicidal behaviors? Any history
of self-harm behaviors?
Medication trials: What are the previous psychotropic medications the patient has tried
and what was their reaction? Effective, Not Effective, Adverse Reaction? Some
examples: Haloperidol (dystonic reaction), risperidone (hyperprolactinemia), olanzapine
(effective, insurance wouldn’t pay for it)
Psychotherapy or Previous Psychiatric Diagnosis: This section can be completed one of
two ways depending on what you want to capture to support the evaluation. First, does
the patient know what type? Did they find psychotherapy helpful or not? Why? Second,
what are the previous diagnosis for the client noted from previous treatments and other
providers. Thirdly, you could document both.
Substance Use History: This section contains any history or current use of caffeine,
nicotine, illicit substance (including marijuana), and alcohol. Include the daily amount of
use and last known use. Include type of use such as inhales, snorts, IV, etc. Include any
histories of withdrawal complications from tremors, Delirium Tremens, or seizures.
Family Psychiatric/Substance Use History: This section contains any family history
of psychiatric illness, substance use illnesses, and family suicides. You may choose to
use a genogram to depict this information. Be sure to include a reader’s key to your
genogram or write up in narrative form.
Social History: This section may be lengthy if completing an evaluation for
psychotherapy or shorter if completing an evaluation for psychopharmacology.
However, at a minimum, please include:
Where patient was born, who raised the patient
Number of brothers/sisters (what order is the patient within siblings)
Who the patient currently lives with in a home? Are they single, married, divorced,
widowed? How many children?
Educational Level
Hobbies:
Work History: currently working/profession, disabled, unemployed, retired?
Legal history: past hx, any current issues?
© 2021 Walden University
Page 3 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
Trauma history: Any childhood or adult history of trauma?
Violence Hx: Concern or issues about safety (personal, home, community, sexual
(current & historical)
Medical History: This section contains any illnesses, surgeries, include any hx of
seizures, head injuries.
Current Medications: Include dosage, frequency, length of time used, and reason for
use. Also include OTC or homeopathic products.
Allergies: Include medication, food, and environmental allergies separately. Provide a
description of what the allergy is (e.g., angioedema, anaphylaxis). This will help
determine a true reaction vs. intolerance.
Reproductive Hx: Menstrual history (date of LMP), Pregnant (yes or no),
Nursing/lactating (yes or no), contraceptive use (method used), types of intercourse:
oral, anal, vaginal, other, any sexual concerns
ROS: Cover all body systems that may help you include or rule out a differential
diagnosis. Please note: THIS IS DIFFERENT from a physical examination!
You should list each system as follows: General: Head: EENT: etc. You should list
these in bullet format and document the systems in order from head to toe.
Example of Complete ROS:
GENERAL: No weight loss, fever, chills, weakness, or fatigue.
HEENT: Eyes: No visual loss, blurred vision, double vision, or yellow sclerae. Ears,
Nose, Throat: No hearing loss, sneezing, congestion, runny nose, or sore throat.
SKIN: No rash or itching.
CARDIOVASCULAR: No chest pain, chest pressure, or chest discomfort. No
palpitations or edema.
RESPIRATORY: No shortness of breath, cough, or sputum.
GASTROINTESTINAL: No anorexia, nausea, vomiting, or diarrhea. No abdominal pain
or blood.
GENITOURINARY: Burning on urination, urgency, hesitancy, odor, odd color
NEUROLOGICAL: No headache, dizziness, syncope, paralysis, ataxia, numbness, or
tingling in the extremities. No change in bowel or bladder control.
© 2021 Walden University
Page 4 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
MUSCULOSKELETAL: No muscle, back pain, joint pain, or stiffness.
HEMATOLOGIC: No anemia, bleeding, or bruising.
LYMPHATICS: No enlarged nodes. No history of splenectomy.
ENDOCRINOLOGIC: No reports of sweating, cold, or heat intolerance. No polyuria or
polydipsia.
Physical exam (If applicable and if you have opportunity to perform—document if
exam is completed by PCP): From head to toe, include what you see, hear, and feel
when doing your physical exam. You only need to examine the systems that are
pertinent to the CC, HPI, and History. Do not use “WNL” or “normal.” You must
describe what you see. Always document in head-to-toe format i.e., General: Head:
EENT: etc.
Diagnostic results: Include any labs, X-rays, or other diagnostics that are needed to
develop the differential diagnoses (support with evidenced and guidelines).
Assessment
Mental Status Examination: For the purposes of your courses, this section must be
presented in paragraph form and not use of a checklist! This section you will describe
the patient’s appearance, attitude, behavior, mood and affect, speech, thought
processes, thought content, perceptions (hallucinations, pseudohallucinations, illusions,
etc.)., cognition, insight, judgment, and SI/HI. See an example below. You will modify to
include the specifics for your patient on the above elements—DO NOT just copy the
example. You may use a preceptor’s way of organizing the information if the MSE is in
paragraph form.
He is an 8-year-old African American male who looks his stated age. He is cooperative
with examiner. He is neatly groomed and clean, dressed appropriately. There is no
evidence of any abnormal motor activity. His speech is clear, coherent, normal in
volume and tone. His thought process is goal directed and logical. There is no evidence
of looseness of association or flight of ideas. His mood is euthymic, and his affect
appropriate to his mood. He was smiling at times in an appropriate manner. He denies
any auditory or visual hallucinations. There is no evidence of any delusional
thinking. He denies any current suicidal or homicidal ideation. Cognitively, he is alert
and oriented. His recent and remote memory is intact. His concentration is good. His
insight is good.
Differential Diagnoses: You must have at least three differentials with supporting
evidence. Explain what rules each differential in or out and justify your primary
diagnostic impression selection. You will use supporting evidence from the literature to
© 2021 Walden University
Page 5 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
support your rationale. Include pertinent positives and pertinent negatives for the
specific patient case.
Also included in this section is the reflection. Reflect on this case and discuss
whether or not you agree with your preceptor’s assessment and diagnostic impression
of the patient and why or why not. What did you learn from this case? What would you
do differently?
Also include in your reflection a discussion related to legal/ethical considerations
(demonstrating critical thinking beyond confidentiality and consent for
treatment!), social determinates of health, health promotion and disease prevention
taking into consideration patient factors (such as age, ethnic group, etc.), PMH, and
other risk factors (e.g., socioeconomic, cultural background, etc.).
References (move to begin on next page)
You are required to include at least three evidence-based, peer-reviewed journal
articles or evidenced-based guidelines which relate to this case to support your
diagnostics and differentials diagnoses. Be sure to use correct APA 7th edition
formatting.
© 2021 Walden University
Page 6 of 6

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

CONCEPT MAP

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

NIGHTINGALE COLLEGE
DIRECT-FOCUSED CARE: CONCEPT MAPPING ASSIGNMENT WORKSHEET
NURSING PROCESS TEMPLATE:
Assessment (Recognizing Cues)
Which patient information is relevant? What patient data is most
important? Which patient information is of immediate concern?
Consider signs and symptoms, lab work, patient statements, H & P,
and others. Consider subjective and objective data.
Analysis (Analyzing Cues)
Which patient conditions are consistent with the cues? Do the cues
support a particular patient condition? What cues are a cause for
concern? What other information would help to establish the
significance of a cue?
Analysis (Prioritizing Hypotheses)
What explanations are most likely? What is the most serious
explanation? What is the priority order for safe and effective care?
Planning (Generate Solutions)
What are the desirable outcomes? What interventions can achieve
these outcomes? What should be avoided? (SMART Planning- specific,
measurable, attainable, realistic/relevant, time-restricted- Goal
setting)
Implementation (Take actions)
How should the intervention or combination of interventions be
performed, requested, communicated, taught, etc.? What are the
priority interventions? (Mark with asterisk)
Evaluation (Evaluating Outcomes)
What signs point to improving/declining/unchanged status? What
interventions were effective? Are there other interventions that
could be more effective? Did the patient’s care outlook or status
improve?
Patient Information (SBAR, H&P)
Main Concept
(Should be focus of below map)
CONCEPT MAP TEMPLATE:
Recognizing Cues (S&S)
Disease Process/Pathophysiology/Risk Factors
Analyzing Cues/Concerns
Supporting
Prioritizing Hypotheses
1.
2.
Concerning
3.
Generate Solutions/Outcomes/Interventions
SMART Planning
Taking Action – (How To)
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Evaluating Outcomes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Page 2 of 2
NIGHTINGALE COLLEGE
DIRECT-FOCUSED CARE: CONCEPT MAPPING ASSIGNMENT WORKSHEET
NURSING PROCESS TEMPLATE:
Assessment (Recognizing Cues)
Which patient information is relevant? What patient data is most
important? Which patient information is of immediate concern?
Consider signs and symptoms, lab work, patient statements, H & P,
and others. Consider subjective and objective data.
Analysis (Analyzing Cues)
Which patient conditions are consistent with the cues? Do the cues
support a particular patient condition? What cues are a cause for
concern? What other information would help to establish the
significance of a cue?
Analysis (Prioritizing Hypotheses)
What explanations are most likely? What is the most serious
explanation? What is the priority order for safe and effective care?
Planning (Generate Solutions)
What are the desirable outcomes? What interventions can achieve
these outcomes? What should be avoided? (SMART Planning- specific,
measurable, attainable, realistic/relevant, time-restricted- Goal
setting)
Implementation (Take actions)
How should the intervention or combination of interventions be
performed, requested, communicated, taught, etc.? What are the
priority interventions? (Mark with asterisk)
Evaluation (Evaluating Outcomes)
What signs point to improving/declining/unchanged status? What
interventions were effective? Are there other interventions that
could be more effective? Did the patient’s care outlook or status
improve?
Patient Information (SBAR, H&P)
Main Concept
(Should be focus of below map)
CONCEPT MAP TEMPLATE:
Recognizing Cues (S&S)
Disease Process/Pathophysiology/Risk Factors
Analyzing Cues/Concerns
Supporting
Prioritizing Hypotheses
1.
2.
Concerning
3.
Generate Solutions/Outcomes/Interventions
SMART Planning
Taking Action – (How To)
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Evaluating Outcomes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Page 2 of 2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NURS FPX6218 Leading the Future of Healthcare

Description

Propose a change to one aspect of your local or regional health care system or program that would improve outcomes. Then, conduct a comparative analysis of other, non-U.S. health care systems, focusing on the proposed change. Summarize the proposed change and your comparative analysis in a 4-5 page report.

Social Work Question

Description

Refine your research question to include the following:Clear conceptualization and operationalization (in other words, measurable variables)A clear proposition within your research question (how are your variables related to each other)Limited only to the variables in the “Assignment Data” excel file, develop a concrete research question which includes a clear proposition (variable relations)Provide the key characteristics for persons with pid’s 5, 11, and 19For example: the characteristics for person 1 (pid 1) is:18 year old, less than HS education, likes baseball, earns 6,000 per year, and has 1 child.My research question: How was anxiety managed before vs after those who take anti-anxiety medication?(might not make sense but would love to do a paper on patients that take medication such as alprazolam, klonopin, etc)

Unformatted Attachment Preview

2
How to Conceptualize
Research:
Getting Started and Advancing
Ongoing Projects
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 8
3/16/2016 6:22:19 PM
how to conceptualize research
9
Learning objectives
By the end of this chapter you will have the tools to:
••
••
••
Identify and conceptualize a research topic
Formulate a research problem
Anticipate potential ‘Who cares?’ questions
Chapter summary
Conceptualization, the art and practice of discovery, is the first and some may argue the most difficult part
of research. This chapter will provide researchers with strategies for conceptualizing qualitative projects,
including how to use the literature effectively and how to formulate a research question.
INTRODUCTION
We tend to gloss over ‘conceptualization’. Conceptualization is the process of not only
selecting a topic, but formulating a defensible and researchable research problem; it is more
than simply generating a list of interesting topics such as academic achievement gaps or
homelessness. If you jump from a topic to data collection, you will likely end up with random bits of information that are of little use to the researcher or your intended audience.
Such projects not only tend to lack analytical focus, but will be plagued by the challenges
associated with the dreaded ‘Who cares?’. Good conceptualization involves moving from a
general topic to a clear research problem.
This chapter outlines concrete tools for conceptualization. We present them as steps, but
fully acknowledge that in reality research happens in a non-linear fashion. We also note
that some approaches are more exploratory, particularly at the beginning stages of a project. However, whether you start off with a perfectly good research question or not, you will
eventually need to complete every step.
1.
2.
Step One: What is the topic? The first step of any project is to determine what you want to study.
Step Two: What is my problem? Why should anyone care about my problem? You must then
establish the problem your project hopes to solve, including filling in a gap or extending the
literature in a new and exciting direction.
STEP ONE OF CONCEPTUALIZATION: WHAT IS MY TOPIC?
the common problem among students is the feeling that one has nothing to say … you find the huge variety
of things that could be said almost as overwhelming as the huge diversity of things that have been said.
(Abbott, 2004: 85)
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 9
3/16/2016 6:22:19 PM
10
jump starting your qualitative research project
By design, researchers are deeply curious about the social world. If you are lucky, you may
start a project with a topic that is inspired by your discipline, subfield, or event such as the
Occupy Wall Street movement. You may even have some general questions in mind such
as identifying the aspects of the Occupy Wall Street movement that were more or less
successful, or whether it constituted a social movement in the first place. In such cases,
you need the tools presented in this chapter to prevent you from relying on a particular
lens simply out of habit. So if your tried and true method is to view such a movement
through the eyes of the participants or as a Marxist, considering an alternative approach
may help you forge an exciting and less travelled intellectual pathway (Abbott, 2004: 86).
Many budding researchers, however, are interested in many topics that may or may
not be related, such as female body builders and cults, or a broad area, such as children’s
afterschool activities. Yet decisions (and sacrifices) have to be made in the interest of
developing a coherent research design. Initially, pinning down a topic is useful for guiding researchers toward the literature and some preliminary sources of data. As we discuss
below, some initial ‘digging’ can provide you with much needed background and inspiration. This part of conceptualization is an important first, but definitely not last, step
toward developing an informative and interesting research project. This ground work not
only saves time and cuts down on mistakes, it will undoubtedly come in handy time and
time again, whether writing your literature review or defending your project at a proposal
defence or to a journal reviewer.
In Table 2.1 we present a toolkit for generating ideas. You should not get too bogged
down about which tool is better or whether you are executing any one of the options
‘perfectly’; instead, see these exercises as brainstorming tools. You may also find some tools
more or less useful than others depending on your approach.
We present five key sources for inspiration that are divided two groups:
a)
b)
Data and theory driven
Researcher driven
Data and theory driven
Data driven conceptualization includes both secondary and primary sources. We discuss
secondary sources first since they will likely be the most accessible option, particularly for
more novice researchers. Secondary sources are generally one step removed from the original event or people and include published academic and professional articles, commonly
referred to as ‘the literature’. Primary sources include materials that are produced by, for,
or about the people, group, organization or event under study by persons who have direct
and intimate knowledge or experiences. We also discuss the possibility of conducting some
preliminary data collection.
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 10
3/16/2016 6:22:19 PM
how to conceptualize research
11
Table 2.1 What is my topic? Sources of inspiration
a) Data and
theory
driven
Type
Example
1) Secondary sources
Journal articles
Academic or professional books
Research reports
2) Primary sources
Online materials (e.g., blogs)
Websites
Government documents or public records
Archival materials
Brochures, reports, posters
Diaries, letters
Media (online, newspapers, magazines and TV)
Pictures or videos
Furniture, statues, clothing
Music, poetry, art
Maps
Transcripts
Academic and professional articles and reports that
are used as primary sources of data
b) Researcher
driven
3) Primary: Preliminary raw data
that you collect or produce
Pilot project
4) Mapping exercises
Mind map
Concept map
Literature map
5) Abbott’s (2004) ‘Lists’
Aristotle’s four causes
Secondary sources: The literature
The literature will be your first and arguably best friend in the development of a research
project. The literature includes three main sources: a) academic journal articles; b) academic
or professional books; and c) research reports. You will obviously need to use these sources
to construct a literature review. However, in this section, we discuss how you can use the
literature as a source of inspiration.
Academic journal articles
The first and most common source is published journal articles. These articles are peer
reviewed and can be accessed through a variety of sources, including JSTOR and Scholars
Portal. The term ‘peer reviewed’ means that the articles have been reviewed usually by
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 11
3/16/2016 6:22:19 PM
12
jump starting your qualitative research project
two or three experts, and have likely been screened by the editor of the journal. While
journals vary in terms of the degree to which articles are scrutinized, and in many cases
rejected, the process provides a measure of quality control. If you are unsure where to
start, ask experts in your field (e.g., your supervisor) or a librarian at your institution for
the most appropriate sources. The journals supported by your discipline’s professional
association(s) are another great starting place. In sociology for example, the American
Sociological Association, Canadian Sociological Association and the European Sociological
Association all host a variety of high quality academic journals.
There are three main types of academic journal articles:
••
••
••
Research articles: Research articles use primary (e.g., interviews conducted by the author) or
secondary (e.g., archival materials) sources of data to advance a particular original idea, argument or theory.
Theoretical articles: Rather than relying on primary or secondary data (though the author may
refer to such data) theoretical articles attempt to advance or critique a particular theoretical
concept or framework, or make an original theoretical contribution to the literature.
State of the field or review articles: This type of article reviews a large body of research
and theoretical articles. Review articles articulate key arguments, sources of data, theories and
debates on a particular topic. They are a wonderful source, particularly for researchers who are
newer to a particular area. Most disciplines also have journals that are specifically devoted to
publishing review articles. Annual Review of Sociology, Annual Review of Economics and Annual
Review of Political Science are a few examples.
Quick tip: How to search for academic journal articles
Searching for articles on your topic is part art, part science. To ‘strike gold’, you will need
to experiment with different terms and combinations. Some of these terms will be obvious (e.g., layperson terms), and others will be added once you become familiar with terms
that are used in the literature. Below we present an example of searches from a project
on school shootings. Start with the most obvious search terms (e.g., school shootings),
then separate key terms on separate rows of the search engines (e.g., ‘school’ on row one
and ‘shooting’ on row two). Use quotation marks to keep key works together (e.g., ‘school
violence’); if not some search engines will simultaneously search for these terms separately
(e.g., you may end up with thousands of articles containing the word ‘school’ and thousands
of articles containing the word ‘violence’ that have nothing to do with school shootings). In
some cases you will be able to search on a key event, person or organization that is related
to your topic (e.g., ‘Sandy Hook’ or ‘Columbine’, two famous school shootings). Once you are
familiar with the literature, you may come across alternative terms related to your topic. In
the case of school shootings some authors have referred to them as ‘rampage shootings’ or
‘organizational deviance’. You may also add in other terms that according to the literature
are related to school shootings (e.g., bullying), but recognize that these searches will likely
yield many articles that have nothing to do with your core topic.
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 12
3/16/2016 6:22:19 PM
how to conceptualize research
13
Example: Search terms
Key
Combination
Key events, people or
organizations
‘‘School shootings’
‘School’ AND ‘shootings’
‘Sandy Hook’
‘School shooters’
‘School’ AND ‘shooters’
‘Columbine’
‘School violence’
‘School’ AND ‘violence’
Academic or professional books
The literature also includes academic or professional books on your topic. Sources include,
but are not limited to, academic presses.
There are four main types of books:
••
••
••
••
Academic or scholarly books: Scholarly books include original research and ‘state of the field’
chapters that marshal a variety of data to frame a particular issue or make an original contribution. Most of these books are published by academic presses (e.g., NYU Press) or foundations
that support scholarly work (e.g., Russell Sage Foundation).
Popular original works: Popular original works target a wider audience, but may still be
authored by experts. More novice researchers should tread a bit more carefully, since they
will likely have fewer tools to evaluate the relative quality of the argument and any data
that the author used. However, there are many wonderful examples of popular books that
are both high quality and accessible. Venkatesh’s (2008) Gang Leader for a Day is a perfect example. His book is popular in its own right, and is featured in the wildly successful
Freakonomics (Levitt and Dubner, 2009). Yet, at the same time the book is grounded in years
of rich field research.
Original or reprinted edited collections: Edited collections can provide a different kind of
breadth by marshalling chapters from a variety of authors and perspectives on a particular
topic. Edited collections can include a series of original contributions such as previously unpublished data, concepts, frameworks or theories. They can also include reprinted material either
in its entirety (e.g., one chapter that has been reprinted from a previously published book or
article) or a summary of an original contribution.
Encyclopaedias: Unlike a traditional encyclopaedia, scholarly encyclopaedias are typically
produced for a particular discipline or sub-field (e.g., Health), or around a particular theme
(e.g., Social Welfare). These sources will not provide you with a comprehensive examination
of any one topic, but will provide you with a summary of hundreds of key terms, concepts,
theories or methods, depending on the focus of the encyclopaedia. Such sources may help
you formulate a handful of working definitions that you can use when discussing your key
terms or concepts. Most also include cross-references and suggestions for further reading.
The SAGE Encyclopedia of Qualitative Research Methods (Given, 2008), The Encyclopedia
of Social Networks (Barnett, 2011) and The Encyclopedia of Housing (Carswell, 2012) are
just a few examples.
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 13
3/16/2016 6:22:19 PM
14
jump starting your qualitative research project
Quick tip: So many books, so little time …
Despite the potential benefits, if you are on a tight timeline (e.g., a proposal deadline) you may
need to initially limit the number of books you read since one book may take as much time as
reading five or six articles on your topic. We are certainly not trying to discourage you from
reading books on your topic, particularly classic, well-cited or award winning books! We are
just noting that if you have a tight timeline, decisions will have to be made. To help you make
such decisions, there are several sources to help you generate a list of ‘must read’ books:
••
••
••
Book reviews: Read book reviews published in academic journals. There are also academic
journals specifically devoted to book reviews. Contemporary Sociology is just one example.
You should never take any one review as the ‘final word’ unless of course the reviewer is
someone you trust. However, a good book review will provide you with a basic summary of
the book and constructive criticism that is grounded within the larger literature.
Well-cited books: Read the handful of books that seem to be continuously cited by
known experts on your topic, including books that are controversial or that have
received a lot of media attention. Reviewing the books (and journal articles for that
matter) that are cited in the academic literature is a good place to start.
Recognized books: Read books on your topic that have been recognized in some
special way (e.g., an award by your discipline’s professional association). You should
also consider books on your topic that have been featured at recent conferences (e.g.,
author meets critic).
Professional reports
Professional reports include published research, theory, review and working papers. Most
government agencies, think tanks, professional associations, advocacy groups or armslength research consortiums produce professional reports that are widely available to the
public online. Examples of such government bodies or organizations include UNESCO,
WHO, the US Census Bureau, and the Ontario Ministry of Education. All of these agencies
post online research articles, executive summaries or press releases that are chock full of
original and secondary data, policy recommendations, and literature reviews.
Now what? How to use the literature to conceptualize
Key takeaways
••
••
••
••
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 14
First identify key theories, terminologies, concepts, methods, data and interpretations presented in
the literature.
Second identify what is not known, missing or problematic in the literature.
Unless you are already very well versed in the literature, your initial review will require a lot of time.
An ongoing ‘small-c’ critical examination of the literature is essential.
3/16/2016 6:22:19 PM
how to conceptualize research
15
The literature, when used properly, can be a powerful conceptualization tool and can. help
you identify theories, terminologies or concepts, methods, or data (Maxwell, 2005: 55).
In Table 2.2 we present key questions to get you thinking about what is known in the
literature (column one). Once you have identified the key questions, theories and concepts
that dominate the literature on your topic, you can start to identify what is not known,
problematic or missing (column two) in a manner that will not only aid in conceptualization, but is critical for developing an informed literature review. In short, these are
questions you will need to answer at some point along your journey. Addressing these
questions early on has additional benefits, most notably when you are ready to start your
literature review. As Maxwell (2013: 40) cautions, a literature review is a ‘dangerously misleading term’. Literature reviews that simply summarize or provide an overview of the
existing literature tend to be descriptive or merely parrot what others have already said
(e.g., repeating the limitations of a particular theory or method). This approach also tends to
be only superficially connected to your project and research questions. By asking and answering the questions in Table 2.2, you will be in good shape to start to develop an original
conceptual framework.
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Search the literature on your topic (see sources above).
First identify key theories, terminologies, concepts, methods, data and interpretations presented
in the literature. Second identify what is not known, missing or problematic in the literature (see
Table 2.2).
Verify that your rendering of the literature is correct. Speak to your supervisor and committee
members. Return to your library search engines (e.g., JSTOR) and plug in key terms that relate
to what you have identified as unknown, missing or problematic just to be sure that you have not
missed an important article or stream of the literature.
Discussed in detail below, start to narrow in on the one or two ‘holes’ that you have identified to
construct your research problem and research questions.
Table 2.2 How to use the literature to conceptualize
What is known?
What is not known, problematic or missing?
What questions have been asked
about my topic?
•• What questions have not been asked on my topic?
•• Is there a time, geography, or location dimension to these
questions and if so, what would happen if I altered it?
•• What would happen if I turned dominant questions around?
(e.g., rather than ask why there are so many high school
drop-outs, ask why there are not more)
•• What if I turned positive questions into negative questions (or
negative into positive)? (e.g., so rather than asking how drop-outs
and graduates are different, ask how they are not different)
(Continued)
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 15
3/16/2016 6:22:20 PM
16
jump starting your qualitative research project
Table 2.2 (Continued)
What is known?
What is not known, problematic or missing?
What major theories have been
used to examine my topic?
•• Do these theories adequately capture the phenomenon under
study?
•• Are there other possible theories that should be considered?
What major concepts have been
used to examine my topic?
•• Do these concepts adequately capture the phenomenon under
study?
•• Are there other possible concepts that should be considered?
How have concepts been
defined?
•• Are there other possible definitions?
•• Are there problems with current definitions?
How have they been measured?
•• Are there other possible ways concepts could have been measured?
•• Are there problems with how concepts have been measured?
What kinds of data have been
used to examine my topic?
•• Are there other possible sources of data?
•• Are there problems with the data that have been used?
What concepts, ideas or
relationships tend to be in the
foreground and background?
•• Should a particular concept be given more or less weight?
•• What would happen if I switched the foreground and background?
What are the dominant
interpretations or findings?
•• Do the dominant interpretations make sense?
•• Is there a reasonable connection between the data and
interpretations?
What relationships have been
examined?
•• Are there other relationships that could be examined?
•• Are the relationships currently under study still the most
important, or should we consider new ones?
What has been the context?
•• Is the context of my study the same?
•• Is the context of my study different?
•• Has the context changed?
What are the major debates on
my topic?
•• Have these debates limited the scholarship on my topic in a
particular manner?
•• Does one side appear to have more credibility?
•• Do the debates focus on the data, theories, interpretations or
some combination of the three?
How have others justified their
study or its contributions?
•• Can I use their rationales (with or without some tweaking) to
justify my study and its contributions?
What do others have to say?
•• Do their findings confirm or disconfirm research from my
discipline?
•• What can I learn or take away from their concepts, data, or
interpretations?
What frameworks, theories or
data am I most comfortable
using to study my topic?
•• What alterative frameworks, theories or data are available on my
topic?
•• How would critics of my approach, or scholars using alternative
frameworks, theories or data examine my topic?
Some researchers may warn you about the dangers of ‘ideological hegemony’ generated
from examining the existing literature too closely (Becker, 1986). And it is true, if you
stick only to ‘what is known’ you may limit your ability to see your topic in a new light.
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 16
3/16/2016 6:22:20 PM
how to conceptualize research
17
Importantly, if you cannot demonstrate how your study addresses an unanswered problem
in the literature, then your study will be of little value to your target audience.
However, we argue that a comprehensive understanding and an ongoing ‘small-c’ critical examination of the existing literature will allow you to more confidently represent
‘what is not known, problematic or missing’ in a manner that will increase your chances of
‘inspect[ing] competing ways of talking about the same subject matter’ (Becker, 1986: 149).
Equally important is that using the literature in the spirit of conceptualization does not
marry a researcher to a particular approach since it is more of a question of what or how
you use the literature, rather than whether you should read the literature in the first place.
Primary: Using raw data
Key takeaways
••
••
••
Examine raw data produced by, for or about the group, organization or event of interest.
Consider how these data or presentation of the literature may be used as data in their own right.
Consider conducting a small pilot project, even at very early stages of the project.
The use of primary sources of data is not limited to the ‘data collection’ phase of a project.
There are two main sources of primary data that are worth considering for conceptualization
purposes. The first source is raw data produced by, for or about the group, organization or event
of interest. Data include online materials, including websites, textbooks, archival materials such
as diaries or pictures, online videos, media reports and magazines. Beyond reviewing primary
data for conceptualization purposes, you can also consider how these data may capture important dimensions of your topic and be used as data in their own right. Meyer et al. (2010), for
example, mapped the growing presence of human rights issues in social science textbooks.
Similarly, Wrigley (1989) conducted a content analysis of over 1,000 articles from popular
literature targeted at parents to understand changing attitudes about children’s development.
You may also want to consider using academic and professional reports as a primary source
of data. Mizruchi and Fein (1999), for example, reviewed key journal articles to examine the
social construction of knowledge. Similarly, Colquitt and Zapata-Phelan (2007) examined
five decades of articles published in a highly influential journal, The Academy of Management
Journal, to develop a taxonomy of the theoretical contributions to the field.
The second source of primary data is raw data that you collect or produce, sometimes referred
to as a ‘pilot project’. Some preliminary fieldwork, interviews or analysis of the materials is an
excellent way to get your feet wet and to work out the direction and focus of your project. Pilot
projects are not only incredibly important to work out key data collection instruments (e.g., an
interview schedule) but can fundamentally shape the scope and direction of a project. You will
need to consider this option with your institution’s research ethics board in mind.
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 17
3/16/2016 6:22:20 PM
18
jump starting your qualitative research project
Researcher driven
Key takeaway
••
Use brainstorming exercises at the early stages of conceptualization to articulate what is known about
a topic, and to identify relationships, processes, concepts or missing information.
Researcher driven sources includes a variety of brainstorming exercises that you develop to generate ideas. Below we present two such ideas, but there are certainly other strategies available.
Early mapping: Mind, concept and literature techniques
‘Mapping’ is routinely used in qualitative research, particularly at the beginning stages
of data analysis. Mapping is a ‘graphical tool for organizing and representing knowledge’
(Wheeldon, 2010: 90). Such visual aids can serve as a powerful tool at many stages of a project by allowing (or forcing) researchers to classify and organize information in manage­able
chunks. Faced with mountains of data, including interview transcripts, field notes, documents or pictures and videos, researchers use this technique to sketch-out relationships,
sense-making or organizational processes, and the linkage between data and concept or
theoretical ideas. Importantly, mapping allows researchers to embed these understandings
within a broader contextual framework. Mapping can also encourage researchers to take a
‘reflexive approach to how we are classifying’ (Hart, 1998: 143). Ideally, mapping requires
researchers to think about their classification schemes, and the underlying logic that guides
their decision-making.
For our purposes in this chapter, we articulate the benefits of what we refer to as ‘early
mapping’ techniques for conceptualization. In particular, early mapping can also be used
to develop a research project by allowing researchers to articulate what is known about
the topic, and theorize possible or preliminary relationships, processes or concepts (Daley,
2004; Novak and Gowan, 1984; Novak and Cañas, 2006). Below, we present three kinds of
mapping techniques: Mind and Concept Mapping and Literature Mapping (Table 2.3).
Mind and concept mapping
Though similar, researchers make a distinction between ‘mind’ and ‘concept’ mapping
techniques. Mind maps are usually organized around one central idea, concept or theme,
and tend to be more informal and flexible (Buzan and Buzan, 2000). Concept mapping by
contrast is more structured, and often includes multiple ideas, concepts or themes as well as
people, groups or organizations. Concept maps are developed with a good understanding
of the context in which they will be used.
We caution against getting too bogged down about which method is better or whether
you are doing either one ‘perfectly’ at the conceptualization stage. There are entire books
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 18
3/16/2016 6:22:20 PM
how to conceptualize research
19
written about doing both, and that detail various ways to get the job done (e.g., Kane and
Trochim, 2007). We see it as an exercise in getting the pieces of the puzzle down on paper,
developing a good grasp on the key dimensions related to your project, and thinking about
possible puzzles that still need to be answered (Table 2.3). You will likely need to rework
your mind or concept maps several times as your ideas develop.
Mind maps
Mind maps are perfect for researchers who are newer to a topic. Mind maps allow researchers
to get a handle on the central characteristics, themes or concepts.
Mind maps have the following characteristics:
••
••
••
••
••
Visual representation of key themes, concepts, ideas, organizations, people, units or theories.
Built around one central idea or theme, as a flow chart or a as ‘tree’ diagram (Miles and
Huberman, 1994).
The use of simple lines to articulate connections.
The potential to use different shapes to symbolize different components (e.g., using squares
for organizations; circles for people) or different emphases (e.g., using squares for components
directly related to the core; circles for components on the periphery).
Flexible and less structured.
Concept maps
Concept maps are suitable for researchers who have a reasonable grasp of the literature or
topic under study. Concept maps are more structured and multifaceted, and based on an
understanding of the context that they will be used in (Novak and Cañas, 2006). Concept
mapping includes structuring statements, words, and people, groups or organizations based
on either what is known or theorized about the topic of interest. Concepts maps also include
words, symbols and shapes to explain the nature or strength of relationships between two
or more units. Rather than flowing from one concept or idea, concept maps represent multiple start points which may or may not be related to every other unit.
Concept maps have the following characteristics (Figure 2.1):
••
••
••
••
••
••
A multi-hierarchical representation of information. Hierarchies may be based on relative importance, a process, or moving from the general to the specific.
‘Information’ may include not only key ideas, concepts, characteristics and people, groups or
organizations, but also examples.
The use of boxes, circles or other shapes to differentiate various kinds of information (e.g.,
circles to represent theories and boxes to represent concepts).
The use of cross-links which include simple lines, directional arrows or circles to articulate a
relationship between the various characteristics, outcomes and concepts/ideas or units.
The use of linking words (e.g., more, less), shapes (e.g., squares for countries, circles for economic policies) or symbols (e.g., %, +) to explain or elaborate on a particular relationship.
The structure of the concept map and the nature of the relationships are context dependent.
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 19
3/16/2016 6:22:20 PM
02_Aurini_et_al_Ch_02.indd 20
3/16/2016 6:22:20 PM
Objects
(Things)
Words
begins
with
with
Symbols
Infants
begin
with
Labeled
are
connected
using
Creativity
aids
in
used to
form
needed
to see
Experts
Cognitive
Structure
Effective
Learning
Effective
Teaching
Different
Map Segments
between
Interrelationships
show
Crosslinks
may be
constructed in
Units
of Meaning
are
necessary
for
Propositions
is
needed to
answer
Organized
Knowledge
especially
with
Hierarchically
Structured
are
Linking
Words
is
comprised of
includes
Social
e.g.
Personal
Context
Dependent
are
“Focus
Question(s)”
SOURCE: ‘A Summary of the Literature Pertaining to the Use of Concept Mapping Techniques and Technologies for Education and Performance Support.’ 2003. http://www.
ihmc.us/users/acanas/Publications/ConceptMapLitReview/IHMC%20Literature%20Review%20on%20Concept%20Mapping.pdf
Figure 2.1 A concept map of concept maps
Events
(Happenings)
in
Perceived
Regularities
or Patterns
are
Concepts
add to
Associated
Feelings or Affect
help to
answer
represent
Concept Maps
how to conceptualize research
21
Table 2.3 General steps to mind mapping and concept mapping
Steps
Example
1
You are interested in ‘school readiness’, a term used to
describe children’s literacy, numeracy and socio-emotional
development just before they start school. The research
that you have reviewed documents the antecedents of
school readiness, and its consequences to children’s
academic achievement.
Start with a central theme
Write down all of the characteristics,
people, organizations and so forth
associated with the central theme
You start to develop a list that you rework into several
categories or chunks of information:
Antecedents of school readiness:
Family socioeconomic status – parent education; parent
occupation
Parent involvement/contact
Parenting philosophy
Social, family or other support/networks
Neighbourhood cond

Nursing Question

Description

The rubric and details are attached in the file

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Decision-Making Process Paper
Instructions
In this assignment, you will be writing a 6 pages paper identifying, comparing and
contrasting at least 3 different decision-making approaches of care from a multidisciplinary
perspective using a pertinent and significant topic in nursing (Topic for Decision Making
Paper: Travel nurses as an important tool to relief hospitals staff during times of strikes.). I’m
currently a travel nurse working on a neuro/stroke unit in Missouri due to the staff
shortage and strike that the hospital is encountering at this time.
The 3 decision making models I chose were the following
Intuitive Decision-Making Approach/Model
Analytical Decision-Making Model/Approach
The Creative Decision-Making Model
You are required to use APA 7th edition format and the page count does not include title
page or reference page. Reflect on your own decision-making practices and the
implications this will have regarding differing approaches taken of nursing leaders and
staff nurses/clinical practitioners in decision making within to issues in practice. To
complete this assignment, do the following:
Select and describe an issue in nursing that impacts nurses at all levels from bedside to
advanced practice(Topic for Decision Making Paper: Travel nurses as an important tool to
relief hospitals staff during times of strikes.)
1. .Make sure to provide an adequate background and its significance to all levels of
nursing using a strong review of the literature. Additionally, this should include a
thorough literature review that provides a good understanding of what the cause of
this problem is; what is suggested to address this problem. Essentially, this review
must support your choices of the decision-making models and this needs to include
how all levels of nursing practice (the bedside nurse to the APN are impacted by the
problem).
2. Identify how you would expect a nurse leader/manager, a bedside/staff nurse and
an Advanced practice nurse (CNO or NP) to address your selected issue using at
least 3different decision-making approaches which are clearly supported by the
literature review. This must first include a detailed analysis/overview of the
selected decision making models and how they are used in practice. Then a detailed
analysis of how these decision-making approaches/models would address the
3.
4.
5.
6.
problem/along with a detailed analysis of how each of the three selected models
would be applied to address the selected issue/problem making sure to incorporate
this at all levels of practice. One of the decision-making models may be more
applicable to the bedside nurse; whereas the other more applicable to the APN;
however, all levels of nursing practice need to be addressed with at least one of the
chosen 3 decision-making models. However, this does not mean that each decisionmaking model will apply to all levels of practice only that in this discussion needs to
include how each level of nursing practice would utilize the decision-making model
to address the problem. For instance, one decision making model may apply to the
bedside nurse; the second decision making model may be more applicable at the
level of APN (CNO, NP, etc) and the other decision-making model may be best
applied to the nurse manager. This section should be detailed; meaning specific, well
thought out, realistic solutions of how the nurse (at the level identified; this may
include more than one level for the same decision-making model or not) would
address the problem using the decision-making model is provided and well
supported by the literature. of the benefits and limitations of various decisionmaking approaches that are applied appropriately to the level of nursing practice to
address the selected issue/problem. This is informed from course readings,
literature, clinical scenarios and other evidence-based and scholarly sources.
Prioritize the best decision-making approach/model to address the selected
problem that is grounded in best practice. This should provide a well-supported
rationale for this choice that includes a good comparison and contrasting of the 3
chosen decision-making models that clearly illustrates why the choice was made,
that is consistent with the decision making model and how it would address the
chosen topic or problem.
Identify a possible funding source that would addresses your approach to solving
the problem. For instance, if the best approach to solving the nurse-to-patient ratio
problem is through the use of SDM and shared governance, perhaps you may seek a
local funding source to provide you with funding to implement a small EBP or
research project that would be funded by a local nursing organization such as Sigma
Theta Tau or perhaps if it was geared more towards assessing the value of this
model towards NP in practice than seeking a local organization that supports
funding for projects being implemented by practicing NP? If seeking money for
research this would need to be overseen by a nurse with a DNP r a PhD or someone
with the credentials to do so that are part of their scope of practice. Consider
looking at federal, state,or local organizations. (I live in the state of Florida)
For example: There are many grants available through the CDC,HRSA, etc. Again, this
need to be specifically applied with sufficient details
Use at least 10 references other than your main text.Uses APA 7th edition
formatting. At least 5 of these need to be within the past five years.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Two replies?

Description

I need two replies for each one of these discussions.

1- It is problematic and warrants thought to test babies for HIV without notifying the mother and disclosing the results. On the one hand, it’s critical to count and monitor the number of newborns with HIV to spot potential epidemics and precisely track the illness. The suggested methodology would test the children without the mother’s knowledge and keep the test results secret. It is crucial to take these ethical ramifications into account.

The planned study has essential ethical ramifications. It may be argued that testing a newborn without the mother’s knowledge violates her autonomy. The state government is depriving the mother of the chance to decide whether or not the test should be performed on her child by failing to inform her of the test. The state government is also depriving the mother of the chance to decide how to proceed if the baby tests positive for HIV by withholding the test results from her. The suggested protocol could be interpreted as a paternalistic act by the state government, making decisions without the mother’s knowledge or agreement.

It is crucial to consider the practical ramifications of the suggested protocol and the ethical ones. If the baby tests positive for HIV, the mother might not be able to get the necessary medical care for her child if she is unaware that the test is being done and is not notified of the results. In this sense, the suggested routine can potentially harm the baby’s health and well-being. The protocol’s lack of transparency may also make people distrust the state government and deter women from participating in future research projects or seeking care for their infants.

It is challenging to defend the practice of testing neonates for HIV without alerting the mother or disclosing the results, given the ethical and practical ramifications of the suggested approach. It is crucial to ensure that moms are informed about the test and aware of the results to defend their rights and guarantee that the newborn receives the proper medical treatment. Additionally, it’s critical to provide the mother with the information she needs to make an educated choice regarding whether the test should be performed and what to do if the baby tests HIV positive.

In conclusion, it is a dubious practice that warrants thought to test babies for HIV without alerting the mother and disclosing the results. The proposed protocol has considerable ethical ramifications, and the practical ramifications could be detrimental to the infant’s health and well-being. It is crucial to ensure that moms are informed about the test and aware of the results to defend their rights and guarantee that the newborn receives the proper medical treatment.

References

Childress, J.F., & Gaare, R.D. (2011). Principles of biomedical ethics (7th ed.). Oxford University Press.

Faden, R.R., & Beauchamp, T.L. (1986). A history and theory of informed consent. Oxford University Press.

Munthe, C. (2013). Autonomy and paternalism in medical ethics. Oxford University Press.

2-If this study is conducted in my hospital without the mothers knowledge or consent the findings and results will not viable. I say this because, there are protocols in place to protect the participants of a study. In this case “the participants” will be mothers and their baby’s that did not have any knowledge or consent to being in a study. One of the protocols in place is called the “Protection of Human Rights”. As stated in Nursing Research: Methods and Critical Appraisal for Evidence-Based Practice e-book, those human rights include right to self determination, right to privacy and dignity, right to anonymity and confidentiality, and right to protection from discomfort and harm. If the study is conducted the state government official will be violating the basic human rights of the mothers and their baby’s. The human rights that will be violated are the right to self determination, and the right to privacy and dignity. The right to self determination is based on being treated as autonomous. Autonomous is defined as “an autonomous agent is one who is informed about a proposed study and allowed to choose to participate or not; subjects have the right to withdraw from a study without penalty” (p.g 246). As the mothers and their baby’s are not being informed about the study their right to self determination is being violated. The right to privacy and dignity is defined as “the freedom of a person to determine the time, extent, and circumstances under which private information is shared or withheld from others” (p.g 246). The mothers are not being informed about the study being conducted therefor, they are not giving consent for their baby’s information to be shared. The right to privacy and dignity is being violated. If the study were to take place they would also not provide an informed consent. An informed consent is a consent form given to the participants of a study to obtain permission to proceed, and it is related to the principles of respect and the right to self determination. As the participants will not receive an informed consent they will be violating their right to self determination and respect. This study should not take place as it violates many human rights of the participants.

LoBiondo-Wood, G., & Haber, J. (2021). Nursing Research: Methods and Critical Appraisal for Evidence-Based Practice (10th ed.). Elsevier Health Sciences (US). https://bookshelf.vitalsource.com/books/9780323762…

neurologic function

Description

Compare and contrast the 3 conditions in one of the charts below:

NEUROLOGIC SYNDROME

Dementia

Depression

Anxiety

Risk Factors

Pathophysiology

Clinical Manifestations

Part 2:

Choose a pain or neurologic syndrome to explore. You can also choose a diagnosis not listed (that coincides with your advanced practice specialty) as long as it relates to the neurological function.

Present a hypothetical case that includes the following:

Vital information about a person who might be predisposed to this condition (I.e., a person who may have risk factors for this condition).
The pathophysiology of the disease, including clinical manifestations.
Which diagnostic tests you’d recommend and a rationale for the one(s) you choose.
How this condition compares to other differentials.
The evidence-based recommendations from the AHRQ GuidelinesLinks to an external site. or guidelines recommended from a professional organization. Based on these recommendations, discuss how to manage the condition best.
A patient safety issue that could be associated with the condition presented in this case.

Part 3:

Answer these reflection questions:

What information would a master’s prepared nurse gather from a patient with this condition?
How could the master’s prepared nurse use this information to design a patient education session for someone with this condition?
What was the most confusing or challenging information presented in this case?

Expectations:

Your paper should be 3–4 pages (excluding cover and reference pages).
Use medical terminology and appropriate graduate level writing.
Your resources must include research articles and reference to non-research evidence-based
AHRQ Guidelines.Links to an external site.
Use APA format to style your paper and to cite your sources. Your source(s) should be integrated into the paragraphs. Use internal citations pointing to evidence in the literature and supporting your ideas. You will need to include a reference page listing those sources. Cite a minimum of three resources.

I need a project about medication error and risk reduction

Description

I need it as word form and I will send ruberic you will follow

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Project rubrics
Value 20%
Word limit 1500 (excluding references)
Evaluation Items
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
Flow of essay
Grammar
Spelling
Work limit
References
Poor
(1)
The aim of the essay is
clearly stated
Defines the project
States the components
Outlines the arguments
to be presented
idea are presented,
explored, and
discussed
Use of literature to
support arguments
Balance of arguments
Statement on the
future of nursing
informatics
Clearly Summarises the
essay
Ease of read
Unsound
(marks lost)
10% outside word limit
(marks lost)
Number
20
References are
consistently formatted
Fair
(2)
Good
(3)
Excellent
(4)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion board 4

Description

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

The state/region will be provided to you once you are selected to work on the question 🙂

Boards of Nursing (BONs) exist in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Virgin Islands. Similar entities may also exist for different regions. The mission of BONs is the protection of the public through the regulation of nursing practice. BONs put into practice state/region regulations for nurses that, among other things, lay out the requirements for licensure and define the scope of nursing practice in that state/region.

It can be a valuable exercise to compare regulations among various state/regional boards of nursing. Doing so can help share insights that could be useful should there be future changes in a state/region. In addition, nurses may find the need to be licensed in multiple states or regions.

To Prepare:

Review the Resources and reflect on the mission of state/regional boards of nursing as the protection of the public through the regulation of nursing practice.

Consider how key regulations may impact nursing practice.

Review key regulations for nursing practice of your state’s/region’s board of nursing and those of at least one other state/region and select at least two APRN regulations to focus on for this Discussion.

Post a comparison of at least two APRN board of nursing regulations in your state/region with those of at least one other state/region. Describe how they may differ. Be specific and provide examples. Then, explain how the regulations you selected may apply to Advanced Practice Registered Nurses (APRNs) who have legal authority to practice within the full scope of their education and experience. Provide at least one example of how APRNs may adhere to the two regulations you selected.

Milstead, J. A., & Short, N. M. (2019). Health policy and politics: A nurse’s guide (6th ed.). Jones & Bartlett Learning.

oChapter 4, “Government Response: Regulation” (pp. 57–84)

American Nurses Association. (n.d.). ANA enterpriseLinks to an external site.. Retrieved September 20, 2018, from http://www.nursingworld.org

Bosse, J., Simmonds, K., Hanson, C., Pulcini, J., Dunphy, L., Vanhook, P., & Poghosyan, L. (2017). Position statement: Full practice authority for advanced practice registered nurses is necessary to transform primary careLinks to an external site.. Nursing Outlook, 65(6), 761–765.

Halm, M. A. (2018). Evaluating the impact of EBP education: Development of a modified Fresno test for acute care nursing Download Evaluating the impact of EBP education: Development of a modified Fresno test for acute care nursing. Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 15(4), 272–280. doi:10.1111/wvn.12291

National Council of State Boards of Nursing (NCSBN)Links to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.ncsbn.org/index.htm

Neff, D. F., Yoon, S. H., Steiner, R. L., Bumbach, M. D., Everhart, D., & Harman J. S. (2018). The impact of nurse practitioner regulations on population access to careLinks to an external site.. Nursing Outlook, 66(4), 379–385.

Peterson, C., Adams, S. A., & DeMuro, P. R. (2015). mHealth: Don’t forget all the stakeholders in the business caseLinks to an external site.. Medicine 2.0, 4(2), e4.

Requirements: 1 to 2 Full Pages Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages | .doc file

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each paragraph

Please be sure to use scholarly sources published within the last 5 years

3735 Health Promotion

Description

Please use attached blank form to work with. Develop a teaching plan for “Drug Abuse Control among teenagers”. This teaching plan is to be used as a guide in developing your Health Promotion Teaching Presentation. Reference: Edelman p 232-237 for information about teaching plans.Teaching plans should target teenagers, Recommended Settings, Learning Outcomes Include 2 to 4 outcomes. Outcomes need to be measurable, Domain of Learning: Indicate if Cognitive, Psychomotor, or Affective, Teaching Strategies/Materials: Include 1-2 teaching strategies per learning outcome. Strategies may include lecture, case study, role play, demonstration, or group discussion. Strategies must help the learner meet the outcome. Materials are items that aid your teaching and may include your Preventive Services Quick Reference Guide, posters, handouts, or simulation models. Do not use PowerPoint as a teaching strategy. Evaluation Methods: Describe how you will evaluate if your audience achieved the learning outcomes. Examples might include evaluation through audience comments, observation, surveys, or return demonstration. You must develop at least a 5 question quiz to evaluate learning so be sure to include that a quiz will be a part of your evaluation. You will submit this quiz as part of your presentation assignment.Edelman, C., L., Kudzma, E.C., & Mandle, C. L. (2018). Health promotion throughout the life span, 9th Edition. St Louis, MO: Elsevier.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

NURS 3735 Teaching Plan for Health Promotion Teaching Project
Name:
Target Audience:
Recommended Settings:
Topic:
Learning Outcomes
Domain of Learning
Teaching Strategies/Materials
Evaluation Methods

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Help me remove plagiarism on the presentation below and send me a report

Unformatted Attachment Preview

THE IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
READMISSION RATES FOR INPATIENT ADMISSIONS
SNHU
HCM-490
PROFESSOR
DATE
INTENDED POPULATION
• The vast majority of patients who are readmitted to hospitals are either elderly or originate from lower
socioeconomic backgrounds. According to recent studies, readmission rates have increased in
numerous hospitals around the country, including some of the top academic medical centers.
Approximately one in six Medicare patients now return to the hospital within 30 days of their medical
discharge (Dartmouth Atlas Project, 2021).
• Patients who meet specific requirements, such as those related to their age or infirmities, are
individuals who are eligible for Medicare. Unfortunately, we are focusing our attention on this cohort
and refer to it when we discuss the hospital system’s 30-day readmission rates. In order to determine
the number of readmissions at a particular hospital, we use the Medicare patients.
MILESTONES
• We need to make sure we’ve employed the right number of people to take care of our patients and
keep up with them if we want this implementation to go smoothly. We won’t be able to adequately
manage the program if we are not appropriately staffed from the start.
• All of our mid-level physicians and nurses will receive the necessary training once we are fully staffed so
they are knowledgeable about the importance of this follow-up and how to make sure all of our
patients can receive excellent medical treatment without having to be readmitted to the hospital..
• After deployment, we must assess the data at intervals of a month, three months, six months, and
eventually one year. This will give us the flexibility to adapt the curriculum as needed as we move along.
FINANCIAL IMPACT
• An immediate financial impact will result from the requirement to recruit extra personnel in order to
guarantee that patients are called at the 24-hour mark and followed up at the 72-hour mark.
• The hospital will eventually benefit financially even though it will initially cost more because there will
be fewer inpatient admissions and better patient access since hospitals won’t be overrun with patients.
• Despite being aware that the effort would require a one-time purchase, I am confident that with correct
use and execution, our revenue will increase within the first year.
RESOURCES
• As was already indicated, if adequate staffing is ensured, this technique can be introduced and used
without burdening the workforce. We will want a dedicated team to manage all trainings after the
implementation process has started so that they can better assist any employees who might have
questions or require more guidance.
• We will need to buy more laptops with tele-medicine and video visit capabilities so that the nurses and
mid-level practitioners can better meet the needs of the patients.
COMPLIANCE/ETHICAL CHALLENGES
• The Hospital Readmission Reduction Program (HRRP) has made decisions on readmission rates and the
sum that will be withheld from particular hospitals if they surpass the rate of readmission prediction
based on a set of criteria. “Critics” contend that it is unfair to base payment adjustments on averages
when multiple organizations treat an excessive number of patients who have multiple complications
and low incomes or lack the resources of larger or more metropolitan healthcare facilities to handle
complex cases (Catalyst, 2018)..
• When we examine the ethical and legal aspects of the HRRP, we find that neither the socioeconomic
positions nor the patient population are taken into account. We must raise the readmission rates in
order to lessen the financial losses brought on by unneeded readmissions. Even while it may seem
impossible to expect hospitals serving seniors to maintain the same readmission rates as hospitals
serving young people, we need to alter how we discharge patients and how follow-up for these patients
is handled.
REFERENCES
• Catalyst, N. E. J. M. (2018, April 26). Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program (HRRP). NEJM Catalyst.
https://catalyst.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/CAT.18.0194.
• Project, D. A. (2021). Hospital Readmission Rates on the Rise in Older Adults.
https://www.todaysgeriatricmedicine.com/news/102011_news.shtml

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Select a bill that has been proposed (not one that has been enacted) using the congressional websites provided in the Learning Resources. These are the provided websites
Milstead, J. A., & Short, N. M. (2019). Health policy and politics: A nurse’s guide (6th ed.). Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Chapter 3, “Government Response: Legislation” (pp. 37–56)
Chapter 10, “Overview: The Economics and Finance of Health Care” (pp. 180–183 only)
Congress.govLinks to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.congress.gov/
Taylor, D., Olshansky, E., Fugate-Woods, N., Johnson-Mallard, V., Safriet, B. J., & Hagan, T. (2017). Corrigendum to position statement: Political interference in sexual and reproductive health research and health professional education. Nursing Outlook, 65(2), 346–350Links to an external site..
United States House of RepresentativesLinks to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.house.gov/
United States SenateLinks to an external site.. (n.d.). Retrieved September 20, 2018, from https://www.senate.gov/
United States Senate. (n.d.). Senate organization chart for the 117th CongressLinks to an external site.. https://www.senate.gov/reference/org_chart.htm
Document: Legislation Grid Template (Word document)

The Assignment: (1- to 2-page Legislation Grid; 1-page Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement)

Be sure to add a title page, an introduction, purpose statement, and a conclusion. This is an APA paper.

Part 1: Legislation Grid

Based on the health-related bill (proposed, not enacted) you selected, complete the Legislation Grid Template. Be sure to address the following:

Determine the legislative intent of the bill you have reviewed.
Identify the proponents/opponents of the bill.
Identify the target populations addressed by the bill.
Where in the process is the bill currently? Is it in hearings or committees?

Part 2: Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement

Based on the health-related bill you selected, develop a 1-page Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement that addresses the following:

Advocate a position for the bill you selected and write testimony in support of your position.
Explain how the social determinants of income, age, education, or gender affect this legislation.
Describe how you would address the opponent to your position. Be specific and provide examples.
At least 2 outside resources and 2-3 course specific resources are used.

Social Work Question

Description

Respond to two colleagues indicating how leadership could be accomplished by the process your colleague identified.

Emily Ayers
MondaySep 18 at 5:11pm

Describe two processes for facilitating groups. For each, define the assessment and action that is intended to take place.

Leadership of a group determines the development of the group and the members by contributing to their goal achievement while meeting the codes of social work and tending to the socio-economic needs of the group’s members (Toseland, 2017). It is important to note the group leader is not always a worker, sometimes a leader within the group emerges. A good group worker encourages this. There are many skills a group facilitator can use depending on their plan to influence the group processes. Proper use of the facilitator skills contributes to improvement of understanding among group members, open communication, and encourage trust development. Two of those processes are making group processes explicit and clarifying content.

Making group processes explicit shows how to maintain awareness among members and how they react to different group experiences (Toseland, 2017). During this process, the group worker will bring up behaviors like member roles, specific interaction patterns, and group norms. Getting feedback from the group members, a determination is made if the group desires to continue things as they have been going. Our text offers the example of the group telling their story and receiving feedback at the beginning of each meeting, the group then decides if they want to continue that after the worker points out the pattern. It becomes easier to point out these processes with time and experience. It can help a worker learn to point out these processes by utilizing time at the beginning or end of the group to point out group processes, or even a statement or two during the group (Toseland, 2017).

A second area of group process is clarifying content. Where making group processes explicit points to overall group patterns and making them know, clarifying content enlightens the content of members’ interactions (Toseland, 2017). In an effort for members to communicate more effectively, the worker may help the member express themself more clearly or make sure the group understood what a member was saying. Further, a group worker would redirect the group to topics at hand if the group became unfocused or sidetracked by something that was not beneficial to the group. Sometimes, a group may intentionally avoid certain topics because they are considered taboo or are simply uncomfortable. The worker would point these subjects out as part of clarifying content.

Explain how each process might create positive outcomes when facilitating a group.

In an article I found in the Walden Library, Transformative Learning: The Role of Research in Traditional Clinical Disciplines, the researchers sought to prove that if they pointed out the student’s dependence on classroom approaches and being under focused on discipline specific tasks, the students would produce better results. What the researchers found is that when they pointed out these areas to students, their self-awareness improved and a deeper trust in their own informed intuition resulted (Tims, 2014). Self-awareness and trust in self are quite powerful positive outcomes from using the process of making group processes explicit.

Clarifying content was a large contribution to the parental book series that sought to explain same sex peer relationships among children. The authors used a sociometric analysis and noted that relationships formed differently among boys and girls. During the research for the book, they gathered girls and boys into groups and talked with them about their likes and dislikes of certain friends, favorite friends, etc. During this group research, the authors would bring up that the middle childhood aged children were not bringing up topics like sexuality or why boys tended to forge one large friend group where girls had more of a tendency to have multiple small groups of friends (Benenson & Parnass, 1988). The children began to share the reasons why they were uncomfortable addressing sexuality among same sex peer relationships. They also began talking about the differences in friend groups. This is another powerful positive outcome by the group worker letting the members know it is ok to talk about difficult things.

References

Benenson, J., Apostoleris, N., & Parnass, J. (1998). The organization of children’s same-sex peer relationships. In W. M. Bukowski & A. H. Cillessen (Eds.), Sociometry then and now: Building on six decades of measuring children’s experiences with the peer group. (pp. 5–23). Jossey-Bass.

Tims, M. (2014). Transformative Learning: The Role of Research in Traditional Clinical Disciplines. Integrative Medicine: A Clinician’s Journal, 13(4), 24–28.

Toseland, R. W., & Rivas, R. F. (2017). An introduction to group work practice (8th ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.

Danielle Anderson
MondaySep 18 at 6:32pm

Main Post

Describe two processes for facilitating groups. For each, define the assessment and action that is intended to take place.

Involving group members is all members should be involved and interested in what is being discussed in the group (Toseland, 2017, pg. 114). An assessment can be identifying and describing thoughts, feelings, and behaviors (Toseland, 2017, pg. 114). An action would be supporting the individual and group members (Toseland, 2017, pg. 114). Another process would be Attending skills, attending skills is nonverbal behaviors, such as eye contact and body position, and verbal behaviors that convey empathy, respect, warmth, trust, genuineness, and honesty (Toseland, 2017, pg. 114). An assessment would be analyzing information (Toseland, 2017, pg. 114). An action would be Giving advice, suggestions, or instructions (Toseland, 2017, pg. 114). An article I found is called A social identity approach to facilitating therapy groups, this article briefly describes how group facilitators are group leaders and they need to provide a valuable framework for efforts to understand and increase their effectiveness ( Robertson, 2023).

Explain how each process might create positive outcomes when facilitating a group.

Positive outcomes for involving group members would be providing members with opportunities for leadership roles during program activities by praising members for their leadership efforts and inviting and encouraging members’ participation and initiative during group interaction (Toseland, 2017, pg 114). A positive outcome for attending skills would be scanning the group; scanning the group helps reduce the tendency of workers to focus on one or two group members (Toseland, 2017, pg 114). By attending the group, the client is supposed to be attending and being there all the time with little absences; they will be able to keep learning, sharing more of their stories, and getting help more.

Reference

Toseland, R. W., & Rivas, R. F. (2017). An introduction to group work practice (8th ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.

Chapter 4, “Leadership” (pp. 98–136)

Chapter 5, “Leadership and Diversity” (pp. 137–159)

https://eds.p.ebscohost.com/eds/detail/detail?vid=8&sid=043db7ac-333b-437c-a9ad-a458316ca15f%40redis&bdata=JkF1dGhUeXBlPXNoaWImc2l0ZT1lZHMtbGl2ZSZzY29wZT1zaXRl#AN=2024-08542-001&db=pdh

Respond to two colleagues:

Compare differences in cost of living between your colleague’s calculations and yours.

Kacey Ryan
MondaySep 18 at 9:04pm

Discussion 1

Describe the EPI’s estimation of what it costs your family to live in your area.

According to the EPI’s estimation on cost of living for a 1 parent 2 child household in Jackson County, Ohio, the annual total income must not exceed $60,214. This includes monthly housing at $735, monthly food at $517, monthly childcare at $1026, monthly transport at $1,002, monthly healthcare at $874, monthly necessities at $454, monthly taxes at $410, for a monthly total of $5,018 and an annual total of $60,214.

Describe what you or your family would have to give up to live within the EPI’s budget.

My family income is approximately $51,400 annually, which is $8814 under the budget. According to this calculation, I wouldn’t have to give up anything. However, I do not qualify for any sort of assistance. However, I do believe there are cuts that could be made to lower our overall cost of living. I believe eating out would be an appropriate place to start. The allotted budget for groceries is fairly close to what I currently spend. To lessen this cost it would require developing a menu, meal prepping, and really thinking out our groceries that are bought to eliminate waste. I believe this change could save us at least $200 a month. Another area to adjust is our electric use. This could be corrected by keeping items unplugged that aren’t in regular use, turning lights off (especially the LED lights in my teenage son’s room), and turning the television off when not in use. Finally, a third area that could be addressed to improve our ability to meet the budget would be minimizing our “want” buys. We do not live luxuriously by any means, but we could afford to cut some of our extra spending on unnecessary items.

Explain how easy or hard it would be to give those things up.

It would be rather difficult to initially give these items up due to being in the routine of habit. The food cut and budgeting would require a lot of discipline and thought before being able to hit the ideal budget. I believe this would be the most difficult change to implement. Saving on the electric use would more than likely be the easiest change. Simple awareness of this factor could make a big difference. The needless spending would be difficult at first to identify and then cut out, but I do believe once we could learn to delay gratification a couple of times, we would find it rewarding.

Determine if the definition of what constitutes poverty is realistic.

I do believe the poverty line identified on the calculator is realistic. However, as stated earlier this is not an accurate representation in regards to receiving government assistance. As a single mother who receives no government assistance due to my income, it has often been a struggle to balance money for groceries and other necessities. I have found ways to spread household items to last longer such as adding some water to fabric softener, adding oats to meals with ground beef to supplement “more” meat,” and buying clothing and other items on sale. Society has made name brands a must and this has affected my budget with my teenage son. While he does not get everything name brand, I do my best to supply him with his likes. The middle class, I believe, suffer the most when it comes to living pay check to pay check. We make too much for assistance, but not enough to live comfortably. Furthermore, as a single mother, if my children have appointments or get sick I have to miss work which cuts into the already tight budget.

References

Economic Policy Institute. (2016b). Family budget calculator.Links to an external site. Retrieved from http://www.epi.org/resources/budget/Links to an external site.

Gould, E., Cooke, T., & Kimball, W. (2015). What families need to get by: EPI’s 2015 family budget calculator.Links to an external site.Economic Policy Institute. Retrieved from http://www.epi.org/publication/what-families-need-…

Sophia Washington
TuesdaySep 19 at 8:07am

Describe the EPI’s estimation of what it costs your family to live in your area.

EPI family budget calculator measures the income a family needs in order to attain a modest yet adequate standard of living. For Wayne county it is as follows:

HOUSING$827

FOOD$356

CHILD CARE$698

TRANSPORTATION$931

HEALTH CARE$771

OTHER NECESSITIES$428

TAXES$561

MONTHLY TOTAL$4,572

ANNUAL TOTAL$54,866

Describe what you or your family would have to give up to live within the EPI’s budget.

In order for my family to live within the EPI’s budget I would have to give up other necessities,child care, and cut back on food expenses.

Explain how easy or hard it would be to give those things up.

It would be easy to give up on child care expenses because I don’t have any small children. Cutting back on food expenses would be difficult but it would be doable. We would need to plan our meals and shop according to the meals listed.

Determine if the definition of what constitutes poverty is realistic.

In my opinion the poverty line is too high. There are so many families I know personally, including myself that have been excluded from programs because according to the poverty line they make too much money. When you are a single parent of one or multiple kids there is no such thing as you make too much money.

References:

DiNitto, D. M., & Johnson, D. H. (2016). Social welfare: Politics and public policy (8th ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.

Respond to two colleagues:

Explain which estimate of poverty better aligns with your colleague’s stated ability to escape poverty: the EPI’s budget or DHHS poverty threshold.
Celenia Roque
TuesdaySep 19 at 11:02am

Deepening poverty is inextricably linked with rising levels of homelessness and food insecurity/hunger for many Americans, and children are particularly affected by these conditions. Extreme poverty is the strongest predictor of household homelessness. These families are often forced to choose between housing and other survival necessities. At least 11 percent of American children living in poverty are homeless. These are the two limitations/problems as follows:

Hunger. Families often struggle to hide their food insecurity, and some parents may feel ashamed or embarrassed for not being able to adequately feed their children. Children may also feel stigmatized, isolated, ashamed or embarrassed by lack of food. A sample of neighborhoods that classified low-income children ages 6 to 12 as hungry, at risk of hunger, or not hungry found that hungry children were significantly more likely to receive special education services, to have repeated a grade in school and to have received mental health counseling than at-risk-for-hunger or not-hungry children. Among low-income children, children classified as “starving” showed more anxiety, irritability, aggression and oppositional behavior than their peers. In addition, multiple stressors associated with poverty significantly increase the risk of developing mental and functional problems.
Homelessness. Access to permanent and adequate shelter is a basic human need; however, a prolonged economic downturn (including a foreclosure crisis, soaring unemployment, worsening poverty rates and a shortage of affordable housing) may will increase the rate of homelessness. The United States Conference of Mayors (2009) reported that more than 1.6 million children (1 in 45 children) were homeless in the United States in 2010, and approximately 650,000 were under the age of 6. Families with children make up the majority of the homeless population. Families with children make up one-third of the homeless population, usually consisting of a single mother in her twenties and two young children. States in the South and Southwest where poverty is more prevalent have more homeless children than states in the North and Northeast. Homelessness affects children’s health and well-being, and their brain development, causes stress, and prevents them from preparing for school.

Explain how these problems affect a person’s ability to escape poverty.

Homelessness and hunger go hand in hand. Homeless children are twice as likely to experience hunger as their non-homeless peers. Need has adverse effects on children’s physical, social, emotional, and cognitive development.
Americans’ developing bodies are not well adapted to the effects of living without clean water, food, or healthcare. As a result, many children living in poverty are malnourished and diseased. If left untreated (which is expected due to limited access to health care), they will not survive. Millions of people live with hunger and malnutrition because they simply can’t afford enough food, nutritious food, or what it takes to grow enough quality food themselves agricultural supplies needed. Hunger can be seen as a dimension of extreme poverty.
Homelessness and hunger go hand in hand. Homeless children are twice as likely to experience hunger as their non-homeless peers. Hunger has negative effects on children’s physical, social, emotional and cognitive development.
Homelessness disproportionately affects children and youth, including hunger, poor physical and mental health, and missed educational opportunities. Homeless children experience a lack of stability, with 97% of children moving at least once a year, which can lead to school disruption and negatively impact academic performance.

References:

https://www.apa.org/pi/families/poverty
https://www.apa.org/pi/ses/resources/publications/…

Atemkeng Siri Chumbow YesterdaySep 21 at 4:11am
Describe two limitations and/or problems with the poverty threshold.The poverty threshold is a number determined by the government to measure poverty in the United States. This number is used to decide who should be eligible for certain benefits. The poverty threshold is calculated from a household’s gross annual income and the number of people living in the household. Although this measure is meant to help those in need, there are several limitations and problems that make it difficult for people to escape poverty.The first limitation is its accuracy. The poverty threshold is based on an outdated poverty line, adjusted for inflation on a yearly basis, and does not accurately reflect current economic realities. (DiNitto & Johnson, 2016) note that this number is based on the cost of a basic food diet, but does not take into account the cost of other necessary items, such as housing or transportation. As a result, many households living in poverty might not meet the criteria determined by the poverty threshold, which can leave them without the necessary benefits to escape poverty.Another problem of the poverty threshold is its static nature. This number does not change to reflect the cost of living in different areas and, as a result, the same poverty threshold is used regardless of where a person lives. This leaves many low-income households struggling to make ends meet in areas that are more expensive, such as those in urban areas. Furthermore, the poverty threshold does not adjust itself over time to keep up with inflation, making it more difficult for those already living in poverty to buy basic items, such as food, clothing, and housing.Explain how these problems affect a person’s ability to escape poverty.These two limitations cause significant problems for people trying to escape poverty. Without an accurate poverty threshold that takes into account the cost of various items and allows for adjustments to different living areas, people in poverty are left in a situation where their limited resources are not enough to meet their basic needs. Furthermore, the static nature of the poverty threshold makes it almost impossible to keep up with rising prices. As a result, those already living in poverty cannot buy basic necessities, trapping them in a cycle of poverty.In conclusion, the poverty threshold is an important measure to determine eligibility for government benefits. However, its limitations and static nature can create obstacles for people trying to escape poverty. Therefore, it is important for government officials and social workers to work together to find innovative solutions to address the problems associated with this measure, such as increasing the minimum wage and finding ways for low-income individuals to access university-level education. This will help to create programmes and policies that are more accessible to those living in poverty, providing a pathway out to a more secure and stable future.ReferenceDiNitto, D. M., & Johnson, D. H. (2016). Social welfare: Politics and public policy (8th ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.

Nursing Question

Description

ASSIGNMENT #1:

I Will be uploading 2 files. One of them is a small example named “ASSIGNMENT 1 EXAMPLE NEWBORN CARE MAP” so you can get the main idea and better understand the assignement and the other one is the document that needs to be filled in that is named “Newborn Care Map”.

YOU NEED TO MAKE SURE IT IS ALL ORIGINAL WORK. RESOURCES USED ARE ONY BETWEEN 2018 TO 2023, NOTHING OLDER THAN 2018! PLEASE ADD THE REFERENCES.

ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS:

There are specific aspects of the care map/care plan:

Data collection page
Concept map or care plan page
Pathophysiology and rationale

You will do complete assessments, identify diagnoses, prioritize problems, and then decide on a plan of care (goal and objectives, comprehensive interventions (with rationales, evaluation of expected outcomes, and modifications) for at least three priority diagnoses:

1 Physiologic
1 Psychosocial
1 Health promotion behavior
(Risk for infection & pain will not be acceptable)

NOTE: Integrate at least three references (within past 5 years), to include 1 journal article, 1 textbook, and 1 scholarly and reputable website. No nursing care plan books allowed as the 1 textbook reference but may be used as an additional reference. The student must utilize APA format for pathophysiology citations and references.

THANK YOU!

ASSIGNMENT #2 REVISION

I will attach 2 files. One will be the file you need to use to edit your previous work named “Matrnal Care MaMap”

The second one will be the document with the instructor’s feedback.

You did this assignment yourself not too long ago.

I received a 60% and was asked to do a revision on it.

Please read the instructor’s feedback in order to properly do a revision.

Original work only.

Professional work only please.

References must be only from within the past 5 years.

No references before 2018 can be used. I will attach the document for you to revise as well as a document with the instructor’s feedback.

*******************KEEP IN MIND this patient gave birth at the ambulance. SOME INFO THAT YOU ADDED DID NOT MAKE SENSE SINCE MY PATIENT DELIVERED AT THE AMBULANCE.

Now that you have feedback and examples I expect excellent work,

THANK YOU!

Unformatted Attachment Preview

MATERNAL CARE MAP
PT. INITIALS:
V.A.
AGE: 43
years old
Obstetric History:
Gestational age: 39 + 0
Gravida: 6
Para: 5
Full term: 5
Preterm: 0
Abortions: 1
Living: 5
Obstetrical Risk Factors:
Advanced Maternal Age
Drug use: None
VS: T: 37.1 Degrees Celsius
HR: 71 beats per minute
RR: 16 breaths per minute
B/P: 138/82 mmHg
PAIN ASSESSMENT: 6/10
(patient reporting a lowgrade headache)
LATCH Score: – 8/10
(patient can actively
breastfeed the newborn)
Bonding/Attachment: 10/10
Infant Security: – 10/10
Sitz Bath: -Not indicated at
this time.
Allergies/Medications:
NKDA/NKFA
STUDENT NAME:
LMP: EDC: 09/06/2023
PAST MEDICAL HISTORY:
Medication/Substances in Pregnancy:
None before delivery.
Primary support companion: Mother
Attended Childbirth Classes:
Not attending.
Date of Birth: 08/30/2023
Time of Birth: 11:47am
Type of Birth: Spontaneous Vaginal Delivery
at Ambulance
Labor and Birth History
Length of labor: 7 hours 11 min
Length of ruptured membranes: 1 hour
Medications/Anesthesia used: Epidural anesthesia for pain
management.
Delivery method: Spontaneous vaginal delivery in an ambulance
Dilation/Effacement/Station:
At admission: 3 cm dilated, 60% effaced and -1 station.
At 5 hours in labor: 6 cm dilated, 90% effaced and 0 station.
At delivery: 10 cm dilated, completely effaced and +2 station.
PATIENT INFORMATION
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT DATA
Respiratory: Bilaterally equal, no wheezing or stridor; Patient denies pain; Rate and tidal volume WNL
Cardiac: Heart sounds clear; capillary refill less than 3 seconds; pulse strong and regular
Gastrointestinal: Bowel sounds active in all 4 quadrants; Patient reports no BM in past 24 hours; No evidence of distension.
Genitourinary: Patient mandatory voiding prior to delivery; Straw-colored urine; full bladder not palpated on postpartum assessment.
Fetal Heart Rate Assessment:
Contractions
FHR
Type of Monitor: Fetal External Monitoring
Type of Monitor: Electronic fetal heart monitoring (EFM)
Frequency: Approximately every 5 minutes
Baseline FHR: 110 bpm
Duration: 10-15 seconds each interval
Variability: 5-25 Beats Per Minute (moderate)
Intensity: 70mmHg
Periodic/episodic changes: No changes noted through labor and
delivery
Resting tone: 10 mm/Hg
Labor Assessment/Interventions: Assessed contractions every 20-30 minutes and monitored maternal vital signs to ensure patient
comfort. Provided hydration and emotional support to encourage the mother through the process. Instructed proper positioning and
mobility techniques for labor progression. Administered epidural anesthesia as needed for pain management. Applied warm compresses
and perineal massage when appropriate for relaxation and comfort measures. Provided education on breastfeeding initiation, skin-toskin contact, newborn resuscitation, immediate postpartum care of both mother and baby, and potential concerns in the first 48 hours.
IV FLUIDS: Lactated
Ringers 125 ml/hr
IV SITE: Right hand
LAB DATA
H/H: 4.5 g/dL / 39.2 %
VDRL/RPR: Negative
Type/Rh: O positive
Rubella: Negative
Blood Glucose: 79 mg/dL
HbsAG: Negative
UA: Clear and pale yellow
HIV: Negative
GBS: Not Tested
SOCIO-CULTURAL FINDINGS:
Culture/ethnicity/language: Hispanic / English and Spanish
Health beliefs: The patient is open to discussing her health beliefs but
does not express any specific preferences during the care process.
Economic/Educational: Middle class; college education.
Spiritual beliefs: No spiritual beliefs requested.
Significant others: Mother present
CARE MAP/CARE PLAN
#1 Nursing Diagnosis
Excessive Postpartum Bleeding
Goal
Rationales
Interventions
Evaluation
1. The patient will remain
hemodynamically stable and achieve
adequate hemostasis with no further
than 500 ml blood loss during the
postpartum period.
1. The patient has advanced
maternal age which can be
associated with an increased risk
for postpartum hemorrhage
(McCance & Huether, 2019)
2. There is a risk of retained
placental fragments that, if not
expelled, can contribute to
excessive bleeding after delivery
(McCance & Huether, 2019)
3. Aging placenta and uterine
atony have been known to
predispose patients to severe
bleeding during the postpartum
period (Gill et al., 2023)
1. Monitor hemoglobin results,
vital signs, and amount of lochial
discharge every two to four hours
for 24 hours following delivery
2. Encourage the patient’s use of
early ambulation activities as soon
as possible and provide assistance
as needed
1. Assess for evidence that the
patient is achieving the desired
outcomes including
documented adequate
hemostasis in the postpartum
time frame and hemodynamic
stability.
#2 Nursing Diagnosis
Risk for Impaired Parent-Child Attachment
Goal
Rationales
1. The patient will be able to
1. The mother has been through
effectively bond with her newborn by the childbirth process before and
the end of the postpartum period.
thus may have established
expectations that differ from her
current experience.
2. Limited preparation due to not
attending childbirth classes
3. Partner alive but not present
which could affect their ability to
connect during bonding times with
their baby (de Waal et al., 2023)
Interventions
Evaluation
1. Encourage holding, cuddling,
and skin-to-skin contact between
mother and child.
2. Ask the father questions about
his experience with the baby for
managed validation to maintain a
successful bond.
1. The patient will show
developmentally appropriate
bonding behavior when
assessed before discharge. 1
week reassessments until goals
are achieved.
#3 Nursing Diagnosis
Antepartum Risk for Ineffective Coping Related to Lack of Childbirth Education
Goal
1. The patient will demonstrate
adequate coping strategies related to
childbirth preparation, knowledge,
and education by the end of her
postpartum stay.
Rationales
Interventions
Evaluation
1. Providing information on labor
and delivery can help reduce stress
levels and improve understanding
(Kuo et al., 2022)
3. Utilizing educational resources
tailored to maternal age can
significantly facilitate learning
outcomes regarding pregnancy
health topics (Kuo et al., 2022).
1. Assess the level of knowledge
regarding physiological processes
and expectations for labor,
delivery, and post-partum care.
2. Discuss available antepartum
services available
3. Provide educational materials
that address recommended
treatments and lifestyle changes
associated with pregnancy
By discharge, the patient will
verbalize understanding of the
antepartum period and will
demonstrate practical coping
strategies with minimal
assistance from healthcare
providers related to pain
management, parental role in
providing child care, and
feeding methods for age
groups.
Pathophysiology & Rationale
Post-partum bleeding refers to a scenario where the mother loses more than 1000 mL with signs of hypovolemia within a day of
delivery (McCance & Huether, 2019). It is caused by the shedding of the lining of the uterus as it gradually contracts back to its prepregnancy size after delivery (McCance & Huether, 2019). The uterus may also be slow to heal or may be affected by an infection,
leading to excessive bleeding (McCance & Huether, 2019). In the case of a 43-year-old mother of 6, there is a significant risk of
excessive post-partum bleeding due to multiple births and her age. Her uterus muscles may have become weaker, impairing
contraction after birth and leading to bleeding (McCance & Huether, 2019). Further, multiple pregnancies increase the risk of
infection (McCance & Huether, 2019). The nurse should be aware of the patient’s risk and engage in activities such as uterine
massage and monitoring post-delivery 9(McCance & Huether, 2019)
References
de Waal, N., Boekhorst, M. G., Nyklíček, I., & Pop, V. J. (2023). Maternal-infant bonding and partner support during pregnancy and
postpartum: Associations with early child social-emotional development. Infant Behavior and Development, 72, 101871.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0163638323000632#:~:text=Fundamental%20to%20health%20practices%
20during,for%20optimal%20maternal%2Dinfant%20bonding.
Gill, P., Patel, A., & Van Hook, J. W. (20123). Uterine atony. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK493238/
Kuo, T. C., Au, H. K., Chen, S. R., Chipojola, R., Lee, G. T., Lee, P. H., & Kuo, S. Y. (2022). Effects of an integrated childbirth
education program to reduce fear of childbirth, anxiety, and depression, and improve dispositional mindfulness: A single-blind
randomised controlled trial. Midwifery, 113, 103438.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0266613822001899#:~:text=The%20benefits%20of%20childbirth%20
education,methods%2C%20and%20enhancing%20positive%20childbirth
McCance, K. L. & Huether, S. E. (2019). Pathophysiology: the biologic basis for disease in adults and children (8th ed.). St. Louis,
MO: Mosby/Elsevier.
Ricci, S. S., Kyle, T., & Carman, S. (2021). Maternity and Pediatric nursing. 4th ed.
Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Better World Shopper

Description

200 words or more. The instructions are in the file below.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

If we as consumers are concerned about the amount of waste we produce, climate
change or other issues affecting people and the environment, what can we do about it?
A Professor at UC Davis believes that voting with our dollars is a good start, so he
created the Better World Shopper project, which includes a free app for your phone
Links to an external site.
, a website, and a book providing information on various companies. This allows
consumers to have some basic information about the behavior of companies they buy
products and services from.
Read the following webpage and complete the assignment below using the webpage or
by downloading the free app:

Home Page


Links to an external site.
Complete the following exercise on the website: https://betterworldshopper.org/
Links to an external site.
by clicking on the “Search Companies” button or by using the free app on your phone.
1. In the “Category” box look up the “Banks” category, and list 3 banks or credit
unions and their grades.
2. Look up the “Insurance Companies” category and list 3 companies and their
grades.
3. Look up 3 more companies of your choice in any category, list them and their
grades.
4. If the creator of this project asked for your help with promoting the free app
and getting as many people as possible to start using it, how would you
accomplish that? Explain your approach.
5. Did this exercise change your opinion of any companies you listed above?
Explain your answer.
List each of your responses in a separate paragraph for each answer, and clearly label
your responses with numbers 1,2,3,4,5.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

this has two parts. First part is do a reflection paper about my day with a reference. My day was a shadow day. I went to visit Rosecrance Ware Center- i was involved to join Community Support Team where we go to support community individuals who diagnosed with disorders and help them to get their own daily tasks. It’s needed to start the reflection with something about community support team for mental disorders and get a reference for it the. Talk about my day. I had three patients to help during the day with the staff. We go to pick up clients and finish what they ask for. We go to doctor appointments they have, we go grocery store for them to shop, also, get into conversation where we see if they have improvements on attitudes and thinking.this is first part. Second part is writing PICO(T) question about psychological health.

Decontaminating techniques

Description

Different types of decontaminating techniques. Why are they important and how can knowing those techniques can be beneficial to a nurse.

Critical thinking ( Research Poster)

Description

Research Poster

Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) not only lead the way with respect to mortality rates at a global level but also account for the majority of deaths in high-income countries. According to Bashir (2021), the most common causes of death in Saudi Arabia are ischemic heart disease, road injuries, stroke, chronic kidney disease, lower respiratory tract infections, Alzheimer’s disease, conflict and terror, cirrhosis, neonatal disorders, and diabetes mellitus.

Select one of the causes of death listed above, then assemble a research poster specific to your selected topic and how it progressed to a goal in Saudi Vision 2030. Approach the topic as if you are gathering sources to present this research at a conference. Be sure your references address:

How is your selected cause of death addressed by Saudi Vision 2030?
What are some of the methods in obtaining research and data for shaping KSA policy regarding your selected cause of death?
Any challenges to collecting evidence-based information.
Health policy laws implementing positive social changes in this area of healthcare.
What is the importance of this information?
Why is your selected cause of death relevant to your audience or field of study?
How is it applicable beyond these contexts?

This Research Poster should meet the following criteria:

Include sections for: Introduction, Literature Review, Methods, Results, and Conclusion. Include a title slide and references slide.
Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of five scholarly articles. The Saudi Digital Library is an excellent source for scholarly research. One of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures.
Be formatted according to APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing guidelines.
You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading.

Integrative literature review

Description

This should be a synthesis of the literature, not a catalog of studies or simply an analysis of the research you discover.

Perform a literature review using a minimum of seven (7) peer-reviewed articles and books, as well as non-research literature such as evidence-based guidelines, toolkits, standardized procedures, etc.
Review of areas in relationship to medicine, nursing, public health, etc.
The review should be critical and synthesize rather than just being a catalog of studies.
Summarize the key findings of the research and its relevancy to your project that point out the scientific status of the phenomenon under question. Such a statement includes:
What we know and how well we know it.
What we do not know.
Describe any gaps in knowledge that you found and the effects this may have on advanced practice nursing as it relates to your project topic.

Your integrative literature review should be 5–6 pages in length, not including the cover or reference pages. You must reference a minimum of 7 scholarly articles published within the past 5–7 years.

Use current APA format to style your paper and to cite your source

Topic: Adolescents and STDs/ Unintended Pregnancy

Case Study – Peer Comment

Description

Expectations (Inna)

Length: A minimum of 180 words, not including references
Citations: At least one high-level scholarly reference in APA from within the last 5 years
Relate to another studies

Etiology

The most common bacterial causes of Community-Acquired Pneumonia (CAP) include Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Legionella species, Chlamydia pneumoniae, and Moraxella catarrhalis. While viral pathogens are increasingly recognized as a cause of CAP, current guidelines recommend empirical treatment for bacterial infection in all CAP patients. This recommendation is based on the absence of rapid and specific diagnostic tests that can conclusively confirm viral etiology at the time of presentation. Moreover, it’s noted that patients with CAP attributed to viral causes often exhibit concurrent bacterial coinfections (Dlugasch & Story, 2024).

The recommended empirical treatment for Community-Acquired Pneumonia (CAP) in the outpatient setting depends on whether the patient has comorbid conditions or risk factors for drug-resistant pathogens (Dlugasch & Story, 2024).

For Patients Without Comorbid Conditions or Risk Factors:

Monotherapy with one of the following is recommended: amoxicillin, doxycycline, or a macrolide (azithromycin or clarithromycin). However, the use of macrolide monotherapy is now a conditional recommendation due to increasing resistance rates. A macrolide should not be used if the local rate of pneumococcal resistance to macrolides exceeds 25%. In the U.S., the average rate of resistance is about 30% (Arcangelo, 2022).

For Patients With Comorbidities:

Broader-spectrum coverage is recommended due to the likelihood that these patients may have risk factors for antibiotic resistance.

Options include:

Monotherapy with a respiratory fluoroquinolone (levofloxacin, moxifloxacin, or gemifloxacin)

Combination therapy with amoxicillin-clavulanate or a cephalosporin plus a macrolide or doxycycline (Arcangelo, 2022).

The rationale for using broader-spectrum coverage in patients with comorbidities is that they are more likely to have had previous healthcare-system contact or prior antibiotic use, increasing their susceptibility to antibiotic resistance. Providing appropriate initial empirical coverage is crucial in these cases to avoid poor treatment outcomes.

Chlamydia, a treatable and curable infection, is typically managed with antibiotics like azithromycin or doxycycline for uncomplicated cases. Repeated infections can occur if sexual partners are untreated or if unprotected sex continues with an infected individual. Newborns with chlamydial eye infection receive azithromycin treatment. After treatment, a 7-day waiting period or correct condom use is advised before resuming sexual activity. Partner notification is crucial to prevent further transmission within sexual networks, emphasizing the importance of prompt diagnosis and treatment (Dlugasch & Story, 2024).

What are the recommended medications to start this specific patient on?

For a patient like Eric Johnson with diagnoses of pneumonia and chlamydia, treatment with doxycycline is a reasonable approach.

Drug Class: Doxycycline is a tetracycline antibiotic.

Generic & Trade Name: The generic name is Doxycycline, and trade names can include Vibramycin, Doryx, Adoxa, and others.

Initial Starting Dose: A common starting dose for adults is 100 mg orally twice a day for both pneumonia and chlamydia.

For Allergies:

Drug Class: Second-generation Antihistamine

Generic & Trade Names: Loratadine (Claritin) or Cetirizine (Zyrtec)

Initial Starting Dose: For Zyrtec take one 10 mg tablet once daily; do not take more than one 10 mg tablet in 24 hours. For Claritin a common adult dosage is 10 mg by mouth once a day.

For High Fever:

Drug Class: Antipyretic and Analgesic

Generic & Trade Names: Acetaminophen (Tylenol)

Initial Starting Dose: may take up to 1000 mg every 6 hours ( 4 times a day), do not exceed 4 gm a day.

Mechanism of Action:

Doxycycline works by inhibiting the growth and spread of bacteria. It does this by interfering with the protein synthesis process in bacterial cells, ultimately preventing their multiplication (Arcangelo, 2022).

Loratadine (Claritin) and Cetirizine (Zyrtec): These are antihistamines that block the action of histamine. These are second generation antihistamines (Arcangelo, 2022).

Acetaminophen (Tylenol): It reduces fever and relieves pain by affecting certain areas of the brain, but its exact mechanism of action is not fully understood.

Side Effects:

Doxycycline can lead to a range of adverse effects. These include gastrointestinal issues like abdominal discomfort, nausea, and diarrhea. Dental problems such as tooth discoloration and enamel issues are also possible, especially with prolonged use. Rare but severe hepatotoxicity may occur, leading to jaundice and irreversible shock. Renal toxicity can manifest as hyperphosphatemia and increased urination and thirst. Photosensitivity reactions may cause skin rashes, and auditory symptoms like tinnitus and hearing loss can occur. Visual disturbances, lightheadedness, dizziness, and headaches are among the central nervous system effects associated with doxycycline use (Arcangelo, 2022).

Loratadine (Claritin) and Cetirizine (Zyrtec): These second-generation antihistamines are generally well-tolerated, with side effects being mild and infrequent. Possible side effects include drowsiness, headache, and dry mouth (Arcangelo, 2022).

Acetaminophen (Tylenol): When used as directed, it is usually well-tolerated. However, excessive use can lead to liver damage, so it’s essential to follow dosing guidelines carefully.

Medication Interactions: Doxycycline can interact with certain medications, including antacids, iron supplements, and other antibiotics, potentially reducing its effectiveness. It’s important to space the timing of these medications apart to avoid interactions.

Non-Pharmacological Interventions: In addition to medication, non-pharmacological interventions for pneumonia may include rest, staying hydrated, and using a cool mist humidifier to ease breathing. For chlamydia, safe sexual practices, such as using condoms, and notifying sexual partners for testing and treatment are important non-pharmacological measures. Return to ED if his symptoms get worse or he experiences allergic reaction. Avoid alcohol and smoking, as they can worsen respiratory symptoms. When experiencing fever, do not use covers and blankets.

References

Arcangelo, V. P. (2022b). Pharmacotherapeutics for advanced practice: A practical approach. Wolters Kluwer.

Cunha, B. A. (2020). Antibiotics essentials. Physicians’ Press.

Dlugasch, L., & Story, L. (2024). Applied Pathophysiology for the advanced practice nurse. Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Nursing Question

Description

The Integrative Literature Review.

Much effort should be devoted to this section as it is a key component of your work. This should be a synthesis of the literature, not a catalog of studies or simply an analysis of the research you discover.

Perform a literature review using a minimum of seven (7) peer-reviewed articles and books, as well as non-research literature such as evidence-based guidelines, toolkits, standardized procedures, etc.
Review of areas in relationship to medicine, nursing, public health, etc.
The review should be critical and synthesize rather than just being a catalog of studies.
Summarize the key findings of the research and its relevancy to your project that point out the scientific status of the phenomenon under question. Such a statement includes:
What we know and how well we know it.
What we do not know.
Describe any gaps in knowledge that you found and the effects this may have on advanced practice nursing as it relates to your project topic.

Your integrative literature review should be 5–6 pages in length, not including the cover or reference pages. You must reference a minimum of 7 scholarly articles published within the past 5–7 years.

Use current APA format to style your paper and to cite your sources. Review the rubric for more information on how the assignment will be graded.

Points: 80

Due: Sunday, 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time)

Rubric

NURS_691A_DE – NURS 691-A Rubric Week 3: Integrative Literature Review

NURS_691A_DE – NURS 691-A Rubric Week 3: Integrative Literature Review

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCritical Analysis

44 to >36.08 pts

Meets Expectations

Presents a thorough and insightful analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are synthesized and professionally sound and creative. Insightful and comprehensive conclusions and solutions are present. Knowledge gaps are identified and the implications on nursing are expertly explored.

36.08 to >33.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are sound and creative, but are not well synthesized. Conclusions and solutions may be general or unconnected. Knowledge gaps are identified but the implications on nursing may be general or lacking insight.

33 to >25.96 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Provides insufficient analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are not professionally sound and creative. Ideas are in a list format rather than synthesized. Few if any knowledge gaps are identified and the implications on nursing may be erroneous or missing.

25.96 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

The literature is listed, but it is neither analyzed nor synthesized.

44 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContent

20 to >16.4 pts

Meets Expectations

A minimum of 7 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Literature is supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Subtopics are used to support the main topic. All in-text citations are present and correctly formatted.

16.4 to >15.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

There are between 5–6 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Literature is supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Only a few subtopics are used to support the main topic and/or subtopics are inappropriate. Most in-text citations are present, but might be improperly formatted.

15 to >11.8 pts

Falls Below Expectations

There are between 2–4 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Some of the literature is not supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Subtopics are not used to support the main topic. In-text citations are missing or several are improperly formatted.

11.8 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Most literature included is not supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely, or there are between 0–1 sources identified. Subtopics are not used to support the main topic. In-text citations are incorrect or missing.

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeOrganization

8 to >6.56 pts

Meets Expectations

Content is well written throughout. Information is well organized and clearly communicated.

6.56 to >6.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Content is overly wordy or lacking in specific language. Information is reasonably organized and communicated.

6 to >4.72 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Content is disorganized in many places and it lacks clarity.

4.72 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Content lacks clarity and information is disorganized, or may be a list or a catalog of ideas.

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Format/Mechanics

8 to >6.56 pts

Meets Expectations

Follows all the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. Assignment is free of spelling and grammatical errors.

6.56 to >6.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Follows length requirement and most of the requirements related to format, source citations, and layout. Assignment is mostly free of spelling and grammatical errors.

6 to >4.72 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Follows most of the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. Assignment contains some spelling and grammatical errors.

4.72 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Does not follow format, length, source citations, and layout requirements. Assignment contains many spelling and grammatical errors.

8 pts

SOAP rubric. FOR this assignment the patient is a 68 year old patient with schizophrenia. Uploaded documents are for SOAP paper.

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeS (Subjective)

10 pts

Accomplished

Symptom analysis is well organized, with C/C, OLD CART, pertinent negatives, and pertinent positives. All data needed to support the diagnosis & differential are present. Is complete, concise, and relevant with no extraneous data.

5 pts

Satisfactory

Symptom analysis well organized with C/C, OLD CART, pertinent negatives, and pertinent positives. Some extraneous data is present and/or one minor data point missing.

2.5 pts

Needs Improvement

Symptom analysis is not well organized. Data is missing. There is too much extraneous data and/or 2-3 minor data points missing

0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Symptom analysis is inadequate, is not organized. Objective or other data is mixed into the subjective data. Important data is missing.

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeO (Objective)

10 pts

Accomplished

Complete, concise, well organized, well written, and includes pertinent positive and pertinent negative physical findings. Organized by body system in list format. No extraneous data.

5 pts

Satisfactory

All relevant exams were done thoroughly but extraneous exams were also done. It is somewhat organized in list format.

2.5 pts

Needs Improvement

Symptom analysis is not well organized. Data is missing. There is too much extraneous data and/or 2-3 minor data points missing.

0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Omitted important relevant exams and/or subjective data are included. Lacking organization.

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeA (Assessment)

10 pts

Accomplished

Diagnosis and differential dx are correct, include ICD code, and are supported by subjective and objective data.

5 pts

Satisfactory

Diagnosis is correct with ICD codes and is supported by subjective and objective data. Differential diagnosis was inaccurate based on subjective and objective data.

2.5 pts

Needs Improvement

Diagnosis is correct but either does not include ICD code or is missing two or more important differential diagnoses according to the subjective and objective data provided.

0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Diagnosis is not correct, is not provided or is not reflective of the subjective and objective data provided.

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeP (Plan)

10 pts

Accomplished

Plan is organized, complete and supported with 2 evidence-based references. Addresses each diagnosis and is individualized to the specific patient and includes medication teaching and all 5 components: (Dx plan, Tx plan, patient education, referral/follow-up, health maintenance).

5 pts

Satisfactory

Plan is organized, complete and evidence-based according to National Standards of Care. Addresses each diagnosis and is individualized to the specific patient and includes medication teaching but may be missing 1-2 minor points.

2.5 pts

Needs Improvement

Plan is less organized and not based on evidence according to the National Standards of Care. Does not address each diagnosis or may not be individualized to the specific patient. Missing medication teaching or one of the 5 components.

0 pts

Unsatisfactory

No Plan provided or is not organized. Does not address all diagnoses identified and/or does not include all 5 components of plan, including medication teaching.

10 pts

Unformatted Attachment Preview

PMHNP– SOAP Note Rubric
Criteria
S
(Subjective)
O
(Objective)
A
(Assessment)
Ratings
10 points
Accomplished
6 points
Satisfactory
4 points
Needs Improvement
0 points
Unsatisfactory
Symptom analysis is
well organized in a
SOAP format, with
C/C, Past Psychiatric
Hx, Social Hx, and
other pertinent past
and current
diagnostic details.
Symptom analysis is
well organized in a
SOAP format, with
C/C, Past Psychiatric
Hx, Social Hx, and
other pertinent past
and current
diagnostic details.
Symptom analysis is
not well organized or
presented in a varied
format. Required data
is missing.
Symptom analysis is
inadequate and is
not organized.
Objective or other
data is mixed into
the subjective data.
SOAP Note is
complete, concise,
relevant with no
extraneous data.
10 points
Accomplished
Some extraneous
data present with 1
minor data point
missing.
6 points
Satisfactory
Mental Status Exam is
complete, concise,
well-organized, and
well-written. Includes
pertinent psychiatric
information.
Organized by MSE list
format.
Mental Status Exam
is partially
incomplete,
organized, and
satisfactorily written.
Includes pertinent
psychiatric
information with
additional extraneous
information included.
Important data is
missing.
4 points
Needs Improvement
0 points
Unsatisfactory
Mental Status Exam is
incomplete, loosely
organized with
improvements
required. Relevant
psychiatric information
is omitted.
Mental Status Exam
is absent,
disorganized in
presentation,
adheres to no
specific format, or
grossly omits
relevant or pertinent
psychiatric
information.
No extraneous
information is
included.
Somewhat organized
in MSE list format.
10 points
Accomplished
6 points
Satisfactory
4 points
Needs Improvement
0 points
Unsatisfactory
Diagnosis and
Differential Dx are
correct with DSM-5
code(s) and supported
by subjective and
objective data.
Diagnosis and
Differential Dx are
correct with DSM-5
code(s) and mostly
supported by
subjective and
objective data.
Diagnosis and
Differential Dx are
correct with DSM-5
code(s) and mostly
supported by
subjective and
objective data.
Missing at least one
(1) pertinent
differential diagnosis
not listed according
to subjective and
objective data.
Working diagnosis is
correct.
All diagnoses
(working diagnosis
and differential
diagnoses) are
incorrect or is
missing based on
the subjective and
objective data
presented.
Includes: 1 working
Dx and 2 Differential
Dx.
P
(Plan)
There is too much
extraneous data
present or 2-3 minor
data points are
missing.
10 points
Accomplished
6 points
Satisfactory
Missing up to two (2)
pertinent differential
diagnoses based on
subjective and
objective data
presented. Or
differential diagnoses
are adequate with an
incorrect working
diagnosis.
4 points
Needs Improvement
Plan is well-organized,
complete, evidence-
Plan is organized,
complete, evidencebased and patient-
Plan is less organized,
is not based on
evidence. Fails to
Pts
10
pts
0 points
Unsatisfactory
Plan is disorganized,
absent, or is missing
10
pts
10
pts
10
pts
based, and patientcentric. Fully
addresses each
diagnosis and is
individualized to the
specific patient.
*Plan requirements:
prescribed
medications, if any;
explanation of offlabel medication use,
if prescribed; risks
and benefits of
medications
identified; therapy
recommendations;
patient education;
referral/follow-up;
and health
maintenance.
Total
centric. Fully
addresses each
diagnosis and is
individualized to the
specific patient.
Plan is missing 1-2 of
the required items.
address each diagnosis
sufficiently or is not
individualized or
patient-centric
all the required
items.
Plan is missing more
than 2 of the required
items.
40
pts
PMHNP Problem-Focused SOAP Note
(Use this template for this Assignment)
Demographic Data
o
o
Patient age and Patient’s gender identity
MUST BE HIPAA compliant.
Subjective
Chief Complaint (CC):
o
Place the patient’s CC complaint in Quotes
History of Present Illness (HPI):
o Reason for an appointment today.
o The events that led to hospitalization or clinic visits today.
o Include symptoms, relieving factors, and past compliance or noncompliance with medications
o Any adverse effects from past medication use
o Sleep patterns – number of hours of sleep per day, early wakefulness, not
being able to initiate sleep, not able to stay asleep, etc.
o Suicide or homicide thoughts present
o Any self-care or Activity of Daily Living (ADL) such as eating, drinking
liquids, self-care deficits or issues noted?
o Presence/description of psychosis (if psychosis, command or noncommand)
Past Psychiatric History (PSH):
o Past psychiatric diagnoses
o Past hospitalizations
o Past psychiatric medications use
o Any non-compliance issues in the past?
o Any meds that didn’t work for this patient?
Family History of Psychiatric Conditions or Diagnoses:
o Mother/father, siblings, grandparents, or direct relatives
Social History:
o Include nutrition, exercise, substance use (details of use), sexual
history/preference, occupation (type), highest school achievement,
financial problems, legal issues, children, history of personal abuse
(including sexual, emotional, or physical).
Allergies:
o
to medications, foods, chemicals, and other.
Review of Systems (ROS) (Physical Complaints):
o Any physical complaints by body system? (Respiratory, Cardiac, Renal, etc.)
Objective
Mental Status Exam:
o This is not physical exam.
o Mini-Mental Status Exam (MMSE) – Full exam
Assessment (Diagnosis)
Differentials
o
o
o
Two (2) differential diagnoses with ICD-10 codes.
Must include rationale using DSM-5 Criteria (Required)
Why didn’t you pick these as a major diagnosis?
Working Diagnosis
o
o
Final or working diagnosis (1), with ICD-10 code.
Must include rationale using DSM-5 criteria required – Which symptoms/signs
in the DSM-5 the patient matches mostly)
Plan
Treatment Plan (Tx Plan):
o Pharmacologic: Include full information for each medication(s) prescribed
o Refill Provided: Include full information for each medication(s) refilled
Patient Education:
o including specific medication teaching points
o Was risk versus benefit of current treatment plan addressed for meds or
treatment
o Risk versus benefit of non-FDA approved for working diagnosis – Off-label use
of medication education to patient addressed?
Prognosis:
o Make Decision for prognosis: Good, Fair, Poor
o Provide brief statement lending support for or against the decided prognosis.
Therapy Recommendations:
o Type(s) of therapy recommended.
Referral/Follow-up:
o Did you recommend follow-up with Psychiatrist, PCP, or other specialist or
healthcare professionals?
o When is the subsequent follow-up?
o Include rationale for the F/U recommendation or referral.
Reference(s):
o
o
o
Include American Psychological Association (APA) formatted references.
Include a reference from the American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic
and Statistical Manual of Mental Health Disorders (DSM-5) or the
accompanying Desk Reference of Diagnostic Criteria from DSM-5.
Minimum 2 references are required.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion ?

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

NURS 321
Nursing Research & Evidence-Based Practice
Module 1 Individual Discussion Questions
Chapter 1
Currently, the law states that a woman must see a physician in person before she can use
mifepristone (the abortion pill RU 486) to induce an abortion. The law prohibits using a video
conference with the physician and the medication being administered by a nonphysician.
Legislators are seeking information on which they can base their decisions.
Video about medication abortion: https://www.plannedparenthood.org/learn/abortion/theabortion-pill
1. What is an example of qualitative research that could provide needed information?
2. What is an example of quantitative research that could provide needed information?
3. How can the following help these legislators make a decision? Nursing research, evidencebased practice, and quality improvement.
Chapter 2
The nurse is working in a village in the mountains of eastern Haiti. She notes that a number of
the children and pregnant women are eating cookies made with large portions of dirt (mud
cookies). Watch this video to learn more about this concern.

1. Write a research question related to children and pregnant women eating mud cookies in
Haiti.
2. Create a hypothesis related to children and pregnant women eating mud cookies in Haiti.
3. For the hypothesis written, describe the following. Independent variables, dependent
variables, and type of hypothesis.
Chapter 3
The nurse is providing care for a client with type 2diabetes. He notes that the client is using a
beta blocker for migraines. The nurse goes to the break room to find a medical surgical textbook
and a pharmacology textbook. Upon reviewing the information, the nurse reviews the reference
section for each chapter. (Note: Students exploring this case study should access a medical
surgical textbook and a pharmacology textbook.)
1. What are benefits and concerns of accessing these textbooks as a means of searching for
information related to caring for this client?
2. Identify at least one primary source and one secondary source in the reference section of one
of the chapters you accessed to provide care for this client. Locate those articles in CINAHL
or ProQuest. For each article, conduct a preliminary reading of the abstract and identify
possible benefits and concerns about each article.
3. Conduct an Internet search of the two articles that were accessed in CINAHL/ProQuest.
Discuss how these articles are being used in other resources.
Chapter 4
Mr. Alcindor is visiting the community health fair. He has been undergoing active surveillance
for prostate cancer and seems anxious when asking the nurse questions. As the nurse sets a time
for Mr. Alcindor to come to the community health center and discuss his concerns more, she
realizes that she needs to review current research on this topic.
1. Identify two possible resources that can help provide a theoretical perspective on providing
care for Mr. Alcindor.
2. Review the coping section of a textbook (e.g., medical surgical, fundamentals, mental health)
and identify if a theoretical framework was used to help build that content or chapter. What
were your findings?
3. Identify a resource that discusses the framework of resilience. As you critically appraise the
article, do you think resilience would be a better framework to guide care for Mr. Alcindor?
Support your answer.
Chapter 13
A nurse in Haiti is providing teaching on elephantiasis related to lymphatic filariasis. The clients
are coming to a clinic for blood pressure screening. The nurse wonders about the implications of
researching the perceptions of elephantiasis in the surrounding villages and access to medication.
Note: See https://www.washingtonpost.com/national/health-science/for-haitis-elephantiasispatients-specter-of-voodoo-lingers-hampering-care/2012/09/30/2badf306-b170-11e1-80acdab76d0e77c0_story.html
1. With informed consent for participants, what would be some considerations?
2. Who would be included in vulnerable groups when considering a sample?
3. List ways that participant responses to a survey could be tracked.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Event Report Instructions

In this assignment, you will be given two different scenarios. You will choose one to write out event/incident reports for. Each scenario has multiple incidents. You are required to turn in TWO incident reports based on ONE scenario. You also need to fill out the incident report questions.

Please remember:

Each incident report may only have 1 problem on it.

When describing the event, only use objective information, and be brief and factual. Explain what happen in short declarative sentences.

You must use the template provided.

Include a title page and page numbers.•

Scenerio

Lynette Donovan, a 15-year-old female African American was a passenger in a motor vehicle collision and is now admitted to the hospital with a fractured right femur. The emergency department health care provider applied a cast to the affected leg with insufficient padding.

Lynnette told the nurses that her right leg felt numb, was swollen and looked discolored.

The nurses recognized that these symptoms indicate impaired circulation in the extremity with the cast.

The nurse was unable to reach Lynette’s health care provider despite several calls.

The nurse has not notified the nursing supervisor of the patient’s situation.

David Ortiz is a 23-year-old nursing student newly assigned to the nursing division and to Miss Donovan. His initial assessment notes that the patient’s right leg is swollen, slightly blue, and slightly malodorous. Lynette seems very anxious and upset.

David remembers that Lynette Donovan is legally a minor. She is hurt and afraid and in an unfamiliar setting. She may not be comfortable speaking with the health care providers who are present, and her expressions of pain may be modified by the circumstances she is in.

Lynette Donovan developed gangrene in the right leg. She requires a right below-the-knee amputation.

David Ortiz is returning from escorting Miss Donovan to the operating room for her procedure. He gets on the elevator, where several visitors and two nursing supervisors are talking about the health care provider who “made Donovan lose her leg.”

Health & Medical Question

Description

PLEASE PROVIDE ME WITH ANY PROBLEM IN THE WOMEN’S HEALTH CARE (OBGYN

ACON SOAP Note (one at 5 points)

For this assignment, students will create one SOAP note reflective of the patient care experience in the clinical setting under the supervision of the clinical preceptor in the role of the clinical provider. This assignment will evaluate student clinical reasoning skills, interviewing skills, physical exam skills, selection of diagnostic testing, differential diagnosis, pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical treatment, patient education, and follow-up plan.

Students must develop the clinical skills and knowledge required for safe practice and deliver best patient outcomes upon graduation. SOAP notes should be used to document each patient seen in the clinical setting. Clear, concise, and thorough documentation is required for continuity of care, safe practice, appropriate reimbursement, and prudent risk management.

When developing the SOAP note, students should use the assignment criteria below and the ACON SOAP Note Template found in Module Week 2. Students should include complete subjective and objective information to support the assessment and plan. The plan must include diagnostic and treatment measures, patient education, and follow-up.

Keep the following points in mind:

Use the ACON SOAP Note template as a guide
Identify and collect relevant subjective and objective data
Use proper medical terminology and documentation
Use proper ICD-10 coding and Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) E/M coding
Identify any cultural/religious/racial/gender influences on care

Assignment Criteria:

Students will complete a SOAP note and include the following:

Subjective findings
Chief complaint (CC)
History of present illness (HPI)
Use mnemonic: onset, location/radiation, duration, character, aggravating factors, relieving factors, timing, and severity (OLDCARTS)
Past medical/surgical/social/family history
Medications
Allergies, prescription/over the counter (OTC)/herbal medications
Review of systems (ROS)

2. Objective findings

Appropriate physical examination based on subjective findings
Relevant positive and negative diagnostic testing including previous pertinent diagnostic tests related to visit
Screening tools and positive and negative results
3. Assessment
Correct primary diagnosis
Correct differential diagnoses
Correct ICD-10/Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes

4. Plan

Identify and order correct diagnostics, prescriptions, referrals, and follow-up plan
Patient education relative to treatment plan.
Correctly written out a prescription for one medication prescribed for the patient.
If a medication not prescribed, write out a prescription for a medication that might be prescribed for a similar patient

5. Include two current evidence-based guidelines and/or peer-reviewed scholarly journals to support patient education and treatment plan. References should be from scholarly peer-reviewed journals (check Ulrich’s Periodical Directory) and be less than five (5) years old.

APA format required (attention to spelling/grammar, a title page, a reference page, and in-text citations). Schuiling & Likis: Chapters 25, 26, 27, 28, and 30Week 5 Content
 Go to Modules on the Course Menu, click, and scroll down to Week 5
content
Journal Article:
The North American Menopause Society. (2022). The 2022 hormone therapy
position statement of the North American Menopause Society.
Menopause, 20(7), 767-794.
Class Lecture/Discussion
In-class activities will be facilitated by the instructor and may include small
groups, shared pairs, individual work, groups discussions, and individual/group
presentations. Prior to class, read the weekly content and be prepared to discuss
the following:
 Gynecologic infections
 Sexually transmitted infections
 Urinary tract infection
 Urinary incontinence
 Menstrual cycle
 Uterine bleeding
 Benign gynecological conditions
 Menopause
 Pelvic pain
 Hyper-androgenic disorders

write a 150 words simple reply for each student’s discussion individually

Description

1st:Every person has a right to self determination, privacy, anonymity, fair treatment, and protection from discomfort and harm. Involving a vulnerable population including infants is a violation on many accounts. There should be an advocate such as the mother and father or even the nurse taking care of the infant. The state government official trying to participate in this state-wide study to test newborns without respectfully informing the mother raises ethical concerns. Lobiondo-wood and Haber (2022) stated, “Informed consent is a legal principle that means that potential subjects understand the implications of participating in research and they knowingly agree to participate” (p. 247). This dives into the protection of human rights and the right to self-determination. From table 13.2, the right to self-determination is the right for the potential participant to choose to participate or not. In this case, the infants would not have a choice because they are part of the vulnerable population and simply cannot verbalize or comprehend what the study is about. Individuals have the right to know what testing and procedures are being done on them. The mother or father are the primary guardians, making them the first people to go to for consent. This is also an example of a violation of the right to privacy and dignity. Parents or guardians of children who might test positive for HIV could experience immense distress and embarrassment if they wish to keep this sensitive information confidential. They would be unaware of this information being shared with others in the study. HIV is crucial information due to its life-threatening capabilities. Failure to inform the mothers would deprive her of the opportunity to seek proper treatment. This information is crucial to public health purposes because if left untreated, the cases would go unreported, leaving the rest of the population at risk. 2nd:I refute the practice that includes the testing of all newborns for HIV especially since the mothers won’t be addressed regarding the test being performed on their newborns nor will they be informed with the results therefore the findings of the proposed study will be invalid if the protocol is carried out. Special consideration should be given to protecting the rights of vulnerable groups, in this case of newborn children, LoBiondo-Wood and Haber highlight how, “Research in children requires parental permission and child assent” (LoBiondo-Wood and Haber, 242). The research planning to be done doesn’t have the parents permission as the parents aren’t even aware of the proposed study the state government official is interested in conducting. According to LoBiondo-Wood and Haber, “No investigator may involve a person as a research subject before obtaining the legally effective informed consent of a subject or legally authorized representative” (LoBiondo-Wood and Haber, 238). This would automatically make the proposed study invalid if conducted without the legally effective informed consent forms and violates the ethical principle of respect.LoBiondo-Wood and Haber explain that, “Protection of human rights includes (1) right to self-determination, (2) right to privacy and dignity, (3) right to anonymity and confidentiality, (4) right to fair treatment, and (5) right to protection from discomfort and harm” (LoBiondo-Wood and Haber, 245). Someone who’s informed about a proposed study and given the option to participate or not is an autonomous agent as they have the freedom to choose, but a subject’s right to self determination is violated through covert data collection. We know that the data collected would be covert since the newborns will be tested without their own personal knowledge nor their guardians/parents knowledge. The right to privacy and dignity is also violated as the subject doesn’t know what the data collected will be used for or who it’s going to be shared with, and it’s also violated since the information will be withheld from the newborns parents.

Unnatural Causes, Bad Sugar episode reflection

Description

Watch the episode Bad Sugar (31 minutes) https://sdsu.kanopy.com/video/bad-sugar2. Write a 150-175 word reflection about the episode. Please be sure to incorporate some thoughts about the social determinants of health and how that relates to the Pima’s situation.

Critical thinking

Description

Population Health ManagementResearch a minimum of four articles on the challenges of providing access to healthcare in the Kingdom for the population by considering patient demographics and geographic considerations. Explain the patient education strategies that are needed to overcome some of these challenges. Explain how this strategy supports the mission, vision, and values of Saudi Vision 2030. Summarize the benefits to Saudi patients, healthcare organizations, and healthcare providers.Requirements:The paper should be six pages in length, not including the title and reference pages.You must include a minimum of five credible sources. Use the Saudi Electronic Digital Library to find your resources.The paper must follow Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and APA style guidelines, as appropriate.You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Name
CT_Rubric_105
Description
105 Points
Rubric Detail
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Exceeds Expectation
Meets Expectation
Some Expectations
Unsatisfactory
Content
33 to 35 points
29 to 32 points
26 to 28 points
0 to 25 points
Demonstrates
substantial and
extensive knowledge of
the materials, with no
errors or major
omissions.
Demonstrates adequate
knowledge of the
materials; may include
some minor errors or
omissions.
Demonstrates fair
knowledge of the materials
and/or includes some
major errors or omissions.
Fails to demonstrate
knowledge of the
materials and/or
includes many major
errors or omissions.
37 to 40 points
29 to 36 points
26 to 28 points
0 to 25 points
Provides strong thought,
insight, and analysis of
concepts and
applications.
Provides adequate
thought, insight, and
analysis of concepts and
applications.
Provides poor though,
insight, and analysis of
concepts and applications.
Provides little or no
thought, insight, and
analysis of concepts and
applications.
15 to 15 points
13 to 14 points
11 to 12 points
0 to 10 points
Sources go above and
beyond required criteria
and are well chosen to
provide effective
substance and
perspectives on the
issue under
examination.
Sources meet required
criteria and are
adequately chosen to
provide substance and
perspectives on the issue
under examination.
Sources meet required
criteria but are poorly
chosen to provide
substance and perspectives
on the issue under
examination.
Source selection and
integration of knowledge
from the course is clearly
deficient.
15 to 15 points
13 to 14 points
11 to 12 points
0 to 10 points
Project is clearly
organized, well written,
and in proper format as
outlined in the
assignment. Strong
sentence and paragraph
structure, contains no
errors in grammar,
spelling, APA style, or
APA citations and
references.
Project is fairly well
organized and written
and is in proper format as
outlined in the
assignment. Reasonably
good sentence and
paragraph structure, may
include a few minor
errors in grammar,
spelling, APA style, or APA
citations and references.
Project is poorly organized
and written and may not
follow proper format as
outlined in the assignment.
Inconsistent to inadequate
sentence and paragraph
development, and/or
includes numerous or
major errors in grammar,
spelling, APA style or APA
citations and references.
Project is not organized
or well written and is not
in proper format as
outlined in the
assignment. Poor quality
work; unacceptable in
terms of grammar,
spelling, APA style, and
APA citations and
references.
Analysis
Sources
Demonstrates
college-level
proficiency in
organization,
grammar and
style.
View Associated Items
Print
Close Window

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Otitis Media – Peer Comment

Description

Expectations (Jacqueline)

Length: A minimum of 180 words, not including references or attachments
Citations: At least one high-level scholarly reference in APA from within the last 5 year

Discuss what are the potential treatments for this child’s diagnosis

Inflammation and fluid accumulation behind both eardrums describe bilateral Otitis Media (OM), a frequent form of juvenile otitis media. Several methods exist for treating this problem. First, depending on the age, severity of symptoms, and risk factors of the child, a strategy of monitoring and symptomatic care may be recommended for milder instances (Gaddey et al., 2019). The kid should be monitored without administering antibiotics right away, and pain medication such as acetaminophen or ibuprofen, water, and warm compresses for the ears should be used instead. Second, antibiotics are usually necessary when the case of OM is severe or recurrent or when the child is less than 6 months old. Amoxicillin, amoxicillin/clavulanate, and ceftriaxone are frequently used antibiotics. Thirdly, the insertion of tympanostomy tubes may be explored to relieve symptoms and minimize recurrences in cases of chronic or recurrent OM or in the context of persistent hearing loss (Gaddey et al., 2019). In addition, comfort can be significantly enhanced by the use of over-the-counter pain relievers. Close follow-up sessions with healthcare providers should be made to evaluate the child’s progress and treatment efficacy, and parents should be taught the proper dose and potential adverse effects.

What antibiotic/s should be given for this patient’s diagnosis?

Based on the patient’s history and current symptoms, amoxicillin/clavulanate (Augmentin) would be an effective antibiotic for this child’s Bilateral Otitis Media. This antibiotic mix was chosen because it is more effective than either component used alone against a wider variety of bacteria, including some that have developed resistance to amoxicillin. Including clavulanate enhances amoxicillin’s potency and coverage, making it a favorable choice in cases where previous treatments may have been less effective.

How long should you prescribe the chosen antibiotic?

It is essential to effectively manage Bilateral Otitis Media (OM) in children by determining the best period of antibiotic therapy. When a male child of five years of age presents with ongoing symptoms despite prior antibiotic therapy, a 10-day course of amoxicillin/clavulanate is the safest line of action. This time frame is consistent with recommendations and offers a holistic method of treating OM. Bacterial infections, especially Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, and Moraxella catarrhalis, are among the leading causes of OM. Because of their resistance, these bacteria may require a longer course of therapy to eliminate. Shorter regimens of antibiotics of about 5-7 days have been proven to increase treatment failure and recurrence, thus prolonging the child’s suffering and threatening consequences (Principi et al., 2023). In addition, a significant safety buffer is provided by increasing the treatment duration to 10 days. It considers that each kid responds differently to treatment and guarantees that the entire course is taken, even if the child shows immediate improvement, which is crucial in preventing bacterial resistance and the continuation of subclinical infection.

What teaching would you give this child’s parents on the prescription?

Parents need to be given detailed instructions on how to take care of their child’s medication. Parents should be instructed on how to give their kids amoxicillin/clavulanate, how long the medication should be given, and the consequences of stopping treatment prematurely (Marek & Timmons, 2019). Parents must know what to do if their child experiences unwanted side effects like diarrhea, a rash, or an upset stomach. It is crucial to find out whether the kid has any known allergies, especially to antibiotics, and to encourage parents to seek quick medical assistance if any signs of an allergic reaction appear. Maintaining adequate hydration and adhering to preventive measures, such as avoiding secondhand smoke and ensuring up-to-date vaccinations, should be emphasized, as should the importance of attending all follow-up appointments with the healthcare provider to monitor the child’s progress and response to treatment.

Write out a correct prescription for the antibiotic you will prescribe for this patient. (Be sure to include all elements needed for a correct prescription.)

The prescription includes all the necessary details for the patient, such as their name, date of birth, weight, age, diagnosis, the prescribed medication, dosage, route of administration, instructions for use, quantity, and refills.

Diagnosis: Bilateral Otitis Media

Medication: Amoxicillin/Clavulanate (Augmentin)

Dosage: 250 mg/5 mL

Route: Oral

Instructions: Administer 5 mL (1 teaspoon) orally every 12 hours for 10 days.

Quantity: 150 mL suspension

Refills: None

References

Gaddey, H. L., Wright, M. T., & Nelson, T. N. (2019). Otitis media: rapid evidence review. American family physician, 100(6), 350-356.

Marek, C. L., & Timmons, S. R. (2019). Antimicrobials in pediatric dentistry. In Pediatric Dentistry (pp. 128-141). Elsevier.

Principi, N., Autore, G., Argentiero, A., & Esposito, S. (2023). Short-term antibiotic therapy for the most common bacterial respiratory infections in infants and children. Frontiers in Pharmacology, 14, 11741

PHC 241 nutrition

Description

Patterns of food consumption in the Kingdom

of Saudi Arabia

The purpose of this assignment is to describe patterns of food consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA).

Please read the attached article and write a brief summary of it by answering the following questions:

What are the current patterns of food consumption in the KSA?
What dietary gaps can be identified by analyzing the current food situation in the KSA?
Members of which age group have the healthiest diet, and why?

4.In your opinion, what can be done to encourage better patterns of food consumption among the Saudi population?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Fundamental Concepts in Food and Nutrition
Course number:
PHC 241
CRN:
xxxx
Patterns of food consumption in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia
The purpose of this assignment is to describe patterns of food
consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA).
Please read the attached article and write a brief summary
of it by answering the following questions:
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
1.
2.
3.
4.
What are the current patterns of food consumption in
the KSA?
What dietary gaps can be identified by analyzing the
current food situation in the KSA?
Members of which age group have the healthiest diet,
and why?
In your opinion, what can be done to encourage better
patterns of food consumption among the Saudi
population?
Students ID
xxxx
Student name:
xxxx
Submission date:
xxxx
Instructor name:
Grade:
…. Out of 5
Release Date: 17/09/2023
Due Date: 07/10/2023
Guidelines:









Cover sheet should be attached with assignment
Complete student’s information on the first page of the document.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman
Line spacing should be 1.5
The text color should be “Black”
The length of the paper assignment should be 500-700 words.
Use proper references using APA format. Please see below link about how to cite APA
reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism
doi:10.1017/S1368980016003141
Public Health Nutrition: 20(6), 1075–1081
Diet in Saudi Arabia: findings from a nationally representative
survey
Maziar Moradi-Lakeh1, Charbel El Bcheraoui1, Ashkan Afshin1, Farah Daoud1,
Mohammad A AlMazroa2, Mohammad Al Saeedi2, Mohammed Basulaiman2,
Ziad A Memish2, Abdullah A Al Rabeeah2 and Ali H Mokdad1,*
1
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation, University of Washington, 2301 5th Avenue, Suite 600, Seattle,
WA 98121, USA: 2Ministry of Health of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
Submitted 30 March 2016: Final revision received 8 September 2016: Accepted 10 October 2016: First published online 15 December 2016
Abstract
Objective: No recent original studies on the pattern of diet are available for Saudi
Arabia at the national level. The present study was performed to describe the
consumption of foods and beverages by Saudi adults.
Design: The Saudi Health Interview Survey (SHIS) was conducted in 2013. Data
were collected through interviews and anthropometric measurements were done.
A diet history questionnaire was used to determine the amount of consumption for
eighteen food or beverage items in a typical week.
Setting: The study was a household survey in all thirteen administrative regions of
Saudi Arabia.
Subjects: Participants were 10 735 individuals aged 15 years or older.
Results: Mean daily consumption was 70·9 (SE 1·3) g for fruits, 111·1 (SE 2·0) g for
vegetables, 11·6 (SE 0·3) g for dark fish, 13·8 (SE 0·3) g for other fish, 44·2 (SE 0·7) g
for red meat, 4·8 (SE 0·2) g for processed meat, 10·9 (SE 0·3) g for nuts, 219·4 (SE 5·1) ml
for milk and 115·5 (SE 2·6) ml for sugar-sweetened beverages. Dietary guideline
recommendations were met by only 5·2 % of individuals for fruits, 7·5 % for
vegetables, 31·4 % for nuts and 44·7 % for fish. The consumption of processed
foods and sugar-sweetened beverages was high in young adults.
Conclusions: Only a small percentage of the Saudi population met the dietary
recommendations. Programmes to improve dietary behaviours are urgently
needed to reduce the current and future burden of disease. The promotion of
healthy diets should target both the general population and specific high-risk
groups. Regular assessments of dietary status are needed to monitor trends and
inform interventions.
Dietary risks are among the most important risk factors
globally and in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) in
particular(1,2). Like many other regions of the world, the
nutrition transition in the Middle East has contributed to the
rising burden of non-communicable diseases(1,3). In KSA in
2013, poor diet accounted for 10·4 % (95 % CI 8·9, 12·2 %) of
disability-adjusted life years and 22·1 % (95 % CI 18·7,
24·5 %) of deaths(3,4). FAO data show an overall increase in
food supply (1961–2007) in KSA, with an increase in the
supply of sugar, meat, animal fat, offal (organ meats), eggs
and milk, and a levelling trend in the vegetable and fruit
supply(5). A similar trend was reported earlier in 2000(6).
Khan and Al Kanhal reported a rapidly increasing surplus of
energy and protein availability in KSA after 1975, compared
with the recommended daily allowances(7).
Keyword
Diet
Foods
Beverages
Nutrition epidemiology
Saudi Arabia
Previous reports have shown the dietary patterns or
energy/nutrient intakes in specific population subgroups
or regions of KSA(8). However, nationally representative
diet data from KSA are limited to food availability. Food
availability data (such as FAO data) do not represent
intake, as they do not account for wastage and other uses.
Moreover, they do not provide information on diet by age,
sex and socio-economic status.
In 2012, the KSA Ministry of Health published dietary
guidelines on the amount and composition of recommended foods to promote a healthy diet among the
population(9). However, there are not enough data on the
success of the guidelines’ implementation, the population’s current dietary status and the potential impacts of
the guidelines. Therefore, the aims of the present study
*Corresponding author: Email mokdaa@uw.edu
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
© The Authors 2016
1076
were to describe the amount of consumption of different
types of foods and beverages in KSA; to describe dietary
consumption by age, sex, socio-economic status and subnational administrative regions; and to assess the degree to
which Saudis’ diets met the dietary guidelines.
Methods
Performed between April and June 2013, the Saudi Health
Interview Survey (SHIS) was a national multistage survey
of individuals aged 15 years or older. For this survey, KSA
was divided into thirteen regions. Each region was divided
into sub-regions and blocks. All regions were included in
the survey. A probability-proportional-to-size method was
used to randomly select sub-regions and blocks. Households were then randomly selected from each block.
A roster of household members was conducted and an
adult aged 15 years or older was randomly selected to be
surveyed from each selected household. If the randomly
selected adult was not present, our surveyors made an
appointment to return. A total of three visits were
attempted before the household was considered as a nonresponse. More details about the study are available in
previous publications(10–13).
The Saudi Ministry of Health and its institutional review
board (IRB) approved the study protocol. The University
of Washington IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since
the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation received deidentified data for the present analysis. All respondents
had the opportunity to consent and agree to participate in
the study.
The survey included forty-two questions on diet (a diet
history questionnaire), as well as questions on socioeconomic status (educational and household monthly
income levels) and other aspects of health. Respondents
were asked to report the number of days that they
consumed eighteen food or beverage items in a typical
week over the last year. The food and beverage items
included in the survey were: fruits; pure (100 %) fruit
juices; vegetables; dark meat fish; other fish; shrimp; red
meat; poultry meat; processed meat (meats preserved by
smoking, curing or salting, or by the addition of
preservatives, such as in the case of pastrami, salami,
bologna, other packaged lunch meats or deli meats,
sausages, bratwursts, frankfurters and hot dogs); other
processed foods (such as fast foods, canned foods, packaged entrées or packaged soup); eggs; nuts; milk; yoghurt;
laban (a beverage of yoghurt mixed with salt, which is
also known as ayran or doogh); labneh (strained yoghurt);
cheese; and sugar-sweetened beverages (SSB). For each
type of food/beverage that the respondents reported at
least one day of consumption per typical week, the
respondents were asked: ‘How many servings of [this
food/beverage] do you usually consume/eat/drink on one
of those days?’ The interviewers used specific pictures that
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
represented the serving size of each type of food/beverage. Moreover, respondents were asked about the type
of oil or fat most often used for meal preparation, and the
usual type of dairy products (full-fat, low-fat, non-fat) and
bread in the household.
There were insufficient data to calculate total energy
consumption directly. Supplemental File 1 (see online
supplementary material) shows the method for indirect
estimation of energy intake and the energy-adjusted daily
food/beverage consumption estimates. Although not an
ideal method for energy adjustment, it can provide more
comparability with other studies for interested readers. An
energy adjustment is also necessary to compare the status
with the dietary guideline recommendations.
Average numbers of daily servings – and their equivalent weight (grams) for foods, or volume (millilitres) for
beverages – were calculated. In cases where the weight of
a serving size had not been clarified in the survey manuals
(fruits, vegetables, processed meat, processed foods
and eggs), we matched our visual manual as closely as
possible to phrases in the guidelines of the US Department
of Agriculture to assign an average weight(14). For fruits
and vegetables, we used the weighted average weight of
one serving of the most common types of fruits and
vegetables based on the most recent food supply data of
FAO in KSA(15). The 99th percentiles of consumption were
used as cut-off points to identify and exclude implausibly
high levels of intake.
The statistical software package Stata 13.1 for Windows
was used for the analyses and to account for the complex
sampling design.
Results
A total of 12 000 households were contacted and 10 735
participants (5253 men and 5482 women) completed the
SHIS, for a response rate of 89·4 %.
Table 1 demonstrates the average daily consumption
of different food and beverage items. Table 2 shows the
food and beverage consumption of men and women.
Non-adjusted consumption of fruit, red meat, other
processed foods, eggs and SSB was statistically higher in
men than women, while yoghurt and cheese consumption
was higher in women than men. Daily consumption of
fruits and vegetables was reported by 10·8 (SE 0·4) % and
25·9 (SE 0·6) %, respectively, and 27·0 (SE 0·7) % reported
daily drinking of SSB.
Mean consumption of processed meat, other processed
foods and SSB was clearly higher in younger age groups
(Table 3), while laban consumption was higher in older
age groups. Consumption of fruit, shrimp, labneh and
cheese had an increasing pattern with higher education
(Table 4). As demonstrated in Table 5, consumption
of some of the food items (fruit, shrimp, red meat and
labneh) was higher in individuals with higher household
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1077
Table 1 Average daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults, 2013
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Meet the recommendations
Serving size
N
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
%
SE
103 g*
105 g*
125 ml
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
75 g
69 g*
399 g*
92 g*
40 g
175 g
250 ml
175 g
175 g
50 g
125 ml
10 187
10 334
10 066
10 096
10 082
9801
10 223
10 336
9667
9664
10 219
9768
10 257
10 326
10 269
9866
10 113
9967
70·9
111·1
31·9
11·6
13·8
2·4
44·2
103·0
4·8
97·5
46·0
10·9
75·4
219·4
116·8
28·9
43·7
115·5
1·3
2·0
0·8
0·3
0·3
0·1
0·7
1·8
0·2
2·7
0·7
0·3
2·0
5·1
2·8
0·8
0·9
2·6
0·675
1·078
0·269
0·137
0·159
0·028
0·521
1·304
0·070
0·244
0·500
0·274
0·431
0·885
0·667
0·165
0·874
0·924
0·013
0·019
0·007
0·003
0·003
0·001
0·009
0·022
0·003
0·007
0·007
0·007
0·012
0·021
0·016
0·004
0·018
0·021
5·2†
7·5†
0·3
0·4
44·7‡
0·7
85·7§
0·5
80·2§
0·6
31·4†
26·2†
0·7
0·7
78·6‡
0·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
*Estimated through matching of pictures in the survey manual with the descriptions of the US Department of Agriculture guideline(14).
Reference dietary guidelines: †Dietary Guidelines for Americans(25); ‡American Heart Association(24); §American Institute for Cancer Research(23).
Table 2 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi male and female adults, 2013
Male (N 5253)
Weight/volume units
Female (N 5482)
Serving size
Weight/volume units
Serving size
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
75·7
105·4
34·0
11·5
14·3
2·5
52·4
106·6
5·0
108·4
49·8
11·2
67·1
217·5
122·2
27·5
40·5
131·4
1·9
2·3
1·2
0·4
0·4
0·1
1·2
2·4
0·3
4·3
1·0
0·4
1·9
6·4
3·9
1·0
1·2
3·5
0·620
0·904
0·241
0·123
0·153
0·026
0·590
1·195
0·064
0·239
0·496
0·269
0·349
0·712
0·580
0·149
0·672
0·972
0·016
0·020
0·010
0·005
0·005
0·002
0·014
0·027
0·004
0·009
0·011
0·011
0·010
0·019
0·017
0·006
0·016
0·028
65·9
117·0
29·7
11·7
13·3
2·3
35·7
99·3
4·7
86·0
42·0
10·7
84·2
221·4
111·2
30·4
47·0
98·8
1·9
3·3
1·1
0·4
0·4
0·1
0·9
2·7
0·3
3·2
0·9
0·4
3·6
8·1
3·9
1·2
1·4
3·8
0·547
1·032
0·214
0·123
0·144
0·023
0·403
1·131
0·068
0·194
0·414
0·243
0·420
0·796
0·568
0·164
0·779
0·699
0·017
0·034
0·010
0·004
0·006
0·002
0·012
0·033
0·004
0·008
0·009
0·009
0·020
0·033
0·023
0·007
0·023
0·030
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
incomes. Consumption of SSB was statistically higher
in individuals with lower household incomes (Table 5).
Fruit/beverage consumption in different administrative
regions can be found in Supplemental File 2 (see online
supplementary material).
Vegetable oils were the most common type of oil/fat
used for preparation of food (84·5 (SE 0·5) %). Olive oil and
butter/margarine were reported by 5·3 (SE 0·3) % and
4·8 (SE 0·3) %, respectively. Most of the respondents reported
use of full-fat dairy products (77·6 (SE 0·6) %), followed by
low-fat (15·0 (SE 0·5) %) and non-fat (1·3 (SE 0·1) %); others
had no preference. The most common type of bread was
white bread (79·1 (SE 0·5) %); brown bread and Saudispecific traditional breads were reported by 20·1 (SE 0·5) %
and 0·8 (SE 0·1) %, respectively, as the usual kind
of bread.
Discussion
The present study is the first to describe dietary patterns
in a nationally representative sample of adults in KSA. It
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
5·5
13·5
2·9
0·9
1·1
0·5
5·3
6·1
0·3
4·0
2·4
1·1
19·6
27·7
14·5
3·1
3·0
3·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
SE
Mean
60·1
112·5
24·3
5·9
7·7
1·0
36·8
78·0
0·9
29·8
26·8
5·4
108·0
247·1
129·0
21·3
28·7
21·6
4·4
5·0
2·2
1·0
1·3
0·3
3·1
4·5
0·7
4·7
2·1
0·8
5·0
11·2
7·7
2·5
1·5
3·5
SE
Mean
68·8
91·5
20·8
7·2
12·4
1·3
54·2
79·8
1·4
32·1
32·6
5·3
67·0
205·0
113·5
19·8
23·0
30·4
3·7
5·2
2·0
0·6
0·9
0·2
1·9
3·9
0·4
4·1
1·4
0·7
6·0
9·4
6·5
2·2
1·4
3·1
SE
Mean
65·5
109·2
25·3
8·7
12·5
1·5
37·9
83·1
2·7
54·1
37·0
8·8
80·5
187·4
112·6
29·4
33·1
42·5
3·5
3·5
2·1
0·6
0·7
0·2
1·8
2·9
0·3
5·1
1·7
0·6
3·2
7·4
4·2
2·1
1·3
4·3
SE
Mean
77·9
105·8
30·9
8·8
13·9
2·2
49·2
83·2
2·4
69·6
44·2
9·2
64·2
170·1
102·0
31·0
31·1
64·9
3·6
4·5
1·4
0·7
0·8
0·3
1·4
4·1
0·5
4·8
1·5
0·7
5·9
9·5
7·0
1·5
1·5
4·9
SE
Mean
65·1
104·8
26·5
12·8
14·6
2·7
34·8
87·2
5·7
84·4
44·1
10·3
72·7
191·3
99·4
27·6
40·5
84·3
2·4
7·4
2·4
0·7
0·9
0·3
1·8
5·5
0·6
6·5
1·4
0·6
6·4
18·0
7·2
2·6
2·5
8·0
46·2
104·8
24·8
10·4
11·7
1·9
31·2
96·4
5·8
93·5
35·8
10·4
64·9
201·3
87·0
30·2
42·9
127·3
SE
SE
2·9
3·8
2·3
0·8
0·8
0·2
2·4
3·9
0·7
7·8
1·8
0·8
3·4
9·1
5·8
2·0
1·7
6·6
SE
56·5
83·0
26·2
11·0
12·8
1·7
51·4
101·1
6·3
121·6
48·4
12·9
57·8
183·0
97·2
23·1
36·9
172·2
2·7
3·4
1·8
0·7
0·7
0·3
1·8
4·0
0·4
5·3
1·6
0·7
3·1
6·9
4·7
1·7
1·1
6·0
Mean
Mean
Mean
Food/beverage item
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
66·0
98·2
32·5
12·1
13·9
3·4
47·9
98·1
4·2
96·2
46·6
10·4
61·8
163·6
104·3
28·4
33·7
119·2
Male (N 1857)
Female (N 1193)
Female (N 2169)
Male (N 1495)
Female (N 1575)
Male (N 712)
Female (N 545)
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
Male (N 1189)
25–39 years
15–24 years
Table 3 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by sex and age group, 2013
40–59 years
60 years or more
1078
showed poor dietary practices in the Kingdom. Saudis’
dietary behaviours met dietary recommendations in only
a small percentage of the population, especially for fruit
and vegetable consumption, dairy products, nuts and
fish meat. Young adults (15–24 years old) had a concerning pattern of high consumption of SSB, processed
meat and other processed foods, as well as low intake of
fruits and vegetables. Other studies on schoolchildren
show that these unhealthy dietary behaviours start
even sooner(16). This evidence calls for a comprehensive
programme to improve the dietary situation of Saudis. The
programme should include all age ranges, considering the
different needs and different dietary challenges of each
age group.
A cluster of dietary risk factors is the leading risk factor
for non-optimal health, with 11·3 million attributed deaths
and 241·4 million attributed disability-adjusted life years
per annum around the world(1). The Global Burden of
Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors (GBD) study showed
that in Saudi Arabia, the average levels of consumption of
fruits, vegetables, nuts, whole grains, PUFA and seafood
n-3 fatty acids were far less than optimum, and the average
levels of consumption of processed meats, red meats, total
fatty acids, SSB and sodium were higher than optimal(3).
In the report of the WHO 2005 STEPwise survey, there
was limited dietary information on the consumption of
fruits, vegetables and oils. During the time between the
STEPwise survey and our current study (2005 to 2013), the
percentage of individuals consuming at least five daily
servings of fruits or vegetables increased slightly, from 5·5
to 7·3 %(11). However, based on food supply data, fruit and
vegetable availability in KSA (about 475 g/d in 2010)(17) is
more than twice the average consumption in our study
(less than 200 g/d). The difference might be related to
using fruits as pure juices (about 32 ml/d) or sweetened
juices, as well as the higher potential of decay in fruits/
vegetables compared with other food items. Further
details on consumption of fruits and vegetables by Saudi
adults have been reported elsewhere(11). Consumption of
olive oil has increased from 1·7 % in the Saudi STEPwise
survey to 5·3 %(18); since higher intake of olive oil is
associated with reduced risk of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular events and stroke, this can be considered a good
replacement(19).
Although there was higher consumption of meat and
SSB by men, and of vegetables by women, non-energyadjusted consumption is not directly comparable between
men and women. Considering the fact that average energy
consumption is usually higher in men, vegetable intake is
expected to remain higher in women after energy adjustment. Some of the different patterns of food and beverage
consumption between men and women may be explained
by theories about the association of meat consumption
with masculinity and vegetable consumption with femininity, but we do not have enough information for that
assessment(20–22).
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
1079
Table 4 Daily food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by educational level, 2013
Primary or less (N 3286)
Elementary/high school (N 4780)
College or higher (N 2649)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
64·2
99·6
22·0
10·3
12·9
0·9
43·9
99·2
4·8
66·3
36·4
11·7
74·9
219·6
104·5
20·3
33·0
86·5
2·3
4·3
1·4
0·5
0·7
0·1
1·6
3·5
0·5
4·2
1·2
0·8
5·0
9·5
4·3
1·4
1·3
5·1
55·6
96·9
25·6
9·9
12·3
2·1
42·1
93·8
4·2
95·3
43·8
9·6
62·1
177·2
97·6
27·9
37·3
120·9
1·7
3·0
1·2
0·4
0·5
0·1
1·2
2·5
0·3
4·0
1·0
0·3
2·4
6·9
3·8
1·3
1·1
3·9
74·8
108·0
35·8
11·9
13·3
3·6
41·5
82·5
5·1
92·8
44·8
9·7
69·7
168·6
99·8
35·5
38·9
88·5
3·0
3·9
1·6
0·6
0·6
0·3
1·4
3·5
0·4
4·7
1·3
0·4
4·0
8·5
5·1
1·7
1·4
4·3
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Table 5 Food and beverage consumption of Saudi adults by household monthly income level, 2013
Less than 5000 Riyals (N 3161)
5000–14 999 Riyals (N 4549)
15 000 Riyals or more (N 1131)
Food/beverage item
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Mean
SE
Fruits (g)
Vegetables (g)
Pure (100 %) fruit juices (ml)
Dark meat fish (g)
Other fish (g)
Shrimp (g)
Red meat (g)
Poultry meat (g)
Processed meat (g)
Other processed foods (g)
Eggs (g)
Nuts (g)
Yoghurt (g)
Milk (ml)
Laban (ml)
Labneh (g)
Cheese (g)
SSB (ml)
51·5
94·1
20·9
9·8
13·3
1·7
37·2
89·3
3·4
91·0
38·9
8·1
66·4
188·5
104·7
22·7
37·5
113·6
2·0
3·7
1·5
0·5
0·7
0·2
1·5
3·3
0·4
5·3
1·2
0·5
3·4
8·7
4·9
1·5
1·8
5·4
65·2
96·2
28·3
10·8
13·8
2·3
42·4
88·6
4·4
86·8
45·2
10·1
64·6
166·5
99·5
31·9
36·2
95·9
1·7
2·2
1·4
0·5
0·5
0·2
1·2
2·1
0·3
3·7
1·0
0·4
2·3
4·9
3·2
1·4
0·9
3·2
79·3
118·3
40·5
10·6
14·0
3·9
50·3
93·3
5·2
82·7
42·2
11·2
61·9
189·4
98·7
36·4
35·9
91·0
4·7
6·6
2·4
0·8
0·9
0·4
2·4
4·3
0·7
6·6
1·8
0·8
4·0
11·1
5·8
2·7
1·8
5·6
SSB, sugar-sweetened beverages.
Compared with the recommendations of dietary
guidelines(9,23–25), consumption of fruits, vegetables, dairy
products and nuts is very low, and less than 45 % of the
KSA population consumes fish as recommended. On the
other hand, there is considerable unnecessary consumption of processed meat and SSB compared with the
recommendations(23,24). A 2006 study in Lebanon showed
that Lebanese adults consume the same amount of fish
and red meat as Saudis in our study, but less poultry meat
(36 v. 103 g/d) and eggs (12 v. 46 g/d), and more fruits and
vegetables (367 v. 182 g/d)(26).
The previously published GBD estimates for dietary risk
factors in KSA were close to our estimates for red meat,
processed meat and SSB. Our estimate for nuts was higher
than previous GBD estimates (about 11 v. 4 g/d)(3).
Midhat et al. reported the consumption of different food
items as part of the routine meals in the Qassim region of
KSA. However, they did not report the amount (or serving
sizes) of consumption. That study showed an increasing
probability of routine intake of fish, vegetables, fresh fruits
and barbecued meats (called a ‘healthy diet’) with
increasing age(27). Our findings showed that Saudis of
older ages consume more fruit and vegetables, and fewer
processed foods. The healthier diet seen among older
individuals might be related to different factors, such as a
birth cohort effect (due to the nutrition transition in the
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
1080
younger birth cohorts), the longer life of individuals with
healthy diets, more frequent contacts between health careproviders and older individuals (compared with younger
people), and better adherence among older individuals
to dietary guidelines because of their perceived risk of
disease and death.
The average consumption of fruit, vegetables and
shrimp in individuals with a college or higher education
was more than in other educational groups. The highest
intake of milk was reported by individuals with primary or
less education. Individuals with the lowest household
income had the highest consumption of SSB, while consumption of fruits, vegetables and pure juices was lower
than in individuals with higher income.
In our study, the highest intake of fish was in the Jizan,
Aasir, Al Bahah and Makkah regions (all located in the
south-western part of the country and close to the Red
Sea), as well as in Riyadh (capital); the lowest consumption of fish was reported by residents of Ha’il, Al Jawf and
Al Hudud ash Shamaliyah (all located in the north-western
part of the country).
Although the prevalence of obesity has decreased in
recent years in KSA, the current combination of high
overweight/obesity prevalence(28), sedentary lifestyle(10)
and inappropriate diet threatens the current and future
health of the population.
Our study has some limitations. First, we used a diet
history questionnaire that did not contain details for all
types of foods and beverages. Second, our food and
beverage consumption data are self-reported and subject
to recall and social desirability biases. Third, our study did
not include the amount of all foods and beverages (for
instance, complex carbohydrates), and we were not able
to directly calculate total energy expenditure. On the other
hand, our study is based on a large sample size and used a
standardized methodology for all its measures. It is
nationally representative and has the merit of providing
accurate data due to our near-real-time data quality
monitoring through the whole survey period.
The Saudi Ministry of Health has initiated programmes
and projects, such as the Crown Health Project(29,30) and
the Saudi dietary guidelines(9), to alleviate the burden of
risk factors of non-communicable diseases. The outcomes
of these programmes need to be evaluated, so that the
lessons learned from them can be used in the adjustment
of current programmes and the planning and installation
of new comprehensive programmes.
Conclusion
Our study showed that Saudis’ diets do not follow the
guidelines for healthy diets. Increased efforts to improve
eating habits in KSA are needed. These efforts should promote a balanced diet according to energy intake and composition of diet. Specifically, increasing the consumption of
M Moradi-Lakeh et al.
fruits, vegetables, dairy products, nuts and fish should be
targeted. Strategies are required to limit the consumption of
processed foods and SSB, especially in young adults. These
efforts should involve all stakeholders, including education
representatives, agriculture partners, food companies and
food importers. In addition, regular assessments of Saudis’
dietary status are needed to monitor trends and inform
interventions. Finally, political will is needed to enforce food
labelling and manufacturing regulations.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements: The authors would like to thank
Kevin O’Rourke at the Institute for Health Metrics and
Evaluation for editing the manuscript. Financial support:
This study was supported by a grant from the Ministry of
Health of the KSA. The Ministry of Health had no role in
the design, analysis or writing of this article. Conflict of
interest: The study and the authors have not received any
financial support from the food industries. Authorship:
A.H.M. conceived and designed the study. M.B., Z.A.M.,
M.A.S. and M.A.A. performed the survey. C.E.B. and F.D.
participated in questionnaire design and interviewers’
training. M.M.-L., A.A. and A.H.M. analysed the data.
M.M.-L., A.H.M., C.E.B., A.A., F.D., M.B., Z.A.M., M.A.S.,
M.A.A. and A.A.A.R. drafted or commented on the manuscript. A.A.A.R. supervised the study. All co-authors are
responsible for the content of this article and have read and
approved the final manuscript. Ethics of human subject
participation: The Saudi Ministry of Health and its IRB
approved the study protocol. The University of Washington
IRB deemed the study IRB-exempt, since the Institute for
Health Metrics and Evaluation received de-identified data
for the analysis. All respondents had the opportunity to
consent and agree to participate in the study.
Supplementary material
To view supplementary material for this article, please visit
https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980016003141
References
1. GBD 2013 Risk Factors Collaborators, Forouzanfar MH,
Alexander L et al. (2015) Global, regional, and national
comparative risk assessment of 79 behavioural, environmental and occupational, and metabolic risks or clusters of
risks in 188 countries, 1990–2013: a systematic analysis for
the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. Lancet 386,
2287–2323.
2. Memish ZA, Jaber S, Mokdad AH et al. (2014) Burden of
disease, injuries, and risk factors in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, 1990–2010. Prev Chronic Dis 11, E169.
3. Afshin A, Micha R, Khatibzadeh S et al. (2015) The impact of
dietary habits and metabolic risk factors on cardiovascular
and diabetes mortality in countries of the Middle East and
Downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. 15 Sep 2021 at 21:29:35, subject to the Cambridge Core terms of use.
Diet in Saudi Arabia
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
North Africa in 2010: a comparative risk assessment analysis.
BMJ Open 5, e006385.
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (2014) GBD
compare visualization tool. http://ihmeuw.org/3qc9
(accessed July 2016).
Adam A, Osama S & Muhammad KI (2014) Nutrition and
food consumption patterns in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Pak J Nutr 13, 181–190.
Madani KA, al-Amoudi NS & Kumosani TA (2000) The state
of nutrition in Saudi Arabia. Nutr Health 14, 17–31.
Khan MA & Al Kanhal MA (1998) Dietary energy and
protein requirements for Saudi Arabia: a methodological
approach. East Mediterr Health J 4, 68–75.
Alsufiani HM, Kumosani TA, Ford D et al. (2015) Dietary
patterns, nutrient intakes, and nutritional and physical
activity status of Saudi older adults: a narrative review.
J Aging Res Clin Pract 4, 2–11.
General Director of Nutrition, Ministry of Health (2012)
Saudi Dietary Guideline (Healthy Diet Palm). Riyadh:
Ministry of Health Publications.
El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M, Daoud F et al. (2016) On your
mark, get set go: levels of physical activity in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia, 2013. J Phys Act Health 13, 231–238.
El Bcheraoui C, Basulaiman M, AlMazroa M et al. (2015)
Fruit and vegetable consumption among adults in Saudi
Arabia, 2013. Nutr Diet Suppl 7, 41–49.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Tobacco consumption in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,
2013: findings from a national survey. BMC Public Health
15, 611.
Moradi-Lakeh M, El Bcheraoui C, Tuffaha M et al. (2015)
Self-rated health among Saudi adults: findings from a
national survey, 2013. J Community Health 40, 920–926.
US Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service
(2014) National Nutrient Database for Standard Reference,
Release 27. http://ndb.nal.usda.gov/ndb/foods (accessed
July 2016).
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
(2011) Food Balance Sheets, Saudi Arabia. http://faostat3.
fao.org/download/FB/FBS/E (accessed October 2015).
Attia AAEM & Farajat MA (2013) Selected dietary habits
among female adolescents in Hail, Saudi Arabia. Am J Res
Commun 1, 140–148.
Haddad LJ, Hawkes C, Achadi E et al. (2015) Global
Nutrition Report 2015: Actions and Accountability to
Advance Nutrition and Sustainable Development.
Washington, DC: International Food Policy Research
Institute.
1081
18. Al-Hamdan NA, Kutbi A, Choudhry AJ et al. (2005) WHO
STEPwise Approach to NCD Surveillance. Country-Specific
Standard Report: Saudi Arabia. http://www.who.int/chp/steps/
2005_SaudiArabia_STEPS_Report_EN.pdf?ua=1 (accessed July
2016).
19. Schwingshackl L & Hoffmann G (2014) Monounsaturated
fatty acids, olive oil and health status: a systematic review
and meta-analysis of cohort studies. Lipids Health Dis
13, 154.
20. Ruby MB & Heine SJ (2011) Meat, morals, and masculinity.
Appetite 56, 447–450.
21. Vartanian LR (2015) Impression management and food
intake. Current directions in research. Appetite 86, 74–80.
22. Levant RF, Parent MC, McCurdy ER et al. (2015) Moderated
mediation of the relationships between masculinity ideology,
outcome expectations, and energy drink use. Health Psychol
34, 1100–1106.
23. American Institute for Cancer Research (2007) Recommendations for Cancer Prevention. http://www.aicr.org/reduceyour-cancer-risk/recommendations-for-cancer-prevention/
(ac

discussion board

Description

Caring for patients with diabetes can be challenging due to the required lifestyle changes, the self-care recommendations, and the complexity of the anti-diabetes medications. In this discussion board (DB), we would like to hear from you what concerns you may have about this as you enter your clinical practice. It takes time and experience seeing patients to become more comfortable–it will happen.Your concern should be stated/explained in 75-100 words and your response should be 75-100 words.

Bias in Primary Source

Description

First, you will locate an additional primary source related to your historical event. Next, you will answer questions about your event and the primary source you identified in a previous module. You will then consider whether there is evidence of bias in these sources.Specifically, you must address the following rubric criteria:Conduct source analysis on two primary sources relevant to your historical event.You will respond to specific questions about each source in the activity template.Analyze the primary sources relevant to your historical event for the presence of bias.What clues are present in your two sources that may indicate bias? Provide evidence of these clues from your sources. If you do not think there is bias, provide evidence to support your claim.Compare how your historical event is represented in your primary sources.Do the two sources tell the same story, or are contrasting perspectives represented? Provide evidence from your sources.Locate an additional primary source relevant to your
historical event. Use it and the primary source you identified in a previous
module to answer the questions below. Replace the bracketed text with your
responses.
Source One
Conduct source analysis on a primary source relevant to your
historical event.
Attempt to write the APA style citation for your first
primary source and include a link to it. You will not be penalized for
incorrect format.
·
[Insert citation.] Respond to the following questions:
· Who authored or created the primary source? ·
What was the author’s position in society at the
time the primary source was created? When was the primary source created? Where was the primary source created, released,
or publicized?
Who was the intended audience for the primary
source?
Why was the primary source created? Whose perspective(s) is presented in the source?
Source Two
Conduct a source analysis on a primary source relevant to
your historical event.
Attempt to write the APA style citation for your second
primary source and include a link to it. You will not be penalized for
incorrect format.
·
[Insert citation.] Respond to the following questions:
· Who authored or created the primary source?
·
What was the author’s or creator’s position in
society at the time the primary source was created?

When was the primary source created?
·
Where was the primary source created, released,
or publicized?
·
Who was the intended audience for the primary
source? ·
Why was the primary source created? Whose perspective(s) is presented in the source? Both Sources
Analyze the primary sources relevant to your historical
event for the presence of bias.
·
Compare how your historical event is represented in your primary
sources.
·

Unformatted Attachment Preview

HIS 100 Module One Activity Template: Project Topic Exploration
You must pick a topic from the Research Topics Lists in the Library Research Guide. While it is a good
idea to choose your topic early, you may change it until the next module. Replace the bracketed text
below with your responses. Support your responses with specific details and examples.
Identify the topic you chose to explore:
• The Philippine Revolution
Explain what you already know about the chosen topic based on your personal history or experiences.
• The Philippine Revolution started in 1896 when the Spanish authorities discovered an
anticolonial secret organization that had been formed to free the Philippines from the
Spanish colonial power. The Spanish government has been controlling the Philippines
since the sixteenth century. However, their regime nearly ended when they could not
defeat the Filipino rebellion. In 1898, the US declared war against Spain for sinking their
warship near Havana, Cuba, and took action to defeat the Spanish fleet stationed in the
Philippines (Salem Press, Inc., 2017).
Describe the beliefs, assumptions, and values you have related to the topic you chose.
• My opinion about the Philippine Revolution is that the Philippines strongly desired
independence and sovereignty. Their passion to break free and struggle for their freedom
from the Spanish colony was triggered by the mistreatment they received from the
Spanish rule. In my assumption, the Philippine Revolution was a response to the injustice
they were subjected to by the Spanish government, which led to the creation of a secret
society dedicated to liberating the Philippines. Patriotism and historical awareness are the
values related to the Philippine Revolution (Salem Press, Inc., 2017). The sacrifice made
by the Philippines rebels shows love for one’s country and dedication.
Explain why this topic is relevant to current events or to modern society.
• The Philippine Revolution is relevant to modern society because it highlights themes such as
leadership and sacrifice, human rights, self-determination, and nationalism. Furthermore, it
provides historical lessons and valuable insight into contemporary movements and struggles
worldwide.
1
HIS 100 Module Two Activity Template: Historical Research Question
This activity is your last chance to choose a topic. Topic changes may be based on your research
or instructor feedback. Then write a historical research question that addresses an aspect of
your finalized topic. Replace the bracketed text below with your responses.
Non-graded portion:
• List your historical research topic here:
o Philippine Revolution
Graded portion:
• Write a clear, relevant, and focused research question about your finalized topic.
• The research question I have formulated is “How did the Philippine Revolution of 1896 impact
the quest for national independence and sovereignty, and what are the enduring lessons it
offers for contemporary global movements for self-determination, human rights, and
nationalism?”. This question is a comprehensive and multifaceted inquiry into the Philippine
Revolution and its enduring significance. First, the question explores the historical impact of the
Philippine Revolution. This part of the question recognizes the significant contribution the
uprising made to the Philippines’ desire for freedom and democracy. In order to fully
understand how the rebellion changed the trajectory of Philippine history, academics need to
dive into the particular actions, plans, and results of the uprising.
• The inquiry’s second goal is to compare the past and present. The question inquiries about the
enduring lessons that the Philippine Revolution offers to contemporary global movements for
self-determination, human rights, and nationalism. This feature acknowledges how historical
occurrences have influenced contemporary political and social trends and ideas (Zhou, 2023). It
urges academics to investigate how the ideas and lessons of the Philippine Revolution might
guide and motivate today’s conflicts across the world towards equality, liberty, and autonomy.
• This approach of structuring the research question invites a comprehensive investigation of the
subject. Researchers need to consider the social, political, monetary, and social components of
the rebellion and its consequences. They would likewise be provoked to investigate the
verifiable setting of the upset, including colonial dynamics between Spain and the Philippines.
Furthermore, the question invites a comparative analysis between the Philippine Revolution and
other historical and contemporary movements for independence and human rights, facilitating a
broader understanding of global history and politics.


Explain how another person’s beliefs, assumptions, and values may lead that person to create a
different question than you.
Individuals’ beliefs can significantly influence the questions they pose about historical events. In
the context of the Philippine Revolution, someone with a pro-colonial perspective may believe
that Spanish colonialism positively impacted the Philippines. This belief might stem from the
idea that colonial powers introduced infrastructure, education, and certain aspects of Western
culture. Consequently, their research question may reflect this perspective, asking, “What were
the positive contributions of Spanish colonialism to the Philippines?”. This question is rooted in
the belief that there have been some redeeming qualities to colonial rule, and it seeks to
explore and highlight these potential benefits. The question may lead to research focusing on






aspects such as architecture, language, or legal systems influenced by Spanish colonialism,
aiming to demonstrate its positive impact.
Assumptions
Assumptions play a crucial role in shaping the landscape of research questions, exerting a
substantial influence on the trajectory and scope of inquiry. For instance, consider an individual
who assumes that the United States’ intentions during the Philippine-American War were driven
solely by benevolence. This assumption could give rise to a specific research question like “To
what extent did the intervention of the United States contribute to the modernization and
development of the Philippines?” This question presupposes that the primary outcome of US
intervention was the modernization and development of the Philippines. As a result of this
assumption, the ensuing research may heavily emphasize the economic and infrastructural
transformations ushered in by American rule in the Philippines. However, it may inadvertently
downplay or overlook other significant facets of this historical context, such as the resistance
movements and the formidable challenges faced by Filipinos during that tumultuous period. It is
essential to recognize that assumptions can act as guiding forces in research, shaping the
framing of questions, the selection of methodologies, and the interpretation of findings.
Therefore, researchers need to remain vigilant about the assumptions that underlie their
investigations, acknowledging the potential impact of these assumptions on the depth and
breadth of their scholarly pursuits. This would help researchers strive for a more comprehensive
and balanced understanding of complex historical events and phenomena.
Values
Values play a crucial role in shaping the formulation of research inquiries, as they mirror
personal priorities and ethical beliefs. An individual who deeply appreciates historical narratives
centred on resistance, liberation, and the amplification of oppressed voices may ask, “What
were the pivotal strategies and sacrifices undertaken by Filipino revolutionaries in their
relentless pursuit of independence during the Philippine Revolution?”. This inquiry encapsulates
a profound commitment to acknowledging and commemorating the endeavours of those who
ardently strove for liberty. The question steers the course of research toward a deep exploration
of Filipino revolutionaries’ experiences, motivations, and sacrifices, thereby spotlighting their
invaluable contributions to the nation’s historical tapestry. Such a line of inquiry could lead to indepth investigations into the pivotal roles played by iconic figures such as Andres Bonifacio and
Emilio Aguinaldo in the unfolding of this historic revolution.
In conclusion, the research question is a robust and multifaceted inquiry into the Philippine
Revolution and its enduring significance. This question is designed to encourage a
comprehensive examination of the topic, encompassing its historical importance and relevance
to contemporary global issues. By exploring the historical impact of the Philippine Revolution,
researchers can delve into the specific events, strategies, and outcomes that shaped the
Philippines’ path to independence and sovereignty (Mendez, 2023). This historical analysis
provides a deep understanding of how the revolution altered the course of Philippine history
and challenged colonial dynamics with Spain.
Furthermore, the question invites researchers to draw connections between the past and the
present. It highlights the Philippine Revolution’s enduring lessons to contemporary global
movements for self-determination, human rights, and nationalism. This aspect acknowledges
the relevance of historical events in shaping modern socio-political movements and ideologies.
It encourages researchers to explore how the principles and experiences of the Philippine
Revolution can inform and inspire present-day struggles for freedom, justice, and selfdetermination worldwide.

In addition, beliefs, assumptions, and values play significant roles in shaping research questions.
Individuals’ beliefs can lead to questions that reflect their perspectives, assumptions can guide
research direction, and values can influence the choice of topics and emphasis in historical
inquiry. Therefore, researchers need to remain aware of these influences to ensure a balanced
and comprehensive understanding of complex historical events.



References
Mendez, J. R. (2023). Monumentalizing Memories, Memorializing Monuments: Rizal Park and
American Colonial Philippines, 1898-1946 (Doctoral dissertation, Tokyo University of Foreign
Studies).
Zhou, Z. (2023). Producing the Meaning of An Asianist Revolution: Images of Revolutionaries in
the 1899 Sino-Japanese Joint Aid to the Philippine Revolution. The Columbia Journal of Asia,
2(1), 76–91.
o
HIS 100 Module Two Activity Template: Primary and Secondary Sources
Replace the bracketed text below with your responses.
Non-graded portion:
• List your historical research topic here:
o Philippine Revolution
Graded portion:
Distinguish between primary and secondary sources.
• Primary sources are firsthand or original documents, artifacts, or records created during the
event or period under study. They provide direct insight into the subject matter without
interpretation or analysis. Examples include letters, diaries, photographs, and official documents
from the time in question (Renjith et al., 2021). Secondary sources, on the other hand, are
created after the fact and are interpretations or analyses of primary sources or events. They are
typically written by scholars, historians, or researchers and involve interpretation, synthesis, and
analysis. Examples include history books, research articles, and documentaries.
• Primary sources aim to capture and document individuals’ or entities’ immediate experience,
thoughts, and reactions at a specific time. They offer a raw, unfiltered view of historical events.
In contrast, secondary sources seek to analyze, interpret, or provide context to primary sources
or historical events. They often aim to synthesize information, draw conclusions, or present a
broader perspective.
• Primary sources are created contemporaneously with the events they describe. They provide a
snapshot of a specific moment in history, while Secondary sources are produced after the
events they discuss, allowing for hindsight, analysis, and a broader historical context.
• While primary sources can offer a direct perspective, they may also reflect the biases, opinions,
and limitations of the individuals or entities that created them. Secondary sources may be more
objective as they often involve critical analysis and synthesis of multiple primary sources.
However, they can still be influenced by the biases and interpretations of the author.
• In primary sources, examples include personal letters, speeches, newspaper articles from
the time, photographs, original manuscripts, and eyewitness accounts, while in secondary
sources, examples encompass history books, biographies, documentaries, research
articles, and scholarly analysis of historical events.
Explain why it is important to consult a variety of sources when conducting historical research. Include
specific details and examples.
• Consulting a variety of sources is crucial in historical research for several reasons. First, it helps
corroborate information and establish data reliability (García-Milon et al., 2020). For instance,
primary sources like Emilio Aguinaldo’s memoirs can offer personal insights while studying the
Philippine Revolution. However, cross-referencing them with secondary sources like academic
articles can verify the historical accuracy of events and perspectives. Second, a range of sources
allows for a more comprehensive understanding of the topic. In the case of the Philippine
Revolution, using newspapers, photographs, official documents, and oral histories alongside
scholarly analyses provides a multifaceted view of the period. Third, it helps mitigate bias and
subjectivity. The author’s perspective can influence historical accounts, so consulting sources
with differing viewpoints ensures a more balanced interpretation. Ultimately, diverse sources
enrich historical research by providing a holistic, well-rounded perspective on the past.
1
Identify one primary source that would help investigate your research question (include the title,
author, and link to the source).
• One primary source that would be valuable for investigating the research question “How did the
Philippine Revolution of 1896 impact the quest for national independence and sovereignty?” is
the book titled “The Philippines: A Past Revisited” by Mente & Valila.
file:///C:/Users/User/Downloads/s41599-023-01911-8.pdf. This book is a comprehensive
examination of Philippine history and provides insights into the historical context and events
surrounding the revolution. It can offer direct information and perspectives from the time
period, aiding in a deeper understanding of the revolution’s impact.
Identify one secondary source that would help investigate your research question (include the title,
author, and link to the source).
• One secondary source that would contribute to the investigation of the research question is the
article titled “Reading Rizal: Wilhelm Tell and texts of revolution in the colonial Philippines” by
Wirth, published in Postcolonial Studies.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13688790.2021.2018774?scroll=top&needAccess
=true&role=tab. This article delves into the role of literature and texts in the context of the
Philippine Revolution. It offers a scholarly analysis of how revolutionary ideas were
disseminated and discusses the impact of these texts on the revolution. This secondary source
can provide critical insights into the intellectual and ideological aspects of the revolution.
Choose a current event related to the subject of your historical research question and explain how they
are connected.
• A contemporary event linked to the themes of the Philippine Revolution is the ongoing struggle
for self-determination and human rights among marginalized communities in various parts of
the world. For instance, the Indigenous rights movement in Canada, particularly the protests
the construction of pipelines through Indigenous lands, resonates with the historical quest for
autonomy during the Philippine Revolution. Both movements share common goals of asserting
their land, resources, and self-governance rights, challenging historical injustices, and striving for
recognition and equality. The connection lied in the shared pursuit of sovereignty, human rights
and social justice, with the lessons from the Philippine Revolution offering inspiration and
guidance for contemporary global movements advocating for self-determination and equality.
References
García-Milon, A., Juaneda-Ayensa, E., Olarte-Pascual, C., & Pelegrín-Borondo, J. (2020).
Towards the smart tourism destination: Key factors in information source use on the
tourist shopping journey. Tourism management perspectives, 36, 100730.
Mente, T. J. B., & Valila Jr, J. R. (2022). The Philippines: A Past Revisited.
file:///C:/Users/User/Downloads/s41599-023-01911-8.pd
2
Renjith, V., Yesodharan, R., Noronha, J. A., Ladd, E., & George, A. (2021). Qualitative methods
in health care research. International journal of preventive medicine, p. 12.
Wirth, C. (2023). Reading Rizal: Wilhelm Tell and texts of revolution in the colonial Philippines.
Postcolonial Studies, 26(2), 259-278.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13688790.2021.2018774?scroll=top&needAccess
=true&role=tab
3
HIS 100 Module Three Activity Template: Historical Context
Replace the bracketed text below with your responses.
Identify the topic you chose to explore:

Philippine Revolution
Describe the historical context surrounding your historical event.
The culmination of the 19th century in the Philippines saw significant transformations in the
domains of culture, politics, and the economy. These changes laid the groundwork for the
subsequent period of turmoil, often referred to as the Philippine Revolution. From the 16th
century forward, the Philippines came under the governance of Spanish powers. The Philippines
were under the control of Spanish colonial authority for around three centuries. The British
administration exploited the indigenous population, engaging in unjust treatment and doing
acts of wrongdoing against them. The Filipino populace harbored significant discontent, driven
by their desire for independence from Spanish colonial rule and the autonomy to choose their
trajectory. The formation of the Katipunan, a clandestine organization, was a direct
consequence of the prevailing discontentment, driven by the objective of liberating the
Philippines from Spanish colonial domination. The Katipunan was an organization established
by prominent figures like Andres Bonifacio and Emilio Aguinaldo with the primary objective of
mobilizing Filipinos towards a unified aspiration: attaining independence (CuUnjieng, 2019).
During the latter part of the 19th century, there was a noticeable increase in the
significance of nationalism within global political landscapes. The rebels in the Philippines were
cognizant of the impact that the increasing prevalence of democracy, freedom, and individual
agency had on their circumstances. They drew inspiration and derived ideas from these
rebellions throughout their liberation struggle. The Spanish colonial administration in the
Philippines implemented authoritative economic measures upon conquering the archipelago.
The Spanish implemented a series of stringent taxation measures, compulsory labor practices,
and economic regulations upon the indigenous populations of the Americas, primarily to
bolster the Spanish monarchy’s financial interests (Mente & Valila, 2022). The grievances
expressed by individuals over their economic circumstances became a significant catalyst for
the subsequent transformation.
Describe a key historical figure or group’s participation in your historical event.
During the Philippine Revolution, notable individuals such as Andres Bonifacio and Emilio
Aguinaldo emerged as prominent figures. Both individuals significantly contributed to the
struggle for Philippine independence and achieved notable accomplishments. Bonifacio hailed
from a socioeconomically disadvantaged background but establishing the Katipunan in 1892
was a pivotal juncture that fostered unity among Filipinos across many social strata in their
collective pursuit of emancipation. The initiation of the shift was only possible with the
individual’s charismatic demeanor and exceptional capacity to influence others. When Emilio
Aguinaldo took over as president, the First Philippine Republic was also created (Zhou, 2023).
The Katipunan rebellion’s success was greatly aided by Bonifacio’s leadership. The efficacy of
the rebels may have been greatly increased if they had better leadership and organization. The
Katipunan was a covert group that stressed unflinching commitment to the cause of Philippine
independence, no matter the cost to one’s own well-being. They were distinguished by complex
initiation rites and a predetermined set of ethical ideals. The covert group was crucial in
organizing the Filipino people to oppose the oppressive policies put in place by the colonial
government.
Explain the key historical figure or group’s motivation to participate in your historical event.
The ideologies, objectives, and principles held by Bonifacio, Aguinaldo, and the Katipunan as a
collective entity had a significant influence on their respective aspirations, which, in turn, were
molded by these aforementioned factors. Proponents argue that the Filipino populace have an
inherent capacity to autonomously establish and administer their own governance, hence
obviating the need for external assistance. The projections were based on the premise that
preserving the Philippines’ sovereignty was necessary for the nation’s sustained survival and its
cultivation of national pride. The individuals in question showed a deep respect for the
historical legacy of their nation. They were willing to make personal sacrifices to serve their
country, which were highly cherished ideals (Mendez, 2023). The individuals in question
showed a significant commitment to achieving their country’s independence, to the extent that
they were prepared to endure incarceration or even mortality, should such sacrifices be
deemed essential. Due to their unwavering dedication to the promoted values, the
revolutionaries actively engaged in the process.
Articulate how the historical context caused or influenced your chosen historical event.
The historical backdrop significantly influenced the events that unfolded during the Philippine
Revolution. The establishment of Spanish colonial control created a harsh social and political
environment characterized by exploitation and inequality. This context served as a conducive
setting for the emergence of dissatisfaction and revolt. The desire for liberty and the
examination of past revolutions in other regions played significant roles in driving the
development of this specific revolution. The essay released by Salem Press, Inc. (2017) asserts
that the political and social climate in the Philippines at the commencement and subsequent
progression of the revolution had a crucial role in driving the nation’s pursuit of independence.
Explain how connecting your historical event and current event improves the understanding of
your topic.
The insights derived from the Philippine Revolution have potential applicability in various
contexts characterized by ongoing struggles for national sovereignty, human rights, and
collective dignity. The campaign above has the potential to serve as a paradigm for prospective
movements of a similar kind due to its exemplary demonstration of a grassroots-led initiative
that successfully triumphed against the oppressive forces of colonialism and systemic
mistreatment. In contemporary society, there is significant concern and interest in the novel
concepts of democracy, individual autonomy, and the preservation of human rights. The
Philippine Revolution exemplifies a notable struggle for liberation and authority, inspiring
contemporary endeavors to attain comparable objectives. To achieve these objectives, it is
emphasized that individuals must collaborate, maintain rationality, and prioritize the welfare of
others above their own.
Furthermore, the events that transpired during the Philippine Revolution underscore
the need to draw lessons from history to enhance our comprehension of the present and
facilitate accurate prognostications for the future. By drawing upon the lessons and experiences
of previous generations, contemporary collectives have the potential to invigorate their
endeavors for justice and liberation with fresh perspectives and innovative strategies.
The Philippine Revolution might be considered a pivotal event in the annals of Philippine
history. The revolution was initiated due to a strong desire for autonomy and liberation from
Spanish colonial governance’s dominion, catalyzing its commencement. Examining the social
and political climate, the significant contributions made by historical figures such as Andres
Bonifacio, and the underlying factors that propelled the revolution are all crucial factors to be
considered. Examining this historical occurrence enhances an individual’s understanding of the
Philippine independence movement and contemporary endeavors for self-governance, human
rights, and nationalistic aspirations occurring worldwide. This exemplifies the enduring impact
of historical concerns on the present and future.
References
CuUnjieng Aboitiz, N. (2019). Asian Place, Filipino Nation: A Global Intellectual History of the
Philippine Revolution, 1887–1912. Columbia University Press.
Mendez, J. R. (2023). Monumentalizing Memories, Memorializing Monuments: Rizal Park and
American Colonial Philippines, 1898-1946 (Doctoral dissertation, Tokyo University of
Foreign Studies).
Mente, T. J. B., & Valila Jr, J. R. (2022). The Philippines: A Past Revisited.
Salem Press, Inc. (2017). The Philippine Revolution against Spain. The Philippine History Site.
Zhou, Z. (2023). Producing the Meaning of An Asianist Revolution: Images of Revolutionaries in
the 1899 Sino-Japanese Joint Aid to the Philippine Revolution. The Columbia Journal of
Asia, 2(1), 76–91.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Conducting Additional Research

Description

SLP Assignment Expectations
Conduct additional research to gather sufficient information to justify/support your analysis.
Limit your response to a maximum of 4 pages, not including the title or reference pages.
Support your paper with peer-reviewed articles, with at least 3 references. Use the following link for additional information on how to recognize peer-reviewed journals:
Angelo State University Library. (n.d.).Library guides: How to recognize peer-reviewed (refereed) journals. Retrieved from https://www.angelo.edu/services/library/handouts/p…
You may use the following source to assist in formatting your assignment:
Purdue Online Writing Lab. (n.d.). General APA guidelines. Retrieved from https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01…
For additional information on reliability of sources, review the following source:
Georgetown University Library. (n.d.). Evaluating internet resources. Retrieved from https://www.library.georgetown.edu/tutorials/resea…

Evaluating Internet Resources | Georgetown University Library
Unlike similar information found in newspapers or television broadcasts, information available on the Internet i…

This assignment will be graded based on the content in the rubric.
Reply
,
Reply All
or
Forward

Send

22

nrs 493 professional capstone and practicum, PICOT question

Description

Assessment Trait Requires Lopeswrite

Assessment Description

Review your problem or issue and the study materials to formulate a PICOT (Patient, Intervention, Comparison, Outcome and Time) question for your capstone project change proposal. A PICOT question starts with a designated patient population in a particular clinical area and identifies clinical problems or issues that arise from clinical care. The intervention used to address the problem must be a nursing practice intervention. Include a comparison of the nursing intervention to a patient population not currently receiving the nursing intervention, and specify the timeframe needed to implement the change process. Formulate a PICOT question using the PICOT format (provided in the assigned readings) that addresses the clinical nursing problem.

The PICOT question will provide a framework for your capstone project change proposal.

In a paper of 500-750 words, clearly identify the clinical problem and how it can result in a positive patient outcome.

Step 1: Create PICOT question; A PICOT question is presented and provides a clear framework for the capstone project change proposal. Your PICOT question should clearly outline all of these elements: patient, intervention, comparison, outcome and time.

Step 2: PICOT Problem: Identify the PICOT problem, what clinical problems or issues may arise from clinical care? The PICOT problem as it relates to evidence-based solution, nursing intervention, patient care, health care agency, and nursing practice is thoroughly described.

Step 3: Describe nursing intervention: A nursing intervention used to address the problem. Compare the nursing intervention to a patient population not currently receiving the nursing intervention, and timeframe needed to implement the change process.

Step 4: Summarize Clinical Problem and Patient Outcome: The clinical problem and how it can result in a positive patient outcome.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

Review your problem or issue and the cultural assessment. Consider how the findings connect to your topic and intervention for your capstone change project. Write a list of three to five objectives for your proposed intervention. Below each objective, provide a one or two sentence rationale.

After writing your objectives, provide a rationale for how your proposed project and objectives advocate for autonomy and social justice for individuals and diverse populations.

While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and in-text citations and references should be presented using APA documentation guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are not required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite.

Benchmark Information

This benchmark assignment assesses the following programmatic competencies:

RN to BSN

2.5: Advocate for autonomy and social justice for individuals and diverse populations.

RUBRIC CRITERIA

Expand All Rubric Criteria

UTI – Peer Comment

Description

Expectations

Length: A minimum of180 words, not including references or attachments
Citations: At least one high-level scholarly reference in APA from within the last 5 years

Case 3

18 yo female presents with fever, dysuria, and frequency for about 2 days. She reports being 12 weeks pregnant. Denies any nausea or vomiting. She reports she is allergic to Penicillin.

Diagnosis: Urinary Tract Infection in Pregnancy

Discuss what are the potential treatments for this patient’s diagnosis.

Pregnant women are frequently prone to having urinary tract infection due to physiologic and immunologic changes that take place during pregnancy. Pregnancy itself is a state of relative immunocompromise due to the growing fetus. Moreover, the decreased bladder capacity causes frequency of urination, thus increasing the risk of UTI. This condition is treated with antibiotic therapy after identifying the causative agent obtained from urine culture result. The need to treat UTI prevents potential consequences that usually requires hospitalization. Initial treatment for UTI in pregnancy consists of second or third generation cephalosphorins as well as broad-spectrum antibiotics as alternatives (Habak & Griggs Jr., 2023). Hydration and antipyretics are also recommended in the management of fever.

What antibiotic/s should be given for this patient’s diagnosis?

Safety is the main consideration in choosing antimicrobials during pregnancy. Prior to initiation of antibiotics, it is important to confirm the causative organism to ensure that the prescribed medication is effective based on sensitivity. Penicillins (Amoxicillin and Ampicillin) and cephalosphorins (Cephalexin, with the exception of Ceftriaxone) are the first-line treatment recommended in pregnancy. While these antimicrobials can move across the placenta, they are not known to harm unborn babies.

How long should you prescribe the chosen antibiotic?

Traditionally, short-course antibiotic therapy was practiced, however was shown to be not long enough to completely eradicate the infection (Ghouri & Hollywood,2020). It is essential to complete a seven-day course of antibiotic therapy for adequate treatment. While there are conflicting evidence as to whether pregnant patients should be treated with shorter courses of antibiotic, it is important that the course length of antibiotics is in line with the recommended seven days therapy unless new evidences emerge.

What teaching would you give this patient on the prescription?

Adherence to prescribed antibiotic should be firmly emphasized not only for the purpose of treating UTI but also for the prevention of antimicrobial resistance. As the provider, I will emphasize the responsible use of antibiotic therapy by educating the pregnant patient about the benefits and risks associated with antimicrobial use. Patient is advised to follow up after 2 weeks of completion of treatment for repeat urinalysis and cultures to determine if there are further management necessary. Moreover, counseling on prevention measures should be incorporated in pre-natal visits so pregnant women will appreciate the controllability of this infection rather than rely on medical solution. Through this, pregnant women will adopt practices that will facilitate good health not only for themselves but also for their unborn child.

5. Write out a correct prescription for the antibiotic you are going to prescribe for this patient. (Be sure to include all elements needed for a correct prescription)

As mentioned, the patient reported allergy from Penicillin so I will prescribe her cephalosphorins which has the same efficacy in treating UTI in pregnancy. With her being symptomatic as evidenced by elevated temperature, I will write her a prescription for:

Name: Jane Doe

DOB: 09/21/1986

Rx: Cephalexin (Keflex) 500mg

Sig: 1 tablet twice daily PO for 7 days

Disp: #14 (fourteen)

Refills: 0

Provider: Charma Dalope Date: 09/21/2023

References:

Ghouri, F., Hollywood, A. (2020). Antibiotic prescribing in primary care for urinary tract infections (UTIs) in pregnancy: an audit study. Medical Sciences. doi: 10.3390/medsci8030040.

Habak, P., Griggs Jr., R. (2023). Urinary tract infection in pregnancy. StatPearls. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537047/

discussion

Description

Please select one (1) of the following topics and discuss its role in the cost of U.S. health care:- medical errors- practice of defensive medicine- medical liability and liability insurance- fraud, waste & abuse minimum 250 words provide references

3 critical points remediation ati website for the peds

Description

If not done in the classroom, first attempt must be completed with a closed book and without additional resources.Use the Three Critical Concepts Remediation DocumentFocused review Post-Study quiz must be completed if assigned, and upload screenshot.Focused review topics that are assigned must be included in the 9 topics critical concepts remediation document to correlate with the ATI Individual Performance Profile report.The 3 critical concepts must be typed with complete and thoughtful answers.Must be original work for each assignment. Assignments are not to be re-used.In one submission, attach both documents – (1) the ATI Individual Performance Profile report and (2) the Completed 3 Critical Concepts Remediation Document.You may submit your work PRIOR to the due date but not ahead of week 5 or 6.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

lOMoARcPSD|15870426
NURS 307 – Practice Assessment A Remediation
Pediatrics (West Coast University)
Studocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
“3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document”
Date
Student Name
Instructor Name
Assessment Name
RN Nursing Care of Children Online Practice 2019 A with NGN
# of Topics to Review
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
Management of
Care
Acute Neurological
Disorders: Reportable
Findings for a Client
Who Has Meningitis
Safety and Infection
Control
Communicable
Diseases: Isolation
Precautions for a Child
Who Has Pertussis
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)
1. The presence of petechiae or
a purpuric-type rash requires
immediate medical attention.
2. Isolate the client as soon as
meningitis is suspected, and
maintain droplet precautions
per facility protocol.
3. Monitor vital signs, urine
output, fluid status, pain
level, and neurologic status.
1. Spreads via direct contact,
droplets, and indirect contact
with freshly contaminated
articles.
2. Incubation period of 6-20
days
3. Communicability is greatest
during the catarrhal stage
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6 Cognitive
Functions
Take Actions: Decrease the
environmental stimuli by providing a
quiet environment and minimizing
exposure to bright lights. Provide
comfort measures by keeping the
room cool and positioning the client
without a pillow and slightly elevate
the head of the bed.
Take Actions: When a patient is
suspected to have Pertussis, place
them on droplet precautions until a
positive or negative result can be
obtained.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Safety and Infection
Control
Head Injury: Planning
Care for an Infant Who
Has an Epidural
Hematoma
Safety and Infection
Control
Polycystic Kidney
Disease, Acute Kidney
Injury, and Chronic
Kidney Disease:
Planning Care for a
School-Age Child
Health Promotion
and Maintenance
Health Promotion of
Preschoolers (3 to 6
Years): Developmental
Milestones of a 4-YearOld Child
before onset of the
paroxysmal stage
1. Maintain safety and seizure
precautions
2. Even if the level of
consciousness is decreased,
explain to the client the
actions being taken and why.
3. Monitor fluid and electrolyte
values and osmolality to
detect changes in sodium
regulation, onset of diabetes
insipidus, or severe
hypovolemia
1. Implement seizure
precautions, and take
appropriate action if seizures
occur.
2. Administer hypertonic oral
and IV fluids as prescribed.
3. The goal is to elevate the
blood sodium level enough to
decrease neurologic
manifestations associated
with hyponatremia (lethargy,
confusion, seizures).
1. Preschoolers should show
improvement in fine motor
skills, which will be displayed
by activities like copying
figures on paper and dressing
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Generate Solutions: Report
presence of CSF from nose or ears to
the provider and determine whether
the client could possibly be under
the influence of alcohol, illicit drugs,
or medications which could impair
neurologic responsiveness and affect
monitoring.
Generate Solutions: Replace
patient’s sodium via fluids, making
sure to not exceed 12 mEq/L in a 24hour period because rapid rise in
sodium level risks development of
neurologic damage due to
demyelination.
Evaluate Outcomes: A 3-year-old
child who is unable to stand on one
foot for a few seconds would
indicate delayed development of
gross motor skills.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Health Promotion
and Maintenance
Hospitalization, Illness,
and Play: Preschoolers’
Understanding of Time
Health Promotion
and Maintenance
Musculoskeletal
Congenital Disorders:
Scoliosis Assessment
independently.
2. 3-year-olds can ride a tricycle,
jump off bottom step of
stairs, and stands on one foot
for a few seconds
3. 5-year-olds can jump rope,
walk backwards with heel to
toe and throw and catch a
ball with ease.
1. Magical Thinking: thoughts
are all powerful and can
cause events to occur
2. Animism: Ascribing lifelike
qualities to inanimate
objects.
3. Time: Preschoolers begin to
understand the sequence of
daily events. Time is best
explained to them in relation
to an event. By the end of the
preschool years, children
have a better comprehension
of time-oriented words.
1. Asymmetry in scapula, ribs,
flanks, shoulders, and hips
2. Improperly fitting clothing
3. Screen during
preadolescence for boys and
girls by having the child bend
over at the waist with arms
hanging down and observe
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Take Action: When a preschooler
asks when they will receive their
medication, explain that they will
receive their medications after they
have dinner.
Generate Solutions: Perform
radiography using the Cobb
technique to determine the degree
of curvature.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Psychosocial
Integrity
Psychosocial Issues of
Infants, Children, and
Adolescents: Identifying
Possible Indications of
Physical Abuse
Basic Care and
Comfort
Acute Infectious
Gastrointestinal
Disorders: Food Choices
for a Toddler Who Has
Diarrhea-Related
Dehydration
Basic Care and
Comfort
Fractures: Caring for a
Child Who Is in Buck’s
Traction
for asymmetry of ribs and
flank. Measure spinal
curvature with a scoliometer.
1. Divorce, Alcohol or substance
use disorder, poverty
2. Unemployment, inadequate
housing, crowded living
conditions.
3. Substitute caregivers
1. Teach the family to use
commercially prepared oralrehydration solutions when
the child experiences
diarrhea. Avoid fruit juices,
carbonated sodas, and
gelatin, caffeine, and chicken
or beef broth.
2. Perform prevention
measures, including
immunization for rotavirus.
3. Provide frequent skin care to
prevent skin breakdown.
1. Assess neurovascular status
of the affected body part
every hour for 24 hours and
every 4 hours after that.
2. Maintain body alignment and
realign if the client seems
uncomfortable or reports
pain.
3. Notify the provider if the
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Recognize Cues: a 1-year old patient
presents with bruises on his thighs.
When questioned, the guardian
states he received the bruises from
falling after trying to turn on the
shower.
Recognize Cues: Isotonic
Dehydration is water and sodium
lost in nearly equal amounts.
Hypotonic dehydration is electrolyte
loss greater than water loss
Hypertonic dehydration is water loss
greater than electrolyte loss.
Take Action: Provide pin care usually
once a shift, 1 to 2 times a day. Use
one cotton swab per pin to avoid
cross-contamination.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Basic Care and
Comfort
Gastrointestinal
Disorders: Dietary
Teaching for Celiac
Disease
Pharmacological
and Parenteral
Therapies
Adverse Effects,
Interactions, and
Contraindications:
Priority Treatment of
Anaphylaxis
client experiences severe
pain from muscle spasms
unrelieved with medications
or repositioning.
1. Eat foods that are gluten-free
(milk, cheese, rice, corn, eggs,
potatoes, fruits, vegetables,
fresh meats and fish, dried
beans).
2. Read labels on processed
products. Gravy mixes,
sauces, cold cuts, soups, and
many other products have
gluten as an ingredient.
3. Read labels and research
nonfood products (lipstick,
communion wafers, vitamin
supplements), which also can
have gluten as an ingredient
1. Initial manifestations of
anaphylaxis include GI
cramping and apprehension,
with generalized itching and
hives following, progressing
to angioedema and intensely
large, itchy hives.
2. Provide rapid intervention
including epinephrine
administration for severe
allergic reaction to prevent
death. Notify the Rapid
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Evaluate Outcomes: Teach the
patient and ask them to give you a
list of acceptable foods to eat that
do not contain gluten in order to
evaluate teaching.
Recognize Cues: The patient
presents with anaphylaxis and
angioedema present at the throat.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Pharmacological
and Parenteral
Therapies
Immunizations:
Identifying
Contraindications to
Administering
Immunizations
Reduction of Risk
Potential
Acute Neurological
Disorders: Findings that
Indicate Bacterial
Meningitis
Response team if anaphylaxis
is suspected.
3. Treat anaphylaxis with
epinephrine, bronchodilators,
and antihistamines. Provide
respiratory support and
notify the provider.
1. Anaphylactic reactions to
eggs, gelatin, or neomycin are
precautions to MMR
vaccines.
2. Pregnancy is also a
contraindication to MMR
vaccines
3. Transfusions with blood
product containing
antibodies within the prior 3
months are also precautions
1. CSF analysis indicative of
meningitis: bacterial includes
cloudy color, elevated WBC,
elevated protein, decreased
glucose, positive Gram stain
2. Viral meningitis CSF: clear
color, slightly elevated WBC
count, normal or slightly
elevated protein content,
normal glucose content,
negative Gram stain.
3. Blood cultures are sometimes
positive when the CSF culture
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Take Action: Ask the patient if they
experience anaphylactic shock from
eggs, gelatin, or neomycin or have a
history of thrombocytopenia or are
pregnant.
Generate solutions: If the patient
presents with bacterial meningitis,
contact the provider and request
antibiotics.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Reduction of Risk
Potential
Antibiotics Affecting
Protein Synthesis:
Identifying Risk Factors
for Hearing Loss
Reduction of Risk
Potential
Discharge Teaching for a
Child Who Has Major
Burns
Physiological
Adaptation
Burns: Caring for a
Toddler Who Has a
Partial-Thickness Burn
Physiological
Prioritizing Care For a
is negative
1. Ototoxicity is a complication
of aminoglycosides
2. Aminoglycosides are
nephrotoxic
3. Aminoglycosides can cause
intense neuromuscular
blockade
1. Administer hydroxyzine or
diphenhydramine for
pruritus.
2. Maintain immobilization of
the graft site.
3. Massage scars with
moisturizers daily and wear
compression dressings and
garments as prescribed to
minimize scarring and
prevent difficulty with
mobility.
1. Cover the burn with a clean
cloth to prevent
contamination
2. Cleanse with mild soap and
tepid water (avoid excess
friction)
3. Check immunization status.
Administer tetanus vaccine if
it has been more than 5 years
since last immunization.
1. Provide humidified 100%
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Take Action: If the patient suddenly
complains of hearing loss or loss of
balance, stop administering
aminoglycosides and notify the
provider.
Analyze Cues: Patients presenting
with manifestations of burns should
be evaluated over 24-48 hours as
some effects may not manifest
immediately for airway injuries.
Take Action: Stop the burning
process by placing the child in a
horizontal position and roll him in a
blanket to extinguish the fire.
Remove clothing or jewelry that can
conduct heat. Apply tepid water
soaks or run water over the injury.
Do not use ice
Recognize Cues: Monitor for
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Adaptation
Child Who Has Major
Burns
Physiological
Adaptation
Chronic
Neuromusculoskeletal
Disorders: Expected
Findings of Spastic
Cerebral Palsy
supplemental oxygen as
prescribed.
2. Maintain urine output of 0.5
to 1 mL/kg/hr if the child
weighs less than 30 kg or 30
mL/hr if the child weighs
more than 30 kg.
3. Manage pain by Establishing
ongoing monitoring of pain
and effectiveness of pain
management.
1. Hypertonicity, increased deep
tendon reflexes, clonus, and
poor control of motion,
balance, and posture.
2. Can present in all four
extremities, all extremities
affected, lower more than
upper, three limbs, one limb,
or one side of the body
3. Gait can appear crouched
with a scissoring motion of
the legs
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
manifestations of septic shock such
as confusion, increased capillary
refill, spiking fever, mottled or cool
extremities, decreased bowel
sounds, tachycardia, tachypnea, and
decreased urine output.
Generate Solutions: Patients with
Spastic Cerebral Palsy will have
impairments of fine and gross motor
skills so the nurse should anticipate
this and prepare to help the patient
with eating and ambulation as
indicated by their needs.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
3 Critical Concepts (1) copy
Pediatrics (West Coast University)
Studocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
“3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document”
Upon completion of the required Practice Assessment, conduct a focused review by downloading the “ATI Individual Performance Profile” Report.
Complete the “3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document” by using each NCLEX Client Need Category, listed under the “Topics to Review
Section” in the report to identify 3 Critical Concepts learned and or understand better about the concept. Use reliable evidence-based resources
to remediate each topic (ATI Focused Review, ATI eBook, Course textbook per Syllabus). Cite your sources (APA formatting not required).
8 NCLEX Client Need Categories
1) Management of Care, 2) Safety and Infection Control, 3) Basic Care and comfort, 4) Health Promotion and Maintenance, 5) Psychosocial Integrity, 6)
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies, 7) Reduction of Risk Potential, and 8) Physiological Adaptation
Reflection Section – include one of the 6 Cognitive Functions
¥
Reflect on how the 3 critical concepts you learned, helped you gain a better understanding of the 6 Cognitive Functions of the National Council for State
Boards of Nursing (NCSBN) – Clinical Judgement Measurement Model (NCJMM) – which follows the Nursing Process:
o Recognize Cues (Assessment) – Filter information from different sources (i.e., signs, symptoms, health history, environment).
o Analyze Cues (Analysis) – Link recognized cues to a client’s clinical presentation and establishing probable client needs, concerns, or problems.
o Prioritize Hypotheses (Analysis) – Establish priorities of care based on the client’s health problems (i.e. environmental factors, risk assessment,
urgency, signs/ symptoms, diagnostic test, lab values, etc.)
o Generate Solutions (Planning) – Identify expected outcomes and related nursing interventions to ensure clients’ needs are met.
o Take Actions (Implementation) – Implement appropriate interventions based on nursing knowledge, priorities of care, and planned outcomes to
promote, maintain, or restore a client’s health.
o Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation) – Evaluate a client’s response to nursing interventions and reach a nursing judgment regarding the extent to which
outcomes have been met.
Topics To Review – F y h t y r o m y o u r j o j g o 5 j o r j o t r 6 5 h y 5 o j 5 o 6
List the NCLEX Client Need Categories, Topics, and Concepts to review from your report here – as shown in the example provided.
NCLEX Client Need Category Topic Concept
Safety and Infection Control (1 item)
Reporting of Incident/Event/Irregular Occurrence/Variance (1 item)
Safe Medication Administration and Error Reduction: Priority Action Following a Medication Error
Remove the 5 lines above, add information from your report before submission.
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Date
May 8th
Student Name
Jeena Jacob
Instructor Name
Ms. Nguyen
Assessment Name
# of Topics to Review
10
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Legal Responsibilities:
Obtaining Consent for
a Married Adolescent
¥ Emancipated minors (minors who are
independent from their parents [a
married minor]) can consent for
themselves.
¥ Include a mature adolescent in the
informed consent process by allowing
them to sign an assent as a part of the
informed consent document.
¥ The nurse must verify that consent is
informed and witness the client
signing the consent form.
Evaluate: I didn’t know that
minors who are married are able
to consent to themselves so
important to evaluate a minors
situation
Health Promotion of
Preschoolers (3 to 6
Years): Developmental
¥ 3-year-old
¥ Rides a tricycle
¥ Jumps off bottom step
Analyze Cues: when i was taking
this test I wasn’t to confident
about which kids are able to do
Management of Care
(1)
Informed Consent (1)
Health Promotion and
Maintenance (2)
Developmental Stages
and Transitions (2)
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Milestones of a 4-YearOld Child
¥ Stands on one foot for a few
what activities.
Hospitalization, Illness,
and Play: Play
Activities for a
Preschooler
¥
¥
¥
¥
Playing ball
Putting puzzles together
Riding tricycles
Playing pretend and dressup activities
Analyze Cues: I need study these
activities a lot more because
they are everywhere in the test
and I was not able to come up
with the right decision
Psychosocial Issues of
Infants, Children, and
Adolescents:
Identifying Possible
Indications of Physical
Abuse
Psychosocial Issues of
Infants, Children, and
Adolescents:
Manifestation of
Physical Abuse
¥ Divorce, alcohol or substance use
disorder, poverty.
¥ Unemployment, inadequate
housing, crowded living conditions
¥ Substitute caregivers
Analyze Cues: Analyzing the
signs of abuse as a nurse is
important because there might
be many cases coming through
the hospital
Antibiotics Affecting
Protein Synthesis:
Identifying Risk Factors
¥ Monitor for tinnitus, headache,
hearing loss, nausea,
dizziness, and vertigo.
seconds
Psychosocial Integrity
Abuse/Neglect (2)
¥
Multiple fractures at different
stages of healing
¥
Burns
¥
Fractures
Analyze Cues: Some signs of
physical abuse could be spots of
burns because they can be
indications cigarette burns
Reduction of Risk
Potential
System Specific
Assessments – (2)
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Analyze Cues: If a baby has
ototoxicity it important to know
the major after effects and what
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Therapeutic
Procedures – (3)
for Hearing Loss
¥ Do baseline audiometric studies
(hearing tests).
¥ Stop aminoglycoside
if manifestations occur
to do for patients who have this
problem
Oxygen and Inhalation
Therapy: Identifying
Patterns of
Respiration
¥ Newborn (birth to 4 weeks): 110
to 160/min
¥ Infant (1 to 12 months): 90 to
160/min
¥ Toddler (1 to 2 years): 80 to
140/min
¥ Preschooler (3 to 5 years): 70 to
120/min
¥ School aged (6 to 12 years): 60
to 110/min
¥ Adolescent (13 to 18 years): 50
to 100/min
Analyze Cues: While we are
assessing our patient we should
able to analyze when our
patients are experiencing signs
of respiratory distress
Administer hydroxyzine or
diphenhydramine for pruritus.
Remove previous dressings.
Assess for odors,
drainage, and discharge
Implementation: I am not really
well versed in what should be
done to patients who have burns
which is why I got this question
wrong
If removal is prescribed,
understand how to place
the harness.
Teach the family skin care.
Assess skin under the straps
Teaching: As a nurse our major
job is teaching student how to
take care of certain hospital
given to them and I didn’t even
know what a Pavlik Harness is so
I need to study up on that
Discharge Teaching for
a Child Who Has Major
Burns
¥
¥
¥
Musculoskeletal
Congenital Disorders:
Evaluating
Understanding of
Pavlik Harness Use
¥
¥
¥
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Postoperative Care for
a Child Following a
Skin Graft
¥
¥
¥
Administer humidified oxygen.
Suction accumulated
secretions if the client is
unable to cough.
Use an oral suction device for
thick oral secretions or a large
French suction catheter for
nasopharyngeal
or nasotracheal secretions
References:
Snider, K. E., & Lagerquist, S. L. (2007). Pediatrics: Core content at-a-glance. ATI.
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Taking Action: As a nurse our
major job is to take care of your
patient post op and to do the
things that are prioritized first
before the less significant things.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
3 Critical Concepts- Remediation B
Pediatrics (West Coast University)
Studocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
“3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document”
Upon completion of the required Practice Assessment, conduct a focused review by downloading the “ATI Individual Performance Profile” Report.
Complete the “3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document” by using each NCLEX Client Need Category, listed under the “Topics to Review
Section” in the report to identify 3 Critical Concepts learned and or understand better about the concept. Use reliable evidence-based resources
to remediate each topic (ATI Focused Review, ATI eBook, Course textbook per Syllabus). Cite your sources (APA formatting not required).
8 NCLEX Client Need Categories
1) Management of Care, 2) Safety and Infection Control, 3) Basic Care and comfort, 4) Health Promotion and Maintenance, 5) Psychosocial Integrity, 6)
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies, 7) Reduction of Risk Potential, and 8) Physiological Adaptation
Reflection Section – include one of the 6 Cognitive Functions

Reflect on how the 3 critical concepts you learned, helped you gain a better understanding of the 6 Cognitive Functions of the National Council for State
Boards of Nursing (NCSBN) – Clinical Judgement Measurement Model (NCJMM) – which follows the Nursing Process:
o Recognize Cues (Assessment) – Filter information from different sources (i.e., signs, symptoms, health history, environment).
o Analyze Cues (Analysis) – Link recognized cues to a client’s clinical presentation and establishing probable client needs, concerns, or problems.
o Prioritize Hypotheses (Analysis) – Establish priorities of care based on the client’s health problems (i.e. environmental factors, risk assessment, urgency,
signs/ symptoms, diagnostic test, lab values, etc.)
o Generate Solutions (Planning) – Identify expected outcomes and related nursing interventions to ensure clients’ needs are met.
o Take Actions (Implementation) – Implement appropriate interventions based on nursing knowledge, priorities of care, and planned outcomes to
promote, maintain, or restore a client’s health.
o Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation) – Evaluate a client’s response to nursing interventions and reach a nursing judgment regarding the extent to which
outcomes have been met.
Topics To Review – F y h t y r o m y o u r j o j g o 5 j o r j o t r 6 5 h y 5 o j 5 o 6
List the NCLEX Client Need Categories, Topics, and Concepts to review from your report here – as shown in the example provided.
NCLEX Client Need Category Topic Concept
Safety and Infection Control (1 item)
Reporting of Incident/Event/Irregular Occurrence/Variance (1 item)
Safe Medication Administration and Error Reduction: Priority Action Following a Medication Error
Remove the 5 lines above, add information from your report before submission.
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Date
May 9, 2023
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Student Name
Instructor Name
Assessment Name
# of Topics to Review
Safety and Infection Control
Yasha Darigh
Professor Baker
Practice Proctored Assessment B
24
Topic
Concept
Home Safety
Health Promotion of SchoolAge Children (6 to 12 Years):
Teaching About Bicycle Safety
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)



Standard Precautions/
Transmission- Based
Precautions/ Surgical Asepsis
Infection Control: Priority
Consideration When Making
Room Assignment



I learned to keep firearms in locked
cabinets.
I learned to teach stranger safety to
children.
I learned to teach children to wear
helmets and pads
I learned that clients suspected of
having a communicable disease need
to be placed in appropriate form of
isolation.
I learned to give priority to
responding to whatever finding is
greatest risk to clients well-being.
I learned to first look for safety risks
such as ABCs
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Take Actions (Implementation)
I learned that we have to keep infants and
children safe at all times. Education parents
on the safety measures like wearing helmets
and keeping firearms locked is crucial
Generate Solutions (Planning)
It is important that we always prioritize
infection control and follow isolation
policies for communicable disease. Other
team members and visitors need to be
made attentive on isolation rooms and
infection prevention measures.
Psychosocial Integrity
Topic
Concept
Behavioral Interventions
Psychosocial Issues of Infants,
Children, and Adolescents:
Evaluating Understanding of
ADHD
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)



I learned that we assist with
appropriate classroom placement in
school
I learned that we allow for more time
for testing
I learned to offer verbal instruction
with visual cues and give regular
breaks
Basic Care and Comfort
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Take Actions (Implementation)
I learned that individuals with ADHD need
enough rest periods in school and must be
placed in appropriate school settings based
on their needs.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Nutrition and Oral Hydration
Cystic Fibrosis: Planning
Nutritional Interventions for a
Child Who Has Cystic Fibrosis



Nutrition and Oral Hydration
Sources of Nutrition: Food
Choices for Iron Deficiency



I learned to provide a well-balanced
diet high in protein and calories
I learned to give three meals a day
with snacks
I learned to administer pancreatic
enzymes within 30 min of eating a
meal or snack
I learned consuming vitamin C (Ojuice, tomatoes) with plant source of
iron (beans, raisins, peanut butter)
I learned that milk should be limited
to 24 oz because it’s a poor source of
protein.
I learned that red meats provide
sources if readily absorbable iron
Generate Solutions (Planning)
I now understand that a well-balanced diet
is curial for kids with Cystic Fibrosis. I did not
know that pancreatic enzymes, must be
administered WITHIN 30 min of eating.
Generate Solutions (Planning)
It is important that we educate our patients
on Iron rich foods to prevent anemia from
developing.
I did not know that milk is a poor source of
protein.
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies
Topic
Concept
Medication Administration
Cardiovascular Disorders:
Teaching About Digoxin
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)



Expected Actions Outcome
Fluid Imbalances: Evaluating
the Effectiveness of Sodium
Polystyrene Sulfonate



I learned that to direct oral elixir
toward the side and back of mouth
when administering.
I learned to give water following
administration to prevent tooth
decay.
I learned that if dose is missed to not
give extra dose or increase dose and if
vomits, do not re-administer dose
I learned that severe hyperkalemia
can require treatment calcium salt
I learned that severe hyperkalemia
can require treatment glucose and
insulin
I learned that severe hyperkalemia
can require treatment sodium bicarb
and sodium polystyrene or peritoneal
dialysis or hemodialysis
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Take Actions (Implementation)
I did not know that if a dose is missed or if
the child vomits that we do not readminister digoxin.
Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation
I did not know that we give sodium
polystyrene for severe hyperkalemia.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Reduction of Risk Potential
Topic
Concept
Potential for Complications of
Diagnostic
Tests/Treatments/Procedures
Cardiovascular Disorders:
Postoperative Care
Following Cardiac
Catheterization
Therapeutic Procedures
Fractures: Client Education
About Cast Care
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)






Potential for Complications from
Surgical Procedures and Health
Alterations
Head Injury: Identifying
Manifestations of Increased
Intracranial Pressure



Potential for Complications from
Surgical Procedures and Health
Alterations
Identifying Findings That
Indicate Potential
Complications for a Child
following an Appendectomy



I learned to monitor for possible
complications like bleeding, infection,
thrombosis.
I learned to limit activity for 24 hr
I learned to encourage fluids
I learned that the client should be
able to move the joints distal to the
injury (fingers and toas)
I learned pulses should be palpable
and strong and equal to the
unaffected extremity.
I learned for cap refill blood return
should be within 3 seconds
I learned that deteriorating level of
consciousness, headache,
restlessness and irritability are
expected findings
I learned to monitor neurologic
status- in particular assessing for LOC,
neurologic deficits and occurrence of
seizures
I learned to maintain client safety by
assisting with ambulation and
assistive device
I learned assessment findings are
rigid, board-like abdomen
I learned that rebound tenderness
and fever are findings
I learned that an elevated WBC
counts as an indication for infection
and can assist with severity of
infection here and elevated ESR for
active inflammatory process
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Recognize Cues (Assessment)
I did not know that we must limit acitivity
for 24 hr but it makes sense now that I
learned about it.
Take Actions (Implementation)
It is important that we have palpable pulses
when it comes to casts. Educating parents to
recognize unexpected things is important to
prevent complications.
Analyze Cues (Analysis)
I am not sure why I got this wrong because I
knew about deterioration pf LOC in ICP. I
understand that neurologic assessment for
LOC is crucial here.
Prioritize Hypotheses (Analysis)
I did not know that we looks for elevated
ESR following appendectomy.
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
System Specific Assessments
Integumentary and Peripheral
Vascular Systems: Assessing
for Peripheral Edema



Therapeutic Procedures
Organ Neoplasms: Creating a
Plan of Care for a Child Who
Has Wilms’s Tumor



Diagnostic Tests
Oxygen and Inhalation
Therapy: Monitoring Pulse
Oxygen for an Infant



I learned to evaluate pitting by
compressing the skin for at least 5
seconds over bony prominence.
I learned that 2+ is mild = 4mm
I learned that 3+ is moderate= 6 mm
and 4+ is severe= 8 mm
I learned that if Wilms tumor (rare
Kidney cancer) is suspected, we do
not palpate abdomen
I learned to use extreme caution
when handling or bathing them to
prevent trauma
I learned to assess for developmental
delays related to illness
I learned that pulse oximetry is device
operated by battery or electricity and
has sensor attached to fingertip,
earlobe, toe, or around foot
I learned that it is used for variety of
situations
I learned that nail polish must be
removed prior
Recognize Cues (Assessment)
I had forgotten about the mm for pitting
edema. I’ll make sure to memorize those.
Generate Solutions (Planning)
I have never heard of Wilms tumor before
and did not know about assessments, but it
makes sense why we do not palpate the
abdomen.
Take Actions (Implementation)
I did not know that we can attach the SpO2
sensor around the foot.
Physiological Adaptation
Topic
Concept
Illness Management
Anticipation Actions to Take
for an Adolescent Who Is
Experiencing a Pneumothorax
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)



Cardiovascular Disorders:
Priority for Kawasaki Disease

I learned that oxygen therapy must be
administered.
I learned that the heart and lung
sounds must be auscultated and VS
monitored every 4 hr
I learned that chest tubes are inserted
in pleural space to drain fluid, blood
or air, re-establish a negative
pressure, and facilitate lung
expansion
I learned that in the Acute phase:
onset of high fever, lasting 5 days to 2
Downloaded by Lilit Asatryan (asatryan_l@yahoo.com)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Take Actions (Implementation)
I did not know that for pneumothorax- chest
tubes can be inserted to drain air or fluids.
Recognize Cues (Assessment)
lOMoARcPSD|15870426
Pathophysiology


Illness Management
Cardiovascular Disorders:
Priority Finding for an Infant
Who Has Heart Failure



Illness Management
Evaluating the Plan of Care
for an Infant Who Has Acute
Laryngotracheobronchiti

aaa aaa aaa

Description

After reading the article, summarize the article and write your thoughts about the article. Specifically, the summary must be at least two pages (or more), and the critique must also be at least two pages (or more).In summary, you just summarize what the article talks about (do not include your personal thoughts here!). In critique, please write the strengths & weaknesses of the article, and applications/suggestions.You must also follow this instruction as well: no cover and reference pages are required. *Just write your name and the name of the article. The Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (6th ed.) must be followed with 1-inch margins, double-spaced, 12-point Time New Romans, and no spaces in between lines.High-quality writing is expected and also grading (especially about plagiarism) will be strict. You must use your own words for both summary and critique parts. Do not copy and directly paste any sources from the article.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Journal of Sport Management, 2014, 28, 236-249
http://dx.doi .org/10,1123/jsm,2012-0237
©2014 Human Kinetics, Inc,
Maximizing Youth Experiences in Community Sport
Settings: The Design and impact of the LiFE Sports Camp
Dawn Anderson-Butcher
Ohio State University
Allison Riley
Ohio State University
Anthony Amorose
Illinois State University
Aidyn lachini
University of South Carolina
Rebecca Wade-Mdivanian
Ohio State University
Maximizing youth experiences in community sport programs is critical, particularly for vulnerable and/or
marginalized youth who may have limited access and opportunity to these experiences. Using second-order
latent growth modeling, this study explores the impact of a community sport program, the LiFE Sports Camp,
on the development of social and sport skills among vulnerable youth. The importance of a sense of belonging
as a key mechanism that contributes to youth outcomes also is examined. The findings of this research point
to the value of community sport that is strategically designed to promote both sport and social outcomes in
youth, as well as highlights the role of belonging in tbese contexts. Implications for sports management leaders and practitioners are discussed.
Sport is recreational, skillful physical activity
that has an element of competition and is organized in
some manner (Rogers, 1977; Siedentop, Hastie, & van
der Mars, 2004). Broader definitions recognize sports
as physical activity that promotes physical fitness,
improves well-being, fosters social relationships, and
obtains results in competition (World Health Organization, 2011). Systematic reviews of research showcase
the many physical, psychological, social, emotional,
and intellectual benefits of youth sport participation
(Anderson-Butcher, Riley, lachini, Wade-Mdivanian,
Anderson-Butcher is with the College of Social Work, Ohio
State University, Columbus, OH, Riley is with the College of
Social Work, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, Amorose
is with the Department of Kinesiology and Recreation, Illinois
State University, Normal, IL, lachini is with the College of
Social Work, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC,
Wade-Mdivanian is with the College of Social Work, Ohio State
University, Columbus, OH,
236
& Davis, 2012; Fraser-Thomas, Côté, & Deakin, 2005;
Hedstrom & Gould, 2004), Oftentimes youth sport
involvement happens via participation in communitybased sport. Community sport is organized physical
activity based in the community that encompasses both
recreational and competitive elements (Dixon & Bruening, 2011), Community sport programs and activities are
offered through local sport clubs, as well as youth service
organizations such as the YMCA, Boys and Girls Clubs,
nonprofit sport-specific associations, community centers,
and parks and recreation departments. While the exact
number of participants is difficult to determine given
the diversity of activities and organizations sponsoring programs, a recent analysis of data from the Sports
and Fitness Industry Association estimated that in 2011
approximately 21,47 million youth between the ages of
6—17 years of age participated in organized youth sport in
the United States of America (Kelley & Carchia, 2013),
Scholars have estimated the number of sport participants
to range anywhere from 15-46 million for youth 6-18
years of age (see Coakley, 2009). Yet others suggest that
Youth Experiences in Community Sport
approximately three out of every four youth is involved
in organized team sports (see Sabo & Feliz, 2008), Given
the broad reach of these offerings, it is important to understand the role of community sport in promoting positive
youth development. As such, this study examines the
impact of one community sport program on the development of sport and social skills among vulnerable youth,
those that may benefit the most from these experiences.
It also explores the unique role of belonging, wbich has
been identified in the literature as one mechanism affecting the relationship between participation and outcomes.
Literature Review
Community sport is defined by its dual focus on both
developing sport specific competence and fostering
positive developmental outcomes (Dixon & Bruening,
2011 ; Hedstrom & Gould, 2004), For instance, community sport programs traditionally focus on enhancing the
knowledge of the rules and traditions of sport, promoting
the understanding and the application of key strategies
and tactics, and the mastering of skills and techniques
relative to the sport context. While not always the case,
conamunity sport programs also can specifically integrate
positive youth development (PYD) principles into program designs, developing and enhancing positive youth
assets and protective factors including self-esteem and
social and life skills (Anderson-Butcher, Riley, Iachini,
Wade-Mdivanian, & Davis, 2012; Fraser-Thomas, Côté,
& Deakin, 2005; Larson, Hansen, & Moneta, 2006), In
these cases, PYD programming is integrated with sport
specific instruction for participants.
The Design and Management
of Community Sport Programs
The degree to which community sport is organized and
managed to simultaneously promote both of these foci
varies greatly depending on the sport context, program
design and management, and leadership priorities. For
instance, one recent trend points to the increased prioritization of the development of physical competence,
especially as youth sport designs have become more
professionalized, as characterized by year-round training, early specialization, and increased pressures to win
(Gould & Carson, 2008; Visek & Watson, 2005), In
other words, emphasis is primarily focused on sport skill
development and social skills are “caught” as a result,
as opposed to being intentionally taught (see Gould &
Carson, 2008), Other approaches strategically design the
sport context to create specific PYD outcomes such as
personal responsibility and are relatively less concerned
with sport-related skill instruction and athletic outcomes.
For instance, Hellison’s Teaching Personal and Social
Responsibility in Sport (TPSR) model (Hellison, 2003;
Hellison & Cutforth, 1997; Martinek, Schilling, & Johnson, 2001) focuses on the reinforcement and application
of key values (i,e,, respect) through sport and physical
activity participation. Likewise, SUPER (Brunelle,
237
Danish, & Fomeris, 2007; Danish, Fomeris, Hodge, &
Heke, 2004) promotes life skills through specific curriculum that is implemented before or after from sportspecific training sessions.
Regardless of the primary focus, researchers have
wondered whether PYD outcomes, such as enhanced selfconfidence and life skills, are automatic by-products of
community sport participation (Coakley, 2009; Weiss &
Smith, 2002); or if PYD outcomes might be maximized
with more targeted design strategies (Chalip, 2006; Hedstrom & Gould, 2004; Hodge, 1989; Iachini & AndersonButcher, 2012), As a result, a number of scholars have
proposed the need for more intentional community sport
programs that systematically teach life skills within their
designs. For example, Chalip (2006), in his argument to
advance thefieldof sport management, called for research
that examines the “characteristics of interventions that
are effective or ineffective” in promoting healthy youth
outcomes (p, 6), Other sport researchers have made
similar claims (Anthony, Alter, & Jenson, 2009; Eccles
et al„ 2003; Gould & Carson, 2008; Hedstrom & Gould,
2004; Weiss & Smith, 2002),
Qualitative studies have helped advance some theoretical understanding of possible mechanisms to examine
in the context of community youth sport programs. For
example, Riley and Anderson- Butcher(2012) examined
the broader impacts of a dual-focused community youth
sport program and documented important mechanisms
leading to youth outcomes. In their qualitative study,
parents/guardians of participants mentioned important
impacts at the individual, family, parent, and community
level (including the development of social and personal
skills, increased and enhanced communication among
family members, and parent peace of mind due to child
involvement in the program). Study participants attributed
these outcomes to mechanisms such as the focus on sport
and life skills, as well as factors related to opportunities
for youth to engage with program staff and peers. These
findings suggest that the dual focus on teaching sport and
life skills may have broader impacts than program designs
focusing primarily on sport skill development. Others
also report outcomes associated with community sport
participation and further emphasize the added benefits of
designs that intentionally develop life and social skills
(see Cecchini, Montero, Alonso, Izquierdo, & Contreras,
2007; Papacharisis, Goudas, Danish, & Theodorakis,
2005; Gould & Carson, 2008),
In addition, mechanisms and process-related factors,
such as emphases on relationship-building and positive
connections, have been described as essential program
qualities that foster greater impacts (McDonough,
UlMch-French, Anderson-Butcher, Amorose, & Riley,
2013; Riley & Anderson-Butcher, 2012), Further research
in this area is called for; however, especially in relation
to the need to better understand what program aspects
or mechanisms contribute to specific growth and learning (Fraser-Thomas et al,, 2005), One key mechanism
increasingly identified as important in the literature
involves promoting a sense of belonging.
238
Anderson-Butcher et al.
A Sense of Beionging
The value of promoting a sense of belonging has been
identified in quantitative research as an important aspect
of community sport. For instance, research has found that
strong, positive adult-youth relationships are critical for
promoting decreased problem behaviors and increased
prosocial behaviors in afterschool programs with sport
components (Anderson-Butcher, Cash, Saltzburg, Midle,
& Pace, 2004). Ullrich-French & Smith (2009) demonstrated the importance of peer relationships to continued
participation in sport and in turn resultant outcomes. Still
others highlight the importance of team identities, peer
groups, and member structures for the adoption of prosocial values and norms through sports (Eccles, Barber,
Stone, & Hunt. 2003; Youniss & Yates, 1997). In fact,
some research proposes that belonging to a program or
team, beyond just attendance, may be the most important
factor for promoting positive developmental outcomes
(Anderson-Butcher & Fink, 2006). In other words,
attendance alone is not enough. Participants must feel
a sense of belonging and relatedness to a program and
the others involved (i.e., coaches, peers, etc). Although
not specifically examined in past research, there is some
suggestion that a sense of belonging, in turn, fosters
deeper engagement in activities, the adoption of norms
and behaviors of the group, and the further development
of skills (Anderson-Butcher, 2010; Anderson-Butcher
& Fink, 2006).
Gaps in the research remain. In addition, a better
understanding of the specific mechanisms and setting
features contributing to PYD is needed, especially given
some research in this area documents positive youth outcomes and other research does not (Anthony et al., 2009;
Eccles et al., 2003; Fraser-Thomas et al, 2005; Gould &
Carson, 2008). Other limitations exist. For instance, most
of the research in sports-based PYD examines extracurricular activities in general (with sport being one of many
activities). Several researchers (Fraser-Thomas et al.,
2005; Gould & Carson, 2008; Hedstrom & Gould, 2004)
suggest that research is needed in sport-specific contexts,
as well as in sports-based PYD programs intentionally
designed to create social development outcomes. Longitudinal evaluations also are needed to examine growth
over time and the factors contributing to learning (Gould
& Carson, 2008). Last, research is lacking in relation to
understanding the unique challenges and outcomes of
sports-based PYD programs in underserved communities
(Fraser-Thomas et al, 2005).
As such, the purpose of this study is to address
these gaps in the research by using quantitative methods
to examine how one community sport program design
strategy—one that promotes social and sport skills among
vulnerable youth—influences youth outcomes. Gaining
the answer to this question is essential, particularly for
sport managers serving instrumental roles in the design,
management and implementation of community sport
programs (Chalip, 2006).
Method
Specifically, this study examines the impact of participation in one community sport program on key developmental outcomes using growth curve analysis. In addition,
this study examines the influence of a sense of belonging
in contributing to changes in youth outcomes. Before
describing the community sport context and study design,
we will first discuss research positionality related to the
camp that served as the setting for this study.
Specifically, the camp is situated in a broader university initiative that focuses on service and outreach,
teaching and learning, and research related to positive
youth development through sport. As such, research is an
overall objective within the camp and its operations. Thus,
the researchers’ backgrounds, experiences, and relationships with the camp, its campers, and the staff are linked
with the study context. More specifically, the researchers
here served as leaders within the overall initiative and
supported capacity-building and program improvement
efforts. The role was similar to Misener and Doherty’s
position of “insider/collaborator” (2009, p. 466). This
blended role may bring limitations to the study design
and findings due to concerns with objectivity. Strategies
were used to reduce potential bias and subjectivity. For
instance, the researchers responsible for data collection
and management were not involved in the day-to-day
operations of the camp. Likewise, the researcher primarily responsible for data analysis was external to the
university and camp, providing a more neutral perspective and form of member checking. The relationship
and engagement of researchers, however, may also be
seen as a strength given the intimate knowledge among
the researchers of the overall LiFE Sports design and
implementation efforts. This in-depth understanding
may promote a better understanding of the results and
their linkage to the overall program design. Nonetheless,
it is important to acknowledge the possible influence of
researcher positionality in the construction of knowledge
in this study before describing the methods and results.
The methods, results, and findings should be interpreted
with this positionality in mind.
Context
The study was completed at one summer community
sport program called the Learning in Fitness and Education (LiFE) Sports Camp. The LiFE Sports Camp is
designed to provide approximately 600 economically
disadvantaged youth ages 9-16 from the Columbus,
Ohio community with the opportunity to participate in a
four-week summer sports-based PYD program. The mission of the camp is: “to foster social competence among
youth through their involvement in sport, fitness, and
educational activities” (see osulifesports.org). In addition
to focusing on social competence development, the LiFE
Sports Camp also strives to: (a) increase participants’
perceptions of sport competence, and (b) enhance youth
Youth Experiences in Community Sport
sense of belonging and connection to the program and its
staff. Thus, there is a dual emphasis on social and sport
skills development, as well as an emphasis on promoting belonging, to strengthen the relationship between
participation and outcomes. Further details related to the
Camp design are provided next.
The LiFE Sports Camp Design
The LiFE Sports Camp design and curriculum were
developed through a collaborative effort between the LiFE
Sports Camp staff and researchers. To create the LiFE
Sports model, researchers and LiFE Sports administrators
consulted past theory and research in PYD, community
sport, and sports-based PYD, especially drawing from
the Teaching Personal and Social Responsibility Model
(TPSR; Hellison, 2003; Hellison & Cutforth, 1997), effective principles of PYD programming (Eccles & Gootman,
2003), elements of the sports-education model (Siedentop
et al., 2004), initiative-building concepts (Larson, 2000),
and best practices in youth development skills training
(Durlak & Weissberg, 2007). Once the LiFE Sports camp
model was developed, LiFE Sports administration and
graduate students involved in the program wrote curriculum specific to each program activity area.
Each day of the 19-day camp, there is a specific curriculum used that is comprised of classroom-, play- and
sport-based activities to increase social and sport competence. More specifically, youth participate in one hour of
play-based social skill instruction, as well as three one hour
sessions of sport-related instruction that incorporates social
skill practice each day. Sports included as part of the camp
design are basketball, football, lacrosse, health and fitness,
soccer, social dance, softball, and swimming. In addition,
as part of the curriculum, daily activities include scenarios
and role plays where youth practice the application of
skills in reference to other settings, such as the home and
in the community. Throughout the camp, youth also work
individually and in teams to prepEu^e for the LiFE Sports
Olympics, a culminating event where the teams compete
among similar age groups in the sports focused on at camp.
Specific skills targeted in the LiFE Sports Camp and
designed to promote overall social competence include
Self-control, Effort, Teamwork, and Social Responsibility (S.E.T.S). The first target social skill. Self-control, is
defined as the ability to have control of oneself and own
actions (Gresham & Elliott, 1990). An individual must
first be able to control his or her attitudes and behaviors
before he or she can successfully engage with peers and
adults in social settings (Beelmann, Pfingsten, & Lösel,
1994; Hellison, 2003), Other social skill training models
(e,g., Gresham & Elliott, 1990) and sport-based PYD
programs (i.e., TPSR; Hellison, 2003) include this skill
in their program design. In the LiFE Sports curriculum,
self-control is targeted through skill development related
to problem solving, listening, and reading social cues.
Closely linked to self-control is self-directed behavior
and initiative, also known as Effort. Once an individual
239
learns to control actions and behaviors, those actions and
behaviors can become more goal directed and purposeful
(Larson, 2000). The LiFE Sports curriculum includes three
sessions focusing on this social skill, providing opportunities
for campers to demonstrate perseverance and goal-setting.
They also have opportunities to apply effort to specific tasks
and receive positive reinforcement for the apphcation of
effort during sport skill instruction and practice.
Teamwork involves working together as a group to
achieve a common goal or outcome, and is particularly
relevant in the sport and academic contexts (Weinburg
& Gould, 1999), At LiFE Sports, campers have opportunities to create teams, work on group problem solving,
practice negotiation skills, and build social networks. For
instance, campers participate in cooperative games where
success is measured by group effort as opposed to individual achievements. Likewise, campers work together in
teams to prepare for the LiFE Sports Olympics at the end
of camp, making decisions about which teammates will
participate in certain events such as football and dance.
The last skill focused on in LiFE Sports prioritizes
the development of social responsibility. Social responsibility involves adherence to social rules and expectations (Wentzel, 1991), and incorporates an individuals’
contribution to the broader society. Self-control, effort,
and teamwork all have strong ties with social responsibility. Given this, activities that focus on integrating the
four skills together that comprise social competence are
included. Specifically, campers have opportunities to
develop social responsibility through activities focused
on giving back to LiFE Sports, to peers at the camp, to
their families, and to the community. For instance, youth
strategize together in relation to how to acknowledge and
thank LiFE Sports staff and leaders. They create thank
you notes for their counselors and LiFE Sports administrators, as well as implement strategies to engage parents,
family members, and the community in the LiFE Sports
Olympics. Curriculum activities also ask youth to practice
social responsibility in other settings outside of camp.
LiFE Sports staff will ask youth to share ways they’ve
demonstrated social responsibility in their homes, as well
as provide “homework” activities challenging the youth
to practice this skill outside of LiFE Sports sessions.
In addition to sport and social skill development
focused on S.E.T.S., LiFE Sports also incorporates other
best practices in positive youth development into its
design strategy. Foremost, there is an explicit focus on
promoting a sense of belonging among campers through
the use of multiple strategies. For instance, campers are
organized in age-appropriate groups that transition into
teams with camper-created names, logos, and cheers,
Stafï forge bonds and connections with campers through
one-on-one and group instruction and interactions. Peer
relationships are fostered as campers become teammates
who together accomplish certain tasks and activities
throughout the camp. In addition, the camp is based on
a university campus, and fosters a sense of connection
to the university through promoting university athletics.
240
Anderson-Butcher et al.
sharing information about various majors and departments, and exposing youth to university facilities and
experiences (such as eating in the dining hall and riding
campus buses). Staff are also specifically trained in sport
and social skill development, as well as in positive youth
development practices (i.e., Eccles & Gootman, 2002)
involving nurturing relationships with youth and fostering
a sense of belonging.
The LiFE Sports Curriculum also embeds Durlak and
Weissberg’s (2007) tenets of successful youth development skills training. First, the curriculum is sequential,
as skills are introduced in small steps throughout the
camp during play-based education activities. Skills targeted throughout the curriculum build upon one other.
Each session focuses on a different skill, yet campers
have the opportunity to connect and build upon skills
across all sessions. The curriculum also includes active
learning and play-based applications. As such, campers
learn about each specific social competence skill within
a structured educational setting and are provided the
opportunity to practice the skills they have learned in a
sport and recreation setting.
In addition, campers apply effort over a period of
time toward achieving an end goal, a strategy known
to develop initiative and intrinsic motivation (Larson,
2000). Specifically, campers work together to plan for
the LiFE Sports Olympics described above. Building
from the sport education model (Siedentop et al., 2004),
teams identify roles and responsibilities of all members
as they prepare for the competition (which is attended
by family members and local community volunteers).
Youth compete in age-appropriate teams and celebrate
their achievements and those of their peers at this final
culminating event.
Finally, research suggests that the most effective
way to enhance social skills is to demonstrate “acquisition, performance, and generalization” (Gresham, 1990,
p. 233) of skills in other settings. Therefore, campers
have the opportunity to transfer their learning to other
contexts within LiFE Sports (i.e., in the sport activities), as well as to other settings such as at home and
in their community. More specifically, youth also have
opportunities for the application and transference of
skills through involvement in six, two hour LiFE Sports
clinics offered throughout the school year after camp
has concluded. Clinics are organized and implemented
by LiFE Sports staff in partnership with various partners
such as university student-athletes and coaches, staff
from local professional sports teams, and leaders from
local nonprofit organizations. During clinics, youth have
opportunities to learn new tactics and techniques related
to sports such as soccer, basketball, and dance. They also
are reinforced for their demonstration of S.E.T.S. at the
clinic, and asked about how they are applying these life
skills at school and in other social settings during the
year. In summary, the LiFE Sports Camp is one community sport program focused on both sport and social
skill development simultaneously. The 2011 LiFE Sports
Camp served as the context for this study.
Participants
In 2011, 599 youth registered for the LiFE Sports camp.
The parents/guardians of these youth were given a verbal
overview of the study at registration and asked if they
were interested in having their child participate. Of all
youth who registered, 287 youth were granted written
consent from their parents/guardians and met the following criteria for inclusion: (a) attended the camp on
at least 15 of the 19 days, (b) had no more than a single
item on the key study variables missing, and (c) reported
being honest in completing the survey. Please note youth
14 years of age and older also provided assent.
The final participant sample included 169 boys and
118 giris between the ages of 9-16 (M age = 11.85, SD
= 1.54). Participants self-reported a variety of ethnic
backgrounds (72.5% Black, 11.8% multiracial, 4.9%
White, 4.2% Native American, 1.4% Hispanic, 0.7%
Asian, 4.2% other, and 0.3% unreported). The majority of
youth came from disadvantaged circumstances, as 61.3%
reported receiving free and/or reduced lunch at school.
The participants attended an average of 17.38 out of 19
days ofthe camp, and 127 (44.3%) indicated that they had
attended LiFE sports in previous years with an average
of 2.05 (SD = 1.21) years of attendance.
iVIeasures
Given the dual focus on sports and social skills within the
LiFE Sports Camp, measurement focused on assessing
campers’ perceptions related to several key outcomes,
including overall social competence in sport, sport
competence, self-control, effort, teamwork, and social
responsibility. Campers also reported on their sense of
belonging to LiFE Sports and provided basic demographic information. Each measure is described in the
following.
Social Competence in Sport Participants’ abilities to
interact prosocially and maintain positive relationships
with others in the sport context (i.e., social competence)
was measured using a modified version of the Perceived
Social Competence Scale (PSCS) developed by Anderson-Butcher, Iachini, and Amorose (20()8). Given the
sport context of the study, the PSCS was modified for
this setting by adding “in sport” to the end of each item.
Sample items included “I help other people in sport”
and “I get along well with others in sport.” Responses
for the 10-item scale fall along a 5-point Likert scale
ranging from 1 (Not true at all) to 5 (Really true). The
internal consistency estimates in this study, which were
computed using Cronbach’s Alpha (a), were .85 for both
the pre- and post-camp assessments. These values were
greater than .70 indicating an acceptable level of internal
consistency based on Nunnally (1978).
Sport Competence Athletic competence was assessed
using three items that measure youths’ perceptions
of their ability in the sport context (Amorose, 2002).
The first item asked: “How good do you think you are
at sport?” Responses fell along a 5-point Likert scale
Youth Experiences in Community Sport
ranging from 1 {Not good at all) to 5 {Very good). The
second item asked: “When it comes to sports, how much
ability do you think you have?” Responses ranged from 1
{Not much ability at all) to 5 (A whole lot of ability). The
third item asked: “How skilled do you think you are at
sports?” and responses ranged from 1 {Not skilled at all)
to 5 {Very skilled). The internal consistency reliability of
these three items in this study was a = ,88 for the pre- and
post-camp assessment. In addition, the scale has shown
good reliability in past research (Amorose, 2002),
Self-Control Self-control in sport was assessed using
the Social Sports Experience Scale (Anderson-Butcher
et al,, 2010). The items assess participants’ perceptions
of their ability to keep control in sports. Some example
items include “I control my temper when I play sports”
and “I play sports fairly even when an adult is not around,”
Responses fell along a 5-point Likert scale ranging from
1 {Not at all true) to 5 {Really true). The Social Sports
Experience Scale demonstrated acceptable internal consistency reliability in this study, with a =,88 for each of
the two assessments. Additional psychometric support
for this measure was found by McDonough, et al. (2013).
Effort The commitment subscale of the Multidimensional Sportspersonship Orientations Scale (MSOS-25)
was used to measure effort in sport (Vallerand, Brière,
Blanchard, & Provencher, 1997). This subscale consisted
of 5 items assessing participants’ perceptions of their
respect for commitment to sports participation (i.e.,
“I don’t give up even after making many mistakes”).
Responses fell along a 5-point Likert scale ranging from
1 {Doesn ‘t correspond to me at all) to 5 {Corresponds to
me exactly). Internal consistency reliability was demonstrated in this study, with a = .78 at the pre-camp assessment and a = ,79 at the post-camp assessment.
Teamwork Teamwork in sport was measured using The
Teamwork Scale used in previous program evaluations
(Anderson-Butcher et al,, 2010), The scale is comprised
of items assessing participant’s perceptions of different
aspects of teamwork in the sport context. The stem “Wlien
playing sports,,.” is followed by several items such as “I
think teamwork is important” and “I feel confident in my
ability to work in a team.” The 10-item measure employs
a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 {Not true at all)
and 5 {Really true). The internal consistency estimates in
this study were a = .84 for both the pre- and post-camp
assessments.
Sociai Responsibiiity Social responsibility was
assessed using three items that measure participants’
thoughts about helping others in their community. This
scale was originally created to measure 21st-century
skills (Anderson-Butcher, Ball, Medalan, Davis, & WadeMdivanian, 2010.) An example item from the ,scale is “I
believe it is important to help others in my community.”
Participants responded on a 5-point Likert scale with
the anchors 1 {Not true at all) and 5 {Really true). The
internal consistency estimates in this study were a – .79
for both the pre- and post-camp assessments.
241
Belonging Participants’ sense of connection and
belonging to the LiFE Sports Camp was measured using
the 5-item Belonging Scale developed by AndersonButcher & Conroy (2002). Example items include “I feel
comfortable with people at LiFE Sports” and “I am part
of LiFE Sports.” The measure employs a 5-point Likert
scale with the anchors 1 {Not true at all) and 5 {Really
true). This measure has been shown to have adequate
psychometric properties (Anderson-Butcher & Conroy,
2002) and has been used in other sports-based positive
youth development research (McDonough et al,, 2013),
The internal consistency reliability was a = .90 in this
study.
Procedures
Parents/guardians of youth who registered for the LiFE
Sports camp in 2011 were asked by trained research
assistants to include their children in the study. Youth
with parent consent were also asked to assent to participate. Youth participants in the study completed pretest
surveys on the first day of camp. The posttest survey was
completed during the final two days of camp. Respondents took approximately 30 min to complete the battery
of instruments. Please note, youth were allowed to ask
clarifying questions. Some participants required further
assistance with reading the items. All study procedures
were approved by the Ohio State University Institutional
Review Board.
Data Analysis
Our primary data analyses involved a series of second
order latent growth curve models (Hancock, Kuo, &
Lawrence, 2001; Sayer & Cumsille, 2001). This procedure was used for a number of reasons including that it:
(a) allowed us to explore changes in the variables after
controlling for measurement error, (b) gave us information about group level and individ

312 sh ️

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
College of Health Sciences
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Health Communications
Course code:
PHC312
CRN:
Assignment title or task:
Students enrolled in PHC 312 in First term 2023 will be divided into groups (5-7 students per group). The first
section will be designed to gain general information about the communication program.
The second section will be designed to assess the student’s ability to draft a health communication plan. The
group has 5 points to cover under the general program information section. The main communication program
characteristics section will be designed to assess the group’s ability to provide basic information about the health
communication planning process.
The written health communication program plan must be completed and submitted to the instructor no later than
11:59 PM on (October 07, 2023).
General program information
1.
Name of the program.
2.
Country and region (if applicable) where the program is based.
3.
Time period (start and end dates).
4.
Funding sources.
5.
Give a short description of the program (maximum of about 250 words).
Main communication program characteristics
1.
Describe the overall goal of the program.
2.
List the SMART objectives of the program.
3.
Describe the target audience(s) of the program (primary and secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population that have been measured. E.g.
age, gender, income/socioeconomic status, education, occupation…etc.
4.
Literature review: basing the communication program on current scientific knowledge and/or theoretical
models and/or previous experience from other projects? One or two paragraphs about the problem. (300-500
words).
5.
Describe the settings and communication channels.
6.
Describe the development process of messages.
7.
Describe the activities and timeline.
8.
Describe the process/impact/outcome evaluation of the communication program that will be measured.
Points that can be added as a bonus (NOT REQUIRED):
• Describe the needs assessment that has been carried out.
• Describe the environmental factors (i.e. factors beyond individual control) that the communication program
addresses, if any.
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
• Does the communication plan have a special focus on vulnerable groups (socioeconomically disadvantaged
people, ethnic minorities, children, elderly people, etc.)? if yes, specify the vulnerable groups.
• Provide details of the pilot study if a pilot study has been performed.
• Describe which stakeholders are going to be involved in the implementation and describe their roles.
Group Number:
Student name & ID #
Submission date:
Instructor name:
…. Out of 10
Grade:
The written report will be assessed for clarity and succinctness in providing the required information using a rubric of 0
(undeveloped/inadequate) to 3 (outstanding/exceptional), as illustrated below:
Inadequat
e
Objective/Element
Report clearly and succinctly defines program goals
2.
Report clearly and succinctly defines program SMART objectives.
3.
SMART objectives are:
a. Specific: objectives should clearly specify what is to be achieved.
b. Measurable: objectives should be phrased in a way that achievement can
be measured.
c. Achievable: objectives should refer to something that the program can
actually influence and change.
d. Realistic: objectives should be realistically attainable within the given
time frame and with the available resources (human and financial
resources and capacity).
e. Time-bound: objectives should relate to a clearly stated time frame.
Proficient Outstanding
Partially
Meets
Exceeds
Fails to
meets
expectation Expectations
meet
expectations
s
3
expectation
1
2
s
0
1.
Adequate
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
4.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the target audiences (primary &
secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population
that have been measured. E.g. age, gender, income/socioeconomic status,
education, occupation…etc.
5.
Report provides a brief background that includes:
✓ Literature review.
Report clearly and succinctly describes settings and communication
channels
Report clearly and succinctly describes the development process of
messages.
6.
7.
8.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the activities and timeline.
9.
Report clearly and succinctly describes how the process/impact/outcome
evaluation of the communication program will be measured.
Total
This assignment is worth 10% of the total possible points earned for the course.
Guidelines:

Use this Word Document.

Fill in students’ information on the first page of this document.

Font should be 12 Times New Roman

Headings should be Bold

Color should be Black

Line spacing should be 1.5

Use reliable references (APA format)

AVOID PLAGIARISM (you will get ZERO when there is plagiarism)

You should use at least 2 references

Submit this WORD Document when you complete the required task

Submission should be before the deadline (submission after the deadline is not allowed)

For more resources, you can review appendix A and appendix B in Schiavo, R. (2014).

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Principles of Healthcare Leadership

Description

It is vital as a leader that you understand the difference between leadership and management. In addition, as a leader you must know and possess a variety of skills to lead an organization. While different skills are needed for different types of organizations, there are some fundamentals skills that every leader should have.

Case Assignment

Chapter 3 of Principles of Healthcare Leadership discusses four necessary leadership skills. For your Module 1 Case assignment, review these four necessary leadership skills and conduct additional research. In a 3- to 4-page paper, complete the following:

Explain the difference between leadership and management. Provide an example for each.
Identify and explain each leadership skill in detail.
Rationalize the importance of a health care leader possessing each of these skills.
Identify the importance of cultural diversity in leadership and discuss two ways (actionable items) a leader could promote diversity in the workplace. Discuss the difference in internal and external diversity and provide an example of each, and how they influence the organization.
In conjunction with the four identified skills, identify and explain 2 or 3 additional skills health care leaders should possess.

Rotenstein, L. S., Reede, J. Y., & Jena, A. B. (2021). Addressing workforce diversity- A quality-improvement framework. The New England Journal of Medicine, 384(12), 1083-1086. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMp2032224

References:

Al-Sawai A. (2013). Leadership of healthcare professionals: Where do we stand? Oman Medical Journal, 28(4), 285–287. doi:10.5001/omj.2013.79. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC37252…

Healey, B. J. (2018). Chapter 3: Leadership theory. In Principles of healthcare leadership. [Books24x7 version]. Available in the Trident Online Library via the Skillsoft database link.

Healey, B. J. (2018). Chapter 4: Creativity and innovation in healthcare. In Principles of healthcare leadership. [Books24x7 version]. Available in the Trident Online Library via the Skillsoft database link.

Healey, B. J. (2018). Chapter 6: The development of trust in healthcare organizations. In Principles of healthcare leadership. [Books24x7 version]. Available in the Trident Online Library via the Skillsoft database link.

Ledlow, G. J. R., & Coppola, M. N. (2014). Chapter 2: Determining your own leadership style. In Leadership for health professionals: Theory, skills, and applications (2nd ed.). [Books24x7 version]. Available in the Trident Online Library via the Skillsoft database link.

Manion, J. (2011). Chapter 1: Leadership: An elusive concept. In Management to leadership: Strategies for transforming health (3rd ed.). [Books24x7 version]. Available in the Trident Online Library via the Skillsoft database link.

Optional Reading

Ledlow, G. J. R., & Coppola, M. N. (2014). Chapter 5: Leadership competence I: Professional competencies, and personal skills and responsibilities. In Leadership for health professionals: Theory, skills, and applications (2nd ed.). [Books24x7 version]. Available in the Trident Online Library via the Skillsoft database link.

Wikins, D. (2018). Six healthcare leadership development trends for 2018. Beckers Hospital Review.Retrieved from https://www.beckershospitalreview.com/hospital-man…

Video

Institute for Healthcare Improvement (2015) What traits do healthcare leaders need today?

What Traits Do Health Care Leaders Need Today?

Chapter 2: Determining Your Own Leadership Style in Leadership for Health Professionals: Theory, Skills, and Applications (2nd ed.) provides an assortment of leadership and personality assessments:

Emotional Intelligence – Institute for Health and Human Potential (n.d.) Emotional Intelligence Quiz – https://www.ihhp.com/free-eq-quiz/
Jungian Assessment – Anon (n.d.) Open Ended Jungian Type Scales 1.2 – https://openpsychometrics.org/tests/OEJTS/
Type A and B Personality Indicators – Anon. (n.d.) A/B Personality Test – https://openpsychometrics.org/tests/AB.php
Ennaegram Test – Anon. (n.d.) Open Enneagram of Personality Scales – https://openpsychometrics.org/tests/OEPS/

Ledlow, G. J. R., & Coppola, M. N. (2014). Chapter 2: Determining your own leadership style. In Leadership for health professionals: Theory, skills, and applications (2nd ed.). [Books24x7 version]. Retrieved from the Trident Online Library.

Part 1:

Complete the following:

Review the chapter in the text to get a better appreciation for each of the assessments listed above.
Complete each leadership and personality assessment listed. (Note: you will need to copy or remember your results of each assessment.)

Part 2:

In a 3- to 4-page paper, complete the following:

Compare and contrast the results of each assessment. Be sure to provide a detailed interpretation.
Identify what you learned new about yourself through completing the leadership and personality assessments.
Based on your self-assessment results, devise a plan to improve any weaknesses while leveraging your strengths.

In your scholarly paper, you should include an introduction and conclusion paragraph.

discussion 3

Description

Unlike many countries, we have an employer based heath insurance system except for those under a government program, as Mediciare, Medicaid, Tricare. Please list two advantages/positives, and then two disadvantages/nagatives comparing employer based insurance to government based insurance. Note: Support your position with four separate paragraphs for each of your points in your Initial Posts. minimum 250-300 words provide references

title of presentation (job analysis , employee engagement and job satisfaction

Description

this presentation in leadership and recourse i need this presentation about ((job analysis , employee engagement and job satisfaction ) i need the presentation include out line ,objective learning , summary , reference please if u did not understand any thing ask me before start . there is rubric for presentation

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Presentation rubric
Presenter’s Name:
Topic Name:
Date: ————————————– Group: —————————————————————–Evaluation Items
Items
Category

The content is comprehensive and clear.

The content was organized in logical manner.

The presentation contained examples and
useful techniques that applied to current
work.
The content focused on major facts or ideas.
Content

Poor
(1)
Fair
(2)
Good
(3)
Excellent
(4)
 Speaker summed up main points in
conclusion.

The presenter was knowledgeable about the
topic and any related issues.

The
presenter
answered
questions
effectively.
Presenter

The presenter had a fluidity of language.

The presenter maintained the attention and
interest of audiences.
The presenter appears prepared and
understand the material.
The presenter summarizes when needed.




Organization
Presentation
Style
Delivery



The presenter delivered the material in a clear
and structured manner.
Level of presentation is appropriate for the
audience.
Presentation is a planned
Conversation,
paced
for
audience
understanding.
The presenter talks about the slides rather
than simply reading them to the audience.
Total
Course instructor Name:
Comments: ———————————————————————————————————-

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Read these 5 articles and an create an evidence table using the JHNEBP Evidence Rating Scales

Description

You would read 5 articles relating to postpartum depression and exercise and create an evidence table following the rubrics, be sure to arrange the table and references alphabetically in an APA format in a consize manner answering the question specifically.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Evidence
Table:
Use
JHNEBP
Evidence
Rating
Scales
2
Sources
Part 2 – Evidence Table
Each student is responsible for reviewing 5 research articles relevant to their PICOT.
Excellent
Good
Fair
Poor
9-10 points
7-8 points
4-6 points
0-3 points
Score
Table is clear and easily
Table is neat and legible.
Table contains layout or
Source information is not
/10
legible. Comparison of data
Appropriately cited. Literature legibility errors.
organized in table format.
logical. Appropriately cited.
review results listed
Literature review results Literature review results
Well organized literature
highlighting the studies which
listed highlighting the
listed are incomplete
review results highlighting the best exemplify the PICOT
studies which best
and/or do not include the
studies which best exemplify problem. Include most
exemplify the PICOT
studies which best
the PICOT problem. Has a
elements needed to evaluate
problem. Include some
exemplify the PICOT
minimum of 5 peer reviewed the quality and strength of
elements needed to
problem. Include few or no
articles. Include all elements
findings. Correctly rates
evaluate the quality and elements needed to
needed to evaluate the quality strength and quality of at least strength of findings.
evaluate the quality and
and strength of findings.
3 studies according to the
Correctly rates strength
strength of findings.
Correctly rates strength and
JHNEBP Evidence Rating Scales. and quality of at least 2
Incorrectly rates strength
quality of articles according to Follows APA guidelines as
studies according to the
and quality of all studies
the JHNEBP Evidence Rating
appropriate.
JHNEBP Evidence Rating according to the JHNEBP
Scales. Follows APA guidelines
Scales. Inconsistently
Evidence Rating Scales.
as appropriate.
follows APA guidelines.
Does not follow APA
guidelines.
Evidence table includes
Complete and correct
Mostly (2/3) complete
All references are
/10
reference list and is formatted reference list using APA
and correct reference list incomplete and incorrectly
using APA Style. Studies are
formatting. Most of the
using APA formatting.
formatted. Most of the
current, 5 years or earlier, if
studies are current, 5 years or
Most of the studies are
studies are not current, 5
current literature is not
earlier, if current literature is
current, 5 years or
years or earlier, if current
available, no more than 10
not available, no more than 10 earlier, if current
literature is not available,
years. All 5 referenced articles years. All 5 referenced articles literature is not available, no more than 10 years. 1 or
are submitted with the table
are submitted with the table as no more than 10 years. 3 none of the 5 referenced
as a .pdf file.
a .pdf file.
out of 5 referenced
articles is submitted with
articles are submitted
the table as a .pdf file.
Restate PICOT question:
Author(s)
and year
Type of study
(design)
Population
characteristics &
sample size (n)
Independent
variable
Dependent
variable
Results
Evidence Strength &
Quality Rating
(JHNEBP)
Restate PICOT question: Are non-pharmacological interventions more effective in managing chemotherapy side effects than
pharmacological interventions in breast cancer patients during treatment?
Author(s) and Type of study
year
(design)
Population
Independent
characteristics &
variable
sample size (n)
Zachariae, R., A randomized Participants were
Internet
Amidi, A.,
controlled
225 Danish
cognitive
Damholdt, M.
trial
breast cancer
behavioral
F.,
survivors age
therapy for
Clausen, C. D.
from 18 to 75
insomnia
, Dahlgaard, J.,
years old with
(iCBT-I) or no
Lord, H., …
significant
iCBT-I therapy
Ritterband, L.
insomnia were
as control.
M. (2018).
recruited
between 2011 to
2013. The
participants were
randomized into
iCBT-I group
(n=133) or
control group
(n=122).
Heckler, C. E., A randomized Of 96 cancer
Cognitive
Garland, S. N., controlled
survivors with
Behavioral
Peoples, A. R., trial
chronic insomnia
Therapy for
Perlis, M. L.,
were recruited
Insomnia
Shayne, M.,
between 2008 to
(CBT-I) or
Morrow, G. R.
2012. They were
control.
,…
randomly assigned
Roscoe, J. A.
to CBT-I +
(2015)
placebo
Dependen
t variable
Sleep
outcomes
and
Fatigue.
Brief
Fatigue
Inventory
(BFI),
Functional
Assessme
nt of
Chronic
Illness
Results
Evidence Strength & Quality
Rating
(JHNEBP)
Insomnia severity,
This is a Level I, quality A
impaired sleep quality, and
research.
sleep efficiency were
A randomized controlled trial is
significant improved by 9
the highest level of research to
weeks of intervention if
find the causal relationship
compared with the control
between intervention and
(p
Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Access to Healthcare

Description

information technology can be used to assist health care organizations in the ability to provide access to healthcare organizations. Please choose any current information technology and create a PowerPoint presentation on how the technology will improve healthcare access in KSA. Be sure to include:An overview of the information technology including its goalsThe main stakeholders from the healthcare system that are involved in information technology.How information technology will improve access to healthcare in KSA.Recommendations for how you would evaluate whether access to services has improved.presentation should meet the following structural requirements:Be 9-10 slides in length, not including the title or reference slides.Be formatted according to APA writing guidelines. Provide support for statements with citations from a minimum of 8 scholarly articles. These citations should be listed in the Notes section of the slide in which they appear. Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes to support the slide content. These should be a minimum of 100 words long (per slide) and must be a part of the presentation. Utilize headings to organize the content in work.

Reply a Discussion

Description

Hypothesis testing is a foundational tool in research, and it plays a critical role in healthcare and patient interactions. Let’s explore two different examples of how hypothesis testing is employed in research, along with the criteria for rejecting the null hypothesis. One common application of hypothesis testing in healthcare research involves testing the efficacy of new drugs or treatments (Orsini et al., 2020). In these studies, researchers formulate a null hypothesis (H0) that posits there is no significant effect of the drug, while the alternative hypothesis (Ha) suggests that the drug is effective. Clinical trials are often conducted to collect data on patient outcomes. By comparing the observed results to the null hypothesis, researchers calculate a p-value, which measures the likelihood of obtaining such extreme outcomes if H0 were true. If the p-value is less than a predefined significance level (e.g., 0.05), the null hypothesis is rejected, indicating that the drug is indeed effective. This process is vital in healthcare because it determines whether a new treatment should be incorporated into patient care protocols, directly impacting treatment decisions and patient outcomes.Another example involves assessing the accuracy of diagnostic tests, such as MRI scans or blood tests, in detecting specific medical conditions. In these cases, the null hypothesis may assert that the test has no diagnostic value, implying that its sensitivity and specificity are no better than random chance (Bramer et al., 2023). Researchers compare the test results to a gold standard reference and calculate metrics like sensitivity, specificity, and p-values. If the metrics significantly deviate from random chance (typically with p < 0.05), the null hypothesis is rejected, signifying that the diagnostic test is valuable for patient diagnosis and treatment planning. This is crucial in clinical practice because accurate diagnostics are the foundation of effective patient care, ensuring that individuals receive the appropriate treatments and interventions tailored to their specific conditions.References

148643 Prenatal project

Description

Use copyleaks to check for AI and please attach a screenshot. The work should be 2 pages in length and should be in MLA format You are working at an infant/toddler program in an area that serves many families of diminished means. Many of the mothers there come from places where prenatal education and care is not readily available. It is likely that many of the moms do not understand the harm that substances, stress, eating, hygiene, lack or prenatal care etc. can have on their developing embryo. As an advocate for all children, you are concerned and want to help these mothers understand how to ensure their developing embryo is safe.Choose a teratogen (an agent or factor which causes malformation of an embryo) that these mothers need to be aware of to keep their developing embryo safe during pregnancy (i.e. tobacco usage, drinking alcohol, high stress, prenatal care, foods to avoid, infections, etc.) and choose one of the three trimesters (0-3 months, 4-6 months or 7-9months) and create an info graphic Free Online Infographic Maker by Canva (https://www.canva.com/create/infographics/) , flyer Free printable, customizable education flyer templates | Canva (https://www.canva.com/flyers/templates/education/) or PowerPoint slide that educates the mother on possible affects that could have on the embryo either before, during or after birth. Be sure to use credible/reliable source 5 Ways To Identify Reliable Sources (And Maintain Your Credibility) (forbes.com) (https://www.forbes.com/sites/averyblank/2021/01/19/5-ways-to-identify-reliable-sources-and-maintain-your-credibility/?sh=46f254b85aa9) and give credit for the information you gather.You will be graded on: visual display (20 pts), organization (20pts) research/resources (30pts), educational content/usefulness (30pts)General Writing Tips.docx (https://fullcoll.instructure.com/courses/46743/files/8597260?verifier=4oZeRIJ4LdUfEq1PsO1zqWKAO0inpRVLxZ1HBhKr&wrap=1)

I need a cover letter

Description

I need a cover letter, i will attach the resume. Find below the link to the job posting 36025BR: Physician Assistant – Emergency Medicine, Hialeah, FL – TeamHealthalso, find attached a sample cover letter the professor sent us from the book.Apart from the cover letter, i need to put do a document with a Copy of NP job description (include current APA citation of source)’ this is from the link i sent you but, you just need to put in APA for me and cite.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Massiel Machado
854 W 72nd Street
Hialeah, FL USA 33014
305-726-3064
mmach0821@gmail.com
OBJECTIVE
Passionate graduate Nurse Practitioner with extensive experience in adult and pediatric
Emergency nursing seeking a position at Hialeah Hospital Emergency Department where I can
utilize my skills and knowledge to provide exceptional patient care services.
WORK EXPERIENCE
Nicklaus Children Hospital Urgent Care, Hialeah, FL United States
08/2021
Registered Nurse
 Provide compassionate and family centered care for Urgent Care Patients.
 Responsible for the planning and delivery of care utilizing nursing processes: assessment,
implementation and evaluation.
 Complete intake to prepare patient to be seen by the medical team including vital signs,
weight, height, symptoms, and history.
 Communicate patient’s progress progress including critical findings and changes in condition
with physician and or disciplines involved in the care of the patient.
 Perform nursing treatments and follow physician orders for medication administration.
 Plan, coordinate, and implement a transfer for a higher level of care.
 Perform and document discharge instructions.
Hialeah Hospital Emergency Department, Hialeah, FL United
11/2019 – 08/2021
States
Registered Nurse
 Triage incoming patients based on level of injury or illness
 Immediately stabilize incoming patients
 Administer medication as instructed by physicians
 Perform and document ongoing assessments including observation, physical examination,
laboratory/test results, and patient response to procedural intervention
 Participate in the identification and clarification of patient needs.
 Implement, review and revise plan of care according to change in patient’s status.
 Prioritizes nursing interventions commensurate with patient’s needs.
 Coordinate and document appropriate discharge planning and referrals to ensure continuity
of care after discharge.
 Transfer patient for continued medical care within hospital.
EDUCATION
Nova Southeastern University Ft. Lauderdale, FL United States
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
2016 – 2018
Florida International University Miami, FL United States
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
2014 – 2016
SKILLS





FNP License
BLS, ACLS, PALS accreditation
Leadership skills
Highly emphatic and compassionate
Excellent critical thinking and problem-solving abilities

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

DNP 800 Contraction of clinical program

Description

Please see attached.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Construction of Clinical/Practice Question and Literature Review General Directions
The purpose of this assignment is to state your clinical/practice question and explore the literature pertaining to
your clinical/practice problem as you described in your Module 3 Discussion Board. According to Moran et al.
(2020) when conducting a literature review, the goal is to obtain a representative sample of the literature which
describes the concepts related to the phenomenon of interest and the research results applicable to the
clinical/practice question and identify what gaps need to be further researched. Please follow the rubric below.
Your work for this paper may be used to build upon your scholarly project and publishable manuscript—thus it is
important that you align your literature review with the topic you have selected (or are considering) for your
PICOT question and DNP project. Paper length is no more than 8 pages excluding references and title page.
Construction of Clinical/Practice Question and Literature Review Rubric: 25% of Course Grade
Component
Points
Section I Introduction and Question
A. Describe the clinical or practice problem you would like to address for your DNP project. State why this
problem is an issue. Support your reasoning/rationale as to why this is an issue with current data or
literature. (3 of the 6 points)
B. State the practice question you wish to address in PICOT format (this should be the response to the
problem defined above). (3 of the 6 points)
6
State the population and setting being addressed
2
Introduction to the Literature Review on the topic
2
Section II Review of Literature
Includes most of the major studies conducted on the topic, including recent literature (last 5-7 years)—-a
minimum of 10 articles is required.
10
Includes primarily research studies, systematic reviews and guidelines addressing the practice question you
wish to address
10
Similar/discrepant research findings discussed
5
Section III Appraisal and Synthesis
Critically appraises the contributions of key studies and provides the strengths of the evidence
5
Describes the weaknesses in existing studies
and identifies important gaps in the literature
5
Conceptually organized based on type of articles or findings
5
Succinctly summarizes and synthesizes findings
15
Section IV Further Research
Identifies what ideas need to be further researched
5
Preparation—The DNP Program Evaluation Rubric for Papers will be followed to
assess Preparation of
this Review of Literature. See the Rubric for Papers below. This is a total of 30 points.
30
Total Assignment Grade 100
30
Comments
Points
Achieved
Total Assignment Grade
100

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

The Integrative Literature Review

Description

Such effort should be devoted to this section as it is a key component of your work. This should be a synthesis of the literature, not a catalog of studies or simply an analysis of the research you discover.

Perform a literature review using a minimum of seven (7) peer-reviewed articles and books, as well as non-research literature such as evidence-based guidelines, toolkits, standardized procedures, etc.
Review of areas in relationship to medicine, nursing, public health, etc.
The review should be critical and synthesize rather than just being a catalog of studies.
Summarize the key findings of the research and its relevancy to your project that point out the scientific status of the phenomenon under question. Such a statement includes:
What we know and how well we know it.
What we do not know.
Describe any gaps in knowledge that you found and the effects this may have on advanced practice nursing as it relates to your project topic.

Your integrative literature review should be 5–6 pages in length, not including the cover or reference pages. You must reference a minimum of 7 scholarly articles published within the past 5–7 years.

Use current APA format to style your paper and to cite your sources. Review the rubric for more information on how the assignment will be graded.

NURS_691A_DE – NURS 691-A Rubric Week 3: Integrative Literature Review

NURS_691A_DE – NURS 691-A Rubric Week 3: Integrative Literature Review

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCritical Analysis

44 to >36.08 pts

Meets Expectations

Presents a thorough and insightful analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are synthesized and professionally sound and creative. Insightful and comprehensive conclusions and solutions are present. Knowledge gaps are identified and the implications on nursing are expertly explored.

36.08 to >33.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are sound and creative, but are not well synthesized. Conclusions and solutions may be general or unconnected. Knowledge gaps are identified but the implications on nursing may be general or lacking insight.

33 to >25.96 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Provides insufficient analysis of significant findings related to the change project topic. Ideas are not professionally sound and creative. Ideas are in a list format rather than synthesized. Few if any knowledge gaps are identified and the implications on nursing may be erroneous or missing.

25.96 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

The literature is listed, but it is neither analyzed nor synthesized.

44 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContent

20 to >16.4 pts

Meets Expectations

A minimum of 7 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Literature is supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Subtopics are used to support the main topic. All in-text citations are present and correctly formatted.

16.4 to >15.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

There are between 5–6 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Literature is supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Only a few subtopics are used to support the main topic and/or subtopics are inappropriate. Most in-text citations are present, but might be improperly formatted.

15 to >11.8 pts

Falls Below Expectations

There are between 2–4 peer-reviewed articles, books, or limited non-research literature (tool kits or standardized procedures) are present. Some of the literature is not supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely. Subtopics are not used to support the main topic. In-text citations are missing or several are improperly formatted.

11.8 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Most literature included is not supported by scientific evidence that is credible and timely, or there are between 0–1 sources identified. Subtopics are not used to support the main topic. In-text citations are incorrect or missing.

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeOrganization

8 to >6.56 pts

Meets Expectations

Content is well written throughout. Information is well organized and clearly communicated.

6.56 to >6.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Content is overly wordy or lacking in specific language. Information is reasonably organized and communicated.

6 to >4.72 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Content is disorganized in many places and it lacks clarity.

4.72 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Content lacks clarity and information is disorganized, or may be a list or a catalog of ideas.

8 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Format/Mechanics

8 to >6.56 pts

Meets Expectations

Follows all the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. Assignment is free of spelling and grammatical errors.

6.56 to >6.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Follows length requirement and most of the requirements related to format, source citations, and layout. Assignment is mostly free of spelling and grammatical errors.

6 to >4.72 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Follows most of the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. Assignment contains some spelling and grammatical errors.

4.72 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Does not follow format, length, source citations, and layout requirements. Assignment contains many spelling and grammatical errors.

8 pts

Total Points: 80

PreviousNext

NURS 5103: Theoretical Foundations Discussion Board.

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Discussion #1
Aug 28 – Oct 2


Must post first.
“Bias consists of attitudes, behaviors, and actions that are prejudiced in favor of or
against one person or group compared to another” (National Institutes of Health, n.d.,
para 1). “Implicit bias is a form of bias that occurs automatically and unintentionally,
that nevertheless affects judgments, decisions, and behaviors” (National Institutes of
Health, n.d., para. 2).
1. https://rn-journal.com/journal-of-nursing/racism-implicit-bias-and-theory-failure-innursing
2. https://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/biases-in-healthcare
For this first discussion, read the articles found at the links above. Then go to the
following website, https://nursology.net/nurse-theories/ and select a nursing theory
that attempts to mitigate the negative effects of bias. After doing so, please answer
the following:
1. What is the title, author, and year that the theory was developed?
2. What is the purpose of the theory?
3. Do you think the author was successful in addressing possible implicit bias? Please
explain.
Reference
National Institutes of Health. (n.d.). Implicit bias. U.S. Department of Health and
Human Sciences. Retrieved August 25, 2023,
from https://diversity.nih.gov/sociocultural-factors/implicit-bias
You must start a thread before you can read and reply to other threads
1
NURS 5103: Theoretical Foundations
Discussion Board
Instructions
You will complete three (3) discussions during the semester in which you will synthesize
the content of assigned readings and course material into a collegial discussion with your
peers. Due dates can be found in the Course Calendar.
1. The discussions are located in D2L under Discussions.
2. You should review the grade criteria before making any posts to the discussion
board.
3. You are expected to incorporate content from current readings into your initial
posts and in your comments to peers.
4. Your course faculty will initiate the discussion, usually by asking a series of
questions related to the topic of study.
5. Your initial response to the discussion topic should answer the questions.
Remember to answer the questions!
6. You are expected to comment on at least two (2) peers’ initial posts. Comments to
peers should stimulate discussion. The best way to stimulate discussion is to ask
questions or provide an alternative viewpoint.
7. You must make your initial post before commenting on any of your peers’ posts.
8. You are expected to respond to comments provided by your peers on your initial
post as well as on your comments to your peers’ initial posts; this will encourage
a “back and forth” discussion with your peers.
9. If more than two students provide comments on your initial discussion post, you
will only be responsible for responding to two of them (but you can respond to all
of them if you would like).
10. Create your discussion post in a Word document, then copy and paste the contents
into the body of the discussion. Do not include any attachments!
11. Do not be concerned about spacing and indentations because sometimes this is not
maintained when copying and pasting into the discussion area.
12. References should be cited as appropriate throughout your discussion using APA
format.
13. References should be listed at the end of your discussion rather than on a separate
page. References should be in APA format.
2
Grade Rubric
Criteria
Possible Points
1. Your initial post reveals development of ideas about the
discussion topic.
a. Answers the discussion questions;
b. Incorporates content from assigned readings into post.
25
2. Your initial post contains substantive content.
a. Evidence of critical thinking;
b. Includes the integration of current literature from
referenced sources.
15
3. Peer to peer discussions are facilitated.
a. Initial post is posted by due date;
b. Responds to comments provided by peers on your initial
post.
15
4. Your comments on peers’ initial posts stimulates and advances
discussion.
a. Asks relevant questions, and/or
b. Provides alternative viewpoints (referenced)
20
5. Peer to peer discussions are facilitated.
a. Comments on at least two (2) peer’s initial posts
b. Acknowledges peer’s response to comments.
15
6. Discussion posts are:
a. Written using standard American English which includes
grammar, spelling, and sentence structure;
b. References are cited using APA format within the post
and listed at the end of the post as in a reference page.*
10
TOTAL
100

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion Responses

Description

This is a continuation of the assignment completed a week ago. Please see the attached instructions for responses to the discussions per the instructions below, and let me know if you have additional questions. I attached each post, making it a total of 3, so we need responses to each of them on the attached pages to avoid confusion.Students must respond to at least 3 of their fellow classmate’s articles.Response PostsResponse length: 0.5 page

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Treating inpatient hypertension
Topic of choice: When do we treat inpatient hypertension?
This came from a discussion with my hospitalist preceptor as we discussed inappropriate
paging/abuse of Epic SecureChat, and when it is appropriate for nurses to page about blood
pressure management.
Article: Treatment and Outcomes of Inpatient Hypertension Among Adults With Noncardiac
Admissions, 2021
Citation:
Rastogi, R., Sheehan, M. M., Hu, B., Shaker, V., Kojima, L., & Rothberg, M. B. (2021).
Treatment and Outcomes of Inpatient Hypertension Among Adults With Noncardiac
Admissions. JAMA internal medicine, 181(3), 345–352.
https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.7501
Additional reading just for fun/interest: How should asymptomatic hypertension be
managed in the hospital? (2018)
Summary:
Rastogi et al. (2021) is a cohort study that sought to add to a lacking body of evidence
surrounding hypertension treatment in the inpatient setting. This article specifically focused
on patients who are admitted for noncardiac reasons. The cohort was made up of 22,834
patients admitted between 3-13 days and chart reviews were performed to make sure they
met criteria: 18+ years of age, not pregnant, admitted to medicine service, no admissions for
cardiovascular diagnosis or cerebrovascular event within 30 days, and no cardiovascular
diagnosis as admission diagnosis. The patients were admitted across 10 hospitals.
Measurements taken into consideration were SBP and DBP, as well as heart rate, and
measurements from the ICU were excluded. They decided to use SBP > 140 mmHg as their
standard definition of hypertension. As a part of the chart review, all prior to admission (PTA)
medications were evaluated along with comorbidities of the patients in the study. Further
exploration of the study design and considerations can be found in the article.
There were three phases of analysis: acute treatment of elevated BP, inpatient events
following high blood pressure or after treatment, and lastly the intensification of medication at
time of discharge. Of the patients included in the study, there were abou t 17,810 of the 22,
834 (78%) had at least one elevated blood pressure reading, and about one third of those
were treated. Patients were primarily treated with oral antihypertensives but IV, PO, IM, and
topical administrations were all taken into consideration. Of the patients treated, there were
more listed risk factors for cardiovascular disease and complications such as older
age/African American, and blood pressure readings tended to be higher.
When determining whether or not blood pressure management was helpful vs harmful
in these patients, researchers defined harmful as “resulting in end-organ damage”. End
organ damage was defined as acute kidney injury (AKI), myocardial injury, stroke, and a
composite of all three of these diagnoses. In order to be included in the study, these
outcomes had to occur after the elevated blood pressure reading. Interestingly enough,
those who were treated for elevated blood pressure were actually more likely than the
control patients to end up with AKI or myocardial injury, and results were similar
between those who received PO vs IV treatments. The study found that there were no
greater outcomes with patients who were treated vs left untreated. SBP readings that were
extremely elevated over 220 mmHg were treated 47% of the time. This lack of treatment is
interesting considering that about 80% of resident physicians believed that hypertension
while admitted was a high priority. About one third of hospitalists believed that asymptomatic
hypertension, above 182/100, was reason enough to transfer the patient into the ICU. In
summary, researchers came to the conclusion that “intensification of therapy without signs of
end-organ damage was associated with worse outcomes”.
Upon discharge from the hospital, it was found that about 8% of the patients with
elevated blood pressure readings actually had medication regimens intensified. When it was
intensified, it was not always found to be helpful in overall management.
We do not know exactly when hypertension in the inpatient setting is caused by pain,
nausea, fever, or stress, nor do we know whether or not elevation of BP in these settings is
adaptive vs harmful.
Potential flaws:





Patients with diagnosis of atrial fibrillation or heart failure were included, but those
with cardiovascular diagnoses that require specific BP management were not
(ACS/CVA)
Other signs of end organ damage may not be as easily measured as AKI, stroke, or
MI and could be missed

Potential practice changes:



Treat hypertension conservatively

o
o
o

o
o
o




Is the reading a one off or a trend?
Is the patient symptomatic? And are there signs of end organ damage?
Education among nursing staff regarding symptoms or changes in patient condition
associated with high blood pressure readings
Hospital Surgical Volume and Emergency
General Surgery Outcomes
Hospital Volume of Emergency General Surgery and its Impact on Inpatient Mortality
for Geriatric Patients: Analysis From 3994 Hospitals
This study assessed associations between inpatient surgical outcomes and hospital
case volume for emergency surgery. This was a population-based
retrospective cohort study that used the CMS limited data set files from 2011 to
2013. The cohort was 414,779 patients from 3994 hospitals. This assessed the 7 most
common emergency surgeries evaluated were partial colectomy, small-bowel
resection, cholecystectomy, appendectomy, lysis of adhesions, operative management
of peptic ulcer disease, and laparotomy.
Patients were included in the data analysis if their procedures were considered
emergency or urgency (and they were excluded if considered elective procedures).
Patients were included if their ICD-9 diagnosis met that of the 7 most common
emergency surgeries listed. Patients under 65 were excluded because of significant
comorbidities present in those less than 65 who are on medicare or medicaid; this
dataset is only CMS patients.
The primary outcome assessed was death occurring between admission and discharge;
secondary outcome was length of stay.
Data was analyzed with covariates: the primary independent variable was hospital
surgical volume, but other known or possible covariates were adjusted for. Variables
considered included age range, time of visit, teaching hospital status, transfer-in
status, and gender. Also season of admission, US state, socioeconomic status via
presence of co-insurance along with medicare, and comorbidity per the Charlston
comorbidity index.
A two-way comparison was conducted to describe correlation of covariates to
patients who received surgery in a high-volume center versus a patient in a lowvolume center. A model defining expected death rates was developed, and the death
rates of each hospital for each type of surgery was compared to this standard.
The process of dividing facilities into “high-volume” and “low volume” centers was not
evident.
In analysis of the data, baseline characteristics of high-volume vs. low-volume centers
was: many more total operations in the dataset were performed at low-volume
hospitals. There were no socio-demographic differences between high and lowvolume hospitals. However, high-volume centers had patients with significantly more
comorbidities.
There was significantly better mortality in high-volume centers for patients who
underwent partial colectomy or small bowel resection.
-Surgical technical complications were generally no different between groups.
However, high surgical volume centers had better rates of pneumonia, sepsis, and
cardiac arrest in small bowel resection patients. High surgical volume centers had
better rates of pneumonia and cardiac arrest for colectomies.
Cholecystectomy, lysis of adhesions, appendectomy, and multiple surgery procedures
had better mortality in high-volume centers (not statistically significant)
Laparotomy & Peptic ulcer disease surgeries had better mortality in low-volume
centers (not statistically significant). Maybe this is because there are more critically ill
patients for these operations at high-volume centers. It is hard to account for the
gestalt of low-volume center surgeons who decide to refer on specific acute surgical
issues. Patients receiving these issues at high-volume centers had significantly more
patients with multi-organ failure; and those having ulcer surgery at high-volume
centers were significantly more likely to have had chronic kidney disease. Per the
authors, other research seems to show that extra time taken to send a peptic ulcer
perforation/bleeding to a higher-volume center causes more death instead of doing
emergency surgeries in the lower volume center.
Overall, there may be more to just the surgical skill at high volume centers that
improves outcomes for colectomies and small bowel resection. It may be the
interdisciplinary care, resources, and other perioperative care that help prevent
postoperative complications like pneumonia, sepsis, and cardiac arrest.
For people in America over 65, having small bowel resections or colectomies done at
low-volume centers does seem to be worse than having them completed at highvolume centers. Also, emergency surgical outcomes may be better in general at highvolume centers; this may be related to perioperative care differences and not so much
the surgical skill and techniques. Systems-based approach for perioperative care may
improve surgical outcomes in lower-volume centers to that of higher volume centers.
One must remember that this is a retrospective study that appears to show some
correlations. No causative claims can be made, but the analysis of many different
covariates helps to describe these phenomena.
Ang, D., Sugimoto, J., Richards, W., Liu, H., Kinslow, K., McKenney, M., Ziglar, M., &
Elkbuli, A. (2023). Hospital Volume of Emergency General Surgery and its Impact on
Inpatient Mortality for Geriatric Patients: Analysis From 3994 Hospitals. The American
Surgeon, 89(4), 996–1002. https://doiorg.akin.css.edu/10.1177/00031348211049251
NSG 8712: Acute Care Adult Gerontology Practicum II
Journal Club Discussion

Students will select an evidence-based article pertinent to acute care that is less than three years
old. Students will analyze the article, write a brief summary or record a brief summary to be
posted to Brightspace and discuss potential practice changes.
○ Brief, in this assignment, means 1-2 pages or 5 mins if recorded. Journal Club in a
professional setting typically is just that, a brief summary of an article, the statistical
analysis, potential flaws, and potential practice changes.
Discussion Post Grading Rubric
Critical Thinking
20-16 pts
Outstanding:
-Rich in content
-Full of thought
-Insightful
-Broad
Understanding of
Topic
15-11 pts
Proficient:
-Substantial
Information
-Evident that
thought, insight,
and analysis of
sorts has taken
place
110-6 pts
Basic:
-General
information
-Thought,
insight, analysis
is commonplace
5-0 pts
Below
Expectations:
-Rudimentary
and superficial
-Incomplete
Understanding and
Applications of
Concepts
20-16 pts
Outstanding:
-Content applies
to personal and
professional
practice
-Examples of
health care
delivery systems
15-11 pts
Proficient:
-Content of
posting reflects
full
understanding of
concepts with
some application
10-6 pts
Basic:
-Content of post
reflects basic
understanding of
concept little to
now application
5-0 pts
Below
Expectations:
-Content of post
does not reflect
understanding or
concepts
-Incomplete
Application and
Analysis of
Professional
Resources
20-16 pts
Outstanding:
-Post
incorporates
assigned reading,
lessons, expert
opinion, peer
reviewed
content, and life
experiences
15-11 pts
Proficient:
-Post
incorporates
only assigned
reading or life
experiences
10-6 pts
Basic:
-Post
incorporates
mostly expert
opinion or life
experiences
5-0 pts
Below
Expectations:
-Post does not
incorporate
sources and lacks
professional
resources
-Incomplete
Professionalism
20-16 pts
Outstanding:
-Clear, logical
-Grammar
-Respectful
-Actively
engaged in
responses
15-11 pts
Proficient:
-Clear, logical
-Few
grammatical
errors
– Responds but
not actively
engaged
10-6 pts
Basic:
-Obvious errors
in information
-Responses show
lack of
engagement
-Low
engagement
5-0 pts
Below
Expectations:
-Copious Errors
-Difficult to
understand
-Defensive or
disrespectful in
postings
Timeliness
20-16pts
Outstanding:
Posts
15-11pts
Proficient:
1-2 days late
10-6pts
Basic:
>2 days late
5-0 pts
Below
Expectations:
> 3 days late
-Incomplete

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Green initiatives and supply chain

Description

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:How important is green in the overall purchasing decision for health care products and supplies? Defend your answer.Does purchasing green products impact the supply chain budget? In what way?

Discussion

Description

Discussion Board Assignment 1 Instructions:1) Visit the Website of CDC’s Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, (https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/Links to an external site.); click onto the Corona Virus-19 link and then: Describe TWO separate, interesting events ( articles) that the CDC has reported on in their report on the COVID-19 issue of the MMWR?- Make sure you include any specific or important details from the report AND include your opinion of the event (what made it interesting to you).2) Submit your post by clicking on Reply and either typing in your information, or attaching a file.3) Respond to at least 2 other student’s posts by reading their thread and clicking on the reply button. Your response needs to have some depth by giving specific examples of why you are saying what you are saying- In other words, don’t simply post ” that was a great idea you had”. Refer to your text or cite other media for your answers. Remember to use at least 1 citation in your reply posts along with your opinions.

Nursing Question

Description

As a nurse, how often have you thought to yourself, If I had anything to do about it, things would work a little differently? Increasingly, nurses are beginning to realize that they do, in fact, have a role and a voice. Many nurses encounter daily experiences that motivate them to take on an advocacy role in hopes of

impacting policies, laws, or regulations that impact healthcare issues of interest. Of course, doing so means entering the less familiar world of policy and politics. While many nurses do not initially feel prepared to operate in this space effectively, the reward is the opportunity to shape and influence future health policy.

To Prepare:

Select a bill that has been proposed (not one that has been enacted) using the congressional websites provided in the Learning Resources.

The Assignment: (1- to 2-page Legislation Grid; 1-page Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement)

Be sure to add a title page, an introduction, purpose statement, and a conclusion. This is an APA paper.

Part 1: Legislation Grid

Based on the health-related bill (proposed, not enacted) you selected, complete the Legislation Grid Template. Be sure to address the following:

Determine the legislative intent of the bill you have reviewed.

Identify the proponents/opponents of the bill.

Identify the target populations addressed by the bill.

Where in the process is the bill currently? Is it in hearings or committees?

Part 2: Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement

Based on the health-related bill you selected, develop a 1-page Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement that addresses the following:

Advocate a position for the bill you selected and write testimony in support of your position.

Explain how the social determinants of income, age, education, or gender affect this legislation.

Describe how you would address the opponent to your position. Be specific and provide examples.

At least 2 outside resources and 2-3 course specific resources are used.

Nursing Question

Description

Anybody have any experience with this assignment? I’m in a time pinch and need some help! It’s a 16-20 slide PowerPoint about root cause analysis and the RaDonda Vaught Case. It asks for the details of the case, opinions about the verdict, how to prevent a similar incident, issues that may have led to distraction etc. Basically just a PowerPoint breaking down the whole case

Nursing Question

Description

An article summary table is a tool that can help you organize, summarize, and keep track of what you’ve read. Keep in mind the end goal is to present a thesis statement – evidence – evidence-based recommendations/solutions. For this assignment, begin to organize and summarize the articles you have read that will be helpful to you when writing your scholarly paper by completing the table for 3 of the article and format a reference list with a total of 5 peer reviewed scholarly articles that you intend to use for your paper.Directions:Please complete and submit the table and reference list below using a minimum of 5 articles from the professional literature (NURSING preferred). Please submit your work as a Word doc.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Approved Topic:_______________________________________________________________
Literature Summary
Find 5 current peer reviewed scholarly articles related to your topic that may be helpful when
writing your paper.
Part 1: Complete the table below using one box for each of three of the five articles you found
on your topic. Synthesize the findings. After completing the table, review the “Findings”
section of each article. What solutions do some (or all) of the articles have in common? Is there
any overlap?
Part 2: Complete a fully formatted APA 7th edition reference page with a heading for all five
of the articles.
Article #1
Year/Location
Purpose
Findings
Factors
Which factors were discussed? (i.e. legal, spiritual, ethical, cultural, financial)
Discussed
Areas of
Nursing
Discussed
Which areas were specifically discussed? (i.e. practice, administration,
education, research, other)
Impact on
Profession as
a whole
Critically think about the impact on the nursing profession as a whole (i.e.
pros/cons, advantages/disadvantages, driver of change, etc.)
Article #2
Year/Location
Purpose
Findings
Factors
Which factors were discussed? (i.e. legal, spiritual, ethical, cultural, financial)
Discussed
Areas of
Nursing
Discussed
Which areas were specifically discussed? (i.e. practice, administration,
education, research, other)
Impact on
Profession as
a whole
Critically think about the impact on the nursing profession as a whole (i.e.
pros/cons, advantages/disadvantages, driver of change, etc.)
Article #3
Year/Location
Purpose
Findings
Factors
Which factors were discussed? (i.e. legal, spiritual, ethical, cultural, financial)
Discussed
Areas of
Nursing
Discussed
Which areas were specifically discussed? (i.e. practice, administration,
education, research, other)
Impact on
Profession as
a whole
Critically think about the impact on the nursing profession as a whole (i.e.
pros/cons, advantages/disadvantages, driver of change, etc.)
Synthesize the findings:
After completing the table, review the “Findings” section of each article. What solutions do some
(or all) of the articles have in common? Is there any overlap?
Scroll down to complete Part 2 on a new page.
Please use formatting guidelines from APA 7th edition for margins, font, heading, hanging indent
and double spacing.
References
Literature Summary (1)
Literature Summary (1)
Criteria
Ratings
This criterion is linked to a
Learning OutcomeSource
Relevance
20 pts
16 pts
12 pts
0 pts
Provides relevant
background for 3
articles that will
contribute to the
development of the
paper
Contains fewer
than 3 articles OR
may not be fully
developed and
may be lacking in
key details
Contains fewer
than 3 articles
AND is not fully
developed or is
lacking in key
details
No
Marks
Identifies time/place;
Summarizes the purpose and
findings;
This criterion is linked to a
Learning OutcomeContent
Relevance
Identifies:
Factors Discussed (legal;
ethical; spiritual; cultural;
financial) and
Areas of Nursing Discussed
(practice; administration;
education; research;
profession as a whole)
Pts
20 pt
20 pts
16 pts
12 pts
0 pts
Table is complete
with minimal or no
gaps in specific
data needed to
develop scholarly
paper
Table is mostly
complete with no
more than 2 gaps in
specific data
needed to develop
scholarly paper
Table missing 3
or more areas of
relevant data
needed to
develop
scholarly paper
Table
format is
omitted
10 pts
6 pts
0 pts
No errors
1 or more errors
No Marks
20 pt
This criterion is linked to a
Learning OutcomeHeading
and Format
“References”, Centered,
Bold, 12 TNR font
Hanging indent; Double
spaced throughout;
Alphabetical Order
10 pt
Literature Summary (1)
Criteria
Ratings
This criterion is linked to a
Learning OutcomeSources
10 pts
6 pts
0 pts
No more than 1 error
2 or
more
errors
No
Marks
At least 5 (total) references
for peer reviewed scholarly
articles from the nursing
literature relative to the
topic current within the last
5 years
This criterion is linked to a
Learning OutcomeAuthor(s)
and Date
Listed in correct format; Uses
correct punctuation; Appears
in the correct place within
the reference
Pts
At least 5 sources identified; all sources are peer
reviewed scholarly articles; all sources are from the
nursing literature; all sources are relative to the topic;
all sources are current within the last 5 years
10 pts
6 pts
0 pts
No more than 1 error
2 or more errors
No Marks
10 pts
6 pts
0 pts
No more than 1 error
2 or more errors
No Marks
10 pts
6 pts
0 pts
No more than 1 error
2 or more errors
No Marks
10 pt
10 pt
This criterion is linked to a
Learning OutcomeTitle listed
in correct format
Uses sentence case
(capitalize first word in title
and subtitle);
Appears in the correct place
within the reference; correct
punctuation
This criterion is linked to a
Learning
OutcomePublication Name
listed in correct format
Uses title case (each word
capitalized);
Italicized;
Appears in the correct place
10 pt
10 pt
Literature Summary (1)
Criteria
Ratings
Pts
within the reference; correct
punctuation
This criterion is linked to a
Learning
OutcomePublication
Information listed in correct
format
Volume (italicized); Issue;
Page #(s); correct
punctuation;
DOI provided and functional
Total Points: 100
10 pts
6 pts
0 pts
No more than 1 error
2 or more errors
No Marks
10 pt

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Vark analysis

Description

750 words. The layout should be like the one in the sample

Unformatted Attachment Preview

VARK Analysis Paper
http://vark-learn.com/the-vark-questionnaire/
Learning styles represent the different approaches to learning based on preferences, weaknesses,
and strengths. For learners to best achieve the desired educational outcome, learning styles must
be considered when creating a plan. Complete “The VARK Questionnaire,” located on the VARK
website, and then complete the following:
1. Click “OK” to receive your questionnaire scores.
2. Once you have determined your preferred learning style, review the corresponding link to
view your learning preference.
3. Review the other learning styles: visual, aural, read/write, kinesthetic, and multimodal
(listed on the VARK Questionnaire Results page).
4. Compare your current preferred learning strategies to the identified strategies for your
preferred learning style.
5. Examine how awareness of learning styles has influenced your perceptions of teaching
and learning.
In a paper (750-1,000 words), summarize your analysis of this exercise and discuss the overall
value of learning styles. Include the following:
1. Provide a summary of your learning style according the VARK questionnaire.
2. Describe your preferred learning strategies. Compare your current preferred learning
strategies to the identified strategies for your preferred learning style.
3. Describe how individual learning styles affect the degree to which a learner can
understand or perform educational activities. Discuss the importance of an educator
identifying individual learning styles and preferences when working with learners.
4. Discuss why understanding the learning styles of individuals participating in health
promotion is important to achieving the desired outcome. How do learning styles
ultimately affect the possibility for a behavioral change? How would different learning
styles be accommodated in health promotion?
Cite to at least three peer-reviewed or scholarly sources to complete this assignment. Sources
should be published within the last 5 years and appropriate for the assignment criteria.
Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide,
RUBRIC
Personal learning style according to the VARK questionnaire is identified and described in
detail. Summary offers examples that display personal insight or reflection.
Personal learning strategy is clearly described. A comparison of current preferred learning
styles and VARK identified learning styles is detailed. Overall discussion demonstrates insight
into preferred learning strategies and how these support preferred learning styles.
Importance of learning styles for a learner, and importance of educator identifying individual
learning styles and preferences when working with learners, is thoroughly discussed. The
importance of learning styles for learners participating in healthy promotion, and identifying
them as an educator, is clearly established. Strong rationale and evidence support discussion.
Understanding the learning styles of individuals participating in a health promotion, and the
correlation to behavioral change and achieving desired outcomes is discussed in detail. A
strong correlation has been established. Accommodation of different learning styles is
discussed. The narrative demonstrates insight into the importance of learning styles to health
promotion and behavioral outcomes.
Thesis is comprehensive and contains the essence of the paper. Thesis statement makes the
purpose of the paper clear.
Clear and convincing argument that presents a persuasive claim in a distinctive and compelling
manner. All sources are authoritative.
Writer is clearly in command of standard, written, academic English.
VARK Analysis
Student A. Sample
College of Nursing and Health Care Professions, Grand Canyon University
NRS 429VN: Family-Centered Health Promotion
Shelly Liu, MSN-HCI
September ##, 2023
2
VARK Analysis
This is the introductory paragraph of your paper. It is important to start off with a statement that
grabs the attention of your reader. Remember that a paragraph needs to have at least three
sentences. The last sentence of your introductory paragraph is called your thesis statement. This
statement needs to be clear and concise. This describes or explains the purpose of this paper.
Why did you write this paper? An example for the last sentence of this paragraph that you may
use until you learn more about thesis statements is this: The purpose of this paper is to …. then
summarize what you are going to talk about. Please review Purdue Owl for help in developing a
thesis statement at the link attached:
https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/general_writing/the_writing_process/thesis_statement_tips.html
Personal Learning Style According to VARK Questionnaire
Above is called a Level 1 Heading. It is centered and in boldface. Headings are a great way to
make certain that all questions are answered in assignments. The entire document is Times New
Roman 12 font. The document is double spaced with 1” margins. The paper is aligned to the left
side. There is only one space at the end of a sentence. Do not add extra spacing between
headings and paragraphs.
This entire template was developed by looking at the assignment instructions and the grading
rubric to address all sections. Please take a moment and review the grading rubric. If in a course
you are not given a template, this will help you to develop your own. Also, it will help in keeping
the information organized.
In this section, there will be a discussion of your personal learning style according to the VARK
Questionnaire. You will be describing in detail of your style identified by the VARK
Questionnaire. Also, provide a summary that offers examples that display personal insight or
3
reflection. Remember when you are talking about the VARK Questionnaire, don’t forget your intext citation.
Preferred Learning Strategies
Your personal learning strategy is clearly described in this section. Provide a detailed
comparison of your current preferred learning styles and VARK identified learning styles.
Include an overall discussion demonstrating insight into preferred learning strategies and how
these support preferred learning styles.
Identifying Learning Styles as an Educator
In this section, there will be a discussion on the effect of education performance and importance
of identifying learning styles for learners as an educator. Why is it important to understand the
learning styles for a learner? What is the importance of an educator to identifying these
individual learning styles and preferences when working with learners? Describe how individual
learning styles affect the degree to which a learner can understand or perform educational
activities. Discuss the importance of an educator identifying individual learning styles and
preferences when working with learners. This should be a thorough discussion with strong
rationale and evidence to support your discussion.
When it states, “evidence to support”, this would be peer-reviewed articles that helps to enforce
your argument. Don’t forget in-text citations. Every sentence that is from another source needs to
have an in-text citation. An in-text citation at the end of a paragraph is not acceptable. Also, any
in-text citation must have a reference listed on the references page and any reference
on the references page needs to have an in-text citation. This paper is requiring at least three
references to be used. Remember, one of those will be the VARK Questionnaire.
Learning Styles and Health Promotion
4
In this section, there will be a discussion on how understanding the learning styles of individuals
when participating in health promotion. Along with the correlation to behavioral change and
achieving desired outcomes is discussed in detail. To get the max points for this section, there
needs to be a strong correlation established (good references to support the information
presented). Another area for this section to be discussed is the accommodation of different
learning styles. This narrative demonstrates insight into the importance of learning styles to
health promotion and behavioral outcomes.
Conclusion
This would be a wrap up of what you have already discussed. Be careful not to introduce a new
subject in this paragraph. This is a summary. Always, take a moment and take pride in your
paper. If there are grammar or spelling mistakes, clean them up. It looks unprofessional when a
paper has a spelllllling error. This template has given you a lot of information so use it to your
benefit. Make this your best paper ever!
5
References
VARK Learn Limited. (2022). The VARK questionnaire.
http://vark-learn.com/the-vark-questionnaire/
Whitney, S. (2022). Teaching and learning styles. In Grand Canyon University, Health
promotion: Health and wellness across the continuum (2nd ed., pp. 6-26). Grand Canyon
University.
There are two references listed to help with formatting and hanging indents. The first one is the
VARK Questionnaire and the second one is from your E-book – Chapter 1 only. Each chapter of
your book has a different reference. The in-text citation for the first reference would be like this
(VARK Learn Limited, 2022). Or—According to VARK Learn Limited (2022), …… The
second reference would have an in-text citation of (Whitney, 2022). For this
assignment, there needs to be at least three references, you will need to locate at least one
more.
Good luck on this assignment and have fun with it!!

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

replay a discussion

Description

Hypothesis testing is a fundamental research tool with substantial implications in healthcare practice, facilitating data-driven decision-making and enhancing patient interactions. In one scenario, researchers may assess the efficacy of a new medication. The null hypothesis suggests no significant difference compared to the standard treatment, while the alternative hypothesis claims superiority. To reject the null hypothesis, a common criterion is a significance level, typically set at 0.05 (Smith & Fox, 2010). This threshold means that if the calculated p-value from the data falls below 0.05, the null hypothesis is rejected, indicating the new medication’s efficacy. This decision significantly impacts healthcare practice, guiding treatment choices and ultimately influencing patient well-being (Smith & Fox, 2010; Ambrose et al., 2022).In another example, researchers might investigate the impact of lifestyle factors on disease risk. The null hypothesis posits no relationship between lifestyle and disease risk, while the alternative hypothesis argues otherwise. To reject the null hypothesis, a significance level like 0.05 is again used (Johnson & Brown, 2018). If the p-value is lower than this threshold, the null hypothesis is discarded, signifying that lifestyle indeed influences disease risk. This finding holds significance in healthcare, enabling practitioners to counsel patients on lifestyle modifications to prevent or manage diseases (Johnson & Brown, 2018; Ambrose et al., 2022).In summary, hypothesis testing empowers healthcare professionals to make evidence-based decisions, leading to improved patient outcomes and fostering more informed patient interactions.

Health & Medical Question

Description

My request is very simple! I just want 2 paragraphs (ALL WRITTEN IN YOUR OWN WORDS) on how the middle eastern nutritional beliefs and practices might be harmful to newborn babies. I need examples and references with quotes from those references. That is all. It should not take too long.After the 2 paragraphs are written I would like you to also include bullet points of them so I can add the bullet points to a slide while I can read the 2 paragraphs for my presentation and submit them to my teacher.Thank you!Requirements: 2 paragraphs and bullet points

Making PowerPoint from case 4 ( a paitent that has pulmunary disease)

Description

I uploaded the patient case and Cmap. You need to use them to make power point slides

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Case presentations for Rec 1 – Group and Individual evaluations
Group #_____________ Date _____________ Case# _________
Scoring: 3. below expectation = material poorly linked to Cmap or just reading the presentation;
7. Meets expectation = relates content to Cmap, does not just read content, proper depth and
length, coordinated with other team members; 10. Exceeds expectation = strongly connects
content to Cmap, explains material at a high level, coordinated with other team members, does
not need to read material and able to answer audience questions thoughtfully.
Individual scores:
Student Name
Parts of
Case/Cmap
presented
Appropriate
time
management
(Y/N)
Case introduced
clearly with
subjective and
objective
findings on
Cmap
Cmap section
presented linked
clearly to Cmap
Assessment
physiology and
pharmacology
components
well explained
and clearly
linked to Cmap
Presentation
content and
flow clearly
shows
coordination
with other group
members
Maximum points for this section = 60
Group/Team score:
Group #_____________ Date _____________ Case# _________
Cmap is thoughtful
and easy to read
3=missing important components or connections
7=all components are present
10=components are present and clearly linked to presentation
Cmap has all
components and
connections as
outlined in Cmap
lecture
Team presentation
shows obvious
coordination of
content among group
3=components missing so connections missing
7=connections are present for components, not clearly linear thought
10= clear and thoughtful connections useful in presntation
All team members
have comparable
parts in presentation
3=any team members has little part eg. Just presents case
components not requiring research or thought
7=all team members present at least part of the assessment and plan
components
10=all team members coordinated to provide equal in-depth
components of the assessment and plan.
Able to field
questions related to
Cmap and
presentation
3=no team members can answer basic questions from audience
7=at least one team member is able to answer audience questions
10=all team members show ability to answer questions related to
their part of presentation
Max for this section = 50
3=coordination is not apparent, obvious team members just worked
on separate sections.
7=members are coordinated in their presentation
10=members enhance each others presentations by reinforcing parts
others presented
Group/Team score re question quality:
Group #_____________ Date _____________ Case# _________
Student
Question asked
uses 4 option
multiple choice
format or
calculation style
format.
3=no, 10=yes
Question
includes 4
appropriate
choices
3=no, 10=yes
Question added
educational
content reflectin
physiology,
pharmacology,
or pharm
practice lab.
3=no, 10=yes
Question answer
explained
properly to class
3=no, 10=yes
Allows audience
time to answer
question.
3=no, 10=yes
Maximum points for this section = 50
Student group SOAP note well organized and reflective of case discussion and Cmap:
5=not organized or incorrect, 15=good and appropriate, 20= excellent
References are correctly formatted:
5=>50% incorrect, 15=
Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Reply.

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ABDULLAAH 520
The term “medical error” incorporates a variety of events with varying severity and potential
for patient damage. According to the 2019 World Health Organization (WHO) Factsheet on
Patient Safety, adverse events resulting from hazardous patient care are among the top ten
causes of mortality and disability worldwide.(Singh et al., 2023)
An error is a behavior that can result in a negative consequence. Everyone makes errors;
it is a part of being human. Cognitive psychologists believe that lapses, slip-ups, and errors
are inevitable, as they are the price, we pay for advanced higher brain function. Specifically,
a medical error is a preventable adverse effect of treatment, regardless of whether it is
obvious to the patient or detrimental. This may involve a misdiagnosis or inadequate
treatment of a disease, injury, behavior, infection, or other ailment.(Jhugursing et al., 2017)
Root cause analysis (RCA) is a technique for identifying the factors responsible for
performance variations. This variation in efficacy may result in a sentinel event in cases of
medical error. The Joint Commission mandates a standardized RCA procedure to identify the
cause of medical errors and thus enable healthcare institutions to develop strategies to prevent
future errors.(Singh et al., 2023)
Errors are inevitable in all health care systems. To enhance patient safety, it is vital that
these errors are identified, and lessons are drawn from these cases. Error data are collected by
incident reporting systems (IRS) to facilitate learning and improve patient safety. The
fundamental premise of the system-based approach is that humans are fallible and that even
in the finest organizations, errors are inevitable. The systems-based approach is significantly
more applicable to the NHS because it considers the organizational processes and sequence
of events that led to the error. Errors are seen as consequences rather than causes, having their
origins not so much in the perversity of human nature as in the ‘upstream’ systemic
factors.(Jhugursing et al., 2017)
RCA is a structured, exhaustive investigation of a patient safety incident to identify the
underlying causes and contributing factors, which are then analyzed to identify any learning
opportunities. The learning points can be implemented to reduce the likelihood of a similar or
identical incident occurring again.
The RC investigation technique.(Jhugursing et al., 2017)
1. starting, and to perform an RCA. The incident must be classified according to its severity,
and an appropriate team must be convened.
2.Collecting and organizing the data. This phase involves gathering all pertinent information
regarding the incident.
Identifying issues with care and service delivery.
Care delivery issues and service delivery issues encompass all acts of commission and
omission.
4. analyzing the data by identifying contributing factors and underlying causes.To determine
the fundamental cause of a CDP or SDP, it is necessary to identify the contributing factor to
each problem. Contributing factors include any action, omission, or deficiency that paves the
way for an error to occur.
5. Developing suggestions and solutions. The solutions provide the impression that patient
safety incidents can be prevented permanently and readily.
6. putting solutions into effect. Communication, dissemination, diffusion, adoption, spread,
and sustainability are ongoing, dynamic processes involved in the implementation of a
solution.
7. Create the report. Each trust has its own customized template. When analyzing
investigation results, it is crucial to be aware of and avoid hindsight bias and outcome bias.
Reference:
Jhugursing, M., Dimmock, V., & Mulchandani, H. (2017). Error and Root Cause
Analysis. BJA Education, 17(10), 323–333. https://doi.org/10.1093/bjaed/mkx019
Singh, G., Patel, R. H., & Boster, J. (2023). Root Cause Analysis and Medical Error
Prevention. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing.
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK570638/
ABDULLLAH 525
The use of health technology in various areas of health care is growing. It offers numerous
options to satisfy societal requirements for enhancing quality, maximizing resource
utilization, and coproducing care within the health care system. As health technology has
progressed beyond supporting the treatment of life-threatening or congenital diseases and into
genomics, diagnosis, surveillance, and big data, as well as artificial intelligence, the central
ethical questions have shifted to concerns regarding individual and system-level integrity and
equity. Such concerns relate to the possibility that technology is biased, contributes to or even
exacerbates inequalities, and overturns the principles for how care has been traditionally
practiced and the logical framework for structuring the care system.(Steerling et al., 2022)
Professionals in health informatics are governed by federal, state, and local regulations, as
well as an American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA) code of ethics.
Keeping up with legal and ethical issues can be difficult due to the relative youth of the
profession and its rapid evolution as a result of rapid technological development. Healthcare
workers and consultants, health policymakers, and medical researchers are just some of the
professional communities affected by altering regulations, laws, and ethical standards.
American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA) members have access to a working
group dedicated to continuing education regarding ethical, legal, and social issues associated
with health informatics.(“Legal and Ethical Issues in Healthcare Informatics,” 2020)
Ethical and legal considerations influence every aspect of the health informatics
profession. The issue essentially boils down to finding a method to strike a balance between
the need to safeguard the security of patient information and the potential for enhanced care
and outcomes resulting from increased interoperability and the ability to share records among
healthcare entities.(“Legal and Ethical Issues in Healthcare Informatics,” 2020) Here are a
few of the ethical, legal, and social issues that are currently influencing the profession of
health informatics:

The protection of patient confidentiality

Patient security

Risk analysis

Design and presentation of data for reporting System implementation

Curriculum planning

Research morality

Legal duty

Participation of users and accessibility

There are ethical dilemmas deriving from the availability and sharing of data.
The rapid development and implementation of multiple health information technologies
enabled medical organizations to store, communicate, and analyze a vast quantity of personal
medical/health and biomedical data, the majority of which are electronic health records
(EHR) and genomic data. Emerging technologies, such as smart phones and wearable
devices, have also enabled third-party companies to offer a variety of complementary
mHealth services and collect vast quantities of consumer health data.(Xiang & Cai, 2021)
Reusing health data under the premise of preserving privacy is the direct and crucial
strategy for balancing the two issues. The most fundamental concept is to share de-identified
health data by protected health information (PHI), while eliminating 18 specified PHI. On the
basis of deidentified health data, machine learning and data mining can be used for
knowledge extraction or learning health system building for the purpose of analyzing and
enhancing care by tailoring treatment to the patient’s clinical or genetic characteristics.(Xiang
& Cai, 2021)
Confidentiality protects confidential information by restricting unauthorized access to
specific information and ensuring the safety and security of personal data. Unauthorized
access may result in data loss and, in certain cases, pose personal hazards to the individual
patient at multiple levels (e.g., data breaches/leaks concerning HIV and other sexually
transmitted disease cases). The accumulation of health information must comply with legal
and ethical privacy regulations, such as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) in
Europe and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) in the United
States. The primary purpose of these regulations is to ensure that confidential patient
information is kept private and not disclosed, as well as to secure the hospital and its
numerous service informatics.(Almaghrabi & Bugis, 2022)
Reference:
Almaghrabi, N. S., & Bugis, B. A. (2022). Patient Confidentiality of Electronic Health
Records: A Recent Review of the Saudi Literature. Dr. Sulaiman Al Habib Medical
Journal, 4(3), 126–135. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44229-022-00016-9
Legal and Ethical Issues in Healthcare Informatics. (2020, April 10). USF Health Online.
https://www.usfhealthonline.com/resources/health-informatics/legal-and-ethical-issues-inhealth-informatics/
Steerling, E., Houston, R., Gietzen, L. J., Ogilvie, S. J., de Ruiter, H.-P., & Nygren, J. M.
(2022). Examining how Ethics in Relation to Health Technology is Described in the Research
Literature: Scoping Review. Interactive Journal of Medical Research, 11(2), e38745.
https://doi.org/10.2196/38745
Xiang, D., & Cai, W. (2021). Privacy Protection and Secondary Use of Health Data:
Strategies and Methods. BioMed Research International, 2021, 6967166.
https://doi.org/10.1155/2021/6967166
ABDULLAH 530
The field of Human Factors (HF) has emerged as a multidisciplinary discipline after the
conclusion of World War II (WW-II). The subject of Human Factors (HF) has three primary
areas of expertise, namely organizational ergonomics, cognitive ergonomics, and physical
ergonomics, each focusing on distinct domains. Organizational ergonomics encompasses
several aspects pertaining to job duties, work processes, operational philosophies, and nontechnical abilities. Cognitive ergonomics encompasses several aspects pertaining to task
analysis, the human-machine interface (HMI), workload management, and alarm concepts.
Physical ergonomics encompasses concerns pertaining to the arrangement of the workplace
and the conditions under which labor is conducted, often referred to as the working
environment (WE).(Johnsen et al., 2017)
The importance of HF engineering in the design and use of safety-critical systems, the
necessity of focusing on non-technical skills (such as communication, teamwork, and
decision-making between different actors), as well as the assessment of safety-critical tasks
and identification of controls that could maximize the likelihood of successful human
performance, were a few of the specific areas mentioned.(Johnsen et al., 2017)
Ergonomics, as defined by the International Ergonomics Association (IEA), is the scientific
field that investigates the interactions between humans and other system components.
Workplace ergonomics refers to interactions between employees and other elements of the
work environment. It is fundamentally about matching the laborer to the task. The IEA
divided ergonomics into three distinct categories: physical, organizational, and
cognitive.(Hoe et al., 2018)
Physical domain is concerned with human anatomy, anthropometry, physiology, and
biomechanics as they pertain to physical activity. This domain includes the employees’ work
environment and apparatus, such as the keyboard, mouse, hand tools, workstations, visual
display units (VDUs), and illumination.(Hoe et al., 2018)
Human Factors and Ergonomics complement each other in healthcare.
The field of health care encompasses individuals fulfilling different roles, such as
patients, caregivers, and clinicians, who engage in interconnected care procedures including
diagnosis, treatment, monitoring, and management. The global problem lies in the endeavor
to guarantee favorable results for both patients, encompassing quality of treatment, patient
safety, and positive patient experience, and physicians participating in their care, including
the quality of their working life.
Human factors (or ergonomics) (HFE) provide systems concepts and methodologies to
enhance care processes and outcomes for patients, caregivers, and clinicians. International
Ergonomics Association defines HFE as “the scientific discipline concerned with the
understanding of interactions among humans and other elements of a system, and the
profession that applies theory, principles, data, and methods to design in order to optimize
human well-being and overall system performance” According to the IEA’s definition of
HFE, people are at the center of (work) systems; systems, their components, and their
interactions should be designed to support performance and improve the well-being of
people. HFE places an emphasis on the physical, cognitive, and organizational aspects of
labor systems.
healthcare example
Existing HFE principles and instruments for single-site or small-scale quality
improvement initiatives may not be applicable to large-scale dissemination programs. In
single-site or small-scale quality development initiatives, direct observations and interviews,
for instance, are comprehensive and manageable assessment instruments. Observations and
interviews at each site participating in a large-scale dissemination program will likely be
impractical and possibly unnecessary. One alternative is to develop a survey-based work
system evaluation tool and remotely administer it at each location.(Xie et al., 2019)
Human Factors and Ergonomics (HFE) is essential to enhancing the healthcare system.
There is no organizational system that supports the deliverance of high-quality, secure care
alongside the general advancement of medicine’s technology. The potential for care delivery
enhancement is immense. System viewpoint: The healthcare system is composed of
interdependent and interrelated social and technical components, forming a highly variable
socio-technical system. User-friendly design: User-centricity entails incorporating human
characteristics and abilities into system design. Work completed: Human and organizational
performance is inherently variable, and few systems could function without regular patterns
of approximate performance adjustments.(Xie et al., 2019)
Reference:
Hoe, V. C., Urquhart, D. M., Kelsall, H. L., Zamri, E. N., & Sim, M. R. (2018). Ergonomic
interventions for preventing work‐related musculoskeletal disorders of the upper limb and
neck among office workers. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2018(10),
CD008570. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD008570.pub3
Johnsen, S. O., Kilskar, S. S., & Fossum, K. R. (2017). Missing focus on Human
Factors – organizational and cognitive ergonomics – in the safety management for the
petroleum industry. Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Part O,
Journal of Risk and Reliability, 231(4), 400–410.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1748006X17698066
Xie, A., Woods-Hill, C. Z., Berenholtz, S. M., & Milstone, A. M. (2019). Use of Human
Factors and Ergonomics to Disseminate Health Care Quality Improvement Programs. Quality
Management in Health Care, 28(2), 117–118.
https://doi.org/10.1097/QMH.0000000000000211
HQS-525: Technology and Health Informat 10845-Riyadh-Males
MEZNA
Ethics In Health Informatics
Ethical guidelines in the context of health informatics play a crucial role in ensuring the
responsible and ethical use of technology and data in healthcare. The healthcare providers
have access to a critical and sensitive patient information. These information should be
secured to prevent any misuse by unauthorized personal. The ethical guidelines provide a
framework for healthcare professionals, researchers, and organizations to navigate the
complex landscape of health information technology while safeguarding patient rights,
privacy, and confidentiality. The ethics in informatics is similar to the principle of ethics
in medicine (Masters, 2012). Theses ethics as following:
Privacy and Confidentiality: Health informatics should adhere to strict privacy and
confidentiality standards to protect patients’ sensitive information. Personal health data
should be collected, stored, and transmitted securely, with limited access except to
authorized individuals. Encryption, access controls, and data anonymization techniques
are employed to minimize the risk of unauthorized disclosure.
Informed Consent: Informed consent is a fundamental principle in health informatics.
Individuals should be fully informed about the purpose, potential risks, and benefits of
health information collection and use. They have the right to give or withhold consent,
and their choices should be respected.
Data Governance: Health informatics should establish robust data governance
frameworks to ensure the responsible management of health data. This includes defining
clear policies and procedures for data collection, storage, access, sharing, and disposal.
Data quality, integrity, and security should be maintained throughout the data lifecycle.
Continuous Improvement and Adaptation: Ethical guidelines need to evolve and adapt
with the changing landscape of health informatics. Regular review and updates are
necessary to address emerging ethical challenges, technological advancements, and legal
requirements.
The American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA) has ethical code called
“Professional Code of Ethics for Health Information Professionals” (Masters, 2012). The
IMIA code consists of fundamental ethical principles such as principle of principle of
Autonomy, principle of Equality and Justice, principle of Beneficence, principle of NonMalfeasance, principle of Impossibility, and principle of Integrity. In addition, it consist
of general principles of informatics Ethics such as principle of Information-Privacy and
Disposition, principle of Openness, principle of Security, principle of Access, principle of
Legitimate Infringement, principle of the Least Intrusive Alternative, principle of
Accountability (Moghaddasi & Ebrahimpour Sadagheyani, 2016). These ethical
principles were established to protect patient information and regulate access to patient
date.
Sharing medical information, particularly patient date does take place in medical practice
for the purpose of education, research and establishment of medical guidelines. However,
the healthcare provider should obtain patient consent to share medical information and
explain how these information will be protected from misuse and inappropriate utilization
of information (Goodman, 2020).
To conclude, patient information are private and critical date, if it was accessed by
unauthorized person it could lead to fraud and other inappropriate date usage. Informatics
ethical principle are similar to the international ethical principles, in addition the AMIA
established code of ethics for health information professionals as they deal with a
sensitive information which ensure the patient date are been secure and utilized in right
way with patient approval.
References
Goodman, K. W. (2020). Ethics in health informatics. Yearbook of medical informatics,
29(1), 026-031.
Masters, K. (2012). Health informatics ethics. Health Informatics: Practical Guide for
Healthcare and Information Technology, 195-215.
Moghaddasi, H., & Ebrahimpour Sadagheyani, H. 2016( .). Code of Ethics of medical
informatics in Asia and America. Journal of Research and Health, 6(5), 463-464.
Fahad Alsatami
Health informatics, which merges healthcare, information technology, and data
management, has significantly transformed healthcare provision. However, it is crucial to
adhere to ethical guidelines during its implementation to ensure patient privacy and data
security (Goodman, 1998).
Ethical Principles in Health Informatics
Key ethical principles in health informatics include:
1. Confidentiality: Patient information should be secure and confidential, with
access limited to authorized personnel (Goodman, 1998).
2. Integrity: Data should be accurate, reliable, and updated. All changes should be
traceable (Goodman, 1998).
3. Consent and Autonomy: Patients should have the right to control and give
informed consent about their health data’s use.
4. Justice: There should be equitable access to, benefits from, and control over one’s
data (Mittelstadt & Floridi, 2016).
Balancing Public Health Protection and Individual Rights
Healthcare providers balance public health protection with respect for individual rights
primarily through data minimization and purpose limitation, collecting only necessary
data and using it for its intended purpose (Kluge, 2004).
In situations like an epidemic, it’s vital to collect and share data to track disease spread
and plan interventions, but the data should be anonymized to protect individual identities.
Additionally, robust security measures should be in place to prevent unauthorized data
access.
Transparency is also essential. Providers must inform patients about the necessity of their
data, how it will be employed, and the protective measures in place (Mittelstadt &
Floridi, 2016). This enhances transparency and cultivates patient trust.
References
Goodman, K. W. (1998). Ethics, Information Technology, and Public Health: New
Challenges for the Clinician-Patient Relationship. Journal of the American Medical
Informatics Association, 6(1), 50–59.
Kluge, E. H. W. (2004). Informed consent and the security of the electronic health record
(EHR): some policy considerations. International Journal of Medical Informatics, 73(3),
229–234.
Mittelstadt, B., & Floridi, L. (2016). The ethics of big data: Current and foreseeable
issues in biomedical contexts. Science and Engineering Ethics, 22(2), 303–341.
Faten
Ethical Guidelines and Principles in Health Informatics
The ethical principles and guidelines can be used to help healthcare professionals make
ethical decisions in all areas of practice. Health informatics professionals can help ensure
the responsible and ethical use of health information technology to improve patient care,
protect patient privacy, and advance healthcare research and innovation. Here are the key
principles that underpin ethical guidelines in health informatics:




“Respect for autonomy” means supporting autonomous decisions but also in the
choice of whether or not to use health technology innovations and share personal
information (Maeckelberghe et al., 2023).
“Beneficence” The moral obligation to act in a way that benefits others, promoting
their well-being and legitimate interests. In the context of health informatics, the
principle of beneficence guides health informatics professionals in using
technology and data to improve patient care and outcomes.
“Non-maleficence” An example that relates to this principle is once a system is
tested against any residual risk of harm to the patient and also in terms of
cybersecurity and data protection, then it might be assumed that the system
ensures the “non-maleficence” principle (Maeckelberghe et al., 2023).
“Justice” Health informatics plays a role in promoting justice by improving
healthcare access and reducing healthcare disparities. Telehealth and
telemedicine, for example, enable patients to receive care from a distance.
Healthcare providers need access to medical information in order to provide appropriate
care and make informed decisions. They must balance the need for information with the
ethical obligation to respect patient autonomy and privacy. To achieve this balance,
healthcare professionals must obtain informed consent from patients. For consent to be
meaningful, individuals need to have a sense of control over their data. They need to be
able to request the correction or removal of inaccurate or inappropriately held data.
Reference:
Heslop, P. A., Davies, K., Sayer, A., et al. (2020). Making consent for electronic health
and social care data research fit for purpose in the 21st century. BMJ Health & Care
Informatics, 27, e100128. doi: 10.1136/bmjhci-2020-100128
Maeckelberghe, E., Zdunek, K., Marceglia, S., Farsides, B., & Rigby, M. (2023). The
ethical challenges of personalized digital health. Frontiers in medicine, 10, 1123863.
https://doi.org/10.3389/fmed.2023.1123863
Abdul,majed
Ethical Principles
Health informatics professionals are guided by a code of ethics and federal,
state, and local regulations
The principles of ethical guidelines in health informatics are essential for
balancing the needs to protect population health while showing respect for
individuals and their medical information
Healthcare providers must navigate the ethical challenges presented by the
development and appropriate use of technology, individual privacy, and the
influence of technologies on healthcare policy
Some of the key principles and considerations in this context include:

Respect for autonomy: Healthcare professionals should respect individuals’ right
to make decisions about their own health information and ensure that they
have the necessary information and understanding to make informed choices

Nonmaleficence: Healthcare providers should strive to do no harm and ensure
that the use of health informatics technologies does not result in adverse effects
on individuals or populations

Beneficence: Healthcare professionals should use health informatics
technologies to promote the well-being of individuals and populations, ensuring
that the benefits outweigh any potential risks or harms

Justice: The use of health informatics should be fair and equitable, ensuring that
all individuals have equal access to the benefits of technology and that the
distribution of resources and services is just

Privacy and confidentiality: Health informatics professionals must adhere to
strict ethical codes to protect patient privacy and confidentiality, ensuring that
sensitive information is only accessed by authorized individuals and used for
appropriate purposes

Transparency and accountability: Healthcare providers should be transparent in
their use of healthcare data, ensuring that individuals understand how their
information is being used and that they are held accountable for the responsible
and ethical use of technology

Preventing bias in data collection and use: Health informatics professionals
should be aware of and actively work to prevent bias in the collection and use of
healthcare data, ensuring that technology does not perpetuate or exacerbate
existing inequalities or disparities

Balancing access and privacy: Health informatics must strike a balance between
necessary access to information for providing quality care and protecting
patient privacy, ensuring that individuals’ rights are respected while still
enabling effective healthcare delivery

Compliance with regulations and codes of ethics: Healthcare providers should
adhere to federal, state, and local regulations, as well as codes of ethics
published by professional associations, to ensure that their use of health
informatics is legal, ethical, and responsible
References:
Ethical Controversies About Proper Health Informatics Practices – PMC – NCBI
THE ROLE OF INFORMATICS IN PROMOTING PATIENT-CENTERED CARE – PMC NCBI
Legal and Ethical Issues in Healthcare Informatics | USF Health Online
Identifying and Addressing Ethical Issues with Use of Electronic Health Records
| OJIN
AHIMA Code of Ethics
What are the principles of ethical guidelines and the use of health… |
CliffsNotes
HQS-520: Risk Management and Patient Sa 10838-Riyadh-Males
Nourah Alhodaithy
There are two main types of error that are classified in Root Cause Analysis:
1. Action-based error, or execution failure, which is associated with familiar tasks
that require little conscious attention. These ‘skill-based’ errors occur if attention
is diverted, even momentarily. Resulting action is not intended: ‘not doing what
you meant to do’. Common during maintenance and repair activities. Actionbased errors can be further categorized into slip and lapse. Slip is a simple,
frequently-performed physical action goes wrong, for example, move a switch up
rather than down (wrong action on right object). While lapse is a short-term
memory lapse; omit to perform a required action, for example, medical implement
left in patient after surgery.
2. Thinking-based error, or planning failure, which is decision-making failures;
errors of judgement (involve mental processes linked to planning; info. Gathering;
communication etc.). Action is carried out, as planned, using conscious thought
processes, but wrong course of action is taken: ‘do the wrong thing believing it to
be right’.Thinking- based errors can be further categorized into rule-based
mistake and knowledge-based mistake. Rule-based mistake occurs if behaviour is
based on remembered rules and procedures, mistake occurs due to mis-application
of a good rule or application of a bad rule, for example, ignoring alarm in real
emergency, following history of spurious alarms. Knowledge-based mistake
occurs if an individual has no rules or routines available to handle an unusual
situation: resorts to first principles and experience to solve problem, for
example, misdiagnose process upset and take inappropriate corrective action (due
to lack of experience or insufficient / incorrect information etc.) (Lyon & Popov,
2023).
Accident models are used to understand cause and
effect of relationships. Examples for accident models include:
a. Domino theory:where risk is represented as a weak link in a linear
chain of events.
b. Fault tree: where risk is represented as combinations of conditions
and causes following multiple linear paths and considers barriers to prevent
event.
c. Event tree: where there are multiple outcomes represented as
consequences of a risky event with consideration of barriers to contain risk.
d. Bow tie model: which is used when combines fault tree and event
tree to consider both prevention of the event and containment of hazards for
events that are not completely prevented.
e. Swiss cheese model: where risk is represented as aligment of latent
and active failures that permeate weak layers of defense.
f. Sharp end-blunt end: The point where events occur is the sharp end
while the blunt end (system, policies, culture) is where the causes are typically
rooted. (Shah & Godambe, 2021).
References
Lyon, B. K., & Popov, G. (2023). PREVENTION THROUGH
ERGONOMICS: Integrating Human Factors Into a Prevention Through
Design Approach. Professional Safety, 68(6), 24–33.
Shah, R., & Godambe, S. (2021). Chapter 6, Patient safety and quality
improvement in healthcare: a case-based approach. Springer
Dunya
Root Cause Analysis
Root cause analysis (RCA) is a systematic process for identifying the underlying causes
of a problem or event. It is used in a variety of industries to improve safety, quality, and
reliability.
There are two main types of errors that are classified in RCA:
Active errors: These are errors that are made by people at the time of an event. They can
be caused by a variety of factors, such as fatigue, distraction, lack of training, or human
error.
Latent errors: These are errors that are embedded in the system or processes that lead to
an event. They can be caused by factors such as inadequate design, poor communication,
lack of resources, or organizational culture.
How to Use to Analyze Errors
Accident models can be used to analyze errors in RCA by identifying the factors that
contributed to the error and the ways in which the system could have been designed to
prevent the error from occurring.
For example, if a nurse accidentally administers the wrong medication to a patient, the
following accident models could be used to analyze the error:
Domino theory: The domino theory could be used to identify the chain of events that led
to the error, such as the nurse being fatigued, the medication labels being similar in
appearance, and the lack of a double-checking procedure.
Fault tree analysis: FTA could be used to identify the different ways that the error could
have occurred, such as the nurse selecting the wrong medication, the nurse administering
the medication to the wrong patient, or the nurse failing to double-check the medication
before administering it.
Event tree analysis: ETA could be used to identify the different consequences of the
error, such as the patient suffering a mild adverse reaction, the patient suffering a serious
adverse reaction, or the patient dying.
Bow tie model: The bow tie model could be used to combine the FTA and ETA analyses
to provide a more comprehensive view of the risks associated with the error.
Swiss cheese model: The Swiss cheese model could be used to identify the holes in the
system that allowed the error to occur, such as the similar appearance of the medication
label

BSN 485- hallmark assignement-purpose

Description

I attached the template I’m supposed to use for this assignment, thank you!

Objective

Write a statement of the problem, background, and significance of the project.

Deliverables

Write a 2-3 page (not including the title and reference pages).
APA formatted paper with an introduction and conclusion.
APA headings for each section of the paper.
At least 5 references.

Step 1: Capstone Project

Write a paper identifying the statement of the problem, background, and significance of your capstone project.

Step 2: Consider

What issues do you care most about?
What practices and policies do you want it to influence?
What will it allow you to do next?
Who would you like to benefit from the results?

Step 3: Write

Write a paper that addresses the questions above.
Use the template attached below.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Purpose
Student Name
College
Course Number & Name
Instructor’s full name and credentials
Date assignment is due
2
Purpose
[The introduction to the paper at least 5 sentences with one source of reference and a
fully stated purpose]
Statement of Problem
[This should clearly identify the problem or opportunity for your proposal] must be at
least one fully formed paragraphs (at least 5 sentences in length).
Significance of the Project
[This should include the background, context, and significance of the project. What
issues do you care most about? What practices and policies do you want it to influence? What
will it allow you to do next? Who would you like to benefit form the results? …….must be at
least five fully formed paragraphs (at least 5 sentences in length) with intext citations.]
Conclusion
[The conclusion to the paper is at least 5 sentences, summarizes at least 3 key points, and
has one citation.]
3
References
(All references in alphabetical order, most within the last 5 years, at least 5 references)
Author, A. A., & Author, B. B. (Year). Title of the article. Name of the Periodical,
volume(issue), #–#. https://doi.org/xxxx
Author, A. A., & Author, B. B. (Copyright Year). Title of the book (7th ed.). Publisher. DOI or
URL
Author, A. A., & Author, B. B. (Copyright Year). Title of the book chapter. In A. A. Editor & B.
B. Editor (Eds.), Title of the book (2nd ed., pp. #–#). Publisher. DOI or URL

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

You will create 5 entries for your Reflective Journal about a patient encounter.

Description

1. Each week students will choose one patient encounter to submit a Follow-up SOAP note for review.Follow the rubric to develop your SOAP notes for this term. The focus is on your ability to integrate your subjective and objective information gathering into formulation of diagnoses and development of patient-centered, evidence-based plans of care for patients of all ages with multiple, complex mental health conditions. At the end of this term, your SOAP notes will have demonstrated your knowledge of evidence-based practice, clinical expertise, and patient/family preferences as expected for an independent nurse practitioner incorporating psychotherapy into practice. Submit this SOAP Note to this week’s discussion for peer review.2. You will create 5 entries for your Reflective Journal about a patient encounter. In the 5th entry, you will review the previous 4 entries and evaluate your progress in reflective practice over the course of the term. Each journal should be a minimum of 250 words. The purpose of this reflective journal is self-reflection regarding the role in the process of self-reflection as a PMHNP provider. Through reflective practice, the student will evaluate their own emotional health and recognize one’s own feelings as well as one’s ability to monitor and manage those feelings. The point of the exercise is to learn yourself, your triggers, the types of cases you end up getting overly involved with, and those you’d rather refer to someone else. The idea is to be able to personally reflect on your behaviors/thoughts/decisions and how those impact you in the role of PMHNP. Address the following items: Describe your past experience in mental health or with someone with mental illness. What are the reasons you have chosen to work with this population? Discuss any concerns you have regarding this specific clinical course and population Adult/Geriatric. Identify personal and academic/professional goals for the clinical course and population Adult/Geriatric. Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

hcm5055…..

Description

This
work is important to me. Solve it correctly, without mistakes, without
plagiarism. Follow the instructions. There is no chance to repeat it.
Therefore, you must do a complete and correct work 100%.If you are sure you can do it, accept it Please follow the instructions, do it correctly without any similarities

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Module 05: Discussion
Module 05: Discussion
Locate a research study that utilized experimental or quasi-experimental methods. Briefly
summarize the study. For example, discuss the inclusion of 2-group tests, regression
analysis, and time-series analysis in terms of the study design’s strengths, weaknesses, or
limitations. What challenges or limitations did the researcher identify they encountered by
choosing this method?
Embed course material concepts, principles, and theories (which require supporting citations)
in your initial response along with at least one scholarly, peer-reviewed journal article. Keep in
mind that these scholarly references can be found in the Saudi Digital Library by conducting
an advanced search specific to scholarly references. Use Saudi Electronic University
academic writing standards and APA style guidelines.
You are required to reply to at least two peer discussion question post answers to this weekly
discussion question and/or your instructor’s response to your posting. These post replies
need to be substantial and constructive in nature. They should add to the content of the post
and evaluate/analyze that post’s answer. Normal course dialogue doesn’t fulfill these two peer
replies but is expected throughout the course. Answering all course questions is also
required.
Discussion Rubric Discussion Rubric – Alternative Formats

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

hcm502…//

Description

This
work is important to me. Solve it correctly, without mistakes, without
plagiarism. Follow the instructions. There is no chance to repeat it.
Therefore, you must do a complete and correct work 100%.If you are sure you can do it, accept it Please follow the instructions, do it correctly without any similarities

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Module 05: Discussion Forum
Module 05: Discussion Forum
Read “Case Study 4-2 Choosing a Performance Management Approach at Show Me the
Money.” at the end of Chapter 4 of the Performance Management textbook (page 119).
1. Based on the case study, assess whether Show Me the Money should use a behavior
approach, a results approach, or a combination of both to measure performance.
2. Using the table that accompanies the case study as a guide, select the job descriptions that
apply to the account executive job.
Explain why you chose the approach you did.
Justify and support your responses. Be sure to draw from, explore, and cite credible reference
materials. In responding to your classmates’ posts, note whether you agree or disagree with
their assessments. Why or why not?
You are required to reply to at least two peer discussion question post answers to this weekly
discussion question and/or your instructor’s response to your posting. These post replies
need to be substantial and constructive in nature. They should add to the content of the post
and evaluate/analyze that post answer. Normal course dialogue doesn’t fulfill these two peer
replies but is expected throughout the course. Answering all course questions is also
required.
Discussion Rubric Discussion Rubric – Alternative Formats

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Discussion 1. What is the difference between an “honor-oriented society” and a “justice-oriented society” and how do these value differences get expressed in communication? How do different communication values in these societies influence communication about the gospel?

Discussion 2. What is the difference between masculine and feminine cultures? Chapter 13 in your textbook mentions that “gender differences can and often do result in painful gender disparities.” Discuss one example of this that stands out to you from the chapter.

Assessment. For this assignment, you will need to interview an individual a member of the culture you are studying for this semester (i.e., If you are writing your cultural communication practices paper on the culture of Peru, you would interview someone from Peru). Ideally, you should interview someone from a different civilization (not Western Civilization) and someone who is not a Christian; this will allow you to learn about different perspectives from your own on the concepts covered in this topic. Consult with your instructor early on in the process if you are having difficulties coordinating an interview.

This interview can be in person or over the phone (some people who have emailed have found that their interviewees actually plagiarized the responses so you may use email but be very cautious and check the Similarity Score before submitting). This may be someone you know personally or that you locate through a local cultural center, club, religious organization or even an embassy or consulate. You need to obtain permission from this individual to list their contact information in your paper in the event that your instructor needs to verify your work.

During your interview you should ask the following questions:

What do you identify as the most important or distinct practices of your culture?
How are gender roles addressed in your culture?
How is social power, authority, or social roles in a hierarchy expressed in your culture?
In class, we learned that in “honor-oriented societies,” worth comes from one’s role or group membership and in “justice-oriented societies,” worth comes from what one does or doesn’t do. What is the role of honor/shame in your culture? Are honor/pride and dishonor/shame important concepts in your culture?

After your interview, write a 750-1000-word paper summarizing and reflecting on the responses you received. What did you learn from this exchange? How did your perceptions change? Based on your discussion, how do you think your culture is perceived by others? You should incorporate at least three concepts from Chapters 12, 13, or 14 of your textbook in your response.

You must include at least one citation. You may use the textbook or a scholarly article on honor/justice, power distance, gender roles, or cultural practices.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

hcm500.husain

Description

This
work is important to me. Solve it correctly, without mistakes, without
plagiarism. Follow the instructions. There is no chance to repeat it.
Therefore, you must do a complete and correct work 100%.If you are sure you can do it, accept it Please follow the instructions, do it correctly without any similarities

Unformatted Attachment Preview










Module 05: Critical Thinking Assignment
Access to Healthcare (100 points)
Information technology can be used to assist health care organizations in the ability to
provide access to healthcare organizations. Please choose any current information
technology and create a PowerPoint presentation on how the technology will improve
healthcare access in KSA. Be sure to include:
An overview of the information technology including its goals
The main stakeholders from the healthcare system that are involved in information
technology.
How information technology will improve access to healthcare in KSA.
Recommendations for how you would evaluate whether access to services has
improved.
Your presentation should meet the following structural requirements:
Be 7-8 slides in length, not including the title or reference slides.
Be formatted according to Saudi Electronic University and APA writing guidelines.
Provide support for your statements with citations from a minimum of six scholarly
articles. These citations should be listed in the Notes section of the slide in which
they appear. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or
lectures, but four must be external.
Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes to support the slide content. These
should be a minimum of 100 words long (per slide) and must be a part of the
presentation. The presentation cannot be submitted in PDF format, which does not
make notes visible to the instructor. Notes must draw from and cite relevant
reference materials.
Utilize headings to organize the content in your work.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

CLC – Evidence-Based Practice Project: Intervention Presentation

Description

Article Site: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S000293432030339Create a 3-5 slide PowerPoint presentation (not including the title page and references) on the study’s findings and how they can be used by nurses as an intervention. Include speaker notes for each slide and additional slides for the title page and references.- Answer this question in the 3-5 slide powerpoint :Describe the intervention or treatment tool and the specific patient population used in the article

Unformatted Attachment Preview

9/21/23, 9:59 AM
LC – Evidence-Based Practice Project: Intervention Presentation on Diabetes Part 2 – Rubric
Total
Criterion
1. Unsatisfactory
2. Insufficient
3. Approaching
4. Acceptable
5. Target
Article
0 points
5.44 points
5.73 points
6.45 points
7.25 points
Current relevant article to
nursing practice with focus
on specific intervention or
new treatment tool for
diabetes management in
adults or children
Current relevant article to
nursing practice with focus
on specific intervention or
new treatment tool for
diabetes management in
adults or children is
omitted.
Current relevant article to
nursing practice with focus
on specific intervention or
new treatment tool for
diabetes management in
adults or children is present
but lacks detail or is
incomplete
Current relevant article to
nursing practice with focus
on specific intervention or
new treatment tool for
diabetes management in
adults or children is
present.
Current relevant article to
nursing practice with focus
on specific intervention or
new treatment tool for
diabetes management in
adults or children is
detailed.
Current relevant article to
nursing practice with focus
on specific intervention or
new treatment tool for
diabetes management in
adults or children is
thorough.
Intervention or Treatment 0 points
Tool and Specific Patient
Description of the
Population of Study
intervention or treatment
Description of the
tool and/or the patient
intervention or treatment
population used in article is
tool and the patient
omitted.
population used in article.
5.44 points
5.73 points
6.45 points
7.25 points
Description of the
intervention or treatment
tool and/or the patient
population used in article is
present but lacks detail or is
incomplete.
Description of the
intervention or treatment
tool and the patient
population used in article is
present.
Description of the
intervention or treatment
tool and the patient
population used in article is
detailed.
Description of the
intervention or treatment
tool and the patient
population used in article is
thorough.
Summary of Article
0 points
16.31 points
17.18 points
19.36 points
21.75 points
Summary of the main idea
of the research findings for
the patient population,
including current and
relevant clinical findings to
diabetes and nursing
practice.
Summary of the main idea
of the research findings for
the patient population,
including current and
relevant clinical findings to
diabetes and nursing
practice is omitted.
Summary of the main idea
of the research findings for
the patient population,
including current and
relevant clinical findings to
diabetes and nursing
practice is present, but lacks
detail or is incomplete.
Summary of the main idea
of the research findings for
the patient population,
including current and
relevant clinical findings to
diabetes and nursing
practice is present.
Summary of the main idea
of the research findings for
the patient population,
including current and
relevant clinical findings to
diabetes and nursing
practice is detailed.
Summary of the main idea
of the research findings for
the patient population,
including current clinical
findings that are relevant to
diabetes and nursing
practice is thorough.
Treatment Tool or
Intervention Integration
0 points
16.31 points
17.18 points
19.36 points
21.75 points
Description of integration of
Description of integration of treatment tool or
treatment tool or
intervention into nursing
intervention into nursing
practice including
practice including
evidentiary support and
evidentiary support and
effect on nursing practice
effect on nursing practice
and disease process is
and disease process.
omitted.
Description of integration of
treatment tool or
intervention into nursing
practice including
evidentiary support and
effect on nursing practice
and disease process is
present, but lacks detail or
is incomplete.
Description of integration of
treatment tool or
intervention into nursing
practice including
evidentiary support and
effect on nursing practice
and disease process is
present.
Description of integration of
treatment tool or
intervention into nursing
practice including
evidentiary support and
effect on nursing practice
and disease process is
detailed.
Description of integration of
treatment tool or
intervention into nursing
practice including
evidentiary support and
effect on nursing practice
and disease process is
thorough.
Inclusion of the
Psychological, Cultural,
and Spiritual Aspects
0 points
16.31 points
17.18 points
19.36 points
21.75 points
Explanation of the
importance in considering
psychological, cultural, and
spiritual aspects for a
patient who has been
diagnosed with diabetes
including a description of
the support that can be
offered with provided
examples is omitted.
Explanation of the
importance in considering
psychological, cultural, and
spiritual aspects for a
patient who has been
diagnosed with diabetes
including a description of
the support that can be
offered with provided
examples is present, but
lacks detail or is incomplete.
Explanation of the
importance in considering
psychological, cultural, and
spiritual aspects for a
patient who has been
diagnosed with diabetes
including a description of
the support that can be
offered with examples is
present.
Explanation of the
importance in considering
psychological, cultural, and
spiritual aspects for a
patient who has been
diagnosed with diabetes
including a description of
the support that can be
offered with provided
examples is detailed.
Explanation of the
importance in considering
psychological, cultural, and
spiritual aspects for a
patient who has been
diagnosed with diabetes
including a description of
the support that can be
offered with provided
examples is thorough.
Presentation of Content
0 points
27.19 points
28.64 points
32.26 points
36.25 points
Presentation of Content
The content lacks a clear
point of view and logical
sequence of information.
The content is vague in
conveying a point of view
and does not create a
The presentation slides are
generally competent, but
ideas may show some
The content is written with a The content is written
logical progression of ideas clearly and concisely. Ideas
and supporting information, universally progress and
Explanation of the
importance in considering
psychological, cultural, and
spiritual aspects for a
patient who has been
diagnosed with diabetes
including a description of
the support that can be
offered with provided
examples.
about:srcdoc
Page 1 of 2
9/21/23, 9:59 AM
Includes little persuasive
information. Sequencing of
ideas is unclear.
strong sense of purpose.
Some persuasive
information is included.
inconsistency in
organization or in their
relationships to each other.
exhibiting a unity,
coherence, and
cohesiveness. Presentation
includes persuasive
information from reliable
sources.
relate to each other. The
project includes motivating
questions and advanced
organizers. The project
gives the audience a clear
sense of the main idea.
Layout
0 points
5.44 points
5.73 points
6.45 points
7.25 points
Layout
The layout is cluttered,
confusing, and does not use
spacing, headings, and
subheadings to enhance the
readability. The text is
extremely difficult to read
with long blocks of text,
small point size for fonts,
and inappropriate
contrasting colors. Poor use
of headings, subheadings,
indentations, or bold
formatting is evident.
The layout shows some
structure, but appears
cluttered and busy or
distracting with large gaps
of white space or a
distracting background.
Overall readability is
difficult due to lengthy
paragraphs, too many
different fonts, dark or busy
background, overuse of
bold, or lack of appropriate
indentations of text.
The layout uses horizontal
and vertical white space
appropriately. Sometimes
the fonts are easy to read,
but in a few places the use
of fonts, italics, bold, long
paragraphs, color, or busy
background detracts and
does not enhance
readability.
The layout background and
text complement each other
and enable the content to
be easily read. The fonts are
easy to read and point size
varies appropriately for
headings and text.
The layout is visually
pleasing and contributes to
the overall message with
appropriate use of
headings, subheadings, and
white space. Text is
appropriate in length for the
target audience and to the
point. The background and
colors enhance the
readability of the text.
Language Use and
Audience Awareness
(includes sentence
construction, word choice,
etc.)
0 points
5.44 points
5.73 points
6.45 points
7.25 points
Inappropriate word choice
and lack of variety in
language use are evident.
Writer appears to be
Language Use and Audience unaware of audience. Use of
Awareness (includes
primer prose indicates
sentence construction, word writer either does not apply
choice, etc.)
figures of speech or uses
them inappropriately.
Some distracting
inconsistencies in language
choice (register) or word
choice are present. The
writer exhibits some lack of
control in using figures of
speech appropriately.
Language is appropriate to
the targeted audience for
the most part.
The writer is clearly aware
of audience, uses a variety
of appropriate vocabulary
for the targeted audience,
and uses figures of speech
to communicate clearly.
The writer uses a variety of
sentence constructions,
figures of speech, and word
choice in distinctive and
creative ways that are
appropriate to purpose,
discipline, and scope.
Mechanics of Writing
0 points
5.44 points
5.73 points
6.45 points
7.25 points
Includes spelling,
punctuation, grammar,
language use
Errors in grammar or syntax
are pervasive and impede
meaning. Incorrect language
choice or sentence structure
errors are found
throughout.
Frequent and repetitive
mechanical errors are
present. Inconsistencies in
language choice or sentence
structure are recurrent.
Occasional mechanical
errors are present.
Language choice is generally
appropriate. Varied
sentence structure is
attempted.
Few mechanical errors are
present. Suitable language
choice and sentence
structure are used.
No mechanical errors are
present. Appropriate
language choice and
sentence structure are used
throughout.
Format/Documentation
0 points
5.44 points
5.73 points
6.45 points
7.25 points
Appropriate format is
attempted, but some
elements are missing.
Frequent errors in
documentation of sources
are evident.
Appropriate format and
documentation are used,
although there are some
obvious errors.
Appropriate format and
documentation are used
with only minor errors.
No errors in formatting or
documentation are present.
Uses appropriate style, such Appropriate format is not
as APA, MLA, etc., for
used. No documentation of
college, subject, and level;
sources is provided.
documents sources using
citations, footnotes,
references, bibliography,
etc., appropriate to
assignment and discipline.
about:srcdoc
Page 2 of 2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Gambling an alcohol.

Description

In the DSM, Gambling Disorder was moved from the “Impulse Control Disorders” category to the “Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders” category. Do you think that this was a good decision? Why or why not?150 word response and 150 word opinion responseWhat are the common stereotypes and or misconceptions of alcohol and opiate use and withdrawal? What current advocacy dilemmas exist in current legislation regarding treatment verses incarceration? As a counselor, how would you address the advocacy issues outside of your community or cultural group? 150 where a response and 150 word opinion response both with resources.

Working presention

Description

I, as a receptionist in a health facility, how do I ideally deal with patients, both deaf, dumb, and blind according to their circumstances, and how do I attract them to frequent the health facility permanently?

hcm102,abdulaziz

Description

This
work is important to me. Solve it correctly, without mistakes, without
plagiarism. Follow the instructions. There is no chance to repeat it.
Therefore, you must do a complete and correct work 100%.If you are sure you can do it, accept it

hcm102.shima

Description

This
work is important to me. Solve it correctly, without mistakes, without
plagiarism. Follow the instructions. There is no chance to repeat it.
Therefore, you must do a complete and correct work 100%.If you are sure you can do it, accept it

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Organizational Behavior
Course number:
HCM102
CRN
11523
Answer the following question-
Assignment title or task:
1. How do culture and cultural diversity / variation
affect work behavior and job performance?
Provide examples to show why a knowledge of
such differences is important for managers.
Student Name:
Students ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Mohammed Osman Ali
Grade:
…..out of 10
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Release Date: Sunday, 17th April 2023 (12:00 Noon)
Due Date: Saturday, 7th October 2023 (11:59 pm)
Instructions for submission:






Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN,
Submission date) in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
Text size 12-Times New Roman with 1.5-line spacing.
Heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with proper references/sources.
References must be in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

I basically need a study guide to help me study for my up coming pharmacology exam.The picture attached is an example of how I would like it to be like. You don’t have to put any sources or anything like that. Separate each section At the bottom of the pages document it tells you what to do for each medication

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Below is a test blueprint for exam 1.
This blueprint is to assist you in focusing on preparation for Exam #1. It is to serve as
a guide when studying. Please make sure you review the ATI modules, pharmacology
book, quizzes, and other ATI materials. Review the drug classes and make sure you
focus on the medications listed below. You want to focus on indications for use,
unusual side/adverse effects, how they are administered, drug interactions and
teaching points.
1. Intro to Pharm (10 Questions)
Please review:
• Accumulation of medications (what causes this)
• Metabolism of drugs
• Therapeutic effects
• Toxic effects
• Onset of medications
• Peak and troughs (What do these mean)
• Routes of administration and how quickly they work
• Half-life
• Extended release medications (what special considerations are there
about these medications)
• Pregnancy category (Know what each mean)
• Food and Drug Interactions
2. Immune (10 Questions)
Medications to review:
• Zidovudine
• Enfuvirtide
• Raltegravir
• Vincasar
• Tamoxifen
• Methotrexate
• Cisplatin
• Immunizations (review what should be given and when)
3. Pain (13 Questions)
Medications to review:
• ASA
• Allopurinol
• Celecoxib
• Morphine Sulfate
• Naloxone
• Acetaminophen

Prednisone
4. GI (12 Questions)
Medications to review:
• PPI
• Ondansetron
• Psyllium
• Sulfasalazine
• Metoclopramide
• Loperamide
• Azathioprine
• Omeprazole
• Cimetidine
• Stool softeners
For each of the medications listed above, you want to review the following.
Assessment:
• Actions prior to administering a medication
• Side/adverse effects
• Identify the need for further teaching
• Orthostatic blood pressures
Intervention:
• The rationale for performing the intervention
• Addressing side effects
Teaching
• Identify teaching needs for medications
• Dietary interactions
There will also be 5 Basic math problems for medication administration.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

hcm102.mohamed

Description

This
work is important to me. Solve it correctly, without mistakes, without
plagiarism. Follow the instructions. There is no chance to repeat it.
Therefore, you must do a complete and correct work 100%.If you are sure you can do it, accept it

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Organizational Behavior
Course number:
HCM102
CRN
11523
Answer the following question-
Assignment title or task:
1. How do culture and cultural diversity / variation
affect work behavior and job performance?
Provide examples to show why a knowledge of
such differences is important for managers.
Student Name:
Students ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Mohammed Osman Ali
Grade:
…..out of 10
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Release Date: Sunday, 17th April 2023 (12:00 Noon)
Due Date: Saturday, 7th October 2023 (11:59 pm)
Instructions for submission:






Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN,
Submission date) in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
Text size 12-Times New Roman with 1.5-line spacing.
Heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with proper references/sources.
References must be in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Remote Collaboration and EBC

Description

As technologies and the health care industry continue to evolve, remote care, diagnosis, and collaboration are becoming increasingly more regular methods by which nurses are expected to work. Learning the ways in which evidence-based models and care can help remote work produce better outcomes will become critical for success. Additionally, understanding how to leverage EBP principles in collaboration will be important in the success of institutions delivering quality, safe, and cost-effective care. It could also lead to better job satisfaction for those engaging in remote collaboration.

Remote care and diagnosis is a continuing and increasingly important method for nurses to help deliver care to patients to promote safety and enhance health outcomes. Understanding best EBPs and building competence in delivering nursing care to remote patients is a key competency for all nurses. Additionally, in some scenarios, while you may be delivering care in person you may be collaborating with a physician or other team members who are remote. Understanding the benefits and challenges of interdisciplinary collaboration is vital to developing effective communication strategies when coordinating care. So, being proficient at communicating and working with remote health care team members is also critical to delivering quality, evidence-base care.

The Vila Health: Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Based Care simulation provide the context for this assessment.

Before beginning this assessment, make sure you have worked through the following media:

Vila Health: Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Based Care.

You may wish to review Selecting a model for evidence-based practice changes. [PDF] and Evidence-Based Practice Models, which help explain the various evidence-based nursing models.

For this assessment, you are a presenter! You will create a 5-10-minute video using Kaltura or similar software. In the video:

Propose your evidence-based care plan that you believe will improve the safety and outcomes of the patient in the Vila Health Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Based Care media scenario. Add your thoughts on what more could be done for the client and what more information may have been needed.
Discuss the ways in which an EBP model and relevant evidence helped you to develop and make decisions about the plan you proposed
Wrap up your video by identifying the benefits of the remote collaboration in the scenario, as well as discuss strategies you found in the literature or best practices that could help mitigate or overcome one or more of the collaboration challenges you observed in the scenario.

Be sure you mention any articles, authors, and other relevant sources of evidence that helped inform your video. Discuss why these sources of evidence are credible and relevant. Important: You are required to submit an APA-formatted reference list of the sources you cited specifically in your video or used to inform your presentation. You are required to submit a narrative of all your video content to this assessment and to SafeAssign.

The following media is an example learner submission in which the speaker successfully addresses all competencies in the assessment.

Exemplar Kaltura Reflection.
Please note that the scenario that the speaker discusses in the exemplar is different from the Vila Health scenario you should be addressing in your video. So, the type of communication expected is being model, but the details related to the scenario in your submission will be different.

Make sure that your video addresses the following grading criteria:

Propose your own evidence-based care plan to improve the safety and outcomes for a patient based on the Vila Health Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Care media scenario.
Explain the ways in which you used an EBP model to help develop your plan of care for the client.
Reflect on which evidence you found in your search that was most relevant and useful when making decisions regarding your care plan.
Identify benefits and strategies to mitigate the challenges of interdisciplinary collaboration to plan care within the context of a remote team.
Communicate in a professional manner that is easily audible and uses proper grammar, including a reference list formatted in current APA style.

Refer to Using Kaltura as needed to record and upload your video.

Note: If you require the use of assistive technology or alternative communication methods to participate in this activity, please contact DisabilityServices@Capella.edu to request accommodations. If, for some reason, you are unable to record a video, please contact your faculty member as soon as possible to explore options for completing the assessment.

Your assessment should meet the following requirements:

Length of video: 5-10 minutes.
References: Cite at least three professional or scholarly sources of evidence to support the assertions you make in your video. Include additional properly cited references as necessary to support your statements.
APA reference page: Submit a correctly formatted APA reference page that shows all the sources you used to create and deliver your video. Be sure to format the reference page according to current APA style. Submit a narrative of all of your video content.

Portfolio Prompt: Remember to save the final assessment to your ePortfolio so that you may refer to it as you complete the final capstone course.

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 2: Analyze the relevance and potential effectiveness of evidence when making a decision.
Reflect on which evidence you collected that was most relevant and useful when making decisions regarding the care plan.
Competency 3: Apply an evidence-based practice model to address a practice issue.
Explain the ways in which you used the specific evidence-based practice model to help develop the care plan identifying what interventions would be necessary. This requires a particular evidence-based model, such as the Johns Hopkins, Iowa, Stetler, or other.
Competency 4: Plan care based on the best available evidence.
Propose your evidence-based care plan to improve the safety and outcomes for the Vila Health patient with a discussion of new content for the care plan.
Competency 5: Apply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead practice changes based on evidence.
Identify benefits and propose strategies to mitigate the challenges of interdisciplinary collaboration to plan care within the context of a remote team.
Communicate via video with clear sound and light, and include a narrative of video content.
Provide a full reference list that is relevant and evidence-based (published within five years), exhibiting nearly flawless adherence to APA format.

hcm102,abdullah

Description

This
work is important to me. Solve it correctly, without mistakes, without
plagiarism. Follow the instructions. There is no chance to repeat it.
Therefore, you must do a complete and correct work 100%.If you are sure you can do it, accept it

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Organizational Behavior
Course number:
HCM102
CRN
11523
Answer the following question-
Assignment title or task:
1. How do culture and cultural diversity / variation
affect work behavior and job performance?
Provide examples to show why a knowledge of
such differences is important for managers.
Student Name:
Students ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Mohammed Osman Ali
Grade:
…..out of 10
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Release Date: Sunday, 17th April 2023 (12:00 Noon)
Due Date: Saturday, 7th October 2023 (11:59 pm)
Instructions for submission:






Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN,
Submission date) in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
Text size 12-Times New Roman with 1.5-line spacing.
Heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with proper references/sources.
References must be in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

MATH225N 16555 Week 3 Statistical Reasoning for the Health Sciences-VASSILIADIS

Description

Week 3 Lab
Assignment
REQUIRED RESOURCES

Read/review the following resources for this activity:

OpenStax Textbook: Chapter 2
Lesson
Chamberlain University Library
Internet
Week 3 Lab Template
REQUIRED SOFTWARE
Microsoft Word
Internet access to read articles
SCENARIO/SUMMARY

This week’s lab highlights the use of graphics, distributions, and tables to summarize and interpret data.

INSTRUCTIONS

Part 1:

Your instructor will provide you with a scholarly article. The article will contain at least one graph and/or table. Please reach out to your instructor if you do not receive the article by Monday of Week 3.

Part 2:

Title your paper: “Review of [Name of Article]”
State the Author:
Summarize the article in one paragraph:
Post a screenshot of the article’s frequency table and/or graph.
Example:
Frequency Distribution -OR- Graph

Answer the following questions about your table or graph.
What type of study is used in the article (quantitative or qualitative)?
Explain how you came to that conclusion.
What type of graph or table did you choose for your lab (bar graph, histogram, stem & leaf plot, etc.)?
What characteristics make it this type (you should bring in material that you learned in the course)?
Describe the data displayed in your frequency distribution or graph (consider class size, class width, total frequency, list of frequencies, class consistency, explanatory variables, response variables, shapes of distributions, etc.)
Draw a conclusion about the data from the graph or frequency distribution in the context of the article.
How else might this data have been displayed?
Discuss the pros and cons of 2 other presentation options, such as tables or different graphical displays.
Why do you think those two other presentation options (i.e., tables or different graphs) were not used in this article?
Give the full APA reference of the article you are using for this lab.
Be sure your name is on the Word document, save it, and then submit it under “Assignments” and “Week 3: Lab”.
REQUIREMENTS

The deliverable is a Word document with your answers to the questions posed above based on the article you were assigned.

GRADING

This activity will be graded based on the Week 3 Lab Rubric.

OUTCOMES

CO 1: Given scenarios supported by population data, apply sampling techniques and explain potential pitfalls and bias in data collection.

CO 2: Given datasets with qualitative and quantitative data, differentiate between the types of data and how they can be applied in statistical studies for everyday life.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week 3 Lab Assignment
Name:________________________
Instructor Name: _______________
Please use this template to help answer the questions listed in the lab
instructions. The “parts” below refer to the parts listed in the lab instructions.
Type your answers and post your screenshots in the spaces given below.
Then, save this document with your name and submit it inside the course
room.
Part 1. Read the assigned article.
Please reach out to your instructor if you did not receive the assigned article
for the term by Monday of Week 3.
Part 2. Analyze the article.
Title: Review of [Type out name of Article]
Author(s): [Type out names of Author(s) of the Article]
Summarize the article in one paragraph:
Post a screenshot of a graph/chart from the article that you will analyze:
1
Analysis
(Answer the following questions thoroughly in complete sentences)
A. What type of study is used in the article (quantitative or qualitative)?
Explain how you came to that conclusion.
B. What type of graph or table did you choose for your lab (bar graph,
histogram, stem & leaf plot, etc.)? What characteristics make it this type
(you should bring in material that you learned in the course)?
C. Describe the data displayed in your frequency distribution or graph
(consider class size, class width, total frequency, list of frequencies, class
consistency, explanatory variables, response variables, shapes of
distributions, etc.)
2
D. Draw a conclusion about the data from the graph or frequency distribution
in context of the article.
E. How else might this data have been displayed (Pick two different graphs
that could have been used to display the same data as your selected
graph/table)?
Discuss pros and cons of 2 other presentation options, such as tables or
different graphical displays.
Explain how these graphs would be structured to display the data in the
article. Why don’t you think those two graphs were not used in this article?
F. Give the full APA reference of the article you are using for this lab.
Be sure your name is on the Word document, save it, and then submit it. In
the assignment module, click “start assignment” and then “upload file” and
“submit assignment”.
3
4
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
1 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


800.866.0407
Search jobs
Benefits
For employers
About us
Resources
Blog
Contact us
Portal login
Get started
RNnetwork Blog
Everything you need to know about travel nursing.
Nurse life • Press room
RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse
Survey
 December 12, 2018
 9 Min Read
Liz Cornwall
To better understand the changing landscape and emerging challenges of the
nursing profession, RNnetwork recently conducted a follow-up study of its
groundbreaking 2016 survey, which painted a portrait of a modern nurse and
examined different aspects of the national nursing shortage. In this updated
survey, respondents from around the United States shared perspectives about
subjects including workload, the national nursing shortage, the nursing
profession in general and respect in the workplace. New questions about mental
health and self-care also yielded fresh insights into the day and life of a nurse.
The results revealed many of the concerning statistics from the previous study
were either static or growing worse: nurse burnout, overwork and harassment
continue to affect nurses and impact patient care in 2018. True to the problemsolving nature of their training, however, many participants want greater focus on
possible solutions like temporary staffing or investment in new incentives and
programs.
No sign of relief for heavy workloads
Nurse burnout is continually acknowledged as a particular problem in the
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
2 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


medical profession, and as the nursing shortage continues, there seems to be no
clear solution in sight. In 2018, 62 percent of nurses felt regularly burned out in
their jobs, and 44 percent of nurses believed that burnout had affected their
work performance.
Perhaps most pressing for the future, nearly half of all respondents (49 percent)
had considered leaving nursing in the past two years, a number that has not
changed since RNnetwork’s 2016 survey. Instead of work situations improving, 40
percent of nurses believe they have less free time now than compared to two
years ago. A similarly-sized group (38 percent) felt their available free time had
not changed in two years.
Additionally, in 2016, 63 percent of nurses felt they spent just the right amount of
time at work, which dropped slightly to 60 percent in 2018, further indicating that
hours and expectations are increasing.
The nationwide nurse shortage continues
unabated
The increasing national nursing shortage compounds all of the issues facing
today’s nurses. The Bureau of Labor Statistics predicted that 1.2 million vacancies
will emerge for registered nurses between 2014 and 2022, and the fallout of that
widening gap is becoming significant. This outlook was confirmed by survey
respondents, 91 percent of whom felt their hospital was understaffed.
This nursing shortage has negatively affected workloads for 88 percent of nurses
in 2018, up significantly from 62 percent in 2016. Additionally, nearly 62 percent
of respondents believed the shortage was negatively impacting the quality of care
nurses could provide, with 46 percent feeling even more overworked than they
did two years ago.
Nurses want administrators and government to continue exploring options to
alleviate the shortage. Nurses expressed support for government subsidies of
schooling (38 percent) and creating new nursing programs (29 percent).
Temporary staffing (travel nursing) is another viable solution to nurse burnout or
workload issues, according to 59 percent of nurses.
Work is impacting nurses’ mental health
More than half of nurses (54 percent) reported their workload had negatively
impacted their mental health. Furthermore, 35 percent reported that the state of
their mental health had negatively impacted their work. Although national
conversations on mental health are increasing awareness, 35 percent of
respondents believed it was still taboo to discuss among nurses.
Nearly a quarter of respondents (24 percent) reported taking medication for
anxiety or depression. Of those, 59 percent attribute their anxiety or depression
to the demands of nursing. Three percent of nurses indicated they have
contemplated suicide, due to the demands of their jobs.
As public understanding of the value of mental health increases and long-held
stigmas begin to fall away, the door is opening for conversations in workplaces.
With such widespread mental health problems reported among nurses, it is also
notable that only 16 percent reported meeting with a mental health professional
over the demands of their work – but 47 percent wish they had better access in
the workplace.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
3 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Bullying and harassment continues to be a
problem
The prevalence of bullying and verbal harassment is a significant issue in the
nursing industry. Nearly 40 percent of nurses reported being bullied or harassed
during the past year.
Nurses face this abuse from many directions, and in all areas of their work: 30
percent of bullying or harassment comes from other nurses, 25 percent from
patients, 23 percent from physicians and 22 percent from administrators.
Although any amount of harassment is unacceptable, the data may indicate that
instances of workplace hostility may be decreasing for nurses. In the 2016 report,
45 percent of nurses reported bullying by other nurses, 38 percent by physicians
and 41 percent by administrators.
The data further indicates that 62 percent of nurses believe that physicians
respect them, which is slightly lower than 2016 levels (65 percent). Unfortunately,
only 29 percent of nurses felt respected by administrators, which was a
significant decrease from 46 percent in 2016.
In addition, 21 percent of nurses are also subjected to sexual harassment in the
workplace. Patients are responsible for 43 percent of sexual harassment, with
physicians committing 29 percent of incidents, 24 percent coming from other
nurses and 4 percent from administrators.
2018 Survey Results
Nurse workload
Free time is in short supply for most nurses. When compared to two years ago, 40
percent indicated they had less free time and 38 percent felt things were about
the same. Fifteen percent saw a slight improvement and only seven percent saw
any large increase in free time.
Overwork is a hallmark of burned out employees, and few have more timeintensive schedules than nurses. In the past two years, most nurses have either
seen their workloads increase (46 percent) or stay about the same (32 percent).
Just 22 percent of nurses felt their workloads had become less burdensome.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
4 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Supporting work-life balance is a key goal for many healthcare facilities, but
nurses’ experience varies. Although 37 percent agree their employers support
work-life balance, 36 percent believe their employers do not. Twenty-seven
percent feel ambivalent about their employers’ efforts.
If there is any statistic that should spur administrators to action, it is that nearly
half of nurses (49 percent) have considered leaving during the past two years. The
top three reasons nurses considered abandoning the profession are overwork
(24 percent), spending too much time entering data in EHR (19 percent) and not
having enough time with patients (15 percent). In addition, 38 percent of nurses
said they work second jobs to pay off debts (31 percent), to support their
preferred lifestyle (17 percent), and because their income has decreased (15
percent).
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
5 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Bullying and harassment
Nearly 40 percent of nurses reported bullying and harassment in the workplace.
Respondents indicated that 30 percent of bullying and harassment incidents
came from other nurses, 25 percent from patients, 23 percent from physicians
and 22 percent from administrators. Instances of workplace hostility may be
decreasing for nurses. According to 2016 findings, 45 percent of nurses reported
bullying by other nurses, 38 percent by physicians and 41 percent by
administrators.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
6 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Although the majority of nurses said they do not experience sexual harassment
at work (79 percent), it’s worth noting that 21 percent said they do experience
sexual harassment, with the majority of that harassment coming from patients
(43 percent), physicians (29 percent), and other nurses (24 percent).
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
7 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


National nursing shortage
Eighty percent of respondents believe there is a nursing shortage in their facility,
and 76 percent report they have personally been impacted by the shortage.
Eighty-eight percent of nurses have seen their workloads increase due to fewer
nurses in the industry.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
8 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Nurse burnout
Nurse burnout is a major problem, with 62 percent feeling burned out on a
regular basis, compared to only 22 percent believing it wasn’t an issue. Burnout
reportedly affected work performance for 43 percent of respondents, while 35
percent believed burnout had no impact on performance.
Nurse burnout is also taking a toll on physical and mental well-being, with nurses
reporting symptoms of chronic fatigue (16 percent), anxiety (13 percent),
insomnia (11 percent), and depression (9 percent) due to burnout.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
9 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


The vast majority of nurses also reported going into work sick at some point, with
85 percent of respondents admitting to it. More than half (54 percent) believed
that burnout contributed to their sickness.
Not only does nurse burnout affect their personal health (20 percent), it also
impacts their relationships with their families (19 percent) and job satisfaction (24
percent).
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
10 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


To cope with burnout, nurses are turning to exercise (13 percent), food (12
percent), and caffeine (13 percent) as well as spending more time with family (19
percent) and taking time off (17 percent). Temporary staffing (travel nurses) is
also a viable way to address nurse burnout and workload issues, according to 59
percent of respondents.
Mental health
More than half of nurses (54 percent) believe that their workload negatively
impacts their mental health, with 37 percent undecided. Only nine percent of
nurses think their workload has any positive effect on their mental health.
More than half (52 percent) of nurses don’t believe their mental health affects
their work. However, (35 percent) said their mental health was negatively
impacted by their work versus 13 percent who reported a positive impact.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
11 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Attitudes toward discussing mental health are changing, but opinions as to
whether nurses should mention the topic in the workplace are divided. It’s a
taboo subject for 35 percent of nurses, but 39 percent are fine discussing mental
health. Twenty-six percent are undecided.
Nearly a quarter of respondents (24 percent) reported taking medication for
anxiety or depression. Of those, 59 percent attribute their anxiety or depression
to the demands of nursing. Three percent of nurses indicated they have
contemplated suicide, due to the demands of their jobs.
Methodology
RNnetwork polled more than 900 nurses working in the United States for insight
into modern opinions and attitudes about nurse burnout, work-life balance,
mental health and harassment in the workplace. Nurses who received the email
survey represented most fields and specialties, and the majority of respondents
had 10 or more years of active practice.
Tags
nurse shortage
survey
travel nurses
travel nursing
About the author
Liz Cornwall
Liz Cornwall is a public relations specialist and is passionate about the company’s
Putting People First culture. Prior to joining RNnetwork, Liz worked in advertising
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
12 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


and marketing and also helped launch a pet magazine in Salt Lake City.
Search jobs
Benefits
For employers
About us
Resources
Blog
Careers
Contact us
© 2023 CHG Management, Inc. CHG Healthcare Company. All rights reserved. Privacy Policy |
Terms & Conditions |
Feedback
9/17/23, 8:44 PM

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

graphics, distributions, and tables

Description

REQUIRED SOFTWARE
Microsoft Word
Internet access to read articles
SCENARIO/SUMMARY

This week’s lab highlights the use of graphics, distributions, and tables to summarize and interpret data.

INSTRUCTIONS

Part 1:

Your instructor will provide you with a scholarly article. The article will contain at least one graph and/or table. Please reach out to your instructor if you do not receive the article by Monday of Week 3.

Part 2:

Title your paper: “Review of [Name of Article]”
State the Author:
Summarize the article in one paragraph:
Post a screenshot of the article’s frequency table and/or graph.
Example:
Frequency Distribution -OR- Graph

Answer the following questions about your table or graph.
What type of study is used in the article (quantitative or qualitative)?
Explain how you came to that conclusion.
What type of graph or table did you choose for your lab (bar graph, histogram, stem & leaf plot, etc.)?
What characteristics make it this type (you should bring in material that you learned in the course)?
Describe the data displayed in your frequency distribution or graph (consider class size, class width, total frequency, list of frequencies, class consistency, explanatory variables, response variables, shapes of distributions, etc.)
Draw a conclusion about the data from the graph or frequency distribution in the context of the article.
How else might this data have been displayed?
Discuss the pros and cons of 2 other presentation options, such as tables or different graphical displays.
Why do you think those two other presentation options (i.e., tables or different graphs) were not used in this article?
Give the full APA reference of the article you are using for this lab.
Be sure your name is on the Word document, save it, and then submit it under “Assignments” and “Week 3: Lab”.
REQUIREMENTS

The deliverable is a Word document with your answers to the questions posed above based on the article you were assigned.

GRADING

This activity will be graded based on the Week 3 Lab Rubric.

OUTCOMES

CO 1: Given scenarios supported by population data, apply sampling techniques and explain potential pitfalls and bias in data collection.

CO 2: Given datasets with qualitative and quantitative data, differentiate between the types of data and how they can be applied in statistical studies for everyday life.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
1 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


800.866.0407
Search jobs
Benefits
For employers
About us
Resources
Blog
Contact us
Portal login
Get started
RNnetwork Blog
Everything you need to know about travel nursing.
Nurse life • Press room
RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse
Survey
 December 12, 2018
 9 Min Read
Liz Cornwall
To better understand the changing landscape and emerging challenges of the
nursing profession, RNnetwork recently conducted a follow-up study of its
groundbreaking 2016 survey, which painted a portrait of a modern nurse and
examined different aspects of the national nursing shortage. In this updated
survey, respondents from around the United States shared perspectives about
subjects including workload, the national nursing shortage, the nursing
profession in general and respect in the workplace. New questions about mental
health and self-care also yielded fresh insights into the day and life of a nurse.
The results revealed many of the concerning statistics from the previous study
were either static or growing worse: nurse burnout, overwork and harassment
continue to affect nurses and impact patient care in 2018. True to the problemsolving nature of their training, however, many participants want greater focus on
possible solutions like temporary staffing or investment in new incentives and
programs.
No sign of relief for heavy workloads
Nurse burnout is continually acknowledged as a particular problem in the
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
2 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


medical profession, and as the nursing shortage continues, there seems to be no
clear solution in sight. In 2018, 62 percent of nurses felt regularly burned out in
their jobs, and 44 percent of nurses believed that burnout had affected their
work performance.
Perhaps most pressing for the future, nearly half of all respondents (49 percent)
had considered leaving nursing in the past two years, a number that has not
changed since RNnetwork’s 2016 survey. Instead of work situations improving, 40
percent of nurses believe they have less free time now than compared to two
years ago. A similarly-sized group (38 percent) felt their available free time had
not changed in two years.
Additionally, in 2016, 63 percent of nurses felt they spent just the right amount of
time at work, which dropped slightly to 60 percent in 2018, further indicating that
hours and expectations are increasing.
The nationwide nurse shortage continues
unabated
The increasing national nursing shortage compounds all of the issues facing
today’s nurses. The Bureau of Labor Statistics predicted that 1.2 million vacancies
will emerge for registered nurses between 2014 and 2022, and the fallout of that
widening gap is becoming significant. This outlook was confirmed by survey
respondents, 91 percent of whom felt their hospital was understaffed.
This nursing shortage has negatively affected workloads for 88 percent of nurses
in 2018, up significantly from 62 percent in 2016. Additionally, nearly 62 percent
of respondents believed the shortage was negatively impacting the quality of care
nurses could provide, with 46 percent feeling even more overworked than they
did two years ago.
Nurses want administrators and government to continue exploring options to
alleviate the shortage. Nurses expressed support for government subsidies of
schooling (38 percent) and creating new nursing programs (29 percent).
Temporary staffing (travel nursing) is another viable solution to nurse burnout or
workload issues, according to 59 percent of nurses.
Work is impacting nurses’ mental health
More than half of nurses (54 percent) reported their workload had negatively
impacted their mental health. Furthermore, 35 percent reported that the state of
their mental health had negatively impacted their work. Although national
conversations on mental health are increasing awareness, 35 percent of
respondents believed it was still taboo to discuss among nurses.
Nearly a quarter of respondents (24 percent) reported taking medication for
anxiety or depression. Of those, 59 percent attribute their anxiety or depression
to the demands of nursing. Three percent of nurses indicated they have
contemplated suicide, due to the demands of their jobs.
As public understanding of the value of mental health increases and long-held
stigmas begin to fall away, the door is opening for conversations in workplaces.
With such widespread mental health problems reported among nurses, it is also
notable that only 16 percent reported meeting with a mental health professional
over the demands of their work – but 47 percent wish they had better access in
the workplace.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
3 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Bullying and harassment continues to be a
problem
The prevalence of bullying and verbal harassment is a significant issue in the
nursing industry. Nearly 40 percent of nurses reported being bullied or harassed
during the past year.
Nurses face this abuse from many directions, and in all areas of their work: 30
percent of bullying or harassment comes from other nurses, 25 percent from
patients, 23 percent from physicians and 22 percent from administrators.
Although any amount of harassment is unacceptable, the data may indicate that
instances of workplace hostility may be decreasing for nurses. In the 2016 report,
45 percent of nurses reported bullying by other nurses, 38 percent by physicians
and 41 percent by administrators.
The data further indicates that 62 percent of nurses believe that physicians
respect them, which is slightly lower than 2016 levels (65 percent). Unfortunately,
only 29 percent of nurses felt respected by administrators, which was a
significant decrease from 46 percent in 2016.
In addition, 21 percent of nurses are also subjected to sexual harassment in the
workplace. Patients are responsible for 43 percent of sexual harassment, with
physicians committing 29 percent of incidents, 24 percent coming from other
nurses and 4 percent from administrators.
2018 Survey Results
Nurse workload
Free time is in short supply for most nurses. When compared to two years ago, 40
percent indicated they had less free time and 38 percent felt things were about
the same. Fifteen percent saw a slight improvement and only seven percent saw
any large increase in free time.
Overwork is a hallmark of burned out employees, and few have more timeintensive schedules than nurses. In the past two years, most nurses have either
seen their workloads increase (46 percent) or stay about the same (32 percent).
Just 22 percent of nurses felt their workloads had become less burdensome.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
4 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Supporting work-life balance is a key goal for many healthcare facilities, but
nurses’ experience varies. Although 37 percent agree their employers support
work-life balance, 36 percent believe their employers do not. Twenty-seven
percent feel ambivalent about their employers’ efforts.
If there is any statistic that should spur administrators to action, it is that nearly
half of nurses (49 percent) have considered leaving during the past two years. The
top three reasons nurses considered abandoning the profession are overwork
(24 percent), spending too much time entering data in EHR (19 percent) and not
having enough time with patients (15 percent). In addition, 38 percent of nurses
said they work second jobs to pay off debts (31 percent), to support their
preferred lifestyle (17 percent), and because their income has decreased (15
percent).
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
5 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Bullying and harassment
Nearly 40 percent of nurses reported bullying and harassment in the workplace.
Respondents indicated that 30 percent of bullying and harassment incidents
came from other nurses, 25 percent from patients, 23 percent from physicians
and 22 percent from administrators. Instances of workplace hostility may be
decreasing for nurses. According to 2016 findings, 45 percent of nurses reported
bullying by other nurses, 38 percent by physicians and 41 percent by
administrators.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
6 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Although the majority of nurses said they do not experience sexual harassment
at work (79 percent), it’s worth noting that 21 percent said they do experience
sexual harassment, with the majority of that harassment coming from patients
(43 percent), physicians (29 percent), and other nurses (24 percent).
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
7 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


National nursing shortage
Eighty percent of respondents believe there is a nursing shortage in their facility,
and 76 percent report they have personally been impacted by the shortage.
Eighty-eight percent of nurses have seen their workloads increase due to fewer
nurses in the industry.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
8 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Nurse burnout
Nurse burnout is a major problem, with 62 percent feeling burned out on a
regular basis, compared to only 22 percent believing it wasn’t an issue. Burnout
reportedly affected work performance for 43 percent of respondents, while 35
percent believed burnout had no impact on performance.
Nurse burnout is also taking a toll on physical and mental well-being, with nurses
reporting symptoms of chronic fatigue (16 percent), anxiety (13 percent),
insomnia (11 percent), and depression (9 percent) due to burnout.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
9 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


The vast majority of nurses also reported going into work sick at some point, with
85 percent of respondents admitting to it. More than half (54 percent) believed
that burnout contributed to their sickness.
Not only does nurse burnout affect their personal health (20 percent), it also
impacts their relationships with their families (19 percent) and job satisfaction (24
percent).
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
10 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


To cope with burnout, nurses are turning to exercise (13 percent), food (12
percent), and caffeine (13 percent) as well as spending more time with family (19
percent) and taking time off (17 percent). Temporary staffing (travel nurses) is
also a viable way to address nurse burnout and workload issues, according to 59
percent of respondents.
Mental health
More than half of nurses (54 percent) believe that their workload negatively
impacts their mental health, with 37 percent undecided. Only nine percent of
nurses think their workload has any positive effect on their mental health.
More than half (52 percent) of nurses don’t believe their mental health affects
their work. However, (35 percent) said their mental health was negatively
impacted by their work versus 13 percent who reported a positive impact.
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
11 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


Attitudes toward discussing mental health are changing, but opinions as to
whether nurses should mention the topic in the workplace are divided. It’s a
taboo subject for 35 percent of nurses, but 39 percent are fine discussing mental
health. Twenty-six percent are undecided.
Nearly a quarter of respondents (24 percent) reported taking medication for
anxiety or depression. Of those, 59 percent attribute their anxiety or depression
to the demands of nursing. Three percent of nurses indicated they have
contemplated suicide, due to the demands of their jobs.
Methodology
RNnetwork polled more than 900 nurses working in the United States for insight
into modern opinions and attitudes about nurse burnout, work-life balance,
mental health and harassment in the workplace. Nurses who received the email
survey represented most fields and specialties, and the majority of respondents
had 10 or more years of active practice.
Tags
nurse shortage
survey
travel nurses
travel nursing
About the author
Liz Cornwall
Liz Cornwall is a public relations specialist and is passionate about the company’s
Putting People First culture. Prior to joining RNnetwork, Liz worked in advertising
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
2018 Modern Nurse Survey: Nursing shortage leading to nurse burnout
12 of 12

RNnetwork 2018 Portrait of a Modern Nurse Survey


and marketing and also helped launch a pet magazine in Salt Lake City.
Search jobs
Benefits
For employers
About us
Resources
Blog
Careers
Contact us
© 2023 CHG Management, Inc. CHG Healthcare Company. All rights reserved. Privacy Policy |
Terms & Conditions |
Feedback
9/17/23, 8:44 PM
Week 3 Lab Assignment
Name:________________________
_______________
Instructor Name:
Please use this template to help answer the questions listed in the lab
instructions. The “parts” below refer to the parts listed in the lab
instructions. Type your answers and post your screenshots in the spaces
given below. Then, save this document with your name and submit it inside
the course room.
Part 1. Read the assigned article.
Please reach out to your instructor if you did not receive the assigned
article for the term by Monday of Week 3.
Part 2. Analyze the article.
Title: Review of [Type out name of Article]
Author(s): [Type out names of Author(s) of the Article]
Summarize the article in one paragraph:
Post a screenshot of a graph/chart from the article that you will
analyze:
Analysis
(Answer the following questions thoroughly in complete sentences)
• What type of study is used in the article (quantitative or qualitative)?
Explain how you came to that conclusion.
• What type of graph or table did you choose for your lab (bar graph,
histogram, stem & leaf plot, etc.)? What characteristics make it this type
(you should bring in material that you learned in the course)?
• Describe the data displayed in your frequency distribution or graph
(consider class size, class width, total frequency, list of frequencies,
class consistency, explanatory variables, response variables, shapes of
distributions, etc.)
• Draw a conclusion about the data from the graph or frequency
distribution in context of the article.
• How else might this data have been displayed (Pick two different graphs
that could have been used to display the same data as your selected
graph/table)?
Discuss pros and cons of 2 other presentation options, such as tables or
different graphical displays.
Explain how these graphs would be structured to display the data in the
article. Why don’t you think those two graphs were not used in this article?
• Give the full APA reference of the article you are using for this lab.
Be sure your name is on the Word document, save it, and then submit it. In
the assignment module, click “start assignment” and then “upload file” and
“submit assignment”.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Medical Terminology Project PROJECT

Description

Medical Terminology Project

Develop a game that will help you study and some of your classmates can play.

Alter already known games or develop an original game of your own.

Creativity does count (not looking for you to spend a lot of money or any for that matter).

You Must Use the Following:

 20 prefixes

 20 suffixes

 10 combining forms/root words

 10 whole terms

This is a total of 60 words and word parts. You may use more but not less.

It also must include the following:

 Rules (so if you were not there someone could play it)

 Answer key (you can build you answer key into the game or make it separate)

Discussion post

Description

all information is in the photo down below http://playspent.org/I will need you to do the discussion replies for two students after you finish this one. I’ll extend the time later

Discussion

Description

Chapter 7 discusses communicable diseases and how several communicable diseases have been eradicated (i.e. smallpox, polio) due to the widespread usage of vaccinations by the general population (herd immunity). Other diseases and viruses do not have vaccines at this time, such as Ebola, HIV. The various COVID-19 vaccines that have become available were developed a year ago. Additionally, there has been more public debate on whether children should or should not be vaccinated.

Answer the following questions:

Should the government mandate childhood vaccinations?

Should adults also be mandated to obtain vaccines by governement or their employers?

Justify your answer using factual data either for or against (or somewhere in the middle) this mandate.

Consider the following supporting questions in your answer:

Do vaccines improve the overall public health?
What are the risks associated with vaccines and do those risks outweigh the benefits?
If vaccines are not required, will the public health be endangered?
What is more important individual rights or the collective good?
Do parents have the right to refuse vaccination for their children?
Would you vaccinate your child?
Should employers be allowed to require vaccines as a condition of employment in certain settings like healthcare or corrections?

n 2010, the Affordable Care Act opens up the 45-year-old Medicare program

Description

In 2010, the Affordable Care Act opens up the 45-year-old Medicare program to the biggest changes since its inception. Discuss the components of the Affordable Care Act that you think will have a positive effect on improving health care outcomes and decreasing costs.The discussion must address the topic.Rationale must be provided400 wordsMinimum of two scholarly references in APA format within the last five years published

Reflection -APA

Description

The reflective journal is a tool for cultivating your personal-professional self and should focus on the competencies and knowledge you are learning in your field practicum (about yourself, others, social problems, helping relationships, social change &/or social work practice). Its contents should include the following: Reflections on how you see yourself as a developing social worker. Reflections on your understanding of your personal values and the values and ethics of our profession.Reflections on the parallel processes you are experiencing with supervision and practice.Specifically address Cultural Diversity and Cultural Humility Self-Assessment of Journals I believe self-evaluation and assessment is a valuable tool to support equity in learning. You will be asked to self-assess the quality of your work on these journals. When journals are submitted, you will also be required to submit a self-assessment using the rubric provided in this syllabus. Both a point value and supporting comments are required for each area of the rubric. I will still be providing my own feedback and numeric rating, and where our numeric values differ, I will average the two in calculating the total grade for the assignment. The rubric must be completed before the assignment will be assessed by the instructor. Highlighted areas of the rubric are the ones that the student completes.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

My future goal as an MSW is to work in Private Practice and also do Advocacy work on Policy issues,
which include working on the opioid epidemic that is in NY, having stricter laws for domestic violence,
and changing the bail reform in New York….. In my private practice, I would like to have a focus on
trauma work, PTSD, and Work with Sexual assault victims.
I am currently doing my internship for my MSW at Clifton Springs Hospital CPEP (information in
below).
My class Assignment
The reflective journal is a tool for cultivating your personal-professional self and should focus on the
competencies and knowledge you are learning in your field practicum (about yourself, others, social
problems, helping relationships, social change &/or social work practice). Its contents should include the
following:
1. Reflections on how you see yourself as a developing social worker.
2. Reflections on your understanding of your personal values and the values and ethics of our
profession.
3. Reflections on the parallel processes you are experiencing with supervision and practice.
4. Specifically address Cultural Diversity and Cultural Humility
Self-Assessment of Journals
I believe self-evaluation and assessment is a valuable tool to support equity in learning. You will be asked
to self-assess the quality of your work on these journals. When journals are submitted, you will also be
required to submit a self-assessment using the rubric provided in this syllabus. Both a point value and
supporting comments are required for each area of the rubric. I will still be providing my own feedback
and numeric rating, and where our numeric values differ, I will average the two in calculating the total
grade for the assignment. The rubric must be completed before the assignment will be assessed by the
instructor. Highlighted areas of the rubric are the ones that the student completes.
MSW Field Seminar Reflective Journal Grading Rubric—version 8/19/21
Student Name: _ Journal# ____1____
At least one journal must specifically address Cultural Diversity and Cultural Humility related to your
field placement. Does this journal satisfy that requirement? (circle one) x Yes No
Assignment components
Reflection: (Please check those areas that are
addressed in journal)
___ (1) Reflections on, and reactions to, both the
content and process of our seminar sessions (drawing
implications for your developing personal-professional
self and future social work practice);
Student
Numeric(points) __5___(out of 5)
Comments that support this rating –
_ (2) Reflections on how you are seeing yourself as a
developing social worker;
___ (3) Reflections on your understanding of your
personal values and the values and ethics of our
profession;
___ (4) Reflections on the parallel processes you are
experiencing with supervision and practice;
______________________________________
Instructor
Numeric(points) _____(out of 5)
___ (5) Reflections on how you are integrating content
and readings from all social work courses and their
relationship to field practicum experiences.
Point Values:
Meets Expectations (5-4) Points: Addresses in
detail at least three reflection areas and provides
clear examples
Partially Meets Expectations (3-2) Points:
Addresses at least 2 reflective examples in some
depth, limited examples
Does not Meet Expectations (1-0) Points:
Limited or no reflection provided
Competence and Practice Behaviors: Show
relevance to practice behaviors and competencies and
progress/obstacles in achieving the objectives
Reflections on your development towards achieving
practice behavior competence (e.g. areas of tension and
challenges, as well as ah ha moments and discussion
about how you are developing in your practice
knowledge and skills).
Point Values:
Meets Expectations (2) Points: Provides
relevance and discusses progress and /or obstacles
Partially Meets Expectations (1) Points: Lists
relevance to practices behaviors but does not
describe progress/obstacles
Does not Meet Expectations (0) Points: Does
not address
Comments that support this rating-
Averaged Score___
Student
Numeric(points) __2___(out of 2)
Comments that support this rating
______________________________________
Instructor
Numeric(points) _____(out of 2)
Comments that support this rating-
Averaged Score___
Quality of Writing & Use of Literature to Support
Statements: Journals will be assessed based on the
quality of writing, including organization, clarity,
sentence structure, spelling, grammar etc.
Journals require a minimum of two references from the
professional literature, such as social work journals or
texts using the appropriate APA format.
Point Values:
Meets Expectations (3-2) Points: Effectively
communicates ideas and information in an
organized manner, well written.
Uses at least two references with appropriate APA
format
Partially Meets Expectations (1) Points:
Generally clear presentation with occasional
inconsistencies in format & other mechanics of
writing & /or some citing format error; Uses only
1 reference
Does not Meet Expectations (0) Points:
Inconsistent presentation errors in grammar,
spelling; No references used
Final Score: ___________/10
Student
Numeric(points) __3___(out of 3)
Comments that support this rating
______________________________________
Instructor
Numeric(points) _____(out of 3)
Comments that support this rating-
Averaged Score___
This is the place I am doing my MSW Internship
Psychiatric Emergency Program
(CPEP) at Clifton Springs Hospital
& Clinic
If you are struggling with a mental health crisis, we are ready to help. CPEP offers
emergency and crisis psychiatric services to people living in the Finger Lakes region.
Located within the Rob and Pamela Sands Emergency Department, and newly
designed to meet the growing need of patients seeking emergency psychiatric
treatment, our CPEP unit includes safe, private and comfortable evaluation and
consultation rooms, psychiatric patient rooms, and psychiatric extended
observation rooms.
Patients will be asked to come in to the emergency department to be medically
cleared for treatment, then will meet with a Clinical Evaluator for evaluation. After
an assessment, the Clinical Evaluator will determine whether inpatient or
outpatient treatment is needed. Referrals to follow-up services will be provided at
the same time.
If you do not feel comfortable traveling to Clifton Springs Hospital & Clinic, our
mobile crisis team can meet you within Ontario, Wayne, Seneca and Yates counties.
Our confidential phone counseling is also on standby to do everything they can to
help you.
Comprehensive Psychiatric Emergency
Program (CPEP)
If you are struggling right now, we are ready to help.
People living in Ontario, Seneca, Wayne, and Yates Counties who need emergency
and crisis psychiatric services are the focus of CPEP.
Patients will be asked to come to the emergency department to be medically
cleared for treatment, then will meet with a therapist for evaluation. After an
assessment, the therapist will determine whether inpatient or outpatient treatment
is needed. Referrals to any services will be provided at the same time.
If you do not feel comfortable traveling to Clifton Springs Hospital & Clinic, our
mobile crisis team will meet you where you are. Our confidential phone counseling
is also on standby to do everything they can to help you.
Our crisis phone number – (315) 462-1080 – is staffed by a real person 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week. Call if you need to talk.
https://ontariocountyny.gov/99/Mental-Health
National Association of Social Workers website regarding efficacy policy social justice
https://www.socialworkers.org/Advocacy

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

reply 1

Description

Comparing public, and private hospital.

According to Al-Haroon (2022), One of the most important issues facing humanity is the provision of healthcare. By encouraging healthcare, employers, consumers, medical facilities, families, communities, insurance firms, and the state as a whole can all prevent or considerably reduce human and financial expenses. This is accomplished by preventative actions, and these costs are decreased through the spread of health knowledge. If healthcare is not successfully promoted, a nation’s economy could suffer greatly. People frequently go to medical facilities for assistance in diagnosing and treating their problems in order to meet this demand. Both governmental and private hospitals are included when the term “healthcare facilities” is used. They have different objectives, despite the fact that they are comparable in that they both offer medical care.

In King Fahad hospital of the university that founded on 1981, consider one of the largest hospitals in Khobar its capacity 440 beds, that include various special area, inpatient and outpatient department, operation rooms, and three intensive care unit. KFUH under imam Abdulrahman university, consider as training, and research center to them. It’s a government hospital, accept eligible patients only, providing a free treatment to their patients. But according to privatization program they going to move toward insurance payments. (Shawan, 2021)

On the other hand, almanaa hospital That established on 1949, Khobar branch had 250 beds including inpatient, and other building that include the outpatients. But almanaa hospital had many other branches in the kingdom. It’s a private institution, that need fee for services, either cash, or covered by insurance company. As a private hospital they accept any patients, and any nationality, and waiting time is less comparing to government hospitals, and prices can change annually. (Sayegh, 2020)

Both hospital is under indirect control of ministry of health, following its regulation, strategies, and requirements toward deliver the best care to its patient. Also, both working hard toward achieving 2030 vision, and both hospitals are under ministry of education, which make them full of student, trainee, education, and training department are effectively working toward increase the productivity, and the quality of care. Both hospitals had JCI, and CBAHI accreditation, which make an international protocol applied in both hospitals, and achieve a standard of care.

The impact of law :

The Saudi MOH has performed the typical tasks of the administrative health coordinator. The MOH has extensive regulatory authority. These include regulating the cost of health products, ensuring the quality of services, and stakeholders. Additionally, each regional health directorate distributes global budgets to each hospital. The absence of thorough authority is a major contrast, though. The Saudi MOH needs more control over two significant public sector health systems, in comparison to many other nations where the healthcare ministry has responsibility over all healthcare system components. The military hospitals and academic teaching hospitals are not under their supervision. Additionally, the MOH only indirectly controls the expanding private sector. (Al-Haroon, 2022)

References

Al-Haroon, H. (2022). Assessment of Organizational Commitment Among Nurses in a Major Public Hospital in Saudi Arabia. Journal of Multidisciplinary Healthcare, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.2147/JMDH.S256856.

Sayegh, H. A. (2020). Saudi Arabia’s Almana General Hospitals in early talks for IPO-sources. Retrieved from REUTERS: https://www.nasdaq.com/articles/saudi-arabias-alma…

Shawan, D. A. (2021). The Effectiveness of the Joint Commission International Accreditation in Improving Quality at King Fahd University Hospital, Saudi Arabia: A Mixed Methods Approach. Journal of Healthcare Leadership, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/348965252_The_Effectiveness_of_the_Joint_Commission_International_Accreditation_in_Improving_Quality_at_King_Fahd_University_Hospital_Saudi_Arabia_A_Mixed_Methods_Approach.

reply 2

Description

Introduction

Al Adwani General Hospital and King Saud Medical City are Two Pillars among many in KSA Healthcare Landscape. These institutions provide healthcare yet vary widely on aspects such as ownership, reach, services rendered, and patients targeted. Despite these disparities between the hospitals, each entity’s primary objective lies in providing the best quality medical services, and the regulatory framework of Saudi Arabian law is crucial in shaping these services and governance procedures.

Al-Adwani General Hospital

Being a privately owned hospital, Al-Adwani General Hospital is funded through direct payments from patients, health insurance revenue, and capital. Al Adwani General Hospital often provides diverse specialty services and cutting-edge technology (Rahman, 2020). Al-Adwani General Hospital offers specialist departments, including cardiology, orthopedic surgery, and obstetrics.

King Saud Medical City, Riyadh

King Saud Medical City, Riyadh, is a public medical institution in Saudi Arabia. Saudi Arabia’s King Saud Medical City is Government Ownership Funding. King Saud Medical City offers health care services to the public, covering locals and expatriates without distinguishing between people with financial constraints (Al-Hanawi et al., 2017). Fully funded through government budget allocation and often subsidized to keep the cost of medical care low on the public’s wallet, King Saud Medical City is a model of national care. King Saud Medical City, Riyadh, provides a full spectrum of medical care, including emergency care, general medicine, and highly specialized departments.

Similarities and Differences

Al-Adwani General Hospital and King Saud Medical City, Riyadh, endeavor to deliver quality healthcare to the populace. However, there are several differences between the two healthcare facilities. Al-Adwani General Hospital is a fee-based private hospital (Rahman, 2020). On the other hand, King Saud Medical City, located in Riyadh, belongs to KAMC and is funded by the government via the national budget. On one side, whereas Al-Adwani General Hospital is expensive because of being private, King Saud Medical City, Riyadh, provides service to the public, which is quite economical for both middle-class and low-income patients (Al-Hanawi et al., 2017). Al-Adwani General Hospital has an outstanding reputation for providing specific services and newfangled medical technology. Conversely, King Saud Medical City of Riyadh provides comprehensive care for more patients, such as emergency and internal medicine.

Impact of Law on Operation

Legislation is critical in supervising and governance healthcare facilities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Both private and government-run hospitals must adhere to numerous legislations to safeguard the safety of patients, the provision of quality care, as well as proper conduct (Rahman, 2020). All facilities in Saudi Arabia, whether private or public, require a license from MOH to operate. It means that medical treatment is provided in line with international health protocols. These guidelines establish the standards of care to be followed under these regulations, as well as guidelines on matters such as infection control practices, the confidentiality of patient information, medical record keeping, the rights of patients (and their ability to refuse treatment), and obligations to All private and public hospitals must follow all guidelines to ensure quality and safe care for patients. Also, Al-Adwani General Hospital has more control over setting the prices for its services. However, still needs to be in line with rules covering insurance reimbursement and billing processes. As an example, the King Saud Medical City (KSMC) follows a price control mechanism set by the government to make things available to everyone.

Conclusion

In conclusion, Al-Adwani General Hospital and King Saud Medical City, both public and private healthcare facilities in Saudi Arabia, have different ownership, funding, and service delivery structures. The legislation is essential in regulating and governing these facilities’ functioning, ensuring that moral norms, patient safety, and quality requirements are followed.

References

Al-Hanawi, M. K., Alsharqi, O., Almazrou, S., & Vaidya, K. (2017). Healthcare Finance in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: A Qualitative Study of Householders’ Attitudes. Applied Health Economics and Health Policy, 16(1), 55–64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40258-017-0353-7

Rahman, R. (2020). The Privatization of Health Care System in Saudi Arabia. Health Services Insights, 13(1), 117863292093449. h

Nurs 744 Nursing Informatics

Description

Instructions:Analyze the current healthcare informatics tools used in the COVID-19 pandemicExamine the pros and cons of the major increase in use of telehealth.Discuss the top three informatics tools used in pandemic to enhance health outcomes and reduce disease transmissionGajarawala, S. N., & Pelkowski, J. N. (2021). Telehealth Benefits and Barriers. The journal for nurse practitioners : JNP, 17(2), 218–221. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nurpra.2020.09.013

c t 1

Description

Module 04: Critical Thinking Assignment

Critical Thinking: Comparative Analysis: Risk

Compare Risk in Different Health Care Systems

Write a paper that compares and contrasts risk in three different health care systems from three different countries.

The comparison document should contain the following:

Examine the different risks associated with each health care delivery system.

Examine medical malpractice environment and process.

What type of regulation oversight occurs in the healthcare space?

Analyze how risk is measured.

Requirements:

Your paper should be four to five pages in length, not including the title and reference pages.

You must include a minimum of four credible sources. Use the Saudi Electronic Digital Library to find your resources.

Your paper must follow Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and APA style guidelines, as appropriate.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin Originality Check Student Guide.

Health & Medical Question

Description

I attached the template I’m supposed to use for this assignment, thank you!

Objective

Write a statement of the problem, background, and significance of the project.

Deliverables

Write a 2-3 page (not including the title and reference pages).
APA formatted paper with an introduction and conclusion.
APA headings for each section of the paper.
At least 5 references.

Step 1: Capstone Project

Write a paper identifying the statement of the problem, background, and significance of your capstone project.

Step 2: Consider

What issues do you care most about?
What practices and policies do you want it to influence?
What will it allow you to do next?
Who would you like to benefit from the results?

Step 3: Write

Write a paper that addresses the questions above.
Use the template attached below.

Pharmacyology

Description

Pharmacology-Critical Thinking:Chapter 48-Substance AbuseInstructionsInstructionsA 36-year-old patient who was found unconscious and was taken to the emergency department has been on the nursing unit for 24 hours, and laboratory results show that he was intoxicated. The patient has a history of alcohol abuse. What should the nurse be aware of while taking care of him?

Patient Evaluation and Management

Description

A 34-y.o. female presents with the complaint of a sudden excruciating pain in her back and points to her flank area on the right side. She rates the pain as 10 on a scale of 1 to 10, with 10 being the worst. She also complains of nausea with the pain. She states that she has never had anything like this before, and the pain is subsiding a little now.What additional questions should you ask the patient and why?What should be included in the physical examination at this visit?What are the possible differential diagnoses at this time?What tests should you order and why?How should this patient be managed?Submission Instructions:Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources.

Pharmacology

Description

I basically need a study guide to help me study for my up coming pharmacology exam.The picture attached is an example of how I would like it to be like. You don’t have to put any sources or anything like that. Separate each section At the bottom of the pages document it tells you what to do for each medication, please get it from several resources

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Below is a test blueprint for exam 1.
This blueprint is to assist you in focusing on preparation for Exam #1. It is to serve as
a guide when studying. Please make sure you review the ATI modules, pharmacology
book, quizzes, and other ATI materials. Review the drug classes and make sure you
focus on the medications listed below. You want to focus on indications for use,
unusual side/adverse effects, how they are administered, drug interactions and
teaching points.
1. Intro to Pharm (10 Questions)
Please review:
• Accumulation of medications (what causes this)
• Metabolism of drugs
• Therapeutic effects
• Toxic effects
• Onset of medications
• Peak and troughs (What do these mean)
• Routes of administration and how quickly they work
• Half-life
• Extended release medications (what special considerations are there
about these medications)
• Pregnancy category (Know what each mean)
• Food and Drug Interactions
2. Immune (10 Questions)
Medications to review:
• Zidovudine
• Enfuvirtide
• Raltegravir
• Vincasar
• Tamoxifen
• Methotrexate
• Cisplatin
• Immunizations (review what should be given and when)
3. Pain (13 Questions)
Medications to review:
• ASA
• Allopurinol
• Celecoxib
• Morphine Sulfate
• Naloxone
• Acetaminophen

Prednisone
4. GI (12 Questions)
Medications to review:
• PPI
• Ondansetron
• Psyllium
• Sulfasalazine
• Metoclopramide
• Loperamide
• Azathioprine
• Omeprazole
• Cimetidine
• Stool softeners
For each of the medications listed above, you want to review the following.
Assessment:
• Actions prior to administering a medication
• Side/adverse effects
• Identify the need for further teaching
• Orthostatic blood pressures
Intervention:
• The rationale for performing the intervention
• Addressing side effects
Teaching
• Identify teaching needs for medications
• Dietary interactions
There will also be 5 Basic math problems for medication administration.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

dis 1

Description

HCM515For this discussion, we are examining public and private healthcare facilities. Locate two different facilities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia – one private and one public. Examine the difference and similarities you see in the different facilities. Explain how the law impacts how these two facilities operate?
Embed course material concepts, principles, and theories (which require supporting citations) in your initial response along with at least one scholarly, peer-reviewed journal article. Keep in mind that these scholarly references can be found in the Saudi Digital Library by conducting an advanced search specific to scholarly references. Use Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and APA style guidelines.
You are required to reply to at least two peer discussion question post answers to this weekly discussion question and/or your instructor’s response to your posting. These post replies need to be substantial and constructive in nature. They should add to the content of the post and evaluate/analyze that post’s answer. Normal course dialogue doesn’t fulfill these two peer replies but is expected throughout the course. Answering all course questions is also required.

Social work

Description

I am working on Health discussion questions and I need your support to help me learn

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Module 05: Discussion
Module 05: Discussion
Locate a research study that utilized experimental or quasi-experimental methods. Briefly
summarize the study. For example, discuss the inclusion of 2-group tests, regression
analysis, and time-series analysis in terms of the study design’s strengths, weaknesses, or
limitations. What challenges or limitations did the researcher identify they encountered by
choosing this method?
Embed course material concepts, principles, and theories (which require supporting citations)
in your initial response along with at least one scholarly, peer-reviewed journal article. Keep in
mind that these scholarly references can be found in the Saudi Digital Library by conducting
an advanced search specific to scholarly references. Use Saudi Electronic University
academic writing standards and APA style guidelines.
You are required to reply to at least two peer discussion question post answers to this weekly
discussion question and/or your instructor’s response to your posting. These post replies
need to be substantial and constructive in nature. They should add to the content of the post
and evaluate/analyze that post’s answer. Normal course dialogue doesn’t fulfill these two peer
replies but is expected throughout the course. Answering all course questions is also
required.
Discussion Rubric Discussion Rubric – Alternative Formats

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Full order description:

Dear Freelancer, please write the paper, 6 pages long, APA-style, using at least 6 academic sources besides the attached book. Have at least 3-4 in-text direct citations from the attached book inside the paper. Please follow the attached prompts. I will add an additional 12h once the order is picked up.

MAIN DETAILS:

· Introduction

· The Nurse Leader’s Role in System Evaluation

· Application to Professional Practice: System Evaluation

· The Nurse Leader’s Role in Policy Administration

· Application to Professional Practice: Board Membership

· Conclusion

Unformatted Attachment Preview

SIX TH EDITION
Quantum
Leadership
CREATING SUSTAINABLE VALUE IN HEALTH CARE
Nancy M. Albert
PhD, CCNS,
CHFN, CCRN, NEBC, FAHA, FCCM,
FHFSA, FAAN
Associate Chief
Nursing Officer
Research and
Innovation
Cleveland Clinic
Health System
Cleveland, Ohio
Clinical Nurse
Specialist
Kaufman Center for
Heart Failure
Heart, Vascular, and
Thoracic Institute
Cleveland Clinic
Cleveland, Ohio
Sharon H. Pappas,
PhD, RN,
NEA-BC, FAAN
Chief Nurse Executive
Emory Healthcare
Atlanta, Georgia
Clinical Professor
Nell Hodgson
Woodruff School of
Nursing
Emory University
Atlanta, Georgia
Tim PorterO’Grady, DM,
EdD, ScD, APRN,
FAAN
Senior Partner
Health Systems
TPOG, LLC
Atlanta, Georgia
Clinical Professor
Nell Hodgson
Woodruff School
of Nursing
Emory University
Atlanta, Georgia
Kathy Malloch,
PhD, MBA, RN,
FAAN
President
Kathy Malloch
Leadership
Systems, LLC
Glendale, Arizona
Clinical Professor
The Ohio State
University, College
of Nursing
Columbus, Ohio
Case studies prepared by
Jaynelle F. Stichler, DNS, RN, NEA-BCr, FACHE, FAAN
Founding Co-Editor Emerita, HERD Journal
Consultant, Caster Institute for Nursing Excellence,
Sharp HealthCare
San Diego, California
Professor Emerita, San Diego State University
San Diego, California
© Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. NOT FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTION.
World Headquarters
Jones & Bartlett Learning
5 Wall Street
Burlington, MA 01803
978-443-5000
info@jblearning.com
www.jblearning.com
Jones & Bartlett Learning books and products are available through most bookstores and online booksellers. To contact Jones & Bartlett
Learning directly, call 800-832-0034, fax 978-443-8000, or visit our website, www.jblearning.com.
Substantial discounts on bulk quantities of Jones & Bartlett Learning publications are available to corporations, professional associations, and
other qualified organizations. For details and specific discount information, contact the special sales department at Jones & Bartlett Learning
via the above contact information or send an email to specialsales@jblearning.com.
Copyright © 2022 by Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC, an Ascend Learning Company
All rights reserved. No part of the material protected by this copyright may be reproduced or utilized in any form, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without written permission from the copyright owner.
The content, statements, views, and opinions herein are the sole expression of the respective authors and not that of Jones & Bartlett Learning,
LLC. Reference herein to any specific commercial product, process, or service by trade name, trademark, manufacturer, or otherwise does not
constitute or imply its endorsement or recommendation by Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC and such reference shall not be used for advertising
or product endorsement purposes. All trademarks displayed are the trademarks of the parties noted herein. Quantum Leadership: Creating
Sustainable Value in Health Care, Sixth Edition is an independent publication and has not been authorized, sponsored, or otherwise approved
by the owners of the trademarks or service marks referenced in this product.
There may be images in this book that feature models; these models do not necessarily endorse, represent, or participate in the activities
represented in the images. Any screenshots in this product are for educational and instructive purposes only. Any individuals and scenarios
featured in the case studies throughout this product may be real or fictitious, but are used for instructional purposes only.
The authors, editor, and publisher have made every effort to provide accurate information. However, they are not responsible for errors,
omissions, or for any outcomes related to the use of the contents of this book and take no responsibility for the use of the products and procedures
described. Treatments and side effects described in this book may not be applicable to all people; likewise, some people may require a dose or
experience a side effect that is not described herein. Drugs and medical devices are discussed that may have limited availability controlled by the
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for use only in a research study or clinical trial. Research, clinical practice, and government regulations
often change the accepted standard in this field. When consideration is being given to use of any drug in the clinical setting, the health care
provider or reader is responsible for determining FDA status of the drug, reading the package insert, and reviewing prescribing information
for the most up-to-date recommendations on dose, precautions, and contraindications, and determining the appropriate usage for the product.
This is especially important in the case of drugs that are new or seldom used.
21607-3
Production Credits
VP, Product Management: Amanda Martin
Director of Product Management: Matthew Kane
Product Manager: Tina Chen
Content Strategist: Christina Freitas
Manager, Project Management: Kristen Rogers
Project Specialist: Kelly Sylvester
Senior Digital Project Specialist: Angela Dooley
Senior Marketing Manager: Jennifer Scherzay
VP, Manufacturing and Inventory Control: Therese Connell
Product Fulfillment Manager: Wendy Kilborn
Composition: S4Carlisle Publishing Services
Cover Design: Michael O’Donnell
Senior Media Development Editor: Troy Liston
Rights & Permissions Manager: John Rusk
Cover Image (Title Page, Chapter Opener): © Pobytov/iStock/Getty
Images
Printing and Binding: Sheridan Books
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Names: Albert, Nancy, author. | Pappas,
Sharon, author. | Porter-O’Grady, Timothy, author. | Malloch, Kathy, author.
Title: Quantum leadership : creating sustainable value in health care /
Nancy Albert, Sharon Pappas, Tim Porter-O’Grady, Kathy Malloch.
Description: Sixth edition. | Burlington, Massachusetts : Jones & Bartlett
Learning, [2022?] | Tim Porter-O’Grady’s name appears first in the
previous edition. | Includes bibliographical references and index.
Identifiers: LCCN 2020025768 | ISBN 9781284216073 (paperback)
Subjects: MESH: Leadership | Health Services Administration |
Organizational Innovation
Classification: LCC RA971 | NLM W 84.1 | DDC 362.1068–dc23
LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2020025768
6048
Printed in the United States of America
24 23 22 21 20 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
© Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. NOT FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTION.
C O N T E N T S
Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Case Study Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Chapter One
A New Landscape for Leadership: Changing
the Health Script in an Age of Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Leading in a World of Constant Movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Newton and Organizational Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Leading in the Postdigital Age. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Change Is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Postdigital Leadership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Endless Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
The Quantum Character of Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
The Compression of Time Will Affect How Work Is Done. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Change and Effectiveness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Chapter Two
Ten Complexity Principles for Leaders
Advancing Value in the Quantum Age . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Chaos and Complexity and the Drive for Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Principle 1: Wholes Are Not Just the Sum of Their Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Principle 2: All Health Care Is Local. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Principle 3: Value Is Now the Centerpiece of Service Delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Principle 4: Simple Systems Aggregate to Complex Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Principle 5: Diversity Is Essential to Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Principle 6: Error Is Essential to Success. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Principle 7: Systems Thrive When All of Their Functions Intersect and Interact. . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Principle 8: Equilibrium and Disequilibrium Are in Constant Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Principle 9: Change Is Generated from the Center Outward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Principle 10: Revolution Results from the Aggregation of Local Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
iii
© Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. NOT FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTION.
Chapter Three
Innovation Leadership and Professional
Governance: Building the Structure for
Transformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Definitions and Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Rationale for Healthcare Innovation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Innovation Label Versus Innovation Role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Chapter Four
Innovation and Opportunity: Leading Through
the White Water of Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Driving the Culture of Innovation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Equity and Partnership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Decisions and Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
The Centrality of the Point-of-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Alignment, Not Motivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Creating Stakeholder Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
The Contextual/Strategic Role of the Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
The C-Suite and the Context for Innovation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
First-Line Leaders: The Catalyst for Innovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Creating a Context That Supports the Innovator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Innovation and the Membership Community. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Balancing Innovation with Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Differentiating Roles in Innovation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Leadership and the Will to Innovate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Chapter Five
From Evidence to Innovation: Measuring
the Foundations of Practice and Value . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Key Drivers for Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
A Very Complex System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Emergence and Uncertainty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
New Healthcare Valuation Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Chapter Six
Diversity and Difference: Managing Conflict
in a Transdisciplinary Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Growth and Transformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Avoiding Unnecessary Conflict. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Team-Based Conflict Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Identity-Based Conflicts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
iv
Contents
© Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. NOT FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTION.
Interest-Based Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
People and Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Chapter Seven
Leading Constant Movement: Transforming
Chaos and Crisis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Normative and Nonnormative Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
The Leader’s Perception of Crisis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Understanding Crisis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Complexity and Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Complexity and Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Adaptive Capacity and Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
The Human Resources Focus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Adaptive Capacity in Human Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Strategic Crisis Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Macro Considerations for Organizational Crisis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Synthesizing External and Internal Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Strategic Core. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Team Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Team Outcomes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
User Expectations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
The Partnership Team Process Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Impact on Outcomes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Internalization and Externalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Ensuring a Strong Service Core. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Crisis and Environmental Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Crisis Preparedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Recovery/Salvage Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Adaptive Effectiveness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Chapter Eight
The Focused Leader: Embracing Vulnerability,
Risk Taking, and the Potential to Succeed . . . . . . . . 325
Leadership Fitness in the New Millennium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Vulnerability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
The Cycle of Vulnerability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
New Relationships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Complexity Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Collective Mindfulness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Contents
© Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. NOT FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTION.
v
Strategies for Cultivating Leadership Vulnerability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Is There a Choice? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Chapter Nine
Transforming Error and Engaging Failure
Toward a Culture of Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Creating the Context for Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Just Culture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Teamwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Evidence-Based Practice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Patient-Centered Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Leadership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Healthcare Leadership: Issues and Opportunities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Highly Reliable Organizations and Safety Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Chapter Ten
The Fully Engaged Leader: Demonstrating
Capacity to Sustain Relationships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Underpinnings of Emotional Competence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Nature of Emotional Competence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Emotional Risks of Leadership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Benefits of Emotional Competence in Health Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Developing Emotional Competence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Emotionally Incompetent Behaviors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Team Emotional Competence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Connecting with Generations of Workers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Chapter Eleven
Toxic Organizations and People: The Leader
as Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Cultures Depend on Healthy Individuals to Help Patients Heal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
How Does Toxicity Develop?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
How Leaders Shape Culture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Leadership Polarity Dominates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Millennial Nurses Crave Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Toxic Behaviors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Ten Principles for Minimizing Toxic Behavior in Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
vi Contents
© Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. NOT FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTION.
Chapter Twelve  Coaching for Unending Change: Transforming
the Membership Community������������������������������������503
From Responsibility to Accountability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Transforming Work and the Transforming Worker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Evolution and Revolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
The Learning Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Organizing for Transformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Dealing with the Lack of Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
The Leader as Revolutionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Innovation Coaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Making Integration Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Addressing Problems Head On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Eliminating Firefighting Altogether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Chapter Thirteen  The Leader’s Courage to Be Willing:
Building a Context for Hope��������������������������������������551
A Context for Hope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Will. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Strategies to Facilitate Willingness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Relighting the Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Chapter Fourteen Engaging the Spirit of Leadership:
Becoming a Living Leader�������������������������������������������587
Chaos and the Call to Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Self-Management and Creativity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Creativity and Innovation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Exercising the Spirit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Spiritual Intelligence: 10 Mindful Rules of the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Becoming Self. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Listening for the Sounds of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Finding Spirit in the Chaos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
The Compensations of Ignorance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Mystery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Synthesis and Synergy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Appendix: Quiz Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
Contents
© Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. NOT FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTION.
vii
P R E F A C E
When this text was first written in 2002, health care was on the verge of many shifts and
transformations. After years of preparing for major transformation in health care, we are
now experiencing multiple transformations that are reconfiguring our healthcare delivery
systems. Political transitions are reshaping healthcare reform. Other changes that are shifting
the very foundation of health care are the continual progression of information technology
used in community and individual prevention, assessment, management, and evaluation and
in healthcare provider and clinician work. The digital age has brought us artificial intelligence,
apps, and software that allow us to predict risk, prevent untold events, and plan care in ways we
could not imagine many years ago. Further, as the world changes, there is a need to explicitly
share and understand new notions of how to advance the work of organizations and people,
and to develop new patterns of behavior. Just like other segments of society, health care is going
through the drama and trauma of reconceptualizing its work and priorities to take into account
the new global reality, sustainable health reform, value-driven care, changing payment models,
and the advances in therapeutics and clinical technology. Multiple advances are already bearing
fruit and radically altering both quantity and quality of life. Changes yet to come will have an
even greater impact than did those that have already occurred. We hope this Sixth Edition has
kept up with recent changes and reflects the best thinking on the state of the art of contemporary
leadership. For healthcare leaders, transformational changes can help us work smarter, faster,
and with greater accuracy. We can monitor quality and safety more accurately, facilitate
and maintain a highly reliable culture, support the well-being of our clinicians, and develop
just-in-time solutions to work issues or needs.
As we update this Sixth Edition, we are still surprised and pleased that much of what is
included in this text remains relevant and essential to both guiding and thriving in the emerging
healthcare milieu. We are dedicated to ensuring that the most current and relevant information
is contained in this text, and we are committed to updating its contents every 2 years. Ultimately,
we strive to ensure that the most current and relevant insights related to “quantum leadership”
are contained within, in a way that helps prepare and inform contemporary leaders. As an
example, contemporary healthcare leaders are relying more and more on the ever-increasing
digitalization and mobility of health services, the increasing availability and complexity of “big
data,” and the growing utility that digitalization and big data have in informing healthcare
decisions and actions. Accountability for choice and proper action are coming to rest in the
hands of “users” of data. Healthcare leaders have the important job of enabling providers to
alter their practices to include use of connected technologies and preparing users to assume
accountability that is increasingly being appropriately transferred to them. Newer therapies
and technologies are making it necessary to build evidence regarding clinical work that
truly makes a difference in the lives of those we serve and in the health of our communities.
Leaders in all health settings must be grounded in evidence, and they have a central role in the
creat

Population Health Question

Description

Research Paper:

The requirements for the research paper are as follows:

Must be 4 typed pages and submitted through Turnitin. Must be double-spaced, size 12 Times New Roman font.

Papers must include a works cited page and in-text citations should be used for quotations and information from sources used throughout the paper. If it is not your words, it must be cited.

Must have a minimum of 5 academic sources. (Wikipedia is NOT an academic source)

Papers should explain the background of the issue/why it is a debated topic and both sides of the argument for or against it.

Papers should thoroughly and accurately explain the issue as well as provide convincing arguments for both side of the issue.

*Example: If you choose to discuss whether or not the government should provide health care, you would explain the background of the issue and why it continues to be debated. You would then explain the argument for the government providing health care and the argument against it.*

THE IMPACT OF NURSING INFORMATICS ON PATIENT OUTCOMES AND PATIENT CARE EFFICIENCIES

Description

In the Discussion for this module, you considered the interaction of nurse informaticists with other specialists to ensure successful care. How is that success determined?

Patient outcomes and the fulfillment of care goals is one of the major ways that healthcare success is measured. Measuring patient outcomes results in the generation of data that can be used to improve results. Nursing informatics can have a significant part in this process and can help to improve outcomes by improving processes, identifying at-risk patients, and enhancing efficiency.

RESOURCES

Be sure to review the Learning Resources before completing this activity.
Click the weekly resources link to access the resources.

WEEKLY RESOURCES

To Prepare:

Review the concepts of technology application as presented in the Resources.
Reflect on how emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence may help fortify nursing informatics as a specialty by leading to increased impact on patient outcomes or patient care efficiencies.

The Assignment: (4-5 pages not including the title and reference page)

In a 4- to 5-page project proposal written to the leadership of your healthcare organization, propose a nursing informatics project for your organization that you advocate to improve patient outcomes or patient-care efficiency. Your project proposal should include the following:

Describe the project you propose.
Identify the stakeholders impacted by this project.
Explain the patient outcome(s) or patient-care efficiencies this project is aimed at improving and explain how this improvement would occur. Be specific and provide examples.
Identify the technologies required to implement this project and explain why.
Identify the project team (by roles) and explain how you would incorporate the nurse informaticist in the project team.
Use APA format and include a title page and reference page.
Use the Safe Assign Drafts to check your match percentage before submitting your work.
BY DAY 7 OF WEEK 4

Submit your completed Project Proposal.

SUBMISSION INFORMATION

Before submitting your final assignment, you can check your draft for authenticity. To check your draft, access the Turnitin Drafts from the Start Here area.

To submit your completed assignment, save your Assignment as WK4Assgn_LastName_Firstinitial
Then, click on Start Assignment near the top of the page.
Next, click on Upload File and select Submit Assignment for review.

Rubric

NURS_5051_Module02_Week04_Assignment_Rubric

NURS_5051_Module02_Week04_Assignment_Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeIn a 4- to 5-page project proposal written to the leadership of your healthcare organization, propose a nursing informatics project for your organization that you advocate to improve patient outcomes or patient care efficiency. Your project proposal should include the following:· Describe the project you propose.· Identify the stakeholders impacted by this project.

25 to >22.0 pts

Excellent

The response accurately and thoroughly describes in detail the project proposed….The response accurately and clearly identifies the stakeholders impacted by the project proposed.

22 to >19.0 pts

Good

The response describes the project proposed….The response identifies the stakeholders impacted by the project proposed.

19 to >17.0 pts

Fair

The response topics are superficially addressed.

17 to >0 pts

Poor

The response is very vague or missing.

25 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning Outcome· Explain the patient outcome(s) or patient-care efficiencies this project is aimed at improving.· Explain how this improvement would occur. Be specific and provide examples. Use sufficient supporting evidence in your response.

25 to >22.0 pts

Excellent

The response accurately and thoroughly explains in detail the patient outcome(s) or patient-care efficiencies that the project proposed is aimed at improving, including an accurate and detailed explanation, with sufficient supporting evidence of how this improvement would occur.

22 to >19.0 pts

Good

The response explains the patient outcome(s) or patient-care efficiencies that the project proposed is aimed at improving, including an explanation, with some supporting evidence of how this improvement would occur.

19 to >17.0 pts

Fair

The response is missing one or two of the required elements, contains little supporting evidence or elements are superficially addressed.

17 to >0 pts

Poor

The response is very vague, lacking examples or supporting evidence, or missing.

25 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning Outcome· Identify the technologies required to implement this project and explain why.· Identify the project team (by roles) and explain how you would incorporate the nurse informaticist in the project team.

25 to >22.0 pts

Excellent

The response accurately and clearly identifies the technologies required to implement the project proposed with a detailed explanation why….The response accurately and clearly identifies the project team (by roles) and thoroughly explains in detail how to incorporate the nurse informaticist in the project team.

22 to >19.0 pts

Good

The response identifies the technologies required to implement the project proposed with an explanation why….The response identifies the project team (by roles) and explains how to incorporate the nurse informaticist in the project team.

19 to >17.0 pts

Fair

The response is missing one or two of the required elements, or elements are superficially addressed.

17 to >0 pts

Poor

The response is very vague or missing.

25 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeResources

10 to >8.0 pts

Excellent

Assignment includes: 3 or more peer-reviewed research articles and 2 or more course resources.

8 to >7.0 pts

Good

Assignment includes: 2 peer-reviewed research articles and 2 course resources.

7 to >6.0 pts

Fair

Assignment includes: 1 peer-reviewed research article and 1 course resource.

6 to >0 pts

Poor

Assignment includes: 1 or no resources.

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – Paragraph Development and Organization:Paragraphs make clear points that support well developed ideas, flow logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas. Sentences are carefully focused–neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance.

5 to >4.0 pts

Excellent

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity.

4 to >3.0 pts

Good

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 80% of the time.

3 to >2.0 pts

Fair

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 60%- 79% of the time.

2 to >0 pts

Poor

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity < 60% of the time. 5 pts This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – English writing standards:Correct grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation 5 to >4.0 pts

Excellent

Uses correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation with no errors.

4 to >3.0 pts

Good

Contains a few (1-2) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.

3 to >2.0 pts

Fair

Contains several (3-4) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.

2 to >0 pts

Poor

Contains many (≥ 5) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors that interfere with the reader’s understanding.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – APA:The paper follows correct APA format for title page, headings, font, spacing, margins, indentations, page numbers, parenthetical/in-text citations, and reference list.

5 to >4.0 pts

Excellent

Uses correct APA format with no errors.

4 to >3.0 pts

Good

Contains a few (1-2) APA format errors.

3 to >2.0 pts

Fair

Contains several (3-4) APA format errors.

2 to >0 pts

Poor

Contains many (≥ 5) APA format errors.

5 pts

Total Points: 100

PreviousNext

Nursing Discussion

Description

Discussion Board

Discuss the nurse’s role in the policy development model. Additionally, talk about the policy meeting you have attended or will be attending. What key points could a nurse bring to this meeting and subject?

What is a public policy meeting? A meeting held by public or governmental officials to discuss and deal with public problems or issues, communicate and disseminate information, and engage in problem-solving, policy change strategizing and/or decision making. Open public policy meetings are when the public’s business is conducted in open, noticed meetings, where the public, lobbyists and members of the news media have the right to attend, record, broadcast, and in some cases participate in the meeting. An open meeting agenda is usually posted in advance and meeting materials may be made available.

A post seeking approval for your public policy meeting. Choose a meeting to view or attend. It must be a public policy body at work and related to health care. If it is a recorded meeting, please make sure it has been posted within the last year. Title the post with your name and the name of the policy meeting.

For example: Smith: Affordable Health Care Policy Meeting. In the body of the post include the title or topic focus of the policy meeting the date and time of the meeting the location of the meeting (if online, include the website). Some websites are:

https://www.c-span.org/Links to an external site. search the video library or the live sessions)
http://www.youtube.comLinks to an external site. (perform a search for your topic)
Your local government or healthcare organization website

Police meeting attending

→Garcia: Health Security and Pandemic Preparedness

Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security Director Tom Inglesby and J. Stephen Morrison, senior vice president and director for the CSIS Global Health Policy Center, authored a report on the Center for Disease Control and health security. The authors discussed pandemic preparedness and actionable ways on how the CDC can improve messaging, better collaborate with state and local entities, and work with Congress to prevent public health emergencies.

Location: Washington, District of Columbia, United States

First Aired: Jan 17, 2023 | 11:35am EST | C-SPAN 1

Last Aired: Mar 03, 2023 | 4:18am EST | C-SPAN 3

Health Security and Pandemic Preparedness | C-SPAN.org

Compose at least 2-3 paragraphs all in APA format with proper references.

250 words

NURS-FPX4030 Remote Collaboration and Evidence-Based Care.

Description

Introduction

As technologies and the health care industry continue to evolve, remote care, diagnosis, and collaboration are becoming increasingly more regular methods by which nurses are expected to work. Learning the ways in which evidence-based models and care can help remote work produce better outcomes will become critical for success. Additionally, understanding how to leverage EBP principles in collaboration will be important in the success of institutions delivering quality, safe, and cost-effective care. It could also lead to better job satisfaction for those engaging in remote collaboration.

Professional Context

Remote care and diagnosis is a continuing and increasingly important method for nurses to help deliver care to patients to promote safety and enhance health outcomes. Understanding best EBPs and building competence in delivering nursing care to remote patients is a key competency for all nurses. Additionally, in some scenarios, while you may be delivering care in person you may be collaborating with a physician or other team members who are remote. Understanding the benefits and challenges of interdisciplinary collaboration is vital to developing effective communication strategies when coordinating care. So, being proficient at communicating and working with remote health care team members is also critical to delivering quality, evidence-base care.

Scenario

The Vila Health: Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Based Care simulation provide the context for this assessment.

Instructions

Before beginning this assessment, make sure you have worked through the following media:

Vila Health: Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Based Care.

You may wish to review Selecting a model for evidence-based practice changes. [PDF] and Evidence-Based Practice Models, which help explain the various evidence-based nursing models.

For this assessment, you are a presenter! You will create a 5-10-minute video using Kaltura or similar software. In the video:

Propose your evidence-based care plan that you believe will improve the safety and outcomes of the patient in the Vila Health Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Based Care media scenario. Add your thoughts on what more could be done for the client and what more information may have been needed.
Discuss the ways in which an EBP model and relevant evidence helped you to develop and make decisions about the plan you proposed
Wrap up your video by identifying the benefits of the remote collaboration in the scenario, as well as discuss strategies you found in the literature or best practices that could help mitigate or overcome one or more of the collaboration challenges you observed in the scenario.

Be sure you mention any articles, authors, and other relevant sources of evidence that helped inform your video. Discuss why these sources of evidence are credible and relevant. Important: You are required to submit an APA-formatted reference list of the sources you cited specifically in your video or used to inform your presentation. You are required to submit a narrative of all your video content to this assessment and to SafeAssign.

The following media is an example learner submission in which the speaker successfully addresses all competencies in the assessment.

Exemplar Kaltura Reflection.
Please note that the scenario that the speaker discusses in the exemplar is different from the Vila Health scenario you should be addressing in your video. So, the type of communication expected is being model, but the details related to the scenario in your submission will be different.

Make sure that your video addresses the following grading criteria:

Propose your own evidence-based care plan to improve the safety and outcomes for a patient based on the Vila Health Remote Collaboration on Evidence-Care media scenario.
Explain the ways in which you used an EBP model to help develop your plan of care for the client.
Reflect on which evidence you found in your search that was most relevant and useful when making decisions regarding your care plan.
Identify benefits and strategies to mitigate the challenges of interdisciplinary collaboration to plan care within the context of a remote team.
Communicate in a professional manner that is easily audible and uses proper grammar, including a reference list formatted in current APA style.

Refer to Using Kaltura as needed to record and upload your video.

Note: If you require the use of assistive technology or alternative communication methods to participate in this activity, please contact DisabilityServices@Capella.edu to request accommodations. If, for some reason, you are unable to record a video, please contact your faculty member as soon as possible to explore options for completing the assessment.

Additional Requirements

Your assessment should meet the following requirements:

Length of video: 5-10 minutes.
References: Cite at least three professional or scholarly sources of evidence to support the assertions you make in your video. Include additional properly cited references as necessary to support your statements.
APA reference page: Submit a correctly formatted APA reference page that shows all the sources you used to create and deliver your video. Be sure to format the reference page according to current APA style. Submit a narrative of all of your video content.

Portfolio Prompt: Remember to save the final assessment to your ePortfolio so that you may refer to it as you complete the final capstone course.

Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 2: Analyze the relevance and potential effectiveness of evidence when making a decision.
Reflect on which evidence you collected that was most relevant and useful when making decisions regarding the care plan.
Competency 3: Apply an evidence-based practice model to address a practice issue.
Explain the ways in which you used the specific evidence-based practice model to help develop the care plan identifying what interventions would be necessary. This requires a particular evidence-based model, such as the Johns Hopkins, Iowa, Stetler, or other.
Competency 4: Plan care based on the best available evidence.
Propose your evidence-based care plan to improve the safety and outcomes for the Vila Health patient with a discussion of new content for the care plan.
Competency 5: Apply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead practice changes based on evidence.
Identify benefits and propose strategies to mitigate the challenges of interdisciplinary collaboration to plan care within the context of a remote team.
Communicate via video with clear sound and light, and include a narrative of video content.
Provide a full reference list that is relevant and evidence-based (published within five years), exhibiting nearly flawless adherence to APA format.

Nurs 6645 psychotherapy with multiple modalities

Description

nclude subjective and objective data; assessment from most recent mental status exam; current psychiatric diagnosis including differentials that were ruled out; current psychotherapeutic plan (include one health promotion activity and one patient education strategy you provided); and patient progress toward treatment goals.Subjective: What details did the patient provide regarding their chief complaint and symptomology to derive your differential diagnosis? What was the duration and severity of their symptoms? How are their symptoms impacting their functioning in life?Objective: What observations did you make during the psychiatric assessment?Assessment: Discuss the patient’s mental status examination results. What were your differential diagnoses? Provide a minimum of three possible diagnoses in order of highest to lowest priority and explain why you chose them. What was your primary diagnosis and why? Describe how your primary diagnosis aligns with DSM-5-TR diagnostic criteria and is supported by the patient’s symptoms.Plan: Describe your treatment modality and your plan for psychotherapy. Explain the principles of psychotherapy that underline your chosen treatment plan to support your rationale for the chosen psychotherapy framework. What were your follow-up plan and parameters? What referrals would you make or recommend as a result of this psychotherapy session?Reflection notes: What would you do differently in a similar patient evaluation? Reflect on one social determinant of health according to the HealthyPeople 2030 (you will need to research) as applied to this case in the realm of psychiatry and mental health. As a future advanced provider, what are one health promotion activity and one patient education consideration for this patient for improving health disparities and inequities in the realm of psychiatry and mental health? Demonstrate your critical thinking.

Do 3 critical points based off of the given topics from ati for nurs 307 peds

Description

Do 3 critical points based off of the given topics from ati for nurs 307 peds example is providedno plagiarism and make sure you use the ati book and write the right references3- critical point box has to be 3 bullet points in each boxWrite the topics and concepts based off of the screenshot that i provided no plagirsim

Unformatted Attachment Preview

“3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document”
Upon completion of the required Practice Assessment, conduct a focused review by downloading the “ATI Individual Performance Profile” Report.
Complete the “3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document” by using each NCLEX Client Need Category, listed under the “Topics to Review
Section” in the report to identify 3 Critical Concepts learned and or understand better about the concept. Use reliable evidence-based resources
to remediate each topic (ATI Focused Review, ATI eBook, Course textbook per Syllabus). Cite your sources (APA formatting not required).
8 NCLEX Client Need Categories
1) Management of Care, 2) Safety and Infection Control, 3) Basic Care and comfort, 4) Health Promotion and Maintenance, 5) Psychosocial Integrity, 6)
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies, 7) Reduction of Risk Potential, and 8) Physiological Adaptation
Reflection Section – include one of the 6 Cognitive Functions

Reflect on how the 3 critical concepts you learned, helped you gain a better understanding of the 6 Cognitive Functions of the National Council for State
Boards of Nursing (NCSBN) – Clinical Judgement Measurement Model (NCJMM) – which follows the Nursing Process:
o Recognize Cues (Assessment) – Filter information from different sources (i.e., signs, symptoms, health history, environment).
o Analyze Cues (Analysis) – Link recognized cues to a client’s clinical presentation and establishing probable client needs, concerns, or problems.
o Prioritize Hypotheses (Analysis) – Establish priorities of care based on the client’s health problems (i.e. environmental factors, risk assessment,
urgency, signs/ symptoms, diagnostic test, lab values, etc.)
o Generate Solutions (Planning) – Identify expected outcomes and related nursing interventions to ensure clients’ needs are met.
o Take Actions (Implementation) – Implement appropriate interventions based on nursing knowledge, priorities of care, and planned outcomes to
promote, maintain, or restore a client’s health.
o Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation) – Evaluate a client’s response to nursing interventions and reach a nursing judgment regarding the extent to which
outcomes have been met.
Topics To Review – F y h t y r om y o u r j oj g o 5 j o r j o t r6 5 h y 5 oj 5 o6
List the NCLEX Client Need Categories, Topics, and Concepts to review from your report here – as shown in the example provided.
NCLEX Client Need Category Topic Concept
Safety and Infection Control (1 item)
Reporting of Incident/Event/Irregular Occurrence/Variance (1 item)
Safe Medication Administration and Error Reduction: Priority Action Following a Medication Error
Remove the 5 lines above, add information from your report before submission.
Date
Student Name
Instructor Name
Assessment Name
# of Topics to Review
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6 Cognitive
Functions
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6 Cognitive
Functions
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6 Cognitive
understand better about this topic)
Functions
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6 Cognitive
Functions
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6 Cognitive
Functions
References:
Include your references here. Below is an example – delete this line and the examples below and add the references you used.
Halter, M. J. (2022). Varcarolis’ Foundations of Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing 9th ed. Publisher: Saunders/Elsevier. St. Louis, Missouri.
ATI Content Mastery Series Review Module: RN Mental Health 11.0 ed.
McCuistion, L.E., DiMaggio, K., Winton, M.B., & Yeager (2023). Pharmacology: A Patient-Centered Nursing Process Approach. 11th. Ed. Publisher: Elsevier.
ATI Content Mastery Series Review Module: RN Pharmacology 11.0 ed.
“3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document”
Upon completion of the required Practice Assessment, conduct a focused review, by downloading the “ATI Individual Performance Profile” Report.
Complete the “3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document” by using each NCLEX Client Need Category, listed under the “Topics to Review
Section” in the report to identify 3 Critical Concepts learned and or understand better about the missed concept. Use reliable evidence-based
resources to remediate each topic (ATI Focused Review, ATI eBook, Course textbook per Syllabus). Cite your sources (APA formatting not required).
8 NCLEX Client Need Categories
1) Management of Care, 2) Safety and Infection Control, 3) Basic Care and comfort, 4) Health Promotion and Maintenance, 5) Psychosocial Integrity, 6)
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies, 7) Reduction of Risk Potential, and 8) Physiological Adaptation
Reflection Section – Include one of the 6 Cognitive Functions
Reflect on how the 3 critical concepts you learned, helped you gain a better understanding of the 6 Cognitive Functions of the National Council for State
Boards of Nursing (NCSBN) – Clinical Judgement Measurement Model (NCJMM) – which follows the Nursing Process:
o Recognize Cues (Assessment) – Filter information from different sources (i.e., signs, symptoms, health history, environment).
o Analyze Cues (Analysis) – Link recognized cues to a client’s clinical presentation and establishing probable client needs, concerns, or problems.
o Prioritize Hypotheses (Analysis) – Establish priorities of care based on the client’s health problems (i.e. environmental factors, risk assessment,
urgency, signs/ symptoms, diagnostic test, lab values, etc.)
o Generate Solutions (Planning) – Identify expected outcomes and related nursing interventions to ensure clients’ needs are met.
o Take Actions (Implementation) – Implement appropriate interventions based on nursing knowledge, priorities of care, and planned outcomes to
promote, maintain, or restore a client’s health.
o Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation) – Evaluate a client’s response to nursing interventions and reach a nursing judgment regarding the extent to which
outcomes have been met.
Topics To Review Safety and Infection Control (1 item)
Reporting of Incident/Event/Irregular Occurrence/Variance (1 item)
Safe Medication Administration and Error Reduction: Priority Action Following a Medication Error
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies (7 items)
Adverse Effects/Contraindications/Side Effects/Interactions (5 items)
Dermatitis and Acne: Required Tests for Isotretinoin Prescription Refill
Gastrointestinal Disorders: Monitoring for Adverse Effects of a Metoclopramide
Medications Affecting Coagulation: Adverse Effects of Heparin
Neurocognitive Disorders: Monitoring for Adverse Effects of Donepezil
Urinary Tract Infections: Contraindications to Ciprofloxacin
Medication Administration (2 items)
Miscellaneous Central Nervous System Medications: Teaching About Cyclobenzaprine
Opioid Agonists and Antagonists: Teaching About Hydrocodone
Physiological Adaptation (2 items)
Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances (2 items)
Medications Affecting Urinary Output: Identifying ECG Manifestations of Hypokalemia for a Client Who Is Taking Furosemide
Vitamins and Minerals: Interventions for a Client Who Is Taking Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate
Date
Student Name
Instructor Name
Assessment Name
# of Topics to Review
12/13/2022
JadaRose Johnson
Dr. Candace James-Marrast
RN Pharmacology Online Practice Assessment 2019 A
10
NCLEX Client Need Category
Safety and Infection Control (1 item)
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Reporting of
Incident/Event/Irregular
Occurrence/Variance
(1 item)
Safe Medication
Administration and
Error Reduction:
Priority Action
Following a
Medication Error
1. Giving a medication 1 hour the scheduled
time is too late.
2. When this occurs, I must complete an
incident report
3. Every facility have a different timeframe
for when medication can be given with
causing a medication error.
Take Actions (Implementation)
The answer choices had both 30 minutes
and 1 hour after the scheduled time. In
class, we learned that safe medication
administered can be given either 30 minutes
or 1 hour before or after the schedule. I will
review the ATI book and my facility policy
and procedure to determine the allowed
timeframe of when I should give a
medication without making a medication
error.
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies (7 items)
Topic
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Adverse
Effects/Contraindications/Side
Effects/Interactions (5 items)
Dermatitis and Acne:
Required Tests for
Isotretinoin
Prescription Refill
1. Isotretinoin is used to treat nodulocystic
acne vulgaris and is a category X medication,
which causes teratogenic effects to the fetus.
2. A pregnancy test should be done and ruled
out before the client can obtain a refill.
3. Client must provide two negative
pregnancy tests for the initial prescription and
one negative test before monthly refills.
1. Multiple CNS adverse effects can occur
with this medication
2. Some of the adverse effects include
dizziness, fatigue, and sedation
3. I need to teach the client to report the
adverse effect or conduct frequent hourly
rounding to allow for appropriate
intervention.
1. SQ heparin can be inject in the abdomen
above the iliac crest and at least 5 cm (2 in)
away from the umbilicus
2. When administering IV heparin, the platelet
count should be closely monitored.
3. Platelet count less than 100,000/mm3 can
indicate heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, a
potentially fatal condition that requires
stopping the infusion.
4. ADR of IV heparin includes blood in the
urine, bruising, hematomas, hypotension, and
tachycardia. The nurse should report these
findings to the provider because these can
indicate manifestations of heparin toxicity.
Prioritize Hypotheses (Analysis)
I did not know much about this medication.
I will review the section on dermatitis, the
medications that can be used, and the
nursing role when managing care for a
client receiving isotretinoin.
1. Donepezil causes bronchoconstriction by
the increase in acetylcholine levels, which is a
primary effect of donepezil.
2. Some ADR of donepezil include dyspepsia,
diarrhea, dyspnea, and dizziness.
Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation)
I understood what the question was asking
but could decide on which ADR was the
priority. I need more practice on
prioritization. I will review the ATI Nurse
Gastrointestinal
Disorders: Monitoring
for Adverse Effects of
a Metoclopramide
Medications Affecting
Coagulation: Adverse
Effects of Heparin
Neurocognitive
Disorders: Monitoring
for Adverse Effects of
Donepezil
Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation)
I did not know much about this medication.
I will review the section on gastrointestinal
disorders especially metoclopramide.
Reviewing this medication will provide me
with the information to report and my
assessment for any of the related adverse
effects.
Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation)
Client safety is very important and this
medication is a high alert medication that
causing bleeding and possible death of the
client. I would be sure to review the chapter
on heparin – especially the S/Es, ADR. So,
when managing care for the client, I will
monitor the client closely for any ADRs,
monitor the platelet count, and report any
concerns to the health care provider.
3. Although all these are ADR, it is very most
important to report dyspnea to the provider
first – using the airway, breathing, circulation
(ABC) approach to client care.
Logic Tutorial on Priority Setting
Frameworks.
1. ciprofloxin has not be given to a client with
tendonitis. If ciprofloxin is given to a client
with tendonitis, it can cause risk of tendon
rupture.
2. ciprofloxin can cause photosensitivity
resulting in severe sunburns even with
sunscreen use.
3. ciprofloxin can cause a superinfection such
as thrush and vaginal yeast infection.
1. cyclobenzaprine can cause seizure, so it is
important to monitor the client and report any
seizure activity to the provider.
2. cyclobenzaprine can cause chronic
dependence from chronic use
3. cyclobenzaprine can cause taper off before
discontinuing to prevent abstinence syndrome
or rebound insomnia. So, I must teach my
client to not stop the drug abruptly.
Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation)
I missed re-read the question. I thought the
question was asking for complications of
ciprofloxacin. Professor, I will pay closer
attention when reading the questions and
use my test-taking skill more often.
Opioid Agonists and
Antagonists: Teaching
About Hydrocodone
1. Hydrocodone cause a few CNS effects such
as dizziness, lightheadedness, drowsiness, and
respiratory depression
2. Because of the CNS effects I must teach
my client to change position slowly and avoid
activities that requires alertness like driving
and operating heavy machinery
3. Hydrocodone cause a few GI effects such
as nausea, vomiting, and constipation, so I
must teach my client to increase fluids and
dietary fiber and take with food.
Take Actions (Implementation)
Although I understood the question was
asking about teaching, I was not focusing on
complications and the related teaching. I
now understanding that teaching also
includes teaching the client about the
possible complications of taking the
hydrocodone especially with
acetaminophen. I will consider that in the
future.
Concept
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Address 1 of the 6
Cognitive Functions
Urinary Tract
Infections:
Contraindications to
Ciprofloxacin
Medication Administration
(2 items)
Miscellaneous Central
Nervous System
Medications:
Teaching About
Cyclobenzaprine
Take Actions (Implementation)
I thought I knew a lot about this drug, such
as – it causes anticholinergic effect such as
constipation and urinary retention.
However, I did not remember this drug
needed to be tapered and should be included
in my teaching plan. I will review this
section on my ATI and textbook.
Physiological Adaptation (2 items)
Topic
Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances (2
items)
Medications Affecting
Urinary Output:
Identifying ECG
Manifestations of
Hypokalemia for a
Client Who Is Taking
Furosemide
Vitamins and
Minerals:
Interventions for a
Client Who Is Taking
Sodium Polystyrene
Sulfonate
1. One diagnostic test to confirm hypokalemia
from furosemide is to perform an EKG on the
client.
2. With the hypokalemia, the EKG will show
flatten or inverted T waves, prominent or
elevated U waves, ST depression, and
prolonged PR interval.
3. Other expected findings because of
hypokalemia from furosemide use include:
Vital signs changes – decreased BP, thready
pulse, orthostatic hypotension.
Respiratory changes – shallow breathing.
Muscular involvement – weakness, deep
tendon reflexed could be reduced.
GI involvement – Hypoactive bowel sounds,
nausea, vomiting, constipation.
Neurologic changes – altered mental status,
anxiety, and lethargy that progresses to acute
confusion and coma.
1. Polystyrene sulfonate replaces sodium with
potassium in the intestinal tract to promote
potassium excretion.
2. Polystyrene sulfonate can cause the ADR
of constipation, which can lead to fecal
impaction.
3. I must monitor the client for constipation
and report it to the provider.
Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation)
From this practice assessment, I learned
additional information to what I learned in
class. Having this knowledge, I now
understanding hypokalemia is not just
decreased potassium levels of less than 3.5.
Hypokalemia can potentially cause serious
complications. I know have more
information to include in my plan of care
when managing care for a client who may
be experiencing hypokalemia.
Take Actions (Implementation)
I knew polystyrene sulfonate is used to treat
hyperkalemia and can cause frequent
diarrhea. I do not remember that polystyrene
sulfonate could also cause the opposite
effect of constipation. I would be sure to go
over my notes and review that section in
both my ATI and textbook.
References:
McCuistion, L.E., DiMaggio, K., Winton, M.B., & Yeager (2023). Pharmacology: A Patient-Centered Nursing Process Approach. 11th. Ed. Publisher: Elsevier.
ATI Content Mastery Series Review Module: RN Pharmacology 11.0 ed.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

PHI-413V Ethical and Spiritual Decision Making in Health Care

Description

Benchmark – Patient’s Spiritual Needs: Case Analysis
View Rubric
Assessment TraitsBenchmark

Requires Lopeswrite

Assessment Description

In addition to the topic Resources, use the chart you completed and questions you answered in the Topic 3 about “Case Study: Healing and Autonomy” as the basis for your responses in this assignment.

Answer the following questions about a patient’s spiritual needs in light of the Christian worldview.

In 200-250 words, respond to the following: Should the physician allow Mike to continue making decisions that seem to him to be irrational and harmful to James, or would that mean a disrespect of a patient’s autonomy? Explain your rationale.
In 400-500 words, respond to the following: How ought the Christian think about sickness and health? How should a Christian think about medical intervention? What should Mike as a Christian do? How should he reason about trusting God and treating James in relation to what is truly honoring the principles of beneficence and nonmaleficence in James’s care?
In 200-250 words, respond to the following: How would a spiritual needs assessment help the physician assist Mike determine appropriate interventions for James and for his family or others involved in his care?

Remember to support your responses with the topic Resources.

While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and documentation of sources should be presented using APA formatting guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. A link to the LopesWrite technical support articles is located in Class Resources if you need assistance.

Benchmark Information

This benchmark assignment assesses the following programmatic competencies:

BS in Health Sciences 1.2; BS Nursing (RN to BSN ) 5.2

Assess for the spiritual needs and provide appropriate interventions for individuals, families, and groups.

Attachments

PHI-413V-RS-T3T5CaseStudyHealingAndAutonomy.docx

SUBMIT ASSIGNMENT

Field Experience Site Information Form

Active

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Benchmark – Patient’s Spiritual Needs:
Case Analysis – Rubric
LISTGRID
PRINT TO PDF
Rubric Criteria
Collapse All Rubric CriteriaCollapse All
Decision-Making and Principle of Autonomy
60 points
Criteria Description
Decision-Making and Principle of Autonomy
5. Excellent
60 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are analyzed from both perspectives
with a deep understanding of the complexity of the principle of autonomy. Analysis is supported by
the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
4. Good
51 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are clearly analyzed from both
perspectives with details according to the principle of autonomy. Analysis is supported by the case
study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
3. Satisfactory
45 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are clearly analyzed from both
perspectives, but the analysis according to the principle of autonomy lack details. Analysis is not
supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
2. Less Than Satisfactory
39 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are analyzed from both perspectives,
but the analysis according to the principle of autonomy is unclear. Analysis is not supported by the
case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
1. Unsatisfactory
0 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are not analyzed according to the
principle of autonomy.
Decision-Making, Christian Perspective, and the Principles of Beneficence and Nonmaleficence
60 points
Criteria Description
Decision-Making, Christian Perspective, and the Principles of Beneficence and Nonmaleficence
5. Excellent
60 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are analyzed with deep understanding
of the complexity of the Christian perspective, as well as with the principles of beneficence and
nonmaleficence. Analysis is supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment
responses.
4. Good
51 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are clearly analyzed with details
according to the Christian perspective and the principles of beneficence and nonmaleficence. Analysis
is supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
3. Satisfactory
45 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are clearly analyzed according to the
Christian perspective and the principles of beneficence and nonmaleficence but lacks details. Analysis
is not supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
2. Less Than Satisfactory
39 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are analyzed according to the Christian
perspective and the principles of beneficence and nonmaleficence, but the analysis is unclear. Analysis
is not supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
1. Unsatisfactory
0 points
Decisions that need to be made by the physician and the father are not analyzed according to the
Christian perspective and the principles of beneficence and nonmaleficence.
Spiritual Needs Assessment and Intervention (B)
60 points
Criteria Description
Spiritual Needs Assessment and Intervention (C1.2, 5.2)
5. Excellent
60 points
How a spiritual needs assessment would help the physician assist the father determine appropriate
interventions for his son, his family, or others involved in the care of his son is clearly analyzed with a
deep understanding of the connection between a spiritual needs assessment and providing
appropriate interventions. Analysis is supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3
assignment responses.
4. Good
51 points
How a spiritual needs assessment would help the physician assist the father determine appropriate
interventions for his son, his family, or others involved in the care of his son is clearly analyzed with
details. Analysis is supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment
responses.
3. Satisfactory
45 points
How a spiritual needs assessment would help the physician assist the father determine appropriate
interventions for his son, his family, or others involved in the care of his son is clearly analyzed but
lacks details. Analysis is not supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment
responses.
2. Less Than Satisfactory
39 points
How a spiritual needs assessment would help the physician assist the father determine appropriate
interventions for his son, his family, or others involved in the care of his son is analyzed, but unclear.
Analysis is not supported by the case study, topic study materials, or Topic 3 assignment responses.
1. Unsatisfactory
0 points
How a spiritual needs assessment would help the physician assist the father determine appropriate
interventions for his son, his family, or others involved in the care of his son is not analyzed.
Mechanics of Writing (includes spelling, punctuation, grammar, language use)
10 points
Criteria Description
Mechanics of Writing (includes spelling, punctuation, grammar, language use)
5. Excellent
10 points
Writer is clearly in command of standard, written, academic English.
4. Good
8.5 points
Prose is largely free of mechanical errors, although a few may be present. The writer uses a variety of
effective sentence structures and figures of speech.
3. Satisfactory
7.5 points
Some mechanical errors or typos are present, but they are not overly distracting to the reader. Correct
and varied sentence structure and audience-appropriate language are employed.
2. Less Than Satisfactory
6.5 points
Frequent and repetitive mechanical errors distract the reader. Inconsistencies in language choice
(register) or word choice are present. Sentence structure is correct but not varied.
1. Unsatisfactory
0 points
Surface errors are pervasive enough that they impede communication of meaning. Inappropriate
word choice or sentence construction is used.
Documentation of Sources
10 points
Criteria Description
Documentation of Sources (citations, footnotes, references, bibliography, etc., as appropriate to
assignment and style)
5. Excellent
10 points
Sources are completely and correctly documented, as appropriate to assignment and style, and format
is free of error.
4. Good
8.5 points
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and style, and format is mostly correct.
3. Satisfactory
7.5 points
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and style, although some formatting errors
may be present.
2. Less Than Satisfactory
6.5 points
Documentation of sources is inconsistent and/or incorrect, as appropriate to assignment and style,
with numerous formatting errors.
1. Unsatisfactory
0 points
Sources are not documented.
Case Study: Healing and Autonomy
Mike and Joanne are the parents of James and Samuel, identical twins born 8 years ago. James is
currently suffering from acute glomerulonephritis, kidney failure. James was originally brought
into the hospital for complications associated with a strep throat infection. The spread of the A
streptococcus infection led to the subsequent kidney failure. James’s condition was acute enough
to warrant immediate treatment. Usually cases of acute glomerulonephritis caused by strep
infection tend to improve on their own or with an antibiotic. However, James also had elevated
blood pressure and enough fluid buildup that required temporary dialysis to relieve.
The attending physician suggested immediate dialysis. After some time of discussion with
Joanne, Mike informs the physician that they are going to forego the dialysis and place their faith
in God. Mike and Joanne had been moved by a sermon their pastor had given a week ago, and
also had witnessed a close friend regain mobility when she was prayed over at a healing service
after a serious stroke. They thought it more prudent to take James immediately to a faith healing
service instead of putting James through multiple rounds of dialysis. Yet, Mike and Joanne
agreed to return to the hospital after the faith healing services later in the week, and in hopes that
James would be healed by then.
Two days later the family returned and was forced to place James on dialysis, as his condition
had deteriorated. Mike felt perplexed and tormented by his decision to not treat James earlier.
Had he not enough faith? Was God punishing him or James? To make matters worse, James’s
kidneys had deteriorated such that his dialysis was now not a temporary matter and was in need
of a kidney transplant. Crushed and desperate, Mike and Joanne immediately offered to donate
one of their own kidneys to James, but they were not compatible donors. Over the next few
weeks, amidst daily rounds of dialysis, some of their close friends and church members also
offered to donate a kidney to James. However, none of them were tissue matches.
James’s nephrologist called to schedule a private appointment with Mike and Joanne. James was
stable, given the regular dialysis, but would require a kidney transplant within the year. Given
the desperate situation, the nephrologist informed Mike and Joanne of a donor that was an ideal
tissue match, but as of yet had not been considered—James’s brother Samuel.
Mike vacillates and struggles to decide whether he should have his other son Samuel lose a
kidney or perhaps wait for God to do a miracle this time around. Perhaps this is where the real
testing of his faith will come in? Mike reasons, “This time around it is a matter of life and death.
What could require greater faith than that?”
© 2020. Grand Canyon University. All Rights Reserved.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Social Work Question

Description

The research proposal is an opportunity for you to investigate a topic of interest to you and apply the knowledge you have learned through the course. Around the midterm, you submitted a draft of Part 1 (literature review) of the proposal. Additionally, you will have homework that assists you in developing the proposal. Please review the assignment details on the document attached below.Complete this assignment and submit it to this assignment dropbox by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.Estimated time to complete: 6-8 hoursAssignment ResourcesFinal Research Proposal Instructions

Nutrition Question

Description

Food is strongly linked to identity. Three examples of foods and food-related items linked to identity that we discussed in class are the Navy bean pie for Black American Muslims, bread for Catholics and many other communities, and olive trees for Palestinians.

For this assignment, describe a food that signifies identity for one of the communities in which you participate. This should be something that has meaning personally for you and your community. You can write either in the first or in the third person, as you like. You can use any formatting (font, size, margins, etc.). You do not need to include references.

Make sure the essay includes each of the following elements:

The name of the food.
A brief description of the food that contains the following:
The main two or three ingredients
Who usually prepares it (professional chef, home chef, women/men, etc.)
How it is served (hot/cold, individual/common platter, fancy/simple plating, handheld, etc.)
How it is eaten (hands/fork/spoon/chopsticks, standing/sitting, alone/with other people, etc.)
Where it is eaten (home, restaurant, bar, picnic, movie theater, cafeteria, etc.)
Any additional characteristics that are important to understand the specific food you choose to describe
Feel free to include a picture of the food (OK if it’s from the web) and/or a link to a recipe. However, the recipe itself should not be part of the essay and it does not count toward the total number of words.
The community for which this food symbolizes identity. This should be a community in which you participate, defined in any way you like. Any group of people, no matter how small, counts as a community. The community you describe can be your family, your friends or schoolmates, a school band, a sports team, an ethnic group, a religious group, a country, and many more. Be as specific as possible in describing the community.
The ways in which this food symbolizes identity for the specific community you choose to describe. The examples we discussed in class can give you a sense of the types of ways in which foods symbolize identity for different communities. Thus, the Navy Bean pie represents identity by symbolizing freedom from slavery for Black American Muslims. Bread symbolizes unity with the body of Christ for Catholics and has additional meanings for other religious groups. For Palestinians, olive trees and olive oil symbolize a long-standing link to the land of their ancestors. There are countless additional ways in which a specific food is linked to identity. For example, a specific food can symbolize time spent together as a family or time doing something fun for a group of friends. For neighbors, a specific food can symbolize a time of caring for somebody who needs assistance. For a group of refugees, it could symbolize a link to a country to which they no longer have access. Take time to explore this issue and to think about how the food you describe is linked to one of the many communities in which you participate. This is the section of the essay in which you should use the most words.

Make sure your essay uses a total of at least 800 words, addresses each of the points listed above, and uses respectful language and correct English language/grammar. Avoid plagiarism of any kind (do not copy and paste from any source, including your own work). We will use the SafeAssign tool to assess plagiarism. We will also check to make sure you did not use any AI tools.

Concept Map 1

Description

Concept Mapping Assignment OverviewA DIRECT-FOCUSED CARE WRITTEN ASSIGNMENTThe purpose of this concept map assignment is to help you strengthen a weakness and to practice utilizing clinical judgment in preparation for NCLEX. This will be the concept utilized in this assignment. You may use a concept only once for each course. This assignment will utilize a template designed to promote critical thinking and clinical judgment and to see how these relate to the nursing process. The patient you choose might have multiple co-morbidities. Build your concept map around the concept you chose; this might not necessarily be the patient’s priority concern. Your patient might have co-morbidities related to Perfusion and Gas Exchange which will most often be a higher priority than ‘Infection’. However, to increase your knowledge about ‘Infection’, complete you map according to cues (signs and symptoms) and appropriate interventions related to ‘Infection’.

PET5392 coaching for human performance

Description

Complete nutrition journey information and a example of what the assignment should look it will be below.completed food log covering the full 2-week time span.4 – 6 page analysis & reflection paper (formatted per APA 7th edition)

Which of the following is proof of a disease state

Description

Part A: Which of the following is proof of a disease state? Why doesn’t the other situation confirm a disease state? What is the disease?Mycobacterium tuberculosis is isolated from a patient.Antibodies against M. tuberculosis are found in a patient.Part B: A patient with streptococcal sore throat takes penicillin for 2 days of a prescribed 10-day regimen. Because he feels better, he then saves the remaining penicillin for some other time. After 3 more days, he suffers a relapse of the sore throat. Discuss the probable cause of the relapse

Discussion 2

Description

What health care issue do you this is pressing?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Fill in this module 4 and 6 to follow after this to prepare for the last section of the slides
Overview
After analyzing your public health issue in Milestone One and studying socioeconomic factors affecting healthcare in this module, you will write a short paper to identify and analyze
socioeconomic barriers and supports involved in addressing the public health issue. Your paper must include an introduction to your public health issue, a discussion of socioeconomic barriers
to change, a discussion of supports for change, and a conclusion with a call to action for your readers. Assume your readers will include healthcare administrators and managers, as well as
healthcare policy makers and legislators.
Prompt
Fill the following sections:
I. Introduction
A. Introduce your public health issue and briefly explain what needs to change to address the issue.
II. Barriers
A. Identify
potential socioeconomic barriers to change and describe each with specific details.
B. Consider patient demographics (e.g., age, ethnicity, and education), geographic factors (e.g., urban/rural location), and psychographic factors (e.g., eating habits and employment
status).
C. Justify your points by referencing your textbook or other scholarly resources.
III. Supports
A. Identify
possible socioeconomic supports for change and describe each with specific details.
B. Consider patient demographics (e.g., age, ethnicity, and education), geographic factors (e.g., urban/rural location), and psychographic factors (e.g., eating habits and employment
status). Explain
C. Justify your points by referencing your textbook or other scholarly resources.
IV. Conclusion
A. Conclude with a clear call to action: What can your readers do to assist in the implementation of the necessary changes?
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/le/content/1379729/viewContent/26927042/View
1/2
What to Submit
Each of Your short paper must be 1.5 pages or more in Microsoft Word document with double spacing, 12-point Times New Roman font, one-inch margins, and at least three sources cited in
APA format.
Module Four Short Paper Rubric
Criteria
Introduction
Barriers
Supports
Conclusion
Articulation of Response
Prokcient (100%)
Needs Improvement (75%)
Not Evident (0%)
Value
Does not introduce public health issue
20
Describes potential socioeconomic
Does not describe potential socioeconomic
25
barriers to addressing a public health issue,
barriers to addressing a public health issue
Introduces a public health issue and
Introduces a public health issue but does
describes the changes necessary to address
not describe the changes necessary to
issue
address issue
Describes potential socioeconomic
barriers to addressing a public health issue
and supports description with scholarly
but does not support the description with
sources
scholarly resources
Describes possible socioeconomic supports
Describes possible socioeconomic supports
Does not describe possible socioeconomic
for change to address a public health issue
for change to address a public health issue,
supports for change to address a public
and supports the description with scholarly
but does not support the description with
health issue
sources
scholarly resources
Provides a conclusion with a clear call to
Provides a conclusion, but does not include
action for readers
a clear call to action for readers
Submission has no major errors related to
citations, grammar, spelling, syntax, or
organization
Does not provide a conclusion
20
Submission has major errors related to
Submission has critical errors related to
10
citations, grammar, spelling, syntax, or
citations, grammar, spelling, syntax, or
organization that negatively impact
organization that prevent understanding of
readability and articulation of main ideas
ideas
Total:
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/le/content/1379729/viewContent/26927042/View
25
100%
2/2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Aggression and Hostility Types and Theories- Case Studies

Description

This assignment asks you to answer the questions below for all three of the case studies. You will need to describe;Describe the type/s of aggression displayed in the case study (reactive, instrumental, or assertive, etc…)Apply a theory that best explains the type of aggression demonstrated (instinct, frustration-aggression, social learning, etc..) Your answer should be 2 paragraphs for each case studyYou should answer all of the questions for each case study.Font size should be 12-point, times new roman, double spaced, and have a running head and page number.Support your answers with research and citations from our readings and the lecturesAttached below are the case studies as well as sources. I ask that if you can complete the task while only referring to the provided sources then please do so, if not you are welcome to use other peer-reviewed scholarly sources. Please properly cite all sources.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Case Study 1
Tammy works for the restaurant, Arnaud’s in the French Quarter. She has noticed lately
that she has not felt like going into work or serving with her normal lively style. A
promotion promised to her was not awarded and she felt like she could do nothing to
change that. Although she perceives her work ethic to be stellar, she is often late for her
shift, sometimes texts on her phone during her shift, and sometimes has a wrinkled
uniform. Her boss has spoken to her about this but she feels like he will lighten up when
he gets to know her better. Tammy feels mistreated and hopeless about her prospect of
getting a promotion. She gets mad and tells her coworkers how bad the situation and
particularly her boss is being. She gets the group of waiters to start calling him a little
tyrant in their lounge and starts hanging pictures up of him in emperor uniforms.
Case Study 2
Jerry has been working out all summer for his big shot at college swimming. He focuses
on his technique in the pool and his times have steadily been going down. Lately, he has
noticed his body feeling strong and more ready for the challenge of each workout. His
coach has asked that he not overtrain this summer but he is feeling ready to start
increasing his mileage in the pool. Mastering each phase of his swim has motivated Jerry
to drive to the pool at 5:00 a.m. and begin workouts before all other swimmers are in the
pool. A coach asks him to start working on his strokes and he snaps back, “shut up I am
doing my best.” His teammates think he is crazy, his significant other encourages his
drive, and his parents are concerned that he might hurt himself.
Case Study 3
Alice is a mother of five children with a heart condition. She often discusses with her
friends that she is worried about dying before her children reach college. When her
children start fighting she jumps in and tells them in a firm manner, we don’t do that to
each other, go to your rooms. they almost always listen and obey. Her friends are
extremely supportive and she has doctor’s visits regularly when she is not shuttling the
children.
See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/257822305
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy in the Treatment of Anger: A Meta-Analysis
Article in Cognitive Therapy and Research · February 1998
DOI: 10.1023/A:1018763902991
CITATIONS
READS
364
6,037
2 authors, including:
Ephrem Fernandez
University of Texas at San Antonio
88 PUBLICATIONS 2,369 CITATIONS
SEE PROFILE
Some of the authors of this publication are also working on these related projects:
Anger and Cardiovascular Disease View project
Anger Treatment View project
All content following this page was uploaded by Ephrem Fernandez on 25 August 2015.
The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.
Cogn itive Therapy and Research ‚ Vol. 22 ‚ No. 1‚ 1998 ‚ pp. 63-74
Cogn itive-Behavioral Th erapy in the Treatm ent of
An ger: A Meta-Analysis
Rich ard Beck1 an d Eph rem Fernan dez1 ‚2
Anger has com e to be recognized as a significan t social problem worthy of clin ical
attention an d systematic research. In the last two decades ‚ cognitive-behavioral therapy
(CBT) has emerged as the m ost com m on approach to an ger m anagement. The overall
efficacy of this treatm ent has not been ascertain ed ‚ and therefore‚ it was decided to
con du ct a m eta-an alysis of this literature. Based on 50 studies in corporatin g 1‚640
subjects‚ it was fou nd that CBT produ ced a gran d m ean weighted effect size of .70 ‚
indicatin g that the average CBT recipient was better off than 76% of un treated subjects
in terms of anger reduction . This effect was statistically significant ‚ robust‚ and relatively
hom ogen eou s across studies. These fin dings represent a quan titative integration of 20
years of research into a coherent pictu re of the efficacy of CBT for anger m an agement.
The results also serve as an im petu s for con tinu ed research on the treatm ent of anger.
KEY WORDS: anger; cognitive-behavioral therapy; me ta-analysis.
INTRODUCTION
With viole nt crime rising among adole scents ‚ wide spread familial abuse ‚ continuing racial discord ‚ and recent acts of te rrorism ‚ attention has turne d to ange r
as a major proble m in human re lations (Koop & Lundbe rg ‚ 1992; Novello ‚ Shosky ‚
& Froehlke ‚ 1992) . Yet ange r disorde rs have bee n ne glected in diagnostic classifications and treatme nt programs (Eckhardt & Deffe nbache r‚ 1995; Kassinove &
Sukhodolsky ‚ 1995) . Incre asing re fe re nce s to ange r appe ar in PSYCINFO and othe r
database s‚ and practitione rs are increasingly cognizant of the ramifications of ange r
in their clients (Abikoff & Kle in ‚ 1992; Fernande z & Turk‚ 1993 ‚ 1995; Koop &
Lundbe rg‚ 1992) ‚ but little is known about how best to treat ange r disorde rs.
In a surve y of the lite rature on ange r‚ it was found that the vast majority of
ange r tre atment outcome studie s had utilize d a cognitive -behavioral approach. The
pre sent study there fore e valuate d the e fficacy of cognitive -behavioral the rapy ( CBT)
1
Southern Methodist University‚ Dallas‚ Te xas 75275.
2
Address all correspondence to Ephrem Fe rnandez ‚ Ph.D.‚ Departme nt of Psychology‚ Southern
Methodist University‚ Dallas‚ Texas 75275-0442.
63
0147-5916/98/0200-0063$15.00/0 Ó
1998 Plenum Publishing Corporation
64
Beck and Fern an dez
in the tre atment of ange r. Instead of a narrative re view‚ a meta-analysis was conducte d to quantitative ly inte grate the re sults of individual studie s e mploying CBT
for ange r control.
Cogn itive-Beh avior al Th erap y Applied to Anger
Cognitive -be havioral therapy draws upon the rich traditions of be havior modification and rational-e motive or cognitive the rapy (Me ichenbaum ‚ 1976) ‚ paying attention to social cognition (Dodge ‚ 1993) as well as individual constructions of
reality (Mahone y‚ 1993) . It may combine a varie ty of technique s such as relaxation ‚
cognitive re structuring ‚ proble m-solving ‚ and stress inoculation ‚ but rathe r than being a mere form of technical e cle ctism ‚ it is theore tically unifie d by principle s of
le arning theory and information processing. This approach has elicite d much interest in the treatme nt of affe ctive disorde rs such as anxie ty and depression as re ve aled
in recent meta-analyse s by Dobson (1989) and Van Balkom (1994) . The status of
CBT for ange r‚ however‚ re mains uncle ar.
Yet the last 20 ye ars has see n an accumulation of research on the e fficacy of
cognitive -behavioral the rapy in the tre atment of ange r proble ms. This re search has
focused pre dominantly on Novaco ’s (1975) adaptation of Me iche nbaum ’s stre ss inoculation training (SIT) initially develope d for the tre atment of anxie ty (Me ichenbaum ‚ 1975). Using a coping skills approach ‚ stre ss inoculation inte rve ntions are
typically structure d into three phase s: cognitive pre paration ‚ skill acquisition ‚ and
application training. During this performance -base d intervention ‚ the client is e xposed to cognitive reframing ‚ re laxation training ‚ image ry‚ modeling ‚ and role-playing to e nhance ability to cope with proble m situations.
In SIT for ange r proble ms‚ clie nts initially identify situational “ trigge rs” which
pre cipitate the onset of the ange r re sponse . Afte r ide ntifying environme ntal cue s‚
the y re hearse self-state ments intende d to re frame the situation and facilitate healthy
response s (example s of cognitive self-state ments include : “ Relax‚ don ’t take things
so personally ” or “ I can handle this. It isn ’t important enough to blow up over
this ” ). The se cond phase of tre atment require s the acquisition of re laxation skills.
The cognitive se lf-state ments can the n be couple d with relaxation as clie nts attempt ‚
afte r e xposure to the trigge r‚ to mentally and physically soothe themselve s. Finally ‚
in the rehe arsal phase ‚ clie nts are expose d to ange r-provoking situations during the
session utilizing image ry or role-plays. The y practice the cognitive and relaxation
te chnique s until the mental and physical re sponse s can be achie ve d automatically
and on cue . This basic outline of SIT can also be supple mented with alte rnative
te chnique s such as proble m-solving ‚ conflict manage ment ‚ and social skills training
as in the social cognitive model of Lochman and colle ague s (Lochman & Lenhart ‚
1993) .
The purpose of the present study was to e valuate the overall e ffective ne ss of
such cognitive -be havioral treatme nts for ange r by using the methodology of metaanalysis. This e ntaile d computing various summary statistics of the stre ngth of treatment e ffect‚ as well as infe rential tests of the specific re se arch hypothe sis that CBT
statistically significantly re duce s ange r. Finally ‚ the se re sults were conve rted into
CBT for An ger
65
measure s of practical significance . This is particularly informative in the curre nt
climate of manage d health care where there is a pre mium on time-limite d interve ntions like CBT and growing demands for e mpirical evide nce to support the
choice of tre atments. This quantitative synthe sis of the lite rature will also familiarize
reade rs with the main parame ters of rese arch on this topic and gene rate considerations for furthe r rese arch in this area.
Meta-An alys is
Me ta-analysis is a quantitative procedure for evaluating tre atment effe ctiveness
by the calculation of e ffect size s (Fernande z & Boyle ‚ 1996; Glass ‚ McGaw‚ &
Smith ‚ 1981; Rosenthal ‚ 1991). The e ffect size e xpre sse s the magnitude of difference
betwee n tre ated and untre ate d subje cts. Because e ffect size is e xpre sse d in standard
deviation units ‚ it e nable s comparisons among studie s and the computation of summary statistics such as the grand ave rage effe ct size ‚ an inde x of overall effe ctiveness
for the tre atment. Despite its advantage s over narrative and quasistatistical methods
of re view (Fe rnande z & Turk‚ 1989) ‚ meta-analysis has raised certain concerns which
call for spe cific solutions (Fernande z & Boyle ‚ 1996) . For e xample ‚ it has bee n argue d that effe ct sizes obtaine d from studie s of varying quality may not be directly
comparable ; conse que ntly‚ it is now customary to weight e ffects sizes‚ typically according to obje ctive crite ria such as sample size ( which de te rmine s statistical
powe r). Concern has also be en raised about possible inflation in effe ct sizes due
to sampling only publishe d studie s which are more like ly to re port significant re sults
than are non-publishe d studie s (the file-drawe r proble m); this can be counte racted
to some extent by including unpublishe d studie s and also by conducting te sts of
robustne ss that provide a margin of tolerance for null results (Rosenthal ‚ 1995) .
To date ‚ the only docume nted attempt to meta-analyze studie s of ange r manage ment was done by Tafrate (1995) . Howe ve r‚ this revie w has certain methodological limitations. First‚ stringe nt inclusion criteria restricte d the numbe r of CBT
studie s re viewed to only nine . This small numbe r of studie s is unre pre sentative of
the last 20 years of rese arch on CBT. Tafrate confine d his survey to adult sample s
of mostly colle ge stude nts. No doubt ‚ stude nts have ange r proble ms too‚ but the
ne gle ct of nume rous studie s of CBT for oppositional childre n and adole scents
(populations of primary conce rn) is proble matic. Only three of the studie s revie wed
by Tafrate were base d on clinical sample s‚ thus placing limits on the ecological significance of results. Unpublishe d results were ignore d ‚ and due to the small numbe r
of studie s actually re viewed‚ the conclusions re ache d were probably susceptible to
sampling bias. Finally ‚ Tafrate ne glected tests of homoge neity‚ te sts of significance
or tests of robustne ss‚ or weighing of effe ct size s based on any of the design feature s
of the studie s; as e mphasize d earlie r‚ the se statistics have now become standard
practice in meta-analytic revie ws‚ and they can significantly affe ct the conclusions
reached.
To improve upon Tafrate ’s (1995) initial revie w‚ the pre se nt study e xpande d
inclusion criteria ‚ incorporate d unpublishe d studie s‚ and weighte d all e ffect size s.
As de taile d below‚ the scope of the revie w was broade ned to incorporate dive rse
66
Beck and Fern an dez
sample s re ceiving a combination of cognitive and be havioral technique s. In this way‚
more than five time s the numbe r of CBT studie s re viewed by Tafrate were metaanalyze d here .
METHOD
Inclu sion Criteria
A compute r se arch of PSYCINFO and Dissertation Abstracts International from
1970 to 1995 was conducte d. Using keywords such as an ger control ‚ anger treatm ent‚
and an ger m an agem ent and cross-re fe re nce s among article s‚ a total of 58 re levant
studie s of CBT were identifie d. Eight of these were single -case or small-sample
studie s (n < 4) and hence were e xclude d. The final sample consiste d of 50 nomothetic studie s incorporating a total of 1640 subje cts. All studie s provide d data on at le ast one ange r-relate d depe nde nt variable . In te rms of the inde pende nt variable ‚ only cognitive -behavioral tre atments for ange r were se lected. Studie s using pu rely cognitive or behavioral interventions alone were not include d ‚ nor were treatme nts aimed sole ly at re laxation. Typically ‚ the study include d was one in which some form of cognitive reappraisal or re structuring was com bined with some technique of promoting relaxation. The sample s were pre dominantly clinical such as prison inmate s‚ abusive pare nts ‚ abusive spouse s‚ juve nile de linque nts ‚ adole scents in re side ntial treatme nt‚ childre n with aggre ssive classroom behavior ‚ and mentally handicappe d clie nts ‚ but also include d colle ge stude nts with re porte d ange r proble ms. Thirty-five studie s use d self-reporte d ange r as a de pe nde nt variable . Effe ct sizes for 28 of the 35 studie s were calculate d e xclusive ly from se lf re ports of ange r. The re maining se ven studie s combine d depe nde nt measure s of ange r and aggre ssion into e ffe ct size e stimate s. Fifte e n studie s of school childre n and adole scents in place ment (eithe r re side ntial or de tention facility) re fe rred to ange r but only re porte d be havioral ratings of aggre ssion. Since aggre ssive be havior has be en the focus in CBT inte rve ntions for childre n and adole scents ‚ aggre ssion ratings se rve d as the de pe nde nt variable for the se studie s. For younge r populations ‚ measure s of se lf-re porte d ange r are not always fe asible and behavioral ratings of aggre ssion be come a valid alte rnative ‚ just as se lf-re ports of depre ssion and anxie ty in childre n may be le ss acce ssible than the behaviors corre sponding to the se mood disturbance s. Calcu lation of Effect Sizes Glass ’s d (e ffect size) was calculate d for each study whe re means and standard deviations were available for treatme nt and control groups (Glass e t al.‚ 1981). For studie s utilizing single group ‚ pre- ve rsus postte st de signs ‚ and any othe r studie s not reporting means and standard deviations ‚ e ffect size was e stimate d from t- and F-value s. Whe re multiple depende nt variable s were reporte d ‚ e ffect sizes were av- CBT for An ger 67 erage d across variable s to yield one e ffect size per study‚ thus minimizing nonindepende nce in the data. Adopting proce dures recommende d by Rosenthal (1991) ‚ e ach effe ct size was weighte d by sample size ‚ and ave rage d to yield a grand weighte d mean d base d on 50 studie s. Weighting e ffect size s by sample size is an unbiase d and obje ctive procedure for assigning different weights to studie s that vary in statistical powe r. The grand weighte d mean d was tested for significance (d compare d to zero) using a one -sample t-test‚ and 95% confide nce inte rvals were calculate d. A chi square was also calculate d to te st for heteroge ne ity of variance within the se t of e ffect size s. The heteroge ne ity te st is the basis for a de cision on whe ther or not to search for mode rator variable s; in case of significant heteroge ne ity‚ it would be ne cessary to disaggre gate the e ffect sizes according to the variable s influe ncing e ffect size. Finally‚ to addre ss the file-drawe r proble m a fail-safe N‚ as re commende d by Rosenthal ( 1991) ‚ was calculate d to test for robustne ss. A robust finding indicate s that the probability of a Type I e rror arising from unpublishe d ‚ nonsignificant re sults ‚ is ne gligible . As strongly recomme nde d by Rosenthal (1995) ‚ a Binomial e ffect size display (BESD) was also constructe d to provide a more concrete impre ssion of the relative outcome s in tre atment and control groups. RESULTS A total of 50 effe ct size s was obtaine d for the 50 studie s (Table I). O f the se ‚ 40 utilize d control groups while 10 use d single -group ‚ repe ated-measure s de signs. The sample size and de sign feature s for each study are also tabulate d. As summarize d in Table II‚ the effe ct size s range d from ¯0.32 to 1.57 ‚ SD = 0.43. With only one e xce ption ‚ all effe ct size s were positive in value . The grand mean unwe ighte d d was 0.81. The grand mean weighte d effe ct size was 0.70. This differe d significantly from zero‚ t (49) = 13.28 ‚ p < .0001. The 95% confide nce inte rvals for the mean unweighte d e ffect size range d from 0.69 to 0.93. A ste m and le af plot is shown in Table III to display batche s of e ffect sizes. As can be see n ‚ the effe ct sizes approximate d a normal distribution. Most of the e ffect sizes were betwee n 0.5 and 0.99 ‚ and six e ffect sizes reache d about 1.2 ‚ thus making this the mode . A notable outlie r was the one negative value in the data set. Since any effe ct size is a standard de viation unit (z-score ) ‚ it can be conve rted into a pe rcentile by asce rtaining the area unde r the normal curve that is bounde d betwee n that z-score and the tail e nd of the curve . Thus ‚ the grand weighte d mean effe ct size of 0.70 corresponds to an are a unde r the curve of 0.5 + 0.258 ‚ which in turn means that the average subje ct in the CBT treatme nt condition fared be tter than 76% of those not receiving CBT. To furthe r illustrate the practical importance of these re sults ‚ a binomial e ffect size display was adde d ( Table V I). This first e ntaile d conve rsion of the grand weighte d mean d to r‚ which turne d out to be 0.33; as note d in the table ‚ half the value of r was the n adde d or subtracte d from 0.5 ‚ revealing that subje cts re ceiving CBT e xpe rienced a 67% treatme nt succe ss rate whe re as control subje cts had only a 33% succe ss rate . 68 Beck and Fern an dez Table I. Effect Sizes and Sample Sizes for Individual Studies of CBT on Anger a Study Acton & During ( 1992) Barth ‚ Blythe ‚ Schinke ‚ & Schilling (1983) Benson ‚ Rice ‚ & Miranti ( 1986) Boswell (1984) Cain (1987) Dangle ‚ Deschner ‚ & Rasp ( 1989) Deffe nbache r‚ Story‚ Stark ‚ Hogg ‚ & Brandon (1987) Deffe nbache r‚ Story‚ Brandon ‚ Hogg ‚ & Hazaleus (1988) Deffe nbache r‚ McNamara ‚ Stark ‚ & Sabadell (1990a) Deffe nbache r‚ McNamara ‚ Stark ‚ & Sabadell (1990b) Deffe nbache r & Stark ( 1992) Deffe nbache r‚ Thwaite s‚ Wallace ‚ & Oetting (1994) Deffe nbache r‚ Lynch ‚ Oetting‚ & Kemper ( 1996) Deschne r & McNeil (1986) Faulkne r‚ Stoltenbe rg ‚ Cogen ‚ Nolde r‚ & Shooter (1992) Feindle r‚ Ecton ‚ Kingsle y‚ & Dubey (1986) Feindle r‚ Marriott‚ & Iwata (1984) Gaertner ( 1984) Glick & Goldstein ( 1987) Hinshaw ‚ Henke r‚ & Whalen ( 1984) Jackson ( 1992) Ke nnedy ( 1992) Larson (1991) Lochman (1985) Lochman ‚ Burch ‚ Curry‚ & Lampron (1984) Lochman & Curry ( 1986) Lochman ‚ Lampron ‚ Gemmer ‚ Harris ‚ & Wyckoff (1989) Lochman ‚ Ne lson‚ & Sims ( 1981) Macphe rson ( 1986) Mandel ( 1991) McDougall ‚ Boddis‚ Dawson ‚ & Haye s ( 1990) Moon & Eisler (1983) Moore & Shannon (1993) Napolitano (1992) Novaco ( 1975) Olson (1987) Omizo ‚ He rshberger ‚ & Omizo (1988) Pascucci (1991) Rhoades (1988) Rokach ( 1987) Rose ngren (1987) Saylor ‚ Benson ‚ & Einhaus (1985) Schlichter & Horan (1981) Shivrattan ( 1988) Smith & Beckner (1993) Steele (1991) Sample DV De sign N d Abusive pare nts Abusive pare nts SR SR PP TC 29 20 0.85 1.09 SR ‚ BR SR SR BR SR PP TC TC PP TC 54 30 62 12 32 0.40 -0.32 0.83 0.92 1.04 College students SR TC 30 1.27 College students SR TC 32 0.59 College students SR TC 29 0.45 College students College students SR SR TC TC 36 94 1.43 0.82 School children SR TC 80 1.32 Abusive spouses Abusive spouses SR ‚ BR SR ‚ BR PP PP 47 32 0.32 1.57 Clinical adolesce nts BR TC 21 1.16 Adolescent (school) Inmates Juvenile delinquents School children Clinical adolesce nts Inmates School children School children School children BR SR BR BR SR SR ‚ BR SR BR BR TC TC TC TC TC PP TC TC TC 36 19 111 22 40 37 37 80 76 0.68 1.33 0.72 1.29 0.32 1.29 0.21 0.38 0.28 BR BR PP TC 20 32 0.36 0.24 School children Inmates Adolescent volunteers Juvenile delinquents BR SR SR ‚ BR BR PP TC TC TC 12 21 26 18 0.65 1.28 0.53 0.64 College students Clinical adolesce nts Inmates College and adult Clinical adult School children Clinical adolesce nts Forensic in-patients Inmates Adolescent volunteers Clinical adolesce nts Juvenile delinquents Juvenile delinquents Inmates Juvenile delinquents SR ‚ BR SR SR SR ‚ BR SR BR BR SR SR SR SR SR BR SR BR TC TC TC PP TC TC TC TC TC TC TC TC TC PP TC 20 42 75 17 83 24 28 21 95 13 14 19 28 18 19 1.52 0.22 0.68 1.03 0.76 0.84 0.56 0.91 0.69 1.00 1.13 1.20 0.22 0.55 0.57 MR individuals School children Adult volunteers Clinical adolesce nts College students School children School children CBT for An ger 69 Table I. (continued ) Study Stermac (1986) Whiteman ‚ Fanshel ‚ & Grundy (1987) Wilcox & Dowrick (1992) Wu (1990) Sample DV Design N d Forensic patie nts Abusive parents SR SR TC TC 40 24 1.31 1.52 Clinical adolescents Divorced women SR SR PP TC 10 26 1.20 0.49 a CBT = Cognitive-behavioral therapy; DV = de pendent variable; N = sample size; d = effect size; SR = self-reported anger ‚ BR = behavioral ratings of anger/aggre ssion‚ TC = treatment ve rsus control de sign ‚ PP = pre/postdesign. Table II. Meta-Analytic Summary Statistics for Studies of CBT on Ange ra Total N = 1‚640 subjects Grand weighte d mean d: 0.70 95% confidence intervals for unweighted d: 0.69 to 0.93 d compare d with zero: t (49) = 13.28 ‚ p < .0001 2 Heteroge neity of ds: c (49) = 61.71 ‚ p > .10
Fail-safe N: 790; crite rion = 225
a
CBT = cognitive -behavioral therapy.
Table III. Stem and Le af Display of Effect Sizes from
Studies of CBT on Ange ra
Fre quency
Stem
1.00
12.00
18.00
16.00
3.00
¯0.
0.
0.
1.
1.
Leaf
3
222223333444
555556666677888899
0000112222223334
555
Range = ¯0.32 to 1.57
Mean (unweighted) d = 0.81
Standard deviation = 0.43
Median = 1.75
Mode = 1.2
a
CBT = cognitive behavioral therapy; Each stem which
represents the first digit of an effect size is attache d to
several leave s‚ each denoting the first decimal place of
an effect size .
The fail-safe N of 790 was well above the minimal criterion of 225 ‚ indicating
a robust finding. The te st of he teroge neity reve ale d a c 2 (49) = 61.71 ‚ p > .10. This
indicate s homoge ne ity of e ffect size value s‚ and the refore ‚ no ne ed to se arch for
mode rator variable s.
70
Beck and Fern an dez
Table IV. Binomial Effect Size Display of Treatment
(CBT) Versus No Treatment of Anger a
Condition
Treatment
Control
å
Success
Failure
å
67
33
100
33
67
100
100
100
200
a
CBT = cognitive -behavioral therapy. The numbers are in
pe rcentages. To obtain them ‚ d must first be converted to r
(cf. Rosenthal ‚ 1991) ‚ which is halved and then added to or
subtracted from 0.5 (depe nding on the condition) ‚ before
multiplication by 100.
DISCUSSION
Effectiven ess of Cogn itive-Beh avior Th erap y in th e Treatm ent of An ger
Re se arche rs have incre asingly focuse d the ir atte ntion on CB T as a tre atme nt for ange r disorde rs. O ve r the past 20 ye ars ‚ many individua l studie s have
sugge ste d that CBT is an e ffe ctive ‚ time -limite d tre atme nt of ange r proble ms.
O ur m e ta-analysis of 50 nom othe tic studie s of 1 ‚640 subje cts re ve ale d a
we ighte d me an e ffe ct size of 0.70 ‚ sugge stive of mod e rate tre atme nt gains.
Since this is in standar d de viation units ‚ it can be infe rre d that the ave rage
subje ct in the CBT condition was be tte r off than 76% of control subje cts. More ove r‚ this e ffe ct was signific antly diffe re nt from what would be e xpe cted unde r
chance . The grand e ffe ct size was also robust e nough to be unaffe cted by unpublishe d null re sults ‚ and it was re lative ly homoge ne ous across studie s. Since
the populat ions inve stigate d consiste d large ly of abusive pare nts or spouse s ‚
viole nt and re sistant juve nile offe nde rs ‚ inmate s in de te ntion facilitie s ‚ and aggre ssive school childre n ‚ it is appare nt that CBT has ge ne ral utility in the clinical manage me nt of ange r.
The se findings imply that the appare nt popularity of CBT in the treatme nt of
ange r is justifie d by its e ffectivene ss in achie ving the de sire d treatme nt goals. The
results are congrue nt with othe r meta-analyse s docume nting the effe ctiveness of
CBT in the tre atme nt of othe r affe ctive disturbance s‚ in particular ‚ de pre ssion
(Dobson ‚ 1989) and anxie ty (Van Balkom e t al. ‚ 1994) .
At the same time ‚ it may be note d that the grand weighte d e ffect size of 0.70
in this revie w is smalle r than Tafrate ’s ( 1995) reporte d effe ct size of 1.00 for CBT
studie s (which were labe le d as “ multicompone nt” ); this is probably because the latte r consiste d of only nine publishe d studie s‚ none of which were weighte d according
to statistical power. O n the othe r hand ‚ by sampling unpublishe d results ‚ revie wing
studie s with clinical populations ‚ and weighing effe ct sizes by sample size ‚ the present study may have produce d a slight deflation of effe ct size ‚ but one that is probably more reliable .
CBT for An ger
71
Fu ture Con sid eration s
This study was an attempt to summarize and docume nt the progre ss made
ove r the last two decades of rese arch on CBT for ange r tre atment rese arch. The
clinical implications of the meta-analysis are e ncouraging. Clinicians treating clie nts
with ange r control proble ms can now substantiate the ir choice of CBT in the treatment of ange r‚ and expe ct at least mode rate improve ments in the ir clie nts. Moreove r‚ the pre sent findings may se rve as a benchmark against which to evaluate othe r
psychological and pharmacological treatme nts for ange r. O utcome efficacy aside ‚
future re search might also addre ss the cost-e ffectivene ss of the se treatme nts ‚ an
issue of growing interest in the curre nt era of manage d care.
New variations of CBT might also be explore d. Deffe nbache r and colle ague s
have alre ady take n a step in this dire ction with the developme nt of a package calle d
“ cognitive relaxation. ” O n the othe r hand ‚ Lochman and colle ague s have emphasized training pe ople in e ncoding of social stimuli and proble m-solving within a
social context. With additional studie s in these areas‚ it is forsee able that the most
active ingre die nts of CBT may be ide ntifie d and integrate d to produce an e ven
more e ffective regimen for managing ange r.
Anothe r viable frontie r of re search might be client variable s relate d to treatment outcome . These may center around se lf-e fficacy‚ locus of control ‚ impulsivity
versus refle ctivity‚ and a host of traits predisposing individuals to respond to treatment in se le ct ways. Clarification of these variable s may enable the careful matching
of clie nts to spe cific treatme nt re gime ns.
Finally‚ ecological validity re mains a goal for most tre atment outcome research.
In ange r manage ment ‚ well-controlle d laboratory studie s have re ve aled e ncouraging
tre atment e ffects. But the generalizability of these findings to various clinical and
multicultural populations ofte n nee ds to be establishe d. Ultimate ly‚ the ability to
pre dict and control ange r as it occurs spontane ously in differe nt groups of pe ople
within the ir own naturalistic se ttings is a challe nge worth addre ssing.
REFERENCES
Reference s marke d with an asterisk indicate studies included in the me ta-analysis.
Abikoff‚ H.‚ & Klein ‚ R. G. (1992) . Attention-deficit hype ractivity and conduct disorder: Comorbidity
and implications for tre atment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology‚ 60 ‚ 881-892.
*Actor ‚ R. G.‚ & During‚ S. M.‚ (1992) . Pre liminary results of aggression manageme nt training for aggressive pare nts. Journal of Interpersonal Violence. 7‚ 410-417.
*Barth ‚ R. P.‚ Blythe ‚ B. J.‚ Schinke ‚ S. P.‚ & Schilling R. F. (1983). Self-control training with maltreating
parents. Child Welfare. 62 ‚ 313-324.
*Benson ‚ B. A.‚ Rice ‚ C. J.‚ & Miranti ‚ S. V. (1986) . Effects of anger manageme nt training with mentally
re tarde d adults in group tre atment. Journal of Counseling and Clinical Psychology‚ 54 ‚ 728-729.
*Boswell ‚ J. W. ( 1984) . Effects of a multimodal counse ling program and of a cognitive -behavioral counseling program on the ange r management skills of pre-adolesce nt boys within an eleme ntary school
setting (Doctoral dissertation‚ Pennsylvania State Unive rsity‚ 1984). Dissertation Abstracts International‚ 45 ‚ 372.
*Cain ‚ J. A. (1987) . Anger control: A comparison of cognitive-behavioral and relaxation training‚ with
post-treatment follow-up (Doctoral dissertation‚ United States International University‚ 1987). Dissertation Abstracts International ‚ 48 ‚ 1804-1805.
72
Beck and Fern an dez
*Dangle ‚ R. F.‚ De schner ‚ J. P.‚ & Rasp ‚ R. R. (1989) . Anger control training for adolesce nts in reside ntial
treatment. Behavior Modification ‚ 13 ‚ 447-458.
Deffe nbache r‚ J. L. (1995) . Ideal treatme nt package for adults with anger disorders. In H. Kassinove
(Ed.) ‚ Anger disorders: Definition ‚ diagnosis ‚ and treatm ent (pp 151-172) . Washington DC: Taylor &
Francis.
*Deffenbacher ‚ J. L.‚ Story‚ D. A.‚ Stark ‚ R. S.‚ Hogg ‚ J. A.‚ & Brandon ‚ A. D. (1987). Cognitive-relaxation and social skills interventions in the treatme nt of anger. Journal of Coun seling Psychology‚
34 ‚ 171-176.
*Deffenbacher ‚ J. L.‚ Story‚ D. A.‚ Brandon ‚ A. D.‚ Hogg ‚ J. A.‚ & Hazaleus ‚ S. L. (1988). Cognitive
and cognitive-relaxation treatments of ange r. Cogn itive Therapy and Research ‚ 12 ‚ 167-184.
*Deffenbacher ‚ J. L.‚ Lynch R. S.‚ Oetting‚ E. R.‚ and Ke mper ‚ C. C. (1996). Anger re duction in early
adolescents. Journal of Coun seling Psychology‚ 43 ‚ 149-157.
*Deffenbacher ‚ J. L.‚ McNamara ‚ K.‚ Stark‚ R. S.‚ & Sabadell ‚ P. M. (1990a) . A comparison of cognitive -behavioral and process-oriented group counseling for ge neral ange r reduction. Journal of Counseling and Developm ent‚ 69 ‚ 167-172.
*Deffenbacher ‚ J. L.‚ McNamara ‚ K.‚ Stark‚ R. S.‚ & Sabadell ‚ P. M. ( 1990b). A combination of cognitive ‚
re laxation ‚ and be havioral coping skills in the reduction of gene ral ange r. Journal of College Student
Developm ent‚ 31 ‚ 351-358.
*Deffenbacher ‚ J. L.‚ & Stark‚ R. S. (1992) . Relaxation and cognitive-relaxation tre atments of general
ange r. Journal of Counselin g Psychology‚ 39 ‚ 158-167.
*Deffenbacher ‚ J. L.‚ Thwaites‚ G. A.‚ Wallace ‚ T. L.‚ & Oe tting‚ E. R. (1994) . Social skills and cognitive -re laxation approaches to general anger. Journal of Coun seling Psychology‚ 41 ‚ 386-396.
*Deschner ‚ J. P.‚ & McNe il‚ J. S. (1986) . Results of anger control training for batte ring couples. Journal
of Fam ily Violence ‚ 1‚ 111-120.
Dobson ‚ K. S. (1989). A me ta-analysis of the efficacy of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psvchology‚ 57 ‚ 414-419.
Dodge ‚ K. A. (1993) . Social cognitive mechanisms in the developme nt of conduct disorder and depression. Annual Review of Psvchology‚ 44 ‚ 559-584.
Eckhardt ‚ C. l.‚ & Deffenbacher ‚ J. L. (1995) . Diagnosis of anger disorders. In H. Kassinove (Ed.) ‚
Anger disorders: Definition ‚ diagnosis ‚ and treatm ent (pp 27-48) . Washington DC: Taylor & Francis.
*Faulkner ‚ K. ‚ Stoltenberg‚ C. D.‚ Cogen ‚ R.‚ Nolder ‚ M.‚ & Shooter‚ E. ( 1992) . Cognitive-behavioral
group treatment for male spouse abusers. Journal of Fam ily Violence ‚ 7‚ 37-55.
*Fe indler‚ E. L.‚ Ecton ‚ R. B.‚ Kingsley‚ D.‚ & Dubey‚ D.R. (1986) . Group anger control training for
institutionalized psychiatric male adolesce nts. Behavior Therapy‚ 17 ‚

MSW 610 WEEK 3 Discussion post

Description

Instructions

It is anticipated that the initial discussion post should be in the range of 250-300 words. Response posts to peers have no minimum word requirement but must demonstrate topic knowledge and scholarly engagement with peers. Substantive content is imperative for all posts. All discussion prompt elements for the topic must be addressed. Please proofread your response carefully for grammar and spelling. Do not upload any attachments unless specified in the instructions. All posts should be supported by a minimum of one scholarly resource, ideally within the last 5 years. Journals and websites must be cited appropriately. Citations and references must adhere to APA format.

Classroom Participation

Students are expected to address the initial discussion question by Wednesday of each week. Participation in the discussion forum requires a minimum of three (3) substantive postings (this includes your initial post and posting to two peers) on three (3) different days. Substantive means that you add something new to the discussion supported with citation(s) and reference(s), you are not just agreeing. This is also a time to ask questions or offer information surrounding the topic addressed by your peers. Personal experience is appropriate for a substantive discussion, however should be correlated to the literature.

All discussion boards will be evaluated utilizing rubric criterion inclusive of content, analysis, collaboration, writing and APA. If you fail to post an initial discussion or initial discussion is late, you will not receive points for content and analysis, you may however post to your peers for partial credit following the guidelines above.

Initial Response
INSTRUCTIONS:
Explain the transtheoretical Model Stages of Change and its significance in social work practice.
Be sure to include the importance of confidentiality in social work practice.
Refer and cite the NASW Code of Ethics in your responses.

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

Your initial response is due by Wednesday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Peer Response
INSTRUCTIONS:

Please read and respond to at least two of your peers’ initial postings. You may want to consider the following questions in your responses to your peers:

Compare and contrast your initial posting with those of your peers.
How are they similar or how are they different?
What information can you add that would help support the responses of your peers?
Ask your peers a question for clarification about their post.
What most interests you about their responses?

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

All peer responses are due by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 1 hour

Summary and Thoughts on Freakonomics Radio Episode: “Bad Medicine

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

For Module 13’s discussion, please select and listen to ONE part of Freakonomics Radio the “Bad
Medicine” podcast. In around 600 words or less, please identify the part you selected and provide a
summary, including your thoughts, on the contents of the podcast. Read and reply to a classmate’s
post who listened to a different part of Bad Medicine. Be sure to include your thoughts/perspective of
their summary of the podcast.
Bad Medicine (Part 1): This week on Freakonomics Radio: We tend to think of medicine as a
science, but for most of human history it has been scientific-ish at best. Stephen J. Dubner looks at
the grotesque mistakes produced by centuries of trial-and-error, and asks whether the new era of
evidence-based medicine is the solution. Plus: sometimes the only thing worse than being excluded
from a drug trial is being included in it.
Bad Medicine, Part 1: (Drug) Trials and Tribulations – Freakonomics
Bad Medicine (Part 2): How do so many ineffective and even dangerous drugs make it to market?
One reason is that clinical trials are often run on “dream patients” who aren’t representative of a
larger population. On the other hand, sometimes the only thing worse than being excluded from a
drug trial is being included.
Bad Medicine, Part 2: (Drug) Trials and Tribulations – Freakonomics
Bad Medicine (Part 3): By some estimates, medical error is the third-leading cause of death in the
U.S. How can that be? And what’s to be done? Our third and final episode in this series offers some
encouraging answers.
Bad Medicine, Part 3: Death by Diagnosis – Freakonomics

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

anatomy lab

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

EXPERIMENT 2: EXPLORING CELL SIZE
Data Tables
Table 2: Results From Surface Area-To-Volume Experiment
Block Dimensions
1 cm × 1 cm × 1 cm
1 cm × 2 cm × 2 cm
1 cm × 1 cm × 6 cm
Surface Area
(cm2)
Volume
(cm3)
Time Required for Complete
Color Change
Distance of
Diffusion

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Low-Fat, High-Protein & Other Popular Diets

Description

Response Rubric- Write a two-page minimum, three-page maximum double-spaced discussion summary of the material.

The questions below should not be answered verbatim, rather your summary should include a well-thought-out narrative that displays your ability to critically think
APA Style elements: cover page, in-text references, reference page
Each discussion paper must include a minimum of 3 citations from peer-reviewed sources, in addition to the sources for the material viewed/read for the assignment or any other references (websites, news articles, etc.).

Prompt- There is so much conflicting information on what to eat. Between government guidelines, new research presented in the news, and social media and celebrities, everyone claims to have the best/healthiest diet.

Research Nutritional Individuality, also called Biochemical Individuality or Metabolic Typing.

Answer the following questions:

Explain why one diet can make one person healthier while making another person worse,
Explain why there is value in all diets— from diets that skew towards vegetarianism to diets that are heavy protein and fat consumption,
How does an individual know if they are on the right diet for their unique body?
What are some factors besides metabolism that can influence a person’s nutritional requirements?

Sources- watch – pharmacogenomics

Nursing Question

Description

Do 3 critical points based off of the given topics from ati for nurs 420 leadership classexample is provided no plagiarism and make sure you use the ati book and write the right references 3- critical point box has to be 3 bullet points in each box

Unformatted Attachment Preview

“3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document”
Upon completion of the required Practice Assessment, conduct a focused review by downloading the “ATI Individual Performance Profile” Report.
Complete the “3 Critical Concepts – Remediation Document” by using each NCLEX Client Need Category, listed under the “Topics to Review
Section” in the report to identify 3 Critical Concepts learned and or understand better about the concept. Use reliable evidence-based resources
to remediate each topic (ATI Focused Review, ATI eBook, Course textbook per Syllabus). Cite your sources (APA formatting not required).
8 NCLEX Client Need Categories
1) Management of Care, 2) Safety and Infection Control, 3) Basic Care and comfort, 4) Health Promotion and Maintenance, 5) Psychosocial Integrity, 6)
Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies, 7) Reduction of Risk Potential, and 8) Physiological Adaptation
Reflection Section – include one of the 6 Cognitive Functions

Reflect on how the 3 critical concepts you learned, helped you gain a better understanding of the 6 Cognitive Functions of the National Council for State
Boards of Nursing (NCSBN) – Clinical Judgement Measurement Model (NCJMM) – which follows the Nursing Process:
o Recognize Cues (Assessment) – Filter information from different sources (i.e., signs, symptoms, health history, environment).
o Analyze Cues (Analysis) – Link recognized cues to a client’s clinical presentation and establishing probable client needs, concerns, or problems.
o Prioritize Hypotheses (Analysis) – Establish priorities of care based on the client’s health problems (i.e. environmental factors, risk assessment, urgency,
signs/ symptoms, diagnostic test, lab values, etc.)
o Generate Solutions (Planning) – Identify expected outcomes and related nursing interventions to ensure clients’ needs are met.
o Take Actions (Implementation) – Implement appropriate interventions based on nursing knowledge, priorities of care, and planned outcomes to
promote, maintain, or restore a client’s health.
o Evaluate Outcomes (Evaluation) – Evaluate a client’s response to nursing interventions and reach a nursing judgment regarding the extent to which
outcomes have been met.
Topics To Review – F y h t y r om y o u r j oj g o 5 j o r j o t r6 5 h y 5 oj 5 o6
List the NCLEX Client Need Categories, Topics, and Concepts to review from your report here – as shown in the example provided.
NCLEX Client Need Category Topic Concept
Safety and Infection Control (1 item)
Reporting of Incident/Event/Irregular Occurrence/Variance (1 item)
Safe Medication Administration and Error Reduction: Priority Action Following a Medication Error
Remove the 5 lines above, add information from your report before submission.
Date
Student Name
Instructor Name
Assessment Name
NURS 420 Principles and Leadership of Management
# of Topics to Review
3
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
Topic
Concept
Management Client
care
Effective
communication to
assistive personnel
Responding to client
concerns
Managing client care
Professional
Responsibility
3 Critical Concepts (I learned, and/or,
understand better about this topic)
Reflection – Write why you got it
wrong and reflect on it Address 1 of the
6 Cognitive Functions
Recognizing Client
Rights
Add your NCLEX Client Need Category here
Add or delete rows below according to the number of items – Remove this line before submitting your work.
References:
Include your references here. Below is an example – delete this line and the examples below and add the references you used.
McCuistion, L.E., DiMaggio, K., Winton, M.B., & Yeager (2023). Pharmacology: A Patient-Centered Nursing Process Approach. 11th. Ed. Publisher: Elsevier.
ATI Content Mastery Series Review Module: RN Pharmacology 11.0 ed.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Peer Response for discussion post

Description

Need peer response for both attached. Needs to be 3 paragraphs with 3 sentences and a reference. Also attached my post too. Initial discussion question: Discuss the purpose of the literature review and which topics are you going to search for the issue discussed on DQ 3? Discuss also what are the challenges that nurses are facing today when they have to do a literature review?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

A literature review is helpful because it highlights the need to study the chosen topic and its connection
to the medical field by reviewing existing literature and identifying gaps. The review explores relevant
and present studies associated with the study question to provide critical, comprehensive, and
purposeful insight (Luft et al., 2022). Moreover, the review guides the methodology by connecting to the
study question and helps indicate data analysis. Therefore, when conducting research in nursing, a
literature review connects the researcher between the known and what is yet to be discovered by
establishing context, refining the research question, and providing ground on existing knowledge.
Based on the issue discussed in DQ3, I will search for topics related to nurse burnout in the emergency
department. I will search for topics like the influence of institutional support on mindfulness programs,
the efficiency of mindfulness interventions, and the prevalence and awareness of burnout among
emergency department nurses (Green & Kinchen, 2021). Moreover, I will search the impact of burnout
on patient outcomes like medication errors, satisfaction scores, and readmission rates.
Nurses face numerous practical, conceptual, methodological, and ethical challenges when planning
studies and conducting literature reviews. Bias and conflict of interest due to the researcher’s
preconceptions resulted in the choice of inappropriate strategies and search methods (Kluwer, 2017).
Moreover, nurses experience Time constraints as they handle demanding schedules and still have to find
time to conduct comprehensive literature reviews and identify the most relevant and valuable
information among the overwhelming publications.
References
Green, A. A., & Kinchen, E. V. (2021). The effects of mindfulness meditation on stress and burnout in
nurses. Journal of Holistic Nursing, 39(4), 356-368. https://doi.org/ 10.1177/08980101211015818
Kluwer, R. (2017). Planning a nursing study
Luft, J. A., Jeong, S., Idsardi, R., & Gardner, G. (2022). Literature Reviews, Theoretical Frameworks, and
Conceptual Frameworks: An Introduction for New Biology Education Researchers. CBE life sciences
education, 21(3), rm33. https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.21-05-0134
The purpose of the literature review is to become acquainted with the state of the art in your field and
make sure you’re not simply doing what has previously been done (“What is the purpose of a literature
review?” n.d.). For this, nurses must find peer-reviewed and updated articles. Also, they need to make
sure that the source is reliable. I am going to search for topics related to the statistics of medication
errors made during prolonged shifts, and also about the benefits of reduced work hours. Additionally, I
will research the possible solutions to prevent medication errors.
Nurses lack the resources to do a proper literature review. For instance. It was shown that the majority
of nurses experienced issues with organizational factors, resource-related issues, knowledge and
competency-related issues, and communication issues. If resource-related variables comprise all
monetary, material, and manpower-related problems, ethical constraints are discovered to be a
significant difficulty in organizational considerations (Konwar & Kalita, 2018). Therefore, even if nurses
do some research on their own, the lack of resources and assistance makes the implementation either
challenging or impossible.
Organizations must support nurses who want to do a literature review as this will be beneficial not only
for the patients but also for the organization. Arguing against pointless treatments or pharmaceuticals,
nurses can also have an impact on organizational expenses. Nurses, for instance, can be meticulous in
recording and reporting symptoms and patient progress, which would aid doctors in making therapeutic
decisions(“What Are Some Ways Nurses Can Influence Healthcare Organization Costs,? 2023). In this
way, nurses can reduce the cost of care.
REFERENCES:
What Are Some Ways Nurses Can Influence Healthcare Organization Costs?. (2023). Retrieved 19
September 2023, from https://www.registerednursing.org/articles/what-nurses-can-influencehealthcare-organization-costs/
Konwar, G., & Kalita, J. (2018). Original Research Article The Barriers and Challenges of … – IJHSR.
https://www.ijhsr.org/IJHSR_Vol.8_Issue.6_June2018/33.pdf
questions, F., review?, W., & What’s the difference between revising, a. (2023). What is the purpose of a
literature review?. Retrieved 19 September 2023, from https://www.scribbr.com/frequently-askedquestions/purpose-of-a-literature-review/
The literature review serves several crucial purposes in the context of evaluating a training program for
improving pediatric medication safety. Firstly, it helps to establish a comprehensive understanding of
the current state of knowledge on the topic like identifying key studies and research findings related to
medication errors in pediatric care. Secondly, the literature review allows for the identification of gaps
or limitations in the existing literature, which can help shape the research questions and objectives of
the study (Garrard, 2017).
In conducting the literature review for this issue, topics of interest would include studies and articles
related to medication errors in pediatric care, the causes and contributing factors to such errors, the
impact of medication safety training programs on reducing errors, and any specific interventions or
strategies that have been effective in improving medication safety in pediatric units (Uman, 2011).
Additionally, it would be important to explore the literature on the PICOT study components, such as
the effectiveness of training programs among pediatric nurses, as well as the outcomes related to
medication errors. This comprehensive review will provide a solid foundation for the proposed research
study.
Nurses today face several challenges when conducting literature reviews. Firstly, the sheer volume of
published research can be overwhelming, making it difficult to identify and select the most relevant and
high-quality sources. Secondly, access to relevant databases and journals can be limited, especially in
resource-constrained healthcare settings. Additionally, keeping up with the rapidly evolving healthcare
landscape and staying updated on the latest research findings can be challenging (Uman, 2011).
References
Garrard, J. (2017). Health sciences literature review made easy: The matrix method. Jones & Bartlett
Learning.
Uman, L. S. (2011). Systematic reviews and meta-analyses. Journal of the Canadian Academy of Child
and Adolescent Psychiatry, 20(1), 57-59.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing note on management of high blood pressure

Description

Mr. Mark was see today while in the community. He was alert and oriented, denied skin cut or bruise. Client verbalized he was well behaved while in the community. Vital sign was completed while blood pressure was 148/83, Pulse 89, resp 19, O2 100 and client denied pain and discomfort. Nursing teaching was completed on management of high blood pressure. Follow rubric below

reflection self 5-2 wellness

Description

Overview

An essential part of developing critical analysis skills is self-reflection. In this activity, you will have the opportunity to consider how using critical analysis influences your personal experience, your field of study, or your profession. Completing this activity will result in a draft of the first part of the reflection section of your project. It also provides an opportunity to obtain valuable feedback from your instructor that you can incorporate into your project submission.

Directions

In this activity, you will first describe how critical analysis skills have affected your framework of perception. Next, you will describe how examining your bias has influenced how you perceive the world. Finally, you will explain how critical analysis skills can impact your academic or professional lives.

You are not required to address each item below the rubric criteria, but you may use them to better understand the criteria and guide your thinking and writing.

Specifically, you must address the following rubric criteria:

Describe how critically analyzing your issue or event in wellness has informed your individual framework of perception.
Consider how it has altered the way you perceive the community around you and/or the world.
Describe how examining your bias has altered the way you perceive the world.
Reflect on your own bias and then consider how an awareness of one’s bias can change our perceptions.
Explain how critically analyzing wellness can influence your field of study or profession.
Consider how studying wellness might inform your understanding of the next big topic of study in your field or profession.
What to Submit

Submit your short paper as a 1- to 2-page Microsoft Word document with double spacing, 12-point Times New Roman font, and one-inch margins. Sources should be cited according to APA style. Consult the Shapiro Library APA Style Guide for more information on citations.

Module Five Activity Rubric
Criteria Proficient (100%) Needs Improvement (75%) Not Evident (0%) Value
Individual Framework of Perception Describes how critically analyzing an issue or event in wellness has informed individual framework of perception Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting critical analysis of wellness to individual framework of perception or providing more detail about that connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Bias Describes how examining bias has altered ways of perceiving the world Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include clearly connecting bias and personal perceptions or providing more thorough support for how examining bias has altered personal perceptions Does not attempt criterion 30
Field of Study or Profession Explains how critically analyzing wellness can influence a field of study or profession Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting the critical analysis of wellness to an academic or professional experience or providing more thorough support for this connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Articulation of Response Clearly conveys meaning with correct grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, demonstrating an understanding of audience and purpose Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, negatively impacting readability Submission has critical errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, preventing understanding of ideas 10
Total: 100%
Module Five Activity Rubric
Criteria Proficient (100%) Needs Improvement (75%) Not Evident (0%) Value
Individual Framework of Perception Describes how critically analyzing an issue or event in wellness has informed individual framework of perception Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting critical analysis of wellness to individual framework of perception or providing more detail about that connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Bias Describes how examining bias has altered ways of perceiving the world Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include clearly connecting bias and personal perceptions or providing more thorough support for how examining bias has altered personal perceptions Does not attempt criterion 30
Field of Study or Profession Explains how critically analyzing wellness can influence a field of study or profession Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting the critical analysis of wellness to an academic or professional experience or providing more thorough support for this connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Articulation of Response Clearly conveys meaning with correct grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, demonstrating an understanding of audience and purpose Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, negatively impacting readability Submission has critical errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, preventing understanding of ideas 10
Total: 100%

2 responses to students discussion

Description

by Ronal Perdomo Lugo

Number of replies: 0

Healthcare professionals play an essential role in ensuring that patients’ rights are respected and protected during their medical care. Some of the elements that are addressed in the link presented are:

High quality in hospital care: One of the fundamental rights of patients is to receive high quality medical care. Healthcare professionals should strive to provide an exceptional standard of care, based on scientific evidence and good clinical practice. This involves informed decision making and patient-centred care to ensure that treatment and care are effective and safe. A clean and safe environment: Safety and cleanliness are crucial to patient well-being. Healthcare professionals must maintain a clean and safe hospital environment to prevent infections and injuries. This includes compliance with hygiene protocols and proper management of medical waste to ensure patient safety. Participation in your care: Patients have the right to actively participate in their health care and make informed decisions. This promotes the need to encourage open communication with patients, providing clear and understandable information about their diagnosis, treatment and available options. This allows patients to be involved in decisions related to their health. Protecting your privacy: Respect for patient privacy is a fundamental right. In all actions carried out, the confidentiality of patients’ medical and personal information must be maintained. This involves secure access to medical records and discreet communication about patients’ health status. Assistance when leaving the hospital: Patients have the right to a safe and coordinated transition when leaving the hospital. Health services and providers must ensure that patients receive clear instructions about post-hospital care, including medications and medical follow-up. This helps prevent later health problems and promotes a successful recovery. Help with billing claims: Medical billing processes can be complicated and confusing. People who can offer advice to clients are trained on this and should be available to help patients with their billing claims, providing detailed information on costs and payment options. This ensures that patients do not face unfair charges and can address any billing issues effectively.

In summary, the team of professionals and workers who make up health care services have the responsibility of ensuring that patients’ rights are respected and protected at all stages of their medical care. This involves providing high-quality care, maintaining a safe and clean environment, encouraging patient participation, protecting privacy, facilitating post-hospital transition, and offering assistance with billing issues. By fulfilling these elements, they can significantly contribute to patients’ positive healthcare experience (Kwame & Petrucka, 2022).

References

Kwame, A., & Petrucka, P. M. (2022). Universal healthcare coverage, patients’ rights, and nurse-patient communication: a critical review of the evidence. BMC Nurs, 54.

by Cristina Rodrigues Goncalves – Wednesday, September 20, 2023, 2:47 PM

Number of replies: 0

The AHA Bill of Rights

The American Hospital Association, in very plain language, describes what patients should expect whenever they visit a healthcare center, expectations that can, in other words, be termed as patient rights. To meet the provisions of the rights, the AHA defines that healthcare professionals ought to be committed to working with patients as well as their family members to meet the patient’s needs (American Hospital Association, 2023). In light of this knowledge, this discussion presents some of the strategies that healthcare professionals can adopt to ensure that they uphold and protect patients’ rights.

The AHA recognizes high-quality hospital care as the first right that all patients should be accorded. In the contemporary world, high-quality hospital care may be defined as a form of care that is free from prejudice/discrimination based on any social, economic, political, ethnic, gender, and/or sexuality reasons (American Hospital Association, 2023). Healthcare professionals are obligated to provide equal attention and treatment to all because everyone deserves it regardless of their identity. Thus, avoiding biases would eradicate any instances of negligence, hence guaranteeing constant and consistent attention to the needs of a patient, which can primarily be defined as high-quality hospital care for that patient.

Additionally, patients are entitled to a clean and safe environment when in hospital. Healthcare professionals, as well as healthcare facility owners, can assure safety and cleanliness by ensuring that their facilities are not overcrowded. Overcrowding in any social amenity automatically translates to unsafe/unclean living standards, which would be hazardous in the case of overcrowding in a hospital due to the risk of disease outbreaks from communicable diseases. Safety may also be assured through ensuring proper lighting to prevent accidents and falls, as well as proper dumping of used tools such as needles and scalpels.

The AHA Bill of Rights also introduces the protection of patient privacy as a right that patients should enjoy (American Hospital Association, 2023). Patient privacy has always been crucial and sensitive, making physician-patient confidentiality a critical factor in the care delivery process. Therefore, healthcare professionals have to ensure that patient information is not disclosed to other parties unless the patient has authorized. This is because some information may lead to outcomes such as stigmatization of a patient if it falls into the wrong hands. Therefore, the protection of patient information, which includes locking up files and electronic data with passwords only known to a few authorized persons, would be an effective strategy for promoting and protecting this patient right.

The AHA also stipulates that patients need to be involved in their care. In line with one of the core principles of biomedical ethics, which is the principle of patient autonomy, healthcare professionals have the duty to include patients in the decision-making process in regard to their care plans (Beauchamp & Childress, 2019). Recent research has established that when patients are involved in their care delivery process through inquiries of what they would like, the level of satisfaction with their care is often higher than when they are not. Additionally, compliance with guidelines, medications, and other procedures is also higher when patients are involved in their care. Therefore, healthcare professionals should effectively engage patients with questions and inquiries regarding their preferences in the quest to meet this right, as suggested by the AHA.

References

American Hospital Association. (2023). The patient care partnership | AHA. https://www.aha.org/other-resources/patient-care-p…

Beauchamp, T., & Childress, J. (2019). Principles of biomedical ethics: marking its fortieth anniversary. The American Journal of Bioethics, 19(11), 9-12. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/15265…

reply 1

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Discussion 525 doctor Replies
Fahad I value your post and perspective on this. Many people, when considering ethics, think of the rule “do unto others as you would
have done unto you” or some sort of ethical code such as the Hippocratic Oath (Resnik, 2020). How do these professional
standards relate to health informatics?
Dr. C
Reference
Resnik, D.B. (2020, December 23). What is ethics in research & why is it important? National Institute of Environmental Health
Sciences. https://www.niehs.nih.gov/research/resources/bioethics/whatis/index.cfm
Discussion 530 Student Replies
Shahad
Difference between Human Factors and Ergonomics
Separate yet related, ergonomics (ERGO) and human factors (HF) improve human-system interactions. How people think,
decide, and use technology is the focus of HF’s psychological and cognitive research. In contrast, ERGO focuses on physical
aspects of human-system interaction and designing workspaces, tools, and equipment that fit human physical capabilities and
restrictions. These disciplines provide a comprehensive strategy to improve patient care, worker well-being, and system
performance in healthcare settings, prioritizing accuracy, safety, and efficiency (Håkansson & Bjarnason, 2020). This study will
compare HF and ERGO, explain how they operate best together in healthcare, and give an example of how their combined
importance could enhance healthcare systems.
How Human Factors and Ergonomics are different.
Human factors (HF) and ergonomics (ERGO) are independent but interconnected sciences that study the complex interplay
between humans and systems, equipment, and environments. HF studies the cognitive and psychological aspects of human
performance in these interactions (Holden, et al., 2021). It covers perception, attention, memory, and decision-making. HF experts
study how people think and process information, especially while using technology or complicated systems. Their goal is to
optimize interactions by matching human strengths and limits.
On the other hand, while residing under the same umbrella of human-system interaction, ERGO takes a more specialized
approach. ERGO’s focal point is the physical dimension of these interactions. It revolves around the design of tools, equipment,
and workspaces, ensuring that they are harmoniously suited to individuals’ physical attributes, movements, and biomechanics
(Sawyer, et al., 2021). This involves considerations like posture, the mechanics of human activities, and the measurement of
physical dimensions (anthropometry). ERGO specialists aim to craft environments that minimize physical strain and discomfort,
creating spaces where individuals can operate efficiently and comfortably.
While HF and ERGO have their unique domains of expertise, they are inherently complementary. Integrating both disciplines
becomes essential in various contexts, such as healthcare, aviation, or manufacturing. In healthcare, for instance, understanding
the cognitive demands on healthcare professionals while using complex medical equipment (HF) must align with designing
ergonomic interfaces and workstations (ERGO) that reduce physical strain during prolonged procedures (Asan & Choudhury,
2021). This symbiotic relationship ensures that human-system interactions are mentally efficient and physically comfortable,
ultimately enhancing overall performance and safety. It is through this collaborative approach that HF and ERGO combine to
optimize the human-technology-environment interface, benefiting both individuals and the systems they engage with.
Why both Human Factors and Ergonomics complement each other in healthcare
HF and ERGO complement each other seamlessly in healthcare due to the intricate and high-stakes nature of healthcare settings.
Healthcare professionals often operate in complex, dynamic environments where the combined expertise of HF and ERGO is
invaluable. HF provides insights into the cognitive and psychological components of healthcare professionals’ performance,
assisting in the improvement of communication, information processing, and decision-making (Sawyer, et al., 2021. In contrast,
ERGO makes sure that the workstations, tools, and physical interfaces are ergonomically created to reduce physical stress, pain,
and the risk of musculoskeletal injuries. The two fields offer a holistic strategy for boosting patient safety, healthcare workers’
wellbeing, and system effectiveness.
Healthcare example
2
The critical healthcare example highlighting the indispensable synergy between Human Factors (HF) and Ergonomics (ERGO) is
in designing surgical suites and using surgical robots. In the field of minimally invasive surgery, surgical robots have become
increasingly common. These robots offer precise control and enhanced visualization for surgeons, allowing for smaller incisions
and quicker patient recovery times. However, their effective use hinges on seamless HF and ERGO principles integration.
HF experts can analyze the cognitive demands on surgeons when using these complex robotic systems. They consider factors like
hand-eye coordination, mental workload, and the usability of the robot’s interface. By understanding the psychological aspects of
robot-assisted surgery, HF specialists help design user-friendly interfaces that reduce the risk of cognitive overload during critical
procedures (Asan & Choudhury, 2021). On the other hand, ERGO specialists ensure that the physical aspects of the surgical suite
and the robotic system are optimized. This includes the ergonomics of the surgeon’s console, the placement of monitors, and the
adjustability of the robot’s arms. By designing the physical environment to minimize strain on surgeons’ bodies during prolonged
surgeries, ERGO experts contribute to surgeon comfort and prevent musculoskeletal injuries.
The critical nature of surgeries demands not only precision but also the well-being of the surgical team. In this context, the
combined application of HF and ERGO principles ensures that surgeons can perform intricate procedures with confidence,
accuracy, and minimal physical and mental fatigue, ultimately benefiting patient outcomes.
References
Asan, O., & Choudhury, A. (2021). Research trends in artificial intelligence applications in human factors health care: mapping
review. JMIR human factors, 8(2), e28236.
Håkansson, E., & Bjarnason, E. (2020, August). Including human factors and ergonomics in requirements engineering for digital
work environments. In 2020 IEEE First International Workshop on Requirements Engineering for Well-Being, Aging, and Health
(REWBAH) (pp. 57-66). IEEE.
Holden, R. J., Abebe, E., Russ-Jara, A. L., & Chui, M. A. (2021). Human factors and ergonomics methods for pharmacy research
and clinical practice. Research in Social and Administrative Pharmacy, 17(12), 2019-2027.
Sawyer, B. D., Miller, D. B., Canham, M., & Karwowski, W. (2021). Human factors and ergonomics in design of A 3:
automation, autonomy, and artificial intelligence. Handbook of human factors and ergonomics, 1385-1416.
Nasser Reply 530
Discuss how Human Factors and Ergonomics are different.
An alternative term for the idea of ergonomics is “human factors.” Traditionally, the two are occasionally separated based on
the human being’s physical and psychological characteristics. While physical characteristics are more frequently linked to
ergonomics, psychological qualities are more frequently linked to human factors. However, the two names can ultimately be
regarded as synonyms. Whether you prefer the terms “human factors,” “ergonomics,” or “human factors and ergonomics (HF/E),”
a full practice necessitates knowledge from a variety of fields, including industrial design, psychology, medicine, occupational
health, physiology, and engineering ( The Difference between Human Factors and Ergonomics. 2020).
Explain why both Human Factors and Ergonomics complement each other in healthcare.
When designing and implementing new technologies, processes, workflows, occupations, teams, and sociotechnical systems,
human factors and ergonomics (HFE) are frequently neglected. HFE is widely acknowledged as a crucial discipline that can assist
in minimizing risks that cause patient falls, reduce or mitigate prescription errors, and improve the design and implementation of
health IT. The International Ergonomics Association states that “Ergonomics (or human factors)i is the scientific discipline
concerned with the understanding of the interactions among humans and other elements of a system, and the profession that
applies theoretical principles, data, and methods to design in order to optimize human well-being and overall system
performance.” The goal of HFE-based system design is to enhance patient safety as well as overall system performance, including
wellbeing (e.g., clinician and patient satisfaction). According to the HFE perspective, patient safety initiatives should not only
decrease and mitigate medical errors and enhance patient safety, but also enhance human wellbeing by increasing things like job
satisfaction, motivation, and technological acceptance. For instance, from the HFE perspective, patient safety initiatives that add
to clinicians’ already heavy workloads would not be deemed to be effectively designed (Carayon et al., 2014).
Provide a healthcare example of why the application of both is critical
A HFE technique was employed to identify and classify patient safety risks in cardiovascular ORs. Step 1: cardiovascular OR
work system hazards identification A team of researchers from various fields, including clinical medicine, health services
research, human factors engineering, industrial psychology, and organizational sociology, identified patient safety hazards in five
hospitals through observations, contextual inquiries, and pictures of the environment and tools in cardiovascular ORs. Four team
members (health services researcher, cardiac anesthesiologist, nurse, and human factors engineer) observed each surgery, with
3
two present. Over 160 hours, 20 heart procedures and 84 contextual queries were monitored. All four team members analyzed
observation notes, contextual enquiries, and images to identify patient safety issues (Carayon et al., 2014).
Researchers employed deductive and inductive methods to analyze qualitative data and classify work system dangers in
cardiovascular surgeries. The SEIPS model was utilized deductively to identify high-level patient safety concerns, which were
subdivided based on data themes. There were 59 patient safety danger categories identified:
1. Care provider: variations in procedures, inappropriate conduct; 2. Task: increased workload, workflow interruptions; 3.
Tools/Technologies: usability issues, delayed availability; 4. Physical environment: limited space, equipment arrangement; 5.
Organization: lack of patient safety culture, poor communication. 6. Processes: lack of evidence-based methods and inadequate
supply chain management.
The study suggests system redesign to address patient safety hazards, including standardizing care, training providers, utilizing
proactive risk assessment, simulating OR layouts, and implementing recommended communication practices like repeat back
(Carayon et al., 2014).
References
The Difference between Human Factors and Ergonomics. (2020, August 6,). https://www.coeh.berkeley.edu/the-differencebetween-human-factors-and-ergonomics
Carayon, P., Xie, A., & Kianfar, S. (2014). Human factors and ergonomics as a patient safety practice. BMJ Quality & Safety,
23(3), 196-205.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

We can but dare we

Description

As healthcare providers, we look more and more to technology to improve patient outcomes, streamline operations, and lower costs. Sometimes, technology can be used in ways that have ethical, moral, and legal considerations too. You will be writing about the use of personal devices and social media and their use in healthcare. We can do it, but dare we?

This is a “think outside the box” assignment in which there is not necessarily only one right answer. Still, you are required to find sources that support your opinions. Be sure to cite and reference them in your paper. Submit the assignment by the due date, as instructed by your faculty member.

SCENARIO

You receive a message from a peer at work that there is a big investigation being conducted at work due to a HIPAA violation and that it involved a celebrity who had been admitted to the hospital. As a case manager for the hospital, you are given a company cell phone for hospital use because you are on call three days per week. You have pictures of this celebrity you took the other day. The word is that legal action is being taken against the hospital due to some photos that were sold to the Gossip Gazette. They ask to search your company cell phone.

Look at the assignment guidelines in the Week 4 module and use the attached template that is already in APA format. .

THIS IS AN INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENT. Each of you will write your own paper.

This assignment will be submitted to Turn It In and will be screened for integrity violations. DO NOT use quotes of any kind. Paraphrase and cite all content and you will significantly reduce your similarity score.

I have attached a sample paper template to help you with APA formatting. I HIGHLY suggest that you use it and replace all highlighted text with your own content. FOLLOW THE RUBRIC to increase your points!

Please use the template below and the assignment rubric. If you have any questions or need any information let me know. DO NOT USE AI.

(4 pages excluding title and reference page)

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purpose
The purpose of this assignment is to investigate informatics in healthcare and to apply professional, ethical, and legal
principles to its appropriate use in healthcare technology.
Course outcomes: This assignment enables the student to meet the following course outcomes:
CO 4: Investigate safeguards and decision‐making support tools embedded in patient care technologies and information
systems to support a safe practice environment for both patients and healthcare workers. (PO 4)
CO 6: Discuss the principles of data integrity, professional ethics, and legal requirements related to data security,
regulatory requirements, confidentiality, and client’s right to privacy. (PO 6)
CO 8: Discuss the value of best evidence as a driving force to institute change in the delivery of nursing care. (PO 8)
Preparing the assignment
Your faculty member will provide a scenario for you to address in your paper. Choose an ending to the scenario, and
construct your paper based on those reflections. Choose one of the following outcomes for the end of the scenario:
1. A HIPAA violation occurs, and client data is exposed to the media.
2. A medication error has harmed a client.
3. A technology downtime that impacts patient care occurs, and an error is made.
4. A ransomware attack has occurred, and the organization must contemplate paying the ransom or lose access
to patient data.
Follow these guidelines when completing this assignment. Speak with your faculty member if you have questions.
Include the following sections:
a. Introduction – 20 points/10%
• Presents a clearly designed thesis statement or argument.
• Provides a clear and concise overview of the content.
• Offers a compelling argument to elicit the readers attention and generate interest.
b. HIPAA, Legal, and Regulatory Discussion – 20 points/10%
• Identify client privacy and HIPPAA standards as they relate to the impact of technology on nursing care.
• Review healthcare regulations as they relate to the impact of technology on nursing care.
• Describe legal guidelines on appropriate use of technology.
c. Scenario Ending and Recommendations – 50 points/25%
• Presents the selected or assigned scenario ending as the focus of the assignment.
• Evaluates the actions taken by healthcare providers selected or assigned scenario evolves.
• Recommends actions to mitigate the injury sustained in the selected scenario ending.
• Supports recommendations with evidence from recent scholarly publications.
d. Advantages and Disadvantages – 50 points/25%
• Presents at least two advantages of using the specified technology in healthcare.
• Presents at least two risks of using the specified technology in healthcare.
• Describes professional and ethical principles guiding the appropriate use of technology in healthcare.
• Support advantages and risks with evidence from recent scholarly publications.
e. Conclusion and Reflections – 40 points/20%
• Summarizes the selected or assigned scenarios ending including the recommendations.
• Establishes a clear link between the discussion and the thesis statement or argument.
• Discusses thoughtful insights and implications based on the outcomes.
• Describes how new insights will impact future behavior as a healthcare professional.
f. APA Style and Organization – 20 points/10%
• References are submitted with assignment.
• Uses current APA format and is free of errors.
• Grammar and mechanics are free of errors.
• Paper is 4-5 pages, excluding title and reference pages.
• At least three (3) scholarly, primary sources from the last 5 years, excluding the textbook, are provided.
For writing assistance, visit the Writing Center.
Please note that your instructor may provide you with additional assessments in any form to determine that you fully
understand the concepts learned in the review module.
Grading Rubric Criteria are met when the student’s application of knowledge demonstrates achievement of the outcomes for this assignment.
Assignment Section and
Required Criteria
(Points possible/% of total points available)
Highest Level of
Performance
High Level of
Performance
Introduction
20 points
(20 points/10%)
Required criteria
Meets all requirements for section.
1. Presents a clearly designed thesis statement or
argument.
2. Provides a clear and concise overview of the
content.
3. Offers a compelling argument to elicit the
reader’s attention and generate interest.
HIPAA, Legal, and Regulatory Discussion
20 points
(20 points/10%)
Required criteria
Meets all requirements for section.
1. Identify client privacy and HIPPAA standards as
they relate to the impact of technology on
nursing care.
2. Review healthcare regulations as they relate to
the impact of technology on nursing care.
3. Describe legal guidelines on appropriate use of
technology.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Scenario Ending and Recommendations
(50 points/25%)
Required criteria
Presents the selected or assigned scenario
ending as the focus of the assignment.
Evaluates the actions taken by healthcare
providers selected or assigned scenario
evolves.
Recommends actions to mitigate the injury
sustained in the selected scenario ending.
Supports recommendations with evidence
from recent scholarly publications.
Advantages and Disadvantages
(50 points/25%)
50 points
Meets all
requirements for
section.
50 points
43 points
Includes no fewer
than 3 requirements
for section.
43 points
Satisfactory Level
of Performance
Unsatisfactory
Level of
Performance
Section not present
10 points
5 points
0 points
Includes no fewer
than 2 requirements
for section.
Includes no fewer
than 1 requirement
for section.
No requirements for
this section
presented.
10 points
5 points
0 points
Includes no fewer
than 1 requirement
for section.
No requirements for
this section
presented.
38 points
19 points
0 points
Includes 2
requirements for
section.
Includes 1
requirements for
section.
38 points
19 points
Includes no fewer
than 2
requirements for
section.
No requirements for
this section
presented.
0 points
Required criteria
Meets all
1. Presents at least two advantages of using the requirements for
specified technology in healthcare.
section.
2. Presents at least two risks of using the
specified technology in healthcare.
3. Describes professional and ethical principles
guiding the appropriate use of technology in
healthcare.
4. Support advantages and risks with evidence
from recent scholarly publications.
Conclusion and Reflections
40 points
(40 points/20%)
Required criteria
Meets all
1. Summarizes the selected or assigned scenarios requirements for
ending including the recommendations.
section.
2. Establishes a clear link between the discussion
and the thesis statement or argument.
3. Discusses thoughtful insights and implications
based on the outcomes.
4. Describes how new insights will impact future
behavior as a healthcare professional.
APA Style and Organization
20 points
(20 points/10%)
Required criteria
Includes all
1. References are submitted with assignment.
requirements for
2. Uses current APA format and is free of errors. section.
3. Grammar and mechanics are free of errors.
4. Paper is 4-5 pages, excluding title and
reference pages.
5. At least three (3) scholarly, primary sources
from the last 5 years, excluding the textbook,
are provided.
Includes no fewer
than 3 requirements
for section.
Includes 2
requirements for
section.
Includes 1
requirements for
section.
30 points
15 points
Includes 2
requirements for
section.
Includes 1
requirements for
section.
34 points
Includes no fewer
than 3 requirements
for section.
18 points
16 points
Includes 4
requirements for
section.
Includes 3
requirements for
section.
Total Points Possible = 200 points
8 points
Includes 1-2
requirements for
section.
No requirements for
this section
presented.
0 points
No requirements for
this section
presented.
0 points
No requirements for
this section
presented.
1
We Can, But Dare We?
Jane Smith
Chamberlain University
NR360: Information Systems in Healthcare
Dr. Jennifer Holzer
June 20, 2022
2
We Can, But Dare We?
Follow the guidelines in the rubric when writing this section. This is the introduction
paragraph and should include a catchy introductory sentence to entice the reader to read more.
The introduction section should also include a sentence about the purpose of the paper. Use the
words, “The purpose of this paper is…” The last line of your introduction should provide your
reader with a narrative outline of the paper (Hint- use the Level 1 headings here such as patient
privacy and HIPPA standards, legal guidelines on the appropriate use of technology, healthcare
regulations, advantages and disadvantages, recommendations, and reflections).
HIPAA, Legal, and Regulatory Requirements (Level 1 Heading)
Patient Privacy and HIPAA Standards (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not
required for any section
Add your 1-2 paragraphs about patient privacy and HIPPA standards here.
Legal Guidelines (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not required for any section
Add your 1-2 paragraphs about legal guidelines here.
Healthcare Regulations (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not required for any section
Add your 1-2 paragraphs about healthcare regulations here.
Scenario Ending and Recommendations
Select one of the endings to the scenario to focus the assignment and then talk about the
implications of this ending concerning informatics. Evaluate the actions taken by the healthcare
providers as the situation evolved, and recommend actions that could have been taken to mitigate
3
the situation. Ideally this section should have a minimum of 1-2 paragraphs for each bullet point
under this section on the rubric. This section should include a minimum of 1-2 properly
formatted, scholarly, in text citations with complete corresponding references listed on the
Reference page.
Advantages and Risks
This section should begin with a paragraph with evidence from recent scholarly
publications to address the impact of technology on nursing care. One citation should be used in
this paragraph.
Advantages (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not required for any section
The next paragraph in this section should be a discussion of the advantages of using
technology in healthcare. Ideally you should try to have a minimum of three advantages. Use
support from the literature and include citations.
Risks (Level 2 heading)- optional
The next paragraph is where you will discuss risks associated with using technology in
healthcare. Ideally you should try to have a minimum of three risks. Use support from the
literature and include citations.
Professional and Ethical Principles (Level 2 heading)- optional
This last paragraph in this section should describe professional and ethical principles
guiding the appropriate use of technology in healthcare.
4
Conclusion/Reflection
This needs to be a summary of the key points of the paper AND a reflection of lessons
learned as a result of doing this assignment. Discuss how it will impact your nursing practice in
the future. NOTE: It is acceptable for the reflection to be in first person; however, the rest of the
paper should be in third person.
5
References
References should be on a new page at the end of your paper. You need at least 3 scholarly
sources within the last 5 years. If is was cited in this paper then it needs to be included here.
APA 7th edition does not use “Retrieved from” any longer. References should be in alphabetical
order, double-spaced, and have a hanging indention after the first line of each entry. Below are
some examples of properly cited sources. Double check your formatting on
https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/research_and_citation/apa_style/apa_style_introduction.html
Campanella, P., Lovato, E., Morone, C., Fallacana, L., Mancuso, A., Ricciardi, W., & Specchia,
M. (2015). The impact of electronic health records on healthcare quality: A systematic
review and meta-analysis. European Journal of Public Health, 26 (1), 60-64.
McGonigle, D. & Mastrain, K. (2022). Nursing informatics and the foundation of knowledge, 5th
ed. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Kass, N., Kahn, J., Buckland, A., Paul, A., & Ethics Working Group. (2019). Ethics guidance for
the public health containment of serious infectious disease outbreaks in low-income
settings: Lessons from Ebola. https://bioethics.jhu.edu/wpcontent/uploads/2019/03/Ethics20Guidance20for20Public20Health20Containment20Less
ons20from20Ebola_April2019.pdf
We Can, But Dare We Template (title)
Follow the guidelines in the rubric when writing this section. This is the introduction paragraph and should include a catchy
introductory sentence to entice the reader to read more. The introduction section should also include a sentence about the purpose
of the paper. Use the words, “The purpose of this paper is…” The last line of your introduction should provide your reader with
a narrative outline of the paper (Hint- use the Level 1 headings here such as patient privacy and HIPPA standards, legal
guidelines on the appropriate use of technology, healthcare regulations, advantages and disadvantages, recommendations, and
reflections).
HIPAA, Legal, and Regulatory Requirements (Level 1 Heading)
Patient Privacy and HIPAA Standards (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not required for any section
Add your 1-2 paragraphs about patient privacy and HIPPA standards here.
Legal Guidelines (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not required for any section
Add your 1-2 paragraphs about legal guidelines here.
Healthcare Regulations (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not required for any section
Add your 1-2 paragraphs about healthcare regulations here.
Scenario Ending and Recommendations
Select one of the endings to the scenario to focus the assignment and then talk about the implications of this ending concerning
informatics. Evaluate the actions taken by the healthcare providers as the situation evolved, and recommend actions that could
have been taken to mitigate the situation. Ideally this section should have a minimum of 1-2 paragraphs for each bullet point
under this section on the rubric. This section should include a minimum of 1-2 properly formatted, scholarly, in text citations with
complete corresponding references listed on the Reference page.
Advantages and Risks
This section should begin with a paragraph with evidence from recent scholarly publications to address the impact of technology
on nursing care. One citation should be used in this paragraph.
Advantages (Level 2 heading) – optional and is not required for any section
The next paragraph in this section should be a discussion of the advantages of using technology in healthcare. Ideally you should
try to have a minimum of three advantages. Use support from the literature and include citations.
Risks (Level 2 heading)- optional
The next paragraph is where you will discuss risks associated with using technology in healthcare. Ideally you should try to have
a minimum of three risks. Use support from the literature and include citations.
Professional and Ethical Principles (Level 2 heading)- optional
This last paragraph in this section should describe professional and ethical principles
guiding the appropriate use of technology in healthcare.
Conclusion/Reflection
This needs to be a summary of the key points of the paper AND a reflection of lessons learned as a result of doing this
assignment. Discuss how it will impact your nursing practice in the future. NOTE: It is acceptable for the reflection to be in first
person; however, the rest of the paper should be in third person.
References
References should be on a new page at the end of your paper. You need at least 3 scholarly sources within the last 5 years. If is
was cited in this paper then it needs to be included here.APA 7th edition does not use “Retrieved from” any longer. References
should be in alphabetical order, double-spaced, and have a hanging indention after the first line of each entry. Below are some
examples of properly cited sources. Double check your formatting on
https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/research_and_citation/apa_style/apa_style_introduction.html
Campanella, P., Lovato, E., Morone, C., Fallacana, L., Mancuso, A., Ricciardi, W., & Specchia, M. (2015). The impact of
electronic health records on healthcare quality: A systematic review and meta-analysis. European Journal of Public Health, 26
(1), 60-64.
McGonigle, D. & Mastrain, K. (2022). Nursing informatics and the foundation of knowledge, 5th
ed. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Kass, N., Kahn, J., Buckland, A., Paul, A., & Ethics Working Group. (2019). Ethics guidance for
the public health containment of serious infectious disease outbreaks in low-income
settings: Lessons from Ebola. https://bioethics.jhu.edu/wpcontent/uploads/2019/03/Ethics20Guidance20for20Public20Health20Containment20Lessons20from20Ebola_April2019.pdf

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

For this week’s reflection, please read the short article and watch the video about the effects of social media on ADHD.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/keep-it-in-mind/201701/is-social-media-increasing-adhdLinks to an external site.

Video link:

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/study-smartphone-linked-to-adhd-in-teens/Links to an external site.

Each week I will be posting a mini podcast/video/ mini lecture. You are required to view the weekly videos that I post and submit a 250 word reflection. You are to reflect on any specific questions that I may ask as well as the content of the video itself. It is important that you integrate evidence and information from the textbook and readings to support the ideas in your reflection. Reflections are due every Sunday evening by 11:59 p.m. Late submissions will be deducted by half. You will be graded based on the quality of your reflection, including appropriate content, proper grammar and spelling and thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts.

Rubric

Some Rubric (2)

Some Rubric (2)

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeQuality ReflectionStudent submits a reflection that reflects thoroughly on the content that was posted for the week. Reflections should not be mere summaries of the content. Rather, they should raise thought provoking questions or discuss personal insight that you have gained through watching the videos. (2 points). Reflections should integrate evidence and information from the textbook and readings to support the ideas in the reflection (1 point). References should be cited using APA formatted in-text citations (1 point)

4 pts

Exceptional

3 pts

Average

2 pts

Fair

1 pts

Poor

0 pts

No Marks

4 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeTimely submissionStudent submits reflection by the due date

2 pts

On time

1 pts

Late

2 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWord CountSubmissions should be at least 250 words in length

2 pts

250 words or greater

0 pts

Less than 250 words

2 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeSpelling & GrammarStudent’s submission is mostly free of grammatical and spelling mistakes

2 pts

Full Marks

1 pts

Poor

There are numerous grammar and spelling mistakes, but these do not impede the reader from understanding the ideas that are being communicated.

0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Numerous spelling and/or grammatical mistakes significantly reduce the reader’s ability to understand what the writer is trying to communicate

2 pts

Total Points: 10

PREVIOUSNEXT

Malaria on Sub-Saharan Africa Discussion Question

Description

For the discussion posting this week, list as many of the multiple factors that are associated with the problem you are researching as you can of Malaria on Sub-Saharan Africa. Find evidence-based articles that answer the following questions:What factors will work as part of the solution and why?What factors will prevent you from implementing the proposed solution and why?Who would you need to bring into the proposed solution in order to effectively implement the solution?What additional resources would you need to include in your proposed solution in order to make it viable and effective? Provide justification for each resource.What other information do you need to gather in order to fully implement your proposed solution?Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references.

weekly refl 5

Description

For this week’s reflection, please read the short article and watch the video about the effects of social media on ADHD.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/keep-it-in-mind/201701/is-social-media-increasing-adhdLinks to an external site.

Video link:

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/study-smartphone-linked-to-adhd-in-teens/Links to an external site.

Each week I will be posting a mini podcast/video/ mini lecture. You are required to view the weekly videos that I post and submit a 250 word reflection. You are to reflect on any specific questions that I may ask as well as the content of the video itself. It is important that you integrate evidence and information from the textbook and readings to support the ideas in your reflection. Reflections are due every Sunday evening by 11:59 p.m. Late submissions will be deducted by half. You will be graded based on the quality of your reflection, including appropriate content, proper grammar and spelling and thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts.

Rubric

Some Rubric (2)

Some Rubric (2)

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeQuality ReflectionStudent submits a reflection that reflects thoroughly on the content that was posted for the week. Reflections should not be mere summaries of the content. Rather, they should raise thought provoking questions or discuss personal insight that you have gained through watching the videos. (2 points). Reflections should integrate evidence and information from the textbook and readings to support the ideas in the reflection (1 point). References should be cited using APA formatted in-text citations (1 point)

4 pts

Exceptional

3 pts

Average

2 pts

Fair

1 pts

Poor

0 pts

No Marks

4 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeTimely submissionStudent submits reflection by the due date

2 pts

On time

1 pts

Late

2 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWord CountSubmissions should be at least 250 words in length

2 pts

250 words or greater

0 pts

Less than 250 words

2 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeSpelling & GrammarStudent’s submission is mostly free of grammatical and spelling mistakes

2 pts

Full Marks

1 pts

Poor

There are numerous grammar and spelling mistakes, but these do not impede the reader from understanding the ideas that are being communicated.

0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Numerous spelling and/or grammatical mistakes significantly reduce the reader’s ability to understand what the writer is trying to communicate

2 pts

Total Points: 10

PREVIOUSNEXT

Discussion post

Description

2 different versions of the discussion question with 2 different resources, 300-350 words, in APA styleThe discussion question is : A state government official interested in determining the number infants infected with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) has approached your hospital to participate in a state-wide funded study. The protocol will include the testing of all newborns for HIV, but the mothers will not be told that the test is being done, nor will they be told the results. Defend or refute the practice and give supporting reasoning for how you choose to answer. How will the findings of the proposed study be affected if the protocol is carried out? *** HINT: Use the elements of informed consent Box 13.2 & Table 13.2 on Protection of Human Rights to help you with this discussion question *** I updated the pictures down.

Lipids research

Description

Activity covers the following Course Outcomes:

Relate the importance of nutrition to the prevention of a variety of health problems: cardiovascular disease, diabetes, cancer and obesity.
Determine the risk for chronic diseases through analysis of various factors.
1: Lipid Research

There are 3 questions to address: A, B and C.

Saturated fats may be found in various dairy products, protein foods, Grains and deserts. Review the following 3 recipes. List at least 3 sources of saturated fat within each recipe. Substitute the saturated fat ingredients with healthier ingredients (3 for each recipe). (18 points)
Recipe Modification
Name of food

Lasagna

Club Sandwich

Classic Breakfast

Picture of food

Ingredients list

1 lbs. ground beef

25.5 oz. jar of your favorite pasta sauce.

12 lasagna noodles

1 teaspoon olive oil

15 oz. container of whole milk ricotta cheese.

16 oz. package of shredded mozzarella cheese

2 teaspoons Italian Seasoning

1 egg

1/2 cup Parmesan cheese

3 pieces sliced bread

Butter, softened.

3 tbsp. mayonnaise

Romaine lettuce & 2 tomato slices

Kosher salt

Freshly ground black pepper

2 pieces bacon, cooked

1 thick slice cheddar

2 slices turkey

2 slices ham

2 pancakes make with milk

2 pork sausages

2 slices bacon

button mushrooms (halved)

1 onion (small, cut into rings)

1 tomato (halved)

2 large eggs

I tbsp vegetable oil

Saturated Fat Ingredients

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

Alternative Ingredients

1.

2.

3.

1.

2

3.

1.

2.

3.

Part 1B: Most of us do not get enough Omega-3 fat in our diet. Besides salmon, name 2 other sources of Omega 3. What are the 2 health benefits of including Omega 3 in our diet? (4 points)

Part 1 C: Your relative has been diagnosed with high cholesterol. Suggest 3 dietary and/or lifestyle strategies that can lower their cholesterol level and reduce their risk for heart disease. (3points)

Nursing PowerPoint Presentation Question

Description

Overview

You will create a short Power Point presentation teaching your audience how to put into practice the fundamental principles that influence transcultural interaction and communication. You will develop a 4-slide presentation, a title slide, presentation slides with narrative notes and a reference slide. Review the information below prior to starting your PowerPoint presentation.

Scenario:

Everyone entering a healthcare system should obtain evidence-based care that is culturally and linguistically appropriate. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Minority Health developed the Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services Standards (CLAS Standards) to improve quality, advance health equity and help eliminate health care disparities (Andrews et al., 2020).

Utilizing 4 (2 from Communication and Language Assistance and 2 from other area of standards) of the National CLAS Standards, in your own words, build a 4 slide presentation teaching your peers how to address the standards at your work place.

The PowerPoint presentation should be in APA format and include:

Title slide (include your name and section number) and brief introduction of project (1 slide – No narrative notes)
4 total CLAS Standards (2 slides – Narrative notes in APA format with APA formatted citations)
Select 2 of the 4 Communication and Language Assistance Standards
Select 2 of any other standards from:
Governance, Leadership, and Workforce, or
Engagement, Continuous Improvement, and Accountability
References slide (2 references required: 1 course material and 1 peer-reviewed reference) (1 slide – No narrative notes)
Reference Course Material: Andrews, M. M., Boyle, J. S., & Collins, J.W., (2020). Transcultural concepts in nursing care (8th ed.). Wolters Kluwer/LWW.
Chapters 9 and 12

hcm502,solve pp

Description

Work TeamsImagine that you have been charged with transforming the performance of a team at your workplace. Specifically, it is under-performing, and your supervisor wants the team to be high-performing within six months. Based on the information in Chapter 18 of Organizational Behavior in Health Care and your own research develop a presentation for your supervisor that addresses the following:
Discuss reasons that healthcare teams under-perform.
Outline best practices for team performance.
Discuss the various organizational barriers that exist in your organization that affect team effectiveness.
Describe motivational strategies that address team level performance.
Present your team performance improvement plan making sure to include specific time-bound goals.
Provide examples from the organization and from current research to support your comments and ideas. Your presentation should meet the following structural requirements:
Organized, using professional themes and transitions.
It should consist of nine slides, not including the title and reference slides.
Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes, with a minimum of 100 words per slide. Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials.
Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of six scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but the other four must be external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references.
Follow APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing standards.
You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin Originality Check Student Guide.
CT Rubric
By submitting this paper, you agree: (1) that you are submitting your paper to be used and stored as part of the SafeAssign™ services in accordance with the Blackboard Privacy Policy; (2) that your institution may use your paper in accordance with your institution’s policies; and (3) that your use of SafeAssign will be without recourse against Blackboard Inc. and its affiliates.

Identifying your Research Design Measures

Description

Research Topic: “The Impact of Teletherapy on Access to Mental Health Services Among Vulnerable Populations.”Research Question: “How does Teletherapy affect access to mental health services for vulnerable populations?”

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Assignment
Purpose
This assignment will provide the structure for you to identify and define the measures for your
research design. For each variable devote a one to paragraph response providing the information
requested in the outline below. Please use APA format and appropriate narrative format (this
means no bullets).
Course Outcomes
This assignment provides documentation of student ability to meet the following course
outcomes:

CO 1: Demonstrate proficiency in the use of selected research methods and tools.
Total Points Possible
This assignment is worth 100 points.
Due Date
Please see the due dates below. The Late Assignment Policy applies to this assignment.
Requirements and Guidelines
1. Review the Course Outcomes for this assignment, which are listed above.
2. Using the topic, you have selected for use this term, describe each of the variables that
you propose for your research study. Identify each as an independent (explanatory or
predictive) variable and dependent (response) variable.
Variable 1 (Independent or Explanatory Variable)
A.Identify the concept found in your research question and provide a nominal (conceptual
definition)
B. Provide the operational definition for the variable. In most cases, the measure will require
the use of a previously developed scale. In these cases, use the following guideline in
describing your instrument:
1. What does it measure?
2. How well does it measure the concept?
▪ Indications of validity and reliability.
3. How is it structured?
▪ Number of items
▪ Subscales
▪ Response structure
4. What is the dimension; how many dimensions does the scale measure?
5. How much time & resources does it take to administer and analyze?
6. From whom does the scale obtain information.
C. In one word, identify the level of measurement for this variable.
For all remaining variables identified in your question, (Independent (Explanatory) or Dependent
(Response)), follow the same outline.
Grading Criteria
Your paper will be graded based on following criteria:





Content
Organization and Coherence of Ideas
Support
Style and Mechanics
Page Length Requirements
Detailed grading rubric can be found below.
Rubric
Assignment Rubric
Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeContent
Ratings
25 pts
Highest Level of
performance
Excellent
response to
assignment;
response is well
developed and
communicated;
presents
information that is
factually correct,
reflective, and
substantive;
demonstrates
sophistication of
thought behind
central idea;
shows evidence of
having read,
reflected on, and
applied course
readings and
materials;
incorporates
content from text
and class
discussions.
23 pts
Very Good or
High Level of
Performance
Well rounded
response
appropriate to
assignment, but
may have minor
lapses in
development;
clearly states
response and
begins to
acknowledge the
central idea and
main details;
presents
information that
is factually
correct; shows
evidence of
having read and
reflected on
course readings
and materials;
shows
willingness to
incorporate
content
discussed in text
and class
discussions.
Pts
19 pts
Acceptable
Level of
Performance
Does not
appropriately
respond to
assignment
prompt; may
provide only a
basic summary
of one or more
concepts; does
not include a
clear central
idea; thesis may
be too vague to
be developed
effectively;
shows little
evidence of
understanding
course materials;
shows no or only
slight
willingness to
incorporate
content
discussed in text
and or class
discussions.
18 pts
Failing Level of
Performance
18-0 Points:
Does not
properly
respond to
assignment
prompt; presents
information that
is off-topic,
factually
incorrect, or
irrelevant; lacks
a thesis or
central idea;
25 pt
shows no
evidence of s
having read or
interacted with
course
materials; shows
no willingness
to incorporate
content
discussed in text
and or class
discussions.
Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeOrganizat
ion & Coherence
of Ideas
Ratings
25 pts
Highest Level
of performance
Logical
structure
appropriate to
paper’s subject,
purpose, and
audience;
substantive
introduction
including clear
thesis
statement; paper
is structured so
that ideas
logically flow
and build
throughout;
fully developed
paragraphs;
effective
transitions
between
paragraphs;
logical
conclusion that
clearly
summarizes
ideas and adds
final thoughts
and/or
reflections.
23 pts
Very Good or
High Level of
Performance
Shows logical
progression of
ideas; includes
introduction and
thesis statement,
but they may be
unclear or not
fully developed;
paragraphs are
complete
thoughts; some
transitions
between
paragraphs;
conclusion is
present but may
not provide a
comprehensive
summary of
ideas.
Pts
19 pts
Acceptable Level
of Performance
Lacking internal
paragraph
coherence;
underdeveloped
introduction and
thesis statement;
organization of
ideas is difficult
to understand;
paragraphs need
further
development; few
transitions
between
paragraphs;
conclusion is too
brief and/or
underdeveloped.
18 pts
Failing Level
of
Performance
18-0 Points:
Lacks
coherence; no
clear
introduction or
thesis
statement;
unclear
organization
throughout;
paragraphs are
disjointed; no
25 pt
transitions
s
between
paragraphs;
conclusion is
weak or
missing.
Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeSupport
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomeStyle &
Mechanics
Ratings
Pts
17 pts
Highest Level of
performance
Uses evidence
appropriately and
effectively;
makes several
references to
course material
(e.g., readings,
lecture, videos,
audio clips,
scripture, etc.);
provides
sufficient
evidence and
explanation to
support main
ideas; documents
sources
appropriately.
15 pts
Very Good or
High Level of
Performance
Offers relevant
reasons and
evidence to
support ideas;
makes adequate
references to
course material;
begins to explain
connections
between
evidence and
main points;
documents most
sources
appropriately.
13 pts
Acceptable Level
of Performance
Uses
generalizations to
support ideas;
makes few or
inadequate
references to
course material;
may use examples,
but they are
obvious or
irrelevant; often
depends on
unsupported
opinion or
personal
experience;
documents few or
no sources
appropriately.
11 pts
Failing Level
of
Performance
Uses irrelevant
details or lacks
supporting
evidence
entirely; makes
little or no
17 pt
reference to
course
s
material.
23 pts
Highest Level of
performance
Style &
Mechanics 23
Points Well
organized; may
contain fewer than
three errors; errors
do not impede
meaning; uses
professional and
scholarly
language
throughout;
exemplifies
collegiate level
writing; adheres to
proper APA style
requirements.
19 pts
Very Good or
High Level of
Performance
Fairly well
organized;
contains fewer
than five errors;
errors do not
impede meaning;
uses professional
and scholarly
language
throughout;
meets most APA
style
requirements.
18 pts
Acceptable
Level of
Performance
Somewhat
disorganized;
contains more
than five errors;
errors may
confound
meaning; lacks
professional or
scholarly
language; may
meet some APA
style
requirements.
15 pts
Failing Level of
Performance
Disorganized;
contains many
errors that
confound
meaning;
language is not
23 pt
at a collegiate
level; does not
s
adhere to APA
style
requirements.
Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a
Learning
OutcomePage
Length
Requirements
Total Points: 100
Ratings
10 pts
Highest Level
of
performance
Adheres to all
word count or
page length
requirements.
8 pts
Very Good or
High Level of
Performance
Exceeds half and
almost meets
minimum word
count or page
length
requirement.
Pts
7 pts
Acceptable Level
of Performance
Completes
approximately
half of required
word count or
page length for
assignment.
5 pts
Failing Level of
Performance
Completes less
than half of 10 pt
required word
s
count or page
length for
assignment.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

follow scoring guide for best possible score. Write a 4-6 page analysis of a current problem or issue in health care, including a proposed solution and possible ethical implications.

Collapse All
Introduction

In your health care career, you will be confronted with many problems that demand a solution. By using research skills, you can learn what others are doing and saying about similar problems. Then, you can analyze the problem and the people and systems it affects. You can also examine potential solutions and their ramifications. This assessment allows you to practice this approach with a real-world problem.

Instructions

Note: The requirements outlined below correspond to the grading criteria in the scoring guide. At a minimum, be sure to address each point. In addition, you are encouraged to review the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed.

Describe the health care problem or issue you selected for use in Assessment 2 (from the Assessment Topic Areas media piece) and provide details about it.
Explore your chosen topic. For this, you should use the first four steps of the Socratic Problem-Solving Approach to aid your critical thinking. This approach was introduced in Assessment 2.
Identify possible causes for the problem or issue.
Use scholarly information to describe and explain the health care problem or issue and identify possible causes for it.
Identify at least three scholarly or academic peer-reviewed journal articles about the topic.
You may find the How Do I Find Peer-Reviewed Articles? library guide helpful in locating appropriate references.
You may use articles you found while working on Assessment 2 or you may search the Capella library for other articles.
You may find the applicable Undergraduate Library Research Guide helpful in your search.
Review the Think Critically About Source Quality to help you complete the following:
Assess the credibility of the information sources.
Assess the relevance of the information sources.
Analyze the health care problem or issue.
Describe the setting or context for the problem or issue.
Describe why the problem or issue is important to you.
Identify groups of people affected by the problem or issue.
Provide examples that support your analysis of the problem or issue.
Discuss potential solutions for the health care problem or issue.
Describe what would be required to implement a solution.
Describe potential consequences of ignoring the problem or issue.
Provide the pros and cons for one of the solutions you are proposing.
Explain the ethical principles (Beneficence, Nonmaleficence, Autonomy, and Justice) if potential solution was implemented.
Describe what would be necessary to implement the proposed solution.
Explain the ethical principles that need to be considered (Beneficence, Nonmaleficence, Autonomy, and Justice) if the potential solution was implemented.
Provide examples from the literature to support the points you are making.

Example Assessment: You may use the following to give you an idea of what a Proficient or higher rating on the scoring guide would look like:

Assessment 4 Example [PDF] Download Assessment 4 Example [PDF].
Additional Requirements

Your assessment should also meet the following requirements:

Length: 4–6 typed, double-spaced pages, not including the title page and reference page.
Font and font size: Times New Roman, 12 point.
APA tutorial: Use the APA Style Paper Tutorial [DOCX] for guidance.
Written communication: Write clearly and logically, with correct use of spelling, grammar, punctuation, and mechanics.
Using outside sources: Integrate information from outside sources into academic writing by appropriately quoting, paraphrasing, and summarizing, following APA style.
References: Integrate information from outside sources to include at least three scholarly or academic peer-reviewed journal articles and three in-text citations within the paper.
APA format: Follow current APA guidelines for in-text citations of outside sources in the body of your paper and also on the reference page.

Organize your paper using the following structure and headings:

Title page. A separate page.
Introduction. A brief one-paragraph statement about the purpose of the paper.
Elements of the problem/issue. Identify the elements of the problem or issue or question.
Analysis. Analyze, define, and frame the problem or issue.
Considering options. Consider solutions, responses, or answers.
Solution. Choose a solution, response, or answer.
Ethical implications. Ethical implications of implementing the solution.
Implementation. Implementation of the potential solution.
Conclusion. One paragraph.
Competencies Measured:

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 1: Apply information literacy and library research skills to obtain scholarly information in the field of health care.
Use scholarly information to describe and explain a health care problem or issue and identify possible causes for it.
Competency 2: Apply scholarly information through critical thinking to solve problems in the field of health care.
Analyze a health care problem or issue by describing the context, explaining why it is important and identifying populations affected by it.
Discuss potential solutions for a health care problem or issue and describe what would be required to implement a solution.
Competency 3: Apply ethical principles and academic standards to the study of health care.
Explain the ethical principles (Beneficence, Nonmaleficence, Autonomy, and Justice) if potential solution was implemented
Competency 4: Write for a specific audience, in appropriate tone and style, in accordance with Capella’s writing standards.
Write clearly and logically, with correct use of spelling, grammar, punctuation, and mechanics.
Write following APA style for in-text citations, quotes, and references.
Scoring Guide

Use the scoring guide to understand how your assessment will be evaluated.

View Scoring Guide

Unformatted Attachment Preview

9/20/23, 3:55 PM
Analyzing a Current Health Care Problem or Issue Scoring Guide
Analyzing a Current Health Care Problem or Issue Scoring Guide
CRITERIA
NON-PERFORMANCE
BASIC
PROFICIENT
DISTINGUISHED
Use scholarly
information to
explain a health care
problem or issue.
Does not identify
scholarly
information that
could explain a
health care problem
or issue.
Identifies scholarly
information that
could explain a
health care problem
or issue.
Uses scholarly
information to explain a
health care problem or
issue.
Uses relevant scholarly
information to explain a
health care problem or
issue, including the
reasons that the chosen
information helps to
explain a health care
problem or issue.
Analyze the problem
or issue.
Does not identify a
problem or issue.
Identifies a problem
or issue.
Analyzes the problem
or issue.
Analyzes the problem or
issue including
definition, who is
involved, and causes of
the problem or issue.
Discuss potential
solutions for the
problem or issue.
Does not describe a
potential solution for
the problem or
issue.
Describes a
potential solution for
the problem or
issue.
Discusses potential
solutions for the
problem or issue.
Discusses potential
solutions for the problem
or issue, including
potential consequences
for ignoring the issue.
Explain the ethical
principles
(Beneficence,
Nonmaleficence,
Autonomy, and
Justice) if potential
solution was
implemented.
Does not mention
ethical principles if
the potential
solution was
implemented.
Mentions ethical
principles if the
potential solution
was implemented.
Explains the ethical
principles
(Beneficence,
Nonmaleficence,
Autonomy, and Justice)
if potential solution was
implemented.
Explains the ethical
principles if potential
solution was
implemented and
enriches the analysis
with examples from the
readings.
Produce text with
minimal
grammatical, usage,
spelling, and
mechanical errors.
Produces text with
significant
grammatical, usage,
spelling, and
mechanical errors,
making text difficult
to follow.
Produces text with
some grammatical,
usage, spelling, and
mechanical errors,
making text difficult
to follow at times.
Produces text with
minimal grammatical,
usage, spelling, and
mechanical errors.
Produces text free of
grammatical, usage,
spelling, and mechanical
errors.
Integrate into text
appropriate use of
scholarly sources,
evidence, and
citation style.
Does not integrate
into text appropriate
use of scholarly
sources, evidence,
and citation style.
Integrates into text
mostly appropriate
use of scholarly
sources, evidence,
and citation style,
but there are lapses
in style use.
Integrates into text
appropriate use of
scholarly sources,
evidence, and citation
style.
Integrates into text
appropriate use of
scholarly sources,
evidence, and citation
style without errors and
uses current reference
sources.
https://a21371-1019925.cluster223.canvas-user-content.com/courses/21371~6688/files/21371~1019925/course files/Scoring Guides/a04_scoring_gui…
1/1

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Compose a 2000-2500-word paper (excluding cover
page, reference page, etc.) on a current or emerging healthcare issue and discuss the impact this
issue has on the management of healthcare organizations. (the effects of COVID-19) Use five scholarly articles to support
the assertions made in the paper.
The final paper should contain the following components: 1. Gain the audience’s attention by describing the background of the health care issue.
2. State the health care issue/problem and prepare the audience for the rest of the paper. 3. Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion impacts
4. Communication impacts 5. Motivation impacts
6. Leadership impacts
7. Workforce impacts
8. Financial impacts
9. Organization or technology impacts
10. Discussion of future implications
11. Summary statement clear (reinforced central ideasI have attached the outline for the proposed paper as well as an annotated bibliography.

I need someone to write me a discussion

Description

First please do ASSESS YOURSELF: Are you at Risk for Violence or Injury? Take the assessment on Page 138. What are your thoughts about your answers? Did you learn anything about yourself? How might you improve your overall safety while decreasing your risk for violence and injury? (it’s uploaded)*****Then, For extra credit, put a link or a hashtag in your discussion post for a local agency which provides services to those dealing with sexual assault, domestic violence, hate crimes, school safety, dating, fire safety, safe driving. etc. Anything that is a link or hashtag fitting to this chapter. Don’t point out attention to your link or hashtag. Just put it in your discussion.****@@Cyber-safety: How safe are you on-line? Do you have strong passwords? How do you keep safe on social media? Where do you find information on malware, phishing, ransomware? How could you be safer online? You MUST include something you learned in your book or one of the videos about being safe on the internet. * Please do not forget to get references. (the chapter is uploaded)

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Discuss the influence of the Consensus Model for APRN: LACE. Why is it important? Support your discussions with at least two current scholarly articles (less than 5 years).

Reference Links: https://www.ncsbn.org/papers/consensus-model-for-a…

https://www.ncsbn.org/nursing-regulation/practice/aprn/campaign-for-consensus/aprn-consensus-model-toolkit.page

Length: A minimum of 250 words per post, not including references
Citations: At least two high-level scholarly reference in APA 7th Edition, per post from within the last 5 years

Nursing Question

Description

“Quiz”
View the movie “A Beautiful Mind” or “Canvas” and answer the following questions.
All answers must be typed.
Answers are one point each unless otherwise specified.
Due by noon 10/9 (Monday) submitted to Canvas Drop.
Questions for A Beautiful Mind: (You may rent this movie on your own, borrow a copy from
me to watch on campus and return immediately. This movie is also available on Amazon)
1. What Is Paranoid Schizophrenia (1 point)? What evidence of this disorder is depicted
by John Nash? Provide specific examples of Mr. Nash’s behavior that shows he meets
the DSM-V criteria (DSM criteria is in your text p. 191- speak to each point A-F) (3
points).
2. What is the impact of severe mental illness upon healthy family members in the film?
3. What clues are given in the first half of the film that indicated John Nash is in the early
stages of schizophrenia? (what are his first symptoms)
4. How does this film show the fears of the public or stigma about schizophrenia?
5. Give three nursing diagnosis for Mr. Nash include related to and as evidenced by in
the dx. (3 points)
OR
Questions for Canvas: You may use the following link to watch this

1. What is paranoid Schizophrenia (1 point)? What evidence of this disorder is depicted by
the Mom in this movie? Provide specific examples of her behavior meeting the DSM
criteria in your text p. 191- Speak to each point (A-F). (3 Points)
2. What is the impact of severe mental illness upon health family members in the film?
3. How does this film show stigma about mental illness?
4. Name 2 nursing dx for the child in this film include related to and as evidenced by in the
nursing Dx. (2 points)
5. Name 2 nursing dx for the mom in this film. Include related to and as evidenced by in
the nursing Dx. (2 points)

hcm505,solve

Description

Module 04: Critical Thinking Assignment

Critical Thinking Assignment: Selecting Sources

Important! This is the first of several Critical Thinking assignments that will build the foundation for a research paper due in Module 12.

In research, you should select research articles that are peer-reviewed and, in most instances, are not more than five years old. When searching in the Saudi Digital Library, you can limit the results by publication date and peer-reviewed journals so that you get the most recent, credible research on the topic (see the image below). You can then look for those results that allow you to access the full text.

Find 10 peer-reviewed articles to research one of the following topics of interest to you:

Antibiotic use in healthcare
Artificial Intelligence (AI)
Big data analytics in healthcare
Chronic diseases
Clinical practice guidelines
Communicable diseases
Diabetic foot disease
Ethical decision-making in healthcare
Mental health
Non-communicable diseases
Patient safety culture
Vaccines

This will be the topic that you will write about in the final research paper due in Module 12.

At least five articles should be empirical studies. Look for the theory that the study uses to identify the hypothesis that is formulated. See the following article on theory in healthcare:

Aldahmash, A. M., Ahmed, Z., Qadri, F. R., Thapa, S., & AlMuammar, A. M. (2019). Implementing a connected health intervention for remote patient monitoring in Saudi Arabia and Pakistan: Explaining ‘the what’ and ‘the how’. Globalization and Health, 15(1), 20–20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12992-019-0462-1

Write a two-page overview of your topic and the reasons for selecting each of the references. Be aware that you may find research articles that could be subtopics that may add interest to the main topic. Submit all ten references and the two-page overview with a title page.

Follow APA and Saudi Electronic University writing standards.

Review the grading rubric to see how you will be graded for this assignment.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading.

Rubric Rubric – Alternative Formats

NURS 6521C: Advanced Pharmacology

Description

Case:

DC is a 46-year-old female who presents with a 24-hour history of RUQ pain. She states the pain started about 1 hour after a large dinner she had with her family. She has had nausea and on instance of vomiting before presentation.

PMH: Vitals:

HTN Temp: 98.8oF

Type II DM Wt: 202 lbs

Gout Ht: 5’8”

DVT – Caused by oral BCPs BP: 136/82

HR: 82 bpm

Current Medications: Notable Labs:

Lisinopril 10 mg daily WBC: 13,000/mm3

HCTZ 25 mg daily Total bilirubin: 0.8 mg/dL

Allopurinol 100 mg daily Direct bilirubin: 0.6 mg/dL

Multivitamin daily Alk Phos: 100 U/L

AST: 45 U/L

ALT: 30 U/L

Allergies:

Latex
Codeine
Amoxicillin

PE:

Eyes: EOMI
HENT: Normal
GI: Nondistended, minimal tenderness
Skin: warm and dry
Neuro: Alert and Oriented
Psych: Appropriate mood
APA Style; Write a 1-page paper that addresses the following:
Explain your diagnosis for the patient, including your rationale for the diagnosis.
Describe an appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.
Justify why you would recommend this drug therapy plan for this patient. Be specific and provide examples.

Weekly Clinical Experiences as a Nurse Practitioner student.

Description

Describe your clinical experience for this week as a nurse practitioner student in a pediatric clinic.Did you face any challenges, any success? If so, what were they?Describe the assessment of a patient, detailing the signs and symptoms (S&S), assessment, plan of care, and at least 3 possible differential diagnosis with rationales.Mention the health promotion intervention for this patient.What did you learn from this week’s clinical experience that can beneficial for you as an advanced practice nurse?Support your plan of care with the current peer-reviewed research guideline. should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources.

Module 5 Discussion Topic

Description

Please post initial responses and peer responses to the following discussion questions listed below:Shawn is developing a presentation on Guidelines for first year coding students. What should Shawn include to help the students understand the importance of the Guidelines?Different sections of the CPT manual use different methods of organizing the information they contain. Some have major subdivisions based on anatomical site; others base their divisions on procedures. Discuss the reasons why different methods make sense, given the nature of the information represented in the different sections of the CPT. What are two examples to illustrate your thinking?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Module 5: Q2
Contains unread posts
Katie Corcoran posted Sep 20, 2023 7:07 PM
Subscribe
2. Different sections of the CPT manual use different methods
of organizing the information they contain. Some have
significant subdivisions based on anatomical sites; others found
their divisions on procedures. Discuss why different ways make
sense, given the nature of the information represented in the
various sections of the CPT. What are two examples to
illustrate your thinking?
Current Procedural Terminology (CPT), also known as CPT-4, is
a coding manual that the AMA created to be able to convert
widely accepted descriptions of medical terms. These can range
from medical, surgical, and diagnostic services. These are then
broken into five-digit codes that the healthcare providers can
use. CPT codes are used because they are a quick and efficient
way for healthcare providers to communicate with third-party
payers such as Medicare, Medicaid, and commercial insurance.
The majority of CPT codes are referred to as Category I codes.
These are codes that the AMA has approved.
Category I CPT codes are unlisted codes widely used to
describe services and procedures that the FDA approves.
Category II CPT codes are the codes that are available for
procedures that are being coded for while using the CPT
guideline. These codes are reported as a part of the Quality
Payment Program.
Category III CPT codes are emerging technology and are
temporary codes. These codes describe the services and
procedures the FDA has not approved.
CPT codes are necessary because they help track the health
and performance data that can then be used to show the
efficiency of the codes.
DB 5 Question 1
Contains unread posts
Erin Pickles posted Sep 20, 2023 8:14 PM
Subscribe
1. Shawn is developing a presentation on Guidelines for firstyear coding students. What should Shawn include to help the
students understand the importance of the Guidelines?
Shawn should keep in mind that coding can be a challenging
task to learn while creating a presentation on recommendations
for first-year coding students. Shawn should strive to teach
students the fundamentals of coding and provide an easy-tounderstand overview of all of the regulations. Shawn needs to
explain what coding is in his presentation without delay. He has
the competence to explain the significance of coding, its
applications, and how it influences healthcare. Given how
important the ICD-10-CM is to coding, if I were Shawn, I would
additionally include a few slides to explain their importance. I
would dissect the ICD-10-CM during this part of the discussion
by describing its various components and how to utilize them.
The ICD-10-CM contains a variety of elements that facilitate
coding, but you must first comprehend them, thus Shawn
should discuss them as well. Students participating in Shawn’s
discussion could possibly learn better by hands-on participation
and/or observation. Due to this, a substantial portion of the
discussion should consist of examples that Shawn guides the
students through with detailed explanations. In addition to
describing to the students how he identified the appropriate
code to illustrate it, he may additionally include criteria. He can
also give some instances to illustrate difficult-to-code scenarios
and the most effective ways to come up with solutions to these
issues. Because it has an impact on so many facets of the
patient’s experience, follow-up visits, and the reimbursement
system, accuracy in medical coding is crucial. The students need
to understand why it is so important for their coding to be
accurate, thus Shawn should include information regarding
crucial factors in his presentation. Last but not least, Shawn
needs to inquire about any coding-related queries the students
may have. Students can share their questions and experiences
with one another and learn through each other’s additional
inquiries.
Module 5 Question 1
Contains unread posts
Cami Williams posted Sep 19, 2023 12:09 PM
Subscribe
1. Shawn is developing a presentation on Guidelines for first
year coding students. What should Shawn include to help
the students understand the importance of the
Guidelines?
o Shawn should talk about the difference between an
algorithm and a program, and why it’s important for
them to know these differences. He can then go on
to list some of the guidelines that are included in the
IEEE’s standard for designing programs, which
defines what counts as a “complete program.” This
list includes things like handling multiple inputs,
checking for errors, and performing other tasks that
programmers need to know how to do when they
write their own programs. In order to effectively
teach students how to follow the Guidelines, Shawn
should include a list of examples of how they are
applied in real life. This will help students
understand what the Guidelines are intended to
accomplish, and why they are important. Within
Shawn’s presentation, he could show a short video
or two further explaining the Guidelines and how
they can be applied. The videos should be clear and
concise, as well as readily available to the students
such as a video on youtube that the students can
view again later at their leisure. Another helpful tool
would be to have a handout of the Guidelines hung
in his office and around the room for students to
view. By being able to view the Guidelines
frequently, the students can become more familiar
with them and become confident in their
knowledge. It can be an easy way to create
productive conversation and application of the
Guidelines.
2. Module 5 Discussion Question 1
Contains unread posts
Ravyn Laird posted Sep 20, 2023 4:03 PM
Subscribe
1. Shawn is developing a presentation on Guidelines for first
year coding students. What should Shawn include to help
the students understand the importance of the Guidelines?
Shawn should explain how coding and patient safety are
related. Students need to understand that coding plays a
crucial role in quality care and zero harm. Providers rely on
information that is coded accurate to make informed
decisions on patient care. It is also important to understand
that coded information stays on the patient’s record
permanently.
Another important aspect of coding that Shawn should
emphasize is the role it plays in reimbursement. Complete
and accurate documentation of every patient encounter
ensures the healthcare organization receives the appropriate
compensation. If coding errors arise the claim will
automatically be denied. It is essential that the students
understand that increased claim denial rates equal decreased
revenue for the healthcare organizations.
When it comes to preparing the presentation Shawn should
use easy to read fonts and no bright colors. Bullet points will
also aid the students in retaining the information making it
clear and concise. His first slide should define what
healthcare coding means and its role. Next Shawn should get
into what ICD-10-CM is and how it influences healthcare.
Shawn could also use videos to help aid his students’
understanding on Guidelines. At the end of the presentation
time should be dedicated for a Q&A that will allow students
to ask questions and learn from each other. It is essential
that the environment remains educational and professional
to ensure optimal effectiveness.
References.
ICD-10-CM official guidelines for coding and reporting. (n.d.a). https://www.cms.gov/files/document/fy-2022-icd-10cm-coding-guidelines-updated-02012022.pdf
Elsevier. (2021). Buck’s Step-By-Step Medical Coding, 2022
Edition. Saunders. pp. 73, 205-7, 217.
Module 5 Question 2
Contains unread posts
Jill Heflin posted Sep 20, 2023 6:26 PM
Subscribe
1. Different sections of the CPT manual use different
methods of organizing the information they contain. Some
have major subdivisions based on anatomical site; others
base their divisions on procedures. Discuss the reasons
why different methods make sense, given the nature of
the information represented in the different sections of
the CPT. What are two examples to illustrate your
thinking?
Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) is a manual of
standardized set of codes and terms that was developed by the
American Medical Association (AMA). This manual was
developed with the intention to describe tests, surgeries,
evaluations and any other medical procedures to streamline
reporting, as well as, improving accuracy and efficiency. Each
CPT code is five characters and may be numeric or
alphanumeric. The CPT manual is divided into three categories:
Category I, II, and III.
Each of these CPT categories have different methods of
organizing the information that they each contain. For example,
Category I is divided into six large sections based on which field
of health care they directly relate to: Evaluation and
Management, Anesthesiology, Surgery, Radiology, Pathology
and laboratory, Medicine. Each section is further divided into
subsections with anatomic, procedural, condition, or descriptor
subheadings. The sections are grouped in numerical order,
except for the Evaluation and Management section. The
Evaluation and Management section appears at the beginning
of the listed procedures and are often the most reported codes
in the CPT manual. The Radiology CPT codes are divided into 4
groups by modality: Diagnostic, Ultrasound, Radiation
Oncology, and Nuclear Medicine. The CPT codes are an
integral part of the medical billing process. With the division of
each section, this allows for the coding of simple versus more
complex procedures.
Module 5, Question 2
Contains unread posts
Carson Lemon posted Sep 19, 2023 12:42 PM
Subscribe
The Current Procedural Terminology manual, or CPT manual,
offers healthcare professionals a guide in coding every medical,
surgical, and diagnostic service. It is used to report medical
procedures and services for processing claims, conducting
research, evaluating healthcare utilization, and developing
medical guidelines for healthcare documentation. This coding
manual was developed by the American Medical Association or
AMA, and it uses 5-digit codes to describe all medical
procedures and services. The CPT manual uses different
methods of organizing and classifying information based on
different types of information.
There are three main categories the CPT manual uses to
identify the different types of codes. Category I CPT codes
describe distinct medical procedures or services and are
updated annually. In addition, there are 6 main sections within
the Category I codes; these include Evaluation and
Management, Anesthesia, Surgery, Radiology Procedures,
Pathology and Laboratory Procedures, and Medicine Services
and Procedures. This first category covers all widely known and
used medical services and procedures.
Category II CPT codes, or supplemental tracking codes, are
used by healthcare workers to track specific information about
their patients. For example, providers can see whether a patient
uses tobacco or is on hormone replacement therapy. These
codes are updated three times a year and help provide better
quality of care for every patient.
Lastly, Category III CPT codes are temporary codes that
represent new technologies, services, and procedures. These
allow for assessment and evaluation of these new services, to
see if they might eventually move up to be a Category I code.
These codes are released every 6 months, and they can only
remain in the third category for up to 5 years.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3865623/
Module 5 Discussion Question 2
Contains unread posts
Emily Landewee posted Sep 19, 2023 7:24 PM
Subscribe
2. Different sections of the CPT manual use different methods
of organizing the information they contain. Some have major
subdivisions based on anatomical site; others base their
divisions on procedures. Discuss the reasons why different
methods make sense, given the nature of the information
represented in the different sections of the CPT. What are two
examples to illustrate your thinking?
The Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) manual describes
the coding system developed by the American Medical
Association. This system is used by healthcare organizations to
take the descriptions of medical, surgical, and diagnostic
services from healthcare providers and turn them into five-digit
numerical codes. These codes allow efficiency in the
communication between health care providers and third-party
payers.
Ensuring that the reported code is correct is extremely
important. If an incorrect code is reported, the provider can be
reimbursed incorrectly, and risk being penalized by the
government for submitting an inappropriate claim. The CPT
manual is updated annually to stay up with the current coding
processes and provide the most current information available.
This is why it is important for the CPT manual to be broken into
different sections, because all of the topics need to be
explained in a way that makes it easy for the reader to
comprehend. Within these sections, different methods are used
to explain the information. The CPT manual is composed of six
sections. These include Evaluation/Management, Anesthesia,
Surgery, Radiology, Pathology/Laboratory, and Medicine. These
sections are then broken down into subsections, subheadings,
categories, and subcategories. Using these tools allows the
person using the manual to get around it faster and easier.
One example to illustrate the methods of the CPT manual is the
surgery section. This section is broken down into subsections
including Integumentary, Musculoskeletal, Respiratory,
Cardiovascular, and many more. We can see that these
subsections are all systems of the body. This can further be
broken down into a subheading like arteries and veins, a
category like embolectomy/thrombectomy, and a subcategory
such as arterial, with or without catheter. So, this section was
broken down into systems that were further broken down into
anatomy and procedure. This process allows the user of the
manual to use it more efficiently since it is broken down using
precise organization. My second example is the radiology
section. This section is broken down into subsections like
diagnostic ultrasound, bone/joint studies, radiation oncology,
and other imaging fields. This makes sense because unlike
surgery being broken down into subsections by the body
system, radiology is broken down into imaging modality
subsections because these can then be broken down into
subheadings and categories related to each modality. This
organization allows the reader of the manual to find what they
are looking for in an efficient manner.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Create one Word documents containing all parts of the assignment.

Format your document with one-inch margins and 12-point Times New Roman font.

One page, double-spaced for each part.

Instructions: Part 1

1. Read the scenario below:

It is time to renew the annual health insurance policy for employee coverage in the medical practice where you serve as administrator. The plan for the past three years has been a Blue Cross Indemnity Plan, a plan with great benefits that the employees like. The practice covers 80% of the premium regardless if it is for employee only, employee and spouse, or family.

The practice also offers:

A Prescription plan which covers brand name/first generation medications, dental plan through Delta Dental (nominal cost), and vision plan through VSP (nominal cost)

Currently 60 employees including the doctors are covered. Of these, 30 have family coverage, 20 employee/spouse, and 10 single coverage.

For the past three years, the premium costs to the practice have gone up by 12%, 13.5%, and 15%.

While the doctors want to continue to provide health insurance coverage for their employees, they have clearly stated that they cannot afford another double digit increase this year.

You have meetings lined up with sales reps from Blue Cross, Aetna, United, and Cigna.

2. Write the answer to the following question:

What will be your strategy and approach to provide the most comprehensive coverage possible, while maintaining a single digit increase this year?….Use concepts and types of health plans we discussed in class

Discuss the various types of plans available, and what you might do to restructure the plan, benefits, and out of pockets costs (premium responsibility, co-pays, deductibles, co-insurance ) for the employees? Address health insurance, pharmacy, dental, and vision options

Instructions: Part 2

1. Provide a real-life example of your personal experience with health insurance coverage, either directly or indirectly. Include answers to the following questions:

Which private company/government entity provided the coverage?

What were the positive and negative in working with the plan?

If you had to make a suggestion regarding your experience to the health plan’s CEO, what would it be?

Tie concepts from the class to your responses.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

HAP 410
Topic 5, Understanding Health Insurance
Review Attachment #1, Understanding Health Insurance
What is Insurance Defined?
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Insurance is the equitable transfer of the risk of a loss, from one entity to another in exchange
for payment. It is a form of risk management primarily used to hedge against the risk of a
contingent, uncertain loss.
An insurer, or insurance carrier, is a company selling the insurance; the insured, or policyholder,
is the person or entity buying the insurance policy. The amount of money to be charged for a
certain amount of insurance coverage is called the premium. Risk management, the practice of
appraising and controlling risk, has evolved as a discrete field of study and practice.
The transaction involves the insured assuming a guaranteed and known relatively small loss in
the form of payment to the insurer in exchange for the insurer’s promise to compensate
(indemnify) the insured in the case of a financial (personal) loss. The insured receives a contract,
called the insurance policy, which details the conditions and circumstances under which the
insured will be financially compensated
…Give some examples……Think about your car insurance!
What is Included in Medical Services?
-Preventive Care
-Office Visits for Sick Care
-Emergency and Urgent Care
Lab work (e.g. blood tests)
-X-rays
-Complex Medical Imaging (e.g., CAT Scans and MRI)
-Inpatient hospital stays
-Surgeries
-Mental Health
-Durable Medical Equipment (e.g., Wheelchairs, hospital beds)
-Prescriptions
1
-Very often…employees offer dental and vision insurance as well
– Long Term Care is not included
How Does Heath Insurance Work?
1.Member purchases insurance from carrier through
employer and pays a monthly premium …Paid monthly in
return for coverage under the policy. Price based on
contracted benefits in the health policy. Most employers pay a
portion of the premium, with the employee paying a portion
based on a designated payroll deduction.
– Co-Payment…. Required payment to the provider or
institution at the time of service, per the policy. Very
common for patient to pay a $10-$25 co-pay in a doctor’s
office.
– Deductible….First dollar out of pocket payment required by
some plans before the insurance company pays. The patient,
not insurance company at risk for payment of services at
the beginning of the plan year. Example, the policy
deductible is $1,000.
– Insurance payment…. Portion of health services paid by
the insurance carrier. Amount paid is in the insurance
policy.
– Co-Insurance…. Balance that remains after the
deductible, has been met, which is the responsibility of the
insured. In this example, the patient is responsible for the
$1,000, plus an additional 20% (insurance pays 80%) up to
an out-of-pocket maximum of $5,000. 2.
– Out of pocket maximum….in this example, once the patient
has reached the put of pocket maximum of $5,000, then
the insurance company pays 100%
Who’s Who in Health Insurance?

Carrier (insurance company) …company that writes and administers
the health insurance policy
– Self Insured (a company, usually large) that creates a fund for
collection of premiums/ payment of claims for its employees. The
Third-Party Administrator is the outside company that administers
the plan, processes the claims, etc. for the Self Insured.
– Provider…Medical Professional who provides the healthcare services
to the patient. In the medical office this is usually the doctor, nurse
practitioner, physician assistant.
– Beneficiary…Person eligible to receive benefits under the health
insurance policy. … (patient that the policy covers)
– Insured/Guarantor….policy holder in whose name is covered by the
insurance company. Ultimately responsible for payment of the bills.
Makes it possible for Dependents (spouse/, children/ significant
other) of the insured to be covered.
3.
Underwriting…the process of evaluating the risk through actuarial
procedures, which are highly mathematical, and model driven.
Underwriting has become less important with the passage of the
affordable care Act, as insurance applicants can no longer be rejected
because of pre-existing conditions. In the past this was a primary
function of underwriting and allowed the carrier to reject patients who
would undoubtedly use their insurance to incur significant costs. Today,
the primary method of underwriting is a community-based rating
system that takes into account the probable utilization of the entire
population of a specific area or community.
Types of Coverage
– Governmental
– Commercial Carriers/group insurance/employer based
– Commercial Carriers/individual polices
– Health Plans purchased on the exchanges through the Affordable
care Act
– Uninsured / Self pay
Governmental Insurance
I. Medicare…….started in 1965 under Pres. Lyndon Johnson. A
federal health insurance entitlement program…. complements
Social Security, passed in 1935.
– Beneficiary Eligibility Include………Individuals
65+…….Younger individuals with disabilities…. individuals
with end stage renal disease.
4.
A. Four Parts:
-Medicare, Part A …hospital services, including inpatient
hospitalization, Skilled nursing, home care, hospice care.
Patients have a 90-day hospital stay benefit in a given
benefit period (usually one year), plus a 60-day lifetime
reserve. Patient must enroll at the time just before or
after 65th birthday. Premiums covered under Social
Security.
-Medicare Part B….Physician/nurse practitioner services
services, outpatient hospital services, hospital and
ambulatory surgery, physical and speech therapy,
chemotherapy. Patient must be enrolled in Part A, and then
pays monthly premium out of pocket.
– Medicare Part C……. Started in 1997, also called Medicare
Advantage or Medicare Managed Care. Broader in-network
coverage (more restrictive), lower out of pocket costs vs.
Medicare Part B. Plans to phase this down/maybe out.
– Medicare Part D…..started in 2006. Voluntary drug
benefit program. Patient must enroll in a private insurance
plan approved by Medicare for Part D. Coverage. A
restricted formulary is provided based on the diagnosis and
treatment of a medical condition.
– Medigap, or Medicare Supplemental Insurance is an
insurance plan purchased by the beneficiary to cover out of
pocket costs not covered under Medicare, (i.e. 20% out of
pocket co-insurance required for Medicare Part B services)
5.
B. How Medicare Works….Key Players
– Federal Government….Congress mandates Medicare rules
and regulations
– Medicare Administrative Agencies….operational
responsibility. Under the Dept. of Health and Human
Services is CMS (Center for Medicare Services)
– Non-Governmental Medicare Agencies…Private companies
called intermediaries, who contract with CMS to process
claims. Also called MACs (Medicare Administrative
Contractor). Very often a private insurance company as Blue
Cross or Aetna may serve as intermediaries for Medicare in
different sections of the country, since they have the
infrastructure in place.
– Hospitals provide services under Medicare Part A.
.
Providers provide services under Medicare Part B… Note that a
physician can be a participating or non-participating provider. To be
participating, a physician must apply to Medicare to provide services to
beneficiaries. An NPI (National Provider Identifier) number is assigned
for billing
– Participating provider sees Medicare beneficiaries and
“accepts assignment” which means that they accept
Medicare’s fee schedule. Medicare pays 80% of allowable
reimbursement, with remaining 20% collected from the
patient.
6
– Non-participating…doctor does not accept assignment. Fee
schedule is 95% of fee schedule for participating provider.
Payment of the claim sent to patient, not to doctor.
Beneficial for doctor to be participating.
II.
Medicaid
-Provides benefits to low-income groups with no or limited
health insurance. To qualify a family must be at or below the
federal poverty guideline of 135%:
2018 Federal Poverty Level (FPL) Guideline Tables
48 States and the District of Columbia 2018 Federal Poverty Level (FPL) Guideline
Table
Family Size
100%
135%
5
$29,420
$39,717
6
$33,740
$45,549
7
9 more rows
$38,060
$51,381
Federal government provides general guidelines and funding, but
Medicaid programs are administered by each state.
Fee schedule is usually less than Medicare, maybe 75-80% of
Medicare fee schedule. Usually $3.00 co-pay. The indigent
population, along with low reimbursement makes it unpopular with
most doctors.
– Covers basic preventive services, “bare bones coverage” 7.
CHIPS…Children’s Health Insurance Program
CHIP provides low-cost health coverage to children in families
that earn too much money to qualify for Medicaid. In some
states, CHIP covers pregnant women. Each state offers CHIP
coverage and works closely with its state Medicaid program.
Indian Health Service
The IDS is the principal federal healthcare provider of a
comprehensive delivery system for American Indians and Alaskan
Natives. Its mission grew out of the special government to
government relationship between the federal government and the
federally recognized Indian tribes.
III. Tricare
– Worldwide health services with military facilities that
provides services for the military and their families. Which
includes……active duty……retired service
members,…….active/non active/retired National Guard.
– Tricare provides network (military medical personnel and
facilities) and non-network benefits. Only
specialized/medically necessary services usually provided
out of network
– The VA (Veterans Administration) provides acute care,
ambulatory, and rehabilitation services to veterans.
8

There are also military hospitals (Walter Reed. Bethesda
Naval) for active military
Commercial Insurance/Group/Employer Based
I. In the U.S. we have an employer-based health insurance system,
although it is more common for patients to purchase indivual
polices based on the current economic situation. Most
commercial insurance companies are for-profit including most
Blue Cross Plans, except for some non-profit Blue Cross Plans
– Major insurance carriers/companies
-Blue Cross/Blue Shield…50+ plans, all independent across
the United States
– Aetna
-Cigna
-United Healthcare (formerly MAMSI)
-Humana
-Kaiser Permanente
-Molina Healthcare
-Highmark
9
II.
Major Categories of Commercial Insurance

Fee for Service/Indemnity…. Health insurance of the
1960’s, now rare because it is so expensive. First dollar
coverage, usually 80% covered, 20% out of pocket coinsurance. Flexibility to choose any doctor or hospital.
Preferred Provider Organizations (PPO)…. (Has some

model features of Fee for Service) Insurance companies’
contract with networks of providers and hospitals, from which
the patient can select. Doctor accepts/insurance and patient
pays a lower rate, in exchange for joining the network.
-In Network…. providers are contracted to participate in the carrier; s
network, with co-pays and negotiated rates for medical services. 10
With in-network, the provider submits the claim to the carrier on the
member’s behalf. Provider responsible for prior authorizations
-Out of network. The provider is not contracted with the carrier.
Member is responsible for charges above the carrier’s reasonable and
customary amount. Patient submits claim to the carrier, and is
personally responsible for prior authorizations

Exclusive Provider Network (EPO)….. same elements of
a PPO, except the provider network is much larger that the
PPO, sometimes covering multiple states. But because of
this, and unlike the PPO, out of network services are not
covered.

10

Health Maintenance Organization (HMO)…focuses on
preventive care. Primary care physician is the gatekeeper in
the network established by the insurance carrier, which
means that referrals are required to see a specialist, and
pre-authorizations to be admitted to a hospital. Going out
of network usually prohibited. Per some plans, the primary
care doctor paid on a captitated basis, which means a set
fee, is received per member per month, to manage the care
of the patient with a focus on prevention. Kaiser
Permanente is a nationally known HMO

Open panel under an HMO. Under this arrangement a
physician and other providers maintain an independent
practice contract with an HMO (in-network Providers) to
see HMO as well as non-HMO patients.

Closed panel under an HMO. The physicians and other
providers are typically employees of the HMO or under
exclusive contact to see only HMO patients
Point of Service Plans (POS) are health plans that are a hybrid
of PPO and HMO. They allow a wide range of options to the
patient in seeking care, but pay for these benefits at different
levels , depending on whether or not the service was delivered by
an in-network provider.
– High Deductible Health Plans/Consumer Directed Plans
Due to high healthcare costs, many companies are shifting costs
to their employees through higher deductibles. To go with the
“stick” of higher deductibles, the ‘carrot” is allowing individuals 11
and companies to put “pre-tax” dollars in accounts to help pay for
the high front end deductibles.
Laws have been passed by Congress, where Health Savings
Accounts (HAS), Health Reimbursement Accounts (HRA) and
Flexible Spending Accounts (FSA) have been created.
In 2011, pre-tax medical savings accounts under high deductible
account allowances are now $1,200 per individual, and $2,400 for
a family. Insurance benefits start after the deductible is met.

Health Savings Account (HSA)….HSA is a medical
savings account funded in pre-tax dollars by the employee
(insured) although the employer may make a match. Use for current
and future health expenses. It is portable to other companies as the
HAS is owned by the employee.

Health Reimbursement Account (HRA)…. Same concept,
except that the medical savings account is funded entirely
by the employer, who enjoys the full tax advantage. This is
owned by the employer, not employee, and is not portable or
carried over to future years.

Flexible Spending Accounts (FSA)… Can apply to any
type of health plan, other than high deductible. Allows
employees to set aside pre-tax dollars to pay for qualified
medical expenses.

12
Note that most get health insurance covered by their employer,
or may not be employed /or their employer does not provide
health insurance, it is possible to purchase an individual plan from
a commercial carrier for these who do not qualify for Medicare
and Medicaid.
– Other Insurance “Circumstances”
COBRA (Consolidated Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation act of
1978) …Employee can pay out of pocket to continue employer
sponsored health plan 18 months after leaving the organization. Can be
up to 102% of premium.
Workers Compensation…Companies must pay for worker
compensation insurance. Covers employees who become hurt in a workrelated accident or become ill on the job. Workers Comp Review
Boards in each state make decision on claims. Typical allowed benefits
included 66% of wages, plus direct cost for medical treatment.
Required by law!
Other Terms
– Exclusions…services not covered in the policy (common are
laser eye surgery, cosmetic surgery, fertility treatments.)
13
– Referrals…Process of sending a patient to another
provider for services that the referring source believes is
outside their scope of practice. A full transfer of patient
care to the other provider. Referrals must be approved by
the insurance company. Meant to cut down on unnecessary
services.
– Consults…This is when a patient is referred to another
provider for an advanced opinion. Unlike referral, the intent
is that the patient will return to the provider for
continuation of care

Pre-Certification…refers to discovering whether a
treatment (surgery, hospitalization, tests) is covered under
a patient’s contract.
.
– Pre-Authorization…. Process of reviewing certain medical,
surgical, behavioral health services to ensure necessity and
appropriateness of care. Many times, requited for nonemergency inpatient and certain outpatient services.
– Pre-Determination…. means discovering the maximum dollar
amount that the carrier will pay for services (surgery,
consulting services, radiology.)
14
Plans purchased thorough the Health Care
Exchanges/Affordable Care Act
Healthcare Reform
Affordable Care Act
The theoretical driving force…. a model/plan to make healthcare
affordable/accessible/high quality. The ACA was passed in 2010.
Driven by President Barak Obama, with passage by Democratic votes
exclusively in the House of Representatives and Senate and deemed
constitutional by the Supreme Court in 2012.
Driving forces…….
1. Aging and increasing population
2. 30 million uninsured in the US
3. Escalating healthcare premiums for insurance, and costs, as
healthcare consumes 17% of our GNP
4. Desire to provide affordable/accessible/high quality healthcare
The lynchpin of the ACA Act is that the entire population of the U.S.
must be covered. Why? Because many the young and healthy do not
have health insurance… by choice.
“I do not need health insurance, because I never need to go to the
doctor and/or hospital. Money spend on premiums can be spent on fun
stuff instead” ……. Until a catastrophic event happens when insurance is
needed.
Again, the concept of insurance is that many pay premiums into a pool.
Very few will need insurance for a “catastrophic” event. In theory the
more in the national health insurance pool, the greater number of
enrollees to spread the risk, and in theory, the lower the premiums,
and healthcare costs……. 15.
There are different levels of plans, platinum, gold, silver, bronze.
Some private insurance companies offer plans in the exchanges.
Many states 36 total, have elected not to create a health
exchange, thus requiring its citizens to purchase from the
federal exchange.
For individuals with incomes between $14,400 and $43,320,
and for families with incomes between $29,330 and $88,200
the government will offset the costs of the premiums with tax
credits.
To summarize, and simply put, in 2017 the Supreme Court said
that the tax for non-compliance for the individual mandate
requiring the purchase of insurance was unconstitutional. The
whole concept of a large pool of health people supporting the true
sick and chronic patients could not take place, and the model did
not work. Now the ACA covers only a small segment of the
population.
16

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

SUPERVISOR

Description

ALSO KEEP IN MIND —Your written assignments are intended to test your understanding of important concepts and discover how to sharpen your intellectual skills of analysis, synthesis, evaluation, and application. Completing assignments also provides you with opportunities to more fully describe, explain, and analyze what you are reading, discussing, etc. to deepen your learning.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Concept Mapping Assignment OverviewA DIRECT-FOCUSED CARE WRITTEN ASSIGNMENTThe
purpose of this concept map assignment is to help you strengthen a
weakness and to practice utilizing clinical judgment in preparation for
NCLEX. This will be the concept utilized in this assignment. You may use a concept only once for each course. This
assignment will utilize a template designed to promote critical
thinking and clinical judgment and to see how these relate to the
nursing process. The patient you choose might have multiple
co-morbidities. Build your concept map around the concept you chose;
this might not necessarily be the patient’s priority concern. Your
patient might have co-morbidities related to Perfusion and Gas Exchange
which will most often be a higher priority than ‘Infection’. However, to
increase your knowledge about ‘Infection’, complete you map according
to cues (signs and symptoms) and appropriate interventions related to
‘Infection’.

assesment 4

Description

follow scoring guide for best possible score. Develop a solution to a specific ethical dilemma faced by a health care professional by applying ethical principles. Describe the issues and a possible solution in a 3-5 page paper.

Collapse All

Introduction

Whether you are a nurse, a public health professional, a health care administrator, or in another role in the health care field, you must base your decisions on a set of ethical principles and values. Your decisions must be fair, equitable, and defensible. Each discipline has established a professional code of ethics to guide ethical behavior. In this assessment, you will practice working through an ethical dilemma as described in a case study. Your practice will help you develop a method for formulating ethical decisions.

Instructions

Note: The requirements outlined below correspond to the grading criteria in the scoring guide. At a minimum, be sure to address each point. In addition, you are encouraged to review the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed.

For this assessment, develop a solution to a specific ethical dilemma faced by a health care professional. In your assessment:

Access the Ethical Case Studies media piece to review the case studies you will be using for this assessment.
Select the case most closely related to your area of interest and use it to complete the assessment.
Note: The case study may not supply all of the information you need. In such cases, you should consider a variety of possibilities and infer potential conclusions. However, please be sure to identify any assumptions or speculations you make.
Include the selected case study in your reference list, using proper APA style and format. Refer to the Evidence and APA section of the Writing Center for guidance.
Summarize the facts in a case study and use the three components of an ethical decision-making model to analyze an ethical problem or issue and the factors that contributed to it.
Identify which case study you selected and briefly summarize the facts surrounding it. Identify the problem or issue that presents an ethical dilemma or challenge and describe that dilemma or challenge.
Identify who is involved or affected by the ethical problem or issue.
Access the Ethical Decision-Making Model media piece and use the three components of the ethical decision-making model (moral awareness, moral judgment, and ethical behavior) to analyze the ethical issues.
Apply the three components outlined in the Ethical Decision-Making Model media.
Analyze the factors that contributed to the ethical problem or issue identified in the case study.
Describe the factors that contributed to the problem or issue and explain how they contributed.
Apply academic peer-reviewed journal articles relevant to an ethical problem or issue as evidence to support an analysis of the case.
In addition to the readings provided, use the Capella library to locate at least one academic peer-reviewed journal article relevant to the problem or issue that you can use to support your analysis of the situation. The NHS-FPX4000: Developing a Health Care Perspective Library Guide will help you locate appropriate references.
Cite and apply key principles from the journal article as evidence to support your critical thinking and analysis of the ethical problem or issue.
Review the Think Critically About Source Quality resource.
Assess the credibility of the information source.
Assess the relevance of the information source.
Discuss the effectiveness of the communication approaches present in a case study.
Describe how the health care professional in the case study communicated with others.
Assess instances where the professional communicated effectively or ineffectively.
Explain which communication approaches should be used and which ones should be avoided.
Describe the consequences of using effective and non-effective communication approaches.
Discuss the effectiveness of the approach used by a professional to deal with problems or issues involving ethical practice in a case study.
Describe the actions taken in response to the ethical dilemma or issue presented in the case study.
Summarize how well the professional managed professional responsibilities and priorities to resolve the problem or issue in the case.
Discuss the key lessons this case provides for health care professionals.
Apply ethical principles to a possible solution to an ethical problem or issue described in a case study.
Describe the proposed solution.
Discuss how the approach makes this professional more effective or less effective in building relationships across disciplines within his or her organization.
Discuss how likely it is the proposed solution will foster professional collaboration.
Write clearly and logically, with correct use of spelling, grammar, punctuation, and mechanics.
Apply the principles of effective composition.
Determine the proper application of the rules of grammar and mechanics.
Write using APA style for in-text citations, quotes, and references.
Determine the proper application of APA formatting requirements and scholarly writing standards.
Integrate information from outside sources into academic writing by appropriately quoting, paraphrasing, and summarizing, following APA style.

Example Assessment: You may use the following to give you an idea of what a Proficient or higher rating on the scoring guide would look like:

Assessment 3 Example [PDF] Download Assessment 3 Example [PDF].
Additional Requirements

Your assessment should also meet the following requirements:

Length: 3–5 typed, double-spaced pages, not including the title page and reference page.
Font and font size: Times New Roman, 12 point.
APA tutorial: Use the APA Style Paper Tutorial [DOCX] for guidance.
Written communication: Use correct spelling, grammar, and punctuation.
References: Integrate information from outside sources to include at least two references (the case study and an academic peer-reviewed journal article) and three in-text citations within the paper.
APA format: Follow current APA guidelines for in-text citation of outside sources in the body of your paper and also on the reference page.
Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 1: Apply information literacy and library research skills to obtain scholarly information in the field of health care.
Apply academic peer-reviewed journal articles relevant to an ethical problem or issue as evidence to support an analysis of the case.
Competency 3: Apply ethical principles and academic standards to the study of health care.
Summarize the facts in a case study and use the three components of an ethical decision-making model to analyze an ethical problem or issue and the factors that contributed to it.
Discuss the effectiveness of the approach used by a professional to deal with problems or issues involving ethical practice in a case study.
Apply ethical principles to a possible solution to an ethical problem or issue described in a case study.
Competency 4: Write for a specific audience, in appropriate tone and style, in accordance with Capella’s writing standards.
Discuss the effectiveness of the communication approaches present in a case study.
Write clearly and logically, with correct use of spelling, grammar, punctuation, and mechanics.
Write following APA style for in-text citations, quotes, and references.
Scoring Guide

Use the scoring guide to understand how your assessment will be evaluated.

View Scoring Guide

Legal case, Dentistary or Medicion

Description

Search the internet and Identify a law case in dentistry or medicine. Upload the article and a summary of the case with as many details as possible and upload your assignment. Maximum of 3 pages. This case will be used in future modules as well.

Public Health Question

Description

Discuss the steps and methods of risk communication and community engagement then support your answer with examples.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Health and Environmental Risk Assessment
Course number:
PHC 351
CRN:
XXX
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Discuss the steps and methods of risk
communication and community engagement then
support your answer with examples.
Student name:
xxxx
Student ID:
xxxx
Submission date:
xxxx
To be filled in by the instructor only
Instructor’s name:
Grade:
….. out of 10
Release date: 17-9-2023__________________Due date: 30-9-2023
Instructions for submission:







Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN,
Submission date) in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
Length of the write-up should be 1 to 2 pages (500 -1000 words).
Text size 12-Times New Roman with double spacing.
Heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with proper references/sources.
References must be in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

The purpose of this assignment is to assess the Mission Statements of two different facilities. The two facilities are:

Sentara Martha Jefferson Hospital in Charlottesville, VA
https://www.sentara.com/charlottesville-virginia/hospitalslocations/locations/martha-jefferson-hospital.aspx
Bon Secours Southside Medical Center in Petersburg, VA
https://www.bonsecours.com/locations/hospitals-medical-centers/richmond/southside-regional-medical-center

Discuss the following:

Describe the population, within the area of the state, that is served by each facility to include the SES, ethnic and racial percentages, the any other demographics that describe the population. You can find this information a various state and federal websites e.g. US Census.
Contrast and Compare the Mission Statements of each facility (NOTE: contrast is how the two mission statements are different and compare is how they are alike!). In other words, considering the purpose of the Mission Statement, what makes them different and why.
Review the website and describe and discuss at least two very specific examples of information on that website that demonstrates:
Commitment to the Mission Statement. In other words, what do they say and do that reflects their mission Statement?
Commitment to the population that they serve. In other words, what do they say and do that supports their specific community?

BRANCHING EXERCISE: CARDIAC CASE 2

Description

Review the interactive media under Required Media: Branching exercise. This is provided in the Learning Resources.
Review the information provided in the case (patient presentation, vital signs, pmh, home meds, results of labs and diagnostics. With this information, critically think about what is happening with the patient.
Use your critical thinking skills and current guidelines to develop orders. Include additional labs/diagnostics, what needs repeated and followed up on. Medications that need to be ordered or changed.

The Assignment:

Using the required admission orders template found under the Learning Resources: Required Reading.
Develop a set of orders as the admitting provider.
Be sure to address each aspect of the order template
Write the orders as you would in the patient’s chart. Be specific. Do not leave room for the nurse to interpret your orders.
Do not assume anything has already been done/order. Use the information given. Example: If the case does not mention fluids were given, the patient did not receive fluids. You may have to start from scratch as if you are working in the ER. And you must provide orders if the patient needs to be admitted.
Make sure the order is complete and applicable to the patient.
Make sure you provide rationales for your labs and diagnostics and anything else you feel the need to explain. This should be done at the end of the order set – not included with the order.
Please do not write per protocol. We do not know what your protocol is and you need to demonstrate what is the appropriate standard of care for this patient.
A minimum of three current (within the last 5 years), evidenced based references are required.
INFORMATION NEEDED:
An 84-year-old female is brought in by family with complaints of increased confusion and lethargy.
Patient usually lives alone and is fully functional.
Son reports that she has been increasingly confused and sleeping a lot at home.
Son denies any fever.
Patient complains of pain “all over” and responds to repeated questions with “I think I’m sick”
She has a DNR status but wants full treatment at this time.

EXAM

BP 105/64, HR 115, RR 24, T 96॰ F, SpO2 92% on room air
Patient is alert and oriented to person, however, thinks the year is 1990
PMH: HTN and Diabetes
Home Med: Metoprolol, Insulin, Lantus 10mg at bedtime, Calcium
NKDA
Initial 12-Lead EKG to assess myocardial function
CBC to assess for leukocytosis (increased WBC) and potential anemia
CMP to assess electrolyte disturbances, liver and renal function. And potential for DKA
Urinalysis to assess for potential UTI
Chest X-ray to assess for infiltrates (pneumonia)

RESULTS OF INDICATED TESTS

Complete Blood Count (CBC)

WBC 3.4 k/UL
Hgb 9.3 g/dL
Hct 28%
Platelets 250 k/UL
Differential
Neutrolphil 90%
Bands 10%
Eosinophil 0%
Basophil 0%
Lymphocyte 2%
Monocyte 3%

Complete Metabolic Panel (CMP)

NA+ 132 mEq/L
K+ 3.7 mEq/L
HCO# 27 mEq/L
Cl- 101 mEq/L
Glucose 1766
BUN 55 mg/dL
Creatinine 2.0 mg/dL
Albumin 3.2g/dL
Alkaline Phosphatase 99 IU/L
ALT 38 IU/L
AST 30 IU/L
Total Bilirubin 2.1 mg/DL

Urinalysis (U/A)

Color: Yellow
Clarity: Dark/Cloudy
Sp gravity 1.042
pH 6.2
Total Protein: Negative
Glucose: Positive
Ketones: Negative
Bilirubin: Negative
RBCS: 10
WBC: 12
Leukocyte Esterase: 3+
Nitrite: Positive

Because the patient has circulatory compromise (hypotension, altered mental status) she is in septic shock.

Septic Shock is a subset of sepsis with circulatory and/or cellular or metabolic dysfunction. Patients will have hypotension, decreased urine output, altered mental status-signs of organ damage

Associated with a higher risk of mortality

Aggressive resuscitation and early initiation of septic protocols are a must

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Admission Orders Template
Primary Diagnosis:
Status/Condition (Critical, Guarded, Stable, etc.):
Code Status:
Allergies:
Admit to Unit:
Activity Level:
Diet:
IV Fluids:
Critical Drips (If ordered, include type and rate. Do not defer to ICU protocol.):
Respiratory: Oxygen (If ordered, include type and rate.), pulmonary toilet needs, ventilator settings:
Medications (include ALL, tx of primary condition, underlying conditions, pain, comfort needs, etc., dose
and route):
Nursing Orders (vital signs, skin care, toileting, ambulation, etc.):
Follow-Up Lab Tests:
Diagnostic testing (CXR, US, 2D Echo, etc.):
Consults:
NOTE: (Do not defer management to a specialist. As an ACNP, you must manage the patient’s acute
needs for at least a
24-hour period]. Include indication for consult. For example: “Cardiology consult for evaluation of newonset atrial
fibrillation,” or “Nutrition consult for TPN recommendations.”
Patient Education and Health Promotion (address age-appropriate patient education. if applicable):
Discharge Planning and Required Follow-Up Care:
References (minimum of three timely references that prove this plan follows current standards of care):

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

KIN480 Fitness Assess

Description

See attachment for the instructions

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Journal 1Flexibility Program
The purpose of each journal entry is to get practice programming for your client based on their
performance in the previous weeks assessment.
Notice that the template provided already has some of the cells filled out and an example
included. Please do not remove any preexisting information. Although there are many ways to
design and prescribe a program, for purposes of this assignment, please use the attached
document. This can act as a basic guideline for future programming.
Download the provided flexibility template above, prescribe stretches for your volunteer, and
upload the document. In addition to the program, provide a 400 word rationale for why the
exercises, number of reps/duration, and number of sets were chosen for your client. Please
submit this in a Microsoft Word document that follows APA guidelines (title page, running head,
page numbers, double spaced, 12 pt. Times New Roman font, proper in-text citation (where
appropriate), reference page).
Lastly, choose three of the prescribed exercises/stretches from different segments of the body and
film yourself identifying the set up, execution, and demonstrating the movement. The link to
your video(s) should be included in the section provided in the template.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

part 3 project health management

Description

Overview

In the final phase of this project, you will implement your performance improvement plan. Also, you will discuss what the success of the performance improvement plan will look like. If you chose a problem in your workplace, be sure to use data from that healthcare organization. If you created a fictitious healthcare organization, you might use a public domain database with instructor permission. As you work on the final part of the assignment, include the following information in your paper.

Prompt
Success of the Performance Improvement Plan
If this plan is successful, how would the organization monitor financial implications?
How would the current information management systems contribute to the success of your plan?
What current organizational processes will help the plan be successful?
How will the plan be communicated among departments? How will this communication help team members commit to the performance improvement plan?
What to Submit

This paper should be one to two pages in length, not including the cover page or reference page. Use APA format for the reference list and all internal citations.

Milestone Three Rubric
Criteria Exemplary (100%) Proficient (80%) Needs Improvement (70%) Not Evident (0%) Value
Success: Financial Meets “Proficient” criteria and offers reasoning pertaining to how the organization will monitor the financial implications if this initiative is successful Comprehensively describes the how the organization will monitor the financial implications if this initiative is successful Describes how the organization will monitor the financial implications if this initiative is successful, but description is cursory Does not describe how the organization will monitor the financial implications if this initiative is successful 20
Success: Information Meets “Proficient” criteria and hypothesis demonstrates nuanced insight into the relationship between information management systems and performance improvement initiatives Logically hypothesizes how the current information management systems would contribute to the success of this plan Hypothesizes how the current information management systems would contribute to the success of this plan but hypothesis is illogical Does not hypothesize how the current information management systems would contribute to the success of this plan 20
Success: Processes Meets “Proficient” criteria and provides nuanced insight into the organizational processes that will help the plan be successful Accurately describes the organizational processes that will help the plan be successful Describes what organizational processes will help the plan be successful Does not describe what organizational processes will help the plan be successful 20
Success: Communication Meets “Proficient” criteria and provides keen insight into how communication will help team members commit to the performance improvement plan Comprehensively explains how the plan will be communicated among departments and analyzes how that communication will help team members commit to the performance improvement plan Explains how the plan will be communicated among departments and analyzes how that communication will help team members commit to the performance improvement plan but patterns are not interdepartmental or analysis is cursory Does not explain how the plan will be communicated among departments or analyze how that communication will help team members commit to the performance improvement plan 20
Scholarly Research Meets “Proficient” criteria by including three or more scholarly research articles that give in-depth details supporting identified interdepartmental issue Includes two scholarly research articles that give in-depth details supporting identified interdepartmental issue Includes some scholarly research but does not give in-depth support to identified interdepartmental issue Does not include scholarly research 10
Articulation of Response Submission is free of errors related to citations, grammar, spelling, and syntax and is presented in a professional and easy-to-read format Submission has no major errors related to citations, grammar, spelling, or syntax Submission has major errors related to citations, grammar, spelling, or syntax that negatively impact readability and articulation of main ideas Submission has critical errors related to citations, grammar, spelling, or syntax that prevent understanding of ideas 10
Total: 100%

Nursing Question

Description

Module Pre-Assessments are your opportunity to practice applying module content before final submission of your Competency Assessment. Your final Competency Assessment is written. Therefore, you may choose to write your Pre-Assessment responses here as paragraphs, as a script, or as another type of deliverable. Consider what would be most helpful for you.

For your Module 1 Pre-Assessment, respond to the following prompts. These prompts match those in your final Assessment.

Prompts:

You will select a global health issue that is addressed by policy at the national/federal level for both the United States and one additional country, and compare them using a comparison matrix.

Review the following: Global Health Comparison Matrix

Part 1: Global Health Matrix

Compare the national/federal healthcare policy you selected in both the United States and in one additional country. Address the following in the Global Health Comparison Matrix:
Describe the global health issue you selected.
Describe the policy in each country related to the selected global health issue.
Explain the strengths and weaknesses of each policy.
Explain how the social determinants of health may impact the global health issue you selected. Be specific and provide examples.
Analyze how each country’s government addressed cost, quality, and access related to the global health issue selected.
Explain how the health policy you selected might impact the global population. Be specific and provide examples.
Explain how the health policy you selected might impact the role of the nurse as an advocate in each country.
Explain how global health issues impact local health organizations and policies in both countries. Be specific and provide examples.

Once you submit your responses, assess yourself using the rubric provided. Use your Pre-Assessment submission and any feedback you may garner to improve and refine your responses.

Use the following rubric to assess your response to the prompts:

Rubric Criteria

Does Not Meet Expectations

Meets Expectations

Exceeds Expectations

Compare the healthcare policy related to a global health issue you selected in both the United States and in one additional country. Address the following in the Global Health Comparison Matrix:

Describe the global health issue selected.

Learning Objective 1.1: Describe global healthcare issues

Response presents a comparison of the selected healthcare policy related to a global health issue in both the United States and in one additional country that does not adequately describe the issue.

Response presents a comparison of the selected healthcare policy related to a global health issue in both the United States and in one additional country that adequately describes the issue.

Response presents a comparison of the selected healthcare policy related to a global health issue in both the United States and in one additional country that clearly and comprehensively describes the issue.

Describe the policy in each country related to the global health issue selected.

Learning Objective 1.2: Compare healthcare policies in the United States and other countries

Response does not adequately describe the policy in each country related to the global health issue selected.

Response adequately describes the policy in each country related to the global health issue selected.

Response clearly and comprehensively describes the policy in each country related to the global health issue selected.

Explain the strengths and weaknesses of each policy.

Learning Objective 1.3: Compare strengths and weakness of healthcare policies in the United
States and other countries

Response does not adequately explain the strengths and weaknesses of each policy.

Response adequately explains the strengths and weaknesses of each policy.

Response clearly and comprehensively explains the strengths and weaknesses of each policy.

Explain how the social determinants of health may impact the global health issue selected. Be specific and provide examples.

Learning Objective 1.4: Compare how the social determinants of health impact healthcare issues in the United States and in other countries

Response does not adequately explain how the social determinants of health may impact the global health issue
selected.

Response is not adequately specific.

Response does not provide adequate examples.

Response adequately explains how the social determinants of health may impact the global health issue selected.

Response is adequate in its specificity.

Response provides adequate examples.

Response clearly and comprehensively explains how the social determinants of health may impact the global health issue selected.

Response provides complete, thorough, and explicit information that fully supports the accurate and comprehensive details provided.

Response provides clear and comprehensive examples.

Analyze how each country’s government addressed cost, quality, and access related to the global health issue selected.

Learning Objective 1.5: Compare how governments of different countries address cost, quality, and access related to healthcare issues

Response does not adequately analyze how each country’s government addressed cost, quality, and access related to the global health issue selected.

Response adequately analyzes how each country’s government addressed cost, quality, and access related to the global health issue selected.

Response clearly and comprehensively analyzes how each country’s government addressed cost, quality, and access related to the global health issue selected.

Explain how the healthcare policy you selected might impact the global population. Be specific and provide examples.

Learning Objective 1.6: Compare how healthcare policies in different countries impact the health of the
global population

Response does not adequately explain how the selected healthcare policy might impact the global population.

Response is not adequately specific.

Response does not provide adequate examples.

Response adequately explains how the selected healthcare policy might impact the global population.

Response is adequate in its specificity.

Response provides adequate examples.

Response clearly and comprehensively explains how the selected healthcare policy might impact the global population.

Response provides complete, thorough, and explicit information that fully supports the accurate and comprehensive details provided.

Response provides clear and comprehensive examples.

Explain how the healthcare policy you selected might impact the role of the nurse in each country.

Learning Objective 1.7: Explain how healthcare policies in different countries impact the role of the nurse

Response does not adequately explain how the selected healthcare policy might impact the role of the nurse in each country.

Response adequately explains how the selected healthcare policy might impact the role of the nurse in each country.

Response clearly and comprehensively explains how the selected healthcare policy might impact the role of the nurse in each country.

Explain how global health issues impact local healthcare organizations and policies in both countries. Be specific and provide examples.

Learning Objective 1.8: Explain how global health issues impact local healthcare organizations and policies in different countries

Response does not adequately explain how global health issues impact local healthcare organizations and policies in both countries.

Response is not adequately specific.

Response does not provide adequate examples.

Response adequately explains how global health issues impact local healthcare organizations and policies in both countries.

Response is adequate in its specificity.

Response provides adequate examples.

Response clearly and comprehensively explains how global health issues impact local healthcare organizations and policies in both countries.

Response provides complete, thorough, and explicit information that fully supports the accurate and comprehensive details provided.

Response provides clear and comprehensive examples.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Global Health Comparison
Grid Template
Global Health Comparison Grid Template
Use this document to complete the PA006 Assessment.
Global
Healthcare
Issue
Description
Country
United States
Describe the
policy in each
country related to
the identified
healthcare issue.
© 2019 Walden University, LLC.
1
Explain the
strengths and
weaknesses of
each policy.
Explain how the
social
determinants of
health may impact
the global
healthcare issue
you selected. Be
specific and
provide examples.
Analyze how each
country’s
government
addressed cost,
quality, and
access related to
the global
healthcare issue
selected.
© 2019 Walden University, LLC.
2
Explain how the
healthcare policy
you selected
might impact the
global population.
Be specific and
provide examples.
Explain how the
healthcare policy
you selected
might impact the
role of the nurse in
each country.
Explain how
global health
issues impact
local healthcare
organizations and
policies in both
countries. Be
specific and
provide examples.
© 2019 Walden University, LLC.
3
General
Notes/Comments
© 2019 Walden University, LLC.
4
PA006: Global Health Issues
Module 1 Pre-Assessment Submission
Instructions
Note: Although this formative pre-assessment is not graded, a submission is
required before you can advance to your summative assessment.
Module Pre-Assessments are your opportunity to practice applying module content
before final submission of your Competency Assessment. Your final Competency
Assessment is written. Therefore, you may choose to write your Pre-Assessment
responses here as paragraphs, as a script, or as another type of deliverable. Consider
what would be most helpful for you.
For your Module 1 Pre-Assessment, respond to the following prompts. These prompts
match those in your final Assessment.
Prompts:
You will select a global health issue that is addressed by policy at the national/federal
level for both the United States and one additional country, and compare them using a
comparison matrix.
Review the following: Global Health Comparison Matrix
Part 1: Global Health Matrix
Compare the national/federal healthcare policy you selected in both the United
States and in one additional country. Address the following in the Global Health
Comparison Matrix:
1. Describe the global health issue you selected.
2. Describe the policy in each country related to the selected global health
issue.
3. Explain the strengths and weaknesses of each policy.
4. Explain how the social determinants of health may impact the global
health issue you selected. Be specific and provide examples.
RS
5. Analyze how each country’s government addressed cost, quality, and
access related to the global health issue selected.
6. Explain how the health policy you selected might impact the global
population. Be specific and provide examples.
7. Explain how the health policy you selected might impact the role of the
nurse as an advocate in each country.
8. Explain how global health issues impact local health organizations and
policies in both countries. Be specific and provide examples.
Once you submit your responses, assess yourself using the rubric provided. Use your
Pre-Assessment submission and any feedback you may garner to improve and refine
your responses.
Use the following rubric to assess your response to the prompts:
Rubric Criteria
Does Not Meet
Expectations
Meets
Expectations
Exceeds Expectations
Compare the healthcare Response
Response
Response presents a
policy related to a global presents a
presents a
comparison of the
health issue you selected comparison of the comparison of the selected healthcare
in both the United States selected
selected
policy related to a
and in one additional
healthcare policy healthcare policy global health issue in
country. Address the
related to a global related to a global both the United
following in the Global health issue in
health issue in
States and in one
Health Comparison
both the United
both the United additional country
Matrix:
States and in one States and in one that clearly and
additional country additional country comprehensively
Describe the
that does not
that adequately
describes the issue.
global health issue adequately
describes the
selected.
describe the issue. issue.
Learning Objective 1.1:
Describe global
healthcare issues
Response does
Describe the
not adequately
policy in each
describe the
country related to
Response
adequately
describes the
Response clearly and
comprehensively
describes the policy in
the global health
issue selected.
Learning Objective 1.2:
Compare healthcare
policies in the United
States and other
countries
Explain the
strengths and
weaknesses of
each policy.
Learning Objective 1.3:
Compare strengths and
weakness of healthcare
policies in the United
States and other
countries
policy in each
policy in each
each country related
country related to country related to to the global health
the global health the global health issue selected.
issue selected.
issue selected.
Response does
not adequately
explain the
strengths and
weaknesses of
each policy.
Response
adequately
explains the
strengths and
weaknesses of
each policy.
Response clearly and
comprehensively
explains the strengths
and weaknesses of
each policy.
Response does
Response
Response clearly and
Explain how the
not adequately
adequately
comprehensively
social
explain how the
explains how the explains how the
determinants of
social
social determinants of
health may impact social
determinants of health may impact the
the global health determinants of
issue selected. Be health may impact health may impact global health issue
the global health the global health selected.
specific and
issue selected.
provide examples. issue
Response provides
selected.
Response is
complete, thorough,
Learning Objective 1.4:
Response is not
adequate in its
and explicit
Compare how the social
adequately
specificity.
information that fully
determinants of health
specific.
supports the accurate
impact healthcare issues
Response
and comprehensive
in the United States and Response does
provides adequate details provided.
in other countries
not provide
examples.
adequate
examples.
Response provides
clear and
comprehensive
examples.
Response does
Response
Analyze how each
not adequately
adequately
country’s
analyze how each analyzes how
government
country’s
each country’s
addressed cost,
government
government
quality, and
addressed cost,
access related to addressed cost,
the global health quality, and access quality, and
related to the
access related to
issue selected.
global health issue the global health
Learning Objective 1.5: selected.
issue selected.
Compare how
governments of different
countries address cost,
quality, and access
related to healthcare
issues
Response clearly and
comprehensively
analyzes how each
country’s government
addressed cost,
quality, and access
related to the global
health issue selected.
Response does
Response
Response clearly and
Explain how the
not adequately
adequately
comprehensively
healthcare policy
explain how the
explains how the explains how the
you selected
selected
selected healthcare
might impact the selected
global population. healthcare policy healthcare policy policy might impact
might impact the might impact the the global population.
Be specific and
provide examples. global population. global population.
Response provides
Response is
complete, thorough,
Learning Objective 1.6: Response is not
adequately
adequate in its
and explicit
Compare how
specific.
specificity.
information that fully
healthcare policies in
supports the accurate
different countries
Response does
Response
and comprehensive
impact the health of the not provide
provides adequate details provided.
global population
adequate
examples.
examples.
Response provides
clear and
comprehensive
examples.
Explain how the
healthcare policy
you selected
might impact the
role of the nurse
in each country.
Learning Objective 1.7:
Explain how healthcare
policies in different
countries impact the role
of the nurse
Response does
not adequately
explain how the
selected
healthcare policy
might impact the
role of the nurse
in each country.
Response
adequately
explains how the
selected
healthcare policy
might impact the
role of the nurse
in each country.
Response clearly and
comprehensively
explains how the
selected healthcare
policy might impact
the role of the nurse
in each country.
Response does
Response
Response clearly and
Explain how
not adequately
adequately
comprehensively
global health
explain how global explains how
explains how global
issues impact
health issues
global health
health issues impact
local healthcare
impact local
issues impact
local healthcare
organizations and
healthcare
local healthcare
organizations and
policies in both
organizations and organizations and policies in both
countries. Be
policies in both
policies in both
countries.
specific and
countries.
countries.
provide examples.
Response provides
Learning Objective 1.8: Response is not
adequately
Explain how global
health issues impact local specific.
healthcare organizations
Response does
and policies in different
not provide
countries
adequate
examples.
Submissions
Response is
adequate in its
specificity.
complete, thorough,
and explicit
information that fully
supports the accurate
Response
and comprehensive
provides adequate details provided.
examples.
Response provides
clear and
comprehensive
examples.
No submissions yet. Drag and drop to upload your assessment below.
Drop files here, or click below!
Upload
Record
Choose Existing
You can upload files up to a maximum of 2 GB.
Comments
Paragraph
Lato (Recom…
19px …
Reflect in ePortfolio
Activity Details
Task: Submit to complete this assessment
Last Visited Sep 20, 2023 8:58 PM

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

making 4 power point slides

Description

about the paper just I need 3 to 4 slides include :Brand name, generic name, indication, dosage, route of administration intravenous or intramuscular 3 to 4 slides. I will post question just for making 3 to 4 slides. because it’s a group work and just I have to make 3 to 4 first slides about the grade.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Abatacept
Soheila Karimi
Indication
Abatacept is considered to be the prescription made for the treatment of moderate to severe
rheumatoid arthritis (RA). It is specifically for adult patients who have not responded adequately
to other disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs), including methotrexate1. It is usually
employed to reduce the signs and symptoms of RA and indicate the progression of joint damage.
Pharmacokinetics Properties
Absorption
Abatacept is administered using subcutaneous injection, giving several advantages for
managing humanoid arthritis. The method of administration results in a sustained absorption of
the drug into the bloodstream directly2,3. The subcutaneous path also facilitates the gradual release
of Abatacept. This is considered to be important in the context of maintaining chronic autoimmune
diseases like RA.
The subcutaneous injection method is important for drugs that require constant therapeutic
levels across the body. This is because it is sustained in the release that contributes to the efficiency
of the drug in controlling the signs and symptoms of RA. It also allows the convenience of a dosing
regimen for patients3. This requires weekly administration of drugs to their patients. Physiological
barriers such as the skin and subcutaneous tissue do not necessarily affect the absorption process
for abatacept. Subcutaneous injection is usually designed to bypass the barriers without such
limitations. The path ensures that the drug is delivered directly into the subcutaneous tissue, which
can easily enter the circulation system. Figure one below shows the chemical structure of
Abatacept.
Figure 1: Chemical structure of Abatacept
Even though specific bioavailability of data for Abatacept and not always available across
the Internet, subcutaneous injection results in high bioavailability. This implies that a significant
portion of the administered dose reaches the bloodstream, leading to effective therapeutic
outcomes4. The high bioavailability is considered a favorable component because it allows for
lower drug doses, reduces the frequency of administration, and maintains therapeutic efficiency.
The absorption of Abatacept through this cutaneous injection offers a reliable and effective
approach to delivering the drug to the targeted tissue of rheumatoid arthritis. This law down the
release of drugs, which ensures a subcutaneous therapeutic level and makes it a valuable treatment
option for patients with moderate to severe or who have not responded properly to other therapies.
Distribution
The drug’s major target tissue is the synovial membrane across the joint affected by
rheumatoid arthritis. Considering the absorption into the bloodstream, Abatacept is suitably
distributed across the body with a key focus on joints affected by RA5. Unlike other medications,
Abatacept does not bind to plasma proteins, which allows it to be readily available for its intended
therapeutic processes.
Metabolism
Abatacept usually goes through minimal metabolism in the body, unlike many other drugs
that are extensively metabolized. Abatacept therapeutic effects are usually accomplished without
having significant metabolic transformation6,7. However, no known metabolites of their
medication have functional implications, and the elimination of the drug is not reliant on metabolic
processes.
Excretion
Abatacept is primarily excreted with the exact percentages and information about the renal
elimination process not readily available across the Internet. However, renal excretion is a common
root for removing drugs from the body.
Pharmacodynamics
Abatacept is usually classified as a disease modification antirheumatic drug (DMARD), a
T-cell co-simulation modulator. The medication is considered important in controlling T-cell
activation and reducing the inflammatory response, which is observed in patients having RA8. The
drug also interferes with the CD80/CD86-CD28 co-stimulatory signal, which specifically
decreases the T cell activation, which is considered the hallmark of the autoimmune response in
RA. Abatacept outlines a high affinity for CD80 and CD86 receptors, which is known to block the
interaction with CD28. The impact is that it mitigates the autoimmune response and reduces joint
inflammation and drag damage in RA patients.
Side Effects
The main side effect associated with the drug includes upper respiratory tract infections,
headache, and nausea. However, more serious side effects might occur, such as infections,
malignancies, and injection site reactions. Because of the immune response modulation, infections
can easily arise due to the suppressed immune system8,9. In addition, the long-term use of the drug
has been considered to increase the risk of malignancies even though these risks should be
balanced against the benefits of Disease Control. Therefore, it is suitable for individuals to
understand that Abatacept has a relatively narrow therapeutic index that emphasizes the need for
careful and constant monitoring during its use.
Other
In addition to its use in rheumatoid arthritis, the drug is also used to effectively treat other
autoimmune diseases, such as juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA). The drug is administered as a
subcutaneous injection once a week9. It effectively improves the signs and symptoms of RA and
slows down joint damage progression in clinical processes. Even though generally well-tailored,
the drug requires close monitoring because of the risk of infections and malignancies associated
with immune modulation. It sounds like an important treatment option for patients with moderate
to severe RA who have not responded positively to other therapies.
References
1. Blair, H. A., & Deeks, E. D. (2017). Abatacept: a review in rheumatoid arthritis. Drugs, 77,
1221-1233.
2. Furie, R., Nicholls, K., Cheng, T. T., Houssiau, F., Burgos‐Vargas, R., Chen, S. L., … &
Merrill, J. T. (2014). Efficacy and safety of abatacept in lupus nephritis: a twelve‐month,
randomized, double‐blind study. Arthritis & rheumatology, 66(2), 379-389.
3. Genovese, M. C., Becker, J. C., Schiff, M., Luggen, M., Sherrer, Y., Kremer, J., … &
Dougados, M. (2005). Abatacept for rheumatoid arthritis refractory to tumor necrosis
factor α inhibition. New England Journal of Medicine, 353(11), 1114-1123.
4. Genovese, M. C., Covarrubias, A., Leon, G., Mysler, E., Keiserman, M., Valente, R., … &
Alten, R. (2011). Subcutaneous abatacept versus intravenous abatacept: a phase IIIb
noninferiority study in patients with an inadequate response to methotrexate. Arthritis &
Rheumatism, 63(10), 2854-2864.
5. Kremer, J. M., Genant, H. K., Moreland, L. W., Russell, A. S., Emery, P., Abud-Mendoza,
C., … & Westhovens, R. (2006). Effects of abatacept in patients with methotrexate-resistant
active rheumatoid arthritis: a randomized trial. Annals of internal medicine, 144(12), 865876.
6. Maxwell, L., & Singh, J. A. (2009). Abatacept for rheumatoid arthritis. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews, (4).
7. Moreland, L., Bate, G., & Kirkpatrick, P. (2006). Abatacept. Nature Reviews Drug
Discovery, 5(3).
8. Salem, J. E., Allenbach, Y., Vozy, A., Brechot, N., Johnson, D. B., Moslehi, J. J., &
Kerneis, M. (2019). Abatacept for severe immune checkpoint inhibitor–associated
myocarditis. New England Journal of Medicine, 380(24), 2377-2379.
9. Yu, C. C., Fornoni, A., Weins, A., Hakroush, S., Maiguel, D., Sageshima, J., … & Mundel,
P. (2013). Abatacept in B7-1–positive proteinuric kidney disease. New England Journal of
Medicine, 369(25), 2416-2423.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion 5

Description

For this week’s discussion, you are asked to research a technological or human induced disaster.

(This not the same as in Weeks 3 and 4 where you might have discussed hostage situations, mass shootings, multiple-vehicle or mass transit accidents with multiple critical injuries, bioterrorism, and disease outbreaks.) Here you want to look at situations such as radiological, nuclear accidents, technological disasters (electromagnetic pulse), and hazardous material spills.

In your post, provide the name of the incident you have chosen, and support your answers with evidence/examples. Please provide a working link and a citation for your source(s).

Select 2 of the items below to discuss:

At what point does a technological or man made event become labeled a disaster?
Name and explain the impact categories associated with your disaster.
How well do you think the United States is prepared for a disaster like the one you selected?
Discuss the factors that can influence the effects a disaster may have on a community or region.
What nursing interventions would be a priority for these victims?
What community resources should be provided to the victims for follow up needs?

Support your answer with evidence from scholarly sources.

prospectus form

Description

Complete form all the way down to”nature of study question

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
ADHA Prospectus Form
Students | Complete your doctoral prospectus within this form. Write your responses in the white spaces using a scholarly tone and include in-text
citations and APA reference entries where appropriate. You can click on underlined terms and headings for descriptions, resource links, and
examples located in the Appendix. For additional prospectus information and resources, refer to the Doctoral Research Coach. Complete the
Research Design Alignment Table within this form using the information from earlier sections and self-assess your research design alignment.
Submit this completed form into MyDR for formal evaluation and feedback when your committee chair indicates that you are ready to do so.
Student’s Name | Shaterri Bush
Student ID | A00987525
Program and Specialization* | DDHA
Submission Date |
*Remember that your study focus must be within the realm of your program and specialization area.
Evaluators Only | Complete this section and provide feedback on responses and rubric scores in the form where noted.
Committee Chairperson Name: Dr. Sallie Marie Willis
Second Committee Member Name: Click or tap here to enter text.
PhD Program Director: PD DHA DQ Dr.Kristin Wiginton
Overall Assessment: Choose score.
Overall Assessment: Choose score.
Overall Assessment: Choose score.
Title
In 12 words or less, what is the working title for this study? Include the topic, variables, relationship, and the most critical keywords.
Perception of Healthcare worker after the COVID pandemic
Supporting Literature
The first step in developing your prospectus is to search the literature related to the general area related to healthcare administration you want to
investigate (see the social problem below). In your review of the recent empirical literature, what keywords did you search and in what
databases?
Leadership, healthcare, growth, retention, recruitment, male, personality tests, assessments, feedback, competitive salaries, flexible schedule, work
life balance, cultural fit
Search Log
2
Database Search Terms
Google
Scholar
Result Notes
s
45,317 Too broad, must use more descriptive terms.
Thoreau
Provide ten summaries of recent, scholarly (peer-reviewed) articles and empirical literature. The summaries should include: a) 3 – 5 summaries
within the last five years that justify a current and relevant problem in your discipline or professional field; b) article(s) that support your
theoretical/conceptual framework; c) article that supports your Nature of the Study section; d) additional articles that support that your problem is
current and relevant to your discipline or professional field for a total of 10 summaries.
Include the complete APA reference entry and (a) an in-text citation; (b) what was studied; (c) what was found; and (d) why this research is
important concerning your study. This evidence justifies your research problem.
HSO Justification Literature
(Minimum of 3 sources within the last five years justifying an HSO operational, administrative, or management problem)
3
HSO Problem Supporting Sources
(Social problem, significance, or variables beyond justified HSO problem)
Framework Literature.
(Minimum of 1 source that aligns with the research variables)
Nature of Study Literature Methods and Analysis
(Minimum of 1 source for the methodology and type of analysis)
Nature of Study Literature Dataset
(Minimum of 1 source for the dataset)
Rubric Standard | Justified > Is evidence presented that this problem is significant to the discipline and professional field?
Problem
What social and healthcare administration problems prompted you to search the literature to find out more? Write in complete sentences using a
scholarly tone.
Based on all of the above justification and supporting information (literature, social problem, healthcare administration problem), in one sentence,
what is your operational/research problem?
4
Now that you have read and summarized some recent literature, what significant gap in the literature aligns with the HSO research problem your
study will address? (What is still not known?)
Rubric Standard | Meaningful > Has a significant problem and gap in the research literature been identified?
Rubric Standard | Original > Does this doctoral study have the potential to make an original contribution?
Purpose
To address your stated research problem, what is the purpose of your study? Will you compare, explore, examine, etc.? Complete the purpose
sentence below and be sure to clarify your dependent and independent variables of interest.
Framework (Conceptual or Theoretical)
What theory(ies) and concept(s) support (frame) your study, and who are the original authors? Provide an in-text citation with your response and
the complete APA reference entry with a summary in the Supporting Literature section.
How do these theories and concepts relate to your research problem, purpose, and the nature of your study?
Rubric Standard | Grounded > Is the problem framed to enable the researcher to either build upon or counter the previously published findings
on the topic?
Research Question(s) and Hypotheses
List the question(s) that you plan to use to address the research problem. Your questions must align with your study purpose and include the
dependent and independent variables and how they will be examined.
5
Nature of the Study
What systematic approach (methodology and research design) do you plan to use to address your research question(s)?
What is the possible secondary data source(s)?
What specific data points from these sources do you plan to use to answer your research question(s)?
What limitations, challenges, and barriers might you need to address while conducting this study (e.g., access to participants, data access, data
storage requirements, separation of roles or other ethical considerations, instrumentation fees, etc.)?
Rubric Standard | Feasible > Can a systematic method of inquiry be used to address the problem, and does the approach have the potential to
address the issue while considering potential risks and burdens placed on research participants?
Significance
How will your study address the significant, discipline-specific issue you identified and contribute to your field, discipline, professional practice,
etc., to positive social change?
6
Rubric Standard | Impact > Does this doctoral study potentially affect positive social change?
Rubric Standard | Objective > Is the topic approached objectively?
7
Partner Site Masking Self-Check
Walden capstones typically mask the identity of the partner organization. The methodological and ethical reasons for this practice and exception
criteria are outlined here (link to posted guidance).
☒ Check here to confirm that you will mask the organization’s identity in the final capstone that you publish in ProQuest.
☒ If you perceive that your partner organization’s identity would be impossible to mask or if there is a strong rationale for naming the organization
in your capstone, please check this box so that your Program Director can review your request for an exception. If granted, the IRB must confirm
that exception during the ethics review process. The IRB will also ensure that your consent form(s) and site agreement(s) permit naming the
organization.
8
Research Design Alignment Table | Using an alignment table can assist with ensuring the alignment of your research design.
Research Design Alignment Table Video Tutorial (YouTube) | Doctoral Research Design Alignment Appointments or Office Hours
Note. At the prospectus stage, not all items in the table below can be identified (e.g., data points, data analysis). Please complete the things that you
have placed in this prospectus form. You will revisit this form to adjust as needed during proposal development and finalize your research design.
Research Problem,
Purpose, and Framework
Provide one sentence for
each. These must align
with all rows.
Problem: The social
problem that prompted this
literature search is the
leadership challenges
causing burnout in nursing
professionals.
The healthcare
administration problem
that prompted this
literature search is the
nursing turnover rates that
result from burnout.
Purpose: This quantitative
study aims to examine the
association between
nursing leadership efficacy
and nursing staff burnout.
Framework: The theory
that grounds this study is
the Job DemandsResources (JD-R) model.
Research Question(s), Method,
& Design
List one or more RQs, as
needed; select method; identify
design. Use a separate form for
additional RQs.
RQ1: Is there a statistically
significant correlation between
nurse leadership efficacy and
burnout among nurses between
2019 and 2022?
Method: Quantitative
Design: Descriptive research
design.
RQ2: Replace text with a
response.
Method: Quantitative
Design: replace text with a
response.
Data Collection Tools & Data
Sources
List the instrument(s) and
people, artifacts, or records that
will provide the data for each
RQ.
Questionnaires, The 2018
National Sample Survey of
Registered Nurses, and the
Walden Library.
Survey.
Data Points
List the variables,
specific interview
questions, scales, etc.,
for each RQ.
Variables: The
dependent variables
include inadequate
staffing, lack of
effective
communication and
collaboration, lack of
good management and
leadership, and
stressful working
environment.
Data Analysis
Briefly describe the
statistical or
qualitative analysis
that will address each
RQ.
Pearson correlation.
Scale: Leader Efficacy
Questionnaire (LEQ)
and Maslach Burnout
Inventory Human
Services Survey (MBIHSS)
Nurse interview.
Pearson correlation.
9
RQ3: Replace text with a
response.
Method: Quantitative
Design: Replace text with a
response.
Questionnaires.
Leader Efficacy
Questionnaire (LEQ).
Pearson correlation.
Note. The information in the first column must align with all rows, and each RQ row must show alignment across the columns.
Once your Research Design Alignment Table is completed, reflect on your design alignment. Ask yourself:
1.
Is there a logical progression from the research problem to the purpose of the study?
2.
Does the identified framework ground the investigation into the stated problem?
3.
Do the problem, purpose, and framework in the left-hand column align with the RQ(s) (all rows)?
4.
Does each RQ address the problem and align with the purpose of the study?
5.
Does the information across each row match/align with the RQ listed for that row?
1.
By row, will the variables listed address the RQ?
2.
By row, will the analysis address the RQ?
3.
By row, can the analysis be completed with the data points that will be collected?
Rubric Standard | Aligned > Do the various aspects of the prospectus align overall?
Appendix
The Doctoral Prospectus
The Doctoral Prospectus is a brief document that provides preliminary information about your doctoral research and is used in two ways:
1.
It serves as the tentative plan for developing the proposal and is evaluated to ensure doctoral-level work (e.g., feasibility, alignment, etc.).
2.
It provides information used to assign the committee University Research Reviewer.
Prospectus approval from the committee chair, second committee member, and a program-level designee is required for you to move forward and
work on your proposal. The plan is subject to change, and parts of your research design may need to be adjusted after you complete your exhaustive
literature review during proposal development.
10
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Title
Example
The Relationship between Nurse Leader Self Efficacy, Burnout, and Intent to Leave
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Supporting Literature
The most important step in the research process is searching recent, peer-reviewed literature and reading articles related to the general area you
want to investigate. The site is based on an identified social problem. As you read and learn, you will narrow your focus. This is how you will locate
a discipline-specific research problem.
[Note: Scholarly, empirical articles and how to find them.]
First, you will need to determine your search terms or keywords and the databases you should search. As you conduct your search of the literature,
stay organized by keeping a search log.
Example for this Form
The keywords and databases searched included hospital nurse leader retention, nurse leader intent to leave employment, nursing burnout, nursing
stress, and nursing turnover in MedLine, PubMed, and NIH.
Search Log Example
Database
Search Terms
Results
CINAHL
nurse leader turnover, nurse manager turnover, nurse manager burnout,
1175
nurse manager, limited to peer-reviewed, 2016-present
Notes
Search too broad; Narrow by using multiple terms
11
Search Log Example
Database
Search Terms
Results
Thoreau
nurse leader turnover, nurse manager turnover, nurse manager burnout,
nurse manager, nurse leader self-efficacy, self-efficacy, and burnout; 875
limited to peer-reviewed, 2016-present
Still too broad
Thoreau
Combined the above terms; limited to peer-reviewed, 2016 to present
Much better, several relevant articles found
75
Notes
As you read and evaluate literature, you must also organize your research. A literature review matrix is one way to help you visualize what has and
has not been done in your field. It will help you understand the scholarly works related to your area of interest. The importance of organizing and
recording your review of literature cannot be overstated. You will refer to your notes as you write, so start on the right track from the beginning!
[Suggestion: If you keep your search log in an Excel workbook, use the second tab in the same workbook for your literature review matrix.]
For this prospectus form, include the complete APA reference entry and (a) an in-text citation; (b) what they studied; (c) what they found; and (d)
why this is important concerning your study. This evidence justifies your research problem. These sources explain that this problem is meaningful to
the discipline or professional field. The background literature must include the following:
1.
3-5 credible sources within the last five years that all talk about the same professional practice problem
2.
Reference entries related to the framework
3.
Reference entry related to the Nature of the Study.
4.
Additional reference entries that support and justify the research problem.
[Note: During proposal development, you will conduct an exhaustive review and synthesize your sources rather than summarize.]
Supporting Literature Examples
Justification Literature
William, C. & Looker, H. (2020). The influence of frontline manager job stress on burnout, commitment, and turnover intention: A cross-sectional
study. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 49, 1800-1833. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2015.09.006
(a) William and Looker (2020); (b) studied the relationship between nurse manager job strain, burnout, lower organizational commitment, and
higher turnover intention; (c) they found that nurse leaders have a high turnover, job strain, and burnout; (d) this in important concerning my
study because establishes a direct relationship between an operational problem and conditions influencing the problem.
12
Heido, S., Bron, P., Frazer, K., & Wing, C., (2019). A quantitative analysis of factors influencing nurse leaders’ intent to stay or leave employment.
Journal of Nursing Management, 23, 105-106. https://doi.org/10.1111/ 12252
(a) Heidi et al., 2019; (b) studied the prevalence of nurse leaders intending to leave their jobs; (c) they found that up to 40% of nurse leaders will
leave their jobs in the next two years as a result of burnout and work dissatisfaction; (d) this is important concerning my study because it supports
the currency and significance of the operational problem.
Adral, J., Link, A., & Borg, T. (2018). Predictors of occupational stress, health and well-being in nurse managers: A cross-sectional survey study.
International Journal of Nursing Studies, 12, 81-92. https://doi.org/10.1016/ ijnurstu.2017.05
(a) Adral et al. (2018); (b) studied predictors of occupational stress with nurse leaders; (c) they found that nurse leaders are making the difficult
decision to leave their jobs while reporting increasing levels of burnout due to increasing occupational stressors; (d) this is important concerning
my study because it justifies the operational problem and future magnitude of the problem.
Wing, C. & Lasky, H. (2019). The influence and impact of frontline manager job strain on burnout, commitment, and turnover intention: A crosssectional study. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 18, 1500-1533. https://doi.org/10.985/j.ijnurstu.2015.09.006
(a) Wing & Lasky (2019); (b) studied the causes and influences of nurse leader burnout and commitment; (c) they found that job strain and stress
had a direct relationship to nursing leaders’ commitment to employment and intent to leave employment; (d) this is important concerning my
study because it justifies that an operational problem exists with job stress, burnout, and intent to leave employment for nurse leaders.
Supporting Literature
Teal, Y., Zack, S., Gate, X. Andrew, Z., Wang, S., Link, H., Lang, Y., Goatz, L., Lutz, L. & Donalds, Z. (2020).
General self-efficacy modifies the effect of stress on burnout in nurses with different personality types. BMC Health Services Research, 81,
367-385. DOI: 10.1186/s12913-018
(a) Teal et al., (2020); (b) studied self-efficacy as one type of self-influence that moderates burnout in professionals who serve others; (c) they
found that increasing self-efficacy may serve as a protector against burnout or a way to heal from existing burnout; (d) this is important about
understanding the connection between protecting and healing from the burnout that results with intent to leave employment.
Figueroa, C., Harrison, R., Chauhan, A., & Meyer, L. (2019). A rapid review of priorities and challenges for health leadership and workforce
management globally. BMC Health Services Research, 1, 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12913-019-4080-7
13
(a) Figueroa et al. (2019); (b) studied challenges healthcare leaders are facing with workforce management; (c) they found that healthcare
executives are challenged with sustaining a health services leadership workforce that provides safe, accessible, high-quality, people-centered care
across the health care services continuum; (d) this is important about my study because it supports the social health problem facing healthcare
administrators.
McFitz, G., Jackvilee, D., Vickson, M., & Williams, L. (2019). Surviving workplace adversity: a qualitative study of nurses and midwives and their
strategies to increase personal resilience. Journal of Nursing Management, 24, 123-131. https://doi.org/10.1111/jonm.12293
(a) McFitz et al. (2019); (b) studied how strategies used by nurses and midwives to increase personal residence to workplace stress; (c) they found
that nursing professionals can survive workplace adversity using their internal self-motivation, self-organization, and involvement in support
networks; (d) this is important about my study because it supports the positive impact intrinsic motivation, organization and support network may
have mitigated the negative effects of burnout.
Framework Literature
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York, NY: W.H. Freeman and Company.
(a) Bandura (1997); (b) studied the ability of a person to regulate one’s level of motivation and behavior; (c) he found that individuals who could
regulate one’s motivation and behavior were defined by their destiny whereby and not an external environment that might cause them to fail due
to stress; (d) this is important about my study because it establishes a framework that connects the conditions surrounding employment burnout
and to possible intent to leave employment.
Nature of Study Literature
Frankfort-Nachmias, C., Leon-Guerrero, A., & Davis, G. (2020). Social statistics for a diverse society (9th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage
Publications.
(a) Frankfort-Nachmias, Leon-Guerrero & Davis (2020); (b) published textbook on quantitative linear regression research design; (c) found how
a Pearson correlation can help to understand the magnitude or impact of one variable on another; (d) this is important about determining a
statistical significance between the dependent and independent variable in the study.
AONL (2019). American Organization of Nursing Leadership. Database for nursing employment, job satisfaction, self-efficacy, and retention.
Retrieved from https://www.aonl.org
14
(a) AONL (2019); (b) the AONL houses secondary data on nurse leaders; (c) will provide access to secondary data collected from nursing
managers using the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI-HSS) and Leader Efficacy Questionnaire (LEQ); (d) it is important about my study because
it will provide data points for the dependent and independent variable to be analyzed.
Rubric Standard | Justified > Is evidence presented that this problem is significant to the discipline and professional field?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Problem
Social Problem
The situation or issue experienced by a population or within your discipline that prompted you to search the literature to find out more is sometimes
called a social problem. It is the issue that students see “on the ground.” The social problem often prompts students to think about a topic of interest.
Usually, such a topic is one that students identify with, sometimes having personally experienced some aspect of the problem as it exists in the world.
Social Problem Example
The issue that prompted me to search the literature is that hospital executives are challenged with sustaining a health services leadership workforce
that provides safe, accessible, high-quality, people-centered care across the health care services continuum.
Research Problem
A research problem is a focused topic of concern, a condition to be improved upon, or a troubling question that is supported in scholarly literature or
theory that you study to understand in more detail, which can lead to recommendations for resolutions. It is the research problem that drives the rest
of the dissertation: the purpose, the research questions, and the methodology.
Research Problem Example
In one sentence, the specific research problem is that hospitals struggle to retain nurse leaders due to increasing levels of nursing burnout due to
increasing occupational stressors.
Gap
The need to address an identified gap in the research literature must be clear and relevant to the discipline and area of practice. Keep in mind that a
hole in the research is not, in and of itself, a reason to conduct research. The gap relates to the rubric standard: Meaningful.
15
Research Gap Example
Although researchers have investigated this issue, there is very little, or no literature on the role self-efficacy plays in nurse leader burnout,
employment stressors, and intent to leave employment.
Rubric Standard | Meaningful > Has a significant problem and gap in the research literature been identified?
Rubric Standard | Original > Does this doctoral study have the potential to make an original contribution?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Purpose
To address your stated research problem, what is the purpose of your study? Will you describe, compare, explore, examine, etc.? Be sure to clarify
your variables/concepts of interest. For example: In quantitative studies, state what needs to be studied by describing two or more factors (variables)
and a conjectured relationship related to the identified gap or problem.
Purpose Example
This quantitative study aims to examine if there is an association between the self-efficacy of nurse leaders and self-reported burnout, occupational
stress, and intent to leave.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Framework
The framework includes the theories and concepts relevant to your topic. Align the framework with your study’s problem, purpose, research
questions, and background. This theoretical or conceptual framework is the basis for understanding, designing, and analyzing ways to investigate
your research problem (data collection and analysis). Provide the original scholarly literature (citing original authors) on the theory and concepts,
even if it is more than five years old. Please do not cite secondary sources.
Example Theoretical Framework
16
The theories and concepts that ground this study include Bandura’s (1997) theory of self-efficacy, focusing specifically on one’s perception of how
well one can achieve something that appears beyond their reach.
Next, explain how these theories and concepts relate to your research problem, purpose, and the nature of your study. Your topic/approach should
align with the identified framework so that you will either build upon or counter the previously published findings on the topic.
Example Connection for the Conceptual Framework
The logical connections between the framework presented and my study approach include Bandura’s (1997) theoretical work, which shows that an
individual can influence self-efficacy. Further, subsequent research application of Bandura’s theory offers guidance that increasing self-efficacy may
protect against burnout (Teal et al., 2020).
Rubric Standard | Grounded > Is the problem framed to enable the researcher to either build upon or counter the previously published
findings on the topic?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Research Question(s) and Hypotheses
List the overarching question and a series of related questions that are informed by the study purpose that will be used to address the research
problem. A research question informs the research design by providing a foundation for generating null and alternative hypotheses in quantitative
studies.
Research Questions Example
RQ1 – Is there a correlation between higher self-efficacy scores for nurse leaders and lower scores for burnout, occupational stress, and intent to
leave?
H₀1 – There is no statistically significant correlation between higher self-efficacy scores for nurse leaders and lower scores for burnout,
occupational stress, and intent to leave.
Ha1 – There is a statistically significant correlation between higher self-efficacy scores for nurse leaders and lower scores for burnout,
occupational stress, and intent to leave.
17
RQ 2 – Are self-efficacy scores for nurse leaders associated with scores for burnout, occupational stress, and intent to leave after controlling for age,
gender, and race/ethnicity?
H₀1 – There is no statistically significant association between self-efficacy scores for nurse leaders and self-reported scores for burnout,
occupational stress, and intent to leave after controlling for age, gender, and race/ethnicity.
Ha1 – There is a statistically significant association between self-efficacy scores for nurse leaders and self-reported scores for burnout,
occupational stress, and intent to leave after controlling for age, gender, and race/ethnicity.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Nature of the Study
Explain the systematic approach (research design) you plan to use to address your research question(s). Examples of study design are as follows:
Quantitative—for experimental, quasi-experimental, or non-experimental methods; treatment-control; repeated measures; causal-comparative;
single-subject; predictive studies; or other quantitative approaches
Research Design Example
To address the research questions in this quantitative study, the approach I plan to use will include a Pearson Correlation that will be used for RQ1 to
understand the correlation between the independent variable and each of the dependent variables (Frankfort-Nachmias, Leon-Guerrero, & Davis,
2020). A multivariate multiple regression analysis will be used to address the second research question in this quantitative study (FrankfortNachmias, Leon-Guerrero, & Davis, 2020).
A reference entry for the work on which this approach is based:
Frankfort-Nachmias, C., Leon-Guerrero, A., & Davis, G. (2020). Social statistics for a diverse society (9th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage
Publications.
Then, for your planned research design, present the type of data you need and a list of possible secondary data sources that could be used to address
the proposed research question (s). At this point, you should know the type of data needed to address your research question(s). Identify the data
source and how the data will be accessed. Possible secondary data sources, by program, are available on the Center for Research Quality website.
[Note. This is your tentative plan, so keep in mind that things might need to be modified during the proposal stage—particularly after you have
completed your exhaustive literature review.]
Data Source Example
18
For my planned research design, I will need to request access to the American Organization for Nursing database. The secondary data exist for the
Maslach Burnout Inventory Human Services Survey (MBI-HSS) and Leader Efficacy Questionnaire (LEQ).
Next, provide the specific data points you plan to use to answer your research question(s). Data points are the particular variables or types of
information that you will use in your analysis. For example, items on a survey or types of interview questions (not the actual survey or interview
questions). When using secondary data, you must ensure the data include the dependent and independent variables or data points you need to address
your research question.
Example
The MBI-HSS will provide data points for nursing leader burnout, occupational stress, and intent to leave, and LEQ will offer data on nursing leader
self-efficacy ratings.
Finally, provide information on limitations, challenges, and barriers that may need to be addressed when conducting this study. These may include
access to participants, data, separation of roles (researcher versus employee), instrumentation fees, etc. If you are considering collecting data on a
sensitive topic or from a vulnerable population, early consultation with the Institutional Review Board (IRB; IRB@waldenu.edu) during your
prospectus process is recommended to gain ethics guidance that you can incorporate into your subsequent proposal drafts and research planning.
[Note. Find more information on research ethics and potential “red flag” issues in the IRB Guides and FAQs.]
Example
Limitations include participant responses that may vary from one organization to another and are not captured in the existing dataset. Also, the
statistical analyses include multiple variables from two different scales. Both challenges can be overcome; however, the researcher must take time to
work through the challenges when conducting the study. The researcher has consulted with an instructional specialist from Walden’s Center for
Research Quality (CRQ) and will continue to work with committee mentors and CRQ tutors during the doctoral study process.
Rubric Standard | Feasible > Can a systematic method of inquiry be used to address the problem, and does the approach have the potential to
address the issue while considering potential risks and burdens placed on research participants?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Significance
19
Here you explain how your study addresses the significant, discipline-specific issue that you identified and will contribute to your field, discipline,
professional practice, etc., to positive social change. Detail how your findings might support the professional practice or allow practical application
(answer the So what? question).
Example
This study is significant because it will add to the growing knowledge on self-efficacy, burnout, occupational stress, and turnover of nurse leaders.
Depending on the results, healthcare leaders can implement strategies to support the development of self-efficacy in nurse leaders or encourage
healthcare leaders to look at variables or systems to reduce burnout and turnover for nurse leaders. Providing nurse leaders with the skill to develop
higher levels of self-efficacy may reduce turnover while stabilizing the patient care environment and creating social change.
Rubric Standard | Impact > Does this doctoral study potentially affect positive social change?
Rubric Standard | Objective > Is the topic approached objectively?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Research Design Alignment Table | Using an alignment table can assist with ensuring the alignment of your research design.
Research Design Alignment Table Video Tutorial (YouTube) | Doctoral Research Design Alignment Appointments or Office Hours
Note. At the prospectus stage, not all items in the table below can be identified (e.g., data points, data analysis). Please complete the things th

Health & Medical Question

Description

INSTRUCTIONS

Length: 6-8 pages (not including title page or reference page).

12 Font Arial/Times Roman, Double spaced.

On title page: List your name and title of your paper

Grading

Clear thesis statement

Strong supportive and well thought out arguments (3-5 key points)

Incorporated learnings from course.

Well organized

Turn-it In evaluation

Reference Citation Format : APA

Due Date: October 1. End of day.

Submission: Enter into Bb under Assignment tab via TURNITIN LINK

Bio290 Anatomy and Physiology

Description

Cell Structure: Cell theory and internal organelles
LEARNING OBJECTIVES

At the end of this simulation, you will be able to:

Explain cell theory
Describe the main differences between the prokaryotes, eukaryotes, plants and animals
Describe the different intracellular and extracellular components forming eukaryotic cells
Lab techniques
Microscopic analysis
Wk 2 – Summative Assessment: The Cell Structure Lab Report [due Mon]
Wk 2 – Summative Assessment: The Cell Structure Lab Report [due Mon]

Exam Content
Identifying protagonist and antagonistic structures and organelles is critical to maintaining physical balance and health.
The final step for this assessment is to complete the lab report.
When you are satisfied with your report, please complete it, and submit your lab report.Resources
Center for Writing Excellence
Reference and Citation Generator
Grammar Assistance

Week 3 Consumer Informatics/Telehealth Case Study Discussion

Description

Week 3
Consumer Informatics/Telehealth Case Study
DISCUSSION
PURPOSE

The purpose of this discussion is for you to investigate telehealth and technology relationships to social justice principles.

CASE STUDY SCENARIO

Watch the following video.

Consumer Informatics/Telehealth Case Study (1:55)

Launch External Tool

INSTRUCTIONS

Review the case scenario above and address the following:

Examine concepts such as equity, respect, self-determinism, health literacy, cyclic disadvantage, and healthcare disparities among marginalized populations or groups and how they affect patient outcomes.
Compare and contrast how each patient in the video may benefit from telehealth services and the ethical considerations from the viewpoint of the nurse.
Propose barriers that must be removed to achieve well-being, sufficiency, and healthcare access for all.

Please click on the following link to review the DNP Discussion Guidelines on the Student Resource Center program page:

Link (webpage): Graduate Discussion Grading Guidelines and Rubric
PROGRAM COMPETENCIES

This discussion enables the student to meet the following program competencies:

Applies organizational and system leadership skills to affect systemic changes in corporate culture and to promote continuous improvement in clinical outcomes. (PO 6)
Appraises current information systems and technologies to improve health care. (POs 6, 7)
COURSE OUTCOMES

This discussion enables the student to meet the following course outcomes:

Design programs that monitor and evaluate outcomes of care, care systems, and quality improvement. (PC 4; PO 7)
Evaluate the types of healthcare information systems, knowledge-based systems, and patient care technology and the impact on patient safety, quality of care, and outcome measurement. (PC 4; PO 7)
Appraise consumer health information sources for accuracy, timeliness, and appropriateness. (PC 4; PO 7)
Resolve ethical and legal issues related to the use of information, communication networks, and information and patient care technology. (PCs 2, 4; PO 6)

Video [MUSIC] Mr. Kasich is a 77-year old who was recently taken to the emergency room after he fellwhen trying to get out of bed. There, he was found to have a bloodglucose level of 35 milligrams per deciliter and was diagnosed withuncontrolled type 2 diabetes mellitus and hypoglycemia despite many years ofwell-maintained the blood glucose levels. After further assessment, Mr. Kasich was transferred toa medical room in the hospital. His background includes diagnosedwith type two diabetes mellitus, advanced congestive heart failure andlung cancer. Has Medicare parts A and B. Lives with wife in a remote area thatis 40 miles from the closest healthcare provider. Is proficient using his home computer. Mr. Lane is a 42-year old who was admittedfor exacerbation of heart failure. His background includes hasdiabetes mellitus type two. Is a long-haul truck driverwith a large trucking company. Is privately insured. Is single andprimarily lives in his truck. Both Mr. Kasich and Mr. Lane are goinghome with telehealth consisting of a telemonitoring device thattransmits weight, blood pressure, blood glucose levels and pulseoximetry to a remote telehealth nurse. Even though the use of telehealth doesnot often include hands on interaction, the goal of keeping patients outof a hospital is consistent with quality nursing practice. Telehealth applications are designedto enhance the patient experience and improve clinical outcomeswhile providing care for patients in their home environmentrather than an institutional setting. Telehealth supports self-careby empowering patients, which is a central tenetof nursing practice.

HCI 214- W4: Interactive Activity

Description

W4: Interactive Activity
W4: Interactive ActivityRead the following:- Human-Centered Design and Innovative Research Methods for Healthcare
Watch the following video(s):
What is Human-centered Design?
Edit
Interactive Activity 3
Purpose
The purpose of this Activity is to demonstrate your understanding of the concepts learned in this week’s readings/ educational videos.

Action Items
from your reading and watching the video, give some examples of human centred designe?

note: make it short

MSW 620 Week 3 discussion post

Description

Instructions

It is anticipated that the initial discussion post should be in the range of 250-300 words. Response posts to peers have no minimum word requirement but must demonstrate topic knowledge and scholarly engagement with peers. Substantive content is imperative for all posts. All discussion prompt elements for the topic must be addressed. Please proofread your response carefully for grammar and spelling. Do not upload any attachments unless specified in the instructions. All posts should be supported by a minimum of one scholarly resource, ideally within the last 5 years. Journals and websites must be cited appropriately. Citations and references must adhere to APA format.

Classroom Participation

Students are expected to address the initial discussion question by Wednesday of each week. Participation in the discussion forum requires a minimum of three (3) substantive postings (this includes your initial post and posting to two peers) on three (3) different days. Substantive means that you add something new to the discussion supported with citation(s) and reference(s), you are not just agreeing. This is also a time to ask questions or offer information surrounding the topic addressed by your peers. Personal experience is appropriate for a substantive discussion, however should be correlated to the literature.

All discussion boards will be evaluated utilizing rubric criterion inclusive of content, analysis, collaboration, writing and APA. If you fail to post an initial discussion or initial discussion is late, you will not receive points for content and analysis, you may however post to your peers for partial credit following the guidelines above.

Initial Response
INSTRUCTIONS:
Choose one:
Explain the similarities and differences between autism spectrum disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity disorder.
Describe how a patient can be diagnosed with both conditions.

OR

Create a case example of a client that displays both symptoms of each diagnosis.
Provide a thorough explanation using the criteria in the DSM 5 TR to support your answer.

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

Your inititial response is due by Wednesday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Peer Response
INSTRUCTIONS:

Please read and respond to at least two of your peers’ initial postings. You may want to consider the following questions in your responses to your peers:

Compare and contrast your initial posting with those of your peers.
How are they similar or how are they different?
What information can you add that would help support the responses of your peers?
Ask your peers a question for clarification about their post.
What most interests you about their responses?

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

All peer responses are due by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 1 hour

Epidemiology compare and contrast

Description

This week we are comparing and contrasting epidemiological methods of research; case-control and cohort study methods. Select either the case-control or cohort study method and compare its features, the methodology, to a randomized controlled trial using the following questions. Please format, organize, your responses using each question below:What is the fundamental difference between the method you have chosen (either the case-control or cohort method) and the randomized controlled trial?What are the advantages and disadvantages of the study method you chose (case-control or cohort study)?What are the characteristics of a correlational study?Where does the method you chose (case-control or cohort study) fall on the research pyramid? What does where it is on the research pyramid mean?

NUTRITION DISCUSSION

Description

In Chapters 12 & 14 we reviewed the importance of establishing healthy eating behaviors in children and adolescences as well as the common nutritional concerns of nutrient deficiencies, dental carries, and weight issues. In this discussion post you will read an article on the marketing of food to children and provide your perceptions of the influence of advertising in childhood obesity.

Discussion #2 Summary:

1) Read the paper “What’s on YouTube? A Case Study on Food and Beverage Advertising in Videos Targeted at Children on Social Media” by LeeAnn Tan, See Hoe Ng, Azahadi Omar, and Tilakavati Karupaiah.

2) Answer the following questions in at least 300 words total for entire post (name, title, and resources do not count – only your answers):

a) What type of marketing content is most commonly used by food corporations on YouTube (hint: persuasive techniques)?

b) Before reading the article what did you know about child-directed online food advertisement on childhood obesity? Where did you obtain this information?

c) What is your overall impression of the research and information presented in the paper? Thoughts, reservations, impressions? If you had an opinion regarding marketing food to children on YouTube, how did this article impact your opinion?

d) Are there any foods/beverages you consume that have been advertised on YouTube (pay attention the next time you are binge watching MrBeast)? Did you consume them before or after seeing them on YouTube?

week 5 discussion

Description

Lifelong learning involves a commitment to remain current within a rapidly changing, increasingly complex, and technologically reliant healthcare world.

Why is it important for nurses to commit to lifelong learning in relation to patients, organizations, and self?
How can organizations such as Sigma Theta Tau International (STTI) assist nurses in their lifelong learning journey?

In order to receive full credit, you will need to clearly respond to both parts of the question using subtitles or bullets AND cite at least one scholarly reference in your response. You are required to participate on at least three (3) days of the week to receive full participation points. please use references in initial post and peer responses.

+ 2 peer responses , I will send you the peer responses after initial post is sent to me!

273 @areej_0z

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Public health outbreak and disaster management
Course number:
PHC 372
Assignment 1 Questions
– What makes Hajj different than other mass
gatherings?
– What are the risk factors associated with
Hajj?
– Then Choose only one of the following:
o Choose one potential disaster in Hajj
and propose your plan to manage it.
(Explain your disaster management
plan in each phase of the disaster
(Mitigation, Preparedness, Response,
Recovery)
Assignment
question
o Review one disaster incident that
happened in Hajj (explain the
strategies used in the 4 phases, if
possible, to manage the disaster, and
what are the lessons learned out of
that incident)
Note:

You can use the following resource (page 2) to review
a brief of the 4 phases of disaster.
Lindsay, B. R. (2012, November). Federal emergency
management: A brief introduction. Congressional Research
Service, Library of Congress.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1172029.pdf
College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
Student name:
Student ID:
CRN
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Ahmed Hazazi
Grade:
…. Out of 10
Paper assignment guidelines
Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PM







Conduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual
idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material.
Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.
The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is
submitting and to whom is it submitted.
Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not
through email.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be
1.5
Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

reflection self 5-2 wellness

Description

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Overview

An essential part of developing critical analysis skills is self-reflection. In this activity, you will have the opportunity to consider how using critical analysis influences your personal experience, your field of study, or your profession. Completing this activity will result in a draft of the first part of the reflection section of your project. It also provides an opportunity to obtain valuable feedback from your instructor that you can incorporate into your project submission.

Directions

In this activity, you will first describe how critical analysis skills have affected your framework of perception. Next, you will describe how examining your bias has influenced how you perceive the world. Finally, you will explain how critical analysis skills can impact your academic or professional lives.

You are not required to address each item below the rubric criteria, but you may use them to better understand the criteria and guide your thinking and writing.

Specifically, you must address the following rubric criteria:

Describe how critically analyzing your issue or event in wellness has informed your individual framework of perception.
Consider how it has altered the way you perceive the community around you and/or the world.
Describe how examining your bias has altered the way you perceive the world.
Reflect on your own bias and then consider how an awareness of one’s bias can change our perceptions.
Explain how critically analyzing wellness can influence your field of study or profession.
Consider how studying wellness might inform your understanding of the next big topic of study in your field or profession.
What to Submit

Submit your short paper as a 1- to 2-full page Microsoft Word document with double spacing, 12-point Times New Roman font, and one-inch margins excluding the title and reference pages. Sources should be cited according to APA style. Consult the Shapiro Library APA Style Guide for more information on citations.

Module Five Activity Rubric
Criteria Proficient (100%) Needs Improvement (75%) Not Evident (0%) Value
Individual Framework of Perception Describes how critically analyzing an issue or event in wellness has informed individual framework of perception Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting critical analysis of wellness to individual framework of perception or providing more detail about that connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Bias Describes how examining bias has altered ways of perceiving the world Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include clearly connecting bias and personal perceptions or providing more thorough support for how examining bias has altered personal perceptions Does not attempt criterion 30
Field of Study or Profession Explains how critically analyzing wellness can influence a field of study or profession Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting the critical analysis of wellness to an academic or professional experience or providing more thorough support for this connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Articulation of Response Clearly conveys meaning with correct grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, demonstrating an understanding of audience and purpose Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, negatively impacting readability Submission has critical errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, preventing understanding of ideas 10
Total: 100%
Module Five Activity Rubric
Criteria Proficient (100%) Needs Improvement (75%) Not Evident (0%) Value
Individual Framework of Perception Describes how critically analyzing an issue or event in wellness has informed individual framework of perception Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting critical analysis of wellness to individual framework of perception or providing more detail about that connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Bias Describes how examining bias has altered ways of perceiving the world Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include clearly connecting bias and personal perceptions or providing more thorough support for how examining bias has altered personal perceptions Does not attempt criterion 30
Field of Study or Profession Explains how critically analyzing wellness can influence a field of study or profession Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors or omissions; areas for improvement may include connecting the critical analysis of wellness to an academic or professional experience or providing more thorough support for this connection Does not attempt criterion 30
Articulation of Response Clearly conveys meaning with correct grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, demonstrating an understanding of audience and purpose Shows progress toward proficiency, but with errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, negatively impacting readability Submission has critical errors in grammar, sentence structure, and spelling, preventing understanding of ideas 10
Total: 100%

Requirements: 1-2 Full Pages Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages

Please provide an answer that is 100% original and do not copy the answer to this question from any other website since I am already well aware of this. I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure that the answer comes up with way less than 18% on Studypool’s internal plagiarism checker since anything above this is not acceptable according to Studypool’s standards. I will not accept answers that are above this standard.

No AI or Chatbot! I will be sure to check this.

Please be sure to include an introduction paragraph with a clear thesis statement in the last sentence of the introduction paragraph and a conclusion paragraph

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each body paragraph

clinical/patient outcomes

Description

What are clinical/patient outcomes and why is important to link them to the care provided? Why is it so difficult to attribute clinical outcomes to nursing performance? What are clinical practice guidelines and what factors affecting their adoption? What strategies can be used to support their implementation?use attached chapter

Unformatted Attachment Preview

chapter four
Copyright 2016. Springer Publishing Company.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced in any form without permission from the publisher, except fair uses permitted under U.S. or applicable copyright law.
Translation of Evidence to Improve
Clinical Outcomes
Julie Stanik-Hutt
PATIENT OUTCOMES MANAGEMENT AND THE APPLICATION OF evidence to practice are
powerful tools that can improve quality of care (The Joint Commission, 2008). The application of these symbiotic processes is the responsibility of all nurses (Foster, 2001).
Since Florence Nightingale, the assessment of patient outcomes has been inextricably
intertwined with nursing care. In fact, Nightingale’s collection and analysis of data regarding morbidity and mortality rates of soldiers under her care in the Crimea contributed to
changes in care and, ultimately, to improved patient outcomes. Its later publication led to
public and political support for the profession of nursing.
The application of the nursing process involves the identification of desired patient
outcomes. Desired patient outcomes are established to direct the application of selected
care interventions. Nursing interventions, based on the biopsychosocial sciences, are developed and implemented with the intention of attaining the established desired outcome.
Finally, results of nursing interventions are assessed and evaluated by comparing the patient’s actual outcomes to the desired outcomes. By doing so, quality and effectiveness of
the delivered care are assessed, and the need for continued or altered care is determined.
The application of evidence-based care is one tool nurses use to improve patient outcomes. Evidence-based practice (EBP) processes can be used to improve care outcomes
one patient at a time or can be used to create clinical practice guidelines (CPGs), which,
when applied in practice, can improve outcomes for groups or populations of patients.

CLINICAL OUTCOMES
In health care, quality is defined as the “degree to which health services for individuals
and populations increase the likelihood of attaining desired health outcomes and are
consistent with current professional knowledge” (Institute of Medicine [IOM], 1990,
p. 21). Safety is also a component of quality. Safe care is unlikely to injure or harm
the patient (IOM, 2001; Newhouse & Poe, 2005). In addition, the IOM asserts that, in
order for care to be considered high quality, it should also be patient centered, timely,
73
EBSCO Publishing : eBook Academic Collection (EBSCOhost) – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN
AN: 1193798 ; Kathleen M. White, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, FAAN, Sharon Dudley-Brown, PhD, RN, FNP-BC, FAAN, FAANP, Mary F. Terhaar, PhD, RN, ANEF, FAAN.; Translation of
Evidence Into Nursing and Health Care, Second Edition
Account: s5308004.main.ehost
74
II: APPLICATION OF TRANSLATION
efficient, and equitable (IOM, 2001). These characteristics clearly link patient preferences
and care processes with quality (IOM, 1990). Donabedian, the “father” of health care
quality, suggested that care quality could be improved by establishing standards for care
structures and processes. Patient outcomes are the ultimate measures of quality as they
incorporate the influence of both structures and processes of care (Donabedian, 2005;
Van Driel, De Sutter, Christiaens, & De Maeseneer, 2005).
Clinical or patient outcomes are defined as the end results of care that can be attributed to services provided (treatments, interventions, and care). Donabedian (1985)
referred to outcomes as “changes in the actual or potential health status of individual
patients, groups, or communities” (p. 256). Clinical outcomes demonstrate the value and
effectiveness of care and can be assessed for individuals, populations, and organizations
(Hughes, 2008). Outcomes can be either desirable or undesirable (adverse). Outcomes
are quantified or measured through the use of indicators, sometimes also called “metrics.”
Outcome indicators or metrics gauge how patients are affected by their care. Indicators
must be valid and reliable measures that are related to the outcome.
For example, to measure the adequacy of blood glucose control in a patient with
diabetes, you might measure the patient’s finger-stick blood glucose or glycosylated hemoglobin levels. In this case, the finger-stick blood glucose or glycosylated hemoglobin
is the indicator or metric used to measure the outcome of blood glucose control. Indicators or metrics that are reported are referred to as “performance measures” (Dennison &
Hughes, 2009).
Structures that support care and processes that are used to provide care are also
important to care quality and are additional sources of relevant health care outcomes
(Donabedian, 2005; Hammermeister, Shroyer, Sethi, & Grover, 1995). Structure indicators assess the organization and delivery of nursing care. For example, the nurse-to-patient
ratio and skill mix of staff providing care are structure indicators. Process indicators evaluate the nature and amount of care that nurses provide. For example, documentation of
patient teaching or timely reassessment of a patient’s pain after the administration of an
analgesic is an indicator of care processes.
Some ask, “What is the difference between goals, objectives, indicators, and outcomes?” Should they all be called “outcomes?” Outcomes are used to characterize the
result (effect) of an intervention, treatment, or practitioner/provider (cause). This is essentially a cause-and-effect relationship (Parse, 2006). “Goals and objectives are something
to strive for; indicators are signs of progress toward achievement of something, whereas
outcomes are predictors of end-performance” (Parse, 2006, p. 189).

LINKING OUTCOMES TO CARE
Assessing care outcomes is not the goal in and of itself. Instead, it is important to assess outcomes in relation to the care provided (Minnick, 2009). When outcomes data
are linked to interventions, they provide patients, payers, and practitioners (individuals,
e.g., nurses, nurse practitioners [NPs], physicians, physical therapists)/providers (organizations or agencies, e.g., hospitals, home care agencies) with information regarding the
potential effect that a health care intervention or practitioner/provider can have on their
lives. It can help patients to make decisions regarding their health care (Brooks & Barrett,
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
4: TRANSLATION OF EVIDENCE TO IMPROVE CLINICAL OUTCOMES
75
1998). The data can also influence a payer’s decision making regarding which services
to cover or which practitioners and providers to include in the network. For example,
outcomes data can be used to compare one treatment for a condition with an alternative
treatment or to compare care provided by different health care practitioners and agencies
(Dennison & Hughes, 2009). Outcomes data are useful to practitioners and providers
because they help them to better understand the effects of the services they provide to
their patients. Outcomes can also be compared with standard levels of performance, the
so-called “benchmarks” or “norms,” to determine whether a service, practitioner, or provider is performing at a level that meets the established norms.
Outcomes can be used by practitioners and providers to evaluate and improve the
care they deliver. The best care comes from practitioners who routinely evaluate care
outcomes and use that data to make adjustments to the care they provide as part of a
continuous quality improvement cycle (Mullins, Baldwin, & Perfetto, 1996). This is often called “outcomes management.” Outcomes management refers to the collection and
analysis, in relation to the processes of care, of information that indicates effectiveness of
care. It provides a “checks and balances” process in the provision of health care. It usually
focuses on aggregated outcomes data on groups of patients with common characteristics—for example, patients with diabetes or asthma or some other health problem. By
measuring and evaluating care outcomes of groups of patients, practitioners can identify
areas of their practice that need improvement. Once problems are identified, practitioners
can seek out evidence-based solutions to implement and evaluate. The effectiveness of
the solution is judged by the new outcomes attained. In this way, outcomes measurement
can be linked to EBP, and both can become “complementary, iterative processes which
contribute to quality improvement” (Deaton, 2001, p. 83).
Minnick (2009) discusses challenges encountered in the design and implementation of evidence-based outcome improvement projects. She emphasizes that the first step
is the identification of the overall outcome that a project is intended to address. A population, intervention, comparison, outcome (PICO) question or other formal purpose statement can be used to start the search for evidence, benchmarks, and other data related to
the desired outcome. A PICO question allows one to explore and link knowledge related
to the topic with the patient population and setting involved and the outcome of interest.
This information, as well as the necessary and available resources to carry out the outcome improvement project, should be verified and reviewed with project stakeholders.
Subsequently, a design for implementing and assessing the effects of the project, specifically the outcomes to be measured, should be identified.

NURSING OUTCOMES
In the past, the “5 Ds”—death, disease, disability, discomfort, and dissatisfaction—were
the most commonly monitored outcomes of health care quality (Lohr, 1988). They are
outcomes that are easily measured and understood by the public and policy makers.
Donabedian (2005) described the use of patient outcomes of “recovery, restoration of
function and of survival” (p. 692) as indicators of care quality. However, these outcomes
do not adequately represent quality and are not specific to nursing. The first challenge is
to “describe what nurses do (nursing interventions) in response to what sort of patient
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
76
II: APPLICATION OF TRANSLATION
conditions (nursing diagnoses) with what effect (nursing outcomes)” (Marek, 1997, p. 8).
Researchers at the University of Iowa have provided leadership in this area by creating the
Nursing Interventions Classification (NIC) and Nursing Outcomes Classification (NOC)
that link nursing interventions to diagnoses and outcomes. These systems allow the evaluation of care provided by nurses and facilitate communication regarding the same.
In 2003, 15 nursing care outcomes were selected for national reporting on nursing
care performance. They included measures of patient-centered outcomes (death among
surgical inpatients with treatable serious complications, pressure ulcer prevalence, falls
prevalence, falls with injury, restraint prevalence, catheter-related urinary tract infections,
central line catheter–associated blood stream infection, and ventilator-associated pneumonia), nursing-centered intervention processes (smoking cessation counseling for acute
myocardial infarction [AMI], heart failure [HF], and pneumonia), and system-centered
structures and processes (skill mix, nursing care hours per patient day, Practice Environment Scale-Nursing Work Index, and voluntary turnover; Kurtzman & Corrigan, 2007).
Since then, several other patient-centered outcomes (patient satisfaction with pain management, patient education, overall care and nursing care, pediatric peripheral intravenous infiltrations, and psychiatric physical/sexual assault) and system-centered structures
and processes (nursing education and certification, nurse job satisfaction) have been added to the list. In addition to their use in performance reporting, these measures can be
used in research, quality improvement, and health care policy activities. For example,
several of the measures are included in the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation’s Transforming Care at the Bedside initiative.
There are various other outcomes that are of interest to and demonstrate the broader effects of nursing care (Mitchell, 2008). These broader categories of outcomes relevant
to nursing would include physiologic, psychosocial, functional, behavioral, symptoms,
quality of life, knowledge, and satisfaction. Physiologic outcomes would include pulse,
blood pressure, blood sugar and lipid levels, peak expiratory flow rates, weight, skin condition, and many other parameters. Psychosocial outcomes could include the individual’s
mood, attitudes, and abilities to interact with others. An individual’s mobility, physical
independence, and ability to participate in desired activities of daily living are functional
outcomes. For example, the ability of a patient with asthma to engage in physical activities such as walking, exercising, or doing housework is a functional outcome. Behavioral
outcomes could include adequacy of coping with health care needs or a patient’s ability
to follow (adhere to) recommended care. Symptoms, such as pain, dyspnea, fatigue, and
others command attention, independent of the diseases that cause them. Because symptoms interfere with a patient’s physiologic, psychosocial, and functional status and quality of life, nurses are especially interested in their control. Quality of life, another natural
outcome of interest for nurses, is a patient’s general perception of the physical and mental
well-being that can be affected by many factors including disease and injury, stress and
emotions, symptom control and functional status, as well as others. Knowledge level, the
individual’s understanding of health-related information, is another outcome of interest.
For example, a patient’s understanding of the causes of asthma and factors that can trigger
and prevent exacerbations would be important to nurses because teaching patients and
supporting their self-care management is a role of nursing. Although patient satisfaction is
a quality indicator for all health care and health care providers, patients’ satisfaction with
their nursing care would be relevant to nurses.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
4: TRANSLATION OF EVIDENCE TO IMPROVE CLINICAL OUTCOMES
77
Outcomes of interest to nurses in advanced practice roles include these broad areas as well and would also include outcomes specific to their advanced practice roles.
Oermann and Floyd (2002) categorize outcomes of advanced practice registered nurses
(APRNs) into clinical, functional, cost, and satisfaction outcomes. For example, certified registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs) might be interested in complications of oral
intubation or extubation failures, epidural catheter insertion site infections, or patient
satisfaction with postoperative pain relief. Certified nurse-midwives (CNMs) might monitor perineal laceration rates or newborn Apgar scores, and certified nurse practitioners
(CNPs) would be interested in missed diagnoses or prescribing patterns. Data regarding
outcomes and impact derived from APRN practice support policy initiatives related to
APRN education, workforce planning, recognition, regulation, and reimbursement.
Identifying the outcomes that can be clearly attributed only to nursing is a challenge. Attribution requires a high level of confidence that the outcome is a direct result
of the care provided (Dennison & Hughes, 2009). When many care practitioners interact with patients and contribute to the care, it is sometimes difficult to attribute the
outcome in the patient to only one practitioner or treatment. For example, a diabetic
patient is consistently having high fasting blood glucose levels. The NP discusses the
problem and alternative medication adjustments with the patient and then orders a new
daily and sliding scale insulin dose. The RN teaches the patient the correct technique
for finger-stick glucose monitoring. The registered dietitian (RD) reviews the recommended diet and helps the patient practice making better food selections. When the
patient’s mean fasting blood glucose levels fall to within the desired parameters, who
will get the credit? To whom are these results attributed? Is it the NP, the RN, the RD,
or the team?
Nurses affect patient safety outcomes by identifying and mitigating risks, monitoring patient status and communicating with others regarding changes in the patient’s
condition, and surveillance activities that lead to systems improvement to enhance safety.
On the micro level, nurses’ effect on safety variables such as medication errors or patient
falls might be possible. However, it is again difficult to quantify nursing’s effect on safety
outcomes because of the multidisciplinary nature and complexity of our current health
care systems.
Finally, patients’ utilization of health care services, both increased and decreased,
can reflect the influence of nursing care. An increased utilization might derive from nurses
teaching and coaching patients regarding when, where, and how to seek care. Conversely,
if nursing care increases an individual’s ability for self-care management, the need for
unintended office and emergency department visits—decreased utilization—could be the
outcome. Examples of utilization of service outcomes would be intended and unintended
office visits, use of the emergency room, hospital admissions, and length of stay.
Theoretical frameworks can be used to identify and explore the factors that influence nursing’s effect on patient outcomes. Joseph (2007) proposed a theoretical
approach to the examination of the effect of nursing on patient and organizational
outcomes. She proposed that six constructs influence outcomes, including the environment of the health facility, qualities of the nursing unit, the individual nurse, and the
patient, as well as nursing care. She suggested that nursing care is affected by qualities
of the nursing unit where care is given, by the nurse providing the care, and by patient
qualities associated with their needs. Joseph also proposed that the larger environment
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
78
II: APPLICATION OF TRANSLATION
of the health facility also affects care by providing the context of care through its mission, organizational structure, and characteristics, as well as its leadership milieu. This
framework is useful in identifying variables that may influence patient as well as organizational outcomes.

TRANSLATION OF EVIDENCE TO IMPROVE OUTCOMES
Research findings support the effect of research-based nursing on patient outcomes
(Heater, Becker, & Olson, 1988). A meta-analysis was used to determine the contribution that research-based nursing practice makes to patient outcomes compared with
routine, procedural nursing care. Eighty-four studies (63 published, 21 unpublished) of
independent nursing interventions from 1977 to 1984 were evaluated, and effect sizes
were calculated. Outcomes were grouped into four content areas: behavioral, knowledge, physiological, and psychosocial. Results indicated that individuals who received
research-based nursing care had better outcomes than 72% of subjects who received
routine, procedural nursing care.
Unfortunately, health care practitioners frequently fail to integrate available evidence
into day-to-day patient care (McGlynn et al., 2003). It is reported that the average time
gap from discovery of knowledge to its application in practice is 17 years (IOM, 2001).
Historically, care processes have been based on ritual, personal, and local institutional
preferences (Ackerman, 1999; Kingston, Krumberger, & Peruzzi, 2000). For more than
25 years, attempts have been made to increase the linkage of empiric research results to
practice and to narrow the “bench-to-bedside” gap to improve patient care. But very little
progress has been made in synthesizing and applying the results of research to improve
patient care. To bridge the bench-to-bedside gap, evidence needs to be incorporated into
care protocols that are easily implemented in practice.
Probably one of the earliest examples of the creation of an evidence-based approach
to care was the development in the 1970s of consistent expectations for the performance
of cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). These standards were used to train and test the
competency of health care providers to perform external cardiac massage and rescue
breathing for patients suffering from cardiopulmonary arrest. These standards were based
on limited research data regarding CPR as well as expert opinion, but it standardized the
process of CPR across the country and across disciplines.
Soon thereafter, many institutions developed standing orders (or order sets) to provide consistent care to specific patient populations. These documents were developed for
use in one or perhaps two nursing units within an individual hospital. They simplified
care by establishing one set of orders for the care of a highly selected group of patients—
for example, only those admitted with specific diagnoses, usually surgical procedures.
They were based on preferences and personal expertise of a single physician or small
group of physicians. They sometimes underwent institutional vetting processes.
Critical pathways began to emerge in the 1980s and 1990s as payers and institutions responded to the demands for managed care. Managed care initiatives set expectations for the provision of timely, streamlined, evidence-based care to optimize patient
outcomes (Rotter et al., 2009). Care pathways were usually created by a multidisciplinary
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
4: TRANSLATION OF EVIDENCE TO IMPROVE CLINICAL OUTCOMES
79
team to establish a unified but detailed care plan for a set of specific patients, with clearly
described patient outcomes and timelines that could be used to implement patient care
and monitor progress. Variance from the path triggered analysis and intervention. Over
time, these care pathways were more likely to reflect input from all care practitioners
involved with the patient population and were approved through consensus processes.
These multidisciplinary teams included physicians in private practice. The pathways were
used locally for all or most of the patients fitting the population and described the care
they would receive and when they would receive care. They were also used in contracting
with payers to provide specific services for their insured.

CLINICAL PRACTICE GUIDELINES
In 1994, the federal government became involved in the movement to translate research
to practice. At that time, the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research (AHCPR), now
the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), began to develop care recommendations for common problems (acute pain, cancer pain, pressure ulcers, etc.) and
published them as CPGs. These documents were developed by teams comprising experts
from multiple health care professions who completed exhaustive searches of the research
literature related to the identified problem. The resulting body of research literature was
subsequently reviewed, rated for quality, and synthesized into recommendations related
to risk identification, problem assessment, prevention, and treatment. Larger groups of
experts were asked to review and provide comments on the CPGs before revision and dissemination of the final versions. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
also got involved in establishing CPGs. For example, in 2003, they established guidelines
for the prevention of health care–associated pneumonia (Tablan et al., 2004).
Today, demands from patients and families, insurers, business leaders, consumer
groups (AARP, American Lung Association, American Cancer Society, etc.), and professional organizations (American Association of Critical-Care Nurses, American College
of Chest Physicians, etc.) are promoting the increased integration of available research
knowledge, practitioner expertise, and patient preferences to improve patient health care.
This is called evidence-based practice. By using EBP to create CPGs, the best available research evidence is translated into a clinically useful form that can be employed by practitioners in day-to-day practice to improve patient outcomes.
CPGs are official recommendations made by recognized authorities regarding the
screening, diagnosis, treatment, and management of specific conditions. They are “systematically developed statements to assist practitioner and patient decisions about appropriate health care for specific clinical circumstances” (Lohr & Field, 1992, p. 27).
Evidence-based CPGs may help bridge the gap between research and practice. In these
CPGs, research provides the evidence that an intervention is efficacious (produces better
outcomes). The CPG facilitates transfer of this intervention to everyday practice, and
subsequently allows the evaluation of its effect on outcomes in broader patient populations (effectiveness). In this way, EBP leads to the development of practice-based
evidence (Green, 2006). It allows the accumulation of evaluation data on both efficacy
and effectiveness of the intervention.
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
80

II: APPLICATION OF TRANSLATION
FACTORS THAT AFFECT ADOPTION OF CPG S
Various factors affect the adoption of CPGs. Qualities of CPGs, including ease of use,
complexity, clear scientific basis, strong link between evidence and recommendations,
and other factors influence their use (Davis & Taylor-Vaisey, 1997; Sox, 1994).
The existence of conflicting CPGs with differing recommendations regarding the
same intervention or population, such as have recently been reported for several types of
cancer screening, probably undermine their use. Characteristics of the health care professional also influence the use of CPGs. For example, personal involvement in CPG
development, awareness of as well as agreement and familiarity with CPGs may influence
their use (Cabana et al., 1999; Davis & Taylor-Vaisey, 1997; Haynes, 1993). Vetting by
and support from professional nursing organizations is important to the successful implementation of nursing care guidelines (Davies, Edwards, Ploeg, & Virani, 2008; Ploeg,
Davies, Edwards, Gifford, & Miller, 2007). Health care providers who perceive CPGs
as “cookbook medicine or as a threat to practitioner autonomy are not likely to follow a
CPG” (Sox, 1994). Patient-related factors, such as the ability to predict effect on the patient or the presence of multiple comorbid conditions and even patient satisfaction with
the CPG, have been reported to influence the practitioner’s use of CPGs (Francke, Smit,
de Veer, & Mistiaen, 2008; Sox, 1994). Characteristics of the practice setting, such as
availability of time and personnel, work pressures, and even costs to the practice related
to the implementation of a CPG influence its use (Francke et al., 2008).
An emerging issue that will affect provider use of CPGs, or at least the explanations
of their application with patients, is consumers’ understanding of and attitudes toward
CPGs (Carman et al., 2010; Francke et al., 2008). Recent evidence reveals that patients
do not understand that EBP and CPGs are meant to improve their health and the quality
of health care delivered without increasing patient costs (Carman et al., 2010). Instead,
they believe that care, at least provided by their own physician, is optimal and that use of
a CPG will restrict their access to desired care. Some also believe CPGs are used only to
protect physicians from malpractice claims. These patient attitudes and beliefs could have
a significant effect on their acceptance of CPG recommendations.
Qualitative and quantitative methods and one meta-review have examined the perceptions of administrators, nurses, and a variety of other health care providers regarding
the factors that support and hinder guideline implementation in practice. (Davies et al.,
2008; Dogherty, Harrison, Graham, Vandyk, & Keeping-Burke, 2013; Francke et al.,
2008; Ploeg et al., 2007). One new model specifically focuses on successful implementation of guidelines in nursing (Matther-Maich, Ploeg, Dobbins, & Jack, 2013).
Two recent publications sum up current knowledge regarding the impact of major factors on CPG implementation. Francke et al. (2008) completed a systematic metareview of evidence regarding factors that impact guideline implementation and strategies used to support implementation. They summarized their findings by characterizing
evidence that impacts the implementation of guidelines into one of four categories: the
guideline itself, the professionals involved, the patients involved, and the practice environment. They found that guidelines that were “easy to understand” and grounded in
evidence are more likely to be successfully implemented. There was inadequate data to
determine the relative impact of individual implementation strategies, though most projects used two or more strategies, and those that were integrated into care processes by the
EBSCOhost – printed on 9/20/2023 10:06 AM via FLORIDA STATE UNIV-MAIN. All use subject to https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use
4: TRANSLATION OF EVIDENCE TO IMPROVE CLINICAL OUTCOMES
81
individual health care provider were the most successful. Lack of knowledge about and
agreement with the guideline among health care providers were identified as major impediments to implementation. Patients who did not understand the value in following a
guideline or provider concerns regarding the presence of multiple comorbid conditions in
a patient hindered guideline implementation. Finally, negative staff or leadership attitudes
and lack of time and resources were environmental factors impeding the implementation
of guidelines.
Dogherty et al. (2013) completed a recent thematic analysis of critical incident
technique data from nurse leaders involved in guideline implementation. Their analysis
emphasized factors to support successful implementation. They found that focus on a
high-priority problem and use of evidence that is not only relevant to the practice but
easy to access and apply is critical. They also cited the importance of a strong cohesive
team (multidisciplinary engagement of stakeholders who share responsibility), “strategic
choreography” (planning, providing resources, anticipating and navigating through challenges, etc.), and enlisting a skilled leader to facilitate the implementation (p. 133).
The federal government and some private payers are devising payment initiatives
related to the use of CPGs. Although the evidence to support these plans is at best controversial, Medicare has implemented incentive programs to reward providers, hospitals,
nursing homes, and home health agencies that demonstrate application of EBP as well as
patient outcomes monitoring (Tanenbaum, 2009). These programs reflect their desire to
improve patient care and control costs through the use of patient outcomes monitoring
combined with the application of research to practice. The Medicare Physician Quality
Reporting Initiative (PQRI), also known as “pay for performance” (P4P), began in 2007. It
allows providers (including NPs), who report satisfactory patient outcomes data related to
covered professional services, to qualify to earn additional payments. Concerns have been
expressed regarding the potential unexpected consequence of P4P, in that the need to
meet patient outcomes’ benchmarks could cause provider avoidance of patients with comorbid or difficult-to-treat problems (“cherry picking”), which might dilute the providers’ ability to show improved patient outcomes (Dennison & Hughes, 2009). Penalties for
poor patient outcomes have also been adopted by Medicare. Since 2009, hospitals have
not been reimbursed for services provided to treat nosocomial infections and other preventable conditions (e.g., catheter-related urinary tract infections, catheter-related blood
stream infections, decubitus ulcers, air emboli). Although this may have reduced hospital
reimbursement rates, it has also driven agencies to examine their patient outcomes and
to search out and apply evidence-based solutions, often in the form of CPGs, to prevent
these adverse patient outcomes.
CPG use has migrated into the h

Nursing Question

Description

please can I have discussion 1 post in 12 hours.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Case Study: End of Life Decisions
George is a successful attorney in his mid-fifties. He is also a legal scholar, holding a teaching
post at the local university law school in Oregon. George is also actively involved in his teenage
son’s basketball league, coaching regularly for their team. Recently, George has experienced
muscle weakness and unresponsive muscle coordination. He was forced to seek medical
attention after he fell and injured his hip. After an examination at the local hospital following his
fall, the attending physician suspected that George may be showing early symptoms for
amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), a degenerative disease affecting the nerve cells in the brain
and spinal cord. The week following the initial examination, further testing revealed a positive
diagnosis of ALS.
ALS is progressive and gradually causes motor neuron deterioration and muscle atrophy to the
point of complete muscle control loss. There is currently no cure for ALS, and the median life
expectancy is between 3 and 4 years, though it is not uncommon for some to live 10 or more
years. The progressive muscle atrophy and deterioration of motor neurons leads to the loss of the
ability to speak, move, eat, and breathe. However, sight, touch, hearing, taste, and smell are not
affected. Patients will be wheelchair bound and eventually need permanent ventilator support to
assist with breathing.
George and his family are devastated by the diagnosis. George knows that treatment options only
attempt to slow down the degeneration, but the symptoms will eventually come. He will
eventually be wheelchair bound and be unable to move, eat, speak, or even breathe on his own.
In contemplating his future life with ALS, George begins to dread the prospect of losing his
mobility and even speech. He imagines his life in complete dependence upon others for basic
everyday functions and perceives the possibility of eventually degenerating to the point at which
he is a prisoner in his own body. Would he be willing to undergo such torture, such loss of his
own dignity and power? George thus begins inquiring about the possibility of voluntary
euthanasia.
© 2020. Grand Canyon University. All Rights Reserved.
Discussion 1
How often do you engage with or witness death in your work? How has this experience or the lack
of it shaped your view of death? Has it gotten easier or harder for you to accept the fact of death?
As you explain, include your clinical specialty.
Respond to three classmates.
Discussion 2
Reflect on the analysis of the sin of suicide and, thus, euthanasia from the topic readings. Do you
agree? Why or why not? Refer to the lecture and topic readings in your response.
Respond to three classmates.
CASE Study on death and dying
The practice of health care providers at all levels brings you into contact with people from a
variety of faiths. This calls for knowledge and understanding of a diversity of faith expressions; for
the purpose of this course, the focus will be on the Christian worldview.
Based on “Case Study: End of Life Decisions,” the Christian worldview, and the worldview
questions presented in the required topic Resources you will complete an ethical analysis of
George’s situation and his decision from the perspective of the Christian worldview.
Provide a 1,500-2,000-word ethical analysis while answering the following questions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
How would George interpret his suffering in light of the Christian narrative, with an emphasis on
the fallenness of the world?
How would George interpret his suffering in light of the Christian narrative, with an emphasis on
the hope of resurrection?
As George contemplates life with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), how would the Christian
worldview inform his view about the value of his life as a person?
What sorts of values and considerations would the Christian worldview focus on in deliberating
about whether or not George should opt for euthanasia?
Given the above, what options would be morally justified in the Christian worldview for George
and why?
Based on your worldview, what decision would you make if you were in George’s situation?
Remember to support your responses with the topic Resources.
Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the
Student Success Center. An abstract is required.
This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to
become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

MSW 628 WEEK Discussion post

Description

It is anticipated that the initial discussion post should be in the range of 250-300 words. Response posts to peers have no minimum word requirement but must demonstrate topic knowledge and scholarly engagement with peers. Substantive content is imperative for all posts. All discussion prompt elements for the topic must be addressed. Please proofread your response carefully for grammar and spelling. Do not upload any attachments unless specified in the instructions. All posts should be supported by a minimum of one scholarly resource, ideally within the last 5 years. Journals and websites must be cited appropriately. Citations and references must adhere to APA format.

Classroom Participation

Students are expected to address the initial discussion question by Wednesday of each week. Participation in the discussion forum requires a minimum of three (3) substantive postings (this includes your initial post and posting to two peers) on three (3) different days. Substantive means that you add something new to the discussion supported with citation(s) and reference(s), you are not just agreeing. This is also a time to ask questions or offer information surrounding the topic addressed by your peers. Personal experience is appropriate for a substantive discussion, however should be correlated to the literature.

All discussion boards will be evaluated utilizing rubric criterion inclusive of content, analysis, collaboration, writing and APA. If you fail to post an initial discussion or initial discussion is late, you will not receive points for content and analysis, you may however post to your peers for partial credit following the guidelines above.

Initial Response
INSTRUCTIONS:

Identify a policy that impacts mental health. You may use the following website that lists a variety of current mental health policies, or you may identify your own.

MHA (2023). Mental health policyLinks to an external site.. Mental Health America. [website].

For this discussion:

Provide information on the policy, what it addresses and who it impacts.
Then provide a reflection if you believe this policy is effective, why or why not?
What is missing from this policy to make a more effective impact for those with mental health challenges?

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

Your initial response is due by Wednesday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Peer Response
INSTRUCTIONS:

Please read and respond to at least two of your peers’ initial postings. You may want to consider the following questions in your responses to your peers:

Compare and contrast your initial posting with those of your peers.
How are they similar or how are they different?
What information can you add that would help support the responses of your peers?
Ask your peers a question for clarification about their post.
What most interests you about their responses?

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

All peer responses are due by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 1 hour

CASE STUDY ANALYSIS

Description

An understanding of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems is a critically important component of disease diagnosis and treatment. This importance is magnified by the fact that these two systems work so closely together. A variety of factors and circumstances that impact the emergence and severity of issues in one system can have a role in the performance of the other.

Effective disease analysis often requires an understanding that goes beyond these systems and their capacity to work together. The impact of patient characteristics, as well as racial and ethnic variables, can also have an important impact.

An understanding of the symptoms of alterations in cardiovascular and respiratory systems is a critical step in diagnosis and treatment of many diseases. For APRNs this understanding can also help educate patients and guide them through their treatment plans.

In this Assignment, you examine a case study and analyze the symptoms presented. You identify the elements that may be factors in the diagnosis, and you explain the implications to patient health.

This is the prompt for the week 4 Case Study:

A 65-year-old patient is 8 days post op after a total knee replacement. Patient suddenly complains of shortness of breath, pleuritic chest pain, and palpitations. On arrival to the emergency department, an EKG revealed new onset atrial fibrillation and right ventricular strain pattern – T wave inversions in the right precordial leads (V1-4) ± the inferior leads (II, III, aVF)

To prepare:

By Day 1 of this week, you will be assigned to a specific case study scenario for this Case Study Assignment. Please see the “Announcements” section of the classroom for your assignment from your Instructor.

The Assignment

In your Case Study Analysis related to the scenario provided, explain the following

The cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes that result in the patient presenting these symptoms.
Any racial/ethnic variables that may impact physiological functioning.
How these processes interact to affect the patient.

Before submitting your final assignment, you can check your draft for authenticity. To check your draft, access the Turnitin Drafts from the Start Here area.

NURS_6501_Module2_Case Study_Assignment_Rubric

NURS_6501_Module2_Case Study_Assignment_Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeDevelop a 1- to 2-page case study analysis, examing the patient symptoms presented in the case study. Be sure to address the following:Explain both the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes of why the patient presents these symptoms.

30 to >27.0 pts

Excellent

The response accurately and thoroughly describes the patient symptoms. … The response includes accurate, clear, and detailed reasons, with explanation for both the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes supported by evidence and/or research, as appropriate, to support the explanation.

27 to >24.0 pts

Good

The response describes the patient symptoms. … The response includes accurate reasons, with explanation for both the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes supported by evidence and/or research, as appropriate, to support the explanation.

24 to >22.0 pts

Fair

The response describes the patient symptoms in a manner that is vague or inaccurate. … The response includes reasons for the cardiovascular and/or cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes, with explanations that are vague or based on inappropriate evidence/research.

22 to >0 pts

Poor

The response describes the patient symptoms in a manner that is vague and inaccurate, or the description is missing. … The response does not include reasons for either the cardiovascular or cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes, or the explanations are vague or based on inappropriate or no evidence/research.

30 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeExplain how the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes interact to affect the patient.

30 to >27.0 pts

Excellent

The response includes an accurate, complete, detailed, and specific explanation of how the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes interact to affect the patient.

27 to >24.0 pts

Good

The response includes an accurate explanation of how the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes interact to affect the patient.

24 to >22.0 pts

Fair

The response includes a vague or inaccurate explanation of how the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes interact to affect the patient.

22 to >0 pts

Poor

The response includes a vague or inaccurate explanation of how the cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary pathophysiologic processes interact to affect the patient.

30 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeExplain any racial/ethnic variables that may impact physiological functioning.

25 to >22.0 pts

Excellent

The response includes an accurate, complete, detailed, and specific explanation of racial/ethnic variables that may impact physiological functioning supported by evidence and/or research, as appropriate, to support the explanation.

22 to >19.0 pts

Good

The response includes an accurate explanation of racial/ethnic variables that may impact physiological functioning supported by evidence and/or research, as appropriate, to support the explanation.

19 to >17.0 pts

Fair

The response includes a vague or inaccurate explanation of racial/ethnic variables that may impact physiological functioning, and/or explanations based on inappropriate evidence/research.

17 to >0 pts

Poor

The response includes a vague or inaccurate explanation of racial/ethnic variables that may impact physiological functioning, or the explanations are based on inappropriate or no evidence/research.

25 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – Paragraph Development and Organization: Paragraphs make clear points that support well-developed ideas, flow logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas. Sentences are carefully focused—neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement and introduction are provided that delineate all required criteria.

5 to >4.0 pts

Excellent

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity. … A clear and comprehensive purpose statement, introduction, and conclusion are provided that delineate all required criteria.

4 to >3.0 pts

Good

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 80% of the time. … Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment are stated, yet are brief and not descriptive.

3 to >2.0 pts

Fair

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 60%–79% of the time. … Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment are vague or off topic.

2 to >0 pts

Poor

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity < 60% of the time. ... No purpose statement, introduction, or conclusion were provided. 5 pts This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting - English Writing Standards: Correct grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation 5 to >4.0 pts

Excellent

Uses correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation with no errors.

4 to >3.0 pts

Good

Contains a few (1 or 2) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.

3 to >2.0 pts

Fair

Contains several (3 or 4) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.

2 to >0 pts

Poor

Contains many (≥ 5) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors that interfere with the reader’s understanding.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – The paper follows correct APA format for title page, headings, font, spacing, margins, indentations, page numbers, running heads, parenthetical/in-text citations, and reference list.

5 to >4.0 pts

Excellent

Uses correct APA format with no errors.

4 to >3.0 pts

Good

Contains a few (1 or 2) APA format errors.

3 to >2.0 pts

Fair

Contains several (3 or 4) APA format errors.

2 to >0 pts

Poor

Contains many (≥ 5) APA format errors.

5 pts

Total Points: 100

Required Reading

McCance, K. L. & Huether, S. E. (2019). Pathophysiology: The biologic basis for disease in adults and children (8th ed.). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier.
Chapter 32: Structure and Function of the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems; Summary Review
Chapter 33: Alterations of Cardiovascular Function (stop at Dysrhythmias); Summary Review
Chapter 35: Structure and Function of the Pulmonary System; Summary Review
Chapter 36: Alterations of Pulmonary Function (stop at Disorders of the chest wall and pleura); (obstructive pulmonary diseases) (stop at Pulmonary artery hypertension); Summary Review

Awww uh bhhhj

Description

Students you are responsible for reading the article and providing a critique on your personal thoughts and opinions based on the article itself. You will need to utilize APA format and provide the citation at the top of the assignment. You do not need to include name, title page, etc. just start with the citation and go from there. Assignment is to be submitted on a word document and as said in accordance to the APA guidelines. Paper should consist of: Minimumum 500 words.Double spaced.NO PLAGIARIZING!Citation at the top.Well organized and grammatically correct.Describe the main ideas and what the author wants to express and your personal critique of the article.Analyze each important and interesting point and develop an explanation of the article.Interpret the author’s intention.Summarize and evaluate the value of an article, stating whether you agree or disagree with the author, with supporting evidence.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

SPECIAL COMMUNICATION
Downloaded from http://journals.lww.com/acsm-csmr by BhDMf5ePHKav1zEoum1tQfN4a+kJLhEZgbsIHo4XMi0hCyw
CX1AWnYQp/IlQrHD3i3D0OdRyi7TvSFl4Cf3VC4/OAVpDDa8K2+Ya6H515kE= on 07/28/2023
ACSM Expert Consensus Statement on Exertional
Heat Illness: Recognition, Management, and
Return to Activity
William O. Roberts, MD, MS, FACSM;1 Lawrence E. Armstrong, PhD, FACSM;2
Michael N. Sawka, PhD, FACSM, FAPS;3 Susan W. Yeargin, PhD, ATC;4
Yuval Heled, PhD, FACSM;5 and Francis G. O’Connor, MD, MPH, FACSM, FAMSSM6
as low as 15°C (1). Based on data from
the National Center for Catastrophic
Sport Injury Research at the University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill,
deaths in athletes from exertional heat
stroke (EHS) have averaged three per
year since 1995, mainly in high school
football players (2). Despite educational
and preventive efforts to lessen EHS
morbidity and mortality, recent literature
reveals little to no change in the annual
number of EHS deaths among athletes
(3). The prevalence of exertional heat
illness across all sports is not known (4).
The difficulty assessing the data and
trends surrounding the epidemiology of
exertional heat illness is partly explained
by the number of cases that are not
treated and documented in medical care facilities, and the
inconsistent terminology and case definitions (5).
The incidence rate of exertional heat illness increases as ambient temperature and relative humidity rise during the
warmer months of the year (6–10); this rate is predicted to increase as average world temperature and relative humidity continue to escalate with climate change (11). The increased
prevalence of obesity, physical inactivity, low physical fitness,
and lack of heat acclimatization may contribute to the increase
incidence rate. However, other factors such as more frequent
heat waves and suboptimal prevention strategies may be responsible (7,12–14). Many medical management issues related
to the recognition, treatment, and recovery of exertional heat
illnesses remain controversial (15,16).
A systematic review of 62 epidemiological studies reported
the highest incidence of exertional heat illness in American
football, running, cycling, and adventure races (5). Marathon
running and triathlons report the highest number of hospitalizations due to the extended duration of vigorous exercise (5).
Few sports are immune from exertional heat illness and examples of rates (per 100,000 athlete exposures) during training
and competition in National Collegiate Athletic Association
Abstract
Exertional heat stroke (EHS) is a true medical emergency with potential for
organ injury and death. This consensus statement emphasizes that optimal
exertional heat illness management is promoted by a synchronized chain of
survival that promotes rapid recognition and management, as well as communication between care teams. Health care providers should be confident in the
definitions, etiologies, and nuances of exertional heat exhaustion, exertional
heat injury, and EHS. Identifying the athlete with suspected EHS early in the
course, stopping activity (body heat generation), and providing rapid total
body cooling are essential for survival, and like any critical life-threatening situation (cardiac arrest, brain stroke, sepsis), time is tissue. Recovery from EHS is
variable, and outcomes are likely related to the duration of severe hyperthermia. Most exertional heat illnesses can be prevented with the recognition and modification of well-described risk factors ideally addressed through
leadership, policy, and on-site health care.
What Is the Clinical Problem?
Athletes, elite, recreational and tactical, and occupational
laborers, regularly perform stressful physical activities in warm
to hot environments, sometimes wearing heavy equipment
(e.g., football player), protective clothing (e.g., firefighter), or
both (e.g., warfighters). Heat stress impairs exercise performance
and causes physiological strain that may evolve into exertional
heat illness in a wide range of temperature conditions starting
1
Department of Family Medicine and Community Health, University of
Minnesota Medical School, Minneapolis, MN; 2Human Performance
Laboratory, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT; 3School of Biological
Sciences, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA; 4Department of
Exercise Science, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC; 5Clinical and
Integrative Physiology Unit, Heller Institute of Medical Research, Sheba
Medical Center, ISRAEL; and 6Consortium for Health and Military Performance,
Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, MD.
Address for correspondence: William O. Roberts, MD, MS, FACSM,
University of Minnesota Medical School, Minneapolis, 1414 Maryland Ave E,
St Paul MN, 55115, MN; E-mail: rober037@umn.edu.
1537-890X/2009/470–484
Current Sports Medicine Reports
Copyright © 2021 by the American College of Sports Medicine
470
Volume 20 Number 9 September 2021
Special Communication
Copyright © 2021 by the American College of Sports Medicine. Unauthorized reproduction of this article is prohibited.
Downloaded from http://journals.lww.com/acsm-csmr by BhDMf5ePHKav1zEoum1tQfN4a+kJLhEZgbsIHo4XMi0hCyw
CX1AWnYQp/IlQrHD3i3D0OdRyi7TvSFl4Cf3VC4/OAVpDDa8K2+Ya6H515kE= on 07/28/2023
sports are: men’s American rules football (15.5), wrestling
(2.9), cross-country (4.8), basketball (4.1), soccer (3.1), and
women’s cross country (3.5), outdoor track & field (5.9), tennis
(4.3), field hockey (0.20), and soccer (3.0) (9). High school rates
also vary by sport (17), some examples include girl’s field
hockey (3.9), lacrosse (0.6), volleyball (0.3), soccer (1.1),
cross-county (2.8); and boy’s baseball (0.57) and soccer (0.51)
(7,18). Boy’s American rules football consistently has the
highest rate of exertional heat illness, with Kerr et al. (7,18)
reporting 11 times the rate (4.42 to 5.2) of all other high
school sports combined. In military and occupational settings,
Army and Marine Corps personnel and laborers in occupations with heat-exposed physical activity consistently have
the highest rates of exertional heat illness (19–21).
This American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) consensus statement replaces the position statement published in
2007 (22) with emerging practices for recognition, prevention,
and management of exertional heat illness (15,16) and focuses
on exertional heat exhaustion (EHE), exertional heat injury (EHI),
and EHS. Additional conditions, such as exercise-associated
muscle cramps, exertional rhabdomyolysis, exercise collapse
associated with sickle cell trait, and exercise-associated
hyponatremia, are not included in this statement, although
they are important to consider in the initial evaluation of a collapsed athlete. The consensus statement will identify evidencebased strategies to reduce morbidity and mortality of exertional heat illness, including introducing a staged return to
activity (RTA) for athletes recovering from an EHS event.
What Is Serious Exertional Heat Illness?
Serious exertional heat illness includes EHS, EHI, and EHE;
whether these entities occur independently or on a spectrum has
not been determined. Exertional heat illness related to strenuous exercise and elevated body temperatures often presents
with athlete collapse and can range from self-limited EHE to
potentially life-threatening EHS (23–27). Any athlete or laborer
presenting with a clinical picture, suggesting a potentially
life-threating exertional heat illness, should be cooled until a
more thorough evaluation can be completed.
EHE is defined as the inability to sustain the required cardiac
output and blood pressure to continue physical activity because
of high skin blood flow requirements and/or dehydration related
to heat stress. Body temperature is elevated by the metabolic heat
produced during exercise but is usually 40°C rectal temperature. The term “heat stroke” reflects the presence of focal “stroke-like” symptoms associated
with warm environments and hyperthermia, although the
symptoms in most victims are more global (encephalopathy)
than focal (stroke syndrome). CNS changes associated with
EHS vary from mild personality deviations to the continuum
of confusion, delirium, stupor, or unconsciousness. Altered
mental status with loss of orientation to person, place, or time
is common. Severe agitation with florid psychosis can occur,
www.acsm-csmr.org
Table 1.
Signs and symptoms of exertional heat illness that often resolve with
rapid cooling.
Common Signs and
Symptoms of Exertional
Signs and Symptoms
Suggesting EHS
Heat illness
Persistent mental status changes
Dizziness
Personality changes (frontal lobe)
Headache
Inappropriate behavior or
aggressiveness
Nausea
Delirium
Unsteady walk
High rectal temperature, >40°C
(104°F)
Generalized weakness
Loss of ambulatory function
(ataxia)
Muscle cramps
Flaccid muscles or persistent
rigidity
Fatigue
Stool incontinence
Chills
Seizure
Eyes closed
Coma
Missing assigned tasks
(cognitive function)
Recurrent vomiting
Sweaty skin (not dry), warm
or cool to touch
Skin color varies from
pale to flushed
Weak or rapid pulse
Tachycardia
Systolic hypotension
and some victims are verbally and physically aggressive with
potential to injure caregivers. In addition to CNS dysfunction,
EHS is usually associated with body temperature >40°C,
along with signs and symptoms of cardiovascular and other
organ system distress (see Table 1). Organ and tissue damage
occur with prolonged hyperthermia, sometimes due to delayed
recognition and cooling, but the damage may not be clinically
evident until later in the disease process. Clinical management
following EHS may require critical care interventions for organ
and tissue damage induced by hyperthermia and sequelae, including systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) and
disseminated intravascular coagulopathy (DIC) (24–26).
A presenting core temperature ≥40°C alone is not sufficient
to establish the diagnosis of EHS (15,24,25,27). Core temperature values ≥40°C (exertional hyperthermia) have been documented during high-intensity physical activity in both warm
and hot weather with no apparent adverse effects on performance or health (31–33).
EHI is characterized by evidence of organ (e.g., gastrointestinal, kidney, liver, muscle) damage and dysfunction in the presence of hyperthermia without CNS changes seen in EHS and
requires laboratory testing to establish the diagnosis (24–26).
In an exercise setting, EHI also can be a consequence of delayed
recognition and/or inadequate cooling of EHS. The exact clinical pathway to tissue or organ injury is unknown but may be
a result of dehydration and reduced blood flow during a more
severe EHE episode or a direct thermal injury during an EHS
episode in which CNS dysfunction was minor or missed. EHI
Current Sports Medicine Reports
Copyright © 2021 by the American College of Sports Medicine. Unauthorized reproduction of this article is prohibited.
471
Downloaded from http://journals.lww.com/acsm-csmr by BhDMf5ePHKav1zEoum1tQfN4a+kJLhEZgbsIHo4XMi0hCyw
CX1AWnYQp/IlQrHD3i3D0OdRyi7TvSFl4Cf3VC4/OAVpDDa8K2+Ya6H515kE= on 07/28/2023
Figure 1: The impact of heat stress on physiological strain resulting in either adaptation or exertional heat illness.
may or may not be on a continuum as an intermediate condition between EHE and EHS. EHI typically causes tissue and
organ dysfunction that may persist for several weeks (30), including acute kidney injury, transient diarrhea (gut injury),
and/or transaminitis associated with liver injury. More severe
EHI-associated EHS can result in liver or kidney failure requiring organ transplantation for patient survival.
What Is the Pathophysiology of Exertional Heat Illness?
During exercise in the heat, the primary physiological challenge is an increase in cardiac output to support both high skin
blood flow for heat dissipation and high muscle blood flow for
metabolism at the expense of compensatory reductions in renal
and splanchnic blood flow (27,34). When these compensatory
responses are insufficient, skin, muscle, and even brain blood
flow are compromised affecting tissue metabolism and heat exchange (25,27,34). In addition, as ambient temperature increases, sweating increases, and sweat evaporation become the
primary heat transfer mechanism (35). If the high rates of sweating fluid loss are not replaced, the reduced plasma volume (from
dehydration) further elevates physiological strain, impairing
work capabilities and increasing the risk of exertional heat
illness (25,27,34).
Figure 1 diagrams progression from exercise heat stress to
exertional heat illness. The greater the heat stress the greater the
physiological strain as evidenced by hyperthermia, blood pressure
regulation challenges, reduced tissue perfusion, ischemia, and both
elevated oxidative and nitrosative stress (27,34).
If the physiological strain is not excessive, multiple heat exposures will stimulate adaptations, such as heat acclimation
(35) and acquired thermal (heat) tolerance (36), which help
to improve performance in the heat and protect from exertional
heat illness (27). The adaptive changes will induce molecular
adaptions, including heat shock protein (HSP) expression,
which improve tissue/organ protection or thermal tolerance. If
the physiological strain is excessive, it will induce pathological
events, including increased gut permeability, endotoxemia, exaggerated acute phase response and SIRS, coagulopathy, and
cell death (25,27,37). In addition, reduced cerebral blood flow,
combined with abnormal local metabolism and coagulopathy,
can lead to dysfunction of the CNS. These perturbations induce
changes are associated with EHS and EHI. There is no evidence
that EHI or EHS will induce abnormalities to hypothalamic regions, but thermoregulatory feedback loops may be damaged
(15). Of particular concern is intestinal barrier damage accentuating endotoxin leakage and potentiating liver damage,
endotoxemia, SIRS, and sepsis (25,37). The composition of
an athlete’s gut microbiome may predispose an EHS or EHI
victim to endotoxemia and SIRS (38).
Preliminary research indicates there may be an association
with EHS/EHI and long-term health issues. For example,
EHS/EHI victims were reported to have a 3.9 times higher incidence of major cardiovascular events, a 5.5 times greater incidence of ischemic stroke, and a 15 times greater incidence of
atrial fibrillation during a 14-year follow-up period (39,40).
Similarly, a cohort mortality study of male and female U.S.
Army personnel hospitalized for exertional heat illness with
Figure 2: The exertional heat illness chain of survival promotes better outcomes and increases communication between care teams (43).
472
Volume 20 Number 9 September 2021
Special Communication
Copyright © 2021 by the American College of Sports Medicine. Unauthorized reproduction of this article is prohibited.
Downloaded from http://journals.lww.com/acsm-csmr by BhDMf5ePHKav1zEoum1tQfN4a+kJLhEZgbsIHo4XMi0hCyw
CX1AWnYQp/IlQrHD3i3D0OdRyi7TvSFl4Cf3VC4/OAVpDDa8K2+Ya6H515kE= on 07/28/2023
an unknown duration of hyperthermia prior to cooling demonstrated a 40% increased long-term mortality risk when
compared with hospital admissions for appendicitis as reference cases (39). Recent evidence from an animal model suggests that 30-d post-EHS epigenetic memory changes can
suppress the immune system and alter HSP responses (41). In
heat-tolerant athletes believed to be fully recovered from a prior
EHS/EHI episode (ranging from 6 wk to 10 years), after a bout
of exercise-heat stress, the lymphocyte HSP72 level was lower
and in vitro lymphocyte HSP70 induction tended to be lower
in post-EHI patients suggesting potential for reduced acquired
cellular tolerance (42). There were no differences between control and post-EHS groups for core temperature or heart rate
(HR), emphasizing the ability to have similar physiological
strain responses during a modest heat exposure and the need
for more detailed molecular biomarkers (42). These findings
suggest that future research is needed to examine the relationship between residual tissue damage from EHS/EHI and
long-term morbidity and mortality.
How Is Exertional Heat Illness Optimally Managed?
Evaluating and managing an athlete or laborer with exertional heat illness requires an effective “chain of survival” comparable to the American Heart Association’s paradigm for out
of hospital cardiac arrest. The “chain of survival” for exertional
heat illness includes four linked steps: prehospital management;
emergency medical service (EMS); advanced clinical management in a medical treatment facility; and finally, guiding the
RTA (See Fig. 2). The first three links in clinical care are detailed
in this section on optimal management; the final step of
Figure 3: The evaluation and field care of an athlete with suspected exertional heat illness. Initiate immediate cooling measures based on the
best and most practical cooling strategy for the site. If both rectal temperature measurement and cooling strategy are readily available, getting a
rectal temperature is the best first step for clinical management decision making. Body cooling should take priority if a rectal temperature cannot
be measured immediately, but a temperature measurement will be needed eventually determine an end point for active cooling. In some settings
with a heat illness care team on site, a recovered athlete may be released to family rather than transported to an emergency facility. Not all EHS
casualties are unconscious, and it is important to look at the full clinical presentation. Based on field experience, the first three boxes in this cascade
can take too much time and aggressive cooling should be started within minutes of collapse. Time sensitivity is obvious in cardiac arrest and acute
stroke syndrome, but not necessarily engrained in those evaluating and managing heat stroke for the first time.
www.acsm-csmr.org
Current Sports Medicine Reports
Copyright © 2021 by the American College of Sports Medicine. Unauthorized reproduction of this article is prohibited.
473
facilitating a RTA with attention to precipitating risk factors
is discussed in sections V and VI.
Downloaded from http://journals.lww.com/acsm-csmr by BhDMf5ePHKav1zEoum1tQfN4a+kJLhEZgbsIHo4XMi0hCyw
CX1AWnYQp/IlQrHD3i3D0OdRyi7TvSFl4Cf3VC4/OAVpDDa8K2+Ya6H515kE= on 07/28/2023
Prehospital Management
Exertional heat illness clinical management depends on early
recognition, immediate cooling, and transport to a medical facility for advanced care (see Fig. 3). The observation that the
best outcomes are achieved with rapid reversal of body hyperthermia through early aggressive cooling is supported by robust
literature (43–45); accordingly, prehospital management is the
most critical element of limiting the morbidity and mortality
of an exertional heat illness event. A recent consensus statement
proposed several key steps in the paradigm of prehospital EHS
victim care, including rapid recognition, rapid assessment, and
rapid cooling (43).
Rapid recognition
An evaluation for EHS is usually triggered by the collapse or
near collapse of an athlete or laborer during or immediately following physical activity with heat stress. The differential diagnosis in a collapsed athlete is extensive, but most often due to
sudden cardiac arrest, exertional heat illness, sports-related
concussion, exercise-associated hyponatremia, hypoglycemia,
hypothermia, or exercise-associated postural hypotension
(exercise-associated collapse). Many of these diagnoses have
overlapping clinical presentations and a systematic approach
incorporating vital signs and a brief cognitive assessment will
expedite recognition and initial management, especially for
providers in a field setting (Table 1). In all weather conditions,
self-limiting postexercise collapse is usually due to sudden discontinuation of skeletal muscle pump activity causing venous
pooling and postural hypotension rather than heat illness or
dehydration, and the associated orthostatic instability usually
resolves in less than 30 min with leg elevation and rest (46,47).
A missed EHS diagnosis or delayed whole-body cooling may
lead to single or multiple organ failure or death (14). The entire
clinical picture, including the history of events leading up to the
collapse, mental status changes, vital signs, including rectal temperature, available point of care on site laboratory results, and
regular reassessment, should be considered to optimally establish
a diagnosis and manage the athlete with exertional collapse (24).
Rapid assessment
An unconscious athlete with spontaneous respirations or a
conscious athlete with CNS changes should be assessed for
EHS with an onsite core (rectal) temperature measurement.
However, whole-body cooling should not be delayed for a
core temperature measurement when EHS is suspected based
on clinical circumstances and working diagnosis. Rectal temperature measurement is the best estimate of core body temperature in the field (48–50). Shell temperature measured in
the aural canal or tympanic measures, oral sublingual, temporal artery or forehead, and axilla sites correlate poorly with
rectal temperature and should not be used for clinical decision
making for heat-related problems (48–52).
Rapid cooling
The best outcomes for EHS and EHI require rapid on-site
whole-body cooling. On-site cooling prevents treatment delays
and cooling interruptions associated with transportation to
medical facilities and emergency department (ED) evaluation
474
Volume 20 Number 9 September 2021
protocols for encephalopathy. Body cooling serves two purposes:
1) reducing organ and tissue temperatures and 2) supporting
tissue perfusion by vasoconstricting skin and superficial tissue
vessels moving blood volume from the peripheral to the central circulation. Cooling rates >0.15°C·min−1 are best for survival without medical complications. Insufficient or delayed
cooling can result in the medical complications of EHI or
death (45).
Reducing body temperature by any means possible is essential to decrease the morbidity and mortality associated with
EHS, and conductive heat exchange methods are the most effective in the field. The thermal conductivity of water is 32
times that of air and using circulating cold water to facilitate
convective heat exchange at the skin level is the best means
of rapidly reducing core body temperature (51,53,54). Ice water
tub immersion is very effective for whole body cooling in hot, humid conditions (55,56). At the Falmouth Road Race (11.4 km),
there have been no fatalities and limited hospitalizations in 274
consecutive runners, aged 11 to 70 years, rapidly cooled on-site
with ice water tub immersion (56).
Other whole-body cooling methods like rotating ice watersoaked towels on the trunk, extremities, and head augmented
with ice packs in the neck, axilla, and groin; repeatedly dousing
the body with ice water; or spraying with tap water can effectively cool hyperthermic patients (see Table 2). Evaporative
cooling methods are more effective in airconditioned spaces or
low relative humidity environments and often not effective in
the field as high relative humidity limits evaporative heat transfer.
Placing ice packs over major blood vessels in the groin, axilla,
and neck can be combined with other cooling strategies, but is
not recommended as a lone treatment modality. However, in a
“first aid” situation ice packs over the major vessels may be a lifesaving start to therapy.
Initiating whole-body cooling as soon as possible is essential, and Table 2 lists potential methods for use in the field.
The method used will be site-dependent and a blend of several
elements, including clinical experience of the providers, site
assets and limitations, water and ice access, patient size and
body type, and the incidence rate of EHS at the site (57). Victims
with low body mass and with high surface area to mass ratio
(such as children or thin endurance athletes) may cool more
rapidly than victims with large body mass and relatively low
surface area (football linemen) who can store more heat in the
tissues (58). While cold water immersion is very effective, in
some situations the use of 40-gallon tubs and 20 lbs to 30 lbs
of ice may be impractical, and more portable methods may be
an alternative to rapidly initiate whole-body cooling (59).
The primary goal of prehospital cooling is to lower the body
temperature, prioritizing core temperature reduction to below
39°C within 30 min to 60 min of collapse to protect the critical organs. Athletes with indwelling rectal thermistors can
be monitored continuously without interrupting body
cooling. Repeatedly measuring rectal temperature every
10 min, when an indwelling thermistor is not available, interrupts body cooling and reduces the overall cooling rate. The
recommendation to stop active cooling at ~38°C (101°F) to
prevent hypothermic overshoot is empirical and not based
on data showing adverse outcomes. There are no known disadvantages or adverse outcomes from cooling below 38°C
and most “overcooled” athletes will be in the 35°C to 37°C
(95°F to 97°F) range, which has no adverse physiological effect
Special Communication
Copyright © 2021 by the American College of Sports Medicine. Unauthorized reproduction of this article is prohibited.
Table 2.
Onsite whole-body cooling strategies for EHS casualties that are effective in the field.
Downloaded from http://journals.lww.com/acsm-csmr by BhDMf5ePHKav1zEoum1tQfN4a+kJLhEZgbsIHo4XMi0hCyw
CX1AWnYQp/IlQrHD3i3D0OdRyi7TvSFl4Cf3VC4/OAVpDDa8K2+Ya6H515kE= on 07/28/2023
Body Cooling Strategies
Treatment Notes
Ice water (~2°C) or cold water (~20°C)
immersion with stirring: whole body
Immerse body to neck, circulate or stir the water to increase heat
transfer, add ice during cooling, support head above water level.
Continuous supervision.
Ice water immersion: half body
Immerse the torso and pelvic region
Rotating ice water-soaked towels applied to the limbs,
trunk, and head with ice packs in the groin, axilla, and
neck; whole body
2 people, 6–8 towels, change rapidly, wring towels after soaking in
bucket of ice water
Tarp-assisted water immersion: partial body
6–8 people to hold the sides of the tarp. Ensure as much of the
torso and groin are immersed as possible
Cold water dousing: whole body
Free flowing hose or bucket with cool tap water
Ice water-soaked sheets only or with fanning: whole body
Frequently re-wet sheets with cold water
High powered spray misters: whole body
1–2 people to supervise
Water spray and fans: whole body
1 person to spray
Cold water immersion in portable water-impermeable bag:
whole body with head out.
1–2 people, add ice and water as needed
Cooling blanket — cold air (Bair Hugger)
Available in EMS vehicles
The approximate cooling rates will vary with body mass, body fat, surface area, blood flow, and other factors. The strategy must be practical and achievable at the site. Starting whole body cooling immediately is critical to achieve the best outcomes and should not be delayed by starting IV fluids or transfer to
an emergency medical facility.
(24). Simply continuing uninterrupted cooling until the victim
“wakes up” (eyes open, normal behavior, and conversational) is the more effective cooling strategy in this clinical
scenario. Checking a rectal temperature at the point of waking
up will confirm cooling to the goal level and cooling can be
discontinued. If a victim does not wake up in 30 min to
40 min, clinical reassessment is indicated.
Intravenous fluid replacement requirements vary based
on the duration of physical activity and individual sweating
rates. The need for intravenous (IV) fluid replacement is often
clinically apparent following cooling and the return of peripheral blood volume to the central circulation. Peripheral IV
sites complicate cooling procedures, and initiating IV fluids
can be delayed if the patient is responding well to cooling measures (60–63). Oral fluids are preferred to IV fluid replacement
and should be started when the patient can tolerate oral intake.
Emergency Medical Transport
An EHS victim cooled on-site should be transported, as soon
as possible, to a hospital ED that is equipped to evaluate and
manage the complications of EHS and EHI. In road race settings
that manage many exertional heat illness-related problems, casualties with EHS who are promptly recognized, treated, wake up
easily, and clinically stable are often discharged to home with
family. In other settings not accustomed to exertional heat illness
and EHS field management, ED evaluation is strongly recommended following on-site cooling.
If on-site cooling was not started or completed, a suspected
EHS casualty is best managed at the nearest medical facility
with the capability for cooling and medical management of
exertional heat illness complications. EMS vehicles in areas
with high exertional heat illness incidence rate should be equipped
to begin or continue cooling therapy treatment en route (chilled IV
fluids, ice packs, cooling blankets [Bair Hugger™], fans) and use
the vehicle air conditioning at high settings when EHS is suspected.
www.acsm-csmr.org
Many EMS vehicles now carry refrigerated IV fluid chilled to
4°C (39°F) to augment induction of therapeutic hypothermia
in cardiovascular emergencies.
Advanced Medical Treatment Facility Management
The third phase of clinical management involves advanced
care using an ED and hospital with inpatient critical care capability. When an individual with suspected exertional heat illness is transported to the hospital, the EMS dispatcher should
ideally direct the patient to a facility with known experience
and familiarity with heat casualties and notify the ED medical
team in advance to allow preparation for immediate treatment
upon arrival. The diagnosis of EHI and/or EHS can be challenging, as the patient may present with a temperature 3 d of >32°C (90°F)
Wearing heavy clothes, equipment, or uniforms
Individual factors
Age (infants, older adults)
Overweight, high body mass index
Poor physical fitness
Inappropriate work to rest ratios
Predisposing Factors
Exertional heat illness can occur in both healthy and “highrisk” individuals when performing vigorous activity in warm
or hot conditions. Risk factors for exertional heat illness listed
in Table 6 can be unique to a particular exertional event or a
given individual, and often, more than one risk factor is present in an individual victim. While EHS is not completely understood and is challenging to predict, numerous risk factors
associated with EHS have been identified by epidemiologic
data that include environmental, physiological, drug use, and
compromised health factors (25,26). For athletes, the most
common risk factors are low physical fitness, lack of heat acclimatization, obesity, and heat waves or unexpectedly hot
weather (14,25,89). Risk factors outlined in Table 6 can help
identify individuals who should be more closely monitored by
the sports medicine team and staff stakeholders during participation or have a “buddy” assigned to report any signs or symptoms (24,26). The most physically fit, heat acclimated, and
motivated individuals tend to sustain high rates of metabolic
heat production during intense physical activity and are highly
motivated to continue activity even when experiencing excessive fatigue or symptoms of exertional heat illness (see Fig. 4).
In addition, the presence of a predisposing factor (e.g., recent
viral illness or fever) on a particular day increases the risk of
heat stroke in subsequent days and sets up the “multiple-hit
hypothesis” (25,27), which may account for athletes who have
completed the same exercise-heat stress task many times in the
478
Volume 20 Number 9 September 2021
Inadequate heat acclimatization for current conditions
Heat stress in the previous 1 d to 3 d
Hypohydration
Medications and drugs
Diuretics
Anticholinergics
B-adrenergic blockers
Antihistamines
Antidepressants
Stimulants (amphetamines, cocaine, ecstasy, ephedra)
Health conditions
Viral or bacterial infections
Fever
Diarrhea or vomiting
Skin disorders (rash, large area of burned skin)
Diabetes mellitus
Cystic fibrosis/trait
Cardiovascular disease
Behavioral
Self-imposed motivation to excel
Leadership or organizational structure
Peer or coach pressure to excel
Special Communication
Copyright © 2021 by the American College of Sports Medicine. Unauthorized reproduction of this article is prohibited.
Downloaded from http://journals.lww.com/acsm-csmr by BhDMf5ePHKav1zEoum1tQfN4a+kJLhEZgbsIHo4XMi0hCyw
CX1AWnYQp/IlQrHD3i3D0OdRyi7TvSFl4Cf3VC4/OAVpDDa8K2+Ya6

2 file ct

Description

Work Teams

Imagine that you have been charged with transforming the performance of a team at your workplace. Specifically, it is under-performing, and your supervisor wants the team to be high-performing within six months. Based on the information in Chapter 18 of Organizational Behavior in Health Care and your own research develop a presentation for your supervisor that addresses the following:

Discuss reasons that healthcare teams under-perform.

Outline best practices for team performance.

Discuss the various organizational barriers that exist in your organization that affect team effectiveness.

Describe motivational strategies that address team level performance.

Present your team performance improvement plan making sure to include specific time-bound goals.

Provide examples from the organization and from current research to support your comments and ideas.

Your presentation should meet the following structural requirements:

Organized, using professional themes and transitions.

It should consist of nine slides, not including the title and reference slides.

Each slide must provide detailed speaker’s notes, with a minimum of 100 words per slide. Notes must draw from and cite relevant reference materials.

Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of six scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but the other four must be external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references.

Follow APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing standards.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin Originality Check Student Guide.

reflection week 3

Description

Pt is 16 years old female with accompanied by her mother with a PMH of eczema that presents with complaints of nonproductive cough and shortness of breath. Nonproductive cough x3 weeks. However, progressively worse over last 3 days and awakens her at night. Shortness of breath x3 days with exertion. Reports chest tightness. Denies pain. Has had no treatments for cough or shortness of breath. Congestion and runny nose x3 weeks ago that is now resolved. Exposure to second-hand smoke in her home environment.Physical exam reveals tachypnea, labored breathing, subcostal retractions, and expiratory wheezes throughout. PEFR reveals reduced FEV1 consistent with acute asthma exacerbation

Prescriptions

ProAir HFA (Albuterol Sulfate) Inhalation Aerosol 108, 90 base mcg, Take 2 inhalations every 4-6 hours as needed.

Prednisone (Deltasone) 20 mg tablets Take 2 tablets once daily for 5 days, 10 tablets

PRN: Loratadine (Claritin) 10 mg tablets Take 1 tablet once daily as needed 30 tablets

Follow up:

Visit in 2-5 days to evaluate for improvement. If she needs adjustments they would be discussed and in 4-6 weeks mark another visit will be done to determine if she needs any further workup

Using the case above completed this questions

Address the following questions:
Which resources would you recommend if the client requested complimentary alternative medicine (CAM) as part of her treatment strategy?
How would these resources change the education provided to the client? 
Include the following components:
write 150-300 words in a Microsoft Word document
demonstrate clinical judgment appropriate to the virtual patient scenario
cite at least one relevant scholarly source
communicate with minimal errors in English grammar, spelling, syntax, and punctuation

ct 1

Description

Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) not only lead the way with respect to mortality rates at a global level but also account for the majority of deaths in high-income countries. According to Bashir (2021), the most common causes of death in Saudi Arabia are ischemic heart disease, road injuries, stroke, chronic kidney disease, lower respiratory tract infections, Alzheimer’s disease, conflict and terror, cirrhosis, neonatal disorders, and diabetes mellitus.

Select one of the causes of death listed above, then assemble a research poster specific to your selected topic and how it progressed to a goal in Saudi Vision 2030. Approach the topic as if you are gathering sources to present this research at a conference. Be sure your references address:

How is your selected cause of death addressed by Saudi Vision 2030?

What are some of the methods in obtaining research and data for shaping KSA policy regarding your selected cause of death?

Any challenges to collecting evidence-based information.

Health policy laws implementing positive social changes in this area of healthcare.

What is the importance of this information?

Why is your selected cause of death relevant to your audience or field of study?

How is it applicable beyond these contexts?

Reference

Bashar, S. (2021). Leading cause of death in comparison to COVID-19

in Saudi Arabia. European Review for Medical and Pharmacological Sciences, 25, 2468-2469. https://www.europeanreview.org/wp/wp-content/uploa…

For more information and an example of a Research Poster, click here:

Poster Template 1

Poster Template 2

This Research Poster should meet the following criteria:

Include sections for: Introduction, Literature Review, Methods, Results, and Conclusion. Include a title slide and references slide.

Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of three scholarly articles. The Saudi Digital Library is an excellent source for scholarly research. One of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures.

Be formatted according to APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing guidelines.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin Originality Check Student Guide.

274 M بنفسجي

Description

see attached file

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Discussion (Week 4)
Question: Discuss the difference between Diversity and Disparity in relation to Health with
example?
Dear Students,
The discussion will be available in Discussion board by name Week 4 – Discussion from
17/September/2023 ie; Sunday 12:30 PM due date 23/September/2023 ie; Saturday until
11:59 PM.
This activity comprises for 10 marks of your Total Course work.
Instructions for Completing the Discussion Questions:
1. Post your original response by 20/September/2023 ie; Wednesday by 11:59 PM.
2. Your response should be a minimum of 5 sentences but should not exceed more than 500
words.
3. Appropriately cite the references in APA style referencing.
4. Respond to at least 2 of your classmates by 23/September/2023 ie; Saturday by 11:59
PM.
5. Your response to your classmate should be substantive in nature for example:
a. State agreements and provide additional supportive evidence or examples
b. Ask additional questions for clarification or provide additional ideas or perspectives
on the answer
c. Advance the participant’s ideas further by providing additional references or
support and providing feedback on the participant’s experience or perspectives.
d. State disagreements, if any, but provide evidence or support, using professional
tone and netiquette.
General Guidelines for Posting to Discussion Boards
Treat your discussion board post as any other written paper or response. You will want to establish
a process that works for you and use that process to produce engaging ideas that contribute to the
online conversation you are having with your classmates and your professor. You shouldn’t just
strive for completion, but also discussion and engagement.
Before you begin:



Read your prompt or discussion question carefully— pay attention to word count, citation
requirements, and specific guidelines such as due dates and response requirements. Are
you just answering one question or do you have to answer a question and then respond to
others?
Set an agenda— making a schedule will help you stay on task and not get behind, especially
with two-part due dates and follow up responses.
Narrow down what exactly you should be accomplishing in your post.
Drafting the post:






Before you begin take a few minutes to observe your peer’s posts. This will allow you to
see what other people are saying and allow you to even quote some of your peers.
Begin by drafting your post in MS Word or another application.
Use titles or headings to lead the reader through your post.
Use a warm opening. Don’t be too abrupt or forward right off the bat. Allow your reader
time to get “into” your post without feeling lost or overwhelmed.
Avoid jokes. Because you are not in a face-to-face environment, it’s easier for someone to
take something you say the wrong way.
Consider your audience. Your post will be read by your professor and your peers, so be
sure to maintain a professional tone.
Responding to a post:






Address your classmates by their names when responding to their posts.
Don’t dominate the conversation. Ask questions and point out specific details that you
found interesting about the other posts.
Keep in mind that your goal in responding is rooted in keeping the conversation going.
Quote or restate a few ideas from the post you are responding to.
Be respectful and non-confrontational.
Be as specific as possible to encourage discussion.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Peer Response for Culture in Nursing

Description

Need to do 2 peer response. Should be 1-2 paragraphs each, with a reference. Initial discussion post:A 45-year-old Vietnamese woman is in the emergency room with severe abdominal pain. Her teenage sons are with her, ages 14 and 19. The nurse asks if the sons can help interpret to get the history of the illness.1.How can the nurse ensure culturally competent care?2.Was the nurse correct in asking the sons to interpret?3.What might an institutional policy regarding interpretation and translation recommend?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

As a culturally competent nurse, she must be able to analyze the cultural and professional background
of each patient, getting insight into cultural healthcare beliefs and principles. Also, the nurse needs to
look for and gain information about other cultures and ethnic groups (this information can be in journal
articles, textbooks, seminars, workshops, and the Internet. The collection of the patient data about the
displaying problem as well as being able to perform a culturally specific assessment, respect and accept
cultural differences; and being willing to be open and to learn from others is also a key component.
As a nurse we must be aware that patients from other parts of the world might not be familiar with
certain types of diseases seen in the United States, that’s why we don’t make assumptions, and we must
explain every detail in very clear language, avoiding medical jargon.
Interpreters should be neutral and passive. A family member who serves as an interpreter may become
emotionally distressed at receiving upsetting medical news and the information received could be
incorrectly interpreted, and in some circumstances, the family member acting as an interpreter could
become unable to continue interpreting. Also, in many states is prohibited the use of children under age
15 as interpreters in hospitals, clinics, and doctor’s offices. For this reason, a qualified medical
interpreter who can more impartially relate sensitive information is always recommended, often with
better judgment and bedside manner. While is true that one of the children is 19, it still is not the best
choice in these cases, since a family member is emotionally involved and can be impacted negatively by
any negative diagnosis. Use of a minor (under age 18) as an interpreter is only acceptable in emergency
situations. The use of professionals is fully recommended, and it helps to avoid any misunderstandings
of diagnosis, treatment plans, and so on.
State law requires that hospitals have interpreters, either on-site or by telephone, 24 hours a day.
Health plans must pay for these services and patients should not be charged.
Facilities’ policies and procedures help ensure adherence to HIPAA regulations.
POLICY:
The facility will take reasonable steps to ensure that persons with Limited English Proficiency (LEP) have
meaningful access and an equal opportunity to participate in the facility’s services, activities, programs,
and other benefits.
Language assistance will be provided through the use of competent bilingual staff, staff interpreters,
contracts or formal arrangements with local organizations providing interpretation or translation
services, or technology and telephonic interpretation services.
The facility will conduct a regular review of the language access needs of its patient population, as well
as update and monitor the implementation of this policy and these procedures, as necessary.
PROCEDURES:
1. IDENTIFYING LEP PERSONS AND THEIR LANGUAGE
The institution will promptly identify the language and communication needs of the LEP(Limited English
Proficiency) person.
2. OBTAINING A QUALIFIED INTERPRETER
Identify responsible staff person(s), and phone number(s)) is/are responsible for maintaining an
accurate and current list showing the name, language, phone number, and hours of availability of
bilingual staff and providing the list.
3. PROVIDING WRITTEN TRANSLATIONS
When translation of vital documents is needed, each unit in the facility will submit documents for
translation into frequently encountered languages to the responsible staff person. Facilities will provide
translation of other written materials if needed, and written notice of the availability of translation, free
of charge, for LEP individuals.
4. PROVIDING NOTICE TO LEP PERSONS
The facility will inform LEP persons of the availability of language assistance, free of charge, by providing
written notice in languages LEP persons will understand.
5. MONITORING LANGUAGE NEEDS AND IMPLEMENTATION
On an ongoing basis, the facility will assess changes in demographics, types of services, or other needs
that may require a reevaluation of this policy and its procedures. In addition, the facility will regularly
assess the efficacy of these procedures.
References:
Krystallidou D, Langewitz W, van den Muijsenbergh M. Multilingual healthcare communication:
Stumbling blocks, solutions, recommendations. Patient Educ Couns. 2021;104(3):512–6.
Pandey M, et al. Impacts of English language proficiency on healthcare access, use, and outcomes
among immigrants: a qualitative study. BMC Health Serv Res. 2021;21(1):1–13.
https://www.hhs.gov/civil-rights/for-providers/clearance-medicare-providers/example-policyprocedure-persons-limited-english-proficiency/index.html.
In healthcare settings, it is crucial to provide culturally competent care in order to promote successful
communication and fulfill the particular requirements of patients from various cultural backgrounds.
The nurse should take the following actions to ensure a culturally competent treatment in this case
where a 45-year-old Vietnamese woman with significant stomach pain is in the emergency room and her
adolescent boys are there:
Utilize Professional Interpreters: Asking adolescent boys to translate may sound convenient, but it’s
often not a good idea. Family members, particularly teenagers, might lack the language skills or medical
expertise needed to understand complex medical information. The nurse should instead employ
qualified interpreters who are versed in medical jargon and can guarantee appropriate communication.
According to the Joint Commission, In order to promote patient safety and ensure efficient
communication with patients who have limited English proficiency (LEP), healthcare organizations
should make use of certified medical interpreters (Joint Commission, 2010).
Respect Patient’s Preferences: When it comes to who should be present during medical discussions, it’s
crucial to respect the patient’s wishes. The nurse should educate the patient about the advantages of
hiring qualified interpreters before obtaining their informed permission. In order to assure accuracy, it is
imperative to add expert services to the interpretation if the patient still chooses to have her boys
present.
Cultural Sensitivity: The nurse should be attentive to cultural differences and take into account the
Vietnamese community’s cultural traditions and preferences. Family is very important in Vietnamese
culture while making healthcare decisions. The nurse should support professional interpretation while
acknowledging and respecting this cultural value.
To promote effective communication with patients who speak little or no English, institutional policies
relating to interpretation and translation should be in line with best practices and laws. Such policies
may incorporate the following suggestions:
Use of Professional Interpreters: Specifically declare that all medical interactions with patients who
speak a language other than English or have limited English proficiency (LEP) should be conducted via
professional interpreters (Joint Commission, 2010).
Informed Consent: Obtaining patients’ informed consent regarding their chosen means of
communication and the employment of qualified interpreters is a requirement for healthcare
practitioners.
Cultural Competence Training: Mandating cultural competence training for healthcare personnel will
help them better comprehend and be sensitive to people from different cultural backgrounds (Office of
Minority Health, 2017).
Documentation: To monitor and uphold the standard of care, make sure that all patient interactions
with interpreters are recorded in the patient’s medical record (U.S. Department of Health & Human
Services, 2020).
Compliance With Federal Laws: Ensuring that federal laws are followed, including Title VI of the Civil
Rights Act, which mandates that healthcare facilities receiving federal financing offer language access
services (U.S. Department of Justice, 2021).
Healthcare organizations can provide culturally competent treatment and raise the standard of care for
patients with limited English proficiency while also abiding by legal and regulatory obligations by putting
these policies and guidelines into place.
References
Joint Commission. (2010). Advancing Effective Communication, Cultural Competence, and Patient- and
Family-Centered Care: A Roadmap for Hospitals. Retrieved from https://www.jointcommission.org//media/tjc/documents/resources/patient-safety-topics/2010_hospitals_tfoc.pdf
Office of Minority Health. (2017). National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate
Services (CLAS) in Health and Health Care. Retrieved from
https://www.minorityhealth.hhs.gov/assets/pdf/checked/finalreport.pdf
U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. (2020). Language Access Plan Toolkit. Retrieved from
https://www.hhs.gov/civil-rights/for-individuals/section-1557/language-assistance-toolkit/index.html
U.S. Department of Justice. (2021). Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Retrieved from
https://www.justice.gov/crt/title-vi-1964

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

MULTIPLE REGRESSION MODERATION OR MEDIATION IN SPSS

Description

In this Assignment, you will access a secondary dataset and construct a research question that can be answered with a moderation or mediation multiple regression analysis.

During this Module, you ideally have used the Support Forum to ask, answer, and otherwise address any questions you had regarding moderation and mediation. In this Assignment, you apply what you have learned to answer a research question using multiple regression, including testing for possible moderation or mediation. Remember that you must still address all the assumptions for multiple regression.

TO PREPARE
Review the module Learning Resources (including media), especially those related to multiple regression, moderation, and mediation analysis methods.
Import the SPSS dataset provided by your instructor.
Review the BRFSS Dataset documentation to familiarize yourself with the variables in the dataset.
ASSIGNMENT

Using the provided dataset, compose a research question that can be answered through a multiple regression analysis. Based on the research question you created, choose either moderation or mediation in your multiple regression analysis technique.

If you chose mediation:

Fit a multiple regression model, testing whether a mediating variable partly or completely mediates the effect of an initial risk factor variable on an outcome variable. Think about whether the model will meet assumptions (or not).
Fit the model, testing for mediation between two key variables.
Analyze the output, determining whether mediation was significant, and interpret that result.
Reflect on possible implications for social change.

If you chose moderation:

Fit a multiple regression model, testing whether a moderating variable partly or completely moderates the effect of an initial risk factor variable on an outcome variable. Think about whether the model will meet assumptions (or not).
Fit the model, testing for moderation between two key variables.
Analyze the output, determining whether moderation was significant, and interpret that result.
Reflect on possible implications for social change.

For both types of analyses:

In two to three pages, excluding the title page and appendix, write an analysis that includes the following:

A description of the research question, hypotheses, and variables, including the type of variable (independent, dependent, mediating/moderating) and level of measurement (categorical, ordinal, continuous).
A clear description and visual display of the statistical analysis in APA Publication Manual, 7th edition (APA) style, including regression tables (e.g., model summary, ANOVA, coefficients) and figures (e.g., regression line) as appropriate.
An analysis of the output, determination about whether the output was significant, and interpretation of the statistical results.
A reflection on possible implications for social change.

The analysis should be in APA format, including a title page, references, and an appendix, which includes your SPSS data output.

Note: For an APA-compliant write-up of these types of analyses, refer to

Warner, R. M. (2021). Mediation. In Applied statistics II: Multivariable and multivariate techniques (3rd ed., pp. 289–308).

The APA-compliant write-up is found on pages 305–306.

OR

Warner, R. M. (2021). Moderation: Interaction in multiple regression. In Applied statistics II: Multivariable and multivariate techniques (3rd ed., pp. 215–253).

The APA-compliant write-up is found on pages 242–243.
DATA
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021, July 7). Behavioral risk factor surveillance system: Overview: BRFSS 2020https://www.cdc.gov/brfss/annual_data/2020/pdf/overview-2020-508.pdf
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021, August 6). LLCP 2020 codebook report. Overall version data weightedwith _LLCPWT. Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System
https://www.cdc.gov/brfss/annual_data/2020/pdf/cod…
Ferraro, A. (2020). What statistical test should I useWalden University Blackboard. https://waldenu.instructure.com
Document: Guided Sample Dataset: Statistics AnxietyNote: The Statistics Anxiety dataset is not for use in your Assignment. It is used with the Required Media for the Practice: SPSS (Optional) activity.

Crowson, M. (2019, July 27).Multilevel modeling using SPSSJuly, 2019) [Video]. YouTube. https://youtu.be/RU1ps6jaheI

Hageman, K., Kim, A., Sanchez, T., & Bertolli, J. (2015). Chapter 12 | Survey design and implementationIn G. Guest & E. E. Namey (Eds.), Public health research methods (pp. 341–378) SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483398839.n12
Walden Office of Research and Doctoral Services. (n.d.). Quantitative, SPSS, and statistics tutoringhttps://academicguides.waldenu.edu/research-center…
Warner, R. M. (2021). Dummy predictor variables in multiple regression. In Applied statistics II: Multivariable and multivariate techniques (3rd ed., pp. 187–214). SAGE Publications.
Warner, R. M. (2021). Multiple regression with multiple predictors. In Applied statistics II: Multivariable and multivariate techniques (3rd ed., pp. 133–186). SAGE Publications.
Download BRFSS_PHYSICAL1(1)-2.sav (98.4 KB)

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Mediation
Mediation
Program Transcript
[MUSIC PLAYING]
MATTHEW JONES: This week, we’re talking about mediation. And just like with
moderation, there are a number of different theoretical and conceptual viewpoints
on how mediation analysis should be carried out. This week in SPSS, I’m just
going to show you one approach of many. And this is often referred to as the
Baron and Kenny approach to mediation. This week, we’re going to be looking at
the question of whether motivation mediates the relationship between anxiety
and final exam score.
Students entering a statistics class might have a high level of anxiety, but that
anxiety might also increase motivation, which in turn might affect final exam
scores. But we can go to SPSS and test this out with our simulated data set. So
using the Baron and Kenny approach, it’s really a four step approach in
performing a multiple regression analysis. So I have to do a series of simple
regression analyzes first.
And the first regression analysis I do is testing the pathway between our
independent variable, class anxiety, and our dependent variable, final score-final exam score. So it can go ahead and click Analyze, Regression. So very
bivariate regression should be familiar to everybody. So in the Dependent
Variable box, I’m going to put final exam score. And in the Independent Variable
box, I’m going to put classic anxiety at time one.
And I can go ahead and run my regression analysis. The output comes up. I can
see the ANOVA. The overall regression is significant. And indeed, classic anxiety
is a significant predictor. So you can see a positive unstandardized coefficient.
As anxiety increases, so does the final exam score.
Now, I need to test for a relationship between my mediator, motivation, and final
exam score. So we just do the same thing– Analyze, Regression, Linear. And so
we’re just going to move our independent variable of anxiety out and move
motivation score, so it’s measured also from an instrument– move that into the
Independent Variable. Click OK. OK.
And we see this, from the ANOVA, the regression is significant. The coefficient is
significant. As motivation increases, so does the final exam score. OK. Then we
need to test for the relationship between our independent variable of class
anxiety and motivation. So back up to Regression, Linear.
So we’re testing each of these direct paths. So motivation moves into the
Dependent Variable box, class anxiety at time one moves into our Independent
Variable. And indeed, we also see, jumping down to our coefficients, that class
© 2017-2022 Walden University, LLC
1
Mediation
anxiety is a significant predictor of motivation. So the final step is we’re going to
conduct a multiple regression analysis. So back to Regression.
And we’re going to put our dependent variable of interest, the final exam score-we already have class anxiety as our independent variable. So we just need to
move motivation back in there. Now that we see that both of our predictive
variables are still statistically significant, and we can see looking at our
coefficients– I’ll look here at our standardized beta– have actually decreased
from when we were just doing that bivariate regression analysis. So that is one of
the variables, motivation, has some sort of mediating effect on class anxiety.
So far we’ve tested all the direct effects in SPSS, but there’s one last important
step to mediation analysis. And that is testing for the indirect effect. There are
many different ways to test for this indirect effect, but one specific test that I’ll
mention is the Sobel test. You can go to an outside Sobel test calculator on the
web– and we’ve listed one of those under your week three resources. But there
are also many others. There are also SPSS macros that can be used to test this
indirect effect as well.
If you’re interested in this, you might want to speak to your instructor about his or
her preference or other resources that he or she may know about.
[MUSIC PLAYING]
Mediation
Additional Content Attribution
FOOTAGE:
GettyLicense_160463144
simonkr/Creatas Video/Getty Images
GettyLicense_626791754
AzmanL/Creatas Video/Getty Images
GettyLicense_114759820
David Baumber/Vetta/Getty Images
© 2017-2022 Walden University, LLC
2
Introduction to Moderation
Introduction to Moderation
Program Transcript
[MUSIC PLAYING]
DR. ANNIE PEZALLA: In the previous week, you refreshed your memory of
some of the more straightforward and useful approaches to multiple regression.
This week, you’re introduced to an expanded approach to multiple regression
that tests for a moderation effect in a model. To illustrate moderation, let’s take
an example, one that is relevant to almost anyone taking a statistics class.
Statistics can scare people, and some people are more likely to shut down and
not ask for help in a statistics class than are others. Now you might wonder, is
there a relationship between gender and fear of asking for help in a statistics
class? You might think that women are more likely than men to report a fear of
asking for help, or maybe you think the opposite.
No matter what you think, the relationship between those two variables– gender
and fear of asking for help– is probably quite different depending on the comfort
one has with math. That is, if you’re studying a group of people who all have a
very low comfort with math, women may, indeed, be more fearful than men to
ask for help in a statistics class. So there may be a strong relationship between
gender and fear of asking for help in such a group.
Yet when math comfortability is high, the relationship between gender and fear of
asking for help may be weak or non-existent. That speculation could be tested
with a moderation model. So how could you frame your research question to
examine the role of math comfortability between those variables?
The research question you’d ask is, does math comfortability moderate the
relationship between gender and fear of asking for help?
Essentially, moderation tells you whether the strength of the relationship between
your predictor variable and your dependent variable changes based on the value
of a third variable. My colleague and friend, Dr. Jones, will walk you through this
test in SPSS.
© 2017-2022 Walden University, LLC
1
Introduction to Moderation
Introduction to Moderation
Additional Content Attribution
FOOTAGE:
GettyLicense_160463144
simonkr/Creatas Video/Getty Images
GettyLicense_626791754
AzmanL/Creatas Video/Getty Images
GettyLicense_114759820
David Baumber/Vetta/Getty Images
© 2017-2022 Walden University, LLC
2
Introduction to Mediation
Introduction to Mediation
Program Transcript
DR. ANNIE PEZALLA: This week you’re exposed to a slightly different approach
to multiple regression. Up to this point, we’ve assumed that, in the conception of
our models, the independent variable either directly affects or does not affect our
dependent variable. But life isn’t always that simple. It’s pretty common for there
to be an intervening variable through which the independent variable passes to
effect the dependent variable.
Those intervening variables are called mediators, and they serve the same sort
of function that a mediator might serve between two people who have some sort
of relationship but the nature of their relationship is unclear and requires
someone to essentially go between them to help clarify the ways in which they
relate. Testing for mediation gives you the ability to test for those sorts of
relationships, to examine both the direct and indirect effects between your
variables of interest.
Let’s return to our example with the statistics professor and his anxious students.
Using a simple linear regression model, this professor might test for a
relationship between student anxiety of statistics and end of course knowledge
attainment of statistical methods. You might think that anxiety might be a pretty
good predictor of end of course knowledge, that high anxiety predicts low end of
course knowledge.
But the relationship between those variables is almost always a little more
complicated than that. Anxiety could be a good thing or a bad thing. Indeed,
sometimes anxiety is just a reflection of motivation to learn the course material.
From that perspective, motivation could mediate the relationship between anxiety
and end of course knowledge
Dr. Jones will be testing those relationships for you this week as he answers the
question– does motivation mediate the relationship between anxiety and final
score in a statistics course? Both mediation and moderation are incredibly
powerful and popular statistical tests and research. Think about how you might
use either or both of these tests with a dataset that you’ve chosen to use.
Introduction to Mediation
Additional Content Attribution
FOOTAGE:
GettyLicense_160463144
simonkr/Creatas Video/Getty Images
© 2017-2022 Walden University, LLC
1
Introduction to Mediation
GettyLicense_626791754
AzmanL/Creatas Video/Getty Images
GettyLicense_114759820
David Baumber/Vetta/Getty Images
© 2017-2022 Walden University, LLC
2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Formal Literature Review

Description

Literature Review Paper

Literature review paper

One of the main learning exercises in the course is a Literature review paper. The literature review paper’s purpose is to answer a significant clinical question. Most of your discussions and activities in this course are created to build the skills need it to write this paper. To do this paper you need to work each week on assignments, that will help you build your skills for the successful completion of this assignment.

Your paper should be 5-6 pages long (double-spaced, 12 font) not including the references and title page). You should have a reference page of at least eight (8) academic sources, including at least five (5) primary research sources that specifically answer the review question. Use APA format for references and citations. All papers must be submitted to be reviewed for similarity, any paper with a score of 20% or higher in the similarity index, will receive an automatic “0”, and will not be reviewed until the similarity score is below 20%.

Step by step directions and a rubric is posted below. After your paper has been corrected and graded, you have the option to revise your literature review paper in order to improve your writing and correct your mistakes. If there is a significant improvement, the grade will be increased. Revisions are due a week after receiving feedback.

Instructions:

Your paper needs to follow the following criteria:

Choose a problem faced by clients in your practice area that you think is important and would like to learn more about
Use your knowledge of PICO to develop a well-built narrow clinical question. For example: In adult patients with total hip replacements (P), how effective is pain medication (I) compared to aerobic stretching (C) in controlling post-operative pain (O)? (the development of the PICO question should not be included in the paper)
Write a five (5) to six (6) page literature review paper on the standing knowledge of the chosen question.
Include a minimum of five (5) journal articles, at least three (3) from nursing journals. However, make sure that the (5) journals are the ones analyzed and synthesized in the results and discussion sections.
The body of the paper should be made of the following titled sections: Title (introduction), Methods, Results, Discussion, and Conclusion.
Provide a specific and concise tentative title for your literature review paper (You may use the results or at least the variables in the title).
The abstract is not required
Include a 1-page introduction of your topic (background information), the focus/aim of your review. The introduction should include a statement of the problem, briefly explain the significance of your topic study, and act to introduce the reader to your definitions and background. Must include your main statement (i.e. the purpose of this review is…{PICO Question}).
The method section should include sources, databases, keywords, inclusion/exclusion criteria, levels of evidence, and other information that establishes credibility to your paper
The results should summarize the findings of studies that have been conducted on your topic. For each study, you should briefly explain its purpose, procedure for data collection, and major findings. This is the section where you will discuss the strengths and weaknesses of studies
Submit a table of the studies as per the matrix development
The discussion should be like a conclusion portion of an essay paper. It serves as a summary of the body of your literature review and should highlight the most important findings. Your analysis should help you to draw conclusions. In this section, you would discuss any consensus or disagreement on the topic. It can also include any strengths and weaknesses in general of the research area. If you believe there is more to research, you may include that here.
Finally, you will need to conclude your paper. At this point, you have put substantial effort into your paper. Close this chapter with a summary of the paper, major findings, and any major recommendations for the profession.
In general, your paper should show a sense of direction and contain a definite central idea supported with evidence. The writing should be logical, and the ideas should be linked together in a logical sequence. The ideas need to be put together clearly for the writer and for the reader.
Papers will be graded by rubric. When preparing to work on an assignment it is a good idea to review the rubric for the assignment. The rubric identifies the important points that will be graded as well as the description of the information that should be provided to receive all of the points in each section of the assignment. Reviewing the rubric before you begin a paper and then once again as you complete the paper will give you confidence that you included the required information and will receive maximum points for each section. See the grading rubric for this assignment.
Format references and citations using APA guidelines

Unformatted Attachment Preview

The Well-Built Clinical Question
PICO Worksheet
INSTRUCTIONS:
Think about a complex clinical problem that you encountered in your daily practice. Use the following
table to identify the patient/population, intervention, comparison, and outcomes. Once is done, try to
formulate your question.
Question Components
Your Question
P – Patient or Population
Pregnant women between 15 to 36 years with
gestational diabetes often face pregnancy
problems resulting from the effects of gestational
diabetes.
Describe the most important characteristics of the
patient.
(e.g., age, disease/condition, gender)
I – Intervention; Prognostic Factor; Exposure
Low carbohydrate intake forms part of the dietary
changes in gestational diabetes management.
Describe the main intervention.
(e.g., drug or other treatment,
diagnostic/screening test)
C – Comparison (if appropriate)
A standard low-fat diet is a known therapy for
managing diabetes.
Describe the main alternative being considered.
(e.g., placebo, standard therapy, no treatment, the
gold standard)
O – Outcome
Comparing the two interventions will help
determine which is effective in glycemic control.
Describe what you’re trying to accomplish,
measure, improve, and affect.
(e.g., reduced mortality or morbidity, improved
memory, accurate and timely diagnosis)
The well-built clinical question:
In Pregnant women between 15 to 36 years with gestational diabetes, what is the effect of _low
carbohydrate diet on __glycemic control compared with standard low-fat diet _______________?
INSTRUCTIONS: Fill in the blanks with information from your clinical scenario:
THERAPY
In__ Pregnant women between 15 to 36 years with gestational diabetes_____________, what is the effect
of _low carbohydrate diet_______________on __glycemic control_____________ compared with __
standard low-fat diet _______________?
Page 1|5
Lesson 4 – Discussion 3
NUR3165
INSTRUCTIONS: Scenario (check all that apply):
Type of Question
X Therapy
Ideal Type of Study
RCT
Note: Meta-analyses and systematic reviews, when available, often provide the best
answers to clinical questions.
INSTRUCTIONS:
 OR →
MeSH/Subject Headings
Main Concepts
(PICO concepts)
Pregnant women,
gestational diabetes
“Pregnancy in Diabetics,”
“Gestational Diabetes”
Low carbohydrate
diet
“Diet, Carbohydrate-Restricted,”
“Low Carbohydrate Diet”
Standard low-fat
diet
“Diet, Low-Fat,” “Standard
Diet”
Glycemic control
“Blood Glucose,” “Glycemic
Control”
AND
Synonyms
Expectant mothers,
Pregnant females,
Pregnancy with diabetes,
Gestational
hyperglycemia
Low carb diet,
Carbohydrate-restricted
eating plan, Dietary
carbohydrate reduction
Regular low-fat diet,
Conventional low-fat
eating plan, Standard
dietary treatment
Blood sugar
management, Glucose
regulation, Glycemic
outcome, Blood glucose
level control
Search Strategy Development
INSTRUCTIONS: Finding the right words to get what you want. From your PICO, fill in as much as you
can of the table below.
Page 2|5
Lesson 4 – Discussion 3
NUR3165
Primary search term
P
I
Pregnant women, gestational
diabetes
Use of low carbohydrate diet
C
Use of standard low-fat diet
O
Synonym 1
Pregnant females,
carbohydraterestricted diet,
dietary intervention
Conventional lowfat diet
Blood sugar control
Glycemic control
Synonym 2
expectant mothers,
diabetes during
pregnancy
Low carb diet
standard dietary
treatment with
reduction of fat
glucose regulation,
glycemic
management
INSTRUCTIONS: List your inclusion criteria –i.e., gender, age, years of publication
INSTRUCTIONS: Check any limit that may pertain to your search:
_____ Age _15-36 years__________________ Language _English_________ Year of publication between
2018 to 2023
RCT studies.
Type of study/publication you want to include in your search: (From Step 2 of tutorial)
__ Individual Research Studies
__
Check the databases you searched:
[X] Cochrane Library
__ CINAHL with Full Text
__ PubMed Clinical Queries
What information did you find to help answer your question?
A search for randomized controlled trials published in English between 2018 to 2023 in the three
databases shows that several studies have been carried out on the use of different interventions, including
dietary adjustments, lifestyle changes, and the use of medications. However, no study has ever been carried
Page 3|5
Lesson 4 – Discussion 3
NUR3165
out to compare the two interventions in the PICOT questions. A study by Mijatovic et al.(2020) shows that
a low carbohydrate diet positively affects glycemic control in managing gestational diabetes (GDM).
Research, such as the study conducted by Mijatovic et al. (2020), has demonstrated that a diet with reduced
carbohydrate content can significantly improve glycemic control by keeping mean glucose levels below 87
mg/dL. This improvement in blood sugar regulation is crucial in preventing fetal overgrowth, a common
complication of GDM.
Additionally, a low-carbohydrate diet helps reduce the risk of giving birth to small-for-gestationalage (SGA) infants, which can be a concern when traditional diabetic diets are used. Therefore, adopting a
low-carbohydrate diet as part of the management strategy for gestational diabetes can effectively promote
maternal and fetal health. Other studies, such as the one by Rasmussen et al.(2020), indicate that a low-fat
diet help in controlling diabetes.
Page 4|5
Lesson 4 – Discussion 3
NUR3165
References
Mijatovic, J., Louie, J. C. Y., Buso, M. E. C., Atkinson, F. S., Ross, G. P., Markovic, T. P., & BrandMiller, J. C. (2020). Effects of a modestly lower carbohydrate diet in gestational diabetes: a
randomized controlled trial. The American journal of clinical nutrition, 112(2), 284–292.
https://doi.org/10.1093/ajcn/nqaa137
Rasmussen, L., Poulsen, C. W., Kampmann, U., Smedegaard, S. B., Ovesen, P. G., & Fuglsang, J. (2020).
Diet and Healthy Lifestyle in the Management of Gestational Diabetes Mellitus. Nutrients, 12(10),
3050. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu12103050
Page 5|5
Lesson 4 – Discussion 3
NUR3165

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

nur501 theoretical basis adv nursing

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Part one: USE references 2-3 paragraphs
your specialty area of FNP practice. Select a nursing theory, borrowed theory, or
interdisciplinary theory provided in the lesson plan or one of your own findings. Address the
following:






Origin
Meaning and scope
Logical adequacy
Usefulness and simplicity
Generalizability
Testability
Finally, provide an example how the theory could be used to improve or evaluate the quality of
practice in your specific setting. What rationale can you provide that validates the theory as
applicable to the role of the nurse practitioner.
Part two:
1. you will use the five theories/models listed below:
o Health Belief Model
o Transtheoretical Model of Behavioral Change
o Social Cognitive Theory
o Family Systems Theory
o Family Assessment and Intervention Model
2. Search the library for literature. Locate one article related to each selected theory or
model.
o Use only scholarly sources as defined for the NP program: A US-based peerreviewed journal for clinicians (MD/DO/NP/PA) published in the past five years
or the latest clinical practice guideline (CPG).
3. Prepare an annotated entry for each source. Begin with the full APA citation of the
source, followed by 2-3 paragraphs:
o Summarize the article.
o Describe how the article relates to the chosen theory/model.
o Reflect on how the article could (or could not) be relevant to future Nurse
Practitioner practice.
Criteria for Format and Special Instructions
1. The paper should not include a separate title page. No reference page is necessary as it
will incorporate the references into the body of the bibliography.
2. The template must be used for this assignment: NR501NP Week 5 Assignment Template
• Links to an external site..
• A minimum of 5 (five) scholarly references must be used. Required textbooks for this course
and Chamberlain College of Nursing lesson information may NOT be used as scholarly
references for this assignment. Be aware that information from .com websites may be incorrect
and should be avoided.
• References are current – within a 5-year time frame unless a valid rationale is provided and the
instructor has approved them.
• In-text citations are not required in the annotated bibliography.
• Rules of grammar, spelling, word usage and punctuation are followed and consistent with
formal, scientific writing.
Part Three: Use references 2-3 paragraphs
Which of the culture and caring theories most resonates with you for your practice as an NP? How does
the theory integrate the nursing paradigm? What parts of the theory do you identify with? How does
the theory help to meet CLAS standards to advance health equity?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

MSW 610 WEEK 3 Discussion post

Description

Instructions

It is anticipated that the initial discussion post should be in the range of 250-300 words. Response posts to peers have no minimum word requirement but must demonstrate topic knowledge and scholarly engagement with peers. Substantive content is imperative for all posts. All discussion prompt elements for the topic must be addressed. Please proofread your response carefully for grammar and spelling. Do not upload any attachments unless specified in the instructions. All posts should be supported by a minimum of one scholarly resource, ideally within the last 5 years. Journals and websites must be cited appropriately. Citations and references must adhere to APA format.

Classroom Participation

Students are expected to address the initial discussion question by Wednesday of each week. Participation in the discussion forum requires a minimum of three (3) substantive postings (this includes your initial post and posting to two peers) on three (3) different days. Substantive means that you add something new to the discussion supported with citation(s) and reference(s), you are not just agreeing. This is also a time to ask questions or offer information surrounding the topic addressed by your peers. Personal experience is appropriate for a substantive discussion, however should be correlated to the literature.

All discussion boards will be evaluated utilizing rubric criterion inclusive of content, analysis, collaboration, writing and APA. If you fail to post an initial discussion or initial discussion is late, you will not receive points for content and analysis, you may however post to your peers for partial credit following the guidelines above.

Initial Response
INSTRUCTIONS:
Select a case from the reading and discuss how any of these theories can be applied to the case.
Be sure to cite your textbook and case example.
Discuss how this would help you understand the client(s) and apply to practice.
Which theory from this week’s readings do you think is most beneficial? Why?

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

Your initial response is due by Wednesday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Peer Response
INSTRUCTIONS:

Please read and respond to at least two of your peers’ initial postings. You may want to consider the following questions in your responses to your peers:

Compare and contrast your initial posting with those of your peers.
How are they similar or how are they different?
What information can you add that would help support the responses of your peers?
Ask your peers a question for clarification about their post.
What most interests you about their responses?

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

All peer responses are due by Sunday at 11:59 pm CT.

Estimated time to complete: 1 hour

Nursing Question

Description

Gastrointestinal (GI) and hepatobiliary disorders affect the structure and function of the GI tract. Many of these disorders often have similar symptoms, such as abdominal pain, cramping, constipation, nausea, bloating, and fatigue. Since multiple disorders can be tied to the same symptoms, it is important for advanced practice nurses to carefully evaluate patients and prescribe a treatment that targets the cause rather than the symptom.

Once the underlying cause is identified, an appropriate drug therapy plan can be recommended based on medical history and individual patient factors. In this Assignment, you examine a case study of a patient who presents with symptoms of a possible GI/hepatobiliary disorder, and you design an appropriate drug therapy plan.

This week, we will be reviewing Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary Disorders. You are to write a 1 page paper addressing the requirements written in your assignment. Please follow the directions given and review the grading rubric to ensure all questions have been addressed.

Case:

DC is a 46-year-old female who presents with a 24-hour history of RUQ pain. She states the pain started about 1 hour after a large dinner she had with her family. She has had nausea and on instance of vomiting before presentation.

PMH: Vitals:

HTN Temp: 98.8oF-

Type II DM Wt: 202 lbs

Gout Ht: 5’8”

DVT – Caused by oral BCPs BP: 136/82

HR: 82 bpm

Current Medications: Notable Labs:

Lisinopril 10 mg daily WBC: 13,000/mm3

HCTZ 25 mg daily Total bilirubin: 0.8 mg/dL

Allopurinol 100 mg daily Direct bilirubin: 0.6 mg/dL

Multivitamin daily Alk Phos: 100 U/L

AST: 45 U/L

ALT: 30 U/L

Allergies:

Latex
Codeine
Amoxicillin

PE:

Eyes: EOMI
HENT: Normal
GI:bNondistended, minimal tenderness
Skin:bWarm and dry
Neuro: Alert and Oriented
Psych:bAppropriate mood

To Prepare:

Review the case study assigned by your Instructor for this Assignment
Reflect on the patient’s symptoms, medical history, and drugs currently prescribed.
Think about a possible diagnosis for the patient. Consider whether the patient has a disorder related to the gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary system or whether the symptoms are the result of a disorder from another system or other factors, such as pregnancy, drugs, or a psychological disorder.
Consider an appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.

Write a 1-page paper that addresses the following:

Explain your diagnosis for the patient, including your rationale for the diagnosis.
Describe an appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.
Justify why you would recommend this drug therapy plan for this patient. Be specific and provide examples.

Before submitting your final assignment, you can check your draft for authenticity. To check your draft, access the Turnitin Drafts from the Start Here area.

Required Readings

Rosenthal, L. D., & Burchum, J. R. (2021). Lehne’s pharmacotherapeutics for advanced practice nurses and physician assistants (2nd ed.) St. Louis, MO: Elsevier.
Chapter 64, “Drugs for Peptic Ulcer Disease” (pp. 589–597)
Chapter 65, “Laxatives” (pp. 598–604)
Chapter 66, “Other Gastrointestinal Drugs” (pp. 605–616)
Chapter 80, “Antiviral Agents I: Drugs for Non-HIV Viral Infections” (pp. 723–743)
Chalasani, N., Younossi, Z., Lavine, J. E., Charlton, M., Cusi, K., Rinella, M., . . . Sanya, A. J. (2018) The diagnosis and management of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: Practice guidance from the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases Hepatology, 67(1), 328–357. Retrieved from https://aasldpubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/…This article details the diagnosis and management of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Review this article to gain an understanding of the underlying pathophysiology as well as the suggested pharmacotherapeutics that might be recommended to treat this disorder. https://aasldpubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/…

NURS_6521_Week4_Assignment_Rubric

NURS_6521_Week4_Assignment_Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeExplain your diagnosis for the patient, including your rationale for the diagnosis.

25 to >22.25 pts

Excellent

The response accurately and clearly explains in detail the diagnosis for the patient, including an accurate and thorough rationale for the diagnosis that supports clinical judgment.

22.25 to >19.75 pts

Good

The response provides a basic explanation of 1-2 diagnoses for the patient, including an accurate rationale for the diagnosis that may support clinical judgment.

19.75 to >17.25 pts

Fair

The response inaccurately or vaguely explains the diagnosis for the patient, including an inaccurate or vague rationale for the diagnosis that may or may not support clinical judgment.

17.25 to >0 pts

Poor

The response inaccurately and vaguely explains the diagnosis for the patient, including an inaccurate and vague rationale for the diagnosis that does not support clinical judgment, or is missing.

25 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeDescribe an appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.

30 to >26.7 pts

Excellent

The response accurately and completely describes in detail an appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.

26.7 to >23.7 pts

Good

The response describes a basic explanation of the appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.

23.7 to >20.7 pts

Fair

The response inaccurately or vaguely describes an appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.

20.7 to >0 pts

Poor

The response inaccurately and vaguely describes an appropriate drug therapy plan based on the patient’s history, diagnosis, and drugs currently prescribed.

30 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeJustify why you would recommend this drug therapy plan for this patient. Be specific and provide examples.

30 to >26.7 pts

Excellent

The response provides an accurate, clear, and detailed justification for the recommended drug therapy plan for this patient. … The response includes specific, accurate, and detailed examples that fully support the justification provided.

26.7 to >23.7 pts

Good

The response provides a basic justification for the recommended drug therapy plan for this patient. … The response includes only 1-2 examples that fully support the justification provided.

23.7 to >20.7 pts

Fair

The response provides an inaccurate or vague justification for the recommended drug therapy plan for this patient. … The response may include examples, which may inaccurately or vaguely support the justification provided.

20.7 to >0 pts

Poor

The response provides an inaccurate and vague justification for the recommended drug therapy plan for this patient, or is missing. … The response does not include examples that support the justification provided, or is missing.

30 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – Paragraph Development and Organization: Paragraphs make clear points that support well developed ideas, flow logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas. Sentences are carefully focused–neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance.

5 to >4.45 pts

Excellent

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity.

4.45 to >3.95 pts

Good

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 80% of the time.

3.95 to >3.45 pts

Fair

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 60%–79% of the time.

3.45 to >0 pts

Poor

Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity less than 60% of the time.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – English writing standards: Correct grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation

5 to >4.45 pts

Excellent

Uses correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation with no errors

4.45 to >3.95 pts

Good

Contains a few (1–2) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors

3.95 to >3.45 pts

Fair

Contains several (3–4) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors

3.45 to >0 pts

Poor

Contains many (≥ 5) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors that interfere with the reader’s understanding

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting – The paper follows correct APA format for title page, headings, font, spacing, margins, indentations, page numbers, running head, parenthetical/in-text citations, and reference list.

5 to >4.45 pts

Excellent

Uses correct APA format with no errors

4.45 to >3.95 pts

Good

Contains a few (1–2) APA format errors

3.95 to >3.45 pts

Fair

Contains several (3–4) APA format errors

3.45 to >0 pts

Poor

Contains many (≥ 5) APA format errors

5 pts

Total Points: 100

Unformatted Attachment Preview

CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
Asthma and Stepwise
Management
Student’s Name:
Walden University:
Due Date:
Long-term Controls for Asthma
• Asthma is a chronic condition caused by
inflammation of the airways.
• Long-term controls for the condition include antiinflammatories mainly glucocorticoids (Rosenthal &
Burchum, 2017).
• Anti-inflammatories suppresses inflammation,
reduce bronchial hyper-reactivity and mucus
production.
• Glucocorticoids impact on patients include speaking
difficulty, retarded growth in children, bone loss, risk
of cataracts glaucoma.
Quick Relief Controls for Asthma
• Bronchodilators are options used for quick relief and
symptomatic relief (Montano et al., 2020).
• Core bronchodilators used in asthma treatment
include beta-agonists and anticholinergics.
• Their mode of action mainly comprises histamine
suppression, increasing ciliary motility to induce
bronchodilation (Rosenthal & Burchum, 2017).
• Some of the bronchodilators’ adverse impacts
include tachycardia, angina, chest pain among others.
Stepwise Treatment and Management
• The stepwise treatment approach is an asthma
treatment plan whereby the doses are gradually
increased and reduced at interval to achieve stability
(Cazzola et al., 2021).
• The approach to treatment aims to gain control of
asthma among patients mainly through reducing
impairment and reducing risk.
• Stepwise treatment mainly suppresses inflammations
and prevents exacerbation through dosage alterations.
Stepwise Treatment and Management of
Asthma
Steps
Care and Medication
Step one
SABA PRN
Step two
Low-dose ICS
Step three
Low-dose ICS and LABA
Step four
Medium dose ICS and LABA
Step five
High dose ICS and LABA
Step six
High dose ICS, LABA and corticosteroids
The treatment is to be stepped up or down
based on the patient’s assessment across the
various steps.
Stepwise Management in Maintaining
Asthma Control
• The core benefit of the stepwise approach in asthma
treatment is that it enables gaining and maintaining
control of the disease (Papi et al., 2020).
• Stepwise management helps in pharmacological risk
and side effects control in the asthma treatment.
• Reassessment of therapy in every patient’s visit
reinforces the disease and intervention control.
• Stepwise treatment also allows for stepping up or
down of treatment thus controlling the disease.
Conclusion
• Asthma is a chronic respiratory disease caused by
inflammation of the airways.
• Core pharmacological options for the disease include
bronchodilators and anti-inflammatories.
• Bronchodilators and anti-inflammatories have
adverse impacts on patients.
• The stepwise treatment approach offers a means for
reducing impairments and risk in asthma treatment.
References
• Cazzola, M., Matera, M. G., Rogliani, P., Calzetta,
L., & Ora, J. (2021). Step-up and step-down
approaches in the treatment of asthma. Expert
Review of Respiratory Medicine, 15(9), 1159-1168.
• Montaño, L. M., Flores-Soto, E., Sommer, B., SolísChagoyán, H., & Perusquía, M. (2020). Androgens
are effective bronchodilators with anti-inflammatory
properties: A potential alternative for asthma therapy.
Steroids, 153, 108509.
References (Cont.…)
• Papi, A., Blasi, F., Canonica, G. W., Morandi, L.,
Richeldi, L., & Rossi, A. (2020). Treatment strategies
for asthma: reshaping the concept of asthma
management. Allergy, Asthma & Clinical
Immunology, 16, 1-11.
• Rosenthal, L. D., & Burchum, J. (2017). Lehne’s
Pharmacotherapeutics for Advanced Practice
Providers-E-Book. Elsevier Health Sciences.
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner
CamScanner

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Present your approved intervention to the patient, family, or group and record a 10–15 minute video reflection on your practicum experience, the development of your capstone project, and your personal and professional growth over the course of your RN-to-BSN program. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.

Collapse All

Introduction

Baccalaureate-prepared nurses have many opportunities to reflect on their contributions to patient care outcomes during clinical experiences. Research suggests that creating and sharing video reflections may enhance learning (Speed, Lucarelli, & Macaulay, 2018).

For this assessment, you’ll present your approved intervention to the patient, family, or group and reflect on various aspects of your capstone practicum experience. Such reflection will give you a chance to discuss elements of the project of which you are most proud and aspects of the experience that will help you grow in your personal practice and nursing career.

REFERENCE

Speed, C. J., Lucarelli, G. A., & Macaulay, J. O. (2018). Student produced videos—An innovative and creative approach to assessment. Sciedu International Journal of Higher Education, 7(4).

Instructions

Complete this assessment in two parts: (a) present your approved intervention to the patient, family, or group and (b) record a video reflection on your practicum experience, the development of your capstone project, and your personal and professional growth over the course of your RN-to-BSN program.

Part 1

Present your approved intervention to the patient, family, or group. Plan to spend at least 3 practicum hours exploring these aspects of the problem with the patient, family, or group. During this time, you may also consult with subject matter and industry experts of your choice. Be sure you’ve logged all of your practicum hours in Capella Academic Portal.

The BSN Capstone Course (NURS-FPX4900 ) requires the completion and documentation of nine (9) practicum hours. All hours must be recorded in the Capella Academic Portal. Please review the BSN Practicum Campus page for more information and instructions on how to log your hours.

Use the Intervention Feedback Form: Assessment 5 [PDF] Download Intervention Feedback Form: Assessment 5 [PDF]as a guide to capturing patient, family, or group feedback about your intervention. You’ll include the feedback as part of your capstone reflection video.

Part 2

Record a 10–15 minute video reflection on your practicum experience, the development of your capstone project, and your personal and professional growth over the course of your RN-to-BSN program. A transcript of your video is not required.

You’re welcome to use any tools and software with which you are comfortable, but make sure you’re able to submit the deliverable to your faculty. Capella offers Kaltura, a program that records audio and video. Refer to Using Kaltura for more information about this courseroom tool.

Note: If you require the use of assistive technology or alternative communication methods to participate in these activities, please contact DisabilityServices@Capella.edu to request accommodations. If you’re unable to record a video, please contact your faculty as soon as possible to explore options for completing the assessment.

Requirements

The assessment requirements, outlined below, correspond to the scoring guide criteria, so address each main point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed. In addition, note the additional requirements for supporting evidence.

Assess the contribution of your intervention to patient or family satisfaction and quality of life.
Describe feedback received from the patient, family, or group on your intervention as a solution to the problem.
Explain how your intervention enhances the patient, family, or group experience.
Describe your use of evidence and peer-reviewed literature to plan and implement your capstone project.
Explain how the principles of evidence-based practice informed this aspect of your project.
Assess the degree to which you successfully leveraged health care technology in your capstone project to improve outcomes or communication with the patient, family, or group.
Identify opportunities to improve health care technology use in future practice.
Explain how health policy influenced the planning and implementation of your capstone project, as well as any contributions your project made to policy development.
Note specific observations related to the baccalaureate-prepared nurse’s role in policy implementation and development.
Explain whether capstone project outcomes matched your initial predictions.
Discuss the aspects of the project that met, exceeded, or fell short of your expectations.
Discuss whether your intervention can, or will be, adopted as a best practice.
Describe the generalizability of your intervention outside this particular setting.
Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Assess your personal and professional growth throughout your capstone project and the RN-to-BSN program.
Address your provision of ethical care and demonstration of professional standards.
Identify specific growth areas of which you are most proud or in which you have taken particular satisfaction.
Communicate professionally in a clear, audible, and well-organized video.
Additional Requirements

Cite at least three scholarly or authoritative sources to support your assertions. In addition to your reflection video, submit a separate APA-formatted reference list of your sources.

Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 2: Make clinical and operational decisions based upon the best available evidence.
Describe one’s use of evidence and peer-reviewed literature to plan and implement a capstone project.
Competency 3: Transform processes to improve quality, enhance patient safety, and reduce the cost of care.
Explain whether capstone project outcomes matched one’s initial predictions and documents the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Document the completion of nine hours of practicum time.
Competency 4: Apply health information and patient care technology to improve patient and systems outcomes.
Assess the degree to which one successfully leveraged health care technology in a capstone project to improve outcomes or communication with a patient, family, or group.
Competency 5: Analyze the impact of health policy on quality and cost of care.
Explain how health policy influenced the planning and implementation of one’s capstone project, as well as any contributions the project made to policy development.
Competency 7: Implement patient-centered care to improve quality of care and the patient experience.
Assess the contribution of an intervention to patient, family, or group satisfaction and quality of life.
Competency 8: Integrate professional standards and values into practice.
Assess one’s personal and professional growth throughout a capstone project and the RN-to-BSN program.
Communicate professionally in a clear and well-organized video.
Intervention Presentation and Capstone Video Reflection Scoring Guide
CRITERIA NON-PERFORMANCE BASIC PROFICIENT DISTINGUISHED
Assess the contribution of an intervention to patient, family, or group satisfaction and quality of life. Does not assess the contribution of an intervention to patient, family, or group satisfaction and quality of life. Attempts to assess the contribution of an intervention to patient, family, or group satisfaction and quality of life based on unfounded assumptions. Assesses the contribution of an intervention to patient, family, or group satisfaction and quality of life. Assesses the contribution of an intervention to patient, family, or group satisfaction and quality of life. The assessment is fair, unbiased, and supported by feedback from the patient, family, or group.
Describe one’s use of evidence and peer-reviewed literature to plan and implement a capstone project. Does not describe one’s planning and implementation of a capstone project. Attempts to describe one’s planning and implementation of a capstone project. Describes one’s use of evidence and peer-reviewed literature to plan and implement a capstone project. Succinctly describes one’s use of evidence and peer-reviewed literature to plan and implement a capstone project. Project planning and implementation clearly reflect the influence of evidence-based practice.
Assess the degree to which one successfully leveraged health care technology in a capstone project to improve outcomes or communication with a patient, family, or group. Does not describe how one used health care technology in a capstone project. Attempts to describe how one used health care technology in a capstone project. Assesses the degree to which one successfully leveraged health care technology in a capstone project to improve outcomes or communication with a patient, family, or group. Presents an articulate assessment of the degree to which one successfully leveraged health care technology in a capstone project to improve outcomes or communication with a patient, family, or group. Offers keen insight into prospective improvements in health care technology use.
Explain how health policy influenced the planning and implementation of one’s capstone project, as well as any contributions the project made to policy development. Does not describe health policies that influenced the planning and implementation of one’s capstone project and any contributions the project made to policy development. Attempts to describe health policies that influenced the planning and implementation of one’s capstone project and any contributions the project made to policy development. Explains how health policy influenced the planning and implementation of one’s capstone project, as well as any contributions the project made to policy development. Presents an articulate assessment of how health policy influenced the planning and implementation of one’s capstone project, as well as on any contributions the project made to policy development. Offers keen insight into the baccalaureate-prepared nurse’s role in policy implementation and development.
Explain whether capstone project outcomes matched one’s initial predictions and documents the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Document the completion of nine hours of practicum time. Does not describe capstone project outcomes and does not document the completion of nine practicum hours in Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Attempts to describe capstone project outcomes and/or does not document the completion of nine practicum hours in Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Explain whether capstone project outcomes matched one’s initial predictions and documents the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Documents the completion of nine hours of practicum time. Provides an articulate and perceptive explanation of whether capstone project outcomes matched one’s initial predictions. Exhibits clear insight into the generalizability and best-practice potential of the intervention. Documents the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Documents the completion of nine hours of practicum time.
Assess one’s personal and professional growth throughout a capstone project and the RN-to-BSN program. Does not summarize one’s personal and professional growth throughout a capstone project and the RN-to-BSN program. Summarizes one’s personal and professional growth throughout a capstone project and the RN-to-BSN program. Assesses one’s personal and professional growth throughout a capstone project and the RN-to-BSN program. Objectively assesses one’s personal and professional growth throughout a capstone project and the RN-to-BSN program. Provides a comprehensive and detailed retrospective of one’s overall performance and growth.
Communicate professionally in a clear and well-organized video. Does not communicate in a video. Communicates in a video. Content delivery is hesitant, unclear, or read from a script. Communicates professionally in a clear and well-organized video. Communicates professionally in a clear and well-organized video. Content delivery is focused, smooth, and well-rehearsed. Information sources are credited appropriately.

MULTILEVEL MODELING

Description

Part of the development of a scholar-practitioner is learning how to critique scholarly research. A good article critique is not just a summary of the findings–that’s what the abstract does—it is a critical analysis of various elements of a research study, including the research problem, study aims, theoretical foundation, research questions, research design, study population, sampling procedures, data collection procedures, analytical approach, and interpretation of findings. As you examine a peer-reviewed journal article, you should question whether the researchers made logical and appropriate choices, evaluate the writing style, note biases and contradictions, and consider potential strengths and weaknesses of the study.

In this Assignment, you will critically analyze a peer-reviewed journal article that demonstrates multilevel modeling. The article provided by the Instructor should provide a good example of multilevel modeling, but sometimes researchers miss important aspects of this complex and advanced analytic technique in their write-up. Pay close attention to the variables involved and types of statistical tests used. Ask yourself whether the authors have provided enough detail that you could repeat the statistical analysis in a similar manner? Were outliers tested? Were assumptions met? How were the models estimated? How many models were used? How was covariance considered? Be sure to provide evidence (i.e., quotes) from the journal article to support your critiques and opinions.

ASSIGNMENT

In two to three pages, write a critique of the assigned article that includes responses to the following prompts:

Explain why the authors used multilevel modeling in their analysis.
Describe the multiple levels addressed in the study.
Describe how the authors shared their results.
If the authors used a graphic to share their results, analyze the effectiveness of using a graphic to interpret the study.
Explain the impact multilevel modeling has on the interpretation of the results for public health practice.
Soriano, F. I. (2013). Chapter five: Quantitative assessment methods. In Conducting needs assessment: A multidisciplinary approach (2nd ed., pp. 75–108). SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781506335780.n5
Soriano, F. I. (2013). Chapter six: Quantitative data preparation and statistical analyses. In Conducting needs assessment: A multidisciplinary approach (2nd ed., pp. 109–120). SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781506335780.n6
Subramanian, S. V. (n.d.). e-Source: Behavioral & social sciences research: Multilevel modeling, Office of Behavioral and Social Sciences Research. https://obssr.od.nih.gov/sites/obssr/files/Multile…
Trochim, W. M. K. (n.d.). Survey researchConjoint.ly. https://conjointly.com/kb/survey-research/
Walden University Writing Center. (n.d.). Common assignments: Critique/analysis,
https://academicguides.waldenu.edu/writingcenter/a…
Warner, R. M. (2021). Moderation: Interaction in multiple regression. In Applied statistics II: Multivariable and multivariate techniques (3rd ed., pp. 215–253). SAGE Publications.
Warner, R. M. (2021). Mediation. In Applied statistics II: Multivariable and multivariate techniques (3rd ed., pp. 289–308). SAGE Publications.
SPSS
Institute for Digital Research & Education. Statistical Consulting. (n.d.). Choosing the correct statistical test in SAS, STATA, SPSS, and the University of California, Los Angeles. https://stats.idre.ucla.edu/other/mult-pkg/whatsta…
Institute for Digital Research & Education. Statistical Consulting. (n.d.). SPSS University of California, Los Angeles. https://stats.idre.ucla.edu/spss/

PUBH_8248_Module3_Assignment1 _Rubric
CriteriaRatingsPtsThis criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeExplain why the authors used multilevel modeling in their analysis.
20 to >17.0 ptsOutstanding
Fully developed and supported, insightful, credible, and scholarly explanation of why the authors used multilevel modeling in their analysis.
17 to >15.0 ptsVery Good
Thorough, well-organized, and supported explanation of why the authors used multilevel modeling in their analysis.
15 to >13.0 ptsMeets Expectations
Adequate explanation of why the authors used multilevel modeling in their analysis.
13 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet Expectations
Missing, unoriginal, or does not adequately explain why the authors used multilevel modeling in their analysis.
20 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeDescribe the multiple levels addressed in the study.
20 to >17.0 ptsOutstanding
Fully developed and supported, insightful, credible, and scholarly description of the multiple levels addressed in the study.
17 to >15.0 ptsVery Good
Thorough, well-organized, and supported description of the multiple levels addressed in the study.
15 to >13.0 ptsMeets Expectations
Adequate description of the multiple levels addressed in the study.
13 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet Expectations
Missing, unoriginal, or does not adequately describe the multiple levels addressed in the study.
20 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeDescribe how the authors shared their results.
20 to >17.0 ptsOutstanding
Fully developed and supported, insightful, credible, and scholarly description of how the authors shared their results.
17 to >15.0 ptsVery Good
Thorough, well-organized, and supported description of how the authors shared their results.
15 to >13.0 ptsMeets Expectations
Adequate description of how the authors shared their results.
13 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet Expectations
Missing, unoriginal, or does not adequately describe how the authors shared their results.
20 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeIf the authors used a graphic to share their results, analyze the effectiveness of using a graphic to interpret the study.
10 to >8.0 ptsOutstanding
If applicable: fully developed and supported, insightful, credible, and scholarly analysis of the effectiveness of using a graphic to interpret the study.
8 to >7.0 ptsVery Good
If applicable: thorough, well-organized, and supported analysis of the effectiveness of using a graphic to interpret the study.
7 to >6.0 ptsMeets Expectations
If applicable: adequate analysis of the effectiveness of using a graphic to interpret the study.
6 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet Expectations
If applicable: missing, unoriginal, or does not adequately analyze the effectiveness of using a graphic to interpret the study.
10 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeExplain the impact multilevel modeling has on the interpretation of the results for public health practice.
10 to >8.0 ptsOutstanding
Fully developed and supported, insightful, credible, and scholarly explanation of the impact multilevel modeling has on the interpretation of the results for public health practice.
8 to >7.0 ptsVery Good
Thorough, well-organized, and supported explanation of the impact multilevel modeling has on the interpretation of the results for public health practice.
7 to >6.0 ptsMeets Expectations
Adequate explanation of the impact multilevel modeling has on the interpretation of the results for public health practice.
6 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet Expectations
Missing, unoriginal, or does not adequately explain the impact multilevel modeling has on the interpretation of the results for public health practice.
10 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Communication: Extent to which writing is professional, appropriate, clear, properly formatted, grammatically and structurally correct, synthesized, supported, and scholarly AND the correct template is used.
20 to >17.0 ptsOutstanding
Writing is fully developed, exceptionally well organized, synthesized, supported, scholarly, and free of writing errors. Concepts are connected throughout paper with appropriate transitions and multiple appropriate resources and examples AND the correct template is used.
17 to >15.0 ptsVery Good
Writing is generally thorough and grammatically correct, with proper formatting and minimal concerns. Synthesis is demonstrated and ideas are supported without reliance on quoting AND the correct template is used.
15 to >13.0 ptsMeets Expectations
Writing adequately meets expectations for writing and synthesis but with infrequent and minor issues AND the correct template is used.
13 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet Expectations
Writing does not meet basic expectations (e.g., clarity, tone, organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, source citation, references, title page, synthesis of source material, insufficient originality, etc.) OR the correct template is not used.
20 pts
Total Points: 100
PreviousNext

Unformatted Attachment Preview

742
European Journal of Public Health
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
The European Journal of Public Health, Vol. 31, No. 4, 742–748
ß The Author(s) 2021. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the European Public Health Association.
This is an Open Access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/),
which permits unrestricted reuse, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.
doi:10.1093/eurpub/ckab013 Advance Access published on 24 February 2021
……………………………………………………………………………………………
Neighbourhood characteristics and children’s oral
health: a multilevel population-based cohort study
Agatha W. van Meijeren-van Lunteren
Lea Kragt1,2
1,2
, Joost Oude Groeniger3,4, Eppo B. Wolvius1,2,
1 The Generation R Study Group, Erasmus University Medical Centre, Rotterdam, The Netherlands
2 Department of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Special Dental Care and Orthodontics, Erasmus University Medical Centre,
Rotterdam, The Netherlands
3 Department of Public Health, Erasmus University Medical Centre, Rotterdam, The Netherlands
4 Department of Public Administration and Sociology, Erasmus University, Rotterdam, The Netherlands
Correspondence: Agatha W. van Meijeren-van Lunteren, P.O. Box 2040, 3000 CA Rotterdam, The Netherlands, Tel: þ31 10
7037733, Fax: þ31 10 7044645, e-mail: a.vanlunteren@erasmusmc.nl
Background: To understand determinants of oral health inequalities, multilevel modelling is a useful manner to
study contextual factors in relation to individual oral health. Several studies outside Europe have been performed
so far, however, contextual variables used are diverse and results conflicting. Therefore, this study investigated
whether neighbourhood level differences in oral health exist, and whether any of the neighbourhood characteristics used were associated with oral health. Methods: This study is embedded in The Generation R Study, a
prospective cohort study conducted in The Netherlands. In total, 5 960 6-year-old children, representing 158
neighbourhoods in the area of Rotterdam, were included. Data on individual and neighbourhood characteristics
were derived from questionnaires, and via open data resources. Caries was assessed via intraoral photographs,
and defined as decayed, missing and filled teeth (dmft). Results: Differences between neighbourhoods explained
13.3% of the risk of getting severe caries, and 2% of the chance of visiting the dentist yearly. After adjustments
for neighbourhood and individual characteristics, neighbourhood deprivation was significantly associated with
severe dental caries (OR: 1.48, 95% CI: 1.02–2.15), and suggestive of a low odds of visiting the dentist yearly (OR:
0.81, 95% CI: 0.56–1.18). Conclusions: Childhood caries and use of dental services differs between neighbourhoods
and living in a deprived neighbourhood is associated with increased dental caries and decreased yearly use of
dental services. This highlights the importance of neighbourhoods for understanding differences in children’s oral
health, and for targeted policies and interventions to improve the oral health of children living in deprived
neighbourhoods.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
Introduction
espite improvements in recent years, low-socioeconomic house-
Dholds are still affected by poor oral health and its negative con-
sequences over the life-course.1 In The Netherlands, large inequalities
in oral health and dental care use among children exist, despite the fact
that dental care for children is fully covered by basic health insurance.2
Extant studies have mainly focussed on investigating the relationship between individual level determinants and oral health.3,4
However, these individual characteristics could not fully explain
disparities in dental caries and dental care utilization, and the success of individual behaviour interventions to reduce oral health
inequalities is limited so far.5,6 As a result, the interest to research
contextual determinants of oral health, has increased in the last
years.4,5,7 Especially the physical and social environment consist of
important determinants that may contribute to inequalities in oral
health.7,8 For example, it is widely known that an unhealthy diet,
including frequent consumption of sugars, increases the risk of dental caries, and that the food choices individuals make is dependent
on the availability of healthy foods in the area where they live.9 Also,
early preventive care by dentists is important to reduce the risk of
childhood dental caries. However, receiving dental care may be dependent on access to and availability of dental health services in the
area where individuals live.10 Lastly, socioeconomic characteristics
of the neighbourhood (e.g. the level of neighbourhood deprivation)
may also be an important determinants for oral health outcomes.4,8
While there have been several studies that found an association between contextual socioeconomic circumstances and oral health, it is
not always clear whether this reflects features of the area or individual characteristics of the residents within the area.8,11 Therefore, it is
of importance to consider the socioeconomic circumstances of the
individuals itself, as well as those of their neighbourhood, when
studying the relationship between contextual factors and individual
oral health outcomes.
An appropriate manner to study contextual factors in relation to
individual health outcomes is multilevel modelling. Multilevel modelling enables researchers to simultaneously analyse the effects of
both neighbourhood and individual level, and accounts for the dependency of individuals living in the same area.12 Few studies have
used multilevel analyses to investigate the relation between contextual determinants and oral health among children.13–17 Two studies
investigated whether the number of dentists in a neighbourhood was
associated with dental care use and dental caries, but no associations
were observed.15,17 A study in Japan showed that the number of
grocery stores per resident was positively associated with dental caries.17 Antunes et al. observed that in Brazil an increased level of the
human development index (a composite measure summarizing
neighbourhood income, instructional attainment and longevity)
was associated with a lower number of untreated carious lesions13,
although this finding was not observed in another Brazilian study.16
Neighbourhood characteristics and children’s oral health
Lastly, whereas two studies in Brazil and Japan found that a higher
average income per neighbourhood was associated with decreased
dental caries in children14,17, this association was not observed in
another Brazilian study.16
Because results of previous studies examining contextual
determinants of oral health are inconclusive, and studies in
Europe have not yet adopted multilevel analyses, this research combines neighbourhood data with individually collected data from
The Netherlands in a multilevel framework to study: (i) whether
neighbourhood level differences in caries and dental service use
exist, and (ii) whether supermarket availability, snack bar availability, dentist availability, and neighbourhood deprivation level are
associated with dental caries and dental services use.
Methods
This study is embedded in The Generation R Study, a populationbased prospective cohort study from foetal life onwards conducted
in Rotterdam, The Netherlands.18 All pregnant mothers living in
Rotterdam expecting to deliver between April 2002 and January
2006 were invited to participate. Data collection started during pregnancy, was continued prenatally, and is still ongoing at various time
points through several data collection methods.18 For the current
study, all data were collected when the children were 6 years. In this
phase 8,305 (85% of original cohort (n ¼ 9 749) children participated
in the study, of which 5 960 children were eligible for this study
(Figure 1). The study was approved by the Medical Ethical
Committee of Erasmus Medical Centre, Rotterdam, The Netherlands
(MEC 198.782/2001/31) and conducted according to the World
Medical Association Declaration of Helsinki. Written informed
consent was obtained from all participants. Water supplies were not
fluoridated during the study period in Rotterdam.
Neighbourhood characteristics
The following contextual factors on neighbourhood level were
studied: supermarket availability, snack bar availability, dentist
availability, and deprivation level. In The Netherlands, communities
consist of districts, and districts are subdivided into
Figure 1. Flowchart showing the selection of the study population
743
neighbourhoods, which is determined by Statistics Netherlands.
Moreover, the postal company in The Netherlands has subdivided
each community in a set of postal codes, which almost correspond
with the neighbourhood division.
The mean number of supermarkets and snack-bars within 1 km
distance for all inhabitants living per neighbourhood in the
year 2010, were available as open source data by Statistics
Netherlands.19 For a postal code area that corresponded with
more than one neighbourhood, the mean of the neighbourhood
variables of areas with similar postal code was calculated.
Dental clinic availability was retrieved via a registry, managed by
Vektis, that contains all health care providers and their working
locations in The Netherlands per postal code for the year 2010.20
For the analyses, the number of dental clinics per 10 000 inhabitants
was calculated and used.
Neighbourhood deprivation was determined by neighbourhood
status scores (NSSs) of the year 2010 derived from The Netherlands
Institute for Social Research.21 These scores are calculated for all
postal codes in The Netherlands on the basis of four characteristics:
average income, unemployed residents, residents with low education
and households with low income. Analyses were performed using a
categorical scale of the NSS: low NSS (< 1), middle NSS (1–1), high NSS (>1), which is based on the standard deviation of the NSS
in The Netherlands.21
Oral health outcomes
For this study two outcomes were analysed: dental caries and dental
care use.
From October 2008–January 2012, 5 578 children visited the
research centre for hands-on measurements. After tooth brushing,
10 photographs of clean teeth were taken using an intra-oral camera
(Poscam USB intra-oral autofocus camera, Digital Leader PointNix,
640 480 pixels). All photographs were scored by one single calibrated dentist, and 10% of the photographs were scored by a second
dentist using the same method. Intrarater-reliability (Cohen’s
kappa ¼ 0.80) and inter-observer reliability (Cohen’s kappa ¼ 0.76)
were evaluated and both showed good agreement.22 Dental caries
was assessed in the primary dentition using the decayed, missing,
744
European Journal of Public Health
and filled teeth (dmft) index.23 Decayed teeth were assessed as
lesions extended into dentin, enamel caries was not taken into account. Missing teeth were only assessed when teeth were extracted
due to caries, which was individually judged based on the dental
development and caries pattern of the child. Filled teeth were scored
if teeth were restored due to caries. The use of intra oral photographs for scoring dmft in epidemiological studies showed high
sensitivity and specificity (85.5% and 83.6%, respectively) compared
to the clinical visual tactile inspection.22
Dental visits were assessed by means of parental questionnaires, in
which parents answered the question whether their child had visited
the dentist in the past year (yes/no).
Covariates
Socioeconomic status (SES) was retrieved via parental questionnaires and measured using: maternal education level, net household
income, maternal employment status, and marital status.
Educational level was defined as: low (no education, primary education, 4 years general secondary school or lower vocational training), middle (>4 years general secondary school or intermediate
vocational school), and high (bachelor’s degree, higher vocational
school or a university degree finished).24 Monthly net household
income was categorized as ‘ e2400’ and ‘> e 2400’, based on
the average monthly general labour income in The Netherlands in
2010.25 Employment status of the mother was dichotomized as ‘paid
job’ or ‘no paid job’. Marital status of the mother was dichotomized
as married (married or registered partnership) or not. Children’s
ethnic background was defined according to the Dutch classification
of ethnic background and classified as ‘Dutch’ if both parents of the
child were born in The Netherlands and ‘non-Dutch’ if one of the
parents was born in another country than The Netherlands.26 Sugar
intake during childhood was assessed in questionnaires with questions about the frequency of consuming high caloric snacks and
sugar containing beverages. For the analyses, sugar intake was
dichotomized as ‘low’ (2 sugar containing products a day) and
‘high’ (3 sugar containing products a day). Tooth brushing
frequency was assessed by means of questionnaires and dichotomized as ‘1 per day’, or ‘2 per day’.
Data analyses
Multilevel logistic regression models were used to estimate Odds
Ratios (ORs) of having mild (dmft 1–3) or severe caries (dmft > 3)
compared to children with no caries (dmft ¼ 0). Multilevel models
are useful to study clustered data, as in this study where children
(level-1) are clustered within neighbourhoods (level-2). We used
random intercept multilevel models for all analysis. In these models,
the intercept is allowed to vary across neighbourhoods thereby
accounting for the clustering of children within neighbourhoods.
We verified that the relationship between each continuous predictor
and the outcome was linear on the logit scale, and that multicollinearity between predictor variables was absent. We constructed
three models for each dental outcome:
(1) Null model: this is an empty model which enabled to observe the
proportion of the total variance that is due to neighbourhood
differences. The variance partitioning coefficient (VPC) was calculated using a method where the individual level variance is
fixed at 3.29 (p2/3) for dichotomous outcome variables.27 The
percentage neighbourhood variance was calculated by dividing
the random intercept variance (neighbourhood level variance
component) by the sum of the individual and neighbourhood
level variances. The VPC can vary between 0 and 100%, the
higher this percentage the larger the role of neighbourhoods in
the existing difference of caries experience between individuals.
The VPC was calculated per imputed dataset and consequently
averaged to present one summary VPC per model.
(2) Model 1: this model includes one of the four neighbourhood
variables separately
(3) Model 2: this model includes all neighbourhood variables
simultaneously
(4) Model 3: Model 2þthe individual variables that were considered
as confounders
Multiple imputation was performed to account for information
bias associated with missing data in the covariates. Missing values
were multiple imputed by generating 10 independent datasets with
the use of chained equations, and effect estimates for each imputed
dataset were pooled and presented in this study. Imputations were
based on all variables in the models, but the main determinants and
the outcomes were not imputed. Statistical analyses were generated
using R 3.6.1 (R Core Team, Vienna, Austria) (packages: mice and
Lme4). P-values 0.05 indicated statistical significance.
Supplemental analyses
For the association between neighbourhood characteristics and
dental caries, sugar consumption and brushing frequency were
considered as mediators rather than confounding factors. To
observe the influence of these variables on the effect estimates, we
performed sensitivity analyses to additionally adjust our models
(Supplementary tables S1 and S2). The same applies for dental caries
as a potential mediator in the association between neighbourhood
characteristics and dental visits (Supplementary table S3). A nonresponse analysis was conducted to evaluate potential selection bias
by comparing the sample characteristics of children with (included)
and without (excluded) available information on postal code and
oral health outcomes (Supplementary table S4).
Results
Population characteristics
The prevalence of mild and severe caries in our study population
was 19.6 and 13.4%, respectively. In the total study population
92.4% visited the dentist yearly. Children with severe caries lived
in neighbourhoods with an average of 3.5 (6SD 2.1) supermarkets
and 15.1 (6SD 14.0) snack bars which is higher than children without caries (mean 6 SD 2.6 6 2.0; and 10.0 6 12.3, respectively). In
addition, 54.5% of children with severe caries and 41.6% of children
with mild caries lived in deprived neighbourhoods, compared with
30.7% of children without caries (Table 1).
Association between neighbourhood characteristics
and dental caries
Differences between neighbourhoods explained 2.7% and 13.3% of
the variance in mild and severe dental caries of 6-year-old children,
respectively (Table 2, null model). Of the neighbourhood
characteristics added in model 1, the VPC reduced the most for
severe caries when NSS was added to the model (VPC: 5.0%). After
controlling for individual characteristics (model 3), the VPC was
(almost) 0% for both mild and severe caries. A statistically
significant association was observed between neighbourhoods
with middle NSS and low NSS and severe caries compared to
neighbourhoods with high NSS (Table 2, model 2).The associations remained after adjustments for individual characteristics,
although not significantly for middle NSS with severe caries
(Model 3: middle NSS: OR: 1.32, 95% CI: 0.96–1.81; low NSS:
OR: 1.48, 95% CI: 1.02–2.15, Table 2).
Association between neighbourhood characteristics
and dental visit
Differences between neighbourhoods explained 2% of the variance
in yearly dental visits of 6-year-old children (Table 3, null model).
Neighbourhood characteristics and children’s oral health
745
Table 1 Individual and neighbourhood characteristics of the study population
Individual characteristics
Child’s gender
Boys
Girls
Child’s age at dental assessment (mean 6 SD)
Child’s age filling out questionnaire (mean 6 SD)
Maternal educational level
Low
Middle
High
Missings
Net income per month
Low (< e2400) High (> e2400)
Missings
Employment status mother
Paid job
No paid job
Missings
Marital status
Married/registered partnership
Unmarried/no registered partnership
Missings
Ethnic background
Dutch
Non-Dutch
Missings
Sugar intake
Low (2 per day)
High (>2 per day)
Missings
Tooth brushing per day
Once
Twice
Missings
Dental visit in past year
No
Yes
Missings
Neighbourhood characteristics
Mean number of supermarkets within 1 km distance 6 SD
Mean number of snack bars within1 km distance 6 SD
Mean number of dental practices 6 SD
Mean dental practice density per 10.000 inhabitants 6 SD
Level of deprivation (mean NSS 6 SD)
Low NSS (most deprived)
Middle NSS
High NSS (least deprived)
Total population (n ¼ 5960) No caries (n ¼ 3105) Mild caries (n ¼ 909) Severe caries (n ¼ 620)
3 003 (50.4%)
2 957 (49.6%)
6.2 6 0.5
6.1 6 0.5
1 548 (49.4%)
1 557 (50.1%)
6.1 6 0.4
6.0 6 0.4
438 (48.2%)
471 (51.8%)
6.3 6 0.6
6.2 6 0.6
331 (53.4%)
289 (46.6%)
6.3 6 0.6
6.2 6 0.6
745 (14.4%)
1 699 (32.8%)
2 735 (52.8%)
781 (13.1%)
259 (9.5%)
844 (30.9%)
1 627 (59.6%)
375 (12.1%)
132 (18.4%)
271 (37.7%)
315 (43.9%)
191 (21.0%)
139 (32.1%)
180 (41.6%)
114 (26.3%)
187 (30.2%)
1 618 (33.2%)
3 262 (66.8%)
1 080 (18.1%)
722 (27.9%)
1 864 (72.1%)
519 (16.7%)
279 (41.3%)
397 (58.7%)
233 (25.6%)
244 (60.1%)
162 (39.9%)
214 (34.5%)
3 673 (74.9%)
1 231 (25.1%)
1 056 (17.7%)
2 073 (79.9%)
521 (20.1%)
511 (16.5%)
465 (68.3%)
216 (31.7%)
228 (25.1%)
211 (52.9%)
188 (47.1%)
221 (35.6%)
3 478 (67.0%)
1 714 (33.0%)
768 (12.9%)
1 790 (65.9%)
925 (34.1%)
390 (12.6%)
497 (68.6%)
228 (31.4%)
184 (20.2%)
313 (70.8%)
129 (29.2%)
178 (28.7%)
3 257 (55.8%)
2 581 (44.2%)
122 (2.0%)
1 859 (61.0%)
1 188 (39%)
58 (1.9%)
406 (46.2%)
473 (53.8%)
30 (3.3%)
170 (29.0%)
416 (71.0%)
34 (5.5%)
1 637 (32.5%)
3 394 (67.5%)
929 (15.6%)
886 (33.5%)
1 756 (66.5%)
463 (14.9%)
224 (32.4%)
467 (67.6%)
218 (24.0%)
123 (29.0%)
301 (71.0%)
196 (31.6%)
1 056 (20.8%)
4 018 (79.2%)
886 (14.9%)
501 (19.0%)
2 136 (81.0%)
468 (15.1%)
147 (21.4%)
541 (78.6%)
221 (24.3%)
111 (25.8%)
320 (74.2%)
189 (30.5%)
386 (7.6%)
4 716 (92.4%)
858 (14.4%)
210 (7.9%)
2 435 (92.1%)
460 (14.8%)
48 (6.9%)
649 (93.1%)
212 (23.3%)
27 (6.2%)
407 (93.8%)
186 (30.0%)
2.8 6 2.0
10.6 6 12.5
3.2 6 2.4
3.3 6 2.8
0.5 6 1.6
2 090 (35.1%)
2 322 (39.0%)
1 548 (26.0%)
2.6 6 2.0
10.0 6 12.3
3.3 6 2.5
3.43 6 2.9
0.3 6 1.6
954 (30.7%)
1 247 (40.2%)
904 (29.1%)
2.9 6 2.1
11.5 6 12.5
3.1 6 2.4
3.1 6 2.7
0.7 6 1.6
378 (41.6%)
334 (36.7%)
197 (21.7%)
3.5 6 2.1
15.1 6 14.0
2.9 6 2.2
2.9 6 2.4
1.2 6 1.5
338 (54.5%)
212 (34.2%)
70 (11.3%)
Numbers are presented as absolute numbers for categorical variables or as mean (SD) for continuous variables. NSS, neighbourhood status
score. Missing values are presented in italic type as absolute numbers and percentages.
The neighbourhood variance was 0% after including neighbourhood
characteristics (Table 3, model 2). Compared to neighbourhoods
with a high NSS, living in a neighbourhood with a low NSS
decreased the likelihood of visiting the dentist (Table 3, model 2).
This association remained after additional adjustment for individual
characteristics, but was no longer statistically significant (Model 3:
OR: 0.81, 95% CI: 0.56–1.18, Table 3).
Discussion
The results of this study show that neighbourhood level differences
in caries and dental health service use exist, but that these neighbourhood differences disappear after controlling for neighbourhood
level and individual level characteristics. Living in a deprived neighbourhood is positively associated with dental caries and suggestive
of decreased dental visits, even after adjusting for several individual
socioeconomic characteristics.
Several studies have investigated the relationship between neighbourhood deprivation and oral health. In line with our results, three
studies found a relationship between deprived areas and caries13,
while two others did not16,31,32. However, only three studies used
multilevel analyses similar to our study.13,16,28 Moreover, merely one
of these studies controlled for individual socioeconomic indicators,
which makes it difficult to conclude whether the poor oral health
outcomes found in deprived areas reflect the individual SES or the
physical and social environment individuals live in.16,33 In our study
we used NSS as a measure of neighbourhood deprivation which is
based on four sociodemographic characteristics. However, many
other measures exist and using these may lead to different results.
For example, a multilevel-study in the UK using area deprivation
scores based on overcrowding in households, male unemployment,
proportion of low SES, and proportion of persons without a car, did
not find an association between area deprivation and the number of
sound teeth among adults.31 Similarly, in an Italian multilevel study
no association was observed between a city deprivation index and
DMFT in 12-year-old children.32 However, whereas the latter study
used the deprivation level of an entire city, we were able to assess
neighbourhood deprivation levels within a city and villages, which
d
d
c
c
NSS, neighbourhood status score; VPC, variance partitioning coefficient (representing the proportion of variance due to neighbourhood level differences).
a: Having no caries was reference category for all models. All analyses were performed using multilevel logistic binomial regression models, and results are presented as odds ratios (OR) with
corresponding 95% confidence interval (CI).
b: high NSS (least deprived) was reference category.
c: The neighbourhood variance and VPC per model, respectively: Supermarkets: 0.07, 2.0%; Snack bars: 0.07, 2.1%; Dental practice density: 0.07, 2.1%; NSS: 0.02, 0.5%.
d: The neighbourhood variance and VPC per model, respectively: Supermarkets: 0.36, 9.7%; Snack bars: 0.37, 10.1%; Dental practice density: 0.47, 12.4%; NSS: 0.17, 5.0%.
Null model: empty model with random intercept only.
Model 1: random intercept model per neighbourhood characteristic separately.
Model 2: model 1 þ all neighbourhood characteristics (number of supermarkets, number of snack bars within 1 km distance. dental practice density, NSS).
Model 3: model 2 þ individual characteristics (gender, age, maternal educational level, family household income, maternal employment status, maternal marital status, and ethnic background).
1.48 (1.02–2.15)
1.32 (0.96–1.81)
0.01
0.2%
1.10 (0.85–1.44)
1.01 (0.82–1.25)
0.00
0%
3.42 (2.22–5.27)
2.00 (1.36–2.93)
0.13
3.7%
1.73 (1.32–2.26)
1.23 (0.98–1.55)
0.01
0.4%
4.58 (3.09–6.78)
2.25 (1.51–3.35)
NA
NA
0.51
13.3%
NA
NA
0.09
2.7%
1.86 (1.49–2.33)
1.27 (1.01–1.59)
1.05 (0.96–1.14)
0.99 (0.98–1.01)
1.00 (0.97–1.04)
0.98 (0.86–1.12)
1.02 (1.00–1.04)
0.95 (0.90–1.00)
1.02 (0.93–1.12)
1.00 (0.93–1.12)
0.98 (0.95–1.01)
1.21 (1.12–1.31)
1.03 (1.02–1.04)
0.96 (0.90–1.02)
1.08 (1.03–1.13)
1.01 (1.00–1.02)
0.97 (0.93–1.00)
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Neighbourhood variables
Number of supermarkets within 1 km distance
Number of snack bars within 1 km distance
Dental practice density per 10.000 inhabitants
NSSb (deprivation score)
Low NSS (most deprived)
Middle NSS
Neighbourhood variance
VPC
Mild caries
Mild caries
Severe caries (dmft >3)
Mild caries (dmft 1-3)
Severe caries
Mild caries
Severe caries
Model 3
Model 2
Model 1
Null model
Table 2 Association between neighbourhood and dental cariesa
1.00 (0.90–1.12)
1.01 (0.99–1.02)
0.99 (0.95–1.03)
European Journal of Public Health
Severe caries
746
gives a better understanding on how small local areas can influence
oral health of children. Studies investigating area characteristics and
dental service use are scarce, one previous study in England observed
an association between neighbourhood deprivation and the use of
dental services in elderly, which is comparable with the nonsignificant trend we observed in children.34
Our results indicate that the proportion of variance in dental
caries and dental visits due to neighbourhood level differences is
mostly accounted for by the included individual and neighbourhood
characteristics. Still, the same models also showed that compared to
non-deprived neighbourhoods, living in a deprived neighbourhood
is associated with severe dental caries and a lower likelihood of
visiting the dentist. In fact, the relevance of neighbourhood deprivation for oral health among children could indicate that contextual
factors do matter, but that the administrative boundaries used in
our study to differentiate between neighbourhoods might not be the
most relevant for explaining variation in oral health. Alternatively,
the relevance of neighbourhood deprivation may also suggest a residual effect of SES on oral health. Although we were able to adjust
for several individual socioeconomic indicators, it is possible that
the association between neighbourhood deprivation and poor oral
health reflects the individual socioeconomic circumstances of the
population living in deprived neighbourhoods.33 In absence of
detailed information at various (lower) aggregate levels, we are
not able to favour one explanation over the other and therefore
we elaborate on the potential mechanism behind deprived neighbourhoods and oral health in the following paragraph.
There are several pathways via which living in a deprived
neighbourhood could affect oral health. First, neighbourhoods can
influence health via their physical characteristics.7, 9 In our study,
univariate models indicated that the number of supermarkets was
associated with both oral health outcomes, but these associations
attenuated after adjustments for other neighbourhood variables
(Tables 1 and 2). Thus, the relationship between number of
supermarkets and oral health is attributable to a higher number
of supermarkets and snack bars in more deprived neighbourhoods,
similarly shown before in other studies.35,36 Second, several theories
exist through which the social environment in neighbourhoods
could affect individual health.7 For example, Diez Roux and Mair
suggest that neighbourhood safety, social connectedness and local
institutions may affect health and corresponding behaviours.7 Other
theories note that individuals living in the same neighbourhoods
adapt their behaviours according to how others in the same
geographical and social area behave.37 Overtime, predominant
behaviours in an area can become a collective habitude, making
the relation between neighbourhoods and health status bi-directional.7,38 This implies that the unfavourable oral health outcomes found
in deprived neighbourhoods could reflect oral health-related behaviours of their inhabitants. However, individual behaviours such as
sugar intake and brushing frequency did not influence our results
(Supplementary tables S1 and S2). Also, dental caries experience was
not related to dental visits (Table 1, and Supplementary table S3).
The results of this study have to be seen in the light of some
limitations. Neighbourhood characteristics in this study were based
on aggregated data, and it is important to acknowledge that this
could have led to imprecise neighbourhood level data, causing
non-differential misclassification. Also, our study relies on the
assumptions of strict area borders, however, inhabitants might reside on the border of two areas and live closer to another neighbourhood. Although this would apply to a small number of children in
our study population it could have led to slightly biased results.
Furthermore, we have a large underestimation of the number of
children not visiting the dentist on a yearly basis when observing
regional statistics. In Rotterdam the percentage of children that did
not visit the dentist in 2010 is 37.5% (range: 28.9%–45.5%), whereas
in our study we only found that 7.6% of the children in our study
population did not visit the dentist in the past year.39 This might be
caused by misreporting of the caregivers, but it could also represent
Neighbourhood characteristics and children’s oral health
747
Table 3 Association between neighbourhood and dental visita
Null model
Neighbourhood variables
Number of supermarkets
within 1 km distance
Number of snack bars
within 1 km distance
Dental practice density per
10.000 inhabitants
NSSb (deprivation score)
Low NSS (most deprived)
Middle NSS
(Range) Neighbourhood
variance
(Range) VPC
Model 1
Model 2
Model 3
NA
0.87 (0.83–0.91)
0.90 (0.80–1.00)
0.90 (0.80–1.01)
NA
0.98 (0.98–0.99)
1.00 (0.98–1.02)
1.00 (0.99–1.02)
NA
1.02 (0.97–1.06)
1.01 (0.97–1.05)
1.00 (0.96–1.04)
NA
NA
NA
0.07
0.49 (0.37–0.65)
0.69 (0.52–0.91)
0.68 (0.48–0.97)
0.76 (0.57–1.03)
0.00
0.81 (0.56–1.18)
0.81 (0.60–1.10)
0.00
2%
c
c
0%
0%
NSS, neighbourhood status score; VPC, variance partitioning coefficient (representing the proportion of variance due to neighbourhood
level differences).
a: Children that did not visited the dentist in the past year were the reference category for all models.
All analyses were performed using multilevel logistic binomial regression models, and results are presented as odds ratios (OR) with
corresponding 95% confidence interval (CI).
b: high NSS (least deprived) was reference category.
c: The neighbourhood variance and VPC per model, respectively: Supermarkets: 0.00, 0%; Snack bars: 0.00, 0%; Dental practice density:
0.07, 2.1%; NSS: 0.00, 0%. Null model: empty model with random intercept only.
Model 1: random intercept model including neighbourhood characteristics.
Model 2: model 1þ all neighbourhood characteristics (number of supermarkets, number of snack bars within 1 km distance. dental practice
density, NSS).
Model 3: model 2 þ individual characteristics (gender, age, maternal educational level, family household income, maternal employment
status, maternal marital status, and ethnic background).
the selection bias due to differential participation in our study. The
non-response analysis showed that the majority of excluded participants had missing postal codes and missing caries data
(Supplementary table S4). However, excluded participants with
a

Ruby Bluez Community Hospital Case Study Journal

Description

Background Information for the Ruby Bluez Community Hospital Case Study

Context

Ruby Bluez Community Hospital is a 200-bed healthcare facility located in a suburban area. Established in 1995, the hospital provides various services, including emergency care, outpatient services, and specialized departments such as cardiology and neurology. The hospital is well-known for its community outreach programs and has been awarded for its high-quality patient care.

Time Frame

This case study focuses on the period from March 2020 to September 2020, when the COVID-19 pandemic peaked in the region that Ruby Bluez Hospital Community Hospital served.

Participants

Management Team: Comprises the CEO, COO, and Department Heads
Medical Staff: Includes doctors, nurses, and support staff
Patients: Primarily residents of the local area, with a wide range of healthcare needs
Suppliers: Companies providing medical equipment, PPE, and pharmaceuticals

Problem Overview

At the onset of the pandemic, the hospital faced unprecedented challenges, including:

Increased Patient Inflow: A surge in COVID-19 cases led to overcrowding.
Resource Scarcity: Shortage of PPE, ventilators, and ICU beds.
Staffing Issues: High levels of staff burnout, with some falling sick themselves.
Communication Gaps: Inconsistent communication from the management led to confusion among staff.
Financial Strain: Reduced revenues from elective procedures coupled with increased operating costs.

Key Discussion Questions

How effectively did the hospital management carry out the functions of planning and strategizing during this period?
How well did the management organize resources, considering the sudden increase in demand?
What leadership qualities were demonstrated, or lacked, by the management in navigating these challenges?
How did the management exercise control, in terms of performance metrics, quality of care, and adjustments to their initial plans?

Resources to Help You Respond to the Key Questions

Data and Resources

Internal Reports: Hospital management has provided internal reports covering staff utilization rates, financial statements, and quality-of-care metrics.
Staff Interviews: Key staff members have been interviewed to provide their perspectives on the management’s effectiveness.
Patient Surveys: Anonymous surveys were conducted to gather patient feedback on the quality of care.

Internal Reports

Staff Utilization Rates
Summary: The internal report shows that ICU staff are operating at 95% utilization rates, while administrative staff are at 60%.
Key Finding: High staff utilization rates in critical departments like ICU may lead to staff burnout.
Financial Statements
Summary: The hospital’s revenue has declined by 15% compared to last year due to the cancelation of elective surgeries.
Key Finding: Financial strain may affect resource allocation and future hiring.
Quality-of-Care Metrics
Summary: The rate of hospital-acquired infections has risen by 10% in the last quarter.
Key Finding: Rises in infection rates may indicate issues in sterilization or patient care protocols.

Staff Interviews

ICU Head Nurse
Quote: “We’re short-staffed and overworked, which affects our ability to provide the best care to our patients.”
Facility Manager
Quote: “Our cleaning staff is also working extra shifts, but it’s challenging to keep up with the new sanitization guidelines.”

Patient Surveys

Survey Question: Rate your overall satisfaction with the care provided during your stay.
Average Score: 3.5/5
Survey Question: How well did the staff communicate with you about your treatment?
Average Score: 4/5
Survey Question: Were you satisfied with the cleanliness of the hospital?
Average Score: 2.5/5

Supplemental Material

Photos documenting conditions within the hospital (e.g., overcrowding in the emergency room, stock levels of PPE).
Excerpts from emails and memos circulated by the management during this period.

Supplemental Materials

Photos (in the attachment above)

Emails

Emergency Meeting on COVID-19 Response Plan

Date: March 15, 2020

To: All Department Heads

Dear Department Heads,

Due to the escalating COVID-19 situation, we will be holding an emergency meeting tomorrow at 9 AM in the conference room. The agenda will include developing a comprehensive response plan for the hospital. Your attendance is mandatory.

Best,

[CEO]

New COVID-19 Protocols

Date: March 20, 2020

To: Hospital Staff

Team,

Please find attached the new protocols for handling COVID-19 cases. Kindly review them and implement these measures immediately.

Thank you,

[Medical Director]

PPE Shortage

Date: April 1, 2020

To: All Staff

Dear Staff,

We are critically low on PPE supplies. Until new stock arrives, please adhere strictly to the guidelines on PPE usage. We will provide updates as soon as we have them.

Regards,

[COO]

Staffing Rotations for April

Date: April 5, 2020

To: All Department Heads

Heads,

Attached is the staffing rotation schedule for April. Review it and notify me of any conflicts within 24 hours.

Sincerely,

[HR Manager]

Mental Health Resources

Date: April 20, 2020

To: All Staff

Dear Team,

In these stressful times, mental health is a priority. We’ve arranged some mental health resources for you, details of which are attached.

Take Care,

[Head of Staff Wellness]

Update on Ventilator Availability

Date: May 10, 2020

To: ICU Team

ICU Team,

We have received an additional 10 ventilators. Allocation will be discussed in our team meeting tomorrow at 2 PM.

Best,

[ICU Head]

Financial Strain

Date: June 15, 2020

To: Board of Directors

Esteemed Board Members,

We are facing financial strain due to the ongoing pandemic. An urgent meeting is needed to discuss measures for stabilization.

Respectfully,

[CFO]

Revised Safety Protocols

Date: July 1, 2020

To: All Staff

Team,

To alleviate our current staffing challenges, we have hired temporary medical staff. Details are in the attached document.

Thank you,

[HR Manager]

Community Outreach Programs

Date: September 10, 2020

To: Public Relations Team

PR Team,

Given the changing situation, we need to assess our community outreach programs. Meeting scheduled for next week.

Best,

[Head of Public Relations]

Memos

COVID-19 Preparedness Plan

Date: March 18, 2020

From: CEO

To: All Staff

This memo serves to outline our comprehensive COVID-19 preparedness and response plan. Please refer to the attached document for the full details. Your adherence to these guidelines is essential for the safety of all.

Social Distancing Measures

Date: March 25, 2020

From: COO

To: All Department Heads

Effective immediately, all departments are required to enforce social distancing among staff and patients. Please see the attached document for specific guidelines.

Sanitization Procedures

Date: April 2, 2020

From: Head of Maintenance

To: All Staff

Body:

Due to the COVID-19 outbreak, we have intensified our sanitization procedures. The new schedules and checklists are attached. Please adhere to them.

Staff Health Monitoring

Date: April 15, 2020

From: HR

To: All Staff

To ensure everyone’s safety, we are implementing new health monitoring guidelines for staff. These guidelines are attached and are effective immediately.

Revised Visitor Policies

Date: May 1, 2020

From: Administration

To: Front Desk & Security

In light of the recent pandemic, new visitor policies will be in effect starting today. The full details are in the attached document.

Virtual Team Meetings

Date: May 15, 2020

From: CTO

To: All Staff

Virtual team meetings are a new normal. Please find attached the guidelines for setting up and conducting these meetings.

Elective Procedures

Date: June 5, 2020

From: COO

To: Surgical Teams

All elective procedures are postponed until further notice. Please refer to the attached memo for further instructions.

Financial Transparency

Date: June 20, 2020

From: CFO

To: All Staff

This memo is to update all staff on the current financial status of the hospital. For a detailed breakdown, please see the attached financial report.

Remote Work Policies

Date: July 15, 2020

From: HR

To: Non-Essential Staff

Patient Discharge Procedures

Date: August 20, 2020

From: Head of Patient Services

To: Nursing Staff and Case Managers

Given the complexities of discharging COVID-19 patients, we’ve updated our procedures to ensure a smooth transition from hospital care to home or other healthcare facilities. The new procedures are outlined in the attached document. Training sessions will be held this week to address any questions or concerns you may have.

Sincerely,

[Head of Patient Services]

Student Objective

Your objective is to assess the effectiveness of the management functions (planning, organizing, leading, and controlling) during this challenging period. Your analysis should be backed up by at least two peer-reviewed articles and the course book.

Case Study Grading Rubric

Criteria

Excellent

Good

Needs Improvement

Introduction and Summary of the Case

A clear and concise introduction to the case study, including the issues at hand. (9-10 points)

Adequate introduction but may lack some clarity or completeness. (7-8 points)

Incomplete or unclear introduction to the case study. (0-6 points)

Application of Management Functions

Comprehensive analysis incorporating all the functions of management, with excellent use of course concepts and additional research. (36-40 points)

Good analysis covering most of the functions of management, with moderate use of course concepts and research. (28-35 points)

Limited or poor application of management functions and course concepts. (0-27 points)

Industry Experience and Insights

Effectively integrates personal or observed industry experiences to provide practical insights. (18-20 points)

Some integration of industry experience but lacks depth or clarity. (14-17 points)

Little to no integration of industry experiences. (0-13 points)

Remedies and Countermeasures

Offers innovative and well-justified remedies or countermeasures for identified issues. (18-20 points)

Suggests remedies or countermeasures but lacks thorough justification. (14-17 points)

Limited or ineffective suggestions for remedies or countermeasures. (0-13 points)

Use of Peer-Reviewed Articles and Book

Integrates at least 2 peer-reviewed articles and refers to the course book effectively. (5 points)

Uses at least one peer-reviewed article and makes some reference to the course book. (3-4 points)

Fails to include peer-reviewed articles or refer to the course book adequately. (0-2 points)

Organization, Structure, and Grammar

Paper is well-organized, free of grammatical errors, and follows a logical structure. (5 points)

Minor grammatical errors or organizational issues. (3-4 points)

Significant grammatical errors or poor organization. (0-2 points)

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Background Information for the Ruby Bluez Community Hospital Case Study
Context
Ruby Bluez Community Hospital is a 200-bed healthcare facility located in a suburban area.
Established in 1995, the hospital provides a wide range of services including emergency care,
outpatient services, and specialized departments such as cardiology and neurology. The hospital is
well-known for its community outreach programs and has been awarded for its high-quality
patient care.
Time Frame
This case study focuses on the period from March 2020 to September 2020, when the COVID-19
pandemic was at its peak in the region served by XYZ Community Hospital.




Participants
Management Team: Comprises the CEO, COO, and Department Heads
Medical Staff: Includes doctors, nurses, and support staff
Patients: Primarily residents of the local area, with a wide range of healthcare needs
Suppliers: Companies providing medical equipment, PPE, and pharmaceuticals
Problem Overview
At the onset of the pandemic, the hospital faced unprecedented challenges, including:
1. Increased Patient Inflow: A surge in COVID-19 cases led to overcrowding.
2. Resource Scarcity: Shortage of PPE, ventilators, and ICU beds.
3. Staffing Issues: High levels of staff burnout, with some falling sick themselves.
4. Communication Gaps: Inconsistent communication from the management led to confusion
among staff.
5. Financial Strain: Reduced revenues from elective procedures coupled with increased operating
costs.
Key Discussion Questions
1. How effectively did the hospital management carry out the functions of planning and
strategizing during this period?
2. How well did the management organize resources, considering the sudden increase in demand?
3. What leadership qualities were demonstrated, or lacked, by the management in navigating
these challenges?
4. How did the management exercise control, in terms of performance metrics, quality of care, and
adjustments to their initial plans?
Data and Resources
Internal Reports: Hospital management has provided internal reports covering staff utilization
rates, financial statements, and quality-of-care metrics.
• Staff Interviews: Key staff members have been interviewed to provide their perspectives on the
management’s effectiveness.
• Patient Surveys: Anonymous surveys were conducted to gather patient feedback on the quality
of care.

Internal Reports
1. Staff Utilization Rates
• Summary: The internal report shows that ICU staff are operating at 95% utilization rates,
while administrative staff are at 60%.
• Key Finding: High staff utilization rates in critical departments like ICU may lead to staff
burnout.
2. Financial Statements
• Summary: The hospital’s revenue has declined by 15% compared to last year due to the
cancelation of elective surgeries.
• Key Finding: Financial strain may affect resource allocation and future hiring.
3. Quality-of-Care Metrics
• Summary: The rate of hospital-acquired infections has risen by 10% in the last quarter.
• Key Finding: Rises in infection rates may indicate issues in sterilization or patient care
protocols.
Staff Interviews
1. ICU Head Nurse
• Quote: “We’re short-staffed and overworked, which affects our ability to provide the
best care to our patients.”
2. Facility Manager
• Quote: “Our cleaning staff is also working extra shifts, but it’s challenging to keep up
with the new sanitization guidelines.”
Patient Surveys
1. Survey Question: Rate your overall satisfaction with the care provided during your stay.
• Average Score: 3.5/5
2. Survey Question: How well did the staff communicate with you about your treatment?
• Average Score: 4/5
3. Survey Question: Were you satisfied with the cleanliness of the hospital?
• Average Score: 2.5/5
Supplemental Material
Photos documenting conditions within the hospital (e.g., overcrowding in the emergency room,
stock levels of PPE).
• Excerpts from emails and memos circulated by the management during this period.

Supplemental Materials
Photos
Emails
Emergency Meeting on COVID-19 Response Plan
Date: March 15, 2020
To: All Department Heads
Dear Department Heads,
Due to the escalating COVID-19 situation, we will be holding an emergency meeting tomorrow at 9 AM
in the conference room. The agenda will include developing a comprehensive response plan for the
hospital. Your attendance is mandatory.
Best,
[CEO]
New COVID-19 Protocols
Date: March 20, 2020
To: Hospital Staff
Team,
Please find attached the new protocols for handling COVID-19 cases. Kindly review them and implement
these measures immediately.
Thank you,
[Medical Director]
PPE Shortage
Date: April 1, 2020
To: All Staff
Dear Staff,
We are critically low on PPE supplies. Until new stock arrives, please adhere strictly to the guidelines on
PPE usage. We will provide updates as soon as we have them.
Regards,
[COO]
Staffing Rotations for April
Date: April 5, 2020
To: All Department Heads
Heads,
Attached is the staffing rotation schedule for April. Review it and notify me of any conflicts within 24
hours.
Sincerely,
[HR Manager]
Mental Health Resources
Date: April 20, 2020
To: All Staff
Dear Team,
In these stressful times, mental health is a priority. We’ve arranged some mental health resources for
you, details of which are attached.
Take Care,
[Head of Staff Wellness]
Update on Ventilator Availability
Date: May 10, 2020
To: ICU Team
ICU Team,
We have received an additional 10 ventilators. Allocation will be discussed in our team meeting
tomorrow at 2 PM.
Best,
[ICU Head]
Financial Strain
Date: June 15, 2020
To: Board of Directors
Esteemed Board Members,
We are facing financial strain due to the ongoing pandemic. An urgent meeting is needed to discuss
measures for stabilization.
Respectfully,
[CFO]
Revised Safety Protocols
Date: July 1, 2020
To: All Staff
Team,
To alleviate our current staffing challenges, we have hired temporary medical staff. Details are in the
attached document.
Thank you,
[HR Manager]
Community Outreach Programs
Date: September 10, 2020
To: Public Relations Team
PR Team,
Given the changing situation, we need to assess our community outreach programs. Meeting scheduled
for next week.
Best,
[Head of Public Relations]
Memos
COVID-19 Preparedness Plan
Date: March 18, 2020
From: CEO
To: All Staff
This memo serves to outline our comprehensive COVID-19 preparedness and response plan. Please refer
to the attached document for the full details. Your adherence to these guidelines is essential for the
safety of all.
Social Distancing Measures
Date: March 25, 2020
From: COO
To: All Department Heads
Effective immediately, all departments are required to enforce social distancing among staff and patients.
Please see the attached document for specific guidelines.
Sanitization Procedures
Date: April 2, 2020
From: Head of Maintenance
To: All Staff
Body:
Due to the COVID-19 outbreak, we have intensified our sanitization procedures. The new schedules and
checklists are attached. Please adhere to them.
Staff Health Monitoring
Date: April 15, 2020
From: HR
To: All Staff
To ensure everyone’s safety, we are implementing new health monitoring guidelines for staff. These
guidelines are attached and are effective immediately.
Revised Visitor Policies
Date: May 1, 2020
From: Administration
To: Front Desk & Security
In light of the recent pandemic, new visitor policies will be in effect starting today. The full details are in
the attached document.
Virtual Team Meetings
Date: May 15, 2020
From: CTO
To: All Staff
Virtual team meetings are a new normal. Please find attached the guidelines for setting up and
conducting these meetings.
Elective Procedures
Date: June 5, 2020
From: COO
To: Surgical Teams
All elective procedures are postponed until further notice. Please refer to the attached memo for further
instructions.
Financial Transparency
Date: June 20, 2020
From: CFO
To: All Staff
This memo is to update all staff on the current financial status of the hospital. For a detailed breakdown,
please see the attached financial report.
Remote Work Policies
Date: July 15, 2020
From: HR
To: Non-Essential Staff
Patient Discharge Procedures
Date: August 20, 2020
From: Head of Patient Services
To: Nursing Staff and Case Managers
Given the complexities of discharging COVID-19 patients, we’ve updated our procedures to ensure a
smooth transition from hospital care to home or other healthcare facilities. The new procedures are
outlined in the attached document. Training sessions will be held this week to address any questions or
concerns you may have.
Sincerely,
[Head of Patient Services]
Student Objective
Your objective is to assess the effectiveness of the management functions (planning, organizing, leading,
and controlling) during this challenging period. Your analysis should be backed up by at least two peerreviewed articles and the course book.
Case Study Grading Rubric
Criteria
Introduction and
Summary of the
Case
Excellent
Good
A clear and concise
introduction to the case study, Adequate introduction but
including the issues at hand. may lack some clarity or
(9-10 points)
completeness. (7-8 points)
Needs Improvement
Incomplete or unclear
introduction to the case
study. (0-6 points)
Criteria
Excellent
Good
Needs Improvement
Application of
Management
Functions
Comprehensive analysis
Good analysis covering
incorporating all the functions most of the functions of
Limited or poor
of management, with
management, with
application of
excellent use of course
moderate use of course
management functions
concepts and additional
concepts and research. (28- and course concepts. (0research. (36-40 points)
35 points)
27 points)
Industry
Experience and
Insights
Effectively integrates
personal or observed industry Some integration of
experiences to provide
industry experience but
practical insights. (18-20
lacks depth or clarity. (14points)
17 points)
Little to no integration
of industry experiences.
(0-13 points)
Remedies and
Countermeasures
Offers innovative and welljustified remedies or
countermeasures for
identified issues. (18-20
points)
Suggests remedies or
countermeasures but lacks
thorough justification. (1417 points)
Limited or ineffective
suggestions for
remedies or
countermeasures. (0-13
points)
Use of PeerReviewed Articles
and Book
Integrates at least 2 peerUses at least one peerreviewed articles and refers reviewed article and makes
to the course book effectively. some reference to the
(5 points)
course book. (3-4 points)
Fails to include peerreviewed articles or
refer to the course book
adequately. (0-2 points)
Organization,
Structure, and
Grammar
Paper is well-organized, free
Significant grammatical
of grammatical errors, and
Minor grammatical errors errors or poor
follows a logical structure. (5 or organizational issues. (3- organization. (0-2
points)
4 points)
points)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Develop an intervention (your capstone project), as a solution to the patient, family, or population problem you’ve defined. Submit the proposed intervention to the faculty for review and approval. This solution needs to be implemented (shared) with your patient, family, or group. You are not to share your intervention with your patient, family, or group or move on to Assessment 5 before your faculty reviews/approves the solution you submit in Assessment 4. In a separate written deliverable, write a 5–7 page analysis of your intervention.

Please submit both your solution/intervention and the 5–7 page analysis to complete Assessment 4.

Collapse All

Introduction

In your first three assessments, you applied new knowledge and insight gleaned from the literature, from organizational data, and from direct consultation with the patient, family, or group (and perhaps with subject matter and industry experts) to your assessment of the problem. You’ve examined the problem from the perspectives of leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, policy, quality of care, patient safety, costs to the system and individual, technology, care coordination, and community resources. Now it’s time to turn your attention to proposing an intervention (your capstone project), as a solution to the problem.

Preparation

In this assessment, you’ll develop an intervention as a solution to the health problem you’ve defined. To prepare for the assessment, think about an appropriate intervention, based on your work in the preceding assessments, that will produce tangible, measurable results for the patient, family, or group. In addition, you might consider using a root cause analysis to explore the underlying reasons for a problem and as the basis for developing and implementing an action plan to address the problem. Some appropriate interventions include the following:

Creating an educational brochure.
Producing an educational voice-over PowerPoint presentation or video focusing on your topic.
Creating a teaching plan for your patient, family, or group.
Recommending work process or workflow changes addressing your topic.

Plan to spend at least 3 direct practicum hours working with the same patient, family, or group.

In addition, you may wish to complete the following:

Review the assessment instructions and scoring guide to ensure that you understand the work you will be asked to complete and how it will be assessed.
Conduct sufficient research of the scholarly and professional literature to inform your work and meet scholarly expectations for supporting evidence.

Note: As you revise your writing, check out the resources listed on the Writing Center’s Writing Support page.

Instructions

Complete this assessment in two parts: (a) develop an intervention as a solution to the problem and (b) submit your proposed intervention, with a written analysis, to your faculty for review and approval.

Part 1

Develop an intervention, as a solution to the problem, based on your assessment and supported by data and scholarly, evidence-based sources.

Incorporate relevant aspects of the following considerations that shaped your understanding of the problem:

Leadership.
Collaboration.
Communication.
Change management.
Policy.
Quality of care.
Patient safety.
Costs to the system and individual.
Technology.
Care coordination.
Community resources.
Part 2

Submit your proposed intervention to your faculty for review and approval.

In a separate written deliverable, write a 5–7 page analysis of your intervention.

Summarize the patient, family, or population problem.
Explain why you selected this problem as the focus of your project.
Explain why the problem is relevant to your professional practice and to the patient, family, or group.

In addition, address the requirements outlined below. These requirements correspond to the scoring guide criteria for this assessment, so be sure to address each main point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed. In addition, note the additional requirements for document format and length and for supporting evidence.

Define the role of leadership and change management in addressing the problem.
Explain how leadership and change management strategies influenced the development of your proposed intervention.
Explain how nursing ethics informed the development of your proposed intervention.
Include a copy of the intervention/solution/professional product.
Propose strategies for communicating and collaborating with the patient, family, or group to improve outcomes associated with the problem.
Identify the patient, family, or group.
Discuss the benefits of gathering their input to improve care associated with the problem.
Identify best-practice strategies from the literature for effective communication and collaboration to improve outcomes.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies guided the development of your proposed intervention.
Cite the standards and/or policies that guided your work.
Describe research that has tested the effectiveness of these standards and/or policies in improving outcomes for this problem.
Explain how your proposed intervention will improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual.
Cite evidence from the literature that supports your conclusions.
Identify relevant and available sources of benchmark data on care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Explain how technology, care coordination, and the utilization of community resources can be applied in addressing the problem.
Cite evidence from the literature that supports your conclusions.
Write concisely and directly, using active voice.
Apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references.
Additional Requirements
Format: Format the written analysis of your intervention using APA style. APA Style Paper Tutorial [DOCX] is provided to help you in writing and formatting your paper. Be sure to include:
A title page and reference page. An abstract is not required.
Appropriate section headings.
Length: Your paper should be approximately 5–7 pages in length, not including the reference page.
Supporting evidence: Cite at least five sources of scholarly or professional evidence that support your central ideas. Resources should be no more than five years old. Provide in-text citations and references in APA format.
Proofreading: Proofread your paper, before you submit it, to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on its substance.

Portfolio Prompt: Save your intervention to your ePortfolio. After you complete your program, you may want to consider leveraging your portfolio as part of a job search or other demonstration of your academic and professional competencies.

Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 1: Lead people and processes to improve patient, systems, and population outcomes.
Define the role of leadership and change management in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem and includes a copy of intervention/solution/professional product.
Competency 3: Transform processes to improve quality, enhance patient safety, and reduce the cost of care.
Explain how a proposed intervention to address a patient, family, or population health problem will improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual.
Competency 4: Apply health information and patient care technology to improve patient and systems outcomes.
Explain how technology, care coordination, and the utilization of community resources can be applied in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem.
Competency 5: Analyze the impact of health policy on quality and cost of care.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies guided the development of a proposed intervention.
Competency 6: Collaborate interprofessionally to improve patient and population outcomes.
Propose strategies for communicating and collaborating with a patient, family, or group to improve outcomes associated with a patient, family, or population health problem.
Competency 8: Integrate professional standards and values into practice.
Write concisely and directly, using active voice.
Apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references.
Patient, Family, or Population Health Problem Solution Scoring Guide
CRITERIA NON-PERFORMANCE BASIC PROFICIENT DISTINGUISHED
Define the role of leadership and change management in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem and includes a copy of intervention/solution/professional product. Does not describe leadership and change management strategies, and does not include a copy of the intervention/solution/professional product. Attempts to describe leadership and change management strategies, and/or does not include a copy of the intervention/solution/professional product. Defines the role of leadership and change management in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem and includes a copy of the intervention/solution/professional product. Defines the role of leadership and change management in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem. Provides an articulate, cogent explanation of the influence that leadership strategies, change management strategies, and nursing ethics had on the development of an intervention and includes a copy of the intervention/solution/professional product.
Propose strategies for communicating and collaborating with a patient, family, or group to improve outcomes associated with a patient, family, or population health problem. Does not describe communication and collaboration strategies. Attempts to describe communication and collaboration strategies. Proposes strategies for communicating and collaborating with a patient, family, or group to improve outcomes associated with a patient, family, or population health problem. Proposes clear, best-practice strategies, well-supported in the literature, for communicating and collaborating with a patient, family, or group to improve outcomes associated with a patient, family, or population health problem. Presents a strong case for the benefits of obtaining input from a patient, family, or group.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies guided the development of a proposed intervention. Does not describe state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies applicable to the development of a proposed intervention. Attempts to explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies guided the development of a proposed intervention. Explains how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies guided the development of a proposed intervention. Provides an articulate, cogent explanation of how specific state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies guided the development of a proposed intervention. Describes credible research on the effectiveness of these standards and/or policies in improving outcomes.
Explain how a proposed intervention to address a patient, family, or population health problem will improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual. Does not explain how a proposed intervention to address a patient, family, or population health problem will improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual. Provides an explanation, dependent upon unsubstantiated assumptions, of how a proposed intervention to address a patient, family, or population health problem will improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual. Explains how a proposed intervention to address a patient, family, or population health problem will improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual. Provides an articulate, cogent explanation of how a proposed intervention to address a patient, family, or population health problem will improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual. Conclusions are well-supported by credible evidence. Cites specific, relevant, and available sources of benchmark data.
Explain how technology, care coordination, and the utilization of community resources can be applied in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem. Does not describe technology, care coordination, and community resources that can be applied in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem. Attempts to explain how technology, care coordination, and community resources can be applied in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem. Explains how technology, care coordination, and the utilization of community resources can be applied in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem. Provides an articulate, cogent explanation of how technology, care coordination, and the utilization of community resources can be applied in addressing a patient, family, or population health problem. Conclusions are well-supported by specific, credible evidence.
Write concisely and directly, using active voice. Does not write concisely and directly, using active voice. Writes passively, with a tendency toward wordiness. Writes concisely and directly, using active voice. Writes concisely and directly. Conveys precise and unequivocal meaning through clear and consistent use of active voice.
Apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references. Does not apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references. Applies APA formatting to in-text citations and references incorrectly and/or inconsistently, detracting noticeably from good scholarship. Applies APA formatting to in-text citations and references. Exhibits strict and nearly flawless adherence to APA formatting of in-text citations and references.

Nursing note on learning disability

Description

Ms. Brooks was seen today while in the community. She was alert and oriented, dressed casual, skin was intact, and denied pain and discomfort. Blood pressure 114/89, pulse 98, O2 98.0%, and Temperature 98.5She was seen with a boy child during visit. She verbalized borderline high blood sugar and watches what she eats. Client is benefiting from government program such as food stamp and low cost housing scheme. Client next medical appointment was scheduled for 9th Oct, 2023. Past medical history of learning disability, depression, and anxiety. Nurse educated client on learning disability and how to handle the situation. Follow the rubric below

mn504 discussion response

Description

Hi I need one reply to each comment, must include references, thank you

Lauren:The databases I used for my clinical question were CINAHL and Embase. CINAHL was the database that was primarily used. CINAHL contains nursing and allied health literature (CINAHL database, 2023). It was very helpful in my search because when looking at type 2 diabetes, many of the interventions and education that were being analyzed are done by individuals within the nursing profession. Embase contains medical literature (Embase, 2023). These articles helped to contain statistics on interventions and which were most beneficial.

Some features of CINAHL include subject headings, searchable cited references and subject indexing. Subject headings allow the user to search topics, such as “type 2 diabetes” (CINAHL database, 2023). This would help to generate many different articles on the topic that was searched. This is a beneficial way of receiving background information and current statistics on that topic. The next feature was searchable cited references which allows the user to search the references that were included in that article. This is very beneficial because if the article is relevant, the user can search the references, which may result in more valuable articles (Cited reference searching, n.d.). The last feature was subject indexing. Subject indexing helps to include a multitude of scholarly vocabulary which helps to yield more search results (CINAHL database, 2023). CINAHL is user-friendly and has many features that help to yield appropriate and beneficial articles.

Embase also contains features that are beneficial, such as pharmacological adverse effects screening and a systematic search. Embase allows adverse effects of medications to be searched (Embase, 2023). This is very beneficial because it allows healthcare providers to be aware of what effects the medications they are prescribing could have on the patient. The next feature that Embase has is a systematic search which allows a search to be conducted by using the PICOT question (Embase, 2023). This would help to display relevant articles and separate them from articles that are not pertinent. Both databases have features that are very practical and effective. It is important to have these tools while conducting research, so it can be performed more precisely and effectively which will help to result in the proper articles.

References

CINAHL database (2023). EBSCO. https://www.ebsco.com/products/research-databases/…

Cited reference searching. (n.d.). UQ Library. https://web.library.uq.edu.au/research-tools-techniques/search-

techniques/find-everything-your-topic/cited-reference-searching

Embase (2023). Elsevier. https://beta.elsevier.com/products/embase?trial=tr…

Megan:My Clinical question is as follows: How effective are nonpharmacological interventions compared to the effectiveness of psychotropic medications on agitation within six months? The two databases I found helpful when looking for evidence are the Cochrane Database of Systemic Reviews and CINAHL. The CDSR is just one of three databases located within the Cochrane Library. The search options in this database differ from others because it has tabs labeled Cochrane Reviews, Trials, and Clinical Answers. Although this database is small, the advanced search methods are unique and help you to find evidence quickly. Since the database is small, the results will be manageable even with the advanced search options (Hartzell et al., 2023). In the Trials tab, I could locate several RCTs about my clinical question. Van der Steen et al. (2018) discussed the effect music therapy has on patients with dementia. Although music therapy improves other behavioral issues in dementia, it is said to improve agitation or aggression (van der Steen et al., 2018). This approach is rarely considered when caring for people with dementia and may be a better intervention than medication. The CDSR database has several systematic reviews and trials in the advanced search option.

I also used the CINAHL database. It contains significant scientific knowledge regarding healthcare (Hartzell et al., 2023). EBSCOhost produces this database and has many subject areas. This is a bibliographic database; therefore, there are times that the journal article is not in the database (Hartzell et al., 2023). When searching for evidence in CINAHL, the search results may come from journals, books, dissertations, etc. CINAHL database starts with offering an advanced search option. Although it is simple to use, the page of options looks overwhelming. Search options exist for full text, peer review, publications year, and language. A search feature can also be selected for RCTs, which is excellent for this week’s assignment. Balzotti et al. (2019) discussed the efficacy of gesture-verbal therapy and doll therapy on neuropsychiatric symptoms. Participants were put into doll therapy, gesture-verbal, and control groups. It was found that gesture-verbal therapy improved some neuropsychiatric symptoms, whereas doll therapy made some symptoms worse.

References

Balzotti, A., Filograsso, M., Altamura, C., Fairfield, B., Bellomo, A., Daddato, F., Vacca, R. A., & Altamura, M. (2019). Comparison of the efficacy of gesture-verbal treatment and doll therapy for managing neuropsychiatric symptoms in older patients with dementia. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 34(9), 1308–1315. https://doi-org.libauth.purdueglobal.edu/10.1002/g…

Hartzell, T., Fineout-Overholt, E., & Kelley, C. (2023). Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions. In Bernadette Melnyk & Ellen Fineout-Overholt. (5th ed.), Evidence-Based practice in nursing & healthcare. Wolters Kluwer.

Van der Steen, J., Smaling, H., Van der Wouden, J., Bruinsma, M., Scholten, R., & Vink, A. (2018). Music-based therapeutic interventions for people with dementia. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (7). https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD003477.

Psychotic & Cognitive Disorders

Description

Answer the questions below based on the following case study.

TM is a 79-year-old man who was diagnosed with dementia 6 years previously. He lives with his 72-year-old wife. He was a chain smoker for 45 years. She describes a gradual deterioration in his condition such that in recent months she has found it increasingly difficult to manage him. He has become increasingly hostile and aggressive, though he has not actually assaulted her. He has begun to complain about seeing people wandering around the house, and that frightens him. On two occasions he has left the house and been found wandering along the road. She has noticed that his condition fluctuates – sometimes he is very aggressive and confused, while at other times he is more calm and lucid.

Summarize the clinical case.
What is the DSM 5-TR diagnosis based on the information provided in the case?
Which pharmacological treatment would you prescribe according to the clinical guidelines? Include the rationale for this treatment.
Which non-pharmacological treatment would you prescribe according to the clinical guidelines? Include the rationale for this treatment excluding a psychotherapeutic modality.
Include an assessment of the treatment’s appropriateness, cost, effectiveness, safety, and potential for patient adherence to the chosen medication. Use a local pharmacy to research the cost of the medication and provide the most cost-effective choice for the patient. Use great detail when answering questions 3-5.

Submission Instructions:

Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in the current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources. Your initial post is worth 8 points.
You should respond to at least two of your peers by extending, refuting/correcting, or adding additional nuance to their posts. Your reply posts are worth 2 points (1 point per response.)
All replies must be constructive and use literature where possible.
Please post your initial response by 11:59 PM ET Thursday, and comment on the posts of two classmates by 11:59 PM ET Sunday.
Late work policies, expectations regarding proper citations, acceptable means of responding to peer feedback, and other expectations are at the discretion of the instructor.
You can expect feedback from the instructor within 48 to 72 hours from the Sunday due date.

Grading Rubric

Your assignment will be graded according to the grading rubric.

Discussion Rubric
Criteria Ratings Points
Identification of Main Issues, Problems, and Concepts Distinguished – 4 points
Post is substantively accurate. Identifies and demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. Provides exceptional and thought-provoking analysis that directly addresses details and/or examples of the main topic. Excellent – 3 points
Post is mostly related to the topic. Demonstrates understanding of most of the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. It provides some supporting details and/or examples. Analyses not as clear as they could be. Fair – 1-2 points
Demonstrates limited understanding of most of the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. No details and/or examples are given. Poor – 0 points
Post is off-topic, incorrect and/or irrelevant to the issues, problems, and concepts surrounding the assignment. Analyses are not well organized or clear. 4 points
APA Formatting Guidelines Distinguished – 2 points
The reference page contains at least the required current scholarly academic reference and text reference. Follows APA guidelines of components: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations. Excellent – 1 point
The reference page contains one current scholarly academic resource and text reference. Follows most APA guidelines of components: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations. Fair – 0.5 points
The reference page contains one current or outdated scholarly academic resource. Many errors of APA guidelines: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations. Poor – 0 points
The reference page contains no current scholarly academic resources, only internet web pages, or no reference page. Lack of APA guidelines for references provided or in-text citations. 2 points
Writing Mechanics Distinguished – 2 points
Rules of grammar, usage, and punctuation are followed; spelling is correct. Excellent – 1 point
Few grammatical errors, but sentences could be clearer and more precise. Fair – 0.5 points
The paper contains a few grammatical, punctuation, and spelling errors. Poor – 0 points
The paper contains numerous grammatical, punctuation, and spelling errors. 2 points
Response to Posts of Peers Distinguished – 2 points
Constructively responded to two other posts and either extended, expanded, or provided a rebuttal to each. Fair – 1 point
Constructively responded to one other post and either extended, expanded, or provided a rebuttal. Poor – 0 points
Provided no response to a peer’s post.

2 points
Total Points 10

Nursing Question

Description

In a 5–7 page written assessment, determine how health care technology, coordination of care, and community resources can be applied to address the patient, family, or population problem you’ve defined. In addition, plan to spend approximately 2 direct practicum hours exploring these aspects of the problem with the patient, family, or group you’ve chosen to work with and, if desired, consulting with subject matter and industry experts. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Report on your experiences during the second 2 hours of your practicum.

Collapse All

Introduction

As a baccalaureate-prepared nurse, you’ll be positioned to maximize the use of technology to achieve positive patient outcomes and improve organizational effectiveness. Providing holistic coordination of patient care across the entire health care continuum and leveraging community resource services can lead both to positive patient outcomes and to organizational improvements.

Preparation

In this assessment, you’ll determine how health care technology, coordination of care, and community resources can be applied to address the health problem you’ve defined. Plan to spend at least 2 direct practicum hours working with the same patient, family, or group. During this time, you may also choose to consult with subject matter and industry experts.

To prepare for the assessment:

Review the assessment instructions and scoring guide to ensure that you understand the work you will be asked to complete and how it will be assessed.
Conduct sufficient research of the scholarly and professional literature to inform your assessment and meet scholarly expectations for supporting evidence.
Review the Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 3 [PDF], Download Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 3 [PDF],which provides guidance for conducting this portion of your practicum.

Note: As you revise your writing, check out the resources listed on the Writing Center’s Writing Support page.

Instructions

Complete this assessment in two parts.

Part 1

Determine how health care technology, the coordination of care, and the use of community resources can be applied to address the patient, family, or population problem you’ve defined. Plan to spend at least 2 practicum hours exploring these aspects of the problem with the patient, family, or group. During this time, you may also consult with subject matter and industry experts of your choice. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Use the Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 3 [PDF] Download Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 3 [PDF]provided for this assessment to guide your work and interpersonal interactions.

Part 2

Report on your experiences during the second 2 hours of your practicum.

Whom did you meet with?
What did you learn from them?
Comment on the evidence-based practice (EBP) documents or websites you reviewed.
What did you learn from that review?
Share the process and experience of exploring the effect of the problem on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Did your plan to address the problem change, based upon your experiences?
What surprised you, or was of particular interest to you, and why?
Requirements

The assessment requirements, outlined below, correspond to the scoring guide criteria, so be sure to address each main point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed. In addition, note the additional requirements for document format and length and for supporting evidence.

Analyze the impact of health care technology on the patient, family, or population problem.
Cite evidence from the literature that addresses the advantages and disadvantages of specific technologies, including research studies that present opposing views.
Determine whether the evidence is consistent with technology use you see in your nursing practice.
Identify potential barriers and costs associated with the use of specific technologies and how those technologies are applied within the context of this problem.
Explain how care coordination and the utilization of community resources can be used to address the patient, family, or population problem.
Cite evidence from the literature that addresses the benefits of care coordination and the utilization of community resources, including research studies that present opposing views.
Determine whether the evidence is consistent with how you see care coordination and community resources used in your nursing practice.
Identify barriers to the use of care coordination and community resources in the context of this problem.
Analyze state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies associated with health care technology, care coordination, and community resources and document the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Explain how these standards or policies will guide your actions in applying technology, care coordination, and community resources to address care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Describe the effects of local, state, and federal policies or legislation on your nursing scope of practice, within the context of technology, care coordination, and community resources.
Explain how nursing ethics will inform your approach to addressing the problem through the use of applied technology, care coordination, and community resources.
Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Support main points, assertions, arguments, conclusions, or recommendations with relevant and credible evidence.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing.
Additional Requirements
Format: Format your paper using APA style. APA Style Paper Tutorial [DOCX] is provided to help you in writing and formatting your paper. Be sure to include:
A title page and reference page. An abstract is not required.
Appropriate section headings.
Length: Your paper should be approximately 5–7 pages in length, not including the reference page.
Supporting evidence: Cite at least five sources of scholarly or professional evidence that support your central ideas. Resources should be no more than five years old. Provide in-text citations and references in APA format.
Proofreading: Proofread your paper, before you submit it, to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on its substance.
Capella Academic Portal

Update the total number of hours on the NURS-FPX4900 Volunteer Experience Form in BSN Practicum Campus page for more information and instructions on how to log your hours.

Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 4: Apply health information and patient care technology to improve patient and systems outcomes.
Analyze the impact of health care technology on a patient, family, or population problem.
Competency 5: Analyze the impact of health policy on quality and cost of care.
Analyze state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies associated with health technology, care coordination, and community resources and document the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Competency 6: Collaborate interprofessionally to improve patient and population outcomes.
Explain how care coordination and the utilization of community resources can be used to address a patient, family, or population problem.
Competency 8: Integrate professional standards and values into practice.
Support main points, assertions, arguments, conclusions, or recommendations with relevant and credible evidence.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing

Social Work Question

Description

This assignment is past due. I have been sick and not feeling like doing it. Please complete as soon as possible, since it is already past due. If you need any additional information, let me know please! Thank you in advance for your help.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

GLST 220
GOSPEL COMMUNICATION PROJECT: CULTURAL INTELLIGENCE RESEARCH
ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
OVERVIEW
The Gospel Communication Project allows you to apply the principles of Cultural Intelligence to
a specific cross-cultural evangelistic encounter. As a cumulative project throughout the course
(with a research assignment, a grand narrative outline, and a video presentation), you will
research the cultural elements of a specific country, consider how those cultural elements will
affect a person’s understanding of the gospel message, create a plan for communicating
effectively with a person from a specific culture, and present the story of God through video as
you would if you were able to share the gospel with someone from that culture. Also, as you
craft a story of the grand narrative to effectively communicate it in a specific culture, you will
gain a deeper understanding of the story of God and gain confidence in sharing the gospel with
others.
INSTRUCTIONS
Use the provided worksheet to complete your cultural intelligence research assignment. You
will:
1. Identify a country to research and the cultural cluster it belongs to. Choose a country that
is ethnolinguistically different than your own culture.
2. Discuss CQ Drive by identifying your motivations for sharing the gospel and the ways
CQ can help you to be effective in communication.
3. Discuss CQ Knowledge by identifying 2 cultural systems, 3 cultural value orientations,
and 2 socio-linguistic characteristics, and sharing how these elements of culture might
affect someone’s understanding of the gospel.
4. Support your writing with adequate research from a variety of sources. Each box that
asks for an outside source should include at least 1 citation, and the works cited box at the
bottom of the template should list all sources used in the assignment (at least 3).
COMPLETING YOUR CULTURAL INTELLIGENCE RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT
You should use the provided worksheet to complete your assignment by typing in the white
boxes on the worksheet.





Each section of the worksheet provides writing prompts, and instructions for word count
and necessary citations.
You should write in complete sentences except for the columns where 1-word answers
are required.
Your writing should be clean and free of grammatical/spelling errors.
Formatting should be clean and easy to read (ensure your font styles and sizes are
consistent).
Your research citations should be integrated into your writing to support your arguments
and show where you got your information. Long quotes will not be counted towards the
required word counts.
Page 1 of 2
GLST 220
You should review the assignment rubric to understand how this project will be assessed and
how to maximize your score on this project.
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.
Page 2 of 2
GLST 220
GOSPEL COMMUNICATION PROJECT: CULTURAL INTELLIGENCE RESEARCH
TEMPLATE
INSTRUCTIONS
Choose a country other than your own from one of the 10 cultural clusters and do research about
their culture. Complete this worksheet by writing your answers in the white boxes. Note that the
white boxes will expand as you type in them. You should write in complete sentences and use
proper English grammar, spelling, and language mechanics. Be sure to fulfill all listed word
count and citation requirements. Citations should be integrated into your writing as supporting
evidence and to show where you got your information. Long quotes from outside sources will
not be counted towards the minimum word count. When asked to cite outside sources, you
should do research through materials other than the course textbooks (reputable websites, books,
and peer reviewed articles from the JFL library, etc.). This research will assist you in preparing
your Grand Narrative presentation to effectively share the gospel with someone from that
culture.
Student
Name
Course Section
Number
Introduction
Country
Identify the Cultural Cluster of the
country you chose (Anglo, Nordic
Europe, Germanic Europe, Latin
Europe, Latin America, Confucian
Asia, Southern Asia, Sub-Saharan
Africa, Arab)
Cultural Description: Describe the country and its culture by discussing its geographical
location, primary religion, current events, significant historical events, economic status,
resources, etc. Then, describe at least 3 cultural artifacts that would be considered “top of the
iceberg” facts (art, music, dress, money, customs, food, etc.). (Write 100-300 words and cite
at least one outside source).
Example showing how to use a citation in a sentence:
India has at least 22 officially recognized languages, though English and Hindi are the
primary trade languages (World Fact Book, 2022).
[Type your cultural description here]
CQ Drive
Page 1 of 4
GLST 220
What is your drive or motivation for wanting to share the gospel with someone from this
culture? How do you think cultural intelligence will help you to be more effective in sharing
the gospel? (Write 100-200 words)
CQ Knowledge
CQ Knowledge: Discuss the categories of CQ knowledge by completing the chart below for
cultural systems, cultural value orientations, and socio-linguistic norms.
Cultural Systems: In the chart below, choose 2 of the cultural systems (Economic,
Family, etc.) and identify which description represents the culture you have chosen.
(Simply write the word that describes the cultural system in the adjacent white box. You will
fill-in answers in 2 boxes. For example, for the economic system, I would write “socialist” if
the culture I was studying has a socialist economic system).
Economic System:
Family System:
Socialist or Capitalist?
Kinship or Nuclear?
Education System:
Legal System:
Formal or Informal?
Formal or Informal?
Religious System:
Artistic System:
Mystical or Rational?
Clear or Fluid?
Discuss the Cultural Systems: For each of the 2 cultural systems that you chose above,
discuss the following questions: What evidence shows this cultural system? How might
this cultural system affect their worldview or understanding of the gospel? What biblical
themes might be relevant to someone with this cultural system? (For each system, write
100-200 words and cite at least 1 outside source)
System 1:
System 2:
Page 2 of 4
GLST 220
Cultural Value Orientations: (Choose at least 3 cultural value orientations and complete
the chart below for the culture you have chosen).
Individualism or
Collectivism?
Low-Power
Distance or HighPower Distance?
Low Uncertainty
Avoidance or
High Uncertainty
Avoidance?
Cooperative or
Competitive?
Short-term or
Long-term?
Direct or Indirect
Context?
Being or Doing?
Universalism or
Particularism?
Neutral or
Affective?
Monochronic or
Polychronic?
Discuss the Cultural Value Orientations: For each of the 3 cultural value orientations
that you chose above, discuss the following questions. What might this value orientation
look like in everyday life in that culture? How might it affect a person’s worldview or
understanding of the gospel? What biblical themes might be applicable to that value
orientation? (For each value orientation, write 100-200 words and cite at least one outside
source).
Value Orientation 1:
Value Orientation 2:
Value Orientation 3:
Discuss at least 2 socio-linguistic characteristics of this culture (1 related to verbal
communication and 1 related to non-verbal communication). How might these
characteristics affect the way you share the gospel? (Write 100-300 words and cite at least
one source).
Page 3 of 4
GLST 220
Works Cited
In the space below, list all the sources you have cited on this worksheet (You should have
at least 3 different sources). Be sure to include the title, author, publisher, date of
publication, and website (if applicable). If you used the same source more than once, you
only need to list it once in this section.
Examples Works Cited Entries
“India.” World Factbook 2022. Central Intelligence Agency, Office of Public Affairs.
(accessed February 28, 2022).
Livermore, David. Cultural Intelligence: Improving Your CQ to Engage Our Multicultural
World. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2009
Page 4 of 4

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

Clinical decision makingproblem-solving approach that nurses use to define patient problems and select appropriate treatmentConcept mapa visual representation of patient problems and interventions that shows their relationships to one anotherCritical thinkinga continuous process characterized by open-mindedness, continual inquiry, and perseverance, combined with a willingness to look at each unique patient situation and determine which identified assumptions are true and relevant

Healthcare question

Description

After reading the case study, answer the prompt below in at least 600 words. Using 2 outside reliable resources. A nurse was working in a Hispanic populated underserved high school helping to design a weight loss program for overweight female teens. She wanted to involve teens, parents, and school personnel in designing and implementing the program to ensure it would be supported by the community. The nurse believed that change is best designed by the community that will benefit from the health promotion program. She had a small grant to hire school personnel to help with data collection and dissemination of the study results. Theories of Human Behavior and Health Meta-Theories 1. Theory of Planned Behavior 2. Health Belief Model 3. Trans-theoretical ModePrompt: Which theories could she use in her grant and in the publications that are consistent with her assumptions and approach?

Ati nursing AENP

Description

I need help with a 3500 nursing assignment and a poster. The assignment is about CORONARY HEART DISEASE IN WOMEN and the poster is about Alcohol and Drug use in Derbyshire and the midlands.

The poster should be a one page poster and not be together with the paper.

Please the paper is a RANDOMISED CONTROL TRIAL PAPER and you will critique it using a CASP TOOL.

Details of assignment brief and other important informations including article to be used are in the link below.

I have attached examples of how the poster shoud be. Also the work should be referenced within a 10 year time frame. 2013-2023. (35 references minimum)

https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1RhluQqXzR7…

In the link, you’ll find the assignment brief for the project and the poster. With voice recording explaining how it should be done.

NURS 420- Population Focused Nursing

Description

Ambulatory Nursing Practice in the Community

– Clinical Sites: Wound Care, Infusion Therapy, Cardiac Rehab

Required reading:

Swan, B.A., Conway-Phillips, R., & Griffin, K.F. (2006). Demonstrating the value of the RN in

ambulatory care. Nursing Economics$, 24(6), 315-322.

https://wa.opallibraries.org/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=a9h&AN=23659781&site=ehost-live

Swan, B. A. & Griffin, K. F. (2005). Measuring nursing workload in ambulatory care. Nursins Economic$, 23 (5), 253-260.

https://wa.opallibraries.org/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=a9h&AN=19217373&site=ehost-live

Pirschel, C. (2019). Comfort, close to home: The vital role of oncology nursing in ambulatory care. ONS

Voice, 34(11), 16-20.

https://wa.opallibraries.org/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=a9h&AN=139418619&site=ehost-live

American Academy of Ambulatory Care Nursing Position Statement: The role of the Registered Nurse in Ambulatory Care. (2012). Nursing Economic$, 30(4), 233-239.

https://wa.opallibraries.org/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=a9h&AN=79279201&site=ehost-live

Upon completing this assignment, the student will be able to:

Identify the components of the nurse’s role in the community-based health care organization.
Discuss how the nurse’s role within the collaborative process benefits the patient and family.
Discuss the use of the nursing process in teaching and learning in community-based settings.
Identify learning resources for teaching clients in the community.
Discuss the advocacy role of the nurse in client teaching in community-based practice.

6.Assess the nursing care given in ambulatory nursing in terms of the primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention.

Discussion 2

Description

Respond to the attached discussion

Unformatted Attachment Preview

9/18/23, 6:54 PM

Assignment Information

HCM 320 Module Four Journal Guidelines and Rubric
The Case for Incentivising Health is based on Australian data, but the challenges of combating chronic disease there are similar to the challenges present in the United States. Read the case
carefully and consider the list of main considerations those working in the preventative health space could think about when developing programs, policies or interventions to change
behaviors listed on page five. Address the following questions:
Which of these cues do you consider to have the most impact in terms of changing healthcare behaviors of the patient?
Which of these cues would you most readily respond to as a patient?
Which cues do you think are most likely to be adopted by providers and insurance companies?
Support your responses with examples from your own experience, the case, or references to the textbook or other scholarly sources.
Use the journal as an opportunity to familiarize yourself with the final project requirements and case study. Journal activities in this course are private between you and your instructor. Only
the instructor can view and comment on your assignments.
What to Submit
Your journal assignment should be 2 to 4 paragraphs in length. Submit assignment as a Word document with double spacing, 12- point Times New Roman font, and one-inch margins.
Module Four Journal Rubric
Criteria
Proficient (100%)
Needs Improvement (75%)
Not Evident (0%)
Value
Impact of Behavioral Cue
Discusses the impact of a behavioral cue in
terms of changing healthcare behaviors
and supports the discussion with examples
or references
Discusses the impact of a behavioral cue in
terms of changing healthcare behaviors,
but does not support the discussion with
examples or references
Does not discuss the impact of a behavioral
cue in terms of changing healthcare
behaviors
40
Patient Response
Describes why a behavioral cue would
produce positive responses from patients
and supports the description with
examples or references
Describes why a behavioral cue would
produce positive responses from patients,
but does not support the description with
examples or references
Does not describe why a behavioral cue
would produce positive responses from
patients
30
Providers and Insurance
Companies
Identifies the behavioral cues that are most
likely to be adopted by providers and
insurance companies and supports the
response with examples or references
Identifies the behavioral cues that are most
likely to be adopted by providers and
insurance companies, but does not support
the response with examples or references
Does not identify the behavioral cues that
are most likely to be adopted by providers
and insurance companies
30
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/le/content/1379729/viewContent/26927043/View
1/2
9/18/23, 6:54 PM
Criteria
Assignment Information
Proficient (100%)
Needs Improvement (75%)
Not Evident (0%)
Value
Total:
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/le/content/1379729/viewContent/26927043/View
100%
2/2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

In a 5–7 page written assessment, define the patient, family, or population health problem that will be the focus of your capstone project. Assess the problem from a leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, and policy perspective. Plan to spend approximately 2 direct practicum hours meeting with a patient, family, or group of your choice to explore the problem and, if desired, consulting with subject matter and industry experts. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.

Collapse All

Introduction

This assessment lays the foundation for the work that will carry you through your capstone experience and guide the practicum hours needed to complete the work in this course. In addition, it will enable you to do the following:

Develop a problem statement for a patient, family, or population that’s relevant to your practice.
Begin building a body of evidence that will inform your approach to your practicum.
Focus on the influence of leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, and policy on the problem.
Preparation

In this assessment, you’ll assess the patient, family, or population health problem that will be the focus of your capstone project. Plan to spend approximately 2 hours working with a patient, family, or group of your choice to explore the problem from a leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, and policy perspective.During this time, you may also choose to consult with subject matter and industry experts about the problem (for example, directors of quality or patient safety, nurse managers/directors, physicians, and epidemiologists).

To prepare for the assessment, complete the following:

Identify the patient, family, or group you want to work with during your practicum The patient you select can be a friend or a family member. You’ll work with this patient, family, or group throughout your capstone project, focusing on a specific health care problem.
Begin surveying the scholarly and professional literature to establish your evidence and research base, inform your assessment, and meet scholarly expectations for supporting evidence.

In addition, you may wish to complete the following:

Review the assessment instructions and scoring guide to ensure that you understand the work you’ll be asked to complete and how it will be assessed.
Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 1 [PDF] Download Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 1 [PDF], which provides guidance for conducting this portion of your practicum.

Note: As you revise your writing, check out the resources listed on the Writing Center’s Writing Support page.

Instructions

Complete this assessment in two parts.

Part 1

Define the patient, family, or population health problem that will be the focus of your capstone project. Assess the problem from a leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, and policy perspective and establish your evidence and research base to plan, implement, and share findings related to your project.

Part 2

Connect with the patient, family, or group you’ll work with during your practicum. During this portion of your practicum, plan to spend at least 2 hours meeting with the patient, family, or group and, if desired, consulting with subject matter and industry experts of your choice. The hours you spend meeting with them should take place outside of regular work hours. Use the Practicum Focus Sheet [PDF] Download Practicum Focus Sheet [PDF]provided for this assessment to guide your work and interpersonal interactions. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.

Requirements

The assessment requirements, outlined below, correspond to the scoring guide criteria, so be sure to address each main point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed. In addition, note the additional requirements for document format and length and for supporting evidence.

Define a patient, family, or population health problem that’s relevant to your practice.
Summarize the problem you’ll explore.
Identify the patient, family, or group you intend to work with during your practicum.
Provide context, data, or information that substantiates the presence of the problem and its significance and relevance to the patient, family, or population.
Explain why this problem is relevant to your practice as a baccalaureate-prepared nurse.
Analyze evidence from peer-reviewed literature and professional sources that describes and guides nursing actions related to the patient, family, or population problem you’ve defined.
Note whether the authors provide supporting evidence from the literature that’s consistent with what you see in your nursing practice.
Explain how you would know if the data are unreliable.
Describe what the literature says about barriers to the implementation of evidence-based practice in addressing the problem you’ve defined.
Describe research that has tested the effectiveness of nursing standards and/or policies in improving patient, family, or population outcomes for this problem.
Describe current literature on the role of nurses in policy making to improve outcomes, prevent illness, and reduce hospital readmissions.
Describe what the literature says about a nursing theory or conceptual framework that might frame and guide your actions during your practicum.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies could affect the patient, family, or population problem you’ve defined.
Describe research that has tested the effectiveness of these standards and/or policies in improving patient, family, or population outcomes for this problem.
Describe current literature on the role of nurses in policy making to improve outcomes, prevent illness, and reduce hospital readmissions.
Describe the effects of local, state, and federal policies or legislation on your nursing scope of practice, within the context of this problem.
Propose leadership strategies to improve outcomes, patient-centered care, and the patient experience related to the patient, family, or population problem you’ve defined.
Discuss research on the effectiveness of leadership strategies.
Define the role that you anticipate leadership must play in addressing the problem.
Describe collaboration and communication strategies that you anticipate will be needed to address the problem.
Describe the change management strategies that you anticipate will be required to address the problem.
Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Organize content so ideas flow logically with smooth transitions.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing.
Additional Requirements
Format: Format your paper using APA style. APA Style Paper Tutorial [DOCX] is provided to help you in writing and formatting your paper. Be sure to include:
A title page and reference page. An abstract is not required.
Appropriate section headings.
Length: Your paper should be approximately 5–7 pages in length, not including the reference page.
Supporting evidence: Cite at least five sources of scholarly or professional evidence that support your central ideas. Resources should be no more than five years old. Provide in-text citations and references in APA format.
Proofreading: Proofread your paper, before you submit it, to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on its substance.
Capella Academic Portal

Complete the NURS-FPX4900 Volunteer Experience Form in Capella Academic Portal. Include a description of your relationship to the patient, family, or group in the Volunteer Experience comments field.

The BSN Capstone Course (NURS-FPX4900 ) requires the completion and documentation of nine (9) practicum hours. All hours must be recorded in the Capella Academic Portal. Please review the BSN Practicum Campus page for more information and instructions on how to log your hours.

Context

Nurses in all professional roles work to effect positive patient outcomes and improve organizational processes. Professional nurses are leaders in problem identification, planning, and strategy implementation—skills that directly affect patient care or organizational effectiveness.

Too often, change agents jump to a conclusion that an intervention will promote the envisioned improvement. Instead, the ideal approach is to determine which interventions are appropriate, based on an assessment and review of credible evidence. Interventions could be patient-facing or involve a change in policy and process. In this assessment, you’ll identify and make the case for your practicum focus area, then explore it in depth from a leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, and policy perspective.

Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 1: Lead people and processes to improve patient, systems, and population outcomes.
Define a patient, family, or population health problem that’s relevant to personal and professional practice.
Competency 2: Make clinical and operational decisions based upon the best available evidence.
Analyze evidence from peer-reviewed literature and professional sources that describes and guides nursing actions related to a defined patient, family, or population problem.
Competency 5: Analyze the impact of health policy on quality and cost of care.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies could affect a defined patient, family, or population problem.
Competency 7: Implement patient-centered care to improve quality of care and the patient experience.
Propose leadership strategies to improve outcomes, patient-centered care, and the patient experience related to a defined patient, family, or population problem and document the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Competency 8: Integrate professional standards and values into practice.
Organize content so ideas flow logically with smooth transitions.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing.

Nursing Question

Description

In a 5–7 page written assessment, assess the effect of the patient, family, or population problem you’ve previously defined on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Plan to spend approximately 2 direct practicum hours exploring these aspects of the problem with the patient, family, or group you’ve chosen to work with and, if desired, consulting with subject matter and industry experts. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Report on your experiences during your first two practicum hours.

Collapse All

Introduction

Organizational data, such as readmission rates, hospital-acquired infections, falls, medication errors, staff satisfaction, serious safety events, and patient experience can be used to prioritize time, resources, and finances. Health care organizations and government agencies use benchmark data to compare the quality of organizational services and report the status of patient safety. Professional nurses are key to comprehensive data collection, reporting, and monitoring of metrics to improve quality and patient safety.

Preparation

In this assessment, you’ll assess the effect of the health problem you’ve defined on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Plan to spend at least 2 direct practicum hours working with the same patient, family, or group. During this time, you may also choose to consult with subject matter and industry experts.

To prepare for the assessment:

Review the assessment instructions and scoring guide to ensure that you understand the work you will be asked to complete and how it will be assessed.
Conduct research of the scholarly and professional literature to inform your assessment and meet scholarly expectations for supporting evidence.
Review the Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF] Download Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF], which provides guidance for conducting this portion of your practicum.

Note: As you revise your writing, check out the resources listed on the Writing Center’s Writing Support page.

Instructions

Complete this assessment in two parts.

Part 1

Assess the effect of the patient, family, or population problem you defined in the previous assessment on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Plan to spend at least 2 practicum hours exploring these aspects of the problem with the patient, family, or group. During this time, you may also consult with subject matter and industry experts of your choice. Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Use the Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF] Download Practicum Focus Sheet: Assessment 2 [PDF]provided for this assessment to guide your work and interpersonal interactions.

Part 2

Report on your experiences during your first 2 practicum hours, including how you presented your ideas about the health problem to the patient, family, or group.

Whom did you meet with?
What did you learn from them?
Comment on the evidence-based practice (EBP) documents or websites you reviewed.
What did you learn from that review?
Share the process and experience of exploring the influence of leadership, collaboration, communication, change management, and policy on the problem.
What barriers, if any, did you encounter when presenting the problem to the patient, family, or group?
Did the patient, family, or group agree with you about the presence of the problem and its significance and relevance?
What leadership, communication, collaboration, or change management skills did you employ during your interactions to overcome these barriers or change the patient’s, family’s, or group’s thinking about the problem (for example, creating a sense of urgency based on data or policy requirements)?
What changes, if any, did you make to your definition of the problem, based on your discussions?
What might you have done differently?
Requirements

The assessment requirements, outlined below, correspond to the scoring guide criteria, so be sure to address each main point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed. In addition, note the additional requirements for document format and length and for supporting evidence.

Explain how the patient, family, or population problem impacts the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Cite evidence that supports the stated impact.
Note whether the supporting evidence is consistent with what you see in your nursing practice.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies can affect the problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Describe research that has tested the effectiveness of these standards and/or policies in addressing care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Explain how these standards and/or policies will guide your actions in addressing care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Describe the effects of local, state, and federal policies or legislation on your nursing scope of practice, within the context of care quality, patient safety, and cost to the system and individual.
Propose strategies to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual.
Discuss research on the effectiveness of these strategies in addressing care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Identify relevant and available sources of benchmark data on care quality, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Document the time spent (your practicum hours) with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Use paraphrasing and summarization to represent ideas from external sources.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing.
Additional Requirements
Format: Format your paper using APA style. APA Style Paper Tutorial [DOCX] is provided to help you in writing and formatting your paper. Be sure to include:
A title page and reference page. An abstract is not required.
Appropriate section headings.
Length: Your paper should be approximately 5–7 pages in length, not including the reference page.
Supporting evidence: Cite at least 5 sources of scholarly or professional evidence that support your central ideas. Resources should be no more than five years old. Provide in-text citations and references in APA format.
Proofreading: Proofread your paper, before you submit it, to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on its substance.
Capella Academic Portal

Update the total number of hours on the NURS-FPX4900 Volunteer Experience Form in Capella Academic Portal.

The BSN Capstone Course (NURS-FPX4900 ) requires the completion and documentation of nine (9) practicum hours. All hours must be recorded in the Capella Academic Portal. Please review the BSN Practicum Campus page for more information and instructions on how to log your hours.

Competencies Measured

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and scoring guide criteria:

Competency 3: Transform processes to improve quality, enhance patient safety, and reduce the cost of care.
Explain how a patient, family, or population problem impacts the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Propose strategies to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual and document the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form.
Competency 5: Analyze the impact of health policy on quality and cost of care.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies can affect a patient, family, or population problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual.
Competency 8: Integrate professional standards and values into practice.
Use paraphrasing and summarization to represent ideas from external sources.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing.
Assessing the Problem: Quality, Safety, and Cost Considerations Scoring Guide
CRITERIA NON-PERFORMANCE BASIC PROFICIENT DISTINGUISHED
Explain how a patient, family, or population problem impacts the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Does not describe the impact of a patient, family, or population problem on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Attempts to describe the impact of a patient, family, or population problem on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Explains how a patient, family, or population problem impacts the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Provides a convincing explanation of how a patient, family, or population problem impacts the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual by providing specific individual, family, or population examples of such impacts.
Explain how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies can affect a patient, family, or population problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Does not identify state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies that could affect a patient, family, or population problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Attempts to explain state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies that could affect a patient, family, or population problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Explains how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies can affect a patient, family, or population problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Provides an explanation—based on a perceptive and coherent synthesis of current literature—of how state board nursing practice standards and/or organizational or governmental policies can affect a patient, family, or population problem’s impact on the quality of care, patient safety, and costs to the system and individual. Provides clear insight into how policy affects nursing scope of practice and will inform and guide an intervention.
Propose strategies to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual and document the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Does not propose strategies to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual, and does not document practicum hours in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Proposes leadership strategies that are not clearly related to care quality, patient safety, or cost reduction, or which are unlikely to significantly improve outcomes, and/or does not document practicum hours in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Proposes strategies to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual and documents the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form. Proposes strategies, supported by examples, to improve the quality of care, enhance patient safety, and reduce costs to the system and individual. Exhibits clear insight into the effectiveness of the strategies and available sources of relevant benchmark data. Documents the practicum hours spent with these individuals or group in the Capella Academic Portal Volunteer Experience Form
Use paraphrasing and summarization to represent ideas from external sources. Incorporates plagiarized information. Paraphrasing or summarization is awkward, inaccurate, or borders on plagiarism. Uses paraphrasing and summarization to represent ideas from external sources. Uses concise paraphrasing or summarization to accurately represent ideas from external sources. Exhibits an insightful interpretation and synthesis of credible sources.
Apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing. Does not apply APA style and formatting to scholarly writing. Applies APA style and formatting to scholarly writing incorrectly and/or inconsistently, detracting noticeably from good scholarship. Applies APA style and formatting to scholarly writing. Applies APA style and formatting to scholarly writing. Exhibits strict and nearly flawless adherence to stylistic conventions, document structure, and source attributions.

2 file dis

Description

ECON DISTrade barriersSelect a developed country that has implemented a tariff, and a developing country that manufactures products that are impacted by that same tariff. The current US and China tariff “war” cannot be used since these are the two largest economies in the world. Investigate the economic impact of the trade barrier on the developing country and the developed country. Would you recommend that the developed country eliminate the tariff? Explain your reasoning.Directions:Discuss the concepts, principles, and theories from your textbook. Cite your textbooks and cite any other sources if appropriate. Your initial post should address all components of the question with a 500 word limit.

EPIDEMEOLOGY DISCUSSION ANSWERS

Description

Hi I need one reply to each comment, must include references, thank you

Anne:Population health outcomes depend on several factors, including socioeconomic determinants of health, access to healthcare, and individual behavior. However, discrimination and barriers can also impact health outcomes, especially in some populations. We will discuss how biases and barriers impact population health outcomes in Orange County, Florida, in particular when it comes to measuring obesity, in this essay.

Lack of healthcare access hinders quantifying obesity in Orange County, Florida. According to Islami et al. (2022), uninsured people in the US are less likely to obtain preventative treatment, such as obesity screening. Poor health outcomes may follow from this lack of access to healthcare, which can cause undetected obesity. Additionally, the absence of safe locations to exercise and the availability of healthy food alternatives may be a factor in the high obesity rates in Orange County, Florida.

In many different ways, biases can affect population health outcomes. For instance, people from low-income regions may have less access to healthy food alternatives and secure exercise facilities, which might increase the prevalence of obesity. By restricting access to nutritious food alternatives and secure exercise facilities, prejudice can harm population health outcomes in Orange County, Florida. According to Ohri-Vachaspati et al. (2019), low-income communities featured fewer supermarkets and more fast-food restaurants than high-income neighborhoods, making it challenging for people to get healthy food alternatives.

In conclusion, bias and barriers can influence population health outcomes in Orange County, FL, particularly when evaluating obesity rates. Individuals in Orange County, FL, may suffer from poor health outcomes due to poor access to healthcare, good dietary alternatives, and

bias in obesity assessment. Overcoming these barriers and biases is critical to enhancing neighborhood population health outcomes.

References

Islami, F., Guerra, C. E., Minihan, A., Yabroff, K. R., Fedewa, S. A., Sloan, K., … & Jemal, A. (2022). American Cancer Society’s report on the status of cancer disparities in the United States, 2021. CA: A Cancer Journal for Clinicians, 72(2), 112-143. https://doi.org/10.3322/caac.21703

Ohri-Vachaspati, P., DeWeese, R. S., Acciai, F., DeLia, D., Tulloch, D., Tong, D., Lorts, C., & Yedidia, M. (2019). Healthy food access in low-income high-minority communities: A longitudinal assessment-2009-2017. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 16(13), 2354. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph16132354

Nicole: The year of 2020 really expressed to the world that there are explicit biases. Some were cheering healthcare workers and others were harming healthcare workers. Then the George Floyd incident proved that there is systemic racism in the world. This was an example of explicit bias on a national level. Implicit bias also occurs in the healthcare system and deeply affects patient-clinician communication and clinical decision making. Biases have also occurred in healthcare systems that affect admissions, promotions, bedside instruction as well as classroom instruction of clinicians (Vela et al., 2022). Although, this is not published, it is known that in our area, one hospital caters more toward minorities than the other hospital. I wonder, how could this affect patient outcomes? It does seem to create an implicit bias that is not quite so noticeable but relevant to those that are part of those effected by the bias.

There are many people in the area that are very vocal about the bias felt at some local establishment. The people affected by the biases are vocal on social media, they are vocal in local establishments, they are vocal in the schools.

Population

According to the US Census Bureau, the population of Kankakee County is 106,074. 50% female, 50 % male, 18% over the age of 65, 23% 18 or under but older that 5 years of age. The county is 80.7 % white, 15.2% black or African American, 2.4% of other races, or two or more races (USCB, 2022).

Because the housing market is lower in this area, many people are relocating from the city of Chicago. Therefore, some people who are not local by nature, have been more vocal about the bias.

Barriers

Some barriers in the county of Kankakee include lack of transportation. Recently in the last few years a public transportation bus system was created to eliminate this issue. Although it has, to some extent, the schedule is very far apart, making in not so convenient for those without transportation. There are maybe 3 uber drivers in the area and an ADA bus. However, the ADA bus will only pick up if there is a documented disability. Other barriers, include location of provider offices. Most are in the buildings of the two hospitals. The two hospitals are only a mile a part, but on the same side of town. Thus, making it difficult for some who are not near to that location.

With the barriers of the location of the hospitals, limited public transportation options, and known biases at one of the hospitals, this could lead to many illnesses in Kankakee County. Many illness that could be prevented with care that is accessible and unbiased. Some barriers are being worked on, to be eliminated, but the county has not quite achieved this goal. I do believe, that the county as a whole is moving in the right direction.

References

Charlesworth, T., Maharin, B., (2019). Age and Generation Issues. Research: How Americans’ Biases Are Changing (or not) over time. Harvard Business Review.

USCB. (2022). United States Census Bureau. Quickfacts Kankakee County, Illinois. Retrieved From. https://www.census.gov/quickfacts/fact/table/kankakeecountyillinois/PST045222

Vela, M. B., Erondu, A. I., Smith, N. A., Peek, M. E., Woodruff, J. N., & Chin, M. H. (2022). Eliminating Explicit and Implicit Biases in Health Care: Evidence and Research Needs. Annual review of public health, 43, 477–501. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-publhealth-052620-103528

Nutrition

Description

Directions: Rely on the powerpoints attached to answer the following questions.

1. List and discuss the three (3) main groups of lipids. What is the role of each type of lipid in the body? What is the recommended daily intake of lipids? List 4 healthy Lipids.

2. Briefly discuss high and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol.

3. Discuss the nature of proteins. Discuss amino acids. What are the role of proteins in the body? What is the recommended daily intake of proteins? List 4 healthy proteins.

4. List the fat and water soluble vitamins. What are the roles of each in the body?

5. List five (5) minerals. What is the role of minerals in the body?

6. Discuss the functions of body water. Compare water intake versus output.

7. Figure 3.5 (depending on the book edition) listed the structures of the gastrointestinal tract including each structure’s digestive function. For the following structures, discuss their digestive function and percent of digestion for each structure.

a. Mouth

b. Stomach

c. Liver

d. Small intestine

e. Large intestine

8. Figure 3.10 (depending on the book edition) is the overview of human digestion. Please discuss how carbohydrates, proteins, and fats are digested.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Part 1
Food Nutrients: Structure,
Function, Digestion, Absorption,
and Assimilation
1
Chapter 2
The Micronutrients and Water
2
Micronutrients
Micronutrients Include Vitamins and Minerals
• Micronutrients do not provide energy
• Only needed in small quantities
• Deficiencies and excesses of the micronutrients
affect health
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
3
The Nature of Vitamins
Thirteen Fat- or Water-Soluble Vitamins
• Have no common chemical structure
• Except for vit D, body does not make vitamins
• Foods/supplements supply all vitamins
• Plants contain abundant vitamins
– Manufactured via photosynthesis
• Animals obtain vitamins from plants, seeds, grains,
fruits, and meat from other animals
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
4
Classification of Vitamins
Vitamins
• Fat soluble
– Vitamins A, D, E, and K
• Water soluble
– Vitamin C
– B-complex
o Thiamine (B1), riboflavin (B2), pyridoxine (B6),
niacin (nicotinic acid), pantothenic acid,
biotin, folic acid, and cobalamin (B12)
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
5
Classification of Vitamins
Fat-Soluble Vitamins
• Vitamins A, D, E, and K
– Dissolve and store in fatty tissues
o Dietary lipids provide a source of fat-soluble
vitamins
– Should not be consumed in excess without
medical supervision
– Remain in body tissues; not excreted
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
6
Classification of Vitamins
Fat-Soluble Vitamin Toxicity
• Toxicity symptoms
– Nervous system irritability
– Bone swelling
– Weight loss
– Dry, itchy skin
• Other symptoms
– Nausea, headache, drowsiness, hair loss,
diarrhea, bone calcium loss leading to
osteoporosis
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
7
Classification of Vitamins
Water-Soluble Vitamins
• Vitamin C and B-complex vitamins
• Act largely as coenzymes
• Disperse readily in body fluids
– Excess intake voided in urine
– Marginal deficiencies develop in 4 weeks of
inadequate intake
• Available in foods, mostly plants
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
8
Classification of Vitamins
Vitamin Storage in the Body
• Fat-soluble vitamins not excreted
• Water-soluble vitamins continually excreted by
kidneys
– Must be consumed regularly to prevent
deficiencies
– Vitamin B12 an exception
• Deficiencies appear after 10 to 40 days of no intake
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
9
Vitamin’s Role in the Body
• Essential links and
regulators in metabolic
reactions that release
energy from food
• Regulate metabolism
• Protect cells’ plasma
membrane
FIGURE 2.1 Biologic function of vitamins
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
10
Defining Nutrient Needs
Dietary Reference Intakes
• Comprehensive approach to nutritional
recommendations
• “DRI” umbrella term
– Recommended Daily Allowance: RDA
– Estimated Average Requirement: EAR
– Adequate Intake: AI
– Tolerable Upper Intake Level
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
11
Defining Nutrient Needs
Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs)
• Recommended Daily Allowance: RDA
– Meets needs of 97% to 98% of healthy people
• Estimated Average Requirement: EAR
– Meets needs of ½ of all healthy people
• Adequate Intake: AI
– Adequate nutritional goals with no RDAs
• Tolerable Upper Intake Level
– Highest average daily intake likely to pose little
risk of adverse health effects
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
12
Defining Nutrient Needs
Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs)
FIGURE 2.2 Theoretical distribution of number of persons adequately nourished by a given nutrient intake
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
13
Defining Nutrient Needs
U.S. Govt. 2015–2020 Dietary Guidelines
• Limit saturated fat to 10% daily kilocalories
• Eat a variety of protein including seafood, lean
meats, poultry, eggs, soy, legumes, nuts, and
seeds
• Eat fat-free or low-fat dairy, including milk, yogurt,
and cheese
• Consume ≤10% of kcal·d−1 (about 200 kcal) from
added sugars
• Limit alcohol intake to 1 drink daily for women and
3 drinks daily for men
• Limit daily sodium intake to ≤2300 milligrams
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
14
Defining Nutrient Needs
Antioxidant Role of Vitamins
• Vitamins protect against oxidative stress
– Influencing molecular mechanisms and gene
expression
– Provide enzyme-inducing substances to detoxify
carcinogens
– Interrupt uncontrolled cell growth
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
15
Defining Nutrient Needs
Antioxidant Role of Vitamins
• Vitamins A, C, E, and β-carotene
– Serve protective functions
– Appropriate vitamin levels of these vitamins
reduce potential for free radical damage
(oxidative stress)
o Protects against heart disease, diabetes,
osteoporosis, cataracts, premature aging, and
diverse cancers
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
16
Defining Nutrient Needs
Vitamins and Disease Protection
• Isothiocyanates: natural detoxifier
• Lutein and zeaxanthin: protect eye health
• Lycopene: decreases the risk for heart disease and
cancer risk
• Vitamin E: neutralizes harmful compounds
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
17
Homocysteine and CHD
FIGURE 2.3 A. Proposed mechanism for how the amino acid homocysteine damages the lining of
arteries and sets the stage for cholesterol infiltration into a blood vessel. B. Proposed defense against the
possible harmful effects of elevated homocysteine levels
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
18
Minerals
The Nature of Minerals
• Consist of 22 mostly metallic elements
• Minerals essential to life
– 7 major minerals
o Required amounts ≥100 mg·d−1
– 14 minor or trace minerals
o Required amounts ≥100 mg·d−1
• Balanced diet provides adequate intake
– Some geographic locations lack specific minerals
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
19
Minerals
Kinds of Minerals
• Major Minerals
• Trace Minerals
– Requirement ≥100
mg·d−1
– Requirement ≤100
mg·d−1
o Calcium
o Iron
o Phosphorous
o Fluorine
o Potassium
o Zinc
o Sulfur
o Copper
o Sodium
o Selenium
o Chlorine
o Iodine
o Magnesium
o Chromium
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
20
Minerals
Role in the Body
• Provide structure
– Bone and teeth formation
• Maintains normal heart rhythm, muscle
contractility, neural conductivity, and acid-base
balance
• Regulates metabolism
– Enzymes and hormones modulate cellular
activity
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
21
Minerals
Role in Catabolism
and Anabolism
FIGURE 2.4 Minerals that function in
macronutrient catabolism and
anabolism
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
22
Minerals
Mineral Bioavailability
• Factors affecting mineral bioavailability
– Type of food
– Mineral-mineral interaction
– Vitamin-mineral interaction
– Fiber-mineral interaction
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
23
Minerals
Calcium (Ca++)
• Body’s most abundant mineral
• Ca++ + phosphorus (P) forms bones and teeth
• Ca++ + P = 75% of body’s total minerals
• Six important functions
1. Muscle action
2. Blood clotting
3. Nerve impulse transmission
4. Enzyme activation
5. Calciferol (vit D) synthesis
6. Fluid transport across cell membrane
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
24
Minerals
Calcium Balance
• Prevents hypercalcemia (higher than normal
blood Ca++) and hypocalcemia (lower than normal
blood Ca++)
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
25
Minerals
Calcium Balance
• Two opposing processes control Ca++ balance
1. C++ buildup by its efficient transport from the
small intestine for storage in bone matrix
2. Inadequate C++ intake or ineffective calcium
absorption by intestinal mucosa
o C++ travels opposite from bone into bodily fluids
called C++ resorption
▪ This process negatively impacts males and
females of all ages
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
26
Minerals
FIGURE 2.5 Ca++ (blue dots) buildup by its efficient transport from small intestines for storage in bone
matrix (white box upper left). Opposing process of ineffective Ca++ intestinal absorption, denoted by the
smaller white box, occurs where Ca++ leaches from bones leaving them brittle and likely to fracture
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
27
Minerals
Osteopenia and Osteoporosis
• Ca++ imbalance can lead to
1. Osteopenia
o
Bone weakens with increased fracture risk
o
Bone density does not achieve peak bone
density or max concentration of bony tissue at
maturation and is not low enough for medical
classification as osteoporosis
2. Osteoporosis
o
Porous bones, with bone density values greater
than 2.5 SD units below normal for age and sex
with significantly increased fracture risk
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
28
Minerals
Variation in Bone
Population
FIGURE 2.6 A. Different factors that
affect bone mass. B. Weight-bearing PA
augments skeletal mass during growth
above the genetic baseline. The degree of
augmentation depends on the amount of
bone mechanical loading
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
29
Minerals
Osteoporosis Risk Factors
• Advanced age
• Excess sodium intake
• White or Asian woman
• Cigarette smoking
• Underweightness
• Excessive alcohol use
• Anorexia or bulimia
nervosa
• Abnormal absence of
menstrual periods
• Sedentary lifestyle
• Calcium-deficient diet before
and after menopause
• Postmenopause, including
early or surgically induced
menopause
• Family history of
osteoporosis
• Low testosterone in men
• Possible high caffeine intake
• High protein intake
• Vitamin D deficiency
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
30
Minerals
Osteogenic Effects
of PA
• Most effective
during growth
– Childhood
– Adolescence
FIGURE 2.7 Osteogenic effects of PA
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
31
Minerals
Beneficial Effects of Weight-Bearing
FIGURE 2.8 Beneficial effects of weight-bearing activities
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
32
Minerals
Female Triad
• Tightly bound
continuum that
begins with
disordered
eating
(with energy
drain) leading to
amenorrhea and
then
osteoporosis
FIGURE 2.10 The female athlete triad: low energy
availability, menstrual dysfunction, and impaired bone health
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
33
Minerals
Female Triad
FIGURE 2.11 Contributing factors
to exercise-related amenorrhea
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
34
Minerals
Does Muscle
Strength Relate to
Bone Density?
• Greater maximum
flexion and
extension
strength
in
postmenopausal
women with and
without
osteoporosis
FIGURE 2.12 Comparison of chest press extension and
flexion strength in age- and weight-matched
postmenopausal women with low and normal BMD
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
35
Minerals
Reducing Fracture Risk in Osteoporosis
• Risk factor reduction for fracture
1. Strengthen bones by maintaining or increasing
bone density with PA and adequate daily Ca++
intake
2. Reduce spinal forces by avoiding higher-risk PA
to increase spinal and lower-limb joint
compression
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
36
Minerals
Phosphorus
• Combines with Ca++ to form hydroxyapatite and
calcium phosphate
• Serves as essential component of AMP, PCr, and
ATP
• Combines with lipids to form phospholipids—part of
cell membranes
• Phosphate enzymes regulate cellular metabolism
• Participates in buffering energy metabolism acid
end-products
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
37
Minerals
Magnesium
• Helps regulate metabolism
• Plays vital role in glucose metabolism
• Participates as cofactor in glucose, fatty acids,
and amino acids breakdown
• Affects lipid and protein synthesis
• Preserves proper neurologic system function
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
38
Part 1
Food Nutrients: Structure,
Function, Digestion, Absorption,
and Assimilation
1
Chapter 3
Nutrient Digestion and
Absorption
2
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
The Digestive Process
• Digestion = mechanical and chemical food
breakdown of food for absorption into blood for use,
storage, or chemical change
– Requires 24 to 72 hours
– Under involuntary control
o ANS controls GI: PNS increases gut activity:
SNS inhibits activity
– Proteins and CHO degrade and enter intestinal villi
for absorption
– Bile emulsifies lipids, hydrolyze or degrade them
for absorption
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
3
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
Beginning of Digestion
• Digestion begins with smell and taste
• In mouth, texture and temperature combine with
odors to produce perception of flavor
• Flavor, sensed through smell, signifies what we eat
Four Hormones Regulate Digestion
• Gastrin, secretin, cholecystokinin (CCK), and gastric
inhibitory peptide (GIP)
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
4
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
Four Hormones Regulate Digestion
1. Gastrin
2. Secretin
3. Cholecystokinin (CCK)
4. Gastric inhibitory peptide (GIP)
Digestive Secretions
Organ
Target Organ
Secretion
Action
Salivary glands
Mouth
Saliva
CHO breakdown
Gastric glands
Stomach
Gastric juice
Mixes with food
Pancreas
Small intestine
Pancreatic juice
Degrades CHO, fats, protein
Liver
Gallbladder
Bile
Stored until needed
Gallbladder
Small intestine
Bile
Emulsifies fat
Intestinal glands
Small intestine
Intestinal juice
Degrade CHO, fats, protein
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
5
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
Transporting Nutrients Across Cell Membranes
• Two process maintain nutrient transport
1. Passive transport through plasma membranes
without requiring energy
2. Active transport through plasma membrane, which
requires metabolic energy to “power” nutrient
exchange
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
6
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
Passive Transport
• Four Types
1. Simple
diffusion
2. Facilitated
diffusion
3. Osmosis
4. Filtration
FIGURE 3.1 A. Simple diffusion. B.
Facilitated diffusion. C. Osmosis. D.
Filtration
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
7
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
Active Transport
• Sodium-potassium
pump
– Moves food
through
semipermeable
membranes
– Requires energy
FIGURE 3.2 The dynamics of the sodium–
potassium pump
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
8
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
Active Transport
• Coupled transport
– Movement in one
direction
– Requires a
cotransporter
(symport)
FIGURE 3.3 Coupled transport. A molecule of glucose
and a sodium ion move together in the same direction
through the plasma membrane in a symport protein
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
9
Food Nutrient Digestion and Absorption
Bulk Transport
• Energy-requiring processes
– Exocytosis: transfers substances through cell
membranes
– Endocytosis: cell’s plasma membrane surrounds
substance, pinches away and moves into
cytoplasm
o Two forms
1. Pinocytosis
2. Phagocytosis
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
10
Gastrointestinal Tract Anatomy
FIGURE 3.4 Structures of the gastrointestinal tract and each structure’s digestive function
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
11
Gastrointestinal Tract Anatomy
Sphincters
Control Food
Passage
FIGURE 3.5 Propulsion of nutrients through the GI tract. A.
Peristalsis involves the reflex-controlled alternate contraction and
relaxation of adjacent segments of the GI tract, which causes
one-directional flow of food with some mixing. B. Segmentation
contractions involve the alternate contraction and relaxation of
nonadjacent segments of the intestine. This localized intestinal
rhythmicity propels food forward and then backward, causing food
to mix with digestive juices
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
12
Gastrointestinal Tract Anatomy
Stomach and Gastric Gland Structures
FIGURE 3.6 Stomach and gastric gland structure. The parietal cells primarily secrete hydrochloric
acid, neck cells secrete mucus, and chief cells produce pepsinogen
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
13
Gastrointestinal Tract Anatomy
Stomach
• Volume averages about 1.5 liters
• Expands to 50 milliliters (1.5 oz) when empty to ~6
liters when distended following a large meal
• Contents mix with chemical substances to produce
chyme
• Following meal, stomach usually takes 1 to 4 hours
to empty depending on nutrient concentration and
volume
• Can retain a high-fat meal for up to 6 hours before
small intestine absorbs it
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
14
Gastrointestinal Tract Anatomy
Small Intestine
• Three sections
1. Duodenum
2. Jejunum
3. Ileum
• Ninety percentage of all digestion occurs in the
duodenum and jejunum
• Absorption takes place in villi of intestinal mucosa
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
15
Gastrointestinal Tract Anatomy
Small Intestine
• Microscopic
structure of small
intestine showing
villi and microvilli
projections
FIGURE 3.7 During digestion, bile produced
in the liver and stored and secreted by
gallbladder increases lipids’ solubility and
digestibility through emulsification
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
16
Gastrointestinal Tract Anatomy
Large Intestine (Colon or
Bowl)

Includes cecum,
colon, rectum, anus

Includes cecum,
ascending colon,
transverse colon,
descending colon,
sigmoid colon,
rectum, anus

Serves as a storage
area for undigested
food residue (feces)

Absorbs water and
electrolytes
FIGURE 3.8 The large intestine, a 5-foot-long tube,
includes the cecum, colon, rectum, and anal canal.
As chyme fills the cecum, a local reflex signals the
ileocecal valve to close, preventing material from reentering the ileum and small intestine
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
17
Digestion of Food Nutrients
Carbohydrate,
Protein, and
Lipid Digestion
FIGURE 3.9 Overview of
human digestion showing
the major enzymes and
hormones that act on
proteins, lipids, and
carbohydrates during their
convoluted journey from
the mouth through the GI
tract
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
18
Carbohydrate Digestion and Absorption
• In the mouth, salivary amylase degrades starch to
simpler disaccharides
• Pancreatic amylase continues CHO hydrolysis
• Three enzymes on the brush border complete final stage
of CHO digestion to monosaccharides
– Maltase
– Sucrase
– Lactase
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
19
Lipid Digestion and Absorption
• In the mouth, lingual lipase begins lipid digestion of
short-chain and medium-chain SFA
• Gastric lipase continues TG breakdown in the stomach
• Lipid breakdown occurs in small intestine
• Lipid breakdown occurs by emulsifying action of bile and
hydrolytic action of pancreatic lipase
• Cholecystokinin (CCK) releases from duodenum
• Gastric inhibitory peptide and secretin released in
response to high lipid content
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
20
Lipid Digestion and Absorption
Fatty Acid Carbon Chain Length Affects Digestive
and Metabolic Processes
• Medium-chain triacylglycerols (MCT)
– MCT rapidly absorb into the portal vein
– Bound to glycerol and medium-chain free fatty
acids
– Bypasses lymphatic system and enters
bloodstream
– Supplements have clinical application for patients
with tissue-wasting disease or with intestinal
malabsorption difficulties
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
21
Lipid Digestion and Absorption
Fatty Acid Carbon Chain Length Affects Digestive
and Metabolic Processes
• Long-chain fatty acids (LCFA)
– LCFA absorbed by intestinal mucosa reform into
TGs to form chylomicrons
o Chylomicrons move through lymphatic system
and empty into venous blood
o Lipoprotein lipase allows chylomicrons to
hydrolyze to FFA and glycerol
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
22
Lipid Digestion and Absorption
FIGURE 3.10 Digestion of dietary lipids
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
23
Protein Digestion and Absorption
• Pepsin initiates protein digestion in stomach
• Gastrin stimulates secretion of gastric hydrochloric acid
• Acidification of ingested food achieves five objectives
1. Activates pepsin
2. Kills pathogenic organisms
3. Improves absorption of iron and Ca++
4. Inactivates hormones of plant and animal origin
5. Denatures food proteins, making them more
vulnerable to enzyme action
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
24
Protein Digestion and Absorption
Amino Acids in Liver
• One of three events occurs when AA reach liver
1. Converts to glucose (glucogenic AA)
2. Converts to fat (ketogenic AA)
3. Releases directly into the bloodstream as
plasma proteins or as free AA
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
25
Vitamin Absorption
• Occurs mainly by the passive process of diffusion in
the jejunum and ileum
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
26
Vitamin Absorption
• Lipids absorb fat-soluble vitamins
• Once absorbed, chylomicrons and lipoproteins transport
vitamins to the liver and fatty tissues
• Water-soluble vitamins diffuse into the blood except for
vitamin B12
– B12 combines with intrinsic factor from stomach and
absorbs it via endocytosis
• Water-soluble vitamins pass into urine when their
concentration exceeds renal capacity for reabsorption
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
27
Mineral Absorption
• Fat-soluble vitamins absorbed with lipids
• Once absorbed, chylomicrons and lipoproteins
transport vitamins to liver and fatty tissues
• Water-soluble vitamins diffuse into blood, except for
vitamin B12
– B12 combines with intrinsic factor from stomach
and absorbs via endocytosis
• Water-soluble vitamins pass into urine when
concentration exceeds renal capacity for reabsorption
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
28
Mineral Absorption
• Extrinsic (dietary) and intrinsic (cellular) factors control
mineral absorption
• Mineral availability in the body depends on chemical
form
• Excessive dietary fiber negatively impacts mineral
absorption
– Consuming recommended daily 30 to 40 grams of
fiber eliminates this concern
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
29
Mineral Absorption
FIGURE 3.11 Absorption of minerals and their common excretion pathways
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
30
Water Absorption
• Major absorption of ingested H2O and that contained in
foods occurs by the passive process of osmosis in the
small intestine
• Intestinal tract absorbs about ~9 liters of H2O daily
– 72% absorbed in proximal small intestine
– 20% absorbed from distal segment of small intestine
– 8% absorbed from large intestine
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
31
Water Absorption
FIGURE 3.12 Estimated daily volumes of
water that enter the small and large
intestines of a sedentary adult and the
volumes absorbed by each component of
the intestinal tract
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
32
PA Effects on Gastrointestinal Functions
• Alters blood flow dynamics
– Different modes, intensities, and durations of PA
acutely affect GI functions
o Mode
▪ Light-to-moderate intensity running results in
faster fluid GER than cycling
o Intensity
▪ Wide variability in GER at less than max
intensities impacted by PA type, training status,
timing of ingestion
o Duration
▪ No duration effects
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
33
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
GI Disorders
• Constipation: delay in
stool movement
• Diarrhea: loose,
watery stools
• Diverticulosis: small
pouches that bulge
through tissue
FIGURE 3.13 Diverticulosis and diverticulitis.
Diverticula are pockets that develop in the colon
wall. These small pouches bulge outward through
weak spots in the colon wall
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
34
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
GI Disorders
• Heartburn/reflux: sphincter between esophagus and
stomach involuntarily relaxes so stomach’s contents
flow back into esophagus
– Chronic heartburn develops into Gastroesophageal
Reflux Disease (GERD)
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
35
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
GI Disorders
• Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)
– Functional GI tract disorder devoid of structural,
biomechanical, radiologic, or laboratory
abnormalities
– Afflicts up to 20% of adults
– Two IBS forms:
o Diarrhea predominant
o Constipation predominant
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
36
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)

Eight factors cause IBS
1. Increased GI motor reactivity to stress
2. Foods high in fat, insoluble fiber, caffeine, coffee,
carbonation, alcohol
3. Dysfunction of the CCK release system
4. Impaired bowel gas transit
5. Visceral hypersensitivity
6. Impaired reflex control
7. Autonomic dysfunction
8. Altered immune activation
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
37
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)
• Four common IBS symptoms
1. Cramping abdominal pain relieved by defecation
2. Altered stool frequency
3. Altered stool form (mucous, watery, hard, or
loose) and passage (strain, urgency, or sense of
incomplete evacuation)
4. Abdominal distension following meals
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
38
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)
• Four lifestyle and dietary modifications to counter
IBS
1. Stress reduction
2. Daily small meals
3. High-fiber diet
4. Avoiding foods with lactose and candy with
sorbitol
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
39
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
GI Disorders
• Gas: Flatus (lower tract intestinal gas) composition
depends on nutrient intake and the colon’s bacterial
population
– CHO produce most gas; fats and proteins least
– In large intestine, bacteria degrades undigested
CHO to produce H+, CO2, and methane gas, which
exit through the rectum
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
40
Health Status, Emotional State, and GI
Tract Disorders
GI Disorders
• Functional Dyspepsia—chronic pain in upper
abdomen without physical cause
– Vague GI symptoms: stomach gnawing or burning,
epigastric pain, nausea, vomiting, belching,
bloating, indigestion, abdominal discomfort
– Three most common causes for dyspepsia
1. Peptic ulcer disease
2. GERD
3. Gastritis (stomach inflammation)
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
41
Physical Activity Effects on
Gastrointestinal Functions
• PA alters blood flow dynamics
– Depends on modes, intensities, and durations that acutely
impact GI functions
• Five factors affect gastric emptying rate (GER)
1. Volume: larger food volume increases GER
2. Kilocalorie: content—higher kilocalorie solutions decrease
GER
3. Osmolality: higher food osmolality decreases GER
4. Temperature: cooler foods increase GER
5. pH: higher acidic foods decrease GER
• GER also impacted by emotional state, caffeine, environmental
conditions, menstrual cycle stage, and fitness status
Copyright © 2019 Wolters Kluwer • All Rights Reserved
42

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

dis re

Description

Based on your knowledge of healthcare contracts in Saudi Arabia, discuss the benefits of different parties contracting for healthcare in Saudi Arabia. Discuss the parties to a contract and how they are affected. Be sure to distinguish between employer, employee, and resident requirements.Be sure to support your statements with logic and argument, citing any sources referenced. Post your initial response early, and check back often to continue the discussion.

NR3001 Research process

Description

Overview

In this Performance Task Assessment, you will create a reference list of terms and concepts relating to the elements of the research process.

As part of your responsibilities at work, you and your colleagues must be able to review and critique nursing research articles in order to apply them in practice. Nursing research, however, uses a very specific set of terms and concepts that can be challenging to differentiate. In an attempt to clarify and ensure understanding, you are creating a reference list of these terms that will help to keep the terminology straight. In the Assessment Template, you are asked to define each term in your own words, then provide an example of where or how this term is used in practice.

Instructions

To complete this Assessment, do the following:

Be sure to adhere to the indicated assignment length.
Access the NR3001 Assessment Template

Before submitting your Assessment, carefully review the rubric. This is the same rubric the SME will use to evaluate your submission and it provides detailed criteria describing how to achieve or master the Competency. Many students find that understanding the requirements of the Assessment and the rubric criteria help them direct their focus and use their time most productively.

Rubric

All submissions must follow the conventions of scholarly writing. Properly formatted APA citations and references must be provided where appropriate. Submissions that do not meet these expectations will be returned without scoring.

This Assessment requires submission of one (1) document, a completed Assessment Template. Save this file as NR3001_firstinitial_lastname (for example, NR3001_J_Smith).

You may submit a draft of your assignment to the Turnitin Draft Check area to check for authenticity. When you are ready to upload your completed Assessment, use the Assessment tab on the top navigation menu.

Important Note: As a student taking this Competency, you agree that you may be required to submit your Assessment for textual similarity review to Turnitin.com for the detection of plagiarism. All submitted Assessment materials will be included as source documents in the Turnitin.com reference database solely for the purpose of detecting plagiarism of such materials. Use of the Turnitin.com service is subject to the Usage Policy posted on the Turnitin.com site.

Case study

Description

COMPLEX CASE STUDY PRESENTATION

In Weeks 4, 7, and 9 of the course, you will participate in clinical discussions called grand rounds. In one of these three weeks, you will be a presenter as well as help facilitate the online discussion; in the others you will be an active discussion participant. When it is your week to present, you will create a Focused SOAP note and a short didactic (teaching) video presenting a real (but de-identified) complex patient case from your practicum experience.

You should have received an assignment from your Instructor letting you know which week of the course you are assigned to present.

RESOURCES

Be sure to review the Learning Resources before completing this activity.
Click the weekly resources link to access the resources.

WEEKLY RESOURCES

TO PREPARE:
Review this week’s Learning Resources and consider the insights they provide. Also review the Kaltura Media Uploader resource in the left-hand navigation of the classroom for help creating your self-recorded Kaltura video.
Select a child/adolescent or adult patient from your clinical experience that presents with a significant concern. Create a focused SOAP note for this patient using the template in the Resources. All SOAP notes must be signed by your Preceptor. When you submit your SOAP note, you should include the complete SOAP note as a Word document and PDF/images of completed assignment signed by your Preceptor. You must submit your SOAP Note using Turnitin.
Please Note: Electronic signatures are not accepted. If both files are not received by the due date, Faculty will deduct points per the Walden Late Policies.
Then, based on your SOAP note of this patient, develop a video case study presentation. Take time to practice what you will say beforehand, and ensure that you have the appropriate lighting and equipment to record the presentation.
Your presentation should include objectives for your audience, at least 3 possible discussion questions/prompts for your classmates to respond to, and at least 5 scholarly resources to support your diagnostic reasoning and treatment plan.

Video assignment for this week’s presenters:

Record yourself presenting the complex case study for your clinical patient. In your presentation:

Dress professionally and present yourself in a professional manner.
Display your photo ID at the start of the video when you introduce yourself.
Ensure that you do not include any information that violates the principles of HIPAA (i.e., don’t use the patient’s name or any other identifying information).
State 3–4 objectives for the presentation that are targeted, clear, use appropriate verbs from Bloom’s taxonomy, and address what the audience will know or be able to do after viewing.
Present the full complex case study. Include chief complaint; history of present illness; any pertinent past psychiatric, substance use, medical, social, family history; most recent mental status exam; current psychiatric diagnosis including differentials that were ruled out; and plan for treatment and management.
Report normal diagnostic results as the name of the test and “normal” (rather than specific value). Abnormal results should be reported as a specific value.
Pose three questions or discussion prompts, based on your presentation, that your colleagues can respond to after viewing your video.
Be succinct in your presentation, and do not exceed 8 minutes. Specifically address the following for the patient, using your SOAP note as a guide.
Subjective: What details did the patient provide regarding their chief complaint and symptomology to derive your differential diagnosis? What is the duration and severity of their symptoms? How are their symptoms impacting their functioning in life?
Objective: What observations did you make during the psychiatric assessment?
Assessment: Discuss their mental status examination results. What were your differential diagnoses? Provide a minimum of three possible diagnoses and why you chose them. List them from highest priority to lowest priority. What was your primary diagnosis, and why? Describe how your primary diagnosis aligns with DSM-5-TR diagnostic criteria and is supported by the patient’s symptoms.
Plan: What was your plan for psychotherapy (include one health promotion activity and patient education)? What was your plan for treatment and management, including alternative therapies? Include pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic treatments, alternative therapies, and follow-up parameters, as well as a rationale for this treatment and management plan. Discuss an identified social determinate of health impacting this patient’s mental health status and provide your recommendation for a referral to assist this patient in meeting this identified need (students will need to conduct research on this topic both in the literature and for community resources).
Reflection notes: What would you do differently with this patient if you could conduct the session again? If you are able to follow up with your patient, explain whether these interventions were successful and why or why not. If you were not able to conduct a follow-up, discuss what your next intervention would be.

A note on grading:

Presenters: Review the Grand Rounds Presenter Rubric attached to this discussion to ensure you meet the scoring criteria.
Participants: Review the Grand Rounds Participant Rubric located on the following Week 4 Assignment 1 page to ensure you meet the scoring criteria. Note the Week 4 Assignment 1 page is for viewing the participant rubric only. Your response should be posted in the forum of this page.
WEEK 4 PRESENTERS:
BY DAY 3

Post your video and your focused SOAP note to the Grand Rounds Discussion forum. You must submit two files for the SOAP note, including a Word document and scanned PDF/images of completed assignment signed by your Preceptor. Then, actively respond to and guide the conversation as your colleagues post responses to your video.

WEEK 4 PARTICIPANTS:
BY MULTIPLE DAYS BETWEEN DAYS 4 AND 7

Respond at least 2 times each to all colleagues who presented this week (should be 2-3 presenters each week). The goal is for the discussion forum to function as robust clinical conferences on the patients. Provide a response to 1 of the 3 discussion prompts that your colleagues provided in their video presentations. You may also provide additional information, alternative points of view, research to support treatment, or patient education strategies you might use with the relevant patient

Academic Poster & Presentation-PICO Question

Description

The purpose of this assignment is to provide the student the opportunity demonstrate competency in performing the role of the psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner in a safe environment.

PICO Question “How have the dynamics of fentanyl use correlated with fentanyl-related deaths changed in children (aged zero to eighteen years) compared to adults (aged nineteen and above years) in the last three years?”

Submission Instructions:

To complete this assignment, address the following criteria:

Posters should include the following content:
A Project title. This should be placed towards the top of the poster, including the names of the authors and university affiliation
An Introduction section. This should highlight the problem addressed in a brief literature review with citations and your hypothesis or hypotheses.
The Purpose section: The poster states the objectives of this inquiry relative to the overall evidence-based literature review on this topic.
The Methods/Search Strategy section. An overview of how you studied your primary source(s): Describes the evidence-based solution. How was it developed? Include the theoretical framework (if applicable). Identify databases searched and inclusion/exclusion criteria.
The Results The poster describes the search, the number of studies included, and the level of evidence.
The Synthesis of Evidence The poster briefly describes the synthesis of the evidence that includes major trends and notable gaps.
The Implications for Practice section. The poster includes recommendations for practice, education, or future research based on the review and synthesis of the evidence.
A References section. Make sure your references include at least four references with three primary research articles. Primary articles describe studies in which the authors collected the data themselves. References must be in APA format. If you cannot fit four or more references into your poster, you should provide the references separately as an attached Word document. For assistance with APA formatting, please contact BrainFuse Online link in Canvas or visit the STU library at https://www.stu.edu/library/Links to an external site.

Academic Poster Format

Present your poster in electronic formatLinks to an external site.. Use the linked video as a guide for your assignment.
Students may use PowerPoint Poster template.
Video for creating poster

Grading Rubric

Your assignment will be graded according to the grading rubric.

NUR 670 Poster Presentation Rubric
Criteria Ratings
Points
Project Title Exemplary – 4-5 points
Thoroughly, accurately, and clearly reflect the content of the presentation. Distinguished – 2-3 points
Reflects content very well but not thoroughly. Novice – 0-1 points
Does not reflect content of the presentation. 5 points
Introduction: The abstract states the objectives of this inquiry relative to the overall evidence-based literature review on this topic Exemplary – 4-5 points
Identifies a creative, focused, and manageable topic that addresses potentially significant and previously less explored aspects of the topic, problem, and/or project. Distinguished – 2-3 points
Project and/or research question moderately described. Moderately clear rationale. Purpose was somewhat focused and clear. Novice – 0-1 points
Vaguely described project and/or research question. Weak rationale. Purpose was poorly focused and not sufficiently clear. 5 points
Purpose: States the purpose of the study and why it is important to practice and/or patient care Exemplary – 4-5 points
Background information is engaging and leads to a clear purpose statement. Relevance to advanced practice nursing and the field of psychiatry is articulated well. Distinguished – 2-3 points
Background information is at times unclear or uninteresting. Relevance to advanced practice nursing or psychiatry could be more clearly articulated. Novice – 0-1 points
Background information is illogical or unrelated to the topic. There is no relevance to advanced practice nursing or the field of psychiatry. 5 points
Search Strategy: The poster identifies databases searched, inclusion/exclusion criteria, number of studies included and level of evidence. Exemplary – 7-10 points
Methods are appropriate to address aim/question and connected to the purpose of the research; Identifies method used to support thesis or answer the research question. Distinguished – 3-6 points
Methods are inappropriate to address research aim or question. Methods are unclear or not connected to purpose of research Novice – 0-2 points
Research strategy was not clearly mentioned but implied; or, not appropriate for purpose of the research. 10 points
Synthesis of Evidence: The poster briefly describes the synthesis of the evidence that includes major trends and notable gaps in the research. Exemplary – 14-20 points
Thorough comparison and contrast of findings are provided and relate to the main discussion points in the order of their appearance in the purpose statement. Focus is on research findings rather than research methods. Study limitations that might have led to different findings are discussed. Gaps and controversies that exist in the literature are clearly discussed. Distinguished – 7-13 points
Comparison and contrast of findings are provided but lack thoroughness. Discussion of findings could relate better to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are discussed, but possible connections to differences in findings are not clearly identified. Gaps and controversies in the literature are discussed, but clarity could be enhanced. Novice – 0-6 points
Comparison and contrast of findings are lacking. Discussion of findings does not relate well to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are not mentioned. Gaps (what is unknown and needs to be researched) and controversies that exist in the literature are not discussed. 20 points
Implications for Practice: Does the poster present significance to psychiatry and is it relevant to the advanced practice nurse role? Does it include recommendations for practice, education, or future research based on the review and synthesis of the evidence? Exemplary – 7-10 points
Thorough comparison and contrast of findings are provided and relate to the main discussion points in the order of their appearance in the purpose statement. Focus is on research findings rather than research methods. Distinguished – 3-6 points
Comparison and contrast of findings are provided but lack thoroughness. Discussion of findings could relate better to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are discussed, but possible connections to differences in findings are not clearly identified. Gaps and controversies in the literature are discussed, but clarity could be enhanced. Novice – 0-2 points
Comparison and contrast of findings are lacking. Discussion of findings does not relate well to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are not mentioned. Gaps (what is unknown and needs to be researched) and controversies that exist in the literature are not discussed. 10 points
Writing and Scholarly Voice: Identifies a creative, focused, and manageable
topic that addresses potentially significant and
previously less explored aspects of the topic,
problem, and/or project Exemplary – 4-5 points
Writing is fluid, precise, and clear; lexicon of the field is clearly explained and defined; the tone is professional; vocabulary and syntax are mature; scholarly style and format are accurately used; the candidate’s ‘voice’ is heard and yields a definitive presence, authority, and understanding of the issues being discussed. Distinguished – 2-3 points
Writing is somewhat developed and professional; spelling, punctuation, grammar, in general, meet program and institutional standards; dissertation formatting is adequate; the lexicon of the respective field is understood and used properly. Novice – 0-1 points
More work developing academic writing skills necessary; syntax or vocabulary may not be well developed; a reliance on jargon may be a weakness, writing may be difficult to read or understand; tone may not exhibit an understanding of the academic writing genre; errors of spelling, punctuation or formatting may be present; document may have formatting problems, the candidate may not have a command of the field’s lexicon. 5 points
Oral Presentation: The abstract is concise and coherent. Exemplary – 13-20 points
Narration and/or answering of questions is engaging, thorough, and adds greatly to the presentation. Presentation is well-rehearsed. Voice, eye contact and pacing hold interest and attention of the audience; introduced self and project. Distinguished – 4-12 points
Narration and/or answering of questions is somewhat lacking. Audio-Video presentation does not support the content of the presentation. Some difficulty communicating ideas. Poor voice projections; some eye contact; no introduction; mispronounced a few words; long pauses; appears somewhat confused. Novice – 0-3 points
Narration and/or answering of questions is lacking, Audio-Video presentation was not submitted or the video was not created using the audio or video platform required in the instructions. Great difficulty communicating ideas. Poor voice projection; no eye contact; no introduction; mispronounced words; stopped or had long pauses; read entirely from notes. 20 points
Overall Appearance: The abstract presents significance to psychiatry and is it relevant to the advanced practice nurse role? Exemplary – 7-10 points
Prominently positions title/authors of paper thoroughly but concisely presents main points of introduction, hypotheses/ propositions, research methods, results, and conclusions in a well-organized manner. Overall visually appealing; not cluttered; colors and patterns enhance readability; Uses font sizes/variations which facilitate the organization, presentation, and readability of the research Graphics (e.g., tables, figures, etc.) are engaging and enhance the text content is clearly arranged so that the viewer can understand order without narration. Distinguished – 3-6 points
Visual appeal is adequate; somewhat cluttered; colors and patterns detract from readability Use of font sizes/variations to facilitate the organization, presentation, and readability of the research is somewhat inconsistent/distractions Graphics (e.g., tables, figures, etc.) adequately enhance the text Content arrangement is somewhat confusing and does not adequately assist the viewer in understanding order without narration. Novice – 0-2 points
Not very visually appealing; cluttered; colors and patterns hinder readability Use of font sizes/variations to facilitate the organization, presentation, and readability of the research is inconsistent/distracting Graphics (e.g., tables, figures, etc.) do not enhance the text Content arrangement is somewhat confusing and does not adequately assist the viewer in understanding order without narration. 10 points
APA Formatting: The poster, including all citations, level headings and the references, and follows the 7th Edition APA format. Exemplary – 7-10 points
Follows APA guidelines of components: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent and in-text citations. The references contain at least the 6-8 required current scholarly academic reference and text reference. Distinguished – 3-6 points
References page contains one current or outdated scholarly academic resource. Many errors of APA 7th guidelines: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations. Novice – 0-2 points
References page contains no current scholarly academic resources, only internet webpages or no reference page. Lack of APA guidelines for references provided or in-text citations. 10 points
Total Points
100

Attached are word docs from previous discussions in course based on PICO question. I just cut and pasted it. The comments in yellow are the corrections the professor suggests. Please let me know if you have any questions. I will need to put a pic on poster, according to video. But I guess you will send me poster which is editable and I will be able to add that on my own?double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent and in-text citations. The references contain at least the 6-8 required current scholarly academic reference and text reference.

NUR 670 Poster Presentation Rubric

NUR 670 Poster Presentation Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeProject Title

5 to >3.0 pts

Exemplary

Thoroughly, accurately, and clearly reflect the content of the presentation.

3 to >1.0 pts

Distinguished

Reflects content very well but not thoroughly.

1 to >0 pts

Novice

Does not reflect content of the presentation.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeIntroduction:The abstract states the objectives of this inquiry relative to the overall evidence-based literature review on this topic

5 to >3.0 pts

Exemplary

Identifies a creative, focused, and manageable topic that addresses potentially significant and previously less explored aspects of the topic, problem, and/or project

3 to >1.0 pts

Distinguished

Project and/or research question moderately described. Moderately clear rationale. Purpose was somewhat focused and clear.

1 to >0 pts

Novice

Vaguely described project and/or research question. Weak rationale. Purpose was poorly focused and not sufficiently clear.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomePurpose:States the purpose of the study and why it is important to practice and/or patient care

5 to >3.0 pts

Exemplary

Background information is engaging and leads to a clear purpose statement. Relevance to advanced practice nursing and the field of psychiatry is articulated well.

3 to >1.0 pts

Distinguished

Background information is at times unclear or uninteresting. Relevance to advanced practice nursing or psychiatry could be more clearly articulated.

1 to >0 pts

Novice

Background information is illogical or unrelated to the topic. There is no relevance to advanced practice nursing or the field of psychiatry.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeSearch StrategyThe poster identifies databases searched, inclusion/exclusion criteria, number of studies included and level of evidence.

10 to >6.0 pts

Exemplary

Methods are appropriate to address aim/question and connected to the purpose of the research; Identifies method used to support thesis or answer the research question.

6 to >2.0 pts

Distinguished

Methods are inappropriate to address research aim or question. Methods are unclear or not connected to purpose of research

2 to >0 pts

Novice

Research strategy was not clearly mentioned but implied; or, not appropriate for purpose of the research

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeSynthesis of Evidence:The poster briefly describes the synthesis of the evidence that includes major trends and notable gaps in the research.

20 to >13.0 pts

Exemplary

Thorough comparison and contrast of findings are provided and relate to the main discussion points in the order of their appearance in the purpose statement. Focus is on research findings rather than research methods. Study limitations that might have led to different findings are discussed. Gaps and controversies that exist in the literature are clearly discussed.

13 to >6.0 pts

Distinguished

Comparison and contrast of findings are provided but lack thoroughness. Discussion of findings could relate better to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are discussed, but possible connections to differences in findings are not clearly identified. Gaps and controversies in the literature are discussed, but clarity could be enhanced.

6 to >0 pts

Novice

Comparison and contrast of findings are lacking. Discussion of findings does not relate well to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are not mentioned. Gaps (what is unknown and needs to be researched) and controversies that exist in the literature are not discussed.

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeImplications for Practice:Does the poster present significance to psychiatry and is it relevant to the advanced practice nurse role? Does it include recommendations for practice, education, or future research based on the review and synthesis of the evidence?

10 to >6.0 pts

Exemplary

Thorough comparison and contrast of findings are provided and relate to the main discussion points in the order of their appearance in the purpose statement.  Focus is on research findings rather than research methods.

6 to >2.0 pts

Distinguished

Comparison and contrast of findings are provided but lack thoroughness. Discussion of findings could relate better to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are discussed, but possible connections to differences in findings are not clearly identified. Gaps and controversies in the literature are discussed, but clarity could be enhanced.

2 to >0 pts

Novice

Comparison and contrast of findings are lacking. Discussion of findings does not relate well to the main discussion points in the purpose statement. Study limitations are not mentioned. Gaps (what is unknown and needs to be researched) and controversies that exist in the literature are not discussed.

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWriting and Scholarly Voice:Identifies a creative, focused, and manageable
topic that addresses potentially significant and
previously less explored aspects of the topic,
problem, and/or project

5 to >3.0 pts

Exemplary

Writing is fluid, precise, and clear; lexicon of the field is clearly explained and defined; the tone is professional; vocabulary and syntax are mature; scholarly style and format are accurately used; the candidate’s ‘voice’ is heard and yields a definitive presence, authority, and understanding of the issues being discussed.

3 to >1.0 pts

Distinguished

Writing is somewhat developed and professional; spelling, punctuation, grammar, in general, meet program and institutional standards; dissertation formatting is adequate; the lexicon of the respective field is understood and used properly.

1 to >0 pts

Novice

More work developing academic writing skills necessary; syntax or vocabulary may not be well developed; a reliance on jargon may be a weakness, writing may be difficult to read or understand; tone may not exhibit an understanding of the academic writing genre; errors of spelling, punctuation or formatting may be present; document may have formatting problems, the candidate may not have a command of the field’s lexicon.

5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeOral PresentationThe abstract is concise and coherent.

20 to >12.0 pts

Exemplary

Narration and/or answering of questions is engaging, thorough, and adds greatly to the presentation. Presentation is well-rehearsed. Voice, eye contact and pacing hold interest and attention of the audience; introduced self and project.

12 to >3.0 pts

Distinguished

Narration and/or answering of questions is somewhat lacking. Audio-Video presentation does not support the content of the presentation. Some difficulty communicating ideas. Poor voice projections; some eye contact; no introduction; mispronounced a few words; long pauses; appears somewhat confused.

3 to >0 pts

Novice

Narration and/or answering of questions is lacking, Audio-Video presentation was not submitted or the video was not created using the audio or video platform required in the instructions. Great difficulty communicating ideas. Poor voice projection; no eye contact; no introduction; mispronounced words; stopped or had long pauses; read entirely from notes

20 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeOverall AppearanceThe abstract presents significance to psychiatry and is it relevant to the advanced practice nurse role?

10 to >6.0 pts

Exemplary

Prominently positions title/authors of paper thoroughly but concisely presents main points of introduction, hypotheses/ propositions, research methods, results, and conclusions in a well-organized manner. Overall visually appealing; not cluttered; colors and patterns enhance readability; Uses font sizes/variations which facilitate the organization, presentation, and readability of the research Graphics (e.g., tables, figures, etc.) are engaging and enhance the text content is clearly arranged so that the viewer can understand order without narration

6 to >2.0 pts

Distinguished

Visual appeal is adequate; somewhat cluttered; colors and patterns detract from readability Use of font sizes/variations to facilitate the organization, presentation, and readability of the research is somewhat inconsistent/distractions Graphics (e.g., tables, figures, etc.) adequately enhance the text Content arrangement is somewhat confusing and does not adequately assist the viewer in understanding order without narration

2 to >0 pts

Novice

Not very visually appealing; cluttered; colors and patterns hinder readability Use of font sizes/variations to facilitate the organization, presentation, and readability of the research is inconsistent/distracting Graphics (e.g., tables, figures, etc.) do not enhance the text Content arrangement is somewhat confusing and does not adequately assist the viewer in understanding order without narration

10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA FormattingThe poster, including all citations, level headings and the references, and follows the 7th Edition APA format.

10 to >6.0 pts

Exemplary

Follows APA guidelines of components: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent and in-text citations. The references contain at least the 6-8 required current scholarly academic reference and text reference.

6 to >2.0 pts

Distinguished

References page contains one current or outdated scholarly academic resource. Many errors of APA 7th guidelines: double space, 12 pt. font, abstract, level headings, hanging indent, and in-text citations

2 to >0 pts

Novice

References page contains no current scholarly academic resources, only internet webpages or no reference page. Lack of APA guidelines for references provided or in-text citations.

10 pts

Total Points: 100

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Creating a Search Strategy (PICO Question)
not graded yet
Rosalind Lopez
St Thomas University
NUR 670: Psychiatric Integration Practicum
Dr Linda Mays
September 14, 2023
The Importance of an Effective Search Strategy
Search strategies are crucial in determining the quality, authenticity, and credibility of the
literature review undertaken. An effective search strategy involves searching for materials from
reliable sources relevant to the study topic. An efficient search strategy, which focuses on
reviewing existing literature, helps retrieve the right articles from a database, which is crucial in
answering the study question (Walden University, 2023). A search strategy helps outline the
parameters and dimensions of the study, such as the population sample to be used, the sampling
methods, the study design, the methodology, and the methods of analysis. It is also helpful in
filtering the research materials to be used by eliminating older materials that are no longer
relevant to the study topic (Walden University, 2023). An efficient and well-executed review can
thoroughly answer research questions and establish a solid platform for advancing knowledge
(Snyder, 2019). My PICO question seeks to address “How have the dynamics of fentanyl use
correlated with fentanyl-related deaths changed in children (aged zero to eighteen years)
compared to adults (aged nineteen and above years) in the last three years?” My search was
limited to research articles not older than three years, as the question addressed Fentanyl use
dynamics in the US among both adults and children within the last three years. This discussion
emphasizes the importance of an effective search strategy when conducting a literature review,
compares the reliability of evidence-based research using an evidence pyramid, and provides
detail on the search strategy used to conduct the literature review for my PICO question.
Reliability of Evidence-Based Research
The evidence pyramid has seven levels, which visualize the different types of research
evidences based on the quality and amount of evidence presented in a study. The various levels
are presented in a pyramid, with the top having the highest quality of evidence for the study
topic. In contrast, the bottom of the pyramid presents the least reliable evidence (Walden
University, 2023). The different types of pieces of evidence, from the top of the pyramid to the
bottom, include systematic reviews, critically appraised topics, article synopses (critically
appraised individual researches), randomized controlled trials, cohort studies, case series/casecontrolled studies, and lastly, background information, also known as expert opinions.
Systematic reviews provide the highest quality of evidence as they target a specific clinical
question and comprehensively review it (Walden University, 2023). Critically appraised topics
and critically appraised individual articles, which are below systematic reviews, also provide
quality literature reviews on specific topics. However, in literature reviews, randomized
controlled trials, cohort studies, and case series are less reliable as they contain unfiltered
information. Therefore, their reliability is limited. Background information, also known as expert
opinions, is at the bottom of the pyramid and is the least reliable since the information may not
be based on research.
Search Strategy
My PICO question revolves around establishing the correlation between fentanyl use and
fentanyl-related deaths in children compared to adults. An in-depth research was necessary to
establish the evidence related to this question. The first phase entailed choosing databases that
provided research-based evidence relevant to the PICO question. I used Google Scholar, Pub
Med, and Jstor, three online libraries, and databases for peer-reviewed articles. Using a
combination of the key terms, a preliminary search was carried out. The PICO question served as
the basis for the development of keywords and phrases. To ensure a thorough search, synonyms
and phrases that were closely similar were also used. I combined Boolean operators with key
words and used inclusion and exclusion criteria to narrow search. Articles that were not peer
reviewed or outside of the United States were excluded. Only articles within the last three years
were included. Each study that met the above criteria were subject to a full review. At first, I
aimed to find systematic reviews, critically appraised topics, and critically appraised individual
articles on the PICO question. However, such materials are limited, and I could barely find any
related to the topic. I managed to find some critically appraised individual articles on the topic.
One such article was by D’Orsogna et al. (2023), which discusses the role of fentanyl in
accelerating deaths in the US across different genders, races, and other demographics. I then
sought randomized controlled trials and cohort studies, which I found numerous. Such studies
include Warren et al.’s (2023) study, which reviews data on opioid misuse among US youths
aged 12 to 21. Another helpful study was by Arredondo (2023), a report in the Los Angeles
Times focusing on fentanyl-related deaths among youths. A study by Friedman et al. (2023) was
found relevant to the study question as it reviews the trends in deaths due to drug overdose
among US youths. Another study by Gaither (2023), shows the trend of pediatric deaths from
fentanyl, with more than a 30-fold increase in fentanyl-related deaths occurring between 2013
and 2021. Despite the many research articles found through research, the search criteria were
narrowed down by eliminating materials with information from the last three years.
References
Arredondo, V. (2023). “No child should be dying”: Fentanyl-related deaths among kids rising, Yale
study says. Los Angeles Times. https://www.latimes.com/world-nation/story/2023-0511/fentanyl-deaths-children-teens-opioids-yale-school-of-medicine-study-jama-juliegaitherLinks to an external site.
D’Orsogna, M.R. (2023). Fentanyl-driven acceleration of racial, gender, and geographical disparities
in drug overdose deaths in the United States. PLOS Glob Public
Health, 3(3). https://journals.plos.org/globalpublichealth/article?id=10.1371/journal.pgph.00007
69Links to an external site.
Friedman, J., Godvin, M., Shover, C., Gone, J., Hansen, H., & Schriger, D. (2022). Trends in Drug
overdose deaths among US adolescents, January 2010 to June 2021. JAMA Network, 327(14),
pp. 1398-1400. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2022.2847
Gaither, J. (2023). National Trends in Pediatric Deaths From Fentanyl, 1999-2021. JAMA Pediatr.
2023 Jul 1, 177(7), pp.733-735.
https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2023.0793.
Snyder, H. (2019). Literature review as a research methodology: An overview and guidelines. Journal
of Business Research, 104, pp.333-339. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.07.039.
Walden University. (2023). Evidence-based research: Levels of evidence
pyramid. https://academicguides.waldenu.edu/library/healthevidence/evidencepyramidLinks to
an external site.
Warren, K.L, Adams, J., & Bobashev, G. (2023). Trends in opioid misuse among individuals aged 12
to 21 years in the US. JAMA Netw Open. 6(6).
https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.16276
The Purpose of the PICO Question
You must fine-tune your PICO question, it is not structured correctly. You will not earn the highest score on the
academic poster if this is not revised.
You must use scholarly references only. Please visit Brainfuse for more information.
Rosalind Lopez
St Thomas University
NUR 670: Psychiatric Integration Practicum
Dr Linda Mays
August 31, 2023
The Purpose of the PICO Question
The PICO question refers to a structured scientific approach used for framing and
formulating a research question. It is a mnemonic that assists clinicians in developing a
foreground question in an evidence-based practice. PICO stands for Population/Problem,
Intervention, Comparison, and Outcome (NYU, 2023). The population defines the group or issue
under the study, including demographics and characteristics of individuals. The intervention
component outlines various diagnostic tests and treatments used in addressing the problem being
investigated. The comparison element of the PICO question contrasts the selected intervention to
another approach (NYU, 2023). On the other hand, the outcome states the dependent variable,
including the desired result of the research.
Purpose
The primary aim of the PICO question is to investigate and provide an answer to a serious
clinical issue. According to Ford and Melnyk (2019), PICO is a searching strategy that leads to
unbiased evidence. Ideally, evidence-based research focuses only on relevant studies to uncover
the answer to the clinical question. This implies that the PICO question offers an effective
literature search involving keywords and inclusion criteria. It also enables the research to focus
on a specific clinician issue and outcome (Eriksen & Frandsen, 2018). Notably, the PICO
question entails a narrow scope of investigation, which enhances focus and clarity. Another
purpose of this strategy is that it allows the researcher to identify specific care for the patient
(Eriksen & Frandsen, 2018). This is because the PICO question facilitates evidence appraisal
through comparison with other treatments. In addition, the framework promotes collaboration
among clinicians and patient-centered care since it supports evidence-based practice.
Selected PICO Question
The PICO question chosen for this week focuses on the impact of fentanyl use on children
compared with adults. It states, “How have the dynamics of fentanyl use correlated with fentanyl
related deaths changed in children (aged zero to eighteen years) compared to adults (aged
nineteen and above years) in the last three years?” Deaths related to fentanyl use have increased
among children under 18 years in the recent past. According to Jenco (2023), fentanyl deaths in
children in the United States reached 94 percent in 2021. Significantly, teenagers between 15 and
19 years were disproportionately affected by the problem. As such, fentanyl use is a serious
clinical issue that warrants investigation.
The PICO question helps in identifying individuals and groups affected by fentanyl use. In
this case, the population under interrogation is children between zero and eighteen years. The
intervention in the question involves observing the changes in fentanyl deaths over the last three
years. Research shows a significant rise in opioid and fentanyl deaths among children between
2020 and 2022 due to the Covid-19 pandemic (Jenco, 2023). The PICO question also provides a
comparison between the changes in fentanyl deaths in children and adults. Spencer et al. (2022)
indicate that deaths from drug overdose were 62 per 100,000 population among individuals
within 35-44 years in 2021. This shows the outcome of the research issue under investigation. It
demonstrates that there is a general increase in fentanyl deaths in children and adults. In this
case, the PICO question provides a structured strategy for obtaining evidence regarding fentanyl
use and deaths among children versus adults. The systematic approach ensures clarity in how the
clinical problem is addressed.
References
Eriksen, M. B. & Frandsen, T. F. (2018). The impact of patient, intervention, comparison, outcome
(PICO) as a search strategy tool on literature search quality: a systematic review. Journal of the
Medical Library Association, 106(4), 420–431. https://doi.org/10.5195/jmla.2018.345
Ford, L. G. & Melnyk, B. M. (2019). The underappreciated and misunderstood PICOT question: A
critical step in the EBP process. Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 16(6), 422-423.
https://doi.org/10.1111/wvn.12408
Jenco, M. (2023). Study: Fentanyl involved in 94% of pediatric opioid deaths in 2021. American
Academy of Pediatrics, https://publications.aap.org/aapnews/news/24370/Study-Fentanylinvolved-in-94-of-pediatric-opioid?autologincheck=redirected
NYU. (2023). Capstone and PICO project toolkit. https://guides.nyu.edu/pico/question
Spencer, M. R., Miniño, A. M., & Warner, M. (2022). Drug overdose deaths in the United States,
2001–2021. NCHS Data brief, 457, 1-8.
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/products/databriefs/db457.html
Psychiatry Issues in the United States Public Health Domain: Fentanyl-Related Deaths
PICO Question and Emerging Psychiatric Problem
Rosalind Lopez
St Thomas University
NUR 670: Psychiatric Integration Practicum
Dr Linda Mays
August 24, 2023
Real-world current problem in US psychiatric care
Treatment-resistant depression is a major real-world issue currently emerging in the US
psychiatric care system. According to Weissman et al. (2023), treatment-resistant depression is a
form of depression where standard pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy do not work to ease the
patient’s symptoms, requiring them to seek alternative therapies or modify medical dosages. The
issue of treatment-resistant depression is cross-cutting, affecting the psychological and
sociological dynamics of the patients’ lives. As it continues to become a formidable issue in the
United States psychiatric system, it cross-cuts the various areas through which it can be
addressed. As indicated by Schreiber et al. (2023), there is a strong significant association
between the emergence of high opioid use, including fentanyl use, among adolescents and adults
in America and the growing incidence of treatment-resistant depression among the same
population. Thus, the changes in the incidence of fentanyl use, and depression, in turn, may be
interconnected as important facets of nursing and psychiatric care practice in the United States.
Yet, this interconnection and the specific issues remain underexplored, despite their importance
in shaping the trajectory of healthcare in the United States in recent years.
PICO Question
The PICO question, “How have the dynamics of fentanyl use correlated with fentanyl
related deaths changed in children (aged zero to eighteen years) compared to adults (aged
nineteen and above years) in the last three years?, ” is an important area of interest for advanced
practice nursing. P (Population): Children aged zero to eighteen years, I (Intervention):
Dynamics of fentanyl use, C (Comparison): Comparison of children (aged zero to eighteen
years) to adults (aged nineteen and above years), O (Outcome): Pattern of fentanyl-related deaths
in the last three years.
Importance of the selected PICO question
According to Opsahl et al. (2020), patient-based care is the premise of any professional
healthcare practice, including nursing. As such, the focus of the selected PICO question on
specific patient groups is imperative to this. For instance, the focus on the impact of fentanyl
deaths on children is an interesting area of nursing practice. Similarly, fentanyl is a commonly
used and abused opioid among adolescents and adults and a leading cause of depression among
abusers (Nguyen et al., 2020; Oliva et al., 2020). Due to the severity of its impact on dopamine
levels and other chemicals in the brain, fentanyl is believed to exacerbate or contribute to
depression. During active addiction and during withdrawal, depression symptoms can be caused
by fentanyl. Due to this, the focus of the question on children and adults alike introduces a new
dynamic to understanding how mortalities and depression related to fentanyl use can be
mitigated. Moreover, this question influences evidence-based practice in nursing. Advanced
nursing practice emphasizes utilizing the latest medical research in decision-making related to
patient care (Opsahl et al., 2020). As such, addressing this PICO question will inform the
creation of a body of evidence that focuses on the possible protocols and interventions that can
be utilized to reduce mortalities related to fentanyl in adults and children.
Overall, this PICO question is of significant public health impact. According to Nguyen et
al. (2020), fentanyl related deaths are a major concern in the American public health domain.
Research informed by this question will be crucial in forming reference points for health
campaigns, workshops, and educational conferences on preventing fentanyl deaths among all
people across the United States. Further, this question is important in resolving the emerging
public health issue of drug-resistant depression as a public health concern in America since the
pandemic. Fentanyl is a widely used narcotic in the hospital environment. However, with recent
concerns about opiate overdose and toxicity, all healthcare providers should be familiar with the
drug’s adverse effects and how to reverse them (Ramos-Matos et al., 2023). Ultimately, the PICO
question is a reference point for nurses in advanced practice to improve their patient care
outcomes and public health initiatives significantly. Further, this question is imperative in
improving healthcare quality across healthcare centers in the United States.
References
Nguyen, A. P., Glanz, J. M., Narwaney, K. J. & Binswanger, I. A. (2020). Association of opioids
prescribed to family members with opioid overdose among adolescents and young adults. JAMA
Network Open, 3(3), e201018e201018. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2020.1018Links to an external site.
Oliva, E. M., Bowe, T., Manhapra, A., Kertesz, S., Hah, J. M., Henderson, P. & Trafton, J. A. (2020).
Associations between stopping prescriptions for opioids, length of opioid treatment, and
overdose or suicide deaths in US veterans: observational
evaluation. BMJ, 368. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m283Links to an external site.
Opsahl, A., Nelson, T., Madeira, J. & Wonder, A. H. (2020). Evidence‐based, ethical decision‐
making: using simulation to teach the application of evidence and ethics in practice. Worldviews
on Evidence‐Based Nursing, 17(6), 412-417. https://doi.org/10.1111/wvn.12465Links to an
external site.
Ramos-Matos, C., Bistas, K. & Lopez-Ojeda, W. (2023). Fentanyl. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure
Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK459275/
Schreiber, S., Keidan, L. & Pick, C. G. (2023). Treatment-Resistant Depression (TRD): Is the Opioid
System Involved?. International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 24(13),
11142. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms241311142Links to an external site.
Weissman, C. R., Bermudes, R. A., Voigt, J., Liston, C., Williams, N., Blumberger, D. M., … &
Daskalakis, Z. J. (2023). Repetitive Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation for Treatment-Resistant
Depression: Mismatch of Evidence and Insurance Coverage Policies in the United States. The
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 84(3), 46813. https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.22com14575Links to
an external site.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

History Case Study

Description

Pick one (1) of the following topics. Then, address the corresponding questions/prompts for your selected topic. Use at least one (1) documented example of the corresponding primary source in your writing.

Option 1: The American System, Transportation, and Communication
Read the following primary source:

In Defense of the American System, 1832Links to an external site.

Then, address the following:

Describe the idea of Henry Clay’s “American System.”
Based on Clay’s economic vision of America, analyze how the American System would build the American market and economy?
Analyze the role of mechanization and communication in the American System.

Option 2: The Indian Removal Act of 1830
Read the following primary source:

Transcript of President Andrew Jackson’s Message to Congress ‘On Indian Removal’ (1830)Links to an external site.

Then, address the following:

Evaluate the rationale that President Jackson used in the removal of the Native Americans from east of the Mississippi River. Did the removal have the intended impact?
Identify the responsibilities given to the President under the Indian Removal Act of 1830.
Compare Jackson’s actions toward Native Americans in the context of his First Inaugural Address with the path of events during the Trail of Tears.
Determine if the removal of the Native Americans from east of the Mississippi River violate the principles found in the Declaration of Independence?

Option 3: The Abolitionist Movement
Read the following primary source:

Declaration of Sentiments of American Anti-Slavery Society (1833)Links to an external site. (Click on arrows to view all images of the document. Click on plus and minus signs to enlarge or reduce size of images.)

Then, address the following:

Assess if abolitionists were responsible reformers or irresponsible agitators?
Explain how abolitionists upheld the Declaration of Independence as the foundation of antislavery and abolitionist thought.
Assess the effect of the Gag Rule on the Abolitionist Movement.
Analyze how the women’s rights movement would gain momentum from the antislavery movement.
REQUIREMENTS
Length: 2-3 pages (not including title page or references page)
1-inch margins
Double spaced
12-point Times New Roman font
Title page
References page
In-text citations that correspond with your end references

Week 3 Responses

Description

NURS 676 Week 3 Discussion Responses Vicente Gutierrez Seizures are described as any type of epileptic event, seizure disorder is closely related to epilepsy which is described as recurrent seizures that are brought on by excessive excitability or neurons in the brain (Burchum & Rosenthal, 2021). Seizures are treated by antiseizure drugs, the type of medication a person affected by seizures depends on the specific type of seizure they are diagnosed with. For instance, seizure types are separated into two broad categories, partial and generalized seizures, depending on the type of seizure a patient has is the medication that will be prescribed to treat their symptoms (Burchum & Rosenthal, 2021). Medication’s focus is to suppress discharge of neurons within a seizure focus and to suppress propagation of seizure activity in certain areas of the brain (Burchum & Rosenthal, 2021). Antiseizure medications nearly all act through five basic mechanisms: sodium influx, suppression of calcium influx, promotion of potassium efflux, blockade of receptors of glutamine, and potentiation or increase of gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) (Burchum & Rosenthal, 2021). When an antiseizure medication is started the provider and the patient will work together to ensure the medication is being effective as well as educating the patient to increase adherence and compliance. A trial period of the medication is important to establish a therapeutic dosage to subside the symptoms of the seizure while not causing undesired side effects (Burchum & Rosenthal, 2021). One of the main potential drug interactions with antiseizure medication is the use of oral contraceptives in women of childbearing age (Burchum & Rosenthal, 2021). It is important to establish a plan with the patient and provider since antiseizure medications decrease the effectiveness of oral contraceptives (Burchum & Rosenthal, 2021). McKenzie Rosendale For asthma exacerbation, there are two phases: early and late. The early phase happens when IgE antibodies are released into the body. These antibiotics can be triggered by many ways with one being the environment. Once the antibodies are released, it will bind to mast cells and basophils (Sinyor & Perez, 2023). When a allergen enters the body, the mast cells will release cytokines, histamine, prostaglandins, and leukotrienes (Sinyor & Perez, 2023). With this reaction happens, it makes the smooth muscles to contract making it hard to breathe. The late phase in asthma exacerbation happens a few hours after the initial reaction and eosinophils, basophils, neutrophils, and T cells will migrate to the lungs, which causes inflammation and constriction (Sinyor & Perez, 2023). An adrenergic agonist decreases the transmission by binding to presynaptic alpha 2 receptors. It also dilates the bronchial passages to help with the constriction from the asthma exacerbation (Sinyor & Perez, 2023). The most appropriate is adrenergic agonists that are selective for beta 2 receptors (albuterol). Beta 2 agonists are typically administered through inhalation, which minimizes systematic effects (Rosenthal & Burchum, 2021, pg. 104). If too much of a beta 2 agonists are inhaled, the effects may be angina pectoris and/or tachycardia because it activates the beta 1 receptors. The typical treatment for a severe asthma attack is a nebulized short acting beta agonist, which can be an inhaled medication. The dosage for this medication is between 1.25-5 mg every four to eight hours as needed (AAAAI, 2023). The dosage for a child is 0.63-2.5mg/kg every four to six hours (AAAAI, 2023). A nurse practitioner can determine the dosage based on the child’s weight and for an adult, the nurse practitioner would be to start at the lowest dose and slowly increase the dosage over time. NURS 530 Week 3 Discussion Responses Maria Sanchez “Mental illnesses are common and found in different cultures and across the socioeconomic spectrum. When left untreated, the consequences can be devastating” (Rogers, 2022, p. 618). Mental illness has been on the rise and although we are more open about talking about it, we still have work that needs to be done. There continues to be a stigma surrounding mental illnesses. The stigma towards mental illness could be due to differences in values, beliefs, religion, culture, age, and much more. Nurse practitioners have a responsibility to their patients to provide a space that is safe, welcoming, and open regarding mental illness. Nurse practitioners can implement various strategies/techniques in their practice to foster open communication, and reduce stigma surrounding schizophrenia, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, PTSD, and OCD. Nurse practitioners can discuss their patients with the lead psychiatrist and interdisciplinary team. The open discussions between nurse practitioners, psychiatrists, and interdisciplinary team can allow for open communication, dialogue of treatment, feedback of treatment, and discussions about alternative treatments. Open communication allows for clear communication between interdisciplinary team and setting of goals. This can reduce stigma because there is clear communication, discussion, and education that occurs between those involved in the treatment team. If a person is knowledgeable, it will allow for them to be more comfortable, confident, and open to talk about mental illness thus normalizing mental illness. Another method that a nurse practitioner can help reduce stigma on mental health is knowing how to effectively communicate with their patients. Nurse practitioners must be aware of the language that they use and must be careful in making sure that they are not using words, phrases, or making comments that could be judgmental, offensive, or blaming patients for their mental illness. Nurse practitioners need to be aware of their own personal beliefs and not let them get in the way of the care for their patients. Khrystene Nguyen I understand the challenges of providing effective pain relief with opioids in neurological patients. Every patient is different, and their pain management therapy may differ from the next. A good place to start is to examine their prior medical records and the medications they are presently prescribed. Conducting a thorough assessment of the patient’s pain, underlying neurological conditions and any coexisting medical issues are also essential. Creating an individualized treatment plan can also aid in targeting the patient’s specific pain needs when considering the severity of pain and treatment goals. An important aspect when prescribing opioid pain medication is to assess for risk factors for opioid misuse, addiction, and overdose. If opioids are necessary, treatment should be initiated with the lowest effective dose and titrated appropriately and cautiously while monitoring the patient’s response (Rogers, 2022). It is also important to regularly assess the patient’s pain and treatment plan to adapt to changing needs and minimize the risk of opioid-related problems. Another option if the patient requires a revision in pain management is to explore alternative therapies such as rehab, psychological support, or complementary therapies to enhance pain management.

analyzing a current issue impacting the health of the aging population in Saudi Arabia

Description

Instructions for submission:

The assignment must be submitted with a correctly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN, Submission date) in Word; Pdf is not accepted.
Your answer should be 1 to 2 pages, a maximum of 1000 words.
Papers not meeting the minimum length requirement will be returned ungraded.
Paper outline: Title page— Introduction—Body—Conclusion
Text size 12-Times New Roman with 1.5-line spacing.
The heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with appropriate references/sources.
Papers containing plagiarized material (whether intended or unintended) will receive a Zero.
References must be in APA format

skills lab

Description

Reflect on your experience as a nursing leadership student assisting fundamental students in the skills lab. Describe a specific scenario where you had to demonstrate effective leadership and communication skills. How did you approach guiding and supporting the fundamental students in their skill development? What were some challenges you encountered, and how did you overcome them? Discuss the impact of your leadership on the fundamental students’ learning and confidence. Based on this experience, identify one key aspect of your leadership style that you would like to further develop and explain how you plan to enhance it to become a more effective nursing leader.**Response must be a minimum of 500 words.

Global Health Question

Description

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Critical Thinking: Comparative Analysis: Risk (125 points)
Compare Risk in Different Health Care Systems
Write a paper that compares and contrasts risk in three different health care systems from
three different countries.
The comparison document should contain the following:




Examine the different risks associated with each health care delivery system.
Examine medical malpractice environment and process.
What type of regulation oversight occurs in the healthcare space?
Analyze how risk is measured.
Requirements:




Your paper should be four to five pages in length, not including the title and
reference pages.
You must include a minimum of four credible sources. Use the Saudi Electronic
Digital Library to find your resources.
Your paper must follow Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and
APA style guidelines, as appropriate.
You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality
Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how
to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin
Originality Check Student Guide.
Here are some friendly reminders:
1. You have a critical thinking assignment this week.
2. You have a Module Quiz this week.
3. You do not have a discussion forum this week.
4. Next Live Session is this Week 4/Module 4.
a. Link: https://eu.bbcollab.com/guest/90391bcfd2a0
4166a3a7c3ba0d5ee4f2
5. Learning Outcomes for Week 4:
• Evaluate examples of health system regulations and the
healthcare system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
• Evaluate the challenges involved in implementing
regulations.
• Compare types and levels of licensure, certification, and
accreditation requirements for healthcare professionals in the
UK, USA, Germany, and KSA.
• Analyze the KSA health system regulations that meet global
standards with examples.
• Evaluate plans for implementing improvements that reduce
risk in complex healthcare systems in Saudi Arabia.
Critical Thinking: Comparative Analysis: Risk
Compare Risk in Different Health Care Systems
Write a paper that compares and contrasts risk in three different health care systems from
three different countries.
The comparison document should contain the following:





Examine the different risks associated with each health care delivery
system.(Choose one risk and compare it between the three countries)
Examine medical malpractice environment and process.
What type of regulation oversight occurs in the healthcare space?
Analyze how risk is measured.
Here is an example for the US :
Requirements:





Your paper should be four to five pages in length, not including the title and
reference pages.
You must include a minimum of four credible sources. Use the Saudi Electronic
Digital Library to find your resources.
Your paper must follow Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and
APA style 7th edition guidelines, as appropriate.
. No plagiarism more than 25%
Choose one risk and talk about it.
1. Learning Outcomes for Week 4:
• Evaluate examples of health system regulations and the
healthcare system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
• Evaluate the challenges involved in implementing
regulations.
• Compare types and levels of licensure, certification, and
accreditation requirements for healthcare professionals in the
UK, USA, Germany, and KSA.
• Analyze the KSA health system regulations that meet global
standards with examples.
• Evaluate plans for implementing improvements that reduce
risk in complex healthcare systems in Saudi Arabia.
Chapter 3
GLOBAL
HEALTH:
SYSTEMS,
POLICY, AND
ECONOMICS
Chapter 3: Overview
• Introduction
• Micro and Macro Models
• Convergence of Problems and Responses
• Nature of Tradeoffs, Ideology, and Ethics
• Policy-Making Around the World
• Conclusion
Introduction
• World Wide Challenge of health policy
making in the 21st century
• Medicine within social organizations
• Government intervention or non
intervention
• Policy-making challenges
• All nations have problems with cost,
quality, access and health outcomes
Micro and Macro Models
• The political process
• Involves governmental and
nongovernmental organizations (NGO)
and individuals
• Micro and macro frameworks
• Analogous to economics
Micro and Macro Models
• Characteristics of the policy marketplace model
• Assumptions
• Policy actors
• Disparities in power
• Currency used
• Impact of governmental regulation
Micro and Macro Models
• The policy systems model:
Characteristics
• Complexity
• Interrelatedness
• Interdependent
• Cyclical processes
Micro and Macro Model
• Longest’ s model of health policy
development
• Recognition of inputs
• Policy formation
• Policy outputs
• Implementation
• Outcomes
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Convergence of variations in health
organizations
• Cost containment
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Access to care
• Disadvantaged subpopulations
• Informal payments (bribes)
• Political instability
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Impact of new technologies
• Cost and complexity
• Balance between old and new
• Economic and ethical conflict
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Quality of care considerations
• Technologic complexity
• Enable the aggregation of data
• New information technology
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Measuring health outcomes
• Potential benefit of health IT
• Consensus about existing problems
• US system expensive, wasteful,
unsustainable
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Sustainability
• Growing financial stress on public
and private sectors
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Achieving sustainability
• Quest for common ground
• Digital backbone
• Incentive realignment
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Achieving sustainability
• Quality and safety standardization
• Resource deployment
• Innovation
• Adaptability
Convergence of Problems
and Responses
• Assessment of progress in policymaking
• Technology based sustainability
• Quality and safety standardization
Convergence of Problems and
Responses
• Price Waterhouse Cooper (PWC) study
recommended solutions:
• Quest for common ground
• Digital backbone
• Incentive
• Quality and safety standardization
• Strategic resource deployment
• Climate of innovation
• Adaptable delivery roles and structures
Nature of Tradeoffs,
Ideology, and Ethics
• Tradeoffs
• Source
• Importance
• Economic efficiency and political
equity
• Prioritizing efficiency and equity
Nature of Tradeoffs,
Ideology, and Ethics
• Tradeoffs
• Political obstacles
• Expectations of the populace
• Ethical and ideological
disagreements
• Social experimentation without public
consultation
• Undeveloped “rule of law”
Nature of Tradeoffs,
Ideology, and Ethics
• Tradeoffs
• Components of justice
• Libertarian perspective
Policy-Making Around the World
• Assessment of ability to address
challenges
• Assessment of sustainability of US
system
• No reform will lead to de facto rationing
• Reform faces significant political problems
• Something major will occur in the next
one or two decades
Policy-Making Around the World
• Equating national health service with
rationing
• Situation in developing countries
• Political instability
• Social inequality
• Immature economies
Conclusion
• Not at all clear how leadership will meet the
health system challenges in the next 20 years
• Absence of a true US national health systems
and stable international health systems is
creating de facto rationing
• Advocates argue for cost controls on expenditures
and/or more taxes on upper-income citizens
• Significant backlash against the ACA
• Should not lose sight of past achievements
This Section Reserved
for Instructors
Suggested Discussion or
Research Questions
Discussion or Research Questions
• Describe how health policy making is a political
process.
• Describe the characteristics associated with the
Policy Marketplace Model (Micro model) of health
policy decision making.
• What are the characteristics associated with the
Policy Systems (Macro) model of health policy
making?
Discussion or Research Questions
• What are the stages of the Longest model of health
policy making how do they impact on individual
health policies?
• Describe the major problems faced by all nations as
they attempt to formulate health policy and their
implications on health system development.
• What are the implications associated with an
increased emphasis on the use of outcomes
measurements on the delivery of health care
services?
Discussion or Research Questions
• How does having a truly integrated
national health system impact the
implementation of technical and structural
reforms?
• What are the benefits of having a robust
health information infrastructure
integrated within the healthcare delivery
system?
• What is the primary underlying trade-off in
the development and implementation of a
national healthcare delivery system?
Discussion or Research Questions
• What are the primary political obstacles in using
explicit trade-off analysis in health policy making?
• Describe how the individual and social components
of justice influence the debate on ethical health
policy.
Discussion or Research Questions
• Describe how health policy making is a political process.
• Describe the characteristics associated with the Policy Marketplace Model (Micro model) of health
policy decision making.
• What are the characteristics associated with the Policy Systems (Macro) model of health policy
making?
• What are the stages of the Longest model of health policy making how do they impact on individual
health policies?
• Describe the major problems faced by all nations as they attempt to formulate health policy and their
implications on health system development.
• What are the implications associated with an increased emphasis on the use of outcomes
measurements on the delivery of health care services?
• How does having a truly integrated national health system impact the implementation of technical
and structural reforms?
• What are the benefits of having a robust health information infrastructure integrated within the
healthcare delivery system?
• What is the primary underlying trade-off in the development and implementation of a national
healthcare delivery system?
• What are the primary political obstacles in using explicit trade-off analysis in health policy making?
• Describe how the individual and social components of justice influence the debate on ethical health
policy.
General Question Categories
• Structure and Evaluation Healthcare Services and Systems
• Global Burden of Disease
• Cultural Influences
• Medical Travel and Tourism and Off Shoring
• Health Communication, Marketing, Social Marketing
• Data and Measurement
• Policy, Strategy, and the Regulatory Environment
• Global Health Leadership
• International Best Practices
Suggested Topic Areas To Use When Facilitating Discussions, Projects, or
Case Studies
• Engagement of stakeholders
• Effectively working in and managing teams
• Learning how to get in front of the problem or identify opportunities
• Learning to communicate effectively
• Assessment of solutions that fit the country
• Embracing systems thinking
• Recognize and embrace diversity
• Sustaining the mission of health as well as health care

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Why does nursing science matter?

Description

Why does nursing science matter?Nursing science forms the empirical basis for professional nursing practice. According to the National Research Council (NRC), nursing science also produces information to assess healthcare systems and environments. Improve patient, family, and community outcomes. Theory guides the research process, forms the research questions, and aids in design, analysis, and interpretation. Research without theory results in sensitive information or data which does not add to the accumulated knowledge of the philosophical discipline.Questions: Analyze the definitions of the two significant nursing theorists. What is similar among them? What is different?What concepts found in those definitions are most closely aligned with your perception of nursing?Develop your definition of nursing and compare it to those of the theorists and your classmates.Please provide two examples of significant contributions made by nursing scientists to improving patient care.The post should be 300 words or less. Observe APA style 7th edition

Nursing Question

Description

My Population for my PICOT question is Adults with total hip replacements. My Intervention for my PICOT question is: How effective are pain medications?My Comparison for my PICOT question is: StretchingMy measurable Outcome for my PICOT question is: Controlling post-op pain management.My Timeframe for my PICOT question is during the post-op recovery period.Instructor Feedback- Breanna, The PICO(T) question related to pain management following hip replacement is an interesting topic to explore. The use of pain medications could require a prescription and would not be an independent nursing issue. You could compare the use of nonpharmacological approaches like stretching with a group that did use the interventions.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chamberlain College of Nursing
NR439 PPE Worksheet
Name:
Date:
Problem/PICOT/Evidence Search (PPE) Worksheet (Based on Wk. 2 Check-In PICOT)
Criteria
Clinical Nursing Practice
Problem
Select and identify ONLY
one quality or safety clinical priority area from the assignment guidelines practice
scenario. Summarize why
you believe the nursing
practice problem/issue is the
most important. Summarize
your rationale (why) for
choosing the problem.
Clinical Nursing
PICOT Question
Using the NR439 Guide for
Writing PICOT Questions
and Examples located in
the assignment guidelines,
write out your PICOT question. Include the PICOT
letters in your question.
Use the instructor feedback
from the Week 2 Check-In
to develop your question.
Define PICOT Elements
P- (Patient population/patients of interest):
Define each of the PICOT
elements from your question
above.
I- (Intervention):
Use the instructor feedback
from the Week 2 Check-In.
C- (Comparison):
O- (Measurable outcome):
T- (Time frame in months):
Evidence Retrieval Process and Summary
Using only the Chamberlain
University Library:
(1) Locate evidence that is
relevant to your chosen
nursing practice problem.
Explain how you believe the
NR439 PPE Worksheet 11.22 DLP
1
Chamberlain College of Nursing
evidence is relevant to your
chosen nursing practice
problem.
(2) Explain why you chose
the evidence
(3) Provides a complete
APA reference to the evidence (must include authors, year, title of the evidence, title of the resource)
(4) Evidence must be published within the last 10
years
(5) Provides the permalink
NR439 PPE Worksheet
APA Reference and permalink:
Implications of the Evidence
Summarize what you
learned from the evidence.
Summarize why you believe
the nursing evidence-based
practice committee should
focus their next research
project on the nursing practice problem.
Evidence Search Terms
Identify 4 (or more) relevant
searchable terms you used
for your search for evidence.
Evidence Search
Strategies
Select 4 (or more) relevant
search strategies you used to
narrow/limit your search for
evidence.
____ Full text
____ Boolean Operators/Phrase
____ Selected publication dates within last 10 years
____ Subject, title, or author search box
____ Truncation (used an asterisk * at the beginning or end of a word)
____ Academic or scholarly (Peer Reviewed) journals
____ Quotation marks for key words
____ Selected key terms from PICOT question
____ Others: (list below): ____________________________________________
NR439 PPE Worksheet 11.22 DLP
2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

week 4: comprehensive psychiatric evaluation note

Description

Review this week’s Learning Resources and consider the insights they provide about clinical practice guidelines.
Select a group patient for whom you conducted psychotherapy for a mood disorder during the last 4 weeks. Create a Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Note on this patient using the template provided in the Learning Resources. There is also a completed template provided as an exemplar and guide. All psychiatric evaluation notes must be signed by your Preceptor. When you submit your note, you should include the complete comprehensive psychiatric evaluation note as a Word document and pdf/images the completed assignment signed by your Preceptor. You must submit your note using Turnitin.
Please Note: Electronic signatures are not accepted. If both files are not received by the due date, Faculty will deduct points per the Walden Grading Policy.
Then, based on your evaluation of this patient, develop a video presentation of the case. Plan your presentation using the Assignment rubric and rehearse what you plan to say. Be sure to review the Kalturasupport resources in the Classroom Support Center found by clicking on the Help
Include at least five scholarly resources to support your assessment and diagnostic reasoning.
Ensure that you have the appropriate lighting and equipment to record the presentation.
THE ASSIGNMENT

Record yourself presenting the complex case for your clinical patient.

Do not sit and read your written evaluation! The video portion of the assignment is a simulation to demonstrate your ability to succinctly and effectively present a complex case to a colleague for a case consultation. The written portion of this assignment is a simulation for you to demonstrate to the faculty your ability to document the complex case as you would in an electronic medical record. The written portion of the assignment will be used as a guide for faculty to review your video to determine if you are omitting pertinent information or including non-essential information during your case staffing consultation video.

In your presentation:

Dress professionally and present yourself in a professional manner.
Display your photo ID at the start of the video when you introduce yourself.
Ensure that you do not include any information that violates the principles of HIPAA (i.e., don’t use the patient’s name or any other identifying information).
Present the full complex case study. Be succinct in your presentation, and do not exceed 8 minutes. Include subjective and objective data; assessment from most recent mental status exam; current psychiatric diagnosis including differentials that were ruled out; current psychotherapeutic plan (include one health promotion activity and one patient education strategy you provided); and patient progress toward treatment goals.
Subjective: What details did the patient provide regarding their chief complaint and symptomology to derive your differential diagnosis? What was the duration and severity of their symptoms? How are their symptoms impacting their functioning in life?
Objective: What observations did you make during the psychiatric assessment?
Assessment: Discuss the patient’s mental status examination results. What were your differential diagnoses? Provide a minimum of three possible diagnoses in order of highest to lowest priority and explain why you chose them. What was your primary diagnosis and why? Describe how your primary diagnosis aligns with DSM-5-TR diagnostic criteria and is supported by the patient’s symptoms.
Plan: Describe your treatment modality and your plan for psychotherapy. Explain the principles of psychotherapy that underline your chosen treatment plan to support your rationale for the chosen psychotherapy framework. What were your follow-up plan and parameters? What referrals would you make or recommend as a result of this psychotherapy session?
Reflection notes: What would you do differently in a similar patient evaluation? Reflect on one social determinant of health according to the HealthyPeople 2030 (you will need to research) as applied to this case in the realm of psychiatry and mental health. As a future advanced provider, what are one health promotion activity and one patient education consideration for this patient for improving health disparities and inequities in the realm of psychiatry and mental health? Demonstrate your critical thinking.

Adolescent Template Report

Description

Submit a 4 page (approx.) template on the adolescent patient. The document attached should be downloaded and saved (see below) to your computer. Fill in all appropriate sections and include 2 references or sources for your information. Bullet points please.please use a word document. times new roman for the font type and 12 font size. double spaced. for the references please use APA formatThe Wilkins text has excellent general information about each patient type however the template requires details about each heading area. Students should plan on 4-5 sentences per heading. Students will include at least two peer-reviewed references; typically these are journals and not websites (in addition to your required texts) in APA format, for this assignment.

EVIDENCE BASED PRACTICE

Description

Submit a 4-5 page, 7th ed. student APA paper, not including title and references.

Select a PEER reviewed EBP Research paper from a professional advanced practice journal related to your APN track. i.e. FNP, AGACNP, PSYCH article ….that is < 5 years old. Evaluate the paper using the following criteria. Identify your APN track. What method did you use to find the article? (Cochran library, Silver Platter etc.) Journal name and year of article publication. Title and all authors. Identify the topic and question under study (PICOT if given) Subjects - how many and how were they identified? What were the research methods used in the study? Methodology What did the finding show? Interpret the finding. (i.e. p value and sign levels.) What does this mean? What is the significance of the findings for professional practice in your specific APN track ? Submit your paper to your ePortfolio site. Submit a link at the bottom of your paper to the ePortfolio site for your instructor. Submit the paper to the Canvas assignment site. Submit a link to the article at the bottom of the paper Identify which of the MSN essential(s) this assignment meets.

Nursing Question

Description

As a nurse, how often have you thought to yourself, If I had anything to do about it, things would work a little differently? Increasingly, nurses are beginning to realize that they do, in fact, have a role and a voice.

Many nurses encounter daily experiences that motivate them to take on an advocacy role in hopes of impacting policies, laws, or regulations that impact healthcare issues of interest. Of course, doing so means entering the less familiar world of policy and politics. While many nurses do not initially feel prepared to operate in this space effectively, the reward is the opportunity to shape and influence future health policy.

RESOURCES

Be sure to review the Learning Resources before completing this activity.
Click the weekly resources link to access the resources.

WEEKLY RESOURCES

To Prepare:

Select a bill that has been proposed (not one that has been enacted) using the congressional websites provided in the Learning Resources.

The Assignment: (1- to 2-page Legislation Grid; 1-page Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement)

Be sure to add a title page, an introduction, purpose statement, and a conclusion. This is an APA paper.

Part 1: Legislation Grid

Based on the health-related bill (proposed, not enacted) you selected, complete the Legislation Grid Template. Be sure to address the following:

Determine the legislative intent of the bill you have reviewed.
Identify the proponents/opponents of the bill.
Identify the target populations addressed by the bill.
Where in the process is the bill currently? Is it in hearings or committees?

Part 2: Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement

Based on the health-related bill you selected, develop a 1-page Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement that addresses the following:

Advocate a position for the bill you selected and write testimony in support of your position.
Explain how the social determinants of income, age, education, or gender affect this legislation.
Describe how you would address the opponent to your position. Be specific and provide examples.
At least 2 outside resources and 2-3 course specific resources are used.
NURS_6050_Module02_Week04_Assignment_Rubric
NURS_6050_Module02_Week04_Assignment_Rubric
Criteria Ratings Pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeFederal and State LegislationPart 1: Legislation GridBased on the health- related bill you selected, complete the Legislation Grid Template. Be sure to address the following:• Determine the legislative intent of the bill you have reviewed.• Identify the proponents/opponents of the bill.• Identify the target populations addressed by the bill.• Where in the process is the bill currently? Is it in hearings or committees?
35 to >31.0 ptsExcellentThe response clearly and accurately summarizes in detail the legislative intent of the health- related bill. …The response accurately identifies in detail the proponents and opponents of the health-related bill. …The response accurately identifies in detail the populations targeted by the health-related bill. …The response clearly and thoroughly describes in detail the current status of the health- related bill. 31 to >27.0 ptsGoodThe response accurately summarizes the legislative intent of the health-related bill. …The response accurately identifies the proponents and opponents of the health-related bill. …The response accurately identifies the populations targeted by the health-related bill. …The response accurately describes the current status of the health-related bill. 27 to >24.0 ptsFairThe response vaguely or inaccurately summarizes the legislative intent of the health-related bill. …The response vaguely or inaccurately identifies the proponents and opponents of the health-related bill. …The response vaguely or inaccurately identifies the populations targeted by the health-related bill. …The response vaguely or inaccurately describes the current status of the health-related bill. 24 to >0 ptsPoorSummary of the legislative intent of the health-related bill is vague and inaccurate or is missing. …Identification of the proponents and opponents of the health-related bill are vague and inaccurate or is missing. …Identification of the populations targeted by the health-related bill is vague and inaccurate or is missing. …The description of the current status of the health- related bill is vague and inaccurate or is missing.
35 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomePart 2: Legislation Testimony/Advocacy Statement• Advocate a position for the bill you selected and write testimony in support of your position.• Explain how the social determinants of income, age, education, or gender affect this legislation.• Describe how you would address the opponent to your position. Be specific and provide examples.
40 to >35.0 ptsExcellentTestimony clearly, accurately, and thoroughly provides statements that fully justifies a position for a health-related bill…. Response provides a detailed, thorough, and logical explanation of the social determinant affecting the topic, and how to address opponents to the position for the health-related bill and includes one or more clear and accurate supporting examples. 35 to >31.0 ptsGoodTestimony clearly and accurately provides statements that somewhat justifies a position for a health-related bill. …Response provides an accurate explanation of the social determinant affecting the topic, and how to address opponents to the position for the health-related bill and may include at least one supporting example. 31 to >27.0 ptsFairTestimony used to justify a position for a health-related bill is vague or inaccurate. …Explanation of how to address the opponents and social determinant for the position for the health-related bill is vague or inaccurate, lacks logic, and/or the supporting examples are vague or inaccurate. 27 to >0 ptsPoorTestimony used to justify a position for a health-related bill is vague and inaccurate, incomplete, or is missing. …Explanation of how to address the opponents and social determinant for the position for the health-related bill is vague and inaccurate or is missing.
40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeReferences
10 to >8.0 ptsExcellentResponse includes 3 or more course resources and 2 or more outside sources. 8 to >7.0 ptsGoodResponse includes 2-3 course resources and 2 outside sources. 7 to >6.0 ptsFairResponse includes fewer than 2 course resources and/or fewer than 2 outside resources. 6 to >0 ptsPoorResponse includes 2 or fewer resources.
10 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting—Paragraph Development and OrganizationParagraphs make clear points that support well developed ideas, low logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas.Sentences are carefully focused– neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement and introduction is provided which delineates all required criteria.
5 to >4.0 ptsExcellentParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity…. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement, introduction, and conclusion is provided which delineates all required criteria. 4 to >3.0 ptsGoodParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 80% of the time. …Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment is stated, yet is brief and not descriptive 3 to >2.0 ptsFairParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 60%- 79% of the time. …Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment is vague or off topic. 2 to >0 ptsPoorParagraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity < 60% of the time. ...Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment is incomplete or missing. 5 pts This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting: English Writing StandardsCorrect grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation. 5 to >4.0 ptsExcellentUses correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation with no errors. 4 to >3.0 ptsGoodContains a few (1-2) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. 3 to >2.0 ptsFairContains several (3-4) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. 2 to >0 ptsPoorContains many (≥5) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors that interfere with the reader’s understanding.
5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWritten Expression and Formatting: The paper follows correct APA format for title page, font, spacing, indentations, parenthetical/in-text citations, and reference list.
5 to >4.0 ptsExcellentUses correct APA format with no errors. 4 to >3.0 ptsGoodContains a few (1-2) APA format errors. 3 to >2.0 ptsFairContains several (3-4) APA format errors. 2 to >0 ptsPoorContains many (≥5) APA format errors.
5 pts

Total Points: 100

************PLEASE MAKE SURE TO FOLLOW CURRENT APA FORMAT EXACTLY, USE SCHOLORLY SOURCES AND FOLLOW THE RUBRIC VERY CLOSELY******* THANK YOU

372 saeed

Description

See attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Public health outbreak and disaster management
Course number:
PHC 372
Assignment 1 Questions
– What makes Hajj different than other mass
gatherings?
– What are the risk factors associated with
Hajj?
– Then Choose only one of the following:
o Choose one potential disaster in Hajj
and propose your plan to manage it.
(Explain your disaster management
plan in each phase of the disaster
(Mitigation, Preparedness, Response,
Recovery)
Assignment
question
o Review one disaster incident that
happened in Hajj (explain the
strategies used in the 4 phases, if
possible, to manage the disaster, and
what are the lessons learned out of
that incident)
Note:

You can use the following resource (page 2) to review
a brief of the 4 phases of disaster.
Lindsay, B. R. (2012, November). Federal emergency
management: A brief introduction. Congressional Research
Service, Library of Congress.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1172029.pdf
College of Health Sciences
Department of Health Informatics
Student name:
Student ID:
CRN
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Ahmed Hazazi
Grade:
…. Out of 10
Paper assignment guidelines
Short essay of 300 – 500 words in APA style. Submission on 28 October 2023 11: 59 PM







Conduct your own research to explore further online resources to provide the conceptual
idea and avoid using advertising or commercial material.
Do not use bullet points in representing your answer.
The assignment should have the COVER PAGE with SEU logo and the details of who is
submitting and to whom is it submitted.
Assignments should be submitted through Blackboard in Word document only and not
through email.
Font should be 12 Times New Roman, color should be black and line spacing should be
1.5
Use APA referencing style. Please see below link about how to cite APA reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

read article and answer questions

Description

Provide brief responses to the questions below about the discussion readings. You can work in groups but you have to submit the assignment individually.

Wang 2018

1. Provide at least three reasons used by the authors to justify this study (from the Introduction).
2. What is the study design used to address the research question?
3. What is the purpose of the information presented in Table 1? What would you consider to be the main message(s) from that table?
4. Based on the results from this study, what do you consider to be the main risk factors for COPD in China? Why?
5. What are the main conclusions that can be derived from the information presented in Figure 3?
6. What are the main limitations of this study? Are they adequately discussed in the manuscript?

Rasmussen 2016

1.What is the main aim of the study presented in the article? What is the scientific rationale supporting this aim?

2.The authors conducted a nested case-control study. Why do you think they used this study design and not a cohort design?

3.What are the main findings from the study?

4.What is the purpose of Figure 3?

5.How did the authors evaluate the presence of unmeasured confounding?

6.What are the main strengths of the study?

7.What are the main limitations of the study?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Series
Asthma 1
Risk factors for asthma: is prevention possible?
Richard Beasley, Alex Semprini, Edwin A Mitchell
Asthma is one of the most common diseases in the world, resulting in a substantial burden of disease. Although rates
of deaths due to asthma worldwide have reduced greatly over the past 25 years, no available therapeutic regimens can
cure asthma, and the burden of asthma will continue to be driven by increasing prevalence. The reasons for the
increase in asthma prevalence have not been defined, which limits the opportunities to develop targeted primary
prevention measures. Although associations are reported between a wide range of risk factors and childhood asthma,
substantiation of causality is inherently difficult from observational studies, and few risk factors have been assessed in
primary prevention studies. Furthermore, none of the primary prevention intervention strategies that have undergone
scrutiny in randomised controlled trials has provided sufficient evidence to lead to widespread implementation in
clinical practice. A better understanding of the factors that cause asthma is urgently needed, and this knowledge could
be used to develop public health and pharmacological primary prevention measures that are effective in reducing the
prevalence of asthma worldwide. To achieve this it will be necessary to think outside the box, not only in terms of risk
factors for the causation of asthma, but also the types of novel primary prevention strategies that are developed, and
the research methods used to provide the evidence base for their implementation. In the interim, public health efforts
should remain focused on measures with the potential to improve lung and general health, such as: reducing tobacco
smoking and environmental tobacco smoke exposure; reducing indoor and outdoor air pollution and occupational
exposures; reducing childhood obesity and encouraging a diet high in vegetables and fruit; improving feto-maternal
health; encouraging breastfeeding; promoting childhood vaccinations; and reducing social inequalities.
Introduction
Asthma is one of the most common chronic diseases in
the world, resulting in a substantial worldwide burden of
disease.1 The temporal trend of increasing prevalence of
asthma over the past 60 years (figure 1) is likely to
continue as transitional communities progressively
adopt lifestyles of high-income countries and become
urbanised.2 Over recent decades the public health priority
has been to improve the assessment and management of
asthma,3 resulting in a 42% reduction in age-standardised
asthma death rates worldwide between 1990 and 2013.4
However, as no therapeutic regimen can cure asthma,
such approaches will always have their limitations. As a
result, it is necessary to gain a better understanding of
the factors that cause asthma, and to develop alternative
public health and pharmacological primary preventive
measures that are effective in reducing the prevalence of
asthma worldwide. In this Series paper, we review
current evidence for the risk factors for asthma and its
primary prevention, and propose priorities for research
that will lead to the implementation of effective primary
intervention strategies.
Can asthma be prevented?
It is reasonable to suggest that asthma prevention is
possible,
because
standardised
international
epidemiological studies in both children and adults have
shown that some populations have very low asthma
symptom prevalence rates.5,6 These surveys have identified
worldwide patterns of asthma symptom prevalence that
are not accounted for by existing knowledge of the
causation of asthma,5,6 but they do provide data on risk
www.thelancet.com Vol 386 September 12, 2015
Lancet 2015; 386: 1075–85
See Editorial page 1014
This is the first in a Series of
two papers about Asthma
Medical Research Institute of
New Zealand, Wellington,
New Zealand
(Prof R Beasley DSc,
A Semprini MBBS); and
Department of Paediatrics,
Child and Youth Health,
University of Auckland,
Auckland New Zealand
(Prof E A Mitchell DSc)
Correspondence to:
Prof Richard Beasley, Medical
Research Institute of
New Zealand, Wellington 6242,
New Zealand
Richard.Beasley@mrinz.ac.nz
factors on which primary prevention measures might be
based. However, developing effective and feasible primary
prevention strategies has proven a difficult task because of
the range of potential risk factors, the inherent difficulty in
establishing causality from observational association
studies, the resources needed to undertake adequately
powered randomised controlled trials (RCTs) with
extended follow-up beyond infancy, and the scarcity and
often highly complex nature of primary prevention
intervention studies.
The heterogeneity and complex natural history of the
disease confound attempts to assess the importance of
individual risk factors or primary prevention strategies
that use single interventions. Asthma is a syndrome of
various overlapping phenotypes with defined clinical and
Search strategy and selection criteria
We searched PubMed using “Asthma” and “Primary
prevention”. We applied the filter for “clinical trial” and
reviewed the results to isolate primary prevention trial
reports. We searched Embase and World Health Organization
Clinical Trials Registry with the terms “asthma” and “primary
prevention” and reviewed the results for primary intervention
trials and duplicates from PubMed. We searched the Cochrane
Library database using the terms “Asthma” and “Primary
prevention” and applying “trials” filter. Further relevant
references were obtained from the reference lists of reviewed
manuscripts, including studies in which asthma was a
secondary outcome variable. Publications in all languages
and until March 17, 2015, were considered.
1075
Series
40
Australia
England and Wales
Scotland
Israel
Japan
New Zealand
Norway
Singapore
Sweden
Taiwan
USA
Netherlands
Italy
Greece
35
30
Prevalence (%)
25
20
15
10
5
0
1955
See Online for appendix
1960
1965
1970
1975
1980
Year
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
Figure 1: Global trends in asthma symptom prevalence in children by country
Studies were selected in which at least two prevalence datapoints were obtained with the same asthma symptom criteria in the same age group, population and
geographical area. Countries were included if initial data available was from before 1985, to provide long-term international trends in asthma symptom prevalence.
Prevalence datapoints were a minimum of four years apart. The same diagnostic criteria were used in each study, although these were not standardised between
studies. The populations studied included children, ranging from 5 to 18 years. References for the studies included in this figure are provided in the appendix.
Example phenotypes
Age of onset
Childhood vs adult
Clinical
Episodic vs persistent
Pathophysiological
Partially reversible airflow obstruction
Comorbidities
Rhinosinusitis
Genetic
β2 receptor polymorphisms
Environmental risks
Occupational asthma
Inflammatory
Eosinophilic vs non-eosinophilic
Immunological
Atopic vs non-atopic
Biomarkers
Fractional exhaled nitric oxide
Endotypes
Aspirin sensitivity
Response to therapy
Steroid resistance
Severity
Amount of treatment needed to achieve control
Mortality risk
History of life threatening attack
Table 1: Examples of asthma phenotypes in relation to specific
characteristics
In this review we address the risk factors and primary
prevention strategies for childhood asthma, recognising
that most adult asthma first develops in childhood, and
that adult onset asthma often has its origins earlier in
life.8 We focus on school-age (5–18 years) rather than
preschool (younger than 5 years) children with asthma
because of the favourable natural history of transient
forms of wheezing during infancy.9 We do not
differentiate risk factors related to asthma severity,
recognising that measures to reduce risk of developing
asthma will lead to a disproportionately greater reduction
in the prevalence of severe asthma in the population.10
Risk factors are considered from the perspective of how
they might be relevant to the planning of primary
prevention intervention studies, from which public
health or pharmacological intervention strategies could
be developed.
Risk factors
physiological characteristics, underlying inflammatory
processes with identifiable biomarkers, genetic and
environmental risk factors (and their interactions),
response to therapies, natural history, and comorbidities.7
However, our understanding is insufficient to define
asthma phenotypes in this multidimensional, unifying
way, with approaches limited to the presence or absence
of individual characteristics, as outlined in table 1. It is
likely that there will be both common and different risk
factors across phenotypes, and that the opportunity exists
for both broad and narrowly targeted intervention
measures.
1076
A comprehensive list of risk factors for the development
of asthma in childhood is presented in table 2. Age is an
important consideration in respect of the different
phenotypes of childhood wheeze. Children with
persistent and late onset wheeze, but not those with
transient forms of wheezing up to 3 years of age, have
greater risk of having persistent childhood asthma.9
These findings suggest that for any primary prevention
strategy to target those at risk of persistent childhood
asthma, it would be necessary to identify early clinical,
immunological or genetic biomarkers for the chronic
forms of the disease.11 Sex affects the risk of asthma in an
www.thelancet.com Vol 386 September 12, 2015
Series
Association
Demographics, developmental, lifestyle
Association
(Continued from previous column)
Age
Nonlinear
Diet
Sex
Age dependent
Fruit and vegetables
Family history
Positive
Mediterranean diet
Negative
Genetics
Positive
Breastfeeding
Negative
Low gross national product
Negative
Raw milk
Negative
Agricultural subsistence
Negative
Probiotics
Negative
Urbanisation
Positive
Fast food
Positive
High-income lifestyle
Positive
Fish oils
Negative
High altitude
Negative
Selenium
Negative
Low birthweight or fast infant weight gain
Positive
Vitamin A
Negative
Preterm
Positive
Vitamin D
Negative
Caesarean delivery
Positive
Vitamin E
Negative
Atopic sensitisation
Positive
Magnesium
Negative
Rhinitis
Positive
Trans-fatty acids
Positive
Stress
Positive
Salt
Positive
Day care
Negative
Inhaled exposures
High body-mass index
Positive
Maternal smoking
Sedentary behaviour
Positive
Paternal smoking
Positive
Child smoking
Positive
Infection related
Negative
Positive
Respiratory syncytial virus
Positive
Indoor air pollution
Positive
Rhinovirus
Positive
Outdoor air pollution
Positive
Positive
Occupational exposure
Positive
Pertussis
Medication
House dust mite
Positive
Paracetamol
Positive
Endotoxin
Negative
β agonists
Positive
Farm animals
Negative
Antibiotics
Positive
Cats
Variable
(Table 2 continues in next column)
Moulds
Positive
age-dependent manner, with asthma being more
prevalent in boys until the age of 13 years, after which it
is more prevalent in girls.12 Understanding the complex
biological mechanisms that cause sex-associated
differences could guide preventive measures.12
Genetic predisposition is an important but poorly
characterised component of asthma risk. Family history
for asthma increases the risk to a child, however it is
clear that inheritance does not follow a straightforward
Mendelian pattern. Many loci across many chromosomes
have been associated with asthma,13 and inconsistency in
replicating linkages, methodological limitations, strong
chronological effect on gene expression, and the
heterogeneity of asthmatic phenotypes have frustrated
efforts to fully define the disease at the genetic level.14 A
better understanding of genetic and environmental
interactions will provide opportunities for novel targeted
treatments to reduce the risk of developing asthma and
its progression to severe disease.
The association between parental smoking and
childhood asthma risk now extends beyond maternal
smoking during pregnancy and throughout childhood to
a separate and additive association with paternal smoking
during childhood.15 Active smoking in childhood is an
important risk factor for asthma risk in adolescence.16
www.thelancet.com Vol 386 September 12, 2015
Variation exists in the strength and direction of associations, depending on
factors such as atopic versus non-atopic disease, population income, coexistence
of other risk factors, and methodological differences between studies. Categories
are broadly defined and individual risk factors may overlap.
Table 2: Reported associations between risk factors and childhood asthma
Real potential exists to reduce asthma risk through
reducing tobacco use.
Pre-term birth (
Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Quality Healthcare: Measuring NP Performance

Description

The National Committee for Quality Assurance (NCQA) was formed to ensure the quality of patient care and measurement of patient outcomes with set standards.

Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set (HEDIS) is a performance measurement tool used by millions of health insurance plans. There are 6 domains of care:

Effectiveness of Care
Access/Availability of Care
Experience of Care
Utilization and Risk Adjusted Utilization
Health Plan Descriptive Information
Measures Collected Using Electronic Clinical Data Systems

You may access the 6 domains of care by clicking this link:

(NCQA, n.d. https://www.ncqa.org/hedis/Links to an external site.)

As an APN, productivity will be an important measurement for the practice to determine reimbursement and salary. Fee-for-service practices will require a set number of patients per day to maintain productivity. A capitated practice will require the APN to have a large panel of patients but also will focus on controlling costs. This can be accomplished through effective primary care that is accessible, convenient for the patients, and has a method of measuring the quality of care.

Write a formal paper in APA format with a title page, introduction, the three required elements below, conclusion, and reference page.

You are now employed as an NP in primary care. Choose one performance measure from one of the six domains of care, i.e. Adult BMI Assessment, Prenatal, and Postpartum care, etc.

Develop three different patient interventions for that one performance measure and how you would specifically implement the intervention and measure the outcomes for that particular performance measure in clinical practice.

How would these primary care interventions result in improved patient outcomes and healthcare cost savings?

How can these interventions result in improved NP patient ratings?

powerpoint poster

Description

The purpose of this assignment is to provide the student the opportunity demonstrate competency in performing the role of the psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner in a safe environment.

assignment based on PICO question: In college students aged 18-24, how does poverty level affect tobacco dependence compare to race?

Dimensions for print posters: Print posters tend to be in the range of 3 x 4 feet.
use this video to create poster

Submission Instructions:

To complete this assignment, address the following criteria:

Posters should include the following content:
A Project title. This should be placed towards the top of the poster, including the names of the authors and university affiliation
An Introduction section. This should highlight the problem addressed in a brief literature review with citations and your hypothesis or hypotheses.
The Purpose section: The poster states the objectives of this inquiry relative to the overall evidence-based literature review on this topic.
The Methods/Search Strategy section. An overview of how you studied your primary source(s): Describes the evidence-based solution. How was it developed? Include the theoretical framework (if applicable). Identify databases searched and inclusion/exclusion criteria.
The Results The poster describes the search, the number of studies included, and the level of evidence.
The Synthesis of Evidence The poster briefly describes the synthesis of the evidence that includes major trends and notable gaps.
The Implications for Practice section. The poster includes recommendations for practice, education, or future research based on the review and synthesis of the evidence.(how does this impact the psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner )
A References section. Make sure your references include at least four references with three primary research articles. Primary articles describe studies in which the authors collected the data themselves. No older than 5 years old. References must be in APA format. If you cannot fit four or more references into your poster, you should provide the references separately as an attached word document.

5 files, ct

Description

mportant! This is the first of several Critical Thinking assignments that will build the foundation for a research paper due in Module 12.

In research, you should select research articles that are peer-reviewed and, in most instances, are not more than five years old. When searching in the Saudi Digital Library, you can limit the results by publication date and peer-reviewed journals so that you get the most recent, credible research on the topic (see the image below). You can then look for those results that allow you to access the full text.

Find 10 peer-reviewed articles to research one of the following topics of interest to you:

Antibiotic use in healthcare

Artificial Intelligence (AI)

Big data analytics in healthcare

Chronic diseases

Clinical practice guidelines

Communicable diseases

Diabetic foot disease

Ethical decision-making in healthcare

Mental health

Non-communicable diseases

Patient safety culture

Vaccines

This will be the topic that you will write about in the final research paper due in Module 12.

At least five articles should be empirical studies. Look for the theory that the study uses to identify the hypothesis that is formulated. See the following article on theory in healthcare:

Aldahmash, A. M., Ahmed, Z., Qadri, F. R., Thapa, S., & AlMuammar, A. M. (2019). Implementing a connected health intervention for remote patient monitoring in Saudi Arabia and Pakistan: Explaining ‘the what’ and ‘the how’. Globalization and Health, 15(1), 20–20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12992-019-0462-1

Write a two-page overview of your topic and the reasons for selecting each of the references. Be aware that you may find research articles that could be subtopics that may add interest to the main topic. Submit all ten references and the two-page overview with a title page.

Follow APA and Saudi Electronic University writing standards.

Review the grading rubric to see how you will be graded for this assignment.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Paper Title
Author
Name of the University
Course Name/Number/Assignment Number
2
Research Topic Selection and Explanation
Identify which topic you selected (be as specific as you can):

Antibiotic use in healthcare – prophylactic pre-surgery, post surgery, children,
adults, MRSA resistance

Artificial Intelligence (AI) – surgical procedures, patient care decision making,

Big data analytics in healthcare – Information management, Electronic health
records

Chronic diseases – Diabetes, COPD, arthritis, obesity, hypertension, Alzheimer’s,
heart disease, osteoporosis, cancer, stroke

Clinical practice guidelines – for any given profession

Communicable diseases – Covid, RSV, Pneumonia, tuberculosis, HIV, STDs

Diabetic foot disease

Ethical decision-making in healthcare

Mental health – Bipolar, Depression, Schizoaffective disorder, Anxiety disorders,
PTSD, Eating disorders, Personality disorders

Non-communicable diseases – heart disease, stroke, cancer, asthma, COPD,
physical injuries

Patient safety culture

Vaccines – Covid, RSV, Pneumonia, Shingles, Influenza, Hepatitis B
3
Discuss why the topic is selected. Who does it impact? Are there ethical or legal
challenges? What are the potential applications of current and future research on this topic? Does
it promote improved quality, lower costs, or more accessible care? 2 pages double spaced is
about 500 words.
10 Related References (Journal Articles)
Basri, R., Issrani, R., Hua Gan, S., Prabhu, N., & Khursheed Alam, M. (2021). Burden of stroke
in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: A soaring epidemic. Saudi Pharmaceutical Journal,
29(3), 264–268. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsps.2021.02.002

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Medically Compromised Project

Description

please write about Drugs in general, but focus on marijuana. Use Part IX from our textbook under Substance Abuse Chapter 29 and Chapter 30. Please make a Research Paper about Dug Abuse specifically Marijuana, and make a very professional PowerPoint presentationDental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient – E-Book (konkur.in)

Nursing Question

Description

Review the Anxiety Interactive Case Study patient scenario and analyze the data to determine the health status of the patient.

Select the Patient Subjective Information tab. Within this tab, you will be able to watch a video to gain more insight regarding the patient as well as view important patient details.

For this assignment, you will

Review the Case Study.
Review the Comprehensive Case Study Content Exemplar to understand what is needed within your paper.
Use the Comprehensive Case Study Paper Template to write the assignment in the proper format.
Follow the requirements on the rubric and within the Content Exemplar.
Interactive Comprehensive Case Studies should be 5-pages in length, excluding the title and reference pages.
Interactive case studies should include a minimum of three evidence-based practice guidelines or articles.
All papers should conform to the most recent APA standards.

Your case study write up should include specific reference to relevant guidelines and other clinical information. The national guidelines should also be considered within treatment plans.

When you have completed viewing the patient information, download the Comprehensive Case Study Paper Template (Word) from the assignment page in Moodle. Use this document to complete the assignment and then submit it to the assignment drop box. Additionally, there is an Exemplar document for review to help guide your case study write up.

References

https://www.aafp.org/pubs/afp/issues/2015/0501/p61…

Clinical Practice Review for GAD | Anxiety and Depression Association of America, ADAA

Discussion Question

Description

Consider the quality improvement topic you chose last week.Discuss where you would find appropriate evidence-based guidelines to implement a quality improvement initiative related to this topic.Search the Herzing library for a peer reviewed quantitative primary research study that supports the change you would like to consider. Include an appropriate link or PDF of the study.Discuss the connections of the evidence-based guidelines with the peer reviewed research.Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Sepsis / Septic Shock: Immediate Versus Early Antibiotic
Administration
Search date
05/07/2022
Author
Kylie Porritt BN, GradDipNursSc(Cardiac), MNSc, PhD
updated by Sandeep Moola PhD
Publication date
15/08/2022
Question
What is the best available evidence regarding the effectiveness and safety of immediate versus early
antibiotics for patients with severe sepsis and/or septic shock?
Clinical Bottom Line
Sepsis is a clinical syndrome characterized by systemic inflammation due to infection and is recognized as
a medical emergency.1,2 Each year across the world, there are approximately 49 million cases of sepsis
and 11 million deaths from sepsis.1 Early recognition and management of sepsis is critical. The
administration of antibiotics is a crucial component of sepsis management, with evidence suggesting
antibiotic therapy is associated with a decrease in mortality.1,2 However, debates exist on the timing of
antibiotic administration and its impacts on patient outcomes.
The administration of immediate antibiotic therapy (zero to one hour) compared to early antibiotic therapy
(one to three hours) for patients with sepsis and septic shock was examined in a systematic review. In
severe sepsis or septic shock, the findings demonstrated no difference in mortality rates between patients
who received immediate antibiotic therapy compared to early antibiotic therapy. The overall quality of the
evidence was assessed as low and therefore caution should be exerted when interpreting the findings.1
(Level 3)
Patients suspected of sepsis who meet one or more high risk criteria are recommended to be
administered a broad-spectrum antimicrobial at the maximum dose recommended within the first hour of
being identified at high risk. People in the below group are at a higher risk of developing sepsis:2 (Level
3)
the very young (under one year) and older people (over 75 years) or people who are very frail
people who have impaired immune systems because of illness or drugs
people who have had surgery, or other invasive procedures, in the past six weeks
people with any breach of skin integrity (for example, cuts, burns, blisters or skin infections)
people who misuse drugs intravenously
people with indwelling lines or catheters.
A multi-national clinical guideline recommended that for adults with possible septic shock or a high
likelihood for sepsis, antimicrobials should be administered immediately, ideally within one hour of
recognition. This was based on very low to low quality evidence.3 (Level 5)
Characteristics Of The Evidence
This evidence summary is based on a structured search of the literature and selected evidence-based
health care databases. The evidence in this summary comes from:
A systematic review of 13 studies (prospective observational and retrospective cohort studies) including
33,863 participants.1
Evidence-based clinical practice guidelines.2,3
Best Practice Recommendations
1. Patients suspected of sepsis and assessed as at high risk of developing sepsis should receive a broad-
spectrum antimicrobial within the first hour of being identified at high risk. (Grade A)
References
1. Rothrock S, Cassidy D, Barneck M, Schinkel M, Guetschow B, Myburgh C, et al. Outcome of immediate versus early antibiotics in
severe sepsis and septic shock: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Ann Emerg Med. 2020; S0196-0644(20): 30337-1.
2. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. Sepsis: recognition, diagnosis and early management: NICE guidelines 51. 2016.
www.nice.org.uk/guidance/qs51
3. Evans L, Rhodes A, Alhazzani W, Antonelli M, Coopersmith CM, French C, et al. Surviving sepsis campaign: international
guidelines for management of sepsis and septic shock 2021. Intensive Care Med. 2021; 47(11):1181-1247.
Archived Publications
1. JBI-ES-1480-1 (Published at 6 April 2021)
Author(s) potential or perceived conflicts of interest are collected and managed in line with the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors (ICMJE) standards.
How to cite: Porritt , K, Moola, S. Evidence Summary. Sepsis / Septic Shock: Immediate Versus Early Antibiotic Administration. The JBI EBP Database. 2022; JBIES-1480-2.
For details on the method for development see Munn Z, Lockwood C, Moola S. The development and use of evidence summaries for point of care information systems: A
streamlined rapid review approach. Worldviews Evid Based Nurs. 2015;12(3):131-8.
Note: The information contained in this Evidence Summary must only be used by people who have the appropriate expertise in the field to which the
information relates. The applicability of any information must be established before relying on it. While care has been taken to ensure that this Evidence
Summary summarizes available research and expert consensus, any loss, damage, cost or expense or liability suffered or incurred as a result of reliance on
this information (whether arising in contract, negligence, or otherwise) is, to the extent permitted by law, excluded.
Copyright © 2022 JBI licensed for use by the corporate member during the term of membership.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

wk4 assign

Description

Name: Ms. Connie Weidre

Gender: female
Age: 53 years old
T- 99.0 P- 102 R 24 156/86 Ht 5’4 Wt 1lbs73
Background: Lives with her husband in Memphis, TN, has one daughter age 25. She has never
worked. Raised by mother, she never knew her father. Mother with hx of generalized anxiety and
was verbally abusive, abused benzodiazepines; no substance hx for patient. No previous
psychiatric treatment. Has one glass red wine with dinner. Sleeps 12-13 hrs.; appetite decreased.
Has overactive bladder, untreated. Allergic to Zofran; complains of headaches, takes prn
Tylenol, has diarrhea 2-3 times weekly, takes OTC Imodium.
Symptom Media. (Producer). (2016). Training title 40 [Video].
https://go.openathens.net/redirector/waldenu.edu?u…
tch/training-title-40

https://video-alexanderstreet-com.eu1.proxy.openat…

“Fear,” according to the DSM-5-TR, “is the emotional response to real or perceived imminent threat, whereas anxiety is anticipation of future threat” (APA, 2022). All anxiety disorders contain some degree of fear or anxiety symptoms (often in combination with avoidant behaviors), although their causes and severity differ. Trauma-related disorders may also, but not necessarily, contain fear and anxiety symptoms, but their primary distinguishing criterion is exposure to a traumatic event. Trauma can occur at any point in life. It might not surprise you to discover that traumatic events are likely to have a greater effect on children than on adults. Early-life traumatic experiences, such as childhood sexual abuse, may influence the physiology of the developing brain. Later in life, there is a chronic hyperarousal of the stress response, making the individual vulnerable to further stress and stress-related disease.

For this Assignment, you practice assessing and diagnosing patients with anxiety disorders, PTSD, and OCD. Review the DSM-5-TR criteria for the disorders within these classifications before you get started, as you will be asked to justify your differential diagnosis with DSM-5-TR criteria.

Review this week’s Learning Resources and consider the insights they provide about assessing and diagnosing anxiety, obsessive-compulsive, and trauma- and stressor-related disorders.
Download the Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template, which you will use to complete this Assignment. Also review the Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar to see an example of a completed evaluation document.
By Day 1 of this week, select a specific video case study to use for this Assignment from the Video Case Selections choices in the Learning Resources. View your assigned video case and review the additional data for the case in the “Case History Reports” document, keeping the requirements of the evaluation template in mind.
Consider what history would be necessary to collect from this patient.
Consider what interview questions you would need to ask this patient.
Identify at least three possible differential diagnoses for the patient.

Complete and submit your Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation, including your differential diagnosis and critical-thinking process to formulate primary diagnosis.

Incorporate the following into your responses in the template:

Subjective: What details did the patient provide regarding their chief complaint and symptomology to derive your differential diagnosis? What is the duration and severity of their symptoms? How are their symptoms impacting their functioning in life?
Objective: What observations did you make during the psychiatric assessment? 
Assessment: Discuss the patient’s mental status examination results. What were your differential diagnoses? Provide a minimum of three possible diagnoses with supporting evidence, listed in order from highest priority to lowest priority. Compare the DSM-5-TR diagnostic criteria for each differential diagnosis and explain what DSM-5-TR criteria rules out the differential diagnosis to find an accurate diagnosis. Explain the critical-thinking process that led you to the primary diagnosis you selected. Include pertinent positives and pertinent negatives for the specific patient case.
Reflection notes: What would you do differently with this client if you could conduct the session over? Also include in your reflection a discussion related to legal/ethical considerations (demonstrate critical thinking beyond confidentiality and consent for treatment!), health promotion and disease prevention taking into consideration patient factors (such as age, ethnic group, etc.), PMH, and other risk factors (e.g., socioeconomic, cultural background, etc.).

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week (enter week #): (Enter assignment title)
Student Name
College of Nursing-PMHNP, Walden University
NRNP 6635: Psychopathology and Diagnostic Reasoning
Faculty Name
Assignment Due Date
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template
Subjective:
CC (chief complaint):
HPI:
Past Psychiatric History:





General Statement:
Caregivers (if applicable):
Hospitalizations:
Medication trials:
Psychotherapy or Previous Psychiatric Diagnosis:
Substance Current Use and History:
Family Psychiatric/Substance Use History:
Psychosocial History:
Medical History:



Current Medications:
Allergies:
Reproductive Hx:
ROS:












GENERAL:
HEENT:
SKIN:
CARDIOVASCULAR:
RESPIRATORY:
GASTROINTESTINAL:
GENITOURINARY:
NEUROLOGICAL:
MUSCULOSKELETAL:
HEMATOLOGIC:
LYMPHATICS:
ENDOCRINOLOGIC:
Objective:
Physical exam: if applicable
© 2021 Walden University
Page 2 of 3
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template
Diagnostic results:
Assessment:
Mental Status Examination:
Differential Diagnoses:
Reflections:
References
© 2021 Walden University
Page 3 of 3
Week (enter week #): (Enter assignment title)
Student Name
College of Nursing-PMHNP, Walden University
NRNP 6635: Psychopathology and Diagnostic Reasoning
Faculty Name
Assignment Due Date
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template
Subjective:
CC (chief complaint):
HPI:
Past Psychiatric History:





General Statement:
Caregivers (if applicable):
Hospitalizations:
Medication trials:
Psychotherapy or Previous Psychiatric Diagnosis:
Substance Current Use and History:
Family Psychiatric/Substance Use History:
Psychosocial History:
Medical History:



Current Medications:
Allergies:
Reproductive Hx:
ROS:












GENERAL:
HEENT:
SKIN:
CARDIOVASCULAR:
RESPIRATORY:
GASTROINTESTINAL:
GENITOURINARY:
NEUROLOGICAL:
MUSCULOSKELETAL:
HEMATOLOGIC:
LYMPHATICS:
ENDOCRINOLOGIC:
Objective:
Physical exam: if applicable
© 2021 Walden University
Page 2 of 3
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template
Diagnostic results:
Assessment:
Mental Status Examination:
Differential Diagnoses:
Reflections:
References
© 2021 Walden University
Page 3 of 3
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO USE EXEMPLAR AND TEMPLATE—READ
CAREFULLY
If you are struggling with the format or remembering what to include, follow the
Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Template AND the Rubric as your guide. It is
also helpful to review the rubric in detail in order not to lose points unnecessarily
because you missed something required. Below highlights by category are taken
directly from the grading rubric for the assignment in Weeks 4–10. After reviewing the
full details of the rubric, you can use it as a guide.
In the Subjective section, provide:









Chief complaint
History of present illness (HPI)
Past psychiatric history
Medication trials and current medications
Psychotherapy or previous psychiatric diagnosis
Pertinent substance use, family psychiatric/substance use, social, and
medical history
Allergies
ROS
Read rating descriptions to see the grading standards!
In the Objective section, provide:



Physical exam documentation of systems pertinent to the chief complaint,
HPI, and history
Diagnostic results, including any labs, imaging, or other assessments needed
to develop the differential diagnoses.
Read rating descriptions to see the grading standards!
In the Assessment section, provide:



Results of the mental status examination, presented in paragraph form.
At least three differentials with supporting evidence. List them from top priority
to least priority. Compare the DSM-5-TR diagnostic criteria for each
differential diagnosis and explain what DSM-5-TR criteria rules out the
differential diagnosis to find an accurate diagnosis. Explain the criticalthinking process that led you to the primary diagnosis you selected. Include
pertinent positives and pertinent negatives for the specific patient case.
Read rating descriptions to see the grading standards!
Reflect on this case. Include: Discuss what you learned and what you might do
differently. Also include in your reflection a discussion related to legal/ethical
© 2021 Walden University
Page 1 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
considerations (demonstrate critical thinking beyond confidentiality and consent
for treatment!), social determinates of health, health promotion and disease prevention
taking into consideration patient factors (such as age, ethnic group, etc.), PMH, and
other risk factors (e.g., socioeconomic, cultural background, etc.).
(The comprehensive evaluation is typically the initial new patient evaluation. You will
practice writing this type of note in this course. You will be ruling out other mental
illnesses so often you will write up what symptoms are present and what symptoms are
not present from illnesses to demonstrate you have indeed assessed for all illnesses
which could be impacting your patient. For example, anxiety symptoms, depressive
symptoms, bipolar symptoms, psychosis symptoms, substance use, etc.)
EXEMPLAR BEGINS HERE
CC (chief complaint): A brief statement identifying why the patient is here. This
statement is verbatim of the patient’s own words about why presenting for assessment.
For a patient with dementia or other cognitive deficits, this statement can be obtained
from a family member.
HPI: Begin this section with patient’s initials, age, race, gender, purpose of evaluation,
current medication and referral reason. For example:
N.M. is a 34-year-old Asian male presents for psychiatric evaluation for anxiety. He is
currently prescribed sertraline which he finds ineffective. His PCP referred him for
evaluation and treatment.
Or
P.H., a 16-year-old Hispanic female, presents for psychiatric evaluation for
concentration difficulty. She is not currently prescribed psychotropic medications. She is
referred by her therapist for medication evaluation and treatment.
Then, this section continues with the symptom analysis for your note. Thorough
documentation in this section is essential for patient care, coding, and billing analysis.
Paint a picture of what is wrong with the patient. First what is bringing the patient to your
evaluation. Then, include a PSYCHIATRIC REVIEW OF SYMPTOMS. The symptoms
onset, duration, frequency, severity, and impact. Your description here will guide your
differential diagnoses. You are seeking symptoms that may align with many DSM-5-TR
diagnoses, narrowing to what aligns with diagnostic criteria for mental health and
substance use disorders.
Past Psychiatric History: This section documents the patient’s past treatments. Use
the mnemonic Go Cha MP.
© 2021 Walden University
Page 2 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
General Statement: Typically, this is a statement of the patients first treatment
experience. For example: The patient entered treatment at the age of 10 with
counseling for depression during her parents’ divorce. OR The patient entered
treatment for detox at age 26 after abusing alcohol since age 13.
Caregivers are listed if applicable.
Hospitalizations: How many hospitalizations? When and where was last hospitalization?
How many detox? How many residential treatments? When and where was last
detox/residential treatment? Any history of suicidal or homicidal behaviors? Any history
of self-harm behaviors?
Medication trials: What are the previous psychotropic medications the patient has tried
and what was their reaction? Effective, Not Effective, Adverse Reaction? Some
examples: Haloperidol (dystonic reaction), risperidone (hyperprolactinemia), olanzapine
(effective, insurance wouldn’t pay for it)
Psychotherapy or Previous Psychiatric Diagnosis: This section can be completed one of
two ways depending on what you want to capture to support the evaluation. First, does
the patient know what type? Did they find psychotherapy helpful or not? Why? Second,
what are the previous diagnosis for the client noted from previous treatments and other
providers. Thirdly, you could document both.
Substance Use History: This section contains any history or current use of caffeine,
nicotine, illicit substance (including marijuana), and alcohol. Include the daily amount of
use and last known use. Include type of use such as inhales, snorts, IV, etc. Include any
histories of withdrawal complications from tremors, Delirium Tremens, or seizures.
Family Psychiatric/Substance Use History: This section contains any family history
of psychiatric illness, substance use illnesses, and family suicides. You may choose to
use a genogram to depict this information. Be sure to include a reader’s key to your
genogram or write up in narrative form.
Social History: This section may be lengthy if completing an evaluation for
psychotherapy or shorter if completing an evaluation for psychopharmacology.
However, at a minimum, please include:
Where patient was born, who raised the patient
Number of brothers/sisters (what order is the patient within siblings)
Who the patient currently lives with in a home? Are they single, married, divorced,
widowed? How many children?
Educational Level
Hobbies:
Work History: currently working/profession, disabled, unemployed, retired?
Legal history: past hx, any current issues?
© 2021 Walden University
Page 3 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
Trauma history: Any childhood or adult history of trauma?
Violence Hx: Concern or issues about safety (personal, home, community, sexual
(current & historical)
Medical History: This section contains any illnesses, surgeries, include any hx of
seizures, head injuries.
Current Medications: Include dosage, frequency, length of time used, and reason for
use. Also include OTC or homeopathic products.
Allergies: Include medication, food, and environmental allergies separately. Provide a
description of what the allergy is (e.g., angioedema, anaphylaxis). This will help
determine a true reaction vs. intolerance.
Reproductive Hx: Menstrual history (date of LMP), Pregnant (yes or no),
Nursing/lactating (yes or no), contraceptive use (method used), types of intercourse:
oral, anal, vaginal, other, any sexual concerns
ROS: Cover all body systems that may help you include or rule out a differential
diagnosis. Please note: THIS IS DIFFERENT from a physical examination!
You should list each system as follows: General: Head: EENT: etc. You should list
these in bullet format and document the systems in order from head to toe.
Example of Complete ROS:
GENERAL: No weight loss, fever, chills, weakness, or fatigue.
HEENT: Eyes: No visual loss, blurred vision, double vision, or yellow sclerae. Ears,
Nose, Throat: No hearing loss, sneezing, congestion, runny nose, or sore throat.
SKIN: No rash or itching.
CARDIOVASCULAR: No chest pain, chest pressure, or chest discomfort. No
palpitations or edema.
RESPIRATORY: No shortness of breath, cough, or sputum.
GASTROINTESTINAL: No anorexia, nausea, vomiting, or diarrhea. No abdominal pain
or blood.
GENITOURINARY: Burning on urination, urgency, hesitancy, odor, odd color
NEUROLOGICAL: No headache, dizziness, syncope, paralysis, ataxia, numbness, or
tingling in the extremities. No change in bowel or bladder control.
© 2021 Walden University
Page 4 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
MUSCULOSKELETAL: No muscle, back pain, joint pain, or stiffness.
HEMATOLOGIC: No anemia, bleeding, or bruising.
LYMPHATICS: No enlarged nodes. No history of splenectomy.
ENDOCRINOLOGIC: No reports of sweating, cold, or heat intolerance. No polyuria or
polydipsia.
Physical exam (If applicable and if you have opportunity to perform—document if
exam is completed by PCP): From head to toe, include what you see, hear, and feel
when doing your physical exam. You only need to examine the systems that are
pertinent to the CC, HPI, and History. Do not use “WNL” or “normal.” You must
describe what you see. Always document in head-to-toe format i.e., General: Head:
EENT: etc.
Diagnostic results: Include any labs, X-rays, or other diagnostics that are needed to
develop the differential diagnoses (support with evidenced and guidelines).
Assessment
Mental Status Examination: For the purposes of your courses, this section must be
presented in paragraph form and not use of a checklist! This section you will describe
the patient’s appearance, attitude, behavior, mood and affect, speech, thought
processes, thought content, perceptions (hallucinations, pseudohallucinations, illusions,
etc.)., cognition, insight, judgment, and SI/HI. See an example below. You will modify to
include the specifics for your patient on the above elements—DO NOT just copy the
example. You may use a preceptor’s way of organizing the information if the MSE is in
paragraph form.
He is an 8-year-old African American male who looks his stated age. He is cooperative
with examiner. He is neatly groomed and clean, dressed appropriately. There is no
evidence of any abnormal motor activity. His speech is clear, coherent, normal in
volume and tone. His thought process is goal directed and logical. There is no evidence
of looseness of association or flight of ideas. His mood is euthymic, and his affect
appropriate to his mood. He was smiling at times in an appropriate manner. He denies
any auditory or visual hallucinations. There is no evidence of any delusional
thinking. He denies any current suicidal or homicidal ideation. Cognitively, he is alert
and oriented. His recent and remote memory is intact. His concentration is good. His
insight is good.
Differential Diagnoses: You must have at least three differentials with supporting
evidence. Explain what rules each differential in or out and justify your primary
diagnostic impression selection. You will use supporting evidence from the literature to
© 2021 Walden University
Page 5 of 6
NRNP/PRAC 6635 Comprehensive Psychiatric Evaluation Exemplar
support your rationale. Include pertinent positives and pertinent negatives for the
specific patient case.
Also included in this section is the reflection. Reflect on this case and discuss
whether or not you agree with your preceptor’s assessment and diagnostic impression
of the patient and why or why not. What did you learn from this case? What would you
do differently?
Also include in your reflection a discussion related to legal/ethical considerations
(demonstrating critical thinking beyond confidentiality and consent for
treatment!), social determinates of health, health promotion and disease prevention
taking into consideration patient factors (such as age, ethnic group, etc.), PMH, and
other risk factors (e.g., socioeconomic, cultural background, etc.).
References (move to begin on next page)
You are required to include at least three evidence-based, peer-reviewed journal
articles or evidenced-based guidelines which relate to this case to support your
diagnostics and differentials diagnoses. Be sure to use correct APA 7th edition
formatting.
© 2021 Walden University
Page 6 of 6

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion

Description

Identify a quality improvement topic you are interested in.What is the role of the APRN in improving patient outcomes related to this topic?Discuss benchmarks for monitoring improvement.Consider causes of decreased patient outcomes related to this topic.Discuss workforce challenges that may impact patient outcomes related to your topic.Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.

102 @Sollkj

Description

See attache file

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Organizational Behavior
Course number:
HCM102
CRN
11482
Answer the following question-
Assignment title or task:
1. How do culture and cultural diversity / variation
affect work behavior and job performance?
Provide examples to show why a knowledge of such
differences is important for managers.
Student Name:
Students ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Layla Alzahrani
Grade:
…..out of 10
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Due Date: Saturday, 7th October 2023 (11:59 pm)
Instructions for submission:






Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN,
Submission date) in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
Text size 12-Times New Roman with 1.5-line spacing.
Heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with proper references/sources.
References must be in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

HLT-306V-O500 Advanced Patient Care

Description

Homework Topic 5
Assessment Description

Write a short (50-100-word) paragraph response for each question posed below. Submit this assignment as a Microsoft Word document.

Define CAM.
Describe the patient who uses CAM the most.
List some common misconceptions about CAM.
Identify methods of including the use of CAM in patient education.
Discuss the safe use of CAM.
List ways in which conventional medicine and CAM can be integrated.
Define ethical theories, ethical principles, and values.
Provide examples of ethical issues in patient education and compliance, and describe ways in which an effective professional/patient relationship and a poor health professional/patient relationship can impact these issues.
Explain what is meant by “ethical patient education practices”.
Explain the purpose of informed consent.
Discuss what factors determine the patient’s ability to give informed consent.
Compose a sample informed consent form. .
Discuss the process of communication to use with the patient and the family when obtaining informed consent.

312 سارة

Description

See a

Unformatted Attachment Preview

PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
College of Health Sciences
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Health Communications
Course code:
PHC312
CRN:
14474
Assignment title or task:
Students enrolled in PHC 312 in First term 2023 will be divided into groups (5-7 students per group). The first
section will be designed to gain general information about the communication program.
The second section will be designed to assess the student’s ability to draft a health communication plan. The
group has 5 points to cover under the general program information section. The main communication program
characteristics section will be designed to assess the group’s ability to provide basic information about the health
communication planning process.
The written health communication program plan must be completed and submitted to the instructor no later than
11:59 PM on (October 07, 2023).
General program information
1.
Name of the program.
2.
Country and region (if applicable) where the program is based.
3.
Time period (start and end dates).
4.
Funding sources.
5.
Give a short description of the program (maximum of about 250 words).
Main communication program characteristics
1.
Describe the overall goal of the program.
2.
List the SMART objectives of the program.
3.
Describe the target audience(s) of the program (primary and secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population that have been measured. E.g.
age, gender, income/socioeconomic status, education, occupation…etc.
4.
Literature review: basing the communication program on current scientific knowledge and/or theoretical
models and/or previous experience from other projects? One or two paragraphs about the problem. (300-500
words).
5.
Describe the settings and communication channels.
6.
Describe the development process of messages.
7.
Describe the activities and timeline.
8.
Describe the process/impact/outcome evaluation of the communication program that will be measured.
Points that can be added as a bonus (NOT REQUIRED):
• Describe the needs assessment that has been carried out.
• Describe the environmental factors (i.e. factors beyond individual control) that the communication program
addresses, if any.
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
• Does the communication plan have a special focus on vulnerable groups (socioeconomically disadvantaged
people, ethnic minorities, children, elderly people, etc.)? if yes, specify the vulnerable groups.
• Provide details of the pilot study if a pilot study has been performed.
• Describe which stakeholders are going to be involved in the implementation and describe their roles.
Group Number:
Student name & ID #
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Ibrahim Alqasmi
Grade:
…. Out of 10
The written report will be assessed for clarity and succinctness in providing the required information using a rubric of 0
(undeveloped/inadequate) to 3 (outstanding/exceptional), as illustrated below:
Inadequat
e
Objective/Element
Report clearly and succinctly defines program goals
2.
Report clearly and succinctly defines program SMART objectives.
3.
SMART objectives are:
a. Specific: objectives should clearly specify what is to be achieved.
b. Measurable: objectives should be phrased in a way that achievement can
be measured.
c. Achievable: objectives should refer to something that the program can
actually influence and change.
d. Realistic: objectives should be realistically attainable within the given
time frame and with the available resources (human and financial
resources and capacity).
e. Time-bound: objectives should relate to a clearly stated time frame.
Proficient Outstanding
Partially
Meets
Exceeds
Fails to
meets
expectation Expectations
meet
expectations
s
3
expectation
1
2
s
0
1.
Adequate
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
4.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the target audiences (primary &
secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population
that have been measured. E.g. age, gender, income/socioeconomic status,
education, occupation…etc.
5.
Report provides a brief background that includes:
✓ Literature review.
Report clearly and succinctly describes settings and communication
channels
Report clearly and succinctly describes the development process of
messages.
6.
7.
8.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the activities and timeline.
9.
Report clearly and succinctly describes how the process/impact/outcome
evaluation of the communication program will be measured.
Total
This assignment is worth 10% of the total possible points earned for the course.
Guidelines:

Use this Word Document.

Fill in students’ information on the first page of this document.

Font should be 12 Times New Roman

Headings should be Bold

Color should be Black

Line spacing should be 1.5

Use reliable references (APA format)

AVOID PLAGIARISM (you will get ZERO when there is plagiarism)

You should use at least 2 references

Submit this WORD Document when you complete the required task

Submission should be before the deadline (submission after the deadline is not allowed)

For more resources, you can review appendix A and appendix B in Schiavo, R. (2014).

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Public Policy Meeting Assignment

Submit a 3-4 page summary paper on the public policy meeting. Include headings in your paper that address these components:

The purpose of the meeting, key participants, key agenda items, and meeting logistics
Background information and a description about the committee
One specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process
An analysis of the key stakeholder positions related to the topic discussed
Key interactions that occurred at the meeting
Outcomes of the meeting including the specific topic focus
Current APA Style, proper grammar, and references as appropriate

Due Sunday, 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time)

Please see the following instructions and the sample paper attached. (Written Assignment this week – Public Policy Meeting – Part of the requirement is to include an analysis of the key stakeholder positions related to the discussed topic. Check out the course Glossary for a definition of a “stakeholder,” and read Chapter 59 of the Mason et al. text for more information about stakeholders in health policies.)

Please see the link for the Public Policy Meeting that you need to watch to complete the assignment attached

https://www.c-span.org/video/?528874-3/senate-deba…
Rubric

NURS_510_DE – Public Policy Meeting Paper

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomePurpose

40.5 to >33.21 pts

Accomplished

The purpose of the meeting, key participants, and key agenda items and meeting logistics are well documented including a description of relevant facts about the committee and background information.

33.21 to >30.38 pts

Emerging

The purpose of the meeting, key participants, key agenda items meeting logistics, and a description of relevant facts about the committee and background information are mostly included and explained, but some components are missing.

30.38 to >0 pts

Unsatisfactory

The purpose of the meeting, key participants, key agenda items and meeting logistics, and a description of relevant facts about the committee and background information may be missing or severely lacking in detail and explanation.

40.5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeTopic

30 to >24.6 pts

Accomplished

A summary about one specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process is included and clear.

24.6 to >22.5 pts

Emerging

A summary about one specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process is included, but lacks clarity and detail.

22.5 to >0 pts

Unsatisfactory

A summary about one specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process is absent or severely lacking in detail.

30 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeKey Stakeholder Position

30 to >24.6 pts

Accomplished

Illustrates an in-depth analysis of key stakeholder positions related to the topic discussed.

24.6 to >22.5 pts

Emerging

Analysis of key stakeholder positions related to the topic is discussed, but is missing some components and may be unclear.

22.5 to >0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Analysis of key stakeholder positions related to the topic may be absent or severely lacking in detail.

30 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeKey Interactions & Outcomes

34.5 to >28.29 pts

Accomplished

Effectively summarizes key interactions that occurred at the meeting and outcomes of the meeting, including the specific topic focus.

28.29 to >25.88 pts

Emerging

Some key interactions that occurred at the meeting and outcomes of the meeting, including the specific topic focus are included, but missing relevant details and information.

25.88 to >0 pts

Unsatisfactory

Key interactions that occurred at the meeting and outcomes of the meeting, including the specific topic focus may be absent or severely lacking in detail.

34.5 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeOrganization, Writing & APA

15 to >12.3 pts

Accomplished

APA format is followed. Written in a clear, concise, formal, and organized manner. Information from sources is paraphrased appropriately and accurately cited.

12.3 to >11.25 pts

Emerging

APA format is mostly followed. Writing is generally clear and organized but is not concise or formal in language. Multiple errors exist in spelling and grammar with minor interference with readability or comprehension. Most information from sources is paraphrased and cited correctly.

11.25 to >0 pts

Unsatisfactory

APA format may not be followed. Writing is generally unclear and unorganized. Errors in spelling and grammar detract from readability and comprehension. Sources are missing or improperly cited.

15 pts

Total Points: 150

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Public Policy Meeting Paper
Student’s Name
West Coast University
NURS 510 Policy Organization and Financing Healthcare
Dr. Johns
Due Date
2
Public Policy Meeting Paper
The public policy meeting that I viewed was a hearing conducted by the Senate Health,
Education, Labor and Pensions Subcommittee on Employment and Workplace Safety. The
purpose of the hearing was to discuss the growing shortage of medical professionals and how the
shortage was worsened by the COVID pandemic. The hearing consisted of a witness panel of
four professionals who are not only stakeholders in the industry but are also experts in their
specific field of work.
Participants and Topics Discussed
The hearing was conducted and lead by Chairman Senator John Hickenlooper. The
members that participated in the hearing were ranking member Senator Mike Braun, Senator Bill
Cassidy, Senator Patty Murray, Senator Tammy Baldwin, Senator Tommy Tuberville, and
Senator Jacky Rosen. The hearing included a special panel of witnesses who gave a presentation
of different topics. The first witness was Dr. Margaret Flinter, PhD, APRN who is the Senior
Vice President and Clinical Director at the Community Health Center Incorporated in Clinton,
CT. The second witness was Dr Reynold Verret, President of Xavier University of Louisiana.
The Third witness was Norma Quinones who is the Nursing Services Manager at Clinica Family
Health in Lafayette, CO. The fourth witness was Rachel Greszler who is an economist and is the
Senior Policy Analyst and Research Fellow at the Heritage Foundation. The topics that were
discussed included identifying talent before college, diversifying the health care workforce,
addressing primary care shortages, health care training, and student debt. All of these topics are
both important factors and potential barriers that affect the health care worker shortage in the
U.S.
Background
The health care worker shortage has been an ongoing problem in the U.S. that has affected
the availability and delivery of quality health care. The recent COVID-19 pandemic has
exacerbated this problem to a critical level, as hospitals and health care systems around the
3
country were overwhelmed with patients during each viral surge that took place. Short staffing,
inadequate caregiver to patient ratios, and health care worker fatigue acted as compounding and
detrimental stressors on an already burdened health care industry.
During his opening speech, Chairman Hickenlooper stated that The Association of
American Medical Colleges estimated that by the year 2034 there will be a shortage of 124,000
Physicians. There will also be a need to hire an additional 200,000 nurses per year to keep up
with those demands. It is also important to note that the coming retirement of nurses from the
baby boomer generation will add to the number of nurses needed. According to data from the
Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment projections of RNs from 2019-2029 suggest that there
will be 175,900 job openings for RNs each year through 2029 (Rosseter, 2020). Job stress from
the pandemic has also further added to the shortage. During his opening remarks, Senator Mike
Braun noted that a study in October 2021 found that 18% of health care workers had quit their
job, and an additional 31% were thinking about leaving.
Subcommittee Description, Logistics, Interactions, and
Outcomes
The hearing was conducted on February 10, 2022, at the Dirksen Senate Office Building
and was recorded and made available on C-Span. The Subcommittee on Employment and
Workplace Safety exists to address employment issues such as worker health and safety,
workforce education and training, wage and hour laws, and workplace flexibility (U.S. Senate
Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, n.d). The hearing began with opening
remarks by Chairman Hickenlooper and Ranking Member Braun, including statistical data about
the health care worker shortage. The members then presented each of the expert witness on the
panel, sharing their backgrounds and accolades. Next, each witness was given a time allotment to
present their views on addressing the health care worker shortage, which took about 45 minutes
in total. After the witness presentations, there was a time allotment for the committee members
to ask questions of each witness. Responses were supposed to be limited to one minute but all of
4
the witness went over their allotted time and were told anything about it. The questioning took an
additional 45 minutes. After all members were allowed to ask their questions. Chairman
Hickenlooper then gave closing remarks and adjourned the hearing. The hearing was about an
hour and thirty minutes in length. There were no specific outcomes from the meeting as the
intention of this meeting was to allow for a hearing of key witnesses on the topics discussed.
Highlighted Topic and its importance to the Committee
Process
Dr. Margaret Flinter, PhD, APRN, was the first witness that presented to the committee.
Dr. Flinter was by far the most powerful presenter at the hearing. She brought up a solid, credible
idea to the committee that would significantly help address the healthcare worker shortage. She
suggested that nurse practitioners should be the “bedrock, the core, and the foundation of
primary care.” She also stated that in order to do this, we need to make it a standard that all NPs
undergo a 1-year post-graduate residency program in their specialty, which in this case is
primary care. Dr. Flinter is the founder of the Nurse Practitioner Residency Program that is
already in use by the Community Health Center. This Program is specially designed and
structured to ensure intensive clinical training with expert preceptors. Dr. Flinter stated that this
extra training also enhances an NP’s skills to improve practice, health care delivery, and enhance
their ability to provide quality preventative care and health promotion. The residency has proved
to give NPs the tools they need in order to be the lead in the primary care team. This is an
important topic of discussion because one of the purposes of a committee is to identify issues
that are suitable for legislative review and to recommend a course of action to the senate. If the
subcommittee agrees on Dr. Flinter’s view that NPs should be spearheading primary care, then
legislation may come in the future that can actually make that happen.
Key Stakeholders
A Stakeholder is a person or a group that has a concern or interest in an organization.
This typically includes the investors, employees, customers, suppliers/vendors who take part in
5
an organization. In healthcare, stakeholders include patients, providers (including individual
caregivers and institutions), payors, policy makers, and can include suppliers such as
pharmaceutical and medical equipment companies (Lübbeke et al., 2019). In the hearing, each of
the witness are key stakeholders who are affected by the topics that were discussed. For example,
Dr. Flinter’s company and NP training program would greatly benefit from a decision by
senators of the subcommittee to introduce future legislation that would make funding available
for NP post graduate residencies. Also, Dr Reynold Verret, President of Xavier University,
would naturally benefit from his suggestion of funding for ethnically diverse students seeking
careers in healthcare, which was the topic he discussed in his presentation. Other key
stakeholders included members of the subcommittee. For example, chairman Hickenlooper
expressed his views that there is a further need for diversity of health care workers during the
hearing, which was another topic that was covered. He also has an interest in seeing legislation
pass that would address that need, whether it be through funding or possible regulations.
Conclusion
The hearing conducted by the Subcommittee on Employment and Workplace Safety
brought up some important topics that are currently affecting health care in the U.S. today,
including worker shortage, enhancing Nurse Practitioner practice in primary care, the need for
diverse representation of healthcare workers, and the need for better training and funding for
future health care workers. I particularly enjoyed Dr. Flinter’s presentation on nurse practitioners
in primary care and how to better enhance NPs training to make them leaders in primary care. It
was also very refreshing to see senators on both sides of the political spectrum interacting in a
polite and professional manner. The only we can truly get good policies and legislation passed is
through true bipartisanship, and it is going to take good collaboration of both political parties to
solve the health care worker shortage.
6
References
C-Span (2022, February 10) Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Subcommittee on
Employment and Workplace Safety: Hearing on Reducing Health Care Worker Shortage
[Video] C-Span.org https://www.c-span.org/video/?517865-1/hearing-reducing-healthcare-worker- shortage
Lübbeke, A., Carr, A. J., & Hoffmeyer, P. (2019). Registry stakeholders. EFORT open
reviews, 4(6), 330–336. https://doi.org/10.1302/2058-5241.4.180077
Rosseter, Robert. (2020) Fact Sheet: Nursing Shortage. American Association of Colleges of
Nursing. https://www.aacnnursing.org/Portals/42/News/Factsheets/Nursing-ShortageFactsheet.pdf
U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions. (n.d.) About Subcommittee.
https://www.help.senate.gov/about/subcommittees

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

HCI-214: Consumer Health Informatics

Description

PurposeThe purpose of this Activity is to demonstrate your understanding of the concepts learned in this week’s readings/ educational videos. Action Itemsfrom your reading and watching the video, give some examples of human centred designe?

261 pre Judy

Description

topic is Health risks for health workers on night shift.

➢ Font should be 12 Times New Roman

➢ Heading should be Bold

➢ Line spacing should be 1.5

➢ Avoid Plagiarism

➢ The presentation must be submitted on blackboard with the filled cover page as a Word file and as ppt slides by the leader for each group by email for the instructor.

➢ Use graphics and shapes whenever you can

➢ All assignments must carry the references using APA style. Please see below the weblink about how to cite APA reference style.https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext.Click or tap to follow the link.

➢ How to Create a Poster in PowerPoint

– Each presentation should consist of 15-20 slides minimum and includes these elements in the following order:

▪ Cover sheet.

▪ Outline.

I do have an anatomy lab2 experiments

Description

All Experiments are attached below. Please answer each one in its file and send them back, DO NOT MIX THEM BECAUSE EACH ONE HAS A DIFFERENT DROPBOX.Please, if there are any questions, let me know. Do not hesitate yourself by asking me. I hope everything is clear for you in the attached files.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

PRE-LAB QUESTIONS
1. What are the functional requirements of life?
2. Using Table 1, identify the major similarities and differences between prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells.
3. Where is DNA housed in a prokaryotic cell? Where is it housed in a eukaryotic cell?
4. Compare and contrast the role of secretory vesicles, the lysosome, and the peroxisome.
5. Identify three structures that provide support and protection in a eukaryotic cell.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

clinical week 5

Description

Describe your clinical experience for this week.

Describe the assessment of a patient, detailing the signs and symptoms (S&S), assessment, plan of care, and at least 3 possible differential diagnoses with rationales. a White male , 55 years old came in with complaints of lower back pain.Assessed pt’s back, pt back was asymmetrical on the left side. More tender when touched. Pt stated he fell on hisboat in July bt never wen tot the doctor to get it checked out. Lumbar Xray shows compression fracture of L4-L5 Refer pt to orthopedic surgeon . Pt prescribed Baclofen 10 mg TID X 3 days Ibuprofen 600 q6 hours for pain. Pt educated to not lift anything greater than 5 pounds to avoid any strain on the back
Mention the health promotion intervention for this patient.
What did you learn from this week’s clinical experience that can be beneficial for you as an advanced practice nurse?
Support your plan of care with the current peer-reviewed research guideline.

Submission Instructions:

Your post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in the current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources.

.

ST3003 Normal Distribution and Confidence Intervals

Description

Overview

Access the following to complete this Assessment:

ST3003 Rubric
ST3003 Assessment Template
Research Article PDF

For this Performance Task, you will compute confidence intervals and hypothesis tests for normal distributions. You will be assessed on the Professional Skills of Written Communication, Interpreting Data & Quantitative Fluency, and Technology. To make certain you are addressing all aspects of the Professional Skills, please review the rubric to determine what is necessary for meeting the requirements. Visit the Professional Skills resources, as needed. Your response to this Performance Task should reflect the criteria provided in the rubric and adhere to the required length.

Instructions

To complete this Assessment, do the following:

Be sure to adhere to the indicated assignment length.

Before submitting your Assessment, carefully review the rubric. This is the same rubric the SME will use to evaluate your submission and it provides detailed criteria describing how to achieve or master the Competency. Many students find that understanding the requirements of the Assessment and the rubric criteria help them direct their focus and use their time most productively.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON INTERPRETING THE ASSESSMENT RUBRIC (CLICK TO EXPAND)

Rubric

All submissions must follow the conventions of scholarly writing. Properly formatted APA citations and references must be provided where appropriate. Submissions that do not meet these expectations will be returned without scoring.

This Assessment requires submission of two (2) files. The first file is completed on the provided template and includes the two parts. Save your file as follows:

ST3003_firstinitial_lastname _project (e.g., ST3003_J_Smith)

The second file should is your excel file where all computations are completed for the assessment. Save this file as

ST3003_firstinitial_lastname_excelwork (e.g., ST3003_J_Smith)

When you are ready to upload your completed Assessment, select Submit Attempt.

You may submit a draft of your assignment to the Turnitin Draft Check area to check for authenticity. When you are ready to upload your completed Assessment, use the Assessment tab on the top navigation menu.

Important Note: As a student taking this Competency, you agree that you may be required to submit your Assessment for textual similarity review to Turnitin.com for the detection of plagiarism. All submitted Assessment materials will be included as source documents in the Turnitin.com reference database solely for the purpose of detecting plagiarism of such materials. Use of the Turnitin.com service is subject to the Usage Policy posted on the Turnitin.com site.

Click each of the items below for more information on this Assessment.

PART 1: CONFIDENCE INTERVALS IN RESEARCH

This part will make use of the following article, which explores how prevalent depression, anxiety, and stress are in healthcare workers at COVID 19 isolation sites in Botswana:

Siamisang, K., Kebadiretse, D., Tjirare, L. T., Muyela, C., Gare, K., & Masupe, T. (2022). Prevalence and predictors of depression, anxiety and stress among frontline healthcare workers at COVID-19 isolation sites in Gaborone, Botswana. PLoS ONE, 17(8), e0273052. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0273052

Table 3 of the journal article displays the number of healthcare workers who report various levels of depression, anxiety, and stress. These numbers are presented as the number of workers as well as the percent of the total (447). Confidence intervals are given for each percentage value. Choose one level of either depression, anxiety, or stress (e.g., normal depression) to use to address the following questions.

Show how the given percentage was derived based on the sample data.
Write 1–2 sentences explaining how the confidence interval would be interpreted.
Based on this interval, provide one value that could be considered reasonable as the true population proportion and one that would not be considered reasonable as the true population proportion. Fully explain your reasoning.
If a subsequent study was completed that increased the sample size to 1,000 participants, explain one change you would expect to see in the confidence intervals. Explain why you feel this change would occur.

Table 1 of this journal article provides a breakdown of characteristics of the 447 participants in this study. The number of participants is given followed by the percentage in ().

Provide one reason why you believe a confidence interval was not presented for this data.

PART 2: USING THE NORMAL DISTRIBUTION

Open the Body Data file created in ST3001 and use this to address the following questions.

Given that BMI is approximately normally distributed, present the following summary statistics for BMI of smokers and nonsmokers (Hint: Think about ST3001.).

Smokers

Nonsmokers

Mean

Standard deviation

Sample size (n)

Use this table to answer the following questions based on your individual data. For each part, write a 1-sentence explanation as to how Excel was used to assist you in your computations.

Find the percent of smokers expected to have a BMI of greater than 25 (overweight).
Find the percent of nonsmokers expected to have a BMI of less than 18.5 (underweight).
A normal BMI range is between 18.5 and 24.9. Shat percent of smokers are expected to be within this range? What percent of nonsmokers are expected to be within this range?
A researcher is interested in which BMI represents the 90th percentile (90% are at this BMI level or lower). What BMI score represents the 90th percentile cutoff rate?
PART 3: CREATING CONFIDENCE INTERVALS

Using the information from Part 2 above, calculate a 90%, 95%, and 99% confidence interval for both groups and complete the following table:

Group

90% confidence interval

95% confidence interval

99% confidence interval

Smokers

Nonsmokers

As the level of confidence increases, what happens to the width of the confidence interval: Does it increase or decrease? Explain one reason why this would happen.
Using the 95% confidence interval, compare the BMI of smokers vs. nonsmokers. Write a 2- to 3-sentence paragraph explaining whether these intervals overlap or not. What does that indicate about the differences in BMI between the two groups?
Explain in 1–2 sentences one situation in which you as a researcher might choose a 99% confidence interval or a 90% interval. Fully justify your choice.

discussion questions

Description

5 discussion questions. Answers must be at least 40 words each. APA format with at least two scholarly resources. I have attached chapter 7 in case you need it.

Sara E. Wilensky and Joel B. Teitelbaum

When I took office, health care costs had risen rapidly for decades, and tens of millions of Americans were uninsured. Regardless of the political difficulties, I concluded comprehensive reform was necessary. The result of that effort, the Affordable Care Act (ACA), has made substantial progress in addressing these challenges. Americans can now count on access to health coverage throughout their lives, and the federal government has an array of tools to bring the rise of health care costs under control. However, the work toward a high-quality, affordable, accessible health care system is not over. (Obama, 2016, p. 526)

Discussion Question 1

Even though the primary legislative bills to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act (ACA)—the AHCA and BRCA—did not have sufficient support across U.S. Congress to become law, and some of their provisions may not have been allowed under reconciliation rules, it is worth considering the main features of the bills to understand the type of health reform changes many Republicans support (see TABLE 7-1). Overall, these bills reduced taxes, eliminated government mandates, lowered federal government spending, lowered premiums for some people while increasing them for others, phased out the Medicaid expansion under the ACA, and ended Medicaid as an entitlement program. According to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office (CBO), the effect of the bills would be to significantly increase the number of uninsured, significantly reduce the deficit, lower costs for young and healthy consumers, and increase costs for older and poorer consumers (Congressional Budget Office, June 26, 2017; Congressional Budget Office, July 23, 2017). Everyone agrees the ACA can be improved. Are there features of these bills that you think have merit? Should states have more flexibility under the ACA? How much of the cost burden should young and healthy individuals bear in order to make health insurance more affordable for elderly and sicker individuals?

Discussion Question 2

Are there alternatives to the individual mandate that accomplish the same goals without engendering so much political turmoil? Could policymakers have designed an incentive system that would be as effective as a mandate? What are the pros and cons of using a mandate versus an incentive? Can you think of incentives to encourage enrollment that have occurred in other parts of the healthcare system?

Discussion Question 3

There was a lengthy debate about whether to include a public option in health reform. A public option is some type of government-run health plan that would be available to compete with private plans. A public option could exist within the health exchange model or outside of it. Instead of a public option, Congress voted to require the Office of Personnel Management, which runs the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program, to contract with at least two multistate plans in every state health insurance exchange.

What are the pros and cons of having a public option? Does the Office of Personnel Management compromise achieve all or some of the goals of having a public option? Why do you believe the Office of Personnel Management compromise was acceptable to legislators but the public option was not?

Discussion Question 4

Republican policymakers that are involved in bipartisan discussions to revise the ACA are focused on providing states with increased flexibility regarding benefit design, premium pricing, and other features. Although states are generally home to social welfare changes, it is difficult to provide universal health care on a state-by-state basis. If state health reform efforts lead the way, the country could have a patchwork of programs and policies that vary from state to state, with the potential to make health coverage even more complex and inefficient than it is currently. On the other hand, it is also important to recognize that a health reform strategy focusing on states has benefits as well. At its best, state-level reform can be accomplished more rapidly and with more innovation than at the federal level. State legislatures may have an easier time convincing a narrower band of constituents important to the state than Congress has in accommodating the varied needs of stakeholders nationwide.

What are the advantages and disadvantages of compromising regarding the state role in the ACA? Is it worth giving up some degree national uniformity and stronger consumer protections in exchange for political stability and allowing state to experiment with health reform design? How well do you think the public will be served in their access to affordable health insurance and access to health care if states have more control? How does your response differ if you are living in California or New York versus Texas or Florida?

Discussion Question 5

A group of friends were talking about the Affordable Care Act (ACA), illustrating the wide-ranging viewpoints about the law. Calvin, whose daughter Mia is struggling to make a living as an artist, is pleased that Mia has health insurance for the first time since graduating from college. Although Mia cannot stay on her parents’ insurance because she just turned 27, she can now afford a good health insurance plan that she found on her state’s health exchange. While Calvin has not noticed much of a change in his own health insurance coverage, which he obtains through his government employer, his friend Katherine is upset about health reform. She does not want the government forcing her to purchase health insurance (although she always chose to be insured in the past), and she recently found out that her old plan was cancelled because it did not meet the law’s requirements. Katherine found several new plan options to choose from, but none had her exact combination of benefits, providers, and price. In addition, Katherine’s uncle, Ethan, is 55 years old and self-employed. He purchases his health insurance on his state’s exchange and because he has preexisting conditions, he is grateful to be able to find a plan. Even so, Ethan’s premiums will increase by 15% this year and his deductible is $5,000, making health care difficult to afford even with insurance. Another friend, Jara, told Katherine she should be willing to pay a little more or change some aspects of her plan to help the millions of people who can now afford insurance for the first time as a result of the ACA. After witnessing her uncle’s experience, however, Katherine is skeptical that the government is going to be able to keep its promises.

What are the competing viewpoints about the ACA exemplified by these friends? Which of these friends’ views will be the most pressing concern going forward in the discussions about the ACA?

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Health Reform in the United States: Recent and Past History
The array of problems facing the healthcare system has led to numerous health reform proposals and
implemented policies. The concept of health reform can have several different meanings. Given the
patchwork health insurance system, health reform often refers to changes that seek to reduce the
number of uninsured. Due to the high and increasing cost of healthcare services, health reform might
also include changes that seek to contain costs and control utilization. The notion of health reform could
also address other shortcomings, such as trying to reduce medical errors, strengthening patient rights,
building the public health infrastructure, and confronting the rising cost of medical malpractice
insurance. The Affordable Care Act (ACA), the federal health reform law passed in 2010, touches on
many of these issues (Patient Protection Affordable Care Act, 2010).
Health reform has been difficult to achieve in the United States. Many reform efforts have been
attempted, with varying degrees of success, on a national level. Numerous authors have addressed the
main factors that deter significant social reform in this country, including health reform (Blake &
Adolino, 2001; Gordon, 2003; Jost, 2004). Factors that are prominently discussed include the country’s
culture, the nature of U.S. political institutions, the power of interest groups, and path dependency (i.e.,
the notion that people are generally opposed to change).
Americans have a complicated and partisan view of the proper role of the federal government in the
healthcare arena. On one hand, 60% of respondents to a 2017 survey felt that the federal government
has a responsibility to ensure healthcare coverage for all Americans (Pew Research Center, 2017). This is
much higher than the 47% who shared that view in 2010, at the height of the health reform debate
(Newport, 2010). Of those who supported federal intervention in the 2017 survey, 33% would like to see
a single-payer system developed (Pew Research Center, 2017).
At the same time, there was a stark difference of opinion based on the respondent’s political views.
While 85% of Democrats and Democrat-leaning independents believed the federal government was
responsible for ensuring healthcare coverage, only 32% of Republicans and Republican-leaning
independents agreed (Pew Research Center, 2017). Even so, over half (57%) of Republicans and
Republican-leaners supported the continuation of Medicaid and Medicare, the country’s largest public
health insurance programs. Furthermore, only 5% of respondents thought the federal government
should not have any role in ensuring healthcare coverage (Pew Research Center, 2017).
Many aspects of the U.S. political system also make it difficult to institute sweeping reform. For
example, although presidents have significant influence on policy agenda setting and proposing budgets,
they have limited power to make changes without the assistance of the U.S. Congress. The federal
government is often politically divided, with different parties holding power in the executive and
legislative branches. This division often results in partisanship and policy inaction due to different policy
priorities and views.
Furthermore, although members of Congress may ride the coattails of a popular president from their
own party, they are not reliant on the president to keep their jobs. The issues and views their
constituents care about most may not align with the president’s priorities. In those cases, members of
Congress have a strong incentive to adhere to the wishes of those who vote for them, instead of simply
following the president’s lead. Barring an overwhelming wave of discontent, as occurred in the 2010
midterm elections when Democrats suffered historic losses in Congress, it is usually difficult to unseat
incumbents. Even when there is a historic level of turnover, reelection rates remain very high. For
example, 97% of House incumbents successfully defended their seats in 2016; even in the Senate, where
turnover is relatively more common, 93% of incumbents won reelection in 2016 (Kondick & Skelley,
2016). As a result, legislators in Congress may have confidence in focusing on their district’s or state’s
needs before those of the entire nation.
Federal legislative rules also support inaction or incremental reform over sweeping changes. In the U.S.
Senate, 60 (of 100) votes are needed to break a filibuster in most cases. Thus, even the political party in
the majority can have difficulty effectuating change. One exception to the filibuster rule is the
“reconciliation” process, which allows bills to pass with only 51 votes. Reconciliation is used as part of
the budgetary process, and bills passed via reconciliation: (a) may not be filibustered (so can pass with
51 votes), (b) can only pertain to federal revenue and spending issues, (c) must comply with spending
and revenue targets set forth in the budget resolution, and (d) must adhere to other budgetary rules
(Tax Policy Center, 2017). The reconciliation process is being increasingly used when one party maintains
a slim majority and that party cannot find 60 votes to pass a bill. In 2010, the Democrats used a
reconciliation bill to pass the ACA after they lost their filibuster-proof majority, and recently, the
Republicans attempted to use a reconciliation bill to pass their ACA repeal and replace bills.
Historical Attempts and Failures at Health Reform
Since the early 1900s, when medical knowledge became advanced enough to make health care and
health insurance desirable commodities, there have been periodic attempts to implement universal
coverage through national health reform. The Socialist Party was the first U.S. political party to support
health insurance in 1904, but the main engine behind early efforts for national reform was the American
Association for Labor Legislation (AALL), a “social progressive” group that hoped to reform capitalism,
not overthrow it (Starr, 1982, p. 243). In 1912, Progressive Party candidate Theodore Roosevelt
supported a social insurance platform modeled on the European social insurance tradition that included
health insurance, workers’ compensation, old-age pensions, and unemployment insurance. After his loss
to Woodrow Wilson, the national health insurance movement was without a strong national leader for
three decades.
The AALL continued to support a form of health insurance after Roosevelt’s defeat and drafted a model
bill in 1915. This bill followed the European model, limiting participation to working class employees and
their dependents. Benefits included medical aid, sick pay, maternity benefits, and a death benefit. These
costs were to be financed by employers, employees, and the state. The AALL believed that health
insurance for the working population would reduce poverty and increase society’s productivity and wellbeing through healthier workers and citizens.
Opposition to AALL’s bill came from several sources (Starr, 1982, pp. 247–249). Although some members
of the American Medical Association (AMA) approved of the bill conceptually, physician support rapidly
evaporated when details emerged about aspects of the plan that would negatively impact their income
and autonomy. The American Federation of Labor (a labor union) opposed compulsory health insurance
because it wanted workers to rely on their own economic strength, not the state, to obtain better wages
and benefits. In addition, the federation was concerned that it would lose power if the government, not
the union, secured benefits for workers. Employers were generally opposed to the bill, contending that
supporting public health was a better way to ensure productivity. In addition, they feared that providing
health insurance to employees might promote malingering instead of reducing lost workdays. After
experiencing the high cost associated with workers’ compensation, employers also were not eager to
take on an additional expensive benefit. Of course, the part of the insurance industry that had already
established a profitable niche in the death benefit business was strongly opposed to a bill that included
a death benefit provision. Employers, healthcare providers, and insurers have, in general, remained
staunch opponents of national health reform over the years, whereas unions have supported national
reform efforts. However, this dynamic has changed recently with more provider groups, employers, and
even some insurers calling for a national solution to the problems of rising healthcare costs and the
uninsured.
The country’s entry into World War I in 1917 also changed the health reform debate. Many physicians
who supported the AALL bill entered the military, shifting their focus away from the domestic health
policy debate. Anti-German sentiment was high, so opponents of the bill gained traction by denouncing
compulsory health insurance as anti-American. One pamphlet read: “What Is Compulsory Social Health
Insurance? It is a dangerous device, invented in Germany, announced by the German Emperor from the
throne the same year he started plotting and preparing to conquer the world” (Starr, 1982, p. 253).
The next time national health insurance might have taken hold was from the mid-1930s through the
early 1940s as the country was coping with the difficulties of the Great Depression. During this time
there was a significant increase in government programs, including the creation of Social Security in
1935, which provided old-age assistance, unemployment compensation, and public assistance. Yet the
fourth prong of the social insurance package, health insurance, remained elusive. President Franklin
Roosevelt heeded his staff’s advice to leave health insurance out of Social Security because of the strong
opposition it would create (Starr, 1982, p. 267). Opposition from the AMA was particularly strong—they
believed that “socialized medicine” would increase bureaucracy, limit physician freedom, and interfere
with the doctor–patient relationship.
Even so, members of Roosevelt’s administration continued to push for national health insurance. The
Interdepartmental Committee to Coordinate Health and Welfare Activities was created in 1935 and took
on the task of studying the nation’s healthcare needs. This job fell to its Technical Committee on Medical
Care. Instead of supporting a federal program, the committee proposed subsidies to the states for
operating health programs. Components of the proposal included expanding maternal and child health
and public health programs under Social Security, expanding hospital construction, increasing aid for
medical care for the indigent, studying a general medical care program, and creating a compensation
program for those who lost wages due to disability.
Although President Roosevelt established a National Health Conference to discuss the recommendation,
he never fully supported the Medical Care Committee’s proposal. With the success of conservatives in
the 1938 election and the administration’s concerns about fighting the powerful physician and state
medical society lobbies, national health reform did not have a place on Roosevelt’s priority list. Senator
Robert Wagner (D-NY) introduced a bill that followed the committee’s recommendations in 1939, and
although it passed in the Senate, it did not garner support from the president or from the House.
World War II provided another opportunity for the opposition to label national health insurance as
socialized medicine. But once the war neared an end, President Roosevelt finally called for an “economic
bill of rights” that included medical care. President Truman picked up where Roosevelt left off, strongly
advocating for national health insurance. President Truman’s proposal included expanding hospitals,
increasing public health and maternal and child health services, providing federal aid for medical
research and education, and, for the first time, a single health insurance program for all (Starr, 1982, p.
281). Heeding lessons from earlier reform failures, Truman emphasized that his plan was not socialized
medicine and that the delivery system for medical and hospital care would not change.
Again, there was strong opposition to the proposal. The AMA vehemently rejected the proposal, and
most other healthcare groups opposed it as well. Although the public initially approved of it, there was
no consensus about how national health insurance should be structured, and more people preferred
modest voluntary plans over a national, compulsory, comprehensive health insurance program (Starr,
1987, p. 282). Additional opposition came from the American Bar Association, the Chamber of
Commerce, and even some federal agencies concerned about losing control over their existing
programs. In the end, only the hospital construction portion of the proposal was enacted.
When Truman won reelection on a national health insurance platform in 1948, it appeared the tide had
turned. However, the AMA continued its strong opposition and its attempts to link national health
insurance to socialism. Congress considered various compromises but never reached a consensus. The
public remained uncertain about what kind of plan to favor. Employers maintained their opposition to
compulsory insurance. In addition, one large group of potential supporters—veterans—was
disinterested in the debate because they had already secured extensive medical coverage through the
Veterans Administration. As the Korean War moved forward, Truman’s focus shifted away from national
health insurance and toward the war effort and other priorities.
National health insurance did not return to the national policy agenda until the 1970s. The landscape
then was quite different from Truman’s era. Medicaid and Medicare had been created, healthcare costs
had begun to rise exponentially, and the economy was deteriorating. In 1969, President Nixon declared
that a “massive crisis” existed in health care and that unless it was fixed immediately, the country’s
medical system would collapse (Starr, 1982, p. 381). The general public seemed to agree, with 75% of
respondents in one survey concurring that the healthcare system was in crisis (Starr, 1982, p. 381).
Democrats still controlled Congress by a significant margin, and Senator Edward Kennedy (D-MA) and
Representative Martha Griffiths (D-MI), the first woman to serve on the powerful House Committee on
Ways and Means, proposed a comprehensive, federally operated health insurance system.
At the same time, a movement supporting health care and patient rights was gaining momentum. These
included rights to informed consent, to refuse treatment, to due process for involuntary commitment,
and to equal access to health care (Starr, 1982, p. 389). The public was both anxious to obtain care and
willing to challenge the authority of healthcare providers.
The Nixon administration’s first attempt at health reform focused on changing the healthcare system’s
financing from one dominated by a fee-for-service system, which created incentives to provide more
and more expensive services, to one that promoted restraint, efficiency, and the health of the patient.
The result was a “health maintenance strategy” intended to stimulate the private industry to create
health maintenance organizations (HMOs) through federal planning grants and loan guarantees, with
the goal of enrolling 90% of the population in an HMO by the end of the 1970s (Starr, 1982, pp. 395–
396). Ironically, group health plans, often labeled socialized medicine, had become the centerpiece of a
Republican reform strategy.
Nixon’s proposal included an employer mandate to provide a minimum package of benefits under a
National Health Insurance Standards Act, a federally administered Family Health Insurance Program for
low-income families that had a less generous benefit package than the one required by the National
Health Insurance Standards Act; reductions in Medicare spending to help defray the costs; a call for an
increase in the supply of physicians; and a change in how medical schools were subsidized. Opponents
were plentiful, and this plan did not come to fruition. Some believed the plan was a gift to private
insurance companies. Advocates for the poor were outraged at the second tier of benefits for lowincome families. The AMA was concerned about HMOs interfering with physician practices and
supported an alternative that provided tax credits for buying private insurance.
After the 1972 election, Nixon proposed a second plan that covered everyone and offered more
comprehensive coverage. Private insurance companies would cover the employed and a governmentrun program would cover the rest of the population, with both groups receiving the same benefit
package. Senator Kennedy and Representative Wilbur Mills (D-AR) supported a similar plan, and it
appeared a compromise was close at hand. However, labor unions and liberal organizations preferred
the original Kennedy plan and resisted compromising with the hope of gaining power in the 1974 postWatergate elections. Fearing the same political shift, insurance companies actually supported a
catastrophic insurance plan proposed by Senator Russell Long (D-LA), believing it was better than any
plan that would come out of a more liberal Congress after the elections. Once again, there was no
majority support for any of the bills, and a national health insurance plan was not enacted.
Although President Jimmy Carter gave lip service to national health reform, he never fully supported a
proposal. It was not until the election of Bill Clinton in 1992 that the next real attempt at national health
insurance was made. The Clinton administration plan, dubbed the Health Security Act, was designed to
create national health insurance without spending new federal funds or shifting coverage from private
to public insurance. It relied on the concept of “managed competition,” which combined elements of
managed care and market competition.
Under the Health Security Act, a National Health Board would have established national and regional
spending limits and regulated premium increases. “Health alliances” would have included a variety of
plans that were competing for the business of employees and unemployed citizens in each geographic
area. All plans were to have a guaranteed scope of benefits and uniform cost sharing. Employers would
have been required to provide coverage for their workers at a defined high level of benefits, and those
with 5,000 employees or fewer would have had to purchase plans through the health alliance. Subsidies
were provided for low-income individuals and small businesses. Funding was to be provided from costcontainment measures that were reinvested. Forced by the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) to
provide an alternative funding strategy should the cost containment not create enough funds, the plan
also included the option of capping insurance premium growth and reducing provider payments.
Like the national health insurance plans before it, the Health Security Act had opponents from many
directions. The health alliances were attacked as big government, employers resisted mandates and
interference with their fringe benefits, some advocates feared that cost containment would lead to care
rationing, the insured were concerned about losing some of their existing benefits or cost-sharing
arrangements, the elderly feared losing Medicare, and academic health centers were concerned about
losing funds based on new graduate medical education provisions. In addition, the usually strong
support from unions was missing because of an earlier disagreement with the president on trade
matters. It is also generally accepted that the Clinton administration made several political mistakes that
made a difficult political chore nearly impossible. The Health Security Act never made it to a vote.
The ACA Becomes Law
In many ways, 2010 was a very unlikely year to pass a national health reform plan. The country had been
growing increasingly ideological, with the popular and electoral votes almost evenly split in both the
2000 and 2004 presidential elections. Even though Barack Obama won the electoral vote in a landslide
over John McCain (365 to 173), only 53% of the population voted for Obama in 2008 (CNN, 2008).
In addition to the ideological divide, and against a backdrop of a faltering economy, partisan differences,
and the recent passage of two massive government spending bills, President Obama pursued a national
health reform plan. Given the history of failed reform efforts, it would have been an accomplishment to
pass health reform in the best of times, and clearly this was not the best of times.
Health care has long been a priority for Democrats, and President Obama was no exception. Perhaps
Obama’s dedication to passing health reform stemmed in part from his personal experience: Obama’s
mother died of ovarian cancer, and he had seen her worry about paying her medical bills as much as
beating the disease (CNN, 2007). Thus, for Obama, signing comprehensive health reform legislation into
law would represent the opportunity to make sure that others would not endure the same experience.
Health reform efforts did not begin smoothly. President Obama initially wanted former U.S. senator Tom
Daschle to run both the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (USDHHS) and the White House
Office on Health Reform. It was thought that his experience in the Senate and relationships with
legislators were the right combination to take the lead on health reform. When his nomination was
derailed due to personal tax problems, it was not a good omen. As deliberations in Congress lagged,
Democrats were not able to present a bill to President Obama before recessing for the summer. During
the summer of 2009, members of Congress went home to their constituents and held town hall
meetings to discuss health reform. Some of the meetings erupted in vocal opposition to health reform,
and the media focused on these town hall meetings throughout the summer. Obama and the Democrats
were criticized for losing the momentum for reform by letting the debate linger.
At the same time, there were several instances when the health reform effort appeared politically
doomed, and President Obama’s leadership made a clear difference. Obama attempted to reclaim the
upper hand on health reform with a speech to a joint session of Congress in September 2009. He
memorably proclaimed, “I am not the first president to take up health reform, but I intend to be the
last” (The New York Times, 2009). Although public support for health reform had been on the decline for
several months, September 2009 polls showed that 62% still thought it was important to address health
reform at that time, and 53% thought the country as a whole would be better off if health reform
passed (Kaiser Family Foundation, 2009). Less support existed for the Democrats’ specific reform
proposal, however, with 46% in support of the proposed change and 48% opposed to it (Cohen & Baltz,
2009).
In January 2010, an event occurred that some assumed was the death knell of health reform. In the
2008 elections, Democrats had made significant gains in Congress, earning a 59–41 majority in the
Senate and a 257–178 majority in the House. Furthermore, Senator Arlen Specter of Pennsylvania
switched parties, giving Democrats the crucial 60th vote needed for a filibuster-proof majority. Although
the numbers were now in their favor, President Obama, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid (D-NV), and
House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA) would have to balance the competing interests of conservative
Democrats who were concerned with having too much government intervention, progressive Democrats
who sought a public insurance option to compete with private companies, Blue Dog Democrats who
were most concerned with fiscal discipline, and pro-life and pro-choice factions who would battle over
whether and how abortion services would be included in any health reform bill.
The Obama administration tried to avoid events that doomed earlier health reform efforts. Although the
failed effort by the Clinton administration probably provided the most relevant lessons, Obama
confronted some of the same obstacles that reformers had faced decades earlier. At times, President
Obama was accused of learning some of the lessons too well, swinging the pendulum too far to the
other side. Obama was not alone in providing leadership on health reform. Reid’s and Pelosi’s
determination to see health reform succeed, and their skill in mobilizing and controlling their caucuses,
were essential to the passage of the ACA. It is likely that health reform would not have passed without
the skillful efforts of all three leaders working together. Even so, it is clear that the health reform effort
would not even have begun without a president who put health reform at the top of the agenda and
stuck with it despite the pitfalls and political opposition.
The legislative process for completing the bill was long, rocky, and ultimately partisan. The House of
Representatives moved more quickly and with less fractious debate than the Senate. Instead of having
multiple House committees work on competing bills, as occurred during the Clinton administration,
House Democratic leaders created a “Tri-Committee” bill jointly sponsored by Charles Rangel (D-NY),
Henry Waxman (D-CA), and George Miller (D-CA), the chairmen of the House Ways and Means, Energy
and Commerce, and Education and Labor (later renamed the Education and Workforce committee)
committees, respectively. On November 7, 2009, the House passed its health reform bill with only two
votes to spare, 220–215 (Affordable Health Care for American Act, H.R. 3962, 2009). Only one
Republican voted for it, and 39 conservative Democrats voted against it. The bill from the then-moreliberal House contained several provisions that were likely to be rejected by the Senate: a public health
insurance option to compete with private plans, a national health insurance exchange instead of statebased exchanges, more generous subsidies for low-income individuals, a broader expansion of
Medicaid, and higher taxes on wealthier Americans.
Finance Committee Chairman Max Baucus (D-MT) led the effort in the Senate. The legislative process he
established was lengthy, and some observers believed he compromised on too many issues in an
attempt to forge a bipartisan bill. For a time Senator Charles Grassley (R-IA) actively participated in the
health reform deliberations, and a few other Republican senators appeared willing to consider a
bipartisan measure. Ultimately, however, a bipartisan agreement could not be reached. In a 2009
Christmas Eve vote, the Baucus health bill passed 60–39, with all Democrats and two Independents
voting for the measure and all Republicans voting against it (Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act,
H.R. 3590, 2009).
Following tumultuous disagreements with versions of the plan, and the loss of a filibuster-proof
majority, the House and Senate leaders agreed to use the budget reconciliation process to amend the
Senate bill. The House then passed the Senate version of the bill along with a companion reconciliation
bill that amended certain aspects of the Senate bill. The reconciliation bill included more generous
subsidies for individuals to purchase insurance than existed in the standalone Senate bill, the closure of
the Medicare Part D doughnut hole, a tax on more generous insurance plans, changes to the penalties
on individuals who would not buy insurance and for employers that would not offer insurance, and an
increase in Medicare and investment taxes for higher earners. The Senate then passed the reconciliation
bill. Once again, the final vote to approve the bills was along party lines. The House approved the Senate
bill by a vote of 219–212, with all Republicans and 34 Democrats voting against it (Khan, 2010).
President Obama signed the bill into law on March 23, 2010 (Patient Protection Affordable Care Act,
2010).
Some observers argue that Obama may have overlearned the lesson about working with Congress, and
that in doing so, he did not provide enough guidance to legislators and allowed the debate over health
reform to linger for too long (Morone, 2010, p. 1097). On the one hand, it is difficult to criticize Obama’s
approach because he was ultimately successful. On the other hand, could the problems stemming from
the 2009 town halls have been avoided? Would public opinion of the health reform effort be higher if
the process had been better managed? Only time will tell whether Obama was successful over the long
term. With the volatility and divisive partisan bickering of today’s Congress, what the future holds is still
unclear.
Overview of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
While President Obama left the details of health reform legislation to Congress, he did lay out what he
believed to be the most important principles that should guide the legislation’s development. Soon after
becoming president in 2009, Obama delineated those principles, saying that any health reform measure
should do the following:
Protect families’ financial health (slowing the growth of out-of-pocket expenses and protecting people
from bankruptcy due to catastrophic illness).
Make health insurance coverage more affordable (reducing administrative costs, wiping out
unnecessary tests and services, and limiting insurers’ ability to charge higher premiums for certain
populations).
Aim for insurance coverage universality.
Provide portability of insurance coverage.
Guarantee choice of health plans and providers (including keeping current ones).
Invest in disease prevention and wellness initiatives.
Improve patient safety and healthcare quality.
Maintain long-term fiscal sustainability (reducing cost growth, improving productivity, and adding new
revenue sources).
The extent to which these principles were brought to life in what eventually became the Affordable Care
Act lives along a spectrum: for example, (1) health insurance was absolutely made more affordable for
millions of people; (2) disease prevention and wellness initiatives seem to be gaining momentum,
though slowly; and (3) universal insurance coverage was absolutely not achieved. Whatever the case
with any particular principle, it is instructive to look to four key reforms that became law under the ACA
as having paved the way for President Obama’s overall vision to come to fruition. These four reforms
essentially reordered long-standing relationships among health system stakeholders (individuals,
providers, insurers, employers, governments, etc.). As a result of this reordering, all of these
stakeholders were legally obligated to alter normative behaviors. These changes include: (1) mandates
(individual and employer); (2) changes to private insurance rules; (3) creation of health insurance
exchanges; and (4) expansion of Medicaid.
The first major mandate change, known as the individual mandate, is a requirement that most
individuals maintain “minimum essential health coverage” (i.e., health insurance) or face financial
penalties that are spelled out in the ACA. This requirement was a critically important beam in the ACA
architecture; because it creates a new, large pool of individuals who will be paying premiums to
insurance companies, it created leverage for policymakers who were eager for private insurers to accept
many of the ACA’s other insurance reforms that may otherwise have been unpalatable. For certain
individuals whose socioeconomic status makes it impossible for them to purchase (or gain through an
employer) the type of minimum coverage mandated by the ACA, and who do not qualify for Medicaid
(even under the ACA expansion), federal subsidies are made available under the law.
The individual mandate is an essential part of health reform for several key reasons:
Adverse selection: Without the mandate, people who are in poor health or otherwise expect to use
more healthcare services would be more likely to purchase health insurance, while healthier people
would be more likely to opt out of insurance coverage. This would lead to an insurance pool that is
relatively sick and thus more expensive, a problem referred to as adverse selection.
Free riders: Without the mandate, some healthy individuals would choose not to purchase health
insurance but then later need health care, and they will likely receive some care even though they are
uninsured. This is especially true if the individuals have the resources to pay for healthcare services.
These individuals are referred to as free riders bec

Question masters in nursing

Description

To what extent are healthcare services in your area [to be more specific in your ZIP CODE] providing telehealth and remote monitoring options and does this benefit the patient population?Please let at least 3 examples where you were able to research thin in your neighborhood.Zip code is Miami fl 331774 apa cutations

Week 3 Discussions

Description

Hello,

This assignment comes in 3 parts. Each discussion needs to be from 250-300 words with 1 reference (scholarly peer reviewed articles within the last 5 years). I will also need 2 peer responses for each discussion.

Week 3

NUR 500 Part 1-Discussion 1

What is the difference between high-, middle-, and low-range theories? Explain your understanding of a middle-range nursing theory. Identify a research study in which a middle-range theory was applied. Discuss the study results and implications for practice.

NUR 510 Part 2- Discussion 1

Identify three components of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that went into effect in 2014 and discuss their impact or potential impact on the practice of nursing and medicine. Be specific as to what the provision states, who it affects, and the impact that it may have.

Please watch the video before answering the question

NUR 510 Part 3- Discussion 2

Describe a type of health care spending that you consider wasteful or services that you consider have little or no benefit. Explain why you find the spending wasteful, and if eliminated, what impact it may have on the American public.

Please read the instructions below before answering the questions

When you are considering the various spending initiatives, think about the Federal deductions that will begin coming from your paycheck soon, thanks to Congressional spending and Presidential spending:

Biden signs the $2.4 trillion infrastructure bill into law in November 2021: https://www.forbes.com/sites/jonathanponciano/2021/11/15/everything-in-the-12-trillion-infrastructure-bill-biden-just-signed-new-roads-electric-school-buses-and-more/?sh=354d741f161fLinks to an external site.
Biden signs Democrats’ $740 billion spending bill into law in August 2022: https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2022/aug/16/biden-signs-democrats-740-billion-spending-bill-la/Links to an external site.
Biden signs the $1.7 trillion Omnibus Spending Bill into law in December 2022: https://www.cnn.com/2022/12/29/politics/joe-biden-omnibus/index.htmlLinks to an external site.

Where can we reduce wasteful spending in healthcare?

Same question, thank you

Description

More heads are better than one, so I am asking all of you to conduct research and see what other oral health related community events are being offered during this semester. Please complete the following for full credit for this discussion:1. Conduct research for any oral health community events that are being offered during this semester.2. Post the details for this event in the discussion thread. I will review the events and those that meet the community service qualifications for this course will be approved for community service credit upon attendance.

Social Work Question

Description

The purpose of the Pro-Con Analysis paper is for you to have the opportunity to present a balanced argument where you discuss both sides of an issue before revealing your own position. Giving pros and cons about an issue allows the reader to formulate their own opinions before hearing your final analysis. A good paper gives fair, equal treatment to both sides of an issue, describes advantages and disadvantages and provides specific research to support the ideas and finally it provides a summary and writers view on the topic.

A minimum of five (5) empirical articles for Pro arguments and five (5) articles for Con arguments should be included in each paper. You are required to incorporate at least two current commentaries (one pro and one con) from nationally recognized newspaper (e.g. NY Times, Washington Post). Please see the Rubric in your syllabus for specific criteria. To earn the maximum points available you must have at least 12 sources (5 pro journal articles, 5 con articles, and 2 newspapers) on your reference page. Of the 10 journal articles some may present both pro and con arguments and can be used as such in your paper.

The Pro/Con Analyses Paper should follow this outline:
1. Overview of the issue.
Present the nature and scope of the issue – definition of the issue; number of people
affected; institutions or organizations involved.
2. Clearly identify the policy option related to the problem that you are analyzing.
3. Discuss the arguments made in support of and in opposition to the policy option chosen.
4. The final part of the paper should include your opinion/recommendations and reasons
for your position.
Did you change your mind as a result of your research? Did you become more entrenched in
your position? Or, have you become ambivalent or confused? (Your
opinion/recommendations should be at least one page.)
Guidelines for the Pro/Con Analyses Papers:
1″ margins, all sides; double spaced; 12-point font
Title page;
Abstract is not necessary and should not be included;
Be sure to spell check and edit your paper before you submit it
Length: 6 page minimum, 8 page maximum excluding the title page and reference list.
The format and references should conform to American Psychological Association (APA) standards.
Students should consult the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (current

edition) for style, format, and general reference.

I am doing my pro-con paper on Florida’s abortion law. For part 4, my opinion is that I am pro abortion and pro choice. Maximum 8 page maximum.

Interactive Activity HCI314 Explain how does the evaluation of information systems effect E health

Description

Learning Activities
Evaluation of E-Health PDF
Watch the following video(s):
Evaluation of Information Systems Evaluation of Information Systems – Alternative Formats
Interactive Activity 3
Purpose
The purpose of this Activity is to demonstrate your understanding of the concepts learned in this week’s readings/ educational videos.

Action ITEMS

EXPLAIN how does how does the evaluation of information systems effect E health

NoTe:should be a minimum of six lines

Health & Medical Question

Description

Just wanted to send to you to update and let me know the cost. If I could receive it back within 3 days. If you need me to resend the papers I will but for now Ill send the comments rec back for corrections.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
COM-20041 Project Rubric
Activity: Submit Your Project Here
Course: COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08
Name: Mary Dieterich-Callaway
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Describes your
complex challenge
and factors that
contribute to the
complexity of the
issue supported by
examples
Describes your
complex challenge and
factors that contribute
to the complexity of
the issue supported by
examples
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include explain how
different factors
interact to contribute
to the overall
complexity of the
challenge or providing
specific examples
Does not attempt to
describe a complex
challenge and factors
that contribute to the
complexity of the
issue
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
The work must be cited to add objectivity to the work.
Please provide a discussion that is fact-based (cite your work) and avoids generalizations or
your opinion.
9/10/23 – Mary, you have done a great job of introducing your topic.
You have a good start in analyzing your complex challenge; however, be sure to specifically
state what the challenge is supported by relevant research (don’t forget to provide in-text
citations). Please refer to the library resources and use your own words to convey the ideas
from sources. As it stands right now you have a good basis for pointing out the issue, however
it is opinion-based vs. fact-based due to the lack of supporting evidence. Additionally, be sure
to clearly state the specific factors that have contributed to the complexity of the issue in
order to meet this rubric criteria.
Although you have introduced the topic, more is needed to understand the complexity of the
issue. Who is most impacted by stressful work environments (i.e. leaders or employees)? Is
workplace stress more impactful based on specific industries or occupations?
Socioeconomic factors were part of your topic, so be sure to address this area. What
are socioeconomic factors and how does this impact stress? How does socioeconomics
influence how stress is managed and addressed? As you situate the topic, you must also
include research to support the topic. Without research, the information becomes opinion
based and does not support the magnitude of the problem. Project Resources: In the Unit
Resources under Your Research Challenge the article titled, “Choosing aTopic”, presents
overarching questions to guide the process of inquiry in research so you are deliberate with
your research question or the complex challenge you may be trying to solve. The website, “Ask
the Right Questions” provides strategies to explore when scoping your research and refining
your question. Review the article found under the Unit Resources: Research Methods and
Research Methodologies titled, “Four Primary Lenses” to examine the four primary lenses
commonly used by a variety of professionals in the field to help individuals in one profession
problem-solve more effectively, or apply new and innovative ways of addressing the problem
in their field.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
1/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Evaluates at least
seven primary or
Evaluates at least
seven primary or
Does not evaluate any
primary or secondary
secondary sources
secondary sources for
their relevance,
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include providing an
credibility
for their relevance,
validity, and
credibility
validity, and credibility
sources for their
relevance, validity, and
evaluation of all three
elements for at least
seven sources
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
Move this annotated bibliography to the section directly after the complex challenge. This
allows the reader to see the framework of the sources as soon as they read the challenge to
set up the rest of the paper.
9/10/23 – You are off to a good start here as well, however the annotated bibliography is
formatted in a very specific way.
Provide a heading entitled Annotated Bibliography
1. Double-check to ensure all of your sources support your challenge. Do you need to find
additional sources?
2. Make sure your reviews are not too detailed. The summary should be 1-2 paragraphs. You
have lot of extra information outside of the annotated bibliography section where you have
summarized the credibility and provided other explanations of the sources, however each
source should include their own explanation and not wrapped in together with other sources
that you have found.
3. The format for an annotated bibliography is very specific. You state the source prior to any
review/discussion. Please set your sources up to reflect this format. See this source below:
https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/general_writing/common_writing_assignments/annotated_bibliogr
aphies/annotated_bibliography_samples.html
4. Clearly evaluate each of your sources against these five (5) criteria:
Authority: Authority refers to the credibility of the author or creator of the information.
A person with authority is an accepted expert in his/her field.
Accuracy: Accuracy refers to how factual the source is. An accurate source has reliable
references to back up its claims – references that can be verified.
Currency: What is current varies from subject to subject. Medical research relies on a
shorter time period for currency than literary or historical studies.
Relevance: Is the source really relevant to your topic? Does it strengthen your
argument? Some sources may only relate to your topic in a loose way, especially topics
with multiple subcategories.
Objectivity: The point of view and purpose of a source can help you determine how
objective a source is and how much bias plays a role
Please addressed the criteria, for every source in this section, and clearly state why it meets or
does not meet that criteria by asking these questions.
1. Are the authors an authority? Why or why not?
2. Is the information presented factual? Why or why not? How do you know?
3. Is the information current? Why or why not?
4. Is the source really relevant to your topic? Does it strengthen your argument?
5. Is the point of view objective?
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
2/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Includes research
sources that
Includes research
sources that
Shows progress
Does not include any
research sources
individually and
individually and
collectively are
appropriate to the
discipline subject or
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
in which challenge is
branch of knowledge
in which challenge is
sources relevant to
the subject area
situated
situated
collectively are
appropriate to the
discipline subject or
branch of knowledge
toward expectations,
improvement may
include selecting
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
The verb tense and tone is confusing.
In this section, you will discuss the methods used to analyze your topic.
As you were searching for sources, why did you determine that these methods were most
appropriate to analyzing your topic? Why were these methods appropriate to evaluating the
challenge?
Keep in mind that this this is not so much about your process, but more about the
research methods that you considered when you selected the sources to support your stance.
Provide just a paragraph or two that includes more context around your issue and a detailed
explanation that discusses the research methods of the supporting sources (qualitative,
quantitative, case studies, primary data, secondary data, etc.). In this explanation, inform on
the types of methods that were used, why they are relevant, credible, and how the sources
have used research to address your challenge.
9/10/23 – You should look specifically at the methods that are used in your research and
discuss how these methods help to examine the topic. For example, if you evaluate a survey or
study then consider the methods used and how it helps to understand the topic and the issue
more effectively. Is the research used more quantitative or qualitative in nature? How does
a qualitative or quantitative analysis help to examine the challenge. When you were selecting
sources for the topic, why did you feel these were the most appropriate to examine the
issue?
Consider adding a paragraph that includes more context around your issue and and a detailed
explanation that discusses the research methods of the supporting sources (qualitative,
quantitative, case studies, etc.). In this explanation, inform on the types of methods that were
used, why they are relevant, credible, and how the sources have used research to address your
challenge. This is not so much about your process, however more about how
the research methods that you considered when you selected the sources to support your
stance.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
3/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Proposes course of
Proposes specific
course of action or
Shows progress
toward expectations,
Does not propose any
course of action
actions that represent
a reasonable solution
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
to the complex
challenge supported
improvement may
include supporting the
by applicable
methods, tools,
technologies, or
necessary resources
from at least five of
the most appropriate
recommendation with
at least five sources
action that
represents a
reasonable solution
to the complex
challenge supported
by applicable
methods, tools,
technologies, or
necessary resources
from at least five
sources in the
annotated
bibliography
from the annotated
bibliography
sources in the
annotated
bibliography
Discusses the
research and how
your interpretation
supports your
recommendations
Discusses the research
and how your
interpretation
supports your
recommendations
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include discussing
how your
recommendations are
relevant, logical, and
directly linked to the
research findings
Does not attempt to
discuss the research
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23 As you incorporate rationale to support your recommendations, you will need to
summarize the research and discuss how it aligns to each of the five (5) courses of action.
Try starting a new paragraph that specifically uses the rubric item as a starter. For instance:
Based on the research found, X [source] supports my recommendation of______…Y [source]
indicated _____, which supports my recommendations of _______
For example, you may discuss a survey instrument that provides evidence for your
recommendations. In this case, you would explain the research and how it supports your
courses of action (i.e. A survey was conducted by Smith (2019) that showed xxxx, which
supports my recommendation of xxxx).
The information within your interpretation connects to your solution. Make sure that you go
further in explaining the specific elements of the research that aligns from the five sources
that support your recommendations.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
4/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Discusses the
Discusses the
significance and
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include addressing any
Does not attempt to
discuss the
significance and
limitations of the
research in
supporting your
recommendations
limitations of the
research in supporting
your
recommendations
significance and
limitations of the
research
limitations or potential
biases in the research
and assess their
impact on the
conclusions
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
A component of the significance of the study is to illustrate the contribution that your study
will make to the existing literature on the problem or broad problem areas of education.
This section is about the research that you found and reviewed. Since you cannot review every
piece of research, we are interested in the pros and cons of the research that you used.
Answer these questions to show the significance of the research:
who benefits from the study
how that specific audience will benefit from its findings.
what contribution will your study make to the literature or to the field?
The significance of the study’s purpose is to make clear why your study was needed and the
specific contribution your research made to furthering academic knowledge in your field.
No study is completely flawless or inclusive of all possible aspects. When
discussing limitations in research, explain how they impact your findings because creating
their short list or description isn’t enough.
Answer these questions to show the limitation of the research:
did the research not include an important sector (i.e. age, culture, industry)?
was the research limited (i.e. only 10 participants)?
what did you feel was missing in how the research was conducted overall?
if you had to conduct research, what adjustments would you make to the current
processes to strengthen the results?
Examples include: research design (constraints on your population); insufficient sample size,
time constraints, cultural bias, etc.
Remember that future research of a topic is built upon prior research. By highlighting
limitations, you suggest a possible path for future researchers.
The significance and limitations should reference the research, not the recommendations.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
5/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Defends the course
Defends the course of
action or actions you
of action or actions
you have
recommended over
the alternatives
based on relevant
methods, resources,
tools, and ethical
implications
have recommended
over the alternatives
based on relevant
methods, resources,
tools, and ethical
implications
Not Yet
Not Evident
Does not attempt to
defend the course of
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
action or actions
recommended
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include explaining why
the recommended
course of action is
superior to the
alternatives,
highlighting strengths
or how it addresses
the problem
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
This section is for you to draw conclusions about everything you discovered along the way as it
pertains to the research – not so much about your opinion.
Using the recommendations as your conclusion you will need to defend why your actions and
recommendations are the most suitable versus what you have found. Using in-text
citations, cite your work that justifies your position and avoid generalizations.
Be sure to address the WHY? Explain why these methods are better than other methods used
in research attempting to solve the same/similar issues? What research have you found that
would support this method making this the best choice over the alternatives?
Avoid generalizations and cite your work that justifies your position. Be sure to defend why
your actions and recommendations are the most suitable versus what you have found. This
means including in-text citations to support your position.
9/10/23 – Mary, you have added a lot of information in your conclusion as well and even have
information that does not really apply, for example, you have stated “The purpose of this
annotated bibliography is to present a range of perspectives on workplace
stress and its impact on individuals and organizations.” This is out of place.
This section is for you to draw conclusions about everything you discovered along the way as it
pertains to the research – not so much about your opinion. For instance address the WHY?
Based on what other methods found in research? WHY is this method better than other
methods used in research attempting to solve the same/similar issues? What research have
you found that would support this method making this the best choice over the alternatives?
Also, once you have addressed the interpretation and the significance/limitation rubric items
this area will develop more.
Please review the resources Reading: The Conclusion and Reading: Writing Commons, How to
Write a Compelling Conclusion to help guide you towards writing a strong conclusion that
shows your reflection on your research and what sums up what you’ve learned.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
6/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Consistently and
Consistently and
effectively
Shows progress
towards expectations,
Does not provide an
organized response
communicates in an
organized way
but communication is
inconsistent or
effectively
communicates in an
organized way
ineffective in a way
that negatively
impacts
understanding
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
We will review this once all revisions are made.
9/10/23 – It appears that the information in your brief has been rewritten using a tool that
helps to avoid plagiarism, as the words do not flow resulting in incoherent sentences. Please
make sure to use your words as the brief currently lacks cohesiveness which is presenting a
great deal of unclarity.
Uses citations for
areas requiring
attribution
Uses citations for
areas requiring
attribution, with minor
errors
Uses citations for
ideas requiring
attribution, but with
major omissions
Does not use citations
for ideas requiring
attribution
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
This research brief calls for two separate lists: the annotated bibliography found in the body of
the brief and the references list at the end of the brief.
The annotated bibliography should be the section that follows the complex challenge section.
That is because this annotated bibliography helps the reader understand as soon as possible
what you used to address your complex challenge and how reliable the information is.
The references page(s) follows at the end of the paper and lists that information that
references all sources used (author(s), date, publication, website link), including those from the
annotated bibliography but does not include a summary of the research.
There should be a minimum of 7 sources here – the same ones that are in the annotated
bibliography.
Use the same citing style that you use for all of your other projects.
1. It is necessary to include in-text citations in the body of the brief; the sources of these
citations should all be visible on the references page.
2. This list will then act as a guide and provide the information necessary for your reviewer
to locate and retrieve any source you cite in the body of the paper.
3. Each source you cite in the paper must appear in your reference list; likewise, each
entry in the reference list must be cited in your text. Remember, you cannot post just a
URL or website address as an in-text citation.
Please go to this link:
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/le/content/1157169/viewContent/19873594/View
to address any requirements you may have for in-text citations and reference page to support
your references.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
7/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Rubric Criteria
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
We expect that many students use additional sources to support their work even though the
sources are not part of the annotated bibliography.
9/10/23 – Since there is additional writing and research to complete, this rubric item will be
reassessed during resubmission of your project. Please review your paper to ensure that you
have cited all directly quoted and/or paraphrased information and that all references
correspond to an appropriate in-text citation (including images and charts). The Citation Help
tile located in BrightSpace can help to determine when and how to cite your sources
appropriately. This resource includes access to the CfA Citation Guide and CfA Citation Maker,
which will help to cite your sources.
Overall Score
Mastered
Not Yet
This submission demonstrates mastery of
This submission needs improvement and does not yet demonstrate
this competency.
mastery of this competency.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
8/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
COM-20041 Project Rubric
Activity: Submit Your Project Here
Course: COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08
Name: Mary Dieterich-Callaway
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Describes your
complex challenge
and factors that
contribute to the
complexity of the
issue supported by
examples
Describes your
complex challenge and
factors that contribute
to the complexity of
the issue supported by
examples
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include explain how
different factors
interact to contribute
to the overall
complexity of the
challenge or providing
specific examples
Does not attempt to
describe a complex
challenge and factors
that contribute to the
complexity of the
issue
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
The work must be cited to add objectivity to the work.
Please provide a discussion that is fact-based (cite your work) and avoids generalizations or
your opinion.
9/10/23 – Mary, you have done a great job of introducing your topic.
You have a good start in analyzing your complex challenge; however, be sure to specifically
state what the challenge is supported by relevant research (don’t forget to provide in-text
citations). Please refer to the library resources and use your own words to convey the ideas
from sources. As it stands right now you have a good basis for pointing out the issue, however
it is opinion-based vs. fact-based due to the lack of supporting evidence. Additionally, be sure
to clearly state the specific factors that have contributed to the complexity of the issue in
order to meet this rubric criteria.
Although you have introduced the topic, more is needed to understand the complexity of the
issue. Who is most impacted by stressful work environments (i.e. leaders or employees)? Is
workplace stress more impactful based on specific industries or occupations?
Socioeconomic factors were part of your topic, so be sure to address this area. What
are socioeconomic factors and how does this impact stress? How does socioeconomics
influence how stress is managed and addressed? As you situate the topic, you must also
include research to support the topic. Without research, the information becomes opinion
based and does not support the magnitude of the problem. Project Resources: In the Unit
Resources under Your Research Challenge the article titled, “Choosing aTopic”, presents
overarching questions to guide the process of inquiry in research so you are deliberate with
your research question or the complex challenge you may be trying to solve. The website, “Ask
the Right Questions” provides strategies to explore when scoping your research and refining
your question. Review the article found under the Unit Resources: Research Methods and
Research Methodologies titled, “Four Primary Lenses” to examine the four primary lenses
commonly used by a variety of professionals in the field to help individuals in one profession
problem-solve more effectively, or apply new and innovative ways of addressing the problem
in their field.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
1/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Evaluates at least
seven primary or
Evaluates at least
seven primary or
Does not evaluate any
primary or secondary
secondary sources
secondary sources for
their relevance,
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include providing an
credibility
for their relevance,
validity, and
credibility
validity, and credibility
sources for their
relevance, validity, and
evaluation of all three
elements for at least
seven sources
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
Move this annotated bibliography to the section directly after the complex challenge. This
allows the reader to see the framework of the sources as soon as they read the challenge to
set up the rest of the paper.
9/10/23 – You are off to a good start here as well, however the annotated bibliography is
formatted in a very specific way.
Provide a heading entitled Annotated Bibliography
1. Double-check to ensure all of your sources support your challenge. Do you need to find
additional sources?
2. Make sure your reviews are not too detailed. The summary should be 1-2 paragraphs. You
have lot of extra information outside of the annotated bibliography section where you have
summarized the credibility and provided other explanations of the sources, however each
source should include their own explanation and not wrapped in together with other sources
that you have found.
3. The format for an annotated bibliography is very specific. You state the source prior to any
review/discussion. Please set your sources up to reflect this format. See this source below:
https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/general_writing/common_writing_assignments/annotated_bibliogr
aphies/annotated_bibliography_samples.html
4. Clearly evaluate each of your sources against these five (5) criteria:
Authority: Authority refers to the credibility of the author or creator of the information.
A person with authority is an accepted expert in his/her field.
Accuracy: Accuracy refers to how factual the source is. An accurate source has reliable
references to back up its claims – references that can be verified.
Currency: What is current varies from subject to subject. Medical research relies on a
shorter time period for currency than literary or historical studies.
Relevance: Is the source really relevant to your topic? Does it strengthen your
argument? Some sources may only relate to your topic in a loose way, especially topics
with multiple subcategories.
Objectivity: The point of view and purpose of a source can help you determine how
objective a source is and how much bias plays a role
Please addressed the criteria, for every source in this section, and clearly state why it meets or
does not meet that criteria by asking these questions.
1. Are the authors an authority? Why or why not?
2. Is the information presented factual? Why or why not? How do you know?
3. Is the information current? Why or why not?
4. Is the source really relevant to your topic? Does it strengthen your argument?
5. Is the point of view objective?
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
2/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Includes research
sources that
Includes research
sources that
Shows progress
Does not include any
research sources
individually and
individually and
collectively are
appropriate to the
discipline subject or
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
in which challenge is
branch of knowledge
in which challenge is
sources relevant to
the subject area
situated
situated
collectively are
appropriate to the
discipline subject or
branch of knowledge
toward expectations,
improvement may
include selecting
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23
The verb tense and tone is confusing.
In this section, you will discuss the methods used to analyze your topic.
As you were searching for sources, why did you determine that these methods were most
appropriate to analyzing your topic? Why were these methods appropriate to evaluating the
challenge?
Keep in mind that this this is not so much about your process, but more about the
research methods that you considered when you selected the sources to support your stance.
Provide just a paragraph or two that includes more context around your issue and a detailed
explanation that discusses the research methods of the supporting sources (qualitative,
quantitative, case studies, primary data, secondary data, etc.). In this explanation, inform on
the types of methods that were used, why they are relevant, credible, and how the sources
have used research to address your challenge.
9/10/23 – You should look specifically at the methods that are used in your research and
discuss how these methods help to examine the topic. For example, if you evaluate a survey or
study then consider the methods used and how it helps to understand the topic and the issue
more effectively. Is the research used more quantitative or qualitative in nature? How does
a qualitative or quantitative analysis help to examine the challenge. When you were selecting
sources for the topic, why did you feel these were the most appropriate to examine the
issue?
Consider adding a paragraph that includes more context around your issue and and a detailed
explanation that discusses the research methods of the supporting sources (qualitative,
quantitative, case studies, etc.). In this explanation, inform on the types of methods that were
used, why they are relevant, credible, and how the sources have used research to address your
challenge. This is not so much about your process, however more about how
the research methods that you considered when you selected the sources to support your
stance.
https://learn.snhu.edu/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_user_view_feedback.d2l?ou=1376789&db=2423136&grpid=0
3/8
9/19/23, 10:16 AM
Feedback for Submit Your Project Here – COM-20041-XH018 Address Complex Challenges 23DA08 – Southern New Hampshire …
Rubric Criteria
Mastered
Not Yet
Not Evident
Proposes course of
Proposes specific
course of action or
Shows progress
toward expectations,
Does not propose any
course of action
actions that represent
a reasonable solution
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
to the complex
challenge supported
improvement may
include supporting the
by applicable
methods, tools,
technologies, or
necessary resources
from at least five of
the most appropriate
recommendation with
at least five sources
action that
represents a
reasonable solution
to the complex
challenge supported
by applicable
methods, tools,
technologies, or
necessary resources
from at least five
sources in the
annotated
bibliography
from the annotated
bibliography
sources in the
annotated
bibliography
Discusses the
research and how
your interpretation
supports your
recommendations
Discusses the research
and how your
interpretation
supports your
recommendations
Shows progress
toward expectations,
but with errors or
omissions; areas for
improvement may
include discussing
how your
recommendations are
relevant, logical, and
directly linked to the
research findings
Does not attempt to
discuss the research
Criterion Feedback
9/19/23 As you incorporate rationale to support your recommendations, you will need to
summarize the research and discuss how it aligns to each of the five (5) courses of action.
Try starting a new paragraph that specifically uses the rubric item as a starter. For instance:
Based on the research found, X [source] supports my recommendation of______…Y [source]
indicated _____, which supports my recommendations of _______
For example, you may discuss a survey instrument that provides evidence for your
recommendations. In this case, you would explain the research and how it supports your
courses of action (i.e. A survey was conducted by Smith (2019) that showed xxxx, which
supports my recommendation of xxxx).

Health & Medical Question

Description

Paper details: Resources this week speak about the conviction and courage required to understand and speak to systems and hierarchies of power. Using the hot topic article about pandemics, write an essay on how educational institutions can effectively address systemic racism.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

A Pandemic Amongst a Pandemic: The Black Community Is Exhausted
Advice & News | by Leslie Ekpe
Thursday, July 9, 2020
   
Johnny Silvercloud/Shutterstock
“If you are neutral in situations of injustice, you have chosen the side of the oppressor. If an
elephant has its foot on the tail of a mouse, and you say that you are neutral, the mouse will not
appreciate your neutrality.” – Desmond Tutu
Dear University Officials:
I am a Black doctoral student who is disheartened by the monotonous statements from
universities addressing the systemic racism that has plagued our communities over the past
few weeks. I am sharing my thoughts and perspective with you because I believe that it is
essential you recognize what many of the individuals in the Black community are experiencing
in the midst of the coronavirus pandemic. Black academics are facing traumatizing events, and
a statement is not going to be enough. In the wake of the protests against the murders of
Breonna Taylor, Ahmaud Arbery, George Floyd, Rayshard Brooks, and the multiple lynchings
masked as suicides, the boilerplate statements presented by administrators of universities far
and near is a clear representation of the trends in direct obliviousness in addressing structural
racism. Unfortunately, entirely too often, we see this to be the nature of the academy. The Black
This
site uses cookies
to make
finding jobs,
helping your
career, pandemic.
and hiring employees
as easy
as violence is not
community
is facing
a pandemic
amongst
another
Anti-Black
racial
CLOSE
possible. By using HigherEdJobs, you accept our privacy policy and how we use cookies.
only a national issue; it is infiltrating our college classrooms.
Being Black in America is overwhelming. It is time to stop ignoring that fact. Black Americans
are dying at a disproportionate rate at the hands of police officers, all the while also dying at
three times the rate of white people due to COVID-19. Some claim that these two issues -police brutality and the coronavirus — are related to each other. In both cases, the severity of
the death toll derives from structural racism and injustice.
Moreover, a thorough reexamining of systemic racism is needed for the remedy. We cannot
erase 400 years of injustice, but we can strive — now and collectively — to ensure that America
is a place where everyone will treat equality with integrity and fairness. The anti-Blackness
propaganda is being practiced in our institutions, and unfortunately, ignorance has created
barriers in the dismantling of these practices. The fight you are witnessing for racial equality is
not new to the Black community in the academy. There is a clear gap in universities upholding
the commitments contained in mission and vision statements versus what is being practiced.
The acts of racism are being normalized across our nation. Thus, many individuals have
systematized bigotry as a natural part of the culture of higher education. So, while you may
believe that the academy has made strides in reconstructing the structural practices and
policies that permeate bias and prejudice, it is clear that societies’ influences will continue to
enact challenges on the discussion of race and racism in the academy. Don’t ignore this.
James Baldwin once stated, ‘I can’t believe what you say, because I see what you do.’ It is time
to do more. I share the following suggestions to help you be more cognizant of Black
academics’ sentiments during this upsetting time.
Language Matters
Pay close attention to the words that you use in statements that address your community. By
stating that individuals in your communities have ‘free speech,’ you are enabling individuals of
other races who are not Black to infiltrate the corrupt system. Your ineffective statements mirror
ethical relativism dressed as what is equitable. And while the academy is encouraged by the
momentum for change, there is a recognized worry that administrators are missing the mark in
addressing the pervasive racism that is taking place within universities with pacifying ‘WE ARE
WITH YOU’ statements.
Can we agree that we operate inside a culture that needs to be questioned, rather than
handled as a brand? As higher education administrators, you have a moral responsibility due to
Black academics. Statements and actions from the universities should assume those
responsibilities, not undermine them. Whether deliberate or not, the rhetoric of ‘inclusivity’ may
be a means for universities to abdicate their duty to do their part in removing segregation and
This site uses cookies to make finding jobs, helping your career, and hiring employees as easy as
CLOSE
patriarchal processes. It is time for mission statements that illuminate the inclusivity that your
possible. By using HigherEdJobs, you accept our privacy policy and how we use cookies.
university has yet to offer. It is time for administrators to set out clear outlines and actionable
steps to create change, not just at the administrative and leadership levels, but also in white
colleagues’ behavior and mindset. It is in the university’s best interest that when decisions are
made that directly affect Black academics, we are actively involved. We need our white peers
to note their cultural advantages and bring attention to these problems by ensuring that as such
decisions take place and choices are made, the Black community is actively engaged. Change
starts with dialogue, and we must be able to do the work to have these conversations.
While your dedication to ensuring the campus populations’ well-being is appreciated, also
realize the challenges Black academics are facing when adapting to the ‘new norm’ the COVID19 pandemic has brought. We are fighting an uphill battle of questioning whether the next
hashtag will be our father, mother, sister, brother, or even ourselves. For Black scholars, the
problem of concentrating and focusing on academics is even more complicated when we live
moment to moment with a reasonable fear of unjustifiably being killed daily at the hands of
police. Be wary of this and create action plans that encompass deliberate initiatives that will
ensure safety for the Black community. Too few Black academics have someone to share our
daily encounters of racial tension, feelings of disdain and marginalization, and racial fight
fatigue. The last thing we need is decisions being made on our behalf that are not a direct
representation of what is needed.
Intentionally Listening
The Black community needs administrators to listen with intent. In recent weeks, we have seen
scholars on Twitter address discriminatory practices and conversations that have directly
impacted their educational journeys (#BlackInIvory, #BlackInTheAcademy, #MinorityTax).
These reports should not be brushed under the carpet like the others concealed for the
university’s reputation. Not only have these hashtags been quite disturbing, but the hashtags
have revealed once more the altogether hate and prejudice that continues to have a
disproportionate impact on Black communities causing constant anxiety, anger, and pain.
It is not up to you to tell Black scholars how they should feel. The racialized society is in a
current state of grotesqueness. The deluge of suffering and the flood of deliberate ignorance in
the wake of abuse generates considerable distrust in addressing institutional injustice
problems. These are lived experiences of your Black community, so it’s not the responsibility of
the higher-ups to investigate whether the experiences are credible. It is also not Black peoples’
responsibility to make you feel better about the mild frustration protesting of racism causes to
you.
Think about the decisions that you are making before enacting them. Are they creating
disadvantages for the Black community? Even though you are accountable to your institution
as administrators, remember that your actions will inevitably directly affect your Black
This
site uses cookies
to make finding
jobs, helping
yourBlack
career,community’s
and hiring employees
as easyand
as ensuring that CLOSE
community.
Be intentional
in listening
to the
concerns
possible. By using HigherEdJobs, you accept our privacy policy and how we use cookies.
their expectations are addressed explicitly.
Promote Inclusivity
As administrators tasked with making challenging decisions, I ask that you consider how your
actions are consistent with the university’s mission and vision statements. The university should
be employing and practicing inclusivity throughout campus, not just in the diversity and
inclusion office. We are sick of people running behind quotations from Martin Luther King Jr.
and practicing the total opposite of what he believed. It is up to university leadership to choose
where to go from here: anarchy or community? There is an opportunity — indeed, a duty — to
uplift the discourse on race, class, police brutality, and dignity.
It is time to begin encouraging anti-racist legislation, culturally sensitive curricula, nonviolent
demonstrations, critical dialogue, and constructive debates on these difficult topics. Universities
should strive for communities that are accepting and tolerant of everyone — understanding of
all. My skin tone should not preclude me from earning a place on campus — much like your
facial image or name should not keep you out. We are both going to be better off to address the
elephant in the room, just as you would if your white community were at risk. No matter
whether physical or mental, challenges are part of the road to meaningful progress. Less talk,
more action. If you invest thousands of dollars into inclusive marketing, make sure you keep
the same energy when investing in university practices.
Speak Against Racism and Social Inequality
As university leaders, it is critical to be intentional in addressing the systemic racism occurring
in our nation because it ultimately has a direct impact on your university. It is challenging for the
Black community to maintain professional and scholarly responsibilities after witnessing our
brothers’ and sisters’ lynching due to racial profiling. Your Black community is running on
fumes. We are tired. We are angry. Unfortunately, this space is also very familiar. Cultural
discrimination is intolerable, and at our world-leading institutions, we cannot tolerate faculty,
staff, researchers, and students being abuse victims. We expect institutions to have robust
procedures in place to respond to incidents. At a time, such as this, your silence speaks
volumes. Support the Black community as much as you do when cheering for us on the field
and court. You cannot acknowledge Juneteenth by bringing news of true freedom — freedom
from oppression, violence, and systemic racism — when your university practices reflect the
direct opposite. Even after a century and a half, that goal remains sadly evasive in many ways.
Recommit yourself as a university to be partners on the path to achieving true equality for your
Black community and turning attention toward the mission of anti-racism resolutely. Your efforts
may be lengthy, and the battle may be rough, but be aware that there is no progress without
struggle.
Related Topics:
This site uses cookies to make finding jobs, helping your career, and hiring employees as easy as
possible.
By using HigherEdJobs,
accept our privacy
policy
and how
Diversity
Diversity and you
Inclusion
Diversity
in Higher
Edwe use cookies.
CLOSE
HigherEdJobs Comment Policy
Got it
Please read our Comment Policy before commenting.
1

5 Comments
G
Join the discussion…
LOG IN WITH
OR SIGN UP WITH DISQUS
?
Name
Email
Password
Please access our Privacy Policy to learn what personal data Disqus collects and your choice
how it is used. All users of our service are also subject to our Terms of Service.
 18
Share
M
Morgan Pettway
Best
Newest

3 years ago
“Keep that same energy …” as a former graduate student, I felt that in my soul. Several great points!
0
0
Reply
• Share ›

Maxwell
3 years ago
Very well put article outlining the mental toll recent events in this country has put on black Americans. All
and inclusion departments should the taking the steps mentioned here to ensure their black American stu
feel safe and wanted on their respected campus.
1
J
0
Reply
• Share ›

Jarett Fields
3 years ago
Asè!!
0
S
0
Reply
Stuart Rosenberg
• Share ›
This site uses cookies to make finding jobs, helping your career, and hiring employees as easy as
3 years ago
possible. By using HigherEdJobs, you accept our privacy policy and how we use cookies.

CLOSE
The article only addresses police brutality and the deaths from Covid 19. We should realize what the term
b
l
h
l
ffi
d
l k ll
bl k
l f
f h
2023
FEB
23
2021
FEB
22
2020
JUL
brutality means…white police officers indiscriminately killing black people for no reason. Even if that is tru
Similar Articles
percentage of these deaths is miniscule compared to the murder of black on black in cities like Chicago. O
course, no mention of this in the article. How convenient to ignore this powerful impact on the entire black
community. As far as Covid 19 is concerned we already know that certain governors in certain states have
3 Things That Job Seekers Want Most
deliberately forced their health commissioners to falsify death certificates to read: death from the Covid 1
By Justin Zackal
opposed to the real cause of death. There is a big difference in actually dying from the Covid 19 or dying w
course, certain parties ant to ignore these pertinent facts as it does not fir their political agenda. They are
How
thenot
Pandemic
Meaning
Blackstory.
History
Month
who do
have theStrengthened
guts to tell orthe
admit
to theof
whole
Articles
like these do us all a grave mis-servic
By Dr. Cobretti D. Williams
0
1 Reply
Share ›


30
Comparing
the Black
White
Higher Education Workforce
> Stuart
Rosenberg
Damy
Nze and
By Monika3 Sziron,
Ph.D.
years ago
10
The Blackspecific
Lives Matter
on the
Monuments
theare
Confederacy
andIBeyond
topic. Movement:
I can guessImpact
from your
contribution
thatofyou
not a scholar.
am a professor and
By Emily Allen
Williams and Criminal Justice. I am also a black man and can identify with every point the wr
Criminology
D
FEB
2022
You should then write a rejoinder with historical and scholarly evidence. The writer was addressi
made. It is not just the police, the entire criminal justice system in the United States needs a rebo
View More ArticlesSystemic or structural injustice is the name (for neophytes). Years of slavery, segregation, black
Jim Crow laws, and policies that undermine minority populations have created the inner city viole
alluded to. You should take some time to read about American history! Our actions or inactions t
shape tomorrow. Enough is enough!
1
Subscribe
Privacy
0
Reply
• Share ›
Do Not Sell My Data
This site uses cookies to make finding jobs, helping your career, and hiring employees as easy as
possible. By using HigherEdJobs, you accept our privacy policy and how we use cookies.
CLOSE

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

ONE PAGE MIN.

Please open all these articles and write about them.

Make sure you use ALL the words listed below.

Write an abstract on the following:

– The Normal Immune System II Wikipedia: “Clonal Selection”, “Major Histocompatibility

complex”, “Human Leukocyte Antigen”, “Complement system”

Wikipedia links:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clonal_selection

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Major_histocompatibi…

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Human_leukocyte_anti…

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Complement_system

WRITING ABSTRACTS – PSL 460 – DR. ROOT-BERNSTEIN

The purpose of writing an abstract is to condense the material you have read into the most succinct form. To abstract is to pare away the unnecessary elements of an argument or its presentation to discover its essence. Since every narrative contains many levels of discourse and many themes, abstracting requires you to make informed decisions about what elements are most important. These decisions will depend on the questions you are asking and the problems you are trying to solve. You can’t do a good job of abstracting until you have a clear question or problem in mind! Before you start reading, ask yourself what you want to know. Keep your question or problem in mind as you read!

It is often easiest to write out whatever comes to mind in answering your question without regard to length and then to go back and pare away at it to make it suitably short.

If you have done your job well, your abstract should be able to achieve the brevity of a TV Guide description of a movie plot. It should state the basic problem and its resolution: “Man meets married woman, kills her husband, who turns out to be his twin brother adopted out at birth.” A line this succinct should form the first sentence of your abstract. The abstract itself should then consist of a short paragraph or two single spaced that describes the most important elements of the plot line you describe in your first sentence. Try to balance generalizations with one or two specific examples.

Your abstract must include:

1) 2) 3) 4)

the main argument or arguments made by the author(s); the key concept(s) upon which they base their argument(s); the main points or data that support their argument(s).

Definitions of any key technical terms

Health advocacy

Description

The essay will require to use a residualist conversion approach to identify an appropriate health advocacy goal.The
first material is shiffman & smith theory of change framework while
the second document contains different types of theory of change. So,
you can choose from anyone you’re comfortable with and apply it to the
chosen problem.Please, also give examples to help illustrate your points effectively. Another
Hint: Please when choosing a health problem, Consider choosing an issue
that affects a particular state or location rather than globally. So
that It will lot easier to apply the theory of change to that chosen
location

Unformatted Attachment Preview

GLOBAL ADVOCACY AND POLITICAL PRIORITY
ASSIGNMENT 1 QUESTION
Within public health, there is a focus on research, epidemiology and program development.
However, very often effective action on the part of governments does not occur without
significant influence from civil society in the form of health advocacy as community
organising.
The Purpose of this assignment is to critically appraise a health issue in terms of its structural
determinants and discuss the application of a theory of change for effective health advocacy.
Your task is to write an academic essay that uses a social problem analysis and theory of
change framework to prepare for health advocacy on a pressing health issue.
This essay requires you to use a residualist conversion (Jamrozik & Nocella, 1998)
approach to identify an appropriate health advocacy goal. This problem framing process
will explicitly incorporate an understanding of the relevant social determinants of health. The
key elements of a theory of change for the identified health advocacy goal will be discussed
for a particular national or sub-national setting.
Your essay should:
1. Include an introduction that briefly outlines the importance of the health issue and
the structural determinants that are relevant. (150 words)
2. Outline the application of a residualist conversion analysis to explain how your
chosen issue is a predictable negative by-product of the pursuit of dominant interests and
values in society. Explain how your issue is commonly converted from a political into a
technical problem. You will propose an alternative framing that recognizes the political and
structural framing of the problem. Explicit application of structural determinants of
health will be included in this process drawing on model by Solar and Irwin (2010). (800
words)
3. Finally you will discuss how a theory of change for health advocacy could be applied
to address the identified problem in a particular setting. Use of relevant reports, statistics,
and potential NGO alliances will be included. (900 words)
4.
Include a conclusion that concisely summarises your key points. (150 words)
KEY RESOURCES/MATERIALS: (1) Jamrozik, A., & Nocella, L. (1998). The Sociology
of Social Problems: Theoretical Perspectives and Methods of Intervention. Cambridge
University Press.
(2) Solar, O., & Irwin, A. (2010). A conceptual framework for action on the social
determinants of health.
Other Useful Resources/Materials:
➢ Gemma Carey, Eleanor Malbon, Brad Crammond, Melanie Pescud, Philip Baker, Can
the sociology of social problems help us to understand and manage ‘lifestyle drift’?,
Health Promotion International, Volume 32, Issue 4, August 2017, Pages 755–761,
https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/dav116
➢ Levy, Barry S. (ed.), Social Injustice and Public Health, 3rd edn (New York, 2019;
online edn, Oxford Academic, 22 Aug. 2019),
https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190914653.001.0001, accessed 11 Sept. 2023.
➢ (Chapter 9: An A–Z of Tobacco Control Advocacy Strategy). (2007). In Chapman,
Public health advocacy and tobacco control [electronic resource] : making smoking
history (p. 1 online resource (346 p.)). Blackwell Pub.
https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470692479. (Note: Please Read section titled Advocacy:
the neglected sibling of public health)
➢ Kingdon, John W.. Agendas, Alternatives, and Public Policies, Update Edition, with
an Epilogue on Health Care: Pearson New International Edition, Pearson Education
UK, 2013. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/acu/detail.action?docID=5138173.
➢ Cockerham, William C.. Social Causes of Health and Disease, Polity Press, 2013.
ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/acu/detail.action?docID=1604131.
➢ Baum, F., & Fisher, M. (2014). Why behavioural health promotion endures despite its
failure to reduce health inequities. From Health Behaviours to Health Practices, 5768. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118898345.ch6
➢ Baum. (2015). The new public health / (Fourth edition..). Oxford University Press,
https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/acu/detail.action?docID=4786467. (Note:
Please Read Chapter One and Thirteen)
➢ Shiffman, & Smith, S. (2007). Generation of political priority for global health
initiatives: a framework and case study of maternal mortality. The Lancet, 370(9595),
1370–1379. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(07)61579-7
➢ Carlisle. (2000). Health promotion, advocacy and health inequalities: a conceptual
framework. Health Promotion International, 15(4), 369–376.
https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/15.4.369
➢ Erik Blas. (n.d.). Social determinants approaches to public health: from concept to
practice. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241564137. (Read Chapter 2:
Scaled up and marginalised.)
➢ Marmot, & Bell, R. (2012). Fair society, healthy lives. Public Health, 126(1), S4–S10.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.puhe.2012.05.014
➢ Wilkinson, & Marmot, M. G. (Eds.). (2003). Social determinants of health [electronic
resource] : the solid facts / (2nd ed.). World Health Organization Regional Office for
Europe.
➢ Phelan, Link, B. G., & Tehranifar, P. (2010). Social Conditions as Fundamental
Causes of Health Inequalities: Theory, Evidence, and Policy Implications. Journal of
Health and Social Behavior, 51(1_suppl), S28–S40.
https://doi.org/10.1177/0022146510383498
➢ WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health (Ed.). (2008). Closing the gap in
a generation : health equity through action on the social determinants of health : final
report /. World Health Organization.
➢ Donkin, Goldblatt, P., Allen, J., Nathanson, V., & Marmot, M. (2018). Global action
on the social determinants of health. BMJ Global Health, 3(Suppl 1), e000603–
e000603. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjgh-2017-000603
➢ Jamrozik. (1998). The sociology of social problems : theoretical perspectives and
methods of intervention (Nocella, Ed.). Cambridge University Press; Cambridge
University Press. (Read Chapter Three Methods of Intervention in Social Problems)
➢ Klugman. (2011). Effective social justice advocacy: a theory-of-change framework
for assessing progress. Reproductive Health Matters, 19(38), 146–162.
https://doi.org/10.1016/S0968-8080(11)38582-5
➢ Cairney. (2016). The Politics of Evidence-Based Policy Making [electronic resource]
/. Palgrave Macmillan UK : (Read Chapter 3 health and advocacy barriers and
solutions)
➢ McClelland, & Smyth, P. (Eds.). (2014). Social policy in Australia : understanding for
action (3rd edition., p. 1 online resource (xvii, 302 pages) :). Oxford University Press.
(Note: Please read: ‘Chapter 3 — A Framework for Understanding and Action’)
➢ Policy Interventions and Citizen Engagement. (2005). In Considine, Making public
policy : institutions, actors, strategies / (pp. 141–164). Polity Press,.
➢ McClelland, & Smyth, P. (Eds.). (2014). Social policy in Australia : understanding for
action (Third edition., p. 1 online resource (xvii, 302 pages) :). Oxford University
Press. (Note: Please read: ‘Chapter 4 — The Institutional Context for Decisions and
Action’, pages 60-77)
Length: 2000 words no +/- 10% (including in-text references but excluding the
end reference list). Referencing style: APA 7, a citation should be provided
upon every mention of an idea, statistic, concept, argument, etc. that has
come from someone other than yourself.
Formatting:





Microsoft Word document (not PDF)
Essay writing
1.5 line spacing
Normal margins
Font 12/ Times New Roman
PLEASE STRICTLY FOLLOW THE CRITERION 1-5 STATED BELOW WHEN
WRITING YOUR ESSAY.
CRITERION 1- A CLEAR LINK SHOULD BE MADE BETWEEN THE
CHOSEN HEALTH TOPIC, THE CHOSEN AND SOCIAL DETERMINANT
OF HEALTH (SDH).

Please excellently provide analysis of a high-level, detailed description of link
between health issue and social determination of health
Underpinned by the scientific literature
– Please, include citations for all key statement
CRITERION 2- AN ANALYSIS OF THE HEALTH ISSUES IS PROVIDED
THAT APPLIES THE RESIDUALIST CONVERSION (JAMROZIK &
NOCELLA, 1998) APPROACH TO ANALYSIS AND CONSIDERS THE
APPROPRIATE GOALS FOR EFFECTIVE ADVOCACY.

Please Excellently undertake Health issue analysis in an extremely detailed
manner,

Also, excellently show a very clear understanding of concepts related to
residualist conversion.

Underpinned by the scientific literature
– Please, include citations for all key statement
CRITERION 3- A THEORY OF CHANGE SHOULD BE ARTICULATED
THAT
INFORMS
THE
HEALTH
ADVOCACY
STRATEGY.
THE ANALYSIS OF THE HEALTH ISSUE SHOULD INCORPORATE A
THEORY OF CHANGE THAT IS SUPPORTED BY APPROPRIATE
SCHOLARLY LITERATURE. THIS ANALYSIS SHOULD ALSO IDENTIFY
THE WAY POWER WILL BE UNDERSTOOD AND STRATEGICALLY
EMPLOYED AND WILL SUPPORT THE KEY ADVOCACY GOAL.

Excellently explain in a highly detailed manner, the theory of change implications
of the chosen health issue
Please Show a very clear understanding of concepts related to power and
advocacy strategies.
– Underpinned by the scientific literature
CRITERION 4- SCIENTIFIC WRITING, FORMATTING, GRAMMAR,
PUNCTUATION, AND SPELLING:

Very high quality of scientific writing, logical, clear and eloquent; and meets word limit
and formatting requirements. There are no errors with grammar, spelling, punctuation, and
meaning is easily discernible. The essay should read without interruption.
-Avoid padding (‘each and every…’ …’both positive and negative’’)
CRITERION 5- REFERENCES AND REFERENCING:

References used should be credible, relevant, and of high quality. Mixed use of published
books, peer-reviewed scientific journal articles, high quality databases, and/or
reports. APA 7 referencing should be accurate in all instances. All statements of fact and
ideas taken from elsewhere should be referenced. Use Wide range of references, at least
up to 45 references and above.
-A Citation per Key Statement.
SUMMARY
The Essay must contain:
• An introduction that briefly outlines the importance of the health issue and the
structural determinants that are relevant






Outline the application of a residualist conversion analysis to explain how your
chosen issue is a predictable negative by-product of the pursuit of dominant interests
and values in society.
Explain how your issue is commonly converted from a political into a technical
problem.
You will propose an alternative framing that recognizes the political and structural
framing of the problem
Explicit application of structural determinants of health will be included in this
process drawing on model by Solar and Irwin (2010).
discuss how a theory of change for health advocacy could be applied to address the
identified problem in a particular setting
A conclusion that concisely summarises your key points.
• High quality presentation, in terms of format, meeting general requirements for
task; coherence of expression; and adherence to conventions of writing (spelling,
grammar, length) and referencing
Tips:
(1) Where appropriate, use sub-headings that align with the criterion.
(2) You can also include graph, image or statistical data if need be.
(3) Gauge the number of words and emphasis to use for each section.
ADVOCACY EVALUATION
PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE:
10 Theories to Inform
Advocacy and Policy
Change Efforts
Sarah
Stachowiak,
ORS Impact
October
2013
This is an update and expansion of the Pathways brief originally published by Organizational Research
Services in 2009. This brief may not be reproduced whole or in part without written permission from
the author or the Center for Evaluation Innovation.
ADVOCACY EVALUATION
PATHWAYS TO CHANGE:
10 Theories to Inform
Advocacy and Policy
Change Efforts
Sarah
Stachowiak
Foreword
T
he first Pathways for Change brief originally was published in 2008 in response to growing interest
from evaluators, funders, and advocates to evaluate advocacy and policy change efforts. Since that
time, the field of advocacy and policy change evaluation has grown, and theories of change continue to
serve as bedrock for evaluative efforts. Given this context, the time is ripe to expand on the original work.
This updated brief maintains most of the content from the original piece and provides information on four
additional theories. It continues to focus on theories most directly applicable to either understanding
how policy change happens or how specific advocacy tactics play out; this brief does not focus on more
comprehensive social science theories. Additionally, at the time of the original brief, the utility and
application of this work were largely theoretical. This update includes an expanded section on how
evaluators, advocates, and funders can apply these theories to advocacy and policy work.
Introduction
A
dvocates of all stripes seek changes in policy as a way to achieve impact at a scale and degree of
sustainability that differs from what can be achieved through direct services or programs alone.
Advocates and funders each come to policy work with a set of beliefs and assumptions about how change
will happen, and these beliefs shape their thinking about what conditions are necessary for success, which
tactics to undertake in which situations, and what changes need to be achieved along the way.
These worldviews are, in actuality, theories of change, whether or not they have been explicitly stated or
documented as such. When articulated as theories of change, these strategy and belief system roadmaps can
clarify expectations internally and externally, and they can facilitate more effective planning and evaluation.
This brief lays out 10 theories grounded in diverse disciplines and worldviews that have relevance to the
world of advocacy and policy change. These theories can help to untangle beliefs and assumptions about
the inner workings of the policy making process and identify causal connections supported by research
1 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
to explain how and why a change may or may not
occur. This piece is not meant to be comprehensive of
Defining Theory of Change
all possible relevant theories and approaches; rather, it
T
introduces and illustrates a handful of theories that may
be useful to advocates, funders, and evaluators. While
the theories included may have broad applicability, the
brief is grounded in the context of US domestic policy.
Knowing about existing theories may sharpen your own
thinking, provide new ways of looking at the policy world,
and give you a leg up on developing your own theory of
change. The final section gives concrete examples of the
way in which advocates, funders, and evaluators can use
this brief in their work.
heory of change can be defined as
the conceptual model for achieving a
collective vision. A theory of change typically
addresses the linkages among the strategies,
outcomes, and goals that support a broader
mission or vision, along with the underlying
assumptions that are related to these
linkages. Theories of change can be expressed
in many forms but ultimately should explain
how you get from “here” to “there.”1
1
Organizational Research Services. (2007). A guide to
measuring advocacy and policy. Prepared for the
Annie E. Casey Foundation. Seattle, WA.
10 Theories of Change Related to Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
B
rief summaries follow of 10 social science theories of change relevant to advocacy and policy change
efforts.2 These comprise two types of theories:
Global theories are theories that explain how policy change occurs more broadly, and
Tactical theories are theories from various social science disciplines that apply to common advocacy
tactics that are likely part of broader advocacy efforts or campaigns.
Global theories include the following:
1. “Large Leaps” or Punctuated Equilibrium theory
2. “Policy Windows” or Agenda-Setting theory3
3. “Coalition” theory or Advocacy Coalition Framework
4. “Power Politics” or Power Elites theory
5. “Regime” theory
Tactical theories include the following:
1. “Messaging and Frameworks” theory
2. “Media Influence” or Agenda-Setting theory3
3. “Grassroots” or Community Organizing theory
4. “Group Formation” or Self-Categorization theory
5. “Diffusion” theory or Diffusion of Innovations
2
3
Overviews of the theories are based on the seminal works that undergird them. Summarizing complex theories into one page or
less necessarily distills the information significantly. For greater depth or nuance, please see the Bibliography to access the original
sources.
Both Kingdon (“Policy Windows”) and McCombs and Shaw (“Media Influence”) use the term “Agenda-Setting Theory” to quite
different ends. To be true to the original authors, we use the term for both. To differentiate between them, we refer to Kingdon’s
work as “Policy Windows” and McCombs and Shaw’s work as “Media Influence.”
2 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
GLOBAL THEORIES
TACTICAL THEORIES
3 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
Psychology
Communications
Messaging and
Frameworks or
Prospect theory
(Tversky & Kahneman)
Media Influence or
Agenda-Setting theory
(McCombs & Shaw)
Political issues on the public’s agenda will depend on the
extent of coverage a given issue receives by mass news
media.
Individual’s preferences will vary depending on how
options are presented.
Policy change happens through the support and
empowerment of policy makers by a close-knit body of
influential individuals.
Change happens when a new idea for a program or policy
is communicated to a critical mass, who perceives it as
superseding the current policy/program (or lack thereof)
and thus, adopts the idea.
Sociology
Political Science
Regime Theory (Stone)
Policy change is made by working directly with those with
power to make decisions or influence decision making.
Diffusion theory
or Diffusion of
Innovations (Rogers)
Sociology
Power Politics or
Power Elites theory
(Mills, Domhoff)
Policy change happens through coordinated activity
among a range of individuals with the same core policy
beliefs.
Social Psychology Policy change can be achieved when individuals identify
with groups and subsequently act in a way that is
consistent with that social group or category membership.
Political Science
Coalition Theory or
Advocacy Coalition
Framework (Sabatier,
Jenkins-Smith)
Policy can be changed during a window of opportunity
when advocates can successfully connect two or more
components of the policy process (e.g., the way a problem
is defined, the policy solution to the problem, and/or the
political climate of their issue).
Group Formation or
Self-Categorization
theory (Turner, Tajfel)
Political Science
Policy Windows or
Agenda-Setting theory
(Kingdon)
Like seismic evolutionary shifts, significant changes in
policy and institutions can occur when the right conditions
are in place.
Social Psychology Policy change is made through collective action by
members of the community who work on changing
problems affecting their lives.
Political Science
Large Leaps
or Punctuated
Equilibrium theory
(Baumgartner & Jones)
HOW CHANGE HAPPENS
Grassroots or
Community
Organizing theory
(Alinsky, Biklen)
DISCIPLINE
THEORY (Key Authors)
Matrix of Theories
• You have trusted messengers and champions to model or
communicate the innovation
• The focus is on a new idea for a program or policy
• Cohesion among your organization’s members is a prerequisite for
change
• You are looking to build or tighten your base of support
• Your organization’s role in an issue is as a “convener” or “capacitybuilder” rather than as a “driver”
• A distinct group of individuals is directly affected by an issue
• You want to put the issue on the radar of the broader public
• You have strong media-related capacity
• A key focus of the work is on increasing awareness, agreement on
problem definition, or salience of an issue
• The issue needs to be redefined as part of a larger campaign or
effort
• You have access to or can become part of this coalition or regime
• You know or suspect that a coalition of non-politicians is deeply
involved in policy making
• Focus may be on incremental administrative or rule changes
• You have one or more key allies in a position of power on the issue
• You have a strong group of allies with a common goal
• A sympathetic administration is in office
• You have internal capacity to create, identify, and act on policy
windows
• You can address multiple streams simultaneously (e.g., problem
definition, policy solutions, and/or political climate)
• You have strong media-related capacity
• Large-scale policy change is the primary goal
WHEN THIS THEORY MAY BE USEFUL
The description for each theory includes a short summary; important underlying assumptions associated
with the theory; the theory’s application to advocacy; and an example theory of change that visually
illustrates key concepts, strategies, and outcomes.4, 5
Global Theories
C
ompared with Tactical theories, Global theories represent more encompassing worldviews about
how policy change happens. Advocates may be more successful if they operate within one of these
frameworks rather than several simultaneously. While some Global theories share similar assumptions or
components, explicitly acknowledging which theory resonates can help groups make focused strategic
choices about possible tactics and allow them to leverage the assumptions inherent to that point of view
more effectively.
GLOBAL
1 “LARGE LEAPS” Theory of Change
THEORY
Believers of the Large Leaps theory recognize that when
conditions are right, change can happen in sudden, large
bursts that represent a significant departure from the past,
as opposed to small incremental changes over time that
usually do not reflect a radical change from the status quo.
This theory also is referred to as Punctuated Equilibrium
theory, stemming from evolutionary science terminology.
Frank Baumgartner and Brian Jones, major thinkers in this
area, developed the model and have used it in longitudinal
studies of agenda-setting and decision making.
Large Leaps theory posits
that large-scale change can
occur when an issue is defined
differently, when new actors
get involved, or when the issue
becomes more salient and
receives heightened media and
broader public attention.
The theory holds that conditions for large-scale change are ripe when the following occur:
Q an issue is defined differently or new dimensions of the issue gain attention (typically a fundamental
questioning of current approaches);
Q new actors get involved in an issue; or
Q the issue becomes more salient and receives heightened media and broader public attention.
While these conditions set up the environment in which large-scale change can occur, they do not predict or
guarantee it. For example, an issue may achieve increased attention and focus, but the heightened attention
may not result in policy change. However, when all of the right conditions occur simultaneously, change is
exponential, not incremental.
4
5
The strategies shown in the maps are meant to be illustrative, not exhaustive.
Strong advocacy capacity within an organization is key to success—i.e., the ability to choose strategies appropriate to the context
and issue, identify opportunities for progress, develop relationships, make midcourse corrections, and communicate effectively.
Though this key factor is highlighted specifically in only one theory of change, it is a critical component to the successful application of all 10 theories.
4 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
Underlying Assumptions
Q Government institutions typically maintain the status quo and have a monopoly over the way issues
are defined and decisions are made.
Q Though institutions try to maintain their monopoly, the American political system of separation of
powers and overlapping jurisdictions allows many different venues through which to pursue change.
Q People pay attention to only a few issues at a time, and large-scale change is unlikely without more
attention focused on an issue.
Q People typically become mobilized through redefinition of the prevailing policy issue or story, a
narrative that should include both facts and emotional appeals.
Q Media can play an integral role by directing attention to different aspects of the same issue and
shifting attention from one issue to another. However, media attention does not cause policy change
directly—it typically precedes or follows the change.
Q Large-scale change typically involves creating or eliminating institutions (e.g., departments, agencies).
Application to Advocacy
Q Advocacy efforts should focus on questioning policies at fundamental levels, as opposed to making
administrative or rule changes to existing policies.
Q Issue definition and agenda-setting are key to mobilizing new people around an issue.
Q Promising strategies include issue framing, mobilizing supporters, and media advocacy.
Reading the Outcome Maps
T
he outcome maps related to particular advocacy strategies and tactics featured in this brief show the
potential theoretical connection between that strategy through to policy change and ultimate impact.
Solid lines represent outcomes clearly stated in the seminal research. Outcomes connected by dotted lines
are hypothetical and are illustrative of how that tactic ultimately supports the longer-term policy change
and impact desired by advocates.
5 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
“LARGE LEAPS” Theory of Change
OUTCOMES
STRATEGIES
Refine issue/Issue framing
Mobilize new actors
• Public
• Legislators
• New allies/Unexpected allies
Get media attention to focus on
new definition or aspect of policy
STRENGTHENED ALLIANCES
STRENGTHENED BASE OF SUPPORT
Increased number of allies/partners
Increased media attention
SHIFT IN SOCIAL NORMS
STRENGTHENED BASE OF SUPPORT
Increased awareness of issue
Increased visibility of issue
SHIFT IN SOCIAL NORMS
STRENGTHENED BASE OF SUPPORT
• Increased agreement about issue
definition and need for change
Increased political & public will for issue
• Increased salience of and prioritization
of issue
IMPROVED POLICIES
• “Significant” changes in institutions
• “Significant” changes in policy
IMPACT
Changes in social and/or physical conditions
6 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
GLOBAL
2 “POLICY WINDOW” Theory of Change
THEORY
The Policy Windows theory is John Kingdon’s classic theory of agenda-setting attempts to clarify why some
issues get attention in the policy process and others do not. He identified three “streams” related to the
policy system:
1. Problems: The way social conditions become defined as “a problem” to policy makers, including the
problem’s attributes, its status, the degree of social consciousness of the issue, and whether the
problem is perceived as solvable with clear alternatives.
2. Policies: The ideas generated to address problems.
3. Politics: Political factors, including the “national mood” (e.g., appetite for “big government”),
campaigns by interest groups and advocates, and changes in elected officials.
According to this theory, to increase the likelihood that an issue will receive serious attention or be placed
on the policy agenda, at least two of the streams need to converge at critical moments or “policy windows.”
Policy windows are windows of opportunity that arise when there is the possibility for policy change.
Underlying Assumptions
Q Policy streams operate independently.
Q Advocates can couple policy streams when a policy window opens. For example, advocates can
attach their solutions to a problem that has gained prominence on the agenda (even if its rise was
independent of their efforts).
Q Success is most likely when all three components (problems, policies, and politics) come together
during a policy window.
Q Policy windows can be predictable (e.g., elections, budget cycles) and unpredictable (e.g., a dramatic
event or crisis, such as a plane crash or hurricane). Policy windows also can be created.
Q The way a problem is defined makes a difference as to whether and where the problem is placed on
the agenda. Problem definition also has a value or emotional component; values and beliefs guide
decisions about which conditions are perceived as problems.
Q Often there are many competing ideas on how to address problems. To receive serious consideration,
policy options need to be seen as technically feasible and consistent with policy maker and public
values.
Q To effectively recognize and take advantage of open policy windows, advocates must possess
knowledge, time, relationships, and good reputations.
7 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
Application to Advocacy 6
Q Promising strategies include:

impacting problem definition (i.e., framing the issue, monitoring indicators that assess the
existence and magnitude of issues, initiating special studies of an issue, promoting constituent
feedback);

developing policy options (e.g., through research, publications, and the like), and;

influencing the political climate (e.g., coalition building, demonstrations, and media advocacy).
Q Advocates and organizations need adequate capacity to create and/or recognize policy windows and
then respond appropriately.
STRATEGIES
“POLICY WINDOW” Theory of Change
Define the
problem, e.g.,
• Indicator tracking
• Framing
• Research
• Organizing
Develop policy
solutions, e.g.,
• Research/think
tanks
SHIFT IN SOCIAL NORMS
• Increased agreement on
problem definition
OUTCOMES
• Increased agreement on
solutions to problems
Strengthen
organizational
capacity
• Relationships
• Credibility
• Ability to identify
policy window
• Ability to “couple”
streams
CHANGE IN CAPACITY
Increased ability to
create/recognize/respond
to policy window
effectively
Influence the
political climate, e.g.,
• Coalition building
• Demonstrations
STRENGTHENED
BASE OF SUPPORT
Increased political will
IMPROVED POLICIES
Changes in policy
IMPACT
Changes in social and/or physical conditions
6
To study an application of Kingdon’s theory to an advocacy effort, see: Coffman, J. (2007). Evaluation based on theories of the
policy process. The Evaluation Exchange, 13(1 & 2), 2–6. Retrieved July 3, 2013, from http://www.hfrp.org/evaluation/the-evaluationexchange/issue-archive/advocacy-and-policy-change/evaluation-based-on-theories-of-the-policy-process.
8 | PATHWAYS FOR CHANGE: 10 Theories to Inform Advocacy and Policy Change Efforts
www.evaluationinnovation.org
GLOBAL
3 “COALITION” Theory of Change
THEORY
Coalition theory, developed by Paul Sabatier and Hank Jenkins-Smith and commonly known as the Advocacy
Coalition Framework, proposes that individuals have core beliefs about policy areas, including a problem’s
seriousness, its causes, society’s ability to solve the problem, and promising solutions for addressing it.
Advocates who use this theory believe that policy change happens through coordinated activity among
individuals and organizations outside of government with the same core policy beliefs.
Underlying Assumptions
Q Coalitions are held together by agreement over core beliefs about policies. Secondary beliefs
about how policies are executed are less critical to alignment (e.g., administrative rules, budgetary
allocations, statutory revision).
Q Diverse groups can operate effectively and efficiently due to shared core beliefs; in other words, little
time is needed to reach shared understanding.
Q Core beliefs are resistant to change, unless
• major external events, such as changes in socio-economic conditions or public opinion, are skillfully
exploited by proponents of change; or
• new learning about a policy surfaces across coalitions that changes views about it.
Q Policies are unlikely to change unless
• the group supporting the status quo is no longer in power; or
• change is imposed by a hierarchically superior jurisdiction.
Application to Advocacy
Q Coalitions can identify and reach out to diverse groups with similar core policy beliefs (e.g., unlikely
allies).
Q Coalitions typically will explore and pursue multiple avenues for change (e.g., engaging in legal
advocacy and working on changing public opinion), often simultaneously, to find a route that will
bear fruit.
Q Promising strategies include:
• influencing like-minded decision makers to make policy changes;
• changing incumbents in various positions of power;
• affecting public opinion via mass media;
• altering decision maker behavior thr

i need 2 file in this qoustion with different reference

Description

Critical Thinking: Comparative Analysis: Risk

Compare Risk in Different Health Care Systems

Write a paper that compares and contrasts risk in three different health care systems from three different countries.

The comparison document should contain the following:

Examine the different risks associated with each health care delivery system.

Examine medical malpractice environment and process.

What type of regulation oversight occurs in the healthcare space?

Analyze how risk is measured.

Requirements:

Your paper should be four to five pages in length, not including the title and reference pages.

You must include a minimum of four credible sources. Use the Saudi Electronic Digital Library to find your resources.

Your paper must follow Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and APA style guidelines, as appropriate.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin Originality Check Student Guide.

312 ماريا

Description

See attache file

Unformatted Attachment Preview

PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
College of Health Sciences
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Health Communications
Course code:
PHC312
CRN:
14474
Assignment title or task:
Students enrolled in PHC 312 in First term 2023 will be divided into groups (5-7 students per group). The first
section will be designed to gain general information about the communication program.
The second section will be designed to assess the student’s ability to draft a health communication plan. The
group has 5 points to cover under the general program information section. The main communication program
characteristics section will be designed to assess the group’s ability to provide basic information about the health
communication planning process.
The written health communication program plan must be completed and submitted to the instructor no later than
11:59 PM on (October 07, 2023).
General program information
1.
Name of the program.
2.
Country and region (if applicable) where the program is based.
3.
Time period (start and end dates).
4.
Funding sources.
5.
Give a short description of the program (maximum of about 250 words).
Main communication program characteristics
1.
Describe the overall goal of the program.
2.
List the SMART objectives of the program.
3.
Describe the target audience(s) of the program (primary and secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population that have been measured. E.g.
age, gender, income/socioeconomic status, education, occupation…etc.
4.
Literature review: basing the communication program on current scientific knowledge and/or theoretical
models and/or previous experience from other projects? One or two paragraphs about the problem. (300-500
words).
5.
Describe the settings and communication channels.
6.
Describe the development process of messages.
7.
Describe the activities and timeline.
8.
Describe the process/impact/outcome evaluation of the communication program that will be measured.
Points that can be added as a bonus (NOT REQUIRED):
• Describe the needs assessment that has been carried out.
• Describe the environmental factors (i.e. factors beyond individual control) that the communication program
addresses, if any.
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
• Does the communication plan have a special focus on vulnerable groups (socioeconomically disadvantaged
people, ethnic minorities, children, elderly people, etc.)? if yes, specify the vulnerable groups.
• Provide details of the pilot study if a pilot study has been performed.
• Describe which stakeholders are going to be involved in the implementation and describe their roles.
Group Number:
Student name & ID #
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Ibrahim Alqasmi
Grade:
…. Out of 10
The written report will be assessed for clarity and succinctness in providing the required information using a rubric of 0
(undeveloped/inadequate) to 3 (outstanding/exceptional), as illustrated below:
Inadequat
e
Objective/Element
Report clearly and succinctly defines program goals
2.
Report clearly and succinctly defines program SMART objectives.
3.
SMART objectives are:
a. Specific: objectives should clearly specify what is to be achieved.
b. Measurable: objectives should be phrased in a way that achievement can
be measured.
c. Achievable: objectives should refer to something that the program can
actually influence and change.
d. Realistic: objectives should be realistically attainable within the given
time frame and with the available resources (human and financial
resources and capacity).
e. Time-bound: objectives should relate to a clearly stated time frame.
Proficient Outstanding
Partially
Meets
Exceeds
Fails to
meets
expectation Expectations
meet
expectations
s
3
expectation
1
2
s
0
1.
Adequate
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
4.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the target audiences (primary &
secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population
that have been measured. E.g. age, gender, income/socioeconomic status,
education, occupation…etc.
5.
Report provides a brief background that includes:
✓ Literature review.
Report clearly and succinctly describes settings and communication
channels
Report clearly and succinctly describes the development process of
messages.
6.
7.
8.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the activities and timeline.
9.
Report clearly and succinctly describes how the process/impact/outcome
evaluation of the communication program will be measured.
Total
This assignment is worth 10% of the total possible points earned for the course.
Guidelines:

Use this Word Document.

Fill in students’ information on the first page of this document.

Font should be 12 Times New Roman

Headings should be Bold

Color should be Black

Line spacing should be 1.5

Use reliable references (APA format)

AVOID PLAGIARISM (you will get ZERO when there is plagiarism)

You should use at least 2 references

Submit this WORD Document when you complete the required task

Submission should be before the deadline (submission after the deadline is not allowed)

For more resources, you can review appendix A and appendix B in Schiavo, R. (2014).

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nurs 6645 psychotherapy with multiple modalities

Description

Include subjective and objective data; assessment from most recent mental status exam; current psychiatric diagnosis including differentials that were ruled out; current psychotherapeutic plan (include one health promotion activity and one patient education strategy you provided); and patient progress toward treatment goals.Subjective: What details did the patient provide regarding their chief complaint and symptomology to derive your differential diagnosis? What was the duration and severity of their symptoms? How are their symptoms impacting their functioning in life?Objective: What observations did you make during the psychiatric assessment? Assessment: Discuss the patient’s mental status examination results. What were your differential diagnoses? Provide a minimum of three possible diagnoses in order of highest to lowest priority and explain why you chose them. What was your primary diagnosis and why? Describe how your primary diagnosis aligns with DSM-5-TR diagnostic criteria and is supported by the patient’s symptoms. Plan: Describe your treatment modality and your plan for psychotherapy. Explain the principles of psychotherapy that underline your chosen treatment plan to support your rationale for the chosen psychotherapy framework. What were your follow-up plan and parameters? What referrals would you make or recommend as a result of this psychotherapy session?Reflection notes: What would you do differently in a similar patient evaluation? Reflect on one social determinant of health according to the HealthyPeople 2030 (you will need to research) as applied to this case in the realm of psychiatry and mental health. As a future advanced provider, what are one health promotion activity and one patient education consideration for this patient for improving health disparities and inequities in the realm of psychiatry and mental health? Demonstrate your critical thinking.

Nursing Question

Description

Part 1

Complete a nursing theorist video analysis/reflection of one of the nursing theorist videos provided in the course. We highly recommend that you watch as many of these videos as you can throughout the course. This is a great opportunity for you to see and hear directly from the actual theorists that you are reading about in the text. (The video selected is Hildegard Peplau: Interpersonal relations in Nursing)

Please see the close captions for the video attached below. (I was unable to send you the video). Also see attached a sample paper

After watching one of the theorist videos, reflect on what you have learned.

Compose a paper that addresses the following:

Explain why you chose to watch this particular theorist’s video. (The video selected is Hildegard Peplau: Interpersonal relations in Nursing)
Describe the parts of your personal philosophy where you agree or disagree with this theorist.
Is there anything that surprised you in the video? If so, what surprised you?
Would you recommend this video to another student? If so, why would you recommend it?
What value did you receive from watching it?

Directions for Nurse Video Reflections:

You will choose what videos you want to answer questions on, but view as many as you can, they are very interesting!

Compose a paper that addresses the following:

Explain why you chose to watch this particular theorist’s video.
Describe the parts of your personal philosophy where you agree or disagree with this theorist.
Is there anything that surprised you in the video? If so, what surprised you?
Would you recommend this video to another student? If so, why would you recommend it?
What value did you receive from watching it?

Please organize your paper with headings- you can use each question above as the heading over that section/paragraph.

I do not need a Cover page nor Reference page.
PLEASE see the example paper attached here to guide you if you are unsure!

Your paper should be 2–3 pages in length, in APA style, typed in Times New Roman with 12-point font, and double-spaced with 1″ margins. If outside sources are used, they must be cited appropriately.

Due: Sunday, 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time)

Points Possible: 100

Rubric

NURS_500_DE – Video Reflection Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCritical Analysis

40 to >32.8 pts

Meets Expectations

Presents an exemplary articulation and insightful analysis of the theorist video. Draws insightful and comprehensive conclusions regarding the value of watching the specific theorist video. Response indicates a comprehensive, high-level understanding of the theorists’ ideas and how they relate to the student’s personal philosophy.

32.8 to >30.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of significant concepts within the theorist video. Offers some detail and some examples regarding the value of watching the specific theorist. Makes some attempt to relate the theorist’s ideas to the student’s personal philosophy.

30 to >23.6 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Provides insufficient explanations of significant concepts within the theorist video. Offers little or insignificant detail and no examples for the value of watching the specific theorist. Fails to relate the theorist’s ideas to the student’s personal philosophy.

23.6 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Does not, or incorrectly, responds with insufficient explanations for theorist choice, video value, and relation to personal philosophy.

40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContent

40 to >32.8 pts

Meets Expectations

Includes explanation for why the student chose to watch the specific theorist. Describes the value of watching the video. Explains whether or not the student would recommend the video to another student and why.

32.8 to >30.0 pts

Approaches Expectations

Includes explanation for why the student chose to watch the specific theorist. Describes the value of watching the video, but does not explain whether the student would recommend the video to another student and why.

30 to >23.6 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Provides several insufficient or inaccurate explanations of why the student chose the specific theorist video and the value of watching the video, although attempts are made. There is no mention of recommendations.

23.6 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Information is inaccurate or inadequate. Response indicates little or no understanding of the content in the video.

40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeMechanics

15 to >12.3 pts

Meets Expectations

Answers are well written throughout. Information is well organized and clearly communicated. Assignment is free of spelling and grammatical errors.

12.3 to >11.25 pts

Approaches Expectations

Answers are well written throughout and the information is reasonably organized and communicated. Assignment is mostly free of spelling and grammatical errors.

11.25 to >8.85 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Answers are somewhat organized and lacks some clarity. Contains some spelling and grammatical errors.

8.85 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Answers are not well written and lack clarity. Information is poorly organized. Assignment contains many spelling and grammatical errors.

15 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Format

5 to >4.1 pts

Meets Expectations

Follows all the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout.

4.1 to >3.75 pts

Approaches Expectations

Follows length requirement and most of the requirements related to format, source citations, and layout.

3.75 to >2.95 pts

Falls Below Expectations

Follows most of the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout.

2.95 to >0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Does not follow format, length, source citations, and layout requirements.

5 pts

Total Points: 100

Part 2

For this assignment I need you to pick two nursing theories for future a comparison assignment and explain why you are selecting those 2 theories ( I just need a small paragraph for this part)- choose 2 from the books below. One has to be a Grand range theory and the other a middle range.

Based on the reading assignment (McEwen & Wills, Theoretical Basis for
Nursing, Unit II: Nursing Theories, chapters 6–9), select a grand nursing theory.

Based on the reading assignment (McEwen & Wills, Theoretical Basis for
Nursing, Unit II: Nursing Theories, chapters 10 and 11), select a middle-range
theory.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Introduction
I chose to watch Betty Neuman and her Neuman System’s Model, it is focused on the human needs as a holistic
being. She also emphasized the importance of the “created environment” which encompasses internal and external
aspects protective of the whole system of variables; including physiological, psychological, sociocultural,
developmental, and spiritual. She focused on the dynamic balance that humans need and that identifying stress and
providing appropriate interventions help maintain client stability for optimum wellness. This theory is geared toward
understanding client condition, taking in their perceptions, and goal setting which allows client interdependence,
dignity, and respect. She also emphasized prevention as an intervention.
Agree or Disagree with Theorist
I agree with Betty Neuman’s theory in that a patient is treated as a whole and not looked at in individual
aspects. This is something that we easily forget especially when we get busy. She also allowed nursing to be more
involved in assuming different kinds of roles allowing for consolidated care. I think that gives way for us nurses to
care for our patient more than helping heal their physical ailments. It helps us connect to them in a deeper level and
adapt to different kinds of needs. I can put this theory in my own practice as a reminder to look at patients as a whole
being and not just a diagnosis.
Surprised
It was interesting to find out this theory started out as a teaching tool requested by her graduate students and
that she wanted to create something from all her experience to help provide structure and guidelines to help them in
their practice. It is amazing to see how much fine tuning has gone into improving the nursing practice.
Recommendation
I would recommend this video to other students and even my nursing colleagues. It shows us how an individual
who loves what she does and loves to help others learn from her own experience come up with a theory that will help
many other nurses in the future. Her theory allows nurses to be creative and adaptable and be more relatable to the
people they care for. It stresses the importance of allowing the client to be part of his or her own plan of care. It has
also provided new insights into clinical research.
Conclusion
This video allowed me to have a better understanding of the theory that I just learned by getting the own
theorists’ view of how it came to be and what it has contributed to nursing. It has reminded me how important it is to
address all variables of what makes a client whole and that goal setting with the client regarding their care will create
a more positive impact on their well-being. It was definitely something that can remind us of what this profession is
about and what impact we can make.

The nurse theorists portraits of excellence. In this edition, we feature Hildegard Peplow.

My parents were immigrants, so I’m first generation, first my grandfather came.

Then my grandmother came and then my father came in 1899.

My mother’s parents never came to this country, but my mother came in 1983.
0:13
0:26
0:32
















0:40
They were all born in a in an area of Poland that was part of the territory of Germany at that
point.
0:48
And they had migrated from somewhere in Germany. I think they met in Bristol, Connecticut
or Hartford.
0:57
They were married in Bristol in 1970. My mother, of course, was a homemaker and during
strikes.
1:03
Periods of strike. When my father was out of work, she would go to a shirt factory or do
house cleaning for people.
1:15
Or she was very expert at baking so she would bake bread and make donuts and sell those.
1:25
My father was a fireman on the Redding Railroad, which was about the block away from our
house, and he was very proud of that.
1:32
I think that was a major achievement for an immigrant boy who really had no real education.
1:42
I had five brothers and sisters and second born in those days, you trace.
1:52
No one, of course, was to get married and then choice number two,
1:58
three and four would be like to go into a convent if you were Catholic to become a teacher,
2:04
if you could afford to go to a normal school or to become a nurse where they paid you.
2:10
And when I was a student nurse, we got paid five dollars a month for the first year, ten
dollars a month for the second year and the third year.
2:16
We were supposed to get the magnificent sum of twenty dollars a month.
2:27
However, it was the depression, so we didn’t get anything. I went to Pottstown Hospital
Training School.
2:31
I went in in 1928 and graduated in 1931.
2:37
I really enjoyed training. There was always something new and fascinating.
2:42


















Medical science wasn’t very far along at that point.
2:48
There were no interns or residents at our hospital, and so the physicians tended to pick out
bright nurses and lend us books.
2:52
Let us assist in surgery. I took our tonsils.
3:03
I delivered babies and had all sorts of things, and student nurses now wouldn’t get much of a
chance to do.
3:07
Then I studied at Bennington and got my baccalaureate in interpersonal psychology in 1943.
3:14
Then the war came and I felt that I ought to serve my country. So then I joined the army, and
in August 1943, I went into the Army Nurse Corps,
3:21
a second borns or more people watchers than first borns for one thing.
3:33
And we had a lot of very strange people in the general environment because in those days,
3:38
psychiatric casualties of one kind or another were not hospitalized.
3:47
So when I was a child, they were on the streets, not a lot of them, but there were some and I
wondered about them.
3:51
I wrote the book in 1949 at Teachers College and the first publisher,
3:59
as you may probably have read somewhere, turned it down because no nurse should write a
book of this kind.
4:06
And if I were to have a physician coauthor it.
4:14
He didn’t have to do anything, just put his name on it and be glad to publish it, and I said,
No, no, we won’t do it.
4:17
So then I wasn’t going to publish it. And then we had G.P. Putnam’s sons had an interest in it,
4:26
and then they established a nursing committee and the nurses on that committee hemmed
and hawed,
4:35
and they said, Take this out and put this in and change it here. And I said, No, we’re not
going to do that.
4:42
So finally, Putnam implored Genevieve Bixler, a nurse consultant, and she finally said, Publish
it.
4:49

So the book came out in 52. Actually, it was ready to go in nineteen forty nine.

I met Dr Pepper out in 1972 and I had just entered graduate school in psych nursing at
Rutgers.
4:59
5:07

I think that we are talking about a person who has devoted many, many years to.
5:14

















Helping mental patients to get a better shake, if you will.
5:25
And that in Dr Pepper, our Hilda’s studies of mental patients that in communicating that to
so many students across the years,
5:30
then I think the mental patients have feared a great deal because of that.
5:40
And I think there are changes in the mental health system that would not have
5:47
happened if it were not for the work that Hilda did indirectly through studies.
5:50
I met her personally when I had applied to graduate school and came to Rutgers for an
interview.
5:56
A good deal of her work has not been credited because it’s almost become the public
domain in nursing.
6:02
Some of that is because the work has not been published.
6:10
Some of it has also been a problem because she’s been incredibly generous in sharing
various
6:15
dimensions of her thoughts on human behavior and clinical problems with people who,
6:23
for example, just write a letter.
6:30
Miss Peplow discussed her definition of nursing with Dr. Jacqueline Fossett near her home at
the Westwood marquee in Los Angeles.
6:36
Hildegard, I’d like to thank you so much for agreeing to this interview. It’s just wonderful to
get to meet you and to have this conversation.
6:48
It’s my pleasure to meet you. It’s nice to be here to your book.
6:56
Interpersonal relations and nursing was published in Nineteen fifty two.
7:01
One of the first of the books about nursing theory that had appeared.
7:05
I wonder if you could tell me what motivated you to write your book?
7:10

Well, I thought I had something to say that the profession needed to know.
7:15
















Actually, the book was really the manuscript was ready in nineteen forty nine and it was.
7:20
There was a article in the American Journal of Nursing in nineteen fifty one that predated the
publication of the book.
7:27
But in studying interpersonal psychology, as I did at Bennington College, it occurred to me
then and later that this was an important theory,
7:35
that it had great relevance for clinical practice and that the profession needed to know about
it.
7:49
And so I published a book.
7:56
So then interpersonal psychology was very influential in your thinking, in leading you to your
ideas that you presented in your book.
7:59
Well, yes, but it wasn’t only interpersonal, uh, theory, it was other theories as well that I had
studied.
8:07
I studied in the social sciences generally at Bennington and did a great deal of reading also
so that it wasn’t just interpersonal theory.
8:15
People have said that your work has been very influenced by Harris, Dr. Sullivan.
8:27
I wonder if that’s the way you see it. Do you see his influence on your thinking?
8:32
Well, actually, the term interpersonal relations was coined by Jacob Marino of Psychodrama
Fame, but Sullivan,
8:37
of course, used the term and and developed a theory of interpersonal relations in terms of
psychiatric work.
8:46
And he is perhaps the major American psychiatrist.
8:56
He has not yet been fully recognized as such, although I think is that recognition is coming,
it’s coming rather slowly.
9:04
But he developed his theory from clinical work with patients and from the social science of
that day that was available.
9:12
He knew, for instance, Saffir and George Herbert Mead and and other social scientists who
who were around at that time.
9:23

And he put all of these together in terms of a theory that was useful clinically.

And then you drew upon his work, as well as the work from other people to develop your
theory.
9:34
9:41

Well, I also knew Solomon. I heard him lecture and I worked at Chestnut Lodge in the
nineteen thirties, so I was exposed to his work and his lectures,

and I could see some of the effects of the application of such theories to clinical work.
9:46














9:57
And then, of course, I studied at a greater length at Bennington and of course, at the William
Allinson White Institute.
10:06
I have a certificate from that institute. Have you wanted to make changes in any of the work
that you have in the book since that time?
10:14
No, not really. I I have written other things.
10:28
I I don’t think that when you talk about my work, I don’t think it should be limited to a book I
published in nineteen fifty two.
10:33
I did other things. So let me take a minute or two and say what the work was.
10:43
First of all, I took personality theory, which goes beyond interpersonal theory and includes a
lot of theories that were
10:49
developed by psychologists and sociologists and child development persons.
10:57
And I showed that this is the theory, and if you apply it in nursing, this is what it will help you
to understand about patients.
11:05
And this is what I will suggest that you should do or might do. That would be beneficial.
11:15
I also took matters work on conflict and the work of Miller, Mauer and Sears at all on the
frustration aggression hypothesis.
11:21
So I took these two constructs and again showed the explanatory power that it had for
clinical
11:33
work and the directional power that it had in terms of how one might help an individual.
11:40
Will resolve a conflict. I also use the literature and quite extensive empirical clinical research
data to develop the concept of anxiety and I think
11:47
quite an original way long before the mental health professionals were talking about anxiety
as an interpersonal phenomenon.


















12:02
And I developed a construct of there in terms of levels of anxiety, in terms of indicators that
nurses could use to observe the presence of anxiety.
12:12
And from that, I suggested modes of intervention that nurses could use.
12:24
I also developed the process of hallucinations as an interpersonal process,
12:32
showing how this is a perfectly natural kind of phenomena using inborn capacities that
everyone has and the circumstances
12:39
under which those capacities are used in the direction of the psycho pathological symptom
that we call hallucinations.
12:51
And then also what you can do about it. I have just done a rather extensive paper on that for
a book to come out in Scotland next year.
12:59
I also have developed the self system using basically Solomon’s work, but also from and from
Reichman and others,
13:10
beginning with the work of Coulis and George Herbert Mead and others.
13:20
And put that together in a construct and then showed how nurses can using that
13:25
construct help patients to bring about changes in the contents of their self system,
13:32
which is a very important thing that nurses must do with patients who have amputations,
patients who have been in severe trauma.
13:39
The psychiatric patients, of course, come with a very low self concept loaded with derogatory
content that has to be unloaded in some way,
13:50
and I have shown nurses in the literature how to do that.
14:02
So I don’t want my work confined just to a 1952 book I have written as late as last week and
published other kinds of things,
14:07
and it’s gone well beyond the book. Well, that’s very informative.
14:19
Well, I don’t want to deny the book either. It’s a classic. It’s a book that is going to be
reissued shortly by Macmillan in London.
14:25
That’s wonderful. Just wonderful.
14:33
When you were talking about all of this work, you began to mention areas of traditionally
clinical nursing that might be like medical,
14:37

surgical nursing and other areas that are more traditionally known as psychiatric mental
health nursing.

And I was wondering when you stayed in your in your book that the functions of
psychodynamic nursing are being able to understand one’s own behavior
14:45















14:51
to help others to identify felt difficulties and to apply principles of human relations to the
problems that arise at all levels of experience,
15:01
then what preparation is required for psychodynamic nursing?
15:11
How does one develop skills in these functions? Well,
15:15
I think there are two things I think the nursing curriculum ought to be built on a liberal arts
education and
15:20
that would bring the social sciences and the humanities as a background and then nursing
theory as it develops,
15:30
I think has to focus more closely on the kinds of nursing phenomena that nurses are
expected to diagnose and treat.
15:39
Which it has not yet done to any great extent. And then I think when those two get together,
you will have, um, what I think is necessary for.
15:48
I wouldn’t call it psycho dynamic nursing. I would call it a humanistic approach in nursing at
this point.
16:00
Part of what I was was trying to ask there was would everyone,
16:07
every nurse be able to use your work, your your theories in the care of his or her patients?
16:12
Or is this work best used in most capably used by nurses who have special preparation in
what we call psychiatric mental health care?
16:21
So no, every nurse, I think,
16:30
needs to deal with the the human type problems or is the and a definition of nursing says the
human responses let patients or people have to.
16:32
Actual and potential health problems are within the broad scope of nursing.
16:44
They’re not confined to psychiatric nursing.
16:49



















One of the things that I have done and put in the literature is a method of psychotherapeutic
interviewing.
16:53
Well, I have done that in two ways, one in terms of how one deals with psychiatric patients
who have very critical psychiatric
17:03
problems and then how one uses the same framework in a counseling way with all patients.
17:12
But no, I think every nurse has to be able to deal with the human difficulties or human
17:21
dilemmas that people present to them and that interfere with their health.
17:28
What influence do you think that your work has had on nursing education?
17:36
How has your work influenced what we teach to our students?
17:42
Well, it’s hard to say, nurse colleagues tell me that my work is more or less been absorbed
into the nursing culture,
17:48
and the evidence for that is that um. Some of it is printed verbatim without attribution, and
there’s quite a bit of that that goes on,
17:57
which suggests that I don’t remember the source any longer.
18:09
So you’re truly in the public domain. I think it’s been in the public domain and after twenty
five years, even the the uh,
18:14
you know, the book is totally in the public domain until it gets reissued.
18:23
Have researchers in nursing been able to validate your idea of the nurse patient relationship
and the faces of orientation,
18:29
identification, exploitation and resolution? Well, there’s been there have been a number of
studies.
18:40
I don’t actually keep track of the research that’s being done on my work.
18:46
Perhaps I should, but I don’t. There is a nurse in Canada named for Czech, who is for Czech,
who is doing some research on it now.
18:51
I think she has an upcoming publication in the Journal of Psychosocial Nursing on that.
19:00
There have been other researchers, particularly on hallucinations. There have been at least
two that I know of.
19:09
Cynthia Richter’s work and Bill Fields at the University of Texas in Austin.
19:15

And they have pretty much validated not the total construct, but most of it.
19:21

I found that your idea of the various roles that nursing nurses could play as particularly
intriguing,

I wonder if you would comment a little bit on that.
19:30
















19:37
Well, when I put that in the literature and that was quite early, that was in the late fifties, I
believe may maybe even a bit earlier.
19:40
At that point, nurse nursing, as you probably know, started out with activities,
19:51
we had an activity study and they counted up all the activities that nurses do.
19:57
When I was a student nurse,
20:02
we had to write down every two minutes what activity we had just performed and then
somebody at the league told all those up.
20:03
Blanch Peppercorn. As I recall, I never knew how those studies were done.
20:11
That’s incredible. I was one of the the subjects that collected data.
20:15
Then they moved from activities to, well, first before activities that were duties, and all the
books before 1930 were full of duties of nurses.
20:20
What nurses should do or do must do, don’t do and so on.
20:30
This is your duty. And then the activities, then we move to functions and there were many
functions studies.
20:34
Then we got to roles. And by the time they were in the roles, I came up with a paper on roles.
20:40
So I am as much a product of my time as anyone.
20:45
Then we moved on to other things and I did too. But at the same time, I was coming up with
the idea of roles or roles in the nursing role.
20:50
I was also working on clinical phenomena that nurses had to somehow provide nursing
services that would would have favorable outcomes for patients.
21:01
Clinical phenomena such as anxiety or such as anxiety, hallucinations, self system, language,
thought disorder.
21:15
I have quite a lot in the literature on that and so on.




















21:23
How would your work help the administrator of nursing services you say in in your book that
and
21:31
in your other writing than an interpersonal relationship is an interpersonal relationship,
21:41
regardless of whether it’s between the nurse and the patient or a teacher and a student.
21:45
And I wondered if if you would see that that the phases of that relationship would be
germane to administrators in their dealing with their staff?
21:52
Well, I can think of a few administrators in my checkered past who might benefit or might
have been offered
22:04
by some knowledge of interpersonal relations and interpersonal relations occurs at all levels.
22:12
And one of the main points about it. Is that you use participant observation rather than
spectator observation, which is what we used in the 1930s,
22:19
you kind of put the patient in the corner and you looked at him and you said, this is what
that object is doing with participant observation.
22:31
You have to look at what you’re doing that calls forth or evokes whatever responses
22:40
are occurring and you try to puzzle out what the relation is in the relationship.
22:47
And many administrators would benefit by taking a look at the behavior that they use with
faculties in academia,
22:54
with nursing staff and hospital settings and elsewhere.
23:03
That calls out certain kinds of responses.
23:07
What is it that nursing administrators do that contributes, for instance, to staff turnover?
23:12
I think it would be a very important study or what is it?
23:19
That’s not only Deans, but faculty members do. That increases attrition.
23:24
The students from schools of nursing or decreases or decreases at right?
23:31
You’ve mentioned earlier in our conversation that you’ve been writing papers recently,
23:40
I wonder if you could tell us a little bit more about what you have been doing recently.
23:45
I try to do as little as possible, but it doesn’t seem that I can manage that.
23:50

I seem to be busy.
23:56

I have just completed a chapter of the book on updating the concept of anxiety, the self
system and hallucinations for a book in Scotland.

And I like it. I like the work, and I’m on my way to Montreal to give a paper.

So I’ve just written that. And what is that on? It’s on the substance of psychiatric nursing
substance and scope of psychiatric nursing.
23:59
24:14















24:21
What are your plans for the future beyond going to Montreal? Well, I’m more or less play it
by ear.
24:30
I have no commitments after I get back from Montreal, and that’s the way I want it.
24:37
I like to. I’ve been working on a genealogy for about five years and I want to pick that up.
24:42
I have a lot of new materials that have come in since Christmas when I finalized the copy that
I have
24:48
now and I want to deal with those materials and then I have some new leads that I want to
pursue.
24:56
And that’s a pretty time consuming business. This is of your own family.
25:04
This is in my family. How fascinating. Now, your own work is in the archives at Radcliffe.
25:09
Yes, my papers went to to Radcliffe when I moved to California, it was a sensible thing to do
would have cost twice as much to ship them.
25:18
And there are forty six cartons, so there’s quite a lot. But it’s not only my papers.
25:27
It would be a mistake to think of it that way. It really is the history of psychiatric nursing.
25:34
At least from nineteen forty eight to when I retired in nineteen seventy four,
25:41
my books, my old textbooks from when I was a student nurse, I didn’t keep.
25:49
I sent those to the history of Nursing Museum in Philadelphia. Which is making a book
collect, getting a book collection together.
25:54
And I had some of the old. Textbooks then block them and so on.
26:02
What do you think has given you the most satisfaction in your career as a nurse?
26:09


















Using my head? I mean, I I like to become involved in in puzzles or issues or questions and
then pursue them as best I can.
26:16
And that’s the resources that have been available to me.
26:30
I think the nurses today are much more fortunate. There are more resources and more.
26:35
Acceptability of of scholarship more. The climate is more favorable for scholarship and
research now.
26:42
Then it was in an earlier era. Well, I’d like to thank you again so much.
26:52
This has really been an absolutely fascinating experience for me.
26:58
I’ve learned so much and I’m sure our viewers will also about you and about psychiatric
nursing fabulous contributions you’ve made.
27:02
Thank you very much. And thank you for those kind words. Nice for me to be here to.
27:10
That’s my niece’s child. David Eric Gordon, he’s six years old and he goes to Curtis School
here in in Los Angeles.
27:24
He speaks of himself as being a scientist. Well, we plant garden.
27:35
Of course, the construction is going on here now. So I don’t have a garden this year, but we
do have tomato bushes in pots out there.
27:39
We have carrots in pots, Sarah with seeds and put them in these little containers you saw on
that one.
27:47
Do it and they just fly them in the seed seeds.
27:55
And then it is coming out like those.
28:04
When the construction is all finished, we’ll have a garden again. We plant corn and peas and
beans and flowers.
28:08
He likes to do that. He likes to do and he likes to climb.
28:16
He’s got a very good mind and he’s he’s a very interesting child and I’m very glad to have a
chance to have a hand in his growing up,
28:21
which is one reason why I’m in California.
28:31

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Policy Practice

Description

This 5 – 6-page essay with an additional policy fact sheet and a letter to your legislator will allow

you the opportunity to solidify your definition of policy practice, how it relates to social work,
and the importance of social work policy practice. As you identify areas of your own passion
regarding social issues, you will be able to connect your values and the ideas of social justice to
your issue and a particular social policy. Through this activity, you will be utilizing some
research on a topic of your choice and integrating your thoughts on the policy you identify.
INSTRUCTIONS
After reading your material for this module, discuss what you learned about policy practice and
social work from 1) the 3 Ps from the Pawar article, 2) information from the course video, and 3)
the Sherr and Jones textbook. Include one additional scholarly source. This section is to be at
least one page of the paper.
Then, pick a social issue that interests you, find a related proposed policy, and write about your
findings. A link to Congress.gov will be provided under the Policy Practice Essay Resources
section located on the Policy Practice Essay Assignment page to assist you in finding a relevant
policy related to your issue. Summarize the policy and its relevance to human rights, social,
economic, and/or environmental justice. Find at least two additional sources where the policy is
addressed and discuss the perspective offered regarding the policy. Identify where it is in the
approval process. Discuss how this policy does/does not fit into your values and whether you
believe it advances social justice. Discuss what the Bible says about your topic; if you choose,
you may include your faith perspective. This section is to be 4-5 pages of the paper.
Next, create a visually attractive fact sheet in bullet form that provides the policy’s key points.
Lastly, write a letter to one of your legislators advocating for or against the policy explaining the
reason behind your position.
o A title page and the reference page are required, in addition
o The letter is additional as well and is to be one page.
 Find your legislators at the link provided in the Policy Practice Essay
Resources.
o The fact sheet is to be one page and is additional
 Format of the assignment is to be in the current APA format
 Number of sources outside of the textbook required is 4 (Congress.gov, the Bible, and
two others.)
 Acceptable sources include scholarly articles published within the last five years,
textbooks, and reliable websites, including government websites.
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

POLICY PRACTICE ESSAY
1
Policy Practice Essay
School of Behavioral Sciences, Liberty University
Author Note
“Insert full name here. Include ORCID number in URL format if you have one.”
I have no known conflict of interest to disclose. “”
Correspondence concerning this article should be addressed to
“Insert Student’s Full Name” . Email:
POLICY PRACTICE ESSAY
2
Policy Practice Essay
Introduce your paper. End this paragraph with a thesis sentence explaining the purpose
of the paper. This should be a minimum of three sentences – 4 or 5 is preferred.
Information Learned about Policy and Social Work Practice
Discussion the 3 Ps from the Pawar article, what Sherr & Jones say about policy, and the
video by Professor Cox. Include an additional source.
Social Issue and Related Proposed Policy
Discuss the human rights, social, economic, and/or environmental justice issue. Identify
a proposed policy on congress.gov. Identify where it is in the approval process. Summarize the
policy and its relevance to human rights, social, economic, and/or environmental justice. Find at
least two additional sources where the policy is addressed and discuss the perspective offered
regarding the policy.
Personal and Biblical Values
Discuss how this policy does/does not fit into your values and whether you believe it
advances social justice. Discuss what the Bible says about your topic; if you choose, you may
include your faith perspective.
Conclusion
Include a short summary of the paper with key aspects of what you learned.
Use paraphrasing more than quotations.
Use headings
POLICY PRACTICE ESSAY
Use transitional sentences between paragraphs when not using headings.
Double-spaced 12-point font. Times New Roman is ideal, but not required in the new
APA format. However, you need to use the same font throughout the paper.
3
POLICY PRACTICE ESSAY
4
References
Please list references on a separate page at the end of your paper. You can use your
textbooks as your references. Remember to use APA 7.0 for the entire paper.
In the new version of APA, you need to cite the Bible.
Here are some examples:
New American Standard Bible. (1995). Thomas Nelson. (Original work published 1971)
New International Version Bible. (2012). The NIV Bible. https://www.thenivbible.com/
(Original work published 1978)
Please remember to upload your letter to the legislator as well as the policy fact sheet separately.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Case Study

Description

he purpose of this assignment is to assess how a social work student’s personal history can impact them as a professional – both positively and negatively.

Many of us have stories of our own, of suffering or difficulty that prompted us to pursue social
work as a profession. These experiences can present both valuable assets and challenging
obstacles. It is essential that we can cultivate a habit of self-reflection, so we can process those
experiences and manage our own values, attitudes, beliefs, biases, emotions that may be
connected to those experience and serve our client’s best interests. We must achieve a level of
healing before we can capably serve others as a helper.
This process of self-reflection and self-correction is key to developing as a professional. In fact,
this is so essential that the Council on Social Work Education has identified professional and
ethical behavior as one of the nine core competencies for every social worker. Your willingness
to engage in a continual process of seeking and incorporating feedback into your own growth
process is essential. This ensures that clients are served well and is critical for ethical practice.
Please do not hesitate to discuss these matters with our faculty or inquire about available
resources. Our goal as a department is to help each of our students develop as a whole person to
be the best social worker they can be. You will find that this journey of growth continues
throughout the social work program and one’s career.
INSTRUCTIONS
For this assignment, you will consider how a fictional student’s personal history could enhance
her effectiveness as a social worker, and how it also can create challenges. You also will reflect
on your own history. Be assured that the purpose of this exercise is to facilitate reflection so
feedback and resources can be provided to assist students in their growth journey.
1) Review the materials in the course module regarding ACEs. Also be sure to review both
videos:
Video: A Word on 5 Domains of Professionalism
Video: How Do Our Stories Impact Us as Professionals?
2) Read Case Scenario–Mia and What’s In the ACEs Quiz?
3) Complete the ACES quiz as if you were Mia and calculate her ACES score.
4) Write a 1000-word response to Mia’s case, responding to the following prompts. Your
paper should be in APA format, with an appropriate title page. No additional references
outside course materials are necessary. Include the headings listed below. Be sure to
demonstrate concepts from the readings.

NUR500 Nurse Theorist Video Reflection.

Description

Part 1: For this assignment I need you to pick two nursing theories for future comparison assignments and explain why are you selecting those 2 theories – choose 2 from our book, one has to be a Grande range theory and one a middle range. BOOK: Theoretical Basis for NursingMelanie McEwan; Evelyn M. Wills
Part 2: Submit your Nurse Theorist Video Reflection. See below for specific instructions.
Directions for Nurse Video Reflections:
Example of Reflection Paper: ATTACHED
Complete a nursing theorist video analysis/reflection of one of the nursing theorist videos provided in the course. We highly recommend that you watch as many of these videos as you can throughout the course. This is a great opportunity for you to see and hear directly from the actual theorists that you are reading about in the text.

After watching one of the theorist videos, reflect on what you have learned. I am unable to upload the video but I have attached the captions in a Word Document.

Compose a paper that addresses the following:
Explain why you chose to watch this particular theorist’s video.
Describe the parts of your personal philosophy where you agree or disagree with this theorist.
Is there anything that surprised you in the video? If so, what surprised you?
Would you recommend this video to another student? If so, why would you recommend it?
What value did you receive from watching it?
Your paper should be 2–3 pages in length, in APA style, typed in Times New Roman with 12-point font, and double-spaced with 1″ margins. If outside sources are used, they must be cited appropriately. CITE EVERYTHING APA 7 EDITION
I was able to copy the captions but unfortunately I am unable to copy the video
I was able to copy the captions but unfortunately I am unable to copy the video
I was able to copy the captions but unfortunately I am unable to copy the video
I was able to copy the captions but unfortunately I am unable to copy the video
Compose a paper that addresses the following:
Explain why you chose to watch this particular theorist’s video.
Describe the parts of your personal philosophy where you agree or disagree with this theorist.
Is there anything that surprised you in the video? If so, what surprised you?
Would you recommend this video to another student? If so, why would you recommend it?
What value did you receive from watching it?
Please organize your paper with headings- you can use each question above as the heading over that section/paragraph.
I do not need a Cover page nor Reference page.
NURS_500_DE – Video Reflection Rubric
NURS_500_DE – Video Reflection Rubric
Criteria Ratings Pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCritical Analysis
40 to >32.8 ptsMeets ExpectationsPresents an exemplary articulation and insightful analysis of the theorist video. Draws insightful and comprehensive conclusions regarding the value of watching the specific theorist video. Response indicates a comprehensive, high-level understanding of the theorists’ ideas and how they relate to the student’s personal philosophy. 32.8 to >30.0 ptsApproaches ExpectationsPresents an accurate analysis of significant concepts within the theorist video. Offers some detail and some examples regarding the value of watching the specific theorist. Makes some attempt to relate the theorist’s ideas to the student’s personal philosophy. 30 to >23.6 ptsFalls Below ExpectationsProvides insufficient explanations of significant concepts within the theorist video. Offers little or insignificant detail and no examples for the value of watching the specific theorist. Fails to relate the theorist’s ideas to the student’s personal philosophy. 23.6 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet ExpectationsDoes not, or incorrectly, responds with insufficient explanations for theorist choice, video value, and relation to personal philosophy.
40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContent
40 to >32.8 ptsMeets ExpectationsIncludes explanation for why the student chose to watch the specific theorist. Describes the value of watching the video. Explains whether or not the student would recommend the video to another student and why. 32.8 to >30.0 ptsApproaches ExpectationsIncludes explanation for why the student chose to watch the specific theorist. Describes the value of watching the video, but does not explain whether the student would recommend the video to another student and why. 30 to >23.6 ptsFalls Below ExpectationsProvides several insufficient or inaccurate explanations of why the student chose the specific theorist video and the value of watching the video, although attempts are made. There is no mention of recommendations. 23.6 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet ExpectationsInformation is inaccurate or inadequate. Response indicates little or no understanding of the content in the video.
40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeMechanics
15 to >12.3 ptsMeets ExpectationsAnswers are well written throughout. Information is well organized and clearly communicated. Assignment is free of spelling and grammatical errors. 12.3 to >11.25 ptsApproaches ExpectationsAnswers are well written throughout and the information is reasonably organized and communicated. Assignment is mostly free of spelling and grammatical errors. 11.25 to >8.85 ptsFalls Below ExpectationsAnswers are somewhat organized and lacks some clarity. Contains some spelling and grammatical errors. 8.85 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet ExpectationsAnswers are not well written and lack clarity. Information is poorly organized. Assignment contains many spelling and grammatical errors.
15 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Format
5 to >4.1 ptsMeets ExpectationsFollows all the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. 4.1 to >3.75 ptsApproaches ExpectationsFollows length requirement and most of the requirements related to format, source citations, and layout. 3.75 to >2.95 ptsFalls Below ExpectationsFollows most of the requirements related to format, length, source citations, and layout. 2.95 to >0 ptsDoes Not Meet ExpectationsDoes not follow format, length, source citations, and layout requirements.
5 pts

Total Points: 100

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Introduction
I chose to watch Betty Neuman and her Neuman System’s Model, it is focused on the human needs as a holistic
being. She also emphasized the importance of the “created environment” which encompasses internal and external
aspects protective of the whole system of variables; including physiological, psychological, sociocultural,
developmental, and spiritual. She focused on the dynamic balance that humans need and that identifying stress and
providing appropriate interventions help maintain client stability for optimum wellness. This theory is geared toward
understanding client condition, taking in their perceptions, and goal setting which allows client interdependence,
dignity, and respect. She also emphasized prevention as an intervention.
Agree or Disagree with Theorist
I agree with Betty Neuman’s theory in that a patient is treated as a whole and not looked at in individual
aspects. This is something that we easily forget especially when we get busy. She also allowed nursing to be more
involved in assuming different kinds of roles allowing for consolidated care. I think that gives way for us nurses to
care for our patient more than helping heal their physical ailments. It helps us connect to them in a deeper level and
adapt to different kinds of needs. I can put this theory in my own practice as a reminder to look at patients as a whole
being and not just a diagnosis.
Surprised
It was interesting to find out this theory started out as a teaching tool requested by her graduate students and
that she wanted to create something from all her experience to help provide structure and guidelines to help them in
their practice. It is amazing to see how much fine tuning has gone into improving the nursing practice.
Recommendation
I would recommend this video to other students and even my nursing colleagues. It shows us how an individual
who loves what she does and loves to help others learn from her own experience come up with a theory that will help
many other nurses in the future. Her theory allows nurses to be creative and adaptable and be more relatable to the
people they care for. It stresses the importance of allowing the client to be part of his or her own plan of care. It has
also provided new insights into clinical research.
Conclusion
This video allowed me to have a better understanding of the theory that I just learned by getting the own
theorists’ view of how it came to be and what it has contributed to nursing. It has reminded me how important it is to
address all variables of what makes a client whole and that goal setting with the client regarding their care will create
a more positive impact on their well-being. It was definitely something that can remind us of what this profession is
about and what impact we can make.
I was able to copy the captions but unfortunately I am unable to copy the video

THE NURSE THEORISTS PORTRAITS OF EXCELLENCE IN THE SPECIAL TWO PART EDITION, WE
FEATURED FLORENCE NIGHTINGALE.
0:13

My father, William Edward Shaw, came from a family well recognized for their sympathy to and
support of humanitarian and liberal causes.
0:37

His grandmother’s brother, his great uncle Peter Nightingale of Lee Derbyshire, died,
0:46

leaving my father at the age of nine, the surviving male heir when my father became twenty one
in 1815.
0:52

He legally assumed the Nightingale name and inherited great wealth when, as he called himself,
was well-educated and had a reflective,
1:00

speculative intellect with an indolent, indecisive nature which made it easy for him to avoid
argument and conflict.
1:08

My mother, Frances Smith, who was six years older than my father, came from a family of 11
children, 10 of whom survived into old age.
1:17

The family circle was very large. Papa said We have 27 first cousins and two dozen aunts and
uncles and four grandparents.
1:27

My mother’s father, William Smith, had inherited the family’s considerable wealth derived from
a merchant business.
1:37

Much of our family’s humanitarian work stemmed from grandfather Smith’s example.
1:44

Mama was a beauty. Neither my sister policy nor I inherited any of her good looks.
1:50

My mother had a genius of order, the genius to organize a parish to form a society.
1:56

She had obtained by her own exertions the best society in England for us.
2:03

William Nightingale and Francis Smith were joined in marriage at St Margaret’s in Westminster in
June of 1818.
2:10

Following their wedding, they embarked upon an extensive wedding trip in southern Europe,
mostly in Italy.
2:17

It was during the extended honeymoon that the Nightingales gave birth to their two daughters,
Frances Percent.
2:23

APY was born in Naples on April 19th, 1819, and on May 12th, 1820, Florence was born in the
Italian city for which she was named.
2:29

Shortly after my birth, Mama began to urge Papa to take us all home to England and papa
designed Lee Hurst, the home I loved so much.
2:42

Mama has ambitions require that the family occupy a prominent place in London social life.
2:52

And Lee Hurst was to countrified and remote from London and the kind of entertaining she
envisioned.
2:58

So Papa purchased Embley Hall in Hampshire and his date of 2000 acres closer to London.
3:04

I had a sickly childhood, I had weak hands and feet and wore leg braces and steel boots.
3:13

I was shy to misery. I believed I was different from other people.
3:19

Meeting new people was a dread. I believed I would make serious social errors in other’s
presence.
3:23

The guilt and terror I experienced separated me from others.
3:30

But the happiest time of my life was during a year’s illness, which I had when I was six years old.
3:34

During this time, I first became aware of some kind of a call from God to dedication to his
service.
3:41

I stopped being terrified and began to resist and dislike the life of ease I had.
3:48

Life at Embley was very luxurious and comfortable for the nightingales, Mrs. Nightingale’s father
had an active social and political life in London.
3:56

Florence’s mother dreamed of a similar life for Florence’s father when Nightingale therefore
became a candidate for parliament in 1835.
4:05

He, however, refused to bribe the voters, as was common.
4:14

Practice at this time would spell defeat for him and put an end to the political and social lifestyle
of Mrs. Nightingale’s dreams.
4:17

When following his defeat, retreated to a quiet life in the social shadows, a lifestyle that certainly
did not suit his wife.
4:25

Mrs Nightingale promptly turned all of her drive and ambition into creating a proper atmosphere
for launching Plaza and Florence into society.
4:34

The family seemed to be in perpetual motion summers at Lee Hurst,
4:43

part of the fall and spring social seasons at a suite in the Burlington Hotel in London, and most
winters were spent in Embling.
4:47

Florence did not enjoy this lifestyle, however. She took great pleasure in the education that her
quiet father provided.
4:55

Papa, believe that the female mine should be instructed beyond the household arts and
needlework,
5:04

although we entertain no ideas about how to exercise such faculties.
5:10

So Papa undertook our education, teaching his Latin, Greek, French, German and Italian,
5:14

social and political history, philosophy and grammar composition and mathematics.
5:20

The schedule he set for us was rigorous to complete my lessons or to study subjects of great
interest.
5:25

To me, I would arise about four o’clock studying, thinking, reading reports, writing,
5:31

keeping records, being accurate, detailed, neat and persevering with my trademarks to Papa.
5:37

I owe my well-trained intellectual abilities. Path was different, not caring overly for these traits or
for studying.
5:44

She was irresponsible like a butterfly.
5:54

All the relatives and even Gail, our nurse, said Pathé had a happy nature and that I did not, but
that I had a great desire to be useful.
5:57

When I studied with Papa and enjoyed our reflective discussions, Pathé joined Mama in her
activities and became resentful of Papa and me.
6:06

Percy and Florence did not get along very well at all until they were in their forties.
6:17

Their parents were aware of their incompatibilities and frequent disagreements. Florence
certainly realized that her travels to Rome, Paris,
6:22

Egypt and Athens were often arranged to pacify her while simultaneously separating her from
Parsi.
6:30

By the time I reached 16 in 1836, I put away bandaging and repairing our dolls and was engaged
in some useful work.
6:39

One time I helped the pastor at Embley mend a shepherd’s dog’s leg.
6:49

I also nursed villages who was sick, their ill children, as well as trying to teach them their letters
and sums and about God.
6:53

But in my habit of self-examination, it seemed that I was dreaming more about what I wanted to
do than really doing it.
7:01

But I was not sure what God wanted me to do. During the winter of 1837, there was much
sickness at Embley.
7:08

In January, the entire Nightingale household had the influenza, say, Florence and one servant.
7:18

For three months, Florence nursed her parents sister to cousins and 15 servants.
7:25

It was in the midst of this satisfying experience of being needed and useful that Florence felt her
first call from God.
7:31

I always remembered the date February the 7th 1837, as the day God spoke to me and called me
to his service.
7:40

Although the path I was to take was not clear to me.
7:49

All the illness that spring, as well as my mom’s efforts to enlarge and renovate Embley and polish
policies in my social graces,
7:55

which she felt so necessary for brilliant marriages, decided Papa on a continental tour.
8:02

We left England September the 8th 1837 and for 19 months made an extensive tour of France
and Italy.
8:09

While we were in Paris, I met Mary Clarke, whom I called Clarke.
8:18

We became great friends. Clarke was independent of traditional conventions,
8:22

had a wide circle of famous men and women of good breeding and intelligence who shared her
human and intellectual interests from Clarke’s lifestyle.
8:27

I saw that it was possible for a man and a woman to have a close friendship that excluded
passion and did not provoke scandal.
8:37

That became my belief also during our sojourn abroad.
8:45

God never spoke to me, and I questioned why. Only to realize that I was unworthy.
8:50

I love to shine in society. Loved pleasure so much in resolving, to make myself worthy to be
God’s servant.
8:57

It was necessary for me to overcome the temptation to shine in society and to turn away from
that life, which I really did like.
9:05

This was not easy to do. Former more determined that we should marry well, arranged a very
active and extensive social calendar for policy and me.
9:15

Florence’s mother was pleased that Florence had lost her best fulness and was able to converse
9:26

on many subjects and in several languages with the notable people that Florence’s father knew,
9:31

especially the men in public office who graced their home. Mrs. Nightingale best when relatives
and friends expressed approval at Florence’s grace,
9:36

charm and self-assurance, one of the subjects on which we had heady discussions at home,
9:46

especially with Aunt Julia and Cousin Hillary, was the position of women question and their
power and right to work.
9:51

From the time I was about 17, I cared for many of my relatives and their illnesses, as well as
helping when new babies arrived.
10:00

I was very glad to walk in the shadow of death, as I did when Grandmother Shaw was threatened
with paralysis.
10:09

There is something in the stillness and silence of it which level is all earthly troubles.
10:17

God tempers our wings in the stillness of that valley.
10:23

But the social schedule Mama established left little, if any, time to engage in study reflective on
serious subjects or work among the villages.
10:28

10:37
I railed, as Clark said, with a nailed tongue against my life.

While policy was contented to stay at home, I desired a more active life outside the family.
10:43

Still, Mama insisted we learned to manage a household, but housekeeping tasks made me
question the need of so many possessions.
10:49

I cannot help asking in my head, Can reasonable people want all this?
10:57

Is all that China linen glass really necessary?
11:02

For six years after my return from Europe, I struggled to learn how God intended me to serve
him.
11:07

And by 18 44 began to believe that nursing was the way.
11:14

Papa could not understand why I wanted an active life.
11:19

He said I was vain and selfish. I examined myself about these assertions and believe they were
not true.
11:23

It would mean that God’s call to me was a delusion.
11:30

I saw a poor woman die before my eyes because there was no one but fools to sit up with her
who poisoned her as much as if they had given her arsenic.
11:34

I had a little plan, which I kept in silence until the fall of 1845.
11:43

It was to be a nurse at Salisbury Hospital for a few months and learned the practice
11:50

at Mama was terrified not only about the physically revolting parts of a hospital,
11:55

but things about the surgeons and nurses that you may guess.
12:00

In any event, nothing would be done that year, and I did not believe ever, and I felt no advantage
would come of my living on.
12:05

12:13
Yet I was almost heartbroken when my mom’s social plans forced me to leave, leave her.

There were so many duties which lay near at hand, and I would have been well content to do
them all the days of my life.
12:19

I left so many poor friends there whom I shall never see again, and so much might have been
done for them.
12:26

I feel my sympathies are with ignorance and poverty. The things which interest me interest my
poor friends.
12:33

We are alike and expecting little from life, much from God.
12:41

My imagination is so filled with the misery of this world that the only thing which brings relief
seems to be helping and sympathizing there.
12:45

When Florence was about 24, Lord Ashley-Cooper, Chef Sabri,
12:55

the Prussian Ambassador Chevalier and Mrs Bunsen people who were all concerned about the
quality of Victorian life
13:00

began sending Florence government reports and books on social subjects during a visit to the
Nightingale home.
13:07

The German ambassador Bunsen told Florence about Kaiser’s visit an institution in Germany
established
13:14

by the Lutheran pastor Theodore Fleenor and his wife for the training of deaconess as nurses.
13:19

In 1846, the ambassador sent me the yearbook of the institution of deaconess.
13:27

I knew that there is my home, there are my brothers and sisters all at work.
13:32

They have my heart is and their I trust will one day be my body.
13:38

I did not mention my desire to go to Kaiser’s vows to a soul.
13:42

During the years that I was participating in the bad social world, mama provided and wrestling
with my own thoughts about my purpose in life.
13:48

Two men propose marriage to me when I was about twenty four.
13:56

Henry Nicholson, a cousin, insisted on an answer which had to be no.
14:01

Because we know that intermarriage between relations is in direct contravention to the laws of
nature.
14:06

My parents supported me in this decision, which caused me much pain,
14:12

and I prayed to cleanse all my love from the desire of creating an interest in another’s heart.
14:16

The second proposal of marriage was much more difficult to refuse in the intervening six or
seven years,
14:24

I longed for a love so great that we may lay aside all care for our own happiness.
14:30

I believe that marrying a man of high and good purpose and following up that purpose with him
is the happiest state, the highest.
14:37

The only true love is when two persons a man and a woman who have an attraction
14:44

for one another unite together in some true purpose for mankind and for God.
14:49

I think God has, however, clearly marked out some to be single women,
14:55

as he has others to be wives and has organized them accordingly for their vacation.
15:00

Richard Monkton Milnes was a charming, witty, well-bred man of many talents.
15:08

He moved in the best circles of society. Florence and Richard saw more and more of each other
over the course of about eight or nine years.
15:13

He shared Florence’s social sympathies and concerns, and for several years he asked for her
hand in marriage.
15:21

In analyzing my feelings about considering marrying him,
15:29

I realized I have an intellectual nature which requires satisfaction and that I would find it in him.
15:32

I have a passionate nature which requires satisfaction and that I would find it in him.
15:38

I have a moral and active nature which requires satisfaction and that I would not find it in his life.
15:44

I could not satisfy this nature by spending a life with him, making society and by arranging
domestic things.
15:51

I could not bear his life to be nailed to a continuation and exaggeration of my present life
without hope of another would be intolerable to me.
15:58

My mother was extremely disappointed in my decision to not marry Richard Monckton Mills,
16:09

and her anger turned into resentment and hostility toward me and my desire for a life outside
the family.
16:14

It became a contest of wills as she became very obstinate and determined.
16:21

I should not have my way. Maternal solicitude, love and kindness were forgotten.
16:25

At this point in time, I suffered much and said little, but my physical and mental health
deteriorated markedly.
16:31

My dreaming became uncontrollable also, and I was in a trance.
16:38

Losing sense of time and place, insomnia and pacing in my room occupied my nights.
16:43

Mama determined that since I was such a disappointment, I may as well lead a life of refined
scholarship and literary ease.
16:50

So off I went with dear old friends in October 1849 to Egypt, and in early December I began to
sail up to the Nile.
16:57

But my dreaming and trounces did not cease. The pain was acute pain from losing Richard
Monckton Milne’s constant sympathy,
17:05

the continual strain of living an inactive life and the pain of knowing I lacked the purity of motive
necessary to fit me for my task when it came.
17:15

My guilt about my dreaming caused me to believe I was losing my mind.
17:25

But God called me three times, and on March the 7th, 18:50 asked me if I would do good for
him, for him alone, without the reputation.
17:29

In the next two days, I thought much upon this question. And during a half hour I had by myself
in the cabin, I settled the question with God.
17:40

And I strove all my life to disassociate my work for God from any taint of worldliness.
17:49

In Athens, I became 30, the age at which Christ began his mission.
17:57

Now, no more children, things, no more vain things, no more love, no more marriage.
18:03

Now, Lord, let me only think of thy will. But my dejection really did not leave me on this trip from
Athens and Egypt, I had never felt so bad.
18:09

The habit of living not in the present but in a future of dreams was gradually spreading over my
whole existence.
18:21

It was rapidly approaching the state of madness when dreams become realities.
18:28

Miss Nightingale spirits finally began to lift during her stay in Berlin.
18:34

She was able to visit German hospitals and other social institutions. And on July 31st, Florence
reached Kaiser’s fifth.
18:39

I could hardly believe I was there and had the same feeling with which a pilgrim first looks on the
Kidron,
18:48

but upon returning home, as Miss Nightingale told of her Kaiser’s various experience, violent
scenes erupted.
18:56

Her mother and sister wailed their shame and embarrassment for they felt their reputations
ruined.
19:04

Miss Nightingale responded as she wrote in her diary on Christmas Eve.
19:10

19:14
My God, what is to become of me in my thirty first year?

I can see nothing desirable but death. And yet my present life is suicide.
19:19

By the time I reached thirty two, it was obvious to me and Aunt May Selina Bracebridge and
Elizabeth Herbert that
19:26

I would have to leave my home in order to pursue my life in useful activities.
19:33

I returned to Kaiser’s base for about three months to better prepare myself for nursing work.
19:38

Papa, who had become more sympathetic to my interests,
19:44

settled an annual income on me which assured my independence Aunt May and Selena with any
instrumental in this decision,
19:47

which in 1853 enabled me to take a position as the unpaid superintendent of an establishment
for gentle women on Harley Street.
19:55

20:03
In taking this post, however, I stipulated that I would be free to leave after one year there.

By October 1854, however, the Crimean War had catapulted the British Empire into a terrible
conflict.
20:10

Newspapers were reporting about the horrible sufferings and neglect of the British soldier.
20:17

Sidney Herbert, the secretary of state for war who missed Nightingale,
20:22

had known since meeting him in Rome in the winter of 1847 48, wrote Miss Nightingale,
20:26

asking her if she would undertake under the auspices of Her Majesty’s Government,
20:33

the Superintendency of a Group of English women to be sent out as nurses.
20:37

He proposed it as an experiment to demonstrate the efficacy of introducing women nurses into
military hospitals.
20:42

Miss Nightingale’s letter to Sidney Herbert’s wife Elizabeth, crossed Sydney’s letter in the mail in
Mr Nightingale’s letter to Elizabeth.
20:49

She volunteered to go out with one other nurse at her own expense after a lengthy discussion.
20:57

However, Miss Nightingale accepted Mr Herbert’s offer and within ten days,
21:04

the original Nightingale Crimea Nursing Party of 38 was organized and left London for Scutari.
21:08

All in all, I had one hundred and twenty five women under my authority,
21:17

although there were two hundred and twenty nine who served in the various hospitals there.
21:21

Scutari and the Crimea were to crucibles to test endurance, and I resolve to stand out the war
with any man.
21:27

Memories of the frozen and starved, wounded, sick, dying and dead was seared into my soul, as
were callousness,
21:35

21:43
ignorance, neglect and wanton disregard for human life on the part of British military officers.

Ten thousand soldiers died in the six months colossal calamity of that terrible winter of 1854 to
1855.
21:49

Not a man arose to say this shall not be and to show how it need not be,
21:58

to suggest an organization to save the army who will find the truth and tell it in the way that
Rouse is a generation.
22:03

I stand at the altar of murdered men, and while I live, I fight their cause.
22:11

Such were the reasons why I put nursing interests aside and devoted the next 10 to 15 years of
my life to military reform.
22:18

After returning to England, Miss Nightingale spent two years researching and writing a report on
the Health
22:28

Efficiency and Hospital Administration of the British Army during the Crimean War.
22:33

22:39
Miss Nightingale chronicled detailed, charted and graft the lessons of the Crimean War.

Very powerful conclusions and recommendations were drawn from Florence’s research.
22:45

Her statistical data revealed the British soldier essentially enlisted to his death since the
22:51

majority of deaths were due to preventable illnesses such as starvation and lack of sanitation.
22:56

Miss Nightingale cited example upon example of soldiers that died not of battle wounds, but of
the need for improved administration,
23:02

better training of military physicians or the keeping of more accurate medical statistics.
23:11

This report was requested by Lord Pénurie, the Secretary of State for War.
23:17

At this time, I believed in the power of the pen and the power of statistics that report and my
report to the several royal commissions
23:21

on the British Army contained much convincing statistical data which Parliament and the war
office found hard to ignore.
23:31

Nor did I let them. During my work at Scutari and after I recovered from a near-fatal attack of
Crimea and fever,
23:39

the British people decide to present me with a personal testimonial.
23:48

I rejected all suggestions of that which would permit me to continue my work, perhaps like an
English Kaiser’s farce.
23:52

Well, there I was in Scutari, surrounded by dirt disease, the dying and the dead,
23:59

and the committee to collect the fund to establish a school for nurses asked me for the plan for
the school.
24:05

People seem to think I had nothing to do but sit at Scutari and make plans.
24:11

I responded that if the public chose to recognize my services and my judgment in this manner,
24:16

24:21
they must leave those services and that judgment unfettered.

Hence, the creation of the Nightingale Fund resulted in the establishment of the School of
Nurses at St Thomas Hospital,
24:24

which in 1860 I lodged in the hands of Sarah Wardrobe, a matron of the hospital, and went on
with my work in military reform until about 1870 to.
24:30

The disaster of the crime and war convinced me that the health of the army was
24:41

largely dependent upon the health of the British citizen from which they enlisted.
24:46

So I urge the teaching of health to mothers and the establishment of district nursing for the care
24:50

of the sick at home because every woman at some part of her life has the charge of a family
member.
24:56

I wrote notes on nursing in 1860.
25:02

This little book was meant simply to give hints the thought to women who have personal charge
of the health of others.
25:06

The notes were by no means intended to teach nurses to teach themselves to nurse still less as a
manual to teach nurses to nurse.
25:12

Social customs of my day prohibited a woman from holding public office, but the need for
reform and change was great.
25:22

So I resolved to use the power of my name. Behind the scenes and in writing about issues such
as prostitution,
25:29

land reform and irrigation in India, famine, immigration, Bulgarian atrocities and religion.
25:36

And for many years, associates and friends were in strategic or well-placed government, military
and civil positions.
25:43

In this way, I was able to help the health and welfare of the British soldier as in creating more
livable housing.
25:51

The sanitation of the army in India, establishing a school for the training of the Army Medical
Officer,
25:57

the sanitary construction of military hospitals,
26:03

the reform of work houses and the introduction of nursing there, as well as into military
hospitals in peacetime and midwifery.
26:06

My life, so many new and headed scientific discoveries, such as the germ theory, which I
rejected.
26:15

I never forgot the lessons learned at Scutari.
26:22

What I couldn’t see, I didn’t believe I saw the results of dirt in Scutari and it was dirt, not germs
that helped destroy the British Army.
26:25

My correspondence came from all over the world, and I willingly shared my advice and opinions
about sanitation,
26:37

health, nursing and education as I believe they ought to be.
26:44

26:47
And uninfluenced too much by the Scientific Revolution or social change.

The development of nursing schools followed. Mrs Wardrobe was designed at St Thomas’s by
1872,
26:53

when the other pressures of my work lessened and I had the opportunity to turn my attention to
the school there.
27:01

The system was pretty embedded, but corrections were indicated and slowly they were
implemented.
27:06

But few persons ever read my philosophical or religious treatises in which I described the laws
governing the universe,
27:13

God’s purpose for man or man’s place in an interactive universe.
27:20

Nor did they reconcile my concepts of an earlier age with a rapidly changing technological and
industrial era.
27:25

But my followers certainly carried my message that nursing was the promotion of health,
27:34

the restoration of the human being to a healthy state and the prevention of disease.
27:39

The basis of nursing was the emphasis upon the human being, the environment, health and the
provision of the humanitarian service called nursing.
27:45

Many honors were given to me that, most of all, I acknowledge the development of statistics as
a science.
27:57

The civilization of hospitals, military and medical reform.
28:04

Hospital, nursing and midwifery and district all visiting nursing.
28:08

By 19 02, Miss Nightingale was confined to her bed.
28:13

However, she still received important visitors, her memory, eyesight and mental apprehension
were failing.
28:17

When King Edward, the seventh wrote to offer Miss Nightingale the order of Merit,
28:25

the first woman to be so honored, all she could say was to kind to kind on its presentation.
28:29

A short recording and an old wax cylinder in 1890 made by Miss Nightingale in a message to the
army is all that remains of Miss Nightingale’s voice.
28:38

Well, I know that he even Afghanistan.
28:49

Plus, I’m very. But right, right, that’s right, that’s right.
28:57

Well, I find that. The facts are Catherine Salmon, Martha Reeves, Hmm, hmm.
29:08

She never did forget her Crimean comrades

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Public Health Question

Description

Assignment

1. Attend Unit 6 live lecture online via Blackboard Collaborate.

2. Complete the assigned readings, follow links to online materials, and listen to lecture recording as necessary.

3. By the deadline, complete and post the following Data Science / System Architecture Challenge deliverables to the assignment folder in this unit.

A newly minted technology startup with a good group of angel investors providing sufficient financial infusion into software and infrastructure has hired you as a Solutions Architect to be part of a team working on a novel idea connecting previously disconnected data types across health care technology segments.

The idea is as follows:

Most life sciences companies currently use clinical trials as their sole basis for evaluation of a researched drug performance, its benefits, its side effects, and its predicted market success. From pre-clinical trials to post-clinical trials, all data is contained within a single standalone computer application, where it is thoroughly evaluated/massaged/analyzed using a group of patient volunteers who consent into a clinical study. This means a few dozen to several hundred patients, typically, before the product is released to higher distributions as part of the latest clinical trial phases and subsequently FDA approved market, i.e. retail pharmacies. The problem: life sciences companies have little visibility into the “real life” drug performance, except for anecdotal evidence, periodic observations, periodic reports, and big lawsuits and newspaper headlines when something goes wrong. FDA decisions to take drugs off the market could push smaller life sciences companies into bankruptcy, especially if a company relies on one or a few drugs as its lifelines. We want to change this and turn the world of drug development upside down, in a positive sense – with Big Data. How? This is something you will be responsible to answer.

Your goal is to create a high-level architecture for the system that will analyze real-life drug performance in the market using Electronic Medical Record (EMR) data from providers. You will contract with providers to pull in their data from any EMR regardless of the vendor, bring it into a batch, process, normalize, and make available to your Data Scientists internally for evaluation. More specifically, you are looking for certain patterns indicative of an issue such as side effects, collecting information about details and quantity of those side effects, and reporting on a certain set of attributes selected by analyst to address the research question about a drug and its real-life performance. You will use a specific drug, called Darvocet, (that was taken off the market for a specific reason in the past), as your pilot for evaluating whether the system works and how the system works. Assume a few pilot provider sites may participate in your study. They will gain the first adopter benefits and related discounts for a finished product, should you be successful. Your general steps are as follows. Your detailed steps are completely open to your interpretation, based on your research, attendance of a lecture related to Unit 6, and the readings.

Find and research Darvocet. Pay special attention to its purpose, intended clinical goals and patients, side effects, and reasons it was taken off the market. Provide 1 to 2 pages write-up with corresponding supporting literature as outcomes of your research. 5 points.
Determine how you would structure your system to (a) extract relevant clinical data from provider EMRs, (b) process data at the arrival point when it is loaded in bulk into from various EMR sources into your system, (c) store the data at the arrival point, (d) analyze data inside your database, and (e) supply relevant reports to your life sciences clients. Describe your logic. 5 points.
Develop an architecture diagram of your data flows for an architecture of your choice, using a software application of your choice. Once created in an application of your choice, i.e. Visio (free from UIC webstore), Gliffy, Lucid Chart, OmniGraffle, etc. – please convert to PDF prior to submission in Blackboard. 5 points.
Define clinical data you need, clinical vocabularies to retrieve data, and specific code examples. Please note that you do not need to supply an all-exhaustive list of all codes, but 2-5 examples would be sufficient.

Here is an example of a data table format you could use to deliver outcomes of your research:

Data Type

Data Transport Mechanism

Vocabulary Type

Specific Code

Briefly Justify / Explain

Note: data transport mechanism means the medium of delivery, or how, via which data interoperability method the data gets from provider source into your analytics application.

Table = 5 points.

In conclusion, explain how and why your system would work, represent an innovation, and justify value for your clients. Do remember that you need to return value to your health care providers who signed up as early testers, in addition to your “primary” clients in life sciences. The question you will strive to answer is, if you had this pilot in your hands before Darvocet was pulled off the market, how could you either prevent it or help your client improve the drug by the ways of supplying early trouble indicators and feeding into the Version 2 development process? 5 points.

Your deliverables for this assignment are:

Word document with answers to points (1), (2), (4), and (5). Include your name and unit number on the document. Submit to assignment folder in this unit.
PDF with an architecture diagram as an answer to point (3). Include your name and unit number on the document. Submit to assignment folder in this unit.

Note 1: you are a designer starting with a clean sheet, so if there is a ton of ambiguity in this assignment, then this is the way it was intended to be. This is the situation you should expect in the job marketplace when you enter or re-enter the workforce. Successful data scientists do not attempt to solve or improve existing solutions. They either resolve known big challenges or create new innovations.

Note 2: please remember to cite and reference in APA, not to plagiarize, and avoid using resources representing someone’s unverified opinions such as Wikipedia and online blogs. Professional literature can be used, but carefully scrutinized for quality and reputation of the knowledge source.

See Attached document for reading

Unformatted Attachment Preview

The New World of Healthcare
Data Science: Blending Data,
Environments, and Creating
Disruptive Business Models
Jacob Krive, PhD
Biomedical and Health Information Sciences
University of Illinois at Chicago
The “new” old wave
• Just a short time ago, the “new way” was EMR replacement of paper
• In provider environments, EMRs become legacy “base” environments
where primary data resides, gathered at the point of care
• In Pharma, clinical studies were performed in single isolated
computer applications: no sharing, no (automated) cross-study
analysis, no link to real-time provider data
• Provider, Pharma, and Retail are separate “old” worlds: no data
linkage
• Can we do better and think different in these different times?
Phased drug development
How can we do better?
• Shorten drug development process
• Ensure market success of the drug longer term
• Predict and prevent drug market flops
• Prolong life of a drug in the market
• Detect and prevent harmful side effects
• Pull drugs off the market early to harm fewer patients, when
necessary
• Integrate and blend data confined in the points of care systems with
R&D data confined in the pharma applications
Data integration: Proliferation of the medical
Data
research
clouds
Source
Clinical Data
Transport
Consent
Management
Data Lake
Data DeIdentification
Data
Reservoir
Data
Anonymization
Data
Integration
Data Ocean
HIPAA
(Providers)
GxP
(Life Sciences)
It is not just text data anymore: Image classification
and model recognition architectures
Integration of the healthcare data domains
Provider
EMR
Provider
EMR
data transport
data transport
Data batch
data normalization
mobile
applications
computer
applications
Big Data: Hadoop, HBase, HDFS, Datamart
data processing
Patients
Clinical
Investigators
Data
Scientists
Life Sciences
Applications
Data no longer has to be confined
• Data transport mechanisms: HL7, FHIR, XML, JSON
• Medical data vocabularies: SNOMED, LOINC, CPT, ICD, RxNorm
• Data normalization and data processing
• Data visualization
• Data can move in multiple directions, a true exchange – not just
upload or download or a single translation
• Let’s discuss your assignments
Questions and Discussion
Unit 6 Readings/Resources
Attached Files:

New World of Data Science Lecture Krive 2017.pdf New World of Data Science Lecture Krive 2017.pdf Alternative Formats (514.553 KB)
Unit 6
Required
Ebook – Reddy, Chandan K., Aggarwal, Charu C. (Ed.) (2015). Healthcare Data Analytics. United States:
Boca Raton, Florida, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group. ISBN: 978-1-482-23211-0. – chapters 11 and
18.
Download the chapters from the links provided:
Chapter 11: Temporal Data Mining for Healthcare Data
http://proxy.cc.uic.edu/login?url=https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9781482232127/chapter
s/10.1201%2Fb18588-17
Chapter 18: Data Analytics for Pharmaceutical Discoveries
http://proxy.cc.uic.edu/login?url=https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9781482232127/chapter
s/10.1201%2Fb18588-25
Here is the link for access to the entire book, if needed.
http://proxy.cc.uic.edu/login?url=https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9781482232127
Krive, J. (2017). The new world of healthcare data science: Blending data, environments, and creating
disruptive business models.

. Retrieved from BHIS 540 Health Data Science
course. link at top of page.
Recommended
Cloud Computing
1. Stokes, D. (2013). Compliant cloud computing-managing risks. Pharmaceutical Engineering 33,(4), 111.
https://docplayer.net/1761713-Compliant-cloud-computing-managing-the-risks.html
2. Smith, R. (2011). Storm clouds? Cloud computing in a regulated environment. Journal of GXP
Compliance, 15(4),71-76.
http://proxy.cc.uic.edu/login?url=https://search.proquest.com/docview/905946024/fulltextPDF/9246E4FE8
60749ABPQ/1?accountid=14552
3. Driscoll, A., Daugelaite, J., Sleator, R. (2013). Big data, Hadoop and cloud computing in
genomics. Journal of Biomedical Informatics, 46, 774-781
http://proxy.cc.uic.edu/login?url=http://www.sciencedirect.com.proxy.cc.uic.edu/science/article/pii/S153204
6413001007?via%3Dihub
4. Lougheed, C., Jain, A., Meil, D., Jarrell, B. (2014). U.S. Patent No. 2014/0032240 A1. Washington, DC:
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
https://docs.google.com/viewer?url=patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/US20140032240.pdf
5. Archtecting for HIPAA security and compliance on Amazon web services (2017), Retrieved from
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/whitepapers/latest/architecting-hipaa-security-and-compliance-onaws/architecting-hipaa-security-and-compliance-on-aws.html
6. FDA resource on Real World Evidence. (2020). Retrieved from https://www.fda.gov/scienceresearch/science-and-research-special-topics/real-world-evidence
Unit 6
Assignment
1. Attend Unit 6 live lecture online via Blackboard Collaborate.
2. Complete the assigned readings, follow links to online materials, and listen to lecture recording as
necessary.
3. By the deadline, complete and post the following Data Science / System Architecture Challenge
deliverables to the assignment folder in this unit.
A newly minted technology startup with a good group of angel investors providing sufficient financial
infusion into software and infrastructure has hired you as a Solutions Architect to be part of a team
working on a novel idea connecting previously disconnected data types across health care technology
segments.
The idea is as follows:
Most life sciences companies currently use clinical trials as their sole basis for evaluation of a researched
drug performance, its benefits, its side effects, and its predicted market success. From pre-clinical trials to
post-clinical trials, all data is contained within a single standalone computer application, where it is
thoroughly evaluated/massaged/analyzed using a group of patient volunteers who consent into a clinical
study. This means a few dozen to several hundred patients, typically, before the product is released to
higher distributions as part of the latest clinical trial phases and subsequently FDA approved market, i.e.
retail pharmacies. The problem: life sciences companies have little visibility into the “real life” drug
performance, except for anecdotal evidence, periodic observations, periodic reports, and big lawsuits and
newspaper headlines when something goes wrong. FDA decisions to take drugs off the market could
push smaller life sciences companies into bankruptcy, especially if a company relies on one or a few
drugs as its lifelines. We want to change this and turn the world of drug development upside down, in a
positive sense – with Big Data. How? This is something you will be responsible to answer.
Your goal is to create a high-level architecture for the system that will analyze real-life drug performance
in the market using Electronic Medical Record (EMR) data from providers. You will contract with providers
to pull in their data from any EMR regardless of the vendor, bring it into a batch, process, normalize, and
make available to your Data Scientists internally for evaluation. More specifically, you are looking for
certain patterns indicative of an issue such as side effects, collecting information about details and
quantity of those side effects, and reporting on a certain set of attributes selected by analyst to address
the research question about a drug and its real-life performance. You will use a specific drug,
called Darvocet, (that was taken off the market for a specific reason in the past), as your pilot for
evaluating whether the system works and how the system works. Assume a few pilot provider sites may
participate in your study. They will gain the first adopter benefits and related discounts for a finished
product, should you be successful. Your general steps are as follows. Your detailed steps are completely
open to your interpretation, based on your research, attendance of a lecture related to Unit 6, and the
readings.
1. Find and research Darvocet. Pay special attention to its purpose, intended clinical goals and
patients, side effects, and reasons it was taken off the market. Provide 1 to 2 pages write-up with
corresponding supporting literature as outcomes of your research. 5 points.
2. Determine how you would structure your system to (a) extract relevant clinical data from provider
EMRs, (b) process data at the arrival point when it is loaded in bulk into from various EMR
sources into your system, (c) store the data at the arrival point, (d) analyze data inside your
database, and (e) supply relevant reports to your life sciences clients. Describe your logic. 5
points.
3. Develop an architecture diagram of your data flows for an architecture of your choice, using a
software application of your choice. Once created in an application of your choice, i.e. Visio (free
from UIC webstore), Gliffy, Lucid Chart, OmniGraffle, etc. – please convert to PDF prior to
submission in Blackboard. 5 points.
4. Define clinical data you need, clinical vocabularies to retrieve data, and specific code examples.
Please note that you do not need to supply an all-exhaustive list of all codes, but 2-5 examples
would be sufficient.
Here is an example of a data table format you could use to deliver outcomes of your research:
Data Type
Data Transport
Mechanism
Vocabulary
Type
Specific Code
Briefly Justify /
Explain
Note: data transport mechanism means the medium of delivery, or how, via which data interoperability
method the data gets from provider source into your analytics application.
Table = 5 points.
5. In conclusion, explain how and why your system would work, represent an innovation, and justify
value for your clients. Do remember that you need to return value to your health care providers
who signed up as early testers, in addition to your “primary” clients in life sciences. The question
you will strive to answer is, if you had this pilot in your hands before Darvocet was pulled off the
market, how could you either prevent it or help your client improve the drug by the ways of
supplying early trouble indicators and feeding into the Version 2 development process? 5 points.
Your deliverables for this assignment are:
a. Word document with answers to points (1), (2), (4), and (5). Include your name and unit number
on the document. Submit to assignment folder in this unit.
b. PDF with an architecture diagram as an answer to point (3). Include your name and unit number
on the document. Submit to assignment folder in this unit.
Note 1: you are a designer starting with a clean sheet, so if there is a ton of ambiguity in this assignment,
then this is the way it was intended to be. This is the situation you should expect in the job marketplace
when you enter or re-enter the workforce. Successful data scientists do not attempt to solve or improve
existing solutions. They either resolve known big challenges or create new innovations.
Note 2: please remember to cite and reference in APA, not to plagiarize, and avoid using resources
representing someone’s unverified opinions such as Wikipedia and online blogs. Professional literature
can be used, but carefully scrutinized for quality and reputation of the knowledge source.
Minute Paper
Please complete the minute paper by the deadline.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Social Work Question

Description

please see attachments

Unformatted Attachment Preview

SOWK 530
LIFE MAP ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
A Life Map is a pictorial narrative of your life that provides a visual road map of key events and
experiences that have impacted your development. The goal is to trace significant moments of
your life from birth to present day. Please watch the short video entitled Create a Map of Your
Life to get started. You may be as creative as you like, however the map must be organized,
legible, and a chronological pictorial account of your life from point A (past) to point B
(present). If you are using symbols to depict emotions or positive/negative experiences, please
include a map key or legend to explain. Wording should also be easily readable.
You may need to speak to parents or siblings to start your life map and identify key events from
your earliest years. Then begin by organizing your thoughts and memories into a written
timeline. Use the written timeline to create the map. Your map should be scanned and uploaded
as a PDF. Images may be neatly hand-drawn, computer generated, real images, etc.
The map should cover biological, psychological, social, and spiritual key life events that
highlight your social environment and development. Life events, milestones, and trajectory
changing experiences that are unique to your development should be included to provide an
overview of your life. As an adult, a minimum of 10-15 points on the map are needed. The map
will be graded based up detail, creativity, and legibility. Please google images of life maps, that
look like a map or visual timeline.
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.
SOWK 530
LIFE MAP PAPER ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
An introspective analysis of one’s own life is important for social workers. The life course
perspective emphasizes how our lives are shaped by relationships, transitions, decisions, etc., all
of which impact our worldview, values, and biases. It is important that we understand ourselves
and the lens through which we operate, so that we may better connect with those we serve.
For this assignment you will develop a 6–8-page paper, not including the title page and
references, based upon your Life Map. Please use the Life Map to create a narrative that
articulates your development from a life course perspective and incorporate various
developmental theories. The paper must include a discussion of life changing events (use
textbook terms such as life events, turning point, and trajectory), at least 2 developmental
theories (major developmental theories include Erikson’s Theory of Psychosocial Development,
Piaget’s Theory of Cognitive Development, Bowlby’s Theory of Attachment, and Kohlberg’s
Theory of Moral Development). Fowler’s theory of spiritual/faith development must also be
included. The textbook and 3 additional peer reviewed sources* should be cited, for a minimum
of 4 scholarly sources.
The paper should begin with an introduction (age, sex, marital status, pets, employment, etc.),
followed by organizational headings to include: Life Changing Events (any specific events or
milestones that changed the trajectory of your life), Application of Developmental Theories
(discuss and apply at least 2 theories), Spiritual Developmental (discuss Fowler’s theory and
the development of your personal faith), and As a Social Worker (discuss how your personal
development impacted or informed your desire for social work). In the introduction, please
discuss why it is important for social workers to be aware of their own development.
If scripture is used in your paper, it should be properly cited and referenced. Please follow the
instructions carefully, use the template provided, and use current APA format. “Upload” your
paper as a Word document; PDFs cannot be graded. Please see APA information below to assist
you:
1. Please review the 7th edition of the APA manual pages 261-262, page 266, Figure 8.2
(p.262), and Table 8.1 (p.266) for citation examples.
2. Please see page 325 for formatting of scripture citations and biblical references.
3. Please refer to page 270 for Principles of Direct Quotations. A citation is NOT
synonymous with a direct quote. Direct quotes are NOT original content and should be
used sparingly. The ability to paraphrase and summarize more effectively demonstrates
critical thinking and comprehension.
The JFL Library is an excellent source and will provide everything you need to complete
research and writing assignments in this course. Click on “Resources” at the top, then “Jerry
Falwell Library” on the left. You may enter search terms directly into the search window. To
refine your search, click “advanced search” >>>> click “scholarly materials/peer reviewed”
>>>> then fill in additional filters like the date range. Below is an example of a peer reviewed
article; notice that there are authors, a year, a journal name, a volume, issue, page range (articles
are typically several pages), and a doi and/or URL. These are clear indicators of a peer reviewed
article.
Page 1 of 2
SOWK 530
Lee, C. D. (2018). Social work with groups’ practice ethics and standards: Student confidence
and competence. Research on Social Work Practice, 28(4), 475–481.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1049731516655456
Please see the Life Map Paper Resources for links to these websites.

*This video discusses differences between a general publication, a scholarly article, and a
peer-reviewed article: What is a Scholarly or Peer-Reviewed Journal?

This video takes a closer look at searching for scholarly resources within the JFL:
Finding Peer-Reviewed & Scholarly Articles.
Scripture citations must include the translation/version of scripture, as well as the original and
last revision publication date. The reference is for the translation/version, not your personal
bible. Please see examples of correct formatting below:
Citation: According to John 3:16, “For God so loved the world He gave His one and only son,
that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (New International Version,
1978/ 2011).
Citation: Scripture tells us, “For God so loved the world He gave His one and only son, that
whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (John 3:16, New International
Version, 1978/ 2011).
Reference
New International Version Bible (2011). New International Version online.
www.biblegateway.com (original work published 1978).
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.
Page 2 of 2
SOWK 530
LIFE MAP ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
A Life Map is a pictorial narrative of your life that provides a visual road map of key events and
experiences that have impacted your development. The goal is to trace significant moments of
your life from birth to present day. Please watch the short video entitled Create a Map of Your
Life to get started. You may be as creative as you like, however the map must be organized,
legible, and a chronological pictorial account of your life from point A (past) to point B
(present). If you are using symbols to depict emotions or positive/negative experiences, please
include a map key or legend to explain. Wording should also be easily readable.
You may need to speak to parents or siblings to start your life map and identify key events from
your earliest years. Then begin by organizing your thoughts and memories into a written
timeline. Use the written timeline to create the map. Your map should be scanned and uploaded
as a PDF. Images may be neatly hand-drawn, computer generated, real images, etc.
The map should cover biological, psychological, social, and spiritual key life events that
highlight your social environment and development. Life events, milestones, and trajectory
changing experiences that are unique to your development should be included to provide an
overview of your life. As an adult, a minimum of 10-15 points on the map are needed. The map
will be graded based up detail, creativity, and legibility. Please google images of life maps, that
look like a map or visual timeline.
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.
SOWK 530
LIFE MAP PAPER ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
An introspective analysis of one’s own life is important for social workers. The life course
perspective emphasizes how our lives are shaped by relationships, transitions, decisions, etc., all
of which impact our worldview, values, and biases. It is important that we understand ourselves
and the lens through which we operate, so that we may better connect with those we serve.
For this assignment you will develop a 6–8-page paper, not including the title page and
references, based upon your Life Map. Please use the Life Map to create a narrative that
articulates your development from a life course perspective and incorporate various
developmental theories. The paper must include a discussion of life changing events (use
textbook terms such as life events, turning point, and trajectory), at least 2 developmental
theories (major developmental theories include Erikson’s Theory of Psychosocial Development,
Piaget’s Theory of Cognitive Development, Bowlby’s Theory of Attachment, and Kohlberg’s
Theory of Moral Development). Fowler’s theory of spiritual/faith development must also be
included. The textbook and 3 additional peer reviewed sources* should be cited, for a minimum
of 4 scholarly sources.
The paper should begin with an introduction (age, sex, marital status, pets, employment, etc.),
followed by organizational headings to include: Life Changing Events (any specific events or
milestones that changed the trajectory of your life), Application of Developmental Theories
(discuss and apply at least 2 theories), Spiritual Developmental (discuss Fowler’s theory and
the development of your personal faith), and As a Social Worker (discuss how your personal
development impacted or informed your desire for social work). In the introduction, please
discuss why it is important for social workers to be aware of their own development.
If scripture is used in your paper, it should be properly cited and referenced. Please follow the
instructions carefully, use the template provided, and use current APA format. “Upload” your
paper as a Word document; PDFs cannot be graded. Please see APA information below to assist
you:
1. Please review the 7th edition of the APA manual pages 261-262, page 266, Figure 8.2
(p.262), and Table 8.1 (p.266) for citation examples.
2. Please see page 325 for formatting of scripture citations and biblical references.
3. Please refer to page 270 for Principles of Direct Quotations. A citation is NOT
synonymous with a direct quote. Direct quotes are NOT original content and should be
used sparingly. The ability to paraphrase and summarize more effectively demonstrates
critical thinking and comprehension.
The JFL Library is an excellent source and will provide everything you need to complete
research and writing assignments in this course. Click on “Resources” at the top, then “Jerry
Falwell Library” on the left. You may enter search terms directly into the search window. To
refine your search, click “advanced search” >>>> click “scholarly materials/peer reviewed”
>>>> then fill in additional filters like the date range. Below is an example of a peer reviewed
article; notice that there are authors, a year, a journal name, a volume, issue, page range (articles
are typically several pages), and a doi and/or URL. These are clear indicators of a peer reviewed
article.
Page 1 of 2
SOWK 530
Lee, C. D. (2018). Social work with groups’ practice ethics and standards: Student confidence
and competence. Research on Social Work Practice, 28(4), 475–481.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1049731516655456
Please see the Life Map Paper Resources for links to these websites.

*This video discusses differences between a general publication, a scholarly article, and a
peer-reviewed article: What is a Scholarly or Peer-Reviewed Journal?

This video takes a closer look at searching for scholarly resources within the JFL:
Finding Peer-Reviewed & Scholarly Articles.
Scripture citations must include the translation/version of scripture, as well as the original and
last revision publication date. The reference is for the translation/version, not your personal
bible. Please see examples of correct formatting below:
Citation: According to John 3:16, “For God so loved the world He gave His one and only son,
that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (New International Version,
1978/ 2011).
Citation: Scripture tells us, “For God so loved the world He gave His one and only son, that
whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (John 3:16, New International
Version, 1978/ 2011).
Reference
New International Version Bible (2011). New International Version online.
www.biblegateway.com (original work published 1978).
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.
Page 2 of 2
LIFE MAP PAPER
1
Life Map Paper: My Story
John C. Doe
Department of Social Work, Liberty University
Author Note
Student Name
I have no known conflict of interest to disclose.
Correspondence regarding this submission should be addressed to
Enter student name, enter email address
LIFE MAP PAPER
2
Life Map Paper: My story
APA formatting requires double spacing and 1-inch margins. There are specific font
types that are acceptable. Times New Roman 12-point font is traditionally the preferred choice.
The title of your paper goes on the top line. It should be centered, bolded, and in title case. You
will then write an introductory paragraph. You will not use the heading “Introduction”. The
introduction should be basic and background information about you. Include information similar
to a summary or bio, and include things such as age, race, sex, marital status, hobbies, religious
preference, etc. Also discuss why you believe it is important for social workers to understand
their own developmental history. The introductory paragraph contains a thesis sentence. This
sentence gives the reader an idea of what to expect when reading the paper. It is often the last
sentence of the paragraph.
Life Changing Events
In this section, discuss any life changing events that occurred and shaped your life. This
may be a school experience, familial or personal trauma (only share what you are comfortable
discussing), a move across the country, death in the family, birth in the family, accident, etc.
Think of key things that may have shifted the trajectory of your life; the textbook refers to these
as turning points. What is your recollection of how you were impacted? In what ways are you
different because of these events?
Application of Developmental Theories
Critically analyze your development relative to the information in the text. Discuss at
least 2 developmental theories and how you progressed through the stages. What were the
milestones? In what ways have you successfully advanced through some stages? Where do you
think you may have some work to do to successfully navigate through a stage? What challenges
did you encounter? What insights have you gained about yourself, your social environment, and
LIFE MAP PAPER
3
its impact upon you after reviewing developmental theories? At least 2 theories must be
discussed. The text and 2 additional sources should be cited and referenced.
Spiritual Developmental
Use Fowler’s theory as a backdrop to discuss your spiritual development. Where do you
feel that you are currently? What has the process felt like? What difficulties, questions, or
setbacks have you encountered? How would you describe your spiritual worldview? Fowler’s
theory should be cited and provide the foundational context of the discussion.
As a Social Worker
Discuss how your Life Map/life story has informed your desire to pursue a career in
social work. Consider how your personal life story shapes your interaction within society. How
will this impact your work with clients? Discuss how you plan to be true to yourself and still
meet clients where they are when their values may be very different than your own.
LIFE MAP PAPER
4
References (begin on a new page)
Author, A. A., Author, B. B., & Author, C. C. (Year). Title of article. Title of Journal, volume
number(issue number), pages. https://dx.doi.org/xx.xxx/yyyyy
Author, A. A. (year). Title of the textbook (edition.). Publisher.
Lee, C. D. (2018). Social work with groups’ practice ethics and standards: Student confidence
and competence. Research on Social Work Practice, 28(4), 475–481.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1049731516655456

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Social Work Question

Description

Please follow the instructions in the document. This assignment is past due so please complete this assignment as soon as possible.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

PSYC 101
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
In General Psychology, you will write several essays throughout the term. For each essay you
will answer a question about the Module: Week topic(s), writing in a way that is engaging and
furthers discussion on the topic. Use the guidelines below to write a substantive essay:
1. Each essay must include at least 400 words.
2. While meeting the word count is important, it is possible to write an essay that is long
enough, but not substantive enough to earn full credit. The second criteria of a good essay is
including a clear and substantial answer to the prompt. When preparing your essay, ask
yourself,
• Does my essay answer the question or questions being posed?
• Does it clearly answer all parts of the question, supported by course materials?
3. When answering the essay question, it is important to use concepts, research, and/or theories
from the Module: Week material to support your thoughts. A good essay will:
• Offer a thoughtful response on the topic being discussed, and
• Demonstrate a thorough understanding of the topic by using material from the
resources provided for that Module: Week in your answer. Using anecdotes or
personal experiences are not as substantial or scholarly as using research and/or
theory to advance the discussion.
4. A good essay offers something new and fresh.
• Avoid simply answering the question with a simple response or reiteration of what
the textbook says.
• Present information in a way that advances thought on the topic and shows a clear
understanding of and reflection on the material.
• Demonstrate your knowledge by presenting facts.
• Demonstrate your understanding by providing practical application.
• This does not mean that you write and write and write, but rather that you present a
thought-filled and reflective essay that addresses the question being asked in a way
that demonstrates a true depth of understanding of the Module: Week material.
5. A good essay is written in a scholarly way. Each essay:
• Is free of grammatical and spelling errors,
• Uses current APA format (Student Standards),
• Includes in-text citations and a reference section,
• Includes an APA-formatted title page,
• Demonstrates a solid understanding of course concepts by using scholarly sources
rather than personal experience or anecdotes,
• Paraphrases and synthesizes research effectively rather than simply quoting material.
Note: Your assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool.
Page 1 of 2
PSYC 101
Please see the Essay Prompts under the Essay Resources.
Please review the Essay Grading Rubric prior to writing your first essay to determine what is
expected.
Page 2 of 2
PSYC 101
ESSAY PROMPTS
Essay: Fearfully and Wonderfully Made Assignment
In the “Biology of Behavior” chapter, the authors of your textbook write: “We are fearfully and
wonderfully made, and the complexity of our brain is amazing evidence of God’s creation. Also,
the complexity of our brain uniquely positions humans to be able to have a relationship with
God.” Using information from the textbook to support your responses, answer the following:


What information on our nervous system and brain stands out to you as evidence that we
have been uniquely created to be able to have a relationship with God?
How does the information from chapter 2 support the biblical view that we are “fearfully
and wonderfully made” and uniquely created for God himself?
Essay: You be the Developmental Psychologist Assignment
For this assignment, imagine that you are an expert in human development who has been tasked
with the following:



Choose a life stage (i.e., infancy, early childhood, adolescence, older adulthood, etc.) and
domain (physical, cognitive, socioemotional).
Using information from the “Developmental Psychology” chapter, describe the primary
need(s) of individuals in that stage of life.
Suggest at least three activities that would foster healthy developmental outcomes based
on the need(s) you have described.
Essay: What I Say Versus What I Do Assignment
In the “Personality and Social Psychology” chapter, we looked at different studies of social
behaviors (i.e. obedience, conformity, helping, and bystander behavior) that show that people
may behave differently when placed in a situation than they report they would behave when
merely asked what they’d do. Using information from the textbook to support your responses,
answer the following:



What do studies in social psychology show us about the difference between what we
think and say we would do in situations versus our actual behaviors when placed in
them?
How does this matter to research in social psychology and the use of self-report measures
in many studies?
How could this discrepancy between what we think we’d do and what we actually do be
looked at biblically? That is, how would God explain why we don’t always do what we
think we’d do?
Essay: Motivation, Values, and Purpose Assignment
Page 1 of 2
PSYC 101
In the “Motivation and Emotion” chapter, we looked at numerous factors influencing motivation.
Using information from the textbook, answer the following:


Using the concepts from the “Motivation and Emotion” chapter, describe what motivates
you in your educational pursuits.
Then look at the Venn diagram in chapter one (FIGURE 1.7 Intersecting Areas that
Comprise Purpose) and describe how values and purpose might inform one’s motivational
experience.
Essay: You be the Professor Assignment
One of the most critical skills for students to master is how to study! Using information from the
“Learning, Memory and Intelligence” chapter in your textbook, answer the following:


Applying what you have learned in the reading, what study strategies would you
recommend to students and why?
What cautions would you give students about multitasking and why?
Essay: That’s Your Perception Assignment
The systems responsible for sensation are remarkably similar from one person to another, yet
perceptions of the same event can vary from person to person. Using information from the
“Sensation and Perception” chapter in your textbook, answer the following:



What factors create differences in perceptions from person to person?
Do these differences in perception indicate differences in reality?
Can we be confident that our perceptions reflect reality?
Page 2 of 2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

HCI-314: Public Health Informatics – Activity 3

Description

PurposeThe purpose of this Activity is to demonstrate your understanding of the concepts learned in this week’s readings/ educational videos. Action ItemsExpalin how does how does the evaluation of information systems effect E health?

102 @Llxuix

Description

see attached

Unformatted Attachment Preview

College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Organizational Behavior
Course number:
HCM102
CRN
11482
Answer the following question-
Assignment title or task:
1. How do culture and cultural diversity / variation
affect work behavior and job performance?
Provide examples to show why a knowledge of such
differences is important for managers.
Student Name:
Students ID:
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Layla Alzahrani
Grade:
…..out of 10
College of Health Sciences
Department of Public Health
Due Date: Saturday, 7th October 2023 (11:59 pm)
Instructions for submission:






Assignment must be submitted with properly filled cover sheet (Name, ID, CRN,
Submission date) in word document, Pdf is not accepted.
Text size 12-Times New Roman with 1.5-line spacing.
Heading should be Bold
The text color should be Black
Do proper paraphrasing to avoid plagiarism with proper references/sources.
References must be in APA format

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

TDABC Week5

Description

Create an overview of the cost measurement process for “Naloxone Training to First responders across the state of Mississippi” and develop the project charter. Attached is a TDABC worksheet template you can use .

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Please fill out the Project Charter below
PROJECT CHARTER
Background
The Subject of Study
Problem Statement
Project Design
Project Setting
Care Cycle
Types of Costs
Project Timeline
Project Team
Role of HBS
Communication
Process Maps
Cost Data
Output/ Publication
Stake Holders
Challenges
Sustainability
15 |

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

3 ct r

Description

Critical Thinking: Comparative Analysis: Risk

Compare Risk in Different Health Care Systems

Write a paper that compares and contrasts risk in three different health care systems from three different countries.

The comparison document should contain the following:

Examine the different risks associated with each health care delivery system.

Examine medical malpractice environment and process.

What type of regulation oversight occurs in the healthcare space?

Analyze how risk is measured.

Requirements:

Your paper should be four to five pages in length, not including the title and reference pages.

You must include a minimum of four credible sources. Use the Saudi Electronic Digital Library to find your resources.

Your paper must follow Saudi Electronic University academic writing standards and APA style guidelines, as appropriate.

You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting them to your instructor for grading. If you are unsure how to submit an assignment to the Originality Check tool, review the Turnitin Originality Check Student Guide.

261 pre ماريا

Description

topic is the role of occupational health in prevention of occupational diseases

➢ Font should be 12 Times New Roman

➢ Heading should be Bold

➢ Line spacing should be 1.5

➢ Avoid Plagiarism

➢ The presentation must be submitted on blackboard with the filled cover page as a Word file and as ppt slides by the leader for each group by email for the instructor.

➢ Use graphics and shapes whenever you can

➢ All assignments must carry the references using APA style. Please see below the weblink about how to cite APA reference style.https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext.Click or tap to follow the link.

➢ How to Create a Poster in PowerPoint

– Each presentation should consist of 15-20 slides minimum and includes these elements in the following order:

▪ Cover sheet.

▪ Outline.

3 file ct poster

Description

Research Poster (105 points)

‏Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) not only lead the way with respect to mortality rates at a global level but also account for the majority of deaths in high-income countries. According to Bashir (2021), the most common causes of death in Saudi Arabia are ischemic heart disease, road injuries, stroke, chronic kidney disease, lower respiratory tract infections, Alzheimer’s disease, conflict and terror, cirrhosis, neonatal disorders, and diabetes mellitus.

‏Select one of the causes of death listed above, then assemble a research poster specific to your selected topic and how it progressed to a goal in Saudi Vision 2030. Approach the topic as if you are gathering sources to present this research at a conference. Be sure your references address:

* How is your selected cause of death addressed by Saudi Vision 2030?

* What are some of the methods in obtaining research and data for shaping KSA policy regarding your selected cause of death?

* Any challenges to collecting evidence-based information.

* Health policy laws implementing positive social changes in this area of healthcare.

* What is the importance of this information?

* Why is your selected cause of death relevant to your audience or field of study?

* How is it applicable beyond these contexts?

‏Reference

‏Bashar, S. (2021). Leading cause of death in comparison to COVID-19

‏in Saudi Arabia. European Review for Medical and Pharmacological Sciences, 25, 2468-2469. https://www.europeanreview.org/wp/wp-content/uploa…

‏For more information and an example of a Research Poster, click here:

‏Poster Template 1

‏Poster Template 2

‏This Research Poster should meet the following criteria:

* Include sections for: Introduction, Literature Review, Methods, Results, and Conclusion. Include a title slide and references slide.

* Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of three scholarly articles. The Saudi Digital Library is an excellent source for scholarly research. One of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures.

* Be formatted according to APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing guidelines.

* You are strongly encouraged to submit all assignments to the Turnitin Originality Check prior to submitting

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Template Provided By Genigraphics – 800.790.4001 – Replace This Text With Your Title
REPLACE THIS BOX WITH
YOUR ORGANIZATION’S
HIGH RESOLUTION LOGO
REPLACE THIS BOX WITH
YOUR ORGANIZATION’S
HIGH RESOLUTION LOGO
John Smith, MD1; Jane Doe, PhD2; Frederick Jones, MD, PhD1,2
1University of Affiliation, 2Medical Center of Affiliation
Abstract
Methods and Materials
Click here to insert your Abstract text. Type it in or copy and paste from your Word document
or other source.
Click here to insert your Methods and Materials text. Type it in or copy and paste from your
Word document or other source.
5
4.5
4
3.5
This text box will automatically re-size to your text. To turn off that feature, right click inside
this box and go to Format Shape, Text Box, Autofit, and select the “Do Not Autofit” radio
button.
To change the font style of this text box: Click on the border once to highlight the entire text
box, then select a different font or font size that suits you. This text is Calibri 20pt and is easily
read up to 3 feet away on a 24×36 poster, and up to 6 feet away on a 48×72 poster.
This text box will automatically re-size to your text. To turn off that feature, right click inside
this box and go to Format Shape, Text Box, Autofit, and select the “Do Not Autofit” radio
button.
To change the font style of this text box: Click on the border once to highlight the entire text
box, then select a different font or font size that suits you. This text is Calibri 20pt and is easily
read up to 3 feet away on a 24×36 poster, and up to 6 feet away on a 48×72 poster.
3
Series 1
2.5
Series 2
2
Series 3
1.5
1
0.5
0
Category 1
Category 2
Category 3
Category 4
Zoom out to 100% (for 24×36) or 200% (for 48×72) to preview what this will look like on your
printed poster.
Zoom out to 100% (for 24×36) or 200% (for 48×72) to preview what this will look like on your
printed poster.
Introduction
Results
Genigraphics® has provided this template to assist in preparation of a medical or scientific
research poster. The dimensions are set to 24” high by 36” wide but prints can be scaled up or
down in size to any dimension with a 2:3 aspect ratio. For example, if you order a 36” x 54”
poster using this template, we will print the file at 150% of its original size. If you order a 48”
x 72” poster, we will print at 200%. The most critical factor is that your template and poster
dimensions must be proportional:
Click here to insert your Results text. Type it in or copy and paste from your Word document
or other source.
Click here to insert your Discussion text. Type it in or copy and paste from your Word
document or other source.
This text box will automatically re-size to your text. To turn off that feature, right click inside
this box and go to Format Shape, Text Box, Autofit, and select the “Do Not Autofit” radio
button.
This text box will automatically re-size to your text. To turn off that feature, right click inside
this box and go to Format Shape, Text Box, Autofit, and select the “Do Not Autofit” radio
button.

=

To change the font style of this text box: Click on the border once to highlight the entire text
box, then select a different font or font size that suits you. This text is Calibri 20pt and is easily
read up to 3 feet away on a 24×36 poster, and up to 6 feet away on a 48×72 poster.
To change the font style of this text box: Click on the border once to highlight the entire text
box, then select a different font or font size that suits you. This text is Calibri 20pt and is easily
read up to 3 feet away on a 24×36 poster, and up to 6 feet away on a 48×72 poster.
Zoom out to 100% (for 24×36) or 200% (for 48×72) to preview what this will look like on your
printed poster.
Zoom out to 100% (for 24×36) or 200% (for 48×72) to preview what this will look like on your
printed poster.
Order your poster from Genigraphics and we will perform a free design review and advise you
if we see anything that may be a concern for printing. We’ll even help tidy things up.
We have more history with PowerPoint® than any other printing company. In fact, we helped
Microsoft® design the software and we created all of the original color themes, templates,
and clip art galleries. We know how to make your printed poster look just like it does on
screen. Other printing companies and copy centers will blindly convert your file to another
format prior to printing. This can result in text shifting, symbols changing, and altered colors.
We know the secrets to avoid those issues. So choose Genigraphics for the most accurate
reproduction available.
Figure 1. Label in 16pt Calibri.
Chart 1. Label in 16pt Calibri.
Discussion
Speaking of Results, yours will look better if you remember to run a spell-check on your
poster! After you’ve added your content click on Review, Spelling, or press F7.
Conclusions
Click here to insert your Conclusions text. Type it in or copy and paste from your Word
document or other source.
Table 1. Label in 16pt Calibri.
Heading
Heading
Heading
Item
800
790
4001
Item
356
856
290
Item
228
134
238
Item
954
875
976
Item
324
325
301
Item
199
137
186
Figure 2. Label in 16pt Calibri.
Contact
References
Email:
Website:
Phone:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
This text box will automatically re-size to your text. To turn off that feature, right click inside
this box and go to Format Shape, Text Box, Autofit, and select the “Do Not Autofit” radio
button.
To change the font style of this text box: Click on the border once to highlight the entire text
box, then select a different font or font size that suits you. This text is Calibri 20pt and is easily
read up to 3 feet away on a 24×36 poster, and up to 6 feet away on a 48×72 poster.
Zoom out to 100% (for 24×36) or 200% (for 48×72) to preview what this will look like on your
printed poster.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussions Week 3

Description

For each discussion include 250-300 words and 1 reference. Each discussion post will need 2 peer responses consisting of 150 words and 1 reference

NUR500

PART 1: Week 3 Discussion Forum

What is the difference between high-, middle-, and low-range theories? Explain your understanding of a middle-range nursing theory. Identify a research study in which a middle-range theory was applied. Discuss the study results and implications for practice.

NUR510

Week 3 Discussion 1

Identify three components of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that went into effect in 2014 and discuss their impact or potential impact on the practice of nursing and medicine. Be specific as to what the provision states, who it affects, and the impact that it may have.

Week 3 Discussion 2

Describe a type of health care spending that you consider wasteful or services that you consider have little or no benefit. Explain why you find the spending wasteful, and if eliminated, what impact it may have on the American public.

Nursing Question

Description

Public Policy Meeting Assignment

Submit a 3-4 page summary paper on the public policy meeting. Include headings in your paper that address these components:

The purpose of the meeting, key participants, key agenda items, and meeting logistics
Background information and a description about the committee
One specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process
An analysis of the key stakeholder positions related to the topic discussed
Key interactions that occurred at the meeting
Outcomes of the meeting including the specific topic focus
Current APA Style, proper grammar, and references as appropriate

Week 3 Public Policy Meeting Paper

Public Policy Meeting Topic Approval Form

Student Name:

Assignment Date: September 7, 2023

Title of Policy Meeting: Cato Institute Discussion on Combating the Fentanyl Crisis

Date of Meeting: August 18, 2023

Time of Meeting: 10:41 PM

Location of Meeting: Washington, District of Columbia, United States

Website if applicable: https://www.c-span.org/video/?529974-1/cato-instit…

Written Assignment ( Please follow instructions as outlined, deductions will be given if they are not included)

Please include this before your paper after your title page

Public Policy Meeting Topic Approval Form

Student Name :

Assignment Date:

Title of Policy Meeting

Date of Meeting

Time of Meeting:

Location of Meeting

Website if applicable

Public Policy Meeting Written Assignment Details

Introduction (Please include an introduction to include the purpose of the assgnment. Deductions will be given if there is no introduction, follow the rubrics instructions to formulate your introduction.

Here is an example:

The purpose of this assignment was to attend a Public Policy Meeting, which was approved by the instructor. The meeting was held on (date) at (time) located at (place). This paper will describe the components of the meeting. Included in this paper will be the purpose of the meeting, key participants and the description of the committee, key agenda items and background information. Additionally, this writer will continue with one specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process. There will be an analysis of the key stakeholders’ position related to this specific topic along with key interactions that occurred at the meeting. The paper will also include outcomes of the meeting including specific topic or areas of focus.

Please include these 10 Bold headers before each section in your paper ( Deductions will be given if they are not included) Do not number them in your paper.

Introduction

Purpose of the Meeting

Key Participants and description of the committee

Key Agenda Items

Background information

One specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process

An analysis of the key stakeholders’ position related to this specific topic

Key interactions that occurred at the meeting

Outcomes of the meeting including specific topic focus

Conclusion

( You must include a conclusion to summarize your paper. Deductions will be given if a conclusion is not included.)

Here is an example

In conclusion, this writer attended a Public Policy Meeting, which was approved by the instructor. The meeting was held on (date) at (time) located at (place). This paper described the purpose of the meeting, key participants and the description of the committee, key agenda items and background information. Additionally, this writer focused on one specific topic that was discussed at the meeting and an explanation of the committee process. An analysis of the key stakeholders’ position related to this specific topic along with key interactions that occurred at the meeting was completed. The outcomes of the meeting were also discussed along with areas of focus.

Submit a 3-4 page summary paper on the public policy meeting. Include headings in your paper that address these components: See Above ( Bold Headers must be included)

Current APA Style, 12 Font, Times Roman double spaced, Title page and separate reference page in a hanging format ( meaning all lines except the first need to be indented) as well as proper grammar.

Post an explanation of how the use of CBT in groups compares to its use in family.

Description

COGNITIVE BEHAVIORAL THERAPY: COMPARING GROUP, FAMILY, AND INDIVIDUAL SETTINGS

There are significant differences in the applications of cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) for families and individuals. The same is true for CBT in group settings and CBT in family settings. In your role, it is essential to understand these differences to appropriately apply this therapeutic approach across multiple settings. For this Discussion, as you compare the use of CBT in individual, group, and family settings, consider challenges of using this approach with groups you may lead, as well as strategies for overcoming those challenges.

RESOURCES

Be sure to review the Learning Resources before completing this activity.
Click the weekly resources link to access the resources.

WEEKLY RESOURCES

To prepare:

Review the videos in this week’s Learning Resources and consider the insights provided on CBT in various settings.
BY DAY 3

Post an explanation of how the use of CBT in groups compares to its use in family or individual settings. Explain at least two challenges PMHNPs might encounter when using CBT in one of these settings. Support your response with specific examples from this week’s media and at least three peer-reviewed, evidence-based sources. Explain why each of your supporting sources is considered scholarly and attach the PDFs of your sources.

Read a selection of your colleagues’ responses.

BY DAY 6 OF WEEK 1

Respond to at least two of your colleagues by recommending strategies to overcome the challenges your colleagues have identified. Support your recommendation with evidence-based literature and/or your own experiences with clients.

Note: For this Discussion, you are required to complete your initial post before you will be able to view and respond to your colleagues’ postings. Begin by clicking on the Reply button to complete your initial post. Remember, once you click on Post Reply, you cannot delete or edit your own posts and you cannot post anonymously. Please check your post carefully before clicking on Post Reply!

LEARNING RESOURCES
Required Readings
American Psychiatric Association. (2022). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disordersLinks to an external site. (5th ed., text rev.). https://go.openathens.net/redirector/waldenu.edu?u…
“Culture and Psychiatric Diagnosis”
Goldenberg, I., Stanton, M., & Goldenberg, H. (2017). Family therapy: An overview (9th ed.) Cengage Learning.
Chapter 12, “Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Models”
Wheeler, K. (Ed.). (2020). Psychotherapy for the advanced practice psychiatric nurse: A how-to guide for evidence-based practice (3rd ed.). Springer Publishing.
Chapter 8, “Cognitive Behavioral Therapy”
Chapter 21, “Psychotherapeutic Approaches with Children and Adolescents”
pp. 793–802 only
Chapter 22, “Psychotherapy with Older Adults”
pp. 840–844 only
Required Media
Beck Institute for Cognitive Behavior Therapy. (2018, June 7). CBT for couplesLinks to an external site. [Video]. YouTube.
MedCircle. (2019, December 13). What a cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) session looks likeLinks to an external site. [Video]. YouTube.
PsychExamReview. (2019, April 30). Cognitive therapy, CBT, & group approaches (intro psych tutorial #241)Links to an external site. [Video]. YouTube.

OPTIONAL RESOURCES
Beck, A. (1994). Aaron Beck on cognitive therapyLinks to an external site. [Video file]. Mill Valley, CA: Psychotherapy.net.
Eysenck, H. (n.d.). Hans Eysenck on behavior therapyLinks to an external site. [Video file]. Mill Valley, CA: Psychotherapy.net.
Psychotherapy.net. (Producer). (2009). Rational emotive behavior therapy for addictionsLinks to an external site. [Video file]. Psychotherapy.net: Author.
Sommers-Flanagan, J., & Sommers-Flanagan, R. (2013). Counseling and psychotherapy theories in context and practiceLinks to an external site. [Video]. https://waldenu.kanopy.com/video/counseling-and-ps…
CBT (starts at 2 hours 27 minutes)

presentation

Description

presentation about Occupational stress and impact on employee well-beingØ The PPT should not be more than 15 slides and not less than
10 slides. Use appropriate references as per the APA Style. is must slides including introduction and conclousin no plgarism

312 @Ff665665

Description

See attache file

Unformatted Attachment Preview

PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
College of Health Sciences
ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Health Communications
Course code:
PHC312
CRN:
14474
Assignment title or task:
Students enrolled in PHC 312 in First term 2023 will be divided into groups (5-7 students per group). The first
section will be designed to gain general information about the communication program.
The second section will be designed to assess the student’s ability to draft a health communication plan. The
group has 5 points to cover under the general program information section. The main communication program
characteristics section will be designed to assess the group’s ability to provide basic information about the health
communication planning process.
The written health communication program plan must be completed and submitted to the instructor no later than
11:59 PM on (October 07, 2023).
General program information
1.
Name of the program.
2.
Country and region (if applicable) where the program is based.
3.
Time period (start and end dates).
4.
Funding sources.
5.
Give a short description of the program (maximum of about 250 words).
Main communication program characteristics
1.
Describe the overall goal of the program.
2.
List the SMART objectives of the program.
3.
Describe the target audience(s) of the program (primary and secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population that have been measured. E.g.
age, gender, income/socioeconomic status, education, occupation…etc.
4.
Literature review: basing the communication program on current scientific knowledge and/or theoretical
models and/or previous experience from other projects? One or two paragraphs about the problem. (300-500
words).
5.
Describe the settings and communication channels.
6.
Describe the development process of messages.
7.
Describe the activities and timeline.
8.
Describe the process/impact/outcome evaluation of the communication program that will be measured.
Points that can be added as a bonus (NOT REQUIRED):
• Describe the needs assessment that has been carried out.
• Describe the environmental factors (i.e. factors beyond individual control) that the communication program
addresses, if any.
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
• Does the communication plan have a special focus on vulnerable groups (socioeconomically disadvantaged
people, ethnic minorities, children, elderly people, etc.)? if yes, specify the vulnerable groups.
• Provide details of the pilot study if a pilot study has been performed.
• Describe which stakeholders are going to be involved in the implementation and describe their roles.
Group Number:
Student name & ID #
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Dr. Ibrahim Alqasmi
Grade:
…. Out of 10
The written report will be assessed for clarity and succinctness in providing the required information using a rubric of 0
(undeveloped/inadequate) to 3 (outstanding/exceptional), as illustrated below:
Inadequat
e
Objective/Element
Report clearly and succinctly defines program goals
2.
Report clearly and succinctly defines program SMART objectives.
3.
SMART objectives are:
a. Specific: objectives should clearly specify what is to be achieved.
b. Measurable: objectives should be phrased in a way that achievement can
be measured.
c. Achievable: objectives should refer to something that the program can
actually influence and change.
d. Realistic: objectives should be realistically attainable within the given
time frame and with the available resources (human and financial
resources and capacity).
e. Time-bound: objectives should relate to a clearly stated time frame.
Proficient Outstanding
Partially
Meets
Exceeds
Fails to
meets
expectation Expectations
meet
expectations
s
3
expectation
1
2
s
0
1.
Adequate
PHC 312 Group Assignment Paper
4.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the target audiences (primary &
secondary audiences).
✓ Indicate the demographic and socioeconomic factors of the target population
that have been measured. E.g. age, gender, income/socioeconomic status,
education, occupation…etc.
5.
Report provides a brief background that includes:
✓ Literature review.
Report clearly and succinctly describes settings and communication
channels
Report clearly and succinctly describes the development process of
messages.
6.
7.
8.
Report clearly and succinctly describes the activities and timeline.
9.
Report clearly and succinctly describes how the process/impact/outcome
evaluation of the communication program will be measured.
Total
This assignment is worth 10% of the total possible points earned for the course.
Guidelines:

Use this Word Document.

Fill in students’ information on the first page of this document.

Font should be 12 Times New Roman

Headings should be Bold

Color should be Black

Line spacing should be 1.5

Use reliable references (APA format)

AVOID PLAGIARISM (you will get ZERO when there is plagiarism)

You should use at least 2 references

Submit this WORD Document when you complete the required task

Submission should be before the deadline (submission after the deadline is not allowed)

For more resources, you can review appendix A and appendix B in Schiavo, R. (2014).

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health & Medical Question

Description

you submit this assignment late, 20% will be taken off before grading.

Your Final paper should be 8-10 pages, double-spaced, Times New Roman 12pt font

NOTE that a page is about 250 words.

The final paper for this class includes your:

Cover page your name, a topic, class, professor’s name, and due date of the assignment

Make sure you use APA-style headings for your paper. – a template will be provided to you

Introduction of your career goals and how they will fit into your personal lifestyle.
Career trajectory plan (1 page)

Asset map – a chart or make a timeline of your career plan – you can use canva.com and draw.ioor https://app.diagrams.net/ (which is owned by Google) (1 page)

Professional portfolio – summary of your resume in bullet points, emphasizing what you are good at (1 page)

Your internship site
Brief history of your internship site, program/project (1 page)

Community-based map – including federal, state, & local elected officials https://www.commoncause.org/find-your-representative/ and community leaders https://www.nyc.gov/site/cau/community-boards/community-boards.page& the neighborhood health profile https://www.nyc.gov/site/doh/data/data-publications/profiles.page. You can recreate the chart so it looks neater than the website.

Screenshot the map
total population, ages
write about the health issues and outcomes (pick 3 to write about)
(1/2-1 page)
Top 3 health issues in that community (1-2 pages)
Synopsis of project-based work completed in your internship
Skills that you used and learned (1-2 pages)
Recommendations that you would provide the internship, such as improving the internship and what students need to know – focus on professional skills and communication (1/2-1 page)
Any other interesting additional components (1/2-1 page)

References: At least 1 academic journal, 1 website, and one YouTube video – must be in APA style

Make sure this assignment is in WORD or PDF format.

Note that this paper has other parts that are due later in the semester, such as:

Final presentation (in PowerPoint) – look for your group number and that is the day and time you are presenting.
Career roadmap and specialization essay – which is a summary of your final paper –> Tjis assignment will change into a Memo assignment to provide you with more skills.
Infographic – which is a picture summary of your final paper

Check any grammar and spelling errors, and typos before you submit your PowerPoint.

Public Health Analysis

Description

Public Health Analysis Paper Instructions This week you are to develop a PowerPoint presentation summarizing your Public Health Analysis paper. The presentation should analyze the public health issue in terms of the justice, legal, regulatory, data, and advanced practice issues related to it. Be sure to identify how your discussion relates to the objectives of Healthy People 2020. What strategies or policies have been used to address the issue?Are they working? Why or why not?What strategies do you propose to improve the situation? Is legislative change needed?What are the implications of this issue for advanced practice nursing and/or public health? In other words, where do we go with this policy issue in the future? Strictly follow the attached rubricYou should include Speaker’s Notes Your PowerPoint presentation should be 20-25 slides, in APA 7 format, with details included. Be creative. Voiceover presentation for slides is optional.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Public Health Analysis Paper Instructions
This week you are to develop a PowerPoint presentation summarizing your Public Health
Analysis paper. The presentation should analyze the public health issue in terms of the
justice, legal, regulatory, data and advanced practice issues related to it. Be sure to identify
how your discussion relates to the objectives of Healthy People 2020.




What strategies or policies have been used to address the issue?
Are they working? Why or why not?
What strategies do you propose to improve the situation? Is legislative change
needed?
What are the implications of this issue for advanced practice nursing and/or public
health? In other words where do we go with this policy issue in the future?
Your PowerPoint presentation should be 20-25 slides, in APA format, with details included.
Be creative. Voiceover presentation for slides is optional.
1
Public Health Analysis: Hypertension
Public Health Analysis: Hypertension
The world population is increasing vastly. At the same, the world is experiencing an
increasing rate of diseases. Chronic diseases are among those that have created a critical
concern in today’s public health. A report by Kulkarni et al. (2020) documented that in 2020,
almost 30% of American adults had multiple chronic diseases. In the United States, chronic
2
diseases account for about 75% of healthcare spending (Raghupathi & Raghupathi, 2018).
One of the chronic diseases affecting public health is hypertension. It is described as
increased blood pressure. In the United States, for instance, the disease is noted to affect older
adults. It is reported that about 70% of adults aged more than 65 years have hypertension
(Buford, 2017). Worryingly, this number is predicted to continue rising. With its predicted
increasing rate, it shows that hypertension will remain a critical public health concern. As
such, it is important to report that the following is a public health analysis paper that mainly
focuses on the issues surrounding hypertension.
As mentioned above, the rate of individuals with hypertension is increasing rapidly.
While old age is considered the primary risk factor, today, reports of young people with
hypertension are also increasing. Several issues are raised in the direction of this issue. For
instance, numerous reports show that most people are adopting unhealthy lifestyles. In
addition, there is an increased number of obese individuals, which is among the risk factors
for developing hypertension. Another understudied issue affecting the increasing rate of
hypertension is the inadequate number of knowledgeable staff in advanced practice nursing to
provide effective management of hypertension. Relatedly, Benetos et al. (2019) highlight that
this has created insufficient follow-up measures in managing the disease.
The disease is also explored as one of Health People 2020’s objectives. The disease is
included in the heart disease and stroke topics. According to Health People 2020 (n.d.), new
measures are needed to monitor cardiovascular diseases, including hypertension. It is
important to report that the public health analysis of hypertension will majorly assist not only
the health sector but also communities that are burdened by this disease, including the
minorities in the United States.
Literature Review
3
As has been previously discussed, hypertension remains to be one of the significant
risk factors for severe morbidity and mortality across the globe. According to Basile and
Bloch (2021), hypertension treatment is recorded to be among the most common office visit
reasons. This assumption is supported by Van Bussel et al. (2019) in that most of the affected
are the elderly, who majorly rely on general practitioners for treatment. The following is a
literature review focusing on the statistics of hypertension, the causes and risk factors, and the
impact it has to the public health.
Hypertension Statistics in the United States
Causes and Risk Factors
The Impact of Hypertension on Public Health
References
Basile, J., & Bloch, M. J. (2021, August 4). Overview of hypertension in adults.
https://www.uptodate.com/contents/overview-of-hypertension-in-adults
4
Benetos, A., Petrovic, M., & Strandberg, T. (2019). Hypertension management in older and
frail older patients. Circulation Research, 124(7), 1045-1060.
https://doi.org/10.1161/circresaha.118.313236
Buford, T. W. (2017). Hypertension and aging. Ageing Research Reviews, 26, 96-111.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arr.2016.01.007
Healthy People 2020. (n.d.). Heart disease and stroke.
https://www.healthypeople.gov/2020/topics-objectives/topic/heart-disease-and-stroke
Kulkarni, A., Mehta, A., Yang, E., & Parapid, B. (2020). Older Adults and Hypertension:
Beyond the 2017 Guideline for Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Management
of High Blood Pressure in Adults. Journals of the American College of Cardiology.
Raghupathi, W., & Raghupathi, V. (2018). An empirical study of chronic diseases in the
United States: A visual analytics approach to public health. International Journal of
Environmental Research and Public Health, 15(3), 431.
https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph15030431
Van Bussel, E., Reurich, L., Pols, J., Richard, E., Moll van Charante, E., & Ligthart, S.
(2019). Hypertension management: Experiences, wishes, and concerns among older
people—a qualitative study. BMJ Open, 9(8),
e030742. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2019-030742
NSG7005 Week 8 Project Rubric
Course: NSG7005-Clinical Prevention and Population Health CP02
Criteria
No Submission
0 points
Emerging (F through
D Range) (1-27)
27 points
Satisfactory (C
Range) (28-31)
31 points
Proficient (B Range)
(32-35)
35 points
Exemplary (A Range)
(36-40)
40 points
Criterion Score
Develop a 20-25
slide powerpoint
presentation
summarizing
your Public
Health Analysis
Paper
Student did not
submit assignment
Poorly Developed
presentation
missing length or
details
Developing
presentation with
adequate length
but lacking detail
Well-Developed
presentation with
adequate length
and details but
lacking clarity and
organization.
Thoroughly
developed
presentation with
adequate length,
details, clearly
organized.
/ 40
Summarize your
review of the
literature
Student did not
submit assignment
Poorly described
or omitted
summary of
review of
literature
Developing
description of
review of
literature
Detailed
description of
review of the
literature.
Thoroughly
described review
of the literature
with depth and
organization.
/ 40
Describe
strategies or
policies that
have been used
to address the
issue and
address if they
are working or
not.
Student did not
submit assignment
Limited details
without a clear
explanation of
strategies that
have been used or
if they are working
Developing details
and explanations
of strategies that
have been used
and if they are
working
Well-partially
developed details
and some clear
explanation of
strategies that
have been used
and if they are
working.
Thoroughly
provided a
detailed and clear
explanation of the
strategies that
have been used
and if they are
working.
/ 40
Criteria
Discuss what
strategies you
propose to
improve the
situation and
address if
legislative
change is
needed
Criteria
Used correct
spelling,
grammar, and
professional
vocabulary.
Cited all sources
using APA
format. No
errors.
Total
No Submission
0 points
Student did not
submit assignment
No Submission
0 points
Student did not
submit assignment
Emerging (F through
D Range) (1-27)
27 points
Satisfactory (C
Range) (28-31)
31 points
Proficient (B Range)
(32-35)
35 points
Exemplary (A Range)
(36-40)
40 points
Minimally
explained strategy
proposal and
legislation
Explained strategy
proposal and
legislation but
missing details
Detailed
explanation of
strategy proposal
and legislation
Thoroughly
explained strategy
proposal and
legislation
Emerging (F through
D Range) (1-27)
27 points
Satisfactory (C
Range) (28-31)
31 points
Proficient (B Range)
(32-35)
35 points
Exemplary (A Range)
(36-40)
40 points
Incorrect spelling,
grammar, and
professional
vocabulary. Poor
citation of sources
using APA format.
Many errors
Moderated
number of errors
in spelling,
grammar, syntax,
and professional
vocabulary. Cited
some sources;
with moderate
APA format errors.
Minor number of
errors in spelling,
grammar, syntax,
and professional
vocabulary. Cited
some sources;
with minor APA
format errors.
Near perfect use
of correct spelling,
grammar, syntax,
and professional
vocabulary. Cited
all sources using
APA format.
Criterion Score
/ 40
Criterion Score
/ 40
/ 200
Overall Score
No Evidence
0 points
minimum
Emerging (F through D Range)
(1-138)
Satisfactory (C Range)
(139-158)
Proficient (B Range)
(159-178)
Exemplary (A Range)
(179-200)
1 point minimum
139 points minimum
159 points minimum
179 points minimum
Public Health Analysis Paper Instructions
This week you are to develop a PowerPoint presentation summarizing your Public Health
Analysis paper. The presentation should analyze the public health issue in terms of the
justice, legal, regulatory, data, and advanced practice issues related to it. Be sure to identify
how your discussion relates to the objectives of Healthy People 2020.






What strategies or policies have been used to address the issue?
Are they working? Why or why not?
What strategies do you propose to improve the situation? Is legislative change
needed?
What are the implications of this issue for advanced practice nursing and/or public
health? In other words, where do we go with this policy issue in the future?
Strictly follow the attached rubric
You should include Speaker’s Notes
Your PowerPoint presentation should be 20-25 slides, in APA 7 format, with details included.
Be creative. Voiceover presentation for slides is optional.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Week 8: Current Issues/Trends PowerPoint Presentation

Description

Choose from one of the following topics:
Nursing during an epidemic, pandemic or natural disaster across the country or around the globe
The effect of the media on nursing image. How can nurses educate the public and help portray the true image of nursing?
The prevalence and impact of substance abuse among nurses (impaired nursing)
Impact of collective bargaining on the nursing profession
Social media influences on health or health care delivery
Impact of workplace harassment and violence on the nursing profession
You may select from ONE of the following technological advances and discuss its impact on patient outcomes:
Telehealth technology
Health applications
Health-related/electronic wearables
You must use the PowerPoint presentation template provided at the top of this assignment.
You are to create bullet points for each slide, not including the title and reference slides. Every slide must have a speaker note with a minimum of 4-5 sentences addressing the bulleted items on the slide.
Include a minimum of 4-5 peer-reviewed research articles as references in the presentation. All research articles need to have been published within 5 years from today’s date. No blog, chat, other university or Wikipedia information allowed in presentation. The PowerPoint presentation must follow current APA styleLinks to an external site..
Your presentation should include the following slides:
Title slide
Why the topic was chosen
How your topic impacts nursing practice
Current relevance of the topic
Clinical Practice Integration
Plan for lobbying: Describe in detail your plan for how you would lobby your legislators or local government for funding and support for your chosen current issue or trend.
Conclusion
Reference slide
High Turnitin scores will be evaluated on an individual basis and may result in points deducted and/or a grade of “zero” for the assignment. Use the Turnitin Plagiarism Check to upload your assignment and verify your plagiarism score before submitting your assignment.

You will need to follow these steps below for saving your PowerPoint so that your speaker notes are visible:

Open your PPT and go to “file” in top left corner.
Click “print” option. Make sure “print all slides” and “print slides with notes” is selected.
Go to “Save As” on the left hand side and be sure you save as a PDF.
Under your save as selection, click “more options”. Select the “Options” button and click the “Publish What” pull-down and then select “Notes Pages.” (If you click slides it will not show the speaker notes)
Click “OK.”
Complete your selection process by checking “Open file after publishing” and selecting the “Optimize for: ‘Standard’ and ‘Minimum Size’” choices.
Click on “Save” next to the “Tools” button at the bottom of the box.
Rubric

NURS_440_OL – Week 8 PowerPoint Presentation

NURS_440_OL – Week 8 PowerPoint Presentation

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeIdentification, definition, and description of topic, background & why topic was chosen

40 pts

Meets or Exceeds Expectations

Provides an exemplary and insightful analysis of the identification, definition, description and background of the topic & why it was chosen

30 pts

Mostly Meets Expectations

Provides accurate identification, definition, description and background of the topic & why it was chosen

20 pts

Approaches Expectations

Provides partial identification, definition, description and background of the topic & why it was chosen

10 pts

Below Expectations

Provides limited identification, definition and description and background of the topic & why it was chosen

0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Missing identification, definition and description and background of the topic & why it was chosen

40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeHow the topic impacts nursing

40 pts

Meets or Exceeds Expectations

Presents an exemplary and insightful analysis of the current issue and trend and how the topic impacts nursing

30 pts

Mostly Meets Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of the current issue and trend and how the topic impacts nursing

20 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents a partial analysis of the current issue and trend and how the topic impacts nursing

10 pts

Below Expectations

Provides limited explanations of the current issue and trend and how the topic impacts nursing

0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Lacks understanding for the current issue and trend and how the topic impacts nursing

40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCurrent Relevance

40 pts

Meets or Exceeds Expectations

Presents an exemplary and insightful analysis of the current relevance of the issue and trend in nursing

30 pts

Mostly Meets Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of the current relevance of the issue and trend in nursing

20 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents a partial analysis of the current relevance of the issue and trend in nursing

10 pts

Below Expectations

Provides limited explanations of the current relevance of the issue and trend in nursing

0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Lacks understanding of the current relevance of the issue and trend in nursing

40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeClinical Practice Integration

40 pts

Meets or Exceeds Expectations

Presents an exemplary and insightful analysis of how the current issue and trend is integrated into clinical nursing practice

30 pts

Mostly Meets Expectations

Presents an accurate analysis of how the current issue and trend is integrated into clinical nursing practice

20 pts

Approaches Expectations

Presents a partial analysis of how the current issue and trend is integrated into clinical nursing practice

10 pts

Below Expectations

Provides minimal analysis of how the current issue and trend is integrated into clinical nursing practice

0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Lacks understanding of how the current issue and trend is integrated into clinical nursing practice

40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomePlan for lobbying

40 pts

Meets or Exceeds Expectations

Presents an exemplary and insightful analysis of the importance of lobbying legislators or local government for support funding. Offers detailed and specific examples of current legislation regarding the effect on current clinical practice settings

30 pts

Mostly Meets Expectations

Makes accurate connections to the importance of lobbying legislators or local government for support funding. Offers some detailed examples of current legislation regarding the effect on current clinical practice settings

20 pts

Approaches Expectations

Makes partial connections to the importance of lobbying legislators or local government for support funding. Offers few detailed examples regarding effect on current clinical practice settings

10 pts

Below Expectations

Provides insufficient connections to the importance of lobbying legislators or local government for support funding. Offers no details and/or examples regarding effect on current clinical practice settings

0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Information is missing. Response indicates no understanding of the importance to lobby for any support funding

40 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCreativity and Professionalism

40 pts

Meets or Exceeds Expectations

Includes an exemplary visual presentation (i.e. data, graphs & clip arts) to capture the audience in slides/presentation. Writing contains no spelling, grammatical, and/or mechanical errors. References and citations contain no APA errors. Sources include peer-reviewed, research-based articles, within last 5 years

30 pts

Mostly Meets Expectations

Includes an adequate visual presentation (i.e. data, graphs & clip arts) to capture the audience in slides/presentation. Writing contains 1-3 spelling, grammatical, and/or mechanical errors. References and citations contain 1-3 APA errors. Most sources include peer-reviewed, research-based articles, within last 5 years

20 pts

Approaches Expectations

Include partial (i.e. data, graphs & clip arts) to capture the audience in slides/presentation. Writing contains 4-6 spelling, grammatical, and/or mechanical errors. References and citations contain 4-6 APA errors. Few sources include peer-reviewed, research-based articles. Sources are >5 years old

10 pts

Below Expectations

Include few (i.e. data, graphs & clip arts) to capture the audience in slides/presentation. Writing contains >7 spelling, grammatical, and/or mechanical errors. References and citations contain greater than 6 APA errors. Sources are included, but are not current, not peer-reviewed, and/or are not research-based articles

0 pts

Does Not Meet Expectations

Template was not used. No visuals were included. Writing contains many spelling, grammatical, and/or mechanical errors. No reference or citations were included.

40 pts

Total Points: 240

Additionally, the weblinks below can help you formulate your ideas and may help create the political plan.

Please reach out if you have any questions about this assignment.

https://www.ncsbn.org/index.htmLinks to an external site.

https://www.nursingworld.org/

Links to an external site.

https://www.congress.gov/

Links to an external site.

https://www.congress.gov/help/tips/explore-a-bill

Links to an external site.

https://www.congress.gov/legislative-process

Links to an external site.

https://www.seiu.org/nurses/

Links to an external site.

https://www.nationalnursesunited.org/

Links to an external site.

http://www.nln.org/

Unformatted Attachment Preview

NURS 440 PowerPoint
Template
Student Name
School
Course
Faculty Name/Title
Date
*
You may change the color & background and remember to include colorful, visual illustrations (i.e. data,
graphs, clip arts, embedded video etc…) appropriate to engage your audience!
Why The Topic Was Chosen
1. Explain why you chose your topic, referring to assignment guidelines.
2. Why is this topic meaningful to you?
3. Provides full and complete Identification, definition, and description of topic,
background & why topic was chosen
How The Topic Impacts Nursing Practice
1. Please show how your topic impacts nursing practice and/or patient care
2. How will the topic impact your role as a nurse in the nursing workforce or in the
clinical setting?
Current Relevance
1. Provide a full description of your topic
2. Describe how your chosen topic is relevant/current to nursing practice
Current Relevance (Cont’d)
1. Provide a critical analysis supported by evidence based practice that
is credible and timely (i.e. data, graph, research, statistics).
Clinical Practice Integration
1. How your topic is integrated and used in clinical practice
Plan for Lobbying
1. Describe in detail what and how you would lobby your legislators
or local government for funding to support your topic.
(will you write a letter, social media, etc. include main points you will
present to persuade funding)
2. What current or proposed legislation already exists that pertains to your
topic?
Plan for Lobbying (Cont’d)
1.
Make insightful, clear and accurate connections to importance of
lobbying legislators & government
Conclusion
1. Show insight and comprehensive solutions/conclusions regarding your chosen
topic
References
Remember to:
Include at least 4-5 research articles (Use WCU Online Library)
2. References need to be within the last 5 years
3. Do not include: blogs, chats, other universities, Wikipedia
4. Follow APA style
1.
Directions for Submitting your Powerpoint
1. Open your PPT and go to “file” in top left corner.
2. Click “print” option. Make sure “print all slides” and “print slides with notes”
is selected.
3. Go to “Save As” on the left hand side and be sure you save as a PDF.
4. Under your save as selection, click “more options”. Select the “Options”
button and click the “Publish What” pull-down and then select “Notes
Pages.” (If you click slides it will not show the speaker notes)
5. Click “OK.”
6. Complete your selection process by checking “Open file after publishing” and
selecting the “Optimize for: ‘Standard’ and ‘Minimum Size’” choices.
7. Click on “Save” next to the “Tools” button at the bottom of the box.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Revise NRS 434 Adolescence: Contemporary Issues and Resources

Description

Hi, the answer has already been completed and just needs to be revised which has been attached. The answer currently does not address the part of the prompt that states “Outline assessment strategies to screen for this issue and external stressors during an assessment for an adolescent patient.” The answer does not mention specific assessment strategies that can be used for the adolescent patient. The following sentence also has incorrect capitalizations “Regarding assessment strategies to screen for Mental Health among Adolescents, the following should be considered.” The answer was also supposed to not exceed “550 Words Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages.” The answer currently is “572 Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages.” The answer also did not answer the following prompt correctly either which states “Describe what additional assessment questions you would need to ask and define the ethical parameters regarding what you can and cannot share with the parent or guardian.” The answer does not provide specific assessment questions to ask. It just states what should be asked to the adolescent patient rather than develop literal specific questions to ask that end with a question mark. Furthermore, the question asks to define ethical parameters which is not included in the answer. The answer just states that there are ethical parameters but never lists which ones. This is evident in the following sentence “There are ethical parameters regarding what I can and cannot share with the parent or guardian, as the adolescent has a right to privacy (Meherali et al., 2021).”

Research the range of contemporary issues teenagers face today. In a 500-550-word paper, choose one issue (besides teen pregnancy) and discuss its effect on adolescent behavior and overall well-being. Include the following in your submission:

Describe the contemporary issue and explain what external stressors are associated with this issue.
Outline assessment strategies to screen for this issue and external stressors during an assessment for an adolescent patient. Describe what additional assessment questions you would need to ask and define the ethical parameters regarding what you can and cannot share with the parent or guardian.
Discuss support options for adolescents encountering external stressors. Include specific support options for the contemporary issue you presented.

You are required to cite a minimum of three peer-reviewed sources to complete this assignment. Sources must be published within the last 5 years, appropriate for the assignment criteria, and relevant to nursing practice.

500-550 Words Times New Roman Size 12 Font Double-Spaced APA Format Excluding the Title and Reference Pages

Please be sure to include an introduction with a clear thesis statement in the last sentence of the introduction paragraph

Please be sure to carefully follow the instructions

No plagiarism & No Course Hero & No Chegg. The assignment will be checked for originality via the Turnitin plagiarism tool

Please be sure to include at least one in-text citation in each paragraph

Please be sure use a minimum of three peer-reviewed sources published within the last 5 years

Requirements: Please be sure to revise the answer based on the requested edits

Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Contemporary issues teenagers face today: Mental Health Issues
Student Name
Institutional Affiliation
Course Code
Instructor
Date
2
Introduction
Mental health issues are a huge contemporary issue that adolescents face today. It is
estimated that 1 in 5 adolescents have a mental health disorder, the most common being anxiety
and depression. Many factors can contribute to mental health issues in adolescents, like the
history of the family with mental issues, bullying, and academic impediments (Al-Zawaadi et al.,
2021). Mental health disorders can significantly impact an adolescent’s life, making it difficult to
function at home, school, and social situations. The paper below focuses on mental health as a
contemporary issue affecting adolescents.
Many external stressors can contribute to mental health issues in adolescents. Family
history is a major factor, as mental health disorders can be passed down from generation to
generation. Bullying is also a major stressor, as it can lead to feelings of isolation, anxiety, and
depression. Social media can also be a source of stress for adolescents, as it can create a sense of
comparison and inadequacy (Gunasekaran et al., 2022). Academic pressure can also be a major
stressor, as adolescents feel the need to meet the expectations of their parents and teachers.
Regarding assessment strategies to screen for Mental Health among Adolescents, the
following should be considered. Family history should be assessed, as mental health disorders
can be passed down from generation to generation. The adolescent should also be asked about
any experiences with bullying, as this can be a major stressor. Social media use should also be
assessed, as it can be a source of stress for many teenagers (Gunasekaran et al., 2022).
Adolescents should also be asked about their academic performance, as this can be a major
source of stress.
3
There are many additional assessment questions that I would need to ask in order to
assess for mental health issues in an adolescent patient. I would need to ask about family history,
as mental health disorders can be passed down from generation to generation. I would also need
to ask about experiences with bullying, as this can be a major stressor. I would also ask about
their academic performance, as this can be a major source of stress, predisposing them to mental
issues. There are ethical parameters regarding what I can and cannot share with the parent or
guardian, as the adolescent has a right to privacy (Meherali et al., 2021). However, if the
adolescent is at risk of harming themselves or others, the parent or guardian should be notified.
Many support options are available for adolescents experiencing external stressors to
mental health. Family counseling can be helpful for families who are struggling with mental
health issues. Therapy can also be helpful for adolescents who are struggling to cope with
external stressors. There are also many support groups available, such as support groups for
families with mental health issues and support groups for adolescents struggling with mental
health issues (Meherali et al., 2021). Medication can also be helpful for adolescents who are
struggling with mental health disorders.
Conclusion
Mental health issue is one of the contemporary issues affecting adolescents today. The
issue manifests due to anxiety and depressive disorders. Academic pressure also plays a role in
the manifestation of the issue. Some stressor factors to the condition are family history, bullying,
and academic strain. Assessment is based on determining the issue within the family tree or
4
whether acts such as bullying and social media pressure lead to the condition’s manifestation.
Treatment can be both pharmacological and psychological.
5
References
Al-Zawaadi, A., Hesso, I., & Kayyali, R. (2021). Mental Health Among School-Going
Adolescents in Greater London: A Cross-Sectional Study. Frontiers in Psychiatry, p. 12.
https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.592624
Gunasekaran, K., Vasudevan, K., & Srimadhi, M. (2022). A mixed method study assesses mental
health status among adolescents in Puducherry, India. Journal of Family Medicine and
Primary Care, 11(6), 3089. https://doi.org/10.4103/jfmpc.jfmpc_2420_21
Meherali, S., Punjani, N., Louie-Poon, S., Abdul Rahim, K., Das, J. K., Salam, R. A., & Lassi, Z.
S. (2021). Mental Health of Children and Adolescents Amidst COVID-19 and Past
Pandemics: A Rapid Systematic Review. International Journal of Environmental
Research and Public Health, 18(7), 3432. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18073432

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Power point

Description

Hello,How are you? You have wrote this paper for me a few days ago. I didn’t realize I also need a Power Point presentation on this paper. Can you please help me?PDCA paper Research inquiry: Quality/Safety Research Proposal Address a current problem that your organization is facing utilizing a PDCA methodology and write a research paper to improve safety and quality in your organization. (Outcome 1,2,3,4,5) (8 hours) APA Format, 5 pages in content, excluding Title and References pages; one Reference is your textbook. The references must be published within the last 5 years. Theses are instructions: Present your paper in class. Continuous Improvement Methodology- PDCADiscuss the credibility of the source and the research/researchersBe prepared to answer questions10 Slides including speaker notes (excluding title and reference slides).

Nutrition Lab Report

Description

I’m working on a nutrition question and need guidance to help me learn.

Total points for Lab 3: Hematocrit and Hemoglobin write up is 100.

(4 points) Cover sheet – Include your first and last name, names of lab partners, date, lab exercise name and title, NFS 3101.01.

(5 points) Objectives – Restate the objectives using your own words. Remember to use bullet points.

(10 points) Raw Data – Include your data table in your lab report.

(20 points) Calculations – Calculate the value of your unknown using the Formula method (for Hemoglobin lab). Show mean and mean – blank calculations.

(15 points) Discussion – Discuss the results of the lab in detail. I am looking for details here. What results did you get? What do they mean?

(10 points) Assessment – Discuss new things you learned in the lab and the interesting things you found. This should contain at least 3 different items to receive full credit.

(6 points per question) – Answer the questions at the end of Lab 3

I uploaded the lab report also lab example. it is going to be look like that. also I uploaded the picture which has information for your table

Unformatted Attachment Preview

standard curve was .2628 and with the plug in method, we found x to be 10.5, which did not
make much sense, compared to the other group. We hypothesize that we pipetted the solutions
incorrectly on the plate. In general, the method that was the most appropriate is the standard
curve y = mx+b. The one point method is less accurate because the absorbance of .2628 had to
be measured out on the graph and based on that assumption, would be the concentration level.
The (Au/As) x Cs g/dL had a closer result to the y =mx+b but I still stand by relying on the
standard curve equation to solve for x.
The hematocrit was done as a class. 30% hematocrit was the end result, which means that
it is on the lower side of the ranges for adults. It is still in range for a female. However, for a
male, it would be too low. This hematocrit may be low because of a deficiency in iron, folate, or
vitamin B 12. Hemoglobin determination was also taken for the different standards and
concentrations of the blood samples.
Assessment
I learned a lot about blood and its components in lab. I have never studied blood before
and I didn’t really know the differences between whole blood, plasma, and serum. I learned that
whole blood contains all of the blood components and needs an anticoagulant to avoid clotting.
Plasma has clotting factors, and serum does not have any clotting factors. I also learned about
anemia. I knew what anemia was, but I did not know the 3 classifications of anemia and their
MCV and MCHC values. I learned that normocytic and macrocytic have the same MCHC %
(31-35) and microcytic has less than 30% MCHC. Finally, I also learned about the one point
method. I have never used this method before, so it was interesting to see how it turned out.
Questions
1. What is hematocrit? Under what conditions is the hematocrit low? High?
2. Comment on the results of the blood hematocrit. Was the mean within the normal
range? Explain.
3. What is the difference between leukocytes and erythrocytes?
4. What is anemia? How is anemia classified? What are the 3 different types of anemia?
5. Explain the difference between iron deficiency anemia and folic acid/B 12 anemia.
What causes iron deficiency anemia? What causes folic acid anemia? What causes
vitamin B12 anemia? I
Laboratory Three:
Hemoglobin & Hematocrit Determinations
Objective:
➢ To identify blood collection tubes and additives.
➢ To learn the different types of additives, including anticoagulants.
➢ To learn the difference between whole blood, plasma, and serum.
➢ To familiarize the student with the concept of hematological examination and anemia.
Background: Blood Facts
Outside the body, blood will normally dot within 10 to 30 minutes, unless anticoagulants
are used.
• Plain Red-Top Vacutainer Tube: Freshly drawn blood collected in a tube containing
additives will coagulate forming a clot within 10 to 30 minutes of collection.
During the coagulation process, the clotting factors are used up, so that when a red-top
tube is centrifuged, the resulting fluid portion of the blood is called serum.
• Red w/Gray- or Gold-Top Vacutainer Tube: These tubes contain a clot
activator that speeds up the clot formation. They also contain a polymer gel called
a serum separator. These tubes are also known as Serum Separator Tubes
(SSTs).
✓ When these tubes are centrifuged, this polymer gel is forced upward and
wedges between the heavier red cells that remain on the bottom of the tube,
and the lighter serum that remains on the top of the gel.
✓ This is an important feature because some clinical instruments can become
dysfunctional if red cells can aspirate through the system.
✓ These SSTs also allow for the serum to be easily poured off for transfer,
instead of being aspirated or pipetted.
• Purple-Top and Green-Top Tubes: Freshly drawn blood collected in a tube
containing anticoagulants will not clot.
• Purple-Top (Lavender) Vacutainer Tube: This tube contains the anticoagulant
liquid EDTA Ethylene Diamine Tetra Acetate). This tube is also known as a
Hematology Tube.
• Green-Top Vacutainer Tube: This tube contains the anticoagulant Heparin.
Note: When these tubes are centrifuged, the lighter, clear yellow fluid portion, which rises
to the top (supernatant), is called plasma. This layer cannot be poured off.
Whole Blood, Plasma, and Serum:
Whole Blood: This specimen has all the blood components and chemical compounds
evenly distributed. An anticoagulant is usually employed to ensure that a clot does not
develop. It is recommended that blood tests be conducted as soon as possible after
collection (30 min to 2 hours). Whole blood must be stored at refrigerator temperatures
(2-8 °C). Whole blood cannot be frozen (-20 °C) because the RBCs will lyse. Eventually
hemolysis will occur even in the refrigerator.
Plasma: This specimen has the clotting factors. It can be recovered from tubes with or without
anticoagulant additives. If it is taken from plain tubes, it must be separated immediately before
clotting begins. It can be stored in the refrigerator or freezer.
Serum: This specimen does not have the clotting proteins like fibrinogen, or the other
clotting factors because the blood cells could clot. It can be stored in the refrigerator or
freezer.
Hemoglobin & Hematocrit Introduction:
In clinical practice, the hematological examination includes a determination of the complete
count (CBC). This includes the hematocrit, the hemoglobin concentration, the numbers of red
blood cells (RBC), and the type and number of white blood cells (WBC). The RBC are also
known as erythrocytes and the WBC are also known as leukocytes. The CBC also includes
parameters derived from hematocrit, hemoglobin, and RBC measurements (i.e., erythrocyte
indices). The erythrocyte indices include the mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration
(MCHC).
WBC count (103 / μL): The total number of white blood cells (all types) per microliter of blood.
This includes neutrophils, lymphocytes, and monocytes. A differential count (“diff”) is a means
to evaluate specific types of WBC in the blood smear and their percent distribution. WBC count
is decreased in protein-energy malnutrition (PEM) and in folate or vitamin B12 deficiency; and
increases with infection or trauma.
Hematocrit (Hct: %): The volume of red blood cells packed by centrifugation. Centrifugation
separates the cellular components of blood from the plasma. Hct is reduced in iron, folate, and
vitamin B12 deficiency; and is increased in dehydration.
Hemoglobin (Hgb: g/dL or mmol/L): The concentration of hemoglobin in grams per deciliter of
blood. Hgb is decreased in iron, folate, and vitamin B12 deficiency.
RBC Count (106 / μL): The number of red blood cells per microliter of blood. A decreased RBC
count is seen in folate or vitamin B12 deficiency.
Erythrocyte Indicies:
Mean Corpuscular Volume (MCV: μm3 or fL): represents the average size of RBC in a blood
sample. This size is measured by the volume in cubic microns or femtoliters. MCV is a
calculated value, expressed in cubic micrometers, of the average volume of an erythrocyte. MCV
decreases in iron deficiency (microcytic anemia) and increases in folate or vitamin B12
deficiency (macrocytic anemia) and in chronic alcoholism
Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin (MCH: pg or fmol): represents the average amount (weight)
of hemoglobin in each RBC, expressed in pictograms or femtomole. MCH is increased in
macrocytic, pernicious anemia. MCH is decreased in microcytic anemia.
Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration (MCHC: g Hgb / dL or mmol/L or %):
represents the average concentration of Hgb in the RBC. MCHC is a calculated value of the
amount of hemoglobin present in the RBC compared to its size. A ratio of weight to volume is
expressed as a percentage. MCHC is decreased in iron deficiency anemia. MCHC describes the
color of the RBC.



Normochromic = red color, within normal range of Hgb
Hypochromic = pale red, below normal range
Hyperchromic = deep red, above normal range
Anemia: represents a decrease in the ability of the blood to deliver oxygen to the
tissues. Anemia most often results from malnutrition (for example, iron, and folate or
vitamin B12 deficiency), hemorrhage or hemolysis. Anemias can be classified
according to the mean RBC size (Mean Corpuscular Volume) and the chromaticity, or
color, of the cells as measured by the mean Hgb concentration in RBCs (Mean
Corpuscular Hemoglobin). According to this scheme, three categories of anemias can
be designed:
Normocytic, normochromic anemia
Microcytic, hypochromic anemia
Macrocytic, normochromic anemia
MCV (fL)
85-100
100
MCHC (%)
31-35

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

Case Study

Read the following case study:

Sue is an RN who has been practicing for 3 years and typically works in labor and delivery, and she volunteers at a clinic that serves diabetic OB patients. She encounters two patients, one who has developed gestational diabetes and the other who has been diabetic her entire life.

While working on her normal shift in labor and delivery, Sue is in charge of a student nurse who will be graduating in 2 weeks and assigns this nurse to the newly admitted patient with gestational diabetes. The patient started having contractions about 2 hours ago that are now 2–3 minutes apart, lasting approximately 10–15 seconds.

Assignment

Create a concept map showing Benner’s stages from novice to expert and its alignment to the nursing process for an improved nursing care plan.

Write a 525- to 700-word summary explaining the concept map and how the concepts in Benner’s theory relate to the nursing process, including alignment with critical thinking and clinical decision-making for an improved nursing care plan. In addition, address the following:

Define each stage on the continuum and describe the characteristics associated with each stage. Include setting, patient needs, level of understanding, and complexities that may contribute to increased risks.
Explain where you fall on the continuum. Where do Sue and the student nurse fall?
Include an explanation to why you placed each stage in the specific area.
Use this information to develop a personalized nursing theory or model for the above scenario to address the care needed for each patient

Include at least 2 peer reviewed articles scholarly resources from the University Library to support you work. From within the past 5 years.

Cite and format your sources according to APA guidelines.

Public Health Question

Description

The Ministry of Health has developed rules, regulations, and standard operating procedures concerning telehealth services. Review these documents and draft a survey you can provide to patients to determine whether the organization is following these requirements.

Address the following requirements in the survey:

Draft at least 10 survey questions.
Draft questions related to medical privacy and telehealth services.
Include questions that will lead to determining whether the facility is following the Standard Operating Procedures.
Include a paragraph with each survey question detailing how you feel this question will help improve patient privacy regarding telehealth services in your country.

Your paper should meet the following structural requirements:

Three to four pages in length, not including the cover sheet and reference page.
Formatted according to APA 7th edition and Saudi Electronic University writing standards.
Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of four scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but the other two must be external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references.

Clinical Judgement Plan

Description

SEE guided template. Do exactly as is.Use link to complete assignment on google doc as seen in guided template.https://docs.google.com/document/d/1HLhfci5fRgoTo-…

IDS 402 Id

Description

Overview

In this activity, you will have the opportunity to examine how using critical analysis tools influences your interactions with others. You will also consider how the analysis of your topic might have turned out differently if you looked at it through a different lens. Completing this activity will result in a draft of the reflection section of your project. It also provides an opportunity to obtain valuable feedback from your instructor that you can incorporate into your project submission.

Directions

In this activity, you will work on the second part of the reflection section of your project. You should consider the feedback from your instructor on the previous activities to inform this assignment. Include diverse perspectives from varied sources to support your points. Look to the SNHU Shapiro Library for assistance and consider the sources you have used thus far to support your research. First, you will explain how the analysis of your topic in wellness may have been different if you had used one of the other general education lenses. Then you will explain how critically analyzing wellness affects your interactions with various people.

You are not required to address each item below the rubric criteria, but you may use them to better understand the criteria and guide your thinking and writing.

Specifically, you must address the following rubric criteria:

Integrate reliable evidence from varied sources throughout your paper to support your analysis.
It is important to draw from a more diverse pool of perspectives from varied sources to support the analysis. This is different from the Citations and Attributions rubric criterion.
Reliable evidence from varied sources should be interwoven throughout the paper itself, while citing and attributing sources will be represented as APA in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your work.
You will be evaluated on both criteria.
Explain at least one way in which your analysis might have been different if you had used one of the other general education lenses to analyze your topic.
This should be a brief (3–5 sentences) reflection about how using the language and perspective from a different lens would shift your view of your topic.
Explain how analyzing wellness can help interactions with people with a different viewpoints, cultures, or perspectives.
Think about ways in which a greater awareness of wellness strengthens individual conversations. Consider including an example from your life.
What to Submit

Submit your short paper as a 1- to 2-page Microsoft Word document with double spacing, 12-point Times New Roman font, and one-inch margins. Sources should be cited according to APA style.

Nutrition Question

Description

Blog #4: Questions about FiberIin you blog, answer the following questions from a consumer with lay knowledge of nutrition. I keep hearing about fiber, what is it? Are there different types? If so, can you provide me with some dietary examples?I have heard that eating oatmeal everyday can keep me from needing to take a statin to lower my cholesterol level. Is this true? If so, how does it work?I am a busy college student, and I often just have a sandwich for lunch. I know it is important to get fiber. How can I increase my fiber intake at lunch?How much fiber should I be consuming each day? Use at least one scholarly source to answer these questionsNOTE: Blog posts should be between 350 and 500 words to keep readers engaged. Make sure to include at least 1 image/media and citations for your information

Nursing Question

Description

Here is the citation for the article that must be discussed in part A.

·Santo, K., Hyun, K., Keizer, L., Thiagalingam, A., Hillis, G., Chalmers, J., Redfern, J., & Chow, C. (2018). The effects of a lifestyle-focused text-messaging intervention on adherence to dietary guideline recommendations in patients with coronary heart disease: An analysis of the TEXT ME study. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 15(45). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-018-0677-1

INSTRUCTIONS

a.Introduction and Key Points (5 Points)

Choose one of the assigned articles located under the main topics in the table above; selects and identifies one of the questions listed in 5a. – 5e. (THE ARTICLE I HAVE PROVIDED)
Defines the topic and question
States why it is a problem
Information presented in logical sequence

b.Article Search (5 Points)

Conduct an article search – a good resource is the school Library. If you start the assignment early, the library has resources/support to help find an appropriate article.
The article must be current (less than 5 years) and from a credible resource (peer-reviewed or a reputable organization).
List the database that you searched and list the terms and methods used
Number of articles located – this is the number of articles that showed up in the results list for the terms you used
Source outside of ATI module used – the article used cannot be the one that is listed in the ATI Nutrition Module

c.Article Findings (25 Points) – this is based on the article you found in 6(b) (ARTICLE YOU FIND)

How it addresses the main topic
Type of research conducted in the article selected (e.g., quantitative, qualitative, etc.)
Findings of research conducted in the article
Why this article was chosen

d.Evidence for Practice (25 Points)

Summary of evidence
How it will improve practice
How this evidence will decrease a gap to practice
Any concerns or weaknesses located in the evidence

e.Sharing of Evidence (20 Points)

Who would you share the information with?
How would you share this information?
What resources would you need to accomplish this sharing of evidence?
Why would it be important to share this evidence with the nursing profession?

f.Conclusion (5 Points)

Summarizes the theme of the paper
Information presented in logical sequence
All key points addressed
Conclusion shows depth of understanding of topic

g.APA Style (10 Points)

APA style used properly for citations
APA style used properly for references
APA style used properly for quotations
All references are cited, and all citations have references

*NOTE: Must adhere to current APA guidelines and formatting.

h.Writing Mechanics (5 Points)

No spelling errors
No grammatical errors, including verb tense and word usage
No writing errors, including sentence structure, and formatting
Must be all original work

PAPER MUST BE 2 PAGES NOT INCLUDING TITLE AND REFERENCE PAGE

lab report

Description

Total points for Lab 3: Hematocrit and Hemoglobin write up is 100.

(4 points) Cover sheet – Include your first and last name, names of lab partners, date, lab exercise name and title, NFS 3101.01.

(5 points) Objectives – Restate the objectives using your own words. Remember to use bullet points.

(10 points) Raw Data – Include your data table in your lab report.

(20 points) Calculations – Calculate the value of your unknown using the Formula method (for Hemoglobin lab). Show mean and mean – blank calculations.

(15 points) Discussion – Discuss the results of the lab in detail. I am looking for details here. What results did you get? What do they mean?

(10 points) Assessment – Discuss new things you learned in the lab and the interesting things you found. This should contain at least 3 different items to receive full credit.

(6 points per question) – Answer the questions at the end of Lab 3

I uploaded the lab report also lab example. it is going to be look like that. also I uploaded the picture which has information for your table

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Laboratory Three:
Hemoglobin & Hematocrit Determinations
Objective:
➢ To identify blood collection tubes and additives.
➢ To learn the different types of additives, including anticoagulants.
➢ To learn the difference between whole blood, plasma, and serum.
➢ To familiarize the student with the concept of hematological examination and anemia.
Background: Blood Facts
Outside the body, blood will normally dot within 10 to 30 minutes, unless anticoagulants
are used.
• Plain Red-Top Vacutainer Tube: Freshly drawn blood collected in a tube containing
additives will coagulate forming a clot within 10 to 30 minutes of collection.
During the coagulation process, the clotting factors are used up, so that when a red-top
tube is centrifuged, the resulting fluid portion of the blood is called serum.
• Red w/Gray- or Gold-Top Vacutainer Tube: These tubes contain a clot
activator that speeds up the clot formation. They also contain a polymer gel called
a serum separator. These tubes are also known as Serum Separator Tubes
(SSTs).
✓ When these tubes are centrifuged, this polymer gel is forced upward and
wedges between the heavier red cells that remain on the bottom of the tube,
and the lighter serum that remains on the top of the gel.
✓ This is an important feature because some clinical instruments can become
dysfunctional if red cells can aspirate through the system.
✓ These SSTs also allow for the serum to be easily poured off for transfer,
instead of being aspirated or pipetted.
• Purple-Top and Green-Top Tubes: Freshly drawn blood collected in a tube
containing anticoagulants will not clot.
• Purple-Top (Lavender) Vacutainer Tube: This tube contains the anticoagulant
liquid EDTA Ethylene Diamine Tetra Acetate). This tube is also known as a
Hematology Tube.
• Green-Top Vacutainer Tube: This tube contains the anticoagulant Heparin.
Note: When these tubes are centrifuged, the lighter, clear yellow fluid portion, which rises
to the top (supernatant), is called plasma. This layer cannot be poured off.
Whole Blood, Plasma, and Serum:
Whole Blood: This specimen has all the blood components and chemical compounds
evenly distributed. An anticoagulant is usually employed to ensure that a clot does not
develop. It is recommended that blood tests be conducted as soon as possible after
collection (30 min to 2 hours). Whole blood must be stored at refrigerator temperatures
(2-8 °C). Whole blood cannot be frozen (-20 °C) because the RBCs will lyse. Eventually
hemolysis will occur even in the refrigerator.
Plasma: This specimen has the clotting factors. It can be recovered from tubes with or without
anticoagulant additives. If it is taken from plain tubes, it must be separated immediately before
clotting begins. It can be stored in the refrigerator or freezer.
Serum: This specimen does not have the clotting proteins like fibrinogen, or the other
clotting factors because the blood cells could clot. It can be stored in the refrigerator or
freezer.
Hemoglobin & Hematocrit Introduction:
In clinical practice, the hematological examination includes a determination of the complete
count (CBC). This includes the hematocrit, the hemoglobin concentration, the numbers of red
blood cells (RBC), and the type and number of white blood cells (WBC). The RBC are also
known as erythrocytes and the WBC are also known as leukocytes. The CBC also includes
parameters derived from hematocrit, hemoglobin, and RBC measurements (i.e., erythrocyte
indices). The erythrocyte indices include the mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration
(MCHC).
WBC count (103 / μL): The total number of white blood cells (all types) per microliter of blood.
This includes neutrophils, lymphocytes, and monocytes. A differential count (“diff”) is a means
to evaluate specific types of WBC in the blood smear and their percent distribution. WBC count
is decreased in protein-energy malnutrition (PEM) and in folate or vitamin B12 deficiency; and
increases with infection or trauma.
Hematocrit (Hct: %): The volume of red blood cells packed by centrifugation. Centrifugation
separates the cellular components of blood from the plasma. Hct is reduced in iron, folate, and
vitamin B12 deficiency; and is increased in dehydration.
Hemoglobin (Hgb: g/dL or mmol/L): The concentration of hemoglobin in grams per deciliter of
blood. Hgb is decreased in iron, folate, and vitamin B12 deficiency.
RBC Count (106 / μL): The number of red blood cells per microliter of blood. A decreased RBC
count is seen in folate or vitamin B12 deficiency.
Erythrocyte Indicies:
Mean Corpuscular Volume (MCV: μm3 or fL): represents the average size of RBC in a blood
sample. This size is measured by the volume in cubic microns or femtoliters. MCV is a
calculated value, expressed in cubic micrometers, of the average volume of an erythrocyte. MCV
decreases in iron deficiency (microcytic anemia) and increases in folate or vitamin B12
deficiency (macrocytic anemia) and in chronic alcoholism
Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin (MCH: pg or fmol): represents the average amount (weight)
of hemoglobin in each RBC, expressed in pictograms or femtomole. MCH is increased in
macrocytic, pernicious anemia. MCH is decreased in microcytic anemia.
Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration (MCHC: g Hgb / dL or mmol/L or %):
represents the average concentration of Hgb in the RBC. MCHC is a calculated value of the
amount of hemoglobin present in the RBC compared to its size. A ratio of weight to volume is
expressed as a percentage. MCHC is decreased in iron deficiency anemia. MCHC describes the
color of the RBC.



Normochromic = red color, within normal range of Hgb
Hypochromic = pale red, below normal range
Hyperchromic = deep red, above normal range
Anemia: represents a decrease in the ability of the blood to deliver oxygen to the
tissues. Anemia most often results from malnutrition (for example, iron, and folate or
vitamin B12 deficiency), hemorrhage or hemolysis. Anemias can be classified
according to the mean RBC size (Mean Corpuscular Volume) and the chromaticity, or
color, of the cells as measured by the mean Hgb concentration in RBCs (Mean
Corpuscular Hemoglobin). According to this scheme, three categories of anemias can
be designed:
Normocytic, normochromic anemia
Microcytic, hypochromic anemia
Macrocytic, normochromic anemia
MCV (fL)
85-100
100
MCHC (%)
31-35

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Case Study Analysis

Description

In one word document, combine all three of the final: Part 1: Case Study Analysis – case by case, meaning that each case will be analyzed singularly. Part 2: Case Study Comparative Analysis – this will be a field statement where all three cases will be analyzed for the similarities and differences. Part 3: References – any additional citations or materials that you would like to include should be offered as references. Instead of have references spread throughout the document, please provide one section for the references and practice “in-text” citations throughout the document. Please use APA format for the works cited and bibliography – you do not need to provide a cover page, running header, or any other element in APA formatted documents (only the references and works cited should be in APA format). The answer to the Part 2 prompt should be 1.5-2 pages, 1.15 line spacing. Do not go over 2 pages with the main text. The reference list can be on a separate page from the main text. If your text goes over page 2, the text that goes over the limit will not be evaluated.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Case 12
Controlling Chagas Disease in the
Southern Cone of South America
Geographic area: Seven countries in South America’s southern cone: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Uruguay, and Peru
Health condition: In the early 1990s, Chagas disease was ranked as the most serious parasitic disease in
Latin America. The disease was endemic in all seven countries of the southern cone, and wavering political commitment and reinfestation of the insect vectors across borders hampered efforts to control the
disease.
Global importance of the health condition today: Today an estimated 11 million people in 15 Latin
American countries are infected with Chagas disease. The disease also plagues northern South America,
Central America, and Mexico, as well as the remaining pockets in the southern cone.
Intervention or program: The Southern Cone Initiative to Control/Eliminate Chagas was launched in 1991
under the leadership of the Pan American Health Organization. Spray teams operated by ministries of
health have treated more than 2.5 million homes across the region with long-lasting pyrethroid insecticides. Houses in poor rural areas have been improved to eliminate the insect’s hiding places, and blood is
screened for Chagas disease.
Cost and cost-effectiveness: Financial resources for the regional program, provided by each of the seven
countries, have totaled more than $400 million since 1991. The intervention is considered among the
most cost-effective interventions in public health, at just $37 per disability adjusted life year saved in
Brazil.
Impact: Incidence in the seven countries covered by the initiative fell by an average of 94 percent by 2000.
Overall, the number of new cases on the continent fell from 700,000 in 1983 to fewer than 200,000 in
2000. Furthermore, the number of deaths each year from the disease was halved from 45,000 to 22,000.
By 2001, disease transmission was halted in Uruguay, Chile, and large parts of Brazil and Paraguay.
I
f ever there were a good example of a problem
calling for a regional solution and steady sustained
leadership, Chagas disease is it. Chagas disease, or
American trypanosomiasis, is a debilitating and
deadly infection that afflicts rural communities throughout Latin America. The poorest people living in rural
areas, particularly those with inadequate housing, are
the most vulnerable. In the early 1990s, Chagas disease
was ranked as the most serious parasitic disease in Latin
America, with a socioeconomic impact greater than that
of all the other parasitic infections combined.1 An estimated 16 million to 18 million people in Latin America
were infected with the disease a decade ago, with 50,000
The first draft of this case was prepared by Gail Vines.
Controlling Chagas Disease in the Southern Cone of South America  
deaths each year.2 An additional 120 million people—
one quarter of the population of Latin America—were
thought to be at risk of infection. Today, thanks to large
regional efforts to control the disease, just over 11 million are infected, and incidence across the continent has
fallen 70 percent.3 However, unsteady commitment at
the highest levels has jeopardized the achievements at
various times, demonstrating how the very result of success—fewer people infected—can undermine long-term
sustainability.
“Kissing Bug” Disease
The disease is named after Carlos Chagas, the Brazilian
doctor who first described it in 1909 and subsequently
discovered its cause: a protozoan parasite, Trypanosoma cruzi. The parasites are harbored within the feces
of “kissing bugs,” several species of blood-feeding
insects in the subfamily Triatominae. In many rural
areas, these insects live within the walls of houses and
emerge at night to suck human blood. The parasites
enter the bloodstream when the insect bites are rubbed
or scratched or when food is contaminated. The second
most common route of infection is infected blood, a risk
that is heightened when rural hardship forces people to
migrate to cities. The disease also can be spread from an
infected mother to her fetus.
Two phases mark the course of Chagas disease. First
comes the acute phase, during which symptoms are relatively mild. A small sore that frequently develops around
the bite is the first sign of infection. Within a few days,
the parasite invades the lymph nodes, and fever, malaise,
and swelling may develop. This first phase can be fatal,
especially in young children. In most cases, however,
infected individuals enter the second, chronic stage and
show no symptoms for several years. During this period,
the parasites spread throughout the major organs of the
body, damaging the heart, intestines, and esophagus.
Complications associated with the disease include congestive heart failure, abdominal pain and constipation,
and swallowing difficulties that can lead to malnutrition.4 In nearly one third of all cases, the damage to the
heart and digestive system proves fatal.
The lost years of productive lives of Chagas disease
victims, combined with the expense of treating patients,
make it an extremely costly disease. The estimated
economic loss due to premature deaths between 1979
and 1981 in Brazil alone topped $237 million, and $750
million would have been needed each year to treat the
cardiac and digestive problems from Chagas disease in
Brazil.3
Chagas is endemic in 15 countries in Latin America.
These countries fall into two broad ecological zones. The
first is the southern cone—Argentina, Brazil, Bolivia,
Chile, Paraguay, Peru, and Uruguay—where the species of blood-sucking insects that spread the parasites
lives entirely inside houses. The second zone embraces
northern South America, Central America, and Mexico,
where the insect vectors are harder to eradicate because
reinfestations can occur from hardier species that can
survive outside homes.
Unfortunately, no vaccine currently exists to prevent
the disease, and treatment strategies remain poorly
developed. Acute infections in newborns and young
children and infections in the chronic phase can, during
the first few years, respond to the drugs nifurtimox and
benznidazole in at least half the cases. However, because
these drugs are of little use in later chronic infections,
have serious side effects, and are prohibitively expensive,
their use is limited. Long-term symptomatic treatment
of chronic disease requires specialized clinics, which are
beyond the means of most patients. As a result, control
efforts require the prevention of new infection—by
eliminating the vector and screening the blood supply.
Early Attempts to Tackle the Disease
Beginning with the pioneering insights of Carlos Chagas
and his colleagues in Brazil, many generations of workers have searched for effective ways of destroying the
insect vectors that live within homes. Early attempts
entailed dousing the walls of houses with kerosene or
scalding water and even scorching walls with military
flamethrowers. More effective, but equally impractical on a large scale, were schemes to enclose houses in
canvas tents and fill them with cyanide gas.1 During the
1940s, the introduction of synthetic insecticides offered
a more plausible solution. Although DDT was quickly
found to be ineffective against the insects, two other
organochlorine insecticides, dieldrin and lindane, did
kill the insects. Spraying campaigns began in several
countries in the 1950s and 1960s.
   Controlling Chagas Disease in the Southern Cone of South America
A major breakthrough occurred in the early 1980s when
synthetic pyrethroid insecticides were developed. These
new chemicals proved even more effective than the
earlier insecticides—at lower doses and even in single
applications. The new treatments were more cost-effective and significantly easier to use than earlier methods.
They were more attractive to both sprayers and residents
because they left neither unpleasant smells nor stains on
the walls of infected homes.
Armed with this improved technology, Brazil’s Ministry
of Health initiated a national eradication campaign in
1983, which showed promising results. The campaign
set out to eradicate the main vector, the kissing bugs,
through nationwide spraying programs. Community
vigilance schemes staffed by volunteers ensured that
all infected houses were sprayed. Residents who spotted insects were encouraged to alert the local volunteer
post known as Posto de Informacao sobre Triatomineos,
or PIT. By 1986, almost three quarters of the infested
localities had been mapped, sprayed, and placed under
the scrutiny of local PIT volunteers.1
Brazil’s early success with the program demonstrated
the technical feasibility of vector control efforts. However, the program also exposed two challenges facing
the fight against Chagas disease: border-crossing insects
and wavering political commitment. Despite the diligent
mapping and control efforts within its borders, Brazil’s
campaign faced disease transmission from neighboring countries. The insect vector can easily cross borders
and is thought to have originated in Bolivia and spread
across a large swath of the continent, hidden in people’s
belongings as they moved from one place to another. As
such, Brazil’s experience demonstrated that unilateral
control efforts would be unable to defeat the disease.
Furthermore, attention in 1986 was suddenly shifted
away from Chagas disease to a new threat in Brazil: the
return to coastal cities of the insect vector of yellow
fever and dengue. Urban populations were suddenly
at risk, generating widespread alarm in the media and
political circles. As the focus shifted to urban concerns,
the rural Chagas disease campaign was sidelined, and
political commitment waned. As a result, the program’s
earlier achievements eroded.1 The malaria control program in Brazil experienced similar challenges around
the same time (see Box 12–1). For both Chagas and
malaria, new strategies were needed.
A United Front: The Southern Cone
Initiative Is Launched
In 1991, a new control program, known as the Southern
Cone Initiative to Control/Eliminate Chagas (INCOSUR) addressed these challenges and marshaled the
commitment of the countries of the southern cone
region where Chagas was an endemic threat. The initiative was a joint agreement among the governments of
Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Uruguay,
and later Peru, which set out to control Chagas disease
through the elimination of the main insect vector. Led
by the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO), the
initiative was designed to bolster national resolve and
prevent cross-border reinfestations.
Within the INCOSUR, each country finances and manages its own national program. However, regional cooperation has proved essential to the program’s success and
has been coordinated by PAHO. Each year, representatives from the collaborating nations share operational
aims, methods, and achievements at a PAHO-sponsored
annual meeting of the Intergovernmental Commission
of the Southern Cone. A series of intercountry technical cooperation agreements has fostered the sharing of
information among scientists throughout the region and
among their respective government organizations.
Additional scientific support has been provided by a
network of research groups in 22 countries and has had
“a decisive influence on our understanding of the biology and evolution of domestic vectors of disease,” says
Chris Schofield, a leading Chagas disease researcher at
the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine.7
WHO’s Special Programme for Research and Training in
Tropical Diseases has provided additional support.
Successful Strategies in Practice
Elimination of the insect vector in infested homes was
a vital first step, and the technical and operational procedures for achieving this goal are now demonstrably
successful and cost-effective. The professional treatment
of houses with long-lasting pyrethroid insecticides has
eliminated or greatly reduced the insect vector population throughout the southern cone. Spray teams operated through the ministries of health treat each house
in municipalities where the vector’s presence has been
Controlling Chagas Disease in the Southern Cone of South America  
Box 12–1
Combating Malaria in Brazil
As more effective means of combating the Chagas vector were being deployed in Brazil in the late 1980s,
the country was also facing a mounting death toll from malaria, another disease borne by an insect vector.
In Brazil, as elsewhere, the fight against malaria has been characterized both by periods of optimism and
moments of defeat. By the late 1970s, most of Brazil was malaria free, thanks largely to the application of
insecticides through in-house spraying. But the traditional control approach, which had succeeded elsewhere in the country, was failing in the Amazon basin, home to the largest tropical rain forest in the world.
Thick vegetation, scattered and sometimes temporary human settlements—including migrating miners
who slept in improvised tents that could not retain insecticide—impeded vector control and case-finding
measures. In the Amazon, malaria prevalence and fatality rates were high and, at the time, growing fast.
Between 1977 and 1988, the deaths from malaria per 100,000 population had more than quadrupled,
and by the end of the period incidence had reached almost half a million cases.5
Recognizing the special problems of malaria in the region, the government of Brazil obtained financing
and technical support from the World Bank for the Amazon Basin Malaria Control Project. The project,
which was designed to last four years and eventually took seven, started operations in late 1989. It was
intended to help the government deal with the malaria problem in the Amazon basin, prevent spread into
uninfected areas, and increase the capacity of public health authorities involved in malaria control.
The program’s technical strategy evolved as new challenges arose. Observing the results of early Plasmodium falciparum vaccine trials in Colombia and Ecuador, Renato Gusmao and other advisors from PAHO
noticed that when health care personnel were dedicated to early detection and immediate treatment of
every P. falciparum case—as was ethically required during the trials—the P. falciparum transmission was
interrupted. Although this complicated the vaccine trials, it provided new insights for those fighting malaria.
Together with Agostinho Marquez and Carlos Catão of the Brazilian Ministry of Health, and consultant Hernando Cardenas, PAHO developed the strategy to shift the emphasis of the P. falciparum control. It moved
away from a single-minded focus on vector control and toward the expansion of basic health services for
early detection and prompt treatment: “Emphasis shifted from the mosquito to the people” (R. Gusmao,
personal communication, July 2006). With good health service coverage, as basic health facilities increased from about 400 to about 35,000 in a few years, the program was able to interrupt P. falciparum
transmission.
At the same time, Brazilian public health officials detected an increase in the resistance of P. falciparum to
the traditional, quinine-based antimalarials. Thus, the program introduced new antimalarials (mefloquine
plus artemisinin) and new diagnostic procedures. Because one form of the disease, P. vivax, was still sensitive to older, cheaper antimalarials, and program managers were keen to reserve the newer products for
those suffering from P. falciparum, the deadlier form of the disease, emphasis was placed on the introduction of dipsticks, a new diagnostic procedure.
Although the oscillatory pattern of malaria incidence complicates the task of estimating the program’s
net effects, clear gains were made against the problem of malaria in the Amazon basin over the course of
(continued on next page)
   Controlling Chagas Disease in the Southern Cone of South America
Box 12–1
Combating Malaria in Brazil (continued)
the World Bank-financed program. By 1996, the program had shown a decrease in malaria morbidity, from
557,787 cases in 1989 to 455,194 in 1996. Of all cases, the share attributable to P. falciparum declined
from 47 to 29 percent. One analysis estimated that about 1.8 million cases of malaria and 230,000
deaths were averted by the program, with equal credit for health gains due to preventive and curative
activities.5,6
Brazil’s ability to combat malaria and to adapt the program strategy through an expansion of case finding
and treatment with new antimalarials yield inspiration for those working on the vast challenge of fighting
malaria in sub-Saharan Africa, where the disease claims nearly a million lives each year.
confirmed. Between 1992 and 2001, more than 2.5 million homes were sprayed. Canisters that release insecticidal fumes when lit also have been made available to
households. In many areas, house improvement schemes
for the rural poor are also under way to eliminate hiding
places for vector insects. Cracks and crevices in poorquality houses have been fixed, adobe walls have been
replaced with plaster, and metal roofs constructed.
The spread of the disease through the unwitting transfusion of contaminated blood is also being tackled
throughout the southern cone. A decade ago, most
countries in Latin America had laws or decrees mandating the screening of blood donors for infectious
diseases, but enforcement was usually lax.8 However, the
HIV/AIDS epidemic heightened awareness of the need
for universal screening, and technical expertise in each
country has been strengthened through workshops and
expert visits sponsored by the INCOSUR.1 Blood donors
have increasingly been tested to prevent the transfusion
of parasite-infected blood. Today the screening of blood
donors for the parasite is virtually universal in 10 South
American countries.9
Major Impact
To date, the INCOSUR has achieved tremendous success, and elimination of the disease as a public health
problem is now close at hand in several countries. Incidence in the seven countries covered by the INCOSUR
fell by an average of 94 percent, contributing to a continent-wide reduction of 70 percent by 2000. Overall, the
number of new cases on the continent fell from 700,000
in 1983 to fewer than 200,000 in 2000.3 Furthermore,
the number of deaths each year from the disease was
halved, from 45,000 to 22,000.
The number of endemic countries has also fallen, from
18 to 15. Uruguay was declared virtually free of vectoral
transmission in 1997, and Chile followed in 1999. Children no longer suffer from acute infections in the two
countries, demonstrating that disease transmission has
been interrupted. Six Brazilian states where the disease
had been endemic were declared free of transmission in
March 2000, and another state was certified a year later.
By 2001, disease transmission had been virtually halted
in Uruguay, Chile, and large parts of Brazil and Paraguay, and house infestation rates decreased in Bolivia.1
The full social impact of Chagas disease control in Latin
America has yet to be fully calculated, but it has been
profound, particularly for the poorest rural communities, which have long suffered from a disproportionate
burden of morbidity and mortality from the disease.
In regions where vectors have been eliminated, surveys
have indicated an improved sense of well-being, domestic pride, and security. Researchers suggest that a greater
sense of citizenship and social inclusion may also ultimately promote the stability of rural communities.
High Cost but Higher Benefits
Since the INCOSUR began in 1991, the countries involved have invested more than $400 million in the fight
against Chagas disease. Brazil’s experience demonstrates
that each dollar spent has resulted in tremendous health
Controlling Chagas Disease in the Southern Cone of South America  
gains and considerable savings. Between 1975 and 1995,
Brazil invested $516 million, of which 78 percent was
for vector control and 4 percent for housing improvement. This investment is estimated to have prevented
2,339,000 new infections and 337,000 deaths.3 In total,
Brazil’s effort prevented the loss of nearly 11.5 million
disability adjusted life years (DALYs). At $39 per DALY,
Chagas disease control efforts in Brazil are among the
most cost-effective interventions in public health.3
The regional program’s financial return on investment
has been impressive: In Argentina, taking into consideration the reduced morbidity and the savings in medical
costs, the return exceeded 64 percent. In Brazil, the benefits of the program, from savings of medical costs and
disability insurance, amounted to $7.5 billion.3 Thus, for
each dollar spent on prevention in Brazil, $17 was saved
from reduced medical and disability costs.10
Keys to Success
International scientific and political cooperation has
contributed to the notable progress against Chagas
disease. Political commitment has been vital to sustained success and has ensured continued vigilance.
The INCOSUR has succeeded, says Chris Schofield, for
three reasons: “It was big and designed to reach a definitive end point”; “it had a simple, well-proven technical
approach”; and a strong scientific community, in close
contact with the government authorities, helped ensure
political continuity. These lessons are now being applied
in Africa in the development of the Pan African Tsetse
and Trypanosomiasis Eradication Campaign.1
Alfredo Solari, Uruguay’s former minister of health,
expanded on the key elements of the program’s success:
• Peer pressure by neighboring countries was a very
positive factor. “I participated as minister of health
of Uruguay in some of the annual meetings of the
initiative,” explained Solari. “I listened very carefully at the presentations of Argentina and Brazil,
since our final success in Uruguay was dependent
on their effectiveness. There was a clear sense of
joint responsibility and commitment by countries with common borders. Furthermore, I know
directly of at least one instance—Argentina and
Bolivia in the mid-1990s—where the process was
kept alive in one country by the direct involvement
of a neighboring country to avoid reinfestation.”
• The existence of an international cooperative
commitment by all the countries concerned,
backed up by international organizations (PAHO
and WHO) able to promote trust and provide
technical expertise and administrative support,
was integral to the initiative’s effectiveness.
• An international technical secretariat was also
key to the initiative’s success. The secretariat at
PAHO was in charge of verifying surveillance,
sharing information about progress of neighboring countries, processing requests to the WHO for
certification of interruption and eradication, and
preparing the annual meetings.
• Finally, a favorable economic and institutional
environment in the southern cone contributed
to success. The Mercado Comun del Sur (Mercosur), or Southern Cone Common Market, had just
been created in 1990, and although the INCOSUR
was not officially part of it, the Mercosur process
favored policy coordination in other health areas
among southern cone countries. “The economies
of all countries in the region were growing quite
strongly,” explained Solari, “thus, enabling the
fiscal resources needed to sustain these expensive
national public health programs.”
Looking Ahead
The success of the INCOSUR to date has helped revitalize control campaigns in Paraguay and Bolivia, which
are beginning to show tangible signs of progress.11
At present, Central America and the Amazon region
remain as the next major challenges. “Here, Chagas disease surveillance and control are in their infancy,” says
Joao Carlos Pinto Dias of the René Rachou Research
Center at the Oswaldo Cruz Foundation in Brazil. The
Andean countries of Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and
Venezuela, which currently are home to 5 million infected individuals, began a regional effort in 1997 to halt
transmission. Similarly, the governments of the Central
American countries Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador,
Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, and Panama
also pledged in 1997 to work toward elimination of the
vector.3
   Controlling Chagas Disease in the Southern Cone of South America
Although the INCOSUR has achieved impressive success, sustaining the achievements will take vigilance.
With success comes the inevitable tendency to relax
surveillance and withdraw resources, with a subsequent
loss of awareness and expertise. To ensure long-term
success in the southern cone, existing programs need
continued political support over the next decade so that
achievements can be consolidated rather than reversed.
Projections during the initial planning of the INCOSUR
showed that premature curtailment of active surveillance could cause a radical decline in the total benefits,
reaching zero after just 11 years. As with many diseases,
the battle against Chagas disease is a long one, requiring
persistent support after the first gains have been made.
5.
Akhavan D, Musgrove P, Abrantes A, Gusmao
R. Cost-effective malaria control in Brazil: costeffectiveness of a malaria control program in the
Amazon basin of Brazil, 1988–1996. Soc Sci Med.
1996;49:1385–1399.
6.
Barat L. Four malaria success stories: how malaria burden was successfully reduced in Brazil,
Eritrea, India, and Vietnam. Am J Trop Med Hyg.
2006;74(1):12–16.
7.
Schofield CJ, Dias JCP. The southern cone programme against Chagas disease. Adv Parasitol.
1998;42:1–25.
References
8.
Schmunis GA. Prevention of transfusional Trypanosoma cruzi infection in Latin America. Memorias do
Instituto Oswaldo Cruz. 1999;94(suppl 1):S93–S101.
9.
Schmunis GA, Zicker F, Cruz J, Cuchi P. Safety of
blood supply for infectious diseases in Latin American countries, 1994–1997. Am J Trop Med Hyg.
2001;65:924–930.
1.
2.
Dias JCP, Silveira AC, Schofield CJ. The impact of
Chagas disease control in Latin America—a review.
Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz. 2002;97:603–
612.
World Health Organization. Control of Chagas
Disease. Report of a WHO Expert Committee. WHO
Technical Report Series: 811. Geneva, Switzerland:
World Health Organization; 1991.
3.
Moncayo A. Chagas disease: current epidemiological trends after the interruption of vectorial and
transfusional transmission in the southern cone
countries. Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz.
2003;98(5):577–591.
4.
US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
Fact sheet: Chagas disease. Division of Parasitic Diseases. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dpd/
parasites/chagasdisease/factsht_chagas_disease.htm.
Accessed January 12, 2007.
10. Moncayo A. Progress towards interruption of transmission of Chagas disease. Memorias do Instituto
Oswaldo Cruz. 1999;94:401–404.
11. Feliciangeli MD, Campbell-Lenrum D, Martinez C,
Gonzalez D, Coleman P, Davies C. Chagas disease
control in Venezuela: lessons for the Andean region
and beyond. Trends Parasitol. 2003;19:44–49.
Controlling Chagas Disease in the Southern Cone of South America  
Case 8
Preventing Diarrheal Deaths in Egypt
Geographic area: Egypt
Health condition: In 1977, diarrheal disease among children, which results in life-threatening dehydration,
was identified as the cause of at least half of all infant deaths in Egypt.
Global importance of health condition today: Diarrheal disease is estimated to cause 2 million deaths in
the developing world each year; the vast majority of those are among children younger than 2 years. Currently, 1 out of every 200 children who contract diarrhea will die of its consequences, including particularly
dehydration. Almost all of these deaths could be prevented with the timely use of a simple and low-cost
treatment for dehydration.
Intervention or program: The National Control of Diarrheal Disease Project of Egypt was established to
promote the use of locally manufactured oral rehydration salts, which reverse the course of dehydration.
The program sought to distribute the salts, along with information about the appropriate treatment of
children with diarrhea, through public and private channels; the program reached mothers through mass
media, including television. Training of all types of health workers also was integral to the program, as
many physicians and nurses had to reorient their understanding of the optimal treatment of diarrhea.
Cost and cost-effectiveness: The average cost per child treated with oral rehydration therapy was estimated at $6. The cost per death averted was between $100 and $200. The program cost a total of $43
million, approximately 60 percent of which was financed under a grant from the US Agency for International
Development, with the United Nations Children’s Fund and the World Health Organization collaborating on
technical aspects of the program.
Impact: The program succeeded in increasing the production of oral rehydration salts, increasing mothers’
correct use of these salts, and changing feeding behavior. During the peak of the program in the mid1980s, the program had achieved a fourfold increase in the distribution of oral rehydration salts, compared
with the 1979 baseline. Virtually all mothers in the country were aware of oral rehydration salts, and most
women could correctly mix the solution. Between 1982 and 1987, infant mortality declined by 36 percent,
and child mortality fell by 43 percent. Mortality attributed to diarrhea during this same period fell 82 percent among infants and 62 percent among children. Because of the reduction in diarrheal deaths between
1982 and 1989, 300,000 fewer children died.
D
iarrheal disease is one of the leading killers of children, causing nearly 20 percent
of all child deaths. This represents one of
the world’s great failures, because the life-
Case drafted by Molly Kinder.
threatening complications can be so easily prevented.
Worldwide, dehydration from diarrhea kills between
1.4 million and 2.5 million babies each year, and the vast
majority of these deaths occur in developing countries.1
Children born in developing countries suffer from an
average of three episodes a year, and nearly 20 out of
Preventing Diarrheal Deaths in Egypt  
every 1,000 die of the disease before they reach the age
of 2. In total, diarrhea causes a billion episodes of illness
annually and in high-incidence regions is responsible
for more than 30 percent of all hospital admissions of
children. Virtually all the deaths from dehydration associated with diarrhea could be prevented with the timely
use of a simple treatment that parents can provide at
home.
Egypt is among the countries that have succeeded in
disseminating knowledge about life-saving treatment of
dehydration to both health workers and parents through
modern communication methods. The result: dramatic
declines in mortality associated with diarrhea—enough
to contribute to an overall large improvement in infant
and child survival.
How Diarrhea Steals Lives
Diarrhea is an intestinal disorder characterized by
abnormally frequent and watery stools. Acute watery
diarrhea lasts just a few hours or days and can quickly
become deadly. Bacteria (such as E. coli and salmonella),
protozoa, and viruses can all cause diarrhea; of these,
rotavirus is the leading cause in developing countries.
Unclean water, eating with dirty hands, and spoiled food
are primary sources of transmission. Children are most
vulnerable, particularly those from poor families living
in unclean surroundings. Thus, the most effective modes
of prevention include the improvement of the water
supply and sanitation, the promotion of personal and
domestic hygiene, and immunization against measles.
Vaccines against rotavirus do exist but are not yet in
widespread use.
Dehydration is diarrhea’s most acute effect. During
an episode of diarrhea, the body expels electrolytes
(sodium, chloride, potassium, and bicarbonate) and
water—all of which are necessary for life. Life-threatening dehydration ensues when the loss of the essential
fluids is not replaced quickly and the body begins to
“dry up.” Symptoms of dehydration include thirst,
restlessness, sunken eyes, rapid breathing, heart failure,
bloated stomach, convulsions, and fainting. When fluid
loss reaches 10 percent, dehydration turns fatal. In cases
that are not immediately deadly, dehydration can leave a
child more susceptible to infections.
   Preventing Diarrheal Deaths in Egypt
Avoiding death from dehydration requires the swift restoration of lost fluids and electrolytes. Until the development of oral rehydration therapy (ORT) in the 1960s,
the only effective treatment available was through intravenous infusions in a hospital or clinic that “rehydrated”
patients. Intravenous therapy is far from a treatment of
choice in the developing world because of its hi

Discussion week seven

Description

This article goes into depth on a research study that was done in 2018, interviewing healthcare workers on if they would report a medical error or not and what their understanding of a medical error was. This method of research, was compatible with the purpose of this research in that they got a response out of most of the healthcare workers. The people that were asked these questions were appropriate for this study as the nurses are the ones giving the medications to the patients. The data from this research is also focused on human response as it asks the nurses in what situations they work report a medical error. I would say that there is a clear description of the findings as it is laid out under each question in this research. The discussion and conclusion for this research study wrapped up on how most nurses had a positive attitude on reporting the medical errors but how some had a negative attitude. Those nurses with a negative attitude will most likely not report any medical error unless it is major and affecting the patient.

I think that this study was straight forward and gave you what you were looking for, with the responses from the nurses. I think that this data gives us a look into the attitudes from the nurses about MERs. Given that some nurses admitted that they do not report a medical error if it does not stem into a big problem can still become bad. This patient could possibly have a reaction or issue the next day and the next nurse would not be aware of the medical error. I think in healthcare this is a really important thing to do because you, as a nurse, are taking care of someone and need to be responsible for your actions and if you made a mistake. To me, this research method was straightforward and effective.

The article is a Qualitative Research that focuses on medical error and lack of medical error reporting in Malaysia. The interview process was used to question 23 actively working nurses. Four questions were the focus for these interviews. “What do nurses know about the ME and MER system? 2. What are the nurses’ attitudes toward MER? What are the barriers which could hinder nurses from reporting their MEs? What are the factors which could facilitate MER among nurses?” A few of the strengths that were applied to this study were the use of individual interview methods and the assurance of confidentiality and anonymity. This allows participants to be truthful in their responds. They won’t be fear of an investigation, jobs lost, or negative reaction from their peers. The blameless and anonymous reporting does strengthen the research’s results. Something I felt may have weakened the study is the language barrier. I understand that English was primarily spoken but I’m assuming that English is not the participants first language. No matter how well another language is transcribed, it’s never quite the exact same as the original quote. There are gestures and signs that would be missed by a foreigner when communicating with a native. The interviewer may have missed so social queue that could hint at dishonesties. This would make the research less valid. The research being done in another country can’t be applied to other countries because medical practice and standards are different. What is considered a medical error in American could be an alright practice in Maylasia. I also believe that medical error and medical error research should be researched separately. I understand that they are quite similar topics, but I feel they are two separate matters best investigated apart in order to get a well-rounded answer as to why medical errors occur and why they are not reported.

Can I get one replay for each one and each of them have to be 150 words or more.

Please answer the following questions

Description

Question 1: After reading Wehbe-Alamah’s chapter 25:

a) What feelings were evoked? (See sample list of feelings under course documents)

b) What was the ONE most valuable learning gained?

(Cite specific examples, including page and paragraph number to support your statements).

c) How can you apply your new insights and learning to your current nursing practice and future anticipated APRN role or other professional practice role and setting?

d) What ONE question would you ask the researcher (Dr. Wehbe-Alamah). Why?

Question 2: Review the Domains of Inquiry: Suggested Inquiry Modes (Chapter 4)

Using ONE of your assigned domains of inquiry (DOI) contemplate how the suggested inquiry modes (questions and/or lead-in statements) could be incorporated in NP or CNS practice. MY ASSIGNED DOI IS 7 & 12 CHOOSE ONE ONLY, Then:

a) Identify the DOI selected and why you selected this one over the other assigned DOI. (1-2 sentences)

b-1) Discuss how and why 1 or 2 of the suggested inquiry modes (questions and/or lead-in statements) could (how) and should (why) be incorporated in NP practice.

OR

b-2) Discuss how and why 1 or 2 of the suggested inquiry modes (questions and/or lead-in statements) cannot and should not be incorporated in NP practice.

OR

b-3) Discuss how and why 1 or 2 of the suggested inquiry modes (questions and/or lead-in statements) can be modified and should be modified for easy incorporation in NP practice.

OR

b-4) Present a new suggested inquiry mode (question and/or lead-in statement) that fits with your DOI and CCT. Include how and why it could and should be incorporated in NP practice.

(Cite specific sections, pages, etc., from the readings to substantiate your position and assist classmates in dialogue and discussion. Be sure to label which option “b” you selected).

Question 3: A nurse states, “Leininger’s enablers are only relevant to researchers using the CCT and ethnonursing research methodology. They have no relevance to nurses in clinical practice. How do they help in understanding patient-family-community health care provider-nurse relationships? How do they guide clinical practice decision-making and actions in primary care settings?”

Assume the role of an advanced practice nurse (APRN) working in a hospital unit or in an NP outpatient clinic center.

a) How does the nurse’s statement make you feel? (Use sample list of feelings).

b) How would you respond to the nurse? (Use a conversational tone and put your response in quotation marks. Be sure to incorporate rationale from this course’s assigned readings, videos, and/or websites to strengthen your response. Also be sure to provide the name of at least ONE of Leininger’s enablers and elaborate upon how this supports your response statement).

Question 4: After reading all assigned readings, review Chapter 4 and your notes again. Select 3 of the following questions and discuss each in 2-5 sentences. Be sure to indicate the page, paragraph, quote, or section. Use a different example or section for each selected question.

Concerning the ethnonursing research method (ERM) as described in Chapter 4:

a) What was the most complex for you to comprehend? Why?

b) What was the easiest for you to comprehend and apply to your immediate and future APRN role? Why?

c) What intrigued you the most? Why?

d) What did you like most? Why?

e) What did you like least? Why?

f) What was the muddiest point? Why?

g) What question would you like to ask about the ERM? Why?

Certification Exam Prep – (Synthesized Learning Application)

After completing all of this week’s assigned readings and videos, follow the recommended steps for answering exam questions.

For your discussion board post:

a) Copy and paste the question below.

b) Write the rationale for why an answer is correct or incorrect beneath the response option. Begin your response with “this option is correct because…. Or this option is incorrect because…..”

c) Discuss any feelings you experienced as you worked through the process of answering the question. (See sample list of feelings).

d) Discuss any thoughts you had as you worked through the process of answering the question.

A nurse practitioner is searching the literature for evidence-based best practices and discovers a relevant study. The researcher identified the research methodology as ERM. The NP proceeds to critique the study for research rigor and quality before applying research findings in practice. Which of the following indicates inconsistency with ERM and raises questions about research rigor and quality?

a) a permission statement was included beneath the Leininger’s Sunrise Enabler to Discover Culture Care illustration.

b) the researcher used a pre-determined sample size of 50 key informants and 25 general informants.

c) historical documents, pictures, and other documents from informants were included as part of the data collection process.

d) transferability of results to a similar context was considered at the end of the study rather than at the beginning.

The link to my text book:

Answer the two questions and provide a reference for both.

Description

Topic 6 DQ 1 (Obj. 6.1) Taking two interventions discussed in your reading of solution-focused therapy and narrative therapy and using the GCU Library database, read a few articles about the uses of these approaches. Compare and contrast the usage of each. Discuss the client populations you feel these approaches would be most effective with and why. Topic 6 DQ 2 (Obj. 6.1) Discuss the 10 basic assumptions of solution-focused therapy listed in the textbook (Chapter 13) in your own words. Are there any that you personally agree or disagree with? Why or why not?

N494: Discussion – Week 3

Description

Discussion Question:Describe the value of qualitative research in healthcare and its’ impact on clinical decision making. Provide an example how qualitative research may influence nursing practice or healthcare delivery.Your initial posting should be at least 400 words in length and utilize at least one scholarly source other than the textbook. Please reply to at least two classmates. Replies to classmates should be at least 200 words in length.

Continuation of https://www.studypool.com/discuss/35768584/details-below-41

Description

I think you need to do only the analysis part in both presentation and reportCould you please checkI’ll share group discussion chat so you can clear doubt if any The problem used is VAP

Unformatted Attachment Preview

9/13/21, 12:02 AM
Week 5 Assignment 3 – QI Report of Project: Audio-Visual Presentation – PNW Fall 2021 NUR 45200-105 Quality & Safety Prof …
PNW Fall 2021 NUR 45200-105 Quality & Safety Prof Nur Prac DIS
Assignments
JO
Week 5 Assignment 3 – QI Report of Project: Audio-Visual Presentation
Week 5 Assignment 3 – QI Report of Project: Audio-Visual Presentation
Hide Assignment Information
Group Category
QI Group Project
Group Name
Final Project Group2
Instructions
Group Assignment– QI Report of Project: Audio-Visual Presentation
Weekly Objectives 5 and 6 are addressed in this assignment.
Instructions:
Submit an audio-visual presentation of your final QI report about 10-12 slides in length. The
presentation should have bullets summarizing the sections of your QI Report of Project. Prepare the
presentation as if you were presenting it at your agency and/or a professional conference. It is up to
your group to determine how to complete the audio requirement. You may choose to have one,
some, or all group members narrate slide content.
You should include a PowerPoint presentation with the following slides:
Title and names of all involved in presentation (1 slide)
Background of Problem (2 slides)
Analysis of Problem (3-4 slides)
Action Plan (3-4 slides)
List of References (1)
Note: This PowerPoint Presentation will also be posted to the Week 5 Discussion – QI Report of
Project: Audio-Visual Presentation
Submission Instructions:
Make one submission per group
Due Week 5
Submit your presentation by Friday at 10:00 p.m. CT.
Due Date
Sep 17, 2021 11:00 PM
Hide Rubrics
Note: The activities evaluation will be applied to all members of this group.
Rubric Name: Week 5 PPT Group Assignment
Week 5 PPT Group Assignment
Not scored
Submit Assignment
https://purdue.brightspace.com/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_submit_files.d2l?ou=370094&isprv=0&db=391496&grpid=407653&cfql=1
1/2
9/13/21, 12:02 AM
Week 5 Assignment 3 – QI Report of Project: Audio-Visual Presentation – PNW Fall 2021 NUR 45200-105 Quality & Safety Prof …
Files to submit
(0) file(s) to submit
After uploading, you must click Submit to complete the submission.
Add a File
Record Audio
Record Video
Comments
Paragraph
Lato (Recom…
19px …
Submit
Cancel
https://purdue.brightspace.com/d2l/lms/dropbox/user/folder_submit_files.d2l?ou=370094&isprv=0&db=391496&grpid=407653&cfql=1
2/2
Requirements for QI Report of Project: Written
Background of the problem



Definition of the problem with references
Depth and breadth of the problem (e.g., national statistics and local data to
demonstrate a problem exists)
PICO question
Evidence



What evidence did you find? Synthesize the evidence
Appraisal of the evidence using the JBI and/or AGREE II appraisal tools
Levels of evidence using hierarchy of evidence
Analysis of Current Condition


Table and graph with narrative (use data from assigned problem)
Flowchart comparing current process versus what evidence says should be done with
narrative Identifying missed opportunities (indicators).
Cause Analysis

Root Cause Analysis with Fishbone Diagram. Identify where the problems exist. Describe
causes for the problem and how each is linked to the problem.
Action Plan for Each Indicator

Changes that should be done in order to improve practice, according to what evidence
shows. Include:
o Indicator (look at your indicator sheet): Provide the evidence to support in one
sentence.
o Measurement: Numerator and denominator. How will you measure that the
change is being done?
o Goal: What is your goal data? Benchmarks?
MMK 2020
1
o

Create a table with the following information for each indicator:
Who
What
Describe
who is
responsible
Explain
what they
are
responsible
for.
Address
each
indicator
Why
When
How
Completion
Date
Rationale
When will Explain how the Date for
for why
they
person should
completing
this
perform
complete the
the action
person(s)
the action? assignment
should be
What is
(think of
responsible the
implementation
for this
timeline
described
action
for
above)
completing
the task?
Implementation: Include best practices for implementing your change with evidence to
support your implementation strategy
Reference Page
Names and Contributions
Names and Summary of Group Member Assignment Contributions:
MMK 2020
2

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Week 1 discussion forum

Description

As a health care professional, it is essential to be culturally competent. Many health care professionals find it challenging to work with culturally different groups and often do not develop a proficient level of working with diverse groups. Developing cultural competence will become increasingly more important as diversity continues to grow in the United States. Review Chapter 5 in The handbook of health and behavior change and the article by Horevitz, Lawson, Chow, & Julian (2013) then address the following questions in your response:

Explain what it means to be culturally competent.
Assess why it is important to be a culturally competent health care provider.
Elaborate on the importance of possessing cultural sensitivity.
Explain two effective strategies discussed in The handbook of health and behavior change to build cultural competence.

Use two of the required resources listed under the Week 1 tab to support your research and findings. All sources must be referenced and cited according to APA guidelines as outlined in the Writing Center. Your initial post should be at least 250 words in length.

Guided Response: Respond to at least two classmates by Day 7. Share one quality about your culture that you feel may be different than your classmates. What are some questions you might have for your classmates about different cultures? Each response should be at least 100 words in length.

Sandra Maydwell

Sep 6, 2021 at 3:08 PM

Hello class,

My name is Sandy Maydwell and I live near Dallas, Tx. I am married with three grown children, and I grew up in the south, but have been living in Virginia for a long time. Three years ago we decided to move to Texas, and I love it. It’s true what they say about Texas, we really are our own little country.

I have struggled with weight, sciatica, and osteoarthritis since my mid-twenties. I agree with Hippocrates that we should let our food be our medicine, and I have seen many people turn their health around by altering their diet. I am happy to say that I am one of those people. To that end, I have been a health and wellness advocate to help others accomplish the same goal – to gain freedom of movement and from pain so that they can live their lives again, without the misery of chronic illnesses.

I already have my own wellness business. I’m not sure what I will learn from this particular course, but my aim in pursuing this degree was to increase my knowledge base so I am more effective in helping my clients. My job title is Health and Wellness Coach, location is various, hours are various. Pay is dependant on how much time I put in, but I know others who make six figures. The best benefit is seeing others recover from debilitating health issues.

Sandy M.

rittney Goytia

Sep 7, 2021 at 12:54 AM

Hello Class,

My name is Brittney and I’m very excited to be 5 weeks away from earning a BA in Health and Wellness! My desire to obtain this degree has been to increase my general knowledge and build a foundation in health behavior, common illnesses, prevention and treatment. Through my course I have gained a foundation in understanding health and feel blessed to have recently started working in a medical facility that offers homeopathy, osteopathic medicine, Chinese medicine, and weight management care. There is a lot of opportunities for growth. Currently I work on the administrative end of the clinic. After this course I will take a personal training course and nutrition coaching. My goal is to become a health care coach, work 5 days a week in my local area. If I worked in a clinic, like the one I am in now, I would benefit from assess to integrative care, aesthetic treatments and flexible hours. Another benefit of health coaching is that it can be done remotely. I can offer coaching around the world and fill a work day with in-person and online clients.

Recently, a longer term goal I have been contemplating is getting a MA in Health Administration. This type of work would switch my role back to the administrative end of health care. This career route would increase the hours I work, the amount I get paid, and reduce my schedule flexibility as health administrators are often in managerial positions. The pay off would be a higher income compared to a health coach. The average base income for a health administrator per year is $71,000 per year. Whereas a health coach is about $48,000 per year (Payscale, n.d.).

Reference

Payscale (n.d.). Average healthcare Administrator Salary. Retrieved from https://www.payscale.com/research/US/Job=Healthcar…

Case study : Don’t Touch My Things! Mrs. Smyth and Autonomy

Description

Case 3: Don’t Touch My Things! Mrs. Smyth and Autonomy Mrs. Smyth, 78, had lived in the same home for 30 years. Never married, she cared for her disabled mother for 15 years. After her mother died, she lived alone on a small pension. She appeared to be well groomed and appropriately dressed when she left her house. Mrs. Smyth was hospitalized for a bowel obstruction and Joe, a community health nurse, made a follow-up visit after discharge to her home. When Joe arrived at the house, he was overcome with the smell of rotting garbage, urine, and feces. Five small dogs ran back and forth among piles of garbage and magazines, overturned furniture, and discarded appliances. There was no running water and the bathroom was not functional. Joe told Mrs. Smyth that her living conditions were unhealthy and that he would contact a community agency to help her clean her house. Mrs. Smyth became very angry and said no one had the right to take her things away. •Is it ethical for Joe to overrule Mrs. Smyth’s autonomy in decision-making? •What action is in Mrs. Smyth’s best interests? •What action is in the community’s best interests? •What ethical issues are involved in caring for a client with a hoarding disorder, such as that seen in Mrs. Smyth’s disorder? the answers must be in your own words Do not copy-paste or use past students’ work as all files submitted in this course are registered and saved in turn it in the program. Answers must be scholarly and be 3-4 sentences in length with rationale and explanation. No Straight forward / Simple answer will be accepted. Turn it in Score must be less than 25 % or will not be accepted for credit, must be your own work and in your own words. You can resubmit, Final submission will be accepted if less than 25 %. Copy paste from websites or textbooks will not be accepted or tolerated N0 APA OR REFERENCES

Health & Medical Question

Description

Weekly Articles & Possible Future Improvements

Think about the articles you have been reading each week. Were there any recommendations for practice that you thought could be implemented in your clinical practice tomorrow? Next week? Next year? Provide rationale to support your response.

Submission Instructions:

Your initial post should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources. Your initial post is worth 8 points.
You should respond to at least two of your peers by extending, refuting/correcting, or adding additional nuance to their posts. Your reply posts are worth 2 points (1 point per response.)
All replies must be constructive and use literature where possible.
Please post your initial response by 11:59 PM ET Thursday, and comment on the posts of two classmates by 11:59 PM ET Sunday.
You can expect feedback from the instructor within 48 to 72 hours from the Sunday due date.

Grading Rubric

Your assignment will be graded according to the grading rubric.

Discussion Rubric
Criteria Ratings Points

Identification of Main Issues, Problems, and Concepts

Distinguished – 5 points
Identify and demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of the issues, problems, and concepts.

Excellent – 4 points
Identifies and demonstrate an accomplished understanding of most of issues, problems, and concepts.

Fair – 2 points
Identifies and demonstrate an acceptable understanding of most of issues, problems, and concepts.

Poor – 1 point
Identifies and demonstrate an unacceptable understanding of most of issues, problems, and concepts.

5 points

Use of Citations, Writing Mechanics and APA Formatting Guidelines

Distinguished – 3 points
Effectively uses the literature and other resources to inform their work. Exceptional use of citations and extended referencing. High level of APA precision and free of grammar and spelling errors.

Excellent – 2 points
Effectively uses the literature and other resources to inform their work. Moderate use of citations and extended referencing. Moderate level of APA precision and free of grammar and spelling errors.

Fair – 1 point
Ineffectively uses the literature and other resources to inform their work. Moderate use of citations and extended referencing. APA style and writing mechanics need more precision and attention to detail.

Poor – 0 points
Ineffectively uses the literature and other resources to inform their work. An unacceptable use of citations and extended referencing. APA style and writing mechanics need serious attention.

3 points
Response to Posts of Peers

Distinguished – 2 points
Student constructively responded to two other posts and either extended, expanded or provided a rebuttal to each.

Fair – 1 point
Student constructively responded to one other post and either extended, expanded or provided a rebuttal.

Poor – 0 points
Student provided no response to a peer’s post.

2 poin

Health & Medical Question

Description

Online Class Activity (3 points):

Find the attached antimicrobial chart. This is uploaded separately into the Week 2 module “Medication chart only”

Students will complete the chart for the initial posting part of the Online Activity and the response will include application of one medication within the selected class (from completed chart). The response should address the following criteria on the discussion board.

Identify pathogens eradicated by the drug selected
Explain the drug distribution and onset of action
Describe the body system/organ or pathologic condition that is a likely host for pathogen overgrowth
Provide information related to the medication’s metabolism (1/2 life, steady state)

Antbxmedsheet.docx

professional values#5

Description

Service Learning and Reflection

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Service Learning and Reflection
Service learning integrates meaningful community service and reflection to enhance the
learning experience.
Review the International Council of Nurses Position Statements and enter Sentinel City and
Sentinel Town and explore all areas of the city and town. Select one ICN Position Statement
and create a service-learning plan based upon need in a specific area. Reflect upon the
nurse’s role in health promotion that incorporates the significance of service learning.
Tip: Students struggle with the terminology of “service learning”. Service learning
is learning/educational activities that benefit others and the community. Such as health
fairs, educational health announcements, wellness programs, health services, prevention
education, etc. Service learning for this activity is learning activities for a population of
people within the simulation of your choice that is paired with structured preparation from a
nurse’s point of view.
Resources:


International Council of Nurses (ICN) website
SIM405 Tips
Additional Instructions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
All submissions should have a title page and reference page.
Utilize a minimum of two scholarly resources.
Adhere to grammar, spelling and punctuation criteria.
Adhere to APA compliance guidelines.
Adhere to the chosen Submission Option for Delivery of Activity guidelines.
Submission Options
Choose One:
Paper
Instructions:

4 to 6-page paper. Include title and
reference pages.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Read the scenario and answer the questions

Description

Delegation – The Root of Practice

Chapter 1a – Assignment

SCENARIO

Nancy, a registered nurse, has recorded a telephone order from the attending physician to administer one unit of blood to Baby Robby, a pediatric patient. She delegates this order to a licensed professional nurse whose name is Kelly. Kelly has been with the hospital for several years and has just graduated LPN school. Kelly is known among the nurses as an assistant and unit secretary for many years and she is considered a very trustworthy nurse. Kelly also just finished an IV certification class but claims that she will document it on Monday since Human resources is not open, it being a weekend. Nancy sends Kelly to get the unit from the blood bank, hang the blood with saline and then administer it. After one hour it is time for the charge nurse to give report, she sends Kelly in to get the first set of vital signs and check on Robby. Since Nancy is also the charge nurse, she finds herself a little behind, so she has Kelly write a short note in the record and a set of vital signs. When Kelly checks on the patient she finds that Robby is lethargic and she immediately reports this to Nancy who then declares that she needs to write an incident report up and once she is finished giving report she does exactly that and then writes in the chart that an incident report has been filed with all the relevant facts listed. She then clocks out with the knowledge that she finished everything that needed to be done.

Instructions:

1. Read through the scenario above carefully and list each mishap and violation of practice that you can detect. Explain whether it was:

a. possibly something forgotten

b. a violation of standard of practice

c. a legal mishap

d. an ethical violation

e. a delegation problem

f. or some other problem

2. List each deviation from safe and legal practice.

3. Explain what was done or not done.

4. Your paper should be:

• One (1) page

• Typed according to APA style for margins, formatting, and spacing standards

• Typed into a Microsoft Word document, save the file, and then upload the file

Health & Medical Question

Description

I. Pathological Description

II. Signs & Symptoms

III. Diagnostic Tests

IV. Procedure Description

 Please include most common procedures for treatment of the

pathologic condition and details on how the procedure is

performed.

V. Presentation of Medical Terminology

 Create a list of medical terms found within your presentation.

Indicate word elements (i.e. prefix, suffix, root, combining vowel)

and definitions.

This for a 2 page essay about Rotator Cuff tear it has to include an explanation, and also some pictures and specifically step 5 its very important.

organizational leadership

Description

financial consideration

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Financial Considerations
Discuss the financial considerations, limitations, benefits associated with the development of
the change project.
Reading and Resources
Read Chapter 10 in Marquis, B.L. & Huston, C.J. (2021). Leadership roles and management
functions in nursing: Theory and application (10th ed.). Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott, Williams &
Wilkins.
Additional Instructions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
All submissions should have a title page and reference page.
Utilize a minimum of two scholarly resources.
Adhere to grammar, spelling and punctuation criteria.
Adhere to APA compliance guidelines.
Adhere to the chosen Submission Option for Delivery of Activity guidelines.
Submission Options
Choose One:
Paper
Instructions:

2 to 3-page paper. Include title and
reference pages.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Adapting internal policies and practices/ Analyzing Policies from Diverse Perspectives

Description

LE003 Assessment Instructions

Review the details of your assessment including the rubric. You will have the ability to submit the assessment once you submit your required pre-assessments and engage with your Faculty Subject Matter Expert (SME) in a substantive way about the competency.

Overview

This Performance Task Assessment is based on a case study set in Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital, in the Park Slope neighborhood of Brooklyn, New York, as the hospital confronts the new quality standards set by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) for Medicare patients. To complete this Assessment, read the scenario below, and then complete Parts I and II that follow. You will use information from the scenario, along with the supporting documents, to demonstrate your ability to adapt internal policies and practices to align with changes to healthcare laws and regulations.

To complete this Assessment:

Download the Academic Writing Expectations Checklist to use as a guide when completing your Assessment. Responses that do not meet the expectations of scholarly writing will be returned without scoring. Properly formatted APA citations and references must be provided, where appropriate.
Be sure to use scholarly academic resources as specified in the rubric. This means using Walden Library databases to obtain peer reviewed articles. Additionally, .gov (government expert sources) are a quality resource option. Note: Internet and .com sources do not meet this requirement. Contact your coach or SME for guidance on using Library Databases.
Carefully review the rubric for the Assessment as part of your preparation to complete your Assessment work.

This Assessment requires submission of one (1) document (Part I) and one (1) Slide presentation (Part II).

Save the Word document as LE003_PartI_firstinitial_lastname (for example, LE003_PartI_J_Smith).
Save the slide presentation as LE003_PartII_firstinitial_lastname (for example, LE003_PartII_J_Smith).

When you are ready to upload your completed Assessment, use the Assessment tab on the top navigation menu.

Instructions

Imagine you are an administrator at Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital in Brooklyn. One day you arrive at work to find an urgent memo from your CEO: Medicare has released its data on unplanned 30-day hospital readmission rates, and your hospital is being penalized at the maximum rate for having an exceptionally high rate of unplanned 30-day readmissions. Alarmed by these statistics, your CEO gives you a special project, outlined in Part I and Part II below.

Access the following to complete this Assessment:

Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital Acute Inpatient Hospital Admissions Payment Policy
Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital—Unplanned Readmission Rates (from Medicare Hospital Compare)
Gai, Y., & Pachamanova, D. (2019). Impact of the Medicare hospital readmissions reduction program on vulnerable populations. BMC Health Services Research, 19(1), 1. Retrieved from the Walden Library databases.
Academic Writing Expectations Checklist

Rubric

This assessment has two-parts. Click each of the items below to complete this assessment.

PART I: ANALYZING HRRP POLICY AND EVALUATING HOSPITAL PERFORMANCE
Read the Health Affairs Policy Brief on the “Medicare Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.” Then, analyze the document “Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital—Unplanned Readmission Rates,” which presents statistics on the unplanned readmission rates at the hospital and how they compare to the national averages. Also, review the “Acute Inpatient Hospital Admissions Payment Policy” document.
Use these resources to develop a report (4–5 pages) to the CEO that completes the following:
Describe the key elements of the Medicare Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program (HRRP) established in the Affordable Care Act (ACA).
Explain whether you think HRRP has a positive or negative impact on Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital’s delivery of care and explain the rationale for your opinion.
Identify two factors at Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital based on the statistical report of Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital’s unplanned readmission rates that contribute to the risk of failing to meet HRRP criteria. Use additional ideas related to HRRP policies.
Create five SMART goals for Brooklyn Presbyterian Hospital for earning the maximum reimbursement by following the HRRP criteria. These goals may focus on processes or outcomes.
Describe at least three programs or activities based on the SMART goals you created that would help the hospital increase reimbursement under HRRP by reducing readmission rates.
PART II: DEVELOPING AN ACTION PLAN IN A SLIDE PRESENTATION TO MAXIMIZE REIMBURSEMENTS AND ADAPT TO CHANGE
Political pressure will result in changes to Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) policy and reimbursements. Develop a 10- to 12-slide presentation, to senior management, proposing strategies for executing a plan for earning maximum reimbursement under HRRP, specifically by changing the behavior of providers and patients. Your goal is to secure resources to put your plan into action. In this presentation, explain your approach, your plan for implementation, at least two ways you will prepare and monitor for change in CMS policy, and your education plan for staff.
LE004 Assessment Instructions

Review the details of your assessment including the rubric. You will have the ability to submit the assessment once you completed all of the related pre-assessments and engage with your Faculty Subject Matter Expert (SME) in a substantive way about the competency.

Overview

In this Assessment, you will conduct an analysis of a health policy from the many diverse stakeholder perspectives involved.

To complete this Assessment:

Download the Academic Writing Expectations Checklist to use as a guide when completing your Assessment. Responses that do not meet the expectations of scholarly writing will be returned without scoring. Properly formatted APA citations and references must be provided, where appropriate.
Be sure to use scholarly academic resources as specified in the rubric. This means using Walden Library databases to obtain peer reviewed articles. Additionally, .gov (government expert sources) are a quality resource option.
Note: Internet and .com sources do not meet this requirement. Contact your coach or SME for guidance on using Library Databases.
Carefully review the rubric for the Assessment as part of your preparation to complete your Assessment work.
Instructions

Access the following to complete this Assessment:

Academic Writing Expectations Checklist

Before submitting your Assessment, carefully review the rubric. This is the same rubric the assessor will use to evaluate your submission and it provides detailed criteria describing how to achieve or master the Competency. Many students find that understanding the requirements of the Assessment and the rubric criteria help them direct their focus and use their time most productively.

To complete the Work Product Assessment, you will select a recent (within the last 15 years) national or state health policy that has had substantial impact on healthcare consumers. Specifically, you will be looking at a high-impact health policy to analyze the diverse and divergent perspectives that informed its development and then assess its impact at the local organizational level.

Rubric

This Assessment requires submission of one (1) document that includes your responses to both prompts Save this file as LE004_firstinitial_lastname (for example, LE004_J_Smith).

When you are ready to upload your completed Assessment, use the Assessment tab on the top navigation menu.

Detailed and current information on health policy may be found on many websites, including those of:

Healthy People 2020 – 2030
American Hospital Association (AHA)
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS)
The Kaiser Family Foundation
Robert Wood Johnson Foundation (RWJF)
AARP: Public Policy Institute
American Public Health Association (APHA)

Note: You may not choose HRRP as a topic as this is covered in a previous assessment.

After choosing a health policy, select a local healthcare organization that is impacted by that policy. This might be a public agency, a healthcare facility, or any organization substantially influenced by the policy. It might also be the healthcare organization in which you work. You will evaluate the impact of the policy on the organization’s operations and outcomes. You will also write a letter to a policymaker who has influence over the action of the policy. This task requires you to take a large and complex topic (the policy) and synthesize it into digestible information that can be used to inform the policymaker of issues raised by the policy.

This assessment has two-parts. Click each of the items below to complete this assessment.

PART 1: POLICY ASSESSMENT
In a 5- to 7-page report:
Provide the name of the policy and clearly explain the issue addressed by the policy.
Explain the background of the policy’s formulation – what is the purpose of the policy?
Explain the role and diverse perspectives of various government agencies and officials, including public health agencies, in the evolution, formulation, and implementation of the policy.
Determine the ongoing role of law and regulation in the evolution, formulation, and implementation of the policy.
Describe key national or state stakeholders involved in the evolution of the policy.
Categorize which of the stakeholders would be considered advocacy groups and which would be classified as business interests. Explain how you differentiate the two categories and why this differentiation matters.
Identify how key local organizations and stakeholders are impacted by this policy.
Explain the overarching diverse perspectives of the local organizations and stakeholders with regard to the policy.
PART 2: LETTER TO A POLICY MAKER
Identify a policymaker who is a member of the U.S. Congress from your state of residence. If you are from a territory, you will identify the equivalent legislative person. If you are an international student, you may choose any person who is responsible for enacting healthcare policies or laws in your area. You will write a letter to the policymaker that focuses on the policy and organizations or communities it may impact, in support of or opposition to the issue you selected. Your letter should be written in a respectful tone and focus on the evidence supporting your position, instead of merely expressing your personal thoughts and opinions. You must also provide evidence from the peer-reviewed literature to support your position. The letter should use a professional letter format, including salutation and address.
In a 1- to 2-page letter:
Explain the relevance of the health policy to an organization or your community.
Describe the expected impact of the policy on organizational or community outcomes.

Informative Speech – on why nursing career is the way to go

Question Description

I’m working on a nursing question and need support to help me learn.

A one- to two-page (250- to 500-word) paper this assignment, you will create a delivery outline and deliver an informative speech. Your topic should be one that can help you in your future Nursing career

NSG4067 Week 1 Discussion

Description

The discussion assignment provides a forum for discussing relevant topics for this week on the basis of the course competencies covered. For this assignment, make sure you post your initial response to the Discussion Area by the due date assigned and complete your participation for this assignment by Day 7. To support your work, use your course and text readings and also use resources from the South University Online Library.

As in all assignments, cite your sources in your work and provide references for the citations in APA format. Support your work, using your course lectures and textbook readings. Helpful APA guides and resources are available in the South University Online Library. Below are guides that are located in the library and can be accessed and downloaded via the South University Online Citation Resources: APA Style page. The American Psychological Association website also provides detailed guidance on formatting, citations, and references at APA Style.
• APA Citation Helper
• APA Citations Quick Sheet
• APA-Style Formatting Guidelines for a Written Essay
• Basic Essay Template

Begin reviewing and replying to peer postings/responses early in the week to enhance peer discussion. See the rubric for participation points. Participate in the discussion by asking a question, providing a statement of clarification, providing viewpoints with a rationale, challenging aspects of the discussion, or indicating relationships between two or more lines of reasoning in the discussion. Always use constructive language, even in criticism, to work toward the goal of positive progress.

TASK

Post your initial response to one of the two topics below.

Topic 1

Watch at least 60 minutes of TV, focusing on the depiction of older adults. Analyze and discuss TV programming in the context of at least two of the following:

Portrayal of elderly characters
Intergenerational themes
Conflict in relation to the older population
Aging stereotypes or myths
Cultural diversity in relation to quality of care

Topic 2

Discuss your own philosophy of aging.

When do you think a person becomes elderly?
What do you think of older people?
Are they active, senile, debilitated, etc.?
Provide a description of an elderly person that you know.

Cultural Diversity and Inclusion Training

Description

Module 03 Content
Scenario
As you begin your new role as a healthcare manager for an international healthcare company, you witness several less than professional interactions between front line staff and providers, and between directors. Because this is a multi-cultural organization, there are many different cultures represented within the employees. You decide something needs to be done to help combat the in-fighting and to create a culture of diversity and the acceptance of inclusion. You immediately begin creating a training video and a plan to roll out mandatory staff wide training on cultural diversity and inclusion.
Instructions
Create a Microsoft PowerPoint to be used during the training to preface the different scenarios that are to be depicted in the training video. Incorporate 4 countries of your choice using this website: https://www.hofstede-insights.com/country-comparison/ and discuss at least 4 of Hofstede’s cultural dimensions.
Make sure the PowerPoint includes:
a title page,
at least5-7 slides comparing and contrasting the four chosen countries cultural norms based on at least 4 of Hofstede’s 6 Cultural Dimensions, and
an APA formatted Reference slide, with at least 1 article covering the topic of Hofstede’s 6 Cultural Dimensions well integrated into paper

Be sure to incorporate colors, graphics, and pictures to add visual appeal and professionalism.
LLS Resources
PowerPoint https://guides.rasmussen.edu/writing/powerpointsPowerPoint Presentations and APA: citing sources and creating reference lists in PPT presentations https://rasmussen.libanswers.com/faq/32484

Leadership Seminar

Description

Part A:Recognizing Adaptive challenges in the workplace. Adaptive challenges require some change to structures, attitudes, and relationships. These situations cannot be solved by applying standard procedures; they require collective genius and innovation, including distributed/shared and collective leadership. In your initial post, please create a keyword/phrase list from the readings and from Kuenkel’s video (Links to an external site.). Identify the key terms that capture what we are learning this week about defragmenting our thinking and action. HINT: Go to the Kuenkel YouTube video and click on the “….” button to view a transcript of the video (located next to the Save button). Provide the key word list (~20), introduce and explore an adaptive challenge within your organization. Explain how the situation requires collective talents of the organization to get at the adaptive challenge. NOTE: this is not a technical fix. Present what is currently being done about the challenge and consider why you believe efforts are falling short. When exploring how your organization might address the adaptive challenge. It is very important to integrate the keywords taken from the Kuenkel video into your post. NOTE: We will continue to explore this adaptive challenge in Next Week, So the more specifics you can offer here, the better off you will be for your work next week. 2 Pages response excluding cover and reference pages. Part B:Leadership within Turbulence As a leader who cultivates an attitude that recognizes turbulence as normal and how it destabilizes and promotes self-organization in human systems, position yourself as a fractal, an attractor that influences what happens by what you embody, say, and do. Explore how this mode of thinking affects your attitude toward the adaptive challenge you identified this week in your discussion post (recognize bias and projections). How would you begin planning and mapping as presented in Kuenkel’s video (Links to an external site.)(MUST WATCH) and models your organization’s exploration of the adaptive challenge? 3 Pages response excluding cover and reference pages.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week 5: Exploring the Way
As we explored last week,
leadership does not stay isolated
within positions or upper rungs of
bureaucracies. In fact, good
leaders’ model and foster
emerging leadership within their
organizations. If people within the
organization observe purposeful
and intentional leadership from
their leaders, they themselves
assume these behaviors and
characteristics. This week we will
explore why leaders today–in our
current turbulent times, need to host the emergence of other leaders. To tackle
today’s adaptive challenges, organizations need to call upon the collective genius
of their members. Leaders in formal positions of authority must acknowledge and
call forth this genius. They are no longer the heroes of their organizations; they
are the hosts of a multitude of leaders–emerging from their organizations.
These leaders then recognize how they are energized from collaboration and put
their skills and thinking together for innovation and collaboration. As we will hear
this week from our materials, “They defragment their thinking and they
defragment their acting…. build upon their human competence…. draw upon
their collective leadership…. –through invigorating fractal influence over patterns
within the organization.” Collective leadership allows us to foster collaborative
eco-systems within organizations to address adaptive challenges. This language
may sound foreign as you read it now. But by the end of the week, let’s acquire a
confidence regarding our understanding of collective action and leading
innovation and addressing adaptive challenges.
Please keep in mind our learning objectives as we move forward this week.
So first, let’s consider what is the difference between technical fixes and adaptive
challenges. Click on the following link and read how the two are
described: Technical Fixes vs. Adaptive Challenges
download
When you reflect upon the many actions of administrators and management, do
you find them devoting time to troubleshoot the result of a problem? Do you find
them searching for solutions? Do they function primarily as the cybernetic
leaders we read about earlier this semester? Are they seeking to secure
stability? Many scholars, Harvard professor, Ron Heifetz specifically, argue that
figures of authority are encouraged to find easy fixes to these technical problems.
We like to find answers to routine problems. It feeds our authority. Adaptive
challenges encourage us to find resolutions for problems we’ve never
entertained–bigger problems. To use talents and skills not currently used in the
organization. For example, we can fix a man’s congested heart, but how do we
get the man to choose a healthier life afterward–to change his trajectory?
Authority structure can do its part. Adaptive challenges require people to become
a part of the problem and the solution. They must become responsible for the
problem so they can become a part of the solution. Consider how many times we
try to address adaptive challenges without sharing authority and responsibility.
This is a large social example. Place then within a smaller context. How might
this look in an organization? Do we isolate responsibility and authority? Do we
suggest that certain people are accountable where others are not? Is this
problematic thinking? Reflect on how people become passionate and committed.
People shirk responsibility to those in authority. Those in authority insulate their
responsibility. It’s a win-win, right? Think again. Our success is dependent upon
calling forward collective intelligence and collective leadership. So, what does the
question become then? What questions should leaders be entertaining?
Watch the Kuenkel video. Read the Scott chapter from Pearson’s text.
Create the assigned keyword list and begin your weekly discussion.
We hear from Petra Kuenkel that the complex problems that we are actually
dealing with are hidden by our fragmentation from one another and from these
root problems. We have worked toward compartmentalized and shrink complex
problems. Hence, they continue to fester, and leaders continue putting band-aids
on deep wounds or poor lifestyles. Again, we hear about eco-structures and
networks as being an effective, necessary call for getting at this complexity. Hard
problems though can be quite scary. So, in some cases, people figure out that
we must collaborate. So, she asks us, “Do we collaborate effectively?” Do we
collaborate as a “need to build upon human competences–on what we can do”?
Do we call upon inclusive, multi-sectoral work? She argues this generates an
energizing climate, a way of regulating diversity to get where we need to go. This
is a collective leadership, right? Next, she asks us to see the fractal leadership
within our organizations. Do you see smaller, separate collaborations focusing on
a similar problem? If you were able to get a 10,000-foot view of an issue, you
might see that it has many factors–each addressed by a separate unit, let’s say.
Each unit is focused on addressing their “problem”. The problem, however, is
again a technical fix to a bigger issue. Let’ s return to Heifetz’s example. We can
see cardiac disease as a major issue faced by leaders. Yet, how often do we see
this issue as being only a health-related issue? So… we address the issue by
clinical care. Yet, your city has no safe public space for walking or exercise. Your
city sits in the south and fried food is embedded within the culture. Churches, the
hub of social events, offer Sunday lunches of fried chicken and mashed
potatoes. Are you beginning to see how well-intentioned leaders can address
the problem from within their unit? Kuenkel poses this is a fractal system, many
good collaborations spending attention on their part of the issue but not getting at
the complex challenge. This fragmentation from the complexity of problems
creates turbulence and perpetuates turbulence. Can you see how isolated
fractals can still be unsuccessful in achieving real change? So, who brings them
together?
Collective leadership brings those fractals–complete independent efforts,
together so they can be energized by others’ diverse knowledge, talents, and
skills. Collective leaders must “scale up” and attend to the six dimensions of
collective leadership: future possibilities (with aspects of future orientation,
empowerment, and decisiveness), engagement (with aspects of process quality,
connectivity, collective action–small successes of working together) , innovation
(with aspects of creativity, excellence–mastery and including others who may
have the talent I don’t; agility–risk and learning from crisis), humanity (with
aspects of must be in the center and the basis: mindfulness; empathy; and
balance–task, content with process and relationships), and collective intelligence
(iterative learning, diversity, dialogic quality), and wholeness (with aspects of
contextuality, mutual support, and contribution). These dimensions with their
three aspects inform leaders why collective is important and how to
operationalize it. Consider Kuenkel’s collective leadership compass as a model
for addressing adaptive challenges:
Readings & Resources
1.
Kuenkel, P. (2015). The collective leadership as a fractal of large systems
change in collaboration.
o
2.
Video source (Links to an external site.) –
Must watch.
Scott, K. T. (2012). The new basics: Inner work for adaptive challenges. In
C. S. Pearson’s (Ed.) The transforming leader: New approaches to
leadership for the twenty-first century. (pp. 93-101 hardcopy, pp. 82-87
ebook). San Francisco, CA: Berrett-Koehler.
From Scott, we hear that tapping into our inner selves connects us with our
energy and intelligence. This mindfulness and presence give way to recognizing
and managing our emotions. Today’s turbulence cannot be addressed if leaders
lack the capacity to stay calm. What does “conscious, self-differentiated
leadership” look like for you?
Both sources this week tell us that this collective leadership relies upon a distinct
balanced and conscious approach from the individual and the collective
leadership. Did you hear how individuals’ leaders must be responsible, mindful,
regulated, and inclusive? Are you considering the leader you are and want to
become? Are you hearing how we must move beyond our individual–“island unto
ourselves” and chart a path for engaging other selves–other “islands”? Are you
gaining confidence in the importance of collective leadership and your ability to
orchestrate it?
TECHNICAL PROBLEMS VS.
ADAPTIVE CHALLENGES
The single biggest failure of leadership is to treat adaptive challenges like technical problems.
TECHNICAL PROBLEMS
ADAPTIVE CHALLENGES
1. Easy to identify
1. Difficult to identify (easy to deny)
2. Often lend themselves to quick and
easy (cut-and-dried) solutions
2. Require changes in values, beliefs,
roles, relationships, & approaches to
work
3. Often can be solved by an authority
or expert
3. People with the problem do the
work of solving it
4. Require change in just one or a few
places; often contained within
organizational boundaries
4. Require change in numerous places;
usually cross organizational
boundaries
5. People are generally receptive to
technical solutions
5. People often resist even
acknowledging adaptive challenges.
6. Solutions can often be implemented
quickly—even by edict
6. “Solutions” require experiments and
new discoveries; they can take a
long time to implement and cannot
be implemented by edict
EXAMPLES
ƒ
Take medication to lower blood
pressure
ƒ
Change lifestyle to eat healthy, get
more exercise and lower stress
ƒ
Implement electronic ordering and
dispensing of medications in
hospitals to reduce errors and drug
interactions
ƒ
Encourage nurses and pharmacists
to question and even challenge
illegible or dangerous prescriptions
by physicians
ƒ
Increase penalty for drunk driving
ƒ
Raise public awareness of the
dangers and effects of drunk driving,
targeting teenagers in particular
Adapted from Ronald A. Heifetz & Donald L. Laurie,
“The Work of Leadership,” Harvard Business Review,
January-February 1997; and Ronald A. Heifetz & Marty Linsky,
Leadership on the Line, Harvard Business School Press, 2002
GROUPSMITH

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

answer 50 questions

Description

answer 50 question please thank you

Unformatted Attachment Preview

QUESTION 1
There are businesses, companies and corporations that make their profits by targeting the poor.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 2
The primary mission of the social work profession is to enhance human well-being and help meet the
basic human needs of all people, with particular attention to the needs and empowerment of people
who are vulnerable, oppressed, and living in poverty.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 3
Critical Consciousness refers to the process by which individuals apply critical thinking skills to examine
their current situations, develop a deeper understanding about their concrete reality, and devise,
implement, and evaluate solutions to their problems.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 4
From a critical consciousness perspective, dysfunction is perceived as a direct consequence of structural
and internalized inequality
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 5
Importance of Human Relationships
Ethical Principle: Social workers recognize the central importance of human relationships.
Social workers understand that relationships between and among people are an important vehicle for
change.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 6
Anti-oppressive action means collaborative efforts to overcome and dismantle structural and
internalized oppression
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 7
Structural inequality are composed of privilege and oppression
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 8
The ethical principle of the Social Work value “Service” states the following:
“Social Workers’ primary goal is to help people in need and to address social problems. Social Workers
elevate service to others above self-interest. Social Workers draw on their knowledge, values, and skills
to help in need and to address social problems”.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 9
According to social policy analyst, Richard M. Titmuss and data, “all three welfare systems favor the
middle and upper classes”
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 10
The U.S provides the least housing assistance to people who are poor of all industrialized countries.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 11
Competence
Ethical Principle: Social workers practice within their areas of competence and develop and enhance
their professional expertise.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 12
________ is the objective analysis and evaluation of an issue, situation, and/or opinion in order to make
a judgment.
a.
Macro Social Work
b.
Critical Thinking
c.
Critical Consciousness
d.
Micro Social Work
2 points
QUESTION 13
The working poor do not have access to the advantages of the middle class…tax deductions, bonuses,
health insurance, travel expenses, paid time off/sick days with pay
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 14
Critical thinking is the art of thinking skeptically about information and knowledge, the ability to
question the source, purpose and potential uses of information and to choose between alternative
theories based on evidence
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 15
Ronald Reagan invented the character of the Welfare Queen
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 16
In the USA there is a strong emphasis on competitive meritocracy
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 17
Integrity
Ethical Principle: Social workers behave in a trustworthy manner.
Social workers are continually aware of the profession’s mission, values, ethical principles, and ethical
standards and practice in a manner consistent with them
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 18
The United States is the only industrialized nation without some form of universal healthcare
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 19
According to Paulo Freire, ignorance is a key tool in the maintenance of oppression
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 20
Believing that one is genetically superior or inferior when compared to others is a form of internal
privilege or internal oppression
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 21
Structural inequality is a system of power imbalances maintained by social norms, organizations,
policies, and individual behaviors informed by Eurocentric ideologies.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 22
Anti-oppressive thinking means developing a deeper understanding of structural and internalized
oppression
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 23
The high value that Americans place on individualism works against the collective good.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 24
Critical Consciousness Theory focuses on the role of oppression and privilege in creating and sustaining
social and individual dysfunction
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 25
As a result of its heavy emphasis on financing education through local property taxes, the U.S. school
system is rigged in favor of the already privileged.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 26
The following are examples of structural solutions to structural problems in the system.
a.
Universal Health Care
b.
Minimum wage increment
c.
Food pantries
d.
a and b only
2 points
QUESTION 27
Developing a critical awareness of systems of privilege and oppression is necessary, because without
this awareness, one cannot take action
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 28
Social Work is the professional activity of helping individuals, groups, or communities enhance or restore
their capacity for social functioning and creating societal conditions favorable to this goal.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 29
The United States is number one, in the magnitude of social problems in comparison to all other wealth
industrialized countries
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 30
According to the National Association of Social Workers (NASW), “Social Workers promote social justice
and social change with and on behalf of individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities.
Social Workers are sensitive to culture and ethnic diversity and strive to end discrimination, oppression,
poverty, and other forms of social injustice”.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 31
One of the purposes of traditional schooling is to create buy-in to the mainstream
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 32
An individual’s environment shapes her/his life choices, access to resources, and opportunities
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 33
An example of external oppression is racial profiling
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 34
Anti-oppressive thinking means developing a deeper understanding of structural and
oppression
internalized
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 35
Social Work is about more than just helping an individual, family or community it’s about advocating and
advancing social justice and social change.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 36
An explanation of the high level of poverty in the U.S. can be reduced to two things: the amount of
support given to the working poor and the level of wages paid.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 37
The following are all Social Work values, except
a.
Social Justice
b.
Importance of Human Relationships
c.
Service
d.
Advising
2 points
QUESTION 38
Internalized privilege is the process by which a person comes to believe and accept the generalized
positive messages, beliefs and values that the dominant culture attaches to one’s membership group
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 39
Government assistance for the poor is considered handouts or welfare. Government assistance for the
middle class and rich are considered “entitlements”.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 40
Dignity and Worth of the Person
Ethical Principle: Social workers respect the inherent dignity and worth of the person.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 41
Within external privilege mainstream’s culture and rules provide some advantaged status to a group of
people based on some common characteristic (e.g., socio-economic status, sexuality, race, or gender)
regardless of merit.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 42
Records indicate that the U.S. social welfare system programs serving the middle and upper classes
receive more government funding, pay higher benefits, and face fewer budget cuts than programs
serving only the poor.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 43
All social workers have an ethical responsibility to be advocates for social justice
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 44
Anti-oppressive action means collaborative efforts to overcome and dismantle structural and
internalized oppression.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 45
The ethical principle of the Social Work value “Social Justice” states the following:
“Social Workers pursue social change, particularly with and on behalf of vulnerable and oppressed
individuals and groups of people. Social Workers’ social change efforts are focused primarily on issues of
poverty, unemployment, discrimination, and other forms of social
Injustices. Social Workers strive to ensure access to needed information, services, and resources;
equality of opportunity; and meaningful participation in decision making for all people”.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 46
Other developed nations are much more generous to their citizens, providing social support that
encourages equal opportunities and provide for the basic needs of income maintenance, housing, job
security, and health care.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 47
Nations comparable to the United States devote a greater percentage of the gross domestic product
(GDP) to social expenditures
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 48
. _________ is the process of developing critical awareness of one’s social reality through refection and
action.
a.
Macro Social Work
b.
Critical Thinking
c.
Critical Consciousness
d.
Micro Social Work
2 points
QUESTION 49
Internalized oppression is the process by which a person internalizes the negative messages, beliefs, and
values that mainstream society attaches to their member group.
True
False
2 points
QUESTION 50
Compared to other industrialized nations, the United States has the highest incidence of poverty
True
False

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Question

Description

You are caring for an 82-year-old woman who has been hospitalized for several weeks for burns that she sustained on her lower legs during a cooking accident. Before the time of her admission, she lived alone in a small apartment. The patient reported on admission that she has no surviving family. Her support system appears to be other elders who live in her neighborhood. Because of transportation difficulties, most of them are unable to visit frequently. One of her neighbors has reported that she is caring for the patient’s dog, a Yorkshire terrier. As you care for this woman, she begs you to let her friend bring her dog to the hospital. She says that none of the other nurses have listened to her about such a visit. As she asks you about this, she begins to cry and tells you that they have never been separated. You recall that the staff discussed their concern about this woman’s well-being during report that morning. They said that she has been eating very little and seems to be depressed.1. Based on Nightingale’s work, identify specific interventions that you would provide in caring for this patient.2. Describe what action, if any, you would take regarding the patient’s request to see her dog. Discuss the theoretical basis of your decision and action based on your understanding of Nightingale’s work.3. Describe and discuss what nursing diagnoses you would make and what interventions you would initiate to address the patient’s nutritional status and emotional well-being.4. As the patient’s primary nurse, identify and discuss the planning you would undertake regarding her discharge from the hospital. Identify members of the discharge team and their roles in this process. Describe how you would advocate for the patient based on Nightingale’s observations and descriptions of the role of the nurse.

management and leadership #6

Description

management interviews

Unformatted Attachment Preview

management Interviews
Interview two persons in a nursing leadership/management role, such as a Charge
Nurse/Team Leader, Head Nurse/Manager, Director of Nursing, or Chief Nursing
Officer. Select one leader that has been in the role less than two years and the other that
has at least two years of leadership or management experience. Compare and contrast the
findings from the two interviews with the best practices identified in the literature. Then
reflect on your own perceptions of the roles. For example, would you see either as a career
goal for yourself? Why or why not?
In your interviews, ask each person the following questions:





What are the qualifications for your management position?
What type of training did you experience for this position?
What were some challenges/ roadblocks and how were these overcome?
What successes/ accomplishments have you had and how did they come about?
What skills are there to master to support your performance in your role?
Finally, reflect on your own perceptions of the roles. For example, would you see either as a
career goal for yourself?
Reading and Resources




Review chapters 1, 4 & 6 in Marquis, B. L., & Huston, C. J. (2017). Leadership roles and
management functions in nursing: Theory and application. Philadelphia, PA: Wolters
Kluwer.
Iglesias, M. E. L. & Becerro de Bengoa Vallejo, R. (2012). Conflict resolution styles in
the nursing profession. Contemporary Nurse, 43(1), 73-80. doi:
10.5172/conu.2012.43.1.73.
Weston, M & Roberts, D. (2013). The influence of quality improvement efforts on
patient outcomes and nursing work: A perspective from chief nursing officers at
three large health systems. Online Journal of Issues in Nursing 18(3):1-12.
Optional Videos: Future of Nursing: Campaign for Action. Retrieved
from https://campaignforaction.org/resource/videos-nurse-leader/
Additional Instructions:
1. All submissions should have a title page and reference page.
2. Utilize a minimum of two scholarly resources.
3. Adhere to grammar, spelling and punctuation criteria.
4. Adhere to APA compliance guidelines.
5. Adhere to the chosen Submission Option for Delivery of Activity guidelines.
Submission Options
Choose One:
Paper
Instructions:

3 to 4-page paper. Include title and
reference pages.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Response On discussions

Description

3 days ago

Ijeoma Nwazuruokeh

RE: Week 1 Introduction- Why Learn Statistics?

COLLAPSE

Hello Dr. Tawfik,

Why is it important that we learn and understand statistics?

As public health leaders, we will constantly be directly or indirectly exposed to statistical representations of public health issues. The understanding of reports and statistical analysis is essential for learning from research work (Frankfort-Nachmias, et al., 2020). In epidemiology, statistical significance can provide useful information that explains the likelihood of observed differences was not by chance (Bhattacharya, 2013). Information from statistics further strengthens the need for advocacy and public health policy to impact public health issues. Statistics especially now is part of our everyday life; the pandemic has constantly introduced us to data that guides our understanding of the virus and what mitigations in place work to reduce the burden of disease.

References

Bhattacharya, D. (2013). Public health policy. Issues, theories, and advocacy. Jossey-Bass.

Frankfort-Nachmias, C., Leon-Guerrero, A., & Davis, G. (2020). Social statistics for a diverse society (9th ed.).: Sage

4 days ago

Joy Garba

RE: Discussion – Week 1

COLLAPSE

The Research Article – Evaluation of a community-based intervention for health and economic empowerment of marginalized women in India by Sharma et al., 2020

Introduction

The article, Evaluation of a community-based intervention for health and economic empowerment of marginalized women in India understand how Empowered women have improved decision-making capacity and can demand equal access to health services (Sharma et al., 2020). Women groups are given awareness through Community-based interventions based on maternal and child health (MCH) through cost-effective approaches to improve access to health services (Sharma et al., 2020). The study evaluated a community-based intervention to enhance marginalized women’s awareness and utilization of MCH services and access to livelihood and savings from two districts of India.

Describing the usefulness of the research article

The research was done to explore interventions to improve marginalized women’s combined health and economic outcomes in India.

Identifying the independent variables and Dependent variables using Y=f(X) +E notation

The X and Y represents variables where Y is the dependent Variable and X the independent variable. f is a function that shows the relationship between the dependent variable and the independent variable. In this research, the dependent variable is the effect that is evaluated for a result which is marginalized women in India, and the independent variable is the cause which is the community-based intervention for health and economic empowerment (Frankfort-Nachmias et al., 2020).

How might the research models presented be wrong? What types of an error might be present in the reported research?

Questions The researcher answered the questions, including demographic questions, awareness of maternal and child health care, and understanding national health insurance schemes (Sharma et al., 2020). Other information on the possession of bank or post-office accounts and work participation by the women under the significant income-generating scheme of the government of India was asked by the researcher (Sharma et al., 2020). The research design used cannot ascertain the efficacy of the intervention (Sharma et al., 2020).

There could have been some errors like Sampling and randomized errors. There was no control group to compare against the experimental group of women sampled in the research. The generalization and validity of the study were therefore limited (Sharma et al., 2020). The sampling error could be from a generalized population of women from where the sample is drawn (Dietz & Kalof, 2009). The sample size may not represent the population of women observed during the study to generalize the findings. The data collected was collected from two districts of Uttar Pradesh, which were different from many other geographies not in all the districts in India (Sharma et al., 2020). However, both communities had a large population of marginalized people and limited availability of health services.

References

Dietz, T.,& Kalof, L. (2009). Introduction to Social Statistics: The Logic of Statistical reasoning. West Sussex, United Kingdom: Wiley-Blackwell.

Frankfort-Nachmias, C., Leon-Guerrero, A. Y., & Davis, G. (2020). Social Statistics for a Diverse Society (9th ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc.

Sharma, S., Mehra, D., Akhtar, F., & Mehra, S. (2020). Evaluation of a community-based intervention for health and economic empowerment of marginalized women in India. BMC Public Health, 20(1), 1766. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1186/s12889-020-09884-y

3 days ago

ErvaJean Stevens
RE: Discussion – Week 1
COLLAPSE
Week 1 Discussion
Mohammadi et al., (2021) conducted research to identify risk factors for late HIV diagnosis and determined survival of people living with HIV in Iran. The retrospective cohort study had a sample size of 4,402 HIV positive patients and spanned data from 1987 to 2016. The research concluded a 57% prevalence of late diagnosis among Iranians and risk factors including being male 50 years or older, transmission through blood transfusion and infection with TB.
Late diagnosis of HIV is a global challenge in the attempt to realize the goal of achieving epidemic control by 2030 (UNAIDS, 2021). The research findings can assist policy makers, advocates and programmers to prioritize men 50 years and older and persons with TB for HIV screening programmes. Through this prioritization, persons who may be HIV positive can be diagnosed early, access anti-retroviral treatment and live a healthier life. At a community level, it reduces the risk of HIV transmission.
The research had two main dependent variables (Y); late diagnosis and survival. These variables as outlined by (Dietz, T., & Kalof, L., 2009) are influenced by the independent variables (X) which can be deduced as being a man over the age of 50, being a person who inject drugs and a person positive for TB. Applying the formula, Y=X(F) + E to the research, being a man over 50 years old, or a person who inject drugs or being diagnosed with TB may not accurately explain late HIV diagnosis. The possible errors (E) must be taken into consideration when considering the statistical model used in the analysis and interpreting the results.
Several limitations are associated with this research. The data used was not collected for research purposes and due to the nature of the study and the sensitivities around HIV and confidentiality, the data could not be verified. This exposes the research to selection bias or information bias. Furthermore, there are several documented variables that affect late diagnosis such as access to services, legal environment and stigma and discrimination that were not included in the analysis (UNAIDS, 2021). These were not measured in the research, nor were their confounding effects considered. The author highlighted in the article that the results of the research are questionable (Mohammadi et al., 2021).
References
Mohammadi, Y., Mirzaei, M., Shirmohammadi-Khorram, N., & Farhadian, M. (2021). Identifying risk factors for late HIV diagnosis and survival analysis of people living with HIV/AIDS in Iran (1987-2016). BMC Infectious Diseases, 21(1), 390. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1186/s12…
Dietz, T., & Kalof, L. (2009). Introduction to social statistics: The logic of statistical reasoning. West Sussex, United Kingdom: Wiley-Blackwell.
The Joint United Nations Programme on HIV and AIDS (2021). Global AIDS strategy Geneva.

3 days ago

Sandra Porter

RE: Discussion – Week 1

COLLAPSE

Hello All,

The public health initiative that I will like to focus on is reducing the obesity rates throughout communities to lower diabetic diagnoses. One major program that I can highlight is the National Diabetes Program.

Brief Description

The National Diabetes Prevention Program (National DPP) is a partnership of public and private organizations working to prevent or delay type 2 diabetes. Partners make it easier for people at risk for type 2 diabetes to participate in evidence-based lifestyle change programs to reduce their risk of type 2 diabetes. This is a 12-month group-based program with 16 one-hour weekly sessions for the first four months, followed by four months of bi-weekly sessions, and once-per-month sessions for the last four months; designed to be interactive and fun, and empowering. Topics include healthy eating, weight loss, increasing physical activity, reducing stress, problem solving, motivation, and long-term maintenance of healthy lifestyle changes.

Economic Principles

According to the CDC (2020), Modeling and economics studies use computer models to simulate the long-term health and cost outcomes of diabetes interventions. With limited heath care resources, decision-makers need information on the economic burden of diabetes, the long-term effects of diabetes interventions and policies, and which interventions offer the largest health benefit.

Cost-effectiveness studies: help clinical and public health policy decision makers make evidence-based policy decisions and set intervention priorities.
This principle can be easily applied through non-profits and private sectors. For example, Kaiser Permanente of Georgia (KPGA), has launched the NDPP and gained the CDC Full-Recognition award. With this award, anyone who is insured by Kaiser can utilize the program at no additional cost with a partner (National Diabetes Prevention Program 2015).
Systematic Reviews on Cost-Effectiveness of Interventions: This study is designed to gather and analyze evidence from published literature on the cost-effectiveness of interventions for managing type 1 and type 2 diabetes and preventing type 2 diabetes.
Computer Simulation Models on Long-Term Cost-Effectiveness of. Interventions: This study uses computer simulation models to assess the long-term cost-effectiveness of interventions for managing type 1 and type 2 diabetes and preventing type 2 diabetes (Modeling and Economics 2020).

Success of the initiative

The overall strategies of the program can promote a successful environment if those who are pre-diabetic abide by the goals listed.

Weekly weigh-ins, tracking food intake and activity levels are part of this program.
It is led by a trained lifestyle coach who facilitates a small group (8-15 people). A smaller group provides opportunities to hear, learn, and share with others on a similar journey (National Diabetes Prevention Program 2019).

If members are able to lose approximately 5% of their weight and adhere to the calorie count, then the pre-diabetic stage can be faded out. By losing the weight, one can jumpstart theory journey to a healthier lifestyle.

References

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2019, August 10). National Diabetes Prevention Program. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/prevention/index.html.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020, September 9). Modeling and Economics. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/research/modeling-economics.html.

National Diabetes Prevention Program. National Diabetes Prevention Program | Health Classes and Programs | Health & Wellness | Kaiser Permanente. (n.d.). https://healthy.kaiserpermanente.org/georgia/health-wellness/classes-programs/details/national-diabetes-prevention-program.

2 days ago

Dominique Morgan

RE: Discussion – Week 1

COLLAPSE

Post a brief description of the public health initiative you selected

The United States has the highest maternal mortality rate among developed countries (Tikkanen et al., 2020). The infant mortality rate in the United States had a decrease of 2.3% from 2017 to 2018 but remained higher compared to similar countries (Xu et al., 2020). The Healthy Mothers, Healthy Babies Coalition of Georgia has been a constant and bold voice for changes in access to healthcare and improvements in health outcomes for Georgia’s moms and babies (Healthy Mothers Healthy Babies Coalition of Georgia [HMHBGA], n.d.). Since 1974, HMHBGA has offered direct services to mothers and babies, participates in collaborative advocacy, and provides community education (HMHBGA, n.d.). Most notably, they provide perinatal education (before and after birth), including maternal care information, infant mortality prevention information, and other resources (HMHBGA, n.d.).

Describe three economic principles and how they may have been applied to that public health initiative

The following economic principles are used as aids to assist in understanding society and the decisions they make (Getzen, 2013). The first principle, trade, says that individuals participate in exchanging or trading things, time, money, and information to better themselves on both sides (Getzen, 2013). HMHBGA applies the principle of trade in their practices and processes by exchanging information between program staff, program participants (mothers and families), legislators, funding partners, and other community organizations. The information being traded ranges from prenatal information, referrals, agency information, and more. The second principle is investment which is taking specific actions now to increase future successes and productivity (Getzen, 2013). HMHBGA applies the principle of investment in their practices by educating their participants on maternal and infant health to ensure future success in both mom and babies’ lives. They are hoping to impact the knowledge that mothers and families have now to be more aware and better equipped to lead families going into their future. Also, they apply this principle with their advocacy efforts to change future legislation concerning mothers and children. The third principle is that organizations adapt and evolve, looking at the evolution of trust and efficiency in exchanges. HMHBGA uses laws, policies, and partnerships with various funding sources to effect change in maternal and child health. HMHBGA advocates with state and federal legislation to enact changes that will directly impact families.

Explain how they may have contributed to the success of the initiative.

The principles of trade, investment, and organizations adapting and evolving do appear to have contributed to the success of HMHBGA initiatives. Their educational efforts have resulted in 100% of participants reporting increased knowledge in maternal and infant topics and 50,000 Georgia families being assisted in the last year (HMHBGA, n.d.). Through their advocacy efforts and partnering with legislators, healthcare providers, businesses, and other community organizations, HMHBGA has successfully encouraged and influenced the passing of policies that promote access to care for women and children’s health outcomes. Two of the most recent bills that HMHBGA advocated for that passed in Georgia for 2021 were HB 146 that “provides three weeks of paid parental leave for teachers and eligible state employees following the birth, adoption or foster placement of a child,” and HB 231 that “expands the applicability of protective orders for victims of stalking to include people with whom they have had a current or past pregnancy or relationship” (HMHBGA, n.d.). Policies are an influential aspect of determining how public health is provided, reimbursement, and access (Laureate Education, 2012). Overall, economics in public health involves backing the decision making of how society can use resources, time, information, and more to meet goals (Tudor Edwards et al., 2013).

References

Getzen, T.E. (2013). Health economics and financing (5th ed.). John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Healthy Mothers Healthy Babies Coalition of Georgia. (n.d.). Healthy Mothers Healthy Babies Coalition of Georgia. https://hmhbga.org/

Laureate Education. (2012). Introduction to economics [Video]. Walden University Blackboard. https://class.waldenu.edu

Tikkanen, R., Gunja, M.Z., FitzGerald, M., & Zephyrin, L. (2020). Maternal mortality and maternal care in the United States compared to 10 other developed countries. The Commonwealth Fund. https://www.commonwealthfund.org/publications/issue-briefs/2020/nov/maternal-mortality-maternity-care-us-compared-10-countries

Tudor Edwards, R., Charles, J.M., & Lloyd-Williams, H. (2013). Public health economics: a systematic review of guidance for the economic evaluation of public health interventions and discussion of key methodological issues. BMC Public Health, 13(1), 1–26. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1186/1471-2458-13-1001

Xu, J., Murphy, S.L., Kochanek, K.D., & Arias, E. (2020). Mortality in the United States, 2018. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/products/databriefs/db355.htm

Benefit of Educating Patient on Aspiration Precaution in Home Health Setting

Description

In nursing practice, accurate identification and application of research is essential to achieving successful outcomes. The ability to articulate research data and summarize relevant content supports the student’s ability to further develop and synthesize the assignments that constitute the components of the capstone project.

The assignment will be used to develop a written implementation plan.

For this assignment, provide a synopsis of the review of the research literature. Using the “Literature Evaluation Table,” determine the level and strength of the evidence for each of the eight research articles you have selected. The articles should be current (within the last 5 years) and closely relate to the PICOT question developed earlier in this course. The articles may include quantitative research, descriptive analyses, longitudinal studies, or meta-analysis articles. A systematic review may be used to provide background information for the purpose or problem identified in the proposed capstone project.

While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and in-text citations and references should be presented using APA documentation guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________

Topic: IOM Future of Nursing Report and Nursing

Review the IOM report, “The Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health,” and explore the “Campaign for Action: State Action Coalition” website. In a 1,000-1,250 word paper, discuss the influence the IOM report and state-based action coalitions have had on nursing practice, nursing education, and nursing workforce development, and how they continue to advance the goals for the nursing profession.

Include the following:

Describe the work of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Committee Initiative that led to the IOM report, “Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health.”
Outline the four “Key Messages” that structure the IOM Report recommendations. Explain how these have transformed or influenced nursing practice, nursing education and training, nursing leadership, and nursing workforce development. Provide examples.
Discuss the role of state-based action coalitions. Explain how these coalitions help advance the goals specified in the IOM report, “Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health.”
Research the initiatives on which your state’s action coalition is working. Summarize two initiatives spearheaded by your state’s action coalition. Discuss the ways these initiatives advance the nursing profession.
Describe barriers to advancement that currently exist in your state and explain how nursing advocates in your state overcome these barriers.

You are required to cite to a minimum of three sources to complete this assignment. Sources must be published within the last 5 years and appropriate for the assignment criteria and relevant to nursing practice.

Cualidades y conocimientos que debe tener el profesional de enfermeria en estos tiempos.

Description

Objetivo de la actividad

El objetivo de esta actividad es que el estudiante haga una reflexión de lo aprendido en la clase y su preparación académica para la reválida.

Instrucciones

Los trabajos serán sometidos a la herramienta Urkund para detectar similitud de contenidos. Toda tarea en la que se evidencie deshonestidad académica estará sujeta a su anulación y el estudiante al proceso correspondiente en el Manual del Estudiante y la Política de Integridad Académica.

Previo a desarrollar su trabajo, acceda a los criterios de evaluación para asegurar el cumplimiento de estos.

De surgir dudas, las mismas deben ser publicadas con anticipación en el Foro para Dudas de manera que el profesor pueda proveer retroalimentación oportuna.

Consigna: Luego de haber completado todo el material disponible en el curso realiza un reflexión y desarrolla un ensayo analizando y describiendo cuáles son las cualidades y conocimientos que debe tener el profesional de enfermería en estos tiempos.

Entregable

El trabajo debe ser entregado a tiempo, sin errores ortográficos ni gramaticales. Entregar las respuestas en un documento de Word, letra Times New Roman o Arial, tamaño 12, a doble espacio. Una(1) pagina como minimo y máximo dos (2) paginas. Debe incluir párrafo de introducción, de contenido y conclusión.

1. Privacy vs. Security, 2. Privacy and Security in Health Care, 3. Risk Management – Discussions

Description

Please find attach questions in a word document. Thank you.

Unformatted Attachment Preview

MULTIPLE TOPICS
There will be no written assignment for this period since we have three broad topics of study.
Thus, you are required to post two discussions each (A and B) for each of the three topics.
Topic 1: Privacy vs. Security
Objectives:
1. Summarize the security controls that align with a privacy policy to meet regulatory
requirements.
2. Explain the relationship between patient privacy and security of electronic protected
health information (ePHI).
3. Track release of information (ROI) requests.
Discussions
Discussion A
Briefly summarize the administrative, technical, and physical privacy control domains. What is
the key difference among them? Choose two controls from each domain and provide a specific
example of how these security controls serve as safeguards or countermeasures to meet
regulatory requirements.
Discussion B
Explain the relationship between patient privacy and security of electronic protected health
information (ePHI). Why is patent privacy more important today than it was 50 years ago?
Resources



Review Chapter 4 in Healthcare Information Security and Privacy.
Read “Your Electronic Medical Records Could Be Worth $1000 to Hackers,” by Yao
(2017), located on the Forbes website.
https://www.forbes.com/sites/mariyayao/2017/04/14/your-electronic-medical-recordscan-be-worth-1000-to-hackers/?sh=241c27ad50cf
Read “The Questions You Should Ask About Your EHR/EMR,” from Health
Management Technology (2015).
Topic 2: Privacy and Security in Health Care: Sensitive Data and Confidentiality
Objectives:
1. Describe the steps necessary to protect confidentiality, integrity, and availability of
sensitive data.
2. Describe a program to manage the confidentiality of electronic protected health
information (ePHI) and personally identifiable information (PII) to prevent data
breaches.
Discussions
Discussion A
Explain the relationship between the confidentiality, integrity, and availability (CIA) triad and
HIPAA controls. What is the legal impact to a health care provider if the CIA triad fails?.
Discussion B
Describe the security measures that are put in place to ensure the four guiding principles of
security: confidentiality, integrity, availability, and accountability.
Resources





Read “Fundamental Objectives of Information Security: The CIA Triad,” by Metivier
(2017), located on the Sage Data Security website.
https://www.tylercybersecurity.com/blog/fundamental-objectives-of-informationsecurity-the-cia-triad
Read Chapters 7-9 in Healthcare Information Security and Privacy.
Read “Cyber-Security Issues in Healthcare Information Technology,” by Langer,
from Journal of Digital Imaging (2017).
Read “Security Techniques for the Electronic Health Records,” by Kruse, Smith,
Vanderlinden, and Nealand, from Journal of Medical Systems (2017).
Read “Patient Safety Critical Part of Healthcare Information Security,” by Snell
(2017), located on the Health IT Security website.
https://healthitsecurity.com/news/patient-safety-critical-part-of-healthcare-informationsecurity
Topic 3: Risk Management: Threats, Vulnerabilities, Impacts, and Disaster Recovery
Objectives:
1. Describe how security controls are utilized in an organization’s risk management
program.
2. Explain the key components of risk and the impact of inappropriate electronic protected
health information (ePHI) exposure.
Discussions
Discussion A
From a health care organization’s perspective, explain the relationship between vulnerability,
threat, and risk. Can one exist without the other? Describe the impacts of inappropriate
electronic protected health information (ePHI) exposure. Locate a credible source that outl ines
a risk management process. Describe the risk management process and explain how it aids in
the protection of ePHI. Provide an APA citation for the source.
Discussion B
How are HIPAA controls used in an organization’s risk management program? Does the
organization’s culture have an impact on how the HIPAA controls are implemented within a
risk management program? Provide a specific example.
Resources



Read “Nine Steps to Better Disaster Recovery Planning,” by Matheson, from Health
Management Technology (2016).
Read “Cyber Threats to Health Information Systems: A Systematic Review,” by Luna,
Rhine, Myhra, Sullivan, and Kruse, from Technology & Health Care (2016).
Review Chapter 4 in Healthcare Information Security and Privacy.
***Based on the above knowledge, answer the questions in a discussion format. Ensure all
questions are answered appropriately with references attached.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

IOM Future of Nursing Report and Nursing

Description

Review the IOM report, “The Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health,” and explore the “Campaign for Action: State Action Coalition” website. In a 1,000-1,250 word paper, discuss the influence the IOM report and state-based action coalitions have had on nursing practice, nursing education, and nursing workforce development, and how they continue to advance the goals for the nursing profession.

Include the following:

Describe the work of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Committee Initiative that led to the IOM report, “Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health.”
Outline the four “Key Messages” that structure the IOM Report recommendations. Explain how these have transformed or influenced nursing practice, nursing education and training, nursing leadership, and nursing workforce development. Provide examples.
Discuss the role of state-based action coalitions. Explain how these coalitions help advance the goals specified in the IOM report, “Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health.”
Research the initiatives on which your state’s action coalition is working. Summarize two initiatives spearheaded by your state’s action coalition. Discuss the ways these initiatives advance the nursing profession.
Describe barriers to advancement that currently exist in your state and explain how nursing advocates in your state overcome these barriers.

You are required to cite to a minimum of three sources to complete this assignment. Sources must be published within the last 5 years and appropriate for the assignment criteria and relevant to nursing practice.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.

________________________________________________________________________________________________

Topic: Case Study: Mrs. J.

It is necessary for an RN-BSN-prepared nurse to demonstrate an enhanced understanding of the pathophysiological processes of disease, the clinical manifestations and treatment protocols, and how they affect clients across the life span.

Evaluate the Health History and Medical Information for Mrs. J., presented below.

Based on this information, formulate a conclusion based on your evaluation, and complete the Critical Thinking Essay assignment, as instructed below.

Health History and Medical Information

Health History

Mrs. J. is a 63-year-old married woman who has a history of hypertension, chronic heart failure, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Despite requiring 2L of oxygen/nasal cannula at home during activity, she continues to smoke two packs of cigarettes a day and has done so for 40 years. Three days ago, she had sudden onset of flu-like symptoms including fever, productive cough, nausea, and malaise. Over the past 3 days, she has been unable to perform ADLs and has required assistance in walking short distances. She has not taken her antihypertensive medications or medications to control her heart failure for 3 days. Today, she has been admitted to the hospital ICU with acute decompensated heart failure and acute exacerbation of COPD.

Subjective Data

Is very anxious and asks whether she is going to die.
Denies pain but says she feels like she cannot get enough air.
Says her heart feels like it is “running away.”
Reports that she is exhausted and cannot eat or drink by herself.

Objective Data

Height 175 cm; Weight 95.5kg.
Vital signs: T 37.6C, HR 118 and irregular, RR 34, BP 90/58.
Cardiovascular: Distant S1, S2, S3 present; PMI at sixth ICS and faint: all peripheral pulses are 1+; bilateral jugular vein distention; initial cardiac monitoring indicates a ventricular rate of 132 and atrial fibrillation.
Respiratory: Pulmonary crackles; decreased breath sounds right lower lobe; coughing frothy blood-tinged sputum; SpO2 82%.
Gastrointestinal: BS present: hepatomegaly 4cm below costal margin.

Intervention

The following medications administered through drug therapy control her symptoms:

IV furosemide (Lasix)
Enalapril (Vasotec)
Metoprolol (Lopressor)
IV morphine sulphate (Morphine)
Inhaled short-acting bronchodilator (ProAir HFA)
Inhaled corticosteroid (Flovent HFA)
Oxygen delivered at 2L/ NC

Critical Thinking Essay

In 750-1,000 words, critically evaluate Mrs. J.’s situation. Include the following:

Describe the clinical manifestations present in Mrs. J.
Discuss whether the nursing interventions at the time of her admissions were appropriate for Mrs. J. and explain the rationale for each of the medications listed.
Describe four cardiovascular conditions that may lead to heart failure and what can be done in the form of medical/nursing interventions to prevent the development of heart failure in each condition.
Taking into consideration the fact that most mature adults take at least six prescription medications, discuss four nursing interventions that can help prevent problems caused by multiple drug interactions in older patients. Provide a rationale for each of the interventions you recommend.
Provide a health promotion and restoration teaching plan for Mrs. J., including multidisciplinary resources for rehabilitation and any modifications that may be needed. Explain how the rehabilitation resources and modifications will assist the patients’ transition to independence.
Describe a method for providing education for Mrs. J. regarding medications that need to be maintained to prevent future hospital admission. Provide rationale.
Outline COPD triggers that can increase exacerbation frequency, resulting in return visits. Considering Mrs. J.’s current and long-term tobacco use, discuss what options for smoking cessation should be offered.

You are required to cite to a minimum of two sources to complete this assignment. Sources must be published within the last 5 years and appropriate for the assignment criteria and relevant to nursing practice.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.

Nursing Question

Description

Feedback from the professor, I’m specifically interested in adjusting criteria 3 and 6. Thank you.

VERALL COMMENTS

See your assessment for additional feedback.

Hello Louisa,

Welcome to the course! Great start to the course!

In the future, if you would please align your APA level 2 headings with the scoring guide heading, that would be very helpful-it helps me find the criteria and helps to keep you from missing criteria.

Thank you for submitting the first course assessment of locating credible database and research findings as this is a vital skill that baccalaureate nurses must acquire. Please see my feedback in the scoring guide. You will be responsible for sharing current evidence-based findings that will drive positive patient-centered outcomes. This assessment is the foundation upon which you will build the additional course assessments. You did a great job following the scoring guide criteria and meeting the assessment requirements. There are some areas that could use improvement, should you choose to do so as noted in the scoring guide below. Students have reported that keeping the scoring guide open side-by-side while they write, helps them not miss criteria.

I really appreciate your hard work and effort. I look forward to reading your next assessment submission. I hope that you can relate the course material and learning activities to real situations and changes in practice. I look forward to seeing how things evolve for you over the course. If you choose to resubmit this assessment or any other assessment, please highlight your additions.

Keep up the hard work as your effort is greatly appreciated!

Kindly,

Dr. Miller

RUBRICS
CRITERIA 1
Describe communication strategies to encourage nurses to research a diagnosis, as well as strategies to collaborate with the nurses to access resources.
COMPETENCYApply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead practice changes based on evidence.

NON_PERFORMANCEDoes not identify communication strategies to encourage nurses to research a diagnosis, as well as strategies to collaborate with the nurses to access resources.BASICIdentifies communication strategies to encourage nurses to research a diagnosis, as well as strategies to collaborate with the nurses to access resources.PROFICIENTDescribes communication strategies to encourage nurses to research a diagnosis, as well as strategies to collaborate with the nurses to access resources.DISTINGUISHEDDescribes communication strategies to encourage nurses to research a diagnosis, as well as strategies to collaborate with the nurses to access resources. Additionally, notes specific benefits of strategies in helping to build professional competence or a positive professional relationship.

COMMENTS:

You did a great job describing communication strategies to encourage nurses to research the diagnosis as well as strategies to collaborate with the nurse(s) to access resources. I especially liked the structured mentoring strategy you discussed. Excellent work providing additional information about the benefits of strategies in helping to build professional competence or a positive professional relationship.

CRITERIA 2
Describe the best places to complete research and what types of resources one would want to access to find pertinent information for a diagnosis within the context of a specific health care setting.
COMPETENCYAnalyze the relevance and potential effectiveness of evidence when making a decision.

NON_PERFORMANCEDoes not identify where the best places to complete research and access resources to find pertinent information for a diagnosis.BASICIdentifies where the best places to complete research and access resources to find pertinent information for a diagnosis.PROFICIENTDescribes the best places to complete research and what types of resources one would want to access to find pertinent information for a diagnosis within the context of a specific health care setting.DISTINGUISHEDDescribes the best places to complete research and what types of resources one would want to access to find pertinent information for a diagnosis within the context of a specific health care setting. Notes one or more reasons for utilizing the places within the health care setting.

COMMENTS:

You did well describing the best places to complete research and access resources to find pertinent information for the diagnosis within the context of a healthcare setting. I like how you noted the reason(s) of accessibility for utilizing the place(s) with in the health care setting.

CRITERIA 3
Identify five sources of online information (medical journal databases, websites, hospital policy databases, et cetera) that could be used to locate evidence for a clinical diagnosis, and ensure three out of five are specific to the diagnosis.
COMPETENCYPlan care based on the best available evidence.

NON_PERFORMANCEDoes not identify sources of online information (medical journal databases, websites, hospital policy databases, et cetera) that could be used to locate evidence for a clinical diagnosis.BASICIdentifies less than five sources of online information (medical journal databases, websites, hospital policy databases, et cetera) that could be used to locate evidence for a clinical diagnosis, or one or more of the identified sources of online information is inappropriate for professional nursing practice.PROFICIENTIdentifies five sources of online information (medical journal databases, websites, hospital policy databases, et cetera) that could be used to locate evidence for a clinical diagnosis, and ensures three out of five are specific to the diagnosis.DISTINGUISHEDIdentifies five sources of online information (medical journal databases, websites, hospital policy databases, et cetera) that could be used to locate evidence for a clinical diagnosis, and ensures three out of five are specific to the diagnosis. Ranks the sources from most useful for nurses to least.

COMMENTS:

Excellent job identifying 5 sources of online information that could be used to locate evidence for a clinical diagnosis, and at least 3 out of the 5 were specifically helpful to your selected diagnosis. The CINAHL resource you provided looks like it would be very helpful! Excellent work finding these sources and ranking them in order of most useful.To reach a higher performance level, you needed to rank the sources in order of the most useful to the least helpful for nurses.

CRITERIA 4
Explain why the sources selected should provide the best evidence for the chosen diagnosis.
COMPETENCYInterpret findings from scholarly quantitative, qualitative, and outcomes research articles and studies.

NON_PERFORMANCEDoes not describe the sources selected.BASICDescribes the sources selected, but does not provide a full or clear explanation as to the relevance or usefulness of the sources selected within the context of the chosen diagnosis.PROFICIENTExplains why the sources selected should provide the best evidence for the chosen diagnosis.DISTINGUISHEDExplains why the sources selected should provide the best evidence for the chosen diagnosis. Notes criteria used to determine the relevance and usefulness of the sources.

COMMENTS:

Great job explaining why the sources selected should be provide the best evidence for the diagnosis of post-op pain. Excellent work noting the criteria used to determine the relevance and usefulness of the source. As you mentioned, peer review is very important when considering the source!

CRITERIA 5
Organize content so ideas flow logically with smooth transitions; contains few errors in grammar/punctuation, word choice, and spelling.
COMPETENCYApply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead practice changes based on evidence.

NON_PERFORMANCEDoes not organize content for ideas. Lacks logical flow and smooth transitions.BASICOrganizes content with some logical flow and smooth transitions. Contains errors in grammar/punctuation, word choice, and spelling.PROFICIENTOrganizes content so ideas flow logically with smooth transitions; contains few errors in grammar/punctuation, word choice, and spelling.DISTINGUISHEDOrganizes content with a clear purpose. Content flows logically with smooth transitions using coherent paragraphs, correct grammar/punctuation, word choice, and free of spelling errors.

COMMENTS:

What an excellently written scholarly paper. You have a very nice writing style that flows well and it easy to follow. Well done! Also, you may wish to check out the Learner Success Lab tab located along side of the course room as it’s full of writing resources: https://campus.capella.edu/school-of-nursing-and-health-sciences/nhs-learner-success-lab

CRITERIA 6
Apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references exhibiting nearly flawless adherence to APA format.
COMPETENCYApply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead practice changes based on evidence.

NON_PERFORMANCEDoes not apply APA formatting to headings, intext citations, and references. Does not use quotes or paraphrase correctly.BASICApplies APA formatting to intext citations, headings and references incorrectly and/or inconsistently, detracting noticeably from the content. Inconsistently uses headings, quotes and/or paraphrasing.PROFICIENTApplies APA formatting to in-text citations and references exhibiting nearly flawless adherence to APA format.DISTINGUISHEDExhibits strict and flawless adherence to APA formatting of headings, intext citations, and references. Quotes and paraphrases correctly.

COMMENTS:

Nice job overall with APA formatting. There were just a few items to improve upon, such as where and when to cite and writing conclusion paragraphs. Thank you for all your effort and time. Well done! If you would want to check it out, here’s a link to APA information: http://www.apastyle.org/learn/tutorials/basics-tutorial.aspx

There were many areas that needed citations. Without citing, the statements are only opinion, and not evidence, and in some cases could be considered plagiarism. Here is a resource to help: https://campus.capella.edu/web/writing-center/sour…

Paraphrasing

https://campus.capella.edu/web/writing-center/sources-and-evidence/quoting

Excellent Website for Paraphrasing

https://writing.wiscweb.wisc.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/535/2018/07/Acknowledging_Sources.pdf

APA requires an introduction and a conclusion paragraph along with headings that separate each section being addressed. Headings are to be centered and in bold (except for the intro heading). You can simply use the rubric’s sections as your headings. Even the conclusion paragraph should have a “Conclusion” heading. Use this link to see an example of an APA paper. http://www.apastyle.org/learn/tutorials/basics-tutorial.aspx

Health & Medical Question

Description

For this assignment you are to find an athlete, provide subjective and objective information for this athlete. You will identify the athlete, the sport that they play and what their goals are. You are to determine which subjective tests you will use on this athlete and why. Please be sure you follow all rules of APA formatting. This includes a title page, headers are capitalized, page numbers and most importantly a reference list along with in text citations.

Ppt new solve

Question Description

I’m working on a Health & Medical exercise and need support.

i want 11 slids The topic is about my training in the departments of the Maternity and Children Hospital in Najran

Discussion: Exploring Middle Range Theories and Framing Practice Issues

Description

Discussion: Exploring Middle Range Theories and Framing Practice Issues You will begin this Discussion by identifying a practice issue that will be your frame of reference as you analyze the theoretical basis of nursing practice. Be aware that your choice can potentially carry through the course, as you will continue to address this issue in the context of other types of theories in Week 3. This practice issue can also be one focus of your Module 3 exploration of evidence-based practice and quality improvement, and your Module 4 investigation of a critical practice question. Consequently, as you prepare for this Discussion, think carefully about your example for connecting middle range nursing theories to patient care. To prepare: Addressed each of the bullets below with a subtopic, all the references used must have an in-text citation in each paragraph. All Articles MUST BE PEER REVIEWED ARTICLES THAT MUST BE USED AND should come from USA and must be within last four years only that is from 2017 to 2021. Please do not begin a paragraph with author name(s) (PLEASE USE parenthetical/in-text citations APA format and 7 edition) Analyze your nursing practice for issues of particular interest or concern to you. Identify one issue as the focus of your application of theory to practice.( one of my practice issues in my work place as a nurse practitioner I am interested in improving the Hispanic population age 35 and above with Type II Diabetes through Self-Management Education.) SUCH AS; 1.Maintain a healthy weight. 2., Exercise regularly) MUST BE USED AS MY TOPIC OF INTEREST) Identify specific middle range theories that may apply to your practice issue and explain why. Be specific and provide examples. (1. JEAN WATSON ‘s theory OF HUMAN CARING, 2. Orem’s Self-Care Deficit Theory; MUST BE USED TO ADDRESS MY TYPE 2 DIABETES PATIENTS IN HISPANIC POPULATION) Consider how to frame your focus practice issue in terms of the middle range theories(WHICH ARE THE WATSON THEORY AND OREM’S THEORY) that you have selected. FOUR ARTICLES WILL BE DOWNLOADED TO YOUR WEBSITES WHICH THEIR REFERENCES ARE BELOW THAT MUST BE USED TO ASK THE ABOVE QUESTIONS. Thank you References Townsend, C. A. (2020). Concept Analysis of Caring: Jean Watson Philosophy and Science of Caring. Nebraska Nurse, 53(2), 14–15. https://web-a-ebscohost-com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org… Holly Wei, Fazzone, P. A., Sitzman, K., & Hardin, S. R. (2019). The Current Intervention Studies Based on Watson’s Theory of Human Caring: A Systematic Review. International Journal for Human Caring, 23(1), 4–22. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.20467/1091-5710.23.1.4 Gumbs, J. (2020). Orem’s Select Basic Conditioning Factors and Health Promoting Self-Care Behavior https://web-a-ebscohostcom.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/… among African American Women with Type 2 Diabetes. Journal of Cultural Diversity, 27(2), 47–52. Kline, K. N., Montealegre, J. R., Rustveld, L. O., Glover, T. L., Chauca, G., Reed, B. C., & Jibaja-Weiss, M. L. (2016). Incorporating Cultural Sensitivity into Interactive Entertainment-Education for Diabetes Self-Management Designed for Hispanic Audiences. Journal of Health Communication, 21(6), 658–668. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1080/10810730.2016.1153758

Unformatted Attachment Preview

Discussion: Exploring Middle Range Theories and Framing Practice Issues
You will begin this Discussion by identifying a practice issue that will be your frame of reference as you
analyze the theoretical basis of nursing practice. Be aware that your choice can potentially carry through
the course, as you will continue to address this issue in the context of other types of theories in Week 3.
This practice issue can also be one focus of your Module 3 exploration of evidence-based practice and
quality improvement, and your Module 4 investigation of a critical practice question. Consequently, as
you prepare for this Discussion, think carefully about your example for connecting middle range nursing
theories to patient care.
To prepare: Addressed each of the bullets below with a subtopic, all the references used must have
an in-text citation in each paragraph. All Articles MUST BE PEER REVIEWED ARTICLES THAT MUST BE
USED AND should come from USA and must be within last four years only that is from 2017 to 2021.
Please do not begin a paragraph with author name(s) (PLEASE USE parenthetical/in-text citations APA
format and 7 edition)

Analyze your nursing practice for issues of particular interest or concern to you. Identify one
issue as the focus of your application of theory to practice.( one of my practice issues in my
work place as a nurse practitioner I am interested in improving the Hispanic population age 35
and above with Type II Diabetes through Self-Management Education.) SUCH AS; 1.Maintain a
healthy weight. 2., Exercise regularly) MUST BE USED AS MY TOPIC OF INTEREST)

Identify specific middle range theories that may apply to your practice issue and explain why. Be
specific and provide examples. (1. JEAN WATSON ‘s theory OF HUMAN CARING, 2. Orem’s SelfCare Deficit Theory; MUST BE USED TO ADDRESS MY TYPE 2 DIABETES PATIENTS IN HISPANIC
POPULATION)

Consider how to frame your focus practice issue in terms of the middle range theories(WHICH
ARE THE WATSON THEORY AND OREM’S THEORY) that you have selected.
FOUR ARTICLES WILL BE DOWNLOADED TO YOUR WEBSITES WHICH THEIR REFERENCES ARE BELOW
THAT MUST BE USED TO ASK THE ABOVE QUESTIONS. Thank you
References
Townsend, C. A. (2020). Concept Analysis of Caring: Jean Watson Philosophy and Science of
Caring. Nebraska Nurse, 53(2), 14–15. https://web-a-ebscohostcom.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/ehost/pdfviewer/pdfviewer?vid=10&sid=447dbe13-09e1-4e86-90da09a12a3eafc5%40sessionmgr4007
Holly Wei, Fazzone, P. A., Sitzman, K., & Hardin, S. R. (2019). The Current Intervention Studies Based on
Watson’s Theory of Human Caring: A Systematic Review. International Journal for Human Caring, 23(1),
4–22. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.20467/1091-5710.23.1.4
Gumbs, J. (2020). Orem’s Select Basic Conditioning Factors and Health Promoting Self-Care Behavior
https://web-aebscohostcom.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/ehost/pdfviewer/pdfviewer?vid=16&sid=447dbe13-09e1-4e8690da-09a12a3eafc5%40sessionmgr4007s among African American Women with Type 2
Diabetes. Journal of Cultural Diversity, 27(2), 47–52.
Kline, K. N., Montealegre, J. R., Rustveld, L. O., Glover, T. L., Chauca, G., Reed, B. C., & Jibaja-Weiss, M. L.
(2016). Incorporating Cultural Sensitivity into Interactive Entertainment-Education for Diabetes SelfManagement Designed for Hispanic Audiences. Journal of Health Communication, 21(6), 658–668.
https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1080/10810730.2016.1153758
ID:ti0005ID:p0075ID:p0080ID:ti0015ID:p0085ID:p0090
The Current Intervention Studies
Based on Watson’s Theory of
Human Caring: A Systematic
Review
Holly Wei, PhD, RN
Patricia Anne Fazzone, DNSc, MPH, RN
Kathleen Sitzman, PhD, RN, CNE, ANEF, FAAN
Sonya Renae Hardin, PhD, RN, NP-C, FAAN
College of Nursing, East Carolina University, Greenville, North Carolina
Abstract: This article reviewed 19 intervention studies based on Watson’s Human Caring Theory between January 2005 and February 2018. The studies reviewed targeted on
promoting patients’, nurses’, and nursing students’ psychological health and patient care
experiences. Most (15/19; 78.95%) of the studies in this review indicated that Watson’s
caring science-based interventions could decrease patients’ emotional strains, increase
patients’ self-management confidence and emotional well-being, increase nurses’ job satisfaction and engagement, and improve nursing students’ confidence in the clinical performance and the awareness of caring behaviors. Nursing is a discipline that requires both
scientific knowledge and the art of human caring.
Keywords: Watson’s Human Caring Theory; caring science; intervention study; nursing; healthcare
Introduction
Watson’s Theory of Human Caring is a caring
science approach used to guide nursing practice, education, and research. Published in 1979,
Watson’s Theory of Human Caring (Watson,
1979) has planted a seed for postmodern nurse
caring and philosophy. Watson’s caring science
approach is meant to transform patient care from
a treatment-centered repair to a holistic mind–
body–spirit healing perspective (Sitzman & Watson, 2013; Watson, 2012). Healthcare organizations
and researchers have used Watson’s Theory of
Human Caring to guide their practice and interventions. Smith (2004) conducted a “Review of
research related to Watson’s Theory of Caring” in
2004. Since then, no systematic reviews on this
topic have been done.
An updated review of the literature about the
current interventional research projects based on
Watson’s Caring Theory is needed to meet the
gap. This article will provide an overview of the
intervention studies based on Watson’s Caring
Theory and help nurse clinicians, educators, and
researchers better understand the trend of caringbased research interventions, the effectiveness of
Pdf_Folio:4
4
International Journal for Human Caring, Volume 23, Number 1, 2019 © 2019 International Association for Human Caring
http://dx.doi.org/10.20467/1091-5710.23.1.4
ID:ti0020ID:ti0025ID:p0095ID:ti0030ID:p0100-p655ID:p0100ID:p0110ID:p0115ID:ti0040ID:p0125ID:ti0045ID:p0425ID:p0430
implementing Watson’s Human Caring Theory
principles, and the need for future knowledge
development. Therefore, the aim of this systematic
review is threefold: (a) to provide an overview of
published intervention studies based on Watson’s
Human Caring Theory between January 2005 and
February 2018; (b) to summarize the efficacy of the
interventions; and (c) to discuss the applicability
of the findings to nursing practice, education, and
research.
Methods
Design
This is a systematic review of the literature about
the current intervention studies based on Watson’s
Theory of Human Caring.
Search Methods
The search for this review followed the Preferred
Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and MetaAnalyses (PRISMA) guideline (Moher et al., 2009).
The first author worked closely with a research
librarian from the same university to ensure the
accuracy of the search process. The search process
included: (a) setting the purpose and the inclusion and exclusion criteria for the review; (b) selecting the databases and key terms for the search; (c)
conducting an initial search using the key terms
selected; (d) removing duplicates using a built-in
filter system of the university library databases; (e)
performing an initial screening based on the titles
and abstracts of the articles searched; (f) reading
the full-text of the remaining articles to do a final
screening based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria; and (g) searching for additional articles from
the reference list of the articles selected.
The databases used for the search included
MEDLINE via PubMed, CINAHL, MEDLINE
Complete, and PsycINFO. Search terms were a
combination of the following keywords and MeSH
terms: ”Watson’s Human Caring Theory” or ”Watson’s Theory of Human Caring,” ”intervention,”
and ”nurs*” for ”nurse,” ”nurses,” or ”nursing.”
The search query in PubMed included Watson
Human Caring Theory [Title/Abstract] OR Watson Theory of Human Caring [Title/Abstract]
AND Intervention [Title/Abstract] OR Strateg*
[Title/Abstract] OR best practices [Title/Abstract]
AND Nurs*. “Strateg*” denoted strategy or strategies. “Nurs*” was used to identify nurse, nurses, or
nursing. In PubMed, search terms can be searched
in both article titles and abstracts at the same time.
Pdf_Folio:2
Review of Caring Interventions
The search query for CINAHL, MEDLINE
Complete, and PsycINFO included TI [titles] Watson’s Theory of Caring OR TI Watson’s Caring Theory AND TI nurse OR TI nurses OR TI nursing
AND TI (interventions or strategies or best practices). The search query was repeated to search the
keys terms in abstracts (AB): AB [abstract] Watson’s Theory of Caring OR AB Watson’s Caring
Theory AND AB nurse OR AB nurses OR AB nursing AND AB (interventions or strategies or best
practices).
The inclusion criteria were that articles were
intervention studies based on Watson’s Human
Caring Theory, evaluated by outcome measures,
and published in English between January 2005
and February 2018. Articles were excluded if outcomes were not evaluated after caring interventions or case studies. The literature search was set
to recognize the search terms in titles or abstracts
of the articles.
Quality Appraisal
Quality appraisals of the studies included in
the review were conducted based on the Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development, and Evaluation (GRADE) tool (Guyatt et al.,
2011). The first author (HW) conducted the initial appraisal based on the studies’ methodologies,
consistencies, effect sizes, directness, and quality,
which was independently double-checked by the
second author (PF) for accuracy. Based on the
GRADE tool, an overall grade was given to each
study in a format of very low, low, moderate, and
high (Balshem et al., 2011; BMJ Clinical Evidence,
2018; GRADE Working Group, 2004). The grades
of quality appraisal were indicated in abstraction
Tables 1, 2, and 3.
Data Extraction and Synthesis
Data were extracted using a tabular table developed by the first author based on the purpose of
the study. Data extracted included the purpose of
the study, design, sample, setting, measurements,
interventions, and main findings of the studies.
The first author (HW) conducted the initial extraction, which was independently double checked by
the second author (PF) for accuracy.
Data synthesis was performed by grouping
studies based on the target population. The target population in this review was referred to as
5
Purpose
To examine the
effects of Watson
Caring Theory–
based care on
women’s distress,
perceived
self-efficacy,
adjustment to
infertility
To determine the
effects of a caring
intervention—a
3-minute back
massage at
bedtime on
patients’
perceptions of
nurse caring
To examine the
psycho-spiritual
influences of a
caring theorybased spiritual
intervention on a
cardiac population
ArslanOzkan,
Okumus, and
Buldukoglu
(2014) Turkey
Broscious,
Spigelmyer,
and
Breckenridge
(2015) USA
Delaney and
Barrere (2008)
USA
Quasiexperimental,
pre- and
posttest,
repeatedmeasures: T1 :
baseline; T2 :
right after
intervention;
T3 : 1 month
after
intervention
A quasiexperimental
design
Randomized
controlled
trial
Design
Caring Interventions Toward Patients
Authors/
Year/
Country
TABLE 1.
Pdf_Folio:3
Patients with
cardiovascular
disease Enrolled:
T1 : n = 46
Completed: T3 :
n = 13
Patients on an
inpatient
rehabilitation
nursing unit
Enrolled:
Int: n = 15
Con: n = 14 All
finished the
study
Women seeking
infertility
treatments
Enrolled:
Int: n = 60
Con: n = 60
Completed:
Int: n = 52
Con: n = 53
Participants
The State-Trait Anxiety
Inventory; The
Spirituality Scale
CBI
The Infertility Distress
Scale; The Turkish
fertility Self; Efficacy
Scale-Short Form; The
Turkish Fertility
Adjustment Scale
Measurements
A spirituality-based
intervention: Music
imagery sessions using
a CD, Blessings, to
promote relaxation,
spiritual awareness, and
feelings of appreciation
A 3-minute slow, gentle,
rhythmic back massage
with a uniform speed
and light pressure at a
rate of 60 strokes per
minute with a 2-in.
wide area
A Watson Caring
Theory caring-based
program: Four 45–90
minutes transpersonal
meetings/interviews
when participating
women came for
infertility treatments
Interventions
Grade Level of Evidence: Low
(Continued)
• No significant differences in anxiety or
spirituality at 1 month
T2 to T3 :
• Positive relationships between
spirituality-based music/imagery
intervention and patients’ psychological
and spiritual outcomes
Grade Level of Evidence: Very low
T1 to T2 :
• Both groups had similar responses. Three
themes emerged: offering hygienic
and comfort care; showing caring behaviors; and helping patients be relaxed and
comforted
Qualitatively:
• No statistically significant differences in
patients’ perceptions of nurse
caring between intervention and control
groups
Grade Level of Evidence: High
Quantitatively:
• No significant improvements in
distress, self-efficacy scores, or adjustment to infertility
Participants in the control (Con) group:
• Significant improvements in distress
(p < .001); self-efficacy scores (p < .001); and adjustment to infertility (p < .001) Participants in the intervention (Int) group: Results/Grade Level of Evidencea Purpose To evaluate the effectiveness of a theory-based program on women’s anxiety and distress due to failing fertility treatments To promote meaningful therapeutic relationships between hospital staff and patients Durgun Ozan and Okumus (2017) Turkey Pipe, Mishark, Hansen, Hentz, and Hartsell (2010) USA A pilot feasibility study with pre- and postintervention measures Randomized controlled trial Design Patients on a general medical unit of an academic hospital Enrolled: n = 19 Completed: n = 15 Women in infertility treatmentEnrolled:Int: n = 45 Con: n = 41 Completed: Int: n = 32 Con: n = 35 Participants Caring Interventions Toward Patients (Continued) Authors/ Year/ Country TABLE 1. Pdf_Folio:4 Linear Analog Self-Assessment Instrument; Medical Outcomes Study Social Support Survey; Herth Hope Index; Spiritual Well-Being Scale Spielberger’s State-Trait Anxiety Inventory; Distress Scale; Ways of Coping Questionnaire Measurements Watson Caring Theory– based program about Lifestory telling: Using a Tree of Life poster to portray sources of encouragement and enjoyment for patients including their memories, life events, family, and roots Watson Caring Theory– based nursing care program: Six sessions during the infertility treatment process at T1 —Pretreatment; T2— after Embryo Transfer; and T3—8th week follow up Interventions Grade Level of Evidence: Low • Improved significantly (p = .02) Spiritual well-being: (Continued) • Did not change significantly from admission to discharge Social support and hope index: • Significant improvements at discharge: overall QOL (p = .05), emotional well-being (p = .005), physical well-being (p = .02) Grade Level of Evidence: High The QOL: • Statistically significant differences between the groups on participants’ mean scores of anxiety, distress, ways of coping with stress, self-confident approach, optimistic approach, social support seeking approach, unconfident approach, or submissive approach (p < .001) After intervention at T2 and T3: • No statistically significant differences between intervention and control groups on participants’ mean scores of anxiety, distress, ways of coping with stress self-confident approach, optimistic approach, social support seeking approach, unconfident approach, or submissive approach Before intervention at T1: Results/Grade Level of Evidencea To evaluate the effectiveness of a holistic perioperative program on helping patients’ pain and anxiety To determine the effects of a caring theory–based care on anxiety, depression, hopelessness, and prenatal attachment of women after a pregnancy loss Sears, Bolton, and Bell (2013) USA Tektaş and Çam (2017) Turkey A longitudinal study design: T1 : before therapy T2 : after therapy T3 : postsurgery A randomized controlled trial Design Spielberger’s State-Trait Anxiety Inventory; An author-constructed six-item scale to evaluate the program The Beck Anxiety Scale; The Beck Depression Scale; The Beck Hopelessness Scale; The Prenatal Attachment Inventory Women who experienced a pregnancy loss: Enrolled: Int: n = 68 Con: n = 60 Completed: Int: n = 55 Con: n = 46 Measurements Patients coming to the hospital for surgery T1 /T2 : n = 111 T3 : n = 72 Participants Watson Caring Theory– based nursing care program: Five 30minute semistructured consultations during participants’ 10th/12th, 16th, 20th, 24th, and 28th weeks of pregnancy A holistic healing program based on Watson’s Theory of Caring: A 1-hour healing therapy in the perioperative suite of the hospital Interventions Grade Level of Evidence: High • Statistically significant differences between the groups on participants’ mean scores of anxiety, depression, hopelessness, and prenatal attachment (p < .001) After intervention: • No statistically significant differences between intervention and control groups on mean scores of anxiety, depression, hopelessness, and prenatal attachment Before intervention: Comparing anxiety at T1 and T3 : Significant reduction on the anxiety and physical pain (p = .001, respectively) Grade Level of Evidence: Moderate Results/Grade Level of Evidencea Notes. CBI = caring behaviors inventory; QOL = quality of life. aGrade Level of Evidence was based on studies’ following criteria: (a) methodology, (b) consistency, (c) directness, (d) effect size, and (e) quality, which was ranked from very low to high quality of evidence (Balshem et al., 2011; BMJ Clinical Evidence, 2018; GRADE Working Group, 2004; Guyatt et al., 2011). Purpose Caring Interventions Toward Patients (Continued) Authors/ Year/ Country TABLE 1. Pdf_Folio:8 One group, preand posttest design with repeated measures T0 : before intervention T1 : right after intervention T2 and T3 : 3 and 6 months after intervention respectively To study the feasibility, acceptability, and effects of a caring theory–based nursing educational program on a hemodialysis unit in Switzerland To compare perceptions of care before and after an educational session integrating Watson’s Caring Theory Delmas, O’Reilly, Iglesias, and Burnier (2016) Switzerland Desmond, Horn, Keith, Kelby, Ryan, and Smith (2014) USA A quasiexperimental preand posttest design Not specified in the article Authors evaluated the results of nurse caring efficacies pre and post a theory-based education program Design Caruso, Cisar, and To describe the Pipe (2008) USA outcomes of a caring theory-based educational approach in a hospital and outpatient clinic Purpose Staff nurses from 10 units of a community hospital n = 10 Nurses and patients on a hemodialysis unit Enrolled: Nurses: n = 9 Patients: n = 22 Completed: Nurses: n = 9 Patients: n = 16 A health system: Number of participants not provided Subjects Caring Interventions Toward Nurses and Allied Caregivers Authors/ Year/ Country TABLE 2. Pdf_Folio:9 The Caring Nurse-Patient Interaction Scale Nurse Version; HCAHPS scores The French version of the Treatment Acceptability and Preference Questionnaire; The French version of the Caring Nurse-PatientInter action Scale A questionnaire developed based on the Theory of Human Caring to assess nurses’ caring efficacy. Baseline: pre educational series Post: after the education series and 2 months later Measurements Results/Grade Level of Evidencea (Continued) A one-day caring Nurses: theory educational • Nurse’s confidence in caring seminar held attitudes and behaviors had statistically offsite in a home significant increases immediately as well setting as 6-months post the intervention education. Grade Level of Evidence: Moderate • Nurses demonstrated significantly higher humanism and were more sensitive to patients’ physical and spiritual needs Patients: An educational Nurses: program guided • The theoretical education program was by Watson’s offered at a great time of need Caring Theory: • The intervention was extremely acceptable Four sessions over and appropriate a period of 3 • The program contributed to humanistic weeks, lasting 3.5 nursing practice hours per session Grade Level of Evidence: Very low A Watson Caring Authors stated that the increase of nurses’ Theory–based caring efficacy was modest at the time of intereducation vention completion and 2-month follow-up program: A • No specific details of the increases were four-part provided education series in • The evaluation of the continuing a seminar format education program and attendance of the program were “good” according to the authors Interventions TABLE 2. Purpose To improve nurses’ satisfaction and retention by crafting a caring work environment Drenkard (2008) USA A quasiexperimental, between subjects, naturalistic, longitudinal study Design One healthcare system Int. units: four medical units Con. units: four surgical units Patients on pilot units: n = 134 pre and n = 155 post Comparison units: n = 141 pre and 127 post Employee survey 2004: n = 277 2006: n = 131 responded to both pre and postsurveys Subjects Caring Interventions Toward Nurses and Allied Caregivers (Continued) Authors/ Year/ Country Pdf_Folio:10 Nursing processes of medication administration; admission, discharge, and transfer; documentation process, and communication; The Caring Assessment Tool Version II; The Caring Factor Survey; The Healthcare Environment Survey; Employee opinion survey; The NDNQI RN satisfaction survey Measurements Grade Level of Evidence: Moderate • Scores were increased on nurses’ treating patients with courtesy and respect, and listening carefully to patients Hospital HCAHPS scores: Results/Grade Level of Evidencea Grade Level of Evidence: Moderate (Continued) • The caring interventions also improved nurses’ retention rates • No significant differences in patients’ perceptions of caring pre- or postinterventions • Nurse satisfaction scores improved significantly, especially on workload and relationships with coworkers • Patient satisfaction ranked excellent on the pilot units—from 9.9%–79.2% (pre) to 57.6%-98.7% (postinterventions) Phase I: a process Phase I: Time savings: improvement • Patients’ admission, discharge, and transphase Phase II: fer times decreased Four pilot units to • Average time to admit a patient decreased improve: (a) from 75.93 minutes to 56.13 minutes, medication an 18.2-minute reduction for admission administration; (b) • Nurses’ perceptions of time to admission, attend patients’ emotional and psychosodischarge, and cial needs improved by 16.2% transfer; (c) • Nurses’ perception of sufficient time for documentation; direct patient care improved by 13.1% and (d) communication Phase II: Interventions Not clearly specified Nelms, Jones, and To examine the Treiber (2011) USA effectiveness of a Watson Caring Theory–based program to decrease medication administration errors Norman, Rossillo, To describe the effects Not specified in and Skelton (2016) of a healing the article USA environment based on Watson’s Caring Theory Not specified in the article Patients were randomly selected into two intervention and control groups Design Dudkiewicz (2014) To determine the USA effects of a caring theory–based care approach on patient satisfaction Purpose The CBA tool; Patients were asked to rate their satisfaction with the hospital stay from 1 (not satisfied) to 5 (very satisfied) Measurements Hospital staff members HCAHPS scores; Employee engagement survey scores A medical unit No Comparing the specific number of number of participants given medication administration errors during and before the intervention Patients pending discharge hospital Group 1 (before Int.): n = 20; Group 2 (1 month after intervention): n = 20 Subjects Caring Interventions Toward Nurses and Allied Caregivers (Continued) Authors/ Year/ Country TABLE 2. Pdf_Folio:11 Using experiential teaching and learning to explore the nursing theory A Watson Caring Theory–based intervention: Nurses wore brightly colored sashes during the time of administering medication Eleven 40– 45-minute educational inservice training to inpatient nursing staff and four other departments —phlebotomy, dietary, environmental, and patient secretarial staff Interventions Grade Level of Evidence: Low (Continued) • Positive improvements in HCAHPS and employee engagement scores Grade Level of Evidence: Low • Still worried about other care obligations • Did not feel a difference in medication error-reporting Nurses reported: • Did not decrease medication administration errors Medication errors: Grade Level of Evidence: Low • Helping/trust and human needs assistance (p = .009 and p = .024, respectively) Two CBA subscales statistically significant improved: • Improved; but not statistically significant (p = .52) Patients’ perceptions of nurse caring behavior: • Statistically significant improvement 1 month after intervention (p = .013) Patients’ satisfaction with their hospital stay: Results/Grade Level of Evidencea To test the effectiveness of the Watson Caring Theory–based new nurse orientation program Phillips and Hall (2014) USA Subjects Comparative New graduate descriptive design nurses Int: n = 4 examining Con: n = 16 differences among two groups: nurses in a traditional orientation program and in the newly revised program Design Interventions Results/Grade Level of Evidencea Grade Level of Evidence: Low • No significant changes after the intervention. The Casey-Fink Watson Caring The intervention group: Graduate Nurse Theory-based • Statistically significant improvements Experience Survey nurse internship in competence and confidence scores program: A 12at 6 and 12 months in the following areas: month orientation program a. prioritizing patient care needs including a (p ≤ .05) 2-week classroom b. opportunities to practice skills and training, a procedures (p ≤ .05) specialty class c. level of comfort communicating training, a with patients and their families competency (p ≤ .05) checklist, a d. feeling excited and challenged by preceptorship the career (p ≤ .05) program, and six internship forums Retention rates: Measurements Note. CBA = caring behavior assessment; HCAHPS = hospital consumer assessment of healthcare providers and system; NDNQI = National Database of Nursing Quality Indicators. aGrade Level of Evidence was based on studies’ following criteria: (a) methodology, (b) consistency, (c) directness, (d) effect size, and (e) quality, which was ranked from very low to high quality of evidence (Balshem et al., 2011; BMJ Clinical Evidence, 2018; GRADE Working Group, 2004; Guyatt et al., 2011). Purpose Caring Interventions Toward Nurses and Allied Caregivers (Continued) Authors/ Year/ Country TABLE 2. Pdf_Folio:12 Purpose Evaluate the effectiveness of a ropes course and caring group experiences on nursing students Examine the effects of a caring theorybased teaching intervention on promoting students’ caring behaviors during the bloodpressure taking Validate a Watson Caring Theory–based simulation scenario in a psychiatric inpatient setting Birx, Wagstaff, and Van Patten (2008) USA Minnesota Baccalaureate Psychomotor Skills Faculty Group (2008) USA Hermanns, Lilly, and Crawley (2011) USA Study design was not specified in the article Students were asked to evaluate the simulation afterward Nonexperimental descriptive repeated measures design Nonequivalent control group pretest–posttest design Design Caring Interventions Toward Nursing Students Authors/Year/ Country TABLE 3. Pdf_Folio:13 A clinical group of 10 students: n = 10 Students who completed final evaluation tools: n=7 Junior-level baccalaureate nursing students in six nursing programs n = 60 Repeated measures analysis based on 59 students (1 missing data) Nursing students in a mental health course n = 68 Divided into eight groups: four intervention and four comparison groups Subjects An evaluation tool developed for the study by authors The Caring Ability Instrument; Group Cohesion Questionnaire; An open-ended questionnaire to gather reflections after the ropes course and caring group experiences Caring behaviors during blood pressure measurement Instrument; The role player survey of caring behaviors during blood pressure measurement instrument Measurements Based on the Watson Caring Theory, a simulation scenario was developed: A focused 30-minute psychiatric crisis scenario A 20-minute debriefing conference was conducted in the end Students watched two different versions of videotapes: One was endorsed by the Minnesota Division of the American Heart Association. Another one was made by the researchers of the study based on Watson Caring Theory Caring group and ropes course experiences were integrated into the first semester of an upperdivision baccalaureate nursing curriculum Interventions (Continued) “Now I know what to do” and “looking and seeing differently” Grade Level of Evidence: Low • The simulation was well received by students • Students indicated two main themes: Grade Level of Evidence: Moderate • Students demonstrated 84% of the caring items on the posttest versus 74% of the items on the pretest • Within-student pre- and post test scores on caring behavior measures demonstrated significant improvements (p < .01) Grade Level of Evidence: Very low • No significant differences between intervention and comparison groups on caring ability (p > .05) or group
cohesion (p > .05)
• Both groups showed improvements in posttests
Results/Grade Level of Evidencea
To study the
acceptability
and efficacy of
a Watson
Caring
Theory–based
education
program for
nursing
students in
Taiwan
Wu, Chin, and
Chen (2009)
Taiwan
A quasiexperimental
nonrandomized
two group preand posttest
design
Design
Full-time second
year RN to BSN
nursing students
in Southern
Taiwan Enrolled:
Int: n = 40
Con: n = 45
Completed:
Int: n = 35
Con: n = 33
Subjects
The CBA;
Qualitative
description to
evaluate the
caring course
Measurements
Intervention:
a 13-week
caring education program
based on Watson’s 10
caritas factors through
multiple teaching strategies
Interventions
Grade Level of Evidence: Moderate
Qualitative results indicated that a
caring education could help nursing
students by building caring behaviors
• Significantly higher scores
of caring behaviors after the
education program (p < .01) • Significantly higher scores of each of the CBA subscales except existential/phenomenological/spiritual forces (p = .13) • The subscales showing significant improvements: Humanism/faith-hope/ sensitivity (p = .01); Helping/trust (p < .01); Expression for positive/negative feelings (p < .01); Teaching/learning (p = .02); Support environment (p < .01); and Human needs assistance (p = .02) Students in the intervention group: Results/Grade Level of Evidencea Note. CBA = caring behaviors assessment. aGrade Level of Evidence was based on studies’ following criteria: (a) methodology, (b) consistency, (c) directness, (d) effect size, and (e) quality, which was ranked from very low to high quality of evidence (Balshem et al., 2011; BMJ Clinical Evidence, 2018; GRADE Working Group, 2004; Guyatt et al., 2011). Purpose Caring Interventions Toward Nursing Students (Continued) Authors/Year/ Country TABLE 3. Pdf_Folio:14 ID:p0435 ID:p0460 ID:ti0050 ID:ti0055 ID:p0440 ID:p0450 ID:ti0065 ID:p0465 ID:ti0060 ID:p0455 participants on whom intervention approaches were applied. Intervention approaches in this review were planned strategies that were intended to improve either nurses’ or students’ practice skills or patients’ difficulties lived such as anxiety, depression, pain, or hopelessness. Due to the heterogeneity of intervention approaches and study designs, data were synthesized narratively. The narrative synthesis was done according to a constant comparative method suggested by Miles, Huberman, and Saldaña (2014), based on which interventions and outcomes were compared across studies. The resulting synthesis included descriptions of the interventions, participants, interventions, and outcomes. Results General Characteristics of the Studies Reviewed The literature search was guided by the PRISMA (Moher et al., 2009) flow diagram. The initial search of literature retrieved 143 records. One hundred and twenty-one articles remained after duplicates were removed with database reference management filters. After titles and abstracts were screened, 38 articles were left for full-text assessment, after which 19 articles were included for review. The details of the search process are displayed in a PRISMA flow chart (Figure 1). Studies reviewed were conducted in various countries, including the United States (14 studies; 73.6

Nursing Question

Description

For this three-part assessment you will create a histogram or bar graph for a data set, perform assumption and correlation tests, and interpret your graphic and test results in a 2-to-3 page paper.

In this unit we focus on whether two or more groups have important differences on a single variable of interest. For example, for the dependent variable stress score, we may want to know if there is a difference in stress between males and females, or maybe we would like to know if there is a difference in stress levels between people who drink chamomile tea and those who do not, or maybe we would like to determine if a group of expectant parents is less anxious (this is the dependent variable) about the birthing experience after a series of discussions with experienced parents. In each of these examples we have two groups (two groups being compared or the same group being compared before and after), and one dependent variable that is being compared in each group. In this unit you will begin exploring popular statistical techniques (and their assumptions) that are used to compare two or more groups.

The independent t-test, also called unpaired t-test, is typically used in health care to compare two groups of individuals that are entirely unrelated to each other (that is, independent), thus the one group cannot influence the other group. For example, we may wish to compare a drug treatment group to a control group (those not receiving drug treatment) for a specific clinical characteristic (dependent variable) that can be measured at the interval or ratio level (such as cholesterol, depression scale, or memory test).

The dependent t-test, also called paired t-test, compares two groups for a dependent variable measured at the interval or ratio level as well; however, these two groups are in reality just one group. But because they are measured before and after an intervention, we consider them as two groups for analytical purposes. This group is considered dependent because nothing is expected to vary in the nature of the individuals being measured except as a result of the intervention, as the group is composed of the same individuals.

OVERVIEW

One of the most important steps along the researcher’s path to data analysis is to become familiar with the character of the raw data collected for the project. Before weaving the strands of data into an analytical story that is related to a study’s goals, researchers typically inspect the completeness and quality of the data with various visualization techniques (graphics), summary tables, and mathematical tests of quality (assumption tests), as discussed in Assessment 2. One of these latter tests is a correlation analysis. With this approach, the researcher performs a very basic series of exploratory tests on variable pairs to identify any potentially interesting (yet unknown) relationships between groups of data (variables). Correlational analyses are often later performed as part of the predetermined data analysis plan to answer a specific research question.

DEMONSTRATION OF PROFICIENCY

By successfully completing this assessment you will address the following scoring guide criteria, which align to the indicated course competencies.

Competency 1: Describe underlying concepts and reasoning related to the collection and evaluation of quantitative data in health care research.
Interpret the overall clinical meaning and limitations of the relationship of two variables, based on a correlation analysis and literature regarding age and stress.
Competency 2: Apply appropriate statistical methods using common software tools in the collection and evaluation of health care data.
Create a histogram and scatter plot for variables tested for normal distribution.
Perform a normal distribution assumption test for two variables to determine if data is normally distributed.
Perform an appropriate correlation test to determine the direction and strength or magnitude of the relationship between two variables.
Competency 3: Interpret the results and practical significance of statistical health care data analyses.
Interpret the effect size for correlation analysis results.
Competency 5: Address assignment purpose in a well-organized text, incorporating appropriate evidence and tone in grammatically sound sentences.
Articulate meaning relevant to the main topic, scope, and purpose of the prompt.
Apply APA formatting to in-text citations and references.
INSTRUCTIONS

For this three-part assessment, complete the following, referring to Yoga Stress (PSS) Study Data Set [XLSX], which you have used previously, as needed.

Software

The following statistical analysis software is required to complete your assessments in this course:

IBM SPSS Statistics Standard or Premium GradPack, version 22 or higher, for PC or Mac.

You have access to the more robust IBM SPSS Statistics Premium GradPack.

Please refer to the Statistical Software page on Campus for general information on SPSS software, including the most recent version made available to Capella learners.

Part 1: Graphic Representation of the Data from the Yoga Stress (PSS) Study Data Set
Create a histogram or bar graph (according to the measurement level of the data) of the following variables: Age, Education, Pre-intervention Psychological Stress Score (PSS).
Refer to the following resources as needed while creating your histogram:
SPSS Tutorials. (n.d.). What is a histogram? Retrieved from https://www.spss-tutorials.com/histogram-what-is-i…
SPSS Tutorials. (n.d.). Creating histograms in SPSS. Retrieved from https://www.spss-tutorials.com/creating-histograms…
Creating Histograms in SPSS.
Create a scatter plot of the following pair of variables: Age versus Pre-intervention Psychological Stress Score (PSS).
Refer to the following resources, as needed, while creating your scatterplot:
Displaying Relationships: Scatterplot.
Interpreting Scatterplots.
Part 2: Statistical Tests
Perform a preanalysis assumption test for a normal distribution test to determine if the data you intend to use for the correlation tests passes the assumption of being normally distributed.
You will use this test for Age and Pre-intervention Psychological Stress Score (PSS).
Perform the appropriate correlation test to determine the direction and strength or magnitude of the relationship between these two variables from Step 1.
Remember, we are not concerned about causation at this point and want to determine only if there is a statistical association.
Part 3: Yoga Stress (PSS) Study Paper
Include the histogram and scatter plot graphics you created earlier for Age and Pre-intervention Psychological Stress Score (PSS).
Provide an interpretation for these graphics.
Report the statistical outcome of the correlation analysis using appropriate scholarly style, including a brief interpretation of the effect size of the correlation.
Interpret the practical, real-world meaning (and limitations of the interpretation) of the relationship of these two variables based on the correlation analysis you performed.
Include the SPSS “.sav” output file that shows your programming and results from Parts 1 and 2 for this assessment.
Provide at least one evidence-based scholarly or peer-reviewed article that supports your interpretation.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Length: Your paper will be 2–3 double-spaced pages of content plus title and reference pages.
Font: Times New Roman, 12 points.
APA Format: Your title and reference pages must conform to APA format and style guidelines. See the APA Module for more information. The body of your paper does not need to conform to APA guidelines. Do make sure that it is clear, persuasive, organized, and well written, without grammatical, punctuation, or spelling errors. You also must cite your sources according to APA guidelines.

Adel 273

Description

Discuss about any one perspective of psychiatry and cite one mental disorder as an example to substantiate your assertion.Guidelines to complete the Discussion Task is as mentioned under: Post your original response by Wednesday (22-09-2021) at 11:59 p.m. Your response should be a minimum of 5 sentences but should not exceed 250 words. Appropriately cite any of the references that you use to fully answer the questions.

Neuroanatomy/physiology

Description

Come up with a creative way, such as a pneumonic device, a visual, or an analogy, to remember (a) the anatomical planes and (b) the anatomical orientations.Compare and contrast gray versus white matter along the several different dimensions discussed in the chapter.Summarize the process of neurulation and identify the neuroembryological elements that become the CNS and the PNS.1-2 sentences, describe where afferent and efferent white matter pathways are located in the spinal cord.

Health & Medical Question

Description

The purpose of Reflection-in-Action is to reflect upon what one has learned or how one has performed as compared with one’s expectations or goals. This assignment will provide an opportunity for students to share their experiences, thoughts, feelings and learning moments from this course. Self understanding through reflection on life experiences, feelings, etc., is a core concept in Dr. Jean Watson’s Theory of Human Caring.

The Reflection for this course must address at least three (3) of the following topics:

oLearning moments or activities from this course

oThoughts on evidence-based practice

oEvidence supporting Jean Watson’s Theory of Human Caring

oEthics in research

oProtecting human subjects in quality improvement or evidence-based practice projects

oUnderstanding or comfort level with statistics in nursing research and other research reports

oPerception of MSN graduates’ role in nursing research

oCreating and sustaining an Evidence-Based nursing environment

oAsking compelling, clinical questions

oLessons learned while conducting evidence-based literature review 2-4 page.

“A Stroke of Insight”

Description

Title: “A Stroke of Insight” Dr. Jill Bolte-Taylor was a neuro-anatomist or brain scientist at Harvard when she experienced a stroke. In the TED Talk below, she describes what it was like to experience this condition. After a long recovery, she wrote a book titled “A Stroke of Insight”. At the back of her book she included a list of important things to remember when caring for patients. Please read and reflect on each of the FORTY points. (See Attached) WATCH her TEDTalk and pay close attention to her description of the healthcare environment.Link to 40 Things List: 40 things.pdf download View the TED Talk Video of Dr. Jill Bolte-Taylor (19 minutes): https://www.ted.com/talks/jill_bolte_taylor_s_powe… Here’s your assignment answer the following questions:In the TED Talk, how does she describe her experience in the healthcare setting?List and define 4 medical terms that might be used when there is a medical diagnosis of a stroke.Select 3 of the most important points from Dr. Jill’s “Forty Things” List and explain why you believe they are important. (see attached list)

4 part process risk managment

Description

Select User
Anderson Maggie
Boatman Justin
Clayton Christina
Long Hunter
Long Brandon
McDermott Jahvad
Ray Kasie
Shivley Tanner
Smiley Matthew
Smith Ja’Quan
Van De Griff Tyler
Williams Darius

Risk Management: Four Part Process (Part 2 and 3)

PART 1: (DUE BY November 24th)

You will use the table feature inside the bar to help organize your thoughts with this portion of the assignment and so others will be able to understand it properly.

You will use Table 8.1 on page 151 to help setup this table. You will use information starting on page 150-151 to help work through each step of this table for your topic. These four basic steps will help determine the risks to the organization, prioritize them, and address the in terms of your risk management strategy.

Once you have designed your working table for your sports and recreational leisure activity, you will move on to part 3.

PART 3: (DUE BY November 24th)

You will go through 5 different people’s working table and give one piece of advice for change and explain why OR give one piece of advice that they should add and why. THERE ARE NO DUPLICATES ON ADVICE OF ANY KIND FOR EACH WORKING TABLE- OR NO CREDIT! Read through others advice in order to avoid this.

You will need to go to cn connect. com to login and view the others tables so you can comment on them. Here is the infor

Username- jboatman

Password-eagles 1

You will then click on the discussion tab and you will see all the others stuff.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

asterCraft
A
150 grated Risk Management for Leur Services
ALLIANCE INTERN
ISTRAR,
lovels, this struction can become a dangerous strainer
Figure 8.5 The vered with obstructions the one pictured word wanne
cured here the owvely benign and paddles y se over the
Moon
Asment of risks
wobby and pace
risk management model used in
Chigure 86). This model is con
other models of risk manage
Robinson, 2005, PUNCE,
Girls, 1993; Herman, 2009.
Pa
ferson and Oliver, 2004, P.
are as follows
Step 1: Identify the risks.
troduction
2 od
3.
.
impact, and severity)
Step 2: Assess the risks up
Step 3: Develop risk strategiese
Risk management
Injury, damage or loss (IL)
avoidance, transfer, retain)
Step 4: Evaluate and continually be
risks,
The risk management process describes
this chapter utilizes the working tablete
8.1) to determine the risks to the organizata
prioritize them, and address them in terms
the risk management strategy. This works
table is the key to the risk management
cess and the completion of the first and see
steps (identify and assess the risks) in best
management process. The value of the web
ing table is a key element in the risk manap
ment process. First the working table etable
the assessment and systematic ranking di te
Figure 8.6 The risk management model
discussed in this chapter is part of the integrated
risk management model used in this book and it
follows four basic steps, which is consistent with
most other models of risk management
INTERNATIONAL
STRAR, LLC
art
wa
Management
Conne
Probably
13
pat
on the ranking sess
ach to the recreation and
ce the risks Thind
ons have been made the work
es the best of the
allow for the calculation of the
eduction due to the modifica
cedurally, the first step in the risk
en pro dentifying the risks
ganation faces. These risks and their
es are entered in columns 1 and
For the working table. The second step in
A mungent process is assessing the
od or probability, that an incident will
Anand, if an incident occur, the
impact of the risk on the organization
5. Probability and impact are com
Aydedenied risks can be ranked in
Step 1: Identification of Risks
The first step in developing a risk management
plan is identifying the risks that could harm the
organlation and examining both internal and
external sources to determine the Weihood
that an incident will occur. When iting in the
working table (table), a recreation profes
sional lists the identified risks incolumn 1. The
following section is several types of risks that
are specific to organizations in the recreation
and park Beld. Normally, the risk management
process described in this chapter can be donet
the organizational program, or activity level
This enhances the usability of the process as a
program planning tool
Determining Hazards and Risks
A person developing a risk management plan
should think of the risks as events, ut
rences, hazards, or incidents that can happen
to an individual or an organization. Kaiser
and Robinson (2005) suggest that six types
of hazards are common to the recreation and
and to determine severity (column 7). Once
of severity on the organization
The third step in the risk management pro
is developing risk management strategies
ir mitigating potential losses. Two of these
argies–reduction and avoidance–focus
an reducing or eliminating the risks. Changes
brorganization makes to mitigate risks are
dicted in the effective probability (column
& effective impact (column 6), and effective
sont column 8). In addition, the measures
be organization takes can be used to deter
mine the effectiveness of the risk management
Bres
The fourth step in the risk management pro
is to continually evaluate and assess the
ks. The organization can modify and update
fe risk management plan based on previous
noidents and on additional risk management
actions taken
park field
• Environmental hazards are physical and
environmental hazards found in one’s
environment, such as slippery surfaces
dangerous plants or animals, weather
conditions, or water. These hazards are
similar to the environmental factors listed
in the underlying factors in chapter 6
Yates Dam and the strainers on the Clin
ton River are examples of environmental
hazards.
• Infrastructure hazards are hazards asso
ciated with facilities, buildings, roads,
recreation areas, and trails. They include
design, layout, and maintenance issues

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Writing a paper for me.

Description

Week 4 Abstracts: Quantitative and Qualitative

This week, you will submit summaries of quantitative and qualitative studies within the nursing field. The purpose of this assignment is to become familiar with published research, research designs, and methodologies.

For the assignment, you will select two original or primary research studies: one quantitative research study and one qualitative study related to the field of nursing.

You will write an abstract of each study.

The selected articles should be original research studies.

Review articles, concept analysis, meta-analysis, meta-synthesis, integrative review, and systemic review should NOT be used. Mixed-methods studies should not be used.

Assignment Instructions:

1.Your abstracts should begin with the APA Style reference to the research article that is reviewed

2.Your abstracts should be written in your own words. (The abstracts within the studies your choose will not answer all of the assignment questions.)

3.Your abstracts should be accurate, brief, clear, between 150–250 words each, and include only the most essential information.

4.Use current APA Style to format your paper and to cite your sources.

5.You are required to attach both research studies (the full articles) that you use to write your abstracts. The original research study articles may be copied onto a Word document or saved in a PDF format.

Address the following questions in each of your abstracts:

1. What type of research is it (quantitative, qualitative)?

2. What was the research question(s) or hypothesis?

3. What is the sample (population), the sample size, and sample attributes (characteristics)?

4. What is the setting (facility type, location, and country) of the study?

5. What were the researcher’s results and findings? (Identify one that clearly measures the dependent variable or objective of the research.)

Use current APA Style to format your paper and to cite your sources.

You are required to attach both research studies (the full articles) that you use to write your abstracts. The original research study articles may be copied onto a Word document or saved in a PDF format. NOTE: Because submission of the original articles is part of the assignment requirements and is necessary for grading, any assignment submitted without the accompanying articles will be considered incomplete. An incomplete assignment will be initially assigned a zero. The student has the opportunity to submit articles to complete the assignment.


RESPOND with a paragraph citations and references .

Description

Write a short (50-100-word) paragraph response for each question posed below. Submit this assignment as a Microsoft Word document.

Define CAM.
Describe the patient who uses CAM the most.
List some common misconceptions about CAM.
Identify methods of including the use of CAM in patient education.
Discuss the safe use of CAM.
List ways in which conventional medicine and CAM can be integrated.
Define ethical theories, ethical principles, and values.
Provide examples of ethical issues in patient education and compliance, and describe ways in which an effective professional/patient relationship and a poor health professional/patient relationship can impact these issues.
Explain what is meant by “ethical patient education practices”.
Explain the purpose of informed consent.
Discuss what factors determine the patient’s ability to give informed consent.
Compose a sample informed consent form. .
Discuss the process of communication to use with the patient and the family when obtaining informed consent.


HIM1442 Discussion Post

Description

To the layperson, toxicology is a seldom considered part of the science that is pharmacology. Despite this, poisonings are extremely common. When I was an undergraduate student at Arizona State University (ASU), I worked for the Banner Poison Control Center. My job was to take calls from citizens throughout Arizona and the Southwestern United States regarding minor poisonings (i.e., bee stings, scorpion stings, ant bites, pill identifications, etc. Major poisonings would be passed to the nurse or pharmacist on duty…) It really shocked me when I listened to all of the various ways that people could come into contact with toxicants. I once had a patient who poisoned herself by ingesting too much sugar and cinnamon.Question! After reading this modules information, what are your thoughts on toxicology and poisonings? Would you consider your home to be “poison proof”? If so, please share some of the strategies that you have employed to safe guard your home.250 words needed for answer!


Research legislation that has occurred

Description

Research legislation that has occurred within the last 5 years at the state or federal level as a result of nurse advocacy. Describe the legislation and what was accomplished. What additional steps need to be taken to continue advocacy for this issue?


read my assignment very well please

Description

please make sure to read before u get my assignmentthe attached have the questions which you must provide them to the workplease provide me work document which have the ideas to study them to the presentationit should be 10 mins longthank you for your help


Unformatted Attachment Preview

The main question for the personation
So please make it simple (simple idea, simple story, easy vocabs) do not
make very long page and half should be fine
“Tell me about the personal experience that inspired you to want to be a
Health Care professional?”
You will be asked to respond to the referenced question and others that may
occur during a job interview. The questions beyond the first will not be
distributed prior to class.
You will make a short five to ten minute presentation answering the question:

Tell me about the personal experience that inspired you to want to be a
Health Care professional?”
Submit it to in different word doc pleasez
Questions will ask after personations
U need to answer hem with 2-4 sentence with simple words
>>
“What event(s) or person(s) you have encountered in your life up to
now, have had the most influence on why you find yourself pursuing a
career in Health Care?”
Some typical follow-up questions:







What activities do you enjoy outside work hours?
Where would your dream trip take you?
What type of volunteer activities provide you with the most satisfaction?
If you could have a cup of coffee with anyone in the world, living or dead,
who would it be and why?
How have you approached a conflict between two close friends?
To what role do you aspire in the Health Care industry?
Why are you here today?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Community Reply

Description

Only one comment for each attachment. Expose your opinion about each one.A minimum of 2 references (excluding the class textbook) no older than 5 years must be used. If you use the textbook as a reference will not be counted. Every reference that you present in your assignment must be quoted in the assignment.Please make sure you use spell check before you post your assignment and replies.Is very important no Plagiarism


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Running Head: MEN’S HEALTH
1
Maria Lazarte
Florida National University
Nursing Department
BSN Program
NUR 4636 – Community Health Nursing
Prof. Eddie Cruz, RN MSN
Nov 12, 2019
MEN’S HEALTH
2
1.
Significant indicators of men’s health are based on mortality, morbidity, and
longevity rates. Longevity is the life expectancy of any living organism; in the case of
men the life expectancy has increased by 15%, however, this is not related to the
quality of life of men, because, currently, men seem to have more diseases during
elderly, than two decades ago. On the other hand, mortality in men is related to violent
acts, substance abuse, cancer, and heart problems. Apparently, the first causes are
related to the increased consumption of alcohol, tobacco, and drugs. To this are added
factors such as poverty and the absence of health services (IDPH, 2016).
Mortality allows health organizations and health institutions to identify male
causes of death nationally and internationally. Specifically, in the United States, the rate
of male mortality exceeds the female mortality rate by 29%. Some researchers suffer
that it is because men link more easily with violent acts than women. As for the causes
of death of men, cancer and heart problems are prevalent; although currently, diabetes
is progressively overcoming the first two causes, unlike these diseases, diabetes is
preventable, controllable, and monitoring. As for the events that do not include violence
or diseases, men are involved in 50% more car accidents than women, in most cases
caused by speeding, alcohol consumption, mental problems, and drug use (IDPH,
2016).
Morbidity is the identifier of the relationship between sick and healthy people in a
population. Men have lower disease indicators than women but a higher mortality rate.
Most men perceive their health as stable, favorable, and controlled, even if they have
diseases and are under treatment. However, there is a direct relationship between
MEN’S HEALTH
3
fewer sick men than women, since men have lower rates of attending a medical
consultation than women; For every ten women, three men consult their doctors for
health problems (IDPH, 2016).
2.
Some of the physiological factors that have an impact on men’s health are the
male immune system. Studies show that the male immune system is more deficient in
facing viruses than women; they also have incubation cycles longer than women. For
example, a virus began the process of infection and exit of the body in an average of 18
days, but, in the case of men, it is an average of 23 days. On the other hand, brain cells
or neurons have lower life expectancies compared to women, because they are
exposed to situations of alcohol, tobacco, and drug use more than women (Webb,
2017).
The psychological factors that affect men’s health are associated with problems
such as Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s. There seems to be a relationship between
demyelination and male DNA. However, so far, there is no conclusive relationship. Posttraumatic stress disorder due to war activities, kidnappings, fires, homicides and related
activities seems to have a more significant impact on the male population, because,
they are socially conditioned to be power figures (Webb, 2017)
3.
Men can reduce barriers and improve their health by reducing their risks taken. It
is essential that from the promotion of health, the organizations aim to strengthen the
care, prevention, and consumption of self-care in the male population. The lack of
MEN’S HEALTH
4
attending medical consultation is one of the main problems that increases the
deterioration of men’s health; therefore, implementing strategies that encourage them to
ask for help would reduce the impact of many unfavorable health situations. Another
important aspect is to link them with psychological and psychiatric services, especially
for those ex-combatants, ex-police officers, ex-firefighters, who from their experience
could accumulate hundreds of feelings that finally explode mental disorders of
depression, anxiety, and stress disorder post-traumatic (PAHO, 2015)
4.
Other factors that promote men’s health are the decrease in tobacco, alcohol,
and drug use. Prevention strategies are more comfortable to promote in communities
than intervention strategies, which force people or communities to restructure their life
patterns. Encouraging men to reduce the consumption of these toxic substances
decreases the symptoms of hypertension, cancer, and diabetes, also allows them to
develop self-care and prevention behaviors against other diseases. Likewise, men
should be encouraged to attend monthly and annual checks to detect any symptoms or
signs that may reflect deterioration in health. Cardiac death in the male population can
be reduced from desirable behaviors such as proper nutrition, decreased consumption
of toxic substances, periodic exercise, and preventive controls (Nies & McEwen, 2014).
Normalizing self-care behaviors among men allows them to ask for medical help
without shame or guilt. For this, there are different programs and organizations that fight
to link men to the health system from good practice, education and competent
professionals. For example, American Assembly for Men in Nursing emerges with a
basic program of progressive inclusion of men to the health system, until today it
MEN’S HEALTH
5
becomes one of the scientific and academic references on men’s health at the national
level (Nies & McEwen, 2014).
References
Nies, M. A., & McEwen, M. (2014). Community/Public Health Nursing: Promoting the
Health of Populations. (6th Edition) St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Health Sciences.
(2016). Men’s Health – Top 10 Causes of Death in Men. Retrieved from
http://www.idph.state.il.us/menshealth/healththreats.htm
Webb , G. (2017). Influence of physiological factors on the age-related increase in blood
pressure in healthy men. – PubMed – NCBI. Retrieved from
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/9415117
PAHO. (2015).Risk factors in health and disease Retrieved from
https://www.eupati.eu/pharmacoepidemiology/risk-factors-health-disease/
Running Head: Men’s Health
1
Taymir Torres
Nursing Department
BSN Program
Community Nursing
Nov 12, 2019
Prof. Eddie Cruz, RN MSN
Florida National University
Men’s Health
2
1. The major indicators of men’s health status would be their longevity, mortality and
morbidity. Longevity can be summarized as a person’s life expectancy. For men and
women, the rate of longevity has increased over the years. Longevity means long life.
There are many factors that can influence the longevity of a man and his health. In most
men, the major causes of death in the United States has been related to men with heart
disease and cancer. Studies have shown that men who live in poorer populations,
especially those that are minorities, do not live a longer life than someone who resides
in a better population (Woo & Zajacova, 2014).
Mortality is another major indicator in men’s health. In the United States, the
male mortality rate exceeds the rate of women in each leading cause of death. Heart
disease is the most common cause of death among men next to cancer. Unintentional
deaths among men is also very common. Some of these deaths can be preventable.
The injuries commonly related to these deaths range from falls, fires and even impaired
driving (Woo & Zajacova, 2014).
Morbidity is another indicator of men’s health. Men usually perceive themselves
as if to be in better health than women. Most men would rate their health as excellent or
in good standing, even though they know they are not. Morbidity is can best be
described as the condition of being diseased or the rate of a disease within a general
population. Some of the common indicators of morbidity rates are having a chronic
condition that has been affecting the individual for a minimum of 3 months (Woo &
Zajacova, 2014).
Men’s Health
3
2. Some of the physiological factors that have an impact on men’s health can be the
male immune system. Studies have shown that the male immune system is weaker
than that of a woman. Also, the male brain cells die faster than women’s brain cells.
This is due to the process of aging (Norris, Murray,Triplett et al, 2016).
Psychological factors that impact the health status of men may be the role of
male power or reckless behavior. Peer pressure plays an important part of
psychological factors among men. Men tend to put themselves at higher risks for
injuries. An example of this would be a man participating in a contact sport. Men have a
higher rate of having an unintentional accident, causing an injury and ending up
hospitalized. Statistics shows that men like to driver faster than women, hence, the
increase in higher rates of mortality. Men are also much likelier to be involved in a
violent crime. Studies have homicide is the fifth leading cause of death among black
men (Norris, Murray,Triplett et al, 2016)..
3. Men can reduce barriers and improve their health by reducing their risks taken. Men
should facilitate visiting their physicians on a regular basis. Men tend to lack health
promotion and that leads to major concerns down the road. A lot of men do not like to
go to the doctor for whatever reason. Others do not like to go to the doctor because
they feel they cannot afford medical care. Certain men may only go to the doctor to get
a check up if it is covered by their insurance plan through their employer. Most men do
not go to the doctor to get checked because they feel they would lose a day’s pay by
visiting the clinic. However, there are clinics that offer services after normal business
hours. Some of these walk-in clinics can be found in places like shopping plazas, malls,
Men’s Health
4
and local pharmacies. There are also urgent care centers that are open later hours to
accommodate their patients who work during normal business hours (Pongiglione &
Sabater, 2016)
4. Other factors that promote men’s health are the reduction of smoking and drinking
alcohol. Men can learn to take preventative measures and go for routine check ups
related to their blood pressure, cholesterol, prostate exams, eye exams and dental
exams. Because the leading cause of deaths among men is heart disease, men should
take precautions to prevent it from happening. Routine check up for cancer should also
be performed since it is another major cause of death amongst men. By getting checked
regularly, men have a much better chance at living a longer, healthier life and avoiding
chronic illnesses and diseases (Sanderson & Scherbov., 2017).
There are several programs available for men that promote wellness and health.
One of these programs is known as the American Assembly for Men in Nursing. The
program sponsors issues regarding men’s health and men’s work environments
(Sanderson & Scherbov., 2017).
Men’s Health
5
References
Norris, Murray,Triplett et al. (2016). Gender roles in persistent sex differences in
health-related quality-of-life outcomes of patients with coronary artery disease. Gender
medicine.; 7: 330-339
Oksuzyan (2018). Sex differences in health and survival. En: A Demographic
Perspective on Gender, Family and Health in Europe. Holanda: Springer. 2018; p. 65103.
Pongiglione B, & Sabater A. (2016). The Role of Education at Young and Older Ages in
Explaining Health Inequalities in Europe. Population, Space and Place.; 22: 255-275.
Sanderson W, & Scherbov S. (2017). Gender Inequality in Survival at Older Men. IIASA
Working Paper. IIASA, Laxenburg, Austria: WP-17-002
A (2014). Why Self-Rated Health Predicts Mortality, Incidence, Morbility Less Well at
Older Ages: Physical and Mental Health Correlates of Self-Rated Health.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Write 1 and half page report

Description

Managers will need to be able to direct both RCM and Cost Containment activities for their organizations to survive and thrive. The assignment on Cost Containment needs to focus on one of the major cost categories for healthcare providers and the practical solutions being used to contain/cut these.

Be clear that this assignment is not about how to lower Patient Costs or lowering the price of care from the government or publics’ perspective. This is focused solely on reducing/containing a provider’s business operating costs/expenses below the expected reimbursement levels..

MAJOR COST TOPICS:
• Salaries & Benefits:
 Reducing layers of managers
 Benefits management issues (incl. health insurance)
 Outsourcing vs in-house
 Overtime and sick time
• Supply Chain Management and/or Materials Management
 Group Purchasing
 Inventory Management
• Pharmaceutical Costs (very political)
 Different Delivery Models
 340B
 Working with physicians
• IT Interoperability (must include consideration of both Capital and operational costs)
• Physician Contracts and Compensation
• Energy, Utilities and Waste Management

Ideally your report will cover:

• Current/historical costs;
• Prior efforts to contain these and any limitations;
• New efforts being considered or having been successful;
• What is needed to achieve the goals
• Your assessment


Nutrition 5 Exercise and Nutrition

Description

Module 05 Assignment – Exercise and NutritionNutrition plays an essential role in supporting fitness and exercise. If you increase your level of physical activity, your need for nutrients and calories will also increase. In addition, the foods you eat before and after you exercise will have an impact on your performance during the physical activity and on your recovery afterward.Perform some library research, and in a 2-3 page paper written in APA format using proper spelling/grammar, address the following:
Describe the importance of pre- and post-exercise nutrition choices. Provide examples of foods that are appropriate selections for each category.
Explain how foods and nutrients (including fluids and electrolytes) help improve a person’s performance during physical activity and their recovery afterward.
Consider your responses to items 1 and 2 above, and suggest an appropriate nutritional plan for a physically active person. Be sure to explain what the person should consume in an average day to support their caloric and nutritional needs.
Cite at least 2 credible references and present the resources in APA format on the References page.


MSN-FP6107 Assessment 3: Curriculum Evaluation

Description

Overview

Create a 15–20 page curriculum evaluation that incorporates the curriculum analysis and course design you created for Assessments 1 and 2.

Assessment Instructions

You will use the work you completed for Assessments 1 and 2 as parts of this assessment. Combine Assessments 1 and 2, and add a section about curriculum evaluation. The evaluation you create should flow smoothly as one cohesive document. When combining the previous assessments, make revisions based on feedback you received from faculty.

REQUIREMENTS

Consider curriculum evaluation and address the following:

Explain the importance of ongoing curriculum evaluation, why it is important, and for whom it is important.
List criteria that are important to consider in curriculum evaluation.
Explain how and why pilot testing can be used in curriculum evaluation.
Provide examples of both short-term and long-term curriculum evaluations for process improvement, and explain why are both types necessary to curriculum development.
Describe how to apply evidence-based nursing concepts, theories, and best practices to improve curriculum development.
Identify the appropriate accreditation body for a selected curriculum and describe appropriate accreditation evaluation criteria.
For example, a school of nursing might be accredited by CCNE or ACEN, whereas a hospital staff development program might be accredited by JCAHO, HFAP, or others.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

To achieve a successful project experience and outcome, you are expected to meet the following requirements:

Written communication: Written communication is free from errors that detract from the overall message.
APA formatting: Resources and citations are formatted according to current APA style and formatting.
Number of resources: Cite a minimum of five resources that are not included in the Suggested Resources for this assessment.
Length of evaluation: 15–20 typed double-spaced pages, excluding the title page and the reference page.
Appendix: Included appropriate material from Assessments 1 and 2. The appendix will not be included in the page count.
Font and font size: Times New Roman, 12 point.


Design a brochure in Word format (3-4 pages max.) to educate people in your community about smoking.

Description

You are in a Health team of a Local Health Department in your area. Design a brochure in Word format (3-4 pages max.) to educate people in your community about smoking.

Your brochure should have a Heading, Introduction of the problem, Main reasons for the problem, and recommended preventive strategies

Guide Line:

Font should be 12 Times New Roman
Heading should be Bold
The color should be Black
Writing should be justified with appropriate references minimum three references
avoid plagiarism
Line spacing should be 1.5


Answer Case Study!!

Description

A hospital in a small town in middle America has been struggling with an information system intended to store patient records. Problems include: complicated data entry , confusing data organization and inability to retrieve data that relate to common populations served by the hospital. So far ,healthcare providers who have been trained in accessing data include physicians, nurses and pharmacists. The proprietary system’s technicians have been called in as consultants to help to figure out how to work with the system. Identify four priorities for consultants and propose at least one possible solution for each. Who should have been included in the team that assessed systems before one was chosen ?Why…..Provide a response in a Word document of 350 to 500 words and APA Style writing. Support your discussion with evidence from the professional literature. Two (2) peer reviewed journal articles required. USE YOUR OWN WORDS!! NO PLAGIARISM!!


Peer replies

Description

you are expected to reply to two other students on and include a reference that justifies your post. Your reply must be at least 3 paragraphs.


Unformatted Attachment Preview


iscuss the role of the nurse in quality improvement
Nursing is one of the professionals closest to the patients and is a social representative of
the interest of the hospital environment on the welfare and care of society, therefore, it is
considered that nurses must maintain and ensure the exercise of moral principles, even in
conflict. This can be a challenge (Lemus, 2018).
However, the commitment of nurses as integral human beings is to overcome the
adversities of the hospital environment and even personal, to offer every day the best quality of
services to patients. Also, it is up to nurses, as health professionals, to appropriate the individual
and collective responsibility of offering users the best quality in nursing. These duties may not be
the easiest to fulfill, and even more, when nurses are involved in moral dilemmas, such as
recognizing that the health model tends to benefit the quality of the services offered to users with
better economic, political, economic or social positions (Masters, 2017).
For this reason, there is no doubt that the questioning about nursing practice and the
implications of this is a constant influence in the quality of hospital services for the patients.
Therefore, as professional and moral subjects, nurses are able to generate and take advantage of
appropriate health practices with the purpose of offering the maximum quality indiscriminately
for each of the patients (Masters, 2017).

Describe nursing-sensitive measurements and why they are important in Nursing care
delivery.
“NQF-15” are 15 performance measures for nursing, which focus on the system, the
patient and the nursing. That is, it is a National Voluntary Standards consensus that guarantees
nursing care for the care of different needs; measures of action, 1-Death of surgical patients
admitted with serious problems, but, treatable, that is to say, failure in the execution of the
nursing maneuvers; 2-Prevalence of pressure injuries; 3-Prevalence of falls; 4-Falls with injury
(National Quality Forum, 2014).
5-Prevalence of fastenings; 6-Infection of the urinary tract as a result of probing in
patients admitted to intensive care units (ICU); 7-Sepsis associated with central venous catheter
in patients admitted to ICUs and high-risk patients admitted to Maternal and Child Units 8.
Pneumonia associated with mechanical ventilation for patients admitted to ICUs and in Maternal
and Child Units (National Quality Forum, 2004)
National Voluntary Standards Consensus for nursing care directed to the needs: action
measures; 9-Support to quit smoking for cases of acute myocardial infarction, 10-Support to quit
smoking for cases of heart failure; 11-Support to quit smoking for cases of pneumonia; 12-Mix
of skills for registered nurses (RN); 13-Hours of nursing care per patient per day; 14-Work
environment scale; and 15-Voluntary rotation (National Quality Forum, 2014).
References
Lemus. (2018). Impact on Quality and Patient Safety: The New Shortage of Healthcare
Professionals. Journal for Healthcare Quality,24(2), 45-47. doi:10.1111/j.19451474.2002.tb00420.x
Master, K. (2017). Role development in professional nursing practice. Burlington, MA:
Jones & Bartlett Learning.
National Quality Forum. (2004). USA. National quality forum reports. International
Journal of Health Care Quality Assurance,16(6). doi:10.1108/ijhcqa.2003.06216fab.009
1.
The professional practice of nursing implies the responsibility of its judgments and
actions and is governed by the legal and ethical aspects of the discipline. Failure to comply with
legal obligations leads the professional to penalties that can range from an administrative nature
to those of a penal nature. Therefore, the role of the nurse to improve the quality of health care is
based on compliance with the aspects considered quality guarantors, necessary for the patient’s
well-being and to avoid adverse health effects such as: falls, re-interventions, infections ,
pressure ulcers and dissatisfaction with the treatment received, all situations that have an impact
on the costs associated with complications, affect the institutional and professional image and
lead to legal implications such as civil and penal liability (Gallagher, 2019).
On the other hand, the role of nurses is directly related to quality since they are perceived
as providers of satisfaction. Patient satisfaction is related to the perception of the quality of care
they receive. When patients disagree with the quality of care, they can be unconformed.
Therefore, health institutions have implemented strategies that give better results in the health of
patients and their families, increasing satisfaction with adequate care (Stone, 2017).
Therefore, quality is considered in two dimensions. First, the technical quality that
requires the competencies and responsibilities of nursing professionals to apply their knowledge
and skills in all the care they offer and interpersonal quality understood as the dignified treatment
that distinguishes nursing care and whose characteristic features are communication, trust, and
respect. That is, nurses from their activities must demonstrate and offer their best skills,
demonstrate effective communication, build trust, and offer respect (Stone, 2017).
2.
National Quality Forum (NQF)-Endorsed nursing-sensitive measurements for effective
monitoring to ensure care and care in the healthcare environment .
Patient-centered measures. First, deaths due to preventable complications in the surgical
unit; Second, occurrence of pressure ulcers during the hospital stay; Third, occurrence of daily
falls of hospitalized patients; Fourth, falls of hospitalized patients with injuries; Fifth,
hospitalized patients with mobility limitations by vest; Sixth, occurrence of patients with urinary
catheter due to infection in the ICU; Seventh, case of infection of the bloodstream in patients
with intravenous catheter in the intensive care unit; Eighth, pneumonia as a result of the use of
fans in the intensive care unit(NQF, 2004).
System-centered measures. First, Skill mix, Percentage of registered nurse, licensed
vocational / practical nurse, unlicensed assistive personnel, and contracted nurse care hours to
total nursing care hours; Second, daily care hours to care for each patient, number of daily RNs
and number of hours in patient care vs. the number of patients and care needs; Third, indicator of
nursing work-practice environment consisting of 5 sub-scales, 1) participation of nurses, 2)
quality assumptions, 3) indicators of the Manager’s commitment -nursing with nurses, 4)
disposition of nursing staff and medical resources, 5) collegiality of nurse-physician relations
(NQF, 2004).
References
Gallagher , R.M. (2019). “Participation of the advanced practice nurse in managed care and
quality initiatives,” in Joel, L.A. Advanced Practice Nursing: Essentials for Role
Development, Second Edition. Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis Company.
Stone, P.W., et al. (2017). “Nurse Working Conditions and Patient Safety Outcomes,”
Medical Care, 45(6): 571-578.
NFQ . (2004). National Voluntary Consensus Standards for Nursing-Sensitive Care: An
Initial Performance Measure Set. Washington, DC: National Quality Forum.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Complete Short Community Health Dosc

Description

Violence involving individuals, families, schools, our communities and youth/gang violence are serious public health issues today. What is the CDC’s approach to resolve these health issues?See: CDC’s statistics and approach to public health violence. http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention) Share your opinion of other possible approaches and solutions


Week 12 DQ#1- Rob

Description

https://www.medicare.gov/nursinghomecompare/search.html?Week 12 DQ #1Using the links provided this week and others you find, how can resources such as these be used to help families decide on the most culturally appropriate care settings for loved ones?Please answer the following Question in a minimum of 100 words and include citations and references.


Deliverable 3 – Editing and Formatting Microsoft Word Documents

Description

Competency

Evaluate consequence-based moral theories.

Instructions

Creating the perfect boss
Your company, Ye Old Paper Mill, recently experienced some organizational chart changes, mostly related to management positions. After posting low profits and even lower employment satisfaction scores, the CEO decided it was time for a change. The CEO, who prefers consequentialist views when it comes to ethical decisions, approached you, along with the rest of the human resources department, and tasked the team with weighing consequentialist ethical theories and selecting which theory would be best for potential managers. For this assessment, you will draft a proposal that addresses the following questions:

What are key features of consequentialist theories?
What are the differences between the consequentialist theories?
How does happiness and pleasure factor in to these theories? Remember employee satisfaction is at an all-time low.
What are the pros and cons of each view for the company if the majority of its employees would follow one of the particular theories?
Would it be possible for a manager, who follows a different ethical perspective, to effectively manage subordinates who follow a particular consequentialist theory?
Select and defend which consequentialist theory for management would be best for the company.

Your properly formatted proposal will need to include the following sections:
Introduction: Explain why you are sending this proposal. Provide an overview of the issue and discuss the task from the CEO.

Address the questions listed above with applicable support and research
Conclusion: In this part, you will wrap up the proposal and select and defend which consequentialist theory for management would be best for the company.
Proper Proposal Formatting: This a professional document and needs to be structured as a proposal and not as an essay. You will still need to supply both in text and full citations for the sources of your information. If you need further assistance with how to structure a proposal, click on this link.

Grading Rubric

0 0 80 90 100
No Pass No Pass Competence Proficiency Mastery
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate identification of the key features of consequentialist theories and differentiation between the theories. Identifies the key features of consequentialist theories and provides differentiation between the theories with basic supporting evidence. Identifies the key features of consequentialist theories and provides differentiation between the theories with supporting evidence. Identifies the key features of consequentialist theories and provides thorough differentiation between the theories with strong supporting evidence.
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate explanation of how happiness and pleasure factor in to these theories Explains how happiness and pleasure factor in to these theories with some supporting information Explains how happiness and pleasure factor in to these theories with strong supporting information. Explains how happiness and pleasure factor in to these theories with well-integrated, strong supporting information.
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate assessment of the pros and cons of each view for the company if the majority of its employees would follow one of the particular theories. Assessment of the pros and cons of each view for the company if the majority of its employees would follow one of the particular theories, minor issues present. Developed assessment of the pros and cons of each view for the company if the majority of its employees would follow one of the particular theories. Thorough and detailed assessment of the pros and cons of each view for the company if the majority of its employees would follow one of the particular theories.
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate selection and defense of which consequentialist theory for management would be best for the company. Selects and defends which consequentialist theory for management would be best for the company with basic supporting evidence. Selects and defends which consequentialist theory for management would be best for the company with supporting evidence. Selects and defends which consequentialist theory for management would be best for the company with strong supporting evidence.
Not Submitted Document attempts to utilize proposal formatting, but with major errors. Missing parts of the required pieces. Document uses proposal formatting, but has items out of order, inconsistent professional tone, or pieces missing. Document utilizes proposal formatting, with a few errors or pieces missing. Professional in tone. All elements of a properly structured proposal are present: Professional in tone.


writing about food

Description

This has two parts (answer both!):1. Discuss (200 words minimum) an example of a technology of control or exploitation from class discussions and readings. This might be, for example, controlling people (and their choices!), managing production and controlling ‘nature’ in some way, policies that dictate inequalities, controlling costs, etc. Remember how “technology” has been a flexible, expansive concept in our readings and class discussion so far. Show your awareness of this in your post.2. Thinking about our Food Access topics in class, locate and photograph what you deem to be a “convenient” and technologically-mediated food source on campus. Explain your choice briefly (50 words minimum), and be sure to upload the photo for credit on all parts of this post! (This paragraph was 50 words long FYI).


Evidence-Based Project, Part 4: Critical Appraisal of Research

Description

Assignment: Evidence-Based Project, Part 4: Critical Appraisal of Research Realtors rely on detailed property appraisals—conducted using appraisal tools—to assign market values to houses and other properties. These values are then presented to buyers and sellers to set prices and initiate offers. Research appraisal is not that different. The critical appraisal process utilizes formal appraisal tools to assess the results of research to determine value to the context at hand. Evidence-based practitioners often present these findings to make the case for specific courses of action. In this Assignment, you will use appraisal tools to conduct a critical appraisal of published research. You will then present the results of your efforts. To Prepare: Review the Resources and consider the importance of critically appraising research evidence. Reflect on the four peer-reviewed articles you selected in Module 2 and analyzed in Module 3. Review and download the Critical Appraisal Tools document provided in the Resources. The Assignment (Evidence-Based Project) Part 4A: Critical Appraisal of Research Conduct a critical appraisal of the four peer-reviewed articles you selected and analyzed by completing the Critical Appraisal Tools document. Be sure to include: An evaluation table A levels of evidence table An outcomes synthesis table Part 4B: Critical Appraisal of Research Based on your appraisal, in a 1-2-page critical appraisal, suggest a best practice that emerges from the research you reviewed. Briefly explain the best practice, justifying your proposal with APA citations of the research. Submit Part 4A and 4B of your Evidence-Based Project.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Critical Appraisal Tools
Worksheet Template
Evaluation Table
Use this document to complete the evaluation table requirement of the Module 4 Assessment, Evidence-Based Project, Part
4A: Critical Appraisal of Research
Article #1
Article #2
Article #3
Article #4
Full citation of
selected article
Conceptual
Framework
Describe the
theoretical basis for
the study
Design/Method
Describe the design
and how the study
was carried out
Sample/Setting
The number and
characteristics of
patients,
attrition rate, etc.
© 2018 Laureate Education Inc.
1
Major Variables
Studied
List and define
dependent and
independent variables
Measurement
Identify primary
statistics used to
answer clinical
questions
Data Analysis
Statistical or
qualitative
findings
Findings and
Recommendations
General findings and
recommendations of
the research
Appraisal
Describe the general
worth of this research
to practice. What are
the strengths and
limitations of study?
What are the risks
associated with
implementation of the
suggested practices
or processes detailed
in the research? What
is the feasibility of
use in your practice?
General
Notes/Comments
© 2018 Laureate Education Inc.
2
© 2018 Laureate Education Inc.
3
Levels of Evidence Table
Use this document to complete the levels of evidence table requirement of the Module 4 Assessment, Evidence-Based
Project, Part 4A: Critical Appraisal of Research
Article #1
Article #2
Article #3
Article #4
Author and year
of selected article
Study Design
Theoretical basis for
the study
Sample/Setting
The number and
characteristics of
patients
Evidence Level *
(I, II, or III)
Outcomes
General
Notes/Comments
© 2018 Laureate Education Inc.
4
* Evidence Levels:

Level I
Experimental, randomized controlled trial (RCT), systematic review RTCs with or without meta-analysis

Level II
Quasi-experimental studies, systematic review of a combination of RCTs and quasi-experimental studies, or quasi-experimental studies
only, with or without meta-analysis

Level III
Nonexperimental, systematic review of RCTs, quasi-experimental with/without meta-analysis, qualitative, qualitative systematic review
with/without meta-synthesis

Level IV
Respected authorities’ opinions, nationally recognized expert committee/consensus panel reports based on scientific evidence

Level V
Literature reviews, quality improvement, program evaluation, financial evaluation, case reports, nationally recognized expert(s) opinion
based on experiential evidence
© 2018 Laureate Education Inc.
5
Outcomes Synthesis Table
Use this document to complete the outcomes synthesis table requirement of the Module 4 Assessment, Evidence-Based
Project, Part 4A: Critical Appraisal of Research
Article #1
Article #2
Article #3
Article #4
Author and year
of selected article
Sample/Setting
The number and
characteristics of
patients
Outcomes
Key Findings
Appraisal and Study
Quality
General
Notes/Comments
© 2018 Laureate Education Inc.
6

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

public message poster

Description

Hi, please see the attached files you will find a clear difinition of the assignment. thanks.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Special Populations
1. Define special populations in terms of emergency management. Discuss three reasons why special
populations require unique resources and attention paid to them by emergency managers.
2. Review recent disasters to determine whether or not emergency management concerns relative to
special populations are improving or not.
3. Design a public service announcement aimed at special populations in disasters.
Readings:
Reading
Textbook assignments
1. Ciottone chapters 9, 10, and 58
4. Landesman chapter 8: Behavioral Health Strategies
5. Landesman chapter 11: People with Disabilities and Others With Access and Functional Needs
6. Landesman: chapter 15: Ethical Considerations in Public Health Emergencies
7. Wisner chapter 6
Journal articles-optional
1. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Pediatric Terrorism and Disaster Preparedness: A Resource
for Pediatricians.pedresource.pdf
2. Ryan Larrance et al. Health Status Among Internally Displaced Persons in Louisiana and Mississippi Travel
Trailer Parks.Larrance trailer park.pdf
3. Mary Currier et al. A Katrina Experience: Lessons Learned.Currier Katrina.pdf
Assignment:
Design a poster as a public service announcement focused on any aspect of special populations during
disasters. This is the chance for you to think creatively as well as to showcase any artistic ability you
have.
1. Design a poster as a public service announcement focused on any aspect of special populations
during disasters. This is the chance for you to think creatively as well as t o showcase any artistic ability
you have. Your poster could be in a PDF format or PowerPoint slide.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Microeconomic Test #3 ECON 105

Description

45 Multiple Choices Question.All information in the book Foundations of Microeconomics, 8th Edition by Robin Bade and Michael Parkin.I need it to be 85% or higher.Bid it when you guarantee your work.


help with my assignment

Description

Pick a diagnosis or procedure and find either the ICD or CPT code that is used to describe it. Post the code and description.

My example:

—————–

Code: E05.01

Short Description: Thyrotoxicosis with diffuse goiter with thyrotoxic crisis or storm

Hierarchy (top – to – bottom):

E00-E89 Endocrine, nutritional and metabolic diseases

E00-E07 Disorders of thyroid gland

E05- Thyrotoxicosis [hyperthyroidism]


NUR3045 Culture in Nursing

Description

The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks MovieInstructions:Watch at The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks movie.Write a one page post …


NUR4244 Public Health Interview Question

Description

NUR4244 Public Health Deliv 5 Deliverable 5 Public Health Interview Questions Scenario The preceptor wants to encourage senior nursing students to learn more about how public health nurse professionals collaborate with community-based resource partners. As a senior nursing student, you are asked to interview a public health nurse professional working in a community clinic, the health department, or a program that specifically deals with vulnerable populations. You will need to prepare interview questions, contact a public health nurse professional to schedule the interview, perform the interview, and prepare a thank you email with a summary of the interview. Instructions Part One – Questions for Interview Prepare six interview questions that identify: The role of the public health nurse professional in the community. The populations served by the organization. The collaboration that occurs with community-based resource partners. To address the needs of specific populations. To disseminate relevant information to the community. Part Two – Interview Conduct an interview with a public health nurse professional by: Scheduling the interview Determine how the interview will take place (over the phone, in person, Skype, Google Hangout, or a web-conferencing tool). Determine when the interview will be (date and time). Documenting the responses to the interview questions and include the following contact information: The full name of the public health nurse professional. The name of the organization the public health nurse is employed. Phone number of the organization. Work email address of public health nurse professional. Part Three – Thank You Email Prepare a thank you email to the public health nurse professional that: Provides the public health nurse professional with two suggested resources for information to support their community. Concludes with a thank you statement and summary paragraph of the interview. Provides stated ideas with professional language and attribution for credible sources with correct APA citation, spelling, and grammar in the interview questions, interview responses document, and thank you email. Resources Library Databases Health Source: Nursing/Academic Edition Database FAQ Guides & FAQs APA Guide Credible Sources FAQ Nursing Guide


Unformatted Attachment Preview

NUR4244 Deliverable 5 Material
Dissemination of Relevant Information
Community members can be essential partners in providing education in
minority and underserved communities. They can serve as persons of
trust in establishing trusting relationships with health providers. Members
of the LGBT community have been useful in peer education and support.
Those who have overcome substance abuse often make excellent
counselors What follows are some examples of ways in which
community partners have been effective in disseminating health
information and encouraging behavior change and increased use of
health screenings.
Churches Challenging Obesity
In 2005, the annual Southern Baptist Convention for ministers and lay
ministerial workers offered free wellness screening. The statistics
showed that over 75% of the 1472 participants were significantly
overweight. Concerned that this reflected an alarming health trend
supported by regular church gathers that included donuts and fried food,
the leadership began focusing on educating their ministers to consider
obesity both a physical and spiritual priority. They utilized teaching from
the Bible regarding eating, indulgence, self-control, greed and the
importance of a well-disciplined life. Congregations were seen as
blessed when the pastor encourages them to make changes in their
lifestyles that ultimately bring glory to God. There have since been some
church-sponsored initiatives in Southern Baptist Churches to address the
issue of healthy eating, exercise, and weight control.
Prostate Cancer Education in Barbershops
One of the ways to reach women and men for education in cancer
screening, diabetes, and hypertension is through those who have regular
contact with individuals in their community setting. While many will
cancel health care appointments, both men and women regularly access
their neighborhood barbershop and hair and nail salons. Public health
professionals in several under-served communities have trained barbers
and beauticians to deliver information on screenings utilizing a
standardized training toolkit. The toolkit includes posters, brochures, and
anatomical models.
Public health researchers accessed several education sites in
barbershops serving primarily African American men in North and South
Carolina. African American men are significantly less likely than white
male to take advantage of prostate specific antigen (PSA) screening. The
researchers saw an increase in those contemplating and seeking the
PSA screening after interactions with their barbers. This type of
interaction increases the individual’s ability to participate in their selfcare.
Promotora de Salud (Health Promoter)
The lay health worker model utilizes members of the target population to
provide a bridge between the healthcare system and the community at
large.
The Arizona community health centers developed the Vivir Mejor (Live
Better) program for diabetes prevention and care in the Hispanic
community. Some of the Native American communities have adopted a
similar program.
Collaborations
There are a number of resources available for community health nurses
to utilize in collaborating with community groups to meet the needs of
their local populations. The Government websites have toolkits that can
be located through the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH), the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), and the Healthy
People website. The National Rural Health Association also has
excellent resources, as does the Community Guide Organization. The
use of toolboxes can assist in developing community programs and in
adapting programs to specific audiences.
Additional Resources and Readings



Community Tool Box
Healthy People MAP-IT Approach
The Guide to Community Preventive Services
Source(s)
Ashley, W. (2007, January 01). Obesity in the Body of Christ. Retrieved
from http://www.sbclife.net/article/1473/obesity-in-the-body-of-christ
Luque, J. S., Ross, L., Gwede, C.K. (2016). Prostate cancer education in
African American Barbershops: Baseline client survey results and
differences in decisional conflict and stage of decision making. Am J
Mens Health 10(6): 533-536. Retrieved from
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4980288/
Rural Health Information Hub. (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.ruralhealthinfo.org/toolkits/community-healthworkers/2/layhealth
Tools to change our world. (n.d.). Retrieved from https://ctb.ku.edu/en
Community-Based Coalition’s Goal and Actions
Community-based coalitions usually come together around a single
cause. Their purpose may be short-term or evolve into sustaining
organizations. Two organizations, the March of Dimes and the American
Heart Association that came together as grass-roots organizations and
developed numerous ways to become instrumental public health
partners.
March of Dimes
Having addressed polio, the March of Dimes turned its attention to
congenital disabilities prevention and subsequently to the improving the
outcomes of pregnancy campaign, known as “Be Good to Your Baby
Before it is Born.” They funded the work of Dr. Virginia Apgar, whose
birth assessment tool; the Apgar score is still the gold standard with
newborns across the globe.
The organization also funded the work of Dr. T. Allen Merritt, who
developed pulmonary surfactant, which changed the mortality rate of
premature babies in neonatal intensive units. In addition, research
grantees include Dr. David Smith and Dr. Kenneth Lyons Jones who
identified fetal alcohol syndrome as a cause of congenital disabilities.
Additional funding into the use of folic acid to reduce neural tube defects
and to search out vaccines for the Zika virus assist basic science
research in improving the outcomes of pregnancy and preventing
congenital disabilities.
The March of Dimes has been a politically important partner in obtaining
financing for maternal and child clinics and programs staffed by public
health nurses. The information on fetal alcohol syndrome has led to
additional public health resources for education campaigns and diversion
programs for substance-abusing women. This grass-roots community
group continues to partner to with maternal child nursing groups in the
annual March for Babies to continue its work in preventing prematurity.
The American Heart Association
The American Heart Association (AHA) began as early as 1915 with a
group of social workers and physicians seeking to understand better the
heart and heart disease. The Association was founded formally in 1924
as a professional society for physicians. The group began holding annual
scientific sessions that continue today. In 1948, the group reorganized
into a voluntary health organization composed of volunteers supported
by professional staff. Fund-raising began in earnest in local communities
to support the education of the public, scientific research, and support for
families affected by heart disease.
Much like the March of Dimes, money raised by the American Heart
Association has funded the development of defibrillators, pacemakers,
and artificial heart valves. The AHA funded the research that led to the
widespread standardization of education and use of cardio-pulmonary
resuscitation (CPR). Politically, the AHA has been influential in federal
funding for research and anti-tobacco legislation and lawsuits. They have
funded many public service announcements and health campaigns over
the years. Today the American Heart Association has some 33 million
volunteers and supporters in their mission to improve heart health and
reduce deaths from heart disease and stroke. They support public health
nurses by providing education, public screening for hypertension, and
coordinating services to support clients and families affected by stroke
and heart disease.
There a numerous other grass roots not-for-profit organizations in the
health area. Some of these are the American Diabetes Association, the
American Lung Association, and the American Cancer Society. There
are other coalitions such as the HIV/AIDs organizations, and societies to
provide services to special populations like veterans. All public health
nurses should be aware of the resources of these organizations and the
opportunities for volunteering in these very important public health
missions.
Source(s)
A history of the March of Dimes. (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.marchofdimes.org/mission/a-history-of-the-march-ofdimes.aspx
History of the American Heart Association. (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.heart.org/en/about-us/history-of-the-american-heartassociation

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

help with my question

Description

in the first ((30 min)) i need u to give to different reply for students comment i will upload that in word doc

write something simliar to the example

Pretty simple this week. Find a data entry form and critique it. Post a link or screenshot of the form.

Describe it’s purpose.

What do you like about it? What makes it work well?

What do you dislike? How would you improve it?

My example:

Duck Donuts

https://www.duckdonuts.com/order-form/ (Links to an external site.)

This data entry is for placing donut orders with Duck Donuts. It is graphical in nature versus being a series of data fields.

It works well as there is a limited number of options. Selecting “Make Your Own” is much more complicated than “Assortment”. In Step 2, I like how you can select your flavors via a picture as it tells you exactly what you are ordering. However, it’s not friendly in that you can’t quickly see all the different flavors if you are a new customer.

The “Make Your Own Combinations” is very easy to use as you can stack different types of donut option one after another.

Finally it would be nice if you could place your order online versus having to print it out.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Give me 2 nice different replay:
https://www.grubhub.com/restaurant/panera-bread-5630-washington-averacine/1119346 (Links to an external site.)
This data entry is for ordering Panera by using Grubhub.
It is essentially a list of the whole menu. I like that at the top it gives you the
‘Top Menu Items’ for fast checkout. It also displays the specials at the top to
potentially save time and money. I also like that next to each item it gives a
full description and a picture, so no further research needs to be done. One
thing that I think could be improved is where the price is located. Rather than
on the picture it could be put right next to the name of the item. Once you click
on the item you want, you can change the quantity and even put in any
customizations or add a side. You can then add the item to your bag for
checkout. I think another thing that could be more clear is where you
checkout. It is a tiny picture of a shopping bag in the corner of the screen. It
may be more beneficial to say at the top and bottom ‘Go to checkout’ or
something along those lines. From the checkout you have many different
options to pay and there are clear boxes where to input your payment and
delivery information.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Written Assignment – Concept Map

Description

In a Word document, develop your own career mapping concept map (which highlights your own stages of progression). Your concept map should include and identify future stages of your nursing career progression, as well.

Be sure to address the following in your concept map:

Educational status
Training
Experience present and future
Work setting
Nursing level of practice
Associations
Certifications
Community activities
Mentoring
Certifications

APA Style


Final Health Care Plan.

Description

tions: Final Care Coordination Plan.
For this assessment, you will implement the preliminary care coordination plan you developed in Assessment 1. Present the plan to the patient in a face-to-face clinical learning session and collaborate with the patient in evaluating session outcomes and addressing possible revisions to the plan.NOTE: You are required to complete this assessment after Assessment 1 is successfully completed.Care coordination is the process of providing a smooth and seamless transition of care as part of the health continuum. Nurses must be aware of community resources, ethical considerations, policy issues, cultural norms, safety, and the physiological needs of patients. Nurses play a key role in providing the necessary knowledge and communication to ensure seamless transitions of care. They draw upon evidence-based practices to promote health and disease prevention to create a safe environment conducive to improving and maintaining the health of individuals, families, or aggregates within a community. When provided with a plan and the resources to achieve and maintain optimal health, patients benefit from a safe environment conducive to healing and a better quality of life.This assessment provides an opportunity for you to apply communication, teaching, and learning best practices to the presentation of a care coordination plan to the patient.You are encouraged to complete the Vila Health: Cultural Competence activity prior to completing this assessment. Completing course activities before submitting your first attempt has been shown to make the difference between basic and proficient assessment.
DEMONSTRATION OF PROFICIENCY
By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the course competencies through the following assessment scoring guide criteria:
Competency 1: Adapt care based on patient-centered and person-focused factors.
Design patient-centered health interventions and timelines for care delivered through direct clinical interaction that is logged in the CORE ELMS system.
Competency 2: Collaborate with patients and family to achieve desired outcomes.
Evaluate learning session outcomes and the attainment of mutually agreed-upon health goals, in collaboration with a patient.
Competency 3: Create a satisfying patient experience.
Evaluate patient satisfaction with the care coordination plan and progress made toward Healthy People 2020 goals and leading health indicators.
Competency 4: Defend decisions based on the code of ethics for nursing.
Make ethical decisions in designing patient-centered health interventions.
Competency 5: Explain how health care policies affect patient-centered care.
Identify relevant health policy implications for the coordination and continuum of care.
PREPARATION
In this assessment, you will implement the preliminary care coordination plan you developed in Assessment 1 and communicate the plan to the patient in a professional, culturally sensitive, and ethical manner.To prepare for the assessment, consider the patient experience and how you will present the plan. Make sure you schedule time accordingly.Note: Remember that you can submit all, or a portion of, your plan to Smarthinking Tutoring for feedback, before you submit the final version for this assessment. If you plan on using this free service, be mindful of the turnaround time of 24–48 hours for receiving feedback.
INSTRUCTIONS
Note: You are required to complete Assessment 1 before this assessment.For this assessment:
Complete the preliminary care coordination plan you developed in Assessment 1.
Present the plan to the patient in a face-to-face clinical learning session. Communicate in a professional, culturally sensitive, and ethical manner.
Collaborate with the patient in evaluating session outcomes and addressing possible revisions to the plan.
Reminder: The time you spend presenting your final care coordination plan must be logged in the CORE ELMS system. The total time spent in securing individual participation in this activity in Assessment 1 and presenting your plan in this assessment must be at least three hours. The CORE ELMS link is located in the courseroom navigation menu.Please be advised that the Volunteer Experience form requires that you provide the name and contact information for at least one individual with whom you worked as part of your direct clinical activity. Your faculty may reach out to this individual to verify that you have accurately documented and completed your clinical hours.
Document Format and Length
Build on the preliminary plan document you created in Assessment 1. Your final plan should be 5–7 pages in length.
Supporting Evidence
Support your care coordination plan with peer-reviewed articles, course study resources, and Healthy People 2020 resources. Cite at least three credible sources.
Grading Requirements
The requirements, outlined below, correspond to the grading criteria in the Final Care Coordination Plan Scoring Guide, so be sure to address each point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed.
Design patient-centered health interventions and timelines for care delivered through direct clinical interaction that is logged in the CORE ELMS system.
Address three patient health issues.
Design an intervention for each health issue.
Identify three community resources for each health intervention, so the patient may make an informed decision about what resources to use.
Make ethical decisions in designing patient-centered health interventions.
Consider the practical effects of specific decisions.
Include the ethical questions that generate uncertainty about the decisions you have made.
Identify relevant health policy implications for the coordination and continuum of care.
Cite specific health policy provisions.
Evaluate learning session outcomes and the attainment of mutually agreed-upon health goals, in collaboration with the patient.
What aspects of the session would you change?
How might revisions to the plan improve future outcomes?
Evaluate patient satisfaction with the care coordination plan and progress made toward Healthy People 2020 goals and leading health indicators.
What changes would you recommend to improve patient satisfaction and better align the session with Healthy People 2020 goals and leading health indicators?
Additional Requirements
Before submitting your assessment, proofread your final care coordination plan to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on the substance of your plan.You must submit your hours to the CORE ELMS system before you can complete this assessment and course.Portfolio Prompt: Save your presentation to your ePortfolio. Submissions to the ePortfolio will be part of your final Capstone course.


Discuss how the concept of health has changed overtime

Description

This a discussion question that requires about 150 to 200 words. No “I “ statememt in paper the third person should be used. Journal titles must be italicized. First citation with several authors must be listed once on the body of the paper, subsequent mentioning must be name of first author with et al


Unformatted Attachment Preview

11:11 PM Wed Oct 9
VPN 7 99%
< Ims-ugrad.gcu.edu + Student Portal | Main Assignment | LCS L... Student Portal | Main Student Portal | Main Thread View LC... Path Topic 3 DQ 2 Course Materials Compare and contrast the three different levels of health promotion (primary, secondary, tertiary). Discuss how the levels of prevention help determine educational needs for a patient. Topic 1: Teaching and Learning Styles Attempt Start Date: 14-Oct-2019 at 12:00:00 AM Topic 2: The Form and Function of Family Due Date: 18-Oct-2019 at 11:59:59 PM Maximum Points: 8.0 Topic 3: Health Promotion in Nursing Care Study Materials 1 Total Posts Change View: Thread Display Tasks L. CAT DQ Topic 3 0 Francesca Lind Sep 23, 2019 04:23 PM Family Assessment Part II Topic 3 DQ 1 Topic 3 DQ 2 Topic 4: Cultural Competence and Nutrition in Health Promotion Topic 5: Health Education and Current Challenges for Family- Centered Health Promotion GOT IT By using our website, you agree to the use of cookies by us and third parties to enhance your experience. View our Privacy Policy for more information. © 2019 BNED Loud Cloud LLC Terms & Conditions Privacy Policy | Tech Support [ Ver: 7.1] Oct 09, 2019 8:11:54 PM Mountain Standard Time E-mail Bookmarks Purchase answer to see full attachment

Outline the medical and nutrition therapy for patients who are on hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis. What are the critical differences, and why?

Description

The post must be a minimum of 200-220 words. Use the book- Williams Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy by Nix 15th Ed. Specific help should be in chapter 21.Response must be thoughtful, using only constructive criticism as necessary and must always maintain a professional tone. Use In-text citation if quoting the book.


Leadership research essay

Description

Assignment Instructions

For this assignment, you are required to write a Leadership Research Essay.

Requirement: Using the terms, concepts, and theories learned in this course, write a 5 to 7 page (Times New Roman 12 font with double-spaced lines) leadership essay defining your leadership philosophy with one or more of the leadership theories we have studied. Each page should be approximately 350 words, so the total word count (not counting the reference page and the title page) should be at least 1750 words. Papers with fewer than 1750 words will have deductions for lack of content. Quotes should be limited and if necessary, cited appropriately. For this assignment, the use of first person is allowed.

No abstract is necessary. Include a clear and concise introductory and concluding paragraph.

Research: Additionally, using the APUS Online Library, conduct research and incorporate at least two (2) additional sources other than your textbook and course articles to support your essay. Use the APA Style to cite your “in-text” references and to list your references on a reference page.

Your essay will address these questions:

A. What leadership model, style, or theory best describes you as a leader? Why? Give examples using the terms and concepts in your textbook.

1) Skills Approach

2) Situational Approach

3) Behavioral Approach

4) Trait Approach

5) Path-Goal Approach

B. What are your most distinguishing leadership traits? What traits do you strive to learn to develop?

C. As a follower, what leadership approach do you prefer from your leader?

D. What leadership model or theory best describes how you influence others? Give examples.

E. Based on your self-assessments, your current leadership and motivational skills, and the knowledge you have gained from the course materials, what goals will you set and what plan of action will you implement to improve your (1) leadership and (2) motivation? Include the type of leadership theory or model you intend to implement to achieve your goals.

F. Explain the steps you need to take to complete each of these self-improvement goals?

Save your essay as Last Name_Leadership Research Essay_MGMT312.doc (e.g. Smith_Leadership Research Essay_MGMT312.doc).

When you are ready, upload your essay for grading.

Paper Format:

A. Title Page – Include a title page with your name, student number, title of your paper, course number, course name, and date.

B. Introductory Paragraph – Include an introductory paragraph that ends.

C. Font and Spacing – Use Times New Roman 12 font with double spaced lines.

D. Length – Write a 5 to 7 page essay not including the title page and citation page.

E. Reference Page – Include all sources including your textbook on a Reference page

1. Utilize the APA Style for documenting sources. Remember to include at least 2 sources other than your textbooks. Finally, remember Wikipedia is NOT a scholarly source. Quotes must be properly cited. Limit quotes to less than 10% of your paper if you must have any.

2. Punctuation, essay format (thesis, supporting paragraphs with transition and topic sentences, and summary) grammar and documentation count toward your grade.

3. Review this GRADING RUBRIC

Submission


• Indicate how well you think you know the material in that unit.

Description

Health Strategies Intellepath 5 The first step to getting started in each unit of intellipath is to complete an assessment called Determine Knowledge. This is a critical step in ensuring the efficiency and direction of learning in intellipath in each unit. The results of this assessment will be used to customize your learning path. There is no need to study; simply answer the series of questions to the best of your ability. From within what to do first area of each unit, click the Determine Knowledge button. You will only need to complete this once in each unit. Indicate how well you think you know the material in that unit. Then click “Next”.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Health Strategies
Intellepath 5
The first step to getting started in each unit of intellipath is to complete an assessment
called Determine Knowledge. This is a critical step in ensuring the efficiency and direction of
learning in intellipath in each unit. The results of this assessment will be used to customize your
learning path. There is no need to study; simply answer the series of questions to the best of your
ability.



From within what to do first area of each unit, click the Determine Knowledge button.
You will only need to complete this once in each unit.
Indicate how well you think you know the material in that unit.
Then click “Next”.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Written Assignment – Fluid and Electrolyte Exemplars

Description

Please complete the Fluid and Electrolyte exemplar table in its entirety.Comparison of Fluid Electrolyte Exemplars: SIADH Diabetes Insipidus Acute Renal Failure Chronic Renal Failure Pathophysiology Etiology Clinical Manifestations including Laboratory data Interventions Possible Complications


Community DQ

Description

Answer the following questions;1. Identify and discuss the major indicators of child and adolescent health status.2. Describe and discuss the social determinants of child and adolescent health.3. Mention and discuss at least 2 public programs and prevention strategies targeted to children’s health.4. Mention and discuss the individual and societal costs of poor child health status.INSTRUCTIONS: APA format word document, Arial 12 font A minimum of 2 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted. A minimum of 800 words is required.


QUESTION: Which medication administration rights have been addressed by our methods to decrease medical errors

Description

Group C Scenario: You work in a small (58-bed) busy rehab care facility, which has had an increase in medication errors, especially in the management of pain medications (increasing rehab stays, and costs, and increasing family complaints). Upon further investigation, it is found that patients are not receiving all the pain meds that are being ordered and documented, and it is suspected that a staff member is stealing the drugs for personal use or resale. Institute a plan to find the errors and increase medication accountability, without placing blame. How are all members of the IP team involved?

A powerpoint has been created (see attachment) based on the scenario and its contents has other necessary details. Below is a question that should be answered based on both the scenario and the powerpoint:

QUESTION: Which medication administration rights have been addressed by our methods to decrease medical errors, and is there any other methods you can think of to improve our situation?

Requirements:

• You are to answer the above question after viewing the scenario stated above as well as the powerpoint, you are also to demonstrate an excellent understanding of the topic.
• Content is well articulated, flows logically, and facilitates communication.
• Writing is original with limited use of direct quotes.
• Writing is supported by content from the nursing literature and other scholarly resources.
• Writing should offer substantial contributions which integrate peer comments and build on knowledge.
• All citations and references are properly formatted, the in-text citations should have pages of book/ journal/article where it was cited from.
• A minimum of 3 sources referenced in APA format and proper grammar, spelling, mechanics should be used throughout the assignment.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Scenario 5
Yellow Group
The Situation
You work in a small (58-bed) busy rehab care facility, which has had an increase in medication errors,
especially in the management of pain medications (increasing rehab stays, and costs, and increasing family
complaints). Upon further investigation, it is found that patients are not receiving all the pain meds that are
being ordered and documented, and it is suspected that a staff member is stealing the drugs for personal use or
resale. Institute a plan to find the errors and increase medication accountability, without placing blame. How
are all members of the IP team involved?
Who is Who

ANP (geriatrician) – writes the prescriptions. Has authority on which medications are distributed.

BSN, RN (unit manager; strong patient care advocate) – oversees the employees. They are responsible the LPNs are properly
administering and documenting.

PharmD – double check and prepare medication for administering.

LPN (care provider, often passing meds- noticed increase in pain med use) – patient care provider.

LPN is the final step in the administration process. They obtain the medication, administer it, and document the administration.

The suspect or suspects are most likely LPN since they are the individuals documenting and not administering.
The Practice Setting

Skilled Nursing Care Facility (SNCF)


Performs skilled nursing care.
Skilled Nursing Care

Therapeutic and nursing care that can only be given under the supervision of professionals or
technical personnel. Given when skilled nursing or therapy is needed treat, manage, observe, and
evaluate care (SNF Care Coverage).

The LPN is the one who most likely administers the medications and provides care while the BSN, RN
overlooks the LPN.

Based off of the scenario, pain medications, most likely opioids, are being inappropriately documented.
It is unclear which regulations are in place.
The Plan to Find the Errors

Announcement board


Have nurses fill out an error reporting form


Report to the BSN RN each time it occurs
Turn in the form online to maintain a database


Includes the last fall and how many medication errors within the month
Make sure the forms are turned in and the BSN RN receives a copy
Continuing education programs

Nurses must attend quarterly classes based on what requires adjustments
Error Reporting Form

Patient impact or level of harm to patient


Patient information


Date of incident, what shift it happened on, and if it was done again
Primary type of medication error


Age, gender, number of medication the patient was taking
Incident information


From a “near miss” to a patient death
Whether it was an overdose, underdose, wrong medication, wrong patient, or wrong route
Phase of medication care process where error first occurred

Whether during dispensing, documenting, administering, or monitoring
Error Reporting Form Cont.

Primary and secondary personnel involved in error


If it was a misprint in prescription from the ANP, pharmacist, RN, or LPN
Medical effects of the error on patient

How did it affect the patient? Ex. respiratory distress, headache, excessive side effects,
change is BGL, cardiac arrest, GI Bleed, or death

Causes or reasons for error


Ex. medication name confusion, illegible writing, poor communication, or human error
Specific medications involved in the error

What drug was involved? Ex. vitamins, herbal medications, nutritional supplements,
prescription medications or OTC medications
The Plan to Increase Medication
Accountability
Each LPN is responsible for Medication Administration Cross Checks (MACC) for narcotic medication
administration and filling out narcotic documentation book
LPN
BSN RN
Draws up medication and verbalizes what
medication they have in hand : Drug, Reason,
Route, Patient
Answers back if there are any contraindications the
patient may have and patient allergies
If no contraindications or allergies, continue
Ask to state the Amount
State the drug concentration, mL to be administered
or number of tablets and show the vial to check what
is left in the vial or ampule
Double check the correct amount
Fill out narcotic documentation book
Witness narcotic documentation with LPN and if
there was any waste
The Plan to Increase Med
Accountability Cont.

Biometrics, including fingerprint scanners, and pharmacy automation technologies minimize human
involvement and have been shown by evidence to decrease medical errors (UY, 2015).

Electronic fingerprint signature:

The med box could be changed to an electronic one (if it is not already)

Fingerprints could be required for access to the med box

Fingerprint access would make it possible to keep track of who took what for which
patient
The Plan to Increase Med
Accountability Cont.

The electronic med box would show you how much a specific patient needs and only let you take out
however many vials meets said dosage

This would help keep track of unused meds in the med box and keep the nurse from taking more
than necessary

When wasting, the electronic fingerprint med box would make you have another nurse witness by
fingerprint, to avoid signature forgery
The Plan to Increase Med
Accountability Cont.

Fingerprinting witnesses

The med box would ask how much was taken out of the med box (ie. how many vials does the
other nurse have left), the witness would answer and then fingerprint

The med box would ask how much was given to the patient and the witness would type the
answer and fingerprint

The med box would then ask how much is left in the syringe and the witness would type out the
answer and then fingerprint

Both the witness and the nurse would then have to give their fingerprint to the electronic med box after
the waste was dropped in the machine
References
Friese, G. (2015). Quick Take: Strategies to reduce medication errors. EMS today 2015.
Pierson, S., Greene, S., Williams, C., Akers, R., Jonsson, M., & Carey, T. (2007). Preventing medications errors
in long-term care: results and evaluation of a large scale web-based error reporting system. Qual Saf
Health Care, 297-302.
SNF Care Coverage. (n.d.). Retrieved from https://www.medicare.gov/coverage/skilled-nursing-facility-snfcare.
Uy, R. C. Y., Kury, F. P., & Fontelo, P. A. (2015, November 5). The State and Trends of Barcode, RFID,
Biometric and Pharmacy Automation Technologies in US Hospitals. Retrieved from
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4765644/.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

discussion reply 2

Description

October 8, 2019 9:43:04 AM EDT
5 days ago

Tiffany Davis

Main Discussion Post: Discussion – Week 7
Collapse

NURS-6221: Managing Human Resources

Healthy Relationships in the Workplace
Human beings are naturally social creatures who are affected by the relationships that they keep, whether intimate, family, friendship, or work-related. Positive workplace relationships are valuable in facilitating a productive and satisfying work environment. In addition, having positive work relationships with co-workers, leadership, and patients can be beneficial for the advancement of our careers. The purpose of this discussion is to describe leadership strategies that could be implemented to encourage healthy staff relationships, to identify the staff that could be utilized in assisting in fostering these healthy interactions, and in considering a psychology strategy that could be used to improve positivity in the workplace.
Leadership Strategies
Building positive and collaborative relationships in the workplace can be difficult for some. However, it is imperative to work towards fostering these relationships, as they have the potential to have a significant influence on success as a leader, which will ultimately affect the overall success of the organization. A leadership strategy that could be implemented to build healthy relationships among staff members in the workplace would be to advocate for shared values. Manion (2011) states that the collaboration of shared values between leadership and staff can facilitate a strong sense of purpose and cohesion, which is integral to organizational engagement. Staff members to target in promoting shared values include everyone in the workplace, although it would be beneficial to start with the individuals that have early adopter qualities. These individuals tend to be positive and influential members of the organization.
Another leadership strategy is to facilitate team building through enjoyable group activities. This leadership strategy is used as a motive for encouraging unity and a feeling of camaraderie amongst staff members (Haeseier, 2014). Staff members to target when promoting team building should include everyone. This can be accomplished during a staff meeting to break up the monotony and workplace gloom.
Psychology Strategy
The concept of positive psychology originated with Martin E. P. Siligman and describes techniques and the environments in which individuals, as well as groups, tend to thrive (Rana, 2015). A positive psychology strategy that could be employed in order to increase the proportion of positive to negative interactions would include practicing and influencing resilience amongst staff. Being resilient gives us the capability to adapt and overcome difficult situations. Resilience is essential in the health care industry, where there are constant challenges and changes associated with new technologies, patient satisfaction, and quality standards.
References
Haeseier, L. A. (2014). Team-building strategies. Exchange. (219). Pp. 44–46. Retrieved from https://search-ebscohost-com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eue&AN=97817302&site=eds-live&scope=site
Manion, J. (2011). From management to leadership: Strategies for transforming health care (3rd ed.). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Rana, M. (2015). Positive psychology and its importance at workplace. Indian Journal of Positive Psychology, 6(2), 203–206. Retrieved from https://search-ebscohost-com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/login.aspx?direct=true&db=a9h&AN=108415386&site=eds-live&scope=siapa format 2 references


capstone goals

Description

Formulate at least five “SMART” goals for your nursing education. We recommend starting with two long-term and three short-term goals, however, these need not be how your final submission is organized. Keep in mind, you will be revising or updating these throughout your career.

SMART is an acronym that stands for:

Specific
Measurable
Attainable
Realistic
Time

Develop at least five professional goals and evaluate progress toward achievement near the time of graduation.

The goals need to have a date of completion and must be measurable; you must state briefly how you will attain those goals.
Provide at least five SMART professional goals.
Detail how you plan to achieve each goal.
Include a completion date for each (at minimum the month and year).
Review the rubric for more information on how your assignment will be graded.
Upload as an attachment in the assignment area.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Name: SMART Goals
Exit


Grid View
List View
Meets or Exceeds Expectations
Mostly Meets Expectations
Below Expectations
SMART Goals
Points Range:14.4 (36.00%) 16 (40.00%)
Five or more goals are
provided in correct SMART
format.
Points Range:12.16 (30.40%) 14.24 (35.60%)
Four goals are provided in
correct SMART format.
Points Range:9.6 (24.00%
12 (30.00%)
Three goals are provid
correct SMART forma
four goals are provide
not all are in SMART f
Plan for Achieving Goals with
Completion DAtes
Points Range:21.6 (54.00%) 24 (60.00%)
A detailed plan for achieving
five or more goals is provided,
and completion dates are
provided.
Points Range:18.24 (45.60%) 21.36 (53.40%)
A mostly detailed plan for
achieving four goals is
provided, and completion
dates are provided.
Points Range:14.4 (36.0
18 (45.00%)
A satisfactorily detaile
for achieving three go
provided, and complet
dates are provided.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health Care Issues

Description

Assignment Content
Research and select an issue from one of the following categories that has or may have an influence on U.S. health care policies:
Changing social norms at the state level
Shifting health care priorities in the United States
Impacts of global health care U.S. policy
Effects of health care on our environment
Write a 525- to 700-word paper that discusses the impact that issue selected can have on changing health care policy.
Describe the issue selected.
Identify people or groups of people the issue impacts.
Describe the impact the issue has at the state and federal level.
Describe how likely it is the issue selected may change health care policy.

Cite at least 2 reputable references. Reputable references include trade or industry publications, government or agency websites, scholarly works, a textbook, or other sources of similar quality.
Format your assignment according to APA guidelines.


Hubbard, T. L. (2018). Logic and Reasoning. Salem Press Encyclopedia of Health.

Description

Competency

This deliverable will allow you to apply deductive and inductive reasoning to analyze and create valid arguments.

Instructions

Part I: Consider the following definition:

A fruit is the product of a tree or other plant that contains seeds and can be eaten as food.
A fruit is the reproductive body of a seed plant, generally edible.

Create deductive arguments that demonstrate that a tomato is a fruit and a seedless orange is not a fruit.
Part II: Consider the following facts:

John does not like sliced tomatoes.
John removes cherry tomatoes from any salad he eats.
John dislikes both ketchup and tomato soup.

Create an inductive argument regarding whether or not John will like marinara sauce.

Part III:
In addition to creating the arguments, in a paragraph, explain the differences between deductive and inductive arguments.


Module 01 Written Assignment – Cancer Symptoms and their Management

Description

Cancer treatment is very aggressive in nature. The treatment can lead to symptoms that range from uncomfortable to life-threatening. Complete the Cancer Symptoms Management Table. Do not forget to include complementary alternative therapy that may help in symptom management. incite citation. 2-3 pages. APA , references


Module 07 Discussion – Prevention of Shock

Description

Your patient is a 42-year-old female that arrives in the ED with complaints of fever and not feeling well. She is currently undergoing chemotherapy for bladder cancer. She has an indwelling urinary catheter with scant amount of dark, foul smelling urine. She has a temperature of 102.2F, HR 136, BP 110/50 and RR 28. She is allergic to penicillin and Sulfa.
What type of shock is she experiencing?
What interventions do you anticipate the doctor will order?
What can you teach this patient about prevention of infection?
The doctor orders Bactrim. What should you be concern about? Why?


well child developmental assessment

Description

equired titles :Ricci, Susan Scott, and Terry Kyle, Maternity and Pediatric Nursing, 2nd edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2013Study Guide for Ricci and Kyle’s Maternity and Pediatric Nursing, 2nd edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia,


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
Course No. and Name: NURS 416 Nursing Care of the Child and Family Clinical
Number of Credits: 02
(2 credits lecture: 8 clock hours)
Name of Instructor:
Office Location:
Office Telephone#:
Office Fax#:
Office Email:
Office Hours:
By Appointment only
I.
Course Prerequisites: Successful completion of NURS 380/381, NURS 385/386,
NURS 400 SOWK 300, and all general education courses of the freshmen, sophomore
and junior year of the progression plan.
II.
Course Description:
This clinical course focuses on the nursing care of children and adolescents within the
family system. Applying the concepts of caring behaviors, communication, critical
thinking, clinical reasoning, leadership, nursing process in the professional nursing role.
Students will implement therapeutic nursing interventions specific for selected children
and adolescents in acute and community- based health care settings.
III. Role Specific Graduate Competencies (SLO-Student Learning Outcomes):
1. Caring Behaviors- SLO 2
2. Culturally Congruent Care SLO 4
3. Ethical and Legal Framework SLO 7, 8
4. Critical Thinking- SLO 2
5. Communication – SLO 3
6. Professional Nursing Role- SLO 1
7. Evidence Based Practice SLO 6
8. Leadership SLO 5
IV. Student Learning Outcomes, the student will be able to:
1. Apply the nursing process as it relates to theoretical principles in the nursing
management of children and adolescents within the family system.
2. Integrate caring behaviors, critical thinking and clinical reasoning in the
therapeutic management of the pediatric client and family.
3. Implement effective, age appropriate, therapeutic communication skills in the
care of children and adolescents within the family system.
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
4. Evaluate the effectiveness of interventions that are congruent with the cultural
beliefs, traditions, and behaviors of families.
5. Demonstrate leadership skills to serve as a member of the health care team in
the clinical setting.
6. Incorporate research findings in care planning.
7. Appraise health policies and laws that impact pediatric nursing practice.
8. Integrate health policies from legislative and governing bodies into nursing
practice.
9. Debate the outcomes of ethical dilemmas that arise in the care of the pediatric
client.
V.
Required Texts:
Ricci, Susan Scott, and Terry Kyle, Maternity and Pediatric Nursing, 2nd edition,
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2013
Study Guide for Ricci and Kyle’s Maternity and Pediatric Nursing, 2nd edition,
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2013
VI.
Recommended/Supplemental Text or Reference Material
Gulanick, M. and Myers, J. (2010). Nursing Care Plans: Diagnoses, Interventions and
Outcomes (7th ed). St. Louis, MO: Mosby ISBN 9780323065375
vSim for Nursing | Maternity and Pediatric, Laerdal Medical and Wolters Kluwer Health,
Philadelphia, 2014.
VII. Student Requirements/Guidelines



The student will adhere to the academic regulations and requirements of the
current Bowie State University Undergraduate Academic Catalog regarding
attendance.
Assignments. You will be asked to complete a variety of assignments that will
help accentuate the concepts, methods and strategies learned in the course. Each
assignment will be worth points (see evaluation) and will be explained before you
begin. Assignments are to be submitted on time and via electronic media (Black
Board). All assignments must display knowledge of the content standards and
principles of the program. Assignments must be completed on time and in
compliance with specified guidelines. Assignments submitted late are subject to
5 points reduction for each day late. Assignments submitted after three (3)
business days may not be accepted.
Student advisement will occur during scheduled office hours or by appointment.
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing









All students must meet with their academic advisor at least once during the
semester.
All written work must be in scholarly format consistent with APA guidelines.
Students must earn a grade of 75% or higher to successfully pass a
nursing course.
Students are expected to take exams and quizzes at the scheduled time. Make-up
exams will only be considered in the case of an EXCUSED absence, with
notification to the instructor before the scheduled exam administration time.
Academic Dishonesty/Plagiarism
Students will abide by the University Policy regarding Academic Honesty in the
current Bowie State University Undergraduate Academic Catalog.
Contacting the Instructor
Office hours are listed above. If you need to reach me anytime other than those
listed above, the most effective way is via email using your Bowie State
University email account only.
Incomplete Grades
Students will abide by the grading system according to the University Policy in
the current Bowie State University Undergraduate Academic Catalog
Special Needs/Disabilities
Students who have a disability and who would like accommodations should report
immediately to Disability Support Services (DSS), located in Room 1328 in the
Business and Graduate Studies Building or call Dr. Michael S. Hughes, DSS
Coordinator at 301-860-4067.
Technology
This course is web enhanced with Blackboard. Students can access using the
following link https://bsuonline.blackboard.com/webapps/login/. If assistance is
needed with initiating an account, please call the OIT Helpdesk@ 301 860- 4357
Course material and announcements will be posted on BlackBoard. Students will
be held accountable for posted material and announcements.
Cell phones, pagers, beepers or any other “attention-grabbing” device are to be
turned off or silenced before class begins. It is distracting and discourteous to both
the instructor and your colleagues.
VIII. Instructional Modes:
Clinical Laboratory Simulations
Clinical Observations
Interactive Software
Laboratory Instruction
Discussion
Clinical Conferences
Assessment(s) and Care Plan(s)
Demonstrations & Audiovisual Aids
Written Assignments
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
IX. Grading/Evaluation Procedures:
Clinical Evaluation Tool 50%
A = 92-100%
SBAR Note #1 5%
B = 83 -91%
Care Plan 15%
C = 75 – 82%
Well Child Paper 20%
D = 68 -74%
Journals 5%
F = Below 67.5 %
ATI skill modules/ Dosage calculations (Clinical Folder) 5%
Medication Calculations Test 2 attempts @ 90% or greater- Pass or Fail
Final grade ending > .5 will be
rounded up to nearest whole number
Clinical Folder Check off list
ATI skills module- You should print off the pre/posttest completion and put
in clinical folder. The certificate of completion has to be within 1 year
calendar year from the start of the course. The student is required to bring all
documents for the clinical folder for each clinical session. DUE first day of
clinical.












Dosage 2.0 Dosage by weight test____
Dosage 2.0- Pediatric Medication test____
Physical Assessment of child _____
Nutrition, Feeding, and Eating _____
Blood Administration _____
Diabetes Management _____
Enteral Tube Feedings _____
HIPAA_____
Enemas _____
IV therapy _____
Oxygen Therapy _____
Pain Management _____
Skills check list
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing




Inhaler _____
Nasal medication _____
Oral and Liquid _____
Sublingual and Buccal _____
Student______________________________ Date______________
Evaluator______________________________
Score_____%
Criteria
Below Average
Average
Excellent
Client
introduction
data to include
all assigned
criteria.
Client introduction
includes 6 or less of
12 assigned criteria.
Client introduction
includes 9 or less
of assigned
criteria.
Client introduction
includes ten (10) to
twelve (12) assigned
criteria.
(0-1%) Level 400
(2-3%) Level 400
(5%) Level
400
Holistic and
comprehensive
assessment data
(20%)
(4-5%) Level 400
Six (6) or fewer
areas of the
assessment are
complete with vital
signs, pertinent
medical and social
histories, and
incomplete list of
all applicable
problems.
(problems not
stated in NANDA
format)
Nine (9) or fewer
areas of the
assessment are
complete with vital
signs, pertinent
medical and social
histories, and
incomplete list of
all applicable
problems
(NANDA stem &
etiology only)
(16-18%) Level
Ten (10) to twelve
(12) areas of the
assessment are
complete with vital
signs, pertinent
medical and social
histories, and list of
all applicable
problems (NANDA
stem & etiology only)
Comments
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
400
(19-20%) Level 400
½ of the nursing
diagnoses are
identified based on
the holistic
assessment.
¾ of the nursing
diagnoses are
identified based on
the holistic
assessment.
All nursing diagnoses
are identified based
on the holistic
assessment.
(0-2%) Level 400
½ of the nursing
diagnoses are
correctly listed and
prioritized.
(3-4%) Level 400
¾ of the nursing
diagnoses are
correctly listed and
prioritized.
(5%) Level 400
All of the nursing
diagnoses are
correctly listed and
prioritized.
(0-2%) Level 400
(3-4%) Level 400
½ of the nursing
diagnoses are
prioritized.
¾ of the nursing
diagnoses are
prioritized.
(5%) Level 400
All of the nursing
diagnoses are
prioritized.
(0-2%) Level 400
Diagnoses for the
care plan is missing
two parts.
(0-2%) Level 400
Goal is appropriate
for the diagnosis
and written using
SMART criteria.
(3-4%) Level 400
Diagnoses for the
care plan is
missing one part.
(3-4%) Level 400
Goal is appropriate
for the diagnosis
and written using
SMART criteria.
(5%) Level 400
All parts of the
diagnoses for the care
plan are correct.
(5%) Level 400
Goal is appropriate
for the diagnosis and
written using
SMART criteria.
The goal is not
appropriate for the
outcomes.
The goal is
appropriate for two
(2) outcomes
(0-5%) Level 400
(6-10%) Level
400
(11-15%) Level 400
Only One (1)
intervention is
developed per
outcome.
Two (2) or fewer
interventions are
developed per
outcome.
Three (3)
interventions are
developed per
outcome.
(0-15%) Level 400
Diagnoses
(20%)
Planning
(15%)
Interventions
(18%)
The goal is
appropriate for all
three (3) outcomes.
(4-6%) Level 400
(0-3%) Level 400
Three (3)
interventions are
stated using
actions verbs.
(7-9%) Level 400
Six (6)
Interventions
are stated using
actions verbs.
Nine (9)
Interventions are
stated using
actions verbs.
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
Rationales
(10%)
Evaluation
(9%)
(0-1%) Level 400
(2-6%) Level 400
Three or fewer
rationales are not
scientific and not
cited per APA
format.
Three (3) to six
(6) of the
interventions
have scientific
rationales with
correct citation
per APA format.
(0-3%) Level 400
Evaluative
statement as to
whether goal is
met, partially met
or unmet is made
for one or none of
the outcomes.
(4-6%) Level 400
Re-plan
statement(s) for
improving the
plan of care are
not made for
unmet and
partially met
outcomes
Re-plan
statement(s) for
improving the
plan of care are
made for two
unmet and
partially met
outcomes
Evaluative
statement as to
whether the goal
is met, partially
met or unmet is
made for two of
the outcomes.
(7-9%) Level 400
Seven (7) to nine
(9) interventions
have scientific
rationales with
correct citation per
APA format.
(7-10%) Level 400
Evaluative
statements per
outcome stated goal
is met, partially met
or unmet is made
for all three
outcomes.
Re-plan
statement(s) for
improving the plan
of care are made for
all unmet and
partially met
outcomes.
(4-8%) Level 400
(0-3%) Level 400
References
and Grammar
(3%)
References on the
reference list are
not all in the
narrative and are
not according to
APA format.
References in the
reference list are
not all in the
narrative and are
not according to
APA format.
Writing with
some correct
spelling and
grammar
Writing with
correct spelling
and grammar
(9%) Level 400
References in the
reference list are in
the narrative and
are according to
APA format.
Writing with
correct spelling and
grammar
(2%) Level 400
(3%) Level 400
(0-1%) Level 400
Approved:
Undergraduate Curriculum Committee 9-20-18
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
Faculty Organization 9-27-18
SBAR Note Grading Rubric
Student Name:____________________ Date:__________________
Grade__________% (____total points received/5)
Comments
Situation:
Provide a concise statement
Points Received
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
of the problem.
1.2%
Background:
State the pertinent and brief
information related to the
situation.
0.60%
Assessment:
Summarize situation and
background. Explained what
is going on with patient with
appropriate assessment data.
2%
Recommendation:
Describe/Explain what action
requested/recommended
1.0%
Grammar:
Correct grammar, spelling,
clear concise data,
0.20
Total 5%
NURS 416 CLINICAL REFLECTIVE JOURNAL/LOG
Objective(s):
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
Through reflective thought the student will compare and identify how their activities and
observations relate to various management theories.
Each student will submit a clinical journal for each day in the field. Describe your
experiences and how they apply to the learning objective. Apply at least one of the
learning objectives listed below to each entry. Must identify at the top of journal
entry what objective below that you be writing about. Word limit 100-500 words.
1. Apply the nursing process as it relates to theoretical principles in the nursing
management of children and adolescents within the family system.
2. Integrate caring behaviors, critical thinking and clinical reasoning in the
therapeutic management of the pediatric client and family.
3. Implement effective, age appropriate, therapeutic communication skills in the
care of children and adolescents within the family system.
4. Evaluate the effectiveness of interventions that are congruent with the cultural
beliefs, traditions, and behaviors of families.
5. Demonstrate leadership skills to serve as a member of the health care team in
the clinical setting.
6. Incorporate research findings in care planning.
7. Appraise health policies and laws that impact pediatric nursing practice.
8. Debate the outcomes of ethical dilemmas that arise in the care of the pediatric
client.
Your journals are due to your clinical instructor the following week after your
clinical experience.
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
Nurs 416 Journal Rubric
Student Name: ____________________ Date:__________________
Grade__________% (____total points received 1)
Comments
Identified one learning
objective in reflection
0.25%
Describe your experiences
and how they apply to the
learning objective.
0.60
Correct grammar, spelling,
clear concise data, and meet
the word limit 100-500
words.
0.15
Total 1%
Points Received
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
Well Child Developmental Assessment Paper Guidelines
Students will conduct a developmental assessment met in a home setting to identify
factors influencing a child’s development.
WELL CHILD DEVELOPMENTAL ASSESSMENT PAPER (20%)
Each student will conduct a pediatric developmental assessment in order to
facilitate his/her learning of the multiple, predictable aspects of a child’s growth and
development. The student will also assess the child’s home environment to identify some
of the factors influencing the child’s development. Following the visit, a written paper
will be due which will include physiologic and psychosocial assessment data, goals for
the child and family, interventions, and recommendations.
I.
PROCEDURE FOR THE VISIT
Identify a well child (1 month – 10 years of age) either in a home or school
environment. The child should not be a member of the student’s immediate family.
For home visits, you will be conducting a developmental and a home assessment for a
child birth to 10 years of age. For school students, you may conduct a systematic
assessment of their developmental status and identify environmental factors located in
the school which are aimed at stimulating their development.
Some suggested parameters to include:
a) birth date, age, and gender
b) growth parameters – use growth charts based on the
➢ For children < 2 years, use the Birth to 36 months 3rd-97th percentile forms and plot the following on the chart: o length for age o weight for age o head circumference for age o weight for length ➢ For children > 2 years, use the 2-20 years 3rd-97th percentile forms and
plot the following on the chart:
o stature for age
o weight for age
o BMI for age
c) nutritional status
d) development – remember the different aspects of development
e) family
➢ Who lives in the home and what are their roles with the child?
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
➢ What influences do they have on the child’s development?
➢ Is the child cared for outside of the home and what impact does that have
on the child and his/her family?
f) home environment or school assessment–
➢ include safety issues that may not be covered by this tool, i.e.: guns in
home, helmets w/ bikes, harmful chemicals within reach, etc.
2) ANALYSIS OF DATA
a) Interpret the child’s growth percentiles.
b) Describe and interpret child developmental findings. Select at least two
developmental theorists and compare the child’s development.
c) Assess the child’s environment in the areas of cognitive and social
emotional support, safety, nutrition, and list factors that facilitate or inhibit
the child’s growth and development. Or, if school based, describe
environmental factors you have identified that are stimulating the child’s
development
d) Discuss problems to be addressed, nursing diagnoses, and needs. If there
are no problems, discuss anticipatory guidance needs.
3) GOALS – for child and family
4) INTERVENTIONS OR RECOMMENDATIONS – to maintain and promote growth,
development and health of the child. Include documented rationale.
5) REFERENCE LIST – Use APA format.
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
SECTION
POSSIBLE POINTS
ASSESSMENT: Collection of Subjective and Objective Data
1. Growth Chart
2. Nutritional Status (24-hour food diary)
3. Family Assessment
5. Pediatric Home Environment
Total points
5pts
5pts
5pts
5pts
20pts
ANALYSIS OF DATA
1. Child’s Growth and Development (must reference
two developmental theorist)
2. Child’s Home Environment
3. Factors that facilitate/inhibit G&D
4. Discussion of identified problems
Total Points
15pts
10pts
10pts
15pts
50pts
GOALS:
1. 2 for Child
2. 2 for Family
Total Points
INTERVENTIONS/RECOMMENDATIONS:
4pts
4pts
8pts
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
1. Maintenance of current Health Practices
2. Promotion of health, growth & development
Total Points
10pts
10pts
20pts
APA FORMATING:
2pts
TOTAL POSSIBLE POINTS:
100pts
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
Well Child Developmental Assessment Paper Guidelines
Students will conduct a developmental assessment met in a home setting to identify factors influencing a child’s
development.
WELL CHILD DEVELOPMENTAL ASSESSMENT PAPER (20%)
Each student will conduct a pediatric developmental assessment in order to facilitate his/her learning of
the multiple, predictable aspects of a child’s growth and development. The student will also assess the child’s
home environment to identify some of the factors influencing the child’s development. Following the visit, a
written paper will be due which will include physiologic and psychosocial assessment data, goals for the child
and family, interventions, and recommendations.
I.
PROCEDURE FOR THE VISIT
Identify a well child (1 month – 10 years of age) either in a home or school environment. The child should
not be a member of the student’s immediate family.
For home visits, you will be conducting a developmental and a home assessment for a child birth to 10 years
of age. For school students, you may conduct a systematic assessment of their developmental status and
identify environmental factors located in the school which are aimed at stimulating their development.
Some suggested parameters to include:
a) birth date, age, and gender
b) growth parameters – use growth charts based on the
➢ For children < 2 years, use the Birth to 36 months 3rd-97th percentile forms and plot the following on the chart: o length for age o weight for age o head circumference for age o weight for length ➢ For children > 2 years, use the 2-20 years 3rd-97th percentile forms and plot the following on the
chart:
o stature for age
o weight for age
o BMI for age
c) nutritional status
d) development – remember the different aspects of development
e) family
➢ Who lives in the home and what are their roles with the child?
➢ What influences do they have on the child’s development?
➢ Is the child cared for outside of the home and what impact does that have on the child and his/her
family?
f) home environment or school assessment–
➢ include safety issues that may not be covered by this tool, i.e.: guns in home, helmets w/ bikes,
harmful chemicals within reach, etc.
2) ANALYSIS OF DATA
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
a) Interpret the child’s growth percentiles.
b) Describe and interpret child developmental findings. Select at least two developmental theorists
and compare the child’s development.
c) Assess the child’s environment in the areas of cognitive and social emotional support, safety,
nutrition, and list factors that facilitate or inhibit the child’s growth and development. Or, if
school based, describe environmental factors you have identified that are stimulating the child’s
development
d) Discuss problems to be addressed, nursing diagnoses, and needs. If there are no problems, discuss
anticipatory guidance needs.
3) GOALS – for child and family
4) INTERVENTIONS OR RECOMMENDATIONS – to maintain and promote growth, development and
health of the child. Include documented rationale.
5) REFERENCE LIST – Use APA format.
Bowie State University
Bowie, MD 20715
College of Professional Studies
Department of Nursing
SECTION
POSSIBLE POINTS
ASSESSMENT: Collection of Subjective and Objective Data
1.
Growth Chart
2.
Nutritional Status (24-hour food diary)
3.
Family Assessment
5.
Pediatric Home Environment
5pts
5pts
5pts
5pts
Total points
20pts
ANALYSIS OF DATA
1. Child’s Growth and Development (must reference
two developmental theorist)
2.
Child’s Home Environment
10pts
3.
Factors that facilitate/inhibit G&D
4.
Discussion of identified problems
15pts
10pts
15pts
Total Points 50pts
GOALS:
1.
2.
2 for Child
2 for Family
4pts
4pts
Total Points 8pts
INTERVENTIONS/RECOMMENDATIONS:
1.
2.
Maintenance of current Health Practices
Promotion of health, growth & development
10pts
10pts
Total Points 20pts
APA FORMATING:
2pts
TOTAL POSSIBLE POINTS:
100pts

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Response to classmate’s post to the black board!

Description

Please response to at least three classmates answer to discussion board aboutHumanitarian Aids in Disaster and public health issues in disasters. Please have a look!


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Response to a blackboard classmates discussions, separately responses with it’s references.
Classmate One.
Bader Alkhaldi
Week 7
COLLAPSE
Vaccines have significantly reduced the risk of infectious diseases. The necessary vaccines for
children were enforced in the US by means of school and childcare standards. Although the
evident success rate of a vaccination program against dangerous pathogens, anti-vaccine
movement is still active in the world today (Cataldi et al., 2018). Today, vaccines have a clean
bill of safety record, as several “vaccine scares’ are emerging to be false alarms.
The main function of a surveillance system for public health is to gather and analyze data on
health status and disease-risk factors in the population in a sort of way that leads to disease
prevention and control. In countries affected by war or civil strife, the public health system
susceptible to fail to report data about the current situation. In Afghanistan, communicable
diseases cause more than 50% of all morbidity and mortality. Most of these diseases can be
avoided by basic interventions and vaccinations for public health (Kapur & Smith, 2010). The
government has shown progress in health surveillance system by cooperating with international
organizations like WHO and UNICEF to implement immunization program. However, Vaccine
coverage levels are considered to be over-reported due to corruption, misconduct, and safety
issues. And accordingly, infectious diseases like Polio continued to threat thousands of children.
Eradicating diseases usually require a significant level of population immunity that can cover all
the regions within the world over the long-term, utilizing adequate surveillance (Kapur & Smith,
2010). The currently targeted disease is polio, which still serves as a global challenge, although
the polio vaccine has touched a broad scope of the world, leading to the complete elimination of
polio Type 2.
The public health should consider an early strategic planning for emerging respiratory pathogens
and well strategies for patient triage and laboratory exams and diagnosis. Once the the cases
confirmed to be new infectious disease , the surveillance system will disseminate that fact to take
the highest precautions in regional hospitals (Kapur & Smith, 2010).
On the other hand,there are many infictious diseases, like Zika virus disease, do not have
vaccines due to the highly costs to develop the vaccines comparing to the low impact of the
pathogens. Treatment involves relieving symptoms by conservative treatment without the use of
a specific vaccine. According to the WHO, as of 28 January 2016, 23 countries in the Americas
reported cases with Zika virus (Basundra et al. 2016). Global health authorities should therefore
set up an effective public health surveillance system for effective containment and control of
ZIKV. it can be derived from other viral diseases such as malaria, influenza and other viral
diseases.
The 2012 Hurricane Sandy severely impacted New York, mostly N.Y.C., its towns, and Long
Island. This catastrophe made the government develop and execute agencies like FEMA and
Homeland Security Department (D.H.S.). These reactions to incidents highlighted the need for
improved contingency plans and collaboration among all levels of emergency management (Lin
et al., 2014). In 2012. Superstorm Sandy caused several damages on the eastern coastline. One
lesson learned from Katrina by the government was permitting states to declare an emergency
state afore the crisis. States like New York reported a crisis state and other states to assist with
power challenges arising from Sandy (Lin et al., 2014). These were several logistical challenges
with Sandy. Most areas of N.Y.C. forced people for temporary housing meanwhile N.Y.C. was
not logistically prepared for mobile homes. Another challenge was the power problem whereby
two million individuals did not have power, and a national power restoration task force was
established that collaborated with the state and other agencies’ in restoring power to those in
need.
According to the New York University Langone Medical Center spokesperson, Power was cut
and backup generators that operated before the storm stopped. Two hundred and fifteen patients
had to be evacuated to nearby hospitals — the N.Y.U. Basement and lower levels were flooded
with water at ten to twelve feet. N.Y.C. crisis medical services faced several problems and
challenges amid the storm linked with flooding, closure, and hospital evacuation. Nonetheless,
many hospitals were compelled to close amid the storm. Since Hurricane Sandy, the government
became effective at pre-deploying emergency resources before the storm. The government
likewise combines federal assets into state and local levels and collaborating with non-traditional
first responders like faith-based organizations that in several situations, arrive at the disaster site
afore FEMA does.
References
Cataldi, J. R., Dempsey, A. F., Allison, M. A., & O’Leary, S. T. (2018). Vaccine, 36(30), 4525-
4531.
Kapur, G. B., & Smith, J. P. (2010). Emergency public health: Preparedness and response. Jones &
Bartlett Publishers.
Lin, N., Emanuel, K. A., Smith, J. A., & Vanmarcke, E. (2014). Risk assessment of hurricane storm surge for
New York City. Journal of Geophysical Research: Atmospheres, 115(D18).
Sumeena Basundra, Ravishekar N Hiremath, Rakesh Khajuria, & Sandhya Ghodke. (2016). Zika Virus: An
Emerging Public Health Challenge. Journal of Krishna Institute of Medical Sciences University, 5(3), 5–12.
Classmate Two.
1 day ago
week 7
Haifa-Mohammed Alhazmi
COLLAPSE
First, there are many public health issues, but the most important issues that
concern me is water and sanitation. The provision of safe water and sanitation is
critical to control the transmission of waterborne diseases such as cholera. Cholera is a
diarrhoeal disease caused by infection with the bacteria Vibrio cholera. It is a waterand foodborne disease with person-to-person transmission resulting from poor
hygiene, limited access to sanitation, and inadequate water supply, which all
contribute to the rapid progression of an outbreak (Taylor 2015). Many studies have
shown that clean water and sanitary environments are needed for the prevention of
diseases. According to Montgomery ” No end to cholera without basic water,
sanitation, and hygiene”. World Health Organization recommends a response
focussing on reducing mortality by ensuring prompt case management and reducing
morbidity by providing safe water, adequate sanitation, and health promotion.
A recent humanitarian crisis that has been associated with infectious diseases due
to the lack of access to clean water. In 2017, famine was declared in two counties in
South Sudan, over seven million people are in need of aid, including around 6.9
million people experiencing hunger. The political conflict adversely impacted on the
Sudanese health in many different ways has caused massive displacement, dire food
shortages, and damaged the water infrastructure. As a human, we need water so if the
people will using dirty water there is a high possibility of spreading infectious
diseases such as cholera outbreak. The outbreak was declared on 18 June 2016 and
spread to many parts of the country, including the capital Juba. As of 17 November,
communities along the River Nile are worst affected and account for 91 percent of
reported cholera cases.
To manage the issue, I would recommend providing clean water and proper
sanitation to populations, people should also be helped to reconstruct toilets or
provide mobile toilets that people can use to prevent the contamination of the
remaining sources of clean water. Health education and good food hygiene,
communities should be reminded of basic hygienic behaviors, including the necessity
of systematic hand- washing with soap after defecation and before handling food or
eating. Finally, after a long time, South Sudan declared the end of its longest and
largest cholera outbreak on Wednesday, February 07, 2018.
Taylor, D. L., Kahawita, T. M., Cairncross, S., & Ensink, J. H. (2015). The Impact of
Water, Sanitation and Hygiene Interventions to Control Cholera: A Systematic
Review. PloS one, 10(8), e0135676. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0135676
Mercy Corps (2019), Quick facts: What you need to know about the South Sudan
crisis. Retrieved 10 October 2019, from https://www.mercycorps.org/articles/southsudan/south-sudan-crisis
Montgomery, M., Jones, M. W., Kabole, I., Johnston, R., & Gordon, B. (2018). No
end to cholera without basic water, sanitation and hygiene. Bulletin of the World
Health Organization, 96(6), 371–371A. doi:10.2471/BLT.18.213678
WOH (2018) South Sudan declares the end of its longest cholera outbreak. Retrieved
07 February 2018, from: https://www.afro.who.int/news/south-sudan-declares-end-itslongest-cholera-outbreak
Reply Quote Email Author
Classmate Three.
posted 2 days ago (last edited 1 day ago)
week 7
Mohammed Alghamdi
COLLAPSE
Water and Sanitation
The improved water supply, hygiene, and sanitation interventions have resulted in a
reduction in parasitic infections, morbidity &mortality, an increase in child growth, and fewer
diarrhea cases. Moreover, an increase in the quantity of water has more significant benefits than
the improved water quality for people to adopt safer hygiene behaviors. Also, the introduction of
programs in schools to improve hand washing behaviors, which is incorporated with traditional
hygiene practices, has dramatically improved the public health of many schools (Kapur & Smith,
2010).
Furthermore, Inter-agency such as Focusing Resources on Effective School Health
(FRESH) aims to improve the quality of schools and child-friendly learning environments
around the world. They ensure guidelines are implemented to monitor and evaluate school
hygiene & sanitation projects to ensure the safety of the students in schools. However, Scientists
have also stated the construction of sanitation and water supply facilities is not enough to
improve the health in the communities. They suggest infrastructure investment should
accompany public health initiatives to realize the full potential of public Health (Cross &
Coombes, 2013).
The humanitarian Crises in the Democratic Republic of Congo
The Democratic Republic of Congo is experiencing acute malnutrition, epidemics, and
armed conflict. Also, the occurrence of severe floods has led to cholera and Ebola outbreak,
leading to the death of hundreds of people. The severe wide spread of this infectious diseases has
caused massive scare among the communities in the country. Moreover, the floods destroy
drinkable water sources promoting contamination. The contaminated water could lead to serious
medical implications such as diarrhea if not treated. Lastly, due to the fact the country is
experiencing a civil war has led to many mother’s not offering their young one’s adequate
vaccination. It results to poor malnutrition and the children suffer from opportunistic diseases
(Msoka, 2007).
How to manage the above humanitarian crisis
The building of latrines and houses in conflict-affected regions will increase water access to
the people affected in the community. Also, by providing safe and drinkable water to areas with
contaminated water sources to avoid any water borne disease. Moreover, people should be
trained on how to initiate health care service and how to treat infectious disease such as the
cholera outbreak. This initiative will also help target mothers to enable vaccination of the
children to avoid death due to opportunistic diseases (Pusterla, 2016).
References
Cross, P., & Coombes, Y. (2013). Sanitation and Hygiene in Africa: Where do We Stand? IWA
Publishing.
Kapur, G. B., & Smith, J. P. (2010). Emergency Public Health: Preparedness and Response.
Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett Publishers.
Msoka, G. A. (2007). Basic Human Rights and the Humanitarian Crises in Sub-Saharan Africa:
Ethical Reflections. Wipf and Stock Publishers.
Pusterla, F. (2016). The European Union and Humanitarian Crises: Patterns of Intervention.
London, England: Routledge.
Classmate Four.
Morton Disease Prevention
Zorina Morton
COLLAPSE
Evidence is a key component in identifying trends and changing practices, especially in the
public health field. Choose a public health topic that you are especially passionate about. (e.g.,
water and sanitation, vaccinations, infectious disease, etc.) Discuss how studies/research support
your views (for or against).
I am passionate about disease eradication; therefore, this anti-vaccine campaign inflames
me severely. There has been a resurgence of many vaccine-preventable diseases such as measles.
There is no reason that measles has resurged; measles was eliminated, which is different than
eradicated. Anti- Vaccers believe that disease where becoming eradicated prior to immunization
due to better sanitation and other socio-economic conditions (WHO, 2013). While these factors
can be attributed to the reduction of disease, they cannot be considered the sole considerations.
In public health, it is difficult to prove a causal relationship. For example, people say
smoking causes cancer, which is incorrect. Smoking can be attributed to higher risks of cancer
because not all smokers develop cancer. Therefore, anti-vaccers saying that better conditions are
the reason for disease eradication is incorrect (WHO, 2013). While improved living conditions,
the proximity of housing have indirectly impacted disease transmission, incidence cases of
diseases have significantly decreased due to the interventions of antibiotics and immunizations
(WHO, 2013).
Another issue with this campaign is the definitions used; measles was never eradicated; it
was eliminated in the United States. These terms are not interchangeable, eliminated means
reduction in incidence cases to zero in a defined geographical area for twelve months (CDC,
1999). While eradication is the permanent reduction to zero in the world (CDC, 1999), this
communicates falsities and myths that the government is implanting infections in specific
communities. There are only two diseases that have been eradicated smallpox and rinderpest,
which only affects animals. The reason that smallpox was eradicated was due to global education
and vaccines (Strassburg,1982). Not only were vaccines used but surveillance to contain
suspected cases and confirmed cases (Strassburg, 1982). This is difficult now with politics where
people can fill out exemption forms and pick up and move.
As of November 2015, there were a total of 804 cases of measles in individuals who had
no previous history of immunization (Phadke, 2016). There were seven different outbreaks of
measles from 2000-2015. Of the 970 reported cases, 874 cases were in unvaccinated individuals
who were eligible to receive the vaccine (Phadke, 2016).
These studies support the well know fact that vaccines help to decrease and or eliminate
diseases. History has shown what happens when populations are not vaccinated; you get
smallpox, measles, tetanus, etc. Herd immunity only works if the threshold is more than 90
percent of the population is protected (Funk, 2017). If people continue to opt-out of vaccines, the
herd immunity will continue to fall well below the threshold. Counter campaigns need to be
posted everywhere, educating people on the truth and myths of immunizations.
I could talk about disease prevention, transmission, disease, anything forever.
Choose a recent international or humanitarian crisis. What were public health issues associated
with this incident? How would you manage these issues?
A recent humanitarian crisis is currently occurring in Venezuela and surrounding
countries. There is severe economic and political instability caused by a decline by the countries
revenue streams (US AID, 2019). The economic reduction has lead to hyperinflation;
humanitarian workers have identified health, water, sanitation as urgent needs in Venezuela (US
AID, 2019). Due to the shortage of basic necessities and affordable goods has caused a mass
exodus to neighboring nations, including Brazil, Peru, and Trinidad and Tobago (US AID, 2019).
An estimated 4.3 million Venezuelans have fled their country since 2014 due to the crisis (Grillet
et al., 2019). This influx is straining the neighboring countries’ borders, and resources, the
president of Venezuela has requested and additional 119 million dollars from the U.S. (Grillet et
al.,2019). I think that money should go toward rebuilding a public health infrastructure because
addressing political issues is highly unlikely. Immunizations, nutrition, and psychological aid are
the areas that need immediate attention. Venezuela has had a 359% increase in malaria compared
to 71% in 2017, and cases continue to rise (Grillet et al., 2019). Neighboring countries have also
experienced a growth in imported cases of malaria; Brazil has seen 1,591 incident cases in 2017
(Grillet et al., 2019). Other diseases are also on the rise such as Dengue, Chagas, Zika, and
Chikungunya (Grillet et al., 2019). This humanitarian aid crisis is quickly spreading and may
turn into a multi-regional outbreak of these infections. The funding, if not all, a significant
portion needs to go towards public health infrastructure.
Reference
CDC. (1999). The Principles of Disease Elimination and Eradication. Retrieved October 10,
2019, from https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/su48a7.htm.
Phadke, V. K., Bednarczyk, R. A., Salmon, D. A. & Omer, S. B. (2016). Association Between
Vaccine Refusal and Vaccine-Preventable Diseases in the United States: A Review of
Measles and Pertussis. JAMA, 315(11), 1149–1158. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.1353
Strassburg, M. A. (1982). The global eradication of smallpox. American Journal of Infection
Control, 10(2), 53–59. doi: 10.1016/0196-6553(82)90003-7
Tami, A., Grillet, M. E., Paniz-Mondolfi, A., Oletta, J., Llewellyn, M. S., Hernández-Villena, J.
V., & Márquez, M. (2019). Resurgence of Vector-Borne and Vaccine-Preventable
Diseases in Venezuela in Times of a Complex Humanitarian Health Crisis: A Regional
Menace. Prehospital and Disaster Medicine, 34(s1). doi: 10.1017/s1049023x1900030x
US AID. (2019). Venezuela: Disaster Assistance. Retrieved October 10, 2019, from
https://www.usaid.gov/crisis/venezuela-regional.
WHO. (2013). Six common misconceptions about immunization. Retrieved October 10, 2019,
fromhttps://www.who.int/vaccine_safety/initiative/detection/immunization_misconceptio
ns/en/index2.html.
Funk S. (2017). Critical immunity thresholds for measles elimination [PDF File] Retrieved from
https://www.who.int/immunization/sage/meetings/2017/october/2._target_immunity_leve
ls_FUNK.pdf
Reply Quote Email Author
Classmate Five.
2 days ago
Ahmed Althobaiti
week 7
COLLAPSE
Evidence-based practice has revolutionized trends in the management of public health.
The availability of evidence offers grounds for evaluation of public health issues and parameters
for assessing intervention mechanisms. Management and monitoring of infectious diseases in
public health practice rely on evidence (Sutherland, Pullin, Dolman, & Knight, 2004). Although
the utilization of evidence in examining contagious diseases has yielded impressive results,
not every data is pertinent in controlling public health emergencies. The unpredictability
and vicissitudes in outbreaks of infectious diseases require constant research in screening
new risks and validating existing evidence. Public health management is a practice that
should rely on evidence.
The outbreak of Zika virus raises concerns on practices of public health. The virus
epidemic that occurred between 2015 and 2016 caused panic in many countries. Initially, the
consequences of the virus that is spread by Aedes mosquitoes were underestimated (Zammarchi
et al., 2015). The rapid virus transmission caught the attention of researchers as they attempted to
seek a remedy. The analysis of previous occurrences played an instrumental role in controlling
the outbreak. Studies established that international travelers from or to specific regions such as
French Polynesia carried high-risk levels (Calvet et al., 2018). Countries were required to
monitor travel patterns when screening suspected cases. Public health caution on travels was
vital in the management of the global crisis.
Controlling the Zika virus was an international concern. Although the management of the
virus was fairly conducted in regions experiencing the outbreak, several intervention measures
could have assisted in providing a quicker remedy. Analysis of existing evidence on trends of the
virus, causes, and prevention was vital in the management of the contagious disease. Also,
intensive public awareness was necessary for mitigating the disease outcomes. The outbreak
provided crucial lessons in the utilization of evidence when addressing public health concerns.
The unpredictability and fluctuations in outbreaks of viruses require constant research
and data collection to know more about the infectious diseases and be able to control them.
Public health management is a practice that should rely on evidence. Timely intervention
measures are of great importance to limiting the spread of a virus and preventing future
outbursts.
References
Calvet, G. A., Kara, E. O., Giozza, S. P., Bôtto-Menezes, C. H. A., Gaillard,
P., de Oliveira Franca, R. F., … & de Mello, M. B. (2018). Study on
the persistence of Zika virus (ZIKV) in body fluids of patients with
ZIKV infection in Brazil. BMC Infectious Diseases, 18(1), 49. Doi:
10.1186/s12879-018-2965-4
Sutherland, W. J., Pullin, A. S., Dolman, P. M., & Knight, T. M. (2004). The
need for evidence-based conservation. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 19(6), 305-308. Doi: 10.1016/j.tree.2004.03.018
Zammarchi, L., Stella, G., Mantella, A., Bartolozzi, D., Tappe, D., Günther,
S., … & Schmidt-Chanasit, J. (2015). Zika virus infections imported to
Italy: Clinical, immunological and virological findings, and public
health implications. Journal of Clinical Virology, 63, 32-35.
Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcv.2014.12.005

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

R family Assessment

Description

This is a community family assessment paper, I will upload the rubric and example of previous paper done so it can help facilitate the paper being done.


help with my hw please

Description

Hello, I need someone to help me with my assignment There is a file to do the question and write a comment about student’s response you can have a hint of the student’s response and make it similar thank you for help in advance


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Choose a topic within one of the seven C’s and describe why that issue is important or how
you have been impacted by that issue.
My example:
Within “Clean Your Data”, one issue that I’ve encountered is the Wrong Date Window
problem. When you get a data set to analyze, you should always check that you received the
date window specified. My issue is that I was once putting together the number of visits by
physician over the last year. The database administrator only gave us the visits from the
current year, not the last twelve months. So we were missing almost a whole quarter’s worth
of data for our analysis.
Your answer::
Student response:
I picked “Choose your question” which is famed as the most important C of the 7 C’s. The
issue that I’ve encountered with this is not choosing the right questions to answer. There has
been many times in my work place where I’m given very vague information for a project
that I need to put together. My boss is very busy so she doesn’t have time to answer
questions or always give me specifics on the project all the time so wasting time answering
the wrong questions can become a real problem. There has been times in the past where I
take the project in the wrong direction and I have to correct it to match her vision. For
example, she asked me to create a safety book for patients so that all staff could refer to it if
needed. I wasn’t sure what she all wanted to include in the book (Not choosing the right
question) so I spent a lot of wasted time trying to create something out of what little
information I had.
Your comment about the student respons:

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

para for bob 2018 LX

Description

i need someone to respond to the answer of the question below with 500 words and he could be critical, agree or disagree adn you have to incule your thoughts in the resopnd with APA style citation with 3 reference

the question is

You are an Emergency Manager in your respective country. A highly infectious influenza strain has been detected. There is a limited quantity of the vaccine to prevent this particular strain of influenza. Discuss your plan for distributing this vaccine. Who receives the vaccine and who does not? How did you come to this conclusion?

the answer essay is

Pandemics tend to catch society unprepared, and resources are seldom enough to cub its adversities. An influenza outbreak in a country would most likely find relatively few doses of vaccines that cannot be enough to serve everyone. In this regard, there are those that would be issued with this vaccine in the first instance whereas others would have to wait for newly produced doses. However, this priority of allocation is based on certain assumptions and also seeks to achieve the ultimate goal of containing the outbreak and keeping mortalities as low as possible.

There are certain factors that would influence the priority with which to allocate scarce vaccine during an influenza pandemic. Firstly, the distribution of this vaccine should ensure to keep morbidity and mortality rates as low as possible (World Health Organization, 2004). Secondly, the healthcare system and workforce should always remain competently capable of dealing with the pandemic and helping the affected (Rothstein, 2010). In these two regards, it is imperative that the distribution of the scarce vaccine consider prioritizing population groups with a high rate of morbidity and mortality is such a crisis. Additionally, it is important that the healthcare system and its workforce remain strong throughout the course of dealing with and containing the pandemic.

The two notions that have been discussed in the previous paragraph, therefore, guide the allocation and distribution of vaccines during the influenza outbreak. In this perspective, public health workers and medical workers would have to receive the vaccine first. The rationale in this choice is that by distributing the vaccine to these workers, the country is better equipping its health system and workforce to address the outbreak without compromise or setback. Besides, health workers are supposed to protect the public and deliver service during such an outbreak thus, they should themselves be adequately resistant and resilient against the effect of the disease thus, the high priority (Rothstein, 2010).

Secondly, the vaccine would go to senior people with a high risk of conditions that are associated with influenza; those with cases of the strain, or a history of hospitalization for the same or related medical condition (World Health Organization, 2004). Thirdly, pregnant/expectant women will follow in this list of priorities due to their high risk of contacting the disease, and the fact that they can be adversely affected by the strain relatively quicker and severely than their counterparts who are not pregnant (Yu et al., 2016). The other population groups, which include health young and senior adults, as well as children, would be vaccinated last due to their existing ability of their bodies to fight the disease. However, immunocompromised persons, such as those who are on cancer treatments, AIDS patients and people who have had transplants would not be vaccinated; these groups of people tend to respond poorly to the influenza vaccine thus, the vaccine would not be of any urgent help.

References

Rothstein, M. A. (2010). Currents in contemporary ethics: should health care providers get treatment priority in an influenza pandemic?. The Journal of Law, Medicine & Ethics, 38(2), 412-419.

Yu, Z., Liu, J., Wang, X., Zhu, X., Wang, D., & Han, G. (2016). Efficient vaccine distribution based on a hybrid compartmental model. PloS one, 11(5), e0155416.

World Health Organization. (2004). Guidelines on the use of vaccines and antivirals during influenza pandemics. WHO Global Influenza Program.


Response 5

Description

I have 3 of my classmates posts. I need you to respond to each one separately. Also, one source at least for each one of them. Don’t write about how good their posts or how bad. All you need to do is to choose one point of the post and explore it a little bit with one source support for each response. The paper should be APA style. All the details in the attached below


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Hi, I have 3 of my classmates’ posts. I need you to respond to each one separately. Also,
one source at least for each one of them. Don’t write about how good their posts or how
bad. All you need to do is to choose one point of the post and explore it a little bit with
one source support for each response. The paper should be APA style.
The question was:Please discuss the importance and value of understanding cultural
ethics as they are related to international/humanitarian disasters. Similarly, discuss why
we as responders must conduct ourselves, and distribute resources ethically.
This is the first post from my classmate IBRA need to respond:
International humanitarian interventions and responses are crucial, especially in this era
of increased conflicts and natural disasters across the world. It is also arguable in this
same perspective that international cooperation is not only essential but also crucial for
effective humanitarian processes. However, such interventions, especially at international
levels, are subjected to the need to incorporate cultural ethics and its related
understanding and competencies for effectiveness, efficiency and success.
Understanding cultural ethics is invaluable to the success of international humanitarian
practices, and responders must uphold necessary ethical standards.
Culturally appropriate humanitarian intervention/response is considered key to the
effectiveness and success of humanitarian aid, especially at international levels. It is
imperative that organizations always recognize and acknowledge the need to respect the
culture of the host country/community (Tosovska, 2016). Culture in this aspect describe
the customs, norms, values, preferences, and expectations of the members of the host
country/community to whom the aid is provided (Msall, 2018). Therefore, for various
reasons discussed in the following paragraphs, it is important that responders conduct
themselves ethically, and employ ethical competence when distributing services and
resources to victims.
Understanding and respecting culture in international humanitarian improves acceptance
of the aid. Awareness that people have varying cultural practices and expectations also
included recognizing that cultural preferences and ways also vary. According to Sphere
Project (2014), the Humanitarian Charter and Minimum Standards in Disaster Response
(HCMSDR) deems accepting the help/aid highly crucial to addressing the disaster, and
restoring the strengths of the affected, but it can only be achieved if cultural notions and
perspectives of the target population are respected. It is important that responders avoid
discrimination during distribution of help, and ensure not to undermine the fact that even
the host community has their cultural strategies of coping, which should also be
incorporated into response practices to improve quality and acceptance of the aid.
Workers are always advised to remain accountable and ensure quality, which are some
of the main requirement of humanitarian standards (Msall, 2018). Ensuring cultural
competence is, therefore, one way of achieving accountability and cultural quality in
humanitarian responses.
Furthermore, understanding cultural ethics in international humanitarian disaster and
interventions ensure safety of workers/responders. Cultural differences, lack of its
awareness, and failure to employ cultural ethics collectively contribute to multiple
instances of safety risks. Accessing victims, and guaranteeing the safety of workers,
especially in conflict-related humanitarian responses, depend significantly on whether the
responder is aware and competent about cultural expectations of the victims and host
country to the extent that they would not feel undermined or threatened (Tosovska,
2016). Therefore, it is important that workers distribute resources and services in a
manner that not only acknowledges but also incorporate cultural perspectives of the
target population to ensure their safety as well as the acceptance.
In conclusion, cultural competence is ethically crucial in international humanitarian
responses just as it is in organizational workplaces. The quality of the response depends
on whether it incorporates cultural perspectives of the host country/community.
Additionally, safety of workers also depends on how they are culturally compatible with
hosts thus, they need to be culturally competent, and employ cultural ethics when
distributing the intended resources or aid. In these two regards, it is important that
responders must conduct themselves, and distribute resources in culturally ethical
manners, since the efficiency, effectiveness and success of the response heavily depend
on it.
References
Msall, K. A. (2018). Humanitarian aid workers’ knowledge of minority cultures in Iraqi
Kurdistan. Journal of International Humanitarian Action, 3(1), 9.
Sphere Project. (2004). Humanitarian charter and minimum standards in disaster
response. Sphere Project.
Tošovská, L. (2016). Cultural sensitivity in humanitarian assistance in post-conflict
areas (Doctoral dissertation).
This is the 2nd post from my classmate ABDL GHAneed to respond:
Ethics is the essence of humanitarian aid. They form the standards on which international
organizations are based to meet human rights such as justice, equality, work to help
those affected without secondary intentions -transparency-, work to meet the minimum
living standers and to stabilize and develop the affected countries (Clarinval & BillerAndorno, 2014). Consequently, understanding the cultural differences will lead to an
effective and successful meeting of human rights (Tošovská, 2016). Respect, as an
example of ethics, is what makes people accept assistance without diminishing their
dignity, so, we should show respect and good intentions when we communicate with
affected communities.
Diversity of cultures is a complex matter when it became related to humanitarian aid
because humanitarian aid agencies should meet their own culture and belief along with
affected countries’ beliefs which can make conflicts in some causes (Tošovská, 2016).
Personnel of humanitarian aid organizations can address this conflict by being equipped
with some background about that specific community through self-education or attending
classes, otherwise, that can result in what calls “moral disaster” (Clarinval & BillerAndorno, 2014). For example, Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) is an independent
international organization providing humanitarian medical assistance, they’ve started
programs to educate all responders and workers before going to the affected countries,
the discussion includes, for instance, the special requirement for dealing with men,
women, and children. Further, the workers will have to work with the local responders of
the affected country, which also shows the importance of having a background about
their system not only their traditions (Tošovská, 2016).
There is a huge responsibility for the responders to show the world to what extent human
life is precious. To deliver this message they must serve ethically. They also present their
culture to the affected community and even to the world. However, by looking at what the
sphere project is about. It is about two main beliefs, one is the provided help must
alleviate the human suffering, and the other is to the assistance provided will ensure a
decent life for the community. (the sphere project, 2004). What I want to point on here is
the ethical distribution of humanitarian assistance, based on the sphere project core
beliefs, will greatly contribute to reducing the suffering of the affected people and will
ensure the effective delivery of aid through justice and equality and meet the needs of
those affected. Given the scene in Yemen, the suffering of the people is increasing due
to corruption in humanitarian aid. For example, I’ve read in the newspaper the U.N has
announced that a group of employees has been accused of joining extremist groups to
steal humanitarian aid and donations, this is certainly the opposite of moral action.
References:
The sphere project. (2004). Humanitarian charter and minimum standards in disaster
response.
From http://ocw.jhsph.edu/courses/RefugeeHealthCare/PDF…
Tošovská L. (2016). Cultural sensitivity in humanitarian assistance in post-conflict areas.
From
https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/61ed/af0494c411e9…
Clarinval C., Biller-Andorno N. (2014). Challenging operations: An ethical framework to
assist humanitarian aid workers in their decision-making processes.
From https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24987575
This is the 3rd post from my classmate ALI need to respond:
Cultural ethics are an essential factor to take into account in any profession that relates
to helping others, especially in this globalized world. Different cultures have different
customs, and it is important for responders in humanitarian disasters to be aware of the
local culture and their expectations. Furthermore, culture influences the ethics of a
nation, their values, and morals. This means that someone should not push the ethics of
his nations on citizens of other nations, because that would result in failure, offending
others and failing to achieve the purpose of helping (Weaver, 2001). In fact, number 5 in
the Code of Conduct of the Red Cross and Red Crescent is “We shall respect culture and
customs” (Sphere Association, 2018, p. 6). The treatment of the elderly, the different
genres and the different social ranks also depend on the culture, and humanitarian
workers are advised to support cultural and religious practices that might help in times of
humanitarian crisis (Sphere Association, 2018). Thus, the humanitarian worker has to be
aware of cultures in order to perform his duties following the universal ethical principles of
humanitarianism.
The goal of humanitarian aid is to save lives, diminish suffering, repair harm, and
ultimately, to promote people’s autonomy so that they can continue their lives in full
control. Equality and the sacredness of life are the two main bases of humanitarian
ethics, and the community is very vocal about this, but in practice, humanitarian ethics
are underdeveloped (Slim, 2015). The three basic rights of all people who suffer a
humanitarian crisis are the right to life with dignity, the right to receive humanitarian
assistance, and the right to security and protection (Sphere Association, 2018). We must
remember this basic philosophy when we as responders have to make decisions in a
disaster area. It is important to act ethically because acting unethically would contradict
the main goals of the profession. The ethical distribution of resources follows the principle
of equality mentioned above, and also the three primary rights of individuals who have
been affected by a humanitarian disaster. Resources should, therefore, be distributed in
a way that will allow people to achieve a life with dignity, promote their security, and
receive help in a time of need.
References:
Sphere Association. (2018). The sphere handbook: humanitarian charter and minimum
standards in humanitarian response. Geneva, Switzerland.
Slim, H. (2015). Humanitarian ethics: a guide to the morality of aid in war and disaster.
United States: Oxford University Press.
Weaver, G.R. Journal of Business Ethics (2001) 30:
3. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1006475223493

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

HSA 505 Health Service Stragetic Marketing Week 8 Discussion

Description

Please respond to the following: Competition Model & Marketing Management Tools
Justify the fundamental reasons that marketers should closely monitor the actions of rivals in order to proactively address developing issues, events, and circumstances. Provide one (1) example of such successful close monitoring to support your rationale.
Evaluate the value afforded by Lehmann and Winer’s Level of Competition Model as an instrument for engendering the accurate identification and understanding of competition within the health care industry. Provide at least two (2) specific examples of Lehmann and Winer’s Level of Competition Model that apply within a health care organization with which you are familiar.
Analyze the benefits afforded to health care marketers that understand the importance of establishing core values that guide health care organizations in their strategic and tactical pursuits. Determine whether you believe the relationship between core values should stay the same over time or should change over time. Provide one (1) example of such a relationship between core values to support your rationale.
Appraise the value offered by Leonard Berry’s Success Sustainability Model as a management tool for communication drivers of excellence that will yield sustained success. Provide at least two (2) specific examples of Leonard Berry’s Success Sustainability Model that apply within a health care organization with which you are familiar.


Respond to both A and B

Description

(QA)In this activity, we see a nurse working in epidemiology. I believe it is important to have nurses in this field because they have a specific skill set that allows them to do this job well and also because there are more nurses than other medical professionals. Some of the skills that nurses have that are perfect for epidemiology are assessment and critical thinking (Gleavy, 1990). According to DailyNurse, ” A nurse epidemiologist investigates trends in groups or aggregates and studies the occurrence of diseases and injuries” (Epidemiology Nurse, 2019). This can be done well because of those two skills listed above as well as many others. IN order for a nurse to investigate trends they must first be able to assess the patients and notice when they have similar symptoms. Then a nurse uses their critical thinking skills to study how this happened to these patients. They must use critical thinking skills to determine what factors the patients have in common. For example, say a nurse notices that two of her patients have spiked a fever and are experiencing tachycardia, but they haven’t been at all prior to this. Then she notices other nurses patients are having the same problem. (QB)Being a nurse is a lot like being a detective. Nurses have to be able to walk into a patient room and quickly identify any safety problems that need to be addressed, like unlabeled tubing, or an unsafe height of the bed, or fall risk potentials. Potential fall risks would include the items most used by a patient being across the room and not on their bedside table, fall alarms not being active, IV tubing, oxygen tubing, or SCD tubing being attached the patient, and medication side effects causing confusion, weakness, urination frequency, etc. The nurse must also assess the patient for any clues of worsening condition or new clues of new problems. This could include decrease oxygen saturation suddenly, or decreased blood pressure upon standing, or increased urination frequency or patient stated burning while urinating. All of these items are clues that the nurse can chart and tell the physician. They are all items that could indicate potential health and safety problems. Without noticing them, the patient’s health could get worse, or they could have a fall in the room, or more problems could pop up (Shephard, 2016). The nurse needs to be able to use the detective skills to look around the park and determine any potential hazards, and then use the skills to examine those problem areas further by collecting samples and connecting the heavy rains to cattle farm run off and then to the faulty water filter of the water fountain and then to the fruit punch made from the water from the contaminated water fountain (Outbreak at Watersedge).


interprofessional colloaboration

Description

explain how interprofessional collaboration will help reduce errors, provide higher-quality care, and increase safety. Provide an example of a current or emerging trend that will require more, or change the nature of, interprofessional collaboration.


Health Promo: Disease Analysis

Description

For this assignment, you will select a disease of your choice and conduct a detailed analysis of that disease, exploring it from a balanced traditional and alternative health perspective.

Begin by searching the Center for Disease Control (CDC) website Diseases and Conditions Index to choose a disease or condition of interest to you.

Next, review the website for Healthy People 2020 for information related to the disease or the disease category (e.g., mental health for ADHD).

In your paper, discuss the following:

Prominent aspects of this disease
Current data and statistics related to the disease
Health disparities related to the disease
Prevention strategies including complementary and alternative health therapies
Contemporary research and clinical studies related to the disease
An analysis of the pathophysiologic effects of stress related to the disease
Evidence-based stress management interventions that might help with prevention or cure

The paper should be between 3–4 pages.

Incorporate at least three scholarly sources within the paper. Sources should be no more than three years old.

Use proper APA format to cite and reference sources.


SAS Statistical Software Needed – Data Management & Epidemiologic Analysis

Description

Exercise 1.2 on page 20 (SAS textbook)Consider the following data set (FHEALTH) representing measurements on female’s health data. Using SAS statistical software, perform the following Import the data into SAS.Draw histogram for the variable age.Draw a box plot for the variables “BMI” and “Pulse”, what is the shape of each variable.Calculate the descriptive statistics (mean, median, standard deviation, Skewness) for the variables Pulse and BMI.What is the shape of the variable Weight (wt)? Illustrate histogram or box-whisker plot.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Ibrahimou PHC 6055: HW#1 SAS
Data Management & Epidemiologic Analysis
PHC 6055
HW#1 (SAS)
Due on Sunday, Oct 27 2019 at 11:59 PM.
1- Exercise 1.2 on page 20 (SAS textbook)
2- Consider the following data set (FHEALTH) representing measurements on female’s
health data. Using SAS statistical software, perform the following
a) Import the data into SAS.
b) Draw histogram for the variable age.
c) Draw a box plot for the variables “BMI” and “Pulse”, what is the shape of each variable.
d) Calculate the descriptive statistics (mean, median, standard deviation, Skewness) for the
variables Pulse and BMI.
e) What is the shape of the variable Weight (wt)? Illustrate histogram or box-whisker plot.
SAS Lecture 2: Data Entry, Graphs, and Measures of Central
Tendency
One important aspect of SAS that we want to learn is how to read data from an exterior data file.
Suppose that we have a file called bodyfat.txt saved using a notepad (a txt file) which is saved on
your machine and that we want to read the file. The file has the variables gender, body fat, age,
and height.
Data is
male 13
male 19
female 8
female 18
male 22
male 20
22 70
25 65
27 66
30 71
28 73
32 77
Code to read it is
OPTIONS LS=80 NODATE NONUMBER;
DATA MYBODYFAT;
INFILE ‘E:PHC 6055Databodyfat.txt’;
input gender$ 1-6 bodyfat 8-9 age 14-15 height 18-19;
heightcm =height*2.5;
logbodyfat=log(bodyfat);
proc print data = mybodyfat;
title “My first title in SAS”;
run;
/* Try “proc plot” and “proc gplot” and see the difference in the quality */
proc plot DATA=MYBODYFAT;
label height=”Height” Age=”Age”;
plot height*age;
run;
Output will appear as
My first title in SAS
Obs gender bodyfat age height heightcm logbodyfat
1
2
3
4
5
6
male
male
female
female
male
male
13
19
8
18
22
20
22
25
27
30
28
32
70
65
66
71
73
77
175.0
162.5
165.0
177.5
182.5
192.5
2.56495
2.94444
2.07944
2.89037
3.09104
2.99573
This is extremely important when you have a large file with many variables. Be careful though
that you need to be able to count how many spaces each variable is and where does the variable
start and end so you can get the correct range say, spaces 8 to 9 contains values of body fat
variable.
Remark: you add a comment in your program in SAS you need to type /* and you can write any
comment you want after that. You should end by */ as in:
/* Try “proc plot” and “proc gplot” and see the difference in the quality */
It is a good idea to write comment so that you know what each line of code is
doing
Sorting data: This is carried out using the procedure PROC SORT as shown below. Suppose I
want to sort my previous data on the variable gender, then I just need to add the lines
PROC SORT DATA=MYBODYFAT;
BY GENDER;
RUN;
proc print data = mybodyfat;
RUN;
My first title in SAS
Obs gender bodyfat age height heightcm logbodyfat
1
2
3
4
5
6
female
female
male
male
male
male
8
18
13
19
22
20
27
30
22
25
28
32
66
71
70
65
73
77
165.0
177.5
175.0
162.5
182.5
192.5
2.07944
2.89037
2.56495
2.94444
3.09104
2.99573
We can calculate some simple statistics for the variables in our data set using the procedure proc
means.
proc means data=mybodyfat;
var bodyfat age height;
run;
My first title in SAS
The MEANS Procedure
Variable
N
Mean
Std Dev
Minimum
Maximum
bodyfat
6
16.6666667
5.2025635
8.0000000
22.0000000
age
6
27.3333333
3.5590261
22.0000000
32.0000000
height
6
70.3333333
4.4572039
65.0000000
77.0000000
Suppose we want to do separate calculations for males and females separately, try
proc means data=mybodyfat;
by gender;
var bodyfat age height;
run;
The by gender will instruct SAS to perform calculations for each males and females separately to
get the output below
My first title in SAS
The MEANS Procedure
gender=female
Variable
N
Mean
Std Dev
Minimum
Maximum
bodyfat
2
13.0000000
7.0710678
8.0000000
18.0000000
age
2
28.5000000
2.1213203
27.0000000
30.0000000
height
2
68.5000000
3.5355339
66.0000000
71.0000000
gender=male
Variable
N
Mean
Std Dev
Minimum
Maximum
bodyfat
4
18.5000000
3.8729833
13.0000000
22.0000000
age
4
26.7500000
4.2720019
22.0000000
32.0000000
height
4
71.2500000
5.0579970
65.0000000
77.0000000
Creating Graphs
1. Bar Graphs: You can create bar graphs with different customizations, e.g. by specifying
number of levels, or use given midpoints. For the default graph, consider the speeding
ticket example and the code below
DATA TICKETS;
INPUT STATE$ AMOUNT @@;
CARDS;
AL 60 HI 35 DE 31.50 IL 20 AK 20 CT 60 AR 47
IA 33 FL 44 KS 28 AZ 15 IN 50 CA 50 LA 45 GA 45
MT 5 ID 12.50 KY 65 CO 64 ME 40 NE 10 MA 50
MD 40 NV 5 MO 50 MI 40 NM 20 NJ 50 MN 44 NY 28
NC 47.50 MS 39.50 ND 10 OH 100 NH 33 OR 26 OK 56
SC 45 RI 30 PA 72.50 TN 40 SD 10 TX 48 VT 35 UT 28
WV 60 VA 40 WY 15 WA 38 WI 44.50 DC .
;
PROC PRINT DATA =TICKETS;
TITLE “Speeding Ticket Data”;
run;
you will get something like this with all the states included
Speeding Ticket Data
Obs STATE AMOUNT
1 AL
60.0
2 HI
35.0
3 DE
31.5
4 IL
20.0
5 AK
20.0
6 CT
60.0
PROC CHART DATA=TICKETS;
VBAR AMOUNT;
TITLE ‘Bar Chart for Speeding Ticket Data’;
RUN;
Bar Chart for Speeding Ticket Data
Frequency
16 ˆ

15 ˆ

14 ˆ

13 ˆ

12 ˆ

11 ˆ

10 ˆ

















*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
***** *****
***** *****
***** *****
***** *****
***** *****
***** *****
***** ***** *****
***** ***** *****
***** ***** *****
***** ***** *****
***** ***** *****
***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
***** ***** ***** *****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
1 ˆ ***** ***** ***** ***** *****
*****
‚ ***** ***** ***** ***** *****
*****
Šƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ
7.5
22.5 37.5 52.5 67.5 82.5 97.5
AMOUNT Midpoint
One may use midpoints options like the one below
proc chart data=tickets;
vbar amount / midpoints=10 30 50 70 90;
title ‘Bar chart with midoints option’;
title2 ‘Speeding Ticket Data’;
run;
Bar chart with levels option
Speeding Ticket Data
Frequency
20 ˆ
*****

*****
19 ˆ
*****

*****
18 ˆ
*****

*****
17 ˆ
*****

*****
16 ˆ
*****

*****
15 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
14 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
13 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
12 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
11 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
10 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****

*****
*****

*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
Šƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ
10
30
50
70
90
AMOUNT Midpoint
or even use the levels options as shown below
proc chart data=tickets;
vbar amount / levels=5;
title ‘Bar chart with levels option’;
title2 ‘Speeding Ticket Data’;
run;
Bar chart with levels option
Speeding Ticket Data
Frequency
20 ˆ
*****

*****
19 ˆ
*****

*****
18 ˆ
*****

*****
17 ˆ
*****

*****
16 ˆ
*****

*****
15 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
14 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
13 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
12 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
11 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****
10 ˆ
*****
*****

*****
*****

*****
*****

*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****
*****

*****
*****
*****
*****
*****
Šƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ
10
30
50
70
90
AMOUNT Midpoint
or can produce horizontal chart using the code below
proc chart data=tickets;
hbar amount ;
title ‘Horizontal Bar Chart for Speeding Ticket Data’;
run;
Horizontal Bar Chart for Speeding Ticket Data
AMOUNT
Cum.
Cum.
Midpoint
Freq Freq Percent Percent

7.5 ‚************
6 6 12.00 12.00

22.5 ‚******************
9 15 18.00 30.00

37.5 ‚******************************** 16 31 32.00 62.00

52.5 ‚************************
12 43 24.00 86.00

67.5 ‚************
6 49 12.00 98.00

82.5 ‚
0 49 0.00 98.00

97.5 ‚**
1 50 2.00 100.00

Šƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆ
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Frequency
and if you wish you can suppress the statistics on the side using the code
proc chart data=tickets;
hbar amount / nostat;
run;
Horizontal Bar Chart for Speeding Ticket Data
AMOUNT
Midpoint

7.5 ‚************************

22.5 ‚************************************

37.5 ‚****************************************************************

52.5 ‚************************************************

67.5 ‚************************

82.5 ‚

97.5 ‚****

Šƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆƒƒƒˆ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Frequency
2. Exploratory Data Analysis: For the tickets data set we can do the following to create
boxplot, stem-leaf plot, and normal probability plot.
ODS GRAPHICS OFF;
ODS SELECT PLOTS SSPLOTS;
PROC UNIVARIATE DATA=TICKETS PLOT;
VAR AMOUNT;
TITLE ‘SUMMARY OF SPEEDING TICKET DATA’;
RUN;
Stem Leaf
#
Boxplot
10 0
1
0
9
9
8
8
7
72
1
|
65
1
|
6 0004
4
|
56
1
|
5 00000
5
+—–+
4 555788
6
| |
4 000000444
9
*—–*
3 558
3
| + |
3 0233
4
| |
2 6888
4
+—–+
2 000
3
|
1 55
2
|
1 0002
4
|
0 55
2
|
—-+—-+—-+—-+
Multiply Stem.Leaf by 10**+1
Normal Probability Plot
102.5+
*
|
|
|
+
|
++
|
+++
|
+*+
|
+*
|
***+*
|
+*+
|
***
|
****
|
*****
|
***+
|
***+
|
**+
|
**
|
+**
|
**+**
7.5+ * *++
+—-+—-+—-+—-+—-+—-+—-+—-+—-+—-+
-2
-1
0
+1
+2
Try running this without ODS. The ODS GRAPHICS OFF statement specified before the PROC
statement disables ODS Graphics, which causes the PLOTS option to produce legacy line printer plots.
PROC UNIVARIATE DATA=TICKETS PLOT;
VAR AMOUNT;
TITLE ‘SUMMARY OF SPEEDING TICKET DATA’;
RUN;
One can create a frequency table for the data using the code below
PROC FREQ DATA=TICKETS;
TABLES AMOUNT;
TITLE ‘FREQUENCY TICKETS FOR SPEEDING TICKET DATA’;
RUN;
FREQUENCY TICKETS FOR SPEEDING TICKET DATA
The FREQ Procedure
AMOUNT Frequency Percent Cumulative Cumulative
Frequency
Percent
5
2
4.00
2
4.00
10
3
6.00
5
10.00
12.5
1
2.00
6
12.00
15
2
4.00
8
16.00
20
3
6.00
11
22.00
26
1
2.00
12
24.00
28
3
6.00
15
30.00
30
1
2.00
16
32.00
31.5
1
2.00
17
34.00
33
2
4.00
19
38.00
35
2
4.00
21
42.00
38
1
2.00
22
44.00
39.5
1
2.00
23
46.00
40
5
10.00
28
56.00
AMOUNT Frequency Percent Cumulative Cumulative
Frequency
Percent
44
2
4.00
30
60.00
44.5
1
2.00
31
62.00
45
3
6.00
34
68.00
47
1
2.00
35
70.00
47.5
1
2.00
36
72.00
48
1
2.00
37
74.00
50
5
10.00
42
84.00
56
1
2.00
43
86.00
60
3
6.00
46
92.00
64
1
2.00
47
94.00
65
1
2.00
48
96.00
72.5
1
2.00
49
98.00
100
1
2.00
50
100.00
Frequency Missing = 1
3. You can graph a histogram also using the following code
proc univariate data=tickets;
histogram amount;
TITLE ‘HISTOGRAM FOR SPEEDING TICKET DATA’;
run;
HISTOGRAM FOR SPEEDING TICKET DATA
The UNIVARIATE Procedure
4.
The QQPLOT statement creates quantile-quantile plots (Q-Q plots) and compares
ordered variable values with quantiles of a specified theoretical distribution. If the data
distribution matches the theoretical distribution, the points on the plot form a linear
pattern. Thus, you can use a Q-Q plot to determine how well a theoretical distribution
models a set of measurements.
proc univariate data=tickets;
QQPLOT;
TITLE ‘Q-Q PLOT FOR SPEEDING TICKET DATA’;
run;
Q-Q PLOT FOR SPEEDING TICKET DATA
The UNIVARIATE Procedure
One can suppress all summary statistics by specifying the noprint as show below
proc univariate data=tickets noprint;
QQPLOT;
TITLE ‘Q-Q PLOT FOR SPEEDING TICKET DATA’;
run;
Example: Creating a Histogram
This example illustrates how to create a histogram. A semiconductor manufacturer produces
printed circuit boards that are sampled to determine the thickness of their copper plating. The
following statements create a data set named Trans, which contains the plating thicknesses (Thick)
of 100 boards:
data Trans;
input Thick @@;
label Thick = ‘Plating Thickness
datalines;
3.468 3.428 3.509 3.516 3.461 3.492
3.490 3.467 3.498 3.519 3.504 3.469
3.458 3.478 3.443 3.500 3.449 3.525
3.561 3.506 3.444 3.479 3.524 3.531
3.481 3.497 3.461 3.513 3.528 3.496
3.512 3.550 3.441 3.541 3.569 3.531
3.505 3.523 3.475 3.470 3.457 3.536
3.510 3.461 3.431 3.502 3.491 3.506
3.469 3.481 3.515 3.535 3.460 3.575
3.517 3.483 3.467 3.467 3.502 3.471
;
(mils)’;
3.478
3.497
3.461
3.501
3.533
3.468
3.528
3.439
3.488
3.516
run;
The following statements create the histogram
title ‘Analysis of Plating Thickness’;
proc univariate data=Trans noprint;
histogram Thick;
run;
3.556
3.495
3.489
3.495
3.450
3.564
3.477
3.513
3.515
3.474
3.482
3.518
3.514
3.443
3.516
3.522
3.536
3.496
3.484
3.500
3.512
3.523
3.470
3.458
3.476
3.520
3.491
3.539
3.482
3.466
Analysis of Plating Thickness
The UNIVARIATE Procedure
Make sure you can produce all the outputs we have done so far, e.g. bar graph, histogram,
boxplot, descriptive statistics mean, median, standard deviations, etc.
Recap and summary of “Proc Univariate”
Syntax: UNIVARIATE Procedure
PROC UNIVARIATE ;
BY variables ;
CDFPLOT < / options> ;
CLASS variable-1 ;
FREQ variable ;
HISTOGRAM < / options> ;
ID variables ;
INSET keyword-list ;
OUTPUT ;
PPPLOT < / options> ;
PROBPLOT < / options> ;
QQPLOT < / options> ;
VAR variables ;
WEIGHT variable ;
The PROC UNIVARIATE statement invokes the procedure. The VAR statement specifies the
numeric variables to be analyzed, and it is required if the OUTPUT statement is used to save
summary statistics in an output data set. If you do not use the VAR statement, all numeric
variables in the data set are analyzed. The plot statements CDFPLOT, HISTOGRAM, PPPLOT,
PROBPLOT, and QQPLOT create graphical displays, and the INSET statement enhances these
displays by adding a table of summary statistics directly on the graph. You can specify one or
more of each of the plot statements, the INSET statement, and the OUTPUT statement. If you
use a VAR statement, the variables listed in a plot statement must be a subset of the variables
listed in the VAR statement.
You can use a CLASS statement to specify one or two variables that group the data into
classification levels. The analysis is carried out for each combination of levels. You can use the
CLASS statement with plot statements to create comparative displays, in which each cell
contains a plot for one combination of classification levels.
You can specify a BY statement to obtain separate analyses for each BY group. The FREQ
statement specifies a variable whose values provide the frequency for each observation. The
WEIGHT statement specifies a variable whose values are used to weight certain statistics. The
ID statement specifies one or more variables to identify the extreme observations.
Creating New Variables
You can use IF-THEN/ELSE statements to assign values to new variable. Suppose we are given
the variable age and want to dichotomize it to several subgroups.
Data for age: 15,16,25,28,29,33,39,41,44,47,33,21,26,29,41,33,19
Data agegroup;
Input age @@;
If age>=0 & age< 20 then group =1; Else if age>=20 & age < 30 then group=2; Else if age>=30 & age < 40 then group=3; Else if age>=40 & age
Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Forecasts Budget for Hospital Task (SHASTA)

Description

Please view the instructions and follow them closelyThere can be no plagisirsm at allMake sure to answer all questions


Unformatted Attachment Preview

8:064 Assignment 1
ull LTE
A studentrogin.coloradotech.edu
TUITILJ LOTNICU. U
Deliverable Length: 2-3 pages
View objectives for this assignment
Details Learn Read My Work »
Assignment Description
As a member of the finance team, you have been asked to
forecast the upcoming year’s operational budget for Krona
Community Hospital. Click here for last year’s budget. After
reviewing specific data, internal input, and external input
from various sources, you find that the executive
management team would like the budget to reflect the
following:
• 10% increase in inpatient revenue
• 15% increase in outpatient revenue
5% increase in pharmacy revenue
15% increase in home health and hospital revenue
• 10% increase in payroll and benefits
.
Additionally, provide discussion on the following:
• How do you think that revenue would increase in each
of the areas? Think outside of the box, and perform
research to determine current trends in those areas.
• Why would there be a forecasted need to increase
payroll and benefits?
• Explain the role of key leadership in the budgeting
process, from the chief executive officer down
through to the staff level of a financial analyst.
The use of APA style is expected. Students are required
to reference at least 2 scholarly sources for this task.
Please submit your assignment.
For assistance with your assignment, please use your
text, Web resources, and all course materials.
Other Information
There is no additional information to display at this time.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

A project work on substance abuse.

Description

the project must have evaluation of background factors (family, trauma history, marital status, health, education and work history).Mental disorders, substance abuse, and related medical and psychosocial problems. (eg living circumstances, employment, family)


health communications

Description

At the end of the reading “Being Engaged” is a list of questions. Please answer these. Use one or two paragraphs for each question. Make sure your responses include both what you currently do in the situations described as well as ways you could improve. References specific statements in the chapter in your answers.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

An opinion editorial

Description

An opinion editorial (Op/Ed) is
derived from the fact that these essays appear in the section of a newspaper
reserved for Opinion pieces. Outsiders, that is, people not employed by the
newspaper, generally write opinion pieces. These can be local experts in a
subject area, a local reader—civic or political, or a syndicated columnist.
Keep in mind these are the personal opinions of the writer.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

NUR703 Assignment 4: Opinion Editorial
An opinion editorial (Op/Ed) is derived from the fact that these essays appear in the section of a newspaper
reserved for Opinion pieces. Outsiders, that is, people not employed by the newspaper, generally write opinion
pieces. These can be local experts in a subject area, a local reader—civic or political, or a syndicated
columnist. Keep in mind these are the personal opinions of the writer.
Tips for writing an Opinion Editorial:
These tips and pointers were provided by several national media contacts, including John Timpane,
commentary page editor of the Philadelphia Inquirer, and Andy Mollison of Cox News Service.
• The nature of an opinion/editorial piece requires that it argue something: that something is or is not
so, is or is not worthy, somebody should or should not do something. If you are not arguing any of the
above, an op/ed can also predict the outcome of certain events: what will occur if a political figure
does or does not take action on an issue, etc.

Op/eds MUST have a thesis. This sentence is what will be pitched to an editor to convince them to
print your article. If it does not have a thesis, there is no main idea to pitch to the editor.

Op/eds are traditionally between 700 and 800 words, but most editors say that the shorter the piece is,
the better. With space at a premium in all national publications, a shorter piece is much more likely to
run.

Try to construct a short, compelling introductory sentence. The lead-in should encapsulate the idea of
the piece and instantly engage the reader. Most editors judge introductions by this rule of thumb: the
piece has less than 23 seconds to interest the reader. If your first paragraph does not grab them, they
will not stick around long enough to finish reading the article.

A good op/ed will offer proof that supports the opinion of the author. Proof can be introduced in the
form of statistics (with a webpage or other resource where they can be checked), expert testimony
(with the book and page number where they can be found), or personal experience.
Do not be afraid to let your personality show in your article. Remember that your piece is not just words on a
page; people will read the article if they feel they are hearing from a real person they can identify with. Come
up with a good last line. Come to some sort of conclusion, even if the conclusion is that the outcome of an
issue will be uncertain.
Component and the
Recommended Value
Exceeds Standards
Understanding of the
Problem 10 points
Describes the problem
clearly, accurately and
completely in terms of
all key points
Key Aspects:
• The need to create a
policy on healthcare in
response to
Congressional action
• The need to write a
persuasive op-ed piece to
convince the public of
the wisdom of the
policy.
Solution to the problem
is completely consistent
with the scenario as
presented; the
parameters of the
problem have not been
altered and/or facts
“made up” to avoid
grappling with key
aspects of the healthcare
policy.
Meets Standards
Describes the problem
clearly and accurately in
terms of all key points
Solution to the problem
is generally consistent
with the scenario as
presented; the
parameters of the
problem have not been
altered significantly
and/or facts “made up”
to avoid grappling with
key aspects of the
healthcare policy.
Does Not Meet
Standards
Does not describe the
problem clearly or
accurately in terms of
some or all key points
Solution to the problem
is not consistent with the
scenario as presented;
the parameters of the
problem may have been
altered and/or facts
“made up” to avoid
grappling with key
aspects of the healthcare
policy.
Thesis 10 points
• Your basic argument,
which does not have to
be explicitly stated, but
should be clear and
original. A focused
thesis also makes it
easier for you to keep the
piece within the tight
guidelines usually
required, gauging which
supporting statements or
evidence are most
pertinent to your central
claim.
Describes the thesis
clearly, accurately and
completely in terms of
all key points
Thesis is completely
consistent with the
scenario as presented;
the parameters of the
thesis have not been
altered and/or facts
“made up” to avoid
grappling with key
aspects of the healthcare
policy.
Describes the thesis
clearly and accurately in
terms of all key points
Thesis is generally
consistent with the
scenario as presented;
the parameters of the
thesis have not been
altered significantly
and/or facts “made up”
to avoid grappling with
key aspects of
the healthcare policy.
Does not describe the
thesis clearly or
accurately in terms of
some or all key points
Thesis is not consistent
with the scenario as
presented; the
parameters of the thesis
may have been altered
and/or facts “made up”
to avoid grappling with
key aspects of the
healthcare policy.
Evidence 5 points
• The support you use to
back up the claims of
your argument, this can
be drawn from: statistics
(from credible sources,
government reports,
etc.), case studies and
anecdotes, historical or
international precedent,
expert findings, judicial
inquiries, authoritative
texts (peer reviewed
research, etc.), polling
data, personal
interviews, testimonials,
eye witness reports,
other credible and/or
disinterested sources,
personal experience, or
logic.
Describes the evidence
clearly, accurately and
completely in terms of
all key points
Describes the evidence
clearly and accurately in
terms of all key points
Does not describe the
evidence clearly or
accurately in terms of
some or all key points
Evidence supports the
scenario as presented;
the parameters of the
evidence
have not been altered
and/or facts “made up”
to avoid grappling with
key aspects of the
healthcare policy.
Evidence is generally
consistent with the
scenario as presented;
the parameters of the
evidence have not been
altered significantly
and/or facts “made up”
to avoid grappling with
key aspects of
the healthcare policy.
Writing is highly
persuasive; it defends
the policy with precise
and relevant evidence
Writing is generally
persuasive; it defends
the policy with relevant
evidence
Writing is not
persuasive; it does not
defend the policy with
relevant evidence
Writing is in the proper
Op-Ed piece style; uses
non-technical language;
Writing is in the proper
Op-Ed piece style; uses
non-technical language;
Writing is not in the
proper Op-Ed piece
Evidence is not
consistent with the
scenario as
presented; the
parameters of the
problem may have been
altered and/or facts
“made up” to avoid
grappling with key
aspects of the healthcare
policy.
Quality of Writing 15
points
• Many of the writing
mistakes that professors
allowed at the
undergraduate level are
not tolerated at the
graduate level.
• Graduate level writing
is free of grammatical
errors, concise, and
clear.
• Graduate level writing
demands increased
scholarship to support
your points adequately
from the academic and
professional literature.
tone is entirely
appropriate to the
audience
tone is generally
appropriate to the
audience
Writing is free of
significant errors in
mechanics and grammar;
ideas are well
organized and clearly
understandable.
Writing has few
significant errors in
mechanics and grammar;
ideas are for the most
part organized and
understandable.
style; may use technical
language; tone
is not appropriate to the
audience
Writing has several
significant errors in
mechanics and grammar;
ideas are not clearly
organized and/or
understandable.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Apaformats14 referencepagesaek

Description

please follow the directions. Cite each paragraph. Attachment below. Apaformat and peer review articles with 5 years of publication


Unformatted Attachment Preview

DB1: 300 words without references page include. 2-3 references APA format. Peer review
articles within 5 years of publication only in U.S.A.
Discuss and differentiate the pharmacological treatments used for dementia. Are there any
contraindications?
There are several subtypes of neurocognitive disorders, and depending upon the cause, these subtypes
are either applied to younger, or older populations affected. They are listed as either mild, or major,
when making a determination of proper coding, according the DSM-5. The patient may present with
certain features related to the disorder, and the practitioner must be aware of the criteria which places
the patient within the appropriate subtype. Alzheimer’s subtle progression of diminishing memory
problems, and inability to perform normal function cognitively, and physically. Since there may be many
aspects of the cause, it will be up to the practitioner to ascertain whether diagnostic features are mild,
or major. Most likely there is a genetic component, such as family history, as well as environment, with
internal, and external factors (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Dementia is a global term for
disorders related to a decline in memory functional, and physical decline. Since there are many stages,
obtaining a family history is crucial, due to the insidious succession of these stages. Aside from genetics,
or an inherited APOE ɛ4 gene,increasing age is considered a risk factor for Alzheimer’s. A disconnection
of certain neurons, or deficit with cholinergic functioning is believed to be related to interference with
memory problems, specifically short term memory. Cholinesterase inhibitors, like Donepezil,
Rivastigmine, and Galantamine inhibit AChE in certain areas of the brain, by enhancing access in the
deficient areas of the brain. A drug such as Memantine, (an NMDA antagonist), works as an open
channel antagonist, to prevent a stream of glutamate during neurotransmission. It should also be noted
that these drugs are more effective with early stages of Alzheimer’s (Stahl, 2013).
Obtaining a family history of mental health disorders is vital, as dementia with psychotic features
requires vigilant judgement with regard to treatment with antipsychotics. According to Jacobson (2014)
“When benefits of treatment outweigh the risks, and the decision is made to use an antipsychotic, it is
critically important to determine the probable etiology of dementia, because this determines
treatment” (p. 85). Typical and Atypical drugs have a death rate in geriatric patients which have
rendered them to come with black box warnings for this population. If a decision has been made to
place a patient on drugs, such as Quetiapine, Risperidone, or Aripiprazole, these are started at the
lowest doses. These medications should be scheduled, and not used on an as needed basis, or PRN, to
prevent over sedation (Jacobson, 2014). There should also be constraint in the use of an anxiolytic with
an antipsychotic. The warnings for these type of medications to control behaviors are not taken lightly,
due to increased risks of death, and CVA events. Contraindications also include patient with cardiac,
kidney, and liver problems (Stahl, 2017). Medications which may cause dizziness, also places the patient
as a high fall risk, and closer observation is warranted in this situation.
Discuss pharmacological treatments used for Autism Spectrum Disorder. What are the target
symptoms?
According to Preston, O’Neal, and Talaga (2015) “There is no effective medication specific to any of the
autism spectrum disorders” (p. 96). Treatment with certain medications are targeted at behavioral,
cognitive, and emotional regulation, so that rehabilitation might improve. SSRI’s, stimulants, mood
stabilizers, antipsychotics, beta-blockers, and opioid antagonist are common medications for certain
aspects of autism. Symptoms, and behaviors reported, or observed indicates proper treatment, and
involvement of a care team, and the family of the patient for continuity of care (Preston, O’Neal, and
Talaga, 2015). Optimal functioning is the goal for treatment, therefore; prescribing any of these
medications requires a family history, to rule out any differential diagnoses. A history of cardiac,
respiratory, sleep problems, and epilepsy should be included. Negative behaviors that have otherwise
become coping skills for patients require restoration through ongoing therapeutic intervention. When
these behaviors get in the way of psychotherapy, then this is where medications mentioned above may
be useful. A disorder, like Rett’s comes with cardiac, and respiratory problems, therefore; prescribing
any medications which might harm, rather than help, requires careful consideration.
Question for the class: For patient with dementia with psychotic features, we understand that
anxiolytics should not be used in conjunction with antipsychotics. What are some of the ways you might
have managed behaviors where you work, while patients are being stabilized?
References
American Psychiatric Association (2013). DSM-5: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders:
Major or Mild Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Alzheimer’s Disease. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric
Publishing.
Jacobson, S. A. (2014). Clinical Manual of Geriatric Psychopharmacology (2nd ed.). Arlington, VA:
American Psychiatric Publishing
Preston, J. D., O’Neal, J. H., & Talaga, M. C. (2015). Child and Adolescent Clinical
Psychopharmacology Made Simple (3rd ed.). Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications.
Stahl, S. M. (2013) Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology: Neuroscientific Basis and Practical
Applications. New York: Cambridge University Press.
DB2: 300 words without references page include. 2-3 references APA format. Peer review articles
within 5 years of publication only in U.S.A.
Discuss and differentiate the pharmacological treatments used for dementia. Are there any
contraindications?
Several medications are being used for dementia patients, but no medication has been found to slow or
reverse dementia. The goal of treatment for dementia is to provide symptomatic relief. Alzheimer’s
disease makes up about 60-70 percent of all dementia and is marked usually by a loss of cholinergic
neurons in the brain (Preston & Johnson, 2014). Most medications used for Alzheimer’s disease are
cholinesterase inhibitors, which boosts acetylcholine by inhibiting the enzyme that breaks down
acetylcholine Stahl, 2017). Cholinesterase inhibitors approved for Alzheimer’s are Donepezil,
Galantamine, and Rivastigmine. These medications inhibit cholinesterase not just in the brain but in
other parts of the body. The increase in acetylcholine results in cholinergic effects such as diarrhea,
nausea, gastrointestinal upset, and muscle cramps. Another medication used for Alzheimer’s disease is
Memantine, which is an NMDA receptor agonist. Memantine is helpful for moderate and severe cases
of Alzheimer’s disease (Preston & Johnson, 2014). The side effects of Memantine include, confusion,
constipation, cough, diarrhea, dizziness, and head pain, but these occur less frequently than the side
effects of cholinesterase inhibitors (Stahl, 2017). To get additive results in patients, Memantine may be
used at the same time as cholinesterase inhibitors because the mechanism of actions of the two classes
of medication are different (Stahl, 2017). Antipsychotics such as Olanzapine, Risperidone, Haloperidol,
and Quetiapine have also been used for Alzheimer’s disease. These medications are not anti-dementia
medications but are being used to treat behavioral dysregulation common with the disease (Preston &
Johnson, 2014). Although these medications may be partially effective in decreasing neuropsychiatric
symptoms, they must be used cautiously because they pose a safety risk to these patients. Citalopram is
an antidepressant that has been shown to be effective in reducing agitation in dementia patients
(Preston & Johnson, 2014). However, the medication does carry the risk of QTC prolongation and
patient’s EKG must be closely monitored.
Other types of dementia are: vascular, Lewy Bodies, frontotemporal, and pseudo dementia. Vascular
dementia is caused by several mini strokes. Cholinesterase inhibitors and Memantine are not effective
for this type of dementia. Rather, ACE inhibitors and statins may be helpful in treating the underlying
risk factors of strokes (Preston & Johnson, 2014). Dementia with Lewy Bodies frequently manifests with
recurrent visual hallucinations and progresses more quickly than other forms of dementia. Antipsychotics are contraindicated as they can cause severe extrapyramidal side effects, confusion,
catatonia, and neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Quetiapine is tolerated the best, if antipsychotic
medication must be used in these patients. Frontotemporal dementia is a result of increase damage to
the frontal and temporal lobes of the brain. Since this type of dementia does not involve loss of
cholinergic neurons, cholinesterase inhibitors have no effect. Frontotemporal dementia may be
managed as a last resort with SSRIs and atypical anti-psychotics. usually contraindicated in patients with
this type of dementia. In pseudo dementia, symptoms of depression present as dementia in elderly
patients. These patients can be treated like any other patients with depression (Preston & Johnson,
2014).
Discuss pharmacological treatments used for Autism Spectrum Disorder. What are the target
symptoms?
Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) shows dysfunction in four primary areas: social interaction,
communication, emotional regulation, and repetitive behaviors. Signs of ASD usually are seen by age of
two and each child may have a unique pattern of behavior and level of severity, ranging from low
functioning to high functioning (Mayo Clinic, 2019). There is no cure for ASD, but there are treatment
options for associated symptoms of the pervasive neurodevelopmental disorders (PNDs) (Preston,
O’Neal & Talaga, 2015). Medications that are indicating for treating or controlling PNDs include
serotonin medications, antipsychotics, beta-blockers, alpha-2 agonists, mood stabilizers, and stimulants.
SSRIs and clomipramine are effective in reducing aggression, agitation, ritualistic behavior, and anxiety
(Preston, O’Neal & Talaga, 2015). Second generation antipsychotics are helpful in decreasing aggression
and agitation, and improving social relatedness(Preston, O’Neal & Talaga, 2015). However, these must
be used cautiously given that children may be more sensitive to side effects of antipsychotics, including
extrapyramidal, cardiac, and weight gain. Beta-blockers and alpha-2 agonists have been indicated to
reduce aggression, impulsivity, and self-injurious behavior. Clonidine is indicated to provide a calming
effect (Preston, O’Neal & Talaga, 2015). Lithium, Depakote, and Tegretol may be effective in controlling
agitation, aggression, and self-harm. Stimulants may be used cautiously to treat attention problems, but
only when the distractibility is generalized and not related to some type of ritualistic behavior (Preston,
O’Neal & Talaga, 2015). Results are inconsistent in the use of naltrexone to reduce restlessness and to
improve focus (Preston, O’Neal & Talaga, 2015).
References
Mayo Clinic (2019. Autism spectrum disorder. Retrieved from https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseasesconditions/autism-spectrum-disorder/symptoms-causes/syc-20352928
Preston, J.D. & Johnson, J (2014). Clinical psychopharmacology made ridiculously simple. 8th edition.
MedMaster, Inc.
Preston, J.D., O’Neal, J.H. & Talaga, M.C. (2015) Child and adolescent clinical psychopharmacology made
simple. 3rd edition. New Harbinger Publications, Inc.
Stahl, S. M. (2017). Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology: The prescriber’s guide. 6th edition. Cambridge
University Press.
DB 3: 300 words without references page include. 2-3 references APA format. Peer review articles
within 5 years of publication only in U.S.A.
Discuss the difference that may appear in child therapies with your chosen therapy style?
The style of therapy that I chose was existential therapy. Existential therapy can be used for both
adults and children. There are similarities and differences in the approaches used by providers for each
age group. According to Sá Pires (2016), an event will present itself differently in each different age
group and the content may be shared with the use of different materials. A small child may express
themselves better by using toys such as dolls, where an adolescent may express themselves or discuss
personal experiences using a collage or pictures. No matter what age a client is, the provider usually
uses the same techniques to explore the content that comes up in therapy, such as active listening,
experimental validation, experimental immediacy, or existential challenge (Sá Pires, 2016).
How would you alter your techniques when treating children?
Prior to initiating therapy with a young child, a PMHNP may suggest a current physical by a
pediatrician to rule out any unknown medical problems that may be impacting the child’s behavior or
development. When providing therapy to a child it is important to keep in mind that the family or care
giver plays a large role in the child attending therapy sessions. A provider must actively listen to the
family’s concerns about the child and must also keep the family informed of how therapy sessions are
going. Another thing to take into consideration when providing therapy to children or adolescents is that
they did not choose to attend therapy, that decision was made by their care giver. With this being said,
it can be beneficial for the provider to take a strength-based approach by pointing out the client’s strong
points (Wheeler, 2014). When treating children, it is also important to not just focus on the child’s
behavioral issues but to also pay attention to the developmental level of the child and how the child
organizes their experiences. The provider should take note of how the child shares information, how
attentive the child is during the session, how the child uses hand gestures, and how the child reflects on
his or her ideas and feelings. When providing care to a child, it is important that the provider collaborate
with the parents and school or day care staff, as well as with the child, in order to get consistent
information about the child’s behaviors. Upon setting goals for the child, the provider should attempt to
include the family’s ideas into the treatment goals and both the parents and the child should be
involved in the setting of goals (Wheeler, 2014).
Discuss the needs of senior adults and how therapy may need a different delivery than other adults.
When providing care to an older adult the provider must remember that the patient’s general
practitioner plays an important role in their health care. It is essential to communicate with the client’s
general practitioner and establish contact with the family or residential institution as needed (Conell &
Lewitzka, 2018). According to Wheeler (2014), some important accommodations for the provider’s
office to offer are wheelchair accessibility, client materials with at least a 14-point font, and bathrooms
that are easily accessible. Some older adults may not have a good opinion of attending therapy and may
require education about the process of therapy. It is important to talk to the client about setting
appropriate goals, how therapy works to improve symptoms, how the client should behave during
sessions, the length, number, and cost of sessions, and the expected outcome of the therapy provided
(Wheeler, 2014).
Common therapies provided to older adults are Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT), Relaxation
Therapy, Interpersonal Psychotherapy (IPT), and Reminiscence (RT) and Life Review (LRT). According to
Wheeler (2014), when providing CBT to a senior adult, extended sessions may be required in
comparison to that of younger adults to allow the client the time they need to process their thoughts
and feelings. Other modifications that may be required when providing CBT to a senior is changing the
focus to bettering physical and memory abilities in order to be successful with CBT. If a provider uses IPT
for a senior, it is common to make changes to therapy in order to support the client’s physical and
cognitive abilities and to center therapy on bereavement, role transitions, and role conflict. Some
modifications that may be required are allowing the client extra time to look at materials that are
provided, repeating new materials or skills from one session to the next, and allowing extra time for the
client to process information and answer questions (Wheeler, 2014).
RT and LRT are provided for senior adults and are typically not used in younger clients. Using these
forms of therapy allows the provider to take a different approach with the elderly client. When caring
for the elderly adult it is important for the provider to review the client’s family’s origin, educational
experiences, time spent in the military, sexual development, and religious history (Wheeler, 2014).
Are there senior adults that would not benefit from therapy?
I believe that all senior adults can benefit from therapy, but the provider must know what type of
therapy the client will thrive with. For instance, not all elderly clients will benefit from group therapy,
but some will enjoy meeting new acquaintances and will gain a new meaning of life after meeting new
people (Conell & Lewitzka, 2018). Originally, I thought that clients who have Alzheimer’s Disease or
profound memory loss may not benefit from psychotherapy because it may just agitate them if they do
not understand what is going on. After reading Wheeler (2014), I became further educated that these
patients can benefit from attending psychotherapy when initiated early in their diagnoses and that
psychotherapy can help reduce the level of disability that the patient acquires, therefore reducing early
institutionalization. Do you agree or disagree, that all seniors can benefit from the right form of therapy?
References
Conell, J., & Lewitzka, U. (2018). Adapted psychotherapy for suicidal geriatric patients with depression.
BMC Psychiatry, 18(1), 1–5. Retrieved from
https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eoah&AN=45858855&site=ehost-live
Sá Pires, B. (2016). Therapy with Children and Adolescents in The Phenomenological-Existential
Tradition: Community-Based Clinical Interventions. Existential Analysis: Journal of the Society for
Existential Analysis, 27(1), 93–106. Retrieved from
https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=a9h&AN=118733849&site=ehost-live (Links
to an external site.)
Wheeler, K. (2014). Psychotherapy for the advanced practice psychiatric nurse: A how-to guide for
evidence- based practice. Springer Publishing Company.
DB 4: 300 words without references page include. 2-3 references APA format. Peer review articles
within 5 years of publication only in U.S.A.
Discuss the difference that may appear in child therapies with your chosen therapystyle?
My chosen therapy style is EMDR trauma therapy. Research has shown that EMDR is effective in the
treatment of children and adolescents who have experienced trauma (Lewey, Smith, Burcham,
Saunders, Elfallal, & OToole, 2018). When initiating EMDR in a child or adolescent I would need to take
into account the developmental level of the patient. It is important to take into account what the
patient understands and how they understand the world. Secondly, it is important to take the patient’s
family into consideration, whatever the family system looks like. Family is involved in treatment and
treatment decisions and their level of understanding and engagement is key. Finally, I would need to
consider the systems that promote the patient’s development including school, peers and community
(Wheeler, 2014).
How would you alter your techniques when treating children?
I would alter my techniques depending on the 3 factors above and would need to consider the
differences between child/adolescent and adult therapy situations from initial contact on. Frequently,
the patient is not the one to initiate therapy and it is important to understand the reasoning of the
person who did, be it family or school, etc., and the reaction of the patient. Engaging and assessing the
patient individually and in the context of their family and the systems they operate in are key. When
implementing EMDR making sure to explain in a way the patient and their family can understand at the
appropriate developmental level and then using the same type of language during the therapy itself is
very important (Wheeler, 2014).
Discuss the needs of senior adults and how therapy may need a different delivery than other adults.
As with all our patient populations, assessment is key for working with older adults. It is important to
know what to look for that makes this population unique and, even more important, to know that aging
does not just mean decline. An APRN must assess cognitive, affective, functional, and behavioral status
as well as the patient’s family situation, not unlike assessments for other clients. With senior adults an
APRN should focus on ongoing growth and not just decline. This requires a good knowledge of the
normal aging process and an understanding that mental decline and illness may occur but are not
forgone conclusions as we age. Once an assessment is complete it is important to be prepared to assist
patients with developmental transitions and note that “senior” does not mean “ending”. The text points
out that the senior period of life can be a time when people develop as individuals and pursue dreams
and activities they might not have when they were younger because of the demands and responsibilities
they had at those times (Wheeler, 2014).
When assessing the senior adult, it is important for an APRN to look closely at functional status and
other things that may play a part in bringing about symptoms that are associated with mental illness.
This includes physical ailments and medication side effects that can promote or mimic depression or
other symptoms. When a senior adult appears depressed or anxious, it is inappropriate to assume it is a
mental health disorder for many reasons not the least of which is the medications for these disorders
will not work if there is an underlying physical reason for the symptoms. By the same token, an APRN
should never assume that, because there are physical issues or cognitive decline that there are not
coexisting mental health issues to be addressed. A thorough picture of the patient’s situation and
differential diagnoses are necessary (Wheeler, 2014).
If an APRN feels a patient is a good candidate for psychopharmacologic intervention he or she must
look at the medications closely for their known effects on senior adults as there may be a possibility of
paradoxical reaction. The senior population may also experience more severe side effects to
psychotropic medications which should be explained and monitored carefully (Williams, 2017).
When preparing for therapy an APRN should consider how the patient views mental illness and
therapy. Some generations see a lot of stigma in mental health issues and therapy and are not as open
to intervention. In addition, it may be difficult for a patient who is much older than the therapist to
develop the therapeutic alliance because they may have had fewer experiences with therapy. Education
and open communication about the patient’s paradigms and feelings may mediate these feelings. If
there are cognitive deficits, therapy is not precluded but it may be necessary to have shorter sessions,
use memory aids, take notes, and/or recap the last session before beginning a new one. From a practical
perspective the APRN should make sure that the office is set up so that patients can easily get in and out
and have furniture that they are comfortable in. The APRN should be aware that transference and
counter-transference may come from many stages of life and should be monitored for and there should
be clinical supervision and support. Ending the therapeutic relationship can be challenging as well as it
may feel like the patient may not have anyone else to share feelings or thoughts with and should be
planned for at the beginning of therapy to prevent boundary crossing (Wheeler, 2014).
Are there senior adults that would not benefit from therapy?
Senior adults that would not benefit from therapy are similar to other populations. If they cannot
participate related to cognitive impairment or physical impairment then therapy may not be the best
choice. If the stigma of mental illness is insurmountable for the patient and family or they are not able
or prepared to delve into what could be decades old trauma or issues it may be more appropriate to try
to treat with medications and continue to prompt therapy when appropriate (Wheeler, 2014)
References
Lewey, J., Smith, C., Burcham, B., Saunders, N., Elfallal, D., & OToole, S. (2018). Comparing the
effectiveness of EMDR and TF-CBT for children and adolescents: a meta-analysis. Journal of Child and
Adolescent Trauma, 11(4), 457-472.
Wheeler, K. (2014). Psychotherapy for the advanced practice psychiatric nurse: A how-to guide for
evidence-based practice. New York: Springer Publishing Company.
Williams, S. (2017). Psychotropic medications in older adults: Pearls and pitfalls [Powerpoint slides].
Retreived November 19. 2019 from https://www.oacns.org/resources/Pictures/06-Williams-EvansPsychotropic%20Medications%20in%20Older%20Adults.pdf (Links to an external site.)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Community health – Psych

Description

Psychiatric Care and Mental Health in the Community

Read chapter 24 of the class textbook and review the attached PowerPoint presentation. Once done answer the following questions;

Explain and give some examples of the concepts of community mental health and discuss the importance of community mental health promotion in special populations.
Describe the biological, social, and political factors associated with mental illness.
Describe different types of evidence-based treatment for mental disorders, including the use of psychotropic medication management, community case management, and crisis intervention. Give at least one example

4. Describe the role of mental health nurses in the community.

INSTRUCTIONS:

As stated in the syllabus present your assignment in an APA format word document, Arial 12 font attached to the forum in the discussion tab of the blackboard titled “Week 14 discussion questions” and the SafeAssign exercise in the assignment tab of the blackboard(which is mandatory). A minimum of 3 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted according to APA guidelines. You must post two replies to any of your peers sustained with the proper references no older than 5 years in two different days to verify attendance and as well make sure the references are properly quoted and mention to whom you are replying to. The reply is a comment to your peer, not an extension of what you posted in your assignment. What I mean is that you can’t post in your replies the same that you posted in your assignment. A minimum of 800 words is required. Please make sure to follow the instructions as given and use either spell-check or Grammarly before you post your assignment. I will also pay close attention to spelling and/or grammar. Please review the rubric attached to the lecture. You must present the assignment according to how it is posted, answering the questions by number and essay-style assignments will not be accepted unless otherwise specified. I’ve been grading a lot of assignments with quite a few spelling/grammar errors. As a BSN student, you should be able to present an assignment according to APA and without errors. This reflects our University.


Unformatted Attachment Preview


Name
DQ Rubric 2019


Description
Rubric Detail
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Proficient
Competent
Novice
Introduction
and quality of
discussion’s
Argument
Weight 60.00%
100.00 %
It is consistent with
application in
research related to its
context. Clarity of
ideas.
Comprehensive, indepth and wide
ranging.
70.00 %
The topic has a
partially weak
association to
clarity of ideas and
related topic.
Relevant but not
comprehensive.
15.00 %
Unable to address
any part of the
question and/or topic.
Little relevance/some
accuracy.
Objectivity of
Tone, overall
quality &
Review of
Literature in
APA 6th format
within past 7
years
Weight 10.00%
100.00 %
Tone is consistent,
addressed
professionally and
objectively.
Evidence in
literature supports
arguments.
70.00 %
The tone is not
consistently
objective. Some
observations, some
supportive evidence
used.
15.00 %
No objectivity in
tone. No evidence of
literature review
provided. Lacks
evidence of critical
analysis, poor to no
use of supportive
evidence.
Grammar /
Writing Skills
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Excellent mechanics,
sentence structure
and organization
with no grammatical
mistakes.
70.00 %
Some grammatical
lapses , uses
emotional
responses in lieu of
relevant points.
0.00 %
Poor grammar, weak
communication, lack
of clarity.
Peer Reply #1
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
70.00 %
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
0.00 %
No peer response
Peer Reply #2
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
70.00 %
0.00 %
No Peer response
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Overall APA
Use
Weight 7.50%
Proficient
Competent
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
apply 6th edition
APA standards.
70.00 %
Some ability to to
apply 6th edition
APA standards. i.e.
use of in-text
citation, reference
structure,
quoting,etc.
Novice
0.00 %
No adherence to 6th
edition APA
standards.
Chapter 24
Vulnerability
in Community
Populations:
An Overview
Basic Concepts
• Risk
• Vulnerability
• Special needs
– At risk
• Vulnerable populations
– Vulnerable families
Web of Causation
• Schematic model
– Shows interrelationship among multiple
factors that contribute to choices made by
individuals, families, and communities that
affect their health status
– Factors commonly associated with
vulnerability:





Disadvantaged socioeconomic status
Lifestyle behaviors
Low self-esteem
Feelings of powerlessness
Disenfranchisement
Poverty and Historical
Perspectives
• Society’s attitude
• Two common themes
– Strong work ethic
– Religious/moral beliefs
• Industrial Revolution
• Public assistance programs
• Shift from federal government to state to
private sector
Cultural and Policy Perspectives
• Cultural perspectives
– Meaning of poverty




Impoverished
Persistent poverty
Neighborhood poverty
Underclass poverty
• Policy perspectives
– Poverty index
– Near poor
Health-Related Perspectives




High rate of infant mortality
High morbidity and mortality
Complex health problems
Physical limitations secondary to chronic
illness
• Trauma-induced injuries
• Death by violence
Community Perspectives
• High proportion of underrepresented
ethnic groups
• Single mothers
• High rate of unemployment
• Low level of education
• Low wages
• Violence
• Discrimination
• Communicable diseases
• Premature death
Vulnerable Populations with
Special Needs
• Disenfranchised
• Uninsured and underinsured
– Medically indigent/working poor




Children and adolescents
Elders
Underrepresented ethnic groups
Women
Nursing Considerations
• Access to care
• Acceptable services for vulnerable
patients in diverse settings
– Know the community
– Schedule clinic visits at convenient times
– Have bilingual nurses available
– Staff members who reflect cultural, racial,
ethnic background of persons who use the
facility
– Sensitivity
– Nonjudgmental attitude
Considerations
• Ethical and legal
• Patients’ strengths and resources
– Hardiness
– Support networks
• Nursing roles
– Advocate and activist
– Case manager
– Educator and counselor
– Collaborator and partner
– Researcher

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nutrition and disease paper

Description

Module 04 Assignment – Nutrition and DiseaseNutrition plays a vital role in a person’s overall health and well-being. Not getting enough of the recommended nutrients over the long-term can lead to malnutrition which often results in disease and illness.In a 3-page paper, written in APA format using proper spelling/grammar, address the following:
Define malnutrition and identify a specific disease that can result from it.
Perform library research about the selected disease, and explain its physiological effects on a person’s body.
Describe the relationship between specific foods/nutrients and the disease. Use the questions below to guide your response.

Does research indicate that a lack of specific foods/nutrients increase a person’s chance of contracting the disease?
Are there specific foods/nutrients that should be avoided by an individual afflicted with the disease?
How do specific foods/nutrients work physiologically within the body to help combat the disease?

Evaluate nutritional recommendations to help combat the disease.
Cite at least 3 credible references and present the resources in APA format on the References page.

For information about the impact of diseases on body systems and assessing the credibility of resources, consult the resources below.

How do I know if a source is credible?
I need to find information about a disease and the body system it impacts.


help with problem 1

Description

first read ch 2 then do problem 1please give the answer in word docif u have any question let me know


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Cost Definitions
Cost Definitions
1
Cost Definitions







Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Marginal Analysis
Cross-subsidization of Costs
True Cost, Economic Cost, and Accounting Cost
The Long-Term versus the Short-Term
Departmental versus Product-Line Costing
External Costs
Cost Definitions
2
Definition and Characteristics of
Costs
• Full Costs, Average Costs, Cost Objectives,
Direct Costs, and Indirect Costs
• Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Marginal Cost Pricing
Cost Definitions
3
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Full Costs, Average Costs, Cost Objectives,
Direct Costs, and Indirect Costs
• What does it cost to treat?




an average managed care patient?
a specific type of Medicare patient?
a patient at ABC hospital?
a patient with pneumonia?
• The response is, “It depends; why you want to
know?”
Cost Definitions
4
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Full Costs, Average Costs, Cost Objectives,
Direct Costs, and Indirect Costs (continued)
• See Exhibit 2-1 for all cost definitions (p.15)
• Cost objective: any particular item for which we
wish to know the cost. It may be a specific
patient, a class of patients, a service, a department,
or an entire organization
• Full cost
• Average cost
• Direct cost
• Indirect cost
Cost Definitions
5
Exhibit 2-1 Cost Definitions
Cost Definitions
6
Exhibit 2-1 Cost Definitions (continued)
Cost Definitions
7
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Fixed costs
– Tend to remain constant over the course of many
accounting or reporting periods
– Are not influenced by changes in volume or intensity of
service
– Appear as the flat horizontal line in graphic form
$
Fixed cost
A
Number of Procedures
Cost Definitions
8
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Variable Costs
– Rise and fall in relation to changes in the level
of activity
$
Variable cost
C
Number of Procedures
Cost Definitions
9
Table 2-1 Full Costs of Lithotripsy
Variable
Cost
Total
Fixed
Per
Variable
Full
Volume
Cost
Patient
Cost
Cost
(A)
(B)
(C )
(D) = (A) x (C ) (E) = (B) + (D)
———————- ————- ———————– ——————– ————250
$200,000
$200
50000
$250,000
1000
$200,000
$200
200000
$400,000
2000
$200,000
$200
400000
$600,000
Acquisition cost $1,000,000
Useful life:
Depreciation:
Variable cost:
5 years
$200,000
$200 per patient
Cost Definitions
10
Table 2-2 Average Costs of Lithotripsy
Fixed
Variable
Cost
Cost
Fixed
Per
Per
Average
Volume
Cost
Patient
Patient
Cost
(A)
(B)
(C ) = (B) / (A)
(D)
(E) = (C) + (D)
———————- ————- ———————— ——————– ————250
$200,000
$800
$200
$1,000
1000
$200,000
$200
$200
$400
2000
$200,000
$100
$200
$300
Cost Definitions
11
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Semivariable Costs:
– Are partially fixed and partially variable, i.e.,
are fixed over a certain range of volume and
then variable up to the next range of volume
– Are applied to workers who are able to deal
with a range of workload
– Understanding the performance of semivariable
costs is important to the decision-making
process related to productivity
Cost Definitions
12
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Marginal Costs:
– Are defined as the change in cost related to a change in
activity
– Are often referred to as incremental or out-of-pocket costs
– Are often equal to variable costs, but they are not
synonymous with them
– May include not only the variable cost but also the cost of
acquiring another equipment
• Decision making should be based on the difference
between marginal costs and added revenues
Cost Definitions
13
Marginal Analysis
• Refers to the technique of considering only
incremental data as part of a financial analysis or
decision process
• Reduces the scope of supportive analytical work
and focuses attention on the financial reality of the
decision itself, not the overall financial condition
after a decision has been made
Cost Definitions
14
Marginal Analysis (continued)
Table 2-3 Marginal Analysis of Lithotripsy with additional business
Operating Facts
Humana offers a purchase of additional 1,000 cases, but is willing to pay only
$250 per case
New revenue rate
Variable cost
Additional volume
$250
$200
1,000
Marginal Analysis
Extra revenue
Extra cost
Extra fixed cost
Extra variable cost (1,000x$200)
Extra expense
Increase in income/loss
Cost Definitions
$250,000
$0
$200,000
$200,000
$50,000
15
Marginal Analysis
Profit and Loss of Lithotripsy (continued)
Variable
Revenue
Total
Frofit
Full
Per
Patient
or
Cost
Cost
Patient
Revenue
Loss
(D) = (A) x (C )
(E) = (B) + (D)
(F)
Cost
Total
Fixed
Per
Variable
Volume
Cost
Patient
(A)
(B)
(C )
(G) = (A) x (F) (H) = (G) – (E)
——————– ————————————– ————- ————- ————250
$200,000
$200
50,000
$250,000
$400
100,000
-$150,000
1000
$200,000
$200
200,000
$400,000
$400
400,000
$0
2000
$200,000
$200
400,000
$600,000
$400
800,000
$200,000
Cost Definitions
16
Cross-subsidization of Costs
• No cross-subsidization between patients with true
cost
Full Cost
$20,000
Patient A
True Cost
$5,000
Patient B
True Cost
$15,000
Revenue
True cost
Net Income
Cost Definitions
Patient A
Patient B
$5,000
-$5,000
$0
$15,000
-$15,000
$0
17
Cross-subsidization of Costs (continued)
• Existing cross-subsidization between patients with
average cost
Full Cost
$20,000
Patient A
Assigned
Cost $10,000
Patient B
Assigned
Cost $10,000
Patient A
Patient B
Revenue
$10,000
Assgined cost -$10,000
Net Income
$0
$10,000
-$10,000
$0
Cost Definitions
18
Cross-subsidization of Costs (continued)
• Existing cross-subsidization between Medicare
patients with true cost
Full Cost
$20,000
Patient A
True Cost
$5,000
Patient B
True Cost
$15,000
DRG Revenue
True cost
Net Income
Cost Definitions
Patient A
Patient B
$10,000
-$5,000
$5,000
$10,000
-$15,000
-$5,000
19
True Cost, Economic Cost, and
Accounting Cost




True Cost
Economic Cost
Accounting Cost
Joint Cost
Cost Definitions
20
Departmental vs. Product-Line
Costing
• Responsibility centers:
– Cost centers (support cost centers)
– Revenue centers
• Responsibility centers = Departments
• Departmental costing




Direct labor
Direct materials
Department indirect costs
Other indirect overhead costs
Cost Definitions
21
A Typical Departmental Revenue and Costing Report
MAKE BELIEVABLE MEDICAL CENTER
DEPARTMENTAL PERFORMANCE REPORT
DECEMBER 31, 20XX
CURRENT MONTH
ACTUAL
YEAR TO DATE
$100,000
50,000
$150,000
DESCRIPTION
ACTUAL BUDGET VARIANCE
DEPARTMENT REVENUES
-$30,000
TOTAL INPATIENT
$600,000 $600,000
$0
0
TOTAL OUTPATIENT
320,000
300,000
20,000
-$30,000 TOTAL PATIENT REVENUES $920,000 $900,000
$20,000
$70,000
10,000
17,000
16,000
13,000
4,000
$130,000
$70,000
10,000
20,000
20,000
15,000
5,000
$140,000
DIRECT EXPENSES
$0
TOTAL SALARIES
$428,000
0 TOTAL EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 62,000
-3,000
TOTAL SUPPLIES
125,000
-4,000 TOTAL PURCHASED SERVICES 118,000
-2,000
TOTAL REPAIRS
88,000
-1,000 TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES
29,000
-$10,000 TOTAL DIRECT EXPENSES $850,000
-$10,000
$10,000
$70,000
50,000
$120,000
BUDGET VARIANCE
-$20,000
INCOME CONTRIBUTION
Cost Definitions
$70,000
$420,000
60,000
120,000
120,000
90,000
30,000
$840,000
$8,000
2,000
5,000
-2,000
-2,000
-1,000
$10,000
$60,000
$10,000
22
Departmental vs. Product-line
Costing
• Product-Line costing
Table 2-3 Chest X-Ray Cost
Average
Tuberculosis Cardiac Surgery
Patient
Patient
Patient
Chest X-ray
————- ——————— ——————– ——– ————- ——– ————Technician labor @ $30/hour
$3
$15
$9
X-ray film
25
25
25
12
12
Other costs
12
$46
$52
Total
$40
Cost Definitions
23
Laboratory A Monthly Costing Report
Direct expenses
Salaries and wages
Supervisors
Lab. Technicians – Senior
Lab. Technicians – Junior
Lab. Assistant
Clerks
Supplies
Non-medical
Medical
Other direct expense
Total direct expenses
Support expenses (transferred)
Housekeeping
Laundry and linen
Maintenance and repair
Dietary
Total transferred expense
Support expenses (allocated)
Administrative and general
Personnel
Total allocated expense
Total department expenses
Amount
$3,675
5,075
4,536
4,872
1,260
1,825
3,350
1,545
26,138
2,760
2,275
2,120
5,325
12,480
3,312
925
$4,237
$42,855
Cost Definitions
24
Laboratory A Monthly Services Report
Procedure name
Blood glucose
Blood sodium
Blood potassium
Blood bicarbonate
Platelet
Reticulocyte
Blood iron
Urine glucose
.
.
.
.
Total
Quantity
112
25
75
35
7
3
10
12
.
.
.
.
Procedure name
Blood glucose
Blood sodium
Blood potassium
Blood bicarbonate
Platelet
Reticulocyte
Blood iron
Urine glucose
.
.
.
.
Cost
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
.
.
.
.
3,455
Cost Definitions
25
Departmental vs. Product-line
Costing
• Hybrid approaches
– Seek a balance between the departmental
costing needed for responsibility accounting
and the product costing needed for effective
product decisions
Cost Definitions
26
Assignment
• Problem 1 on pages 31-32
Cost Definitions
27
PROBLEMS
1. Your organization (City Rehab) has been per visit. City Rehab currently receives $95
approached by an MCO looking for an ex- per visit directly from Medicare. City
clusive arrangement for the rehabilitation Rehab provides 1,500 hip replacement vis-
of its hip replacement patients. The MCO is its per year and has the capacity to handle
aggressively positioning itself to compete in 500 more easily without adding any staff or
the growing Medicare managed care seg. equipment. The fixed costs associated with
ment. They have offered to guarantee 1000 hip replacement rehab are $7,500 and the
patient visits per year and want to pay $70 variable costs are $67 per visit.
Copyrighted material
32
CHAPTER 2 COST DEFINITIONS
a. What is City’s current average cost per
hip replacement visit?
b. Should you take the MCO’s offer? If so,
why? If not, why not?
c. What if the MCO wanted to pay City a
flat amount ($4) for each of its 10,000
Medicare covered lives, regardless of
how many patients/visits ultimately
came in for hip replacement rehabilita-
tion (capitation). What additional infor-
mation would you need to determine
whether or not City Rehab should go
ahead with this deal?
2. Select another area for a health care organ-
ization, and describe the various parts of a
product costing-oriented data collection.
3. Select a department of a health care organi-
zation, and develop a departmental ap-
proach to costing for that department.
| Acti
Go to

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

BHS210 Introduction to Epidemiology

Description

Write a paper in which you do the following: APA

Select an infectious disease and discuss its transmission and control measures. Try to select a disease not already covered or mentioned in the Syllabus. Be sure to identify the reservoir(s) of your selected infectious disease.

Support your paper with evidence from the literature.

Length: 2–3 pages, excluding title page and references.

sources:

https://www.webmd.com/hepatitis/digestive-diseases-hepatitis-b#1

https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/hepatitis-b/symptoms-causes/syc-20366802

https://www.cdc.gov/hepatitis/hbv/index.htm


HSA4170- Healthcare Financial Management

Description

Assignment: You will create a formal PowerPoint (PPT) about your fictional Healthcare Business. You are preparing a presentation for your executive leadership team. The business plan must be related to the healthcare field (e.g., a doctor’s office, a home healthcare practice, a new hospital, etc.). This presentation requires correct grammar, punctuation, and APA format, including in-text citation and reference list. You are required to have a minimum of three (3) references and your references must come from any combination of refereed peer reviewed journal articles, textbooks, and or credible Internet sources. You will be answering the following organizational plan: Organizational Plan (see Exhibit 25-3):Describe your business. Name it. Describe your idea; purpose, mission, vision, background information, and description of the product and or service. The business must be related to the healthcare field (e.g., a doctor’s office, a home healthcare practice, a new hospital, etc.)Physical location where service and/or equipment that will be providedThe department responsible for the budgetThe division responsible for operationsThe directly responsible supervisorComposition of the overall management team***Attached I will provide the book where you can see Exibit 25-3 on page 311.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

FIFTH EDITION
HEALTH CARE
FINANCE
Basic Tools For Nonfinancial Managers
JUDITH J. BAKER, PhD, CPA
R.W. BAKER, JD
NEIL R. DWORKIN, PhD
World Headquarters
Jones & Bartlett Learning
5 Wall Street
Burlington, MA 01803
978-443-5000
info@jblearning.com
www.jblearning.com
Jones & Bartlett Learning books and products are available through most bookstores and online booksellers. To contact
Jones & Bartlett Learning directly, call 800-832-0034, fax 978-443-8000, or visit our website, www.jblearning.com.
Substantial discounts on bulk quantities of Jones & Bartlett Learning publications are available to corporations,
professional associations, and other qualified organizations. For details and specific discount information,
contact the special sales department at Jones & Bartlett Learning via the above contact information or send an
email to specialsales@jblearning.com.
Copyright © 2018 by Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC, an Ascend Learning Company
All rights reserved. No part of the material protected by this copyright may be reproduced or utilized in any form,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system,
without written permission from the copyright owner.
The content, statements, views, and opinions herein are the sole expression of the respective authors and not that
of Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC. Reference herein to any specific commercial product, process, or service by trade
name, trademark, manufacturer, or otherwise does not constitute or imply its endorsement or recommendation by
Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC and such reference shall not be used for advertising or product endorsement purposes.
All trademarks displayed are the trademarks of the parties noted herein. Health Care Finance: Basic Tools For Nonfinancial
Managers, Fifth Edition is an independent publication and has not been authorized, sponsored, or otherwise approved
by the owners of the trademarks or service marks referenced in this product.
There may be images in this book that feature models; these models do not necessarily endorse, represent, or participate
in the activities represented in the images. Any screenshots in this product are for educational and instructive purposes
only. Any individuals and scenarios featured in the case studies throughout this product may be real or fictitious, but
are used for instructional purposes only.
This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information in regard to the Subject Matter covered.
It is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering legal, accounting, or other professional
service. If legal advice or other expert assistance is required, the service of a competent professional person should be
sought.
11835-3
Production Credits
VP, Executive Publisher: David D. Cella
Publisher: Michael Brown
Associate Editor: Danielle Bessette
Associate Production Editor: Rebekah Linga
Senior Marketing Manager: Sophie Fleck Teague
Manufacturing and Inventory Control Supervisor:
Amy Bacus
Composition: Integra Software Services Pvt. Ltd.
Cover Design: Theresa Manley
Rights & Media Specialist: Merideth Tumasz
Media Development Editor: Shannon Sheehan
Cover Image: © LFor/Shutterstock
Printing and Binding: Edwards Brothers Malloy
Cover Printing: Edwards Brothers Malloy
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Names: Baker, Judith J., author. | Baker, R. W., author. | Dworkin, Neil R., author.
Title: Health care finance : basic tools for nonfinancial managers / Judith Baker, R.W. Baker, and Neil R. Dworkin.
Description: Fifth edition. | Burlington, Massachusetts : Jones & Bartlett Learning, [2018] | Includes
bibliographical references and index.
Identifiers: LCCN 2016054734 | ISBN 9781284118216 (pbk.)
Subjects: | MESH: Financial Management | Health Facilities–economics | Health Facility Administration |
United States
Classification: LCC RA971.3 | NLM W 80 | DDC 362.1068/1–dc23
LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2016054734
6048
Printed in the United States of America
21 20 19 18 17    10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
© LFor/Shutterstock
Table of Contents
New to This Edition……………………………………………………………………………………………….xvii
Preface�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� xix
Acknowledgments��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� xxi
About the Authors������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� xxiii
PART I—HEALTHCARE FINANCE OVERVIEW…………………………………………………………. 1
Chapter 1
Introduction to Healthcare Finance……………………………………………………… 3
The History…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3
The Concept…………………………………………………………………………………………… 4
How Does Finance Work in the Healthcare Business?………………………………… 4
Viewpoints……………………………………………………………………………………………… 4
Why Manage?………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5
The Elements of Financial Management…………………………………………………… 5
The Organization’s Structure…………………………………………………………………… 5
Two Types of Accounting…………………………………………………………………………. 7
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………….. 9
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 9
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………….. 9
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9
Chapter 2
Four Things the Healthcare Manager Needs to Know About
Financial Management Systems……………………………………………………….11
What Does the Manager Need to Know?………………………………………………….. 11
How the System Works in Health Care…………………………………………………….. 11
The Information Flow……………………………………………………………………………. 12
Basic System Elements…………………………………………………………………………… 14
The Annual Management Cycle……………………………………………………………… 18
Communicating Financial Information to Others……………………………………. 20
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 20
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 20
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 20
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 21
iii
iv  Table of Contents
Chapter 3
The Digital Age: Changing the Landscape of Healthcare
Finance……………………………………………………………………………………….23
High-Tech and High-Touch Approaches…………………………………………………. 23
Patient Engagement………………………………………………………………………………. 23
Social Media………………………………………………………………………………………….. 24
Resource Allocation………………………………………………………………………………. 25
Changes in Health Information Technology……………………………………………. 25
Population Health and the Digital Age: Crossing at
the Intersection…………………………………………………………………………………. 26
Additional Trends and Complexities: Other Delivery Systems…………………… 27
Summary ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 27
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 28
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 28
Other Acronymns………………………………………………………………………………….. 28
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 28
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 28
PART II—RECORD FINANCIAL OPERATIONS…………………………………………………………31
Chapter 4
Assets, Liabilities, and Net Worth………………………………………………………..33
Overview………………………………………………………………………………………………. 33
What Are Examples of Assets?………………………………………………………………… 34
What Are Examples of Liabilities?…………………………………………………………… 35
What Are the Different Forms of Net Worth?…………………………………………… 35
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 36
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 36
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 36
Chapter 5
Revenues (Inflow)…………………………………………………………………………….37
Overview………………………………………………………………………………………………. 37
Receiving Revenue for Services………………………………………………………………. 37
Sources of Healthcare Revenue………………………………………………………………. 39
Grouping Revenue for Planning and Control………………………………………….. 42
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 45
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 45
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 45
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 46
Chapter 6
Expenses (Outflow)…………………………………………………………………………..47
Overview………………………………………………………………………………………………. 47
Disbursements for Services…………………………………………………………………….. 48
Grouping Expenses for Planning and Control…………………………………………. 48
Cost Reports as Influencers of Expense Formats………………………………………. 52
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 53
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 54
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 54
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 54
Table of Contents   v
Chapter 7
Cost Classifications…………………………………………………………………………..55
Distinction Between Direct and Indirect Costs…………………………………………. 55
Examples of Direct Cost and Indirect Cost………………………………………………. 56
Responsibility Centers……………………………………………………………………………. 57
Distinction Between Product and Period Costs………………………………………… 60
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 61
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 61
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 61
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 61
PART III—TOOLS TO ANALYZE AND UNDERSTAND FINANCIAL OPERATIONS……….63
Chapter 8
Cost Behavior and Break-Even Analysis………………………………………………..65
Distinctions Among Fixed, Variable, and Semivariable Costs…………………….. 65
Examples of Variable and Fixed Costs……………………………………………………… 69
Analyzing Mixed Costs…………………………………………………………………………… 71
Contribution Margin, Cost-Volume-Profit, and Profit-Volume Ratios…………. 73
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 78
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 78
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 78
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 79
Chapter 9
Understanding Inventory and Depreciation Concepts…………………………….81
Overview: The Inventory Concept…………………………………………………………… 81
Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold (“Goods” Such as Drugs) ……………………. 82
Inventory Methods………………………………………………………………………………… 83
Inventory Tracking………………………………………………………………………………… 84
Inventory Distribution Systems……………………………………………………………….. 86
Calculating Inventory Turnover……………………………………………………………… 87
Overview: The Depreciation Concept……………………………………………………… 88
Book Value of a Fixed Asset and the Reserve for Depreciation………………….. 88
Computing Tax Depreciation…………………………………………………………………. 92
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………… 93
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………… 93
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………… 93
Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 93
Appendix 9-A A Further Discussion of Accelerated and
Units of Service Depreciation Computations……………………………………….. 95
Accelerated Book Depreciation Methods………………………………………………… 95
Chapter 10
Staffing: Methods, Operations, and Regulations…………………………………..103
Staffing Requirements…………………………………………………………………………. 103
FTEs for Annualizing Positions…………………………………………………………….. 103
Number of Employees Required to Fill a Position: Another Way to
Calculate FTEs………………………………………………………………………………… 106
Regulatory Requirements Regarding Staffing………………………………………… 111
vi  Table of Contents
Summary…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 113
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 114
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 114
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 114
Notes………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 114
PART IV—REPORT AND MEASURE FINANCIAL RESULTS………………………………………117
Chapter 11
Reporting as a Tool…………………………………………………………………………119
Understanding the Major Reports………………………………………………………… 119
Balance Sheet……………………………………………………………………………………… 119
Statement of Revenue and Expense………………………………………………………. 120
Statement of Changes in Fund Balance/Net Worth……………………………….. 122
Statement of Cash Flows………………………………………………………………………. 123
Subsidiary Reports……………………………………………………………………………….. 124
Summary…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 125
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 125
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 126
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 126
Notes………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 126
Chapter 12
Financial and Operating Ratios as Performance
Measures……………………………………………………………………………………127
The Importance of Ratios…………………………………………………………………….. 127
Liquidity Ratios……………………………………………………………………………………. 129
Solvency Ratios……………………………………………………………………………………. 130
Profitability Ratios……………………………………………………………………………….. 132
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 134
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 134
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 134
Chapter 13
The Time Value of Money………………………………………………………………..135
Purpose………………………………………………………………………………………………. 135
Unadjusted Rate of Return…………………………………………………………………… 135
Present-Value Analysis………………………………………………………………………….. 136
Internal Rate of Return………………………………………………………………………… 137
Payback Period……………………………………………………………………………………. 137
Evaluations………………………………………………………………………………………….. 138
Resources……………………………………………………………………………………………. 139
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 139
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 139
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 139
Note……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 140
Appendix 13-A Present-Value Table
(The Present Value of $1.00)……………………………………………………………. 141
Table of Contents   vii
Appendix 13-B Compound Interest Table: Compound Interest
of $1.00 (The Future Amount of $1.00)…………………………………………….. 143
Appendix 13-C Present Value of an Annuity of $1.00…………………………… 145
PART V—TOOLS TO REVIEW AND MANAGE COMPARATIVE DATA………………………..147
Chapter 14
Trend Analysis, Common Sizing, and Forecasted Data………………………….149
Common Sizing…………………………………………………………………………………… 149
Trend Analysis…………………………………………………………………………………….. 150
Analyzing Operating Data…………………………………………………………………….. 151
Importance of Forecasts……………………………………………………………………….. 152
Operating Revenue Forecasts……………………………………………………………….. 153
Staffing Forecasts ………………………………………………………………………………… 156
Capacity Level Issues in Forecasting………………………………………………………. 158
Summary…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 160
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 160
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 160
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 160
Notes………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 160
Chapter 15
Using Comparative Data…………………………………………………………………..161
Overview…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 161
Comparability Requirements………………………………………………………………… 161
A Manager’s View of Comparative Data…………………………………………………. 162
Uses of Comparative Data…………………………………………………………………….. 163
Making Data Comparable…………………………………………………………………….. 168
Constructing Charts to Show the Data…………………………………………………… 171
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 173
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 173
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 174
Note……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 174
PART VI—CONSTRUCT AND EVALUATE BUDGETS………………………………………………175
Chapter 16
Operating Budgets………………………………………………………………………….177
Overview…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 177
Budget Viewpoints……………………………………………………………………………….. 178
Budget Basics: A Review……………………………………………………………………….. 179
Building an Operating Budget: Preparation………………………………………….. 180
Building an Operating Budget: Construction………………………………………… 181
Working with Static Budgets and Flexible Budgets…………………………………. 183
Budget Construction Summary…………………………………………………………….. 186
Budget Review…………………………………………………………………………………….. 186
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 187
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 187
viii  Table of Contents
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 187
Notes………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 188
Appendix 16-A Creating a DRG Budget for Respiratory Care:
The Resource Consumption Approach……………………………………………… 189
Background………………………………………………………………………………………… 189
A DRG Budget for Respiratory Care……………………………………………………… 190
Notes………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 193
Appendix 16-B Reviewing a Comparative Operating Budget
Report…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 195
The Comparative Report to Review……………………………………………………….. 195
Checklist Questions and Answers for the Comparative Budget
Review…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 196
Chapter 17
Capital Expenditure Budgets…………………………………………………………….197
Overview…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 197
Creating the Capital Expenditure Budget……………………………………………… 197
Budget Construction Tools…………………………………………………………………… 198
Funding Requests………………………………………………………………………………… 200
Evaluating Capital Expenditure Proposals…………………………………………….. 202
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 203
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 203
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 204
Note……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 204
Appendix 17-A A Further Discussion of Capital Budgeting
Methods………………………………………………………………………………………….. 205
Assumptions………………………………………………………………………………………… 205
Payback Method………………………………………………………………………………….. 205
Unadjusted Rate of Return (AKA Accountant’s Rate of Return)……………… 206
Net Present Value………………………………………………………………………………… 207
Internal Rate of Return………………………………………………………………………… 207
PART VII—TOOLS TO PLAN, MONITOR, AND CONTROL FINANCIAL STATUS………209
Chapter 18
Variance Analysis and Sensitivity Analysis…………………………………………….211
Variance Analysis Overview…………………………………………………………………… 211
Three Types of Flexible Budget Variance………………………………………………. 211
Two-Variance Analysis and Three-Variance Analysis Compared……………….. 212
Three Examples of Variance Analysis…………………………………………………….. 214
Summary…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 218
Sensitivity Analysis Overview…………………………………………………………………. 218
Sensitivity Analysis Tools………………………………………………………………………. 218
Summary…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 222
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 222
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 222
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 222
Note……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 222
Table of Contents   ix
Chapter 19
Estimates, Benchmarking, and Other Measurement Tools……………………..223
Estimates Overview………………………………………………………………………………. 223
Common Uses of Estimates………………………………………………………………….. 223
Example: Estimating the Ending Pharmacy Inventory……………………………. 224
Example: Estimated Economic Impact of a New Specialty in a
Physician Practice……………………………………………………………………………. 225
Other Estimates…………………………………………………………………………………… 226
Importance of a Variety of Performance Measures…………………………………. 226
Adjusted Performance Measures Over Time………………………………………….. 227
Benchmarking…………………………………………………………………………………….. 227
Economic Measures…………………………………………………………………………….. 229
Measurement Tools……………………………………………………………………………… 229
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 231
Key Terms……………………………………………………………………………………………. 231
Discussion Questions……………………………………………………………………………. 232
Note……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 232
Chapter 20
Understanding the Impact of Data Analytics and Big Data……………………..233
Introduction……………………………………………………………………………………….. 233
Defining Data Analytics………………………………………………………………………… 233
Two Basic Approaches to Data Analytics………………………………………………… 235
Data Analytics and Healthcare Analytics Serve Many Purposes………………… 236
Data Mining………………………………………………………………………………………… 237
Impacts of Healthcare Analytics …………………………………………………………… 238
Challenges for Healthcare Analytics……………………………………………………… 239
Information Checkpoint………………………………………………………………………. 239
Key Terms………………………………………………………………………………………..

week8 problem

Description

I need someone to help with my question please read the question very well then answer carefully. Also I need u to replay for 2 students (it’s in the word doc)

We do not write the SQL language and syntax and instead use an Access query-by-example (QBE) interface. However, the WHERE statement is what we spend a significant amount of time on as it allows us to set criteria for the results that we get back from the database instead of getting all the data.

As a warm-up for Assignment III, let’s examine some of the WHERE clause operators that are available in any relational database.

Your task:

Pick one of the 8 tables that are part of the example W3 Schools online example database:

https://www.w3schools.com/sql/trysql.asp?filename=trysql_select_all (Links to an external site.)

Clicking on the table name on the right-hand side of the screen will show the data for that table.

Then describe what criteria that you would use in order to restrict the data to what you are looking for. Challenge yourself to use two columns in your criteria or a more advanced concept like “IS NOT NULL” or IN/BETWEEN. Do not repeat other student’s examples.

My example:

Table: Order Details

Task: Find those orders that included Uncle Bob’s Organic Dried Pears with a quantity between 20-30

Operators:

ProductID = 7 AND Quantity BETWEEN (20 AND 30)

—-

Notes:

A good list of operators can be found at:

https://www.techonthenet.com/sql/comparison_operators.php (Links to an external site.)

Also, the W3 website has the capability to run a query but that is not required.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Student replay
I decide to go with the orders table for this discussion. The database owner is
contemplating discontinuing their accounts with specific shipping vendors so
they decide to review orders from 1997 and on.
Table: Orders
Task: Identify orders made in the year 1997 or later that were shipped by
United Packaging or Speedy Express
Operators: WHERE OrderDate >= 1997-01-01 AND ShipperID in (1,2)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

discussion question 2

Description

Discuss
the difference between a DNP and a PhD in nursing. Discuss which of
these you would choose to pursue if you decide to continue your
education to the doctoral level and explain why.


Fitness quiz

Description

InstructionsYou will have 10 minutes to complete this Chapter 14 Quiz. Do not navigate away from the quiz this will end your quiz and you will not be able to return and complete the quiz.If you have been approved for testing accommodation by the Center for Student with Disabilities, please check the time before you begin. If you didn’t receive the authorized accommodation, please do not begin your exam/quiz and contact your instructor immediately.


Health Promo: Community Plan 2

Description

For this assignment, you will research and prepare a community-level strategic plan that addresses a key public health issue.

Potential topics may include:

• Using prenatal and infancy home visits to prevent child abuse and neglect

• Preventing falls in the elderly

• Reducing population salt intake

• Reducing tobacco use among adults

• Preventing risky sexual behavior among youth and young adults

• Reducing drug experimentation among young adults

Include the following in your paper:

Introduction:
Provide an overview of the community health issue as described in Part A with identified causes and influences, including knowledge gaps.
Detail the prevalence of the issue inside and outside the United States.
Describe potential monetary costs associated with the issue in the United States.
You must include data as part of your introduction (images, charts, graphs, etc., may be included as well as written data).
Describe advance practice roles and management strategies that affect change at the community level.
Identify key community and social resources that negatively and positively affect the selected issue.
Identify changes or enhancements in community-related services for your selected topic.
Develop a strategic plan that could decrease the prevalence of your selected topic.The goals for this plan needs to be specific, measurable, attainable, realistic, and time-bound. Include how your plan takes into consideration health literacy, socioeconomic factors, and cultural differences.
Conclusion:
A summary of the goals and challenges
An assessment of the outlook for action/progress
Appendix A: Include your community assessment from Week 3 as Appendix A.

Your paper should be 3–5 pages in length (not including the cover or reference pages). Use APA throughout.

Include 2–3 scholarly sources that are carefully selected and appropriate to the topic. References should be current—no more than four years old.

Part A of this assignment will be included as a file 🙂


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Running Head: COMMUNITY ASSESSMENT
1
Health is a core concept in every society. The ideas of health show how nurses,
physicians and other health care providers view health and the possible risks. Risks in this
context refer to the possible challenges that continue to threaten the overall realization of better
health in the society (Edelman, Kudzma, & Mandle, 2014). In my society, the main health risk
that has been identified is possibility of increased level of obesity among the young generation.
Over the past years, the number of children taking junk foods has increased hence promoting the
possibility of such risk. As a result, the paper will explore the risk, resources as well as the
challenges that continue to affect the limitation of such risk.
Resources in the Community
Running Head: COMMUNITY ASSESSMENT
2
Health assessment is one of the best ways of promoting a healthy living standard in the
society. The strategies and resources that are used in this context majorly aims to identify the
abnormalities that exist and the possible strategies that may be used to correct the challenge. The
resources that may be included to help in determining the increased risk of obesity include the
data from health care institution, the children and the secondary data that have been recorded on
the health challenge. The use of the above resources will be able to help in showing the gaps that
exist in the society.
The strengths and concerns of the community
The major concern of the member of the society includes the need of promoting rolerelationship pattern. In most cases, parents who subject their children to use the junk foods
usually long to make their children feel that they are rich enough to buy some of the meals in the
market. Even though this is strength as it continues to show that the parents are wealthy enough,
it continues to pose a major challenge to the entire society as it promotes the overall development
of obesity and other related conditions such as cardiovascular diseases (Edelman, Kudzma, &
Mandle, 2014).
Running Head: COMMUNITY ASSESSMENT
3
The other concern of the society is the self-concept pattern. In most cases, the obese
children in the society often feel odd and are blamed for the increased body weight. This has
resulted in increased level of intimidation among these children. On the other hand, the process
has continued to result in social and psychological challenge among the affected individuals.
Nevertheless, there is a possibility of rectifying the challenge and making these children to feel
as part of the society.
Potential Barriers to Implementing the Community Health Assessment Plan
There are quite a number of barriers that have been identified to limit the entire
assessment program. First, the limited resources in terms of financial capacity of the nurses that
is required to facilitate in the collection of the required data. On the other hand, lack of the
required skills among the nurses that are required to collect the data may affect the quality of the
data collected. Finally, lack of cooperation between the various stakeholders that are required to
help in achieving the results may be challenging. Nevertheless, all these challenges may be
limited and the entire process achieved in the best way possible.
Running Head: COMMUNITY ASSESSMENT
4
Reference:
Edelman, C., Kudzma, E. C., & Mandle, C. L. (2014). Health promotion throughout the life span
(8th ed.). St. Louis, MO: Elsevier.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

discussion board for wednesday

Description

Read chapter 19 of the class textbook and review the attached PowerPoint presentation. Once done, answer the following questions;

Mention and discuss the Healthy People 2020 wellness goals and objectives for older adults.
Define and discuss the aging process and the demographic characteristics of the elderly population in your community.
Identify and discuss nursing actions that address the needs of older adults.
Mention and discuss health/illness concerns common to the elderly population.

INSTRUCTIONS:

As stated in the syllabus present your assignment in an APA format word document, Arial 12 font attached to the forum in the discussion tab of the blackboard titled “Week 13 discussion questions” and the SafeAssign exercise in the assignment tab of the blackboard(which is mandatory). A minimum of 3 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted according to APA guidelines and must be from a gerontology journal. You must post two replies to any of your peers sustained with the proper references no older than 5 years in two different days to verify attendance and as well make sure the references are properly quoted and mention to whom you are replying to. The reply is a comment to your peer, not an extension of what you posted in your assignment. What I mean is that you can’t post in your replies the same that you posted in your assignment. A minimum of 800 words is required. Please make sure to follow the instructions as given and use either spell-check or Grammarly before you post your assignment. I will also pay close attention to spelling and/or grammar. Please review the rubric attached to the lecture. You must present the assignment according to how it is posted, answering the questions by number and essay-style assignments will not be accepted unless otherwise specified. I’ve been grading a lot of assignments with quite a few spelling/grammar errors. As a BSN student, you should be able to present an assignment according to APA and without errors. This reflects our University.

We are entering week 13 of our course which means we are entering the final curve and your performance in the class will influence your grade. As students close graduation perhaps planning to continue graduate studies it is very important that you follow the instructions as given.

Please check your assignment after the week is due because I either made comments or ask for clarification in some statements.

If you have any questions, please contact me via FNU email.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 19
Senior Health
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
Aging is a natural process that
affects all living organisms.

Chronological age

The young-old (ages 65-74)
➢ The middle-old (ages 75-84)
➢ The old-old (ages 85 and older)
➢ The elite-old (more than 100 years old)

Functional age

Functional ability and the ability to perform
activities of daily living (ADLs)
➢ A better measure of age than chronological age
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
2
Why Do People Age?

Biological theories



Events that occur randomly and accumulate over
time (stochastic theories)
Predetermined aging (nonstochastic theories)
Psychosocial theories: how one experiences
late life (behavioristic)



Disengagement theory—withdrawal, decreased
interaction
Activity theory—remaining active and involved is
necessary to maintain life satisfaction
Continuity theory—continue through life as in
previous years
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
3
Demographic Characteristics






Americans are living longer than ever before
and the older population will continue to grow.
Older population is becoming more diverse.
Number of seniors differs by geographic
location.
Older women outnumber older men.
Older men are more likely than older women
to be married.
Educational attainment has increased among
older adults.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
4
Demographic Characteristics (Cont.)





Older women are more than twice as likely as
older men to live alone.
Older adults want to live in their own home for
as long as possible—“age in place.”
Alternative housing options are available with
services to help seniors.
With aging, a good percentage of income is
spent on health care.
The proportion of the older population living in
poverty has decreased but is affected by
gender, marital status, race, and ethnicity.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
5
Psychosocial Issues and
Role Changes Affecting Seniors





Retirement
Relocation
Widowhood
Loss of family and friends
Possibly raising their grandchildren
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
6
Physiological Changes of Aging


Occur in all body
systems
Rate and degree of
changes are highly
individualized

Influenced by:

Genetic factors
➢ Diet
➢ Exercise
➢ The environment
➢ Health status
➢ Stress
➢ Lifestyle choices
➢ And many other
elements
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
7
Wellness is different than “good health.”
Wellness exists at one end of a
continuum with illness at the other end.
Health promotion programs focus on
helping individuals to maintain their
wellness, prevent illness, and manage
any chronic illnesses that the individual
may have. Preventive health services
are valuable in improving the individual’s
health status to maximum wellness
potential.
– Nies & McEwen (2015)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
8
Recommended Health Practices






Encourage recommended health care
screenings and examinations.
Encourage physical activity and fitness.
Evaluate the nutritional status and needs of
older adults.
Monitor chronic illnesses.
Monitor medication use.
Monitor and accommodate sensory
impairments.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
9
Recommended Screenings and Exams for
Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
For All Older Adults
 Complete physical: Annually
 Blood pressure: Annually


Blood glucose: Annually


More often if diabetic or at risk
Serum cholesterol: Every 5 years


More often if hypertensive or at risk
More often if at risk
Fecal occult blood test: Annually
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
10
Recommended Screenings and Exams for Health
Promotion and Disease Prevention (Cont.)
For All Older Adults
 Sigmoidoscopy: Every 3 to 5 years
OR
 Colonoscopy: Every 10 years




More often if high risk
Visual acuity and glaucoma screening: Annually
Dental exam: Annually for those with teeth;
cleaning every 6 months (every 2 years for
denture wearers)
Hearing test: Every 2 to 5 years
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
11
Recommended Screenings and Exams for Health
Promotion and Disease Prevention (Cont.)
For All Older Women
 Breast self-exam: Monthly
 Clinical breast exam: Annually
 Mammogram: Every 1 to 2 years if age 40 or older


Pelvic exam and Pap smear: Annually



Check with HCP if 74 years+
Check with HCP about discontinuation at 65 or older
with three consecutive negatives exams and no
abnormal in previous 10 years and not otherwise at
risk
Digital rectal exam: Annually with pelvic exam
Bone density: Once after menopause

More often if at risk
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
12
Recommended Screenings and Exams for Health
Promotion and Disease Prevention (Cont.)
For All Older Men
 Digital rectal exam and prostate exam: Annually
 Prostate-specific antigen (PSA) blood test: Annually
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
13
Immunizations for Older Adults
http://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/schedules/downloads/adult/mmwradult-schedule.pdf.
Immunizations for All Older Adults
 Tetanus, diphtheria, pertussis: Every 10 years
 Influenza (flu) vaccine: Annually
 Pneumonia vaccine: Once after age 65




Ask physician about booster every 5 years
Hepatitis A and B: For those at risk
Herpes zoster (shingles): One-time dose
Varicella: If evidence of lack of immunity and
significant risk for exposure
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
14
Encourage Physical Activity and
Fitness

Physical activity …








Improves functional status
Reduces blood pressure and cholesterol
Decreases insulin resistance
Prevents obesity
Strengthens bones
Reduces falls
Walking is one of best forms of exercise.
Barriers: Pain, fatigue, lack of access to
safe areas, impairment in sensory
function and mobility
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
15
Assess Nutritional Status

Poor nutrition in older adults is common.




Obesity in adults over 70 years and older has been
increasing.
Normal physiological changes related to aging affect
nutritional status.
Income, functional status, medications, social
isolation, transportation, and dependence on others
affect nutrition as well.
Recommend myplate.gov for assessment
of eating patterns.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
16
Nutrition Checklist for Seniors:
Warning Signs of Poor Nutritional Health
D isease
E ating poorly
T ooth loss/mouth pain
E conomic hardship
R educed social contact
M ultiple medications
I nvoluntary weight loss/gain
N eed assistance in self-care
E lder years (>80 years old)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
17
Monitor Chronic Illnesses




Chronic disease is the leading cause of
death among persons 65 years and older.
The prevalence of chronic disease
increases with aging; many older adults
have at least two chronic conditions.
The most common conditions are arthritis,
hypertension, and diabetes.
Chronic illness is a major cause of
disability and may cause limitations with
activities of daily living (ADLs and IADLs).
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
18
Monitor Medication Use






Older adults consume more than one third of all Rx drugs, as
well as many OTC drugs and “folk” remedies.
Age-related changes influence the effects of drugs.
Polypharmacy may lead to drug interactions and dangerous
adverse reactions.
Most emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events are
caused by a few commonly used medications.
Closely monitor medication use in homes to ensure safety.
Older adults should be educated about potential adverse
reactions, including drug-drug and drug-food interactions.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
19
Monitor and Accommodate
Sensory Impairment

Visual impairment impacts social abilities, depression,
falls, and communication.


Hearing loss one of most common conditions affecting
older adults.



Cataracts, macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy,
and glaucoma
Presbycusis and tinnitus
Dental problems are neglected because of inadequate
dental care, limited mobility and transportation, poor
nutrition, myths, lack of finances and reimbursement.
Incontinence affects quality of life and is a symptom of
underlying problems.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
20
Elder Safety and Security Needs





Falls
Traumatic brain
injury (TBI)
Driver safety
Residential
fire-related injuries
Cold and heat stress
disorders



Elder abuse
Crime
Psychosocial
disorders

Anxiety disorders
➢ Depression
➢ Substance abuse
➢ Suicide
➢ Alzheimer’s disease
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
21
Alzheimer’s Disease



Slowly progressive brain disorder: begins with
mild memory loss; progresses through stages
to total incapacitation and eventually death.
Diagnosing is difficult; often reached after all
other conditions ruled out.
Assessment tools include:

Mini-Cog, MIS, and GPCOG
➢ Clock drawing

No cure and limited treatment options are
available.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
22
Alzheimer’s Disease (Cont.)


Behavioral and physical changes create
many challenges for caregivers.
Management strategies include:





Appropriate use of available treatment options
Management of coexisting conditions
Coordination of care among professionals and
caregivers
Participation in activities and adult day care
programs
Support groups and support services
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
23
Spirituality



Involves “finding core meaning in life, responding to
meaning, and being in relationship with God/Other”
(Manning, 2013)
Spirituality has health benefits—resilience
Nurses should address spiritual needs and concerns
as part of holistic care.

Interventions include nurses’ presence, active listening,
caring touch, reminiscence, prayer, hope, nonjudgmental
attitude, facilitation of religious practices, referral to spiritual
care experts.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
24
End-of-Life Issues

Patient Self-Determination Act (PSDA)


Federal law enacted in 1990
Requires health care facilities that receive
Medicare and Medicaid funds to ask patients on
admission if they possess advance directives.
• Living wills
• Durable power of attorney
• DNR (do-not-resuscitate) order
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
25
Nurse’s Role in End-of-Life Issues





Discuss and educate patients about end-oflife issues.
Inform other members of the health care
team about advance directives.
Make sure that the document is visible and
accessible in the patient’s chart.
Encourage patients to discuss their wishes
with their family.
Encourage patients to discuss with physician
so it becomes part of medical record.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
26

Name
DQ Rubric 2019


Description
Rubric Detail
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Proficient
Competent
Novice
Introduction
and quality of
discussion’s
Argument
Weight 60.00%
100.00 %
It is consistent with
application in
research related to its
context. Clarity of
ideas.
Comprehensive, indepth and wide
ranging.
70.00 %
The topic has a
partially weak
association to
clarity of ideas and
related topic.
Relevant but not
comprehensive.
15.00 %
Unable to address
any part of the
question and/or topic.
Little relevance/some
accuracy.
Objectivity of
Tone, overall
quality &
Review of
Literature in
APA 6th format
within past 7
years
Weight 10.00%
100.00 %
Tone is consistent,
addressed
professionally and
objectively.
Evidence in
literature supports
arguments.
70.00 %
The tone is not
consistently
objective. Some
observations, some
supportive evidence
used.
15.00 %
No objectivity in
tone. No evidence of
literature review
provided. Lacks
evidence of critical
analysis, poor to no
use of supportive
evidence.
Grammar /
Writing Skills
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Excellent mechanics,
sentence structure
and organization
with no grammatical
mistakes.
70.00 %
Some grammatical
lapses , uses
emotional
responses in lieu of
relevant points.
0.00 %
Poor grammar, weak
communication, lack
of clarity.
Peer Reply #1
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
70.00 %
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
0.00 %
No peer response
Peer Reply #2
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
70.00 %
0.00 %
No Peer response
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Overall APA
Use
Weight 7.50%
Proficient
Competent
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
apply 6th edition
APA standards.
70.00 %
Some ability to to
apply 6th edition
APA standards. i.e.
use of in-text
citation, reference
structure,
quoting,etc.
Novice
0.00 %
No adherence to 6th
edition APA
standards.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Analyses of Scientific Literature for : Effects of strength training on cardiovascular function

Description

Write a Analyses of Scientific Literature for: https://ovidsp-dc2-ovid-com.libaccess.sjlibrary.or…

Topic: Effects of strength training on cardiovascular function

Requirements:

In a 3 to 4-page essay, answer all of the following questions based on the article provided:

What is the research problem? Another way to think about this is: Why was this study conducted? (briefly describe & analyze)
What is/are the hypothesis/hypotheses stated by the author(s)? (briefly describe & analyze)
A.Who were study participants (how many were there)? How were they recruited? B.What were the inclusion/exclusion criteria? (briefly describe & analyze)
What was the study design? (briefly describe & analyze)
What were the results? (briefly describe & analyze)
Did the results support the authors’ hypothesis/hypotheses? Why or why not?
What was/were the limitation(s) and strength(s) discussed by the author(s)? (These are usually in the Discussion/Conclusion section of the article.) List other strengths and weaknesses you were able to identify that may not have been discussed by the author(s).
A. What conclusion(s) did the author(s) make?

B. How can the research findings be applied? If no applications were suggested by the authors, in third person describe how you think the findings could be applied. Based on this study and past research discussed in the Introduction, what are directions for future research?

Use your own words to discuss the answers using information from the article. DO NOT use direct quotes or copied material from the article. Instead, paraphrase the source material using YOUR OWN WORDS and cite appropriately in APA format. Do not include the questions. Your paper should be written in paragraph form; it should NOT be a list of the questions and your responses. Your paper should be submitted to turnitin.com to check for plagiarism.


Analyze changes in technology and their effect on quality patient care.

Description

Evaluate factors that influence quality, safe, patient-centered care. Consider:

Technology
Communication
Collaboration
Shared decision making
Laws, regulations, and policies

Analyze changes in technology and their effect on quality patient care.

Explain the roles of communication, collaboration, and shared decision making.

Consider communication and collaboration between health care team members, between the patient and staff, and involving insurance companies.

Cite a minimum of two peer-reviewed sources in an APA-formatted reference page.

875 word paper


Week 4 Discussion: Your patient has a Personal Health Record… Now what?

Description

Purpose

This week’s graded discussion topic relates to the following Course Outcomes (COs).

CO4 Investigate safeguards and decision-making support tools embedded in patient care technologies and information systems to support a safe practice environment for both patients and healthcare workers. (PO 4)
CO5 Identify patient care technologies, information systems, and communication devices that support safe nursing practice. (PO 5)
Discussion

Case Study: A 65-year-old woman was just been diagnosed with Stage 3 non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. She was informed of this diagnosis in her primary care physician’s office. She leaves her physician’s office and goes home to review all of her tests and lab results with her family. She goes home and logs into her PHR. She is only able to pull up a portion of her test results. She calls her physician’s office with this concern. The office staff discussed that she had part of her lab work completed at a lab not connected to the organization, part was completed at the emergency room, and part was completed in the lab that is part of the doctor’s office organization.

The above scenario might be a scenario that you have commonly worked with in clinical practice. For many reasons, patients often receive healthcare from multiple organizations that might have different systems.

As you review this scenario, reflect and answer these questions for this discussion.

What are the pros and cons of the situation in the case study?
What safeguards are included in patient portals and PHRs to help patients and healthcare professionals ensure safety?
Do you agree or disagree with the way that a patient obtains Personal Health Records (PHRs)?
What are challenges for patients that do not have access to all of the PHRs? Remember, only portions of the EHRs are typically included in the PHRs.


Defining the Scope

Description

In this assignment you further define your project scope and identify data sources that help you determine how to address your selected problem. **See Week 2 grading rubric posted within this assignment
Determine the scope of your selected problem. Consider and Discuss both qualitative and quantitative data points within your paper.
Some examples of data points you can include are listed below:· Leader and peer interviews· Patient/customer surveys· Quality reports· Benchmarking studies/baseline data. (If baseline data is available) · What are the goals?· Are current practices meeting the organizational goals?· Are the prescribed practices followed?
Review and aggregate the data.
Determine the level of risk (what is the impact of not addressing your problem?) and frequency of the problem to determine the importance of the project.
Looking at the information you have gathered so far, determine whether the project lends itself to an evidence-based practice approach or a quality improvement project.
Cite a minimum of three (3) scholarly/peer reviewed articles/sources.
Format your assignment as one of the following:
18- to 20-slide presentation with detailed speaker notes in APA format (total slide count does not include the title and reference slide)
875 to 1000 -word paper in APA format (title and reference page not included in word count)


I need you to do 2 things

Description

1)write the answer for problem 9 and 12 in Excel doc but make sure to use the format for them (the answer is ready in the pictures but make sure if need to add something and their something blank please complete it)2) u need to read the question for problem 1 then do it by yourself and use the right format form prob 1.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 5
Problem 2
FY: 7/1/X1 – 6/30/X2
OUTPUT REQUIRED
WORKERS REQUIRED
Patient days
Hours/patient day
Total hours required
Worker’s hours/year
Total hours required
PRODUCTIVE RATE
FTEs NEEDED
OR
SALARY BUDGET WORKSHEET
FY begins
NAME
King
Law
Rogers
Ruby
Russell
Vacant positions
TOTAL
FY ends
06/30/X0
06/30/X2
or 07/01/X0
05/01/X1
07/01/X1
05/01/X2 or 07/01/X2
|———————————\—————||———————————————————————————|
1ST
2ND
RATE
RATE
SALARY
FTE
RATES @ INCREASE RATES @
BASE
INCREASE INCREASE SALARY
VALUE
04/01/X1
05/01/X1
07/01/X1 SALARY 05/01/X2
05/01/X2 BUDGET
Chapter 5
Problem 9
Base Year
(6 months)
Budget
Year
Patient days
Outpatient visits
Inpatient tests
Patient days
= ?tests/patient day
Inpatient tests
Outpatient tests
Outpatient tests
Outpatient visits
= ? tests/outpatient visits
Chapter 5
Problem 12
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
CAPACITY/ TREATMENT
NUMBER OF
YEAR
/MONTH
MONTHS/YEAR
RVUs/
TREATMENT
RVUs/YEAR
% INCREASE
INCREASE
19X1
19X2
19X3
19×4
19×5
19×6
19×7
19×7
ANNUAL GROWTH
19×8
which is greater than the maximum capacity. What should this lab do?
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
CAPACITY/ TREATMENT
NUMBER OF
YEAR
/MONTH
MONTHS/YEAR
RVUs/
TREATMENT
Chapter 5
Problem 1
FY: 7/1/X1 – 6/30/X2
Patient days
Hours/patient day
Total hours required
OUTPUT REQUIRED
Total hours required Worker’s hours/year
WORKERS REQUIRED
PRODUCTIVE RATE
FTEs NEEDED
OR
SALARY BUDGET WORKSHEET
FY begins
NAME
Abelein
Brenchley
Brownstein
Colson
Cottingham
Cyr
Vacant positions
TOTAL
06/30/X0
or 07/01/X0
05/01/X1 07/01/X1
05/01/X2
|————– ————— \————- |————– ————— ————— \————1ST
2ND
RATE
RATE
BASE INCREASEINCREASE
FTE
RATES @ INCREASE RATES @
VALUE
11/04/X0 05/01/X1 07/01/X1 SALARY 05/01/X2 05/01/X2
FY ends
06/30/X2
or 07/01/X2
—————-|
SALARY
BUDGET
Your large urban hospital is considering the possibility of transferring the capacity for 30,000 ambulatory care visits from
the hospital’s outpatient department (OPD) to free-standing clinics.
Average costs of care in free-standing clinics are lower than in OPDs. But more important, evidence suggests that in urban
areas, in patient utilization and to tal visits decrease when ambulatory care is moved to a free-standing setting.
Conservative estimates are that inpatient utilization will drop by 10 percent and that ambulatory utilization will drop by 5
percent
Estimate the benefits (savings) and costs of this initiative. The following provide all of the information you need to know to
do the analysis. You should assess savings and costs in both the short run and long run. In the short run, only variable
costs of hospital and OPD care can be saved; fixed costs can be eliminated only in the long run.
Required information:
(1) Number of visits transferred: 30,000
(2) Number of people transferred: 6,000
(3) Current average inpatient days per person: 1.1
(4) Current average ambulatory visits per person: 5.0
(5) Average cost per day–inpatient: $500
(6) Percentage variable cost-inpatient: 30%
(7) Average revenue per day-in patient: $450
(8) Average cost per visit-OPD: $70
(9) Percentage variable cost-OPD: 40%
1 Chapter 5
2 Problem 9
3
Base Year
16 months
Budget
Year
Patient days
3 Outpatient visits
150,000
100,000
250,00
210,000
Inpatient tests
Patient days
10 Inpatient tests
11 Outpatient tests
450.000 – 3 tests/patient day
150,000
450,000
400,000
750,000
340,000
Outpatient tests
Outpatient visits
400,000 – tests/outpatient visits
100,000
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Sheet
Sheet
Sheet2
Sheet
Sheet
Sheets Shorts Sheet
She
Condition
Chapter
2 Problem 12
um
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
CAPACITY TREATMENT NUMBER OF
YEAR MONTI VONTINS YEAR
360.000
BON
REALMENT
SO
RVU YEAR
12
50
INCREASE
INCREASE
1019X1
1119X2
12 1973
1319
19
15 1926
15 19×7
150,000
209.000
229.10
252,090
278,180
306,000
335,000
19,000
20,900
22,990
25,20
21.120
30.000
0.1000
0.1000
0.1000
0.000
11100
0.107
1
1921
ANNUAL GROWTH
19
0.1
336,000
33.500
369,600 which is greater than the maximum capacity. What should this lob do?
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
CAPACITY TREATMENT NUMBER OE
RVUS
YEAR MONTH MONTHS YEAR TREATMENT
Shet
360.000
Sheet
Set
500
She
12
50
Sheet Seeds Seeds Seed Sheet
dy

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nutrition 225

Description

1) The following testimonial was posted on a clinic website (some information has been changed and/or edited to respect privacy). Read the statement and answer the questions that follow.

My daughter spent three weeks in an eating disorder medical stabilization unit in Phoenix, Arizona, for restrictive purging anorexia. She deteriorated physically as she intractably vomited everything she was encouraged to eat. She was refusing fluids as well. She fainted frequently with a resting heart rate between 35 and 45; they told me they could not help her. They would not place a life-sustaining NG-tube for fear of aspiration from her vomiting.

After my daughter spent almost two weeks in another hospital in Sacramento, vomiting NG-tubes out 7 or 8 times, the very desperate decision was made to surgically place a gastrostomy tube for life-saving nutrition. I was terrified at this aggressive measure, but I was also aware of the fact that my daughter was slipping away. The G-tube was placed and nutrition was given completely via the G-tube for 4 days.

Guess what? It broke the cycle of vomiting. She began to eat 100 percent without vomiting. The tube was used for a total of 5 days. Next, we began the hard work of refeeding together, FBT style. With the support of the doctors, nurses, aides, clerks, and therapists, we nursed my daughter back to physical stability. After almost 6 weeks, her G-tube was removed. She is weight restored and is fighting for her life now. She continues eating 100 percent of her three meals and her snack, and she shares more and more about how her anxiety rules her life.

What are your thoughts on the treatment approach taken with the patient? What are the pros and cons of this approach? Explain.
As a follow-up to this treatment, you are assigned to work with the patient and her family. What behavior modification techniques would you use and why?

Use evidence from one scholarly source other than your textbook to support your answer. Use APA format to cite your source

2)What are the differences between enteral nutrition and total parenteral nutrition? How do the implications of each method concern the nurse?

Answer both questions APA style with minimum of 1 scholarly source for each.


psychosocial, cognitive, and emotional issues.

Description

There are many services available for older adults related to psychosocial, cognitive, and emotional issues.

Identify services available in a facility of your choice, based on where you would like to work in the health care field. What services does the facility offer to address the following areas:

Psychosocial
Cognitive
Emotional

Describe what you would recommend to fill the gap in service if the facility does not have a program that relates to one of the areas above.

Prepare an 8- to 10-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation outlining your findings.

Include detailed speaker notes of 100 words per slide.

Create a one-page handout of 350 words to accompany your presentation.


AHS 7650 Week 7 discussion

Description

Describe how you would incorporate culturally competent assessments with families from diverse backgrounds. What are some assessment activities that you would use with those families? What are three (3) policy issues related to kinship care? In your opinion, what are the implications for practice related to those policy issues?


Peer response

Description

Please reply to the attached discussions, three paragraphs each and two references less than 5 years oldThank you


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Do you view nursing as a career or a job? What are your
professional goals related to nursing?
Nursing is more of a profession than a job. Nursing is a professional
career dedicated to providing health care services to members of the public. A
job is a task performed for the sake of earning money, while a career means
more than just money (Hemsley‐Brown & Foskett 1999). A career is an
identity that an individual receives as a result of doing a job. These are some
factors that make nursing a career;
Professional training
A career in nursing must be preceded by professional training by an
authorized agency. The training is validated by the issuance of a professional
certificate, which enables one to be legally viable to work in any jurisdiction. In
most cases, a job doesn’t require any professional training other than a few
hours of induction.
Professional development
Nursing career has a clearly defined career path from the time one
graduate to retirement. The career path starts with a trainee nurse proceeding
to nurse in-charge. The level of experience, qualification, and skills required at
each level are pre-determined.
Skill-set build-up
A career in nursing requires one to acquire the skills that build-up to
lead to the next level in your career. Someone with ten ‘years’ experience in
nursing is more valuable than a fresh graduate. In manual jobs, experience
doesn’t matter since there is no skill build-up.
Different but related jobs
In my professional career in nursing, I expect to undertake various jobs,
but all related to the healthcare profession. When working as a theatre nurse,
the roles might be different from when working in a delivery room. However,
jobs are related since they are in the health care sector.
My professional goals related to nursing
As a nurse, I hope to rise through the nursing ranks from a trainee to
a supervisor nurse. This way, I hope to achieve lower mortality, particularly
in infants and expectant women. Further, I plan to utilize my skills to
broaden the research field, particularly in infectious diseases.
The image of nursing has long been viewed as an afterthought in the
medical field. One of my main goals is to change this perception and
promote nursing as an independent field, free from the direction and
supervision of medical officers (Hermann 2004).
2. Describe the steps you would take to prepare yourself to
interview for your ideal future Nursing role?
1. Preparations. Thus, the first step I would make is to conduct thorough
research about the company. My key interest is the goals, vision, mission, and
strategies of the potential role. My main challenge is to align my skills and
qualifications to support the organization to achieve these strategies.
2. Understand the job description. Nursing has many roles, all of
which support the care for patients. I would seek to understand my role
regarding the department, the skills required, the management level ad
reporting structure. To get a clear understanding of the role, the job
description on the job advert will be my guideline.
3. Conduct a skill match. This is to ensure that there is harmony
between my professional qualifications and job requirements. This is crucial
in ensuring that there I compatibility between the employer’s expectations
and my capabilities.
The third step is to visualize the interview process by mentally
preparing for the questions. I will also rehearse my answers to common
questions like
• What are your strengths and weakness?
• Tell us about yourself
• Why should we hire you?
• Why did you leave your last job?
• What is your salary expectation?
• What interest you about this opening?
• What experience do you have in doing this job?
4. Research the answers. Next, I will rehearse how to respond to
each of the issues. To build my confidence during the interview, I will
practice by conducting a prep interview with a friend or family.
After outlining the anticipated questions, I will spend time trying to
formulate my now questions to ask the panel. The issues should be related
to the job or the company.
5. Decide on what to wear. The first impression is everything and can
make a difference in whether or not I get the job. Thus, I will take time
deciding on what to wear. Though the nurse’s role requires one to wear a
dustcoat constantly, I should look presentable in the interview.
Also, I will organize what to take to the interview venue, including the
certificates, testimonials, and references. Finally, I will get directions to the
interview venue before the actual interview date. This way, I will not waste
time getting to the place on the interview date.
References
Hemsley‐Brown, J., & Foskett, N. H. (1999). Career desirability: young
people’s perceptions of nursing as a career. Journal of advanced nursing,
29(6), 1342-1350.
Hermann, M. L. (2004). Linking Liberal & Professional Learning in
Nursing Education. Liberal Education, 90(4), 42-47.
Masters, K. (2017). Role development in professional nursing
practice. Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett Learning.

I view nursing as a career. It is a profession that combines scientific knowledge with
social and humanistic skills, achieving a vital role in the health system. Students of the
Nursing career have the possibility of pursuing technical or degree careers, depending on the
level they wish to reach and the work output they are interested in (Steadman & Milligan,
2016).
According to the World Health Organization, Nursing is based on care for people of any
age, group, or community in any circumstance. It also deals with health promotion and
disease prevention. In the Nursing career, students are prepared based on comprehensive
knowledge for work in the care and care of patients, apply the treatments and to carry out the
progress report to the doctors who prescribe the tasks Nursing specialist performs (Steadman
& Milligan, 2016).
My personal goals within the field of health, functions as fulfill and diverse profeisonal,
among the most outstanding is that of contributing to the appropriate practices for the
physical, psychic and social rehabilitation of the patient, based on the diagnosis of the
physicians. Graduates of the Nursing degree are trained to work in any field of health,
whether in the public or private sector. Among the prominent industries in which a nurse can
work are hospitals, clinics, health centers, or medical offices.

Contrary to popular thinking about interviews, in the case of nurses’ interviews, factors
that are not relevant to other professions influence. In the case of nursing, the interviewer is
interested in identifying skills, competencies and tools that are focused on the well-being of
citizens, as nurses are expected to have key skills to maximize health resources for the
benefit of the community. In this case, the interviewer will take advantage of any opportunity
to assess the qualification and suitability of the most qualified professionals for the position
(Mary, 2019).
Gestures and non-verbal communication, in general, are a great source of data for the
person in charge of conducting the job interview. It is essential to self-assess about nonverbal
communication as looking sideways denotes suspicion, arms crossed, defensive attitude,
clenched fists, aggressiveness, the head resting on the arm, yawning, and the lost look,
because they show disinterest (Gibson, 2017).
In terms of experience, it is vital to highlight competencies that are not deductible from
the Curriculum, such as leadership, communicative, cultural, operational competencies in
various units, and emphasize the social and community commitment of nursing from a
personal and professional perspective. These allow the interviewer to become familiar with
the abilities, tools, and skills of the professionals in nursing, in addition, to knowing the
degree of professionalism that each professional has (Gibson, 2017).
References
Gibson. (2017). Nursing Job Interviews – Everything You Need To Know. Retrieved from
https://nurse.org/resources/job-interviews/.
Mary. (2019, September 3). 5 Ways To Prepare For Your Nursing Interview. Retrieved
October 16, 2019, from https://www.nursebuff.com/preparing-for-nursing-interview/.
Steadman, & Milligan. (2016). Is Nursing a Profession. RN Jorunal. Retrieved from
https://rn-journal.com/journal-of-nursing/is-nursing-a-real-profession

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Need help with 2 discussions

Description

Discussion Question 1- There are numerous reports describing the skills that project managers need to be successful. Briefly describe the project management skill that you believe is most important. Explain why you believe it is most important and whether and how it can be learned.Your initial post comprising a minimum of 250 words should contain at least 2–3 credible/peer-reviewed references.Discussion 2 – Web PortalsWeb portals are now becoming the norm as they are mandated under the “Meaningful Use” criteria for involving the patients in their healthcare decision making. Discuss the benefits that a patient could derive from these web portals and how HIM professionals can benefit simultaneously?Your initial post comprising a minimum of 250 words should contain at least 2–3 credible/peer-reviewed references.


Complete DQ

Description

Write a 175- to 265-word response to the following questions:Why is it important for health care leaders to have a strong and positive mentor? Provide specific examples. Do you have a mentor? If so, share your experiences. If not, how might you find one?


Describe the rationale for the methods used in collecting the outcome data.

Description

In 500-750 words, develop an evaluation plan to be included in your final evidence-based practice project. Provide the following criteria in the evaluation, making sure it is comprehensive and concise:

Describe the rationale for the methods used in collecting the outcome data.
Describe the ways in which the outcome measures evaluate the extent to which the project objectives are achieved.
Describe how the outcomes will be measured and evaluated based on the evidence. Address validity, reliability, and applicability.
Describe strategies to take if outcomes do not provide positive results.
Describe implications for practice and future research.

You are required to cite three to five sources to complete this assignment. Sources must be published within the last 5 years and appropriate for the assignment criteria and nursing content.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. Please refer to the directions in the Student Success Center.

Note: After submitting the assignment, you will receive feedback from the instructor. Use this feedback to make revisions for your final paper submission. This will be a continuous process throughout the course for each section.


help with my assignment please

Description

Hello, I need someone to help me with my assignment There is a file to do the question and write a comment about student’s response you can have a hint of the student’s response and make it similar thank you for help in advance


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Choose a topic within one of the seven C’s and describe why that issue is important or how
you have been impacted by that issue.
My example:
Within “Clean Your Data”, one issue that I’ve encountered is the Wrong Date Window
problem. When you get a data set to analyze, you should always check that you received the
date window specified. My issue is that I was once putting together the number of visits by
physician over the last year. The database administrator only gave us the visits from the
current year, not the last twelve months. So we were missing almost a whole quarter’s worth
of data for our analysis.
Your answer::
Student response:
I picked “Choose your question” which is famed as the most important C of the 7 C’s. The
issue that I’ve encountered with this is not choosing the right questions to answer. There has
been many times in my work place where I’m given very vague information for a project
that I need to put together. My boss is very busy so she doesn’t have time to answer
questions or always give me specifics on the project all the time so wasting time answering
the wrong questions can become a real problem. There has been times in the past where I
take the project in the wrong direction and I have to correct it to match her vision. For
example, she asked me to create a safety book for patients so that all staff could refer to it if
needed. I wasn’t sure what she all wanted to include in the book (Not choosing the right
question) so I spent a lot of wasted time trying to create something out of what little
information I had.
Your comment about the student respons:

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

homework for bob 2018

Description

i need someone to help me with homeworkdiscerptionDesign a poster as a public service announcement focused on any aspect of special populations during disasters. This is the chance for you to think creatively as well as to showcase any artistic ability you have`and you can fine an example within the attachment


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Department of Disaster Management
FIRST LASTNAME
(Ministry of Home and Cultural Affairs
and)
PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT
DISASTER PREPAREDNESS TIPS
The Department of Disaster Management under the Ministry of Home and Cultural
Affairs wishes to notify the general public, there will be a possibility for earthquakes to
occur in our country between 15th Dec 2018 and 30th January 2019. .However, our
department is prepared to protect the lives of our people. As a method to counter this
situation, we have collaborated with Red Cross and UN funding to conduct Earthquake
simulation exercise that will begin from 12th November to 21st November 2018.
The exercise will comprise of selected Traffic team that will perform the following tasks




Fixing of Firefighting equipment’s in mapped areas
Simulation of seismic waves
An education campaign to members of the general public
Training of search and rescue team
We appeal to the audience to cooperate with our Team and give room for smooth
conduct of the exercise.
Earthquakes Safety Tips
School name.
City.
of graduation.
During
theState.
earthDate
earthquakes,
Do the following.

Stay far from falling objects like furniture, trees, flying objects and
buildings
◆ Do not use candles, gas cylinders or anything that is flammable to avoid
fire
◆ Take cover. Cover your head with your arms or helmet to prevent injuries.
◆ If You are traveling, stop your vehicle and lock tires until the shaking is
over.
◆ Immediate the shaking stops, get out of the building you are in and retreat
to a safe open place to avoid injuries.

Identify any damages you may have and seek immediately for first aid
For Emergency Dial +21050900401
before further medication.
License
Class 1 driving license and personal truck.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Bioelectric Impedance Assignment

Description

Homework Sheet
Directions: Assignment should be typed. Please show your work.

How does hydration level affect bioelectrical impedance?

BMI (Quetelet’s Index):

Calculate the BMI (Quetelet’s Index) of your client.

What classification does your client fall under?

Compare BIA BMI, BMI from standing scale, BMI from hand held, and BMI using Quetelet’s Index:

Are there any difference?

Which is a more accurate measurement method? Why?

Compare % of body fat from BIA (Quantum II), hand held, and standing scale.

Are there any difference?

Which is a more accurate measurement method? Why?

What classification does your client fall under?

Based on your result from bioelectric impedance using the Quantum II and Cyprus, calculate the
pounds of fat and pounds of lean mass your client has. (*Hint: 1) weight (lb) of client x % of
fat=pounds of fat 2) body composition consists of two main components: lean mass and fat)


Unformatted Attachment Preview

NTRS 4176 Nutritional Assessment Lab
Week 5: Bioelectric Impedance
Objective: To learn how to properly measure/assess body fat (through bioelectric impedance).
Background: Read the related section and the powerpoint.
By the End of Class Today:
Each student must complete the followings:
• Assessment Data Sheet
Assignment due at the beginning of class next week (must be typed unless noted otherwise): (10 Points
Total)
• Assessment Data Sheet (can be hand written) (2 Points)
• Answers to the “Homework Sheet” (should be typed) (8 Points)
Assessment Data Sheet
Client’s Name/Gender: Qiunong Tang
Body Fat Assessor’s Name: Lin Ma
Client’s Age: 25
Client’s
Height:5’4’’
Client’s Weight: 117 lbs
Bioelectric Impedance (Quantum II)
Resistance
674
Reactance
058
Cyprus
BMI
20.21
% Body Fat
27.5
Bioelectric Impedance (Standing Scale)
BMI
19.6
% Body Fat
19.6
Bioelectric Impedance (Hand Held)
BMI
20.2
% Body Fat
24.1
Homework Sheet
Directions: Assignment should be typed. Please show your work.
1. How does hydration level affect bioelectrical impedance?
2. BMI (Quetelet’s Index):
a. Calculate the BMI (Quetelet’s Index) of your client.
b. What classification does your client fall under?
3. Compare BIA BMI, BMI from standing scale, BMI from hand held, and BMI using Quetelet’s Index:
a. Are there any difference?
b. Which is a more accurate measurement method? Why?
4. Compare % of body fat from BIA (Quantum II), hand held, and standing scale.
a. Are there any difference?
b. Which is a more accurate measurement method? Why?
c. What classification does your client fall under?
5. Based on your result from bioelectric impedance using the Quantum II and Cyprus, calculate the
pounds of fat and pounds of lean mass your client has. (*Hint: 1) weight (lb) of client x % of
fat=pounds of fat 2) body composition consists of two main components: lean mass and fat)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Please follow the direction and do not plagiarism.

Description

Please, read carefully each topic and answer the topic individually with no plagiarism or from other sources such as course hero, etc. Include citations of the article in your assignment. (Please use Texas for all these home-works.

Topic 1

Assignment Content
Write a 525- to 700-word SBAR proposal for the new or improved health care service that you want to introduce into the community’s health care system.
Create a 7-10 slide presentation detailing your proposal. In your comments, review all sections you completed in the course, and discuss what you discovered. Consider your audience, and have fun! Cite three reputable references to support your assignment (e.g., trade or industry publications, government or agency websites, scholarly works, or other sources of similar quality).


transfer the information

Description

transfer what in the pictures for problem 1part one and two and problem 3,4 to Excel doc


Unformatted Attachment Preview

D
H
G
Problemi
E
Sisticated Method
Chapter
Volume ChangFactural de Volume) / Halget om
3.100
9.000
9,000
01-10
Er Vario Espouse Factor
110
Vam Ajent Factor 0.1
Actual
57.920
Volume Adat
54020
52.65155195)
Ure Variance – (Adjecte Badger Vottual Vols Actual Ratu
675
1,760 )
(543)
54
1010
tres AUS
1,700
Volume et
1.750
750
15
Prie Variance (Budget Rate Actualto) Adj. Best Value
$350
S450)
5675)
We A Coutes 450
53.50
51.00)
Total Varice
55555
22 D
RA
Volume
Adjusted
Actual Budget Asustentada
1.760
675
Total
Actual Badet
57.920
52.615
Unit Price
Actual
5450
Yarance
UO
Total
(5675) (55,555)
5150
he
Formatting Styles
Font
Chapter
H
Wome Ado Factor
01
57.920
A.
11 Value Adjust
5450
Usage Varice (Alsted Budget VolActual Vel) s Actual Rate
675
1.760)
(543)
52.625 $5,293)
269 261
515155555
577920
AL
1.760
Volt
1760
(1010)
25
10
Pelerce – (Big Rate Act Rate) A Budget Volume
53:50
SESO
(5675)
AC450
15
51.00
Total Variance
55555
Chang
ted
De
Price
27
15
1952
015
1160)
(153)
Total
cal
S7520 529
596
30
(56
1.372
370
Budet
SES $350
536
3.0
13
1980 195.22
1600
250
Varian
Usage
Total
(5675) 55.555)
0.101
355
11 (67
(13.187 11.055 (14329
(136
276
3:16
1
15
9.100
10
109
H
1 Chapter
Problems
Sophisticated Method
3 Volume Change Factor
Actual
ve Bude Volume) Badge Volume
19.000
RODOS
20.000
0033
0504
Variable Expense Factor
Volume Adjust Factor
Actual
10 Solaris
5235 500 5237120 S8120
11 Volume djat
150205220
13
SPSS212 522197
Usage Variance – (Adjusted Badget Hrs Actual Hes) Actual Rate
19-266
20.500)
$11.00
516,575)
20500
Hours
Valent
19,720.00)
90
1914515
Price Variance Budget Rate – Actual Rata) Adj. Badget Hrs
512 511.00 )
196
$19,266
2000
bermate
$11.30
$12.00
$1.00
Total Varance
52222
0.000
1.000 1.000)
Veste Badgets Actual
36.000
SAUS
SI
100
RO
SO
Prie Velg Rate Actual
413
51200
5130)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discuss the events that have contributed (or will continue to contribute) to the nursing shortage, or that contribute to a shortage in a region or specialty. Discuss at least one way that the nursing profession is currently working toward a resolution of

Description

Discuss the events that have contributed (or will continue to contribute) to the nursing shortage, or that contribute to a shortage in a region or specialty. Discuss at least one way that the nursing profession is currently working toward a resolution of this problem. In replies to peers, offer different examples of how the nursing shortage has been addressed in your state, community, or specialty area.


-year strategic plan and the plan has been in effect for 1 year.

Description

Discussion Board1 One of the most skipped steps in the strategic planning process is the evaluation phase. Assume that you work for a hospital that has just implemented its 5-year strategic plan and the plan has been in effect for 1 year. From your viewpoint, what is the most appropriate way to evaluate this plan, and what time frame would you use for evaluation? Why? Is the valuation and control process appropriate for a healthcare organization that emphasizes creativity? Are control and creativity compatible? What is an example of a creative venture for the typical acute care hospital?


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Discussion Board1
One of the most skipped steps in the strategic planning process is the evaluation phase. Assume
that you work for a hospital that has just implemented its 5-year strategic plan and the plan has
been in effect for 1 year.


From your viewpoint, what is the most appropriate way to evaluate this plan, and what
time frame would you use for evaluation? Why?
Is the valuation and control process appropriate for a healthcare organization that
emphasizes creativity? Are control and creativity compatible? What is an example of a
creative venture for the typical acute care hospital?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

he movie Beautiful Mind or Sybil

Description

Discipline:
– Nursing

Type of service:
Essay

Spacing:
Double spacing

Paper format:
APA

Number of pages:
1 page

Number of sources:
0 source

Paper detalis:
the essay is to
watch the movie Beautiful Mind or Sybil and write a paper talking about
the sing and symptoms of the character, treatment and outcome.


Read science articles and answer questions

Description

Please read this paper concerning how to read a science article -https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3687192/Please read the attached article and answer the questions listed in Table 4 (Questionnaire for original research articles) in the linked article.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Adipocyte iron regulates adiponectin and
insulin sensitivity
J. Scott Gabrielsen, … , William T. Cefalu, Donald A.
McClain
J Clin Invest. 2012;122(10):3529-3540. https://doi.org/10.1172/JCI44421.
Research Article
Metabolism
Iron overload is associated with increased diabetes risk. We therefore investigated the effect
of iron on adiponectin, an insulin-sensitizing adipokine that is decreased in diabetic
patients. In humans, normal-range serum ferritin levels were inversely associated with
adiponectin, independent of inflammation. Ferritin was increased and adiponectin was
decreased in type 2 diabetic and in obese diabetic subjects compared with those in equally
obese individuals without metabolic syndrome. Mice fed a high-iron diet and cultured
adipocytes treated with iron exhibited decreased adiponectin mRNA and protein. We found
that iron negatively regulated adiponectin transcription via FOXO1-mediated repression.
Further, loss of the adipocyte iron export channel, ferroportin, in mice resulted in adipocyte
iron loading, decreased adiponectin, and insulin resistance. Conversely, organismal iron
overload and increased adipocyte ferroportin expression because of hemochromatosis are
associated with decreased adipocyte iron, increased adiponectin, improved glucose
tolerance, and increased insulin sensitivity. Phlebotomy of humans with impaired glucose
tolerance and ferritin values in the highest quartile of normal increased adiponectin and
improved glucose tolerance. These findings demonstrate a causal role for iron as a risk
factor for metabolic syndrome and a role for adipocytes in modulating metabolism through
adiponectin in response to iron stores.
Find the latest version:
http://jci.me/44421-pdf
Research article
Adipocyte iron regulates adiponectin
and insulin sensitivity
J. Scott Gabrielsen,1 Yan Gao,1 Judith A. Simcox,1 Jingyu Huang,1 David Thorup,1 Deborah Jones,1
Robert C. Cooksey,1,2 David Gabrielsen,1 Ted D. Adams,3 Steven C. Hunt,3 Paul N. Hopkins,3
William T. Cefalu,4 and Donald A. McClain1,2
1Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, USA. 2VA Medical Center, Research Service,
Salt Lake City, Utah, USA. 3Division of Cardiovascular Genetics, Department of Medicine, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, USA.
4Pennington Biomedical Research Center, Louisiana State University System, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, USA.
Iron overload is associated with increased diabetes risk. We therefore investigated the effect of iron on adiponectin, an insulin-sensitizing adipokine that is decreased in diabetic patients. In humans, normal-range serum
ferritin levels were inversely associated with adiponectin, independent of inflammation. Ferritin was increased
and adiponectin was decreased in type 2 diabetic and in obese diabetic subjects compared with those in equally
obese individuals without metabolic syndrome. Mice fed a high-iron diet and cultured adipocytes treated with
iron exhibited decreased adiponectin mRNA and protein. We found that iron negatively regulated adiponectin
transcription via FOXO1-mediated repression. Further, loss of the adipocyte iron export channel, ferroportin,
in mice resulted in adipocyte iron loading, decreased adiponectin, and insulin resistance. Conversely, organismal iron overload and increased adipocyte ferroportin expression because of hemochromatosis are associated with decreased adipocyte iron, increased adiponectin, improved glucose tolerance, and increased insulin
sensitivity. Phlebotomy of humans with impaired glucose tolerance and ferritin values in the highest quartile
of normal increased adiponectin and improved glucose tolerance. These findings demonstrate a causal role
for iron as a risk factor for metabolic syndrome and a role for adipocytes in modulating metabolism through
adiponectin in response to iron stores.
Introduction
Increased iron stores are associated with increased risk of type 2
diabetes (1–4), gestational diabetes (5), prediabetes (6), metabolic
syndrome (MetS) (7), central adiposity (8), and cardiovascular disease (9, 10). The mechanisms underlying these associations are
poorly understood. The commonly used marker for total body
iron stores, serum ferritin, is also responsive to inflammatory
stress (11, 12), so increased ferritin in diabetes could simply reflect
the inflammatory component of that disease (13). On the other
hand, phlebotomy improves glycemia and MetS traits (14–17),
arguing that iron may play a causal role in diabetes.
The possible mediators of the association between iron and diabetes risk are not known. Decreases in both insulin secretion and sensitivity have been linked to iron. Excess iron impairs pancreatic β cell
function and causes β cell apoptosis (18–21). Recent studies have
also found a negative correlation between serum ferritin and the
insulin-sensitizing adipokine, adiponectin (3, 22–24). The hypothesis that adiponectin links iron and insulin resistance is appealing, as
decreased adiponectin levels are associated with obesity and type 2
diabetes (25) and are causally linked with insulin resistance (26).
We therefore investigated the mechanisms underlying the relationships among serum ferritin, adiponectin, and MetS in mice
and humans. We demonstrate in humans that the association
between serum ferritin and adiponectin is independent of inflammation and that serum ferritin, even within its normal ranges, is
among the best predictors of serum adiponectin. Studies in cell
culture, mouse models, and humans demonstrate that iron plays
a direct and causal role in determining adiponectin levels and diabetes risk. The adipocyte expresses specialized proteins related to
Conflict of interest: The authors have declared that no conflict of interest exists.
Citation for this article: J Clin Invest. 2012;122(10):3529–3540. doi:10.1172/JCI44421.
iron metabolism that make it well suited to perform as an iron
sensor, allowing it to integrate iron availability into its broader
nutrient-sensing function.
Results
Human ferritin levels are inversely associated with serum adiponectin independently of inflammation. We studied 110 individuals with (n = 49)
and without (n = 61) diabetes recruited for an independent study
of metabolic flexibility (27). Serum ferritin was negatively associated with serum adiponectin (r = –0.294, P = 0.0017). To mitigate
the effects of inflammation and/or extreme iron overload and
anemia, we next restricted the analysis to individuals with normal
serum ferritin (men, >30 ng/ml and 100
3530
mg/dl or diabetes (32). Those without MetS had no more than
1 factor in addition to obesity, and none had diabetes. Serum
ferritin was measured in all subjects (n = 125), and adiponectin
was measured in a randomly selected subset (n = 38). Overall,
the MetS group had significantly higher ferritin (260 ± 23 ng/
ml vs. 185 ± 21 ng/ml, P < 0.01) and lower adiponectin (11.5 ± 1.0 μg/ml vs. 18.9 ± 1.9 μg/ml, P < 0.005) than the non-MetS group. Higher ferritin values were seen in the MetS subset with diabetes compared with those in either the non-MetS group or the MetS subgroup without diabetes (Figure 1D, P < 0.03). Adiponectin was higher in the non-MetS group compared with that in either MetS subgroup (Figure 1E, P < 0.03). Consistent with the data in Figure 1A, ferritin was inversely correlated with adiponectin in this cohort, although in this smaller group the relationship did not quite reach the level of statistical significance (r = 0.304, n = 38, P = 0.06, data not shown). Insulin resistance estimated from the homeostasis model (HOMA-IR) was correlated positively with ferritin (r = 0.264, n = 125, P < 0.01) and negatively with adiponectin (r = 0.48, n = 38, P < 0.005). Adipocyte iron increases and adiponectin mRNA and serum protein levels decrease in dietary iron overload. Several studies have identified effects of iron on adipocyte metabolism (e.g., refs. 33, 34). To explore the regulation of adipocyte iron levels, we first demonstrated that adipocyte iron levels respond to dietary iron content in WT C57BL6/J mice by measuring mRNA levels of the transferrin receptor (Tfrc). Tfrc mRNA contains iron response elements in its 3′ untranslated region that result in decreased Tfrc mRNA levels as cellular iron levels increase (35). We observed a 40% decrease in Tfrc mRNA in adipocytes from mice fed a high-iron diet (20 g/kg iron) compared with that in mice fed normal chow (330 mg/kg iron) (Figure 2A, P < 0.05). Technical difficulties precluded the direct assay of cytosolic iron in isolated adipocytes. To investigate a possible direct and causal role of iron in the regulation of adiponectin, we studied the effects of dietary iron overload on serum adiponectin levels in mice. We fed 129SvEvTac male mice high(20,000 mg/kg carbonyl iron), normal (330 mg/kg), or low- (7 mg/ kg) iron diets for 2 months. Body weights were significantly lower in mice fed high-iron diets and significantly higher in those fed low-iron diets compared with those of mice fed normal chow (low iron, 34.6 ± 1.1 g; normal chow, 29.0 ± 0.5 g; high iron, 26.7 ± 0.6 g, P < 0.001 between groups by ANOVA, n = 8–12/group). Despite decreased body weight, serum adiponectin levels were 29% lower in iron-overloaded mice (Figure 2B, P = 0.0002). Conversely, dietary iron restriction increased serum adiponectin levels by 31% despite increased body weight (Figure 2B, P = 0.0036). A similar 29% decrease in serum adiponectin was also seen in a different strain, The Journal of Clinical Investigation   http://www.jci.org   Volume 122   Number 10   October 2012 research article Table 1 Multiple regression models for the relationship of adiponectin to ferritin Statistical model Variables Multiple regression, men and women (n = 83) Multiple regression, men only (n = 47) Ferritin correlation coefficient Ferritin P value t ratio P value 0.006228 0.006102 0.006124 0.005834 0.002041 0.003887 0.003567 0.003423 0.002770 0.0004 0.0004 0.0003 0.0006 0.23 0.021 0.033 0.039 0.10 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1.681 1.485 1.012 0.441 0.10 0.15 0.32 0.66 Ferritin Ferritin/log(CRP) Ferritin/log(CRP)/BMI Ferritin/log(CRP)/BMI/diabetes Ferritin/log(CRP)/BMI/diabetes/gender Ferritin Ferritin/BMI Ferritin/BMI/diabetes Ferritin/BMI/diabetes/log(CRP) Relative contribution of variables, men only Ferritin Log(CRP) Diabetes BMI Multivariate analysis of the relationship between ferritin and adiponectin corrected for the variables of C-reactive protein (log CRP), body mass index (BMI), diabetes status, and gender. Results are presented for the entire cohort and for men only, with the relative contribution of variables also indicated for the men-only cohort. namely male C57BL6/J mice fed normal chow and high-iron diets (6.46 ± 0.15 μg/ml vs. 4.55 ± 0.16 μg/ml, respectively, P < 0.0001). Adiponectin mRNA levels in isolated epididymal adipocytes were 30% lower in iron-overloaded mice (Figure 2C, P = 0.07), mirroring the changes in serum adiponectin levels. With a smaller cohort of high-iron diet– and normal chow–fed mice (n = 4/group), we determined body composition by magnetic resonance imaging, and the high-iron diet caused not only a decrease in weight but an even larger relative effect on fat mass because of a parallel increase in lean body mass (Figure 2D). Both food intake and oxygen consumption rates were higher in the lower-weight, high-iron group (Figure 2D). The differences in weight seen with the high-iron diet were not observed in mice with genetic deletion of adiponectin (Figure 2E). The expected inverse linear relationship between weight and adiponectin was observed in mice fed normal chow (r = 0.48, n = 22, P = 0.02, not shown), but this relationship was lost in mice fed the high-iron diet, in fact even trending toward a positive relationship (r = 0.17, n = 17, P = 0.51). Finally, to demonstrate that the change in adiponectin was accompanied by changes in glucose metabolism, we performed hyperinsulinemic clamp studies on WT mice on normal chow and those that had been on the high-iron diet for 8 weeks. There was a trend toward lower glucose disposal, normalized to total body weight, in the mice fed high-iron diet (Figure 2F, P = 0.22). However, because most glucose uptake at hyperinsulinemia is into skeletal muscle, we also normalized to lean mass based on the magnetic resonance imaging findings, and the mice on high-iron diet had a significant decrease in their maximal glucose disposal rate per gram of lean tissue (P < 0.001). Iron decreases adiponectin transcription. To demonstrate further that the decreased adiponectin mRNA levels are due to decreased transcription and that iron regulates adiponectin directly, we examined the effects of iron on adiponectin in a cell culture model. Treatment of 3T3-L1 adipocytes with iron sulfate decreased media adiponectin protein levels in a dose-dependent manner (Figure 3A, P < 0.0001). Adiponectin mRNA levels also decreased 30% with iron treatment (Figure 3B, P = 0.02). We measured luciferase activ- ity driven by the proximal 1,460 bp of the murine adiponectin promoter, which contains most of the previously identified sites that regulate adiponectin transcription (36). Iron decreased promoter activity by 28% (Figure 3C, P = 0.0025). Iron did not decrease the half-life of the endogenous mRNA or the reporter construct measured after actinomycin C or cycloheximide D treatment of cells (data not shown). Most physiologic regulation of adiponectin gene transcription is attributable to the factors FOXO1 and PPARγ (36, 37). To explore the mechanism of regulation of adiponectin by iron, we first examined posttranslational modification of FOXO1. Iron caused decreased acetylation of FOXO1 without changing its level of phosphorylation or total protein (Figure 3, D and E). In agreement with the lack of change of FOXO1 phosphorylation, we also detected no differences in basal or insulin-stimulated phosphorylation of AKT in iron-treated cells (Figure 3F). Contrary to the observed effects of iron on adiponectin transcription, deacetylation of FOXO1 is generally associated with increased adiponectin transcription (36, 38). We therefore measured FOXO1 occupancy at its 2 known sites of transcriptional activation using ChIP. As predicted by FOXO1 acetylation status, cells treated with iron exhibited a 3.1-fold increase in occupancy by FOXO1 at the sites reported to stimulate adiponectin transcription (P < 0.01, Figure 3G). FOXO1, however, has also been reported to transrepress adiponectin transcription when associated with the PPARγ response element (PPRE) of the adiponectin promoter (39). Iron treatment resulted in a 3.5-fold enhancement of FOXO1 binding to the PPRE (P = 0.01, Figure 3G). There was no significant increase in PPARγ binding to the PPRE (1.6 fold, P = 0.07, Figure 3G). Because the interaction of C/EBPα with FOXO1 has also been implicated in regulation of adiponectin transcription (36), we also measured the association of C/EBPα with FOXO1 by coimmunoprecipitation but saw no effect of iron on this association (P = 0.93, Figure 3H). Adipocytes express the specialized iron channel ferroportin. Adipocytes express genes that are generally restricted to iron-sensing tissues (40, 41). We therefore sought to obtain evidence that adipocytes might have a specialized iron-sensing capacity by assessing adi- The Journal of Clinical Investigation   http://www.jci.org   Volume 122   Number 10   October 2012 3531 research article Figure 2 Serum adiponectin and adipocyte mRNA levels decrease with dietary iron overload and with iron treatment in 3T3-L1 cells. (A) Tfrc mRNA quantified by RT-PCR and normalized to cyclophilin in collagenased adipocytes from epididymal fat pads of mice fed normal chow (NC) or a high-iron diet (HI) for 8 weeks. *P < 0.05. (B) Serum adiponectin levels were measured in 7-month-old 129/SvEvTac background mice following 2 months of being fed low-iron (7 mg/kg carbonyl iron), normal chow (330 mg/kg), or high-iron (20 g/kg) diets. *P = 0.004, low iron vs. normal chow; ‡P = 0.0002, high iron vs. normal chow. (C) Adiponectin mRNA levels in isolated epididymal adipocytes from mice fed high-iron diet or normal chow. P = 0.07. (D) Body weights were determined in C57BL6/J mice after 8 weeks on normal chow or high-iron diets, and body composition was determined by magnetic resonance imaging (n = 6/group or 8/group, *P < 0.05, ‡P < 0.01). (E) Body weights were determined in mice with knockout of the adiponectin gene compared with those of controls after 8 weeks on normal chow or high-iron diets (n = 5–12/group, ‡P < 0.001). (F) Euglycemic hyperinsulinemic clamps were performed on WT mice on normal or high-iron diets. Glucose infusion rates (GIRs) trended lower when normalized to total body weight (P = 0.22) but differed significantly when normalized to lean body mass (‡P < 0.0005). pocyte expression of the iron export channel ferroportin, whose significant tissue expression has been reported to be limited to gut enterocytes, placenta, and reticuloendothelial cells, including macrophages (42, 43). Ferroportin mRNA and protein were detectable by quantitative RT-PCR and Western blot in differentiated 3T3-L1 adipocytes. Treatment with iron sulfate increased ferroportin mRNA in a dose-dependent manner (Figure 4A, P < 0.0001). Protein levels were responsive both to iron and to treatment by hepcidin, a ferroportin ligand that results in ferroportin downregulation (Figure 4B and ref. 44). Deletion of adipocyte ferroportin results in increased adipocyte iron levels, decreased serum adiponectin, and increased insulin resistance. To demonstrate that ferroportin serves as a functional iron channel and exporter in adipocytes, we generated mice lacking the ferroportin gene in adipocytes (Fpn1–/– mice). An Fpn1fl/fl mouse (45), provided by Nancy C. Andrews (Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, USA), was crossed to a mouse expressing Cre recombinase under control of the 5.4-kB AP2 promoter. The Ap2Cre:Fpn1fl/fl mice were subsequently backcrossed onto the 129 strain for at least 5 generations. Ferroportin mRNA was undetectable in adipocytes purified by collagenase digestion from Fpn1–/– mice (Figure 4C). Because macrophages can also express the Ap2 gene, we examined ferroportin expression in splenocytes, wherein the only cell expressing significant ferroportin is the macrophage. There was no decrease in ferroportin mRNA in splenocytes from the Ap2-Cre:Fpn1fl/fl mice (Figure 4C). To demonstrate a role for ferroportin in modulating adipocyte iron, we measured Tfrc mRNA in isolated adipocytes. Compared with WT Fpn1fl/fl adipocytes, Ap2-Cre:Fpn1fl/fl adipocytes exhib3532 ited a 44% decrease in Tfrc (Figure 4D, P < 0.001), consistent with increased cytosolic iron, and functionality of the ferroportin channel is in adipocytes. The increased levels of adipocyte iron in the Fpn1–/– mice resulted in a 58% decrease in levels of adiponectin mRNA in adipocytes (Figure 4E, P < 0.01), and this was reflected in decreased serum adiponectin (Figure 4F). Because of the heterogeneity in the weights of the mice and the effect of weight on adiponectin, serum adiponectin was determined in a cohort of mice all weighing less than 30 g. In control (Fpn1fl/fl) mice, the high-iron diet resulted in a 12% decrease in serum adiponectin (Figure 4F, P < 0.05). Serum adiponectin was also lower (13%, P < 0.05) in the Ap2-Cre:Fpn1fl/fl mice on normal chow compared with controls and did not decrease further in mice on the high-iron diet. No changes were noted in the distribution of adiponectin molecular weight isoforms, as analyzed by an adiponectin assay that detects both total and high molecular weight isoforms (Figure 4G) and as analyzed by native SDS-PAGE (data not shown). To determine whether the change in adiponectin was physiologically significant, we performed glucose tolerance testing in WT and Fpn1–/– mice. Fpn1–/– mice had significantly higher glucose excursions at 30 and 60 minutes after challenge (Figure 4H, P < 0.05), and the areas under the glucose curve differed significantly between the groups (16,372 mg-min/dl in WT mice and 20,272 mg-min/dl in Fpn1–/– mice, 24% increase, P < 0.001, data not shown). Fasting glucose and insulin levels were also determined in WT and Fpn1–/– mice on different levels of dietary iron, and insulin resistance, as determined by homeostasis model assessment (HOMA-IR), was increased in the Fpn1–/– mice (P < 0.01, The Journal of Clinical Investigation   http://www.jci.org   Volume 122   Number 10   October 2012 research article Figure 3 Transcriptional regulation of adiponectin by iron. (A) Media adiponectin levels in 3T3-L1 cells 12 hours following 12-hour pretreatment. P < 0.0001. (B) RT-PCR quantification of adiponectin mRNA levels in 3T3-L1 adipocytes treated with no iron or 100 μM FeSO4 for 24 hours, normalized to cyclophilin A. *P = 0.02. (C) Adiponectin promoter-driven luciferase activity in the presence or absence of 100 μM FeSO4. ‡P = 0.0025. (D) Western blot for acetylated FOXO1 (Ac-FOXO1), phosphorylated FOXO1 (P-FOXO1), total FOXO1 (Tot-FOXO1), and β-actin in 3T3-L1 adipocytes treated with no iron or 100 μM FeSO4 for 8 hours. (E) Quantitation of Western blots (total n = 6 independent determinations) normalized to β-actin. *P < 0.05. (F) Quantitation of Western blots for phosphorylated AKT in 3T3-L1 adipocytes treated with no iron or 100 μM FeSO4 for 8 hours and insulin (10 nM) for 1 hour. (G) ChIP showing FOXO1 occupancy of adiponectin promoter FOXO1 sites and PPRE and PPARγ occupancy of PPRE in 3T3-L1 adipocytes (n = 3 experiments each assayed in duplicate, *P < 0.05). (H) Immunoprecipitation of 3T3-L1 adipocyte extracts, treated overnight in the presence or absence of 100 μM FeSO4, by antibodies to FOXO1, followed by immunoblotting for FOXO1 (t-FOXO1) and C/EBPα (0.58 ± 0.15 density units for control, 0.61 ± 0. 26 density units for iron-treated extracts, P = 0.93). data not shown). The effects of high-iron diet on body weight and body composition were also lost in the Fpn1–/– mice. Body weights of the Fpn1 –/– mice on normal chow compared with those of mice on high-iron diets did not differ (normal chow, 32.1 ± 1.5 g, high iron 31.5 ± 1.3 g, P = 0.68), and the changes in body composition induced by high-iron diet (Figure 2D) and replicated in a cohort of control Fpn1fl/fl mice (Figure 4I, P < 0.05 for both percentage of lean and fat mass) were also not seen in the Fpn1–/– mice (Figure 4I, P = 0.37 and P = 0.56 for percentage of lean and fat mass, respectively). Lower adipocyte iron, higher serum adiponectin, and increased insulin sensitivity in hereditary hemochromatosis. The effects of iron on adiponectin levels present a paradox. Namely, adiponectin decreases with dietary iron overload, and yet serum adiponectin levels are increased in a mouse model of genetic iron overload, wherein the gene most commonly mutated in human hereditary hemochro- matosis (HH) has been deleted (Hfe–/– mice) (46). It has been shown that the relative lack of hepcidin in HH results in failure to downregulate ferroportin, so that cells that express significant amounts of the iron channel are paradoxically less loaded with iron in HH (47, 48). We therefore sought to determine whether the same were true of adipocytes. Tfrc mRNA levels, which inversely reflect cytosolic iron, were increased by 67% in adipocytes from Hfe–/– mice compared with those from WT mice (Figure 5A, P = 0.05). Thus, the previously reported increased adiponectin in a mouse model of HH (46) is consistent with lower adipocyte iron levels. Because humans with HH also trend toward increased insulin sensitivity prior to the onset of clinical diabetes (20), we hypothesized that serum adiponectin levels would likewise be increased in human HH. Serum adiponectin levels were increased by 89% in male subjects with HH, compared with non-HH, male sibling controls (Figure 5B, P = 0.04). In women, serum adiponectin lev- The Journal of Clinical Investigation   http://www.jci.org   Volume 122   Number 10   October 2012 3533 research article Figure 4 Functional expression of ferroportin in adipocytes. (A) Fpn1 mRNA levels quantified by RT-PCR in 3T3-L1 adipocytes exposed to different concentrations of iron (FeSO4) in the culture medium. *P < 0.05 compared with 0.1 mM, ‡P < 0.01, P < 0.0001 for overall trend. (B) FPN1 protein levels in 3T3-L1 adipocytes, as detected by immunoblotting in adipocytes treated with no iron, 100 μM FeSO4, or 1 μg/ml hepcidin for 8 hours. (C) Fpn1 mRNA in adipose tissue and spleen from WT (Fpn1fl/fl) and Fpn1–/– (AP2 Cre ferroportin knockout) mice. ‡P < 0.001. (D) Tfrc mRNA quantified by RT-PCR and normalized to cyclophilin in collagenased adipocytes from epididymal fat pads of WT and Fpn1–/– mice (n = 10–14/group, ‡P < 0.001). (E) Adiponectin mRNA in the adipocytes used in E. ‡P < 0.01. (F) Serum adiponectin in WT and Fpn1–/– mice (n = 9–12/group, *P < 0.01). (G) High molecular weight (HMW) adiponectin determined as a percentage of total in the same group depicted in F. (H) Glucose tolerance testing of WT and Fpn1–/– mice (n = 5–6/group, *P < 0.05 for individual glucose values). (I) Body composition by magnetic resonance imaging in WT and Fpn1–/– mice on normal chow or high-iron diets (n = 11–20/group, *P < 0.05). els also trended higher (136%) in patients with HH (Figure 5B, 3.3 μg/ml vs. 1.4 μg/ml, P = 0.06). In non-HH sibling controls of the subjects with HH, serum adiponectin and BMI were closely and inversely associated (Figure 5C, r = 0.77, P = 0.03), consistent with previous reports (31, 49). However, the association between BMI and adiponectin was lost in patients with HH (Figure 5C, r = 0.09, P = 0.87). Serum ferritin, which largely reflects hepatic iron stores, was not associated with serum adiponectin levels in patients with HH (data not shown). To determine whether the increased adiponectin levels in HH mice were functionally significant, we generated mice with deletion of the adiponectin gene (APN–/–, provided by Phillip Scherer, ref. 50) on the C57BL6/J-HH (Hfe–/–) background. Because the effects of adiponectin deletion on glucose tolerance are more manifest in obese mice or mice exposed to a high-fat diet (26, 50), the mice were fed a high-fat diet for 8 weeks. The Hfe–/– mice exhibited a 19% decrease in fasting glucose compared with APN–/– mice, an improvement that was completely lost in the APN–/–:Hfe–/– dou3534 ble-knockout mice (Figure 5D, P = 0.006 by ANOVA). A similar trend was seen in animals on normal chow but was not significant because of the relatively smaller effects of both the Hfe–/– and APN–/– genotypes on glucose in mice on normal chow (fasting glucose levels, 126 ± 7 mg/dl in WT, 115 ± 4 mg/dl in Hfe–/–, and 129 ± 11 mg/dl in APN–/–:Hfe–/–, P = 0.16, data not shown). Phlebotomy increases adiponectin and improves glucose tolerance in humans with high-normal serum ferritin. We next sought to determine whether iron plays a causal role in determining adiponectin levels and the risk of MetS in humans. We studied humans with impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) whose serum ferritin levels were in the highest quartile of normal (221 ± 42 ng/ml, see Supplemental Table 2). Individuals with chronic inflammatory states, such as hepatitis, arthritides, or infections, were excluded, as were individuals with HH. Subjects received oral and frequently sampled intravenous glucose tolerance tests (OGTTs and FSIVGTTs) before and approximately 6 months after phlebotomy, which was sufficient to result in a fall in serum ferritin to the lowest quartile of normal The Journal of Clinical Investigation   http://www.jci.org   Volume 122   Number 10   October 2012 research article Figure 5 Adiponectin in mouse and human hemochromatosis. (A) Tfrc mRNA levels in isolated adipocytes from WT and Hfe–/– mice on normal chow, normalized to cyclophilin A (n = 5/ group, *P = 0.05). (B) Serum adiponectin levels in male (*P = 0.04) and female (P = 0.06) subjects with HH compared with non-HH sibling controls. (C) Serum adiponectin levels plotted as a function of BMI for subjects with HH (black circles) and non-HH sibling controls (white circles). Sexes were combined for linear regression analysis of HH (P = 0.87) and control subjects (P = 0.03). (D) Fasting glucose levels in WT, Hfe–/–, and Hfe–/–:APN–/– double-knockout mice (n = 5–7/group, *P = 0.006 by ANOVA). (33 ± 12 ng/ml, P < 0.02 compared with before phlebotomy). The average blood donation was 3.7 units. After phlebotomy, all subjects improved in the area under the glucose curve during OGTT, and the difference in the groups before and after phlebotomy was significant (Figure 6A, P = 0.03). All subjects had both IGT and impaired fasting glucose (IFG) prior to phlebotomy. After phlebotomy, one exhibited correction of both parameters, one exhibited correction of IGT only, and one exhibited correction of IFG only. There was a nonsignificant trend toward improvement in the FSIVGTT parameters of insulin secretory capacity (acute insulin response to glucose [AIRg], ~2.5 fold, Figure 6B) and insulin sensitivity (Si, ~3 fold, Figure 6C). Similar trends toward improvement were seen in the homeostasis model indices of β cell function and insulin resistance (data not shown). The disposition index, the product of Si and AIRg and the better predictor of overall diabetes risk (51), improved significantly (Figure 6D, P < 0.05). After phlebotomy, all subjects showed an increase in serum adiponectin (range of increase 9%–55%, see Supplemental Table 2, P < 0.02 by paired t test). Similar to the results seen in mice on a low-iron diet (Figure 2A), adiponectin increased despite an average weight gain of 2.6 kg, with weight gain occurring in two-thirds of the subjects. Discussion Increased serum ferritin is associated with insulin resistance and increased risk for diabetes (1–3). Recent studies (3, 22, 23) have Figure 6 Phlebotomy improves glucose tolerance. Human men with impaired glucose tolerance and serum ferritin levels in the highest quartile of normal underwent phlebotomy to decrease their ferritin values to the lowest quartile of normal. (A) Results of oral glucose tolerance testing before (open symbols) and approximately 6 months after initiation of phlebotomy (closed symbols). The integrated area under the glucose curve for the 120-minute test is shown. Squares represent individual values, and circles represent the means. (*P < 0.03 by paired t test). (B) Insulin secretory capacity (AIRg) and (C) Si were determined from FSIVGTT performed before and after phlebotomy. (D) The disposition index was calculated from the data in B and C. *P < 0.05 by paired t test. The Journal of Clinical Investigation   http://www.jci.org   Volume 122   Number 10   October 2012 3535 research article also noted an association between serum ferritin and adiponectin, the adipocyte-specific, insulin-sensitizing hormone. We have verified that serum ferritin levels, reflecting tissue iron stores, are more tightly associated with adiponectin than its more common predictor, obesity. More importantly, the relationship is causal, reflecting regulation of adiponectin transcription by iron. We have demonstrated this in cultured cells, by manipulation of iron stores and adipocyte iron levels in rodents, and in humans. Adiponectin is causally linked to insulin sensitivity (26), and, consistent with this, the changes in adiponectin in response to iron are accompanied by changes in glucose tolerance and insulin sensitivity. The fact that adipocytes use iron levels to regulate adiponectin suggests a role for adipocytes in coordinating organism-wide metabolic responses to iron availability, as they do for responses to overall macronutrient status. There is other evidence for crosstalk between iron and adipocyte metabolism. Insulin treatment, for example, increases iron uptake by increasing cell surface expression of transferrin receptor 1 in 3T3-L1 and rat adipocytes (52, 53). Iron induces lipolysis in cultured adipocytes and modulates the lipolytic response to norepinephrine (34, 54). Close coregulation of iron levels and metabolic parameters, such as fuel preference, is conserved from yeast (55, 56) to mammals (46). The need for this coregulation is consistent with the necessity of iron for electron transport and other redox reactions combined with its dangers as a potent oxidant. Adipocytes are well suited for their iron-sensing role. They express not only common regulators of iron homeostasis, such as ferritin and iron regulatory proteins (57), but also iron-related proteins with restricted tissue expression, incl

Week 3 Discussion: Standardized Terminology and Language in Informatics

Description

Purpose

This week’s graded discussion topic relates to the following Course Outcomes (COs).

CO3 Define standardized terminology that reflects nursing’s unique contribution to patient outcomes. (PO 3)
CO8 Discuss the value of best evidence as a driving force to institute change in delivery of nursing care. (PO 8)
Discussion

Standardized Terminology and Language in Informatics is an important part of healthcare. Nurses and healthcare workers need to understand and be able to communicate clearly. Please select one of the following options and discuss your understanding of the role in healthcare and its potential impact on your practice.

Usability
Integration
Interface
Interoperability
Meaningful Use
Reimbursement from Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) payment
NANDA
NIC/NOC


help with my assignments

Description

hello please read chapter two then answer problem 1if u have any question let me know


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Cost Definitions
Cost Definitions
1
Cost Definitions







Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Marginal Analysis
Cross-subsidization of Costs
True Cost, Economic Cost, and Accounting Cost
The Long-Term versus the Short-Term
Departmental versus Product-Line Costing
External Costs
Cost Definitions
2
Definition and Characteristics of
Costs
• Full Costs, Average Costs, Cost Objectives,
Direct Costs, and Indirect Costs
• Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Marginal Cost Pricing
Cost Definitions
3
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Full Costs, Average Costs, Cost Objectives,
Direct Costs, and Indirect Costs
• What does it cost to treat?




an average managed care patient?
a specific type of Medicare patient?
a patient at ABC hospital?
a patient with pneumonia?
• The response is, “It depends; why you want to
know?”
Cost Definitions
4
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Full Costs, Average Costs, Cost Objectives,
Direct Costs, and Indirect Costs (continued)
• See Exhibit 2-1 for all cost definitions (p.15)
• Cost objective: any particular item for which we
wish to know the cost. It may be a specific
patient, a class of patients, a service, a department,
or an entire organization
• Full cost
• Average cost
• Direct cost
• Indirect cost
Cost Definitions
5
Exhibit 2-1 Cost Definitions
Cost Definitions
6
Exhibit 2-1 Cost Definitions (continued)
Cost Definitions
7
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Fixed costs
– Tend to remain constant over the course of many
accounting or reporting periods
– Are not influenced by changes in volume or intensity of
service
– Appear as the flat horizontal line in graphic form
$
Fixed cost
A
Number of Procedures
Cost Definitions
8
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Variable Costs
– Rise and fall in relation to changes in the level
of activity
$
Variable cost
C
Number of Procedures
Cost Definitions
9
Table 2-1 Full Costs of Lithotripsy
Variable
Cost
Total
Fixed
Per
Variable
Full
Volume
Cost
Patient
Cost
Cost
(A)
(B)
(C )
(D) = (A) x (C ) (E) = (B) + (D)
———————- ————- ———————– ——————– ————250
$200,000
$200
50000
$250,000
1000
$200,000
$200
200000
$400,000
2000
$200,000
$200
400000
$600,000
Acquisition cost $1,000,000
Useful life:
Depreciation:
Variable cost:
5 years
$200,000
$200 per patient
Cost Definitions
10
Table 2-2 Average Costs of Lithotripsy
Fixed
Variable
Cost
Cost
Fixed
Per
Per
Average
Volume
Cost
Patient
Patient
Cost
(A)
(B)
(C ) = (B) / (A)
(D)
(E) = (C) + (D)
———————- ————- ———————— ——————– ————250
$200,000
$800
$200
$1,000
1000
$200,000
$200
$200
$400
2000
$200,000
$100
$200
$300
Cost Definitions
11
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Semivariable Costs:
– Are partially fixed and partially variable, i.e.,
are fixed over a certain range of volume and
then variable up to the next range of volume
– Are applied to workers who are able to deal
with a range of workload
– Understanding the performance of semivariable
costs is important to the decision-making
process related to productivity
Cost Definitions
12
Definition and Characteristics of Costs
Types of Costs: Fixed, Variable, and
Marginal
• Marginal Costs:
– Are defined as the change in cost related to a change in
activity
– Are often referred to as incremental or out-of-pocket costs
– Are often equal to variable costs, but they are not
synonymous with them
– May include not only the variable cost but also the cost of
acquiring another equipment
• Decision making should be based on the difference
between marginal costs and added revenues
Cost Definitions
13
Marginal Analysis
• Refers to the technique of considering only
incremental data as part of a financial analysis or
decision process
• Reduces the scope of supportive analytical work
and focuses attention on the financial reality of the
decision itself, not the overall financial condition
after a decision has been made
Cost Definitions
14
Marginal Analysis (continued)
Table 2-3 Marginal Analysis of Lithotripsy with additional business
Operating Facts
Humana offers a purchase of additional 1,000 cases, but is willing to pay only
$250 per case
New revenue rate
Variable cost
Additional volume
$250
$200
1,000
Marginal Analysis
Extra revenue
Extra cost
Extra fixed cost
Extra variable cost (1,000x$200)
Extra expense
Increase in income/loss
Cost Definitions
$250,000
$0
$200,000
$200,000
$50,000
15
Marginal Analysis
Profit and Loss of Lithotripsy (continued)
Variable
Revenue
Total
Frofit
Full
Per
Patient
or
Cost
Cost
Patient
Revenue
Loss
(D) = (A) x (C )
(E) = (B) + (D)
(F)
Cost
Total
Fixed
Per
Variable
Volume
Cost
Patient
(A)
(B)
(C )
(G) = (A) x (F) (H) = (G) – (E)
——————– ————————————– ————- ————- ————250
$200,000
$200
50,000
$250,000
$400
100,000
-$150,000
1000
$200,000
$200
200,000
$400,000
$400
400,000
$0
2000
$200,000
$200
400,000
$600,000
$400
800,000
$200,000
Cost Definitions
16
Cross-subsidization of Costs
• No cross-subsidization between patients with true
cost
Full Cost
$20,000
Patient A
True Cost
$5,000
Patient B
True Cost
$15,000
Revenue
True cost
Net Income
Cost Definitions
Patient A
Patient B
$5,000
-$5,000
$0
$15,000
-$15,000
$0
17
Cross-subsidization of Costs (continued)
• Existing cross-subsidization between patients with
average cost
Full Cost
$20,000
Patient A
Assigned
Cost $10,000
Patient B
Assigned
Cost $10,000
Patient A
Patient B
Revenue
$10,000
Assgined cost -$10,000
Net Income
$0
$10,000
-$10,000
$0
Cost Definitions
18
Cross-subsidization of Costs (continued)
• Existing cross-subsidization between Medicare
patients with true cost
Full Cost
$20,000
Patient A
True Cost
$5,000
Patient B
True Cost
$15,000
DRG Revenue
True cost
Net Income
Cost Definitions
Patient A
Patient B
$10,000
-$5,000
$5,000
$10,000
-$15,000
-$5,000
19
True Cost, Economic Cost, and
Accounting Cost




True Cost
Economic Cost
Accounting Cost
Joint Cost
Cost Definitions
20
Departmental vs. Product-Line
Costing
• Responsibility centers:
– Cost centers (support cost centers)
– Revenue centers
• Responsibility centers = Departments
• Departmental costing




Direct labor
Direct materials
Department indirect costs
Other indirect overhead costs
Cost Definitions
21
A Typical Departmental Revenue and Costing Report
MAKE BELIEVABLE MEDICAL CENTER
DEPARTMENTAL PERFORMANCE REPORT
DECEMBER 31, 20XX
CURRENT MONTH
ACTUAL
YEAR TO DATE
$100,000
50,000
$150,000
DESCRIPTION
ACTUAL BUDGET VARIANCE
DEPARTMENT REVENUES
-$30,000
TOTAL INPATIENT
$600,000 $600,000
$0
0
TOTAL OUTPATIENT
320,000
300,000
20,000
-$30,000 TOTAL PATIENT REVENUES $920,000 $900,000
$20,000
$70,000
10,000
17,000
16,000
13,000
4,000
$130,000
$70,000
10,000
20,000
20,000
15,000
5,000
$140,000
DIRECT EXPENSES
$0
TOTAL SALARIES
$428,000
0 TOTAL EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 62,000
-3,000
TOTAL SUPPLIES
125,000
-4,000 TOTAL PURCHASED SERVICES 118,000
-2,000
TOTAL REPAIRS
88,000
-1,000 TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES
29,000
-$10,000 TOTAL DIRECT EXPENSES $850,000
-$10,000
$10,000
$70,000
50,000
$120,000
BUDGET VARIANCE
-$20,000
INCOME CONTRIBUTION
Cost Definitions
$70,000
$420,000
60,000
120,000
120,000
90,000
30,000
$840,000
$8,000
2,000
5,000
-2,000
-2,000
-1,000
$10,000
$60,000
$10,000
22
Departmental vs. Product-line
Costing
• Product-Line costing
Table 2-3 Chest X-Ray Cost
Average
Tuberculosis Cardiac Surgery
Patient
Patient
Patient
Chest X-ray
————- ——————— ——————– ——– ————- ——– ————Technician labor @ $30/hour
$3
$15
$9
X-ray film
25
25
25
12
12
Other costs
12
$46
$52
Total
$40
Cost Definitions
23
Laboratory A Monthly Costing Report
Direct expenses
Salaries and wages
Supervisors
Lab. Technicians – Senior
Lab. Technicians – Junior
Lab. Assistant
Clerks
Supplies
Non-medical
Medical
Other direct expense
Total direct expenses
Support expenses (transferred)
Housekeeping
Laundry and linen
Maintenance and repair
Dietary
Total transferred expense
Support expenses (allocated)
Administrative and general
Personnel
Total allocated expense
Total department expenses
Amount
$3,675
5,075
4,536
4,872
1,260
1,825
3,350
1,545
26,138
2,760
2,275
2,120
5,325
12,480
3,312
925
$4,237
$42,855
Cost Definitions
24
Laboratory A Monthly Services Report
Procedure name
Blood glucose
Blood sodium
Blood potassium
Blood bicarbonate
Platelet
Reticulocyte
Blood iron
Urine glucose
.
.
.
.
Total
Quantity
112
25
75
35
7
3
10
12
.
.
.
.
Procedure name
Blood glucose
Blood sodium
Blood potassium
Blood bicarbonate
Platelet
Reticulocyte
Blood iron
Urine glucose
.
.
.
.
Cost
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
.
.
.
.
3,455
Cost Definitions
25
Departmental vs. Product-line
Costing
• Hybrid approaches
– Seek a balance between the departmental
costing needed for responsibility accounting
and the product costing needed for effective
product decisions
Cost Definitions
26
Assignment
• Problem 1 on pages 31-32
Cost Definitions
27
PROBLEMS
1. Your organization (City Rehab) has been per visit. City Rehab currently receives $95
approached by an MCO looking for an ex- per visit directly from Medicare. City
clusive arrangement for the rehabilitation Rehab provides 1,500 hip replacement vis-
of its hip replacement patients. The MCO is its per year and has the capacity to handle
aggressively positioning itself to compete in 500 more easily without adding any staff or
the growing Medicare managed care seg. equipment. The fixed costs associated with
ment. They have offered to guarantee 1000 hip replacement rehab are $7,500 and the
patient visits per year and want to pay $70 variable costs are $67 per visit.
Copyrighted material
32
CHAPTER 2 COST DEFINITIONS
a. What is City’s current average cost per
hip replacement visit?
b. Should you take the MCO’s offer? If so,
why? If not, why not?
c. What if the MCO wanted to pay City a
flat amount ($4) for each of its 10,000
Medicare covered lives, regardless of
how many patients/visits ultimately
came in for hip replacement rehabilita-
tion (capitation). What additional infor-
mation would you need to determine
whether or not City Rehab should go
ahead with this deal?
2. Select another area for a health care organ-
ization, and describe the various parts of a
product costing-oriented data collection.
3. Select a department of a health care organi-
zation, and develop a departmental ap-
proach to costing for that department.
| Acti
Go to

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health Promotion in Minority Populations

Description

Select an ethnic minority group that is represented in the United States (American Indian/Alaskan Native, Asian American, Black/African American, Hispanic/Latino, Native Hawaiian, or Pacific Islander). Using health information available from Healthy People, the CDC, and other relevant government websites, analyze the health status for this group.

In a paper of minimum1000 words, compare and contrast the health status of your selected minority group to the national average. Include the following:

Describe the ethnic minority group selected. Describe the current health status of this group. How do race and ethnicity influence health for this group?
What are the health disparities that exist for this group? What are the nutritional challenges for this group?
Discuss the barriers to health for this group resulting from culture, socioeconomics, education, and sociopolitical factors.
What health promotion activities are often practiced by this group?
Describe at least one approach using the three levels of health promotion prevention (primary, secondary, and tertiary) that is likely to be the most effective in a care plan given the unique needs of the minority group you have selected. Provide an explanation of why it might be the most effective choice.
What cultural beliefs or practices must be considered when creating a care plan? What cultural theory or model would be best to support culturally competent health promotion for this population? Why?

Cite at least three peer-reviewed or scholarly sources to complete this assignment. Sources should be published within the last 5 years and appropriate for the assignment criteria and public health content.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are required to submit this assignment to Turnitin . Please refer to the directions in the Student Success Center.


Discussion Prompt

Description

This week, we are learning about issues surrounding human genetics and eugenics, including stem cell research, cloning, and genetic testing and treatment.Choose and describe a scientific technique or practice related to genetics and eugenics. Provide the rationale behind the use of this technique or practice.Discuss your thoughts and ideas regarding the technique or practice. Is it ever justifiable? Why or why not?


survey essay about health food

Description

1, this is a 2-3 page research project( questionnaire/interview),

2, topic is Health food

3, 5 question, open-ended essay, something of the interview

4, name-relationship to topic

5, one page results of solve of question in survey

6, 6-8 questions: directions 1first quesdtion… ? yes- no – 2…..?

7. sample: demography: this survey…

gender, age( under 21… 21-35, 36 -60} income( under $44999, $44999- $66000, over$66000)


Topic 4: DQ 1 HLT-418V

Description

Access the Arizona State Board of Nursing website. Review the drug and alcohol assistance policy. Be sure to specifically address:What is the name of the assistance program?What does the assistance program expect to accomplish (what are its goals and why is it needed)?After assessing the content of the program, do you think it is effective in addressing these behaviors?Find another State Board of Nursing of your choice and compare and contrast the programs.


Essential Assignment IV-VI

Description

Your professional portfolio will be organized according to the nine American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) Essentials. In these portfolio submissions, reflect the ways your learning experiences and portfolio selections relate to, or meet, each essential and across the nursing program as a whole. Refer to the RN Student Handbook for more information. As this is a Capstone course, you may update previously submitted “Essentials” assignments, but should provide original and updated versions.Write a paragraph reflection for each assigned AACN Essential.Identify how each essential was met during your nursing program.Provide at least one example for each essential to be completed.Organize by listing each example with its corresponding essential outcome.Visit the AACN website for more information on the essentials.Review the rubric for more information on how your assignment will be graded.Essential IV: Information Management and Application of Patient Care TechnologyEssential V: Health Care Policy, Finance, and Regulatory EnvironmentsEssential VI: Interprofessional Communication and Collaboration for Improving Patient Health Outcomes


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Nursing Essentials Rubric
Exit


Grid View
List View
Meets or Exceeds Expectations
Mostly Meets Expectations
Below Expectations
Content
Points Range:20.25 (22.50%) 22.5 (25.00%)
The reflection provides one
paragraph for each of three
reflections.
Points Range:17.1 (19.00%) 20.025 (22.25%)
The reflection provides three
reflections, but not in three
separate paragraphs.
Points Range:13.5 (15.0
16.875 (18.75%)
The reflection provide
two paragraphs for tw
reflections.
Reflection
Points Range:48.6 (54.00%) 54 (60.00%)
The reflection identifies, with
explicit detail, how each
essential was met during the
nursing program. At least one
example for each essential is
provided.
Points Range:41.04 (45.60%) 48.06 (53.40%)
The reflection identifies, with
some detail, how each
essential was met during the
nursing program, with one
omission. At least one
example for each essential is
provided.
Points Range:32.4 (36.0
40.5 (45.00%)
The reflection identifie
some detail, how each
essential was met dur
nursing program, with
omission. There is one
missing example for o
the essentials.
Organization
Points Range:12.15 (13.50%) 13.5 (15.00%)
The reflection is well
organized. All paragraphs
contain at least one example
with its corresponding
essential outcome.
Points Range:10.26 (11.40%) 12.015 (13.35%)
The reflection is organized.
Most paragraphs contain
examples with its
corresponding essential
outcome, or one to two items
were displaced .
Points Range:8.1 (9.00%
10.125 (11.25%)
The reflection is organ
Paragraphs are missin
least two examples wi
corresponding essenti
outcome, or three item
omitted.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Role Replay

Description

Nursing Role Make an replay for each discussion attached. A minimum of 2 references (excluding the class textbook) no older than 5 years must be used. If you use the textbook as a reference will not be counted. Every reference that you present in your assignment must be quoted in the assignment. Your reply must be at least 3 paragraphs.Please make sure you use spell check before you post your assignment and replies.Important No plagiarism


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Week 12 Discussion
Taymir Torres
Nursing Role and Scope
Professor Lourdes Castaneda
Florida National University
Nov 19, 2019
1.
It is essential to highlight that in the healthcare environment, all
people have the right to respect their health data from a professional
level. Therefore, the nurses must prevent people from accessing their
personal information and data without prior authorization under the law,
that is, informed consent. Nurses must take all appropriate measures to
guarantee the right to information protection (Safran, 2018).
From another point of view, nurses must allow patients to access
the identity of the professionals who care for them and feed the clinical
history of each patient with the complete information of each
professional. An important aspect is the autonomy of the patient, which
assigns obligations to the nurses in the protection of the clinical
documentation from the general principles and in-depth to everything
related to the clinical information generated in the care centers, for
example, copies of the exams and the patient’s medical history (Safran,
2018).
The copy of reports and complementary tests of patient results,
require nurses to limit and safeguard the confidentiality of personal data
before third parties, including the professional’s comments. On the other
hand, the nurses involved in research, epidemiological or teaching
studies have access to the patient’s medical history, safeguarding the
transmission of any data that can identify the patients or participants,
unless the patients give their consent not to separate the identifiers of
clinicians-assistants (Safran, 2018).
2.
The role of information management nursing practice is based on
the use of appropriate technologies to manage patient information from
information management programs. This includes the communication
between devices that support nursing, medical, and administrative
activities in the healthcare environment since nurses are the main ones
responsible for daily activities around patients (Toromanovic, Hasanovic
& Masic, 2018).
The use of telecommunications to transmit patient information
from one department to another, from one professional to another,
always ensuring the integrity and safety of the patients. Additionally,
they must support all patient information in programs and databases with
the exact and accurate information of each procedure (Toromanovic,
Hasanovic & Masic, 2018).
Nursing practices should include the main limitations and
benefits of information management that have the use of technologies to
administer and process patient information. The role of nurses is to
identify promptly how these factors alter the effectiveness of health care
and how they affect the health of patients (Toromanovic, Hasanovic &
Masic, 2018).
3.
In the current situation, it is necessary to look for creative
solutions that allow the maintenance of health. There is no doubt that the
medium and long-term follow-up of chronic and elderly patients, such as
consultation between specialists and many other activities, could benefit
from the implementation of telematics techniques in the field of health.
The application of Telemedicine ranges from the computerization of
patients’ medical records, teleconsultations or tele-diagnostic, to robotic
interventions. The most extended services are teleradiology,
telepathology, teledermatology, teleconsultation, telesurgery, and
teleophthalmology (Chang et. al, 2014).
Diabetes Education and Telemedicine (IDEATel) is a tool that
allows diabetic patients to access diagnosis, consultation, and training
from the comfort of their homes. This tool aims to offer care and
attention from primary and preventative care. Initially, it emerged for
Medicare beneficiaries. However, today, different people can access
essential consultations and random information about diabetes
management, prevention, and control (Chang et. al, 2014).
Another technology tool is the Comprehensive Health
Enhancement Support System (CHESS) is an application that allows
patients to access primary care services. The particularity is that it points
to the population in crisis, who need health, social and welfare support
through a device such as computers, cell phones or tablets (Chang et. al,
2014).
References
Chang, B. L., Bakken, S., Brown, S. S., Houston, T. K., Kreps, G. L.,
Kukafka, R., … Stavri, P. Z. (2014). Bridging the digital divide:
reaching vulnerable populations. Journal of the American Medical
Informatics Association : JAMIA, 11(6), 448–457.
doi:10.1197/jamia.M1535
Safran, C. (2018). Health care in the information society. International
journal of medical informatics, 66(1-3), 23-24.
Toromanovic, S., Hasanovic, E., & Masic, I. (2018). Nursing
information systems. Materia socio-medica, 22(3), 168–171.
doi:10.5455/msm.2010.22.168-171
Week 12 Discussion
Maria Lazarte
Nursing Role and Scope
Professor Lourdes Castaneda
Florida National University
Nov 19, 2019
1.
Respect for private life and the right to the elements that
constitute it are not public objects of general information, is recognized
in all constitutions and legal frameworks of advanced and democratic
countries. The need for guidance on confidentiality responds to the
general objective of improving quality in people who request health care
and attention. Based on the above, nurses have the role of protecting the
right to be protected in everything that is considered part of the identity
of the patients, that is, everything that the patients recognize in
themselves and that differentiates them from the rest (Darvish,
Bahramnezhad Keyhanian & Navidhamidi, 2014) — for example, their
medical records, personal data, and confidential information within the
healthcare environment.
Within the healthcare environment, the rights to privacy and
intimate give rise to the duty to the confidentiality of all professionals
involved in the care and attention of patients (Darvish, Bahramnezhad
Keyhanian & Navidhamidi, 2014). Therefore, nurses have the obligation
not to disclose everything that belongs to the privacy and intimate of
patients. Confidentiality refers to “how” nurses should protect patients’
health information.
The relationship established between patients and nurses is
extremely complex. The patients, distressed by their situation, are
willing to collaborate in whatever is necessary to recover their health.
Sometimes, it will even reveal secrets that they have never shared with
anyone, not even with their most loved ones. Other times it will be the
nurses who discover, through analysis or other explorations, data that the
patient does not know or did not want to reveal, in this case, nurses must
ensure the desire for autonomy of patients to protect this personal
information not competent for the diagnosis, treatment or monitoring of
patients (Darvish, Bahramnezhad Keyhanian & Navidhamidi, 2014).
1.
The role of information management nursing practice is to
collect patient information from admission to health institutions, then to
feed the medical history after they have been admitted. This information
has the only purpose of serving as a source of information for all health
professionals who interact with patients. Therefore, all the information
that nurses collect is vital to the safety and quality that is offered to
patients (Gassert, 2018).
Another role of information management nursing practice is the
administration of information collection, selection, and processing
technologies. For example, programs to monitor patient care. In this
case, nursing activities are focused on ensuring the correct functioning
of information and information management programs (Gassert, 2018).
Finally, the role of information management nursing practice is
to allow immediate and timely access to the sources of information of
health institutions. Therefore, nurses are facilitators and information
consultants. However, they must allow access to authorized personnel
(Gassert, 2018).
1.
First, Mobile Health (mHealth), a tool that allows researchers to
identify, know, and approach underserved populations. This tool enables
underserved populations to access health professionals quickly and
easily from the application on any mobile device with WIFI (Bakken,
Currie, Hyun, Lee, John, Schnall & Velez, 2019).
Another alternative is the short messaging services, and it allows
the unattended population to access emergency health services through
SMS. This service reduces the disparity among the underserved
populations, offering easy access without the need for WIFI. When the
communities send text messages to the health centers, an operator
receives the information and classifies the need of the patients, then
sends useful information to the people attending to their complaints and
concerns (Bakken, Currie, Hyun, Lee, John, Schnall & Velez, 2019).
Finally, one of the most typical is the use of the internet to
communicate with health centers, or professionals according to the
needs of the patients. Some of these professionals offer free attention to
underserved people, and some health centers provide assessment and
access to low-cost medications, depending on the severity of the
symptoms (Bakken, Currie, Hyun, Lee, John, Schnall & Velez, 2019).
References
Bakken, S., Currie, L., Hyun, S., Lee, N. J., John, R., Schnall, R., &
Velez, O. (2019). Reducing health disparities and improving
patient safety and quality by integrating HIT into the Florida
APN curriculum. Studies in health technology and informatics,
146, 859-859.
Darvish, A., Bahramnezhad, F., Keyhanian, S., & Navidhamidi, M.
(2014). The role of nursing informatics on promoting quality of
health care and the need for appropriate education. Global
journal of health science, 6(6), 11–18. doi:10.5539/gjhs.v6n6p11
Gassert, C. A. (2018). The challenge of meeting patients’ needs with a
national nursing informatics agenda. Journal of the American Medical
Informatics Association, 5(3), 263-268.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discussion week 2

Description

just 300 words but be very careful at the instructions and the use of references!

use your own words!

Overview

For this discussion, you will define the nurse’s scope of practice as described by the ANA. You will also define the nurse’s scope of practice in your own state/country (if you are an international student use your own country). Next, you will explain a clinical scenario that demonstrates how you have applied this scope of practice successfully (from start to finish – a complete example for full credit). Finally, you will explain why all nurses should have a functional knowledge of their own nurse practice act. This assessment is aligned with the course objective 3 and the module objectives. Please organize your discussion board as follows:

Paragraph 1: Introduce your discussion board with a general statement about the discussion board, then a purpose statement. A purpose statement starts with: The purpose of this posting is to discuss . . . . then the key elements of what you are going to discuss. This paragraph should define the nurse’s scope of practice as defined by the American Nurses Association. This will cover the objective of: Define the nurse’s scope of practice as defined by the American Nurses Association.

Paragraph 2: You will also define the nurse’s scope of practice in your own state. This will vary between states. This will cover the objective of: Define the nurse’s scope of practice as defined by that nurse’s own state’s nursing law.

Paragraph 3: Next, you will explain a clinical scenario that demonstrates how you have applied this scope of practice successfully (from start to finish complete example). Finally, you will explain why all nurses should have a functional knowledge of their own nurse practice act. End the paragraph with a conclusion sentence or two that summarizes your thoughts.

Your initial post must be posted before you can view and respond to colleagues, must contain minimum of two (2) references, in addition to examples from your personal experiences to augment the topic. The goal is to make your post interesting and engaging so others will want to read/respond to it. Synthesize and summarize from your resources in order to avoid the use of direct quotes, which can often be dry and boring. No direct quotes are allowed in the discussion board posts.

References:

Initial Post: Minimum of two (2) total references: one (1) from required course materials and one (1) from peer-reviewed references.

Words Limits

Initial Post: 300 words excluding references (approximately one (1) page)


Unformatted Attachment Preview

RUBRIC: DISCUSSION BOARD (30 pts)
Criteria
Characteristics
of initial post
Support for
initial post
Responses to
Peers
APA format*;
Spelling/
Grammar/
Punctuation
Meets Expectations
10 to 10 Points
 Provided response with rationale.
 The post is substantive and reflects careful
consideration of the literature.
 Examples from the student’s practice/experience are
provided to illustrate the discussion concepts.
 Addressed all required elements of the discussion
prompt.
 Well organized and easy to read.
5 to 5 Points
 Cited minimum of two references: at least one (1)
from required course materials to support rationale
AND one (1) from peer-reviewed* references from
supplemental materials or independent study on the
topic to support responses.
 The initial post is a minimum of 200 words excluding
references.
10 to 10 Points
 Responses to colleagues demonstrated insight and
critical review of the colleagues’ posts and stimulate
further discussion
 Responded to a minimum of two (2) peers and
included a minimum of one (1) peer-reviewed* or
course materials reference per response.
 Responses are a minimum of 100 words and are
posted on different days of the discussion period by
the due date.
5 to 5 Points
 APA format** is used for in-text citations and
reference list.
 Posts contain grammatically correct sentences
without any spelling errors.
Levels of Achievement
Needs Improvement
3 to 9 Points
 Provided response missing either
substantive rationale, consideration of the
literature, or examples from the student’s
practice/experience to illustrate the
discussion concepts.
 Addresses all or most of required elements.
 Somewhat organized, but may be difficult to
follow.
2 to 4 Points
 Missing one (1) required course reference
AND/OR one (1) peer-reviewed reference to
validate response.
 Post has at least 200 words.
4 to 9 Points
 Responses to colleagues are cursory, do not
stimulate further discussion and paragraph
could have been more substantial.
 Responses missing one of the following:
o insight/critical review of colleague’s
post,
o OR respond to at least two peers,
o OR a peer reviewed*or course materials
reference per response

Responses are a minimum or less than
100 words and posts were on the same
date as initial post.
2 to 4 Points
 APA format is missing either in-text or at
end of the reference list.
 Posts contain some grammatically correct
sentences with few spelling errors.
Unsatisfactory
0 to 2 Points
 Provided response with minimal
rationale.
 Does not demonstrate thought
and provides no supporting
details or examples.
 Provides a general summary of
required elements.
0 to 1 Points
 Missing 1 or more of the correct
type (course or peer-reviewed)
or number of references to
support response.
 Post is less than 200 words or
there’s no post.
0 to 3 Points
 Responses to colleagues lack
critical, in depth thought and
do not add value to the
discussion.
 Responses are missing two or
more of the following:
o insight/critical review of
colleagues’ post
o AND/OR response to at least
two peers
o AND/OR a peer reviewed*
reference per response.

Responses are less than 100
words, posted same day as
initial post.
0 to 1 Points
 Not APA formatted OR APA
format of references has errors
both in-text and at end of
reference list.
 Post is grammatically incorrect.
NOTE: No direct quotes are allowed in the discussion board posts.
*Peer-reviewed references include professional journals (i.e. Nursing Education Perspectives, Journal of Professional Nursing, etc. – see library tab on how to access these from
database searches), professional organizations (NLN, CDC, AACN, ADA, etc.) applicable to population and practice area, along with clinical practice guidelines (CPGs – National
Guideline Clearinghouse). All references must be no older than five years (unless making a specific point using a seminal piece of information) References not acceptable (not inclusive)
are UpToDate, Epocrates, Medscape, WebMD, hospital organizations, insurance recommendations, & secondary clinical databases.
**Since it is difficult to edit the APA reference in the Blackboard discussion area, you can copy and paste APA references from your Word document to the Blackboard discussion area
and points will not be deducted because of format changes in spacing.
Last updated: 02/02/2017
© 2017 School of Nursing – Ohio University
Page 1 of 1

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Group Discussion WITH REPLIES IN FIRST PERSON!!!!!!!!

Description

Discussion Question: McMinn discussed guidelines when confronting sin during a counseling experience and the lectures reviewed some factors as well. Your thread needs to be answered in two parts:

First, what would be the challenges (based on the lectures) of confronting clearly wrong behavior/ “sin” in the life of your client if you were working in a secular human services setting? Draw in concepts from the lecture to support your position. How might the approach from psychology make it difficult to confront clearly wrong behavior (worldview and perspective on attribution, for instance)?

Second, assume that you counseled in a human services setting in which you could integrate spirituality and a Christian worldview. Review the following brief “case” and answer the following questions:

Based on the lectures and McMinn, why can’t a sensitive Christian counselor just automatically and quickly confront obvious sin in the life of the counselee?
Of the cautions mentioned by the course materials, which ones do you think counselors most often overlook?
From what you learned from the lectures/McMinn, how would you best address the clearly sinful behavior of this client?

Case Study

Jim is a client in your counseling center, who you have seen for about 8 months. He has been cycled through several other counselors and one described him as a “basket case.” Jim has several children, each with a different mother. He casually mentions that he rarely sees them, and since he can’t hold down a job, he provides no financial support. Some of his children are now in foster care. He engages in unprotected sex on a weekly basis. Typical of many of your clients, Jim drinks heavily and abuses street drugs. He comes to counseling only because it is required for him to receive the tangible support services of your agency. You are at the point in your counseling with Jim that you’d like to “let him have it” but your counseling training did not include that as a valid counseling technique. There is obviously much more to Jim’s story but suffice it to say that he is repeating many of the behaviors he learned from his parents’ dysfunctional parenting.

While you are sharing opinion here, you must demonstrate informed opinion by supporting your points with references to the course materials.

Replies: In your responses to 2 classmates, follow the suggestions in the grading rubric for responses to classmates.

Group Discussion Board Forum Instructions

The purpose of these Group Discussion Board Forums is to expand your thinking about the course materials or apply course materials to counseling scenarios. Some of the discussion board questions have a strong analytical component, as fitting a graduate level course. As a basis for your reflection/evaluation/application, you will be asked to review the content covered during the discussion modules/weeks.

In response to the posted discussion question (Modules/Weeks 2, 4, 6, and 8), post your thread by the date specified using at least 400 words. The grading rubric does not grade for word count. However, realize that too many words may indicate wordiness, but too few words may indicate incomplete thought. In addition to supporting your initial comments from course materials (with proper, current APA citation), the integration of a Christian worldview is always appropriate.

To foster discussion, you will be required to reply to the threads of at least 2 classmates. Your reply must be of appropriate length (at least 200 words), but word count is not a grading criteria. In addition, your instructor may ask you to reply to the instructor’s follow-up ideas as part of the discussion board requirement (and included in the grade). When you reply to student or instructor posts, expand the discussion. Limit “I agree” statements, but rather explain the reasons why you agree or disagree. Expand ideas, challenge thinking, probe, and ask for clarification. In all discussion board work, keep these points in mind:

Use appropriate netiquette,
Write at graduate level, and
Cite in-text per current APA format and list references at the bottom of your post.

When citing any of the presentations provided in the Reading & Study folders, your references must look like the following:

Brewer, G., & Peters, C., (n.d). [Insert audio lecture title or notes title]. Lynchburg, VA: Liberty University.

So, for example, a reference would look like this:

Brewer, G., & Peters, C. (n.d.). COUN 506 Week Three, Lecture One: Christian spirituality and the ministry of counseling. [PowerPoint]. Lynchburg, VA: Liberty University Online.

First reply:

Amy Elrod

Discussion_Forum_4_Elrod

COLLAPSE

The challenges for confronting sin during a counseling session would be: make sure that the counselor does no harm to the client by asking what is in the best interest of the client with the confrontation, not act out in anger or with an attitude if the client is not compliant or argumentative, utilization of the power dynamic with the client, and lead the client to a redemptive and restorative relationship with God (Brewer, n.d). Without the incorporation of spirituality in session, the client is not seeking a relationship or need to heal their brokenness through Christ. Instead, confession may lead them to simply want to be told that they will be okay, feel more shame and remorse, or rely too heavily on the counseling relationship instead of taking personal responsibility for improvement. If the client’s attribution style is that of psychology or external, it would steer the client away from owning their responsibility for their actions and want others to pity them for being the victim.

It is not recommended that a counselor use direct censure since it can pose a significant risk to the clinical relationship and the rapport that has been achieved. It is also possible for the counselor to perverse the power dynamic by thinking that he/she is superior to the obvious neglect and lack of improvement in Jim’s case. This is probably a man that does not respond well to being berated and may very well put up a wall or switch to another counselor if shamed. McMinn states that the “counseling relationship works well when it mimics the redemptive relationship experienced with God through Jesus” (McMinn, 2011). Jesus knew that Judas and Peter would betray Him, but He sat with them and ate his final meal beforehand. We are to show this same type of love to others.

A caution that I think counselors consistently overlook is the humility aspect of counseling. It is so easy for anyone to judge another based on their sin, but what we all tend to forget is a sin is a sin is a sin. Jesus wasn’t excepting of certain sins nor did He rate them from least to worst. We all sin every single day and sometimes without purpose and to God any sin is forgivable and every person worth love and forgiveness. It could be relatively simple for a counselor to draw their own assumptions about a lifestyle or perversion that was not their own, in addition to, being more educated and knowledgeable could lead to an air of arrogance and dismissal of the client’s underlying need.

Jim may see nothing wrong with his behaviors if he is modeling his parents actions or has an attribution style of being the victim and helpless; maybe his world view is he was born bad and cannot be any different. Or maybe he feels as if he is so far gone, what would be the point of trying to change now. Instead of being another condemning nag to Jim, I would get his consent to introduce spirituality into his sessions and show him, through Scripture, that an unconditionally loving and compassionate parent did exist and He wanted to be a huge part of Jim’s life. I would use the pondering and questioning aspects of confrontation as McMinn described. I would reiterate the fact that we are ALL sinners, but we all have the capacity to determine our paths in life with God as our pilot. I would also refer Jim to a mental health medication clinic to be evaluated for an underlying mental disorder that may be driving his substance abuse and impulsive, risky behaviors. In session, he and I would work through the fact that everyone chooses their actions and everyone reaps the consequences. He may have had problem parenting, but he could change that cycle with parenting support and faulty thinking changes. If Jim was suffering from alcoholism or an opioid addiction, I would refer him for detox before continuing counseling sessions.

Brewer, G., & Peters, C. (n.d.). COUN 506, Week 7, Lectures 1 & 2. Sin, Confession, and Redemption in Counseling & Counseling Methods Related to Confrontation and Confession. [PowerPoint]. Lynchburg, VA: Liberty University Online.

McMinn, M.R. (2011). Psychology, theology, and spirituality in Christian counseling (Rev. ed.) Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House.

Second reply:

Kasson Weldon

Discussion Board: Forum 4

COLLAPSE

There are several challenges that I would face as a counselor in a secular human services environment. The first challenge is that the perception of sin is different in the world or arena of psychology. The terminology in psychology is sin is seen as sickness and because of this view it has an external attribution where the focus is to minimize sin (Brewers & Peters,2019).

Also, it causes the client to see themselves as a victim blaming others for their choices and removing personal responsibility. It allows the client to come up with their own personal perception & interpretation of what is right and wrong versus the perspective that come from theology where God law is standard for truth and right and wrong (Brewers & Peters,2019).

It is important that a sensitive Christian counselor first connects to the person before he tries to address or confront sin in the life of client. Brewers & Peters mention that every client that we meet is first a stranger due to sin and it ultimately God at work through the gifts of conviction, contrition and repentance in the life of our clients (Brewers & Peters,2019).

Two cautions that I believe are mostly overlooked by counselors. The first is the counselor’s self-awareness. I don’t believe many counselors ask what is my attitude and motivation towards the client? Making sure that you have an empathic and humble attitude towards the client and are doing what is in the best interest of the client not what more convenient, comfortable and self-serving for the counselor. Secondly, I believe that the power dynamic of the client relationship is very overlooked. According to McMinn he mentioned the importance of how we use our power in the counselor/client relationship. This takes humility an awareness our own weaknesses, strengths and limitations and putting them in a proper perspective (McMinn,2011). I believe that there is delicate balance between not creating a dependency of the client towards counselor or the other extreme is imposing your will onto the client. McMinn mentioned that it important for the counselor to discern when the client is look for the approval of counselor rather than making choices and changes based on their own personal sense of identity and freedom (McMinn,2011).

Case Study

Jim is a client in your counseling center, who you have seen for about 8 months. He has been cycled through several other counselors and one described him as a “basket case.” Jim has several children, each with a different mother. He casually mentions that he rarely sees them, and since he can’t hold down a job, he provides no financial support. Some of his children are now in foster care. He engages in unprotected sex on a weekly basis. Typical of many of your clients, Jim drinks heavily and abuses street drugs. He comes to counseling only because it is required for him to receive the tangible support services of your agency. You are at the point in your counseling with Jim that you’d like to “let him have it” but your counseling training did not include that as a valid counseling technique. There is obviously much more to Jim’s story but suffice it to say that he is repeating many of the behaviors he learned from his parents’ dysfunctional parenting.

Honestly the first thing I would need to address is myself and how I’m actually feeling anger towards Jim. My motivation towards Jim cannot be to let him have it but to do what’s in the best interest of Jim. Secondly, I would seek consultation from my supervisor or a more experienced counselor. It’s been eight months and it appears that Jim is not making progress.

In three crucial areas Jim has not moved forward he doesn’t’ have an accurate awareness of self. Jim seems to lack a healthy sense of right and wrong and demonstrates many out of control behaviors. Jim also doesn’t show any remorse, repentance and willingness to take responsibility for any of his actions. Jim has not benefited from the therapeutic relationship.

I would pray for Jim but at this stage I feel that it would be important to confront Jim’s behavior with the goal of redemption in mind. Eight months is a significant amount of time where I believe a level of trust and support has been established.

References

Brewer, G., & Peters, C. (2019) (n.d.). COUN 506, Week 7, Lectures 1 & 2. Sin, Confession, and Redemption in Counseling & Counseling Methods Related [PowerPoint]. Lynchburg, VA: Liberty University Online.

McMinn, M.R. (2011). Psychology, theology, and spirituality in Christian counseling (Rev. ed.) Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

HSCO 506
HSCO 506 DISCUSSION
50 POINTS
Criteria
Criteria
Content
70%
Initial
Post: 22
points
Levels of Achievement
Advanced 92-100% Proficient 84-91% (B(A- to A):
to B+)
Satisfies criteria w/
Satisfies criteria at the
excellence
graduate level
35 Possible Points
21-22 points
Student meets
criteria for
“proficient”
performance and
in addition
thoroughly
answers all
components of the
discussion board
question
Analysis/evaluatio
n/application is
clearly evident at a
high level
demonstrating a
thoughtful review
of the discussion
question and
insightful reading
19-20 points
Developing 76-83%
(C- to C+):
Satisfies most criteria
Below Expectations
1-75% (F to D+):
Does not satisfy
criteria
Not
Present
17-18 points
1-16 points
0 points
The key components
of the Discussion
Board Forum question
are adequately
answered in the thread
(including the
appropriate analysis
and evaluation, or
application; thoughtful
analysis could include
considering
assumptions,
analyzing
implications, or other
ideas suggested by
your instructor).
Student
demonstrates some
of the requirements
listed in the
“proficient” column
Class concepts (from
the lectures and
textbooks) are
reviewed as
appropriate at an
The initial post may
be of minimal
length and not
adequately explain
Analysis/evaluation
/application is
present to some
extent
Points
Earned
Requirements
listed in the
“proficient”
column are
significantly
lacking at the
graduate level
Some support is
drawn from class
materials along
with personal
illustrations
Page 1 of 4
HSCO 506
of class content
Student draws
broad support from
the class concepts
that apply
Replies to
Other
Students’
Posts: 13
points
12-13 points
Student meets the
criteria for
“proficient”
performance but
does so in a way
that demonstrates
exceptional insight
and understanding
of the content
acceptable level of
support
The thread is of
sufficient length to
provide the necessary
information and
provide appropriate
analysis/evaluation/ap
plication.
Major points are
supported primarily by
class content and
secondarily by
personal example.
As appropriate, the
thread contains an
integration of a
Christian worldview,
using biblical
themes/quotes where
applicable.
11 points
Student follows the
professor’s direction
for replies to students
found in the
discussion board
instructions
Student’s reply
focuses on some
meaningful points
made in at least 2
concepts
Some support is
drawn from a
biblical worldview
as required
10 points
Student primarily
“agrees” with other
students in a way
that adds little to
the discussion or
challenges thought
Student
demonstrates only a
perfunctory
1-9 points
0 points
Student’s
responses to
classmates are
missing key
requirements
Page 2 of 4
HSCO 506
Student
demonstrates clear
understanding of
classmates’ points
of view including
possible omissions
or weaknesses in
arguments and
adds insight as
appropriate
Student provides
broad support for
arguments in
response to other
students’ posts
other classmates’
threads.
Student replies in a
way to adequately
deepen the discussion
by challenging
thinking, adding
related ideas,
disagreeing
appropriately, asking
for clarification, etc.
understanding of
other students’
posts
Student provides
substantive additional
thoughts regarding the
classmate’s thread and
explains rationale for
comments to
classmate.
Student responds to
any instructor follow
up questions which
require a response
Length of replies is
sufficient to fulfill
requirements
Structure
30%
15 Possible Points
Page 3 of 4
HSCO 506
Writing,
formatting
and
citation
14-15 points
Student writing is
exceptionally
clear, persuasive
and error free
Ideas are fully
supported and
correctly cited
13 points
Ideas are
adequately
presented;
sentences are
correctly
constructed and
paragraphs
organized
consistent with
“professional”
writing in the
DCCC.
12 points
Student’s writing
deviates from the
requirements in the
“proficient” column
in several ways
1 to 11 points
0 points
Student’s writing
deviates from the
requirements in
the “proficient”
column in
numerous ways
Writing is largely
free of grammar,
punctuation, and
other writing
errors.
Contains any
appropriate
citations and
references.
*Points can be rounded as needed for ease of use and
student understanding
Total
Page 4 of 4

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Scope

Description

After reading Chapter 12 and reviewing the lecture powerpoint (located in lectures tab), please answer the following questions. Each question must have at least 3 paragraphs and you must use at 3 least references (APA) included in your post.1. What is your role as a nurse in protecting patient healthcare information?2. Describe the role of information management nursing practice.3. Research what types of technologies and service such as free internet exist in South Florida for underserved populations. Describe what they are and how does the underserved population gain access to them.


Compose a cover letter and answer 3 questions

Description

Part 1

Compose a cover letter using Microsoft® Word. Consider the job description and listed requirements you selected in Week 3 as you write your cover letter. I am currently an office manager for a medical office. I have extensive background with staffing, billing, scheduling and record keeping. And possess a Bachelor’s degree in Health Care Administration. I have been working in health care for 25 years. I have experience on the floor as well as in the office.

This is the Job as a Health Care Administrator and the requirements

Healthcare administrators are also known as healthcare executives or medical and health services managers.

Students must earn a bachelor’s degree to work as a healthcare administrator, and the desired degrees include business administration or healthcare administration, according to the New England College website. Healthcare administrators work for practices or departments within healthcare facilities to coordinate health and medical services, so they must remain current on all healthcare laws. Responsibilities may include overseeing staffing, billing and record keeping, among others. Pay varies by the type of facility, location and job responsibilities.

Part 2

Read and respond to at two discussion posts. Be constructive and professional with your thoughts, feedback, or suggestions. Your responses must be a minimum of 150 words. Citations and direct quotes will not count towards the word requirement.

Reply 1

The videos were very informative and I took many notes to use going forward. As an administrator I think we all find that we must hold people accountable for their own individual job performance and duties. I learned from my research that when implementing a strategic plan we must assign individuals to certain aspects or duties of that goal and hold them accountable to do what has been asked of them. Having meetings at least quarterly to measure the progress made towards the goal will also allow us to see where we are lacking and what has been accomplished. It is our jobs to measure their performance and acknowledge the wins but also acknowledge the short comings. Asking questions about what we can do to better help them achieve what has been asked of them. Provide resources, counseling or coaching to help with that accomplishment. It is important to provide a culture of accountability. The employee must believe in the goal, have the training and resources needed to accomplish that goal and also have feedback on how they are doing with obtaining that goal. This helps to motivate improvement if their are lacking in their efforts. I think we have visited this topic quite a bit in this class and others before it. It is very important to hire people that can be held accountable and those that believe in the mission and vision of the organization.

O’Hagan, MHA, J., & PhD, D. P. (2009). Creating a Culture of Accountability in Health Care. The Health Care Manager, 28(2), 124–133. Retrieved from https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/b766/6e255c6aca2b…

Reply 2

The pitfalls in strategic planning are important aspects that healthcare administrators should be very aware of and constantly accessing to ensure that the organization’s strategic plan does not fall victim to. According to “Strategizing for Success” the most common pitfalls that strategic plans fall victim to include appointing a circle of leadership. Creating a circle of leadership is completed by a vote. People then report to those individuals. This can result in decreased efficiencies and conflict due to the popularity contest that a circle of leadership produces (Glick & Barishanshy, 2011). Another common pitfall of a strategic process is implementing governing laws that restrict the organization’s ability to make changes. Being confined by limiting laws restricts an organization’s adaptability to change with market and regulatory demands. Also, spreading resources to thin and not prioritizing goals to meet the availability of allocated resources puts the organization in financial risk. Finally, it is important for the organization to not lose its identity in the strategic planning process. Keeping a detailed record of where the strategic plan begins in the organization and the changes that occur to the organization due to the strategic plan, maintains a record of where processes were started in the event regressive actions need to be made. All potential pitfalls can be detrimental to the forward progress of any organization. Identifying them and continual assessment of their strategic plan infiltration is key to removing them from potentially affecting the strategic plan.

Glick, D., & Barishansky, R. (2011, October). Strategizing for success. EMS World; 40(10), 42-44. Retrieved from http://eds.b.ebscohost.com/eds/pdfviewer/pdfviewer?vid=6&sid=34c79006-7fb5-46a6-99e5-ca5c8dfe1e4d%40pdc-v-sessmgr06

Part 3

Develop 5 interview questions you feel you will be asked during an interview for a professional role or a role within a hospital.

Write what your response would be to each of the 5 questions you identified.

Post your questions and responses to discuss with the class. Answer the following questions in your response:

What did you learn from your classmates? What strategies will you use to prepare for an interview?

Cite at least 1 peer-reviewed, scholarly, or similar reference to support your assignment. Textbooks and websites will not meet this requirement. Please take a look at databases such as ProQuest as an example. Citations and direct quotes will not count towards the word requirement.


Health Information Management

Description

Primary Task Response: Within the Discussion Board area, write 400–600 words that respond to the following questions with your thoughts, ideas, and comments. This will be the foundation for future discussions with your classmates. Be substantive and clear, and use examples to reinforce your ideas.You are the new chief executive officer (CEO) of a rural health clinic. You are faced with the decision to either implement an electronic health record and achieve meaningful use or accept the monetary penalty for not doing so. Discuss what your recommendation would be at the next Board of Director’s meeting.


HSA 4421- Legal Aspects of Healthcare

Description

Assignment: Write a two page intro and conclusion on the case study provided. Also write an abstract on the paper. APA FORMAT!Attached you will be provided with the the guidelines to the paper and also the questions in which other members already answered. After looking over the case study and questions please provide a two page intro and conclusion based on your findings as well as an abstract. The abstract in not part of the two page paper.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

1. What can Percy do to facilitate a more meaningful relationship with both the chairs and
the administrators?
Blackwell Medical Center has two lines of authority, the hospital line and the school of
medicine line. The school of medicine line also has the department of surgery which consists of
the faculty practice and the managed care contracts. The medical center, consisting of 19 clinical
departments and 12 nonclinical departments, subsidizes $7.9 million a year to offset physician
salaries and to cover operating overhead (Pozgar, G. D. (2019). This overhead consists of
ancillary staff malpractice and programmatic expenses.The surgery department administrator,
Pedro Santana, has four financial target challenges he is currently facing. There is not enough
space to house all the surgeons, the surgeons who practice and do not accept insurances take
longer to receive their payment, there is no regulation for the recruitment process, and there is no
system to check and see if the managed care systems are collecting payments (Pozgar, G. D.
(2019).
The chief of surgery has four different roles he has to maintain; the clinical, academic,
research, and administrative. All of these roles have to grow, but they all have different missions
and goals (Pozgar, G. D. (2019). A huge challenge faced by the surgery department is the need
for 50% more staff members. The chief of surgery also has his own four goals. Those are clinical
excellence, medical and surgical advancement, and generating profit (Pozgar, G. D. (2019). All
of his goals are aligned with the goals of the hospital and the medical school.
Doctor Bruce Percy is the Associate Dean of Operations at the medical center and the
Vice President for the school of medicine. Dr. Percy says that no department administrators
report to him, and he has no reporting line to the medical center faculty practice administrators
(Pozgar, G. D. (2019). Dr. Percy spends 30% of his day working on contracts, plans, and offers,
30% of his day doing departmental work, 20% of his day working on faculty compensation, and
the other 20% on research, budget, compliance, and human resource tasks.Doctor Percy has three
goals laid out for himself. These are to raise the level and education for department
administrators, reduce the costs and keep the school at a fiscal breakeven point, and to establish a
voice in the faculty practice administrators (Pozgar, G. D. (2019). Percy’s views on the surgery
department are that the department is doing well, they decide their own compensation for
surgeons without involving the medical school which makes the school lose money, the surgeons
get 50% of the receipts while still asking the medical school for financial assistance. Doctor
percy believes the department administrators lack skill sets and experience in managing clinical
operations, the chairs should be the advocates, administrators must keep the medical centers out
of trouble, and the compensation for the administrators should be tied into reaching these goals
(Pozgar, G. D. (2019).
In order to facilitate a more meaningful relationship between the administrators and the
chairs Doctor Percy can conduct monthly meetings, create committees with staff from both sides,
have administrators report to him, and keep open communications. Having monthly meetings
with both the administrators and the chairs will allow for any conflicts or issues to be shared and
resolved. If they can’t be immediately resolved, then they are at least out in the open and
everyone is aware of what the challenges are. By creating committees at work consisting of both
administrators and chairs Dr. Percy is forcing both sides to work together, get to know each
other, and in a way making them see the others viewpoints and ways of thinking. These
committees can be less formal and allow for the administrators and chair members to get to know
each other in a less stressful way. Another option would be to have administrators report directly
to him. This would keep Dr. Percy in the loop, and also allow him to share concerns from the
administrators with the chairs and vice versa. Keeping open communications is key to the
success of these relationships. By allowing both sides to discuss what they’re seeing, how their
departments are affected and how the facility as a whole is affected can help to resolve many
issues.
2. Should faculty compensation be left to the individual departments to determine? Who
else might be able to assist with this process?
Blackwell Medical Center has encountered very serious issues; especially in the
organizational structure which affect them financially. As McAlearney and Kovner mention, Dr.
Percy, association dean for operations at medical school, has expressed concerns about the
school losing money. This in part, because the department of surgery has decided to compensate
some surgeons, a decision made without any consideration or involvement of the medical school
(McAlearney & Kovner, 2013). In addition, the compensation was based on relative value units
instead of considering the correlation between revenues and expenses. Therefore, to answer the
question of “Should faculty compensation be left to the individual department to determine?”
The answer is no; it should be a decision that needs the involvement of the dean.
To start, the department of surgery, in this case, Dr. Blinick failed to recognize the role of the
dean of operations when deciding using funds to compensate those surgeons. Even though many
of those surgeons have helped to generate a lot of profit, the dean needed to be included in this
decision. For instance, if Dr. Blinick would have communicated this decision to the dean, the
dean would have explained the operating budget, financial principles, and set priorities in his
own department. In addition, they would have discussed that certain surgeons get 50 percent of
the receipts ((McAlearney and Kovner, 2013 p.292). This lack of communication negatively
impacted the financial health of the medical school. In addition, it reflects the lack of
coordination and structural organization at medical school.
In regard to the other departments, the dean is also concerned that many of these
administrators do not have the necessary skills and expertise to properly manage clinical
operations; which is crucial for decision making to produce profits and to allocate resources
effectively. Therefore, they should not determine faculty compensation. The dean has set goals
for the next FY that address this issues that include: “Raising the level and education of
departmental administrators, 2- Reducing costs and keeping the school fiscally prudent by
breaking even, 3- Establishing a voice in the faculty practice administration (FPA)”
(McAlearney and Kovner, 2013 p.292). These goals will help the medical school to improve
many deficiencies and increase profits.
The faculty can assist the medical school in determining faculty compensation; their
intervention will help the process and motive those administrators to be proactive in their
respective departments. In addition, the medical school also faces obstacles that prevent them
from making a well-informed decision and meeting financial targets. For instance, the managed
care system does not offer real-time data that is essential for chairs, administrators, and the dean;
to monitor their goals make changes and improvements; and eventually, achieve their goals.
3. Conceptually, is it acceptable to have faculty who do not generate a profit? If so, how are
these losses typically covered?
The main way organizations measure their success is by looking at the financial statements.
In the statement, they will be able to see revenue, net worth, and cash flow. Organizations have
the idea that profit is the most important aspect. It can make or break the organization. Profits are
the Alpha and Omega of the national economy’s export’s success on the globalized world market
(Ruthless Criticism, (n.d.). para. 3). At the end of the case, it is asked if it’s acceptable to have
faculty who do not generate a profit. It is acceptable because a personnel or department gives an
organization more than just profit. They provide components that are more or equal important
than profit.
A faculty is part of a team that helps run and maintain an organization. Without them an
organization won’t be able to run smoothly and effectively. Forbes published an article
discussing six ways to measure business success. Kappel (2017) stated that customer satisfaction,
how many new customers you get, performance review are three ways. Customer satisfaction is
achieved with the employees in the organization. If patients are happy in how they were treated
they will recommend the organization to family members and friends. It is stated that word-ofmouth is one of the most effective marketing strategies.
With more individuals referred to your organization, there will be more business. According
to Kappel (2017), “By averaging your new customers every so often, you can measure how
successful your business is at drawing in new people” (para. 15). Exiting patients help keep an
organization, but the newer patients there are is what takes the organization to another level. The
number of new patients show that their employees are providing great customer service.
Customer satisfaction and the number of new patients go hand and hand. Without customer
satisfaction, there won’t be new patients.
Kappel (2017) stated “Employees are essential – without them, you would have a hard time
running and growing your business” (para. 16). Employees help an organization reach goals and
success. Without them, tasks will either be done incorrectly or not at all. According to Gupta
(2013), “Employees are valuable assets of an organization and the key to success… a content and
motivated employee has a higher probability of making significant contributions to the
organization” (para. 2). Employees are capable of giving new ideas/inventions that can help the
organization expand. Also, employees are critical in building relationships with patients and
within the organization. It is said that employees are actually more important than
patients/customers (Ryan, 2016, para. 7). Overall, profit should not be the number one thing that
an organization should focus on. For instance, terminating an employee for not generating profit
should not be allowed because they provide aspects that are equally important, and that money
cannot buy. Customer satisfaction and number of new patients will make up for profit lost.
4. Should the faculty practice be centralized or decentralized? Why?
Centralized organizational structures rely on one individual to make decision and provide
direction for the company, which is normally use by small business. Whereas, decentralized
organizational structures often have several individuals responsible for making business
decisions and running the business. I strongly feel that the faculty practice should be
decentralized. The reason why I feel that the faculty should be decentralized is because
employees should have the opportunity to be engage on what is at hand in their work area with
the organization, as far as making empowered choices concerning their work. Once the faculty is
decentralized they are more adapt to make decisions with general context in mind, moving
quickly, and engaging customers in a great way that has meaning. Although the faculty is
currently centralized it is a big burden for the organization because some departments are left out
of the lope of what is taking place in the organization.
For instance, According to McAlearney and Kovner (pg.289, 2013), Managed Care Systems.
The department has no mechanism in place to find out in real time whether the managed care
companies are paying appropriately. As a result, Santana does not know the revenue
opportunities that surgery is missing (such as over- or underpayments by insurance companies).
The centralized managed care office holds the detail of managed care contracts, and it will not
share these details with the department of surgery or with any department. As the departmental
administrator for the department of surgery Pedro Santana should be abreast on what is taking
place with managed care and not be left out in the dark due to the centralization of the
organization. By Santana having unknown knowledge of revenue in the surgery department
confines him from improving the revenue in his department. The fact of the matter is he has no
idea of cost that he can cut down nor improve on to keep his department running steady. If the
managed care department was decentralized, Santana would have been abreast of the revenue
and would have been able to make necessary changes if needed.
Therefore, by the faculty being decentralized Dr. Mike Mckenzie would not have to make all
the decision for the four departments that he oversees. It would give several individuals the
opportunity to bring their thoughts and concerns to the table regarding the organization and not
just one individual. On the other hand, there are some downsides to decentralized structures for a
large organization such as decisions my not coordinate with the company goals around budgets,
efficiency, messaging, operations and etc. But on the bright side of decentralization it can birth
forth local context of success, overall trust in all department managers when it comes to decision
making and concerns of being too bureaucratic. As I conclude, by the faculty being
decentralized it gives everyone in the organization a voice to contribute in decision making. One
man decision cannot carry an organization alone; there should be many others to decide on an
outcome to produce growth and success for the organization.
HSA 4421 – Legal Aspects of Healthcare
Guidelines for Term Project Case Study
1. Near the end of the term as noted on Canvas and in the Course Schedule each Group Spokesperson
shall submit on behalf of its group members a minimum/maximum 10 page final project case study
analysis report for the group.
2. Use of charts and tables are strongly encouraged but should be placed as appendicies rather than in the
body of the paper. The 10 page minimum/maximum does not include title page, table of contents,
abstract, references or appendices if any.
3. Required Sections: At a minimum each group submission shall include an Introduction section, then
re-state and answer in detail each of the questions found at the end of the case study.
4. Data and Sources. All data (facts and figures/statistics) shall be cited and referenced appropriately in
APA Style. All writing shall be by the students. No cutting and pasting of text from any source is allowed.
For those groups that need help with proper APA in text citation and references, please see the following
link: http://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/. Additional APA Style links and documents will be posted on the
Class online site. Also, see www.refworks.com – this source is available free to FIU students and will
assist you in formatting references properly in APA and other formats. An additional source
http://bruteforcestudyguide.com/essaywriting/apastyle.html
5. Required Sources: Each issue, question, paragraph and sentence with a statistic, number or direct
quote is required to contain at least one “External Authoritative Source” in addition to the case study
and the textbook to support the statements and conclusions made therein.
6. Required Sources: A source and citation is required on each table/chart used
7. Required Sources: Two “External Authoritative Sources” in addition to the case study and textbook
are required for maximum points on EACH answer.
8. Required Sources: A source cannot be referenced unless it was cited in the narrative answer.
9. Required: The textbook from which the case study was published and the course text book must be
cited just like any other source. It is not permissible to write “In the text book… or In the case study…”
Case Study In-Text Citation:
(McAlearney and Kovner, 2013)
Case Study Reference:
McAlearney, A. and Kovner, A. (2013). Health Services Management: Cases ; Readings ; and
Commentary ; Tenth Edition. 10th ed. Arlington: AUPHA, pp.270-277.
10. Required: Any direct quote in the narrative must include the page or paragraph number in the
citation.
11. “External Authoritative Sources” for purposes of this course shall mean: books, peer reviewed
journal articles, education and government sites as well as non-partisan national or international
organizations (such as WHO, UNICEF, UNAIDS etc) provided, the foregoing source/material selected
has in text citations and references to support statements made therein. Under no circumstances are
newspapers including the Wall Street Journal, blogs (regardless of source), editorials, panel discussions
and dot com sites to be used. The foregoing are not considered authoritative for this course.
12. Required: It is wrong/improper to place a citation/source at the end of a paragraph if material from
the source appears before the last sentence in the paragraph.
13. Required: It is improper to place a citation in the middle of a sentence. One can lead with the source
in the sentence but cannot use a citation within parenthesis except at the end of the sentence.
14. Additional Guidance: I urge student to review the adobe connect session with FIU Libraries and
Writing Center on APA Style formatting and contact them personally if more assistance is needed.
15. Proper Submission Required: The assignment must be posted in the appropriate Assignment Folder.
Grading Rubric: 5Excellent
The report contained all
of the required Sources,
Sections and Proper
Submission
5- Excellent
The content is written in
the students’ own words,
with the exception of
limited direct quotes,
which are properly cited
and referenced.
5- Excellent
The report precisely
follows proper APA
format for citations and
references.
5- Excellent
Each paragraph, question
and/or issue is addressed
AND uses two or more
external authoritative
sources (not including the
text book or case study)
for each answer
4- Good
3- Fair
1-Poor
The report contains
Sources, Sections and
Proper Submission but
does not thoroughly
address the required
criteria.
4- Good
The Majority of the
content is written within
the students’ own words.
The report was missing a
Source, Section or Proper
Submission and did not
thoroughly address the
required criteria.
The report was missing
two or more Sources,
Sections or Proper
Submission and did not
address the required
criteria.
1-Poor
Very little of the content
is written in the students’
own words.
4- Good
The report follows the
proper APA format, with
very minimum errors in
citations and references.
4- Good
One missing source
required for each
paragraph, question
and/or issue addressed
AND uses two external
authoritative source (not
including the text book or
case study)
3- Fair
The report follows
partially follows the APA
format.
1-Poor
Very few citations and
references are accurate.
3- Fair
Two missing sources
required for each
paragraph, question
and/or issue addressed
and uses only one external
authoritative source (not
including the text book or
case study)
1-Poor
More than Two missing
sources required for each
paragraph, question
and/or issue addressed
3- Fair
Some of the content is
written in the students’
own words.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

nursing research discussion response

Description

Please respond the the following to post (one response per post) 100 words one reference each

# 1

Ruben Dubon week 13, (discussion 7)

A pilot study can be described as studies which goal is to test whether a randomized control trial will be reasonable. This can be attributed to the fact that RCTs make an effort to predict sample sizes. The objective of the pilot study seeks to find out if a complete full-scale study can be performed. One pilot study that I came across was Childhood obesity study: a pilot study of the effect of the nutrition education program Color My Pyramid. In my opinion, I do not think that this was a pilot study. In fact, I believe that this was more of an inappropriately used label. This pilot study seems to be stating the obvious for example, the article mentions that obesity among children has increased quadrupled within a quarter-century. It further mentions that obesity can be decreased by appropriate nutrition and exercise (Moore et. Al, 2009). The effort to promote a healthy lifestyle is appreciated but it can be inferred that this was not, in essence, a pilot study but rather an inappropriate label.

In the subsequent study that is also a pilot study, it finds a correlation between poor nutrition and a lack of exercise that leads to increased rates of obesity in young children. Both pilot studies, in this case, seem to be mirror images of one another (Diet and nutrition disorders, 2014). In my evaluation, it can be inferred that it’s a continuation of an inappropriately used label

References

Moore, Jean Burley, PhD., R.N., Pawloski, L. R., PhD., Goldberg, Patricia, M.S.N., R.N., Oh, Kyeung Mi,PhD., R.N., Stoehr, Ana,M.S.N., R.N., & Baghi, H., PhD. (2009). Childhood obesity study: A pilot study of the effect of the nutrition education program color my pyramid. The Journal of School Nursing,

Diet and nutrition disorders; research data from university of Notre dame update understanding of obesity (psychosocial pathways to childhood obesity: A pilot study involving a high-risk preschool sample). (2014, Dec 27). Psychology & Psychiatry Journal Retrieved from https://search.proquest

#2

Mercedes Carmona

I found the following pilot study regarding maternal and neonatal health outcomes. The researchers collected data from maternity service records of an audit conducted by the Diabetes Nurse Practitioner (DNP) in an effort to evaluate the status of pregnant women with a pre-existing diabetes 1 and 2, and gestational diabetes diagnosis. The research question aims at investigating whether the interventions of a team of nurse practitioners are effective at reducing the health outcomes of both mother and child.

The researchers took into consideration the various strategies employed by the team of health practitioners to reduce the number of complications during and after birth of mothers who suffer from diabetes. It is not clear whether the study can be described as a pilot study as it simply evaluates the strategies used by the DNP program as an already established program that incorporated specific interventions as one model. The researchers’ intent and research question are well-intentioned, but lack specific direction as to why the study is classified as a pilot study.

Given the lack of research studies in the area of maternal and neonatal diabetes and management of symptoms to reduce adverse outcomes, the expectations for future research are likely to be sparked by interest in the subject and the prevalence of diabetes in pregnancies in developed and developing countries. However, I feel the researchers could have done more to make the study more specific in nature to allow the scientific community to appreciate the study as a pilot study and all the implications that come with such studies.

References

Murfet, G. O., Allen, P., & Hingston, T. J. (2014). Maternal and neonatal health outcomes following the implementation of an innovative model of nurse practitioner-led care for diabetes in pregnancy. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 70(5), 1150-1163. doi:10.1111/jan.12277. (14 p.)


MSN-FP6109: Assessment 1- Educational Technology Needs Assessment

Description

Overview

Conduct an educational technology needs assessment for your current workplace setting or another health care setting you are familiar with and interested in. Document the results of your needs assessment in a 3–5-page report.

Note: Each assessment in this course builds upon the work you have completed in previous assessments. Therefore, complete the assessments in the order in which they are presented.

As thoughtful stewards of organizational resources, nurse educators must be able to determine whether new educational technology, upgrades to existing technology, or changes in current technology use will help to close performance gaps, improve patient outcomes, and yield measurable benefits for nursing staff and the organization at large. A comprehensive needs assessment distinguishes needs from wants, compares the current state with the desired state, and enables sound decision making.

This assessment provides an opportunity for you to assess the need for changes in existing educational technology, or the current use of that technology, to improve nursing education in a setting of your choice.

REQUIRED RESOURCES

The following resources are required to complete the assessment.

Templates

Use this template for your needs assessment.

APA Style Paper Template [DOCX].
Media
Vila Health: Educational Technology Needs Assessment.
Vila Health is a virtual environment that simulates a real-world health care system. In the various Vila Health challenges, you will apply professional strategies, practice skills, and build competencies that you can apply to your coursework and in your career. The information you gather in this challenge will help you to complete the assessment.
Assessment Instructions
Note: Complete the assessments in this course in the order in which they are presented.
PREPARATION
Workplace Setting and Educational Context
You may choose your current workplace setting or another health care setting you are familiar with and interested in as the context for this assessment and all subsequent assessments. Also, in your selected setting, choose the educational context within which the technology is being used:
Academic.
Clinical (on the job).
Continuing professional education.
As you work through each assessment in this course, imagine yourself as the director of nursing education or fulfilling a similar role in your organization. In your capacity as director, you are aware that several organizational training initiatives and ongoing educational programs have not met expectations. You suspect that part of the reason for this can be attributed to the ineffective use of existing educational technologies, and in some cases, the lack of appropriate tools and technology. Consequently, you have decided to conduct a needs assessment to determine what changes in existing technologies, or their use, you might propose to executive leaders that would have a positive impact on current nursing processes, staff performance, and patient outcomes.To prepare for the assessment, you are encouraged to reflect on how educational technologies, such as simulation equipment, e-learning, and remote communication technologies, are used to support nursing education or training programs you are familiar with. Then, consider the effectiveness of these technologies and whether new or upgraded technologies, or changes in current use, might help close performance gaps and improve patient outcomes. In addition, you may wish to review the assessment requirements and scoring guide to ensure you understand the work you will be asked to complete.Note: Remember that you can submit all, or a portion of, your draft needs assessment to Smarthinking Tutoring for feedback, before you submit the final version for this assessment. If you plan on using this free service, be mindful of the turnaround time of 24–48 hours for receiving feedback.
REQUIREMENTS
Conduct an educational technology needs assessment.Note: If you have not already done so, complete the Vila Health: Educational Technology Needs Assessment challenge, linked in the Required Resources.The needs assessment requirements, outlined below, correspond to the grading criteria in the scoring guide, so be sure to address each point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed. In addition, be sure to note the requirements below for document format and length and for citing supporting evidence.
Describe how nurses are currently using educational technology within the setting and educational context you have chosen for this assessment.
What information is lacking that would provide you with a more complete or accurate description of current usage?
Is your description based on any particular assumptions?
Compare the current state of educational technology use with the desired state (best practices in nursing education).
Choose any analysis methodology that you are familiar with and comfortable using. For example:
Gap analysis.
SWOT or TOWS analysis.
Appreciative inquiry (discover and dream steps).
Address the following:
What, if any, changes are needed in how nurses currently use the existing technology?
Is there a need for a new technology solution?
On what do you base your conclusions?
Assess the metrics used to determine the benefits of current educational technology use.
Are the metrics sufficient for the intended purpose?
What are the best practices that could help improve the quality, interpretation, and use of the data?
Explain how new or existing educational technology aligns with the strategic mission of the organization.
If needed, locate a public statement of the organization’s mission.
Recommend changes to existing educational technology, or current use of the technology, that will improve nursing education.
How will your recommendations result in improvements in nursing education?
What evidence do you have to support your conclusions and recommendations?
Support assertions, arguments, propositions, and conclusions with relevant and credible evidence.
Is your supporting evidence clear and explicit?
How or why does particular evidence support a claim?
Will your reader see the connection?
Did you summarize, paraphrase, and quote your sources appropriately?
Write clearly and concisely in a logically coherent and appropriate form and style.
Write with a specific purpose and audience in mind.
Adhere to scholarly and disciplinary writing standards and APA formatting requirements.
Document Format and Length
Format your needs assessment using current APA style.
Use the APA Style Paper Template, linked in the Required Resources. An APA Style Paper Tutorial is also provided (linked in the Suggested Resources) to help you in writing and formatting your needs assessment. Be sure to include:
A title page and references page. An abstract is not required.
A running head on all pages.
Appropriate section headings.
Your needs assessment should be 3–5 pages in length, not including the title page and references page.
SUPPORTING EVIDENCE
Cite at least three credible sources from peer-reviewed journals or professional industry publications to support your needs assessment.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Proofread your needs assessment, before you submit it, to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on the substance of your assessment.


bell palsy

Description

I need a work in APA format of 3 pages , 5 bibliographical references and power point with 10 slices with 6 lines only: of the same topic, using the book Seidel’s Guide to Physical Examination. 9 Edition. Author: Jame W ball. Johnny E Dains. Jhhon A Flynn.


Week 5 Enviromental

Description

The U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Pesticide Data Program (PDP) monitors pesticide residues on agricultural commodities in the food supply, including commodities highly consumed by infants and children. PDP data allow the EPA to assess dietary pesticide residue exposures in the United States.

For this assignment, download a copy of the latest PDP annual summary (https://www.ams.usda.gov/datasets/pdp). Carefully read the document, focusing on nontechnical information such as the executive summary, introduction (section I), sampling operations (section II), sample results and discussion (section V), and Appendices F, G, H, and I. Imagine you are the school district food service director and the district dietitian in your town. You have been thinking about whether or not to include organic vegetables and fruits in school menu. Because funds are limited for the district’s school lunch program, how would you allocate the funds to buy fresh vegetables and fruits for your students? Let’s assume that organic fruits and vegetables are 10% more expensive than traditionally (conventionally) grown foods.

For this assignment:

Your paper should be 3–4 pages in length (excluding cover page and reference page).
Reflect and support your decision of either providing organic or nonorganic food for the students in your school district.
Use a minimum of three peer-reviewed references and the latest PDP annual summary.
Use APA format to style your paper and to cite your sources. Your sources should be integrated into the paragraphs. Use internal citations pointing to evidence in the literature and supporting your ideas. You will need to include a reference page listing those sources.

Due: Sunday, 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time)
Points: 100


Write 500 + words AP A formatt refernce citation

Description

Select two diagnoses that this patient had. Please answer the following questions in your case study.
Provide the background and history for your patient. Include the history of present illness (what brought them to the hospital), past medical history, relevant labs, diagnostic tests and vital signs. (30 points)
What is the pathophysiology of each of the disease processes? (20 points)
Discuss a minimum of five risk factors related to the disease process. (10 points)
What risk factors for each disease process did your patient experience? (10 points)
What assessment findings would you anticipate finding in a patient with each diagnosis? (10 points)
What diagnostic testing and labs would you examine for each diagnosis and why? (10 points)
You have received a call about your patient from a provider covering for the patient you are taking care of. They have no history on your patient. Summarize, using SBAR, the first three components of SBAR (Situation, Background and Assessment) for the patient you have taken care of, including all of the information above. (10 points)
CHf and Diabeties those are my two diagnoses of choiceCHF is congestive heart failure.


Critique of the Research Problem

Description

This assignment requires to locate a primary research peer-reviewed article (not a systematic one) in my area which is type 2 diabetes which includes the elements in the uploaded file below and write no more than 2 page analysis of the research that includes the elements listed and don’t forget to provide a link to the peer-reviewed research article; ONLY critique the research problem The link to a sample video is provided for more clarification Please format the analysis according to the APA 6th edition guidelines and strictly follow the guidelines and instructions


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Fe.com/courses/2598219/assignments/23742445
Week 5: Critique of the Research Problem
Submit Assignment
Due Oct 13 by 11:59pm
Points 25
Submitting a file upload
Resource: John A. Graziano Memorial Library
In preparation for your final research paper, this analysis will be included as
of the critique of 10 required articles.
Locate a primary research peer-reviewed article in your area of interest that includes the following elements (Do not
use a systematic review paper for this assignment):
• Background
• Methods
• Results
Discussion
.
Write no more than a 2-page analysis of the research article that includes the following:
.
• Title of the article, problem, and purpose (Note: Format these in a way similar to Tables 5-1 to 5-4 on pp. 88-93 of
The Practice of Nursing Research.)
Critique of the significance of the problem according to its clarity, feasibility, potential influence on nursing
practice, and building on previous research
o clarity (Is the problem clearly stated or do you have to hunt for it?)
o feasibility (is this a problem that is possible to research and why?)
o potential influence on nursing practice
o how the study builds upon previous research (does the literature review in the article support the need for this
study?)
Please provide a link to your peer-reviewed research article
You ONLY need to critique the research problem for this assignment; we will examine the sample, methods and
data analysis in future assignments.
• A link to your peer-reviewed research article
Below is a link to a video review of this week’s critique of the research problem by Dr. Hultgren in a previous class.
This may be helpful to facilitate understanding this assignment.
https://samuelmerritt.instructure.com/media_objects/m-5Wp3vc5si7CXSKozjd7TMySF1SUPZWs3
Format your analysis according to APA 6th edition guidelines.
Submit your assignment no later than 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time) on Sunday.
merritt instructure.com/courses/2598219/assignments/23742445
data analysis in future assignments.
• A link to your peer-reviewed research article
Below is a link to a video review of this week’s critique of the research problem by Dr. Hultgren in a previous class.
This may be helpful to facilitate understanding this assignment.
https://samuelmerritt instructure.com/media_objects/m-5Wp3vc5si7CXSKozjd7TMySF1SUPZWs3
Format your analysis according to APA 6th edition guidelines.
Submit your assignment no later than 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time) on Sunday.
Week 5: Critique of the Research Problem
Criteria
Ratings
Pts
5.0 pts
3.0 pts
Met
Analysis of
topic, and
logical
expression of
ideas
1.0 pts
Not Met
0.0 pts
No
Submission

Exceeds
Excels in responding to
assignment. Interesting,
demonstrates
sophistication of thought.
Central idea/thesis is
clearly communicated,
worth developing, while
limited enough to be
manageable. Submission
recognizes some
complexity of its thesis:
may acknowledge its
contradictions,
qualifications, or limits
and follow out their
logical implications.
Understands and
critically evaluates its
sources, appropriately
limits and defines terms.
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Adequate but
weaker and less
effective, possibly
responding less well
to assignment
Presents central idea
in general terms,
often depending on
platitudes or clichés.
Usually does not
adequately
acknowledge other
views. Shows basic
comprehension of
sources, perhaps
with lapses in
understanding. If it
defines terms, often
depends on
dictionary
definitions.
A solid submission,
responding
appropriately to
assignment. Clearly
states a
thesis/central idea
but may have minor
lapses in
development.
Begins to
acknowledge the
complexity of
central idea and the
possibility of other
points of view.
Shows careful
reading of sources
but may not
evaluate them
critically. Attempts
to define terms, not
always successfully.
Does not have
a clear central
idea or does
not respond
appropriately
to the
assignment
Thesis may be
too vague or
obvious to be
developed
effectively.
Submission
may not
demonstrate
understanding
of sources.
Does not
respond to
the
assignment,
lacks a
thesis or
central
idea, and
may
neglect to
use sources
where
necessary.
The
assignment
is not
turned in.
5.0 pts
1.0 pts
Not Met
0.0 pts
No
Submission
Critical
Thinking
(Logical
Structure,
5.0 pts
Exceeds
Uses a logical
structure
3.0 pts
Met
Shows a logical
progression of
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Lists ideas or arrange
them randomly rather
Has random
organization
No
e
samuelmerritt instructure.com/courses/2598219/assignments/23742445
to define terms, not
always successfully.
definitions.
5.0 pts
Exceeds
3.0 pts
Met
1.0 pts
Not Met
0.0 pts
No
Submission
Has random
Critical
Thinking
(Logical
Structure,
clear
purpose,
considers
audience,
transitions
between
ideas are
clear, ideas
are
developed,
reader can
follow
progression
of ideas.)
Uses a logical
structure
appropriate to
submission’s
subject, purpose,
audience, thesis,
and disciplinary
field. Sophisticated
transitional
sentences often
develop one idea
from the previous
one, or identify
their logical
relations. Guides
the reader through
the chain of
reasoning or
progression of
ideas.
Shows a logical
progression of
ideas and uses
fairly
sophisticated
transitional
devices; e.g.
may move from
least to more
important idea.
Some logical
links may be
faulty, but each
paragraph
clearly relates
to submission’s
central idea.
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Lists ideas or arrange
them randomly rather
than using any evident
logical structure. May use
transitions, but they are
likely to be sequential
(first, second, third) rather
than logic-based. While
each paragraph may relate
to central idea, logic is not
always clear. Paragraphs
have topic sentences but
may be overly general, and
arrangement of sentences
within paragraphs may
lack coherence.
organization,
lacking internal
paragraph
coherence and
using few or
inappropriate
transitions.
Paragraphs may
lack topic
sentences or
main ideas or are
too general or too
specific to be
effective.
Paragraphs do
not all relate to
submission’s
thesis.
No
appreciable
organization;
lacks
transitions
and
coherence.
The
assignment
is not turned
in.
5.0 pts
Evidence
5.0 pts
Exceeds
1.0 pts
Not Met
Depends on clichés
or
Uses
evidence
appropriately
and
effectively,
providing
sufficient
evidence and
explanation
to convince.
Full Marks
3.0 pts
Met
Begins to offer
reasons to support
its points, perhaps
using varied kinds
of evidence. Begins
to interpret the
evidence and
explain connections
between evidence
and main ideas. Its
examples bear
some relevance.
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Often uses generalizations
to support its points. May
use examples, but they may
be obvious or not relevant.
Often depends on
unsupported opinion or
personal experience or
assumes that evidence
speaks for itself and needs
no application to the point
being discussed. Often has
lapses in logic.
overgeneralizations
for support or
offers little
evidence of any
kind. May be
personal narrative
rather than essay,
or summary rather
than analysis.
0.0 pts
No
Submission
Uses
irrelevant
details or
lacks
supporting
evidence
entirely
May be
unduly
brief. The
assignment
is not
turned in
5.0 pts
1.0 pts
0.0 pts
3.0 pts
2.0 pts
Language
5.0 pts
e
rritt.instructure.com/courses/2598219/assignments/23742445
progression of
ideas.
thesis,
Evidence
5.0 pts
Exceeds
3.0 pts
Met
1.0 pts
Not Met
0.0 pts
No
Submission
Uses
evidence
appropriately
and
effectively,
providing
sufficient
evidence and
explanation
to convince.
Full Marks
Begins to offer
reasons to support
its points, perhaps
using varied kinds
of evidence. Begins
to interpret the
evidence and
explain connections
between evidence
and main ideas. Its
examples bear
some relevance.
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Often uses generalizations
to support its points. May
use examples, but they may
be obvious or not relevant.
Often depends on
unsupported opinion or
personal experience or
assumes that evidence
speaks for itself and needs
no application to the point
being discussed. Often has
lapses in logic.
Depends on clichés
or
overgeneralizations
for support or
offers little
evidence of any
kind. May be
personal narrative
rather than essay,
or summary rather
than analysis.
5.0 pts
Uses
irrelevant
details or
lacks
supporting
evidence
entirely.
May be
unduly
brief. The
assignment
is not
turned in.
Language
usage
3.0 pts
Met
1.0 pts
Not Met
0.0 pts
No
Submission
5.0 pts
Exceeds
Chooses words for their
precise meaning and
uses an appropriate
level of specificity.
Sentence style fits
assignment’s audience
and purpose. Sentences
are varied, yet clearly
structured and carefully
focused, not long and
rambling.
Generally uses
words accurately
and effectively, but
may sometimes be
too general.
Sentences
generally clear,
well structured,
and focused,
though some may
be awkward or
ineffective.
2.0 pts
Needs
Improvement
Uses relatively
vague and general
words, may use
some
inappropriate
language.
Sentence structure
generally correct,
but sentences may
be wordy,
unfocused,
repetitive, or
confusing
May be too vague
and abstract, or
very personal
and specific.
Usually contains
several awkward
or ungrammatical
sentences:
sentence
structure is
simple or
monotonous.
5.0 pts
ما
Usually
contains
many
awkward
sentences,
misuses
words.
employs
inappropriate
language. The
assignment is
not turned in.
1.0 pts
0.0 pts
5.0 pts
Exceeds
No Submission
Almost
entirely free
of spelling,
ounctuation,
3.0 pts
Met
May contain a
few errors,
which may
annoy the
reader but not
impede
2.0 pts
Needs
Improvement
Usually contains
several mechanical
errors, which may
temporarily
confuse the reader
Not Met
Usually contains either
many mechanical errors
or a few important
errors that block the
reader’s understanding
and ability to see
Contains so many
mechanical errors that
it is impossible for the
reader to follow the
thinking from
sentence to sentence.
5.0 pts
matical
que of the Research X
+
samuelmerritt instructure.com/courses/2598219/assignments/23742445
repetitive, or
confusing.
not turned in.
5.0 pts
Exceeds
Mechanics
such as
punctuation,
spelling and
grammatical
correctness
Almost
entirely free
of spelling
punctuation,
and
grammatical
errors.
3.0 pts
Met
May contain a
few errors,
which may
annoy the
reader but not
impede
understanding
2.0 pts
Needs
Improvement
Usually contains
several mechanical
errors, which may
temporarily
confuse the reader
but does not
impede the overall
understanding.
1.0 pts
Not Met
Usually contains either
many mechanical errors
or a few important
errors that block the
reader’s understanding
and ability to see
connections between
thoughts.
0.0 pts
No Submission
Contains so many
mechanical errors that
it is impossible for the
reader to follow the
thinking from
sentence to sentence.
The assignment is not
turned in.
5.0 pts
G CLO
1.0 pts
0.0 pts
No Marks
Aligned
N601_01
view longer
description
threshold: 1.0 pts
1.0 pts
Aligned
0.0 pts
No Marks
CLO
N601_02
view longer
description
threshold: 1.0 pts
1.0 pts
Aligned
0.0 pts
No Marks
CLO
N601_04
view longer
description
threshold: 1.0 pts
GCLO
1.0 pts
Aligned
0.0 pts
No Marks
N601_05
view longer
description
threshold: 1.0 pts
Total Points: 25.0
Next
« Previous
El

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Research paper in kinesiology

Description

Add table content and data to develop the paper ON ( basal/resting metabolic rate, The effects of fasting and exercising /resting metabolic rat/ the effects of aerobic activity on the human body, aerobic training while fasting. )

Please read through the paper You will find out Sentence that hard to understand for the reader and Grammar mistakes . focus on the topics and add data from the articles you have used make the paper engaging and develop more Knowledgeable.

MAKE SURE YOU FOCUS ON

# Proposal Objectives

Objectives are well articulated; Introduces and presents paper effectively and clearly; purpose is apparent to the reader.

# Project Methods and Overall Design

Project Design is clear, logical and well written

-Methods is clearly outlined and sufficient to meet the proposed objectives

-Develops paper as assigned, providing a robust and accurate summary of analysis of chosen research topic; critiques ideas with great insight and shows a thoughtful, in-depth analysis of each.

# Documentation and support

Ideas are supported effectively by research and sources are clearly attributed.

# Portfolio and Progress

Several clear drafts are present. This work shows a very strong portfolio of progressively improving work. Significant effort is shown.

#Organization

Arranges ideas clearly and logically to support the purpose or argument; ideas flow smoothly and are effectively linked; reader can follow the line of reasoning

# Writing mechanics and APA Format

Writing demonstrates a sophisticated clarity, conciseness, and correctness

Uses APA format accurately and consistently


Community Discussion

Description

Child and Adolescent Health

Read chapter 16 of the class textbook and review the attached PowerPoint presentation. Once done, answer the following questions;

1. Identify and discuss the major indicators of child and adolescent health status.

2. Describe and discuss the social determinants of child and adolescent health.

3. Mention and discuss at least 2 public programs and prevention strategies targeted to children’s health.

4. Mention and discuss the individual and societal costs of poor child health status.

INSTRUCTIONS:

Present your assignment in an APA format word document, Arial 12 font .A minimum of 2 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted. A minimum of 800 words is required. Please make sure to follow the instructions as given and use either spell-check or Grammarly before you post your assignment. I will also pay close attention to spelling and/or grammar. Please review the rubric attached to the lecture. You must present the assignment according to how it is posted, answering the questions by number, essay-style assignments will not be accepted unless otherwise specified.


2 page Disease essay (Skeizia)

Description

Please view the pics for the full InstructionsMust be two pages with a cover page and reference page No.plagiarism at all and send with a turnitin report


Unformatted Attachment Preview

point,
All post should be at least 50 words. Please m
to be cut and paste; therefore, please type in 1
Mandir
Research Paper Criteria
uter PF 2019 do At 49
Diagnosis – List all procedures that can be used to determine if a person has the
disease. Procedures may include laboratory tests, diagnostic imaging techniques
(such as MRI), biopsy, and physical examination, asking the patient questions
about their symptoms, family history, and other. You must provide an explanation
of each procedure, specifically describing what signs the doctor is looking for.
Always try to connect the diagnosis to the cause and /or symptoms of the disease.
O
Complications – Are there any complications that may develop in a person
suffering from the disease? Explain how the complication affect the patient.
O
Treatment Options – List all treatments that can be used to help the patient.
Treatments may include medication, lifestyle changes, surgery, physical therapy,
and others. You must provide a brief explanation of each type of treatment,
specifically describing what signs or symptoms the treatment is designed to
alleviate. Be specific as possible.
Prognosis – Describe the typical outcome of the disease. Include the changes for
complete recovery, if there is any permanent loss of function, or possibility of
death.
PAPER
Your paper should be two to four pages in length, typed in a standard font, have standard
margins (1″ to 1.25″) and follow all standards for written English (spelling, grammar, etc.).
You may organize your paper however you like, as long as it is logical and includes all
required information.
You must use at least two sources in your research. You must include a bibliography at the
end of your paper, listing each reference used according to the format provided below.
PLAGIARISM IS UNACCEPTABLE. If you do not write your paper in your own words,
you will receive a zero for the assignment and a meeting with the administration will be
arranged
Formatting the Bibliography:
• Always underline the title of the work cited.
Alphabetize by the author’s last name.
If there is no author, alphabetize by title.
• Always indent the second or third lines (5 space indent)
Always leave 1 space after commas and 2 spaces after periods and colons.
Follow these examples: (see next page)
478-
ALBANY
Technical College
BIOL 2117 Introduction to Microbiology
89780513
melody
FALL 2019
DISEASE PROJECT
ASSIGNMENT
Choose a disease or other condition affecting the system being studied: Integumentary,
Nervous, Cardiovascular, Lymphatic, Respiratory, gastrointestinal, and genitourinary.
Research the disease using the library, the internet and/or textbooks available in class.
Present the finding of a research in two formats: a paper for your teacher and a
PowerPoint for your classtaates.
Use the guideline below to direct your research, paper and presentation.
RESEARCH
Disease are homeostatic imbalances. The focus of your research should be on diseases caused
by microorganisms (bacteria, viruses, etc.) You should describe the state of a healthy
individual with that of an individual who is affected with the disease. (How is homeostasis out
of balance?) Use and explain as many terms and concepts learned in class. Microbiology is
the most important part of you research and should be woven into all parts of your paper.
C
PAPERS ARE DUE THE WEEK OF NOVEMEBR 25TH. PRESENTATIONS BEGIN
THE WEEK OF NOVEMBER 25TH.
OUTLINE:
ac
• Introduction – Introduce the disease with a general description of what it is.
yo
• Statistics – Include statistics that describe how common the disease/disorder is.
Also, include information if its occurrence is more commonly found in certain
populations. (For example: more commonly found in woman or Asian Americans)
cor.
Signs and Symptoms – Describe the signs and symptoms, providing a brief
explanation of any sign or symptom that is not self-explanatory.
Cause-Explain how the cause (if known) of the disease/disorder produces the
signs and symptoms. Be specific as possible. Possibilities include inflammation,
infection, abnormal cell growth, heredity, malnutrition, environmental factors, or
stress. In some cases, the disease may be idiopathic (no known cause).
Prevention – If the disease can be prevented, explain how. If not, explain why it
cannot be prevented (you reason will probably refer to the cause of the disease).

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Chapter 16 quiz

Description

InstructionsThis quiz will have 5 questions (MC, T/F, matching). You will have 10 minutes to complete the quiz.


Evidence Based Research

Description

Strict adherence to APA Format and rubric guidelines. Instructions are provided below. If any questions please do not hesitate to ask. Assignments will be filtered through a plagiarism program so beware!!


Unformatted Attachment Preview

NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric
NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeIntroductio
n
Write a paragraph
introduction
incorporating your
learning and using
mostly your own
words to
summarize:
a) The need for
nursing research.
b) The importance
for nurses to
understand the
basic principles of
research.
c) The purpose of
your paper.
Ratings
32.0 pts
Thoroughly
summarizes criteria
in the first column.
Excellent details
are provided.
28.0 pts
Mostly summarizes
criteria in the first
column or one
criteria lacks details
or is missing.
25.0 pts
Minimally
summarizes criteria
from first the
column or two
criteria lack details
or is missing.
Pts
11.0 pts
Poorly summarizes
criteria from the
first column or all
criteria lack
details.
0.0 pts
All criteria
from the
first column
are missing.
32.0 pt
s
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeQuantitativ
e Research
Write a paragraph
incorporating your
learning and using
mostly your own
words to
summarize:
a) The importance
of quantitative
research.
b) One type of
quantitative design;
explain one
important feature of
this type of design.
c) How quantitative
research can help
improve nursing
practice.
34.0 pts
Thoroughly
summarizes criteria
in the first column.
Excellent details
are provided.
30.0 pts
Mostly summarizes
criteria in the first
column or one
criteria lacks details
or is missing.
27.0 pts
Minimally
summarizes criteria
from first the
column or two
criteria lack details
or is missing.
13.0 pts
Poorly summarizes
criteria from the
first column or all
criteria lack
details.
0.0 pts
All criteria
from the
first column
are missing.
34.0 pt
s
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeQualitative
Research
Write a paragraph
incorporating your
learning and using
mostly your own
words to
summarize:
a) The importance
of qualitative
research.
b) One type of
qualitative design;
explain one
important feature of
this type of design.
c) How qualitative
research can help
improve nursing
practice.
34.0 pts
Thoroughly
summarizes criteria
in the first column.
Excellent details
are provided.
30.0 pts
Mostly summarizes
criteria in the first
column or one
criteria lacks details
or is missing.
27.0 pts
Minimally
summarizes criteria
from first the
column or two
criteria lack details
or is missing.
13.0 pts
Poorly summarizes
criteria from the
first column or all
criteria lack
details.
0.0 pts
All criteria
from the
first column
are missing.
34.0 pt
s
NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeResearch
Sampling
Write a paragraph
incorporating your
learning and using
mostly your own
words to
summarize:
a) What is sampling
and why is sampling
important.
b) One sampling
strategy used in
quantitative
research.
c) One other
sampling strategy
that you learned.
Ratings
34.0 pts
Thoroughly
summarizes all
criteria in the first
column. Thorough
details are
provided.
30.0 pts
Mostly summarizes
criteria in the first
column or one
criteria lacks details
or is missing.
27.0 pts
Minimally
summarizes criteria
from the first
column or two
criteria lack details
or is missing.
Pts
13.0 pts
Vaguely
summarizes all
criteria from the
first column or all
criteria lack
details.
0.0 pts
All criteria
from the
first column
are missing.
34.0 pt
s
NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeCredible
Nursing Practice
Write a paragraph
incorporating your
learning and using
mostly your own
words to
summarize:
a) How research
can help to make
nursing practice
safer.
b) Why research is
critical for creating
an evidence-based
nursing practice.
Ratings
34.0 pts
Thoroughly
summarizes criteria
in the first column.
Thorough details
are provided.
30.0 pts
Mostly
summarizes
criteria in the
first column.
Good details.
27.0 pts
Minimally
summarizes criteria
in the first column or
one criteria lack
details or is missing.
Pts
13.0 pts
Poorly summarizes
criteria from the
first column or both
criteria lack details.
0.0 pts
Both criteria
from the
first column
are missing.
34.0 pt
s
NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeConclusion
Write a short,
concise, thorough
summary of the
main points of the
paper.
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeScholarly
Writing, Mechanics,
Organization,
Spelling, Sentence
Structure, Grammar.
Ratings
32.0 pts
Summarizes a short,
concise, thorough
summary of the main
points of the paper.
8.0 pts
Excellent scholarly
writing,
mechanics,
organization,
spelling, sentence
structure,
grammar. No
errors noted.
28.0 pts
Mostly
summarizes the
main points of the
paper. Good
details.
6.0 pts
Good writing,
mechanics,
organization,
spelling, sentence
structure,
grammar. A few
errors.
25.0 pts
Writes a vague
summary of
the paper. Fair
details.
3.0 pts
Fair writing,
mechanics,
organization,
Spelling, sentence
structure,
grammar. Some
errors noted.
Pts
11.0 pts
Writes a poor
summary of
the paper.
Poor details.
0.0 pts
Did not sufficiently
provide any of the
conclusion criteria or
conclusion not
discussed.
32.0 pt
s
2.0 pts
Poor writing,
mechanics,
organization,
spelling sentence
structure,
grammar. Many
errors noted.
0.0 pts
Very poor writing,
mechanics, and
organization.
Errors throughout
are noted. Writing
is difficult to
understand or
follow.
8.0 pts
NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeAPA
Formatting
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeSupporting
Evidence
Uses 2 or more
relevant scholarly
sources to support
writing. Textbooks
should not be used.
Ratings
8.0 pts
Excellent APA
formatting with no
errors. Uses mostly
own words. No more
than 2 direct quotes
used.
6.0 pts
Good APA
formatting with a
few errors noted.
Three direct
quotes used.
9.0 pts
Uses 2 or more relevant scholarly sources to
support writing. Textbooks are not used.
3.0 pts
Fair APA
formatting with
some errors
noted. Four
direct quotes
used.
Pts
2.0 pts
Poor APA
formatting with
many errors noted.
Five or more
direct quotes used.
5.0 pts
Uses at least 1 relevant
scholarly source to support
writing.
0.0 pts
Very poor APA
with errors
noted
throughout.
0.0 pts
No relevant scholarly
sources provided.
8.0 pts
9.0 pts
NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric
Criteria
This criterion is
linked to a Learning
OutcomeLate
Deduction
Total Points: 225.0
Ratings
0.0 pts
0 points
deducted
Submitted on
time
0.0 pts
Not submitted on time – Points deducted
1 day late =11.25 deduction; 2 days=22.5 deduction; 3 days=33.75 deduction; 4 days =45
deduction; 5 days = 56.25 deduction; 6 days =67.5 deduction; 7 days =78.75 deduction; Score of
0 if more than 7 days late
Pts
0.0 pts

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Respond to A B

Description

(A)Particulate matter and wildfire smoke pose a threat to a range of body organs such as the heart and lungs. There is a range of health problems that arise from long-term exposure to an environmental health concern. Some of the problems include premature death for patients suffering from either lung or heart disease, nonfatal heart attacks, and irregular heartbeat (Liu, et al., 2017). Some individuals develop chronic obstructive lung disease, chronic bronchitis, chronic respiratory disease, aggravated asthma, decreased lung function, coughing, difficulty in breathing, and irritation in the airways (Haikerwal, et al., 2016). Therefore, the ability of the nurse to understand the relationship between the community environment and disease occurrence is beneficial for accurate, patient-centered diagnosis and treatment.(B)Red tide is a very interesting health concern topic, and can affect a great amount of individuals who live in Florida because of the amount of local beaches, and people who fish and recreationally harvest what they catch themselves. Marine Laboratory and Aquarium states, “Mote Marine Laboratory studies have shown that airborne red tide toxins can travel up to a mile inland, depending on the wind direction and other weather patterns. That means, even if you are a few blocks away from the beach, the toxins could still be affecting you” (Marine Laboratory and Aquarium, n.d.). This is important to know because “breathing in aerosols” does not just mean breathing it in at the beach, but also places near the beach. Marine Laboratory and Aquarium explains how it is safe to eat shellfish from restaurants because they are closely monitored by state agencies for shellfish safety; however, recreational catches are not permitted. When it comes to fish, it is safe to eat if they are filleted. Toxins may accumulate in the fish guts; however, these are cleaned out before cooked (Marine Laboratory and Aquarium, n.d.).


health informatics

Description

VI. F. 4. Evaluate how healthcare policy-making both directly and indirectly impacts the national and global healthcare delivery systems Task:Write a research paper regarding global health and its relationship with informatics OR how informatics could improve your chosen topic (supported by research) . Specifically to what informatics can bring to disease surveillance for example: AIDS, Flu, MRSA etc. Please clear topic with Professor Jag. (100 points)Student will then create a 5 minute presentation highlighting the research (50 point)Paper minimum of 7 pagesAPA, 1″ margins, Times New Roman font. Abstract not needed


develop a menu

Description

Practice current managerial techniques and trends to support the goals of a food service operation.

Using the principles and guidelines presented in the lesson and reading for week four, you will develop a menu for the food service style of your choice and provide a written evaluation and critique of your developed menu.

The written analysis will be drafted using MS Word or comparable (and accessible) word processing program. The menu will be created using your choice of presentation technology for creating infographics. This can be achieved in MS Word, MS PPT, or by creating a PDF. You may also create an infographic [menu] using a free account at Piktochart. See https://piktochart.com/. The piktochart infographic will likely enable more creativity and visual appeal if necessary for your style of menu.

[Piktochart Demo video]

If you use an alternate program or application, please make sure your final product can be shared and accessed by others.

For the content of the written analysis, you will need to identify major components of the menu, provide justification for decisions you made related to what was included and layout, and evaluate how well your proposed design would create appeal for the user of your service, whether a customer, guest, or client. The evaluation should address both positive and negative attributes and provide a recommendation for improvement with rationalization.

You will need to identify the following in your analysis:

Style of food service operation
Target consumer [demographics, location, etc.]
Pricing and menu costing
Influences on pricing
Any significant nutritional information or information related to current consumer trend

If using a full-service styled restaurant, you do not need to present menu items from every category. Focus on a single page that is most representative of the concept you are using.

**Note: For enterprising owners, you should be using the product you presented in week two and build a menu or menu page around that item.

Like a standard essay, you should have an introduction and conclusion. You will also need to include an APA formatted reference page and in-text citations for cited content used to validate, corroborate, or provide a contrast to claims you make in the presentation. The written analysis needs to be supported through research, not anecdotal evidence.

You will need to submit [2] files, the menu and the analysis. If the menu is available through a link to a webpage, include that link on the title page of the analysis.

Refer to the iRubric for details on how the assignment will be evaluated


What is nursing practice?

Description

Assessment 1
PRINT
Nursing Practice and School Health Privacy
Details
Attempt 1Available
Attempt 2NotAvailable
Attempt 3NotAvailable
Toggle Drawer
Overview
Create a 6–8-slide PowerPoint presentation for a group of school nurses, which addresses the role of the school nurse in managing the unique health concerns of teenagers while adhering to privacy laws.By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and assessment criteria:SHOW MORE
Toggle Drawer
Context
School nurses confront numerous legal issues in their daily work. It is important to know the standards of nursing practice specific to the state of licensure, as well as legal limitations and responsibilities of the school nurse.SHOW MORE
Toggle Drawer
Questions to Consider
To deepen your understanding, you are encouraged to consider the questions below and discuss them with a fellow learner, a work associate, an interested friend, or a member of your professional community.
What is FERPA?
What is HIPAA?
How do FERPA and HIPAA affect school health privacy?
What unique health concerns might young people have that differentiate them from adults?
Toggle Drawer
Resources
SUGGESTED RESOURCES
The following optional resources are provided to support you in completing the assessment or to provide a helpful context. For additional resources, refer to the Research Resources and Supplemental Resources in the left navigation menu of your courseroom.
Capella Resources
Click the links provided to view the following resources:
APA Citation: Citing a Journal Article.
APA Citation: Citing a Book.
APA Citation: Citing a Website.
APA Paper Template.
APA Paper Tutorial.
Capella Multimedia
Click the link provided below to view the following multimedia piece:
Guidelines for Effective PowerPoint Presentations | Transcript.
Library Resources
The following e-books or articles from the Capella University Library are linked directly in this course:
Selekman, J. (2013). School nursing: A comprehensive text (2nd ed.). Philadelphia, PA: F. A. Davis.
Wartenberg, D., & Thompson, W. D. (2010). Privacy versus public health: The impact of current confidentiality rules. American Journal of Public Health, 100(3), 407–412.
Smith, M. K., & Stepanov, N. (2014). School-based youth health nurses and adolescent decision-making concerning reproductive and sexual health advice: How can the law guide healthcare practitioners in this context? Contemporary Nurse: A Journal for the Australian Nursing Profession, 47(1/2), 42–50.
Brewin, D., Koren, A., Morgan, B., Shipley, S., & Hardy, R. L. (2014). Behind closed doors: School nurses and sexual education. The Journal of School Nursing, 30(1), 31–41.
O’Connor, S. (2012). School nursing: Promoting self-esteem in adolescents. Community Practitioner, 85(1), 34–36.
Smart, K. A., Parker, R. S., Lampert, J., & Sulo, S. (2012). Speaking up: Teens voice their health information needs. The Journal of School Nursing, 28(5), 379–388.
Larsson, M., Björk, M., Ekebergh, M., & Sundler, A. J. (2014). Striving to make a positive difference: School nurses’ experiences of promoting the health and well-being of adolescent girls. The Journal of School Nursing, 30(5), 358–365.
Taylor, J. F., Williams, R. L., & Blythe, M. J. (2015). Healthcare reform, EHRs, and adolescent confidentiality. Contemporary OB/GYN, 60(8), 34, 36–37.
Suydam, L., & Garcia, A. (2010). School nurses connect schools and parents from home to homeroom to prevent teen medicine abuse. NASN School Nurse, 25(4), 170–171.
Course Library Guide
A Capella University library guide has been created specifically for your use in this course. You are encouraged to refer to the resources in the BSN-FP4006 – Policy, Law, Ethics, and Regulations Library Guide to help direct your research.
Internet Resources
Access the following resources by clicking the links provided. Please note that URLs change frequently. Permissions for the following links have been either granted or deemed appropriate for educational use at the time of course publication.
U.S. Department of Education. (n.d.). FERPA general guidelines for students. Retrieved from http://www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ferpa/students.html
U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. (n.d.). Does the HIPAA Privacy Rule allow parents the right to see their children’s medical records? Retrieved from http://www.hhs.gov/ocr/privacy/hipaa/faq/right_to_…
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and U.S. Department of Education. (2008). Joint Guidance on the Application of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) And the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) To Student Health Records. Retrieved from https://www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/doc/ferpa-hipaa-guidance.pdf
Assessment Instructions
You are the parent of two teenagers and an active PTA member at their school. The principal approached you about an upcoming professional gathering for middle- and high-school nurses in your district. She asked you to make a short presentation on school health privacy and how it can affect nurse-student care within the teen population, where personal health issues and privacy concerns often collide.
PREPARATION
Research and gather information about the issues facing school nurses in your state of licensure, as well as state and federal privacy laws that govern your school health privacy information. You will also need to learn about the legal limitations and responsibilities of the school nurse.
DIRECTIONS
Create a 6–8-slide PowerPoint presentation that examines the privacy issues unique to nurses serving the high-school age population. Address the following:
Describe the types of health and wellness issues that can affect adolescents in their high-school years. Be sure you think beyond the usual things and really research the types of issues that are affecting young people today.
Explain how privacy laws can impact the school nurse in regard to patient safety and health outcomes for adolescents.
Explain how privacy laws benefit the student, the school, and the school nurse.
Recommend two specific evidence-based ethical strategies regarding health and wellness privacy communications in a school environment.
Use the notes section of each slide to expand your points and cite your supporting evidence. Also, include a title slide and a reference slide that lists the resources you used in this assessment.Be creative. Consider your intended audience.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Your presentation should meet the following requirements:
Written communication: Written communication should be free of errors that detract from the overall message.
References: Include a reference slide with a minimum of three references; a majority of these should be peer-reviewed sources. All resources should have been published within the last 5 years.
APA format: Resources and citations should be formatted according to current APA style and formatting.
Length: 6–8 slides.


nutrients powerpoint

Description

As you may recall, nutrients are divided into the following six (6) categories:

Carbohydrates
Lipids (Fats)
Proteins
Vitamins
Minerals
Water

For this assignment, you will need to develop an informative PowerPoint presentation that could be used to teach your classmates about a variety of nutrients from the nutrient categories (above).

Your PowerPoint presentation should:
Have a title slide.
Contain at least 6 content slides.
Reflect proper spelling and grammar.
Cite at least 2 credible references and present the sources in APA format on a References slide.
Choose five (5) specific nutrients from within the nutrient categories listed above. You may choose either:
a mixture of five (5) macro and micro nutrients
For example, you can use 2 macronutrients (such as lipids and carbohydrates) and 3 micronutrients (such as specific vitamins and minerals)
five (5) different vitamins or minerals
For example, 2 vitamins (such as A and D), 2 major minerals (such as sodium, calcium, and potassium), and 1 trace mineral (such as zinc).
For each of the nutrients you selected, create content slides that address the following:
Explain the function(s) of the nutrient within the body.
Describe how the nutrient is metabolized (where primarily digested, absorbed, and transported) within the body.
Identify the current Reference Daily Intake (RDI) for the nutrient for an average adult


need help with this

Description

the topic is: Floods risk perception, preparedness, and evacuation intention among Saudi older adults.

I choose to make a handbook or booklet.

I want you to do the below and also you will see it in the attachment file:

Briefly describe the topic and why you are considering this for your capstone project: Include an introduction, statement of need and purpose and description of the project.

What will be the product you produce as part of your final work? Describe or bullet list but be specific.(educational program, handbook, EOP, new technology, etc.) This deliverable must be clearly stated. Specifics are needed on what the project will do and how you will do it. Detail your methods.

Does your project require Institutional Review Board approval? No


Unformatted Attachment Preview

DMM Capstone/Master’s Project Planning document
Save form, fill out and submit to Dr. Bail
Name: _________________________________________ Contact number: _____________________
Anticipated term for capstone registration: __________________________________________
Briefly describe the topic and why you are considering this for your capstone project: Include an introduction,
statement of need and purpose and description of the project.
What will be the product you produce as part of your final work? Describe or bullet list but be specific.
(educational program, handbook, EOP, new technology, etc.) This deliverable must be clearly stated. Specifics are
needed on what the project will do and how you will do it.
Detail your methods.
Does your project require Institutional Review Board approval? Yes _________ No _________
Once approved by the faculty you need to craft the 15 page (minimum) first draft for full review before registering for
the capstone term.
Proposal complete and acceptable: Date: _____________
IRB forms accepted by program
Date: _____________
IRB committee approval received: Date: ______________
Approval to begin capstone term Date: ______________
DMM review: ________________
DMM processed: _____________
DMM approval: _______________
Students are required to complete the planning and project development process before registering for Capstone term.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

ASSESSMENT :Six Dimensions of your health

Description

Consider the Six Dimensions Think about each dimension of your health. For each dimension, list what you believe to be a strength or positive characteristic (examples are provided). Also, list an aspect of each dimension that you would like to improve. PhysicalDimension : To maintain overall physical health by eating well, engaging in a balanced exercise program, and having appropriate medical check-ups. Strong Characteristic: Aspect to Improve: EmotionalDimension :To have a positive self-concept, deal constructively with your feelings, and develop positive qualities such as optimism,trust, and determination. Strong Characteristic: Aspect to Improve: Social Dimension :To develop and maintain meaningful relationships with a network of friends and family members and to contribute to the community (e.g., friendly, helpful, compassionate, supportive, charitable). Strong Characteristic: Aspect to Improve: IntellectualDimension : To actively pursue a wide understanding about topics and issues,think critically about important questions, and to identify problems and develop solutions based on sound judgment (e.g., curious, analytical, creative, objective). Strong Characteristic: Aspect to Improve: Spiritual Dimension : To develop a set of beliefs, principles, or values that gives meaning or purpose to your life; to develop faith in something beyond yourself (e.g., religious faith, service to others, respect for life). Strong Characteristic: Aspect to Improve: What did you learn about yourself by completing this self-assessment? What are two things you can start doing this week to improve upon your weakest dimensions of health?


​Return Visits to the Emergency Department ​

Description

Analyze the healthcare problem of the Return Visits to the Emergency Department for the DNP project that will result in the improvement of systems of care and health outcomes for an identified population.

Project Description: search information for Florida state.

Population or Problem or Patient: Return Visits to the Emergency Department (Explain the population and problem)

Issue: (Explain what you are intending to do to address the problem) choosing appropriate measures that accurately identify the quality of ED care will be increasingly important so that physicians and hospitals are incentivized in a way that benefits patients while avoiding unintended consequences. Decisions to discharge patients from the ED also depend on patient preferences and their ability to safely manage their condition as an outpatient, Many factors could play a role on ED revisit rates.

Comparison: (Explain what is the alternative to your intervention) When it comes to treatment, the key is for physicians to do their due diligence and share the decision-making process with patients. We should strive to strike a balance between safe discharge practices and appropriate stewardship of hospital-based resources.

Outcomes: (Relevant outcomes) Time: (Planned timeline)

I got information from :https://www.physiciansweekly.com/ed-return-visits-examining-outcomes-costs/

Content for this document:

Brief description of the proposed DNP project. Please include how the DNP prepared nurse act as catalyst of change for the identified DNP project.
Relevance of systems thinking approach and population health outcomes in the proposed DNP project. Do
Organizational sustainability of the proposed DNP project, including short-term and long-term maintenance plan.

Directions:

For this Assignment you will create a document:

a minimum of 6 pages in length (including title page and references);
supported with a minimum of five scholarly, peer review sources external to those assigned in class for this unit;
follow the conventions of Standard American English (correct grammar, punctuation, etc.);
well ordered, logical, and unified, as well as original and insightful;
display superior content, organization, style, and mechanics; and;
use APA 6th edition format.

Please read rubric


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Unit 6 Assignment grading rubric.
Enter total available points in cell H2, and values between 0 a
Score column.
Describes the proposed
DNP project
Appraises how the DNP
prepared nurse acts as a
catalyst of change for the
DNP project.
Describes the relevance of
systems thinking and
population health outcomes
in DNP project.
Identifies organizational
sustainability; short-term
and long-term maintenance
plan
Introductory – Not
submitted or largely
incomplete. Work may
indicate very little if
any comprehension of
content.
Emergent – Work
shows some
comprehension but
errors indicating
miscomprehension
may be present.
0 – 1.9
2 – 2.9
Submits DNP Project
Declaration Form
Do not change
anything from here
Writing Deduction
Rubric (everyone
starts with 4’s =
no deductions)
Grammar &
Punctuation
Spelling
Introductory
Emergent
0-1
2
The overall meaning of the
paper is difficult to
understand. Sentence
structure, subject verb
agreement errors, missing
prepositions, and missing
punctuation make finding
meaning difficult.
Several confusing
sentences, or 1 to 2
confusing paragraphs make
understanding parts of the
paper difficult, but the
overall paper meaning is
clear. Many subject verb
agreement errors, run-on
sentences, etc. cause
confusion.
Many typos, misspelled
The many misspelled words
words, or the use of
and incorrect words choices
incorrect words making
significantly interfere with the
understanding difficult in a
readability.
few places.
The order of information is
confusing in several places
Paper has some good
and this organization
information or research, but it interferes with the meaning
does not follow assignment
or intent of the paper.
Order of Ideas &
However, the paper has a
Length Requirement directions and is lacking in
overall organization and
generally discernible
content.
purpose and follows
assignment directions
overall.
APA
Feedback:
This is an attempt use APA
formatting and citing. There
There is some attempt at
are both in-text citations
APA formatting and citing.
and reference listings.
There are one or more
Citation information may be
missing parts such as the
missing or incorrect (i.e.
cover page or references list. Websites listed as in-text or
Citation information may be reference citations). There
missing. Citation mistakes
is an attempt to cite all
make authorship unclear.
outside sources in at least
one place. Authorship is
generally clear.
Instructors:
, and values between 0 and 4 in the yellow cells in the
Total available points =
Practiced – Work
indicates overall
progress toward
comprehension. Minor
errors may present.
Proficient/Mastered Work is complete and
indicates full
comprehension of
content.
3 – 3.9
4
Score
300
Weight
Final Score
20%
0.00
20%
0.00
20%
0.00
20%
0.00
20%
Content
Score
Practiced
Proficient/Mastered
3
4
A few confusing sentences
make it difficult to
understand a small portion
of the paper. However, the
overall meaning of a
paragraph and the paper
are intact. There may be a
few subject verb agreement
errors or some missing
punctuation.
0.00
0
Score
Weight
Final Score
There are one or two confusing
sentences, but the overall
sentence and paragraph
meanings are clear. There are a
few minor punctuation errors
such as comma splices or runon sentences.
4
35%
1.40
A few misspelled words normally
Some misspelled words or
caught by spellcheckers are
the misuse of words such as
present but do not significantly
confusing then/than.
interfere with the overall
However, intent is still clear.
readability of the paper.
4
35%
1.40
The overall order of the
information is clear and
The order of information is contributes to the meaning of
confusing in a few places
assignment. There is one
and the lack of organization paragraph or a sentence or two
interferes with the meaning that are out of place or other
or intent of the paper in a
minor organizational issues. A
minor way.
few sentences may be long and
hard to understand. Meets
length requirements.
4
20%
0.80
There is an overall attempt
at APA formatting and
citation style. All sources
appear to have some form
of citation both in the text
and on a reference list.
There are some formatting
and citation errors. Citations
generally make authorship
clear.
There is a strong attempt to cite
all sources using APA style.
Minor paper formatting errors
such as a misplaced running
head or margins may occur.
Minor in-text citation errors such
as a missing page number or a
misplaced date may occur.
Quotation marks and citations
make authorship clear.
4
10%
0.40
Writing 0
Deduction
Final Score
Percentage
0
0%

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NUR3561 Assess, Diagnose, Prioritize and Propose

Description

NUR3561CBE Practice Excellence Through Innovation Deliverable 7: Assess, Diagnose, Prioritize and Propose Competency Describe a culture of excellence in nursing. Analyze an innovation that led to a redesigned process or product. Identify sources for innovative ideas. Determine traits of successful innovators. Design an innovative proposal for healthcare that includes strategies for implementation. Disseminate key components of an innovative proposal for a target audience. Scenario You, a Nurse Manager on a Progressive Care Unit in an 800 bed privately owned Magnet Hospital, were asked to join a Project Innovation Committee as the nursing representative. Members of the Committee include CEO of the Hospital, CNO for the Hospital, Director of Medical Services, Director of Pharmacy Service, Custodial Staff Supervisor and an at large member of the public from the surrounding community. The purpose of the Committee is to share innovative practice ideas to keep the facility on the cutting edge of advances within healthcare while increasing the number and quality of services provided to the surrounding community. Each member performs a quarterly needs assessment within their department and shares a poster presentation of a priority innovative practice proposal at the annual shareholder meeting. Instructions In two months you will present the innovative practice proposal based on the following data. Design the innovative proposal based on your assessment of the priority area of need. Quarterly retention rates for graduate nurses within a six month period from hire is down 6%. Nurses positions open = 180, applicants for open positions 28. Nursing satisfaction with job decreased 8%. Number of nurses projected to retire within six months = 47. Increase of 18% in medication errors. The overall average for readmission rates have increased by 5%. Overall client satisfaction with nursing care, decreased 7%. Option for tuition reimbursement to obtain BSN or advanced nursing degree tabled for consideration in the next fiscal year. The Innovative Practice Proposal must be included as a Poster on a PowerPoint Slide and include: Description of the innovation Purpose of innovation based on needs assessment A detailed outline of the proposed innovation Relevancy of innovation including at least one resource to support the innovative proposal Description of risks and benefits of the implementation Barriers and Facilitators to the implementation of the innovation Sustainability of the innovation Resources For more information on health care innovation, please visit Exemplars of Innovation in Practice For assistance on creating professional poster presentations, please visit the Library and Learning Services Answers page: What do I need to know about professional poster presentations? For additional PowerPoint Poster ideas and templates, please visit the MakeSigns Scientific Poster PowerPoint Templates page


Fix Powerpoint presentation

Description

What I need done is to fix a powerpoint that I had someone else on studypool write, it is not written well and doesn’t clearly answer the questions asked of the assignment. I also want the speakers notes to be written simply and better suited to present the powerpoint in a more clear way. I have attached the already completed powerpoint that I want you to fix and also the sources for this week that can help I don’t want it completely changed but just done better don’t change design or anything else just speakers notes and the wording on the slides. Thanks.


Provide a response to each peer post answer.

Description

please see each attached picture. Each answer needs a response. This is for a Leadership and Vocational course in regards to the nursing practice.

Original Discussion Question:Power, influence, advocacy, and authenticity are all functions of leadership. View the video: “Morale and Discipline: The Mind of a Leader” at: VIDEO IS ONLY VIEWABLE ON SCHOOL SITE ☹️

Discuss how strong leaders apply power, influence, advocacy, and authenticity to motivate those they lead.


Rough Draft Qualitative Research Critique and Ethical Considerations

Description

Write a critical appraisal that demonstrates comprehension of two qualitative research studies. Use the “Research Critique Guidelines – Part 1” document to organize your essay. Successful completion of this assignment requires that you provide rationale, include examples, and reference content from the studies in your responses. (1,000- 1,250)


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Rough Draft Qualitative Research Critique and Ethical Considerations
Write a critical appraisal that demonstrates comprehension of two qualitative research studies.
Use the “Research Critique Guidelines – Part 1” document to organize your essay. Successful
completion of this assignment requires that you provide rationale, include examples, and
reference content from the studies in your responses.
Use the practice problem and two qualitative, peer-reviewed research article you identified in the
Topic 1 assignment to complete this assignment.
In a 1,000–1,250-word essay, summarize two qualitative studies, explain the ways in which the
findings might be used in nursing practice, and address ethical considerations associated with the
conduct of the study.
Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the
Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.
This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to
become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.
Research Critique Guidelines – Part I
Use this document to organize your essay. Successful completion of this assignment requires that
you provide a rationale, include examples, and reference content from the studies in your
responses.
Qualitative Studies
Background of Study
1. Summary of studies. Include problem, significance to nursing, purpose, objective, and
research question.
How do these two articles support the nurse practice issue you chose?
1. Discuss how these two articles will be used to answer your PICOT question.
2. Describe how the interventions and comparison groups in the articles compare to those
identified in your PICOT question.
Method of Study:
1. State the methods of the two articles you are comparing and describe how they are
different.
2. Consider the methods you identified in your chosen articles and state one benefit and one
limitation of each method.
Results of Study
1. Summarize the key findings of each study in one or two comprehensive paragraphs.
2. What are the implications of the two studies in nursing practice?
Ethical Considerations
1. Discuss two ethical consideration in conducting research.
2. Describe how the researchers in the two articles you choose took these ethical
considerations into account while performing their research.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

FAMILY HEALTH ASSESSMENT- Community Nursing

Description

Please present a summary of your assessment in an APA format on a 12 Arial font, word document attached to the forum in the discussion tab of the blackboard title “family assessment.” 4 evidence-based practice references besides the class textbook are require and must be quoted in the assignment. A minimum of 1000 words are required, excluding the first and reference page (Websites can be used but must be from reliable sources such as NIH, CDC, FDA etc.)


Unformatted Attachment Preview

FAMILY HEALTH ASSESSMENT
After you have read chapter 20 of the class textbook and review the PowerPoint presentation,
choose a family in your community and conduct a family health assessment using the following
questions below.
1. Family composition.
Type of family, age, gender and racial/ethnic composition of the family.
2. Roles of each family member. Who is the leader in the family? Who is the primary provider?
Is there any other provider?
3. Do family members have any existing physical or psychological conditions that are affecting
family function?
4. Home (physical condition) and external environment; living situation (this must include financial
information). How the family support itself.
For example; working parents, children or any other member
5.
How adequately have individual family members accomplished age-appropriate
developmental tasks?
6. Do individual family member’s developmental states create stress in the family?
7. What developmental stage is the family in? How well has the family achieve the task of this
and previous developmental stages?
8. Any family history of genetic predisposition to disease?
9. Immunization status of the family?
10. Any child or adolescent experiencing problems
11. Hospital admission of any family member and how it is handled by the other members?
12. What are the typical modes of family communication? It is affective? Why?
13. How are decisions make in the family?
14. Is there evidence of violence within the family? What forms of discipline are use?
15. How well the family deals with crisis?
16. What cultural and religious factors influence the family health and social status?
17. What are the family goals?
18. Identify any external or internal sources of support that are available?
19. Is there evidence of role conflict? Role overload?
20. Does the family have an emergency plan to deal with family crisis, disasters?
Identify 3 nursing diagnosis and develop a short plan of care using the nursing process.
Please present a summary of your assessment in an APA format on a 12 Arial font, word
document attached to the forum in the discussion tab of the blackboard title “family
assessment.” 4 evidence-based practice references besides the class textbook are require
and must be quoted in the assignment. A minimum of 1000 words are required, excluding
the first and reference page (Websites can be used but must be from reliable sources such
as NIH, CDC, FDA etc.) 2 replies to any of your peer’s assessment/posting are required
sustained with the proper reference.
The assignment must be posted in the discussion tab of the blackboard for your peers to
and reply and in the SafeAssign Exercise in the assignment tab of the blackboard to verify
originality.
Due date: Sunday November 17, 2019 @ 11:59 PM
If you have any questions, please contact me via e-mail as soon as possible.

Name
DQ Rubric 2019


Description
Rubric Detail
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Proficient
Competent
Novice
Introduction
and quality of
discussion’s
Argument
Weight 60.00%
100.00 %
It is consistent with
application in
research related to its
context. Clarity of
ideas.
Comprehensive, indepth and wide
ranging.
70.00 %
The topic has a
partially weak
association to
clarity of ideas and
related topic.
Relevant but not
comprehensive.
15.00 %
Unable to address
any part of the
question and/or topic.
Little relevance/some
accuracy.
Objectivity of
Tone, overall
quality &
Review of
Literature in
APA 6th format
within past 7
years
Weight 10.00%
100.00 %
Tone is consistent,
addressed
professionally and
objectively.
Evidence in
literature supports
arguments.
70.00 %
The tone is not
consistently
objective. Some
observations, some
supportive evidence
used.
15.00 %
No objectivity in
tone. No evidence of
literature review
provided. Lacks
evidence of critical
analysis, poor to no
use of supportive
evidence.
Grammar /
Writing Skills
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Excellent mechanics,
sentence structure
and organization
with no grammatical
mistakes.
70.00 %
Some grammatical
lapses , uses
emotional
responses in lieu of
relevant points.
0.00 %
Poor grammar, weak
communication, lack
of clarity.
Peer Reply #1
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
70.00 %
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
0.00 %
No peer response
Peer Reply #2
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
70.00 %
0.00 %
No Peer response
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Overall APA
Use
Weight 7.50%
Proficient
Competent
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
apply 6th edition
APA standards.
70.00 %
Some ability to to
apply 6th edition
APA standards. i.e.
use of in-text
citation, reference
structure,
quoting,etc.
Novice
0.00 %
No adherence to 6th
edition APA
standards.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

SLEEP HEALTH-4-Increase the proportion of adults who get sufficient sleep(from healthy people 2020 objectives).

Description

This criterion is linked to a Learning Required criteria 1. Introduction establishes the purpose of the paper and describes why topic is important to health promotion in the target population in your area. 2. Introduction stimulates the reader’s interest. 3. Conclusion includes the main ideas from the body of the paper. 4. Conclusion includes the major support points from the body of the paper.

This criterion is linked to a Learning Required criteria 1. Describes the topic and target cultural population. 2. Includes statistics to support significance of the topic. 3. Explains how the project relates to the selected Healthy People 2020 topic area. 4. Applies health promotion concepts.

Summary of Articles Required criteria 1. A minimum of three (3) scholarly articles, from the last 5 years, are used as sources. 2. Articles meet criteria of being from scholarly journals and include health promotion and wellness content. 3. At least one article is related to the chosen cultural group. 4. Summaries all key points and findings from the articles. 5. Includes statistics to support significance of the topic. 6. Discusses how information from the articles is used in the Health Promotion Project, including specific example.

Health Promotion Discussion Required criteria 1. Describes approaches to educate the target population about the topic. 2. The approaches are appropriate for the cultural target population. 3. Identifies specific ways to promote lifestyle changes within the target population. 4. Applies health promotion strategies.

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Style and OrganizationRequired criteria 1. TurnItIn is used prior to submitting paper for grading. 2. Revisions are made based on TurnItIn originality report. 3. References are submitted with assignment. 4. Uses appropriate APA format (6th ed.) and is free of errors. 5. Grammar and mechanics are free of errors. 6. Paper is 3-4 pages, excluding title and reference pages. 7. Information is organized around required components and flows in a logical sequence.


discussion for wednesday

Description

After reading Chapter 12 and reviewing the lecture powerpoint (located in lectures tab), please answer the following questions. Each question must have at least 3 paragraphs and you must use at 3 least references (APA) included in your post.1. What is your role as a nurse in protecting patient healthcare information?2. Describe the role of information management nursing practice.3. Research what types of technologies and service such as free internet exist in South Florida for underserved populations. Describe what they are and how does the underserved population gain access to them.This is due by Sunday next, November 24th, 2019 at 11:59pm.Thanks


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 12
Informatics
in Professional
Nursing Practice
Nursing Informatics (NI)
• NI a specialty that integrates nursing science,
computer science, and information science to
manage and communicate data, information,
and knowledge in nursing practice
• NI facilitates the integration of data,
information, knowledge, and wisdom to
support patients, nurses, and other providers in
their decision making in all roles and settings
Clinical Informatics
• Includes nursing as well as other medical and
health specialties and addresses the use of
information systems in patient care
• Domains of clinical informatics include the 3
areas of health systems, clinical care, and
information and communication technologies
Informatics Versus Health Informatics
• Health informatics encompasses the
interdisciplinary study of the design,
development, adoption, and application of ITbased innovations in healthcare services
delivery, management, and planning
• Informatics is the science of collecting,
managing, and retrieving information
The Impact of Legislation on
Health Informatics
• The Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA)
• Health Information Technology for Economic
and Clinical Health Act (HITECH)
• The Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act (PPACA)
Nursing Informatics Competencies
• AACN Essentials
• QSEN Competencies
• Nurse of the Future: Nursing Core Competencies
• TIGER Competencies
Basic Computer Competencies (1 of 2)
• Basic computer competencies include
understanding the concepts of information and
communication technology, possessing skill in
the use of a computer and managing files,
word processing, working with spreadsheets,
using databases, creating presentations, web
browsing, and communicating
Basic Computer Competencies (2 of 2)
• Web browsing
• Communication
– Email
– Listserv groups and mailing lists
– Social media
– Telehealth
ANA Principles for Social Networking
(1 of 2)
• Nurses must not transmit or place online
individually identifiable patient information
• Nurses must observe ethically prescribed
professional patient−nurse boundaries
• Nurses should understand that patients,
colleagues, institutions, and employers may
view posting
ANA Principles for Social Networking
(2 of 2)
• Nurses should take advantage of privacy
settings and seek to separate personal and
professional information online
• Nurses should bring content that could harm a
patient’s privacy, rights, or welfare to the
attention of appropriate authorities
• Nurses should participate in developing
institutional policies governing online contact
The National Council of State Boards
of Nursing’s Social Media Guidelines
for Nurses Video
https://www.ncsbn.org/347.htm
Information Literacy:
Electronic Databases
• CINAHL
• Health Source
• MEDLINE
• ERIC
• Nursing/Academic
Edition
• PsycINFO
• Google Scholar
• Cochrane Library
Information Literacy:
Website Evaluation
• Accuracy
• Authority or source
• Objectivity
• Currency or timeliness
• Coverage or quality
• Usability
Information Literacy:
Health Information Online (HONcode)
• Authoritative
• Justifiability
• Complementarity
• Transparency
• Privacy
• Financial disclosure
• Attribution
• Advertising policy
Information Management
• Electronic health record (EHR)
• Clinical decision support system (CDSS)
• Computerized provider order entry (CPOE)
• Barcode medication administration (BCMA)
• Admission, discharge, and transfer (ADT)
systems
• Handheld devices
Current and Future Trends
• Hospital value-based purchasing (VBP)
program and HITECH incentive programs
linking data and EHR meaningful use to fiscal
reimbursement in order to move the healthcare
system toward quality and safety

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Answer the question below I will upload the pictures

Description

Answer the question below I will upload the pictures Answer the question below I will upload the pictures


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Exam
Name
MULTIPLE CHOICE. Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the
question.
1) Which of the following terms refers to the external genitals of females?
1)
A) vulva
B) fimbriae
C) vagina
D) uterus
2) The are two organs that lie on either side of the uterus and are about the size and 2)
shape of unshelled almonds.
A) testes
B) breasts
C) ovaries
D) kidneys
3)
3) The
is an example of the external genitals of the female.
A) vas deferens
B) uterus
C) ovary
D) clitoris
4)
4) Which of the following is a part of the clitoris?
A) the labia minora and labia majora
C) the urethra and introitus
B) the glans and a shaft
D) the fourchette and perineum
5)
5) Which of the following is true of the penis and the clitoris?
A) Unlike the penis, the clitoris has few or no nerve endings.
B) Both the penis and clitoris have a direct function in reproduction.
C) Unlike the clitoris, the penis is erectile.
D) Both the penis and clitoris comprise of a shaft and the glans.
6) The penis in the male is homologous to the
A) hymen
B) clitoris
in the female.
C) vagina
6)
D) mons pubis
7)
7) Which of the following is true of the clitoris?
A) It has only a few nerve endings unlike the penis.
B) It develops from the same embryonic tissue as the penis.
C) It is of uniform size across all women.
D) It plays no role in the sexual arousal of women.
8)
8) In what way do the clitoris and penis resemble each other?
A) They both possess channels for the passage of urine.
B) They both have direct function in reproduction.
C) They both have only a few nerve endings.
D) They both vary in size from one person to another.
9)
9) The erection of the clitoris is possible because its internal structure contains
A) vestibular bulbs
B) urethrae
C) corpora cavernosa
D) smegma
10)
D) ovum
10) The
has a rich supply of nerve endings.
A) hymen
B) clitoris
C) smegma
11)
11) The
is part of the sexual anatomy that plays an important role in stimulating
sexual arousal with no known reproductive function.
A) vagina
B) uterus
C) clitoris
D) penis
12)
12) The vaginal opening is sometimes called the
A) perineum
B) fourchette
C) introitus
D) mons pubis
13)
13) The two long cylinders of spongy tissue lying on top of the penis are called the
A) corpora cavernosa
B) Bartholin glands
C) vasa deferentia
D) corpus spongiosum
1 1 1
14)
14) In the females, urine passes through the
A) vagina
B) urethra
from the bladder out of the body.
C) clitoris
D) perineum
15) The is a thin membrane which, if present, partially covers the vaginal opening. 15)
A) hymen
B) mons pubis C) clitoris
D) perineum
16)
16) Which of the following is true of clitoridectomy?
A) It is the stitching together of the clitoris and
prepuce.
B) It is the partial or total removal of the clitoris.
C) It is the restoration of a mutilated prepuce.
D) It is the restoration of a mutilated clitoris.
17)
17) Which of the following is the simplest form of female genital cutting (FGC) classified
as Type 1 by the WHO?
A) castration
B) excision
C) infibulation
D) clitoridectomy
18)
18) Which of the following is true of the hymen?
A) An imperforate hymen has several openings.
B) The hymen is present in all females at birth.
C) An annular hymen hinders menstruation.
D) Hymens are not reliable indicators of virginity.
19) The
19)
is an internal sex organ of the female.
A) perineum
B) labia majora
C) vagina
D) fourchette
2
20)
20) The nerve supply of the vagina is
A) mostly to the lower one-third, near the introitus
B) concentrated in the upper one-third around the cervix.
C) scant, if not nonexistent.
D) evenly distributed throughout its length.
21)
21) Which of the following is true of the G spot?
A) It is typically more sensitive than the clitoris.
B) It is homologous with the male penis.
C) It is located on the front wall of the vagina.
D) It is an insensate spot on the vaginal wall.
22)
22) The
is also known as the female prostate.
A) Bartholin gland
B) Skene’s gland
C) vestibular bulb
D) scrotum
23)
23) Which of the following is true of the Skene’s gland?
A) It has no known function.
B) Its ducts empty into the urethra.
C) Its size is the same for all women.
D) It is located on the clitoral hood.
24)
24) The organ that is responsible for female ejaculation is the
A) vas deferens
B) fundus
C) meatus
D) Skene’s gland
25)
25) The major function of the
A) uterus
C) vagina
is to hold and nourish a developing fetus.
B) ovaries
D) fallopian tubes
26)
26) Which of the following is true of the uterus?
A) It is the shape and size of an upside-down pear.
B) It serves no known reproductive function.
C) It is also known as the mons veneris.
D) Its entrance is wide but it gradually narrows.
27)
27) The
consists of three layers: the endometrium, the myometrium, and the
perimetrium.
A) clitoris
B) ovaries
C) uterus
D) vagina
28)
28) The layer of the uterus that is sloughed off during menstruation and creates the
menstrual discharge is the
A) myometrium
B) exometrium
C) perimetrium
D) endometrium
3
29)
29) The muscles of the myometrium in the uterus
A) are very weak and are incapable of expanding.
B) create the contractions of labor and orgasm.
C) form the external cover of the uterus.
D) are sloughed off during menstruation.
30)
are the pathways by which the egg travels toward the uterus and the sperm
30) The
reach the egg
A) seminiferous tubules
C) fallopian tubes
B) Bartholin glands
D) ovaries
31) Fertilization of the egg typically occurs in the section of the fallopian tube known as the 31)
A) cilium
B) fimbria
D) infundibulum
C) crus
32)
32) Which of the following is true of ovaries and egg cells?
A) A woman with only one ovary cannot conceive.
B) The ovaries do not connect directly to the fallopian tubes.
C) The ovary consists of about 15 or 20 clusters of mammary glands.
D) The egg cannot be fertilized outside the fallopian tubes.
33) One of the main functions of the
A) vagina
B) breasts
is the production of eggs.
C) hymen
33)
D) ovaries
34)
34) Which of the following is a major function of the ovaries?
A) They hold and nourish the developing fetus.
B) They manufacture the sex hormones-estrogen and progesterone.
C) They are the organs directly responsible for a woman’s orgasm.
D) They create the powerful contractions of labor.
35) Ovaries contain numerous each of which is a capsule that surrounds an egg.
A) follicles
B) areolas
D) infundibula
35)
C) cilia
|
36) The breast consists of about 15 or 20 clusters of each with a separate opening to 36)
the nipple.
A) mammary glands
B) fimbriae
C) areolas
D) oviducts
37) The darker area surrounding the nipple is called the
A) areola
B) oviduct
C) follicle
37)
D) fimbria
4
Exam
Name
MULTIPLE CHOICE. Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the
question.
1) Which of the following terms refers to the external genitals of females?
A) vulva
B) fimbriae
C) vagina
D) uterus
1)
2)
2) The
are two organs that lie on either side of the uterus and are about the size and
shape of unshelled almonds.
A) testes
B) breasts
C) ovaries
D) kidneys
3) The
is an example of the external genitals of the female.
A) vas deferens B) uterus
C) ovary
3)
2
D) clitoris
4)
4) Which of the following is a part of the clitoris?
A) the labia minora and labia majora
C) the urethra and introitus
B) the glans and a shaft
D) the fourchette and perineum
5) Which of the following is true of the penis and the clitoris? , 2 – 4 กร การ 5)
A) Unlike the penis, the clitoris has few or no nerve endings.
B) Both the penis and clitoris have a direct function in reproduction.
C) Unlike the clitoris, the penis is erectile.
D) Both the penis and clitoris comprise of a shaft and the glans.
6) The penis in the male is homologous to the
A) hymen
B) clitoris
in the female.
C) vagina
6)
D) mons pubis
7)
7) Which of the following is true of the clitoris?
A) It has only a few nerve endings unlike the penis.
B) It develops from the same embryonic tissue as the penis.
C) It is of uniform size across all women.
D) It plays no role in the sexual arousal of women.
8)
8) In what way do the clitoris and penis resemble each other?
A) They both possess channels for the passage of urine.
B) They both have direct function in reproduction.
C) They both have only a few nerve endings.
D) They both vary in size from one person to another.
9)
9) The erection of the clitoris is possible because its internal structure contains
A) vestibular bulbs
B) urethrae
C) corpora cavernosa
D) smegma
CS
Scanned with
CamScanner
20)
20) The nerve supply of the vagina is
A) mostly to the lower one-third, near the introitus.
B) concentrated in the upper one-third around the cervix.
C) scant, if not nonexistent.
D) evenly distributed throughout its length.
21)
21) Which of the following is true of the G spot?
A) It is typically more sensitive than the clitoris.
B) It is homologous with the male penis.
C) It is located on the front wall of the vagina.
D) It is an insensate spot on the vaginal wall.
22)
22) The
is also known as the female prostate.
A) Bartholin gland
B) Skene’s gland
C) vestibular bulb
D) scrotum
23)
23) Which of the following is true of the Skene’s gland?
A) It has no known function.
B) Its ducts empty into the urethra.
C) Its size is the same for all women.
D) It is located on the clitoral hood.
24)
24) The organ that is responsible for female ejaculation is the
A) vas deferens
B) fundus
C) meatus
D) Skene’s gland
25) The major function of the
A) uterus
C) vagina
25)
is to hold and nourish a developing fetus.
B) ovaries
D) fallopian tubes
26)
26) Which of the following is true of the uterus?
A) It is the shape and size of an upside-down pear.
B) It serves no known reproductive function.
C) It is also known as the mons veneris.
D) Its entrance is wide but it gradually narrows.
27)
27) The
consists of three layers: the endometrium, the myometrium, and the
perimetrium.
A) clitoris
B) ovaries
C) uterus bo D) vagina
28)
28) The layer of the uterus that is sloughed off during menstruation and creates the
menstrual discharge is the
A) myometrium
B) exometrium
C) perimetrium
D) endometrium
3
CS Scanned with
CamScanner
10)
10) The
has a rich supply of nerve endings.
A) hymen
B) clitoris
C) smegma
D) ovum
11)
11) The
is part of the sexual anatomy that plays an important role in stimulating
sexual arousal with no known reproductive function.
A) vagina
B) uterus
C) clitoris
D) penis
12) The vaginal opening is sometimes called the
A) perineum B) fourchette
12)
C) introitus
D) mons pubis
13) The two long cylinders of spongy tissue lying on top of the penis are called the
A) corpora cavernosa
B) Bartholin glands
C) vasa deferentia
D) corpus spongiosum
13)
14) In the females, urine passes through the
A) vagina
B) urethra
from the bladder out of the body.
C) clitoris
D) perineum
14)

2
15) The
is a thin membrane which, if present, partially covers the vaginal opening.
·A) hymen
B) mons pubis C) clitoris
D) perineum
15)
16) Which of the following is true of clitoridectomy?
A) It is the stitching together of the clitoris and prepuce.
B) It is the partial or total removal of the clitoris.
C) It is the restoration of a mutilated prepuce.
D) It is the restoration of a mutilated clitoris.
16
17) Which of the following is the simplest form of female genital cutting (FGC) classified
as Type 1 by the WHO?
A) castration
B) excision
C) infibulation
D) clitoridectomy
17)
18) Which of the following is true of the hymen?
A) An imperforate hymen has several openings.
B) The hymen is present in all females at birth.
C) An annular hymen hinders menstruation.
D) Hymens are not reliable indicators of virginity.
18)
19) The is an internal sex organ of the female.
A) perineum
B) labia majora
C) vagina
D) fourchette
19)
2 :
CS
Scanned with
CamScanner
29)
29) The muscles of the myometrium in the uterus
A) are very weak and are incapable of expanding.
B) create the contractions of labor and orgasm.
C) form the external cover of the uterus.
D) are sloughed off during menstruation.
30)
30) The
are the pathways by which the egg travels toward the uterus and the sperm
reach the egg.
A) seminiferous tubules
C) fallopian tubes
B) Bartholin glands
D) ovaries
31) Fertilization of the egg typically occurs in the section of the fallopian tube known as the 31)
A) cilium
C) crus
B) fimbria
D) infundibulum
32)
32) Which of the following is true of ovaries and egg cells?
A) A woman with only one ovary cannot conceive.
B) The ovaries do not connect directly to the fallopian tubes.
C) The ovary consists of about 15 or 20 clusters of mammary glands.
D) The egg cannot be fertilized outside the fallopian tubes.
33) One of the main functions of the
A) vagina
B) breasts
33)
is the production of eggs.
C) hymen
D) ovaries
34)
34) Which of the following is a major function of the ovaries?
A) They hold and nourish the developing fetus.
B) They manufacture the sex hormones–estrogen and progesterone.
C) They are the organs directly responsible for a woman’s orgasm.
D) They create the powerful contractions of labor.
35) Ovaries contain numerous each of which is a capsule that surrounds an egg.
A) follicles
B) areolas
C) cilia
D) infundibula
35)
36)
36) The breast consists of about 15 or 20 clusters of each with a separate opening to
the nipple.
A) mammary glands
B) fimbriae
C) areolas
D) oviducts
37) The darker area surrounding the nipple is called the
A) areola
B) oviduct
C) follicle
37)
D) fimbria
4
CS
Scanned with
CamScanner
38)
38) Which of the following is true of breasts?
A) Large breasts have more number of nerve endings than small breasts.
B) Small breasts are more erotically sensitive per square inch than are large ones.
C) Breasts have no reproductive or erotic functions.
D) Breasts manufacture the sex hormones-estrogen and progesterone.
39)
C) fourchette
40)
39) The main part of the penis is called the
A) shaft
B) prepuce
D) smegma
40) Which of the following is true of the biological makeup and functioning of the penis in
human males?
A) The flaccid state of the penis is known as tumescence.
B) The erection of the penis results entirely from blood flow.
C) The foreskin of the penis is not retractable.
D) The penis contains a bone, which aids in erection.
41) The
is an additional layer of skin that forms a sheathlike covering over the glans 41)
of the penis.
A) fourchette B) foreskin
C) urethra
D) scrotum
42)
42) Circumcision refers to the surgical removal of the
A) perineum
B) fourchette
C) foreskin
D) urethra
43)
43) The
is an external genital structure in the male that contains the testes.
A) phallus
B) scrotum
C) fourchette
D) prostate
44)
44) The
are the gonads, or reproductive glands, of the male.
A) vas deferentia
B) hymens
C) testes
D) ovaries
45)
45) The is analogous to the female’s ovary.
A) corpus spongiosum
C) vas deferens
B) meatus
D) testis
46)
46) Sperm are stored in the
A) vasa deferentia
C) seminiferous tubules
B) perineum
D) interstitial cells
47)
47) Which of the following is true of the testes?
A) The testes are endocrine glands.
B) The testes move closer to the body in a hot environment.
C) The testes move away from the body in a cold environment.
D) The testes are analogous to the clitoris.
CS
Scanned with
CamScanner
5
10)
10) The
has a rich supply of nerve endings.
A) hymen
B) clitoris
C) smegma
D) ovum
11)
11) The
is part of the sexual anatomy that plays an important role in stimulating
sexual arousal with no known reproductive function.
A) vagina
B) uterus
C) clitoris
D) penis
12) The vaginal opening is sometimes called the
A) perineum B) fourchette
12)
C) introitus
D) mons pubis
13) The two long cylinders of spongy tissue lying on top of the penis are called the
A) corpora cavernosa
B) Bartholin glands
C) vasa deferentia
D) corpus spongiosum
13)
14) In the females, urine passes through the
A) vagina
B) urethra
from the bladder out of the body.
C) clitoris
D) perineum
14)

2
15) The
is a thin membrane which, if present, partially covers the vaginal opening.
·A) hymen
B) mons pubis C) clitoris
D) perineum
15)
16) Which of the following is true of clitoridectomy?
A) It is the stitching together of the clitoris and prepuce.
B) It is the partial or total removal of the clitoris.
C) It is the restoration of a mutilated prepuce.
D) It is the restoration of a mutilated clitoris.
16
17) Which of the following is the simplest form of female genital cutting (FGC) classified
as Type 1 by the WHO?
A) castration
B) excision
C) infibulation
D) clitoridectomy
17)
18) Which of the following is true of the hymen?
A) An imperforate hymen has several openings.
B) The hymen is present in all females at birth.
C) An annular hymen hinders menstruation.
D) Hymens are not reliable indicators of virginity.
18)
19) The is an internal sex organ of the female.
A) perineum
B) labia majora
C) vagina
D) fourchette
19)
2 :
CS
Scanned with
CamScanner
Exam
Name
MULTIPLE CHOICE. Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the
question.
1) Which of the following terms refers to the external genitals of females?
A) vulva
B) fimbriae
C) vagina
D) uterus
1)
2)
2) The
are two organs that lie on either side of the uterus and are about the size and
shape of unshelled almonds.
A) testes
B) breasts
C) ovaries
D) kidneys
3) The
is an example of the external genitals of the female.
A) vas deferens B) uterus
C) ovary
3)
2
D) clitoris
4)
4) Which of the following is a part of the clitoris?
A) the labia minora and labia majora
C) the urethra and introitus
B) the glans and a shaft
D) the fourchette and perineum
5) Which of the following is true of the penis and the clitoris? , 2 – 4 กร การ 5)
A) Unlike the penis, the clitoris has few or no nerve endings.
B) Both the penis and clitoris have a direct function in reproduction.
C) Unlike the clitoris, the penis is erectile.
D) Both the penis and clitoris comprise of a shaft and the glans.
6) The penis in the male is homologous to the
A) hymen
B) clitoris
in the female.
C) vagina
6)
D) mons pubis
7)
7) Which of the following is true of the clitoris?
A) It has only a few nerve endings unlike the penis.
B) It develops from the same embryonic tissue as the penis.
C) It is of uniform size across all women.
D) It plays no role in the sexual arousal of women.
8)
8) In what way do the clitoris and penis resemble each other?
A) They both possess channels for the passage of urine.
B) They both have direct function in reproduction.
C) They both have only a few nerve endings.
D) They both vary in size from one person to another.
9)
9) The erection of the clitoris is possible because its internal structure contains
A) vestibular bulbs
B) urethrae
C) corpora cavernosa
D) smegma
CS
Scanned with
CamScanner
20)
20) The nerve supply of the vagina is
A) mostly to the lower one-third, near the introitus.
B) concentrated in the upper one-third around the cervix.
C) scant, if not nonexistent.
D) evenly distributed throughout its length.
21)
21) Which of the following is true of the G spot?
A) It is typically more sensitive than the clitoris.
B) It is homologous with the male penis.
C) It is located on the front wall of the vagina.
D) It is an insensate spot on the vaginal wall.
22)
22) The
is also known as the female prostate.
A) Bartholin gland
B) Skene’s gland
C) vestibular bulb
D) scrotum
23)
23) Which of the following is true of the Skene’s gland?
A) It has no known function.
B) Its ducts empty into the urethra.
C) Its size is the same for all women.
D) It is located on the clitoral hood.
24)
24) The organ that is responsible for female ejaculation is the
A) vas deferens
B) fundus
C) meatus
D) Skene’s gland
25) The major function of the
A) uterus
C) vagina
25)
is to hold and nourish a developing fetus.
B) ovaries
D) fallopian tubes
26)
26) Which of the following is true of the uterus?
A) It is the shape and size of an upside-down pear.
B) It serves no known reproductive function.
C) It is also known as the mons veneris.
D) Its entrance is wide but it gradually narrows.
27)
27) The
consists of three layers: the endometrium, the myometrium, and the
perimetrium.
A) clitoris
B) ovaries
C) uterus bo D) vagina
28)
28) The layer of the uterus that is sloughed off during menstruation and creates the
menstrual discharge is the
A) myometrium
B) exometrium
C) perimetrium
D) endometrium
3
CS Scanned with
CamScanner
29)
29) The muscles of the myometrium in the uterus
A) are very weak and are incapable of expanding.
B) create the contractions of labor and orgasm.
C) form the external cover of the uterus.
D) are sloughed off during menstruation.
30)
30) The
are the pathways by which the egg travels toward the uterus and the sperm
reach the egg.
A) seminiferous tubules
C) fallopian tubes
B) Bartholin glands
D) ovaries
31) Fertilization of the egg typically occurs in the section of the fallopian tube known as the 31)
A) cilium
C) crus
B) fimbria
D) infundibulum
32)
32) Which of the following is true of ovaries and egg cells?
A) A woman with only one ovary cannot conceive.
B) The ovaries do not connect directly to the fallopian tubes.
C) The ovary consists of about 15 or 20 clusters of mammary glands.
D) The egg cannot be fertilized outside the fallopian tubes.
33) One of the main functions of the
A) vagina
B) breasts
33)
is the production of eggs.
C) hymen
D) ovaries
34)
34) Which of the following is a major function of the ovaries?
A) They hold and nourish the developing fetus.
B) They manufacture the sex hormones–estrogen and progesterone.
C) They are the organs directly responsible for a woman’s orgasm.
D) They create the powerful contractions of labor.
35) Ovaries contain numerous each of which is a capsule that surrounds an egg.
A) follicles
B) areolas
C) cilia
D) infundibula
35)
36)
36) The breast consists of about 15 or 20 clusters of each with a separate opening to
the nipple.
A) mammary glands
B) fimbriae
C) areolas
D) oviducts
37) The darker area surrounding the nipple is called the
A) areola
B) oviduct
C) follicle
37)
D) fimbria
4
CS
Scanned with
CamScanner
38)
38) Which of the following is true of breasts?
A) Large breasts have more number of nerve endings than small breasts
B) Small breasts are more erotically sensitive per square inch than are large ones.
C) Breasts have no reproductive or erotic functions.
D) Breasts manufacture the sex hormones-estrogen and progesterone.
39)
39) The main part of the penis is called the
A) shaft
B) prepuce
C) fourchette D) smegma
40)
40) Which of the following is true of the biological makeup and functioning of the penis in
human males?
A) The flaccid state of the penis is known as tumescence
B) The erection of the penis results entirely from blood flow.
C) The foreskin of the penis is not retractable.
D) The penis contains a bone, which aids in erection
41) The is an additional layer of skin that forms a sheathlike covering over the glans 141)
of the penis
A) fourchette
B) foreskin
C) urethra D) scrotum
42)
42) Circumcision refers to the surgical removal of the
A) perineum B) fourchette C) foreskin
D) urethra
43)
43) The is an external genital structure in the male that contains the testes.
A) phallus
B) scrotum
C) fourchette D) prostate
44)
44) The are the gonads, or reproductive glands, of the male,
A) vas deferentia
B) hymens
C) testes
C
D) ovaries
45)
45) The is analogous to the female’s ovary.
A) corpus spongiosum
C) vas deferens
B) meatus
D) testis
46)
46) Sperm are stored in the
A) vasa deferentia
C) seminiferous tubules
B) perineum
D) interstitial cells
47) –
47) Which of the following is true of the testes?
A) The testes are endocrine glands.
B) The testes move closer to the body in a hot environment.
C) The testes move away from the body in a cold environment,
D) The testes are analogous to the clitoris.
5
48)
48) Which of the following is true of sperm?
A) Sperm can be injured by extremes of temperature,
B) Sperm are manufactured by the Bartholin glands.
C) Sperm are manufactured in the interstitial cells
D) Sperm can survive unharmed in extreme temperatures.
49)
49) Which of the following is true of ejaculation?
A) The ejaculatory duct opens into the seminiferous tubules.
B) Upon ejaculation, sperms pass from one testis to the other
C) An average ejaculate contains about 200 million sperms.
D) Cowper’s glands secrete fluid only after ejaculation.
50)
50) The prostate
A) is composed entirely of glandular tissue.
B) is fairly large at birth but shrinks during puberty.
C) secretes a milky alkaline fluid that is part of the ejaculate.
D) cannot be felt by rectal examination

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Paraphrasing

Description

IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING WORD LIMIT REQUIREMENTS: Please note that each and every assignment has its own word limit. Find a scholarly article in the GCU library. Copy an excerpt from the article. The excerpt should be the length of a paragraph (approximately four to five sentences long). Post the excerpt as your initial discussion forum post with your paraphrase of this excerpt directly underneath using appropriate APA citations. Use the Topic Material, “In-Text Citations: The Basics,” located on the Purdue Online Writing Lab website, and the paraphrasing guidelines outlined in Lecture 2 to assist you: https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/02… MUST be 150-200 words and have at least two citation with the page numbers and two reference in APA format. (The List of References should not be included in the word count.) Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the Learning Resources. It is important that you cover all the topics identified in the assignment. Covering the topic does not mean mentioning the topic BUT presenting an explanation from the context of ethics and the readings for this class To get maximum points you need to follow the requirements listed for this assignments 1) look at the word/page limits 2) review and follow APA rules 3) create subheadings to identify the key sections you are presenting and 4) Free from typographical and sentence construction errors. REMEMBER IN APA FORMAT JOURNAL TITLES AND VOLUME NUMBERS ARE ITALICIZED.


Chapter 10 Quiz

Description

You will have 10 minutes to complete Chapter 10 Quiz. Good luck!It is 5 questions for 10 minutes


Health Organization Evaluation

Description

Research a health care organization or network that spans several states with in the United States (United Healthcare, Vanguard, Banner Health, etc.). Assess the readiness of the health care organization or network you chose in regard to meeting the health care needs of citizens in the next decade.Prepare a 1,000-1,250 word paper that presents your assessment and proposes a strategic plan to ensure readiness. Include the following:Describe the health care organization or network.Describe the organization’s overall readiness based on your findings.Prepare a strategic plan to address issues pertaining to network growth, nurse staffing, resource management, and patient satisfaction.Identify any current or potential issues within the organizational culture and discuss how these issues may affect aspects of the strategic plan.Propose a theory or model that could be used to support implementation of the strategic plan for this organization. Explain why this theory or model is best.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Course Code
NRS-451VN
Class Code
NRS-451VN-O502
Criteria
Content
Percentage
80.0%
Health Care Organization or Network
15.0%
Assessment of Overall Organizational Readiness
15.0%
Strategic Plan
20.0%
Identification of Current or Potential Issues in
Organizational Culture and Impact of These to
Strategic Plan
15.0%
Theory or Model to Support Implementation of
Strategic Plan
15.0%
Organization, Effectiveness, and Format
20.0%
Thesis Development and Purpose
5.0%
Argument Logic and Construction
5.0%
Mechanics of Writing (includes spelling,
punctuation, grammar, language use)
5.0%
Paper Format (use of appropriate style for the
major and assignment)
2.0%
Documentation of Sources (citations, footnotes,
references, bibliography, etc., as appropriate to
assignment and style)
3.0%
Total Weightage
100%
Assignment Title
Health Organization Evaluation
Unsatisfactory (0.00%)
Health care organization or network is not described.
Assessment of overall organizational readiness is omitted.
Strategic plan is omitted.
Current or potential issues in the organizational culture and
the impact of these to strategic plan are omitted.
Theory or model to support strategic plan implementation is
omitted.
Paper lacks any discernible overall purpose or organizing
claim.
Statement of purpose is not justified by the conclusion. The
conclusion does not support the claim made. Argument is
incoherent and uses noncredible sources.
Surface errors are pervasive enough that they impede
communication of meaning. Inappropriate word choice or
sentence construction is used.
Template is not used appropriately, or documentation format
is rarely followed correctly.
Sources are not documented.
Total Points
180.0
Less Than Satisfactory (65.00%)
Health care organization or network is partially presented.
There are significant omissions and inaccuracies.
Assessment of overall organizational readiness is partially
presented. There are significant omissions. Degree of
organizational readiness is not established.
Strategic plan is partially presented. Plan contains major
omissions. The plan fails to address issues outlined in the
assignment criteria.
Current or potential issues in the organizational culture are
partially summarized. The potential impact of these on the
strategic plan is unclear. There are omissions and inaccuracies
throughout.
Theory or model to support strategic plan implementation is
partially described. It is unclear how the theory or model
would support implementation of strategic plan for the
organization.
Thesis is insufficiently developed or vague. Purpose is not
clear.
Sufficient justification of claims is lacking. Argument lacks
consistent unity. There are obvious flaws in the logic. Some
sources have questionable credibility.
Frequent and repetitive mechanical errors distract the
reader. Inconsistencies in language choice (register) or word
choice are present. Sentence structure is correct but not
varied.
Appropriate template is used, but some elements are missing
or mistaken. A lack of control with formatting is apparent.
Documentation of sources is inconsistent or incorrect, as
appropriate to assignment and style, with numerous
formatting errors.
Satisfactory (75.00%)
Health care organization or network is summarized. Some
information is needed. There are minor inaccuracies related
to the representation of the organization or network.
Assessment of overall organizational readiness is
summarized. Degree of organizational readiness is partially
established. More information, rationale, and support are
needed.
The strategic plan generally addresses network growth, nurse
staffing, resource management, and patient satisfaction.
More information, rationale, and support are needed.
Current or potential issues in the organizational culture are
generally discussed. The impact of these on the strategic plan
is summarized. Evidence and rationale are needed to support
claims.
Theory or model to support strategic plan implementation is
proposed. The theory or model demonstrates some support
for implementation of the strategic plan for the organization.
It is unclear why this theory or model is the best choice. More
information is needed.
Thesis is apparent and appropriate to purpose.
Argument is orderly but may have a few inconsistencies. The
argument presents minimal justification of claims. Argument
logically, but not thoroughly, supports the purpose. Sources
used are credible. Introduction and conclusion bracket the
thesis.
Some mechanical errors or typos are present, but they are
not overly distracting to the reader. Correct and varied
sentence structure and audience-appropriate language are
employed.
Appropriate template is used. Formatting is correct, although
some minor errors may be present.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style, although some formatting errors may be present.
Good (85.00%)
Health care organization or network is described. Some detail
is needed for clarity.
Assessment of overall organizational readiness is described.
Degree of organizational readiness is generally established.
Some evidence or rationale is needed for support.
The strategic plan addresses network growth, nurse staffing,
resource management, and patient satisfaction. Some
evidence or rationale is needed for support.
Current or potential issues in the organizational culture and
the potential impact of these on the strategic plan are
discussed. Some evidence or rationale is needed.
Theory or model to support strategic plan implementation is
proposed. The theory or model demonstrates support for
implementation of the strategic plan for the organization.
General rationale is provided for why the theory or model is
the best choice.
Thesis is clear and forecasts the development of the paper.
Thesis is descriptive and reflective of the arguments and
appropriate to the purpose.
Argument shows logical progression. Techniques of
argumentation are evident. There is a smooth progression of
claims from introduction to conclusion. Most sources are
authoritative.
Prose is largely free of mechanical errors, although a few may
be present. The writer uses a variety of effective sentence
structures and figures of speech.
Appropriate template is fully used. There are virtually no
errors in formatting style.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style, and format is mostly correct.
Excellent (100.00%)
Health care organization or network is clearly and accurately
described.
Assessment of overall organizational readiness is described in
detail. Degree of organizational readiness is established.
Strong evidence and rationale support the assessment.
The strategic plan is well developed. Network growth, nurse
staffing, resource management, and patient satisfaction are
addressed in detail. The plan is supported with strong
evidence and rationale.
Current or potential issues in the organizational culture are
clearly identified. The potential impact of these on the
strategic plan is thoroughly described and supported with
evidence and rationale.
Theory or model to support strategic plan implementation is
proposed. The theory or model demonstrates strong support
for implementation of the strategic plan for the organization.
Compelling rationale supports why the theory or model is the
best choice.
Thesis is comprehensive and contains the essence of the
paper. Thesis statement makes the purpose of the paper
clear.
Comments
Clear and convincing argument presents a persuasive claim in
a distinctive and compelling manner. All sources are
authoritative.
Writer is clearly in command of standard, written, academic
English.
All format elements are correct.
Sources are completely and correctly documented, as
appropriate to assignment and style, and format is free of
error.
Points Earned

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Written Assignment – Stroke Concept Map

Description

Please use the concept map
to plan care for Mr. Jackson. Mr. Jackson is a 38-year-old African
American that presents with an altered level of consciousness (ALOC). He
has been having headaches for the last three months but due to a hectic
work schedule he has not been able to go to see his medical
practitioner. During his last visit two years ago, his blood pressure
was slightly elevated, but he never followed up. Upon arrival to the ED a
CT scan is completed and it shows a large bleed near the frontal lobe.
What should Mr. Jackson’s plan of care include?APA Style with in-text citation and references within 5 years.


Ethical Dilemmas

Description

American Psychological Association. (2006). Publication manual of the American
Psychological Association (6th ed.). Washington, D.C.: Author
Andrews, M. & Boyle, J. (2016). Transcultural concepts in nursing care (7th ed.). Wolters
Kluwer: Philadelphia. ISBN 978-1-4511-9397-8
VI. InstructionDescribe ethical dilemmas associated with the current state of population health and care disparities. Support your response with at least one scholarly journal reference.


Nutrition Assignment

Description

Module 03 Assignment – Track and Reflect on Your Nutrient IntakePeople lead busy lives. Many individuals find it easy to lose track of just how much food and drink they have consumed throughout the day. This assignment will provide you with an opportunity to track and reflect on your nutritional intake. The results may surprise you!For this assignment, use the Nutritional Intake Worksheet (below) to:
Familiarize yourself with the 2015-2020 USDA Dietary Guidelines for an adult.
Track all of the food and beverages you consume for a 3-day period.
Analyze your nutritional intake compared to the USDA Dietary Guidelines.
Answer a series of self-evaluation questions.

File: Nutritional Intake Worksheet


Nursing Evolution

Description

Nursing Evolution for the class Advanced Medical Surgical Nursing: Promoting Wellness in the Critically III.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Course Outline
The Course Outline below serves as a course roadmap, displaying the topics and
activities intended to be covered each week. This schedule is subject to change in the
event of extenuating circumstances.


Objectives reflect the teaching activities that, if engaged in, are intended to lead
to specific, measurable student learning outcomes.
Course Activities and Assignments outline the teaching strategies used
and the assessment requirements that students are to fulfill throughout the
duration of the course.
*Refer to the assignment rubrics in your course for specific grading criteria, if
applicable. Rubrics can be found in the My Grades section and/or in your
assignment dropbox.
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
Objectives
Activities & Assignments
1
Introduction: Orientation, Syllabus review
Reading
Critically Ill Introduction to Care of the Critically
Patient
Ill Patient
• Lewis & Heitkemper
o Ch. 1
1. Integrate the nursing process
o Ch. 9
while developing a
o Ch. 65
comprehensive plan care to
• Pharmacology Made Easy
the critically ill patient.
o Introduction
2. Construct priorities in care
for the critically-ill patient Content Outline
using applicable concepts:
perfusion, oxygenation,
• Introduction to care of the
intracranial regulation, fluid
critically ill patient
regulation,
• Exemplar: altered critically-ill
infection/inflammation,
patient
tissue integrity, pain,
metabolism, nutrition,
Specific Course Activities
elimination, mobility, safety,
collaboration, and health
• Nursing process
promotion.
• Concept map
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
2
Topic
Oxygenation
Objectives
Activities & Assignments
3. Propose specific
• Group work: Teaching plan
interprofessional
using ATI template
collaboration/team
• Socrative
management involvement to
• Role of nurses
meet the needs of the
• Worksheet
critically ill patient.
• Safe dosage
4. Examine the pharmacologic,
• Pain management
nutritional, developmental,
and teaching needs of the
ATI
critically ill patient.
• ATI Adult medical–surgical
Concept: Safety
review module
o Ch. 2
1. Integrate the nursing process Reading
while developing a
comprehensive

Lewis & Heitkemper
plan alterations in
o Ch. 27
oxygenation.
o Ch. 67
2. Construct priorities in care
for the critically ill patient
Content Outline
using applicable concepts:
perfusion, oxygenation,
• Exemplar: ARDS
intracranial regulation, fluid
regulation,
o Critical elements
infection/inflammation,
tissue integrity, pain,
▪ Respiratory
metabolism, nutrition,
failure
elimination, mobility, safety,
▪ PE
collaboration, and health
▪ Chest trauma
promotion.
▪ Pneumothorax
3. Propose specific
▪ Hemothorax
interprofessional
▪ Mechanical
collaboration/team
ventilation
management involvement to
▪ Chest tubes
meet the needs of the
▪ Neuromuscular
critically ill patient with
blockade
alterations in oxygenation.
4. Examine the pharmacologic, Specific Course Activities
nutritional, developmental,
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
Objectives
and teaching needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in oxygenation.
Activities & Assignments
• Pharmacology Made Easy
o

Neuromuscular
blockers
o Respiratory drugs
Group Work: Case scenarios
ATI



ATI system disorder
templates
ATI medication templates
ATI adult medical–surgical
review module
o
o
o
o
Ch. 17
Ch. 19 (pp. 111–116)
Ch. 24–26
Ch. 94 (pp. 636–638)
Assignments

ATI Targeted Med–Surg
Practice Assessments
o
o

3
Perfusion
Respiratory
Fluid, electrolyte, and
acid base
Quiz 1
1. Integrate the nursing process Reading
while developing a
comprehensive plan care to
• Lewis & Heitkemper
the critically ill patient with
o Ch. 31
alterations in perfusion.
o Ch. 33
2. Construct priorities in care
o Ch. 35
for the critically ill patient
using applicable concepts:
Content Outlinewwo
perfusion, oxygenation,
intracranial regulation, fluid
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
Objectives
Activities & Assignments
regulation,
• Exemplar: acute coronary
infection/inflammation,
syndrome
tissue integrity, pain,
o Critical elements
metabolism, nutrition,
▪ lethal
elimination, mobility, safety,
dysrhythmias
collaboration, and
▪ aneurysms
health promotion.
▪ CABG
3. Propose specific
▪ pacemaker
interprofessional
collaboration/team
Specific Course Activities
management involvement to
meet the needs of the
• Dysrhythmia worksheet
critically ill patient with
• Skill station
alterations in perfusion.
• Group work: American Heart
4. Examine the pharmacologic,
Association:
nutritional, developmental,
and teaching needs of the
o STEMI
critically ill patient with
o NSTEMI
alterations in perfusion.
o ACS guidelines
• Incorporate at least 5 NLCEX
questions
ATI


ATI Adult Medical Surgical
Review Module
o Ch. 27 (pp. 162–163)
o Ch. 28–29
o Ch. 37–38
Pharmacology Made Easy
o
o
o
Cardiac medications
Vasopressors
Shock
Assignments

ATI Targeted Med–Surg
Practice Assessment
o Cardiovascular
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
4
Topic
Metabolism
and Fluid
Regulation
Objectives
Activities & Assignments
• ATI Practice Assessment
o RN pharmacology
online practice 2016 B
• Quiz 2
1. Integrate the nursing process Reading
while developing a
comprehensive plan care to
• Lewis & Heitkemper
the critically ill patient with
o Ch. 47–49
alterations in metabolism
(DKA, HHS) and fluid
Content Outline
regulation (DI, SIADH).
2. Construct priorities in care
• Exemplars: DKA, HHS, DI,
for the critically ill patient
SIADH
using applicable concepts:
• Critical Elements
perfusion, oxygenation,
intracranial regulation, fluid
o Metabolism
regulation,
o DKA
infection/inflammation,
o HHS
tissue integrity, pain,
• Fluid Regulation
metabolism, nutrition,
elimination, mobility, safety,
o DI
collaboration, and health
o SIADH
promotion.
3. Propose specific
Specific Course Activities
interprofessional
collaboration/team
• Compare/contrast chart
management involvement to
worksheet
meet the needs of the
• Pharmacology Made Easy
critically ill patient with
o Endocrine
alterations in metabolism and
• Incorporate at least 5 NCLEX
fluid regulation.
questions
4. Examine the pharmacologic,
nutritional, developmental, ATI
and teaching needs of the
critically ill patient with
• ATI adult medical surgical
alterations in metabolism and
review module
fluid regulation.
o Ch. 77
o CH. 82–83
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
Objectives
Activities & Assignments
Assignments



5
Liver
Failure
Nutrition
ATI Targeted Med–Surg
Practice Assessment
o Endocrine
Focused Review Hours
o After ATI practice
assessment:
Pharmacology
Quiz 3
Reading
1. Integrate the nursing process
• Lewis & Heitkemper
while developing a
o Ch. 38
comprehensive plan care to
o Ch. 43
the critically ill patient with
alterations in nutrition.
Content Outline
2. Construct priorities in care
for the critically ill patient
• Exemplar: Liver failure
using applicable concepts:
• Critical Elements
perfusion, oxygenation,
o cirrhosis
intracranial regulation, fluid
o hepatitis
regulation,
o pancreatitis
infection/inflammation,
tissue integrity, pain,
Specific Course Activities
metabolism, nutrition,
elimination, mobility, safety,
• Nursing process
collaboration, and health
• Liver flowsheet
promotion.
• Case study (p. 637)
3. Propose specific
• Targeted assessment: GI
interprofessional
collaboration/team
ATI
management involvement to
meet the needs of the
• ATI System disorder
critically ill patient with
templates
alterations in nutrition.
• ATI Adult medical surgical
4. Examine the pharmacologic,
review module
nutritional, developmental,
o Ch. 54–55
and teaching needs of the
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
Objectives
critically ill patient with
alterations in nutrition.
Activities & Assignments
• Pharmacology Made Easy: GI
medications
Assignments


6
Head
Injuries
Intracranial regulation
ATI Targeted Med–Surg
Practice Assessment
o Gastrointestinal
Quiz 4
Reading
1. Integrate the nursing process
• Lewis & Heitkemper
while developing a
o Ch. 55–57
comprehensive plan care to
o Ch. 60–62
the critically ill patient with
alterations in intracranial
Content Outline
regulation.
2. Construct priorities in care
• Exemplar: head injury
for the critically ill patient
o Critical elements
using applicable concepts:
perfusion, oxygenation,
▪ CVA
intracranial regulation, fluid
▪ ICP
regulation,
• Exemplar: SCI and stroke
infection/inflammation,
tissue integrity, pain,
Specific Course Activities
metabolism, nutrition,
elimination, mobility, safety,
• Nursing process
collaboration, and health

promotion.
• ATI Medication template
3. Propose specific
interprofessional
o tPa
collaboration/team
• Flowsheet—worksheet
management involvement to
• Chart—ischemic/hemorrhagic
meet the needs of the
stroke (p. 155)
critically ill patient with
• System disorder templates
alterations in intracranial
• Bondi website
regulation.
4. Examine the pharmacologic, ATI
nutritional, developmental,
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
Objectives
and teaching needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in intracranial
regulation.
Mobility
Activities & Assignments
• ATI Adult medical–surgical
review modules
o Ch. 3
o Ch. 5
o Ch. 14–16
• Pharmacology Made Easy
o Neurological system
1. Integrate the nursing process
medications, Part 1
while developing a
comprehensive plan care to
the critically ill patient with Assignments
alterations in mobility.
2. Construct priorities in care
• ATI Targeted Med–Surg
for the critically ill patient
Practice Assessment
using applicable concepts:
perfusion, oxygenation,
o Neurosensory and
intracranial regulation, fluid
musculoskeletal
regulation,
• ATI Practice Assessment
infection/inflammation,
o RN adult medicaltissue integrity, pain,
surgical online
metabolism, nutrition,
practice 2016 B
elimination, mobility, safety,
• Quiz 5
collaboration, and
health promotion.
3. Propose specific
interprofessional
collaboration/team
management involvement to
meet the needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in mobility.
4. Examine the pharmacologic,
nutritional, developmental,
and teaching needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in mobility.
7
Shock,
Sepsis,
Burns
Fluid
Reading
Regulation/Infection/Inflammation
• Lewis & Heitkemper
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
1.
2.
3.
4.
Objectives
Activities & Assignments
Integrate the nursing process
o Ch. 13
while developing a
o Ch. 24
comprehensive plan care to
o Ch. 66
the critically ill patient with
alterations in fluid regulation Content Outline
and infection/inflammation.
Construct priorities in care
• Exemplar: shock/sepsis
for the critically ill patient
• Critical elements
using applicable concepts:
o MODS
perfusion, oxygenation,
o SIRS
intracranial regulation, fluid
• Exemplar: Burns
regulation,
infection/inflammation,
Specific Course Activities
tissue integrity, pain,
metabolism, nutrition,
• Nursing process
elimination, mobility, safety,
• Shock table
collaboration, and health
• Case scenarios
promotion.
Propose specific
o Shock
interprofessional
o Burns
collaboration/team
• System disorder template
management involvement to
• Burns table
meet the needs of the
critically ill patient with
ATI
alterations in fluid regulation.
Examine the pharmacologic,
• ATI adult medical–surgical
nutritional, developmental,
review module
and teaching needs of the
o Ch. 56
critically ill patient with
o Ch. 58
alterations in fluid regulation.
o Ch. 75
Tissue Integrity
1. Integrate the nursing process
while developing a
comprehensive plan care to
the critically ill patient with
alterations in tissue integrity.
2. Construct priorities in care
for the critically ill patient
Assignments

ATI Targeted MedSurg
Practice Assessment
o
o

Immune system
Renal and urinary
Focused Review Hours
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
Topic
Objectives
using applicable concepts:
perfusion, oxygenation,
intracranial regulation, fluid
regulation,
infection/inflammation,
tissue integrity, pain,
metabolism, nutrition,
elimination, mobility, safety,
collaboration, and health
promotion.
3. Propose specific
interprofessional
collaboration/team
management involvement to
meet the needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in tissue integrity.
4. Examine the pharmacologic,
nutritional, developmental,
and teaching needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in tissue integrity.
Elimination
1. Integrate the nursing process
while developing a
comprehensive plan care to
the critically ill patient with
alterations in elimination.
2. Construct priorities in care
for the critically ill patient
using applicable concepts:
perfusion, oxygenation,
intracranial regulation, fluid
regulation,
infection/inflammation,
tissue integrity, pain,
metabolism, nutrition,
elimination, mobility, safety,
Activities & Assignments
o ATI practice
assessment: med–surg
• Quiz 6
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
8
Topic
Review of
Concepts
Objectives
collaboration, and health
promotion.
3. Propose specific
interprofessional
collaboration/team
management involvement to
meet the needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in elimination.
4. Examine the pharmacologic,
nutritional, developmental,
and teaching needs of the
critically ill patient with
alterations in elimination.
Review of concepts


Activities & Assignments
Content Outline
Perfusion, oxygenation,
• Review of concepts
intracranial regulation, fluid
regulation,
Specific Course Activities
infection/inflammation,
tissue integrity, pain,
• Nursing process
metabolism, nutrition,
• Game—Jeopardy
elimination, mobility, safety,
• NCLEX questions
collaboration, and health
• ACLS.net (ACLS training
promotion
center)
Proctored exam
Assignments

9
Course
Evaluation
ATI Proctored Exam
o RN adult medical–
surgical nursing 2016
Content Outline


Review of concepts
Evolution Statement
Assignments
Outline of
topics,
objectives,
and
activities
Week
10
Topic
Final Exam
Objectives
Activities & Assignments
• Focused Review Hours
o After ATI proctored
exam
• Active Learning
Engagement
• Nursing Evolution
Content Outline

Comprehensive Final exam
Assignments

Comprehensive Final Exam
Nursing Evolution Rubric
Exit
Meets Expectations
Approaches Expectations
Reflects on current theory and clinical
class with concepts and theories using the
Program Learning Outcomes and BSN
Essentials listed in the syllabus
Points:
Points:
3.3 (33.00%)
2.508 (25.08%)
1. Reflects on current theory class and
clinical and how courses support each
other (transfer of knowledge to apply to
clinical)- Focused to Current Term. 2.
Synthesizes theories and concepts from
liberal education to build an
understanding of the human experience.
3. Uses skills of inquiry and analysis to
address practice issues 4. Applies
knowledge of social and cultural factors in
the care of populations encountered in
this course.
1. Limited reflection on current theory class
and clinical and how courses support each
other (transfer of knowledge to apply to
clinical)- Focused to Current Term. 2.
Limited synthesis of theories and concepts
from liberal education to build an
understanding of the human experience 3.
Use limited skills of inquiry and analysis to
address practice issues 4. Applies limited
knowledge of social and cultural factors in
the care of populations encountered in this
course.
Develops an effective communication
style for interacting with current
patients, families, and the
interdisciplinary health team when
providing holistic, patient centered
nursing care to populations encountered
in this course.
Points:
Points:
3.4 (34.00%)
2.584 (25.84%)
1. Reflects on providing holistic patient
care to populations encountered in this
course. 2. Describes inter-collaborative
involvement (i.e. Interprofessional rounds;
consultations and interaction with PT/OT;
Respiratory Therapy, Pharmacist
consultation—describe their role/
contribution.)
1. A limited reflection on providing holistic
patient care to populations encountered in
this course. 2. Describes limited intercollaborative involvement
Models leadership when providing safe,
quality nursing care; coordinating the
healthcare team; and when tasked with
oversight and accountability for care
delivery.
Points:
Points:
3.3 (33.00%)
2.508 (25.08%)
1. Describe an event that demonstrates: •
application of leadership concepts, skills
and decision making in the provision of
high quality nursing care, • healthcare
team coordination • the oversight and
accountability for care delivery 2.
Describe an event that demonstrates
leadership, appropriate teambuilding and
collaborative strategies to effectively
implement patient safety and quality
improvement initiatives within the context
of the interprofessional team
1. Describes limited leadership concepts,
skills and decision making in the provision
of high quality nursing care, healthcare
team coordination and the oversight and
accountability for care delivery 2. Limited
description of an event that demonstrates
leadership, appropriate teambuilding and
collaborative strategies to effectively
implement patient safety and quality
improvement initiatives within the context of
the interprofessional team

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Research Designs

Description

Purpose:

This assignment provides a learning activity for students to demonstrate understanding of quantitative and qualitative research, the purpose and importance of designs, and how research is critical for creating a credible evidence-based nursing practice.

Directions for Preparing the Scholarly Paper:
Read each of these instructions.
Read the assignment grading rubric criteria.
This assignment is completed as an APA paper.
You are required to use the grading rubric criteria to ensure you are meeting all grading requirements of the paper.
The guideline below is a recommended outline only and does not substitute for your assignment grading rubric; your paper will be graded using the assignment grading rubric criteria.
For the introduction paragraph section, summarize your learning using mostly your own words (see the grading rubric for details):
The need for nursing research.
The importance for nurses to understand the basic principles of research.
The purpose of your paper.
For the quantitative research section, summarize your learning using mostly your own words (see the grading rubric for details):
The importance of quantitative research.
One type of quantitative design; explain one important feature of this type of design.
How quantitative research can help improve nursing practice.
For the qualitative research section, your learning using mostly your own words (see the grading rubric for details):
The importance of qualitative research.
One type of qualitative design; explain one important feature of this type of design.
How qualitative research can help improve nursing practice.
For the research sampling section, your learning using mostly your own words (see the grading rubric for details):
What is sampling and why is sampling important.
One sampling strategy used in quantitative research.
One other sampling strategy that you learned.
For the credible nursing practice section, your learning using mostly your own words (see the grading rubric for details):
How research can help to make nursing practice safer.
Why research is critical for creating an evidence-based nursing practice.
For the conclusion section, summarize your learning using mostly your own words (see the grading rubric for details):
Short, concise, thorough summary of the main points of the paper.
Double check your work with the grading rubric to ensure you have met all grading criteria for this assignment.
Two or more supporting scholarly references are required. Textbooks are not allowed and should not be used as a scholarly source.
No more than two direct quotes are allowed. You should be using mostly your own words to demonstrate your understanding of the topics/criteria for this assignment. Citations and references must be included.
This is a short, scholarly paper. The assignment should be 3-4 pages in length not including the title page and references page.

References

American Association of Colleges of Nurses (AACN). (2008). Executive summary: The essentials of baccalaureate education for professional nursing practice (2008). Retrieved from http://www.aacnnursing.org/Education-Resources/AAC…

Quality and Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN). (2018). QSEN knowledge, skills, and attitude competencies. Retrieved from http://qsen.org/competencies/pre-licensure-ksas/

Rubric

NR439 Research Designs Assignment Rubric

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeIntroductionWrite a paragraph introduction incorporating your learning and using mostly your own words to summarize:
a) The need for nursing research.
b) The importance for nurses to understand the basic principles of research.
c) The purpose of your paper.

32.0 pts

Thoroughly summarizes criteria in the first column. Excellent details are provided.

28.0 pts

Mostly summarizes criteria in the first column or one criteria lacks details or is missing.

25.0 pts

Minimally summarizes criteria from first the column or two criteria lack details or is missing.

11.0 pts

Poorly summarizes criteria from the first column or all criteria lack details.

0.0 pts

All criteria from the first column are missing.

32.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeQuantitative ResearchWrite a paragraph incorporating your learning and using mostly your own words to summarize:
a) The importance of quantitative research.
b) One type of quantitative design; explain one important feature of this type of design.
c) How quantitative research can help improve nursing practice.

34.0 pts

Thoroughly summarizes criteria in the first column. Excellent details are provided.

30.0 pts

Mostly summarizes criteria in the first column or one criteria lacks details or is missing.

27.0 pts

Minimally summarizes criteria from first the column or two criteria lack details or is missing.

13.0 pts

Poorly summarizes criteria from the first column or all criteria lack details.

0.0 pts

All criteria from the first column are missing.

34.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeQualitative ResearchWrite a paragraph incorporating your learning and using mostly your own words to summarize:
a) The importance of qualitative research.
b) One type of qualitative design; explain one important feature of this type of design.
c) How qualitative research can help improve nursing practice.

34.0 pts

Thoroughly summarizes criteria in the first column. Excellent details are provided.

30.0 pts

Mostly summarizes criteria in the first column or one criteria lacks details or is missing.

27.0 pts

Minimally summarizes criteria from first the column or two criteria lack details or is missing.

13.0 pts

Poorly summarizes criteria from the first column or all criteria lack details.

0.0 pts

All criteria from the first column are missing.

34.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeResearch SamplingWrite a paragraph incorporating your learning and using mostly your own words to summarize:
a) What is sampling and why is sampling important.
b) One sampling strategy used in quantitative research.
c) One other sampling strategy that you learned.

34.0 pts

Thoroughly summarizes all criteria in the first column. Thorough details are provided.

30.0 pts

Mostly summarizes criteria in the first column or one criteria lacks details or is missing.

27.0 pts

Minimally summarizes criteria from the first column or two criteria lack details or is missing.

13.0 pts

Vaguely summarizes all criteria from the first column or all criteria lack details.

0.0 pts

All criteria from the first column are missing.

34.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCredible Nursing PracticeWrite a paragraph incorporating your learning and using mostly your own words to summarize:
a) How research can help to make nursing practice safer.
b) Why research is critical for creating an evidence-based nursing practice.

34.0 pts

Thoroughly summarizes criteria in the first column. Thorough details are provided.

30.0 pts

Mostly summarizes criteria in the first column. Good details.

27.0 pts

Minimally summarizes criteria in the first column or one criteria lack details or is missing.

13.0 pts

Poorly summarizes criteria from the first column or both criteria lack details.

0.0 pts

Both criteria from the first column are missing.

34.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeConclusionWrite a short, concise, thorough summary of the main points of the paper.

32.0 pts

Summarizes a short, concise, thorough summary of the main points of the paper.

28.0 pts

Mostly summarizes the main points of the paper. Good details.

25.0 pts

Writes a vague summary of the paper. Fair details.

11.0 pts

Writes a poor summary of the paper. Poor details.

0.0 pts

Did not sufficiently provide any of the conclusion criteria or conclusion not discussed.

32.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeScholarly Writing, Mechanics, Organization, Spelling, Sentence Structure, Grammar.

8.0 pts

Excellent scholarly writing, mechanics, organization, spelling, sentence structure, grammar. No errors noted.

6.0 pts

Good writing, mechanics, organization, spelling, sentence structure, grammar. A few errors.

3.0 pts

Fair writing, mechanics, organization, Spelling, sentence structure, grammar. Some errors noted.

2.0 pts

Poor writing, mechanics, organization, spelling sentence structure, grammar. Many errors noted.

0.0 pts

Very poor writing, mechanics, and organization. Errors throughout are noted. Writing is difficult to understand or follow.

8.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Formatting

8.0 pts

Excellent APA formatting with no errors. Uses mostly own words. No more than 2 direct quotes used.

6.0 pts

Good APA formatting with a few errors noted. Three direct quotes used.

3.0 pts

Fair APA formatting with some errors noted. Four direct quotes used.

2.0 pts

Poor APA formatting with many errors noted. Five or more direct quotes used.

0.0 pts

Very poor APA with errors noted throughout.

8.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeSupporting EvidenceUses 2 or more relevant scholarly sources to support writing. Textbooks should not be used.

9.0 pts

Uses 2 or more relevant scholarly sources to support writing. Textbooks are not used.

5.0 pts

Uses at least 1 relevant scholarly source to support writing.

0.0 pts

No relevant scholarly sources provided.

9.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeLate Deduction

0.0 pts

0 points deducted

Submitted on time

0.0 pts

Not submitted on time – Points deducted

1 day late =11.25 deduction; 2 days=22.5 deduction; 3 days=33.75 deduction; 4 days =45 deduction; 5 days = 56.25 deduction; 6 days =67.5 deduction; 7 days =78.75 deduction; Score of 0 if more than 7 days late

0.0 pts

Total Points: 225.0


Design a sample 3-day diet for yourself and add an ergogenic aid to it if you believe you need it.

Description

Optimal Sports Performance

APA Formatting

Graduate level writing

400 or more words

3 to 4 references

Design a sample 3-day diet for yourself and add an ergogenic aid to it if you believe you need it.

Explain why you chose the foods that you did and also if you chose an ergogenic aid why you chose it.

Reference:

https://www.nasm.org/

Chapters 14 & 15-
Clark & Lucett NASM Essentials of Sports Performance Training. Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins 2010.
ISBN:0-7817-6803-9


Research Discussion Reply

Description

please respond to the following two post 109 words one reference

#1
Juan Carlos Velasquez

Week 12 Juan Velasquez

For my research I am focusing on patients with chronic renal failure on dialysis and the impact this has on the caregivers. About 40% of the U.S. population >60 years of age has CKD . And, the number of elderly patients who receive ESRD treatment has been rapidly increasing. Currently, nearly one in five prevalent ESRD patients are of age 65–74, and 16% are of age 75 or older. These numbers can be expected to increase further as the population ages; it is projected that the number of individuals >65 years will increase from 35 million in 2000 to 70 million in 2030 (Charina Gayomali, 2008). Caregiver burnout is a real problem in United States and around the world. With more and more cut back in hospital patients are being discharged with home duties to provide care for the loved ones. Burden is definable subjectively and objectively. Objective burden is defined as the changes and disruptions appeared in life as a result of care. Subjective burden definition is the reaction or attitude of caregiver against care experience (Mashayekhi. F. Pilevarzadeh. M, 2015). I belies some f the challenges I will encounter in obtaining samples will be, time, acceptances of the caregivers to be shadowed in their own home, and being able to connect with the caregivers and dialysis patients to open up and disclose there true thoughts and feelings. Participation in research is voluntary. A well-planned, culturally sensitive (stretching the term culture to include people of different ages, genders, health statuses, and incomes, as well as races and ethnic group memberships) recruitment effort is needed to find and enroll willing volunteers (Tappen, 2015). I will need to have a well prepared marketing plan to be able to fins the suitable participants. Once this is accomplished a very detailed interviews with both patient and caregiver separately will need to be done, to be able to accept or reject the participants. My main emphasize will be on build a trusting and caring relationships to be able to collect accurate data.

References

Suri, R. S., Larive, B., Garg, A. X., Hall, Y. N., Pierratos, A., Chertow, G. M., … FHN Study Group (2011). Burden on caregivers as perceived by hemodialysis patients in the Frequent Hemodialysis Network (FHN) trials. Nephrology, dialysis, transplantation : official publication of the European Dialysis and Transplant Association – European Renal Association, 26(7), 2316–2322. doi:10.1093/ndt/gfr007

Mashayekhi, F., Pilevarzadeh, M., & Rafati, F. (2015). THE ASSESSMENT OF CAREGIVER BURDEN IN CAREGIVERS OF HEMODIALYSIS PATIENTS. Materia socio-medica, 27(5), 333–336. doi:10.5455/msm.2015.27.333-336

Mallappallil, M., Friedman, E. A., Delano, B. G., McFarlane, S. I., & Salifu, M. O. (2014). Chronic kidney disease in the elderly: evaluation and management. Clinical practice (London, England), 11(5), 525–535. doi:10.2217/cpr.14.46

Tappen, R. M. (2015). Advanced nursing research: From theory to practice. Sudbury, MA: Jones & Bartlett Learning.

#2

Mercedes Carmona

Week 12

COLLAPSE

Week 12

Mercedes Carmona

Nursing Research

Among all adult residents of the facility in the research admitted to the ICU over a 1-year period. The most appropriate population would be critically ill patients ages 18 and over. I would assess the following: ICU, hospital, 30-day, and 180-day mortality rates; ICU and hospital lengths-of-stay; Post-hospital use of hospital care, ICU care, outpatient physician care, medications, and home care; and Post-hospital residence location.

The data will be stratified by age, sex, and separate categories of health status. The challenges in obtaining a sample from this population is consent since these patients are in critical condition and consent needs to be obtained from next-of-kin. I can address the challenges by recruiting patients and drafting an education brochure explaining the benefits of the study and the participation expectations.

Essential III, Quality Improvement and Safety, notes that quality improvement is emphasized through leadership and collaboration. Nurse leaders collaborate with staff and agencies to build tools that support quality improvement efforts. Through the development of methods, structured processes, and organizational guidelines, the nurse will be able to apply quality measures to every day nursing practice.

References

American Association of Colleges of Nursing (2016). About AACN. Retrieved from: http://www.aacn.nche.edu/about-aacn.

Bounds, M., Kram, S., Speroni, K. G., Brice, K., Luschinski, M. A., Harte, S., & Daniel, M. G. (2016). Effect of ABCDE bundle implementation on prevalence of delirium in intensive care unit patients. American Journal of Critical Care, 25(6), 535-544. http://dx.doi.org/10.4037/ajcc2016209.


Nursing Role Discussion

Description

After reading Chapter 12 and reviewing the lecture powerpoint (located in lectures tab), please answer the following questions. Each question must have at least 3 paragraphs and you must use at 3 least references (APA) included in your post.1. What is your role as a nurse in protecting patient healthcare information?2. Describe the role of information management nursing practice.3. Research what types of technologies and service such as free internet exist in South Florida for underserved populations. Describe what they are and how does the underserved population gain access to them.Very Important NO Plagiarism


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 12
Informatics
in Professional
Nursing Practice
Nursing Informatics (NI)
• NI a specialty that integrates nursing science,
computer science, and information science to
manage and communicate data, information,
and knowledge in nursing practice
• NI facilitates the integration of data,
information, knowledge, and wisdom to
support patients, nurses, and other providers in
their decision making in all roles and settings
Clinical Informatics
• Includes nursing as well as other medical and
health specialties and addresses the use of
information systems in patient care
• Domains of clinical informatics include the 3
areas of health systems, clinical care, and
information and communication technologies
Informatics Versus Health Informatics
• Health informatics encompasses the
interdisciplinary study of the design,
development, adoption, and application of ITbased innovations in healthcare services
delivery, management, and planning
• Informatics is the science of collecting,
managing, and retrieving information
The Impact of Legislation on
Health Informatics
• The Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA)
• Health Information Technology for Economic
and Clinical Health Act (HITECH)
• The Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act (PPACA)
Nursing Informatics Competencies
• AACN Essentials
• QSEN Competencies
• Nurse of the Future: Nursing Core Competencies
• TIGER Competencies
Basic Computer Competencies (1 of 2)
• Basic computer competencies include
understanding the concepts of information and
communication technology, possessing skill in
the use of a computer and managing files,
word processing, working with spreadsheets,
using databases, creating presentations, web
browsing, and communicating
Basic Computer Competencies (2 of 2)
• Web browsing
• Communication
– Email
– Listserv groups and mailing lists
– Social media
– Telehealth
ANA Principles for Social Networking
(1 of 2)
• Nurses must not transmit or place online
individually identifiable patient information
• Nurses must observe ethically prescribed
professional patient−nurse boundaries
• Nurses should understand that patients,
colleagues, institutions, and employers may
view posting
ANA Principles for Social Networking
(2 of 2)
• Nurses should take advantage of privacy
settings and seek to separate personal and
professional information online
• Nurses should bring content that could harm a
patient’s privacy, rights, or welfare to the
attention of appropriate authorities
• Nurses should participate in developing
institutional policies governing online contact
The National Council of State Boards
of Nursing’s Social Media Guidelines
for Nurses Video
https://www.ncsbn.org/347.htm
Information Literacy:
Electronic Databases
• CINAHL
• Health Source
• MEDLINE
• ERIC
• Nursing/Academic
Edition
• PsycINFO
• Google Scholar
• Cochrane Library
Information Literacy:
Website Evaluation
• Accuracy
• Authority or source
• Objectivity
• Currency or timeliness
• Coverage or quality
• Usability
Information Literacy:
Health Information Online (HONcode)
• Authoritative
• Justifiability
• Complementarity
• Transparency
• Privacy
• Financial disclosure
• Attribution
• Advertising policy
Information Management
• Electronic health record (EHR)
• Clinical decision support system (CDSS)
• Computerized provider order entry (CPOE)
• Barcode medication administration (BCMA)
• Admission, discharge, and transfer (ADT)
systems
• Handheld devices
Current and Future Trends
• Hospital value-based purchasing (VBP)
program and HITECH incentive programs
linking data and EHR meaningful use to fiscal
reimbursement in order to move the healthcare
system toward quality and safety

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

watch the video and follow the instructions

Description

Written Project Instructions:

1) Click on the “Project A” link above. Watch the lecture video.

2) Research a government supplemental food program

3) Calculate your hypothetical eligibility for that program. (You do NOT have to actually apply for any program.) Calculate the food “allotment” you would receive from that program for your current household for one week.

4) Create a grocery budget in which you try to live on just that food allotment for one week.

5) Go to a grocery store and see what foods you can/ can’t buy on that budget.

6) Write 1-2 pages on your findings, the program you chose. What foods were allowed? What did you learn? What did you have to give up for the week to stay in budget? How has this changed your view of supplemental nutrition programs?

Well written, Concise; free of grammar and punctuation errors. Student’s thoughts and ideas flow well and logically. Within 1-2 pages.

20

Clearly defines supplemental food program of interest. Well-researched. Gives specific examples of nutrition program’s qualifications and week/ monthly allotment. Give examples of foods allowed by that program.

20

Clear mention of how student had to accommodate to meet the food allotment budget, foods that had to be substituted to stay within the allotment. Mention of challenges following the supplemental food budget. Clear mention of what student learned from this assignment. Mention awareness of food programs.


Nursing Research MSN week 12

Description

Discussion # 6What would be the most appropriate researchable population for use in your research project? What are the challenges of obtaining a sample from this population? How could you address those challenges? (Essential I-IX)APA 6th edition requiredmore than 350 words and 2 references.The project phases will be provided.


Ethical and Poicy Factors in Care Coordination

Description

I will attach the scoring guide and the instructions below:

Do not need to add the audio portion of this question.

Instructions

For this assessment:

Choose the community organization or support group that you plan to address.

Presentation Format and Length

You may use PowerPoint or other suitable presentation software to create your slides and add your voiceover. If you elect to use an application other than PowerPoint, check with your faculty to avoid potential file compatibility issues.

Be sure that your slide deck includes the following slides:

Title slide.
Presentation title.
Your name.
Date.
Course number and title.
References (at the end of your presentation).

Your slide deck should consist of 10–12 slides, not including a title and references slide.

Create a detailed narrative script for your presentation, approximately 4–5 pages in length.

Supporting Evidence

Cite 3–5 credible sources from peer-reviewed journals or professional industry publications to support your presentation. Include your source citations on a references page appended to your narrative script.

Grading Requirements

The requirements outlined below correspond to the grading criteria in the Ethical and Policy Factors in Care Coordination Scoring Guide, so be sure to address each point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed.

Explain how governmental policies related to the health and/or safety of the community affect the coordination of care.
Provide examples of a specific policy affecting the organization or group.
Refer to the assessment resources for help in locating relevant policies.
Be sure influential policies include the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA).
Identify national, state, and local policy provisions that raise ethical questions or dilemmas for care coordination.
What are the implications and consequences of specific policy provisions?
What evidence do you have to support your conclusions?
Assess the impact of the code of ethics for nurses on the coordination and continuum of care.
Consider the factors that contribute to health, health disparities, and access to services.
Consider the social determinants of health identified in Healthy People 2020 as a framework for your assessment.
Provide evidence to support your conclusions.
Communicate key ethical and policy issues affecting the coordination and continuum of care for a selected community organization or group.
Present a concise overview.
Support your main points and conclusions with relevant and credible evidence.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Do not have to put the audio in, I will do that. I need help with the PowerPoint slide and
the narrative script.
Select a community organization or group that you feel would be interested in learning about
ethical and policy issues that affect the coordination of care. Then, develop and record a 10-12slide, 20-minute presentation, with audio, intended for that audience. Create a detailed narrative
script for your presentation, 4-5 pages in length.



Competency 4: Defend decisions based on the code of ethics for nursing.
o Assess the impact of the code of ethics for nurses on the coordination and
continuum of care.
Competency 5: Explain how health care policies affect patient-centered care.
o Explain how governmental policies related to the health and/or safety of a
community affect the coordination of care.
o Identify national, state, and local policy provisions that raise ethical questions or
dilemmas for care coordination.
Competency 6: Apply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead patientcentered care.
o Communicate key ethical and policy issues affecting the coordination and
continuum of care for a selected community organization or group.
Preparation
Your nurse manager at the community care center is well connected and frequently speaks to a
variety of community organizations and groups. She has noticed the good work you are doing in
your new care coordination role and respects your speaking and presentation skills.
Consequently, she thought that an opportunity to speak publicly about contemporary issues in
care coordination would be beneficial for your career and has suggested reaching out to a
community organization or support group to gauge their interest in hearing from you, as a care
center representative, on a topic of interest to both you and your prospective audience.
You have agreed that this is a good idea and have decided to research a community organization
or support group that might be interested in learning about ethical and policy issues related to the
coordination of care. Your manager has suggested the following community organizations and
support groups, but acknowledges that the choice is yours.




Homeless shelters.
Local religious groups.
Nursing homes.
Local community organizations (Rotary Club or Kiwanis Club).
To prepare for this assessment, you may wish to:

Research your selected community organization or support group.



Review the Code of Ethics for Nurses With Interpretive Statements and associated health
policy issues, specifically, the ACA.
Review the assessment instructions and scoring guide to ensure you understand the work
you will be asked to complete.
Allocate sufficient time to rehearse your presentation before recording the final version
for submission.
Instructions
For this assessment:

Choose the community organization or support group that you plan to address.
Presentation Format and Length
You may use PowerPoint or other suitable presentation software to create your slides and add
your voiceover. If you elect to use an application other than PowerPoint, check with your faculty
to avoid potential file compatibility issues.
Be sure that your slide deck includes the following slides:


Title slide.
o Presentation title.
o Your name.
o Date.
o Course number and title.
References (at the end of your presentation).
Your slide deck should consist of 10–12 slides, not including a title and references slide.
Create a detailed narrative script for your presentation, approximately 4–5 pages in length.
Supporting Evidence
Cite 3–5 credible sources from peer-reviewed journals or professional industry publications to
support your presentation. Include your source citations on a references page appended to your
narrative script.
Grading Requirements
The requirements outlined below correspond to the grading criteria in the Ethical and Policy
Factors in Care Coordination Scoring Guide, so be sure to address each point. Read the
performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed.

Explain how governmental policies related to the health and/or safety of the community
affect the coordination of care.
o Provide examples of a specific policy affecting the organization or group.
o
o



Refer to the assessment resources for help in locating relevant policies.
Be sure influential policies include the Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPPA).
Identify national, state, and local policy provisions that raise ethical questions or
dilemmas for care coordination.
o What are the implications and consequences of specific policy provisions?
o What evidence do you have to support your conclusions?
Assess the impact of the code of ethics for nurses on the coordination and continuum of
care.
o Consider the factors that contribute to health, health disparities, and access to
services.
o Consider the social determinants of health identified in Healthy People 2020 as a
framework for your assessment.
o Provide evidence to support your conclusions.
Communicate key ethical and policy issues affecting the coordination and continuum of
care for a selected community organization or group.
o Present a concise overview.
o Support your main points and conclusions with relevant and credible evidence.
Ethical and Policy Factors in Care Coordination Scoring Guide
https://courserooma.capella.edu/bbcswebdav/institution/NURS-FP…
Ethical and Policy Factors in Care Coordination Scoring Guide
1 of 1
CRITERIA
NON-PERFORMANCE
BASIC
PROFICIENT
DISTINGUISHED
Explain how
governmental
policies related to
the health and/or
safety of a
community affect
the coordination of
care.
Does not identify
governmental
policies related to
the health and/or
safety of a
community.
Identifies
governmental policies
related to the health
and/or safety of a
community.
Explains how
governmental
policies related to
the health and/or
safety of a
community affect
the coordination of
care.
Provides an articulate,
insightful explanation of
how governmental policies
related to the health and/or
safety of a community
affect the coordination of
care. Provides clear
examples of specific
policies affecting care
coordination.
Identify national,
state, and local
policy provisions
that raise ethical
questions or
dilemmas for care
coordination.
Does not identify
national, state, and
local policy
provisions that
raise ethical
questions or
dilemmas for care
coordination.
Identifies national,
state, and local policy
provisions not clearly
associated with
questions of ethics.
Identifies national,
state, and local
policy provisions
that raise ethical
questions or
dilemmas for care
coordination.
Identifies significant and
relevant national, state,
and local policy provisions
that raise ethical questions
or dilemmas for care
coordination. Makes a
clear and persuasive
argument for the ethical
implications and
consequences of specific
policy provisions.
Assess the impact
of the code of ethics
for nurses on the
coordination and
continuum of care.
Does not assess
the impact of the
code of ethics for
nurses on the
coordination and
continuum of care.
Provides an
inconclusive
assessment of the
impact of the code of
ethics for nurses on
the coordination and
continuum of care,
derived from a
simplistic or cursory
examination of
implications and
consequences.
Assesses the
impact of the code
of ethics for nurses
on the coordination
and continuum of
care.
Assesses the impact of the
code of ethics for nurses
on the coordination and
continuum of care. Draws
insightful evidence-based
conclusions informed by
careful consideration of the
social determinants of
health and a precise and
accurate interpretation of
the factors contributing to
health, health disparities,
and access to services.
Communicate key
ethical and policy
issues affecting the
coordination and
continuum of care
for a selected
community
organization or
support group.
Does not
communicate key
ethical and policy
issues affecting the
coordination and
continuum of care
for a selected
community
organization or
support group.
Communicates key
ethical and policy
issues in a
presentation that
exhibits a lack of
preparation,
coherence, focus, or is
off-script.
Communicates key
ethical and policy
issues affecting the
coordination and
continuum of care
for a selected
community
organization or
support group.
Communicates key ethical
and policy issues affecting
the coordination and
continuum of care for a
selected community
organization or support
group. Delivers a
professional, logically
coherent presentation of
main points, facts, and
conclusions, wellsupported by relevant and
credible evidence.
10/5/19, 11:12 AM

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Learn XML for clinical data course

Description

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/xml/index.htm

Review all parts to the end of the Advanced XML section

Do the following exercises (Don’t peek at solutions…!!!):

https://www.webucator.com/tutorial/learn-xml-schema/simple-type-elements/building-simple-schema-exercise.cfm#tutorial

https://www.webucator.com/tutorial/learn-xml-schem…

https://www.webucator.com/tutorial/learn-xml-schem…

https://www.webucator.com/tutorial/learn-xml-schem…

Upload solutions to assignment.


Correct the previous work

Description

I have worked with you on this paperplease just edit the mistakes on the comments both documents are the same, but they have different coments, please fix it in one document


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Running head: HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
f
Humanitarian Crisis in Syria
November 19, 2019
1
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
2
Abstract
Syria has been under civil war for the past nine years. Over this time, the country has
produced an endless list of casualties, the majority of whom are children and women. The
intolerable conditions have forced some Syrians to flee to neighboring countries, with some
bracing the risk of traveling to Europe in search of peace. Millions are internally displaced, with
some trapped in remote, war-torn, and inaccessible regions in the country. The unemployment
rate in the country is above 50%, with the predominant population living in abject poverty.
Essentials have become a luxury to most people, leaving them at the mercy of humanitarian
organizations. Unfortunately, the rebels have grossly violated the International Humanitarian
Laws by continually attacking and killing aid workers, making the region the deadliest for these
workers. In spite of the large number of humanitarian organizations serving the area, the sheer
demand for their services makes it virtually impracticable to cover their needs culminating in a
crisis.
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
3
Humanitarian Crisis in Syria
The Syrian crisis began on March 15, 2011. Syrian security forces met peaceful civilian
protests in some of the southern cities with severe brutality and violence. Although the citizenry
had hoped that the Arab Spring would precipitate some reforms in the country, as had happened
in other countries, this was not the case (World Vision, 2019). The Syrian government used
excessive oppression to avert any civilian organizations to squash liberation attempts and force
the citizens into submission. The crisis has persisted over the past eight years, with its intensity
getting worse over time. Over this time, over half of the initial Syrian population has either been
killed or fled their homes.
By 2012, the number of Syrian nationals seeking refuge in the neighboring countries,
such as Jordan, was north of one million. The Za’atari refugee camp was opened in Jordan,
adjacent to the border with Syria, to offer a temporary settlement for the refugees (Saleh, Aydin,
and Kocak, 2018). In the process of dampening liberation protests, the government has
committed atrocious acts against its citizens. A majority of these heinous acts, such as the April
2013 chemical attack, are beyond the tolerable limit, according to the United Nations Human
Rights Council (Furtak, 2015). The rising numbers of Syrian refugees in Jordan, which is posing
a threat to the country’s social system, warranted the opening of the Azraq camp in April 2014.
The continuous displacement of Syrian nationals forced some to flee to Europe. By 2015,
over 100,000 refugees had reached Europe (Stanek, 2017). In an attempt to dissuade
immigration, Hungary erected a border wall to bar immigrants from flocking the Europe from
Serbia. The wall, however, was unsuccessful in stopping immigration to Europe as the numbers
continued to grow to over a million in 2015. In 2016, after years of war, Russia and the United
Nations brokered a deal, under the auspice of the U.N., to disseminate aid to remote areas where
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
4
thousands of Syrians were trapped. The World Food Program initiated food rationing systems
because of a shortfall in donations, which affected refugees in both Lebanon and Jordan in 2016.
A G20 ceasefire agreement to restore peace in the Southwest region was reached in 2017.
Unfortunately, the deal did not hold for long as fighting continued in some provinces such as
Daraa, Hama, and Homs. In 2017, at least 900,000 persons were displaced (World Vision, 2019).
At the height of the conflict in 2018, the number of Syrians in inaccessible regions rose to over
2.9 million. The isolation of these areas and the dwindling aid supplies made it nearly impossible
to sustain humanitarian activities in these regions, as well as in the established refugee camps.
Numerous international treaties to tone down fighting have also been unfruitful.
In 2019, the crisis has escalated with weather posing significant challenges not only for
the victims but also for humanitarian personnel. The raging floods, heavy winds, and freezing
temperatures experienced this year have frustrated humanitarian activities in the country leading
to untold misery and suffering. Destruction of healthcare facilities in the Northwest and military
operations at the Turkish border has exacerbated the suffering, with nearly half of the victims
being children (Chiriatti, 2018). Between May and October 2019, over 400,000 persons were
displaced.
Humanitarian organizations that provide assistance
International Rescue Committee
The International Rescue Committee (IRC) is one of the humanitarian organizations
providing aid to victims in Syria. IRC began its activities in Syria in 2012. Until 2018, the
organization had assisted at least 995,000 Syrian nations. IRC has established bases in both Iraq
and Jordan, from where it disseminates assistance to victims of the Syrian civil war. The choice
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
5
of these locations is ideal because the two countries have been the significant hosts of Syrian
refugees. As a result of the war, a majority of Syrians live in abject poverty.
IRC offers both emergency and long-term services to those under its care. Emergency
services involve rescue and recovery missions, whereas prolonged aid involves providing food,
health care, and consumables to displaced families and other casualties of war. Besides offering
assistance to displaced persons in refugee camps, IRC also provides support to Syrians who
chose to remain in their homes, in spite of the war.
According to IRC, the organization has endured numerous challenges due to the war
(IRC, 2019). One of these challenges is the destruction of healthcare facilities, homes, and
learning institutions. The reason why the destruction of these facilities impairs IRC missions is
that the organization uses the facilities as temporary bases of operation. From these facilities, the
agency is guaranteed some security and shelter and can offer all persons available the aid they
require. Destruction of necessary infrastructure has also hurt water, electricity, and sanitation
systems, which frustrates IRC humanitarian activities.
IRC reckons that there are over 6.2 million Syrians who are internally displaced. The
total number of Syrians requiring aid in Syria is more than 11.7 million, according to IRC (IRC,
2019). Out of these, 10.2 million live in war-torn regions, which are inaccessible for
humanitarian activities. The presence of explosives in such regions further complicates the
provision of assistance to this population. Demographically, women and children particularly
bear the brunt of the war because of their vulnerability. These two populations are prone to a
wide range of issues ranging from sexual assault and child labor, to early forced marriages. All
these tribulations occasion unfathomable physical and psychological suffering.
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
6
IRC commissioned humanitarian missions in Syria in 2012. At the time, the organization
was offering emergency relief to persons victimized by the ongoing civil war. In 2018 alone,
IRC was able to reach out to over one million Syrians residing within their country. Among these
were 853,000 persons who received medical care in IRC supported healthcare facilities. Besides,
another 22,000 victims, mostly women, and girls, most of whom were assault victims, also
received relief from IRC mobile health care teams.
Part of IRC’s missions includes providing victims with information and documentation to
enable victims to navigate safely. In 2018, IRC provided over 30,000 Syrian victims with critical
information to allow them to move freely and securely within their country or to reach safety.
The organization offered job training to at least half a million Syrian victims. Some of the
500,000 beneficiaries also received cash or vouchers with which to buy food and other supplies
to sustain their families. The organization targets persons whose lives and revenue have been
devastated by the war to empower them to survive, recover, and secure their future.
IRC operates cross-border teams. The teams comprise of some locals from Iraq and
Jordan to help with providing culturally competent care. At the height of confrontation, IRC has
partnered with local organizations and diaspora groups to facilitate the flow of essential supplies,
such as drugs, equipment, and consumables. The organization has also reinvigorated its
emergency cash handouts to war victims to enable them to acquire sustenance. Most recently,
IRC has also included operating health facilities and mobile clinics to provide victims with
trauma surgical services and cater for both primary and reproductive health facilities. These
teams also offer dialysis sessions and provide essential drugs to the victims.
The organization’s healthcare department also offers mental healthcare and counseling to
psychologically prepare victims to adjust to the hazards occasioned by the civil war. IRC has
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
7
also set up a plethora of camps in both Jordan and Iraq, where they offer classes to children and
community members (Habib, 2019). The camps also play a role in skills training to equip victims
with essential skills which they can use to contribute to the economy either in their country or
abroad. Children benefit from early childhood training to wane off the detrimental psychological
effects of war and displacement. IRC also provides victims with apprenticeships and basic
training and support to start and run small businesses.
In the Northwest, nearly half of Idlib’s residents have been displaced by the civil war.
IRC has been at the forefront offering primary healthcare and money to acquire supplies
(Rescue, 2019). The organization has also established safe hubs for children where they can play
and learn. These centers offer recreational, psychological, and academic support to the children
to facilitate their adjustment to hazards occasioned by the war.
In the Northeast, IRC has proactively been offering food, primary medical, and
emergency services as the need arises. ISIS activities in the region have led to the displacement
of hundreds of thousands from the area. IRC prides itself on being the leading healthcare
provider in the northeast, reaching out to over 497,000 Syrians (Rescue, 2019). Also, IRC covers
Iraqi refugees in the region. In this part of the country, IRC offers humanitarian aid in camps,
rural neighborhoods, and towns. Of all humanitarian agencies in the area, IRC is the only one
that provides mental health care in all the available medical facilities (Rescue, 2019). North of
Raqqa, IRC has been instrumental in salvaging abandoned children and victims of sexual assault.
IRC posits that at least half of all Syrians have been displaced from their homes. Some of
them still reside in the country, while others have fled to neighboring countries. Subsequently,
the state ranks the first position in the list of nations with massive displacement crisis. The
organization acknowledges that as the conflicts rage on and the proportion of people requiring
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
8
help rises, their resources continue to diminish. The organization strives to reach the vulnerable
populations in remote areas, with the emphasis being on both children and women. Over time,
IRC has built a vast network in Jordan, Lebanon, and Iraq, with current estimates indicated at
least 1.2 million persons.
Mercy Corps
Mercy Corps has been active in Syria since 2008. The entity has been dedicated to
providing humanitarian assistance since before the ongoing civil war. Mercy Corps missions
target both Syrians and members of the neighboring countries who have been adversely affected
by the war. The agency’s missions are principally tailored to establishing safe hubs for war
victims, stimulating economic opportunities, and offering emergency aid (Mercy Corps, 2019).
By 2018, the organization had reached out to over 1.5 million Syrians.
According to Mercy Corps, 70% of Syrians are in dire need of humanitarian assistance.
Out of this number, 40% are minors (Mercy Corps, 2019). By 2018, over 220,000 civilians had
been killed in the war. As a result of the eight years of war, the unemployment rate is 50%, with
69% of the remaining population live below the poverty line. 6.7 million Syrians face severe
food shortages, and 4.5 million face food insecurity. Overall, 90% of the population spends at
least half of their earnings on food supplies. From these figures, it is evident that there is a dire
need for humanitarian intervention to provide food to the affected populations to avert the
incidence of starvation.
Mercy Corps also reckons that more than one-third of Syrian school-aged children have
no access to education. These kids have limited access to safe and friendly spaces where they can
acquire the much-needed social support for their development. The continuing war continues to
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
9
put pressure on the available education and social support resources, which poses a significant
threat to the mental and academic development of Syrian kids (Mercy Corps, 2019). Mercy
Corps team in Syria comprises of 350 members. The team’s primary mission is to foster
resilience in both individuals and households to persevere.
The organization has emergency programs to provide Syrians with essential needs, such
as water and food. Mercy Corps distributes clothing items, mattresses, and blankets to Syrians to
improve the quality of their lives. Besides, the organization has childcare and support programs
to offer support to nursing mothers and their newborns. The organization renovates safe
buildings to provide shelter for displaced persons. Other than Syria, Mercy Corps provides
services in Jordan and Iraq. For instance, the organization refurbishes water and sanitation
systems in Jordan to ensure both Syrians and Jordan residents have access to clean water. The
entity also drill wells to provide water to the refugee populations.
One of the Mercy Corps’ strategies for promoting food security is to encourage crop
production among farmers. The organization also provides supporting services such as cash
grants to enable locals to acquire supplies. Monthly, Mercy Corps reaches over 42,000 Syrians.
The organization has managed to distribute clean and safe drinking water to over 70,000 Syrians,
especially in Southwest Syria (Mercy Corps, 2019). Over the last three years, Mercy Corps has
managed to distribute over 150 million pounds of flour meal to the local bakeries. The program
is meant to provide locals with affordable access to bread to avert starvation.
Islamic Relief USA (IRUSA)
The Islamic Relief USA has been in existence for over 25 years. It has centers in over 30
countries worldwide with active missions, a majority of these countries. IRUSA s guided by the
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
10
teachings and principles of the Islamic religion. In Syria, the organization was able to reach up to
3.3 million citizens, providing an assortment of services as per individual needs. According to
IRUSA, out of the 13 million Syrians who need humanitarian assistance, the proportion
receiving the appropriate aid is less than half. Five out of the 13 million needy Syrians, are
children. The primary driver of the crisis is the ensuing conflict in the country, which has been
going on for the past nine years.
Statistically, only a third of schools can offer the necessary learning services. Another
1.35 million children were on the verge of dropping out of school. In total, 5.8 million Syrian
kids were deprived of learning as of 2017. At the same time, over 300,000 teachers and support
staff were out of their jobs because of the worsening state in the country. By 2017, IRUSA
(2019) posits that over 180,000 personnel from learning institutions had abandoned their posts in
fear of their lives. The rising attacks on learning facilities had rendered over a third of the
institutions useless and incapable of supporting any academic activities. A majority of former
schools have been reduced to shelters for housing displaced persons. While IRUSA does not
have the capacity to fill the gap created entirely, it has established safe centers where children
can receive some form of learning, social support, and indulge in recreational activities.
Besides, 6.5 million Syrians are at risk of food shortage. The number of internally
displaced persons in Syria is more than 6.1 million, with another 5.3 million living in shelters.
These figures speak to the dire need for humanitarian aid and its scarcity. One of the common
issues facing the vast majority of the population is food insecurity (IRUSA, 2016). According to
IRUSA (2019), over 6.5 million Syrians are at risk of food insecurity. Thus, to meet the
humanitarian demand required in the country, urgent food supplies are necessary to sustain the
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
11
needs of the people. Some of the confounding issues include safety and security, physical and
financial constraints, loss of income.
According to IRUSA, over 11.3 million Syrians were in dire need of varied healthcare
services in 2017 (IRUSA, 2019). Unfortunately, the safety standards in the country are
unfavorable to health workers. Between January and June 2017, the country witnessed a 25%
rise in attacks on health care facilities. On average, one facility was attacked every 36 hours,
making it unsafe for health care practitioners to continue offering their services (IRUSA, 2019).
As a result of this escalation, a majority of health practitioners refrain from practicing, which
jeopardizes public health. IRUSA is among the organizations that step in to the gap to provide
health services to a tiny fraction of Syrians. Still, there is a substantial deficit between the
demand and supply for health services. The prolonged civil war has only aggravated the situation
at the expense of the health of the people.
Others
There are over 22 humanitarian organizations offering assistance in Syria. Besides those
discussed herein, others include UNHCR, International Medical Corps, Life for Relief and
Development, Oxfam America, World Food Program, and UNICEF, among others. Each of
these organizations caters to health care, education, food, and sanitation, among other basic
human needs. Arguably, the number of humanitarian organizations involved are substantial.
However, these entities have not fully met the ever-rising demand for humanitarian assistance in
the region. With over half the entire population of the country in dire need for essentials, it is
nearly impracticable to meet all their needs.
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
12
Escalation of war at the Turkish border in recent times has deteriorated the situation in
the region. The fact that the conflict has persisted for close to a decade means these
organizations’ resources are dwindling. Some of the organizations have even expressed concerns
over the unsustainability of their operations in the region. Even the 22 organizations have barely
managed to cover the entire area adequately. Some of the barriers to their efficacy include
insecurity, inaccessibility of some regions, and the raging war.
Organizations that should have provided help for the victims
The United Nations should have and has, to some extent, made notable efforts in offering
assistance to Syrian victims (Ostrand, 2018). Currently, the U.N. is in charge of coordinating
humanitarian aid in the region to ensure the available resources are equitably distributed among
the population. One of the barriers to the efficacy of the U.N. in covering the Syrian crisis is the
fact that the agency is stretched pretty thin in the region. The demand for humanitarian aid far
outweighs the agency’s capacity to cover the entire area adequately. Besides, the fact that the war
has been going on for close to a decade means that most of the resources have tapped dry.
U.N. is responsible for coordinating and providing assistance to people on demand. The
agency is not only committed to assisting Syrians; its services are in high demand across all
continents. Logically, there is only so much that a single agency can handle. Subsequently, other
humanitarian agencies chip in to complement U.N. efforts to save the victims and empower them
to regain control over their lives or adjust to living in war-torn states. According to the
International Humanitarian Law (IHL), victims of conflict are entitled to relief (GSDRC, 2013).
IHL does not bar any organization from offering impartial aid to victims of a crisis. The only
caveat is that the provision of assistance is based solely on need and that the agency has no
vested interests in the activity.
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
13
One of the significant needs of victims in Syria is food. The World Food Program (WFP),
therefore, has a major role in providing humanitarian assistance in the region. WFP should, and
has, proactively involved its member countries in soliciting support with food items and other
donations to support their activities in the region. WFP has been at the forefront of resolving
Syria’s humanitarian crisis over the past eight years (WFP, 2019). According to WFP (2019), the
escalation of the war in the northeast over the last two months has displaced thousands of people
and widened the deficit in the food crisis in the region. According to WFP (209), on average,
6,000 persons are displaced in Syria daily, while hundreds succumb to injuries sustained
following attacks.
WFP has established stations in the 14 governorates in the country from where it
disseminates assistance to over 4 million persons per month. These stations enable the agency to
provide war victims with at least 1,500 kilocalories per day throughout the month (Khallouf,
2016). WFP also has strategies in place to address the unique nutritional demands of vulnerable
populations, including minors below the age of five years, lactating mothers, and pregnant
women (WFP, 2019). The organization has cash disbursement programs for pregnant women to
enable them to buy fresh vegetables and animal proteins to supplement their diet (Khallouf,
2016). Besides, there are dedicated programs to combat malnutrition and deficiencies of
micronutrient among the victims.
Security issues
Syria has not been the safest place for aid workers. In 2016, working in the Idleb region
was abducted and killed by rebels. The abduction and killing took place soon after the signing of
a truce between the government and rebel leaders. The IHL mandates the parties to a conflict
with the duty to guarantee the safety of aid workers to ensure that victims receive assistance on
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
14
demand (Duclos et al. 2019). Intimidation and threats to aid workers perpetuate suffering among
the victims by jeopardizing the much-needed lifeline provided by humanitarian organizations. By
2018, Syria was identified as the deadliest region for aid workers following a series of
abductions, extortions, and killing of aid workers (Duclos et al. 2019). Northwest Syria is
particularly notorious for violence on aid workers, which dissuades humanitarian agencies from
extending services to the region.
In 2014, there were 192 incidents involving aid workers in Syria (Stoddard et al. 2017).
Out of 192 events, there were 122 aid workers lost their lives, and another 88 were injured
(Stoddard et al. 2019). The number of incidents reduced to 148 in 2015. The number of recorded
fatalities in 2015 was 109, and an equivalent number of injuries. In 2016, the number of deaths
reduced to 107, while the number of injuries reduced to 98 out of 162 incidents experienced
during that year. In 2017, the fatalities increased to 139, with 102 injuries from 158 incidents
(Stoddard et al. 2019). Since the civil war begun in 2011, the highest attacks on aid workers were
experienced in 2013, followed by 226 in 2018. In 2018, the fatalities rose to 131 while the
injuries increased to 144. From these figures, there has been a consistent rise in the number of
attacks on aid workers in Syria, with the number of fatalities also rising year-on-year.
The United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) reports
that over 300 aid workers have lost their lives in Syria following attacks by the parties to the
conflict (OCHA, 2019). A majority of these incidents involve abductions and subsequent killing
of the aid workers by rebels. A substantial proportion of the attacks on these aid workers were
through aerial attacks on planes delivering aid to war-torn areas in the country (OCHA, 2019).
According to OCHA (2019), it is likely that there are unreported cases of aggression involving a
physical and sexual assault on the aid workers. Currently, the number of Syrians in need of
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
15
assistance is approximately 13 million. With the war raging on and aid workers being
consistently under the threat of attack by rebels, the humanitarian crisis can only be expected to
escalate in the coming days.
Public health issues in Syrian refugee camps
Syrian refugees’ camps are found in Turkey, Jordan, Lebanon, and within the country. A
majority of these camps were designed to serve as a temporary refuge for the displaced persons.
Unfortunately, the ongoing war has made it impossible to resettle the refugees back in their
homes, forcing them to reside in the tents permanently. In these camps, there are a plethora of
public health concerns, most of which are posed by disease outbreaks. In the past, incidents of
tuberculosis, malaria, and Hepatitis B have been reported in different camps. Poor diet in the
camps also predisposes the inhabitants to malnutrition and micronutrient deficiencies. The
experiences of the refugees during the war also expose them to mental conditions, such as posttraumatic stress disorder, myalgia, anxiety, and depression, among other diseases.
Host countries have expressed concerns and taken measures to exclude Syrian refugees
from their national health insurance programs. For instance, Jordan, for example, was forced to
discontinue its refugee health coverage following the persistent rise in demand for medical
services in 2014 (El Arnout et al. 2019). The insatiable demand for health services by the
refugees strained the country’s health resources. Jordan resulted in charging the refugees as
foreigners in the country, which has complicated the process of accessing health services when
the need arises. Taking into account the fact that the majority of these refugees were already
living below the poverty line before their current predicament makes it virtually impossible to
access quality health care. UNHCR has since filled the gap by footing the care bills for refugees
in respective countries. However, without a foreseeable end of the war in Syria and the ever-
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
16
rising number of refugees, there is no telling for how long the agency will sustain its
commitment
How to improve disaster management in the future
Disaster management requires a competent team. One of the most effective strategies for
improving disaster management is capacity building. The goal of capacity building is to create
the capability among fractions of a community by equipping it with the skills and knowledge to
effectively manage a disaster (Aghaei, Seyedin, and Sanaeinasab, 2018). In full realization of the
value of capacity building, UNHCR has been at the forefront in capacity building efforts.
According to UNHCR (2019), the organization has dedicated to ensuring that its workforce has
the skills and knowledge required to manage complex disasters regardless of their size precisely.
Recently, the agency convened a seven-day long workshop titled ‘Syrian Emergency Training.’
The goal of this workshop was to instill their workforce working in Syria with the prerequisite
skills, the recommended best practices, and methodologies of managing the crisis.
Preparedness is one of the primary tenets of disaster management (Seyedin, Samadipour,
and Salmani, 2019). At the state level, governments should institute measures for disaster
preparedness and mitigation strategies to dissipate the impact of a catastrophe. Preparation may
entail the adoption of monitoring and surveillance systems, leveraging big data technologies, and
formulating diverse policies of checks and balances. Besides, the government, through relevant
departments, should endeavor to build competence and skills among specialized teams to
increase their ability to respond to disasters. Regional coalitions can also play a primary role in
preparedness. The rationale for forming strong alliances with neighboring countries is to provide
a safeguard for internal and external threats. Besides, these coalitions would ensure that in the
event of a national disaster, one country can rely on assistance from its partners unconditionally.
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
17
Such alliances would go a long way in ensuring the welfare of the citizenry and fostering
national security.
Conclusion
The Syrian civil war began in 2011. To date, the warring parties have not shown any
signs of reaching an agreement. The numerous regional and international truces have all failed to
achieve a ceasefire in the country. Over the past nine years, over half of the population has been
displaced, and hundreds of thousands have lost their lives. The demand for humanitarian
assistance in the country is at an all-time high with prospects of escalating in the future.
Although a plethora of humanitarian organizations has committed to offering much-needed aid,
they are incapable of meeting the demand, culminating in a crisis. Unless the government and the
rebels strike a deal, the humanitarian crisis can only deteriorate in the coming days.
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
18
References
Aghaei, N., Seyedin, H., & Sanaeinasab, H. (2018). Strategies for disaster risk reduction
education: A systematic review. Journal of Education and Health Promotion, 7(98).
Aid worker deaths: the numbers tell the story. (2019). Retrieved 19 November 2019, from
https://www.unocha.org/story/aid-worker-deaths-numbers-tell-story
Chiriatti, A. (2017). European and Turkish Humanitarian Response during the Syrian
Crisis. Asian Journal of Middle Eastern and Islamic Studies, 11(2), 40-54.
Duclos, D., Ekzayez, A., Ghaddar, F., Checchi, F., & Blanchet, K. (2019). Localisation and
cross-border assistance to deliver humanitarian health services in North-West Syria: a
qualitative inquiry for The Lancet-AUB Commission on Syria. Conflict and Health, 13(1).
El Arnaout, N., Rutherford, S., Zreik, T., Nabulsi, D., Yassin, N., & Saleh, S. (2019).
Assessment of the health needs of Syrian refugees in Lebanon and Syria’s neighboring
countries. Conflict and Health, 13(1).
Furtak, F. (2016). The Refugee Crisis – A Challenge for Europe and the World. Journal of Civil
& Legal Sciences, 05(1).
GSDRC, University of Birmingham. (2013). International legal frameworks for humanitarian
action: Topic guide [Ebook]. Birmingham, UK.
Habib, R. (2019). Ethical, methodological, and contextual challenges in research in conflict
settings: the case of Syrian refugee children in Lebanon. Conflict and Health, 13(1).
HUMANITARIAN CRISIS IN SYRIA
19
Khallouf, A. (2016). Recommendations for Transforming the Syrian Humanitarian
Crisis. Procedia Engineering, 159, 272-274.
Ostrand, N. (2015). The Syrian Refugee Crisis: A Comparison of Responses by Germany,
Sweden, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Journal on Migration and Human
Security, 3(3), 255-279.
Saleh, A., Aydın, S., & Koçak, O. (2018). A comparative Study of Syrian Refugees in Turkey,
Lebanon, and Jordan: Healthcare Access and Delivery. International Journal of Society
Researches, 8(14), 450-464.
Seyedin, H., Samadipour, E., & Salmani, I. (2019). Intervention strategies for improvement of
disasters risk perception: Family-centered approach. Journal of Education and Health
Promotion, 8(63).
Staněk, M. (2017). The humanitarian crisis and civil war in Syria: Its impact and influence on the
migration crisis in Europe. Kontakt, 19(4), e270-e275.
Stoddard, A., Jillani, S., Caccavale, J., Cooke, P., Guillemois, D., & Klimentov, V. (2017). Out
of Reach: How Insecurity Prevents Humanitarian Aid from Accessing the
Neediest. Stability: International Journal of Security and Development, 6(1), 1.
Stoddard, A., Harvey, P., Czwarno, M., & Breckenridge, M. (2019). Aid Worker Security Report
2019—Updat

Questions related to the health Program

Description

should be minimum 300 words of text and no plagiarism!

APA format

In one page

1. Describe how formative and summative evaluations would be used in your program that you are planning.

2. Describe ways you would use process, impact and outcome evaluation in your program.

Supporting definitions for formative, summative, process, impact, and outcome eval- uation are presented below.

Formative evaluation: “Any combination of measurements obtained and judgments made before or during the implementation of materials, methods, activities or programs to control, assure or improve the quality of performance or delivery” (Green & Lewis, 1986, p. 362). Examples include, but are not limited to, pretesting, or pilot-testing a program. Data derived from formative evaluation help revise intervention components (content, methods, and materials) as well as instruments and data collection procedures (Windsor et al., 2004).
Summative evaluation: “Any combination of measurements and judgments that permit conclusions to be drawn about impact, outcome, or benefits of a program or
Process evaluation: “Is used to monitor and document program implementation and can aid in understanding the relationship between specific program elements and program outcomes” (Saunders, Evans, & Joshi, 2005, p. 134). The central purposes for process evaluation are to “identify the key components of an intervention that are effective, to identify for whom the intervention is effective, and to identify under what conditions the intervention is effective” (Steckler & Linnan, 2002, p. 1). It also evaluates the “extent to which a program is being implemented as planned” (Harris, 2010, p.207).
Impact evaluation: Focuses on “the immediate observable effects of a program, lead- ing to the intended outcomes of a program; intermediate outcomes” (Green & Lewis, 1986, p. 363). Measures of awareness, knowledge, attitudes, skills, and behaviors yield impact evaluation data. Most notably, impact evaluation is associated with behavioral impact or change (Windsor et al., 2004).
Outcome evaluation: Focuses on “an ultimate goal or product of a program or treatment, generally measured in the health field by mortality or morbidity data in a population, vital measures, symptoms, signs, or physiological indicators on individu- als” (Green & Lewis, 1986, p. 364). Outcome evaluation is long-term in nature and generally takes more time and resources to conduct than impact evaluation. Ulti- mately, it makes a determination of the effect of a program or policy on its benefi- ciaries (Harris, 2010).


Unformatted Attachment Preview

A Rationale for The Development of A Program Aimed at Fighting Obesity Among The
Old People in The State of Georgia in The US.
Obesity is the health problem being addressed by the program. However, the program focuses
on a population aged between 60 to 78 years and who are living in the United States. Many of
the people living with obese conditions are old though the problem might have begun when
they were young. Hence the conditions are affecting them at their old ages. Many of the
people suffering from these conditions are literate individuals who live in urban areas.
Therefore, the program will focus much on the status of obesity in aging people and how they
can control the condition. The program will also look into details that concerns obesity like
the one the data and areas most affected (​Gittelsohn, 2017).
World Health Organization shows that cases of obese conditions among people are rising and
hence, many people are affected either positively or negatively. For instance, studies indicate
that by 2016, an approximate of 1.9 billion people above the age of 18 years were found to be
overweight, where 650 million of the total were obese. More than 13% of the total people
with obesity are at their old age. 11% of them are men, while 15% are women showing an
increasing number since 1975. Obesity is caused by lack of exercise that is facilitated by the
forms of works and changing means of transport nowadays. Diet is another cause where
environmental conditions play a significant role in the changes. From the 2017 data given, the
population of the obese people in Georgia State is 11.4% of the adult people (​Loh, 2018).
Furthermore, AFRI Childhood Obesity Prevention Challenge Area is a program that is aimed
at preventing obesity in young people through advocating for the diet taken. Therefore, the
author identifies that the program is made to reach the community hence creating awareness
on the purchase and sale of food that is safe for human consumption. Therefore, this ensures
diet does not cause obesity among the people. The population used is the young population
where they are reached through the creation of awareness in public areas. The program has
successfully passed the message to the audience where many people are keen on their diet
issues. The strength of the program is that it reaches the young population and hence
preparing them for safe adult age. However, the weakness is that it does not provide a
solution for people already with obesity (​Orces,2017).
The health program is indented to solve the problem by preventing the disease rather than
curing it. Moreover, there is increase in patient’s number with obesity in the US who are 65
years and above. The solution will be achieved by creating awareness to the public on the
ways they can use to fight obesity from their life before it attacks them. Therefore, some of
the solutions offered by the program include the diet people are preferring and how it can be
adjusted to ensure that they do not get obesity. Exercise and behavior modifications are other
areas where the people should regulate in their fight against obesity as indicated by the
program (​Volpe,2016).
The continued rise of cases of obesity in the world has made many people to look for better
ways to live and stay away from health problem. Moreover, the statistics of people with
obesity are high from the global view. Therefore, the program is anticipating to create
awareness to people living with or without obesity on how they can be safe from the problem.
Many conditions that are associated with obesity make people to be scared of it and hence
making them look for solutions. The program will be successful because many people will
want to be safe from obesity, and thus they will look for assistance and knowledge from it
(​Weinstock, 2016).
Obesity is the health problem being addressed by the program. However, the program focuses
on a population aged between 60 to 78 years and who are living in the United States. Many of
the people living with obese conditions are old though the problem might have begun when
they were young. Hence the conditions are affecting them at their old ages. The study
explains that many of the people suffering from these conditions are literate individuals who
live in urban areas. Therefore, the program will focus much on the status of obesity in aging
people and how they can control the condition. The program will also look into details that
concerns obesity like the data and areas most affected (​Orces,2017).
World Health Organization shows that cases of obese conditions among people are rising
and hence, many people are affected either positively or negatively. For instance, studies
indicate that by 2016, an approximate of 1.9 billion people above the age of 18 years were
found to be overweight, where 650 million of the total were obese. The research further
shows that 13% of the total people with obesity are at their old age. 11% of them are men,
while 15% are women showing an increasing number since 1975. Obesity is caused by lack
of exercise that is facilitated by the forms of works and changing means of transport
nowadays. Diet is another cause where environmental conditions play a significant role in the
changes. From the 2017 data given, the population of the obese people in Georgia state is
11.4% of the adult people (​Weinstock, 2016).
The researchers indicate that this AFRI Childhood Obesity Prevention Challenge Area is a
program that is aimed at preventing obesity in young people through advocating for the diet
taken. Therefore, the author identifies that the program is made to reach the community hence
creating awareness on the purchase and sale of food that is safe for human consumption.
Therefore, this ensures diet does not cause obesity among the people. The population used is
the young population where they are reached through the creation of awareness in public
areas. The program has successfully passed the message to the audience where many people
are keen on their diet issues. The strength of the program is that it reaches the young
population and hence preparing them for safe adult age. However, the weakness is that it does
not provide a solution for people already with obesity (​Gittelsohn, 2017).
The health program is indented to solve the problem by preventing the disease rather than
curing it. Information from the research indicates an increase in patient’s number with obesity
in the US who are 65 years and above. The solution will be achieved by creating awareness to
the public on the ways they can use to fight obesity from their life before it attacks them.
Therefore, some of the solutions offered by the program include the diet people are preferring
and how it can be adjusted to ensure that they do not get obesity. Exercise and behavior
modifications are other areas where the people should regulate in their fight against obesity as
indicated by the program (​Volpe,2016).
Research shows that due to the continued rise of cases of obesity in the world, many people
are looking for better ways to live and stay o health problem. Moreover, the author shows that
the statistics of people with obesity are high from the global view. Therefore, the program is
anticipating to create awareness to people living with or without obesity on how they can be
safe from the problem. Many conditions that are associated with obesity make people to be
scared of it and hence making them look for solutions. The program will be successful
because many people will want to be safe from obesity, and thus they will look for assistance
and knowledge from it (​Loh, 2018).
References
Gittelsohn, J., Trude, A., Poirier, L., Ross, A., Ruggiero, C., Schwendler, T., &
Anderson Steeves, E. (2017). The impact of a multi-level multi-component
childhood obesity prevention intervention on healthy food availability, sales, and
purchasing in a low-income urban area. International journal of environmental
research and public health, 14(11), 1371.
Loh, I. H., Schwendler, T., Trude, A. C., Anderson Steeves, E. T., Cheskin, L. J.,
Lange, S., & Gittelsohn, J. (2018). Implementation of text-messaging and social
media strategies in a multilevel childhood obesity prevention.
Orces, C. H., & Gavilanez, E. L. (2017). The prevalence of metabolic syndrome among
older adults in Ecuador: results of the SABE survey. Diabetes & Metabolic
Syndrome: Clinical Research & Reviews, 11, S555-S560.
Volpe, S. L., Sukumar, D., & Milliron, B. J. (2016). Obesity prevention in older adults.
Current obesity reports, 5(2), 166-175.
Weinstock, R. S., Schütz-Fuhrmann, I., Connor, C. G., Hermann, J. M., Maahs, D. M.,
Schütt, M., … & T1D Exchange Clinic Network. (2016). Type 1 diabetes in older
adults: comparing treatments and chronic complications in the United States T1D
Exchange and the German/Austrian DPV registries. Diabetes research and clinical
practice, 122, 28-37.
Program: Fighting Obesity Among The Old People in The State of Georgia in The US.
Inputs
(What we invest)
AFRI Childhood
Obesity Prevention
Challenge Area
Computers
Doctors
Funding resource
Outputs
(What we do and who we do it to )
Activities
Participation
advocating for the for Young people
choosing a healthy
diet
creating awareness
on the purchase and
sale of food that is
safe for human
consumption
Community
(The
Outcomes – Impact
incremental events/changes that occur as a result of the outputs)
Short
Medium
ensuring diet does not prevent the disease
cause obesity among rather than curing it
the people
preparing them for
Exercise and behavior
safe adult age
modifications
create of awareness in
public areas
creating an awareness Public
to fight obesity
Assumptions
The assumption is the participants will follow the program.
Long
External Factors
Identify a community to present the program.
Finding a funding resource to pay for the program.
Find people to participate.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

MHA-Discussion Post

Description

Please answer the following discussion post on 175-265 words and if a citaion is used please APA format.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Discussion Post 2
Write a 175- to 265-word response to the following:
This week we are looking at new models of care delivery within the healthcare delivery system such as
team-based care and what that looks like within healthcare organizations.
What are some of the changes in how healthcare is being delivered and how are these changes
providing better outcomes?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

homework for pa

Description

i need someone to answer this question and i already put 2 different answers below so u all need is just paraphrasing

the question

Provide a synopsis of the Volunteer Protection Act. What protection does this act provide? Any major omissions in coverage from the volunteer’s perspective? Does participation in a NVOAD agency provide any benefit to the volunteer? Any benefit to the Incident Command organization? 500 words plz

answer 1

Volunteer Protection Act is either found in the state or the central government levels. The law relates to the applicability of civil liability to organizations. It only applies to the volunteers who have to meet the legal requirement of the state (Groble & Brudney, 2015,). The aims are to promote volunteerism in an environment that is risk-free from any form of liability when acting for nonprofit organizations and government entities (Authenticated U.S. Government Information, 1997). However, this protection can only be in place if the volunteer was qualified and performed his or her responsibilities well with no intention to cause harm.

This act further protects non-profit organizations who coordinate and support volunteers from punitive unintentional damage. As a result, it saves money for these charities, which could have been used to cater for lawsuits. In addition, this coverage also increases the staff power of these entities since volunteers are now more willing to participate. Volunteer protection act does not apply to criminal misbehavior, recklessness, and gross carelessness, conscious, the flagrant indifference of the right or well-being of the individual injured by the volunteer. The act does not apply to harm caused by vehicle, aircraft, vessel or any other vehicle, which is required by the state to possess an operator’s license or a maintenance license (Groble, Zingale, & Mead, 2018). Volunteers for business and entities or organizations utilizing the volunteers do not apply to the act (FEMA, n.d.).

By participating in a National Voluntary Organizations Active in Disaster (NVOAD) agency, a volunteer benefits in various ways such as learning about the organization. This advantage occurs since the volunteers are allowed to see the internal working of the organization (Word & Sowa, 2017). Other benefits enable individuals to find out if they are suitable for a developed career, thereby providing networking opportunities and creating a job opportunity for the participant. Furthermore, the volunteers gain experience, new skills, and strengthen their CV.

The Incident Command Organization has helped in clarifying the chain of command and supervision responsibilities for volunteers, which has improved accountability and also helped in providing an orderly, systematic planning process. Additionally, it has helped in the implementation of a common, predesigned, and flexible managerial structure in addition to fostering cooperation between diverse discipline and agencies (FEMA, n.d.).

References

Authenticated U.S. Government Information (1997). Volunteer protection act of 1997. Public Law 105-19. Retrieved from https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/PLAW-105publ19/pdf/P…

FEMA (n.d.). Managing spontaneous volunteers in times of disaster: The synergy of structure and goods intentions

Groble, P., & Brudney, J. L. (2015, April). When good intentions go wrong: Immunity under the Volunteer Protection Act. Nonprofit Policy Forum, 6(1), 3-24. doi: 10.1515/npf-2014-0001

Groble, P., Zingale, N. C., & Mead, J. (2018). Legislation meets tradition: Interpretations and implications of the volunteer protection act for nonprofit organizations as viewed through the lens of hermeneutics. Journal of Public Management & Social Policy, 24(2). Retrieved from https://engagedscholarship.csuohio.edu/urban_facpu…

Word, J. K., & Sowa, J. E. (2017). The nonprofit human resource management handbook: From theory to practice. New York, NY: Routledge.

answer 2

An effective emergency management involves the integration of all the emergency plans at all levels which include the government, nonprofit organizations, volunteers and community-based organizations. Primarily volunteers are the most significant people who play a major role during emergencies because they are mostly always available and trained for these emergencies. Some years back, volunteers faced a lot of challenges mostly after they caused in the scope of their work. These difficulties discouraged many of the volunteers and so many quitted from the volunteering programs. To protect these volunteers and encourage them to continue with their job, the Volunteer Protection Act (VPA) was enacted.

The volunteer protection act of 1997 (VPA) was signed into law on 18th June 1997. The primary purpose of its enactment was to protect the non-profit organizations, volunteers and the governmental entities in lawsuits that are based on all the activities carried out by volunteers(U.S. Government Publishing Office, 1997). Volunteers, in this case, are all those people who out of the clean heart and meaningful that provide their services expecting nothing back as payment in return. Before the establishments of the act, many people who willing to give their services were deterred by the potential liability actions that acted against them, therefore; many public and private nonprofit organizations, educational institutions and social service agencies were greatly affected because of the withdrawal of many volunteers from their boards. Therefore, after the withdrawal of so many people from these nonprofit programs, their activities of helping people in the community diminished. Thus, the government has been forced to spend a lot of money to carry out all those activities which were carried out by the programs. However, after the creation of the Act, more people are now volunteering themselves to work with these programs to provide free services in the community.

The volunteer protection act provides liability protection for volunteering people under several conditions which include:

People who have not yet been paid their full benefits by the non-profit organization or government entity. volunteers acting inside the scope of that volunteer’s responsibilities in the non-profit institution or in the governmental entity during the time of the action or omission, if the volunteer is legally licensed, authorized or certified by the right authorities to carry out the activities in that state in which the damage or injury occurred, where the volunteers undertook the activities within the scope of their responsibilities in that governmental entity or non-governmental institution. The mistake or harm of a volunteer to an individual did not happen out of gross negligence, criminal misconduct or willingly.

From a volunteer point of view, there are no major omissions by the volunteer protection act but some suggestions might be the in cooperation of volunteers who work in commercial sectors. The reason of this suggestion is that since a volunteer is a person who is willing to offer services without expectation of payments, even those in commercial areas should also be protected by the act to avoid the volunteers being mistreated by their leaders. The protection will also encourage the volunteering people to offer more services. Volunteers have significant benefits in participating in NVOAD agencies reason being that, NVOAD has so many affiliate member organizations such as the American Red Cross, the Salvation Army, habitat for humanity and many more which have the expertise and technical knowledge of dealing with disasters(Groble & Brudney, 2015). Therefore, volunteers in NVOAD will get the privilege of interacting with different nonprofit organizations thus get more knowledge and skills in dealing with getting prepared for any kind of disaster and dealing with emergencies. Another great benefit is that the volunteers will get the opportunity of interacting with people from different nations thus learning new cultures because some the affiliate organizations work with people from different countries. The incident command organization also has benefits of sharing collaborative efforts thereby providing efficient services to society. Additionally, the incident command organization also enjoys the exchange of knowledge and skills from the different affiliates of NVOAD, therefore, getting the competence and expertise of dealing with disaster relief and recovery.

Implication and reflection (I&R) summery

Emergency management is the process of establishing measures of dealing with and avoiding risks caused by calamities. The process is taken into account by different stakeholders like the government, non-governmental organizations, volunteers and the community members. Some decades back, volunteers were faced with a lot of challenges thus many withdrew from the volunteering programs. To protect these individuals and institutions; the Volunteer Protection Act was created. This act protects all people and organizations providing voluntary services from liabilities of harm that occur along their lines of duty(FEMA, 2017). The act protects these individuals because they are usually qualified in providing those services and also harm or accident may occur unknowingly. Before the enactment of the laws, when harm occurred some of these members were sued yet they did not intend to cause any harm which is the reason why many individual volunteers and organizations had quitted. However, if it is determined that an individual caused harm intentionally, the act does not apply its laws in such a case thus the individual has to be taken through the due process of the court.

The federal-state encourages the operations of volunteers in the society because it does not have the capacity to carry out all the services that are provided by such individuals and institutions(Hoffman, Goodman & Stier, 2009). These organizations like the American Red Cross help bring peace in the community because they the assist people with things that they do not have, for instance, in times of a fire disaster where people lose their belongings, this organization provides the victims with basic needs like food and clothing thus the essence of peace. In conclusion to the summery, the state is not liable for including mandatory training to volunteers or applying laws enacted for state employees to them because they carry out their duties voluntarily.

References

Federal Emergency Management Agency. (2017). National incident management system. FEMA.

FEMA. (2017). Volunteers play integral role in disaster relief and recovery efforts. Retrieved

from: https://www.fema.gov/news-release/2017/09/18/volun…

Groble, P., & Brudney, J. L. (2015, April). When good intentions go wrong: Immunity under the Volunteer Protection Act. In Nonprofit Policy Forum (Vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 3-24). De Gruyter.

Hoffman, S., Goodman, R. A., & Stier, D. D. (2009). Law, liability, and public health emergencies. Disaster medicine and public health preparedness, 3(2), 117-125.

U.S. Government Publishing Office. (1997). Public Law 105-19-June 18, 1997: Volunteer


Community Replay

Description

Only one comment for each attachment. Expose your opinion about each one.A minimum of 2 references (excluding the class textbook) no older than 5 years must be used. If you use the textbook as a reference will not be counted. Every reference that you present in your assignment must be quoted in the assignment.Please make sure you use spell check before you post your assignment and replies.Is very important no Plagiarism


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Running Head: CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
Melvys Barrios
Florida National University
Nursing Department
BSN Program
NUR 4636 – Community Health Nursing
Prof. Eddie Cruz, RN MSN
November 17, 2019
1
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
2
Child and Adolescent Health
Health Indicators are essential characteristics of a particular population through which the
health of the said population can be determined. They help in measuring the health status of
people (Davis & Low, 2014). Being able to tell the health of children is essential as this plays out
into adulthood and for the rest of their lives.
Major Indicators of Child Health
Infant and Child Mortality
Infant mortality is the death of children below the age of one, while child mortality is the
death of children under the age of five years. The two tend to be considered together, even
though the causes of death vary. While tackling Infant Mortality alone, most of the causes of
death are pregnancy-related and affect the infant inadvertently due to exposure of the mother to
these unfavorable conditions.
These include; poor pregnancy outcomes due to the mother not being at an optimal health
condition, uncontrolled medical conditions in the mother resulting in the child being born with
deficient weight which is a significant risk for the baby, exposure to drugs which in turn affect
the infant, unsafe environments such as exposure to lead and smoke to the mother which could
affect the unborn child.
Lack of proper immunization and preventive health care for an infant could also play a
role in infant mortality or poor health in the later years of the child. Other issues that influence
infant mortality include complications during delivery, perinatal asphyxiation, which is basically
death by suffocation, and injuries during birth.
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
3
Child Chronic Conditions.
The chances are that most children will fall sick to disease during their infancy and
childhood part of their lives. Ergo, child chronic conditions are a significant indicator of health
for infants and children. It is more likely for infants who are born with low birth weight to get
sick over those born with optimal weight. Some of the chronic conditions affecting children are;
Cerebral palsy, visual problem and hearing loss, anemia due to malnutrition, development
disabilities such as attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD), asthma, mental illnesses such
as autism and many more.
Health care and Education
Having proper health care and knowledge on child health welfare, or lack thereof of said
health care and knowledge, greatly influence the health of children. This reason qualifies it as a
significant health indicator for infants and children. If mothers are taught on the importance of
healthy maternal weight and proper nutrition and the significant role this plays on an unborn
child, then infant mortality would be decreased drastically.
Mothers should be encouraged to utilize health care by tending to any chronic diseases
they have, being up-to-date on vaccinations, avoiding toxic environments, and abstain from the
use of drugs and alcohol for the benefit of the infants. They should also prevent depressing
situations, as this might reflect negatively on a child’s health.
Major indicators of Adolescent health
Sexual Activity
Since at adolescent stage is when people are typically most sexually active, many
adolescents run the risk of contracting STIs and unwanted pregnancies. The burden of an
adolescent, who for all intents and purposes is still a child, raising a child could have negative
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
4
implications on both the adolescent and the child. Adding the STIs to the situation, and this can be
seen as a significant threat to adolescent health.
Substance Use
With this age set being all carefree and most of them engaging in substance abuse, their
health is put perpetually at risk. The use of drugs causes adolescents to be violent and causes
them to have mental issues. These health risks and mental health problems are associated with
morbidity and premature mortality among adolescents (Awaluddin, Wong, Omar & Aris 2019).
Social Determinants of Child and Adolescent
The significant social factors affecting the health well being of children and adolescents
are Parents ’financial stability, security and safety of their homes, racial and ethnic disparities,
peer relationships, health preventive behaviors like choosing to abstain from substance abuse or
choosing good friends, parenting style and family traditions also play a part in the health issue,
the community environment, and electronic media.
Prevention strategies targeted at children’s health
In an effort to manage and rectify the deteriorating health of children and adolescents,
specific measures are being implemented, which will hopefully help in making sure that children
and adolescents experience less to no health issues. The most basic countermeasure to failing
health is, of course, collecting and analyzing data on the causes of poor health. This will, in turn,
help in knowing how to act and how to prevent failing health issues.
Health care programs have been initiated that will help mothers and infant kids. One such
program is the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). The program provides health
coverage for eligible children through Medicaid, which provides health coverage to millions of
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
5
Americans and separate CHIP programs. The program is funded by states and the federal
government (Volden 2006). Other similar programs are like EPSDT.
The Adolescent and Young Adult Health National Resource Center Program is one of
many public programs created to promote healthy development, safety, and well-being of
adolescents and young adults. Other programs are usually school-based health centers or
community health centers from which many adolescents can benefit from.
Cost of Poor Child Health Status
So much effort being put in programs relating to child health. This is because poor child
health has significant negative implications on financial, social, and educational standing. On an
individual level, child health affects one financially. With a child being sick and having health
issues, money is needed to cater for medical bills. This could put a lot of financial strain on the
parent and might cause one to sink in debts. There is also no guarantee on whether the child will
get better, which will make a parent have stress and feel depressed. This could, in turn, cause
relationship problems and substance abuse, especially to people from humble backgrounds.
In a societal setting, poor health affects the way children interact with others. It could
lead to low self-esteem. Children with significant health issues like autism cannot fully
participate in social interactions. Since poor child health results in poverty, this may result in
stagnation in development. It also increases the risk of crime in a society because people may
result in drastic measures due to poverty.
It also cuts on the workforce of the society as people who are depressed and stressed out
due to poor child health start abusing drugs and, therefore, can not participate in incomegenerating activities, essentially making the society’s economy to deteriorate.
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
6
References
Davis, D. L., & Low, S. M. (2014). Gender, health, and illness: The case of nerves.
Awaluddin, S. M., Ibrahim Wong, N., Rodzlan Hasani, W. S., Omar, M. A., Mohd Yusoff, M.
F., Nik Abd Rashid, N. R., & Aris, T. (2019). Methodology and Representativeness of
the Adolescent Health Survey 2017 in Malaysia. Asia Pacific Journal of Public Health,
1010539519854884.
Volden, C. (2006). States as policy laboratories: Emulating success in the children’s health
insurance program. American Journal of Political Science, 50(2), 294-312.
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
7
Running head: CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH 1
Child and Adolescent Health
Rony Marino
Florida National University
Nursing Department
BSN Program
NUR 4636 – Community Health Nursing
Prof. Eddie Cruz, RN MSN
November 19, 2019
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
2
Question 1
The health status in children and adolescents that are an important issue are
childhood obesity, mental health, and sexual and reproductive health. This age group falls
in between seven to nineteen years. It is the period where they are young, fragile and
growing. This age set tends to look up to their elders and want to have a sense of
belonging just like others. They want to follow and copy everything trending. Though the
age group between seven to twelve is not referred to as adolescents, they all suffer the
same problems. They don’t accept that they are children but see themselves as adults
and that they can decide on anything without involving anyone.
It is estimated that every year, at list twenty percent of adolescents have a mental
illness. This is because most of them are not confident enough to accept the true nature
of their status and bodies. Young ones grow up to emulate the idols they see, such as
models and wish to become like them, but without knowing that people are born of
different sizes and shapes thereby we cannot all look alike. They end up starving
themselves for food to have a good body shape. At this age, a child should be growing
freely without any emotional attachment that relates to nothing apart from school and
socializing with friends.
Due to unfortunate feeding habits, most children are growing up being obesity.
Children are not trained to have proper and healthy meals. Parents tend to be busy that
they have no time to prepare nutritionally balanced, decent meals. They opt for junk food,
beverages and, sweets as an alternative to catching up with the lost time. This has
resulted in children disliking foods like vegetables, claiming that the taste is terrible.
Question 2
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
3
The social determinants of child and adolescent health include lifestyle and
bullying. There are two different types of youth in the adolescent that are affected by social
media and society. Some take in social media positively hence want to copy what they
see and the various lifestyles lived by people on and wish to be like them while there are
those that are affected by bullying. In bullying, one can be teased by others on how he
was created.
Adolescents’ age children do not understand the concept of body structure and
that people cannot all look alike. The boys want to have muscles while girls want to be all
curvy. This has made some feel out of place, and they look for an alternative by
accumulating products that would increase their muscles or cut off some extra pounds
(The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health, 2019).
Question 3
Some organizations have aimed at improving adolescents’ health by creating
awareness on certain factors. They provide psychological, emotional, and behavioral
support among young people. They equip with knowledge of different ways of tackling
specific issues. These organizations help these children in understanding themselves and
their communities. Schools, both private and public, have a guiding and counseling
department that is always there to offer emotional and psychological support to them.
Parents and guardians are not left behind by being at the forefront of fighting this battle
that kills the young youth that is growing.
Film directors and producers also produce programs that are educative and pass
the message to adolescents. They are shown that not all that they see and hear on social
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
4
media is real, but most of it is fake. Many articles are written and published for their sake
so that they can learn.
Question 4
The cost of poor health status affects both as an individual and society. As an
individual, these children grow up being shunned and with low self-esteem. They end up
not loving and appreciating themselves and what they are. This problem may be
transferred to their children when they become parents, and later, it will be a generation
trend. This will make society have people who don’t believe in themselves which may
lead to stagnancy in terms of achievements on goals.
If a child has a poor health status that has been led by poor feeding habits such
as obesity, it will lead to the development of diseases such as high blood pressure,
diabetes, etc. This makes the child less active, both physically and psychologically. To
society, it is the re-birth of an unhealthy nation. Lots of money will be spent on medical
amenities and infrastructure instead of improving the country (The Lancet Child &
Adolescent Health, 2017).
When children have low self-esteem, they are unable to say openly what they need
or feel. This can lead to people taking advantage of them because they would keep it to
themselves. By this, the adolescent group may engage in sexual activities without
knowledge hence conceives at a young age.
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT HEALTH
5
References
The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health. (2019). Oral health: oft overlooked. The Lancet
Child & Adolescent Health, 3(10), 663. doi: 10.1016/s2352-4642(19)30275-5
The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health. (2017). Aiding adolescents in distress. The
Lancet Child & Adolescent Health, 1(3), 159. doi: 10.1016/s2352-4642(17)300962

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing role

Description

Each question must have at least 3 paragraphs and you must use at 3 least references (APA) included in your main post.Questions:1. Do you view nursing as a career or a job? What are your professional goals related to nursing?2. Describe the steps you would take to prepare yourself to interview for your ideal future Nursing role?


special considerations associated with disasters

Description

1. Discuss three disaster coordination issues.

2. How would you as an Emergency Manager:

a. prevent corruption following a disaster;

b. manage compound emergencies;

c. ensure equality in assistance and relief distribution.

Choose one.

Readings

Coppola – Chapter 11, Special Considerations

……………………………….

Instructions:

– Minimum 400 words, 4 paragraphs

– Use proper APA6 format

– use more than 3 credible sources


Diet vs medicaton in the management of diabetes mellitus 2

Description

Write a 500-750 word description of your proposed capstone project
topic. Make sure to include the following: The problem, issue, suggestion, initiative, or educational
need that will be the focus of the project The setting or
context in which the problem, issue, suggestion, initiative, or
educational need can be observed. A description providing a
high level of detail regarding the problem, issue, suggestion,
initiative, or educational need. Impact of the problem,
issue, suggestion, initiative, or educational need on the work
environment, the quality of care provided by staff, and patient
outcomes. Significance of the problem, issue, suggestion,
initiative, or educational need and its implications to
nursing. A proposed solution to the identified project
topic You are required to retrieve and assess a minimum of 8 peer-reviewed
articles. Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA
Style Guide.The problem needs to be patients depending on medication to control diabetes instead of focusing on diet and the setting is a general practice clinic.


Deliverable 2 – Kantian Perspective

Description

Competency

Apply duty-based ethical theories to contemporary moral issues.

Instructions

In this research-based assessment, you will be applying a Kantian perspective to a contemporary moral issue. Current contemporary moral issues range from genetic engineering to issues related to the use of torture in wartime. For this assessment you will need to research contemporary moral issues and select one that will be the focus of your paper as you apply the Kantian perspective. Once you select your moral issue, you will need to address the following in a properly formatted research paper.

Explain what duty is according to Kant and how this view differs from other senses of duty.
Describe the relationship between a good will and duty for Kant.
Differentiate the two formulations of the Categorical Imperative.
How do these formulations apply to your selected contemporary moral issue?
Using the foundation of Kant’s moral theory explain how there is a moral duty for your selected contemporary moral issues.
Express your view as a maxim.
How feasible is it to universalize your maxim?
How does your maxim fulfill/satisfy each of these formulations?

In your paper, ensure that you use credible academic sources, and cite them properly.

Grading Rubric

0 0 80 90 100
No Pass No Pass Competence Proficiency Mastery
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate explanation of what duty is according to Kant and how this view differs from other senses of duty Explains what duty is according to Kant and how this view differs from other senses of duty with supporting information. Explains what duty is according to Kant and how this view differs from other senses of duty with strong supporting information. Explains what duty is according to Kant and how this view differs from other senses of duty with well-integrated, strong supporting information.
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate description of the relationship between a good will and duty for Kant. Describes with generalities the relationship between a good will and duty for Kant. Adequately describes the relationship between a good will and duty for Kant. Thoroughly describes the relationship between a good will and duty for Kant.
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate differentiation of the two formulations of the Categorical Imperative Differentiates the two formulations of the Categorical Imperative with basic information. Differentiates the two formulations of the Categorical Imperative with strong supporting information. Differentiates the two formulations of the Categorical Imperative in strong detail and supporting information.
Not Submitted Incorrectly identifies a contemporary moral issue and/or An inadequate or inappropriate discussion of how these formulations apply to the selected issue. Correctly identifies a contemporary moral issue and discusses how these formulations apply to the selected issue with basic supporting information. Correctly identifies a contemporary moral issue and discusses how these formulations apply to the selected issue with supporting information. Correctly identifies a contemporary moral issue and thoroughly discusses how these formulations apply to the selected issue in strong detail and supporting information.
Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate explanation of, using the foundation of Kant’s moral theory, how there is a moral duty for the selected issue. Explains, using the foundation of Kant’s moral theory, how there is a moral duty for the selected issue with strong supporting evidence. Explains, using the foundation of Kant’s moral theory, how there is a moral duty for the selected issue with supporting evidence. Explains, using the foundation of Kant’s moral theory, how there is a moral duty for the selected issue with strong supporting evidence.
Not Submitted Incorrectly creates a maxim And/or An inadequate or inappropriate explanation of how feasible is it to universalize the maxim. Creates an applicable maxim with a sufficient explanation as to how feasible is it to universalize the maxim. Creates an applicable maxim with a detailed explanation as to how feasible is it to universalize the maxim. Creates an applicable maxim with a thorough and detailed explanation as to how feasible is it to universalize the maxim.

Not Submitted An inadequate or inappropriate explanation of how maxim fulfill/satisfy each of the formulations. Explains how maxim fulfill/satisfy each of the formulations with basic supporting evidence. Explains how maxim fulfill/satisfy each of the formulations with supporting evidence. Explains how maxim fulfill/satisfy each of the formulations with strong supporting evidence.


​Topic: Partner Violence

Description

Topic: Partner Violence

2 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

References not older than 5 years

1. Interventions Strategies / Treatments (pharmacological and non-pharmacological)

2. Other considerations in the management of Partner Violence (including but not limited to management of behaviors, family considerations, challenges in the care of patients with this social issue.


This week, there will be a variety of conditions assigned to you by your instructor pertaining to metabolic, endocrine, genetic, and chronic conditions. You are expected to present your initial topic including, but not limited to, the following items:

Description

This week, there will be a variety of conditions assigned to you by your instructor pertaining to metabolic, endocrine, genetic, and chronic conditions. You are expected to present your initial topic including, but not limited to, the following items:


• Be sure to provide a properly cited response that includes references

Description

Part 1: Construct a 3 to 5-year strategic plan that is related to a specified health care organization of your choice. The organization may be not-for-profit or for-profit. Complete a SWOT analysis, and include the following: Internal strengths are related to resources and capabilities that effectively and efficiently allow an organization to accomplish its stated mission. Write out and discuss 8 to 10 strengths that you consider the highest priority for the organization of choice. Internal weaknesses are related to deficiencies in resources and capabilities that hinder an organization’s ability to accomplish its mandate or mission. Write out and discuss 8 to 10 weaknesses that you consider the highest priority for the organization of choice. External opportunities are outside factors or situations that can affect your organization in a favorable way. Write out and discuss 8 to 10 opportunities that you consider of highest priority for the organization of choice. External threats are outside factors or situations that can affect your organization in a negative way. Write out and discuss 8 to 10 threats that you consider of highest priority for the organization of choice. Part 2: In the health care industry, change occurs quickly and many times without warning. In an effort to address such changes, contingency planning is a key step in the strategic planning process. Contingency planning follows a 7-step process to achieve maximum effectiveness. Assume that you are formulating the contingency plans for an outpatient surgical center. Identify the 7 steps in the contingency planning process, and explain how each step will be addressed for the surgical center. Be sure to provide a properly cited response that includes references. Deliverable Length: 7-10 pages not including cover and reference pages


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Part 1:
Construct a 3 to 5-year strategic plan that is related to a specified health care organization of
your choice. The organization may be not-for-profit or for-profit. Complete a SWOT analysis,
and include the following:
1. Internal strengths are related to resources and capabilities that effectively and efficiently
allow an organization to accomplish its stated mission. Write out and discuss 8 to 10
strengths that you consider the highest priority for the organization of choice.
2. Internal weaknesses are related to deficiencies in resources and capabilities that hinder an
organization’s ability to accomplish its mandate or mission. Write out and discuss 8 to 10
weaknesses that you consider the highest priority for the organization of choice.
3. External opportunities are outside factors or situations that can affect your organization in
a favorable way. Write out and discuss 8 to 10 opportunities that you consider of highest
priority for the organization of choice.
4. External threats are outside factors or situations that can affect your organization in a
negative way. Write out and discuss 8 to 10 threats that you consider of highest priority
for the organization of choice.
Part 2:
In the health care industry, change occurs quickly and many times without warning. In an effort
to address such changes, contingency planning is a key step in the strategic planning process.
Contingency planning follows a 7-step process to achieve maximum effectiveness. Assume that
you are formulating the contingency plans for an outpatient surgical center.


Identify the 7 steps in the contingency planning process, and explain how each step will
be addressed for the surgical center.
Be sure to provide a properly cited response that includes references.
Deliverable Length: 7-10 pages not including cover and reference pages

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Research DL-MSN1 week 11

Description

Reading Reflection

Please submit minimum of 250 word statement with references regarding this week chapter reading, explain what are some of the important aspects of this week’s reading, provide examples when possible. Thanks. Jorge

Chapter 18 and 19

Text Book:

Advanced Nursing Research

Title Advanced Nursing Research
Author Ruth M. Tappen
ISBN 978-1-284-04830-8
Publisher Jones&Bartlett Learning, LLC
Publication Date August 28, 2015

APA 6th edition required in all paper work( including references)

BE on time , please.


Complete Medical Term Health EXAM

Description

I MUST HAVE AN A+ on this exam. Google the answers or use quizlet or coursehero!!!

I cannot get less than an A because I need to boost my grade!

HERE IS A STUDY GUIDE WITH TERMINOLOGY

ALHS- 1090 Medical Terminology Final Exam Study Guide

This sheet should guide you when studying. You are still responsible for studying your textbook. The final exam is composed of 100 questions that include all 11 chapters

Lumbodynia

Combining forms

Abbreviation bx

Superior

Inferior

Caudal

Cephalad

Bone of the upper arm

Disease of the heart muscle

Accessory organ of digestion

Term for bleeding of the gums

Term for loss of appetite

Py/o

Excessive sweating

Frontal plane

Removal of a clot

Cystectomy

Thyroidectomy

Colpocervical

Term meaning yellow skin

Multipara

Front lobe of pituitary gland

Procedure for crushing a stone or calculus

Reservoir for bile

Opposite of osteosclerosis

Insulin is produced by the what?

Dxof adenodynia

“Master gland”

Term for urinary incontinence

Accumulation of fluid in the tissues

Dermatome

Cyanosis

Herniation of a fallopian tube

Scleroderma

Word roots

Type of Pneumonia seen in patients with aids

Parts of the immune system

Herniation of the urethra

Tumor of the nail bed

Term for scanty urination output

Term for inability to speak

Malignant black tumor of the skin

Impacted bone

Compound fracture

Where is bile produced?

Element that is located at the beginning of a medical word

Blood clot that obstructs a vessel

Orchidorrhaphy

Intervertebral disks are composed of what?

Lobectomy

What is the function of the hormone Glucagon?

Myotomy


Week 5 Discussion: Assessing for Family Violence

Description

A 10-year-old child named Elizabeth is brought into the emergency department by her mother. The mother appears anxious but sits quietly next to her daughter in the waiting room. When called into the triage area, the mother gives a history of coming home from work to find Elizabeth sitting on the couch watching television. Elizabeth did not go to the door to greet her or look toward her when she said hello. The mother thought the daughter’s behavior was odd because she always greeted her at the door with a hug. As she approached Elizabeth, she noticed that she was clutching her right arm as if in pain. The mother asked what was wrong, but Elizabeth remained silent. Then she said “Nothing is wrong.” The father is sleeping upstairs. The mother gives a family history of having an alcoholic husband who usually drinks himself to sleep. She said he has abused Elizabeth physically and psychologically in the past, and she brought her to the emergency room because she fears he has hurt her. When Elizabeth is asked about the abuse she appears scared, insecure, and withdrawn.What considerations should be made by the nurse, to provide a physically and emotionally safe environment for the interview and assessment of this client who has experienced domestic abuse?In your response, include some special considerations that should be taken when interviewing a child.


Introduction to Neuroscience

Description

Post a response to each of the following:Explain the agonist-to-antagonist spectrum of action of psychopharmacologic agents.Compare and contrast the actions of g couple proteins and ion gated channels.Explain the role of epigenetics in pharmacologic action.Explain how this information may impact the way you prescribe medications to clients. Include a specific example of a situation or case with a client in which the psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner must be aware of the medication’s action.Two to three pages.


peer reponse

Description

Please reply to both discussions with 3 paragraphs each plus a reference per response


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Importance of Evidence-Based Practice
Evidence-based practice (EBP) incorporates evidence, clinical experience, and
patients’ preferences in providing medical care. Nurses are expected to use
individualized patient care. EBP has proven to provide better patient care and reduced
health care costs. However, it should be understood that EBP is beneficial to the
patients, nurses, and the health care facility. With regards to nurses, it provides medical
professionals with scientific exploration to help them make an appropriate decision.
Additionally, nurses get updated about new and better medical practices that seek to
achieve quality care to patients (Stevens, 2013). They are also able to increase
recovery chances for patients when they search for documented interventions that suit
specific patients’ profiles. EBP also enhances nurses to evaluate the risks or
effectiveness of a certain treatment or diagnosis (Stevens, 2013).
Search of Evidence
The rapidly growing and changing information base relevant to the nursing practice
has promoted nurses to keep updated. This requires them to access relevant and
quality sources where they can get the information. Most information is acquired from
journals, textbooks, bibliographic databases, and reliable internet sources. The journals
provide a forum for nurses and other medical. They offer readers updates on
contemporary research on a range of topics. However, when accessing information
through journals, nurses should consider various factors. They include whether the
journal is peer-reviewed, what is its scope, and whether the journal has articles that
provide qualitative and quantitative findings on research. Nurses should also
understand the limitations attributed to journals such as publication bias. Journals with
positive findings have more chances of being published in comparison to those that
provide undesirable findings. Textbooks are also a reliable source of information. If they
are up to date, they provide a summary of the new and complex inventions or present
an issue in relation to other related knowledge. With regards to bibliographic databases,
they provide nurses access citations for most original research, studies, and reviews.
The different existing database has its unique search styles that seek to enhance the
ease of getting the relevant information. With regards to the internet, it has enhanced
nurses easily access many valuable information sources. However, the main challenge
attributed to the internet is the lack of controlling the quality of information published.
Most of the information found on the internet is questionable, or you are uncertain of the
quality. Therefore, it is important first to review the quality of the information found on
the internet before embracing it. Despite the challenges, the internet is a rich source of
information, especially on the contemporary and new diagnosis and treatment methods
that can enhance quality care.
Implementing Evidence-Based Program
Implementing EBP is essential for improving quality care. The process starts by
identifying and embracing the appropriate diagnosis and treatment practices. One
should first identify a practice that needs improvement (Bick and Graham, 2010). This
involves identifying a field of interest in the clinical practice that requires improvement,
such as malnutrition or medication errors. You should also identify the contemporary
best practice protocol and evidence-based interventions attributed to better outcomes.
You also need to select an appropriate intervention and outcome measures that will
have an influence on the identified practice. Additionally, one should collaborate with
quality teams, experts, and researchers in the identified practice.
The second step involves barriers, enablers, and issues (Bick and Graham, 2010).
These involve identifying the hindrances that could prevent implementing the change,
such as lowering the interventions or adoption of new ones. One should also explore
the enablers that would enhance the interventions. This includes anything that would
facilitate the implementation of the identified intervention. This should be done through
data collections to measure the effectiveness of the intervention. Finally, one should
also plan their sustainability to ensure the changes adopted can be maintained.
The third part involves identifying what worked and what failed (Ervin, 2005). This
majorly involves evaluating the intervention. This can be achieved through monitoring
the patient’s outcomes after instituting the new intervention. You should also measure
the impact of translating evidence into the new intervention adopted. Additionally, one
should carry out an evaluation to measure the outcomes so as to showcase whether
there is any improvement (Ervin, 2005).
The final process involves maintaining the intervention (Melnyk, and Fineout 2011).
This involves adapting and integrating the identified intervention into the existing current
systems taking into account resources and funding issues. All the staff should also be
informed and trained about the new intervention to ensure smooth running and
integration of the intervention. Additionally, one should maintain communication with the
relevant stakeholders and partners to ensure the effectivity of the instituted intervention
(Melnyk, and Fineout 2011).
References
Bick, D., & Graham, I. D. (Eds.). (2010). Evaluating the impact of implementing
evidence-based
practice (Vol. 1). John Wiley & Sons.
Ervin, N. E. (2005). Clinical coaching: a strategy for enhancing evidence-based nursing
practice. Clinical Nurse Specialist, 19(6), 296-301.
Melnyk, B. M., & Fineout-Overholt, E. (Eds.). (2011). Evidence-based practice in
nursing &
healthcare: A guide to best practice. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
Stevens, K. R. (2013). The impact of evidence-based practice in nursing and the next
big
ideas. Online J Issues Nurs, 18(2), 4.
1)Evidentiary training also facilitates the sensitivity of medical professionals and allows
them to do certain things in particular (Leach, Hofmeyer & Bobridge 2016). The health
workers are therefore expected to check for the best and most effective approaches. It is part
of the work of a health professional to ensure that any role is supported by the best available
evidence. There can be no underestimation of the value of evidence-based training. It is
because it provides the best available service not only to nurses, but also to all healthcare
professionals. These are all efforts to improve clinical performance in an institution. In a
health care facility, new patients demand the most reliable services to be delivered locally
and elsewhere.
Proof-based nursing in many areas is important, especially now that it is known for nursing.
In addition, the approach based on evidence ensures that nurses are consistently involved in
the decision-making process (Masters, 2018). It makes it easy for healthcare professionals
to use best practices for patient care. Evidential care provides the basis for medical
practitioners to interpret relevant information and evidence and ensure that nursing is
trustworthy. The ongoing implementation of proof-based nursing promotes the application
of data, experience and research results into action by the nursing practitioners (Masters,
2018).
Evidence-based healthcare is important to the nursing profession because it has significant
benefits to patients, nurses and other stakeholders. Evidence-based care helps overcome
medically associated problems. The resolution of these issues would lead to better treatment
for the patient and improved results. In fact, validated nursing strongly leads to the
healthcare development process (Masters, 2018). Nursing is a significant cornerstone of
health care, and it is therefore easy to maintain and improve procedures of evidence-based
nursing.
2) For nursing practitioners, the EBP knowledge can be found by means of analysis using
different sources: textbooks, electronic bibliographic databases, the Internet, journals and
work compilation and distillation products. Most health professionals feel they need these
sources of research in their specific fields of expertise. Journals also provide a forum for
healthcare professionals and other health professionals to search for and share their
training and their professional experiences (McKibbon & Marks 1998).
In nursing conferences, they offer insights into the creation and application of clinical
research. Across general medical journals as JAMA, BMJ, Lancet, and the New England
Journal of Medicine (McKibbon & Marks, 1998), important articles in all fields of health are
usually written as per nursing practice. Due to the large circulation, the tradition and
prestige, these important developments were concentrated in journals. But most of these
developments have important consequences for healthcare professions including medicine.
Online databases are also reliable sources of scholarly care content reviewed by peer
reviewers. Web databases offer nurses unprecedented benefits as they have unique
resources which allow filters of search results to meet users ‘ needs accurately. For example,
the user may preset the timeline, importance, results form and full article availability. All
these customizations allow nurses to get the information they need in different situations.
For eg, EBSCO, CINAHL, OVID, Psych INFO and MEDLINE.
3) The promotion of evidence-based practice is an essential element for exceptional
treatment of patients. Organizational leaders such as nursing managers play an important
role in incorporating the EBP into nursing units. Practical evidence allows health workers to
make decisions in conjunction with detailed or high-quality research papers, medical
experience and patient experiences, largely dependent on findings and assumptions.
Krankenhaus managers and administrators have a dynamic role in promoting evidencebased hospital-wide policies (Kueny, 2015).
The community, structure and resources of the working environment are known by nursery
managers as mediators or barriers to use and promote evidence-based activities under their
influence. The presence of nursing managers in their units in support of the EBP was
promoted as a working environment that specifically articulated goals and adjustments
policy in evidence-based practice, had specific connections with administrators and
company borders. Sanitary managers establish a network consisting of various medical
boards to enable practitioners to pass and practice evidence in the community (Shever
2015)
One method of implementation includes the practical question, finding evidence and
eventually turning evidence into practice, is the Johns Hopkins Proof-Based Practique
Method. The model works with the same PICOT principle, but the final stage is not timeconsuming but translation (Dang & Dearholt, 2017). The Johns Hopkins model involves
practices implementation, assessment and communication and ultimately leads to changes
in care processes and outcomes. Ultimately, there is the Change Process Diffusion in which
the majority must take account of improvements in practice if at least one third of a nursing
community adopts these changes.
References
Leach, M. J., Hofmeyer, A., & Bobridge, A. (2016). The Impact Of Research Education On
Student Nurse Attitude, Skill And Uptake Of Evidence‐Based Practice: A Descriptive
Longitudinal Survey. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 194-203.
Masters, K. (2018). Role development in professional nursing practice. Jones & Bartlett
Learning.
McKibbon, K. A., & Marks, S. (1998). Searching for the best evidence. Part 1: where to look.
Evidence-Based Nursing, 1(3), 68-70.
Kueny, A., Shever, L. L., Lehan Mackin, M., & Titler, M. G. (2015, June 24). Facilitating the
implementation of evidence- based practice through contextual support and nursing
leadership. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5740993/.
Dang, D., & Dearholt, S. L. (2017). Johns Hopkins nursing evidence-based practice: Model
and guidelines. Sigma Theta Tau.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Discharge teaching for a new mother on breast feeding

Description

APA format on Discharge teaching for a new mother on breast feeding, 3-5 pages long not including title and reference page, with a powerpoint presentation maximum of 5 slides not including title and reference page, (please include pictures on the power point)paper include the following topics Introduction to the teaching project topic • Reference of one statistic validating the importance and impact of topic selection • Risk factors and/or benefits related to the selected topic • Referral to a professional and/or community‐based resource (i.e., support group, American Heart Association, AWHONN) • Recommendations regarding health promotion strategies for the target audience INSTRUCTION IS ATTACHED AS WELL AND GRADING RUBIC


Unformatted Attachment Preview

NR 321/327 MATERNAL CHILD NURSING
Required Uniform Assignment: Discharge Teaching Guidelines
PURPOSE
The purpose of this assignment is to provide the student an opportunity to practice patient
teaching using information required through the NR321 course.
COURSE OUTCOMES This assignment enables the student to meet the following course outcomes.
CO #1: Demonstrate understanding of developmental, cognitive, psychosocial, cultural, and physiological life
processes of the woman as she progresses from the onset of menses through the childbearing period, and
concluding with menopause. (PO #1)
CO #4: Initiate use of appropriate resources based on health care issues mutually identified with clients and
their family units. (PO #2)
CO #5: Employ communication and therapeutic relationship skills with childbearing clients and their families
during the perinatal period in acute care and outpatient settings (PO #3)
CO #6: Demonstrate effective clinical decision-making concerning the nursing care of perinatal clients and
their families based on critical thinking skills; legal, ethical, and professional standards and principles; and
nursing research findings (PO #4, #6, and #8)
CO #7: Develop a plan to meet personal, professional, and educational goals, including an investigation of
healthcare organizations relevant to these clients. (PO #5)
CO #8: Provide nursing care using multiple nursing roles as appropriate to perinatal clients and their families,
recognizing the holistic approach in facilitating healing (PO #6)
DUE DATE
Refer to Course Calendar for details. The Late Assignment Policy applies to this assignment.
TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE
100 Points
REQUIREMENTS




Students can do this project either individually or in groups. Consult with your course
instructor about the size of the groups or the number of individual projects that can be
accommodated.
As part of this project, you will select a teaching topic of your choice, related to the
course topics (i.e., women’s health, newborn, maternity). Consult with faculty for
approval of your selected topic.
Complete an outline and submit to dropbox.
Construct your project using a software tool or application you are familiar with
(i.e., Google Docs, Microsoft Word 2010 or later, PowerPoint, Prezi, or a video
platform).
NR327 RUA Discharge Teaching Guidelines.docx
Revised 11/2018
1
NR327 Maternal Child Nursing
PREPARING THE ASSIGNMENT





The individual or group will synthesize the research information and develop a
teaching project of their choice, which should include the following.
• Introduction to the teaching project topic
• Reference of one statistic validating the importance and impact of topic selection
• Risk factors and/or benefits related to the selected topic
• Referral to a professional and/or community‐based resource (i.e., support
group, American Heart Association, AWHONN)
• Recommendations regarding health promotion strategies for the target audience
Complete Outline and submit to dropbox.
Follow the presentation guidelines below to meet the expectations for your selected media format.
These guidelines apply to each individual student and should be adjusted per size of
the group (For example, an individual would do five slides, and if there are three
members in the group, the group should create a 15‐slide presentation. Similarly, a
three‐member group would do a 4.5–6 minute video rather than a 2‐minute video.)
• PowerPoint or Prezi
 Five slides maximum, excluding title and reference slides
 Follow 7‐point rule for PowerPoint
• Brochure
 Front and back, trifold
 12‐point font
• Video (i.e., commercial, public service announcement)
 Content 1.5–2 minutes in length
 Reference list must be provided to instructor by the due date.
• Trifold Poster Presentation
 Reference list attached to back of poster board
The project will be graded on quality of the teaching project, accuracy of information,
use of citations, use of Standard English grammar, sentence structure, creativity, and
overall organization.
Follow the directions and grading criteria closely; your project will be graded on the criteria
found in the rubric. Any questions about your project should be directed to your faculty.
NR327 RUA Discharge Teaching Guidelines.docx
Revised 11/2018
2
NR327 Maternal Child Nursing
DIRECTIONS AND ASSIGNMENT CRITERIA
Assignment
Criteria
Points
%
Topic Selection
Peer Review
(10 Points)
5
10%
5
Description
Topic: Identification of selected topic presented to and approved by
faculty, as advised (so other class members can select a different topic
and avoid repetition).
Peer Review: Submit copy of graded rubric and student evaluations.
Student Evaluated:
Outline
10
10%
Complete outline with details under each section. Include references.
Outline must be submitted to dropbox.
Introduction to
Topic and
Reference One
Statistic
(10 Points)
10
10%
Describe the selected topic in the project and provide at least one
statistic supporting the importance of the topic. This statistic must be
from an original source.
Identification
of Risk Factors
and/or Benefits
(10 Points)
10
10%
Compile 4‐5 risk factors and/or benefits related to the selected topic.
Referral to
Professional
and
Community‐
Based
Resources
10
10%
Provide one referral to each of the following:


Include contact information for these resources (i.e., phone number, e‐
mail, website or link).
Include a statement describing the role, resources, and/or services of the
organizations or resources and its potential impact on the selected topic.
(10 points)
Health Promotion
Recommendations
10
10%
10
10%
(10 Points)
Audio/Visual
Creativity
Report two to three evidence‐based health promotion
recommendations. Provide rationale from scholarly sources to support
your recommendations
Audio/visual effects and creativity
Project is eye‐catching, but graphics do not distract
from the purpose of providing information.
• The font style and size are appropriate for the target audience.
• Information is logical,
cohesive, and audience
appropriate; appropriate use
of terminology is shown.
Audio must be clear and discernible.

(10 Points)
Clarity of Writing
A professional organization
A community based resource
10
(10 Points)
NR327 RUA Discharge Teaching Guidelines.docx
10%
Use of standard English grammar and sentence structure. No spelling
errors or typographical errors. Organized around the required
components using appropriate content.
Revised 11/2018
3
NR327 Maternal Child Nursing
APA Sixth Edition
Format, Grammar,
and Punctuation
10
10%
All information taken from another source, even if summarized, must be
appropriately cited in the manuscript and listed on the Reference page
using APA sixth‐edition formatting. Citations must be in‐text and on the
Reference page.
10
10%
Speaker maintains good eye contact with the audience and is
appropriately animated (e.g., gestures, moving around, etc.).
(10 Points)
Final Presentation
(10 Points)
Speaker uses a clear, audible voice
Delivery is poised, controlled, and smooth.
Good language skills and pronunciation are used.
Length of presentation is within the assigned time limits.
Information was well communicated
Total
100
100
NR327 RUA Discharge Teaching Guidelines.docx
Revised 11/2018
4
NR327 Maternal Child Nursing
GRADING RUBRIC
Assignment
Criteria
Topic Selection
(10 Points)
Discharge Teaching
Proposal
(50 Points)
Outline
(10 Points)
Clarity of Writing
(10 Points)
Outstanding or Highest
Level of Performance
Very Good or High Level of
Performance
Competent or Satisfactory
Level of Performance
A (92–100%)
B (84–91%)
C (76–83%)
Student selected topic from list
provided on peer review
document or chose new one
with faculty support. Presented
topic to open forum for fellow
student acknowledgement.
(10 Points)
Student thoroughly identified
risk factors and/or benefits for
referral to professional and/or
community‐ based resources
with health promotion
recommendations.
(46.5‐50Points)
Student chose topic not
listed or presented topic in
open forum after due
date.
NR327 RUA Discharge Teaching Guidelines.docx
Student did not
present topic in open
forum.
(0 ‐7 Points)
(8 Points)
Student adequately identified
risk factors and/or benefits for
referral to professional and/or
community‐ based resources
with health promotion
recommendations.
(42‐46.5 points)
Student minimally identified
risk factors and/or benefits for
referral to professional and/or
community‐ based resources
with health promotion
recommendations.
(38‐42 points)
Completes outline—submits to
the dropbox
10 Points
Student has excellent use of
standard English showing original
thought.
No grammar errors. Well
organized with proper flow of
meaning.
(10 Points)
Poor, Failing or
Unsatisfactory Level of
Performance
F (0–75%)
Student did not identify
risk factors and/or benefits
for referral to
professional and/or
community‐ based
resources with health
promotion
recommendations.
(0‐37 Points)
Does not complete outline.
Fails to submit it to the dropbox
(0‐7 Points)
Student had adequate use of
standard English showing original
thought.
No grammar errors. Well
organized with proper flow of
meaning.
(9 Points)
Revised 11/2018
Student had minimal use of
standard English showing original
thought.
No grammar errors. Well
organized with proper flow of
meaning.
(8 Points)
Language needs development.
There were four or more spelling
errors.
Assignment had poorly organized
thoughts and concepts.
(0‐7 Points)
5
NR327 Maternal Child Nursing
APA Sixth
Edition/Grammar, and
Punctuation
(10 Points)
Final Presentation
(10 Points)
APA format was correct with no
more than one to two minor
errors.
(10 Points)
APA format was correct with no
more than two to four minor
errors.
(9 Points)
Assignment had three to five
errors in APA format and/or one
to two citations were missing.
(8 Points)
APA formatting contained
multiple errors and/or several
citations were missing.
(0‐7 Points)
Speaker maintains good eye
contact with the audience and is
appropriately animated (e.g.,
gestures, moving around, etc.).
Student does not meet all of the
final presentation criteria, but
appears to have prepared for the
presentation.
Student is present for final
presentation, but has minimal
participation. Student is unclear
and does not make adequate eye
contact with peers.
(8 Points)
Student does not complete the
final presentation.
Speaker uses a clear, audible
voice.
(9 Points)
(0 Points)
Delivery is poised, controlled, and
smooth.
Good language skills and
pronunciation are used.
Length of presentation is within
the assigned time limits.
Information was well
communicated.
(10 Points)
Total 100 Points
NR327 RUA Discharge Teaching Guidelines.docx
Revised 11/2018
6
NR327 Maternal Child Nursing
PEER FEEDBACK FORM
One of the most valuable contributions you can make to your fellow classmates’ learning is providing
constructive feedback. Offering another person your feedback about his or her work indicates that you care
enough about that person to spend your time considering his or her situation and that the person’s work is
worthy of your attention. This activity will also provide you the opportunity to develop essential skills of giving
and receiving feedback, with the goal of enhancing individual and class learning.





Examine the criteria for each of the items being evaluated.
Be objective in your evaluation and note the criteria that best meet the quality of the project.
Indicate your score in the boxes provided.
The peer feedback scores will be added toward the overall score for the project.
Please include any comments and suggestions in the area provided.
INDIVIDUAL OR GROUP MEMBERS
TOPIC
TOPIC CHOICES
Suggested but not limited to the following






Why Is My Baby Crying? . . . Soothing a Fussy Baby (Risk for Shaken Baby Syndrome)
Feeding Your Baby: Bottle Versus Breast
Baby Hygiene and Cord Care: How, Why, When
Circumcision Do’s and Don’ts
When to Contact Your Pediatrician Versus Calling 911
What Can I Do to Get My Baby to Sleep? (SIDS Safety Included)







Jaundice, What’s the Big Deal?
Proper Dressing for the Weather—The (Four) Seasons of Baby Appropriate
Baby Spa (Nails, Skin Care, and Diapering)
Engorgement: What? When? How? Why Me? When to Seek Help
Nutrition for Me: Breast Versus Bottle‐Feeding: What Does Mommy Need?
Exercise: Not Just for the Waistline—Pelvis Too!
When to Call the Doctor—Mommy TLC
NR321 RUA: Discharge Teaching Guidelines.docx
Revised 11/2018

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NURS-FPX4050 Ethical and Policy Factors in Care Coordination

Description

Select a community organization or group that you feel would be interested in learning about ethical and policy issues that affect the coordination of care. Then, develop and record a 10-12-slide, 20-minute presentation, with audio, intended for that audience. Create a detailed narrative script for your presentation, 4-5 pages in length.As coordinators of care, nurses must be aware of the code of ethics for nurses and health policy issues that affect the coordination of care within the context of the community. To help patients navigate the continuum of care, nurses must be proficient at interpreting and applying the code of ethics for nurses and health policy, specifically, the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Being knowledgeable about ethical and policy issues helps ensure that care coordinators are upholding ethical standards and navigating policy issues that affect patient care.This assessment provides an opportunity for you to develop a presentation for a local community organization of your choice, which provides an overview of ethical standards and relevant policy issues that affect the coordination of care. Completing this assessment will strengthen your understanding of ethical issues and policies related to the coordination and continuum of care, and will empower you to be a stronger advocate and nursing professional.It would be an excellent choice to complete the Vila Health: Ethical Decision Making activity prior to developing the presentation. The activity provides a helpful update on the ethical principles that will help with success in this assessment.
DEMONSTRATION OF PROFICIENCY
By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the course competencies through the following assessment scoring guide criteria:
Competency 4: Defend decisions based on the code of ethics for nursing.
Assess the impact of the code of ethics for nurses on the coordination and continuum of care.
Competency 5: Explain how health care policies affect patient-centered care.
Explain how governmental policies related to the health and/or safety of a community affect the coordination of care.
Identify national, state, and local policy provisions that raise ethical questions or dilemmas for care coordination.
Competency 6: Apply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead patient-centered care.
Communicate key ethical and policy issues in a presentation affecting the coordination and continuum of care for a selected community organization or support group. Either speaker notes or audio voice-over are included.
PREPARATION
Your nurse manager at the community care center is well connected and frequently speaks to a variety of community organizations and groups. She has noticed the good work you are doing in your new care coordination role and respects your speaking and presentation skills. Consequently, she thought that an opportunity to speak publicly about contemporary issues in care coordination would be beneficial for your career and has suggested reaching out to a community organization or support group to gauge their interest in hearing from you, as a care center representative, on a topic of interest to both you and your prospective audience.You have agreed that this is a good idea and have decided to research a community organization or support group that might be interested in learning about ethical and policy issues related to the coordination of care. Your manager has suggested the following community organizations and support groups, but acknowledges that the choice is yours.
Homeless shelters.
Local religious groups.
Nursing homes.
Local community organizations (Rotary Club or Kiwanis Club).
To prepare for this assessment, you may wish to:
Research your selected community organization or support group.
Review the Code of Ethics for Nurses With Interpretive Statements and associated health policy issues, specifically, the ACA.
Review the assessment instructions and scoring guide to ensure you understand the work you will be asked to complete.
Allocate sufficient time to rehearse your presentation before recording the final version for submission.
Note: Remember that you can submit all, or a portion of, your draft presentation to Smarthinking Tutoringfor feedback, before you submit the final version for this assessment. If you plan on using this free service, be mindful of the turnaround time of 24–48 hours for receiving feedback.
Recording Equipment Setup and Testing
Check that your audio speaker and PowerPoint software are working properly. You can record audio directly to your slides, using PowerPoint or other presentation software.Note: Technical support about the use of PowerPoint, including voice recording and speaker notes, can be found on Campus’s Microsoft Office Software page.
If using Kaltura, refer to the Using Kaltura tutorial for directions on recording and uploading your presentation in the courseroom.
Note: If you require the use of assistive technology or alternative communication methods to participate in this activity, please contact DisabilityServices@capella.edu to request accommodations.
INSTRUCTIONS
For this assessment:
Choose the community organization or support group that you plan to address.
Develop and record a presentation, with typed speaker notes (the script for your voice recording) and audio voice-over recording, intended for that audience. Video is not required.
Note: PowerPoint has a feature to type the speaker notes directly into the presentation. You are encouraged to use that feature or you may choose to submit a separate document. See Microsoft Office Software for technical support about the use of PowerPoint, including voice recording and speaker notes.Note: For this assessment, develop your presentation slides and speaker notes, then record your presentation. You are not required to deliver your presentation to an actual audience but you certainly could if you chose to.
Presentation Format and Length
You may use PowerPoint (recommended) or other suitable presentation software to create your slides and add your voiceover. If you elect to use an application other than PowerPoint, check with your faculty to avoid potential file compatibility issues. You can also record your presentation using Kaltura or similar software.Be sure that your slide deck includes the following slides:
Title slide.
Presentation title.
Your name.
Date.
Course number and title.
References (at the end of your presentation).
Your slide deck should consist of 10–12 slides, not including a title and references slide with typed speaker notes and audio voice over. Your presentation should not exceed 20 minutes.Create a detailed narrative script for your presentation, approximately 4–5 pages in length.
Supporting Evidence
Cite 3–5 credible sources from peer-reviewed journals or professional industry publications to support your presentation. Include your source citations on a references page appended to your narrative script.
Grading Requirements
The requirements outlined below correspond to the grading criteria in the Ethical and Policy Factors in Care Coordination Scoring Guide, so be sure to address each point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed.
Explain how governmental policies related to the health and/or safety of the community affect the coordination of care.
Provide examples of a specific policy affecting the organization or group.
Refer to the assessment resources for help in locating relevant policies.
Be sure influential policies include the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA).
Identify national, state, and local policy provisions that raise ethical questions or dilemmas for care coordination.
What are the implications and consequences of specific policy provisions?
What evidence do you have to support your conclusions?
Assess the impact of the code of ethics for nurses on the coordination and continuum of care.
Consider the factors that contribute to health, health disparities, and access to services.
Consider the social determinants of health identified in Healthy People 2020 as a framework for your assessment.
Provide evidence to support your conclusions.
Communicate key ethical and policy issues in a presentation affecting the coordination and continuum of care for a selected community organization or support group. Either speaker notes or audio voice-over are included.
Present a concise overview.
Support your main points and conclusions with relevant and credible evidence.
Additional Requirements
Before submitting your assessment, proofread your presentation slides and speaker notes to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on the substance of your presentation.Portfolio Prompt: Save your presentation to your ePortfolio. Submissions to the ePortfolio will be part of your final Capstone course.


week 11 response

Description

Hi Cynthia, Thank you for your comprehensive and enlightening posting. I’d like to expand on your post and highlight that in the wake of a natural disaster such as a hurricane or flood, public health practitioners are typically concerned about environmental issues and their associations to health. These usually include outdoor air quality, and habitability of homes (indoor air pollution, mold, poor heating and sanitation, structural challenges, electrical and fire hazards, etc.). What are at least three other environmental issues and considerations and why would they have or pose a significant interest to environmental and occupational health during public health emergencies (either from a preparedness, response or recovery perspective)? I appreciate your thoughts and reflection.


NURS FPX4050 – Assessment 4 Instructions: Final Care Coordination Plan

Description

For this assessment, you will implement the preliminary care coordination plan you developed in Assessment 1. Present the plan to the patient in a face-to-face clinical learning session and collaborate with the patient in evaluating session outcomes and addressing possible revisions to the plan.NOTE: You are required to complete this assessment after Assessment 1 is successfully completed.Care coordination is the process of providing a smooth and seamless transition of care as part of the health continuum. Nurses must be aware of community resources, ethical considerations, policy issues, cultural norms, safety, and the physiological needs of patients. Nurses play a key role in providing the necessary knowledge and communication to ensure seamless transitions of care. They draw upon evidence-based practices to promote health and disease prevention to create a safe environment conducive to improving and maintaining the health of individuals, families, or aggregates within a community. When provided with a plan and the resources to achieve and maintain optimal health, patients benefit from a safe environment conducive to healing and a better quality of life.This assessment provides an opportunity for you to apply communication, teaching, and learning best practices to the presentation of a care coordination plan to the patient.You are encouraged to complete the Vila Health: Cultural Competence activity prior to completing this assessment. Completing course activities before submitting your first attempt has been shown to make the difference between basic and proficient assessment.
DEMONSTRATION OF PROFICIENCY
By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the course competencies through the following assessment scoring guide criteria:
Competency 1: Adapt care based on patient-centered and person-focused factors.
Design patient-centered health interventions and timelines for care delivered through direct clinical interaction that is logged in the CORE ELMS system.
Competency 2: Collaborate with patients and family to achieve desired outcomes.
Evaluate learning session outcomes and the attainment of mutually agreed-upon health goals, in collaboration with a patient.
Competency 3: Create a satisfying patient experience.
Evaluate patient satisfaction with the care coordination plan and progress made toward Healthy People 2020 goals and leading health indicators.
Competency 4: Defend decisions based on the code of ethics for nursing.
Make ethical decisions in designing patient-centered health interventions.
Competency 5: Explain how health care policies affect patient-centered care.
Identify relevant health policy implications for the coordination and continuum of care.
PREPARATION
In this assessment, you will implement the preliminary care coordination plan you developed in Assessment 1 and communicate the plan to the patient in a professional, culturally sensitive, and ethical manner.To prepare for the assessment, consider the patient experience and how you will present the plan. Make sure you schedule time accordingly.Note: Remember that you can submit all, or a portion of, your plan to Smarthinking Tutoring for feedback, before you submit the final version for this assessment. If you plan on using this free service, be mindful of the turnaround time of 24–48 hours for receiving feedback.
INSTRUCTIONS
Note: You are required to complete Assessment 1 before this assessment.For this assessment:
Complete the preliminary care coordination plan you developed in Assessment 1.
Present the plan to the patient in a face-to-face clinical learning session. Communicate in a professional, culturally sensitive, and ethical manner.
Collaborate with the patient in evaluating session outcomes and addressing possible revisions to the plan.
Reminder: The time you spend presenting your final care coordination plan must be logged in the CORE ELMS system. The total time spent in securing individual participation in this activity in Assessment 1 and presenting your plan in this assessment must be at least three hours. The CORE ELMS link is located in the courseroom navigation menu.Please be advised that the Volunteer Experience form requires that you provide the name and contact information for at least one individual with whom you worked as part of your direct clinical activity. Your faculty may reach out to this individual to verify that you have accurately documented and completed your clinical hours.
Document Format and Length
Build on the preliminary plan document you created in Assessment 1. Your final plan should be 5–7 pages in length.
Supporting Evidence
Support your care coordination plan with peer-reviewed articles, course study resources, and Healthy People 2020 resources. Cite at least three credible sources.
Grading Requirements
The requirements, outlined below, correspond to the grading criteria in the Final Care Coordination Plan Scoring Guide, so be sure to address each point. Read the performance-level descriptions for each criterion to see how your work will be assessed.
Design patient-centered health interventions and timelines for care delivered through direct clinical interaction that is logged in the CORE ELMS system.
Address three patient health issues.
Design an intervention for each health issue.
Identify three community resources for each health intervention, so the patient may make an informed decision about what resources to use.
Make ethical decisions in designing patient-centered health interventions.
Consider the practical effects of specific decisions.
Include the ethical questions that generate uncertainty about the decisions you have made.
Identify relevant health policy implications for the coordination and continuum of care.
Cite specific health policy provisions.
Evaluate learning session outcomes and the attainment of mutually agreed-upon health goals, in collaboration with the patient.
What aspects of the session would you change?
How might revisions to the plan improve future outcomes?
Evaluate patient satisfaction with the care coordination plan and progress made toward Healthy People 2020 goals and leading health indicators.
What changes would you recommend to improve patient satisfaction and better align the session with Healthy People 2020 goals and leading health indicators?
Additional Requirements
Before submitting your assessment, proofread your final care coordination plan to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it more difficult for them to focus on the substance of your plan.You must submit your hours to the CORE ELMS system before you can complete this assessment and course.Portfolio Prompt: Save your presentation to your ePortfolio. Submissions to the ePortfolio will be part of your final Capstone course.


Unit 8 Assignment MN605

Description

I have done 90% of this assignment I just needed it in correct format APA and tweaked to ensure I have answered them questions correctly. I have attached the assignment I have done thus far and rubric

Your First Job

Directions

Identify and provide the listing for a hypothetical professional job opportunity for which you would like to apply. You may copy and paste the listing directly from an employment site such as Indeed, Simply Hired, or other types of job boards. Discuss in detail why you think this job is within your scope of practice. In response, write a cover letter and enclose your professional resume. This is your opportunity to showcase your talents, so be sure give potential employers enough information to convince them you are the right candidate for the position. Submit to the unit Dropbox.

To view the Grading Rubric for this Assignment, please visit the Grading Rubrics section under Course Resources.

Assignment Requirements

Before finalizing your work, you should:

Attend the seminar on My First Job presentation. If unable to attend, view the archived version.
be sure to read the Assignment description carefully (as displayed above)
consult the Grading Rubric (under Course Resources) to make sure you have included everything necessary
utilize spelling and grammar check to minimize errors

Your writing Assignment should:

follow the conventions of Standard English (correct grammar, punctuation, etc.)
be well ordered, logical, and unified, as well as original and insightful
display superior content, organization, style, and mechanics
use APA 6th Edition format for organization, style, and crediting sources. Refer to the APA Progression Ladder.

How to Submit

Submit your Assignment to the unit Dropbox before midnight on the last day of the unit.

When you are ready to submit your Assignment, click the Dropbox tab and select this unit’s basket from the dropdown menu, then attach your file. Make sure to save a copy of your work and be sure to confirm that your file uploaded correctly.


Please response to peers posts

Description

Response to peers posts for discussion board question, please see the attachment.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

International Humanitarian Aids in Disaster
Please response to at least two of classmates posts, providing a proper APA citations
1st Mate
14 minutes ago
D/B W 13
Wael Alotaibi
COLLAPSE
Different Kinds of Diseases in the Refugee Camps
Most of the refugees have complicated medical problems ranging from physical
damages to emotional trauma. Refugees face poor sanitary distribution, poor housing,
hard employment conditions, unhealthy nutrition, and inadequate medical care and
access. They face diseases of the skin, digestive system illness, respiratory infections,
psychological trauma, and mental disorders (Karasapan, 2018). The government,
together with non-governmental organizations, should provide work to those
internally displaced with practice and help them with equipped doctors to enable them
to access excellent medical services. Specialized doctors should be submitted to give
treatment for different diseases. Different doctors and nurses from different countries
should give free aid due to the weak economy of Syria.
Overcrowding and Poor Health Care
Due to overcrowding in refugee camps, many youths face child labor and early child
marriages. The congregated area is the ground for transmission of vulnerable diseases
like polio and tuberculosis. The diseases, though contained and eradicated, have more
risks when they outbreak. There have been cases of tuberculosis outbreak with a high
rate of spreading within the Syrian refugee camps. To curb this challenge, the
government should give refugees free access to public health care services. UNHCR
should also take part in administering drugs and healthcare services to Syrian refugee
camps. Refugees in camps should be issued with health insurance policies to help
them acquire treatment services with a lot of ease. To curb the problem of
overcrowding, the government, with the help of international organizations, should
help in building more camps and houses for the refugees.
Poor Education in the Host Countries
Research has indicated that Syrian refugees are being discriminated against in the host
counties. Some children end up not getting an education at all; to those who attend
schools, there has been reported cases of bullying refugee children by host country
students (Karam & Zellman, n.d). Host governments and international organizations
have been addressing the situation with short term focus due to limited resources and
political concerns. Education planning should be focused on the long term and with a
more realistic view to induce courage and sensitivity to the social, political, and
economic conditions of the host countries. International organizations and the Syrian
government needs to hold peace meetings and end the crisis to decrease the number of
refugees running for their safety in neighboring countries.
References:
Karasapan, O. (2018). The challenges in providing health care to Syrian refugees. Retrieved
from https://www.brookings.edu/blog/future-development/2018/11/15/the-challengesin-providing-health-care-to-syrian-refugees/
Karam, R. & Zellman, G. (n.d). Educating Syrian Refugees: Challenges Facing Host Countries
Retrieved from
https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/external_publications/EP60000/EP6730
8/RAND_EP67308.pdf
2nd Mate
17 minutes ago
Week 13 discussion
Abdulaziz Almania
COLLAPSE
The Syrian civil war that started back in 2011 derived the Syrian people to one of the most
challenging and devastating humanitarian crises known these days (Howe, 2016). Since the
beginning of the conflict, almost 5.6 million individuals forced to cross the country borders to
other countries in order to escape from the conflict zone (UNHCR, 2019). This large number of
people who escape the conflict zone and currently live in other countries as refugees created
many challenges for the refugees themselves. The refugees in the hosting countries are struggling
and facing many challenges, including getting health care, enrolling in schools, and poverty.
By looking into the Syrian refugees’ population and what they been through before they
arrive at the hosting countries, we can predict that they may have medical or psychological issues
due to the conflict (Karasapan, 2018). Within the time, the Syrian refugees in the hosting
countries found themselves in a situation that will not allow them to access the health care
system unless they pay for it, which is a massive challenge for them when we know most of
them are poor. For instance, in Jordan, the Syrian refugees were not obligated to pay for health
care at first (Karasapan, 2018). In November 2014, the Jordanian government passed legislation
stating that the Syrian refugees are compelled to pay for health care (Karasapan, 2018). In March
2018, with the Jordanian economy deuteration, the health care cost increased by almost three
times more (Karasapan, 2018).
In addition to the challenges in getting health care, the Syrian refugees in the host
countries also have challenges when it comes to the school’s enrollment. Education has a
fundamental function in reducing the psychological impact of the fleeing and conflicts,
especially in school-age children (Aras & Yasun, 2016). Despite all the effort from the hosting
countries and the international humanitarian community, more than 40% of the school-age
children are not getting any education (World Vision, 2019). One reason for this high percentage
of uneducated children is that the education system in the hosting countries is overwhelmed by
the sudden increase in the students’ counts (Culbertson & Constant, 2015). Other reasons that the
percentage of Syrian refugees are not able to get an education are the inability to pay the school
fees and the lack of transportation (Culbertson & Constant, 2015). We can link the last two
reasons for the increased percentage of uneducated Syrian children to poverty, which is also a
challenge that Syrian refugees face in the hosting countries.
Another challenge that affects most of the Syrian refugees is poverty. Most of the Syrian
refugees left everything behind them, looking to look for a safe refuge (World Bank, n.d.).
Poverty can be linked to health care challenges and education challenges. By knowing that
almost 74% of the Syrian refugees in the three major hosting countries Turkey, Lebanon, and
Jordan, are under the poverty line, it is obvious why they are struggling with paying for health
care. Moreover, studies suggest that poverty may have a more negative effect on refugee students
learning activities than post-trauma stress disorder (Huang, 2019).
From an emergency management perspective, I can think of two solutions that may
reduce these challenges for a considerable percentage of the refugees in the hosting countries.
Both solutions involved listing the refugees as workers. First, in the refugee communities, we
can see who has the credentials as a health care provider or a teacher. Then, we provide them
with short courses to test their abilities to perform the jobs we need them to fill. Then, we give
them paid work in the camps’ clinics as health care providers or as teachers in schools. This
solution will increase their income, which will decrease their poverty. This solution were adapted
in the health care field by the Turkish government, with help from WHO and other
organizations, and it prove its effectiveness (Karasapan, 2018). I believe that we can use that
solution in the education field as well. Increasing the teachers and health care practitioners’
numbers using this solution will increase the education and the health care system capabilities.
Also, it will reduce the poverty levels in refugee camps or in those who live outside the camps.
Second, we can integrate the Syrian refugees who are above 18 in the community as full
or part-time workers, which will increase their income and may provide them with some kind of
employment insurance. In addition, making the refugees work will reduce their suffering when it
comes to providing to their families because they feel that they are obligated to provide for their
families (Huang, 2019). From my point of view, as humanitarian organizations, it is better to
invest in the refugee’s abilities, which will benefit them in a long way than just providing them
with emergency assistance over a certain amount of time.
References
Aras, B., & Yasun, S. (2016, July). THE EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES AND
CHALLENGES OF SYRIAN REFUGEE STUDENTS IN TURKEY: TEMPORARY
EDUCATION CENTERS AND BEYOND. Retrieved from
http://research.sabanciuniv.edu/29697/1/syrianrefugees.pdf.
Culbertson, S. & Constant, L. (2015). Education of Syrian Refugee Children: Managing the
Crisis in Turkey, Lebanon, and Jordan. Retrieved from
https://books.google.com/books?hl=ar&lr=&id=bhVqCwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP1&dq=syria
n+refugee+crisis+in+education&ots=_oJydfGFzt&sig=oP5ZppfAFpDyTIQhrTkQiMtph7w#v=o
nepage&q=syrian%20refugee%20crisis%20in%20education&f=false
Karasapan, O. (2018, November 15). The challenges in providing health care to Syrian refugees.
Retrieved from https://www.brookings.edu/blog/future-development/2018/11/15/the-challengesin-providing-health-care-to-syrian-refugees/.
UNHCR. (2019, March 7). Syria Refugee Crisis Explained. Retrieved
from https://www.unrefugees.org/news/syria-refugee-crisis-explained/
World Vision. (2019, October 18). Syrian refugee crisis: Facts, FAQs, and how to help.
Retrieved from https://www.worldvision.org/refugees-news-stories/syrian-refugee-crisis-facts.
Huang, P. (2019, October 28). A Teen Refugee’s Brain May Be Disrupted More By Poverty
Than Past Trauma. Retrieved
from https://www.npr.org/sections/goatsandsoda/2019/10/28/773424283/a-teen-refugees-brainmay-be-disrupted-more-by-poverty-than-past-trauma.
World Bank. (n.d.). The Welfare of Syrian Refugees: Evidence from Jordan and Lebanon.
Retrieved from https://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/poverty/publication/the-welfare-of-syrianrefugees-evidence-from-jordan-and-lebanon.
Howe, K. (2016, January). Planning from the Future: A Case Study of Humanitarian Action and
the Syria Conflict. Retrieved
from https://bblearn.philau.edu/webapps/blackboard/execute/content/file?cmd=view&content_id
=_379450_1&course_id=_20821_1
3rd Mate
Molly Basilio
The Syrian Refugee crisis has been a hot button topic in America, with politicians using
the situation for political gain and integrating it into their overall stances on refugees in
the country. I remember hearing about it when I was in high school on the news. While
there are many challenges associated with such a complex refugee crisis, three
challenges do stick out that could potentially be worked with through coordination within
the international community.
It seems to me that the unwillingness of states in the EU and America has created a
political filibuster to progress. The effort spent to secure borders and keep refugees out
could be better used to set up sustainable refugee camps for these individuals. The
countries that denied the influx of refugees have cited mainly security and economic
reasons for their denial. However, the reasons are likely xenophobic (Heisbourg, 2015).
Germany is an exception to the stone-walling that was exhibited by other nations
(Heisbourg, 2015). They elected to open their borders to an unlimited number of
refugees, which earned them backlash on the international stage (Heisbourg, 2015). I
wonder when doing what is morally right became wrong in the eyes of other developed
nations. I understand that there are risks; however, it seems cruel to deny people who
pass screening a chance at a better life. It is unfortunate that human life has a cost and
that the burden of providing those funds and provisions falls upon countries not directly
involved in the Syrian conflict. Establishing a streamlined process to vet refugees and
distribute them among host nations in the EU might help alleviate the political strain that
is felt across the region. Also, leaders might need to be reminded that these are real
people with real lives and families, and to deny them entry based on ethnicity or
nationality is strikingly similar to what has happened in previous conflicts – with
devastating results.
The second issue that I think can be addressed is the quality of life that refugees face
when they arrive in their host countries, specifically regarding the additional strain on
healthcare systems. The influx of individuals into Lebanon has increased the country’s
population by 30% and presents a case study on the resilience that is necessary for
public health systems faced with the crisis (Ammar et al., 2016). The remarkable thing
about the Lebanese health system is that it did not crumble under the surge conditions,
but instead thrived and even improved under the increased demand conditions (Ammar
et al., 2016). The dispersion pattern of the Syrian refugees is unique in a way that might
contribute to the increased healthcare resiliency. There aren’t any refugee camps – the
refugees are primarily settled among the Lebanese population, with 17% living in
“informal tented settlements” (Ammar et al., 2016). Housing refugees this way may
facilitate the integration of the refugees into Lebanese society, and allow them to live
healthier lives. While the concept of refugee camps is well established, It might be
worthwhile to evaluate whether these are the best solution for resettlement. While
people are in camps, they are often subjected to tight living conditions contributing to
respiratory disease, limited access to water, food, and healthcare. Additionally, it may
prevent asylum-seekers from integrating into the local economy and creates a situation
where they are a burden instead of a constructive force. Moreover, the decentralization
of the population allowed the healthcare burden to be spread across the country instead
of concentrated in one or two regions (Ammar et al., 2016). The situation certainly
presents some food for thought on how we can evaluate our current practices and
potentially make improvements and modifications to systems already in place.
The third challenge that the crisis presents is the issue of international security, which is
inevitably tied to the other two problems. There have been reports of ISIL terrorists
posing as refugees to infiltrate target countries such as France (Gabiam, 2016).
Accepting refugees with expedited background and identity checks increases the
porosity of borders and likely weakens the strength of our homeland security here in the
United States and for other nations abroad. Humanitarian and national security efforts
have found themselves at odds in the case of the Syrian Refugee Crisis, which poses
issues (Gabiam, 2016). First, nations have been historically reluctant to accept massive
amounts of refugees from the crisis citing risks associated with terrorism (Gabiam,
2016). They are unwilling to invite what could be seen as a small army inside their
borders. Second, although the conditions in refugee camps are not ideal or healthy for
many, the camps provide a way for the host nations to maintain surveillance and control
over the refugee population to mitigate against criminal activity (Gabiam, 2016). Third,
and finally, the vetting process can take weeks to complete, which is too slow in the
face of an emergent crisis (Gabiam, 2016). Creating better screening systems for
refugees would enable them to have access to a better quality of life in their asylum
country while also curbing the amount of economic assistance required by camps.
Perhaps establishing camps only as a screening point instead of long-term housing
could alleviate the overcrowding and financial need they demonstrate. Establishing
required check-ins with immigration officials could also help keep track of individuals
that pass the vetting process. Humanitarian and security requirements have to be
balanced to achieve the best outcome for both the asylum country and the refugees.
Politics often create a win-lose mentality, but there is no reason we cannot look for winwin solutions as emergency managers.
Ammar, W., Kdouh, O., Hammoud, R., Hamadeh, R., Harb, H., Ammar, Z., … Zalloua,
P. A. (2016). Health system resilience: Lebanon and the Syrian refugee crisis. Journal of
global health, 6(2), 020704. doi:10.7189/jogh.06.020704
Gabiam, N. (2016). Humanitarianism, Development, and Security in the 21st Century:
Lessons from the Syrian Refugee Crisis. International Journal of Middle East Studies, 48(2), 382–
386. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0020743816000131
Heisbourg, F. (2015). The strategic implications of the Syrian refugee
crisis. Survival, 57(6), 7-20.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Questions and answer discussion board, APA style, with 3 references

Description

Neurologic system

Lobes and principal fissures of the cerebral cortex, cerebellum, and brainstem (left hemisphere, lateral view).

Make a chart differentiating between descending and ascending spinal tracts.

What occurs if the spinal cord is incompletely severed?

Describe the nervous system.

Name the three major units of the brain.

Differentiate between the descending spinal tracts and the ascending spinal tracts of the spinal cord.

What is the function of the pituitary gland?

Name the fourth cranial nerve and state its function.

List the risk factors for cerebrovascular accidents.

Why is the 5.07 monofilament test used?

Explain the 0 to 4+ scale for scoring deep tendon reflexes. Scoring deep tendon reflexes

You are observing the neurologic examination of a 75-year-old man. You notice that before beginning the physical examination, the examiner asks the patient whether he is currently taking any medication. Why is it important to assess medications used by older adults?

What is the potential long-range effect on a child if meningitis occurs during the first year of life?

EI, a 44-year-old patient, comes in for a follow-up visit regarding his diabetes. Today he is complaining of numbness, tingling, and burning in his feet. His recent laboratory studies demonstrate an elevated hemoglobin A1c and hyperlipidemia. You diagnose him with peripheral neuropathy.

1- What are the possible etiologies of the peripheral neuropathy? What is the most likely cause?

2- Describe the patient’s objective findings with peripheral neuropathy.

3- What is the best physical assessment technique to determine peripheral neuropathy.


Nursing Research MSN1 Week 14

Description

Identify a state health policy and the tools used to implement the policy. How do you think the political climate has affected the choice of policy tools and the behavioral assumptions by policymakers? How have professional nursing organizations been involved in this policy issue? If they have not, what recommendations would you make for them to participate? Develop a few talking points to inform other health care professionals regarding this issue. Chapter 24: Preparing research proposals & Chapter 25: Evidenced-Based practice POwerpoint for this week will be providedAPA style 6 edition requiredMore than 350 words Be on time, please


Nursing Role and Scope 2

Description

1 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

3 References not older than 5 years

3 paragraphs for each question

Each question must be identified by a number. For example

1.

Accordingt to Morris (2022) ….

2.

Morris and Holmes (2014) …..

Describe at least 3 nursing care delivery models.
Describe communication strategies for effective interprofessional teams.


Cultural Diversity in the Health Care Workforce 1

Description

3 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

References not older than 5 years

Each question must be copied in the document and answered.

1. Mention and analyze diversity trends in the nursing and health care workforce.

2. Compare and contrast diversity management and organization inclusion in health care.

3. Mention and discuss the barriers to diversity in the nursing profession. Please mention and discuss the strategies to increase diversity.

4. Find and discuss a reliable website that reports demographic information about the racial composition of the nursing profession


Please respond to your peer’s posts, from an FNP perspective.Cultural and Social Considerations in the Aging Family

Description

Please respond to your peer’s posts, from an FNP perspective. To ensure that your responses are substantive, use at least two of these prompts:

Do you agree with your peers’ assessment?
Take an opposing view to a peer and present a logical argument supporting an alternate opinion.
Share your thoughts on how you support their opinion and explain why.
Present new references that support your opinions.

Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format. Substantive means that you add something new to the discussion, you aren’t just agreeing. This is also a time to ask questions or offer information surrounding the topic addressed by your peers. Personal experience is appropriate for a substantive discussion and should be correlated to the literature.Be sure to review your APA errors in your reference list, specifically you have capitalization errors in some words of the titles.Include the DOI. Also, be sure you are italicizing titles of online sources.No more than 200 words maximum.

These are the questions my peers had to answer:Review the assessment of cultural and social factors relevant to the geriatric client.In your initial post, relate a client scenario that you recently encountered that brought out the importance of this assessment.Review the literature, and evaluate three evidence-based articles that support your findings from the assessment.In subsequent posts,provide consultation to your fellow students.

Sara’s Response:

Cultural and Social Factors

Assessing cultural and social factors are imperative in all populations, but deserve additional attention in the older population. Ageist stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination are potential barriers for health equality, in terms of the quantity and quality of care provided to older patients and their health-related outcomes (Wyman, Shiovitz-Ezra, & Bengel, 2018). Ageism provides people with a rationalization for not valuing or taking elders seriously because of perceptions associated with aging. Often times, “old age” can be used as an excuse for common health complaints among the elderly population both by both providers and patients alike. One recent qualitative study on back pain, which is one of the most common medical conditions among older adults, found that many older patients believe that pain is a “normal” part of old age and to be expected (Makris et al. 2015). This poses a great concern for providers because older patients will often not seek medical evaluation for these physical ailments. Elders are less likely to seek treatment for unmet medical needs, due to low expectancies of being helped because of their advanced age (Wyman, Shiovitz-Ezra, & Bengel, 2018). These situations can be chalked down to common bias about the elderly population being frail and interdependent. A culturally-sensitive approach to caring for the elderly population promotes independence and autonomy, which is something that this population often struggles with as the body ages and becomes less resilient. Understanding the patient’s underlying values, beliefs, and identities can help establish provider awareness of each individual as a unique, aging patient. The older patient`s home, cultural landscape, employment history and mother tongue are important for an elderly`s subjective health history and their individual assessment of quality of life (Minde , 2015). Not only does this establish a relationship and connection with the patient, but displays a sense of respect while avoiding stereotyping. The culturally competent health worker needs to understand his/her views of this population, as well as those of the patient, while avoiding stereotyping, ageism, and misapplication of knowledge (Minde , 2015).

Client Scenario

I had the pleasure of caring for a Hispanic eighty-eight-year-old female who was brought into the hospital by her granddaughter after staying at home for the past two days with right-sided upper extremity paresthesia and neck pain. This patient became a stroke alert, due to the paresthesia presentation in the emergency department. She was consequently educated on stroke-like symptoms and possible treatment options for stroke. When asked why she did not call for emergency help, she persisted to respond that she was “old and did not want to be treated because she was old”. So, although she ended up have cervical radiculopathy, she equated her symptoms to a “normal” aging process and expected health deteriorations as a natural part of life. Her granddaughter further explained that she was the matriarch of the family and was expected to “be strong” and not seek medical help for “getting older”. Working with racial/ethnic groups such as Latinos requires knowledge of additional diversity factors such as acculturation and familial structural beliefs that can have direct influence on aging issues, end-of-life concerns, and physical illness (Tazeau, 2018). This challenges providers to have multicultural knowledge on how to address health concerns, advocacy, and health promotion in a culturally competent, gerodiverse manner.

References

Minde , G. (2015). A culturally-sensitive approach to elderly care. Journal of Gerontology &

Geriatric Research, 4(241). doi:10.4172/2167-7182.1000241

Tazeau, Y. N. (2018). Multicultural aging. Retrieved from https://www.apa.org/pi/aging

/resources/guides/multicultural

Wyman, M. F., Shiovitz-Ezra, S., & Bengel, J. (2018). Ageism in the health care system:

Providers, patients, and systems. Contemporary Perspectives on Ageism, 19, 193-212.

Retrieved fromhttps://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-31…

Nora’sResponse

In order to provide culturally sensitive care to the elderly population, or any population, it is important to have a clear understanding of their beliefs, as well as their “culturally specific incidence and prevalence of health conditions” (Mareno & Hart, 2014). As part of our health assessment, based on a patient’s culture, we are more likely to expect certain illnesses that lead us to direct our health promotion and provide care. Because the elderly are classified as a frail population and the number of older Americans is increasing each year, it is important that those caring for them can meet their needs. Ideally, they would stay in their homes and care for themselves as long as possible (O’Donoghue, Botha, & Van Rensburg, 2014). However, caregivers may mention that tasks of normal daily living are becoming more and more difficult. In my clinical rotation, we had an 82-year-old patient that was very realistic about what he thought he could and could not do following his proposed surgery. It was encouraging and heartbreaking at the same time to hear he and his wife discussing what they thought they could manage at home and then coming to the decision, that as much as it was not their first choice, they knew he would need to go to a rehabilitation facility following surgery. I am sure that this was a difficult choice to make, but both of them knew that for the best possible outcome, due to her failing health as well, he would need a brief stay away from home. As a practice, we were able to be sensitive to these issues and plan for the safest possible discharge plan to eliminate other complications. Key areas of providing cultural and socially sensitive care include open communication between the provider and patient, setting plans for what each persons expectations are for the situation at hand, and understanding that not all patients have the same beliefs, but we have to support those of each patient we are with related to culture (O’Donoghue, Botha, & Van Rensburg, 2014). Because our population is growing older each year, it is more important that ever for us to be prepared for those we will care for. “Nurse practitioners care for patients from a wide variety of cultural backgrounds, and in order to deliver high quality primary care that is meaningful, effective, and cost effective, these providers must develop a greater understanding and appreciation of the social-cultural background of clients, their families, and the environment in which they live” (Elminowski, N., 2015).

Reference:

Howard, B. S., Beitman, C. L., Walker, B. A., & Moore, E. S. (2016). Cross-cultural Educational Intervention and
Fall Risk Awareness. Physical & Occupational Therapy in Geriatrics, 34(1), 1–20.
https://doi.org/10.3109/02703181.2015.1105344

Mareno, N., & Hart, P. L. (2014). Cultural Competency Among Nurses with Undergraduate and Graduate
Degrees: Implications for Nursing Education. Nursing Education Perspectives (National League for
Nursing), 35(2), 83–88. https://doi.org/10.5480/12-834.1

O’Donoghue, C. E., A. D. H. Botha, and G. H. Van Rensburg. 2014. “Culturally Diverse Care for Older Persons:
What Do We Expect of Caregivers?” Professional Nursing Today 18 (1): 3–6.
https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=103751477&site=ehost-live.

Sanchez Elminowski, N. (2015). Developing and Implementing a Cultural Awareness Workshop for Nurse
Practitioners. Journal of Cultural Diversity, 22(3), 105–113. Retrieved from
https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=tru…


Community of nursing

Description

Answer the following questions.Identify and discuss the major indicators of men’s health status.Mention and describe the physiological and psychosocial factors that have an impact on men’s health status.Mention and discuss barriers to improving men’s health.Mention and discuss factors that promote men’s health.APA format word document, Arial 12 font A minimum of 2 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted.A minimum of 800 words is required.


reply to classmate

Description

add comment or opinion to these posts with reference:

Q: You are an Emergency Manager in your respective country. A highly infectious influenza strain has been detected. There is a limited quantity of the vaccine to prevent this particular strain of influenza. Discuss your plan for distributing this vaccine. Who receives the vaccine and who does not? How did you come to this conclusion?

1) Distribution of vaccines is an essential part of the pandemic influenza plan of any healthcare organization. Under these circumstances, factors during distribution are sometimes hard to predict and require significant consideration (Wahlen et al., 2010). The plan for the distribution of limited vaccine shall be based on information acquired from the field. Medical teams will be dispatched to the various areas for surveillance and shall be tasked with screening people, making early diagnoses, and reporting to information centres. The team in charge of monitoring shall analyse these pieces of data and determine the most susceptible areas. On acquisition of data on the persons who are at the most significant risk of contracting the highly infectious influenza strain and determining the rate of transmission in various geographical areas, I shall prioritize the distribution of vaccines to these areas.

My primary goal in supplying the vaccines shall be to reduce mortality and to prevent or reduce the chance of having an outbreak. Consequently, vulnerable groups like children and pregnant women shall be among the first to be given the vaccines. After that, we should consider people in areas where there is a significant risk of contracting influenza.

We shall prioritize vulnerable groups who have less immunity system; children, mothers, and elderly people to promote efficiency in the distribution of the vaccine (Tosh, Jacobson, & Poland, 2010)). The main goal is to ensure that the threat of mortality or a massive outbreak is avoided. Adults tend to have a stronger immune system and are less likely to contract the disease or die of influenza in comparison to children (Tosh, Jacobson, & Poland, 2010). additionally, focusing on areas where there have been numerous diagnoses of influenza shall ensure that the vaccine deals with an imminent threat of death and contains the spread of flu to other regions.

References:

Wahlen, M. K. J., Bessette, R. R., Bernard, M. E., Springer, D. J., Benson, C. A., & Wahlen, M. K. J. (2010). Improving influenza vaccine distribution in preparation for an H1N1 influenza pandemic: Lessons from the field. The Journal of Medical Practice Management : MPM, 26(3), 182-187.

Fausto, F., Paolo, P., Anna, O., & Carlo, S. (2018). Excess mortality in italy: Should we care about low influenza vaccine uptake? Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 46(2), 170-174. doi:10.1177/1403494817720102

Tosh, P., Jacobson, R., & Poland, G. (2010). Influenza vaccines: From surveillance through production to protection. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 85(3), 257-73. doi:10.4065/mcp.2009.0615

2)

The shortage of vaccine can lead to very bad consequences and contributes to making the infection become pandemic. In 2016, the limited number of Hepatitis A vaccine claimed 21 lives and sickened more than six hundred in California (LaMotte, 2018). However, in such situations, the emergency managers will find themselves in a situation where they need to find ways to limit the spread of the disease by deciding who needs to receive the available vaccines and who does not, which can result in community outrage. However, as an emergency manager, I should be honest with my people, and I will make my decisions based on scientific bases to avoid any liability.

Who receives the vaccine and who does not is a critical decision to make. By taking the California response to the 2016 Hepatitis A outbreaks, while they had a limited number of vaccines, as a lesson, they were targeting the vulnerable groups in the community first, and they were communicating with manufacturers to increase the vaccine production (LaMotte, 2018). However, as an emergency manager, my strategy to handle the situation will be giving the available shots to the high-risk population and health care providers. On the other hand, we will not give the vaccines to people who already have been infected by the virus. Moreover, we will contact the sources/manufactures to find how to increase vaccine productions.

Many reasons led us to make our decisions. First, the high-risk population has a great chance to be infected, according to CDC (n.d) high-risk populations such as children, elderly, people with HIV or other immunodeficiency diseases can being severely affected by any public health emergency. Likewise, we can consider the healthcare providers as one of the high-risk groups because they are in an environment that increases their risk of infection. That is why we chose to start with the high-risk group first. Second, after we understood how the vaccine works, we decided that we are not going to vaccinate infected people and save the available vaccines for people who in need. According to CDC (2018), the vaccine works as a firewall that protects the body from being infected in the first place, so, as long as people already get sick, the vaccine will not function as it supposed to do it will not treat their symptoms. Instead, we will isolate the infected people and treat their symptoms with medicines such as antivirals and antipyretics, and we will continue monitoring them.

Finally, we believe that the unexpected shortage of vaccines was not anticipated. The community has the right to blame the health sector, but we will do what we can to limit the spread of the disease and distribute the available vaccines based on an ethical and scientific basis. However, these situations reflect the importance of being proactive rather than reactive regarding facing outbreaks.

References:

LaMotte S. (January 12, 2018). During a hepatitis A emergency, there’s a nationwide shortage of

vaccine. CNN health. Retrieved form https://www.cnn.com/2017/11/15/health/hepatitis-a-…

U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. (2018). Understanding how vaccines work.

Centers for disease control and preventions. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/hcp/conversations/dow…

U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. (n.d). Populations and vulnerabilities.

Centers for disease control and preventions. Retrieved from https://ephtracking.cdc.gov/showPcMain.action


abo botty homework for 634

Description

i need someone to paraphrase these 2 essays into one just change the words i only need 500 words

question

Summarize any one chapter of the handbook on epidemiological investigation and provide one example of a US or international public health emergency in which this science was used or likely used.??

ansswer one

COLLAPSE

Law Enforcement Section

The primary goals of a criminal investigation for a biological threat include protection of public health and safety, prevention of subsequent attacks, identification of prosecutors and protection of the law enforcement personnel. If the law enforcement and public health develop a strong relationship prior to the event, there are high chances that the population will be more satisfied. Once the law enforcement feels suspicious that a crime has taken place, they ensure that all the procedures are taken under accountability. Any kind of failure to properly maintain the chain of custody might lead to the evidence being unsuitable for trial.

In 1999, the vulnerability of the food supply was illustrated in Belgium, when chickens were unintentionally exposed to dioxin-contaminated fat used to make animal feed. Because the contamination was not discovered for months, the dioxin – a cancer-causing chemical that does not cause immediate symptoms in humans, was probably present in chicken meat and eggs sold in Europe during early 1999. This incident underscores the need for prompt diagnoses of unusual or suspicious health problems in animals as well as humans, a lesson that was also demonstrated by the recent outbreak of mosquito-borne West Nile virus in birds and humans in New York City in 1999. The dioxin episode also demonstrates how a covert act of food-borne biological or chemical terrorism could affect commerce and human or animal health.

Thus in such situations, the requirement for collection and testing to save lives outweighs the normal evidence collection procedures.

Butler, J. C., Cohen, M. L., Friedman, C. R., Scripp, R. M., & Watz, C. G. (2002). Collaboration between public health and law enforcement: new paradigms and partnerships for bioterrorism planning and response. Emerging infectious diseases, 8(10), 1152.

answer 2

COLLAPSE

Summary of Chapter 2: Public Health

Epidemiological investigations serve to identify the source of a particular disease, identify ways to control it and implement the identified ways to ensure the public remains safe. Data applied in epidemiological investigations is obtained from patient interviews, surveys and also surveillance systems (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), 2015). Epidemiological investigations serve to attain various goals that include; stopping the spread of a disease by identifying the causative agent, determining the source, how the disease is transmitted and the population at risk to acquire that disease (CDC, 2015). Secondly, epidemiological investigations serve to protect the public’s health. This is attained through surveillance, medical countermeasures and also offering education to the public about various illnesses and how they can aid in controlling them and protecting themselves.

Epidemiological investigations also protect the public health and those who respond to various epidemiologic pandemics by offering protective equipment and also preventive interventions. These preventive interventions include the use of medications and vaccines to protect one from a acquiring an illness that can otherwise be prevented (CDC, 2015). Epidemiologic investigations comprise of various elements. This entails what makes an epidemiologic investigation complete. The elements include; detecting unusual events, confirming a diagnosis, identifying and characterizing additional cases, determining the source of exposure and finally developing and implementing investigations (CDC, 2015). An epidemiologic investigation is termed complete if all the above-mentioned elements are completed.

Laboratory analysis is an important aspect in an epidemiologic investigation. It entails conducting lab works to determine the causative agent of an illness. Even though lab works are important in confirming that, during an outbreak, physicians should commence management as they wait for the identification of the causative agent (CDC, 2015). Taking this approach increases a patient’s probability of recovering from an illness as the progression of the disease is curbed. Field assays are examples of tests conducted to identify the causative agents. During such investigations, only laboratories that meet standard should be utilized. The FBI, CDC and the APHL established the Laboratory Response Network (LRN) in 1999 (CDC, 2015). LRN entails a network of laboratories that are situated across the country to carry out the investigation tests. These laboratories meet all the required standards. These outlined steps were applicable during 2008 United States salmonellosis attack. The epidemiologic investigation steps and approaches were applied to curb the pandemic.

References

Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). (2015). Joint Criminal and Epidemiological Investigations Handbook, domestic edition. Retrieved from https://bblearn.philau.edu/bbcswebdav/courses/18FL-DMM-643-999/criminal-and-epidemiological-investigation-handbook%281%29.PDF


wk2 core 10 ess

Description

IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING WORD LIMIT REQUIREMENTS:

Please note that each and every assignment has its own word limit.

Research the core functions and 10 essential services of public health. Provide an example of how these essential services are applied in practice. Use the “Core Functions and 10 Essential Services Worksheet” which is attached to complete this assignment.

While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and documentation of sources should be presented using APA formatting guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. Refer to the LopesWrite Technical Support articles for assistance.

PLEASE add the links/sites below to the reference list the use and make sure everything is in proper APA format.

Read “Section 7. Ten Essential Public Health Services” in Chapter 2 of the Community Tool Box website.

URL:

http://ctb.ku.edu/en/table-of-contents/overview/models-for-community-health-and-development/ten-essential-public-health-services/main

Read “The 10 Essential Public Health Services: An Overview,” located on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) website.

URL:

https://www.cdc.gov/publichealthgateway/publichealthservices/essentialhealthservices.html

Read “The Public Health System and the 10 Essential Public Health Services,” located on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) website.

URL:

https://www.cdc.gov/nphpsp/essentialservices.html

Read Chapters 3 and 6 in Introduction to Public Health: Promises and Practices.

URL:

http://www.gcumedia.com/digital-resources/springer-publishing-company/2017/introduction-to-public-health_promises-and-practice_ebook_2e.php

MUST have MINIMUM 5 citations with the page numbers and 5 references in APA format.(The List of References should not be older than 2014 and should not be included in the word count.)

Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the Learning Resources.

It is important that you cover all the topics identified in the assignment. Covering the topic does not mean mentioning the topic BUT presenting an explanation from the context of ethics and the readings for this class

To get maximum points you need to follow the requirements listed for this assignments 1) look at the word/page limits 2) review and follow APA rules 3) create subheadings to identify the key sections you are presenting and 4) Free from typographical and sentence construction errors.

REMEMBER IN APA FORMAT JOURNAL TITLES AND VOLUME NUMBERS ARE ITALICIZED.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Core Functions and 10 Essential Services Worksheet
Complete this worksheet by describing an example of how each essential service is applied in practice. Include a link and citation for each practice
example.
Assessment:
Collecting and analyzing information about health
problems.
Core Function
Essential Service
Essential Service #1
Description
Monitor health status to
identify community health
problems.
Practice Example
Essential Service #2
Policy Development:
Broad-based consultations with
stakeholders to weigh available
information, decide which
interventions are most appropriate,
and ensure that the public interest is
served by measures that are adopted.
Core Function
Diagnose and investigate
health problems and health
hazards in the community.
Essential Service
Description
Essential Service #3
Inform, educate, and empower
people about health issues.
Example
2
Essential Service #4
Mobilize community
partnerships to identify and
solve health problems.
Essential Service #5
Develop policies and plans that
support individual and
community health efforts.
Core Function
Essential Service
Description
Assurance:
Promoting and protecting public
interests through programs, events,
campaigns, regulations, and other
strategies, and making sure that
necessary services are provided to
reach agreed-upon goals.
Essential Service #6
Example
Enforce laws and regulations
that protect health and ensure
safety.
3
Essential Service #7
Link people to needed personal
health services and assure the
provision of health care when
otherwise unavailable.
Essential Service #8
Assure a competent public
health and personal health care
workforce.
Essential Service #9
Evaluate effectiveness,
accessibility, and quality of
personal and population-based
health services.
4
Essential Service
#10
Research for new insights and
innovative solutions to health
problems.
Adapted from:
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2014). The public health system and the 10 essential public health services. Retrieved from
https://www.cdc.gov/nphpsp/essentialservices.html
5
Course Code
PUB-510
Class Code
PUB-510-O500
Criteria
% Scaling
Percentage
100.0%
Practical Application Examples
75.0%
Links
10.0%
Documentation of Sources (citations, footnotes,
references, bibliography, etc., as appropriate to
assignment and style)
10.0%
Mechanics of Writing (includes spelling,
punctuation, grammar, language use)
5.0%
Total Weightage
100%
Assignment Title
Core Functions and 10 Essential Services Worksheet
Unsatisfactory (0.00%)
Examples that summarized how the 10 essential services can
be applied in practice are not included.
Links to articles that provide support for the practical
application of each of the 10 essential services are not
included.
Sources for each practical example support article are not
documented.
Surface errors are pervasive enough that they impede
communication of meaning. Inappropriate word choice or
sentence construction is used.
Total Points
140.0
Less than Satisfactory (74.00%)
Examples that summarized how the 10 essential services can
be applied in practice are incomplete or incorrect.
Links to articles that provide support for the practical
application of each of the 10 essential services are incorrect.
Documentation of sources for each practical example support
article is inconsistent or incorrect, as appropriate to
assignment and style, with numerous formatting errors.
Frequent and repetitive mechanical errors distract the
reader. Inconsistencies in language choice (register) or word
choice are present. Sentence structure is correct but not
varied.
Satisfactory (79.00%)
Examples that summarized how the 10 essential services can
be applied in practice are included but lack explanation and
relevant supporting details.
Links to articles that provide support for the practical
application of each of the 10 essential services are partially
complete.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style for each practical example support article, although
some formatting errors may be present.
Some mechanical errors or typos are present, but they are
not overly distracting to the reader. Correct and varied
sentence structure and audience-appropriate language are
employed.
Good (87.00%)
Examples that summarized how the 10 essential services can
be applied in practice are complete and include explanation
and relevant supporting details.
Links to articles that provide support for the practical
application of each of the 10 essential services are mostly
complete.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style for each practical example support article, and format is
mostly correct.
Prose is largely free of mechanical errors, although a few may
be present. The writer uses a variety of effective sentence
structures and figures of speech.
Excellent (100.00%)
Examples that summarized how the 10 essential services can
be applied in practice are extremely thorough and include
substantial explanation and relevant supporting details.
Links to articles that provide support for the practical
application of each of the 10 essential services are complete.
Sources are completely and correctly documented, as
appropriate to assignment and style for each practical
example support article, and format is free of error.
Writer is clearly in command of standard, written, academic
English.
Comments
Points Earned

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

short video discussion about medical terminology

Description

Choose of one of the following:

Use the Library Resources page to watch

“The Critically Ill Child” [31 Minutes] on Kanopy.

https://marymount.kanopy.com/video/critically-ill-child (Links to an external site.)

OR

“The Story is the Diagnosis” [32 Minutes] on Kanopy.

https://marymount.kanopy.com/video/story-diagnosis (Links to an external site.)

Please watch the following video and choose 3 instances in which being able to quickly identify medical terminology is helpful. Additionally, choose 3 terms that would change the entire diagnosis if a prefix or suffix were changed and detail how it would have changed things. *Please mention in your post which video that you watched*


HSA 4700 Quality and Evidence-Based Healthcare Services

Description

Directions:

A) The final research project presentation is an opportunity to present your finished Project to a supportive peer audience (Classmates) via discussion #2. The power point presentation (PPT) or Poster Board Template presentation should include the primary theory or claim you are defending, the bulk of the research upon which your position is based, and the major arguments that support it. You can utilize the information you have submitted within your assignment submissions for this course to complete your PPT.

There’s no required slide count for this discussion. Make sure you address all criteria/questions below for your initial discussion posting. Be Creative (include, photos, charts graphs, videos, etc). If you are going to use Prezi you must attach the PDF of your Prezi, no links are accepted for prezi presentations only PDF’s.

You are not obligated to follow exactly what’s on the example presentation. I am posting an example so that you can view in general what I am looking for within your submission. Please note that the example does not consist of additional criteria that is required within your submission, therefore, I strongly advise that you double check the criteria below prior to submitting to this discussion board forum.

Presentation Format: Required Criteria

Your submission MUST follow the format below with headings (i.e. abstract, problem statement, etc.).

1. Title = Project title, your name, panther ID, date

2. Abstract= A concise summary of the key points of your research. Your abstract should contain at least your research topic, research questions, participants, methods, results, data analysis, and conclusions. You may also include possible implications of your research and future work you see connected with your findings. Your abstract should be a single paragraph double-spaced. Your abstract should be between 150 and 250 words.

3. Briefly describe the General Problem Statement and Specific Problem Statement proposed in assignment #1.

4. List your research questions proposed in assignment #1.

5. Briefly discuss the Literature Review Three Concepts (1 paragraph; 5-6 complete sentences), proposed in assignment #2.

6. Briefly discuss the Methods (1 paragraph; 5-6 complete sentences), proposed in assignment #3.

7. Briefly discuss the Findings (1 paragraph; 5-6 complete sentences), proposed in assignment #4.

8. Briefly discuss the Limitations (1 paragraph; 5-6 complete sentences), proposed in assignment #4.

9. Conclusion (1 paragraph; 5-6 complete sentences), proposed in assignment #4.

10.Reflection statement: Provide a summary (1 paragraph; 5-6 complete sentences)) statement of your thoughts on the research project (i.e., what are you the most proud of while completing the research, what were the biggest challenges, advantages and disadvantages,are their any disappointments?, what methods will you use to communicate your research results to your chosen audience (i.e. delivery of research to bring awareness; i.e. via social media, email, etc.) ?, what are your hopes for the future with your research project, etc.).

11.List and provide (websites) of Two (2) potential peer review Journals that your abstract/ manuscript may be published in (refer to chapters 34-36 from your course required textbook to get ideas).

12. References (Min. 5 References) APA format.

***ATTACHED FILE IS AN EXAMPLE***


Unformatted Attachment Preview

The Outcomes of Neural Stem Cell Transplantation and Localized Drug
Therapy on Patients Suffering from Traumatic Brain Injury
John Doe
Panther ID: 1212121
ABSTRACT
Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) affects a wide variety of people nationwide. One
constant does remain; the human condition suffers, both internally and externally. The proposed
study will review current literature and collective research models and data based on neural stem
cell transplantation on injured brains and their positive outcomes; as well as, the facilitation of
newly implemented procedures for localized drug therapy on their respective injury sites. Studies
are primarily collected in controlled laboratory setting and modeled on mice for efficacy of
desired treatment protocol as well as the clinical setting being modeled on Projectile Ballistics
Brain Injury (PBBI) patients.
Pertinent research questions include: Is there sufficient clinical evidence to support that
the usage of neural progenitor cells expand neurogenesis activity within TBI structures of the
brain? As well as, What are the effects of neural stem cell transplants on endogenous neurogenesis
and neurobehavioral outcomes of PBBI patients? Data analysis was collected by reviewing TBI
literature under different treatment circumstances such as hypothermic, neurodegenerative,
immuno-compromised, behavioral standards, and lastly by quantifying the rate of neural cell
apoptosis within a 6 week period measured at 95% CI (α < p-value = 0.05). Overall the research hopes to raise awareness of the achievable goals and positive steps that have been affiliated with this specific type of research methodology. PROBLEM STATEMENT The general problem is represented with the figures provided by the CDCP in 2010; about 2.5 million Emergency Department (ED) cases were associated with TBI; either presented singly or in combination with another injury here in the United States (CDCP, 2014). TBI was a diagnosis in more than 280,000 hospitals and of those cases 50,000 ended in death before and while at the ED (CDCP, 2014). TBI’s rooted issues are based on scientific evidence that out of the 73 institutions currently focused on TBI research, only three are using neural stem cells to promote neurogenesis in the brain and out of those three institutions, only two have a drug approved by the FDA that increases glucose activity in injured bregma regions of the brain (National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke [NINDS], 2016). TBI is a major source of death and disability here in the US; not only does it account for a large portion of ED care and attention, treatment procedures and positive outcomes in today’s world of modern day medicine are very sporadic in nature and thus can be emotionally devastating on the family of the afflicted patient. RESEARCH QUESTIONS • Is there a correlation between increasing brain glucose utilization on affected TBI mice that have been injected with Chronic A20? • Is there sufficient clinical evidence to support that the usage of neural progenitor cells expand neurogenesis activity within TBI structures of the brain? • Does surgical intervention create better treatment outcomes than injected NPC’s and Schwann cells within the brain stem on TBI patients over an extended period of time? • What are the effects of neural stem cell transplants on endogenous neurogenesis and neurobehavioral outcomes of PBBI patients (type of TBI)? • In regards to PBBI patients, how does delivery of optimal site and cell concentration to produce maximal engraftment of neural stem cells increase motor and cognitive behavior in rat model (brain function similar to humans)? LITERATURE REVIEW I hope to express to potential readers the efficacy of neural stem cell engraftment treatment on patients who suffer from Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) and by leaning on this form of treatment the likely outcomes it can play on society as a whole. With respect to the cumulative objective of this research, the literature indicates that work is being conducted on transgenic NSC mice that have shown consistently to improve performance in multiple levels of cognitive domains. This gradual recovery process in mice is associated with NSC expression of brain derived neurotrophic factors , restores depleted levels and modulates glutamatergic [modulates protein construction and synthesis] systems in the brain (Atkins, Gajavelli, Herdeen, 2016). Also, research has shown that without a doubt in more than 3,200 laboratory controlled mice NSC injection and engraftment has led the way in increasing neurogenesis productivity at later stages in the development cycle. By assessing optimal site, time, and cell concentration to produce maximal engraftment of NSC’s in a wide variety of TBI procedures, physicians can verify the best possible treatment options and in turn medical errors due to TBI procedures can be reduced respectively. METHODS OVERALL METHODOLOGY The overall efficacy of treatment will be compared to many control groups that serve as a basis to see if NSC outcomes lessen or diminish possible injuries, as a disclaimer, findings within TBI based research do not support nor condone that there is a cure to secondary injuries such as comas, neuronal cell death, loss of motor or cognitive function, paralysis, or even death due to TBI. Simply put, this research report will look at collaborative efforts that a controlled laboratory setting has made in regards to ameliorating TBI conditions in either acute or severe injuries and review the success of treatment in the hopes that it can serve patients and their respective loved ones in finding more adequate treatment platforms that can efficiently save lives in the long run. Most of the data collected by lead investigators in the fields of Neuroscience, Emergency Medicine, Neurosurgery and Neuro-trauma are obtained through quantifiable means, therefore, I will be surveying and scrutinizing quantifiable numerical data that demonstrates a positive progression for affected TBI patients within the lab setting. FINDINGS BREAKTHROUGHS There are a myriad of findings and collected works that represent NSC engraftment treatment as a substantial and credible source of attenuating TBI portions of the brain. By helping to facilitate localized drug therapy at specific origin sites, NSC therapies will undoubtedly be the epicenter for TBI treatment effectiveness within the next decade. The most distinct pathologies associated with PBI were the presence of ICH, a hallmark of PBBI, and extensive zones of cell death radiating into mechanically intact brain regions. Overall, a significant and reproducible brain injury was observed in the form of both gray and white matter tissue damage and related neurological impairments, sensitive to the degree/type of injury. The prognosis of survivability is relatively high, reaching 81 percent of total mice population, and the condition of neurogenesis was more evident in mice with higher levels of damaged brain that could not heal on its own (Bramlett et. al, 2015). Overall, the efficacy of treatment is rather positive, and I can expect within the following years to come, to see NSC engraftment therapy as the tip of the sword in TBI research and the best clinical solution for all-inclusive effective treatment. LIMITATIONS The scope and overall advances of this treatment do come with a hefty price tag as well as a very tedious and time consuming treatment pattern. According to Dr. Ross Bullock (2016), his four year research study will cost his department more than 4.2 million dollars and more than 25 clinical staff at The University of Miami Miller School of Medicine. Additionally, Neural Stem Cell engraftment techniques only work under strict conditions. If these conditions were not met during the treatment process, than exacerbation of the condition would ensue and more harm would be done then actual good (Bullock, Dietrich & Gajavelli, 2016). Optimal location site, maximum amount of tissue engraftment, secondary injuries, blood type, clotting factors, time window, and highest cellular concentration count must all be met prior to making neural stem cells or neural progenitor cell therapy a viable treatment option. Potential Peer Review Journals For Publication - Journal of Neurotrauma - Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society CONCLUSION All impactful models appeared to possess significant clinical relevance as related to the histopathological presence of a region of NSC surrounding the lesion during engraftment procedures. The efficacy of NSC engraftment treatment was available due to the injection of CA20, an FDA approved drug that helps facilitate anti-inflammatory responses within the brain, thus positioning the brain to receive NSC treatment at its most efficient peak during the latent moments of cell recuperation. This proves that following TBI, repair mechanisms do exist when cognitive function in damaged brain is apparent, especially when the brain is induced with a steady rate of NSC and CA20 compound in order to proliferate the existence of neurons even when such high injury sites are localized (Bramlett et. al, 2015). Within my research I was able to visually quantify the appearance of neural cell death of a PBBI induced rat brain, one was parifinated sample (control group) was compared to a 6 week infused NSC tissue sample (experimental group). After my experimental analysis was conducted, I could with a 95 percent confidence say that NSC engraftment treatment did in fact halt the secondary effects of PBBI, most notably, that of neural cell apoptosis. When injecting NSC on unhealthy tissue in live rat samples, areas where glucose metabolism was at its lowest meant higher portions of neurogenesis which correlated to the higher areas of NSC around the surrounding tissue. REFERENCES Atkins, C., Gajavelli, S., Herdeen, B. (2016). Review of collected works for Veteran Affairs: Transplantation of Neural Stem Cells to Modulate and Aid in the Effects of Cognitive Impairments in Military Personnel. Miami Project to Cure Paralysis. Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine. Published on January 2016. Bramlett, H., Bullock, R., Diaz, J., Gajavelli, S., Jackson, C., Spurlock, M., et al. (2015). Penetrating Ballistic Brain Injury Systems and Methodology: A hippocampal regenerative effect study in a rat model. Miami Project to Cure Paralysis, Department of Neurosurgery, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine. Published on June 2015. Bullock, R., Dietrich, WD., Gajavelli, S. (2016). Penetrating Ballistic Brain Injury Systems and Methodology: Optimal maximal engraftment of human NSC’s via surgical intervention or localized therapy injection. Miami Project to Cure Paralysis, Department of Neurosurgery, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine. Published on February 2016. Center for Disease Control and Prevention. (2014). Traumatic Brain Injury. Retrieved January 29, 2016, from http://www.cdc.gov/traumaticbraininjury/get_the_facts.html National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. (2016). Transforming Research and Clinical Knowledge in Traumatic Brain Injury. Published on January 2015. Retrieved January 29, 2015, from http://www.ninds.nih.gov/disorders/tbi/detailtbi.htm Purchase answer to see full attachment

Nursing role and scope: peer response

Description

Hi!!I have attached the document with the guidelines and information necessary for this assignment.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Guidelines: You are expected to reply to two other students’ response essays and include a
reference that justifies your post. Do not critic your peers work, rather give your own point of view on
the topic; adding to the topic. Your reply must be at least 3 paragraphs for each student essay.
The response must be 12 Times New Roman, font, APA.
Below are the 2 student essays:
David A. student #1
1. Think about the ethical theories and approaches in Chapter 4 and the moral conflicts you have
experienced in the past. Have you used one of these approaches to resolving conflict? Which
theory or approach have you used?
There are many times in life when we are faced with a situation that forces us to think about
our moral and ethical values in order to act. When in this position, our minds usually backtrack
to the previous time we encountered a similar scenario, allowing us to compare the situation in
order to decide. Sometimes this doesn’t help, and we are taken back to what we were taught in
school and what our parents and loved ones taught us, “always do the right thing”, “don’t do
unto others what you don’t want done unto you” (Confucius, n.d.)… The question remains, what
is the right thing to do? What is the best course of action to take?
The theory I can relate to the most and have used to make decisions in the past has been
Utilitarianism. To me, doing what maximizes good and happiness for the greatest number of
people is always the best action to take (Masters, 2017). This is the basic principle of
utilitarianism, which in a way is a form of consequentialism because when implemented, we
have the outcome in mind, which is what is going to bring the most good and happiness to the
greatest number of individuals and then, take that action (Nathanson, n.d.). This theory is one I
try to live my life by and implement when I ever find myself in some sort of moral dilemma.
A scenario that comes to mind now regarding the use of this theory was not too long ago.
It was last semester; I and a group of colleagues were studying for our Pediatrics final exam and
we could not agree on what to study first. The environment become a little hectic until I decided
to step up and tally what each person thought was best to study first. The result was, 4 of my
peers wanted to start with developmental milestones and 1 wanted to go over heart defects. I
spoke to all 5 and advised that we should do what the majority wanted to do first and then we
would proceed with the heart. As a result, taking that action would bring the most happiness and
pleasure to the greatest number involved. We all came into agreement and did just that, we
started with the milestones and when finished we proceeded to study heart defects.
2. Has there ever been a time when you have experienced the dilemma of having to make a
choice that you know will affect the well-being of another individual? Have you ever
experienced moral suffering?
None of us are perfect and as per myself, I may be the worst of all. We did not come into this
life with instructions or a manual that tells us what to do and how to do it when faced with a
situation we can’t handle or feels out of our control. There have been many times when I have
experienced the dilemma of having to make a decision, I knew would affect the well-being of
another person and as a result I have experienced some sort of moral suffering.
I am not going to write about any of the times this has happened to me because I feel it is
something person that I do not want to share and I don’t think I have to, but I will give an
overview. The last time I was encountered with a situation like this, I was not able to be there for
someone at a time they needed me most. I had to do something else that was also important, thus
leaving that person’s side, making them feel awful and having me experience moral suffering or
distress.
I knew I had to be there for that person, not only was it the right thing to do because they
needed me at that time the most, but I felt I should have been there with them. As a result of not
being able to stay due to the circumstances I was faced with, I felt extremely bad after and was
faced with moral suffering. According to research, this happens to many nurses in our field,
many times, they know a patient may need them, but because of shortage of time, other patients,
meetings, and policy or protocols, they cannot be there for that patient the time they require. This
causes them uncomfortable feelings and unbalances (Papazoglou, 2017).
References:
Confucius. (n.d.). A quote by Confucius. Retrieved from
https://www.goodreads.com/quotes/20771-don-t-do-unto-others-what-you-don-t-want-doneunto
Markovits, J. (n.d.). Ethics: Utilitarianism, Part 1. Retrieved from
https://www.khanacademy.org/partner-content/wi-phi/wiphi-value-theory/wiphiethics/v/utilitarianism-part-1
Masters, K. (2017). Role development in professional nursing practice. Burlington, MA:
Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Nathanson, S. (n.d.). Act and Rule Utilitarianism. Retrieved from

Utilitarianism, Act and Rule


Papazoglou, K., & Chopko, B. (2017, November 15). The Role of Moral Suffering (Moral
Distress and Moral Injury) in Police Compassion Fatigue and PTSD: An Unexplored
Topic. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5694767/
Yindra B. Student #2
1. Think about the ethical theories and approaches in Chapter 4 and the moral conflicts
you have experienced in the past. Have you used one of these approaches to resolving
conflict? Which theory or approach have you used?
In the field of nursing, there exist different theories and approaches used in resolving conflicts.
Theories include virtual ethics, Ethics of care, Deontology, Utilitarianism, Ethics principles, and
the Natural law theory (Buts & Rich, 2019). Approaches, on the other hand, are classified into
Nonmaleficence, autonomy, justice, and beneficence. Typically, these theories and procedures
are used differently and independently when resolving conflicts.
I have been involved in cases of conflict resolution, and I have always used theories in finding
solutions. During my duties on my clinicals, I received a patient who had chronic abdominal pain
after prolonged vomiting. The patient also had inappropriate history of alcoholism, known
diabetes, and a left leg amputation. The nurse in charge asked me to diagnose the patient and
suggest proper medication. After diagnosis, I suggested an offer of frequent pain medication to
the patient than any other patient. The physician in charge, however, refused to order more
morphine for the patient prescription. I had to use the ethics of care theory to resolve the
conflict (Buts & Rich, 2019).
The ethics of care is contained in model and propose four phases in solving the conflict (Kaur &
Singh, 2017). These phases are not applied in systematic and may overlap each other. The steps
are:
1. Caring About
2. Taking Care of
3. Care provision
4. Care receiver
In the application of this theory, I had a responsibility to take the physician in charge through the
theory so he can understand the need of administering the patient with more morphine dose and
hence order more of it. The first was an explanation on care about which highlighted the need for
administration of more morphine on the patient. Of course, I had to explain the patient condition
word to word (Salmond & Echevarria, 2017). In taking care of phase, I made the physician
understand why I saw the need to respond to the patients’ pain citing the acute pain as the cause.
In caregiving, I had to suggest the physician change in the analgesia order, which eventually so
more morphine procured. The procurement increase was in line with the patient need for
specialized care. Finally, in phase four of care received, I administered the drug to the patients
while still monitoring if it was working. Indeed, it worked perfectly, and the relationship
between patient, physician, and me was enhanced. My theory, therefore, worked perfectly.
2. Has there ever been a time when you have experienced the dilemma of having to make a
choice that you know will affect the well-being of another individual? Have you ever
experienced moral suffering?
Over the course of my career, I have made a decision that affected the wellbeing of other
individuals. It happened one time at the clinic I work, when I was the medical assistant in charge
that day, the clinic was receiving a massive number of patients a day, and in the process of
accommodating and attending to all patients, as the leader I had to change the reporting time of
the rest of the medical assistants.
Initially, all the medical assistants had been reporting to work at 8:00 am, but I decided to change
it to 7:00 am. The decision was not taken positively as other staff complained it was against our
ethics and policies to change the rules without consulting all stakeholders. Others complained
they come from far and could not make to reach the clinic on time.
Even though my decision was on goodwill in that I wanted all patients who visited the clinic in a
day to receive treatment, I experienced moral suffering since other medical assistants felt as if I
was being unfair to them. They felt that way until we had a discussion and everyone, including
myself, understood the logic of the incident and how to resolve the incident not only between the
staff but to provide the best treatment for our patients.
References
Buts, J. B., & Rich, K. L. (2019). Nursing Ethics. Jones and Barlett Learning.
Kaur, I., & Singh, H. (2017). Advanced Version Control (AVC): A Paradigm Shift From
Version Control to Conflict Management. International Journal of Computer Applications, 7-15.
Masters, K. (2017). Role Development in Professional Nursing Practice. Jones & Bartlett
Learning.
Salmond, S. W., & Echevarria, M. (2017). Healthcare Transformation and Changing
Roles for Nursing. Orthopedic Nursing, 12-36.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NUR4244 Public Health Policy Executive Summary

Description

NUR4244 Public Health Nursing Deliverable 3 Public Health Policy Executive Summary Competency Evaluate the impact of local, state, and national policy on public health. Scenario As a public health nurse, you have been asked to put together an executive summary of the impact of the Federal Women, Infant, and Children (WIC) program on the health of pregnant women, infants, and children in your state. This executive summary will be used by the agency director to provide the staff with a broad overview of the impact federal legislation can have on state decisions, as well as how policy can affect the populations you serve. Instructions Prepare an executive summary for the agency director that: Summarizes the purpose of the Women, Infant and Children (WIC) program. Evaluates the impact of the WIC program across local, state, and national levels focusing on four key areas: Birth outcomes Health care costs Infant feeding practices Immunization rates of children Provides stated ideas with professional language and attribution for credible sources with correct APA citation, spelling, and grammar in the executive summary. Resources Library Databases Health Source: Nursing/Academic Edition Database FAQ Websites Policy Map United States Department of Agriculture Food and Nutrition Service United States Department of Agriculture Economic Research Service Guides & FAQs Executive Summary FAQ Policy Map Tutorials Searching the Map Search by Census Tract and Block Group Data Layer Legend APA Guide Credible Sources FAQ Nursing Guide Rasmussen’s Answers/FAQs


Unformatted Attachment Preview

NUR4244 Public Health Deli 3 Material
Impact of State Level Policy
State Legislators
Each state government is patterned much the same as the federal
government and the process for legislation are similar at the state and
federal levels. One of the key differences is how often and how long state
legislatures meet, as they are rarely considered full time. Knowing this
cycle is key to understanding when to approach legislators about
sponsoring legislation and gathering coalitions to support or oppose
various bills. Since state legislators reside in their districts,
representatives and their staff members are much easier to approach
and more responsive to resident’s concerns.
It is important to understand that the role of the legislator is to raise and
distribute funds to support the citizens of the state with services.
Therefore, representatives must balance multiple constituencies with
demands from numerous areas of service including roads, infrastructure,
social services, commerce, labor, education, etc. Public health leaders,
who are advocating for more resources for environmental, mental, and
public health, are competing for a percentage of the same pool of dollars.
Influencing Legislation
As bills are introduced at the state level, there are health professional
organizations who review and comment on their stance on a bill and
suggestions for amendments. The state hospital association, the state
nursing organization, and smaller groups such as community health
center coalitions routinely monitor and post their recommended positions
for members to use in communication with state representatives. These
groups are often invited to testify before committees who are considering
the legislation before they vote to proceed and move to the full house for
a vote. Being active in these associations is a way to advocate for your
profession and your client population.
One example of a state-level policy that directly influences the nursing
profession is the regulation of the practice of nursing through the State’s
Nursing Practice Act. The recognition and the regulation of advanced
nursing practice vary across states, which then affects the availability
and access to primary care providers. A few states are still not allowing
nurse practitioners to prescribe certain medications, although the federal
policy through Medicare, Medicaid, and the Veterans Administration
allows for full reimbursement to nurse practitioners. Nurses have an
opportunity to reach out to individual representatives with information
about their districts and the need for health care access that nurse
practitioners provide.
Federal Grants
States are often the recipient of federal grants that specifically address a
population or disease.
State Level Policy
State legislatures also set policies regarding environmental
management, highway safety laws, gun laws, and restrictions, as well as
regulations for hospital and other healthcare facilities. They may also
regulate nursing staff ratios in hospital facilities. Other states weigh in on
areas where health and social services intersect, such as child and elder
abuse and neglect.
One of the most critical issues in state legislatures is how to deal with the
rising mental health issues and opioid abuse. New policies allow the
general public and first responders to get access to drug-reversal
medicines like Narcan. Other policies have established drug registries for
physicians prescribing opioids. Some states have allocated resources to
local community health coalitions to coordinate education, referral, and
expanded treatment programs. Some local communities have safe
needle exchanges and places for safe drug use. Increased funding for
mental health and substance abuse treatment is needed, particularly in
contacting hard to reach populations in rural areas, homeless camps,
and undocumented workers.
Nurses Involvement in Policy
All nurses, particularly public health nurses to stay informed and involved
in the policy process. Working with coalitions is another way to enlist
others in your cause. One of the most successful coalitions has been the
American Association of Retired Persons (AARP) working with nursing
on expanding nurse practitioner practice laws. Belonging to professional
associations gives you access to proposed legislation and its progress
through the system.
Source(s)
Title V Maternal and Child Health Services Block Grant Program. (2019,
January 01). Retrieved from https://mchb.hrsa.gov/maternal-child-healthinitiatives/title-v-maternal-and-child-health-services-block-grant-program
Underserved Populations And Health Programs
While federal grants to states often target specific populations that cross
all boundaries, individual communities have their priorities and
complexities. Public health at the local level most often requires
collaboration across social, rehabilitation, and health systems to ensure
that the unique needs of a population are met.
Public health funding is often directed towards addressing the needs of
specific populations, who may not be adequately served by the traditional
systems. Underserved populations include special needs groups such as
children with autism or physical handicap, persons living with AIDs, those
who are in prisons or jails, and the homeless population. The homeless
population is one example where local public health professionals must
collaborate with social service, law enforcement, and private partners to
meet their unique and complex needs.
Homeless Underserved Population
One of the most difficult populations to serve for public health nurses is
the homeless population. Within the homeless population, there are
special sub populations that have unique socio-economic and health
issues. Approximately half million Americans experience homelessness
each year. The US Department of Housing and Urban Development
regularly releases a report to Congress on the demographics of the
homeless population and an update on the Federal Strategic Plan to
Prevent and End Homelessness. The statistics from the last report in
2018 provides insights into some of the challenges that contribute to the
overall health status of the population.
Targeting Underserved Populations
Public health workers have reported that rates of acute and chronic
illness are high among the homeless, as well as mental health issues
being present in a significant percentage of the population (Baggatt,
2010). Homeless people have inadequate access to healthcare and
difficulty with paying for care, medications, dental work, and vision
services. Thus, the emergency room is often the primary point of care for
the homeless: inadequate nutrition, poor sanitation, and exposure to
adverse weather conditions further compound health issues. Over 14%
of homeless have been in institutional settings (prison or jail) before
becoming homeless.
Local shelters often serve homeless adults and families. Reasons for
families seeking shelter include the high cost of housing during times of
unemployment, under-employment, and domestic violence. Often,
children who are homeless experience social, physical, and educational
challenges. Often unaccompanied youth come from unhealthy homes
and are recruited into sex worker networks. The rate of substance abuse
and the risk of sexually transmitted disease and HIV are significant in this
sub-population.
School health nurses should pay particular attention to the health and
immunization status of homeless children, and educators need to be
aware of the higher risk for developmental and learning delays. Working
with homeless youth can be particularly challenging due to issues of
mistrust and fear of being sent into the social service system. Having
been in foster care is a risk factor for homelessness.
Federal policy has focused mainly on working with communities to
change local systems to prevent and deal with homelessness. Governors
of almost all of the states and territories have taken steps to form
interagency councils and task forces to deal with the problem of
homelessness. The continuum of care is a model for providing
communication and coordination among housing and social/health
services to meet the needs of the homeless (US Dept. of HUD, 2018).
These models are designed to have community groups develop a plan to
end homelessness and to do so in a way that accommodates local
needs. Public health nurses often work as case managers for the
homeless, particularly families where children and adults have
individualized needs.
Addressing the Needs of an Underserved Population
One of the success stories comes from veterans services who hire public
health nurses and social workers to work with homeless veterans as
case managers. These case managers seek out homeless veterans in
the camps and shelters where they live and encourage them to access
VA medical and mental health support services. At the same time, they
work with housing officials to arrange for transitional housing, often in
smaller group settings where social workers can provide continuing
psychological support. Veterans are paired with vocational rehabilitation
programs that help with the transition to the civilian workforce. The rate
of homeless veterans has dropped by 45% since 2009, primarily due to
this comprehensive case management approach.
Health and human service professionals who work with this population
and the various sub-populations often report burnout and turnover can be
high. If you are interested in working with this population, seek out local
community groups who work with the homeless and see about
volunteering or employment opportunities.
Source(s)
Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Health Care for Homeless
People. (1988, January 01). Health Problems of Homeless People.
Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK218236/
US Department of Housing and Urban Development, Office of
Community Planning and Development. (2018). The Annual Homeless
Assessment Report to Congress. Washington, DC. Retrieved from:
https://www.hudexchange.info/resources/documents/2017-AHAR-Part1.pdf
Public Health Program’s Policies
Some broad federal policies have significant implications for state public
health officials and state legislatures if new laws or additional financial
resources are required. These changes, such as those to Medicare and
Medicaid programs that cross all states must then be considered at the
local level. Additional rules and regulations, changes in funding formulas,
and restrictions on services are felt at all levels.
Health Policy
Both federal and state governments set policy and enact laws to protect
the health of the public. There have been numerous discussions about
state’s rights versus the rights of the federal government, guided by the
US Constitution. State’s rights advocates often argue that, given the
diversity of the 50 states and territories, one universal federal policy
cannot be implemented fairly.
One example of a federal policy that has met with various levels of state
acceptance is the Affordable Care Act’s (ACA) expansion of Medicaid,
the joint federal-state program to provide healthcare to those in poverty.
Each state has traditionally set the rules and the framework for the
delivery of Medicaid services to their citizens. The ACA offered to provide
90% of the funding for Medicaid expansion to state that matched the
dollars by 10%. The federal match decreases over time. The purpose of
the Medicaid expansion was to encourage more states to provide health
coverage to the uninsured population.
Impact on State Programs
Before the ACA Medicaid expansion, nearly 44 million non-elderly people
were uninsured. The decision within state legislatures to expand
Medicaid has ranged from full expansion to hybrid programs to no
expansion at all. Many of the arguments against expansion were
economically based on the projected costs to state budgets. One of the
decisions that state lawmakers are entrusted with is the collection and
allocation of financial resources to support the mission of government. As
a result of Medicaid expansion, the rates of the uninsured have
decreased in some areas of the country, with estimates and research
that only now are measuring population health outcomes. Having health
insurance does not necessarily guarantee a healthier population, as
health behaviors influence lifestyle decisions that affect health status and
risk for diseases such as diabetes and heart disease.
You are encouraged to explore your state’s policies further. Credible
resources include the Kaiser Family Foundation, Families USA, and the
National Conference of State Legislators. The statistics on the uninsured
in your state are indicative of the number of individuals that still require
health resources at the local level and often utilize high-cost emergency
rooms since they have no access to primary care services.
The impact on local communities may decrease the numbers of
uninsured, but issues regarding access and acceptability remain. Access
requires convenient hours of service, available and affordable
transportation, and providers willing to accept Medicaid as payment.
Access is particularly challenging in rural and inner city areas that are
already medically underserved. Services must also be acceptable to
clients, which means that families from various cultures, languages, and
socioeconomic status must feel welcome.
Public health nurses are an important part of providing care to these
individuals, many of whom have delayed seeking regular primary care
and pose numerous mental and social challenges. While Medicaid
programs may cover primary care, not all program provide dental or
vision services, which can affect the health status of certain populations.
Public health nurses can be their voice to advocate for these services at
the local, state, and national level.
Source(s)
Families USA: The Voice for Health Care Consumers. (n.d.). Retrieved
from https://familiesusa.org/
Foutz, J. Squires, E., Garfield, R., & Kaiser Family Foundation. (2017).
The Uninsured: A Primer. San Francisco: Kaiser Family Foundation.
Retrieved from http://files.kff.org/attachment/Report-The-Uninsured-APrimer-Key-Facts-about-Health-Insurance-and-the-Uninsured-Under-theAffordable-Care-Act
National Conference of State Legislators. (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://www.ncsl.org/
The Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation. (n.d.). Retrieved from

Home Page

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

PICOT research paper

Description

Revise the PICOT question you wrote in the Topic 1 assignment using the feedback you received from your instructor.

The final PICOT question will provide a framework for your capstone project (the project students must complete during their final course in the RN-BSN program of study).

Research Critiques

In the Topic 2 and Topic 3 assignments, you completed a qualitative and quantitative research critique on two articles for each type of study (4 articles total). Use the feedback you received from your instructor on these assignments to finalize the critical analysis of each study by making appropriate revisions.

The completed analysis should connect to your identified practice problem of interest that is the basis for your PICOT question.

Refer to “Research Critiques and PICOT Guidelines – Final Draft.” Questions under each heading should be addressed as a narrative in the structure of a formal paper.

Proposed Evidence-Based Practice Change

Discuss the link between the PICOT question, the research articles, and the nursing practice problem you identified. Include relevant details and supporting explanation and use that information to propose evidence-based practice changes.

General Requirements

Prepare this assignment according to the APA guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.

This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.


• Why is it so important to formulate strategies in this specific order?

Description

Health Strategies class Discussion Board 4 When formulating strategies, there are 5 categories of strategy formulation available to utilize: directional strategies, adaptive, market entry, competitive, and implementation strategies. To be effective, the strategies must be formulated in a specific order. Why is it so important to formulate strategies in this specific order? Provide an example of each category of strategy formulation for discussion. Based on your perspective, is one type of strategy formulation more effective than another for an acute care hospital? Why or why not?


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Health Strategies class
Discussion Board 4
When formulating strategies, there are 5 categories of strategy formulation available to utilize:
directional strategies, adaptive, market entry, competitive, and implementation strategies. To be
effective, the strategies must be formulated in a specific order.



Why is it so important to formulate strategies in this specific order?
Provide an example of each category of strategy formulation for discussion.
Based on your perspective, is one type of strategy formulation more effective than
another for an acute care hospital? Why or why not?

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Family health assessment

Description

choose a family in your community and conduct a family health assessment using the following questions below.

1. Family composition.

Type of family, age, gender and racial/ethnic composition of the family.

2. Roles of each family member. Who is the leader in the family? Who is the primary provider? Is there any other provider?

3. Do family members have any existing physical or psychological conditions that are affecting family function?

4. Home (physical condition) and external environment; living situation (this must include financial information). How the family support itself.

For example; working parents, children or any other member

5. How adequately have individual family members accomplished age-appropriate developmental tasks?

6. Do individual family member’s developmental states create stress in the family?

7. What developmental stage is the family in? How well has the family achieve the task of this and previous developmental stages?

8. Any family history of genetic predisposition to disease?

9. Immunization status of the family?

10. Any child or adolescent experiencing problems

11. Hospital admission of any family member and how it is handled by the other members?

12. What are the typical modes of family communication? It is affective? Why?

13. How are decisions make in the family?

14. Is there evidence of violence within the family? What forms of discipline are use?

15. How well the family deals with crisis?

16. What cultural and religious factors influence the family health and social status?

Identify 3 nursing diagnosis and develop a short plan of care using the nursing process.

Please present a summary of your assessment in an APA format on a 12 Arial font, word document attached to the forum in the discussion tab of the blackboard title “family assessment.” 4 evidence-based practice references besides the class textbook are require and must be quoted in the assignment. A minimum of 1000 words are required, excluding the first and reference page (Websites can be used but must be from reliable sources such as NIH, CDC, FDA etc.)


Sociology Week 4 Answer #2

Description

Hello all

what I need is to read this Discussion from one of may classmates, give an answer and appreciation of what you think about it, at least one question between words, just 5 to 6 lines. thank you

15 hours ago

Tamila Ellis

RE: Discussion Prompt 1

COLLAPSE

Social mobility in the United States is very delicate subject in a sense referring to sex and gender . Social stratification has rankings that categorizes socioeconomic factors like wealth, income, race, education and power . These would also indicate the status of individuals in a working class, upper class, lower or middle social class. Some are born into poverty and some are born into a wealthy family. The class system definition from the glossary (p. 395) states that the social ranking is primarily based on economic position in which achieved characteristics can influence social mobility. My example would be with education, by obtaining a college education you will have the opportunity to maintain and be stable and productive in the society by earning more than a person that did not graduate high school. The stratification is that the college graduate may have had the opportunity to attend college based of the family’s wealth and history of attending college (open system). The one that has no high school diploma may have been born into poverty and no family wealth or history of anyone finishing high school or college (closed system). Social mobility also refers to sex and gender and changing roles in society and in the workplace. Occupational mobility pertains to me in a sense that when I decided to go to medial assistant school because I wanted to become a Nurse , so I change careers from customer service and wanting to become a school teacher, I saw that the rank and salary in Nursing was much more than what I had set my goal and mind on in the beginning, No one in my family has done Nursing, so I want to be that one to do so.

Reference

Schaefer, R. T. (2015). Sociology: A Brief Introduction (11th edition).

New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Education


Week 13 #1- Gerentology

Description

Week 13 Discussion Question #1Describe the concept of “aging in place” and how it differs for various subgroups within the US.Please answer the following DQ in a minimum of 100 words and use citations as appropriate.


diverse cultural and generational background and how it impacts the care you provide to your patients.

Description

Overview 1

First, read chapters 9 and 12 in your textbook, Transcultural Concepts in Nursing Care and chapter 18 Cultural Diversity and Care by Joan C. Engebretson. Then, answer the following questions:

Define diversity in your own words.
What are some benefits of a diverse health care workforce?
What are some barriers to diversity in the nursing profession?
Consider your own diverse cultural background. How does it affect the nursing care you provide?

References:

Initial Post: Minimum of two (2) total references: one (1) from required course materials and one (1) from peer-reviewed references.

Words Limits

Initial Post: Minimum 200 words excluding references (approximately one (1) page)

Overview 2

This week, you will consider your own diverse cultural and generational background and how it impacts the care you provide to your patients.

For this written assessment we will focus on generational diversity in the nursing population. Review table 12.2 on p. 379 of your textbook and address the following:

Define and describe the four generations – name, timeframe, and a description of that group’s characteristics.
Choose the group to which you belong. Explain how you think that you fit with this assessment of that generation.
Select any other group to which you do not belong. Explain how those from your group can learn from that group, and explain how that group could learn from yours.
References
Minimum of four (4) total references: two (2) references from required course materials and two (2) peer-reviewed references. All references must be no older than five years (unless making a specific point using a seminal piece of information)
Number of Pages/Words
Unless otherwise specified all papers should have a minimum of 600 words (approximately 2.5 pages) excluding the title and reference pages.


Sociology Answer #1 Week 4

Description

Hello all

what I need is to read this Discussion from one of may classmates, give an answer and appreciation of what you think about it, at least one question between words, just 5 to 6 lines. thank you

Martina Therese Villar

RE: Discussion Prompt 1

COLLAPSE

Social mobility happens often within the United States. Social mobility refers to a person or a group of people transitioning from one system of society to another. To determine the social mobility of a society, sociologists use the concept of an open and closed system. An open system is when an individual holds a certain position because he/her received it through their own success. This kind of system emphasizes competition with people of the society. A closed system is a system which allows limited or no social mobility for an individual. Within these systems, there is also various kinds of mobility. Horizontal mobility is when an individual transitions from one social position to another of the same rank. On the other hand, vertical mobility is when an individual goes from one social position to another of a different rank. Intergenerational mobility is when changes of a child or children’s social position is similar to the parents. Similarly, intragenerational mobility are when changes of a person’s social position happens in adult life.

In the United States, occupational mobility occurs quite often. Occupational mobility refers to changes in a individual’s occupational status. One factor that impacts this specific mobility is education. The influence of education on employment has decreased within the years. Obtaining a degree, whether it be a Bachelors or Masters degree, doesn’t give a person a guarantee since many people hold the same degree or level of education nowdays. Furthermore, another factor that impacts mobility is race/ethnicity. Sociologists have studied that, “the class system is more rigid for African Americans than it is for members of other racial groups.” (Schaefer, p.185). African American rates for intergenerational social mobility has decreased, as they are more likely to stay at the bottom or in the middle of a system. This also applies to Hispanics as well, “The Latino wealth and asset picture is bleaker and more resembles that of African Americans.” (Schaefer, p.185). Lastly, another factor that influences occupational mobility is gender. Today, women are much more limited to job opportunities than men. While in contrast, women have more clerical occupations available to them. There are many other different things that contrast the differences between men and women.

In regards to my own social mobility, I think all these factors could potentially affect me. Even if I do obtain my Bachelors and Masters degree In the future, it doesn’t give me the same advantage or guarantee of receiving a job as much as it did before. Likewise, being an Asian American, some people in society today could look at my ethnicity and degrade me for it. At the same time, being a woman could also potentially and/or limit me to the opportunities of a man.

References:

Schaefer, R. (2015). Sociology: A brief introduction (11th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.


questions and answers about a survey

Description

no precise requirements . Just read and answer the questions as follows.Every question, answer the question under


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Acute Renal Failure
Case Presentation
Ann Hayes, Sophia Loren, age 68, initially was admitted to the hospital for elective surgical
repair of an abdominal aortic aneurysm. Her surgery was documented as uneventful. However,
complications developed during her fifth postoperative day as a result of a small bowel
perforation.
Postoperative Day 5
Vital signs and laboratory results were as follows:
BP
170/94 mm Hg
HR
110 bpm
RR
30 Breaths/min
Temperature
38.6 C (101.4 F) rectal
Hgb
10.0 g/dl
Hct
30%
RBC’s
3.5 *10(6)/mm(3)
WBC’s
20,000/mm(3)
Urine tests showed the following:
Creatinine
0.6g/24 hr
Osmolarity
460 mOsm/kg
Specific Gravity
1.01
pH
9.0
Na+
45 mmol/L
K+
15 mmol/L
Cl48 mmol/L
Results of serum measurements were the following:
Na+
135 mmol/L
K+
4.8 mmol/L
Cl88 mmol/L
Ca++
6mg/dl
BUN
27 mg/dl
Creatinine
1.4 mg/dl
Uric Acid
9mg/dl
Phosphorus
5.2 mg/dl
Alkaline Phosphatase
14.8 units/dl
Laboratory results and vital signs were telephoned to her Nurse Practitioner. The Nurse
Practitioners orders included the following:



Hydralazine (Apresoline) at 10mg qid
Gentamicin sulfate (Garamycin) IV at 5mg/kg tid in divided doses
Piperacillin sodium (Pipracil) 3 g q 12 h
1
Gastrointestinal Fistula Repair
As a result of an abnormal abdominal x-ray film, Mrs. Hayes was returned to surgery for repair
of a small bowel perforation. Four days after Mrs. Hayes’s bowel surgery, she developed a
gastrointestinal fistula. She was again taken to surgery for repair of the fistula. Post operatively
her blood pressure dropped to 80/52 mm Hg and her urine output was 20 ml/hr, requiring
invasive monitoring. Mrs. Hayes’s oxygen saturations and arterial blood gas values dropped
significantly. She required intubation and was transferred to the intensive care unit (ICU).
Intensive Care Unit Admission
After Mrs. Hayes admission to the ICU, the staff took a complete history that revealed her
congestive heart failure. Mrs. Hayes weighed 76.5 kg (170lb) (preoperative weight was 71 kg
[158 lb]) and had 2+ pitting edema in her lower extremities. Her skin was pale, shiny, and dry.
She complained of nausea and stated that she “felt as if she had no energy left.” Fluid intake for
the past 24 hours was 1400 ml, and her output was 510 ml. Jugular vein distention was noted,
and crackles were auscultated bilaterally in the lung bases. The initial cardiac rhythm was
tachycardia with a rate of 110 bpm, a PR interval of 0.18 second, QRS complex of 0.14 second,
and peaked T waves.
A fluid challenge was administered unsuccessfully. Despite volume replacement and diuretics,
Mrs. Hayes’s renal status deteriorated further, and acute renal failure (ARF) was diagnosed.
Dopamine (Intropin) was started at 2 ug/kg/min and dobutamine (Dobutrex) at 3 ug/kg/min, and
continuous arteriovenous hemofiltration dialysis (CAVHD) was begun. Diagnostic data at this
time were the following:
Weight
BP
HR
Urine Output
Na+
K+
ClCa++
BUN
Creatinine
PAP
PAWP
82 kg (182 lb)
90/110 mm Hg (systolic)
124 bpm
15ml/hr
146 mmol/L
5.8 mmol/L
98 mmol/L
7 mg/dl
36 mg/dl
3.9 mg/dl
36/16 mm Hg
15 mm Hg
After 4 days of CAVHD, blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and creatinine levels began falling, and
blood pressure stabilized with a decrease in weight and edema. Electrolytes and laboratory
values returned to normal limits. Total parenteral nutrition (TPN) was begun, and renal function
continued to improve until CAVHD was discontinued 5 days later.
Questions (please include references)
1.
Discuss the pathophysiology involved in acute renal failure (ARF).
2.
Describe the four phases in the clinical course of ARF. The first phase of Acute Renal
failure is the onset phase. During this phase, kidney injury occurs.
2
3.
Compare and contrast oliguric and nonoliguric renal failure.
4.
What clinical assessment data support the diagnosis of ARF for Mrs. Hayes? What other
information may be useful in the diagnosis of ARF?
5.
What is the significance of the use of gentamicin sulfate (Garmaycin) and piperacillin
sodium (Pipracil) in Mrs. Hayes’s treatment regimen?
6.
Discuss the major nephrotoxic drug classifications, including risk factors and prevention
of nephrotoxicity.
7.
Discuss the major nephrotoxic drug classifications, including risk factors and prevention
of nephrotoxicity.
8.
What is the rationale for including dopamine (Inotropin) in Mrs. Hayes’s treatment plan?
9.
Identify other pharmacologic agents used in the treatment of ARF and the rationale for
their use.
10.
Discuss the dietary management of the patient with ARF.
11.
Discuss the three different forms of dialysis used in the treatment of ARF, including the
indications and contraindications for each. Why was CAVHD indicated for Mrs. Loren?
12.
List nursing diagnoses appropriate for care of the patient with ARF.
13.
What are the nursing responsibilities and potential complications related to continuous
renal replacement therapy (CRRT)?
3

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

APA format, No plagiarism

Description

A PREVIOUS TUTOR WAS WORKING ON IT REVISION IS NEEDED.

982.1.1 : Program Portfolio

The graduate exhibits artifacts that both demonstrate the graduate’s competency across all program areas as well as provide evidence of professional growth.

INTRODUCTION

A professional portfolio will showcase your knowledge and skills to prospective employers and will increase your marketability as a baccalaureate-prepared nurse. This portfolio will help you, as a nurse, hone in on the concepts, strengths, and critical-thinking abilities that define professional nursing practice. Throughout your time at WGU, you have developed skills and knowledge that distinguish your practice as that of a baccalaureate-prepared nurse. Items that display your skills and knowledge will be showcased in this professional portfolio. You should organize your portfolio around the four areas of professional nursing practice: quality and safety, advanced evidence-based practice, applied leadership, and community and population health. This portfolio will expand on the portfolio you already created in your Professional Roles and Values course.

REQUIREMENTS

Your submission must be your original work. No more than a combined total of 30% of the submission and no more than a 10% match to any one individual source can be directly quoted or closely paraphrased from sources, even if cited correctly. An originality report is provided when you submit your task that can be used as a guide.

You must use the rubric to direct the creation of your submission because it provides detailed criteria that will be used to evaluate your work. Each requirement below may be evaluated by more than one rubric aspect. The rubric aspect titles may contain hyperlinks to relevant portions of the course.

A. Complete the following, using OneNote:

Note: The directions to access and use your e-portfolio can be found in the web links section below, which will take you to the “Knowledge Base Article.”

1. Create a professional mission statement (suggested length of 1 paragraph) that includes the following:

a representation of your career goals, your aspirations, and how you want to move forward with your career
an overview of where you would like to focus your time and energies within the profession

a. Reflect on how your professional mission statement will help guide you throughout your nursing career.

2. Complete a professional summary (suggested length of 3–4 pages) that includes the following:

a. Explain how the specific artifacts or completed work or both in your portfolio represent you as a learner and a healthcare professional.

b. Discuss how the specific artifacts in your portfolio represent your professional strengths.

c. Discuss challenges you encountered during the progression of your program.

i. Explain how you overcame these challenges.

d. Explain how your coursework helped you meet each of the nine nursing program outcomes.

Note: Refer to the attachment “Nursing Conceptual Model.”

e. Analyze how you fulfilled the following roles during your program:

scientist
detective
manager of the healing environment

f. Discuss how you have grown professionally since the beginning of your program.

B. Complete the following within the section “Quality and Safety”:

1. Reflect (suggested length of 1 page) on your professional definition of quality and safety developed in Professional Roles and Values, including any necessary changes to your definition.

a. Discuss how the program assisted you in developing your professional definition.

b. Identify the artifacts in your portfolio that support your definition.

i. Explain how these artifacts support your definition from part B1.

Note: The artifacts should be attached within the portfolio.

2. Discuss the importance of the Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI) certificate for your future role as a professional nurse.

C. Complete the following within the section “Evidence-Based Practice”:

1. Reflect (suggested length of 1 page) on your professional definition of evidence-based practice developed in Professional Roles and Values, including any necessary changes to your definition.

a. Discuss how the program assisted you in developing your professional definition.

b. Identify the artifacts in your portfolio that support your definition.

i. Explain how these artifacts support your definition from part C1.

Note: The artifacts should be attached within the portfolio.

2. Reflect (suggested length of 1 page) on your understanding of evidence-based practice and applied nursing research by doing the following:

a. Discuss how you are able to evaluate current primary research and apply the concepts to your nursing practice, considering the following:

relevancy and believability of data
differences between quality improvement and research (places and uses of each)
differences between primary and secondary research and resources and the implications of each in clinical practice

b. Explain how your experience in the program helped you achieve excellence in evidence-based practice.

D. Complete the following within the section “Applied Leadership”:

1. Reflect (suggested length of 1 page) on your professional definition of applied leadership you developed in Professional Roles and Values, including any necessary changes to your definition.

a. Discuss how the program assisted you in developing your professional definition.

b. Identify the artifacts in your portfolio that support your definition.

i. Explain how these artifacts support the definition from part D1.

Note: The artifacts should be attached within the portfolio.

2. Summarize (suggested length of 1 paragraph to 1 page) your Learning Leadership Experience task by doing the following:

a. Discuss the importance of professional collaboration for effective nursing leadership.

E. Complete the following within the section “Community and Population Health”:

1. Reflect (suggested length of 1 page) on your professional definition of community and population health you developed in Professional Roles and Values, including any necessary changes to your definition.

a. Discuss how the program assisted you in developing your professional definition.

b. Identify the artifacts in your portfolio that support your definition.

i. Explain how these artifacts support the definition from part E1.

Note: The artifacts should be attached within the portfolio.

2. Summarize (suggested length of 1 page) your Community and Population Health task by doing the following:

a. Discuss what you learned during your Community Health Nursing task.

b. Discuss what you learned that led to your community diagnosis.

c. Discuss how your initial focus and diagnosis evolved after working with your population.

3. Discuss the importance of the American Museum of Natural History (AMNH) certificate for your future role as a professional nurse.

F. Provide an appendix to your portfolio by doing the following:

1. Include all the documents, prior assignments, and additional items that are examples of your best work to support your mastery of all sections given in parts B, C, D, and E.

2. Include the following materials:

the attached “Nursing Conceptual Model”
a link to the current IHI Course Catalog

3. Provide an updated professional résumé.

Note: If you have a LinkedIn account, you can take a screenshot and include a copy with the rest of your documents.

4. Provide professional references, using one of the following:

a professional reference questionnaire
a full letter of recommendation
a list of four professional references

5. Include a copy of your IHI certificate of completion.

6. Include a copy of your AMNH certificate of completion.

G. Acknowledge sources, using in-text citations and references, for content that is quoted, paraphrased, or summarized.

H. Demonstrate professional communication in the content and presentation of your submission.

RUBRIC

A:PORTFOLIO SUBMISSION

NOT EVIDENT

A submission is not provided using the OneNote.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Not applicable.

COMPETENT

The documents are submitted through the OneNote using the portfolio created in the Professional Roles and Values course.

A1:CREATION OF PROFESSIONAL MISSION STATEMENT

NOT EVIDENT

A professional mission statement is not provided, or the statement contains none of the required elements.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The professional mission statement ineffectively addresses the required elements, or the statement is disorganized or illogical.

COMPETENT

The professional mission statement effectively addresses the required elements, and the statement is well organized and logical.

A1A:REFLECTION OF PROFESSIONAL MISSION STATEMENT

NOT EVIDENT

A reflection is not provided, or it makes no reference to how a professional mission statement will help guide the candidate’s nursing career.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The reflection ineffectively addresses how a professional mission statement will help guide the candidate’s nursing career, or the reflection is poorly reasoned or vague.

COMPETENT

The reflection effectively addresses how a professional mission statement will help guide the candidate’s nursing career, and the reflection is well reasoned and sufficiently detailed.

A2A:PORTFOLIO REPRESENTATION OF A LEARNER AND HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONAL

NOT EVIDENT

The submission does not include an explanation, or the explanation makes no reference to the representation of the portfolio.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The submission includes an inadequate explanation of how either specific artifacts or completed work or both in the portfolio represent the candidate as a learner and a healthcare professional, or the explanation is illogical or poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The submission includes an adequate explanation of how either specific artifacts or completed work or both in the portfolio represent the candidate as a learner and a healthcare professional, and the explanation is logical and well supported.

A2B:PORTFOLIO PROFESSIONAL STRENGTHS

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the specific artifacts in the portfolio represent professional strengths.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion illogically addresses how the specific artifacts in the portfolio represent professional strengths, or the discussion is vague.

COMPETENT

The discussion logically addresses how the specific artifacts in the portfolio represent professional strengths, and the discussion is sufficiently detailed.

A2C:PROGRAM PROGRESSION CHALLENGES

NOT EVIDENT

The submission does not include a discussion, or the discussion makes no references to the challenges encountered during the progression of the program.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The submission includes an inadequate discussion of the challenges encountered during the progression of the program, or the discussion is illogical or poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The submission includes an adequate discussion of the challenges encountered during the progression of the program, and the discussion is logical and well supported.

A2CI:OVERCOME CHALLENGES

NOT EVIDENT

An explanation was not provided, or it makes no reference to how the given challenges were overcome.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The explanation ineffectively addresses how the given challenges were overcome, or the explanation is poorly reasoned, poorly supported, or vague.

COMPETENT

The explanation effectively addresses how the given challenges were overcome, and the explanation is well reasoned, well supported, and sufficiently detailed.

A2D:PROGRAM OUTCOMES

NOT EVIDENT

An explanation was not provided, or it makes no reference to how the coursework helped the candidate meet each of the nine nursing program outcomes.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The explanation ineffectively addresses how the coursework helped the candidate meet each of the nine nursing program outcomes, or the explanation is poorly reasoned, poorly supported, or vague.

COMPETENT

The explanation successfully addresses how the coursework helped the candidate meet each of the nine nursing program outcomes, and the explanation is well reasoned, well supported, and sufficiently detailed.

A2E:ROLES DURING THE PROGRAM

NOT EVIDENT

An analysis is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the given roles were fulfilled during the program.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The analysis for how the given roles were fulfilled during the program is illogical, unconvincing, or ineffective.

COMPETENT

The analysis for how the given roles were fulfilled during the program is logical, convincing, and effective.

A2F:PROFESSIONAL GROWTH

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the candidate has grown professionally since the beginning of the program.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion ineffectively addresses how the candidate has grown professionally since the beginning of the program, or the discussion is illogical or poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The discussion effectively addresses how the candidate has grown professionally since the beginning of the program, and the discussion is logical and well supported.

B1:QUALITY AND SAFETY: REFLECTION

NOT EVIDENT

A reflection is not provided, or it makes no reference to the professional definition of quality and safety.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The reflection ineffectively addresses how the professional definition of quality and safety was developed in Professional Roles and Values, or it does not include necessary changes, or the reflection is poorly reasoned or vague.

COMPETENT

The reflection effectively addresses how the professional definition of quality and safety was developed in Professional Roles and Values, including necessary changes to the definition, and the reflection is well reasoned and sufficiently detailed.

B1A:QUALITY AND SAFETY: DEVELOPMENT OF PROFESSIONAL DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of quality and safety.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion illogically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of quality and safety, or the discussion is poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The discussion logically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of quality and safety, and the discussion is well supported.

B1B:QUALITY AND SAFETY: ARTIFACT SUPPORT

NOT EVIDENT

Artifacts in the portfolio that support the professional definition of quality and safety are not identified.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The identified portfolio artifacts are inappropriate, or they do not support the professional definition of quality and safety.

COMPETENT

The identified portfolio artifacts are appropriate, and they support the professional definition of quality and safety.

B1BI:QUALITY AND SAFETY: ARTIFACTS SUPPORTING DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

An explanation was not provided, or it makes no reference to how the given artifacts support the definition from part B1.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The explanation ineffectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part B1, or the explanation is illogical.

COMPETENT

The explanation effectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part B1, and the explanation is logical.

B2:QUALITY AND SAFETY: IMPORTANCE OF IHI CERTIFICATE

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to the importance of the IHI certificate for the candidate’s future role as a professional nurse.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion demonstrates a limited understanding of the importance the IHI certificate has on the candidate’s future role as a professional nurse, or the discussion is poorly supported or poorly reasoned.

COMPETENT

The discussion demonstrates a sufficient understanding of the importance the IHI certificate has on the candidate’s future role as a professional nurse, and the discussion is well supported and well reasoned.

C1:EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE: REFLECTION

NOT EVIDENT

A reflection is not provided, or it makes no reference to the professional definition of evidence-based practice.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The reflection ineffectively addresses how the professional definition of an evidence-based practice was developed in Professional Roles and Values, or it does not include necessary changes to the definition, or the reflection is poorly reasoned or vague.

COMPETENT

The reflection effectively addresses how the professional definition of an evidence-based practice was developed in Professional Roles and Values, including necessary changes to the definition, and the reflection is well reasoned and sufficiently detailed.

C1A:EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE: DEVELOPMENT OF PROFESSIONAL DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of evidence-based practice.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion illogically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of evidence-based practice, or the discussion is poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The discussion logically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of evidence-based practice, and the discussion is well supported.

C1B:EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE: ARTIFACT SUPPORT

NOT EVIDENT

Artifacts in the portfolio that support the professional definition of evidence-based practice are not identified.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The identified portfolio artifacts are inappropriate, or they do not support the professional definition of evidence-based practice.

COMPETENT

The identified portfolio artifacts are appropriate, and they support the professional definition of evidence-based practice.

C1BI:EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE: ARTIFACTS SUPPORTING DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

An explanation was not provided, or it makes no reference to how the given artifacts support the definition from part C1.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The explanation ineffectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part C1, or the explanation is illogical.

COMPETENT

The explanation effectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part C1, and the explanation is logical.

C2A:EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE: PRIMARY RESEARCH

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the candidate is able to evaluate current primary research and apply concepts to the nursing practice, using the given points.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion demonstrates a limited understanding of how the candidate is able to evaluate current primary research and apply concepts to the nursing practice, using the given points, or the discussion does not include all of the given points, or the discussion is illogical or poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The discussion demonstrates a sufficient understanding of how the candidate is able to evaluate current primary research and apply concepts to the nursing practice, and the discussion includes all of the given points. The discussion is logical and well supported.

C2B:EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE: ACHIEVEMENT IN EXCELLENCE

NOT EVIDENT

An explanation was not provided, or it makes no reference to how the candidate’s experience in the program helped achieve excellence in evidence-based practice.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The explanation ineffectively addresses how the candidate’s experience in the program helped achieve excellence in evidence-based practice, or the explanation is illogical or poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The explanation effectively addresses how the candidate’s experience in the program helped achieve excellence in evidence-based practice, and the explanation is logical and well supported.

D1:APPLIED LEADERSHIP: REFLECTION

NOT EVIDENT

A reflection is not provided, or it makes no reference to the professional definition of applied leadership.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The reflection ineffectively addresses how the professional definition of applied leadership was developed in Professional Roles and Values, or it does not include necessary changes to the definition, or the reflection is poorly reasoned or vague.

COMPETENT

The reflection effectively addresses how the professional definition of applied leadership was developed in Professional Roles and Values, including necessary changes to the definition, and the reflection is well reasoned and sufficiently detailed.

D1A:APPLIED LEADERSHIP: DEVELOPMENT OF PROFESSIONAL DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of applied leadership.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion illogically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of applied leadership, or the discussion is poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The discussion logically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of applied leadership, and the discussion is well supported.

D1B:APPLIED LEADERSHIP: ARTIFACT SUPPORT

NOT EVIDENT

Artifacts in the portfolio that support the professional definition of applied leadership are not identified.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The identified portfolio artifacts are inappropriate, or they do not support the professional definition of applied leadership.

COMPETENT

The identified portfolio artifacts are appropriate, and they support the professional definition of applied leadership.

D1BI:APPLIED LEADERSHIP: ARTIFACTS SUPPORTING DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

An explanation was not provided, or it makes no reference to how the given artifacts support the definition from part D1.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The explanation ineffectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part D1, or the explanation is illogical.

COMPETENT

The explanation effectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part D1, and the explanation is logical.

D2A:APPLIED LEADERSHIP: PROFESSIONAL COLLABORATION

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to the importance of professional collaboration for effective nursing leadership.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion illogically addresses the importance of professional collaboration for effective nursing leadership, or the discussion is poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The discussion logically addresses the importance of professional collaboration for effective nursing leadership, and the discussion is well supported.

E1:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: REFLECTION

NOT EVIDENT

A reflection is not provided, or it makes no reference to the professional definition of community and population health.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The reflection ineffectively addresses how the professional definition of community health was developed in Professional Roles and Values, or it does not include necessary changes to the definition, or reflection is poorly reasoned or vague.

COMPETENT

The reflection effectively addresses how the professional definition of community health was developed in Professional Roles and Values, including necessary changes to the definition, and the reflection is well reasoned and sufficiently detailed.

E1A:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: DEVELOPMENT OF PROFESSIONAL DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of community and population health.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion illogically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of community and population health, or the discussion is poorly supported.

COMPETENT

The discussion logically addresses how the program assisted in developing the candidate’s professional definition of community and population health, and the discussion is well supported.

E1B:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: ARTIFACT SUPPORT

NOT EVIDENT

Artifacts in the portfolio that support the professional definition of community and population health are not identified.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The identified portfolio artifacts are inappropriate, or they do not support the professional definition of community and population health.

COMPETENT

The identified portfolio artifacts are appropriate, and they support the professional definition of community and population health.

E1BI:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: ARTIFACTS SUPPORTING DEFINITION

NOT EVIDENT

An explanation was not provided, or it makes no reference to how the given artifacts support the definition from part E1.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The explanation ineffectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part E1, or the explanation is illogical.

COMPETENT

The explanation effectively addresses how the given artifacts support the definition from part E1, and the explanation is logical.

E2A:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: COMMUNITY HEALTH TASK

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to what was learned during the Community Health Nursing task.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion provides vague, implausible examples of what was learned during the Community Health Nursing task, or the discussion is poorly supported or unclear.

COMPETENT

The discussion provides specific, plausible examples of what was learned during the Community Health Nursing task, and the discussion is well supported and clear.

E2B:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: COMMUNITY DIAGNOSIS

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to what was learned that led to the community diagnosis.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion addresses what was learned that led to the community diagnosis, but it is poorly supported with vague or implausible examples.

COMPETENT

The discussion addresses what was learned that led to the community diagnosis, and it is well supported with specific, plausible examples.

E2C:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: CHANGES IN FOCUS

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to how the initial focus and diagnosis evolved after working with the population.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion addresses how the initial focus and diagnosis evolved after working with the population, but the discussion is poorly supported with vague or implausible examples.

COMPETENT

The discussion addresses the initial focus and diagnosis evolved after working with the population, and the discussion is well supported with specific, plausible examples.

E3:COMMUNITY AND POPULATION HEALTH: IMPORTANCE OF AMNH CERTIFICATE

NOT EVIDENT

A discussion is not provided, or it makes no reference to the importance of the AMNH certificate for the candidate’s future role as a professional nurse.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The discussion demonstrates a limited understanding of the importance the AMNH certificate has on the candidate’s future role as a professional nurse, or the discussion is poorly supported or vague.

COMPETENT

The discussion demonstrates a sufficient understanding of the importance the AMNH certificate has on the candidate’s future role as a professional nurse, and the discussion is well supported and sufficiently detailed.

F1:PORTFOLIO MASTERY EXAMPLES

NOT EVIDENT

Documents, assignments, and examples of best work are not provided.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Documents, assignments, and examples of best work are provided, but they are incomplete, or they do not support mastery of all required sections.

COMPETENT

The provided documents, assignments, and examples of best work are complete, and they support mastery of allrequired sections.

F2:NURSING CONCEPTUAL MODULE AND IHI COURSE CATALOG LINK

NOT EVIDENT

A copy of the “Nursing Conceptual Model” and a link to the current IHI Course Catalog are not provided.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Not applicable.

COMPETENT

A copy of the “Nursing Conceptual Model” and a link to the current IHI Course Catalog are provided.

F3:PROFESSIONAL RÉSUMÉ

NOT EVIDENT

A copy of an updated professional résumé is not provided.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Not applicable.

COMPETENT

A copy of an updated professional résumé is provided.

F4:PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES

NOT EVIDENT

Professional references are not provided.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Professional references are provided, but they do not meet at least 1 of the given requirements, or the reference provided is incomplete, inappropriate, or irrelevant.

COMPETENT

The professional references provided meet at least 1 of the given requirements, and the reference is complete, appropriate, and logical.

F5: IHI CERTIFICATE

NOT EVIDENT

A copy of the IHI certificate of completion is not provided.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Not applicable.

COMPETENT

A copy of the IHI certificate of completion is provided.

F6:AMNH CERTIFICATE

NOT EVIDENT

A copy of the AMNH certificate of completion is not provided.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Not applicable.

COMPETENT

A copy of the AMNH certificate of completion is provided.

G:SOURCES

NOT EVIDENT

The submission does not include both in-text citations and a reference list for sources that are quoted, paraphrased, or summarized.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

The submission includes in-text citations for sources that are quoted, paraphrased, or summarized and a reference list; however, the citations or reference list is incomplete or inaccurate.

COMPETENT

The submission includes in-text citations for sources that are properly quoted, paraphrased, or summarized and a reference list that accurately identifies the author, date, title, and source location as available.

H:PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION

NOT EVIDENT

Content is unstructured, is disjointed, or contains pervasive errors in mechanics, usage, or grammar. Vocabulary or tone is unprofessional or distracts from the topic.

APPROACHING COMPETENCY

Content is poorly organized, is difficult to follow, or contains errors in mechanics, usage, or grammar that cause confusion. Terminology is misused or ineffective.

COMPETENT

Content reflects attention to detail, is organized, and focuses on the main ideas as prescribed in the task or chosen by the candidate. Terminology is pertinent, is used correctly, and effectively conveys the intended meaning. Mechanics, usage, and grammar promote accurate interpretation and understanding.

WEB LINKS

Knowledge Base Article

Instructions on how to create an e-portfo

Lacombe Portfolio


Nursing Leadership

Description

1 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

Each question must be identified by a number. For example

1.

Accordingt to Morris (2022) ….

2.

Morris and Holmes (2014) ….

1-Mention the types of budgets that you know and give examples of then?

2- What is budgeting?

3- What is directed and indirect cost?

4- Give examples of productive and non-productive hours?

5- What does HMO, PPO, POS means?

A) Mention one example of each of then in your city, or state?

6- What is DRGs.?

7- Give some examples of strategies for Cost-conscious nursing practice that your Nursing unit use to lower medical care cost?


DQ 13 Nursing Role

Description

Please answer the following questions. Each question must have at least 3 paragraphs and you must use at 3 least references (APA)no more than 5 years included in your post. Minimun of 800 words1. Describe at least 3 nursing care delivery models.2. Describe communication strategies for effective interprofessional teams.


hpa 310: diabetic teaching plan paper

Description

This week you will create a Diabetic teaching plan for a newly diagnosed adult or pediatric Type I or II diabetic. You will research all of the categories listed below and then in your own words you will create a document that will be provided to the patient using the elements below.

The purpose of the teaching plan is to provide a newly diagnosed diabetic with all the information they need to remember. The plan will be a tool they can refer back to when they need a refresher. The nutritional plan will be a guide to help them make the best food choices and decrease the sugar load on the body.

To gain the full number of points include detail in each area. A patient with no knowledge of these elements should read your plan and understand the elements without further instruction.

Define the disease (Type I or Type II) – describe why they have the disease – what is happening in the body. If your patient is a child use appropriate language for that age group.
Define – Hypoglycemia – signs symptoms
Define – Hyperglycemia – signs and symptoms
When to call a physician
How to check blood sugar – describe, in your own words, how to use a blood glucose monitoring device
How to use an insulin pump –describe, in your own words, how to use an insulin pump
Community resource options – give two national/state AND two community in your area. ( I live in the District of Columbia and Virginia, US area)
Nutritional plan – create a 3 day meal plan that covers three meals and 2 snacks a day based on the appropriate age
Provide the portion size for each food category
Give then specific foods for each meal/snack – include recipe if you like
Example – if we were providing a plan to increase salt intake a daily plan might look like:
Breakfast – breakfast burrito with 2 eggs, 2 pieces of bacon, and a slice of cheese
Snack – Doritos and cheese sauce
Lunch – Chicken fingers (3-4) and fries (8 ounces) with added salt
Snack – popcorn with salt and butter
Dinner – Frozen pizza (2-3 slices) with fries (10 ounces)

Must cite all work including intext citation in MLA format.


public health – find article from CNN about something related to ( Monitor health status to identify community health problems.)

Description

Current Event topic should be about: Monitor health status to identify community health problems.

find article from CNN about something related to ( Monitor health status to identify community health problems.

In order to assist in the understanding of Public health and its impact in our daily lives, you will select a current health related article (NPR, CNN health, Washington Post, NBC health etc..) that covers the topic you were assigned, summarize it and be ready to explain to the class the article’s relevancy to Public Health.

This 2-3 page paper will serve to enhance critical thinking and to make connections between coursework and the real world. Use what you have learned in class as well as any additional reading/research you have done to appropriately and thoughtfully complete this assignment.

Your response should be typed, 12 pt. Times New Roman font, double spaced with 1″ margins and a .Word .doc or .docx. Any sources you use should be cited as per APA guidelines.

Rubric is attached.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

CATEGORY
Content/Effort
(25 pts)
Excellent
Good
Fair
Poor
The paper provides relevant The paper provides relevant The paper provides insufficient The paper provides minimal
and specific details and these details with good supporting content and supporting details to no content related to the
details are described details for the topic; for the topic; connections to topic.
thoroughly; connections to connections to the text and the text and real world are
the text and real world are real world are discussed.
missing.
Limited variety of sentences
discussed.
and language is simplistic or
Some varied sentence Limited variety of sentences limited; there are 6 or more
Sentence structures are structures with precise and language is simplistic or run-on sentences or
varied and language is language; there are 1-2 run- limited; there are 3-5 run-on sentence fragments.
precise; there are no run-on on sentences or fragments. sentences or sentence
sentences or fragments.
fragments.
No college-level effort is
The assignment is
made to complete the
The assignment is completed completed in a thoughtful The assignment lacks college- assignment as required.
in a thoughtful and reflective manner overall but some level effort and is completed
manner by the student; college-level effort seems to haphazardly.
college-level quality effort is be lacking.
evident.
The responses are very well The responses are pretty The responses are hard to Ideas seem to be randomly
organized. Ideas flow in a well organized. Some ideas follow. The transitions are arranged, making the
logical sequence with clear seem out of place. Good sometimes not clear. responses impossible to
transitions.
transitions are used.
follow.
All of the requirements Almost all (about 75%) the Some (about 50%) of the Many requirements were
(length, typed, font, APA requirements were met. requirements were met, but not met.
format, citations) were met.
many were not.
There are 0-1 spelling, There are 2-4 spelling, There are 5-7 spelling, There are more than 8
grammar or punctuation grammar or punctuation grammar and punctuation spelling, grammar and
errors in the assignment. errors in assignment. errors in the assignment. punctuation errors.
Organization
(5 pts)
Requirements
(5 pts)
Conventions (Spelling,
Grammar and
Punctuation)
(5 pts)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

public health question.

Description

Answer the following from Chapter20 in the text:the text is : Introduction to Public Health, 5th Edition (2017). Schneider, M-J., Jones and Bartlett. IBSN:978-1-284-08923-3; List two federal agencies involved in environmental health in the U.S. For each, give a short description of what the agency is responsible for and an example of the work that the agency does.Your response should be 1-2 paragraphs, typed, 12 pt. Times New Roman font, double spaced with 1″ margins and a Word .doc or .docx. Any sources you use should be cited as per APA guidelines.


DB responses for 2 of my classmates

Description

I have 2 of my classmates posts. I need you to respond to each one separately. Also, 3 sources at least for each one of them. Don’t write about how good their posts or how bad. All you need to do is to choose one point of the post and explore it a little bit with one source support for each response. The paper should be APA style.- pleas use proper references format and in-line citation.- Minimum words for every respond 300All the details in the attached below


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Question: You are an Emergency Manager in your respective country. A highly infectious
influenza strain has been detected. There is a limited quantity of the vaccine to prevent this
particular strain of influenza. Discuss your plan for distributing this vaccine. Who receives the
vaccine and who does not? How did you come to this conclusion?
First Post: Aziz
Influenza outbreak is a series issue that will affect the whole community negatively. One
proven and effective solution to prevent any influenza (flu) outbreak is the flu vaccination (CDC,
2019). Every year the CDC cooperates with the world health organization (WHO) and the
pharmaceutical companies to make sure that the vaccination is available in amounts that will
cover the public need (FEMA, n.d.). We, as emergency manages, should have a plan to distribute
the vaccinations properly in case of vaccine shortage because it occurred before and it may occur
in the future.
As an emergency manager, I would have to ask myself three questions to determine how
I can distribute the vaccination in case of a shortage. The questions are, who is the most valuable
population in this outbreak? And are there other populations that may get infected as a secondary
wave of this outbreak? Also are there any measures to reduce the transmitting of the virus?
Depending on these questions’ answers, I will distribute the vaccinations. Generally speaking, in
any given flu outbreak, there are three vulnerable populations to the flu the children, people who
above 65 years old, and people who had preexisting conditions (Mungherera, 2014). Due to these
populations’ vulnerability, they will be vaccinated to prevent severe complications that may
overwhelm the system and lead to the patient’s death in some cases (Rothberg, Haessler, &
Brown, 2008).
According to FEMA, the health care providers and peoples who contact with an infected
person directly like the caregivers or the first responders are usually getting infected with the flu
as a second wave to the first flu infection (FEMA, n.d). As an emergency manager, I will include
the health care providers, people who take care of an infected person, and first responders as a
priority in my vaccination distribution plan even if they do not fall in the vulnerable populations’
category. I will add them because when they get infected, they have to stay home, and no one
could fill the gap they created and take care of our sick patients.
As an emergency manager, I will explain to all other populations whey theses populations
are a priority. Further, I will try to encourage the public to apply safety measures like hand
washing, social distancing, staying home if they feel sick, and covering their mounts when they
sneeze (Mayo Clinic, n.d.) to reduce the contingency of this outbreak. I will understand if the
public outrages because of my decision, yet I have to act in the public best interest.
References
CDC. (2019, January 24). What are the benefits of flu vaccination? Retrieved from
https://www.cdc.gov/flu/prevent/vaccine-benefits.htm#:~:targetText=Flu vaccination can reduce
the,estimated 109,000 flu-related hospitalizations.
FEMA. (n.d.). IS-520. Retrieved from https://emilms.fema.gov/IS520/PAN0101000.htm
Mungherera, M. (2014, August 10). Who are the vulnerable groups? Retrieved from
https://preventingtheflu.org/blogs/who-are-the-vulnerable-groups/#:~:targetText=The elderly
(aged >65),, cancer, and heart conditions.
Rothberg, M., B., Haessler, S., D., & Brown, R., B. (2008, April). Complications of Viral
Influenza. Retrieved
from https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0002934308000727
Second Post: SAL
The influenza vaccine plays an important role in managing the spread of this viral respiratory
infection. Considering that there is no known cure for flu, the vaccine protects one from
contracting the infection by limiting the associated complications. In the event of a limited
quantity of the vaccine to prevent a new influenza strain, the focus should be on reaching all
high-risk groups, such as children and the elderly.
Although evidence shows that vaccinating schoolchildren is the most effective way to limit
transmission of the flu at the community level, an influenza vaccine shortage necessitates even
concentration across all high-risk groups. Upon covering these populations, the focus can then
move on to vaccinating other groups, such as health professionals who regularly come into close
contact with patients (Medlock & Galvani, 2009; Marcello, Papadouka, Misener, Wake,
Mandell, & Zucker, 2014). This model is supported by scientific evidence, which shows that
distributing an influenza vaccine to at least 70% of high-risk groups, such as children, greatly
reduces transmission rates (Araz, Galvani, & Meyers, 2012). Thus, if the available vaccine is
enough to cover the 70% threshold, the new influenza strain will effectively have been
prevented. Based on this observation, when vaccine supply is limited cutting across all high-risk
groups is more effective than focusing on schoolchildren.
Overall, the most effective strategy for distributing a limited influenza vaccine is to concentrate
on high-risk groups. Since humans have limited immunity to any new influenza strain, there is a
need to focus on the group(s) that would cause the greatest burden on the healthcare system in
case of a pandemic. Therefore, targeting decisions must consider the amount of vaccine available
and the size of all high-risk groups.
References
Araz, O., Galvani, A., & Meyers, L. (2012). Geographic prioritization of distributing pandemic
influenza vaccines. Health Care Management Science, 15(3), 175–187.
Marcello, R., Papadouka, V., Misener, M., Wake, E. Mandell, R., & Zucker, J. (2014).
Distribution of pandemic influenza vaccine and reporting of doses administered, New York, New
York, USA. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 20 (4), 525-531.
Medlock, J. & Galvani, A. (2009). Optimizing influenza vaccine
distribution. Science, 325(5948), 1705-1708.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Respond back to post

Description

Read and respond to at least two of your classmates’ discussion posts. Be constructive and professional with your thoughts, feedback, or suggestions. 125 words each post

1.After reading Strategic Planning in Healthcare, I really didn’t find that must interesting or concerning. But I did learn that it is imperative to have a goal and a plan to reach said goal. But you can not just have any plan or any goal both must reflect professionalism, as well as being able to distinguish when something do not serve the organization and the goal and being able to let go of it for better or being able to tell when something is benefiting the organization and the goal and embracing and building a plan and future off of that. One thing that I did learn is that having a precise and detailed plan can take you were you need to go. It is like the road map for the organization. It will set all goals for all departments to ensure the organization is successful. Along with the help from other departments, influences like staff and the community around the organization play a major factor in not just goal setting but the planning as well.

References:

(2019) Healthcare Business Today Team. Strategic Planning in Healthcare. Retrieved from: https://www.healthcarebusinesstoday.com/strategic-planning-in-healthcare%EF%BB%BF/

2.Strategic planning is important to the growth and success of any business. The larger the business, the more important the planning is. Healthcare involves many different people working together from many different levels and with many different responsibilities. Each of those responsibilities has to tie to the next one in order for patient care to be effective and safe. Strategic planning sets clear goals and a sort of road map to meeting those goals. Each person in the organization is working toward the same ultimate end goal although they may set smaller goals within their own area along the way. Strategic planning is organization wide and is shared with all parties involved. Celebrating successes and milestones as well as being transparent about missed milestones and obstacles is important.

What I find concerning is that there are organizations who develop a strategic plan without the key people at the table. A strategic plan has to be focused around the mission and vision of the organization, but it also has to be operational. An administrator in an executive office creating a plan without an understanding of the operational needs seems to be a set up for a disaster. Another concern would be having staff on board who are not educated on the plan or who are not on board with the objectives of that plan. When your team isn’t invested, their efforts are different and the goal won’t be met.

Gartenstein, D. (2019, February 5). Why Is Strategic Planning Important to a Business? Retrieved from https://smallbusiness.chron.com/strategic-planning…


Strategies to help hospital improve progress

Description

Imagine that you are a senior consultant at Practical Health Care Consulting firm. Your supervisor has instructed you to spend three (3) months at the Caring Angel Hospital to help improve the quality of care, add value to the organization, improve employee morale, design an efficient organizational chart, create a strong team environment, and create the hospital’s competitive advantage. The hospital has traditionally made losses year after year. Furthermore, it is not performing well financially, and the banks are not willing to lend it large sums of money for more effective marketing.

After spending two (2) months within the hospital, you are very happy with your progress, and you think you are capable of acquiring more patient base and expanding the hospital market. However, with a closer look, you notice that your patients are still hopping from one specialized hospital to another in search of various specialized treatments. You also notice that the seats are not comfortable in the waiting area, and the patients continuously show up for appointments on the wrong dates. The nurses and the employees are not smiling during patient conversations, and everyone looks for ways to blame others for failures in the patient treatment process. Everyone seems to work alone and hide what they do from their colleagues.

At the end of the three (3) month period, you must provide a report with your recommended strategies designed to help Caring Angel Hospital achieve its goals.

Note: You may create and / or make all necessary assumptions needed for the completion of this assignment.

Write a four to six (4-6) page paper in which you:

From a consulting perspective, propose the major steps that Caring Angel Hospital could take to achieve each of the following goals:

Improve the quality of care

Add value to the organization

Improve employee morale

Design an efficient organizational chart

Create a strong team environment

Create the hospital’s competitive edge.

Recommend one (1) approach that the hospital could use for acquiring a larger market share given the prevailing financial circumstances. Justify your recommendation.

Investigate at least two (2) value-added services that Caring Angel Hospital could offer to strengthen its value proposition. Provide at least two (2) examples of the advantages of these value-added services to the hospital.

Use four (4) recent (within the last five [5] years) quality academic resources in this assignment.

Note: Wikipedia and other websites do not qualify as quality academic resources.

Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements:

Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions.

Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required assignment page length.

The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:

Propose methodologies that have been proven to increase value in health care delivery systems.

Examine leadership and management frameworks that are most applicable to a certain organization type within the health care industry.

Assess how politics in a health care organization motivates and demotivates employees, and recommend strategies to mitigate the challenges presented with each aspect.

Create a communication strategy to address an ethical dilemma within a health care organization regarding the quality of service and cost.

Craft a strategic plan that leads to a competitive advantage within a certain market.

Determine best practices for establishing and maintaining strategic alliances within the health care industry or enterprise.

Use technology and information resources to research issues in health care management.

Write clearly and concisely about health care management using proper writing mechanics.


wk3 Eval assign

Description

IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING WORD LIMIT REQUIREMENTS:

Please note that each and every assignment has its own word limit.

Careful revision and proofreading are essential to effective graduate-level, academic writing. Writers who spend time reviewing, revising, and proofreading their work are more likely to produce better quality work. There are many resources and technology-based tools readily available to assist you in revising and improving your writing. You can schedule an appointment with a tutor in person or online through GCU’s Learning Lounge, utilize online resources that provide feedback on your writing, or request feedback from instructors and peers on your writing.

For this assignment, compose a rough draft of your essay (the final version is due in final week). Use your draft to obtain some feedback on your writing and to evaluate resources available to assist you in improving your writing skills.

After composing your draft, visit the Learning Lounge and learn how to schedule an appointment in person or online with a writing tutor. You may explore the following online resources that can provide feedback on your writing. (Note: The online tools may only offer a free trial or be free up to certain word limit).

Grammarly: www.grammarly.com
Readable: www.Readable.io
Hemingway App: http://www.hemingwayapp.com/
Pro Writing Aid: www.prowritingaid.com
Analyze My Writing: www.analyzemywriting.com

Once you have explored the resources, either schedule an appointment to discuss your rough draft with a tutor at the Learning Lounge or submit your draft (or a portion that does not exceed the word limit for a free trial) to one of the tools listed above. You may also select a similar tool of your choosing with instructor approval. Then prepare a 250-500 word evaluation of the results. Address the following:

Did you meet with a tutor or did you use one of the online tools?
What did you learn about your writing from the feedback? What pattern of errors did you notice?
Discuss at least two tips you learned that you can use to improve your writing in the future.
If you received feedback from a tutor, did you find it valuable? Why or why not? If you used one of the online tools, discuss its pros and cons. Consider the cost, and if you would recommend paying for the service for the duration of your studies.

Submit your rough draft along with your evaluation.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.

This assignment uses a rubric. Students should review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

MUST be 250-500 words and have at least three citations with the page numbers and three references in APA format.(The List of References should not be included in the word count.)

Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the Learning Resources.

It is important that you cover all the topics identified in the assignment. Covering the topic does not mean mentioning the topic BUT presenting an explanation from the context of ethics and the readings for this class

To get maximum points you need to follow the requirements listed for this assignments 1) look at the word/page limits 2) review and follow APA rules 3) create subheadings to identify the key sections you are presenting and 4) Free from typographical and sentence construction errors.

REMEMBER IN APA FORMAT JOURNAL TITLES AND VOLUME NUMBERS ARE ITALICIZED.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Course Code
UNV-506
Class Code
UNV-506-O501
Criteria
Content
Percentage
70.0%
Inclusion of Rough Draft
20.0%
Explanation of What Was Learned From
Feedback
20.0%
Patterns of Errors Noticed While Reviewing
Writing and Feedback
10.0%
Discussion of Two Tips for Improving Writing
10.0%
Evaluation of Tutoring Experience or Online Tools 10.0%
Organization and Effectiveness
20.0%
Thesis Development and Purpose
7.0%
Argument Logic and Construction
8.0%
Mechanics of Writing (includes spelling,
punctuation, grammar, language use)
5.0%
Format
10.0%
Paper Format (use of appropriate style for the
major and assignment)
5.0%
Documentation of Sources (citations, footnotes,
references, bibliography, etc., as appropriate to
assignment and style)
5.0%
Total Weightage
100%
Assignment Title
Evaluation of Writing Resources
Unsatisfactory (0.00%)
Student does not submit the rough draft.
The explanation of what was learned from the feedback is not
presented.
Identification of pattern errors that the student noticed while
reviewing writing and feedback is not presented.
Discussion of two tips for improving writing is not presented.
Evaluation of the tutoring experience or online tools are not
presented.
Paper lacks any discernible overall purpose or organizing
claim.
Statement of purpose is not justified by the conclusion. The
conclusion does not support the claim made. Argument is
incoherent and uses noncredible sources.
Surface errors are pervasive enough that they impede
communication of meaning. Inappropriate word choice or
sentence construction is used.
Template is not used appropriately or documentation format
is rarely followed correctly.
Sources are not documented.
Total Points
150.0
Less than Satisfactory (74.00%)
N/A
The explanation of what was learned from the feedback is
presented, but lack detail is incomplete.
Identification of pattern errors that the student noticed while
reviewing writing and feedback is presented, but lacks detail
or is incomplete.
Discussion of two tips for improving writing is presented, but
lacks detail or is incomplete.
Evaluation of the tutoring experience or online tools are
presented, but lack detail or are incomplete.
Thesis is insufficiently developed or vague. Purpose is not
clear.
Sufficient justification of claims is lacking. Argument lacks
consistent unity. There are obvious flaws in the logic. Some
sources have questionable credibility.
Frequent and repetitive mechanical errors distract the
reader. Inconsistencies in language choice (register) or word
choice are present. Sentence structure is correct but not
varied.
Appropriate template is used, but some elements are missing
or mistaken. A lack of control with formatting is apparent.
Documentation of sources is inconsistent or incorrect, as
appropriate to assignment and style, with numerous
formatting errors.
Satisfactory (79.00%)
N/A
The explanation of what was learned from the feedback is
presented at a minimal level.
Identification of pattern errors that the student noticed while
reviewing writing and feedback is presented at a minimal
level.
Discussion of two tips for improving writing are is presented
at a minimal level.
Evaluation of the tutoring experience or online tools are
presented at a minimal level.
Thesis is apparent and appropriate to purpose.
Argument is orderly, but may have a few inconsistencies. The
argument presents minimal justification of claims. Argument
logically, but not thoroughly, supports the purpose. Sources
used are credible. Introduction and conclusion bracket the
thesis.
Some mechanical errors or typos are present, but they are
not overly distracting to the reader. Correct and varied
sentence structure and audience-appropriate language are
employed.
Appropriate template is used. Formatting is correct, although
some minor errors may be present.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style, although some formatting errors may be present.
Good (87.00%)
N/A
The explanation of what was learned from the feedback is
clearly provided and well developed.
Identification of pattern errors that the student noticed while
reviewing writing and feedback is clearly provided and well
developed.
Discussion of two tips for improving writing is clearly
provided and well developed.
Evaluation of the tutoring experience or online tools is clearly
provided and well developed.
Thesis is clear and forecasts the development of the paper.
Thesis is descriptive and reflective of the arguments and
appropriate to the purpose.
Argument shows logical progressions. Techniques of
argumentation are evident. There is a smooth progression of
claims from introduction to conclusion. Most sources are
authoritative.
Prose is largely free of mechanical errors, although a few may
be present. The writer uses a variety of effective sentence
structures and figures of speech.
Appropriate template is fully used. There are virtually no
errors in formatting style.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style, and format is mostly correct.
Excellent (100.00%)
Student submits the rough draft.
The explanation of what was learned from the feedback is
thoroughly developed with details.
Identification of pattern errors that the student noticed while
reviewing writing and feedback is thoroughly developed with
details.
Discussion of two tips for improving writing is thoroughly
developed with details.
Evaluation of the tutoring experience or online tools is
thoroughly developed with details.
Thesis is comprehensive and contains the essence of the
paper. Thesis statement makes the purpose of the paper
clear.
Comments
Clear and convincing argument that presents a persuasive
claim in a distinctive and compelling manner. All sources are
authoritative.
Writer is clearly in command of standard, written, academic
English.
All format elements are correct.
Sources are completely and correctly documented, as
appropriate to assignment and style, and format is free of
error.
Points Earned

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

HIMMA100 medical terminology

Description

The digestive system plays a critical role in how our body takes in and processes food. Organs of the digestive system are usually referred to as “your gut.” It is also the beginning of the process in which our body receives nourishment. Understanding this process can be helpful when communicating with patients or when analyzing charts for assigning the correct medical codes. If you had to explain the point at which the digestive process actually begins and one related disease or disorder, how would you describe it? Be sure to use your medical terms!-300 words


Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease

Description

I need a Article in APA format of 3 pages as minimum, 5 bibliographical references and power point with 10 slices with 6 lines only of the same topic, using the book Seidel’s Guide to Physical Examination, 9th Edition. Authors jane W Ball, Johnny E danis , John A Flynn. The topic include: Concept, Pathophysiology, Signs and Symptoms, Subjective data and objective data, complication, Managements and References(5)


imagery and progressive relaxation

Description

For this assignment, you are asked to try imagery and progressive relaxation by viewing the video links attached. After trying both of these techniques, please submit a 2-page paper, double spaced, addressing the following:

What is your overall reaction to imagery and progressive relaxation?
Which technique did you feel worked best for you and why?
How might each of these techniques assist in reducing stress levels?
How would you implement one, or both of these techniques, throughout your day?

This assignment must be typed and submitted electronically in MS Word (.docx) format.


Nursing Excellence and Competencies

Description

Within the Discussion Board area, write 300–500 words that respond to the following questions with your thoughts, ideas, and comments. This will be the foundation for future discussions by your classmates. You are required to use 2 scholarly resources in addition to your textbook. Be substantive and clear, and use examples to reinforce your ideas.

Many hospitals have achieved Magnet® Recognition through the adoption of standards to recognize nursing excellence in the organization. The American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) accredits these organizations and has identified 5 model components and forces of magnetism. They contain the following (ANCC, n.d.a):

Transformational leadership
Structural empowerment
Exemplary professional practice
New knowledge, innovation, and improvements
Empirical quality results

The 14 Forces of Magnetism correlate with the Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) competencies and the Quality and Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN) competencies. These forces are as follows (ANCC, n.d.b):

Quality of nursing leadership
Organizational structure
Management style
Personnel policies and programs
Professional models of care
Quality of care
Quality improvement
Consultation and resources
Autonomy
Community and health care organization
Nurses as teachers
Image of nursing
Interdisciplinary relationships
Professional development

Complete the following for this assignment:

Identify 3 of these forces of magnetism, and discuss why these 3 are the most important forces or characteristics that optimize system effectiveness in your organization and your individual performance within an organization.

Responses to Other Students: Respond to at least 2 of your fellow classmates with at least a 150-word reply about their Primary Task Response regarding items you found to be compelling and enlightening. To help you with your discussion, please consider the following questions:

What did you learn from your classmate’s posting?
What additional questions do you have after reading the posting?
What clarification do you need regarding the posting?
What differences or similarities do you see between your posting and other classmates’ postings?

Text Book

Critical Thinking TACTICS for Nurses by Rubenfeld


20 slides power-point

Description

Choose a culture that you feel less knowledgeable about Compare this culture with your own culture Analyze the historical, socioeconomic, political, educational, and topographical aspects of this culture What are the appropriate interdisciplinary intervenThis PowerPoint® (Microsoft Office) or Impress® (Open Office) presentation should be a minimum of 20 slides, including a title, introduction, conclusion and reference slide, with detailed speaker notes and recorded audio comments for all content slides. Use at least four scholarly sources and make certain to review the module’s Signature Assignment Rubric before starting your presentation


Team Case Study Assignment

Description

Your team case study analysis should contain the same components as the cases you have been exposed to throughout the semester:

1. The Story
2. Situational Awareness (facts of the case, good/bad features of the story)
3. Prudential Reasoning (moral agents’ perspective)
4. Court Decision or Input from an Ethics Committee (justification)
5. Ethical Reflection

The case does not have to be entirely original. However, I do not want a slight variation of an existing case either.

You will also be graded on a number of other elements including use of outside resources to support your team case study analysis assignment, level of engagement among team members, and quality of the final presentation.

Please Note: Only one person from the team will be submitting the final products (Both a MS Word document detailing the analysis (in the same manner as the Individual Case Study Analysis assignment), and a PowerPoint Presentation file which will be used for an online presentation)

Simple sentences Please.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

The Story
Situational Awareness
Prudential Reasoning
Ethical Reflection
Individual Case Study Analysis Assignment Grading Rubric
PHHE 435/535
Excellent
Good
Limited
8 – 10
5-7
2–4
The story provides
The story provides
The story Includes
specific and
general detail
limited detail,
comprehensive
demonstrating a
lacking a
details,
possible ethical
compelling ethical
demonstrating a
dilemma, that may
dilemma that
significant ethical
requires an ethical
would justify an
dilemma, that
analysis to resolve
ethical analysis to
requires an ethical
it.
resolve it.
analysis to resolve it.
Provides specific and Provides general
Provides facts, or,
comprehensive facts facts and good/bad
good/bad features,
and good/bad
features of the case but not both
features of the case
study
Provides
Lists the significant
Lists some but not
comprehensive
moral agents, with a all moral agents,
listing of all
general description
with insufficient
significant moral
of their perspective details
agents, as well as a
specific /
comprehensive
description of their
perspective
Includes Ethical
Includes Ethical
Includes Ethical
Reflection based on
Reflection,
Reflection section,
integration of course commenting on the offering minimal
material and
relevance of course comments and/or
understanding of its material in a general development
relevance to the
way
case study in a
clearly specific way
Poor
0-1
The story is generic,
with no ethical
dilemma presented.
Fails to provide facts
or good/bad features
of the case
Fails to list any moral
agents or their
perspective
Ethical Reflection
missing from the
case study analysis
Use of Outside Sources
Provides multiple
references that
clearly supports case
study analysis, cites
in appropriate APA
style
Provides multiple
references to
support case study
analysis, but does
not cite in APA style
Provides specific and
substantial
justification for
either having or not
having a Court
Decision or Ethics
Committee input
Level of Team
Provides substantial
Engagement/Interactivity and meaningful
contribution to
development of Case
Study, posts
comprehensively to
the Weekly Status
report both as an
assigned Status
Reporter and also as
a team member
Quality of Presentation
Provides substantial
and meaningful
contribution to the
preparation and
delivery of the Team
Case Study
Presentation,
responding
Provides general
justification of
either having or not
having a Court
Decision or Ethics
Committee input
Court Decision or Ethics
Committee Input
Provides
references, but
does not clearly
establish relevance
to case study
analysis, does not
cite in APA style
Provides minimal
justification for
either having or
not having a Court
Decision or Ethics
Committee input
Fails to reference and
cite outside sources
Provides general
contribution to
development of
Case study, makes
assigned posting to
the Weekly Status
Report, and also
consistently posts as
a team member
Provides minimal
contribution to
development of
Case Study
Analysis, assigned
posting to Weekly
Status Report, both
as a Status
Reporter and team
member
Provides thoughtful
contribution to the
preparation and
delivery of the Team
Case Study
presentation,
responds partially to
questions
Provides minimal
contribution in
preparing and
delivering the
Team PowerPoint
Presentation, and
responding to
questions
Offers little to no
exchange of ideas,
contact, or
contribution to the
development of the
Case Study Analysis,
fails to post to the
Weekly Status Report
as the assigned
Status Reporter of as
a team member
Makes little to no
contribution in
preparing and
delivery of the
Team Case Study
Analysis PowerPoint
presentation
Fails to mention any
court decision or
input from an Ethics
Committee, or
justification why it is
not necessary
completely to
questions

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Future of nursing report

Description

The most recent report by the Health and Medicine Division (HMD) of the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (formerly called the Institute of Medicine or IOM) is the Future of Nursing. In this document there are recommendations for what the nursing profession can do to address the present health care crisis.Review the Future of Nursing: Leading Change, Advancing Health report located in this week’s University Library Readings.Respond to the following in a minimum of 100 words: Provide a summary of one of the recommendations you find most important to the future of the nursing profession. Explain what you can do to help contribute to the fulfillment of this recommendation.


Write an executive summary (750-1,000 words) to present to the board on improvement of quality of patient by improving/preventing nursing burnout.

Description

In this assignment, you will propose a quality improvement initiative from your place of employment that could easily be implemented if approved. Assume you are presenting this program to the board for approval of funding. Write an executive summary (750-1,000 words) to present to the board, from which the board will make its decision to fund your program or project. Include the following:

The purpose of the quality improvement initiative.
The target population or audience.
The benefits of the quality improvement initiative.
The interprofessional collaboration that would be required to implement the quality improvement initiative.
The cost or budget justification.
The basis upon which the quality improvement initiative will be evaluated.
Be sure that you will be able to include specific details about how to implement the program to decrease burnout and actual/potential cost to implement the program.

The purpose of presenting to the Board is to request funding.

Also include specific details regarding how the program will be evaluated

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.


Nursing Theory DL-MSN1 week 11

Description

WEEK 11

You as the advanced practice nurse are working in a community health center. Your next patient is Mrs. Richards, a 39 year-old Caucasian female, presenting to the clinic with a history of Hypothyroidism, Depression, and recent history of Substance Abuse (Heroine Use). During the initial interview, it is revealed that her husband and two children were killed in a traffic accident 8 months ago and she reports using illicit drugs since their death.

Based on your knowledge of the Health Promotion Model, make a chart and/or diagram that outlines all components of the theory and how the theory can be applied to this case study to formulate a plan of care for this patient. Also, list one scholarly, practice-based resource (article and/or clinical guideline) that supports the application of the Health Promotion Model in clinical practice.

http://www.nursing-theory.org/theories-and-models/…

APA 6ed style required in entire work.

book will be provided.

Section VI: Middle Range Theories

Chapter 23: Pamela Reed’s Theory of Self-Transcendence

Chapter 24: Patricia Liehr and Mary Jane Smith’s Story Theory Nola J. Pender’s Health Promotion Model: (click on the following link for readings on this model)

http://currentnursing.com/nursi ng_theory/health_promotion_m odel.htm


Religion, Culture and Nursing 2

Description

3 full pages (cover or reference page not included)APA norms It will be verified by Turnitin References not older than 5 yearsEach question must be copied in the document and answered. Include the potential benefits of understanding spirituality too both health care providers and patients.What health issues may be better addressed by a nursing care staff with knowledge about religious diversity?


Complete 2 page Community Health Essay (LEO)

Description

In general, topics responses should be in the form of a short application paper, 2-3 pages in length using APA formatting, not including the required cover page and page for your reference list used to write about your chosen topics. In your paper: 1) introduce your topics, 2) discuss your topics, and then 3) make a conclusion about your topics. Click on the link below to access the week 5 written assignment:/content/enforced/85832-co_HCA-402-OL01-2019FA2/HCA402_Written_Assignment_4.pdfRemember that you need to select 1 item in each one of the 3 topic. So you need to write about the 3 items you selected.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

HCA402—Module #5: Written Assignment #4:
Please see the grading rubric in the syllabus for specific requirements. In general, topics
responses should be in the form of a short application paper, 2-3 pages in length in APA
formatting, not including the required cover page and page for your reference list used to write
about your chosen topics. In your paper: 1) introduce your topics, 2) discuss your topics, and
then 3) make a conclusion about your topics.
Pick one (1) item from each of the (3) topic areas that interest you the most. Use the topic
heading as a subtitle in your paper:
TOPIC 1: Mental health vs. mental illness.
1. Describe the general adaptation syndrome (GAS). Provide examples of at least five
things that adults with good mental health are able to do.
2. Provide examples and the differences between serious mental illness (SMI) and nonserious mental illness. What are pervasive developmental disorders and how might they
be classified in regard to serious or non-serious mental illness.
3. Describe the treatment goals for mental disorders. What may a community health
program do to support these goals for example, those with severe depression, or those
with post-traumatic stress syndrome?
TOPIC 2: Community mental health.
1. Provide the descriptions and two (2) specific examples of a) primary, b) secondary, and
c) tertiary prevention in community mental health.
2. Compare personal consequences of drug abuse against community consequences of drug
abuse. How would individual versus community interventions differ for addictions?
3. What is a community self-help group? Are self-help groups effective? Justify your
answer with examples.
TOPIC 3: Addictions.
1. Is there a difference between drug abuse and drug misuse; explain with examples?
2. Describe the four basic elements that play a role in drug abuse prevention and control in
relationship to the National Drug Control Strategy (White House, 2012).
3. The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMSHA), the
National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA), the Department of Homeland Security, the
Department of Justice, and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives all
have a part on the war on drug addictions. Describe what each of these organizations do
to prevent and control drug abuse and misuse.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Module 09 Written Assignment – Stroke Concept Map

Description

Please use the concept map to plan care for Mr. Jackson. Mr. Jackson is a 38-year-old African American that presents with an altered level of consciousness (ALOC). He has been having headaches for the last three months but due to a hectic work schedule he has not been able to go to see his medical practitioner. During his last visit two years ago, his blood pressure was slightly elevated, but he never followed up. Upon arrival to the ED a CT scan is completed and it shows a large bleed near the frontal lobe. What should Mr. Jackson’s plan of care include?


homework for AS for 634 week 14

Description

i need some to paraphrase this answer

question

Describe and briefly discuss an example of a real-world post-disaster assessment and a post-disaster priority. Reference the literature citation, website or whatever else you used to substantiate your answer (i.e. the answer can not be theoretical or based on personal experience alone).

you all need to do just paraphrasing

answer

Haiti is the third largest country in the Caribbean, but it is among the poorest and least developed nations in the Western Hemisphere. Moreover, it is vulnerable to natural disasters, which include floods, hurricanes, earthquakes, famine and landslides. For this reason, Haiti is ranked third among countries that face extreme weather conditions (Global Facility for Disaster Reduction and Recovery, 2017). These weather conditions affect the State’s economy and lead to loss of lives. Accordingly, Haiti experienced the worst earthquake in 2010, which had a magnitude of 7.3 and claimed 200,000 lives, leaving thousands displaced and handicapped. Also, researchers indicate that, 96% of Haiti population lives under the risk of natural disaster. Sadly, 56% of Haiti GDP is exposed to regions that are likely to experience more than two disasters annually. However, Global Facility for Disaster Reduction and Recovery has come up with a Post-Disaster Assessment and Post-Disaster Priority for Haiti.

After the 2010 earthquake, research indicates that more than 230,000 people lost their lives, and left more than 300,000 people with severe injuries (Amadeo, 2018). Port-au-Prince, capital city of Haiti, was the most affected by the earthquake, and more than 600,000 people vacated the region. Sadly, 20% of the entire Haiti population were displaced, which has resulted in an increase in the number of those living in camp. More than 300,000 homes were partially damaged and more than 100,000 completely damaged. Moreover, the disaster resulted in damages amounting to 8.5 billion dollars and reduced the GDP by 5.1%. Besides, operations from the main airport were disrupted, paved roads became impassable, which hindered the evacuation efforts (Amadeo, 2018). Also, the affected Haitians did not receive relief aid, which worsened the situation of the injured, and increased the number of deaths. Additionally, 25% of the civil servants were killed and 60% of the government premises destroyed. For this reason, the government’s efforts to restore the situation was hindered, further deteriorating the situation. Currently, Haiti needs humanitarian aid that is estimated to be $270 million.

After Haiti was hit, the post-disaster priority strategies included refining the hazard and risk management structures as well as firming up the hydrometeorological facilities. The hydrometeorological department created an enabling environment for Disaster Recovery Management (DRM) . As a result, the government tried to ensure that it provided suitable official governance and legal frameworks to the affected citizens (Mattew, 2006). Disaster Recovery Management Systems developed strategies to deal with poverty, with an aim of facilitating development among the survivors. The strategies encompassed building resilient communities and improving infrastructure to pave way for relief aid (Global Facility for Disaster Reduction and Recovery, 2017). DRM ensured that relief aid was supplied to both primary and secondary cities. Also, supply of relief aid included counselling forums, which sought to enlighten the survivors on how to cope with such disasters, Moreover, the counselling group aimed at cultivating an understanding of the current disaster and how to cope with loss. Disaster Recovery Management also prioritized integration of land-use planning and Venture into risk examination and management. Additionally, recovery efforts and improvement on disaster preparedness was emphasized, to minimize the negative outcomes of such disasters.

References

Amadeo, K. (2018). Haiti earthquake facts, its damage and effects on the economy. https://www.thebalance.com/haiti-earthquake-facts-damage-effects-on-economy-3305660

Global Facility for Disaster Reduction and Recovery. (2017). Haiti context : Natural hazard risk. Retrieved from https://www.gfdrr.org/haiti

Mattew, S. D, E. Madsen. B & Alejadro, B. A. (2006). Unstable ethical plateaus a disaster triage


SOAP Note Assignment

Description

Download and analyze the case study for this week. Create a SOAP note for disease prevention, health promotion, and acute care of the patient in the clinical case. Your care plan should be based on current evidence and nursing standards of care.

Visit the online library and research for current scholarly evidence (no older than 5 years) to support your nursing actions. In addition, consider visiting government sites such as the CDC, WHO, AHRQ, Healthy People 2020. Provide a detailed scientific rationale justifying the inclusion of this evidence in your plan.

Next determine the ICD-10 classification (diagnoses). The International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) is the official system used in the United States to classify and assign codes to health conditions and related information.

Download the access codes.

Download the SOAP template to help you design a holistic patient care plan. Utilize the SOAP guidelines to assist you in creating your SOAP note and building your plan of care. You are expected to develop a comprehensive SOAP note based on the given assessment, diagnosis, and advanced nursing interventions. Reflect on what you have learned about care plans through independent research and peer discussions and incorporate the knowledge that you have gained into your patient’s care plan. If the information is not in the provided scenario please consider it normal for SOAP note purposes, if it is abnormal please utilize what you know about the disease process and write what you would expect in the subjective and objective areas of your note.

Format
Your care plan should be formatted as a Microsoft Word document. Follow the current APA edition style. Your paper should be no longer than 3-4 pages excluding the title and the references and in 12pt font.
Name your document: SU_NSG6001_W4A2_LastName_FirstInitial.doc.
Submit your document to the Submissions Area by the due date assigned.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Running head: NAME OF CARE PLAN
1
Title of Plan of Care
Name
South University Online
Faculty Name
NSG 6001
Date
NAME PLAN OF CARE
2
**Please delete this statement and anything in italics prior to submission to shorten the length
of your paper.
Patient Initials ______
Subjective Data: (Information the patient tells you regarding themselves: Biased Information):
Chief Compliant: (In patient’s exact words)
History of Present Illness: (Analysis of current problems in chronologic order using symptom
analysis [onset, location, frequency, quality, quantity, aggravating/alleviating factors, associated
symptoms and treatments tried]).
PMH/Medical/Surgical History: (Includes medications and why taking, allergies, other major
medical problems, immunizations, injuries, hospitalizations, surgeries, psychiatric history,
obstetric and history sexual history).
Significant Family History: (Includes family members and specific inheritable diseases).
Social History: (Includes home living situation, marital history, cultural background, health
habits, lifestyle/recreation, religious practices, educational background, occupational history,
financial security and family history of violence).
Review of Symptoms: (Review each body system – This section you should place POSITIVE for…
information in the beginning then state Denies…). – General:; Integumentary:; Head:; Eyes: ;
ENT:; Cardiovascular:; Respiratory: ; Gastrointestinal:; Genitourinary:; Musculoskeletal:;
Neurological:; Endocrine:; Hematologic:; Psychologic: .
Objective Data:
Vital Signs: BP – ; P ; R ; T ; Wt. ; Ht. ; BMI .
Physical Assessment Findings: (Includes full head to toe review)
HEENT:
Lymph Nodes:
Carotids:
Lungs:
Heart:
Abdomen:
Genital/Pelvic:
Rectum:
Extremities/Pulses:
Neurologic:
Laboratory and Diagnostic Test Results: (Include result and interpretation.)
Assessment: (Include at least 3 priority diagnosis with ICD-10 codes. Please place in order of
priority.)
Plan of Care: (Addressing each dx with diagnostic and therapeutic management as well as
education and counseling provided).
NAME PLAN OF CARE
3
References
Week 4: Genitourinary Clinical Case
© 2016 South University
Week 4: Genitourinary Clinical Case
Patient Setting:
28-year-old female presents to the clinic with a 2 day history of frequency, burning and pain upon
urination; increased lower abdominal pain and vaginal discharge over the past week.
HPI
Complains of urinary symptoms similar to those of previous urinary tract infections (UTIs) which started
approximately 2 days ago; also experiencing severe lower abdominal pain and noted brown fouls
smelling discharge after having unprotected intercourse with her former boyfriend.
PMH
Recurrent UTIs (3 this year); gonorrhea X2, chlamydia X 1; Gravida IV Para III
Past Surgical History
Tubal ligation 2 years ago.
Family/Social History
Family: Single; history of multiple male sexual partners; currently lives with new boyfriend and 3
children.
Social: Denies smoking, alcohol and drug use.
Medication History
None
Allergy: Trimethoprim (TOM)/ Sulfamethoxazole (SMX) -Rash
ROS
Last pap 6 months ago, Denies breast discharge. Positive for Urine looking dark.
Physical exam
BP 100/80,
HR 80,
RR 16,
T 99.7 F,
Wt 120,
Ht 5’ 0”
Gen: Female in moderate distress.
HEENT: WNL.
Cardio: Regular rate and rhythm normal S1 and S2.
Chest: WNL.
Abd: soft, tender, increased suprapubic tenderness.
GU: Cervical motion tenderness, adnexal tenderness, foul smelling vaginal drainage.
Rectal: WNL.
Page 2 of 3
Advanced Nursing Practice I
©2016 South University
2
Week 4: Genitourinary Clinical Case
EXT: WNL.
NEURO: WNL.
Laboratory and Diagnostic Testing
Lkc differential: Neutraphils 68%, Bands 7%, Lymphs 13%, Monos 8%, EOS 2%
UA: Starw colored. Sp gr 1.015, Ph 8.0, Protein neg, Glucose neg, Ketones neg, Bacteria – many, Lkcs 1015, RBC 0-1
Urine gram stain – Gram negative rods
Vaginal discharge culture: Gram negative diplococci, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, sensitivities pending
Positive monoclonal AB for Chlamydia, KOH preparation, Wet preparation and VDRL negative
Page 3 of 3
Advanced Nursing Practice I
©2016 South University
3

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

DB – Week 10

Description

In this chapter you have read about a number of different professional health education/ promotion associations. On graduating from college few new professionals have enough money to join several different professional groups. Assuming that you have enough money to join one national professional group on graduation, what association/organization would it be? Explain the reasoning you would use to select the one organization to join.Comment (3-4 sentences) on 2 of your classmate’s reflections about something you have in common or find interesting that you learned about them.


answer those questions for Health

Description

Hi,

I just want you to answer questions :

7,9,11,17,18,31,33,34

also answer these two questions:

1-Differentiate between how barrier contraceptives work and how hormonal contraceptives work to prevent pregnancy.

2-Define typical-use effectiveness, perfect-use effectiveness when referring to contraceptives.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nutrition and Food

Description

irections: Please refer to the guidelines below as it outlines instructions for completing this assignment. In addition, pay particular attention to due dates:

Each student must develop a Powerpoint Presentation on assigned chapter (see Assignment Tab for assigned chapters) using appropriate audiovisual materials. The presentation should address pertinent information in the chapter.
Submission of an outline for the presentation (what topics from your chapter that will be discussed in powerpoint presentation) is due on November 1st via email. Feedback will be given, if needed, regarding structure and content of proposed outline.

Students must submit the following:

Assigned chapter of PowerPoint Presentation
At the end of the powerpoint – the recipe of your prepared dish , photos or a video of

the student preparing dish, as well as a photo or video holding the prepared dish, Utilize some of the information presented in the PowerPoint that shows the following:

Color
Variety
Texture
Nutritional Value (i.e. Is the dish nutritious and healthy?)
The dish/item must be quick, convenient, and economical.
The following must be submitted in Blackboard for grading:
PowerPoint Presentation of assigned chapter
Photo or video of student preparing and holding the prepared dish
Recipe of the prepared dish with information on Color, Variety, Texture, and

Nutritional Value of prepared dish

Please send as an attachment via Blackboard for grading. (Due Friday, November 22nd by 11:59 p.m.)


Dietary Supplements – answer the question and in short and simple form

Description

answer the question and in short and simple form

Part 1:Dietary Supplements (15 pts)

A friend shows you the vast array of dietary supplements that he takes each morning in hopes of improving his fitness, boosting his energy, and increasing his immunity.Your friend is in good health, is at a healthy weight, and seems to follow a varied and balanced diet.

1- What are three consideration or cautions that come to mind regarding the use of dietary supplements in this scenario?Explain in a paragraph.
2- Do you believe supplementation is warranted in the case above?Why or why not?Use readings from this unit to support your position.Please cite any references used.
3- When would you recommend the use of supplements for an individual?Explain and cite any references.

Part 2:Functional Foods: What’s in This Food? (20 points)

Food manufacturers are expanding the range of nutrients they add to foods as well as the types of foods to which nutrients are added. The increasing presence of fortified and enhanced foods in supermarkets has the potential to affect the nutrient intake and health of individuals. What role do functional foods play in your diet?

1- Choose a functional food product (packaged food product that has one or more added nutrients or dietary constituents) that you typically consume. If you do not consume a product that would be considered a functional food product, chose one to evaluate.List the name and manufacturer of the product you chose.If possible insert a picture of the product:
2- Which nutrients or dietary constituents have been added to this product?
3- Are there any nutrient or health claims on the food label? If so, list the claim. How would you classify the claim—health claim, structure-function claim, or nutrient content claim?
4- Would you consider the added nutrients to be nutrients that most people need more of in their diets?Justify your answer based on what you have learned so far in this class.
5- Why might you use this particular food product? Would you purchase it for the taste, the added nutrients, the potential health benefit, or other reasons?
6- Is this particular type of product available without the added nutrients or extra fortification? For example, if you chose orange juice with added calcium, the answer would be “yes,” as this product is available as orange juice without added calcium. Do you know if there is a cost difference between the regular product and the functional food version? Are you willing to pay more for the enhanced product?
7- What role do you think functional foods should play in the food market and in the diet of the population overall?Please explain your answer in a short paragraph using readings to support your position.
8- Do you see any potential for misuse or excessive nutrient intake through the use of this or similar products? What if an individual is also taking a dietary supplement that includes the same nutrient?Please explain your answer in a short paragraph using readings to support your position.


Module 08 Written Assignment – Electronic Portfolio

Description

Use my name Rob Diane’ and just make something up.

The electronic portfolio assignment requires the use of Rasmussen Optimal Resume Electronic Portfolio resource. The student may choose to download prior quarter assignments that comply with the following transferable skills and additional requirements :

Personal mission statement
Resume
Letters of recommendation if applicable
Certifications if applicable
Critical Thinking
Team Collaboration
Diversity
Informatics
Digital fluency
Communication

https://rasmussen.optimalresume.com/previewDoc.php?tkn=0db666127f1f960f3473abb4419035ae-p218674

For instructions for Optimal Resume, use the link below.

Optimal rasmussen resume portfolio.pdf

Once you have completed your portfolio, paste a link to it or a screenshot of it into a Word document. Include a 1-2 paragraph summary about your experience creating the portfolio, including what you liked/disliked about the process.


NUrsing Theory week 12

Description

WEEK 12Reflect on the various settings in which family nurse practitioners are able to work. Currently in primary care, specifically community health centers, there is a significant need to hire more advanced practice nurses to meet the care needs of patients in both rural and urban populations. Read the article attached below and examine what role does the Community Nursing Practice Model have in achieving better access, care delivery and outcomes to patients living in underserved communities. Identify 1 (one) MSN Essential most correlates to this discussion related to community nursing practice.Nurse Practitioners in Community Health Settings Today Article: http://clinicians.org/images/upload/wessel_nurse_p… I have also attached additional information pertaining to community health from the Center for Disease Control (CDC).CDC Community Health Improvement Navigator: https://www.cdc.gov/chinav/


ethical decision making

Description

Develop
a realistic ethical case study. Use an ethical decision-making model
to develop an action plan.Submission
Instructions:
The
paper is to be formatted per current APA, be clear and concise and
students will lose points for improper grammar, punctuation and
misspelling.
The
paper is to be 5-7 pages in length, excluding the title, abstract
and references page.
Incorporate
a minimum of 3 current (published within last five years) scholarly
journal articles or primary legal sources (statutes, court opinions)
within your work.
Journal
articles and books should be referenced according to current APA
style (the library has a copy of the APA Manual).
Develop
a case study of an ethical dilemma that could happen in your
practice arena
Discuss
why this is an ethical dilemma
Identify
best practices (if available)
Discuss
options for making an ethical decision to address the dilemma
Identify your
analysis of the best ethical outcome based on evidence


Financial considerations

Description

Financial Considerations Discuss the financial considerations, limitations, benefits associated with the development of the change project.All submissions must have a minimum of two scholarly references to support your work. Examples of work to show mastery:3-4 page paper – APA format


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Increase in Falls
Namel luis Pelaez
Professor
Course SIM422
Date 9/28/20
l
Falls on the Medical-Surgical Unit




Falls are dangerous to the patients
They are also costly to the Hospital and challenging to manage
Nurses often feel responsible for the patient falls
A committee of six nurses came up with the proposed solutions contained in
this presentation
Why Falls are a Problem to the Hospital




They are dangerous and costly
They cause health complications
They can cause death
Some insurance companies do not cover them
Stakeholders
Internal Stakeholders
• Nurses
• Hospital management
• Physicians
External Stakeholders
• Patients
• Government
• Healthcare advocates
Impact of Stakeholders




The project will reduce Hospital-acquired complications
Nurses and physicians can teach their peers how to use bed alarms
Nurses and physicians can also educate patients on falls prevention measures
The hospital management should fund the purchase of more bed alarms to
be used by nurses
• The government and healthcare advocates should encourage hospitals to
implement family education programs
References
• Cuttler, S. J., Barr-Walker, J., & Cuttler, L. (2017). Reducing medical-surgical
inpatient falls and injuries with videos, icons, and alarms. BMJ open
quality, 6(2), e000119.
• Bowden, V., Bradas, C., & McNett, M. (2019). Impact of the level of nurse
experience on falls in medical-surgical units. Journal of nursing
management, 27(4), 833-839.
Organizational and Systems Leadership: Financial Considerations
Description: The baccalaureate graduate will provide oversight and accountability in a variety
of settings.
Component: Essential II
Component
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Mastery
Acceptable
Developing
Unacceptable
Financial
Considerations,
Limitations and
Benefits
Explains the
financial
considerations,
limitations and
benefits associated
with the change
project
Discusses the
Lists the
Does not address
financial
financial
section
considerations,
considerations,
limitations and
limitations and
benefits associated benefits
with the change
associated with
project but not in- the change
depth or content is project
missing
Budget
Develops a
potential budget
for the change
project, identify
where resources
would be allocated
from and where
cost savings would
be utilized
Develops a budget
for the change
project, does not
provide one of the
following, where
the resources
would be allocated
from or where the
cost savings would
be utilized
Develops a basic Does not address
budget with
section
missing
information and
does not provide
where resources
would be
allocated from
or where the
cost savings
would be
utilized.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Healthcare Internal Operations

Description

Discipline:
– Healthcare

Type of service:
Essay

Spacing:
Double spacing

Paper format:
MLA

Number of pages:
1 page

Number of sources:
1 source

Paper detalis:
Which
position(s) within a managed care organization interests you the most?
the least? Why? Find a job description pertaining to a position within a
managed care organization and share it with the class. Would this
position be of interest to you in the future? Why or why not? Please
include the exact weblink for the posted position.


Final Exam HEED 104

Description

WRITE ALL RESPONSE ON LINED PAPER. DO NOT WRITE ON THIS EXAM!

Definitions (Choose 8) (40 point)
Health
Health Education
Health advocacy
Credentialing
Risk factors
Ethics
Philosophy
Theory
Health Literacy
Quality assurance
Identifies (Choose 8) (40 points)
Identify the terms that describe the magnitude of a rate
Levels of prevention
Healthy People Initiative
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
Public Health Advancements in the U.S (4)
Importance of theory (3)
Steps taken to develop a health education program
List the agencies/associations/organizations major categories
Types of information sources (name 3)
Responsibilities & Competencies of Health Education Specialist (name 6)
Reflective paragraph (20 point)
In a 5-6 sentence paragraph summarize two things that you will walk away from this course knowing.

(Choose 2 more for 5 extra credit point (2.5 each))

(Choose 2 more for 5 extra credit point (2.5 each))


the changing factors of human itarian issues

Description

Please see the attached document for details about the question.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

This objective: Discuss the changing nature of crisis and the evolution of humanitarianism.
Assignment: Given what we have discussed this semester and this week’s reading,
discuss your thoughts on the evolving causes of crises. How do you see the described
changes impacting humanitarian aid? How would you prepare and respond to this
changing landscape?
======
In the next pages some examples of what we have discussed this semester, Please provide answer to the
above question based on the answers below. In the next pages, you will find three various posts for 3
weeks,(each week has its own topic).the total will be 9 examples. Please use the attached file and the
below examples of previous weeks to answer the question.
Week1:The Rysaback-Smith article and the Sphere Guidelines discuss some history of
humanitarian aid and the basic principles that govern humanitarian aid. Do you see the manner in
which humanitarian aid is provided changing? Please describe the change and how it could
impact populations requiring aid as well as the impact on providers of humanitarian aid.
The paper discusses the history and principles that are applicable to humanitarian services and
aid that is given to various communities that are going through significant challenges. from
assessing the information, I can see the manner in which humanitarian aid is provided changing
in many ways in the foreseeable future. The first change that could be observed is that there is
going to be an increased inspection in the manner in which humanitarian funds are used. In the
recent past, there has been a lot of criticism that has been leveled against humanitarian
organizations over the manner in which funds are used. During the disaster in Haiti following an
earthquake a few years ago, millions of dollars were donated to humanitarian organizations that
were working in the region.
However, most of the funds were misused with most of the aid being used for administrative
purposes instead of providing basic needs to the people of Haiti who had been affected by the
earthquake. The change will require humanitarian organizations to become more accountable in
regards to how donated funds are used (Rysaback-Smith, 2015). If this does not happen,
humanitarian aid could decrease in the next coming years resulting in negative effects on regions
and people that are affected by disasters. Providers of humanitarian aid could fear that the aid
they have given could be stolen as was seen in the aftermath of the disaster in Haiti. Another
change that could be observed is that humanitarian organizations could soon start employing
professionals in the management of funds that are received in the form of aid or donations.
Doing this is in line with enhancing the level of accountability that is evident among these
organizations.
Rysaback-Smith, H. (January 01, 2015). History and Principles of Humanitarian Action.
Reply
Quote
Edit
2 months ago
RE: Week 2
COLLAPSE
You are correct that there needs to be more accountability for funding. What are your thoughts on improving
funding accountability. What do you think about being accountable financially and operationally to the
people receiving the aid?
Reply Quote Email Author
Hide 1 reply
2 months ago
RE: Week 2
COLLAPSE
I would suggest an international agreement on a well-recognized organization to be responsible for managing,
assessing the situation, and delivering the aids to the affected societies. The United Nations could establish relevant
institutions that are throughout the world. Such an agreement will prove the money would be utilized fast and
properly after conducting a thorough assessment of the impacted region or group.
222222
I do see a shift in how humanitarian aid is provided, largely based upon how the world
itself has changed. Organizations are more equipped to help those suffering from
disasters because they now have better technology to facilitate the mobilization of
resources, more advanced healthcare, tools and cultural competence needed to
understand the needs of the local community, and effective risk reduction strategies due
to increased international cooperation (Coppola, 2015, pp. 10-24). Although the world
has gotten better at responding internationally to disasters, the world is still changing.
We are seen an increase in the number of people affected by disasters and the cost
associated with that. Additionally, the actual amount of disasters, and notably
technological disasters, have been on the rise (Coppola, 2015, pp. 30-32). It’s my fear,
that they will continue to rise as humanity continues to decimate the environment and
increase population density in urban and suburban areas.
Since there are statistically more disasters now than in the past, I could see a widening
gap between the economies of rich and poor countries. It’s generally harder for those in
a lower socioeconomic class to recover economically from disasters, and I think that the
principle can be applied generally to countries as well. There’s a great graphic on page
17 in the required text by Coppola (2015) that illustrates what happens to countries
when faced with a disaster. Essentially, if the frequency of impact increases the
situation becomes like trying to swim in the ocean. Every time you come up for air
another wave knocks you back down so it’s progressively harder to recover.
Humanitarian aid can help shorten the reconstruction period, which is why it is so critical
to improve recognition and delivery methods. People are affected more often, and so
the need and cost of providing relief may rise as it has been.
Along with the previously discussed issues, the reliance on international aid could pose
a threat to the mindset of building local resiliency. If someone else comes in and
rebuilds each time disaster strikes then why should I bother to prepare to recover from
similar events? How can I educate myself to be able to prepare for next time?
Rysaback-Smith (2016) wrote that “as-needed provision of assistance [is] preferred over
long term and complex developmental strategy” by most governing bodies, which
furthers this quick-fix mentality. Treating a symptom in medicine usually does not
eradicate the underlying chronic disease, and the same principles can be applied to
international disaster management.
Obviously, it’s hard to predict how the dynamic between NGOs, governments, disaster
victims, and other stakeholders will shift in the future. I hope that we can recognize
current flaws in the systems and employ a multidirectional approach to help lessen the
impact of disasters through building culturally-appropriate resiliency, streamlining
international legislation, and developing more sophisticated models that
incorporate how to provide aid instead of simply what aid to provide.
Coppola, D. (2015). Introduction to international disaster management(3rd ed.). Oxford: Elsevier,
Inc.
Rysaback-Smith H. (2016). History and Principles of Humanitarian Action. Turkish journal
of emergency medicine, 15(Suppl 1), 5–7. doi:10.5505/1304.7361.2015.52207
2 months ago
RE: Week 2
COLLAPSE
Excellent post! You really grasp the complexities of humanitarian aid and the challenges that the future
holds.
33333333333
The support offered to a community in need during natural catastrophes and wars can be termed as humanitarian aid.
Humanitarian Aid is considered as the support offered to people in need of help after suffering from natural
disasters. The aid can be in different forms including the materials such as food, water, shelter, medical attention,
and funds to cater for the relief expenses. The evolution of humanitarian aid has changed based on the changes in
political and economic stability. Many countries considered as the first world which have economic stability
provides relief and humanitarian aid to the third world countries in need (Rysaback-Smith, 2015). Also,
humanitarian aid is facilitated by neutral organizations that support human rights and relief to the countries suffering
from various issues. For instance, humanitarian aid is provided to homeless people, refugees, evicted populations,
and victims of natural disasters, political wars, droughts, and famine.
Moreover, the origin of humanitarian aid can be dated back in the ancient era where a group of people
collaborated to offer relief and assistance to people affected by wars or natural disasters. The traditional practices of
humanitarian aid were enhanced by religious backgrounds. For instance, Christianity and Muslim groups
collaborated to offer relief and assistance to people affected by different natural calamities such as drought and
famine (Rysaback-Smith, 2015). Also, the ancient forms of relief focused on assisting victims of war and the
wounded soldiers with the intent of offering help to the helpless. For instance, humanitarian aid was offered to
wounded soldiers, prisoners, and the civilian victims of wars during the Geneva Conventions.
The modern humanitarian aid has shifted their concern to involve the provision of assistance and materials
to an extended group of helpless population. The aspect of providing humanitarian aid has broadened based on the
need to involve a wider variety of beneficiaries across the globe. For instance, the modern form of humanitarian aid
has shifted their concern to other parts of the world apart from the west. The help and assistance are offered to
countries suffering from various issues in Africa, Asia, and the Latin world (Rysaback-Smith, 2015). For instance,
the Red Cross was the first global organization formed to cater for providing of humanitarian aid to diverse parts of
the world. Red Cross has now been introduced in most countries in the world which have succeeded in promoting
the aspects and practices of offering humanitarian aid.
The modern humanitarian aid has further developed due to the increased number of Non-Governmental
Organizations representing the provision of aid and assistance. Other international organizations have also been
involved in the aspect of promoting the practices of humanitarian aid. For instance, the United Nations has been
useful in promoting humanitarian aid practices. The organization also focuses on providing regulations that promote
human rights. The respect for human rights has enhanced the practices of ensuring that the suffering of people in
different parts of the world receives help (Rysaback-Smith, 2015). Other organizations have also been introduced to
help in promoting the elements of humanitarian aid. For example, UNICEF, WHO, and UNHCR are efficient in
providing initiatives of humanitarian aid. The involvement of the available humanitarian organizations and other
NGOs has influenced the practices of offering assistance and help needed in most parts of the world suffering from
natural disaster and wars.
The contemporary form of charitable support is influenced by principles that govern organizational
conducts. For instance, humanitarian aid is promoted by humanity, neutrality, impartiality, and independence.
Humanitarian aid is also enhanced by the need to portray the respect for human rights and avoids political rivalry,
religious beliefs, or ethnicity or racial background (Rysaback-Smith, 2015). Therefore, the contemporary form of
humanitarian support is considered effective based on the availability of multiple organizations that supports respect
for human rights.
References
Rysaback-Smith, H. (2015). History and principles of humanitarian action. Turkish journal of emergency
medicine, 15, 5-7.
Reply
Quote
Email Author
2 months ago
RE: Week 2
COLLAPSE
Modern humanitarian aid is still changing today and it is due to continually advancing technology and the
growing access to it. Technology has been utilized to provide refugees with pertinent information regarding
where to go and what to do (Susim, 2019). It has also assisted organizations such as the Mercy Corps to help
find safe delivery routes for aid and utilizing satellite imagery to find underground water resources that can
be used to provide sustainable water access (Susim, 2019). In addition, technology can be used for both shortterm and long-term aid as it can assist in emergency response efforts and assist in activities such as
monitoring agricultural development (Susim, 2019). Over the years, humanitarian aid has changed to
broaden its scope and technology is helping us do more.
Susim, J. (2019). 7 tech trends that are transforming humanitarian aid. Mercy Corps. Retrieved from
https://www.mercycorps.org/articles/7-tech-trends-transforming-humanitarian-aid
Reply Quote Email Author
2 months ago
RE: Week 2
COLLAPSE
In the cases when there occur calamities in the community, there are different ways that people
work together to ensure that they can manage some of the disasters. The development of
humanitarian groups has, for a relatively long time assisted in the management of some of the
negative influences that are associated with calamities. You make an excellent start to your
discussion post by stating that humanitarian aid, which is the help offered to people in the time of
disasters, has helped towards the management of risks. I agree that this help may come in
different forms where groups must assess the extent of the calamity before deciding on the
disaster management response to undertake.
Based on the economic and political stability, there has been noticeable development in the
responsible approach that is used in the management of disasters. I agree with your statement
that there has also been an improvement in the appreciation that the communities appreciate the
affected communities. In this, you state that the victims of war and other unpredictable calamities
have received the required assistance that may enable them to overcome some of the challenges
that they may incur.
The availability of adequate decision making when addressing the various emergencies is
essential in ensuring that the involved parties can successfully manage these challenges (dA
Silva et al., 2017). You state that the government, as well as other international organizations,
require to ensure that they make critical contributions towards the management of emergencies.
The provision of training to the involved members of these humanitarian organizations as well as
to the members of the community also have a positive contribution towards the preparedness that
they may have towards emergencies. I agree with this argument since the high training level that
they may receive is essential in ensuring that they can successfully identify the various
emergencies that are likely to occur, thus leading to their management.
References
Da Silva Avanzi, D., Foggiatto, A., dos Santos, V. A., Deschamps, F., & Loures, E. D. F. R.
(2017). A framework for interoperability assessment in crisis management. Journal of
Industrial Information Integration, 5, 26-38.
There are a number of diseases that are consistently seen in displaced populations. Please explain
potential causes for these outbreaks.
What are potential solutions for addressing these disease outbreaks?
111111
Displaced populations are at an increased risk of disease outbreaks and in particular,
infectious diseases. Internally displaced individuals and refugees are some of the leading
examples of displaced people. These populations face difficulties in accessing health services
owing to logistic and security issues, among other factors. Destruction of health services due to
war also contributes to this hardship (Lam, McCarthy & Brennan, 2015). As a result, the
displaced populations are highly prone to disease outbreaks and in particular, diseases
preventable through vaccinations. Some of the diseases that can be prevented through
vaccinations include yellow fever and polio. Others include measles and cholera. Also, hepatitis
A is categorized in this group, based on one’s geographical location. Displaced populations are
also frequently faced with cases of malnutrition and physical abuse. Additionally, emotional and
psychological stress is also documented in this population. Nonetheless, infectious diseases
among the displaced people remain the leading causes of mortality and morbidity among
displaced populations such as refugees.
Disease outbreaks among the displaced populations are a result of several factors. One
such factor is camp settings. Most displaced populations find refuge in camps. Some of these
camps and in particular, informal camps, contribute to their vulnerability to the diseases as
mentioned above that are preventable through vaccinations. Examples of the factors in camp
settings that play a role in their proneness include poor living conditions, lack of proper
sanitation, and over-crowding (Lam et al., 2015). Other examples are lack of enough water and
poor nutrition. Besides, displaced populations undergo forced migrations, which further worsen
any underlying health conditions. It means that the forced migration predisposes these
populations to added stress, and they cannot also access health care facilities as they should.
There is a direct relationship between increased risk of mortality and morbidity among this
population and vaccine-preventable diseases. In this case, the provision of public-health
interventions seeks to minimize such risk factors in case of humanitarian crises.
To overcome the problem of disease outbreaks among displaced populations, respective
government agencies and non-governmental organizations must work towards the establishment
of routine immunization programs. Such immunization services should be targeted at the camp
settings where these populations are found. A good starting point would be to expand the
existing immunization programs meant for the host nations to accommodate the displaced
persons (Lam et al., 2015). It also means that resources should be mobilized towards the
realization of this goal. Such resources include the necessary funding and health care expertise.
However, such programs could encounter several challenges. For example, the allocation of
funds to finance these programs requires being legislated or have definite policies developed. It
might also be challenging to deliver the necessary vaccines to displaced populations.
One way of overcoming this challenge is through the establishment of mobile
immunization clinics. Such clinics should be delivered directly to the camps. In this way, it
becomes easier to reach out to the affected persons. Another way is through partnerships
between respective governments and global health organizations such as the WHO and UNHCR.
Numerous displace persons have benefited from such partnerships in the form of free antenatal
care, among others. Such programs tend to be very effective at monitoring the situations and also
in terms of delivery.
Another solution is vaccinations. It helps to control disease outbreaks among displaced
individuals. However, some of the vaccines for diseases like Hepatitis E, which affect displaced
populations, are yet to receive approval by the WHO (Lam et al., 2015). In particular, there are
concerns over its safety on pregnant mothers and children. This calls for further research to
establish their effectiveness and appropriate dosage. There is a need also to pursue long-term
solutions. For instance, displaced individuals deserve equal treatment like other nationals. At the
same time, we need to consider their enhanced susceptibility and definite protection concerns
they could encounter. It calls for the reintegration of displaced individuals through reconciliation
efforts as a means of averting renewed outbreaks.
References
Lam, E., McCarthy, A., & Brennan, M. (2015). Vaccine-preventable diseases in humanitarian
emergencies among refugee and internally-displaced populations. Hum Vacin Immunother.,
11(11), 2627-36
22222
Displaced populations that leave a particular geographic area due to different reasons tied up to
the war, poverty, and disasters. Displaced people regardless of crossing or not crossing an
international border, are incredibly vulnerable to diseases. The most significant cause of the
widespread of the diseases is the nature of the living conditions of the groups. Most infectious
diseases are transmitted from person to person and through infectious agents. In all situations of
displacements, the health providers are substantially stretched due to loss of access to preventive
and treatment measures. For example, in 2001 after the airstrike disaster in Afghanistan, the health
infrastructure stressed to ensure refugee children below five years from Afghanistan and Pakistan
got polio immunization (Lam, McCarthy, Brennan, 2015). Immunizing over thirty million children
from both countries strained the health infrastructure. Thus, outbreaks of infectious diseases
sensitize the risk and need for prioritizing prevention measures for displaced populations.
Infectious diseases among displaced people are caused by the nature of living conditions and
inadequate access to vaccination and utilizing preventive initiative would help address the
outbreak of the diseases.
The outbreak of diseases for displaced populations is a result of the nature of living
conditions. In the camps, there is poor sanitation measures and also crowding of a large population
in a small area. Resources in displaced camps are also a critical problem for displaced people. So,
poor sanitation causes diseases such as diarrhea and cholera. Inadequate access to clean water also
increases the bad conditions. Decreased access to vaccines is also a significant cause of preventable
diseases for displaced populations. For example, in Bangladesh between November and
December, twenty-six deaths from Diphtheria were reported, and over two thousand suspected
cases in a refugee camp (Snyder, 2018). Diphtheria can be prevented through the administration
of the diphtheria vaccine. The increase of suspected cases was a result of crowded conditions since
the diseases are transmitted directly through the respiratory droplets.
Using preventive interventions is crucial in addressing the spread and transmission of
infectious diseases. Prevention is critical, and limited resources may obstruct the initiatives.
However, prevention is more cost-effective compared to treatment and deaths that may result from
infectious diseases. One of the critical potential solutions is conducting comprehensive medical
examinations to displaced populations before entering a camp. On medical assessment, individuals
with positive symptoms of the disease should be excluded from the entire population to allow
containment of the disease. Surveillance assists in limiting an infected movement and avoiding
transmission. Enquiring each individual`s vaccination history is another potential solution for
addressing disease outbreaks for displaced populations (Lam, McCarthy, Brennan, 2015).
Vaccination history is essential because it informs the health providers on the right vaccination to
administer and which has been missed out by each individual. Immunization allows the strategic
management of infectious diseases in the camps (Lam, McCarthy, Brennan, 2015). The other
strategy is providing the health education in the camps on personal hygiene basics such as hand
washing in situations where is no clean water (Lam, McCarthy, Brennan, 2015). Education
regarding hygiene can include consequences of neglecting personal responsibility, such as
showing the population impacts of dirty hands and vulnerable risks such as cholera.
Therefore, infectious diseases widespread in areas occupied by displaced populations are
caused by the nature of living conditions. Inadequate access to preventive and treatment measures
significantly increase the risks. Poor sanitation and limited access to vaccines are the most common
causes of infectious diseases among displaced populations. Educating the people on personal
hygiene techniques and collecting information on vaccine history is essential in addressing the
outbreak of the conditions. Conducting medical examinations is also crucial.
References
Snyder, M. (2018, January 4). Displaced Populations and the Threat of Disease.
Lam, E., Mccarthy, A., & Brennan, M. (2015). Vaccine-preventable diseases in
humanitarian emergencies among refugee and internally-displaced populations. Human Vaccines
& Immunotherapeutics.
33333333333333333333333
Humanitarian emergencies mostly result in the breakdown of regular health services which poses
various dangers on people. Some of the most common displaced populations include refugees and the
internally-displaced persons (Phadke et al, 2016). The mentioned groups are vulnerable to infectious
diseases, including vaccine-preventable conditions. The most common communicable diseases include:
measles, yellow fever, cholera, meningitis, hepatitis A and polio (Phadke et al, 2016). There are several
potential causes of the aforementioned outbreaks; though, there are also possible solutions to address them.
There are fundamental potential causes of the outbreaks mentioned above, some of these being mass
population movements, malnutrition, overcrowding and poor water sanitation and conditions (Dey et al,
2016). There are various elements resulting to mass population displacement, and these include: civil war,
severe famine, and drought (Dey et al, 2016). The displaced population in most cases result in inadequate
sanitation and displacement of unvaccinated people. Therefore, if there is an outbreak of a disease such as
polio, it affects most of the people. Additionally, a larger number of individuals who are displaced live in
camps (Dey et al., 2016). It is observable that the camps attract the mosquito Aedes aegypti, noting that it is
highly attracted to places which are highly populated (Dey et al., 2016). The conditions mentioned have led to
an increase in transmission.
Nevertheless, the are various potential solutions which can be used to reduce the incidence of
communicable diseases. Vaccination is the most usual and critical health intervention used to protect the
evacuated people during tragedies (Dey et al., 2016). If vaccination is introduced to the displaced people, it will
act as an acute humanitarian emergency and reduce the risk of communicable diseases. Vaccination happens
to be one of the best ways to protect a population while they face extreme vulnerability. More so, the relevant
governments and humanitarian bodies should provide proper sanitation to these people and enough food
supply (Lam et al., 2015). Access to clean water, and adequate food and health facilities will reduce the
vulnerability of displaced people to communicable diseases.
References
Dey, A., Knox, S., Wang, H., Beard, F. H., & McIntyre, P. B. (2016). Summary of national surveillance data on
vaccine-preventable diseases in Australia, 2008-2011. Communicable Diseases Intelligence
Quarterly Report, 40, S1-70.
Lam, E., McCarthy, A., & Brennan, M. (2015). Vaccine-preventable diseases in humanitarian emergencies
among refugee and internally-displaced populations. Human Vaccines &
Immunotherapeutics, 11(11), 2627-2636.
Phadke, V. K., Bednarczyk, R. A., Salmon, D. A., & Omer, S. B. (2016). Association between vaccine refusal and
vaccine-preventable diseases in the United States: a review of measles and pertussis. JAMA, 315(11),
1149-1158.
What role does security play during a disaster or humanitarian response?
How is the response/recovery impacted by security concerns?
Security Issues in Humanitarian Operations
Humanitarian response and recovery teams face a lot of hardships when they go to the sites of disasters,
regardless of whether the disasters are human-made or caused by nature. Humanitarian workers face
dangers such as infectious diseases, sunburns, exhaustion, and harsh conditions in general, but they also face
serious threats that come from agents of crime in vulnerable areas. There may be terrorist groups, or the
affected area may be in the middle of internal conflict or a war between different nations. In these cases,
humanitarian workers are exposed to killings, kidnapping, rapes, and assaults.
In the past few decades, the protection of the aid industry has decreased, while the volatility and variety of
dangers have increased, which puts vulnerable areas in an awkward position. The perceived risk of
humanitarian work has increased, but despite this, humanitarian missions have become more resilient,
persisting even when workers are killed by terrorists (Duffield, 2012). This means that humanitarian workers
are facing more danger but are doing more work now than in past decades. However, this also entails that
humanitarian action is more difficult because workers have to try to avoid being attacked while at the same
time doing their job. They receive protection in some places, but in other areas, they cannot count on guards
or military to escort them and provide security for them.
Another security issue besides the risks suffered by aid workers in underdeveloped countries is the
relationship between refugee intake and the risk of terrorism prevalence in the area. Refugee camps are given
resources that can attract terrorist groups that want to loot and take those resources for their benefit. This
puts refugees and aid workers in more danger (Choi & Salehyan, 2013). Security, therefore, has to play an
essential role in disaster and humanitarian response, in a world where conflict-related disasters are
commonplace. Humanitarian workers face the fact that they have to risk their integrity in order to do their
job, and they continue to do so.
Security concerns and issues have a significant impact on humanitarian and disaster response and recovery.
In the response phase, help has trouble reaching the disaster site and the victims on time because criminal
groups are in the way. Sometimes, aid cannot reach the victims at all because criminals abduct them before
they can even start working. In the recovery phase, crime and conflict also hinder humanitarian efforts of
recovery by looting, stealing, and hurting survivors and humanitarian workers.
Every disaster and humanitarian situation is unique. Some of them will be more dangerous than others, and
in some cases, it is better not to send aid, as when there is a substantial probability that support will not reach
the destination or workers will be harmed or killed. Institutions such as the UN have to be responsible when
they send aid to dangerous places, and they have to be prepared to rescue their workers in case they are
abducted.
References:
Choi, S.-W., & Salehyan, I. (2013). No good deed goes unpunished: Refugees, humanitarian aid, and
terrorism. Conflict Management and Peace Science, 30(1), 53–75. doi: 10.1177/0738894212456951
Duffield, M. (2012). Challenging environments: Danger, resilience and the aid industry. Security
Dialogue, 43(5), 475–492. doi: 10.1177/0967010612457975
Reply
23 days ago
Quote
Email Author
RE: Week 11
COLLAPSE
I strongly agree with you about these issues that humanitarian workers face during
crisis response. Moreover, I would like to mention the mental health issues that
humanitarian workers may experience. It is significant to address these issues to
prevent further worst outcomes. Furthermore, humanitarian aid and disaster relief
workers demonstrate considerable resilience and adapt to stressful environments, but
elevated and chronic stress can lead to psychological deterioration and
decompensation in certain people. Stress is the normal interaction between your
coping skills and the demands of your environment. And, it becomes a problem when
the humanitarian worker coping skills is inadequate for the demands in his/ her life.
To solve mental health issues, they need to set up and maintain support systems and
plan and schedule the use of breaks such as vacations and personal time off.
Reference:
Allan, A., & Haslam, N. (2011). Humanitarian workers, managing stress in Retrieved
from https://search.credoreference.com/content/entry/wileyenpep/humanitarian_worke
rs_managing_stress_in/0
Reply Quote Email Author
23 days ago
RE: Week 11
COLLAPSE
As you mentioned that the Violence toward the responders has increased, I believe that Humanitarian
agencies should focus on doing “Protection programs” where they increase their personnel and
volunteers’ awareness about the potential violence. For instance, conducting education programs to teach
first aid, safety measures, fire safety, and escape plans and some of the important phrases or words that
describe violence in the other country’s language (IFRC, 2010). However, with the increase in the violence
tone the responders “safety preparation” must be taken seriously by the organizations and the responders
them

Professional Product

Description

Develop a professional product to improve care or the patient experience related to the identified health problem with a 2-4 page summary of intervention findings, evidence, and best-practice basis for the professional product.

Important: You must complete all of the assessments in order for this course.

For this assessment, you will develop and deliver a professional product to address the health problem defined in your first assessment to improve care and the patient experience. This will be delivered face-to-face to the individual or group that you have identified. Appropriate examples include development of a community education program focused on a particular health issue or a handout to help the elderly and their families understand their Medicare and Medicaid options. The product must be useful in a practice setting, relevant to your project, and designed to improve some aspect of care or the patient experience that can be used in your own practice, with your family or community.

A brief summary of the findings of your intervention and evidence-based support for your professional product should accompany your product.

Reminder: For this assessment you are required to log in CORE ELMS the hours that you spend in direct contact with a patient. Three hours of direct contact is the minimum total amount of time required in this course. Planning time is not included and need not be logged.

As a baccalaureate nurse, you can enhance the experience, health, and lives of patients, families, and community members through personal interactions as well as by developing products to educate or improve the care experience. The ability to identify an appropriate product for improving the quality, safety, cost, and experience of care is an important skill. It also allows a BSN-prepared nurse to demonstrate mastery of patient-centered care delivery. These skills are critical as medicine becomes more personalized and nurses advance in their career and practice leadership.

DEMONSTRATION OF PROFICIENCY

By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and assessment criteria:

Competency 1: Lead people and processes to improve patient, systems, and population outcomes.
Explain the ways in which leadership of people and processes was utilized while designing an intervention and its implementation.
Competency 2: Make clinical and operational decisions based upon the best available evidence.
Justify decisions related to developing a professional product with relevant research, evidence, and best practices.
Competency 3: Transform processes to improve quality, enhance patient safety, and reduce the cost of care.
Demonstrate process improvements in the quality, safety, or cost of care resulting from an intervention and related professional product.
Competency 7: Implement patient-centered care to improve quality of care and the patient experience.
Demonstrate improvements in the quality of care and patient experience resulting from an intervention and related professional product.
Competency 8: Integrate professional standards and values into practice.
Communicate professionally in clear, logically organized writing, using correct grammar, spelling, and APA style.

Important: You must complete all of the assessments in order for this course.

PREPARATION

Before submitting this assessment, you must have logged at least three direct-contact hours in CORE ELMS. These hours will include only the time that you spent working directly with patients, families, and/or community members to implement your intervention, collect and analyze data, and deliver your professional product to your target audience.

INSTRUCTIONS

For this assessment, you will develop and deliver a professional product to address the health problem defined in your first assessment to improve care and the patient experience. This will be delivered face-to-face to the individual or group that you have identified. Appropriate examples include development of a community education program focused on a particular health issue or a handout to help the elderly and their families understand their Medicare and Medicaid options. The product must be useful in a practice setting, relevant to your project, and designed to improve some aspect of care or the patient experience that can be used in your own practice, with your family or community.

Relevant products include but are not limited to:

Patient education handout (such as a medication sheet).
Patient safety plan.
Process improvement in-service.
Medicaid/Medicare patient coverage and finance guide.
Teaching plan.

Your submission will consist of two parts: an APA-formatted paper providing your rationale and supporting evidence, and the professional product.

For the brief APA-style paper, one organizational option is:

Summary of intervention and implementation:
What did you do?
How did you lead in terms of the processes used in the project?
With what participants?
Who were your interprofessional collaborators?
How did you lead them in this project?
What were your key findings?
Evidence-based rationale for professional product development:
What professional product did you develop?
Why did you choose this type of product?
How does it align with your intervention?
How will the product help improve outcomes?
How will the product enhance the patient experience?
How does the product improve a process related to quality, safety, and/or cost of care?
How do relevant research, evidence, and best practices support your choice of professional product and approach?

For your professional product, you may choose to develop a deliverable that could be used in your care setting to communicate and sustain relevant improvements related to the intervention you carried out. The key is that the professional product is useful to the target audience (such as a large-print Medicaid/Medicare patient coverage and finance guide that is easy for the elderly and their families to use, or an easily implemented process improvement in-service for home care nurses).

Your brief paper and professional product will be assessed according to the following scoring guide criteria:

Explain the ways in which leadership of people and processes was utilized while designing an intervention and its implementation.
Demonstrate process improvements in the quality, safety, or cost of care as a result of a direct clinical intervention and newly developed professional product.
Demonstrate improvements in the patient experience resulting from a direct clinical intervention and newly developed professional product.
Justify decisions related to developing a professional product using relevant research, evidence, and best practices.
Communicate professionally in writing that is clear and logically organized, with correct grammar, spelling, and use of APA style.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Length of submission: APA-style paper should be 2–4 pages of content plus title and reference pages. There is no length requirement for your professional product. The type of deliverable you choose will determine its length and format.
Number of references: Cite a minimum of 5 sources of scholarly or professional evidence that support your decisions and rationale in your APA-style paper. Resources should be no more than 5 years old.
APA formatting: References and citations are formatted according to current APA style. Use appropriate APA citations (in-text and reference list) in the paper and professional product.


Epidemiology and the Managerial Controlling Function

Description

Need 1 single-spaced page.The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid are beginning to penalize hospitals who have patients readmitted in a certain time period (Readmission Reduction Program). Your Supervisor has come to you as to a manager of Quality Improvement and asked you how your hospital can better understand your readmission rates. Write a descriptive analysis plan outline based on PDCA process description that can offer insight in the organization readmission rates matter. Another example (exploratory) is P.E.R.I.E. approach used in the Public Health industry.Think about the factors that are important for the Provider, the patient and the payor (Medicare in this case). Make sure to list the epidemiological measures used in the process and identify the stage of Total Quality Improvement process that is utilizing Epidemiological studies and surveillance directly. HINT: remember, it is an outline of a plan.


Food diary

Description

(1) Maintain a food diary for three days using MyFitnessPal, or a similar diet app. A list of common diet apps can be downloaded in the Worksheets, Forms, and Templates area at left. (2) Write a nutritional self-assessment paper. In your paper, you will analyze your eating habits, food patterns, and nutrition intake. Maintaining your diary: You will use the MyFitnessPal food diary app to record everything that goes into your digestive system over the course of three days. Record everything you eat and drink, and record the name and dosage of any medications that you take, including vitamins, minerals, and herbal supplements. It is preferable to record your food intake for at least one non-school day or one non-weekday (for example, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, or Sunday, Monday, Tuesday). This way, you will see how your eating habits change with your schedule. It is important that you take time each day to record your food, drink, and drug intake rather than relying on your memory. An honest, detailed diary will help you gain a better understanding of yourself personally and professionally. Take screenshots of your MyFitnessPal food diary to include in your analysis paper. At the end of the three days, print the final report in MyFitnessPal to include with your written paper. Download/view the following files in the Worksheets, Forms, and Templates area at left: MyFitnessPal Assignment Instructions Nutrient Spreadsheet Guidelines for the Nutritional Self-assessment Paper Sample Nutritional Self-assessment Paper Follow the instructions to get started with your food diary with MyFitnessPal. Complete and submit your Nutritional Self-assessment Paper: Your paper should be 5–8 pages in length including the screenshots. Attach a copy of your final report from MyFitnessPal along with your completed nutrient spreadsheet with your paper. Use APA and include a title and reference page.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Rubric Detail
A rubric lists grading criteria that instructors use to evaluate student work. Your instructor linked
a rubric to this item and made it available to you. Select Grid View or List View to change the
rubric’s layout.
Content
Name: Food Journal /nutrition self-assessment rubric
Description: Food Journal /nutrition self-assessment rubric NURS 225 OL


Grid View
List View
Meets or Exceeds
Expectations
BMI and
Hamwi #1
Points Range: 27 (13.50%)
– 30 (15.00%)
Calculates weight correctly
using the BMI formula and
Hamwi method. Shows
proof of calculations.
Provides a comprehensive
and reasonable analysis of
the results according to
both methods. Includes
references to support
position.
Points Range: 26.1
(13.05%) – 30 (15.00%)
Food Diary #2 Submits a food diary
documenting all food,
drink, and medication
Mostly Meets
Below
Not Meeting
Expectations Expectations Expectations
Points Range:
22.8 (11.40%) 26.7 (13.35%)
Points Range:
Calculates
18 (9.00%) weight correctly
22.5 (11.25%) Points Range:
using the BMI
Calculates
0 (0.00%) formula and
weight using the 17.7 (8.85%)
Hamwi method.
BMI formula
Calculates
Provides a
and Hamwi
weights
general,
method with
incorrectly or
reasonable
some errors.
does not
analysis of the
Provides a
calculate both
results
wholly vague or weights,
according to
inaccurate
and/or there is
both methods.
analysis of the no analysis or
May have some
results. Does not analysis is
vague areas of
include
incomplete.
explanation and
references to
reasoning.
support position.
Includes
references to
support position.
Points Range: Points Range: Points Range:
22.8 (11.40%) – 18 (9.00%) 0 (0.00%) 26.7 (13.35%) 22.5 (11.25%) 17.7 (8.85%)
Submits a food Submits a food Does not
diary
diary
submit a food
Meets or Exceeds
Expectations
consumed for 3 days.
Provides nutritional
information for all foods
contained in food diary
including serving size,
amount consumed, total
calories, total fat calories,
total carbohydrates
calories, total protein
calories, grams of sodium,
vitamins, and minerals.
Food diary provides
detailed situational
information including
where the student was
when eating the food, what
he/she was doing, and why
this food was chosen.
Mostly Meets
Expectations
documenting all
food, drink, and
medication
consumed for 3
days. Provides
nutritional
information for
most foods
contained in
food diary
including
serving size,
amount
consumed, total
calories, total fat
calories, total
carbohydrates
calories, total
protein calories,
grams of
sodium,
vitamins, and
minerals. Food
diary provides
general
situational
information
including where
the student was
when eating the
food what
he/she was
doing, and why
this food was
chosen.
Below
Expectations
documenting all
food, drink, and
medication
consumed for 2
days or less.
Provides
incomplete
nutritional
information for
several foods
contained in
food diary
including
serving size,
amount
consumed, total
calories, total fat
calories, total
carbohydrates
calories, total
protein calories,
grams of
sodium,
vitamins, and
minerals. Food
diary provides
little situational
information
about where the
student was
when eating the
food, what
he/she was
doing, or why
this food was
chosen.
Points Range: 36 (18.00%) Points Range: Points Range:
– 40 (20.00%)
30.4 (15.20%) – 24 (12.00%) Provides analysis of
35.6 (17.80%) 30 (15.00%)
Nutritional
weekly food intake by food Provides
Provides
Analysis of
groups and nutrients, as
analysis of
analysis of
Food Diary #2
well as quantities of
weekly food
weekly food
foods/calories consumed, intake by food intake by food
and compares these to
groups and
groups and
Not Meeting
Expectations
diary or the
food diary
does not
include
situational
information.
Points Range:
0 (0.00%) 23.6 (11.80%)
Analysis of
food intake is
inadequate,
lacks analysis,
Meets or Exceeds
Mostly Meets
Below
Not Meeting
Expectations
Expectations Expectations Expectations
recommended amounts
nutrients, as
nutrients. Little or is not
with references to support well as
or no detail,
included.
conclusions.
quantities of
references, or
foods/calories support is
consumed, and provided.
compares these
to recommended
amounts.
Analysis may be
lacking in detail
and specific
references on
occasion.
Points Range:
7.6 (3.80%) 8.9 (4.45%)
Addresses
Points Range: 6
drug/supplement
Points Range: 9 (4.50%) (3.00%) – 7.5
/ medication use
10 (5.00%)
(3.75%)
that may
Makes clear connections
Lists
contribute to
among information
drug/supplement Points Range:
diet or nutrient
provided on the food
/ medication use 0 (0.00%) intake or may
journal. Provides a detailed
but does not
5.9 (2.95%)
Drug/Medicatio
interact with
explanation of how
provide an
Does not
n Interactions
nutrition, but
drug/supplement/medicatio
analysis or
address
#3
may be lacking
n use may contribute to
analysis is
medication or
some details or
diet or nutrient intake or
incomplete or supplement
specific
may interact with nutrition.
inaccurate. May use.
information.
Includes at least 1
not include at
Some
reference to support
least 1 reference
information may
position.
to support
be vague or
position.
unclear.
Includes at least
1 reference to
support position.
Points Range: 9 (4.50%) – Points Range: Points Range: 6
Points Range:
10 (5.00%)
7.6 (3.80%) (3.00%) – 7.5
0 (0.00%) Analyzes mood and feeling 8.6 (4.30%)
(3.75%)
Physical and
5.9 (2.95%)
associated with nutrition Analyzes mood Provides very
Emotional
Does not
and activity level. Makes and feeling
limited
Analysis #4
address
clear and descriptive
associated with information on
physical and
connections between
nutrition and
how the student
emotional
emotions and items in the activity level.
felt after eating
Meets or Exceeds
Expectations
food journal. Elaborates on
patterns and draws
thoughtful conclusions.
Points Range: 9 (4.50%) 10 (5.00%)
Provides an in‐depth
analysis of physical and/or
medical conditions that
may contribute to diet or
Medical
nutrient intake or may
Conditions #5 interact with nutrition.
Thoroughly explores the
connection between
nutrition and physical
and/or medical health
factors. Draws thoughtful
conclusions.
Culture and
Religion #6
Points Range: 9 (4.50%) 10 (5.00%)
Reflects on cultural and/or
religious influences on the
diet, both positive and
negative, and includes
Mostly Meets
Below
Expectations Expectations
Makes
different foods.
connections
Analysis is not
between
well connected
emotions and
to the food
items in the
journal. May not
food journal, but identify patterns
may not provide and/or draw
details. Patterns conclusions.
and/or
conclusions may
be simplified or
vague.
Points Range:
7.6 (3.80%) 8.9 (4.45%)
Addresses
physical and/or
medical
conditions that Points Range: 6
may contribute (3.00%) – 7.5
to diet or
(3.75%)
nutrient intake Lists medical
or may interact conditions but
with nutrition, does not
but analysis may describe any
be vague or
possible effects
unclear in
on nutrition.
places. Explores Does not
the connection provide an
between
analysis or does
nutrition and
not draw
physical and/or conclusions.
medical health
factors in a
general way.
Draws
satisfactory
conclusions.
Points Range: Points Range: 6
7.6 (3.80%) (3.00%) – 7.5
8.9 (4.45%)
(3.75%)
Briefly reflects Provides brief
on cultural
information on
and/or religious religious or
Not Meeting
Expectations
response to
eating.
Points Range:
0 (0.00%) 5.9 (2.95%)
Does not
address
medical
history.
Points Range:
0 (0.00%) 5.9 (2.95%)
Religious
and/or cultural
Meets or Exceeds
Expectations
strategies for change.
Provides specific examples
and situations.
Diet Plan #7
Goals #7
Mostly Meets
Below
Expectations Expectations
influences on
cultural
the diet, both
influences. Fails
positive and
to explore
negative, and
strategies for
includes
change.
strategies for
change.
Points Range:
22.8 (11.40%) 26.7 (13.35%)
Describes a
detailed diet
Points Range:
plan based on
18 (9.00%) height, weight,
22.5 (11.25%)
Points Range: 27 (13.50%) BMI, culture,
Describes a
– 30 (15.00%)
religion, activity
general diet
Describes a detailed diet level, health,
plan, but it
plan based on height,
and medication
appears
weight, BMI, culture,
use. Identifies
unrelated to the
religion, activity level,
some changes
individual’s
health, and medication use. that will need to
height, weight,
Identifies specific changes be made to
BMI, culture,
that will need to be made comply with the
religion, activity
to comply with the diet
diet plan and
level, health,
plan and ways the diet plan ways the diet
and medication
can benefit the individual. plan can benefit
use. Analysis is
Provides 1 reference for
the individual,
brief and limited
support.
but there may be
in scope. May
areas that are
not provide a
vague or missed
reference.
opportunities for
analysis.
Provides 1
reference for
support.
Points Range: Points Range: 6
Points Range: 9 (4.50%) – 7.6 (3.80%) (3.00%) – 7.5
10 (5.00%)
8.9 (4.45%)
(3.75%)
Provides 3 specific goals to Provides 3
Provides 1–2
improve nutrition based on specific goals to specific goals to
analysis of dietary habits. improve
improve
Goals are clear, precise,
nutrition based nutrition loosely
and reasonable to fulfill.
on analysis of based on
dietary habits, analysis of
Not Meeting
Expectations
issues are not
addressed.
Points Range:
0 (0.00%) 17.7 (8.85%)
Student does
not develop a
diet plan.
Points Range:
0 (0.00%) 5.9 (2.95%)
Does not
provide goals,
or goals are
not connected
to dietary
Meets or Exceeds
Expectations
Mostly Meets
Below
Not Meeting
Expectations Expectations Expectations
but one or more dietary habits. habits and/or
goals may not Goals may not are unrealistic.
be clear, precise, be clear, precise,
and reasonable and reasonable
to fulfill.
to fulfill.
Points Range:
Points Range: 6 Points Range:
7.6 (3.80%) Points Range: 9 (4.50%) (3.00%) – 7.6
0 (0.00%) 8.9 (4.45%)
10 (5.00%)
(3.80%)
5.9 (2.95%)
Provides an
Provides an
Provides an
Does not
Implementation
implementation
implementation strategy
implementation provide any
Strategies and
strategy for 2 of
for each of the 3 goals.
strategy for 1
implementatio
Obstacles #7
the goals.
Provides three obstacles
goal. Provides n strategies.
Provides two
for meeting the goals
one obstacle for Does not
obstacles for
above.
meeting the
provide any
meeting the
goals above.
obstacles.
goals above.
Points Range: Points Range: 6
Points Range:
7.6 (3.80%) (3.00%) – 7.5
0 (0.00%) 8.9 (4.45%)
(3.75%)
5.9 (2.95%)
The assignment The assignment
Points Range: 9 (4.50%) No attempt to
consistently
does not follow
10 (5.00%)
follow APA
follows current current APA
The assignment
format is
APA format
format and/or
consistently follows
indicated.
with only
has many
current APA format and is
Sources are
isolated and
grammatical,
APA and
free from errors in
not used
inconsistent
spelling, or
Mechanics
formatting, citation, and
and/or there is
mistakes and/or punctuation
references. No
no reference
has a few
errors. Many
grammatical, spelling, or
page.
grammatical,
sources are cited
punctuation errors. All
Mechanical
spelling, or
and referenced
sources are cited and
errors
punctuation
incorrectly, or
referenced correctly.
significantly
errors. Most
citations and
interfere with
sources are cited references are
the readability
and referenced missing where
of the paper.
correctly.
needed.
Name:Food Journal /nutrition self-assessment rubric
Description:Food Journal /nutrition self-assessment rubric NURS 225 OL
For editing
Food Diary (MyFitnessPal) Instructions
You will use MyFitnessPal to record your daily intake.
Register for a free account at https://www.myfitnesspal.com/
o You may use your personal or school email address.
o The tools you will use for this assignment are free.
o You do not need to use any of the tools with the lock symbol
.
When you register, you will be prompted to enter your personal information.
Click Food or Add Food to begin tracking your intake. Track your intake for three days. It is
preferable to record at least one day that is a non-school day or a non-weekday. This way, you
can see how your eating habits change with your schedule.
Revision 02/23/17
Record everything that goes into your digestive system over the course of three days. Record
everything you eat and drink, and record the name and dosage of any medications that you take
including vitamins, minerals, and herbal supplements.
Record your activity and moods in the Notes section for each day. Remember to SAVE every
time you edit; otherwise, your notes will be lost.
Daily Reports
You will need to access MyFitnessPal reports for your written paper. Use this spreadsheet to
track your daily nutrient intake.
Go to Reports.
Revision 02/23/17
Choose a Report: Use the drop-down menu to select a report for each of the nutrients listed.
Record the recommended intake and your actual intake of each nutrient for each day.
o Hover your mouse over the red line to get the recommended daily goal
percentage.
o The blue bar indicates your actual intake percentage.
o Put these numbers on the spreadsheet.
Complete the spreadsheet for each day and each nutrient.
Revision 02/23/17

Save and upload your completed spreadsheet with your written anlaysis paper.

Take screenshots of your food diary to include in your analysis paper.

At the end of the three days, print the final report in MyFitnessPal to include with your
written assignment.
Revision 02/23/17
Nutrients
Example: Protein
Carbohydrates
Fat
Protein
Fiber (g)
Sugar
Saturated
Polyunsaturated
Monounsaturated
Trans (g)
Cholesterol (mg)
Sodium (mg)
Potassium (mg)
Vitamin A %
Vitamin C %
Calcium %
Iron %
Day 1 (Record the actual intale
Recommended Dietary allowances
percent represented by the blue
(Record the number from the red line.)
bar.)
45%
98%
Day 2
121%
Day 3
Instructions for the Written Assignment: Food Diary and Nutritional Self-Assessment Paper*
*(This paper is confidential; it is not shared. It is for learning purposes only.)
In your written paper, include the following. These are guidelines to help you write your paper, please
refer to your rubric to see how you will be graded for this assignment. Your paper must be formatted
in APA format.
1.
BMI and HAMWI
Calculate your weight based on the BMI formula and the Hamwi method. All actual
calculations must be present in your paper.

Analyze your place on the BMI and Hamwi scales in terms of health. Based on these
numbers, how healthy are you?

Use at least one source other than your class text to provide documentation and
references to support your position.
2.
Food Diary
Document your food intake for three days. Your paper must include a food diary documenting
all food, drink and medications consumed for the three days. Compare your intake of food and
nutrients to the recommended RDA. Refer to the nutrient report spreadsheet percentages that
you recorded.
1. Provide nutritional information for all foods contained in our food diary including the
serving size, amount consumed, total calories, total fat calories, total carbohydrates
calories, total protein calories, grams of sodium, vitamins, and minerals in the
nutrient spreadsheet. Provide detailed situational information including where you
were when you were eating the food, what you were doing, and why you chose to eat
what you ate (convenience, habit, intentional, etc.).
2. Where do most of your calories come from fats, proteins, or carbohydrates?
Provide examples.
3. Do you see any excesses or deficiencies among any of the nutrients? Explain.
4. What patterns do you see?
5. Would you classify your diet as well-balanced based on this information? Why or why
not?
3.
Nutritional Analysis of Food Diary
Provide an analysis of each nutrient listed on the nutrient spreadsheet: CHO, PRO, Fat, Na,
phos, K, calcium, vit A, vit C, and iron.). Each nutrient should be a separate paragraph. Include
for each nutrient:
1. What is your RDA?
Page | 1
2. How close to the RDA?
3. If you were deficient in a nutrient, provide food choices that would improve your diet
for this nutrient.
4. If you had an over consumption of a nutrient, explain what foods caused the over
consumption and provide food choices that would improve your diet for this nutrient.
5. Use at least one source other than your class text to provide documentation and
references to support your position.
4.
Drug/Medication Interactions
What medications are you currently taking and what are their nutritional side effects and
considerations? Do they need to be taken with food/away from food, at night only, day? If you
do not take any medications, determine what medications or supplements you may need to take
based on your current diet. Include at least 1 reference to support position.
5.
Physical and Emotional Analysis
Reflect on the emotions you recorded for each of the three days.
1. Analyze how your feelings affected your nutrition and how your nutrition affected your
mood.
2. Analyze your physical activity. How did your emotions/food choices affect your
physical activity?
3. For your emotional and physical analysis discuss the following:


What patterns do you see between your diet and your emotions or physical activity?
Explain.
Did you eat more after not eating all day, or did you choose less healthy foods?

Did your activity level have any effect on your mood or nutrition choices? Explain.

Are these three days indicative of your normal emotions, or are these three days unique?
Explain.
6.
Medical Conditions
Identify and explain physical and/or medical conditions (chronic pain, disease, allergies, mental
health, and disability) that affect your diet, nutrient, or drug intake. If you do not have any
current medical conditions, determine what medical conditions you could develop based on
your current diet.
1. How much influence does your current or future physical/medical condition have on your
nutritional choices?
2. How much influence does your physical/medical condition have on your activity level?
3. What conclusions can you draw between the diet and the medical condition?
Page | 2
7.
Culture/Religion
Discuss how your culture or religious affiliation influence your diet. How can/does your culture
or religious affiliation affect your food choices?
1. How does cultural/religious nutritional considerations positively affect your health? Provide
specific examples and situations.
2. How does your cultural/religious nutritional considerations negatively affect your health?
Provide specific examples and situations.
3. What changes would you implement to improve your nutrition?
8.
Diet Plan
Develop a diet plan that best suits your actual dietary needs based on your height, weight, BMI,
culture, religion, activity level, overall health, and drug use.

Your diet plan should be detailed and identify specific changes that will need to be
made to comply with the diet plan.

Include how this diet plan will be beneficial to your health.

Use at least one source other than your class text to provide documentation and
references to support your position.
9.
SMART Goals
Develop three properly formatted SMART goals. Your goals must be Specific,
Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Timed (By December 31, I will walk around
the block for 30 minutes 3x per week)
10. Implementation Strategies and Obstacles

For each of your SMART goals develop at least one implementation strategy
that will help you to achieve your goal. Your implementation strategy should
be specific to your goal.

For each of your SMART goals identify at least one obstacle that will prevent
you from achieving your goal. Your obstacle should be specific to your goal.
Include a plan to overcome the obstacle?
Page | 3
Page | 4
Nutritional Self Analysis
2
Nutritional Self Analysis
BMI & Hamwi:
BMI is (Weight in Kilograms / (Height in Meters x Height in Meters)). When I converted my
information to the appropriate units, my weight in kilograms is
I converted feet into inches then to meters
= 77 kg and for my height
= 1.64 m. My BMI calculation comes out to (77
kg / 1.64 m x 1.64 m) = 28 kg/m2. According to the required textbook, I am considered
4). Although the BMI is highly recognized as an appropriate screening
tool, it does not take into account body composition and genetic differences in individuals. I do
agree with the conclusion that I am overweight, but I have been frequently working out for 5
days per week. During these exercises, weight training has been heavily incorporated. So, the
calculated BMI does not reflect my muscle mass that I have gained.
in
height, then adds 5 lbs. for each additional inch (Dudek, 2014). My calculated weight for the
Hamwi method is (100 lbs. + (5 lbs. x 4 inches)) = 120 lbs. (Nafwa.org, 2018). For this method,
I do not agree that my ideal weight should be 120 lbs. If I have reflected this ideal weight, I
would look malnourished.
Overall, I do agree that I am over-weight. I would like to lose 10-15 lbs. but still maintain my
muscle tone. The Hamwi method does not make any sense to me, it only considers the
Nutritional Self Analysis
3
Food Diary
August 18, 2016
FOODS
Calories Carbs Fat Protein Cholest Sodium Sugars Fiber
Meal 1
Quaker – Instant Oatmeal-Weight ControlMaple & Brown Sugar, 45 g (1 packet)
160
29g
3g
7g
0mg
290mg
1g
6g
Nestle Coffee-mate – Coffee Creamer
Cinnamon Vanilla Creme, 1 tbsp
35
5g
2g
0g
0mg
5mg
5g
0g
Coffee – Coffee, 2 CUP
40
0g
0g
10g
0mg
0mg
0g
0g
25
19g
0g
0g
0mg
1mg
7g
2g
113
0g
9g
7g
28mg
198mg
0g
0g
170
0g
8g
21g
80mg
80mg
0g
0g
Salad Greens – Spring Mix, 1 cups
10
2g
0g
1g
0mg
48mg
1g
1g
Newmans Own – Lite Raspberry Vinegarette
With Walnuts, 2 tbsp
70
7g
5g
0g
0mg
120mg
5g
0g
Meal 2
Pat’s – Apple Gala, 0.5 apple medium
Kraft Cracker Barrel – Marble Cheese, 1
ounce
Meal 3
Jenny O Turkey – Ground Turkey, 4 oz
Meal 4
FOODS
Protein – Tyson Chicken Breast, 4 oz
Eat Smart – Fresh Brussel Sprouts, 6 brussel
sprouts
Calories Carbs Fat Protein Cholest Sodium Sugars Fiber
110
0g
2g
25g
65mg
40mg
0g
0g
35
8g
0g
3g
0mg
20mg
2g
3g
Nutritional Self Analysis
4
Wine: Kendall Jackson – Chardonnay, 15 oz
360
TOTAL:
1,128
15g
0g
0g
0mg
6mg
0g
0g
85g 29g
74g
173mg
808mg
21g
12g
Food Notes
Breakfast – woke up and I was hungry but I had a coffee first. I ate an hour later and was satisfied.
Snack – worked out at the gym and was hungry when I got home so I had a snack. It was satisfying.
Lunch – Because of my snack, I was not hungry at lunch. I waited a couple of hours and had hunger pains. There
was left over turkey in the fridge so I made a salad for lunch. It was satisfying.
Dinner – had a late dinner. Barbecued chicken and had a couple of glasses of wine. Was not that hungry but ate
anyway. It was satisfying.
August 19, 2016
FOODS
Calories Carbs Fat Protein Cholest Sodium Sugars Fiber
Meal 1
Nestle – Coffee-mate Hazelnut Creamer, 2
tbsp
70
10g
3g
0g
0mg
10mg
10g
0g
Coffee – Coffee, 2 CUP
40
0g
0g
10g
0mg
0mg
0g
0g
280
52g
5g
9g
10mg
570mg
3g
2g
65
17g
0g
0g
0mg
1mg
13g
3g
150
9g
3g
5g
0mg
0mg
0g
0g
170
0g
8g
21g
80mg
80mg
0g
0g
Meal 2
Lean Cuisine Simple Favorites – Fettucini
Alfredo, 9.25 oz package
Meal 3
Apples – Raw, with skin, 1 cup, quartered or
chopped
Nespresso – – Latte, 1 Cup
Meal 4
Jenny O Turkey – Ground Turkey, 4 oz
Nutritional Self Analysis
5
Late July Organic – Lightly Salted Sea Salt
Tortilla Chips, 28 g
130
TOTAL:
905
17g
6g
2g
0mg
65mg
0g
2g
105g 25g
47g
90mg
726mg
26g
7g
Food Notes
Breakfast – did not have time to make breakfast this morning so I made a coffee and took it to school. I felt hungry but
the coffee curbed my hunger pains.
Lunch – just got back from holidays and had no food in the house so I grabbed a frozen meal. I was really hungry
because I skipped breakfast. Ate during lecture and it was satisfying.
Snack – was sitting in lecture and started to feel tired and hungry. Coffee woke me up.
Dinner – made dinner at home. It felt a little hungry but didn’t want to eat to late. I felt satisfied.
August 20, 2016
FOODS
Calories Carbs Fat Protein Cholest
Sodium Sugars Fiber
Meal 1
Eggland’s Best – Egg- Whole Large, 2
egg(50g)
120
0g
8g
12g
350mg
130mg
0g
0g
Egg Beaters – Original, 2 oz(s)
31
1g
0g
6g
0mg
111mg
0g
0g
Hormel Black Label – Fully Cooked Bacon
(Corrected), 4 slices
80
1g
6g
5g
20mg
290mg
1g
0g
Kraft – Mexican Four Cheese Shredded, 0.13
cup (28 g)
50
1g
4g
3g
13mg
90mg
0g
0g
2
0g
0g
0g
0mg
0mg
0g
0g
35
5g
2g
0g
0mg
5mg
5g
0g
14g
30mg
540mg
0g
0g
Green Mountain Coffee – Island Coconut
Kcup, 1 K-Cup
Nestle Coffee-mate – Coffee Creamer
Cinnamon Vanilla Creme, 1 tbsp
Meal 2
Sea Cuisine – All Natural Wild Beer Batter
Cod Fillets, 2 fillets
Meal 3
230
20g 10g
Nutritional Self Analysis
6
Daily Chef – Italian Style Beef Meatballs, 5
meatballs
250
Classico – Spicy Tomato & Basil Pasta
Sauce, 125 g (1/2 cup)
5g 20g
13g
45mg
450mg
1g
2g
60
8g
2g
2g
0mg
410mg
5g
2g
Cadbury – Crispy Crunch (Mini Bar), 12 g
60
8g
3g
1g
0mg
35mg
7g
0g
Oh Henry – Oh Henry Snack Size, 2 bar
(15g)
140
18g
8g
2g
0mg
30mg
16g
0g
Meal 4
FOODS
Calories Carbs Fat Protein Cholest Sodium Sugars Fiber
TOTAL:
1,058
67g 63g
58g
458mg 2,091mg
35g
4g
Food Notes
Breakfast – had a coffee when I woke up. I was hungry but didn’t eat until I came home from the gym. I felt very
satisfied after my meal.
Lunch – was at home for lunch. I was studying and had hunger pains so I made something that was easy to eat. I felt
satisfied after the meal.
Dinner – had left over noodles in the fridge so I made meatballs to go with it. I was not very hungry but wanted to eat
dinner with my husband. I felt bloated after the meal.
Snack – stayed up later than I planned and had a craving for something sweet. It was very satisfying.
Analysis
Based on 1200 calorie diet with nutritional goal of 55% carbohydrates, 20% protein, and 25% fat
(Your Fitness Goals, 2016)).
Nutritional Self Analysis
7
Carbohydrates:
For my first two days of food diary, my carbohydrate intake was lower than my recommended
dietary allowance. For my third day, my carbohydrate intake was 14 g higher than my
recommended amount. According to my fitness pal, I should be in taking 150 grams per day for
my 1,250-calorie meal plan. My breakfast and snacks I ate throughout the day yielded the most
amount of carbohydrates. The foods that I ate that were high in carbohydrates were oatmeal,
apples, carrots, and strawberries. I need to incorporate more selection of foods that are high in
carbohydrates, such as legumes (Mayoclinic.org, 2018). Another route I can take is to increase
the portion size of the foods that I am already eating. For instance, on my 2nd day, I would
double my intake of apples and carrots. 1 apple yields 22 grams and 1 cup of carrots yields 12
grams per cup. So, I will be eating 2 apples and 2 cups of carrots. Carbohydrates are the main
source of energy (Dudek, 2014). This is important, because I am exercising 5 days a week, going
Nutritional Self Analysis
8
to school 2 days a week, and working night shifts 2 days a week. I need foods that are enrich in
carbohydrates for energy.
Fat:
I have always had a problem decreasing my intake of fats. According to my recommended
dietary allowance, I should only be in taking 40 grams. Analyzing these three days of food diary,
I am pretty pleased on how I did. My third day of the food diary was the only day that exceeded
the value. The meal that had the greatest amount of fat was my dinner. I had the famous bowel
from KFC that consisted of mash potatoes, gravy, popcorn chicken, and cheese. The meal came
up 34 grams of fat. I found that continually eating the same meals for breakfast and lunch I was
able to lower my fat intake. Oatmeal and the Jeannie-O turkey meat yields 2-8 grams of fat.
Protein:
Protein is the key structural and functional component of every living cell (Dudek, 2014).
According to my fitness pal, my recommended dietary allowance for protein is 60 grams. From
the foods that I was in taking, like chicken and turkey, I thought I would have met the
recommended amount. Although, for my first day of the food diary the protein from the
Mediterranean steak wrap from subway was not included. My day one on the food diary was not
accurate. To increase my protein intake, I will change my portion size of turkey for lunch to 1.5
serving size of 4 oz. and to continue choosing meals with protein like chicken.
Fiber (g):
Overall, the total amount of fiber intake was low from the past three days. According to the
required text, total fiber is set at 14g/1,000 or for women it is approximately 25g/day (Dudek,
2014). My recommended dietary allowance from my fitness pal matched. My consumption for
fiber ranged from 12-21 grams in my food diary. I received the most amount of fiber from the
Nutritional Self Analysis
9
carrots, apples, strawberries, and oatmeal. Fiber is not an essential nutrient, but it is important to
consume the recommended amount to decrease GI disturbances (Dudek, 2014). I plan to eat
more vegetables and fruits that are enriched in fiber. Some examples include split peas and
banana. I would eat 1 medium banana that yields 3.1 grams of fiber for snack and 1 cup of
boiled split peas that yields 16.3 grams of fiber for lunch (Mayoclinic.org, 2018).
Sugar:
My recommended amount of sugar intake is 45 grams on my fitness pal. The results of my sugar
intake from my food diary was not a surprise to me. Like my intake of fat, I do have a problem
controlling my sugar intake per day. The oatmeal and apple that I ate everyday had the most
sugar. My second day of my food diary had the highest sugar intake, this was probably due to
the Starbucks drink that I had. The drink had 20 grams of sugar. It is important to decrease sugar
intake because it can lead to weight gain and tooth decay (Mayoclinic.org, 2018). To adjust, I
would consider only eating plain oatmeal instead of maple and brown sugar oatmeal.
Saturated:
My recommended amount of saturated fat on my fitness pal is 13 grams. Other than my second
day of my food diary, I did not meet
and is also referred to as the solid fats (Dudek, 2018). I was quite surprised that I stayed in the
range of the recommended amount. A lot of the foods that I enjoy eating are high in saturated
fats. Overall, I would not make any changes and I would still continue to stay away from foods
that are high in saturated fats.
Polyunsaturated:
saturated fats with unsaturated fats such polyunsaturated, LDL cholesterol would decrease
Nutritional Self Analysis
10
therefore the risk of cardiovascular diseases will follow (Dudek, 2014). My recommended
amount on my fitness pal was 0 grams, but I consumed 1 gram per day on my food diary. I will
still continue to stay in this range, due to the evidence it is lowering LDL levels. Instead, I
would just continue to monitor my saturated fat intake and make sure it does not exceed the
recommended amount of 13 grams.
Monounsaturated:
Like polyunsaturated fat, monounsaturated also holds the same benefits (Dudek, 2014). My
recommended amount on my fitness pal was 0 grams and the amount consumed as 1 gram per
day. I will also continue to stay in this range, because of its benefits of lowering LDL levels
(Dudek, 2014). Just like what I would do for polyunsaturated fats, I will still continue to monitor
my saturated fat intake.
Trans (g):
High intake of trans fat increases LDL cholesterol and lowers HDL cholesterol (Dudek, 2014).
My recommended dietary allowance is 0 grams. The last day of my food diary, I exceeded the
recommended amount. This was probably due to eating the famous bowel from KFC. The
adjustment that I will do is to choose my meals base on their nutrition factors instead of
convenience.
Cholesterol (mg):
My recommended dietary allowance for cholesterol is 300 mg. I am quite pleased with myself
for staying under the limit. The descriptions of good or bad cholesterol refer only to the
lipoproteins that moves the cholesterol through the blood, there are no such thing for cholesterol
itself (Dudek, 2014). Overall, I am going to continue to stay with my meal plan. For dinner, I
will still make the conscious effort to choose meals low in calories.
Sodium (mg):
Nutritional Self Analysis
11
Sodium is largely responsible for regulating fluid balance, when an individual had a salty meal
thirst will be triggered (Dudek, 2014). According to my fitness pal, my recommended dietary
allowance is 2,300 mg. My sodium intake on day 1 and 2 of my food diary stayed under the
limit. On day 3, I exceeded the limit by 411 mg. This was mainly due to eating the famous bowel
from KFC; the meal yielded 2,310 mg of sodium. To adjust, I would choose my meals carefully
and judge by nutrition value instead of accessibility.
Potassium (mg):
Individuals with high potassium can experience hyperkalemia or life-threatening
Arrhythmias; in a normal adult the limit is 4.7g or 4,700 mg (Dudek, 2014). According to my
fitness pal, m

Regulations and Reimbursement-Video Presentation

Description

I need someone to type the words for a 5 to 10 minute video presentation that analyses the influence of federal and state regulations on the reimbursement of advanced practice nurses; those words would have to address all the elements contained in the uploaded file below; I just need the words and would do the video presentation mPlease strictly follow the guidelines and instructions listed Thanks


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Cure.com/courses/2598220/assignments/23742824
Week 5: Assignment: Regulations and
Reimbursement-Video Presentation (due on
Thursday of Week 6)
*
Submit Assignment
Due Oct 17 by 11:59pm
Points 16
Submitting a media recording
Create a 5- to 10-minute video presentation using Canvas that analyzes the influence of federal and state regulations
on the reimbursement of advanced practice nurses.
Note: Tutorial on how to record a video using Rich Content Editor in Canvas.
Your presentation must address the following:
• How do federal regulations influence the reimbursement of advance practice nurses?
• How do state regulations in your own state influence the reimbursement of advance practice nurses?
Compare the state regulations in your state with another state.
• What are some strategies advance practice nurses can employ to influence regulatory changes for effective
patient care delivery?
.
Submit your completed video presentation no later than 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time) on Thursday of Week 6.
Week 5: Assignment: Regulations and Reimbursement Video Presentation (due on Thursday of Week 6)
Criteria
Ratings
Pts
CLON626 02
view longer description
threshold: 1.0 pts
1.0 pts
Aligned
0.0 pts
No Marks
CLON626_05
view longer description
threshold: 1.0 pts
1.0 pts
Aligned
0.0 pts
No Marks
0.0 pts
Influence of Federal
Regulations
How do federal
regulations influence
the reimbursement of
advance practice
nurses?
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive,
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references:
and/or lacking
2.0 pts
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references;
lacking clarity &
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
4.0 pts
10:20 PI
10/4/20
Bolo
9 e
Regulation X
+
muelmerritt instructure.com/courses/2598220/assignments/23742824
mechanical accuracy.
clarity &
mechanical
clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
mechanical
accuracy
missing
accuracy
Influence of State
Regulations
How do state
regulations in your
own state influence
the reimbursement of
advance practice
nurses?
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive,
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
mechanical accuracy.
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
0.0 pts
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
2.0 pts
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references;
lacking clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
missing
4.0 pts
Comparing State
Regulations
Compare the state
regulations in your
state with another
state.
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive,
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
mechanical accuracy.
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
2.0 pts
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
0.0 pts
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references;
lacking clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
missing
4.0 pts
accuracy
accuracy
Influencing Regulatory
Changes
What are some
strategies advance
practice nurses can
employ to influence
regulatory changes for
effective patient care
delivery?
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive,
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
mechanical accuracy.
0.0 pts
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references:
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
2.0 pts
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references:
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references;
lacking clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
missing
4.0 pts
accuracy
Total Points: 16.0
е
lation x
+
Imerritt instructure.com/courses/2598220/assignments/23742824
2.0 pts
Influence of Federal
Regulations
How do federal
regulations influence
the reimbursement of
advance practice
nurses?
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive,
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
mechanical accuracy.
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
0.0 pts
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references:
lacking clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
missing
4.0 pts
accuracy
Influence of State
Regulations
How do state
regulations in your
own state influence
the reimbursement of
advance practice
nurses?
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive,
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
mechanical accuracy.
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references:
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
2.0 pts
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references:
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
0.0 pts
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references:
lacking clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
missing
4.0 pts
accuracy
2.0 pts
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Comparing State
Regulations
Compare the state
regulations in your
state with another
state.
0.0 pts
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
/
&
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
mechanical accuracy.
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
clarity &
mechanical
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references;
lacking clarity &
mechanical
accuracy
missing
4.0 pts
accuracy
Influencing Regulatory
Changes
What are some
strategies advance
practice nurses can
employ to influence
regulatory changes for
effective patient care
4.0 pts
Excellent Response
Offers a comprehensive
description/explanation
with supportive,
appropriate, and well
chosen references. Spoken
with clarity and
3.0 pts
Good Response
Missing 1-2
major points
and/or lacking
supportive
references:
and/or lacking
2.0 pts
Partial
Response
Missing key
elements and
supportive
references;
and/or lacking
1.0 pts
Response
Lacking
Response
missing most of
key elements
and references:
lacking clarity &
0.0 pts
Missing
Response
Missing
Response
4.0 pts

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

bio 240 Nutrition

Description

a 2-4 page paper on how nutrition affects osteoporosis. Please provide enough information for me to present a 10 min oral presentation.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Rubric for Bio 240 RESEARCH PAPER Project
Name_______________________________
Title Page
Below Standard
Could Use Some Work
Good
No title page
Missing one or more
requirements
1-4 pts
All requirements present
Formatting correct
Title, name, date
0 pts
5 pts
Formatting
Formatting incorrect
12 pt, DS, pages numbered, 3rd person,
Structure on separate page, margins
0 pts
Some aspect of formatting
incorrect
1-4 pts
Introduction missing or does
not follow guidelines
0 pts
Introduction is weak or
illogical
1-9 pts
Clear introductory paragraph
Topic introduced, outline of main
ideas of paper
Discussion
Paragraph #1
Little or no information is
provided
Some but not all questions
are answered and supported
All questions are clearly
answered and supported
0-5 pts
6-14 pts
15 pts
Little or no information is
provided
Some but not all questions
are answered and supported
All questions are clearly
answered and supported
0-5 pts
6-14 pts
15 pts
Remedial nutritional therapy
Little or no information is
provided
0-5 pts
Some but not all questions
are answered and supported
6-14 pts
All questions are clearly
answered and supported
15 pts
Conclusion
No conclusion paragraph
Conclusion is insufficient
0 pts
1-4 pts
Conclusion ties ideas together
and extracts meaning
5 pts
No clear order of
arrangement
0 pts
Some logic but not all items
are logically arranged
1-4 pts
Introduction
5 pts
10 pts
Case study detailed
Discussion
Paragraph #2
Nutritional implication
Discussion
Paragraph #3
Organization
Information is logically
arranged
5 pts
Coherence
Mechanics (punctuation,
grammar, spelling)
Research
ACS style for citations used
At least 4 references
No Wikipedia
Only 2 websites allowed
One primary journal article
Structure of Nutrient, if
applicable
No transitions are used
Transitions make the
communication read smoothly
0 pts
Some transitions are used or
some transitions are used
incorrectly
1-4 pts
Sentences are unclear and/or
difficult to follow; grammar
and/or spelling need
attention
0 pts
Sentences read well, but
some places are awkward or
unclear; there are some
grammar or spelling errors
1-4 pts
Sentences read smoothly; there
are few/no grammar or spelling
errors
No research or sources are
inappropriate
Documentation is incomplete
or inaccurate or most sources
lack credibility
1-4 pts
Documentation is complete,
accurate; all sources are credible
Structure of nutrient unclear
or functional groups not
labeled or incorrect
1-9 pts
Structure shown; correctly
represented
10 pts
0 pts
Structure of nutrient not
shown
0 pts
5 pts
5 pts
5 pts
Total points: _____________

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Health Promo: 5

Description

Answer the following two topics. Each topic response must be at least 2 paragraphs long.

Use proper APA format to cite and reference sources.

Topic #1

What resources do you use to determine safety and effectiveness of complementary and alternative medicine?

Topic #2

Discuss some of the psychophysiological aspects of stress. Which evidence-based stress management interventions do you apply to clinical practice? How effective are they?


Community Nursing

Description

Child and Adolescent Health

Read chapter 16 of the class textbook and review the attached PowerPoint presentation. Once done, answer the following questions;

1. Identify and discuss the major indicators of child and adolescent health status.

2. Describe and discuss the social determinants of child and adolescent health.

3. Mention and discuss at least 2 public programs and prevention strategies targeted to children’s health.

4. Mention and discuss the individual and societal costs of poor child health status.

INSTRUCTIONS:

As stated in the syllabus present your assignment in an APA format word document, Arial 12 font . A minimum of 2 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted. You must post two replies to any of your peers sustained with the proper references no older than 5 years in two different days to verify attendance and as well make sure the references are properly quoted and mention to whom you are replying to. A minimum of 800 words is required. Please make sure to follow the instructions as given and use either spell-check or Grammarly before you post your assignment. I will also pay close attention to spelling and/or grammar. Please review the rubric attached to the lecture. You must present the assignment according to how it is posted, answering the questions by number.

This assignment will be closely monitored for plagiarism.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 16
Child and Adolescent Health
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
The Health of a Child Has
Long-Term Implications



Health habits adopted by children and youth
profoundly influence their potential to lead
healthy, productive lives.
The physical and emotional health of a child
plays a pivotal role in the overall development
and well-being of the entire family.
Children who are healthy, well-nourished, well
cared for at home, and safe and secure in
their world achieve a higher potential.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
2
U.S. Children by Race/Ethnicity
Figure 16-1 From Federal Interagency Forum on Child and Family Statistics: America’s
children in brief: key national indicators of well-being, 2012.
www.childstats.gov/americaschildren/demo.asp. Accessed March 8, 2013.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
3
Impact of Pregnancy on a Child’s
Health


The health of the mother before, during, and
after pregnancy has a direct impact on the
health and well-being of her children.
A comprehensive approach is needed to…




Identify and treat potential risks
Overcome barriers to good health before, between,
and beyond pregnancy
Protect and promote the health of women and
children
Ensure the health of future generations
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
4
Risk Factors
Risks to mother → Risks to baby
 Not in optimal health → Poor pregnancy outcome
 Uncontrolled medical conditions → Low birth weight with serious
medical conditions
 Exposure to drug, alcohol, tobacco, poor nutrition → Chronic
conditions that affect health and well-being
 Unsafe environment (secondhand smoke, lead-based paint) →
Chronic conditions throughout childhood and maybe
adolescence/adulthood
Risks to Children
 No preventive health care and immunizations → preventable
diseases or chronic conditions in life
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
5
Infant Mortality


Infant mortality reflects the health and welfare
of an entire community and is used as a
broad indicator of health care and health
status.
Infant mortality is related to several factors:




Maternal health
Medical care quality and access
Socioeconomic conditions
Public health practices
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
6
Infant Mortality (Cont.)

Leading causes of infant death in the United
States (almost 60% of all infant deaths)






Congenital defects
Disorders relating to short gestation and low birth
weight
Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS)
Maternal complications of pregnancy
Accidents such as suffocation
United States ranks 27th in infant mortality
among industrialized nations
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
7
U.S. Infant Mortality


Has dropped every year since 1940 (not 2002)
Attributable to public health measures and improved
standard of living






Improved sanitation
Clean milk supply
Immunizations
Nutritious food
Enhances access to maternal health care
Technological advances also contributed

e.g., synthetic lung surfactant
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
8
International Comparisons of
Infant Mortality Rates* (2011)
World Rank
Country
1960
2011
1
Iceland
13.0
0.9
2
Sweden
16.6
2.1
3
Japan
30.7
2.3
4
Finland
21.0
2.4
4
Norway
16.0
2.4
6
Czech Republic
20.0
2.7
7
Republic of Korea

3.0
8
Portugal
77.5
3.1
9
Spain
43.7
3.2
10
Belgium
31.4
3.3
*Infant mortality rate represents infant deaths per 1000 live births.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
9
International Comparisons of Infant
Mortality Rates* (2011) (Cont.)
World Rank
Country
1960
2011
11
Italy
43.9
3.4
11
Greece
40.1
3.4
13
France
27.7
3.5
13
Israel

3.5
13
Ireland
29.3
3.5
16
Germany
35.0
3.6
16
Austria
37.5
3.6
16
Denmark
21.5
3.6
16
Netherlands
16.5
3.6
20
Switzerland
21.1
3.8
*Infant mortality rate represents infant deaths per 1000 live births.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
10
International Comparisons of Infant
Mortality Rates* (2011) (Cont.)
World Rank
Country
1960
2011
20
Australia
20.2
3.8
22
United Kingdom
22.5
4.3
23
Poland
54.8
4.7
24
Slovakia
28.6
4.9
24
Hungary
47.6
4.9
26
New Zealand
22.6
5.5
27
United States
26.0
6.1
28
Chile
120.3
7.4
29
Turkey
189.5
7.7
30
Mexico
92.3
13.6
*Infant mortality rate represents infant deaths per 1000 live births.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
11
Infant Mortality Rates
Figure 16-2 From Murphy SL, Xu J, Kochanek KD: Deaths: Final Data for 2010,
National Vital Statistics Report, Vol 61, No.4, May 8, 2013.
http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvsr/nvsr61/nvsr61_04.pdf. Accessed September 3, 2013.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
12
Preterm Birth and Low Birth Weight





Preterm: Birth before 37 weeks of gestation
LBW: Infant born less than 5.5 pounds
Important predictors of infant health
Greater risk of death than full term
Greater risk of mental and physical disabilities





Cerebral palsy
Visual problems (e.g., retinopathy of prematurity)
Feeding problems
Hearing loss
Developmental delays
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
13
Preterm Birth and Low Birth Weight
(Cont.)

Factors associated with preterm and LBW










Minority status
Chronic stress
Maternal age of 35 years
Chronic health problems of mother
Lack of prenatal care
Multiple births
Certain problems with the uterus or cervix
Low socioeconomic status
Unhealthy maternal habits
Induced labor and elective C-section births
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
14
Preconception Health


Half of all pregnancies are unintended.
Impact on developing fetal organ systems by:






Healthy maternal weight and good nutrition
Tending to chronic maternal diseases
Being up-to-date on vaccinations
Avoiding environmental toxins
Decreasing stress and eliminating abusive
relationships
Avoiding illicit drugs, tobacco, and alcohol
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
15
Preconception Health (Cont.)

Preconception counseling as a prevention
strategy:

Effective contraception to avoid unintended
pregnancies and pregnancy spacing
➢ Recommend intake of folic acid daily
➢ Encourage healthy lifestyle modifications


Prenatal care
Prenatal substance use
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
16
Prenatal Care

Early and regular prenatal care enhances
chance of a healthy, full-term baby.

Health education and counseling
➢ Risk identification
➢ Monitoring and treatment of symptoms
➢ Referral to health, nutrition, social services
• Medicaid, WIC, food stamps, smoking cessation
services, housing, child care, job training, substance
abuse treatment, domestic violence screening and
counseling
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
17
Prenatal Substance Use

The use of tobacco, alcohol, or illicit drugs in
any combination is dangerous to a woman’s
health and worsens infant health and
development outcomes.



Smoking is one of the most preventable causes of
infant morbidity and mortality
Alcohol can lead to FAS
Drugs can cause permanent harm to an unborn
baby
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
18
Breastfeeding
“Breastfeeding is a natural and beneficial
source of nutrition and provides the healthiest
start for an infant. In addition to the nutritional
benefits, breastfeeding promotes a unique and
emotional connection between mother and
baby.”
– American Academy of Pediatrics, 2012
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
19
Breastfeeding (Cont.)

AAP recommends

Exclusive breastfeeding for first 6 months
➢ Breastfeeding in combination with introduction of
complementary foods until at least 12 months
➢ Continuation of breastfeeding for as long as
mutually desired by mother and baby

2011Surgeon General’s Call to Action to
Support Breastfeeding


Actions aimed at increasing society support
Nurses, other professionals, and support groups
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
20
Breastfeeding Advantages
Mother




Baby
Lower risk of breast and
ovarian cancer
Lower risk of
postpartum depression
Lower risk of type 2
diabetes
Saves money on
formula






Cells, hormones, and
antibodies in breast milk
Lower risk of asthma
Lower risk of obesity
Lower risk of diabetes
Lower risk of SIDS
Fewer illnesses
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
21
Sudden Unexplained Infant Death

Definition of SUID





Less than 1 year of age
Occurs suddenly and unexpectedly
Cause of death not immediately obvious before
investigation
Half of SUID are SIDS
Definition of SIDS

Death cannot be explained after a thorough
investigation, including autopsy, examining death
scene, and review of clinical history
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
22
Sudden Unexplained Infant Death
(Cont.)

Back to Sleep campaign (1994)



Heighten awareness of the safety of positioning
infants on their backs for sleep
SIDS death declined by >50%
Safe to Sleep campaign (2010)

Included other actions to reduce risks of other
sleep-related causes of death (e.g., suffocation)
http://www.nichd.nih.gov/sts
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
23
Safe to Sleep Campaign
Recommendations










Always place baby on back to sleep for naps and night
Place baby on firm surface with fitted sheet
Not in adult bed, couch, or chair alone or with adults
Keep soft objects, toys, and loose bedding out of sleep area
Do not smoke during pregnancy
Do not allow smoking around baby
Do not let baby get too hot during sleep
Follow vaccine and health check-up recommendations
Avoid advertised SIDS products
Get regular health care during pregnancy
– National Institute of Child Health & Human Development: Safe sleep for
your Baby, 2013
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
24
Childhood Health Issues






Accidental injury is the leading cause of death in
children ages 1 to 14.
Childhood obesity is a health crisis; it can lead to
numerous health problems.
Childhood immunization is a benchmark of child
health.
Environmental concerns can be found in air, water,
and from toxic exposure to chemicals.
Child maltreatment is an indicator of children’s
physical and emotional health status.
Children with special health care needs frequently
need multiple health care services.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
25
Adolescent Health Issues




Adolescent sexual activity is often
unprotected and can result in pregnancy
and STIs.
Teen childbearing and parenting often
have long-term negative consequences
for both child and mother.
Violence among youth is a multifaceted
problem.
The use of tobacco, alcohol, and drugs
has serious and long-lasting
consequences for adolescents and
society.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
26
Factors Affecting Child and
Adolescent Health

Significant factors in overall well-being:
Parents’ or caregivers’ income, education, and
stability
➢ Security and safety of the home
➢ Nutritional and environmental issues
➢ Health care access and use


Specific issues:



Poverty
Racial and ethnic disparities
Health care use
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
27
Children Lacking Health Insurance
Figure 16-5 Data from DeNavas-Walt C, Proctor D, and Smith J: Income, poverty, and health insurance
coverage in the United States: 2011. U.S. Census Bureau Current Population Reports, September
2012. http://www.census.gov/prod/2012pubs/p60-243.pdf. Accessed March 8, 2013.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
28
Strategies to Improve Child and
Adolescent Health



Collect/analyze data tracking well-being of
children and adolescents.
Establish goals and set measurable
objectives using Healthy People 2020.
Implement health promotion and disease
prevention strategies.


More significant and cost-effective for children
than other age groups.
Utilize public health programs targeted to
children and adolescents.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
29
Public Health Programs Targeted to
Children and Adolescents

Health Care Coverage Programs




Affordable Care Act
Medicaid and CHIP
EPSDT (Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis,
and Treatment)
Direct Health Care delivery programs




Maternal and Child Health Block Grant (Title V)
Community & Migrant Health Centers program
School-Based Health Centers
WIC
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
30
Sharing Responsibility for Improving
Child and Adolescent Health





Parents’ role
Community’s role
Employer’s role
Government’s role
Community health nurse’s
role
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
31
Community Health Nurse’s Role






An advocate for improved individual and community
responses to children’s needs.
A researcher for effective strategies to serve women
and children.
A participant in publicly funded programs.
A promoter of social interventions that enhance the
living situations of high-risk families.
A partner with other professionals to improve service
collaboration and coordination.
Understand the legal and ethical implications of
decision making.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
32
Monitoring the Health and Well-Being
of Children
Resource
Website address
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC)
http://www.cdc.gov
Federal Interagency Forum on Child and
Family Statistics
http://www.childstats.gov
National Center for Education Statistics
(NCES)
http://nces.ed.gov
National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS)
http://www.cdc.gov/nchs
US Bureau of Justice
http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/bjs
US Bureau of Labor Statistics
http://www.bls.gov
US Census Bureau
http://www.census.gov
USDHHS Healthy People 2020
http://www.healthypeople.gov
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
33

Name
DQ Rubric 2019


Description
Rubric Detail
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Proficient
Competent
Novice
Introduction
and quality of
discussion’s
Argument
Weight 60.00%
100.00 %
It is consistent with
application in
research related to its
context. Clarity of
ideas.
Comprehensive, indepth and wide
ranging.
70.00 %
The topic has a
partially weak
association to
clarity of ideas and
related topic.
Relevant but not
comprehensive.
15.00 %
Unable to address
any part of the
question and/or topic.
Little relevance/some
accuracy.
Objectivity of
Tone, overall
quality &
Review of
Literature in
APA 6th format
within past 7
years
Weight 10.00%
100.00 %
Tone is consistent,
addressed
professionally and
objectively.
Evidence in
literature supports
arguments.
70.00 %
The tone is not
consistently
objective. Some
observations, some
supportive evidence
used.
15.00 %
No objectivity in
tone. No evidence of
literature review
provided. Lacks
evidence of critical
analysis, poor to no
use of supportive
evidence.
Grammar /
Writing Skills
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Excellent mechanics,
sentence structure
and organization
with no grammatical
mistakes.
70.00 %
Some grammatical
lapses , uses
emotional
responses in lieu of
relevant points.
0.00 %
Poor grammar, weak
communication, lack
of clarity.
Peer Reply #1
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
70.00 %
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
0.00 %
No peer response
Peer Reply #2
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
70.00 %
0.00 %
No Peer response
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Overall APA
Use
Weight 7.50%
Proficient
Competent
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
apply 6th edition
APA standards.
70.00 %
Some ability to to
apply 6th edition
APA standards. i.e.
use of in-text
citation, reference
structure,
quoting,etc.
Novice
0.00 %
No adherence to 6th
edition APA
standards.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Effects of Dehydration Video and Quiz

Description

InstructionsWatch the BBC Video “Effects of Dehydration (Links to an external site.)” then complete the quiz. Do not START QUIZ before you watch the video.You will only have 10 minutes to answer questions. Do not navigate away from the quiz this will end your quiz and you will not be able to return and complete the quiz.If you have been approved for testing accommodation by the Center for Student with Disabilities, please check the time before you begin. If you didn’t receive the authorized accommodation, please do not begin your exam/quiz and contact your instructor immediately.


HCA 430 Responses. There should be 4 responses total

Description

Discussion 1 Provide a substantive response (minimum of 100 to 150 words) to at least two of your peers. Respond to one peer who chose the same form of capital as you and one who chose the opposite form. What are some of the differences and/or similarities between your decisions to choose one form over the other?Discussion 2Provide a substantive response (minimum of 100 to 150 words) to at least two of your peers. Are there any similarities and/or differences between your communities or states? Do you agree or disagree with your peers’ findings on adequacy?


Unformatted Attachment Preview

HHS430 Special Populations
HCA 430: Special Populations in Health Care – D. Miles Burkholder and Nicole Bremer
NashHCA 430: Special Populations in Health Care – D. Miles Burkholder and Nicole Bremer
Nash
Please respond to both discussion 1 and 2. Four responses total
Discussion 1
Provide a substantive response (minimum of 100 to 150 words) to at least two of your peers.
Respond to one peer who chose the same form of capital as you and one who chose the opposite
form. What are some of the differences and/or similarities between your decisions to choose one
form over the other?
This is my post
Social Versus Human Capital
Abuse is the case where an individual is treated harshly by criminals or their relatives. Some of the forms of abuse
are such as psychological abuse, sexual abuse, emotional, and physical abuse. When a person is abused, a scar is
left, which takes a different range of time to heal. There are cases where the victims have to live with the scars for
the rest of their lives. For instance, sexual abuse is detrimental, and one has to live with the incident in mind. It is a
sad incident that is difficult to forget. Social capital is the norms, values, and cooperation in society, while human
capital refers to the skills, knowledge, and competencies of an individual.
Social capital will have a more considerable influence over the resources which are accessible to the abused. It is
because social capital involves factors that contribute to effective functioning social groups. It involves interpersonal
relationships, shared understanding, and norms. It can provide access to human capital through skills, expertise, and
information, (Claridge (Links to an external site.), 2016, para.5). Social capital enables people to work together and
co-operate in achieving a specific goal. A community could decide to have social groups that consist of people who
have had a similar form of abuse. For instance, sexually abused people would form a social group. The will have
principles, norms, and values that all the members will have to adhere to. This group will be functional and will help
the abused in moving on with their lives and coping with the scars. Resources will be more accessible, considering
that the group will be recognized, and the community will witness its benefits.
I would rely on social capital, considering that in a social group, you will not be judged. The people understand you
better and give you the emotional support that you need. The encouraging words from people who have been in such
situations motivate one to fight the odds in life. Being around people who understand your situation is comforting.
Respond to Amanda and Alyssa
Amanda
Abuse comes in many forms and effects all walks of life, I believe both social and human capital
provide resources and that are available for the abused. I feel social capital as a bigger influence,
social capital can provide access to information, knowledge, and skills to the abused victims.
Social capital is a support system of family, friends, and even the community, I would relay on
social capital through difficult times, my family is most important as well as help offered in my
community. Often times the abused feel alone, feel there is no way out, it can feel like there isn’t
any hope left and that is very scary for the abused. Social capital also provides emotional support
were often times that is essential to abuse victims, in poverty stricken communities it can be
difficult for the abused to receive help, or they may simply not be aware of any help that is
offered, it is important to provide resources and information to them social capital does just that.
Abused victims sometimes do not want to seek medial care because they are in fear for there
lives and do not want to get the law involved which is common. (Burkholder & Nash, 2013)
Scars from abuse last many years counseling and therapy is needed to heal as well as support
form whom they trust the most. One of my colleagues is suffering from domestic violence it has
gotten so bad her friends and family do not speak to her, the influence her husband has over her
is unbelievable, I can not judge her because I have never been in her shoes. Last night she said
enough and left, law enforcement has been involved, I hop she lives for good and connects with
her family and friends, we all love her.
Resources:
1. Burkholder, D. M., & Nash, N. B. (2013). Special populations in health care[Electronic
version]. Retrieved from https://content.ashford.edu/ (Links to an external site.)
2. Nawa, N., Isumi, A., & Fujiwara, T. (2018). Community-level social capital, parental
psychological distress, and child physical abuse: a multilevel mediation analysis. Social
Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 53(11), 1221–1229. https://doi-org.proxylibrary.ashford.edu/10.1007/s00127-018-1547-5
Alyssa
Hello Class,
Our book defines human capital as; “The amount of investment in a person’s potential” (
Burkholder, 2013). In my opinion, human capital has a greater influence over resources
accessible to abused individuals. Of course, social capital reaps its benefits, but it does not
precisely assist in a positive way for abused individuals in every situation. Our book explains
that abused adults and children will often feel isolated by their abuser, making the social network
or personal relationships useless in terms of resources to recover or get out of an abusive
relationship/family ( Burkholder, 2013). In a study based out of Japan, women who lived in
“trusted” neighborhoods were LESS likely to report incidents of infant abuse over women who
lived in “less trusting” neighborhoods (Fujiwara, T., Yamaoka, Y., & Kawachi, I., 2016). The
study proves that even in non-abusive situations, social capital is failing. Although low income
and less education are significant players in the increase in abuse cases among women and
children, a steady income and higher education can help further the independence and future of
abused individuals in recovery ( Burkholder, 2013). Social capital or interpersonal relationships
may gain strength in these individuals once human capital is meet, but prior too, it may be of no
use.
Regarding emotional support, I feel as if social capital is more reliable. This can vary, though, if
the individual has a trustworthy person to lean through the difficult times. If they do not have a
credible source, I believe they can seek emotional support through human capital in the form of a
passion or hobby that distracts them from tough times.
References:
1. Burkholder, D. M., & Nash, N. B. (2013). Special populations in health care. Retrieved from
https://content.ashford.edu/ (Links to an external site.)
2. Fujiwara, T., Yamaoka, Y., & Kawachi, I. (2016). Neighborhood social capital and infant
physical abuse: A population-based study in Japan. International Journal of Mental Health
Systems, 10. https://doi-org.proxy-library.ashford.edu/10.1186/s13033-016-0047-9
Discussion 2
Provide a substantive response (minimum of 100 to 150 words) to at least two of your
peers. Are there any similarities and/or differences between your communities or states?
Do you agree or disagree with your peers’ findings on adequacy?
This is my post
Continuum of Care Evaluation and Analysis
The chronic illness that I chose is cancer. It is a group of diseases that have resulted in the death of many people. Its
cure has not yet been found, although there are preventive measures that are being used on patients. It is the leading
death cause in this century.
One of the resources that address the issues which are related to chronic illness, cancer is human resources. We have
people who are well informed about the causes of this disease. They create awareness within the community by
educating them on eating habits. Cancer has been related to bad eating habits. Besides, they inform the people living
with cancer on what treatments to take. The second resource is the institutions in the community. The public and
private hospitals help in treating patients who have cancer. They do this by performing some activities such as
chemotherapy.
One of the national resources that address issues related to cancer is institutions or organs such as the World Health
Organization (WHO). It is a body that manages international health work and promotes research. It has been mainly
involved in the study regarding the measures that would be implemented in fighting against cancer. It provides
resources to ensure that intensive analysis is performed. Secondly, technology is a resource that is being integrated
into the healthcare sector to improve efficiency. It has contributed to the emergence and functioning of treatments
such as chemotherapy.
The continuum of care of services is inadequate to patients who have cancer. It is the case considering that there are
instances where a hospital in the community has weak referral links to a particular facility. Besides, poor
communication contributes to the inadequacy of quality care. Long distances and financial issues contribute to the
existence of this issue, (De Graft-Johnson, n.d., p.2).
Respond to Lisa and Joanna
Lisa
Asthma is one of the chronic illnesses which have affected the health of majority of the people in
the country. According to the researches carried out by different experts, the increased cases of
Asthma in the country are as a result of the air pollutants which have been brought about by the
industrialization in the country. Moreover, the research has made it clear that the increased cases
of Asthma are as a result of the cold air (Barrow, 2019).
For the purposes of ensuring that the cases of Asthma are reduced, my community has been able
to bring about policies which ensure that the pollutants from the industries are exposed safely.
This has played significant roles in ensuring that a large percentage of the cases of Asthma is
reduced hence enabling the members of the community to contribute to the growth and the
development of the area. Again, the community has been able to introduce clothes which ensure
that the cold air does not affect them. The introduction of such clothes has helped in ensuring
that the numbers of deaths brought about by Asthma are reduced. The services offered in such
cases include; supply of the clothes to different parts of the country and education to the people
so as to ensure that the ways of reducing pollution are introduced in the companies (Batura,
2019).
The national resources which the issues related to Asthma include; libraries which educate the
people on ways of reducing pollution and construction of health centers to fight the spread of
Asthma. As far as I am concerned, I think that the continuum of care services is adequate for the
population with asthma because it has integrated systems which ensure that the people are
provided with quality healthcare (McNellan, 2019).
References
Barrow, G. J., & Brandeau, M. L. (2019). A modified HIV continuum of care: A six-year
evaluation of a viral load cascade at a hospital-based clinic in Kingston, Jamaica. International
journal of STD & AIDS, 0956462419839514.
Batura, N., Skordis, J., Palmer, T., Odiambo, A., Copas, A., Vanhuyse, F., … & HaghparastBidgoli, H. (2019). Cost-effectiveness of conditional cash transfers to retain women in the
continuum of care during pregnancy, birth and the postnatal period: protocol for an economic
evaluation of the Afya trial in Kenya. BMJ open, 9(11).
McNellan, C. R., Dansereau, E., Wallace, M. C., Colombara, D. V., Palmisano, E. B., Johanns,
C. K., … & Iriarte, E. (2019). Antenatal care as a means to increase participation in the
continuum of maternal and child healthcare: an analysis of the poorest regions of four
Mesoamérican countries. BMC pregnancy and childbirth, 19(1), 66.
Joanna
There are many chronic illnesses and disabilities that affects people of all ages. This stems
from various reasons including genetics/family history, lack of resources such as healthy
nutrition, proper medical & preventive care. According to our text Burkholder & Nash (2013),
states that chronic illnesses are more prevalent in the homeless and elderly populations. In the
medical field, chronic illnesses and disabilities are living longer lives by following physician
orders, taking their medications and eating a healthy diet. The chronic illness that I chose to
discuss is heart disease. There are different types of heart disease, the most common is Coronary
Heart Disease. Heart disease can lead to hypertension, being overweight/obesity, stroke, type 2
diabetes and abnormal blood fats. According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in the
United States about 610,000 people, which is 1 in every 4 people a year die from heart disease
and making it lead to the cause of death for men and women. One of the resources in my
community is the Louisiana Department of Health that helps people stay healthy and avoid
having a heart attack. It also assist the patients to maintain healthy weight and have a low salt
diet. Another resource is the Heart Clinic of Louisiana. This resources helps patients get the best
tests and procedures performed by the Heart Clinic.
The American Heart Association is a national resource that addresses heart disease and the
issues related to heart disease by providing educational resources, such as nutritional information
and update medical research to help individuals to live healthy lives. Women Heart, The
National Coalition for women with heart disease is also a national resource that addresses heart
disease issues in women (“Women Heart”, n.d.). The continuum of care services are adequate for
the population of heart disease within the community where I reside. There are adequate
resources to help with preventive services are medical services for those diagnosed with heart
disease. There is a major hospital in New Orleans which is called Ochsner Medical Center that
provides several heart services that awards and grants the city wellness for patients.
References:
Burkholder, D. M., & Nash, N. B. (2013). Special populations in health care [Electronic
version]. Retrieved from https://content.ashford.edu/ (Links to an external site.)
https://www.cdc.gov/heartdisease/facts.htm (Links to an external site.)
ldh.la.gov
www.heartclinicoflouisiana.com (Links to an external site.)
Getting Healthy. (n.d.). American Heart Association. Retrieved from
https://www.heart.org (Links to an external site.)
Women Heart The National Coalition for Women with Heart Disease. (n.d.). Retrieved from

WomenHeart

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

writing for HEALTH

Description

Hi,

I just want you to write based on those things:

Did you receive information about contraception in school prior to college?
What grade level? What was taught?
How do you feel about contraception information being taught in the schools?
At what grade level do you think it should be taught, if at all?
Do you think this information is important and effective to the students being taught?
Do you think birth control, such as condoms, should be given to high school students at school?

YOU MUST WRITE AT LEAST 150 WORDS

You must cite all references utilized in APA format.


Question to prompt critical thinking

Description

Identify the question and /or hypothesis. Was a research question or hypothesis provided in the article? If so so,what? If not why?B. What was the answer to the research question? Was the hypothesis accepted or rejected?


Unformatted Attachment Preview

1
Annotated Bibliography
Skyler Bellmore
HCS/465
November 4, 2019
Instructor Ann Impens
2
Annotated Bibliography
Bayati, M., Braverman, M., Gillam, M., Mack, K. M., Ruiz, G., Smith, M. S., & Horvitz, E.
(2014). Data-Driven Decisions for Reducing Readmissions for Heart Failure: General
Methodology and Case Study. PLoS ONE, 9(10), 1–9. Ed. Retrieved from:
https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0109264
This article focuses on a study that was conducted to observe the possibility of
using prediction to determine patient-specific interventions to avoid readmission
in relation to those who have a congestive heart failure (CHF) diagnosis. This
study used a statistical classifier from a retrospective database of 793 hospital
visits for heart failure to predict the possibility of readmission into the hospital
30-post discharge. Throughout the study, the use of decision analysis and a costeffectiveness analysis were also used to determine the impact of utilizing a
decision-making system for post-discharge interventions. As a result, it was
determined that classifiers produced directly from patient data could be joined
with decision analysis systems to direct post-discharge support for CHF patients.
Munish Sharma, Ravi Kumar Patel, Mahesh Krishnamurthy, & Richard Snyder. (2018).
Determining the role of intravenous hydration on early hospital readmissions for acute
congestive heart failure. Clinics and Practice, (1). Retrieved from:
https://doi.org/10.4081/cp.2018.981
This article captures a study of the impact of intravenous hydration methods on
patients diagnosed with congestive heart failure (CHF) in relation to early
readmission post-discharge. Specifically, the use of intravenous fluid restrictions
and the reduction of fluid overload to aid in lower readmission rates of these
3
patients. A retrospective approach was used through the use of electronic health
records to analyze patient admission data for those with CHF. Data analysis was
the main source of comparing patient data to determine IV fluid usage and
interval throughout admission as well as potential subsequent early hospital
readmission. As a result, it was determined that duration and amount of IV fluid
hydration did contribute to early readmission rates for CHF patients.
Shah, M., Patnaik, S., Patel, B., Arora, S., Patel, N., Lahewala, S., … Jacobs, L. (2017). The day
of the week and acute heart failure admissions: Relationship with acute myocardial
infarction, 30-day readmission rate and in-hospital mortality. International Journal of
Cardiology, 249, 292–300. Retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2017.09.003
This article focused on readmission rates for patients diagnosed with congestive
heart failure (CHF) specific to the day of the week in which patients were
originally discharged and subsequently readmitted to the hospital. The use of
claims data and patient medical records were used along with a logistics
regression model for this study. It was determined through this study that
weekends experienced lower rates of admissions and discharges of patients with
CHF. Fridays were found to have the highest 30-day readmission rates.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nutrition Documentary

Description

Nutrition Film Documentary Summary – Extra Credit (10 points)Select from any of the following nutrition-related documentaries. If you have a different film you would like to review that is not on the list, please contact your instructor for prior approval. Many of the following films are available online for free or through a streaming service.


marketing plan

Description

A marketing plan is a written strategy for selling the products/services of a new business and/or product. It is a reflection of how serious an organization is in meeting the competition head on, with strategies and plans to increase market share and attract customers. An effective Marketing Plan is backed by carefully collected market, consumer, and competitor information, sometimes citing professional advice. A good marketing plan will help you to improve an organization’s odds against more experienced competitors and newly emerging ones. The Plan enables organizations to recognize and take action on any trends and consumer preferences that other companies have overlooked, and to develop and expand their own select group of loyal customers now and into the future. The plan also shows others that the organization has carefully considered how to produce a product that is innovative, unique, and marketable – improving the chances of stable profits.

For the duration of this course, you will develop a marketing plan for an organization of your choice (i.e., Hospital, Long-term Care Facility, Outpatient Surgery Center, etc.). For Module 1 SLP, in 2-3 pages, you are to:

Identify (type) an organization for which you are creating a marketing plan. Be sure to name your organization as well (i.e., Organizational Name/Type: Trident Assisted Living; Long-Term Care Facility).
Identify a Geographical Location where your organization is situated. (This is important when you reach the point of researching the market in that area.)
The area that you choose can be one in which you reside, have resided, or an area that you would be interested in researching.
Include demographics of the location (average age, median salary, ethnicity composition, etc.).
Provide a Historical Background:
In this section, you are to give the reader an indication of where your organization idea originated and opportunities for expansion.
Indicate how the future success of the organizations can be attributed to the strategies found in the marketing plan.
Identify if the organization is non-profit or for-profit.
Provide the Marketing Goals and Objectives:
To introduce this section, include the “mission statement” of the organization.
Identify industry-wide problems and create strategies to challenge them. This will also demonstrate that you have the necessary foresight to allow you to recognize problems in the future (i.e., baby boomer concerns, understaffing issues, lack of technology, underserved population, etc.).
Explain how you will attract more customers while keeping the ones you have.
Indicate the goals you have for quality of service, level of service (speed and accuracy), customer satisfaction, and your own flexibility to support consumer demands and requests.

Note: The bolded words above should be the section headings in your Marketing Plan.

SLP Assignment Expectations
Conduct additional research to gather sufficient information to support your response/position.
Limit your paper to 3 pages (not including title page or reference page).
Support your SLP with peer-reviewed articles, with at least 2-3 references.


Quality and Susainability Part Two

Description

Quality and Sustainability Paper Part Two – Analysis and Application

The Quality and Sustainability Paper is a practice immersion assignment designed to be completed in three sections. This is part two of the assignment. Learners are required to analyze the quality outcomes and/or patient safety measures of a health care entity to determine its successes and failures, identify potential obstacles to the implementation of the measures, and determine what collaborative efforts are needed to create sustainability.General Guidelines:Use the following information to ensure successful completion of the assignment:
This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.
Doctoral learners are required to use APA style for their writing assignments. The APA Style Guide is located in the Student Success Center.
This assignment requires that you support your position by referencing at least six to eight scholarly resources. At least three of your supporting references must be from scholarly sources other than the assigned readings.
You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. Please refer to the directions in the Student Success Center.
Directions:Write a 1,250-1,500 word paper that provides the following:
Identify or create a health care entity. (Provide an overall description of this entity without using the real name; i.e. location, size, profit or nonprofit, years in operation). Do not give the real name of any entity or person you are describing.
Using defined quality outcomes and/or patient safety measures, describe the health care entity’s successes and failures. Include identified criteria and data that demonstrate why this entity is successful and in what areas.
Using the quality outcomes data, identify a quality or safety area that nursing science can impact. Describe the specific variables.
Identify potential obstacles that may hinder the implementation of the quality or safety measure.
Identify those groups or leadership roles within the entity with whom you may need to collaborate.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Course Code
DNP-835
Class Code
DNP-835-IO10310
Criteria
Content
Percentage
70.0%
Completed Changes and Corrected Errors to
Subsequent Paper, Including Transitions for a
Scholarly Paper
5.0%
Description of Health Care Entity and
Identification of Successes and Failures
15.0%
Identification of Quality or Safety Measure That
Nursing Science Can Improve, and Analysis of
Supporting Data
20.0%
Identification of Potential Obstacles to
Implementation of Quality or Safety Measures
10.0%
Identification of Stakeholders and Leaders
Needed for Collaboration
10.0%
Six to Eight Additional Scholarly Research
Sources With In-Text Citations
10.0%
Organization and Effectiveness
20.0%
Thesis Development and Purpose
7.0%
Argument Logic and Construction
8.0%
Mechanics of Writing (includes spelling,
punctuation, grammar, language use)
5.0%
Format
10.0%
Paper Format (use of appropriate style for the
major and assignment)
5.0%
Documentation of Sources (citations, footnotes,
references, bibliography, etc., as appropriate to
assignment and style)
5.0%
Total Weightage
100%
Assignment Title
Quality and Sustainability Paper Part Two – Analysis and Application
Unsatisfactory (0.00%)
Learner did not attach previous paper and did not make
changes as indicated.
A heath care entity is not described; the success and failures
are not identified.
Quality or safety measure that nursing science can improve is
not identified. Analysis of data is not performed.
Potential obstacles that may hinder implementation of
quality or safety measures are not identified.
Stakeholders needed for collaboration are not identified.
None of the required elements (minimum of six topic-related
scholarly research sources and six in-text citations) are
present.
Paper lacks any discernible overall purpose or organizing
claim.
Statement of purpose is not justified by the conclusion. The
conclusion does not support the claim made. Argument is
incoherent and uses noncredible sources.
Surface errors are pervasive enough that they impede
communication of meaning. Inappropriate word choice or
sentence construction is used.
Template is not used appropriately or documentation format
is rarely followed correctly.
Sources are not documented.
Total Points
175.0
Less than Satisfactory (74.00%)
N/A
A heath care entity is identified, but a description is not
provided. Quality outcomes or patient safety measures are
not utilized to identify the success and failures. Criteria and
data are not used to substantiate why the entity is successful.
Quality or safety measure that nursing science can improve is
suggested, but analysis of data is not performed.
Potential obstacles are identified, but a correlation to how
these obstacles will hinder the implication of quality or safety
measures is not established.
Stakeholders needed for collaboration are referenced, but no
groups or leaders are identified.
Not all required elements are present. One or more elements
are missing, or included sources are not scholarly research or
topic-related.
Thesis is insufficiently developed or vague. Purpose is not
clear.
Sufficient justification of claims is lacking. Argument lacks
consistent unity. There are obvious flaws in the logic. Some
sources have questionable credibility.
Frequent and repetitive mechanical errors distract the
reader. Inconsistencies in language choice (register) or word
choice are present. Sentence structure is correct but not
varied.
Appropriate template is used, but some elements are missing
or mistaken. A lack of control with formatting is apparent.
Documentation of sources is inconsistent or incorrect, as
appropriate to assignment and style, with numerous
formatting errors.
Satisfactory (79.00%)
Learner attached previous paper and has made changes as
indicated. Learner needs to incorporate transitions to
connect the ideas between the papers
A heath care entity is identified and an overall description is
provided, but many significant details are missing. The quality
measures or patient safety measures utilized fail to
accurately identify the successes and failures for the health
care entity. Criteria and data do not fully substantiate why
the entity is successful, or in what areas.
Quality or safety measure that nursing science can improve is
presented, but analysis of data does not completely support
claim.
Potential obstacles are identified, but a correlation to how
these obstacles will hinder the implication of quality or safety
measures is unclear.
Stakeholders needed for collaboration are identified, but the
roles of the groups or leaders in the implementation are
unclear.
All required elements are present. Scholarly research sources
are topic-related, but the source and quality of one or more
references is questionable.
Thesis is apparent and appropriate to purpose.
Argument is orderly, but may have a few inconsistencies. The
argument presents minimal justification of claims. Argument
logically, but not thoroughly, supports the purpose. Sources
used are credible. Introduction and conclusion bracket the
thesis.
Some mechanical errors or typos are present, but they are
not overly distracting to the reader. Correct and varied
sentence structure and audience-appropriate language are
employed.
Appropriate template is used. Formatting is correct, although
some minor errors may be present.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style, although some formatting errors may be present.
Good (87.00%)
Learner attached previous paper and has made changes as
indicated. Learner needs to incorporate better transitions to
connect the ideas between the papers.
A heath care entity is identified and described, including
relevant details. Quality outcomes and /or patient safety
measures are utilized to identify the success and failures.
Criteria and data are presented that help substantiate why
the entity is successful in certain areas.
Quality or safety measure that nursing science can improve is
presented. Analysis offers support, but more explanation is
required to fully demonstrate how data supports claim.
Potential obstacles are identified. A correlation to how these
obstacles will hinder the implication of quality or safety
measures is generally established.
Stakeholders needed for collaboration are identified, and the
roles of the groups or leaders in the implementation are
generally discussed.
All required elements are present. Scholarly research sources
are topic-related, and obtained from reputable professional
sources.
Thesis is clear and forecasts the development of the paper.
Thesis is descriptive and reflective of the arguments and
appropriate to the purpose.
Argument shows logical progressions. Techniques of
argumentation are evident. There is a smooth progression of
claims from introduction to conclusion. Most sources are
authoritative.
Prose is largely free of mechanical errors, although a few may
be present. The writer uses a variety of effective sentence
structures and figures of speech.
Appropriate template is fully used. There are virtually no
errors in formatting style.
Sources are documented, as appropriate to assignment and
style, and format is mostly correct.
Excellent (100.00%)
Learner attached previous paper and has made changes as
indicated. Learner has includes all necessary transitions to
create a scholarly paper.
A heath care entity is identified with details that provide
insight into the organization. Quality outcomes or patient
safety measures clearly define its success and failures. Very
detailed criteria and data are presented to substantiate why
the entity is successful, and in what areas.
Quality or safety measure that nursing science can improve is
presented. Analysis is thorough and the data presented
supports claim. A very good explanation of the how the data
supports the claim is provided.
Potential obstacles are identified. A correlation of how these
obstacles will hinder the implication of quality or safety
measures is clearly established and shows insight.
Stakeholders needed for collaboration are identified, and the
roles of the groups or leaders in the implementation are
generally discussed.
All required elements are present. Scholarly research sources
are topic-related, and obtained from highly respected,
professional, original sources.
Comments
Thesis is comprehensive and contains the essence of the
paper. Thesis statement makes the purpose of the paper
clear.
Clear and convincing argument that presents a persuasive
claim in a distinctive and compelling manner. All sources are
authoritative.
Writer is clearly in command of standard, written, academic
English.
All format elements are correct.
Sources are completely and correctly documented, as
appropriate to assignment and style, and format is free of
error.
Points Earned

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Scholarly activities

Description

Throughout the RN-to-BSN program, students are required to participate in scholarly activities outside of clinical practice or professional practice. Examples of scholarly activities include attending conferences, seminars, journal club, grand rounds, morbidity and mortality meetings, interdisciplinary committees, quality improvement committees, and any other opportunities available at your site, within your community, or nationally.You are required to post one scholarly activity while you are in the BSN program, which should be documented by the end of this course. In addition to this submission, you are required to be involved and contribute to interdisciplinary initiatives on a regular basis.Submit, as the assignment, a summary report of the scholarly activity, including who, what, where, when and any relevant take-home points. Include the appropriate program competencies associated with the scholarly activity as well as future professional goals related to this activity. You may use the “Scholarly Activity Summary” resource to help guide this assignment.While APA format is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and in-text citations and references should be presented using APA documentation guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Scholarly Activity Summary
This document describes the scholarly activity elements that should be included in a five paragraph
summary. You may use this resource to help guide the preparation of the Scholarly Activities assignment,
due in Topic 10.
Overview
This section consists of a single paragraph that succinctly describes the scholarly activity that you
attended/participated in, the target market for the activity, and the benefit of the activity to you.
Problem
This section consists of either a short narrative or a list of bullet points that concisely identifies the problems
the scholarly activity is designed to solve. Educate: What is the current state of the activity topic? Explain
why this is a problem, and for whom is it a problem? Inspire: What could a nurse achieve by participating in
the scholarly activity? Use declarative sentences with simple words to communicate each point. Less is
more.
Solution
This section consists of either a short paragraph or a list of bullet points that concisely describes the solution
to a proposed practice problem that the scholarly activity addressed and how it addresses the problem
outlined in the previous section.
Opportunity
This section consists of short paragraphs that define the opportunity that the scholarly activity is designed to
capture. It is important to cover the objectives and goals that were met. How will attending/participating in
this scholarly activity help you grow as a nurse?
Program Competencies Addressed
This section consists of a list of program competencies that were addressed in this scholarly activity. Please
use the list from the ISP.
© 2017. Grand Canyon University. All Rights Reserved.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

what is the u. S Opioid Epidemic

Description

Write a 2 pages essay on Opioid Epidemic how it started, what the current impact is, and who is to blame. . Now, you’re going to expand the conversation from “what is wrong” and “who is to blame” to: “what do we do about it.” solution to the opioid crisis: what specifically is being done – or can be done – to solve the problem.Select a specific solution to from the Discussions and elaborate on either:How effective this current strategy is / is not working to address the crisis, and what specifically can be done to improve it, orHow a projected strategy would work, including what specific pitfalls / challenges you foresee to this


Introduction to Critical Thinking

Description

Competency

Instructions

Watch Internet Research: What’s Credible? Write a 200-300 word abstract that covers the following;

Identifies the main point of the film
Clearly defines the position of the filmmakers on this topic
Presents at least three pieces of clear evidence from the film that lead to this position.
Use APA style for the abstract and include a properly-formatted reference for the film. Grammar and punctuation count.


response 13

Description

I have 3 of my classmates posts. I need you to respond to each one separately. Also, one source at least for each one of them. Don’t write about how good their posts or how bad. All you need to do is to choose one point of the post and explore it a little bit with one source support for each response. The paper should be APA style.

the question was: The Syrian refugee crisis has been classified as one of the largest humanitarian crises in recent history. Discuss three challenges associated with this humanitarian crisis. How would you recommend managing these challenges? Be prepared to substantiate your ideas.

this is the 1st post from my classmate SAMI need to responded :

It is now evident that the Syrian conflict has led to the world humanitarian crisis in world history. The country has suffered much due to conflicts. The lives of over half of the country’s population before the war being terminated — a significant number is living away from homes as they are forced to flee. There is a great struggle as the family gets the going hard especially on survival. There is a crisis in so big that people are starting creating homes outside their country. Hundreds of thousands are using illegal means to reach Europe. They are seeking asylum from the world all over.

Their makeshift home outside the country is dawning so hard on them. They must brace the winters as well as hot summers in the refugee camps. They have to fight the diseases and the harsh conditions at all costs despite having a minimal reach to necessities. The events of conflict are now living in their day to day life, affecting both physically and psychologically.

With crisis dragging to end, most of the people hosted by neighboring families outside the refugee camps are also suffering. Such families cannot continue hosting the families, citing financial constraints. They are living in pathetic conditions, including rooms that do not have the necessary heat or water (Moraga and Rapoport, 2015). They are living in abandoned places, including storage sheds and animal shelters.

The other common issue for the Syrian refugees is the lack of clean water as well as sanitation in most of the residences. Essentially, the makeshift camps and settlements are proving to be hard for people living there. This is an urgent concern given that there is a possibility of the quick spread of diseases. They lack the necessary medical support, with almost half of the population living in these camps relying on a contaminated source of water to meet the needs(Basheti et al., 2019).

This calls the attention of everyone to look on some way to help the Syrian refugees. Donating the basic needs through humanitarian bodies and the United Nations will go a long way in helping improve their lives. There is also a need to look for short term solutions, especially on the water, by drilling wells across the camps to ensure proper access to clean water. However, the overall solution is finding subtle ways to stop the Syrian conflict(Roberts, Murphy and McKee, 2016). The government and world bodies have to institute sanctions to the Syrian government or even take military action to a ceasefire in Syrian. If the necessary measures are not taken, more people will die, and others forced out of their homes.

References

Basheti, I. A., Ayasrah, S. M., Basheti, M. M., Mahfuz, J., & Chaar, B. (2019). The Syrian refugee crisis in Jordan: a cross sectional pharmacist-led study assessing post-traumatic stress disorder. Pharmacy practice, 17(3).

Moraga, J. F. H., & Rapoport, H. (2015). Tradable Refugee-Admission Quotas (TRAQs), the Syrian crisis and the new European agenda on migration. IZA Journal of European Labor Studies, 4(1), 23.

Roberts, B., Murphy, A., & McKee, M. (2016). Europe’s collective failure to address the refugee crisis.

this is the 2nd post from my classmate SWIDAN need to responded :

The Syrian refugee crisis has been rightly classified as one of the largest humanitarian emergencies. The ongoing civil war has either internally displaced or forced to flee nearly 12 million Syrians (“Quick Facts”, n.d.). One in five refugees is Syrian, and they seek shelter in developed and neighboring countries (CHDS). The problem is made worse due to the ineffective local integration and undesirable socio-cultural effects of refugees on asylum-providing states, all of which call for urgent philanthropic efforts for dealing with the crisis. Syrian refugee resettlement in Western countries is significantly weaker than the one in Jordan and Lebanon. Overall, there are among 5 to 7 million registered refugees (CHDS). To a certain extent, the problem exists because some Western countries now view these refugees as terror threats. So, Syrian refugees look towards local states for asylum.

Unfortunately, the local integration of Syrian refugees has also not been very successful, mainly due to financial issues. Because of the proximity to Syria, refugees flee in large numbers to neighboring states. Though the countries have welcomed the refugees, Jordan and Lebanon are now economically and demographically overwhelmed due to overpopulation (Baylouny & Klingseis, 2018). In Turkey and Lebanon, Syrians can be found working illegally or begging for a living. Moreover, about 85 to 90% of the refugees in Jordan, Lebanon, and Turkey do not live in camps because they seek employment (CHDS).

In addition, the influx of Syrian refugees has had adverse cultural and social effects in local host countries. Because of dire economic conditions, refugees have opted for negative coping strategies that have given rise to prostitution, drug dealing, abuse, and child marriage in Turkey, Lebanon, and Jordan (CHDS). Due to this chain reaction, host states are refusing to grant asylum to Syrian refugees.

A massive humanitarian effort is required to deal with the problems associated with the Syrian refugee crisis. In my opinion, developed countries should financially aid organizations in collaboration with the United Nations so that the refugees do not leave a long-term economic and social impact on the host countries. This process will help resentful asylum-providers to deal with their financial setbacks. External efforts need to be put into rebuilding Syria, which would allow the refugees to return home once they feel safe to do so. Therefore, relentless efforts and charitable contributions are required to rebuild the country and help its people, devastated by the civil war.

References

Center for Homeland Defense and Security. (2018, May 10). The Syrian refugee crisis. CHDS/ED. Retrieved from https://www.chds.us/ed/items/17788

Baylouny, A. M., & Klingseis, S. J. (2018). Water thieves or political catalysts? Syrian Refugees in Jordan and Lebanon.Middle East Policy, 25(1), pp. 104-123

Quick facts: What you need to know about the Syria crisis. Mercy Corps. Retrieved from https://www.mercycorps.org/articles/iraq-jordan-le…

this is the 3rd post from my classmate ALI need to responded :

The Syrian refugee crisis that began in March 2011 is an ongoing humanitarian disaster. Millions of people from Syria have been forced to leave the country, and the majority of the refugees who have left Syria have moved to Turkey. Even more, Syrians have been displaced from their homes but remain trapped inside their country (UNHCR, 2019). The magnitude of this crisis poses many challenges for humanitarian operations, because so many people have been displaced in a relatively short time, and the world was not prepared to respond to these numbers of refugees, both within Syria and in other countries.

One of the challenges is the dehumanization of Syrian refugees by international refugee organizations. Because there are so many refugees, large organizations that carry out the relocation of displaced people tend to treat them as objects, forgetting that they are dealing with human persons. Refugees are thus subjected to the interest of the states that receive them, and refugees become like products that organizations are moving around (Ongenaert & Joye, 2019). This challenge could be overcome by implementing a more compassionate approach towards displaced people in refugee organizations. The needs and rights of displaced people should have a priority over the interests of organizations and Western states that receive refugees. From that basis, there should be no dehumanization, but each refugee should be treated as a person worthy of all human rights.

A second challenge has to do with the fact that less than 10 percent of Syrian refugees are located in proper refugee camps. Most have settled in informal shelters and urban centers (UNHCR, 2019). This is problematic because it is difficult to provide the proper aid to refugees who are scattered in different random places. Improvised settlements lack proper sanitation, infrastructure, and in general, the means to provide appropriate living conditions for people. Clearly, a solution for creating more refugee camps is not very realistic because there are probably not enough resources to accommodate so many refugees. Therefore, humanitarian organizations should work within existing settlements wherever they might be. Medicine, food, and sanitation should be brought to urban settlements and rural refugee camps.

A third challenge arises from the issue that a large part of Syrian refugees are minors under 18 years old. Children and teenagers have a right to education, and host countries have been struggling to provide the necessary access to school for these minors. Additional school shifts have been implemented in some of these host countries in order to accommodate the new flow of children, but resources are not enough to put all the refugee Syrian children in school. The result is that most displaced children are not attending school at the moment (UNHRC, 2019). The challenge in this situation is how to bring all the displaced children to school so that they can receive an education. This challenge is very complex and challenging to overcome. However, the first step is for international organizations such as UNICEF to work towards the goal of providing education for these children. Teachers and school supplies could be brought to refugee settlements, both formal and informal, both inside Syria and in the host countries. This would allow children to learn at least the basic subjects.

References

Ongenaert, D., & Joye, S. (2019). Selling displaced people? A multi‐method study of the public communication

strategies of international refugee organisations. DISASTERS, 43(3), 478–508.

UNHRC. (2019). Syria refugee crisis explained. Retrieved from https://www.unrefugees.org/news/syria-refugee-crisis-explained/.


homework for daivd 2018

Description

The recent Syrian refugee crisis has been classified as one of the largest humanitarian crises in recent history. Discuss three challenges associated with this humanitarian crisis. How would you recommend managing these challenges? Be prepared to substantiate your ideas.only just 500 wordsand just last work plz include your thoughts and u could be ceritical


To edit a PowerPoint, that all the requirements was not met

Description

This a PowerPoint that needs to be edited , because all the requirements were not don


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Functional Health Patterns Community Assessment
Guide
Functional Health Pattern (FHP) Template Directions:
This FHP template is to be used for organizing community assessment data in preparation
for completion of the topic assignment. Address every bulleted statement in each section
with data or rationale for deferral. You may also add additional bullet points if applicable
to your community.
Value/Belief Pattern

Predominant ethnic and cultural groups along with beliefs related to health.

Predominant spiritual beliefs in the community that may influence health.

Availability of spiritual resources within or near the community (churches/chapels,
synagogues, chaplains, Bible studies, sacraments, self-help groups, support groups,
etc.).

Do the community members value health promotion measures? What is the evidence
that they do or do not (e.g., involvement in education, fundraising events, etc.)?

What does the community value? How is this evident?

On what do the community members spend their money? Are funds adequate?
Health Perception/Management

Predominant health problems: Compare at least one health problem to a credible
statistic (CDC, county, or state).

Immunization rates (age appropriate).

Appropriate death rates and causes, if applicable.

Prevention programs (dental, fire, fitness, safety, etc.): Does the community think
these are sufficient?

Available health professionals, health resources within the community, and usage.

Common referrals to outside agencies.
Nutrition/Metabolic

Indicators of nutrient deficiencies.

Obesity rates or percentages: Compare to CDC statistics.

Affordability of food/available discounts or food programs and usage (e.g., WIC,
food boxes, soup kitchens, meals-on-wheels, food stamps, senior discounts, employee
discounts, etc.).

Availability of water (e.g., number and quality of drinking fountains).

Fast food and junk food accessibility (vending machines).
© 2011. Grand Canyon University. All Rights Reserved.



Evidence of healthy food consumption or unhealthy food consumption (trash, long
lines, observations, etc.).
Provisions for special diets, if applicable.
For schools (in addition to above):
o Nutritional content of food in cafeteria and vending machines: Compare to ARS
15-242/The Arizona Nutrition Standards (or other state standards based on
residence)
o Amount of free or reduced lunch
Elimination (Environmental Health Concerns)

Common air contaminants’ impact on the community.

Noise.

Waste disposal.

Pest control: Is the community notified of pesticides usage?

Hygiene practices (laundry services, hand washing, etc.).

Bathrooms: Number of bathrooms; inspect for cleanliness, supplies, if possible.

Universal precaution practices of health providers, teachers, members (if applicable).

Temperature controls (e.g., within buildings, outside shade structures).

Safety (committee, security guards, crossing guards, badges, locked campuses).
Activity/Exercise

Community fitness programs (gym discounts, P.E., recess, sports, access to YMCA,
etc.).

Recreational facilities and usage (gym, playgrounds, bike paths, hiking trails, courts,
pools, etc.).

Safety programs (rules and regulations, safety training, incentives, athletic trainers,
etc.).

Injury statistics or most common injuries.

Evidence of sedentary leisure activities (amount of time watching TV, videos, and
computer).

Means of transportation.
Sleep/Rest

Sleep routines/hours of your community: Compare with sleep hour standards (from
National Institutes of Health [NIH]).

Indicators of general “restedness” and energy levels.

Factors affecting sleep:
o Shift work prevalence of community members
o Environment (noise, lights, crowding, etc.)
o Consumption of caffeine, nicotine, alcohol, and drugs
o Homework/Extracurricular activities
© 2011. Grand Canyon University. All Rights Reserved.
o Health issues
Cognitive/Perceptual

Primary language: Is this a communication barrier?

Educational levels: For geopolitical communities, use http://www.census.gov and
compare the city in which your community belongs with the national statistics.

Opportunities/Programs:
o Educational offerings (in-services, continuing education, GED, etc.)
o Educational mandates (yearly in-services, continuing education, English learners,
etc.)
o Special education programs (e.g., learning disabled, emotionally disabled,
physically disabled, and gifted)

Library or computer/Internet resources and usage.

Funding resources (tuition reimbursement, scholarships, etc.).
Self-Perception/Self-Concept

Age levels.

Programs and activities related to community building (strengthening the
community).

Community history.

Pride indicators: Self-esteem or caring behaviors.

Published description (pamphlets, Web sites, etc.).
Role/Relationship

Interaction of community members (e.g., friendliness, openness, bullying, prejudices,
etc.).

Vulnerable populations:
o Why are they vulnerable?
o How does this impact health?

Power groups (church council, student council, administration, PTA, and gangs):
o How do they hold power?
o Positive or negative influence on community?

Harassment policies/discrimination policies.

Relationship with broader community:
o Police
o Fire/EMS (response time)
o Other (food drives, blood drives, missions, etc.)
Sexuality/Reproductive

Relationships and behavior among community members.
© 2011. Grand Canyon University. All Rights Reserved.




Educational offerings/programs (e.g., growth and development, STD/AIDS
education, contraception, abstinence, etc.).
Access to birth control.
Birth rates, abortions, and miscarriages (if applicable).
Access to maternal child health programs and services (crisis pregnancy center,
support groups, prenatal care, maternity leave, etc.).
Coping/Stress

Delinquency/violence issues.

Crime issues/indicators.

Poverty issues/indicators.

CPS or APS abuse referrals: Compare with previous years.

Drug abuse rates, alcohol use, and abuse: Compare with previous years.

Stressors.

Stress management resources (e.g., hotlines, support groups, etc.).

Prevalent mental health issues/concerns:
o How does the community deal with mental health issues
o Mental health professionals within community and usage

Disaster planning:
o Past disasters
o Drills (what, how often)
o Planning committee (members, roles)
o Policies
o Crisis intervention plan
© 2011. Grand Canyon University. All Rights Reserved.
COMMUNITY ASSESSMENT AND ANALYSIS
Presented by:
Course:
Institution:
Date:
Description of Cherokee Nation & its boundaries
➢ Cherokee are indigenous people of the Southeastern
Woodlands
➢ The Cherokee community lives in northeastern Oklahoma,
southwestern North Carolina, northeastern Alabama, among
other areas.
➢ The Cherokee people are the product of interracial sex.
Description of Cherokee Nation & its boundaries cont.
➢ The Cherokee community was organized as a tribal
government from 1794 to 1907.
➢ Leaders (chiefs) were selected to represent their tribes to
colonial rulers.
➢ The interest of the chiefs was to project the welfare of the
community.
Description of Cherokee Nation & its boundaries cont.
➢ Cherokee community has over
1.2 million people, contributing
to 31% of Oklahoma’s
population.
➢ The whites are 63.6% of the
total population, American
Indians are 43.9%, African
Americans 6.9%, & Hispanics
are 8.9%.
Description of Cherokee Nation & its boundaries cont.
➢ 87% of Cherokee people
have attained a higher or
high school diploma.
➢ 33% of Cherokee residents
have a post-secondary
degree, above the state
average of 31%.
Description of Cherokee Nation & its boundaries cont.
➢ Unemployment and access to quality health care are the
major challenges.
➢ The community’s unemployment was above the state’s
unemployment rate in 2015.
➢ About 15% of the population cannot afford quality
healthcare.
➢ The social determinants of health are community
enlightenment, employment conditions, and health
systems.
Summary of Community Health Assessment
Value/Belief Pattern
➢ Cherokee community has three cultural groups, the
United Keetoowah Band of Cherokee Indians, and the
Cherokee community.
➢ Cherokee community believes in the existence of the
Supreme Being.
➢ The Great Spirit is known as “Unetlanvhi” presides over
the earth.
Summary of Community Health Assessment cont.
➢ Medicinal plants and the
spirits of the plants direct the
medicine man.
➢ Churches include the Roman
Catholic, Methodists,
Baptists, among others.
➢ Health care promotions and
campaigns are practiced.
Summary of Community Health Assessment cont.
Health Perception/Management
➢ Over 600,000 people of the Cherokee community
lack health care insurance.
➢ Children aged 5 years and below are immunized.
➢ The community launched a cancer campaign in
2010.
Summary of Community Health Assessment cont.
➢ The community has response programs against
disasters.
➢ More than 80,000 healthcare employees in referral
hospitals, health centers, dispensaries, and private
hospitals.
➢ Cherokee Nation Hospital, HIS hospital are the
common referral hospitals.
Summary of Community Health Assessment cont.
Nutrition/Metabolic
➢ Common nutritional deficiencies
include unusual food cravings,
constipation, pale skin, dementia,
stunted growth, etc.
➢ About 66% of the adult population is
overweight.
Summary of Community Health Assessment cont.
➢ Food is readily available in groceries at discounted prices
including.
➢ The community received support from First Nation’s
Development Institute to help improve the consumption of
vegetables and fruits.
➢ Food sold in the cafeteria is rich in calories, protein, iron,
calcium, and vitamins A and C.
The issue that is lacking
➢ Pricing transparency is lacking in the health care
sector.
➢ Many patients are overcharged, especially in private
hospitals.
➢ Patients with low income level prefer to seek health
care from local hospitals with low quality services.
The issue that is lacking cont.
➢ There is a need to normalize pricing of healthcare
services.
➢ The price range should be set based on the health
care service offered.
➢ Offer free health care issuance.
Conclusion
➢ Cherokee has high number of educated individuals.
➢ The community has a low rate of unemployment,
below 10%.
➢ A significant number of people lack health care
insurance and more than half of the adult population is
overweight.
Summary of Interview with Community Health Provider
Topic
Questions asked
Major chronic
What are the major chronic diseases that are
diseases
predominant in the Cherokee community?
Preventing
Based on your experience, what effective measures
chronic diseases
should be put in place to prevent such diseases?
Challenges
As a health provider, do you face any challenges? If yes,
state them.
Areas for
Which areas in the health sector should be improved for
improvement
the safety of the Cherokee community? Why should
those areas be improved?
Support from the
Do the federal government and the state provide enough
government
support to improve health care?
Summary of Interview with Community Health Provider Cont.
➢ Lack of enough funding to improve health care was a
major challenge.
➢ Adopting a healthy diet can reduce chronic diseases.
➢ Cultural beliefs impede the delivery of quality health
care in the Cherokee community.
References
1. CDC Works 24/7. (2019). Retrieved 23 November 2019, from https://www.cdc.gov/
2. Centers for Disease Control & Prevention (CDC). (2010). Stroke Fact Sheet (Centers for
Disease Control & Prevention). [Place of publication not identified].
3. Cherokee Nation Ecosystem Report. (2017).
4. Yarbrough, F. (2013). Race and the Cherokee Nation. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania
Press, Inc.
5. Ordonez, R., & Gandeza, N. (2004). Integrating Traditional Beliefs and Modern Medicine:
Filipino Nurses’ Health Beliefs, Behaviors, and Practices. Home Health Care Management &
Practice, 17(1), 22-27. doi: 10.1177/1084822304268152
10:18 PM Mon Nov 25
VPN 99%
Ims-ugrad.gcu.edu
Analysis Presentation
Path
Course Materials
The RN to BSN program at Grand Canyon University meets the requirements for clinical competencies as defined by
the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) and the American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN),
using nontraditional experiences for practicing nurses. These experiences come in the form of direct and indirect
care experiences in which licensed nursing students engage in learning within the context of their hospital
organization, specific care discipline, and local communities.
Topic 1: Community/Public
Health Nursing
This assignment consists of both an interview and a PowerPoint (PPT) presentation.
Topic 2: Epidemiology and
Communicable Diseases
Assessment/Interview
Select a community of interest in your region. Perform a physical assessment of the community.
1. Perform a direct assessment of a community of interest using the “Functional Health Patterns Community
Assessment Guide.
nity
Topic 3: Tools for
Health Nursing Practice
2. Interview a community health and public health provider regarding that person’s role and experiences within the
community.
Topic 4: Policy and
Environmental Issues
Interview Guidelines
Interviews can take place in-person, by phone, or by Skype.
Study Materials
Develop interview questions to gather information about the role of the provider in the community and the health
issues faced by the chosen community.
Tasks
Complete the “Provider Interview Acknowledgement Form” prior to conducting the interview. Submit this document
separately in its respective drop box.
Provider Interview
Acknowledgement Form
Compile key findings from the interview, including the interview questions used, and submit these with the
presentation.
PowerPoint Presentation
Community Assessment and
Analysis Presentation
Create a PowerPoint presentation of 15-20 slides (slide count does not include title and references slide) describing
the chosen community interest.
Benchmark – Policy Brief
Include the following in your presentation:
1. Description of community and community boundaries: the people and the geographic, geopolitical, financial,
educational level; ethnic and phenomenological features of the community, as well as types of social
interactions, common goals and interests; and barriers, and challenges, including any identified social
determinates of health.
Topic 4 DQ 1
Topic 4 DQ 2
Topic 5: Emergency
Preparedness and Disaster
Management
2. Summary of community assessment: (a) funding sources and (b) partnerships.
3. Summary of interview with community health/public health provider.
4. Identification of an issue that is lacking or an opportunity for health promotion.
5. A conclusion summarizing your key findings and a discussion of your impressions of the general health of the
community.
While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and
documentation of sources should be presented using APA format ting guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style
Guide, located in the Student Success Center.
This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the
expectations for successful completion.
You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. Refer to the Lopes Write Technical Support articles for
assistance.
Attachments
CNRS-428VN-RS4-Functional HealthPatternsCommAssessment.doc
CNRS-428VN-RS4-ProviderinterviewAcknowledgementForm.doc
Attempt Start Date: 25-Nov-2019 at 12:00:00 AM
RUBRIC
Due Date: 01-Dec-2019 at 11:59:59 PM
Maximum Points: 150.0
GOT IT
By using our website, you agree to the
use of cookies by us and third parties to
enhance your experience. View our
Privacy Policy for more information.
0
Files
© 2019 BNED LoudCloud LLC Terms & Conditions Privacy Policy | Tech Support [Ver: 7.2 ]
Nov 25, 2019 8:16:30 PM Mountain Standard Time
E-mail
Bookmarks

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Mental health screening

Description

Mental health screenings for WomenReview this week’s media presentation, as well as Chapters 6 and 8 of the Tharpe et al. text and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services article in the Learning Resources.
Use guidelines on screening for the following topics and reflect on strengths and limitations of the screening guidelines.
Consider how the guidelines might support your clinical decision making.Research guidelines on screening procedures for the topic assigned to you by the course Instructor (e.g., guidelines on screening for domestic violence, safety, nutrition, osteoporosis, heart disease, mental health, eating disorders, thyroid disease, pap smear, mammogram, cancer, and sexually transmitted infections). Note: The course Instructor will assign a topic to you by Day 1 of this week.Reflect on strengths and limitations of the screening guidelines.Consider how the guidelines might support your clinical decision making.Post an explanation of the guidelines on screening procedures for the topic assigned to you. Include an explanation of strengths and limitations of the guidelines. Then, explain how the guidelines might support your clinical decision making.


Health Care Policy

Description

1 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

Each question must be identified by a number. For example

1.

Accordingt to Morris (2022) ….

2.

Morris and Holmes (2014) …..

Trace the history of cannabis use in medicine for the treatment and management of illness via nursing scholarly journal articles. Examine your sources for the following information below and describe the following:

1. Who are the stakeholders both in support of and in opposition to medicinal cannabis use?

2. What does current medical/nursing research say regarding the increasing use of medicinal cannabis?

3. What are the policy, legal and future practice implications based on the current prescribed rate of cannabis?

Attached below is an additional resource that details current state medical marijuana laws:

National Conference of State Legislatures- State Medical Marijuana Laws: http://www.ncsl.org/research/health/state-medical-marijuana-laws.aspx


structure of the brain

Description

what the pathologist found in each of the damaged areas of the brainwhat the pathologist found in each of the damaged areas of the brainwhat the pathologist found in each of the damaged areas of the brainwhat the pathologist found in each of the damaged areas of the brain0.5-1 page APA format


Theories of Nursing

Description

Assessment 4 Analyze the value of efficient workplace investigations and alternative dispute resolution processes that align with an organization’s structure and goals. In addition, analyze the impact labor unions can have on the balance of power between employees and employers. Provide a three-part written analysis of workplace investigations, dispute resolution practices, and contemporary labor relations. Part 1: Hostile Work Environment Investigation Explore the processes and key issues in conducting effective and legally defensible workplace investigations. Launch the media piece Sexual Harassment and Workplace Litigation, linked in the Resources under the Required Resources heading, and work through the interview with Les. Answer the following questions: What is your next step after meeting with Les? How will you prepare for it? What would you do next? Why? How will you make the determination regarding the case? As an employee relations professional, which aspect of the case is most troubling to you? Why? Based on the information presented, including the evidence, what should be done? Why? Part 2: Alternative Dispute Resolutions Based on what you already know, have read, or researched about different methods of resolving disputes, explore alternative dispute resolutions. Answer the following questions, using your current organization as the context, if possible, so that you can include your insights into organizational culture and norms. What are the three most important things you would be concerned about if charged with creating a new alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process for an organization? How would you ensure that employees would not face retaliation? Compare alternative dispute resolution practices, including negotiation, mediation, and arbitration. In what ways are these practices similar? In what ways are these practices different? Part 3: Different Unions, Different Issues Examine two national labor unions, such as the UAW, AFT, or SEIU. What are the issues these unions are concerned with? Are the issues the same for both unions? Why do you think these issues are similar or dissimilar? What is the source of the statement presenting these issues: a particular political representative, a recent poll, or some other source? Is this source reliable? Do you think the issues are relevant to the current world of work? What evidence have you found in your research to support your impression of the relevance of these issues’ to the world of work today? Are there more relevant issues that are not being addressed? Provide evidence to support your position. Do you think the issues could be addressed by management given today’s employment laws? Why or why not? Is there a better alternative than the voices of these two unions for addressing these issues? What impact do these unions have on the employee-employer relationship? What are some of the ethical implications of unfair employer labor practices? How does the Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1947 affect organizations today? Additional Requirements Length of paper: Your paper should consist of three distinct sections. Each part should be 3–4 pages (double-spaced). Include a references page at the end of your paper. Written communication: Communicate in a manner that is scholarly and professional. Your writing should be: Concise and logically organized. Free of errors in grammar and mechanics. Validation and support: Provide relevant and credible supporting evidence. APA formatting: Format all citations and references in accordance with APA sixth edition guidelines


Case Study Discussion Question

Description

I need an answer to the discussion question below which should be substantive and in the range of 250 to 400 words plus any references used should be properly cited following APA formatting guidelines


Unformatted Attachment Preview

the O3
This is a graded discussion: 5 points possible
Week 7. Case Study Discussion Question
Read the following case study:
You are a newly hired NPin a family practice setting, Dr. Rogers is an older physician who has been in private
practice for 30 years. It is his business. He does not work on Fridays. You see a patient today for URI
symptoms. On exam, you notice that the symptom that is bothering the patient the most is the runny nose. His
vital signs are all within normal limits, and his exam only shows a very runny nose. The patient also has a
diagnosis of hypertension, which is well controlled with low dose HCIZ Your assessment is viral URI, and you
prescribe OTC Sudafed and arrange for a follow up appointment if symptoms persist, on Monday, Dr. Rogers
calls you into ofhce and says, “You shouldn’t have given that patient Sudafed. He has high blood pressure” He
complains, “I had to call him and tell him not to take the Sudated”
Write a response to the following discussion questions based on the case study in the discussion forum:
• How does this case study highlight the nature of the conflict
• How does poor communication set up the situation that contributed to theconflict
• What skills are needed to resolve the conflict successfully
Note. Initial answers to the discussion question must be substantive and in the range of 250-400 words. Any
references used should be properly cited following APA formatting guidelines. Initial discussion question
responses are due by 11:59 pm. (Pacine Time) on Thursday.
Please read others’ postings, though written responses are not required for this discussion,
Search entries or author
Unread
& Reply
Replies are only visible to those who have posted at least one reply
• Previous
е e

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Role DQ

Description

Answer the following questions. Each question must have at least 3 paragraphs and you must use at 3 least references (APA) included in your post no older than 5 years 1. Describe the characteristics of patient-centered care AND the importance of each characteristic.2. You are taking care of an 80 African-American year old male patient in a medical surgical unit who was hhospitalized with congestive heart failure. He is being discharged with multiple medications and home health care. Describe the steps you would take to provide patient education including cultural considerations. 3. Describe how you will evaluate the effectiveness of your education on the scenario stated in question 2.Minimun 800 words


Topic 2 DQ 1 HLT-312V

Description

Analyze the health care status of a specific minority group. Choose a particular minority group that is represented in the United States and compare its health status to the national average. What is the current health status of this minority group? What barriers to treatment and health care exist? How does race, socioeconomic status, or gender determine the quality of health care in the United States?


homework 610 for ww 12 bob

Description

i need someone to paraphrase these 2 paragraphs into one plz just change the words ??? does not have to be as long as these one just turned the work into one

frist one

The Public Information Office (PIO) acts as the main liaison between the City and the media. Each city has a responsibility for providing the public with accurate, timely, and consistent information in an emergency. Making the public known what happened is a special priority during emergency incidents, and the public expects timely information about the emergency. The role of the public information officer is to provide the general public with information about the emergency and instructions about what they should do. Also, providing the media with accurate, timely information about the emergency and the response efforts. The PIOs and media should work together to disseminate information and instructions to the public. The PIO should establish a Media Information Center for briefing the news media, establish a rumor control function to respond to public and media needs, and coordinate with the Liaison officer to handle VIP tours. The secondary role of the PIOs to provide the public through the media with accurate and complete information regarding incident cause, size, status, resources committed and potential short or long-term impacts, if known. The PIO should consider media as an important elements of emergency response as they can provide significant information to the IC, Emergency Operations Directive and staff as well as the public.

Media providing warning or precautionary information and to release information:

•Relating to the response activities on scene, medical, shelter, road/street closures and damage assessment.

•On the status of the incident, deaths (when confirmed by the Coroner), injuries, displaced persons, damages, hospital status, school status and major problems.

It is important for the PIO to conduct pre event activities to develop plans and resources materials to educate the public about local hazards, prevention, family preparedness, and response-level activities. Also, they should conduct ongoing training to establish emergency management plan and include the media. Furthermore, exercise help to practice and test public information capabilities. Exercises improve interagency coordination and communication, highlight gaps, and identify opportunities for improvement. Positive media relationships built during normal day activities will be valuable during emergency situations. So, do not wait until an incident to make first introductions to the media.

Refernces:

Basic guidance for pios final draft 12 06 07

https://www.fema.gov/media-library-data/20130726-1623-20490-0276/basic_guidance_for_pios_final_draft_12_06_07.pdf

Lowrey, W., Evans, W., Gower, K. K., Robinson, J. A., Ginter, P. M., McCormick, L. C., & Abdolrasulnia, M. (2007). Effective media communication of disasters: pressing problems and recommendations. BMC public health, 7, 97. doi:10.1186/1471-2458-7-97

second one

The role of public information officer (PIO) comes out as the coordination and integration of information across all jurisdictions. The PIO gathers facts and vital information and distributes them to the public through media platforms (Gluckman, Weinstein, Dilling, & Paul, 2006). The function is useful since it ensures that the stakeholders remain updated on the occurrence of emergency events. Also, PIO helps emergency responders communicate with victims, volunteers, and government agencies. The function of these realms is significant in the efforts of reducing fatalities by channeling vital information to the public. Similarly, PIO provides critical information that warns the public of impending disasters that allows the initiation of emergency processes. Consecutively, PIO has a mundane role in communicating crucial instructions that help people overcome disastrous situations that result in the preservation of lives and subsequent rescue.

The PIO uses a media platform to communicate crucial information by ensuring that they expand their reach using social media and other areas. Here, the use of such platforms ensures that disaster response remains structures with a defined command system (DeMers & Jacoby, 2006, p. 276). In this case, it is essential for the PIO to use the media arena in streamlining communication among the stakeholders. Consequently, PIO has to structure planning during pre-event activities by providing standard procedures during communicating disaster events. The pre-events include the analysis of goals and objectives within an institution (Gluckman, Weinstein, Dilling, & Paul, 2006). The success of communication and management of information depends on standardization of systems. Moreover, it is important to ensure that communication platforms work and provide alternatives in case one system fails (Milsten, 2006). The pre-event activities are vital in the success of PIO roles in communicating to the stakeholders.

References

DeMers, G., & Jacoby, I. “. (2016). Disaster Communications. In G. R. Ciottone, Ciottone’s Disaster Medicine (pp. 275-279). New York, NY: Elsevier Health Sciences.

Gluckman, W. A., Weinstein, E. S., Dilling, S., & Paul, J. S. (2016). Chapter 24 – Public Information Management. In G. Ciottone, P. Biddinger, & R. Darling, Ciottone’s Disaster Medicine (2nd ed.) (pp. 143-148). Elsevier Inc.

Milsten, A. M. (2016). Volunteers and Donations. In G. Ciottone, P. Biddinger, & R. Darling, Ciottone’s Disaster Medicine (pp. 285-294). Elsevier Inc.


​Professional Advocacy through Association Membership, AANP, national nursing association.

Description

1) Professional Advocacy through Association Membership

Professional advocacy is about supporting the interests of one’s profession. Professional associations advocate for their members by uniting as a single voice and taking action to advance or remove barriers to the profession. Nurse practitioners (NPs) unite in member-created associations and organizations at many different levels: local, state, national, and international. They unite as specialty groups to further the goals or interests of their profession. Each of these organizations has a purpose or mission, membership benefits, and role in professional advocacy. While individually the NP may be able to contact a legislator on an issue of concern, a professional organization has the collective power of being able to be heard in numbers. These organizations are poised to take the course of action needed to influence the stakeholders. Just as these groups take action to make change, individual NPs must take action to promote their own professional interests and causes. One of the best ways a professional can support their profession is by joining an association or organization.

Directions

In a 3–5 page paper address the following:

Join a NP association at the local, state, national or international level. (join as a student)
Discuss the mission and vision of this organization.
Describe the requirements for membership.
Explain at least five benefits to belonging to this organization.
Demonstrate understanding of the advocacy efforts of this organization by answering the following:
What are the current key issues of concern (name at least three)?
What actions are being taken by this organization to address these concerns?
What current legislative efforts are being done by this organization in one of the following areas:
expanding the NP scope of practice
NP regulation of practice
Healthcare policy
Payment issues
Prescriptive privileges
Reflect on how your membership to this organization can promote the NP profession.

Directions

2) Write a 2–3-page paper Heart Failure discussing the concepts of health promotion, health maintenance, health restoration and health teaching to an adult patient with this chronic disease. Be sure to integrate Evidence Based Practice into your discussion.


week 15 LX 3018 last one

Description

Given what we have discussed this semester and this week’s reading, discuss your thoughts on the evolving causes of crises. How do you see the described changes impacting humanitarian aid? How would you prepare and respond to this changing landscape?2 pages and more that 500 words APA style citations with 3 refernces or more


Unformatted Attachment Preview

 
Planning from the Future
 
Component 2. The Contemporary Humanitarian Landscape:
Malaise, Blockages and Game Changers
No End in Sight:
A Case Study of Humanitarian Action and
the Syria Conflict
Kimberly Howe
January 2016
 
Table  of  Contents  
Acronyms ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3
Acknowledgements …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 4
Abstract …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 5
Planning from the Future—the Project …………………………………………………………………………… 5
Component 2—the Humanitarian Landscape Today ………………………………………………………… 6
Introduction to the Case Study: The Syria Crisis…………………………………………………………………. 6
Methodology ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7
Background to the Conflict ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 8
Stakeholder Analysis ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 9
Conflict and Political Actors…………………………………………………………………………………………. 9
Humanitarian Actors ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 11
Donors from the West and the Rest ………………………………………………………………………….. 11
LNGOs, INGOs, and the United Nations ………………………………………………………………….. 12
Major Themes and Defining Characteristics …………………………………………………………………….. 14
The Conflict Environment ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 14
Protection …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 16
The Politics of Engagement and Access, Humanitarian Principles in Practice …………………… 18
Inside Government-Controlled Areas ……………………………………………………………………….. 19
Cross-Border Operations ………………………………………………………………………………………… 21
Remote Management …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 23
Donor Influence ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25
The West and Cash ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25
Non-Western Donors ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 26
Syrian Local Organizations and Partnerships with Western and Non-Western Donors …… 26
Humanitarian Systems and the “Whole of Syria” Approach ……………………………………………. 27
Working Relationships, Fragmentation, and (Mis) Trust ………………………………………………… 30
The Refugee Response ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 32
Turkey ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 32
Jordan …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 33
Lebanon………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 34
Key Conclusions …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 36
Conflict and Protection ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 36
The System……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 37
Humanitarian Operations ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 38
Implications………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 40
References ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 41
Notes …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 47
Acronyms  
3RP
CCCM
CSO
DFID
DTO
ECHO
EU
FIC
FSA
GoJ
GoL
GoS
GoT
HC
HCT
HNO
HPF
HPG
IASC
ICRC
IDP
IHL
INGO
ISCCG
ISIS
LNGO
M&E
NFIs
NGO
OCHA
ODI
OHCHR
PFF
PKK
PYD
R2P
RHC
SAMS
SARC
SGBV
SHARP
SIG
SIMAWG
Regional Refugee and Resilience Plan
Camp Coordination and Camp Management
civil society organization
Department for International Development, UK Government
designated terrorist organization
European Commission Humanitarian Aid Office
European Union
Feinstein International Center at Tufts University
Free Syria Army
Government of Jordan
Government of Lebanon
Government of Syria
Government of Turkey
Humanitarian Coordinator
Humanitarian Country Team
Humanitarian Needs Overview
Humanitarian Pooled Fund
Humanitarian Policy Group
Inter-Agency Standing Committee
International Committee for the Red Cross/Red Crescent
internally displaced person
International Humanitarian Law
international NGO
inter sector/cluster coordination group
Daesh or the Islamic State
local NGO
monitoring and evaluation
non-food items
non-governmental organization
United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs
Overseas Development Institute
Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights
Planning for the Future
Kurdistan Worker’s Party
Democratic Union Party
responsibility to protect
Regional Humanitarian Coordinator
Syrian American Medical Society
Syrian Arab Red Crescent
sexual and gender-based violence
Syria Humanitarian Assistance Response Plan
Syrian Interim Government
Syria Information Management and Assessment Working Group
SNC
SOC
SRP
SSG
TPM
TPS
UAE
UK
UN
UNDP
UNHCR
UNICEF
UNRWA
UNSC
US
USAID
USG
WASH
WFP
WoS
YPG
Syrian National Council
Syrian Opposition Coalition
Syria Response Plan
strategic steering group
Third Party Monitoring
temporary protective status
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United Nations
United Nations Development Program
United Nations High Commission for Refugees
United Nations Children’s Emergency Fund
United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestinians in the Near East
United Nations Security Council
United States
United States Agency for International Development
United States Government
water and sanitation
World Food Program
Whole of Syria
Kurdish People’s Protection Units
Acknowledgements    
The author would like to thank Max Marder for his extensive literature review and analysis on
the humanitarian response to the Syria crisis. She also thanks Dan Maxwell and Antonio Donini
for their support and (tireless) encouragement for refinement. An extra thank you to Antonio for
his insights on the closing sections of this paper.
 
4  
Abstract  
As part of a larger research project—Planning from the Future—which examines the past,
present, and future of humanitarian action globally, this case study identifies the main blockages
and game changers in the humanitarian response to the Syria crisis. Findings are based on
reports, news sources, and academic writings, as well as key informant interviews with 52
representatives of donor countries, the United Nations, international NGOs and Syrian local
organizations working inside Syria, cross-border, and within neighboring countries. The
humanitarian system has largely failed in Syria. The scale of the conflict and humanitarian need
constitute one of the largest crises of our time, and only a fraction of humanitarian needs are
currently met by the system. Humanitarian action has been used as a fig leaf for political inaction
and has been highly politicized and influenced by donor interests and political preferences,
clashing with the application of first-order humanitarian principles. Meaningful protection
continues to remain elusive and humanitarian leadership has been weak while mistrust within
and between organizations runs high. Humanitarian actors are trapped by their mandates, and
donors are risk averse. As a result, interventions are largely driven by what agencies can do,
rather than what is needed. Those in the most need—the besieged, civilians under ISIS control,
Palestinians—are the least served. Gulf countries, despite their presence and influence, are
largely excluded from the Western-driven humanitarian systems, as are Syrian organizations,
which are the primary humanitarian actors on the ground. Extreme insecurity and GoS
restrictions have led nearly all humanitarian operations to follow remote management models.
The middle-income status of neighboring countries has allowed for creative programming using
cash, iris scanners, and the private sector, although these “innovations” were also late to the
scene. Despite these failures, the Syria crisis has also shown how effective and inspiring local
humanitarian responses can be, whether Syrian grass-roots initiatives, diaspora organizations’
action, the protective use of social media, civil society groups’ bravery, intricate and complex
communication systems, or volunteers on the shores of Greece and in the Balkans.
Planning  from  the  Future—the  Project  
Kings College (London), The Humanitarian Policy Group at the Overseas Development Institute
(HPG/ODI) in London and the Feinstein International Center at Tufts University (FIC) are
partnering on a 15-month research project “Planning From the Future: Crisis, Challenge,
Change in Humanitarian Action.” The research looks at the past, present and future of
humanitarian action:


 
HPG leads the analysis of the blockages in the past and how these have led to changes in
the humanitarian architecture (Component 1).
FIC identifies the key blockages and game changers in the humanitarian landscape today
(Component 2) and at urgent measures to reform it that could immediately be taken
(Component 3).
5  


Kings College looks at the future and asks whether improvements contemplated today
will be adequate to meet the growing vulnerabilities, dimensions, and dynamics of
humanitarian crises in the longer term (Component 4).
The three partners will then come together to provide a synthesis of their findings and
recommendations in a final report to be issued in early 2016 (Component 5).
Component  2—the  Humanitarian  Landscape  Today  
Despite impressive growth, institutionalization, and professionalization, the humanitarian system
is facing an existential crisis. While time-tested tools, funds, and capacities are readily available,
the system has succumbed to a widespread malaise and is not delivering. Recent crises from
Afghanistan to Somalia, Haiti, Sri Lanka, and Pakistan as well as current emergencies—Syria,
South Sudan, Central African Republic, among other less visible crises—question the very
foundations of humanitarianism and the galaxy of institutions that pursue humanitarian goals.
The intractable nature of many crises and the instrumental use of humanitarian action to cover up
for the political failures of the so-called international community are leading to a growing
realization that the humanitarian system as presently constituted is not fit for purpose—and
growing dissonance about what the purpose should be.
As part of Component 2, FIC is producing a series of papers that capitalize on recent or ongoing
research. These include case studies that analyze blockages and game changers affecting
humanitarian action in recent crises—and what these crises tell us about the state of the
humanitarian enterprise. FIC has also prepared background papers on emerging or underresearched policy and operational or systemic issues that need to be better understood because of
how they affect the changing humanitarian landscape.
Introduction  to  the  Case  Study:  The  Syria  Crisis    
The conflict in Syria and the resulting humanitarian crisis have resounded in one way or another
throughout most of the world. Peaceful protests against an authoritarian regime in March 2011
sparked violent retaliation by the government and the arming of a (fragmented) opposition,
plunging the country into an infernal civil war, with spillover effects to Turkey, Iraq, Lebanon,
Jordan, Palestine, and Israel, as well as Europe and Africa. Estimates vary on the number of
Syrians killed since the start of the conflict, but a variety of sources currently puts the figure at
over 250,000 people.1 This includes at least 185,000 civilians, or 75 percent of the total
estimated deaths, of which 20,000 are children (SNHR 2015).
Syria’s population numbered 22 million before the conflict, and an estimated half the population
have been displaced from their homes (Mercy Corps 2016). Syrians registering as refugees in
neighboring countries number 4.3 million, and an additional 2 million Syrians are believed to
live in host countries under alternative legal frameworks or without official status (UNHCR
2015a).2 This figure includes an estimated 500,000 Syrians who have arrived in Europe by boat
 
6  
during 2015 (The Associated Press Berlin 2015). But the conflict is not just about death and
displacement. More than three-quarters of Syrians are living in poverty and two-thirds in extreme
poverty. The United Nations estimates that the current “total number of people in need” in Syria
is 13.5 million, which includes 6.5 million internally displaced persons (IDPs) (OCHA 2015a).
The scale of the conflict and the magnitude of humanitarian need constitute one of the largest
crises of our time, posing significant challenges to contemporary humanitarian architecture.
Within Syria, the conflict and response are highly politicized, often described as a proxy war,
with local, regional, and global powers influencing the landscape. Protection has taken a back
seat despite the on-going targeting of civilians by government and non-government actors that
have led to grave human rights abuses, crimes against humanity, and blatant violations of
international humanitarian law (IHL). Humanitarian access remains an enormous challenge, with
remote management modalities the norm. The humanitarian response has been deeply divided
and fragmented among multiple fault lines—including geography (cross-border/cross-frontlines), relationships within and between agencies, and leadership structures. The “Whole of
Syria” integrated approach introduced by the United Nations in 2014, with mixed success, has
attempted to bring together multiple operational centers and organizations to build trust, share
information, and improve coordination. New modalities have been tested and employed, but the
appropriateness of “regular” interventions for largely urban, non-camp based populations in
middle-income countries remains questionable. Humanitarian principles, in concept and practice,
are constantly challenged in this atmosphere.
Methodology  
This case study draws on reports, news sources, and academic writings as well as key-informant
interviews with 52 representatives of donor countries, the United Nations, international NGOs
(INGOs) and Syrian local NGOS (LNGOs) working on the humanitarian response to the Syrian
conflict. Interviews were held over Skype and in person in Amman, Beirut, Istanbul, and
Gaziantep during the last quarter of 2015 and January 2016. Key informants work at the regional
level or within refugee receiving countries or hold positions concerned with cross-border
activities from Lebanon, Turkey, or Jordan. While interviews were conducted with humanitarian
actors within opposition-controlled Syria, few interviews were possible with key informants
operating inside government-controlled areas. This omission arises from security considerations,
travel restrictions (for the author), and the inability for those inside Syria to speak freely without
surveillance. As such, key informants who had previous experience in government-controlled
Syria were sought out for interviews. Another limitation was that the author was not able to
interview donors from Gulf countries.
Findings here overwhelmingly represent the perceptions of interviewees, but are fact-checked
and independently referenced whenever possible. Key-informant names are not included in this
report to respect confidentiality. Results are also buttressed with data from two previous studies
conducted by this author, which focused on Syrian NGOs, local councils, the Syrian Opposition
 
7  
Coalition (SOC) and Syrian Interim Government (SIG), and international organizations
operating from southern Turkey into Syria.3
Background  to  the  Conflict  
In February 2011, “The People Want to Topple the Regime” was spray-painted on the walls of a
school in the southern city of Daraa (Thompson, 2015). The authors—a group of teenage boys—
were promptly jailed and tortured, sparking popular protests across the city in March. Security
forces of the government of Syria (GoS) opened fire on demonstrators, prompting a streak of
protests in various locations throughout the country. This event is most often referred to as the
“spark” that set in motion the revolution. By July 2011, hundreds of thousands of people were
regularly protesting (Rodgers et al. 2015). Demands included the resignation of President Bashar
Al-Assad and broad political reforms including the freedom of press, speech, and assembly; the
existence of multiple political parties; and equal rights for Kurdish people. The GoS met these
demands by opening fire on some demonstrators and the widespread detention and torture of
others. Snipers forced people out of public spaces, water and electricity were shut off, and food
was confiscated in locations where the protests were most pronounced (Cornell University
Library 2015).
In response, supporters of the opposition organized and armed themselves. Rebel brigades
formed and wrested control from the government in several locations (Rodgers et al. 2015).
Localized “civil unrest” was classified by ICRC as civil war by the end of 2012 when the
number of casualties reached the threshold for “internal armed conflict” under the Geneva
Conventions. An opposition government in exile—the Syrian National Council4 (SNC)—was
formed towards the end of 2011. This body included several factions such as the Syrian Muslim
Brotherhood (banned in Syria since the 1980s), Kurdish groups, the Damascus Declaration
Group (a pro-democracy network), and other dissidents (Cornell University Library 2015). The
SNC formed the Syrian Interim Government (SIG) in 2014, supported by technical assistance
from a variety of countries and financially backed at the outset by the government of Qatar.
Against the backdrop of the Arab Spring—which swept from Tunisia through North Africa into
the Middle East—it is no surprise that Syrians engaged in peaceful protests demanding political
and civil rights. Violent repression of popular movements seen to challenge the central authority
is not new in Syria. The country has long been held under authoritarian leadership—with
severely curtailed political and civil rights including under the father of the current president,
Hafez-al Assad, who presided from 1971–2000.5 President Bashar al-Assad has been in power
since 2000. In addition to this history of repression, the Alawite minority has had nearly
exclusive access to formal economic, political, military, and social networks of power in the
country. The years prior to the uprisings were also marked by economic stagnation, corruption,
and drought, which led to an economic crisis particularly for the agricultural sector—abolishing
the livelihoods for 800,000 agricultural workers (Lund 2014). Widespread access to social media
 
8  
has improved communication and the dispersion of ideas and is considered a facilitator of the
Syria uprisings and the Arab Spring more generally (Howard and Hussain 2013).
Four and a half years ago, the conflict appeared to be one side against another—pro-democracy
rebels versus Assad. Since then, the opposition has fractured, splintered, and been coopted, with
the original fight transforming into a radicalized sectarian war involving local, regional, and
global powers with no end in sight. Syrians involved in the “revolution” for democracy feel that
their cause has been hijacked.6 Extreme sectarianism is unfamiliar to many residents of
contemporary Syria.7 And Western support has U-turned from “Assad must go” to “ISIS must be
destroyed,” sidelining many of the institutions and initiatives that received initial Western
support. While difficult to succinctly characterize the war, one analyst aptly described Syria
“today [as] the largest battlefield and generator of Sunni-Shia sectarianism the world has ever
seen, with deep implication for the future boundaries of the Middle East and the spread of
terrorism” (Tabler 2015).
Stakeholder  Analysis  
The key interest groups connected to the Syria crisis—political, military, economic and
humanitarian—number in the dozens. The following paragraphs provide a summary of main
actors, but do not purport to present a complete analysis of all stakeholders involved in this
complex and rapidly changing crisis.
Conflict  and  Political  Actors  
The main armed actors involved in the Syrian civil war today include the GoS military and
security forces, the Kurdish People’s Protection Units (YPG), Daesh or the Islamic State (ISIS),
al-Qaeda–backed Jabhat Al-Nusra (Al-Nusra), a range of armed groups with an Islamic agenda
(from almost secular to moderate to extreme), and more secular rebel groups known as the Free
Syria Army (FSA).8 Each armed actor has a different set of interests, but most have a named
enemy and seek exclusive control over territory or imposition of a certain type of governance
over a population. The GoS has engaged in anti-terrorism rhetoric to justify attacks on the
opposition. Each armed actor also has a different set of sponsors, including local, regional, and
global powers. This panoply of divergent interests and sponsors has led many9 to see the Syria
conflict as a reinstatement of the Cold War or a proxy war.
In terms of international involvement on the ground, Hizbollah and troops from Israel, Iran, and
Turkey have also made a recent appearance on Syrian soil.10 From the air, the US, UK, France,
Australia, Bahrain, Canada, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Turkey, Russia, Israel, and the
Syrian Air Force have or are currently dropping bombs (Moore 2015; US Department of Defense
2015). In terms of alliances, the GoS largely counts on Hizbollah, Iran, and Russia for support.
Syrian Kurdish forces are generally supported by the Kurdistan Worker’s Party (PKK)
headquartered in Turkey (Tabler 2015).
 
9  
In October 2015, the US abandoned its “train and equip” program—largely considered an
outright failure—aimed at capacitating moderate Syria rebels associated with the Free Syrian
Army. Since, they have aimed to militarily support the Syrian Democratic Forces—a Kurdish led
militia dominated by Kurds but including a minority of Arabs—to fight ISIS and other extremists
(Reuters 2016). Covert military operations sponsored by the Central Intelligence Agency are
believed to continue.11
Interests between allies, even traditional allies, rarely align, as described by a high-level US
government official, “This conflict is designed by the devil. Turkey’s number one enemy is the
Kurds, number two is Assad and number three is ISIS. The number one enemy of the US is ISIS
and number two is Assad. Saudi Arabia has another set of preferences, as do Qatar, Kuwait, and
Russia.”12 As an illustration, during data collection, the government of Turkey bombed Kurdish
forces in Syria receiving US support trying to take over ISIS-controlled areas. Several kilometers
away, Russian forces claiming to target ISIS were in fact bombing civilian locations held by
Western-backed moderate rebels.13
A recent estimate of territorial control has not been officially calculated, and dynamics have
shifted since Russian air intervention began in the fall of 2015. Conflict analysts estimate that the
GoS currently controls about one third of Syria, Kurdish forces between 10 and 20 percent, ISIS
between 30 and 40 percent and other armed groups the remaining territory (17–27 percent).
However, the majority of the Syrian population continues to live in government-controlled
areas.14
The United Nations Security Council (UNSC) has remained largely stymied in a Cold-War-style
gridlock since the start of the Syria crisis. Two main resolutions have been passed. Under
Resolution 2139, passed in February 2014, the UNSC “strongly condemns the widespread
violations of human rights and international law by the Syrian authorities, as well as the human
rights abuses and violations of international law by armed groups. . . .” (UN  Security  Council  
2014a,  2). The resolution also demands that authorities lift sieges, cease attacks on civilians
(including using indiscriminate weapons such as barrel bombs), and allow unhindered
humanitarian access.
Five months later, the UNSC passed Resolution 2165, which both reaffirmed 2139 and
authorized the United Nations and implementing partners to operate across conflict lines and
borders crossings—thereby providing an overt legal framework for cross-border humanitarian
operations from Jordan and Turkey into Syria.15 The resolution also affirms that the UNSC “will
take further measures in the event of non-compliance with this resolution or Resolution 2139
(2014), by any Syrian party,” (UN  Security  Council  2014b,  4). However, no enforcement
mechanism was established and there have been no consequences for on-going violations of
these resolutions.
As mentioned above, the National Coalition of Syrian Revolution and Opposition Forces is the
self-appointed opposition governing body of Syria. The coalition’s mission includes the
“removal of the Bashar al-Assad regime and ‘its symbols and pillars of support’; dismantling of
 
10  
the Syrian security services; unifying and supporting the Free Syrian Army; rejecting dialogue
and negotiation with the al-Assad government and, ‘holding accountable those responsible for
killing Syrians, destroying [Syria]’, and displacing [Syrians]” (Carnegie Endowment for
International Peace, 1). The Syrian Interim Government (SIG) was formed by and under the
larger umbrella of the coalition in 2013. The SIG is based in Turkey and meant to serve as an
executive body for opposition-controlled Syria. While 140 countries recognize the coalition as
the “legitimate representative of the Syrian people,” the SIG has been fraught with divisions and
tensions—dissolving and reforming multiple times—and is “mired in a vicious cycle of mistrust,
mismanagement, and alleged corruption, and has grown increasingly marginalized since the US
prioritized attacking the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria above Assad’s removal” (Ackerman
2015). The SIG has seen massive cuts from its only substantive financial donor—Qatar—leading
many SIG government employees and ministers to abandon their posts. At present, a few
ministries are functioning as coordinating bodies or venues to attract international funds16 from
INGOs. Otherwise, the SIG is seen as a “sinking ship,” 17 and both the coalition and the SIG
suffer from a serious lack of legitimacy on the ground in Syria (O’Bagy 2012).18
Diplomatic efforts to find a political solution include informal and formal negotiations starting in
2011. The most significant, known as the Geneva II Conference, occurred in 2014. The next
attempt occurred nearly two years later (end 2015). Known as the Vienna Process, negotiations
involved foreign ministers from Russia, the US, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Iran, and other Middle
Eastern and European countries, but without representation of the political opposition. The third
round of Geneva talks is underway (early 2016), in fits and starts. Negotiations in the current
round are brokered by Staffan de Mistura, who was appointed “special envoy” by the UN
secretary general in 2014, following the resignations of Lakhdar Brahimi and, before that, Kofi
Anan to “provide good offices aimed at bringing an end to all violence and human rights
violations, and promoting a peaceful solution to the Syrian crisis” (UN News Centre 2014). Just
ahead of the most recent talks, de Mistura said that “expectations [are] low and [I am] preparing
for a long haul.” US Secretary of State John Kerry likened it to “chart[ing] a course out of hell.”
Talks are slated to (re)start on the subjects of humanitarian access to besieged areas, combatting
ISIS, and local ceasefires (Black 2016). But stumbling blocks are many and include Assad’s role
in a transitional government, growing divisions between arch-rivals/enemies (Saudi Arabia and
Iran, among others), and the splintered and dispersed make-up and representation of the Syrian
political opposition (Al Jazeera 2015; Black 2016).
Humanitarian  Actors  
Donors  from  the  West  and  the  Rest  
The 2016 United Nations humanitarian appeals19 for the Syria crisis—including the Syria
Response Plan (SRP) for in-Syria/cross-border humanitarian action and the Regional Refugee
and Resilience Plan (3RP) for refugee assistance—are the largest the world has seen. Nearly 3.2
billion USD was requested for the SRP and 4.55 billion USD for the 3RP. The 2015
 
11  
humanitarian appeal for the Syria crisis was also high (4.3 billion for the 3RP and 2.89 billion for
the SRP), but quite a large percentage went unfunded (57 percent of the SRP and 41 percent of
the 3RP).20 The largest donors through this formal system have been the US (29.3 percent),
followed by the UK (11.7 percent), Germany (9.4 percent), and the European Commission (9.1
percent). Gulf donors figure prominently in the response to the humanitarian appeal. In 2015,
Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, and Kuwait contributed 450 million USD
(OCHA, Financial Tracking Service 2015).21 Donors such as ECHO, DFID, and the USG have
permanent staff presence in border countries.
The OCHA Financial Tracking System, however, does not capture all the humanitarian activities
taking place in Syria. The general perception is that Gulf countries are heavily involved aside
from what is reported, but little is known about to whom, what, and where funding goes.22 Qatar
is the one main exception, and the largest contributor to the Humanitarian Pooled Fund (HPF) of
OCHA Turkey (OCHA 2015c). The fund is a multi-donor country-based pooled fund that is
accessible to Syrian NGOs, INGOs, and UN bodies to “provide flexible and timely resources to
partners thereby expanding the delivery of humanitarian assistance, increasing humanitarian
access and strengthening partnerships” (OCHA 2015c). Managed by OCHA Turkey, the main
objective is to strengthen the capacity of Syrian NGOs in line with the priorities of the SRP. In
addition, the Qatar Red Crescent is an active member of the regional and Turkey based NGO
forums. Qatar’s participation in these systems was Qatar-initiated, with little to no outreach on
the part of the UN or other actors in the dominant humanitarian system.23
Turkey is also heavily involved in the Syria response, but OCHA is only reporting about 1
million USD in support to the humanitarian response in 2015 (OCHA, Financial Tracking
Service 2015). The Turkish government prefers to support its own systems directly (Turkish
INGOs and Turkish Red Crescent) rather than the UN and international INGO systems.24 These
systems include numerous refugee camps and support to Turkish NGOs. For example, UNHCR
is only peripherally involved in refugee camps in Turkey, and their role is similarly limited in
supporting non-camp or urban refugees.25 The Turkish Red Crescent (among other activities)
oversees and controls the flow of humanitarian convoys passing

Complete Short Functional Movement Discussion

Description

In what stage of adulthood are they considered the sandwich generation? Explain this concept. Give an example of an adult that you know or seen that is in this stage. How are they dealing with the change in life?Please remember to write two references, in


Module 03 Written Assignment – Character in the Workplace: Building the Perfect Employee

Description

BackgroundFor this week’s written assignment you are a manager at, Ad It Up, a mid-size marketing firm. Over the last five years you notice that issues relating to unethical practices seem to be on the rise. From minor issues, such as employees calling in sick when they should have used a personal/vacation day, to more serious issues, such as the inflation of hours billed to clients, the incidences are trending at a higher rate. In an attempt to curb these actions, the company decides to take a stronger stance and terminate those employees flagged as being unethical. Along with a heightened emphasis on training, a revision of the code of ethics, and stricter enforcement of the policies, you have been tasked with hiring three entry-level marketing employees to replace some of the terminated employees. The company wants to attract employees who are not only talented, but are ethical. You need to create a help wanted ad that spells out the various virtues that you are seeking in an employee.InstructionsCreate a 1-page, help-wanted ad for an entry level marketing person. In your ad, provide the following details:
Attention grabbing title
A brief summary of the entry-level marketing position
A list of the desired virtues applicants should possess. For this part, you will need to provide and explain five of the virtues covered in this week’s materials.
Instructions for applying for the job.


hpp 1000.41406 write a paper with the following guidelines

Description

Just write about yourself. I can do the rest just need a outline to go with. the requarements are in the link


Unformatted Attachment Preview

HHP 1000: Personal Health
Assignment: Individual Health Behavior Project [“30 Day Challenge”]
Due: Friday November 15 by 12:00pm (noon) in UTC Learn under Assignments
Directions: In this assignment each student will describe a specific health behavior he/she would
like to change. This behavior could be anything (from wearing a seatbelt to learning how to
swim to drinking more water). The goal of this assignment is to get each student to think
critically about personal health choices and how location, allocation of resources, availability of
resources, perspective, and environment influence our daily choices. The student will try
and practice this healthy behavior change for a period of 30 days. (This term-not
something you previously changed)
In this assignment you will complete the following:
1. Paragraph 1: Describe a health behavior you would like to change. Describe why you want
to change this behavior. Describe why you believe you have struggled changing this
behavior. Provide detail about your history of changing/thinking about changing this
behavior if it applies to you. [For example: quit smoking, exercise three times a week,
develop strategies to manage stress, spend more time with family/friends, wear sunscreen
daily, walk, lose weight, gain weight, manage weight, improve diet, eat more vegetables and
fruits, etc.]
2. Paragraph 2: Describe in detail why you want to change this behavior. What makes you
think changing your behavior this time is going to be different (and not just because you have
to do it for an assignment). Be sure to address what you think will keep you motivated this
time. What will be different this time? Are there people or resources in place this time to
help you that you didn’t have before? Keep in mind no one else will read this besides me so
feel comfortable to share what you feel comfortable sharing.
3. Paragraph 3: (After the 30 days) Describe your progress on changing the desired health
behavior. Explain in detail the specific strategies you’ve put in place to help change the
desired behavior. Even if you haven’t spent a lot of time changing the behavior, explain
why. How to you “plan for failure”? [i.e. relapse is a normal part of the process]. How do
you stop the shame and blame game in regards to not changing the behavior? What will be
your motivation to change? What are (3) positive aspects/things you can do to stay
encouraged? [For example: it might be putting a sticky-note on your bathroom mirror with
positive words of affirmation].
4. Paragraph 4: 6 months from now what would you like your update to be? What are (2)
specific things you are going to do to increase productivity on changing the behavior? Think
about things like location, time, cost, support, family & friends, obstacles, barriers, and
ultimately be honest with yourself.
5. Paragraph 5: Provide a minimum of (3) images that would get you to change your behavior.
Include (3) specific statements/brief paragraphs that provide accurate information that would
1
influence you to change your behavior. These images could be pictures of you, your family,
friends, clip-art- anything that would move you to change the behavior. (Be sure to include a
brief description of the picture and how it connects to your behavior change.)
6. References: Include (3) resources on a separate reference page. All resources should be
legitimate/peer-reviewed sources. Peer-reviewed sources could be books, book chapters, and
journal articles. Wikipedia is not a source and should not be used. Feel free to use your
textbook as one of the three references. The other two peer-reviewed sources should be
articles, book chapters that are connected and relevant to your behavior change. These
resources should be cited in the body of your paper. These references should include citations
throughout the body of the paper. For example: If your behavior change is to get more sleep
each night you would utilize your textbook as one source and two other online articles that
discuss how sleep is important to your overall health.
7. You can use the link below to show you how to cite sources in APA format (a minimum of 3
peer-reviewed sources is required) Using the APA format ONLY applies to how you
write your citations NOT the body of the paper.
https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/
8. Final Format: 100 points total (points will be awarded based on your ability to accurately
complete the assignment. Double space your paper. Completing the assignment means
following all the instructions).
Put your name in the top right hand corner with the name of your behavior change
underneath.
Example:
John Doe
Getting More Sleep
2
Exp. Da
Manufacturer
raakson Davis, M 2016
Vaccine
Date Given
Dose
Location
NDC Code
Lot No
07/14/1999
PV unspecifed
formulation ax Only
02/25/2000
22 PV unspecifed
formulation Hx Only
23
12/05/2003
IPV unspecifed
formulation Hx Only
MCV40 (Menveo )
05/21/2010
04/30/201
25
MCV40 (Menveo )
07/31/2018
0.5 mL
GlaxoSmithKline
Right Deltoid
M17058
1.
5816009550
9
02/28/201
07/31/2018
0.5 ml
28 Meningococcal B OMV
Bexsero)
Left Deltoid
168401
5816009760 GlaxoSmithKline
2
05/28/2019
02/28/2020
27. Meningococcal B OMV
Bexsero)
0.5 mL
Right Deltoid
ABX751AA 58160-0976- GlaxoSmithKline
02
28
MMR (MMRII)
02/25/2000
29
MMR (MMRII)
11/07/2003
30
10/03/2020
PPD
07/20/2018 0.1 ml Right Arm c5472aa 4928107527 Sanofi Pasteur
8
(READING) Negative, Induration: 0 mm, Placement Date: 07/20/2018, Read by: Cox, Joni on 07/23/2018 at 10:00 AM
Rotavirus Hx only
06/21/1999
31.
32
Tdap (BoostRix/Adacel)
05/21/2010
0.5 U
33
Varicella (Varivax )
12/20/2002
0.5
34
Varicella (Varivax)
04/16/2008
0.5
Record generated by eClinicalWorks EMR/PM Software (www.eclinicalwo
http://192.168.38.60:8080/mobiledoc/jsp/catalog/xml/printPatientsimmunizations.jsp?mm… 5/28/20

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

wk2 d2 resp to rebe

Description

Article excerpt The philosophy of servant leadership receives a growing interest in academia and among clinical health care leaders. Few European studies are available about the importance of this philosophy for patient and staff outcomes. Prior nursing studies in the US show that servant leadership is related to job satisfaction and better performance. To investigate this among Nordic health care workers, a questionnaire survey was conducted among health care staff in nursing care in four hospitals in Iceland (n=138). A new Dutch instrument (SLS) was used in an Icelandic version. The study shows that servant leadership is practiced in departments of nursing in these Icelandic hospitals, and a significant correlation was found between job satisfaction and servant leadership. The findings support prior findings and indicate that servant leadership among hospital managers is essential for staff satisfaction (Gunnarsdóttir, 2014, p.14). Paraphrase Servant leadership has received increased attention from scholars in various areas such as academia and the clinical setting. Diverse experts have associated this philosophy with improved patient health outcomes (Gunnarsdóttir, 2014, p.1). Over the years, experts have argued that servant leadership is a foundation for the achievement of enhanced performance in the workplace. To analyze this argument, this study used a set of questionnaires. These questionnaires aimed at collecting information about the potential relationship between servant leadership and attributes like improved performance in the workplace and job satisfaction of practitioners. The findings of the investigation showed that servant leadership related to job satisfaction as well as the enhanced performance of the respective practitioners. The past studies showed that job satisfaction of clinical officials was influenced by the type of leadership styles adopted. Servant leadership influenced job satisfaction positively (Anderson, 2016, pp. 176-180). Job satisfaction translated to improved performance of employees. Therefore, the article in this context creates a connection which supports the previous findings obtained from the earlier studies linking satisfaction at jobs and performance of employee’s top servant management. References Gunnarsdóttir, S. (2014). Is servant leadership useful for sustainable Nordic health care?. Vård I Norden, 34(2), 53-55. Anderson, D. (2016). Servant leadership, emotional intelligence: Essential for baccalaureate nursing students. Creative nursing, 22(3), 176-180. FEEDBACK I loved your topic of servant leadership as I feel this is an important topic for all areas of our world today. It certainly makes a more harmonious workplace when it is practiced. It certainly seems you like you have the APA citations nailed down tight. I am still struggling on that front. I also liked how you made connections in the information and used that for your information rather than simply using different words for the author’s thoughts. I confess I found myself a bit confused by the addition of a second quote in the paraphrase rather than sticking with the original quotation so I was bouncing around a bit between trying to figure out which the paraphrase for the first quote and which was material from the second quote as the second quote wasn’t shown directly on the page. It seemed to me that you had the original material you needed contained in the original quote and the addition of the second was not necessary to make your point. However, maybe I am missing something? Respond to the bold paragraph in BOLD ABOVE under FEEDBACK by using one the options below… in APA format with At least one reference….. .(The List of References should not be included in the word count.) Answer the question. Share an insight from having read your colleague’s feedback as to why the second reference was used in the paraphrase section. Support your reason for the reference. Make a suggestion. Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the Learning Resources. It is important that you cover all the topics identified in the assignment. Covering the topic does not mean mentioning the topic BUT presenting an explanation from the context of ethics and the readings for this class To get maximum points you need to follow the requirements listed for this assignments 1) look at the word/page limits 2) review and follow APA rules 3) create subheadings to identify the key sections you are presenting and 4) Free from typographical and sentence construction errors. REMEMBER IN APA FORMAT JOURNAL TITLES AND VOLUME NUMBERS ARE ITALICIZED.


ANP clinical judgment

Description

The purpose of this assignment is evaluate the change that successfully or unsuccessfully occurred as a result of the health care initiative analyzed in Unit 4 discussion through the lens of: translational science, complexity theory and transdisciplinary and one organizational change theory

*** I will provide unit 4 discussion so you can read it and get familiar with content ***

This Assignment will serve as the Course Level Assessments for:

Evaluate how the advanced practice nurse uses levels of clinical judgement and systems thinking to act as a catalyst for change. [6. Evaluation]

PC 6.1: Incorporate data, inferences, and reasoning to solve problems.

Evaluate the change that successfully or unsuccessfully occurred as a result of the health care initiative analyzed in Unit 4 discussion through the lens of: translational science, complexity theory and transdisciplinary and one organizational change theory. Conclude with your personal opinion of the value of organizational change theory, translational science, and complexity theory and transdisciplinary for the development, implementation, evaluation, and dissemination of initiatives in health care.

For this Assignment you will create PowerPoint presentation:

containing 10 to 15 slides (use the notes pages to clarify your ideas);
supported with a minimum of five scholarly, peer review sources external to those assigned in class for this unit;
follow the conventions of Standard American English (correct grammar, punctuation, etc.);
well ordered, logical, and unified, as well as original and insightful;
display superior content, organization, style, and mechanics; and;
use APA 6th edition format.

Content for the presentation:

Analyze the initiative discussed in the Unit 4 discussion and develop a PowerPoint presentation to communicate your findings including answers to these questions:

Why was the practice initiative developed?
Who was the target population?
Who were the relevant stakeholders (what are interest, power, and influence of each relevant stakeholders)?
How would you describe the evidence translated into the practice initiative?
How was the practice initiative implemented? Please provide a logical discussion, with sufficient support, of the integration of proposed theory in the implemented practice initiative.
How were the outcomes of the practice initiative evaluated? Evaluate through the lens of: translational science, complexity theory and one organizational change theory.
Based on your evaluation, what are your implementation and dissemination recommendations to add to those already addressed for the practice initiative?
Conclude with your personal opinion of the value of organizational change theory, translational science, and complexity theory for the development, implementation, evaluation, and dissemination of initiatives in health care.

Assignment Requirements:

Your PowerPoint Assignment should:

Include a title slide, conclusion slide, and references slide
Include notes on each slide
follow the conventions of Standard American English (correct grammar, punctuation, etc.);
be well ordered, logical, and unified, as well as original and insightful;
display superior content, organization, style, and mechanics; and;
use APA 6th edition format as outlined in the APA Progression Ladde


MHA-FP5016 assessment 4

Description

SCENARIO

You have been asked to create a proposal for improving data collection and analysis using Vila Health’s current HIM system. Despite being Meaningful Use certified, the leadership team feels that the organization needs to make better use of patient data to improve clinical outcomes, quality, and efficiency.

Your board of directors has asked you to prepare a full proposal and they are relying on you to provide them with the most current and relevant information to help them decide on the next steps related to improvements and analysis.

PREPARATION

Before you begin to create your proposal, you should consider completing the following:

Step One – Understand Your Audience

Complete the following:

Determine which key stakeholders and decision makers demonstrate the greatest influence on the organization.
Who are the key stakeholders and what are their priorities?
Identify each category of data required to drive decision making and improve organizational performance for implementation of an EHR or HIM system (for example, patient satisfaction surveys.)
Align EHR or HIM components with the organization’s strategic goals.
Step Two – Data Analysis Recommendations
Research methods for communicating data analysis recommendations to audiences that are not well versed in data practices or terminology.
Determine the most relevant data best practices for the audience, organization, and EHR or HIM systems.
Research contemporary data analysis best practices and tools.
Remind yourself of Independence Medical Center’s clinical goals, needs, and financial and technical readiness.
INSTRUCTIONS

For this assessment, you will create an 8–10-page proposal that summarizes findings, aligns the appropriate data with the organization’s strategic goals, identifies current trends in data analytics, and provides recommendations for next steps based on your assessment of the organization’s readiness to proceed. You should feel free to draw on relevant aspects of the previous assessments in this course to help you complete this assessment.

Your proposal will be evaluated on the following criteria:

Explain recommendations related to technological and logistical changes to an organization’s health information management system.
Explain how data products and outcomes from recommendations align with an organization’s administrative and clinical goals.
Analyze how contemporary data analysis trends could be leveraged to improve current practices in an organization.
Recommend best practices for collecting data, securely storing data and converting data analytics into useful and understandable deliverables.
Apply relevant evidence and best practices to target proposal messaging to stakeholders.
Communicate proposal in a professional, clear, and concise way.
Integrate relevant sources to support assertions, correctly formatting citations and references using current APA style.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Your proposal should meet the following requirements:

Written communication: Written communication is free of errors that detract from the overall message.
APA formatting: Resources and citations are formatted according to the current APA style and formatting standards.
Number of resources: 3–5 peer-reviewed resources from scholarly journal articles.
Length: 8–10 typed, double-spaced pages, excluding the title page and reference page. Please write an abstract for your submission.
Font and font size: Times New Roman, 12 point.


Concept map

Description

I will upload the template needed for the assignment as well as the instructions. You can create a fake patient and make up everything as long as you provide everything being asked for.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Concept Map Outline (2) — Saved to my Mac
it
References
Mailings
Review
View
A
Aav
po
E E AL
AaBbCcDdEe
AaBbCcDdEe
Aa BbCcDc
A
vor Α.
v
Normal
No Spacing
Heading 1
Concept Map
1. Patient Information- (If the patient has a DPO, Living Will, POLST: what does it say?)
a. Age
b. DOB
c. Gender
d. Code status
e. DPOA
f. Living Will
II. Admitting Diagnosis:
a. Pathophysiology of admitting diagnosis
III.
Chief Complaint on admission
a. Narrative explaining what brought the patient into the hospital?
b. What the patient a direct admit to the floor? Or did the patient come in via the emergency
room?
IV. Patient Education and Discharge Planning
a. Patient Education: if your education plan includes videos please attach a link to the video, a
transcript of the video and ensure that it is from a reputable source (teaching hospitals or
medical/nursing schools), if your education is verbal education explain the way that you verified
understanding, if you used a hands on educational tool please include photos of the tool)
i. First educational plan
ii. Second educational plan
iii. Third educational plan
b. Discharge planning
i. Discharge consults
1. Consult one
2. Consult two
3. Consult three
ii. Medication changes
1. New medications
a. New medication 1
b. New medication 2
C. New medication 3
2. Medication changes
a. Change 1
(United States)
B Focus 3
20
OOO
DO0 F4
F3
..
11
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
#
2
$
4
%
5
&
7
* co
6
9
0
E
E
R
T
Y
U
O
Concept Map Outline (2) — Saved to my Mac
ut
References
Mailings
Review
View
A
Aav
to
ESE L
AaBbCcDdEe
Aa Bb CcDdEe
AaBbCcDc Aa
A
V
Normal
No Spacing
Heading 1
H
a. Diagnosis 1- painopnysiology and now Il connects to the aumissions diagnosis. If it does not,
explain that
b. Diagnosis 2-pathophysiology and how it connects to the admissions diagnosis. If it does not,
explain that.
C. Diagnosis 3- pathophysiology and how it connects to the admissions diagnosis. If it does not,
explain that.
VIII. Past Surgical History (this includes elective procedures!)
a. Surgery 1- pathophysiology and how it connects to the admissions diagnosis. If it does not,
explain that.
b. Surgery 2-pathophysiology and how it connects to the admissions diagnosis. If it does not,
explain that.
C. Surgery 3- pathophysiology and how it connects to the admissions diagnosis. If it does not,
explain that.
IX.
Social History
a. Social drinking?
i. Does this tie into any past medical history (ex: cirrhosis and drinking)
ii. Does this make any medical history exacerbated?
b. Smoking
i. Does this patient have COPD, Lung Cancer, Bladder cancer (this is directly related to
smoking), etc
ii. Does it make any medical history exacerbated?
c. illegal drug use?
i. Does this patient receive any IV medications that should be given in a large vein that is
made inaccessible by IV drug use?
ii. Does this patient have intractable pain because they were addicted to opioids?
iii. Does this patient have a psych diagnosis that could be directly tied to drug use?
X. Cultural con: derations
a. Discuss what culture the patient was raised with, what culture did they marry into whose
traditions/beliefs may have been adopted?
b. Explain if these cultural traditions have impacted their medical diagnosis, decreased, or
increased any of the diagnosis?
XI. What is the patient’s occupations?
a. Explain the patient’s occupation?
b. Does their occupation make health maintenance difficult?
XII. What is the patient’s religion?
a. How does their religion impact their mental health with relation to their diagnosis?
(United States)
Focus
ES
80
000
DOO
< II F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 7 * $ 4 % 5 & 7 1 0 6 8 9 E E R T Y U 0 Purchase answer to see full attachment

Child diabetes

Description

Topic: Child diabetes

5 slides with notes, without including references

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

References not older than 5 years

Present a general profile of at least one health-related organization for the selected focus topic. Present two resources, national or local, for the proposed education plan that can be utilized by the provider or the patient.
Identify interdisciplinary health professionals important to include in the health promotion. What is their role? Why is their involvement significant?


community health wk 1

Description

This discussion board is aligned with the module objective “describe basic concepts/principles of community/public health.”

As part of the discussion you will:

Compare and contrast community health/public health nursing practice with hospital base nursing practice in terms of core functions and essentials services

Your initial post must be posted before you can view and respond to colleagues, must contain minimum of two (2) references, in addition to examples from your personal experiences to augment the topic. The goal is to make your post interesting and engaging so others will want to read/respond to it. Synthesize and summarize from your resources in order to avoid the use of direct quotes, which can often be dry and boring. No direct quotes are allowed in the discussion board posts.

2 days ago

REQUIREMENTSdescription 1 pages, Single Spacing account_balance Columbus State Community College

Microtutor_Burchu

What’s up fam? Looks like we’ll be working together again! Any more stuff I should know before I start?

2 days ago

Any other instructions you would like to add?

2 days ago

acheamax (hidden)

Pls follow instruction and references within 5 yrs pls.

2 days ago

doneseen2 days ago

Microtutor_Burchu

Will keep that in mind, thanks again for trusting me with your work. Will keep you updated with the progress

2 days ago

acheamax (hidden)

ok thank you.

2 days ago

doneseen2 days ago

Initial Post: Minimum of two (2) total references: one (1) from required course materials and one (1) from peer-reviewed references.Initial Post: Minimum 200 words excluding references (approximately one (1) page)

2 days ago

doneseen2 days ago

COMMUNITY/PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING
Title Community/Public Health Nursing
Author Mary A. Nies; Melanie McEwen
ISBN 978-0-323-52894-8
Publisher Elsevier – Health Sciences Division
Publication Date October 1, 2018
Binding Trade Paper
Type Print
Price $118.00
Required
PUBLICATION MANUAL OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION
Title Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association
Author American Psychological Association Staff
ISBN 978-1-4338-0561-5
Publisher American Psychological Association
Publication Date July 15, 2009
Binding Trade Paper
Type Print
Price $28.95
Required
COURSE RESOURCES
Healthy People 2020https://www.healthypeople.gov/

2 days ago

doneseen2 days ago

Microtutor_Burchu

perfect, thanks again for this information any other thing you would like to add..?

2 days ago

acheamax (hidden)

No pls

2 days ago

doneseen2 days ago

Microtutor_Burchu

Thank you, Will keep you updated with the progress

2 days ago

Still working on it. Expect it on time

2 days ago

Attached.

2 days ago

ATTACHMENTS

community_health_vbv_b.docx

check_circle Microtutor_Burchu marked this question as complete.

2 days ago

There it is, kindly let me know if the answer meets your expectations or it needs any adjustments I will be ready to fix. Thank you very Much, I am looking forward to work with you Again. Invite me in your future questions.

2 days ago

Pleasure working with you. Thank you for choosing Studypool. Let me know if you need revisions. Stay awesome! Remember, Studypool can also help with Business research, Translation and HTML/CSS!

1 day ago

acheamax (hidden)

Am wandering how to let you respond to someone’s discussion without loosing these information.

12 mins ago

doneseen12 mins ago

Microtutor_Burchu

paste them here buddy

10 mins ago

acheamax (hidden)

Katelynn Akers

Principles of Community Health

Nurses have the opportunity to work in many different types of setting. In this discussion board, I will discuss two different types of settings a register nurse can work in and how these two settings are similar and different in functions and services.

Two types of settings that a nurse can work in are community health and hospital base settings. Community health nursing focuses on community settings such as schools, health care centers, senior centers and homeless shelters. The nurses in community health can practice as individual nurses. These nurses are responsible for health promotion, prevention of illnesses and diseases and early detection of these diseases (Nies & McEwen, 2015). Because community nurses work independently, these nurses have more autonomy and can make clinical decision based upon their assessment (Hunt, 2013). Community health education is continuous. These nurses typically build deeper relationships with the people in the communities that they are working with. There are many differences between community health nursing and hospital base nursing.

Hospital base nursing deliver care in a hospital setting. Nurses that work in the hospital settings are taking care of individuals that are already diagnosis with an illness or a disease. Nurses do not function independently in the hospital. There is a medical team that drives patient care but, physicians typically make the final decision in medical treatments. Nurses and patients build therapeutic relationships based on the amount of time the patients are hospitalized for.

Despite the many differences in the two settings, there are some similarities as well. Community health and hospital-based nursing focus on the health promotion and treatment of patients. Nurses are responsible for assessments and education in order to care for the patients and community as best as they can. Communication is key in both settings for the nurses to build a relationship between the patients and members of the community.

Regardless of working in community health or health base setting, nurses promote and protect the patients, families and communities’ health and wellness in their time of need, while preventing pain and suffering in a healing environment (ANA, 2015).

References

American Nurses Association. (2015). Nursing: Scope and standards of practice. (3rded.). Silver spring, MD: American Nurses Association.

Hunt, R. (2013). Introduction to community-based nursing. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer

Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

Nies, M.A., & McEwen, M. (2015). Community/public health nursing. St Louis: Elsevier Saunders.

6 mins ago

doneseen6 mins ago

minimum of 100 words

6 mins ago

doneseen6 mins ago

Microtutor_Burchu

anything else

5 mins ago

acheamax (hidden)

reference at least one peer review and the resourses

5 mins ago

doneseen5 mins ago

How do I make the payment

4 mins ago

doneseen4 mins ago

Microtutor_Burchu

just post a question and write resposne discussion post and invite me for that

2 mins ago

acheamax (hidden)

Your working on an assignment for me, I can also add it to it

1 min ago

doneseen1 min ago

Microtutor_Burchu

I think its not that possible its quite a fast thing , just post it up if you dont mind

few seconds ago

acheamax (hidden)

ok

few seconds ago

doneseenfew seconds ago


NURS-FPX4060 Assessment 2 Instructions: Community Resources

Description

Research a selected local, national, or global nonprofit organization or government agency to determine how it contributes to public health and safety improvements, promotes equal opportunity, and improves the quality of life within the community. Submit your findings in a 3-5 page report.As you begin to prepare this assessment, it would be an excellent choice to complete the Nonprofit Organizations and Community Health activity. Complete this activity to gain insight into promoting equal opportunity and improving the quality of life in a community. The information gained from completing this activity will help you succeed with the assessment.
PROFESSIONAL CONTEXT
Many organizations work to better local and global communities’ quality of life and promote health and safety in times of crisis. As public health and safety advocates, nurses must be cognizant of how such organizations help certain populations. As change agents, nurses must be aware of factors that impact the organization and the services that it offers. Familiarity with these organizations enables the nurse to offer assistance as a volunteer and source of referral.This assessment provides an opportunity for you gain insight into the mission, vision, and operations of a community services organization of interest.
Demonstration of Proficiency
By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and assessment criteria:
Competency 1: Analyze health risks and health care needs among distinct populations.
Explain how an organization’s work impacts the health and/or safety needs of a local community.
Competency 2: Propose health promotion strategies to improve the health of populations.
Explain how an organization’s mission and vision enable it to contribute to public health and safety improvements.
Competency 3: Evaluate health policies, based on their ability to achieve desired outcomes.
Assess the impact of funding sources, policy, and legislation on an organization’s provision of services.
Competency 4: Integrate principles of social justice in community health interventions.
Evaluate an organization’s ability to promote equal opportunity and improve the quality of life within a community.
Competency 5: Apply professional, scholarly communication strategies to lead health promotion and improve population health.
Write clearly and concisely in a logically coherent and appropriate form and style.
Note: Complete the assessments in this course in the order in which they are presented.
PREPARATION
Assume you are interested in expanding your role as a nurse and are considering working in an area where you can help to promote equal opportunity and improve the quality of life within the local or global community. You are aware of the work of several nonprofit organizations and government agencies whose work contributes to this effort in some way. You have particular interest in one of these organizations but would like to know more about how it contributes to public health and safety improvements. In addition, you would like to report the results of your research in a scholarly paper that you could submit for publication.As you begin to prepare this assessment, it would be an excellent choice to complete the Nonprofit Organizations and Community Health activity. Complete this activity to gain insight into promoting equal opportunity and improving the quality of life in a community. The information gained from completing this activity will help you succeed with the assessment.Then, choose the organization or agency you are most interested in researching:
American Heart Association.
World Heart Federation.
Peace Corps.
American Red Cross.
Habitat for Humanity.
United Way.
Doctors Without Borders.
The Salvation Army.
United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF).
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Department of Homeland Security (DHS).
Note: Remember that you can submit all, or a portion of, your draft research paper to Smarthinking Tutoring for feedback, before you submit the final version for this assessment. If you plan on using this free service, be mindful of the turnaround time of 24–48 hours for receiving feedback.
INSTRUCTIONS
Research your chosen organization and submit a report of your findings.
Document Format and Length
Format your paper using APA style.
Use the APA Style Paper Template. An APA Style Paper Tutorial is also provided to help you in writing and formatting your paper. Be sure to include:
A title page and references page. An abstract is not required.
A running head on all pages.
Appropriate section headings.
Your paper should comprise 3–5 pages of content plus title and references pages.
Supporting Evidence
Cite at least three credible sources from peer-reviewed journals or professional industry publications that support your research findings.
Graded Requirements
The research requirements, outlined below, correspond to the grading criteria in the assessment scoring guide, so be sure to address each point.
Explain how the organization’s mission and vision enable it to contribute to public health and safety improvements.
Include examples of ways a local and/or global initiative supports organizational mission and vision and promotes public health and safety.
Evaluate an organization’s ability to promote equal opportunity and improve the quality of life in the community.
Consider the effects of social, cultural, economic, and physical barriers.
Assess the impact of funding sources, policy, and legislation on the organization’s provision of services.
Consider the potential implications of funding decisions, policy, and legislation for individuals, families, and aggregates within the community.
Explain how an organization’s work impacts the health and/or safety needs of a local community.
Consider how nurses might become involved with the organization.
Write clearly and concisely in a logically coherent and appropriate form and style.
Write with a specific purpose and audience in mind.
Adhere to scholarly and disciplinary writing standards and APA formatting requirements.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Before submitting your paper, proofread it to minimize errors that could distract readers and make it difficult for them to focus on your research findings.Portfolio Prompt: Remember to save the assessment to your ePortfolio so that you may refer to it as you complete the final capstone course.


Reply To Two Classmates Discussion 7

Description

Reply should be 100-150 for responses. Please make the posts meaningful and responses respectful and substantive. “Nice post” is neither. If you use outside resources, make sure to use APA formatting for your reference and in-text citations.


Humanitarian Response and Recovery

Description

The Syrian refugee crisis has been classified as one of the largest humanitarian crises in recent history. Discuss three challenges associated with this humanitarian crisis. How would you recommend managing these challenges? Be prepared to substantiate your ideas.

Teaching Points

For the remainder of the semester the idea of the discussion boards is to demonstrate what you have learned tand apply this learning to the discussions. This is an opportunity to dig a little deeper into concepts and begin to discuss “the how’s” of doing things from an emergency management perspective. Remember, as future emergency managers you will generally not be asked to discuss what literature shows. You will be asked to solve problems during the very worst of times. Keep this in my mind this week and the next two weeks. Think/reflect on the various surrounding the discussion board topics and develop your posts to solve problems rather than just answering questions. Remember that you will still need to provide appropriate citations and references.

Videos

The Syrian Refugee Crisis

by CHDS · Published December 11, 2017 · Updated December 11, 2017

Dr. Anne Marie Baylouny, Associate Professor at the Naval Postgraduate School and an expert in the Middle East, Refugees, Islam, and Social Welfare, talks about the Syrian refugee crisis in this four part series.

Part I: Dimensions of the Syrian Refugee Crisis

Part II: The Syrian Refugee Crisis’ Effects on Host State

Part III: Why did the Syrian Refugees go to Europe

Part IV: Potential Solutions to the Syrian Refugee Crisis


Case Study 3: Missed Opportunities: Write a four to six (4-6) page paper

Description

Write a four to six (4-6) page paper in which you: Examine the pros and cons from the perspective of Crestview Hospital of the placement of its new billboard directly adjacent to Briarwood Medical Center. Interpret the reaction of customers and other community stakeholders to the billboard postings. Use competitive marketing entry strategies to suggest the action that Briarwood Hospital should undertake to counter the messages in the new Crestview Hospital Billboard postings. Recommend the marketing communication strategy or strategies that both Crestview and Briarwood Hospitals should employ. Justify why the Governing Board of both hospitals should take a proactive role in promoting and implementing effective marketing strategies. Assess the value of the various marketing research tool(s) that Briarwood and Crestview hospital could use to promote effective marketing communication strategies. Justify your response. Use at least five (5) quality academic resources. Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not qualify as academic resources. Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements: Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions. Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required assignment page length. The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are: Evaluate marketing research tools involved in the marketing process. Formulate competitive market entry strategies based on analysis of global markets that comply to initiatives in the health care industry. Determine the marketing communications strategy used in health care services. Use technology and information resources to research issues in health services strategic marketing. Write clearly and concisely about health services strategic marketing using proper writing mechanics. Grading for this assignment will be based on answer quality, logic / organization of the paper, and language and writing skills, using the following rubric found here.


homework phc

Description

Guidelines: Font should be 12 Times New RomanHeading should be BoldThe color should be Black or blueLine spacing should be 1.5Avoid PlagiarismAssignments must be submitted with the filled cover pageAll assignments must carry the references using APA style. Please see below web link about how to cite APA reference style. https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext. Click or tap to follow the link.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

ASSIGNMENT COVER SHEET
Course name:
Introduction to Biostatistics
Course number:
PHC 121
Assignment 4
Please answer the following questions:
Assignment title or task:
(You can write a question)
Q1. What is the difference between simple linear regression
and multiple linear regression?
Q2. What is the difference between R, R2 and adjusted R2 in
multiple linear regression.
Student name:
Student ID #
Submission date:
Instructor name:
Grade:
…. Out of 5
Release date: 16/November/2019
Due date: 26/November/2019
Guidelines:
1. Font should be 12 Times New Roman
2. Heading should be Bold
3. The color should be Black or blue
4. Line spacing should be 1.5
5. Avoid Plagiarism
6. Assignments must be submitted with the filled cover page
7. All assignments must carry the references using APA style. Please see below web link
about how to cite APA reference style.
https://guides.libraries.psu.edu/apaquickguide/intext. Click or tap to follow the link.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Help with my writing

Description

Hello, I need someone to do my work, I attached the photo just write about it as the instructor and student and then I need you to comment about your work and another comment about student work so the writing will be as writing about pictures as example comment about your work and comment about student thank you in advance


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Instructor example:
Many students indicate that relationships are the hardest part of relational data modeling so
let’s practice.
Find a relationship and state how you would read it. Looking at the ER diagram example
you posted last week may be an easy way to find one. Do not use any class examples or
assignments. Provide a screen shot of the relationship you are interpreting.
First, state how the relationship is read from left to right and then from right to left.
Second, state an instance of that relationship at work. This means thinking about the
blueprint you just stated and restating it using specific examples.
Let me provide an example you should have already identified.
In Assignment I, Patient is related to Admission.
1a. Left-to-Right: A Patient is admitted on zero to many Admissions.
1b. Right-to-Left: An Admission specifies one and only one patient being admitted.
2. Dale is a Patient at Panther Memorial. Dale is admitted on an Admission on January
5th. Dale is also admitted on July 10th when he relapses. Thus, Dale has many
Admissions. Dale may not have an admission at all. (Zero to Many min and max)
Each example admission belongs only to Dale as multiple patients cannot be listed on an
admission. For instance, Dale and Stephanie cannot share the January 5th admission. If
Stephanie was admitted on January 5th it would be recorded as a completely different
admission. The January 5th and July 10th admissions must specify that it was Dale as you
would not want an admission without knowing who the patient is. (One and only one min
and max)
Student’s Example
Product is related to Apparel.
1a. Left-To-Right: A product is ordered on zero to many apparel.
1b. Right-To-Left: Apparel specifics one and only product for this store.
2a. Panther Stop Shop is the apparel store located at UWM. On September 22nd, the store
runs out of smalls in a specific apparel product. On September 23rd, the store starts their new
order and finds the product ID and plugs in the size code to receive the right product in the
correct size. This store will continue to order this product in different sizes so there is many
apparel codes for this store. If product is discontinued there will not longer use of this code.
(zero-to-many)
Each product belongs to UWM’s Panther Stop Shop so no other distributor can use the size
code. UWM and Marquette cannot share the size code. If Marquette were to put in an order
for their products, they would have a different size code for a different product. The apparel
code is custom for just this specific store and will not bring up information from a different
store. ( one and only one)
Enrollment
student
|
PK
Enrollment ID
PK
student’s ID
EK
Course ID
EK
First Name
EK
Student’s ID
EK
Last Name
FK
Enrollment Day
EK
Last Day
Add/Drop

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

table chart for each case

Description

Below is the instruction on what needs to be done i will have attached the word document for the table and picture for each of the cases that needs to be read. Read the description of each case and record the details in Exhibit 12.1 such as the example below (See Table 1). You have to use the table function in the toolbar for this discussion. With regard to the patients for whom treatment was continued, explain in writing any ways in which those cases were factually distinguishable from the cases in which treatment was terminated. Which ethical principles apply (autonomy, justice, beneficence, and non-malfeasance)?


Unformatted Attachment Preview

of those
degree. In addition, the
I
les
only
friend.
contin
Cr
for several months.
period of time, whereas withholding chemotherapy may not
different immediate effect on the patient. For example, removing a patiene
from a respirator would likely result in death within a short and predictable
Finally, some people believe there is a distinction between withholde
ing medical treatment and withholding artificial nutrition and hydration. In
many cases, the action under consideration is the termination of the patients
food and water through the removal of a nasogastric (NG) tube or other
about each individual patient in evaluating these cases and in answer
mechanical device. Therefore, it is important to focus on the specific from
minato
to ord
no cle
artific
becan
Howe
Supre
shoul
Activity 12.1.
mined
ing ei
ACTIVITY 12.1: CASES ON TERMINATION OF TREATMENT
There
clear
The facts about several individual patients are set forth here. Each of
these patients was the subject of a judicial decision by the court of a
particular state. In some cases, the court permitted the withholding or
withdrawal of treatment, which presumably resulted in the patient’s
death. However, in three of these cases, the court held that treatment
should be continued, and therefore, the patient was not allowed to die.
CAS
Eliza
She
tion
was
(continued)
sto
3
Chapter 12: Legal and Ethical issues in Termination or Refusal of Care
schan
295
(continued from previous page)
that might be withheld
pes of treatment can be
he most active interven
be made not to resusci-
has a heart attack. This
uscitate order.” Rather
this alternative merely
t’s death.
uding PAS, which is
argued that PAS is
Jment, because both
J.S. Supreme Court
die and making that
ctive euthanasia are
thdrawn. Decisions
as, antibiotics, che
articular case. Each
of this activity is to determine whether the court’s decision in each case
for each case, the decision of the court is also provided. The goal
Read the description of each case and record the details in Exhibit
guishable from the cases in which treatment was terminated.
With regard to the patients for whom treatment was continued,
CASE 1: Cruzan v. Director, Missouri Department of Health29
After Nancy Beth Cruzan was injured in a car accident, she was in a
cognitive function. However, she was not terminally ill and was breath-
ing on her own. Her parents asked hospital employees to terminate the
persistent vegetative state and had virtually no chance of regaining her
artificial nutrition and hydration, but they refused to do so without a
court order. Cruzan had never executed an advance directive, and the
only evidence of her desires was a somewhat casual statement to a
continue living if she were ever in a severely impaired condition.
friend. Specifically, Cruzan had indicated that she would not want to
Cruzan’s parents sought an order from a Missouri state court to ter-
minate the artificial nutrition and hydration. The Missouri court refused
to order the termination of treatment on the grounds that there was
no clear and convincing evidence of the patient’s desire to terminate
artificial nutrition and hydration. As discussed in Chapter 2, this case
became the subject of a famous decision by the U.S. Supreme Court.
However, because of the limited role of the federal courts, the U.S.
Supreme Court did not consider the broad question of whether Cruzan
2 greater or lesser
on would have a
moving a
patient
t and predictable
pt result in death
tween withhold-
ad hydration. In
of the patient’s
tube or other
ne specific facts
1 in answering
should be allowed to die. Rather, the U.S. Supreme Court merely deter-
mined that the state law of Missouri, which required clear and convinc-
ing evidence of the patient’s intent, did not violate the U.S. Constitution.
Therefore, the Missouri court was entitled to apply its requirement of
dear and convincing evidence.
EATMENT
CASE 2: Bouvia v. Superior Court of Los Angeles County
e. Each of
court of a
holding or
patient’s
reatment
ed to die.
Elizabeth Bouvia was a 28-year-old quadriplegic with cerebral palsy.
She was almost completely immobile and in continual pain. Her condi-
tion was irreversible and although she needed medication for pain, she
was mentally competent.
ontinued)
(continued)
Contemporary Issues in Healthcare Law and Ethics
(continued from previous page)
in conversations with family and friends and do not have the opportunity
unfair to ordinary people like Mary O’Connor, who express their desires
to participate in formal philosophical discussions as Brother Fox did.
CASE 7: Superintendent of Belchertown State School v.
Joseph Saikewicz was profoundly retarded, but he was conscious.
Although he was 67 years old, he had a mental age of two years and
eight months and had never learned to speak. He had leukemia, and the
issue was whether he should be given chemotherapy. Most competent
patients with leukemia choose to undergo chemotherapy, which can
Saikewicz37
be successful. However, Saikewicz would not have cooperated with the
chemotherapy and would not have understood the reason for the treat-
ment. In this case, the Massachusetts court ruled that chemotherapy
should be withheld.
CASE 8: In re Storar38
John Storar was profoundly retarded and conscious. Although he was 52
years old, he had a mental age of only 18 months. He was terminally ill
with bladder cancer and on drugs for the pain. Regardless of any treat-
ment, Storar would die within three to six months. However, he was los-
ing blood in his urine and would die within weeks if he did not receive
blood transfusions. The facility wanted to give blood transfusions to
Storar, but his mother objected. Although the patient disliked the trans-
fusions, he could be sedated. In this case, the New York court held that
the facility should be allowed to give blood transfusions to the patient
over the objections of his mother.
Dhu
Contemporary Issues in Healthcare Law and
296
and
nausea
requ
with
CAS
Bro
starving herself to death.
Bouvia had to be spoon-fed, and eating sometimes caused
(continued from previous page)
alive for another 15 to 20 years. However, Bouvia dictated instructions
and vomiting. If she were fed through an NG tube, she could be kept
to her lawyers that she did not want an NG tube and signed the docu-
ment with a pen that she held in her mouth. Nevertheless, the hospital’s
medical staff inserted an NG tube against her will to prevent her from
Bouvia asked the California state court to order the hospital and
physicians to remove the NG tube. In response, the hospital and physi-
cians argued that the state has legitimate interests in preserving life,
preventing suicide, and maintaining the ethical standards of the medi-
hospital and physicians must remove the NG tube, which was inserted
cal profession. Eventually, the California Court of Appeals held that the
against her will. As the court of appeals explained, “It is incongruous, if
not monstrous, for medical practitioners to assert their right to preserve
a life that someone else must live, or, more accurately, endure, for ’15 to
5.9931 Moreover, the court held that the physicians had a duty to
in a
of
ren
ex
su
tic
to
p
20 years.
relieve her pain and suffering while she starved herself to death.
N
CASE 3: Satz v. Perlmutter32
Abe Perlmutter was a 73-year-old man who was paralyzed by Lou Geh-
rig’s disease. He was terminally ill and needed a respirator to breathe.
However, he was competent and could communicate with the judge. He
had previously pulled out his respirator, but hospital employees recon-
nected it. Now he wanted to stop the hospital employees from interfer-
ing with the removal of his respirator, which would result in his death
within an hour. Perlmutter told the judge, “It can’t be worse than what
I’m going through now.”33 In that case, the Florida court ordered the
hospital not to interfere with removal of the respirator.
CASE 4: Brophy v. New England Sinai Hospital34
Paul Brophy was permanently comatose as a result of a ruptured aneu-
rysm. Although he was unable to swallow, he could survive for several
more years with a tube for nutrition and hydration. Previously, he had
made some oral statements that he would not want artificial life support
(continued)
(continued from previous page)
and that under those circumstances he might as well be dead. At the
withdrawal of the tube.
request of the patient’s family, the Massachusetts court allowed the
s page)
hausea
e kept
ctions
docu-
pital’s
from
CASE 5: In re Eichner35
in a vegetative state, was on a respirator, and had no reasonable chance
Brother Joseph Fox was a member of a Catholic religious order. He was
remove the respirator from Brother Fox.
of recovery. His superior, Father Eichner, wanted the hospital staff to
and
hysi
life,
edi-
the
ted
in formal philosophical and religious discussions, Brother Fox had
expressed his desire that he not receive any extraordinary means of life
support, and he reiterated that view shortly before his final hospitaliza-
tion. Therefore, the New York Court allowed the removal of the respira-
tor on the grounds that there was clear and convincing evidence of the
ve
patient’s desires.
to
to
CASE 6: In re Mary O’Connor36
Mary O’Connor, 77 years old, had suffered several strokes but was not in
pain. Although she was incompetent as a result of the strokes, she was
not in a coma or persistent vegetative state. Rather, she was conscious
and might become more alert in the future.
The hospital wanted to insert an NG tube for nutrition and hydration
to avoid a potentially painful death by starvation and thirst. However,
the patient’s two adult daughters objected to the use of the NG tube.
The only evidence of the patient’s desires was in conversations with her
daughters and coworkers to the effect that she would not want artificial
life support. However, she had never discussed the specific issue of
nutrition and hydration and had not discussed the possibility of a pain-
ful death. In this case, the New York court refused to stop the insertion
of the NG tube on the grounds that there was no clear and convincing
evidence of the patient’s desires.
Some people have compared this case to the decision in Eichner, in
which the New York court allowed termination of treatment for Brother
Joseph Fox. Specifically, critics have charged that the New York court is
(continued)

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Differences in nutrition

Description

Use evidence from one scholarly source other than your textbook to support your answer. Use APA format to cite your source. What are the differences between enteral nutrition and
total parenteral nutrition? How do the implications of each method
concern the nurse?


extra for AZ 2018 LX

Description

i need someone to prarphrase these 2 essays into one just change the words i only need 500 words

question

Summarize any one chapter of the handbook on epidemiological investigation and provide one example of a US or international public health emergency in which this science was used or likely used.??

Answer one

The first chapter on public health talks about how epidemiological investigations can be used to protect the public from diseases. The chapter focuses on the detection of unusual events, diagnosis, and the identification of the cases, the determination of the sources of exposure and the implementation of interventions to prevent the spread of the disease to the public.

Epidemiological investigations are majorly conducted to stop the spread of disease and to protect the public and to do this, and there are different methods through which the investigations can be performed, and the information is usually collected from surveillance systems, survey, and the collected data. The first element in epidemiological studies as far as public health is concerned with the detection of unusual events and this is usually done with the discovery of a high number of people with the same symptoms (FBI, 2016). Typically, this identification is termed as an outbreak of diseases, and after the identification, the cases are reported for further investigation. The second stage is confirming the diagnosis which involves medical practitioners who perform medical examinations on the affected people.

Once an analysis has been done, the next step to be followed is the identification and characterization of the cases. In this stage, the different cases identified, including the index case, which is the first case identified, are identified and characterized differently to allow practical examinations and facilitate accurate results (FBI, 2016). Thereafter, the next process is the determination of the source of exposure. This basically involves the identification of the source of the illness. This is basically the most critical step in trying to prevent the spread of the disease to other people because after the cause of the illness has been identified, interventions can be placed, an example being a quarantine, to ensure that the disease does not spread while the affected are getting treatment.

Reference

Federal Bureau of Investigations, (2016). Joint Criminal and Epidemiological Investigations Handbook 2016 International Edition. Retrieved from: https://www.fbi.gov/file-repository/joint-criminal-and-epidemiological-investigations-handbook-2016-international-edition/view

Answer 2

Public health is the catalyst for a lot of decision making in emergency management. One of the key aspects of public health is surveillance, which is data collection and analyzing that data. This is so vital to discovering any anomalies within the community. From there laboratory analysis are used to confirm or deny any suspicions of an outbreak. Once reports begin to pop up a spot or patient mapping is used to see how far the potential pathogen has spread. This helps investigators and emergency personnel try to get ahead of the illness. Having data collection allows for researchers to confirm it is a true outbreak prior to public announcement. This is crucial to not cause panic among the community. This happened during the Ebola outbreak, rumors began to circulate about what the mysterious illness was. This caused an exodus from the villages to neighboring cities and countries, further spreading the disease. Therefore, laboratory confirmation and data collection are vital to send the correct information to the community.

With the suspected cases researchers then plot the cases using an epidemic curve which has the months and numbers of people affected on it. It shows the trends of the illness and offers insight into how long it takes for the disease to actually manifest. Once a culprit has been identified the researchers and emergency management begin to implement efforts to control the outbreak and protect the public. This was the case during the emergence of Zika virus, the public health sector issued many warnings and advisors for countries that were most at risk. This included offering education or prevention and protection from catching the virus. This is one of the goals of public health once the cause has been identified then determine how it is transmitted, and then begin to discuss protection for the population that’s at risk. Surveillance is one of the best tools that can be used not only does it apply to public health but for other emergency situations as well. It is a key resource that should be utilized more frequently.


Assignment 7 HA 604

Description

In the healthcare industry, most provider organizations have market power because their competitors aren’t considered a perfect substitute. In addition, limited competition in the marketplace contributes to a rise in the market power, which, in turn, allows a firm to increase its’ markups over the marginal cost and boost profit margins. Barriers to entry and regulations are other factors that can increase a firm’s market power. If you haven’t noticed, the determinants of market power align fairly well with Michael Porter’s Five Forces Analysis. When discussing market power, it’s important to take into consideration the market structure (e.g., monopolies, monopolistic competitors, and oligopolies), since the market structure will have an impact on market power and a firm’s profit potential. The government through policy development and new regulations has a profound impact of the healthcare market. These governmental interventions may result in tax breaks and subsidies intended to promote operational and clinical efficiencies; promote greater accessibility to healthcare services for those underserved segments of the population; increase accountability for cost containment measures and better utilization of limited resources; and reimbursement incentives for meeting quality metrics.

It’s important that healthcare leaders understand that there are clear linkages between market structure, market power, and profits, since these factors tend to influence financial, operational, clinical, and strategic decision-making within the healthcare and related industries. In addition, this unit will also explore the impact that governmental incentives and regulations have on the imperfect market that typifies the healthcare industry. To gain a deeper appreciation for these economic concepts and their relevance to the healthcare and related industries, you will be expected to complete the following end-of-chapter problem and mini-cases:

Chapter 15: Case 15.1, Deregulation Pharmaceutical Advertising (pp. 249-251; Lee textbook); 15.2 (p. 252)
Chapter 16: Case 16.2, To Vaccinate or Not (p. 263; Lee textbook)

Unit Learning Outcomes

ULO 1. Examine the importance of market power. (CLO 1, 6, and 7)
ULO 2. Apply Porter’s model to pricing. (CLO 1, 3, 6, and 7)
ULO 3. Evaluate the impact of policies and regulations on market power. (CLO 3)
ULO 4. Examine factors that contribute to inefficient and imperfect markets. (CLO 2, 3, 6, and 7)

Directions

The students are expected to carefully read the assignment instructions, then thoroughly and explicitly address each question. Microsoft Excel will be used to perform the mathematical computations and graphs; however, the problem and its corresponding response should be written up in a Microsoft Word document. Your responses to the assigned mini-case studies should also be included in the same document. IMPORTANT: Make certain that there is a detailed description of how the calculations were performed. You will also need to include an interpretation of the results. While there is no minimum number of references that need to be utilized to support the completion of this assignment, it is generally understood that outside sources, including the text, will be necessary to complete the problems. The document must adhere to the APA writing style in terms of using in-text citations and the listing of sources on the references page. The Microsoft Word document and Excel spreadsheet are to be uploaded under the correct unit assignment page.


Nursing Research 4

Description

1 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

Find a study published in a nursing journal in 2010 or earlier that is described a s a pilot study.

1. Do you think the study really is a pilot study, or do you think this label was used inappropriately?

2. Search forward for a larger subsequent study to evaluate your response.


interviwing a senior citizen essay.

Description

The paper should be 3-4 pages long NOT including the cover and reference pages! On the cover page of this paper, it should ONLY have your student ID#, the course name (Aging and, Health), and section (Ex. HLTH/HUSC 120). DO NOT put your name and/or your instructor’s name on the cover page!

Paragraph One: Introduction

Use 4-5 sentences to explain the reason for interviewing a senior and the topics you will be writing about in this paper. Suggestion: read the questions below and incorporate some of the questions as the topics you will be addressing.

Paragraph Two: Address questions 1-3 below:

Select 2 healthy lifestyle habits/choices that the senior you interviewed practiced and incorporated throughout their life and state what those healthy lifestyle choices were. Refer to questions 2 – 13 and 18 – 22 from the interview to answer this question.

Explain why you think each of the 2 healthy lifestyle habits/choices they practiced were healthy choices. Additionally, list 2 examples of other possible healthy habits/choices that they could have made and explain the reasons why you chose them as possibilities.

Select one of the positive healthy lifestyle habits/choices they practiced and utilize research and evidence to support your thoughts regarding why this habit/choice is a healthy one to incorporate into one’s life.

Paragraph Three: Address questions 4-7 below:

After considering the most stressful situations/events that occurred in their live, describe how they coped with 2 of the stressful situations/events. (Refer to the senior’s responses to questions 14 – 16.)

Do you think their coping choices were positive and healthy ways to do so? Explain your answer.

Select one of the coping choices the senior utilized. State if you think that method was a healthy and positive method—or was it a negative and unhealthy method to deal with the stressful event/situation? Now support your thoughts by utilizing research and evidence regarding why this coping choice was a healthy and positive method or a negative and unhealthy method to deal with the stressful event/situation.

Select one of the stressful situations/ events from the senior’s interview and describe how this stressful situation / event could have possibly been influenced, in a negative manner, by any of the following: their age at that time, their ethnicity, or gender.

Paragraph Four: Address questions 8-12

Have they ever experienced discrimination and/or have been stereotyped as a result of their age (at any age), ethnicity or gender? If their answer was no, then ask them what type of discrimination and/or stereotyping possibly could have occurred due to their age, ethnicity or gender. Explain your answer.

Select 2 different groups of seniors (a few example are: senior males compared to senior females, Caucasians and Hispanics, poor seniors compared to wealthy seniors) and analyze one of the following: racial, cultural, or socioeconomic differences among older adults. Describe what the research states regarding the differences that exist between those two groups utilizing a minimum of 5 sentences.

Describe what the senior’s thoughts and attitudes were in regards to their experiences with being exposed to and working with people of the same ethnicity and religious beliefs as themselves or being exposed to a variety of ethnicities and religions at different points in their lives.

List and explain 2 positive experiences that you think could be a result of people living and working with different ethnicities and religious beliefs besides yourself.

List and explain 2 negative experiences that you think could be a result of people living and working with different ethnicities and religious beliefs besides yourself.

Paragraph Five: Address questions 13-14

Based on your observations and interview with the senior, list two traits/habits that people who age gracefully possess. Explain your reasons for choosing each of the traits/habits. Use research and evidence to support one of the traits/habits that you discussed in regards to traits/habits that people who age gracefully possess.

Explain how you can incorporate one of the healthy traits/habits that the senior you interviewed possessed into your own lifestyle and how that health trait/habit may assist you in aging in a positive and healthy manner.


Nursing Leadership 2

Description

1 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

Each question must be identified by a number. For example

1.

Accordingt to Morris (2022) ….

2.

Morris and Holmes (2014) ….

1-Mention the types of budgets that you know and give examples of then?

2- What is budgeting?

3- What is directed and indirect cost?

4- Give examples of productive and non-productive hours?

5- What does HMO, PPO, POS means?

A) Mention one example of each of then in your city, or state?

6- What is DRGs.?

7- Give some examples of strategies for Cost-conscious nursing practice that your Nursing unit use to lower medical care cost?


Health and Medical

Description

Part1

The health care reform debate is not a new one. The plan for a national system was a Hillary Clinton platform when she was First Lady. In 2010, President Barrack Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA). President Donald Trump is now looking to “repeal and replace” the PPACA.

It is incumbent on us all to become as informed about health care reform as possible because it affects us, our family, and loved ones. Use the module readings and your own research to respond to the following questions:

List and briefly describe 3 of the recommendations for health care reform from experts, interest groups, etc.
Discuss how the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) fits (or does not fit) with the recommendations.

Length: Submit a 3-page paper, not including the cover page and the reference list.

Part 2

The overall goal of the Session Long Project is to examine health care delivery in the United States. Read the article “Remaking the American health care system: A positive reflection on the Affordable Care Act with emphasis on mental health care” by Ogundipe, Alam, Gazula, Olagbemiro, Osiezagha, Rahn, and Richie (2015). After reading the article and conducting your own research, please respond to the following questions.

What is the intended purpose of the PPACA that was signed into law in 2010? Will it meet its intended purpose based on what you’ve read in this article and from your own research on the topic?
Has PPACA met its intended purpose based on what you’ve read in this article and from your own research on the topic?
What do the authors state are the issues with the quality of care being provided?
Identify and discuss the four mechanisms that have been implemented by the PPACA.

Length: Submit a 3-page paper, not including the cover page and the reference list.

References:

Berwick, D. M. (2017). Understanding the American healthcare reform debate. British Medical Journal (Online), 357.

Dixon, B. J. (2017). Novel healthcare reform starts with owning our mistakes. The Journal of Medical Practice Management, 33(2), 81-83.

Howrigon, R. (2017). How did we get here? The Journal of Medical Practice Management, 33(1), 5-6.

McCarthy, M. (2017). US doctors’ groups call for parties to work together on healthcare reform. British Medical Journal (Online), 356. doi:10.1136/bmj.j1543

McKinnon, B. J. (2017). If only it were that simple. Ear, Nose & Throat Journal, 96(9), 354-360.

Ogundipe, B., Alam, F., Gazula, L., Olagbemiro, Y., Osiezagha, K., Bailey, R., & Richie, W., (2015). Remaking the American health care system: A positive reflection on the Affordable Care Act with emphasis on mental health care. Journal of Health Care for the Poor and Underserved, 26(1), 49-61.

Reiboldt, M. (2017). Tax bill kills hope for healthcare reform. The Journal of Medical Practice Management, 33(3), 135.

Rundio, A. (2017). Counting the cost of healthcare reform. Nursing Management (2014+), 23(9), 14. doi:10.7748/nm.23.9.14.s20

Stone, P. W. (2017). Determining value in the U.S. healthcare system. Nursing Economics, 35(3), 142-144.

Warren, M. (2017). Defining health in the era of value-based care: The six Cs of health and healthcare. Cureus, 9(2). doi:10.7759/cureus.1046

Optional Reading

Barton, N. (2017). Warm lessons from our frozen neighbors: Reviewing the PPACA’s effectiveness through a comparative analysis with the Canada Health Act. University of Louisville Law Review, 55(3), 355.


answer my homework problem 2

Description

hellodo not forget after u read ch3 before u answer the problem make sure to follow this format when u do the problemplease read chapter 3 carefully so u can give me a correct answer


Discussion Board WITH REPLIES IN FIRST PERSON!!!!!!!!!!!!

Description

Read selected portions of “Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report” by Frieden, et al., 2011, located in the Reading & Study folder for this module/week. Discuss the following points in your thread. Review the Discussion Board Instructions before posting your thread.

How is “health disparity” defined in this landmark CDC report? Are all health disparities preventable or correctable? What bottom-line societal interventions would likely address most, if not all, health disparities?
Describe and give examples of the health disparity presented in the topic area you read. What can be done in the near future to reduce these disparities? Are the disparities likely to be eliminated? Why or why not? What barriers stand in the way?
What would Jesus do to reduce or eliminate the disparity about which you read? What does He want you to do about it?

Discussion Board Instructions

You will participate in 8 Discussion Board Forums by 1) posting a thread in response to the stated prompt, and 2) posting replies in response to classmates’ threads. Each Discussion Board Forum topic presents a thought-provoking question or prompt based on recent article(s) in the scientific and professional literature of public health. Each prompt is designed to enhance your learning experience as you write about your ideas, perspectives and experiences, and receive feedback from your classmates. Both the frequency of your participation and the depth of the content you write will affect your grade. Use the Discussion Board Grading Rubric to improve the quality of your contributions and follow the specific requirements described below.

Note: Threads and replies must be completed within the assigned module/week or no credit will be awarded.

THREAD

For each forum, post a thread in response to the topic prompts provided. Your post should contain 400–500 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines. This word limit promotes writing that is thorough yet concise enough to permit your peers to read all the posts. If the Discussion Board Forum prompts you to answer a series of questions, make sure you address all of them thoroughly within the word limit. Do not restate the questions in your post; simply begin a new paragraph for each new thought. The goal is to have a seamless written argument closed by a brief conclusion tying together your individual responses. Use your best critical reasoning skills, employing the Universal Intellectual Standards as a guide, but not a strict outline. Refer to specific statements of the author(s) whenever appropriate but limit direct quotations to a maximum of 25 words for your entire post. Since this is a personal discussion, you may use first person; however, you should maintain professional decorum at all times.

Your thread should be posted to the appropriate Discussion Board Forum by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Thursday of the assigned module/week.

REPLIES

After reading your classmates’ threads, post a reply to at least 2 classmates by clicking “Reply” within the thread to which you intend to respond. These replies are designed to stimulate thought-provoking discussion, building upon or expanding the knowledge presented. Your instructor is looking for substantive, reasoned comments, not mere agreement with the initial thread on which your reply is based. In your replies, state why you liked or disliked a comment, adding additional thoughts or ideas to your classmate’s, and/or providing alternative ideas or disagreeing thoughts. Your comments should be critical but kind, “speaking the truth in love” (Eph. 4:15). Help one another with good communication skills, both by example and instruction. Substantiate your position by referencing pertinent statements from the resource under discussion, but avoid lengthy quotes from it. You may also reference other professional or peer-reviewed sources, though this is not a requirement. Each reply should contain 200–250 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines.

Replies to your classmates’ threads are due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Sunday of the assigned module/week, except for Module/Week 8 when replies will be due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Friday.Discussion Board Instructions

You will participate in 8 Discussion Board Forums by 1) posting a thread in response to the stated prompt, and 2) posting replies in response to classmates’ threads. Each Discussion Board Forum topic presents a thought-provoking question or prompt based on recent article(s) in the scientific and professional literature of public health. Each prompt is designed to enhance your learning experience as you write about your ideas, perspectives and experiences, and receive feedback from your classmates. Both the frequency of your participation and the depth of the content you write will affect your grade. Use the Discussion Board Grading Rubric to improve the quality of your contributions and follow the specific requirements described below.

Note: Threads and replies must be completed within the assigned module/week or no credit will be awarded.

THREAD

For each forum, post a thread in response to the topic prompts provided. Your post should contain 400–500 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines. This word limit promotes writing that is thorough yet concise enough to permit your peers to read all the posts. If the Discussion Board Forum prompts you to answer a series of questions, make sure you address all of them thoroughly within the word limit. Do not restate the questions in your post; simply begin a new paragraph for each new thought. The goal is to have a seamless written argument closed by a brief conclusion tying together your individual responses. Use your best critical reasoning skills, employing the Universal Intellectual Standards as a guide, but not a strict outline. Refer to specific statements of the author(s) whenever appropriate but limit direct quotations to a maximum of 25 words for your entire post. Since this is a personal discussion, you may use first person; however, you should maintain professional decorum at all times.

Your thread should be posted to the appropriate Discussion Board Forum by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Thursday of the assigned module/week.

REPLIES

After reading your classmates’ threads, post a reply to at least 2 classmates by clicking “Reply” within the thread to which you intend to respond. These replies are designed to stimulate thought-provoking discussion, building upon or expanding the knowledge presented. Your instructor is looking for substantive, reasoned comments, not mere agreement with the initial thread on which your reply is based. In your replies, state why you liked or disliked a comment, adding additional thoughts or ideas to your classmate’s, and/or providing alternative ideas or disagreeing thoughts. Your comments should be critical but kind, “speaking the truth in love” (Eph. 4:15). Help one another with good communication skills, both by example and instruction. Substantiate your position by referencing pertinent statements from the resource under discussion, but avoid lengthy quotes from it. You may also reference other professional or peer-reviewed sources, though this is not a requirement. Each reply should contain 200–250 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines.

Replies to your classmates’ threads are due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Sunday of the assigned module/week, except for Module/Week 8 when replies will be due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Friday.Discussion Board Instructions

You will participate in 8 Discussion Board Forums by 1) posting a thread in response to the stated prompt, and 2) posting replies in response to classmates’ threads. Each Discussion Board Forum topic presents a thought-provoking question or prompt based on recent article(s) in the scientific and professional literature of public health. Each prompt is designed to enhance your learning experience as you write about your ideas, perspectives and experiences, and receive feedback from your classmates. Both the frequency of your participation and the depth of the content you write will affect your grade. Use the Discussion Board Grading Rubric to improve the quality of your contributions and follow the specific requirements described below.

Note: Threads and replies must be completed within the assigned module/week or no credit will be awarded.

THREAD

For each forum, post a thread in response to the topic prompts provided. Your post should contain 400–500 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines. This word limit promotes writing that is thorough yet concise enough to permit your peers to read all the posts. If the Discussion Board Forum prompts you to answer a series of questions, make sure you address all of them thoroughly within the word limit. Do not restate the questions in your post; simply begin a new paragraph for each new thought. The goal is to have a seamless written argument closed by a brief conclusion tying together your individual responses. Use your best critical reasoning skills, employing the Universal Intellectual Standards as a guide, but not a strict outline. Refer to specific statements of the author(s) whenever appropriate but limit direct quotations to a maximum of 25 words for your entire post. Since this is a personal discussion, you may use first person; however, you should maintain professional decorum at all times.

Your thread should be posted to the appropriate Discussion Board Forum by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Thursday of the assigned module/week.

REPLIES

After reading your classmates’ threads, post a reply to at least 2 classmates by clicking “Reply” within the thread to which you intend to respond. These replies are designed to stimulate thought-provoking discussion, building upon or expanding the knowledge presented. Your instructor is looking for substantive, reasoned comments, not mere agreement with the initial thread on which your reply is based. In your replies, state why you liked or disliked a comment, adding additional thoughts or ideas to your classmate’s, and/or providing alternative ideas or disagreeing thoughts. Your comments should be critical but kind, “speaking the truth in love” (Eph. 4:15). Help one another with good communication skills, both by example and instruction. Substantiate your position by referencing pertinent statements from the resource under discussion, but avoid lengthy quotes from it. You may also reference other professional or peer-reviewed sources, though this is not a requirement. Each reply should contain 200–250 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines.

Replies to your classmates’ threads are due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Sunday of the assigned module/week, except for Module/Week 8 when replies will be due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Friday.

First reply (in first person when replying to them):

Hanna Burnett

DB 8 – Health disparities

COLLAPSE

Health Disparities

In the MMWR article of ‘CDC Health Disparities and Inequalities Report – United States, 2011’ health disparities are defined as ‘differences in health outcomes between groups that reflect social inequalities’.1 Social inequalities can be further categorized to form from differences in race and ethnicity, ones economic and educational status, and the 10 determinants of health as explained in the Solid Facts by the World Health Organization.2 Technically all health disparities are preventable and correctable but achieving this requires a lot of teamwork and effort from the entire country. Most people support a society where everyone is given equal opportunities to succeed. Lack of public awareness of health disparities and the ability to modify them should therefore be a focus of public health workers. With increased public support needed resources for correcting these disparities would be easier to achieve.1 In order to bridge thehealth gaps between populations there needs to be a clear understanding of causes, clear communication between the numerous departments responsible for action (federal, state, local), and an accountability for follow-up.1 I don’t know if there is a single societal intervention that could possibly address most of the health disparities because the reasons for disparities are massively complex and interconnected, and range from structural disparities to environmental conditions.3 But looking at this from global perspective, the countries with least amounts of health disparities have high income and high education levels throughout the population.4 So we could say that interventions aimed at increasing socio-economic status would be very helpful.

Inadequate and unhealthy housing

Housing expenses are often the single largest portion of person’s finances. There are two types of housing disparities that can effect persons health. One is physically inadequate housing with deficiencies in structural protections from environmental elements, lack of access to hot/cold water or electricity. The other type is unhealthy housing where water leaks from pipes cause decreased air quality (from mold), cracks in foundation allow radon to seep in, and lead paint is peeling off walls and causes brain development to slow down in young children. Both kinds of deficiencies are unable to promote health and safety of occupants.1 As the article pointed out, housing disparity disproportionally effects population sub-groups with least amount of financial resources and education; therefore compounding the adverse health effects from environmental hazards with lack of insurance and access to medical / preventative care. Negative physical effects can be measured easier than the emotional and mental effects of living in unsafe environment, but it should not be discarded that it too has an effect on ones health in the form of increased stress and fear.

One current idea to reduce housing disparities is to focus on urban planning and changing zoning regulations in the suburbia. They have both been found to be effective ways to increase physical safety of living conditions (urban planning) and elevate populations to middle-income neighborhoods (rezoning).5 Some other ways to bridge the gap are tightened ‘minimum’ regulations on rental apartments (i.e working utilities, smoke-detectors, mold and lead free units). Sadly I don’t believe we will reach the desired compliance in the near future because there is not enough public pressure for developing long-term vision as a nation. Individual towns and communities will fare better in changing the landscape of unsafe housing.

What would Jesus do? (and my role)

Judging by what Jesus did during his time on Earth, I would guess that he would open and soften our hearts to see the opportunities we already have to create a more just world for everyone around us. He would increase our compassion and decrease our greed. He would remind us to ‘love your neighbor as yourself’.6 Because honestly, if we chose to share our resources, we would see a world where many more people had access to all they needed.

I’m not sure what my role is currently in reducing housing disparities other than learning how it effects (and how interconnected) it is to the public’s health. Putting best effort into my studies will help me (eventually, when I graduate and get employed in public health) in being an effective conduit for bringing biblically based ideas to planning and strategy.

References:

1.Centers doe Disease Control and Prevention. CDC health disparities and inequalities report – United States, 2011. MMWR. 2011; 60 (Suppl): 1-109.

2. World Health Organization. Social determinants of health: the solid facts. 2nd ed. Edited by Wilkinson R, Marmot M. WHO Europe. 2003.

3. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. 2017. The root causes of health inequity. Communities in action: pathways to health equity. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Doi: 10.17226/24624.

4. Hero JO, Zaslavsky AM, Blendon RJ. The United States leads other nations in differences by income in perceptions of health and health care. Health Affairs. 2017 Jun; 36: 6. Doi: 10.1377/hlthaff.2017.0006.

5. Thornton RLJ, Glover CM, Cene CW, Glik DC, Henderson JA, Williams DR. Evaluating strategies for reducing health disparities by addressing social determinants of health. Health Aff (Millwood). 2016 Aug; 35(8): 1416-1423. Doi: 10.1377/hlthaff.2015.1357.

6. Mark 12:31. The Holy Bible. New International Version.

Second reply:

JoAnna Monroe

DB 8 – yay!

COLLAPSE

The CDC defines health disparities as differences in health outcomes and their causes between different portions of the population through social, demographic, geographical and environmental qualities.1 Health disparities are ongoing and greatly influenced by age structure, racial/ethnic diversity, and income inequalities and have continued to rise as the U.S. population becomes older and more ethnically diverse.1 Health disparities can certainly be reduced and/or corrected through public awareness and understanding of what changes need to occur within the most vulnerable parts of the population.1 Reducing health disparities, inequalities and inequities reduce preventable morbidity and mortality over time.1 There are many societal interventions addressing health disparities, but I believe that societal interventions surrounded by urban planning and community development prove to have the most impact.

Health disparities such as cardiovascular disease and obesity, are greatly affected by our community environments.2 Urban planning and community developing has the potential to change the landscape of communities by providing changes in nutrition, physical activity, and safety.2 One of the ways to reduce these disparities are for communities to provide initiatives on addressing access to healthy foods through improving shopping behaviors, nutritional knowledge, stocking policies at stores, and price adjustments.2 Physical activity initiatives, like applying biking paths to local community streets, can make it possible for children to have access to safe biking routes for their morning commutes to school.2 Interventions addressing alcohol distribution and outlets in low-income communities can also have a great impact on substance abuse related morbidity, crime and neighborhood safety.2 Each of these interventions can provide great assistance in reducing disparities, but I do not believe they would be fully eliminated due to the need for communities to be fully engaged. I believe that there will never be a full solution to health disparities in the U.S., only interventions to significantly reduce. In most situations, it comes down to the individual wanting to make changes for themselves and sometimes no matter what resources are provided, individuals may still decline to participate.

I believe that Jesus would physically be involved in each intervention, pulling everyone along to participate. Jesus would be encouraging us to live healthy lives, just the way He did, by walking and eating healthy. God is already using me in my everyday job to make an impact by working with patients to address their social determinants of health needs after they are discharged from the hospital. I know firsthand that it is not an easy task, but lives are changed every day!

References

1. Truman BI, Smith CK, Roy K, et al. Rationale for regular reporting on health disparities and inequalities – United States. CDC Health Disparities and Inequalities Report. 2011;60:1-114. https://learn.liberty.edu/bbcswebdav/courses/HLTH509_B05_201940/HLTH509_LUO_8wk_DEV_ImportedContent_20180908095519/MMWR.pdf

2. Thorton RLJ, Glover CM, Cene CW, Glik DC, Henderson JA, Williams DR. Evaluating strategies for reducing health disparities by addressing the social determinants of health. Health Affairs. 2016;35(8):1416-1423. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2015.1357.


Need Homework 5A and Quiz 5A complete and a summary of a article

Description

Please complete Homework 5A and Quiz 5A. Could you please try your best to make 100 on these. I am needing these grades bad. I made a 0 on a test, she is letting me retake it though Saturday.

Could you do a good summary in APA style on this article i attached. Also the teacher left comments. Could you please cite the reference correctly in APA style.

This is the teachers comment: Please email me your citation, moving forward, please try to use APA when citing your papers, I’m not sure what you are citing, a book or a paper. The requirement is a scientific journal.

I have to send her my citation now.

The homework and quiz are not due till friday night. Summary is due tomorrow night

Thanks,


HUN 1201 Analyze this diet

Description

Analyze This Diet_1_.xlsx This ilink contain the data you will be using to respond to the questions. It is recommended that you print a working copy for yourself prior to starting. You are going to analyze a diet in this activity. You will be provided all the information needed to complete the assignment. Some data are intentionally left blank and require that you use your knowledge from this course only to answer the questions. Your responses should not be based on your opinion unless specifically stated in the question. You will respond, using scientific facts from this course.Rules:You have ONLY 1 attempt to complete this assignment. You cannot resubmit your workDo not click the submit button until you are truly ready to send it to the instructor. Do not accidentally hit the submit button. You will not be able to resubmit or continue where you left off.If your computer malfunction and automatically submit your assignment, that is a risk you take, so make sure you have a reliable computer with a reliable Internet access. Since this is mostly calculations, either your answer is correct or incorrect, no partial credit given for almost a correct answer.Read ALL parts of the questions fully before writing your answer.In most answers, just write the numeric answer answer only. Do not include any other character unless specifically stated in the question.The response feeeback will not be available until after the due date of this assignment regardless of when you completed yours.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Amy’s One Day Food Recall
Height: 5 ft 8 inches
Food Description
Age: 19
Quantity
Toasted multigrain bread 1 slice
Creamy peanut butter
2 Tbsp
with added salt
Banana
One
Garlic hummus
3 Tbsp
Baby carrots
7 sticks
Salted pretzels
15 twists
Cooked white Jasmine
1 cup
rice (no oil)
Seared filet of salmon
3 oz
Raw shredded romaine
1 cup
lettuce
Feta cheese crumbled
1 oz
Raw cherry tomatoes
6 small
whole
tomatoes
Vinaigrette
2 Tbsps
Raw cucumber sliced
½ cup
with peel
Lindt dark chocolate
2 squares
70% cocoa
Black coffee
1 cup
Granulated sugar
1 Tsp
Whole milk
1 cup
Weight: 134 lbs
Gender:
carbohydrate
(g)
12
protein
(g)
4
7
Female
1
Saturated
fat (g)
0
Cholesterol
(mg)
0
7
1
4
1
16
0
8
0
2
3
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
3
3
2
136
1
192
82
744
179
435
140
249
134
200
104
116
40
234
46
0
4
23
0
6
0
2
0
48
1
0
2
45
55
387
200
2
1
0
4
0
0
4
0
25
1
0
4
1708
116
93
8
74
4
4
1
0
0
6
0
1
0
0
1
0
5
292
242
25
20
70
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
76
8
11
0
4
12
1
1
0
8
6
0
0
4
0
0
5
2
0
0
24
1
0
0
0
30
2
0
105
0
124
0
322
4
16
152
7
9
48
Fat (g)
Fiber (g)
2
Sodium potassium
Calories
(mg)
(mg)
108
65
73

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Week 4 English Answer #2

Description

Hello all, what i need is and answer for this prompt from one of my classmates, the answer should be base on what he wrote it has to give any appreciation and at least one question for him and 5 to 6 lines. Thank youPaolo Linao Week 4 Discussion ResponseCOLLAPSE As Oprah Winfrey accepted the Cecil B. DeMille lifetime achievement award during the 2017 Golden Globes, she delivered a powerful speech that moved the audience with her message of equality and hope. Oprah Winfrey’s speech sheds light to the struggles of race and gender inequality. Her speech was devoted to people of color and women who are victims of oppression and violence. The purpose of her speech was to give a message of hope to the marginalized that their battles are recognized. Oprah Winfrey cited specific examples of people who were victims of inequality and those who fought for those oppressed. Her speech covered powerful evidence that even though life brings challenges, hope finds a way. She gave her own life experience as an example that a person of color and a woman can be successful in life and bring about change. The mood of the speech is one that is optimistic; zeroing in on the positives rather than the negatives. The mood also includes an element of gratitude as Oprah Winfrey thanked people who helped her along the way. Oprah Winfrey used a descriptive and narrative style in her speech as she conveyed her intended message. Oprah proposed a wonderful structure in her speech where she has a moving introduction, an eye-opening body and a powerful conclusion. Oprah Winfrey’s speech is an excellent example of a speech that conveys all the elements that captivates its audiences and leaves the audience with questions that presents a positive impact in society.


Geriatric Case Study

Description

The assignment requires to follow the instructions and guidelines in the uploaded forms below and answer the questions as


Unformatted Attachment Preview

+
Assignment: Ge x
samuelmerritt.instructure.com/courses/2598220/assignments/23742817
N626 Theoretical Foundation > Assignments > Week 11: Group Assignment: Geriatric Case Study
Submit Assignment
FALL
Week 11: Group Assignment: Geriatric Case Study
е
Suncements
Due Nov 24 by 11:59pm
Points 25
Submitting a text entry box or a file upload
abus
Bules
Discuss the Geriatric Case Study Worksheet with your group and come to a consensus on the question included
therein.
ignments
cussions
Submit 1 copy of the completed worksheet with your group-consensus answers by 11:59 p.m. (Pacific Time) on
Sunday.
ades
ple
Enferences
Ellaborations
nopto Library
udent Resources
Week 11: Group Assignment: Geriatric Case Study
aculty Resources
Criteria
Ratings
Pts
ngoing Feedback
Analysis of
topic, and
logical
expression of
ideas
0.0 pts
No
Submission
5.0 pts
Exceeds
Excels in responding to
assignment. Interesting,
demonstrates
sophistication of thought.
Central idea/thesis is
clearly communicated,
worth developing, while
limited enough to be
manageable. Submission
recognizes some
complexity of its thesis:
may acknowledge its
contradictions,
qualifications, or limits
and follow out their
logical implications.
3.0 pts
Met
A solid submission,
responding
appropriately to
assignment. Clearly
states a
thesis/central idea
but may have minor
lapses in
development.
Begins to
acknowledge the
complexity of
central idea and the
possibility of other
points of view.
Shows careful
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Adequate but
weaker and less
effective, possibly
responding less well
to assignment.
Presents central idea
in general terms,
often depending on
platitudes or clichés.
Usually does not
adequately
acknowledge other
views. Shows basic
comprehension of
sources, perhaps
with lapses in
1.0 pts
Not Met
Does not have
a clear central
idea or does
not respond
appropriately
to the
assignment.
Thesis may be
too vague or
obvious to be
developed
effectively.
Submission
may not
demonstrate
understanding
Does not
respond to
the
assignment,
lacks a
thesis or
central
idea, and
may
neglect to
use sources
where
necessary
The
assignment
5.0 pts
e
pu
ion
NVNVT44012
FUPENAINE PROUXIN IN.
1.
1
1
!
.
2
1.
3
1
5
6
Geriatric Case Study Worksheet
Case Study #1
Mr. S is a 79-year-old with multiple medical problems, but primarily suffering from heart disease. He is
retaining fluid in his legs and feet, sometimes limiting his mobility. Mr. S has difficulty keeping his multiple
medications organized and taking them as prescribed. He lives with his daughter, who is balancing the
needs of her young family with her aging father. Mr. Shates burdening his daughter with his medical
problems and tries to help by assisting with some of the daily house chores. He seldom leaves the house,
as most of his friends have either moved away or have died. Most of the time he stays in his room to not get
in the way of his daughter.
Case Study #2
Mrs. Mis a 90-year-old woman and has been a resident of a long-term care community since her husband
died 8 years ago. Her health status is fair. She has DM2 (controlled by oral medication) and rheumatoid
arthritis. At the community center, she has her own apartment, which she maintains with minimal
assistance, receives one hot meal each day in a common dining room, and has access to a full range of
services, such as a beauty shop, recreational facilities, and a chapel. She is generally happy in this setting.
She has no immediate family nearby, and the cost of the facility was covered by a large, one-time gift from
her now deceased husband. Recently, she has become weaker and has had difficulty walking, attending
activities including meals, and doing some of her ADLs due to her RA.
Questions:
.
As the NP and primary care provider (PCP) for these two individuals, compare your delivery of care for
these two situations. Select a nursing theory or model for each case study, and apply their principles to
these case studies.
Describe how you would apply the biopsychosocial model (BPSM) to the healthcare management of
these patients. Make sure that you include the concepts of client, health, environment, and nursing.
As an advanced practice nurse, select and apply a behavioral change theory to manage these patients’
cases and situations.
Discuss some of the financial constraints in managing healthcare for the geriatric population.
What are some ethical challenges that could be encountered in caring for the geriatric population?
FWPHENAZNE PROLIXIN INJ.
ment Ge X
+
uelmerritt instructure.com/courses/2598220/assignments/23742817
rary
Week 11: Group Assignment: Geriatric Case Study
sources
Criteria
Ratings
Pts
ources
edback
5.0 pts
Exceeds
3.0 pts
Met
1.0 pts
Not Met
Analysis of
topic, and
logical
expression of
ideas
0.0 pts
No
Submission
Excels in responding to
assignment. Interesting,
demonstrates
sophistication of thought.
Central idea/thesis is
clearly communicated,
worth developing, while
limited enough to be
manageable. Submission
recognizes some
complexity of its thesis:
may acknowledge its
contradictions,
qualifications, or limits
and follow out their
logical implications.
Understands and
critically evaluates its
sources, appropriately
limits and defines terms.
Does not
respond to
the
assignment,
lacks a
thesis or
central
idea, and
A solid submission,
responding
appropriately to
assignment. Clearly
states a
thesis/central idea
but may have minor
lapses in
development
Begins to
acknowledge the
complexity of
central idea and the
possibility of other
points of view.
Shows careful
reading of sources
but may not
evaluate them
critically. Attempts
to define terms, not
always successfully
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Adequate but
weaker and less
effective, possibly
responding less well
to assignment.
Presents central idea
in general terms,
often depending on
platitudes or clichés.
Usually does not
adequately
acknowledge other
views. Shows basic
comprehension of
sources, perhaps
with lapses in
understanding. If it
defines terms, often
depends on
dictionary
definitions
Does not have
a clear central
Idea or does
not respond
appropriately
to the
assignment.
Thesis may be
too vague or
obvious to be
developed
effectively,
Submission
may not
demonstrate
understanding
of sources
5.0 pts
may
neglect to
use sources
where
necessary
The
assignment
is not
turned in
1
3.0 pts
Met
0.0 pts
No
Submission
Critical
Thinking
(Logical
Structure,
dear
purpose,
considers
audience,
transitions
between
Idea, are
clear, Ideas
5.0 pts
Exceeds
Uses a logical
structure
appropriate to
submission’s
subject, purpose
audience, thesis,
and displinary
field. Sophisticated
transitional
Shows a logical
progression of
ideas and uses
fairly
sophisticated
transitional
devices, e.
may move from
least to more
Important Idea,
Some logical
links may be
faulty, but each
paragraph
clearly relates
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Lists ideas or arrange
them randomly rather
than using any evident
logical structure, May use
transitions, but they are
likely to be sequential
(first, second, third) rather
than logic based. While
each paragraph may relate
to central idea, logic is not
always clear. Paragraphs
have topic sentences but
may be overly general, and
arrangement of sentences
within paragraphs may
1.0 pts
Not Met
Has random
organization,
lacking internal
paragraph
coherence and
using few or
Inappropriate
transitions,
Paragraphs may
lack topic
sentences or
main ideas or are
too general or too
specific to be
effective
No
appreciable
organization:
lacks
transitions
and
coherence,
The
assignment
is not turned
5.O pts
developed,
reader can
follow
progression
develop one idea
from the previous
one, or identify
their logical
relations. Guides
NVNVT44012
* PROUXIT.
Assignment: Ge X
+
samuelmemittinstructure.com/courses/2598220/ansignments/23742817
Evidence
1.0 pts
Not Met
0.0 pts
No
Submission
Depends on clichés
5.0 pts
3.0 pts
Exceeds Met
Begins to offer
evidence reasons to support
appropriately its points, perhaps
and
using varied kinds
effectively, of evidence. Begins
providing to interpret the
sufficient evidence and
evidence and explain connections
explanation between evidence
to convince, and main ideas. Its
Full Marks
examples bear
some relevance.
2.0 pts
Needs Improvement
Often uses generalizations
to support its points, May
use examples, but they may
be obvious or not relevant,
Often depends on
unsupported opinion or
personal experience or
assumes that evidence
speaks for itself and needs
no application to the point
being discussed. Often has
lapses in logic.
overgeneralizations
for support or
offers little
evidence of any
kind. May be
personal narrative
rather than essay,
or summary rather
than analysis.
5.0 pts
Uses
irrelevant
details or
lacks
supporting
evidence
entirely.
May be
unduly
brief. The
assignment
is not
turned in.
Language
1.0 pts
Not Mat
2.0 pts
Needs
Improvement
Uses relatively
vague and general
words, may use
0.0 pts
No
Submission
5.0 pts
Exceeds
Chooses words for their
precise meaning and
uses an appropriate
level of specificity,
Sentence style fits
assignment’s audience
and purpose, Sentences
are varied, yet clearly
structured and carefully
focused, not long and
rambling
Usually
contains
3.0 pts
Met
Generally uses
words accurately
and effectively, but
may sometimes be
too general,
Sentences
generally clear,
well structured
and focused,
though some may
be awkward or
ineffective,
Inappropriate
BBB
May be too vague
and abstract, or
Very prsonal
and specific
Usually contains
several awkward
or ungrammatical
sentences:
sentence
structure is
simple or
monotonous.
many
awkward
sentences.
5.0 pts
Sentence structure
generally correct,
but sentences may
be word
unfocused,
repetitive, or
confusing,
words,
employs
Inappropriate
language. The
assignment is
not turned in
Mechanics
such as
punctuation,
spelling and
grammatical
correctness
5.0 pts
Exceeds
Almost
entirely free
of spelling
punctuation,
and
grammatical
3.0 pts
Met
May containa
few errors,
which may
annoy the
2.0 pts
Needs
Improvement
Usually contains
several mechanical
errors, which may
temporarily
confuse the reader
but does not
Impede the overall
understanding
1.0 pts
Not Mat
Usually contains either
many mechanical errors
or a few important
errors that block the
reader’s understanding
and ability to see
connections between
thoughts
reader but not
impede
understanding
0.0 pts
No Submission
Contains so many
mechanical errors that
It is impossible for the
reader to follow the
thinking from
sentence to sentence,
The assignment is not
turned in
5.0 pts
NVNVT44C12
**** FOUAN

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing Research 5

Description

1 full pages (cover or reference page not included)

APA norms

It will be verified by Turnitin

Find a study published in a nursing journal in 2010 or earlier that is described a s a pilot study.

1. Do you think the study really is a pilot study, or do you think this label was used inappropriately?

2. Search forward for a larger subsequent study to evaluate your response.


Reflection journal

Description

Assignment: Reflective Journal:

Reflective writing is one way of citing evidence of practice and learning in practice. Reflective writing involves thinking about and reviewing events to try to make sense of them, using acquired nursing knowledge and understanding.

Reflective journaling also provides insight into context and emotions and addresses the matching of intellect, decision-making and problem solving appropriate for a complex and dynamic situation.

A key component of this assignment will be a reflection on specific incidents occurring during a practicum experience. The reflective journal is more than a description of what was seen, and the tasks have performed. This journal is a chance to comment on actions and experiences in a practicum placement and to explore feelings about the same. Include how these could/should affect personal and professional development.

As a novice nurse, it will be required to plan, implement and evaluate performance; the reflective journal gives the scope to begin to develop these skills while completing a practicum.

A reflective journal is a learning tool that can be used to look at experiences and help to do the following:

Review and reflect upon development, and how have grown on both an individual and professional level
Organize thoughts
Demonstrate practical application of the underpinnings of knowledge; link theory with clinical practice and vice versa
Demonstrate practical competence
Decide what new learning is needed; provide evidence to show where, when and how practice outcomes/standards of proficiencies have been achieved

Assignment Criteria

Developing a reflective journal that addresses the following criteria:

Requirement: The student will express their comprehension of the nursing process in the reflective journal.

Choose to write about any aspect(s) of practice which:

Feel the intervention made a difference in a client outcome
Feel went unusually well
Feel did not go as planned
Think captures the essence of nursing practice
Requirement: The student will identify the following elements in the reflective journal.

The focus should be on the nursing practice

What was going on (the context of the situation)?
Shift, time of day, resources, the clinical scenario
What happened?
Detailed description of situation/incident/experience
Why is this incident important?
What were the concerns at the time?
What thoughts and feeling during and after the experience?
What influenced the decision-making?
What, if anything, was the most demanding aspect of this experience?
What was unexpected?
Requirement: The student will analyze the positive and negative aspects of their learning.

Choose to write about the following:

A reflection or evaluation of the situation showing the competencies and expertise used (skilled communication, teaching, leadership). Support these with current evidence-based practice literature.
What were actions taken? Include not just, what was done, but also more importantly the rationale for the actions. Support these with current evidence-based practice literature
What new knowledge or insights were gained? How would make recommendations for change in practice?
Provide references to show evidence-based practice (see guidelines below)
Was anything learned? If so what?
Consider another way to manage nursing practice as it relates to this experience? Has the nursing practice changed in any way?
Requirement: The student will follow these guidelines
Utilizing the above guidelines for contextual writing; complete two (2) journal entries throughout NUR 4180 (See AAG for assignment due dates).
Journal entries should exceed no more than two (2) pages in length (not including reference page).
Journal entries should include a minimum of two (2) citations from a peer-reviewed, evidence-based journal. The inclusion of evidence-based practice is an integral part of learning, critical thinking and growth therefore must be relevant to the journal topic and shows relevant learning.
Journal to follow 6th edition APA guidelines and should include a title page, the body of the journal, reference page

I will provide an example. this journal needs to be based on a orthopedic unit, not longer than 2 pages every point has to be covered.

my introduction can be something like this

My last few days of practicum has been very exciting. Knowing that my days as a student nurse were coming to an end.I was very hopeful that this experience was going to be amazing and great learning opportunity, unlike the previous clinical rotations this experience was making my own decision under the supervision of my preceptor. I was focused on orienting to the unit, the policies, and nurses for me to learn as much as possible. The purpose of this paper is to provide a summary of my practicum experience, while utilizing the nursing process to deliver high quality care to patients.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Running head: PRACTICUM REFLECTIVE JOURNAL
Practicum Reflective Journal
Name
University
1
PRACTICUM REFLECTIVE JOURNAL
2
Practicum Reflective Journal
After two years of learning about the nursing practice and disease process I was very
excited to begin my practicum rotation. Clinical experience is the essential part of the nursing
school curriculum (Vijayananthan, Premkumar, Jesudoss, & Rajan, 2016). This practicum
course enables students to apply and relate the rationale of the nursing process. The purpose of
this paper is to provide a summary of my practicum experience, while utilizing the nursing
process to deliver high quality care to patients.
Clinical Experience
Orthopedic was never a unit I would have placed myself on, so perhaps this became an
opportunity to learn a different area of nursing. By the second shift of my practicum rotation at 3
south orthopedic unit in General hospital, my preceptor asked me to look over the assignment
and prioritize which patient needed to be seen first. This experience was more than
understanding the pathophysiology behind each disease, it was a learning opportunity to
critically think and manage time effectively. Unfortunately, as we received the night nurse’s
handoff, we realized it was very brief. A 72-year-old male patient 3 days post-surgery had an
indwelling catheter that was not mentioned in report. While assessing the patient, we noticed
this important detail. The rounding surgeon questioned my preceptor about the reason why the
patient’s indwelling catheter was not discontinued from the day after the surgery. We
immediately took action and performed the removal.
Challenges/Concerns
A challenge we encountered was a poor handoff report and one of my concerns was how
to prioritize pain if most of our assigned patients were suffering from pain due to fractures.
Communication is a key component in nursing care but often times is neglected. Ineffective
PRACTICUM REFLECTIVE JOURNAL
3
communication is a major barrier to provide quality of care. Change of shift handoff is an
important source of data used for the incoming nurse to identify and prevent complications
(Rhudy et al., 2019). For example, having a catheter for a prolonged period of time puts patients
at risk for infection.
Application of Skill/Expertise
One of the most important things I learned in school is to never base your assessment on
what the previous nursing shift saw. The nursing process is the tool to develop good critical
thinking skills (Fertelli, 2019). Most of our patients were in pain due to a fracture or pain from a
surgery that repaired a fracture. Once we were able to identify the severity of each patient, we
were able to prioritize which patient would get their medications first. I also needed to keep in
mind secondary conditions the patient had. The nursing process is the foundation which nurses
use to provide care to patients in an organized and effective manner (Ojewole, & Samole, 2017).
Conclusion
In conclusion, nurses need to adapt to change and learn from each situation. Every shift
can be a learning opportunity if you have a learning mindset. This practicum rotation helped me
realize the importance of having the right attitude in nursing. This experience captured the
essence of nursing practice which is essential for good patient care outcome. Having an
optimistic outlook can form amd mold the way an individual perceives an experience. Often
times during handoff report several important details can be left out, good communication is a
way to prevent such complications. Utilizing the nursing process allowed me to target the level
of priority of each patient and meet their needs.
PRACTICUM REFLECTIVE JOURNAL
4
References
Fertelli, T. K. (2019). Peer Assessment in Learning of Nursing Process: Critical Thinking and
Peer Support. International Journal of Caring Sciences, 12(1), 331–339. Retrieved from
http://search.ebscohost.com.ezproxylocal.library.nova.edu/login.aspx?direct=true&db=cc
m&AN=136698200&site=ehost-live
Ojewole, F. O., & Samole, A. O. (2017). Evaluation of the nursing process utilization in a
teaching hospital, Ogun State, Nigeria. Journal of Nursing & Midwifery Sciences, 4(3),
97–103. https://doi-org.ezproxylocal.library.nova.edu/10.4103/JNMS.JNMS_13_17
Rhudy, L. M., Johnson, M. R., Krecke, C. A., Keigley, D. S., Schnell, S. J., Maxson, P. M., &
Warfield, K. T. (2019). Change of Shift Nursing Handoff Interruptions: Implications for
Evidence‐Based Practice. Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 16(5), 362–370.
https://doi-org.ezproxylocal.library.nova.edu/10.1111/wvn.12390
Vijayananthan, S., Premkumar, J., Jesudoss, I., & Rajan, A. (2016). Nursing Students ’Perception
of Clinical Experience. International Journal of Nursing Education, 8(1), 11–16.
https://doi-org.ezproxylocal.library.nova.edu/10.5958/0974-9357.2016.00003.9

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Project – Topic Introduction

Description

Your initial outline for your course project paper is due this module. Prepare a 1-2-page document that outlines how you will organize your course project paper. Your outline will be the skeleton from which you will write your project. Your outline should contain an idea for your introduction (the full introduction will be created in Module 03) and at least 3 headings for sections that explain and analyze how technology has been used to improve healthcare delivery and information management for your selected topic (from Module 1), as well as implications, challenges, risks, and opportunities. You may use any standard outline format. Be sure to use correct grammar and spelling.Click here to find out “What does a good outline look like?”: https://rasmussen.libanswers.com/faq/32339


Module 02 English Composition Credit by Assessment

Description

Demonstrate ability to comprehend and summarize in written material.

Instructions

Write a one page analysis of the document provided here following the steps of the writing process, as well as showing the thesis of the article, the main points that support that thesis, and your own response and reaction to the author’s point of view and how it is presented. Do this in complete paragraphs using correct formal English that has been revised, proofed, and edited to show good form.

Grading Rubric

0

1

2

3

4

Category

Not Submitted

No pass

Competence

Proficiency

Mastery

Thesis Identified

Not Submitted

Student’s paper did not identify the thesis of the reading passage correctly, or no attempt was made.

Student’s attempts to identify the thesis of the reading passage are evident in this exercise

The introductory paragraph remains unclear as to the thesis of the article.

Student confidently cites the thesis of the passage and builds his/her summary around this information

Analysis

Not Submitted

Student submission includes too few sentences written to show any analysis of the article. Idea development is lacking.

Student’s sentences tie to main idea of the paragraph assignment, but do not include any in-depth detail

Student uses examples to show analysis in his/her summary, and most of the summary shows in-depth analysis

Student’s sentences fully discuss main ideas of the article, offer in-depth original ideas about the article offering an in-depth analysis of the reading.

Organization

Not Submitted

Inadequate organization of the one page analysis of the article as assigned, or too little is written to evaluate. Incomplete analysis other than “surface” summary offered

Organization of paper shows attempts to tie in to the major ideas of the article; however, some crucial ideas are omitted or left unexplained.

Organization correctly organizes paragraphs of paper; however, some elements do not support a clear thesis

Student’s organization shows thoughtful consideration of possible implications of the article ideas. Student uses support relevant to review entire article

Sentence Variety

Not Submitted

Student’s writing and sentence choices are not coherent. Use of simple and repetitive or incorrect sentences interferes with competent analysis of the selection.

Student performs mostly cursory repetition of simple sentences. Some varied sentence structures chosen and used correctly. Limited use of transitions used.

Some varied sentence structures chosen and used correctly, some sentence choices do not show transitions to keep the assignment examination moving from A to B to C.

Varied sentence structure and simple/complex sentences handled correctly. Demonstrates competent use of the steps of the writing process. Effective use of transitions noted.

Mechanics

Not Submitted

Paper contains incomplete sentences, word usage errors, sentences with mechanical errors etc. that distract from the meaning of the student’s paper.

Some grammatical and mechanical errors evident in sentence choices for the summary paragraph. Most sentences convey complete thought; however, some are confusing.

Grammatical and mechanical errors are minimum, and do not distract from meaning of the paper.

All sentence choices create analysis containing a good topic sentence, through discussion of the main idea of that topic. A variety of simple and complex sentences with no grammatical and/or mechanical errors.


week 4 test

Description

Discussion Prompt 3: Health care is one industry with an extraordinarily large number of different types of jobs and employees working together. Since the situation is often time-sensitive because illness often worsens, and the goal of saving lives or preserving the quality of life is so important, all of these employees have to work together well. Thus, having an interprofessional education, in which you gain knowledge of the duties of all other health care workers, is a must.

For this discussion thread, you will use the St. Martha’s General Hospital Scenario. After reviewing the scenarios and reviewing the professions that you learned about this week, discuss some ways in which an interprofessional education could be of benefit to St. Martha’s hospital. Discuss the facts from the scenario that lead you to believe St. Martha’s Hospital lacks interprofessional education. Then, discuss some ideas on how such knowledge could be relayed to the staff. Finally, discuss the benefits of such knowledge for employees such as those at St. Martha’s.

Discussion Prompt 1 How does your city deal with municipal solid waste? Find out from your city or trash/solid waste service provider about the life cycle of the trash and recyclable materials you throw away. Is there a transfer station involved? Is trash disposed in a landfill or incinerated? Does your city have a materials recovery facility (MRF) that sorts recyclable materials? What happens to them after being sorted?

Discussion Prompt 2: Discuss whether it is possible to have a high standard of living, as in developed countries like the United States, and not produce large amounts of solid waste.


peer review critique maternal

Description

For the article, you need to critique a peer reviewed nursing journal that is no older than 3-5 years. Select articles that are related to one of these topics: End of Life Care, Palliative Care, Ethical issues related to End of Life Care.

The article review should be 2-3 pages long (if you go a little over that’s ok; if your review is shorter than 2 pages or longer than three, you may lose points).Please make sure that you use double spacing.Your review is worth 15% of your final grade.

I will be looking for the following things when I grade:

Bibliographic Information:
You can either make this the subtitle of your assignment or you can incorporate this information into the first sentence or two of the review. There is no need for a separate works cited page.
If incorporating into a sentence: include Last name, First name. (Year) “Title of Article” Title of JournalVolume (Number): page spread (e.g. 4-20).
A BRIEF summary of the article:
You should summarize the main points the author discusses.
Make it clear what the author’s central argument is.
This summary is only to give the necessary background for the analysis you will give, not the main thrust of your review.You will be able to include more detailed information in the course of actually critiquing the article.Your summary should not take up more than a half page or so.
A detailed analysis of the article.
The is the most important part of the review and where most of the points will be allocated.
You need to show that you have read the article and that you have thought critically about the content.
When assessing the authors point of view, think about the following:
Is the argument made clearly?
Does the author support their opinions with clear explanations?
Does the authors view align with what you know about this topic?
What is the intended audience for this article?
Does the author give sufficient background information?
IS the article convincing? Why? Or why not?
If you disagree with the author, why, what changes would you propose?
Use these questions as a guideline and not a list of questions that you must answer.
Finally indicate how the results will impact nursing practice- be specific with four or more implications.

Give thought to how you will organize your review; don’t just list ideas as they come to you. The assignment needs to flow logically from one idea to the next.It needs to be presented chronologically in the order in which the information was presented in the article.Don’t jump from topic to topic. Try to stick to one idea per paragraph.

When doing an article review, please keep in mind that there is no right or wrong answer.As long as you can support what you are saying with evidence from the article you are entitled to your opinion.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Journal of Midwifery & Women’s Health
www.jmwh.org
Commentary
Reframing US Maternity Care: Lessons Learned
From End-of-Life Care
Ellen L. Tilden, CNM, PhD, Jonathan M. Snowden, PhD, Aaron B. Caughey, MD, PhD, Nancy K. Lowe, CNM, PhD, RN,
CNM
Frameworks guiding care as one nears death have evolved
significantly during the past century. Emerging trends in US
maternity care may signal the need for similar evolutions in
frameworks guiding care during labor. Recent US palliative
care health system changes, poised to effect meaningful shifts
in delivery of health care for those nearing death, may be used
to inform potential directions for birth care health system
change.
In November 2015, Medicare authorized reimbursement
for clinical discussions with patients regarding end-of-life
health care preferences.1 Prior to that, in 2014, the Institute
of Medicine (IOM) released end-of-life guidelines emphasizing patient autonomy, person-centered care, honoring
of individual perspectives and preferences, and the importance of social support as an individual nears death.2 These
changes signal an evolution in our nation’s approach to
end-of-life health care, representing, among many things,
systematized inclusion of patient autonomy and definition of
person-centered care. Health care autonomy can be framed as
a shared decision-making process, supporting an individual’s
ability to, in the words of Atul Gawande, “keep shaping the
story of their life in the world—to make choices and sustain
connections to others according to their own priorities.”3
When first introduced more than a century ago, this approach seemed radical, and the evolution from concept to
framework has been slow. Widely criticized when it was published in 1899, Simon Baldwin’s The Natural Right to a Natural Death may be the earliest critique of care favoring the
physician’s duty to prolong life regardless of the preferences or
suffering of the dying person.4 Baldwin proposed that people
should be able to share in decisions about their care, including evaluating some care to be unnecessary (ie, overtreatment)
and declining that care. Baldwin writes that modern medicine
“reflects a spirit of altruism but its zealous attempts to prolong
life often only prolong a parody of life.”4
Differences between the processes of dying and birth
might understandably dominate comparisons, with death
involving one individual and a known outcome, and birth
involving the intertwined woman and fetus with separate processes and uncertain outcomes for each. While acknowledging these differences, care at the end and at the beginning of
life occurs at the most fundamental of human transitions—the
shared cultural, social, emotional, and spiritual dimensions of
these phenomena as life transitions cannot be ignored. There
Address correspondence to: Ellen L. Tilden, CNM, PhD, Oregon Health
and Science University, KPV 7 3181 Sam Jackson Park Rd, Portland, OR
97239. E-mail: tildene@ohsu.edu
1526-9523/09/$36.00 doi:10.1111/jmwh.12525
is also evidence of parallels in approaches to care of those during birth and those nearing death. Work in the palliative care
literature has described the need to stay close and do nothing,5
and nurse-midwifery literature has described the importance
of the art of doing nothing well.6 Both articulate the humanistic and diagnostic value of attentive presence. Both stress
how heightened judiciousness with intervention may improve process and outcomes during what are predominantly
uncomplicated, although intense, physiologic processes. Both
focus on responsiveness to the cultural, social, emotional,
and spiritual needs of the patient. However, approaches to
care also diverge, with the palliative care movement using a
framework that blatantly values patient autonomy and shared
decision making and that acknowledges spiritual and social
aspects of dying. Birth, in the dominant US maternity care
system, is still primarily viewed as a phenomenon requiring
intensive medical supervision and focused on separation:
getting the fetus safely separated from the woman.
With the emergence of effective interventions to both prolong life as an individual nears death and also to save life
during childbirth, our challenges have shifted from understanding whether an intervention is possible to understanding
when an intervention should be performed and appreciating
the consequences to the participating individuals and families
as well as to the professionals, organizations, and institutions
that provide care. The palliative care framework advocates for
attention to approach. In widening the clinical lens beyond
outcome to include process, the palliative care movement has
successfully advocated for systems-level changes both to protect time for shared decision making and patient autonomy
and to provide guidelines for person-centered care. In doing
so, palliative care ascribes meaningful, quantifiable value to
patient experience beyond cursory or marketing-driven measurements of patient satisfaction.
We propose that the evolution in how we care for people
nearing death might inform reconsideration of how we care
for women and their neonates during birth. We suggest that
if maternity care adopted the palliative care framework, maternity care systems would more objectively value patient autonomy and shared decision making and would acknowledge
the emotional, spiritual, and social aspects of birth. Using the
IOM report2 regarding improving quality and honoring individual preferences as a road map for birth, we believe that maternity care systems should 1) place high value on women’s
autonomy in the context of well-informed shared decision
making; 2) prioritize a style of care that is able to assess
and support women’s physical, emotional, social, and spiritual well-being; 3) develop care practices that are responsive to

c 2016 by the American College of Nurse-Midwives
9
management of emotional distress; and 4) create a health care
environment that pays attention to women’s social context and
social needs.7 We advocate for changes in maternity care that
would bring the patient’s experience, values, and perspectives
more to the forefront, alongside objectively measured and traditionally studied health outcomes, and we advocate for policy
that would codify these changes.
There is evidence that a shift in the framework guiding
maternity care may be needed. Tension regarding the when
and how of medical intervention during low-risk labor are
evident in the rapid rise of women choosing out-of-hospital
birth8,9 and the emergence of women organizing to address
nonconsented intervention during labor.10 Both point to a
broader cultural critique that asks whether US maternity care
offers women the chance to birth safely as well as with dignity
and respect for autonomy. There may be a small proportion
of women who would choose to give birth outside of a formal
maternity care system regardless of how that care was structured, and certainly there will be urgent medical emergencies
with less time to evaluate women’s wishes for autonomy due
to the need for immediate lifesaving intervention. Using a palliative care framework to inform maternity care will not serve
in every birthing circumstance. However, excluding these extraordinary examples, it is possible that evolutions in end-oflife care can be used to conceptualize and propose new ways
of evolving maternity care systems that aim simultaneously
for safe processes of care leading to optimal outcomes and
person-centered care for the majority of childbearing women.
Given historically high rates of both neonatal and maternal morbidity and mortality, it is not surprising that enthusiasm for seeking safe passage during birth may have erred
on the side of overintervention. Obstetrician Dr. Neel Shah
rightly points out that during birth our “tolerance for the possibility of catastrophe at a moment that’s expected to be profoundly joyful is understandably low.”11 This impulse emerges
from compassion, the means emerge from great ingenuity, and
Western society is the privileged inheritor of astonishing medical advances that have advanced safety during childbirth. In
spite of and likely driven by these excellent intentions, US
propensity toward intervention in maternity care has led to
substantial evidence of overintervention.12
If the palliative care framework is used to guide changes
in maternity care, several challenges must be addressed. The
first challenge is our uncertainty regarding where the boundary of childbearing safety lies. Those of us caring for pregnant
and laboring women know that while there are some care decisions that are well supported with evidence dictating a clear
course of action, there are many situations that are less black
and white. Clinical decisions and the advice we provide to
women and their families are often in a gray zone of statistical
probabilities, shaped by our personal clinical experiences and
beliefs. In addition, most of us use technologies that provide
a wealth of information with less-than-ideal diagnostic criteria or standards for evidence-based care on the basis of that
information (eg, continuous fetal monitoring). Birth attendants who have only uncertain information for determining
where the boundary of safety lies may become naturally conservative in their estimation of this boundary and err on the
side of intervention. Clinical conservatism also is informed by
awareness of how the birth process may affect the fetus and its
10
lifetime. This differs in important ways from palliative care;
when an individual’s outcome is certain, as in approaching
death, the value of increased attention to process is more easily
embraced. Certainly, safety for a woman and her fetus should
remain the primary goal of maternity care, but health care systems and individual clinicians might simultaneously aim to
improve childbirth processes through an application of palliative care principles adapted to childbirth.
A second challenge is the unique enmeshment of a woman
and her fetus. Unlike any other arena of health care, pregnancy and birth engage a delicate balance between a woman
and her fetus, with many areas of common benefit (eg, good
nutrition) and, less frequently, true tension between fetal wellbeing and maternal well-being (eg, delaying birth in a woman
with preeclampsia to gain more fetal maturation). The fetus
matters and is frequently the focus of interventions in childbirth, but the pregnant woman’s health and her experience
matter as well. Importantly, this is not an argument to decrease
the quality and safety of care for the fetus or to discount the
ethical consideration of fetal well-being. Rather, this is an acknowledgment that our health care system can do better in
recognizing women’s preferences, autonomy, and needs during birth and an argument that it is unacceptable to disregard
women’s autonomy in the birth process. In particular, we reject the reasoning that can be used to justify any medical intervention by emphasizing that a woman should simply be glad
that her newborn is alive. Such arguments, fueled by a rhetoric
of shaming, belittle women’s autonomy and preferences, and
may collectively have a chilling effect on a woman’s full participation in informed decision making and collaborative
care.
These challenges can be addressed. Indeed, the process of
addressing them will both enlighten the current US maternity
care framework and how US maternity care might achieve the
dual goals of safety and person-centered care. We advocate
for reimbursement of clinical time devoted to maternity care,
shared decision making, and identification of maternal health
care preferences. We also advocate for a US maternity care
framework that strives for the same values articulated in the
US palliative care framework. This means prioritizing maternal autonomy in the context of well-informed shared decision
making; a style of care that is responsive to women’s physical,
spiritual, and emotional needs; and care within an environment attentive to women’s social needs and context.
AUTHORS
Ellen L. Tilden, CNM, PhD, is an Assistant Professor in the
School of Nursing, Nurse-Midwifery Department at Oregon
Health and Science University, Portland, Oregon.
Jonathan M. Snowden, PhD, is an Assistant Professor in the
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology and School of Public Health at Oregon Health & Science University, Portland,
Oregon.
Aaron B. Caughey, MD, PhD, is the Chair of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology and Associate Dean for
Women’s Health Research and Policy at OHSU School of
Medicine and Department of Obstetrics & Gynecology at
Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon.
Volume 62, No. 1, January/February 2017
Nancy K. Lowe, PhD, RN, CNM, FACNM, FAAN, is a Professor and Chair for the Division of Women, Children, and Family Health at the University of Colorado, Denver, Colorado.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST
The authors have no conflicts of interest to disclose.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Dr. Tilden would like to acknowledge support from the
NICHD and Office of Research on Women’s Health, Oregon
BIRCWH Scholars in Women’s Health Research Across the
Lifespan Award (K12HD043488-14).
REFERENCES
1.Span P. A Quiet end to the “death panels” debate. New York
Times. November 20, 2015. http://www.nytimes.com/2015/11/24/
health/end-of-death-panels-myth-brings-new-end-of-lifechallenges.html?smprod=nytcore-iphone&smid=nytcore-iphoneshare. Accessed February 3, 2016.
2.Institute of Medicine. Dying in America: Improving Quality and
Honoring Individual Preferences Near the End of Life. Washington,
DC: National Academy of Science; 2014.
Journal of Midwifery & Women’s Health r www.jmwh.org
3.Gawande A. Being Mortal. New York, NY: Metropolitan Books;
2014:147.
4.Vanderpool, H. Y. Palliative Care: The 400-Year Quest for a Good
Death. Jefferson, NC: McFarland and Company; 2015.
5.Collett, M. Stay Close and Do Nothing: A Spiritual Guide to Caring
for the Dying at Home. New York, NY: Andrews Mcmeel; 1997.
6.Kennedy, H. P. A model of exemplary midwifery practice: results of a
Delphi study. J Midwifery Womens Health. 2000;45(1):4-19.
7.Institute of Medicine. Dying in America: IOM Committee’s Proposed Core Components of Quality End-of-Life Care. Washington,
DC: National Academy of Science; 2014.
8.MacDorman MF, Matthews TJ, Declercq E. Trends in out-of-hospital
births United States, 1990-2012. NCHS Data Brief. 2014;144:1-8.
9.MacDorman MF, Declercq E, Mathews TJ. Recent trends in out-ofhospital births in the United States. J Midwifery Womens Health.
2013;58:494-501. http://www.humanrightsinchildbirth.org/. Accessed
February 27, 2016.
10.http://www.humanrightsinchildbirth.org/ Accessed February 15,
2016.
11.Shah N. A NICE delivery: the cross-Atlantic divide over treatment intensity in childbirth. N Engl J Med. 2015;372:2181-2183.
12.Spong C, Berghella V, Wenstrom K, Mercer B, Saade G. Preventing the
first cesarean delivery: a summary of a joint Eunice Kennedy Shriver
National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, Society
for Maternal-Fetal Medicine, and American College of Obstetricians
and Gynecologists Workshop. Obstet Gynecol. 2012;120(5):11811193.
11
RUBRIC Article Review
Essential components
Excellent
Good
Satisfactory
Poor
20
Bibliographic
material
20
Includes: author
(Last name, First
name); publication
year; “Title of
Article”; Name of
Journal; Volume;
Number: page
spread (e.g. 4-20).
18
Includes six of these:
author
(Last name, First
name); publication
year; “Title of Article”;
Name of Journal;
Volume; Number:
page spread (e.g. 420).
16
Includes five of
these: author
(Last name, First
name); publication
year; “Title of
Article”; Name of
Journal; Volume;
Number: page
spread (e.g. 4-20).
0
Includes less than
five of these:
author
(Last name, First
name); publication
year; “Title of
Article”; Name of
Journal; Volume;
Number: page
spread (e.g. 4-20).
20
Article
summary
20
Summarize the
author’s main
points and clearly
describe the
author’s central
argument
18
Summarize the
author’s main points
and somewhat
describes the
author’s central
argument
16
Summarize the
vaguely describes
the author’s
central argument
30
Article analysis
28
Analyze the article
including the intended
audience; your
current understanding
of the author’s central
argument; and
suggestions you
would make to the
author
26
Describes the
article and
somewhat
indicates the
author’s central
argument and its
congruence with
current literature
30
Implications for
nursing
practice
20
Critically analyze
the article
including the
intended audience;
how well the
central argument is
clearly explained;
is it congruent with
current literature;
your agreement
with the argument;
and suggestions
you would make to
the author
30
Explains four or
more implications
of the results for
nursing practice
0
Does not
summarize the
author’s main
points and does not
describe the
author’s central
argument
0
Does not clearly
describes the
article
28
Explains three
implications of the
results for nursing
practice
26
Explains two
implications of the
results for nursing
practice
100
TOTAL
0
Does not connect
results to nursing
practice
CUNY SPS NURS 312 Article Review Instructions
The purpose of this assignment is to stimulate your thinking about the secondary literature that you
read. Taking a critical look at the literature we read can help us to avoid relying on any untrustworthy
sources and can help to examine our own thoughts about what we read.
For the article, you need to critique a peer reviewed nursing journal that is no older than 3-5 years.
Select articles that are related to one of these topics: End of Life Care, Palliative Care, Ethical issues
related to End of Life Care.
The article review should be 2-3 pages long (if you go a little over that’s ok; if your review is shorter than
2 pages or longer than three, you may lose points). Please make sure that you use double spacing. Your
review is worth 15% of your final grade.
I will be looking for the following things when I grade:
1. Bibliographic Information:
a. You can either make this the subtitle of your assignment or you can incorporate this
information into the first sentence or two of the review. There is no need for a separate
works cited page.
b. If incorporating into a sentence: include Last name, First name. (Year) “Title of Article”
Title of Journal Volume (Number): page spread (e.g. 4-20).
2. A BRIEF summary of the article:
a. You should summarize the main points the author discusses.
b. Make it clear what the author’s central argument is.
c. This summary is only to give the necessary background for the analysis you will give, not
the main thrust of your review. You will be able to include more detailed information in
the course of actually critiquing the article. Your summary should not take up more
than a half page or so.
3. A detailed analysis of the article.
a. The is the most important part of the review and where most of the points will be
allocated.
b. You need to show that you have read the article and that you have thought critically
about the content.
c. When assessing the authors point of view, think about the following:
i. Is the argument made clearly?
ii. Does the author support their opinions with clear explanations?
iii. Does the authors view align with what you know about this topic?
iv. What is the intended audience for this article?
v. Does the author give sufficient background information?
vi. IS the article convincing? Why? Or why not?
vii. If you disagree with the author, why, what changes would you propose?
d. Use these questions as a guideline and not a list of questions that you must answer.
4. Finally indicate how the results will impact nursing practice- be specific with four or more
implications.
Give thought to how you will organize your review; don’t just list ideas as they come to you. The
assignment needs to flow logically from one idea to the next. It needs to be presented chronologically in
the order in which the information was presented in the article. Don’t jump from topic to topic. Try to
stick to one idea per paragraph.
When doing an article review, please keep in mind that there is no right or wrong answer. As long as
you can support what you are saying with evidence from the article you are entitled to your opinion.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Affordable medication

Description

Identify clients at-risk of not affording their medication and interventions to take to help the client afford medicationsIdentify causes that the client(s) may not be able to afford medicationsDiscuss alternatives which may be less costlyList supporting personnel or services who could help the client afford their medication(s)Provide rationale on who you selected and why the personnel would be helpfulAPA formatted paper; maximum 3 pages, excluding cover page and reference page. Format references in APA format, include in text citation.


Logic Model Learning Activity

Description

Learning Activity 7 Instructions Topic: Logic Model In this learning activity, you will create a basic logic model of your evaluation. At the Community Tool Box website, you will enter the section dealing with Developing a Logic Model or Theory of Change (https://ctb.ku.edu/en/table-of-contents/overview/models-for-community-health-and-development/logic-model-development/main). Follow the guidelines for developing a fictitious health promotion program intervention to help you address the learner objective you wrote and others that could be written like it, and fill in the “Logic Model Template.”


Unformatted Attachment Preview

HLTH 509
LOGIC MODEL TEMPLATE
FILL IN YOUR HYPOTHETICAL PROGRAM INFORMATION IN THIS CHART. Continue on next page if needed.
PURPOSE or MISSION:
INPUTS or RESOURCES:
ACTIVITIES:
OUTPUTS:
CONSTRAINTS or BARRIERS:
CONTEXT or CONDITIONS:
EFFECTS:

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NUrsing Research Week 13

Description

Find a study published in a nursing journal in 2010 or earlier that is described a s a pilot study. Do you think the study really is a pilot study, or do you think this label was used inappropriately? Search forward for a larger subsequent study to evaluate your response. More than 300 words/ APA style required.


Instructions for the Diet and Wellness Project:

Description

Instructions for the Diet and Wellness Project:

This is a semester long project. It will require you to track what you eat/drink for 3 days and analyze it using the Diet and Wellness Plus through the Cengage website (purchased separately). Tracking will be done at a later time. The first step is to CREATE YOUR PROFILE.

The goals of this initial report:

1) provide evidence you have purchased the DWP program required for the semester-long diet analysis project

2) you created your profile following the directions outlined in the assignment

3) demonstrate the ability to create reports using the DWP program

4) demonstrate the ability to upload the DWP reports into Canvas successfully.

Please read instructions/rubric for details.

Step 1 of the Diet and Wellness Project – Creating a Profile:

Create your profile – do not complete the Wellness profile since we will only focus on the diet portion of health this semester
Enter the information for your primary profile.
Enter all activity minutes/intensity – make sure activity level is not VERY ACTIVE unless you are an athlete in season. You can change it later if this is too low
When you are finished, click SUBMIT.

Step 2 of the Diet and Wellness Project – Create and Submit your DRI Report:

This assignment is submitted in Canvas
After you have completed your profile follow these instructions to make sure you submit the report correctly
Log into Diet and Wellness Plus
Top Menu – select REPORTS
Select “DRI Report”
Review the report to make sure all data is correct (height, weight, age, activity level, etc.) if the report is not correct, go back and EDIT PROFILE
Print report as a PDF file and save report to submit in Canvas if you do not have Adobe Acrobat or PDF Creator make sure to download it so you can submit pdf files.
Print report as a pdf file and save to submit in CanvasPrint report as a pdf and saveUse the screenshots provided and watch the following video how to create and submit the DRI report and the 3 Day average report in DWPRubricDRI Report (1)
DRI Report (1)
Criteria Ratings Pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeSubmitted DRI report on time
1.0 ptsFull Marks 0.0 ptsNo Marks
1.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeActivity level as Sedentary/Low Active
1.0 ptsFull Marks 0.0 ptsNo Marks
1.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAccurate height/weight/age/gender
1.0 ptsFull Marks 0.0 ptsNo Marks
1.0 pts

Total Points: 3.0


Emerging Issues in Public Health and Disaster Medicine

Description

Present topics or emerging trends that future public health personnel should become more engaged in. This could be in any area that has been discussed this term, from planning to resources or preparation/education.You are to assume the role of both an educator and administrator. Take a global view of this topic- not just a view from your local aspect.Prepare a brief PowerPoint or bullet format paper to highlight your thoughts on this subject.


Topic 1: Understanding Quality

Description

Review a sample quality policy from a health care facility or provider.Write a 1,000-1,250 word paper in which you assess the organization’s quality policy. Include answers to the following questions:Discuss aspects of the policy: What is included and excluded?What area of the organization is affected by this policy?Why was this policy created?Cite at least three references.Prepare this assignment according to the APA guidelines. An abstract is not required.


Now that you had some practice writing objectives, start working on your objectives for your presentation. You will need 2-4 well written objectives related to you topic. There is a rubric by which you should follow, it’s under the rubric in the content

Description

ten

You will need 2- 4 properly written objectives that relate to your chosen topic. These objectives are what you would like your group to learn at the end of your class.

Did anyone look at the rubrics on the content page? I copied it here for you!

Grading Rubric: Objectives

A goal is an outcome of what is achieved at the end of the learning process. It is broad and the long term target. An objective is a specific single behavior. Objectives should be achievable by the end of the class. For example, a goal may be that a diabetic patient will learn to manage diabetes. Specific objectives will be how to achieve the goal. The objective must be SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and timed-based.) Example: The client/patient/family member will be able to calculate the correct number of total grams of protein provided in handout example after reading the handouts and listening to the calculation lecture.

Common mistakes writing objectives include: describe what the instructor is expected to do rather than the learner, write objectives that are unattainable by the learner based on ability or educational level, writing objectives that do not relate to the goal, and including more than one expected behavior by combining “and” to connect two words (example: select and prepare).

Terms which are more effective and measurable:

apply, calculate, choose, compare, define, describe, demonstrate, distinguish, identify, list, recall, select, verbalize, write

Terms open to many interpretations are:

know, understand, appreciate, realize, enjoy, value, feel, think, learn

Grading Rubric

Grading Criteria Points

Objectives are time-bound 15

Objectives are specific 15

Objectives are measurable 15

Objectives are relevant 15

Objectives are achievable/attainable 15

The class goal has stated outcome 15

Correct spelling, size of the audience, intended audience 10


Develop and submit a personal leadership philosophy that reflects what you think are characteristics of a good leader. Use the scholarly resources on leadership you selected to support your philosophy statement. Your personal leadership philosophy should

Description

Develop and submit a personal leadership philosophy that reflects what you think are characteristics of a good leader. Use the scholarly resources on leadership you selected to support your philosophy statement. Your personal leadership philosophy should include the following:

A description of your core values
A personal mission/vision statement
An analysis of your CliftonStrengths Assessment summarizing the results of your profile
A description of two key behaviors that you wish to strengthen
A development plan that explains how you plan to improve upon the two key behaviors you selected and an explanation of how you plan to achieve your personal vision. Be specific and provide examples.
Be sure to incorporate your colleagues’ feedback on your CliftonStrengths Assessment from this Module’s Discussion 2.

Five strength from Cliffton Strengths Assessment :

Strategic

Learner

Achiever

Responsibility

Input.

Core Values: Empathy and Responsibility.

Two behavior to Strengthen: Strategic and Achiever

To Prepare:

Identify two to three scholarly resources, in addition to this Module’s readings, that evaluate the impact of leadership behaviors in creating healthy work environments.
Reflect on the leadership behaviors presented in the three resources that you selected for review.
Reflect on your results of the CliftonStrengths Assessment, and consider how the results relate to your leadership traits.

People with strong learner talents consistently strive to learn and improve. The process of learning is essential to them as the knowledge they gain (Strengths Finder: Gallup, 2018).

Achiever

People exceptionally talented in the achiever theme work hard and possess a great deal of stamina. They take intense satisfaction in being busy and productive (Strengths Finder: Gallup, 2018).

Responsibility

People exceptionally talented in the Responsibility theme take psychological ownership of what they say they will do. They are committed to stable values such as honesty and loyalty (Strengths Finder: Gallup, 2018).

Input

People exceptionally talented in the Input theme have a craving to know more. Often they like to collect and archive all kinds of information (Strengths Finder: Gallup, 2018).


PSY3738 Making Contacts for the future

Description

PSY3738CBE Psychology of Social Media

Deliverable 6: Making Contacts for the Future

Competency

Design a personal plan to use social media to benefit the student both personally and professionally as well as minimize online mistakes and their impact.

Instructions

Regardless of the career that you pursue or are currently pursuing, it is likely that the action of securing the resource of friends and professional acquaintances will be as valuable as any other action you could take.

Part 1:

First, take some time to reflect on your career and/or future career. If this includes more than one career path, then focus on the one that you are most concerned with in the long term. This might include working in a specific field, starting a business, or any other pursuit you are currently working on or plan to work on in the future. The choice behind the pursuit you will focus on is a personal choice.

Write two pages on why this particular career and/or pursuit is your choice. Reflecting on the why behind your wish to achieve a goal will help to make it feel more tangible to you. This exercise of reflection should serve to remind you of your motivation and will be a good thing to refer back to if your motivation ever gets low. The “why” behind a pursuit is oftentimes more important than the “how” of a pursuit. If you have a strong enough “why,” you will find the “how.”

Part 2:

For the second part of this assignment, make a list of the types of people that could help you in your career and why those people would be good contacts to have. This list should be general in nature, meaning you should list professions or names of positions within companies rather than specific names.

You should list general fields or positions like accountants, attorneys, marketing managers, CEOs, etc., rather than any specific names. Be sure to list at least five professions or types of people.

Part 3:

Next, consider which social media platforms you could use to make personal contacts that could help you in your pursuit along with why and how you could use each. Ensure that the platform and your use of it line up with the specifics behind your chosen future goal.

Describe at least three different platforms you could use, along with why you would use it, and how you would use it for each of the three.

Platform #
Why?
How?
Platform #
Why?
How?
Platform #
Why?
How?

Part 4:

Finally, put all of this together and take action. The next part of this assignment is where you can make a big difference in your grade as well as in your real life pursuit of a goal!

Reach out through the avenue of social media and make contact with three people that you do not currently know. Describe who you contacted and why (you do not need to give their specific name). Explain how you went about contacting them. Contacting someone that works in the same field as you or the same field you intend to work in should be relatively easy as long as you take a professional approach. Speculate over how this new contact might be helpful to you in the future. If you are not currently using social media, then find someone that you know that has used social media to make connections. Ask them to describe how social media has helped them to network and write about social media has helped them to network and make connections.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

PSY3738
Deliverable 6 Material.
Building Relationship within Social Media
One of the major things that shapes our thinking is the feedback we receive
from others through social interactions. While we do sometimes learn things
on our own, there is no doubt that almost everything we learn has at least
some component of direct or indirect influence from others. Our behavior and
our thoughts have always been influenced by what we observe in others. Now
we are influenced by what we observe in others through the platform of social
media.
Social Cognitive Theory comes from the psychological perspective of
Behaviorism. We naturally respond to our environments. We decide whether
or not to continue specific actions based on the consequences they receive.
We also base our actions on the consequences we see in other individuals.
Whether we mean to or not, we are constantly observing the actions of others
and considering their consequences. This applies to both small and large
decisions.
If you make a practice of it, you will begin to observe that people with more
social connections have the most valuable resource of all nearby when they
need it—people! You have probably heard the expression, “No man is an
island.” This saying simply states that no one person can do everything they
need and sustain themselves entirely on their own. We all must work with and
depend on others to get what we need and live productive lives. While filling
the need to have others in our lives can be done, and historically has been
done without the help of social media, the dynamics of building profitable
relationships are changing. A person can either embrace the changing
dynamics of how we interact or, work to succeed despite those changes. It
only makes sense to learn about how relationships are being built through
social media and seek to benefit from the opportunities that are available.
Observing and emulating the actions of those who have used social media
profitably is an extremely worthwhile endeavor.
Connecting with larger and larger numbers of people is just part of the natural
procession of human progress. Consider this, research by British
anthropologist Robin Dunbar has shown that a species’s brain size is
correlated with the size of their social network. For the most part, the larger
the brain, the larger the number of connections a group (species) has on a
daily basis. Human beings have the largest brains, and they also have the
largest network of social connections (Bloomberg Businessweek, 2013). This
number of connections is getting exponentially larger thanks to advances in
social media.
The Dunbar Number
Dunbar has estimated a person can maintain stable relationships with about
150 people. You may be thinking that this is wrong because you have 1,200
friends on Facebook. It may be that you are above the average of 150, but it is
unlikely that you really maintain stable relationships with all of these people
and more likely that you have a stable relationship with closer to 150 people.
Whether or not 150 is the precise number, the benefits of connecting to others
and constructing a stable social network can be incredible!
You should strive to have a network of connections that is larger than the
average person. Consider that what you want and may very well need at
some point in the future will be dependent on having a connection with
someone that has a solid, stable connection with the person that can help
you. The connections you make and the people that those connections know
will dramatically increase the number of potential people that you can work
with. Of course, continuing to widen your social connection through the
networks of new social connections can increase your total number of
possible connections into the hundreds of thousands and beyond.
Thus, according to Robin Dunbar:






1 – What you can do alone.
150 – The number of people the average person has a stable
relationship with. (Basically, the number of people you could contact
and just begin talking to without having to remind the person who you
are and how you know them.)
22,500 – The 150 people that each of your 150 know. (Based on 150 X
150)
3,375,000 – Connecting with the people that are 3 degrees away from
you. (Based on 22,500 X 150)
506,250,000 – The connections you have four degrees away from you.
(Based on 3,375,000 X 150)
75,937,500,000 – At five degrees away from you, the number of
connections is 75,937,500,000 which is over ten times more than the 7
billion on earth! (Based on 506,250,000 X 150, which totals more than
the world’s population)
Reference:
Bloomberg Businessweek (2013, January 14). The Dunbar Number.
Retrieved from Rasmussen College
Library http://ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.
com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=keh&AN=84741172&site=eds-live
Effective Ways to Network in Social Media
Networking! It is a term that we’ve all heard and we know is a good thing to
do. But what exactly is networking and how can it be beneficial both
personally and professionally?
Networking is the action of reaching out to other people with the intent of
making connections that are mutually beneficial. The stronger network of
friends and colleagues you have, the greater chance you have of knowing the
right person when the time comes to ask for a favor, get useful advice, or get
pointed in the right direction. You may have heard the expression, “It’s not
what you know, but who you know.” You have probably also heard the
expression, “Knowledge is power.” Knowledge in your field and a solid
understanding of how to make connections are crucial components of success
both personally and professionally. Honestly, of those two components
(connections and knowledge), connections may very well be more important
in many instances!
It used to be that networking primarily entailed connecting with people in your
county, city, or state. Anything outside of that was probably conducted through
the phone or on business trips. While opportunities to network have always
existed, the opportunities today are far more expansive thanks to social
media. You can get in touch with people all around the world within seconds.
While this is obviously a powerful tool to have at our fingertips, the question of
“How do I make the best use of this access and opportunity?” naturally arises.
At first, the thought of networking across the nation and the world can seem
overwhelming due to the enormity of social media. The best thing to do initially
is to view this is an opportunity rather than something that seems daunting or
intimidating. You can begin by taking small steps toward increasing your
social, career, and/or business network.
We are going to take a look at some of the best ways in which a person can
use social media to quickly grow their network of friends and professional
connections. As you work through the activity, please keep in mind that it is
not just the actions you take, but also the attitude that you possess as you
seek to network.
Aesthetics are important.
Respond quickly.
When it comes to building up a network and achieving your goals, don’t give up!
How can I use networking when it comes to charting out my career and/or
business plans?
From what angle should I approach my networking and connections?
Click the tabs to learn more.
8
References:
Carnegie, D. (1936) How to Win Friends and Influence People. United States:
Simon and Schuster.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Final Paper in Public Health in Disasters

Description

Final paper of public health in disasters with around 3000 word, 5% less or more. Please see the details below.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Public Health Final Paper
Final Paper: Read the CDC document entitled Public Health Preparedness: Mobilizing State to State
. There are nine preparedness goals in the background section. Choose one of the 5 public health
emergencies listed below and write a 3000 word paper (plus or minus 10%) that briefly describes the
incident and then how and why aspects of the incident were handled well or could have been handled
better according to this document. Each of the nine main goals of the CDC document must be
addressed in your paper. If a particular one does not apply, state why (with a detailed enough
explanation to support your opinion) and move on. I expect that you will be able to discuss or cite
relevant topics we cover in the course as evidence that you have read the material and are facile
enough to write about the importance of this subject matter even if you are not an expert. Do not
include irrelevant extraneous material. The paper should utilize APA format.
Topics:
1.
H1N1 outbreak US 2009-2010
2.
Flint, Michigan Lead-Water concerns 2015-16
3.
Salmonella outbreak 2008-2009
4.
Zika Outbreak in Central and South America 2015-16
5.
US measles outbreak 1989-1991
6.
Ebola outbreak in West Africa, and global response 2013-Present
The final paper is due Monday, Nov 27th so that we have ample time to grade them before grades are due (which is one
weekend after the course ends).
*Please use these uploaded documents as we have had during the term so far.
Public Health Preparedness:
Mobilizing State by State
A CDC Report on the
Public Health Emergency Preparedness
Cooperative Agreement
February 2008
Mobilizing State by State
Public Health Preparedness:
Mobilizing State by State
Public Health Preparedness:
2
Table of Contents
Executive Summary
3
Background
6
Methods
11
Section 1: Public Health Preparedness in the States and DC
Disease Detection and Investigation
Public Health Laboratories
Response
Moving Forward
12
13
16
21
27
Section 2: Snapshots of Public Health Preparedness in States
and Directly Funded Localities
29
Appendices
Appendix 1: Cooperative Agreement Funding
Appendix 2: DHS National Preparedness Guidelines and Priorities
Appendix 3: Overview of CDC Preparedness Activities
Appendix 4: Overview of ASPR Preparedness Activities
Appendix 5: Data Sources and Methods
Appendix 6: Category A and B Biological Agents
141
145
147
153
155
161
The events of September 11, 2001, and the
subsequent anthrax attacks both highlighted the
importance of public health during emergencies
and showed weaknesses in public health’s ability
to respond during a potential crisis. In 2002,
Congress authorized funding for the Public
Health Emergency Preparedness cooperative
agreement (hereafter referred to as the
cooperative agreement) to support preparedness
nationwide in state, local, tribal, and territorial
public health departments. As of 2007, the
cooperative agreement has provided more than
$5 billion to these public health departments.
CDC administers the cooperative agreement
and provides technical assistance to public health
departments. This report outlines progress and
challenges. It also describes how CDC and its
partners are working to address these challenges.
Progress continues. With support from
the cooperative agreement, public health
departments have improved their ability to
respond to emergencies.
Public health departments can better detect and
investigate diseases because of improvements
in the public health workforce and in data
collection and reporting systems.

The number of epidemiologists in public
health departments working in emergency
response has doubled from 115 in 2001
to 232 in 2006.* Epidemiologists detect
and investigate health threats and disease
patterns and work to minimize the negative
effects of a health threat in a community.

The number of users for the Epidemic
Information Exchange (Epi-X), a secure
CDC-based communications system that
helps track disease outbreaks, has increased
to 4,646 in 2006, up from 890 in 2001.
Users are primarily from state and local
health departments (75%).

All state public health departments now can
receive and evaluate reports of urgent health
threats 24/7/365, whereas in 1999 only 12
could do so. Previously, it was often difficult
for clinicians to reach a public health
professional after normal work hours.
* For 38 states and the District of Columbia (DC) responding to Council of State and Territorial Epidemiologists (CSTE)
surveys.
3
Mobilizing State by State
Public health threats are inevitable. Being
prepared for these threats can save lives and
protect the health and safety of the public
and emergency responders. The Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) works
to support public health preparedness for all
hazards, including natural, biological, chemical,
radiological, and nuclear events. This work falls
under one of the agency’s overarching health
protection goals: “People prepared for emerging
health threats – people in all communities will
be protected from infectious, occupational,
environmental, and terrorist threats.” CDC
has established nine preparedness goals to
strategically direct resources towards achieving
this overarching goal.
Public Health Preparedness:
Executive Summary
Mobilizing State by State
Public health laboratories have increased
capability to test for biological and chemical
threats and to communicate information.


The number of state and local public health
laboratories able to detect chemical agents
has increased to 47, from 0 in 2001.

All states now have public health
laboratories that can quickly communicate
with clinical laboratories. In 2001, only
20 states reported having public health
laboratories with this capability. Once a
threat is confirmed in one laboratory, other
laboratories need to be quickly alerted since
they might receive related case samples
(indicating that the threat is spreading).
4
Public Health Preparedness:
The number of state and local public health
laboratories able to detect biological agents
has increased to 110 in 2007, from 83 in
2002.

More than twice the number of state public
health laboratories are conducting exercises
to test their ability to handle, confirm, and
report results for chemical agents (from 16
in 2003 to 38 in 2006).
Public health departments have developed
response plans, implemented a formalized
command structure, and conducted exercises.
Such activities were rare prior to 2001.

All states now have plans to receive, store,
and distribute the Strategic National
Stockpile (SNS), a national repository of
antibiotics, other life-saving medications,
and medical supplies.

Seventy-three percent of states reviewed
have satisfactorily documented their SNS
planning efforts.

In 2005, public health departments in
50 states and DC trained public health
professionals about their roles and
responsibilities during an emergency as
outlined by the Incident Command System,
while in 1999 only 14 did so.

All states now participate in the Health
Alert Network, which allows for the
rapid exchange of critical public health
information.
Challenges remain. Building on progress in
public health preparedness will require ongoing
commitment.

Public health departments report difficulties
in recruiting and retaining qualified
epidemiologists, according to a 2006 CSTE
survey.

Disease surveillance systems need to be
strengthened. In 2007, 16 states did not
report any plans to electronically exchange
health data with regional health information
organizations (networks of healthcare
provider organizations that allow the
electronic sharing of health information
among members).

To facilitate surveillance, public health
departments need to ensure an appropriate
legal framework before a disaster occurs;
otherwise, states may be unable to share
critical public health information with other
jurisdictions.
The public health laboratory workforce
needs improvement. Thirty-one state public
health laboratories reported difficulty
recruiting qualified laboratory scientists,
and 39 state public health laboratories
reported needing additional staff to perform
polymerase chain reaction, a rapid DNA
testing technique to quickly identify
bioterrorism agents, according to a 2007
Association of Public Health Laboratories
survey.

Public health laboratories need to increase
the use of advanced technology and broaden
testing abilities, including radiological
testing. Currently, no state public health
laboratory can rapidly identify priority
radioactive materials in clinical samples.

Public health departments need to sustain
a system of all-hazards planning, training,
exercising, and improving. This system
should be ready to help at-risk populations,
such as the elderly and others who may need
help controlling chronic diseases.

Moving forward. CDC is working with state
and local public health departments on initiatives
that include:
Increasing the use of electronic health
data for preparedness and response by
networking surveillance systems and using
real-time data;

Expanding laboratory testing;

Establishing commercial partnerships
to supply needed medicines to at-risk
populations during an emergency;

Developing and evaluating a core
curriculum for preparedness through the
Centers for Public Health Preparedness, a
national network of academic institutions
with a common focus on public health
preparedness;

Improving legal preparedness by helping
states and other jurisdictions implement
public health mutual aid agreements, which
enable sharing of supplies, equipment,
personnel, and information during
emergencies;

Exercising public health systems to
continuously improve capability and
demonstrate readiness; and

Collaborating with partners to develop
accreditation programs for state and local
public health preparedness.
Achieving the overarching goal, “people prepared
for emerging health threats,” is critical to the
health and safety of our communities. This
report represents CDC’s commitment to sharing
information on a program that contributes to
this goal.
5
Mobilizing State by State
Public health and other response
agencies need interoperable emergency
communication systems. In 2007, the
Department of Homeland Security reported
that many cities and metropolitan areas have
established multi-agency communications,
but more progress is needed to expand
interoperable communication across
jurisdictions and levels of government.

Public Health Preparedness:

Mobilizing State by State
Public Health Preparedness:

6

When people ask me what’s the biggest challenge in public health, I
have an easy answer. For large-scale disasters and more routine threats
to health, the major problem we face in public health is complacency.
We’ve made a lot of progress in our preparedness efforts, but we’re
not done yet. We need long-term investment to really get us where we
want to be.
Background
Public health threats are inevitable. Being
prepared can save lives and protect the health
and safety of the public and emergency
responders during disasters. A prepared public
health system involves continual improvement
of the system’s ability to prevent, protect against,
respond to, and recover from the consequences
of emergencies.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC) works to support public health
preparedness for all hazards, including natural,
biological, chemical, radiological, and nuclear
events. This work falls under one of the agency’s
overarching health protection goals: “People
prepared for emerging health threats people in all communities will be protected
from infectious, occupational, environmental,
and terrorist threats.” CDC has established
nine preparedness goals to strategically direct
resources towards achieving this overarching
goal. These goals are associated with six public
1
— Dr. Julie Gerberding, CDC Director
health preparedness activities: prevent, detect and
report, investigate, control, recover, and improve
(Table 1).
The events of September 11, 2001, and the
subsequent anthrax attacks both highlighted the
importance of public health during emergencies
and showed weaknesses in public health’s ability
to respond during a potential crisis. According
to a 2002 Institute of Medicine report, the
public health infrastructure suffered from
“vulnerable and outdated health information
systems and technologies, an insufficient and
inadequately trained public health workforce,
antiquated laboratory capacity, a lack of realtime surveillance and epidemiological systems,
ineffective and fragmented communications
networks, incomplete domestic preparedness
and emergency response capabilities, and
communities without access to essential public
health services.”1
Institute of Medicine, The Future of the Public’s Health in the 21st Century; 2002
In 2002, Congress authorized funding for
the Public Health Emergency Preparedness
cooperative agreement (hereafter referred
to as the cooperative agreement) to support
preparedness nationwide in public health
departments.2,3 Within each funded jurisdiction,
public health departments at the state, local,
tribal, and/or territorial levels work together to
improve preparedness.
CDC administers the cooperative agreement
and provides technical assistance to state,
territorial, and major metropolitan public
health departments. This technical assistance
leverages CDC expertise in disease detection
and investigation, public health laboratories,
and response, including crisis communication.
CDC’s longstanding working relationships with
public health departments are critical to the
success of this program.
agents, and naturally occurring health threats.
Detect and Report
Decrease the time needed to classify health events as
Goal 2 terrorism or naturally occurring in partnership with other
agencies.
Goal 3
Improve the timeliness and accuracy of communications
Goal 4 regarding threats to the public’s health.
Investigate
Decrease the time to identify causes, risk factors, and
Goal 5 appropriate interventions for those affected by threats to the
public’s health.
Control
Decrease the time needed to provide countermeasures and
Goal 6 health guidance to those affected by threats to the public’s
health.
Recover
Decrease the time needed to restore health services and
Goal 7 environmental safety to pre-event levels.
Post-Event
Improve the long-term follow-up provided to those affected
Goal 8 by threats to the public’s health.
Improve
Decrease the time needed to implement recommendations
Goal 9 from after-action reports following threats to the public’s
health.
The cooperative agreement funds 50 states, four metropolitan areas (Chicago, Los Angeles County, New York City, and
Washington, DC), five territories (Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, and the U.S. Virgin
Islands), and three freely associated states (the Federated States of Micronesia, Palau, and the Marshall Islands).
3
CDC began funding selected public health departments in 1999, but the cooperative agreement’s support of 62
jurisdictions did not begin until 2002.
2
7
Mobilizing State by State
Event
Decrease the time needed to detect and report
chemical, biological, radiological agents in tissue, food or
environmental samples that cause threats to the public’s
health.
Public Health Preparedness:
Table 1: CDC Preparedness Goals
Prevent
Pre-Event
Increase the use and development of interventions known to
Goal 1 prevent human illness from chemical, biological, radiological
Mobilizing State by State
Figure 1: Cooperative Agreement Allocated Funding, Fiscal Year 2002-2007
(in millions)
Public Health Preparedness:
8
Source: HHS Press Releases; 2002-2007– data for all 62 funded jurisdictions
As of 2007, the cooperative agreement has
provided more than $5 billion to public health
departments (Figure 1). Appendix 1 presents
historical cooperative agreement funding levels
for each funded public health department.

Quick and accurate communication across
local, state, and federal levels;

Ongoing enhancement of state and local
public health programs through a cycle of
planning, exercising, and improvement
plans;

Protecting the health of the community and
first responders during an emergency; and

Helping communities recover from
emergencies.
The cooperative agreement supports:


Collaboration among state, local, tribal,
and territorial public health departments,
research universities, and other responder
agencies;
Rapid identification of biological and
chemical agents by public health laboratories
across the country;
Collaborating for preparedness. Local response
agencies, including public health departments,
are usually the first to respond during an
Quick and Effective Collaboration – Minnesota Bridge Collapse
When the Interstate 35W bridge collapsed in Minneapolis in 2007, public health professionals
were ready. According to the Minnesota Department of Health, cooperative agreement funding
allowed public health to expand, strengthen, and exercise systems that contributed to a fast and
effective response.
Within 10 minutes of the incident, state public health staff, hospitals, and emergency medical
services began monitoring real-time information on the number of patients, their condition,
and available hospital space. Local, state, and federal agencies worked together to determine if
harmful substances were released into the environment and initiated measures to protect public
health during the cleanup. State and local public health staff coordinated behavioral health and
grief support services using a network of registered and credentialed volunteers.
emergency. For multi-state or severe emergencies,
CDC may be asked to provide additional public
health resources and coordinate response efforts
across multiple jurisdictions. CDC monitors and
often responds to major events that are potential
nationwide health threats (Figure 2).
4
the Department of Justice, and the Department
of State. Appendices 3 and 4 detail how CDC
and ASPR offices are currently working towards
improving preparedness.
CDC and pubic health department partners
include the American Public Health Association,
the Association of Public Health Laboratories
(APHL), the Association of Schools of Public
Health, the Association of State and Territorial
Health Officials, the Council of State and
Territorial Epidemiologists (CSTE), and the
National Association of County and City Health
Officials (NACCHO). These organizations
share best practices and lessons learned, conduct
research, and provide training to public health
professionals.
CDC, Division of Emergency Operations (DEO) Epi-Aid data; 2007
Mobilizing State by State
CDC works under the strategic leadership of
the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and
Response (ASPR) in the Department of Health
and Human Services (HHS). Under the National
Response Framework, HHS is responsible for
coordinating federal assistance to supplement
state, local, and tribal resources in response
to public health and medical care needs for
potential or actual emergencies. To achieve this,
HHS works with other federal departments,
including DHS, the U.S. Department of
Agriculture (USDA), the Department of
Defense, the Department of Veterans Affairs,
From October 2006 through September
2007, CDC deployed more than 170
staff to 31 states to assist public health
department investigations. The health
problems included an unexplained
cluster of patients with neurologic
disease, tuberculosis, and hurricanerelated health threats.4
Public Health Preparedness:
The National Preparedness Guidelines, published
by the Department of Homeland Security
(DHS), establish a vision, capabilities, and
priorities for national preparedness. CDC
preparedness goals support the target capabilities
outlined in the National Preparedness Guidelines
in areas such as detecting threats, public health
laboratory testing, and communications. See
Appendix 2 for more information on the
National Preparedness Guidelines and DHS
preparedness priorities.
CDC Field Deployments
Mobilizing State by State
Local, state, and
federal agencies
must collaborate
to effectively
prepare for
and respond to
emergencies.
Public Health Preparedness:
10
Figure 2: Timeline of CDC Emergency Responses
XDR/MDR tuberculosis (May)
Hurricane Dean (August)
Mumps (April)
Tropical storm Ernesto (August)
E. coli in spinach (September)
E. coli (December)
Presidential inauguration (January)
Marburg virus (March)
Hurricane Katrina (August)
Hurricanes Rita and Wilma (September)
Avian influenza (January)
BioWatch (February)
Guam typhoon (February)
Ricin domestic response (February)
Cities Readiness Initiative (March)
G8 Summit (June)
Democratic National Convention (July)
West Nile virus (August)
Hurricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan,
and Jean (August)
Summer Olympics (August)
Republican National Convention
(August)
Influenza vaccine shortage (October)
Asian tsunami (December)
Space shuttle Columbia disaster (February)
SARS (March)
Monkeypox (June)
Northeast blackout (August)
Hurricane Isabel (September)
Ricin, tularemia, and anthrax
(October)
California wildfires (October)
Domestic influenza (December)
Mad cow disease (December)
Ongoing monitoring of potential
nationwide health threats
World Trade Center attack (September)
Anthrax attack (October)
Source: CDC, DEO data; 2001-2007
Public Health Preparedness:
Methods
a response, public health professionals and other
first responders use this information to lessen the
public health effects of an emergency.
This report is specific to the Public Health
Emergency Preparedness cooperative agreement
and does not directly address other preparedness
grant programs, including those administered by
ASPR, which assists hospitals in preparing for
emergencies, and by DHS, which focuses more
broadly on supporting all emergency responders,
including law enforcement and firefighters.
Public health departments may have used a
combination of federal and state funding to
improve public health preparedness.
Section 2 presents snapshots with response or
exercise examples and data for the 50 states, DC,
Chicago, Los Angeles County, and New York
City. Information on funded territories and freely
associated states is not presented because most of
the existing data sources did not include them.
The report addresses areas of public health that
are critical to preparedness, including disease
detection and investigation, public health
laboratories, and response. Disease detection and
investigation and public health laboratories help
confirm the presence of health threats. During
Section 1 of this report contains aggregate
national information on progress and challenges
in public health preparedness and how CDC
is working to address these challenges. Section
1 focuses on the 50 states and DC. These data
reflect collaborative efforts of federal, state, local,
tribal, and territorial public health.
This report is a first step in presenting a more
complete picture of public health preparedness.
It does not represent all progress and challenges
or comprehensively assess federal, state, and local
preparedness.
CDC, ASPR, and their partners continue
working to define public health preparedness and
collect data to better characterize preparedness.
Measuring preparedness is critical to evaluate
progress.
11
Mobilizing State by State
This report presents existing information
on selected state and local public health
preparedness activities and describes how the
cooperative agreement and other CDC programs
support these preparedness efforts. Data
presented in this report come from CDC (i.e.,
data reported by states as part of the cooperative
agreement and data from other CDC programs),
APHL, CSTE, and others. More detailed
information on each data source and methods is
presented in Appendix 5.
Section 1: Public Health
Preparedness in the States and DC
Section 1 presents data on disease detection and investigation, public health laboratories, and response.
These essential activities support all nine CDC preparedness goals. Table 2 describes some of the key
improvements compared to 2001.
Table 2: Progress in Public Health Preparedness, 2001-2007
Mobilizing State by State
Then (2001)1
Some state public health
departments did not have
enough epidemiologists to
investigate the suspected
disease cases and had to
borrow untrained staff from
other programs.
The cooperative agreement supports
additional staff in every state to
monitor and investigate diseases
and respond to emergencies.
Other public health professionals
have also been trained to provide
support when preparedness staff are
overwhelmed.
Laboratory
Testing
Some state public health
laboratories could not
perform rapid tests for
anthrax because they lacked
equipment, supplies, or
trained staff.
Every state has at least one public
health laboratory that can perform
rapid tests for anthrax and other
bioterrorism agents, and 47 public
health laboratories can test for a
variety of chemical agents.
Response:
Relationships
with First
Responders
State and local public health
departments had not fully
anticipated the extent of
coordination needed among
first responders.
Public health departments in every
state have established relationships
and conducted exercises with
emergency management and
other key players.
Response:
Coordination
An ad-hoc center at CDC
helped coordinate state and
local response efforts.
Emergency operations centers
are in place at CDC and almost all
state public health departments to
coordinate response activities, and
roles and responsibilities are defined
across multiple agencies and
jurisdictions.
Response:
Communication
Public health professionals
did not have a system
in place to communicate
effectively with physicians
during a crisis.
All state public health departments
have systems to communicate
rapidly with physicians and the
public.
Major metropolitan areas did
not have the ability to provide
medicine to large portions of
their population in the case of
a bioterrorist event.
Major metropolitan areas are
working to provide medicines to
100% of their population within 48
hours.
Disease
Detection and
Investigation
Public Health Preparedness:
12
Response:
Intervention
1
Now (2007)2
Government Accountability Office, Public Health Response to Anthrax Incidents of 2001 (GAO-04-152); 2003; 2 CDC data; 2007
Disease Detection
and Investigation:
Improving the Public Health Workforce
and Disease Surveillance
Using cooperative agreement funds, public health
departments have improved their abilities to
detect and investigate diseases by enhancing the
public health workforce and disease surveillance
systems.
Increased Workforce Capacity
In 2006, the cooperative agreement funded
531 epidemiologists. The majority of
these epidemiologists specialized either in
emergency response (291) or infectious
diseases (199).5
According to a 2006 CSTE survey, the total
number of epidemiologists in state public health
departments working in emergency response has
doubled since 2001 (Table 3).
Through Epi-X, these users report outbreaks and
other public health events to CDC and receive
notifications about developing health threats
through daily electronic summaries. When a
report is of special importance, users receive
immediate e-mails or emergency notification
(i.e., pager, “land line” phone, or cell phone).
Enhancing disease surveillance systems.
Epidemiologists need health-related data to
detect disease patterns, estimate effects, and
determine the spread of illness. Surveillance—the
ongoing and systematic collection, analysis, and
interpretation of data—is critical to detect disease
Table 3: Public Health Workforce for Disease Detection and Investigation,
2001-2006
1
Indicator
Then (2001)
Now (2006)
Percent
Increase
Epidemiologists in public health departments
working in emergency response1
115
232
102%
Epi-X users2
890
4,646
422%
CSTE, ECA; 2006 – data for 38 states and DC; 2 CDC Epi-X data; 2006
5
CSTE, Epidemiological Capacity Assessment (ECA); 2006 – data for 50 states, DC, and 4 territories
6
CDC, Epi-X data; 2007
Mobilizing State by State
A skilled public health workforce.
Epidemiologists, or “disease detectives,” detect
and investigate health threats and disease
patterns. They might identify contaminated
food causing illness, assess the number of people
injured and types of injuries resulting from a
disaster, or determine causes of a sudden onset
of fever in a community. They also work to
minimize the negative effects of a health threat in
a community.
A connected public health workforce.
The increase in the users of the Epidemic
Information Exchange (Epi-X), a secure CDCbased communications system that helps track
disease outbreaks, suggests that public health
professionals are more connected (Table 3).
Epi-X users represent state health departments
(38%), local health departments (37%), CDC
and other federal agencies (22%), and other
organizations, such as poison control centers
(3%).6
Public Health Preparedness:
The sooner public health professionals can
detect the source and spread of diseases or
other health threats and investigate their effects
in the community, the more quickly they can
protect the public. Progress in disease detection
and investigation supports CDC preparedness
goals in the areas of prevention, detection and
reporting, investigation, and recovery.
Mobilizing State by State
Public Health Preparedness:
14
outbreaks as early as possible and to ensure that
public health professionals are aware of the
number and geographic distribution of illness.
38 states and 71 major metropolitan areas. Over
1,500 federal military and veterans’ outpatient
facilities also transmitted data.9
To help detect disease patterns, all state public
health departments now can receive urgent
disease reports 24/7/365 (Table 4). Previously, it
was often difficult for clinicians to reach a public
health professional after regular work hours.
In preparation for a possible influenza pandemic,
states are also improving systems to monitor
seasonal influenza. In 2006, 28 states reported
conducting surveillance for seasonal influenza
throughout the year, while in 2007, all states and
DC reported doing so.10, 11 Routine surveillance
of influenza viruses can characterize circulating
strains to help experts develop annual vaccines
and identify strains with pandemic potential.
In addition, CDC, state and local public health
departments, and other partners are developing
flexible and innovative surveillance systems for
a wide range of emergencies, including disease
outbreaks, bioterrorism, and natural disasters. In
2007, 44 states reported evaluating health data to
detect unusual patterns that could be associated
with health threats.7
The CDC Early Aberration Reporting System
(EARS) is one surveillance system state and local
health departments use to monitor notifiable
diseases and detect unusual spikes indicating
disease outbreaks. EARS tracks data from sources
such as hospital emergency departments, 911
emergency calls, and school absenteeism. In
2007, EARS was used in approximately 100
state and local public health departments and
international sites. It has been used during
hurricane seasons and at several national events.8
Another surveillance system that CDC
administers is BioSense, which provides local,
state, and federal public health and healthcare
organizations with access to the same data, at
the same time. In other words, if an emergency
occurs, every level of public health will be able to
see healthcare data from their community in near
real-time. This can decrease delays in recognition
of a problem and enhance emergency response.
As of November 2007, BioSense had 423
hospitals transmitting real-time data, covering
Challenges for Disease Detection and
Investigation
Several challenges continue to hinder public health
departments’ ability to collect and effectively use
information.
Shortages in the epidemiology workforce.
Public health departments still face barriers in
recruiting and retaining qualified epidemiologists.
According to the 2006 CSTE survey, most state
and local public health departments reported
difficulty in hiring epidemiologists. Although the
number of epidemiologists has increased since
2001, in 2006, state public health departments
reported needing 34% more epidemiologists than
they had to provide full capacity nationwide.12
Other public health professionals, such as
information technology specialists, are also
needed to support emerging data sharing and
communication initiatives. The aging public
health workforce, high retirement rates, barriers
to recruitment and retention, and the need to
train the existing workforce in new methods
and technology are all issues needing continuous
attention.
Table 4: Public Heal

replies to discussion answers

Description

These are students responses to discussion questions. in a paragraph I need to respond back to them. no references needed. Thank you


Unformatted Attachment Preview

1) jeremie: For my project on improving smoking cessation rates for patients of my
organization, I think that the American Journal of Nursing would give me the best
chance of being published. The American Journal of Nursing accepts columns,
narratives, and commentaries. I don’t particularly think that the project I’ve worked
on is groundbreaking or especially well done, so maybe something of a short column
or a narrative from the perspective of a nursing student would give me the best
chance of being heard. Though my project may not be the best project, it can provide
some insight for other hopeful RNs progressing through their BSN schoolwork as a
source of inspiration.
As for a Nursing Conference, my organization holds an annual Nursing Symposium that
invites groups of nurses from the 22 hospitals to present projects that they have been
working on. I think that smoking cessation is such a generalized issue, that it would be
helpful for all nurses within the organization. Not to mention we all are utilizing the
same smoking cessation pamphlet for our patients.
2)Micheka: In order for dissemination of evidence in nursing to be effective and
achieve its goals, it must be high-quality evidence that has been meticulously
evaluated in clinical research studies and proven time and again to be valid and
effective in the nursing field (Ginex, 2018). The goals of dissemination in nursing are
to increase the scope of knowledge in the nursing field, ensure the nursing field
remains up-to-date with the latest and most effective evidence and practices, to
ascertain that nursing decisions are made based on evidence that optimizes quality
care and cost-effectiveness, to increase motivation for nurses as well as to apply
evidence-based strategies with their patients (Ginex, 2018). It also helps increase
patient motivation to utilize and follow through on evidence-based interventions that
will help with their own healthcare.
Since my change proposal project is not only one setting or a nursing unit issue I think
it would be best to present it to the American Journal of Nursing. I believe the
American Journal of Nursing is a major nursing Journal that will enable the proposal
to reach more nurses at a time on a national level. I also believe since the issue of
incivility is more prevalent than ever in the nursing profession, it would make a great
impact. As far as presenting my project at a healthcare conference I would probably
do it at my organization’s annual conference where nurses from the various facilities
in the nation meet. Presenting my project at this conference will ensure that more
nurses become aware of the issue of incivility and know how to manage it.
Reference
Ginex, P., K. (2018). Use these methods to evaluate EBP outcomes and disseminate
results. Retrieved from https://voice.ons.org/news-and-views/use-these-methods-toevaluate-ebp-outcomes-and-disseminate-results
3) catherine: Professional peer-reviewed journals and healthcare conferences form
two key platforms of disseminating research work. The major determinants of the
journal or conference of choice include the topic, the target audience, and the
availability of resources to publish in the particular journal. For example, my study
focuses on utilizing patient education to control the occurrence chronic conditions
among older patients. Choosing a journal that addresses chronic diseases or older
patients’ care can be effective in disseminating my findings.
The Journal of Gerontological Nursing can be a very strategic and effective journal of
disseminating my research findings. The primary rationale for selecting this journal is
that it focuses on gerontological nursing across the continuum of care which is also
the major focus in my research. Importantly, my study lays special emphasis on how
patient education can improve older patients’ health credible and reliable source of
research evidence (Healio, 2019). This makes it usable for scholars by providing a
rightward shift in the continuum of care and maintaining high level wellness .Another
reason is because the journal is peer-reviewed making it a highly and practitioners
specializing in gerontological care. With this, the findings of my research will
effectively reach scholars as key audiences to my study.
The Nursing Interventions, Patient Safety, and Hospital Management Conference can
also be an effective venue of disseminating my research findings. The conference is
scheduled for May 8-9, 2020 in Toronto, Canada and the theme will be “Categorizing
care to improve the health and comfort of patients” (Nursing Interventions 2020,
2019). My research is central in fulfilling the vision addressed in this conference’s
theme. Patient education can effective reduce the occurrence of chronic conditions
among older adults which can then reduce the rate of hospital admissions, reduce the
intensity of care needed to help patients, and also reduce the cost of care (Paterick,
Patel, Tajik, & Chandarasekaran, 2017). These outcomes are important in improving
comfort and wellness in patients as addressed in the conference’s theme.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

ethical dilemma

Description

What
is a recent ethical dilemma that you encountered in your practice?
Why was it a dilemma and how was it handled?Submission
Instructions:
Your initial post
should be at least 500 words, formatted and cited in current
APA style with support from at least 2 academic sources in the past
5 years.


​ Module 13 Case Study – Ovarian Cyst

Description

Ovarian Cyst Case Study

On the 22nd of December 2010 a 14 year old Jamie Wilson woke up like any other day. She told her parents that she was experiencing very mild pain in her right left abdomen. Since it was not severe Jamie took an Advil and continued on with her day.

Last minute Christmas shopping took her and her parents into the city. The pain she felt in her side was returning and slowly becoming more and more intense. Her parents brushed it off as just regular aches and pains that growing girls experience.

With a sudden convulsion of extreme pain and a scream of pure agony her parents decided to take her to the hospital for a second look. By the time they reached the children’s hospital emergency doors Jamie could not even stand. The nausea had over taken her completely. Jamie’s parents carried her in and began the process of admitting her. As the nurse began to evaluate her, the nausea became too much for her and she began to vomit in the ER. The nurses immediately brought her into a private room and started filling her with fluids through an IV. Jamie had blood taken and it was sent away for testing.

At this point the doctors were suspecting an appendicitis. As soon as Jamie had enough fluids in her system she was taken for an ultrasound. This process caused her even more pain as they pushed on her abdomen. Unfortunately the doctors did not see anything in the ultrasound and they proceeded to order a CT scan. As the ink entered Jamie’s body she felt extreme heat which worsened her nausea. The CT scan also came back empty but the doctors were still convinced it was her appendix.

Throughout the night her vitals were checked and she was prepped for an appendectomy. After a restless few hours of attempting to sleep Jamie was into the final stages of surgery prep. A specialist came to exam Jamie right before the surgery and changed the course of the entire day. The specialist ruled out appendicitis and concluded that it was most likely a ruptured cyst on her right ovary. This would explain the lack of evidence in the ultrasound and CT scan.

Unfortunately there is nothing doctors can do about ovarian cyst’s so Jamie was discharged from the hospital and told to relax while she recovered. Within a few days she regained her strength and appetite. It was determined that an ovarian cyst was indeed the cause behind the pain.

Questions:
What are the two main purposes of the ovaries?

Which structures contribute to the movement of the ovum from the ovary to the uterus?

What hormone promotes and maintains the endometrial lining?

Briefly describe oogenesis?

Why would someone with endometriosis have a normal ultrasound?


need your help to answer my questions

Description

please read the chapters then answers the questions from the chapters if u have any quastions let me knpw


Unformatted Attachment Preview

ARE RURAL HOSPITALS
‘STRATEGIC’?
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
1
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?







Background
Framework of Analysis
Research Design and Methodology
Data Analysis
Results
Discussion
Conclusions
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
2
Background
• Rural Hospitals’ Environment
– Weak economy
– High unemployment rate
– Low per capita income
• Rural Hospitals’ Condition
– Aging facilities
– A limited number of services
– High labor costs
• Financial Stress
– Are rural hospitals able to actively pursue different
strategies to improve their financial viability?
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
3
Framework of Analysis
• Assumptions
– Organizations are dependent on the
environment for resources (Aldrich, 1979;
Pfeffer and Salacik, 1978)
– Organizations respond to this dependency by
developing and pursuing strategies (Thompson,
1967).
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
4
Framework of Analysis (continued)
• Strategic adaptation
– Organizations change their strategies to align with
changes in their environment (Chaffe, 1985; Child,
1972; Hitt, Ireland & Hoskisson, 1997; Rajagopalan &
Spreitzer, 1996; Schendel & Hofer, 1979).
– Organizations are highly constrained by their inertial
pressure to adapt (Hannan & Freeman, 1984; Kelly &
Amburgey, 1991; Pfeffer & Salancik, 1978).
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
5
Framework of Analysis (continued)
• Research goals for this study
– To determine the extent to which rural hospitals
change their strategies over time
– To identify the pressures that induce rural
hospitals to be more active in strategic change
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
6
Research Design and Methodology
• A sufficient length of time is necessary for
observing the evolution of strategic content in
rural hospitals because:
– Strategic adaptation is a gradual process (Tushman &
Romanelli, 1985)
– Pace of change in rural environment is slow.
• A lonngitudinal study covers a period from 1983
to 1993
– Data is collected at three points in time, separated by
five years.
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
7
Research Design and Methodology
Data Sources
• American Hospital Association Annual Survey
Files – 1983, 1988, and 1993
• Health Care Financing Administration’s Medicare
Cost Reports – 1983, 1988, and 1993
• Health Care Financing Administration’s Case Mix
Index Reports – 1984, 1988, and 1993
• Area Resources Files – 1989, 1994, and 1995
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
8
Research Design and Methodology
Sampling
• The study sample consists of 1,971 (versus
2,162 in 1993)
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
9
Research Design and Methodology
Measurement of Variables
• Environmental Pressures
– Local Market (at the county level)
• Market competition: number of rural hospitals
• Local munificence: per capita income
• Local population density: number of people
– Medicare Reimbursement Policy
• Magnitude of Medicare services: percentage of Medicare days
• Stringency of Medicare reimbursement: ratio of costs to
payments
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
10
Research Design and Methodology
Measurement of Variables (continued)
• Organizational Characteristics
– Multihospital membership: 1 = yes, 0 = no
– Non-government control: 1 = yes, 0 = no
– Occupancy rate: ratio of bed days occupied to
bed days available
– Case mix complexity.
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
11
Research Design and Methodology
Measurement of Variables (continued)
• Revenue-enhancing strategies
– Affiliation with MCOs: 1 = yes, 0 = no
– Diversification of inpatient services: number of
diversification inpatient services
– Diversification of outpatient services: number of
diversification outpatient services
– Affiliation with board-certified physicians: percentage
of board-certified physicians
• Cost-containing strategies
– Reduction of idle resources with respect to staffed beds
– Utilization of RNs relative to LPNs and NAs: ratio of
RNs to LPNs and NAs
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
12
Research Design and Methodology
Measurement of Variables (continued)
• Strategic Change
– Occurs when rural hospitals modify or revise at
least 35% in the value of the strategy measure
over a five-year interval
– Number of changes was summed and collapsed
into a dichotomous measure with 1 = high
changer, representing strategic change in four to
six strategies, and with 0 = low changer,
representing a change in one to three strategies
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
13
Data Analysis
• Descriptive Statistics
• Logistic Regression Analysis
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
14
Results
Table 2. Results of mean differences, patterns and magnitude of changes (N = 1, 971).
1983 to 1988
Mean
Patterns of Change (# of hospitals)
Differences Decrease
No Change
Increase
Environmental/Organizational Pressures
Local Market
Competition
-0.06*
162
1,752
57
Munificence (in 1983 dollars)
1,468*
152
0
1,819
Population density
398*
1,050
72
849
Medicare Reimbursement Policy
Magnitude of Medicare services
-0.04*
1,224
0
774
Stringency of Medicare reimbursement
0.04*
961
0
1,010
Organizational Characteristics
Multihospital membership
-0.04*
221
1,615
135
Non-government control
0.02*
42
1,839
90
Ownership
0.01*
13
1,925
33
Occupancy rate
-0.14*
1,728
0
243
Case mix index
0.07*
380
1
1,590
Strategies
Revenue Enhancing Strategies
Affiliation with MCOs
0.31*
35
1,297
639
Diversification of inpatient services
-0.09*
397
1,304
270
Diversification of outpatient services
1.10*
268
451
1,252
Affiliation with board-certified physicians
0.07*
330
937
704
Cost-Containment Strategies
Maintenance of idle resources
-6.22*
302
1,555
114
Utilization in favor of RNs to LPNs & NAs
0.34*
274
525
1,172
Magnitude of Change
-3
-5,130
-770
to
to
to
+3
+9,646
+4,340
– 0.67
-0.57
to
to
+ 0.72
+ 3.85
-1
-1
-1
-0.66
-0.18
to
to
to
to
to
+1
+1
+1
+0.64
+1.06
-1
-3
-6
-0.83
to
to
to
to
+1
+3
+7
+0.87
-144
-11.79
to
to
+93
+9.86
*: Significant at the 0.0001 level
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
15
Results (continued)
Table 3. Results of mean differences, patterns and magnitude of changes (N = 1, 971).
Between 1988 to 1993
Mean
Patterns of Change (# of hospitals)
Differences
Decrease
No Change
Increase
Environmental/Organizational Pressures
Local Market
Competition
-0.07*
162
1,785
24
Munificence (in 1983 dollars)
204*
753
0
1,218
Population density
287*
1,130
1
840
Medicare Reimbursement Policy
Magnitude of Medicare services
-0.06*
464
0
1,507
Stringency of Medicare reimbursement
-0.01
964
0
1,007
Organizational Characteristics
Multihospital membership
-0.01
113
1,759
99
Non-government control
0.01
35
1,890
46
Ownership
-0.01
16
1,946
9
Occupancy rate
-0.00
1,214
0
757
Case mix index
0.02*
807
1
1,163
Strategies
Revenue Enhancing Strategies
Affiliation with MCOs
0.15*
167
1,332
472
Diversification of inpatient services
0.07*
192
1,499
280
Diversification of outpatient services
0.26*
570
538
863
Affiliation with board-certified physicians
0.06*
260
1,068
643
Cost-Containment Strategies
Maintenance of idle resources
0.24
206
1,593
172
Utilization in favor of RNs to LPNs & NAs
0.21*
362
771
838
Magnitude of Change
-3
-5,923
-635
to
to
to
+2
+5,523
+2,058
-0.57
-3.88
to
to
+0.96
+6.68
-1
-1
-1
-0.65
-0.48
to
to
to
to
to
+1
+1
+1
+0.75
+0.40
-1
-3
-9
-0.67
to
to
to
to
+1
+3
+6
+0.83
-106
-8.81
to
to
+90
+10.84
*: Significant at the 0.0001 level
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
16
Results (continued)
Table 4. Logistic Regression Models (N = 1,971)
1983-88 Model
Beta Coefficients
1988-93 Model
Beta Coefficients
Environmental/Organizational Pressures
Local Market
Competition
Munificence (in 10,000’s of 1983 dollars)
Population density (in 10,000’s)
-0.04
-0.11*
0.16
0.15
0.05
-0.21
Medicare Reimbursement Policy
Magnitude of Medicare services
Stringency of Medicare reimbursement
1.13
2.58*
-0.57
0.59
Organizational Characteristics
Multihospital membership
Non-government control
Ownership
Occupancy rate
Case mix index
-0.26
0.07
0.14
0.91*
-1.93*
0.10
-0.27
0.81*
-0.21
2.25*
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
17
Results (continued)
Table 4. Logistic Regression Models (N = 1,971) (continued)
Changes in Environmental/Organizational Pressures
1983-88 Model
Beta Coefficients
1988-93 Model
Beta Coefficients
Changes in Local Market
Change in competition
Change in munificence (in 10,000’s of 1983 dollars)
Change in population density (in 10,000’s)
-0.04
0.01
-0.41
0.14
0.31*
0.43
Changes in Medicare Reimbursement Policy
Change in magnitude of Medicare services
Change in stringency of Medicare reimbursement
0.68
0.11
0.74
0.02
Changes in Organizational Characteristics
Change in multihospital membership
Change in non-government control
Change in ownership
Change in occupancy rate
Change in case mix index
-0.28
0.61*
0.26
-1.16*
-0.35
0.20
1.05*
-0.35
-2.76**
-0.32
* : Significant at the 0.05 level
**: Significant at the 0.01 level
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
18
Results
• High changers
versus
Low changers
About 1/6 of rural
About 5/6 of rural
hospitals
rural hospitals
• Strategies most frequently revised by high
changers




Affiliation with MCOs
Utilization in favor of RNs
Affiliation with board-certified physicians
Diversification of outpatient services
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
19
Results (continued)
• Strategies most frequently revised by low
changers
– Utilization in favor of RNs
– Affiliation with board-certified physicians
• Logistic regression models
– Chi-square is highly significant for both model
(p = 0.0001)
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
20
Discussion
• Environmental pressures
– High changers were more sensitive to the stringency of
Medicare reimbursement and local munificence in the
first interval than in the second interval
• Organizational pressures
– High changers were sensitive to occupancy rate in the
first interval, and to for-profit status in the second
interval
– High changers were also sensitive to case mix severity.
They served a less severe case mix of patients in the
first interval, and a more severe case mix of patients in
the second interval
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
21
Discussion (continued)
• Changes in environmental pressures
– High changers were sensitive only to change in
local munificence in the second interval.
• Changes in organizational pressures
– High changers were sensitive to change in nongovernmental control
– High changers were sensitive to change in
occupancy rate.
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
22
Conclusions
• The study supports the propositions that rural
hospitals, like organizations in general, are able to
pursue and alter a variety of strategies under harsh
environmental/organizational constraints
(Schendel & Hofer, 1979; Thompson, 1967).
• The study suggests that organizations are not
always able to respond to their environmental
shifts in a timely manner (Chaffe, 1985; Child,
1972; Hitt, Ireland & Hoskisson, 1997;
Rajagopalan & Spreitzer, 1996; Schendel & Hofer,
1979).
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
23
Conclusions (continued)
• The study suggests the absence of certain
strategic changes (in low changers) can be
related to either to the absence of a need to
change, or to organizations’ inertial pressure
(Boeker, 1989; Hannan and Freeman, 1984;
Kelley & Amburgey, 1991).
Are Rural Hospitals ‘Strategic’?
24
Formulating Organizational Strategy
Formulating organizational strategy
1
Formulating Organizational Strategy




Planning Methods
Organizational Strategy
Formulating Organizational Strategy
Organizational Strategy And Human
Resources Management
• Portfolio Analysis And Human Resources
Management
Formulating organizational strategy
2
Planning Methods




Budgeting
Long range planning
Strategic thinking and strategic planning
Strategic management
Formulating organizational strategy
3
Planning Methods
Budgeting
• Emerged more than 60 years ago
• Is a management tool used in planning,
coordinating, and controlling various
activities
• Is not an operational plan, but is an
expression of the operational plan in dollars
• Provides a structure for planning activities
Formulating organizational strategy
4
Planning Methods
Budgeting (continued)
Formulating organizational strategy
5
Planning Methods
Long Range Planning
• Is popular after World War II
• Is used in identifying future operating plans in the
rapidly expanding economy
• Is widespread in the health services literature in
1970s
• Increases managerial awareness and responsibility
for planning
• One weakness is an assumption of the future as
predictable
Formulating organizational strategy
6
Planning Methods
Long range planning (continued)
Formulating organizational strategy
7
Planning Methods
Strategic Thinking and Strategic Planning
• Focuses on market environment which includes
competitors and consumers
• Has 4 steps:
– (1) analysis of the anticipated results through:
• Projection of operating trends
• Identification of environmental threats and opportunities,
– (2) competitive analysis: identifying performance
improvement from changes
– (3) portfolio analysis: comparing future performance of all
business units, and prioritizing resource allocations, and
– (4) diversification analysis: identifying new business
opportunities Formulating organizational strategy
8
Planning Methods
Strategic Management
• Is concerned with linking strategic planning
with other internal management systems,
the structure of the organization, and the
culture of the firm
Formulating organizational strategy
9
Organizational Strategy
• Types of strategies
• Identifying strategic business units
Formulating organizational strategy
10
Organizational Strategy
Types of Strategies




Classification Based On Types Of Markets
Build: an attempt to increase a market
share
Hold: an effort to generate cash flows
Harvest: a desire to increase short-term cash
flows
Divest: a decision to abandon the market
Formulating organizational strategy
11
Organizational Strategy
Types of Strategies (continued)
Classification Based On Types Of Competition
• Cost leadership: to provide same services at
lower cost than its competitors
• Differentiation: to be perceived unique by
consumers
• Focus: to narrow scope of competition
Formulating organizational strategy
12
Organizational Strategy
Identifying Strategic Business Units
(SBUs)
• SBUs are identified by grouping related services
into the businesses an organization is competing
• Characteristics of SBUs






A single business or collection of related business
A distinct mission
Its own competitors
A responsible manager
Benefiting strategic planning
Being planned independently of other SBUs
Formulating organizational strategy
13
Formulating Organizational Strategy
The Strategy Development Process
Formulating organizational strategy
14
Formulating Organizational Strategy
The Strategy Development Process (continued)





Mission
Product definition and positioning
Market definition
Distinct competence
External assessment
– Consumer groups
– Competitor analysis
– Industrial and environment analysis
• Internal assessment
Formulating organizational strategy
15
Mission
• Is the general direction in which the firm is
headed
• Is the goals and operating philosophy of the
firm
• Promotes a sense of shared expectations
among all levels of employees
• Provides a sense of worth and intent that
can be identified by company outsiders such
as customers, suppliers, competitors, …
Formulating organizational strategy
16
Product Definition and Positioning
• Is the scope of services the firm will offer
• Positioning is the process the firm used to
identify the consumer perception of its
services in relations to competitors in terms
of
– Low costs
– High qualities
Formulating organizational strategy
17
Market Definition
• Is a geographic boundary in which the firm
provides its products/services
• Is the market area in which the consumers
desire the firm’s products/services
• Market segmentation is the process of
breaking the total market into subsets of
consumers who are perceived to have
common interests in the firm’s services
Formulating organizational strategy
18
Distinct Competence
• Is an advantage the firm holds over its
competitors
• Examples
– Cost leadership
– Differentiation
– An outstanding nursing staff
Formulating organizational strategy
19
External Assessment
• Is an analysis focusing on elements that are relevant
for firm performance but are outside the firm’s
boundaries
• Three types of assessment
– Consumer groups: identifies increases or decreases in demand
that might be associated with changing needs by the groups
– Competitor analysis: identifying opportunities or threats from
competitors
– Industrial and environment analysis:
• Industrial analysis: identifying the competitive factors and the
attractiveness of a market for the firm
• Environmental analysis: identifying trend and events that have potential
effects on an industry, ultimately on the firm
Formulating organizational strategy
20
Internal Assessment
• Is intended to provide an understanding of the
firm’s attributes that are of strategic
importance
• Firm’s attributes include







Management and governance
Functional programs and services
Human resources
Financial resources
Physical facilities
Basic values and culture of the organization
Interrelationships of the above
Formulating organizational strategy
21
Formulating Organizational Strategy
Portfolio Assessment
Market Share Analysis
Formulating organizational strategy
22
Formulating Organizational Strategy
Portfolio Assessment
Market Attractiveness Analysis
Formulating organizational strategy
23
Formulating Organizational Strategy
Portfolio Assessment
Hospital Strength Analysis
Formulating organizational strategy
24
Formulating Organizational Strategy
Portfolio Assessment
Market Attractiveness Analysis
Formulating organizational strategy
25
Formulating Organizational Strategy
Product Life Cycle Matrix
Formulating organizational strategy
26
Management of Corporate
Culture
Management of Corporate Culture
1
Management of Corporate Culture
• Defining Organizational Culture
• Cultural Strength
• Organizational Culture and Corporate
Strategy
• Cultural Formation, Maintenance, and
Change
Management of Corporate Culture
2
Defining Organizational Culture
• Artifacts
• Beliefs and Values
• Basic Underlying Assumptions
Management of Corporate Culture
3
Defining Organizational Culture
Artifacts
• Visible and objective
• Viewed as the culture
• Symbols
o can be almost anything
o evoking a profound sense of self-esteem and
pride
Management of Corporate Culture
4
Defining Organizational Culture
Artifacts (continued)
• Language
o a culture cannot remain intact without it
o contains expressions, phrases, jargon, and
acronyms
• Ceremonies and Rituals
• Stories, myths, and legends
• Heroes and heroines
Management of Corporate Culture
5
Defining Organizational Culture
Beliefs and Values
• Values = espoused values
o refer to the conscious outcomes that are desirable to org
o expressed in mission or philosophy statements
o provide the emotional energy or motivation to act on
them
• Beliefs
o are less of an aspiration and more of a conscious
understanding
o provide cognitive justification for org action patterns
Management of Corporate Culture
6
Defining Organizational Culture
Basic Underlying Assumptions
• Are the out-of-conscious system of beliefs,
perceptions, and values
• Become collectively and implicitly
acceptable
Management of Corporate Culture
7
Cultural Strength
• Strong Culture
• Weak Culture
• Subculture
• A Cautionary Caveat
Management of Corporate Culture
8
Cultural Strength
Strong Culture
• A dominant and unified set of shared assumptions
• Three attributes:
o thickness (number of underlying assumptions)
o extent of sharing (the degree to which assumptions are shared
throughout the organization)
o clarity of ordering (some assumptions are more prominent than
others)
• Benefits:
o
o
o
o
providing a clear sense of direction, meaning and guidance
assisting employees to achieve valued outcomes
establishing service quality
improving decision making and communication
Management of Corporate Culture
9
Cultural Strength
Weak Culture
• Lack consensus on, and commitment to, the
values, beliefs, and assumptions that characterize
the dominant culture
• Disadvantages:
o lack of connectedness that leads to animosity, conflict,
and divisiveness
o employees compelled to use their own values as a basis
for making decisions
Management of Corporate Culture
10
Cultural Strength
A Cautionary Caveat
• Strong culture does not always enhance
performance
• Environmental conditions may make some
types of cultures more appropriate than
others
Management of Corporate Culture
11
Cultural Strength
Subculture
• Can emerge almost anywhere
• Can be categorized into three groups
• Enhancing
o is supportive and in harmony with the principal culture,
but simultaneously adhering to other different cultures
• Orthogonal
o partially overlaps the principal culture
• Counterculture
o is inimical to the value structure of the overall
organizational culture
Management of Corporate Culture
12
Organizational Culture and Corporate
Strategy
• Organizational culture affects and is
affected by the strategic context of the firm
Management of Corporate Culture
13
Cultural Formation, Maintenance, and
Change
• The Behavioral Aspects of Culture
• The Role of Human Resources Practices in
Culture Transmission
• Assessing Culture
Management of Corporate Culture
14
Cultural Formation, Maintenance, and Change
The Behavior Aspects of Culture
• Help organizational members cope with
their experiences
– by learning through social interaction
– and connecting behavior to the development of culture
• Learning occurs through behaviorconsequence association
o direct experience
o vicarious processes
Management of Corporate Culture
15
Cultural Formation, Maintenance, and Change
The Role of Human Resources Practices in Culture
Transmission
• Selection
o screen out applicants whose values are incompatible
o highly stressful but high-paying organizations attract applicants
who are thrive on competition
o low-paying but pleasant low-stress organizations attract applicants
who value cooperation and pleasant working condition
• Socialization and Development
o used to direct employees toward organizational culture
o examples:
-mentor programs for new employees
-training and development programs for fostering or changing culture
Management of Corporate Culture
16
Cultural Formation, Maintenance, and Change
The Role of Human Resources Practices in Culture
Transmission (continued)
• Reward Systems and Performance Evaluation
o gravitate employees to desired behaviors
o specify what is expected from employees
o Types of reward systems and performance evaluation:
o hierarchy-based system: employees’ performance are
evaluated through subjective criteria (org. loyalty, sense of
tradition, org. pride, …)
o performance-based system: employees are evaluated
solely on objective and measurable performance criteria
that emphasize contractual relationship (loyalty to self)
o transmission or change of culture is also influenced by
professional and peer groups
Management of Corporate Culture
17
Cultural Formation, Maintenance, and Change
Assessing Culture
• Culture is multi-tiered and ill-defined
• Quantitative methods:
– questionnaires and interview formats 
eliciting org. values, norms, and beliefs
– quasi-experimental designs
– multi-variate statistical analyses
• Qualitative methods:
– interacting probing  basic underlying
assumptions
Management of Corporate Culture
18
Managing A Diverse Work Force
Managing a Diverse Work Force
1
Managing A Diverse Work Force
• Defining Diversity
• Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
• Different Approaches to Diversity:
Organizational Typologies
• Characteristics and Assumptions of
Multicultural Companies
• Strategies for Managing a Diverse Work Force
Managing a Diverse Work Force
2
Why we need diverse teams
… when you have a team where everyone
looks alike and thinks alike, they come up
with the same solution. Diverse teams make
better decisions, and solve problems faster
and better. That equates to better solutions for
our customers
Managing a Diverse Work Force
3
Why Diverse Teams Are Smarter
• Striving to increase workplace diversity is not an
empty slogan — it is a good business decision
• A 2015 McKinsey report on 366 public companies
found that
– those in the top quartile for ethnic and racial diversity in
management were 35% more likely to have financial
returns above their industry mean, and
– those in the top quartile for gender diversity were 15%
more likely to have returns above the industry mean
Managing a Diverse Work Force
4
Defining Diversity
• In terms of race and gender
• Under many labels:




affirmative action
civil rights
quotas
reverse discrimination
• As a product of individuals’ characteristics
– different resources and perspectives
– distinctive needs, preferences, expectations, and life
styles
• As otherness
Managing a Diverse Work Force
5
Defining Diversity (continued)
• Allows all kinds of people to reach their full
potential in pursuit of corporate objectives
• In two dimensions:
o primary dimensions: age, ethnicity, gender,
physical abilities and qualities, race, and sexual or
affectional orientation
o secondary dimensions: education, income,
geographic location, marital status, and religious
background
Managing a Diverse Work Force
6
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
• Future realities
• The aging of the work force
• Women in the work force
• Minority and immigrant workers
• Other dimensions
of
diversity
Managing a Diverse Work Force
7
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
Future Realities
• A shrinking pool of skilled workers
• Diversity in preference, thoughts, and
behaviors
Managing a Diverse Work Force
8
Hospitals face workforce shortages in key care-giving professions…
Vacancy Rates for Selected Hospital Personnel
December 2005
8.5%
7.6%
7.3%
6.3%
5.9%
4.4%
118,000 RN
Vacancies*
Registered
Nurses
Nursing
Assistants
LPNs
Laboratory
Technicians
Managing a Diverse Work Force
Imaging
Technicians
Pharmacists
9
Percent of Hospitals Reporting Recruitment
More Difficult in 2005 vs. 2004
Registered Nurses
49%
Pharmacists
45%
Laboratory Technicians
39%
Imaging Technicians
36%
Billing/Coders
22%
Nursing Assistants
19%
LPNs
18%
Housekeeping/ Maintenance
15%
IT Technologists
15%
0%
10%
20%
30%
Managing a Diverse Work Force
40%
50%
60%
10
Hospitals face workforce shortages in key care-giving professions…
Vacancy Rates for Selected Hospital Personnel, December 2006
Therapists (ST, OT, PT)*
11.4%
Registered nurses
8.1%
Pharmacists
8.1%
Nursing Assistants
8.0%
LPNs
6.6%
Laboratory Technicians
5.9%
Imaging Technicians
5.9%
RN Vacancies
116,000*
Source: 2007 AHA Survey of Hospital Leaders
Managing a Diverse Work Force
11
Percent of Hospitals Reporting Recruitment More Difficut in 2006 vs. 2005
Therapists (Speech, Occupational, Physical
Registered Nurses
Pharmacists
Laboratory Technicians
Imaging Technicians
Billing/Coders
Nursing Assistants
IT Technologists
LPNs
Housekeeping/Maintenance
Source: 2007 AHA Survey of Hospital Leaders
Managing a Diverse Work Force
58%
44%
44%
41%
28%
28%
22%
20%
19%
17%
12
Percent of Hospitals Reporting Service Impacts of Workforce Shortage, 2006
Decreased Staff Satisfaction
ED Overcrowding
Decreased Patient Satisfaction
Diverted ED Patients
Reduced Number of Staffed Beds
Delayed Discharge/Increased Length of Stay
Increased Wait Times to Surgery
Discontinued Programs/Reduced Service Hours
Cancelled Surgeries
Curtailed Acquisition of New Technology
Curtailed Plans for Facility Expansion
Managing a Diverse Work Force
Source: 2007 AHA Survey of Hospital Leaders
49%
36%
35%
21%
17%
17%
13%
13%
9%
8%
6%
13
Percent of Hospitals Reporting That They Hired Foreign-Educated*
Nurses to Help Fill RN Vacancies in 2006
Yes
No
17%
83%
Percent of Hospitals Reporting More, Less or the Same Number of
Foreign-Educated* Nurses to Fill Vacancies in 2006 vs 2005
More
Less
Same
42%
23%
35%
Source: 2007 AHA Survey of Hospital Leaders
Managing a Diverse Work Force
14
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
Demographic Factors
• Current demographics
– Minority 34%
– Minority physicians 6%, minority nurses 9%,
minority dentists 5%
• Demographics in 2030
– Minority 40%
Managing a Diverse Work Force
15
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
The Generational Workforce
• Traditionalist generation: born before 1946
– Work 8am-5pm, frugal, hardworking conformists
• Baby boomers: born 1946-65
– Raised by the traditionalist generation
– Value personal growth, hard work, individuality, and equality of
the genders
Managing a Diverse Work Force
16
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
The Generational Workforce
• Generation X: born 1966-76
– Self-reliant, optimistic, and confident
– Grow in a highly sophisticated media, and computer
environment
• Generation Y: born 1977-94
– Respect different races, ethnic groups, and sexual
orientations
– Accustomed to computer tech, immediacy, and multitasking
• Millennial: born 1980-95
• Generation Z: born 1995-2012
Managing a Diverse Work Force
17
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
The Generational Workforce (continued)
• Realities:
o Large pool of older nurses considers retirement
o Generation Xers and Yers are less flexible with
training and relocation
Managing a Diverse Work Force
18
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
The Aging of Work Force
• Is the most significant demographic force
• Is influenced by the large baby boom cohort
(between 1946 and 1961):
o workers’ average age: 42 in 2018
o 23% of workers is at least 55 in 2000
• Is influenced by the smaller baby bust
cohort:
o growth rate of the work force is less than 1%
per year
Managing a Diverse Work Force
19
2,000
Chart 5.10:
Distribution of RN Workforce by Age Group
1980 – 2020 (Projected)
60s
Age 40 and over
1,500
50s
1,000
500
40s
0
Age under 40
Number of RNs (Thousands)
Age
Group
30s
500
20s
1,000
1980
1990
2000
2010 (proj.)
2020 (proj.)
Source: 2010 & 2020 projections derived from The Lewin Group analysis of National Sample Survey of
Registered Nurses, 2000; 1980, 1990, and 2000 estimates from National Sample Survey of Registered
Nurses, National Center for Health Workforce Analysis, Bureau of Health Professions, Health Resources and
Services Administration
5-11
Managing a Diverse Work Force
20
Table 1. Active RNs in the U.S. by Gender and Age Group, 2004
Age Group
< 25 Male Female Percent 1,731 57,843 2.5% 25 to 29 10,955 148,721 6.7% 30 to 34 15,508 205,543 9.2% 35 to 39 19,217 237,693 10.7% 40 to 44 23,951 336,195 15.0% 45 to 49 30,986 418,634 18.8% 50 to 54 24,098 382,650 17.0% 55 to 59 13,469 257,640 11.3% 60 to 64 4,909 131,281 5.7% 65 + 1,819 73,486 3.1% Percent 6.1% 93.9% 2,396,329 Source: 2004 NSSRN Managing a Diverse Work Force 21 Why Manage Diversity? Exploring Environmental Realities The Aging of Work Force (continued) • Realities: o a large pool of old workers (>= 55 years) who
are well-educated, highly skilled, and eager to
work
o an acute decline in the number of young
workers
Managing a Diverse Work Force
22
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
Women in the Work Force
1950







1990
2000
Working women
34%
57.5%
61%
Work force
30%
46%
46.5%
71% of mothers have full-time jobs
Most women work primarily because of economic need
A few prefer full-time employment
Most would like part-time jobs
Management practices
2015
61.2%
46.8%
o remove barriers that deny women access to upper management level
o change practices of differential salaries
Managing a Diverse Work Force
23
Civilian Labor Force by Gender
Managing a Diverse Work Force
24
Female Labor Force Participation Rate
Managing a Diverse Work Force
25
Managing a Diverse Work Force
26
Managing a Diverse Work Force
27
Managing a Diverse Work Force
28
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
Minority and Immigrant Workers
• In 2000
– Minority comprise about 1/3 of the new work
force entrants
– Immigrants make up another 14%
– Minority and immigrants occupy 26% of all
jobs
Managing a Diverse Work Force
29
Managing a Diverse Work Force
30
Racial Composition of US Population and RNs, 2006-2010
Managing a Diverse Work Force
31
Racial Composition of US Population and RNs, 2006-2010
Managing a Diverse Work Force
32
Why Manage Diversity? Exploring
Environmental Realities
Other Dimensions of Diversity
• People with disabilities and people with HIV
disease
• Disabled persons confronted social and physical
barriers
• The legislated Americans with Disabilities Act
Managing a Diverse Work Force
33
Different Approaches to Diversity:
Organizational Typolog

Re: 18 years old with complaint of acne.

Description

The differentials you have chosen tie to the patient’s chief complaint. In your case study, one of my first thoughts was is this patient obese? and does she have regular periods. Patients that present with acne that have these two factors tend to have syndrome called PCOS. What is it? and would it apply to your patient in this case? (I”m not sure if this is a real or fictitious patient….so I”m curious to know your thoughts).What case details in your case study tie to your 3rd differential of acneiform eruptions given your description of it……which type would apply to your patient?


Written Assignment – CAM

Description

Using a PowerPoint, write on “Complementary Medicine daily” using 2 recent articles that you have found regarding the topic. In-text citation and references within the last 3 years.


Nursing Theory Paper

Description

This assignment requires to write a 700 to 1050 word paper NOT INCLUDING the title or reference page that explains how a foundational theory may be applied by the advanced practice nurse. The paper must include all the elements in the form below. The nursing theory I chose is the theory of goal attainment by King; I also uploaded below the initial paper I wrote to explain the theory I chose for this paper


Unformatted Attachment Preview

ac Replace
Select all
Paint Date and Insert
rawing time object
Insert
Editing
e missing or displayed improperly.
2
3
4
1
5
6.
7
Nursing Theory Paper
Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper (not including the title or reference page) that explains how a foundational
theory may be applied by the advanced practice nurse. Your paper must:
.
Describe the foundational theory and explain how it may be applied by the advanced practice nurse.
Evaluate how applying this theory can impact your role as advanced practice nurse, your clinical
practice, and healthcare outcomes.
Include a title page, body (700 to 1,050 words), and reference page. The body of your paper should have
a brief introduction, succinct discussion as required, and a brief conclusion at the end.
Include at least 5 references from peer-reviewed, scholarly journals. See Evaluating Information Sources:
What Is a Peer-Reviewed Article? and Scholarly Articles for more information about scholarly sources.
Format all elements of your paper according to APA guidelines. See the Purdue Owl website and the
Example APA Paper for more information about APA formatting
I
pic
POPMENAINE PROUXININU.
20.pdf
THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS
3
.
Nurses are supposed to communicate and ensure proper understanding
between them and their patients if the overall goal of patient wellness is to
be attained
5. King’s theory of goal attainment advocates for sufficient knowledge concerning
relationships and effective communication
• Any nurse is supposed to have a good relationship with their patients a
factor that would help them understand their patient’s conditions, enhance
the overall patient care quality, and subsequently raise the quality of life of
the given patient
I
I
< + 20paper%20.pdf THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS 2 1. The nursing theory by King has three individual interacting systems which are personal, social, and interpersonal. Each of the mentioned constituents has a concept. For the personal system, the resulting components are self, perception, development, and growth. Other constituents for the same system are body image, space, and time. Four factors that can influence the achievement of goals are roles, stress, space, and time (King, 1992). 2. The King's model includes a lot of assumptions like . The essential focus of nursing is the primary care of the patient and that; persons are open systems that are interacting with their surrounding constantly. 3. King provides updated information regarding the process of nursing. . The step he describes in the nursing process includes assessment, nursing diagnosis, planning, implementation, and lastly evaluation. Application of King's theory 4. The theory of goal attainment can be applied differently in practice. The chief aim of King's theory of goal attainment is client dignity and humanistic relationships. . As per King's argument, nurses in any health facility need to interact effectively with their patients. . Nurse's correct perception of their patient's personal system is what promotes goal attainment and tightens nurse-patient interaction (TK, and Chandran, 2017). Que PO PROU XININ 20.pdf THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS 4 References King, I. M. (1992). King's Theory of Goal Attainment. Nursing Science Quarterly, 5(1), 19-26. doi:10.1177/089431849200500107 TK, A., & Chandran, S. (2017). Imogene King: Theory of Goal Attainment. Application of Nursing Theories, 57-57. doi:10.5005/jp/books/13072_7 Purchase answer to see full attachment

Discussion Q reply research week 10

Description

Please respond to the following two post with 100 word and one reference each

Week 10: Dayana De Leon

Chapters 16 and 17 of the book by Tappen (2016) cover data collection in nursing research and interventions mechanisms in care delivery practices respectively. The two topics are equally relevant in the nursing practice, and offer critical perspectives on how caregivers can improve their work as professionals and make significant contributions in the nursing field.

Chapter 16 covers the implications of using different data collection techniques in nursing research. Specifically, the segment encompasses historical, Internet-based, and secondary research techniques, as applicable in the care delivery field (Tappen, 2016). A major takeaway was that all these strategies have their set of advantages and disadvantages. Thus, researchers must determine the appropriate data collection protocols guided by such aspects as population sample and significance of the sought research. When a researcher faces budget constraints, for example, the individual can opt for the online-based research as the most appropriate data collection strategy.

While chapter 16 covers data collection techniques, chapter 17 elucidates on nursing interventions protocols and ways to implement them. This section is particularly relevant in care delivery because of the prominence of such issues as incompatible care delivery strategies in the care delivery field (Urden, Stacy, & Lough, 2019). The segment lists types of intervention protocols, which include educational, lifestyle, and self-care interventions. Essentially, based on the evaluation, when working with patients, nurses should choose appropriate methods that increase patient outcomes. Overall, the implication of the chapter is that the successful execution of intervention plans requires close monitoring, planning, and adjustments. The use of existing models by researchers to implement interventions aimed at making the process effective and easier is one such example.

In summary, chapter 16 and 17 readings appeal to the considerations of evidence-based practice and improvement of care delivery. Whether collecting data or selecting intervention plans, nurses should determine the best protocols that can generate the best results. Ultimately, through information and evidence-based practice, caregivers can improve the nursing field.

References

Tappen, R. M. (2016). Advanced nursing research: From theory to practice. Burlington, Massachusetts: Jones & Bartlett Publishers.

Urden, L. D., Stacy, K. M., & Lough, M. E. (2019). Priorities in critical care nursing-e-book. New York, NY: Elsevier Health Sciences.

#2

Kasandra Adras-Childs: Week 10

Within this week’s readings of Chapter 16 and 17, many topics were covered that ties into our current day to day lives with technology. Nowadays the growing interest in electronics, technology based learned and the Internet are a an all time high. Providers as well as patients now are able to surf the web for certain symptoms or general questions that they might have in regards to almost anything that one can think of. Chapter 16 discuses the use of internet- based practices and its promises to grow exponentially (Tappen, 2011). Within this chapter, methods are described on how the internet can and will be used to help support and conduct research such as collecting data on undesirable and sensitive topics, recruitment of participants, finding access to resources as well as tracking outbreaks such as diseases or other health concerns (Tappen, 2013). Masters Essential V: Informatics and Healthcare Technologies helps to explain how healthcare providers uses technology to deliver and also enhance care and the best possible health care results by communicating through and with the aid of technology (AACN,2013).

Although the Internet and online sources has plentiful of advantages especially during this era of increasing usage of technology, there are disadvantages as well. For example it has been explained that data are often times not the ideal form for a planned analysis and can also be more difficult to find a database containing desirable information (Tappen, 2013).

Chapter 17, goes into detail to provide ample of information on interventions within a study as well as the dimensions of interventions in relation to care such as the complexity, intensity, and the focus of care (Tappen, 2013). All in all, these chapters were very informative as well as interesting to read as they relate to nowadays practice with technology and the use of the Internet that we as healthcare providers are becoming all too familiar with.

References

AACN. (2011). The essentials of master’s education in nursing.

Tappen, R. M. (2011). Advanced nursing research: From theory to practice. Sudbury, MA: Jones & Bartlett Learning.


Discussion 8-HGMT

Description

Research and discuss with your colleagues two health care challenges in the future for public or private health care organizations. You must select two challenges and discuss: How will these challenges affect patients and the health care organization? Be specific as to which type of health care organization you are dealing with [i.e. HMOs. PPOs, POS, urgent care centers, physician outpatient care surgical centers, etc.]. Peers are expected to demonstrate critical thinking in their questions related to the classmates’ descriptions. See Discussion Expectations and Grading for rules on discussions.Assigned reading materials:Improving Ethical Decision Making in Healthcare Leadership https://www.omicsonline.org/open-access/improving-ethical-decision-making-in-health-care-leadership-2151-6219-4-e101.pdfRuger, J.P. (2011). Shared Health Governance. The American Journal of Bioethics, 11 (7), 32-45. See http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1752295 [you can download entire paper for free]


discussion question 1

Description

Discuss the correlation between nursing education and positive patient
outcomes. Include current research that links patient safety outcomes to
advanced degrees in nursing. Based on some real-life experiences,
explain whether you agree or disagree with this research.


HHS460 Respond to peer discussion post

Description

Review your classmates’ posts, and respond to your peers. When responding to your classmates, please provide in-depth feedback on their post and cite any sources used to further their discussion (100 to 150 words each) why do you agree or disagree.There should be a total of 4 responses.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

HHS 460 Research Methods in Health & Human Services
Applied Social Research
Monette/Sullivan/Dejong
9th Edition
Review your classmates’ posts, and respond to your peers. When responding to your
classmates, please provide in-depth feedback on their post and cite any sources used to
further their discussion (100 to 150 words each) why do you agree or disagree. There
should be a total of 4 responses.
Discussion 1 Dominique and Elizabeth
Dominique
Categorize and define different sources of information appropriately used by an HHS
professional. Which approach would you choose to make this determination?
I decided to use the positivist approach because I can use research to find data that supports my
position on which health care plan is the best, in terms of health care coverage, doctors, and
affordable care. Therefore the positivist approach is more appropriate when determining the
difference between health care systems in the U.S. and Canada. According to John Hopkins
Bloomberg School of Public Health, The United States spends much more on health care than other
developed countries not because of more significant health care utilization but because of higher
prices on drugs, salaries for doctors, nurses, and administration and higher cost of medical services
(2019). Patients spend money paying for health care to private health insurance companies. While
some patients received Medicaid and Medicare
coverage, which is funded by the U.S. government, other patients who can afford health care have to
pay co-pays to their health insurance companies to receive medical care. On the other hand,
Canada’s health care system is a group of health insurance plans that offers coverage to all of their
citizens, which includes preventative care, medical treatments, and access to all hospitals (Canadian
Healthcare, 2007, Intro to Canadian Healthcare). Unlike the U.S. Health care plan, citizens of
Canada do not have to deal with increase in cost of coverage because they have a pre set amount
that is determined by their government.
Resources:
John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2019, U.S. Health Care Spending Highest Among
Developed Countries retrieved from https://www.jhsph.edu/news/news-releases/2019/ushealth-care-spending-highest-among-developed-countries.html (Links to an external site.)
Canadian Healthcare, 2007, Intro to Canadian Healthcare retrieved from www.canadianhealthcare.org/ (Links to an external site.)
Elizabeth
In relation to choosing which approach, I would choose the positivist approach. ”
Astronomers, for example, use telescopes to discover stars and galaxies, which exist
regardless of whether we are aware of them. So, too, scientists can study human beings in
terms of observable behaviors that can be recorded using objective techniques.” (Monette,
et al., 2017) Canadian National Health Plan encompasses its citizens and pays for coverage
funded by taxes. “Individuals who are not Canadian residents are not covered by the
universal healthcare system, though they are eligible for limited benefits. People who fall
under this umbrella are undocumented immigrants, temporary visitors, illegal immigrants,
and individuals who stay past their permit dates.” (American Institute of Medical Sciences
and Education, 2018) American citizens pay for their own healthcare coverage through
private companies, like Obamacare.
The positivist approach can determine the scientific aspect of the plans, as opposed to the
social aspect. “…argues that the world exists independently of people’s perceptions of it
and that science uses objective techniques to discover what exists in the world.” (Monette,
et al., 2017)
References
American Institute of Medical Sciences and Education. (2018). US vs Canadian
Healthcare: What Are the Differences?. Retrieved from
https://www.aimseducation.edu/blog/us-vs-canadian-healthcare-differences/
Monette, D., Sullivan, T. & DeJong, C. (2017). Applied social research (9th ed.). Retrieved
from https://content.ashford.edu
Discussion 2 Celeste and Geneva
Celeste
The concepts of research format explain as to what to expect from the research through a
summary. This also helps to see shows any areas in which may need modification before
conducting the experiments. This correlates to the scientific method as it is explaining what
the research is about. It lays out a plan for how the direction of the investigation will go.
The Scientific Method is not a formula, but rather a process with a number of sequential
steps designed to create an explainable outcome that increases our knowledge base (The
Scientific Method, 2019.) Phases of the scientific method include: Asking a question,
conducting background research, formulating a hypothesis, testing the hypothesis,
analyzing data, forming a conclusion, and communicating results. In summary, the”
Scientific Method produces answers to questions posed in the form of a working
hypothesis that enables us to derive theories about what we observe in the world around
us.” (The Scientific Method, 2019). Its power lies in its ability to be repeated, providing
unbiased answers to questions to obtain theories.
References:
The Scientific Method – unce.unr.edu.
https://www.unce.unr.edu/publications/files/cd/2002/fs0266.pdf
Geneva
Friday Oct 18 at 12:22am
Manage Discussion Entry
A key to research that can be used and repeated is the careful definition of the significant
concepts in the study. The idea of research is to show the purpose of why you need the
research. It helps to weed out information to see if it is necessary. The scientific method
should be recognized from the aims and products of science, such as knowledge,
predictions, or control (Andersen, Hanne, and Hepburn, Brian, 2016). Scientific research is
systematic and carefully planned. The systematic nature of research is at the core of the
scientific method (1-1). The logic of scientific analysis involves an interplay between
deduction, or deriving testable hypotheses, and induction, or assessing theories based on
tests of hypotheses derived from the methods (2.4). Scientific research can use a neutral,
planned, multiple-step process by using data already discovered beforehand that does not
exist in the literature(Çaparlar and Dönmez, 2016). It can be observational or experiential
concerning data collection techniques, descriptive or analytic concerning causality, and
prospective, retrospective, or cross-sectional concerning time(Çaparlar and Dönmez,
2016).
Andersen, Hanne, and Hepburn, Brian, “Scientific Method,” The Stanford Encyclopedia of
Philosophy (Summer 2016 Edition), Edward N. Zalta (ed.), URL =
.
Çaparlar, C. Ö., & Dönmez, A. (2016). What is Scientific Research, and How Can it Be Done?.
Turkish journal of anaesthesiology and reanimation, 44(4), 212–218.
doi:10.5152/TJAR.2016.34711

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

EVALUATION OF UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARLY PAPER CRITERIA Value % %

Description

Personal Philosophy Paper: Each student will type a 4– 5-page paper (including title page and references). The paper should be submitted in APA format. Select from the following topics. The student’s philosophy of: Nursing education Nursing Interaction of health care professionals with clients 60 Organization Structure 1. Includes purpose in introduction. 2. Paper is logically arranged with introduction, body, and summary. 3. Subsections and paragraphs reflect the main idea. 4. Transitions occur between thoughts. 15 Literacy and Style 1. Uses professional vocabulary. 2. Uses correct grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization. 3. Maintains economy of expression. 15 APA 1. Title page is correct. 2. Page numbering is accurate. 3. Page header is appropriate. 4. Citation of references in text is correct. • Direct quotes • Paraphrasing 5. Reference list follows APA format. • Citations in text are included on reference list • Reference list citations are included in text 10 Final Grade 100–If you can please write 5 pages


Community health

Description

Child and Adolescent Health

Read chapter 16 of the class textbook and review the attached PowerPoint presentation. Once done, answer the following questions;

1. Identify and discuss the major indicators of child and adolescent health status.

2. Describe and discuss the social determinants of child and adolescent health.

3. Mention and discuss at least 2 public programs and prevention strategies targeted to children’s health.

4. Mention and discuss the individual and societal costs of poor child health status.

INSTRUCTIONS:

As stated in the syllabus present your assignment in an APA format word document, Arial 12 font attached to the forum in the discussion tab of the blackboard titled “Week 12 discussion questions” and the SafeAssign exercise in the assignment tab of the blackboard. It is mandatory to post your assignment in the SafeAssign exercise. If the assignment is not posted there, I will grade the assignment as 0. A minimum of 2 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted. You must post two replies to any of your peers sustained with the proper references no older than 5 years in two different days to verify attendance and as well make sure the references are properly quoted and mention to whom you are replying to. The reply is a comment to your peer not an extension of your assignment. What I mean is that you can’t post in your replies the same that you posted in your assignment. A minimum of 800 words is required. Please make sure to follow the instructions as given and use either spell-check or Grammarly before you post your assignment. I will also pay close attention to spelling and/or grammar. Please review the rubric attached to the lecture. You must present the assignment according to how it is posted, answering the questions by number, essay-style assignments will not be accepted unless otherwise specified. I’ve been grading a lot of assignments with quite a few spelling/grammar errors. As a BSN student, you should be able to present an assignment according to APA and without errors. This reflects our University.


I need some help in my Med surg work, I going to send details about it, at least 10 pages, thank you.

Description

The endocrine system.

From the next chart, endocrine glands and hormones are all included. You need to develop a project presentation with information on assessment and general information on all mentioned hormones and structures within the normal functioning of endocrine system and main diseases within this system. You will make emphasis in pharmacological and non-pharmacological management; all laboratory tests, as well as image procedures used to diagnosed and treat these conditions. The project will be checked for plagiarism. The date line is November 25th, 2019.

Hypothalamus

Corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH)
Thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH)
Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH)
Growth hormone–releasing hormone (GHRH)
Growth hormone–inhibiting hormone (somatostatin GHIH)
Prolactin-inhibiting hormone (PIH)
Melanocyte-inhibiting hormone (MIH)

Anterior pituitary

Thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), also known as thyrotropin
Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH, corticotropin)
Luteinizing hormone (LH), also known as Leydig cell–stimulating hormone (LCSH)
Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH)
Prolactin (PRL)
Growth hormone (GH)
Melanocyte-stimulating hormone (MSH)

Posterior pituitary

Vasopressin (antidiuretic hormone [ADH])
Oxytocin

Thyroid

Triiodothyronine (T3)
Thyroxine (T4)
Calcitonin

Parathyroid

Parathyroid hormone (PTH)

Adrenal cortex

Glucocorticoids (cortisol)
Mineralocorticoids (aldosterone)

Adrenal Medulla

Epinephrine
Norepinephrine

Ovary

Estrogen
Progesterone

Testes

Testosterone

Pancreas

Insulin
Glucagon
Somatostatin


Medication Errors

Description

Hello Again! This paper has to be a continuation of the one I just sent. Same Topic. Rubric will be attached please see distinguished column. 4 pages If you need any additional info let me know Thank you


Unformatted Attachment Preview

11/18/2019
Assessment 3 Instructions: Analyze a Current Health Care …
Susan Patterson
Tutorials
Support
Log Out
Course
Navigation
NHS-FPX4000
– OCT 07 2019

FACULTY
TO DEC 29 2019 – SECTION 04

JamieRoslyn
Holub
Ellis 1

COACH

Assessment 3 Instructions: Analyze a Current Health Care Problem
or
Issue
Announcements
Home
Write
Introduction
a 4-6-page analysis of a current problem or issue in health care, including a proposed solution and possible
ethical implications.
Syllabus
Introduction
Set Target Dates
In your health care career you will be confronted with many problems that demand a solution. By using research
skills you can learn what others are doing and saying about similar problems. Then you can analyze the problem and
the
people and systems it affects. You can examine potential solutions and their ramifications. This assessment
ASSESSMENTS
allows you to practice this approach with a real world problem.
Assessment 1: Applying Ethical
Principles
Demonstration of Proficiency
Assessment 2: Applying Research
Skills
By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course
competencies and assessment criteria:
Assessment 3: Analyze a Current
Health
Care Problem
or Issue
Competency
1: Apply
information literacy and library research skills to obtain scholarly information in the field
of health care.
Use Course
scholarly information to describe and explain a health care problem or issue and identify possible
Complete This
causes for it.
Competency 2: Apply scholarly information through critical thinking to solve problems in the field of health
care.
VitalSourceAnalyze
Bookshelf
a health care problem or issue by describing the context, explaining why it is important, and
identifying populations affected by it.
Academic Plan
Discuss potential solutions for a health care problem or issue and describe what would be required to
implement a solution.
Courseroom
Help3: Apply ethical principles and academic standards to the study of health care.
Competency
Analyze the ethical implications if a potential solution to a health care problem or issue was
SafeAssign implemented.
Competency 4: Communicate in a manner that is scholarly, professional, and respectful of the diversity,
dignity, and integrity of others, and that is consistent with expectations for health care professionals.
ePortfolio
Write clearly and logically, with correct use of spelling, grammar, punctuation, and mechanics.
Write following
APA style for in-text citations, quotes, and references.
Capella Facebook
Community
NHS Learner Success Lab
Instructions
CORE ELMS
Note: The requirements outlined below correspond to the grading criteria in the scoring guide. At a minimum, be
sure to address each point. In addition, you are encouraged to review the performance-level descriptions for each
criterion to see how your work will be assessed.
1. Describe the health care problem or issue you selected for use in Assessment 2 (from the Assessment Topic
Areas | Transcript media piece) and provide details about it.
https://courserooma.capella.edu/webapps/blackboard/content/listContent.jsp?course_id=_214758_1&content_id=_8102858_1
1/3
11/18/2019
Assessment 3 Instructions: Analyze a Current Health Care …
2. To explore your chosen topic, you should use the first four steps of the Socratic Problem-Solving Approach to
aid your critical thinking. This approach was introduced in the second assessment.
3. Identify possible causes for the problem or issue.
4. Use scholarly information to explain the health care problem or issue.
5. Identify at least three scholarly or academic peer-reviewed journal articles about the topic.
You may use articles you found while working on Assessment 2 or you may search the Capella Library
for other articles.
You may find the applicable Undergraduate Library Research Guide helpful in your search.
6. Assess the credibility of the information sources.
7. Assess the relevance of the information sources.
8. Analyze the problem or issue.
Describe the setting or context for the problems or issues.
Describe why the problem or issue is important to you.
Identify groups of people affected by the problem or issue.
9. Discuss potential solutions for the problem or issue.
Compare your opinion with other opinions you find in sources from the Capella Library.
Provide the pros and cons for one of the solutions you are proposing.
10. Analyze the ethical implications if the potential solution (the one for which you provide pros and cons) were to
be implemented.
Discuss the pros and cons of implementing the proposed solution from an ethical principle point of
view.
Provide examples from the literature to support the points you are making.
11. Describe what would be necessary to implement the proposed solution.
Example Assessment: You may use the following to give you an idea of what a Proficient or higher rating on the
scoring guide would look like:
Assessment 3 Example [PDF].
Additional Requirements
1. Length: At least 4–6 typed, double-spaced pages, not including the title page and reference page.
2. Font and font size: Times New Roman, 12 point.
3. APA Template: Use the APA Style Paper Template [DOCX] as the paper format and the APA Style Paper
Tutorial [DOC] for guidance.
4. Written communication: Write clearly and logically, with correct use of spelling, grammar, punctuation, and
mechanics.
5. Using outside sources: Integrate information from outside sources into academic writing by appropriately
quoting, paraphrasing, and summarizing, following APA style.
6. References: Integrate information from outside sources to include at least three scholarly or academic peerreviewed journal articles and three in-text citations within the paper.
7. APA format: Follow current APA guidelines for in-text citations of outside sources in the body of your paper
and also on the reference page.
https://courserooma.capella.edu/webapps/blackboard/content/listContent.jsp?course_id=_214758_1&content_id=_8102858_1
2/3
11/18/2019
Assessment 3 Instructions: Analyze a Current Health Care …
Organize your paper using the following structure and headings:
Title page. A separate page.
Introduction. A brief one-paragraph statement about the purpose of the paper.
Elements of the problem/issue. Identify the elements of the problem or issue or question.
Analysis. Analyze, define, and frame the problem or issue.
Considering options. Consider solutions, responses, or answers.
Solution. Choose a solution, response, or answer.
Ethical implications. Ethical implications of implementing the solution.
Implementation. Implementation of the potential solution.
Conclusion. One paragraph.
Note: Read the Analyze a Current Health Care Problem or Issue Scoring Guide to fully understand how your paper
will be graded.
If you would like assistance in organizing your assessment, or if you simply have a question about your assessment,
do not hesitate to ask faculty or the teaching assistants in the NHS Learner Success Lab for guidance and
suggestions.
Note: Your instructor may also use the Writing Feedback Tool to provide feedback on your writing. In the tool, click
the linked resources for helpful writing information.
SCORING GUIDE
Use the scoring guide to understand how your assessment will be evaluated.
VIEW SCORING GUIDE

https://courserooma.capella.edu/webapps/blackboard/content/listContent.jsp?course_id=_214758_1&content_id=_8102858_1
3/3
Analyze a Current Health Care Problem or Issue Scoring Guide
CRITERIA
NON-PERFORMANCE
BASIC
PROFICIENT
DISTINGUISHED
Use scholarly
information to
describe and explain
a health care problem
or issue and identify
possible causes for
it.
Does not use
scholarly information
to describe and
explain a health care
problem or issue
and identify possible
causes for it.
Describes a health care
problem or issue but
does not explain it or
identifies possible
causes for a problem or
issues but the
identification is
incomplete or
inaccurate.
Uses scholarly
information to
describe and
explain a health
care problem or
issue and identify
possible causes for
it.
Uses scholarly information to
describe and explain a health
care problem or issue and
identify possible causes for
it. Indicates which causes
are the most likely.
Analyze a health care
problem or issue by
describing the
context, explaining
why it is important,
and identifying
populations affected
by it.
Does not analyze a
health care problem
or issue by
describing the
context, explaining
why it is important,
and identifying
populations affected
by it.
Identifies a health care
problem or issue but
does not analyze it.
Analyzes a health
care problem or
issue by describing
the context,
explaining why it is
important, and
identifying
populations
affected by it.
Analyzes a health care
problem or issue by
describing the context,
explaining why it is
important, and identifying
populations affected by it.
Provides examples that
support the analysis.
Discuss potential
solutions for a health
care problem or issue
and describe what
would be required to
implement a solution.
Does not discuss
potential solutions
for a health care
problem or issue
and describe what
would be required to
implement a
solution.
Incompletely or
inaccurately discusses
potential solutions for a
health care problem or
issue and what would
be required to
implement a solution.
Discusses potential
solutions for a
health care
problem or issue
and describes what
would be required
to implement a
solution.
Discusses potential solutions
for a health care problem or
issue and describes what
would be required to
implement a solution and
describes potential
consequences of ignoring
the problem or issue.
Analyze the ethical
implications if a
potential solution to a
health care problem
or issue was
implemented.
Does not analyze
the ethical
implications if a
potential solution to
a health care
problem or issue
was implemented.
Identifies ethical
implications if a
potential solution to a
health care problem or
issue was implemented
but does not analyze
the implications.
Analyzes the
ethical implications
if a potential
solution to a health
care problem or
issue was
implemented.
Analyzes the ethical
implications if a potential
solution to a health care
problem or issue was
implemented and uses
examples from the literature
to support the analysis.
Write clearly and
logically, with correct
use of spelling,
grammar,
punctuation, and
mechanics.
Does not write
clearly and logically,
with correct use of
spelling, grammar,
punctuation, and
mechanics.
Writes clearly and
logically, with correct
use of spelling,
grammar, punctuation,
and mechanics with
some errors and
lapses.
Writes clearly and
logically, with
correct use of
spelling, grammar,
punctuation, and
mechanics.
Writes clearly and logically,
using evidence to support a
central idea, with correct use
of spelling, grammar,
punctuation, and mechanics;
the paper contains
supporting examples for the
main points.
Write following APA
style for in-text
citations, quotes, and
references.
Does not write
following APA style
for in-text citations,
quotes, and
references.
Writes following APA
style for in-text
citations, quotes, and
references with some
errors and lapses.
Writes following
APA style for in-text
citations, quotes,
and references.
Writes following APA style for
in-text citations, quotes, and
references without errors,
and uses current reference
sources.
/

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Please list any individuals you know who have received their PharmD from Wingate University School of Pharmacy

Description

Please list any individuals you know who have received their PharmD from Wingate University School of Pharmacy the answer needs to be less than 1000 character.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Applications
The Wingate family
After speaking to several people including people I consider successful pharmacists, I was
directed to apply for a scholarship at Wingate. My mentor mentions that he studied in this college,
and I have nothing but admiration for his principles, professionalism, and leadership traits when it
comes to dealing with other members of staff and most impressively the patients. He mentions that
the values taught at Wingate are unmatched, and if I would like to pursue my dream in pharmacy,
I should seek a chance at Wingate Family. After visiting your website, your teaching protocols
that aim at enhancing the students’ professionalism, clinical skills, and classroom knowledge
fascinated me further. I believe that this is the right place to nurture my pharmaceutical passion
and become a professional.
Having worked as an intern in a pharmaceutical store, I have developed a burning passion
for the field and will do anything to take up a chance to pursue pharmacy. People around me also
face challenges that I feel that I can only assist them to resolve if I pursued pharmacy. My
grandfather, for instance, needs pharmaceutical consultation, but he cannot afford it. Recently, he
had his 90th birthday and I wish he could grow older to see me succeed professionally. However,
I am always troubled by the fact that he is suffering too much with some conditions that come with
old age. The greatest struggle in maintaining his health is following his prescription drugs and the
cost of drugs. He takes 10 to 14 prescription drugs a day, which has been trouble managing,
considering that at his age, even his memory has slowed down somehow. Sometimes he goes back
to physicians because of some of the drugs negatively and cause him some allergic reactions.
Consequently, my short-term goal as a pharmacist is to assist people who struggle with
prescriptions in my community which has few medical practitioners overcome some of these
persistent concerns. I hope to assist my grandfather to have a good medical log, easy to follow
even when he is alone, and also check his medications to ensure that they do not interact.
Additionally, I also seek to pursue a career in pharmacy in order to get a deeper understanding of
drugs, their side effects, as well as their interactions with one another in human bodies. This
understanding is vital to my patients and me since I will be able to assist them to avoid negative
experiences such as allergies as it has been the case with my grandfather.
Campbell University
Are there any elements of your application for which you would like to add additional details
that are not covered under special circumstances (ex: academic struggles, PCAT scores,
etc.)?
My academic qualifications, participation in football, and other qualifications are attached.
However, I only wish to add that my passion for assisting others and my love for pharmacy as a
field are unmatched. Given this chance, I know I will not only do well but will also elevate my
community, especially those who have concerns with medication and over the counter drugs. I feel
a calling to drive change from a societal level to a local level, and if possible, to global levels.
I am hoping to be a solution to one of the rising medical concerns; the cases of drug use,
misuse, cost, and many other aspects related to prescription and over the counter drugs. Where
some members of the society have been abusing prescription and over the counter drugs, a
considerable number has been struggling to get enough of the drugs prescribed to them to resolve
their medical conditions. Lack of sufficient pharmaceutical knowledge is the root cause of many
of these complaints in this arena. My personal experience and passion for science have further
compelled me to pursue a degree in pharmacy and will drive to better results in the future.
In 500 characters or less define servant leadership and your dedication to service.
Leadership requires humility. A leader, especially one who works in a medical field should
be humble. Humility includes working within the regulation and professional codes of conduct
regardless of the situation. It includes allowing the patients to have a chance to make their decisions
and participating in activities, regardless of how tough they seem. Personally, I believe in helping
patients regardless of their situations, even in cases where they cannot move, I will comfortably
use my hands to assist them. I feel obliged to give comprehensive assistance and being there when
patients need me.
FAMU College of Pharmacy Supplemental Questions
Applicants must provide responses to the following questions.
Please describe your motivation for pursuing pharmacy as a career. Include any
opportunities you have had to work or volunteer in a pharmacy or speak with pharmacists,
pharmacy faculty, or pharmacy students about the profession of pharmacy.
Having worked as an intern in a pharmaceutical store, I have developed a burning passion
for the field and will do anything to take up a chance to pursue pharmacy. People around me also
face challenges that I feel that I can only assist them to resolve if I pursued pharmacy. My
grandfather, for instance, needs pharmaceutical consultation, but he cannot afford it. Recently, he
had his 90th birthday and I wish he could grow older to see me succeed professionally. However,
I am always troubled by the fact that he is suffering too much with some conditions that come with
old age. The greatest struggle in maintaining his health is following his prescription drugs and the
cost of drugs. He takes 10 to 14 prescription drugs a day, which has been trouble managing,
considering that at his age, even his memory has slowed down somehow. Sometimes he goes back
to physicians because of some of the drugs negatively and cause him some allergic reactions.
Consequently, my short-term goal as a pharmacist is to assist people who struggle with
prescriptions in my community which has few medical practitioners overcome some of these
persistent concerns. I hope to assist my grandfather to have a good medical log, easy to follow
even when he is alone, and also check his medications to ensure that they do not interact.
Additionally, I also seek to pursue a career in pharmacy in order to get a deeper understanding of
drugs, their side effects, as well as their interactions with one another in human bodies. This
understanding is vital to my patients and me since I will be able to assist them to avoid negative
experiences such as allergies as it has been the case with my grandfather.
Describe the extracurricular activity that has given you the most satisfaction.
My love for pharmacy changed my passion for sports. I always liked playing badminton until I
realized that football would enhance my chance to get to a pharmacy school. I have played football
passionately and through the sport, I was able to gain essential life skills from my coach, to a point
where I was asking for personal advice from him. Football, therefore, is the extracurricular activity
that gave me satisfaction, as I enjoyed every bit of it.
What does professionalism mean to your in the context of being a student in a doctor of
pharmacy (PharmD) degree program? *
Professionalism to me means providing patients with the right medications and information, doing
everything legally, and also handling tasks using the highest moral stands. It takes extra caution to
medicate and the patients need to have the right type of medication, in the right amounts, and with
the right prescription written carefully on the drug’s package.
Describe your personality including the strongest aspect and an area in which you would like
to improve.
My strongest part of the personality is transparency. I believe in three elements of transparency,
which includes honesty, openness, and truthfulness. I also take full responsibility for my mistakes.
However, I feel that I will have to strengthen my emotions further to eliminate the chances of
worrying about my patients, especially when their conditions are extreme. This is a skill I have
been working on for a while, and I believe I can achieve success in the next few months.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Communication Behavior Analysis

Description

Discipline:
– Nursing

Type of service:
Essay

Spacing:
Double spacing

Paper format:
APA

Number of pages:
2 pages

Number of sources:
2 sources

Paper detalis:

Required Resources

Read/review the following resources for this activity:

Textbook: Chapter 1, 5

Lesson

Instructions

Prove for yourself that communication is both frequent and important by

observing your interactions for a one-day period. Record every occasion

in which you are involved in some sort of human communication.

Based on your findings, answer the following questions:

What percentage of your working day is involved in communication?

What percentage of time do you spend communicating in the following contexts: intra-personal, dyadic, small group, and public?

What percentage of your communication is devoted to satisfying each of

the following types of needs: physical, identity, social, and practical?

(Note: you might try to satisfy more than one type at a time.)

Based on your analysis, describe at least 5 ways you would like to

communicate more effectively. For each item on your list, describe the

following:

Who is involved (e.g., my boss, my co-workers, my friends, etc.)?

How you would like to communicate differently (e.g., act less defensive, speak up more, etc.)?

Writing Requirements (APA format)

Length: 1.5-2 pages

1-inch margins

Double spaced

12-point Times New Roman font

References::Must include book used for the class and video and a additional scholarly article.

1)Exploring interpersonal communication by: Scott Mclean


Concept Care Map For Adult Health I Nursing

Description

ML 82 years old female with h/o COPD, HIN, GERD, remote colon CA who presents with few days of worsening of shortness of breath . Patient is normally on 4l home O2 and has been Short of breath the past few days. Today inn the shower, she felt weak to the point where she couldn’t get up from the shower floor. Her husband called the EMS and Patient was noted to be sitting at 78.8 on RA.ROS: positive and negative ROS elements as per HPI. All others systems reviewed and negative.Physical exam:Pulse 124, BP 165/83, Resp 26, SPo2 98%, Temp 98.4 F(36.9 C)Please See the attachments for the care map rubric and the remaining of the case .3 days ago


This is the last written assignment for your research proposal. Please review previous assignments and make revisions as indicated by feedback provided. The previous assignments, discussion boards, and identification of evidence based clinical practice or

Description

ordey the three part for the paper is writeen. Please use model to organize your final proposal. In addition, integrate the Part 1 PICO(T) paper, Part 2 Literature review and this Part 3 to synthesize your findings and draw conclusions.Include in Part 3 how you might apply for funding for this project. Please use the Proposal paper outline provided for you during the first week as a guide for your paper. This assignment requires proper APA format.This includes a title page, reference page, and proper headings.An abstract is required for this final proposal.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Running head: COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY
Complementary Therapy
Complementary Therapy
Complimentary therapy can be defined as a therapy that can be used alone or alongside
medical treatment to help the patient cope better with treatment. The complimentary treatment
has been integrated into various interventions such as cancer treatment and treatment of mental
health conditions. There are various ethical considerations that should be observed in the
1
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY
2
delivery of complementary therapy interventions. Firstly, the caregiver must consider the
principle of beneficence such that the entire process is done for the good of the patient. The
second ethical consideration is informed consent where the caregiver must inform the patient
about the entire intervention and the possible side effect before delivering the intervention (Ali et
al., 2015). Belmont Report also addresses justice and ethics. Ethical principles and guidelines for
the protection of human subjects of research. Informed consent, risk or benefits assessment, and
subject selection.
Best Practices and Evidence-Based Practice
Some common examples of complementary therapy suitable for my purpose include
acupuncture, Alexander technique, and aromatherapy. Acupuncture is a traditional Chinese
intervention which entails the insertion of fine needles into the skin. Acupuncture is used to
restore balance and hasten the body healing process. Research findings have also proven that if
delivered by a skilled caregiver, acupuncture can be used to treat various disorders, especially
those involving pain. The Alexander technique is a method that involves thinking in activity to
rediscover poise and natural balance. Alexander technique is best applied in treating patients
with musculoskeletal problems and repetitive strain injuries. Aromatherapy, on the other hand,
involves the use of aromatic oils to stimulate emotional changes (Lindquist et al., 2018).
Essential oils are derived from plants using distillation by steam or water. The plant materials are
heated until the crucial oil vaporizes then condenses as it subjected to lower temperatures. The
different smells or aromas and the various chemical components of the oils stimulate different
physical and emotional reactions.
Risks of Complimentary Therapy
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY
3
Despite being useful as an intervention for several conditions either as a solitary
intervention or when incorporated with conventional interventions, complementary therapies
expose the patient to several risks that the caregiver must be wary aware of. The hazards of
acupuncture, for example, include allergic reactions where some of the powerful herbs used in
conjunction with acupuncture may stimulate allergic reactions. In the case where the needle is
not sterilized, an infection may develop on the skin. Acupuncture is also associated with side
effects such as convulsions or insomnia. Aromatherapy is also associated with several risks such
as toxicity where plant oils such as pennyroyal and wintergreen can be toxic and deadly to the
patient. Also, when ingested through the mouth, some aromatic oils have been proven to be
poisonous, especially to children. Some plant oils have also been known to be dangerous to
people with epilepsy and pregnant women. Oils from eucalyptus, black pepper and cinnamon are
known to cause irritations on the skin when used on sensitive skin and nostrils. The possibilities
of an allergic reaction must also be of concern. Alexander technique how to overcome
unnecessary muscular tension. Method to improve freedom of movement and use muscles
effectively. For example, correct correlation between head, neck, and spine is crucial.
HIPAA and FERPA Concerns
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act are legislation in the U.S that serves to safeguards the
patient’s information. The practitioner performing the complementary therapies is thus compelled
by the two Acts to safeguard their patient’s health information from third parties.
Informed Consent Component
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY
4
Informed consent requires that the health care provides all relevant information to the
patient about the intervention. The main components of informed consent are the nature of the
process of complementary therapy, the risks of the procedure, its benefits, and the alternative
interventions and their risks. The caregiver must, therefore, put the patient in a knowledgeable
position where they can make a decision about whether or not to go through the intervention
process (Nahin et al., 2015). Informed consent, therefore, serves to provide the patient with
autonomy and empowers them to actively take part in the decision-making process regarding the
intervention.
Conclusion
In conclusion, mental disorders are a growing concern, especially when found in
children. There is a growing need to conduct research on the effectiveness of the various
complementary therapies so that they can be either incorporated into the medical and/or
psychological interventions for a mental disorder such as anxiety among both children and adults
and/or determine if these therapies are effective as a solitary intervention. If complimentary
therapies were effective in treating anxiety, there could be a decrease in cost of treatments,
possible negative experiences with medications, stigmatization of patients, and empowerment of
the patient,
References
Ali, B., Al-Wabel, N. A., Shams, S., Ahamad, A., Khan, S. A., & Anwar, F. (2015). Essential
oils used in aromatherapy: A systemic review. Asian Pacific Journal of Tropical
Biomedicine, 5(8), 601-611.
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY
5
Lindquist, R., Tracy, M. F., & Snyder, M. (Eds.). (2018). Complementary & alternative
therapies in nursing. Springer Publishing Company.
Nahin, R. L., Boineau, R., Khalsa, P. S., Stussman, B. J., & Weber, W. J. (2016, September).
Evidence-based evaluation of complementary health approaches for pain management in
the United States. In Mayo Clinic Proceedings (Vol. 91, No. 9, pp. 1292-1306). Elsevier.
Running head: COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
Complementary Therapy For Childhood Disorders
1
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
2
Complementary Therapy for Childhood Disorders
Introduction
When not treated well, mental health disorders like anxiety disorder, have the potential to
cause more severe health challenges that can have adverse effects on the child’s ability to
develop effective peer and family relationships as well as interactions. These challenges may
also interfere with their academic performance and social functioning (Lindquist, et al., 2018). In
addition, children with mental health issues have a higher likelihood of encountering other
medical conditions like respiratory allergies and insomnia. Childhood mental problems can lead
to decreased productivity in adulthood as well as increased chances of substance abuse and
substantial economic burden to the person and community.
Discussion and Result
For a long period, the most popular conventional medical interventions for mental health
conditions in pediatrics have been pharmaceutical medications and psychological counseling.
While the conventional approach to mental health issues remains the most dominant approach,
parents with children who have mental health problems have used these interventions reluctantly
due to their substantial effects, fear of stigmatization as well as their withdrawal symptoms and
lifelong dependence in some instances. As such, these parents have turned to complementary
therapies due to the benefits that they provide (Lindquist, et al., 2018). These parents seek
alternatives that will offer more naturalist and holistic approach to treatment and with the hope of
reducing the risk of their children experiencing more and severe adverse effects.
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
3
Discussion and Result
The desire for these non-conventional approaches is based on evidence that
complementary therapies can assist pediatrics to mitigate symptoms for a host of mental health
challenges like anxiety disorders as well as depression and stress. For example, mindfulnessbased practices like yoga and meditation may provide more benefits in the treatment of mental
health conditions; especially anxiety and mood disorders (Nahin et al., 2016). Further, herbal
supplements and natural products like lemon balm offer promising therapeutics for childhood
anxiety and depression as well as helping children with ADHD to minimize the challenges they
face in concentrating and hyperactivity.
Discussion and Result
Research studies indicate that complementary therapies have beneficial impacts in
treating different mental health issues in both adults and children; for instance, anxiety
conditions. In their study, Wang et al. (2018) observe that the utilization of complementary
medicines for children in the U.S. continues to increase because of the benefits that these
therapeutic interventions offer compared to conventional medicines like antidepressants. The
authors note that complementary therapies like chiropractic care and mind-body therapies are
more popular among pediatrics with mental conditions in comparison to those who do not have.
The study shows that most parents prefer complementary therapies since they can be helpful,
natural, and provide holistic care (Khalid-Khan et al., 2015). More fundamentally, the study
notes that the use of complementary therapies is more common among female children as well as
children whose parents have higher educational levels and socioeconomic conditions.
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
4
Discussion and Result
Further, parents with children who have co-morbid medical conditions are more likely to
use complementary therapy as opposed to conventional medications. The study also observes
that less than nineteen percent of medical doctors can recommend the use of complementary
therapy for children. As such, this study concludes that close to ten million parents of children
suffering from mental health conditions have self-reported using complementary therapies
(Wang et al., 2018). These parents believe that the therapies are natural and provide a more
holistic approach to health care and treatment interventions. The low percentage of physicians
recommending the use of complementary therapies demonstrates that there is a need for more
educational interventions to help medical professionals acquire essential knowledge and
experience to enhance their communication with patients.
Discussion and Result
Anxiety disorders are considered among the most prevalent disorders that affect children.
These conditions include panic, compulsive disorders (OCD), post-traumatic stress disorder as
well as generalized disorder. Anxiety and depression remain top disorders that affect children
and require complementary therapy interventions. In most instances, conventional treatment for
the conditions has always been the use of antidepressants and cognitive behavior therapy (CBT).
These interventions have been associated with poor outcome as antidepressants cause adverse
effects while many patients report poor adherence to the usage of CBT. In addition, CBT is not
widely used or available. As a result of these limitations, more parents with children
experiencing these conditions are turning to complementary therapies. Studies from the United
Kingdom shows that anxiety remains one of the top reasons for pediatric parents seeking
complementary therapy as opposed to conventional medications (Khalid-Khan et al., 2015).
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
5
Discussion and Result
Further, increasing evidence shows that many patients are making more visits to
complementary therapy clinics than those going to their primary care physicians (Haller et al.,
2019). The implication is that more people are turning to complementary therapies because of
the immense benefits to children that they offer. In addition, the low stigmatization levels and
expenses for different forms of complementary therapies in relation to conventional psychiatric
approaches increase the popularity of these options for pediatric patients. Today, a third of
patients prefer using complementary therapy as opposed to going for conventional medications
with the purpose of reducing or avoiding their adverse effects on children; especially long-term
effects like dependence and suffering from withdrawal symptoms.
Discussion and Result
Complementary therapies like guided imagery or self-hypnosis assist children to manage
their mood symptoms, pain and itching as well as difficulties in sleeping and nausea. Secondly,
mindfulness and other forms of meditation can help in enhancing mood, reducing pain and
itching as well as improving sleep and concentration. Further, aromatherapy has the effect of
reducing anxiety and improving calm feelings; especially in situations where it is paired with
other therapeutic interventions like cognitive behavioral therapy and meditation or imagery.
Again, movement therapy like yoga, dance, and tai chi can enhance the feelings of a child-like
mastery and allow them to discharge physical tension as well as enhance their focus and improve
their moods. Massage in pediatrics can decrease tensions of muscles as well as soreness and lead
to more relaxation by the child.
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
Discussion and Result
Evidence also suggests that energy therapies like therapeutic touch as well as Reiki can
assist in enhancing calmness as well as reducing stress levels. Art therapy allows children to
cope with changes, reflect on their emotion and concerns as well as reinforce their healing
images developed during their guided imagery and hypnosis (Khalid-Khan et al., 2015;
University of Minnesota, 2016). Homeopathy calms children in a gentle manner and assists in
dealing with fear, anxiety, and tantrums.
Discussion and Result
Dietary changes that may consist of elimination of certain processed foods and caffeine
as well as sugar support health of a child. Changes in the diet lead to improved mood, more
sleep, and enhanced concentration. The implication is that more parents are seeking
complementary therapies to help their children deal with anxiety disorders and other mental
health challenges. As such, complementary therapies are essential in treating anxiety because if
not address, it can become excessive and lead to stress to the body thus contributing to cardiac
conditions, suicide and reduced quality of life in children. The effects of such consequences can
be devastating for the children as they grow to become members of society. The University of
Minnesota (2016) demonstrates that holistic treatment for pediatrics are becoming an essential
component of dealing with anxiety since they provide more benefits compared to conventional
medications. The university observes that close to half of children with anxiety, stress, and
ADHD use complementary therapies as opposed to conventional medications.
6
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
7
Conclusion
Despite the benefits that these interventions offer, some risks are inherent to their
utilization. For instance, aromatherapy is linked to significant side effects that include toxicity as
some of the oils used may be poisonous; particularly for children (Ali et al., 2015). Therefore, it
is essential that practitioners use these therapies based on the need to offer benefits to patients as
well as seeking their informed consent.
COMPLEMENTARY THERAPY FOR CHILDHOOD DISORDERS
8
References
Ali, B., Al-Wabel, N. A., Shams, S., Ahamad, A., Khan, S. A., & Anwar, F. (2015). Essential
oils used in aromatherapy: A systemic review. Asian Pacific Journal of Tropical
Biomedicine, 5(8), 601-611.
Haller, H., Anheyer, D., Cramer, H. & Dobos, G. (2019). Complementary therapies for clinical
depression: an overview of systematic reviews. BMJ Open, vol. 9, No.8
Khalid-Khan, S., Khalid-Khan, F. & Gratzer, D. (2015). Practical Applications of
Complementary and Alternative Therapies in Adults and Youth with Anxiety Disorders.
Open access peer-reviewed chapter. Retrieved from
https://www.intechopen.com/books/a-fresh-look-at-anxiety-disorders/practicalapplications-of-complementary-and-alternative-therapies-in-adults-and-youth-withanxiety-d
Lindquist, R., Tracy, M. F., & Snyder, M. (Eds.). (2018). Complementary & alternative
therapies in nursing. Springer Publishing Company.
Nahin, R. L., Boineau, R., Khalsa, P. S., Stussman, B. J., & Weber, W. J. (2016, September).
Evidence-based evaluation of complementary health approaches for pain management in
the United States. In Mayo Clinic Proceedings (Vol. 91, No. 9, pp. 1292-1306). Elsevier.
University of Minnesota (2016). Holistic Therapies for Children. Retrieved from
https://www.takingcharge.csh.umn.edu/holistic-therapies-children
Wang, C., Preisser, J., Chung, Y., & Li, K. (2018). Complementary and alternative medicine use
among children with mental health issues: results from the National Health Interview
Survey. BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine.
Running head: DEVELOPING RESEARCH PAPER
Developing Research Paper
1
DEVELOPING RESEARCH PAPER
2
Developing Research Paper
Introduction
Various evidence-based practices have been adopted through research of complementary
therapy. Complementary therapy has long been used in the treatment and management of various
mental conditions. One of the areas that is still under research is in the treatment of childhood
anxiety. As such, there is a need to discover the effectiveness of complementary therapy in
childhood anxiety compared to using medication alone.
Discussion
One of the most widespread mental health concerns in the US is anxiety-related
disorders. This is becoming an epidemic among children with an estimate of 4.4 million children
currently suffering from anxiety disorders (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2019). To
treat these disorders, pharmaceutical intervention has been the main form of therapy. However,
this is a trend that has been changing over recent years with more adults opting for
complementary therapy (Van der Watt, et al., 2008). Complementary therapy involves the use of
multiple approaches to treating anxiety which includes the use of physical, cognitive, and
spiritual interventions (Bystritsky, et al., 2012). There have been remarkable results that have led
to successful management of anxiety in adults.
Anxiety has been linked with the development of poor self-image which affects the
healthy development of children (Coltrera, 2018). This has profound effects on other areas of the
child such as the development of friendships and learning. In children, the use of medication to
treating anxiety has been as a the primary intervention. However, there have been concerns about
DEVELOPING RESEARCH PAPER
3
the holistic effect of the use of medication in children when treating anxiety. Though the side
effects of medications vary for each person, one must also be concerned about withdrawal
symptoms, failure of medication, failure to follow the regimen and peer stigmatization. Despite
these doubts, complementary therapy has not been widely adopted for use as an intervention
measure in treating anxiety in children. The estimated rate of use is 19.2% among children with
mental health issues (Wang, et al., 2018). As such, there is a need to examine the success rate of
complementary therapy versus medication in order to discredit or promote the use of
complementary therapy.
By analyzing the literature available on the use of complementary therapy as an
intervention for anxiety, various gaps can be identified. Anxiety in children, if not well treated,
can lead to further complications such as poor academic performance, low self-esteem and poor
relationships. In addition, such children may have other accompanying complications such as
asthma and sleep difficulties. Pharmaceutical interventions have been widely used. Some
concerns for the use of medications n young children dependence leading to life-long medication
use, side effects, withdrawal symptoms, and the high cost of the medication. Complementary
therapy has been viewed as a viable alternative that helps to deal with the negative side effects of
pharmaceutical. However, there is a need to further research on this point to determine the extent
to which complementary therapy has been successful as a solitary intervention.
Using a quantitative research study, we shall explore the following research question
formulates using the PICOT formula: In children age 3 to 10 years, what is the effect of
complementary therapy in childhood anxiety compared with using medication alone? To answer
this question, the research study will use a randomized sampling method that targets 100
DEVELOPING RESEARCH PAPER
4
participants. Random sampling will enable the elimination of any personal bias. The participants
will be pooled from different socio-economic backgrounds, age, gender, race, culture and
educational background. These participants will be my fellow classmates, neighbors, church
members, friends, and other randomized participants. The participants will be engaged through a
questionnaire and a survey. The questions will be formulated as per the Agency for Healthcare
Research and Quality research guidelines (Mayo Clinic Evidence-based Practice Center, 2017).
Conclusion
In conclusion, anxiety disorders are becoming prevalent among children in the US. The
condition is serious and has life-long repercussions which include the development of poor selfesteem, poor academic performance and poor relationships. The main course of action that has
been taken to treat the condition is the use of pharmaceutical therapy which has been under
scrutiny due to its adverse effects. However, there is a need to investigate the success of
complementary therapy as an intervention for anxiety in children versus medications alone. As
such, the research looks to determine the effect of complementary therapy in childhood anxiety
compared to using medication alone by studying various works of literature that are available.
DEVELOPING RESEARCH PAPER
5
References
Center for Disease Control and Prevention (2019). Data and Statistics on Children’s Mental
Health. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/childrensmentalhealth/data.html
Coltrera, F. (2018). Anxiety in children. Harvard Health Publishing. Retrieved from
https://www.health.harvard.edu/blog/anxiety-in-children-2018081414532
Bystritsky, A., Stein, B. M., Hermann, R. (2012). Complementary and alternative treatments for
anxiety symptoms and disorders: Physical, cognitive, and spiritual interventions.
Retrieved from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/complementary-and-alternativetreatments-for-anxiety-symptoms-and-disorders-physical-cognitive-and-spiritualinterventions
Mayo Clinic Evidence-based Practice Center (2017). Anxiety in Children. Agency for
Healthcare Research and Quality; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
Retrieved from https://effectivehealthcare.ahrq.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/anxietychildren-report.pdf
Van der Watt, G., Laugharne, J., Janca, A. (2008). Complementary and alternative medicine in
the treatment of anxiety and depression. Current Opinion in Psychiatry; 21(1): 37-42
Wang, C., Preisser, J., Chung, Y., Kaigang, L. (2018). Complementary and alternative medicine
use among children with mental health issues: results from the National Health Interview
Survey. BMC Complement Altern Med; 18:241

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Analysis of Current Evidence Based Practice Guidelines for the Treatment of OM

Description

This Assignment requires a current, evidence based practice guideline that is specific to the child in the following scenario. Once you find the appropriate guideline, you will be ready for analysis and evaluation.

First, carefully review the case. Then, using the Internet, find a current (no older than 4 years old) relevant evidence based practice guideline for the treatment of otitis media for this particular pediatric patient.

Please use APA formatting, including title page and reference page. This Assignment should be between 3-5 pages, excluding title page and reference page. There should be a minimum of three current (within the last 5 years) peer-reviewed references including the authors of the guideline.

Make sure to address the following in your paper:

Briefly explain your search strategy. For example, how did you find the correct guideline?
Who developed the guideline?
Is this a revision of a previous guideline or an original? What is the date of publication?
Explain the concept of “systematic review of current best evidence.”
How was conflict of interest managed in the development of these guidelines?
How is quality of evidence defined?
Explain differences among strong recommendation, recommendation, and option
What are “key Action statements?”
For this particular child, what are the specific treatment recommendations including any diagnostics, medications (include exact dosage, frequency, length of treatment), follow-up, referral, prevention, and pain control.

Case:

A 5-year-old male is brought to the primary care clinic by his mother with a chief complaint of bilateral ear pain for the last three days. The mother states that the child has been crying frequently due to the pain. Ibuprofen has provided minimal relief. This morning, the child refused breakfast and appeared to be “getting worse.”

Vital signs at the clinic reveal HR 110 bpm, 28 respiratory rate, and tympanic temperature of 103.2 degrees F. The mother reports no known allergies. The child has not been on antibiotics for the last year. The child does not have history of OM. The child is otherwise healthy without any other known health problems.

After your questioning and examination, you diagnose this child with bilateral Acute Otitis Media.

Helpful tip: It is recommended that you keep all of your course work in a virtual (or physical, or both) portfolio for easy access in clinicals as well as future pediatric encounters.

Assignment Requirements

Before finalizing your work, you should:

be sure to read the Assignment description carefully (as displayed above);
consult the Grading Rubric (under Course Documents) to make sure you have included everything necessary; and
utilize spelling and grammar check to minimize errors.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Unit 9 grading rubric. Refer to the Assignment directions for s
Instructors: Enter total available points in cell
Content Rubric
Content Quality
Resources
Writing Deduction
Rubric
Introductory
Emergent
0–1.9
2–2.9
Student successfully completes less
than 55% of the required elements.
Student successfully completes
55–75% of the required elements.
Does not include any resources (0) or
Not all sources utilized are relevant
sources utilized are not relevant and
and/or credible.
credible sources of information (1).
Introductory
Emergent
0-1
2
Grammar &
Punctuation
The overall meaning of the paper is
difficult to understand. Sentence
structure, subject verb agreement
errors, missing prepositions, and
missing punctuation make finding
meaning difficult.
Several confusing sentences or one
to two confusing paragraphs make
understanding parts of the paper
difficult, but the overall paper meaning
is clear. Many subject verb agreement
errors, run-on sentences, etc. cause
confusion.
Spelling
The many misspelled words and
incorrect word choices significantly
interfere with the readability.
Many typos, misspelled words, or the
use of incorrect words making
understanding difficult in a few places.
Paper has some good information or
research, but it does not follow
Order of Ideas &
Length Requirement assignment directions and is lacking in
overall organization and content.
The order of information is confusing
in several places and this organization
interferes with the meaning or intent
of the paper. However, the paper has
a generally discernible purpose and
follows assignment directions overall.
APA
Feedback:
There is an attempt to use APA
formatting and citing. There are both
There is some attempt at APA
in-text citations and reference listings.
formatting and citing. There are one or
Citation information may be missing
more missing parts such as the cover
or incorrect (i.e., websites listed as inpage or references list. Citation
text or reference citations). There is
information may be missing. Citation
an attempt to cite all outside sources
mistakes make authorship unclear.
in at least one place. Authorship is
generally clear.
t directions for specific content requirements.
al available points in cell H2, and values between 0 and 4 in the yellow cells in the Score column.
Total available points =
Practiced
Proficient/Mastered
3–3.9
4
Score
Weight
Student successfully completes
76–97% of tithe required elements.
Student successfully completes
98–100% of the required elements.
90%
Supports many opinions and ideas
with relevant and credible sources of
information that are current.
Supports opinions and ideas with
relevant and credible sources of
information that are current and exceeds
the expected number and types of
resources.
10%
Content Score
Practiced
Proficient/Mastered
3
4
A few confusing sentences make it
difficult to understand a small portion
of the paper. However, the overall
meaning of a paragraph and the
paper are intact. There may be a few
subject verb agreement errors or
some missing punctuation.
There are one or two confusing
sentences, but the overall sentence and
paragraph meanings are clear. There are
a few minor punctuation errors such as
comma splices or run-on sentences.
35%
Some misspelled words or the
misuse of words such as confusing
then/than. However, intent is still
clear.
A few misspelled words normally caught
by spellcheckers are present but do not
significantly interfere with the overall
readability of the paper.
35%
The order of information is confusing
in a few places and the lack of
organization interferes with the
meaning or intent of the paper in a
minor way.
The overall order of the information is
clear and contributes to the meaning of
assignment. There is one paragraph or a
sentence or two that are out of place or
other minor organizational issues. A few
sentences may be long and hard to
understand. Meets length requirements.
20%
Score
Weight
There is an overall attempt at APA
formatting and citation style. All
sources appear to have some form of
citation both in the text and on a
reference list. There are some
formatting and citation errors.
Citations generally make authorship
clear.
There is a strong attempt to cite all
sources using APA style. Minor paper
formatting errors such as a misplaced
running head or margins may occur.
Minor in-text citation errors such as a
missing page number or a misplaced
date may occur. Quotation marks and
citations make authorship clear.
10%
Writing
Deduction
Final Score
Percentage
50
Final Score
0.00
0.00
0
Final Score
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00%

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing role and scope peer response

Description

Hello, I have attached the instructions for this weeks peer response. Please let me know if you need any additional info.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Guidelines: You are expected to reply to two other students’ response essays and include a
reference that justifies your post. Do not critic your peers work, rather give your own point of
view on the topic; adding to the topic. Your reply must be at least 3 paragraphs for each
student essay. The response must be 12 Times New Roman, font, APA.
Below are the 2 student essays:
(Maria M.) Student essay #1
1. The expert act of nursing infers the duty of its decisions and activities and is administered
by the lawful and moral parts of the control. Inability to consent to legitimate commitments drives
the expert to punishments that can go from a regulatory nature to those of a corrective sort. In
this way, the job of the medical attendant to improve the nature of social insurance depends on
consistence with the perspectives thought about quality underwriters, vital for the patient’s
prosperity and to maintain a strategic distance from unfavorable wellbeing impacts, for example,
falls, re-mediations, contaminations , pressure ulcers and disappointment with the treatment got,
all circumstances that affect the expenses related with complexities, influence the institutional
and expert picture and lead to lawful ramifications, for example, common and reformatory
obligation (Gallagher, 2019).
Then again, the job of medical attendants is legitimately identified with quality since they are
seen as suppliers of fulfillment. Tolerant fulfillment is identified with the impression of the nature
of care they get. At the point when patients can’t help contradicting the nature of care, they can
be unconfirmed. Along these lines, wellbeing organizations have executed techniques that give
better outcomes in the soundness of patients and their families, expanding fulfillment with
satisfactory consideration (Stone, 2017).
Hence, quality is considered in two measurements. In the first place, the specialized quality
that requires the abilities and obligations of nursing experts to apply their insight and aptitudes
in all the consideration they offer and relational quality comprehended as the honorable
treatment that recognizes nursing care and whose trademark highlights are correspondence,
trust, and regard. That is, medical caretakers from their exercises must show and offer their best
aptitudes, exhibit viable correspondence, construct trust, and offer regard (Stone, 2017).
2. These are markers that measure the productivity of nursing care, association execution,
and cost-proficiency. These estimations have been widely utilized in observing and detailing the
nursing care quality (VanDeVelde-Coke et al., 2012). Attendants play out a basic capacity being
taken care of by hospitalized patients. Evaluating the impact of medical caretakers and nursing
associations on persistent results and social insurance quality is getting progressively significant
in supporting proof based enrolment systems, improving results of medicinal services and
understanding the impact of nursing lacks. Estimating nursing care is troublesome since their
absence of institutionalized definitions and information explicit to nursing may not be gathered
completely by medicinal services associations. In basic consideration, adversative patient
events are ordinarily connected with low attendant staffing. These occasions incorporate
inability to save, mortality, prescription mistakes and contaminations and present an impression
of inadequate patient security, which can have short or long-haul impacts on patients’ personal
satisfaction.
The benefit of nursing in medicinal services arrangement includes the amassing of fluctuated
elements coordinated at refining the administration (Graystone, 2018). This can be
accomplished by means of financial and patient results and wellbeing administrations
subsidizing, where effective acquiring of the administrations depends on the outcome. These
estimations are not set to address a single, normal populace. The objectives incorporate the
patients, nursing experts, and framework highlights. The information is gotten from different
sources like human asset registers, persistent administrative databases, and studies. The
criteria for each measure ought to be deliberately analyzed by the medicinal services
foundations, to decide dependable and predictable choices for information gathering. This
information improves the proof accessible and the comprehension of the relationship between
auxiliary nursing framework qualities and the methodology and results of patients at any
association.
The accessibility of predictable information on nursing encourages a correlation of results
crosswise over and inside medicinal services offices on the utilization of proof based restorative
practices (VanDeVelde-Coke et al., 2012). It likewise empowers distinguishing proof of extra
encouraging medicinal and works setting practices to improve nursing care conveyance,
including tolerant, regulatory and framework results. The activity serves to convey a powerful
commitment to needs-based arranging in social insurance. At the point when arranged with the
vital data, medical caretakers can demonstrate their worth better, advocate for their calling’s
effect on the whole framework, and focus their diligent work on factors that contain the most
extreme impact on medicinal services results, favoring that nursing experts can change.
References
Gallagher , R.M. (2019). “Participation of the advanced practice nurse in managed care and
quality initiatives,” in Joel, L.A. Advanced Practice Nursing: Essentials for Role Development,
Second Edition. Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis Company.
Stone, P.W., et al. (2017). “Nurse Working Conditions and Patient Safety Outcomes,” Medical
Care, 45(6): 571-578.
VanDeVelde, S. et al., (2012). Measuring the Outcomes of Nursing Care. Retrieved
from: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/0dd6/42b1ee3728c87f2f4c2ce28d27d7e2c69b15.pdf
Graystone, R., (2018). The Importance of Nurse-Sensitive Outcome Measurements. Retrieved
from: https://www.nursingcenter.com/journalarticle?Article_ID=4817587&Journal_ID=54024&Iss
ue_ID=4817586
(Maria M.) Student essay #1
(Natalie A.) Student essay #2
Discuss the role of the nurse in quality improvement.
Firstly, nurses play the role of quality improvement in hospitals in many ways. For
instance, they are involved in many activities in the hospital. That being the case, it means they
have already developed a keen sense of what works for the patient and what should be done
away with (Needleman & Hassmiller, 2009). That being the case, they play the role of quality
management by making proposals of what should be adopted to improve the quality of
healthcare.
Secondly, the nurses are involved in the process of data collection as they deliver care. In
this instance, it means that the nurses will collect data about healthcare patterns since they are
involved in dealing directly with the patient (Ricciardi, 2018). That data is used in the process of
making a determination of what improvements are needed in healthcare.
Thirdly, nurses contribute to the improvement of quality in healthcare through patient
advocacy. In this instance, they work to ensure that the patient has the best care (Gerber, 2018).
As well, they make sure that the rights of the patient are respected. That being the case, they are
able to formulate the standard practice of the manner that patients should be treated in the
healthcare facilities.
Describe nursing-sensitive measurements and why they are important in Nursing care
delivery.
There are indicators that are used to reflect the performance of nursing in terms of the
processes, the structures, and the outcomes. The measurements are used in the process of
determining the impact that is being created by the field of nursing (Bergquist-Beringer et al.,
2009). Notably, the indicators will be used in the process of implementing new guidelines in
healthcare, for instance, evidence-based practice.
For the case of nurse-sensitive measurements, they are used in the process of making a
determination of the issues that might be arising in the provision of healthcare (Lockhart, 2018).
Take, for example, there might be an increase in the rate of nursing turnover. Consequently,
there will be strategies that will be formulated to deal with that issue.
Moreover, the nurse-sensitive measurements play the role of helping an organization in
the process of benchmarking (Heslop & Lu, 2014). That will involve making comparisons about
the manner that different organizations are performing. The results will then be used in the
process of quality improvement.
References
Bergquist-Beringer, S., Davidson, J., Agosto, C., Linde, N. K., Abel, M., Spurling, K., …
Christopher, A. (2009). Evaluation of the National Database of Nursing Quality
Indicators (NDNQI) Training Program on Pressure Ulcers. The Journal of Continuing
Education in Nursing, 40(6), 252-258. doi:10.3928/00220124-20090522-05
Gerber, L. (2018). Understanding the nurseʼs role as a patient advocate. Nursing, 48(4), 5558. doi:10.1097/01.nurse.0000531007.02224.65
Heslop, L., & Lu, S. (2014). Nursing-sensitive indicators: a concept analysis. Journal of
Advanced Nursing, 70(11), 2469-2482. doi:10.1111/jan.12503
Lockhart, L. (2018). Measuring nursingʼs impact. Nursing Made Incredibly Easy!, 16(2), 55.
doi:10.1097/01.nme.0000529956.73785.23
Needleman, J., & Hassmiller, S. (2009). The Role Of Nurses In Improving Hospital Quality
And Efficiency: Real-World Results. Health Affairs, 28(Supplement 3), w625-w633.
doi:10.1377/hlthaff.28.4.w625
Ricciardi, R. (2018). The Next Frontier for Nurses. Journal of Nursing Care Quality, 33(1),
1-4. doi:10.1097/ncq.0000000000000304

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

PICOT Question and Literature Search The first step of the evidence-based practice process is to evaluate a nursing practice environment to identify a nursing problem in the clinical area. When a nursing problem is discovered, the nurse researcher devel

Description

PICOT Question and Literature Search The first step of the evidence-based practice process is to evaluate a nursing practice environment to identify a nursing problem in the clinical area. When a nursing problem is discovered, the nurse researcher develops a clinical guiding question to address that nursing practice problem. For this assignment, you will create a clinical guiding question know as a PICOT question. The PICOT question must be relevant to a nursing practice problem. To support your PICOT question, identify six supporting peer-revised research articles, as indicated below. The PICOT question and six peer-reviewed research articles you choose will be utilized for subsequent assignments. Use the “Literature Evaluation Table” to complete this assignment. Select a nursing practice problem of interest to use as the focus of your research. Start with the patient population and identify a clinical problem or issue that arises from the patient population. In 200–250 words, provide a summary of the clinical issue.Following the PICOT format, write a PICOT question in your selected nursing practice problem area of interest. The PICOT question should be applicable to your proposed capstone project (the project students must complete during their final course in the RN-BSN program of study).The PICOT question will provide a framework for your capstone project.Conduct a literature search to locate six research articles focused on your selected nursing practice problem of interest. This literature search should include three quantitative and three qualitative peer-reviewed research articles to support your nursing practice problem. Note: To assist in your search, remove the words qualitative and quantitative and include words that narrow or broaden your main topic. For example: Search for diabetes and pediatric and dialysis. To determine what research design was used in the articles the search produced, review the abstract and the methods section of the article. The author will provide a description of data collection using qualitative or quantitative methods. Systematic Reviews, Literature Reviews, and Metanalysis articles are good resources and provide a strong level of evidence but are not considered primary research articles. Therefore, they should not be included in this assignment. While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and documentation of sources should be presented using APA formatting guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide. This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.


nurs6002 Foundations for Graduate Study week 6 assignment

Description

Assignment: Academic Success and Professional Development Plan Part 6: Finalizing the Plan

At some point in every construction project, efforts turn from design and the focus moves to actual construction. With the vision in place and the tools secured, the blueprint can be finalized and approved. Then it is time to put on hardhats and begin work.

Throughout the course you have developed aspects of your Academic and Professional Development Plan. You have put a great deal of thought into your vision and goals, your academic and professional network of support, research strategies and other tools you will need, the integrity of your work, and the value of consulting the work of others. With your portfolio in place, it is now time to finalize your blueprint for success.

Much as builders remain cognizant of the building standards as they plan and begin construction, nurses must remain mindful of the formal standards of practice that govern their specialty. A good understanding of these standards can help ensure that your success plan includes any steps necessary to excel within your chosen specialty.

In this Assignment you will continue developing your Academic Success and Professional Development Plan by developing the final component: a review of your specialty standards of practice. You will also submit your final version of the document, including Parts 1–5.

To Prepare:

Review the scope and standards of practice or competencies related to your chosen specialty.
Download the Nursing Specialty Comparison Matrix.
Examine professional organizations related to the specialization you have chosen and identify at least one to focus on for this assignment.
Reflect on the thoughts you shared in the Discussion forum regarding your choice of a specialty, any challenges you have encountered in making this choice, and any feedback you have received from colleagues in the Discussion.

The Assignment:
Complete the following items and incorporate them into the final version of your Academic Success and Professional Development Plan.

Write a paragraph that provides a detailed comparison at least two nursing specialties, including your selected specialization and second-preferred specialization.
Write a clear and accurate 2- to 3-paragraph justification statement identifying your reasons for choosing your MSN specialization. Provide sufficient evidence of incorporating feedback you received from colleagues in this week’s Discussion Forum.
Clearly identify and accurately describe in detail the professional organization related to the specialization you have chosen to focus on for this assignment and explain how you can become an active member of this organization.


my assignment

Description

2. Term paper: Each team of 2 students is required to select a topic for term papers from the list provided. The term paper is 10-12 typed pages, double spaced with at least 10 references. Outline andreferences are required. The American Psychological Association (APA) style is required.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

EVALUATION OF HCA 422 TERM PAPER
EVALUATION CRITERIA
POINTS
1. Topic focus: The topic is focused narrowly enough
for the scope of this assignment
5
2. Spelling & Grammar: No spelling &/or grammar
mistakes
10
3. Cohesiveness: Ties together information from all
sources. Paper flows from one issue to the next
without the need for headings. Author’s writing
demonstrates an understanding of the relationship
among materials obtained from all sources.
20
4. Concise vs. Wordy
15
5. Integration of knowledge: Concepts are integrated
into the writer’s own insights. The writer provides
concluding remarks that show analysis and synthesis of
ideas.
20
6. Depth of discussion: In-depth discussion &
elaboration in all sections of the paper
20
7. Citations: APA citation style is used in both text and
bibliography. Peer-review journal articles or scholarly
books or authoritative web sites.
10

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

The HealthCare Workforce – question below

Description

Module 5 Discussion Topic 2

The Health Workforce

Review Chapter 9 in Knickman and Elbel (2019). In Chapter 9, we noted that the health workforce was central to the health care system and changes in its deployment and utilization will have significant effects on health care quality and costs.

In the discussion forum analyze the following questions:

If changes to scope-of practice regulations could help abate health worker shortages, why are changes not made? Which scope-of-practice proposals would you support?
What are the risks in relying more on telemedicine and electronic communication to help meet the need for health care services?
All discussions are set in post first mode, which means you must create your primary post before being allowed to view your classmates’ work.

APA- 1 page- at least 2 citations.. one being from the book Health Care Delivery in the United States 12th edition.


Week 2 Project

Description

Assigned
student for this week for presentation
Each student
will prepare one presentation on pharmacological management of the disease or
pharmacological applications of a drug or group of drugs.
Each student will clearly write a
title for this topic. Pulmonary Embolisms Using
Anticoagulants/Thrombolytics and Nursing implicationNursing Implications are the nursing related
consequences and what you as the nurse should be looking for in the
treatment and care of your patient.The presentation must identify the Pharmacodynamic
properties and actual/potential effects on the patient.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Introduction to occupational therapy

Description

1. What is a developmental delay?

2. What are some medical/health conditions that can cause a developmental delay?

3.Define and describe the basic philosophy/belief of family-centered care?

4. Describe and give an example of how an OT practitioner may use consultation when providing

intervention to infants, children or adolescents.

5. Describe and give an example of how an OT practitioner may use education when

providing intervention to infants, children or adolescents.

6. List at least 4 important factors OT practitioners shouldconsider when developing home programs?

7. Choose one of the age groups listed below, then completeletters a-e below:

infancy – 0-1 year

early childhood – 1-6 years

late childhood – 6-12 years

adolescence – 12-20 years

Complete the following by referring to the textbook and the OT Practice Framework – Areas of occupation

a. Choose two (2) areas of occupation (same for all age groups)

b. List three (3) developmental tasks that would be expected in each age group.

c. Name two (2) roles that a person can have within each age group related to the areas of occupation (hint: roles that the child can have, infants cannot be parents).

d. List two (2) rights and/or responsibilities characteristic of each of the roles you listed.

e. Describe the importance of the occupation of play for the age group you selected childhood.

8. What are some of the typical challenges adolescents deal with? How are these challenges/issues the same or different in adolescents with disabilities?

9. Describe two key pieces of legislation that have influenced the practice of occupational therapy especially with children.

10. Name 3 settings where OTs may work with children oradolescents. Give an example of something an OT may work on with a child or adolescent in each setting. 1. Describe a situation in which you have observed a person being discriminated against based on his/her disability.

2. Describe a movie or television show that you have seen that depicts the roles and activities of infants, children and/or adolescents. (The movie or show does not have to deal with a specific disability) Please identify the title of the movie or show and the age group that was shown. You do not need to explain the entire story line. However, describe how this movie or show depicted the roles and tasks of the age group and how it can influence opinions, societal attitudes, and environmental barriers and/or supports about the age group.

3. Find one resource for children with disabilities or their parents and describe what support this resource offers. You may use web-based resources, community resources, or other. Provide information about how a person could learn more about this resource (make sure to cite your source).


• You will be directed to the learning path due in that unit.

Description

Legal and Ethical implication Intellepath1 Due Date: Tue,10/8/19 Click on the intellipath link found under the My Work section at the top of this assignment. Intellipath will open in a separate browser tab. You will be directed to the learning path due in that unit.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Legal and Ethical implication
Intellepath 1
Due Date: Tue,10/8/19



Click on the intellipath link found under the My Work section at the top of this assignment.
Intellipath will open in a separate browser tab.
You will be directed to the learning path due in that unit.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Nursing discussion week 11

Description

250 words with 2 referencesWEEK 11You as the advanced practice nurse are working in a community health center. Your next patient is Mrs. Richards, a 39 year-old Caucasian female, presenting to the clinic with a history of Hypothyroidism, Depression, and recent history of Substance Abuse (Heroine Use). During the initial interview, it is revealed that her husband and two children were killed in a traffic accident 8 months ago and she reports using illicit drugs since their death. Based on your knowledge of the Health Promotion Model, make a chart and/or diagram that outlines allcomponents of the theory and how the theory can be applied to this case study to formulate a plan of care for this patient. Also, list one scholarly, practice-based resource (article and/or clinical guideline) that supports the application of the Health Promotion Model in clinical practice.http://www.nursing-theory.org/theories-and-models/…


Changing Behavior

Description

Think back to a time when you attempted to change your own behavior. For example, dieting, quitting or reducing smoking, avoiding alcohol, and controlling one’s temper are all changes in behavior. What insights did you gain from that experience that will help others as they attempt to change their own behavior?


​Choose a legislator on the state or federal level who is also a nurse and discuss the importance of the legislator/nurse’s role as advocate for improving health care delivery.

Description

Choose a legislator on the state or federal level who is also a nurse and discuss the importance of the legislator/nurse’s role as advocate for improving health care delivery. What specific bills has the legislator/nurse sponsored or supported that have influenced health care.


Community Nursing: Senior health

Description

Senior Health

Read chapter 19 of the class textbook and review the attached PowerPoint presentation. Once done, answer the following questions;

Mention and discuss the Healthy People 2020 wellness goals and objectives for older adults.
Define and discuss the aging process and the demographic characteristics of the elderly population in your community.
Identify and discuss nursing actions that address the needs of older adults.
Mention and discuss health/illness concerns common to the elderly population.

INSTRUCTIONS:

As stated in the syllabus present your assignment in an APA format word document, Arial 12 font. A minimum of 3 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted according to APA guidelines and must be from a gerontology journal. A minimum of 800 words is required. Please make sure to follow the instructions as given and use either spell-check or Grammarly before you post your assignment. I will also pay close attention to spelling and/or grammar. Please review the rubric attached to the lecture. You must present the assignment according to how it is posted, answering the questions by number.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 19
Senior Health
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
Aging is a natural process that
affects all living organisms.

Chronological age

The young-old (ages 65-74)
➢ The middle-old (ages 75-84)
➢ The old-old (ages 85 and older)
➢ The elite-old (more than 100 years old)

Functional age

Functional ability and the ability to perform
activities of daily living (ADLs)
➢ A better measure of age than chronological age
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
2
Why Do People Age?

Biological theories



Events that occur randomly and accumulate over
time (stochastic theories)
Predetermined aging (nonstochastic theories)
Psychosocial theories: how one experiences
late life (behavioristic)



Disengagement theory—withdrawal, decreased
interaction
Activity theory—remaining active and involved is
necessary to maintain life satisfaction
Continuity theory—continue through life as in
previous years
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
3
Demographic Characteristics






Americans are living longer than ever before
and the older population will continue to grow.
Older population is becoming more diverse.
Number of seniors differs by geographic
location.
Older women outnumber older men.
Older men are more likely than older women
to be married.
Educational attainment has increased among
older adults.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
4
Demographic Characteristics (Cont.)





Older women are more than twice as likely as
older men to live alone.
Older adults want to live in their own home for
as long as possible—“age in place.”
Alternative housing options are available with
services to help seniors.
With aging, a good percentage of income is
spent on health care.
The proportion of the older population living in
poverty has decreased but is affected by
gender, marital status, race, and ethnicity.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
5
Psychosocial Issues and
Role Changes Affecting Seniors





Retirement
Relocation
Widowhood
Loss of family and friends
Possibly raising their grandchildren
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
6
Physiological Changes of Aging


Occur in all body
systems
Rate and degree of
changes are highly
individualized

Influenced by:

Genetic factors
➢ Diet
➢ Exercise
➢ The environment
➢ Health status
➢ Stress
➢ Lifestyle choices
➢ And many other
elements
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
7
Wellness is different than “good health.”
Wellness exists at one end of a
continuum with illness at the other end.
Health promotion programs focus on
helping individuals to maintain their
wellness, prevent illness, and manage
any chronic illnesses that the individual
may have. Preventive health services
are valuable in improving the individual’s
health status to maximum wellness
potential.
– Nies & McEwen (2015)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
8
Recommended Health Practices






Encourage recommended health care
screenings and examinations.
Encourage physical activity and fitness.
Evaluate the nutritional status and needs of
older adults.
Monitor chronic illnesses.
Monitor medication use.
Monitor and accommodate sensory
impairments.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
9
Recommended Screenings and Exams for
Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
For All Older Adults
 Complete physical: Annually
 Blood pressure: Annually


Blood glucose: Annually


More often if diabetic or at risk
Serum cholesterol: Every 5 years


More often if hypertensive or at risk
More often if at risk
Fecal occult blood test: Annually
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
10
Recommended Screenings and Exams for Health
Promotion and Disease Prevention (Cont.)
For All Older Adults
 Sigmoidoscopy: Every 3 to 5 years
OR
 Colonoscopy: Every 10 years




More often if high risk
Visual acuity and glaucoma screening: Annually
Dental exam: Annually for those with teeth;
cleaning every 6 months (every 2 years for
denture wearers)
Hearing test: Every 2 to 5 years
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
11
Recommended Screenings and Exams for Health
Promotion and Disease Prevention (Cont.)
For All Older Women
 Breast self-exam: Monthly
 Clinical breast exam: Annually
 Mammogram: Every 1 to 2 years if age 40 or older


Pelvic exam and Pap smear: Annually



Check with HCP if 74 years+
Check with HCP about discontinuation at 65 or older
with three consecutive negatives exams and no
abnormal in previous 10 years and not otherwise at
risk
Digital rectal exam: Annually with pelvic exam
Bone density: Once after menopause

More often if at risk
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
12
Recommended Screenings and Exams for Health
Promotion and Disease Prevention (Cont.)
For All Older Men
 Digital rectal exam and prostate exam: Annually
 Prostate-specific antigen (PSA) blood test: Annually
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
13
Immunizations for Older Adults
http://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/schedules/downloads/adult/mmwradult-schedule.pdf.
Immunizations for All Older Adults
 Tetanus, diphtheria, pertussis: Every 10 years
 Influenza (flu) vaccine: Annually
 Pneumonia vaccine: Once after age 65




Ask physician about booster every 5 years
Hepatitis A and B: For those at risk
Herpes zoster (shingles): One-time dose
Varicella: If evidence of lack of immunity and
significant risk for exposure
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
14
Encourage Physical Activity and
Fitness

Physical activity …








Improves functional status
Reduces blood pressure and cholesterol
Decreases insulin resistance
Prevents obesity
Strengthens bones
Reduces falls
Walking is one of best forms of exercise.
Barriers: Pain, fatigue, lack of access to
safe areas, impairment in sensory
function and mobility
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
15
Assess Nutritional Status

Poor nutrition in older adults is common.




Obesity in adults over 70 years and older has been
increasing.
Normal physiological changes related to aging affect
nutritional status.
Income, functional status, medications, social
isolation, transportation, and dependence on others
affect nutrition as well.
Recommend myplate.gov for assessment
of eating patterns.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
16
Nutrition Checklist for Seniors:
Warning Signs of Poor Nutritional Health
D isease
E ating poorly
T ooth loss/mouth pain
E conomic hardship
R educed social contact
M ultiple medications
I nvoluntary weight loss/gain
N eed assistance in self-care
E lder years (>80 years old)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
17
Monitor Chronic Illnesses




Chronic disease is the leading cause of
death among persons 65 years and older.
The prevalence of chronic disease
increases with aging; many older adults
have at least two chronic conditions.
The most common conditions are arthritis,
hypertension, and diabetes.
Chronic illness is a major cause of
disability and may cause limitations with
activities of daily living (ADLs and IADLs).
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
18
Monitor Medication Use






Older adults consume more than one third of all Rx drugs, as
well as many OTC drugs and “folk” remedies.
Age-related changes influence the effects of drugs.
Polypharmacy may lead to drug interactions and dangerous
adverse reactions.
Most emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events are
caused by a few commonly used medications.
Closely monitor medication use in homes to ensure safety.
Older adults should be educated about potential adverse
reactions, including drug-drug and drug-food interactions.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
19
Monitor and Accommodate
Sensory Impairment

Visual impairment impacts social abilities, depression,
falls, and communication.


Hearing loss one of most common conditions affecting
older adults.



Cataracts, macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy,
and glaucoma
Presbycusis and tinnitus
Dental problems are neglected because of inadequate
dental care, limited mobility and transportation, poor
nutrition, myths, lack of finances and reimbursement.
Incontinence affects quality of life and is a symptom of
underlying problems.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
20
Elder Safety and Security Needs





Falls
Traumatic brain
injury (TBI)
Driver safety
Residential
fire-related injuries
Cold and heat stress
disorders



Elder abuse
Crime
Psychosocial
disorders

Anxiety disorders
➢ Depression
➢ Substance abuse
➢ Suicide
➢ Alzheimer’s disease
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
21
Alzheimer’s Disease



Slowly progressive brain disorder: begins with
mild memory loss; progresses through stages
to total incapacitation and eventually death.
Diagnosing is difficult; often reached after all
other conditions ruled out.
Assessment tools include:

Mini-Cog, MIS, and GPCOG
➢ Clock drawing

No cure and limited treatment options are
available.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
22
Alzheimer’s Disease (Cont.)


Behavioral and physical changes create
many challenges for caregivers.
Management strategies include:





Appropriate use of available treatment options
Management of coexisting conditions
Coordination of care among professionals and
caregivers
Participation in activities and adult day care
programs
Support groups and support services
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
23
Spirituality



Involves “finding core meaning in life, responding to
meaning, and being in relationship with God/Other”
(Manning, 2013)
Spirituality has health benefits—resilience
Nurses should address spiritual needs and concerns
as part of holistic care.

Interventions include nurses’ presence, active listening,
caring touch, reminiscence, prayer, hope, nonjudgmental
attitude, facilitation of religious practices, referral to spiritual
care experts.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
24
End-of-Life Issues

Patient Self-Determination Act (PSDA)


Federal law enacted in 1990
Requires health care facilities that receive
Medicare and Medicaid funds to ask patients on
admission if they possess advance directives.
• Living wills
• Durable power of attorney
• DNR (do-not-resuscitate) order
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
25
Nurse’s Role in End-of-Life Issues





Discuss and educate patients about end-oflife issues.
Inform other members of the health care
team about advance directives.
Make sure that the document is visible and
accessible in the patient’s chart.
Encourage patients to discuss their wishes
with their family.
Encourage patients to discuss with physician
so it becomes part of medical record.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
26

Name
DQ Rubric 2019


Description
Rubric Detail
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Proficient
Competent
Novice
Introduction
and quality of
discussion’s
Argument
Weight 60.00%
100.00 %
It is consistent with
application in
research related to its
context. Clarity of
ideas.
Comprehensive, indepth and wide
ranging.
70.00 %
The topic has a
partially weak
association to
clarity of ideas and
related topic.
Relevant but not
comprehensive.
15.00 %
Unable to address
any part of the
question and/or topic.
Little relevance/some
accuracy.
Objectivity of
Tone, overall
quality &
Review of
Literature in
APA 6th format
within past 7
years
Weight 10.00%
100.00 %
Tone is consistent,
addressed
professionally and
objectively.
Evidence in
literature supports
arguments.
70.00 %
The tone is not
consistently
objective. Some
observations, some
supportive evidence
used.
15.00 %
No objectivity in
tone. No evidence of
literature review
provided. Lacks
evidence of critical
analysis, poor to no
use of supportive
evidence.
Grammar /
Writing Skills
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Excellent mechanics,
sentence structure
and organization
with no grammatical
mistakes.
70.00 %
Some grammatical
lapses , uses
emotional
responses in lieu of
relevant points.
0.00 %
Poor grammar, weak
communication, lack
of clarity.
Peer Reply #1
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
70.00 %
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
0.00 %
No peer response
Peer Reply #2
Weight 7.50%
100.00 %
70.00 %
0.00 %
No Peer response
Levels of Achievement
Criteria
Overall APA
Use
Weight 7.50%
Proficient
Competent
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
analyze and
synthesize student
work, asks
meaningful
extending questions.
Some ability to
meaningfully
comment on other
students work and
ask meaningful
questions.
100.00 %
Demonstrates an
exceptional ability to
apply 6th edition
APA standards.
70.00 %
Some ability to to
apply 6th edition
APA standards. i.e.
use of in-text
citation, reference
structure,
quoting,etc.
Novice
0.00 %
No adherence to 6th
edition APA
standards.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

What is moral dilemmas?

Description

Assessment 2
PRINT
Moral Dilemmas and Ethical Decisions
Details
Attempt 1Available
Attempt 2NotAvailable
Attempt 3NotAvailable
Toggle Drawer
Overview
Create a 15-minute oral presentation (3–4 pages) that examines the moral and ethical issues related to triaging patients in an emergency room.By successfully completing this assessment, you will demonstrate your proficiency in the following course competencies and assessment criteria:SHOW MORE
Toggle Drawer
Context
Working in an emergency room gives rise to ethical dilemmas. Due to time restraints and the patient’s cognitive impairment and lack of medical history, complications can and do occur. The nurse has very little time to get detailed patient information. He or she must make a quick assessment and take action based on hospital protocol. The organized chaos of the emergency room presents unique ethical challenge, which is why nurses are required to have knowledge of ethical concepts and principles.
Toggle Drawer
Questions to Consider
To deepen your understanding, you are encouraged to consider the questions below and discuss them with a fellow learner, a work associate, an interested friend, or a member of your professional community.
How does a triage nurse decide which patient gets seen first?
How does health disparity affect the triage nurse’s decision making?
What ethical and moral issues does the triage nurse take into account when making a decision?
What are triage-level designations?
Toggle Drawer
Resources
SUGGESTED RESOURCES
The following optional resources are provided to support you in completing the assessment or to provide a helpful context. For additional resources, refer to the Research Resources and Supplemental Resources in the left navigation menu of your courseroom.
Capella Resources
APA Paper Template.
APA Paper Tutorial.
SHOW MORE
Assessment Instructions
Your supervisor has asked you to do a 15-minute oral presentation at a staff meeting about a recent issue that occurred at another hospital in town. Following an industrial accident, two patients arrived at the emergency room of that hospital at the same time, presenting with very similar inhalation injuries. The hospital received a great deal of negative press due to how the patients were triaged in the ER. Your supervisor would like you to use the specifics of this case to review triage procedures and best practices at your facility. Here are the details:
One is a 32-year-old firefighter, Frank Jeffers, who is presenting with respiratory difficulties that he obtained while evacuating victims of an industrial accident. He is a married homeowner and father of two young boys. He has lived in the community all his life. He has full and comprehensive health insurance through his employer.
The other is Brent Damascus, a 58-year-old man. Brent is presenting with respiratory difficulties with the same intensity as Mr. Jeffers above. He is well known at the hospital emergency room, as he is a frequent visitor with various complaints, including asthma, headaches, and tremors. He is homeless, unemployed, and uninsured. He stays many nights at the YMCA and eats lunch at the soup kitchen. He has lived in the community for over 10 years and has been arrested several times for petty theft.
PREPARATION
Search the Capella library and the Internet for scholarly and professional peer-reviewed articles on best practices in triage nursing. You will need at least three articles to use as support for your work on this assessment.
DIRECTIONS
Create a 15-minute presentation (3–4 pages) that examines the moral and ethical issues that occurred when triaging these two patients and the best practices for managing this in the future.Divide your draft into a number of talking points that you can summarize neatly. Keep in mind that an oral presentation requires slightly different language than an essay. The aim is to communicate your message so keep sentences simple and focus on the key points you want to deliver. Address the following in your presentation:
Explain the health care policies and protocols that are in place that direct triage care in an emergency situation.
Explain how health care disparities impact treatment decisions.
Identify the health care policies that are in place that direct care for uninsured individuals. Is there a difference in how these individuals are triaged?
Describe the moral and ethical challenges nurses can face when following hospital policies and protocols. Is there a conflict when a severely injured person is also uninsured?
Recommend evidence-based strategies that should be applied for managing the care of uninsured and indigent population.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Your presentation should meet the following requirements:
Written communication: Written communication should be free of errors that detract from the overall message.
References: Include a reference section with a minimum of three references; a majority of these should be peer-reviewed sources. All resources should have been published within the last 5 years.
APA format: Resources and citations should be formatted according to current APA style and formatting.
Length: 3–4 typed, double-spaced pages, excluding title page and reference page. Use Microsoft Word to complete the assessment.
Font and font size: Times New Roman, 12-point.


Submit a one page written summary of the Memory Loss Forum service experience with your week 3 blog, Include your response to the following question: How does community service promote empathy and learning as it relates to community mental heath nursing

Description

using APA format, And cite sources:Submit a one page written summary of the Memory Loss Forum service experience with your week 3 blog, Include your response to the following question: How does community service promote empathy and learning as it relates to community mental heath nursing interventions?


health care 200 words

Description

Do you think that finding the right price to charge in health care is more difficult or less difficult than in other industries? Explain.In what ways is health care pricing strategies different than in other industries?Explain the relationship between costs and prices.


sas problem

Description

Please employ appropriate SAS procedures to produce descriptive statistics and p-values that would allow you to fill in the table below. Use the Dataset EPI626_Assign6_F2019. Descriptive statisticsFor normally distributed continuous variables, present mean and standard deviation. For continuous variables that are not normally distributed, present median and IQR. For categorical variables, present number (count) and proportion (%).Hint: You may have to recode some of the categorical variables.P-valuesIf comparing means from two groups, use T-testIf comparing means from three groups, use ANOVA. If comparing distribution of non-normally distributed continuous variables, use non-parametric tests.If comparing proportions from two or more groups, choose between Chi-Square or Fisher’s Exact test, depending on expected cell sizes.Hint: you will have to recode age from a continuous variable into a categorical variable.Fill in the number of observations in each age group at the top of the table.N = (???)Please submit SAS code, log, and output. SAS program should have the following components:Checking distributionProducing descriptive statisticsProducing p-valuesPlease fill out the table below and submit this word file. Age Group £ 25 Years N = () >25 Years N = () P-value Gender, N (%)* Female Male Left Handed, N (%)* Yes No Height, Mean (SD)** *% out of total in each age group **SD refers to standard deviation


discussion and peer replies

Description

*****APA Format-Also make up two peer replies, we are all talking about the same subject, one paragraph each reply*****Read chapter 4, 13, and 14 of the class textbook and review the attached PowerPoint presentations. Once done answer the following questions; Discuss various theories of health promotion, including Pender’s Health Promotion Model, The Health Belief Model, the Transtheoretical Theory and the Theory of Reasoned Action. List and discuss health behaviors for health promotion and disease prevention. Apply and discuss the principles of transcultural nursing to community health nursing.Apply and discuss the basic concepts of critical theory to environmental health nursing problems.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 14
Environmental Health
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
Environmental Health Is …



… all the physical, chemical, and biological
factors external to a person and all the
related factors impacting behaviors.
… encompasses the assessment and control
of those environmental factors that can
potentially affect health.
… targeted toward preventing disease and
creating health-supportive environments.
– WHO (2013)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
2
Environmental Health


The purpose of environmental health is to
ensure the conditions of human health and
provide healthy environments for people to
live, work, and play.
Accomplished through…



Risk assessment
Prevention
Intervention
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
3
Using a Critical Theory Approach





Uses “thinking upstream” framework.
Raises questions about oppressive situations.
Involves community members in the definition
and solution of problems.
Facilitates interventions that reduce healthdamaging effects of environments.
Asks critical questions about clients’ work and
home environments to help discern the
contributions of specific hazards to health.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
4
Benefits of an Environmental Health
History




Increased awareness of environmental/
occupational factors
Improved timelines and accuracy of diagnosis
Prevents disease and aggravation of
conditions
Identifies potential work-related
environmental hazards and/or environmental
hazards in and around clients’ homes
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
5
I PREPARE
Environmental Exposure History








I – Investigate potential exposures
P – Present work
R – Residence
E – Environmental concerns
P – Past work
A – Activities
R – Referrals and Resources
E – Educate
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
6
Figure 14-1
From U.S. Department of Health and Human Services: Healthy People 2010, ed 2,
Washington, DC, U.S. Government Printing Office, 2000.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
7
Areas of Environmental Health






Built environment
Work-related
exposures
Outdoor air quality
Healthy homes
Water quality
Food, safety, and
waste management
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
8
Built Environment

The connection between
people, communities,
and their surrounding
environments that
affects health behaviors
and habits,
interpersonal
relationships, cultural
values, and customs
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
9
Built Environment: Examples





Drunk driving
Second-hand smoke
Noise exposure
Urban crowding
Technological hazards
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
10
Work-Related Exposure

Poor working conditions that result in
potential injury or illness
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
11
Work-Related Exposure: Examples




Asbestosis
Asthma
Lung cancer
Agricultural accidents
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
12
Outdoor Air Quality

The purity of the air
and the presence of
air pollution
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
13
Outdoor Air Quality: Examples





Gaseous pollutants
Greenhouse effect
Destruction of the
ozone layer
Aerial spraying of
herbicides and
pesticides
Acid rain
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
14
Healthy Home

The availability, safety, structural strength,
cleanliness, and location of shelter, and
indoor air quality
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
15
Healthy Home: Examples





Homelessness
Rodent and insect infestation
Poisoning from lead-based paint
Sick building syndrome
Unsafe neighborhoods
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
16
Water Quality


The availability, volume,
mineral content levels,
toxic chemical pollution,
and pathogenic
microorganism levels
The balance between
water contaminants and
existing capabilities to
purify water for human use
and plant and wildlife
sustenance
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
17
Water Quality: Examples





Contamination of drinking supply
by human waste
Oil spills in the world’s
waterways
Pesticide or herbicide infiltration
of ground water
Aquifer contamination by
industrial pollutants
Heavy metal poisoning of fish
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
18
Food Safety

Availability,
accessibility, and
relative costs of healthy
food free from
contamination of
harmful herbicides,
pesticides, and
bacteria
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
19
Food Safety: Examples





Malnutrition
Bacterial food
poisoning
Food adulteration
Disrupted food chains
by ecosystem
destruction
Carcinogenic chemical
food additives
FDA food safety campaign:
http://www.fightbac.org/safe-food-handling
http://www.foodsafety.gov/
Figure 14-5
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
20
Waste Management

The handling of waste
materials resulting from
industry, municipal
processes, and human
consumption as well as
efforts to minimize waste
production
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
21
Waste Management: Examples





Use of nonbiodegradable
plastics
Poorly designed solid waste
dumps
Inadequate sewage systems
Transport and storage of
hazardous waste
Illegal industrial dumping
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
22
Waste Management: Examples
(Cont.)





Nuclear facility emissions
Radioactive hazardous wastes
Radon gas seepage in homes
and schools
Nuclear testing
Excessive exposure to x-rays
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
23
Effects of Environmental Hazards
Figure 14-6 From Environmental Protection Agency: Air Pollution and Health Risk.
http://www.epa.gov/ttnatw01/3_90_022.html. Retrieved March 27, 2013.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
24
Emerging Issues in Environmental
Health








Environmental public health infrastructure
Natural disasters
Global climate change
Ozone depletion
Fossil fuel burning
Marine dumping
Active land mine abandonment in war-torn
areas
Destruction of tropical rain forests
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
25
Critical Community Health Nursing
Practice






Approach environmental health at the
population level
Take a stand; advocate for change
Ask critical questions
Facilitate community involvement
Form coalitions
Using collective strategies
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
26
Chapter 13
Cultural Diversity and Community Health
Nursing
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
Cultural Competence


Cultural competence is respecting and
understanding the values and beliefs of a certain
cultural group so that one can function effectively in
caring for members of that cultural group.
Culturally competent community health nursing
requires that the nurse understand…



Lifestyle
Value system
Health and illness behaviors of diverse individuals, families,
groups, and communities
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
2
Standards of Practice for Culturally
Competent Nursing Care
1.
2.
3.
4.
Social Justice
Critical Reflection
Knowledge of Cultures
Culturally Competent
Practice
5. Cultural Competence in
Health Care Systems
and Organizations
6. Patient Advocacy and
Empowerment
7. Multicultural Workforce
8. Education and Training
in Culturally
Competent Care
9. Cross-Cultural
Communication
10. Cross-Cultural
Leadership
11. Policy Development
12. Evidence-Based
Practice and Research
From: Expert Panel on Global
Nursing and Health (2010)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
3
Population Trends

In 1970


By 2010


Minority groups increased to 36% of population
By 2025


Minority groups were 16% of population
More than half of all children will be minorities
By 2050


More than 54% of total population will be minorities
First time in U.S. history that minorities will make up a
majority of the population
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
4
Population Trends (Cont.)

By 2060, projected demographic trends:

White 44%
➢ Hispanic 30%
➢ African American 15%
➢ Asian 9%
➢ American Indians & Alaska Natives 2%
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
5
Immigration to the United States


Since 1991, more than 13 million legal
immigrants
In 2010, almost 40 million foreign-born
individuals in the United States (12.9% of
population) from:




Latin America 53.1%
Asia 28.2%
Europe 12.1%
Other regions 9%
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
6
Diversity Among Nurses

Minorities are generally
underrepresented by nursing workforce
(HRSA, 2009):






White/non-Hispanic 81.8%
African American 4.2%
Hispanic 1.7%
Asian and Pacific Islander 3.1%
Native American and Alaska Native 0.3%
Minority groups tend to be geographically
distributed in the United States.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
7
Cultural Perspectives and Healthy
People 2020



Developed a set of national health
targets…eliminating racial and ethnic
disparities in health
Embraced and focused on ways to
close the gaps in health outcomes
Focused on disparities among racial
and ethnic minorities, women, youth,
older adults, people of low income and
education, and people with disabilities
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
8
Health Disparities
AHCRQ (2005) reveals that:
 Cancer mortality rates are 35% higher in
African Americans than in whites.
 African Americans with diabetes are seven
times more likely to have amputations and
develop renal failure than are whites with
diabetes.
 30% of Hispanics and 20% of African
Americans lack a usual source of health care
(compared with less than 16% of whites).
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
9
Health Disparities (Cont.)
AHCRQ (2005) reveals that:
 Hispanic children are nearly three times as
likely as non-Hispanic white children to have
no usual source of health care.
 African Americans (16%) and Hispanic
Americans (13%) are more likely to rely on
hospitals or clinics for health care than are
whites (8%).
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
10
Addressing Racial and Ethnic
Disparities in Health Care

Disparities can be reduced or
eliminated when adults have:


Health insurance and
A medical home
– Commonwealth Fund, 2007
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
11
Transcultural Nursing

“…a formal area of study and practice
focused on a comparative analysis of different
cultures and subcultures in the world with
respect to cultural care, health and illness
beliefs, values, and practices with the goal of
using this knowledge to provide culturespecific and culture-universal nursing care to
people.”
– Leininger (1978)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
12
Transcultural Nursing Terminology

Culture specific refers to the
“particularistic values, beliefs,
and patterning of behavior
that tend to be special, ‘local,’
or unique to a designated
culture and which do not tend
to be shared with members of
other cultures”
– Leininger (1991)

Culture universal refers to
the “commonalties of values,
norms of behavior, and life
patterns that are similarly
held among cultures about
human behavior and
lifestyles and form the bases
for formulating theories for
developing cross-cultural
laws of human behavior”
– Leininger (1978)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
13
Transcultural Nursing Terminology
(Cont.)

Ethnocentrism is a
person’s tendency to
view his or her own way
of life as the most
desirable, acceptable, or
best, and to act in a
superior manner toward
another culture.

Cultural imposition is
a person’s tendency to
impose his or her own
beliefs, values, and
patterns of behavior on
individuals from another
culture.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
14
Leininger’s Theory of Culture Care
Diversity and Universality


Describes, explains, and projects nursing
similarities and differences focused primarily
on human care and caring in human cultures.
Uses world view, social structure, language,
ethnohistory, environmental context, and the
generic or folk and professional systems to
provide a comprehensive and holistic view of
influences in cultural care and well-being.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
15
Leininger’s Sunrise
Model depicting the
theory of cultural
care diversity and
universality
Figure 13-1
From Leininger MM: Culture, care,
diversity, and universality: a theory of
nursing, New York, 1991, National
League for Nursing Press.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
16
Overview of Culture


Culture refers to the complex whole, including
knowledge, beliefs, art, morals, law, customs,
and any other capabilities and habits
acquired by virtue of the fact that one is a
member of a particular society (Tylor, 1871).
Culture represents a person’s way of
perceiving, evaluating, and behaving within
his or her world, and it provides the blueprint
for determining his or her values, beliefs, and
practices.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
17
Overview of Culture (Cont.)
Four basic characteristics of culture—it is:
1. Learned from birth through the processes of
language acquisition and socialization
2. Shared by members of the same cultural
group
3. Adapted to specific conditions related to
environmental and technical factors and to
the availability of natural resources
4. Dynamic
– Sir Edward Tylor, 1871
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
18
Subculture



A fairly large aggregate of people who share
characteristics that are not common to all
members of the culture
Enables them to be a distinguishable
subgroup
May be based on ethnicity, religions,
occupation, health-related characteristics,
age, gender, sexual preferences, or
geographic location
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
19
Culture and Formation of Values

Common human problems related to values and
norms:





What is the character of innate human nature (human nature
orientation)?
What is the relationship of the human to nature (personnature orientation)?
What is the temporal focus of human life (time orientation)?
What is the mode of human activity (activity orientation)?
What is the mode of human relationships (social
orientation)?
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
20
Human-Nature Orientation


Innate human nature may be good, evil, or a
combination of good and evil.
The dominant U.S. cultural group chooses to
believe the best about a person until that
person proves otherwise.
– Kohls (1984)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
21
Person-Nature Orientation



Destiny, in which people are
subjugated to nature in a
fatalistic, inevitable manner.
Harmony, in which people and
nature exist together as a single
entity.
Mastery, in which people are
intended to overcome natural
forces and put them to use for the
benefit of humankind.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
22
Time Orientation



The focus may be on the past, with traditions
and ancestors playing an important role in the
client’s life.
The focus may be on the present, with little
attention paid to the past or the future.
The focus may be on the future, with progress
and change highly valued.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
23
Activity Orientation



Being, in which a spontaneous
expression of impulses and desires is
largely nondevelopmental in nature.
Growing, in which the person is selfcontained and has inner control,
including the ability to self-actualize.
Doing, in which the person actively
strives to achieve and accomplish
something that is regarded highly.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
24
Social Orientation



Lineal relationships: Exist by virtue
of heredity and kinship ties. Follow an
ordered succession and have
continuity through time.
Collateral relationships: Focus
primarily on group goals—and family
orientation is important.
Individual relationships: Personal
autonomy and independence
dominate; group goals become
secondary.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
25
Culture and the Family

Cross-cultural differences may exist in:

Structural differences
➢ Functional diversity
➢ Socialization context
➢ Sex roles and parenting values
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
26
Culture and Socioeconomic Factors

Socioeconomic status (SES) is a composite
of the economic status of a family or
unrelated individuals based on:

Income
➢ Wealth
➢ Occupation
➢ Educational attainment
➢ Power
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
27
Culture and Socioeconomic Factors
(Cont.)

Poverty guidelines

Determined by comparing pretax cash income
with the poverty threshold adjusted for family size
and composition issued annually by USDHHS.
➢ The U.S. Census Bureau (2012) reported that the
poverty rate in 2011 was 15%
• African American population—27.6%
• Asian population—12.3%
• Hispanic population—25.3%
• Children under 6 years—24.5%
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
28
Culture and Socioeconomic Factors
(Cont.)

Distribution of resources

Upper, middle, and lower classes
• Total family income, occupation, and educational level
• Age, sex, material possessions, health status, family
name, location of residence, family composition, amount
of land owned, religion, race, and ethnicity


A disproportionate number of individuals from the
racially and ethnically diverse subgroups are
members of the lower socioeconomic class
Outcome of social stratification is social inequality
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
29
Culture and Socioeconomic Factors
(Cont.)

Education


Perhaps the single most important factor in SES.
Child’s educational development affected more by
differences in levels of formal schooling than by
cultural differences or economic indices.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
30
Culture and Nutrition

Culturally competent nutrition assessment:








Cultural definition of food
Frequency and number of meals eaten away from home
Form and content of ceremonial meals
Amount and types of food eaten
Regularity of food consumption
Social contacts during meals
Beware of cultural stereotyping.
Cultural food preferences are often interrelated with
religious dietary beliefs and practices.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
31
Culture and Religion

Culturally competent nursing care and religious
factors:






Gain a general understanding of religious calendars.
• Know the customary days of religious worship.
• Learn about special days of observance or celebration.
Ask clients what religious practices they follow.
Religious beliefs may influence a client’s belief about
the cause of illness, perception of its severity, choice
of healer, and source of consolation.
Assess spiritual needs of clients.
Know the difference between religion and spirituality.
Remember that various religions have shared beliefs.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
32
Culture and Aging


Different cultures view older adults
in very different ways.
Tasks of older adults



To achieve a sense of integrity in accepting
responsibility for their own lives
To have a sense of accomplishment
Older adults develop their own means of
coping with illness through self-care,
assistance from others, and social support
groups.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
33
Cross-Cultural (Intercultural)
Communication …

… between a nurse and client attempts to
understand the other’s point of view from a
cultural perspective.

Nurse-client relationship
➢ Space, distance, and intimacy
➢ Overcoming communication barriers
➢ Nonverbal communication
➢ Language
➢ Touch
➢ Gender
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
34
Health-Related Beliefs and Practices


Understand personal culturally based values,
beliefs, attitudes, and practices.
Include the client’s beliefs about the cause of
illness:




Biomedical perspective
Naturalistic perspective
Magicoreligious perspective
Understand the role and value of folk or
religious healers.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
35
Health-Related Beliefs and Practices
(Cont.)



Cultural variations exist in how symptoms and
disease conditions are perceived, diagnosed,
labeled, and treated.
Expression of pain is culturally determined.
Some conditions are culturally defined—a
culture-bound syndrome.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
36
Management of Health Problems:
A Cultural Perspective

First effort at treatment is often self-care.



Mobilizes client’s social support network
Provides a caring environment
Cultural negotiation is used when conceptual
differences exist between client and nurse.

Same words but different meanings
➢ Same phenomenon; different notions of causation
➢ Different memories or emotions associated with
the term and its use
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
37
Cornerstones of Public Health
Nursing







Focus on health of entire population
Reflect communities’ priorities and needs
Establish caring relationships
Remain grounded in social justice
Provide care for the whole person
Promote health based on epidemiological
evidence (evidence-based practice)
Collaborate with community resources
– Keller, Strohschein, & Schaffer, 2011
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
38
Management of Health Problems in
Culturally Diverse Populations





Providing health information and education
Delivering and financing health services
Developing health professionals from minority
groups
Enhancing cooperative efforts with the
nonfederal sector
Promoting a research agenda on minority
health issues
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
39
Providing Health Information and
Education

Developing programs to increase public
awareness about health problems.

Plan health information campaigns:
• Be sensitive to cultural factors.
• Involve community leaders.
• Acknowledge existing cultural beliefs and practices.
• Involve families, churches, employers, and community
organizations as support systems.
• Use lay volunteers to organize community support
networks.

Client education should be interpersonal; carefully
use credible printed materials and audiovisuals.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
40
Role of the Community Health Nurse






Conduct a “culturological” assessment.
Conduct a cultural self-assessment.
Seek knowledge about local cultures.
Recognize political issues of culturally diverse
groups.
Provide culturally competent care.
Recognize culturally based health problems.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
41
Culturological Assessment






Brief history of ethnic and racial origins of the
cultural group with which the client identifies
Values orientation
Cultural sanctions and restrictions
Communication
Health-related beliefs and practices
Nutrition
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
42
Culturological Assessment (Cont.)







Socioeconomic considerations
Organizations providing cultural support
Educational background
Religious affiliation
Cultural aspects of disease incidence
Biocultural variations
Developmental considerations
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
43
Resources for Minority Health

U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services and Public Health Service

Office of Minority Health
• Disadvantaged Minority Health Improvement Act of 1990
➢ Indian Health Service
• Indian Self-Determination Act of 1975

National Institutes of Health

National Center on Minority Health and Health
Disparities (NCMHD)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
44
Federally Sponsored Initiatives to
Improve Health of Minority Groups





HRSA Health Disparity Collaboratives (HDC)
Racial and Ethnic Approaches to Community
Health (REACH 2010)
National Breast and Cervical Cancer Early
Detection Program (NBCCEDP)
Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources
Emergency (CARE) Act B
National Center on Minority Health and
Health Disparities (NCMHD)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
45
Chapter 4
Health Promotion and Risk Reduction
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997,. 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
Health Promotion Is…


…any combination of health education and
related organizational, economic, and
environmental supports for behavior of
individuals, groups, or communities
conducive to health (Green & Kreuter, 1991)
…that which is motivated by the desire to
increase well-being and to reach the best
possible health potential (Parse, 1990)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
2
Health Protection Is …(Cont.)


… those behaviors in which one engages
with the specific intent to prevent disease,
detect disease in the early stages, or
maximize health within the constraints of
disease (Parse, 1990)
… an important step in maintaining health
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
3
Defining Health


The way health is defined has shifted from a
focus on the curative model, to a focus on
multidimensional aspects such as the social,
cultural, and environmental facets of life and
health (Benson, 1996)
Health is viewed not only as an important
goal, but as a resource for living (WHO, 1986)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
4
Healthy People 2020 …


… is the health promotion initiative for the
nation.
… challenges individuals, communities, and
professionals … to take specific steps to
ensure that good health, as well as long life,
are enjoyed by all.
– U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services, 2012
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
5
Healthy People 2020 …
(Cont.)

Broad goals




Attain high-quality, longer lives free of preventable
disease, disability, injury, and premature death.
Achieve high equity, eliminate disparities, and
improve the health of all groups.
Create social and physical environments that
promote good health for all.
Promote quality of life, healthy development, and
healthy behaviors across all life stages.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
6
Determinants of Health






Biology
Behaviors
Social environment
Physical environment
Policies and
interventions
Access to high-quality
health care
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
7
Figure 4-1
From U.S. Department of Health
and Human Services.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
8
Theories in Health Promotion




Pender’s Health Promotion Model (HPM)
Health Belief Model (HBM)
Transtheoretical Model (TTM)
Theory of Reasoned Action (TRA)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
9
Risk and Health


Risk is “the probability that a specific event
will occur in a given time frame” (Oleckno,
2002).
A risk factor is an exposure that is associated
with a disease (Friis & Sellers, 2004).
Risk Assessment is a systematic way of
distinguishing the risks posed by potentially
harmful exposures.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
10
Steps in Risk Assessment




Hazard identification
Risk description
Exposure assessment
Risk estimation
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
11
Risk Assessment

Modifiable risks



Individual has control
Examples: smoking, lifestyle,
eating habits, activities
Nonmodifiable risks


Individual has little or no control
Examples: genetics, gender,
age, environmental exposure
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
12

Risk Reduction …



… is a proactive process
… enables individuals to react to
actual or potential threats to their
health
Risk communication …


… is the process of informing the
public regarding threats
… is affected by perceptions,
process, and actions
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
13
Tobacco and Health Risk




Leading cause of preventable death
Most common in less educated populations
and those living below poverty level
Most common form of chemical dependency
Tobacco in all forms is harmful.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
14
Health Promotion Activities





Look for teachable moments
Assess client’s tobacco use
Explore willingness to quit
Refer to cessation programs
Encourage attempts to quit
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
15
Alcohol Consumption and Health




Third leading lifestyle-related
cause of death for the nation
Short-term use causes acute
risks
Long-term effects have major
impact on health and social
issues
Influenced by legal drinking age

# 1 used and abused drug among
U.S. youth
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
16
Health Promotion Activities (Cont.)





Prevent underage drinking
Assist with enforcement of legal drinking age
Identify individuals and groups at risk of
abuse and dependence
Educate adults and youth on dangers of
alcohol
Requires a community-wide effort to address
the problem on several fronts
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
17
Diet and Health




Diet—one of most modifiable risk
factors
Imbalance of caloric intake and
physical activity
Complex interplay among
metabolism, genetics, behavior,
environment, culture, and
socioeconomic status
Geographic areas, age, ethnicity all
influence weight
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
18
Health Promotion Activiti

NUR3894 Protecting Patient Privacy

Description

NUR3894 Contemporary Issues Deliverable 5 Protecting Patient Privacy Scenario A nursing student is requesting permission to complete an evidence-based practice (EBP) project on the medical/surgical unit you are managing. The project will include the implementation of an EBP aimed at solving an identified problem at the facility and subsequent measurement for correlated results. You are excited to partner with this student, however, there are concerns related to patient privacy and data tracking. Address these concerns with a creation of a student handbook related to EBP projects. Instructions In a Microsoft Word document, create a student handbook that: Explains the impact of information technology and data analysis on improving patient outcomes.Supports the nurse’s role in utilizing information technology and data analysis to improve patient outcomes.Describes the necessity for protecting patient privacy related to accessing, using, and sharing patient data for purposes of an EBP project through the responsible use of information technology.Establishes guidelines to avoid misuse of data.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

NUR3894 Deliverable 5 material
Information technology in nursing
Information technology has had a significant impact on healthcare that
affects nursing practice in a multitude of ways. Some examples of the
ways technology has impacted healthcare include the organization and
management of nursing services, support of clinical decision making,
nurse care plan standardization, and client condition change alerts
(Kartal & Yazici, 2017). Let’s look at some of the ways in which
information technology has impacted the delivery of healthcare.
Upon reflection of the benefits associated with the implementation of
these healthcare technologies, it is evident that they play a huge role in
promoting client safety and increasing the efficiency of nursing care. Lee,
Sun, Kou, and Yeh (2017) report significant improvements in client safety
and nursing efficiency with the implementation of a nursing information
system. These improvements include decreased time spent documenting
care, reduction in chemotherapy errors, reduction in specimen errors,
and a reduction in nursing turnover (Lee et al., 2017). In this study,
nurses reported increased satisfaction in areas such as shift handoff and
client safety Lee et al., 2017).
Because of the vast number of technologies available in health care and
continuous advancements in these technologies, it is necessary for
nurses to participate in continuing education related to information
technology. The American Nurses Association supports lifelong learning
related to informatics in their Scope and Standards of Practice (American
Nurses Association, 2015). Several states requires a minimal number of
continuing education in order to maintain licensure; however, these
requirements do not speak to the need to remain current in information
technology advancements in healthcare (Newbold, 2017). The nurse
should reflect on his or her area of practice in order to select continuing
education that relates to his or her area of expertise, including
advancements in healthcare related information technology.
As with many areas of nursing specialty, the area of information
technology and clinical informatics offer certifications for nurses. In order
to qualify for certification, there are often educational and practice
requirements, in addition to a certification exam, that must be attained
before certification. Additionally, ongoing extensive continuing education
within the area of specialty is required to remain current with the
certification (Newbold, 2017).
References
American Nurses Association. (2015). Nursing informatics: Scope and
standards of practice. Retrieved
from http://ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.co
m/login.aspx?direct=true&db=edsebk&AN=1021761&site=eds-live
Kartal, Y. A., & Yazici, S. (2017). Health technologies and reflections in
nursing practices. International Journal of Caring Sciences, 10(3), 1733–
1740. Retrieved
from http://ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.co
m/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=127731970&site=eds-live
Newbold, S. K. (2017). What practicing nurses need to know about
health information technology in order to practice today: Continuing
education and certification. Studies In Health Technology And
Informatics, 232, 229–238. Retrieved
from http://ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.co
m/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mnh&AN=28106602&site=eds-live
Lee, T., Sun, G., Kou, L., & Yeh, M. (2017). The use of information
technology to enhance patient safety and nursing efficiency. Technology
& Health Care, 25(5), 917–928. https://doiorg.ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/10.3233/THC-170848
The impact of telehealth on access
One contemporary healthcare issue that is affected by information
technology is access to care. Telehealth, specifically, has transformed
the way that nursing services can be provided to clients in the
community. Telehealth utilizes computers, telephones, and video to
deliver care, which allows nurses and patients to connect outside of the
traditional clinic or hospital setting.
Clients now have another avenue for care that does not require
significant travel or time to meet needs that can be met with telehealth
technology. Telehealth has advanced over the years, now implementing
more assessment tools to measure blood pressure, electrocardiography,
and oxygen saturation (Kartal & Yazici, 2017). These advances greatly
expand the scope of telehealth to include both subjective and objective
data. Clients can relay information to their providers, and providers can
relay prescription changes to their clients without having to be physically
present with one another.
Because of the expansion of the way in which healthcare can be
delivered, access to care has improved since care can be delivered in a
timelier manner, and only when necessary. For example, if a client is
provided with tools to measure blood pressure, weight, and level of
shortness of breath at home, this information can be communicated to
the telehealth nurse. The nurse can then use their judgment to decide if
the client requires a face-to-face visit with the provider. By allowing the
nurse to utilize this technology to monitor patients, access to providers is
increased as appointments are not being filled with those that are stable.
Appointments can then be utilized by those that are requiring urgent
intervention.
References
Kartal, Y. A., & Yazici, S. (2017). Health technologies and reflections in
nursing practices. International Journal of Caring Sciences, 10(3), 1733–
1740. Retrieved
from http://ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.co
m/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=127731970&site=eds-live
Analyzing Patient data
Electronic health records have also revolutionized recordkeeping in
healthcare. Health records can now be searched and shared digitally,
which greatly supports timely and accurate health-related interventions
(Kartal & Yazici, 2017). Because of the implementation of templates and
other clinical applications, the gathering and analysis of client data is
timelier and more accurate. The effective use of data aids in supporting
nursing practice and decisions help with supporting quality improvement
initiatives (Kartal & Yazici, 2017).
Because client data is readily available for utilization in predictive
models, the data can be used to assist in clinical decision making
(Damiani et al., 2018). According to Easter and Tamburri (2018), nurses
may not realize how much they are analyzing client data on a daily basis.
The utilization of electronic medical and health records allows nurses to
see trends and changes in client conditions to assist with critical thinking,
clinical reasoning, and clinical judgment. Nurses implement interventions
based on this data with subsequent analysis of the data to assess the
outcomes of the interventions, which will assist in evaluating client plans
of care. Let’s examine how nurses use data analysis in everyday
practice.
References
Damiani, A., Masciocchi, C., Boldrini, L., Gatta, R., Dinapoli, N.,
Lenkowicz, J., … Valentini, V. (2018). Preliminary data analysis in
healthcare multicentric data mining: A privacy-preserving distributed
approach. Journal of E-Learning & Knowledge Society, 14(1), 71–
81. https://doi-org.ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/10.20368/1971-8829/1454
Easter, K., & Tamburri, L. M. (2018). Understanding patient safety and
quality outcome data. Critical Care Nurse, 38(6), 58–66. https://doiorg.ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/10.4037/ccn2018979
Kartal, Y. A., & Yazici, S. (2017). Health technologies and reflections in
nursing practices. International Journal of Caring Sciences, 10(3), 1733–
1740. Retrieved
from http://ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.co
m/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=127731970&site=eds-live
Client data can be analyzed in a number of ways, but analysis will not
improve client outcomes. Nurses must implement interventions based on
client data, and in turn measure outcome data to assess for a correlation
between the intervention and subsequent data (Easter & Tamburri,
2018). Let’s explore an example.
Catheter-associated urinary tract infections (CAUTIs) are a potential
nosocomial infection issue for many healthcare facilities. Data is
collected regarding CAUTI rates, to measure the number of CAUTIs per
1000 urinary catheter days. If a healthcare facility notes that the CAUTI
rate is increasing, an intervention (or interventions) must be employed in
an effort to reduce the number of CAUTIs. A potential intervention may
be a nurse-driven protocol for early removal of urinary catheters. Data
must be gathered related to the intervention including examining
compliance with the protocol. Additionally, outcome data needs to be
measured to look at the effectiveness of the protocol (Easter & Tamburri,
2018).
Upon examining outcomes, it is important to be just as interested in
negative outcomes as with positive outcomes. Data must be analyzed in
order to understand why a particular intervention may not have been
found to be effective. Was it the intervention itself, or lack of compliance
with the intervention? Perhaps the intervention was too complex, or it
was not effective enough to make a significant change in outcome data.
The reasons for ineffectiveness should be studied just as much as the
reasons for effectiveness. Healthcare providers have an obligation to
continue to seek interventions to improve client data and outcomes. Let’s
examine the PDSA cycle to understand the relationship between process
changes and outcomes.
References
Easter, K., & Tamburri, L. M. (2018). Understanding patient safety and
quality outcome data. Critical Care Nurse, 38(6), 58–66. https://doiorg.ezproxy.rasmussen.edu/10.4037/ccn2018979

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Business Recommendations

Description

Review the Business Plan scenario. Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word paper in which you identify and recommend technology needs, hours of operation, and services offered for the health care organization. Your paper should:Recommend which services should be provided at the center and describe why they are appropriate at this site.Describe the hours of operation and why you recommend those hours.Describe the major equipment and technology needed to provide the recommended service. Include a projected cost for that equipment.Discuss the type of corporation you think the center should consider (e.g., a department of the hospital or an LLC) and why.Cite at least 2 peer-reviewed, scholarly, or similar references.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

HCS 449 Capstone
Business Plan Scenario
Background
Community Hospital is a 180-bed acute care hospital that is qualified as a not-for-profit facility. The hospital was originally a county-owned facility
and transferred status to an independent facility three years ago. The hospital receives no external funding from governmental agencies for
operations. The hospital is accredited by The Joint Commission and received reaccreditation during their triannual survey last year. The hospital
has an aggressive quality management program and a low volume of medical malpractice claims. The hospital is located in Bedford, which is a
city of 50,000 people with 80,000 people in the regional market. The hospital provides a general range of acute care services including medical
and surgical, rehab and emergency care. The president of the hospital has asked you to evaluate the feasibility of establishing an off-site urgent
care center at a local mall. You will use data provided in this scenario to make your decisions and recommendations.
Current Performance Analysis
Mission and Vision
Our Mission- To improve health by providing high-quality care through a comprehensive range of services.
Our Vision- Community Hospital and its affiliates will be the health care provider of choice for physicians and patients. Our five-year vision is to
create a large, multispecialty physician practice system that would include at least six family practice physicians and specialists in cardiology,
oncology, and women’s services. Currently the hospital employs three family practice physicians, one obstetrician, one medical oncologist,
and one non-invasive cardiologist.
Market Forces Affecting Hospital
Copyright © 2017 by University of Phoenix. All rights reserved.
1
Volumes
Volume changes last year versus this year
30000
26292
25000
20930
20000
15000
10000
5000
4458
6365
5147
405
7284
472
0
Admission
ER visits
Deliveries
Last year
Surgeries
This year
Patients
The continued growth of chronic disease will require changes to the care management model.
Percent of population by age:
Under 18
18 to 44
45 to 65
Over 65
Five years ago
24
46
26
4
Five years from now
18
32
30
20
Copyright © 2017 by University of Phoenix. All rights reserved.
2
Over 53% of residents have at least some college education, with just over 29% possessing an associates, bachelors, or graduate degree. Over
90% of residents possess at least a high school diploma.
The average unemployment rate in the county is currently 9.9%:
Market share distribution percentage with major competitor:
Community Hospital
Competitor
Out of County Hospitals
Five Years Ago
48
30
22
Last Year
35
43
22
Patient Origin by Zip Code
92106,
16%
93921,
12%
94963,
20%
96101 is Community Hospital zip code
94963 is major competitor hospital zip code
96101,
52%
Payment
Continued focus on pay-for-performance and increased wellness programs. Affordable Care Act creating more covered lives, however often with
high deductibles.
Copyright © 2017 by University of Phoenix. All rights reserved.
3
The median household income for county residents is $59,548. On average, households in county earn more than the state median household
income of $44,446 and more than the national average of $53,650. The addition of a new automotive manufacturing plant to the local market this
coming year is projected to add 1,500 production line jobs and 300 administrative jobs by year end. Median income for the production positions is
estimated at $45,000 and will provide health, vision, and dental insurance benefits.
Current Payer Mix
Uninsured,
9%
Projected Payer Mix 5-years
Uninsured Other
2%
4%
Other, 2%
Medicaid,
35%
Medicare
38%
Commercial
32%
Commercial,
24%
Medicare,
30%
Medicaid
24%
Percentage of Population by Insurance
As part of your review of this data, consider that a portion of the population will become Medicare eligible, the addition of manufacturing
positions that include benefits will increase commercial insurance coverage and changes from the Affordable Care Act will increase the
number of patients in the market with insurance coverage.
Employers
Expected growth in large employers with addition of automotive factory in northwest sector of county.
Copyright © 2017 by University of Phoenix. All rights reserved.
4
Physicians
Continued shortage of medical staff, especially in orthopedics, oncology, and primary care will require increased recruitment efforts.
Competitors
Other hospital in county, Hanover County Hospital, has an updated facility, which has drawn more market share to their facility.
Competitor
Key Areas of
Competition
New Programs and
Facilities
Risk to Market Share
Primary Competitors
Hanover County
Hospital
Facility upgrade
Significant renovation of core
hospital to update aesthetics
Drawing patients to newer
facility
Added new wide-bore MRI
machine last year
Reaching 95% percentile in
five of six HCAPS categories
Patient perception of
higher quality and patient
satisfaction
Quality Scores
Medical Center in
county south of
Stevens
Accommodates heavier
patients
Physician clinics
E-visits with specialists
Financial stability
Low debt and high cash on
hand
Drawing patients out of
primary and specialty care
at Stevens
Ability to cash flow projects
Secondary Competitors
Copyright © 2017 by University of Phoenix. All rights reserved.
5
Retail pharmacy
instant clinic
Low acuity office visits
Pharmacy added instant clinic
in north end of county 6
months ago
Loss of patients from
primary care physicians
practices
Technology
Addition of e-visits by large hospital system in adjoining county has drawn more market share to their physician practices.
Regulatory Changes
Health care reform through the Affordable Care Act has increased the number of patients with some form of insurance payment. These patients
are now seeking care in greater numbers from a primary care physician. Community Hospital currently struggles with accommodating patient
scheduling requests to establish care with a primary care physician.
Financial summary
This year
Last year
343,737,280
344,726,245
16,846,309
20,311,534
360,583,589
365,037,779
Salaries and benefits
192,053,379
182,853,245
Supplies and other expenses
130,173,477
135,560,131
18,969,799
20,644,157
2,695,623
2,226,437
Operating Revenues
Net revenues from services to patients
Other operating revenues
Total operating revenues
Operating Expenses
Depreciation
Interest
Copyright © 2017 by University of Phoenix. All rights reserved.
6
Foundation
Total operating expenses
Income from Operations
628,184
1,182,308
344,520,462
342,466,278
16,063,127
22,571,501
Urgent Care Location Options
Location One is located at a strip mall on the north side of town with a twenty-minute drive to the main Community Hospital campus. The potential
lease space is a vacant storefront that previously housed a video store. The building is mostly an empty shell that would require $30,000 in
renovation to create acceptable medical office space with four exam rooms.
Lease cost of location is $3,000 per month for a total of 1,800 square feet. Utilities are not included in the lease rate.
Location Two is located at a strip mall location on the south side of town with a thirty-minute drive to the main Community Hospital campus. The
lease space is a vacant grocery store. The building is mostly an empty shell that would require $35,000 in renovation to create acceptable medical
office space with four exam rooms. However, the total space is very large, at 5,000 square feet, so there are other options available that could also
be housed in that space.
Lease cost of location is $6,500 per month for a total of 5,000 square feet. Utilities are not included in the lease rate. The owner is not willing to
subdivide the space for lease by multiple parties.
Copyright © 2017 by University of Phoenix. All rights reserved.
7

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Article Read – 5 Q & A

Description

Please read – https://www.allrecipes.com/article/raw-turkey-mistakes/Answer these questions in detail and provide references in APA format. 1. Briefly describe the Tuskegee experiment in your own words. Be sure to note
the timeframe of the experiment.
2. Explain why this experiment is considered unethical. Be sure to refer to the
ethical principles mentioned in the Declaration of Helsinki and the Belmont
Report.

3. What legal implications were involved for the US government?

4. Should the Tuskegee Institute have had more legal responsibility for
this? Why or why not?

5. Although this study had been reviewed prior to and while it was
conducted, it was allowed to continue. Why do you think it took so long for the
government and researchers to realize the ethical issues associated with this
study?


wk3 d2 ty to v for

Description

IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING WORD LIMIT REQUIREMENTS:

Please note that each and every assignment has its own word limit.

Apart from RefWorks and EndNote, had you used other citation software previously? If so, how was it?

MUST have at least one citation with the page numbers and on reference in APA format.(The List of References should not be included in the word count.)

Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the Learning Resources.

It is important that you cover all the topics identified in the assignment. Covering the topic does not mean mentioning the topic BUT presenting an explanation from the context of ethics and the readings for this class

To get maximum points you need to follow the requirements listed for this assignments 1) look at the word/page limits 2) review and follow APA rules 3) create subheadings to identify the key sections you are presenting and 4) Free from typographical and sentence construction errors.

REMEMBER IN APA FORMAT JOURNAL TITLES AND VOLUME NUMBERS ARE ITALICIZED.


Apaformat2026 referencepages

Description

REQUIREMENTS FOR FAMILY SYSTEMS PROJECT

The Family Systems project

If you cannot do a genogram per computer (there are websites for genograms)

The content of the project will consist of:

o A family genogram (3 generations)

which includes all the members of your family and identifies significant alliances among the various members
the relationship you had as a child with each person
your relationship with each member now

o Cites and discusses at least 2 family systems theories to support dynamics of family genogram

It is expected

o that the narrative be written in APA format

o that it is referenced with original sources

o that the genogram is neatly diagrammed and labeled

see Family Therapy Applied to the Case of Stan, Corey 9th ed. pp 452-455, (7th ed. pp 435-438) for an explanation of diagrammatic legends.

The posted Canvas project will be graded on:

o personal insight

o accuracy

o sentence and paragraph structure

o spelling

o scientific and analytical explanation and documentation

o quality of references

o overall comprehensive documentation

-Paternal Parents ( grandma decease 42 years giving birth , grandfather decease age 30 years-car accident)- total children: 4 kids- 2 boys and 2 girls . Only one living 69 years old-(male with 1 children)

– Maternal grandparents( grandfather decease age 39 years heart disease, grandma decease age 73 years diabetes) both had 2 children- 1 boy and 1 girl- both living

-My mom and dad- 4 children- 3 girls and 1 boys

Siblings each one of them I have one 1 kid.

Dad: Decease at age 50 years in car accident

Mom- Still living

Self: Single with no kids or hus


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Prompt:
Requirements For Family Systems Project
The Family Systems project
If you cannot do a genogram per computer (there are websites for genograms)
The content of the project will consist of:
o A family genogram (3 generations)
which includes all the members of your family and identifies significant alliances among the various
members
the relationship you had as a child with each person
your relationship with each member now
o Cites and discusses at least 2 family systems theories to support dynamics of family genogram
It is expected
o that the narrative be written in APA format
o that it is referenced with original sources
o that the genogram is neatly diagrammed and labeled
see Family Therapy Applied to the Case of Stan, Corey 9th ed. pp 452-455, (7th ed. pp 435-438) for an
explanation of diagrammatic legends.
The posted Canvas project will be graded on:
o personal insight
o accuracy
o sentence and paragraph structure
o spelling
o scientific and analytical explanation and documentation
o quality of references
o overall comprehensive documentation
Prompt:
Requirements For Family Systems Project
The Family Systems project
If you cannot do a genogram per computer (there are websites for genograms)
The content of the project will consist of:
o A family genogram (3 generations)
which includes all the members of your family and identifies significant alliances among the various
members
the relationship you had as a child with each person
your relationship with each member now
o Cites and discusses at least 2 family systems theories to support dynamics of family genogram
It is expected
o that the narrative be written in APA format
o that it is referenced with original sources
o that the genogram is neatly diagrammed and labeled
see Family Therapy Applied to the Case of Stan, Corey 9th ed. pp 452-455, (7th ed. pp 435-438) for an
explanation of diagrammatic legends.
The posted Canvas project will be graded on:
o personal insight
o accuracy
o sentence and paragraph structure
o spelling
o scientific and analytical explanation and documentation
o quality of references
o overall comprehensive documentation
Family Systems Project Rubric
100 Points
Header
Family description
Included Points
Includes a detailed description
of all family members including,
ages, diagnoses, and
involvement within the family
Computer Generated Genogram ▪ which includes all the
members of your family and
identifies significant alliances
among the various members
▪ the relationship you had as
a child with each person
▪ your relationship with each
member now
Family Systems Theory
Integration
Canvas posting of your
genogram and analysis
Citation of 2 family systems
theories and why they are
applicable to you family system
Post the Genogram and respond
to 2 classmates before the end
of the semester
Grammar, Spelling, APA format
Total
Points possible
20
30
30
10
10
100 points

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Read the article in the link below to answer the questions APA fromat 300+ words

Description

Read Barriers to Serving the Vulnerable (Links to an external site.).This article brings up many points regarding public assistance for vulnerable populations. Often in healthcare we are faced with the challenge of too few resources to meet the growing demands within these populations. These resources then need to be allocated accordingly, and we have just read about “deserving” versus “undeserving” populations. As an exercise in limited resources and ethical decision-making please address the following:
Identify a vulnerable population that is prevalent in your practicum setting or community.
Select a culture or ethnic group and describe one health disparity that affects that chosen group (a “culture” or “ethnic group” might be, for example, African Americans, Hispanics, Asians, mental health, LGBTQ, etc.).
Provide a description of how you, as a nurse, might help allocate resources accordingly when evaluating the health promotion needs of the chose population.
Would you consider using terms such as “deserving” versus “non-deserving” when providing care for the vulnerable population? Please explain.


Philosophical Essay

Description

Essay about your philosophy of care as a nurse. 250-300 words Note: I’m a new graduate nurse with a bachelor in science of nursing. I became a nurse because in the future I would like to open a nonprofit organization to help those that cannot afford to pay for health care services.


Nursing Research 1

Description

1 full pages (cover or reference page not included)APA norms It will be verified by Turnitin Find a study published in a nursing journal in 2010 or earlier that is described a s a pilot study. 1. Do you think the study really is a pilot study, or do you think this label was used inappropriately? 2. Search forward for a larger subsequent study to evaluate your response.


Community assessment and analysis presentation

Description

This is a 2 part question to perform a direct assessment of a community using the functional health pattern assessment guide (which is provided)Create a PowerPoint of 15 to 20 pages. PowerPoint is to less cluttered and East to rea


Unformatted Attachment Preview

1:08 AM Tue Nov 19
a
VPN 91%
A Ims-ugrad.gcu.edu
URAND CANION
UNIVERSITY
PROIZONA 1982
Functional Health Patterns Community Assessment
Guide
Functional Health Pattern (FHP) Template Directions:
This FHP template is to be used for organizing community assessment data in preparation
for completion of the topic assignment. Address every bulleted statement in each section
with data or rationale for deferral. You may also add additional bullet points if applicable
to your community.
Value/Belief Pattern
• Predominant ethnic and cultural groups along with beliefs related to health.
• Predominant spiritual beliefs in the community that may influence health.
• Availability of spiritual resources within or near the community (churches/chapels,
synagogues, chaplains, Bible studies, sacraments, self-help groups, support groups,
etc.).
• Do the community members value health promotion measures? What is the evidence
that they do or do not (e.g., involvement in education, fundraising events, etc.)?
• What does the community value? How is this evident?
• On what do the community members spend their money? Are funds adequate?
Health Perception/Management
• Predominant health problems: Compare at least one health problem to a credible statistic
(CDC, county, or state).
• Immunization rates (age appropriate).
• Appropriate death rates and causes, if applicable.
Prevention programs (dental, fire, fitness, safety, etc.): Does the community think these
are sufficient?
• Available health professionals, health resources within the community, and usage.
· Common referrals to outside agencies.
.
Nutrition/Metabolic
• Indicators of nutrient deficiencies.
• Obesity rates or percentages: Compare to CDC statistics.
• Affordability of food/available discounts or food programs and usage (e.g., WIC, food
boxes, soup kitchens, meals-on-wheels, food stamps, senior discounts, employee
discounts, etc.).
• Availability of water (e.g., number and quality of drinking fountains).
• Fast food and junk food accessibility (vending machines).
· Evidence of healthy food consumption or unhealthy food consumption (trash, long lines,
observations, etc.).
• Provisions for special diets, if applicable.
For schools (in addition to above):
o Nutritional content of food in cafeteria and vending machines: Compare to ARS
1:08 AM Tue Nov 19
VPN 91%
Ims-ugrad.gcu.edu
Analysis Presentation
Path
Course Materials
Topic 1: Community/Public
Health Nursing
The RN to BSN program at Grand Canyon University meets the requirements for clinical competencies as defined by
the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) and the American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN),
using nontraditional experiences for practicing nurses. These experiences come in the form of direct and indirect
care experiences in which licensed nursing students engage in learning within the context of their hospital
organization, specific care discipline, and local communities.
This assignment consists of both an interview and a PowerPoint (PPT) presentation.
Topic 2: Epidemiology and
Communicable Diseases
Assessment/Interview
Topic 3: Tools for Community
Health Nursing Practice
Select a community of interest in your region. Perform a physical assessment of the community.
1. Perform a direct assessment of a community of interest using the “Functional Health Patterns Community
Assessment Guide.”
2. Interview a community health and public health provider regarding that person’s role and experiences within the
community.
Study Materials
Interview Guidelines
Tasks
Interviews can take place in-person, by phone, or by Skype.
Develop interview questions to gather information about the role of the provider in the community and the health
issues faced by the chosen community.
Benchmark – Community
Teaching Plan: Community
Teaching Work Plan Proposal
Complete the “Provider Interview Acknowledgement Form” prior to conducting the interview. Submit this document
separately in its respective drop box.
Topic 3 DQ 1
Compile key findings from the interview, including the interview questions used, and submit these with the
presentation.
Topic 3 DQ 2
PowerPoint Presentation
Topic 4: Policy and
Environmental Issues
Create a PowerPoint presentation of 15-20 slides (slide count does not include title and references slide) describing
the chosen community interest.
Study Materials
Include the following in your presentation:
1. Description of community and community boundaries: the people and the geographic, geopolitical, financial,
educational level; ethnic and phenomenological features of the community, as well as types of social
interactions; common goals and interests; and barriers, and challenges, including any identified social
determinates of health.
Tasks
2. Summary of community assessment: (a) funding sources and (b) partnerships.
Provider Interview
Acknowledgement Form
3. Summary of interview with community health/public health provider.
4. Identification of an issue that is lacking or an opportunity for health promotion.
5. A conclusion summarizing your key findings and a discussion of your impressions of the general health of the
community.
Community Assessment and
Analysis Presentation
While APA style is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and
documentation of sources should be presented using APA format ting guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style
Guide, located in the Student Success Center.
Benchmark – Policy Brief
This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the
expectations for successful completion.
Topic 4 DQ 1
You are required to submit this assignment to Lopes Write. Refer to the Lopes Write Technical Support articles for
assistance.
Topic 4 DQ 2
Attachments
Topic 5: Emergency
Preparedness and Disaster
Management
CNRS-428VN-RS4-Functional HealthPatternsCommAssessment.doc
CNRS-428VN-RS4-ProviderlnterviewAcknowledgementForm.doc
Study Materials
Attempt Start Date: 25-Nov-2019 at 12:00:00 AM
88 RUBRIC
Due Date: 01-Dec-2019 at 11:59:59 PM
Tasks
Maximum Points: 150.0
GOT IT
By using our website, you agree to the
use of cookies by us and third parties to
enhance your experience. View our
Privacy Policy for more information.
2019 BNED Loud Cloud LLC Terms & Conditions Privacy Policy | Tech Support (Ver: 7.2 ]
Nov 18, 2019 11:07:17 PM Mountain Standard Time
E-mail
Bookmarks

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Week 14 – Special Considerations

Description

1. Discuss three disaster coordination issues.

2. How would you as an Emergency Manager:

a. prevent corruption following a disaster;

b. manage compound emergencies;

c. ensure equality in assistance and relief distribution.

Choose one.

READINGS

Coppola – Chapter 11, Special Considerations

Teaching Points
Special Considerations

The discussion for this week is special considerations. The reading assignment discusses some unique issues and I would like to discuss a few more not covered in the text. The first is special needs populations. To start, a significant challenge is defining a special needs population. How would you as an Emergency Manager describe special needs? Children? The elderly? People with disabilities? Wards of the state such as prisoners, children in foster care, etc.? Nursing home residents? Whom else? What portion of the population could be identified as a special needs population? In recent years special needs populations have been renamed to be somewhat more inclusive to “persons with access and functional needs”. However, regardless of title the underlying objectives remain the same. How to we appropriately care for these groups during an emergency? How do we as Emergency Managers make the difficult decision(s) of allocating potentially scarce resource to a small subset of the population? Isn’t the idea of Emergency Management to do the most for the most? How would you reconcile any fallout of the perception of not appropriately managing special needs populations?

The next special consideration to discuss is more a situation and that is the idea of evacuation. It is a term that is widely used and with any number of varying techniques but, at best it is an extremely challenging undertaking. The first challenge is determining when an evacuation should occur. Unfortunately, there is little evidence that provides an accurate determination of when to conduct an evacuation. While some circumstances provide an easy determination for small scale evacuations such as fires, or chemical releases. The decision for large-scale evacuations become much more difficult and determining why, when, how are equally challenging. So, what are some of the considerations for evacuation? Why are we evacuating? What is the foundational cause of evacuation? Is it a natural, human-caused or technological disaster and how does the cause effect the evacuation?

Let’s put a few questions into perspective and discuss this scenario. You are the Emergency Manager of county along the ocean coast. A Tropical Storm has been upgraded to a Category 2 hurricane and current predictions have the storm building in strength to a Category 3 or 4 hurricane over the next two days. The storm is projected to make landfall approximately 100 miles south of your county and track northward before turning out to sea. What are your thoughts on evacuation at this point?

Some information on your county. Your county has 250,000 residents, a county prison housing 120 inmates, two hospitals and a small university. Does this information change your thoughts on evacuation? If so, what are your other options for protecting all the various populations? There is also a discussion that in my experience is often overlooked when discussing evacuation and this is where are the evacuees being relocated. Do we need to track certain populations? If so, how does this occur?

The point of this exercise is to demonstrate the complexity of evacuation and perhaps open the conversation for other options that are perhaps less complex but will require an equal degree of planning.

What are other special considerations that you have encountered or have in interest in discussing further?


Application #5 Response

Description

Application Length- your application should be no more than one page in length. There is no need to create a cover page. There is also no need to include a long header with your name, my name, and the class. That takes up unnecessary space on the page. In the header of the document you can place your name and application number and that should be fine.Application submission– all applications are submitted to me via blackboard by 5 p.m. on the Friday of the week they are assignedApplication Lateness– Any applications turned in after5 pm will loose 25% off their grade. Applications submitted beyond two day’s lateness WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. Exceptions to that are one a case by case basis.Grammar and punctuation– Submitted a response that is one paragraph in length will result in you loosing 20% off your grade. Proper grammar and punctuation is expected in your responses.PreviousNext


Chapter 11 Quiz

Description

InstructionsThis is a quiz that You will have 10 minutes to complete 5 questions for Chapter 11 Quiz. Good luck!


HLTH 100 Health Advocacy Letter to an Elected Official

Description

Obtain the name of your U.S. representative, senator, governor, state, or local representative and write a letter to one of them addressing either a particular public health legislative priority for your particular town, city, or state, or one of the Healthy People 2020 health objectives https://www.healthypeople.gov/2020/topics-objectives that interests you and you would like for them to support.

You can look up your local government officials at https://www.usa.gov/local-governments state legislators at https://www.congress.gov/state-legislature-websites; your US Senator at www.senate.gov; your Representative at www.house.govand your governor at https://www.usa.gov/state-governor

Hint: if you are wondering about public health priorities where you live, you could search for the state affiliate of the American Public Health Association to see if they have produced a list of priorities similar to what was shared about Maryland’s public health priorities: prescription drug affordability, lowering blood lead action levels for kids, increasing the sale of age for tobacco products.)

Follow tips from the guest lecture on advocacy:

Keep it brief (not to exceed one page)
State who you are and what you want up front
Hit your three most important points
Personalize your letter and relationship with the health concern and/or relationship to the official
You are the expert (after all, you are almost finished a semester of “Introduction to Public Health”!)
End with a short but powerful ending that summarizes the need for addressing the health issue
Thank the official for his/her time and interest in the matter


nurs 3335 discussion board

Description

Do you anticipate obtaining your DNA profile? Why, or why not?What are the pros and cons of finding out your genetic makeup?For your original post, please respond to these questions providing scholarly support for your opinion. Remember to include an APA formatted in-text citation and corresponding reference from a recent (within last 5 years) professional journal or website (NIH, CDC, etc.).


Writing a letter to the editor

Description

Health Disparities in the Media

Introduction

In this class we have looked at numerous data and statistics related to health disparities, and have evaluated the different types of social justice and health disparities issues. Now it is your turn to explore current events that are related to course topics!

Task 1- 10 points

You will need to search for a news article that relates to any of the social justice/health disparities topics that we have discussed in this course. You may use an online or a print source for this project. Make sure that you include a link to the article or a scanned copy when submitting your assignment.

Task 2- 70 points

Next, you will write a letter to the editor. Your letter can express one of the following:

You are angry about something, and want others to know it
You think that an issue is so important that you have to speak out
Part of your group’s strategy is to persuade others to take a specific action
Suggest an idea to other
Influence public opinion
Educate the general public on a specific matter
Influence policy-makers or elected officials directly or indirectly
Publicize the work of your group and attract volunteers or program participants

Please refer to the guidelines found in “How to Write a Letter to the Editor”, which can be found in Unit 6. General guidelines can be found in the power point presentation preceding this assignment.

Task 3

Write a brief (50-200 words), open-ended reflection of the project. Here are some ideas for what you can talk about:

Something new that you learned from the article
Potential bias that you found in the news article and/or news source
Overall impression of the letter writing process (Was it easy, difficult, manageable?)
Something else that you would like to mention

Rubric

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeArticle

Students are required to attach the article that they are using for their project. Additionally, the article must be relevant to social justice and/or health disparities.

10.0 pts

Full Credit

Student has included news article as an attachment or weblink. Article is relevant to the course.

5.0 pts

Partial Credit

Student has included article, but it is not relevant to the course.

0.0 pts

No Credit

Student did not include news article as an attachment or weblink.

10.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeLetter- Content

50.0 to >42.0 pts

Excellent

The student demonstrates a well-developed focus, thorough points of development, and a logical pattern of organization of ideas and concepts.

42.0 to >34.0 pts

Adequate

The student demonstrates noticeable focus, adequate points of development, and a noticeable pattern of organization of ideas and concepts.

34.0 to >0 pts

Needs Improvement

The student demonstrates no clear focus, no clear development, and no clear organizational pattern of ideas and concepts.

50.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeLetter- Structure

Please refer to the How to Write a Letter to the Editor page when constructing your letter. This page can be found in the Unit 6 module.

10.0 pts

Full Credit

The student has completely followed the guidelines provided in the How to Write a Letter to the Editor page.

5.0 pts

Partial Credit

The student has partially followed the guidelines in the How to Write a Letter to the Editor page; however, some elements are missing.

0.0 pts

No Credit

The student did not follow the guidelines provided in the How to Write a Letter to the Editor page.

10.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeLetter- Writing

This includes grammar, punctuation, and syntax. Is the writing consistent with the English language?

10.0 to >8.0 pts

Excellent

Learner demonstrates exemplary accomplishment of the following tasks: 1. Consistently appropriate and precise language for the assignment. 2. Consistently clear divisions between the writer’s voice and the sources used to support claims. 3. Consistent and clear use of standard American English in grammar and punctuation

8.0 to >5.0 pts

Acceptable

Learner demonstrates adequate accomplishment of the following tasks: 1. Somewhat precise language is used. 2. Irregular divisions between the writer’s voice and the sources are used to support claims. 3. Evident lapses in use of standard American English in grammar and punctuation.

5.0 to >0 pts

Needs Improvement

Learner demonstrates incomplete attempt to address the following tasks: 1. Frequent lapses in concrete language. 2. Consistent irregularity in divisions between the writer’s voice and the sources used to support claims. 3. Consistent lapses in use of standard American English in grammar and punctuation.

10.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeReflection

Students are required to provide a brief reflection of the letter writing process and the project as a whole.

20.0 pts

Full Credit

Student has provided a project reflection and it meets the required word count.

5.0 pts

Partial Credit

Student has provided a reflection but it does not meet the minimum 50 word count.

0.0 pts

No Credit

Student did not include a reflection of the project.

20.0 pts

Letter to the Editor Examples
EXAMPLE 1: WRITING A LETTER IN FAVOR OF A PROPOSED ACTION

To the Editor of The Herald:

The U.S. House of Representatives has recently proposed a law (H.R. no. 396) that will ban the sale of cigarettes from vending machines. This is a landmark piece of legislation that everyone in our community should support right now.

Many people don’t realize it, but vending machines are one of the main places that children are able to purchase cigarettes. In fact, it is estimated that 10% of all cigarettes purchased by minors take place at these machines. If this new legislation goes into effect, it will not only make it more difficult for youth to break the law by buying cigarettes, it will lower the chances of young people smoking in the first place

There are many reasons (besides the legal ones) why we should try to curb smoking by our children. 1) Research shows that most people who smoke started when they were underage. 2) Many people fear that smoking cigarettes serves as a “gateway” to harder drugs. 3) Smoking is a very expensive addiction (particularly for a teen who makes minimum wage) And, finally, 4) smoking can cause many life-shortening or fatal health problems (such as lung cancer and emphysema). Our young people would not smoke before they are really able to understand or accept the long-term consequences.

The vending-machine bill has been proposed, but now it needs to be passed. Your voice will count here. We encourage you to write or call the representative for your district (for those of us in District 8, that’s Congresswoman Fisher) and let her know that you support her as she tries to get this legislation passed. The more support she gets, the more likely it is that this bill will become law. Contact Tobacco Free Youth for further information about this important issue.

Sincerely,

Jonathan Friedman, Director
Tobacco Free Youth
123 Forest Road

EXAMPLE 2: WRITING A LETTER OPPOSING A PROPOSED ACTION

To the editor of the Lawrence Journal World:

Bulldozers began moving dirt last week at Lawrence High School and the Centennial Virtual School, but city commissioners and school district officials have been bulldozing this community for months with an athletic facilities expansion plan that is fiscally irresponsible, unnecessarily redundant and probably illegal. Our elected officials have misled the public, violated zoning codes and set taxpayers up for a $10.3 million loan that will take 10 years to pay off and cost taxpayers $2.25 million in interest.

Why was the public repeatedly told that this project could be built with leftover bond money when those funds don’t even represent a third of the proposed budget?

Why is it necessary to build two separate football stadiums at a cost of $4 million?

Why is it inconceivable to parents that both teams could play in a shared stadium at FSHS? The situation would be no different than it is in swimming, where both schools compete at the Indoor Aquatic Center.

Why are city commissioners allowing the school district to build a stadium for 4,000 spectators at LHS without also requiring the district to provide the 1,300 parking spaces required by city zoning ordinances?

Why did the school district repeatedly assert that the proposed facilities would only disrupt neighbors a few nights a year when it clearly intended to lease the fields for nightly city softball, baseball and soccer games?

We need new leaders with a clear vision, a commitment to fiscal responsibility, and the ability to balance community and educational needs.

Jerry Schultz, Bob Tryanski, Jeanne Klein and 10 other signers,

Lawrence

EXAMPLE 3: WRITING A LETTER OPPOSING A COMPLETED ACTION

To the Editor of The Herald:

I am outraged by the County Commission’s recent decision to terminate the lease of the Head Start program at the County Court House. With this decision, a much-needed, already under-funded program may simply have no place to go!

Head Start is a fantastic program. It makes sure that poor and other at-risk pre-school children will have the nutritious food and special attention they just may not get elsewhere. It gives these children a true “head start” in a world where they may not get many other chances. And there is plenty of evidence to show that Head Start makes a big difference to kids later in life.

The Commission’s recent decision to oust the program to make more room for a ”state Gifts Shop” is ridiculous! If the leaders of our community would like to run a store to sell Kansas-made goods, I’m all for it. However, neither my Kansas pride nor my greed run so deep as to wish to take away the breakfast of 30 hungry three-year-olds. And I am deeply saddened to see that the County Commissioners value profits over people.

This decision is shameful to all who live in Dade County. The County Commissioners should reconsider the situation and revoke their decision immediately. I hope all readers will let the commissioners know how they feel about this terrible situation by calling them at 913-432-1200 or writing to them at the County Court House.

Sincerely,

Victoria Stein
3960 Mount Hope Drive
567-8095

EXAMPLE 4: WRITING A LETTER IN FAVOR OF A PROPOSED ACTION

Opinion Piece to the Jackson Free Press

The Center for Disease Control currently ranks Mississippi second in highest infant mortality rates in the nation—in 2016, the state lost 325 babies before their first birthday. Data from the American Academy of Pediatrics shows that more than 900 infant lives per year may be saved in the United States if 90 percent of mothers exclusively breastfed for six months. This shows that if we want to improve the health outcome of babies and increase the number of those that reach their first birthday and beyond, we must center our efforts on removing systemic barriers to breastfeeding.

Moving the marker on breastfeeding and infant health takes the coordinated efforts of communities, hospitals, the government and industries to ensure that mothers’ rights to breastfeed are protected through policy, support, space and time. That is one reason why the Mississippi Urban League has partnered with the University of Mississippi Medical Center and the Mississippi State Department of Health to take on the important work of developing and sustaining a culture of breastfeeding here in Mississippi. Our partnership, which the national BUILD Health Challenge funds, wants to change systems so that they will support, and never inhibit, our community’s efforts to be healthy.

We see the value of a supportive environment for breastfeeding as we work with parents who come to our SIPPS Baby Café, a place where moms and dads not only receive important health and wellness information, but also support from each other. Moms who come to the café say the network of support they receive helps them make the decision to start breastfeeding and motivates them to continue. Knowing that those women, many of whom are the only ones in their family to breastfeed, have someone to call or if they have questions or need encouraging words makes this work fulfilling. This is how we build sustainable support within the community.

In an effort to normalize breastfeeding, we bring breastfeeding out of the café and into the community. SIPPS M.O.B.s (Mothers Out Breastfeeding) provides opportunities for moms to breastfeed in public in a supportive group setting. These outings are designed to educate and sustain a culture of breastfeeding.

Our partnership also works with businesses to develop policies that allow mothers to use their break time to pump and store milk or breastfeed; and have lactation rooms and lactation education programs on site. We know that due to the absence of universal paid maternity leave, many mothers must return to work shortly after giving birth.

The World Health Organization and the United Nations Children’s Fund launched the Baby-Friendly Hospital Initiative, a global program to encourage implementation of the “Ten Steps to Successful Breastfeeding and the International Code of Marketing of Breast-milk Substitutes,” in 1991. The BFHI assists hospitals in giving mothers the information, confidence and skills necessary to successfully initiate and continue breastfeeding their babies or safely feed with formula, and gives special recognition to hospitals that have done so.

The University of Mississippi Medical Center is among the few Mississippi hospitals to be designated a “Baby-Friendly Hospital” and refers mothers to the SIPPS Baby Café to support and educate pregnant mothers, and support breastfeeding in a community setting. We understand that some mothers are unable to or choose not to breastfeed, and no one should infringe upon their rights to access breast-milk substitutes. Our collaborative effort is aimed at providing education, creating policies and developing supports to ensure that systemic barriers do not influence a mom’s decision not to breastfeed.

We know what is best for the long-term health of Mississippi children. All babies need a head start to have a healthy future. We know breastfeeding the future generation of babies is a part of making that future a brighter one. We must not let our nation’s stance on the World Health Organization’s breastfeeding resolution discourage us. We will continue from the ground up with the momentum we have created to ensure a healthy future for Mississippi children.


Lifestyle Assignment

Description

The objective of this assignment is for students to understand how their everyday food choices and activities/exercise they engage affect their weight, health, and overall well-being.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY: Record 3-days worth of all your food intake and activities/exercise you engaged in. After evaluating your recordings, complete your assignment by incorporating concepts and knowledge gained from the following chapters: wellness, psychological health, nutrition, exercise, weight management, cardiovascular health, and cancer. Analyze your current diet and activity level, and finally put together a personal nutrition and activity plan by making sure it is viable based on your lifestyle, budget and habits. Your improved plan should promote overall wellness and longevity.
STUDENT REPORT: You will write a 4-page paper in addition to creating 2 tables (tables will vary in length but your overall assignment should approximately 6 pages long). Your papers will be typed, double-spaced, 12 pt. font, Times New Roman, 1-inch margins all around and submitted online. Save your assignment as YourLastNameFirst Initial_HLED100_Assignment2 Example: HalkiaG_HLED100_Assignment2. Make sure your papers are free of grammatical and spelling errors —- you will be graded on this. Your paper will consist of and cover the following:
Table #1
Document 3 days of all foods and beverages consumed, as well as the type of activity you engaged in a table format each day (see sample example inside the guidelines file; you are free to format your tables any way you like)
Written Essay Assignment (make sure you describe the following):
Describe your lifestyle
Describe your diet and activity level based on the recorded information
Do you see any patterns? For example. Are you eating enough fruits and are you getting an adequate amount of nutrients based on your nutritional needs for your age group?
Why did you choose these foods? (Do you live on campus? Do you live with your parents? Or you simply prefer the flavor of certain foods). Explain.
What are your main obstacles as a student to adhere to a healthy lifestyle (hurried lifestyle, availability of foods, cost, etc.)
If you continue eating and exercising as you do where do you see yourself in 20 years from now (refer to the nutrition, exercise, weight management, cardiovascular and cancer chapter)
Based on your observations what could you change and why


edit my work

Description

Patient-centered care

Introduction

Quality and safety nursing competencies (QSEN) faculty have designed a set of competencies to be imparted into newer nursing graduates. Patience centered care is one of the six main components that need be taught to new nursing students in the knowledge, skills, and attitudes (KSAs) program.The nurses are hence adequately prepared to work under an approved orthodox and ethics codes as they are to be instrumental towards t improving quality and safety in the health care system (Ironside & Sitterding, 2009). Patients Care can be enhanced through effective management of care. Care coordination also acts as a supportive pillar in ensuring that effective care is established as a clinical routine. This paper, therefore, takes a look at what both management of care and care coordination entails.

Effective management of care

The main aim of care management is to enhance improvement in care for patients. It, in addition, eases the delivery of quality health services. On this note, therefore, it becomes easier to avail the necessary medical supplements to patients. The caregivers are also supplied with optimal skills to take enough care for patients under their attention. Chronic illnesses vitally need constant attention. As a result, therefore, a timely provision of health attention to patients under such conditions serves to enhance care management. Nurses and caregivers can hence, not evade accountability. Effective care management hence comes in to serve the purpose

Care coordination

Care coordination is auxiliary support to care management. It ensures that optimal care is provided to patients within the required scope. As a result, therefore, service delivery stems from the highest pinnacles of the health sector. Proper management of resources is followed up till they reach the patients in question. Accountability is an essential aspect in that case. It hence diminishes chances of spillages that can lead to violation of QSEN program principles. Care coordination has various components.

One of the main factors that hinder quality services delivery in the health sector is the payment process. It is such circumstances that make the bureaucratic process leading to untimely services. As a result, the QSEN program has emphasized the application of electronic means of payment (Mansfield & Burke, 2018). The payment transactions are instantly recorded in the health facilities system. In a different case, the insurance services are automatically prompted to the health facility systems. The process is hence simplified since the number of parties involved is reduced. Health specialist is also offered adequate time to deliver medical services in preference to following up on payment records.

It is moreover the aim of QSEN to cultivate and maintain a culture of care management. The health department shall, therefore, bear it in their every day to day operation. In such a case, therefore, every stakeholder shall make every effort to adhere to the underlying principles. The patients shall also develop confidence in the health sector. Nurses shall also be adequately trained in providing constant care thereof. It is encouraged that the health personnel’s should create rapport with their patients. The openness enhances patients expounding on their problems. Health service delivery, therefore, becomes simplified.Organizations are mostly faced with internal conflicts. QSEN, however, emphasizes on creation of good relations from top to bottom. Attention shall hence be driven to service delivery other than solving conflicts.

Conclusion

QSEN program is established to improve care to patients in the health sector. As a result, a six principles program is set to be instilled in newer nursing graduates. One of the main principles is care management. It has two main components: care coordination and care management. Care management functions to ensure that both constant and timely attention is given to patients. Care coordination, on the other hand, monitors the process of care management. It creates a simplified process of service delivery while reducing conflicts between health professionals and patients.

References

Ironside, P. M., & Sitterding, M. (2009). Embedding Quality and Safety Competencies in Nursing Education. Journal of Nursing Education, 48(12), 659-660.

Mansfield, J. A., Scheurer, D., & Burke, K. (2018). The Future Role of the Registered Nurse in Patient Safety and Quality. Introduction to Qual


Complete Nursing Discussion Masters Level (WALDEN)

Description

Throughout history, major events have influenced quality improvement efforts in health care. For example, the Institute of Medicine’s report To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health System revealed statistics about errors in patient safety that result in thousands of deaths annually. Health care providers must be cognizant of the purpose and philosophy of quality improvement efforts as they lead the charge for improving health outcomes and patient safety. This Discussion is intended to help you understand how various developments have shaped contemporary perspectives and approaches to promoting health care quality.By Day 3Post a cohesive scholarly response that addresses the following:When “To Err is Human” was published in 1999, it marked an important milestone in Quality Improvement Science. Analyze how this milestone has influenced the health care delivery system and nursing practice.Provide an example from your own work history and experience as to how the patient safety movement has affected your practice.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

To Err Is Human
Building a Safer Health System
Linda T. Kohn, Janet M. Corrigan, and
Molla S. Donaldson, Editors
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Committee on Quality of Health Care in America
INSTITUTE OF MEDICINE
NATIONAL ACADEMY PRESS
Washington, D.C.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
NATIONAL ACADEMY PRESS • 2101 Constitution Avenue, N.W. • Washington, DC 20418
NOTICE: The project that is the subject of this report was approved by the Governing
Board of the National Research Council, whose members are drawn from the councils of
the National Academy of Sciences, the National Academy of Engineering, and the Institute of Medicine. The members of the committee responsible for the report were chosen
for their special competences and with regard for appropriate balance.
Support for this project was provided by The National Research Council and The
Commonwealth Fund. The views presented in this report are those of the Institute of
Medicine Committee on the Quality of Health Care in America and are not necessarily
those of the funding agencies.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
To err is human : building a safer health system / Linda T. Kohn, Janet M. Corrigan, and
Molla S. Donaldson, editors.
p. cm
Includes bibliographical references and index.
ISBN 0-309-06837-1
1. Medical errors—Prevention. I. Kohn, Linda T. II. Corrigan, Janet. III.
Donaldson, Molla S.
R729.8.T6 2000
362.1—dc21
99-088993
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Additional copies of this report are available for sale from the National Academy Press,
2101 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Box 285, Washington, DC 20055; call (800) 624-6242
or (202) 334-3313 in the Washington metropolitan area, or visit the NAP on-line bookstore at www.nap.edu.
The full text of this report is available on line at www.nap.edu/readingroom.
For more information about the Institute of Medicine, visit the IOM home page at
www.iom.edu.
Copyright 2000 by the National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America
The serpent has been a symbol of long life, healing, and knowledge among almost
all cultures and religions since the beginning of recorded history. The serpent adopted as
a logotype by the Institute of Medicine is a relief carving from ancient Greece, now held
by the Staatliche Museen in Berlin.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
National Academy of Sciences
National Academy of Engineering
Institute of Medicine
National Research Council
The National Academy of Sciences is a private, nonprofit, self-perpetuating society
of distinguished scholars engaged in scientific and engineering research, dedicated to the
furtherance of science and technology and to their use for the general welfare. Upon the
authority of the charter granted to it by the Congress in 1863, the Academy has a mandate that requires it to advise the federal government on scientific and technical matters.
Dr. Bruce M. Alberts is president of the National Academy of Sciences.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
The National Academy of Engineering was established in 1964, under the charter
of the National Academy of Sciences, as a parallel organization of outstanding engineers.
It is autonomous in its administration and in the selection of its members, sharing with
the National Academy of Sciences the responsibility for advising the federal government.
The National Academy of Engineering also sponsors engineering programs aimed at
meeting national needs, encourages education and research, and recognizes the superior
achievements of engineers. Dr. William A. Wulf is president of the National Academy of
Engineering.
The Institute of Medicine was established in 1970 by the National Academy of
Sciences to secure the services of eminent members of appropriate professions in the
examination of policy matters pertaining to the health of the public. The Institute acts
under the responsibility given to the National Academy of Sciences by its congressional
charter to be an adviser to the federal government and, upon its own initiative, to identify
issues of medical care, research, and education. Dr. Kenneth I. Shine is president of the
Institute of Medicine.
The National Research Council was organized by the National Academy of Sciences in 1916 to associate the broad community of science and technology with the
Academy’s purposes of furthering knowledge and advising the federal government. Functioning in accordance with general policies determined by the Academy, the Council has
become the principal operating agency of both the National Academy of Sciences and
the National Academy of Engineering in providing services to the government, the public, and the scientific and engineering communities. The Council is administered jointly
by both Academies and the Institute of Medicine. Dr. Bruce M. Alberts and Dr. William
A. Wulf are chairman and vice chairman, respectively, of the National Research Council.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
COMMITTEE ON QUALITY OF HEALTH CARE IN AMERICA
WILLIAM C. RICHARDSON (Chair), President and CEO, W.K. Kellogg
Foundation, Battle Creek, MI
DONALD M. BERWICK, President and CEO, Institute for Healthcare
Improvement, Boston
J. CRIS BISGARD, Director, Health Services, Delta Air Lines, Inc., Atlanta
LONNIE R. BRISTOW, Past President, American Medical Association,
Walnut Creek, CA
CHARLES R. BUCK, Program Leader, Health Care Quality and Strategy
Initiatives, General Electric Company, Fairfield, CT
CHRISTINE K. CASSEL, Professor and Chairman, Department of
Geriatrics and Adult Development, Mount Sinai School of Medicine,
New York City
MARK R. CHASSIN, Professor and Chairman, Department of Health Policy,
Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York City
MOLLY JOEL COYE, Senior Vice President and Director, West Coast
Office, The Lewin Group, San Francisco
DON E. DETMER, Dennis Gillings Professor of Health Management,
University of Cambridge, UK
JEROME H. GROSSMAN, Chairman and CEO, Lion Gate Management
Corporation, Boston
BRENT JAMES, Executive Director, Intermountain Health Care, Institute
for Health Care Delivery Research, Salt Lake City, UT
DAVID McK. LAWRENCE, Chairman and CEO, Kaiser Foundation Health
Plan, Inc., Oakland, CA
LUCIAN LEAPE, Adjunct Professor, Harvard School of Public Health
ARTHUR LEVIN, Director, Center for Medical Consumers, New York City
RHONDA ROBINSON-BEALE, Executive Medical Director, Managed
Care Management and Clinical Programs, Blue Cross Blue Shield of
Michigan, Southfield
JOSEPH E. SCHERGER, Associate Dean for Clinical Affairs, University of
California at Irvine College of Medicine
ARTHUR SOUTHAM, Partner, 2C Solutions, Northridge, CA
MARY WAKEFIELD, Director, Center for Health Policy and Ethics,
George Mason University
GAIL L. WARDEN, President and CEO, Henry Ford Health System,
Detroit
v
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Study Staff
JANET M. CORRIGAN, Director, Division of Health Care Services,
Director, Quality of Health Care in America Project
MOLLA S. DONALDSON, Project Co-Director
LINDA T. KOHN, Project Co-Director
TRACY McKAY, Research Assistant
KELLY C. PIKE, Senior Project Assistant
Auxiliary Staff
MIKE EDINGTON, Managing Editor
KAY C. HARRIS, Financial Advisor
SUZANNE MILLER, Senior Project Assistant
Copy Editor
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
FLORENCE POILLON
vi
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Reviewers
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
T
his report has been reviewed in draft form by individuals chosen for
their diverse perspectives and technical expertise, in accordance with
procedures approved by the National Research Council’s Report Review Committee. The purpose of this independent review is to provide candid and critical comments that will assist the Institute of Medicine in making the published report as sound as possible and to ensure that the report
meets institutional standards for objectivity, evidence, and responsiveness to
the study charge. The review comments and the draft manuscript remain
confidential to protect the integrity of the deliberative process. The committee wishes to thank the following individuals for their participation in the
review of this report:
GERALDINE BEDNASH, Executive Director, American Association of
Colleges of Nursing, Washington, DC
PETER BOUXSEIN, Visiting Scholar, Institute of Medicine, Washington,
DC
JOHN COLMERS, Executive Director, Maryland Health Care Cost and
Access Commission, Baltimore
JEFFREY COOPER, Director, Partners Biomedical Engineering Group,
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston
ROBERT HELMREICH, Professor, University of Texas at Austin
vii
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
viii
REVIEWERS
LOIS KERCHER, Vice President for Nursing, Sentara-Virginia Beach
General Hospital, Virginia Beach, VA
GORDON MOORE, Associate Chief Medical Officer, Strong Health,
Rochester, NY
ALAN NELSON, Associate Executive Vice President, American College of
Physicians/American Society of Internal Medicine, Washington, DC
LEE NEWCOMER, Chief Medical Officer, United HealthCare Corporation,
Minnetonka, MN
MARY JANE OSBORN, University of Connecticut Health Center
ELLISON PIERCE, Executive Director, Anesthesia Patient Safety
Foundation, Boston
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Although the individuals acknowledged have provided valuable comments and suggestions, responsibility for the final contents of the report
rests solely with the authoring committee and the Institute of Medicine.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Preface
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
T
o Err Is Human: Building a Safer Health System. The title of this
report encapsulates its purpose. Human beings, in all lines of work,
make errors. Errors can be prevented by designing systems that make
it hard for people to do the wrong thing and easy for people to do the right
thing. Cars are designed so that drivers cannot start them while in reverse
because that prevents accidents. Work schedules for pilots are designed so
they don’t fly too many consecutive hours without rest because alertness and
performance are compromised.
In health care, building a safer system means designing processes of care
to ensure that patients are safe from accidental injury. When agreement has
been reached to pursue a course of medical treatment, patients should have
the assurance that it will proceed correctly and safely so they have the best
chance possible of achieving the desired outcome.
This report describes a serious concern in health care that, if discussed
at all, is discussed only behind closed doors. As health care and the system
that delivers it become more complex, the opportunities for errors abound.
Correcting this will require a concerted effort by the professions, health care
organizations, purchasers, consumers, regulators and policy-makers. Traditional clinical boundaries and a culture of blame must be broken down. But
most importantly, we must systematically design safety into processes of care.
This report is part of larger project examining the quality of health care
ix
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
x
PREFACE
in America and how to achieve a threshold change in quality. The committee
has focused its initial attention on quality concerns that fall into the category
of medical errors. There are several reasons for this. First, errors are responsible for an immense burden of patient injury, suffering and death. Second,
errors in the provision of health services, whether they result in injury or
expose the patient to the risk of injury, are events that everyone agrees just
shouldn’t happen. Third, errors are readily understandable to the American
public. Fourth, there is a sizable body of knowledge and very successful
experiences in other industries to draw upon in tackling the safety problems
of the health care industry. Fifth, the health care delivery system is rapidly
evolving and undergoing substantial redesign, which may introduce improvements, but also new hazards. Over the next year, the committee will be
examining other quality issues, such as problems of overuse and underuse.
The Quality of Health Care in America project is largely supported with
income from an endowment established within the IOM by the Howard
Hughes Medical Institute and income from an endowment established for
the National Research Council by the Kellogg Foundation. The Commonwealth Fund provided generous support for a workshop to convene medical, nursing and pharmacy professionals for input into this specific report.
The National Academy for State Health Policy assisted by convening a focus
group of state legislative and regulatory leaders to discuss patient safety.
Thirty-eight people were involved in producing this report. The Subcommittee on Creating an External Environment for Quality, under the direction of J. Cris Bisgard and Molly Joel Coye, dealt with a series of complex
and sensitive issues, always maintaining a spirit of compromise and respect.
Additionally the Subcommittee on Designing the Health System of the 21st
Century, under the direction of Donald Berwick, had to balance the challenges faced by health care organizations with the need to continually push
out boundaries and not accept limitations. Lastly, under the direction of
Janet Corrigan, excellent staff support has been provided by Linda Kohn,
Molla Donaldson, Tracy McKay, and Kelly Pike.
At some point in our lives, each of us will probably be a patient in the
health care system. It is hoped that this report can serve as a call to action
that will illuminate a problem to which we are all vulnerable.
William C. Richardson, Ph.D.
Chair
November 1999
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Foreword
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
T
his report is the first in a series of reports to be produced by the
Quality of Health Care in America project. The Quality of Health
Care in America project was initiated by the Institute of Medicine in
June 1998 with the charge of developing a strategy that will result in a threshold improvement in quality over the next ten years.
Under the direction of Chairman William C. Richardson, the Quality of
Health Care in America Committee is directed to:
• review and synthesize findings in the literature pertaining to the quality of care provided in the health care system;
• develop a communications strategy for raising the awareness of the
general public and key stakeholders of quality of care concerns and opportunities for improvement;
• articulate a policy framework that will provide positive incentives to
improve quality and foster accountability;
• identify characteristics and factors that enable or encourage providers, health care organizations, health plans and communities to continuously
improve the quality of care; and
• develop a research agenda in areas of continued uncertainty.
This first report on patient safety addresses a serious issue affecting the
xi
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
xii
FOREWORD
quality of health care. Future reports in this series will address other qualityrelated issues and cover areas such as re-designing the health care delivery
system for the 21st Century, aligning financial incentives to reward quality
care and the critical role of information technology as a tool for measuring
and understanding quality. Additional reports will be produced throughout
the coming year.
The Quality of Health Care in America project continues IOM’s longstanding focus on quality of care issues. The IOM National Roundtable on
Health Care Quality described how variable the quality of health care is in
this country and highlighted the urgent need for improving it. A recent report issued by the IOM National Cancer Policy Board concluded that there
is a wide gulf between ideal cancer care and the reality that many Americans
experience with cancer care.
The IOM will continue to call for a comprehensive and strong response
to this most urgent issue facing the American people. This current report on
patient safety further reinforces our conviction that we cannot wait any
longer.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Kenneth I. Shine, M.D.
President, Institute of Medicine
November 1999
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Acknowledgments
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
T
he Committee on the Quality of Health Care in America first and
foremost acknowledges the tremendous contribution by the members of two subcommittees. Both subcommittees spent many hours
working through a set of exceedingly complex issues, ranging from topics
related to expectations from the health care delivery system to the details of
how reporting systems work. Although individual subcommittee members
raised different perspectives on a variety of issues, there was no disagreement on the ultimate goal of making care safer for patients. Without the
efforts of the two subcommittees, this report would not have happened. We
take this opportunity to thank each and every subcommittee member for
their contribution.
SUBCOMMITTEE ON CREATING AN ENVIRONMENT FOR
QUALITY IN HEALTH CARE
J. Cris Bisgard (Cochair), Delta Air Lines, Inc.; Molly Joel Coye, (Cochair), The Lewin Group; Phyllis C. Borzi, The George Washington University; Charles R. Buck, Jr., General Electric Company; Jon Christianson, University of Minnesota; Charles Cutler, formerly of The Prudential HealthCare;
Mary Jane England, Washington Business Group on Health; George J.
Isham, HealthPartners; Brent James, Intermountain Health Care; Roz D.
xiii
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
xiv
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Lasker, New York Academy of Medicine; Lucian Leape, Harvard School of
Public Health; Patricia A. Riley, National Academy of State Health Policy;
Gerald M. Shea, American Federation of Labor and Congress of Industrial
Organizations; Gail L. Warden, Henry Ford Health System; A. Eugene
Washington, University of California, San Francisco School of Medicine;
and Andrew Webber, Consumer Coalition for Health Care Quality.
SUBCOMMITTEE ON BUILDING THE 21ST CENTURY
HEALTH CARE SYSTEM
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Don M. Berwick (Chair), Institute for Healthcare Improvement; Christine K. Cassel, Mount Sinai School of Medicine; Rodney Dueck,
HealthSystem Minnesota; Jerome H. Grossman, Lion Gate Management
Corporation; John E. Kelsch, Consultant in Total Quality; Risa LavizzoMourey, University of Pennsylvania; Arthur Levin, Center for Medical Consumers; Eugene C. Nelson, Hitchcock Medical Center; Thomas Nolan, Associates in Proc-ess Improvement; Gail J. Povar, Cameron Medical Group;
James L. Reinertsen, CareGroup; Joseph E. Scherger, University of California, Irvine; Stephen M. Shortell, University of California, Berkeley; Mary
Wakefield, George Mason University; and Kevin Weiss, Rush Primary Care
Institute.
A number of people willingly and generously gave their time and expertise as the committee and both subcommittees conducted their deliberations. Their contributions are acknowledged here.
Participants in the Roundtable on the Role of the Health Professions in
Improving Patient Safety provided many useful insights reflected in the final
report. They included: J. Cris Bisgard, Delta Air Lines, Inc.; Terry P.
Clemmer, Intermountain Health Care; Leo J. Dunn, Virginia Commonwealth University; James Espinosa, Overlook Hospital; Paul Friedmann, Bay
State Hospital; David M. Gaba, V.A. Palo Alto HCS; Larry A. Green, American Academy of Family Physicians; Paul F. Griner, Association of American
Medical Colleges; Charles Douglas Hepler, University of Florida; Carolyn
Hutcherson, Health Policy Consultant; Lucian L. Leape, Harvard School of
Public Health; William C. Nugent, Dartmouth Hitchcock Medical Center;
Ellison C. Pierce Jr., Anesthesia Patient Safety Foundation; Bernard Rosof,
Huntington Hospital; Carol Taylor, Georgetown University; Mary
Wakefield, George Mason University; and Richard Womer, Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
xv
We are also grateful to the state representatives who participated in the
focus group on patient safety convened by the National Academy for State
Health Policy, including: Anne Barry, Minnesota Department of Finance;
Jane Beyer, Washington State House of Representatives; Maureen Booth,
National Academy of State Health Policy Fellow; Eileen Cody, Washington
State House of Representatives; John Colmers, Maryland Health Care Access and Cost Commission; Patrick Finnerty, Virginia Joint Commission on
Health Care; John Frazer, Delaware Office of the Controller General; Lori
Gerhard, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Health; Jeffrey
Gregg, State of Florida, Agency for Health Care Administration; Frederick
Heigel, New York Bureau of Hospital and Primary Care Services; John
LaCour, Louisiana Department of Health and Hospitals; Maureen Maigret,
Rhode Island Lieutenant Governor’s Office; Angela Monson, Oklahoma
State Senate; Catherine Morris, New Jersey State Department of Health;
Danielle Noe, Kansas Office of the Governor; Susan Reinhard, New Jersey
Department of Health and Senior Services; Trish Riley, National Academy
for State Health Policy; Dan Rubin, Washington State Department of
Health; Brent Ewig, ASTHO; Kathy Weaver, Indiana State Department of
Health; and Robert Zimmerman, Pennsylvania Department of Health.
A number of people at the state health departments generously provided information about the adverse event reporting program in their state.
The committee thanks the following people for their time and help: Karen
Logan, California; Jackie Starr-Bocian, Colorado; Julie Moore, Connecticut; Anna Polk, Florida; Mary Kabril, Kansas; Lee Kelly, Massachusetts;
Vanessa Phipps, Mississippi; Nancy Garvey, New Jersey; Ellen Flink, New
York; Kathryn Kimmet, Ohio; Larry Stoller, Jim Steel and Elaine Gibble,
Pennsylvania; Laurie Round, Rhode Island; and Connie Richards, South
Dakota. In addition, Renee Mallett at the Ohio Hospital Association also
offered assistance.
From the Food and Drug Administration, the Committee especially recognizes the contributions of Janet Woodcock, Director, Center for Drug
Evaluation and Research; Ralph Lillie, Director, Office of Post-Marketing
Drug Risk Assessment; Susan Gardner, Deputy Director, Center for Devices
and Radiological Health; Jerry Phillips, Associate Director, Medication Error Program and Peter Carstenson, Senior Systems Engineer, Division of
Device User Programs and System Analysis.
Assistance from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality came
from John M. Eisenberg, Administrator; Gregg Meyer, Director of the Center for Quality Measurement and Improvement; Nancy Foster, Coordinator
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
xvi
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
for Quality Activities and Marge Keyes, Project Officer. At the Health Care
Financing Administration, Jeff Kang, Director, Clinical Standards and Quality and Tim Cuerdon, Office of Clinical Standards and Quality were especially helpful. At the Veterans Health Administration, Kenneth Kizer, former
Undersecretary for Health and Ronald Goldman, Office of Performance
and Quality shared their views on how to create a culture of safety inside
large health care organizations.
Other individuals provided data, information and background that significantly contributed to the committee’s understanding of patient safety.
The committee would like to particularly acknowledge the contributions of
Charles Billings, now at Ohio State University and designer of the Aviation
Safety Reporting System; Linda Blank at the American Board of Internal
Medicine; Michael Cohen at the Institute for Safe Medication Practices;
Linda Connell at the Aviation Safety Reporting System at NASA/Ames Research Center; Diane Cousins and Fay Menacker at U.S. Pharmacopeia,
Martin Hatlie and Eleanor Vogt at the National Patient Safety Foundation;
Henry Manasse and Colleen O’Malley at the American Society of HealthSystem Pharmacists; Cynthia Null at the Human Factors Research and Technology Division at NASA/Ames Research Center; Eric Thomas, at the University of Texas at Houston; Margaret VanAmringe at the Joint Commission
on Accreditation of Health Care Organizations; and Karen Williams at the
National Pharmaceuticals Council.
A special thanks is offered to Randall R. Bovbjerg and David W. Shapiro
for preparing a paper on the legal discovery of data reported to adverse
event reporting systems. Their paper significantly contributed to Chapter 6
of this report, although the conclusions and findings are the full responsibility of the committee (readers should not interpret their input as legal advice
nor representing the views of their employing organizations).
A special thanks is also provided to colleagues at the IOM. Claudia Carl
and Mike Edington provided assistance during the report review and preparation stages. Ellen Agard and Mel Worth significantly contributed to the
case study that is used in the report. Wilhelmine Miller expertly arranged
the workshop with physicians, nurses and pharmacists and ensured a successful meeting. Suzanne Miller provided important assistance to the literature review. Tracy McKay provided help throughout the project, from coordinating literature searches to overseeing the editing of the report. A special
thanks is offered to Kelly Pike. Her outstanding support and attention to
detail was critical to the success of this report. Her assistance was always
offered with enthusiasm and good cheer.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
xvii
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Finally, the committee acknowledges the generous support from the
National Research Council and the Institute of Medicine to conduct this
work. Additionally, the committee thanks Brian Biles for his interest in this
work and gratefully acknowledges the contribution of The Commonwealth
Fund, a New York City-based private independent foundation. The views
presented here are those of the authors and not necessarily those of The
Commonwealth Fund, its directors, officers or staff.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
Contents
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
1
2
3
1
A COMPREHENSIVE APPROACH TO IMPROVING
PATIENT SAFETY
Patient Safety: A Critical Component of Quality, 18
Organization of the Report, 21
ERRORS IN HEALTH CARE: A LEADING CAUSE OF
DEATH AND INJURY
Introduction, 27
How Frequently Do Errors Occur?, 29
Factors That Contribute to Errors, 35
The Cost of Errors, 40
Public Perceptions of Safety, 42
WHY DO ERRORS HAPPEN?
Why Do Accidents Happen?, 51
Are Some Types of Systems More Prone to Accidents?, 58
Research on Human Factors, 63
Summary, 65
17
26
49
xix
Committee, on Quality of Health Care in America, and of Medicine Institute. To Err Is Human : Building a Safer Health
System, edited by Linda T. Kohn, et al., National Academies Press, 2000. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/waldenu/deta
Created from waldenu on 2019-11-27 06:14:18.
xx
Copyright © 2000. National Academies Press. All rights reserved.
4
CONTENTS
BUILDING LEADERSHIP AND KNOWLEDGE FOR
P

pub wk 1 d2 shani orig

Description

IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING WORD LIMIT REQUIREMENTS: Please note that each and every assignment has its own word limit. The American Public Health Association defines public health as the promotion and protection of health for the people and their communities. (“American Public Health Association,” 2019) Whereas, the World Health Organization defines public health as “the art and science of preventing disease, prolonging life and promoting health through the organized efforts of society.” (“World Health Organization,” 2019) In comparison, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention defines public health as a science that protects and improves the health of people and the communities. (“Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,” 2019) Therefore, all three organization view public health as protecting the health of the people. However, the one that represents the 21st century is the WHO, because their definition depicts a holistic approach by preventing the disease which prolongs life, thus protecting the community. Based on these definitions, I would define public health as a system that promotes the health of the people and their communities through an holistic approach of preventing diseases to prolong lives. In terms of what public health do, it is work that uses research on diseases so that it can be prevented such as vaccines. Also, to detect infectious disease and research about how to prevent and treat them along with promoting a healthier lifestyle. (“Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,” 2019) The health impact pyramid is a framework that depicts the various method of intervention on public health. Based on the 5-tier pyramid, it depicts “the impact of different types of public health interventions and provides a framework to improve health.” (Frieden, 2010, p.591) Based on the pyramid, the first tier (the bottom tier) is socioeconomic factors and an example on intervention is an improvement in education. (Frieden, 2010, p.591) The second tier is changing the context to make individuals ‘default decisions healthy and an examples of the public health intervention for this tier is lead painted pencils. When children chewed on these lead painted pencils they would get lead poisoning, however, in 1978 the United States outlawed lead therefore, preventing lead poisoning. (Bennett, 2014) The their 3rd tier is long lasting protective intervention, and an intervention example is vaccination, which caused the eradication of the variola virus small pox diseases. The 4th tier is clinical intervention and an example is medications to prevent diseases. The 5th tier (top tier) is the counseling and educational intervention and an example is sex-ed classes that teaches protection and prevention on sexual transmitted diseases. Reference American Public Health Association. (2019). What is Public Health. Retrieved from https://www.apha.org/what-is-public-health Bennett, J.H. (2014,November, 30). Ever wondered about the lead in pencils?. Washington Post. Retrieved from https://www.washingtonpost.com/lifestyle/kidspost/ever-wondered-about-the-lead-in-pencils/2014/11/26/f8b5869c-548a-11e4-809b-8cc0a295c773_story.html#:~:targetText=Most%20pencils%20made%20in%20the%20United%20States%20are%20painted%20yellow.&targetText=Lead%20was%20outlawed%20in%20the,have%20been%20exposed%20to%20lead. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2019). What is Public Health. Retrieved from https://www.cdcfoundation.org/what-public-health Frieden, Thomas. (2010). A Framework for Public Health Action: The Health Impact Pyramid. American Journal of Public Health,100(4), 590-595. doi: 10.2105/AJPH.2009.185652 World Health Organization. (2019). Public Health Services. Retrieved from http://www.euro.who.int/en/health-topics/Health-systems/public-health-services#:~:targetText=Public%20Health%20is%20defined%20as,Acheson%2C%201988%3B%20WHO).&targetText=Public%20health%20focuses%20on%20the,the%20eradication%20of%20particular%20diseases. Respond to the bold paragraph ABOVE by using one of the option below… in APA format with At least two references and a minimum of 200 words….. .(The List of References should not be included in the word count.) Ask a probing question.Share an insight from having read your colleague’s posting.Offer and support an opinion. Validate an idea with your own experience.Make a suggestion.Expand on your colleague’s posting. Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the Learning Resources. It is important that you cover all the topics identified in the assignment. Covering the topic does not mean mentioning the topic BUT presenting an explanation from the context of ethics and the readings for this class To get maximum points you need to follow the requirements listed for this assignments 1) look at the word/page limits 2) review and follow APA rules 3) create subheadings to identify the key sections you are presenting and 4) Free from typographical and sentence construction errors. REMEMBER IN APA FORMAT JOURNAL TITLES AND VOLUME NUMBERS ARE ITALICIZED.


Need assistance with discussion question

Description

Write a 175- to 265-word response to the following:What are the variables that influence an employee’s decision to leave or stay at an organization? (Hint: It’s not just money.)Cite at least 1 peer-reviewed, scholarly, or similar reference to support your assignment. Textbooks and websites will not meet this requirement. Please take a look at databases such as ProQuest as an example. References, citations and direct quotes will not count towards the word requirement.


week 4 enviromental

Description

A pay-as-you-throw (PAYT) program is a more equitable way to pay for collection and disposal of municipal solid waste.

Under a PAYT program, each house is charged for the waste they generate, rather than paying a flat fee. If a household throws away less trash, they pay less. Currently, there are over 7,000 communities that have implemented PAYT programs. Learn more about PAYT programs from the EPA website and, assuming that your city does not currently employ a PAYT program, develop a pamphlet, brochure, infographic, or poster of a PAYT program for your city that you could distribute to the community. You do not have to use your current city. You can select any city of your choice without a PAYT program.

In this pamphlet, brochure, infographic, or poster:

1. Outline the following important criteria for your PAYT program:

Container options (e.g., bags, stickers, containers)
Enforcement options
Pricing system
Ways to incorporate apartment/multifamily housing
Ways to incentivize recycling
Ways to consider/manage special populations (e.g., elderly, lower socioeconomic class)
Outreach/education program
And, discuss whether you will support this PAYT program in your community

2. Cite your sources using APA formatting.
3. Be creative with how you will visually present your pamphlet. You can use Word or another software platform to create your assignment.

Websites with free software for building brochures:

Canva: Free online brochure maker

My Creative Shop: You can try a free account

Vengage: Free infographic maker

Lucidpress: You can try a free account

Note: WCU is not responsible for these websites. You do not have to use any of them; this is a list to provide other options. You can be creative!


My Math Lab

Description

Could you please complete the My Math Lab Homework 4B and quiz 4B. Thanks. I have $40


Unit 3 Review

Description

Consists of four questions that you will need to respond to in essay format. You may use your notes and powerpoints from previous lectures. Make sure you read the essay prompts and respond to everything that is asked. 1. Explain how systematic inequality shaped the lives of African Americans. How did the response differ depending on race? Be sure to use specific terms and examples discussed in previous lectures.2. Explain how World War II caused the second great migration and what role the cold war played on the federal response to the civil rights movement.3. We have studied 5 different Civil Rights organizations. Which one do you Identify with and why? Give specific examples to explain why the organization you selected was more relatable to you. (SNCC, CORE, SCLC)4. Explain the core objectives along with the strengths and weaknesses of the Civil Rights and Black Power Movements. What core lesson(s) have you learned from studying these movements?


Pandemic Flu Case Analysis Assignment (Public health plan)

Description

Peruse the Pennsylvania Pandemic Flu Plan. No disaster plan is without flaws or weaknesses. Based on your knowledge of disaster mitigation and response, as well as your knowledge of public health, design a tool which could be used by the PA DOH as an instructional guide to their county offices on how they plan to handle an influenza pandemic. As part of this guide, present at least 5 weaknesses or potential weaknesses that you find here. Additionally, comment on how and why personnel in county public health offices may be overwhelmed during a pandemic and what tasks they would have to address to assist in response to and mitigation of the disaster.

As part of this guide, present at least 5 weaknesses or potential weaknesses that you find here. Comment on how and why personnel in county public health offices may be overwhelmed during a pandemic and what tasks they would have to address to assist in response to and mitigation of the disaster.

The format you use for the case analysis is flexible. you can prepare it in a more narrative, report-type format (something ~6-8 pages should cover it). You could also choose to create something like a trainer’s manual (using Word) that an instructor would rely on to train a group of public health workers.

Please first read the Influenza pandemic response plan in the PAP fluplan document, then read the other three articles to expand your thoughts about pandemics.

Important notes:

1- You can use FEMA.gov materials to emphasize your understanding of disaster mitigation and response.

2- Please carefully read the requirements of this assignment and comprehensively read the materials that I attached.

3- Use APA format for citation.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

News and Perspective
ANATOMY OF A PANDEMIC: EMERGENCY DEPARTMENTS WOEFULLY UNPREPARED FOR
BIRD FLU OUTBREAK
Maryn McKenna
Special Contributor to Annals News and Perspective
On March 7, 2003, a 43-year-old factory worker named
Tse Chi Kwai sought care for severe respiratory symptoms in
the emergency department (ED) of Scarborough Grace Hospital
outside of Toronto. He was given an albuterol nebulizer and
put on a gurney.
Five feet away on the other side of a curtain, 76-year-old
retired salesman Joseph Pollack was being treated for atrial
fibrillation. Fifteen feet in the other direction, a 77-year-old
former professor named James Dougherty was being observed
for shortness of breath.
After several hours, Dougherty was taken upstairs to a
medical unit. After about 9 hours, Pollack was discharged and
sent home. After 18 hours in the ED, Kwai was transferred to
the ICU; 3 hours later, on suspicion of tuberculosis, he was
placed under airborne isolation.
The precautions came too late. On March 12, the World
Health Organization published a global alert, describing a severe
and unusual respiratory illness that was spreading through
Southeast Asia, carried in part by a group of travelers who met
by chance in a Hong Kong hotel. One of those travelers was
Kwai’s 78-year-old mother; she had died at home in Toronto,
of what was thought to be a heart attack, 2 days before he went
to the hospital.
THE SARS SCARE DEATH TOLL
Kwai died on March 13, Pollack on March 21 and Dougherty
on March 29. The chain of transmission that started with
Kwai’s mother caused 438 infections, including 39 other deaths,
from what would come to be known as Severe Acute
Respiratory Syndrome or SARS—with every death other than
Kwai’s and his mother’s traceable to that encounter in a
crowded ED.
The outbreak that paralyzed Toronto— one episode in a
worldwide epidemic that sickened 8,098 and killed 7741— has
assumed new importance as avian influenza H5N1 moves across
the globe. In the rapid ramp-up of planning for a possible
pandemic, public health authorities and emergency physicians
view EDs with disquiet, fearing they will be swamped at least
and amplifiers of the epidemic at worst.
“When you think about the tremendous influx of patients
that could conceivably result from a pandemic, it is almost
overwhelming, and certainly frightening to the average
emergency physician,” said Dr. J. Patrick O’Neal, who retired as
chief of emergency medicine at DeKalb County Medical Center
near Atlanta and now directs health care pandemic planning for
the Georgia Division of Public Health.
312 Annals of Emergency Medicine
AT THE BREAKING POINT
Fears of a pandemic’s impact on EDs begin with the basic
facts of life of emergency medicine: many EDs are crowded
most of the time. According to American Hospital Association
data, 48% of EDs describe themselves as crowded on most days,
and 46% regularly go on diversion.2
Visits to EDs rose 26% between 1992 and 2003, from 89.8
million to 114 million in a year, according to “The Future of
Emergency Care” reports released in June by the Institute of
Medicine (IOM). Over that same time period, 425 EDs and
703 hospitals closed, the reports said—and the number of
staffed hospital beds available to take ED-admitted patients
contracted by 198,000.
A system that stressed cannot respond adequately to any type
of crisis, the reports’ authors warned. “We are definitely not
prepared for the onslaught of patients we would receive today in
a disaster, whether it is a hurricane Katrina, whether it is a
terrorist attack . . . or a pandemic,” Dr. A. Brent Eastman, chief
medical officer of ScrippsHealth in San Diego, said during the
June 14 briefing that marked the reports’ release.
Physicians in the field concur.
“If the current hospital systems and emergency departments
are already at or over capacity in daily operations, the likelihood
of being able to mitigate a severe number of additional ill people
is unlikely,” said Dr. Alex Isakov, an assistant professor of
emergency medicine and co-director of a committee on out-ofhospital disaster medicine at Emory University School of
Medicine in Atlanta.
THE ASIAN AVIAN FLU THREAT
Public health authorities admit that it is impossible to say so
far whether the Asian avian flu will cause widespread, severe
human illness. That flu strain, influenza A/H5N1, first attacked
humans in a small but significant outbreak in Hong Kong in
1997, sickening 18 people and killing 6 of them. The outbreak
stopped after the slaughter of all the territory’s chickens,
1.4 million birds, destroyed the organism’s local reservoir.
A close variant of the virus surfaced again in Vietnam and
Thailand in late 2003 and began spreading west in 2004. To
date, the Asian H5N1 has moved through Southeast Asia,
Russia and the Middle East into Africa and Europe—53
countries by July 4, 2006, according to the World Organization
for Animal Health.
It has killed or caused the preventive slaughter of more than
200 million poultry and has been found in almost 100 species
of wild birds. And by July 4, 2006 it had sickened 229 people
in 10 countries, killing 131, according to the World Health
Organization.3 Most appear to have been infected by poultry;
the virus has not yet accumulated the genetic changes that
Volume , .  : September 
News and Perspective
would allow it to pass easily from person to person as seasonal
flu strains do.
That apparent case-fatality rate of 57% is more than 20
times worse than the “Spanish” Influenza of 1918, which
crippled health care, undermined social relationships and civic
organizations, and killed approximately 675,000 Americans
and an estimated 50 million people around the world.
Though public health and animal health authorities cannot
predict when or how the Asian strain might breach US borders
or how infectious it might be when it arrives, they consider it the
most likely current candidate to cause an influenza pandemic.
AWESTRUCK BY THE ARITHMETIC
In pandemic planning documents, the US Department of
Health and Human Services (HHS) lays out what the arrival of
that strain, or another novel flu strain, might look like. If the
strain is relatively mild, as in the flu pandemic of 1968, there
could be 865,000 people needing hospitalization, 128,750
needing ICU care, 64,875 needing mechanical ventilation, and
209,000 deaths. If the strain causes as much illness and death as
in 1918, the numbers rise sharply: 9.9 million hospitalizations,
1.48 million ICU cases, 742,500 patients needing ventilation,
and 1.9 million deaths.4
In March, the Center for Biosecurity at the University of
Pittsburgh Medical Center ran computer models on the possible
impact of a 1918-type flu. At the peak of an epidemic, the
center found, the US would need 191% of its current non-ICU
beds, 198% of its existing supply of ventilators, and 461% of
the ICU beds now in use5 – and would need them, not for a
single day, but for a rolling outbreak lasting up to 8 weeks.
“It is an absolute certainty that all the hospitals will be full
within a week,” said Dr. D.A. Henderson, the architect of the
international campaign to eradicate smallpox, who is now a
distinguished scholar at the biosecurity center. “We’ve asked
large-hospital CEOs, ‘How many more patients could you take
in your hospitals?’ By and large, they say no more than
15 to 20%.”
If a pandemic strikes with as much force as planners predict,
hospitals as a whole may have some options, such as canceling
elective surgeries—a move that would free up beds, though at
significant cost.
“Hospitals make their money on those elective procedures,”
said Dr. Eric Toner, an emergency physician and former
director of emergency planning at St. Joseph Medical Center in
Towson, MD, now with the biosecurity center. “Hospitals lose
money with every medical admission— especially pneumonia,
respiratory failure, the kind of admissions you expect in a flu
pandemic.”
But EDs have no such option. They will have to remain
open, not only to care for the traumatic injuries and sudden
childbirths that continue whether flu viruses are circulating or
not, but because people who are ill with flu— especially the
more than 45 million uninsured6—are most likely seek care
at EDs.
Volume , .  : September 
The prospect makes emergency physicians shudder. In
normal times, more than half of all hospital patients are
admitted through EDs. With the back door to the hospital shut,
and the front door held open by the Emergency Medical
Treatment and Active Labor Act (EMTALA), they envision
EDs packed far beyond capacity with infectious patients
boarding for hours or days—the exact situation that fostered
Toronto’s SARS outbreak.
“We’re going to have to find surge capacity outside the
hospital— dorms, armories, schools,” said Dr. David Seaberg,
professor and associate chair of emergency medicine at the
University of Florida, who testified before the House of
Representatives in February on EDs’ pandemic needs.
The recognition that other clinical spaces will be needed
immediately poses a question: Who pays for this? The answer,
so far, is that hospitals and EDs are on their own.
THE FARCE IN FEDERAL FUNDING
Most of the $3.8 billion appropriated this year for pandemic
planning is allocated to vaccine research and antiviral purchases.
About $350 million will be distributed to states for local
pandemic planning; none is earmarked for hospitals.7 Since
2002, according to the recent IOM reports, emergency medical
services nationwide have received only 4% of first-responder
funds put out by the Department of Homeland Security, and
hospitals have received an average of $10,000 each from the
Health Resources and Services Administration’s post-anthrax
Bioterrorism Hospital Preparedness Program.
The post-anthrax money “hasn’t gotten hospitals prepared
for pandemics; it was never intended for that,” Toner said.
Fully preparing to counter a 1918-style pandemic, according
to estimates by the Pittsburgh biosecurity center, would cost
approximately $1 million per hospital5— a total appropriation
of $5 billion, larger than the entire federal pandemic planning
budget.
More than half of that $1 million estimate—$640,000 —
would pay for stockpiling basic supplies and personal protective
equipment. One of the first casualties of a pandemic, according
to several forecasts,8 will be the just-in-time economy. National
borders may be sealed, travel could be curtailed, and plants
producing pharmaceuticals and medical supplies might be
nationalized to keep their products within the countries
producing them.
“Hospitals would face an almost immediate shortage of
critical supplies such as ventilators, personal protective
equipment for staff, drugs and other supplies,” Nancy Donegan,
infection control director of the Washington Hospital Center,
testified before the US Senate in May.7
Various pandemic plans call on hospitals to begin bulkstoring supplies, reversing a 2-decade trend toward daily just-intime deliveries, but they do not agree on how much to stockpile.
The HHS plan calls for a 6- to 8-week stockpile; the
Department of Homeland Security plan, 2-3 weeks. Neither
explains how hospitals should pay for the stockpiles, nor how
Annals of Emergency Medicine 313
News and Perspective
the supply chain will expand to accommodate such a sudden
increase in demand.
STAFF SHORTAGES LOOM
Emergency physicians are increasingly concerned by a
separate commodity in even shorter supply: their staff. More
than one-third of the victims in the first wave of Toronto’s
SARS cases were health care workers.9 The HHS pandemic plan
predicts that businesses and health care will lose 20 to 40%
of their personnel: the ill and their caretakers, parents of
children whose schools and daycares have been closed as a social
distancing measure, and the worried well.
“If you have problems handling the routine volume of
patients during normal times, imagine superimposing that rate
on your current staffing,” O’Neal said.
That absenteeism will be layered on top of existing staff
shortages, particularly a nursing shortage that has left open more
than 110,000 positions10 and has fed bed closures nationwide.
Federal pandemic plans call for volunteer groups such as the
Medical Reserve Corps and Disaster Medical Assistance Teams
to fill the gap, but a group of health care chief executives
convened in March by the Pittsburgh center, under a promise
of anonymity in exchange for candor, was deeply skeptical.5
Most of those volunteers are health care workers who will be
needed by their home institutions, the executives said.
Instead, they said, they hope to recruit retired physicians and
other health personnel through their states’ pandemic planning
procedures—though they complained that HHS has not
provided standards for assessing the competence of retired
personnel, retraining them or protecting them from liability.
In hopes of solving or at least bringing attention to the
problems a pandemic will present to EDs, organizations
including the American College of Emergency Physicians, the
American Hospital Association and the University of Pittsburgh
Center for Biosecurity have called on Congress not just to
sharply increase funding, but also to set standards for temporary
staffing, regional planning, and allocating scarce resources.
If those issues are not addressed, the organizations said,
hospitals and their EDs will enter a pandemic crowded and
under-equipped, and will be forced into rationing care unfairly
and on the fly.
THE MOST DIFFICULT DECISIONS
That prospect has just begun to appear on planners’ radar.
The first of the 3 IOM reports released in June, “Hospital-Based
Emergency Care: At the Breaking Point,” warns that a 1918type pandemic may require “a strategy that withholds treatment
for those who have very little chance for survival, in order to
focus resources on saving the largest possible number of lives.”11
314 Annals of Emergency Medicine
In the field, emergency physicians have begun to anticipate
that possibility—and fear it.
“In a severe pandemic, the usual standards of care will not be
maintained,” said Toner, the former emergency planning chief.
“That’s the third rail of pandemic planning, the subject no one
wants to touch.”
Maryn McKenna is an Atlanta journalist and the author of
“BEATING BACK THE DEVIL: On the Front Lines with the
Disease Detectives of the Epidemic Intelligence Service.” In fall
2006, she will be a Kaiser Family Foundation Media Fellow
studying emergency department stress.
doi:10.1016/j.annemergmed.2006.07.011
REFERENCES
1. World Health Organization. Summary of probable SARS cases with
onset of illness from 1 November 2002 to 31 July 2003.
Available at: http://www.who.int/csr/ sars/country/
table2003_09_23/en/. Accessed July 12, 2006.
2. American Hospital Association. Taking the pulse: the state of
America’s hospitals. Available at: http://www.ahapolicyforum.org/
ahapolicyforum/ resources/ content/ TakingthePulse.pdf.
Accessed July 12, 2006.
3. World Health Organization. Available at: http://www.who.int/csr/
disease/ avian_influenza /country/cases_table_2006_05_29/en/
index.htm.
4. Department of Health and Human Services. HHS Pandemic
Influenza Plan Part 1: Strategic Plan. Available at:
http://www.hhs.gov/pandemicflu/plan/part1.html. Accessed July
12, 2006.
5. Toner E, Waldhorn R, Maldin B, et al. Meeting report: Hospital
Preparedness for pandemic influenza. Biosecurity and Bioterrorism:
Biodefense Strategy, Practice, and Science. 2006;4:1-11.
6. Center on Budget and Policy Priorities. The number of uninsured
Americans continued to rise in 2004. Available at: http://
www.cbpp.org/8-30-05health.htm. Accessed July 12, 2006.
7. American Hospital Association. Testimony of the American
Hospital Association before the United States Senate Special
Committee on Aging: Preparing for pandemic flu.
http://aging.senate.gov/public/_files/hr157nd.pdf. Accessed
July 12, 2006.
8. Council on Foreign Affairs. Preparing for the next pandemic.
Available at: http://www.foreignaffairs.org/
20050701faessay84402-p10/michael-t-osterholm/preparing-forthe-next-pandemic.html. Accessed July 12, 2006.
9. Varia M, Wilson S, Sarwal S, et al. Investigation of nosocomial
outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) in Toronto,
Canada. CMAJ. 2003;169:285-292.
10. The Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation. Adresssing the nursing
shortage. Available at: http://kaiseredu.org/topics_im.
asp?imID1⫽1&parentID⫽61&id⫽138. Accessed July 12, 2006.
11. Institute of Medicine. Hospital-based emergency care: at the
breaking point. Available at: http://www.iom.edu/CMS/3809/
16107/35007.aspx. Accessed July 12, 2006.
Volume , .  : September 
Table of Contents
Page
Preface…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. . i
List of Attachments …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . ii
Abbreviations Used in This Document ………………………………………………………………………… .iii
I.
Purpose……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. .1
II.
Authority and Responsibilities ……………………………………………………………………………………. .1
III.
Situation and Assumptions…………………………………………………………………………………………. .2
IV.
Concept of Operations……………………………………………………………………………………………….. .4
Command Management
Roles and Responsibilities
V.
Influenza Pandemic Response Actions ………………………………………………………………………… .6
Interpandemic Period
Pandemic Alert Period
Pandemic Period
Post-Pandemic Period
VI.
Pandemic Influenza Surveillance ………………………………………………………………………………… .7
VII. Laboratory Diagnostics ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 17
VIII. Emergency Response ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 21
Health care Planning
IX.
Community Disease Control and Prevention ………………………………………………………………… 27
Isolation and Quarantine/Community Containment
Travel Management
X.
Distribution of Vaccines and Antivirals……………………………………………………………………….. 35
Clinical Guidelines
XI.
Public Health Communications………………………………………………..………. ……… 41
XII. Workforce Support………………………………………………..………. ………………………. 46
ii
Version 1.0
Preface
Pandemic is defined as a disease affecting or attacking the population of an extensive region,
including several countries, and/or continent(s). It is further described as extensively epidemic.
Before the advent of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), influenza viruses were
considered to be unique in their ability to cause sudden, pervasive illness in all age groups on a
global scale. While the World Health Organization (WHO) and the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (CDC) have not characterized SARS as a pandemic, its potential has been clearly
established, adding a new dimension to the pandemic threat.
Three influenza “pandemics” occurred during the last century, one of which, the infamous
“Spanish flu” of 1918, was responsible for more than 20 million deaths worldwide, including an
estimated 450,000 in the United States. Many of those affected were healthy young adults. The
development of vaccines, antiviral drugs and other medical advances has provided new tools in
the fight against emerging diseases, but only provides limited impact. Existing influenza vaccine
only protects against previously circulating strains of the disease. About six to nine months are
required to develop a vaccine in response to a newly identified strain, a period during which the
entire population is vulnerable. Experience with SARS (for which no effective treatment has
been discovered) has reminded us of the speed at which disease can be spread throughout the
world. It is generally acknowledged that production capacity for antiviral medications will not
be adequate to meet worldwide demand. On the positive side, the available pneumococcal
vaccine can reduce the incidence of some complications that can result from influenza.
The response to, and mitigation of, the health and social consequences of a pandemic will take
place at both the state and local levels, with the Pennsylvania Department of Health
(Department) assuming the lead for the public health response. The Influenza Pandemic
Response Plan (IPRP) addresses the unique challenges that could rapidly unfold. The IPRP will
be integrated into the Department’s Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan.
The IPRP details the phases of a pandemic; identifies the roles and responsibilities of key public
health responders for the operational components to include surveillance; medical/emergency
response; vaccine/pharmaceutical procurement, distribution and administration; and
communications and education. It also identifies command and control, policy, legal authorities
and organizational structures that facilitate pandemic response activities. The plan is based on
the influenza model but could be adapted for use in response to other pandemic situations.
i
Version 1.0
List of Attachments
Attachment A
Department of Health’s Organizational Chart
Attachment B
Statutory Authority
Attachment C
Pandemic Alert & Pandemic Period Flow Chart
Attachment D
Interim Guidance for the Implementation of CDC and OSHA
Avian Influenza Public Health Recommendations (DRAFT)
Attachment E
Bureau of Epidemiology Response Tasks
Attachment F
Influenza Testing at the Bureau of Laboratories
Attachment G
Emergency Medical Services Emergency Response Plan
Attachment H
Points of Dispensing (POD) Template Plan
Attachment I
Emergency Medical Services Infection Control Guidelines
Attachment J
Command Center Organizational Chart
Attachment K
Notice to Assist Pennsylvania Hospitals to Accommodate
Increased Inpatient Demands Related to Influenza 2004-05
Attachment L
Priority Vaccination Distribution
Attachment M
Priority Antiviral Distribution
Attachment N
Office of Communications – Chain of Command
Attachment O
Office of Communications – Communication Strategies
ii
Version 1.0
Abbreviations Used in This Document
BCHS
Bureau of Community Health Systems
BOE
Bureau of Epidemiology
BOL
Bureau of Laboratories
CDC
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
CENIC
Commonwealth Emergency Network Information Center
CISM
Critical Incident Stress Management
CMHD
County and Municipal Health Departments
CPPR
Counterterrorism Planning Preparedness and Response Act
DAAC/DNCF
Division of Acute and Ambulatory Care/Division of Nursing Care
Facilities
DCORT
Disaster Crisis Outreach and Referral Teams
Department
Pennsylvania Department of Health
DPCL
Disease Prevention and Control Law
DPW
Department of Public Welfare
ED
Emergency Department
EMS
Emergency Medical Services
EpiX
Epidemic Information Exchange
EPRP
Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan
FEOC
Forward Emergency Operations Center
HRSA
Health Resources Services Administration
ICP
Infection Control Practitioner
ICS
Incident Command System
iii
Version 1.0
Abbreviations Used in This Document (cont’d)
IDE
Infectious Disease Epidemiology
ILI
Influenza-Like Illness
IPRP
Influenza Pandemic Response Plan
ISPN
Influenza Sentinel Provider Surveillance Network
LMS
Learning Management System
NIMS
National Incident Management System
OMHSAS
Office of Mental Health and Substance Abuse Services
OTC
Over-the-Counter
PA HAN
Pennsylvania Health Alert Network
PA-NEDSS
Pennsylvania National Electronic Disease Surveillance System
PA SNS
Pennsylvania Strategic National Stockpile
PCR
Polymerase Chain Reaction
PEMA
Pennsylvania Emergency Management Agency
POD
Point of Dispensing
PPE
Personal Protective Equipment
ProMed
Program for Monitoring Diseases
RODS
Real-time Outbreak and Disease Surveillance System
SARS
Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome
Secretary
Secretary of Health
SEOC
State Emergency Operations Center
SIIS
Statewide Immunization Information System
SNS
Strategic National Stockpile
iv
Version 1.0
Abbreviations Used in This Document (cont’d)
UCS/ICS
Unified Command System/Incidence Command System
VAERS
Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System
VFC
Vaccines For Children
VIS
Vaccine Information Statements
WHO
World Health Organization
v
Version 1.0
I.
PURPOSE
A.
The purpose of Pennsylvania’s Influenza Pandemic Response Plan (IPRP) is to
provide a framework, methodology and recommendations for pandemic
preparedness actions at the federal, state and local levels and is intended to
provide pandemic disease prevention strategies.
B.
The IPRP uses the terms “Federal,” “State” and “Local” as headings to
distinguish between responsibilities carried out by various agencies during an
influenza pandemic:
1.
2.
3.
C.
II.
Federal: Activities carried out by any federal government agency that
possesses a role in the planning, response or recovery phases of an
influenza pandemic.
State:
Activities carried out by the Pennsylvania Department of Health
(hereinafter “the Department”) during the phases of the influenza
pandemic.
Local:
Activities carried out by local health jurisdictions during the
phases of the influenza pandemic.
For purposes of the IPRP, “local health jurisdiction” means the Department’s six
district Offices, the State Health Centers, and the six County and four Municipal
Health Departments.
AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
The Governor is responsible for addressing threats to this Commonwealth and its
citizens presented by disasters. Responsibilities and authority of the Governor
include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Declaration of disaster emergency;
Activation of disaster response;
Suspension of certain regulatory statutes;
Utilization and redirection of state and local government resources;
Requisition or utilization of any public, quasi-public or private property, if
necessary to cope with the disaster; and
Direction and requirements for evacuations and access control to disaster
areas.
The Department (Attachment A) is responsible for the health of the
Commonwealth’s entire population. The Secretary of Health (hereinafter
“Secretary”) has the authority to determine and employ the most efficient and
practical means necessary for the prevention and control of the spread of disease.
(See 71 P.S. §§ 532(a) and 1403(a)). Responsibilities and authority for the
Secretary include:
-1-
Version 1.0
III.
1.
Coordinated activation of the response and recovery aspects of any and all
applicable state, county and local response plans with the Pennsylvania
Emergency Management Agency (hereinafter “PEMA”); and
2.
Authorization of the furnishing of aid and assistance as detailed in
Attachment B.
C.
Authorities relevant to Emergency Medical Services (hereinafter “EMS”) are
detailed in the Department’s Emergency Preparedness Response Plan.
D.
The Department of Public Welfare is responsible for the coordination of mental
health services in the event of an emergency.
E.
Specific authorities in support of Commonwealth agencies, with a role in
responding to an influenza pandemic, are provided in the Commonwealth
Emergency Operations Plan.
SITUATION AND ASSUMPTIONS
A.
Background
1. Influenza, also known as “the flu,” is a contagious disease that is caused by
the influenza virus and most commonly attacks the respiratory tract in
humans. The flu is not a cold. Flu usually comes on suddenly, starting with a
sore throat, fever, headache, and profound fatigue, followed by dry cough,
body aches, prostration, and possibly nausea/vomiting. There are three main
types of influenza viruses: A, B, and C. Influenza Type C causes only mild
disease and has not been associated with widespread outbreaks. Influenza
Type A, however, causes epidemics yearly. InfluenzaType B infrequently
causes widespread flu epidemics.
2. Influenza pandemic is most likely when the Influenza Type A virus makes a
dramatic change (i.e., antigenic “shift”). This shift results in a new or “novel”
virus to which the general population has no immunity. The appearance of a
novel virus is the first step toward a pandemic. Influenza Type B viruses do
not undergo shift and do not cause influenza pandemics.
B.
Situation
1. The estimated morbidity and mortality during an influenza pandemic within
12-16 weeks, nationwide, and in Pennsylvania is as shown below:
Require Outpatient Care
Hospitalizations
Deaths
United States
50 million
2 million
500,000
-2-
Pennsylvania
1.6 million
37,800
9,100
Version 1.0
2. To some extent, everyone will be affected by an influenza pandemic.
3. It will take six to eight months after the novel virus is identified and begins to
spread among humans before a specific vaccine would likely be available for
distribution.
4. The Department will depend on local, community, state, and federal services
to provide the public health response necessary for, and appropriate response
to, annual influenza epidemics.
5. Federal, state and local collaboration will be essential to appropriately respond
to the next pandemic.
6. Regardless of the availability of a vaccine that protects against the influenza
pandemic strain, pneumococcal vaccine will reduce the risk of complications
that can result from influenza infections.
C.
Assumptions
1. An influenza pandemic is inevitable and will probably give little warning. To
some extent, everyone will be affected by a pandemic.
2. An influenza pandemic will cause simultaneous outbreaks across the United
States limiting the ability to transfer assistance from one jurisdiction to
another.
3. Effective preventive and therapeutic measures, including vaccines, antiviral
agents and other antibiotics, will likely be in short supply or not available.
Supplies that are available will most likely be managed by the state and
distributed using the Pennsylvania SNS Implementation Plan.
4. Two doses of influenza vaccine, administered 30 days apart, may be needed to
develop full immunity to the novel influenza virus.
5. The Department may need to identify funds to purchase the vaccine for
Pennsylvania’s citizens.
6. Widespread illness in communities may increase the likelihood of significant
shortages of personnel who provide other essential community services.
7. An influenza pandemic may exhaust availability of assistance from the federal
government.
8. The first wave of pandemic influenza will be followed by a second wave
arriving three to nine months after the first wave.
-3-
Version 1.0
IV.
CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS
A.
Command and Management
1. Command and Management functions are outlined in the Command Center
Manual. The purpose of this Command Center Manual is to provide
management guidance to users in order to establish, operate, and evaluate the
Department’s response to public health threats. The Command Center
Manual is intended to be a companion to the Department’s “all hazard”
Disaster EPRP and all associated plans.
2. The Command Center serves as the most efficient and coordinated approach
for the Department to coordinate with PEMA and public health entities on all
health-related emergency preparedness, response and recovery activities.
3. Command and Control are based upon three guiding principles:
a. While PEMA coordinates the overall response, the Department has the
lead role in ensuring the health of Commonwealth citizens during any
emergency event.
b. When responding to a large event, using a focused organizational structure
ensures that all issues are considered and addressed in proper prospective.
The Secretary is responsible for the activities of the Department. The use
of the National Incident Management System (NIMS) in areas such as the
Unified Command System/Incidence Command System (UCS/ICS) to
organize a large multi-faceted response ensures that all issues are
addressed and appropriate actions are taken.
c. Communication and coordination are essential. Many of the activities
accomplished by the Department are done in conjunction with
county/municipal health departments, other state agencies, the federal
government, private and public health organizations and professional
associations.
4. The Command Center manual includes a basic plan, Command Center
Position Checklists, and forms. It describes how strategic policy is
determined and how it differs from emergency operations and coordin

Adult Health I – Concept Care Map

Description

ML 82 years old female with h/o COPD, HIN, GERD, remote colon CA who presents with few days of worsening of shortness of breath . Patient is normally on 4l home O2 and has been Short of breath the past few days. Today inn the shower, she felt weak to the point where she couldn’t get up from the shower floor. Her husband called the EMS and Patient was noted to be sitting at 78.8 on RA.ROS: positive and negative ROS elements as per HPI. All others systems reviewed and negative.Physical exam:Pulse 124, BP 165/83, Resp 26, SPo2 98%, Temp 98.4 F(36.9 C)Please See the attachments for the care map rubric, a sample of care map and the remaining of the case study.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

A copy of the rubric must accompany the Care map when turned in.
NSG 240/315/430: Concept Map Evaluation Tool
(Attachment 8)
Name: _________________________ Date: ___________ Patient’s initials: ____________
Concept
Medical Diagnosis Includes pathophysiology, S&S,
diagnosis, and typical treatment
History and Physical assessment data from patient chart
and Patient Profile and Report sheet or any appropriate
tool. Include date of your assessment.
Lab test(s) and Diagnostic test(s): date obtained, normal
values, pt. results, Discuss rationale for order and reason
for abnormalities
List of Doctor’s orders (nursing worklist) including
rationale of why the orders were written for this patient.
Pharmacological interventions include the medication
name, dose, route, frequency, classification, 3 of the top
side effects and the rationale for taking
Analysis of the assessment findings (clustering of
subjective and objective data) evidenced by correctly
identifying the priority physiologic, psychosocial, and
educational diagnoses. Recognizes variant assessment
findings. Typed in paragraph form or list.
Comprehensive list of nursing diagnoses – prioritized.
Maximum
Points
3
5
5
5
10
10
2
Nursing Diagnosis # 1 Physiologic
To be included in concept map of Nsg 240/315/430
Nursing Diagnosis # 1 Physiologic (20 pts)
Correctly states selected nursing diagnosis (NANDA)
including related to/as evidence by
Goal is written using SMART format. Outcomes are
identified.
At least three (3) interventions. Interventions clearly
support the related goal.
One EBP rationale per intervention that clearly supports
the intervention including the citation for each
intervention.
Evaluation of interventions and whether objectives were
met or not met with a plan to revise care plan
Nursing Diagnosis #2 Psychosocial
To be included in concept map of Nsg 240/315/430
Nursing Diagnosis #2 Psychosocial (20 pts)
1.3.2018 df
3
6
4
4
3
Student
Points
Comments
Correctly states selected nursing diagnosis (NANDA)
including related to/as evidence by
Goal is written using SMART format. Outcomes are
identified.
At least three (3) interventions. Interventions clearly
support the related goal.
One EBP rationale per intervention that clearly supports
the intervention. Including the citation for each
intervention.
Evaluation of interventions and whether objectives were
met or not met with a plan to revise care plan
Nursing Diagnosis #3 Education
To be included in concept map of Nsg 315/430
Nursing Diagnosis #3 Education (20 pts)
3
Correctly states selected nursing diagnosis (NANDA)
including related to/as evidence by
Goal is written using SMART format. Outcomes are
identified.
At least three (3) interventions. Interventions clearly
support the related goal.
One EBP rationale per intervention that clearly supports
the intervention. Including the citation for each
intervention.
Evaluation of interventions and whether objectives were
met or not met with a plan to revise care plan
3
Uses at least 3 references (text, journal, and one other
scientific source) in APA format
Correct spelling and syntax.
3
Care Map format clearly shows relationships between
concepts.
All work is original or referenced appropriately in
APA format.
Total Points NSG 240:
10
Total Points NSG 315/430:
6
4
4
3
6
4
4
2
2
5
100
120
Satisfactory is 80%.
If satisfactory is not met, correct named deficiencies and resubmit for further evaluation on
____________ Initials____________
Faculty signature: ___________________________________
Student signature: ___________________________________
1.3.2018 df
Concept map
Nsg 240
Assessment
Subjective Data:
• Feelings of malaise
• Dizziness
• Fatigue
• Fever
• Pain level 9 out of 10
Objective data:
• Blood pressure, 99/72
• Temperature, 101.6° orally
• Pulse, 100 beats/min
• Respirations, 20 breaths/min
• Incision on the lower abdomen,
dry and clean.
• Patient able to void
• IncentiveSpirometer at the
bedside
• Moaning and leaning to one side.
Body Systems:
Respiratory
• Respiration 20 breaths/min
• Incentive Spirometer at the
bedside
Cardiovascular
• Blood pressure, 99/72
• Pulse, 100 beats/min
Integument
• Temperature 101.6 orally
• Incision on the lower abdomen,
dry and clean
Neuro/Sensory/Mental Status:
• Feelings of malaise
• Dizziness
• Fatigue
• Fever
• Pain level 9 out of 10
DIAGNOSIS

PSEUDOCYST OF
PANCREAS

PANCREATIC CYST
MEDICATIONS




Gordon Pattern and
cluster data
Elimination
ACETAMINOPHEN


HEPARIN
HYDROMORPHINE
Patient able to void
Temperature, 101.6 F
LACTATED RINGERS
Gordon Pattern
and cluster data
Activity-Exercise






Gordon Pattern and
cluster data
Cognitive /Perceptual
Respirations, 20
breaths/min
Blood pressure, 99/72
pulse, 100 beats/min
Incision on the lower
abdomen
Moaning and leaning to
one side
Incision on the lower
abdomen, dry and clean
• Feelings of malaise.
• Dizziness
• Fatigue
• Fever
• Pain level 9 out of 10.
Evidence-based rationale for interventions
Preventing the pain is one thing that a patient
experiencing it can consider. Early intervention may
decrease the total amount of analgesic required.
Patient:
Right dosage of opioids must be administered to the
client at the right time and right dosage in order to
prevent any chance of chronic postsurgical pain. If the
full dosage of opioids are not taken, it can lead to
chronic pain which may cause the patient to depend on
opioids. In addition to these, side effects must be
discussed with the client.
Situation
:
24 – year old female
admitted to the hospital
for treatment of a
Pancreatic cyst.
Client should be encourage to ambulate with
assistive devices. This is because ambulation with
assistive devices reduce the risk of falling which will
help the patient to recover on time. It also will help to
promote blood flow of oxygen throughout the body
while maintain normal breathing functions.
Vital signs are important component of patient care.
This will help to determine the treatment and provide
critical information needed to make life-saving
decisions, such as heart rate, blood pressure, pain level
changes all contribute to fall.
Providing hot or cold compress also help to decrease
pain. Cold treatment reduces inflammation by
decreasing blood flow. Heat treatment promotes blood
flow and helps muscles relax.
Providing fall wrist band to help providers to identify
fall risk patients which will help to monitored. This will
help prevent fall and as well as injuries to patients
during their hospital stay.
References
Capriotti, T., Frizzell, J. P., Pathophysiology. Introduction
Concepts and Clinical Perceptive. Retrieved from
https//fadavisreader.vitalsource.com
Medical News Today (2014-2019). Heat and cold
treatment . Retrieved from
https//:www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles
Nursing
240
Priority Nsg Dx:
Acute pain Related to diagnostic procedure, Evidence by
pain level 9 out of 10, moaning and leaning to the side,
incision of the lower abdomen, clean and dry, temperature
101.6 F.
2rd Nsg Dx:
Risk for falls Related to opiates, Evidence, dizziness, fatigue,
BP 99/72, Feelings of malaise, moaning and leaning to the
side.
Intervention
Goal/Expected outcomes:

Foreseeing the need for pain relief by
providing the total amount of analgesic
required for the client.

Patient will describe satisfactory pain control at a level
less than 3 to 4 on a rating scale of 0 to 10.

Administer opioids and monitor effects of
opioids such PCA, hydro morphine,
acetaminophen to client as ordered by
physicians and encourage the use of
incentive spirometer.
Providing hot or cold compress to help
decrease the pain.
Encourage client to safely ambulate by
calling for help and using of assistive
devices.

Patient will ambulate without sustaining fall during her
hospital stay.



Monitor client’s vital signs as well as
evaluating pain levels.

Providing signs or secure wristbands as
identification to remind healthcare
providers to implement fall precautions
behaviors.
Evaluation:

Patient stated that “My pain level is 2 on a rating scale of
0 to 10.

Patient able to ambulate 2 laps without any fall.
References
Capriotti, T., Frizzell, J. P., Pathophysiology. Introduction Concepts and Clinical Perceptive. Retrieved
from https//fadavisreader.vitalsource.com
Doenges, M. E., & Moorhouse, M. F. (2013). Application of nursing process and nursing diagnosis: an
interactive text for diagnostic reasoning (6th ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
References
Capriotti, T., Frizzell, J. P., Pathophysiology. Introduction Concepts and Clinical Perceptive. Retrieved
from https//fadavisreader.vitalsource.com
Medical News Today (2014-2019). Heat and cold treatment . Retrieved from
https//:www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

NURSING ROLE and Scope

Description

After reading Chapter 11 and reviewing the lecture power point (located in lectures tab), please answer the following questions. Each question must have at least 3 paragraphs and you must use at 3 least references (APA) included in your post.1. Describe the characteristics of patient-centered care AND the importance of each characteristic.2. You are taking care of an 80 African-American year old male patient in a medical surgical unit who was hhospitalized with congestive heart failure. He is being discharged with multiple medications and home health care. Describe the steps you would take to provide patient education including cultural considerations. 3. Describe how you will evaluate the effectiveness of your education on the scenario stated in question 2.No Plagiarism


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 11
Patient-Centered
Care and Professional
Nursing Practice
What is Patient-Centered Care (PCC)?
• Care that is respectful of and responsive to
individual patient preferences, needs, and
values and ensuring that patient values guide
all clinical decisions (IOM, 2001)
• Recognizes the patient or designee as the
source of control and full partner in providing
compassionate and coordinated care based on
respect for the patient’s preferences, values,
and needs (QSEN, 2014)
PCC Competency
• The nurse “will provide holistic care that
recognizes an individual’s preferences, values,
and needs and respects the patient or designee
as a full partner in providing compassionate,
coordinated, age and culturally appropriate,
safe and effective care” (Massachusetts
Department of Higher Education, 2010, p. 9)
Dimensions of PCC
• Respect for patients’ values, preferences, and
needs
• Coordination and integration of care
• Information, communication, and education
• Physical comfort
• Emotional support
• Involvement of family and friends
• Transition and continuity
• Access to care
Picker Principles of PatientCentered Care
Videos featuring patients “in their own words”
http://cgp.pickerinstitute.org/?page_id=1319
Components of Patient-Centered and
Family-Centered Care Delivery Models
• Coordination of care conference
• Hourly rounding by the nurse
• Bedside report
• Use of patient care partner
• Individualized care established on admission
• Open medical record policy
Components of Patient-Centered and
Family-Centered Care Delivery Models
(cont.)
• Eliminating visiting restrictions in relation to
family members
• Allowing family presence with a chaperone
during resuscitation and other invasive
procedures
• Silence and healing environment
Communication as a Strategy to
Support PCC
• Communication is defined as the nurse
interacting “effectively with patients, families,
and colleagues, fostering mutual respect and
shared decision making, to enhance patient
satisfaction and health outcomes”
(Massachusetts Department of Higher
Education [2010], p. 27)
Empathetic Communication
• Behaviors that facilitate empathetic
communication include:
– Listening carefully and reflecting back a
summary of the patient’s concerns
– Using terms and vocabulary appropriate for the
patient
– Calling the patient by his or her preferred name
– Using respectful and professional language
Empathetic Communication (cont.)
• Behaviors that facilitate empathetic
communication include (cont.):
– Asking the patient what they need and
responding promptly to those needs
– Providing helpful information
– Soliciting feedback from the patient
– Using self-disclosure appropriately
– Employing humor as appropriate
– Providing words of comfort when appropriate
Nonempathetic Communication
• Behaviors can also hinder empathetic communication:
– Interrupting the patient with irrelevant information
– Using vocabulary that is either beneath the level of
the patient or not understandable to the patient
– Using language that may be perceived as
patronizing or demeaning
– Using nonprofessional language
Non-Empathetic Communication
(cont.)
• Behaviors can also hinder empathetic communication
(cont.):
– Reprimanding or scolding the patient
– Preaching to the patient
– Providing the patient with inappropriate
information
– Asking questions at inappropriate times or giving
patient advice inappropriately
– Self-disclosing inappropriately
Kleinman’s Questions
• What do you think has caused your problem?
• Why do you think it started when it did?
• What do you think your problem does inside
your body?
• How severe is your problem? Will it have a
short or long course?
Kleinman’s Questions (cont.)
• What kind of treatment do you think you
should receive?
• What are the most important results you hope
to receive from this treatment?
• What are the chief problems your illness has
caused you?
• What do you fear most about your
illness/treatment?
Patient Education as a Strategy to
Support PCC
• Patient education is any set of planned
educational activities designed to improve
patients’ health behaviors and/or health status
Learning Domains
• Cognitive learning encompasses the
intellectual skills of knowledge acquisition,
comprehension, application, analysis, and
evaluation
• Psychomotor learning refers to learning skills
and performance of behaviors or skills
• Affective learning requires a change in
feelings, attitudes, or beliefs
Andragogy
• Letting learners know why something is
important to learn
• Showing learners how to direct themselves
through information
• Relating the topic to the learners’ experiences
• Realizing that people will not learn until they
are ready and motivated
Health Belief Model (HBM)
• According to HBM, the likelihood of acting in
response to health threat is dependent upon 6 factors:
– Person’s perception of the severity of the illness
– Person’s perception of susceptibility to the illness
– Value of the treatment benefits
– Barriers to treatment
– Costs of treatment in physical and emotional
terms
– Cues that stimulate taking action toward treatment
of illness
Social Learning Theory
• If a person believes he or she is capable of
performing a behavior (self-efficacy) and also
believes the behavior will lead to a desirable
outcome, the person is more likely to perform
the behavior
Social Learning Theory (cont.)
• Four methods for enhancing efficacy
expectations:
– Performance accomplishments
– Vicarious experience or modeling
– Verbal persuasion
– Interpretation of physiological state
The Patient Education Process
• Assessment
• Planning
• Implementation
• Evaluation
Assessment of Learning Needs
• What information does the patient need?
• What attitudes should be explored?
• What skills does the patient need to know?
• What factors may be barriers?
• Is the patient likely to return home?
• Can the caregiver handle the care?
• Is the home situation appropriate?
• What kinds of assistance will be required?
Other Variables in the Patient
Education Process
• Learning styles
• Readiness to learn
• Health literacy
– “The degree to which individuals have
the capacity to obtain, process, and
understand basic health information and
services they need to make appropriate
health decisions” (IOM, 2004, p. 31)
Ask Me 3™ Questions
ED/AU: Trademark symbol needed?
• What is my main problem?
• What do I need to do?
• Why is it important for me to do this?
Ask Me 3® Video

ACTS
• Assess
• Compare
• Teach 3/Teach back
• Survey
Readability of Written Materials
• Written materials for patients with low health
literacy skills should be fifth grade level or
below
• Several readability formulas are available to
determine the grade level of materials (Flesch,
1948; Fry, 1968; McLaughlin, 1969)
• SMOG formula
Planning
• Nurse responsible for guiding the process through
the use of goals and objectives
• Objectives for patient education are stated as
behavioral objectives
– Performance
– Conditions
– Criteria
• Learning objectives should be specific, measurable,
and attainable
Implementation
• Learning activities need to be consistent with
learning objectives
• Using varied learning activities can make
learning more fun and more effective
– Examples include lecture, demonstration,
practice, games, simulation, role play,
discussion, and self-directed learning
Criteria for Judging Patient
Education Materials
• Material contains the information that the
patient wants
• Material contains the information that the
patient needs
• Patient understands and uses the material as
presented
Patient Education with Older
Adults: Age-Related Barriers
• Cognitive changes:
– Changes in encoding and storage of
information
– Changes in the retrieval of information
– Decreases in the speed of processing
information
Patient Education with Older
Adults: Age-Related Barriers (cont.)
• Visual changes:
– Smaller amount of light reaches the retina
– Reduced ability to focus on close objects
– Scattering of light resulting in glare
– Changes in color perception
– Decrease in depth perception and peripheral
vision
Patient Education with Older
Adults: Age-Related Barriers (cont.)
• Changes in hearing:
– Reduced ability to hear sounds as loudly
– Decrease in hearing acuity
– Decrease in ability to hear high-pitched
sounds
– Decrease in ability to filter background
noise
Strategies to Accommodate for AgeRelated Barriers: Cognitive
• Slow the pace of presentation
• Give smaller amounts of information
• Repeat information frequently
• Reinforce verbal teaching with audiovisuals,
written materials, and practice
• Reduce distractions
• Allow more time for self-expression
Strategies to Accommodate for AgeRelated Barriers: Cognitive (cont.)
• Use analogies and examples from everyday
experience to illustrate abstract information
• Increase meaningfulness of content
• Teach mnemonic devices and imaging
techniques
• Use printed materials and visual aids that are
age specific
Strategies to Accommodate for
Age-Related Barriers: Visual
• Make sure glasses are clean and in place
• Use printed materials with 14- to 16-point font
and serif letters
• Use bold type on printed materials and do not
mix fonts
• Avoid use of dark colors with dark backgrounds
but instead use large, distinct configurations
with high contrast
Strategies to Accommodate for
Age-Related Barriers: Visual (cont.)
• Avoid blue, green, and violet to differentiate
type, illustrations, or graphics
• Use line drawings with high contrast
• Use soft white light to decrease glare
• Light should shine from behind learner
• Use color and touch to help differentiate depth
• Position materials directly in front of learner
Strategies to Accommodate for
Age-Related Barriers: Hearing
• Speak distinctly
• Do not shout
• Speak in a normal voice or lower pitch
• Decrease extraneous noise
• Face person directly while speaking at a distance
of 3 to 6 feet
• Reinforce verbal teaching with visual aids or
easy-to-read materials
Cultural Considerations
• Adapt information to be more specific and
use more relevant terminology
• Create descriptions or explanations that fit
with different people’s understandings of
key concepts
• Incorporate a group’s cultural beliefs and
practices into the program content and
process
Evaluation
• Measuring the extent to which the patient has
met the learning objectives
• Identifying when there is a need to clarify,
correct, or review information
• Noting learning objectives that are unclear
• Pointing out shortcomings in patient teaching
interventions
• Identifying barriers that prevented learning
Evaluation of PCC
• National Strategy for Quality Improvement
in Health Care priority
• Link between quality and patient satisfaction
• HCAHPS standardized survey
• CAHPS supplemental item sets
Don Berwick What Patient Centred
Care Really Means Video

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Explain how health care reform has helped shift the focus from a disease-oriented health care system to one of wellness and prevention. Discuss ways in which health care will continue this trend and explain the role of nursing in supporting and facilitati

Description

Explain how health care reform has helped shift the focus from a disease-oriented health care system to one of wellness and prevention. Discuss ways in which health care will continue this trend and explain the role of nursing in supporting and facilitating this shift. In replies to peers, provide an example of wellness and prevention initiatives your organization or specialty area has in place


Wk2 d2 response shan

Description

IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING WORD LIMIT REQUIREMENTS: Please note that each and every assignment has its own word limit. I have seen situations like the scenarios throughout my undergrad years, especially students who were uploading old assignment papers on certain websites. Also, due to advance technology, cheating has become easier and more accessible which causes student to become reliant on the internet for information. This type of reliance can “lead to the fact that many students do not see the need to learn and memorize basic information” if the content is easily accessible online. (Peterson, 2019, p.26) According to Peterson, academic dishonesty has increased over the year which caused the U.S to pass a law that makes intuitions such as, Grand canyon university to implement policies to prevent dishonesty. (Peterson, 2019, p.24) The reason why these events undermine the purpose of graduate school, is because the student is not fully experiencing the purpose of graduate programs which is to engage in higher learning and gaining new knowledge. The students are not using their own creativity and critical thinking to evaluate and analyze their work and apply it to their arguments. Also, if the students cheats their way through school, how will the students operate on their own and think critically to solve situations when they are in the working world. Reference Peterson, J. (2019). An Analysis of Academic Dishonesty in Online Classes. Mid-Western Educational Researcher, 31(1), 24-36. Retrieved from https://lopes.idm.oclc.org/login?url=https://searc… Respond to the bold paragraph ABOVE by using one of the option below… in APA format with At least one reference….. .(The List of References should not be included in the word count.) Ask a probing question. Share an insight from having read your colleague’s posting. Offer and support an opinion. Validate an idea with your own experience. Make a suggestion. Expand on your colleague’s posting. Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the Learning Resources. It is important that you cover all the topics identified in the assignment. Covering the topic does not mean mentioning the topic BUT presenting an explanation from the context of ethics and the readings for this class To get maximum points you need to follow the requirements listed for this assignments 1) look at the word/page limits 2) review and follow APA rules 3) create subheadings to identify the key sections you are presenting and 4) Free from typographical and sentence construction errors. REMEMBER IN APA FORMAT JOURNAL TITLES AND VOLUME NUMBERS ARE ITALICIZED.


Community Needs Assessment (New Orleans, LA)

Description

New Orleans Community Needs Assessment

There are many steps involved with conducting a community-needs assessment. For this Assignment, you are going to examine the steps that are necessary to conduct a community-needs assessment in your own community. You are then going to consult existing data sources to discover what the needs are in your community and develop a plan that you would utilize if you were really going to collect data from community members, organizations in your community, and so on. Finally, in this Assignment, you are going to write a Sample Needs/Problem Statement that would be appropriate to appear in a grant proposal using the information you discovered from your secondary data sources.

The paper needs to include the components listed below.

Discuss what, if anything, you already know about the needs in your community.
Design needs assessment questions that you want answered in order to provide you with more information about the needs in your community.
Consult secondary data sources to find out information about the needs in your community, the demographics or your community, and to answer the questions that you designed. Discuss which data sources you utilized, and the information that you discovered. Consult your readings for examples of secondary data sources that you can refer to for this section of the Assignment.
After learning about some of the needs in your community, you should explore and then discuss whether or not there are any nonprofit organizations currently addressing the needs that you discovered.
Based on information learned from your exploration of the secondary data sources, assess the role that the information you gathered would play with regard to the community-needs component of a grant proposal.
Develop a plan for collecting data from community members. This plan will not actually be carried out, but it should be a discussion of what would occur if you were really doing community-needs assessment. In this section, be sure to discuss what types of data collection techniques you would utilize (for example focus groups, surveys, interviews), and justify why you are using these particular techniques. You also need to discuss whom you plan on gathering information from (for example, individuals in the community, other nonprofit organizations, police officers). The information that you learn from reviewing secondary data sources related to the needs in your community may help guide how you develop your plan for this section.
Your Assignment should reflect professional writing standards using proper tone and language. The writing and writing style should be correct, accurate, and reflect knowledge of conducting a community-needs assessment, and the role that this plays with regard to grant proposals. You should include a minimum of four reputable references in your Assignment. Your Assignment should be 3-4 pages in length, not including the title page and a references page.


Workflow Healthcare

Description

Discipline:
– Healthcare

Type of service:
Essay

Spacing:
Double spacing

Paper format:
MLA

Number of pages:
1 page

Number of sources:
1 source

Paper detalis:
What is
workflow? What equipment and/or supplies affect workflow in the medical
office? Find an example to share with the class. Post website and/or
cite sources.


Topic Introduction

Description

Select one of the focus areas within Healthcare Information Technology from the list below for your project

Laboratory
Rehabilitation
Psychiatry
Home Health
Long Term Care
Nursing Homes Administration
Radiology
Clinical Trials
Public Health
Prison System
Dental
Telemedicine

In written summary format, explain why you picked your particular topic and why it is important to you. Be sure to use correct grammar and spelling when writing this assignment. Submit your completed assignment to the drop box below. Please check the Course Calendar for specific due dates.

I HAVE CHOSEN PRISON SYSTEM


Healthcare Mission, Vision and Values

Description

Healthcare Mission, Vision, and Values Introduction: Healthcare leaders need experience in creating mission,
vision, and value statements for their organizations. For this unit’s
assignment, you will develop mission, vision, and value statements for a
healthcare facility of your own choosing. The facility might be the one where
you currently work, or it might be an organization that you someday hope to
lead. It could even be a fictitious healthcare organization you might want to
create. Develop mission, vision, and value statements for a healthcare facility,
incorporating the key characteristics and components of these statements. In
addition to providing the statements, briefly explain why you chose the
specific wording for each and why they are a good solution for your healthcare
organization. There are two exhibit tables in the textbook on pages 177 and
185 as a strategic thinking map guide for writing mission statements. Your assignment should be a minimum of two pages in length and should
include a title page and reference page (title and reference pages do not
count toward the total page requirement). To supplement your discussion, you
should include at least two sources, and one should be your textbook.
References and citations must be provided using APA style. All sources used
must be referenced; paraphrased and quoted material must have accompanying
citations.


very easy discussion- 20 minutes

Description

I will attach three things below, rubric and two articles. Please read both articles and answer the question(s) that the rubric asks. Very easy assignment and should take about 20-30 minutes only. maybe even less.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Nicotine & Tobacco Research, Volume 12, Supplement 2 (December 2010) S147–S153
Original Investigation
The Menthol Marketing Mix: Targeted
Promotions For Focus Communities in
the United States
Tess Boley Cruz, Ph.D., M.P.H.,1 La Tanisha Wright, B.S.,2 & George Crawford, M.S.3
Insitute for Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Research, University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine, Alhambra, CA
National African American Tobacco Prevention Network, Irving, TX
3
Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Program, Georgia Division of Public Health, Atlanta, GA
1
2
Received July 2, 2010; accepted October 18, 2010
Abstract
Introduction: This study analyzes tobacco industry menthol
marketing strategies aimed at urban predominantly Black
populations.
Methods: Data are drawn from an interview with a former
Brown & Williamson Tobacco Company trade marketing manager, tobacco industry documents on Kool promotions in urban
areas, and public health literature on tobacco marketing.
Results: Tobacco companies recognize the growth potential
for the menthol segment in these urban communities. They
have higher levels of price discounts and signage, exert tight
controls over the retail environment, and use hip-hop lifestyle
to associate menthol products with urban nightlife, music,
fame, and cultural edginess among younger smokers.
Conclusions: Tobacco companies regard the urban Black
menthol segment as one of the few markets in which they can
grow sales despite declines elsewhere in the United States. Consequently, this population is surrounded by intense and integrated levels of marketing. We need strong monitoring,
regulation, and enforcement efforts that will counter the industry’s use of menthol at multiple levels in urban environments.
Introduction
Menthol tobacco products represent a significant portion of the
tobacco market, used by one in four smokers (National Cancer
Institute [NCI], 2009) and amounting to one in five cigarettes
sold in the United States in 2006 (Federal Trade Commission
[FTC], 2009). Among Blacks, the use of menthol is more pronounced, used by approximately 70% of smokers, compared
with 21% of White smokers in 2006 and 2007 (NCI, 2009). The
pattern of marketing that led to this disparity has been characterized by Gardiner (2004) as the “African Americanization of
menthol.”
In order to sell a product, commercial marketing firms manipulate the marketing mix or variables related to product,
price, place, and promotion (Siegel & Doner, 1998). In the strategic campaigns run by tobacco companies, we can see specific
designs for varied types of menthol products (tobacco brand
variations, packaging, and inserts); price discounts and valueadded promotions; place, including distribution channels, control
of the retail environment, and other locations that sell tobacco
to consumers; and promotion themes, messages, images, and
channels designed for new and established segments of smokers
(Biener & Albers, 2003; Kreslake, Wayne, Alpert, Koh, &
Connolly, 2008; Kreslake, Wayne, & Connolly, 2008; Ling &
Glantz, 2002; NCI, 2008; Pollay, Lee, & Carter-Whitney, 1992).
The marketing mix will be based on geographic location
(Yerger, Przewoznik, & Malone, 2007). According to La Tanisha
Wright, former trade marketing manager for Brown & Williamson
Tobacco Company (personal communication, March 27, 2010),
Brown & Williamson used terms such as “focus” and
“nonfocus” to refer to urban and nonurban populations. These
code names hid allusions to variations in marketing due to race
and ethnicity.
Menthol has come under increasing scrutiny as the Food
and Drug Administration implements the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (U.S. Food and Drug Administration [U.S. FDA], 2010). This legislation restricts cigarette
flavorings that could appeal to youth, but menthol has been exempted from that restriction pending review by the Tobacco
Products Scientific Advisory Committee.
This paper demonstrates how the marketing mix is used to
fuel growth in menthol tobacco sales among new and existing
Black smokers in urban areas. The high rates of tobacco-related
diseases and relative difficulty with smoking cessation among
Blacks make it a high priority to understand these methods and
the implications for prevention and regulation (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services [U.S. DHHS], 1998). The
results can help guide counter-marketing efforts, inform policy
measures, and limit the influence of menthol.
doi: 10.1093/ntr/ntq201
© The Author 2010. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Society for Research on Nicotine and Tobacco.
All rights reserved. For permissions, please e-mail: journals.permissions@oup.com
S147
Downloaded from http://ntr.oxfordjournals.org/ at National Institutes of Health Library on August 26, 2015
Corresponding Author: Tess Boley Cruz, Ph.D., M.P.H., Institute for Prevention Research, University of Southern California, 1000
S. Fremont Avenue, Unit 8, Alhambra, CA 91803, USA. Telephone: (626) 457-6647; Fax: (626) 457-4101; E-mail: tesscruz@usc.edu
The menthol marketing mix
Methods
The Trinkets & Trash (2010) collection of tobacco marketing images at the University of Medicine and Dentistry of New
Jersey was searched to find examples that illustrated Wright’s
results.
Tobacco documents were located in the Legacy Tobacco
Documents Library found at the University of California San
Francisco (http://legacy.library.ucsf.edu) in September 2010.
The search term “nonfocus” yielded 120 documents. Unrelated
documents (mostly related to focus group testing and focus cells
in biology) and duplicates were excluded resulting in seven
marketing-related documents. Two of them outlined Kool cigarette marketing plans, thus confirming material presented by
Wright. R. J. Reynolds took over the Kool brand line from
Brown & Williamson Tobacco Company in 2003, so the Kool
documents reflect strategies in play at both companies.
In response to each question, we provide public health research literature related to the question, Wright’s testimony,
and excerpts illustrating her points from the tobacco documents. The literature and documents provide confirmation of
the observations described by Wright.
Focus Communities
Yerger et al. (2007) describe a nexus of “race, class, and place”
that drew several tobacco companies in the 1970s, 1980s, and
1990s to penetrate low-income Black urban areas. During those
years, the nature of the urban environment leads to certain refinements and innovations that are with us today, such as display
shelving that could be kept neat and organized in small convenience stores, after major retailers abandoned the inner cities.
According to La Tanisha Wright, Brown & Williamson used
terms such as “focus,” “nonfocus,” and/or “focus on the fringe”
to conceal specific minority targeting. “Focus” refers to communities and/or stores that have urban characteristics. They are
in predominately low-income Black communities and have
high menthol sales with brands, such as Kool and Newport.
Correspondingly, “nonfocus” refers to communities and
stores that have suburban/rural characteristics. They are predominately White communities and have high nonmenthol
sales with brands, such as Marlboro. “Focus-on-the-fringe”
communities share the characteristics of focus and nonfocus
communities.
S148
Products
Menthol tobacco products emerged in the late 1950s and early
1960s with Salem, Newport, and Kool first positioned as remedial or medicinal types of products, then repositioned as providing a positive and refreshing taste (Pollay & Dewhirst 2002;
Sutton & Robinson 2004).
The smoother milder taste of menthol cigarettes has been
found to appeal as a starter product for youth, used by 44% of
adolescents age 12–17 years in the United States (Hersey et al.,
2006; NCI, 2009).
Kreslake et al. have found that tobacco companies have developed an array of product designs that can appeal to smokers
at varying levels of smoking experience (Kreslake, Wayne,
Alpert, et al., 2008; Kreslake, Wayne, & Connolly, 2008). Lighter
mentholated products, such as Newport, Salem Black Label, and
Marlboro Milds, help to mask the harsh taste of tobacco among
beginners. Mid-level mentholation is found in Salem Green
Label, Camel Menthol, and Kool. Higher levels, designed for
seasoned smokers needing a stronger menthol sensation, are found
in Marlboro Menthols. Innovative new products such as Camel
Crush allow smokers to crush a small capsule in the cigarette to
release the level of menthol they desire (Trinkets & Trash, 2010).
Wright describes what happens with brand products when
the trade managers visit contracted stores. They need to make
sure that there is a sufficient distribution of their company’s key
brands to maximize sales and ensure that certain styles of flavors
are prioritized. Cigarette brand styles are merchandised from
full to light flavors on cigarette displays (Figure 1). Trade managers push the retailers to ensure that the full flavors are more
visible than other cigarettes at all times.
In 2003, most of the major companies reportedly saw the
urban “full menthol” market as the key location for recovering
sales at a time when nonmenthol brands were declining in the
United States (Kool USA, 2003).
The cigarette package is another compelling aspect of product design that can get the smoker’s attention over hours and
sometimes days. In a 2003 business plan, Kool USA (2003,
Downloaded from http://ntr.oxfordjournals.org/ at National Institutes of Health Library on August 26, 2015
Descriptions of marketing strategies aimed at focus communities were provided by La Tanisha Wright, based on her work at
Brown & Williamson as Trade Marketing Manager and Controlling Manager in Detroit, Michigan, and Atlanta, Georgia,
from 2001 to 2004 and currently a tobacco control advocate
with the National African American Tobacco Prevention Network (Gardiner & Clark, 2009). Ms. Wright responded to written questions provided by the other two authors regarding
Brown & Williamson marketing practices. Questions and answers were provided in writing in March 2010, paraphrased by
Cruz, and then checked by Wright. The questions were: “What
are focus, nonfocus, and focus-on-the-fringe communities?”
and “How did Brown & Williamson manipulate its tobacco
products, its prices, its places, and its promotions to improve
sales in focus communities?”
In a 2002 business report for Kool cigarettes, focus communities are represented as an important source of menthol market
growth: “KOOL is delivering a premium message to its anticipated audience and concentrating in 22 trend-setting urban cities where the majority of this audience lives. These cities house
the 102 focus assignments that KOOL has identified to be key to
the growth of the brand. Field personnel in these assignments
have the sole purpose to build equity and image for KOOL by
engaging both retailers and consumers in quality interactions
with the brand” (Kool USA, 2002, p. 1). In 2003, the company
pushed harder in focus areas: “Establish at retail that KOOL is
the Master of the Game. In focus assignments, demonstrate it
through leading presence and visibility, quality, distribution, innovation, retail partnerships, consumer engagement, and clear
brand essence communication. In nonfocus assignments, communicate it through visibility, distribution, quality, and clear
brand essence communication” (Kool USA, 2003, p. 5). These
memos confirm the role of urban communities as important
avenues for advancing menthol market share.
Nicotine & Tobacco Research, Volume 12, Supplement 2 (December 2010)
blends Dark Mint, Kool’s Smooth Fusion menthol flavors such
as Midnight Berry, and others before they reach store shelves
(Figure 3; Biener & Albers, 2003; Lewis & Wackowski, 2006;
Sepe & Glantz, 2002). The use of flavors and sweeteners, interesting new names, and attractive packages may appeal to relatively young tobacco users (Lewis & Wackowski, 2006).
Price
p. 17) marketing staff report that “on-pack communications”
are an aggressive and strategic platform that can appeal to
smokers who might not otherwise be exposed to bar campaigns
and as a source of discount coupons for all smokers.
Cigarette packages can also provide reinforcement of
choice for smokers. Figure 2 illustrates a special line of packages that were initially distributed during bar promotions.
Kool USA (2003) explains that these “playful innovative limited edition packaging designs were implemented to reinforce
the leading character of KOOL,” with appeal for young adult
smokers under 30 years considering a trial of the brand at bar
events.
Bar promotions have been used in urban areas, in part, to
introduce markets to new products such as Camel’s exotic
Wright describes the types of contracts she had with the
retail outlets that sold tobacco in her territories. As a sales
incentive, she could provide tobacco buy-down (discount) programs to retailers, thus increasing the retailer’s profits. In these
contracts, tobacco companies gain tight control of each aspect
of the store’s tobacco environment for the company’s brands,
including how the store offers the products, promotions, prices,
signage, and presence or placement of signs, shelves, displays,
and products. Retailers must adhere to strict contract requirements, including meeting 100% distribution on select brands at
all times to maximize sales opportunities, passing promotions
on to consumers, and allowing the placement of advertisements
and displays at the primary point of sale (near cash registers,
candy, magazines, gum, etc.) Failure to meet all contract
elements at all times could result in the suspension and/or termination of the retailer’s discount programs and/or contract
payments. One of her responsibilities was to monitor compliance during her regular visits to each store.
Wright found that predominately Black communities
had substantially more liquor and mom-and-pop stores per
Figure 2. Kool Mixx store display with special edition packs, 2003
(Trinkets & Trash, 2010).
Figure 3. Kool Smooth Fusions direct mail offer for free cigarette pack,
2004 (Trinkets & Trash, 2010).
S149
Downloaded from http://ntr.oxfordjournals.org/ at National Institutes of Health Library on August 26, 2015
Figure 1. Kool store shelving and display in Milwaukee, WI, 2009.
The price of tobacco is one of the most important elements of the
industry’s marketing mix. Tobacco corporations spend more on
retailer and consumer incentives to reduce price than on all other marketing categories put together (FTC, 2009). Several methods are used to control price and promote sales, including
discounts to retailers that can lead to lower prices and discounts
for consumers received at the sale or though direct mail marketing,
such as the Smooth Fusion brand coupon in Figure 3 (Feighery,
Ribisl, Schleicher, & Clark, 2004; Sumner & Dillman, 1995;
White, White, Freeman, Gilpin, & Pierce, 2006). The customers
most likely to take advantage of these discounts are young adults,
women, those who smoke more, and Blacks (White et al., 2006).
The menthol marketing mix
capita than in nonfocus communities. Because of the high
density of stores, these trade channels tended to experience
low sales volumes for all types of products (tobacco, alcohol,
sweet/salty snacks, etc.). In order to maximize the store’s profits,
tobacco discounts provided by the tobacco company were
essential.
Wright’s focus stores received greater allocations of coupons and “Buy 1, Get X Free” promotions as compared with the
more expensive and less desirable “Buy 2 or Buy 3, Get X Free”
promotions provided to nonfocus stores. Tobacco companies
also offer smokers prizes or “free gifts,” such as a set of dominoes with a pack purchase, as incentives to promote smoking
(Figures 2 and 3).
Programs that offer coupons or promotional items to individuals are designed to encourage brand loyalty and to avert
switching to other brands or quitting (White et al., 2006).
R. J. Reynold’s assessment of ethnic markets in 1977 noted
that switching among acceptable brands was common in Black
status seekers (R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, 1977). To counter this practice, Wright reports that “switch-selling” programs
are conducted more frequently in focus communities. These
kinds of programs offer discount coupons, access to brand Web
sites and a guarantee of future direct mail promotions with
additional cigarette promotions, cigarettes, coupons, and information about upcoming tobacco-sponsored events. The goal is
to avert brand switching and maintain brand loyalty.
Kool USA (2003) recognizes that the menthol segment is
highly competitive. It outlines each of the major tobacco companies’ focus on this segment, leading to increases in discounting rates and effective use of free goods in key menthol priority
outlets. The Kool business plan notes that the intensity of this
focus has made it extremely important and costly for the corporations to keep their brands at very competitive prices at all
times or they would lose market share to other comparable
brands.
Place
Tobacco is distributed primarily through retail outlets, which in
turn are tightly controlled by tobacco distributors. Through interviews with retailers, Feighery, Ribisil, Clark, and Haladjian
(2004) identified methods by which tobacco distributors establish this control, such as the payments and discounts described
earlier, in exchange for control over the tobacco displays, the
amount and location of shelving and signage, and other conditions governing product visibility.
Wright adds that Brown & Williamson had a practice of
placing a higher quantity of interior and exterior signs at focus
S150
Kool USA (2003) reports that 1,600 stores that received the
Buy One Get One Free promotion in 2002 resulting in a menthol segment share increase compared with those that did not
receive the promotion. The trade managers in those territories
said this approach gave them the advantage they needed to create merchandise presence at these stores. Kool USA also describes the thorough vetting they gave to every item in the retail
environment to assure a “clean big brand presence” that was
“consistent, uniform, and simple” (Kool USA, 2003, p. 38).
Some of these items would become semipermanent fixtures,
such as plastic countertop mats that were glued down in prominent locations.
Promotion
In 1977, R.J. Reynolds concluded that the number of Black
smokers would probably increase as the number of White
smokers declined, making them an important segment to recruit (R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, 1977). Using data from
their studies of Black consumer lifestyles, Reynolds and the other major tobacco corporations identified key segments based on
values, locations, media usage patterns, and tastes. Campaigns
based on extensive formative research led to specific tobacco
products, imagery, and locations to reach and appeal to Black
audiences (Balbach, Gasior, & Barbeau, 2003; Gardiner, 2004).
Several studies found higher density and concentrations of
tobacco billboards in predominantly Black urban areas (Davis,
1998; Hackbarth, Silvestri, & Cosper, 1995; Stoddard, Johnson,
Sussman, Dent, & Boley Cruz, 1998).
In 2004, the young urban Black had become an even more
promising part of the tobacco growth market. Wright, Campbell,
and others (Gardiner & Clark, 2009; Hafez & Ling, 2006;
Kool USA, 2003) describe the use of an integrated marketing
mix exemplified by the Kool DJ Mixx campaign in 2004 using
“poets of urban hip-hop” models, settings, and language of
urban nightlife to reach young Blacks. The tobacco product was
newly named and wrapped in new packaging. Promotion channels involved urban tobacco-sponsored bar nights with free
samples, center-fold magazine ads with an interactive Kool
Mixx CD attached in Vibe magazine, direct mail promotions,
and a “DJ” Web site, all designed to reach young urban Blacks
in bars, clubs, and their homes, shown in Figure 2.
Music has played a major role in menthol marketing aimed
at Blacks and young Hispanics in multiple campaigns (Gardiner,
2004; Hafez & Ling, 2006). In particular, Kool MIXX and other
tobacco products such as blunts have been inserted into hiphop and rap culture (Campbell, G. in Gardiner & Clark, 2009)
described by Kool USA as “the most relevant cultural trend
among menthol” adult smokers under 30 (Kool USA, 2003,
p. 29). Hip-hop is a lifestyle that involves rap artists and
the clothing, jewelry and cars that they and their fans prefer.
Their words, moves, and music appeal to 12- to 24-year-old
graffiti artists using street-oriented forms of expression
Downloaded from http://ntr.oxfordjournals.org/ at National Institutes of Health Library on August 26, 2015
Wright often provided focus stores with premium tobacco
contracts, providing the retailer with excessive discounting and
advertising, and enhanced brand communications for menthol
products. These contracts helped the stores sell the products at
a discount compared with other stores. Stores outside these areas could also get discounts but not as large and not as long
lasting. For example, a nonfocus store might receive 50 cents off
per pack of mentholated cigarettes for 6 months out of the year,
while a focus store could receive $1.00–$1.50 off per pack for
the entire year.
retail stores, with mentholated products being the primary
products advertised. They would receive a greater quantity of
high-profile cigarette displays often prominent because of flashy
colors and images, florescent lights, and rotating movement
that would attract store patrons of all ages. Focus displays feature more pack facings for mentholated products than for non
mentholated products depicted in Figure 1.
Nicotine & Tobacco Research, Volume 12, Supplement 2 (December 2010)
Internet. They can design counter-marketing campaigns that
demonstrate how menthol advertising and pricing strategies are
designed to maximize sales in their populations. These types of
messages can help ignite resistance to these strategies and build
healthier social norms about tobacco corporations. Collaborative research and community efforts can help leadership groups
understand how retailers are controlled by tobacco retail contracts. If business groups can organize retailers in a community
to support one another in this health issue, then they may have
bargaining power to resist the requirements and incentives of
the marketing managers in order to improve the health of their
customers.
Kool USA (2003) recognized the importance of the Kool
MIXX campaign, expanded it from an event-only platform to
an integration of event plus retail plus magazine promotions
and electronic media in 2003, designed to reach the adult under
30 smokers in urban markets. Promotions were developed for
CD’s, the Internet, Motorola pages, inserts in two young adult
magazines, new cigarette packaging, and distribution of free
samples at bars. It was considered successful in raising brand
ratings, imagery, and trials by users new to the brand, making it
in the company’s estimation the fastest growing premium
menthol brand in their target population.
At the same time, tobacco control groups can work toward
regulation and enforcement of retail sites with tobacco retail
licensing, municipal signage featuring laws against tobacco sales
to youth, and numbers to call for sales violations. There should
be efforts to enact controls over the location and pervasiveness
of retail signage, displays, and discounting near schools, thus
limiting urban density of tobacco marketing.
Discussion
Tobacco products have been aimed at the culture, lifestyle,
neighborhoods, economics, and tastes of low-income urban
Black smokers in such an integrated fashion that it may undermine tobacco education and control efforts. The retail contracts,
heavier advertising, discounts, and urban life–oriented campaigns make it very difficult to extricate the urban Black smoker
from this web of influence.
The campaigns, through bars and interactive Web sites,
resonate with youth and young adult values about the importance of music, hip-hop lifestyle, and urban culture. Tobacco
control advocates can appeal directly to youth through these
same mechanisms before the youth are legally old enough to
frequent tobacco-sponsored entertainment, turn in discount
coupons, or play on tobacco brand Web sites. Interactive Web
sites can be used positively to point out exploitation of youth
urban culture by tobacco corporations and to inoculate youth
by spoofing or having them develop spoofs of the promotional
messages aimed at young adults.
Menthol smokers need help unsubscribing from these Web
sites, as well as from direct mail, and E-mails from tobacco
companies when they seek cessation help. They may need the
support of family and friends to maximize motivation, recognize and resist tobacco cues in their environment, and reduce
other barriers to quitting.
Given the ubiquitous nature of menthol promotions in the
urban store environment, it would be short sighted to limit control efforts to individual change. Change needs to happen at the
retail, community, and policy levels as well.
Tobacco advocates should work collaboratively with urban
Black organizations and business alliances as partners to reject
these products and practices at local retailers, bars, and on the
Existing policies and settlement agreements can be used to
combat tobacco promotions in magazines and at events with a
high number of youth audience members by collaborating with
agencies that enforce the Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (Lieberman, 2004) and the Family Smoking Prevention
and Tobacco Control Act (U.S. FDA, 2010). These controls are
designed to protect youth, but the enforcement agencies need
help with documentation of problems. They should, additionally, address the pediatric implications of menthol as a flavor
additive that makes it possible for large numbers of youth to
adapt to the harsh taste of tobacco. Menthol and its chemical
substitutes should be removed from tobacco, so it no longer
serves as a flavoring with direct appeal to youth.
Menthol, as a flavoring, is the lynchpin in a tightly integrated series of campaigns aimed at the urban poor, especially
Blacks who suffer disproportionately high rates of tobaccorelated diseases (U.S. DHHS, 1998). This product needs to be
restricted so that it no longer serves as the major gateway to
smoking in this population.
These recommendations are based on qualitative data. Industry practices have been described by responses from one
trade marketing manager from Brown & Williamson Tobacco
Company corroborated by public health research literature and
tobacco industry documents. The data from the trade manager
may not represent the views or practices of other tobacco corporations or other trade managers. It should be verified by additional research with a larger number of sources. The tobacco
industry document search was confirmatory rather than exploratory, identifying documents that validated Wright’s testimony.
Other document searches might have provided different evidence. There may be forms of targeting that have not been identified. Consequently, these results may be used to identify
important practices, but we would need more information to
confirm the prevalence or effects of these practices.
These data enrich our understanding of what the industry
intended and how it operated. Integrated marketing practices
are defined by tobacco corporations, exploiting market segments to help push their sales ahead of the competition. Future
studies should consider tobacco niches that are defined by the
S151
Downloaded from http://ntr.oxfordjournals.org/ at National Institutes of Health Library on August 26, 2015
(Hafez & Ling, 2006). Central to hip-hop are the “MC’s” and
“DJ’s,” who can be either well-known or emerging celebrities
featured in the campaign posters, as performers, and on pass
word-protected tobacco brand Web sites (Campbell, G. in
Gardiner & Clark, 2009). For example, the Kool XL Innovators
Award on the Kool Web site in 2008 had pages devoted to different artists from three generations of hip-hop culture, including
Big Daddy Kane, “MC” from Harlem; Ice T and Grandmaster Kaz;
a Bling designer; and graffiti artists (Cruz, T. in Gardiner & Clark,
2009). This array of artists demonstrates how tobacco companies
can market cultural aesthetics based on young adult culture in the
urban environment (Hendlin, Anderson, & Glantz, 2010).
J Relig Health (2016) 55:1078–1088
DOI 10.1007/s10943-016-0196-9
ORIGINAL PAPER
‘‘It’s Like Backing up Science with Scripture’’: Lessons
Learned from the Implementation of HeartSmarts,
a Faith-Based Cardiovascular Disease Health Education
Program
Naa-Solo Tettey1 • Pedro A. Duran2 • Holly S. Andersen1
Niajee Washington3 • Carla Boutin-Foster4

Published online: 8 February 2016
! Springer Science+Business Media New York 2016
Abstract African-Americans are disproportionately impacted by cardiovascular disease
(CVD). Faith-based institutions provide a non-traditional route for health education targeted at African-Americans. This paper describes HeartSmarts, a faith-based CVD education program. Evidence-based literature was used to develop a curriculum, which was
tailored by integrating biblical scripture representing aspects of health behaviors. Eighteen
church peer-educators were recruited to participate in a 12-week training. They then disseminated the faith-based curriculum to members of their congregations. There were 199
participants of which 137 provided feedback via open-ended surveys indicating that
HeartSmarts was well accepted and effective for disseminating CVD health messages
while engaging spirituality.
Keywords Cardiovascular disease ! Faith-based organizations ! Health education !
African-Americans ! Peer-educators
Introduction
Cardiovascular disease (CVD) is the leading cause of death in the USA across all racial and
ethnic categories (Hoyert and Xu 2012). African-Americans experience an excess burden
of cardiovascular disease risk factors and CVD-related morbidity and mortality, yet are less
& Naa-Solo Tettey
drntettey@gmail.com
1
Ronald O. Perelman Heart Institute, New York-Presbyterian Hospital/Weill Cornell Medical
Center, 525 E. 68th Street, Greenberg Pavilion 4th Floor Atrium, New York, NY 10065, USA
2
Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, NY, USA
3
Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA
4
Center of Excellence in Disparities Research and Community Engagement (CEDREC), Weill
Cornell Medical College, New York, NY, USA
123
J Relig Health (2016) 55:1078–1088
1079
likely to be aware of their cardiovascular risk factors (Hurley et al. 2010; Kurian and
Cardarelli 2007; Martins et al. 2008; Safford et al. 2012; Sundquist et al. 2001). A staple of
CVD prevention has been increasing awareness and knowledge about CVD. Yet, a major
obstacle in effective health promotion in African-American communities has been a dearth
of culturally relevant educational material, coupled with lower utilization of traditional
healthcare settings, such as hospitals and healthcare clinics.
Faith-based organizations have held a long-standing position as trusted institutions
within the African-American community. They provide social support, social services, and
advocate for at-risk populations. They also serve as venues for health promotion and
education (Levin 2014; Levin et al. 2005). In addition to spiritual services, many churches
often host health fairs and have a health ministry, suggesting that physical as well as
spiritual well-being and health is valued (Levin 2014; Markens et al. 2002; Anderson
2004). Studies have shown that African-Americans are more likely to turn to their pastors
or spiritual leaders for health advice or coping strategies. Accordingly, faith-based organizations have been actively sought as sites for developing health education programs
(Campbell et al. 2007; Yanek et al. 2001; Hippolyte et al. 2013). A challenge to faith-based
interventions has been the extent to which spiritual or scripture-based content is integrated
programmatically. One review of faith-based studies found that approximately half had
spiritual content (Newlin et al. 2012). Lassater et al. proposed a framework from I to IV on
the degree to which spiritual content was integrated in health promotion efforts. Level I
represents if they used the church only as a venue to recruit participants, e.g., churches
were used to recruit participants who then may be randomized to receiving either an
intervention or a control condition, to level IV representing those that included spiritual
elements and messages linking religion and health

Family Health Assignment

Description

After you have read chapter 20 of the class textbook and review the PowerPoint presentation, choose a family in your community and conduct a family health assessment using the following questions below.

1. Family composition.

Type of family, age, gender and racial/ethnic composition of the family.

2.Roles of each family member.Who is the leader in the family?Who is the primary provider?Is there any other provider?

3.Do family members have any existing physical or psychological conditions that are affecting family function?

4.Home (physical condition) and external environment; living situation (this must include financial information).How the family support itself.

For example; working parents, children or any other member

5.How adequately have individual family members accomplished age-appropriate developmental tasks?

6.Do individual family member’s developmental states create stress in the family?

7.What developmental stage is the family in?How well has the family achieve the task of this and previous developmental stages?

8.Any family history of genetic predisposition to disease?

9.Immunization status of the family?

10.Any child or adolescent experiencing problems

11.Hospital admission of any family member and how it is handled by the other members?

12.What are the typical modes of family communication?It is affective?Why?

13.How are decisions make in the family?

14.Is there evidence of violence within the family?What forms of discipline are use?

15.How well the family deals with crisis?

16.What cultural and religious factors influence the family health and social status?

17.What are the family goals?

18.Identify any external or internal sources of support that are available?

19.Is there evidence of role conflict?Role overload?

20.Does the family have an emergency plan to deal with family crisis, disasters?

Identify 3 nursing diagnosis and develop a short plan of care using the nursing process.

4 evidence-based practice references besides the class textbook are require and must be quoted in the assignment.A minimum of 1000 words are required, excluding the first and reference page (Websites can be used but must be from reliable sources such as NIH, CDC, FDA etc.)


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Chapter 20
Family Health
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
Working with Families



Working with families has never been more
complex or rewarding than now.
Nurses understand the actual and potential
impact that families have in changing the
health status of individual family members,
communities, and society as a whole.
Families have challenging health care needs
that are not usually addressed by the health
care system.
.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
2
How Do You Define a Family?
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
3
Definitions of a Family
Historical definitions:
 The environment
affecting individual
clients
 Small to large groups of
interacting people
 A single unit of care with
definable boundaries
 A unit of care within a
specific environment of
a community or society
Current theorists:
 Two or more individuals
who depend on one
another for emotional,
physical, and economic
support. Members of
family are self-defined.
– Hanson & Kaakimen (2005)

The family is who they
say they are.
– Wright & Leahey (2000)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
4
Inclusive Definitions of Family
“Family” means any person(s) playing a significant role
in an individual’s life. This may include person(s) not
legally related to the individual. Members of “family”
include spouses, domestic partners, and both differentsex and same-sex significant others. “Family” includes a
minor patient’s parents, regardless of gender of either
parent … without limitation as encompassing legal
parents, foster parents, same-sex parent, step-parents,
those serving in loco parentis, and others operating in
caretaker roles.
– Human Rights Campaign ( 2009)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
5
The Changing Family

Purposes of the family



To meet the needs of society
To meet the needs of individual family members
Examples of different family types

Traditional, nuclear family
➢ Multigenerational family household
➢ Cohabitating families
➢ Single-parent families
➢ Grandparent-headed families
➢ Gay or lesbian families
➢ Unmarried teen mothers
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
6
The “Sandwich” Generation
Figure 20-1 From Pew Research Center: Social and Demographic Trends: The Sandwich
Generation. http://www.pewsocialtrends.org/2013/01/30/the-sandwich-generation/. Accessed March
15, 2013.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
7
Why Is It Important for the CHN to
Work with Families?




The family is a critical resource.
Any dysfunction in a family unit will affect the
members and the unit as a whole.
Case finding can identify a health problem
that leads to risks for the entire family.
Nursing care can be improved by providing
holistic care to the family and its members.
– Friedman, Bowden, & Jones (2003)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
8
Approaches to Meeting the Health
Needs of Families
Moving from
the Individual
to the Family
Moving from
the Family to
the
Community
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
9
Moving from the Individual to the
Family

Family interviewing

Manners
➢ Therapeutic conversations
➢ Genogram and Ecomap
➢ Therapeutic questions
➢ Commending family or individual strengths
➢ Issues in family interviewing
• Many locations, family informant, family health portrait,
involvement of children

Intervention in cases of chronic illness
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
10
Moving from the Family to the
Community






The health of communities is measured by
the well-being of its people and families.
Families are components of communities.
Cross-comparison of communities must
include health needs as well as resources.
Cross-compare the needs of the families
within the community and set priorities.
Delegation of scarce resources is essential.
A double standard in public health is
tolerated.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
11
Family Theory Approach
1. Any “dysfunction” that affects one member will
probably affect others and the family as a whole.
2. The family’s wellness is highly dependent on the role
of the family in every aspect of health care.
3. The level of wellness of the whole family can be
raised by reducing lifestyle and environmental risks
by emphasizing health promotion, self-care, health
education, and family counseling.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
12
Family Theory Approach (Cont.)
4. Commonalities in risk factors and diseases
shared by family members can lead to case
finding within family.
5. Individual is assessed within larger context of
family.
6. Family is vital support system to individual
member.
– Friedman (1994)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
13
Systems Theory Approach
The family as a unit interacts
with larger units outside the
family (suprasystem) and with
smaller units inside the family
(subsystem).
– Friedman (1998)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
14
Healthy Families




Members interact with each other; listen and
communicate repeatedly in many contexts.
Healthy families establish priorities. Members
understand that family needs are the priority.
Healthy families affirm, support, and respect each
other.
Members engage in flexible role relationships, share
power, respond to change, support the
growth/autonomy of others, and engage in decision
making that affects them.
– DeFrain (1999) and Montalvo (2004)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
15
Healthy Families (Cont.)




The family teaches family and societal values and
beliefs and shares a religious core.
Healthy families foster responsibility and value
service to others.
Healthy families have a sense of play and humor and
share leisure time.
Healthy families have the ability to cope with stress
and crisis and grow from problems. They know when
to seek help from professionals.
– DeFrain (1999) and Montalvo (2004)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
16
Structural-Functional Conceptual
Framework

Internal structure


External structure




Family composition, gender, rank order, functional
subsystem, and boundaries
Extended family and larger systems (work, health, welfare)
Context: ethnicity, race, social class, religion, environment
Instrumental functioning (routine ADLs)
Expressive functioning

Emotional, verbal, nonverbal, circular communication;
problem solving; roles; influence; beliefs; alliances and
coalitions
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
17
Developmental Theory

Family life cycle (Duvall & Miller,
1985)







Leaving home
Beginning family through marriage or
commitment as a couple relationship
Parenting the first child
Living with adolescent
Launching family (youngest child leaves
home)
Middle-age family (remaining marital
dyad to retirement)
Aging family (from retirement to death of
both spouses)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
18
Family Health Assessment Tools

Genogram


Family health tree


A tool that helps the nurse
outline the family’s
structure
Family’s medical and
health histories
Ecomap

Depicts a family’s linkages
to their suprasystems
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
19
Family Health Assessment Tools

Family Health Assessment

Addresses family characteristics,
including structure and process and
family environment
➢ Information obtained through
interviews with one or more family
members, subsystems within the
family, or group interviews of more
than two members of the family
➢ Additional information obtained
through observation of family and
their environment
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
20
Genogram
Figure 20-2 Redrawn from Genopro Software: Symbols used in genograms, 2009: www.genopro.com.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
21
Ecomap
Figure 20-4 Redrawn from Hartman A: Diagrammatic assessment of family relationships, Soc
Casework 59:496, 1978.
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
22
Social and Structural Constraints


Identify what prevents families from receiving
needed health care or achieving a state of
health
Usually based on social and economic
causes



Literacy, education, employment
If disadvantaged, often unable to buy health care
from private sector
Hours of service, distance and transportation,
availability of interpreters, and criteria for receiving
services (age, sex, income barriers)
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
23
Family Health Interventions

Institutional context of family therapists



Ecological framework: A blend of systems and
developmental theory that focus on the interaction
and interdependence of families within the context
of their environment
Social Network Framework: Involves all
connections and ties within a group; social support
Transactional model: A system that focuses on
process as opposed to a linear approach
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
24
Applying the Nursing Process



Knowledge of self, previous life experiences,
and values is crucial in planning home visits
Gather referral information, review
assessment forms, and gather intervention
tools (e.g., screening materials, supplies)
before going to the home
Flexibility is important in working with families
Copyright © 2015, 2011, 2007, 2001, 1997, 1993 by Saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc.
25

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Public Health assignment

Description

Kindly find the attached documents. It contain all the instructions.Simple sentences Please. Thank you.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Cross-sectional studies
Lecture 14
Cross-Section
A SLICE
A Smaller Replica of All Parts of the Population:
Often Proportional to Size
(Cross-Section) or Still (not moving) Snap
Shot of the population you wish to learn
about
https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/8/88/Bright_red_tomato_and_cross_section02.jpg/
http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_B8FZWhBd6x0/TUgNZaj88I/AAAAAAAABgo/960YnZRBjbc/s1600/earth_cross_section.gif
Cross-sectional Studies: Prevalence Surveys with Data on Individuals
Epidemiology
Observational
Groups
Ecologic
Experimental
Individuals
CrossSectional
CaseControl
Cohort
Groups
Individuals
Community
Interventions
Clinical
Trials
Cross-Sectional Study:
Key Features
• A type of prevalence study.
• Single period of observation. No Follow-up.
• Exposure and disease data collected simultaneously.
• Exposure and disease measures obtained at the individual level.
• Both probability and non-probability sampling used.
• Best done as a probability sample.
Cross-sectional survey
• Conducted over a short period of time (usually a few days or weeks, but
some large nation-wide cross-sectional studies can take a few years)
• the unit of analysis is the individual
• There is no follow-up period
• Each person interviewed only once
Familiar Examples of Cross-sectional Studies




Opinion Polls of all kinds:
All Political Polls
Telephone surveys
Surveys done by companies about their products
• 4 out of 5 dentists prefer our toothpaste
Serial surveys
• Cross-sectional surveys that are routinely (repeatedly) conducted
• Each serial survey recruits different people in each cycle
• Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System
• National Health Interview Survey
• National Hospital Discharge Survey
• National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey
Example: National Health And Nutrition Examination Survey
(NHANES)





National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey
Single Interview – at one point in time
Prevalence of diseases measured
Prevalence of exposures measured
Assessment of association between exposure and disease is ascertained
after data is in
• But only survivors can be surveyed
• http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm
Sampling Schemes
• Probability Sample
• Every element in the population has a similar probability of being included in the sample
• Simple Random Sample
• Systematic Random Sample
• Stratified Random Sample
• Non-Probability Sample
• Every person or unit of analysis in the population has an unknown and possibly unequal
probability of being included in the sample
• Convenience Sample
CROSS-SECTIONAL STUDIES COLLECT
ONLY PREVALENCE DATA.
Cross-Sectional Studies can be used for
both descriptive and analytic purposes.
Types of Research Questions Addressed
Descriptive
• What is the prevalence of Disease X or
Exposure Y in a given population?
Analytic
– Is Exposure A associated with Outcome B?
Prevalence
• Proportion of individuals in a population who have the
disease or condition of interest at a specific time period
• Used to measure disease burden
• Depends on incidence and duration
Number of cases of the disease or condition
P=
Total population
The uses of prevalence data are also the uses
of a descriptive cross-sectional study.
• Utility (Uses of PREVALENCE DATA)
• Describe health burden of a population
• Describe Status of disease in a population
• Estimate the frequency (prevalence) of exposure
• Project health care needs of affected individuals
Descriptive Epidemiology
Looks for PATTERNS between groups of people, over time or across
geographical areas.
How are health problems distributed? What is the pattern?
Example 1 of Descriptive
Cross-Sectional Studies
1. The Prevalence of Hepatitis C Virus Infection in the United States, 1999
through 2002 by Armstrong et al., Ann Intern Med. 2006;144:705-714.
• Used pooled data from two cycles of the National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey to describe the HCV infected population of the United States. They found the
prevalence of people with HCV antibodies to be 1.6%.
Example 2 of Descriptive
Cross-Sectional Studies
2. Hantavirus and Arenavirus Antibodies in Persons with
Occupational Rodent Exposure, North America by Fulhorst et
al. Emerging Infectious Diseases, Vol. 13, No. 4, April 2007.
• They collected serum samples from 757 people who worked with rodents in
North America and tested the samples for antibodies for three viruses (including
sin nombre hantavirus). Prevalence of sin nombre hantavirus was extremely
low, only 4/757 = 5.3 per 1,000 in this occupational group.
Analytical Epidemiology
Tries to find or test hypotheses (theoretical ideas) about the causes or
determinants of health in populations.
Analytical Studies answer a research question
about the association between an exposure
and outcome variable.
Example 1 of An Analytic
Cross-sectional Study
1. Measles History and Atopic Diseases: A Population-Based Cross-sectional
Study by Paunio et al. JAMA. 2000;283:343-346 – studied the association
between a history of measles and atopy using national data in Finland on over a half
million 14 month to 19 year olds. The group with a history of measles had a 32% higher
prevalence of eczema than those who hadn’t had measles.
Example 2 of an Analytic Cross-Sectional Study
2. Are insomnia type sleep problems associated with a less physically active
lifestyle? A cross-sectional study among 7,700 adults from the general
working population, by Biafoss, et al. Frontiers in Public Health, 2019; 7
(117): doi: 10.3389/fpubh.2019.00117 – There was an association between
sleep problems and less high intensity, leisure time physical activity. This
was particularly true among older sedentary workers.
Example 3: Depression and Metabolic Syndrome
• Example: Is depression associated with metabolic syndrome in
adults?
Source Population
• Definition: the larger population from which the sample was drawn
• All members of the source population had some opportunity to be in
the study.
• Source Population: Noninstitutionalized Americans, aged 20 or older
between 2005 and 2008, who were not pregnant, and who did not have
heart disease, a stroke or diabetes
Sample or Study Population
• Definition: the population that is actually included in the analyses
• Sample or Study Population: 2,844 not pregnant people aged 20 and over
who were interviewed, given the medical examination as part of NHANES
2005-2008, who did not have heart disease, a stroke or diabetes, who fasted
before having blood tests, and on whom there were data on all relevant
variables (exposure, outcome and confounders).
Major Variables
• Exposure (Independent Variable): Depression
• Outcome (Dependent Variable): Metabolic Syndrome
What is Metabolic Syndrome?
• At least three of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Large Waist Circumference (fat around the middle)
Elevated Blood Pressure
High Triglycerides (fat in blood)
High Fasting Blood Glucose (Pre-diabetic)
Low HDL Cholesterol (good cholesterol)
Analysis
• Several methods used, depending on the research question and form of the
data (nominal, continuous, etc.)
• If using categorical data (yes/no, disease/no disease, etc.):
• Prevalence Ratios
• Prevalence Odds Ratios
The Two By Two Table
ALL with the
Outcome
All without the
Outcome
Totals
All Exposed
Have the Outcome and
were Exposed = A
Don’t have the
Outcome, but were
Exposed = B
All Exposed = A+B
All Not Exposed
Have the Outcome, but
were not Exposed = C
Don’t have the Outcome
and were not Exposed =
All Not Exposed =
C+D
All with the Outcome =
A+C
All Without the
Outcome = B+D
Totals
D
The Entire Sample = N
Prevalence Ratios
• In Analytic Studies at least two groups are compared in some sort
of statistical analysis.
• Prevalence Ratios: the ratios of the prevalence of disease in the
exposed compared to the prevalence of disease in the nonexposed.
• (a/(a+b)) / (c/(c+d))
Prevalence Ratios
• The prevalence ratio is simply the ratio of two proportions:
The proportion of disease among the exposed / The proportion of disease among the not
exposed
Step One:
Calculate each of the two Prevalence proportions.
Association between Depression and
Metabolic Syndrome in Young Women
1)What is the prevalence of metabolic
syndrome in young women with
depression?
A/(A+B) = 51 / 87 = 0.586 = 58.6%
2) What is the prevalence of metabolic
syndrome in young women without
depression?
C/(C+D) = 182 / 795 = 0.229 = 22.9%
Have
Metabolic
Syndrome
Do Not Have
Metabolic
Syndrome
Total
Depressed
51
36
87
Not
Depressed
182
613
795
Total
218
664
882
Step Two:
Divide one Prevalence by the Other
Prevalence Ratio =
Prevalence of Outcome in the Exposed (or Group 1) / Prevalence of
Outcome in the Not Exposed (or Group 2) =
Prevalence of metabolic syndrome in depressed young women / Prevalence of
metabolic syndrome in not depressed young women =
58.6% / 22.9% = 2.56
How to Interpret Prevalence Ratios
Negative or Inverse
Positive
Protective
No Association
Risk Factor
1
0
Stronger
Stronger
Weaker
2.56

Interpretation of a Prevalence Ratio (PR)
• PR=1 means the outcome is equally common in those who have and do not
have the exposure (implies no relationship between the exposure and
outcome).
• Assuming statistical significance:
• PR > 1 means the outcome is more common in those who have the exposure (possible
risk factor)
• PR
Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Need a summary of an article! No Plagiarism

Description

Attached is the article that i need a summary of. Need a good grade on this. Make it at least 1 page long.Thanks,


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Practice Management
HemOnc today | APRIL 25, 2009 | HemOnc Today.com
35
LEGISLATIVE & REGULATORY ISSUES
Federal identity theft prevention rule
Will health care providers be liable for failure to
establish identity theft prevention programs?
by Nancy L. Perkins, JD
Health care professionals are potentially at risk of
federal sanctions if
they are not ready to
implement a written
program to prevent
identity theft by
Nancy L. Perkins
May 1, 2009. According to the Federal Trade Commission, health care providers who regularly bill patients for services after they
are rendered are “creditors” within the
meaning of the Fair and Accurate Credit
Transactions Act of 2003 (FACTA),
and thus must establish a comprehensive Identity Theft Prevention Program
as required by the FACTA “Red Flags”
anti-identity theft regulation.
In an Enforcement Policy statement issued in October 2008, the FTC
acknowledged that many entities subject to its jurisdiction, including members of the health care industry, were
unaware they could be categorized
as “creditors” under this rule. To give
them more time to come into compliance, the FTC extended by six months,
until May 1, 2009, the date for its enforcement of the rule. However, despite
vigorous protest by members of the
health care community, the agency remains insistent that the rule applies to
many health care professionals and that
they must comply by that date.
Community backlash
The American Medical Association
and a large group of other medical associations believe the FTC’s position with
respect to coverage of health care professionals is misguided and also object to
the manner in which the agency promulgated the Red Flags Rule. They wrote to
the FTC last year to voice their objections
and subsequently met with commission
staff to discuss their concerns. After that
meeting, in a letter dated Feb. 4, 2009, the
acting director for the FTC’s Bureau of
Consumer Protection rejected the AMA’s
views and stated, in no uncertain terms,
that health care professionals may be
“creditors” within the meaning of FACTA and thus subject to the rule. According to the FTC, the “plain language and
purpose” of the Red Flags Rule dictates
that health care professionals are covered
by the rule when they “regularly defer
payment for goods or services.”
The FTC’s position is based on
FACTA’s definition of “creditor” as “any
person who regularly extends, renews,
or continues credit; any person who
regularly arranges for the extension, renewal, or continuation of credit; or any
assignee of an original creditor who
participates in the decision to extend,
renew or continue credit.”
Under FACTA, “credit” means “the
right granted by a creditor to a debtor
to defer payment of debt … or to purchase property or services and defer
Health care providers who regularly bill patients for
services after they are rendered are “creditors” within the
meaning of the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act
of 2003.
payment therefore.” According to the
FTC, because many health care professionals regularly bill their patients
or other clients for their services after
those services are rendered, they clearly meet the FACTA definition of “creditor.” Indeed, the FTC argues, Congress
would have had to exclude health care
professionals explicitly from FACTA’s
definition of creditor for them to be exempt from the Red Flags Rule.
Significance for industry
The FTC’s interpretation of the Red
Flags Rule has widespread significance for
the health care industry, as the AMA and
the other medical associations involved
in the debate clearly recognize. In a Feb.
23, 2009, response to the FTC’s February 4 letter, the AMA accused the FTC
of imposing an “unjustified, unfunded
mandate on physicians” and warned that
subjecting health care providers (including hospitals) to the rule could have “serious adverse consequences on patients’
access to our health care delivery system
and services.” The AMA argued that the
health care claims process is not a “deferral” of payment process; rather, it is a
contractually governed system of obligations among patients, health insurance
carriers, and physicians, all overlaid by
federal and state requirements for prompt
Nancy L. Perkins, JD, can be reached at Arnold & Porter LLP, 555 12th St. NW, Washington,
DC 20004-1206; 202-942-5065; e-mail: nancy.perkins@aporter.com.
HOT0409b-pgs32-44.indd 35
payment. The AMA also claimed that the
FTC failed to comply with the federal
Administrative Procedure Act by adopting the Red Flags Rule without explicitly
stating that health care providers who allow deferred payment for their services
were “creditors” under the rule. To date,
the FTC has not publicly responded to
this AMA correspondence.
Given the impending compliance
deadline and the absence of any indication that the FTC will change its position regarding health care professionals,
the immediate questions for members
of the health care community are (1)
whether they meet the rule’s definition
of a “creditor” and (2) if so, what they
need to do to come into compliance
with the rule by May 1, 2009.
On the first question, health care
professionals — including hospitals,
clinics, physicians, etc — should conclude that they are “creditors” if they
regularly provide products or services
to one or more persons without first receiving payment. On the second question, the answer depends to a large extent on the nature of the “accounts” the
“creditor” maintains with respect to the
deferred payment.
Under the rule, those accounts
(termed “covered accounts”) must be
carefully guarded through a variety of
measures to protect against the risk of
identity theft to the person whose payment was deferred. Those measures
must be detailed in a written Identity
Theft Prevention Program that is approved by the creditor’s board of direc-
tors or committee thereof (or, if there
is no board of directors, a designated
employee at the senior management
level) and implemented, administered
and overseen by senior management
on a continuing basis.
In connection with its program, each
“creditor” must establish policies and
procedures to (1) identify any pattern,
practice, or specific activity that indicates the possible existence of identity
theft risk, (ie, red flags); (2) detect those
red flags through vigorous monitoring;
(3) respond appropriately to any red
flags detected (ie, take steps to prevent
identity theft from occurring or to mitigate its harm); and (4) ensure that the
program is updated periodically, to reflect changes in possible risks or in the
accounts themselves.
Prevention program
The rule provides a nonexclusive list
of 26 examples of red flags that a creditor should consider including in its
program. Although the 26 examples do
not specifically refer to medical information, as the promulgating agencies
explained, “creditors in the health care
field may be at risk of medical identity
theft (ie, identity theft for the purpose
of obtaining medical services) and,
therefore, must identify red flags that
reflect this risk.”
Both to ensure accuracy in determining whether, and to what the extent, the
Red Flags Rule applies and in designing
and implementing an appropriate Identity Theft Prevention Program, input
from legal counsel is critical to ensure
compliance. Any loopholes in the required compliance measures could result in substantial federal penalties. Further, although there is no private right of
action to enforce the rule, its standards
could potentially be used as a basis for
claims of violations (including class action claims) of generally applicable state
consumer protection laws.

FAST FACTS
Issues at Hand
1
2
3
The Federal Trade Commission has announced that health care providers who
regularly bill patients for services after they are received are considered
“creditors” by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003.
Despite debate from the AMA against this ruling, health care professionals
categorized as “creditors” have until May 1, 2009, to establish an Identity Theft
Prevention Program.
If health care professionals who are considered “creditors” according to this act
do not establish an Identity Theft Prevention Program by the deadline, they
may be subject to substantial federal penalties.
4/8/2009 2:12:05 PM
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

​Disuccsion BOARD

Description

DISCUSSION BOARD FORUM 7

Read “Evidence-Based Public Health – A Fundamental Concept for Public Health Practice” by Brownson, et al., 2009, located in the Reading & Study folder for this module/week. Discuss the following points in your initial thread. Review the discussion board instructions before posting your initial thread.

What is evidence-based public health (EBPH), and why does it matter?
Compare and contrast the analytical tools of EBPH (systematic reviews, public health surveillance, economic evaluation, health impact assessment, and participatory approaches).
In what ways do systematic reviews provide better evidence on which to base intervention decisions than personal experience? Why should qualitative data from community members be considered in the mix of evidence when planning a community-based intervention
How does Christianity blend historical reviews and personal experience as credentials of its authenticity?

Discussion Board Instructions

You will participate in 8 Discussion Board Forums by 1) posting a thread in response to the stated prompt, and 2) posting replies in response to classmates’ threads. Each Discussion Board Forum topic presents a thought-provoking question or prompt based on recent article(s) in the scientific and professional literature of public health. Each prompt is designed to enhance your learning experience as you write about your ideas, perspectives and experiences, and receive feedback from your classmates. Both the frequency of your participation and the depth of the content you write will affect your grade. Use the Discussion Board Grading Rubric to improve the quality of your contributions and follow the specific requirements described below.

Note: Threads and replies must be completed within the assigned module/week or no credit will be awarded.

THREAD

For each forum, post a thread in response to the topic prompts provided. Your post should contain 400–500 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines. This word limit promotes writing that is thorough yet concise enough to permit your peers to read all the posts. If the Discussion Board Forum prompts you to answer a series of questions, make sure you address all of them thoroughly within the word limit. Do not restate the questions in your post; simply begin a new paragraph for each new thought. The goal is to have a seamless written argument closed by a brief conclusion tying together your individual responses. Use your best critical reasoning skills, employing the Universal Intellectual Standards as a guide, but not a strict outline. Refer to specific statements of the author(s) whenever appropriate but limit direct quotations to a maximum of 25 words for your entire post. Since this is a personal discussion, you may use first person; however, you should maintain professional decorum at all times.

Your thread should be posted to the appropriate Discussion Board Forum by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Thursday of the assigned module/week.

REPLIES

After reading your classmates’ threads, post a reply to at least 2 classmates by clicking “Reply” within the thread to which you intend to respond. These replies are designed to stimulate thought-provoking discussion, building upon or expanding the knowledge presented. Your instructor is looking for substantive, reasoned comments, not mere agreement with the initial thread on which your reply is based. In your replies, state why you liked or disliked a comment, adding additional thoughts or ideas to your classmate’s, and/or providing alternative ideas or disagreeing thoughts. Your comments should be critical but kind, “speaking the truth in love” (Eph. 4:15). Help one another with good communication skills, both by example and instruction. Substantiate your position by referencing pertinent statements from the resource under discussion, but avoid lengthy quotes from it. You may also reference other professional or peer-reviewed sources, though this is not a requirement. Each reply should contain 200–250 words and adhere to AMA writing style guidelines.

Replies to your classmates’ threads are due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Sunday of the assigned module/week, except for Module/Week 8 when replies will be due by 11:59 p.m. (ET) on Friday.

Replies in first person:

Beulah Aggrey

DB 7

COLLAPSE

Evidence-based public health (EBPH) is defined as the “process of integrating science-based interventions with community preferences to improve the health of populations”.1,2 With EBPH, there is “access to more and higher-quality information on what works, a higher likelihood of successful programs and policies being implemented, greater workforce productivity, and more efficient use of public and private resources”1

The analytic tools of EBPH are used to enhance the adoption of evidence-based decision making. Public health surveillance collects and analyze data, disseminates data to public health programs, and evaluate the effectiveness of the use of the disseminated data.1,3 Conducting systematic reviews allows for one to become familiar with research and practice on many specific topics in public health which can provide a wealth of valuable information for decision making in public health. Economic evaluation provides information that helps to assess the relative appropriateness of expenditures on public health programs and policies.3 “However, relevant data to support this type of analysis are not always available, especially for possible public policies designed to improve health”.1 Health impact assessments (HIA) attempts to predict the positive and negative impacts of an intervention such as a policy, program, or project. The overall aim of the HIA is to influence decision making to minimize the harm and maximize the health benefits of an intervention.4 With the participatory approach, stakeholders, particularly those involved in program operations, those served or affected by the program, and primary users of the evaluation, such as practitioners, academicians, and community members collaborate to defines issues of concern, develop strategies for intervention, and evaluate the outcomes.1

Systematic reviews limits bias and random errors thereby providing more reliable results upon which to make intervention decisions where as personal experiences gives room for subjective bias which could lead to poor decision making. Systematic reviews can also reduce waste of resources and time by identifying consensus in research and avoiding unnecessary interventions.5 Qualitative data from community members should be considered when planning a community-based intervention because the data provides information on the direct needs or health concerns of the community, how the issues can be addressed, and the possible barriers and facilitators to addressing the issues in that community. It could also be used to provide information to explain quantitative findings.1

The Bible is a guide for our relationship with God and other humans. It also guides us on how to go about our daily life, things we should and should not do. However, each person interprets and follows the Bible in their own way usually based on personal experiences, or traditions. In relation to EBPH, despite the available evidence from research, people still make public health decisions based on personal experiences.

References

Brownson RC, Fielding JE, Maylahn JM. Evidence-Based Public Health: A Fundamental Concept for Public Health Practice. Annu. Rev. Public Health. 2009;30:175–201. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.publhealth.031308.100134 Accessed September 30, 2019.
Kohatsu ND, Robinson JG, Torner JC. Evidence-based public health: an evolving concept. Am J Prev Med. 2004;27(5):417–421. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2004.07.019 Accessed September 30, 2019.
Brownson RC, Gurney JG, Land GH. Evidence-Based Decision Making in Public Health. J Public Health Manag Pract. 1999;5(5):86–97. Accessed September 30, 2019.
Joffe M, Mindell J. Health impact assessment. Occup Environ Med. 2005;62(12):907–835. doi:10.1136/oem.2004.014969. Accessed September 30, 2019.
O’Hagan EC, Matalon S, Riesenberg LA. Systematic reviews of the literature: a better way of addressing basic science controversies. Am J Physiol Lung Cell Mol Physiol. 2018;314(3):L439–L442. doi:10.1152/ajplung.00544.2017. Accessed September 30, 2019.

Second reply:

Taylor Ellison

Discussion Board 7

COLLAPSE

Evidence-based public health (EBPH) combines the fields of public health and research. As the article states, “key factors of EBPH include making decisions on the basis of the best available scientific evidence, using data and information systems systematically, applying program-planning frameworks, engaging the community in decision making, conducting sound evaluation, and disseminating what is learned1.” This may seem like a tall order, but it basically means applying more science and research methods in order to create sounder evidence and better methods to apply to behavior change.

Systematic reviews are a great way to get an overview of a topic and tend to limit biases1. Public health surveillance simply researches a population in order to get an idea of what the population needs in the realm of behavior or policy changes. Economic evaluations are a large portion of the analytical tools of EBPH (we can be honest here – money rules the field!) Health impact assessments are slightly different in the sense that it investigates the outcomes of health changes on other fields such as agriculture, transportation, et cetera1. Participatory approaches involve the community1. Each of these approaches focus on different aspects of health and policy, however, they have the overarching goal of working in the interest of the population’s overall health.

Personal experience is just that – limited to one person. Systematic reviews have the added benefit limiting biases and providing more reliable results1. Imagine that you are asking people on their opinions of a restaurant. One person may despise it. A systematic review may find that the restaurant is excellent in the aspects of food safety, waste management, and cleanliness. That being said – qualitative data from the community is important since they live in the area of study and can provide a more personal dataset.

Christianity is a very personal subject, but it also has the historical evidence to back it up. We all know the evidence written in the Bible of personal testimonies, and we all know that real evidence such as pieces of what was perhaps Noah’s Ark and the cross have been found. As far as the personal aspect, we all have something that has made us believe and/or solidified our faiths. Perhaps it was a verse in Sunday school, a picture of a statue crying blood, a rainbow when you needed it, or even a miracle you experienced firsthand. This is how EBPM ties into religion – it can be personal and evidence based.

Reference:

Brownson RC, Fielding JE, and Maylahn CM. Evidence-based public health: a fundamental concept for public health practice. Annu. Rev. Public Health. 2009;30:175-201. URL. Published January 14, 2009. Accessed September 30, 2019.


Unformatted Attachment Preview

Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
ANRV370-PU30-10
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
Evidence-Based Public
Health: A Fundamental
Concept for Public
Health Practice
Ross C. Brownson,1 Jonathan E. Fielding,2
and Christopher M. Maylahn3
1
Prevention Research Center in St. Louis, George Warren Brown School of Social Work,
Department of Surgery and Alvin J. Siteman Cancer Center, Washington University School
of Medicine, Washington University in St. Louis, St. Louis, Missouri 63110;
email: rbrownson@wustl.edu
2
Los Angeles Department of Health Services, Los Angeles, California 90012; School of
Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095-1772;
email: jfieldin@ucla.edu
3
Office of Public Health Practice, New York State Department of Health, Albany,
New York 12237; email: cmm05@health.state.ny.us
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009. 30:175–201
Key Words
First published online as a Review in Advance on
January 14, 2009
disease prevention, evidence-based medicine, intervention,
population-based
The Annual Review of Public Health is online at
publhealth.annualreviews.org
This article’s doi:
10.1146/annurev.publhealth.031308.100134
c 2009 by Annual Reviews.
Copyright
All rights reserved
0163-7525/09/0421-0175$20.00
Abstract
Despite the many accomplishments of public health, a greater attention to evidence-based approaches is warranted. This article reviews
the concepts of evidence-based public health (EBPH), on which formal
discourse originated about a decade ago. Key components of EBPH
include making decisions on the basis of the best available scientific
evidence, using data and information systems systematically, applying program-planning frameworks, engaging the community in decision making, conducting sound evaluation, and disseminating what is
learned. Three types of evidence have been presented on the causes of
diseases and the magnitude of risk factors, the relative impact of specific interventions, and how and under which contextual conditions interventions were implemented. Analytic tools (e.g., systematic reviews,
economic evaluation) can be useful in accelerating the uptake of EBPH.
Challenges and opportunities (e.g., political issues, training needs) for
disseminating EBPH are reviewed. The concepts of EBPH outlined in
this article hold promise to better bridge evidence and practice.
175
ANRV370-PU30-10
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
INTRODUCTION
Public health research and practice are credited
with many notable achievements, including
much of the 30-year gain in life expectancy in
the United States over the twentieth century
(124). A large part of this increase can be
attributed to provision of safe water and
food, sewage treatment and disposal, tobacco
use prevention and cessation, injury prevention, control of infectious diseases through
immunization and other means, and other
population-based interventions (34).
Despite these successes, many additional
opportunities to improve the public’s health
remain. To achieve state and national objectives for improved population health, more
widespread adoption of evidence-based strategies has been recommended (19, 57, 64, 109,
119). Increased focus on evidence-based public health (EBPH) has numerous direct and indirect benefits, including access to more and
higher-quality information on what works, a
higher likelihood of successful programs and
policies being implemented, greater workforce
productivity, and more efficient use of public
and private resources (19, 77, 95).
Ideally, public health practitioners should always incorporate scientific evidence in selecting
and implementing programs, developing policies, and evaluating progress (23, 107). Society pays a high opportunity cost when interventions that yield the highest health return
on an investment are not implemented (55). In
practice, intervention decisions are often based
on perceived short-term opportunities, lacking
systematic planning and review of the best evidence regarding effective approaches. These
concerns were noted two decades ago when
the Institute of Medicine determined that decision making in public health is often driven
by “crises, hot issues, and concerns of organized interest groups” (p. 4) (82). Barriers to
implementing EBPH include the political environment and deficits in relevant and timely
research, information systems, resources, leadership, and the required competencies (4, 7, 23,
78).
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
EBPH: evidencebased public health
176
Brownson
·
Fielding
·
Maylahn
It is difficult to estimate how widely
evidence-based approaches are being applied.
In a survey of 107 U.S. public health practitioners, an estimated 58% of programs in
their agencies were deemed evidence-based
(i.e., using the most current evidence from peerreviewed research) (51). This finding in public health settings appears to mirror the use
of evidence-based approaches in clinical care.
A random study of adults living in selected
metropolitan areas within the United States
found that 55% of overall medical care was
based on what is recommended in the medical literature (108). Thacker and colleagues
(159) found that the preventable fraction (i.e.,
how much of a reduction in the health burden is estimated to occur if an intervention is
carried out) was known for only 4.4% of 702
population-based interventions. Similarly, costeffectiveness data are reported for a low proportion of public health interventions.
Several concepts are fundamental to achieving a more evidence-based approach to public
health practice. First, we need scientific information on the programs and policies that are
most likely to be effective in promoting health
(i.e., undertake evaluation research to generate sound evidence) (14, 19, 45, 77). An array
of effective interventions is now available from
numerous sources including the Guide to Community Preventive Services (16, 171), the Guide
to Clinical Preventive Services (2), Cancer Control PLANET (29), and the National Registry
of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices (142).
Second, to translate science to practice, we need
to marry information on evidence-based interventions from the peer-reviewed literature with
the realities of a specific real-world environment (19, 69, 96). To do so, we need to better define processes that lead to evidence-based
decision making. Finally, wide-scale dissemination of interventions of proven effectiveness
must occur more consistently at state and local
levels (91). This article focuses particularly on
state and local public health departments because of their responsibilities to assess public
health problems, develop appropriate programs
ANRV370-PU30-10
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
or policies, and assure that programs and policies are effectively implemented in states and
local communities (81, 82).
We review EBPH in four major sections that
describe (a) relevant background issues, including concepts underlying EBPH and definitions
of evidence; (b) key analytic tools to enhance the
adoption of evidence-based decision making;
(c) challenges and opportunities for implementation in public health practice; and (d ) future
issues.

Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.

EVOLUTION OF THE TENETS
OF EVIDENCE-BASED
PUBLIC HEALTH
Formal discourse on the nature and scope of
EBPH originated about a decade ago. Several
authors have attempted to define EBPH. In
1997, Jenicek defined EBPH as the “conscientious, explicit, and judicious use of current best
evidence in making decisions about the care
of communities and populations in the domain
of health protection, disease prevention, health
maintenance and improvement (health promotion)” (84). In 1999, scholars and practitioners in Australia (64) and the United States (23)
elaborated further on the concept of EBPH.
Glasziou and colleagues posed a series of questions to enhance uptake of EBPH (e.g., “Does
this intervention help alleviate this problem?”)
and identified 14 sources of high-quality evidence (64). Brownson and colleagues described
a six-stage process by which practitioners can
take a more evidence-based approach to decision making (19, 23). Kohatsu and colleagues
broadened earlier definitions of EBPH to include the perspectives of community members,
fostering a more population-centered approach
(96). In 2004, Rychetnik and colleagues summarized many key concepts in a glossary for EBPH
(141). There appears to be a consensus among
investigators and public health leaders that a
combination of scientific evidence and values,
resources, and context should enter into decision making (Figure 1) (19, 119, 141, 151, 152).
In summarizing these various attributes of
EBPH, key characteristics include
Making decisions using the best available
peer-reviewed evidence (both quantitative and qualitative research),
Using data and information systems systematically,
Applying program-planning frameworks
(that often have a foundation in behavioral science theory),
Engaging the community in assessment
and decision making,
Conducting sound evaluation, and
Disseminating what is learned to key
stakeholders and decision makers.
Accomplishing these activities in EBPH is
likely to require a synthesis of scientific skills,
enhanced communication, common sense, and
political acumen.
Defining Evidence
At the most basic level, evidence involves “the
available body of facts or information indicating whether a belief or proposition is true or
valid” (85). The idea of evidence often derives
from legal settings in Western societies. In law,
evidence comes in the form of stories, witness accounts, police testimony, expert opinions, and forensic science (112). For a public health professional, evidence is some form
of data—including epidemiologic (quantitative)
data, results of program or policy evaluations,
and qualitative data—for uses in making judgments or decisions (Figure 2). Public health
evidence is usually the result of a complex cycle of observation, theory, and experiment (114,
138). However, the value of evidence is in the
eye of the beholder (e.g., usefulness of evidence
may vary by stakeholder type) (92). Medical evidence includes not only research but characteristics of the patient, a patient’s readiness to
undergo a therapy, and society’s values (122).
Policy makers seek out distributional consequences (i.e., who has to pay, how much, and
who benefits) (154), and in practice settings,
anecdotes sometimes trump empirical data (26).
Evidence is usually imperfect and, as noted by
Muir Gray, “[t]he absence of excellent evidence
does not make evidence-based decision making
www.annualreviews.org • Evidence-Based Public Health
177
ANRV370-PU30-10
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
Best available
research evidence
Environment and
organizational
context
Decision-making
Population
characteristics,
needs, values,
and preferences
Resources,
including
practitioner
expertise
Figure 1
Domains that influence evidence-based decision making [from Spring et al. (151, 152)].
• Scientific literature in systematic
reviews
• Scientific literature in one or more
journal articles
• Public health surveillance data
• Program evaluations
• Qualitative data
Objective
– Community members
– Other stakeholders
• Media/marketing data
• Word of mouth
• Personal experience
Figure 2
Different forms of evidence. Adapted from Chambers & Kerner (37).
178
Brownson
·
Fielding
·
Maylahn
Subjective
ANRV370-PU30-10
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
Table 1
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
Comparison of the types of scientific evidence
Characteristic
Type One
Typical data/
relationship
Size and strength of preventable
risk—disease relationship (measures
of burden, etiologic research)
Relative effectiveness of public
health intervention
Information on the adaptation and
translation of an effective
intervention
Common
setting
Clinic or controlled community
setting
Socially intact groups or
community wide
Socially intact groups or
community wide
Example
Smoking causes lung cancer
Price increases with a targeted
media campaign reduce smoking
rates
Understanding the political
challenges of price increases or
targeting media messages to
particular audience segments
Quantity
More
Less
Less
Action
Something should be done
This particular intervention
should be implemented
How an intervention should be
implemented
impossible; what is required is the best evidence
available not the best evidence possible” (119).
Several authors have defined types of scientific evidence for public health practice
(Table 1) (19, 23, 141). Type 1 evidence defines the causes of diseases and the magnitude, severity, and preventability of risk factors and diseases. It suggests that “something
should be done” about a particular disease or
risk factor. Type 2 evidence describes the relative impact of specific interventions that do
or do not improve health, adding “specifically,
this should be done” (19). There are different
sources of Type 2 evidence (Table 2). These
categories build on work from Canada, the
United Kingdom, Australia, the Netherlands,
and the United States on how to recast the
strength of evidence, emphasizing the weight
of evidence and a wider range of considerations beyond efficacy. We define four categories
within a typology of scientific evidence for
decision making: evidence-based, efficacious,
promising, and emerging interventions. Adherence to a strict hierarchy of study designs may
reinforce an inverse evidence law by which interventions most likely to influence whole populations (e.g., policy change) are least valued
in an evidence matrix emphasizing randomized
designs (125, 127). Type 3 evidence (of which
we have the least) shows how and under which
contextual conditions interventions were implemented and how they were received, thus
Type Two
Type Three
informing “how something should be done”
(141). Studies to date have tended to overemphasize internal validity (e.g., well-controlled
efficacy trials) while giving sparse attention to
external validity (e.g., the translation of science to the various circumstances of practice)
(62, 71).
Understanding the context for evidence.
Type 3 evidence derives from the context of
an intervention (141). Although numerous authors have written about the role of context in
informing evidence-based practice (32, 60, 77,
90, 92, 93, 140, 141), there is little consensus
on its definition. When moving from clinical
interventions to population-level and policy interventions, context becomes more uncertain,
variable, and complex (49). One useful definition of context highlights information needed
to adapt and implement an evidence-based intervention in a particular setting or population
(141). The context for Type 3 evidence specifies five overlapping domains (Table 3). First,
characteristics of the target population for an
intervention are defined such as education level
and health history (104). Next, interpersonal
variables provide important context. For example, a person with a family history of cancer
might be more likely to undergo cancer screening. Third, organizational variables should be
considered. For example, whether an agency
is successful in carrying out an evidence-based
www.annualreviews.org • Evidence-Based Public Health
179
ANRV370-PU30-10
Table 2
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
Category
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
Typology for classifying interventions by level of scientific evidence
Considerations for the level of scientific
evidence
How established
Data source examples
Evidencebased
Peer review via systematic or
narrative review
Based on study design and execution
External validity
Potential side benefits or harms
Costs and cost-effectiveness
Community Guide
Cochrane reviews
Narrative reviews based on published
literature
Effective
Peer review
Based on study design and execution
External validity
Potential side benefits or harms
Costs and cost-effectiveness
Articles in the scientific literature
Research-tested intervention
programs (123)
Technical reports with peer review
Promising
Written program evaluation
without formal peer review
Summative evidence of effectiveness
Formative evaluation data
Theory-consistent, plausible, potentially
high-reach, low-cost, replicable
State or federal government reports
(without peer review)
Conference presentations
Emerging
Ongoing work, practicebased summaries, or
evaluation works in progress
Formative evaluation data
Theory-consistent, plausible, potentially
high-reaching, low-cost, replicable
Face validity
Evaluability assessmentsa
Pilot studies
NIH CRISP database
Projects funded by health foundations
a
A preevaluation activity that involves an assessment is an assessment prior to commencing an evaluation to establish whether a program or policy can be
evaluated and what might be the barriers to its evaluation (145).
program will be influenced by its capacity (e.g.,
a trained workforce, agency leadership) (51, 77).
Fourth, social norms and culture are known to
shape many health behaviors. Finally, larger political and economic forces affect context. For
example, a high rate for a certain disease may
influence a state’s political will to address the
issue in a meaningful and systematic way. Particularly for high-risk and understudied populations, there is a pressing need for evidence
on contextual variables and ways of adapting
programs and policies across settings and population subgroups. Contextual issues are being
addressed more fully in the new realist review,
which is a systematic review process that seeks
to examine not only whether an intervention
works but also how interventions work in realworld settings (134).
Triangulating evidence. Triangulation involves the accumulation of evidence from a variety of sources to gain insight into a particular
topic (164) and often combines quantitative and
qualitative data (19). It generally uses multiple
180
Brownson
·
Fielding
·
Maylahn
methods of data collection and/or analysis to
determine points of commonality or disagreement (47, 153). Triangulation is often beneficial because of the complementary nature of
information from different sources. Although
quantitative data provide an excellent opportunity to determine how variables are related
for large numbers of people, these data provide
little understanding of why these relationships
exist. Qualitative data, on the other hand, can
help provide information to explain quantitative findings, or what has been called “illuminating meaning” (153). One can find many examples of the use of triangulation of qualitative
and quantitative data to evaluate health programs and policies including AIDS-prevention
programs (50), occupational health programs
and policies (79), and chronic disease prevention programs in community settings (66).
Audiences for EBPH
There are four overlapping user groups for
EBPH (56). The first includes public health
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
ANRV370-PU30-10
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
practitioners with executive and managerial responsibilities who want to know the scope and
quality of evidence for alternative strategies
(e.g., programs, policies). In practice, however,
public health practitioners frequently have a
relatively narrow set of options. Funds from
federal, state, or local sources are most often
earmarked for a specific purpose (e.g., surveillance and treatment of sexually transmitted diseases, inspection of retail food establishments).
Still, the public health practitioner has the opportunity, even the obligation, to carefully review the evidence for alternative ways to achieve
the desired health goals. The next user group
is policy makers at local, regional, state, national, and international levels. They are faced
with macrolevel decisions on how to allocate
the public resources of which they are stewards.
This group has the additional responsibility of
making policies on controversial public issues.
The third group is composed of stakeholders
who will be affected by any intervention. This
includes the public, especially those who vote,
as well as interest groups formed to support or
oppose specific policies, such as the legality of
abortion, whether the community water supply
should be fluoridated, or whether adults must
be issued handgun licenses if they pass background checks. The final user group is composed of researchers on population health issues, such as those who evaluate the impact of a
specific policy or program. They both develop
and use evidence to answer research questions.
Similarities and Differences between
EBPH and Evidence-Based Medicine
The concept of evidence-based practice is well
established in numerous disciplines including psychology (136), social work (58), and
nursing (115). It is probably best established
in medicine. The doctrine of evidence-based
medicine (EBM) was formally introduced in
1992 (53). Its origins can be traced back to
the seminal work of Cochrane that noted many
medical treatments lacked scientific effectiveness (41). A basic tenet of EBM is to deempha-
Table 3 Contextual variables for intervention
design, implementation, and adaptation
Category
Examples
Individual
Education level
Basic human needsa
Personal health history
Interpersonal
Family health history
Support from peers
Social capital
Organizational
Staff composition
Staff expertise
Physical infrastructure
Organizational culture
Sociocultural
Social norms
Values
Cultural traditions
History
Political and economic
Political will
Political ideology
Lobbying and special interests
Costs and benefits
a
Basic human needs include food, shelter, warmth, safety (104).
size unsystematic clinical experience and place
greater emphasis on evidence from clinical research. This approach requires new skills, such
as efficient literature searching and an understanding of types of evidence in evaluating the
clinical literature (73). The literature on EBM
has grown rapidly, contributing to the formal
recognition of EBM. Using the search term
“evidence-based medicine” there were 0 citations in 1991, rising to 4040 citations in 2007
(Figure 3). Even though the formal terminology of EBM is relatively recent, its concepts
are embedded in earlier efforts such as the
Canadian Task Force for the Periodic Health
Examination (28) and the Guide to Clinical Preventive Services (167).
Important distinctions can be made between
evidence-based approaches in medicine and
public health. First, the type and volume of evidence differ. Medical studies of pharmaceuticals and procedures often rely on randomized controlled trials of individuals, the most
www.annualreviews.org • Evidence-Based Public Health
181
ARI
15 February 2009
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
ANRV370-PU30-10
12:1
Figure 3
Citations for evidence-based medicine.
scientifically rigorous of epidemiologic studies. In contrast, public health interventions
usually rely on cross-sectional studies, quasiexperimental designs, and time-series analyses. These studies sometimes lack a comparison
group and require more caveats when interpreting the results. Over the past 50 years, there
have been more than one million randomized
controlled trials of medical treatments (157).
Many fewer studies have been performed on
the effectiveness of public health interventions
(19, 128) because they are difficult to design,
and often results derive from natural experiments (e.g., a state adopting a new policy compared with other states). EBPH has borrowed
the term intervention from clinical disciplines,
insinuating specificity and discreteness. However, in public health, we seldom have a single
“intervention,” but rather a program that involves a blending of several interventions within
a community. Large community-based trials
can be more expensive to conduct than randomized experiments in a clinic. Populationbased studies generally require a longer time
182
Brownson
·
Fielding
·
Maylahn
period between intervention and outcome. For
example, a study on the effects of smoking cessation on lung cancer mortality would require
decades of data collection and analysis. Contrast that with treatment of a medical condition (e.g., an antibiotic for symptoms of pneumonia), which is likely to produce effects in
days or weeks, or even a surgical trial for cancer with endpoints of mortality within a few
years.
The formal training of persons working in
public health is much more variable than that
in medicine or other clinical disciplines (161).
Unlike medicine, public health relies on a variety of disciplines, and there is not a single academic credential that certifies a public health
practitioner, although efforts to establish credentials (via an exam) are now underway. Fewer
than 50% of public health workers have any formal training in a public health discipline such
as epidemiology or health education (166). This
higher level of heterogeneity means that multiple perspectives are involved in a more complicated decision-making process. It also suggests
ANRV370-PU30-10
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
that effective public health practice places a premium on routine, on-the-job training.
ANALYTIC TOOLS AND
APPROACHES TO ENHANCE
THE UPTAKE OF EBPH
Several analytic tools and planning approaches
can help practitioners answer questions such as
the following:
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.

What is the size of the public health problem?
Are there effective interventions for addressing the problem?
What information about the local context
and this particular intervention is helpful
in deciding its potential use in the situation at hand?
Is a particular program or policy worth
doing (i.e., is it better than alternatives?),
and will it provide a satisfactory return on
investment, measured in monetary terms
or in health impacts?
Public Health Surveillance
Public health surveillance is a critical tool for
those using EBPH. This process involves the
ongoing systematic collection, analysis, and
interpretation of specific health data, closely
integrated with the timely dissemination of
these data to those responsible for preventing
and controlling disease or injury (158). Public health surveillance systems should be able
to collect and analyze data, disseminate data
to public health programs, and regularly evaluate the effectiveness of the use of the disseminated data (160). For example, documentation
of the prevalence of elevated levels of lead (a
known toxicant) in blood in the U.S. population
was used as the justification for eliminating lead
from paint and then gasoline and for documenting the effects of these actions (5). In tobacco
control, agreement on a common metric for tobacco use enabled comparisons across the states
and an early recognition of the doubling and
then tripling of the rates of decrease in smoking in California after passage of its Proposition
99 (163), as well as a subsequent quadrupling of
the rate of decline in Massachusetts compared
with the other 48 states (11).
Systematic Reviews and
Evidence-Based Guidelines
Systematic reviews are syntheses of comprehensive collections of information on a particular topic (see examples in Table 4). Reading
a good review can be one of the most efficient
ways to become familiar with state-of-the-art
research and practice on many specific topics
in public health (80, 117, 121). The use of explicit, systematic methods (i.e., decision rules)
in reviews limits bias and reduces chance effects,
thus providing more reliable results upon which
to make decisions (132). One of the most useful
sets of reviews for public health interventions is
the Guide to Community Preventive Services (the
Community Guide) (120, 171), which provides an
overview of current scientific literature through
a well-defined, rigorous method in which available studies themselves are the units of analysis. The Community Guide seeks to answer the
following: (a) Which interventions have been
evaluated, and what have been their effects?
(b) Which aspects of interventions can help
Guide users select from among the set of interventions of proven effectiveness? And finally,
(c) What might this intervention cost, and how
do these costs compare with the likely health
impacts?
Several authors have provided checklists for
assessing the quality of a systematic review article (Table 5) (74, 88, 131). A good systematic
review should allow the practitioner to understand the local contextual conditions necessary
for successful implementation (168).
Economic Evaluation
Economic evaluation is an important component of evidence-based practice (65). It can provide information to help assess the relative value
www.annualreviews.org • Evidence-Based Public Health
183
ANRV370-PU30-10
Table 4
ARI
15 February 2009
12:1
Examples of systematic reviews and evidence-based guidelines
Annu. Rev. Public Health 2009.30:175-201. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
Access provided by Liberty University on 10/01/19. For personal use only.
Title
Description
Web site
Guide to
Community
Preventive
Services
The Guide to Community Preventive Services (the Community Guide) summarizes
what is known about the effectiveness, economic efficiency, and feasibility of
population-based interventions. The Task Force on Community Preventive
Services makes recommendations for the use of various interventions on the
basis of evidence gathered in the rigorous and systematic scientific reviews of
published studies conducted by the review teams of the Community Guide.
The findings from the reviews are published in peer-reviewed journals and are
also made available on the Web site.
http://www.
thecommunityguide.org
Guide to
Clinical
Preventive
Services
The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) conducts rigorous and
systematic reviews of the scientific evidence for the effectiveness of a broad
range of clinical preventive services, including screening, counseling, and
preventive medications. The mission of the USPSTF is to evaluate the benefits
of individual services on the basis of age, gender, and risk factors for disease;
make recommendations about which preventive services should be
incorporated routinely into primary medical care and for which populations;
and identify a research agenda for clinical preventive care.
http://www.ahrq.gov/clinic/
prevenix.htm
Cochrane
Collaboration
The Cochrane Collaboration is an international organization dedicated to
making up-to-date, accurate information about the effects of health care readily
available. It produces and disseminates systematic reviews of health care
interventions and promotes the search for evidence in the form of clinical trials
and other studies of interventions. The Cochrane Collaboration was founded in
1993 and named after the British epidemiologist Archie Cochrane. The major
product of the Collaboration is the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews,
which is published quarterly as part of the Cochrane Library.
http://www.cochrane.org/
Cochrane
Public Health
Group
The Cochrane Public Health Group (PHRG), formerly the Health Promotion
and Public Health Field, aims to work with contributors to produce and publish
Cochrane reviews of the effects of population-level public health interventions.
The PHRG undertakes systematic reviews of the effects of public health
interventions to improve health and other outcomes at the population level, not
those targeted at individuals. Thus, it covers interventions seeking to address
macroenvironmental and distal social environmental factors that influence
health. In line with the underlying principles of public health, these reviews
seek to have a significant focus on equity and aim to build the evidence to
address the social determinants of health.
http://www.ph.cochrane.org/
Center for
Reviews and
Dissemination
The Center for Reviews and Dissemination (CRD) is part of the

NUrsing cummunity

Description

Answer the following questions;

1. Identify and discuss the major indicators of child and adolescent health status.

2. Describe and discuss the social determinants of child and adolescent health.

3. Mention and discuss at least 2 public programs and prevention strategies targeted to children’s health.

4. Mention and discuss the individual and societal costs of poor child health status.

INSTRUCTIONS:

APA format word document, Arial 12 font A minimum of 2 evidence-based references besides the class textbook no older than 5 years must be used and quoted. A minimum of 800 words is required.


Home work 631 week 13

Description

The Syrian refugee crisis has been classified as one of the largest humanitarian crises in recent history. Discuss three challenges associated with this humanitarian crisis. How would you recommend managing these challenges? Be prepared to substantiate your ideas. i need it in two pages please.


help with heath filed

Description

Readings:

HBR – Articles: What is Strategy?

The Five Competitive Forces That Shape Strategy

Healthcare Needs Real Competition

Building Your Company’s Vision

Will Disruptive Innovations Cure Health Care?

JE – Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4

READING SUMMARIES DUE for Module One

reference books :

Elton, Jeff and Anne O’Riordan (2016). HealthCare Disrupted: Next Generation Business Models and Strategies
Engel, Jonathon (2018). Unaffordable: American Healthcare from Johnson to Trump
Harvard Business Review (2018). HBR’s 10 Must Reads, On Strategy for Healthcare
Sweeney, Joe (2011). Networking is a Contact Sport: How staying connected and serving others will help you grow your business, expand your influence – or even land your next job


Introduction to Nursing Research and Evidence Based Practice

Description

Assignment:

Identifying A Clinical Question

Write a 1000-1500 word essay addressing each of the following points/questions. Be sure to completely answer all the questions for each bullet point. There should be three main sections, one for each bullet below. Separate each section in your paper with a clear heading that allows your professor to know which bullet you are addressing in that section of your paper. Support your ideas with at least five (5) sources using citations in your essay. Make sure to cite using the APA writing style for the essay. The cover page and reference page in correct APA do not count towards the minimum word amount. Review the rubric criteria for this assignment.

Identify a clinical question related to your work environment, write the question in PICOT format and perform a literature search on the identified topic.

Purpose

To enable the student to identify a clinical question related to a specified area of practice and use medical and nursing databases to find research articles that will provide evidence to validate nursing interventions regarding a specific area of nursing practice.

Review the Application Case Study for Chapter 3: Finding Relevant Evidence to Answer Clinical Questions as a guide for your literature search.

Guidelines

Identify a clinical question related to your area of clinical practice and write the clinical foreground question in PICOT format utilizing the worksheet tool provided as a guide.
Describe why this is a clinical problem or an opportunity for improving health outcomes in your area of clinical practice. Perform a literature search and select five research articles on your topic utilizing the databases highlighted in Chapter 3 of the textbook (Melnyk and Finout-Overholt, 2015).
Identify the article that best supports nursing interventions for your topic. Explain why this article best supports your topic as you compare the article to the other four found in the literature search.

Assignment Expectations:

Length: 1000 – 1500 words
Structure: Include a title page and reference page in APA format. These do not count towards the minimum word count for this assignment. Your essay must include an introduction and a conclusion.
References: Use appropriate APA style in-text citations and references for all resources utilized to answer the questions. A minimum of five (5) scholarly sources are required for this assignment to support the topic.
Rubric: This assignment uses a rubric for scoring. Please review it as part of your assignment preparation and again prior to submission to ensure you have addressed its criteria at the highest level.
Format: Save your assignment as a Microsoft Word document (.doc or .docx) or a PDF document (.pdf)

File name: Name your saved file according to your first initial, last name, and the assignment number (for example RHall Assignment 1.docx)


Write a mental health assessment/plan

Description

Write a mental health assessment/plan of care synthesis paper in narrative APA style using the myra levin’s conservation theoriesplease follow the instructions in the pictures below and contact me if you have any question. Thanks!!4 pages


Unformatted Attachment Preview

PMH Nurse Roles
Direct Caregiver/Surrogate Parent Role: Nursing Process
Mental Health Assessment Synthesis Paper
Overview: The Nursing Process is the scientific problem-solving approach to client care
that includes assessment, analysis, planning, implementation and evaluation. Senior
level NURS 432 PMH students are expected to use the steps in the Nursing Process to
complete a Mental Health Assessment/Plan of Care synthesis paper on one selected
client between the second through the fifth day of the clinical rotation. For effective
history taking and patient evaluation, a clinician must have an understanding, ability,
and self-awareness to flexibly use a range of empathic interviewing techniques
with psychiatric consumers/clients, a) across the lifespan including children,
adolescents, adults, and the elderly; b) across cultures, and c) with person’s aff
afflicted with mental illness or experiencing considerable distress.
The Clinical Prep Sheet will assist the student with gathering demographics and basic
information after establishing the oral mutual contract. This information is to be shared
during Client Care Conference. The Mental Health Assessment/Plan of Care synthesis
paper is to be typed in narrative APA style with appropriate references. This is a formal
paper.
Learning Objectives:
1. The learner will be able to perform a mental status exam and accurately
describe the findings.
2. Apply the nursing process to the psychiatric consumer/client who is experiencing
mental illness.
Skills: History-Taking, Examination and Interviewing
Guidelines:
The following information is to be included within the body of the paper:
I.
Conservation of Personal Integrity
A. Identifying Data
1. Client’s initials
2. Age, Date of Birth
3. Sex
4. Marital Status
5. Ethnicity/Cultural Background
a. What is the client’s cultural background?
b. In what kind of cultural environment is the client living (or
was the client raised)?
C. What is the client’s group identification?
93
f.
d. What influence does the client’s cultural background have
on his or her expectations for treatment and recovery?
e. What are the client’s culturally related health beliefs and
health practices?
Are there cultural based health practices that the client has
used or is using now (in connection with the current problem
or other issues)?
6. Primary Language
a. What is the client’s primary language?
b. Does the client read in this primary language?
c. Is the client able to speak and read English? Is an interpreter
needed for teaching and interactions with the client and
significant others?
7. Occupational/Employment History
a. Include the patient’s present job and history of employment
b. Include the client’s perception of his/her work
8. Educational Background
9. Financial Status
a. Is the client’s income level adequate for his or her needs?
b. Is it a stressful factor in the client’s life?
10. Previous Hospitalizations
a. Include both medical and psychiatric hospitalizations
b. Note length of stay and
c. Reason for hospitalization
11. Precipitating factor(s) for hospitalization
12. Where does the client receive follow-up care (when outside of the
hospital)?
a. Mental Health Clinic
b. Partial Hospitalization Program (PHP)/Daycare Program
C. Psychiatric Rehabilitation Program
d. Private Mental Health Professional
13.Allergies to Food and/or Medications
14. Diagnoses
a. Axis l- Clinical Disorders/Other Conditions that may be a
focus of clinical attention
b. Axis II- Personality Disorders/Mental Retardation
C. Axis III- General Medical Conditions
d. Axis IV-Psychosocial and Environmental Problems
e. Axis V- Global Assessment of Functioning
14. Medication History
a. List the client’s present psychotropic medications (s)
generic and brand/trade names (include supplements,
vitamins, and herbal preparations.
b. Include questions about the client’s knowledge of current
medication regimen, effects, and adverse effects.
c. Complete and attach medication sheets to paper.
B. Interview (Include your statement(s) and the client(s) responses (give
examples/be specific))
94
1. Client’s Reason for Hospitalization ( Is this congruent with
precipitating factor(s) for hospitalization in section 1A #10?)
2. Client’s Perception of Hospitalization
3. Affect/Mood- Describe the client’s general mood, facial
expressions, and demeanor.
4. Orientation/Memory- Check for both recent and remote memory
as well as the client’s orientation to person, place and time.
5. Risk Assessment-
a. Self-destructive/Suicidal-
1. Does the client have suicidal ideas/thoughts currently?
What is the plan? How lethal is the plan? Can the
client contract for safety?
2. Does he/she have a history of suicidal behaviors,
including plans, gestures, or attempts?
b. Homicidal- Does the client have a history or a present problem
with aggression toward others?
c. Sexual
d. Arson- Does the client have a history of fire starting?
e. Religious
6. Perceptions-
a. Hallucinations- Describe the nature (type) and
frequency of hallucinations?
b. Delusions- Describe the nature and frequency of the
delusion.
c. How does the client feel about them?
6. Judgment
d. How does the client cope with hallucinations and/or delusions?
7. Insight
8. Cognition/Intelligence (give examples/be specific) include present
level of functioning, educational level and prior abilities and
achievements
9. List (3) client identified strengths and weaknesses as perceived
by the client and by the student nurse.
10. List client’s interests and hobbies both before the present
problems began and those of continuing interest to the client.
11. Value Clarification (client-centered)/Personal Standards
a. Does the client have very high standards for him/her-self or
others?
b. Does the client manifest a sense of personal responsibility?
C. What would your client if given the opportunity do differently
in his/her life?
d. If your client had 3 wishes, for what would he/she wish?
e. What would your client change about him or her -self?
12. Spirituality
a. Is spirituality important to the client?
b. Does spirituality serve as a supportive factor in the client’s
life?
95
Mial d
nd
C. Does the client have culturally specific spiritual beliefs or
practices that you need to be aware of?
d. Is there a religious aspect to the client’s illness?
YO N м
ch
C. Assessment
1. Physical Appearance-Describe the client’s general appearance,
clothing, and hygiene.
2. Eye Contact- Does the client make eye contact with treatment
team members and significant others? What is the frequency and
duration of the eye contact?
3. Thought Process-Logical, Coherent, Relevant
4. Speech Pattern-Pushed/Pressured, Comprehensive, Spontaneity
5. Evidence of Hallucination (Identify the type)
D. Behavior exhibited by the client during the interview
1. Describe the client’s general behavior during the assessment.
(Give examples in descriptive terms, be specific!)
2. What was the client’s psychomotor activity level?
3. What can the client doe for him/her-self?
E.
Developmental Level according to Erikson-Compare and contrast
between what Erikson states and the client’s actual developmental level.
F. Coping Devices/Defense Mechanisms
1. How does the client usually deal with problems?
2. How is he or she attempting to deal with the present situation?
(Cite examples).
G. Nursing Diagnosis
II.
Conservation of Energy
A. Nutritional Assessment
1. How does your client describe his/her appetite (good, fair, poor)?
2. How many meals does your client usually eat while at home? In
the hospital?
3. What is your client’s current weight?
4. Has the client gained or lost weight recently without dieting?
5. Has the client noticed an increase or decrease in his/her appetite
recently?
6. Any food allergies?
7. Identify current diet, i.e. regular?, low sodium?
8. Dentures/dentition- Does your client have his/her own teeth, no
teeth, partial or full dentures?
B. Sleep Assessment
1. How many hours did your client sleep while at home? Now in the
hospital?
96
2. Is there: early morning awakening? Difficulty falling asleep?
History of nightmares/night terrors?
3. Does your client depend on hypnotics/sleep aids to fall asleep?
C. Exercise
1. Does your client get regular exercise?
2. List the types of exercise.
3. How often?
D. Sexual History
1. Is your client sexually active?
2. Are any aspects of sexuality causing problems for your client?
3. Does your client practice safe sex?
4. What method of protection does your client use?
5. (For female clients) When was your last menstrual period?
E. Addictive/Coping Habits (positive and negative)
Type
Method
Frequency
Amount
Substance
Abuse
1. Tobacco
2. Alcohol
Age of
Onset
Last date used
3. Illicit drugs
4. Prescription
drugs
5. OTC drugs
6. Caffeine
Other Addictions
1. Gambling
2. Overeating
3. Shoplifting
4. Sex
F. Daily Living Habits
1. What is the best time of the day for the client?
a. Morning (describe)
b. Afternoon (describe)
C. Night (describe)
2. What does the client do all day?
3. How does the client’s habits differ now from before the client’s
present problems began?
III.
Conservation of Social Integrity
A. Family (Use Genogram Format)
1. Have there been mental health problems in the client’s family?
2. What is the client’s position in the family?
3. Identify your client’s roles within the family.
97

Purchase answer to see full
attachment

Marketing sheet

Description

Marketing Fact Sheet 3-4 pages double spaced

Purpose of Assignment:The marketing fact sheet that you create in this assignment using research-based data will be an important tool for you to use to market the APN role.

List the topic as a SEPARATE HEADING prior to the presentation of the bullet points for that article.

FOR EACH of the articles (in total 7, it should look like this):

ARTICLE NAME 1 (as a heading)

– – 2- 3 sentence introduction of the article/study followed by bullet points

– brief closing statement two sentences

ARTICLE NAME 2 (as a heading)

– – 2- 3 sentence introduction of the article/study followed by bullet points

– brief closing statement two sentences

AND SO ON FOR ALL 7 ARTICLES

Example bullet points:

– nurse practitioners in nursing homes reduce the total costs of caring for patients with Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias by treating a broad array of their medical problems, such as gastrointestinal and genitourinary conditions, that often lead to expensive hospital visits.
– cost‐saving reductions in hospitalization were associated with care management led by nurse practitioners.

(these were copied, so dont use these examples or at least paraphrase them).

ASSIGNMENT RUBRIC:

1. Outcomes of care 6 points (must have at least 2 articles)

2. Quality of care provided 6 points (must have at least 3 articles)

3. Cost-effectiveness of care 6 points (must have at least 2 articles)

4. Format, grammar, appearance, creativity 2 points

Requirement: – Minimum of 7 separate PRIMARY research articles regarding APN practice must be cited (using APA 6th format) – Articles DOI must be turned in with the paper. (ONLY provide DOI with link in uploaded copy)

Additional Instructions:

You can provide copies to prospective employers, bankers approached for small business loans, news reporters, your mother, patients, policy wonks – you get the idea.

Make the facts sing for you – be creative!

You will learn how to work these research facts into your everyday conversations, much to the dismay of your close friends.

Assignment: Develop a 3-4 page summary (minimum) of key RESEARCH findings regarding the process and outcomes of advanced nursing practice:

***(select one (1) specific APN role- nursing leaders, nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, etc.).

(Do NOT use articles about the APN role or describing the role.

Find specific research articles OR the entire article will be deducted for 10 points.)

Provide bulleted points of key findings with additional research information (e.g., sample size, sample health status, healthcare setting, specific outcomes, etc).

You must provide enough specific information about the study so the research findings are not vague and they can be understood in context (see example below).

Provide appropriate citations for each finding. Use complete sentences.

***Majority of key points must focus on patient outcomes related to APN practice (e.g., patient satisfaction, reduced incidence of hospitalization, improved health status, etc.)

***Also include focus on quality of care and cost-effectiveness of APN care (You must have articles that address these outcomes also.)

***You will lose points for bullet points that are too vague or too limited to be able to “understand” the study

***You will also lose points if you write a narrative paper. This is NOT a regular paper.

***Consider drawing the conclusion for the reader for each article or finding (see example below). An example of brief overview of an article that addresses outcomes: A large randomized study of 3000 adult patients in public clinics was conducted in NYC. Patients were managed by NPs and physicians for six months measuring physiologic variables for HTN, diabetes, and asthma outcomes. Measures of A1C, BP, and asthma exacerbations resulted in essentially no difference in outcomes between the two provider groups indicating competency of the NPs to manage these chronic illnesses as well as physicians (Mundinger, et al, 2000).

(If the fact sheet assignment paper is too poorly written to read, there will be a 5 point deduction that cannot be redeemed). Please use the university writing center for consultation if you are not a strong writer prior to submitting the paper. Articles should be current within the past 5-7 years.

The studies do not have to be in your specialty area but you should try to find these as they will benefit you more. International studies are not as powerful because of different healthcare systems and different cultures but can be used if necessary to count as 1-2 articles. Be sure you have selected research articles—you must have the article with the primary findings, not a secondary mention.

Use the following articles

Cost Effectiveness (2 articles)

Chenoweth, D., Martin, N., Pankowski, J., & Raymond, L. W. (2008). Nurse practitioner services: Three‐year impact on health care costs. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 50, 1293–1298.

Bauer, J. C. 2010. Nurse practitioners as an underutilized resource for health reform: Evidence-

based demonstrations of cost-effectiveness. Journal of the American Academy of Nurse

Practitioners 22 (4): 228-231.

Outcomes of care 6 points (must have at least 2 articles) Choose the best 2

Paez, K. and Allen, J. 2006. Cost-effectiveness of nurse practitioner management of

hypercholesterolemia following coronary revascularization, Journal of the American

Academy of Nurse Practitioners 18 (9): 436-444

Borgmeyer, A., Gyr, P.M., Jamerson, P.A., and Henry, L.D. 2008. Evaluation of the role of the pediatric nurse practitioner in an inpatient asthma program. Journal of Pediatric Health Care 22 (5): 273-281.

Counsell, S.R., Callahan, C.M., Clark, D.O., Tu, W., Buttar, A.B., Stump, T.E., and Ricketts, G.D. 2007. Geriatric care management for low-income seniors: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association 298 (22): 2623-2633.

Lenz, E.R., Mundinger, M.O., Kane, R.L., Hopkins, S.C., and Lin, S.X. 2004. Primary care outcomes in patients treated by nurse practitioners or physicians: Two-year follow-up. Medical Care Research and Review 61 (3): 332-351

Quality of care provided 6 points (must have at least 3 articles)

Stanik-Hutt, J., Newhouse, R., White, K., Johantgen, M., Bass, E., & Zangaro, G. et al. (2013). The Quality and Effectiveness of Care Provided by Nurse Practitioners. The Journal For Nurse Practitioners, 9(8), 492-500.e13. doi: 10.1016/j.nurpra.2013.07.004

Kuo, Y.-F., Chen, N.-W., Baillargeon, J., Raji, M. A., & Goodwin, J. S. (2015). Potentially Preventable Hospitalizations in Medicare Patients With Diabetes. Medical Care, 53(9), 776–783. doi: 10.1097/mlr.0000000000000406

Tsai, C.-L., Sullivan, A. F., Ginde, A. A., & Camargo, C. A. (2010). Quality of emergency care provided by physician assistants and nurse practitioners in acute asthma. The American Journal of Emergency Medicine, 28(4), 485–491. doi: 10.1016/j.ajem.2009.01.041


Wk 12 DQ#2- Gerentology- DOrs

Description

Week 12 DQ #2Compare and contrast how you would use similar or different media strategies across the lifespan, to appeal and reach different demographic groups.Please answer in a minimum of 100 words and make sure you are citing your sources and including references.


Unit 2 week 2 402

Description

Unit 2 Assignment – SWOT Analysis

Submit Assignment

Due Sunday by 11:59pm
Points 90
Submitting a text entry box or a file upload

Estimated time to complete: 2 hours

Instructions

The purpose of the Assignment for this unit is for you to analyze information that you have gathered from a SWOT Analysis and make recommendations on how this information could be used. You can use the SWOT Analysis that you completed for this week’s Discussion forum, choose a different case study, or use a current situation of your own.

Create a presentation of your recommendations from a SWOT Analysis. You have a number of options that you can use. Choose one of these:

Create a PowerPoint presentation. This presentation would be 6-10 slides including a title slide and reference slide.
Create a video or multi-media presentation (e.g. Youtube, Kaltura, or Adobe Connect). A media presentation would be 3-4 minutes in length.

Create the script of a presentation. A script of a presentation would be 1-2 pages in length.
Write a business letter to an organization. A business letter with recommendations from the SWOT Analysis would be 1-2 pages in length.
Rubric

HC402 Unit 2 Assignment – SWOT Analysis

HC402 Unit 2 Assignment – SWOT Analysis

Criteria Ratings Pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeContent

35.0 pts

Level 5

Demonstrates the ability to construct a clear and insightful problem statement/thesis statement/topic statement with evidence of all relevant contextual factors.

31.5 pts

Level 4

Demonstrates the ability to construct a problem statement, thesis statement/topic statement with evidence of most relevant contextual factors, and problem statement is adequately detailed.

28.0 pts

Level 3

Begins to demonstrate the ability to construct a problem statement/thesis statement/topic statement with evidence of most relevant contextual factors, but problem statement is superficial.

24.5 pts

Level 2

Demonstrates a limited ability in identifying a problem statement/thesis statement/topic statement or related contextual factors.

21.0 pts

Level 1

Demonstrates the ability to explain contextual factors but does not provide a defined statement.

0.0 pts

Level 0

There is no evidence of a defined statement.

35.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAnalysisPRICE-P

45.0 pts

Level 5

Organizes and compares evidence to reveal insightful patterns, differences, or similarities related to focus.

40.5 pts

Level 4

Organizes and interprets evidence to reveal patterns, differences, or similarities related to focus.

36.0 pts

Level 3

Organizes and describes evidence according to patterns, differences, or similarities related to focus.

31.5 pts

Level 2

Organizes evidence, but the organization is not effective in revealing patterns, differences, or similarities.

27.0 pts

Level 1

Describes evidence, but it is not organized and/or is unrelated to focus.

0.0 pts

Level 0

Lists evidence, but it is not organized and/or is unrelated to focus.

45.0 pts

This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeWriting

10.0 pts

Level 5

The paper exhibits an excellent command of written English language conventions. The paper has no errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling.

9.0 pts

Level 4

The paper exhibits a good command of written English language conventions. The paper has no errors in mechanics or spelling with minor grammatical errors that impair the flow of communication.

8.0 pts

Level 3

The paper exhibits a basic command of written English language conventions. The paper has minor errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impact the flow of communication.

7.0 pts

Level 2

The paper exhibits a limited command of written English language conventions. The paper has frequent errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that impede the flow of communication.

6.0 pts

Level 1

The paper exhibits little command of written English language conventions. The paper has errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that cause the reader to stop and reread parts of the writing to discern meaning.

0.0 pts

Level 0

The paper does not demonstrate command of written English language conventions. The paper has multiple errors in mechanics, grammar, or spelling that cause the reader difficulty in discerning the meaning.

10.0 pts

Total Points: 90.0